Skip to main content

Full text of "British and foreign state papers"

See other formats 


This  is  a  digital  copy  of  a  book  that  was  preserved  for  generations  on  library  shelves  before  it  was  carefully  scanned  by  Google  as  part  of  a  project 
to  make  the  world's  books  discoverable  online. 

It  has  survived  long  enough  for  the  copyright  to  expire  and  the  book  to  enter  the  public  domain.  A  public  domain  book  is  one  that  was  never  subject 
to  copyright  or  whose  legal  copyright  term  has  expired.  Whether  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  may  vary  country  to  country.  Public  domain  books 
are  our  gateways  to  the  past,  representing  a  wealth  of  history,  culture  and  knowledge  that's  often  difficult  to  discover. 

Marks,  notations  and  other  marginalia  present  in  the  original  volume  will  appear  in  this  file  -  a  reminder  of  this  book's  long  journey  from  the 
publisher  to  a  library  and  finally  to  you. 

Usage  guidelines 

Google  is  proud  to  partner  with  libraries  to  digitize  public  domain  materials  and  make  them  widely  accessible.  Public  domain  books  belong  to  the 
public  and  we  are  merely  their  custodians.  Nevertheless,  this  work  is  expensive,  so  in  order  to  keep  providing  this  resource,  we  have  taken  steps  to 
prevent  abuse  by  commercial  parties,  including  placing  technical  restrictions  on  automated  querying. 

We  also  ask  that  you: 

+  Make  non-commercial  use  of  the  files  We  designed  Google  Book  Search  for  use  by  individuals,  and  we  request  that  you  use  these  files  for 
personal,  non-commercial  purposes. 

+  Refrain  from  automated  querying  Do  not  send  automated  queries  of  any  sort  to  Google's  system:  If  you  are  conducting  research  on  machine 
translation,  optical  character  recognition  or  other  areas  where  access  to  a  large  amount  of  text  is  helpful,  please  contact  us.  We  encourage  the 
use  of  public  domain  materials  for  these  purposes  and  may  be  able  to  help. 

+  Maintain  attribution  The  Google  "watermark"  you  see  on  each  file  is  essential  for  informing  people  about  this  project  and  helping  them  find 
additional  materials  through  Google  Book  Search.  Please  do  not  remove  it. 

+  Keep  it  legal  Whatever  your  use,  remember  that  you  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  what  you  are  doing  is  legal.  Do  not  assume  that  just 
because  we  believe  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  the  United  States,  that  the  work  is  also  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  other 
countries.  Whether  a  book  is  still  in  copyright  varies  from  country  to  country,  and  we  can't  offer  guidance  on  whether  any  specific  use  of 
any  specific  book  is  allowed.  Please  do  not  assume  that  a  book's  appearance  in  Google  Book  Search  means  it  can  be  used  in  any  manner 
anywhere  in  the  world.  Copyright  infringement  liability  can  be  quite  severe. 

About  Google  Book  Search 

Google's  mission  is  to  organize  the  world's  information  and  to  make  it  universally  accessible  and  useful.  Google  Book  Search  helps  readers 
discover  the  world's  books  while  helping  authors  and  publishers  reach  new  audiences.  You  can  search  through  the  full  text  of  this  book  on  the  web 

at  http  :  //books  .  google  .  com/| 


dj^Jt  D(K/  9000  j-ao 


► 


•igitized  by  VjOOQIC_ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


BRITISH  AND  FOREIGN 


STATE    PAPERS. 


3 

1815—1816. 


COMPII^D   BT    THE   LIBRARIAN  AND    KEEPBR  OF  THE   PAPBB8) 

FOREIGN  OFFICE. 


-  LONDON  s 
JAMES   RIDGWAT   AND    SONS,    PICCADILLY. 

1838. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


Brit    Doc  9000.5  20 


ADVERTISEMENT . 


Thit  Publication  it  intended  to  con^prize  the  principal  Documents  which  have 
heen  made  public j  relating  to  the  Political  and  Commercial  ^airs  of  Nations f  and 
to  their  Relations  with  each  other^Jrom  the  termination  of  the  War  in  1814  to  the 
latest  Period. 

The  Work  was  formerly  printed,  exclusively  for  the  use  qf  the  Government, 
and  of  its  Diplomatic  Agents  Abroad:  but  the  general  interest  attached  to  these 
Collections  has  led  to  its  Publication. 

J%e  Volumes  published  for  saxe,  previously  to  the  present  Volume,  are  those 
for  1816—1817;  1817—1818;  1818—1819;  1819—1820;  1828—1829;  1829— 
1830 ;  1830—1831 ;  1831—1832  ;  and  1832—1833.  T%e  intermediate  Volumes, 
between  the  Fo/timeye^r  1819— 1820»  and  that  for  1828—1829,  wiU  bereprinted  for 
the  same  purpose. 


The  present  Volume  will  form  Vol  /Z71  of  the  entire  Series. 


PRINTKD  BT  J.  HAJIBIBON  AND  BON,  ORCHARD  8TRSST,  WSS11CIKSTE%   i 


PRINTKRf  TO  THB  FOREIGN  OFFICE.  ^p     J' 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CONTENTS. 


AUSTRIA. 

Page. 
Conferences  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  Austria,  France, 
Great    Britam,  Portugal,    Prussia,    Russia, 
Spain,  and  Sweden,  relative  to  the  abolition  of 

the  Slave  Trade Vienna,  Jan.   Feb.  1815...  886 

Declaration  of  the  S  Powers,  relative  to  do, 

Vienna,  8th  Febmary,  1815...  971 
CovFEKENCE  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  Austria,  Great 
Britain,  Prussia,  and  Russia,  relative  to  the 
abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade  by  France, 

Paris,  26th  July,  1815...  196 
CoNFEREKCE  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  the  4  Powers,  at 
Paris,  and  Correspondence,  relative  to  the  Case 
of  Marshal  Ney,  under  the  Convention  for  the 
Capitulation  of  Paris.  ...July,  December,  1815...  958 
Conferences  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  the  4  Powers, 
and  Communications  between  them  and  France, 
relative    to  the  Arrangements  for  a    General 

Peace Paris,  July,  November,  1815...  214 

COBRESPONDBNCB  with  Great  Britain,  relative  to  the  abolition 

o(  the  Slave  Trade 1814...  887,943 

•.....••••.  with  Great   Britain,  Prussia,  and  Russia, 

relative  to  the  restoration  by  France  to 
Foreign  States,  of  the  Works  of  Art  taken 
from  them  during  the  Revolutionary  War. 

.  September,  1815...  -203 

•« •*..•• between  Austria,  Prussia,  and  Russia,  and 

Crreat  Britain,  relative  to  the  Accession  of 
Great    Britain    to   the    Treaty  of  Hofy 

Alliance. September,  October,  1815...  212 -» 

A2 


Digitized  by 


Google 


IV  CONTENTS. 


A  k)STRlA.^Coniinu€d. 

Edict,  relati? e  to  the  Constitution  of  Government  of  the  Pro- 

vince  of  Tyrol. Vienna.  21lh  March,  1816.. .777 

Treatieb,  &c.  with  Foreign  Powers,  viz. : — 

••• •  with  Bavaria.    Secret  and  Additional  Articles  to  the 

Treatf/  (Territorial)  of  1816. 

Munich,  14th  ApriU  1816...  668 
with  Great  Britain,  Prussia,  ^nd  Russia,    Conven- 
tion.    Custody  of  Napoleon  Bonaparte. 

Paris,  2d  August,  1815  ..  200"'^ 

^ith  Great  Britain,   Prussia,  and  Russia,   Treaty. 

/  Ionian  Jsfands,.,P(kns,  Sxh^OY.  1815...  250 

...3^ •••....  with  Great  Britain,  Prussia,  and  Russia.    Treaty. 

Alliance  &,  Friendship.. .. ?eLr\»,20th  "Noyr.  ]815  ,.  273   ^ 

•• with  France?.  Definitive  Treaty.    Peace  nnd  Friend' 

ship Paris,  20th  Nov.  1815...  280" 

with  France.     Convention.     Pecuniary  Indemnity 

to  be  paid  by  France Paris,  20th  Nov.  1815...  293 

mih  France.     Convention.     Occupation  of  a  Mili- 
tary Line  in  France Paris,  20lh  Nov.  1815...  298 

••.. with  France.    Convention.     Private  Claims  upon 

France.... Paris,  20th  Nov.  1815...  315 

.*•  with  France,  Great  Britain,  Prussia,  and  Russia. 

Act.  Neutrality  of  Switzerland. 

Paris,  20th  Nov.  1815...  359 
•••••«..••..,  with  Prussia  and  Russia.   Treaty.     Holy  Alliance. 

Paris,  26th  September,  1815...  21 1^-* 


BARBARY  STATES. 

Aloiers,   Treaty  with  Great  Britain,  relative  to  the  Trade  of 

the  Ionian  Islands. .  .Algiers,  3d  A  pril  ,1816  ...  509 
Additional  Article,  relative  to  the  Trade  of 

Hanover Algiers,  20th  May,  1816...  510 

•• of  Peace  with  Great  Britain. 

Algiers,  28th  August,  1816...  516,517 
Declarations  of  the  Dey,  for  the  abolition  of 

Christian  Slavery... 2Si\\  Aug.  1816...517,  549. 

of  Peace  with  The  Netherlands. 

Algiers,  28ai  August,  1816...  549 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CONTENTS.  V 


BARBARY  ST \TES.^ Continued. 

Pag«. 
Algiers.    Treaty  of  Peace  with  Sardinia. 

Algiers,  3d  April,  1816.. .173,  176 

••• of  Peace  with  Sicify. 

Algiers,  3d  April,  1816...62],  528 

of  Peace  with  The  United  States. 

*  A  Igiers,  30th  June,  1815 .  •     45 

Tripoli.   Treatif  with  Great  Britain,  relative  to  the  Trade  of 
the  Ionian  Islands  and  Hanover. 

Tripoli,29lhApriU  1816...  513 
Declarations  of  the  Bey,  for  the  abolition  of 

Christian  Siat)ert/..,.29ih  April  1816...19I,  515 

of  Peace  with  Sardinia. 

Tripoli,  29th  April,  181 6... 185, 189 

of  Peace  fs\\h  Sicily. 

Tripoli,  29th  April,  1816...540,  546 
Tunis.  Treaty   with   Great  Britain,  relative   to  the    Trade 
of  the  Ionian  Islands  and  Hanover. 

Bardo,  17th  April,  1816...  511 
Declarations  of  the  Bey,  for  the  abolition  of 

Christian  Slaver y....llih  April,  1816...  182,  513 
•.....••.  of  Peace  ^\\h  Sardinia. 

Bardo,  17th  April,  1816...I78,  183 

••• of  Peace  with  Sicily. 

Bardo,  17th  April,  1816...53I,  537 
of  Truce m'lih  Tuscany, ..TumSf  26th  April,l816...  550 


BAVARIA. 

Contention  with  Rome,  relative  to  Ecclemastical  Affairs. 

Rome,  5th  June,  1817...  1074 
Secret  and  Addftional  Articles  to  the  Treaty  (Territorial) 

of  1816,  with  Austria  ....Munich,  14th  April,  1816...  668 


BUENOS  AYRES. 

Proclamations  of  the  Government  of  the  Province  of  Buenos 
Ayres,  relative  to  the  expected  Invasion  of 
the  United  Provinces  by  Portuguese  Troops 
from  jBra2t7........Buenos  Ayres,  July,  1816... 1031 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


VI  CONTENTS. 


BUENOS  AYRES.-^Con/intfM/. 


Pag€. 


Secret  Proceedings  of  the  Congress  at  Tucuman,  relative  to 
^Negotiations  with  Brazil,  respecting  the 
Form  of  Government  for   the  Spanish 

South  American   Provinces.,., 1816...112S 

Mamfesto  of  the  Congress  to  the  People,  relative  to  the 
removal  of  the  Assembly  from  Tucuman  to  Suenos 
Ayres Tucunoan,  2d  October,  18i6...107l 


PRANCE. 

Conferences  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  Austritr, 
France,  Great  Britain,  Portugal,  Prussia, 
Russia,  Spain,  and  Sweden,  relative  to  the 
abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade, 

Vienna,  January,  February,  1815*..  886 
Declaration  of  the  8  Powers,  relative  to  do. 

Vienna,  8th  February,  1815...  971 

•••• between     the     Plenipotentiaries    of    Austria, 

Great  Britain,  Prussia,  and  Russia,  and 
Communications  between  them  and  France, 
relative  to  the  Arrangements  for  a   General 

Peace Paris,  July,  November,  1815...  214 

Conference   between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  the  4  Powers, 

at  Paris,  and  Correspondence,  relative  to   the 

Case  of  Marshal  Ney,  under  the  Convention 

for  the  Capitulation  of  Parfi...July,  Dec.  1815...  358 

Correspondence  with  Great  Britain,  relative  to  the  abolition 

o(  the  Slave    Tradc.ASU,  1815...883,  885,  195 
Decree  for  the  abolition  of  tiie  Slave  Trade. 

Paris,  29th  March,  1815...  196 

Law  relative  to  the  Finoitce* Paris,  28th  April,  1816...  482 

Ordinance  and  Regulation,  relative  to  a  Junior  Establishment 

for  Consuls 1815,  1816.. .773,  774 

Regulation  relative  to  the  restriction  of  the  Slave  Trade. 

Paris,  December,  1814...  916 
Speech  of  the  King,  on  the  Opening  of  the  Chambers. 

4th  November,  1816...  560 
Treaties,  &c.  with  Foreign  Powers,  viz.  : 
with  Great  Britain  and  Prussia.    Convention.    Sus- 
pension of  Hostilities  between  the  French  and 
Allied  Armies St.  Cloud, 3d  July,  1815,.,  193 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CONTENTS.  Vll 

FRANC  E Cwtinued. 

Page 
Treaties,  &c.  with  Foremn  Powers,  Continued,  viz : — 

•.... with  Austria,  Great  Britain,  Prussia,  and  Russia. 

Definitive  Treaty.     Peace  and  Friendship, 

Paris,  20th  November.  1815...  280 

with  do aDd........cfo.      Convention. 

Pecuniary  Indemnity  to  be  paid  by  France. 

Paris,  20t]i  November,  1815«..  2d3 

with  do and do.     Convention. 

Occupation  of  a  Military  Line  in  France. 

Paris,  20th  November,  1816...  298 

• with  do and do.     Convention. 

Private  Claims  upon  France, 

Paris,  20th  November,  1815...  315 

with  Russia,     Separate    Article.       Claims  of   the 

Duchy  of  Warsaw. 

Paris,  20th  November,  1815...  341 

with  Austria,  Great  Britain,  Prussia,  and  Russia, 

Act.     Neutrality  of  Switzerland. 

Paris,  20th  November,  1815...  359 

%'iih  Great  Britain.    Convention.    Claims  o(  British 

5u^Vc/5...Pari8,20tb  November,  1815...  342 

*.  with  Hamburgh.     Convention.    Bank q{ Hamburgh. 

Paris,  27tli  October,  1816...  559 


GREAT  BRITAIN. 

Accounts.  Finance.  Public  Income,    Grei^t  Britain 1815...  670 

do Ireland  1815...  674 

Application    of    Public    Monies,     &c. 

(United  Kingd(m)...V^\b...  678 

do (Ireland)  1815  ..  680 

Public  Funded  Debt.     (United  King- 

dom)„,Ui  February,  1816...  682 
•••••f.do.,,..., .redeemed*     (Great 

jBri/atii.;...1786tol816...  690 
Public  Funded  Debt.    (Ireland) 

5th  January,  1816...  694 

...•'.•••.(/o...... .  redeemed (do.) 

5th  January,  1816...  696 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


Vm  CONTENTS. 

GREAT  BRITAIN.~Con/»itf«(/. 

Accounts.  Finance.  Unfunded  Debt.  (Great  Brittm.) 

5th  JaDaary,  1816...  697 

do. (Ireland,) 

5th  Janaary,  1816...  696 

Trade.   United  Kingdom 1814  and  1815... 

Ireland. 1813  to  1815... 

Natioation.  {United Kingdmn,)\%lZUi\S\^iy\z, 

Vessels    built    and    registered,    &c. 

(Great  Britain.)...  698 

••....do......do.. (Ireland.) ..,698,  700 

Vessels  employed.    Foreign    Trade. 

(Great  Britain.)...  699 

do. do (Ireland.)  700 

Act  of  Parliamkkt,  levying     Duties     on     French    and 
other  Foreign   Passage    Vessels,  in 

British  Ports .22d  March,  1816...  369 

Annex.     Act  of  Parliament.    Ship- 
ping and  Navigation.    Admeasure* 

ment  of  Vessels, 1786...  666 

Acts  of  Paruament,  relative     to    the  Naturalization     and 
Precedence    of   Prince    Leopold  of 

Saxe^Coburg March,    1816...    158,  159 

Notification.     Precedence  o^  do. 

3rd  May,  1816...  160 

• relative    to     the     Establishment     and 

Residence  of  The  Princess  Charlotte 
and  Prince  Leopold  of  Saxe-  Coburg. 

April,  July,  1816.. .160,  163 
Act  of  Parliament,  for  the    more  effectually  detaining  in 
custody  Napoleon  Bonaparte. 

11th  April,  1816...  361 

•••.••• regulating  the  Intercourse  with  St.  He^ 

lena^  during  Napoleon  Bonaparfe*s  de- 
tention in  that  Island...  11th  April,  1816...  364 

.•• permiiimg  Vessels  o(  The  United  States 

to    trade  from   Great  Britain  to   the 
British  Settlements  in  the  East  Indies. 

90th  June,  1816...  371 

regulating  the  Trade  of  Demerara,  Ber- 

bice,  and  Essequibo,  and  of  the  Dutch 
Proprietors  in  those  Colonies. 

26th  June,  1816...  382 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CONTENT*.  ix 


GREAT  BRITAIN.— C(maiiii«/. 


Page. 


Act  of  Pabuament.  Annex.  Act  of  Parliament,  relative  to 
Trade  between  the  British  North  Ame- 
rican and  West  India  Colonies,  and 
The   United  States  and  Foreign  West 

India  Islands 1788..,  552 

establishing     Regalations     respecting 

Aliens 26th  June,   1816...     61 

•• ••• regalating  the  conveifance  o( Passengers 

in  British  Vessels,  from  Great  Britain 

to  The  United  States Ist  July.  18i6...372 

Annex.  Act  of  Parliament^  regulating 
Vessels  carrying  Passengers  from  Great 
Britain  to  British  Colonies  and  Foreign 

Countries 1803. ..373 

Addresses  o(  Parliament  to  The  Prince  Regent,  relative  to 

the  abolition oUke  Slave  7ra^«.... May,  Jane,  1814. ..883 
Conferences  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  Austria,  France, 
Great   Britain,   Portugal,    Prussia,    Russia, 
Spainy  and  Sweden,  relative  to  the  abolition  of 

the  Slave  Trade Vienna.  Jan.  Feb.  1815...  885 

Declaration  of  the  8  Powers,  relative  to  do» 

Vienna,  8th  February,  1815...9T1 
Conference  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  Austria,  Great 
Britain,   Prussia,  and  Russia,  relative    to    the 
abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade  by  France. 

Paris,  26th  July,  1815...  196 
Conference  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  the  4  Powers  at 
Paris,  and  Correspondence,  relative  to  the  Case  of 
Marshal  Netf^  nader  the  Convention  for  the  Ca- 

pUulation  of  Paris July,  December,  1815...  258 

Conferences  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  the^4  Powers, 
and  Communications  between  them  and  France, 
Te\eLt\\e  to  iht  Arrangements  for  a  General  Peace* 

Paris,  July,  November,  1815...  214 
Correspondence  with  Foreign  Powers,  relative  to  the  Slave 
Trade;  1814,  1815;  viz. 

witE  Austria 887,943    Prussia 887,943 

France.  195,883,885    Russia  887,943 

Netherlands 888    Spain    884,885 

Portugal 885 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


J 


CONTENTS. 


GR£AT  BRITAIN.— CoJi/tnutfc/. 

Page. 
CoRRfiSPOKDENCE  with  Austria,  Prussia,  and  Russia,  relative 
to   the  restoration  by  France  to  Foreign 
States,  of  the   Works  of  Art  taken  from 
them  during  the  Revolutionary  War. 

September,  1815...  203 

••• mithcfv.  and  do.,  i-elative  to  the  Accession  of 

Great  Britain  to  the  Treati/  of  Holy  At- 

iiance,. September,  October,  1815...  212 

•••..... with  The  United  States^  relative  to  the  res- 

f  toration  of  British  and  American  Prisoners 

of  War,    and   to  the   Riot  at  Dartmoor 

Prison January  to  December,  1815...  121 

with    The    United  States,   relative  to  local 

Discriminating  Duties  levied  in  American 
Ports,    contrary    to    the   Stipulations  of 

Treaty July,  1816.. .11 10 

••  with  The  United  States,  relative  to  the  oon- 

clusion  of  a  Convention  of  Commerce,  ..1815...     83 
Notification,  relative  to  the  exclusion  of  Foreign  Vessels  from 
St.  Helena,  during  the  residence  of  Napoleon 

Bonaparte • 26th  August,  1815...  796 

Order  in  Council,  for  the  Registration  of  Slaves  in  Trinidad. 

26th  March,  1812...  975 

• prohibiting,  the  Exportation     of     Gun^ 

powder.  Arms,   &c.    to  Africa,   to   the 
West  indies,  or    to    certain    Parts    of 
America.. .FehruMy,  August,  1816,..]  137,  796 
Report,  &c.  relative  to  the  Negotiations  of  the  British  Ad- 
miral at  Algiers August,  1816...  517 

Speech  of  the  Lords  Commissioners,  on  the  Opening  of  Par- 

liament 1st  February,  1816...       I 

..•• of  the  Prince  Regent,  on  the  Closing  ot  do. 

2d  July,  1816...       3 
Treaties,  &c.  with  Foreign  Powers  ;  viz. : 

*,  with  Algiers.    Treaty.    Trade  of  the  Ionian  Islands. 

Algiers,  dd  April,  1816...  509 
...do...    Additional  Article.     Trade  of  Hanover. 

Algiers,  20th  May,  1816...  510 
•.•••••<••...•••  cfo...     Treaty.    Peace. 

Algiers,  28th  August,  1816...  516,517 

Declarations  of  the  Dey.    Abolition  of 

Christian  Slavery... 28th  August,  1816...  517,549 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CONTENTS.  XI 

GREAT  BRITAIN  .-^Coit/ifined. 

Pag6 
Treaties^  &c.  with  Foreign  Powers,  Continued,  viz  :— 

with  France  9iXi^  Pmsfia,    CoDveotion.    Suspension 

ofHosiiiiiies  between  the  French  and  Allied 

Armies St.  Cloud,  3rd  July,  1815...   193 

*•.. with   AusiriOf    Prussia,  and   Russia.    Conventioii. 

Custody  of  Napoleon  Bonaparte. 

Paris,  2d  August,  1815...  200 

with  Austria,  Prussia,  and  Russia.     Treaty  of  Holy 

Alliance  of  September,  1815.     British 

Act  of  ^ec«5»V>n... London,  6th  Oct,  1815...  213 

...»•    with  cb....aind....c/o......   Treaty.      Ionian  Is^ 

lands Paris,  5th  November,  1815...  250 

•••••   with  •••  .T.do....and...  (/o Treaty.  Alliance  sknd 

Friendship..VtLT\s,  20th  November,  1815...  27«i 
.......••.••   with  jPronce.  Definitive  Treaty.     Peeuje  And  Friend- ^ 

ship... ?dr\8,  20th  November,  ldl5...  280 

...» with  France.  Convention.    Pecuniary  Indemnity  to 

be  paid  by  Frcince.. Paris,  20th  Nov.  1815...  203 

••• with /'Vance.  Convention.    Occupation  oi  2l  Military 

Line  in  /rance...Pan8, 20th  Nov.  1816  ...298 

•  with   France.     Convention.     Private  Claims   upon 

/ranee... Paris,  20lh  Nov.  1815...  315 

with  Austria,  Prussia,  Russia,  and  France.     Act 

Neutrality  of  Switzerland. 

Paris,  20th  November,  1815...  369 
...«•  with /'ranee.    Conventtoo.    Claims  of  British  Sub- 
ject s...VtiTiB,  20th  November,  1815...  342 

...•• with    The  Netherlands.     Convention.     Commerce. 

Demerara,    Essequibo,  and  Berhice. 

London,  12th  August,  18l5...386,396 

with   Saxe^Coburg.     Treaty.      Marriage    of    The 

Princess  Charlotte  with  Prince  Leopold. 

London,  13th  March,  1816...  153 

with  Tripoli.      Treaty.     Ionian     Islands,    and 

iiancrver... Tripoli,  29th  April,  1816...  613 
Declarations  of  the  Bey.    Abolition  of 

Christian  Slavery do 191,  6\6 

%•••••.• with  Tunis.     Treaty.     Ionian  Islands  and  Hanover. 

Bardo,  17th  April,  1816..    611 
Declarations  of  the  Bey.   Abolition  of 

Christian  Slavery do 182,  613 

• with  The  United  iStates.     Convention.     Commerce. 

London,  3d  July,  1815...     78 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


XU  CONTENTS. 

GREAT  BRITAIN— C(wi/Mitf«/. 

Page. 
Treaties,  &c.  with  Foreign  Powers,  Continued,  viz : 

,....  with  The  United  States.     Annex  to  Convention  of 

drd  July,  1815.     British  Declaration.     Suspension 
of  Intercourse  with  St.  Helena. 

Washington,  24th  November,  1815...     82 

HAMBURGH. 

Convention  with  Fran<;e,  for  the  settlement  of  iheCiaims  of  the 

BanA of  Ham^vr^A... Paris,  27th  October,  1816...  559 


HANOVER. 

Convention  with  The  Netherlands,  for  the  reciprocal  abolition 
of  the  "  Droit  de  Detraction"  &c. 

The  Hague^  6th  July,  1816...     70 


HESSE  CASSEL. 

Convention  (Territorial)  with  Hesse  Darmstadt, 

Frankfort,  29th  June,  1816...  812 
Ordinance,  relative  to  the  Form  of  Government  to  be  established 

in  the  Electorate Cassel,  4th  March,  1817...  772 


HESSE  DARMSTADT. 

Convention  {Territorial)  with  Hesse  Cassel, 

Frankfort.  29th  June.  1816...  812 

Convention  ......(do) mih  Prussia. 

Munster«  12ih  March,  1817...  823 
Sjpplementary  Articles. 

Giessen,  6th  July,  1817...  830 


IONIAN  ISLANDS.    See  SEVEN  ISLANDS. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


CONTENTS.  Xlll 

MECKLEN BURGH  STRELITZ. 

Page. 
Treaty  (Territorial)  with  Pnissia. 

Frankfort,  18th  September,  1816...  819 

NETHERLANDS. 

Correspondence  with  Great  Britain^  relative  to  the  abolition 

of  iheSlateTrade 1814...  888 

Decree,  relative  to  the  aboliiian  of  the  Slave  Trade. 

The  Hague,  16th  June,  1814.. .889 

relative  to  the  Trade  of  the  Dutch  Proprietori  in  the 

British  Colonies  of  Demerara,  Essequibo,  and  Ber- 

bice The  Hague,  21st  December,  1616...  770 

Fundamental  Law  of  the  Kingdom  August,  1916...     10 

Law,  relative  to  the  Public  Expenditure  for  1816. 

The  Hague,  11th  February,  1816...     60 

•• fixing  the  Revenues  applicable  to  the  payment  of  do.. .do...     61 

relative  to  the  Public  Expenditure  for  1817. 

Brussels,  28th  December,  1816...     66 

fixing  the  Revenues apfWcAhle  to  the  payment  of  iio....do...     67 

Proclamation  of  the  King,  relative  to  the  acceptance  of  the 
Fundamental  Law. 

The  Hague,  27th  August,  1816...    43 
Report  of  the  Commissioners,  charged  with  the  revision  of  the 

Fundamental  Law The  Hague,  13th  July,  1816...      6 

Speech  of  the  Minister  of  the  Interior,  on  the  Closing  of  the 

States  General The  Hague,  3d  October^  1816...  665 

of  the  King,  on  the  Opening  of  do. 

Brussels,  2lst  October,  1816...  667 
Treaties,  &c.  wtfh  Foreign  Powers  ;  viz.:— 

with  Algiers.     Treaty.     Peace. 

Algiers,  28(h  August,  1816...  649 

Declaration   of  The  Dey.    Abolition 

of  Christian  Slavery do ....649 

• with    Great    Britain.      Convention.       Commerce. 

Demerara,  Essequibo,  and  Berbice. 
London,  12th  August,  1815. ..3S6,  396 

•••••• ••  with   Hanover*       Convention.      Abolition  of  the 

''Droit  de  Detraction,*"  &c. 

The  Hague,  6th  July,  1816...    70 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


XIV  CONTENTS. 


NETHERLANDS.— Coff/ini/i^. 

Page. 
TreatieSi  &c.  with  Foreign  Powers,  Continued,  viz. : — 

with  Prussia.     Treaty.     (Territorial,) 

Aix.la-Cbapelle,  26th  June,  1816...  720 

with       do.        Treaty.  (Territorial.) 

Cleves.7th  October,  1816...  736 

••• with  Saxe    Weimar.      Conventioo.      Abolition    of 

the  "  Droit  de  Detraction:* 

Tlie  Hague,  6th  August,  1816...     70 

with  Spain.     Treaty.     Defensive  Alliance  agaiDSt 

the  Barlmry  Regencies. 
Alcala  de  Henares,  lOth  August,  1816...  562 


PORTUGAL. 

Conferences  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  ^uj/rui,  France, 
Great  Britain,  Portugal,  Prussia,  Russia, 
Spain,  and  Sweden,  relative  to  the  abolition 
o(  the  Slave  Trade. 

Vienna,  January,  February,  1815...  885 
Declaration  of  the  8  Powers,  relative  to  do. 

Vienna,  8th  February,  1815...  971 
Correspondence  with  Great  Britain,  relative  to  the  abolition 

of  the  Slave  Trade  1815...  885 

••••..•.•••• with  The  United  States,  relative  io  ihejitting 

out    in    American    Ports,    of    Privateers 
against  Portuguese  and  Spanish  Vessels. 

December,  1816...  780 
Declaration  with  Russia,  relative  to  the  renewal  of  the  Treaty 

of  Commerce  of  1798.  Vienna,  29th  March,  1815.. .1090 
Annex.  Treaty  of  Commerce  with  JRu^fia...  1798.  ..1092 


PRUSSIA. 

Conferences  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  Austria,  France, 
Great  Britain,  Portugal,  Prussia,  Russia, 
Spain,  and  Sweden,  relative  to  the  abolition  of 

the  Slave  Trade Vienna,  Jan.  Feb.  1815...  885 

Declaration  of  the  8  Powers,  relative  to  do, 

Vienna,  8th  Februai7,  1815...  971 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CONTENTS.  XV 

PRUSSI A .— Cofi/tntffc/. 

Page. 
Conference  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  Austria,  Great 
Britain,  Prussia,  and  Russia,  relative  to  the 
abolition  of  the  Sktve  Trade  by  France, 

Paris,  26th  July,  1815...  196 

between  the  Plenipotentiaries  o^ihe  A  Powers  at 

Paris,  and  Correspondence,  relative  to  the  Case 
of  Marshal  Ney,  nnder  the  Convention  for  the 
Cajntulation  of  Paris...Ju\j,  December,  1815...  M8 
CoNFEREMCES  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  the  4  Potters^  and 
Communications  between  them  and  France,  re- 
lative to  the  Arrangements  for  a  General  Peace. 

Paris,  July,  November,  1815...  214 
CoRRESPoNDBKCE  With  Great  Britain,  relative  to  the  abolition 

of  the  Slave  Trade 1814...887,  943 

with    Austria,  Great  Britain,  and   Russia, 

relative  to  the  restoration  by  France,  to 
Foreign  States,  of  the  Works  of  Art  taken 
from  them  during  the  Revolutionary  War. 

September,  1815...  203 

....••• ••••  with  do,9  relative   to  the  Accession  of  Great 

Britain  to  the   Treaty   of  Holy  Alliance. 

September,  October,  1815. .  212 
Treaties*  &c.  with  Foreign  Powers  ;  viz. :— 

laih  France  dJi^  Great  Britain.    Convention.    Sus^ 

pension  of  Hostilities  between  the  French 
9Lnd  Allied  Armies. ..BU  Cloud,  8d  July,  1816...  193 
mXh  Austria,  Great  Britain,  and  Russia.     Conven- 
tion.    Custody  of  Napoleon  Bonaparte. 

Paris,  2d  August,  1815...  200 

mih  Austria  SLTid  Russia.    Treaty.    Holy  Alliance, 

Paris,  26th  Sept.  1815...  211 

with  Austria,  Great  Britain,  and  Russia.    Treaty. 

Jonian  Jj^ncb.. .Pans,  5th  Nov.  1815...  250 

•.... ••.  with  ......(fo and do.,,.     Treaty.      Alliance 

and  Friendship., .Vms,  20th  Nov.  1815...  273 

• .»••  m\h  France.    De6nitive  Treaty.    Peace  tLtid  Friend^ 

ship Paris,  20th  Nov.  1815...  280 

••••• with  do*     Convention.     Pecuniary  Indemnity   to 

be  paid  by  France. 

Paris,  20th  Nov.  1815...  293 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


XVI  CONTENTS. 


P  RUSSIA.— Continued, 

P«ge. 
Treaties,  &c.  with  Foreign  Powers,  Continued,  viz.— 

« •••  with  France.     Convention.     Occupation  of  a  Miii^ 

tary  Line  in  France* 

Paris,  20tb  November,  1816...  293 

•  with  France,      Convention.     Primte  Claims  upon 

France. Paris,  20th  Nov.  1816...  315 

»••  with  Austria,  France,  Great  Britain,  and  Russia, 

Act     Neutrality  of  Switzerland. 

Paris,  20th  November,  1815...  369 

with    Hesse  Darmstadt.      Convention.      (Territo* 

rto/;... Munster,  12thMa]ch,  1817...  823 

Supplementary  Articles. 

Oieaaen,  6th  July,  1817...  830 

...• with  Meckknburgh  Strelitz,  Treaty.  (TerritoriaL) 

Frankfort,  18th  September.  1816...  819 

:...  iflih  The  Netherlands.     Treaty,     f  Territorial.) 

Aix-IaChapelle,  26th  June,  1816. .   720 

•••  with •...cfo Treaty.     (Territorial.) 

Cleves,  7th  October,  1816...  736 

••••••  with  Russia,     Convention.     Arrest  and  delivering 

up  of  Deserters. 

Beriin,  25th  May,  1816...  784 
Additional  Articles.... Berlin,  5th  April,  1817...  792 

with  Schwartzburg  Sondershausen.    Treaty* 

(^r^rri/orta/)... Berlin,  15th  June,  1816...  832 

•«,••..• with  Schwartzburg  Rudolstadt.     Treaty. 

(Terri/orw/.;... Berlin,  19th  June,  1816...  837 


ROME. 


Convention  with  Sicily,  for  the  reciprocal  Arrest  and  Punish- 
ment  of  Vagabonds  and  Deserters. 

Rome,  4th  July,  1816...  1066 
Law,  relative  to  the  Organization  of  a  System  of  Public  Admi- 
nistration  Rome,6th  July,  1816...  631 

Convention  with  Bavaria,  relative  to  Ecclesiastical  Affairs. 

Rome,  6th  June,  1817...  1074 

with  Sicily,  relative  to  Ecclesiastical  Affairs. 

Terracina,  I6th  February,  1818.. .1081 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CONTENTS.  XVU 


RUSSIiL 

CoNFEUKCBS  between  die  Plenipotentiaries  of  Austria.  France, 
Greai  Britain,  Portugal,  Prussia,  Russia, 
^pain,  and  Sweden,  relative  to  the  aboHiion 
of  the  Skme  Trade. 

Vienna,  January,  February,  1816...  885 
Declaration  of  the  8  Powers,  relative  to  do, 

Vienna,  8th  February^  1816....  971 
CoNFBftENCfi  betfieen  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  Austria,  Greai 
Britain^  Prussia,  and  Russia,  relative  to  the 
abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade  by  France. 

Pans.  26th  July,  1816...  196 

•»• «.^.    between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  the  4  Powers,  at 

Paris,  and  Correspondence,  relative  to  the  Case 

of  Marshal  Ney,  under  the  Concention  for  the 

Cofitulation  of  Paris...  July,  December,  1816^..  SM 

CoiVBREHOSS  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  the  4  Powers, 

and  Communications  between  them  and  France, 

relative  to  the  Arrangements  for  a  General 

Peace. .....Paris,  July,  November,  1816...  914 

€oRB£8PONDBNCE  with  Austria,  Great  Britain,  and  Prussia, 
relative  to  the  restoration  by  France  to 
Foreign  States,  of  the  Works  of  Art 
taken  from  them  during  the  Revolu- 
tionary War September,  1815...  203 

^ with  Great  Britain,  relative  to  the  abolition 

of  the  Slave  Trade 1814...887, 943 

M •...  with  Austria^  Great  Britain,  and  Prussia, 

relative  to  the  Accession  of  Great  Britain 
to  the  Treaty  oiHoly  AlHance. 

September,  October,  181d«..  211B 
Trbatiss,  &c.  with  Foreign  Powers,  viz.— 
•••. with  Austria,   Great  Britain,  and  Prussia.    Con- 
vention.    Custody  of  Napoleon  Bonaparte. 

Paris,  2d  August,  1816...  ^00 

with  iittfirta  and  Pruma.    Treaty.    Holy  Alliance. 

Paris,  26th  September,  1816...  211 
»••«  with  Austria,  Great  Britain,  and  Prussia.    Treaty. 

Ionian  i^toidr..... Paris,  6th  November,  1816...  260 
b 


••• 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


XVm  CONTENTS. 


RUSSI A .— Continued. 

Treaties,  &c.  with  Foreign  Powers,  CwUviU€d,i\z.x — 

....•.•• ifiUti  Austria,  Great  Briiain,dJ[kA Prussia.    Treaty. 

Alliance  h  Friendship.. .PanB,  20th  Nov.  1816...  273 

••••*•« with    Frafice.      Definitive    Treaty.      Peace   and 

Friendship Paris,  20th  Nov.  1815...  280 

with  France,     Convention.     Pecuniary  Indemnity 

to  be  paid  by  Fraftce... Paris,  20th  Nov.  1815...  293 
with  France.    Convention.     Occupation  of  9k  Mili- 
tary Une'iu  Franre...  Paris,  20th  Nov.  1815...  298 

with  France.     Convention.     Private  Claims  upon 

France Paris,  20th  Nov.  1815...  315 

Separate  Article.     Claims  of  the  Duchy  of  Warsaw.*..  34 1 

witii  Austria,  France,  Great  Britain  and  Prussia. 

Act.     Neutrality  o( Switzerland. 

Paris,  20th  November,  1815..,  359 

^lih  Portugal.     Declaration,  &c.     Renewal  of  the 

Treaty  of  Commerce,  of  1798.«..1815, 1816...1090,  1091 
Annex.     Treaty  of  Commerce  with  Portugal,  1798*. .1092 

with  Prussia.     Convention.    Arrest  and  delivering 

up  of  Deserters. 

Berlin,  25th  May,  1816...  784 
Additional  A rticles..*. Berlin,  5th  April,  1817.. •  792 
Ukase,  relative  to  the  expulsion  of  the  Order  of  Jesuits. 

St.  Petersburgh.  1st  January,  1816...  794 


SARDINIA. 

T/REATY  (Territorial)    with  the  Swiss  Confederation,  relative 

to  the  Canton  of  Geneva Turin,  16th  March,  1816...  763 

^ Annex.     Treaty  of  Limits  with  the  Re- 

public  of  Geneva,  1754 763 

^. .......  of  Peace  and  Friendship  with  Algiers. 

Algiers,  Sd  April,  1816...17d,  176 

of  ......do cio...with  Tripoli. 

Tripoli,  29th  April,  1816...185,  189 
....... .^.t.  Declaration  of  the  Bey,  for  the  abolition 

of  Christian  Slavery. 

Tripoli,  29th  April,  1816. .  191,  515 
«•«••••#••  of  Peace  9Xid  Friendship  vtith  Tunis. 

Bardo,  17tb  April,  1816...  178, 183 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


rONTXNTS.  XIX 


SARDINIA.— C<m/tRice(/. 

Page. 
Tbeaty  with  Turns,  Annex.   Deelaratum  of  the  Bey^  for  the 
aboHtum  of  Christian  Sitnxry. 

Bardo,   17th  April,  1816...  162^  513 


SAXE  COBURG  SAALFELD. 

Treaty  of  Marriage  between  Prince  Leopold  of  Saxe  Coburp 
Saalfeld  and  The  Princess  Charlotte  of  Great 
Briiain^*... London,  Idth  March,  1816...  15a 


SAXE  WEIMAR. 

FuNDAMEMTAL  Law  for  the  Government  of  the  Grand  Duohy, 

Weimar,  5th  May,  1816...  842 
CoKTENTiON  With  The  Netherlands,  for  the  reciprocal  aboli- 
tion of  the  "  Droit  de  Detraction." 

The  Hague,  6th  August,  1^16...    70 


SCHAUMBURG  LIPPE. 

Oedikance,  relative  to  the  establishment  of  a  Representative 

Constitution Biickeburg,  15th  January,  1816.. .749 


SCHWARTZBURG  RUDOLSTADT. 

Ordinance,  relative  to  the  establishment  of  a  Representative 

Constitution Rudolstadt,  8th  January,  1816...  747 

Treaty  (Territorial)  with  PnaWa... Berlin,  19th  June,  1816...  837 


SCHWARTZBURG   SONDERSHAUSEN. 

Treaty    (Territorial)  nith  Prussia. 


Berlin,  I5th  June,  I8I60.  882 

itized  by  Google 


Digitiz 


XX  CONTENTS^ 


SEVEN  ISLANDS. 

Fage. 

Proclamation  of  the  Lord  High  Commissioner^  relative  to  the 
Conduct  and  Dismissal  of  certain  Members 
of  the  Semaie  of  Corfu. 

Corfa,  29d  May,  1816...1027 

•  •»•.. of  do.,  relative  to  the  Promtional  AdrnMnistra-- 

Hon  of  the  Government. 

Corfu,  29th  May,  1816...  1030 


SICILY. 

Correspoudbncb  with   The    United  States,  relative  to  the 
Claims  of  American  Citizens,  for  Vessels 

seized,  in  1809,  at  Naples 1809,  1810.. .1118 

Treaty  of  Peace  with  u^^^tVrj....... Algiers,  Sd  April,  1816...621,  528 

of  Peace  with  Tunis Bardo,  17th  April,  181&...d31,  537 

nf  Peace  with  7Wpo/f'.... Tripoli,  29th  April,  1816.. .540,  546 

Convention  with  Rome,  for  the  reciprocal  Arrest  and  Punish- 
ment of  Vagabonds  and  Deserters. 

Rome,  4th  Jnly,  1816...1066 

, with  Rome,  Tt\di\hst  io  Ecclesiastieal  Affairs. 

Terraciua,  16th  Febmary,  1818...  1081 


SPAIN. 

Conferences  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  Austria,  France, 
Great  Britain,  Portugal,  Prussia,  Russia, 
Spain,  and  Sweden,  relative  to  the  abolition  of 
the  Slave  Trade. 

Vienna,  January,  February,  1815.,.  885 
Declaration  of  the  8  Powers,  relative  to  do. 

Vienna,  8lh  February,  1815...    971 
Correspondence  with  Great  Britain,  relative  to  the  abolition 

of  iheSlave  Trade 1814,  I815«..884, 865 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


C0NT£NT8.  XX 


SPAIN.— CofilmtftfdL 

CoutBSPONDBNCB  With   The   United  States,    relat'iTe    to   the 
Rehtions  with  Spain; — Florida, — Spanish 

Amenean  Insurgents,  he 1815,1816...  109 

Notifications,  relative  to  the  Spanish  Stockades  of  the  Ports 
of  the  Vice  Royalty  of  Santa  Fk,  and  Island 

of  Margarita January,  Angnst,  1816...1112 

Trsatt  f^  Defensive  AlUanee  with  The  NetherUmds,  against  the 
Barbasy  Regeneies, 

AtcaladeHenareSy  10th  August,  1816...  562 


SWEDEN. 

CoMTEABtiCXs  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  Austria,  France, 
Great  Britain,  Portugal,  Prussia,  Russia, 
Spain,  and  Sweden,  relative  to  the  abolition  of 
the  Slave  Trade. 

Vienna,  January,  February,  1815...  Sd& 
Declaration  of  the  8  Powers^  relative  to  do. 

Vienna,  8th  February,  1815...  971 
Spbech  of  the  Prince  Royal,  on  the  Closing  of  the  Storthing 

of  Norway Christiania,  6th  July,  1816...  802 


SWITZERLAND. 

Federal  Coup  act  between  the  Cantons  of  Switzerland. 

Zurich,  7th  August,  1815...  803 
Tbeatt  (Territorial)  with  Sardinia,  relative  to  the  Canton  of 

iienevai Turin,  16th  March,  1816...  768 

Annex.     Treaty  of  Limits  between  the  Republic  of 

Geneva  wad  Sardinia,  1754 • 768 


TUSCANY. 
TasATT  of  Truce  wiih  Tunis. Tunis,  26th  April,  1816...  550 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


XXll  COHTTENTS, 


UNITED  STATES. 


Plage, 
Acts  of  Covorbbs,  imposing  AddUionat Duties  upon  Foreign 

Vessels  and  Cargoes 1812.  1816...  798 

Act  of  Congress^  repealing  the  Discriminating  Duties  upon 
British  Vessels  and  Cargoes. 

let  Marcfi,  1816...  799 

•••• •• *•  dedsring  the  conditional  Consent  of  Con^ 

gress  to  Acts  of  the  States  o^  South  Caro* 
lina  and  Georgm,  imposing  Tonnage 
Duties  upon  Vessels  from  Foreign  Coun^ 

tries 29th  April,  1816...  800 

for  the  Gradual  Increase  of  the  Navg. 

29th  April,  1816...  801 
Correspondence  of  Commissioners,  relative  to  the  Negotiation 

of  Peace  with  Algiers July,  1815...1048 

...•• • with  Great  Britain,  relative  to  the  conolu* 

sum  of  a  Convention  of  Commerce. .  •••1815. ••     83 

• •••...•  with  Gr^l  £rt/ain,  relative  to  the  J?e#ror(i« 

tion  of  British  and  American  Prisoners  of 
War,  and  to  the  Riot  at  Dartmoor  Prison. 

January  to  December,  18I5...  121 
• with   Great  Britain,  relative  to  Local  Dis- 
criminating Duties   levied    in   American 
Ports,   contrary   to    the    Stipulations   of 

Treaty July,  1816...1110 

• with  Portugal,  relative   to  the  Jitting  out 

in  American  Ports,  of  Privateers  against 
Portuguese  and  Spanish  Vessels. 

December,  1816...  780 
with  Sici/g,  relative  to  the  Claims  of  Ameri- 
can Citizens,  for  Vessels  seized,  in  1809, 

at  Naples 1809, 1810...1 118 

with  Spain,  relative  to  the  Relations  with  The 

United  States  ; — Florida^ — Sfnmish  Ame- 

rican  Insurgents,  &c 1815,  1816...  109 

Message  of  The  President  to  Congress,  on  the  Opening  of  the 

Session 3rd  December,  1816...    71 

••••••••••••  of. do to do,  relative  to  the   Relations 

with  Spain; — Florida, — Spanish  American   Insur- 
gents,  %ic r ..26th  January,  1816...  109 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CONTENTS.  XXlll 


UNITED  STAT£8.~C(m/iii«e<{. 

HE86AGEof  the  President  to  Congress,  relative  to  the  Restora- 
tien  of  British  and  American  Pritoners  of  War,  and  to 

theRioi  SiiDarimoor  Prison Slst  January,  1816...  121 

Rbpobts  of  Commissioners,  on  the  conclusion  of  Treaiies  of 

Peace  with  cerUin  Indian  Tribes Sept.  Oct.  1815...  1035 

RsposT  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  respecting  the  state 

of  the  Finances. 7th  December,  1815...  568 

of..«...do,  transmitting  Statements  of  the  Imports  in 

1814 18th  December,  1815...1051 

of. do,  relative  to  the  National  Currency,  and  the 

establishment  of  9i  National  Bank 24th  Dec.  1815...  871 

of  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  exhibiting  the  Naval 

Force  of  The  United  States 2nd  January,  1816...11I4 

^ of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  relative  to  the  amount 

of  American  Tonnage,  and  Native  and  Foreign  Seamen^ 

employed  in  the  Merchant  Service 26th  Jan.  1816...1011 

of. do,  transmitting  Statements  of  the  Exports  in 

1815 14th  February,  1816. .  1054 

of  the  Secretary  of  War,  relative  to  the  Expenses  of  the 

Indian  Department.^ 13th  March,  1816...1042 

of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  relative  to  the  prac- 
ticability and  expediency  of  collecting  the  Dues  of 
Gocemment  in  Specie,  Treasury  Notes,  &c. 

I9th  March,  1816...  1013 

of  the  Secretaries    of   Departments,   respecting  the 

Annual  Settlement  of  the  Public  Accounts, 

6th  December,  1816...1018 

•• of  the  Secretary  of  War,  relative  to  the  OrffanixatMon 

and  Disc^we  of  the  Aft/i^ui....l3th  December,  I816...1122 

••.* of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  transmitting  the 

Annual  Statement  of  the  District  Tonnage,  on  the 

31st  December,  1815... 1062 
Statement  of  the  Militia  of  The  United  States. 

1st  March,  1816...11 17 
Treaties,  &c,  with  Foreign  Powers,  viz : 

with  Algiers,    Treaty.     Peace  and  Amity, 

Algiers, 30th  June,  1815...    45 
with  Great  Britain,    Convention.     Commerce, 

London,  8rd  July,  1815...    78 
Annex.    British  Declaration.     Suspension 
■of  Intercourse  with  St,  Helena, 

Washington,  34th  Nov.  1815...    82 


•••*••  ..-«••«• 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


XXIV  CONTENTS. 


UNITED  STATES.— Con^wrf. 

Page. 

Treaties,  &c.,  with    various    Nations  and   Tribes    of 
Indians  ;-»I795  to  1816,  viz :  with  the 

Cherokee  Naiicn.    Treaty.     Cesskm. 

WashiogtoD,  22nd  Maroh,  1816...  461 

do Convention.  Ldmiis do 462 

«.«...dt> TreBty.  Peace,  Friefuitk^tnndLmiU. 

Turkey  Town,  4th  October,  1816...  478 

• Chiehasaw  Nation.    Treaty.. .•.•4il9......eb« 

Council  House,  20th  Sept.  1816...  475 

•••• Chippetoa,  Ottawa,  &c.  Natume,   Treaty.  lAmiis. 

Brownstown,  25th  November,  1808.^.  425 

M Choctaw  Nation.    Treaty.    Limits. 

Mount  Dexter,  I6th  Nov.  1805...  420 

••••••... d(0«« Treaty.     Cession, 

Trading  House,  24th  Oct  1816...  481 

,  Creek  Nation.    Treaty.     Peace, 

Fort  Jackson,  9th  August,  1814...  434 

.•• ..•  Dekacare,  Shawanee,  Sic,  Tribes,  Treaty.   Limits. 

Fort  Wayne,  7th  June,  1803...  409 

Delaware  Tribe.    Treaty.     Cession. 

Vincennes,  18th  Augnst,  1804...  711 

«. Deiaware,  Pattawatima,8tc.  Tribes.  Treaty.  Limits. 

Grouaeland,  21st  August,  1805...  418 

...do do...     Tribes.    Treaty.     Limits. 

Fort  Wayne,  30th  September,  1809...  427 

,•  Eel  Biver^WyandoU^c.  Tribes.    Treaty.    Limits. 

Yincennes,  7th  August,  1803,,.  411 

Fox  Tribe.    Treaty.    Pea4ie  and  Frierhdship. 

Portage  des  Sioux,  14th  Sept  1815...  456  ^ 

loway  Tribe.     Treaty... db... do. 

Portage  des  Sioux,  16th  Sept  1816...  458 

•« Kanzcu  Tribe.     Treaty. ..do...€lo... 

St  Louis,  28th  October,  1815...  459 

Kaskaskia  Tribe.     Treaty.     Cession. 

Yincennes,  13th  August,  1803...  708 

Kickapoo  Tribe.    Treaty.    Limits. 

,^     ,.  9th  December,  1809...  431 


••••••.• aU 


.do Treaty.    Peace  and  Friendsh^. 

Portage  des  Sioux,  2nd  Sept  1815...  448 

Mahas  Tribe,    Treaty ..do, do. 

Portage  des  Sioux,  20th  July,  1815...  447 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CONTENTS.  XXV 


UNITED  STATES— Conlmiwprf. 


Treatibs,  &c.  with    tabioub    Nations   amp    Tribes  of 
Indunb,  ConHnuedy  yiz.:  with  the 

Miami  and  Eei  Rieer  Tribes.    Separate   Article. 

JLiMfl# Fort  Wayne,  30th  Sept.  1809...  430 

OMge  Tribes.    Treaty.    Peace  and  Friendship. 

Fort  Clark,  10th  November,  1808...  716 

• do Treaty.  ...do....do. 

PortBge  des  Sionx,  12th  September,  1816...  453 

•«•  Ottawa,  Chippewa,  8ie.  Nations,    Treaty.  Limits. 

Detroit,  17th  November,  1807...  423 

ddo Treaty.   Peace  9ikd  Limits. 

St  Loaia,  24th  August,  1816...  473 

PattawaOma  Tribe.    Treaty.  Peace  8c  Friendship. 

Portage  des  Sioux,  18th  July,  1816—  437 

..•••.. Piankeshaw  Tribe.   Treaty.     Cession. 

Vineennes,  27th  August,  1804.. •  713 
•••«....*..€k3|.  ••.•••.••     Treaty.     Cession. 

Vincennes,  dOth  December,  1805...  714 

do. Treaty.    Peace  &  Friendsh^ 

Portage  des  Sioux,  18th  July.  1815...  439 

Sac  and  Fox  Tribes.     Treaty.    Limits. 

St  Louis,  3rd  November,  1804...  41^ 

Sac  of  Missouri  River  Tribe.   Treaty.   Peac#  and 

Friendship. 
Portage  des  Sioux,  ISlh  Sept  1815...  454 

Sac  of  Rock  River  Tribes.    Treaty,    do,    do, 

St  Louis,  13th  May,  1816...  465 

Seneca  Nation.    Treaty.     Cession. 

Buffalo  Greek.  30tb  June,  1802...  701 
Annex.     Contract. 

Genesee,  16th  September,  1797...  704 

do Treaty.     Cession. 

Buffalo  Creek,  30th  June,  1802...  707 

Sioux  of  the  Lakes'  Tribe.     Treaty.    Peace  and  ,.^ 

^mt/y... Portage  des  Sioux,  19th  July,  1815...  442 

Sioux  of  St.  Peter  River  Tribe.    Treaty.     do...do. 

Portage  des  Sioux,  19th  July,  1815...  443 

Sioux  Tribes.     Treaty.    Peace  9Ji&  Friendship. 

St  Louis,  Ist  June,  1816...  467 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


n 


XXVI  CONTENTS. 


UNITED  STATEB.^Cantinued. 

Page. 
TflBATIES,     &C.     WITH     VARIOUS    NATIONS     AND     TrIBES     OF 

Indians,  Contimued,  viz.:  with  the 

TeeUm  Tribe.    Treaty.    Psace  nni  Friendship. 

Portage  des  Sioux,  19th  July,  181^..^  440 

Wea  Tribe.    Conveutioii.    LimUe. 

YioceDues,  26th  October,lS09...  430 

Wea  and  Kiehapoo  Tribee.     Treaty.    Peace  and 

/VMncb^>...Fort  HarrisoD,  4th  June,  1816...  471 

^..   Winnebago  Tribe.    Treaty.     •».do:.do. 

St.  l^uis,  drd  June,  1816...  469 

Wyandot,  Delaware^  Sec.  Tribes*    Treaty.  Peace. 

Limits^ Greeoville,  3rd  August,  1795...  402 

Wyandot,  Ottawa,  ^c.  Nations.    Treaty.    Limits. 

Fort  Industry,  4th  July,  1805.,..  416 

...  ^..* Wyandoty  Delaware^  Sac.  Tribes.    Treaty.    Peace 

and  /VMn(&^>...Greenville,  22ad  July,  1814...  432 

do do.. .Tribes.  Treaty.  Peace zn^ Friendship. 

Spring  Wells,  8th  Sept.  1815...  450 

Yancton  Tt^e.     Treaty.    Pea^e  wixA  Friendship. 

Portage  des  Sioux,  19th  July,  1815...  445 

WALDECK. 

Constitution  of  the  Pri»cipa/%....Arol6en,  19ih  April,  1816...  761 

WIRTEMBERO. 

Decree  of  the  Royal  Ministry  of  State,  relative  to  the  Pro^ 
ceedings  for  a  Constitution  for  the  Kingdom. 

Stutgardt,22nd  August  18I6...1106 
Ordinance  of  The  Kinjar,  Tor  the  Organization  of  a  Privy 

Council  of  Govemment...Siuii^diTdt,Sih}iorASl6...lOOS 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


BRITISH  AND  FOREIGN 


SPEECH  rf  ike  Lords  Ofmmissianers^  am  the  Opening  of 
ike  Britieh  Parliament.— Y$i  February,  1816. 

My  Lords,  and  Gentlemen, 

We  are  commaDcled  by  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent 
to  express  to  you  his  deep  regret  at  the  contiooance  of  His  Mnjesty's 
lamented  indisposition. 

The  Prince  Regent  directs  us  to  acquaint  you,  that  he  has  had  the 
greatest  satisfaction  in  calling  you  together,  under  circumstances 
which  enable  him  to  announce  to  you  the  restoration  of  Peace  through* 
out  Europe. 

The  splendid  and  decisive  Successes  obtained  by  His  Majesty's 
Arms,  and  those  of  his  Allies,  had  led,  at  an  early  period  of  the 
Campaigu,  to  tlie  re-establishment  of  the  Authority  of  His  Most  Chris- 
tian Majesty  in  the  Capital  of  his  Dominions ;  and  it  has  been  since 
that  time  His  Royal  Highness's  most  earnest  endeavour  to  promote 
SQch  Arraoji^ements  as  appeared  to  him  best  calculated  to  provide  for 
the  lasting  repose  and  security  of  Europe. 

In  the  adjustment  of  these  Arrangements  it  was  natural  to  expect 
that  many  difficulties  would  occur;  but  the  Prince  Regent  trusts  it 
will  be  found  that,  by  moderation  and  firmness^  they  have  been  effec- 
taally  surmounted. 

To  the  intimate  union  which  has  happily  subsisted  between  the 
Allied  Powers,  the  N  ations  of  the  Continent  have  twice  owed  their 
deliverance.  His  Royal  Highness  has  no  doubt  that  you  will  be 
sensible  of  the  great  importance  of  maintaining  in  its  full  force  that 
Alliance,  from  which  so  many  advantages  have  already  been  derived, 
and  which  affords  the  best  prospect  of  the  continuance  of  Peacis 

The  Prince  Regent  has  directed  Copies  of  the  several  Treaties 
and  Conventions  which  have  been  concluded  to  be  laid  before  you. 

The  extraordinary  situation  in  which  the  Powers  of  Europe  have 
been  placed,  from  the  circumstances  which  have  attended  the  French 
Revolution,  and  more  especially  in  consequence  of  the^Events  of  last 
tl816— 16.]  B 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


2  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

year,  has  induced  the  Allies  to  adopt  precautionary  measures,  which 
they  consider  as  indispensably  necessary  for  the  general  security. 

As  His  Royal  Highness  has  concurred  in  these  measures,  from  a 
fall  conviction  of  their  justice  and  sound  policy,  he  relies  confidently 
on  your  co-operation  in  such  proceedhigs  as  may  be  necessary  for 
carrying  them  into  effect. 

Gentlemen  of  the  House  of  Commons, 

The  Prince  Regent  has  directed  the  Estimates  for  the  present  year 
to  be  laid  before  you. 

His  Royal  Highness  is  happy  to  inform  you,  that  the  manufac- 
tures, commerce,  and  revenue  of  the  United  Kingdom  are  in  a  flourish- 
ing condition. 

The  great  exertions  which  you  enabled  him  to  make,  in  the  course 
of  the  last  year,  afforded  the  means  of  bringing  the  .Contest  in  which 
we  were  engaged  to  so  glorious  and  speedy  a  termination. 

The  Prince  Regent  laments  the  heavy  pressure  upon  the  Country 
which  such  exertions  could  not  fail  to  produce ;  and  His  Royal  High« 
Hess  has  commanded  us  to  assure  you,  that  you  may  rely  on  every 
disposition  on  his  part,  to  concur  in  such  measures  of  economy  as 
may  be  found  consistent  with  the  security  of  the  Country,  and  with 
that  station  which  we  occupy  in  Europe. 
My  Lords,  smd  Gentlemen, 

The  Negotiations  which  tlie  Prince  Regent  announced  to  you,  at 
Uie  end  of  the  last  Session  of  Parliament,  as  being  in  progress,  with  a 
view  to  a  Commercial  Arrangement  between  this  Country  and  the 
United  States  of  America,  have  been  brought  to  a  satisfactory  issue* 
His  Royal  Highness  has  given  orders  that  a  Copy  of  the  Treaty 
which  has  been  concluded  shall  be  laid  before  you ;  and  he  confidently 
trusts,  that  the  stipulations  of  it  will  prove  advantageous  to  the  interests 
of  both  Conntries,  and  cement  the  good  understanding  which  so 
happily  subsists  between  them. 

The  Prince  Regent  has  commanded  us  to  inform  you,  that  the 
Hostilities  in  which  we  have  been  involved  in  the  Island  of  Ceylon, 
and  on  the  Continent  of  India,  have  been  attended  with  decisive 
success. 

Those  in  Ceylon  have  terminated  in  an  Arrangement  highly 
honourable  to  the  British  character,  and  which  cannot  fail  to  augment 
the  security  and  internal  prosperity  of  that  valuable  Possession. 

The  operations  in  India  have  led  to  an  Armistice,  which  gives 
reason  to  hope  that  a  Peace  may  have  been  concluded,  on  terms 
advantageous  to  our  interests  in  that  part  of  the  World. 

At  the  close  of  a  Contest  so  extensive  and  momentous  as  that  in 
which  we  have  been  so  long  engaged  in  Europe,   and  which  has 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN.  3 

exalted  the  character  and  military  renown  of  the  British  Nation 
beyond  all  former  example^  the  Prince  Regent  cannot  but  feel,  that 
under  Providence,  he  is  indebted  for  the  success  which  has  attended 
his  exertions,  to  the  wisdom  and  firmness  of  Parliament,  and  to  the 
perseverance  and  public  spirit  of  His  Majesty  s  People. 

It  will  be  the  Prince  Regent's  constant  endeavour  to  maintain,  by 
the  justice  and  moderation  of  his  conduct,  the  high  character  which 
this  Country  has  acquired  amongst  the  Nations  of  the  World :  and 
His  Royal  Highness  has  directed  us  to  express  his  siocera  and  earnest 
hope,  that  tJie  same  union  amongst  ourselves,  which  has  enabled  us 
to  surmount  so  many  dangers,  and  has  brought  this  eventful  Struggle 
to  so  auspicious  an  issue,  may  now  animate  us  in  Peace,  and  induce 
us  cordially  to  co-operate  in  all  those  measures  which  may  best 
manifest  our  gratitude  for  the  Divine  Protection,  and  most  effectually 
promote  the  prosperity  and  happiness  of  our  Country  • 


SPEECH  i^The  Prince  Regent,  on  the  Closing  of  the  British 
Parliament. — StndJuly,  1816. 

My  Lords,  and  Gentlemen, 

I  CANNOT  close  this  Session  of  Parliament  without  again  expressinor 
my  deep  regret  at  the  continuance  of  His  Majesty's  lamented  indis- 
position. 

The  cordial  interest  which  you  have  manifested  in  the  happy  event 
of  the  Marriage  of  my  Daughter  the  Princess  Charlotte  with  the 
Prince  of  Saxe  Cobourg,  and  the  liberal  provision  which  you  have  made 
for  their  establishment,  afford  an  additional  proof  of  your  affectionate 
attachment  to  His  Majesty's  person  and  family ;  and  demand  my 
warmest  acknowledgments. 

1  have  the  pleasure  to  acquaint  you,  that  I  have  given  the  Royal 
consent  to  a  Marriage  between  His  Majesty's  Daughter  the  Princess 
Mary  and  the  Duke  of  Gloucester;  and  I  am  persuaded  that  this 
event  will  be  highly  gratifying  to  all  His  Majesty's  Subjects. 

The  assurances  which  I  have  received  of  the  pacific  and  friendly 
disposition  of  the  Powers  engaged  in  the  late  War,  and  of  their  resolu- 
tion to  execute  inviolably  the  terms  of  the  Treaties  which  I  announced 
to  you  at  the  opening  of  the  Session,  promise  the  continuance  of  that 
Peace  so  essential  to  the  interests  of  all  the  Nations  of  the  World. 

Gentlemen  of  tkti  House  of  Commons, 

f  thank  you  for  the  supplies  which  you  have  granted  for  the 
•ervice  of  the  year ;  and  I  am  sensihle  of  the  beneficial  effects  which 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


4  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

may  be  expected  to  result  from  the  salutary  system  of  making  provision 
for  them  in  a  way  calculated  to  uphold  public  credit. 

The  arrangements  which  you  have  adopted  for  discharging  the 
incumbrances  of  the  Civil  List,  and  for  rendering  its  future  income 
adequate  to  its  expenditure,  by  relieving  it  from  a  part  of  the  charge 
to  vrhich  it  was  subject,  are  in  the  highest  degree  gratifying  and  satis- 
factory to  me ;  and  you  may  be  assured  that  nothing  shall  be  wanting 
on  my  part  to  give  full  effect  to  those  arrangements. 

The  provision  you  have  made  for  consolidating  the  Revenues  of  Great 
Britain  and  Ireland,  will,  I  doubt  not,  be  productive  of  the  happiest 
consequences  in  cementing  and  advancing  the  interests  of  the  United 
Kingdom;  and  must  afford  an  additional  proof  of  the  constant  dispo- 
sition of  Parliament  to  relieve  the  difficulties  and  promote  the  welfare 
of  Ireland. 

My  Lords,  and  Gentlemen, 

The  measures  to  which  1  have  been  under  the  necessity  of  resort- 
ing, for  the  suppression  of  those  tumults  and  disorders  which  had 
unfortunately  occurred  in  some  parts  of  the  Kingdom,  have  been 
productive  of  the  most  salutary  effects. 

1  deeply  lament  the  continuance  of  that  pressure  and  distress 
which  the  circumstances  of  the  Country,  at  the  close  of  so  long  a  War, 
have  unavoidably  entailed  on  many  classes  of  His  Majesty's 
Subjects. 

I  feel  fully  persuaded,  however,  that  after  the  many  severe  trials 
which  they  have  undergone,  in  the  course  of  the  arduous  Contest  ia 
which  we  have  been  engaged,  and  the  ultimate  success  which  has 
attended  their  glorious  and  persevering  exertions,  1  may  rely  with 
perfect  con6dence  on  their  public  spirit  and  fortitude  in  sustaining 
those  difficulties,  which  will,  I  trust,  be  found  to  have  arisen  from 
causes  of  a  temporary  nature,  and  which  cannot  fail  to  be  materially 
relieved  by  the  progressive  improvement  of  public  credit,  and  by  the 
reduction  which  has  already  taken  place  in  the  burthens  of  the 
People. 

Then  the  Lord  Chancellor,  by  the  Prince  Regent's  command,  said ; 

My  LordSf  and  Gentlemen, 

It  is  the  will  and  pleasure  of  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince 
Regent,  acting  in  the  name  and  on  behalf  of  His  Majesty,  that  this 
Parliament  be  prorogued  to  Saturday  the  34th  day  of  August  next, 
to  be  then  here  holden  ;  and  this  Parliament  is  accordingly  prorogued 
to  Saturday  the  24th  day  of  August  next. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS.  3 

RAPPORT  pr^senU  au  Rot  des  Pays  BaSj  par  la  Cofumission 
charge  de  la  Revision  de  la  Lai  Fondamentale  des -Pays 
BaS'Un%s.—La  Haye,  le  13  Juillet,  1815. 

Sire, 

1.A  Commission  que  ?oq8  avez  charuee  de  revoir  la  Loi  FondameD- 
tale  des  Provinces  Unies,  el  de  proposer  les  modifications  qu*exigent 
raccroissement  da  Territoire,  I'erection  des  Pays  Bas  en  Royaume,  et 
les  Stipulations  des  Traites  de  Londres  et  de  Vi^nne,  s'est  livree  k  ce 
travail  avec  tout  le  zMe  que  lui  inspiraient  Pimportance  de  son  objet 
et  le  ddsir  de  justifier  la  con6ance  de  voire  Mt^jeste. 

Voas  ffvez  declare,  Sire,  aux  Notables  assemblees  Tannee  derni^re 
dans  la  Ville  d'Amsterdam,  qne  vous  aviez  accepte  la  Souverainete, 
sous  la  condition  expresses  qu'une  Loi  Fondamentale  garantit  suffi- 
samment  la  liberte  des  personnes,  la  sikrete  des  propri^t^s,  en  un  mot 
tons  les  droits  civils  qui  caracterisent  un  Peuple  reellement  libre. 

C'est  dans  ces  paroles  gravees  dans  toos  les  cceurs  par  la  recon- 
naissance,  c'est  dans  les  moeurs  et  les  habitudes  de  la  Nation,  dans  son 
economie  publique,  dans  des  institutions  ^prouvees  par  plusieurs  sidles, 
qu  ont  et6  puis^s,  avec  une  defiance  des  theories  trop  bien  justifiee  par 
tant  de  Constitutions  ephemerea,  les  principes  de  cette  premiere  Loi« 
qui  n'est  pas  une  abstraction  plus  ou  moins  ingenieuse,  mats  une  Loi 
adaptee  i.  letat  de  la  Hollande,  au  commencement  du  I9me  si^cle. 

Elle  n*a  pas  reconstruit  ce  qui  etait  entiferement  ns^  par  le  temps, 
mais  elle  a  relev^  tout  ce  qui  pouvait  ^tre  utilement  conserve.  C'est 
dans  cet  esprit,  qu'elle  a  retabli  les  Etats  Provinciaux,  en  modifiant 
lear  organisation.  Dans  ses  rapports  avec  le  Gouvernement  General, 
cette  organisation  n'avait  pas  toujours  ete  d  labri  de  justes  censures: 
ces  rapports  ont  cesse.  Mais  les  Etats  Provinciuux,  consideres  comme 
Administrateurs,  avaient  beaucoup  fait  pour  la  prosp^rit^  du  Pays: 
cette  administration  leur  a  etc  rendue.  La  Loi  Fondamentale  a  rendu 
de m§me anx  Viiles  et  aux  Arrondissemens ruraux,  toute  Imdependaoce 
compatible  avec  le  bien  general. 

Elle  a  invest!  I'Autorit^  Souveraine  de  toutes  les  prerogatives  pro- 
pres  d  la  fi&ire  respecter  dans  I'lnterieur  et  It  l'£tranger. 

Elle  a  attribue  le  Pouvoir  Legislatif  concurremment  au  Prince  et 
aux  Etats  Gendraux,  61us  par  les  Etats  des  Provinces,  qui  sont  eux- 
m^mes  elus  par  tons  les  Habitans  du  Royaumequi  ont  quelque  inter^t 
k  sa  prosp^rite. 

Dans  un  pareil  syst^me  de  Loiset  d'Institutionsbien  co-ordonn^es 
entr'elles,  les  Merobres  de  la  Commission  qui  appartiennent  aux  Pro- 
vinces Meiidionales,  ont  reconnu  les  bases  de  leurs  aucieunes  Constitu- 
tions, les  principes  de  leur  ancienue  liberte,  les  regies  de  leur  ancienne 
independance ;  et  il  na  pas  ete  difficile.  Sire,  de  modifier  cette  Loi,  de 
mani^re  i.  la  rendre  commune  aux  2  Nations,  unies  par  des  liens  qui 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


6  NETHERLANDS. 

n*avaient  M  rompas  qae  pour  lenr  maUieur  ct  celui  de  TEurope,  el 
qti'il  est  dans  leur  vcbu  et  dans  ilnter^t  de  TEurope  de  rendre  indis- 
solubles. 

Born^i  k  cettc  t&che,  et  prenaDt  poor  base  de  notre  travail  cettc 
premiere  Loi,  con^ue  dans  des  vnes  lil>erales  et  conciliatrices,  nous 
avons  successiTement  examind  ses  principes  ge»eranx,  et  ses  disposi- 
tions particuli^res. 

Nous  avons  tAche,  Sire,  de  nous  penctrer  de  voire  esprit,  et  dim- 
primer  sL  la  Constitution  qui  r^gira  votre  beau  Royaume,  ce  caract^re 
de  justice  et  de  bienveillance  generale,  que  Ton  trouve  dans  towtes  vos 
actions,  dans  tous  vos  sen ti mens. 

Nous  n'avons  pas  eu  I'orgucil  de  tout  prevoir,  la  pretention  de 
tout  regler.  Nous  avons  fait  la  part  de  Texp^rience  future,  et  an  lieu 
de  dispositions  decisives  et  tranchantes,  nous  avons  souvent  pose  des 
pierres  d'attente,  oA  votre  sagesse  eclairee  par  1e  temps  et  par  d'autrea 
conseiis^  placera  des  Institutions  qui  sont  plutftt  indiquees  que  fix^es, 
et  qui  compliteront  sans  lenteur,  comme  sans  precipitation,  recfifice 
dont  nous  avons  seulement  trac^  les  dimensions  et  fixe  les  bases. 

En  divisant  le  Royaume  en  Provinces,  nous  avons  conserve  pour 
les  Provinces  Septentrionales  la  division  qu*avait  adoptee  l«  premie 
Loi,  en  rendant  4  cbacune  d'elles  ses  anciennes  limites,  legferement 
modifi6es  pour  leur  inter^t  commun. 

Le  meme  inter^t  a  fait  pr^f^rer  pour  les  Provinces  Meridionales 
un  principe  different  Nous  n*avons  fait  que  changer  les  noms  des 
Departemens  (Article  II.) 

Un  laps  de  plus  de  20  annees,  a  cre6  entre  les  Habitans  de  cbacnn 
de  ces  Departemens  des  liens  et  des  rapports,  qu'on  ne  d^truirait  pas 
sans  froisser  de  nombreux  iuterdts,  sans  faire  naitre  des  embarras  mul- 
tiplies pour  le  Gouvernement,  inutiles  ou  nqisibJes  aiix  gouvernes. 

Nous  avons  place  les  Provinces  du  Royaume  dans  Tordrequavaient 
adopts,  avant  leur  separation,  les  Ordonnances  de  Charles  V. 

La  Province  de  Luxembourg^  qui  prend  le  litre  de  Grand  Duche, 
et  qui  remplace  dans  la  Maison  de  votre  Majeste,  ses  Etats  Allemauds, 
devient  pour  le  Royaume  un  accroissement  de  la  plus  haute  impor. 
tance. 

Nous  avons  et^  informes.  Sire,  des  droits  que  des  Pactes  de  Famille 
avaient  donnes  sur  les  Etats  de  Nassau  au  puine  de  vos  Fils,  nous 
II  avons  pas  meconnu  le  juste  titre  qu  a  ce  Prince  d  une  indemnity  ; 
mais  nous. avons  cm  que  c'est  aux  Etats-Gen^raux  qu'il  appartient  de 
proposer,  soit  par  la  cession  de  domaines,  soit  de  toute  autre  mani^re, 
la  mesure  qui  satisfera  le  mieux  i  ce  que  I'equite  comroande,  k  ce  que 
la  reconnaissance  de  la  Nation  lui  prescrit. 

Nous  osons,  Sire,  exprimer  respectueusement  le  vttu  qu*il  soit  fait 
des  dispositions,  de  concert  avec  vos  Allies,  pour  que  dans  aucnn  cas, 
le  Grand  Duche  de  Luxembourg  ne  puisse  cesser  de  feire  partie  du 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERJ.ANDS.  7 

Royanme.    Ce  voeo  qui  est  daDS  PialMi  de  ]*£tat,  aoot  parait  toe 
aassi  dans  l'inter6t  de  1'  Europe. 

Tootes  les  garanties  que  la  premi^  Loi  Fondamentale  avak 
donnees  d  la  liberte  individuelle  et  A  ia  propriele  out  ^1^  eooiarv^. 
Nous  avons  troave  peu  de  chose  k  j  ajouter. 

Toate  arrestation  arbitraire  est  prevenue  (Article  CLXVIIf.) 

Si,  dans  des  circonstances  graves,  ie  Goavemement  fait  arrftter  un 
Individuy  il  doit  ^tre  dans  les  3  jours  traduit  devant  Ie  Juge  que  la  Lei 
assigne  (Article  CLXIX.) 

Nnl  ne  peut  6lre  distrait  de  ce  Juge,  sous  auean  pretexte  (Article 
CLXVII.) 

La  peine  iniqae  de  la  confiscation  est  abolie  (Article  CLXXL) 

Tout  Jugement  en  mati^re  civile  doit  6tre  motiv^  (Article 
CLXXIIL) 

£n  mati^re  criminelle,  il  doit  exprimer  les  circonstances  du  dtiit, 
et  la  Loi  appliqa^e  par  Ie  Juge  (Article  CLXXIL) 

Les  uns  et  les  autres  doivent  ^tre  prononces  en  stance  publique 
(Article  CLXX IV.) 

Nul  ne  put  £tre  priv^  de  sa  propri^t^,  si  ce  n'est  pour  I'atilite 
publique  et  moyennant  nne  juste  indemnity  (Article  CLXIV.) 

Le  domicile  de  tout  Sujet  du  Roi  est  inviolable  (Article  CLXX.) 

Le  droit  de  petition  convenablement  r^gl^,  est  coosacr^  par  la  Loi 
(Article  CLXL) 

Elle  n'admet  aucan  privilege  en  matiire  d*imp6t  (Article 
CXCVIII.) 

Chacun  des  Sujets  du  Roi  est  admissible  d  tous  les  £mplois«  sans 
distinction  de  naissance  ou  de  croyance  religieuse  (Articles  XI  eC 
CXCIL) 

En  reservant  les  pretniires  fonctions  de  V  Etat  anx  indigenes  u6b 
de  parens  domicilies  dans  le  Royaume  (Article  VIII),  la  Loi  admet 
aux  autres,  et  les  naturels  da  Pays,  et  ceox  qui  y  seront  naturalises. 

Cette  terre  hospital i^re  ofiHra  toojours  protection  et  bienveillance 
d  ceux  que  des  Lois  liberales  et  an  Gouvernement  paternel  y  appella- 
ront;  mais  le  droit  de  voter  sur  ses  plus  grands  inter^ts,  ou  de  prendre 
part  i  leur  direction,  ne  doit  appartenir  qu*a  ceux  qui  ont  sac^  avec 
le  lait,  Tamour  de  la  Patrie. 

La  liberte  de  la  Presse  n'aura  pas  d'autres  entraves  que  la  responsa- 
bilit^  de  celni  qui  ecrit,  imprime,  ou  dtstribue  (Article  CCXXVII). 

Nous  avons  plac^  parmi  les  ptemiers  devoirs  du  GouTememeut, 
celui  de  proteger  ^Instruction  Publique,  qui  doit  r^pandre  dans  toutes 
les  classes  les  connaissances  utiles  k  tous,  et  dans  les  classes  elev^es 
cet  amour  des  Sciences  et  des  Lettrt s  qui  embellisent  la  vie,  font  partie 
de  la  gloire  Nationale,  et  ne  sont  etrang^res  ni  d  la  prosperity  ni  k  la 
steete  de  I'Etat  (Article  COXXVI). 

Pen  de  Pays  en  Europe  ont  fait  autant  que  nos  Provinces,  pour 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


8  NETHERLANDS. 

ies  Classes  Indigentes.  Pea  pnt  aatant  d'etablissemens,  o^  la  vieil* 
lesse  et  riafiriiiit6  trouve  an  asyle,  des  secoare,  et  )a  jeunesse  pauvre 
une  iQstructioa  gratuite.  Le  vif  interdt  qu'inspirent  4  Voire  Majeste 
ces  moDumens  de  la  piiU,  de  la  charity  cbretienne,  de  la  bienfaisance 
de  nos  p^res,  est  ^galement  iodiqae  comme  ud  devoir  de  nos  Rois 
(Article  CCXXVI). 

Le  plus  precieux  de  tous  Ies  droits,  1  enti^re  liberie  de  conscience, 
est  garanti  aussi  foroiellement  qu'il  peut  I'^tre  (Article  CXC). 

Nous  0S0D8  croire.  Sire,  que  ces  diverses  dispositioDS  remplissent 
la  condition  que  vous  avez  si  noblement  imposee. 

Les  Villes,  Ies  Communes  Rurales,  et  Ies  Arrondissemens  que 
forment  ces  Communes,  jouiront.  pour  leur  regime  iut^rieur,  de  toute 
rindependance  que  n'interdit  point  le  bien  general. 

Les  Autorit^s  Locales  administreroat  le»r  ressort  comme  de  bons 
p^res  de  famille,  mais  ce  ressort  fait  partie  de  la  grande  famille,  et  ils 
ne  doivent  pas  pouvoir  blesser  ses  int^r^ts  (Article  CLV). 

Les  Etats  de  la  Province  approuvent  leur  Budget  (Article  CLVI). 

Le  Gouvernement  en  prend  connaissance,  et  fait  k  cet  dgard  les 
dispositions  qu'il  trouve  conyenables  (Article  C  LI X^. 

II  peut  suspendre  et  annuller  tous  les  Actes  des  Administrations 
Locales,  qui  seraient  contraires  aux  Lois,  ou  nuiraient  ii  Tinter^t- 
gen^ral  (Article  CLV). 

Les  Arrondissemens  Ruraux  auront  leurs  limites  anciennes,  des 
limites  plus  recemment  adoptees,  ou  tout  A  fait  uouvelles ;  ils  auront 
leur  ancienne  denomination,  le  nom  qu'ils  portent  k  present,  on  an 
nom  nouveau,  selon  que  les  circonstances  et  I'inter^t  local  le  con- 
seilleront 

Les  limites  et  le  mode  d  administration  des  Arrondissemens  et 
des  Communes,  tant  urbaines  que  rarales,  seront  regies  par  des 
Statuts  que  fera  le  Roi  en  son  Conseil,  de  I'avis  des  Etats.Pro- 
vinciaux,  de  la  Regence  Muuicipale,  ou  d*une  Commission  com- 
posee  de  Personnes  notables,  connaissnnt  bien  les  inter^ts  de  leur 
District,  et  interessees  elles-mdmes  d  son  bien-^tre  (Articles  CXXXII 
et  CLIV). 

Nous  avons  rappel^  a  Voire  Majeste  toot  le  bien  qu*a  fait  4  ce  Pays 
rAdministration  des  Etats-Provinciaux.  D^gagee  d^sormais  de  toute 
participation  au  Gouvernement,  elle  sera  plus  utile  encore.  Regreltee 
a  la-fois  dans  les  Provinces  Septeatrionales  et  Meridionales,  ou  des 
institutions  nombreuses,  des  travaux  publics  d*un  grand  interSt  et  une 
prosp6rit^  toujours  croissante,  attestent  leur  utile  influence,  preferee  k 
tout  autre  mode  d  administration,  par  des  Administrateurstr^s-^claires, 
dans  un  Pays  dont  toutes  les  Provinces  n'avaient  pas  un  regime 
semblable,  elle  sera  pour  voire  Gouvernement  un  agent  eclaire* 
d'autant  plus  propre  4  faire  cherir  et  respecter  les  Lois,  qu'il  inspirera 
plus  d'estime  et  de  confiance.     Elles  sont  loin  de  voire  coeur.  Sire 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS.  9 

ces  maximes  fatales,  qoi  apparent  lea  inter^  du  Priace  de  Pinter^t  de 
sea  SujeU,  et  ooeconnaisseDt  la  force  el  le  bonbear  qui  resulteDt  de 
leor  union  coostante  et  intiroe. 

Lea  Etata  dea  Provincea  porteront  au  pied  da  Ti6ne,  Texpreasion 
de  leora  beaoioa»  et  lea  voeux  de  vos  Sujets  (Article  CL1). 

Chargea  de  tout  ce  qui  concerne  leconomie  interieure  de  la 
Province,  ila  font,  aoua  I'approbation  du  Roi,  tellea  Ordonnancea  et 
Reglemena,  qu'ib  jugent  necesaairea  (Article  CXLVI). 

Ila  paitagent  d'apr^  dea  r^glea  (ixea.  Tad  ministration  des  eaux, 
poQta  et  chauaseea,  avec  une  direction  apeciale,  qui,  k  cauae  de  aon 
importanre,  a  re^u  de  lapremi^Loi  Fondamentale,  un  caract^re  con- 
atitutionnel  que  noua  lui  avona  conserve  (Articles  CCXVet  CCXXV). 

Attcuue  dea  brancbea  de  Padministration  de  la  Province  ne  doit 
tee  etrang^re  aux  Etata. 

Maia  comme  il  importe  que  leurs  Membres  aoient  assez  nombreux, 
ila  ne  peuf  ent  ^tre  conatamment  reunis.  Pour  exercer  cette  partie  de 
Irur  antorite  qui  impose  dea  devoira  de  chaque  jour  el  exige  dea  soins 
de  toua  lea  ioatana,  ila  nomment  dans  leur  aein  une  Deputation  per- 
maoente,  qui  lear  rend  corapte  de  aea  travaux  (Article  CLIII). 

Lea  Etata  et  cette  Deputation  aont  presides  par  un  Cooimissaire 
norome  par  le  Roi,  qni  veille  aux  intereta  de  la  Province,  k  ceux  du 
Gonveniement,  a  1  execution  dea  Loia  (Article  CXXXVII) 

Par  lui,  le  Chef  Supreme  de  I'Administration  sera  r^guli^rement 
ioforme  de  tout  ce  qui  peut  meriter  sa  aollicitude ;  il  apprendra  par 
lui  lea  motifs  dea  dispositions  dont  I'intention  pourrait  £tre  meconnue. 
Ce  Commissaire  sera,  entre  les  Ministres  du  Roi  et  les  Etats-Pro- 
vinciaux,  un  interniediaire  tr^- utile. 

La  premiere  Loi  Fondamentale  n'avait  pas  fix^  la  composition  des 
Etata ;  elle  la  ete  depuis  par  des  R^glemens  fails  dans  chaque  Province, 
qui  ont  refu  la  aanction  de  Voire  Majesty. 

Cea  Reglemens  rappellent  lea  anciennes  Institutions  de  la  Hollande ; 
ila  n  ont  rien  de  contraire  i  celles  de  la  Belgique. 

Nous  avona  cru  qu'il  convenait  d^inserer  dans  la  Loi  Fondamentale 
du  Royanme  lea  ^lemena  de  cette  composition  (Article  CXXIX). 

La  Noblesse,  qui  peut  6tre  ou  n  6(re  pas  reunie  en  Corps  Equestre, 
lesVilles  et  lea  Campagnea  y  participent  dans  des  proportions  qui 
penvent  varier  et  varient  beaucoup  d'une  Province  i  I'autre  (Article 
CXXXI).  Le  principe  seul  sera  fixe  el  uniforme.  Tout  le  reste 
pourra  differer  aelon  les  localit^s,  el  sera  modifie  par  Votre  Majeste 
d'apr^  lea  le9ona  de  lexp^rience.  Heureuse  la  Nation  qui  en  se 
constitnant  ne  doit  rien  pr^cipiter,  ne  doit  rien  donner  au  hazard, 
parce  qu'elle  pent  remettre  avec  confiance  i  son  Roi  le  soin  d'achever 
et  de  perfectionner  aes  Loia  Constitatives ! 

Mais  nous  avons  penae  qu  apr^s  un  certain  temps,  il  fallait  mettre 
uo  terme  au  deair  d'am^Iiorer,  et  que  la  fixite  de  ce  qui  6tail  reconnu 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


10  NETHERLANDS. 

bon  demh  toe  piefei^  i  la  vagae  ci|ieimiice  de  la  perfection.  Noos 
pfopoeoDs  de  regarder  aprts  10  ans  comme  d^SDitives,  et  comme 
laiaaat  partie  de  la  Loi  Fondamentale,  les  dispositions  de  Statats 
emanes  de  Votre  Majeste  oa  approuves  par  elle,  relatives  an  droit 
d'^lire  les  Hembres  des  divers  Colleges  eC  au  droit  d  y  sieger,  c*e8t-d- 
dire,  i  Texercice  des  droits  politiqaes  (Article  VII). 

C*est  anx  Etats  ProviDciauz  qne  le  Projet  qne  noos  sooroettons  k 
Votre  Majesty  attribne,  comme  la  premiere  Loi,  I'^lection  des  Membres 
des  Etats-Generaax. 

Un  Corps  Electoral  se  trouvant  tout  form^  de  Hembres  ^lus,  soit 
directement,  soit  mediatement  par  la  Nation,  il  derenait  soperflo  d'en 
organiser  nn  antre.  Ce  mode  rentre  d'aillenrs  dans  le  systeme- general 
de  la  Constitution,  qui  fait  ^maner  tous  les  poovoirs  les  ons  des  aotres, 
en  descendant,  sans  s  exposer  aux  inconveniens  des  elections  populaires, 
jusqn'aux  classes  qui  ne  portent  qu'une  faible  part  dans  les  charges  de 
PElat,  mais  qui  ayant  qnelque  inter^t  i  d^fendre,  out  le  droit  d'etre 
repr^ntees  (Articles  CXXXill  et  CXXXIV). 

Le  nombre  des  D^pot^s  que  chaqoe  Frovince  envoie  aox  Etats- 
Gen^raux,  n'a  pu  6tre  regie  d  une  voix  onanime. 

Plusieurs  Membres  croyaient  que  la  base  i-la-fois  la  plus  juste, 
la  plus  simple  et  la  plus  s6re,  etait  la  population  de  chacone  d'elles : 
des  raisons  plausibles  et  des  exemples  nombienx  ne  mauquaient  pas  i 
Pappui  de  cette  opinion.  L  on  a  combattu  ces  raisons ;  on  a  contesie 
la  justesse  des  applications  que  Pon  faisait  de  ces  exemples  ^  la  re- 
union de  nos  Provinces,  et  Ton  a  dit  que  les  Colonies  qui  reconnaissent 
les  Provinces- Septentrionales  pour  leur  M^re  patrie,  Timportance  de 
leor  commerce,  et  plusieurs  millions  dliabitans  soumis  aux  Lois  de  la 
M^tropole,  ne  permettaient  pas  d'adopter  cette  base;  que  le  seul 
moyen  d'etablir  parfaitement  et  pour  toujours  une  union  intime  et 
sincere  entre  les  2  Pays,  ^tait  de  donner  d  Tun  et  k  Tautre  une  repre- 
sentation ^gale.  f^  majorite  sVst  rangee  k  cet  avis.  II  n'a  rien  ei6 
change  au  nombre  actuel  des  Deputes  de  chacune  des  Provinces* 
Septeiitrionales.  Celui  des  Provinces-Meridionales  a  ete  regl^  d'one 
mani^re  equitable,  en  ayant  surtout  egard  a  leur  Population  et  au 
nombre  proportionnel  de  Deputes  par  lequel  elles  ont  d^ji  ete  repre- 
sentees (Article  LXXIX.) 

Mais  ]]  est  une  partie  des  Etats- Generaux  que  nous  n'avons  paa 
cm  pouvoir  soumettre  4  une  election  p^riodique.  Le  grand  accrois- 
sement  que  TEtat  a  regu,  le  rang  qn'il  prend  parmi  les  Nations  de 
I'Europe,  la  diversity  des  ^l^mens  dont  il  est  form^,  des  interdts  plus 
compliqu^,  nous  ont  impost  le  devoir  de  ne  pas  d^daigner  les  lemons 
de  ^experience. 

Nous  avons  pense  que  pour  emp^cher  la  precipitation  des  deltbe* 
rations,  pour  opposer  dans  des  temps  difficiles  ane  digue  aux  passions, 
pour  entourer  le  Trone  d'une  barri^re  contre  laquelle  se  briseraient  les 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANB9.  1 1 

Factions,  potir  donner  d  la  Nation  one  parfaite  garantie  contre  toate 
usorpation  des  Agens  de  rAatorit^  ;  il  fallait  ^  I'exemple  de  puis* 
santes  Monarcliies  et  de  R6publlques  fiorissantei,  diviser  en  2  Cham- 
bres  ies  Rppresentans  de  la  Nation. 

Poor  operer  cette  division,  nous  n*a?ons  pas  adopts  des  Institn- 
lions  Etrangeres  qui  poniraient  ne  pas  bien  samalgaincr  avec  nos 
Institutions  Nationales.  Nons  avons  pnis^  Ies  principes  de  la  di?lnon 
dans  i'esprit  qoi  I'a  fait  adopter. 

Creee  surtoot  pour  eoip^cher  ce  qne  Terreur  on  la  passion  aarait 
conseille,  cette  partie  des  Etats-G^neraux  n*a  pas  le  droit  de  faire  des 
propositions  an  Roi ;  passive,  elle  adopte  on  rejette  Ies  propositions  qui 
Ini  sont  transmises.  C*est  surtout  de  la  prudence  et  de  la  eagesse 
qu  on  desire  dans  ses  Membres  :  le  Projet  exige  qu*ils  aient  au  moins 
40  ans.  lis  ne  donneraient  pas  tonte  la  garantie  qu'on  esp^re  de  cette 
sagesse,  s'iis  n  avaient  pas  un  grand  inter^t  au  bien-^tre  general ;  ils 
ne  poorront  ^tre  choisis  que  parmi  Ies  Personnes  Ies  plus  distinguees 
par  Ipurs  services,  lenr  naissance  ou  leur  fortune  (Article  LXXX.) 

II  y  a  pea  de  choses  que  Ies  Hommes  defendent  mieux  que  leur 
consideration  personnelle^  le  souvenir  et  la  recompense  de  leurs 
services. 

lis  doivent  dtre  attaches  i  la  Patrie,  ceux  qui  tirent  le  respect 
qu'on  leur  accorde  d*un  nom  que  leurs  Anc^tres  ont  illustr^  en  la 
servant. 

Les  possesseurs  d*une  grande  fortune  consolidee  en  biens-fonds, 
prSt^eil'Etat  ou  utilement  employee  k  alimenter  le  Commerce  de  la 
Nation,  veilleront  avec  soin  k  ce  qu  aucune  des  sources  de  la  richesse 
publiqne  ne  soit  obstruee  ou  tarie. 

lis  ne  seraient  pas  assez  iudependans,  s'ils  etaient  amovibles. 
Nous  proposons  de  les  nommer  h  vie.  Cette  nomination  doit  appar- 
tenir  au  Roi :  Pesprit  de  la  Monarchic  le  present,  Tint^r^t  de  )a 
Nation  Texige.  Cette  prerogative  donnera  au  Monarque  sur  les  pre* 
mitres  Classes  de  la  Societe  une  influence  utile  k  toutes. 

Rairener  nos  Iiistitptions  k  I'essence  dune  JMonarchie  temper^e,  a 
€ie  la  rdgle  constante  de  notre  conduite,  le  guide  invariable  de  notre 
travail. 

1^  Roi  propose  i  la  Chambre  6lue  par  les  Etats-Provinciaux,  les 
Projets  de  Lot  delib^res  en  sonConsell  d'Etat  (Article  CVI.) 

Celle-ci  les  examine,  et  apr^s  les  avoir  adopts  les  renvoie  4 1'autre 
Chambre,  d  iaquelle  on  semblable  examen  appartient  (Article  CIX.) 

La  Chambre  dont  les  Menibres  sont  nommes  d  vie  reyoit  et  dis- 
cute  les  Propositions  que  lautre  croit  devoir  faire  au  Roi.  Jamais 
elle  n'en  fait  elle-mfime  (Articles  CXIV  et  CXV.) 

Si  elle  adopte  la  proposition,  elle  la  transmet  au  Roi  qui  accorde 
ou  refuse  sa  sanction  (Article  CXV  I.) 

En  ne  I'adoptant  pas^  elle  ne  fera  le  plus  souvent  qu'epargner  au 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


12  NETHERLANDS. 

Roi  ]  exercice  d'un  droit  n^cessaire,  indispensable^  mais  qui,  trop 
souvent  r^p^t^,  pourrait  attenuer  cette  confiance  reciproque,  si  utile 
aax  Monarqaes,  si  beureuse  pour  les  Peuples. 

Dans  tous  les  cm,  la  Loi  est  le  resultat  de  rassentiment  du  Roi  et 
des  2  Chambres  (Article  CXIX.) 

Dans  la  plupart  de  nos  Provinces  et  surtout  dans  les  Provinces- 
Septentrionales,  une  tr^s-grande  partie  des  liabitans  prenait  part  k  )a 
direction  des  afTaires,  par  leffet  m^me  de  I'organisation  des  poii?oirs, 
et  cette  participation  y  conservait  I'espnt  public,  ce  puissant  ressort 
des  Gouverneroens  Representatifs. 

'  Le  Gouvernement  se  trouve  bien  plus  fort,  il  est  bien  mieux  obei 
quand  il  fait  connaitre  k  la  Nation  les  motifs  de  ses  determinations,  le 
but  des  sacrifices  qu*il  impose  et  des  efforts  qu*il  commande. 

Des  exemples  r^cens  prouvent  quelles  vastes  ressources  fait  uaitre 
Tadhesion  raisonnee  et  sentie  de  tout  un  Peuple  aux  grandes  mesures 
que  son  Gouvernement  adopte. 

Nous  avons  cru  que  pour  conserver  ce  precieux  avantage  il  f»]« 
lait  rendre  publiques  les  Seances  de  la  Secoude  Chambre  des  Etats- 
Gen^raux,  en  I'estreignant  toutefuis  cette  publicite  dans  des  bornea 
qui  en  previenneut  Tabus,  et  en  ecartent  toute  esp^ce  de  danger  (Article 
CVIII.) 

Pour  developper  les  motifs  des  Projets  de  Lois,  pour  faire  con- 
naitre et  appr^cier  les  vues  du  Gouvernement,  pour  faciliter  les 
modifications  utiles,  les  Chefs  des  D^partemens  d'Administration- 
Generale,  entreront  dans  Tune  et  I'autre  Chambre  des  Etats-G6ne- 
raux.  Maix  cette  faculte,  qui  leur  est  accord^e  pour  eclairer  l'assem« 
bl6e,  ne  leur  donne  pas  le  droit  de  concourir  par  leur  vote  aux  reso- 
lutions qu'elle  doit  prendre  (Article  XCl.) 

Nous  avons  insert  dans  la  Loi  Fondamentale,  pour  la  mani^re  de 
delib^rar,  des  dispositions  qui  peuvent  paraitre  r^glementaires.  Elles 
tirent  I'importance  que  nous  y  attachons  de  Pavantage  qu'elles  ofi^rent 
de  multiplier  et  de  faciliter  les  rapports  entre  les  Membres  elus  par  les 
diverses  Provinces,  de  faire  bien  connaitre  4  tous,  les  motifs  des  Pro- 
positions et  les  considerations  m6me  les  plus  deiicates  qui  peuvent 
porter  d  les  adopter  on  i  les  ^carter  (Articles  CVII  et  CXL) 

C'est  e  ncore  dans  le  d^sir  d'entretenir  une  parfaite  harmonic,  que 
nous  avons  soumis  k  des  formules,  les  Rapports  des  2  Chambres 
entr  elles  et  leurs  communications  avec  le  Gouvernement  (Articles  CIX, 
CX,  CXI,  CXII,  CXV,  CXVl.  CXVII.  et  CXVIII.) 

Nous  n'avons  pas  besoin.  Sire,  de  raotiver  I'insertion  dans  le  Projet 
de  Loi  Fondamentale  de  la  Formule  de  divers  Sermens.  Votre  Ma- 
jesty r^gne  sur  un  Peuple  qui  a  pour  la  foi  du  Serment  un  respect  reli- 
gieux,  qui  n*en  fait  aucun  leg^rementetqui  observe  bien  ce  qu'il  a  jure 
dubserver. 

Pour  Tor^anisation  du  Pouvoir  Judiciaire,  la  premiere  Loi  Fonda- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS.  13 

mentale  a  etabli  seulement  quelques  bases,  et  ces  bases  en  se  rappro- 
chaot  beaacoap  cles  ancienDes  Lois  de  la  Hollande  ne  secartent  pas 
essentJenement  de  I'ancicnne  Legislation  de  la  Belgiqae.  Nous  les 
STons  cooserT^es. 

Ed  mati^re  civile,  des  Juges  de  Premiere  Instance  rapproches  des 
josticiables  (Article  CLXXXIV.) 

Un  Tribunal  d*Appel  poor  one  on  plosteurs  Provinces  (Article 
CLXXXL) 

Une  Haute  Cour,  sup^rieure  d  ces  Tribunaux,  regulatrice  de  leurs 
actes,  et  d  laquelle  la  Loi,  qui  organisera  tout  le  syst^me  de  lordre 
jadiclaire,  pourra  donuer  des  attributions  plus  etendaes  (Article 
CLXXX.) 

Ed  nsatiere  criminelle,  la  poursnite  et  la  punition  des  delits  con- 
fiees  dans  un  ressort  determine  aux  Blagistrats  dejd  investis  de  la  con- 
naissance  des  causes  civiles,  et  temperant  par  clBtte  double  attribution 
les  habitudes  de  severity  que  pent  faire  contracter  Texerctce  chaque 
jourr^pete  du  droit  de  punir  (Article  CLXXXIIL) 

Une  Haute  Oour  Martiale,  composee  de  Militaires  et  dn  Juriscon- 
suites,  chargee  de  reviser  les  Jugeroens  des  Conseils  de  Guerre,  auxquels 
de  nombreux  motifs  portent  k  deferer  la  connaissauce  de  tous  les  delits 
comrais  par  des  Militaires  (Article  CLXXX VHI.) 

Des  Codes  comniuns  i  tout  le  Royaume,  de  Lois  Civiles,  Penales, 
de  Commerce,  d'Organisation  Judiciaire  (Article  CLXIII.) 

Des  Juges  ind^pendans,  recevant  du  Tresor  Public  un  traitement 
fixe  par  la  Loi,  nomm^s  par  le  Roi,  la  pi u part  a  vie,  sur  la  presenta- 
tion triple  des  Etats  de  la  Province  en  de  la  Seconde  Cbambre  des 
Etats-Generaux  (Articles  CLXXVI,  CLXXXII,  et  CLXXXVI ;) 
telles  sout.  Sire,  les  bases  d'un  syst^me  de  Lois  qui,  m6ries  dans  votre 
CoDseily  et  soumises  it  la  sanction  des  Etats- Oen^raux,  seront  pour 
votre  Peuple  un  nonveau  bienfait. 

Nona  avons  egalement  adopte  tous  les  principes  poses  par  la  pre- 
miere Loi  pour  la  defense  de  TEtat. 

Une  Arm^e  Permanente  sera  comme  I'avaut-garde  de  la  Nation 
(Article  CCIV.) 

Une  Milice  sagement  organisee  sera  toujours  pr^te  i  voler  d  la  de« 
Tense  de  la  Patrie  (Articles  CCVI  et  CCXU.) 

La  Nation  comprise  toute  enti^re  dans  les  Gardes  Commnnales, 
defendra  toute  enti^re,  si  cela  etait  n^cessaire,  son  independance  et  sa 
liberie  (Article  CCXIH.) 

Quelques  dispositions  des  Lois  adoptees  recemment  pour  la  Milice, 
nous  ont  paru  devoir  entrer  dans  la  Loi  Fondamentale,  parce  qu'eiles 
garantissent  a  TEtat  les  services  qu'il  a  le  droit  de  reclamer,  et  aux 
Families  des  regies  fixes,  in  variables,  soustraites  oinaiiloate  extension 
arbitraire  ou  inconsideree. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


14  NETHERLANDS. 

En  parlant  du  devoir  sacr6  de  defeudre  la  Patrie,  iioas  avons 
rappele  2  epoques  o^l^bres  de  noire  bistoire,  la  Pacificaiiun  de  Gand 
qui  a  precede  la  malheureuse  scission  des  17  Provinces,  et  le  Traite 
d'Union  d' Utrecht,  la  base  de  Tliidependance  Natiouale,  la  source  de 
tant  de  gioire  et  de  prosp^rite  (Article  CCIIl.) 

Un  jour.  Sire,  nos  arri^res-neveux  rappeileront  avec  un  juste 
orgueil  ces  journees  ro^morables,  od  les  Hollandais  et  les  Beiges,  avant 
d'etre  constitu^s  en  Corps  de  Nation,  mais  dejk  unis  par  des  liens 
d'estime  et  de  fraternite,  ont,  sous  les  etendards  de  vos  valeureux  Fils, 
rivaliae  avec  les  plus  braves  sur  les  rives  de  la  Sambre  et  dans  les 
champs  de  Waterloo;  ces  journ^s  oili,  dignes  de  combattre  sous  des 
Nassau,  ils  ont  acquis  Testime  de  vos  Allies,  quelque  gioire  et  des 
laoriers,  gages  de  Tintrepidite  avec  laquelle  ils  sauront  toujours  de- 
fendre  leur  Patrie,  leur  Roi  et  un  Pacte  Social  forme  sous  des  auspices 
si  beureuz. 

L'independance  d*une  Nation  digne  d'etre  libre,  gouveni^e  par  one 
Famille  od  la  prudence  et  la  bravoure  s'allient  de  Pere  en  Fils,  sera 
respect^e  par  ses  voisins. 

Les  Princes  de  votre  Maison  exerceront  avec  sagesse  le  droit  de 
faire  la  Gueire  et  la  Paix  (Article  LVII,)  inherent  d  une  Monarcbie 
bien  constituee.  Nous  ne  I'avous  pas  limite ;  mais  nous  osons  dire  k 
votre  Majesty,  qu  en  nous  occupant  des  prerogatives  de  la  Couroune, 
nous  n'avons  jamais  oublie,  combien  vous  avez  4  coBur  la  liberie  et  les 
droits  de  la  Nation. 

Nous  pensons  que  le  Projet  de  Loi  Fondumeniale  donne  d  la 
Couronne  tout  le  pouvoir  que  lessence  du  Gouvernement  Mgnarchique, 
1  etendue  du  Teniioire,  et  une  protection  active  et  sijre  de  tous  les 
droits^  de  tous  les  inter^ts,  peuvent  faire  desirer,  et  qu*il  trace  conven- 
ablement  les  limites  que  votre  Majesty  voudrait  poser  elle-m^me  d  1  au« 
torite  d'un  Monarque  qui,  dans  la  suite  des  temps,  pourrait  ne  pas  lui 
ressembler  (Article  LVIII.) 

Les  obligations  et  les  promesses  reciproques  du  Roi  et  de  son 
Peuple,  seront  cimentees  par  des  Sermens  solenuels  (Articles  LIU— 
LV.) 

^inauguration  du  Roi  set  a  accompagn^e  de  tout  ce  qui  pent 
donner  d  ce  grand  acte  le  caractdre  qui  lui  appartient ;  faiie  confor- 
moment  k  d'antiques  usages  dans  uue  place  publique,  ce  sera  en  pre- 
sence d'un  tr^- grand  nombre  de  ses  Sujets  que  le  Roi  acceptera  le 
Serment  de  6delite  qui  lui  sera  pr^te  par  la  Nation,  qu'il  jurera  lui  m6me 
d^observer  la  Loi  Fondameniale,  d  avoir  k  cceur  le  boubeur  de  son 
Peuple,  d'ifluter  leFondateur  de  I'lod^pendance  Naiionale  et  le  premier 
Roi  de  k  Monarcbie* 

La  Iransmiaaion  ds  la  Couronne  dans  cette  iliustre  Famille,  reglee 
par  la  premiere  Loi  Fondameniale,  a  re^u  la  sanction  des  graodes  Puis- 
sances dans  les  Conventions  qui  ont  pacific  I'Europe.    £q  les  inserant 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS.  15 

dans  le  Nooveau  Projet,Qou8  y  avoni  njoute  lea  d^veloppemens  qui 
^taient  n^ceasairea  pour  pr^venir,  dana  tooa  lea  caa,  dea  doutea  et  dea 
ioterpretationa  c]ni  out  quelquefoia  coat^  ai  cher  aux  Peuplea  (Articlea 
Xm— XXIX.) 

Plusieura  Communantea  Religieuaea  out  ete  attireea  dana  la  HoUande 
par  la  douceur  de  aea  Lok  et  la  protection  que  leur  accordait  le  Gou- 
vemement.     Cette  protection  reatera  la  m^ine  (Article  CXCI.) 

La  Loi  e6t  pu  ae  bomer  Id,  et  laisaer  k  votre  Majesty  le  aoin  de 
prouver  elle-mdme  la  sollicitude  que  lui  inapireut  lea  Ministrea  dea 
Cnltea;  maia  il  nous  a  paru  que  la  Loi  Fondamentale  pouTait  faire  un 
davoir  i  Toa  Succesaeura^  de  prendre  voa  noblea  sentimens  pour  la 
rtgle  de  leur  conduite  (Article  CXCIII)^  et  contenir  en  outre  Tawur- 
ance  que  jamais  aucun  CuUe  ne  ponrra  troubler  les  libert^a  dea  autrea 
Cultea,  toutea  egalement  garautiea  par  lea  Lois  de  i'Etat  (Article 
CXCVI.) 

Nous  penaons,  Sire,  qu'une  Loi  Constitulionnelle  qui  consacre  tons 
lea  droita  legitimea^  dont  lea  principes  out  ete  pria  dans  les  moeurs  et 
dana  le  caract^re  de  la  Nation^  pent  esperer  une  plus  longue  duree  que 
celle  qui  n*anrait  que  de  Vainea  tbeories  pour  base ;  mais  le  temps  cbange 
et  modifie  tout :  un  moyen  de  revision,  non  pas  prevu  d*avance  et  k 
terme  fi\e,  mais  posaible,  si  le  besoin  de  quelque  changement  se  faisait 
imperieuaement  sentir,nous  a  paru  utile  pourvu  qu'ii  ii\t  provoqu^  avec 
ilea  formes  qui  previeonent  ou  air^tent  tout  esprit  dlnnovation  (Ar- 
ticles CCXXIX  et  CCXXXllf.) 

Ia  Loi  Fondamentale  des  Provinces- Unies  avait  reserve  k  la  Com- 
misaion  qui  Ta  Mig6e,  le  droit  d'en  interpreter  les  dispositions,  pen- 
dant les  3  premieres  ann^es.  Nous  avons  peiise  qu'une  Loi,  exprimant 
o^cessairement  le  sentiment  unanime  du  Roi  et  des  2  Chambrea  des 
£tata<Gen^raux,  c'est  d  la  Loi  que  doit  6tre  laissee  cette  interpretation, 
qui  n'est  autre  chose  que  la  saine  application  des  Articles  de  I'Acte 
Constitutionnel  du  Royaume. 

Pour  op^rer  avec  une  sage  circonspection,  sana  secousse  et  sans 
fipoissement,  les  changemena  que  la  Loi  Fondamentale  n^ceaaite,  elle 
attribue  par  des  dispositions  organiques  d  votre  Majeste  le  soin  d'intro- 
doire  succeasivement  les  di verses  institutions  qu'elle  a  cr6ees  ou  r^ta- 
bliea,  de  nommer  pour  la  premiere  fois  les  Membres  de  la  Seconde 
Chambre  dea  Etata  Gentfraux,  et  tous  les  Magistrats,  quel  que  soit 
d'ailleura  le  mode  de  nomination  qu'elle  ait  adopte  (Article  Addi- 
tionnel  L) 

Elle  maintient  en  vigneur  toutes  les  Lois  qui  r^ssent  les  diverses 
parties  du  Royaume,  jusqu'au  moment  od  elles  auront  eik  remplac^es, 
avec  la  cdl6rite  d^irable,  mais  sana  precipitation,  par  d  autres  Lois 
bien  mediteea;  et  elle  se  donne  ainsi  le  meilleur  appui,  I'auxiliaire  le 
plus  paisaant  qu'elle  puiaae  avoir,  votre  sageaae  et  votre  amour  pour 
vos  Sujeta  (Article  Additionnel  IL) 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


16  NETHERLANDS, 

Puisse,  Sire,  cette  Loi  Fondatnentale,  apr^  avoir  eie  corrig6e  par 
vos  lumi^res  et  am^lior^e  par  le  temps,  contribuer  k  la  prosperity  du 
Royaume,  ajouter  au  bien-^tre  de  la  Nation,  et  aourrtr  cet  attache* 
ment  mutuel  du  Prioce  et  de  ses  Sujets,  si  r<gcond  en  resoltats,  prero- 
gative qui  n*appartient  qu'aux  bons  Rois,  et  qui  sous  votre  glorieuse 
dynastie  dous  promet  les  plus  belies  destinies. 

A  la  Haye,  le  13  Juillet.  18]5. 

GYSBERT  KAREL  VAN  HOGENDORP. 
W.     VAN    TUYLL    VANSEROOSKERKEN. 
VAN  ZUYLEN. 
LE  BARON  D'ANETHAN, 

ParPiocurationdeM.  RAEPSAET. 
B.  J.  HOLVOET. 
J.  H.  MOLLERUS. 
H.  W.  VAN  AYLVA. 
GENDEBIEN. 

A.  J.  C.   LAMPSINS. 
WILH.  QUEYSEN. 

LE  COMTE  DE  THIENNES-LOMBIZE. 

LE  COMTE  DE  MEAN. 

O.  LECLERCQ. 

THEOD.  DOTRENGE. 

LE    COMTE    DE    MERODE-WESTERLOO. 

B.  J.  HOLVOET. 
J.  V.  D.  DUSSEN. 

CORNELIS  THEODORUS  ELOUT. 

F.  DU  BOIS. 

J.  E.  N.  VAN  CYNDEN 

C.  F.  VAN  MAANEN. 

E.  J.  ALBERDA. 

F.  VAN  DER  DUYN  VAN  MAASDAM. 
DE  CONINCK. 

COMTE  D'ARSCHOT. 
J.  D.  MEYER,  Secretaire. 


LOI  FONDAMENTALE    du    Royaume  des  Pays  Bas. — 
Aoaty  1815. 

Chapitre  I. — Du  Royaume  et  des  lUgnicoles. 

Art.  1.  Le  Royaume  des  Pays-Bas,  dout  les  limites  sontfixees 
par  le  Traite  conclu  entre  les  Puissances  de  j'Europe  assembles  au 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS.  17 

Congi^s  de  Vienne,  signe  le  9  Jain,  Idld,  est  compost  des  Profinces 
•oivantes: 

Brabant-SeptentrioDal,  ^     Zelande» 

Brabant-Meridional,  Namur« 

Li  mbourg,  A  overs, 

Goeldre,  Utrecht, 

Lidge,  Frise, 

Flandre-Orientale,  Oyeryssel, 

Flandre-Occidentale,  Groningue,  et 

Hainaat,  Drenthe. 

HoUande, 
Le  Grand-Ducbe  de  Luxembourg,  tel  qu*il  est  limite  par  le  Trait^ 
de  Vienne,  etant  plac^  sous  la  rndme  souverainete  que  )e  Royaume 
des  Pajs-Bas,  sera  r^gi  par  la  ni^me  Loi  Fondamentale,  sauf  ses  re- 
lations avec  la  Confederation  Germanique. 

II.  Les  Provinces  de  Gueldre,  Hollande,  Zelande,  Utrecht,  Frise, 
Overyssel,  Groningae  et  Drentbe  conservent  Jeurs  limites  actuelles. 

Le  Brabaut-Septentrional  consiste  dans  le  Territoire  de  la  Province 
qui  porte  actuellement  ]e  nom  de  Brabant,  4  I'exception  de  la  partie 
qui  a  appartenu  an  Departement  de  la  Meuse-Inferieure. 

Les  Provinces  de  Brabant-Meridional  (Departement  de  la  Dyle], 
de  Flandre-Onentale  (Departement  de  PEscaut),  de  Flandre-OccI den- 
tale  (Departement  de  la  Lys),  de  Hainaut  (Departement  de  Jem- 
mapes),  et  d* A iivers  (Departement  des  S-N^thes)  conservent  les  limites 
actuelles  de  ces  Departemens. 

La  Province  de  Limbonrg  est  composde  du  Departement  de  la 
Mease  Inf^rieure  en  entier,  et  des  parties  du  Departement  de  la  Roer 
qui  appartiennent  au  Royaume  par  le  Trait^  de  Yienne. 

La  Province  de  Li^ge  comprend  le  Territoire  do  Departement  de 
rOartbe,  i  Pezception  de  la  partie  qui  eu  a  ite  s^paree  par  le  m^me 
Traite. 

La  Profince  de  Namur  contient  la  partie  du  Departement  de 
Sambre-et-Meuse,  qui  n'appartient  pas  au  Grand-Duche  de  Luxem- 
bourg. 

Les  limites  du  Grand-Duche  de  Luxembourg,  sout  fixees  par  le 
Traite  de  Vienne. 

III.  Les  rectifications  des  limites  entre  les  Provinces,  jugees  utiles 
ou  necessaires,  seront  fixees  par  une  Loi,  qui  aura  ^gard  tant  i  Pinter^t 
des  Habitans  qu'aux  convenances  de  I'Ad ministration  Gen^rale. 

i  V.  Tout  Individu  qui  se  trouve  sur  le  Territoire  du  Royaume,  coit 
Regnicole  soit  Etranger,  jouit  de  la  protection  accord^e  aux  personnes 
et  aux  bieos. 

V.  L'exercice  des  droits  civils  est  determine  par  la  Loi. 
[1815^16.]  C 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


18  NETHERLANDS. 

Vf .  Le  droit  de  voter  dans  les  Villes  et  les  Campagiies^  ainsi  qoe 
Padmissibilite  dans  Jes  Administrations  Proviuciales  ou  Locales^  est 
regie  par  les  Statuts  Piovinciaux  et  Locaux. 

VII.  Les  dispositions  de  ceif  Statuts  relatives  au  droit  et  k  Tadmis- 
sibilit^  mentionn^s  au  precedent  Article,  telles  qu'elles  seront  eo  vi- 
gueur  a  Texpiration  de  la  lObme  annee  qui  suivra  la  promulgation  de 
la  Loi  Fondameutale,  seront  censees  faire  partie  de  cette  Loi. 

VIII.  Nul  ne  peut  ^tre  nomme  Membre  des  Etats-Gen^raux,  Chef 
ou  Membre  des  Departemens  d'Administration  G^nerale,  Conseiller 
d*Etat,  Commissaire  du  Roi  dans  les  Provinces,  ou  Membre  de  la  Haute- 
Cour,  s'il  n'est  habitant  des  Pays  Bas,  ne,  soit  dans  le  Royaume,  soil 
dans  ses  Colonies,  de  parens  qui  y  sont  domicilies. 

S'il  est  ne  i  I'etranger  pendant  une  absence  de  ses  parens,  momen- 
tunee,  ou  pour  service  public,  il  jouit  des  m^mes  droits. 

IX.  Les  naturels  du  Royaume,  ou  reputes  tels,  soit  par  une  fiction 
de  la  Loi,  soit  par  la  naturalisation,  sont  indistinctement  admissible  d 
toutes  autres  fouclions 

X.  Pendant  one  ann^e  apr^  la  promulgation  de  la  presente  Loi 
FondameLtale,  le  Roi  pourra  accorder  d  des  personnes  nees  k  1  etranger 
et  domiciliees  dans  le  Royaume,  les  droits  d*indigenat  et  ladmissi- 
bilite  i  tous  emplois  quelconqnes. 

XI.  Toute  personne  est  ^galement  admissible  aux  Emplois,  sans 
distinction  de  rang  et  de  naissance,  sauf  ce  qui  est  determine  par  les 
r^glemens  des* Provinces,  en  consequence  du  Chapitre  IV  de  la  Loi 
Fondamentale,  relativement  d  la  formation  des  Etats-Provinciaux. 


Chapitre  II. — Au  E<A. 

Section  I. — De  la  Succession  au  Tr6ne, 

XII.  La  Couronne  du  Royaume  des  Pays-Bas  est  et  demeure 
defi^r^e  d  Sa  Majeste  Guillaume  Frederic,  Prince  d'Orange  Nassau, 
et  her^ditairement  d  ses  Descendans  legitimes,  conform^ment  aux  dis- 
positions  soivantes. 

XIII.  Les  Descendans  Legitimes  du  Roi  regnant,  sont  les  Enfans 
nes  et  d  uattre  de  son  manage  avec  Sa  Majesty  Fr^derique  Louise 
Wihelmine,  Princesse  de  Prusse ;  et  en  general,  les  Descendans  issus 
d'un  Mariage  contract^  ou  consent!  par  le  Roi,  d'un  common  accord 
avec  les  Etats  Gdneraux. 

XIV.  La  Couronne  est  h^reditaire  par  droit  de  primogeniture,  de 
sorte  que  le  Fils  ain^  du  Roi,  ou  son  Descendant  mile  par  mdle,  succ^de 
par  representation. 

XV.  A  d^faut  de  descendance  mdle  par  mdle  du  Fils  aine,  )a 
Couronne  passe  d  ses  Fr^res,  ou  d  leurs  Descendans  mdles  par  mdles, 
^galement  par  droit  de  primogeniture  et  de  representation. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS.  19 

XVI.  A  d^faut  total  de  descendance  mftle  par  mAlede  laMaison 
ilX)range-Nas8aa,  les  Fiiles  da  Roi  sont  appelees  par  ofdre  4le  primo* 
genitnre. 

XVII.  Si  le  Roi  n'a  pas  laiase  de  Fillet,  )a  Prificeaae  ain^  de  la 
ligne  masculine  descendante  atnee  da  dernier  Rot,  fiut  passer  la 
Cooronne  dans  sa  Maison,  et  en  cas  de  pred^c^,  elle  est  repiesenlee 
par  sea  Descendana. 

XVIII.  811  n  existe  pas  de  ligne  oiascaline  descendante  da  der- 
nier Roi,  la  ligne  feminine  ainee  descendante  de  ce  Roi  sacc^de,  en 
prefiBrant  tonjours  la  branche  masculine  k  la  ftminiue,  et  I'ainee  it 
fa  putnee,  et  dans  chaque  branche  le  mile  i  la  femme»  et  I'atn^  an 
puine. 

XIX.  Si  \h  Roi  meurt  sarn  laieser  de  postirite,  et  s'il  n'y  a  pas  de 
descendance  m&le  par  mile  de  la  Maison  d'Orange*Nassau,  la  plus 
pioche  parente  du  dernier  Roi,  de  la  maison  Royale,  et  en  cas  de  pr^- 
dec^,  ses  Descendans  soccMent  i  la  Couronne. 

XX.  Lorsqu'une  Fomme  a  fait  passer  la  Couronne  dans  une  autre 
Maison,  cette  Maison  est  subrogee  A  tons  les  droits  de  la  Maison  actu* 
ellement  regnante,  et  les  Articles  pr^cedens  lui  soot  applicables,  de 
amte  que  ses  Descendans  miles  par  miles,  succMent,  i  I'exclusion 
des  Pemmes  ou  de  la  descendance  feminine,  et  qu'aucune  autre  ligne 
ne  pent  6tre  appelee  au  Trdne,  tant  que  cette  descendance  n'est  pas 
•enticement  eteinte. 

XXI.  Une  Princesse  qui  se  serait  marine  sans  le  eonsentement 
Aem  Etats-Geu^raux,  n'a  point  de  droits  au  Tr6ne. 

Vne  Reine  abdique,  en  contractant  manage  sans  le  consentemeni 
des  Etats-Generaux. 

XXII.  A  defaut  depostenledu  Roi  G«illa«me  Fii6diric  d'Orange- 
Nassau  actnellement  regnant,  la  Cooronne  est  d^volue  i  sa  Scsur,  la 
Princesse  Pr^derique  Louise  Wilbelmlne  d'Orange,  douatri^re  de  fea 
Charles  George  Ajignste,  Prince  Her^ditaire  de  firunswic  Lunebourg, 
on  i  ses  Descendans  legitimes,  nes  d*un  mariage  4!ontracte  conforme- 
jnent  anx  dispositions  de  TArticle  XIII,  ci-dessus. 

XXIII.  A  defaut  de  Descendans  legitimes  de  cette  Princesse,  la 
Cooronne  passe  aux  Descendans  miles  legitisoes  4e  la  Princesse  Ca- 
roline d*Orange,  Sceur  de  feu  le  Prince  Guillaume  V,  Epouse  de  feu  le 
Brinoe  de  Nassau  Weilbourg,  toujours  par  droit  de  primogeniture  et 
de  repp^sentation. 

XXIV.  Si  des  circonstances  particulMres  rendaient  n^cessaire 
^nelque  changement  dans  I'ordre  de  succession  i  la  Royaui6,  le  Roi 
poorra  printer  i  ce  sujet  un  Projet  de  Loi  aux  Etats-Gen^raux, 
Chambres  reunies  ;  dans  ce  cas,  la  Seconde  Chambre  sera  convoquee 
en  nombre  double.  (Article  CCXXXI.) 

XXV.  Le  Roi  qui  n*a  pas  de  Successeur  appeli  i  la  Couronne  par 

€2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


20  KETHERLANDS. 

la  Loi  Fondamentale,  en  propose  un  aux  Etals-Geiieraux^  assembles 
et  composes  comme  k  I'Article  precedent. 

XXVI.  Si  la  proposition  est  agre^  par  les  Etats-G^n^raux,  le 
Roi  fait  connaitre  son  Saccessenr  a  la  Nation  dans  les  formes  prea- 
crites  ponr  la  promulgation  des  Lois,  et  le  fait  proclamer  solenneile* 
ment. 

XXVII.  S'ilna  pas  ^te  nomme  un  Successeur  au  Roi  avant  aa 
mort^  les  £tats-G^n6raux  assembles  et  compost  comme  k  rArticle 
XXIV,  le  norament  et  le  proclament  solennelleroent. 

XX VIII.  Dans  les  cas  meotionn^s  aux  Articles  XXII,  XXIII, 
XXIV,  XXV  et  XXVf  1,  la  Succession  reste  reglee  comme  elle  Teat 
par  les  Articles  XIU,  XIV,  XV,  XVI,  XVII,  XVIII,  XIX  et  XX. 

XXIX.  Le  Roi  des  Pays-Bas  ne  peut  porter  une  autre  Couronne. 
En  aucun  cas,  le  si^ge  du  Gouiernement  ne  peut.Atre  place  bora 

du  Royaume. 

Section  1 L— De«  Revenus  de  la  Couronne. 

XXX.  Le  Roi  joait  dun  revenu  annuel  4e  2,400,000,  florinar 
payables  par  le  Tresor  Public. 

^XXL  Si  ie  Roi  Guillaume  Frederic  d'Orange-Nassau,  actuelle* 
ment  regnant,  en  fait  la  proposition,  ii  peut  lui  ^tre  assign^,  par  une 
Loi,  des  domaines  en  toute  propriete  d  concurrence  de  500,000  florina 
de  produit,  lesquels  seront  d^duits  des  revenus  d^termin^s  a  I'Article 
precedent. 

XXXII.  Des  Palais  d*^t^  etd'biver  convenablemeut  meubl^,  sont 
affectes  k  lliabitation  du  Roi,  avec  une  somme  annnelle  qui  n'excedera 
pas  100,000  florins,  pour  I'entretien  de  ces  Palais. 

XXXIII.  Le  Roi,  les  Princesetles  Princesses  de  aa  Maison,  sont  ex- 
empts de  toutc  imposition  personnelle  et  directe ;  ils  ne  sont  exempts  de 
l'imp6t  fonder  que  pour  les  habitations  qui  leur  sont  assignees ;  ils  soni 
aoumis  d  tootes  lea  autres  impositions. 

XXXIV.  Le  Roi  r^gle  sa  Maison  comme  bou  lui  semble. 

XXXV.  Une  Reine  douairi^re  jouit  pendant  son  veufage,  d'ua 
revenu  annuel  de  160,000  florins  sur  le  Tresor  Public. 

XXXVI.  Le  Fils  ain^  du  Roi,  ou  son  Descendant  mdle,  Heritter 
Pr6somptif  de  la  Couronne,  est  le  premier  Snjet  du  Roi;  il  porte  le 
titre  de  Prince  d'Orange. 

XXXVII.  Le  Prince  d'Orange,  en  cette  quality,  i  Tdge  de  18 
aos  accomplis,  jouit  sur  le  Tresor  Public  d*un  revenu  annuel  de 
100,000  florins,  qui  sera  port6  d  300,000  florins,  lorsqu'il  aura  con* 
tracte  un  mariage,  en  se  conformant  d  I'Article  XIIL 

Section  III.^Z>e  la  Tutelle  du  Roi. 

XXXVIIL  Le  Roi  est  majeur  d  Tdge  de  18  ans  accomplis. 
XXXIX.  fin  cas  de  minotite,  le  Roi  est  sous  la  tutelle  de  quelques 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS.  2T 

liembres  de  la  Maifloo  Royale,  et  de  quelques  peraonnes  notables  et 
indig^oea. 

XIm,  Cette  tutelle  est  deferee  d  avance  par  )e  Roi  regoant,  de  eon. 
cert  avec  les  Etats-Generaax,  Cbambres-  reanies. 

XLI.  Si  elle  n'a  pas  6te  d^eree  par  son  Piedecesseur,  il  y  est 
poiHTu  par  les  Etats-Generaux,  Chambres  tunnies,  qui  se  concertenti 
all  est  possible,  avec  quelques  proches  Parens  du  Roi  Minear. 

XLIl.  Obacun  des  Tuteurs,  avant  d'entrer  en  fonctions,  pr^te  dans 
IMssembl^  des  Etats-Generaox,  Chambres  r^unies,  et  entre  les  mains 
dn  President,  le  Serment  qui  suit : 

"  Je  jure  fideJite  an  Roi ;  je  jure  de  remplir  religieusement  tons 
lea  devoirs  que  sa  tutelle  m'impose,  et  nommement  de  Ini  inspirer 
lattachement &  la  Loi  Fondamentale  de  son  Royaume,  et  Pamour  de- 
son  Peuple. 

'*  Ainsi  Dieu  me  soit  en  aide.*'' 

Section  IV. — De  la  Regence. 

XLI II.  Pendant  la  minorite  du  Roi,  le  Pouvoir  Royal  est  exerc^ 
par  un  Regent;  il  est  norome  d'avance  par  le  Roi  regnant,  de  con- 
cert avec  les  Etats-Generaux,  Chambres  r^unies.  La  Succession  i.  la 
Regence  pendant  la  minority  du  Roi,  peut  ^tre  r^gl^  de  la  mime 
raani^re. 

XLIV.  Si  le  Regent  n'a  pasete  nomme  pendant  la  vie  dn  Roi,  if 
Test  par  les  Etats-Generanx  assembles,  et  composes  comme  il  est  dit  A 
I'ArticleXXIV. 

Si  la  Succession  i.  la  Regence  n*a  pas  ^te  rcglee,  elle  peut  Tfttre 
par  le  Regent,  de  concert  avec  les  Etats-G^neraux,  composes  comme 
dessns. 

XLV.  Le  Regent  pr6te  dans  une  Assembl^e  des  Etats-Gen^ranx, 
Chambres  rennies,  et  entre  ?es  mains  du  President,  le  Serment 
sutvant : 

'*  Je  jure  oberssance  au  Roi ;  je  jure  que  dans  I'exercice  du 
Pouvoir  Royal  pendant  la  minorite  du  Roi  (pendant  que  le  Roi  se 
trouvera  bors  d*etat  de  regner)  j'observerai  et  maintiendrai  la  Loi 
Fondamentale  du  Royaume,  et  qu'en  aucune  occasion  et  sous  ancun 
pr^texte,  quel  qn'il  puisse  ^tre,  je  ne  m  en  ^carterai,  ni  ne  permettrai 
qn'on  s'en  ecarte. 

**  Je  jure  de  plus,  de  defendre  et  de  conserver  de  tout  mon  pouvoir 
Pind^pendance  du  Royaume  et  Tintegrit^  de  son  Territoire,  ainsi  que 
la  liberty  publiqne  et  individuelle,  de  maintenir  les  droits  de  tous  et 
chacno  des  Sujets  dn  Roi,  et  d*employer  k  la  conservation  de  la  pros* 
perite  generale  et  particuli^re,  ainsi  que  le  doit  un  bon  et  fiddle 
Regent,  tous  les  moyens  que  les  Lois  mettent  d  ma  disposition. 

"  Ainn  Dieu  me  soit  en  aide." 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


22  NETHERLANDS. 

XLVI.  Le  Ponvoir  Royal  est  egalemeDt  ezerc^  par  nn  Regent, 
toraqae  le  Roi  se  trouve  hon  d'etat  de  regner. 

Le  GoDseil  d'Elat,  cooBpoa^  dea  Membres  ordinaires,  et  des  Chefa 
des  D^partemens  Hioitteriels,  apr^  avoir  coastate  par  un  examen 
exacts  que  ce  cas  existe,  convoque  les  Etats-Gtoeraux  (la  Seconde 
Chambre  en  Dombre  dovble)  afin  d'y  pourvoir  pour  la  doive  de  I'eni- 
p^chement. 

Les  Membres  des  Etats-Geueraax,  qui,  h  Sl^me  jour  aprte  la 
eoDvocatioD  se  trouYeot  dans  )e  lien  od  si^e  le  Gouvernement,  ouvrent 
la  Session. 

XLVH.  SMI  y  a  lieu  i  pourvoir  i  la  garde  de  la  personne  dn  Rot, 
qui  se  trouve  dans  le  cas  de  TArticle  precedent,  on  suit  les  principe» 
^tablis  aux  Articles  XXXIX  et  XLI  pour  la  tutelle  d'^un  Roi  Mineur. 

XLVIII.  Si  dans  ce  cas  le  Prince  d'Orange  a  18  ans  aceomplis,  H 
est  Regent  de  drMt. 

XLIX«  Si  le  Prince  d'Orangc  n'a  pas  18  ans  accomplts,  vt  dans  lea 
eas  prevus  aux  Articles  XXVII  et  XLI  V«  le  Conseil  d'Etat,  compose 
comme  k  TArticle  XLVI,  exerce  I'Aatorite  Royale,  jusqu  a  ce  qu'ii 
y  soit  pourYu  par  les  Etats-Generaux. 

Les  Membres  de  ce  Conseil  pr^tent  entre  les  mains  da  PrMdeof, 
et  celni-ci  en  presence  de  TAssemblee,  le  Serment  suivant ; 

'^  Je  jure  comme  Membre  (President)  du  Conseil  d'Etat,  de  conw 
eourir  au  maintien  et  i  Tobservation  de  la  Lot  Pondamentaie  du 
Royaume  dans  lexercice  du  Pooroir  Royal,  jusqu'i  ce  qull  y  soit 
pourvu  par  les  Etats-Generaux. 

"  Ainsi  Diea  me  soit  en  aide.*' 

L.  L'Acte  qui  etablit  la  Regence  fixera  le  pr^l^vement  qui  sens 
fait  sur  les  revenus  de  la  Couronne,  pour  Fes  depenses  de  la  Regence. 
Ce  pr^l^Yement  ne  sera  pas  chang^  pendant  toute  la  duree  de  Is 
Regence. 

LI.  Si  le  Roi  n*a  pas  propose  aux  Etats-G^nerRux  un  Snccessear 
a  la  Couronne,  (Article  XXV),  s'il  n  a  pas  concert^  aYec  eux  la 
Tutelle  du  Roi  Mineur  (Article  XL),  s'il  ua  pas  d^signe  avec  eux  le 
Regent  dn  Royaume  (Aiticle  XLIII),  les  Etats-G^neraux  declarant 
solennellement  le  cas  qui  existe,  et  ils  y  pourvoient  ainsi  qu'il  est 
present  aux  Articles  XXVII,  XLf  et  XLIV. 

Section  V. — De  rinauguratum  du  RoL 

Lit.  Le  Roi,  lorsqu'il  prend  les  r^nes  du  GouYemement,  est 
inaugnri  solennellement  dans  une  S^ince  publique  des  Etats-Generaux, 
Chambres  reunies.     Cette  S^nce  est  tenne  en  plein  air. 

En  temps  de  paix,  rinanguration  a  lieu  altemativement  i  Amster- 
dam, et  dans  une  Ville  des  ProYinces  Meridionales,  au  choix  du  Roi. 

LIII.  Dans  cette  Seance  publique,  apr^s  qu'il  a  ete  donne  au  Roi 
lecture  de  la  Loi  Fondamentale  en  entier>  il  pr^te  le  Serment  suivant  t 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS.  23 

*' JeJHreau  People  des  Pajs  Bm,  de  maioteDir  et  dobierYer  la 
1am  FoDdamentale  da  Royatiroe,  et  qu'en  aucune  occasion  ou  sous 
anean  prelexte,  quel  qa*il  puisse  ^tre,  je  ne  m'en  ^arterai^  oi  ne  souf- 
frirai  qu*oD  s^ea  ^carte. 

*'  Je  jure  de  plus,  de  delendre  ft  de  cooserver  de  tout  moo  pouvoir, 
nud^pendance  du  Royaume  et  riotegriie  de  son  Terricoire,  ainst  que 
la  lib^te  publique  el  individoelle;  de  maintenir  lea  droits  de  tous  et 
cfaacun  de  mes  Sujets,  et  d  employer  d  la  conservation  et  k  Taccroisse  • 
ment  de  la  prosp^te  generate  et  particuli^re,  aiosi  que  le  doit  on  bon 
Roi,  tons  les  moyens  que  les  Lois  meltent  i  ma  disposition. 

"  Aiusi  Dieu  me  soit  en  aide." 

LIV.  Apr^s  la  prestation  de  ce  Serment,  ie  Roi  est  inaogur6  dans 
la  m6fde  Seance  par  les  Etats-Getieraux. 

Le  President  prononce  d  cet  effet  la  declaration  solennelle  qui  suit, 
que  loi  et  tous  les  Membres  confirment  par  un  Serment  individuel : 

''  Nous  jnrons,  au  nom  du  Peuple  des  Pays  Bas,  quen  vertu  de  la 
Loi  Fondamentale  de  cet  Etat,  nous  lous  recevons  et  inaugurous 
comme  Roi;  que  nous  maintieodrons  les  droits  de  votre  Couronne^ 
que  nous  vous  serons  obeissans  et  fiddles  dans  la  defirnse  de  votre 
peraonne  et  de  votre  dignit6  royale;  et  nous  jurons  de  faire  tout  ce 
que  de  boos  et  Bd^les  Etats-G^neraux  sont  tenus  do  faire. 

*'  Ainsi  Dieu  nous  soit  en  aide." 

LV.  Le  Roi  donne  counaissance  de  son  inauguration  aux  Etats 
Provinciaux,  qui  lui  rendeot  hommage  dans  les  termes  suivans : 

"  Nous  jurons  que  nous  vous  serous  fid^leSj  comme  Roi  legitime 
des  Pays  Bas,  dans  la  defense  de  votre  personue  et  dignity  royale,  et 
qu'en  conformite  de  la  Loi  Fondamentale,  uous  obeirons  aux  Ordon- 
nances  qui  noas  seront  transmises  de  votre  part :  que  nous  donnerons 
aide  et  assistance  dans  leur  execution  d  vos  Serviteurs  et  Conseillers> 
et  qo  en  ontre  nous  ferons  ce  que  de  fiddles  Sujets  sont  tenus  de 
faire. 

"  Ainsi  Dieu  nons  soit  en  aide.** 

Une  Deputation  solennelle  de  quelques  uns  de  leurs  Membres 
porte  cette  declaration  au  Roi. 

Section  VL— Dc  la  Prerogative  Royale. 

LVI.  Le  Roi  a  la  direction  des  Affaires  Etrang^res;  il  nomme  et 
il  rappelle  les  Ministres  et  les  Consuls. 

LVII.  Le  Roi  declare  la  Guerre  et  fait  la  Paix;  il  en  donne  cou- 
naissance aux  2  Chambres  des  Etata-G^neraux.  II  y  joint  lea  Com« 
monications  qo'il  croit  compatibles  avec  les  interdta  et  la  s6ret6  de 
I'Etat. 

LVIIi.  An  Roi  appartient  le  droit  de  conclnre  et  de  ratifier  tous 
aotres  Traitea  et  Conventions.     11  en  donne  coanaissance  aux  2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


24  KETHERLANOS. 

Chambres  des  Etots-Geo^raax,  aimitdt  qu'il  croit  que  llaiMt  •!  Is 
8or€t6  de  I'Etat  le  permettent. 

Si  les  Traites  concliu  en  temfMi  de  paix»  contiennent  one  cetsioB 
oa  QD  Change  d'ane  partie  du  Territoire  du  Royaume  oo  de  ms 
Potsessions  dans  les  autrea  parties  du  monde,  ils  oe  sont  ratifies  par 
le  Roi^qn'aprte  qo'ils  ont  ^t^  approov^  par  les  Etats-Generaax. 

LIX.  Le  Roi  dispose  des  Forces  de  lerre  et  de  mer ;  il  en  Domme 
les  OfficierSf  et  les  revoqoe,  avec  peosion^  s'il  y  a  lien. 

LX.  La  direction  suprtoe  des  Colonies  et  des  Possessions  du 
Royaume  dans  les  autres  parties  du  monde,  appartieni  exclusivement 
au  Roi. 

LXI.  Le  Roi  a  la  direction  supreme  des  Finances;  il  r^gleet  fixe 
les  traitemens  des  Colleges  et  des  Fonctionnaire^,  qui  sont  aequitt^a 
par  le  Tr^r  Public  ;  il  les  porte  sur  le  Budget  des  d^penses  de 
I'Etat 

Les  traitemens  des  Fonctionnaires  de  POrdre  Judiciaire  sont  foes 
par  la  Loi. 

LXIL  Le  Roi  a  le  droit  de  battre  JMonnaie;  il  peut  la  faire  frap- 
per  i  son  effigie. 

LXIU.  Le  Roi  confine  la  Noblesse;  ceux  qu*il  annoblit,  pr6sentent 
leurs  dipldmes  aux  EUts  de  leurs  Provinces ;  ils  participent  de  suite 
aux  prerogatives  attacbees  i  la  Noblesse,  et  nommemeut  au  droit 
d*toe  inscrit  dans  le  Corps  Equestre^  s*il8  reunissent  les  conditions 
requises. 

LXiV.  Tout  Ordre  de  Chevalerie  est  etabli  par  one  Loi,  sur  la 
proposition  du  Roi. 

LXV.  Des  Ordres  Etrangers,  qui  nMmposent  ancune  obligation, 
peuvent  ^tre  acceptes  par  le  Roi  et  par  les  Princes  de  sa  maison,  de 
son  conseotement 

Aucun  Ordre  Etranger,  quel  qu'il  soit.  ne  peat  ^tre  accepte  par  un 
autre  Sujet  du  Roi,  sans  sa  permission  expresse. 

LXV  I.  Cette  permission  est  egalement  requise  pour  racceptation 
de  tons  Titres,  Dignil^s  ou  Charges  Etrang^res. 

A  Tavenir,  des  I^ettres  de  Noblesse  conf^r^  par  on  Prince 
Etranger  ne  peuvent  ^tre  acceptees  par  aucun  Sujet  du  Roi. 

LXVIL  Le  Roi  a  le  droit  de  faire  gr&ce,  apr^s  avoir  pris  I'avis 
de  la  Haule  Cour  du  Royaume. 

LXVIII.  Outre  le  droit  de  dispenser  dans  les  cas  determines  par 
la  Loi  m^me,  le  Roi,  lorsqu'il  y  a  urgence,  et  que  les  Etat8-G6n6raux 
ne  sont  pas  assembles,  accorde  des  dispenses  d  des  particuliers  dans  leur 
inter^tprive  et  sur  leur  demande,  apr^s  avoir  entendu  le  Conseil- 
d*Etat :  ces  Dispenses  ne  sontaccord^es  en  mati^re  de  Justice,  qu'apr^ 
avoir  pris  lavis  de  la  Haute-Cour,  et  dans  les  autres  mati^res  celui  des 
Departemens  d' Administration  qu  ellesjconcement. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS.  25 

Le  Roi  donoe  conaaiimiice  aax  Eutt-Geoerftai,  de  toolet  lea 
Dbpenies  qa'il  a  accordees  dans  rintervalle  d'ane  Seanon  i  I'aotre. 

LXIX.  Le  Roi  decide  lootet  lea  eonteatations  qai  a'^l^vent  entre 
2  oa  pluaieuia  Provincea,  all  ne  peat  ]«■  trrminer  i  1  aoiiable. 

LXX.  Le  Roi  preteDteaox  Etata-G^neraox  leg  Projeta  de  Loia^et 
leor  rait  tellea  aoirea  Propoaitioua  qull  juge  convenablea. 

II  aaDctionne  ou  il  rejette  lea  Propositions  que  Ini  font  les  Etata* 
Generaux. 

SxcTfON  Vn.— Dif  CoHseii  tPEiai  et  da  Departement  MmitieneU. 

LXXL  II  y  a  un  ConaeiUd'Etat.  Ce  Conaeil  eat  compoae  de  24 
Membiea  an  pins,  choisis  antant  que  possible,  dans  toutea  lea 
Provineea  du  Royaame;  le  Roi  les  nomme  et  les  rdvoque  4 
Tolonte. 

Le  Roi  pr^de  le  ConaeiUd'Etat :  il  nomme,  a*il  le  juge  convena- 
ble,  nn  Secretaire- d*Etat  Vice-Prudent 

LXXIL  Le  Prince  d'Orange  est  de  droit  Membre  du  Couseil- 
d*Etat;  il  y  prend  seance  i  18  Ana  accomplis. 

Les  antres  Princes  de  la  Maison  Royale  pen  vent  y  tin  appelea 
par  le  Roi,  A  leor  majorite. 

Ila  ne  sont  paa  compris  dans  le  nombre  determine  des  Membrea 
ordinairea. 

LXXill.  Le  Roi  sonmet  k  la  deliberation  du  Conseil-d'Etat 
lea  Propositions  qa*il  fait  anx  Etats-Gen^raux,  et  cellea  qui  lui 
sont  faitea  par  enx,  ainai  que  tontea  les  Mesures  generates  d'administra* 
tion  interienre  da  Royaume*  et  de  sea  Possessions  dana  les  autrea 
partiea  da  monde. 

En  t^e  dea  Loia  et  dea  diapoaitiona  Royalea,  il  est  fait  mention 
qoa  le  Conaeil-d'Elat  a  ete  entendu. 

Le  Roi  prend  de  plus  Tavia  da  Conseil-d'Etat  dans  toutes  lea 
matins  d'interit  general  ou  particulier,  qu'il  juge  i  propos  de  lui 
soamettre. 

Le  Roi  decide  seul,  et  il  porte  chacune  de  ses  decisions  a  la 
eonnaisaance  da  CouseiKd'Btat. 

LXXIV.  Le  Roi  pent  nommer  des  Conseillers  d'Etat  extraordi* 
nairea,aans  traitement:  il  les  appelie  au  Conseil  quand  il  le  juge  con- 
vcnable. 

LXXV.  LeRoieUblitdea  D^partemensMinisteriels:  il  en  nomme 
lea  Cheia  et  les  r^oque  i  Yoloute :  il  peat  appeler  uo  ou  plusieurs 
d'entr'eax,  poor  assister  aux  deliberations  da  Conseil-d'Etat 

LXXVI.  Le  Serment  que  prAtent  les  Chefs  dea  Departemens 
Ministeriels  et  les  Conseillers-d'Etat,  ordinairea  et  extraordinaires* 
cootient,  independamment  de  ce  qoe  le  Roi  troove  A  propos  d  y  insurer, 
lobligation  d'etre  fiddle  i  la  Loi  Fondamentale. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


26  NETHERLANDS. 

CBAnrftE  III. — Des  Eiats^Geniraus. 


Section  I.-~/)e  la  Composition  de$  Eiats-Generaux. 

LXXYIf.  Lea  Etats-Generaux  representeat  la  Nation. 
LXXVIII.  Lea  Etats-Generaux  soiit  formes  de  2  Chambres. 
LXXIX.  Unede  ces  Chambres  est  compos^e  de  110  Membies 
nommes  par  les  Etats  des  Provinces,  ainsi  qu'il  suit : 

Brabant  Septentrional  7 

Brabant-Meridional B 

Limbourg • •.•.••...       4 

Gueldre  6 

Liege   • 6 

Flundre-Orientale   10 

Flandre-Occidentale  •••.• 8 

Hainaut ,••• • 8 

Hollande 22 

Z^Iande  3 

Namur • 2 

Anvers • 5 

Utrecht 3 

Frise 5 

Overyssel  • 4 

Groningue  4 

Drenthe  • • • ••••»«..       1 

Luxembourg  • • 4 

LXXX.  L'autre  Chambre,  qui  porte  le  nom  de  Premiere  Chambre, 
est  composee  de  40  Membres  au  moins,  et  60  au  plus,  iges  de  40 
ans  accomplis,  nomrfi^  a  vie  par  le  Boi,  parmi  les  personues  les 
plus  distingu^es  par  des  services  rendus  ^  TEtat,  par  leur  naissance,  ou 
leur  fortune. 

Section  IL — De  laSeconde  Chambre  des  Eiats-Generaux, 

LXXXL  Sont  eligibles  h,  la  Seconde  Chambre,  des  personues 
domicilies  dans  la  Province  par  laquelle  elles  sont  nomm^es  et  ages 
de  30  ans  accomplis. 

Les  Membres  elus  dans  la  m^me  Province  ne  peuvent  ^tre  parens 
ou  allies  plus  proches  qu'au  3^me  degre. 

Des  Officiers  de  Terre  ou  de  Mer  ne  sont  eligibles  que  lonqu'ila 
ont  un  rang  au^dessus  de  celui  de  Capitaine. 

LXXX  I  i.  Les  Membres  de  cette  Chambre  sont  elus  pour  3  ans. 
La  Chambre  est  renouvelee  annuellement  par  tiers,  conform^inent  au 
Tableau  qui  sera  dress^  d  cet  effet 

I^s  Membres  sortans  sont  immediatemeut  re-6ligibles. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS^  27 

LXXXIII.  Les  Membres  de  cetle  Chamhre  Yotent  individuelie- 
ment*  sans  mandat  et  sans  ea  ref^rer  a  PAssemblee  qui  lea  a  nominea. 

LXXXIV.  A  leur  eDtr6e  en  fonctions,  ila  prfttent,  chacan  saivaat 
le  rit  de  aon  culte,  le  SermeDt  qui  suit : 

*'  Jejune  (promets)  d  observer  et  de  maintenir  la  Loi  Fondamentale 
do  Royaume ;  et  quen  aucune  occasion  ou  sous  ancuD  pretexte  quel* 
conque«  je  ne  in'eu  ecarterai,  ni  ne  consenttrai  ^  ce  qn'on  s'en  ^arte; 
que  je  coosenrerai  et  protegerai  de  tout  mon  pouvoir  Pindependance 
du  Royaume,  et  la  liberie  publique  et  indiYiduelle ;  que  je  concourrai, 
aotant  qu'il  sera  en  moi,  i  raccroissemeut  de  la  prosperity  g^n^rale^ 
sans  m'en  Eloigner  pour  aucun  int^r^t  particulier  ou  provincial. 

"  Aiasi  Dien  me  soit  en  aide/' 

lis  sont  admis  i  ce  Sermeot,  apr^  avoir  pr6t6  celui  qui  suit : 

"Je  jure  (declare)  que  pour  tire  nomme  Membre  de  la  Secoude 
Chambre  des  Etats-G^neraux,  je  n'ai  donn^  ni  promts,  ne  donnerai 
ni  ne  promettrai  aucuns  dons  ni  presens,  directement  ou  indirecte- 
menty  ni  sous  un  pretexte  quelconque,  i  aucune  personne  en  cbarge 
ou  hors  de  fonctions. 

''  Je  jure  (promets)  que  jamais  je  ne  recevrai  de  qui  que  ce  soit, 
ni  sons  aucun  pretexte,  directement  ou  indirectemeiit,  aucuns  dons  ou 
pr^ns  pour  faireou  ne  pas  faire  une  cbose  quelconque  dans  Texercice 
de  mes  fonctions. 

"  Ainsi  Dieu  me  soit  en  aide.*' 

CesSermens  sont  prit^s  entre  les  mains  du  Roi,  ou  dans  la  Seconde 
Cbambre  entre  les  mains  de  son  President  autoris^  par  le  Roi. 

LXXXV.  Le  Pr^ndent  de  la  Seconde  Cbambre  est  nomm^  par  le 
Roi,  pour  la  dur^  d*une  Session,  sur  une  LIste  triple  que  la  Chambre 
lui  presente. 

LXXXVL  Les  Membres  de  cette  Cbambre  re^oivent  une  indemnite 
de  deplacement  regime  par  la  Loi,  ^  raison  des  distances* 

lis  resolvent  de  plus  pour  frais  de  sejour,  une  somme  de  2,600 
florins  par  an;  cette  indemnite,  qui  sera  pay6$  mensqellement,  ne 
sera  pas  touchee  dans  I'intervalle  d'tine  Session  k  I'autre  par  les 
Membres  qui  n*auront  pas  et^  presens  i  la  derni^re  Session,  k  moina 
qu*iis  ne  prouvent  en  avoir  ete  emp^bes  par  maladie. 

Section  111. — De  la  Premiere  Chambre  dei  Etats^Generaux. 

LXXXVIl.  Les  Membres  de  la  Premiere  Chambre  resolvent,  pour 
tonte  indemnite  de  de  placement  et  de  sejour,  une  somme  de  3,0(10 
florins  par  an, 

LXXXVIIL  A  leur  entree  en  fonctions,  ils  pr^tent,  chacun  selon 
le  rit  de  son  cnlte,  entre  les  mains  du  Roi,  les  Sermens  prescrits  pour 
ks  Membres  de  la  Seconde  Chambre. 

LXXXIX.  Le  Roi  nomme  le  President  de  la  Premiere  Chambie, 
pour  la  duree  d'une  Session. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


28  NETHERLANDS. 


Section  {V.^-^Dispaiiiums  Communes  aux  2  Ckamhret. 

XC.  Ou  ne  peut  ^tre  en  m^me  temps  Membre  des  2  Chnnibre& 

XCI.  Les  Chefs  des  D^partemens  d*Administration  Generale  out 
stance  dans  ]es  2  Chambres. 

Lear  voix  n'esi  deliberatiYe  que  lorequDs  sont  Membres  de  la 
Chambre  dans  laqof  lie  ils  silent 

XCI  I.  Les  Membres  des  Etats-Generaux  ne  pea  vent  ^tre  en 
m6me  temps  Membres  de  la  Chambre  des  Comptes,  ni  avoir  des  places 
comptables. 

XCI  [I.  Un  Membre  des  Etats  Provinciaux  nommd  aax  Etats*. 
Generaox,  perd,  en  prenant  s^nce,  sa  premiere  qualite. 

XCIV.  Chaque  Chambre  verifie  les  poufoirs  de  ses  Membres,  et 
joge  les  contestations  qui  s'el^vent  a  ce  snjet 

XC  V.  Chaque  Chambre  nomme  son  Greffier. 

XCVf.  Chacune  des 2  Chambres  porte  le  titre  de  ''Nobles  et 
Puissans  Seigneurs.*' 

XCVH.  Les  Etats-Gen^raux  s*assemblent  au  moins  une  fois 
par  an :  la  Session  Ordinaire  commence  le  Si^me  Lnndt  du  mois 
d'Octobre. 

\a  Roi  les  convoque  extraordinairement  quand  il  le  juge  ^  propos. 

XCVIII.  En  temps  de  paix,  les  Sessions  sont  tenues  alternative- 
ment,  d'annee  en  ann^e>  dans  une  Ville  des  Provinces  Septentrionales 
et  dans  une  Yille  des  Provinces  M6ridionales. 

XCIX  Au  d^cds  du  Roi,  les  Etats-G^neraux  s*assemblent  sans 
convocation  pr^alable.  Les  Membres  qui,  au  Ideme  jour  aprbs  ce 
decis,  se  trouvent  dans  le  lieu  ock  est  fix^  le  si^ge  du  Gouvernement, 
ouvrent  la  Stance  Extraordinaire. 

C.  La  Session  des  Etats-Gen^raux  est  ouverte  dans  une  Seance 
des  2  Chambres  r^unies^  par  le  Roi  ou  ses  Commissaires ;  elle  est  close 
de  la  m^me  mani^re,  quand  le  Roi  juge  que  I'inter^t  du  Royaume 
n'en  exige  pas  la  continuation. 

La  Session  Ordinaire  sera  de  20  jours  au  moins. 

CL  Aucune  des  2  Chambres  ne  peut  prendre  une  resolution,  si* 
plus  de  la  moiti6  de  ses  Membres^ne  se  trouve  reunie. 

CIL  Toute  resolution  est  prise  i  la  majority  absolue  des  suffrages. 

cm.  Les  Membres  des  Etats-G^neraux  votent  par  appel  nominal 
et  &  haute  voix. 

Les  elections  et  les  propositions  de  Candidats  se  font  seules  aii 
scmtin  secret. 

CIV.  Dans  les  differens  cas,  oii,  en  vertu  de  la  Loi  Fondamenta]e> 
les  2  Chambres  (la  seconde  donblde  ou  en  nombre  ordinaire)  sont 
r^unies,  les  Membres  si^gent  sans  distinction  de  Chambres. 

Le  President  de  la  Premiere  Chambre  dirige  les  deliberations. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS.  29 

SECTION  y.—Du  Pqumt  Legulaiif. 

CV.  f^  PonToir  L^gislatifest  exerce  coucarremineat  par  le  Roi  et 
1e$  EtaU-GendraJix. 

CVl.  Le  Roi  adresse  k  la  Seconde  Chambre  les  PrupontioBS  qall 
veot  faire  aux  Etata-Generaux,  a«itpar  un  Message  qui  en  contieot  lea 
moti£i,  soil  par  des  Commissaires. 

CVII.  La  Chambre  ne  delib^re  en  Assembl^e  Gentle  saraocnne 
Proposition  do  Roi.  qu'apr^  Tavoir  examinee  dans  les  diffsreBtes 
Sections,  dans  lesqaelles  tons  les  Membres  de  la  Chambre  se  partagent, 
qui  sont  renouveletfs  periodiquemeut  par  la  voie  do  sort. 

CVIII.  Les  Seances  de  la  Seconde  Chambre^des  Etats-Gen^rauz 
sont  pnbliqnes :  la  Chambre  se  forme  o^nmoios  en  Comite»  lonqoe 
le  dixi^me  des  Membres  presens  la  demands,  ou  que  le  President  le 
ji^e  Gonvenable. 

H  pent^tre  pris  dans  le  Comite  des  r^lutions  snr  les  objets  qui  j 
ont  ^\€  traites. 

CIX.  Si  la  Seconde  Chambre,  apr^  avoir  d^libere  snr  It  Rapport 
general  qui  In!  est  fait  de  Topioion  de  ses  Sections,  adopts  le  Proje^ 
elle  Penroie  i  la  Premiere  Chambre  avec  la  Formole  snivante : 

"'  La  Seconde  Chambre  des  Etats-Generanx  envoie  &  la  Premiere 
Chambre,  la  Proposition  do  Roi  ci-joiote  ;  elle  pense  qu'il  y  a  lien  d'j 
adherer." 

ex.  Si  la  Seconde  Chambre  croit  ne  ponvoir  pas  adopter  la  pro- 
poaition,  elle  en  donne  connaissance'an  Roi  dans  les  termes  snivans : 

"  \jti  Seconde  Chambre  des  Etats-Generanx  temoigne  au  Roi  sa 
feeonnaissance  do  ih\e  qull  met  k  veiller  aox  inter^ts  da  Royaome,  et 
le  snpplie  respectoeosement  de  prendre  sa  Proposition  en  consideration 
nlt^rienre.** 

CXL  La  Premiere  Chambre,  lorsqo'elle  revolt  one  Propodfion 
do  Roi,  adopts  par  la  Seconde  Chambre,  la  renvoie  aox  Section^  et 
apr^en  avoir  deliber6  en  Seance  G^nerale,  si  elle  adopte  la  Proposition^ 
elle  en  donne  counaissance  an  Roi  dans  les  termes  soivans : 

"  Les  Etats-Gen^raox  temoignent  ao  Roi  lenr  reconnaissance  da 
x^le  qnll  met  k  veiller  aox  interlts  do  Rojaume,  et  adherent  i  sa 
Proportion." 

Et  d  la  Seconde  Chambre,  en  ces  termes : 

'*  La  Premiere  Chambre  des  EtatS'Generaux  porte  &  la  connaissance 
de  la  Seconde  Chambre,  qn'elle  a  adhere  i  la  Proposition  du  Roi,  qoi 
hii  a  ete  transmise  le  relative  k  ** 

CXn.  Si  la  Premiere  Chambre  croit  ne  poovoir  pas  adopter  la 
Proposition,  elle  I'exprime  comme  k  I'Article  CX. 

Elle  en  donne  connaissance  k  la  Seconde  Chambre  dans  les  termes 
soivans: 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


30  NETHERLANDS. 

^  La  Premiere  Chambre  des  Etats-G^ndraux  porte  i  la  ccmi- 
naissance  de  la  Secoode  Chambre,  quelle  a  sapplie  respectueusemeiit 

le  RcM  de  prendre  sa  Proposition  du Mlative  i  en  coq- 

aideration  ulterieure." 

CXIII.  Lea  Etats-G^neraux.  out  le  droit  de  faire  dea  Propositions 
an  Roi,  de  la  mani^re  qai  suit.  ^ 

CXIV.  Le  droit  de  provoquer  une  deliberation  desEtats-GeneFaoK 
aur  une  Proposition  A  faire  an  iUi,  appartient  cxclusivement  aux 
Membres  de  la  Seeonde  Chambre.  Elle  Texamine  dans  la  (brine 
preacrite  pour  lea  Projets  de  Lois. 

CXV.  Si  elle  approuve  la  Proposition,  elle  la  transmet  i  la 
Premiere  Chambre,  avec  la  Pormule  suivante : 

"  La  Seeonde  Chambre  des  Euta-Gen^ranx  envoie  &  la  Premiere 
Chambre  la  Proposition  ci-joiute,  et  pense  qu'il  y  a  lieu  d  demander  la 
aanction  du  Roi." 

CXVL  La  Premi^  Chambre,  apr^  en  avoir  delibeis  de  la 
mani^re  ordinaire,  Tadresse,  en  cas  d'approbation,  an  Roi  avec  la 
Formule  qui  suit : 

*'  Les  Etats-G^mdraux  adressent  an  Roi  la  Proposition  ci-jointe, 
qn'ils  croient  avantageuse  et  utile  k  I'Etat  Ik  sapplient  Sa  Majeste 
da  vouloir  y  donner  la  Sanction  Royale." 

Elle  en  informe  la  Seeonde  Chambre,  en  ces  termes : 

*'  La  Premiere  Chambre  des  Etats-Generaux  donne  connaiasance 
k  la  Seeonde  Chambre  qn'elle  a  adopte  «a  Proposition  4m 

relative  i et  qu'elle  Ta  adress^e  i  Sa  Majesty  pour  demander  sa 

Sanetion  Royale.** 

CXVIi.  Si  la  Premiere  Chambre  n'approuve  pas  la  Propositidu, 
elle  en  informe  la  Seeonde  Chambre  dans  les  termes  suivans : 

"  La  Premiere  Chambre  des  Etats  Gen^raux  renvoie  i  la  Seeonde 
Chambre  la  Proposition  ci-jointe,  A  laquelle  elle  a  cm  ne  poaivoir  pas 
donner  sou  assentiment.'* 

CXVIII.  I^rsque  le  Roi  adopte  ane  Proposition  des  Etais- 
66neraux,  il  s'ex prime  en  ces  termes : 

**  Le  Roi  consent" 

S'il  la  rejette,  en  cenx-cs : 

«  Le  Roi  deliberera.*' 

CXIX.  Les  Projets  de  Lois,  adopt^s  par  le  Roi  et  les  3  Chambrea 
des  Etats-G^neranx,  deviennent  Lois  du  Royaame  et  sont  promulguees 
par  le  Roi. 

CXX.  La  Loi  r^gle  le  mode  de  promalgation,  et  le  terme  aprfes 
lequel  les  Lois  deviennent  obligatoires. 

La  Formule  de  promulgation  est  congue  en  ees  termes : 

«  Nous— ->Roi,  des  Pays-Bas,  etc.  etc.,  ii  tous  eeux  qui  les  pre- 
aentes  verront,  salut !  savoir  faisons. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS.  31 

"  Ayant  pro  en  consideration,  etc.  (insurer  les  motifs).  A  ces 
causes,  notre  Conseil  d'Etat  entendu,  et  de  commun  accord  avec 
les  Etats-Geueraux,  avons  statue,  comme  nous  statnons  par  les 
piesentes/' 

(Le  texte  de  la  Loi.) 

"  Donu^*'  etc- 

Section  W.^Du  Budget  de  FEtai. 

CXXI.  Le  Budget  des  depenses  da  Royanme  doit  avoir  TasseDti- 
menl  des  Etats-Geo^raux ;  il  est  preseute  par  le  Roi  k  la  Seconde 
Chambre  dans  la  Session  Ordinaire. 

CXXI  I.  Le  Budget  est  divise  en  2  Parties.  Cette  division  devra 
^tre  faite  poor  Pan  1820,  et  plotot  si  les  circonstances  le  permet- 
tenU 

CXXIII.  La  Premiere  Partie  contient  toutes  les  depenses  ordmaires 
fixes  et  constantes.  qui  r^uhent  du  cours  habitual  des  choses,  et  se 
rapportent  plus  partie uli^rement  i  Tetat  de  Paix. 

Ces  depenses  dtant  approuvees  par  les  Etats-G^neranx,  ne  sont 
pas  soamises,  pendant  les  10  premieres  annees,  &  un  consentement 
olterieur  et  annuel. 

Elles  ne  deviennent,  pendant  ce  periode,  le  sujet  d'nne  nouvelle 
deliberation,  que  lorsque  le  Roi  fait  connaitre  qu'un  objet  de  depenses 
a  cess^  ou  varie. 

CXXIV.  En  arr^tant  cette  partie  du  Budget,  on  determine  en 
DKfiffle  temps  les  moyens  d  y  fuire  face. 

lis  sont  ^galement  arr^tes  pour  10  ans;  et  demeurent  in  variables, 
d  moins  que  le  Roi  ne  fasse  connaitre  qu*il  est  necessaire  de  remplacer 
oo  de  modifier  un  de  ces  moyens. 

CXXV.  Un  An  avant  lexpiration  du  terme  pour  leqoel  ces 
depenses  fixes  sont  arr^tees,  le  Roi  propose  un  nonveau  Budget  poor 
les  10  annees  qui  suivent  ce  terme. 

CXXVI.  La  Seconde  Partie  du  Budget  contient  les  Depenses 
Extraordinaires,  imprevues  et  incertaines,  qui,  surtout  en  temps  de 
Goerre,  doivent  ^tre  r^glees  d'apr^  les  circonstances. 

Ces  depenses,  ainsi  que  les  moyens  de  les  couvrir,  ne  sont  anit6eB 
que  poor  un  An. 

CXXVIL  Les  depenses  de  chaque  Departement  d 'Administration 
Geneiale,  sont  lobjet  d*un  ChapHre  Separe  du  Budget. 

Les  Fonds  alloues  pour  un  Departement  doivent  ^tre  exdusivement 
employes  pour  des  depenses  qui  Idi  appartiennent,  de  sorte  qu'aucune 
somme  ne  pent  ^tre  transfer^  d'un  Chapitre  d'Ad ministration  G^nerale 
&  un  autre,  sans  le  concouis  des  EtatB-G^neraux. 

CXXVI II.  Le  Roi  fait  mettre  annuellement  sous  les  yenx 
des  Etats*Geoeranx  un  Compte  detaille  de  Temploi  des  deniers 
publics. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


32  NETHERLANDS. 

Chapitrb  IV. — De$  Etais  Pramnciaux. 

Sbctiom  I. — De  la  ComposUum  des  Etats-Provineiavx.  • 

CXXIX.  Leg  Etais  dea  Provinces  sont  composes  de  Membres  ^lus 
par  les  3  Ordres  suivaos : 

Les  Nobles  oa  Corps  Equestres. 

Les  Villes. 

Les  Campagnes. 

CXXX.  Le  Dombre  total  des  Membres  dont  les  Etats  Proviiiciaux 
sont  compost,  et  le  nombre  i  elire  par  chaque  ordre,  sont  fixes  par  le 
Roi,  d'apr^  Tavis  d  une  Commission,  qu'il  nomme  dans  chaque  Pro- 
vince. 

CXXXI.  Dans  chaque  Province,  les  Nobles  sont  reunis  en  Corps 
Equestres  ou  ne  le  sont  pas^selon  qu'il  sera  jug^  convenable. 

La  premiere  Convocation  des  Nobles  ou  Corps  Equestres  et  la  pre- 
miere admission  dans  ces  Corps  appartiennent  au  Roi.  lis  soumettent 
leurs  r^glemens  i  ^approbation  du  Roi,  et  ne  s'ecartent  pas  daus  leur 
redaction  des  principes  de  la  Loi  Pondamentale. 

CXXXIL  Les  Regences  des  Villes  sont  organis^es  de  la  mani^re  qui 
sera  adoptee  par  les  reglemens  que  proposeut  les  Regences  existantes, 
on  des  Commissions  Speciales  nommees  par  le  Roi. 

Ces  reglemens  sont  adresses  aux  Etats  Provinciaux,  qui  les  sou- 
mettent, avec  leurs  observations,  i  Papprobation  du  Roi. 

lis  d^termiuent  le  mode  d'^lection  des  Membres  des  Etats  ProviA- 
ciaux,  attribues  k  chaque  Ville. 

CXXXIII.  Chaque  Ville  a  nn  College  Electoral :  il  est  convoque 
chaque  Annee,  uniquement  pour  uommer  aux  places  vacantes  dans  le 
Conseil  de  la  Ville.' 

CXXXIV.  Les  Habitans  de  chaque  Ville,  habiles  k  voter,  nomment 
aux  places  vacantes  dans  les  Colleges  Electoraux.  Les  nominations 
se  font  chaque  ann^e  4  la  majority  des  voix  par  billets  cachet^  et 
signes,  qui  sont  recueillis  i  domicile  par  les  soins  de  rAdministration 
Municipale. 

Les  r6g1emens  de  chaque  Ville  determinent  la  quotite  de  Pimp6t 
direct  qull  faut  payer,  et  les  autres  qualites  qu'il  faut  r^unir,  pour  £tre 
habile  k  voter. 

CXXXV.  Pour  Texercice  de  leur  droit  d'election,  les  Campagnes 
sont  dif  is^s  en  Districts. 

CXXXVL  On  ne  pent  6tre  en  m6me-temps  Membre  des  Etats  de 
plus  d*une  Province. 

CXXX  VII.  Le  Roi  nomme  dans  toutes  les  Provinces  des  Com- 
missaires,  sous  telle  denomination  qu'il  juge  conveuable,  et  leur  donne 
les  instructions  n^cessaires  pour  assurer  Pex^cution  des  Lois  et  veiUer 
aux  int^rits  du  Royaume  et  de  la  Province. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS.  33 

lis  president  TAsseinhlee  dps  Etats  et  celle  des  Deputations  i 
nooimf  r  d*apr^s  la  disposition  de  TArticle  CLIIL 

A  ieor  nomination,  ils  pr^tent  le  Serinent  d'etre  fiddles  i  la  Lot 
Fondamentale. 

CXXXVIII.  Les  Membres  des  Etats  Provinciaux  pr^tent,  avant 
d*entrer  en  fonctions,  chacun  d'apr^s  le  rit  de  son  culte^  le  SermenC 
saivant : 

"  Je  jure  (promets)  d  observer  la  Loi  Fondamentale  du  Royaume^ 
sans  m  en  ecarter  en  aucune  raanidre,  ni  sous  quelque  pr^texte  que 
cesoit; — de  me  conformer  au  reglement  de  la  Province,  et  de  faire 
tout  ce  qui  sera  en  moi  pour  accroitre  sa  prosperite. 

"  Ainsi  Dieo  me  soit  en  aide.*' 

lis  sont  admis  a  ce  Serment  apris  avoir  prdte  celui  de  n'avoir  rien 
donne  oi  promis,  et  de  ne  recevoir  aucuns  dons  ou  presens  prohibes, 
conformement  k  ce  qui  a  ^t^  present  pour  les  Membres  des  Etats- 
G^neraux,  i  V Article  LXXXIV. 

CXXXIX.  Les  Etats  des  Provinces  s'assembleut  au  moins  nne  fots 
par  An,  et  cbaque  fois  qu'ils  sont  convoques  par  le  Roi. 

CXL.  Les  Membres  des  Etats  Provinciaux  votent  individuellementy 
sans  mandat  et  sans  en  r^ferer  4  I'Assemblee  qui  les  a  nommes. 

CXLL  Les  Etats  Provinciaux  ue  peuvent  prendre  aucune  resolu- 
tion, si  plus  de  la  moitie  des  Membres  ne  se  trouve  r^unie. 

Tonte  Resolution  est  prise  a  la  majorite  absolue  des  voix. 

CXLII.  lies  Membres  des  Etats  Provinciaux  votent  i  haute  voix 
et  par  appel  nominal :  les  elections  et  la  presentation  de  Caudidats  se 
font  settles  au  scrutin  secret 

Section  II. — Des  Attributions  des  Etats, 

CXLIIL  Les  Etats  soumettent  les  frais  de  leur  administration  au 
Roi,  qui,  en  cas  d'approbation,  les  compi-end  dans  le  Budget  General 
des  Depenses  de  TEtat. 

CXLIV.  Les  EtatB  des  Provinces  nommeut  dans  ou  hors  leur  sein 
les  Membres  de  la  Seconde  Chambre  des  Etats-G^ii^raux.  lis  les 
choisisaeot,  aulant  que  possible,  dans  les  diverses  parties  de  la  Pro- 
vince. 

CXLV.  Les  Etats  sont  charges  de  I'execution  des  Lois  relatives  i 
la  protection  des  difii^rens  cultes>  et  d  leur  exercice  extorieur,  ^d  Tin- 
struction  publique,  aux  administrations  de  bienfaisance^  d  Peocourage- 
ment  de  ragricultnre,  du  commerce  et  des  manufactures;  ainsi  que  de 
toates  autres  Lois,  que  le  Roi  leur  adresse  a  cet  effet 

CXLVL  Les  Etats  sont  charges  de  tout  ce  qui.  tient  d  I'ad minis- 
tratiou  et  a  Teconomie  interieore  de  leur  Province.  Les  Ordonnances 
et  R^emens  que  dans  I'ini^ret  general  de  la  Province  ils  jugent  u^* 
cessaires  ou  utiles,  doivent,  avant  d'etre  mis  en  execution,  avoir  re^u 
Tapprobatioo  du  Roi. 
[1816— 16]  D 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


34  NETHERLANDS. 

CXLVII.  lis  Teilient  k  ce  qoll  ne  soit  mis  a  la  libre  importation, 
exportation  et  transit  dcs  denrees  ct  marchandises  d'autres  restrictions, 
que  celles  qui  pourraient  6tre  etablies  par  les  Lois. 

CXLVIII.  lis  concilientles  Differens  des  Autoriies  Locales.  S  ils 
ne  pen  Tent  y  parvenir,  ils  les  soomettent  k  la  decision  du  Roi. 

CXLIX.  Le  Roi  pent  suspendre  on  annuler  les  Acles  des  Etats 
Provinciaux,  qui  seraient  contraires  aux  Lois  ou  i  Pialer^t  general. 

CL.  Les  EtaU  Provinciaux  proposentau  Roi  Pentrctienou  la  con- 
fection des  travfiux  ou  etablissemens,  qu'ils  croient  utiles  k  leur  Pro- 
vince. Ils  peuvent  proposer  en  in^me-temps  les  moyens  de  pourvoir 
a  la  depense  en  tout  ou  en  partie»  aux  frais  de  la  Province. 

En  cas  d'approbation,  ilsont  la  direction  des  travaux  et  lecononiic 
des  moyens,  a  charge  den  rendre  compte. 

CLL  lis  peuvent  appuyer  les  interdts  de  leurs  Provinces  ct  de 
leurs  administres  pr^s  du  Roi  et  des  Etats-Gen^raux. 

CLIL  Des  reglemens  faits  par  les  Etats- Pro vinciaux,  sanctionnes 
par  le  Roi,  determinenC  le  mode  d'exercer  le  pouvoir  qui  leur  est 
attribu^  par  la  Loi  Fondamentale  et  en  consequence  d'icelle, 

CLIU.  Les  Etats  nomment  dans  leur  sein  une  DepuUtion  chargee 
generalement,  tant  pendant  la  duree  de  leurs  Sessions  que  lorsqu'ils 
ne  sont  pas  reunis,  de  tout  oe  qui  appartient  i  {'administration  jour- 
nali^re  et  i  Texecutiondes  Lois. 

La  Province  de  Hollande,  4  raisoo  de  son  etendue  et  de  sa  popu- 
lation, pent  avoir  2  Deputations. 

Section  IIL— Dei  Administrations  Locales. 

CLIV.  Les  Administrations  Rurales  des  Seigneuries,  Districts  ou 
Villages  sont  organisees  de  la  mani^re  qui  sera  trouv^  la  plus  con- 
venable  aux  circonstances  et  aux  inter^ts  locaux,  et  jugee  compatible 
avec  les  droits  l^galement  acquis.  f 

Les  Etats-Provinciaux  font  faire  i  cet  ^^rd,  et  en  se  conformant^ 
la  Loi  Fondamentale,  des  reglemens  quHs  soumettent  avec  leurs  obser- 
vations i  I'approbation  du  Roi. 

CLV.  Les  Administrations  Locales  ont  la  direction  pleiue  et  entifere, 
telle  qn'elle  est  determinee  par  les  reglemens,  de  leurs  inter^ts  parti- 
culiers  et  domestiques  :  les  Ordonnances  qu  elles  font  k  ce  sujet  sont 
adressees  par  copie  aux  Etats  de  la  Province,  et  ne  peuvent  4lre  con- 
traires aux  Lois  ou  k  Tint^rftt  general. 

Le  Roi  a,  en  tout  temps,  le  droit  de  requerir  sur  Tad  ministration 
des  Autorites  Locales,  telles  informations  et  de  faire  k  cet  ^gard  telles 
dispositions  qu'il  trouvera  n^cessaires. 

CLVL  Les  Administrations  Locales  sout  tennes  de  soumettre  aux 
Etats-Pi-ovinciaox  leur  Budget  de  Recette  et  de  Depense,  et  de  se  con- 
former  k  ce  que  les  Etats  prescrivent  k  cet  egard. 

CLV  IF.  Lorsque  les  charges  Communales  exigent  quelqoe  Impo- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS.  3S 

siti^n,  les  Adininistratioos  Locales  observant  sera pukusement  les  dis- 
positions des  Lois,  Ordonoauces  et  R^glemens  g^u^raux  en  mati^re  de 
FiDaoces. 

Avant  que  ctrs  Impositions  soient  per^nes^  elles  doivent  avoir 
Tagreuieut  des  £ta(s-Proviociaax,  aoxqaels  les  Projets  sont  adress^ 
avec  nn  etat  exact  des  besoins  de  la  Commune^ 

En  examinant  ces  Frojets,  les  Etati  veilleul  i  ce  q«e  Hrap^  pro- 
pose  ne  gene  point  le  transit,  et  n'^tabliase  pas  sur  Timportation  des 
produits  du  sol  ou  de  I'industrie  d'autres  P^vinces,  Villes  on  Com- 
munes Ruralesi,  des  droits  plus  eleves  que  ceux  per^us  sur  les  produits 
dn  lien  tatme  on  I'impdt  est  ^tabli. 

CLVIII.  Aucnne  nouvelle  Imposition  Communale  ne  pent  6tre 
etablie  sans  le  consentement  du  Roi. 

CLIX.  LesEtats  adressent  au  Roi  tous  les  Budgets  des  Com- 
mnnes  dont  il  requiert  I'envoi. 

Le  Roi  donne  les  instructions  n^cessaires  pour  Papurement  des 
Comptes  k  rendre  par  les  Administrations  Locales. 

CLX.  Les  Administrations  liocales  peuvent  appuyer  lea  tater^ts 
de  leurs  administres  pr^  du  Roi  et  des  Etats  de  leur  Province. 

Section  W.^^DiMpontians  Genirales. 
CLXL  Tout  Habitant  du  Royaume  a  le  droit  dadresser  des  P^ti- 
tioos  ecrites  aux  Aotorites  competentes,  pourvu  qu'il  le  fasse  indivi. 
daellement  et  pas  en  nom  coUectif,  ce  qui  n'est  permis  qu'aux  Corps 
legalement  constitues  et  reconnus  comme  tels,  seulement  pour  des 
objets  qui  entrent  dans  leurs  attributions. 

Chapitre  V. — Dt  la  Juitice. 

Section  L — Dispariiioru  Generaks. 

CLXIl.  La  Justice  est  rendae  dans  toute  Tetendue  du  Royaume, 
au  nom  do  Roi. 

CLXIIL  11  y  aura  pour  tout  le  Royaume  on  m^me  Code  civil, 
penal,  de  commerce,  d  organisation  do  pouvoir  judiciaire  et  de  pro- 
cedure civile  et  criminelle. 

CLXIV.  La  paisible  possession  et  jouissance  de  ses  proprietes  sont 
garanties  d  chaque  Habitant, 

Persoune  ne  put  en  6tre  prive  que  pour  cause  d'utilit^  publique, 
dans  les  cas  et  de  la  mani^re  d  etablir  par  la  Loi,  et  mo)ennant  une 
jasteindemnite. 

CLXV.  Les  contestations  qui  ont  pour  objet  la  propri^te  ou  les 
droits  qui  en  derivent,  des  creances  ou  des  droits  civils,  sont  exclusive- 
nient  du  ressort  des  Tribuiiaux. 

CLXVl.  Le  pouvoir  judiciaire  ne  pent  ^tre  exerc^  que  par  les 
Tribunanx  6tablis  par  la  Loi  Foudamentale,  ou  en  consequence 
4'ioelle. 

D2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


36  NETHERLANDS. 

CLXVII.  Personne  ne  peut  ^tre  distrait  centre  sod  gre,  du  Juge 
que  la  Loi  lai  assigne. 

CLXVIH.  Hors  le  cas  de  flagrant  delit,  nul  ne  peut  ^tre  arr^te 
qu  en  vertu  de  TOrdonnance  du  Juge,  qui  doit  ^tre  motivee  et  signifiee 
A  ]a  personne  arrfit^e,  au  moment  de  Parrestadon,  ou  immediatement 
apr^s. 

La  Loi  determine  la  forme  de  cette  Ordonnance,  ainsi  que  le  delai 
dans  lequel  tout  Prevenu  doit  ^tre  interroge. 

CLXIX.  Si,  dans  des  circonstances  extraordinairesi  TAutorite 
publique  fait  arreter  un  Habitant  da  Royaume,  celui  par  ordre  de  qui 
)  arrestation  aura  ete  faite,  sera  tenu  d'en  donner  connaissance  dans 
les  24  heures  au  Juge  du  lieu,  et  de  lui  livrer  au  plus  tard  dans  les 
3  jours,  la  personne  arretee. 

Les  Tribunaux  Criminels  sont  tenus  de  ▼eiller,  chacun  dans  leur 
ressort,  k  I'execution  de  cette  disposition. 

CLXX.  II  nest  permis  d  personne  d'entrer  dans  le  domicile  d'un 
Habitant  contre  son  gie,  si  ce  n  est  en  vertu  de  I'ordre  d*un  Fonction- 
naire  declare  competent  a  cet  efiet  par  la  Loi,  et  en  observant  les 
formes  etablies  par  elle. 

CLXXI.  La  confiscation  des  biens  ne  peut  avoir  lieu  pour  quelqae 
crime  que  ce  soit. 

CLXXII.  Tout  jugement  criminel  portant  condamnation,  doit 
^noncer  le  crime  avec  toutes  les  circonstances  qui  I'^tablissent,  et  con- 
tenir  les  Articles  de  la  Loi  qui  prononcent  la  peine. 

CLXXIII.   Les  jugemens  civils  sont  motives. 

CLXXIV.  Tout  jugement  est  prononc^  en  audience  publique. 

Section  II.— i>e  la  Haute  Caur  et  des  Tribufwux, 

CLXXV.  II  y  a  pour  tout  le  Royaume  un  Tribunal  Supreme  qui 
porte  le  nom  de  Haute  Cour,  et  dont  les  Membres  sont  choisis,  autant 
que  possible,  dans  toutes  les  Provinces. 

CLXXVI.  La  Haute  Cour  informe  la  Seconde  Chambre  des  Etats- 
G^neraux  des  places  qui  viennent  4  vaquer  dans  son  seio.  Le  Roi 
nomme  i  ces  Places  sur  une  Liste  triple  que  cette  Chambre  lui 
pr^sente. 

II  nomme  le  President  de  la  Haute  Cour  parmi  ses  Membres. 

II  nomme  le  Procureur-General. 

CLXXVII.  Les  Membres  des  Euts-G^n6raux,  les  Chefs  des  De. 
partemens  d*Administration  Gen^rale,  les  Conseillers  d'Etat^  et  les 
Commissaires  du  Roi  dans  les  Provinces,  sont  justiciables  de  la  Haute 
Cour,  pour  tons  delita  commis  pendant  la  dnr^e  de  leurs  foncttons. 

Pour  d6Iit8  commis  dans  I'exercice  de  leurs  fonctions,  ils  ne 
peuvent  ^tre  poursuivis  qu  apr^s  que  les  Etats.Generaux  ont  autorise 
la  poursuite. 

CLXXVIII.  La  Loi  designeles  autres  Fonclionnaires  qui  soot  jus- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS.  37 

Uciables  de  la  Haute  Cour  poar  tons  deliU  comniis  pendant  la  daree 
de  ieurs  functions. 

CLXXIX.  Les  actions  dingoes  contre  le  Roi,  les  Membres  de  sa 
maisoD  et  i'Ctat,  ne  peuvent  ^tre  inteutees  qne  de?ant  la  Haute  Cour. 
Sont  exceptees  les  actions  reelles,  qui  sont  porlees  devant  les  Juges 
ordinaires* 

CLXXX.  La  Haute  Cour  8ur?eille  ^administration  de  la  justice 
dans  toute  I'^tendue  du  Royaume.  Elle  Yeilie  a  ce  que  les  Cours  et 
Tribunaux  fassent  une  juste  ap))lication  des  Lois :  elle  annulle  leun 
actes  et  jugemens  qui  y  sont  contraires,  le  tout  en  conrormite  des 
attributions  qui  lui  sont  donnees  par  le  Code  de  Procedure. 

CLXXX L  L'appel  des  causes,  qui  dapr^  les  Lois,  sont  jugeesen 
premier  ressort  par  les  Cours  Provinciales,  est  porta  devant  la  Haute 
Cour. 

CLXXXIL  II  y  a  une  Cour  de  Justice  pour  une  ou  plusieura 
Provinces. 

Le  Roi  nomme  aux  Places  vacantes  dans  les  CourSj  sur  uue  Liste 
triple  qui  lui  sera  presentee  par  les  Etats-Provinciaux. 

II  nomme  les  Presidensde  ces  Cours  parmi  Ieurs  Membres. 

II  nomme  les  Procureurs-Generaux. 

CLXXXIIL  La  justice  criminelle  est  exclusivement  administree 
par  les  Cours  Proviuciales  el  les  autres  Tribunaux  criminels,  dont 
1  etablissement  sera  trouv^  necessaire. 

CIJCXXIV.  L'administration  de  la  justice  civile  est  confiee  aux 
Cours  Proviuciales  et  aux  Tribunaux  Civils. 

CLXXXV.  L'orgaiiisation  des  Cours  Proviuciales,  des  Tribunaux 
Civils  et  Criminels,  leur  denomination,  leur  ressort,  Ieurs  attributions 
celles  des  Procureurs-Generaux  et  autres  Officiers  Ministeriels,  sont 
determines  par  la  Loi. 

CLXXXVL  Les  Membres  de  la  Haute  Cour,  des  Cours  Provin- 
ciales  et  des  Tribunaux  Criminels>  ainsi  que  les  Procureurs-Generaux 
et  autres  Officiers  Ministeriels  pr^s  ces  Cours  et  Tribunaux,  sont 
nommes  &  vie. 

La  duree  des  fonctions  des  autres  Jnges  et  Officiers  Ministeriels  est 
fix6  par  la  Loi. 

Aucun  Juge  ne  pent  ^tre  prive  de  sa  place  pendant  la  dur^e  legale 
de  ses  fonctions,  que  sur  sa  demande  ou  par  un  jugement. 

CLXXXV  I L  La  Loi  r^gle  la  mani^re  de  juger  les  contestations  et 
les  contraventions  en  mati^re  d'impositfons. 

CLXXXVIIL  Des  Conseils  de  Guerre  et  nne  Haute  Cour  Mili- 
taire,  connaissent  de  tous  les  drills  commis  par  des  Militaires  de  Terre 
ou  de  Mer. 

Cette  Cour  sera  compos^e  d  un*nombre  egal  de  Jurisconsultes, 
d'Officiers  de  Terre  et  d'Officiers  de  Marine,  nommes  d  vie  par  le  Roi. 
Elle  sera  toujours  presidee  par  un  Jurisconsuite. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


38  NETHERLANDS. 

GLXXXIX.  Les  Tnboiiaux  Ordinaires,  coDnaissent  des  actions 
civiks  iDtentees  cootre  un  militaire. 

Chapitrb  VI.— jDm  Ctf/ze. 

CXC.  La  liberty  des  opinions  retigieases  est  garantie  a  tons. 

CXGL  Protection  egale  est  accordee  i  toutes  Ips  Communions 
Rehgieuses  qui  existent  dans  le  Royaume. 

CXC  11  Tons  les  Sujets  du  Roi,  sans  distinction  de  croyance 
reHgieuse,  jouissent  des  m6mes  droits  civils  et  politiques,  et  sont 
habiies  4  tootes  dignite  et  emplois  quelconques. 

CXCIII.  L'exercice  public  d'aucun  culte  ne  peut  £tre  emp^che, 
si  ce  n'est  dans  le  cas  od  il  pourrait  troabler  I'ordre  et  la  tranquillity 
publique. 

CXCIV^  Les  traitemens,  pensions  et  autres  avantages,  de  quefque 
nature  que  ce  soit,  dont  jouissent  actuellement  les  diff<Srens  cuftes  et 
Jeurs  Ministres,  leur  sont  garantis. 

11  pourra  ^tre  alloue  un  traitement  aux  Ministres  qui  nen  ont 
point,  ou  un  supplement  d  ceux  dont  le  traitement  est  insuffisant. 

CXCV.  Le  Roi  veille  d  ce  que  les  sommes  allouees  pour  les 
cuites,  qui  sont  acqnittees  par  le  Tresor  Public,  ne  soient  pas  detoor- 
ndes  de  I'emploi  auquel  elies  sont  specialement  affectees. 

CXC VI.  Lc  Roi  veille  d  ce  qn'aacun  culte  ne  soit  trouble  dans  la 
liberty  d'exercice,  que  la  Loi  Foudamentale  lui  assure. 

II  veille  de  m^me  A  ce  que  tous  les  cuftes  se  contiennent  dans 
Pobeissance  qulls  doivent  aux  Lois  de  I'Etat. 

Chapitre  VII.— /)ej  Finances. 

CXCVII.  Attcune  imposition  ne  pent  6tre  etablie  au  profit  dv 
Tr^r  Public,  qu*en  vertu  dune  Loi. 

CXCVIH.  ii  ne  peut^tre  accord^  aucun  privily  en  mati^re  de 
contributions. 

CXC  IX.  Tons  les  ans,  la  dette  publique  est  prise  en  constderation^ 
dans  I'inter^t  des  Creanciers  de  Tfitat 

CC.  La  Loi  r^gle  le  poids  et  titre  des  monnaies;  elle  en  determine 
la  valear. 

CCL  Un  College  sous  le  nom  de  Conseillers  et  Maitres  G^d^frux 
des  monnaies,  dirige  et  surveille  tout  ce  qui  concerne  la  monnaie,  eu 
se  conformant  aux  instructions  qui  leur  sont  donnas  par  la  Loi. 

Le  Roi  nomme  aux  places  vac  antes  dans  ce  College,  sur  one  Liste 
triple  qui  lui  est  presentee  par  la  Seconde  Chambre  dea  Etats- 
G^n^raux. 

CCIL  II  y  a  pour  tout  le  Rpyaume,  une  Chambre  des  Comptes, 
cbarg^e  de  I'examen  et  de  la  liquidation  des  comptes  annoels  des 
Departemens  d' Ad  ministration  G^nerale,  de  ceux  de  toua  comptablea 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS.  39 

de  I'Elat  et  antres,  cotiforoienaeDt  aax  instructions  donuefs  par  la 
Loi. 

Lps  Membres  de  la  Cliambre  des  Coroptcs  sont  choisis,  autant  que 
possible,  dans  toutes  les  Provinces. 

Le  Roi  nomme  aux  Places  vacantes  sur  une  Liste  triple,  que  la 
Seconde  Cbanibre  des  Etats-Generaux  lui  pr^sente. 

Chapitre  VIII.— De  la  Defense  de  FEiai. 

CCIII.  Confonn^nient  aux  anciennes  coutumes,  k  IVsprit  de  la 
pacification  de  Gand,  et  aux  principes  de  I'Union  d*Utrecbty  i'un  des 
premiers  devoirs  des  Habitans  du  Royaume  est  de  porter  les  armea 
pour  le  maiatien  de  Tindependance  et  la  defense  du  Territoire  de 
TEtat 

CCI V.  Le  Roi  veille  i  ce  que  des  Forces  sufBsautes  de  terre  et  de 
mer,  foroi^es  par  eorolement  volontaire  de  Nationaux  ou  d'Etrangers, 
soient  constamment  eutretennes  pour  servir,  soit  en  Europe,  soit  hors 
de  TEiirope,  selou  que  les  circonstances  1  exigent. 

CCV.  Des  Troupes  Etrang^res  ne  peuvent  6tre  prises  au  service 
du  Royaume  que  du  commun  accord  du  Roi  et  des  Etats-G^n^raux. 
Le  Roi  communique  les  capitulHtions  qu*il  fait  i  ce  sujet  aux  Etats- 
G^neraux,  aussilot  qu'il  le  pent  convenablement. 

CCVI.  Independamment  de  I'Armee  permanente  de  Terre  et  de 
Mer,  fl  y  a  une  Milice  Nationals,  dorit,  en  temps  de  Paix,  un  di^me 
est  licencie  tons  les  ans. 

CCVIL  Cette  Milice  est  formee,  autant  que  possible,  par  enr61e- 
ment  volontaire,  de  la  mani^re  d^terminee  par  la  Loi :  i  defaut  d*un 
nombre  suffisant  d'enroles  volontaires,  elle  est  complett^e  par  la  voie 
du  sort  Tons  les  Habitans  uon-mari^s  au  ler  Janvier  de  chaque 
annee,  qui,  d  cette  epoque  auront  atteiut  leur  ]9eme*  annee,  sans  avoir 
termini  leur  28^me,  concourent  au  tirage.  Ceux  qui  out  re9u  leur 
cong^  ne  peuvent,  sous  aucun  pretexte,  6tre  rappel^s  d  nn  autre 
service  qu'd  celni  de  la  Garde  Communale,  donl  il  sera  parle  ci-apr^ 

CCVIII.  Dans  les  temps  ordinaires,  la  Milice  est  exercee  tons  les 
ans  pendant  nn  mois  ou  environ;  le  Roi  peut  neanmoins,  si  Tint^r^t 
de  I'Etat  I'exige,  tenir  reunis  un  quart  des  Miliclens. 

CCIX.  En  cas  de  guerre,  ou  dans  d*autres  circonstances  extraor- 
dinaires,  le  Roi  peut  appeler  et  tenir  r^unie  la  Milice  enti^re.  Si  les 
Etats-Gen^raux  ne  sont  pas  assembles,  il  lesconvoque  en  m^me-temps; 
il  leur  fait  connaitre  I'etat  des  choses,  et  concerte  avec  eux  les  me- 
surea  nlterienres. 

CCX.  Dans  aucun  cas,  la  Milice  ne  peut  6tre  employee  dans  les 
Colonies. 

CCXL  La  Milice  ne  peut  depasser  les  Pronti^res  du  Royaume, 
sans  le  consentement  des  Etats-G^neraux,  k  moins  d'un  p^ril  immi- 
neoty  ou  qa  en  changeant  de  garuison,  la  route  la  plus  courte  ne'paspe 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


40  NETHERLANDS; 

sor  le  Territoire  Etranger.  Dans  ces  deox  cas,  le  Roi  informe,  le 
p1ut6t  possible,  les  Etats-Geo^raux  des  ordres  qa'il  a  donnes. 

CCXII.  Tootes  les  depeoses  relatives  aox  Armees  de  I'Etat,  soDt 
supportees  par  le  Tresor  Public. 

Le  logement  et  la  Dourritore  des  gens  de  Gueire,  les  prestations  de 
qoelqoe  natare  qu'elles  soient,  k  faire  aax  Troupes  da  Roi  on  aux 
Forteresses,  ne  peuvent  ^tre  a  la  charge  d'un  oa  de  plusieurs  Habi- 
tans,  d'une  ou  de  plusieurs  Communes.  Si,  par  des  circonsUiheeB 
impr^vues,  de  semblables  prestations  sont  faites  par  des  Individ  as  oa 
des  Communes,  I'Etat  en  tient  compte,  et  il  est  pay^  une  indemnitee 
d'apr^  le  Tarif  fixe  par  les  reglemens. 

CCXIH.  Dans  les  Communes  qui  ont  une  population  agglomer^ 
de  2,500  Habitans,  et  au-dela,  il  y  a,  comme  par  le  pass^,  des  Gardes 
Communales  qui  sont  employees  au  maintien  de  la  tranquillite  pob* 
lique :  elles  peuvent  ^tre  employees,  eo  cas  de  Guerre,  i  repousser  les 
attaques  de  I'Ennemi. 

Dans  les  antres  Communes,  il  y  a  des  Gardes  Communales  qui, 
non-actives  en  temps  de  Paix,  forment  en  temps  de  Guerre,  avee  les 
Gardes  des  autres  Communes,  la  levee  en  masse,  pour  la  defense  da 
Pays. 

CCXIV.  lies  dispositions  que  le  Roi  juge  necessaire  pour  fixer 
I'organisation  dela  Milice,  et  le  nombre  des  Miliciens,  ainsi  que  les 
Gardes  Communales  et  la  levee  en  masse,  font  I'objet  d'une  Loi. 

CHAPrrRE  IX. — De  la  dirtction  des  Eaux,  Ponts  ei  Chausaees. 

CCXV.  Le  Roi  a  la  surveillance  supreme  des  ouvrages  hydraa- 
liques,  ponts  et  chaussees,  saus  distinction,  si  la  depense  se  fait  par  Ic 
Tresor  Public  on  de  toute  autre  mani^re. 

CCXVI.  Le  Roi  fait  exercer  la  direction-generale  des  eaux,  ponts 
et  chauss^s,  de  la  mani^re  qu'il  croit  la  plus  couvenable. 

CCXV II.  Independamment  de  la  surveillance  que  le  Roi  peut 
attribner  i  la  direction-generale  sur  des  ouvrages  entretenus  aux  frais 
de  Colleges,  de  Communes  ou  de  particuliers»  cette  direction  est 
chargee,  dapr^  des  instructions  que  le  Roi  lui  donne,  de  toos 
travaux  hydrauliques  aux  ports  de  mer,  rades,  rivieres,  sehorren, 
dunes,  digues,  ecluses  et  autres  ouvrages,  ainsi  que  de  tous  ponts  et 
cbausB^es,  dont  les  frais  de  construction  sont,  en  tout  ou  en  partie,  d 
la  charge  du  Tresor  Public. 

CCXVI II.  Si  parmi  les  ouvrages  mentionues  4  la  fin  de  TAr- 
ticle  precedent,  il  s'en  trouve  dont  la  direction  peut  6tre  confiee  aux 
Etats  de  la  Province,  soit  a  cause  d  un  int^ret  moins  general  soit 
pour  raison  d'utilite  ou  de  couveuance,  titr^e  de  la  chose  meme,  elle 
leurest  atliibuee,  soit  exclu8ivement,8oit  concurremmeut,  avec  la  direc- 
tion general  e. 

CCXIX.  Le  Roi,  apr^s  avoir  entendu  les  Etats  des  Provinces,  et 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS.  41 

'or  ]  avis  dn  Conseil  fi*Etat«  determine  quels  travaux  sont  remis  soas 
la  directioQ  des  Etats,  et  fixe  en  m^me-tempt  le  mode  de  pourvoir 
aoi  frais  de  leiir  etitretiea. 

CCXX.  Lonque  des  travaux  hydrauliqiies,  di<^ues  ou  Refuses 
destiues  a  contenir  lea  eaux  de  Ja  mer  ou  des  rivieres,  aont  entre- 
tenus  anx  frais  de  Coll^ges^  de  Communes  ou  de  particuliera,  et 
diriges  par  eux,  la  DtrectioD- Generate  exerce  sur  ces  travaux  una 
sorveiliauce  immediate^  et  veille  i  ce  que  leur  construction  ou 
refection  ne  nuise  pas  aux  int^r^ts-generaux :  elle  donne  i  ce  snjet 
les  instructions  necessaires  aux  Colleges,  Communes  ou  particnliers. 

La  surveillance  immediate  de  ces  travaux  pent  aussi,  pour  des 
raisons  d* utility  ou  de  convenance,  ^tre  attribuee  par  le  Roi  aux  Etats 
des  Provinces. 

CCXXI.  Les  Etats  des  Provinces  ont  la  surveillance  sur  tons  tra- 
vaux  bydrauliques,  non  compris  dans  I'Article  pr^edent,  ainsi  que 
sur  les  canaux,  navigations,  lacs,  eaux,  pontset  chaussees  qui  sontaux 
frais  de  Colleges,  de  Conununes  ou  de  particnliers.  lis  veil  lent  k  ce 
que  ces  travaux  soient  bien  et  dument  construits  et  entretenns. 

CCXXII.  Les  Etats  surveillent  tons  les  Colleges  dits  Hoogheem^ 
raadschoppen,  Heemraadschappen,  fVaieringen,  Watersckappen,  di- 
rections des  digues  ou  des  poldres,  sous  quelqne  denomination  qu'elle 
puissent  exister  dans  leur  Province :  sauf  ce  qui  a  ete  dit  d  TArticle 
CCXX  sur  les  attributions  de  la  Direction-Generaie,  au  sujet  des 
travaux  servant  h,  contenir  les  eaux  de  la  mer  et  des  rivieres. 

Les  Reglemens  de  ces  Colleges  approuv^s  en  dernier  lieu,  servant 
de  base  a  leur  institution,  les  Etats  des  Provinces  peuvent,  sous 
Tapprobation  du  Roi,  modifier  ces  reglemens ;  les  Colleges  leur  pro- 
posent  les  modifications  que  Tavantage  des  int^ress^s  leur  paraitra 
exiger. 

Les  Etats  sonmettent  de  mfime  an  Roi  le  mode  de  nommer  ou  de 
propo&er  aux  places  vacantes  dans  ces  Colleges. 

CCXXIU.  Les  Etats  ont  dans  leur  Province  la  surveillance  sur 
Pexploitation  des  tourbi^res,  carri^res,  houiili^res,  autres  mines  et  mi- 
nitres,  ainsi  que  sur  toutes  irrigations,  endiguemens  et  des&^hemens. 

Le  Roi  peut,  k  raison  de  Tutilit^  generate  ou  majeure  de  ces  ouv- 
rages,  en  attribuer  la  surveillance  i  la  Dlrection*Generale  des  eaux, 
pouts  et  chaussees. 

CCXXIV.  Lorsqua  I'avenir,  il  sera  accorde  des  subsides  par  le 
Tn^r  Public  pour  quelques  travaux  compris  au  pr^nt  Chapitre,  il 
sera  en  m^me-temps  r^gl6  de  quelle  mani^re  la  direction  ou  la  sur- 
veillance sor  ces  oavrages  sera  exercee. 

CCXXV.  Les  droits  payes  aux  barridres,  ponts  et  Muses,  sont 
affectes  i  Pentretien  et  i  I'am^lioration  des  chauss^,  ponts,  canaux 
et  rivieres  navigables.  L  excedeut,  s^il  y  en  a,  demeure  r6serv^  pour 
des  depenses  de   m^me  nature,  dans  la  m6me  Province,  k  la  seule 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


42  NETHERLANDS. 

exception  des  droits  peryus  sar  les  grandes  communications  du 
Royaanie,  dont  I'exc^daut  peut  ^tre  employ^  aux  m^mes  fins,  la  on  1e 
Roi  I'ordonoe. 


Chapitre  X.— />«  Plnstruetiam  Publiqueet  des  EiaUissemetitde  Bien^ 

faisance. 

CCXXVI.  L'instmction  publique  est  un  ol»jet  constant  des  aoins 
du  Gouvernement.  Le  Roi  fait  rendre  conipte  tous  les  ans  aux  Etatf- 
Generaux,  de  Tetat  des  ^coles  saperieures,  moyennes  et  inferieures. 

CCXXVII.  La  Presse  ^tant  le  moyeu  le  plus  propre  4  i-epandre 
les  lumi^res,  chacun  peut  s'en  servir  pour  communi<|uer  ses-  pensees, 
sans  avoir  besoin  d'une  permission  prealaMe.  Neanmoins,  tout  Anteur, 
Imprimeur^  Editeur,  ou  Distributeur,  est  responsable  des  ecrits  qui 
blesseraieut  les  droits,  soit  de  la  society,  soit  d'un  individu. 

CCXXVII  I.  Les  Adminibtrations  de  bienfaisance  et  1  education 
def  pauTfes  soot  envisages  comme  un  objet  non  moins  important  des 
sofos  du  Gouvernement.  II  en  est  ^galement  rendu  aux  Etats  Gene- 
rauxy  nn  compte  annuel. 

Chapitre  XL— Dei  Changemens  ct  Additions^ 

CCXXIX.  Si  I'experience  faisait  connaUre  que  des  changemens  ou 
des  additions  ik  la  Loi  Fondamentale  sont  necessaires,  one  Loi  les  de- 
signera  avec  precision,  en  m^me-temps  qu'elle  declarera  cette  necfs- 
site. 

CCXXX.  Cette  Loi  est  envoy^e  aux  Etats-Proviuciaux,  qui  ad- 
joignent,  dans  le  delai  qu'elle  &xe,  aux  Membres  ordinaires  de  la  Se- 
conde  Chambre  des  Etats-Generaux,  un  nombre  egal  de  Membres 
extraordinaires,  choisis  de  la  m^me  manidre  que  les  premiers. 

CCXXXL  Lorsqu'en  vertu  des  Articles  XXVII,  XLIV,  XLVI, 
la  Seconde  Cbambre  des  Etats-G^neraux  doit  se  reunir  en  nombre 
double,  la  nomination  est  faite  par  les  Etats-Provincianx,  convoques 
par  les  Fonctionnaires  qui  exercent  TAutorite  Roy  ale. 

CCXXXIL  l«a  Seconde  Chambre  des  Etats-Generaux  ne  peut 
prendre  nne  resolution  sur  un  changementou  une  addition  i  la  Loi  Fon* 
damentale,  si  d-tiers  des  Membres,  dont  ie  compose  I'Assemblee,  ne  sont 
pr^sens.  Les  resolutions  sont  prise  k  la  majorite  des  3-quarts  des 
voix.  Toutes  les  regies  prescrites  pour  la  confection  d  une  Loi,  sont 
exactement  observees.. 

CCXXXIIL  Aucan  changement  k  la  Loi  Fondamentale  ou  a 
I'ordre  de  succession  ne  peut  fttre  fait  pendant  une  R^gence. 

CCXXXIV.  Les  changemens  ou  additions  adoptes  sont  joints  it  la 
Loi  Fondamentale  et  solennellement  promnlgnes. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS.  43 

ARTICLBS  ADDinONNELS. 

Art,  T.  Lb  Roi  est  alitoris^  i  prendre  les  oiesares  necessaires  poar 
mettre  eo  execution^  dans  ioutes  ses  parties,  rcgali^rement  et  avec  la 
celerity  que  I'etat  des  choses  permettra,  la  Lot  Pondamentalc  dont  le 
Projet  pr^cMe.  II  fera  la  predii^re  nomination  de  tons  les  Fonction- 
naires  et  de  tons  les  Colleges,  qoel  que  soft  le  mode  de  nomination 
que  la  Loi  Fondamentale  adopte* 

II.  Toutes  les  Autorites  restent  en  place  et  toates  les  Lois  de* 
meureut  obligatoires,  jnsqu'd  ce  quMI  y  soit  autrement  pourvu. 

III.  La  premiere  sortie  des  Membresyle  la  Seconde  Chambre  des 
EtatB-Geneniux  aura  lieu  le  3^me  Lundf-^u  mois  d'Octobre,  1817. 


PROCLAMATION  du  Roi,  conctrmani  tacceptaium  de  la 
Loi  Fondamentale  du  Royaume  des  Pays^Bas. — La  Haye, 
le  27  Ao^,  1815. 

ARRETE. 

Nous,  Gnillaame,  par  la  gHLce  de  Dieu,  Roi  des  Pays-Bas,  Prince 
d^Orange- Nassau,  Due  de  Luxembourg,  &c.,  &c.,  &c«, 

A  tons  ceux  qui  les  presentes  Terront,  salut ! 

Da  moment  od  nous  avons  et^  revitus  de  la  Dignite  Royale,  le 
premier  de  nos  Toeux  a  ete  de  riunir  par  les  m^mes  Institutions  Sociales 
tous  les  Habitans  du  nouveau  Royaume,  et  d  ecarter  ainsi  tout  motif 
de  jalousie  ou  de  discorde. 

A  cet  effet,  la  Loi  Fondamentale,  M}k  obligatoire  pour  une  psrtie 
de  nos  Sojets,  devait  6tre  modi6^e  dans  I'inter^t  de  tous  et  conforme- 
ment  aux  vues  des  Puissances  dont  la  poKtique  avait,  sous  la  direction 
de  la  Divine  Providence,  ^tabli  le  noavel  ordre  de  choses. 

La  Commission  que  nous  avons  charg^e  de  cette  tAche  importante, 
a  ete  composee  d'homroes  qui  par  lenrs  lumi^res  et  lenr  patriotisme 
8  etaient  acquis  Testime  de  leurs  Con-Citoyens.  Mais,  malgre  I'enti^re 
confiance  qn'ils  nous  avaient  inspir^e,  nons  devious,  dans  une  circon- 
stanee  anssi  decisire  pour  le  salut  de  la  Patrie,  nous  appliquer  ik  con« 
uaitre  Topinion  generate,  sur  le  Projet  qui  avait  M  le  fruit  de  leurs 
deliberations. 

Dans  les  Provinces  Septentrionales,  la  Constitution  montrait  la 
route  qn'il  fallait  snivre^  et  les  £tats.Generaux  furent  convoques  en 
nombre  double. 

Dans  les  Provinces  Meridionales,  d  d^faut  d'une  Assemblee  qu'il 
At  permis  de  considerer  corome  representant  legalement  la  Nation,  il 
parut  naturel  d  adopter  la  marche  qui  avait  M  suivie,  il  n'y  avait 
gu^res  plus  d  uu  an,  dans  lea  Pays-Bas-Unis,  et.qui  ny  avait  excite 
aucune  rMamation.     Independamment  de  cet  exemple,  la  question 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


44  NETHERLANDS. 

soumise  i  un  examen  formel,  et  d  apr^s  Tavis  de  la  Commission  de 
revision,  nous  resolfimes  de  reunir  dans  chiique  Arrondissement  uii 
certain  nombre  de  Notables  proportionne  d  hi  population. 

Nous  n'avons  pu  apprendre  sans  un  vifrej^ret  que  nos  intentious  a 
cet  egard  out  et^  meconnues  ou  mal  interpr^lees,  et  que,  .par  des 
motifs  qui  doiveut  affliger  tout  Beige  ami  de  son  Pays,  la  mesure 
ordonnee  n'a  pas  eu  les  resultats  que  nous  devious  attendre. 

Ub  6i^ine  environ  des  Personnes  convoquees  n'a  pas  assiste  aux 
reunions  des  Notables  :  et  quoique  leur  abseuce  puisse  ^ire  euvisagee 
comroe  une  preuve  de  leur  adbesion  au  Projet  de  Loi  Fondameutale, 
il  eut  e(^  plus  satisfaisant  pour  nous  qu  aucun  d  eux  n'eCit  negligd 
Toccasion  d*6mettre  frauchement  son  voeu  sur  des  int^r^ts  aussi 
graves. 

Des  796  Notables  qui  ont  desapprouve  le  Projet,  126  ont  formelle- 
ment  declare  que  leur  vote  etait  motive  par  les  Articles  relatifs  aa 
culte;  Articles  qui,  conformvs  a  une  legislation  depuis  long  temps 
existante,  fondes  sur  les  Traites  et  en  harmonie  avec  les  principes  que 
les  Souverains  les  plus  religieux  ont  introduits  dans  le  syst^me 
Europeen,  ne  pouvaient  ^Ire  omis  dans  la  Constitution  des  Pays  Bas, 
sans  remettre  en  probl6me  IVxistence  de  la  Monarchies  et  sans  affaiblir 
la  garantie  des  droits  de  ceux-U  m^me  que  ces  stipulations  ont  le  pias 
alarmes. 

Si  cette  verity  n  eut  etd  obscarcie  par  quelques  hommes  de  qui  le 
corps  social  devait,  au  contraire,  attendre  I'exemplede  la  charit^  et  de 
la  tolerance  ^vangeliques,  les  susdits  votes  se  seraient  joints  d  ceux 
des  527  Notables  qui  ont  approuve  le  Projet. 

Les  Etats-G^neraux  nous  ont  aussi  communique  leur  approbation, 
d'aatant  plus  remarquable  que,  donnee  d  I  unanimity,  dans  une  Assem- 
bl6e  tr^s-Dombreuse,  elle  doit  ^tre  regardee  comme  I'opinion  clairemeot 
exprimee  de  toos  les  Habitans  des  Provinces  Septentrionales. 

Et  comme  d'apr^s  cette  enameration  et  comparaison  des  votes 
respectivement  ^mis^  il  ne  pent  y  avoir  aucun  doute  sur  les  sentimens 
et  les  voeux  de  la  grande  majorite  de  tous  nos  Sujets,  et  qu'il  conste 
evidemment  de  Tassentiment  de  cette  majorite,  nous  n'hesitons  point  d 
remplir  notre  obligation,  en  sanctionnant  d  une  roani^re  formelle,  le 
Projet  qui  a  ^te  remis  de  notre  part  aux  Etats.Gen6raux  et  aux 
Notables;  et  en  declarant,  comme  nous  declarons  par  ces  preseutes, 
que  les  dispositions  qui  y  sont  conteuues  forment,  d^s-d-presenl,  la 
Loi  Fondamentale  du  Royaume  des  Pays  Bas. 

Nous  procederons  sans  delai  aux  mesures  necessaires  pourexecuter 
ces  dispositions,  et  nous  voulons  surtout,  par  une  prompte  coDvocation 
des  2  Cliambres,  mettre  les  Etats-Generaux  d  m^me  d'exercer  con- 
curremmeut  avec  nous  le  Pouvoir  Legislatif.  Le  Serment  que  nous 
prononcerons  au  milieu  d  eux  est  depuis  long-temps  graves  dans  notre 
cceur.     Jamais  nous  n  avons  eu,  jamais  nous  ne  pouvons  avoir  d  autres 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  ALGIERS.  45 

vaes  qae  d*HUginenter  la  prosperity  generale,  et  de  prot^ger  la  Iibert6 
publique  el  iiidividuelle,  et  ies  droits  de  toos  et  chacuo  de  noa 
Sujeta. 

Dispoa^  k  respecter  Ies  lustitationa  qui  doiveiit  garantir  ces  precieux 
gages,  nous  attendooa  et  exigeons  le  meine  respect  de  tous  Ies  Habilaos 
de  ces  Pays ;  et  celui  qui  doreoavant  se  perinettrait  de  troubler  ou 
d'ebranler.  par  dfs  actions  ou  des  Merits,  Ies  senlimeus  de  soumission, 
d'attachemeiit  et  de  fidelite  que  tout  Citoyen  doit  k  la  Coustitution, 
devra  s'imputer  a  lui-m^me  le  mai  qui  resultera  pour  lui  de  la  severe 
application  des  Lois  ^tablies  pour  de  pareils  d^lits. 

Mais  loin  de  nous  la  pensee  que  Tapplication  de  ces  Lois  puisse 
jamais  6tre  necesaaire  !  Ce  jour,  qui  fait  cesser  toute  incertilude,  doit 
anssi  oiettre  ud  terme  i  toute  agitation,  k  toute  dissension.  Les 
Beiges  ne  meconnaitront  point  les  bienfaits  que  leur  oflre  la  Provi- 
denre.  Bientdt  la  voix  des  passions  se  taira  devant  le  jugement 
calme  qui  est  propre  a  ce  People,  et  tous  partageront  la  conviction  que 
le  bonheur  National,  dont  les  liases  viennent  d'^ti'e  posees,  ne  pent  se 
completter  et  s'affermir  que  par  une  bienveillauce  mutuelle,  et  par  une 
enti^re  coii6ance  dans  le  Souverain  auquel  ils  sout  tous  egalement 
chers,  et  qui  veut  consacrer  sa  vie  a  leur  prosperity  et  i  leur  gloire. 

•  Mandons  et  ordonnons  que  Ies  presentes  soient  partout  publiees 
dans  les  formes  ordinaires,  ins^r^es  au  Bulletin  des  Lois  et  au  Journal 
Officiel,  et  enregistrees  par  les  Cours  Superieures  de  Justice  i^  la 
Haye,  Bmxelles  et  Li^ge. 

Mandons  et  ordonnons  que  les  Autoriles  Administratives  et  autres 
tiendront  la  main  d  I'ex^cution  d'icelles,  sans  aucune  connivence. 

Donne  k  La  Haye,  le  27  Aout  de  Tan  1815,  de  notre  R^gne 
le  2e. 

GUILLAUME. 
Par  le  Roi : 

A,  R.  Falck. 


TREATY  of  Peace  and  Amity  ^  between  The  United  States  of 
America  and  the  Dey  of  Algiers. — Concluded  at  Algiers^ 
30<A  June,  1815.* 

JAMES    MADISON,    President   of   the    United   States   of 

America^ 
To  all  and  singular  io  whom  these  presents  shall  come,  greeting  : 
Whereas  a  Treaty  of  Peace  and  Amity,  between  the  United 

States  of  America  and  His  Highneaa  Omar  Bashaw,  Dey  of  Algiers, 

•  Ranewed  by  Tinttj  of  23rd  DMomber,  1SI6,  ToL  ISSl,  S2«    Fife  811. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


46  UNITED  STATES  AND  ALGIERS. 

was  concluded  at  Algiers,  on  the  30th  day  of  Joae  last,  by  Stephen 
Decatur  and  William  Shaler,  Citisens  of  The  United  Statt-s,  on  the 
part  of  The  United  Sutes,  and  the  said  Omar  Bashair,  Dey  of 
Algiers,  and  was  duly  Signed  luid  Sealed  by  the  said  Parties,  which 
Treaty  is  in  the  words  following,  to  wit : 


Treaty  of  Peace  and  Amity  concluded  between  the  United  Stateg  of 
America  and  His  Hlghnest  Omar  Bashaw,  Dey  of  ALiers. 
Art.  T.  There  shall  be,  from  the  conclusion  of  this  Treaty,  a  firm, 
inviolable  and  universal  peace  and  friendship  between  the  President 
and  Citizens  of  the  United  States  of  America,  on  the  one  part, 
and  the  Dey  and  Subjects  of  the  Regency  of  Algiers,  in  Barbary,  on 
the  other,  made  by  the  free  consent  of  both  Parties,  and  on  the  terms  of 
the  most  favoured  Nations;  and  if  either  Party  shall  hereafter  grant 
to  any  other  Nation  any  particular  favour  or  privilege,  in  Navigation 
or  Commerce,  it  shall  immediately  become  comaion  to  the  other 
Party,  freely,  when  it  is  freely  granted  to  such  other  Nations,  but 
when  the  grant  is  conditional,  it  shall  be  at  the  option  of  the 
Contracting  Parties  to  accept,  alter,  or  reject  such  conditions,  in 
such  manner  as  shall  be  most  conducive  to  their  respective  interests. 

II.  It  is  distinctly  understood  between  the  Contracting  Parties, 
that  no  tribute,  either  as  biennial  presents,  or  under  any  other  form 
or  name  whatever,  shall  ever  be  required  by  the  Dey  and  Regency 
of  Algiers  from  the  United  States  of  America,  on  any  pretext 
whatever. 

III.  The  Dey  of  Algiers  shall  cause  to  be  immediately  delivered 
up  to  the  American  Squadron,  now  off  Algiers,  all  the  American 
Citizens  now  in  his  possession,  amounting  to  10,  more  or  less :  and 
all  the  Subjects  of  the  Dey  of  Algiers,  now  in  possession  of  The 
United  States,  amounting  to  600,  more  or  less,  shall  be  delivered  up 
to  him;  The  United  States,  according  to  the  usages  of  civilized 
Nations,  requiring  no  ransom  for  the  excess  of  prisoners  in  their  favour. 

IV.  A  just  and  full  compensation  shall  be  made  by  the  Dey  of  Algiers, 
to  such  Citizens  of  The  United  States  as  have  been  captured  and  de- 
tained by  Algerine  Cruisers,  or  who  have  been  forced  to  abandon 
their  property  in  Algiers,  in  violation  of  the  XXI Ind  Article  of  the 
Treaty  of  Peace  and  Amity  concluded  between  The  United  States 
and  the  Dey  of  Algiers,  on  the  5th  of  September,  1795.* 

And  it  is  agreed,  between  the  Contracting  Parties,  that  in  lieu  of 

*  Treaty  ^f  Peace  and  Friendship  between  The  United  Sides  and  Algiers,  Uh 
September,  1795.  Art.  XXJL  Should  any  dUtoilMnoe  take  place  between  tiie 
Citixena  of  He  United  Statee  and  tlie  Subjects^of  this  Regency,  or  should  they  break 
any  Article  of  this  Treaty,  War  shall  not  be  declared  immediately ;  bnt  every  tiling 
shall  be  searched  into  regalariy :  the  Pferty  ini)wed  shall  be  made  repaialion. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  ALGIERS.  47 

tbc  aboTe,  tlie  Dejf  of  Algien  shall  emiui  to  ba  deliTeml  fortliwiUi 
ioto  the  haods  of  the  American  CoosqI,  letMliag  at  Algiers,  the  whole 
of  a  quantity  of  bales  of  cotton  left  by  the  late  Consul-General  of 
The  United  Sutes,  in  the  Public  Magazines  in  Algiers,  and  that  he 
shall  pay  into  the  hands  of  the  said  Consul  the  sum  of  10,000 
Spanish  dollars. 

V.  If  any  goods  (>elouoing  to  any  Nation  with  which  either  of  the 
Parties  are  at  War,  should  be  loaded  on  board  Vessels  belonging  to 
the  other  Party,  they  shall  pass  free  and  unmolested,  and  no  attempt 
shall  be  made  to  take  or  detain  them. 

VI.  If  any  Citizens  or  Subjects,  with  their  effects,  belonging  to 
either  Party,  shall  be  found  on  board  a  prize  Vessel  taken  from  an 
Enemy  by  the  other  Party,  such  Citizens  or  Subjects  shall  be 
liberated  immediately,  and  in  no  case,  or  on  any  other  pretence  what- 
ever, shall  any  American  Citizen  be  kept  in  captivity  or  confinement,  or 
the  property  of  any  American  Citizen  fonnd  on  board  of  any  Vessel 
belonging  to  any  other  Nation,  with  which  Algiers  may  be  at  War,  be 
detained  from  its  lawful  owners,  after  the  eihibition  ofsufficient  proofs 
of  American  Citizenship  and  of  American  property,  by  the  Consul 
of  The  United  States,  residing  at  Algiers. 

VII.  Proper  Passports  shall  immediately  be  given  to  the  Vessels 
of  both  the  Contracting  Parties,  on  condition  that  the  Vessels  of  War 
belonging  to  the  Regency  of  Algiers,  on  meeting  with  Merchant  Vessels 
belonging  to  the  Citizens  of  the  United  States  of  America,  shall  not 
be  permitted  to  visit  them  with  more  than  2  Persons  besides  the  rowers ; 
these  only  shall  be  permitted  to  go  on  board  without  first  obtaining 
leave  from  the  Commander  of  said  Vessel,  who  shall  compare  the 
Passport,  and  immediately  permit  said  Vessel  to  proceed  on  her 
voyage ;  and  should  any  of  the  Subjects  of  Algiers  insult  or  molest 
the  Commander  or  any  other  Person  on  board  a  Vessel  so  visited,  or 
plunder  any  of  the  property  contained  in  her,  on  complaint  being 
made  by  the  Consul  of  The  United  States  residing  in  Algiers,  and  on 
hia  producing  sufficient  proof  to  substantiate  the  fact,  the  Commander 
or  Raisof  said  Algerine  Ship  or  Vessel  of  War,  as  well  as  the  Offenders, 
shall  be  punished  in  the  most  exemplary  manner. 

All  Vessels  of  War,  belonging  to  the  United  States  of  America,  on 
meeting  a  Cruiser  belonging  to  the  Regency  of  Algiers,  on  having 
seen  her  Passports  and  Certificates  fi*om  the  Consul  of  The  United 
States,  residing  in  Algiers,  shall  permit  her  to  proeeed  on  her  cruise 
unmolested,  and  without  detention.  No  Passports  shall  be  granted 
by  either  Party  to  any  Vessels,  but  snch  as  are  absolutely  the  property 
of  Citizens  or  Subjects  of  the  said  Contracting  Parties,  on  any 
pretence  whatever. 

VIII.  A  Citizen  or  Subject  of  either  of  the  Contracting  Parties, 
having  bought  a  Prize  Vessel  condemned  by  the  other  Party,  or  by 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


48  UNITED  STATES  AND  ALGIERS. 

any  other  Nation,  the  Certificates  of  Coademnatioo  and  Bill  of  Sale, 
shall  be  a  sufficient  Passport  for  sach  Vessel  for  6  months,  which, 
considerine  the  distance  between  the  2  Countries,  is  no  more  than 
a  reasonable  time  for  her  to  procure  proper  Passports. 

IX.  Vessels  of  either  of  the  Contracting  Parties,  putting  into  the 
Ports  of  the  other,  and  having  need  of  provisions  or  other  supplies, 
shall  be  furnished  at  the  market  price;  and  if  any  such  Vessel  should 
so  put  in  from  a  disaster  at  Sea,  and  have  occasion  to  repair,  she  shall 
be  at  liberty  to  land^  and  re-embark  her  Cargo,  without  paying  any 
Customs  or  Duties  whatever;  but  in  no  case  shall  she  be  compelled 
to  land  her  Cargo. 

X.  Should  a  Vessel  of  either  of  the  Contracting  Parties  be  cast  on 
shore  within  the  Territories  of  the  other,  all  proper  assistance  shall 
be  given  to  her  Crew;  no  pillage  shall  be  allowed;  the  property 
shall  remain  at  the  disposal  of  the  Owners;  and,  if  re-shipped  on  board 
of  any  Vessel  for  exportation,  no  Customs  or  Duties  whatever  shall 
be  required  to  be  paid  thereon,  and  the  Crew  shall  be  protected  and 
succoured,  until  they  can  l>e  sent  to  their  own  Country. 

XI.  If  a  Vessel  of  either  of  the  Contracting  Parties  shall  be 
attacked  by  an  Enemy  within  cannon  shot  of  the  Forts  of  the  other, 
she  shall  be  protected  as  much  as  is  possible.  If  she  be  in  Port,  she 
shall  not  be  seized  or  attacked,  when  it  is  in  the  power  of  the  other 
party  to  protect  her;  and  when  she  proceeds  to  sea,  no  Enemy  shall 
be  permitted  to  pursue  her  from  the  same  Port,  withiu  24  hours  after 
her  departure. 

XII.  The  Commerce  between  The  United  States  of  America  and 
the  Regency  of  Algiers,  the  protection  to  be  given  to  Merchants, 
Masters  of  Vessels,  and  Seamen,  the  reciprocal  rights  of  establishing 
Consuls  in  each  Country,  and  the  privileges,  immunities  and  juris- 
dictions to  be  enjoyed  by  such  Consuls,  are  declared  to  be  on  the 
same  footing  in  every  respect  with  the  most  favoured  Nations, 
respectively. 

XIII.  The  Consul  of  the  United  States  of  America  shall  not  be 
responsible  for  the  debts  contracted  by  Citizens  of  his  own  Nation, 
unless  he  previously  gives  written  obligations  so  to  do. 

XIV.  On  a  Vessel  or  Vessels  of  War  belonging  to  The  United 
States,  anchoring  before  the  City  of  Algiers,  the  Consul  is  to  inform 
the  Dey  of  her  arrival,  wJken  she  shall  receive  the  salutes  which  are 
by  Treaty  or  Custom  gvven  to  the  Ships  of  War  of  the  most  favoured 
Nations,  on  siiiMiar  occastoas,  and  which  shall  be  returned,  gun  for 
gun  ;  and  tf  after  aoch  arrival,  so  announced,  any  Christians  whatso- 
ever. Captives  m  Algiers,  make  their  escape  and  take  refuge  on  board 
any  of  the  Ships  of  War,  they  shall  not  be  required  back  again,  nor 
shall  the  Gonsol  of  fhe  United  States,  or  Commanders  of  said  Ships, 
be  required  to  pay  any  thing  for  the  said  Christiana 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  ALGIERS.  49 

XV.  As  the  Gofernment  of  the  United  States  of  America  has  in 
itself  no  character  of  enmity  against  the  Laws,  religion,  or  tranquil- 
lity of  any  Nation,  and  as  the  said  States  have  never  entered  into  any 
volantary  War  or  act  of  hostility,  except  in  defence  of  their  just  rights 
on  the  high  seas,  it  is  declared  hy  the  Contracting  Parties,  that  no  pre- 
text, arising  from  religious  opinions,  shall  ever  produce  an  interruption 
of  the  harmony  existing  between  the  2  Nations ;  and  the  Consuls  and 
Agents  of  both  Nations  shall  have  liberty  to  celebrate  the  rites  of  their 
respective  religions  in  their  own  houses. 

The  Consuls,  respectively,  shall  have  liberty  and  personal  security 
given  them  to  travel  within  the  Territories  of  each  other,  both  by  Land 
and  Sea,  and  shall  not  be  prevented  from  going  on  board  any  Vessels 
they  may  think  proper  to  visit ;  they  shall  likewtBe  have  liberty  to 
appoint  their  own  Drogoman  and  Broker. 

XVL  lo  case  of  any  dispute  arising  from  the  violation  of  any  of  the 
Articles  of  this  Treaty,  no  appeal  shall  be  made  to  arms,  nor  shall 
War  be  declared  on  any  pretext  whatever ;  but  if  the  Consul  residing 
at  the  place  where  the  dispute  shall  happen,  shall  not  be  able  to  settle 
the  same,  the  Government  of  that  Country  shall  state  their  grievance 
in  writing,  and  transmit  the  same  to  the  Government  of  the  other,  and 
the  period  of  3  months  shall  be  allowed  for  Answers  to  be  returned, 
daring  which  time  no  act  of  hostility  shall  be  permitted  by  either 
Party ;  and  in  caae  the  grievances  are  not  redressed,  and  a  War  should 
be  the  event,  the  Consuls,  and  Citizens,  and  Subjects  of  both  Parties 
respectively,  shall  be  permitted  to  embark  with  their  effects  unmo- 
lested, on  board  of  what  Vessel  or  Vessels  they  shall  think  proper, 
reasonable  time  being  allowed  for  that  purpose. 

XVIL  If  in  the  course  of  events,  a  War  should  break  out  between 
die2  Nations,  the  Prisoners  captured  by  either  Party  shall  not  be  made 
Slaves ;  they  shall  not  be  forced  to  hard  labour,  or  other  confinement, 
than  such  as  may  be  necessary  to  secure  their  safe  keeping,  and  shall  be 
exdianged,  rank  for  rank ;  and  it  is  agreed  that  Prisoners  shall  be  ex- 
changed in  12  months  after  their  capture,  and  the  exchange  may  be 
effected  by  any  Private  Individual,  legally  authorized  by  either  of  the 
Parties. 

XVI II.  If  any  of  the  Barbary  States  or  other  Powers  at  War  with 
The  United  States,  shall  capture  any  American  Vessel  and  send  her 
into  any  Port  of  the  Regency  of  Algiers,  they  shall  not  be  permitted 
to  sell  her,  but  shall  be  forced  to  depart  the  Port,  on  procuring  the 
lequKSite  supplies  of  provisions ;  but  the  Vessels  of  War  of  The  United 
States,  with  any  Prizes  they  may  capture  from  their  Enemies,  shall 
have  liberty  to  frequent  the  Ports  of  Algiers,  for  refreshments  of  any 
kind,  and  to  sell  such  Prizes  in  the  said  Ports,  without  any  other 
Customs,  or  Duties,  than  such  as  are  customary  on  ordinary  commer- 
cial importations.  [See  Additional  Article.  Vol.  1821— 22.  Page  846.] 
[1815—16.]  E 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


50  UNITED  STATES  AND  ALGIERS. 

XTX.  If  any  of  the  Cttizens  of  The  United  States,  or  any  Persona 
under  their  protectioni  shaii  hare  any  disputes  with  each  olher«  the 
Consul  shslJ  decide  between  the  Parties,  and  whenever  the  Consul  shall 
require  any  aid  or  assistance  from  the  Government  of  Algiers  to  enforce 
his  decision*  it  shall  be  immediately  granted  to  him  ;  and  if  any  dia* 
putes  shall  arise  between  any  Citizens  of  The  United  States  and  the 
Citizens  or  Subjects  of  any  other  Nation  having  a  Consul  or  Agent  in 
Algiers*  such  disputes  shall  be  settled  by  the  Consuls  or  Agents  of  the 
respective  Nations :  and  any  disputes  or  Suits  at  Laws  that  may  take 
place  between  any  Citizens  of  The  United  States  and  the  Subjects  of 
the  Regency  of  Algiers,  shall  be  decided  by  the  Dey  in  person,  and 
no  other. 

XX.  If  a  Citizen  of  The  United  States  should  kill,  wound,  or 
strike,a  Subject  of  Algiers,  or  on  the  contrary,  a  Subject  of  Algiersshould 
kill,  wound*  or  strike,  a  Citizen  of  Th^  United  States,  the  Law  of  the 
Country  shall  take  place,  and  equal  justice  shall  be  rendered, the  Consul 
assisting  at  the  Trial ;  but  the  Sentence  of  punishment  against  an  Ame« 
ricau  Citizen  shall  not  be  greater,  or  more  severe,  than  it  would  be  against 
a  Turk  in  the  same  predicament ;  and  if  any  Delinquent  should  make  his 
escape,  the  Consul  shall  not  be  responsible  for  him  in  any  manner 
whatever. 

XXI.  The  Consul  of  the  United  States  of  America  shall  not  be 
required  to  pay  any  Customs  or  Duties  whatever  on  any  thing  he  im- 
ports from  a  Foreign  Country,  for  the  use  of  his  Honse  and  Family. 

XXII.  Should  any  of  the  Citizens  of  the  United  States  of  America 
die  within  the  limits  of  the  Regency  of  Algiers,  the  Dey  and  his  Sub* 
jects  shall  not  interfere  with  the  property  of  the  deceased,  but  it  shall 
be.  under  the  immediate  direction  of  the  Consul,  unless  otherwise  dis. 
posed  of  by  Will.  Should  there  be  no  Consul,  the  effects  shall  be 
deposited  in  the  hands  of  some  Person  worthy  of  trust,  until  the  Party 
shall  appear  who  has  a  right  to  demand  them,  when  they  shall  render 
an  account  of  the  property  ;  neither  shall  the  Dey  or  his  Subjects  give 
hindrance  in  the  execution  of  any  Will  that  may  appear. 


I  certify  the  foregoing  to  be  a  true  Copy  of  a  Treaty  of  Peace, 
negotiated  by  Commodore  Decatur  and  myself  with  the  Regency  of 
Algiers,  and  signed  by  the  Dey  of  that  Regency  on  the  30lh  of  June, 
1815.     On  board  the  United  States  Ship  "  Guerri^e,"  6th  July,  1815. 

Wm.  Shaler. 

Now,  therefore,  be  it  known,  that  I,  James  Madison,  President  of 
the  United  States  of  America,  having  seen  and  considered  the  said 
Treaty,  have,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate,  accepted, 
ratified,  and  confirmed  the  same,  and  every  Clause  and  Article  thereof. 

In  testimony  whereof,  I  have  caused  the  Seal  of  The  United  States 
to  be  hereunto  afiixed,  and  have  signed  the  same  with  my  hand.  Done 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN.  51 

at  the  City  of  Washtftgtoo,  this  26ch  day  of  December,  A.  D.  1815, 
and  of  the  iDdepeodence  of  I'he  United  States  the  4IHh. 
By  (he  President:  (L.S.)    JAMES  MADISON. 

James  Mohroe,  Secretary  qfSiaie. 


ACTofiheBrUish  Parliament,  ''fareatablUhing  Bfigulatiom 
respecting  Aliene.''—26th  June,  1816. 

**  Act  for  establishing  Regulations  respecting  Aliens  arriving  in  or  resident 
in  this  Kingdom,  in  certain  cases,/br  3  years  from  the  passing  of  this 
Act,  and  until  the  end  of  the  Session  of  Parliament  in  which  the  said 
2  years  shall  expire,  i/ Parliament  should  be  then  silting."* 
[56th  Geo.  HI.  Cap.  86.]  [26th  June,  1816.] 

Whereas  it  is  expedient  that  provision  shoald  be  made  for  estab- 
lishing Regulations  respecting  Aliens  arriving  in  this  Kingdom,  or 
resident  therein,  in  certain  cases ;  be  it  enacted  by  the  King's  Most 
Excellent  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Lords 
Spiritual  and  Temporal,  and  Commons,  in  this  present  Parliament 
assembled,  and  by  the  authority  of  the  same,  that  vrhen  and  so  often 
as  His  Majesty,  his  Heirs  and  Successors,  shall  by  his  or  their  Pnx:la* 
mation,  or  by  his  or  their  Order  in  Council,  or  Order  under  his  or  their 
Sign  Manual,  or  the  Lord  Lieutenant  or  other  Chief  Governor  or  Go- 
Temors,  and  the  Privy  Council,  of  that  part  of  this  Realm  or  United 
Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  called  Ireland,  shall  by  Pro- 
clamation or  by  Order  of  Council,  direct  that  any  Alien  or  Aliens  who 
may  be  within  this  Realm  or  who  may  hereafter  arrive  therein,  shall 
depart  this  Realm,  within  a  time  limited  in  any  such  Proclama- 
tion or  Order  respectively,  and  any  such  Alien  shall  knowingly 
and  wilfully  refuse  or  neglect  to  pay  due  obedience  to  such  Proclama- 
tion or  Order  respectively,  or  shall  be  found  in  this  Realm,  or  any 
part  thereof,  contrary  to  such  Proclamation  or  Order,  as  the  case  may 
be.  It  shall  be  lawful  for  any  of  His  Majesty's  Principal  Secretaries  of 
State,  or  the  Lord  Lieutenant  or  other  Chief  Governor  or  Goveniors 
of  Ireland,  or  his  or  their  Chief  Secretary,  or  for  any  Justice  of  the 
Peace,  or  for  any  Mayor  or  Chief  Magistrate  of  any  City  or  Place,  to 
cause  every  such  Alien  to  be  arrested,  and  to  be  committed  to  the 
Common  Gaol  of  the  County  or  Place  where  he  or  she  shall  be  so 
urested,  there  to  remain  without  bail  or  mainprize  until  he  or  she 
diall  be  taken  in  charge  for  the  purpose  of  being  sent  out  of  the  Realm 
under  the  authority  hereinafter  given  for  that  purpose. 

II.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  every  such  Alien  so  know- 
ingly and  wilfully  refusing  or  neglecting  to  pay  due  obedience  to  any 
such  Proclamation  or  Order  as  aforesaid,  or  being  found  in  this  Realm, 
•  See  Acts,  VoL  1823— 24.    Page  265.    Vol.  1825—26.    Page  349. 
£2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


52  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

or  aoy  part  thereof,  contrary  to  8uch  Proclamation  or  Order,  and  who 
shall  be  lawfully  convicted  thei^of  in  His  Majesty's  Coarts  of  King's 
Bench  in  Westminster  or  in  Dublin,  or  in  any  Court  of  Oyer  and 
Terminer,  Gaol  Delivery  in  England  or  Ireland,  or  Great  Sessions  in 
Wales,  or  Court  of  Justiciary  in  Scotland,  mify,  at  the  discretion  of 
such  Courts  respectively,  be  adjudged  to  suffer  imprisonment  for  any 
time  not  exceeding  I  month  for  the  first  offence,  and  not  exceeding 
12  months  for  the  second  and  any  subsequent  offence. 

III.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  it  shall  be  lawful  for  any  one  of 
His  Majesty's  Principal  Secretaries  of  State,  or  the  Lord  Lieutenant 
or  Chief  Governor  or  Governors  of  Ireland,  or  his  or  their  Chief  Se- 
cretary, in  any  casein  which  he  or  they  shall  apprehend  that  any  Alien 
will  not  pay  immediate  obedience  to  any  such  Proclamation  or  Order 
as  aforesaid,  or  in  any  case  when  any  Alien  shall  have  been  arrested 
or  committed  for  refusal  or  neglect  to  obey  any  such  Order,  or  shall 
have  been  convicted  of  such  refusal  or  neglect,  and  either  before  or 
after  such  Alien  shall  have  suffered  the  punishment  inflicted  for  the 
same,  by  Warrant  under  his  Hand  and  Seal,  to  give  such  Alien  in 
charge  to  one  of  His  Majesty's  Messengers,  or  to  any  other  Person  or 
Persons  to  whom  he  shall  think  proper  to  direct  such  Warrant,  in 
order  to  his  or  her  being  conducted  out  of  the  Kingdom,  and  such 
Alien  shall  be  so  conveyed  accordingly  :  Provided  always,  that  where 
such  Alien  (not  having  been  convicted  as  aforesaid)  shall  alledge  any 
excuse  for  not  complying  with  such  Proclamation  or  Order,  or  any 
reason  why  such  Proclamation  or  Order  should  not  be  enforced,  or 
why  further  time  should  be  allowed  him  for  complying  therewith,  it 
shall  be  lawful  for  the  Lords  of  His  Majesty's  Privy  Council,  in  Great 
Britain  or  Ireland,  to  judge  of  the  sufficiency  of  such  excuse  or  reason, 
and  to  allow  or  disallow  the  same  either  absolutely  or  on  such  condi- 
tions as  they  shall  think  fit ;  and  where  such  Alien  shall  be  in  custody 
under  such  Warrant  of  any  of  His  Majesty  s  Secretaries  of  State  as 
aforesaid,  the  Messenger  or  other  Person  in  whose  custody  he  shall  be, 
forthwith  upon  its  being  signified  to  him  that  such  excuse  or  reason  is 
alledged  by  such  Alien,  make  known  the  same  to  the  said  Secretary  of 
State,  who,  upon  receiving  such  notification,  or  in  any  case  in  which 
he  shall  be  informed  that  any  such  excuse  or  reason  is  alledged  by  or 
on  behalf  of  any  Alien  under  Proclamation  or  Order  to  quit  the  Realm, 
shall  forthwith  suspend  the  execution  of  such  Proclamation  or  Order 
until  the  matter  can  be  determined  by  the  said  Lords  of  His  Majesty's 
said  Privy  Council,  and  such  Alien,  if  in  custody  under  any  such 
Warrant,  shall  remain  in  such  custody  until  the  said  Lords  shall  have 
signified  their  determination  thereon,  unless  in  the  mean  time  the  said 
Secretary  shall  consent  to,  or  the  said  Lords  shall  make  Order  for  the 
release  of  such  Alien,  either  with  or  without  security. 

IV.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  the  Master  or  Commander  of 
every  Ship  or  Vessel  which  shall  arrive  in  any  Port  or  Place  of  this 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN.  53 

Realm,  thali,  immediately  on  bis  arrival  declare,  in  writings  to  any 
Inspector  of  Aliens  ap}>oinled  by  His  Majesty's  Principal  Secretary  of 
State,  resident  at  or  near  sach  Port  or  Place,  or  where  no  such  In- 
spector sfaall  be  so  appointed  and  resident,  to  the  Collector  or  Comp- 
troller or  other  Chief  Officer  of  tlie  Customs  at  or  near  such  Port  or 
Place,  whether  there  are  or  is,  to  the  best  of  his  knowledge,  any  Alien 
or  Aliens  on  board  his  said  Vessel,  or  who  have,  to  his  knowledge, 
landed  or  been  landed  therefrom  at  any  Port  or  Place  within  this 
Realm ;  and  shall  in  bis  said  Declaration  specify  the  number  of  Aliens 
(if  any)  on  board  his  said  Vessel,  or  who  have,  to  his  knowledge, 
landed  or  been  so  landed  therefrom,  and  also-specify  their  names  and 
respective  rank,  occupation,  or  description,  as  far  as  he  shall  be 
informed  thereof. 

V.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  the  Master  or  Commander  of 
every  Ship  or  Vessel  so  arriving  as  aforesaid,  who  shall  refuse  or 
neglect  to  make  such  Declaration  as  aforesaid,  shall  for  every  such 
offence  forfeit  and  pay  the  sum  of  £lO  for  each  and  every  Alien  who 
shall  have  been  on  board  at  the  time  of  the  arrival  of  such  Ship  or 
Vessel,  or  who  shall  have,  to  his  knowledge,  landed  or  been  landed 
therefrom  as  aforesaid^  whom  he  shall  wilfully  have  refused  or  neg- 
lected to  declare  as  aforesaid ;  and  in  case  such  Master  or  Commander 
as  aforesaid  shall  neglect  or  refuse  forthwith  to  pay  such  penalty  as  he 
sfaall  be  adjudged  to  pay  in  manner  aforesaid,  it  shall  be  lawful  for 
snch  Inspector  of  Aliens  as  aforesaid,  or  for  any  Officer  of  the  Cus- 
toms, as  the  case  may  be,  to  detain  such  Ship,  Vessel,  or  Boat,  used 
in  landing  the  same  as  aforesaid,  until  the  same  shall  have  been  paid. 

VI.  Provided  always,  and  be  it  further  enacted,  that  nothing  here- 
inbefore contained  shall  extend,  or  be  construed  to  extend,  to  any 
Mariner  whom  the  Master  or  Commander  of  any  Ship  or  Vessel 
arriving  in  any  Port  or  Place  in  this  Realm,  shall  certify  to  such 
Inspector  of  Aliens,  or  Officer  of  the  Customs  as  aforesaid,  as  the  case 
may  be,  in  writing,  subscribed  by  such  Master  or  Commander,  to  be 
actually  engaged  and  employed  in  the  navigation  of  such  Ship  or 
Vessel,  during  the  time  that  such  Mariner  shall  remain  so  actually 
engaged  and  employed;  and  which  Certificate,  in  writing,  so  subscribed 
as  aforesaid,  every  such  Master  or  Commander  as  aforesaid  is  hereby 
required  to  give. 

VII.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  every  alien  who  shall  arrive 
in  this  Realm,  at  any  Port  or  Place  therein,  after  the  passing  of  this 
Act,  shall,  immediately  after  such  arrival,  declare  in  writing,  to  such 
Inspector  of  Aliens,  or  Officer  of  the  Customs  as  aforesaid,  as  the 
case  may  be,  at  or  near  such  Port  or  Place,  the  name  of  the  Ship  or 
Vessel  in  which  he  or  she  shall  have  come  to  this  Country ;  and  every 
Alien  who  shall  so  arrive,  and  also  every  Alien  who  shall  depart  from 
any  Port  or  Place  of  this  Realm  after  the  passing  of  this  Act  shall, 
immediately  ailer  such  arrival,  or  before  such  departure,  respectively 


Digitized  by 


Google 


54 


GREAT  BRITAIN. 


declare,  io  ]ike  manner,  to  anch  Offieer  aa  aforeaakl,  his  or  her  name 
and  rank,  occupation,  or  description,  or  if  a  domestic  Servant,  then 
also  the  name,  rank,  and  description  of  his  or  her  Master  or  Mistress, 
or  shall  verbally  make  to  soch  Officer  as  albresaid  such  Declaration, 
to  be  by  him  reduced  to  writing,  and  shall  also  in  like  manner  declare 
the  Country  or  Place  from  whence  he  or  she  shall  then  have  come, 
and  the  Place  to  which  he  or  she  is  then  going,  his  or  her  profession 
or  occupation,  and  the  name  and  place  of  abode  of  the  person  to  whom 
(if  any)  he  or  riie  is  known;  and  Uiat  every  such  Alien  coming  into 
this  Realm,  who  shall  neglect  to  make  Declaration  of  the  aforesaid 
particnlare,  or  who  shall  wilfully  make  any  false  declaration  thereof, 
may  for  every  such  offence,  on  conviction  thereof  in  His  Majesty's 
Court  of  King  8  Bench  at  Westminster  or  in  Dublin,  or  in  any  Court 
of  Oyer  and  Terminer  and  Gaol  Delivery  in  England  or  Ireland,  or  Great 
Sessions  in  Wales,  or  Justiciary  Court  in  Scotiand,  be  imprisoned  for 
auy  time  not  elceeding  3  months,  or  may,  at  the  discration  of  such 
Court,  be  adjudged  to  depart  out  of  this  Realm,  and  all  other  His 
Majesty's  Dominions,  within  a  time  to  be  limited  in  such  judgment ; 
and  if  he  or  she  shall  be  found  therein  after  such  time  in  snch  judg- 
ment so  limited,  without  lawful  cause,  he  or  she  shall,  being  duly 
convicted  thereof,  be  imprisoned  for  any  term  not  exceeding  12  months. 
VIII.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  the  Inspector  of  Aliens  or 
Officer  of  the  Customs  so  appointed  as  aforesaid,  to  whom  such 
Declaration  shall  be  made,  or  particulara  delivered  as  aforesaid,  shall 
immediately  register  the  same  in  a  book  to  be  kept  by  him  for  that 
purpose;  in  which  book.  Certificates  shall  be  printed  io  blank,  and 
counterparts  thereof,  in  the  form  following : 


Form 

qf  Certificate. 

Sbip'a 
Naibe 

Alien's  Name 

and 
Deacriptlon. 

From 

whence.. 

going.              &c. 

Toi^om 
known. 

Remaika. 

Slgttu9Mr§  ^ 

rtkeBtmrer. 

888888888888888888888888 

Fbrm  qf  Counterpart, 

Ship's 
Name. 

Alien'!  Name 

and 
DcMription. 

From 
whence. 

Whiter 
grfng. 

PraAanMi, 

To  whom 
known. 

'the  Bearer. 

Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GBEAT    BRITAIK.  55 

And  shall  inaert  therein  the  several  particulars  by  this  Act  required 
in  their  proper  colamnSf  in  both  parts  thereof,  expresiiog  such  par- 
ticolars  as  shall  be  inserted  in  the  column  of  remarks,  which  shall  be 
entered  only  In  1  of  such  columns ;  and  shall  then  and  there  cut  off  1 
part  thereof  through  the  flourish  or  device  between  the  2  parts  thereof, 
and  ddiver,  without  lee  or  other  charge,  I  part  containing  all  the 
particulars  contained,  excepting  sirch  thereof  as  shall  be  contained  in 
the  column  of  remarks,  to  the  Alien  who  shall  have  made  such  decla- 
ration, or  deliver  such  particulars,  according  to  the  provisions  of 
this  Act ;  and  the  Officer  keeping  or  having  the  care  of  snch  Book, 
shall  also  enter,  or  cause  to  be  entered  therein,  an  alphabetical  Ust 
and  Index  of  the  names  of  the  Aliens  in  respect  of  whom  such 
entries  shall  be  made  therein  as  aforesaid. 

IX«  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  every  Alien  arriving  in  this  Realm 
after  the  passing  of  this  Act,  except  such  domestic  Servant  as  afore- 
said shall,  within  1  weeek  after  his  or  her  arriving  at  the  place  which 
shall  be  expressed  in  the  Certificate,  delivered  to  him  or  her  as  afore- 
said, as  the  place  to  which  he  or  she  proposes  to  go,  produce  such 
Certificate,  if  in  London,  at  the  Aliens'  Office,  in  Crown-street,  West- 
minster, or  to  the  Chief  Magistrate  of  any  other  Town  or  Place  in 
which  be  or  she  shall  be ;  and  if  there  be  no  Chief  Magistrate  in  such 
Town  or  Place,  then  and  in  snch  case,  to  some  one  of  the  Justices  of 
the  Peace  In  and  for  the  County,  City,  Town,  or  District  in  which 
such  Alien  shall  be,  or  to  such  person  or  persmis  as  shall  be 
andiorized  to  that  effect  by  such  Chief  Magistrate  or  Justice,  as  the 
case  may  be,  by  warrant  under  his  hand  and  seal ;  or  in  case  such 
Certificate  shall  be  lost,  bhall  deliver  a  full  and  true  account  of  all 
the  particulars  that  shall  have  been  contained  in  such  Certificate ;  and 
that  every  snch  Alien  as  aforesaid,  who  shall  so  neglect  or  refuse  to 
produce  such  Certificate  as  aferesaid,  or  deliver  such  account  as 
aftniesaid,  or  who  shall  wilfully  deliver  any  false  account  respecting 
any  of  the  particnlars  herein-before  meetioned,  on  conviction  thereof 
before  any  2  of  His  Majesty's  Justices  of  the  Peace  for  the  County, 
City,  Town,  or  District  in  which  such  Alien  shall  be,  may  be  a<iliudged, 
at  the  discretion  of  snch  Justices,  for  the  first  Offence,  to  suffer  im» 
priaooment  for  any  time  not  exceeding  1  month. 

X.  And  be  it  enacted,  that  it  shall  be  lawful  for  the  Lord  Mayor 
and  Mayors,  or  any  one  or  more  of  the  Aldermen  of  the  Cities  of  London 
and  Dublin,  and  for  euy  sue  or  more  of  His  Majesty's  Justices  of  the 
Peace  for  any  County,  Riding,  Stewartry,  City  or  Place,  being  spe. 
cially  anthorixed  by  one  of  His  Majesty's  Prinicipal  Secretaries  of  State, 
or  by  snch  Secretary  of  the  Lord  Lieutenant  or  Chief  Governor 
aforesaid,  by  Warrant  under  his  Hand  and  Seal,  or  generally  au. 
thorized  by  order  of  His  Majesty  in  Council,  or  any  Mayor  or  Chief 
Magistrate,  or.  other  Magistrate  or  Magistrates  of  any  City,  Borough, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


56  GRE^AT    BRITAIN-. 

or  Town  Corporate,  so  authorized,  to  cause  any  Alien  whom  be  or 
they  shall  have  cause  to  suspect  to  be  a  dangerous  person,  to  be 
taken  into  custody  and  examined,  and  either  to  discharge  or  detain 
such  Alien  in  custody  as  shall  appear  advisable;  and  if  it  diall  appear 
fit  to  detain  such  Alien  in  custody,  it  shall  be  lawful  for  such  Mayor, 
Alderman,  or  Chief  Magistrate,  or  other  Magistrate  or  Magistrates,  or 
such  Justice  or  Justices,  by  Warrant  under  his  or  their  Hand  and 
Seal,  or  Hands  and  Seals,  to  order  such  Alien  to  be  detained  in  cu»- 
tody  until  His  Majesty's  pleasure  shall  be  known,  thereto  remain 
without  bail  or  mainprize :  provided  nevertheless,  in  every  such  case, 
every  such  Mayor,  Alderman,  Chief  Magistrate  or  Magistrates,  Justice 
or  Justices  shall,  and  he  and  they  is  and  are  hereby  directed  and  re* 
quired  forthwith  to  transmit  an  account  of  his  or  their  proceedings 
touching  such  Alien,  and  of  the  reasons  for  which  he  shall  have 
thought  fit  to  detain  such  Alien,  to  oneof  His  Majesty's  Principal  Secre- 
taries of  State,  or  Secretary  of  the  Lord  Lieutenant  or  Chief  Gevemor 
or  Governors  of  Ireland,  in  order  and  to  the  end  that  His  Majesty,  or 
such  Lord  Lieutenant  or  Chief  Governor  or  Governors  may  determine 
what  may  be  fit  to  be  done  thereon ;  and  it  shall  be  lawful  for  His 
Majesty,  by  Warrant  under  his  Sign  Manual,  or  for  such  Lord-Lieu« 
tenant  or  Chief  Governor,  by  Order  under  his  Hand,  or  by  Warrant 
under  the  Hand  and  Seal  of  any  one  of  His  Principal  Secretaries  of 
State,  or  the  Secretary  of  such  Lord  Lieutenant  or  Chief  Governor, 
either  to  direct  that  such  Alien  shall  be  discharged,  or  ordered  out  of 
the  Kingdom. 

XL  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  if  any  Certificate  issued  to  any 
Alien  by  virtue  of  this  Act  shall  be  lost^  mislaid/  or  destroyed,  and 
such  Alien  shall  produce  to  one  of  His  Majesty's  Justices  of  the  Peace, 
from  the  Officers  of  the  Customs  so  appointed  as  aforesaid,  at  the 
Port  where  such  Alien  shall  have  arrived,  or  from  the  Office  of  one  of 
His  Majesty's  Principal  Secretaries  of  State,  or  from  the  Office  of  the 
Chief  Secretary  of  the  Lord  Lieutenant,  or  of  the  Chief  Governor  or 
Governors  of  Ireland,  a  copy  of  the  Certificate  so  lost,  mislaid,  or 
destroyed,  and  shall  make  it  appear  to  the  satisfaction  of  such  Justice, 
that  he  or  she  is  the  person  named  in  such  Certificate,  and  that  the 
same  has  been  lost,  mislaid,  or  destroyed,  without  his  or  her  wilful 
neglect  or  default,  it  shall  and  may  be  lawful  for  such  Justice,  and  he 
is  hereby  required  to  grant  to  such  Alien  a  fresh  Certificate,  which 
shall  be  of  ^e  like  force  and  effect  as  the  Certificate  so  lost,  mislaid, 
or  destroyed. 

XIL  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  every  such  Custom  house 
Officer  shall  forthwith,  and  every  Magistrate  or  Justice  to  whom  any 
such  Certificate  or  Account  shall  be  produced  or  delivered  as  afore* 
said,  shall  forthwith/after  the  same  shall  have  been  so  produced  or 
fii^livered  as  aforesaid^  transmit  if  in  Great  Britain,  to  one  of  His  Miw 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT    BRITAIN.  57 

iesty*s  Principal  Secretaries  of  State,  and  if  in  Ireland,  to  the  Chief 
Secretary  of  the  Lord  Lieutenant  or  other  Chief  Governor  or  GoTer- 
nors  of  Ireland,  tme  and  exact  Copies  of  all  such  Entries,  Certificates 
and  Accounts  respectively,  made  by  or  delivered  to  any  such  Custom- 
house Officer,  Magistrate,  or  Justice  respectively,  by  virtue  of  this 
Act. 

XII L  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  all  Certificates  herein*before 
required  to  be  given  by  siny  Inspector  of  Aliens,  or  Officer  of  the 
Cnstoms  appointed  forUie  purpose,  or  by  any  Justice  or  Justices  of 
the  Peace  or  other  Magistrates  respectively,  shall  be  given  without 
any  fee  or  reward  whatsoever;  and  every  snch  Inspector  of  Aliens,  or 
Officer  of  the  Customs,  or  Magistrate  or  Justice  of  the  Peace,  or 
other  person,  who  shall  take  any  fee  or  reward,  or  sum  of  money 
of  any  Alien,  for  any  Certificate,  or  other  matter  or  thing  under 
this  Act,  shall  forfeit  for  every  such  offence  the  sum  of  £10;  and 
every  Inspector  of  Aliens  ,  or  Officer  of  the  Customs,  appointed  for 
that  purpose  as  aforesaid,  who  shall  refuse  or  neglect  to  make  any 
such  entry  as  aforesaid,  or  grant  any  Certificate  thereon,  in  pur- 
suance of  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  or  shall  knowingly  make  any 
false  entry,  or  neglect  to  return  the  Copies  thereof,  in  manner  directed 
by  this  Act,  shall  forfeit  for  every  snch  offence  the  sum  of  £20. 

XIV.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  if  any  Person  shall  wilfully 
fofge,  counterfeit^  or  alter,  flr  cause  to  be  forged,  counterfeited,  or 
altered,  or  shall  ntter,  knowing  the  same  to  be  forged,  counterfeited, 
or  altered,  any  Certificate  herein  directed  to  be  obtained,  or  shall 
obtain  any  such  Certificate  under  any  other  name  or  description  than 
the  true  name  and  description  of  snch  Alien,  without  disclosing  to  the 
Person  granting  such  Certificate  the  true  name  and  description  of  such 
Alien,  and  the  reason  for  concealing  the  same,  or  shall  falsely  pretend 
to  be  the  Person  intended  to  be  named  and  described  in  any  such 
Certificate ;  every  Person  so  offending,  being  lawfhlly  convicted 
thereof,  shall  suffer  imprisonment  in  the  Common  Gaol  for  any  time 
not  exceeding  1  year. 

XV.  Provided  always,  and  be  it  further  enacted,  that  no  Foreign 
Ambassador  or  other  Public  Minister  duly  authorized,  nor  the  Domestic 
Servants  of  any  such  Foreign  Ambassador  or  Public  Minister,  registered 
as  snch  according  to  the  directions  of  the  Laws  in  force  for*  that 
pnrpoee,  or  being  actually  attendant  upon  such  Ambassador  or  Minister, 
shall  be  deemed  an  Alien  within  the  meaning  of  this  Act :  provided 
also,  that  nothing  in  this  Act  contained  shall  affect  any  Alien,  in 
respect  of  any  act  done  or  omitted  to  be  done,  who  shall  make  it 
appear  that  he  or  she  was  not  above  the  age  of  14  years  at  the  time 
when  such  act  was  so  done  or  omitted  to  be  done :  provided  always, 
that  if  any  question  shall  arise,  whether  any  Person  alledged  to  be  an 
Alien,  and  subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  Act  or  any  of  them,  is  an 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


^8  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

Alien  or  not,  or  is  or  u  not  no  Alien,  siibjeet  to  the  said  proTisioos  or 
Miy  of  them ;  the  proof  that  such  Person  is,  or  by  Law  is  to  be  deemed 
to  be  a  natural-bora  Subject  of  His  Majesty*  or  Denizen  of  this 
Kingdom,  or  naturaliied  by  Act  of  Parliament,  or  if  an  Alien  is  not 
subject  to  the  profisioos  in  this  Act  contained  or  any  of  them,  by 
reason  of  any  exception  contained  in  tbis  Act,  or  which  shall  be 
expressed  in  any  Proclamation  or  Order  in  Council  as  aforesaid,  or 
in  any  Special  Warrant  from  one  of  His  Majesty's  Principal  Secretaries 
of  State,  or  from  the  Lord  Lieutenant  or  other  Chief  Governor  or 
Gorernorsof  Ireland,  or  his  or  their  Chief  Secretary  as  aforesaiil,  shall 
lie  on  the  Person  so  alledged  to  be  an  Alien,  and  to  be  subject  to  the 
provisions  of  this  Act,  some  or  one  of  them. 

XVI.  Provided  alwaysi  and  be  it  farther  enacted,  that  in  every 
ease  in  which  power  is  given  by  this  Act  to  commit  any  Alien  to  gaol 
without  bail  or  mainprize,  it  shall  and  may  be  lawful  for  any  Justices 
of  His  Majesty's  Courts  of  Record  at  Westminster  or  in  Dublin,  or 
for  any  of  the  Barons  in  Great  Britain  or  Ireland,  being  of  the  d^ree 
of  the  Coif,  or  for  the  Lord  Justice  Clerk,  or  any  of  the  Commissioners 
of  Justiciary  in  Scotland,  if  upon  application  made  he  shall  see 
sufficient  cause  to  admit  such  Person  to  bail,  he  or  she  giving  sufficient 
security  for  his  or  her  appearance  to  answer  the  mattersailedged  against 
htm  or  her* 

XVIL  Provided  always,  and  be  it  further  enacted,  that  it  shall  be 
lawful  for  any  Justice  of  the  Peace  to  admit  any  Alien  to  bail,  who  shall 
have  been  committed  by  virtae  of  this  Act»  such  Justice  being 
authorized  so  to  do  by  Warrant  of  one  of  His  Mi^ty's  Principal  Secre- 
taries  of  State,  or  of  the  Lord  Lieutenant,  or  other  Chief  Governor  or 
Governors  of  Ireland,  or  his  or  their  Chief  Secretary  for  that  purpose, 
specifying  the  security  to  be  taken  by  such  Justice* 

XVIII.  Provided  nevertheless,  and  be  it  enacted,  that  where  any 
Alien,  who  shall  have  been  committed  under  this  Act  to  remain  until 
he  or  she  shall  be  token  in  charge  for  the  purpose  of  being  sent  out  of 
the  Realm,  shall  not  be  sent  out  of  the  Realm  within  3  calendar  months 
after  such  commitment,  it  shall  in  every  such  case  be  lawful  for  any 
of  the  Justices  of  His  Majesty's  Courts  of  Record  at  Westminster,  or 
in  Dublin,  or  for  any  of  the  Barons  in  Great  Britain  or  Ireland,  being 
of  the  degree  of  the  Coif,  or  f(»>  the  Lord  Justice  Clerk,  or  any  of  the 
Commissionen  of  Justiciary  in  Scotland,  or  fu*  any  2  of  His  Majesty's 
Justices  of  the  Peace  in  any  Part  of  the  United  Kingdom,  upon 
application  made  to  him  or  them  by  or  on  the  behalf  of  the  Person  so 
committed,  and  opon  proof  made  to  him  or  them  that  reasonable 
notice  of  the  intention  to  make  such  application  had  been  given  to 
some  or  one  of  His  Majesty's  Principal  Secretaries  of  Stete  in 
Great  BcUain»  or  to  dto  Lord  lieatenaat  or  Chief  Governor  or 
Governon  of  Ireland,  or  his  or  their  Chief  Secretary,  according  to 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN.  59 

bis  or  their  diacretioD.  to  order  the  Person  so  eomattted  to  be  eoB- 
tinoed  ia  or  discharged  out  of  custody. 

XIX.  And  be  it  farther  enacted,  that  Aliens  abiding  in  this 
Kini^oiDy  who  have  heretofore  quitted  their  respective  Countries  by 
reason  of  any  revolution  or  troubles  in  Fraaeey  or  in  Countries  con- 
quered by  the  arms  of  France,  shall  not  be  liable  to  be  arrested, 
imprisooedi  or  hdd  to  bail,  or  to  find  any  caution  for  their  fortfa- 
cDBUBg,  or  paying  any  debt^  nor  be  taken  in  execution  on  any  jodg. 
nsent,  nor  by  any  caption,  for  or  by  any  reason  of  any  debt  or  other 
canse  of  action,  contracted  or  arising  in  any  parts  beyond  the  Seas, 
other  than  the  Dominions  of  His  Majesty,  while  such  Aliens  were  not 
within  the  said  Dominions  of  His  Majesty ;  and  in  case  any  such 
Aliens  shall  have  been  or  shall  be  arrested,  imprisoned,  or  held  to 
bail,  or  taken  in  execution  on  a  judgment,  or  by  caption^  contrary  to 
the  intent  of  this  Act,  such  Alien  shall  be  discharged  therefrom  by 
order  of  any  of  His  M^^ty's  Courts  of  Record  at  Westminster  or 
Dublin,  or  of  the  Court  of  Session  in  Scotland^  or  of  any  Judge  of 
such  Courts  in  vacation  time. 

XX.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  all  pecuniary  penalties  by  this 
Act  imposed,  exceeding  the  sum  of  £10,  shall  be  recovered  by  action 
of  debt,  bill,  plaint,  or  information,  in  any  of  His  Majesty's  Courts 
of  Record  at  Westminster  or  in  Dublin,  or  the  Court  of  Great  Session 
in  Wales,  or  the  Courts  of  the  Counties  Palatine  of  Chester,  Lancaster, 
and  Durham,  or  by  action  or  summary  bill,  or  information  in  the 
Courts  of  Justiciary  or  Exchequer  in  Scotland,  as  the  case  shall 
require,  wherein  no  essoign,  privilege,  protection,  or  wager  of  Law, 
nor  more  than  one  imparlance  shall  be  allowed  :  and  all  pecuniary 
penalties  by  this  Act  imposed,  not  exceeding  the  sum  of  £10,  shall, 
on  conviction  of  the  offender  upon  oath  before  any  Justice  of  the 
Peace  of  the  County,  Riding,  Stewartry,  City,  Town,  or  Place 
where  the  offence  shall  be  committed,  be  levied  by  distress  and  sale 
of  the  Offender's  goods  and  chattels,  by  a  Warrant  under  Uie  Hand 
and  Seal  of  such  Justice,  rendering  to  such  Offender  the  overplus  (if 
any)  on  demand,  after  deducting  the  charges  of  such  distress  and 
sale ;  and  forwent  of  sufficient  distress,  such  Justice  is  hereby  required 
to  commit  such  Offender  to  the  Common  Gaol  of  the  County,  Riding, 
Stewartry,  City,  Town  or  Place  where  such  offence  shall  be  committed, 
for  any  time  not  exceeding  6  calendar  months,  and  that  no  Writ  of 
Certionri  or  of  Advocation  or  Snspenston,  shall  be  allowed  to  remove 
the  proceedings  of  die  said  Justice,  touching  the  pecuniary  penalties 
aforesaid,  or  to  supersede  or  suspend  execution  or  other  proceeding 
thereupon. 

XXf.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  the  Inhabitants  of  any 
Parish,  Township,  or  Place,  shall  be  deemed  and  taken  to  be 
competent  Witnesses,  for  the  purpose  of  proving  the  commission  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


60  NETHERLANDS. 

any  offence  against  this  Act  within  the  limits  of  such  Parish,  Town- 
ship, or  Place,  notwithstanding  any  part  of  the  penalty  incurred  by 
such  offence  is  given  or  applicable  to  the  Poor  of  such  Parish, 
Township,  or  Place. 

XXII.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  if  anyTersonl^r  Persons 
shall  at  any  time  be  used  or  prosecuted  for  any  thing  by  him  or  them 
done  or  executed  in  pursuance  or  by  colour  of  this  Act,  or  of  any 
matter  or  thing  therein  contained,  such  action  or  prosecution  shall  be 
commenced  within  the  space  of  13  calendar  months,  next  after  the 
offence  shall  be  committed,  and  such  Person  or  Persons  shall  and 
may  plead  the  general  issue,  and  give  th<;  special  matter  in  evidence 
for  his  or  their  defence  ;  and  if  upon  trial,  a  verdict  shalll  pass  for 
the  Defendant  or  Defendants,  or  the  Plaintiff  or  Plaintiffs  shall  become 
nonsuited,  or  shall  discontinue  his  or  their  suit  or  prosecution,  or  if 
judgment  be  given  for  the  Defendant  or  Defendants  upon  Demurrer 
or  otherwise,  such  Defendant  or  Defendants  shall  have  treble  costs  to 
him  or  them  awarded  against  the  Plaintiff  or  Plaintiffs. 

XXI II.  Provided  nevertheless,  and  it  is  hereby  further  enacted, 
that  Uie  powers  and  authority  given  by  this  Act  to  the  Lord  Lieuten- 
ant or  other  Chief  Governor  or  Governors  of  Ireland,  or  his  or  their 
Chief  Secretary,  or  to  the  Privy  Council  of  Ireland,  shall  not  extend 
or  be  held  or  deemed  to  extend  to  the  case  of  any  Alien  arriving  or 
being  in  that  part  of  this  Realm  or  United  Kingdom  called  Great 
Britain ;  and  that  the  powers  and  authority  given  by  this^Act  to  any 
Justice  of  the  Peace,  Mayor  or  Chief  Magistrate  of  any  City,  Town, 
or  Place,  shall  not  extend  or  be  construed  to  extend  to  give  such 
Magistrates  any  authority  to  act  beyond  the  limits  of  their  respective 
jurisdictions;  any  thing  in  ^this  Act  contained  to  the  contrary 
notwithstanding. 

XXIV.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that^  this  Act  shall  continue  in 
force  2  years  from  the  passing  of  this  Act,  and  until  the  end  of  the 
Session  of  Parliament  in  which  the  said  2  years  shall  expire,  if  Parlia* 
ment  shall  be  then  sitting. 

XXV.  Provided  always,  and  be  it>nacted,  that  this  Act,*'or  any 
of  the  provinons  therein  contained,  may  be'altered,  varied,  or  repealed, 
by  any  Act  or  Acts  to  be  passed  in  this  present  Session  of  Pariiament 


LOI  des  Pays  Bos,    relative   aux  DSpensee  Publiques   de 
VAnn€€  \%\Q.—\lF4vriery  1816. 

Nous,  GoiLLAOME,  par  la  grice  de  Dieu,  Roi  des  Pays-Bas, 
Prince  d'Orange- Nassau,  Grand-Due  de  ]Luxembourg,  &c.  &c.  &c. 

Ayant  pris  en  consideration  la  n^cessit^  de  procedef  au  r^glement 
des  Depenses  publiques  pour  TAnnee,  1816. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS.  61 

A  ces  catMM,  Notre  ConaeiUd'Etat  entendo  et  6t  cominon  accord 
avec  les  Etata-G^oeraux; 

A  Tons  statue,  comme  nous  statuons  par  ces  presentes : 
Art  I.  Le  Budjet  des  Depenses  du  Royaome,  pour  I'Annee,  XSIS, 
tat  regie  de  la  maoi^re  suiTante  : 

Florins. 

Chap.  I.  La  Maisoa  Royale  2,600,000 

11.  Les  Grands  Corps  de  TEtat 1,220,000 

III.  Le  D^partenent  du  Secretaire-d'Etat       390,000 

IV.  LeDepartementdesAffairesEtrang^res      890,000 
V.  Le  Departement  de  la  Justice  4,000,000 

VI.  Le  Departement  de  I'lnterieur 2,300,000 

VII.  Le  Departement  du  Culte  Protestant  et 

desautresCuItes,  h  Texception  du 

Culte  Catbolique*. 1,210,000 

Vin.  Le  Departement  du  Cuite  Catholique  1,600,000 
IX.  Le  Departement  de  1' Instruction  Pub- 

lique.  des  Arts  et  des  Sciences......  1,000,000 

X.  Le  Departement  des  Finances 23,500,000 

XI.  Le  Departement  de  la  Marine 6,150,000 

XII.  Le  Departement  de  la  Guerre  29,000,000 

Xni    Le  Departement  du  Waterstaat  et  des 

travaux  publics 5,000,000 

XIV.  Le  D6partement  du  Commerce  et  des 

Colonies 2,550,000 

XV.  Depenses  imprevues 650,000 

ToUl Fiorins  82,000,000 

II.  La  presente  Loi  sera  inser^e  au  Journal  Official. 
DoDoe  i  La  Haye,  le  11   F6wner  de  TAn  1816,  et  de  Notm 
Regiie  le  3eme. 

P^  le  Roi :  G UILLAUME. 

A.  R.  Falck. 


'LOI  des  Pays^Bas^  relaHve  aux  moyems  def aire  face  aux  D6* 
pensee  PuNiquee  de  VAnnSe  1816.— 11  FSvrier,  1816. 

Nous  Gaillaame,  par  la  Grike  de  Dieu,  Roi  des  Pays- Bas,  Prince 
d'Orange-Nassau,  Grand  Due  de  Luxembourg,  &c.  Sec.  &c. 

Ayant  pris  en  consideration,  qu'en  consequence  de  la  reunion  des 
Pay*-Bas  en  an  aeul  et  m^me  Royaume,  toutes  les  charges  et  tons  les 
araatages  d^Hvent  6tre  readus  commons  i  tons  nos  Sujets  indistincte* 
iiiciit,elqae,  si  cette  aaiformit6  ne  peat  ^tre  incontinent  etablie  ^ 
toasegards,Doassomme8  neanmoinsdans  Tobligation  de  Pintrodoife 
dans  le  plas  court  d^lai  possible; 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


62  N£TH£RLAND£. 

Vottlant  remplir  ce  devoir,  et  mettre,  en  mtaie-teiiip6y  le  Tr^r 
Public  k  portee  de  subveuir  r^guli^rement  anx  D^peoseB  de  I'Etat, 
telles  qu'elles  soot  fixees  pour  I'aim^  1816; 

Notre  CoQseil-d^EtAt  e&iendu  et  de  coounun  accord  avec  les  Etats- 
Generaux, 

Noas  avoDS  statue,  comme  nous  statuoas  par  la  pi^sente,  ce  qui 
suit. 

Section  l.'^IHspositions  GhUrales. 

Art.  I.  SeroDt  employes  pour  couvrir  les  Ddpeoses  del'Etat  pen- 
dant Tann^e  1816: 

Hremeot  Tous  les  Revenus  qui  proviendront  net,  durant  Fannee 
1816,  des  Domaines  de  I'Etat,  des  Loteries  dans  les  Provinces  Septen- 
trionales  et  Meridionales  des  Pays- Bag,  et  de  P Administration  des 
Postes,  ainsi  que  tous  les  autres  Revenus  quelconques  4  percevoir 
pour  le  compte  du  Tresor,  dans  le  cours  de  ladite  annee. 

2ndement.  Le  produit  de  toutes  les  Contributions  directes  et 
indirectes,  ainsi  que  des  droits  de  peage,  d'entree  et  de  sortie,  y  com- 
pris  rimp6t  sur  les  productions  Etrang^res,  comme  il  est  statne  par 
les  Articles  saivans. 

d^mement  Enfin  Texcedant  des  Revenus  Ordinaires  et  Extra- 
ordinaires  de  PEtat,  tel  qu'il  se  trouvera  6tre  aprds  liquidation  faite 
de  tous  comptes  et  paiemens  des  services  des  annees  1813,  1814  et 
1815. 

Section  II. — Impdi  Fonder. 

II.  L*imp6t  fonder  dans  le  Royaume  des  Pays-Bas  est  fixe  poar 
Tannee  1816,  aa  principal  de  fl.  16,132,540. 

Cette  somme  sera  repartie  entre  lea  dilil^renleB  Provinces,  confor- 
m^ent  i  I'Etat  annexe  i  la  presente  Loi,  sous  le  No.  1. 

III.  La  repartition  du  contingent  de  cheque  Province,  sur  toutes 
les  Communes  dbnt  cbacune  d'elles  se  compose,  sera  faite  sur  la  pro- 
position des  Directeurs  des  Contributions  Directes,  par  les  Colleges 
des  Deputes  des  Etats,  ou  par  les  Gouvemeurs  et  Conseillers  d'Inten- 
dance,  pour  les  Provinces  od  il  n'existerait  point  encore  de  Colleges 
des  D^put^  des  £tatS|  as  i^oment  de  la  mise  i  execution  de  la  pre- 
sente Loi ;  le  tout  so^  netre  approbation. 

IV.  Le  contingent  de  cheque  Commune  sera  r^parti  sur  les  con- 
tribtt&bies,  sar  Je-  mtee  f»ied  et  de  la  m6me  mani^re  que  la  repartition 
a  en  lieu  piMir  I'loiji^B  18L$4  dans  les  Provinces  respectives  da 
Rojif^umc^ 

y.  Ca  SUB  do{>riii^4pa]  meationne  d  I'Article  11  et  des  resusesonli. 
naires  pour  les  pereepiaura,  il  sera  |»er9u  26^  pour  cent  pour  cou? rir 
lea  non-valeurs^  les  frais  d'adowistration  et  de  pooisuites  ainsi  qua 
ceux.de  la  formation  du  cadastre. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


N£TIlBBUkNn8«  63 

VI.  Left  centiiBea  additiooiMls  qai  seront  porlAs  au  r6te  pmir  sob- 
veoir  aox  D^penact  Commniiales,  oe  pounoot,  en  aucao  cm^  esc^der  6 
poor  cent. 

VU.  Alio  d'atteiodre,  dans  la  repaititioo  de  Pimpot  foncier,  one 
fixation  plos  ^gale  et  mieux  proportioooee  i  la  valeur  r^llemeot  im- 
poaable  des  proprietea,  lea  travaax  poor  la  formation  do  cadastre  seront 
acceler^  aatant  qu'il  sera  possible,  dana  toutea  lea  parties  da  Roy- 
aume. 

VIII.  Notre  intentioD  formelle  etaot  de  voir ^tablir  etde  faire  ao 
plotftt  eftctaer,  eo  atteodaot  lea  r^aoltata  qoe  doit  prodoire  Taec^lera- 
lion  des  travaax  do  cadastre,  one  repartition  temporatre  de  rifiip6t 
foDcier  plus  ^gale  entre  lea  differentes  Provinces,  et  entre  les  diffe- 
rentes  Conmones  dont  chacnne  d'elles  est  composee,  les  Gonvemeara 
et  lea  Depotea  dea  Etata,  prendront  en  notre  nom,  toaa  les  renseigne- 
mens  neceasaires,  tant  aor  la  disproportion  nsainteoant  existante  entre 
lea  Contribotions  respectives  des  Provinces,  que  sur  les  Reveous  im- 
poaables  de  chaqoe  Comnuine  en  particulier. 

IX.  Toos  immeubles  seront  a  1  avenir  hypotbeques,  en  favenr  de 
PEtat,  an  paiement  de  Tirop^t  foncier  et  de  I'additionnel,  auxquels  cea 
immeublea  aeront  impoaea.  Cette  bypoth^que  legale  existera  4 
compter  du  ler  Janvier  de  I'annee  de  I'impdt,  maia  n  aura  d'efiet  qoe 
pendant  cette  annee  et  Fann^  soivante :  de  telle  mani^  qu'elle  sera 
prescrite,  et  aneantie,  si,  dorant  cet  iatervalle,  ces  bieus  n'ont  point 
et^  effectivement  attaqo6s,  et  n*ont  point  ^te  Tobjet  de  poorsoites«  pour 
le  recoDvrement  de  Pimp6t  foncier  et  de  Padditionnel  arrier^s. 

Cette  bypotb^que  dont  la  conservation  oe  requiert  aucone  inscrip- 
tion aox  registres  des  conservateors  dea  bypotb^quea^  ae  prejudiciera 
en  rien  k  dea  bypotbdqoea  on  privil^ea  Kgaux  oo  apeciaux  aat^rieura 
i  la  promulgation  de  la  pr6sente  Lot. 

Section  III. — ContrUmiian  Personnelle  et  Mohilkdre. 

X.  La  contribution  peraonnelle  et  mobiliaire  eat  fixee,  pour  I'annee 
1816,  aa  principal  de  il.  3,899,800. 

Cette  somme  sera  repartie  entre  lea  diff^rentea  Provincea,  confor- 
mement  k  I'Btat,  No;  1,  annex^  d  la  pr^iente  Loi. 

XI.  A  ladite  aomme  prineipale  aeront  ajoot^es  lea  remiaea  ordi- 
nairea  poor  lea  Percepteors,  et  en  ontre  23  poor  cent,  pour  coovrir  lea 
non-valenra,  et  aobvenir  aox  fraia  d'Adminiatration  et  de  ponraoitea. 

XII.  La  repartition  do  contingent  de  cbaque  Fh>vince  aur  lea 
diilereatea  Commonea  de  aon  reaaort  ae  fera  de  la  mani^  qo'il  eat 
fixe  par  P Article  III  ci^esaua,  relativement  A  la  repartition  de  I'impdt 
fooeier. 

XIII.  Le  contingent  de  cbaque  Commune  aera  reparti  aor  lea  con- 
triboablea,  aor  le  pied  fix^  Article  IV  ci-deaaua. 

XIV.  Learecberchea  ordonnie  par  PArticle  VIII,  daaa  PiateAtion 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


64  NETHERLANDS. 

de  faire  cesser  la  disproportioD  existante  k  I'egard  de  I'impdt  foncier, 
s'etendront  de  mime  k  la  coDtributioD  personnelle  et  mobiliaire,  a6ii 
d  en  rendre  la  repartition  mieax  proportionnee. 

XV.  Le  droit  d'hypoth^ue  legale  sar  les  immeubles  des  contri* 
buables^  pour  rarrier6  de  la  Contribution  personnelle  et  mobiliaire,  et 
conseqnemment  pour  I'additionnel,  est  dor^navant  attribu^  k  TEtatsnr 
le  mime  pied  et  sous  les  mimes  restrictions  qu'il  a  ete  statue  Article 
IX,  relativement  i  I'impdt  foncier ;  avec  cette  limitation,  en  outre, 
qu'aucun  immeuble  ne  pourra  itre  attaque  pour  le  paiement  de  ladite 
Contribution,  qu'apr^s  que  les  meublea  du  contribuable  trouTes  chez 
lui  auront  et^  vendus  et  le  prodoit  trouve  insuffisant  au  paiement. 

Section  IV.— Con/rt^ti/tbtii  sur  its  Paries  eiFenitrei. 

XVI.  La  Contribution  sur  les  portes  et  fenitres  est  Byiie  en  prin- 
cipsl  i  la  somme  de  fl.  2,309,680. 

Cette  somme  sera  r^partie  sur  les  diflerentes  Provinces,  conforme- 
ment  4  TEtat  No.  1,  pr^cite  et  anuex^  k  la  presente  Loi. 

XVII.  A  ce  principal  serout  ajoutes  les  remises  ordinaires  pour 
les  percepteurs,  ainsi  que  10  pour  cent,  pour  les  frais  de  confection  des 
rdles  et  indemnity  de  non-valeurs. 

XVIII.  La  repartition  du  contingent  de  chaque  Province  sur  les 
Communes  et  du  contingent  sur  les  contribuables,  se  fera  sur  le  pled 
fixe  aux  Articles  III  et  IV  pour  Pimpot  foncier. 

XIX.  Le  droit  d'hypotbeque  legale  sur  les  immeubles  des  contribu. 
ables  dans  la  Contribution  personnelle  et  mobiliaire,  accord^  d  I'Etat 
par  I'Article  XV  de  la  presente  Loi,  lui  est  atlribue  de  mime  et  sous 
les  mimes  restrictions  sur  les  immeubles  des  contribuables,  dans  la 
Contribution  sur  les  portes  et  fenitres. 

Section  V. — Imp6i  sur  Us  Domestiques,  les  Chevaux,  les  VoUures,  et 
U  Passage  et  Droit  de  Paiente. 

XX.  Les  Imp6ts  sur  les  domestiques  et  les  chevaux,  les  voitures 
et  le  passage,  pergus  dans  les  Provinces  Septentrionales,  sont  abolis. 

XXL  II  sera  per9u  dans  toute  T^tendue  du  Royaume,  pour  I'annde 
1816,  un  droit  de  Patente,  et  ce,  conformement  k  TOrdonnance  an- 
nex^e  k  la  presente  Loi,  sous  le  No.  9.  "^ 

XXII.  Les  dispositions  de  TArticle  XV,  ci-dessus,  relativement  4 
Thypothique  legale  sur  les  immeubles  en  faveur  de  I'Etat,  auront 
igalement  effet  i  Pigard  de  ce  qui  sera  d&  pour  le  droit  de  patente. 

XXIII.  Dans  les  Provinces  od  il  y  a  des  Deputes  des  Etats  et  des 
Avocats  Fiscanx,  les  fraudes  et  contraventions  au  droit  de  Patente 
seront  poursuivies  par  les  Avocats  Fiscaux,  devant  lee  Deputes  des  Etats 
qui  resteront  egalement  charges  de  prononcer  sur  les  r^lamations  des 
contribuables  de  ces  Provinces. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS.  65 

Qiiant  nmx  Provinces  o^  il  ay  a  ni  Deputes  de«  Etats,  ni  Avocal 
Fiscal,  leadites  fraudes  et  contraveatioDs  teront  pounuivies  dcvant  le^ 
Tribaaaax  CorrectionDeU  par  lea  Officiera  y  exeryant,  ct  lea  r^clama 
tions  des  contrtbaables  dc  cea  Provinces  aeronl  jug^es  par  lea  Gou- 
▼emeors  et  lea  ConaeiU  d'Intendance. 

Lea  aasditea  dispositions  da  preaent  Article  ne  aont  qae  provisoires, 
jnaqa*i  ce  qa'il  aura  ete  alt^rieuremeut  statue  sur  la  matibre  par  la 
Loi  qai  doit  regler,  en  vertu  de  1' Article  CLXXXVII  de  la  Loi  Fonda- 
mentale^  lea  contraventions  et  les  contesiatioDs  rar  tons  les  Impots 
indtstjnctement. 

Section  VI. — Drmi  dCEnregislrenumt,  de  Timbre  et  d^Hypotkeque,  et 
Drmt  iur  ies  Successions. 

XXIV.  Les  droits  d'enregistrement,  de  greffe,  d'hypotheque  et  de 
timbre,  y  compris  le  droit  sur  la  devolution  dt!S  successions,  actuelle- 
meot  ea  vigneur  dans  les  Provinces  Meridionales  du  Royaume,  coo- 
tinueront  d'exiater  sur  le  m^me  pied  pendant  Pannee  1816. 

Les  droits  d  enregistrement,  de  greffe,  d'hypotheque  et  de  timbre, 
maJntenant  per^ns  dana  les  Provinces  Septentrionales,  continueront 
d'y  Mre  per9us  pour  Tannee  1816,  conformement  aux  Lois  et  Regle- 
mena  qui  y  sont  actuellement  en  vigneur ;  bien  entendu  neanrooins  que 
le  Tanf  bausse  du  timbre  de  commerce,  r^gle  par  la  Loi  du  23  De- 
eembre,  1813,  sera  r^duit  et  mis  sur  le  m^me  pied  qu*il  existe  dans  les 
Provinces  Meridionales;  bien  entendu  aussi  que  TActe  d^Empruntsur 
fonds  publics,  marchandises  et  autres  biens  meubles,  pourvu  qu'il  ne 
soit  fait  on  continue  que  pour  6  mois  an  plus,  ne  sera  point  doreuavant 
assujetli  aux  formalites  ni  aux  droita  denregistrement,  tant  pour  les 
Provinces  Meridionales  que  dans  les  Provinces  Septentrionales. 

Le  droit  sur  les  successions  tel  qu'il  a  ^te  regie  pour  les  Provinces 
Septentrionales  par  les  Lois  des  23  Decembre,  1813,  et  28  Fevrier, 
1814,  continuera  d'etre  per^ u  dans  lesdites  Provinces  durant  TanDee 
1816. 

XXV.  D^  le  commencement  de  I'ann^e  181 7,  ou  bien  i  T^poque  o& 
seront  introdnits  les  Nouveaux  Codes  pour  le  Royaume  des  Pays-Bas, 
lea  imposif  ions  et  droits  denregistrement,  de  greffe,  dliypoth^ue  et  de 
timbre,  seront  remplaces  par  des  impositions  generales.  Dans  tons 
les  cas,  le  droit  sur  les  successions  sera  etabli  et  pergu  aur  un  pied 
onifonne,  d^s  le  ler  Janvier,  1817,  dans  toate  Tetendiie  du  Roy- 
aume. 

Section  VII. — Impositions  Indirectes. 

XXVI.  Au  ler.  Juillet  1816,  il  sera  introduit  dans  toutle  Royaume 
luk  syst^me  nniforme  d'lmpositions  indirectes. 

Tontes  les  Impositions  Indirectes,  ainsi  que  le  droit  de  garantie  sur 
les  ouvragea  d  or  et  d*argent,  actuellement  per9uea  dans  les  Provinces 
£1S1&— 16.]  F 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


66  NETHERLANDS. 

tSeptentrionales  et  M^ridionales,  y  sont  en  attendant  continu^es  sur  le 
m^me  pied. 

Section  VIII. — Peages,  Droiti  d Entree  et  de  Sortie,  et  ImpSt  iur  les 
Productions  Etrangeret. 

XXVII.  Au  ler.  Juillet  1816,  il  sera  egalement  introduit  dans 
toute  letendae  da  Royaume  des  Pays-Baa,  un  syst^me  nniforme  de 
p^age  et  de  droits  d  entree  et  de  sortie. 

En  attendant,  les  peages  et  droits  d'entree  et  de  sortie,  tant  ceox 
per^us  dans  les  Provinces  Meridionales  que  ceax  per^us  dans  les  Pro- 
vinces Septentrionales  (en  comprenant  dans  ces  derniers  Pimp6t  sar 
les  productions  Etrang^res)  continueront  i  ^tre  per9us  sur  le  ni^ma 
pied  qu'ils  le  sont  actuellement,  et  consequemment  d  1  egard  de  ces 
derni^res  Provinces,  est  prolonge  I'effet  de  la  Loi  du  14  Janvier  181 5, 
portant  etablissement  de  diverses  impositions  et  degr^vement  de  pin- 
sieurs  autres  pour  ladite  ann^e. 

Mandons  et  Ordonnons  que  la  presente  Loi  soit  inser^e  dans  le 
Journal  Officiel,  promulgu^e  et  affich^e  dans  toutes  les  Villes  et  Com- 
munes du  Royaume. 

En  outre,  Mandons  et  Ordonnons  aux  D^partemens  Ministeriels 
etauti'es  Autoritescomp^tentes,  de  tenir  la  main  a  Pex^cution  de  la 
presente  Loi. 

Donee  k  LaHaye,  le  11  F^vrier  de  Pan  1816,  et  de  notre  Rigne 
le  S^me. 

Par  le  Roi,  6U1LLAUMB, 

A.  R.  Falck. 


LOI  des  PayS'BaSy    relative   aux  DSpenses  PubUques    de 
VAnnie  1817.— 28  DScembre,  1816. 


^9 


Noirs  GuiUaume,  par  la  Grace  de  Dieu,  Roi  desPays-Bas,  Prince 
d'Orange-Nassan,  Grand-Due  de  Luxembourg,  Sec,  &c.,  &c. 

A  tons  ceux  qui  les  presentes  verront,  salut;  savoir  faisons. 

Ay  ant  pris  en  consideration  la  necessity  de  regler  les  D^penses  da 
Royaume  pour  Tannee  1817. 

A  ces  causes,  notre  ConseiId*Etat  entendu,  et  de  commun  accord 
avecles  Etats-Generaux. 

Avons  8tatn6,  comme  nous  statuons  par  les  presentes. 

Art.  I.  Le  Budjet  des  D^penses  du  Royaume  pour  Tannic  181 7 
est  arrftte  comme  sniK 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NBTHEftLANDS.  67 

Chap.  I.  Maison  da  Roi 2^600,000 

II.  GrandsCorpsderEtat,  qui  ne  font  partie 
d'aocon   D^partement   d'Admmistra- 

tion 1,184,000 

III.  Departement  du  Secretaire  d'Etat 306,000 

IV.  Departement  des  Affaires  Etrangferea...  855,780 
V.  Departement  de  la  Justice  3,000,000 

VI.  Departement  de  rinterieur  1,850,000 

VII.  Departement  des  Affaires  du  C«lte  Pro- 
testant  et    autres  Cultes,    le    Culte 

Catholique  excepte  1,300,000 

VIII.  Departement  du  Culte  Catholique  1,800,000 

IX.  Departement  de  rinstruction  Publique, 

Arts  et  Sciences 1,300,000 

X.  Departement  des  Finances..... •••  34,750,000 

XI.  Departement  de  la  Marine 5,000.000 

XII.  Departement  de  la  Guerre 23,000,000 

XIII.  Departement  du  Waterstaat  et  des  Tra- 

vaux  Publics 4,500,000 

XIV.  Departement  dn  Commerce  et  des  Co- 

loBies 1,239,457 

XV.  Depenaes  imprevues   i^..  8]a,763 

ToUl  ...Ftarmi  73,400,000 

II.  La  presente  lioi  sera  inseree  an  Journal  OiBciel. 

Donne  i  Bruxelles,  le  28  D^cembre  de  Fan  1816,  et  de  noti« 

Regoe  le  4^me. 

Parle  Roi,  GUILLAUMfi 

A.  R,  Falck. 


LOI  de§  Pays  Bas^  relaiive  aux  mQyens  de  /aire  face  aujc 
Dfpetuee  PtMiques  de  P Annie  1817.— 28  DScetmbre^  1816. 

Nous  Goillaume,  par  la  gr4ce  de  Dieu,  Roi  des  Pays-Bas,  Prince 
d'Orange- Nassau,  Grand  Due  de  Luxembourg,  etc.  etc.  etc. 

A  tous  ceux  qui  les  presentes  verropt,  salut !     Savoir  faisons : 

Ayant  pris  en  consideration  qa*il  eonvient  de  mettre  le  Tresor 
Public  a  portee  de  faire  reguli^remeot  face  aux  Depenses  de  TEtat, 
ainai  qu'elles  sont  regiees  pour  TAnnee  1817; 

Notre  Cooseil-d'Etat  entendu,  et  de  commun  accord  avec   les 

F2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


68  NETHERLANDS. 

Etats-G^D^raux,  Nous  avons  status,  comme  nous  statuons  par  la 
pr^sente^  ce  qui  suit. 

Chapitrb  l.^DUpotiiions  Generates. 

Art.  I.  Seront  employes  4  couvrir  lesDepenses  deTEtat,  pendant 
rAnn^e]817; 

Premidrement :  tous  les  Revenus  et  renti^es  proveuant  net  des 
Domaines  de  PEtat,  des  2  loteries  et  des  posies,  ainsi  que  toutes  antres 
rentrees  ^ventuelles,  qui,  d*une  maniere  quelconque,  auront  lieu  an 
profit  du  Tresor  Public,  pendant  TAnnde  1817; 

Secondement :  le  produit  de  toutes  les  contributions  directes, 
ainsi  que  des  droits  d  entree  et  de  sortie  du  Royaume,  comme  il  est 
statue  par  les  Articles  suivans. 

Troisi^mement:  enfin,  lexcedant  des  ReTenus  de  TEtat,  tel  qn*il 
se  ti'ouvera  6tre  aprds  liquidation  faite  de  tous  comptes  etpaiemens  da 
service  de  TAnnee  1816. 

Chapitrb  W.^Contribuiiom  Directes. 

!!•  Le  principal  de  la  contribution  fonci^e  est  fix^     Fiarms, 
pour  I'Ann^e  1817,  an  montant  total  de 16,026,260 

Celui  de  la  contribution  personnelle  et  mobiliaire  au 
totol  de  3,789,220 

Et  celui  da  droit  sur  les  portes  et  fen^tres  au  total  de    2,186,150 

Les  susdites  sommes  seront  r^parties  sur  les  differentes  Provinces 
du  Royaume,  conformement  4 1'Etat  annexe  i  la  pr^nte  liOi. 

III.  La  repartition  du  contingent  de  chaque  Province  sur  les  dif- 
fiirentes  Commones  de  son  ressort  sera  faite,  sur  la  proposition  des 
Directeurs  des  contributions  directes,  paries  Colleges  des  Deputes  des- 
Etats,  sous  notre  approbation. 

IV.  Le  contingent  de  chaque  Commune  sera  r^parti  sar  les  con- 
tribuables  sur  le  pied  prescrit  par  les  Lois  et  r^glemens  existans. 

v.  Outre  les  sommes  en  principal  mentionn^s  en  PArticle  If 
ci-  dessus,  et  les  frais  de  perception  ordinaire,  il  sera,  pendant  PAnnde 
1817,  per9u  les  m^me  centimes  additionnels  sur  le  principal  que  pen- 
dant TAnn^e  1816;  savoir: 

Sur  la  contribution  fonci^re,  26  ^  pour  cent. 

Sur  la  contribution  personnelle  et  mobiliaire,  23  pour  cent;  et 
enfin, 

Sur  le  droit  sur  les  portes  et  fenfitres,  10  pour  cent. 

VI.  II  sera  port^  aux  r61es  de  la  contribution  foncidre,  ainsi  qae 
des  contributions  personnelle  et  mobiliaire,  6  centimes  additionnels, 
pour  faire  face  aux  Depenses  communales. 

VIL  Les  recherches  pour  parvenir  k  une  repartition  mieux  pro- 
portionn^e  des  contributions  fonci^re,  personnelle  et  mobiliaire,  que 


Digiti 


izedbyGoOgFe 


NETHERLANDS.  69 

les  IMpotea  des  EUU  out  commeoce  de  faire  eu  execution  des  Arti- 
cles VIII  et  XIV  de  la  Loi  du  11  Fevrier  1S16,  aeront  par  eux  con- 
tiDiieea  et  devroot  ^tre  termiiieea  an  ler  Avril  prochain ;  at  alora 
toatca  lea  Pi^cea  et  renaeij^Demena  pro? enaut  de  cea  recherchea,  aeroot 
remiaea  aax  maina  d'oDe  Commisaion  Speciale  qui  aera  par  Noua 
Doram^y  et  aera  charg^c  de  former  le  projet  de  cette  repartition  roieax 
ptoportiooitee  da  montant  actuel  deaditea  contributiona  eotre  lea  di* 
vcraea  Proviocea  du  Royaumr. 

VIII.  Le  droit  de  patente  coutiouera  d  dtre  perfu  pour  TAnDee 
1817,  d'apr^  rOrdonnauce  eo  cette  mati^re,  annex^e  i  ladite  Loi  da 
11  F6merl816. 

IX.  Lepaiement  dea  cootributioua  directea  ae  feia  par  dixi^mea, 
dont  le  premier  ^lieoira  au  81  Mara  prochaiu^  et  le  dernier  au  31 
IMceaibre  aoiTant. 

CHJkPTBR  UL-^Imponiums  Indireeiei. 

X.  Lea  impoaitioaa  aar  le  ael,  le  aavon,  lea  vins,  lea  boiaaona  dia- 
tilleea  Tenant  de  I'etranger,  lea  boiaaona  proveoant  dea  diatilleriea  du 
Royaame,  lea  bi^rea,  lea  vinaigrea,  la' tonrbe,  la  hoaille,  la  navigation 
iBlerieure,  la  balance  et  la  meaure  ronde,  aeront  per9ue8  auivant  lea 
dbpoaitiona  dea  Loia  renduea  ice  aujet  le  16  Septembre  161 6. 

XI.  Lea  droita  d'miregiatrement,  de  greffe,  d'hypoth^que  et  de 
timbre  continueront^  poor  I'Annee  1817,  k  6tre  per9oa  aur  le  pied 
actorl. 

XII.  Le  droit  aur  lea  aucceaaiona  aera,  en  execution  de  1' Article 
XXV,  de  ladite  Loidu  11  Fevrier  1816,  par-tout  introduit  et  per^u, 
ainai  qu'il  aera  regie  par  une  Loi  particuH^re  qui  aera  rendue  A  cet 
effet. 

XIII.  Le  droit  de  garantie  aur  lea  ouvragea  d'or  et  d'ai^nt  eat 
comiDae  poor  I'Ann^  1817,  anr  le  m^me  pied  qu'il  ae  trouve  actuelle* 


Cbafitre  IV. — Droits  d'Enirie  et  de  Sortie. 

XIV*  Lea  droita  d  entr6e  et  de  aortie  da  Royanme  aeront  per9a8, 
pendant  TAnnee  1817,  conform^ment  d  la  Loi  et  au  Tarif  du  3  Octobre 
1818. 

Mandona  et  Ordonnona,  que  la  prdaeote  Loi  aoit  ina^r^e  au  Journal 
Officiel,  et  que  noa  Miniatrea  et  autrea  Autorit^a  qn'elle  concerne, 
tiennent  atrictement  la  main  k  aon  execution. 

Doone  k  Braxellea,  le  28  Decembre  de  PAn  1816,  le  4^me  de 
Notre  Rdgoe. 

ParleRoi:  GUILLAUHE- 

A.  R.  Falck. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


70     NETHERLANDS  AND  HANOVER^  AND  SAXE  WEIMAR. 

CONVENTION  entre  les  Rayaumes  des  Pays  Baa  ei'  de 
HanovrCy  d  tSgard  d^une  Abolition  r&dproque  du  Droiide 
D4iractum,  etc.—Signie  d  La  Haye^  leeJuUkt,  1816. 

(Traduction.) 
Art.  I.  Le8  droits  connus  sous  le  nom  de  Jus  Detractas,  Gabella 
Hereditaria  et  Census  Emigration  is,  ne  seront  plus  exig^,  ni  peryus  d 
TaveDir  lorsqu'en  cas  de  succession  il  y  a  lieu  d  une  translation  de 
biens  du  Royaume  des  Pays  Bas  dans  les  Etats  Royaux  d*Hanovre,oa 
de  ceux-ci  dans  les  Etats  du  Royaume  des  Pays  Bas,  toutes  les  imposi- 
tions de  cette  nature  restant  abolies  reciproquement  pour  tofyoorseatre 
les  2  Pays. 

II.  Cette  disposition  s'^tend  non  seolement  aiix  droits  et  autres 
impositions  de  ce  genre,  qui  font  partie  des  Revenns  Publics*  mais 
encore  i  ceux  qui  jusqu'ici  pourraient  avoir  kii  leves  par  quelquea 
Provinces,  Villes,  Jariadietions,  Corporations,  ou  antres  Communes,  de 
mani^re  quk  I'avenir  ils  n auront  plus  la  faculty  de  lever  ou  de  per- 
cevoir  des  droits  et  impositions  de  cette  nature. 

III.  La  pri6sente  Convention  est  rendue  applicable,  non-seulemeot 
auK  cas  futurs,  mais  encore  i  ceux  actnellement  existans. 

IV.  Comme  cette  Convention  ne  regarde  que  les  proprietes  et  leor 
libre  exportation,  toutes  les  Lois  relatives  au  Service  Militaire,  restent 
en  pieine  vigueur  dans  les  2  Pays,  et  les  Gouvernemens  contractans  ae 
sont  nullement  restreints  par  la  presente  Convention  dans  leur  future 
legislation  sur  cet  objet 

V.  Cette  Convention  sera  delivree  en  double,  et  aura  force  et  valeur 
dans  les  2  Euts  apr^s  les  Ratifications  respectives. 

La  Haye,  le  6  Juillet,  1816. 


Le  Ministre  des  Affaires  Etrang^res  declare,  que  la  prdsente  Ceo- 
vention  a  6ie  ratifi^e  par  le  Gouvemement  de  Hanovre,  le  20  Ao&t, 
1816,  et  par  celui  des  Pays  Bas,  le  6  Octobre  suivant. 

A.  W.  C.  DE  NAGELL. 


CONVENTION  entre  le  Royaume  des  Pays  Bas  et  le  Grand 
DucM  de  Saxe  Weimar, d  Pigard  ^une  abolition  r6ciproque 
du  Droit  de  Detraction.— Signie  d  LaHaye,  le  6  Ao^,  1816. 

(Traduction.) 
Art.  I.  Sous  condition  d'une  r^ciprocite  parfaite,  le  droit  de  de- 
traction ne  sera  plus  peryu  dor^navant  et  i^daterdu  ler  Juillet  de  cette 
anndo  dans  le  Royaume  des  Pays  Bas  et  dans  le  Grand  Ducbd  de 
Luxembourg,  des  biens  meubles  et   immeubles,  appartenant  i  des 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  71 

Siijets  Beiges  qui  ^Ubliront  leur  domicile  dans  lesEtats  de  Sou  Altesse 
Roy  ale  le  Grand  Dae  de  Saxe  Weimar. 

II.  A  dater  du  m6me  jour  etsous  la  m6me  condition  d'une  r^ci- 
procite  parfaite,  une  pareille  exemption  de  tout  droit  de  detraction  sera 
accordee  pour  lous  les  heritages  et  legs,  qui  pourraieut  echeoir  dans 
lea  Pays  Bas,&  des  Sujets  de  Son  Altesse  Royale  susdite. 

III.  Cette  exemption  ne  sYtend  cependant  point  aux  impositions 
qui  soot  levies,  d  I'exception  du  droit  d'exportation,  et  auxquelles  les 
Sojeta  Beiges  soDt  eux-m^oies  assujetis,  comme  par  exemple  te  droit 
de  sQCcession  et  aatres. 

La  Haye,  le  6  Ao6t,  1816. 


Le  Ministre  des  Afiaires  Etrang^res  declare,  que  la  presente  Con- 
Tcntion  a  €le  ratlfiee  par  le  Gouvemement  des  Pays  Bas  le  31  Octobre^ 
1816,  et  par  celui  du  Grand  Doche  de  Baxe  Weimar,  le  26  Norembre 
«ui?ant.  A.  W.  C.  DE  NAGELL. 


MESSAGE  of  ike  Prerident  ^  lite  United  States,  on  ike 
Opening  qf  Omgrese.—^rd  December,  1815. 

Ffiixow  Citizens  of  thb  Senate, 

AND  OF  THE  UoVflB  OF  RbFRBSENTATITES  : 

I  HATE  the  satisfaction,  on  our  present  meeting,  of  being  able  to 
oommanicate  to  yon  the  successful  termination  of  the  War  which  had 
been  commenced  against  The  United  States  by  the  Regency  of  Algiers. 
The  Squadron  in  advance  on  that  Service,  under  Commodore  Decatur, 
lost  not  a  moment  after  its  arrival  in  the  Mediterranean,  in  seeking  the 
Naval  Force  of  the  Enemy  then  cruising  in  that  Sea,  and  succeeded 
in  capturing  2  of  hb  Ships,  one  of  them  the  principal  Ship,  commanded 
by  the  Algerioe  Admiral.  The  high  character  of  the  American  Com- 
mander was  brilliantly  sustained  on  the  occasion,  which  brought  his 
own  Ship  into  close  action  with  that  of  his  Adversary,  as  was  the 
accnstomed  gallantry  of  all  the  Officers  and  Men  actually  engaged. 
Having  prepared  the  way  by  this  demonstration  of  American  skill  and 
prowess,  he  hastened  to  the  Port  of  Algiers,  where  Peace  was  promptl} 
yielded  to  his  victorious  Force.  In  the  terms  stipulated,  the  rights 
and  honor  of  The  United  States  were  particularly  consulted,  by  a  per- 
petual relinquisfameot,  on  the  part  of  the  Dey,  of  all  pretensions  to 
Tribute  from  them.  The  impressions  which  have  thus  been  made, 
strengthened  as  they  will  have  been  by  subsequent  transactions  with 
the  R^enciea  of  Tunis  and  of  Tripoli,  by  the  appearance  of  the  larger 
Force  which  followed  under  Commodore  Bainbridge,  the  chief  in  com- 
mand of  the  Expedition,  and  by  the  judicious  precautionary  arrange- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


72  UNITED  STATES. 

menu  left  by  him  in  that  quarter,  afford  a  reasooable  prospect  of 
future  security,  for  the  vahiable  poYtion  of  our  commerce  which  passes 
within  reach  of  the  Barbary  Cruizers. 

it  is  another  source  of  satisfaction  that  the  Treaty  of  Peace  witii 
Great  Britain  has  been  succeeded  by  a  CouTention  on  the  subject  of 
Commerce,  concluded  by  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  the  2  Countries.  lo 
this  result  a  disposition  is  manifested  on  the  part  of  that  Nation,  cor- 
responding with  the  disposition  of  The  United  States,  which,  it  may 
be  hoped,  will  be  improved  into  liberal  arrangements  on  other  subjects^ 
in  which  the  Parties  have  mutual  interests,  or  which  might  endanger 
their  future  harmony.  Congress  will  decide  on  the  expediency  of 
promoting  such  a  sequel,  by  giving  effect  to  the  measure  of  confining 
the  American  Navigation  to  American  Seamen;  a  measure  which,  at 
the  same  time  that  it  might  have  that  conciliatory  tendency,  would 
have  the  further  advantage  of  increasing  the  independence  of  our 
navigation y  and  the  resources  for  our  maritime  defence. 

In  conformity  with  the  Articles  in  the  Treaty  of  Ghent,  relating  to 
the  Indians,  as  well  as  with  a  view  to  the  tranquillity  of  our  western 
and  north-western  Frontiers,  measures  were  taken  to  establish  an  im- 
mediate Peace  with  the  several  Tribes  who  had  been  engaged  in  hos- 
tilities against  The  United  States.  Such  of  them  as  were  invited  to 
Detroit  acceded  readily  to  a  renewal  of  the  former  Treaties  of  Friend- 
sill  p.  Of  the  other  Tribes  who  were  invited  to  a  Station  on  the  Mis- 
sissippi, the  greater  number  have  also  accepted  the  Peace  offered  to 
them.  The  residue,  consisting  of  the  more  distant  Tribes  or  parts  of 
Tribes,  remain  to  be  brought  over  by  further  explanations,  or  by  such 
other  means  as  may  be  adapted  to  the  dispositions  tliey  may  finally 
disclose. 

The  Indian  Tribes  within,  and  bordering  on  the  southern  Frontier, 
whom  a  cruel  War  on  their  part  had  compelled  us  to  chastise  into 
Peace,  have  latterly  shown  a  restlessness,  which  has  called  for  prepa- 
ratory measures  for  repressing  it,  and  for  protecting  the  Commissioners 
engaged  in  carrying  the  terms  of  the  Peace  into  execution. 

The  execution  of  the  Act  for  fixing  the  Military  Peace  Establish- 
ment, has  been  attended  with  difficulties  which  even  now  can  only  be 
overcome  by  legislative  aid.  The  selection  of  Officers;  the  payment 
and  discharge  of  the  Troops  enlisted  for  the  War ;  the  payment  of  the 
retained  Troops,  and  their  reunion  from  detached  and  distant  Stations; 
the  collection  and  security  of  the  public  property  in  the  Quartermaster, 
Commissary,  and  Ordnance  Departments;  and  the  constfint  medical 
assistance  required  in  Hospitals  and  Garrisons,  rendered  a  complete 
execution  of  the  Act  impracticable  on  the  1st  of  May,  the  period  more 
immediately  contemplated.  As  soon,  however,  as  circumstances  would 
permit,  and  as  far  as  it  has  been  practicable^  consistently  with  the 
public  interests,  the  ledaction  of  the  Aimy  has  been  accomplished; 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  73 

but  the  •ppropriatioiis  for  its  pay  and  for  other  branches  of  the  BlilU 
tary  Service^  having  proved  inadeqaate,  the  earliest  attention  to  thai 
sabject  will  be  necessary ;  and  the  expediency  of  continuing  upon  the 
Peace  Establishment,  the  Staff  Officers  who  have  hitherto  been 
provisional]y  retained,  is  also  recommended  to  the  consideration  of 
CongiesB* 

In  the  perfoimance  of  the  execative  duty  upon  this  occasion,  there 
has  not  been  wanting  a  jnst  sensibility  to  the  merits  of  the  American 
Anii]r  daring  the  late  War ;  but  the  obvious  policy  and  detngn  in 
fixing  mn  efficient  Military  Peace  Establishment  did  not  afford  an 
oppodrtanity  to  distinguish  the  aged  and  infirm,  on  account  of  their 
past  services ;  nor  the  wounded  and  disabled,  on  account  of  their 
present  snflferings.  The  extent  of  the  reduction,  indeed,  unavoidably 
involved  the  exclusion  of  many  meritorious  Officers  of  every  rank  from 
the  service  of  their  Country  ;  and  so  equal,  as  well  as  so  numerous, 
were  the  claims  to  attention,  that  a  decision  by  the  standard  of  com* 
parative  merit  could  seldom  be  attained.  Judged,  however,  in  candor, 
by  a  general  standard  of  positive  merit,  the  Army  Register  will,  it  is 
believed,  do  honor  to  the  Establishment;  while  the  case  of  those 
Officers,  whose  names  are  not  included  in  it,  devolves,  with  the  strongest 
interest,  upon  the  Iiegislative  Authority,  for  such  provision  as  shall 
bedeeaied  the  best  calculated  to  give  support  and  solace  to  the  veteran 
and  the  invalid,  to  display  the  beneficence,  as  well  as  the  justice  of 
the  Government,  and  to  inspire  a  martial  zeal  for  the  Public  Servica 
upon  every  future  emergency. 

Althongh  the  embarrassments  arising  from  the  want  of  an  uniform 
National  Currency  have  not  been  diminished  since  the  adjournment  of 
Congress,  great  satisfaction  has  been  derived  in  contemplatittg  the 
revival  of  the  Public  Credit,  and  the  efficiency  of  the  Public  Resources. 
The  Receipts  into  the  Treasury,  from  the  various  branches  of  Revenue, 
during  the  9  months,  ending  on  the  90th  of  September  last,  have 
been  estimated  at  13,600,000  of  dollars  ;  the  issues  of  Treasury  Notes 
of  every  denomination,  during  the  same  period,  amounted  to  the 
naaa  of  14,000/)00  of  dollars ;  and  there  was  also  obtained  upon  Loan, 
during  the  same  period,  a  sum  of  9,000,000  of  dollars,  of  which  the 
sum  of  6,000,000  of  dollars  was  subscribed  in  Cash,  and  thtf"  sum  of 
3j000,000  of  dollsTB  in  Treasury  Notes.  With  these  means,  added  to 
the  sum  of  1,600,000  of  dollars,  being  the  balance  of  money  in  the 
Treasury  on  the  1st  of  January,  there  has  been  paid,  between  the  1st 
of  January  and  the  1st  of  October,  on  account  of  the  appropriations 
of  the  preceding  and  of  the  present  year  (exclusively  of  the  amount  of 
the  Treasury  Notes  subscribed  to  the  Loan,  and  of  the  amount  re- 
deemed  in  the  payment  of  Duties  and  Taxes),  the  aggregate  sum  of 
38,600,000  of  dollars,  leaving  a  balance  then  in  the  Treasury,  estimated 
at  the  sum  of  8,000,000  of  dollars.    Independent,  however,  of  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


74  UNITED  STATES. 

anreangeft  doe  for  Military  Services  and  Sopplies,  it  is  presumed,  that 
a  farther  sum  of  6,000,000_of  dollars,  iucludiog  the  interest  on  the 
Public  Debt,  payable  on  the  1st  of  January  next,  will  be  demanded 
at  the  Treasury  to  complete  the  Expenditures  of  the  present  year,  and 
Im*  which  the  existing  ways  and  means  will  sufficiently  provide. 

The  National  Debt,  as  it  was  ascertained  on  the  1st  of  October  lasr« 
ano'ui^tedin  the  whole  to  the  sum  of  120,000,000  of  dollars,  consisting 
of  the  unredeemed  balance  of  tbe  Debt,  contracted  before  the  late  War» 
(39,000,000  of  dollars),  the  amount  of  the  Funded  Debt,  contracted 
in  consequence  of  the  War  (64,000,000  of  dollars),  and  the  amount 
of  the  Unfunded  and  Floating  Debt  (including  the  various  issues  of 
Treasury  Notes),  17,000,000  of  dollars,  which  is  in  a  gradual  course  of 
payment.  There  will,  probably,  be  some  addition  to  the  Public  Debt, 
upon  the  liquidation  of  various  claims,  which  are  depending;  and 
a  conciliatory  disposition  on  the  part  of  Congress  may  lead  hononably 
and  advantageously  to  an  equitable  arrangement  of  the  Militia  Ex- 
penses, incurred  by  the  several  States,  without  tlie  previous  sanction  or 
authority  of  the  Government  of  The  United  States ;  but  when  it  is 
considered  that  the  new,  as  well  as  the  old,  portion  of  the  Debt  haa 
been  contracted  in  the  assertion  of  the  National  Rights  and  Inde- 
pendence ;  and  when  it  is  recollected,  that  the  Public  Expenditures,  not 
being  exclusively  bestowed  upon  subjects  of  a  transient  nature,  will 
long  be  visible  in  the  number  and  equipments  of  the  American  Navy» 
in  the  Military  Works  for  the  defence  of  our  Harbours  and  our 
Frontiers,  and  in .  the  Supplies  of  our  Arsenals  and  Magazines ;  the 
amount  will  bear  a  gratifying  comparison  with  the  objects  which  have 
been  attained,  as  well  as  with  the  resources  of  the  Country. 

The  arrangement  of  the  Finances,  with  a  view  to  the  Receipts  and 
Expenditures  of  a  permanent  Peace  Establishment,  will  necessarily 
enter  into  the  deliberations  of  Congress  during  the  present  Session.  It 
is  true  that  the  improved  condition  of  the  Public  Revenue  will  not  only 
afford  the  means  of  maintaining  the  faith  of  the  Government,  with  its 
creditors  inviolate,  and  of  prosecuting,  successfully,  the  measures  of 
the  most  liberal  policy ;  but  will,  also,  justify  an  immediate  alleviation 
of  the  burthens  imposed  by  the  necessities  of  the  War.  It  is,  however, 
essential  to  every  modification  of  the  Finances,  that  the  benefits  of  a 
uniform  National  Currency  should  be  restored  to  the  Community, 
The  absence  of  the  precious  metals  will,  it  is  believed,  be  a  temporary 
evil ;  buti  until  they  can  again  be  rendered  the  general  medium  of 
exchange,  it  devolves  on  the  wisdom  of  Congress  to  provide  a  substitute, 
which  shall  equally  engage  the  confidence,  and  accommodate  the  wants 
of  the  Citizens  throughout  the  Union.  If  the  operation  of  the  State 
Banks  cannot  produce  this  result,  the  probable  operation  of  a  National 
Bank  will  merit  consideration;  and^  if  neither  of  these  expedients 
be  deemed  eflbctual,  it  owy  become  necessary  to  ascertain  the  terms 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STAT£a.  7S 

upon  which  the  Notes  of  the  Govemment^no  looger  required  m  an 
instrameBt  of  credit)  »hall  be  issued,  upon  motifes  of  general  policy, 
as  a  common  medium  of  circulation. 

Notwithstanding  the  security  for  future  repose,  which  The  United 
States  ought  to  find  in  their  lore  of  peace,  and  their  constant  respect 
for  the  rights  of  other  Nations,  the  character  of  the  times  particularly 
inculcates  the  lesson,  that,  whether  to  prevent  or  repel  danger,  we 
ought  not  to  be  unprepared  (or  it  This  consideration  will  sufficiently 
recommend  to  Congress  a  liberal  provision  for  the  immediate  extension, 
and  gradual  completion  of  the  works  of  defence,  both  fixed  and 
floating,  on  our  Maritime  Frontier ;  and  an  adequate  provision  for 
guarding  our  Inland  Frontier  against  dangers  to  which  certain  portions 
of  it  may  continue  to  be  exposed. 

As  an  improvement  in  our  Military  Establishment,  it  will  deserve 
the  conaderation  of  Congress,  whether  a  Corps  of  In  valids  might  not  be 
so  oiganized  and  employed,  as  at  once  to  give  support  to  meritorious 
individals,  excluded  by  age  or  infirmities,  from  the  existing  establish* 
ment,  and  to  preserve  to  the  public  the  benefit  of  their  stationary 
services,  and  of  their  exemplary  discipline.  I  recommend,  also,  an 
enlargement  of  the  Military  Academy  already  established,  and  the 
establishment  of  others  in  other  Sections  of  the  Union ;  and  I 
cannot  press  too  much  on  the  attention  of  Congress,  such  a  classificatioB 
and  organization  of  the  Militia^  as  will  most  effectually  render  it  the 
safeguard  of  a  Free  State.  If  experience  has  shown  in  the  recent 
splendid  achievements  of  the  HiliUa,  the  value  of  this  resource  for  the 
public  defence,  it  has  shown  also  the  importance  of  that  skill  in  the 
use  of  arms,  and  that  familiarity  with  the  essential  rules  of  discipline, 
which  cannot  be  expected  from  the  regulations  now  in  force.  With  this 
subject  is  intimately  connected  the  necessity  of  accommodating  tbeLaws, 
in  every  respect,  to  the  great  object  of  enabling  the  political  authority 
of  the  Union,  to  employ,  promptly  and  effectually,  the  physical  power 
of  the  Union,  in  the  cases  designated  by  the  Constitution. 

The  signal  services  which  have  been  rendered  by  our  Navy,  and 
the  capacities  it  has  developed  lor  successful  co-operation  in  the 
national  defence,  will  give  to  that  portion  of  the  public  force,  its  full 
value  in  the  eyes  of  Congress,  at  an  epoch  which  calls  for  the  constant 
vigilance  of  all  Governments.  To  preserve  the  Ships  now  in  a  sound 
state;  to  complete  those  already  contemplated;  to  provide  amply  the 
imperishable  materials  for  prompt  augmentations,  and  to  improve  the 
existing  arrangements  into  more  advantageous  establishments,  for  the 
construction,  the  repairs,  and  the  security  of  Vessels  of  War»  is 
dictated  by  the  soundest  policy. 

In  adjusting  the  Duties  on  Imports,  to  the  olject  of  Revenne,  the 
influence  of  the  Tariff  on  manufectures,  will  necessarily  present  itself 
for  consideration.    However  wise  the  theory  may  be,  which  leaves  (o 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


76  UNITED  STATES. 

the  sagacity  and  interest  of  individuals,  the  application  of  their  industry 
and  resources,  there  are  in  this,  as  in  other  cases,  exceptions  to  the 
general  rule.  Besides  the  condition  which  the  tlieory  itself  implies 
of  a  reciprocal  adoption  by  other  Nations,  experience  teaches  that  so 
many  circnmstances  must  concur  in  introducing  and  maturing  manu* 
factnring  establishments,  especially  of  the  more  complicated  kinds, 
that  a  Country  may  remain  long  without  them,  although  sufficiently 
advanced,  and  in  some  respects  e?en  peculiarly  fitted  for  carrying 
them  on  with  success.  Under  circumstances  giving  a  powerful  im- 
pulse to  manufacturing  industry,  it  has  made  among  us  a  progress, 
and  exhibited  an  efficiency,  which  justify  the  belief,  that  with  a  protec- 
tion not  more  than  is  due  to  the  enterprising  Citizens  whose  interests 
are  now  at  stake,  it  will  become,  at  an  early  day,  not  only  safe  against 
occasional  competitions  from  abroad,  but  a  source  of  domestic  wealth, 
and  e?en  of  external  commerce.  In  selecting  the  branches  more 
especially  entitled  to  the  public  patronage,  a  preference  is  obviously 
claimed  by  such  as  will  relieve  The  United  States  from  a  dependence 
on  Foreign  supplies,  ever  subject  to  casual  failures,  for  articles  neces- 
sary for  the  public  defence,  or  connected  with  the  primary  wants  of 
individuals.  It  will  be  an  addiUonal  recommendation  of  particular 
manufactures,  where  the  materials  for  them  are  extensively  drawn 
from  our  agriculture,  and  consequently  impart  and  insure  to  that  great 
fund  of  national  prosperity  and  independence,  an  encouragement 
which  cannot  fail  to  be  rewarded. 

Among  the  means  of  advancing  the  public  interest,  the  occasion 
is  a  proper  one  for  recalling  the  attention  of  Congress  to  the  great 
importance  of  establishing  throughout  our  Country  the  roads  and 
canals  which  can  best  be  executed,  under  the  National  Authority.' 
No  objects  within  the  circle  of  political  economy  so  richly  repay  the 
expense  bestowed  on  them ;  there  are  none,  the  utility  of  which  is 
more  universally  ascertained  and  acknowledged ;  none  that  do  more 
honour  to  the  Governments  whose  wise  and  enlarged  patriotism  duly, 
appreciates  tliem.  Nor  is  there  any  Country  which  presents  a  field, 
where  nature  invites  more  the  art  of  man,  to  complete  her  own  work 
for  his  accommodation  and  benefit.  These  conriderations  are 
strengthened,  moreover,  by  the  political  effect  of  these  facilities  for 
intercommunication,  in  bringing  and  binding  more  closely  together 
the  various  parts  of  our  extended  Confederacy.  Whilst  the  States,  in- 
dividually, with  a  laudable  enterprise  and  emulation,  avail  themselves 
of  their  local  advantages,  by  new  roads,  by  navigable  canals,  and  by 
improving  the  streams  susceptible  of  navigation,  the  General  Go- 
vernment is  the  more  urged  to  similar  undertakings,  requiring  a  na- 
tional jurisdiction,  and  national  meiins,  by  the  prospect  of  thus 
systematically  completing  so  inestimable  a  work.  And  it  is  a  happy 
reflection,  that  any  defect  of  constitutional  authority,  which  may  be 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED    STATES.  77 

fBCoanteied,  can  be  sapiied  id  a  mode  which  the  Coiulitotioa  itielf 
«Jias  providently  pointed  oat* 

The  present  is  a  favorable  season  also  for  bringing  again  into  view 
the  establishment  of  a  National  Seminary  of  Learning  within  the  dis- 
trict of  Colombia,  and  with  means  drawn  from  the  property  therein, 
subject  to  the  authority  of  the  General  Government.  Such  an  Insti-* 
tutiou  claims  the  patronage  of  Congress,  as  a  monument  of  their 
solicitude  for  the  advancement  of  knowledge,  without  which  the  bless- 
ings of  liberty  cannot  be  fully  enjoyed,  or  long  preserved  ;  as  a  model 
instructive  in  the  formation  of  other  Seminaries;  as  a  nursery  of 
enlightened  Preceptors ;  and  as  a  central  resort  of  youth  and  genius 
from  every  part  of  their  Country,  diffusing  on  their  return  examples  of 
those  national  feelings,  those  liberal  sentiments,  and  those  congenial 
manners,  which  contribute  cement  to  our  Union,  and  strength  to  the 
great  political  fabric,  of  which  that  is  the  foundation. 

In  closing  this  Communication,  I  ought  not  to  repress  a  sensibility, 
IB  which  you  will  unite,  to  the  happy  lot  of  our  Country,  and  the 
goodness  of  a  superintending  Providence  to  which  we  are  indebted  for 
it.  Whilst  other  portions  of  mankind  are  laboring  under  the  dis- 
tresses of  War,  or  struggling  with  adversity  in  other  forms.  The 
United  States  are  in  the  tranquil  enjoyment  of  prosperous  and  honor- 
able peace.  In  reviewing  the  scenes  through  which  it  has  been 
attained,  we  can  rejoice  in  the  proofs  given,  that  our  Political  Insti- 
tntions^  founded  in  hhman  rights,  and  framed  for  their  preservation, 
are  equal  to  the  severest  trials  of  War,  as  well  as  adapted  to  the 
ordinary  periods  of  repose.  As  fruits  of  this  experience,  and  of  the 
reputation  acquired  by  the  American  Arms,  on  the  land  and  on  the 
water,  the  Nation  finds  itself  possessed  of  a  growing  respect  abroad^ 
and  of  a  just  confidence  in  itself,  which  are  among  the  best  pledges  for 
its  peaceful  career.  Under  other  aspects  of  our  Country  the  strongest 
features  of  its  flourishing  condition  are  seen,  m  a  population  rapidly 
increasing,  in  a  Territory  as  productive  as  it  is  extensive,  in  a  general 
industry,  and  fertile  ingenuity,  which  find  their  ample  rewards,  and  in 
an  affluent  Revenue  which  admits  a  reduction  of  the  public  burdens, 
without  withdrawing  the  means  of  sustaining  the  public  credit,  of  gra- 
dually discharging  the  Public  Debt,  of  providing  for  the  necessary 
defensive  and  precautionary  establishments,  and  of  patronizing  in 
every  authorized  mode,  undertakings  conducive  to  the  aggregate 
wealth  and  individual  comf(Mt  of  our  Citizens. 

It  remains  for  the  Guardians  of  the  public  welfare,  to  persevere  in 
that  justice  and  good  will  towards  other  Nations,  which  invite  a  return 
of  these  sentiments  towards  The  United  States;  to  cherish  Institutioaa 
which  guarantee  their  safety,  and  their  liberties,  civil  and  religious; 
and  to  combine  with  a  liberal  system  of  Foreign  Commerce,  an  im- 
provemeot  of  the  National  advantages,  and  a  protection  and  extension 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


78  GREAT  BRITAIN    AND  THE  UNITED  STATES, 

of   the  independent  resources  of  our  highly    fa?ored   and   happy 
Country. 

In  all  measnres  having  such  objects,  my  faithful  co-operation 
will  be  afforded. 
WaMngi0n,  Brd  December,  1815.  JAMES  MADISON. 


CONVENTION  of  Ckmmerce  between  Great  Britain  and 
The  United  States.— Signed  at^London,  9rd  Jukf^  1815. 

JAMES  MADISON, 
President  of  The  UNrrBD  States  of  America. 
To  all  and  singular  to  whom  these  presents  shall  eume,  greeting : 

Whereas  a  Convention  between  the  United  States  of  America 
and  His  Britannic  Majesty,  to  regulate  the  commerce  between  the 
Territories  of  The  United  States  and  of  His  Britannic  Majesty,  was 
signed  at  London  on  the  drd  day  of  July  in  the  year  1815,  by  Pleni- 
potentiaries respectively  appointed  for  that  purpose,  which  Convention 
is  in  the  words  following,  to  wit : 

A  Convention  to  regelate  the  Commerce  bettoeen  the  Territories  of  The 
United  States  and  of  His  Britannie  Migesiy. 

The  United  States  of  America  and  His  Britannic  Majesty  being  desi«- 
rous,  by  a  Convention,  to  regulate  the  commerce  and  navigation 
between  their  respective  Countries,  Territories,  and  People,  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  render  tlie  same  reciprocally  beneicial  and  satisfiictory, 
have  respectively  named  Plenipotentiaries  and  given  them  Full  Powers 
to  treat  of  and  conclude  such  Convention ;  that  is  to  say^  the  Presi- 
dent of  The  United  States,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  oi  the 
Senate  tliereof,  hath  appointed  for  their  Plenipotentiaries  John  Quincy 
Adams,  Henry  Clay,  and  Albert  Gallatin,  Citizens  of  The  United 
States ;  and  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent,  acting  in  the  name 
and  on  the  behalf  of  His  Majesty,  has  named  for  his  Plenipotenti* 
aries  the  Right  Honourable  Frederick  John  Robinson,  Vice  President 
of  the  Committee  of  Privy  Council  for  Trade  and  Plantations,  joint 
Paymaster  of  His  Majesty's  Forces,  and  a  Member  of  the  Imperial 
Pariiament;  Henry  Goulbum,  Esq.  a  Member  of  the  Imperial  Parlia- 
ment, and  Under  Secretary  of  State;  and  William  Adams,  Esq, 
Doctor  of  Civil'  hsms*;  and  the  said  Plenipotentiaries  having  mutually 
produced  and  shown  their  said  Full  Powers,  and  exchanged  Copies  of 
the  same,  have  agreed  on  and  concluded  the  following  Articles,  viz. 

Art.  1.  There  shall  be  between  the  Territories  of  The  United 
States,  and  ali  Hie  Territories  of  His  Britannic  Majesty  in 
Ei»ope,  a  rsciprocal  liberty  of  commerce.    The  inhabitants  of  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  THE  UNITED  STATES.  79 

2  Coontries  respectiTely  diall  hare  liberty  freely  and  secnrely  to 
come  vilh  their  Ships  and  Cargoes  to  all  such  Places^  Ports,  and 
Rivers  in  the  Territories  aforesaid  to  which  other  Foreigners  are  per- 
mitted to  come»  to  enter  into  the  same,  and  to  remain  and  reside  in 
any  parts  of  the  said  Territories  respectively ;  also  to  hire  and  occupy 
bouses  and  warehouses  for  the  parposes  of  their  commerce;  and 
generally  the  Merchants  and  Traders  of  each  Nation  respectively 
shall  enjoy  the  roost  complete  protection  and  security  for  their 
commerce,  bat  subject  always  to  the  Laws  and  Statutes  of  the  9 
Coontries  respectively. 

II.  No  higher  or  other  Duties  shall  be  imposed  on  the  importation 
into  The  United  States  of  any  ardcles,  the  growth,  produce,  or  manu- 
facture of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Territories  in  Europe,  and  no  higher 
or  other  Dutiessball  be  imposed  on  the  importation  into  the  Territories  of 
His  Britannic  Majesty  in  Europe  of  any  articles,  the  growth,  produce,  or 
manufactnreof  The  United  States,  than  are  or  shall  be  payable  on  the  like 
articles  being  the  growth,  produce,  or  manufacture  of  any  other  Foreign 
Country ;  nor  shall  any  higher  or  other  Duties  or  charges  be  imposed 
in  either  of  the  2  Countries,  on  the  exportation  of  any  articles  to  The 
United  States  or  to  His  Bntannic  Majesty's  Territories  in  Europe, 
respectively,  than  such  as  are  payable  ^on  the  exportation  of  the 
like  articles  to  any  other  Foreign  Country ;  nor  shall  any  prohibition 
be  impoeed  on  the  exportation  or  importation  of  any  articles,  the 
growth,  produce,  or  mannfticture  of  The  United  States,  or  of  His  Bri- 
tannic Majesty's  Territories  in  Europe,  to  or  from  the  said  Territories  of 
His  Britannic  Majesty  in  Europe,  or  to  or  from  the  said  United  States, 
which  shall  not  equally  extend  to  all  other  Nations. 

No  higher  or  other  duties  or  charges  shall  be  imposed  in  any  of  the 
Ports  of  The  United  States  on  British  Vessels,  than  those  payable  in 
the  same  Ports  by  Vessels  of  The  United  States;  nor  in  the  Ports  of 
any  of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Territories  in  Europe,  on  the  Vessels  of 
The  United  States,  than  shall  be  payable  in  the  same  Poits  on  British 
Vessels. 

The  same  Duties  shall  be  paid  on  the  importation  into  The  United 
States  of  any  articles,  the  growth,  produce,  or  manufacture  of  His 
Britannic  Majesty's  Territories  in  Europe,  whether  such  importation 
shall  be  in  Vessels  of  The  United  States  or  in  British  Vessels,  and  the 
same  Duties  shall  be  paid  on  the  importation  into  the  Ports  of  any  of 
His  Britannic  Majesty's  Territories  in  Europe  of  any  articles,  the  growth, 
produce,  or  manoftictore  of  The  United  States,  wheUier  such  importation 
shall  be  in  British  Vessels  or  in  Vessels  of  The  United  States. 

The  same  Duties  shall  be  paid,  and  the  same  Bounties  allowed  on 
the  exportation  of  any  articles,  the  growth,  produce,  or  manufacture  • 
of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Territories  in  Europe  to  The  United  States, 
whether  saeh  exportation  shall  be  in  Vessels  of  The  United  States,  or  . 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


80  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  THE  UNITED  STATES, 

ia  British  Vessels;  and  the  same  Duties  shall  be  paid,  and  the  same 
Bounties  allowed  on  the  exportation  of  any  articles,  the  growth,  pro- 
dace,  or  manufacture  of  The  United  States  to  His  Britannic  Majesty's 
Territories  in  Europe,  whether  such  exportation  shall  be  in  British 
Vessels,  or  in  Vessels  of  The  United  States. 

It  is  further  agreed,  that  in  all  cases  where  drawbacks  are,  or  may 
be  allowed  upon  the  re-exportation  of  any  goods,  the  growth,  produce 
or  manufacture  of  either  Country,  respectively,  the  amount  of  the  said 
drawbacks  shall  be  the  same,  whether  the  said  goods  shall  have  been 
originally  imported  in  a  British  or  American  Vessel ;  but  when  such 
re-exportation  shall  take  place  from  The  United  States  in  a  British 
Vessel,  or  from  the  Territories  of  His  Britannic  Majesty  in  Europe  in 
an  American  Vessel,  to  any  other  Foreign  Nation,  the  2  Contracting 
Parties  reserve  to  themselves,  respectively,  the  right  gf  regulating  or 
diminishing,  in  such  case,  the  amount  of  the  said  drawback. 

The  intercourse  between  The  United  States  and  His  Britannic  Ma- 
jesty's Possessions  in  the  West  Indies,  and  on  the  Continent  of  North 
America,  shall  not  be  affected  by  any  of  the  Provisions  of  this  Article, 
but  each  Party  shall  remain  in  the  complete  possession  of  its  rights, 
with  respect  to  such  an  intercourse. 

HI.  His  Britannic  Majesty  agrees  that  the  Vessels  of  the  United 
States  of  America  shall  be  admitted,  and  hospitably  received  at  the 
principal  Settlements  of  the  British  Dominions  in  the  East  Indies, 
▼idelicet:  Calcutta,  Madras,  Bombay,  and  Prince  of  Wales'  Island, 
and  that  the  Citizens  of  the  said  United  States,  may  freely  carry  on 
trade  between  the  said  principal  Settlements  and  the  said  United 
States,  in  all  articles  of  which  the  importation  and  exportation,  respec- 
tively, to  and  from  the  said  Temtories,  shall  not  be  entirely  prohibited : 
provided  only,  that  it  shall  not  be  lawful  for  them,  in  any  time  of  War 
between  the  British  Government  and  any  State  or  Power  whatever,  to. 
export  from  the  said  Territories,  without  the  special  permission  of  the 
British  Government,  any  military  stores,  or  naval  stores,  or  rice.  The 
Citizens  of  The  United  States,  shall  pay  for  their  Vessels,  when  ad- 
mitted, no  higher  or  other  Duty  or  charge  that  shall  be  payable  on  the 
Vessels  of  the  most  favoured  European  Nations,  and  tliey  shall  pay  no 
higher  or  other  duties  or  charges  on  the  importation  or  exportation  of 
the  Cargoes  of  the  said  Vessels,  than  shall  be  payable  on  the  same 
articles  when  imported  or  exported  in  the  Vessels  of  the  most  favoured 
European  Nations. 

But  it  is  expressly  agreed,  that  the  Vessels  of  The  United  States 
shall  not  carry  any  articles  from  the  said  principal  Settlements  to  any 
Port  t>r  Place,  except  to  some  Port  or  Place  in  the  United  States  of 
America,  where  the  same  shall  be  unladen. 

It  is  also  understood,  that  the  permission  granted  by  this  Article, 
Is  not  to  extend  to  allow  the  Vessels  of  The  United  States  to  carry  on« 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  THE   UNITED  STATES.  81 

any  part  of  the  coastiog  trade  of  the  mid  British  Terrilories;  but  the 
Vessels  of  The  United  States  having,  in  the  6 rat  instance,  proceeded 
to  one  of  the  said  principal  Settlements  of  the  British  Dominions  in 
the  East  Indies,  and  then  going  with  their  original  Cargoes,  or  any  part 
thereof,  from  one  of  the  said  principal  Settlements  to  another,  shall  not 
be  considered  as  carrying  on  the  coasting  trade.  l*he  Vessels  of  The 
United  States  may  also  touch  for  refreshment,  but  not  for  commerce, 
in  the  <:oarBe  of  thehr  voyage  to  or  from  the  British  Territories  in 
Indki,  «r  to  or  from  the  Dominions  of  the  Emperor  of  China,  the  Cape 
of  Good  Hope,  the  Island  of  St  Helena,  or  such  other  Places  as  may 
be  ia  tiie  possession  of  Great  Britain,  in  the  African  or  Indian  Seas  ; 
it  being  well  understood  that  in  all  that  regards  this  Article,  the  Citi- 
zens of  The  United  States  shaH  be  subject,  in  all  respects,  to  the  Laws 
and  Regulations  of  the  British  Government,  from  time  to  time 
established.  - 

IV.  it  shall  be  free  for  each  of  the  2  Contracting  Parties,  respect- 
ively, to  appoint  Consuls  for  the  protection  of  Trade,  to  reside  in  the 
Dominions  and  Territories  of  the  other  Party ;  but,  before  any  Consul 
shall  act  as  such,  he  shall,  in  the  usual  form,  be  approved  and  admitted 
by  the  Government  to  which  he  is  sent;  and  it  is  hereby  declared, 
that  in  case  of  illegal  or  improper  conduct  towards  the  Laws  or  Go^ 
vemment  of  the  Country  to  which  he  is  sent,  such  Consul  may  either 
be  punished  according  to  Law,  if  the  Laws  will  reach  the  case,  or  be 
sent  back,  the  offended  Government  assigning  lo  the  other  the  reasoqs 
(or  the  same. 

It  is  heieby  declared,  that  either  of  the  Contracting  Parties  may 
except  from  the  residence  of  Consuls,  such  particular  places  as  such 
Party  shall  judge  fit  to  be  so  excepted. 

V.  This  Convention,  wi^  the  same  shall  have  been  duly  ratified 
by  the  President  of  The  United  States,  by  and  with  the  advice  and 
consent  of  their  Senate,  and  by  His  Brifhnuic  Majesty,  and  the 
respective  Ratifications  mutually  exchanged,  shall  be  binding  and 
obligatory  on  the  said  United  States  and  His  Majesty,  for  4  years 
from  the  date  of  its  signature;  and  the  Ratifications  shall  be  exchanged 
in  6  months,  from  this  time,  or  sooner  if  possible. 

Done  at  London,  this  Srd  day  of  July,  in  the  year  of  Our  Lord 
1815. 

(L.S.)  JOHN  Q.  ADAMS.  (L.S.)  F.  J.  ROBINSON. 

(L.S.)  HENRY  CLAY.  (L.S.)  HENRY  GOULBURN. 

(L.S.)  ALBERT  GALLATIN.        (L.S.)  WILLIAM  ADAMS, 


Now,  therefore,  be  it  known,  that  I,  James  Madison,  President  of 
the  United  States  of  America,  having  seen  and  considered  the  foregoing 
Convention,  have,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate^ 
[1815^16.]  G 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


82  GREAT  BRITAIN   AND  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

accepted,  ratified,  and  confirmed  the  same,  and  every  Clause  and 
Article  thereof  subject  to  the  exception  contained  in  a  Declaration 
made  by  the  authority  of  His  Britannic  Majesty,  on  the  24th  day  of 
November  last,  a  Copy  of  which  Declaration  is  hereunto  annexed. 

In  testimony  whereof,  I  have  caused  the  Seal  of  The  United  States 
to  be  hereunto  affixed,  and  have  signed  the  same  with  my  hand. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington,  this  22nd  day  of  December, 
A.D.  1815,  and  of  the  Independence  of  TJie  United  States  the  40th. 

(L.S.)  JAMES  MADISON. 

By  the  President: 

James  Monroe,  Secretary  of  State. 


BRITISH  DECLARATION. 

The  Undersigned,  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Charge  d'Afiaires  in 
The  United  States  of  America,  is  commanded  by  His  Royal  Highness 
the  Prince  Regent,  acting  in  the  name  and  on  the  behalf  of  His  Ma- 
jesty, to  explain  and  declare,  upon  the  exchange  of  the  RatificaUons 
of  the  Convention  concluded  in  London,  on  the  Srd  of  July  of  the 
present  year,  for  regulating  the-  Commerce  and  Navigation  between 
the  2  Countries,  that  in  consequence  of  events  which  have  happened 
in  Europe,  subsequent  to  the  signature  of  the  Convention  aforesaid,  it 
has  been  deemed  expedient,  and  determined,  in  conjunction  with  the 
Allied  Sovereigns,  that  St  Helena  shall  be  the  place  allotted  for  the 
future  residence  of  General  Napoleon  Bonaparte,  under  such  regula- 
tions as  may  be  necessary  for  the  perfect  security  of  his  person ;  and  it 
has  been  resolved,  for  that  purpose,  that  all  Ships  and  Vessels  whatever, 
as  well  British  ships  and  Vessels  as  others,  excepting  only  Ships  be- 
longing to  the  East  India  Company,  shall  be  excluded  from  all  com- 
munication with,  or  approach  to,  that  Island. 

It  has,  therefore,  become  impossible  to  comply  with  so  much  of 
the  IHrd  Article  of  the  Treaty  as  relates  to  the  liberty  of  touching  for 
refreshment  at  the  Island  of  St.  Helena,  and  the  Ratifications  of  the 
said  Treaty  will  be  exchanged  under  the  explicit  declaration  and  un- 
derstanding, that  the  Vessels  of  The  United  States  cannot  be  allowed  to 
touch  at,  or  hold  any  communication  whatever  with,  the  said  Island, 
so  long  as  the  said  Island  shall  continue  to  be  the  place  of  residence 
of  the  said  Napoleon  Bonaparte. 

ANTHONY  ST.  JOHN  BAKER. 
Washington,  November  24,  1815. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DKITED  STATES  AVD  GREAT  BRITAIN.  8S 

CORRESPOSDENCE  between  Great  Britain  and  The 
United  States^  relative  to  the  ctmclysion  iff  a  Commercial 
{^nrentian.—lSlS. 


LIST  OP  PAPERS. 


No.  18IS.       Pfe«e 

1.  Hewn.  Ckj  nd  Gdhtiii  to  Mr.  Monroe. Loiidon, . .  •  •  IStk  May.    83 

Mmehtmt  1.— Mmnte  of  CooTenntkni  betwoen 
Lord  Casdereai^  and  Means. 
Clay  and  Gallatm London^. . «.  lOtli  ApriL    98 

2.  Mean.  Clay  and  Gallatm  to  Mr.  Monroe London,  ....3rdJuly.    98 

JSnetofvrv  L^American  Fh^   93 

2.— The  Britiah  to  the  American  Fle- 

■JpotwiliaiiBa Lcndon,.  • . .  16th  Jnna.    97 

J9if».Aielorara.— British  Contra  Pitqet 96 

3.— The  American  to  the  British  Pie- 

nipotentiaries Ixmdont. ...  17th  Jane.  101 

4.— The  Britiah  to  the  American  Ple- 
nipotentiaries .  •  • London,. .  •  •  2(Hh  Jfuw.  102 

5.~-Second  Sketch  of  American  Ar- 
ticle for  equalizing  Duties 1<M 

6.— The  American  to  the  British  Pie- 

nipotentiariea London,«.««21st  Jnae.  104 

7.— The  British  to  the  American  Pie- 

nipotentiariea London,. . « .  23rd  June.  105 

S.— Tlie  American  to  the  Britiah  Ple- 
nipotentiaries  limdon,. . . .  24th  June.  106 

9.— The  Britiah  to  the  American  Ple- 
nipotentiaries   London,. . . .  2Gth  June.  107 

10.— -The  British  to  the  American  Ple- 
nipotentiaries  London,.... 29th  Jane.  107 

11.— -The  Americsn  to  the  British  Ple- 
nipotentiaries   London, ....  30th  Jane.  102 

3.  The  Britiah  Charg4  d'Ailaires  to  Mr.  Monroe  . . . .  Wsshington,  24tii  Nor.  109 


(1.)— TA«  Ameriean  Commisiianers  to  the  Secretary  of  State, 
(Extract)  London,  18th  May,  1815. 

HATiifo  had  reaaon  to  believe  that  the  Britiah  GoTernmeat  had 
•batained  from  anairenug  the  Cominaiiicatioii  of  the  Joint  Comnaiasion 
horn  Ghent,  of  the  day  of  Deceroi>er»  1814,  until  they 

reeeifed  official  information  of  the  Americaii  Ratification  of  the  Treaty 
of  Peace,  we  thought  it  advisable,  aoon  after  that  event  was  known  to 
«u,  to  repair  lo  this  City,  in  order  that  we  might  ascertain  the  disposi* 
tion  of  this  Government  as  to  the  commercial  intercourse  between  the 
3  Countries. 

Shortly  after  our  arrival  here,  we  were  invited  by  l«ord  Castlereagh 
to  an  interview  with  him.     A  Minute  of  the  substance  of  the  convenHU 

02 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


84  UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

tlpn  which  took  place  on  (hat  occasion,  as  drawn  up  and  agreed  to  by 
the  parties,  is  enclosed.  ,  We  communicated  to  Mn  Goulburn^the  next 
day,  our  Answer  upon  the  3  Subjects  to  which  the  conversation 
related. 

In  the  interview  with  Lord  Castlereagh,  he  had  stated,  that  4  or 
5  days  might  be  necessary  on  their  part  to  prepare  for  the  proposed 
conversation.  Nearly  3  weeks  having  elapsed  without  hearing  anything 
further  on  the  subject,  we  took  what  appeared  to  us  to  be  a  fit  occasiou 
to  intimate  our  intention  of  leaving  London.  A  few  days  after,  we 
received  an  invitation  from  the  Vice-President  of  the  Board  of  Trade, 
Mr.  Robinson,  to  call  at  his  Office  on  the  11th  instant;  we  accordingly 
attended,  and  were  received  by  him  and  Messrs.  Goulbum  and  Adams, 
3  of  (he  British  Commissioners  who  had  negotiated  the  treaty  of 
Ghent 

They  opened  the  conversation  by  adverting  to  what  had  led  to  this 
interview,  and  professed  themselves  to  be  ready  to  receive  any  propo- 
sitions we  might  choose  to  make.  We  observed,  that  in  the  Treaties 
which  America  had  heretofore  made,  particularly  with  this  Country, 
regulating  commercial  intercourse,  there  were  generally  comprised  2 
subjects,  one,  which  respected  commercial  regulations,  applicable  to  a 
state  of  Peace,  as  well  as  of  War;  the  other,  which  respected  the  rights 
and  duties  of  the  Parties,  one  being  at  War  and  the  other  remaining 
at  Peace.  Accordingly  our  Government  had  instructed  us  to  bring 
forward  both  those  subjects. 

As  to  the  commercial  intercourse,  without  at  this  time  going  into 
details,  or  minor  points,  which  it  might  be  necessary  in  the  progress  of 
the  Negotiation  to  adjust,  we  would  content  ourselves  in  this  unofficial 
conversation,  with  touching  on  the  most  important  topics,  which  it 
seemed  to  us  desirable  to  discuss  and  arrange.  These  were,  that  the 
2  Countries  should  respectively  be  placed  on  the  footing  of  the  Nation 
the  most  favoured ;  that  in  the  Trade  between  America  and  the  Bri- 
tish European  Dominions,  all  discriminating  Duties,  on  Tonnage  and 
on  Merchandise,  either  imported  or  exported,  should  be  abolished. 
That  the  Trade  between  America  and  the  British  West  Indies,  should 
be  regulated,  and  placed  on  some  more  permanent  basis,  than  the  oc- 
casional Acts  of  the  Colonial  Authorities :  that  the  nature  and  kind 
of  intercourse  between  America  and  the  adjoining  British  Provinces, 
should  be  defined,  and  provided  for :  and  that  the  Trade  with  the 
British  India  Possessions^  should  be  opened  to  America  on  liberal 
principles. 

In  regard  to  the  discriminating  Duties,  we  remarked,  that  a  Pro- 
position to  abolish  them,  first  came  from  Great  Britain,  and  a  Provi- 
sion to  that  effect  was  inserted  in  the  unratified  Treaty  of  1806.  Con- 
gress had  taken  up  the  matter  at  their  last  Session,  and  passed  an  Act, 
which  we  explained.     We  thought  it  desirable  that  they  should  be  - 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN.  85 

abolished,  id  order  to  prevent  those  collisions,  and  that  system  of 
commercial  warfare,  in  which  the  2  Countries  wonld  probably  be  in- 
volved by  an  adherence  to  them.  As  an  example,  we  mentioned  the 
great  extra  Duty,  to  which,  as  we  understood,  the  article  of  Cotton 
was  liable,  by  the  British  Laws,  when  imported  in  Foreign  Vessels,  and 
which,  if  persisted  in,  would  certainly  be  met  by  some  countervailing 
regalations. 

With  respect  to  the  Trade  to  British  India,  we  observed,  that  we 
had  no  equivalent  to  ofler  for  it;  that  it  was  for  Great  Britain  to  con- 
sider, whether  a  Commerce  consisting,  as  it  did,  almost  entirely  in  the 
exchange  of  our  specie  for  India  produce,  was  not  of  a  nature  to  de- 
serve the  most  liberal  encouragement ;  but  that  we  had  rather  entei* 
into  no  Stipulation  on  the  subject  than  be  restricted  to  a  direct  inter* 
course,  as  had  been  proposed  by  the  unrati6ed  Treaty,  both  on  the 
outward  and  return  voyage. 

On  the  other  subject,  the  rights  and  duties  of  the  Parties,  one  being 
at  War,  and  the  other  in  a  condition  of  Peace,  we  proceeded  to  remark, 
that  whilst  the  prospect  of  a  long  European  Peace  appeared  to  exist, 
as  was  the  case  when  the  Treaty  of  Ghent  was  concluded,  it  was  less 
important  to  provide  for  questions  arising  under  this  head.  But  it  was 
impossible  to  shut  our  eyes  to  the  demonstrations  every  where  making 
of  a  new  War^  which,  if  it  should  assume  a  maritime  character,  might 
again  menace  the  harmony  and  good  understanding  between  the  2 
Countries.  It  was  desirable,  therefore,  to  anticipate  and  provide  for 
the  evil.  The  first  and  most  important  point  was  diat  of  Impressment. 
Great  Britain  had  always  professed  a  willingness  to  receive  and  con- 
sider any  proposition  which  America  should  be  disposed  to  make  on 
that  subject  It  would,  perhaps,  be  unprofitable  at  this  time  to  go 
into  a  discussion  of  the  right ;  as  to  whicd  we  would  merely  remark, 
that  it  was  impossible  that  there  could  be  a  stronger  conviction  on  the 
part  of  Great  Britain,  that  it  was  with  her,  than  there  was  on  the  part 
of  America,  that  it  was  on  her  side.  It  was  better  to  look  to  some 
practicable  arrangement,  by  which,  without  concession  of  right  by 
either  Party,  the  mischiefs  complained  of  on  both  sides  might  be  pre- 
vented. To  this  end  the  attention  of  our  Government  had  been  turned. 
We  believed  that  Great  Britain  had  never  heretofore  contended  that 
the  American  Government  was  bound  to  prohibit  the  Merchants  of  the 
United  States  from  employing  Foreign  Seamen,  any  more  than  it  was 
i>ound  to  forbid  their  shipping  contraband  Articles.  America  was, 
however,  now  willing  to  take  upon  herself  such  an  obligation,  and  to 
exclude  British  Seamen  from  her  Merchant  Service,  and  we  believed 
such  exclusion  might  be  as  efiectually  executed  as  our  Revenue 
Laws.  Here  we  called  their  attention  to  the  Act  which  Congress  had 
passed  on  that  subject,  and  to  the  Message  of  the  President  to  that 
Body  towards  the  close  of  its  last  Session,  upon  the  supposition,  that 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


86  UNITED  STATES  AND  OREAT  BRITAIN* 

if  the  ezcIasioD  of  British  Seamen'should  be  absolute  and  eotire,  theie 
would  DO  longer  exist  any  ground  for  the  claim  of  Impressment,  and 
of  course  no  objection  to  its  abandonment.  We  stated  that«  besides 
the  motive  which  existed  with  our  Gorernment  of  guarding  against  col- 
lision with  Great  Britain,  another  powerful  one  operated,  that  of  en« 
conraging  our  native  Seamen,  and  of  not  being  obliged  to  rely  on 
the  uncertain  supply  of  Foreigners.  To  this  system,  as  a  substitute 
for  that  of  impressment,  it  did  not  appear  to  us  that  Great  Britain 
could  object,  unless  it  was  thought  to  be  impracticable  in  its  execution. 
We  had  no  doubt  ourselves,  that  even  admitting  that  there  might  be^ 
as  in  cases  of  smuggling,  occasional  instances  of  evasion  of  the  system 
•f  exclusion,  it  would  nevertheless  be,  upon  the  whole,  much  more 
&vourable  in  its  result  to  Great  Britain.  This  system  would  apply  to, 
and  operate  upon'  every  American  Vessel ;  while  that  of  Impressment 
reached  only  the  cases  of  those  Vessels  with  which  it  accidently  came 
in  contact.  We  were  aware  of  the  difficulties  which  had  heretofore  op- 
posed a  satisfactory  arrangement  on  this  subject.  Still  it  was  one  of 
such  vital  importance,  so  tending  to  bring  the  2  Countries  into  colli- 
sion, that  it  was  impossible  it  should  receive  a  consideration  too  earnest 
and  too  anxious. 

The  next  point  which  it  seemed  to  us  important  to  settle,  was  the 
Trade  of  America  with  the  Colonies  of  the  Enemies  of  Great  Britain. 
To#ards  the  end  of  the  last  European  War,  questions  growing  out  of 
tliat  Trade  had  been  terminated  by  the  conquest  of  those  Colonies 
by  Great  Britain,  but  many  of  them  having  been  restored  at  the 
Peace,  the  disputes  which  heretofore  existed  might  again  arise.  The 
former  arrangements  on  this  subject  might,  with  some  modifications, 
serve  as  a  basis. 

We  then  stated  that  we  did  not  intend,  in  this  preliminary  and 
nnofficial  conversation,  to  discuss  the  other  points  belonging  to  this 
branch  of  the  subject.  A  definition  of  Blockades  was  desirable,  and 
could  not,  it  seemed,  be  attended  with  much  difficulty,  as  we  believed 
that  there  was  no  real  difference  between  the  two  Countries,  with 
respect  to  the  abstract  principle.  But  we  apprehended  that  the 
disputes  which  might  hereafter  take  place  on  that  subject,  would  arise 
almost  exclusively  firom  questions  of  fact,  which  no  previous  definition 
eould  prevent 

As,  in  the  event  of  War,  Great  Britain  might  desire  to  know  the 
disposition  of  our  Government  on  the  subject  of  Privateers  and  Prises, 
we  would  only  now  say,  that  the  principle  which  might  be  adopted 
with  respect  to  Great  Britain,  whether  of  admission  or  exclusion,  must 
equally  and  impartially  apply  to  all  the  Parties  to  the  War. 

These  were  all  the  topics  noticed  by  us,  and  we  enforced  and 
illustrated  them  by  various  other  observations. 

The   British  Gentlemen,  professing  not  to  have  expected  those 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN.  87 

poiots  to  be  brought  forward,  which  applied  to  a  Belligerent  state  of 
•ae  of  the  Parlies,  expressed  a  wish  to  know  whether,  in  our  view,  the 
two  subjects  were  inseparable,  and  whether  we  could  not  come  to  an 
agreement  on  those  topics  which  were  probably  less  difficult  to  be 
adjusted,  leaving  the  others  for  further  consideration,  and  future 
arrangement?  We  replied,  that  heretofore  they  had  always  been 
blended  together  by  our  Government,  and  that  we  intended  to  bring 
them  all  forward  for  arrangement ;  that,  at  present,  however,  we  only 
presented  them  for  consideration ;  as  it  would  be  premature  at  this  time 
to  make  any  of  them  a  tine  qua  non ;  and  that  whether  a  Treaty, 
omitting  some  of  them  would  be  acceptable,  must  depend  on  its 
general  teoour,  and  upon  the  extent  and  importance  of  the  subjects 
which  might  be  comprehended  in  the  arrangement 

They  proceeded  to  remark,  that  some  of  the  subjects  had  been 
alwrays  found  to  involve  extreme  difficulty,  particularly  that  of  Im- 
pressment; that  Great  Britain  was  certainly  prepared  at  all  times,  to 
receive  and  to  consider  any  proposition  that  America  might  be  dis- 
posed to  make  in  relation  to  it ;  but  one  of  the  Gentlemen  remarked, 
that  from  the  deep  interest  which  was  felt  by  Great  Britain  in  it,  she 
must  view  with  great  jealousy,  by  which  he  said  he  meant  vigilance, 
any  such  proposition;  that  the  inquiry  which  they  had  just  made  as  to 
our  willingness  to  separate  the  2  subjects,  proceeded  from  a  wish  to 
ascertain  whether  it  were  likely  that  any  practicable  result  could  be 
speedily  obtained,  if  they  entered  upon  the  negotiation  at  this  time. 

On  the  subject  of  discriminating  Duties  mentioned  by  us,  they  said 
tibeir  Government  would  receive  favourably  the  proposition  for  a 
.  mutual  abolition  of  them.  As  to  the  trade  with  India,  their  Govern- 
ment was  not  at  all  disposed  to  shut  us  out  from  it.  In  regard  to  the 
trade  to  the  West  Indies,  considering  the  difficulties  which  had  hereto- 
fore presented  themselves  in  placing  it,  by  Treaty,  upon  a  footing 
satisfactory  to  both  parties,  they  feared  it  would  not  now  be  practicable 
to  enter  into  any  stipulation  respecting  it,  which  should  meet  the 
views  of  the  2  Countries. 

The  interview  terminated  by  their  stating,  that  they  would  report 
to  the  Cabinet  the  substance  of  what  had  passed  between  us,  and  by 
their  pledging  themselves  to  do  all  in  their  power  to  afford  us  an  early 
answer. 

On  the  16th  instant,  having  been  again  invited  by  the  Vice* 
President  of  tlie  Board  of  Trade  to  call  at  his  Office,  we  accordingly 
attended,  and  were  received  by  the  same  Gentlemen.  They  stated 
that  they  had  reported  to  the  Cabinet  what  had  passed  at  the  last 
interview,  and  were  now  prepared  to  give  us  an  answer  on  the  several 
topics  to  which  the  conversation  related.  In  doing  this,  they  would 
observe  the  order  which  had  been  marked  out  by  us. 

1st.  On  the  commercial  intercourse  between  the  2  Countries,  they 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


88  UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

were  authorized  to  state^  that  their  Government  was  ready  to  treat 
with  118  on  the  footing  of  the  most  faToured  Nation ;  and  were  also 
willing  to  enter  into  any  arrangement  by  which  all  discriminatiug' 
duties  on  importations  and  tonnage  should  be  mutually  done  away. 
They  were  willing  to  admit  as  to  the  enjoyment  of  the  trade  with 
British  India,  unclogged  by  the  restriction  on  the  outward  voyage 
contained  in  the  unratified  Treaty ;  but  must  still  insist  on  that  con- 
tained in  the  Treaty  of  1794  on  the  return  voyage.  Considering  that 
we  had  candidly  stated  that  we  had  no  equivalent  to  offer,  except 
what  was  to  be  found  in  the  trade  itself,  they  would  expect  for  this 
concession,  a  spirit  of  accommodation  on  our  side,  in  other  parts  of  the 
'  commercial  arrangement,  the  Fur  Trade,  or  some  other. 

The  trade  with  the  British  West  Indies,  they  stated,  had  always 
been  a  subject  of  great  difficulty,  and  their  Government  was  not  pre- 
pared to  make  any  change  in  that  Colonial  policy,  to  which  they  had 
so  long  aonered ;  butthey  would  hope  that  this  would  not  form  any 
obstacle  to  the  negotiation* 

With  respect  to  the  trade  with  their  North  American  Possessions^ 
they  were  ready  to  receive  and  discuss  any  propositions  we  might  have 
to  offer,  with  an  anxious  desire  to  place  it  on  a  footing  mutually  satis- 
factory. 

2ndly.  On  those  subjects  which  related  to  a  state  in  which  one  of 
the  parties  should  be  at  War,  and  the  other  in  Peace,  it  was  not  ne* 
cessary  to  disguise  that  they  had  been  always  attended  with  great 
difficulties.  Still  they  were  willing,  in  a  spirit  of  amity,  and  with 
candor,  to  receive  and  to  discuss  any  propositions  we  might  offisr. 

With  regard  to  Blockades,  they  could  not  think  it  necessary  to 
enter  into  any  Treaty  definition  of  them,  as  the  questions  which  might 
hereafter  arise  on  that  subject  (according  to  our  own  statement)  would 
relate  rather  to  the  fact  than  to  the  principle,  on  which  the  2  Govern- 
ments seemed  to  agree.  Indeed,  they  thought  that  such  a  definition 
might  tend  to  weaken,  as  implying  a  doubt  of  the  correctness  of  the 
principle. 

In  relation  to  the  trade  with  Enemies*  Colonies,  besides  the  in- 
trinsic difficulty  of  the  question,  as  heretofore  experienced  in  all  attempts 
to  arrange  it,  there  was  another  arising  out  of  their  want  of  informa^i 
tion,  as  to  whether  France  had  adopted  any,  and  what  system  of  Colo- 
nial policy,  since  the  restoration  of  her  Colonies.  It  might  be  that 
she  had  opened  their  trade  to  Foreign  Nations  In  Peace  as  in  War,  in 
which  case  the  questions  that  had  heretofore  existed  could  not  be 
agitated  again. 

Impressment  had,  they  continued,  of  all  this  class  of  subjects, 
been  found  most  difficult  to  arrange.  They  were  aware  how  im- 
portant it  was  considered  in  both  Countries,  and  how,  in  both, 
it  touched  public  sensibility.     As  heretofore,  they  were  now  ready  to 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN.  89 

receive  and  consider  any  proposition  our  Government  might  nrake  re- 
specting itr  And^even  without  any  Treaty  stipulation^  their  Govern- 
ment was  DOW  anxioudy  engaged  in  devising  means  to  prevent  the 
abases  of  which  we  complain.  If  the  Law  which  we  had  mentioned, 
at  the  last  interview,  should  be  effectual  in  its  object,  it  wonid  doubt- 
less do  away  a  great  motive  with  them  for  Impressment.  Still  they 
were  bound  to  consider,  with  the  most  vigilant  attention,  any  proposi- 
tion for  the  abandonment  of  what  they  must  consider  a  right  essential 
to  their  safety.  That  Law  did  not,  however,  as  they  understood, 
settle  the  question,  who  were  to  be  considered  as  British  Subjects,  a 
qoestion  on  which  the  8  Countries  might  not  be  able  to  come  to  an 
understanding. 

With  regard  to  our  ideas  respecting  Privateers  and  Prizes,  they 
were  certainly  fair  and  unexceptionable. 

As  they  had  hinted  at  some  accommodation  in  the  Fur  Trade,  or  in 
other  parts  of  the  commercial  arrangement,  for  their  supposed  conces- 
sion respecting  the  India  Trade,  we  thought  the  occasion  suitable  for 
stating,  that  we  were  positively  instructed  not  to  consent  to  the  renewal 
of  the  trade  between  British  subjects  and  the  Indians  within  our  Terri- 
tories. We  stated,  that  the  disposition  of  our  Government  on  this  sub- 
ject did  not  proceed  from  commercial,  but  political,  considerations. 
They  did  not  insist  upon  it»  nor  seemed  to  think,  that  the  determina- 
tion of  onr  GK>vernment  would  prevent  an  arrangement  of  the  Canada 
Trade.  One  of  them  inquired  whether  we  expected,  in  like  manner,  to 
be  excluded  from  the  trade  with  the  Indians  in  their  Territories  ?  To 
which  we  replied,  certainly. 

We  explained  the  Law  for  the  exclusion  of  Foreign  Seamen  from 
oar  Service,  and  mentioned  that  the  naturalization  of  Seamen  would  be 
almost  altogether  prevented  in  future  by  the  necessity  of  a  continued 
residence  of  6  years.  We  stated^  that  we  were  authorized  to  enter  into 
stipulations  that  would  forbid  the  employment  of  such  British  Seamen 
as  might,  under  our  Laws,  be  hereafter  naturalized,  but  that  we  could 
not  do  it  with  respect  to  those  who  were  already  naturalized.  We  had 
thought,  that  as  to  them,  an  exception  might  be  made,  permitting, 
on  both  sides,  the  voluntary  employment  of  such  Seamen,  natives  of 
one  Country,  as  might  have  heretofore  been  naturalised  under  the 
Laws  of  the  other  Country.  We  added,  that  the  number  of  British  Sea- 
men already  naturalized,  which  would  constitute,  as  it  appeared  to 
us,  the  only  difficulty  in  an  arrangement,  was  very  inconsiderable. 
Doctor  Adams  concurred  in  opinion,  that  they  were  not  many. 

We  made  some  further  explanations,  and  filially  told  them  that, 
considering  the  dispositions  which  we  had  been  happy  to  meet  with  in 
them,  we  would  now  say,  that  we  would  enter  upon  the  negotiation, 
reserving  to  ourselves,  however,  the  right,  as  our  powers  were  several, 
as  well  as  joint,  to  withdraw  from  it,  if  circumstances  should  make  it 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


90  UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

eligible  to  do  so,  and  to  leave  to  Mr.  Adams,  whom  we  daily  expected, 
to  conclude  it. 

The  interview  closed,  by  their  undertaking  to  provide  themselves 
immediately  with  the  necessary  powers  to  proceed  in  the  Negotiation  ; 
and  by  an  assurance  that  they  would  continue  to  do  all  in  their  power 
to  bring  it  to  a  speedy  and  successful  issue. 

H.  CLAY. 
The  Hon.  James  Monroe.  ALBERT  GALLATIN. 


(Enclosure.) — Minute  of  a  Conversation  between    Lord  Castlereagh 

and  Messrs.  Clay  and  Gallatin. 
(Extract)  London,  \6fh  April,  1815. 

Lord  Castlereagh  then  called  the  attention  of  the  American  Com- 
missioners to  a  Communication  made  by  them  at  Ghent,  relative  to 
their  power  to  treat  on  the  commercial  intercourse  between  the  2 
Countries.  He  said,  before  he  gave  an  answer  to  that  Communication, 
he  should  be  glad,  if  it  were  agreeable  to  the  American  Commissioners, 
that  there  should  be  an  unofficial  conversation  between  them  and  the 
British  Commissioners  who  negotiated  the  Treaty  of  Peace,  together 
with  Mr.  Robinson,  whom  he  would  associate  with  them  for  that  pur- 
pose, to  ascertain,  if  it  were  likely,  that  some  general  principles  could 
be  agreed  upon  to  form  a  basis  of  a  Treaty  of  Commerce.  He  should 
prefer  that  this  conversation,  like  that  which  he  understood  had  taken 
place  in  the  former  Negotiation  between  Lords  Holland  and  Auckland, 
and  Messrs.  Monroe  and  Pinkney,  should  be  free  from  official  forms,  and 
thought  such  a  course  best  calculated  to  ascertain,  if  it  were  likely  that 
the  2  Governments  could  come  to  any  practical  result  on  this  in- 
teresting subject. 

It  was  observed  by  one  of  the  American  Commissioners,  that  such 
a  conversation  would  be  on  terms  of.  inequality,  the  American  Com- 
missioners being  invested  with  powers,  and  the  other  Gentlemen  having 
none;  unless  it  was  understood,  not  only  that  it  should  be  considered  as 
entirely  unofficial,  but  that  the  same  Gentlemen  should  afterwards  be 
commissioned  to  conclude  a  Treaty,  if  it  were  thought  that  one  could 
be  formed.  Lord  Castlereagh  remarked  in  reply,  that  such  was  cer- 
tainly his  intention. 

The  conversation  ended,  in  an  understanding  that  the  American 
Commissioners  would  consult  together  upon  the  9  topicks  mentioned 
by  Lord  Castlereagh,  and  communicate  on  the  following  day  to  Mr. 
Goulbam  the  result  of  their  deliberations.    * 


(2.)-»7Atf  American  Plenipotentiaries  to  the  Secretary  of  State. 
Sir*  Lofidon,  Srd  July,  1815. 

We  have'the  honour  to  transmit  a  Convention  for  regulating  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AMD  GREAT  BRITAIN.  91 

Commercial  latercoarse  between  The  United  States  and  Great  Britain^ 
which  we  concluded  this  day  with  the  British   Plenipotentiaries. 

Messiears  Clay  and  Gallatin's  Despatch  of  the  18th  May  last^ 
has  informed  you  of  the  preliminary  steps  taken  by  them  on  that 
■object.  Mr.  Adams  arrived  in  London  on  the  26th  of  May,  and  on 
the  5th  of  June,  we  were  invited  by  Messieurs  Robinson,  Goulbum, 
and  Adams,  to  meet  them  on  the  7th.  At  this  Conference,  after  a 
mnlnal  exhibition  of  our  Powers,  and  some  general  observations,  we 
delivered  to  them  our  Projet  of  a  Commercial  Convention,  a  Copy  of 
which,  marked  (1),  is  herewith  enclosed.  They  promised  to  take  it 
into  immediate  consideration ;  and  on  the  9th  informed  us,  that  they 
would  prepare  and  transmit  to  us  a  Contre  Prqjei, 

Believing  that  there  was  no  prospect  of  an  immediate  arrangement 
on  the  subject  of  Seamen,  and  knowing  that  without  it  no  Treaty, 
defining  the  rights  and  duties  of  Belligerent  and  Neutrals  was  admis* 
sible,  we  excluded  all  that  related  to  that  branch  of  the  subject  from 
oar  Prqfet  and  confined  it  to  objects  purely  commercial. 

We  took  the  3rd  Article  of  the  Treaty  of  1794,  respecting  the 
intercourse  with  Canada,  as  the  basis  of  the  corresponding  Article, 
omitting,  according  to  our  Instructions,  whatever  related  to  the  Indian 
Trade.  In  drawing  the  other  Articles,  we  were  principally  guided 
by  the  unratified  Treaty  of  1806,  by  the  Instructions  given  in  relation 
to  it  by  the  Secretary  of  State,  in  his  Despatch  of  May  20th,  1807, 
and  by  the  Act  of  Congress,  of  3rd  March  last,  for  abolishing  all 
Discriminating  Duties.  From  the  previous  explicit  declarations  of 
the  British  Plenipotentiaries,  we  deemed  it  useless  to  offer  any  Article 
on  the  subject  of  the  intercourse  with  the  West  India  Islands,  and 
only  inserted  a  Clause,  to  prevent  the  application  to  that  intercourse 
of  the  provisions  contemplated  by  the  Convention. 

On  the  16th,  the  British  Plenipotentiaries  addressed  to  us  a  Note 
enclosing  their  Contre  Projet,  marked  (2),  and  on  the  17th,  we  trans- 
mitted our  Answer,  marked  (3).  The  whole  subject  was  discussed 
at  large  in  Conferences,  held  on  the  19th  and  21st.  The  British  Ple- 
nipotentiaries, in  a  Note  of  the  20th,  marked  (4),  stated  the  substance 
of  their  Answer  to  ours  of  the  I7th.  In  the  Conference  of  the  21st, 
we  delivered  the  Additional  Clause  to  the  2nd  Article  of  the  Contre 
Prqfet,  marked  (5),  and,  afterwards,  on  the  same  day,  we  transmitted 
our  Note  marked  (6.) 

It  will  be  perceived  by  these  Notes,  that  we  had  come  to  an  under- 
standing as  to  the  intercaurse  between  the  United  States  and  the 
British  Territories  in  Europe,  and  that  we  disagreed  on  3  points;— the 
intercourse  with  Canada ; — the  placing,  generally,  both  Countries  on 
the  footing  of  the  most  favoured  Nations; — and  the  intercourse  with 
the  British  East  Indies. 

On  the  first  point,  the  British  Plenipotentiaries  persisted  in  refusing 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


92  UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIK. 

to  admit  that  the  Citizens  of  the  United  States  should  have  the  right 
to  take  their  produce  down  the  River  St.  Lawrence  to  Montreal, 
and  down  the  River  Chambly  (or  Sorel)  to  the  St  Lawrence:  and 
without  that  permission  the  Article  was  useless  to  us,  and  unequal  in 
its  practical  operation.  The  provision  that  the  importation  of  onr 
produce  into  Canada  should  not  be  prohibited,  unless  the  prohibition 
extended  generally  to  all  similar  articles,  afforded  ns  no  security :  as 
no  similar  articles  are  imported  into  Canada  from  any  other  Foreign 
Country ;  whilst  the  corresponding  provision,  respecting  the  importa- 
tion into  the  United  States,  through  Canada,  of  the  produce  and 
manufactures  of  Great  Britain,  effectually  prevented  us  from  prohibiting 
such  an  importation ;  since  this  could  Dot  be  done  without  extending 
the  prohibition  to  the  importation  of  all  similar  articles,  either  of  British 
or  other  foreign  growth  or  manufacture,  in  the  Atlantic  Ports  of  The 
United  States. 

The  Article  for  placing,  respectively,  the  2  Countries  on  the  footing 
of  the  most  favoured  Nation,  limited,  as  was  insisledTon  by  the  British 
Plenipotentiaries,  to  the  intercourse  between  The  United  States  and 
the  European  Territories  of  Great  Britain,  was  unnecessary  ;  since  all 
that  appeared  desirable  on  that  subject  was  secured  by  the  Hd  Article ; 
and  a  provision  of  that  nature,  unless  offering  some  obvious  advantage, 
was  deemed  embarrassing,  on  account  of  the  difficulties  attached  to 
its  execution. 

With  this  view  of  the  2  subjects,  and  finding  that  to  arrange  them 
in  a  satisfactory  manner  was  impracticable,  we  proposed  in  our  Note 
of  the  21st  to  omit  altogether  the  Articles  relating  to  them. 

On  the  subject  of  the  intercourse  with  India,  the  British  Plenipoten- 
tiaries, contrary  to  the  impression  made,  in  the  unofficial  conversations, 
on  Messrs.  Clay  and  Gallatin,  had  insisted  in  our  Official  Conferences, 
that  our  admission  to  that  trade  was,  on  the  part  of  Great  Britain,  a 
concession  altogether  gratuitous ;  and  for  which,  particularly  as  to 
the  privilege  of  indirect  outward  voyages,  she  ultimately  expected  an 
equivalent;  whilst  we  strenuously  contended  that  an  equivalent  was 
found  in  the  trade  itself,  which  was  highly  beneficial  to  India,  or,  at 
ail  events,  considering  the  nature  of  the  commercial  intercourse  gene- 
rally between  the  2  Countries,  in  the  other  Provisions  of  the  Conven- 
tion. On  the  same  ground,  we  urged  our  claim  to  be  placed  in  India 
on  the  same  footing,  at  least,  as  the  most  favored  Nations.  To  which 
was  replied,  that  they  made  a  distinction  between  Nations  nhich  had 
Possessions  there,  and  those  which  had  none.  The  refusal  not  being 
altogether  explicit,  we  renewed  our  proposal  to  that  effect  in  our 
Note. 

The  British  Plenipotentiaries,  in  a  Note  of  the  23rd,  marked  (7), 
acceded  to  our  proposal  to  omit  the  3rd  and  5th  Articles,  and  refusing 
that  on  the  subject  of  India,  offered  to  omit  the  Article  altogether,  and 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED   STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN.  93 

to  sign  a  CoDTention  embracing  onJy  the  provisions  respecting  tbe  inter- 
course between  The  United  States  and  the  British  Territories  in  Europe. 

Thla  proposaJ  we  rejected  in*  our  Note  of  the  2ith,  marked  (8). 
But  in  order  to  meet,  if  practicable,  the  views  of  the  British  Goreru* 
ment,  and  to  avoid  making  any  distinction  between  tbe  East  India 
trade  and  the  other  branches  of  commercial  intercourse,  we  proposed 
10  limit  tbe  duration  of  the  whole  Convention  to  4  years,  and  we  ofiered, 
as  an  alternative,  an  arrangement  for  the  sole  purpose  of  abolishing 
the  Discriminating  Duties,  in  conformity  with  the  Act  of  Congress  of 
the  last  Session. 

In  a  Note  of  the  :26t]i,  marked  (9),  the  British  Plenipotentiaries 
informed  us  that  they  found  it  necessary  to  refer  our  last  proposals  to 
their  Government,  and  by  their  Note  of  the  29th,.  marked  (10),  they 
accepted  our  offer  of  a  Convention,  embracing  the  East  India  Article, 
and  limited  to  4  years,  to  be  calculated  from  the  date  of  its  signature. 
We  replied  to  this  in  a  Note  dated  dOth  June,  and  marked  (11),  and  on 
the  same  day  arranged,  in  a  Conference,  the  details  of  the  Convention. 

We  beg  leave  to  add,  that  the  same  restriction  which  confines  our 
Vessels  to  the  principal  Ports  of  India  is,  except  in  special  cases,  im- 
posed by  the  Act  of  Parliament,  on  British  Subjects;  and  that,  besides 
the  discrimination  in  the  Export  Duty  from  England,  the  difference  on 
the  Import  Duty  on  the  article  of  cotton;  had,  by  a  late  Act  of  Par- 
liameDt,  been  increased  to  2d.  sterling  per  pound  in  favor  of  every 
species  imported  in  British  Vessels,  and  even  of  Brazil  cotton,  im- 
ported in  Portuguese  Vessels. 

We  have  the  honor  to  be,  &c. 

JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS. 
H.  CLAY. 
Tke  Han.  James  Monroe.  ALBERT  GALLATIN. 


(Enclosure  \.) — American  Prqfet. 
Art.  1.  There  shall  be,  between  the  Territories  of  The  United 
States  and  all  the  Dominions  of  His  Britannic  Majesty  in  Europe,  a 
reciprocal  and  perfect  liberty  of  commerce  and  navigation.  The 
People  and  Inhabitants  of  the  2  Countries  respectively,  shall  have 
liberty,  freely  and  securely,  and  without  hindrance  and  molestation, 
to  come  with  their  Ships  and  Cargoes  to  the  Land^  Countries,  Cities, 
Ports,  Places,  and  Rivers  within  the  Territories  and  Dominions  afore- 
said, to  enter  into  the  same,  to  resort  there  and  to  remain  and  reside 
there,  without  any  limitation  of  time ;  also,  to  hire  and  possess  houses 
and  warehouses,  for  the  purposes  of  their  commerce ;  and,  generally, 
the  Merchants  and  Traders  on  each  side,  shall  enjoy  the  most  complete 
protection  and  security  for  their  commerce,  but  subject  always,  as  to 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


94  UNITED  STATES  AMD  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

what  respects  this  Article,  to  the  Laws  aad  Statutes  of  the  2  Countries 
respectively. 

II.  No  other  or  higher  Duties  shall  be  imposed  on  the  importation 
in  the  United  States,  of  any  articles,  the  growth,  produce,  or  mana« 
facture  of  the  Dominions  of  His  Britannic  Majesty  in  Europe;  of  any 
articles  the  growth,  produce,  or  manufacture  of  The  United  States,  than 
aj«  or  shall  be  payable  on  the  like  articles,  being  of  the  growth,  produce, 
or  manufacture  of  any  other  Foreign  Country,  Nor  shall  any  higher 
Duties  or  Charges  be  imposed,  in  either  of  the  2  Countries,  on  the 
exportation  of  any  articles  to  The  United  States,  or  to  His  Britannic 
Majesty's  Dominions  in  Europe  respectively,  than  such  as  are  payable 
on  the  exportation  of  the  like  articles,  to  every  other  Foreign  Country. 
Not  shall  any  prohibition  be  imposed  on  the  exportation  or  importation 
of  any  articles,  the  growth,  produce,  or  manufacture  of  The  United 
States,  or  of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Dominions  in  Europe,  to,  or  from 
the  said  States  or  the  said  Dominions,  which  shall  not  equally  extend 
to  all  other  Nations. 

No  other,  or  higher  Duties,  or  Charges,  shall  be  imposed,  in  any 
of  the  Ports  of  The  United  States,  on  British  Vessels  (such  only 
excepted  as  may  be  bound  from  or  to  British  Possessions,  to  which 
Vessels  of  The  United  States  are  not  permanently  admitted)  than 
shall  be  payable,  in  the  said  Ports,  by  Vessels  of  The  United 
States,  nor  in  the  Ports  of  any  of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Dominions  in 
Europe,  on  the  Vessels  of  The  United  States,  than  are  or  shall  be  paya* 
able  in  the  said  Ports  by  British  Vessels.  The  same  Duties  of 
Exportation  and  Importation,  and  also  the  same  drawbacks  and 
bounties  shall  be  respectively  paid  and  allowed,  in  either  Country, 
on  all  articles,  the  produce,  growth,  or  manufacture  of  The  United 
States,  or  of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Dominions  in  Europe,  whether 
such  Exportation  or  Importation  be  in  Vessels  of  The  United  States 
or  in  British  Vessels. 

III.  His  Britannic  Majesty  agrees,  that  the  Vessels  of  The  United 
States  shall  be  admitted,  and  hospitably  received,  in  all  tlie  Seaports 
and  Harbours  of  the  British  Dominions  in  the  East  Indies,  and  that 
the  Citizens  of  the  said  States  may  freely  carry  on  a  trade  with  the 
said  Territories,  in  all  articles  of  vihich  the  importation  or  exporta- 
tion, respectively,  to  or  from  the  said  Territories  shall  not  be  entirely 
prohibited  :  provided  only,  that  it  shall  not  be  lawful  for  them,  in  any 
time  of  War  between  the  British  Government  and  any  other  Power  or 
State  whatever,  to  export  from  the  said  Territories,  without  the  special 
permission  of  the  British  Government  there,  any  Military  or  Naval 
stores,  or  rice. 

The  Citizens  of  The  United  States  shall  pay,  for  their  Vessels  when 
admitted  into  the  said  Ports,  no  other,  or  higlier  duty,  or  charge,  than 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN.  95 

Shalt  be  payable  on  British  Vessels  in  the  Ports  of  The  United  States. 
And  they  shall  pay  no  other  or  higher  duties,  or  charges,  on  the  iai« 
portatioo.  or  exportation  of  the  cargoes  of  the  said  Vessels,  than  shall 
be  payable  on  the  same  articles,  when  imported  or  exported  in  British 
YeneU.  Bat  it  is  expressly  agreed,  that  the  Vessels  of  The  United 
States  shall  not  carry  any  of  the  articles  exported  by  them  from  the 
said  British  Territories,  to  any  Port  or  Place,  except  to  some  Port  or 
Place  in  America,  where  the  same  shall  be  unladen ;  or  to  some  Port 
or  Place,  or  Ports  or  Places  in  China,  or  in  the  Indian  Seas,  whence 
the  said  Vessels  shall  proceed,  as  aforesaid,  to  some  Port  or  Place  in 
America,  and  there  unlade  the  whole  of  the  articles  exported,  in  the 
manner  above-mentioned,  from  the  aforesaid  British  Territories.  And 
saeh  Regulations  shall  be  adopted  by  both  Parties,  as  shall,  from  time 
to  time,  be  found  necessary  to  enforce  the  due  and  faithful  observance 
of  this  stipulation. 

It  is  also  understood,  that  the  permission  granted  by  this  Article, 
is  not  to  extend  to  allow  the  Vessels  of  The  United  States  to  carry  on, 
any  part  of  the  Coasting  Trade  of  the  said  Britis)i  Territories,  without 
the  special  permission  of  the  British  Government  there:  but  th« 
Vesaels  going  from  one  Port  to  another  of  the  said  Territories, 
for  the  sole  purposes  either  of  discharging  their  original  Cargoes, 
or  part  thereof,  or  of  completing  their  return  Cargoes,  are  not  to 
be  considered  as  carrying  on  the  Coasting  Trade.  Neither  is  this 
Article  to  be  constmed  to  allow  the  Citizens  of  The  United  Statesi,  to 
settle  or  reside  witliin  the  said  Territories,  or  to  go  into  the  interior 
parts  thereof,  without  the  permission  of  the  British  Government  esta- 
blished there ;  and  if  any  transgressions  should  be  attempted  against 
the  regulations  of  the  British  Government  in  this  respect,  the  observ- 
ance of  the  same  shall,  and  may  be  enforced  against  the  Citizens  of . 
America,  in  the  same  manner  as  against  British  Subjects,  or  others 
transgressing  the  same  rule.  And  the  Citizens  of  the  United  States, 
whenever  they  arrive  in  any  Port  or  Harbour  in  the  said  Territories, 
or  if  they  should  be  permitted  in  manner  aforesaid,  to  go  to  any  other 
place  therein,  shall  always  be  subject  to  the  Laws,  Government,  and 
Jurisdiction  of  whatsoever  nature,  established  in  such  Harbour,  Port, 
or  Place,  according  as  the  same  may  be. 

The  Vessels  of  The  United  States  may  also  touch  for  refreshment 
at  the  Island  of  St.  Helena,  or  at  such  other  Ports  or  Places  as  may 
be  in  the  possession  of  Great  Britain,  in  the  African  or  Indian  Seas ; 
but  subject,  in  all  respects,  to  such  regulations  as  the  British  Govern- 
ment may,  from  time  to  time,  establish  there. 

IV.  The  navigation  of  all  the  lakes,  rivers,  and  water  communica* 
tions,  the  middle  of  which  is  the  boundary  between  The  United  States 
and  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Dominions  on  the  Continent  of  North 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


96  UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

Americfi  shall,  at  all  times,  be  free  to  the  Citizens  of  the  United  States^ 
and  to  His  Majesty's  Subjects.  The  said  Citizens  and  Subjects  may 
freely  carry  on  tiade  and  commerce  with  each  other,  and  for  that 
purpose  pass  and  repass  by  laud  or  inland  navigation,  into  the 
respective  Territoiies  of  the  2  Parties,  on  the  said  Continent :  and  no 
higher  or  other  tolis^  or  rates  of  ferriage,  than  what  are,  or  shall  be 
payable  by  Natives,  shall  be  demanded  on  either  side.  All  goods  and 
merchandise,  whose  importation  into  The  United  States  shall  not  be 
wholly  prohibited,  may  freely,  for  the  purposes  of  the  commerce  above 
mentioned,  be  carried  into  the  same,  in  the  manner  aforesaid,  by  His 
Majesty's  Subjects,  and  such  goods  and  merchandize  shall  be  subject 
to  no  other  or  higher  duties  than  would  be  payable  by  Citizens  of  The 
United  States,  on  the  importation  of  the  same  in  American  Vessels 
into  the  Atlantic  Ports  of  the  said  United  States;  and,  in  like  manner, 
all  goods  and  merchandise,  whose  importation  into  His  Majesty's  said 
Territories  in  America  shall  not  be  entirely  prohibited,  may  freely,  for 
the  purposes  of  the  commerce  above  mentioned,  be  carried  into  the 
same,  in  the  manner  aforesaid,  by  the  Citizens  of  The  United  States; 
and  such  goods  and  merchandize  shall  be  subject  to  no  higher,  or 
other  duties  than  would  be  payable  by  His  Majesty's  Subjects,  on  the 
importation  of  the  same  from  Europe  into  the  said  Territories.  All 
goods  not  prohibited  to  be  exported  from  the  said  Territories  respect- 
ively,  may,  in  like  manner,  be  carried  out  of  the  same  by  the  2  Parties. 
No  duty  of  importation  or  exportation  shall  be  levied  by  either  party 
on  peltries  or  furs,  which  may  be  brought  in  the  manner  aforesaid,  by 
land  or  inland  navigation,  from  the  said  Territories  of  one  Party  into 
the  said  Territories  of  the  other  Party. 

V.  It  shall  be  free  for  each  of  the  2  Contracting  Parties,  respectively, 
to  appoint  Consuls  for  the  protection  of  Trade,  and  Agents  for  the  pro- 
tection of  Seamen,  to  reside  in  the  Dominions  and  Territories  of  the  other 
Party ;  and  tlie  said  Consuls  and  Agents  shall  enjoy  their  liberties  and 
rights  which  belong  to  them  by  reason  of  their  functions.  But  before 
any  Consul  or  Agent  aforesaid  shall  act  as  such,  he  shall  be,  in  the 
usual  form,  approved  and  admitted  by  the  Party  to  whom  he  is  sent ; 
and  it  is  hereby  declared  to  be  lawful  and  proper,  that  in  case  of  illegal 
or  improper  conduct  towards  the  liaws  or  Government,  a  Consul  or 
Agent  aforesaid,  may  either  be  punished  according  to  Law,  if  the 
Laws  will  reach  the  case,  or  be  dismissed^  or  even  sent  back,  the 
offended  Government  assigning  to  the  other  the  reasons  for  the 
same. 

VI  It  being  the  intention  of  the  High  Contracting  Parties  that  the 
People  of  their  respective  Dominions  shall  be  placed  on  the  footing  of 
the  most  favoured  Nation,  it  is  agreed,  that  in  case  either  Party  shall 
hereafter  grant  any  additional  advantage  in  navigation  or  trade  to 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED    STATES   AND    GREAT    BRITAIN.  97 

any  olfaer  Nation,  the  Citizens  or  Subjects  of  the  other  Party  shall  fully 
participate  therein,  freely  where  it  is  freely  granted  to  such  other 
Nation,  or  yielding  the  same  compensation  where  the  grant  is  mada 
for  some  equivalent. 


(Emdasure  2.) — The  British  to  the  American  Plenipotentiaries. 

Bdard  of  Trade,  \6th  June,  1816. 

The  Undersigned  have  the  honor  to  transmit  to  the  Plenipoten- 
tiaries of  The  United  States,  a  Contre  Prqfct  for  the  arrangement  of  the 
eommercial  intercourse  between  the  2  Countries.  The  American 
Plenipotentiaries  will  observe,  that  the  Article  respecting  the  British 
East  Indies  is  not  proposed  to  be  included  in  the  body  of  tlje  Treaty, 
but  in  a  Separate  Article,  aud  more  limited  in  point  of  duration  than 
would  be  suitable  to  the  arrangements  of  the  Treaty  itself.  The  Un* 
dersigned,  nevertheless,  flatter  themselves  that  the  American  Plenipo- 
tentiaries will  see,  in  the  proposed  Article  for  the  East  Indian 
intercoorse,  a  proof  of  the  libera]  and  conciliatory  disposition 
with  which  the  British  Government  is  disposed  to  act  upon  this 
subject. 

It  will  be  recollected  that  at  one  of  the  unofficial  Conferences,  and 
■absequently,  at  the  first  Official  Conference  held  with  the  American 
Plenipotentiaries,  the  Undersigned  stated  by  order  of  their  Government, 
that  if  the  power  of  going  from  The  United  Slates  to  the  British  Do- 
minions in  the  East  Indies  by  an  indirect  course  were  conceded.  Great 
Britain  must  be  considered  as  entitled  to  some  equivalent  for  the  con- 
cession, and  that  the  Fur  Trade  was  pointed  out  by  the  Undersigned, 
aa  capable  of  furnishing  that  equivalent. 

The  American  Plenipotentiaries  having  stated  that  their  instruc- 
tions did  not  permit  them  to  grant  by  stipulation  any  Commercial  Inter* 
course  between  His  IVlajest^'s  Subjects  and  the  Indians  residing  within 
the  acknowledged  Boundaries  of  The'United  States^  and  not  having 
aoggested  any  other  means  of  finding  an  equivalent ;  the  Undersigned 
would  have  been  fully  justi6ed  in  tendering  a  Contre  Projet  which 
wholly  omitted  the  concession  iu  question.  But  His  Majesty's  Go- 
vernment, anxious  to  renew  the  commercial  relations  of  the  2  Coun- 
tries, in  tlie  true  spirit  of  peace  and  harmony,  has  authorized  the 
Undersigned  to  offer  a  Separate  Article,  by  which  the  indirect  voyage 
from  The  United  States  to  the  British  East  Indies  will  be  permitted, 
without  equivalent,  for  the  space  of  ^  years,  in  the  confident  hope,  that 
during  that  period  the  American  Government  will  be  enabled  to  pro- 
pose such  an  equivalent  as  may  induce  Great  Britain  to  make 
that  permission  commensurate  with  the  general  duration  of  the 
Treaty. 

The  Undersigned  will  be  happy  to  have  the  honor  of  seeing  the 
[1815-16.]  H 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


98  UNITED    STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

American  Plenipotentiaries  on  any  day  which  may  suit  their  convent- 
^    ence,  and  request,  &c. 

F.  ROBINSON. 
HENRY  GOULBURN. 
The  American  Plenipotentiaries.  WILLIAM  ADAMS. 


(Sub* Enclosure,)  British  Contre  Prqjet. 
Art.  I.  There  shall  be  between  all  the  Territories  of  His  Britannic 
Majesty  in  Europe,  and  the  Territories  of  The  United  States  of  Ame- 
rica, a  reciprocal  liberty  of  Commerce.  The  Inhabitants  of  the  2 
Countries,  respectively,  shall  have  liberty,  freely  and  securely,  to  come 
with  their  Ships  and  Cargoes  to  all  such  Places,  Ports,  and  Rivers  ia 
the  Territories  aforesaid,  to  which  other  Foreigners  are  permitted  to 
<:ome;  to  enter  into  the  same,  and  to  remain  and  reside  in  any  parts 
of  the  said  Territories  respectively ;  also  to  hire  and  occupy  houses  and 
warehouses  for  the  purposes  of  their  Commerce ;  and,  generally,  the 
Merchants  and  Traders  of  each  Nation,  respectively,  shall  enjoy  the 
most  complete  protection  and  security  for  their  Commerce,  but  subject 
always  to  the  Laws  and  Statutes  of  the  2  Countries  respectively. 

II.  No  other  or  higher  Duties  shall  be  imposed  on  the  Importation 
into  the  Territories  of  His  Britannic  Majesty  in  Europe,  of  any  articles 
the  growth,  produce,  or  manufacture  of  The  United  States,  and  no 
other  or  higher  Duties  shall  be  imposed  on  the  Importation  into  The 
United  States  of  any  article  the  growth,  produce,  or  manufacture  of 
His  Britannic  Majesty's  Territories  in  Europe,  than  are  or  shall  be 
payable  on  the  like  articles  being  the  growth,  produce,  or  manufacture 
of  any  other  Foreign  Country ;  nor  shall  any  other  or  higher  Duties  or 
Charges  be  imposed,  in  either  of  the  2  Countries,  on  the  exportation  of 
any  articles  to  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Territories  in  Europe,  or  to 
The  United  States,  respectively,  than  such  as  are  payable  on  the  ex- 
portation of  the  like  articles  to  any  other  Foreign  Country  :  nor  shall 
any  prohibition  be  imposed  lipon  the  exportation  or  importation  of 
any  article,  the  growth,  produce,  or  manufacture  of  His  Britannic 
Majesty's  Territories  in  Europe,  or  of  The  United  States,  to  or  from 
the  said  Territories  of  His  Britannic  Majesty  in  Europe,  or  to  or  from 
the  said  United  States,  which  shall  not  equally  extend  to  all  other 
Nations. 

No  other  or  higher  duties  or  charges  shall  be  imposed  in  the 
Ports  of  any  of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Territories  in  Europe,  on  the 
vessels  of  The  United  States,  than  shall  be  payable  on  British  Vessels, 
nor  ill  any  of  the  Ports  of'  The  United  States  on  British  Vessels,  than 
those  payable  in  the  same  Ports  by  Vessels  of  The  United  States. 

III.  The  navigation  of  all  Lakes,  Rivers,  and  Water  Communica- 
tions, the  middle  of  which  is,  or  may  be  the  Boundary  between  His 
Britannic  Majesty's  Territories  on  the  Continent  of  Nort}i  America, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN.  99 

aud  The  Uoited  States  shall,  with  the  exceptions  hereinafter  mentioned, 
at  all  times  be  free  to  His  Majesty's  Subjects  and  the  Citizens  of  The 
United  States.  The  Inhabitants  of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Territo- 
ries  in  North  America,  and  the  Citizens  and  Subjects  of  The  United 
States,  may  freely  carry  on  Trade  and  Commerce  by  Land  or  Inland 
Navigation  as  aforesaid,  with  goods  and  merchandize,  the  growth, 
produce,  or  manufacture  of  the  British  Territories  in  £urope  or  North 
America,  or  of  The  United  States  respectively,  within  the  Territories 
of  the  3  Parties  respectively,  on  the  said  Continent,  (the  Countries 
within  tlie  limits  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  only  excepted,)  and 
no  other  or  higher  duties  or  toils,  or  rates  of  ferriage  or  portage, 
than  what  are  or  shall  be  payable  by  Natives  respectively,  shall  be 
taken  or  demanded  on  either  side.  All  goods  or  merchandize,  whose 
importation  into  The  United  States  shall  not  be  wholly  prohibited, 
may  freely,  for  the  purposes  of  the  commerce  above-mentioned,  be 
carried  into  the  said  United  States,  in  the  manner  aforesaid,  by  His 
Britannic  Majesty's  Subjects;  and  the  said  goods  and  merchandize 
shall  be  subject  to  no  higher  or  other  duties  than  would  be  payable  by 
Citizens  of  The  United  States,  on  the  importation  of  the  same  in  Ame- 
rican Yessels  into  the  Atlantic  Ports  of  The  United  States.  And  in 
like  manner,  all  goods  and  merchandize  the  growth,  produce,  or  manu- 
facture of  The  United  States,  whose  importation  into  His  Majejity's 
said  Territories  in  America,  shall  not  be  entirely  prohibited,  may  freely, 
for  the  purposes  of  the  commerce  above-mentioned,  be  carried  into  the 
same  by  land,  or  by  means  of  such  Jakes,  rivers,  and  water  communi- 
cations as  above-mentioned,  by  the  Citizens  of  The  United  States  ; 
and  such  goods  and  merchandize  shall  be  subject  to  no  other  or 
higher  duties  than  would  be  payable  by  His  Majesty's  Subjects  on  the 
importation  of  the  same  from  Europe  into  the  said  Territories.  No 
duty  shall  be  levied  by  either  Party  on  peltries  or  furs  which  may  be 
brought  in  the  manner  aforesaid  by  land  or  inland  Navigation  from 
the  Territories  of  one  Party  into  the  said  Territories  of  another,  but 
tolls  or  rates  of  ferriage  or  portage  may  be  demanded  and  taken, 
io  manner  above  mentioned,  on  such  peltries  or  furs. 

It  is  hereby  declared,  that  nothing  in  this  Article  contained  as  to 
the  navigation  of  rivers,  lakes,  or  water  communications,  shall  extend 
to  gire  a  right  of  navigation  upon  or  within  the  same,  in  those  parts 
where  the  middle  is  not  the  Boundary  between  His  Britannic  Mfyesty's 
Territories  and  the  United  States  of  America. 

IV.  It  shall  be  free  for  each  of  the  2  Contracting  Parties  respectively, 
to  appoint  Consols  for  the  protection  of  trade,  to  reside  in  the  Dominions 
and  Territories  of  the  other  Party  ;  but  before  any  Consul  shall  act  as 
soeh,  he  shall,  in  the  usual  form,  be  approved  and  admitted  by  the' 
Government  to  which  he  is  sent ;  and  it  is  hereby  declared,  that  in 
case  of  illegal  or  improper  conduct  towards  the  Laws  or  Government 

H2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


100  UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

ofthe  Country  to  which  he  ir  sent,  such  Consul  may  either  be  puuiflhed 
according  to  Law,  if  the  Laws  will  reach  the  case,  or  be  sent  back,  the 
offended  Government  assigning  to  the  other  tlie  reasons  for  the  same. 

It  is  hereby  declared,  that  either  ofthe  Contracting  Parties  may 
except  from  the  residence  of  Consuls,  such  particular  Places  as  sach 
Party  shall  judge  proper  to  be  so  excepted. 

V.  It  being  the  intention  of  the  Contracting  Parties,  that  the  Inha- 
bitants  of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Territories  in  Europe,  and  the  Inha- 
bitants of  The  United  States  shall,  in  respect  to  Commerce  between 
the  said  territories,  be  placed  on  the  footing  of  the  most  favoured 
Nations ;  it  is  agreed,  that  in  case  either  of  tlie  Contracting  Parties  shall 
hereafter  grant  any  additional  advantage  in  Commerce  or  Navigation 
to  any  European  Nation,  as  to  the  importation  or  exportation,  to  or 
from  such  other  European  Nation  and  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Terri- 
toriesin  Europe,  or  to  or  from  such  European  Nation  and  the  Terri- 
lories  of  the  United  States,  the  Citizens  and  Subjects  of  the  other 
Contracting  Party  shall  likewise  enjoy  the  same  freely,  where  it  has 
been  freely  granted  to  such  other  European  Nation,  and,  where  con- 
ditionally granted,  on  the  same  terms  and  conditions  on  which  such 
advantage  shall  have  been  granted,  or  on  other  terms  and  conditions 
which  may  be  afterwards  agr^eed  upon  as  equivalent  thereto  by  the 
Contracting  Parties. 


First  Separate  Article.  His  Britannic  Majesty  agrees,  that  the 
Vessels  of  The  United  States  shall  be  admitted,  and  hospitably 
received,  at  the  principal  Settlements  of  the  British  Dominions  in  the 
East  Indies,  videlicet:  Calcutta,  Madras,  Bombay,  and  Prince  of 
Wales'  Island;  and  that  the  Citizens  of  the  said  United  States  may 
freely  carry  on  trade  between  the  said  principaL  Settlements,  and  the 
said  United  States,  in  all  articles  of  which  the  importation  aud 
exportation,  respectively,  to  and  from  the  said  Teriitories,  shall  not 
be  entirely  prohibited;  provided  only,  that  it  shall  not  be  lawful  for 
them,  in  any  time  of  War  between  the  British  Government  and  any 
Power  or  State  whatever,  to  export  from  the  said  Territories,  without 
the  special  permission  of  the  British  Government,  any  military  stores, 
or  naval  stores,  or  rice.  The  Citizens  of  The  United  States  sliall 
pay  for  their  Vessels  when  admitted,  no  other,  or  higher  duty  or 
charge,  than  shall  be  payable  on  the  Vessels  of  the  most  favoured 
European  Nations.  And  they  shall  pay  no  other  or  higher  duties  or 
charges  on  the  importation  or  exportation  of  the  Cargoes  of  the  said 
Vessels,  than  shall  be  payable  on  the  same  articles  when  imported  or 
exported  in  the  Vessels  ofthe  most  favoured  European  Nation. 

But  it  is  expressly  agreed,  that  the  Vessels  of  The  United  States 
shall  net  carry  any  articles  from  the  said  principal  Settlements  to  any 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN,  101 

Port  or  PJace,  except  to  some  Port  or  Place,  in  the  United  States  of 
America,  where  the  same  shall  be  unladen. 

It  18  also  understood,  that  the  permission  granted  by  this  Article, 
is  Dot  to  extend  (o  allow  the  Vessels  of  The  United  States  to  carry  on 
any  part  of  the  Coasting  Trade  of  the  said  British  Territories;  but  the 
Vessels  of  The  United  States  having,  in  the  first  instance,  proceeded 
to  one  of  the  said  principal  Settlements  of  the  British  Dominions  ia 
the  East  Indies,  and  then  going  with  their  original  Cargoes,  or  part 
thereor  from  one  of  the  said  principal  Settlements  to  another,  shall  not 
be  considered  as  carryini?  on  the  Coasting  Trade. 

The  Vessels  of  The  United  States  may  also  touch  for  refreshment^ 
but  not  for  commerce,  in  the  course  of  their  voyage  to  or  from  the 
British  Territories  in  India,  at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  the  Island  of 
St.  Helena,  or  such  oiher  places  as  may  be  in  the  possession  of  Great 
Britain  in  the  African  or  Indian  Seas.  It  being  well  understood,  that 
in  all  that  regards  this  Article,  the  Citizens  of  The  United  States  shall 
be  subject  in  all  respects  to  the  Laws  and  Regulations  of  the  British 
Government  from  time  to  time  established. 

Second  Separate  Article,  It  is  hereby  agreed  and  declared,  that 
the  First  Separate  Article  of  the  present  Treaty,  shall  be  limited  in  its 
duration  to  the  period  of  2  years,  from  the  date  of  the  exchange  of  the 
Ratifications  of  the  said  Treaty. 


(^Enclosure^,) — The  American  to  the  British  Pletnpotentariet. 

Hariey  Street,  \7th  June,  1815. 

The  Undersigned  have  the  honor  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  the 
Note  of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Plenipotentiaries  of  the  16th  instant, 
enclosing  their  Contre  Prqjet  for  the  arrangement  of  tlie  commercial 
intercourse  between  the  2  Countries. 

Anxious  to  ascertain,  with  as  little  delay  as  possible,  whether 
tliere  be  any  probability  that  such  an  arrangement  can  now  be 
concluded  as  shall  be  satisfactory  to  both  Parties,  the  Undersigned 
will  not  at  this  time  enter  into  a  discussion  of  the  subject,  and,  leaving 
minor  points  for  subsequent  consideration,  will  only  propose  the  fol- 
lowing alterations  in  the  Contre  Prqjet  of  His  Britannic  Majesty's 
Plenipotentiaries,  videOcet. 

Art.  II.  1st.  To  reinstate  the  clause  in  the  Projet  of  the 
Undersigned,  which  provided  that  the  same  duties,  drawbacks,  and 
bounties,  should  be  paid  and  allowed  in  either  Country,  on  the 
importation  or  exportation  of  articles,  the  produce,  growth,  or 
manufacture  of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Territories  in  Europe,  or  of 
The  United  States,  whether  such  imporfatton  or  exportation  should 
be  IQ  British  Vessels  or  in  Vessels  of  The  United  States. 

2Ddly.  To  reinstate  the  clause  in  the  Projet  of  the  Undersigned, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


102  UNITED  STATES  AND    GREAT    BRITAIN. 

which  excepted  from  tlie  provisioii  to  equalize  ton iinge  duties,  Britidi 
Vessels  bound  to  or  from  British  Possessions,  to  which  Vessels  of 
The  United  States  were  not  permanently  admitted ;  or  to  introduce  a 
new  Article,  providing  that  neither  the  intercourse  between  The  United 
States  and  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Possessions  in  the  West  Indies* 
nor  that  by  sea  between  the  said  States  and  His  Britannic  Majesty's 
Territories  on  the  Continent  of  North  America,  shall  be  affected  by 
any  Article  in  the  Treaty,  but  that  each  Party  shall  remain  in  the 
complete  possession  of  its  rights,  in  respect  to  such  an  intercourse. 

III.  To  reinstate,  in  substance,  the  Article  proposed  on  that  subject 
by  the  Undersigned,  so  thatjhe  Commerce  by  land  or  inland  naviga- 
tioo,  sanctioned  by  the  Article,  be  confined  to  that  which  may  be 
carried  on  between  the  Citizens  of  The  United  States  and  His  Britannic 
Majesty's  Subjects;  and  so  as  not  to  preclude  the  Citizens  of  The 
United  States  from  carrying  articles  of  tlie  growth,  produce,  or'manu- 
facture  of  the  said  States,  down  the  River  St.  Lawrence,  as  far  at  least 
as  Montreal,  and  down  the  Waters  of  Lake  Champlain,  as  far  at  least 
as  the  St.  Lawrence ;  or,  if  no  satisfactory  arrangement  can  at  present 
be  formed  on  this  subject,  to  omit  Uie  Article  altogether. 

V.  To  place,  generally,  each  Nation  on  the  footing  of  the  most 
favoured  Nation ;  without  restricting  that  privilege  as  relates  to  the 
Citizens  of  The  United  States  to  the  commerce  with  His  Britannic 
Majesty's  Territories  in  £urope. 

Second  Separate  Article  to  be  omitted. 

The  Undersigned  will  have  the  honor  to  wait  on  His  Britannic 
Majesty's  Plenipotentiaries  on  Monday  the  19th  instant,  at  2  o'clock, 
at  the  Office  for  Trade ;  when  the  Undersigned  hope  they  will  be  able 
to  communicate  to  them  their  final  determination  on  the  proposed 
alterations. 

The  Undersigned  request,  &c. 

JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS. 
HENRY  CLAY. 
The  British  Pfenipotentiaries.  JILBERT  GALLATIN. 


{Enclosure  A.)^The  British  to  the  American  Plenipotentiaries. 

Board  of  Trade,  20tk  June,  1815. 

In  compliance  with  the  request  of  the  American  Plenipotentiaries, 
the  Undersigned  have  the  honor  to  communicate  to  them,  in  writing, 
the  substance  of  the  observations  which  were  made  on  the  part  of  the 
British  Plenipotentiaries  in  the  Conference  of  yesterday,  upon  the 
different  poinU  referred  to  in  the  Note  of  the  American  Plenipoten- 
tiaries of  the  17th  instant 

Upon  the  first  point  relating  to  a  part  of  the  Second  Article  of  the 
Contre  Projet  of  the  Undersigned,  the  British  Plenipoti^utiaries  stated 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN  103 

it  to  be  the  intentioh.of  their  Government  to  agree,  not  only  to  n 
oiattial  eqoalization  of  such  Daties  as  may  properly  be  called  Tonnage 
Daties,  hot  also  of  all  Duties  upon  the  importation  of  goods  the 
growth,  produce,  or  manufacture  of  the  2  Countries  respectively, 
vhether  imported  in  British  or  in  American  Ships :  they  stated  further 
their  readiness  to  accede  to  a  similar  and  mutual  equalization  of 
bounties  payable  upon  the  importation  of  the  above  articles.  Upon  the 
subject  of  drawbacks,  they  represented  that  the  Clause,  as  proposed  by 
the  American  Plenipotentiaries,  appeared  to  give  to  the  Vessels  of  The 
United  Slates,  which  might  be  engaged  in  the  general  re-exportation  of 
American  produce  from  this  Country  to  all  other  parts  of  the  World,  an 
advantage  equal  to  that  enjoyed  by  British  Ships,  and  that  this  privilege 
went  beyond  the  general  principle*  of  an  Article  which  was  con6ned  to  the 
trade  between  the  2  Countries  respectively.  They  expressed  a  wish  to 
Kceive  from  the  American  Plenipotentiaries,  a  more  precise  explanation 
of  their  views  upon  this  point. 

Upon  the  second  point,  referred  to  in  the  Note  of  the  American 
Plenipotentiaries,  the  Undereigned  expressed  their  readiness  to  agree 
to  a  Clanse,  which  should  contain  the  latter  alternative  suggested  by 
the  American  Plenipotentiaries. 

Upon  the  Third  Article,  relating  to  the  intercourse  between  Canada 
and  The  United  States,  the  Undersigned  disclaimed  any  intention  of 
obtaining,  by  any  interpretation  of  the  words  of  the  Article,  as  they 
had  proposed  it,  a  right  to  an  intercourse  with  the  Indians,  residing 
within  the  acknowledged  limits  of  The  United  States,  which  the 
American  Plenipotentiaries  had  already  stated  that  their  instructiona 
forbade  them  to  concede ;  and  they  expressed  their  readiness  to  agree 
to  the  insertion  of  such  words  as  would  clear  up  any  doubt  which 
might  exist  upon  the  subject. 

As  to  the  navigation  of  the  River  St.  Lawrence  as  far  as  Montreaf, 
and  that  of  the  Waters  flowing  from  Lake  Champlain  to  that  River, 
the  Undersigned  stated  themselves  not  to  be  authorized  to  stipulate 
the  concession  of  that  indulgence  in  the  way  proposed  by  the  Ameri- 
can Plenipotentiaries.  The  Undersigned  likewise  stated  their  ob- 
jections to  extending  Article  V,  beyond  the  intercourse  between  The 
United  States  and  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Dominions  in  Europe. 

In  regard  to  the  2  Separate  Articles  of  the  Centre  Prcfet,  the  Under* 
signed  stated  that  they  had  no  authority  to  grant  the  first  unless  ac» 
companied  by  a  limitation  in  point  of  time ;  and  when  the  American 
Plenipotentiaries  proposed,  as  a  substitute  for  that  Article,  one  which 
fhould  give  the  United  States  the  same  privileges  as  the  most  favoured 
European  Nations,  in  their  intercourse  with  the  British  Possessions  in 
(hat  quarter,  the  Undersigned,  whilst  they  admitted  that  in  some  res- 
pects it  stood  upon  different  grounds  from  an  Article  which  should 
grant  the  indirect  voyage  to  the  East  Indies,  without  any  equivalent 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


104  UNITED    STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

or  limitation  io  point  of  time,  did  not  feel  themselves  authorized  to  hoM 
out  any  expectation  that  this  new  suggestion  would  be  acceded  to  by 
Great  Britain, 

The  Undersigned  request^  &c. 

F.  ROBINSON. 

HENRY  GOULBURN. 
The  American  Plenipotentiaries.  WILLIAM  ADAMS. 


(Enclosure  5.)— •Sn^mef  Sketch  of  American  Article  for  equalizing 

Duties. 
The  same  Duties  shall  be  paid  on  the  importation  in  the  Ports  of 
any  of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Territories  in  Europe,  of  any  articles, 
the  growth,  produce,  or  manufacture  of  The  United  States,  and  the 
same  drawbacks  shall  be  allowed  on  the  re- Exportation  thereof,  whether 
such  importation  shall  be  in  Vessels  of  The  United  States  or  in  British 
Vessels,  and  the  same  Duties  shall  be  paid  on  the  importation  in  The 
United  States  of  any  articles,  the  growth,  produce,  or  manufacture 
of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Territories  in  Europe,  and  the  same  draw, 
backs  shall  be  allowed  on  the  re-exportation  thereof,  whether  such  im- 
portation  shall  be  in  Vessels  of  The  United  States  or  in  British  Vessels. 
The  same  Dnties  shall  be  paid,  and  the  same  Bounties  allowed  on  the 
exportation  of  any  articles,  the  growth,  produce,  or  manufacture  of 
The  United  States,  to  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Territories  in  Europe, 
whether  such  exportation  shall  be  in  Vessels  of  The  United  States,  or 
in  British  Vessels,  the  same  Duties  shall  be  paid,  and  the  same 
Bounties  allowed  on  the  exportation  of  any  articles,  the  growth,  pro- 
duce, or  manufacture  of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Territories  in  Europe, 
to  The  United  States,  vthether  such  exportation  shall  be  in  Vessels  of 
The  United  States  or  in  British  Vessels. 


(Enclosure  6.)— The  American  io  the  British  Plenipotentiaries, 

Harley  Street,  2\st  June^  1815* 

The  Undersigned  have  the  honor  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of 
the  Note  of  the  British  Plenipotentiaries,  dated  the  20ih  instant, 
communicating  the  substance  of  the  observations  which  they  had 
made  in  the  Conference  of  the  I9th,  upon  the  different  points  referred  to 
in  the  Note  of  the  Undersigned  of  the  17th  instant. 

The  views  of  the  Undersigned  with  respect  to  the  Second  Article, 
being  precisely  the  same  with  those  stated  by  the  British  Plenipoten* 
tiaries,  there  will  be  no  difficulty  in  framing  a  Clause  embracing  the 
objects  contemplated  by  both  Parties,  and  which  shall  be  free  from 
ambiguity.  •   :  •  * 

The  explanation  given  by  the  British  Plenipotentiaries,  npon  that 
part  of  the  3rd  Article  which  the  Undersigned  apprehended  might  be 
Jiable  to  a  construction  in  reference  to  the  Indian  Trade,  not  intendeU 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED    STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN,  105 

by  eiUier  Party,  is  perfectly  satisfactory.  But  they  regret  that  they 
caDDOt  accede  to  the  alterations  proposed  in  other  respects  by  the 
British  Plenipotentiaries,  to  the  Article  which  had  been  offered  by  the 
Undersigned,  particularly  as  they  affect  tlie  privilege  of  inland  navi- 
gation by  the  River  St.  Lawrence,  and  by  the  Waters  flowing  from 
Lake  Charaplain ;  nor  have  they  found  it  practicable  to  frame  any 
Article  compatible  with  the  different  views  entertained  by  the  2  Parties, 
respecting  the  intercourse  between  The  United  States  and  Canada. 
They  therefore  recur  to  the  proposal  made  in  their  Note  of  the  17th 
instant,  to  omit  that  Article  altogether,  that  proposal  not  having  been 
noticed  in  the  Note  of  the  British  Plenipotentiaries  of  the  20(h  instant. 

They  make  the  same  offer  as  to  the  5th  Article  of  the  Conlre  Projet. 

And,  thirdly,  they  hereby  renew  the  proposal  made  verbally  in  the 
Conference  of  the  19th  instant,  to  substitute  for  the  2  Separate  Articles^ 
one,  placing  The  United  States,  in  their  intercourse  with  the  British 
Possessions  in  India,  on  the  footing  of  the  most  favoured  European 
Nation. 

The  Undersigned  fequest  to  be  made  acquainted  with  the  -determi- 
nation  of  the  British  Plenipotentiaries  on  those  3  Propositions. 
The  Undersigned,  &c. 

JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS. 
H.  CLAY. 
The  Briiish  Plenipoientiarus.  ALB E  RT  G A  LLATl  N. 

(Enclosure  7.) — The  British  to  the  American  Plenipotentiaries. 

Board  of  Trade,  23rd  June,  1816. 

The  Undersigned  have  the  honour  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of 
the  Note  of  Uie  American  Plenipotentiaries  of  the  21st  instant,  and  are 
happy  to  6nd  that  no  difficulty  exis^  on  either  side  in  regard  to  the 
Second  Article.  Upon  the  subject  of  the  Third  Article,  the  Undersigned 
regret  to  learn  that  the  American  Plenipotentiaries  have  not  found  it  prac- 
ticable to  frame  any  Article  compatible  with  the  different  views  enter- 
tained by  the  2  Parties,  respecting  the  intercourse  between  Canada  and 
The  United  States ;  and  as  the  Undersigned  are  equally  unable  to 
accede  to  the  proposition  made  on  the  part  of  The  United  States,  re- 
specting the  navigation  of  Waters  lying  exclusively  within  the  Terri- 
tories of  His  Britannic  Majesty,  they  accede  to  the  proposal  of  omitting 
the  Article  altogether.  They  have  also  no  objection  to  the  omission 
of  the  Fifth  Article. 

In  regard  to  the  trade  of  The  United  States  with  the  British  East 
Indies^  the  Undersigned  are  not  authorized  to  substitute  for  2  Separate 
Articles  which  they  had  proposed,  one  which  shall  put  the  intercourse 
of  The  United  States  in  that  quarter  upon  Uie  footing  of  the  most 
favored  European  Nation,  inasmuch  as  it  would  have  the  practical 
effect  of  granting,  in  another  shapcj  that  which  the  Undersigned  are 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


106  UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  DRITAIN. 

instructed  to  viithholcl,  unless  accompanied  by  a  greater  linittation  in 
point  of  time,  than  they  would  think  it  expedient  to  apply  to  the  other 
arrangements  of  the  Treaty.  If,  however,  the  American  Plenipoten- 
tiaries adhere  to  their  objections  to  the  substance  of  the  2  Separate 
Articles,  as  proposed  on  the  part  of  Great  Britain,  the  Undersigned  aie 
ready  to  omit  altogether  any  Article  upon  the  subject  of  the  East 
Indies. 

The  Undersigned  are  nevertheless  disposed  to  consider  the  arrange 
meat  of  the  Second  Article  (as  agreed  upon,  or  understood)  to  be  of 
sufficient  importance  to  the  mutual  interests  of  Great  Britain  and  The 
United  States,  particularly  in  the  common  object  of  securing  a  free 
commercial  intercourse  between  the  2  Countries,  to  induce  them  readily 
to  sign  a  Treaty  or  Convention  for  that  single  purpose,  independent 
of  the  other  points  to  which  the  negotiation  has  referred. 
The  Undersigned,  Sec. 

F.  ROBINSON. 
HENRY  GOULBURN. 
The  American  Plenipotentiaries.  WILLIAM   ADAMS. 


(Enclosure  S.) — The  Atnerican  to  the  British  Plenipotentiaries. 

Harley 'Street,  24M  June,  1815. 

The  Undersii^ned  have  the  honor  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  the 
Note  of  the  British  Plenipotentiaries  of  the  23rd  instant,  expressing 
their  assent  to  the  proposal  of  omitting  the  3rd  and  5th  Articles  of 
the  Contre  Projet. 

To  the  proposal  of  omitting  also  altogether  any  Article  upon 
the  subject  of  the  East  Indies,  and  of  signing  an  Arrangement 
embracing  all  the  provisions  contained  in  the  2nd  Article,  the 
Undersigned  do  not  feel  themselves  authorized  to  accede.  But  they 
offer  to  sign  a  Convention,  embracing  that  Article  entire,  and  the  first 
Separate  Article ;  the  whole  of  which  Convention  shall  be  limited  to  the 
term  of  4  years  from  the  date  of  the  exchange  of  the  Ratifications,  or 
they  will  agree. to  a  Convention  for  the  sole  purpose  of  abolishing  all 
discriminating  duties  on  American  and  British  Vessels,  and  their 
cargoes,  in  the  intercourse  between  The  United  States  and  His  Bri- 
tannic  Majesty's  Territories  in  Europe,  in  the  manner  contemplated 
by  the  2nd  Article,  and  as  explained  and  mutually  agreed  on  in  the 
Conferences  on  that  subject,  omitting  all  the  other  proyisions  con- 
tained  in  the  same  Article,  and  which  had  for  object  to  place  the  2 
Countries,  respectively,  on  the  footing  of  the  most  favored  Nation. 
The  Undersigned  request,  &c. 

JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS. 
HENRY  CLAY. 
The  British  Plenipotentiaries.  ALBERT  GALLATIN. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN.  107 

(Emriasmre  9,) — The  Briivth  to  the  American  Pienipofcnfutries, 

Board  of  Trade,  26th  June,  181 5. 

The  Undersigned  have  the  honor  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  the 
Note  of  the  American  Plenipotentiaries  of  the  24th  instant,  in  which 
tbey  offer  to  sign  a  Convention  embracing  the  2nd  Article  entire, 
and  the  1st  Separate  Article ;  the  whole  of  the  Convention  to  be  limited 
to  the  term  of  4  years  from  the  date  of  the  exchange  of  the  Ratifica- 
tion, or  to  agree  to  a  Convention  for  the  sole  purpose  of  abolishing  ali 
discriminating  duties  on  American  and  British  Vessels  and  theii  Car- 
goes, in  the  intercourse  between  the  United  States  and  the  British 
Territories  in  Europe,  omitting  all  the  other  provisions  contained  in 
the  same  Article,  and  which  had  for  object  to  place  the  2  Countries, 
Fespectively,  on  the  footing  of  the  most  favoured  Nation. 

As  neither  of  these  proposals  were  contemplated  in  the  instructions 
with  which  the  Undersigned  were  originally  furnished,  and  which  were 
framed  with  a  view  to  a  less  limited  arrangement,  they  have  felt 
themselves  under  the  necessity  of  referring  the  last  Note  of  the  Ame- 
rican Plenipotentiaries  to  the  consideration  of  their  Government,  and 
will  lose  no  time  in  communicating  the  result  of  that  reference,  as  soon 
as  they  shall  be  enabled  to  do  so. 

The  Undersigned,  &c. 

P.  ROBINSON. 
HENRY  GOULBURN. 
ne  Amerwtm  Plenipotemtiaries.  WILLIAM  ADAMS. 


(Enehsure  lOJ — The  British  to  the  American  Plenipotentiaries, 

Board  of  Trade,  29/A  June,  1815. 
Ill  reference  to  the  Note  which  the  Undersigned  had  the  honour  to 
address  to  the  American  Plenipotentiaries,  on  the  26th  instant,  they 
are  now  instructed  to  acquaint  them  that  the  British  Government  is 
ready  to  agree  to  a  Convention  for  4  years,  (to  be  calculated  from 
the  date  of  its  signature,)  which  shall  contain  the  whole  of  the  2nd 
Article,  as  proposed  by  the  Undersigned,  and  as  explained  and  mu- 
tually agreed  upon  in  their  several  Conferences,  and  also  the  1st 
Separate  Article,  relating  to  the  East  Indies,  as  proposed  on  the  part  of 
Great  Britain  ;  the  latter  Article  also  to  be  in  force  for  4  years,  from  the 
same  date.  The  Undersigned,  in  making  this  communication  to  the 
American  Plenipotentiaries,  feel  it  to  be  their  duty  to  state  in  the  most 
explicit  manner  that,  although  in  the  earnest  desire  of  promoting  a 
good  understanding  between  the  2  Countries,  the  British  Government 
has,  at  the  present  time,  forborne  to  insist  on  making  in  the  body  of 
the  Treaty  any  marked  distinction  between  its  concession,  in  regard 
to  the  East  Indies  and  its  other  concessions,  for  which  a  stipulated 
equivalent  is  obtained,  yet,  that  it  still  considers  itself  as  granting  to 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


103  UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

The  United  States  a  privilege  in  regard  to  the  East- ladies,  for  which 
]( is  entitled  to  require  aa  equivalent 

The  Undersigned  must  therefore  be  distinctly  understood  as  re- 
serving to  His  Majesty's  Government  in  any  future  negotiation,  the 
clear  right  either  of  withholding  this  privilege  altogether,  after  the 
expiration  of  4  years,  or  of  renewing  the  grant  of  it  for  such  equiva* 
lents,  or  subject  to  such  modifications,  as  expediency  may  seem  to 
require  at  the  time  of  such  future  negotiation.  * 

The  Undersigned  request  to  have  the  honor  of  seeing  the  American 
Plenipotentiaries  on  Friday  next,  the  30th  instant,  at  2  o'clock,  at  the 
Board  of  Trade,  and  avail  themselves,  &c. 

F.  ROBINSON. 
HENRY  GOULBURN. 
The  American  Plenipotentiaries.  WILLIAM  ADAMS. 


[Enclosure  11.)— 7%fl  American  to  the  British  Plenipotentiaries. 

Harley  street,  30M  June,  1815. 

Thb  Undersigned  have  had  the  honor  to  receive  the  Note  of  the 
British  Plenipotentiaries,  dated  the  29th  instant,  and  stating  tlie  terms 
on  which  their  Government  is  ready  to  agree  to  a  Convention  on  the 
subject  of  the  Commercial  intercourse  between  The  United  States  and 
Great  Britain. 

The  Undersigned  have  already,  in  the  Conferences  which  they  had  the 
honor  to  hold  with  the  British  Plenipotentiaries,  expressed  their  opinion 
that  the  proposed  Convention,  taken  altogether,  was  founded  on  principles 
of  reciprocity,  was  equally  advantageous  to  both  Parties,  and  contained 
in  itself  a  fair  equivalent  for  every  presumed  concession  made  by 
either  Party.  But  both  Governments  will  undoubtedly  have  a  clear 
right,  after  the  expiration  of  4  years,  of  refusing  to  renew  or  of  sob* 
jectiog  to  modifications,  any  of  the  Stipulations  how  agreed  on,  which 
may  appear  to  either  Party  injurious,  or  requiring  some  further  equiva- 
lent. I'he  same  earnest  desire  of  promoting  a  good  understanding 
between  the  2  Countries,  which  ha^  been  expressed  on  the  part  of 
Great  Britain,  has  induced  the  Undersigned  to  agree  to  a  Convention 
more  limited,  both  as  to  its  objects  and  durntiou,  than  they  had  contem- 
plated, with  a  hope  that  in  the  mean  time  its  deficiencies  may  be  sup- 
plied, and  such  other  provisions  may  be  adopted,  as  will  conduce  to 
mutual  convenience,  and  tend  to  strengthen  the  relations  of  amity  and 
friendship  happily  restored  between  the  2  Countries. 

The  Undersigned  will  have  the  honor  to  meet  the  British  Pleni. 
potentiaries  this  day,  and  feel  pleasure  in  renewing,  &c. 

JOHN  QUINCY  ABAM8. 
H.  ClAY. 
The  British  Plenipotentiaries.  ALBERT  GALLATIN. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  SPAIN.  109 

(8.)— TAe  Briiish  Charge  d Affaires  io  the  Secretary  of  Siaie.  . 

Washington,  24/A  November,  1815. 

Ths  UndersigDedy  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Charge  d'Affaires  in 
The  United  States,  has  the  honour  to  acquaint  the  American  Secretary 
of  State,  for  the  information  of  the  President,  that  he  has  received 
His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent's  Ratification,  in  the  name 
and  on  the  behalf  of  His  Majesty,  of  the  Commercial  Convention 
between  the  2  Countries,  signed  at  liondon,  on  the  3rd  of  last  July, 
and  that  he  has  been  authorized,  and  is  ready,  to  proceed  to  the  ex« 
change,  whenever  the  Ratification  on  the  part  of  The  United  States 
shall  have  taken  place. 

In  communicating  this  intelligence,  the  Undersigned  has  received 
the  Prince  Regent  s  commands,  at  the  same  time,  to  transmit  to  the 
Government  of  The  United  States  the  accompanying  Declaration, 
explanatory  of  the  intentions  of  His  Majesty's  Government,  in  so  far  as 
regards  the  intercourse  of  Vessels  belonging  to  The  United  Slates, 
with  the  Island  of  St.  Helena;  the  existing  circumstances  uf  the  World 
having  rencl^red  it  necessary  that  that  Island  should,  for  the  present, 
be  excepted  from  the  Ports  of  refreshment  enumerated  in  the  Third 
Article  of  the  said  Convention. 

The  Undersigned  avails  himself,  &c. 

ANTHONY  ST.  JOHN  BAKER. 


(Enclosure.) — British  Declaration,     See  Page  82. 


MESSAGE  from  the  President  of  The  United  States  to 
CongresSy  transmitting  Correspondence^  1B15,  1816,  fvith 
the  Spanish  Minister,  relative  to  the  Relations  between  Spain 
and  The  United  States^^the  Floridas,  Spanish* American 
Insurgents,  Sfc. — 26M  January,  18 16. 


To   THE    HODSE   OP    REPRESENTATIVES    OF    ThE    UnITED   StATES. 

In  compliance  with  the  Resolution  of  the  24th,  I  transmit  2  Letters 
from  the  Envoy  Extraordinary,  and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  of  Spain, 
to  the  Secretary  of  Slate,  with  his  Answer. 
%^h  January,  1816.  JAMES  MADISON. 


(I.)— 7%e  Chevalier  de  Onis  to  the  Secretary  of  State. 
(Translation.) 
Sir,  Washington,  30/A  December,  1816. 

The  diplomatic  relations  between  the  King,  my  Master,  and  The 
United  States  being  happily  restored,  and  both  Governments  being 
disposed,  mutually  to  strengthen  the  ties  of  the  most  pure  and  perfect 
friendship,  it  is  my  duty  to  inform  the  President  of  whatever  may  con- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


110  UNITED  STATES  AND  SPAIN. 

tribute  to  so  desirable  an  object,  and  remove  the  obstacles  which  may 
prevent  it.  On  the  important  points  on  which  this  Note  must  turn,  I 
have  written  to  you  under  other  circumstances  less  favourable  than  the 
present  I  will  now  confine  myself  to  a  plain  and  simple  explanation 
of  them. 

The  first  of  these  points  is:  that^  the  direct  and  official  relations 
between  Spain  and  The  United  States  havjog  been  broken  off,  since  the 
year  1808,  the  affairs  of  both  Nations,  as  well  as  their  respective 
Frontiers,  should  now  be  placed  in  the  same  state  and  situation  in 
which  they  were  at  that  period  ;  and  that,  in  conformity  to  this  principle, 
the  part  of  West  Florida,  which  The  United  States  took  possession  of 
during  the  glorious  Insurrection  of  Spain,  and  have  retained  until  this 
day,  should  be  restored  to  His  Catholic  Majesty.  This  just  and  con- 
ciliatory measure,  at  the  same  time  that  it  will  convince  the  King,  my 
Master,  of  the  purity  and  sincerity  of  the  sentiments  of  the  American 
Government,  and  of  their  disposition  to  arrange  and  terminate 
amicably  the  several  points  of  negotiation,  will  not,  in  the  least,  impair 
the  right  which  it  may  believe  it  has  to  the  whole,  or  a  part  of  the 
Territory  occupied,  since  it  will  remain  subject,  exactly  as  it  was 
before  its  occupation,  to  a  frank  and  friendly  discussion  between  the 
2  Governments. 

The  second  point  is  kh  simple  and  obvious  as  the  first;  and  I  will 
*treat  of  it  with  that  confidence,  with  which  I  ought  to  be  inspired  by 
the  indisputable  justice  of  my  importunity,  the  justification  of  the 
American  Government,  and  the  importance  of  the  affair. 

It  is  known  to  you,  and  is  universally  public  and  notorious,  that  a 
factious  Band  of  Insurgents  and  Incendiaries,  continue  with  impunity, 
in  the  Province  of  Louisiana,  and  especially  in  New  Orleans  and 
Natchitoches,  the  uninterrupted  system  of  raising  and  arming  troops, 
to  light  the  flame  of  Revolution  in  the  Kingdom  of  New  Spain^  and  to 
rob  the  pacific  inhabitants  of  the  dominions  of  the  King,  my  Master. 
The  invasion  of  the  internal  Provinces,  the  horrible  assassinations 
committed  in  San  Antonio  de  Bexar,  and  the  names  of  the  perfidious 
perpetrators  x)f  such  unheard-of  crimes,  have  acquired  the  publicity 
which  great  crimes  always  will  acquire.  All  Louisiana  has  witnessed 
these  armaments;  the  public  enlistments  (los  enganches  publicos;) 
the  transportation  of  arms;  the  junction  of  the  Insurgents,  and  their 
hostile  and  warlike  march  from  the  Territory  of  this  Republic  against 
the  possessions  of  a  friendly  and  neighbouring  Power ;  neither  threats, 
nor  the  Laws,  nor  the  indignation  of  well  disposed  Citizens,  nor  even 
the  Proclamation  of  the  President  of  the  1st  of  September  last,  in* 
tended  to  restrain  these  Highway  Robbers,  have  been  sufiicient  to  stop 
their  nefaiious  plans.  On  the  contrary,  they  prosecute  them  with  the 
greatest  ardour  and  rancour^  more  and  more  exasperated  at  seeing  the 
glorious  triumphs  of  the  Spanish  Nation,  the  adhesion  of  hisSubjecto 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  SPAIN.  Ill 

to  an  adored  Monarch,  and  the  approaching  re-estabiiabment  of  the 
relations  between  our  respective  Nations. 

It  18  known  to  me,  that  they  are  now  enlisting  in  New  Orleans,  Men 
for  other  expeditions,  both  by  land  and  water,  to  invade  again  the  Do« 
minionsof  His  Catholic  Majesty,  under  the  direction  of  the  Ringleaders, 
Jose  Alvarez  de  Toledo,  and  Jose  Manuel  de  Herrera,  the  latter  of  whom 
has  jost  arrived  at  that  City,  with  the  appointment  (as  he  says)  of  Mi. 
niater  to  The  United  States,  from  the  self-styled  Mexican  Congress, 
who  has  delivered  to  Toledo  1,500  Commissions,  in  blank,  from  that 
body  of  Insurgents,  that  he  may  confer  them  on  a  like  number  of 
Officers,  whom  he  is  recruitingJn  the  Territory  of  this  Union.  I  omit 
mentioning  to  yon  other  innumerable  acts  of  this  kind,  which  prove 
the  publicity  of  these  armaments,  and  the  impunity  with  which  they 
continue. 

I  will  confine  myself  to  stating  to  you,  that  the  most  common  prac- 
tice of  Nations,  and  the  authority  of  the  best  Writers  on  Public  Law, 
would  give  a  right  to  the  King,  my  Master,  to  require  of  this  Govern- 
ment to  deliver  up  these  Traitors  as  incendiaries,  enemies  of  all  social 
order,  and  disturbers  of  the  peace  of  his  Subjects;  but,  as  the  object 
of  my  Sovereign  is  not  to  avenge  himself  of  this  Banditti,  but 
to  shield  his  Subjects  against  their  barbarity,  I  confine  myself  to 
asking  of  you  to  obtain  of  the  President,  orders  for  the  prosecution 
of  the  principal  Persons  concerned  in  this  sedition,  that  is  to  say : 
Jose  Alvarez  de  Toledo;  AnayaOrtez;  the  self-styled  Minister,  Manuel 
de  Herrera;  Doctors  Robinson  and  Humbert;  Majors  Eurie  and 
Preire;  and  their  Followers;  that  they  may  be  punished  with  all  the 
rigour  which  the  Laws  prescribe  in  cases  of  this  kind.  That  the  Troops 
which  they  have  raised  may  be  disarmed  and  dispersed,  and  that  the 
necessary  measores  be  taken,  to  prevent  in  future,  these  evil  spirits 
from  having  an  opportunity  of  pursuing  their  designs,  and  attempting 
to  compromit  the  good  intelligence,  which  subsists  between  our  re- 
spective Governments, 

The  President  cannot  but  have  seen  with  sensibility,  as  well  the 
total  want  of  effect  of  his  Proclamation,  of  the  lenient  measures  which 
he  had  adopted  against  these  Criminals,  who  boast  of  recognizing  no 
law,  subordination  or  moral  principle,  as  the  protection  and  support 
which  they  have  received  and  do  receive  from  the  Authorities  at  New 
Orleans,  conti'ary  to  his  express  orders.  His  Excellency,  as  he  is 
encharged  by  tliis  Republic  with  watching  over  its  security,  and  the 
observance  of  its  Treaties  and  I^aws,  cannot  but  consider  himself  au« 
thorized  to  restrain  the  projects  and  hostile  measures  of  a  set  of  Ad- 
venturers, who  make  open  War  against  a  friendly  Power  from  the 
Territory  of  this  Confederation,  compromitting  its  tranquillity  and 
high  character,  by  availing  himself  of  the  means  which  the  Constitu- 
tioD,  the  Law^s,  and  his  prudence,  offer  to  him,  for  obliging  these  Pdr- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


112  UNITED  STATES  AND  SPAIN. 

sons  to  abandon  their  designs,  and  to  manifest  to  His  Catholic  Majesty 
the  jast  indignation  with  which  The  United  States  view  the  hostile 
plans,  and  the  sedition  of  that  band  of  Incendiaries.  I  am  certain 
that  it  cannot  be  concealed  from  the  distinguished  talents  of  the  Presi- 
dent and  yourself,  that  the  point  o^  which  I  treat,  is  not  one  under 
the  Civil  (or  Municipal)  Law,  in  which  case  my  Sovereign  must  have 
recourse  to  the  ordinary  Tribunals;  but  that  it  is  a  manifest  and 
flagrant  violation  of  the  most  sacred  Laws  which  bind  together  Nations 
mutually, — perpetrated  by  the  Citizens  or  Residents  of  the  Union, — of 
which  the  King,  my  Master,  gives  information,  with  positive  and  noto- 
rious proofs,  to  the  Government  under  whose  jurisdiction  it  has  been 
executed,  that  they  may  give  him  competent  satisfaction,  with  a  know- 
ledge of  the  act,  by  causing  the  Delinquents  to  be  punished  as  guilty 
of  High  Treason  against  both  Governments. 

The  third  and  last  point  is  reduced  to  this  ;  that  the  President  will 
be  pleased  to  give  the  necessary  orders  to  the  Collectors  of  the  Cus- 
toms,  not  to  admit  into  the  Ports  of  the  United  States,  Vessels  under 
the  insurrectionary  flag  of  Carthagena,  of  the  Mexican  Congress,  of 
Buenos  Ayres,  or  of  the  other  places  which  have  revolted  against  the 
authority  of  the  King,  my  master,  nor  those  coming  from  them.  That 
they  should  not  permit  them  to  land,  or  to  sell  in  this  Country,  the 
shameful  proceeds  of  their  piracy,  or  atrocities,  and  much  less  to  equip 
themselves  in  these  Ports,  as  tliey  do,  for  the  purpose  of  going  to  sea, 
to  destroy  and  to  plunder  the  Vessels  which  they  may  meet  with  under 
the  Spanish  flag  This  tolerance,  subversive  of  the  most  solemn  stipu- 
lations in  the  Treaties  between  Spain  and  The  United  States,  and 
diametrically  opposed  to  the  general  principles  of  public  security  and 
good  faith,  and  to  the  Laws  of  Nations,  produces  the  most  melancholy 
eflects  on  the  interest  and  prosperity  of  the  Subjects  of  His  Catholic 
Majesty.  Certain  it  is,  that  neither  Carthagena,  nor  any  other  place 
in  the  Spanish  Dominions  in  this  Hemisphere,  which  has  revolted,  can 
be  in  communication  with  any  Power  friendly  to  Spain,  since  neither 
on  its  part,  nor  on  that  of  any  other  Government,  has  their  Independence 
been  acknowledged ;  and  it  is,  consequently,  an  ofience  against  the  dig- 
nity of  the  Spanish  Monarchy,  and  against  the  Sovereignty  of  the 
King,  my  Master,  to  admit  Vessels  from  such  places,  manned  and 
commanded  by  Insurgents,  and  armed  in  the  Dominions  of  this  Con- 
federation ;  particularly  as  they  are  all  Pirates,  who  do  not  respect  any 
flag,  are  justly  considered  the  disgrace  of  the  seas,  and  are  execrated 
by  all  Nations. 

The  three  preceding  points  are  of  such  established  equity  and  jus- 
tice, that  it  would  be  oflfensive  to  the  delicacy  of  this  Government  to 
suppose  that  it  could  delay,  under  any  pretext,  to  determine  on  them, 
in  the  manner  1  have  proposed,  and  which  I  have  an  express  order  to 
request,  (solicitar,)  in  the  name  of  the  King,  my  Master.   The  prompt 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  SPAIN.  1  13 

iuterpotition  of  the  President,  that  His  Maj<*sty  may  be  gratified, 
would  be  a  new  testimony  of  his  friendly  disposition  towards  Spain ; — 
an  erident  proof  that  tie  is  determined  to  put  an  end  to  the  incalculable 
extortions  and  injuries  which  Spain  has  suffered,  for  the  space  of  7 
years,  from  the  gang  of  Adventurers  who  have  assailed  her  from  the 
bosom  of  ttiis  Republic  ; — a  means  of  fixing  the  frank  and  sincere  sys- 
tem of  ^od  neighbourhood  which  so  much  interests  both  States  ^ — and, 
finally,  a  sure  preliminary  to  the  removal  of  all  the  difficulties  which 
may  present  themseives  in  the  Negotiations,  which  ought  to  terminate 
all  the  pending  discussions  between  the  2  Govemmeuts,  and  to  fix  for 
ever  between  tbem  a  perpetual  and  solid  friendship. 

If,  as  I  flatter  myself,  the  President  gives  all  the  attention  which 
is  due  to  affairs  of  such  transcendent  importance,  and  yields  to  my 
solicitations,  I  can  assure  his  Excellency,  and  yourself,  that  there  will 
be  nothing  which  the  King,  my  Master,  will  not  be  disposed  to  do,  to 
satisfy  this  Republic,  which  may  be  compatible  with  his  dignity  and 
wiU)  the  interests  of  his  Subjects. 

I  renew  to  you  the  assurances,  &c.. 
The  Hon,  James  Monroe.  LUIS  DE  ON  IS. 


(2.)— TAe  Chevalier  de  Onisto  the  Secretary  o/'S/a/f.— (Translation.) 
Snt,  Washington,  2d  January,  1816. 

Since  the  last  Note  I  had  the  honor  to  address  you,  under  date  of 
die  30th  of  December,  I  have  received  positive  information  that  the 
Expedition  which  the  Traitor  Toledo  was  preparing  in  New  Orleans, 
against  the  Dominions  of  the  King,  my  Master,  has  been  suspended 
until  tlie  arrival,  at  that  City,  of  2  Bodies  of  Troops. — 1,000  men  from 
KentQcky,  and  300  from  Tennessee, — commanded  by  2  American  Ci- 
tizens,  that  were  to  be  united  in  24  days  to  the  Army  of  the  Insurgents. 

I  abstain.  Sir,  from  offering  to  you  auy  observations  on  a  subject 
of  such  high  importance,  and  so  well  established.  I  am  well  per- 
suafled  that  his  Excellency,  the  President,  will  easily  perceive  that  if 
tihe  States  of  Kentucky,  Tennessee,  Louisiana,  and  Georgia,  continue, 
as  they  do,  allowing  their  Citizens  to  commit  hostilities  against  a 
Friendly  Power,  notwithstanding  the  Orders  he  has  issued  for  dispersing 
and  disarming  the  gang  of  Desperadoes,  headed  by  Toledo,  Humbert, 
A  nay  a,  Bernardo  Suteirier,  Istri,  Doctor  Robinson,  Majors  Eurie 
and  Preire,  and  their  Followers,  the  King,  my  Master,  will  have  reason 
to  suspect,  that  if  those  meetings  are  not  authorized  by  the  Government, 
they  are  at  least  tolerated. 

All  the  assurances  1  may  give  to  my  Sovereign,  of  the  friendly  dis- 
position of  his  Excellenry,  the  President,  will  not  stifhce,  when  com- 
pared with  tlie  evident  proofs  I  have  the  honour  to  communicate  to  you 
iothis  and  my  former  Note;  particularly  when  His  Majesty  is  well 
comrinced  of  the  resources  and  authority  of  the  Federal  Govertimeni, 
£1816—16.]  1 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


114  UNITED  STATES  AND  SPAIN. 

and  of  the  promptitude  with  which  their  orders  are  strictly  ohsenred  in 
the  whole  Union.  I  do  not  entertain  any  apprehension  of  the  result  of 
the  expedition  of  these  Incendiaries;  The  European  Wars  being 
terminated.  His  Majesty  will  be  able  to  direct  all  his  attention  and  his 
powerful  Armies,  to  stifle  at  once  the  growth  of  that  insurrection ;  but 
the  philanthropic  heart  of  my  Sovereign,  the  humanity  by  which  he  is 
distinguished,  and  which  constitutes  the  character  of  the  SpanishNation, 
induce  him  to  wish  to  re-establish  order  among  the  seduced,  rather  by 
mildness  than  by  the  force  of  arms,  which  cannot  be  eflfected  without 
the  effusion  of  the  blood  of  his  beloved  Subjects.  This  object  cannot 
fail  to  be  obtained,  so  soon  as  the  Mexican  Insurgents,  and  those  of  th« 
internal  Provinces  cease  to  be  furnished,  by  the  Citizens  of  this  Re- 
public, with  arms,  ammunition  and  troops. 

1  shall  never  have  the  vain  presumption  to  offer  you,  or  the  wise 
Magistrate  that  is  at  the  head  of  this  Administration,  any  observations 
on  the  consequences  that  might  result  against  the  interests  of  this  Re- 
public by  the  Independence  of  Spanish'  America.  My  wishes  are  only 
directed  to  equal  you  in  moderation,  and  to  re-establish,  on  the  most 
firm  and  permanent  basis,  the  relations  between  our  Governments. 
This  sincere  desire  will,  I  hope,  serve  as  an  apology  for  me,  while  I 
take  the  liberty  to  present  an  hypothesis  in  this  Note. 

I  grant,  for  a  moment,  that  all  the  Mexican  Empire  erects  itself 
into  an  Independent  State ;  that  it  adopts  the  wise  Constitution  of  this 
Confederation ;  establishes  a  complete  system  of  Legislation ;  and, 
finally,  that  it  enjoys  all  the  blessings  of  liberty,  in  the  same  full  ex- 
tent as  this  Republic.  It  is  beyond  question  that  the  climate  of 
Mexico  is  more  temperate  than  that  of  The  United  States ;  the  soil 
richer  and  more  productive ;  the  productions  and  fruits  more  abundant, 
rich,  and  of  a  superior  quality ;  and  that  provisions,  labour,  wood, 
houses,  clothing,  &c.,  are,  in  consequence  of  the  mildness  and  regularity 
of  the  climate,  much  cheaper  than  in  this  Country.  If  this  eventshould 
take  place,  do  you  not  think.  Sir,  as  I  do,  that  so  many  alluring  pros- 
pects, and  so  many  eminent  advantages,  will  deprive  this  Republic  of 
the  successive  emigrations  from  Europe  ?  and,  what  is  more,  of  a  very 
considerable  part  of  the  most  useful  and  industrious  Inhabitants  of 
this  Confederation,  who  would  carry  with  them  to  Mexico,  their  flour 
and  saw  mills,  machines,  manufactures,  their  enterprising  genius.—in 
a  word,  their  general  instruction,  and  all  the  means  that  actually  pro- 
mote and  vivify  the  commerce  of  these  States  P  I  flatter  myself  that 
this  event  will  not  happen;  but  I  am  fully  convinced,  that  the  conse- 
quences of  this  hypothesis  can  be  demonstrated  almost  witli  a  mathe- 
matical certainty ;  and  that  if  the  Citizens  of  Kentucky,  Tennessee, 
Louisiana,  and  Georgia,  should  reflect  deeply  on  this  subject,  far  from 
giving  any  aid  to  those  Vagabonds,  greedy  of  the  acquisition  of  gold, 
and  regardless  of  the  happiness  of  their  Country,  they  would  uuite 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  SPAIN,  115 

themselves  with  the  Autborities  of  the  King,  my  Master,  to  punish  that 
g^ug  of  perfidious  Traitors,  that  hide  themselves  id  these  States,  vrith 
the  crimina]  design  of  devastating  their  Country. 

I  hope.  Sir,  you  niji  have  the  goodness  to  overlook  this  digression, 
to  which  I  have  been  carried  by  my  warm  desire  of  strengthening  the 
most  perfect  friendship  between  the  2  Nations,  and  to  inform  his 
Excellency  the  President,  that  the  Orders  I  claim  in  His  Catholic  Ma* 
jesty's  name, — directed  to  the  trial  and  punishment  of  the  Ringleaders  of 
tlioae  Annies,  and  to  the  prohibition  of  exporting  arms,  of  any  kind,  from 
this  Conntry  to  the  Provinces,  against  my  Sovereign  s  authority,^are 
of  die  greatest  importance,  and  are  supported  by  the  existing  Treaty 
of  Friendship,  Limits,  and  Navigation,  between  Spain  and  The  United 
States,  especially  the  16th  Article. 

I  expect.  Sir,  your  Answer  to  these  important  points,  and  I  have 
the  honour  to  be,  &c. 
Tkt  U<m.Jamet  Monroe,  CHEVALIER  DE  ONLS. 


(3.)— TAe  Secretary  of  State  to  Ike  Chevalier  de  Oni$, 
Sir,  Department  of  State,  19/A  January,  1816. 

I  HAVE  had  the  honor  to  receive  your  Letters  of  the  dOth  of 
December  and  2nd  of  January  last,  and  to  submit  them  to  the  Presi- 
dent. 

You  demand  that  your  Sovereign  shall  be  put  in  possession  of 
West  Florida ;— -that  certain  Persons  whom  you  have  mentioned  shall 
be  arrested  and  tried  on  the  charge  of  promoting  Insurrection  in  tlie 
Spanidi  Provinces^  and  exciting  Citizens  of  The  United  States  to  join 
in  it  y*— and,3rdly,  that  the  Flags  of  Carthagena,  the  Mexican  Congress, 
Knenos  Ayres,  and  other  revolting  Provinces,  shall  be  excluded  from 
liie  PorU  of  The  United  States. 

On  the  re-establishment  of  the  diplomatic  relations  between  The 
United  States  and  Spain,  it  was  hoped  that  your  Government  would 
not  have  confined  its  attention  to  the  objects  in  which  Spain  is  alone 
interested,  but  have  extended  it  to  the  injuries  of  which  The  United 
States  have  so  Jong  and  so  justly  complained,  with  a  view  to  such 
reparation  as  it  might  now  be  able  to  make.  The  subjects  are  in 
Ch«r  nature  intimately  connected.  In  some  important  circumstances, 
indeed,  it  is  impossible  to  separate  them,  since  the  exposition  of  the 
wrongs  oi  The  United  States  afiPords  the  proper  answer,  in  those 
instances,  to  the  complaints  of  Spain.  It  is  my  duty  to  bring  these 
wrongs  into  view,  that  they  may  be  duly  considered  and  provided  for, 
in  case  your  Government  has,  as  I  am  bound  to  presume,  invested 
JDU  with  adequate  powers  for  tlie  purpose. 

At  a  period  anterior  to  either  of  the  circumstances  mentioned  in 
jour  Letters^  The  United  States  had  suffered  [great  injury  by  the  un* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1  16  UNITED   STATES  AND  SPAIN. 

lawful  seizure  and  condemQation  of  their  Vessels^  id  the  Ports  of 
Spain.  A  Treaty  providing.an  indemnity  for  those  spoliations  was 
agreed  to  and  signed,  by  a  Minister  duly  authorized  by  each  Govern- 
ment ;  but  its  Ratification,  though  negotiated  and  concluded  in  the 
presence  of  the  Spanish  Government,  was  af'erwards  declined  by  it. 
At  an  anterior  period  too,  the  deposite  at  New  Orleans,  stipulated  bj 
the  Treaty  of  1795,  was  suppressed. 

As  The  United  States  had  done  no  injury  to  Spain,  these 
acts,  so  hostile  in  their  nature,  and  injurious  in  their  effect,  ex- 
cited much  surprise.  It  had  been  the  uniform  object  of  this 
Government,  to  make  such  arrangements  with  Spain^  respecting 
the  free  Navigation  of  the  Mississippi,  and  the  Boundaries,  as,  se- 
curing to  our  Citizens  the  full  enjoyment  of  their  rights,  woald 
place  the  peace  aud  friendship  of  the  2  Countries  on  a  solid  and 
durable  basis.  With  this  view,  it  was  sought  to  obtain  of  Spain,  at  a 
fair  equivalent,  the  Territory  eastward  of  the  Mississippi,  Overtures 
to  this  effect,  were  made  to  the  Spanish  Government,  and  rejected. 
Being  renewed,  the  Minister  of  The  UniteVi  States  was  informed,  that 
Spain  had  ceded  Louisiana  to  France,  to  whom  he  was  referred,  for 
the  acquisition  of  such  Territory  in  that  quarter,  as  he  might  be 
instructed  to  make. 

On  the  last  very  important  event,  the  suppression  of  the  deposite 
at  New  Orleans,  a  Special  Mission  was  instituted  to  France  and 
Spain,  the  object  of  which  was  to  avert,  by  amicable  Negotiation  and 
arrangement,  the  calamities  of  War.  Affairs  had  more  especially  by 
this  act  of  violence  and  hostility,  reached  a  crisis,  which  precluded 
the  idea  of  temporary  palliatives.  A  comprehensive  and  permanent 
arrangement  had  become  indispensable,  of  which,  it  was  presumed, 
the  Governments  of  France  and  Spain  would  be  equally  sensible. 
The  Cession  of  Louisiana  by  France  to  The  United  States,  was  the 
immediate  consequence  of  this  Mission,  with  such  a  description  of  its 
Boundaries  by  the  Treaty  as,  it  was  presumed,  would  leave  no  cause 
of  controversy  with  Spain. 

The  Mission  had  thus  succeeded  in  a  very  important  object ;  but 
there  were  others;  of  a  similar  character,  which  remained  to  be 
adjusted.  The  differences  with  Spain  still  existed,  and  to  them  was 
'  added,  a  circumstance  of  much  interest  proceeding  from  the  acquisi- 
tion of  Louisiana,  the  unsettled  Boundaries  of  the  Province,  which 
were  now  to  be  established  with  Spain.  Under  the  influence  of  the 
same  policy,  the  Special  Mission  was  ordered  soon  afterwards  to 
Madrid,  to  invite  a  Negotiation,  for  the  arrangement  of  all  these 
important  concerns. 

Spain  still  held  Territory  to  the  eastward  of  the  Perdido, 
which  by  her  Cession  of  1  Louisiana,  and  its  transfer  to  The 
United  States,  was  separated  from  her  other  Dominions,  and  lay» 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED   STATES  AND  SPAIN.  117 

except  OD  the  ade  of  tbe  Ocean,  exclosirely  within  our  limits.  The 
importance  of  this  Territory  to  Spain,  in  consequence  of  these 
events*  in  any  Tiew  which  might  be  taken  of  it,  seemed  to  be  much 
diminished,  if  not  entirely  lost ;  while  in  eertain  yiews  of  which  it  was 
soaceptible,  it  might  prove  highly  injurious.  There  was  danger  that 
the  conticoance  of  a  Spanish  Colony  there,  might  produce  jealousy 
and  variance  between  the  %  Nations. 

On  the  other  hand.  The  United  States  had  acquired  Territory 
westward  of  the  Mississippi,  adjoining  the  Provinces  of  Spain,  which 
it  was  supposed  she  might  be  desirous  of  obtaining.  By  mutual 
Cessions  of  Territory,  in  quarters  most  convenient  to  each  other,  and 
by  forming  an  interval  between  their  Possessions,  to  remain  vacant, 
the  danger  of  collision  might  be  avoided,  and  their  good  understanding 
more  effectually  preserved.  By  rendering  justice  likewise  to  the 
claims  of  Tbe  United  States,  their  Citizens  would  be  contented,  and 
their  Government  be  better  enabled  to  control  their  conduct  beyond 
their  limits.  Here,  then,  seemed  to  be  a  fair  ground  for  amicable 
compromise  between  the  parties.  An  opportunity  was  presented  for 
terminating  every  difference,  and  securing  their  future  harmony, 
without  loss  or  sacrifice  by  either.  On  the  result  of  this  Mission 
1  need  not  enlarge.  I  shall  remark  only,  that  the  friendly  policy 
which  produced  it,  was  not  reciprocated  by  your  Government: 
it  was  perhaps  not  felt ;  it  was  certainly  disregarded.  Every  proposi- 
tion of  the  American  Ministers,  having  these  objects  in  view,  was  re- 
jected, and  none  made  in  return,  by  your  Government. 

'i  his  conduct  of  your  Government,  would  have  justified,  if  it  did 
not  invite,  the  most  decisive  measures  on  the  part  of  The  United 
States.  The  refusal  to  make  reparation  for  preceding  injuries,  or  to 
sorrender  any  portion  of  the  Territory,  in  the  possession  of  Spain,  to 
which  they  considered  their  title  indisputable,  or  to  accept  fair  and 
liberal  propositions  for  the  accommodation  of  these  differences,  or  to 
make  a  proposition  of  any  kind,  for  the  purpose,  left  The  United  States 
perfectly  free  to  pursue  such  courseas.in  their  judgment,  a  just  regard  to 
the  honor,  rights,  and  interests  of  tlie  Nation  might  dictate.  In  the 
condition  of  Spain,  there  was  nothing  to  excite  apprehension  of  the 
consequences,  whatever  might  be  the  course  decided  on.  Of  this,  the 
well  known  state  of  the  Peninsula,  at  the  time,  and  since,  and  of  the 
Spanish  Provinces  in  America,  affords  ample  proof.  The  friendly 
policy  which  The  United  States  have  since  pursued,  is  the  more 
conspicnouSi  from  the  consideration,  that  your  Government  has 
inflexibly  maintained,  the  unjust  and  hostile  attitude  which  it  then 
assumed,  and  has  even  added  new  injuries  and  insults  to  those  of  which 
I  have  already  complained. 

1  refer,  in  this  lattev  remark,  to  the  breaches  of  the  neu- 
trality  of  Spain,  which  her  Government  permitted,  if  it  did  not 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


118  UNITED  STATES  AND  SPAIN. 

authorize,  by  British  Troops,  and  British  Agents,  in  Florida,  and 
through  that  Province,  with  the  Creeks  and  other  Indian  Tribes, 
ill  the  late  War  with  Great  Britain,  to  the  great  injury  of  The  United 
States.  It  is  under  these  circumstances  that  you  bare  made  the 
demands  above  recited,  to  which  I  will  now  proceed  to  give  a  mcM-e 
particular  reply. 

You  require  that  Spain  shall  be  put  in  possession  of  West  Florida, 
as  an  act  of  justice,  before  a  discussion  of  the  right  of  the  Parties  to 
it  is  entered  on. 

It  is  known  to  your  Government,  that  The  United  States  claim  by 
Cession,  at  a  fair  equivalent,  the  Province  of  Louisiana,  as  it  was  held 
by  France  prior  to  the  Treaty  of  1763,  extending  from  the  River 
Perdido,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  Mississippi  to  the  Bravo,  or 
Grande,  on  the  western.  To  the  whole  Territory  within  those  limits. 
The  United  States  consider  their  right  established  by  well  known  facts, 
and  the  fair  interpretation  of  Treaties.  In  a  like  spirit  may  The 
United  States  demand  the  surrender  of  all  the  Territory  above  des- 
cribed, now  in  the  occupancy  of  Spain,  as  a  condition  to  the  com- 
mencement of  any  Negotiation  for  the  adjustment  of  differences.  When 
we  consider  how  long  your  Government  has  maintained  what  is 
deemed  an  unjust  possession ;  more  especially,  when  we  recollect  that 
the  injuries  before  received  are  still  unredressed,  and  that  others  have 
been  since  rendered,  there  can  be,  it  is  presumed,  but  one  opinion  as  to 
the  great  moderation  of  this  Government  in  acquiescing  in  it  Bat 
why  restore  this  Province  to  Spain,  if  it  is  the  intention  of  your  Go- 
vernment to  make  the  title  to  it,  in  connexion  with  other  differences,  a 
subject  of  amicable  Negotiation  and  Arrangement  ?  May  not  such 
Negotiation  be  entered  into  as  well  while  it  is  in  the  occupancy  of  The 
United  States,  as  if  it  were  in  that  of  Spain  P 

You  demand,  next,  that  Mr.  Toledo,  and  others  whom  you  mention, 
charged  with  promoting  revolt  in  the  Spanish  Provinces,  and  exciting 
Citizens  of  The  United  States  to  join  in  it,  shall  be  arrested  and 
tried, — their  Troops  disarmed  and  dispersed. 

You  intimate  that  Troops  are  levying  in  Kentucky,  Tennessee, 
Louisiana,  and  Georgia,  for  the  invasion  of  the  Spanish  Provinces,  of 
whom  1000  are  from  Kentucky  and  300  from  Tennessee,  to  be  com- 
manded by  American  Citizens, — but  you  do  not  state  at  what  points 
these  Men  are  collected,  or  by  whom  commanded ;  and  as  to  the 
Forces  said  to  be  raised  in  Louisiana  and  Georgia,  your  Communica- 
tion is  still   more  indefinite. 

The  information  recently  obtained  by  this  Department,  from 
Persons  of  high  consideration,  is  of  a  very  different  character.  It 
is  stated,  that  no  Men  are  collected,  nor  is  there  any  evidence 
of  an  attempt  or  design  to  collect  any  in  Kentucky,  Tennessee, 
or  Georgia,  for  the  purpose  stated;  and  that  the  Force  said  to  be 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  SPAIN.  119 

Rssecnbled  under  Mr.  Toledo  is  very  in€onsiderabie,  and  compoaed 
principally  of  Spauiardt  and  Frenchmen.  1  f  any  portion  of  it  consists 
of  Citizens  of  The  United  States,  their  conduct  is  unauthorized  and 
illegal.  This  Force  is  not  within  the  settled  parts  of  Louisiana,  but  in 
the  wilderness^  between  the  Settlements  of  The  United  States  and  Spain, 
beyond  the  actual  o|)eration  of  our  Laws.  I  have  to  request  that  you 
will  have  the  goodness  to  state,  at  what  points  in  Kentucky,  Ten- 
nessee, Georgia,  and  Louisiana,  any  Force  is  collected,  the  number  in 
each  instance,  and  by  whom  commanded.  If  such  Force  is  collected, 
or  collecting,  within  The  United  States,  for  the  purpose  suggested,  or 
other  illegal  purpose,  it  will  he  dispersed,  and  the  Parties  prosecuted 
according  to  Law. 

This  Government  is  under  no  obligation,  nor  has  it  the  power,  by 
any  I«aw  or  Treaty,  to  surrender  any  Inhabitant  of  Spain  or  the 
Spanish  Provinces^  on  the  demand  of  the  Government  of  Spain ;  nor 
is  any  such  Inhabitant  punishable  by  the  Laws  of  The  United  States 
for  acts  committed  beyond  their  jurisdiction,  tlie  case  of  Pirates  alone 
excepted.  This  is  a  fundamental  Law  of  our  system.  It  is  not,  how* 
ever,  confined  to  us.  It  is  believed  to  be  the  Law  of  all  civilized 
Nations,  where  not  particularly  varied  by  Treaties. 

In  reply  to  your  third  demand, — the  exclusion  of  the  Flag  of  the 
revolting  Provinces, — I  have  to  observe,  that  in  consequence  of  the 
unsettled  state  of  many  Countries,  and  repeated  changes  of  the  ruling 
Authority  in  each,  there  being,  at  the  same  time,  several  Competitors, 
and  each  party  bearing  its  appropriate  Flag,  the  President  thought  it 
proper,  some  time  past,  to  give  Orders  to  the  Collectors^  not  to  make 
the  Flag  of  any  Vessel  a  criterion  or  condition  of  its  admission  into  the 
Ports  of  The  United  States. 

Having  taken  no  pait  in  the  differences  and  convulsions  which 
have  disturbed  those  Countries,  it  Is  consistent  with  the  jiist  prin- 
dples»  as  it  is  with  the  interests  of  The  United  States,  to  re- 
ceive the  Vessels  of  all  Countries  into  their  Ports,  to  whatever 
party  belonging,  and  under  whatever  Flag  sailing,  Pirates  excepted, 
requiring  of  them  only  the  payment  of  the  Duties,  and  obedience  to 
the  Laws  while  under  their  jurisdiction  ;  without  adverting  to  the 
question,  whether  they  had  committed  any  violation  of  the  Allegiance 
or  Laws  obligatory  on  them  in  the  Countries  to  which  they  belonged, 
either  in  assuming  such  Flag,  or  in  any  other  respect. 

In  the  Differences  which  have  subsisted  between  Spain  and  her 
Colonies,  The  United  States  have  observed  all  proper  respect  to  their 
friendly  relations  with  Spain.  They  took  no  measures  to  indemnify 
themselves  for  losses  and  injuries ;  none  to  guard  against  the  occu- 
pancy of  the  Spanish  Territory  by  the  British  Forces  in  tlie  late  War^ 
or  to  occupy  the  Territory  to  which  The  United  States  consider  their 
title  good,  except  in  the  instance  of  West  Florida,  and  in  that  instance. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


120  UNITED  STATES  AND  SPAIN. 

under  circumstances  which  made  their  interposition  as  much  an  act 
of  accommodation  to  the  Spanish  Authority  there,  as  of  security  to 
themselves.  They  have  also  prohibited  their  Citizens  from  taking  any 
part  in  the  War;  and  the  Inhabitants  of  the  Colonies  and  olher 
Foreigners  connected  with  them,  from  recruiting  Men  in  The  United 
States  for  that  purpose*  The  Proclamations  which  have  been  issued 
by  the  Governors  of  some  of  the  States  and  Territories,  at  the  in* 
stance  of  the  President,  and  the  Proclamation  lately  issued  by  the 
President  himself,  are  not  nnknown  to  your  Government.  This  con- 
duct, under  such  circumstances,  and  at  such  a  time,  ts  of  a  character 
too  marked  to  be  mistaken  by  the  impartial  World. 

What  will  be  the  final  result  of  the  Civil  War,  which  prevails  between 
Spain  and  the  Spanish  Provinces  in  America,  is  beyond  the  reach  of 
human  foresight.  It  has  already  existed  many  years,  and  with  various 
success,  sometimes  one  Party  prevailing, and  then  the  other.  In  some 
of  the  Provinces,  the  success  of  the  Revolutionists  appeal's  to  have 
given  to  their  cause  more  stability  than  in  others.  All  that  your  Go- 
.  vernment  had  a  right  to  claim  of  The  United  States>  was,  that  they 
should  not  interfere  in  the  contest,  or  promote,  by  any  active  service, 
the  success  of  the  Revolution,  admitting,  that  they  continued  to 
overlook  the  injuries  received  from  Spain,  and  remained  at 
Peace.  This  right  was  common  to  the  Colonists.  With  equal  justice 
might  they  clain&,  that  we  would  not  interfere  to  their  disadvantage: 
that  our  Ports  should  remain  open  to  both  Parties,  as  they  were  before 
the  commencement  of  the  struggle ;  that  our  Laws  regulating  Com- 
merce Mith  Foreign  Nations,  should  not  be  changed  to  their  injury. 
On  these  principles  The  United  States  have  acted. 

So  much  I  have  thought  proper  to  state,  respecting  the  Relations 
existing  between  The  United  States  and  Spain.  The  restoration  of 
the  Diplomatic  intercourse  between  our  Governments,  forms  an  epoch 
which  cannot  fail  to  be  important  to  both  Nations.  If  it  does  not  pro- 
duce a  result  favorable  to  their  future  friendship  and  good  understand- 
ing, to  your  Government  will  the  failure  be  imputable.  The  United 
States  have  at  all  times  been  willing  to  settle  their  differences,  on  just 
principles  and  conditions,  and  they  still  are.  Of  this  I  informed  you 
in  my  Letter  of  the  5th  of  May,  as  I  likewise  did  Mr.  Cevallos,  in  a 
Letter  of  the  17th  of  July.  It  will  be  verv  satisfactory  to  tlie  Presi- 
dent to  find  that  your  Government  entertains  now  the  same  disposition, 
and  has  given  you  full  power  to  conclude  a  Treaty  for  these  pur- 
poses. 

1  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c. 
The  Chevalier  de  Onis.  JAMES  MONROE. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED    STATES   AND    GREAT   BRITAIN.  121 

BiBSSAGE  from  the  President  qf  The  United  States  to 
fUbmgreeSf  transmitting  a  Report  qf  the  Secretary  of  State, 
ojici  Papers,  in  relation  to  the  restoration  qf  British  and 
American  Prisoners  qf  War,  and  to  the  Transactions  at 
D»tmoor  Prison. — 9lst  January,  1816. 

To  THE  H0D8B  OF  Rbprbsentatitbs  OF  Ths  Uif ited  States. 

I  TRANSMIT  a  Report  of  the  Secretary  of  State^  complying  with  the 
Reeolation  of  the  4th  instant. 
SUiJaAttOfy,  1816.  JAMES  MADISON. 

REPORT. 

The  Resolotion  of  the  House  of  Represeniatiyes  of  the  4th  instant, 
requesting  the  President  to  cause  to  be  laid  before  that  House,  (if  in 
his  opinion  it  will  not  be  inconsistent  with  the  Public  welfare,)  any 
authentic  information  he  may  have  received,  or  Communications  which 
may  have  passed  between  this  Government  and  the  Government  of 
Great  Britain,  in  relation  to  the  transactions  at  Dartmoor  Prison,  in 
the  month  of  April  last,  as  far  as  the  American  Prisoners  of  War,  there 
confined,  were  affected  by  such  transactions,  having  been  referred  to 
the  Secretary  of  State,  he  has  the  honour  to  submit  to  the  President 
the  accompanying  Papers,  as  containing  all  the  information  in  this 
Department,  called  for  by  the  Resolution,  or  immediately  connected 
with  it 

All  which  is  respectfully  submitted. 
Department  of  State,  3\st  January,  1816.  J  AS.  MONROE. 


LIST  OF  PAPERS. 


No.  1815.         Page 

1.  Hie  Hon.  John  Maion,  American  Commiaaary 

Gcnersl  of  Frisonen,  to  R.  6.  Bcaalej,  Eaq. 

Agent  for  Priaonen  of  War  in  England  ....  Washington,    6tfa  March.  123- 
Emtio9ure. — ^The  American  Commiaaary  General 
of  Priaonera  to  Geoige  Barton, 

Eaq.,  Britiah  Agent Washington,    6th  March.  125 

8ub-Bmelonart^Tth]e  of  Proriaiona  for  Pri- 
soners of  War,  on  board 
of    Veaada , 127 

2.  R.G.Beaaley,Baq.  to  the  American  Commiaaary 

General  of  Priaonera London, 13th  ApriL  127 

Aelomfe  1. — ^Alexander  M'Leay,  Eaq.  to  R. 

G.  Beaaley,  Eaq Transport-OtBoe,  10th  April.  128 

2.— J.  P.  Morier,  Eaq.  to  R.  6.  Beaa- 

l«y»  B«! Foreign-Office,  llthApriL  129 

Aift-jB«el0fifre.--J.  W.  Croker,  Esq.  to  J.  P. 

Morier,  Esq Admiralty-OAee,  10th  April.  129 

3.  R.  6.  Beaaley,  Eaq.  to  the  American  Commiaaary 

GcBoal of  Prisonera ....London, 15th  Aprils  130 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


122  UNITED   STATES   AND    GREAT   BRITAIN. 

Aiefonre.--Re]>ort  of  the  Committee  of  tbe  1815.      Fuge. 

American    Pruoneri Dartmoor  Prison,  7th  April.  130 

4.  R.  G.  Beasley,  Esq.  to  the  American  Commiaaary 

General  of  Priaonera London, 19th  April.  134 

Bmelontre  1. — liat    of   Priaonera    killed    and 

wounded. 135 

2.— Alexander  M'Leaj,  Eaq.  to  R. 

6.  Beaaley,  Eaq Tranaport-Offiee,  19tfa  ApriL  135 

5.  R.  6.  Beaalej,  Eaq.  to  the  American  Commiaaarj 

General  of  Priaonera  London, 30tii  ApriL  135 

6.  R.  G.  Beaaley  Eaq.  to  the  American  Commiaaary 

General  of  Priaonera London,. . . .  10th  October.  136 

Encloiure  1. — R.  G.  Beaaley,  Esq.  to  Alexander 

M'Leay,  Eaq. .London,..  18th    January.  137 

2*— Alexander  M*Leay,  Eaq.  to  R.  G. 

Beaaley,  Eaq. Tranaport-Offioe,  2l8t  January.  137 

3.— R.  G.  Beaaley.  Esq.  to  Alexander 

M'Leay,E8q London,  ....  15th  March.  138 

4. — Alexander  M'Leay,  Esq  to  R.  G. 

Beaaley,  Eaq TVanaport- Office,  16th  March.  138 

5.— R.  G.  Beaaley,  Esq.  to  the  Com- 
mittee of  American  Priaonera 
of  War  at  Dartmoor London,  ....  22d  March.  138 

6.— R.  G.  Beaaley,  Esq.  to  the  Ame- 
rican Priaonera  of  War  at 
Aahborton London,   ....  23d  March.  138 

7.-tR.  G.  Beaaley,  Eaq.  to  Captaui 
Shortland,  Agent  Ibr  Priaonera 
at  Dartmoor London,  .«..  25th  March.  139 

8.— R.  G.  Beaaley,  Esq.  to  George  Ma- 
grath,  Eaq.  Snigeon  of  Dart* 
moor  Prison LondoUi..  ..3l8t  Bfarch.  139 

9.— R.  G.  Beaaley,  Eaq.  to  the  Com- 
mittee of  American  Priacmera 
of  War  at  Dartmoor London 3Iat  March.  139 

7.  Minnte  of  a  Conyeraation  between  Viae*.  Caatle- 

raagh  and  Meaara.  Clay  and  GaUatin. London 16th  ApriL  140 

8.  Messrs.  Clay  and  Gallatin  to  R.  G.Beadey,  Eaq..London. 18th  April.  141 

9.  Charlea  King,  Esq.  to  J.  Q.  Adams,  Eaq. Plymouth,. ...  26th  ApriL  142 

10.  Report  of  Commiaaioners  Larpent  and  King, 

upon  the  occurrence  at  Dartmoor  Priaon. . . .  Plymouth,. .  • .  26th  ApriL  144 

11.  Viae*.  Castlereagh  to  Messrs.  Clay  and  GaUatin..  Fordgn-Office    22d  May.  150 

12.  Meaara.  Clay  and  Gallatin  to  Viac^  Castlereagh.. London, 24th  May.  151 

13.  J.  Q.  Adams,  Esq.  to  the  Secretary  of  State. .  London, 23rd  June.  151 

14.  Ant.   St  John  Baker,   Esq.,   Britiah    Charg^ 

d' Affairea,  to  the  Secretary  of  State Waahington,  3rd  Augnst.  152 

15.  The  Secretary  of  State  to  Ant.  St  John  Baker, 

Esq Waahington,  ..11th  Dec  153 


[Afllda^ita  of  Britiah  and  American  Subjects  and  Citixana,  who  mtt  preaent  at 
the  occurrence  at  Dartmoor.] 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN.  123 

Aa  1. — The  Han.  John  Mason,  American  Comndisary  General  of 
Pritoners,  to  IL  G.  Beasley^  Esq,,  Agent  for  Priioners  qf  War  in 
England. 
(Extract.)  Washington^  6th  March,  1815. 

I  HATE  received  your  Letters  of  November  17th,  aud  December  2 1  at 
and  31st  last,  by  tbe  British  sloop  of  war,  Favourite. 

I  ooold  write  you  nothing  definitive  by  the  return  of  that  Vessel, 
in  relation  to  the  arrangements  to  be  made  in  England  for  the  restorm* 
tion  of  our  Prisoners  held  there,  as  1  could  not,  until  after  the  time 
her  Despatches  left  the  seat  of  Govemmeot  of  the  United  States,  come 
to  an  understandiog  .with  Mr.  Baker,  Chargi  des  Affaires  for  his 
Britannic  Majesty,  as  to  the  terms  and  manner  of  restoring  the 
Prisoners  on  both  sides,  under  the  Treaty. 

1  now  enclose  you  a  Correspondence  begun  on  the  23nd  February, 
and  concluded  on  the  28th,  on  that  subject :  by  this  you  will  perceive 
the  construction  which  is  given  here  in  relation  to  this  point,  and  that 
Mr.  Baker  has  declined  in  any  way  to  commit  his  Government;  and  that 
in  order  to  produce  as  little  expense  and  delay  as  possible  to  either 
Government  in  the  operation,  I  have  given  him  the  election  of  several 
propositions,  after  he  declined  to  proceed  on  the  principle  which  1  had 
presumed  to  exist,  and  which  in  his  Letter  of  the  23rd  February  he  ap- 
pears to  admit,  that  each  Party  should  restore  to  the  Country  from 
which  taken,  the  Prisoners  held  by  it,  and  that  the  proposition  he  has. 
accepted,  embraced  the  transportation  of  all  the  Prisoners,  British  and 
American,  at  English  or  American  stations  in  this  quarter,  at  the  ex- 
pense,  in  the  first  instance,  of  this  Government ;  the  Accounts  to  be 
adjusted  hereafter,  according  to  justice,  and  the  terms  of  the  Treaty 
between  the  2  Governments.  Preparations  are  now  actually  going 
on  for  the  immediate  removal  and  transportation  of  all  the  British 
Prisoners  we  now  hold  in  this  Country,  in  numbers,  probably,  about 
3y500,  military  and  maritime. 

The  question  you  will  remark,  as  to  the  restoration  of  American 
Prisoners  in  England,  is  left  open.  You  are  requested,  immediately 
on  reception  of  this  Letter,  to  communicate  the  Correspondence  with 
Mr.  Baker  to  the  proper  Authority  of  the  British  Government,  to  show 
what  is  doing  here  in  relation  to  the  delivery  and  receipt  of  Prisoners 
of  both  Countries,  and  to  state  that  the  liberal  proposition  of  taking 
upon  ourselves  the  transportation  both  of  British  and  American 
Prisoners,  and  to  make  the  requisite  advances  for  this  purpose,  was 
offered  in  that  spirit  of  amity,  which  it  was  deemed,  on  the  happy  re* 
turn  of  Peace  between  the  2  Nations,  to  belong  to  the  case,  to  ensure 
the  most  speedy  relief  to  the  unfortunate  Men  held  in  durance  by 
either,  and  to  lessen  the  expense,  as  much  as  possible,  to  both  Govern- 
ments; and  with  an  expresr*  reservation  of  the  construction  of  the 
Treaty  as  given  here,  withok^.  commitment  of  the  principle  contended 
for  by  ns^  that  is,  that  each  Pirty  should  pay  the  expense  of  the  trans- 
Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


124-  UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

portation  and  delivery  of  the  Prisoneft  held  by  ii ;  that  the  operation:  ^ 
will  be  performed  m  the  most  economical  manner  practicable,  and 
accurate  Lists  of  Prisoners,  and  accounts  kept  for  the  final  adjustmeut 
of  an  account  between  the  2  Governments ;  and  you  will  require  of 
the  British  Government  to  tiansport  and  deliver  all  the  American 
Prisoners  now  in  England  or  elsewhere,  not  embraced  in  the  arrange- 
ment with  Mr.  Baker>  in  the  most  speedy  and  convenient  manner.  If 
this  is  consented  to,  as  I  trust  it  will,  you  will  ask  to  be  permitted  to 
make  the  same  kind  of  interference  which  has  been  afforded  here  to 
the  British  Agents/  as  by  the  enclosed  Copy  of  a  letter  to  Mr. 
Barton,  (delegated  by  Mr.  Baker,)  of  the  6th  instant 

You  will  request  that  the  same  rations  be  allowed  to  our  Prisoners 
which  are  supplied  on  board  Ships  to  the  British  Prisoners  about  to 
be  transported  from  this  Conntry,  and  that  a  sufficiency  of  sonnd 
Stores  be  laid  in  to  supply  them  for  90  days ;  and  you  will  apply  for 
permission,  and  place  on  board  each  Transport,  an  Agent  on  whom 
yoQ  can  rely,  who  shall  have  power  to  inspect  the  Stores  and  Accom- 
modations, and  see  that  the  Prisoners  are  regularly  and  properly 
supplied.  Persons  proper  for  these  Agencies  may,  no  doubt,  be  found 
among  the  American  Masters  and  Mates,  now  Prisoners  in  England, 
to  whom  it  will  be  right  to  make  some  reasonable  compensation  for 
their  trouble,  say  30  or  40  dollars  per  month ;  and  you  will  instruct 
each  in  writing,  and  direct  them  to  make  Report,  on  their  arrival,  to 
this  Office.  You  will  require  also,  that  the  British  Government  put  a 
Sui^on  on  board  each  Vessel,  supplied  with  a  proper  quantity  of 
medicine  and  medical  Stores,  as  has  been  done  here. 

In  the  embarkation  and  distribution,  as  to  the  Ports  of  delivery 
here,  you  will,  having  examined  carefully  all  the  Lists,  endeavour  as 
much  as  possible,  so  to  assort  the  Prisoners,  as  that  each  may  be 
placed  as  far  as  is  conveniently  practicable,  nearest  his  home,  or  more 
properly  speaking,  to  the  Port  from  which  he  sailed ;  and  for  this 
purpose  you  will  designate  for  the  destination  of  the  Transports,  4  of 
our  principal  Ports  along  the  Coast,  that  is  to  say,  Boston,  New 
York,  Norfolk,  and  Charfeston.  I  have  named  those  near  the  Ocean* 
as  being  most  easy  of  access,  and  least  liable  on  that  account  to  ob- 
jection. To  prevent  complaint,  it  will  be  proper,  with  as  few  excep- 
tions as  possible,  to  send  those  Prisoners  first,  who  have  been  longest 
in  captivity;  there  is  no  other  rule  that  carries  so  much  justice  with 
it,  and  it  is  naturally  to  be  expected,  that  after  such  long  and  severe 
confinement,  the  anxiety  of  our  unfortunate  Citizens  so  held,  to  be 
released,  will  be  very  great,  and  preferences  out  of  turn  will  be  viewed 
with  great  jealousy  and  discontent. 

It  remains  to  point  out  to  you  what  is  to  be  done,  should  the 
British  Government,  under  all  the  circumstances  stated,  refuse  to 
restore  to  us  our  Prisoners  in  England  at  rjB  expense.  After  making 
all  proper  efforts  on  this  point,  and  wifh  as  little  delay  as  possible. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN.  125 

should  you  fail»  there  will  be  aothing  left  (having  first  protested  ia  a 
respectful  but  firm  maoDer^  against  such  refusal  should  it  happen,  and 
giving  notice  that  an  accurate  account  will  be  kept  of  all  the  expendi^ 
tures  made  by  us  in  this  part  of  the  transaction,  for  future  adjustment 
under  the  terms  of  the  Treaty^}  but  to  take  the  most  speedy  and  efifec- 
tual  measures  of  transporting  them,  at  the  expense  of  thb  Government 
iu  the  first  instance,  at  least,  to  The  United  States. 

I  have  been  particular  in  my  Instructions  in  this  Letter,  in  endea- 
vouring to  anticipate  alternatives,  and  to  put  you  fully  in  possession 
of  my  ideas  on  all  the  points  that  occur  to  me  at  present,  in  order  that 
you  may  be  prepared  to  proceed,  immediately  on  its  reception,  in  some 
one  course,  without  a  moment's  delay.  The  operation  you  will  have 
to  perform,  whatever  course  is  taken,  is  one  of  much  consequence  in 
every  view ;  important  to  the  Government  in  affording  the  most  speedy 
relief  possible  to  our  Countrymen,  placed  in  the  hands  of  its  late  Enemy 
by  the  fate  of  War ;  highly  interesting  to  these  unfortunate  Men,  whose 
anxiety  to  return  to  their  Country  and  Friends  must  increase,  with  the 
knowledge  of  the  end  of  the  War,  and  the  expectation  that  nothing 
but  forms  and  want  of  opportunity  now  retard  their  departure ;  and  of 
great  consideration  to  the  commercial  interest  of  The  United  States, 
to  have  restored  to  it  so  many  valuable  Seamen  with  as  little  delay  as 
possible. 

Your  zeal  and  activity  are  therefore  fully  counted  on,  to  do  all 
that  may  depend  on  you.  to  conduct  this  business  to  the  best  advan- 
tage in  all  its  bearings,  and  with  the  requisite  economy. 

1  particularly  recommend  that  you  do  not  permit  the  inter- 
change of  sentiments  in  negotiation  with  the  British  Government,  as 
to  the  mode  and  expense  of  transportation  to  be  spun  out :  it  will  be 
expected  that  it  will  be  prompt  in  deciding  on  the  course  it  may  de« 
determine  to  take  in  that  matter:  you  will  be  readily  able  to  shew  the 
necessity  of  an  immediate  decision. 
R.  G.  Beasiey,  Esq.  J.  MASON. 


( Enclosure,)'^  The  American  Cammiuary  General  of  Prisoners  to 

George  Barton,  Esq, 
Sir,  Washington,  6th  March,  1815. 

Haying  been  referred  to  you  by  Anthony  St  Jodin  Baker,  Esq. 
Charg^  des  Affaires  of  His  Britannic  Majesty  m  The  United  States,  in 
relation  to  the  steps  necessary  to  be  taken  to  carry  Into  execution  the 
restoration  of  the  Prisoners  of  War,  American  and  British,  held  in  The 
United  States,  Canada,  Nova*Scotia,  and  the  West  Indies,  according 
to  the  understanding  which  has  taken  place  between  him  and  myself, 
of  the  nature  of  which  you  are  apprised ;  I  Lave  the  honour  to  inform 
you,  that  Orders,  some  days  ago,  have  been  given  for  the  immediate 
march  of  all  the  British  Prisoners  captured  on  the  Land  or  the  Lakes, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


126  .  UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

to  the  Frootier  of  Canada^  to  be  delivered  at  or  near  Odietown,  and 
for  the  inunediale  embarkation,  ia  commodioaa  Vessels,  of  all  the 
Maritime  Prisoners  held  at  New  York,  Providence,  Rhode  Island, 
Salem,  and  at  any  Port  East  of  Salem,  comprising  all  the  Prisoners 
indeed  held  at,  or  east  of  New  York,  for  Halifax.  These  will  be 
transported  in  the  public  Cartel  Ships,  Perseverance  and  Analostan, 
and  an  additional  private  Transport,  ordered  to  be  taken  up  at  Salem. 
All  the  Prisoners  held  at  New  York  or  Providence,  will  be  sent 
from  Providence  in  the  Perseverance  or  i^na/of /an,  whichever  is  first 
ready,  and  those  at  Salem,  or  east  of  it,  or  at  any  intermediate  Port, 
will  be  sent  in  the  other  public  Ship,  and  in  the  private  Ship  from 
Salem.  The  British  Prisoners  at  Philadelphia  have  been  ordered  this 
day  to  be  removed  to  New  York,  where  they  will  be  embarked  in  the 
Frigate  John  Adams,  armed  en  flute  for  Bermuda.  Those  which  were 
held  in  the  Waters  of  the  Chesapeake  have  been  ordered  to  be  de- 
livered on  board  the  British  Public  Ships  now  in  those  Waters,  by  an 
understanding  had  with  the  senior  Officer,  Captain  Clavell,  of  the  Frigate 
Orlando,  and  it  is  presumed  have  been  by  this  time  received  by  him. 
All  those  in  North  or  South  Carolina,  or  Georgia,  will  be.  as  soon  as 
practicable,  embarked  from  Wilmington,  Charleston,  and  Savannah, 
for  Bermuda,  in  public  Ships  or  private  Transports.  As  soon  as  the 
Vessels  are  designated,  which  will  be  in  a  few  days,  you  will  be 
informed. 

Orders  have  been  sent  to  the  Marshal  of  Orleans  to  collect  and 
deliver,  forthwith,  all  the  British  Prisoners  in  that  State,  and  the  ad- 
joining Territories,  to  the  British  Officer  commanding  in  those 
Waters;  and  it  is  presumed  they  will  reach  him  time  enough  to  dis- 
pose of  them  before  your  Public  Ships  withdraw  from  that  quarter. 
All  these  arrangements  have  been  made,  or  are  now  in  train,  as  I 
believe,  according  to  the  detail  settled  in  different  cunversations 
between  you  and  myself;  if  there  is  any  thing  in  what  I  have  stated 
different  from  your  understanding  of  it,  I  shall  be  glad,  as  far  as  is  in 
my  power,  to  conform  to  it. 

1  have  given  particular  orders  that  the  British  Prisoners  be  not  put 
in  such  numbers  on  board  the  Vessels  transporting  them,  as  to  crowd 
them  improperly  ;  and  am  willing,  if  you  think  proper,  that  this  shall 
be  regulated  by  a  certain  number  of  Men  per  ton.  I  have  directed 
that  sound  and  whoiesome  provisions,  and  plenty  of  water,  be  laid  in 
Cor  them,  and  served  out  on  the  passage  in  rations,  as  by  the  enclosed 
Table;  that  a  Surgeon  be  allotted  to  each  Ship,  provided  with  a 
proper  quantity  of  medical  and  hospital  Stores ;  and  I  have  directed 
the  Agents  of  this  Office,  at  the  Ports  from  which  the  Prisoners  are  to 
be  embarked,  to  make  provision  on  board  each  Ship  for  the  accom- 
modation of  an  Agent,  to  be  put  on  board  by  you,  if  you  think  proper  to 
do  so,  to  superintend  the  Ureatment  and  accommodation  of  the  Pmonenii» 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED    STATES   AMD  GREAT  BRITAIN.  127 

and  to  inspect  tbe  qaantity  and  quality  of  (ht  provisions  issued  to 
them  00  tbe  passage;  and  the  Masters  of  the  respective  Ships 
vill  be  instructed  to  respect  such  Agents  on  jour  part  in  the  per- 
formance of  the  duties  assigned  them. 

In  conformity  with  the  request  made  in  your  Letter  of  tbe  26th  of 
Febraary»  I  have  directed  the  Marshal  of  North  Garolins,  and  all 
the  other  Marshals  of  the  different  States,  having  charge  of  Bi itish 
Prisoners,  to  release  all  the  British  Prisoners,  Officers,  in  their  District^ 
respectively,  whether  of  public  or  private  service,  who  may  not  choose 
to  wait  tbe  sailing  of  the  Cartels,  and  to  permit  them  to  leave  the 
Country  at  their  option  and  expense. 

I  have  ordered  that  all  the  British  Maritime  Prisoners  be  held  and 
subsisted  as  heretofore  at  tbe  several  Depots,  until  they  are  regularly 
embarked ;  if  it  is  your  wish,  however,  that  any  portion  of  these,  other 
than  those  you  have  already  designated  for  that  purpose,  should  be 
discharged  in  The  United  States,  it  shall  be  done. 

I  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c. 
George  Barton,  Esq.  J.  MASON . 

(Sub- Enclosure.) — Tahle  of  Provisions  to  be  allowed  to   Prisoners, 
whether  American  or  British,  on  board  of  Vessels  transporting  them. 

Days.  Allowance  for  each  Penon. 

Sunday    1  lb.  beef,  I  lb.  bread,  }  lb.  potatoes. 

Monday   1  lb.  beef,  1  lb.  bread,  i  lb.  potatoes. 

Tuesday  1  lb.  pork,  1  lb.  bread,  \  pint  peas. 

Wednesday  ...1  lb.  beef,  I  lb.  bread,  |  lb.  potatoes. 

Thursday 1  lb.  beef,  1  lb.  bread,  {  lb.  potatoes. 

Friday 1  lb.  pork,!  lb.  bread,  i  pint  peas. 

Saturday I  lb*  beef.  1  lb.  bread,  {  lb«  potatoes. 

1  gill  of  vinegar  per  week. 

3  quarts  of  water  per  day. 

RBCAFITULATION. 

Beef 5  pounds  per  man  per  Week. 

Pork 2  do.  do. 

Bread   7  do.  do. 

Potatoes  2^  do.  do. 

Peas I  pint  per  Man,  do. 

Vinegar 1  gill       do.  do* 

Water 21  quarts  do.  do. 

Office  of  Commissary  General  of  Prisoners,  J.  MASON. 


No.  2. — R.  G,  Beasley,  Esq,  to  the  American  Commusary  General 

of  Prisoners* 
Sir,  London,  13M  April,  1815. 

I HA0  the  hooonr  to  recdve  yesterday  your  Letters  of  the  16th 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


128  UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

Jaauary,  6th,  7th^  audSth  of  March.  I  shall  avail  myself  of  (he  earlf^^t 
occasion  to  notice  their  contents*  In  the  mean  time  I  have  to  iuform 
you,  that  I  have  communicated  to  the  Transport  Board  the  Corres- 
pondence between  Yourself  and  Mr.  Baker,  on  the  subject  of  the  res- 
toration of  Prisoners,  and  have  called  on  them  to  undertake  the 
transportation  to  The  United  States  of  our  Prisoners  in  this  Country. 
Prior,  however,  to  the  receipt  of  your  Letter  on  this  subject,  I  had  en- 
ll^aged  in  this  Port  9  Ships  for  the  conveyance  of  our  Prisoners,  several 
of  which  have  sailed  for  Plymouth  to  take  them  on  board.  I,  in  the 
first  instance,  endeavoured  to  engage  Vessels  nt  Portsmouth  and  Ply- 
mouth, but  the  turn  of  affairs  in  France  having  induced  this  Govern- 
ment to  take  up  Transports  for  the  conveyance  of  Troops,  I  could 
obtain  none  in  these  Ports. 

It  is  with  extreme  regret  I  have  to  state,  that  on  the  6ih  instant, 
the  Guard  of  the  Dep6t,  at  Dartmoor,  by  order  of  the  Agent,  fired  on 
the  American  Prisoners,  killed  5  and  wounded  34.  I  transmit  here- 
with 2  Reports  of  this  unfortunate  Affair,  one  from  the  Transport 
Board,  and  one  from  the  Admiralty  Office,  through  the  Foreign 
Office. 

By  the  latter,  you  will  perceive  that  the  Prisoners  are  accused  of 
having  attempted  to  liberate  themselves  by  force,  and  are  stated  to 
have  been  urged  to  this  by  the  impression  they  were  under,  that  their 
own  Government  had  neglected  to  provide  means  for  their  early  con- 
veyance Home. 

As  the  Prisoners  have  been  constantly  informed  of  the  exertions 
made  by  me  for  their  release,  and  as  on  this  occasion  I  had  written 
twice  to  let  them  know  the  number  of  Vessels  taken  up  for  their  con- 
veyance Home,  and  the  time  they  might  be  expected  at  Plymouth,  it 
is  difficult  to  believe,  under  such  circumstances,  that  this  is  really  the 
cause  of  this  melancholy  occurrence.  I  shall,  therefore,  inquire  most 
minutely  into  all  the  circumstances  attending  it,  and  shall  communi- 
cate the  result  to  you,  as  also  the  names  of  those  who  have  been  killed 
and  wounded.  I  am,  &c. 

The  Hon.  John  Mason.  R.  G.  BEASLEY. 


(Enclosure  1 .) — Alexander  M'Leay,  Esq.  to  R.  G.  Beasley,  Esq. 
Sir,  Transport  Office,  10/A  April,  1815. 

I  AM  directed  by  the  Commissioners  for  the  Transport  Service,  &c« 
to  acquaint  you,  that  by  a  Letter  this  day  received  from  Captain 
Shortland,  the  Agent  for  Prisoners  of  War  at  Dartmoor  Prison,  it 
appears  that  on  the  6th  instant,  the  American  Prisoners  confined  at 
that  Depot  made  a  breach  in  the  prison  wall,  and  attempted  to  libe- 
rate themselves  by  making  a  violent  attack  on  the  Guard,  and  that  it 
l^ecame  indispensably  necessary,  in  order  to  quell  the  revolt,  for  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED    STATES   AND    GREAT   BBITAIN.  129 

Guard  to  fire  apon  them,  in  consequence  of  nhich,  5  of  the  Prisonera 
were  killed  and  32  were  wounded. 

1  am  further  directed  to  observe,  that  it  is  much  to  be  lamented, 
that  the  extreme  impatience  of  these  unfortunate  Men  to  be  discharged, 
at  a  time  that  measures  were  in  a  train  for  their  liberation,  sbouki 
have  produced  such  melancholy  consequences. 

I  am,  &c. 
B.  G.  Btasiey,  Esq.  ALEX.  M^LEAY,  Secretary. 


(Enclosure  2.)— J.  P.  Morier,  Esq.  to  R.  G.  BeasUy^  Esq. 
Sir,  Foreign  Office,  llth  April,  1815. 

I  LOSE  no  time  in  transmitting  to  you  the  Copy  of  a  Letter  which  I 
Jiave  received  from  Mr.  Croker,  of  the  Admiralty,  giving  a  circumstan- 
tial account  of  the  alarming  Riot  which  broke  out  on  the  dth  instant, 
amongst  the  American  Prisoners  of  War,  confined  at  Dartmoor,  and 
4>f  the  measnres  which  it  became  necessary  to  adopt  for  the  pur- 
pose of  restoring  order ;  and  I  am  directed  by  Lord  Castlereagh  to 
request  that  you  will  take  an  early  opportunity  of  forwarding  this 
statement  of  the  unfortunate  event  to  your  Government. 

I  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c. 
R.  G.  Beaskjf,  Esq.  J.  P.  MORIER. 


(Smb^Enelosure.)-^.  W.  Croker,  Esq.  to  J.  P.  Morier,  Esq. 
Sir,  Admiralty  Office,  10/A  April,  1815. 

Mt  Lords  Commissioners  of  the  Admiralty  think  it  right  to  ac- 
quaint Lord  Castlereagh,  that  on  the  evening  of  the  6th  lust,  a  very 
alarming  Riot  broke  out  among  the  American  Prisoners  of  War  confined 
at  Dartmoor.  The  Rioters,  it  appears,  endeavoured  to  overpower  the 
GuanI,  to  force  the  Prison,  and  had  actually  seized  the  arms  of  some 
of  the  Soldiers,  and  made  a  breach  in  the  walls  of  the  Depot,  when  the 
Guard  found  itself  obliged  to  have  recourse  to  their  fire-arms,  and 
5  of  the  Rioters  were  killed,  and  34  wounded;  after  which  the 
tumult  subsided,  and  the  Depot  was  placed  in  a  stale  of  tranquillity 
and  security. 

Admiral  Sir  J.  T.  Duckworth,  Commander-in-Chief  at  Plymouth, 
having  received  information  of  this  unfortunate  event,  lost  no  time  in 
directing  Rear-Admiral  Sir  Josias  Rowley,  Baronet  and  K.C.B.,  and 
Captain  Schomberg,  the  2  Senior  Officers  at  that  Port,  to  proceed  to 
Dartmoor,  and  to  inquire  into  the  circumstances.  Those  Officers 
accordingly  repaired  to  the  Depot,  where  they  found,  on  exami- 
nation of  the  Officers  of  the  Depot,  and  all  the  American  Prisoners 
who  were  called  before  them,  that  the  circumstances  of  the  Riot  were  as 
before  stated,  but  that  no  cause  could  be  assigned  for  the  conduct  of 
the  Prisoners,  but  their  impatience  to  be  released ;  and  the  Americans 
[1815—16.]  K 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


130  UNITBD  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

ufiaDimoasly  declaredy  that  their  complaint  of  delay  was  not  against 
the  British  Goverumeut,  but  against  their  own,  which  ought  to  have 
sent  means  for  their  early  conveyance  Home;  and,  in  replies  to  distinct 
questions  to  that  effect,  they  declared  (bat  they  had  no  ground  of  com- 
plaint whatsoever. 

Their  Lordships  think  it  right  to  add,  that,  on  the  15th  of  last  month, 
they  directed  the  Transport  Board  to  take  measures  for  carrying  the 
Article  of  the  Treaty  for  the  Release  of  American  Prisoners  into  effect; 
and  again  on  the  30th  ultimo,  I  was  directed  to  write  to  know  what  steps 
bad  been  taken  under  these  directions,  and  the  Transport  Board  answered, 
in  their  Letter  of  the  next  day,  that  they  had  communicated  with  Mr* 
Beasley,  the  American  Agent,  on  the  subject,  who  had  acquainted 
them  that  he  had  already  provided  some  Transports,  and  was  em- 
ployed in  procuring  others,  for  the  conveyance  of  the  Prisoners  to 
America. 

It  will  be  for  Lord  Castlereagh  to  judge  whether  it  may  not  be 
proper  to  make  a  Communication  on  this  subject  to  the  Americas 
Government 

I  am,  &c. 
J.  P.  Mcrier,  Esq.  J.  W.  CROKER. 


No.  3«— JR.  G.  Beasley,  Esquire,  to  the  American  Commissary-Generai 

of  Prisoners. 
Sir,  London,  1 5th  April,  181 5. 

I  ENCLOSE  a  Copy  of  the  Report  of  the  Committee  of  our  Prisoners, 
on  the  lamentable  transaction  of  the  6th  instant^  which  I  communicated 
to  you  on  the  ISth,  with  a  Statement  from  the  Admiralty  Office  on  that 
subject. 

I  have  transmitted  a  Copy  of  the  Report  of  the  Committee  to  Lord 
Castlereagh,  as  also  3  Affidavits  of  Prisoners,  who  were  in  the  Prison  at 
the  time,  and  have  since  arrived  in  Town. 

As  soon  as  I  can  obtain  a  List  of  the  names  of  the  unfortunate 
Sufferers  it  shall  be  transmitted  to  you. 

I  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c. 
The  Hon.  John  Mason.  R.  G.  BEASLEY. 


(Enclosure.)^ Report  of  the  Committee  of  American  Prisoners,  ap- 
pointed io  investigate  the  circumstances  attending  the  massacre  at 
Dartmoor. 

Dartmoor  Prison,  7th  April,  1815. 
We,  the  Undersigned,  being  each  severally  sworn  on  the  Holy 
Evangelists  of  Almighty  God,  for  the  investigation  of  the  circumstances 
attending  the  late  massacre,  aiid  having  heard  the  Depositions  of  a 
great  number  of  Witnesses ;  from  our  own  personal  knowledge,  and 
from  the  Depositions  given  in  as  aforesaid. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  ANB  GREAT  BRITAIN.  131 

Report  as  follows :— 

That  on  the  6th  of  April,  about  6  o  clock  io  the  eyening,  when  the 
Prisoners  were  all  quiet  in  their  respective  yards,  it  being  about  the 
asaal  time  for  taming  in  for  the  night,  and  the  greater  part  of  the 
Prisoners  being  then  in  the  Prisons,  the  alarm  bell  was  rung.  Many 
of  the  Prisoners  ran  ap  to  the  Market-square,  to  learn  the  occasion  of 
the  alarm.  There  were  then  drawn  up  in  the  square  several  hundred 
Soldiers,  with  Captain  Shortlaud  (the  Agent]  at  their  head ;  it  was 
likewise  observed  at  the  same  time,  that  additional  numbers  of  Soldiers 
were  posting  themselves  round  the  walls  of  the  Prison  Yard.  One  of 
them  observed  to  the  Prisoners,  that  they  had  better  go  into  the  Pri- 
sons, for  they  would  be  charged  upon  directly.  This,  of  course,  oc- 
casioned considerable  alarm  among  them ;  in  this  moment  of  uncer- 
tainty, they  were  running  in  different  directions,  inquiring  of  each 
4>ther  what  was  the  cause  of  the  alarm,  some  towards  their  respective 
Prisonsi,  and  some  towards  the  Market-square ;  when  about  100  were 
^collected  in  the  Market«square,  Captain  Shortland  ordered  the  Soldiers 
to  charge  upon  them,  which  orders  the  Soldiers  were  reluctant  in  obey- 
ing, as  the  Prisoners  were  using  no  violence ;  but  on  the  orders  being 
repeated,  they  made  a  charge,  and  the  Prisoners  retreated  out  of  the 
Square  into  their  respective  Prison-yards  and  shut  tlie  gates  after 
them.  Captain  Shortland  himself  opened  the  gates,  and  ordered  the 
BokKers  himself  to  fire  in  among  the  Prisoners,  who  were  all  retreating 
in  different  directions  towards  their  respective  Prisons.  It  appears 
there  was  some  hesitation  in  the  minds  of  the  Officers,  whether  or  not  it 
was  proper  to  fire  upon  the  Prisoners  in  that  situation ;  on  which 
Shortland  seized  a  musket  out  of  the  hands  of  a  Soldier,  which  he  fired. 
Immediately  after,  the  firing  became  general,  and  many  of  the  Pri- 
soners were  either  killed  or  wounded ;  the  remainder  were  endeavouring 
to  get  into  the  Prisons,  when,  going  towards  the  lower  doors,  the  Soldiers 
on  the  walls  commenced  firing  on  them  from  that  quarter,  which 
killed  some  and  wounded  others;  after  much  difficulty,  (all  the  doors 
being  closed  in  the  interim,  but  one  in  each  Prison,)  the  Survivors 
succeeded  in  gaining  the  Prisons.  Immediately  after  which,  parties  of 
Soldiers  came  to  the  doors  of  No.  3  and  4  Prisons,  and  fired  several 
volleys  into  them,  through  the  windows  and  doors,  which  killed  1  man 
in  each  Prison,  and  wounded  severely  several  olhers. 

It  likewise  appears  that  the  preceding  butchery  was  followed  up 
with  a  disposition  of  peculiar  inveteracy  and  barbarity.  One  man« 
who  had  been  severely  wounded  in  No.  7  yard,  and  being  unable  to 
make  his  way  to  the  Prison,  was  come  up  with  by  the  Soldiers,  whom 
he  implored  for  mercy,  but  in  vain ;— 6  of  the  hardened  wretches  im. 
mediately  levelled  their  pieces  at  him,  and  shot  him  dead!  The 
Soldiers  who  were  posted  on  the  walls  manifested  equal  cruelty,  bj 
keeping  up  a  constant  fire  on  every  Prisoner  they  could  see  in  the 

K2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


132  UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

yard,  endeavouring  to  get  into  the  Prisons,  when  the  numbers  were 
very  few,  and  when  not  the  least  shadow  of  resistance  could  be  made 
or  expected.  Several  of  them  had  got  into  No.  6  Prison  Cook  Hoase, 
which  was  pointed  out  by  the  Soldiers  on  the  walls  to  those  who  were 
marching  in  from  the  square ;  they  immediately  went  up  and  fired 
into  the  same,  which  wounded  several ;  one  of  the  Prisoners  ran  out 
Jivith  the  intention  of  gaining  his  Prison,  but  was  kilied  before  he 
xeached  the  door. 

On  an  impartial  consideration  of  all  the  circumstances  of  the  case, 
me  are  induced  to  believe  it  was  a  premeditated  scheme  in  the  mind  of 
Captain  8hort!and»  for  reasons  which  we  will  now  proceed  to  give.  As 
An  elucidation  of  its  origin,  we  will  recur  back  to  an  event  which 
happened  some  days  previous.  Captain  Shortland  was,  at  the  time, 
absent  at  Plymouth,  but  before  goings  he  ordered  the  Contractor,  or 
his  Clerk,  to  serve  oat  one  pound  of  indifferent  hard  bread,  instead  of 
one  pound  and  a  half  of  soft  bread,  their  usual  allowance.  This  the 
Prisoners  refused  to  receive.  They  waited  all  day  in  expectation  of 
their  usual  allowance  being  served  out;  but  at  sunset,  finding  this 
would  not  be  the  case,  they  burst  open  the  lower  gates,  and  went  up 
to  the  store,  demanding  to  have  tlieir  bread.  JTfae  Officers  of  tlie 
Garrison  on  being  alarmed,  and  informed  of  the  reasons  of  this  pro* 
ceeding.  observed  that  it  was  nojnore  than  right  the  Prisoners  should 
have  their  usual  allowance,  and  strongly  reprobated  the  conduct  of 
Captain  Shortland  in  withholding  it  from  them.  They  were  accord- 
ingly served  witli  their  bread,  and  quietly  returned  to  their  Prisons. 
This  circumstance,  with  the  censures  that  were  thrown  on  his  conduct, 
reached  the  ears  of  Shortland  on  his  return  home,  and  he  must  then 
have  determined  upon  the  diabolical  plan  of  seizing  the  first  slight 
pretext  to  turn  in  the  Military  to  butcher  the  Prisoners,  for  the  grati- 
fication  of  his  malice  and  revenge.  It  unfortunately  happened  that,  in 
the  afternoon  of  the  6th  of  April,  some  Boys  who  were  playing  ball  in 
No.  7  yard,  knocked  their  ball  over  into  the  Barrack  yard,  and  on  the 
Sentry  in  chat  yard  refusing  to  throw  it  back  to  them,  they  picked 
a  hole  through  the  wall  to  get  in  after  it.  This  afforded  Shortland  his 
wbhed-for  pretext,  and  he  took  his  measures  accordingly.  He  had  all 
the  Ganison  drawn  up  in  the  Military  Walk,  additional  numbers  posted 
on  the  walls,  and  every  thing  ready  prepared  before  the  alarm  bell  was 
rung.  This  he  naturally  concluded  would  draw  the  attention  of  a 
great  number  of  Prisoners  towards  the  gate,  to  learn  the  cause  of  the 
alarm,  while  the  Turnkeys  were  despatched  into  the  yards  to  lock  all 
the  doors  but  one  of  ^ch  Prison,  to  prevent  the  Prisoners  retreating 
out  of  the  way  before  he  had  sufficiently  wreaked  his  vengeance. 

What  adds  peculiar  weight  to  the  belief  of  its  being  a  premeditated 
massacre,  are ; — firstly,  the  sanguinary  disposition  manifested  on  every 
occasion   by  Shortland,  he  having,  prior  to  this  time,  ordered  tha 


Digiti 


ized  by.GoOgle 


UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN.  133 

Soldiers  to  fire  iato  the  Prisons,  through  the  windows,  upon  anarmed 
Prisoners  asleep  in  their  hammocks,  on  account  of  a  light  having  been 
seen  in  the  Prisons,  which  barbarous  act  was  repeated  several  nights  sue- 
oesuvely ;  that  murder  was  not  committed  was  owing  to  an  over-rul- 
ing Providence  alone,  for  the  balls  were  picked  up  in  the  Prisons,  where 
they  passed  through  the  hammocks  of  men  then  asleep  in  them : — he 
having  ordered  the  Soldiers  to  fire  upon  the  Prisoners  in  the  yard  oC 
No.  7  Prison,  because  they  would  not  deliver  up  to  him  a  man  who 
had  made  his  escape  from  the  Cachott,  which  order  the  Commanding 
Officer  of  the  Soldiers  refused  to  obey  :— and,  generally,  he  ha^ng 
seized  on  every  slight  pretext  to  injure  the  Prisoners,  by  hb  stopping 
the  marketing,  for  10  days  repeatedly,  and  once,  a  third  pan  of  their 
provisions,  for  the  same  lengtli  of  time. 

Secondly :  he  having  been  heard  to  say,  when  the  Boys  had  picked 
the  hole  in  the  wali,  and  some  time  before  the  alarm  bell  rung,  and 
while  all  the  Prisoners  were  quiet  in  their  respective  yards  as  usual, 
**  I'll  fix  the  damned  Rascals  directly. '^ 

Thirdly :  his  having  all  the  Soldiers  on  their  Posts,  and  the  Gar- 
rison fully  prepared  before  the  alarm  bell  was  rung.  It  could  not  of 
course  then  be  done  to  assemble  the  Soldiers,  but  to  alarm  the  Pri-^ 
soners  and  create  confusion  among  them. 

Fourthly :  the  Soldiers  on  the  walli  previous  to  the  alarm  bell  being 
mug,  informing  the  Prisoners  that  they  would  be  charged  upon  directly; 
Fifthly :  the  Turnkeys  going  into  the  yard  and  closing  all  the  doors 
but  one  in  each  Prison,  whilst  the  attention  of  the  Prisoners  was* 
attracted  by  the  alarm  bell.  This  was  done  about  15  minutes  sooner 
than  usual,  and  without  informing  the  Prisoners  that  it  was  time  to 
shot  up.  It  was  ever  the  invariable  practice  of  the  Turnkeys,  from 
which  they  never  deviated  before  that  night,  when  coming  into  the* 
yards,  to  shut  up,  to  halloo  to  the  Prisoners  so  loud  as  to  be  heard  alt 
over  the  yards,  "  turn  in,  turn  in,''  while  on  that  night  it  was  done  so 
secretly,  that  not  one  man  in  a  hundred  knew  they  were  shut,  and- in 
particular  their  shutting  the  door  of  No.  7,  which  the  Prisoners  usually 
go  in  and  out  at,  (and  which  was  formerly  always  the  last  one  closed,) 
and  leaving  one  open  in  the  other  end  of  the  Prison,  which  was  exposed 
to  a  cross  fire  from  the  Soldiera  on  the  walls,  and  which  the  Prisoners 
had  to  pass  in  gaining  the  Prison. 

It  appears  to  us  that  the  foregoing  reasons  sufficiently  warrant  the 
conclusions  we  have  drawn  therefrom.  We  likewise  believe,  from  the 
Depositions  of  Men  who  were  eye  witnesses  of  a  part  of  Shortland's 
conduct  on  the  evening  of  the  6th  April,  that  he  was  intoxicated  with 
liquor  at  the  time,  from  his  brutality  in  beating  a  Prisoner,  who  was 
•  then  supporting  another,  severely  wounded ;  Irom  the  blackguard  and 
abusive  language  he  madetise  of;  and  from  his  having  frequently  been 
seen  in  the  same  state :  his  being  drunk  was  of  course  the  means  o( 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


134  UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

ioflaming  hia  bitter  eDoiity  against  the  Prisoners,  and  no  doubt  was  the 
principal  cause  of  the  indiscriminate  butchery,  and  of  no  quarter  bdng 
shown. 

We  here  solemnly  aver^  there  was  no  preconcerted  plan  to  attempt 
breaking  out.  There  cannot  be  produced  the  least  shadow  of  a  reason 
or  inducement  for  that  intention,  the  Prisoners  daily  expecting  to  be 
realeased,  and  to  embark  on  board  Cartels  for  their  own  native 
Country.  And  we  solemnly  assert,  likewise,  there  was  no  intention  of 
resisting  in  any  manner,  the  authority  of  the  Crovemment  of  this 
Depot. 

WILLIAM  B.  BOND.  JOHN  T.  TROWBRIDGE. 

WILLIAM  HOBART.  JOHN  RUST. 

JAMES  BOGGS.  HENRY  ALLEN. 

JAMES  ADAMS.  WALTER  COLTON. 

FRANCIS  JOSEPH.  THOMAS  B.  MOTT. 

Committee. 

N.B.       7  were  killed, 

30  dangerously  wounded, 
30  slightly  wounded. 

Total  67,  killed  and  wounded. 


No,  4. — R.  G.  Beasley,  Esq.  to  the  American  Commissary  General  of 

Prisoners. 
Sir,  Londm,  I9tk  April,  1815* 

I  HAD  the  honour  to  transmit,  on  the  13th  and  15th  instant,  9 
Reports  on  the  unfortunate  transaction  of  the  6th  instant^  at  Dartmoor 
Prison ; — the  one  by  the  British  Authorities,  and  the  other  by  a  Com. 
mittee  of  our  Prisoners.  The  latter  I  lost  no  time  in  laying*  before 
this  Government,  and  on  the  receipt  of  it.  Lord  Castlereagh  sought  an 
interview  with  Mr.  Clay  and  Mr.  Gallatin,  at  which  it  was  agreed 
that  each  Party  should  appoint  a  Commissioner  to  investigate  the  cir- 
cumstances. Ifithad  suited  the  convenience  of  Mr.  Clay  or  Mr.  Gal- 
latin to  have  undertaken  it,  one  of  the  British  Commissioners  who  ngned 
the  Treaty  of  Ghent  would  have  been  appointed  to  act  with  him ;  but 
as  neither  of  these  Gentlemen  could  go,  and  as  my  presence  here 
could  not  be  dispensed  with  at  present,  they  advised  me  to  apply  to 
Mr.  Charles  King,  of  New  York,  who  has  readily  undertaken  to  act, 
although  it  interferes  in  some  degree  with  his  private  affairs. 

Mr.  King  left  town  last  evening  for  Dartmoor,  with  a  Mr.  Larpent, 
who  is  to  act  with  him. 

The  result  of  the  inyestigation  shall  be  transmitted  to  you  as  soon 
as  received ;  in  the  mean  time  1  am  happy  to  have  it  in  my  power  to 
state,  that  every  disposition  has  been  manifested  to  do  what  is  due  to 
the  occasion. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED    STATES    AND   GREAT  BRITAIN.  135 

I  traoBinit  herewith  a  List  of  the  Dnfortanate  Suffin'era  in  thia 
affair. 

I  also  enclose  a  Copy  of  a  Letter  which  I  have  just  received  from 
the  Transport  Board,  relative  to  the  proposals  I  made,  on  Ihe  receipt  of 
yoar  Letter  of  the  6th  ultimo,  for  sending  home  onr  Prisoners. 

It  is  proper  that  I  shonld  here  remark,  that,  at  the  interview  which 
took  place  between  Lord  Castlereagh  and  Messrs.  Gallatin  and  Clay« 
his  Lordship  proposed  this  arrangement,  and  that  these  Gentlemen  ad* 
vised  me  to  agree  to  it 

I  have  the  honor  to  be,  &c. 
Tke  Horn.  John  Mason.  R.  G.  BEASLEY. 


{Enclosure  1.) — LiMi  of  Prisoners  killed  and  wounded. 
[Here  follows  the  Names  of  73  Persons.] 


(^Enclosure  2.) — Alexander  M'Leay,  Esq.  1o  R.  G.  Beasley,  Esq. 
Sir,  Transport  Office,  19/A  April,  1815. 

I  AM  directed  by  the  Commissioners  for  the  Transport  Service,  &c. 
to  acquunt  you,  that  the  Lords  Commissioners  of  the  Admiralty  have, 
by  their  Order  of  yesterday's  date,  been  pleased  to  signify  the  consent 
of  His  Majesty's  Government,  that  the  expence  of  conveying  the  Ameri* 
can  Prisoners  of  War,  from  this  Country  to  America,  should  be  shared 
by  the  2  Governments,  leaving  the  interpretation  of  the  Article  in  the 
late  Treaty  of  Peace  upon  this  ^subject  for  future  explanation;  and 
that  the  Board  are  accordingly  about  to  take  measures  for  providing 
Vessels  for  the  conveyance  of  the  remainder  of  the  Prisoners,  under- 
standing  that  the  Vessels  already  engaged  by  you,  are  calculated  to 
convey  abont  3/KX)  men. 

I  am,  &€. 
R.  G.  Beasley,  Esq.  ALEX.  M'LBAY. 


No.  5. — R.  G.  Beasley,  Esq,  to  the  American  Commissary  General  ^ 

Prisoners, 
Sir,  London,  dO/A  AprU,  1816. 

In  my  Letter  of  the  19th  instant,  I  informed  you  of  the  measures 
which  had  been  adopted  here  in  consequence  of  the  late  unfortunate 
event  at  Dartmoor  Prison. 

I  have  now  the  honour  to  transmit  the  Copy  of  a  Letter  addressed 
to  me  by  Mr.  Clay  and  Mr.  Gallatin,  relative  to  that  occurrence ;  and 
to  the  transportation  of  the  American  Prisoners  in  this  Country  to  The 
United  Stotes. 

In  the  absence  of  Mr.  Adams,  it  becomes  my  duty  to  communicate 
for  the  information  of  our  Government,  the  result  of  the  investigation 
at  Dartmoor.  I  enclose  a  Copy  of  the  Joint  Report  of  the  Commis- 
sioners appointed  for  that  purpose;  also  of  a  Letter  from  Mr*  King  to 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


9 

(36  UNITED   8TATB8   AND   GRBAT   BRITAIN. 

Mr.  Adams,  and  of  a  List  of  the  killed  and  wounded  on  that  mdaiidtoly 
occasion. 

I  shall  leaTC  to  Mr.  Adams  any  further  steps  which  he  may  deem 
it  proper  to  take  in  this  business.  I  cannot  howeyer  forbear  to  notice 
here,  the  erroneous  impresnon  of  the  Prisoners,  that  thdr  detention  so 
long  has  been  owing  to  me.  You  are  aware.  Sir,  of  my  constant  ex- 
ertions during  the  War  to  effect  their  liberation.  Imme<iiate]y  on  the 
signing  of  the  Treaty  of  Peace  at  Ghent,  I  recei?ed  my  Instructions  on 
that  subject ;  proposing,  as  a  condition,  that  all  the  Prisoners  who 
might  be  delivered  o?er  to  me  by  the  British  Gofernment  should  be 
considered  as  Prisoners  of  War,  and  not  at  liberty  to  serve  until  'r^u- 
larly  exchanged,  in  the  event  of  the  Treaty  not  being  ratified  by  the 
President  This  proposition  was  declined,  and  in  a  peremptory  man- 
ner. On  tlie  receipt  of  the  intelligence  of  the  Ratification  from  Ame- 
rica, I  lost  not  a  moment  in  requesting  the  release  of  the  Prisoners,  ac- 
cording to  the  terms  of  the  Treaty :  and  the  number  of  Vessels  which 
1  had  hired,  as  mentioned  in  my  Letter  of  the  13th  instant,  and  which 
are  now  on  their  Voyage  to  The  United  States,  will  show  that  the  ne- 
cessary steps  were  taken  to  provide  for  their  immediate  transportation 
to  their  Country.  The  Prisoners,  aho,  were  informed  of  these  measures, 
and  of  the  exertions  which  had  been  made  from  the  commencement,  to 
return  them  to  their  homes  with  the  least  posnble  delay.  Therefore, 
whatever  may  have  been  their  uneasiness  under  confinement,  and 
whatever  hostile  feelings  they  may  have  bad  towards  me,  as  noticed  in 
the  Report,  and  in  Mr.  King's  Letter ;  I  may  say  with  confidence^ 
that  I  could  not  prevent  the  one,  nor  have  I  deserved  the  other. 

I  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c. 
The  Han.  John  Mason.  R.  G.  BEASLEY. 


N:  6.— JR.  G.  Beatiey,  Esq.  to  the  American  Commissary  General  of 

Prisoners, 
(Extract.)  London,  10/A  October,  1816. 

In  compliance  with  the  request  contained  in  that  of  the  6th  August, 
(the  Commissary  General's  Letter,)  I  transmit  herewith  Copies  of  my 
Correspondence  with  the  Transport  Board,  on  the  subject  of  tlie  gene- 
ral release  of  American  Prisoners  In  this  Country  on  the  conclusion  of 
the  Treaty  at  Ghent,  and  on  the  receipt  of  the  President's  Ratification; 
also  Copies  and  Extracts  of  Letters  informing  the  Prisoners  of  the 
jneasures  taken  for  their  release,  preceding  the  occurrence  at  Dartmoor 
of  the  6th  April. 

It  was  always  my  practice  before  requesting,  by  written  Communi- 
cation, the  release  of  Prisoners,  to  urge  tlie  measure  in  person ;  and 
this  repeatedly,  until  either  it  was  granted,  or  there  appeared  not  any 
hope  of  success ;  and  then  my  Letter  followed,  for  the  purpose  of  re* 
dacing  the  Negotiation  to  a  more  official  form.     This  practice  I  pur* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITBD   STATES    AMD    GRBAT   BRITAIN.  137 

sned  upon  the  conclaftion  of  the  Treaty  at  Ghent,  when  my  request 
wa«  refused,  and  again  on  the  receipt  of  the  Ratification  of  (he  Presi- 
dent, when  the  release  was  agreed  upon.  Upon  these  occasions  I  ot 
course  availed  myself  of  every  circumstance  which  I  conceived  calcu- 
lated to  accomplish  the  object  I  had  in  view  ;  and  I  frequently 
found  the  Board  concurring  with  me  upon  points  which,  when  submit- 
ted to  the  Admiralty,  were  rejected.  One  of  my  Letters  informing 
the  Prisoners  of  the  measures  taken  for  their  release  was  addressed  to 
those  on  Parole  at  Ashburton,  which  is  about  16  miles  disUnt  from 
Dartmoor,  and  with  whom  the  Prisoners  at  this  latter  place  were  in 
constant  correspondence.  I  have  to  observe  further,  that  when  enquiry 
as  to  the  probable  time  of  release  was  made  at  my  Office  by  friends  of 
Prisoners,  which  at  that  time  was  very  frequently  the  case,  they  were 
always  requested,  when  writing  to  them,  to  desire  the  information  to  be 
made  as  public  in  the  Prison  as  possible. 
The  Hm.  John  MoMon.  R.  G.  BEASLEY. 


(Enehture  I,) — R,  G,  Beasley,  Esq.  to  Alexander  M'Leay,  Esq. 
Sir,  Harley -street,  18M  January,  1815. 

A  Treaty  of  Peace  having  been  concluded  at  Gbent,  between 
Great  Britain  and  The  United  States,  I  am  induced  by  a  desire  to 
shorten  the  sufferings  of  the  American  Prisoners  in  this  Country,  to 
address  the  Board  relative  to  them.  1  do  this  with  the  more  confi- 
dence of  its  being  favourably  received,  as  I  am  persuaded  that  this 
wish  is  equally  entertained  by  the  British  Government. 

I  have  therefore  to  request,  that  a  certain  number  of  Prisoners  may 
be  released,  as  soon  as  I  may  be  able  to  procure  proper  conveyances 
for  them  to  The  United  States,  under  the  condition  that  they  shall  be 
subject  to  exchange,  should  the  Treaty  not  be  ratified  by  the  Presi- 
dent of  The  United  States. 

I  am,  &c. 
Alexander  M'Leay,  Esq.  R.  G.  BEASLEY. 

(Enclosure^.)-- Alexander  M'Leay,  Esq.  to  R.  G.  Beasley,  Esq. 
Sir,  Transport  Office,  2\st  January,  1815. 

Hayiko  received,  and  laid  before  the  Commissioners  for  the 
Transport  Service,  &c.,  your  Letter  of  the  18th  instant,  proposing, 
under  the  circun^iBtances  therein  stated,  that  a  certain  number  of 
American  Prisoners  of  War  may  be  permitted  to  return  to  The  United 
States;  I  have  it  in  command  to  acquaint  you,  that  the  same  has  been 
referred  to  the  consideration  of  the  Lords  Commissioners  of  the  Ad. 
miralty,  and  that  their  Lordships  have  in  reply  been  pleased  to  signify, 
that  they  do  not  think  proper  to  accede  to  your  proposition. 

1  am,  &c. 
R.  G.  Beasley,  Esq.  ALEX.  M'LEAY. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


13$  UNITBD  STATES  AND   GREAT  BRITAIN. 

(Enclosure  3,)-^R,  G.  Beasley,  Esq*  to  Alexander  M'Leay,  Esq. 
SlR>  Harley-street,  I5ih  March,  1815. 

The  Treaty  of  Ohent  having  been  ratified  by  the  GoTemmeDts  of 
The  United  States  and  this  Country^  and  Peace  being  thus  happily 
restored  between  the  2  Nations,  I  beg  to  inquire  whether  there  is  any 
objection  to  delivering  over  to  me  the  Prisoners  detained  in  this 
Country,  as  soon  as  I  can  provide  for  their  conveyance. 

I  am,  &c. 
Alexander  M'Leatf,  Esq.  R.  G.  BEASLEY. 


(Enclosure  4t.) -^Alexander  M'Leay,  Esq,  to  R.  G,  Beasley,  Esq* 
Sir,  Transport  Office,  16/A  March,  1815. 

I  HAVE  received  and  laid  before  the  Commissioners  of  the  Trans- 
port Service,  &c.,  your  Letter  of  the  15Ui  instant,  requesting  to  be 
informed,  under  the  circumstances  therein  stated,  vhether  there  be 
any  objection  to  delivering  over  to  you  the  Americans  now  detained  as 
Prisoners  of  War  in  this  Country,  upon  your  providing  Vessels  for 
their  conveyance  to  The  United  States. 

In  reply,  I  am  directed  to  acquaint  you,  that  the  Board  are  ready 
to  embark  all  the  Prisoners  in  question,  upon  your  providing  Vessels, 
at  Plymouth,  for  their  conveyance;  it  being  understood  that  all  the 
debts  contracted  by  them  in  this  Country  must  previously  be  paid. 

I  am,  &c. 
R.  G.  Beasley,  Esq.  ALEX.  M'LEAY. 


(Enclosure  5.) — R.  G,  Beasley,  Esq.  to  the  Committee  of  American 

Prisoners  of  War  at  Dartmoor, 
(Extract.)  London,  22nd  March,  1815. 

Three  Cartels  are  now  preparing  here,  with  all  expedition,  for  the 
conveyance  of  the  Prisoners  to  The  United  States. 

R.  G.  BEASLEY. 
The  Commitl^  of  American  Prisoners  of  War, 


{Enclosure  6.)—/?.  G.  Beasley,  Esq.  to  the  American  Prisoners  of 
War,  on  Parole  at  Ashburton, 

Agency  for  American  Prisoners  of  War, 
Gentlemen,  London,  2Srd  March,  1815. 

I  HAVE  to  inform  you,  that  the  Treaty  of  Peace  having  been  ratified 
by  the  President,  the  release  of  the  Prisoners  of  War  will  commence 
without  delay. 

Although  I  have  not  as  yet  received  any  Instructions  from  our 
Government,  I  have  engaged,  and  am  fitting  out  4  Vessels,  for  their 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  QRBAT  BRITAIN.  139 

GOBreyance,  to  proceed  to  Plymouth  to  receive  tfaem^  aud  shall  use 
erery  despatch  in  sending  them  to  The  United  States. 

I  am,  &c. 

R.  G.  BEA8LEY. 
The  Awteriean  Prisoners  of  War, 
om  Parole  at  Asklmrton. 


(EnehsMre  l.)^R.  G.  Beasley,  Esq.  to  the  British  Agent  for  Pri* 

soners  of  War,  at  Dartmoor, 
(Extract.)  London,  25/A  March,  1816. 

I  HATB  engaged  4  Vessels  for  Cartels,  which  are  6ttbg  out  with 
all  despatch.     They  will  sail,  I  hope,  in  5  or  6  days  for  Plymouth, 
to  receive  Prisoners.    Their  tonnage,  together,  is  about  1 ,600  tons. 
Captain  T.  G.  Shortland.  R.  G.  BEASLEY. 


(Enclosure  8.)—/?.  G,  Beasley  Esq.  to  George  Magrath,  Esq. 
Sir,  Londony  3Ul  March,  1815. 

I  HAVB  received  your  Letter  of  the  29th  instant,  acquainting  me 
with  your  opinion  of  the  complaints  of  Mr.  Proctor  and  Mr.  Robinson, 
now  in  Dartmoor  Hospital. 

In  return,  I  beg  to  inform  you,  that  these  2  Prisoners  shall  be  sent 
home  in  the  first  Cartel,  which  will,  I  expect,  sail  from  this  place  to* 
morrow,  for  Plymouth.  I  am,  &c. 

George  Magrath^  Esq,  Surgeon,  R.  G.  BEASLEY. 

Dartmoor  Prison  Hospital,  Devon, 


{Enclosure  9.)^R.  G.  Beasley  Esq,  to  the  Committee  qf  American 
Prisoners  of  War, 
Agency  for  American  Prisoners  of  War, 
Gbntubmew,  London,  31*/  March,  1815, 

It  appearing  by  several  Letters  which  1  have  received  from 
Dartmoor,  that  the  Prisoners  have  taken  up  an  idea,  that  any  who 
may  have  the  means  of  proceeding  to  The  United  States  would,  on 
application,  receive  a  free  discharge ;  I  request  that  you  will  make  it 
known  throughout  the  Prison,  that  such  is  not  the  fact. 

There  must  be  other  and  better  reasons  to  induce  me  to  consent  to 
their  release  in  this  manner,  at  this  time.  The  situation  of  Europe 
under  the  prospect  of  another  War,  multiplies  the  risk  of  impressment. 
I  have  taken  measures  to  have  them  all  released  and  sent  home,  by 
Cartels,  with  as  little  delay  as  possible,  where  they  are  much  wanted, 
and  where  wages  are  very  higlu 

1  am,  &c. 
TThe  CommUtee  of  American  Prisoners  R.  G.  BEASLEY. 

of  War,  Dartmoor, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


140  UNITED    STATES   AND   GREAT   BEITAtN. 

No.  l.^Minute  of  a  Conversation  between  Vitoouni  CastJereagk  and 

Messrs,  Clay  and  Gallatin, 
(Extract.)  London,  I6th  April,  1815. 

Lord  Castlereagh  began  by  ad?erting  to  the  uofortonate  eTent 
wbich  had  taken  place  at  Dartmoor,  and  proposed  that,  as  a  statement 
of  the  transaction  had  been  received  from  the  American  Prisoners, 
differing  ?ery  materially  in  fact  from  an  inquiry  instituted  by  the 
Port  Admiral,  some  means  should  be  devised  of  procuring  information 
as  to  the  real  state  of  the  case ;  in  order,  either,  on  the  one  hand,  to 
satisfy  The  United  States  that  the  lives  of  their  Citizens,  however 
unfortunately,  had  not  been  wantonly  sacrificed,  or,  on  the  other,  to 
enable  the  British  Government  to  punish  their  Civil  and  Military 
Officers,  if  they  should  be  found  to  have  resorted  to  measures  of 
extreme  severity  without  necessity,  or  with  too  much  precipitation. 
He  therefore  proposed,  that  one  of  the  American  Commissioners  should 
proceed  to  Dartmoor,  with  one  of  the  Gentlemen  with  whom  they  had 
negotiated  at  Ghent ;  and,  after  examining  the  Persons  concerned,  and 
such  other  evidence  as  might  be  thought  necessary,  should  make  a 
Joint  Report  upon  the  facts  of  the  case.  That  as  neither  Government 
could  have  any  other  wish  beyond  that  of  clearing  up  a  transaction 
which  might,  if  left  unexplained,  and  as  it  now  stood,  upon  ex-parte 
Statements,  create  much  irritation  between  the  two  Countries,  so  the 
British  Government  had  no  desire  to  screen  any  Person  whose  conduct 
might  have  been  improper  or  precipitate. 

The  American  Commissioners,  agreeing  to  the  principles  of  Lord 
Castlereagh's  proposition,  so  far  as  related  to  the  advantage  of  having 
a  Joint  Report  upon  the  facts  of  the  case,  entertained  doubts  whether 
they  could,  with  propriety,  take  such  a  duty  upon  themselves;  and 
suggestecl  that  Mr.  Beasley,  from  the  situation  which  he  held  in  this 
Country,  appeared  to  them  better  qualified  for  the  task.  Lord 
Castlereagh  replied,  that  it  was  only  from  a  desire  of  giving  to  any 
Report  which  might  be  made,  the  sanction  of  the  highest  authority, 
that  he  had  suggested  the  employment  of  the  Commissioners  them- 
selves; and  deeming  it  of  the  most  essential  importance  to  satisfy  the 
Public  in  both  Countries  on  this  subject,  he  was  induced  to  prefer  his 
original  proposition;  but  that  he  must  of  course  leave  it  to  the 
American  Commissioners  to  decide,  whether  Mr.  Beasley  was  better 
fitted  for  this  service,  and  that,  upon  receiving  the  result  of  their  con- 
sideration  of  the  subject,  the  Government  would  appoint  some  Person 
properly  qualified  to  meet  the  American  Gentleman  who  might  be  so 
selected;  such  Person  being  either  one  of  the  late  British  Com- 
missioners at  Ghent,  or  a  Commissioner  of  the  Transport  Board, 
according  as  the  American  Commissioners  might  decide  upon  going 
elves  or  sending  Mr.  Beasley. 
i  Castlereagh  then  entered  upon  the  immediate  release  of  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITBD   STATBS   AND    GRBAT   BRITAIN.  141 

American  Priaoneffs  of  War  detained  in  this  Conotry.  After  stating 
the  inconfenience  of  retaining  in  confinement.  Men  who  had  a  right 
nnder  a  Treaty  of  Peace  to  be  liberated,  he  requested  information  as  to 
whether  Mr.  Beasley  was  proceeding  in  the  measures  which  he  under- 
stood to  haTe  been  taken  for  con? eying  them  back  to  America. 

The  American'  Commissioners  stated,  that  Mr.  Beasley  had  cer- 
tainly taken  up  some  Transports,  on  his  own  responsibility,  previous  to 
the  receipt  of  Instructions  from  America ;  but  that  the  Ao^rican 
Government  considered  the  restoration  of  Prisoners  to  imply  their 
re  conveyance  to  their  own  Country  by  the  Power  detaining  them; 
and  the  American  Commissioners  did  not  know  whether  Mr.  Beasley 
had  either  authority  or  funds  for  continuing  the  service  which  he  had, 
on  his  own  view  of  the  subject,  commenced. 

Lord  Castlereagh  stated,  that  he  saw  no  objection  to  adopting 
some  such  measure  as  that  which  had  been  adopted  in  America,  and 
proposed,  that  such  Party  should  defray  half  the  expense  of  conveying 
the  Prisoners  from  this  Country  to  America,  leaving  the  ultimate 
constmction  of  the  Treaty  for  future  arrangements.  But  he  remarked, 
that  the  Article  on  which  the  doubt  had  arisen,  being  founded  on 
principles  of  perfect  reciprocity,  it  appeared  to  him  scarcely  consonant 
with  those  principles,  that  the  only  expense  to  be  defrayed  by  The 
United  States  should  be  that  of  conveying  the  British  Prisoners  from 
The  United  States  to  Bermuda  or  Halifax,  while  Great  Britain  should 
have  not  only  to  convey  to  America  the  American  Prisoners  now  in 
this  Country,  but  also  to  bring  Home,  from  Colonies  nearly  as  distant 
as  The  United  States,  all  her  own  Prisoners. 


No-  B.—H.  Clay, Esq,  and  Albert  Gallatin,  Esq,  to  R.  G.  Beasley,  Esq. 
(Extract.)  London,  ISth  April,  1815. 

At  the  request  of  Lord  Castlereagh,  we  have  had  interviews  vrith 
him  and  Mr.  Goulburn,  on  the  subject  of  the  transportation  of  the 
American  Prisoners  now  in  this  Country  to  The  United  States,  and 
of  the  late  unfortunate  event  at  the  Depot  at  Dartmoor. 

On  the  (latter)  subject,  as  a  Statement  of  the  transaction  has  been 
received  from  the  American  Prisoners^  difiering  very  materially  in 
fact  from  that  which  had  resulted  from  an  inquiry  instituted  by  the 
Port  Admiral,  it  has  been  thought  advisable  that  some  means  should 
be  devised  of  procuring  information  as  to  the  real  state  of  the  case,  in 
order  on  the  one  hand  to  show,  that  there  had  not  been  any  wanton  or 
improper  sacrifice  of  the  lives  of  the  American  Citizens,  or  on  the 
other,  to  enable  the  British  Government  to  punish  their  Civil  and 
Military  Officers,  if  it  should  appear  that  they  have  resorted  to 
measures  of  extreme  severity,  without  necessity,  or  with  too  much 
precipitation. 

Lord  Castlereagh  proposed,  that  the  inquiry  should  be  a  joint  one,- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


142  UNITED    STATB8    AND    GREAT    BRITAIN. 

condacted  by  a  Commissioner  selected  by  each  Government.  And 
we  have  thought  such  an  inquiry  most  likely  to  produce  an  impartial 
and  satisiactory  result. 

We  presume  that  you  will  have  too  much  occupation  on  the  first 
subject,  and  the  other  iucidental  duties  of  your  Office,  to  attend  to 
this  inquiry  in  person.  On  that  supposition,  we  have  stated  to  the 
British  Government,  that  we  should  recommend  to  you  the  selection  of 
Charles  King,  Esq.,  as  a  fit  Person  to  conduct  it  in  behalf  of  the 
American  Government.  If  Mr.  King  will  undertake  the  business,  he 
will  forthwith  proceed  to  Dartmoor,  and,  in  conjunction  with  the  British 
Commissioner  who  may  be  appointed  on  the  occasion,  will  examine 
the  Persons  concerned,  and  such  other  evidence  as  may  be  thought 
necessary,  and  make  a  Joint  Report  upon  the  facts  of  the  case,  to 
J.  Q.  Adamsy  Esq.,  Minister  Plenipotentiary  of  The  United  States  at 
this  Court,  and  to  the  British  Government 

The  mode  of  executing  this  service  must  be  left  to  the  direction  of 
Mr.  King  and  his  Colleague.  If  they  can  agree  upon  a  narration  of 
the  facts,  after  having  heard  the  evidence,  it  will  be  better  than  re* 
porting  the  whole  mass  of  testimony  in  detail ;  which  they  may  perhaps 
find  it  necessary  to  do,  if  they  cannot  come  to  such  an  agreement. 

H.  CLAY. 
R.  G.  Beasiey,  Esq.  ALBERT  GALLATIN. 


No,  9. '-Charles  King,  Esq»  to  John  Quincy  Adams,  Esq. 
Sir,  Plymouth,  26<A  April,  1 815. 

In  pursuance  of  Instructions  received  from  Messrs.  Clay  and 
Gallatin,  I  have  now  the  honor  to  transmit  to  you,  the  Report  prepared 
by  Mr.  Larpent  and  myself,  on  behalf  of  our  respective  Governments,  in 
relation  to  the  unfortunate  Transaction  at  Dartmoor  Prison  of  War, 
on  the  6th  of  the  present  month. 

Consideiing  it  of  much  importance,  that  the  Report,  whatever  it 
might  be,  should  goforth  under  our  joint  Signatures,  I  have  forborne 
to  press  some  of  the  points  which  it  involves,  as  far  as  otherwise  I 
might  have  done;  and  it,  therefore,  may  not  be  improper  in  this 
Letter  to  enter  into  some  little  explanation  of  such  parts  of  the  Report. 
Although  it  does  appear  that  a  part  of  the  Prisoners  were,  on  that 
evening,  in  such  a  state  and  under  such  circumstances  as  to  have 
justified,  in  the  view  which  the  Commander  of  the  Depot  could  not  but 
take  of  it,  the  intervention  of  the  Military  Force,  and  even  in  a  strict 
sense,  the  first  use  of  fire  arms,  yet  I  cannot  but  express  it  as  my 
settled  opinion,  that  by  a  conduct  a  little  more  temporizing,  [this 
dreadful  alternative  of  firing  upon  the  unarmed  Prisoners  might  have 
been  avoided.  Yet,  as  this  opinion  has  been  the  result  of  subsequent 
examination,  and  aAer  having  acquired  a  knowledge  of  the  compara* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATXS  AND    GREAT  BRITAIN.  143 

(ively  harmless  slate  of  the  PrisoDen,  it  may  be  but  fair  to  consider^ 
whether,  ia  sach  a  moment  of  confusion  and  alarm  as  that  appears  to 
have  been,  the  Officer  commanding  could  have  fairly  estimated  his 
danger  or  have  measured  out,  with  precisioo,  the  extent  and  nature  of 
the  force  necessai^  to  guard  against  it.  But  when  the  firing  became 
general,  as  it  afterwards  appears  to  have  done,  and  caught  with 
electric  rapidity  from  the  square  to  the  plat-forms,  there  is  no  plea 
nor  shadow  of  excuse  for  it,  except  in  the  personal  exasperation  of  the 
Soldiery :  nor  for  the  more  deliberate,  and,  therefore,  more  unjustifi- 
able, firing  which  took  place  into  3  of  the  Prisons,  Nos.  1,  3,  and  4, 
but  more  particularly  into  No.  3,  after  the  Prisoners  had  retired  into 
them,  and  there  was  no  longer  any  pretence  of  apprehension  as  to 
their  escape.  Upon  this  ground,  as  you.  Sir,  will  perceive  by  the  Re- 
port, Mr.  Larpentand  myself  had  no  difference  in  opinion;  and  I  am 
folly  persuaded  that  my  own  regret  was  not  greater  than  his,  at 
perceiving  how  hopeless  would  be  the  attempt  to  trace  to  any  Indivi- 
duals of  the  military,  these  outrageous  proceedings. 

As  to  whether  the  Order  to  fire  came  from  Captain  Shortland,  I 
yet  confess  myself  unable  to  form  any  satisfactory  opinion,  though 
perhaps  the  bias  of  my  mind  is,  that  he  did  give  such  an  Order.  But 
his  anxiety  and  exertions  to  stop  it,  after  it  had  .continued  some  little 
time,  are  fully  proved ;  and  his  general  conduct,  previous  to  this  occur- 
rence, as  far  as  we  could  with  any  propriety  enter  into  such  details, 
appears  to  have  been  characterized  by  great  fairness  and  even  kind- 
ness, in  the  relation  which  he  stood  towards  the  Prisoners. 

On  the  subject  of  any  complaints  existing  against  their  own  Go- 
vernment, by  the  Prisoners,  it  was  invariably  answered  to  several 
distinct  questions  put  by  me  on  that  head,  that  none  whatsoever 
existed,  or  had  been  expressed  by  them ;  although  they  confessed 
themselves  to  entertain  some  animosity  against  Mr.  Beasley,  to  whom 
they  attribute  their  detention  in  this  Country  ;  with  what  justice,  you, 
8b,  will  be  better  able  to  judge.  They  made  no  complaint  whatso- 
ever as  to  their  provisions,  and  general  mode  of  living  and  treatment  in 
the  Prison.  ^ 

I  have  transmitted  to  Mr.  Beasley,  a  List  of  the  killed  and  wounded 
on  this  melancholy  occasion,  with  a  request  that  he  would  forward  it 
to  The  United  States,  for  the  information  of  their  friends  at  home ; 
and  I  am  pleased  to  have  it  in  my  power  to  say,  that  the  wounded  are, 
for  the  most  part,  doing  well. 

I  have  also  enclosed,  to  Mr.  Beasely,  the  Notes  taken  by  me  of 
the  evidence  adduced  before  us,  i|ith  a  request,  that  he  would  have 
them  fairly  copied ;  as  also  a  Copy  of  the  Depositions  taken  before 
the  Coroner,  and  desired  him  to  submit  them  to  you,  when  in  order. 

I  cannot  conclude.  Sir,  without  expressing  my  high  sense  of  the 
impartiality  and  manly  fairness  with  which  this  inquiry   has  been 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


144  UNITED  STATB8  AND  GRBAT  BRITAIN. 

conducted  on  the  part  of  Mr.  Laq>ent ;  nor  without  mentioning  that 
every  facility  was  afforded  to  us  in  its  prosecution,  as  well  by  the 
Military  Officers  Commanding  here,  and  at  the  Prison,  as  by  the 
Magistrates  of  the  vicinity. 

I  have  the  honor  to  be,  &c. 
H.  E.  John  Qmn^  Adams.  CHARLES  KING. 


No.  10. — Report  qfthe  British  and  American  Commissioners  upon  the 
Occurrence  at  Dartmoor  Prison. 

Plymouth,  9Gth  April,  1815. 

We,  the  Undersigned,  Commissioners  appointed  on  behalf  of 
our  respective  Governments,  to  inquire  into,  and  report  upon  the 
unfortunate  Occurrence  of  the  6th  of  April,  instant,  at  Dartmoor 
Prison, — having  carefully  perused  the  proceedings  of  the  several  Court^ 
of  Inquiry,  instituted  immediately  after  that  event,  by  the  orders  of 
Admiral  Sir  John  T.  Duckworth,  and  Major  General  Brown, 
respectively,  as  well  as  the  Depositions  taken  at  the  Coroners 
Inquest,  upon  the  bodies  of  the  Prisoners,  who  lost  their  lives  upon  that 
melancholy  occasion;  upon  which  Inquest,  the  jury  found  a  verdict 
of  "  Justifiable  Homtbuip,''^proceeded  immediately  to  the  exaou- 
nation,  upon  oath,  in  the  presence  of  one  or  more  of  the  Magistrates 
of  the  vicinity,  of  all  the  witnesses,  both  American  and  English,  who 
offered  themselves  for  that  purpose,  or  who  could  be  discovered  as 
likely  to  afford  any  material  information  on  the  subject,  as  well 
those  who  had  been  previously  examined  before  the  Coroner,  as 
otherwise,  to  tlie  number  in  the  whole  of  above  80. 

We  further  proceeded  to  a  minute  examination  of  the  Prison,  for  the 
purpose  of  clearing  up  some  points,  which  upon  the  Evidence  alone  were 
scaj-cely  intelligible,  obtaining  from  the  Prisoners,  and  from  the  Officers 
of  the  Depot,  all  the  necessary  assistance  and  explanation;  and,  pre- 
mising that  we  have  been,  from  necessity,  compelled  to  draw  many  of 
our  conclusions  from  statements  and  evidence  highly  contradictory,  we 
do  now  make,  upon  the  whole  of  the  proceedings,  the  following 

REPORT, 

During  the  period  which  has  elapsed,  since  the  arrival  in  this 
Country  of  the  account  of  the  Ratification  of  the  Treaty  of  Ghent,  an 
increased  degree  of  restlessness  and  impatience  of  confinement,  appears 
to  have  prevailed  amongst  the  American  Prisoners  at  Dartmoor, 
which,  though  not  exhibited  in  the  shape  of  any  violent  excesses,  has 
been  principally  indicated  by  threats  of  breaking  out,  if  not  soon  re* 
leased.  On  the  4th  of  this  month  in  particular,  only  2  days  previous 
to  the  event,  the  subject  of  this  inquiry,  a  large  body  of  the  Prisoners 
rushed  into  the  Market-square,  from  whence,  by  the  regulations  of  the 
Prison,  they  are  excluded, — demanding  bread  instead  of  biscuit,  which 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED    STATES    AiND    GBBAT    BRITAIN.  145 

biiJ  on  that  day  been  issued  by  the  Officers  of  the  Depot.     Their  de-  ^ 
maDds,  boireTer,  having  been  then  almost  immediately  complied  with, 
they  rtrtarned  to  their  own  yards,  and  the  employment  of  force,  on  that 
occasiuo,  became  unnecessary. 

It  was  clearly  proved  (o  us  that,  on  the  evening  of  the  6th,  about 
6  o'clock,  a  breach  or  hole  had  been  made  in  one  of  the  Prison  walls, 
sufficient  for  a  full  sized  Man  to  pass;  and  that  others  had  been  com- 
menced in  the  course  of  the  day,  near  the  same  spot^  though  never 
completed  :  that  a  number  of  the  Prisoners  were  over  the  railing,  erec- 
ted to  prevent  them  from  communicating  with  the  Centinels  on  the 
walls,  which  was  of  course  forbidden  by  the  regulations  of  the  Prison  ; 
and  that,  in  the  space  between  the  railing  and  tliose  walls,  they  were 
tearing  up  pieces  of  turf,  and  nantonly  pelting  each  other  in  a  noisy 
and  disorderly  manner.  That  a  much  more  considerable  number  of 
the  Prisoners  was  collected  together,  at  that  time,  in  one  of  their  yards, 
near  the  place  where  the  breach  was  effected :  and  that,  although  such 
collection  of  Prisoners  was  not  unusual  at  other  times  (the  gambling 
tables  being  commonly  kept  in* that  part  of  the  yard)  yet  when  con- 
nected with  the  circumstance  of  the  breach,  and  the  time  of  the  day, 
which  was  after 'the  horn,  (the  signal  for  the  Prisoners  to  retire  to  their 
respective  Prisons,)  had  ceased  to  sound ;  it  became  a  natural  and 
just  ground  of  alarm  to  those  who  had  charge  of  the  Depot 

It  was  also  in  evidence,  that  in  the  building,  formerly  the  Petty 
Officers'  Prison,  but  now  the  Guard  Barrack,  which  stands  in  the  yard, 
to  which  the  hole  in  the  wall  would  serve  as  a  communication,  a  part 
of  the  arms  of  the  Guard,  who  were  off  duty,  were  usually  kept  in  the 
racks ;  and,  though  there  was  no  evidence  that  this  was  in  any  respect 
the  motive  which  induced  the  Prisoners  to  make  the  opening  in  the 
wall,  or  even  that  they  were  ever  acquainted  with  the  fact,  it  naturally 
became  at  least  a  further  cause  for  suspicion  and  alarm,  and  an  addi- 
tional reason  for  precaution. 

Upon  these  grounds.  Captain  Shortland  appears  to  us  to  have 
been  justified  in  giving  the  Order,  which  about  this  time  he  seems  to 
have  given,  to  sound  the  alarm  bell,  the  usual  signal  for  collecting  the 
Officers  of  the  Depot,  and  putting  the  Military  on  the  alert.  However 
reasonable  and  justifiable  this  was,  as  a  measure  of  precaution,  the 
effects  produced  thereby  in  the  Prisons,  but  which  could  not  have 
been  intended,  were  most  unfortunate  and  deeply  to  be  regretted.  A 
considerable  number  of  Prisoners  in  the  yards,  where  no  disturbnnce 
existed  before,  and  who  were  either  already  within  their  respective 
Prisons,  or  quietly  retiring  ns  usual  towards  them,  immediately  upon 
the  sound  of  the  bell,  rushed  back,  from  curiosity,  as  it  appears, 
towards  the  gates,  where,  by  that  time,  the  crowd  had  assembled ; 
and  many  who  were  at  the  time  absent  from  their  yards,  were  also* 
from  the  plan  of  the  Prison,  compelled,  in  order  to  reach  their  own 
[1815—16.]  L 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


146  UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

homes,  to  pass  by  the  same  spot.  And  thus,  that  which  was  merely  a 
measure  of  precaution,  in  its  operation,  increased  the  evil  it  was  in- 
tended to  prevent 

Almost  at  the  same  instant  that  the  alarm  bell  rang  (but  whether 
before  or  subsequent,  is  upon  the  evidence  doubtful,  though  Captain 
Shortland  states  it  positively  as  one  of  his  further  reasons  for  causing 
it  to  ring)  some  one  or  more  of  the  Prisoners  broke  the  iron  chain 
which  was  the  only  fastening  of  No.  1  gate,  leading  into  the  Market- 
square,  by  means  of  an  iron  bar ;  and  a  very  considerable  number  of 
the  Prisoners  immediately  rushed  towards  that  gate,  and  many  of 
them  began  to  press  forward,  as  fast  as  the  opening  would  permit,  into 
the  square. 

There  was  no  direct  proof  before  us  of  previous  concert  or  prepara- 
tion on  the  part  of  the  Prisoners,  and  no  evidence  of  their  intention  or 
disposition  to  effect  their  escape  on  this  occasion  ;  excepting  that  which 
arose  by  inference  from  the  whole  of  the  above-detailed  circumstances 
connected  together. 

The  natural  and  almost  irresistible  inference  to  be  drawn,  however, 
from  the  conduct  of  the  Prisoners,  by  Captain  Shortland  and  the 
Military,  was,  that  an  intention  on  the  part  of  the  Prisoners  to  escape 
was  on  the  point  of  being  carried  into  execution,  and  it  was  at  least 
certain  that  they  were  by  force  passing  beyond  the  limits  prescribed 
to  them,  at  a  time  when  they  ought  to  have  been  quietly  going  in  for 
the  night. 

It  was  also  in  evidence,  that  the  outer  gates  of  the  Market-square 
were  usually  opened  about  this  time  to  let  the  bread-waggon  pass  and 
repass  to  the  store,  although  at  the  period  in  question  they  were  in 
fact  closed. 

Under  these  circumstances,  and  -with  these  impressions  necessarily 
operating  upon  his  mind,  and  the  knowledge  that,  if  the  Prisoners 
once  penetrated  through  the  square,  the  power  of  escape  was  almost 
to  a  certainty  afforded  to  them,  if  they  should  be  so  disposed; 
Captain  Shortland,  in  the  first  instance,  proceeded  down  the  square, 
towards  the  Prisoners,  having  ordered  a  part  of  the  different  guards, 
to  the  number  of  about  50  only  at  first  (though  they  were  increased 
afterwards)  to  follow  him.  For  some  time,  both  he  and  Dr.  Magrath 
endeavoured  by  quiet  means  and  persuasion  to  induce  the  Prisoners 
to  retire  to  their  own  yards,  explaining  to  them  the  fatal  consequences 
which  must  ensue,  if  they  refused,  as  the  Military  would  in  that  case 
be  necessarily  compelled  to  employ  force.  The  Guard  was  by  this 
time  formed  in  the  rear  of  Captain  Shortland,  about  2-3rds  of  the 
way  down  the  square :  the  latter  is  about  100  feet  broad,  and  the 
guards  extended  nearly  all  across.  Captain  Shortland,  finding  that 
persuasion  was  in  vain,  and  that  although  some  were  induced  by  it  to 
make  an  effort  to  retire,  others  pressed  on  in  considerable  numbera,  at 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  GREAT    BRITAIN.  147 

last  ordered  about  15  61e  of  the  guard,  nearly  in  front  of  the  gate 
which  had  been  forced,  to  charge  the  Prisoners  back  to  their  own 
jards. 

The  Prisoners  were  in  some  places  so  near  the  Military,  that  one 
of  the  Soldiers  states,  he  conid  not  come  fairly  down  to  the  charge,  and 
the  Military  were  unwilling  to  act  as  against  an  Enemy.  Some  of  the 
Prisoners  also  were  unwilling  and  reluctant  to  retire,  and  some  push- 
ing and  stroggling  ensued  between  the  Parties,  arising  partly  from 
intention,  but  mainly  from  the  pressure  of  those  behind,  preventing 
those  in  front  from  getting  back.  After  some  little  time,  however,  this 
charge  appears  to  have  been  so  far  eflfective,  and  that  with  little  or 
no  injury  to  the  Prisoners,  as  to  have  driven  them  for  the  most  part 
quite  down  out  of  the  square,  with  the  exception  of  a  small  number 
who  continued  their  resistance,  about  No.  1  Gate. 

A  great  crowd  stiO  renained  collected  after  this,  in  the  passage 
between  the  square  and  the  Prisoners'  yards,  and  in  the  part  of  those 
yards  in  the  vicinity  of  the  gates.  This  assemblage  still  refused  to 
withdraw,  and  according  to  most  of  the  English  witnesses,  and  some 
of  the  American,  was  makiuga  noise,  hallooing,  insulting,  and  provok- 
ing, and  daring  the  Military  to  fire ;  and  according  to  the  evidence  of 
several  of  the  Soldiers,  and  some  others,  was  pelting  the  Military  with 
large  atones,  by  which  some  of  them  were  actually  struck.  This 
circamstance  is,  however,  denied  by  many  of  the  American  witnesses ; 
and  some  of  the  English,  upon  having  the  question  put  to  them, 
stated  that  they  saw  no  stones  thrown  previously  to  the  firing, 
although  their  situation  at  the  time  was  such,  as  to  enable  them  to 
see  most  of  the  other  proceedings  in  the  square. 

Under  these  circumstances  the  firing  commenced.  With  regard 
to  any  order  having  been  given  to  fire,  the«  evidence  is  very  contra- 
dictory ;  several  of  the  Americans  swear  positively,  that  Captain  Short- 
land  gave  that  order,  but  the  manner  in  which,  from  the  confusion  of 
the  moment,  they  describe  this  part  of  the  transaction,  is  so  different 
in  its  details,  that  it  is  very  difficult  to  reconcile  their  testimony. 
Many  of  the  Soldiers  and  other  English  witnesses  heard  the  word 
given  by  some  one:  but  no  one  of  them  can  swear  it  was  by  Captain 
Shortland,  or  by  any  one  in  particular;  and  some,  amongst  whom  is 
tfa^  Officer  commanding  the  guard,  think,  if  Captain  Shortland  had 
given  such  an  order,  that  they  must  have  heard  it,  which  they  did 
DOtT  In  addition  to  this,  Captain  Shortland  denies  the  fact,  and 
from  the  situation  in  which  he  appears  to  have  been  placed  at  the 
time,  even  according  to  the  American  witnesses,  in  front  of  the 
Soldiers,  it  may  appear  f^omewhat  improbable,  that  he  .should  then 
have  given  such  an  order.  But,  however  it  may  remain  a  matter  of 
doubt,  whether  the  firing  first  began  in  the  square  by  order,  or  was 
a  spontaneous  act  of  the  Soldiers  themselves,  it  seems  clear,  that  it 

L  2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


148  UNITED    STATES    AND    GREAT    BRITAIN. 

was  continued  and  renewed  both  there  and  elsewhere  without  orders, 
and  that  on  the  platforms,  and  in  several  places  about  the  Prison,  it 
was  certainly  commenced  without  any  authority. 

The  fact  of  an  order  having  been  given  at  first,  provided  the  6ring 
was  under  the  existing  circumstances  justifiable,  does  not  appear  very 
material  in  any  otiier  point  of  view,  than  as  showing  a  want  of  discipline 
and  self-possession  in  the  Troops  if  they  should  have  fired  witliout 
orders. 

With  regard  to  the  above  roost  important  consideration,  of"  whether 
the  firing  was  justifiable  or  not,"  we  are  of  opinion,  under  all  the 
circumstances  of  the  case,  from  the  apprehension  which  the  Soldiers 
might  fairly  entertain,  owing  to  the  number  and  conduct  of  the 
Prisoners,  that  this  firing,  to  a  certain  extent,  was  justifiable  in  a 
Military  point  of  view ;  in  order  to  intimidate  the  Prisoners,  and 
compel  them  thereby  to  desist  from  all  acts  of  violence,  and  to  retire 
as  they  were  ordered,  from  a  situation,  in  which'the  responsibility  of  the 
Agent,  and  the  Military,  could  not  permit  them  with  safety  to  remain. 

From  the  fact  of  the  crowd  being  so  close,  and  the  firing  at  first 
being  attended  with  very  little  injury,  it  appears  probable  that  a  large 
proportion  of  the  muskets  were,  as  stated  by  one  or  two  of  the 
witnesses,  levelled  over  the  heads  of  the  Prisoners,  a  circumstance,  in 
some  respects,  to  be  lamented,  as  it  induced  them  to  cry  out  '*  blank 
cartridges,'*  and  merely  irritated  and  encouraged  them  to  renew  their 
insults  to  the  Soldiery,  which  produced  a  repetition  of  the  firing,  in  a 
manner  much  more  destructive. 

The  firing  in  the  scjuare  having  continued  for  some  time,  by  which 
several  of  the  Prisoners  sustained  injuries,  the  greater  part  of  them 
appear  to  have  been  running  back  with  the  utmost  confusion  and 
precipitation  to  their  respective  Prisons, — and  the  cause  for  further 
firinji^  seems  at  this  period  to  have  ceased.  It  appears  accordingly, 
that  Captain  Shortland  was  in  the  Market-square,  exerting  himself  and 
giving  orders  to  that  effect,  and  that  Lieutenant  Fortye  had  succeeded 
in  stopping  the  fire  of  his  part  of  the  guard. 

Under  these  circumstances,  it  is  very  difficult  to  find  any  justifica* 
tion  for  the  further  renewal  and  continuance  of  the  firing,  which 
certainly  took  place  both  in  the  Prison-yards  and  elsewhere,  though 
we  have  some  evidence  of  subsequent  provocation  given  to  the 
Military,  and  resistance  to  the  Turnkeys  in  shutting  the  Prisons,  and 
pf  stones  being  thrown  out  from  within  tlie  Prison  doors. 

The  subsequent  firing  appears  rather  to  have  arisen  from  the  state 
of  individual  irritation  and  exasperation,  on  the  part  of  the  Soldiers  who 
followed  the  Prisoners  into  their  yards,  and  from  the  absence  of  nearly 
all  the  Officers  who  might  have  restrained  it,  as  well  as  from  the  great 
difficulty  of  putting  an  end  to  a  firing  when  once  commenced  under 
ffQch  circumstances.    Captain  Shortland  was  from  this  time  busily 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED    STATES    AND    GREAT    BRITAIN.  149 

occopied  with  the  Turnkeys  in  the  square,  receiving  and  taking  cara 
of  the  wounded.  Ensign  White  remained  with  his  guard  at  the 
breach,  and  Lieutenants  Avelyne  and  Fortye,  the  only  other  Subalterns 
known  to  have  been  present,  continued  in  the  square  with  the  main 
bodies  of  their  respective  guards. 

The  time  of  the  day,  which  was  the  Officers'  dinner  hour,  will,  in 
some  measure,  explain  this,  as  it  caused  the  absence  of  every  Officer 
from  the  Prison  whose  presence  was  not  indispensable  there.  And 
this  circumstance,  which  has  been  urged  as  an  argument  to  prove  the 
intention  of  the  Prisoners  to  take  this  opportunity  to  escape,  tended 
to  increase  the  confusion  and  to  prevent  those  greater  exertions  being 
made,  which  might  perhaps  have  obviated  at  least  a  portion  of  the 
mischief  which  ensued.  At  the  same  time  that  the  firing  was  going  on 
in  the  square,  a  cross  fire  was  also  kept  up  from  several  of  the  platforms 
on  the  walls  roand  the  Prison,  where  the  sentries  stand,  by  straggling 
parties  of  Soldiers  who  ran  up  there  for  that  purpose.  As  far  as  this 
fire  was  directed  to  disperse  the  men  assembled  round  the  breach,  for 
which  purpose  it  was  most  effectual,  it  seems  to  stand  upon  the  same 
ground,  as  that  in  the  first  instance  in  the  square.  But  that  part 
which,  it  is  positively  sworn,  was  directed  against  straggling  Parties  of 
Prisoners,  running  about  the  yards  and  endeavouring  to  enter  the  few 
doors  which  the  Turnkeys,  according  to  their  usual  practice,  had  left 
open,  does  seem,  as  stated,  to  have  been  wholly  without  object  or 
excuse,  and  to  have  been  a  wanton  attack  upon  the  lives  of  defenceless, 
and,  at  that  time,  unoffending  Individuals. 

In  the  same  or  even  in  more  severe  terms,  we  must  remark  upon 
what  was  proved,  as  to  the  firing  into  the  door-ways  of  the  Prisons, 
more  particularly  into  that  of  No.  3  Prison,  at  a  time  when  the  men 
were  in  crowds  at  the  entrance. 

From  the  position  of  the  Prison,  and  of  the  door,  and  from  the 
marks  of  the  balls,  which  were  pointed  out  to  us,  as  well  as  from  the 
evidence,  it  was  clear,  this  firing  must  have  proceeded  from  Soldiers  a 
▼cry  few  feet  from  the  door- way  ;  and  though  it  was  certainly  sworn, 
that  the  Prisoners  were,  at  the  time  of  part  of  this  firing  at  least, 
continuing  to  insult,  and  occasionally  to  throw  stones  at  the  Soldiers, 
and  tliat  they  were  standing  in  the  way  of  and  impeding  the  Turnkey 
who  was  there  for  the  purpose  of  closing  the  door, — yet  still  there  was 
nothing  stated  which  could  in  our  view  at  all  justify  such  excessively 
harsh  and  severe  treatment  of  helpless  and  unarmed  Prisoners,  when 
all  idea  of  escape  was  at  an  end. 

Under  these  impressions,  we  used  every  endeavour  to  ascertain  if 
there  was  the  least  prospect  of  identifying  any  of  the  Soldiers  who 
had  been  guilty  of  the  particular  outrages  here  alluded  to,  or  of  tracing 
any  particular  death,  at  that  time,  to  the   firing  of  any  particular 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


150  UNITED    STATES    AND    GREAT    BRITAIN. 

Individual,  but  without  success ;  and  all  hopes  of  bringing  the  Offenders 
to  punishment  should  seem  to  be  at  an  end. 

In  conclusion,  we,  the  Undersigned,  have  only  to  add.  that  whilst 
we  lament,  as  we  do  most  deeply,  the  unfortunate  transaction  which 
has  been  the  subject  of  this  Inquiry,  we  find  ourselves  totally  unable 
to  suggest  any  steps  to  be  taken,  as  to  those  parts  of  it  which  seem 
most  to  call  for  redress  and  punishment. 

CHARLES  KING. 

FRANCIS  SEYMOUR  LARPENT. 


No,  M.'^Fiscount  Casiiereagh  to  Messrs,  Clay  and  GalleUin. 
Gentlemen,  Foreign  Office,  22d  May,  1815. 

I  LOST  no  time  in  laying  before  the  Prince  Regent,  the  Report 
made  by  Mr.  Larpent  and  Mr.  King,  respectively  appointed  on  tlie 
part  of  His  Majesty's  Government,  and  that  of  the  United  States  of 
America,  to  inquire  into  the  circumstances  of  the  late  unfortunate 
occurrence  at  Dartmoor  Prison. 

His  Royal  Highness  has  commanded  me  to  express,  through  yoo, 
to  the  Government  of  America,  how  deeply  he  laments  the  conse- 
quences of  this  unhappy  affair. 

If  any  thing  can  tend  to  relieve  the  distress  which  His  Royal  High- 
ness feels  on  this  occasion,  it  is  the  consideration,  that  the  conduct  of 
the  Soldiers  was  not  actuated  by  any  spirit  of  animosity  towards  the 
Prisoners,  and  that  the  inactivity  of  the  Officers  may  be  attributed, 
rather  to  the  inexperience  of  Militia  Forces,  than  to  any  want  of 
zeal  or  inclination  to  afford  that  liberal  protection  which  is  ever  due  to 
Prisoners  of  War. 

But  as  His  Royal  Highness  has  observed,  at  the  same  time,  with 
sincere  regret,  that,  although  the  firing  of  the  Troops  upon  the  Pri- 
soners may  have  been  justified  at  its  commencement,  by  the  turbulent 
conduct  of  the  latter,  yet  that  the  extent  of  the  calamity  must  be 
ascribed  to  a  want  of  steadiness  in  the  Troops,  and  of  exertion  in  the 
Officers,  calling  for  the  most  severe  animadversion  ;  His  Royal  High- 
ness has  been  pleased  to  direct  the  Commander-in-Chief  to  address  to 
the  Commanding  Officer  of  the  Somerset  Militia,  his  disapprobation  of 
the  conduct  of  the  Troops,  which  it  is  trusted  will  make  a  due  impres- 
sion on  ihe  minds  of  the  Officers  and  Men  who  were  engaged  in  this 
unfortunate  transaction. 

As  an  additional  proof  of  the  sentiments  which  animate  the  Prince 
Regent  on  this  occasion,  I  am  further  commanded  to  express  His 
Royal  Highness's  desire  to  make  a  compensation  to  the  Widows  and 
Families  of  the  Sufferers;  and  I  have  to  request  that  you.  Gentlemen, 
would  make  this  known  to  your  Government,  inviting  them,  at  the 
same  time,  to  cooperate  with  His  Majesty's  Charge  d' Affaires  in  The 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND    GREAT  BRITAIN.  151 

United  Slates  in  investigating  the  respective  Claims,  for  the  purpose  of 
faJfilling  His  Royal  Highness  s  benevolent  intentions  upon  this  painful 
occasion. 

I  request  that  you  will  accept,  &c. 
Henry  Chy,  Esq.  CASTLEREAGH. 

and  Albert  Gallaim,  Esq. 


Ao.  \2.m^Me$srs.  day  and  Gallatin  to  Viscount  Castlereagh. 
My  Lord,  Hanover-street,  Hanover-square,  24M  May,  J  815. 

We  have  the  honour  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  your  Lord* 
ship's  Official  Note  of  the  22nd  instant 

Having,  as  we  have  already  informed  your  Lordship,  no  powers  on 
the  subject  to  which  it  refers,  we  will  lose  no  time  in  tfansmitting  it  to 
oar  Government.  We  will  also  place  in  the  possession  of  the  Ame- 
rican Minister,  near  His  Britannic  Majesty  s  Government,  whose 
arrival  here  we  daily  expect,  a  Copy  of  your  Lordship's  Note,  toge- 
ther with  a  Statement  of  what  had  previously  passed  respecting  the 
unfortunate  event  at  Dartmoor. 

We  embrace  the  opportunity,  &c. 

H.  CLAY. 
Viseaum  Castlereagh.  ALBERT  GALLATIN. 


No.  13 J.  Q.  Adams,  Esq.  to  the  Secretary  of  State. 

(Extract.)  London,  99rd  June,  1815. 

Hb  (Lord  Castlereagh)  then  mentioned  the  late  unfortunate  oc- 
currence at  Dartmoor  Prison,  and  the  measures  which  had  been  taken 
by  agreement  between  him  and  Messrs.  Clay  and  Gallatin  on  that 
occasion.  1  said  I  had  received  a  Copy  of  the  Report  made  by  Mr. 
King  and  Mr.  Larpent,  after  their  examination  into  the  Transaction, 
and  of  the  written  Depositions  which  had  been  taken,  as  well  on  that 
examination  as  previously  at  the  Coroner's  Inquest :  that  aAer  what 
had  been  done,  1  considered  the  procedure  as  so  far  terminated,  that  I 
was  not  aware  of  any  further  steps  to  be  taken  by  me  until  I  should, 
receive  the  Instructions  of  my  Government  on  the  case.  From  the 
general  impression  made  on  my  mind  from  the  evidence  that  1  had 
perused,  I  regretted  that  a  regular  Trial  of  Captain  Shortland  had  not 
been  ordered,  and  I  thought  it  probable  that  such  would  be  the  opinion 
of  my  Government.  He  said  that,  undoubtedly,  there  were  cases 
in  which  a  Trial  was  the  best  remedy  to  be  resorted  to,  but  there 
were  others  in  which  it  was  the  worst.  That  a  Trial,  the  result  of 
which  would  be  an  acquittal,  would  place  the  whole  affair  in  a  more 
unpleasant  situation  than  it  would  be  without  it.  That  the  evidence 
was  extremely  contradictory,  that  it  had  been  found  impossible  to 
trace  to  any  Individual  the  most  unjustifiable  part  of  the  firing,  and 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


152  UNITED    STATES  AND  GRRAT  BRITAIN. 

that  Captain  Shortland  denied  having  given  the  order  to  fire.  I  ad- 
mitted that  the  evidence  was  contradictory  ;  but  said  that,  from  the 
impression  of  the  whole  mast  of  it  upon  me,  I  could  not  doubt  either 
that  Captain  Shortland  gave  the  order  to  fire,  or  that  under  the  cir- 
cumstances of  the  case,  it  was  unnecessary.  It  was  true,  the  result  of 
a  Trial  might  be  an  acquittal,  but  as  it  was  the  regular  remedy  for  a 
ease  of  this  description,  the  substitution  of  any  other  was  susceptible  of 
strong  objections,  and  left  the  Officer  apparently  justified,  when  I  could 
not  but  consider  his  conduct  as  altogether  unjustifiable. 
The  Hm.  James  Monroe.  JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS. 


No,  li,^-'Anihony  St.  John  Baker,  Esq,  to  the  Secretary  of  State, 
Sir,  Phitadeiphia,  3n/  Avgtist^  1815. 

In  a  Communication  made  by  Viscount  Castlereagb,  His  Majesty's 
Principal  Secretary  of  State  for  Foreign  Afifairs,  to  Messrs.  Clay  and 
Gallatin,  on  the  22nd  of  last  May,  relative  to  the  unfortunate  occur- 
rence at  Dartmoor  Prison,  his  Lordship  expressed  to  those  Gentlemen, 
by  the  command  of  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent,  how 
deeply  His  Royal  Highness  lamented  the  consequences  of  that  unhappy 
afiair,  and  that  if  any  thing  could  have  alleviated  the  distress  which 
His  Royal  Highness  felt  on  that  occasion,  it  was  the  consideration  that 
the  conduct  of  the  Soldiers  had  not  been  actuated  by  any  spirit  of 
animosity  towards  the  Prisoners,  and  that  the  inactivity  of  the  Officers 
was  to  be  attributed  rather  to  the  inexperience  of  a  Militia  Force, 
than  to  any  want  of  zeal  or  inclination  to  afford  that  liberal  protection 
which  is  ever  due  to  Prisoners  of  War.  His  Lordship  likewise  in- 
formed them  that,  although  the  firing  appeared  to  have  been  justified 
at  its  commencement,  by  the  turbulent  conduct  of  the  Prisoners,  yet 
that,  as  the  extent  of  the  calamity  was  to  be  ascribed  to  a  want  of  steadi- 
ness in  the  Troops,  and  of  exertion  in  the  Officers,  calling  for  the 
most  severe  animadversion.  His  Royal  Highness  had  been  pleased  to 
direct  the  Commander-in-Chief  to  address  to  the  Commanding  Officer  of 
the  Somerset  Militia,  his  disapprobation  of  the  conduct  of  the  Troops, 
so  that  a  due  impression  might  be  made  on  the  minds  of  the  Officers 
and  Men  engaged  in  that  unfortunate  transaction. 

As  an  additional  proof  of  the  sentiments  which  animated  the 
Prince  Regent  on  this  painful  occasion,  his  Lordship  was  also  further 
commanded  to  express  to  Messrs.  Clay  and  Gallatin^  His  Royal 
Highnesses  desire  to  make  a  compensation  to  the  Widows  and  Families 
of  the  Sufferers. 

In  reiterating  these  sentiments>  on  the  part  of  His  Majesty's  Go- 
vernment, for  the  information  of  the  President  of  The  United  States,  I 
have  the  honor  to  acquaint  you,  that  I  have  been  directed  to  concert 
with  the  American  Government  the  most  efficient  means  of  carrying 
into  execution  these  benevolent  intentions  of  His  Royal  Highness  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GRBAT    BRITAIN    AND    SAXB    COBURO.  153 

Prince  Regeut,  and  shall  be  ready ^  with  a  view  of  expediting  the  ar- 
raogements  to  be  made,  to  proceed  without  delay  to  Washington,  for 
the  purpose  of  communicating  with  you,  personally,  on  the  subject, 
should  it  suit  your  convenience  to  meet  me  there.  I  beg  leave  at  the 
same  time  to  suggest,  as  a  necessary  preliminary  to  any  measures 
which  may  be  adopted,  that  information  should  be  procured  from  the 
diflferent  States,  with  respect  to  the  families  of  the  Sufferers,  and  any 
other  circumstances  which  may  facilitate  the  completion  of  the  ar- 
rangements alluded  to. 

I  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c. 

ANTHONY  ST.  JOHN  BAKER. 
T^  Hon,  James  Monroe, 


No.  16.— The  Secretary  of  State  to  Anthony  St.  John  Baker,  Esq. 

Department  of  State, 
Sir,  Washington,  I  iih  December,  IS16. 

1  HAVE  had  the  honour  to  receive  your  Letter  of  the  3rd  of  August, 
communicating  a  Proposition  of  your  Government  to  make  provision 
for  the  Widows  and  Families  oi  the  Sufferers,  in  the  much  to  be  lamented 
Occurrence  at  Dartmoor. 

It  is  painful  to  touch  on  this  unfortunate  event,  from  the  deep  dis- 
tress it  has  caused  to  the  whole  American  People.  This  repugnance 
is  increased  by  the  consideration  that  our  Governments,  though  pene- 
trated with  regret,  do  not  agree  in  sentiment,  respecting  the  conduct 
of  the  Parties  engaged  in  it. 

Whilst  die  President  declines  accepting  the  Provision  contemplated 
by  His  Royal  Highness  the  Pnnce  Regent,  he,  nevertheless,  does  full 
justice  to  the  motives  nhich  dictated  it. 

I  have  the  honor  to  be,  &c. 
Anthony  St.  John  Baker,  Esq.  JAMES  MONROE. 


TREATY  of  Marriage  between  The  Princeee  Charlotte 
qf  Great  Britain^  and  Prince  Leopold  of  Saxe  Coburg. — 
Signed  at  London,  the  13M  of  March,  1816. 

JVeaiy  of  Marriage  between  Her  Royal  Highness  the  Princess 
Charlotte  Augusta,  and  His  Serene  Highness  Leopold  George 
Frederick^  Duke  of  Saxe,  Margrave  of  Meissen,  Landgrave  qf 
Thuringuen,  Prince  qf  Cobourg  of  Saalfeld,  Sfc.  ^c.  Sfc. 

In  the  Name  of  Almighty  God.' 

Bb  it  known  onto  all  Men,  by  these  Presents,  that  whereasHis  Royal 
Highnew  the  Prince  Regent,  acting  in  the  name  and  on  the  behalf  of  Hia 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


154  GREAT    BRITAIN    AND    SAXB    COBURG. 

most  Sacred  Majesty  George  the  Third,  by  the  Grace  of  God,  King  of  the 
United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  has  judged  it  proper 
t)iat  an  Alliance  should  be  contracted  between  the  Family  of  His  Ma- 
jesty and  that  of  His  Serene  Highness  Leopold  George  Frederick, 
Duke  of  Saxe,  Margrave  of  Meissen,  Landgrave  of  Thuringueii, 
Prince  of  Cobourg  of  Saalfeld,  &c.  &c.  &c.,  and  has  therefore,  in  the 
name  and  on  the  behalf  of  His  Majesty,  consented,  with  the  full 
agreement  of  the  Parties  interested,  that  a  Marriage  shall  be  cele- 
brated between  the  Most  High  and  Illustrious  Princess  Charlotte 
Augusta,  Daughter  of  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  of  Wales, 
Regent  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  and  His 
Serene  Highness  Leopold  George  Frederick,  Duke  of  Saxe,  Margrave 
of  Meisseu,  Landgrave  of  Thuringuen,  Prince  of  Cobourg  of  Saalfeld, 
&c.  &c.  &c. 

In  order,  therefore,  to  attain  so  desirable  an  end,  and  to  treat, 
conclude,  and  confirm  the  Articles  of  the  said  Marriage,  His  Royal 
Highness  the  Prince  Regent,  in  the  name  and  on  the  behalf  of  His 
Majesty,  as  well  as  His  Serene  Highness  Leopold  George  Frederick, 
Duke  of  Saxe,  Margrave  of  Meissen,  Landgrave  of  Thuringuen,  Prince 
of  Cobourg  of  Saalfeld,  &c.  &c.  &c.,  have  named  and  authorized  mu- 
tually, viz. 

His  Royal  Highness  The  Prince  Regent,  in  the  name  and  on  the 
behalf  of  His  Majesty,  the  Most  Reverend  Father  in  God,  His 
right  trusty  and  right  entirely  beloved  Councillor,  Charles  Manners 
Sutton,  Archbishop  of  Canterbury,  Primate  of  all  England,  and 
Metropolitan ;  His  right  trusty  and  well  beloved  John  Lord  Eldoo, 
Chancellor  of  Great  Britain;  His  right  trusty  and  welUbeloved 
Cousin  and  Councillor,  Dudley,  Earl  of  Harrowby,  President  of  His 
Majesty's  Council;  His  right  trusty  and  well-beloved  Cousin  and 
Councillor,  Henry  Earl  Bathurst,  one  of  His  Majesty^s  Principal  Se- 
cretaries of  State;*  His  right  trusty  and  well-beloved  Cousin  and 
Councillor,  Robert  Banks,  Earl  of  Liverpool,  First  Commissioner  of 
His  Majesty's  Treasury ;  His  right  trusty  and  well-beloved  Coun- 
cillor, Robert  Stewart,  commonly  called  Viscount  Castlereagh,  one 
other  of  His  Majesty's  Principal  Secretaries  of  State ;  His  right  trusty 
and  well-beloved  Councillor,  Henry  Viscount  Sidmouth,  one  other  of 
His  Majesty's  Principal  Secretaries  of  State;  and  His  right  trusty 
and  well-beloved  Councillor,  Nicholas  Vansittart,  Chancellor  and 
Under-Treasurer  of  His  Majesty's  Exchequer  ; 

And  His  said  Serene  Highness  Leopold  George  Frederick,  Duke 
of  Saxe,  Margrave  of  Meissen,  Landgrave  of  Thuringuen,  Prince  of 
Cobourg  of  Saalfeld,  &c.  &c.  &c.,  William  Augustus  Baron  de  Just, 
Privy  Councillor  of  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Saxony,  His  Envoy  Ex- 
traordinary and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  to  His  Britannick  Majesty, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


QRBAT   BRITAIN    AND   SAXB    COBURO.  155 

King  of  Hanover,  and  Commander  of  the  Order  of  Ci?il  Merit  of 
Saxony ; 

Who,  by  virtue  of  their  respective  Fu]]  Powers,  which  they  have 
mutually  communicated  and  exchanged,  have  concluded  and  agreed 
upon  tlie  following  Articles :  viz. 

Art«  I.  It  is  concluded  and  agreed,  that  the  Marriage  between 
Her  Royal  Highness  Princess  Charlotte  Augusta,  and  His  Serene 
Highness  Leopold  George  Frederick,  Duke  of  Saxe,  Margrave  of 
Meissen,  Loindgrave  of  Thuringuen,  Prince  of  Cobourg  of  Saalfeld, 
&c.  &c  &c.,  shall  be  solemnized  in  that  part  of  the  United  Kingdom 
of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  called  Great  Britain,  both  being  present, 
according  to  the  due  tenor  of  the  Iiaws  of  England,  and  the  Rights  and 
Ceremonies  of  the  Church  of  the  United  Kingdom,  as  soon  as  the 
same  may  conveniently  be  done. 

II.  His  Royal  Highness  The  Prince  Regent,  acting  in  the 
name  and  on  the  behalf  of  His  Majesty  The  King  of  the  United  King- 
dom of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  promises  to  secure  to  Her  Royal 
Highness  Princess  Charlotte  Augusta,  and  to  His  Serene  Highness 
Leopold  George  Frederick,  Duke  of  6axe,  Margrave  of  Meissen, 
Landgrave  of  Thuringuen,  Prince  of  Cobourg  of  Saalfejd,  &c.  &c.  &c., 
during  their  joint  Lives,  and  to  the  Survivor  of  them,  the  Annual 
Sttflis  hereinafter  mentioned ; — that  is  to  say,  during  Their  joint  Lives, 
the  Annual  sum  of  £60,000,  to  be  paid  Quarteriy;  £10,000  of  which 
annual  sum,  also  to  be  paid  quarterly,  shall  be  granted  unto  Commis- 
sioners, named  for  that  purpose  by  His  Royal  Highness  The  Prince 
Regent,  acting  as  aforesaid,  to  be  by  them  received  for  the  sole  and 
separate  use  of  the  said  Princess,  notwithstanding  Her  Marriage  State, 
and  without  His  Serene  Highness  Leopold  George  Frederick,  Duke  of 
Saxe,  Margrave  of  Meissen,  Landgrave  of  Thuringuen,  Prince  of 
Cobourg  of  Saalfeld,  &c.  &c.  &c.,  having  any  power  over  the  same, 
and  which  Annual  Sum  of  £10,000,  so  payable  quarterly,  the  said 
Princess  shall  not  have  power,  either  separately  or  conjointly  with 
Hia  Serene  Highness  Leopold  George  Frederick,  Duke  of  Saxe,  Mar- 
grave of  Meissen,  Landgrave  of  Thuringuen,  Prince  of  Cobourg  of 
Saalfeld,  &c»  &c.  &c.,  to  alienate,  mortgage,  or  receive,  or  direct  to  be 
paid,  by  way  of  anticipation;  but  the  same  shall,  from  time  to  time,  as 
the  same  shall  become  due,  be  paid  and  payable  into  the  proper  hands 
of  the  said  Princess  alone,  upon  her  own  sole  Receipt,  or  to  such  Person 
or  Persons  to  whom  she  shall,  by  Writing,  signed  by  herself  alone, 
from  time  to  time,  as  the  same  shall  become  due,  direct  and  order  the 
same  to  be  paid»  or  otherwise  to  receive  the  same  on  her  sole 
behalf. 

ill.  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent,  acting  as  aforesaid, 
engages  to  secure  to  Her  Royal  Highness  Princess  Charlotte  Augusta, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


156  GREAT    BRITAIN    AND    8AXB    COfiURG. 

the  annual  sum  of  £60,000,  to  be  paid  to  her,  during  her  life,  in  case 
Her  Royal  Highness  shall  survive  His  Serene  Highness  Leopold 
George  Frederick,  Duke  of  Saxe,  Margrave  of  Meissen,  Landgrave 
of  Thuringuen,  Prince  of  Cobourg  of  Saalfeld,  &c.  &c.  &c.;  such 
annual  sum  to  commence  in  payment  from  the  death  of  His  Serene 
Highness  Leopold  George  Frederick,  Duke  of  Saxe,  Margrave  of 
Meissen,  Landgrave  of  Thuiinguen,  Prince  of  Cobourg  of  Saalfeld, 
&c.  &c.  &c.,  in  the  life  time  of  Her  Royal  Highness  Princess  Char- 
lotte Augusta,  and  to  be  paid  quarterly ;  and  the  first  quarterly 
payment  is  to  be  made  at  the  end  of  3  calendar  months,  after  such 
his  decease,  ^hen  the  said  annuity,  payable  during  their  joint  lives, 
is  to  determine. 

And  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent,  so  acting  as  aforesaid, 
further  engages  to  secure  to  His  Serene  Highness  Leopold  Geoi^e 
Frederick,  Duke  of  Saxe,  Margrave  of  Meissen,  Landgrave  of  Thurin- 
giien.  Prince  of  Cobourg  of  Saalfeld,  &c«  &c,  &c.,  the  annual  sum  of 
£50,000,  to  be  paid  to  him  during  his  life,  in  case  he  shall  survive  Her 
Roval  Highness  Princess  Charlotte  Augusta;  such  annual  sum  to 
commence  in  payment  from  the  death  of  Her  Royal  Highness,  in  the 
lifetime  of  His  Royal  Highness,  and  to  be  paid  quarterly ;  and  the 
first  quarterly  payment  to  be  made  at  the  end  of  3  calendar  months 
after  such  her  decease,  when  the  said  annuity,  payable  during  their 
joint  lives,  is  to  determine/ 

IV.  The  Son  or  Daughter,  or  Descendant  of  the  said  Marriage,  for 
the  time  being,  next  in  succession  to  the  Crown  of  the  United  Kingdom 
of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  after  the  Princess  Charlotte  Augusta, 
shall  be  brought  up  in  such  manner  as  His  Majesty,  the  King  of  the 
United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  or  his  Successors,  may 
be  pleased  to  direct;  and  no  Children  of  this  Marriage  shall  be  allowed 
to  marry  without  the  consent  of  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  United 
Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  or  his  Successors  for  the  time 
being. 

V.  It  is  understood  and  agreed,  that  Her  Royal  Highness  Princess 
Charlotte  Augusta  ^hall  not,  at  any  time,  leave  the  United  Kingdom 
without  the  permission,  in  writing,  of  His  Majesty,  or  of  the  Prince  Re- 
gent, acting  in  the  name  and  on  the  behalf  of  His  Majesty,  and  with- 
out Her  Royal  Highnesses  own  consent. 

And  in  the  event  of  Her  Royal  Highness  being  absent  from  this 
Country,  in  consequence  of  the  permission  of  His  Majesty,  or  of  the 
Prince  Regent,  and  of  her  own  consent,  such  residence  abroad  shall, 
in  no  case  be  protracted  beyond  the  term  approved  by  His  Majesty, 
or  the  Prince  Regent,  and  consented  to  by  her  Royal  Highness.  And 
it  shall  be  competent  for  Her  Royal  Highness  to  return  to  this 
Country  before  the  expiration  of  such  term,  either  in  consequence  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT    BRITAIN    AND    SAXE    COBUHG.  157 

directions  for  that  purpose  in  writing,  from  His  Majesty,  or  from  the 
Priuce  Regent,  or  at  her  own  pleasure. 

VI.  This  Treaty  shall  be  ratified  by  His  Royal  Highness  the 
Prince  Regent,  on  the  behalf  of  His  Majesty,  and  by  His  said  Serene 
Highness,  and  the  Ratifications  shall  be  exchanged  in  10  days,  or 
sooner  if  possible. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  respective  Plenipotentiaries  have  signed  it, 
and  have  afiixed  thereunto  the  Seals  of  their  Arms. 
Done  at  London,  the  13th  day  of  March,  1816. 

(L.S.}     BARON  D£  JUST. 
(US.)    C.  CANTAUR. 
(L.S.)    ELDON.  C. 
(L.S.)     HARROWBY.  P. 
(US.)     BATHURST. 
(L.S.)     LIVERPOOL. 
(L.S.)     CASTLE  REACH. 
(L.S.)     SIDMOUTH. 
(LS.)     N.  VANSITTART. 


Additional  Article. 
It  is  hereby  expressly  declared,  that  no  Article  or  Provision  con- 
tained in  the  Treaty  of  Marriage  signed  this  day,  shall,  in  any  manner 
be  taken,  or  deemed  to  affect,  or  prejudice  any  right  or  prerogative  of 
His  Majesty,  his  Heirs  or  Successors,  touching  or  concerning  the  Edu- 
cation or  Marriages  of  any  of  the  Children  or  Descendants  of  Her 
Royal  Highness  Princess  Charlotte  Augusta,  or  the  Education  or 
Marriages  of  any  of  the  Royal  Family  or  their  Descendants. 

The  present  Additional  Article  shall  have  the  same  force  and  effect, 
as  if  It  were  inserted,  word  for  word,  in  the  Treaty  of  Marriage  signed 
this  day. 

It  shall  be  included  in  the  Ratification  of  the  said  Treaty. 
In  witness  whereof  the  respective  Plenipotentiaries  have  signed  the 
same,  and  have  afiixed  thereto  the  Seals  of  their  Arms. 
Done  at  London,  the  13th  day  of  March,  1816* 

(L.S.)    BARON  DE  JUST. 
(L.S.)    C.  CANTAUR. 
(LS.)    ELDON.  C. 
(L.S.)    HARROWBY.  P. 
(L.S.)    BATHURST. 
(L.S.)     LIVERPOOL 
(LS.)     CASTLEREAGH. 
(LS.)     SIDMOUTH. 
(LS.)    N.  VANSITTART. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


158  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  SAXE  COBURO. 

ACT  of  the  British  Parliament,  ^^far  exhibiting  aBittin  this 
present  Parliament  J  far  Naturalizing  His  Serene  Highness 
Leopold  George  Frederic  Duke  of  Saxe,  Margrave  of 
Meissen,  Landgrave  of  Thuringuen,  Prince  of  Cobourg  of 
Saalfeldr 

[56  Geo.  III.  Cap,  12.]  [28lh  March,  1816.] 

Whereas  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent,  acting  in  the 
name  and  on  the  behalf  of  His  Most  Sacred  Majesty,  has,  to  the 
universal  joy  and  satisfaction  of  His  Majesty's  Subjects,  judged  it 
proper  that  an  Alliance  should  be  contracted  between  the  Family  of 
His  Majesty  and  His  Serene  Highness  Leopold  George  Frederic  Duke 
of  Saxe,  Margrave  of  Meissen,  Landgrave  of  Thuringuen,  Prince  of 
Cobourg  of  Saalfeld;  and  has,  therefore,  in  the  name  and  on  behalf  of 
His  Majesty,  consented,  with  the  full  agreement  of  the  Parties  intercaled, 
that  a  Marriage  shall  be  celebrated  between  the  Most  High  and 
IFIustriotts  Princess  Charlotte  Augusta,  Daughter  of  His  Royal  High- 
ness the  Prince  of  Wales,  Regent  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great 
Britain  and  Ireland,  and  His  Serene  Highness:  And  whereas  a  more 
grateful  proof  of  the  esteem  and  affection  of  this  Kingdom  cannot  be 
given  to  His  Serene  Highness,  than  by  an  Act  of  Naturalization,  to 
make  him  capable  of  enjoying  those  rights  and  liberties  which  are 
enjoyed  in  this  Realm:  And  whereas  by  an  Act  made  in  the  7th  year 
of  the  Reign  of  King  James  the  First,  every  Person  is  required  to 
receive  the  Sacrament  of  the  Lord's  Supper,  within  1  month  before  any 
Bill  for  Naturalization  be  exhibited,  and  also  to  take  the  Oaths  of 
Supremacy  and  Allegiance  in  the  Parliament  House,  before  his  or  her 
Bill  be  twice  read :  And  whereas  by  an  Act  passed  in  the  Ist  year  of 
His  Majesty  King  George  the  First,  it  was  enacted,  that  no  Person 
shall  be  naturalized  unless  in  the  Bill  exhibited  for  that  purpose,  a 
proper  clause  or  particular  words  be  inserted,  to  declare  that  such 
Person  shall  not  thereby  be  enabled  to  be  of  the  Privy  Council,  or  a 
Member  of  either  House  of  Parliament,  or  to  take  any  Office'  or  Place 
of  trust,  either  civil  or  military,  or  to  have  any  grant  of  lauds,  tene- 
ments, or  hereditaments  from  the  Crown,  to  himself  or  any  other 
Person  in  trust  for  him;  and  that  no  Bill  should  from  thenceforth  be 
received  in  either  House  of  Parliament,  unless  such  clause  or  words  be 
first  inserted  or  contained  therein:  Be  it  enacted  by  the  King's  Most 
Excellent  Msyesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Lords 
Spiritual  and  Temporal,  and  Commons,  in  this  present  Parliament 
assembled,  and  by  the  authority  of  the  same,  that  a  Bill  for  the  Natu- 
ralization of  His  Serene  Highness  Leopold  George  Frederic  Duke  of 
Saxe,  Margrave  of  Meissen,  Landgrave  of  Thuringuen,  Prince  of 
Cobourg  of  Saalfeld,  without  the  clause  or  particular  words  directed 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  SAXB  COBURG.  159 

by  the  said  last  recited  Act  to  be  inserted,  and  witliout  his  receiving 
the  Sacrament,  or  taking  the  Oaths  by  the  6rst  recited  Act  required, 
shall  and  may  be  exhibited  and  brought  into  this  Parliament  and 
twice  read;  the  said  recited  Acts,  or  any  other  Law,  Statute,  matter, 
or  thing  whatsoever  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding. 


ACT  of  the  British  Parliament,  ''for  the  Naturalization  of 
His  Serene  Highness  Leopold  Oeorge  Frederich  Duke  of 
Saxey  Margrave  of  Meissen^  Landgrave  of  TTiuringueny 
Prince  of  Cobourg  ofSaalfeld;  and  settling  his  Precedence.^ 

[56  Geo  III.  Cap.  13.]  [29th  March,  1816.] 

Whereas  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent,  acting  in  the 
name  and  on  the  behalf  of  His  Most  Sacred  Majesty,  has,  to  the 
universal  joy  and  satisfaction  of  His  Majesty's  Subjects,  judged  it 
proper  that  an  Alliance  should  be  contracted  between  the  Family  of 
His  Majesty  and  His  Serene  Highness  l.eopoId  George  Frederick  Duke 
of  Saxe,  Margrave  of  Meissen,  Landgrave  of  Thuringoen,  Prince  of 
Cobourg  of  Saalfeld;  and  has,  therefore,  in  the  name  and  on  the  behalf 
of  His  Majesty,  consented,  with  the  full  agreement  of  the  Parties 
interested,  that  a  Marriage  should  be  celebrated  between  the  Most 
High  and  Illustrious  Princess  Charlotte  Augusta,  Daughter  of  His 
Royal  Highness  the  Prince  of  Wales,  Regent  of  the  United  Kingdom 
of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  and  His  Serene  Highness:  And  whereas 
a  more  grateful  proof  of  the  esteem  and  affection  of  this  Kingdom 
cannot  be  given  to  His  Serene  Highness,  than  by  an  Act  of  Natu- 
ralization to  make  him  capable  of  enjoying  those  rights  and  liberties 
which  are  enjoyed  in  this  Realm :  We,  your  Majesty's  most  dutiful  and 
loyal  Subjects,  do  most  humbly  beseech  your  Majesty  that  it  may  be 
enacted;  and  be  it  enacted  by  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty,  by 
and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Lords  Spiritual  and  Temporal, 
and  Commons,  in  this  present  Parliament  assembled,  and  by  the 
authority  of  the  same,  that  the  said  Leopold  George  Frederick  Duke 
of  Saxe,  Margrave  of  Meissen,  Landgrave  of  Thuringuen,  Prince  of 
Cobourg  of  Saalfeld,  when  and  so  soon  as  he  shall  have  taken  the 
Oaths  of  Allegiance  and  Supremacy  before  the  Lord  High  Chancellor^ 
which  Oaths  the  Lord  High  Chancellor  is  hereby  authorized  to  admi- 
nister, shall  be  to  all  intents  and  purposes  whatsoever,  deemed,  taken 
and  esteemed  a  natural  born  Subject  of  this  Kingdom,  as  if  His  High- 
ness had  been  born  within  this  Realm;  any  Law,  Statute,  matter,  or 
thing  whatsoever  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding. 

II.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  the  said  Lord  High  Chancellor 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


160  GRBAT  BRITAIN  AND  SAXE  COBURG. 

shall,  immecliaiely  after  such  Oaths  shall  have  been  taken  before  him, 
certify  the  same,  and  cause  such  Certificate  to  be  recorded  in  the  High 
Court  of  Chancery. 

III.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  when  and  so  soon  as  the  said 
Marriage  shall  have  been  celebrated,  it  shall  be  lawful  for  His  Majesty 
to  give  to  the  said  Leopold  George  Frederick  Duke  of  Saxe,  Margrave 
of  Meissen,  Landgrave  of  Thuringuen,  Prince  of  Cobourg  of  Saalfeld, 
for  and  during  the  term  of  his  natural  life,  such  precedence  and  rank 
before  the  Lord  Archbishop  of  Canterbury,  the  Lord  Chancellor,  and 
all  other  great  Officers,  and  the  Dukes,  (other  than  and  except  the 
Dukes  of  the  Blood  Royal),  and  all  other  Peers  of  this  Realm,  as  His 
Majesty  shall  deem  fit  and  proper;  any  Law,  Statute,  or  Custom  what- 
soever to  the  contrary  notwithstanding.'* 


ACT  of  the  British  Parliament  ^^for  better  enablitfg  His  Ma- 
jesty  to  make  Provision  for  the  Establishment  of  Her  Royal 
Highness  the  Princess  Charlotte  Augusta^  and  His  Serene 
Highness  Leopold  Qeorge  Frederick  Duke  of  Saxe^  Mar- 
grave of  Meissen^  Landgrave  qf  Thuringuen^  Prince  of 
Cobourg  of  Saalfeld.'*^ 

[56  Geo.  IlL  Cap.  24.]  [11th  April,  1816  ] 

Most  Gracious  Sovereign, 

We,  your  Majesty  s  most  dutiful  and  loyal  Subjects,  the  Commons 
of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  in  Parliament 
assembled,  having  taking  into  consideration  the  Most  Gracious  Mes- 
sage of  his  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent,  acting  in  the  name  and  on 
the  behalf  of  His  Majesty,  communicating  that  His  Royal  Highness  the 
Prince  Regent,  acting  in  the  name  and  on  the  behalf  of  His  Majesty, 
having  given  the  Royal  Consent  to  a  Marriage  between  his  Daughter, 
Her  Royal  Highness  the  Princess  Charlotte  Augusta,  and  His  Serene 
Highness  Leopold  George  Frederick  Prince  of  Cobourg  of  Saalfeld, 
and  being  fully  persuaded  that  this  Alliance  could  not  but  be  acceptable 

*  NOTIFICATION.^WhUehaU,  May  3,  1816. 
His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent  has  been  pleased,  in  the  name  and  on 
the  behalf  of  His  Majesty,  to  declare  and  ordain,  that  His  Serene  Highness  Leopold 
Qeorge  Frederick  Dnke  of  Saze,  Margrave  of  Meissen,  Landgrave  of  Thuringuen, 
Prince  of  Cobourg  of  Saalfeld,  Consort  of  Her  Royal  Highness  the  Princess  Char- 
lotte Augusta,  shall  take,  hold,  and  ei^oy,  during  the  term  of  his  natural  life,  in  all 
assemblies  or  meetings  whatsoever,  the  precedenoe  and  rank  following,  that  is  to 
say,  before  the  Lord  Archbishop  of  Canterbury,  the  Lord  Chancellor,  and  aU  other 
Great  Officers,  and  before  the  Dukes  (other  than  and  except  the  Dukes  o(tiie  Blood 
Royal)  and  all  other  Peers  of  the  Reahn. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  SAXE  CORURO.  161 

Id  all  Bis  Majesty's  faithful  Subjects,  was  desirous  of  making  such  a 
ProTisioo  with  a  view  to  the  said  Marriage  as  might  be  suitable  to  the 
houour  and  dignity  of  the  Country  -,  do  most  humbly,  cheerfully,  and 
uaanimously  beseech  your  Majesty  that  it  may  be  enacted  ;  and  be  it 
enacted  by  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice 
and  consent  of  the  Lords  Spiritual  and  Temporal,  and  Commons  in 
diis  present  Parliament  assembled,  and  by  the  authority  of  the  same, 
that  it  shall  be  lawful  for  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty,  in  order 
to  provide  for  the  Establishment  of  Her  said  Royal  Highness  the 
Princess  Charlotte  Augusta  and  His  Serene  Highness  Leopold  Geoi^go 
Frederick  Duke  of  Saxe»  Margrave  of  Meissen,  Landgrave  of  Thurin* 
guen.  Prince  of  Cobourg  of  Saalfeld,  upon  such  Marriage,  by  any 
Letters  Patent  under  the  Great  Seal  of  the  United  Kingdom,  to  give 
and  grant  to  Her  said  Royal  Highness  the  Princess  Charlotte  Augusta 
and  His  Serene  Highness  Leopold  George  Frederick  Duke  of  Saxe» 
Margrave  of  Meissen,  Landgrave  of  Thuringuen,  Prince  of  Cobourg  of 
Saalfeld,  or  to  such  other  Person  or  Persons  as  His  said  Majesty  shall 
think  fit  to  be  named  in  such^Letters  Patent,  and  his  and  their  Heirs/ 
to  or  to  the  use  of  or  in  trust  for  Her  said  Royal  Highness  and  His 
Serene  Highness,  one  Annuity  of  £60,000  of  lawful  money  of  Great 
Britain;  which  Annuity  of  £60,000,  shall  commence  and  take  effect 
firom  the  day  of  the  Marriage  of  Her  said  Royal  Highness  and  His  said 
Serene  Highness,  and  continue  from  thenceforth  for  and  during  the 
life  of  Her  said  Royal  Highness,  and  shall  be  paid  and  payable  at  the 
4  most  nsual  days  of  payment  in  the  year ;  (that  is  to  say,}  the  5th  day 
of  January,  the  5th  day  of  April,  the  5th  day  of  July,  and  the  lOth 
day  of  October  in  every  year,  by  even  and  equal  portions;  the  first 
payment  thereof  to  be  made  on  the  first  quarterly  day  of  payment 
next  after  the  said  Marriage,  of  such  proportion  of  such  quarterly 
payment  as  shall  have  accrued  between  the  day  of  marriage  and  such 
quarter-day ;  and  that  the  said  Annuity  of  £60,000  shall  and  may  by 
such  Letters  Patent  be  directed  to  be  issuing  and  payable  out  of  the 
Consolidated  Fund  of  Great  Britain  during  the  life  of  Her  said  Royal 
Highness,  (after  paying  or  reserving  sufficient  to  pay  all  such  sums  as 
shall  have  been  directed  to  be  paid  out  of  the  same  by  any  Act  or  Acts 
of  Parliament  made  previous  to  the  time  of  passing  this  Act),  and  with 
a  preference  to  all  other  payments  which  shall  or  may  at  any  time  or 
times  after  tlie  passing  of  this  Act  be  charged  upon  and  payable  out 
of  tlie  said  Fund. 

II.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  it  shall  be  lawful  for  the  Kings 
Most  Excellent  Majesty,  by  any  Letters  Patent  under  the  Great  Seal  of 
Great  Britain*  to  give  and  f^rant  unto  His  Serene  Highness  Leopold 
George  Frederick  Duke  of  Saxe,  Margrave  of  Meissen,  Landgrave  of 
Thuringuen,  Prince  of  Cobourg  of  Saalfeld,  in  case  he  shall  survive 
[1815—16.]  M 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


162  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  SAXB  COBURO. 

Her  said  Royal  Highness  Princess  Charlotte  Augusta,  or  to  such 
Person  or  Persons  as  His  Majesty  shall  think  fit  to  be  named  In  such 
Letters  Patent,  and  His  or  their  Heirs,  to  the  use  of  or  in  trust  for  His 
Serene  Highness,  one  Annuity  or  yearly  sum  of  £50,000  of  lawful 
money  of  Great  Britain,  part  of  the  said  Annuity  or  sum  of  £60,000; 
which  Annuity  or  yearly  sum  of  £60,000,  and  every  part  thereof,  to 
commence  and  take  effect  immediately  from  and  after  the  decease  of 
Her  said  Royal  Highness  Princess  Charlotte  Augusta,  and  continue 
from  thenceforth  for  and  during  the  natural  life  of  His  said  Serene 
Highness,  and  shall  be  paid  and  payable  at  the  4  most  usual  days  of 
payment  in  the  year;  (that  is  to  say),  the  5th  day  of  January,  the  5th 
day  of  April,  the  5th  day  of  July,  and  the  10th  day  of  October,  in  every 
year,  by  even  and  equal  portions;  the  first  payment  thereof  to  be 
made  on  the  first  quarterly  day  of  payment  next  after  the  decease  of 
Her  said  Royal  Highness,  of  such  proportion  of  such  quarterly  pay« 
meat  as  shall  have  accrued  between  the  day  of  such  decease  and  soch 
quarter-day;  and  that  the  said  Annuity  of £50,000 shall  and  may  by 
such  liCtters  Patent  be  directed  to  be  issuing  and  payable  out  of  the 
said  Consolidated  Fund  during  the  life  of  His  said  Royal  Highness, 
(after  paying  or  reserving  sufficient  to  pay  all  such  sums  as  shall  have 
been  directed  to  be  paid  out  of  the  same  by  any  Act  or  Acts  of  Par- 
liament  made  previous  to  the  time  of  passing  this  Act),  and  with  a 
preference  to  all  other  payments  which  shall  or  may  at  any  time  or 
times  after  the  passing  of  this  Act  be  charged  upon  and  payable  out 
of  the  said  Fund. 

III.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  the  said  Annuities  of  £60,000 
and  £50,000  shall  respectively  be  paid  and  payable  at  the  Receipt  of 
His  Majesty's  Exchequer;  and  the  Auditor  of  the  said  Receipt  flhall» 
and  he  is  hereby  required  by  virtue  of  such  Letters  Patent*  to  make 
forth  and  pass  Debentures  from  time  to  time  for  paying,  according  to 
the  directions  of  this  Act,  the  said  Annuities  respectively  as  the  same 
shall  become  due  and  payable,  without  any  fees  or  chaiges  to  be 
demanded  or  taken  for  paying  the  same,  or  any  part  thereof;  and  the 
said  Debentures  to  be  made  forth  and  passed  as  aforesaid  shall  be  a 
sufficient  authority  to  the  several  and  respective  Officers  of  the  Receipt 
of  the  Exchequer  now  and  for  the  time  being,  for  the  payment  of  the 
said  Annuities  respectively,  according  to  the  directions  of  this  Act» 
without  any  further  or  other  Warrant  to  be  sued  for,  had,  or  obtained 
in  that  behalf. 

IV.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  the  said  Annuities  of  £60,000 
and  £50^000,  and  every  part  thereof  respectively,  shall  be  free  and 
clear  from  all  Taxes,  Rates,  and  Assenment^,  and  all  other  chargea 
whatsoever,  imposed  or  to  be  imposed  by  authority  of  Parliament  or 
otherwise. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT    BRITAIN    AND    8AXB    COBURO.  163 

ACT  of  the  BrUUh  Parliament^  *^fw  rat^yimg  the  Purcha$e 
^  the  Claremomi  Estate^  unA  fw  settUng  the  same  as  a 
Beeidemcefor  Her  Rot/al  Highness  the  Princess  Charhtte 
Augusta^  and  His  Serene  Highness  Leopold  Oeorge  Frederieh, 
Prince  ff  Oobourg  of  Saa^eld:^ 

15^  Geo.  3,  Cap.  116.]  [Ist  July,  1816.] 

Whbrbas  for  the  providinf  a  aaitable  Rttidence  for  Her  Royal 
Highaea  the  Princeaa  Charlotte  Aaguata,  aod  His  Serene  Highneaa 
Leopold  George  Frederick  Prince  of  Cobourg  of  Saalfeld^  upon  their 
late  aaspicioas  Marriage,  Articles  of  Agreement,  bearing  date  the  16th 
day  of  Jane  In  this  present  year,  1816^  have  been  made  and  entered 
into  between  Charles  Rose  Ellis  of  Clarrmont,  in  the  County  of 
8orrey,  Esquirft,  of  the  first  part;  the  Right  Honourable  Willtaai 
Hoskiesoo,  William  Dacres  Adams,  and  Henry  Dawkins,  Esquires, 
Commissioners  of  His  Majesty's  Woods,  Forests,  and  Land  Revenues 
(for  and  on  behalf  of  His  Majesty)  of  the  second  part ;  and  the  King's 
Most  Excellent  Majesty  of  the  third  part,  in  substance  or  to  tfie 
effect  following :  (that  is  to  say,)  the  said  Charles  Rose  Ellis  for  him- 
self, his  Hein»  Executors,  and  Administrators,  for  and  in  consideration 
of  the  warn  of  £06,000  of  lawful  money  of  Great  Britab,  to  be  paid  to 
him  at  the  times  and  In  the  proportions  thereinafter  mentioned,  has 
thswhy  proarised  and  agreed  to  and  with  the  King's  Most  Excellent 
Majesty,  His  Heirs  and  Successors,  to  sell  and  dispose  of,  and  the 
said  Commissioners,  Parties  thereto,  lor  and  on  behalf  of  the  King's 
Moat  Excellent  Majesty,  have  thereby  agreed  to  purchase  and  buy  of 
and  from  the  said  Charles  Rose  Ellis,  his  Heirs  and  Assigns,  all  those 
the  Manors  of  Esher  and  Milboome,  or  Waterville  Esher,  in  the  County 
of  Surrey,  together  with  all  Courts  Leet,  Courts  Baron,  Customary 
and  other  Courts,  Profits  and  Perquisites  of  Courts,  Fines,  Heriots, 
aod  all  Rights,  Royalties  PriTileges  and  Appurtenances  to  the  said 
Manors  or  either  of  them  incident,  appertaining,  or  in  anywise  belong- 
ing, and  all  right  of  soil,  and  other  rights  of  him  the  said  Charles  Rose 
Ellii^  his  Heirs  or  Assigns,  of  and  in  all  Waste  Lands  and  Conu 
flioiis,  situate  within,  or  being  part  or  parcel  of  the  said  Manors, 
or  either  of  them  (save  and  except  the  land  called  Milboume  Hold, 
bdoogiog  to  the  said  Charles  Rose  Ellis,  which  was  by  the  said 
Articles  of  Agreement  expressly  agreed  not  to  be  deemed  Waste  or 
Common  of  the  said  Manors  or  either  of  them)  and  all  timber,  timber- 
like and  other  trees,  growing  or  being  In  or  upon  such  Waste  Lands  or 
Common^  or  any  of  them :  And  all  that  capital  mansion  or  dwelliog- 
s,  sitoate^at  or  near  Esher,  called  Claremont,  otherwise  Clare* 

Md 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


164  GREAT    BRITAIN    AND    SAXB    COBURG. 

mount,  with  the  several  lodges,  summer-houses,  oruRmental  buildings, 
coach-houses,  stables,  brewhouse,  laundry,  and  other  offices,  hot- 
houses, green.houses,  ice-houses,  cottages,  farm-house,  and  farm  build- 
iugs,  aud  other  out-houses  to  the  said  capital  mansion-house  or  pre- 
mises belonging,  or  in  anywise  appertaining;  and  all  that  park  with 
the  woods,  plantations,  waters,  pleasure-grounds,  and  gardens  thereto 
belonging,  containing  together,  by  estimation,  (including  the  scite  of 
the  said  buildings)  332  acres,  1  rood,  and  13  perches  (the  whole  of 
such  lands  being  freehold,  except  1  acre  or  thereabouts,  situated  in 
the  said  park,  which  is  copyhold  of  inheritance,)  and  all  timber  and 
other  trees  growing,  or  being  in  the  said  park,  or  in  any  of  the 
pleasure-grounds,  woods,  or  plantations  within  the  same,  and  all  the 
household  goods,  furniture,  6xtures,  ornameifts,  brewing  utensils,  and 
all  chattels  and  other  articles  o(  whatever  denomination  or  des- 
cription, belonging  to  the  said  Charles  Rose  Ellis,  and  being  in  or 
about  the  said  manaion-house,  out-houses  and  offices,  gardens,  plea- 
sure-grounds  and  premises,  (save  and  except  certain  articles  in  the 
said  Agreement  specified,)  and  also  all  that  messuage  or  dwelling- 
house,  called  Milbourne  House,  situated  at  or  near  Esher  aforesaid, 
with  the  coach-houses,  stables,  and  other  out-houses  and  offices,  yards, 
gardens,  plantations  and  pleasure-grounds  thereto  belonging ;  and  also 
all  those  several  closes,  pieces  or  parcels  of  land  to  the  ssiid  last- 
mentioned  messuage  or  dwelling-house  and  premises  belonging  or  in 
anywise  appertaining;  all  which  last- mentioned  premises,  contain 
together  by  estimation,  49  acres  and  31  perches  or  thereabouts,  the 
said  messuage,  or  dwelling>house  and  premises,  with  part  of  the  lands 
being  in  hand,  aud  the  residue  thereof  let  on  lease  at  the  yearly  rent  of 
£48,  which  lease  will  expire  in  the  year  1820,  and  all  timber  and 
oiher  trees  growing,  or  being  on  the  said  last-mentioned  premises  or 
any  part  thereof;  and  all  the  fixtures  and  other  articles  of  every  sort 
in  or  about  the  said  last- mentioned  dwelling-house,  offices,  out-houses, 
and  premises,  or  the  gardeus  or  pleasure-grounds  thereto  belonging, 
(except  such  articles  and  things  as  in  the  said  Articles  of  Agreement  are 
excepted) ;  and  also  all  that  messuage,  dwelling  house  or  cottage 
called  Warren  House,  and  all  those  plantations  and  other  lands  thereto 
belonging,  containing,  by  estimation  132  acres  or  thereabouts,  and  all 
the  timber  and  other  trees  growing  or  being  thereon;  and  all  that 
spring  of  water  rising  in  the  last-mentioned  grounds,  and  all  the  conduits, 
aqueducts,  pipes,  and  reservoirs  used  for  conveying  or  conducting  the 
water  arising  from  such  spring  to  the  mansion  house  called  Claremont, 
for  the  supply  thereof,  and  the  offices  and  grounds  thereto  belonging ; 
and  also  all  that  piece  or  parcel  of  land  called  the  Highfield,  containing^ 
by  estimation,  3  acres,  3  roods,  and  5  perches,  situate  near  the  said 
Park ;  and  also  all  such  pew  or  pews,  or  part  or  parts  of  a  pew  or  pews, 
in  the  Parish  Church  of  Esher,  as  belong  to  the  said  Charles  Rose 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  8AXE  COBURG.  165 

Ellis ;  and  all  waters,  fishings,  ways,  roads,  paths,  easements,  rights, 
members,  privileges,  and  appurtenances  whatsoever,  to  the  said  manors, 
mansion  house,  and  other  houses  and  premises,  or  any  of  tliem  belong, 
ing  or  in  anywise  appertaining :  And  the  said  Commissioners,  Parties 
'  thereto,  by  the  said  Articles  of  Agreement  have,  for  and  on  the  behalf 
of  His  Majesty,  His  Heirs  and  Successors,  covenanted,  promised,  and 
agreed,  to  and  with  the  snid  Charles  Rose  Ellis,  his  Heirs,  Executors, 
Administrators,  and  Assigns,  to  pay  the  suid  sum  of  £66,000,  the 
purchase  money  for  the  said  premises,  in  the  proportions  and  at  the 
times  herein-after  mentioned ;  (that  is  to  say),  the  sum  of  £12,000, 
pail  thereof,  on  the  delivery  of  the  possession  of  the  said  premises,  or 
on  the  Title  thereto  being  approved  of  by  the  Counsel  of  the  Pur- 
chasers, whichever  should  first  happen,  and  the  residoe  thereof  to  be 
paid  by  4  equal  annual  payments,  the  first  of  such  payments  to  be 
made  on  the  31st  day  of  May,  1817,  the  second,  on  the  31st  day  of 
May,  1818,  the  third,  on  the  31st  day  of  May.  1819,  and  the  fourth  and 
last,  on  the  31st  day  of  May,  1820,  together  with  lawful  interest  for 
the  same,  or  the  instalments  from  time  to  time  remaining  unpaid  fl'om 
the  date  of  the  said  Articles  of  Agreement,  such  interest  to  be  paid 
annually  on  the  same  days  as  the  instalments  of  the  principal  :  And  it 
is  by  the  said  Articles  of  Agreement,  amongst  other  things,  further 
provided  and  agreed  that  the  said  Charles  Rose  Ellis  should  within  1 
month  from  the  date  thereof  make  out  and  deliver  to  the  said  Com- 
missioners, Parties  thereto,  a  complete  abstract  of  and  make  out  a  good 
Title  to  the  said  manors,  hereditaments,  and  premises,  and  to  the  inhe- 
ritance thereof  in  fee  simple,  free  from  all  incumbrances,  save  such  as 
are  therein  and  hereinafter  mentioned ;  and  that  he  and  they  and  all 
other  necessary  Parties,  should  and  would,  on  or  before  the  25th  day  of 
December  next,  by  such  good  and  sufficient  conveyances,  surrenders, 
and  assurances,  as  Counsel  shall  advise,  convey  and  assure  the  said 
manors,  mansion  house,  and  all  and  singular  otlier  the  houses,  lands, 
hereditaments  and  premises  so  contracted  to  be  sold  as  aforesaid,  with 
the  appurtenances,  to  the  use  of  the  said  Charles  Rose  Ellis,  or  of 
some  Person  or  Persons  to  be  named  by  him  or  them,  and  his  and 
their  Executors,  Administrators,  and  Assigns,  for  a  term  of  500  years, 
for  securing  the  payment  of  the  said  purchase  money,  or  so  much 
thereof  as  should  remain  unpaid  at  the  time  of  the  execution  of  such 
Deeds,  together  with  lawful  interest  for  the  same,  at  the  times  and  in 
manner  aforesaid,  and  subject  thereto,  to  the  use  of  such  Person  or 
Persons,  and  upon  such  trust  or  troslB,  and  in  such  manner  and  form 
as  the  Lords  Commissioners  of  His  Majesty's  Treasury  for  the  time 
being,  or  any  3  or  more  of  them,  or  the  said  Commissioners,  Parties  to 
the  said  Articles  of  Agreement,  or  the  Commissioners  for  the  time 
being  of  His  Majesty  s  Woods,   Forests,  aud    Land   Revenues  shall 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


166  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  8AXE  C0BUR6. 

direct  or  appoint,  free  from  ell  charges  and  iucumbrancee  whatsoever, 
exc«fpt  the  Land  Tax,  and  save  and  except  the  said  premises,  being 
subject  and  charged  with  the  expences  and  repairs  of  Esher  Bridge, 
and  save  and  except  certain  fee  farm  and  customary  rents,  heriots, 
service^  and  rights  of  coounon  in  the  said  Articles  of  Agreement  par- 
ticttlariy  mentionec^  and  to  which  certain  parts  of  the  said  premises  are 
subject ;  and  the  said  Charles  Rose  Ellis  agreed  to  assign  and  set  over 
all  the  furniture,  goods,  chattels,  and  other  personal  effects  bj  the  said 
Articles  of  Agreement  agreed  to  be  sold,  to  such  Person  or  Persons  as 
the  sud  Lords  Commissioners  of  BUs  Majesty's  Treasury,  or  the  said 
Commissioners  of  His  Majesty's  Woods,  Forests,  and  Land  Revenues 
shall  direct  or  appoint,  either  for  his  or  their  own  use  and  benefit 
absolutely  or  in  trust  for  any  other  Person  or  Persons,  uses  or  pur- 
poses :  And  it  is  by  the  said  Articles  of  Agreement  further  agroed, 
amongst  other  things,  that  the  fee  farm  rents  and  all  taxes  and  out- 
goings for  or  in  respect  of  the  said  premises,  should  be  borne,  defrayed, 
and  paid  by  the  said  Charles  Rose  Ellis  up  to  Midsummer-day  in  the 
year  1816,  and  that  His  Majesty,  his  Heirs  and  Successors,  should 
have  possession  of  the  parts  in  hand^  and  receive  all  rents,  issues^  and 
profits  of  the  remainder  of  the  said  premises  as  and  from  that  day  ; 
and  it  is  in  and  by  the  said  Articles  of  Agreement  expressly  provided 
and  declared,  that  if  the  Lords  Commissioners  of  His  Majesty's  Trea- 
sury should  refuse  or  decline  to  ratify  that  present  Agreement,  or  if  an 
Act  of  Parliament  should  not  be  passed  in  this  present  Session  of 
Parliament  for  confirming  such  Agreement,  and  to  enable  the  Lords 
Commissioners  of  the  Treasury  to  advance  the  snms  requisite  to  pay  the 
several  instalments  of  the  purchase  money  as  they  respectively  become 
due,  and  to  authorize  the  Commissioners  of  His  Majesty's  Woods, 
Forests,  and  Land  Revenues  to  sell  Crown  Lands  in  order  to  provide 
for  the  re-payment  of  the  monies  so  to  be  advanced,  then  and  in  either 
of  such  cases,  that  Agreement  and  the  Contract  thereby  made,  and 
every  thing  therein  contained,  should  cease,  determine,  and  be  wholly 
void :  And  whereas  it  is  expedient  to  make  provisions  for  enabling  the 
said  Commissioners,  Parties  to  the  said  Articles  of  Agreement,  to  make 
good  the  Contract  thereby  entered  into  on  behalf  of  His  Migcsty,  and 
to  carry  the  same  into  effect:  And  whereas  by  an  Act  passed  in  the 
38th  year  of  His  present  Majesty,  intituled  *'  an  Act  for  making  perpe* 
tua),  subject  to  redemption  and  purchase  in  the  manner  therein  stated, 
the  several  sums  of  money  now  charged  in  Great  Britain  as  a  Land 
Tax  for  one  year,  from  the  25th  day  of  March,  1796 ;"  and  another  Act 
passed  in  the  42nd  year  of  His  said  present  Majesty,  intituled  "  an  Act 
for  consolidating  the  provisions  of  the  several  Acts  passed  for  the  re- 
demption and  sale  of  the  Land  Tax  into  1  Act,  and  for  making  further 
provision  for  the  redemption  and  sale  thereof;   and  for  removing 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BHITAIN  AND   SAXB   COfiURG.  167 

doobU  respecting  the  ri^t  of  Peraons  claimiog  to  vote  at  elections  for 
Knights  of  the  Shire,  and  other  Members  to  serre  lo  Parliameot,  in 
respect  of  me8snages»  lands  or  tenements*  the  Land  Tax  upon  which 
shall  ha?e  been  redeemed  or  purchased ;"  the  Surveyor  General  of  the 
Land  Reveiittes  of  the  Crown  for  the  time  being  was  empowered  to 
contract  for  the  sale  (rom  time  to  timej  of  such  or  so  much  of  the 
manors,  messuages^  lands,  tenements,  tithfs,  mines>  minerals,  coUieries« 
woo^iW  wood  grounds,  lens,  marshes,  waste  lands,  or  other  heredil». 
menta  belonging  to  the  Crown,  within  the  survey  or  receipt  of  the 
Eibcheqaer  in  England,  as  would  raise  a  sum  sufficient  for  the  rsdemp- 
tioo  of  the  Land  Tax  charged  on  the  Land  Revenues  of  or  belonging 
to  the  Crown:  And  whereas  under  the  authority  of  the  said  recited 
Acta  certain  parts  of  the  Land  Revenues  of  the  Crown  have  been  sold 
in  order  to  raise  money  for  the  redemption  of  the  Land  Tax  charged 
on  the  Crown  Eatatet^  and  the  monies  which  have  arisen  therefrom 
have  been  invested  in  the  purchase  of  £3  per  cent  Consolidated  Bank 
Annuities,  of  which  annuities  certain  parts  are  now  standing  in  the 
names  of  the  Commissioners  of  His  Majesty's  Treasury,  in  the  books 
of  the  Governor  and  Company  of  the  Bank  of  England ;  and  such 
annuities^  or  considerable  parts  thereof,  are  not  immediately  wanted 
fi>r  the  purposes  of  the  said  recited  Acts  of  the  ddih  and  42nd  years  of 
the  Reign  of  His  present  Majesty ;  and  in  order  to  carry  into  effect 
the  provisions  of  this  Act  with  as  little  inconvenience  as  possible,  and 
to  have  a  fund  ready  for  the  payment  of  the  several  instalments  of  the 
said  purchase  money  as  they  shall  respectively  become  due,  it  is  ex« 
pedient  that  the  Commissioners  of  His  Miyesty's  Treasury  should  be 
authorized  and  empowered  to  sell  a  competent  part  of  the  said  bank 
annuities  from  timQ  to  time,  in  order  to  raise  the  monies  which  will 
be  raquisite  to  pay  the  said  instalments  as  they  shall  become  payable, 
and  to  apply  the  monies  so  to  be  raised,  in  the  payment  thereof 
accordingly ;  and  that  the  Commissioners  for  the  time  being  of 
His  Majesty's  Woods,  Forestsi,  and  Land  Revenues,  should  be 
aathorized  and  empowered  to  sell  and  dispose  of  certain  parts  of 
the  possessions  and  Land  Revenues  of  the  Crown,  and  apply  the 
money  ariaing  from  such  sales  in  making  good  and  replacing  the 
Bank  Annuities  whidi  shall  have  been  so  sold,  or  in  purchasing 
JE3  per  cent.  Reduced  Bank  Annuities  in  lieu  thereof:  Be  it 
therefore  enacted,  by  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty,  by  and 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Lords  Spiritual  and  Temporal, 
and  Commons,  in  this  present  Parliament  assembled,  and  by  the 
anthority  of  the  same,  that  the  said  herein-before  in  part  recited 
Articles  of  Agreement,  bearing  date  on  the  said  15th  day  of  June  in 
this  present  year,  1816,  shall  be  and  the  same  are  hereby  ratified  and 
confirmed,  and  made  valid  and  effectual  to  all  intents  and  purposes 
whatsoever. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


168  ORBAT  BRITAIN  AND  8AXE  COBURG. 

IL  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  at  the  time  mentioned  in  the 
aid  Articles  of  Agreement  for  the  conveying  the  said  Estate  and 
premises,  the  said  Charles  Rose  Ellis  shall  by  proper  conveyances  and 
assurances  in  the  Law  convey  the  same,  and  the  fixtures  thereto 
belonging,  to  the  use  of  him  the  said  Charles  Rose  Eilis^  his  execu- 
tors, administrators,  or  assigns,  or  of  some  Person  or  Persons  to  be  by 
him  or  them  for  that  purpose  nominated  for  a  term  of  500  yeare,  for 
aecoring  the  payment  of  the  said  purchase  monies  and  interest  at  the 
times  and  in  the  manner  in  the  said  Articles  of  Agreement  men* 
tinned ;  and  subject  thereto,  to  the  use  of  the  Commissioners  for  the 
time  being  of  His  Majesty's  Woods,  Forests,  and  Land  Revenues  for 
ever;  and  that  from  and  immediately  after  such  conveyance  shall  be 
made  and  executed,  all  those  the  said  manors  of  Esher  and  Milbourne, 
or  Waterville  Esher,  and  the  said  mansion  or  dwelling  house  called 
Claremont  otherwise  Claremonnt,  with  the  parks,  woods,  plantations, 
pleasure  grounds,  and  gardens  thereto  belonging,  and  all  other 
the  messuages  or  houses,  farms,  cottages,  lands,  tenements,  and 
hereditaments  hereinbefore  and  in  the  said  Articles  of  Agreement 
particularly  mentioned  and  described,  and  the  several  fixtures 
thereto  belonging,  by  the  said  Articles  of  Agreement  contracted  and 
agreed  to  be  sold  and  disposed  of,  shall  be  settled  upon  and  vested 
in,  and  the  same  are  hereby  settled  upon  and  vested  in  the  Commis* 
sioners  for  the  time  being  of  His  Majesty's  Woods,  Forests,  and  Land 
Revenues  forever,  but  subject  and  without  prejudice  to  the  leases 
now  subsisting  in  the  said  messuages,  lands,  tenements,  hereditaments, 
and  premises,  or  any  parts  thereof,  and  subject  and  without  prejudice 
to  the  said  term  of  600  years,  to  be  created  according  to  the  said 
Articles  of  Agreement  for  securing  the  payment  of  the  said  sum  of 
£66,000  and  interest;  but  nevertheless  upon  the  trusts  and  for 
the  purposes  hereinafter  expressed  and  declared  of  and  concerning 
the  said  estate  and  premises  (that  is  to  say),  upon  trust  that  they  the 
said  Commissioners  for  the  time  being  of  His  Majesty's  Woods, 
Forests,  and  Land  Revenues,  shall  suffer  and  permit  Her  Royal  High- 
ness the  Princess  Charlotte  Augusta,  and  His  Serene  Highness  Leo- 
pold George  Frederick  Prince  of  Cobonrg  of  Saalfeld,  during  their 
joint  lives,  and  shall  suffer  and  permit  the  survivor  of  them,  during 
her  or  his  life,  to  hold,  use,  occupy,  possess,  and  enjoy  the  said  manors, 
mansion  house,  estate,  and  premises,  and  all  fixtures  thereto  belong- 
ing, so  to  be  conveyed  and  assured  under  and  in  pursuance  of  the 
said  Articles  of  Agreement,  and  to  take,  have,  collect,  and  receive  the 
rents,  issues,  and  pro6ts,  coming,  growing,  and  arising  therefrom,  in 
as  full,  ample,  and  beneficial  a  manner  as  if  the  same  were  absolutely 
vested  in  them,  but  without  any  power  to  sell,  convey,  dispose  of. 


Digitized  by 


GooQle 


ORB  AT  BRITAIN  AND  8AXB  COBUBO.       169 

mortgage^  or  otherwise  alienate,  or  incumber  the  same  or  any  part 
thereof. 

III.  Pro?ided  always,  and  be  it  farther  enacted,  that  on  the  death 
of  Her  Royal  Highness  the  Princess  Charlotte  Augusta  or  His  Serene 
Highness  Leopold  George  Frederick  Prince  of  Gobourg  of  Saalfeld, 
which  e?er  shall  be  the  survivor,  the  said  manors,  mansion  house, 
estate,  and  hereditaments,  and  the  seTcral  fixtures  thereto  belongingi 
shall  vest  in  and  become  part  of  the  Land  Revenues  of  the  Crown,  and 
shall  be  settled  and  administered  to  the  same  uses  and  in  the  same 
manner  as  His  Majesty's  Land  Revenues  now  are  or  hereafter  may  be 
settled  and  administered. 

IV.  Provided  also,  and  be  it  further  enacted,  that  if  Her  Royal 
Highness  the  Princess  Charlotte  Augusta,  shall  succeed  to  the  Crown 
of  the  United  Kingdom  in  the  lifetime  of  His  Serene  Highness  Leo- 
pold George  Frederick  Prince  of  Cobourg  of  Saalfeld,  then  and  in 
snch  case  immediately  after  the  decease  of  His  Serene  Highness,  the 
said  manors,  mansion  house,  estate,  and  hereditaments,  and  the 
fixtures  thereto  belonging,  shall  become  part  of  the  Land  Revenues  of 
the  Crown,  and  be  settled  and  administered  to  Uie  same  uses  and  in 
the  same  manner  as  such  Land  Revenues  now  or  hereafter  may  be 
settled  and  administered. 

V.  Provided  also,  and  be  it  farther  enacted,  that  if  Her  Royal 
Highness  the  Princess  Charlotte  Augusta  shall  survive  His  Serene 
Highness  Leopold  George  Frederick  Prince  of  Cobourg  of  Saalfeld, 
and  after  the  decease  of  His  Serene  Highness  succeed  to  the  Crown  of 
the  United  Kingdom,  then  and  in  such  case,  and  immediately  upon 
snch  accession  of  Her  Royal  Highness  to  the  Crown  of  the  United 
Kingdom,  the  said  manors,  mansion-house,  estfite,  and  hereditaments, 
and  the  fixtures  thereto  belonging,  shall  become  part  of  the  Land 
Revenues  of  the  Crown,  and  be  settled  and  administered  to  the  same 
OSes  and  in  the  same  manner  as  such  Land  Revenues  now  are  or  here* 
after  may  be  settled  and  administered. 

VI.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  it  shall  and  may  be  lawful  for 
the  Commissioners  of  the  Treasury  for  the  time  being,  or  any  3  or 
more  of  them,  and  he  and  they  is  and  are  hereby  authorized  and 
required  from  time  to  time,  as  the  instalments  of  the  said  purchase- 
money  and  the  interest  thereon  shall  respectively  become  due,  to  sell 
and  dispose  of  so  much  of  the  £3  per  cent.  Consolidated  Annuities, 
standing  in  the  names  of  tlie  Commissioners  of  His  Majesty's  Treasury, 
ID  the  books  of  the  Governor  and  Company  of  the  Bank  of  England, 
which  have  been  purchased  with  monies  raised  under  the  provisions  of 
the  said  recited  Acto  of  the  d8th  and  42nd  years  of  His  Majesty's 
Reign,  as  will  be  sufficient  to  pay  and  discharge  such  respective  instal- 
ments of  the  said  purchase-money  as  they  shall  respectively  become 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


170  GAIAT  BEtTAItf  AND  8AXB  COBOta 

doe.  And  tlie  iDlcresi  tlMn  ^Myai^U  to  tht  said  Charles  Roae  EliU,  hit 
heirs  or  assigns,  and  by  and  with  the  produce  of  the  sale  of  such  Bank 
Annuities  to  pay  and  discharge  soch  instaloienta  of  the  said  purchase- 
■sooey  accordingly,  and  the  interest  then  payahle  to  the  aaid  Charles 
Roes  Kills,  his  heirs  or  assigns. 

VII.  And  be  It  further  enacted,  that  the  said  £3  per  eent.Consoli. 
dated  Bank  Annuities  hereby  anthorized  and  requirad  to  be  sold  and 
disposed  of  for  the  purposes  aforesaid,  by  the  said  CovmicBiooers  of 
the  Treasury,  shall  and  may  be  sold,  txansferred,  and  disposed  of  by 
any  Person  or  Persons  to  be  appointed  by  them,  or  any  3  or  more  of 
them,  by  Letter  of  Attorney,  under  their  hands  and  seals  attested  by 
%  or  more  credible  witnesses. 

VIIL  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  it  ahall  and  may  be  lawful  for 
the  Commissioners  of  His  Majesty's  Woods,  Forests,  and  Land  Revenues 
for  the  time  being,  or  any  3  of  them,  and  tliey,  or  any  3  of  them,  are 
hereby  authorized  and  empowered  to  contract  and  agree  with  any 
Person  or  Persons,  Body  or  Bodies  Politic  or  Corporate,  for  the  sale  of, 
and  absolutely  to  make  sale  of  such  or  so  many  or  so  much  of  the  manon^, 
lordships,  messuages,  lands,  tenement^  rents,  tithes,  mines,  minerals* 
collieries,  woods,  wood  grounds,  fens,  marshes,  or  waste  lands,  or  other 
hereditaments,  or  any  other  Revenues  of  or  belonging  to  the  Crown 
within  the  Survey  of  the  Exchequer  in  England  (for  the  best  prices  or 
considerations  in  money  which  the  said  Commissioners  of  His  Ma- 
jesty's Woods,  Forests,  and  Land  Revenues  shall,  under  the  direction 
and  with  the  approbation  of  the  Lord  High  Treasurer,  or  Commis- 
sioners of  the  Treasury  for  the  time  being,  or  any  3  or  more  of  them,, 
be  able  to  procure  for  the  same),  as  will  raise  a  sum  sufficient  to  pur* 
chase  so  much  Stock  in  the  £3  per  cent.  Bank  Annuities  hereioaAer 
mentioned,  as  shall  be  equal,  or  as  nearly  equal  as  conveniently  may 
be,  to  the  whole  amount  which  shall  have  been  sold  out  of  the  said 
Consolidated  Bank  Annuities  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  for  the 
payment  of  any  such  ins^lment  or  instalments  of  the  purchase*monie8 
so  to  be  paid  to  the  said  Chsries  Rose  Ellis,  his  heirs  or  assigns  as 
aforesaid,  and  the  Interest  so  to  be  paid  to  him  or  them  as  aforesaid; 
and  that  the  purchase-monies  to  be  paid  for  the  same  shall  be  paid  into 
the  Bank  of  England,  to  the  account  of  the  Commissioners  of  His 
Majesty's  Treasury,  and  shall  be  laid  out  by  the  order  of  the  Com- 
missioners of  His  Majesty's  Woods,  Forests,  and  Land  Revenues  for 
the  time  being,  or  any  2  of  them,  (who  are  for  that  purpose  hereby 
authorized  to  make  drafts  on  the  Bank  for  the  same)  in  the  purchase 
either  of  £3  per  cent  Consolidated  Bank  Annuities,  or  JES  per 
cent.  Reduced  Bank  Annuities,  in  the  name  of  the  Commissioners  of 
His  Majesty's  Treasury,  in  like  manner  in  all  respects  as  is  prescribed 
in  the  said  recited  Acts  of  the  38th  and  43nd  years  of  the  Reign  of  His 


Digiti 


izeH  by  Google 


6RBAT  BRITAIN  AMD  8AXB  COBUEG.  171 

pmeDt  Majesty  with  relation  lo  parehaees  of  £i  per  eent  Conio- 
lidated  Baak  AnDoitiet,  ander  those  Acts  reapecti?ely;  and  the  Capital 
or  Stock  so  to  be  purchased  therewithi  and  tfie  Dividends  and  Interest 
arising  therefrom^  shall  be  applicable  to  the  same  purpoass^  and  shall 
be  applied  in  the  same  manner^  and  under  the  same  rules,  regulations, 
and  provisions  in  all  reapeets»  as  the  Bank  Annuities  nhieh  shall  be  so 
aold  for  the  purpose  of  raising  such  instalments  as  aforesaid,  and  the 
Dividends  and  yearij  Interest  arising  therefrom  would  have  been  subject 
and  applicable  to,  if  this  Act  had  not  been  passed. 

IX.  Provided  always,  and  be  it  further  enacted,  that  no  such  con- 
tract shall  be  made,  unless  by  Special  Warrant  to  be  issued  for  that 
purpose  by  the  Lord  Migb  Treasurer,  or  the  Commissionera  of  the 
Treasury,  or  any  3  or  more  of  them,  for  the  time  l)eing. 

X.  And  be  it  ibrther  enacted,  that  all  sales  of  any  manors,  lord- 
ships, messuages,  lands,  tenements,  rents,  tithes,  mines,  minerals, 
collieries,  woods,  wood«gTounds,  fens,  marshes,  waste  lands,  or  other 
hereditaments,  or  any  other  Revenues  to  be  made  by  virtue  of  this  Act, 
shall  be  made  by  the  Commissioners  of  His  Majesty's  Woods,  Forests, 
and  Land  Revenues^  or  any  2  of  them,  for  the  time  being,  under  the 
like  rules,  regulations,  and  provisions  as  directed  by  the  said  recited 
Act  of  the  42nd  year  of  the  Reign  of  His  present  Majesty,  so  far  as  the 
same  may  be  applicable  thereto;  and  that  whenever  such  Commissionen 
shall  have  contracted  with  any  Person  or  Persons,  Body  or  Bodies  Politic 
or  Corporate,  for  the  sale  of  any  lands  or  premises,  by  virtue  of  this 
Act,  they  shall  grant  to  the  Purchaser  or  Purchasers  thereof,  a  Certili* 
cate  in  the  form  and  in  manner  directed  by  the  said  last-mentioned 
Act,  or  as  near  and  similar  thereto  as  the  circumstances  will  permit: 
and  the  Cashiers  of  the  Bank  shall,  on  production  of  such  Certificate, 
accept  and  receive  the  Purchase-monies,  and  carry  the  same  to  the 
account  therein  specified,  and  at  the  foot  or  on  the  back  of  such  Cer- 
tificate acknowledge  the  receipt  thereof,  without  fee  or  reward,  in  like 
manner  as  by  such  last-mentiened  Act  is  directed,  which  Certificate 
and  Receipt  shall  be  inrolled  and  attested  in  the  manner  required  by 
the  said  last-mentioned  Act;  and  from  and  immediateiy  after  such 
lorolment,  and  tfienceforth  for  ever,  the  respective  Purchasers  their 
Heirs,  Successors  or  Assigns,  shall  by  force  of  this  Act  be  adjudged, 
deemed,  and  taken  to  be  in  tlie  actual  sdsin  and  possession  of  the 
premises  so  by  tiiem  respectively  purchased,  and  shall  hold  and  enjoy 
the  same  peaceably  aiid  quietly,  freed  and  discharged  of  and  from  all 
chiims  and  demands  of  His  Majesty,  his  Heirs  and  Successors,  or  of 
any  Peieon  or  Persons  claiming  under  him  or  them,  as  fully  and  amply 
to  all  intents  and  purposes,  as  His  Majesty,  His  Heirs  or  Successors, 
might  or  could  have  held  or  enjoyed  the  same  if  such  Sale  had  not 
taken  place. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


172  GRBAT    BRITAIN    AND    8AXB    COBURG. 

XI.  Provided  always,  and  be  it  further  eoabted,  l^at  if  any  PeraoD 
or  Persons  to  whom  any  such  Certificate  as  aforesaid  shall  be  granted, 
shall  neglect  to  pay  into  the  Bank  the  Consideration  Money  therein 
to  be  specified,  for  the  space  of  31  days  after  the  date  of  such  Certifi- 
cate, or  shall  neglect  to  enroll  such  Certificate,  and  the  said  Cashier's 
receipt  for  the  money  for  the  like  space  of  time,  then  every  such  Cer- 
tificate shall  be  null  and  void,  and  the  Consideration  Money,  if  paid 
into  the  Bank,  shall  be  forfeited,  unless  the  Commissioners  of  His 
Majesty's  Woods,  Forests,  and  Land  Revenues  for  the  time  being, 
shall  for  any  reasonable  cause  to  them  shewn  for  the  omission  of  such 
Enrolment,  order  the  same  Certificate  and  Receipt  to  be  enrolled 
nunc  pro  tunc,  and  which  upon  such  cause  being  shewn,  they  are  hereby 
authorized  and  empowered  to  do. 

XII.  Provided  always,  and  be  it  further  enacted,  that  tlie  Com- 
missioners of  His  Majesty's  Woods,  Forests,  and  Land  Revenues  for 
the  time  being,  shall  in  every  Report  which  shall  be  made  by  them  to 
the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty,  and  to  both  Houses  of  Parlia- 
ment, touching  or  concerning  the  Land  Revenue  of  the  Crown,  from 
and  after  the  passing  of  this  Act,  so  long  as  the  Power  of  Sale  given 
by  this  Act  shall  continue  in  force,  certify  and  report  what  part  or 
parts  of  the  Land  Revenue  of  the  Crown  shall  have  been  sold  under 
and  by  virtue  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act  since  the  time  of  the  making 
their  last  preceding  Report,  and  what  sum  or  sums  of  money  shall  have 
been  raised  by  means  of  every  such  Sale,  and  in  what  manner  the 
same  shall  have  been  applied  and  disposed  of;  and  that  when  and  as 
soon  as  all  the  monies  required  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  shall  have 
been  raised,  the  said  Commissioners  shall  certify  the  same  in  their 
tlien  next  Report ;  and  when  and  as  soon  as  the  same  shall  be  so 
raised,  all  the  Powers  of  Sale  hereby  given  to  them,  shall  cease  and 
be  no  further  exercised. 

XIII.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  no  Deed  or  Writing,  Coo- 
ireyance.  Mortgage,  Assignment,  or  other  Instrument  which  shall  be 
made,  executed,  or  signed  by  any  Person  or  Persons  in  pursuance  of 
the  said  recited  Articles  of  Agreement,  or  for  carrying  the  same  into 
execution,  nor  any  Certificate  or  Receipt  to  be  given  or  granted  to 
any  Purchaser  or  Purchasers  of  any  manors,  lordships,  messuages,  or 
other  hereditaments  hereby  authorized  to  be  sold  for  the  purposes 
aforesaid,  shall  be  subject  or  liable  to  any  Stamp  Duty  whatsoever 
imposed  by  any  Act  or  Acts  of  Parliament  now  in  force,  nor  to  any 
Stamp  Duty  to  be  imposed  by  any  future  Act  or  Acts  of  Parliament, 
unless  the  same  be  specially  subjected  thereto,  and  specifically  charged 
therewith,  in  and  by  iuch  future  Act  or  Acts  of  Parliament 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SARDINIA  AND  DARBART  STATES. 


173 


TREATIES  of  Peace  and  Friendship  between  Sardinia  and 
the  Barbary  States;  concluded  under  the  Mediation  of 
Great  Britain,— Aprils  1816. 

Trallaii  di  Pace  ed  Amieizia  tra  Sua  Maesid  il  Re  di  Sard^na, 
Cipro  e  Gemsaiemme,  Duea  di  Savqfa,  di  Genova^  ec.,  Principe  di 
Pienwnte,  ec.  ec ^  e  le  Reggenze  di  Algeri,  Tunisi  e  Tripoli^  eolle 
JDiekiarazioHi  de/ie  Lora  AUezza  i  Bey  di  Tunisi  e  Tripoli, 

P«g«i 

1.  Tktifttj  with  Algiers Algiers,  3rd  April,  1816.  173,176 

2.  Treaty  with  Tunis Bardo,  17th  April,  1816.  178,  183 

Dedaratioii  of  the  Bey  of  Tunis 182,  185 

3.  Tireaty  with  Tripoti Tripoli,  29th  April,  1816.  185,  189 

Dedanftion  of  the  Bey  of  TripoU 191,  192 

(\.)—Traiiato  col  Dey  (TAlgeri. 
In  Nome  di  Dio  Onnipotente.  An  Norn  de  Diea  Tout-Puissant. 

Tbattato    di    Pace   tra  Sua         TRAiTidePaixentreSa  Majesty 

Maest^  Vittorio  Eoianuele,  Re  di  Victor  Emmanuel,    Roi  de  Sar- 

Sardegna,  di  Cipro  e  di  Gerusa-  daigne,  de  Cypre  et  de  Jerusalem, 

lemme.    Duca    di    Savoja   e    di  Due  de  SaToie  et  de  G^nes,  Prince 

Genova,    Principe   di   Piemonte»  de  Piemont,  etc.  etc.  etc.,  et  Son 

ec.  ec.  ec.,  e  Sua  AUezza  Serenis-  Altesse  Sei^nissime  Omar  Bacfaa, 

stma  Omar  Baacid,  Dey  e  Gover*  Dey  et  Gouvemenr  de  la   Cite 

natore    delia   Goerriera   Citlk    c  Guerri^reet  du  Royaumed'Alger; 

Regno  d'Algeri ;  fattoeconcbiuBo  fait  et  conclu  par  le  Trea-Hono- 

dai    Molto    Onorevole    Edoardo  table  Edouard  Baron  E smooth, 

Barone  Exmouth,  Cavaliere  Com-  Chevalier  Commandeur  du  Tr^s- 

mendatore    dell'    Onorcvolisaimo  Honorable    Ordre    Militaire    du 

Ordine  Militare  del  Bagno,  Am-  Bain,  Amiral  de  I'Escadre  Bleue 

miraglio  della  Squadra  BIu  di  Sua  de  la  Flotte  de  Sa  M^jeate  Bri- 

Maesti  Brilannica,  e  Comandante  tannique,et  Commandant- en-Chef 

in  Capo  dei  VascelH  e  Bastimenti  lea  Vaisseaux  et  Bdtimens  de  Sa 

della   Maesti  Sua  nel  Mediter-  Majeste   dans   la  Mediterranee  ; 

raneo:    debitamente    autorizzato  ^tant    dument   autorise   par  Son 

da  Sua  Altezza  Reale  il  Principe  Altesse  Royale  le  Prince  Regent, 

Reggeote,  in  Nome  e  per  Parte  au   Nom    et  de   la  Fart  de  Sa 

di  Sua  Maesti  il  Re  del  Regno  Majeste    le    Roi    du   Royaume* 

Unito    della   Gran  Bretagna   ed  Uni    de  la  Grande  Bretagne   et 

Irlanda,  e  da  Sua  Maesti  il  Re  d'Irlande,etparSa  Majeste  le  Roi 

di  Sardegna.  de  Sardaigne. 

Art.  I.  Sua  Altezza  Reale  il         Art.  I.  Son  Altesse  Royale  le 

Principe  Regente  deaiderando,  nel  Prince  Regent  d^sirant,  dans  le  Yrai 

▼ero  spirito  di  amicizia,d'interpoTre  eaprild'amitie,d'interposer8eabona 

i  Snoi  buoni  uffizj  tra  il  Suo  Antico  offices  entre  Son  Ancien  Alli^  Sa  ' 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


174 


SARDINIA  AND  ALOI£&S> 


AUeato  Sua  MaeBli  il  Re  di  Sar- 
degna  e  Sua  Altezza  il  Dey  d' 
Algeria  pqr  metter  fioe  alle  calamiU 
d'ana  luoga  Guerra,  vtene  qui  con- 
venuto  e  concbiuso  tra  il  Detto 
Edoardo  Barone  Exmooth  e  Sua 
Altezza  il  Dey  d'Algeri^  che  da 
queato  gionio  vi  Mik  ferma  ed 
iuviolabile  pace  ed  amicizia  tra 
Sua  Maesti  il  Re  di  Sardegaa  e 
Sua  Altezza  il  Dey  d'  Algeria  ed  i 
loro  respettivi  Sndditi  e  Stati ;  e 
che  da  qui  ionaozi  la  Bandiera  ed 
il  Gommercio  di  Sua  Maesti  il  Re 
di  Sardegna  aaranno  rispettati  da 
Sua  Altezza  il  Dey  e  da'  suoi 
Sadditi,  nel  medostesso  che  quell! 
della  Gran  Bretagna. 

IL  Dalla  segoatura  del  pre* 
aeateTrattato  Titari^  a  condizioui 
reciproche,  una  libera  comuni'^ 
cazioue  e  corrispondenza  di  com- 
mercia  tra  le  S  Nazioui ;  ma 
•iBendo  Decesaarioy  che  tutti  i 
Baatimenti,  che  daJJa  Coata  di 
Barbaria  pasaano  aeBtati  di  Sua 
Maeati  Sarda  aottopoati  aiano  ad 
una  Quarantina,  i  aeguenti  Porti> 
doTC  troTaaei  de*  Lazzaretti,  aono 
atabilitt  per  V  ammisajone  dei 
Baatimenti  d'  Algeri ;  e  aono : 

Per  la  Terra  Ferma, 
Genova,  e 
La  Spezia. 
Pel  Regno  di  Sardegna* 
Gagliariy 
S.  Pietro, 
Alghero;  6< 
La  Maddalena. 
Ed  inoltre  i  con?ettuto,  che  un 
Console  Generate  dt  Sua  Maestii 
ilBa  dk  Sahlegna  mxk  viceYUlo  in 
Algeri  nella  atoaaa  guisa,  e  trattalo 
col  medeaimo  rispetto  che  i  Consoli 


Majesty  le  Roi  de  Sardaigne  et  Son 
Altease  le  Dey  d* Alger,  4  Tobjet  de 
mettre  un  termeaux  calamitead'une 
longue  Guerre,  il  est  par  le  pre- 
sent convenu  et  concln  entre  le  dit 
Edouard  Baron  Ezmouth  et  Son 
Altesae  le  Dey  d'Alger,  que  dfcs  au- 
jourd'hui  il  y  aura  paix  et  amiti^ 
solide  et  inviolable  entre  Sa  Majesty 
le  Roi  de  Sardaigne  et  Son  Altesae 
le  Dey  d'Alger,  et  leurs  Sujets  et 
Etats  respectifs;  et  que  dor^na- 
vant  le  Pavilion  et  le  Commerce 
de  Sa  M ajeste  le  Roi  de  Sardaigne 
seront  respect^s  par  Son  Altesse 
le  Dey  et  par  ses  Sujets,  de  la 
m^me  maui^re  que  ceux  de  la 
Grande  Bretagne. 

IL  A  daterde  la  signature  du 
present  Trait6,  il  y  aura  libre 
communication  et  correspondanoe 
commerciale  entre  lea  2  Na- 
tions,  sous  des  conditions  r^i- 
proques;  mala  ^tant  neceasaire 
que  tbns  les  Bfttimens  qui  passent 
des  C6te8  de  Barbaric  dans  les 
Etata  de  Sa  Majesty  Sarde  aoient 
assujettis  k  une  Quarantaine,  lea 
Ports  suivans,  od  des  Lazarets 
sont  etablis,  sont  dteign6i  pour 
TadmissioD  dea  B&timens  Tenant 
d' Alger;  et  sont: 
Pour  le  Continent, 

G^nes^  et 

La  Spezia« 
Pour  le  Royaume  deSardaigne, 

Cagliari, 

&  Pietro, 

Alghero,  et 

La  Maddalena. 
II  est  de  plus  convenn  qn'un 
Consul  Gen^nid  de  Sa  Majesty  le 
Roi  de  Sardaigne  sera  re9tt  i 
Alger  sar  le  mime  pied,  et  tratt^. 
atec    le  mime  respect  que   Jes 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SARDINIA  AND  ALGIERS. 


ITS 


delle  altre  Nazioni  Eoropee,  pel 
regolameoto  degli  afiari  di  com- 
mercio,  e  che  git  sari  permeuo 
oella  s«a  cata  il  libero  eaerdzio 
della  sua  religione,  taoto  per  Joi  ed 
i  suoi  aenritori,  che  per  gli  altri,  i 
qaali  bramano  di  attendervl. 

III.  Easeadodisomoiaaeoeflnti 
r  impedire  che  si  faccia  ▼enin  oao 
improprio  dei  previlegi  accordati 
con  qoeato  Trattato  allaBanditfa 
ed  al  Commercio  Saido,  Sua 
Maesti  il  Re  di  Sardegoa  si  obbliga 
di  preodere  le  piiSk  efficaci  pre- 
cauzioni  onde  impedire  un  tale 
aboso,  col  coDcedere  i  Passaporti 
a'  Suoi  Sttdditi  solameote,  col 
rigilio  e  colla  firma  del  Segretario 
di  Stalo,  i  quaii  non  si  eaten- 
deranno,  o  doq  serviranno  dMstru- 
mento  per  accordare  protezione  ai 
Sudditi  di  qaalunque  altro  Slate: 
ed  ogni  Bastimento  mercantile,  ap- 
partenente  a'  Suoi  Static  sarik  pro? -^ 
veduto  di  nno  diquesti  Passaporti. 

FatiD  in  Triplicato  oella  Gner- 
riera  Citti  d'  Algeria  in  presenza 
di  Dio  Onnipotente,  il  3  giorao 
d*  Aprile  dell'  Anno  di  Gesili  Cristo 
181 6,  e  nejr  Anno  dell'  Egini  1231, 
il  4to  giomo  della  Luna  Jumed 
AwoH. 

(5S?.)  (L-S.)  EXMOUTH, 
AnumragHo  eCcmandante* 
it^Capo  nelMediterraneOt 
auiorizzaio  adagirteome 
Hiedialoreda  SuaAUezza 
Reaie  U  Prhicqie  Reg^ 
genie  ^Ingkilterra,  e  da 
Sya  Maeeti  U  Be  di 
Smrdegna. 

Ariieoh  JiddtsdmuUe* 
LoBO  Ezmooth  si  obbliga,  per 
parte  di  Sua  Maeati  il  Re  di  Sar- 


Consula  dea  antres  NatioM  Ewto* 
pannes,  pour  le  r^glement  des 
afiaires  commerciales,  et  qu'il  lut 
sera  permis,  dans  sa  propre  maison, 
le  libre  exercice  de  sa  religion, 
soit  pour  lui,  et  ses  domestiqnes, 
soit  pour  les  autres. 

UL  Etanttr^necessaired'em- 
p6cher  que  Ton  ne  fasse  un  man* 
vais  usage  des  priril^es  accordra 
par  ce  Traite  an  Pavilion  et  au 
Commerce  Sarde,  Sa  Majeste  le 
Roi  de  Sardaigne  s'engaga  i 
prendre  les  mesures  les  plus 
efficaces  pour  pr^venir  un  tel  abas, 
en  n'accordant  les  Passeports  qu'i 
Ses  seuU  Sujets,  avec  le  sceau  el 
la  signature  du  Secretaire  d*Etae, 
lesquels  Passeports  ne  serontiten« 
dus,  ni  ne  serviront  d'lostrument 
pour  donner  protection  auxSojets 
d  aucun  autre  Etat ;  et  tout  B4ti* 
ment  marchand  appartenant  iSea 
Etats  sera  muni  d*un  deces  Passe- 
ports. 

Fait  par  Triple  original  dans  la 
Cit6  Guerri^re  d'Alger  i  la  pre- 
sence de  Dieu  Tout-Puissant,  la 
3  Avril,  I'An  de  Jesus  Christ  1816» 
et  lann^  de  THegiia  1331,  la 
4^me  jour  de  la  Lune  Jumed 
Awoll. 

(dSrSS.)  (L.S.)  EXMOUTH, 
Amiral  ei  Commandant^etu 
Chtf  dane  la  Mediier* 
annie,  autariti  d  agir 
eemme  MkUaieur  par 
Son  AUeeee  RoyaU  le 
Prince  Regent  d^Angle^ 
ferre  ei  Sa  M^U  le  Rtd 
de  Sardaigne. 

ArOele  AddkiamneL 
Lord  Exmouth  s'engage,  de  la 
part  de  Sa  Ilaj«sl6  le  Roi  de  Sar- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


176 


SARDINIA  AND  ALGIERS. 


degaa,  a  pagare  la  somma  di  500 
piastre  di  Spagna  per  ogai  Scfaia?o 
Sardo  che  si  trovi  ora  nel  Regno 
d'  Algeri  (iDchiudendo  i  Genovvsi, 
e  gli  AbitaoU  di  Monaco)  ;  questi 
Schiavi  debbonoesseretutti  imbar- 
cati  iminediatamente  per  Geoova 
sopra  un  Bastimento  da  Gaerra 
BritaDuicOy  il  quale  porteri  nel  suo 
ritoruo  il  danaro  di  riscatto  per 
tutti  i  suddetti  Schiavi  pel  P  di 
Gtugno  venturo:  un  Console 
Generate  di  Sua  Maesti  Sarda 
sard  maudato  tosto  che  si  potrsL^  e 
frattanto  ii  Console  Britannico  ne 
fard  le  veci. 

Fatto  in  Algeri,  il  giorno  3  Aprile, 
1816. 

(itelC)       (L.S.)    KXMOUTH, 
Ammiragiio    Comandante- 
in^Capo,  ec,  ec.  ec. 


daigne,  a  payer  la  somine  de  600 
piastres  d*Espagne  pour  chaque 
Esclave  Sarde  qui  se  trouve  ac- 
tuelleinent  dans  le  Royaume 
d* Alger  (y  compris  les  G^nois.  et 
les  Habitans  de  Monaco);  ces 
Esclaves  doivent  ^tre  immediate- 
ment  embarques  sur  un  Bdtiment 
de  Guerre  Anglois  poor  G^nes,. 
lequel  Bdtiment  apportera  k  son 
retour  Taigent  de  la  ran^on  de  tons 
les  Esclaves  susdiis  pour  le  ler 
Juin  prochain :  un  Consul  General 
de  Sa  Majesty  Sarde  sera  envoy^ 
aussitot  qu*il  sera  possible,  et,  en 
attendant,  le  Consul  Britannique. 
en  fera  les  fonctions. 

Fait  a  Alger,  le  3  Avril,  1816. 

fctaSSJ.)       (L,S.)    EXMOUTH, 
Amiral      Commandani-en* 
Chef,  etc,  etc.  etc. 


In  the  Name  of  God  Almighty. 
Treaty  of  Peace  between  His  Majesty  Vittorio  Emanuel,  King  of 
Sardinia,  Cyprus  and  Jerusalem,  Duke  of  Savoy  and  Genoa,  Prince 
of  Piedmont,  &c.  &c.  &c.,  and  His  Most  Serene  Highness  Omar 
Bashaw,  Dey  and  Governor  of  the  Warlike  City  and  Kingdom  of 
Algiers;  made  and  concluded  by  the  Right  Honourable  Edward  Baron 
Exmouth,  Knight  Commander  of  the  Most  Honourable  Military  Order 
of  the  Bath,  Admiral  of  the  Blue  Squadron  of  His  Britannic  Majesty's 
Fleet,  and  Commander-in-Chief  of  His  said  Majesty's  Ships  and 
Vessels  in  the  Mediteiranean,  being  duly  authorized  by  His  Royal 
Highness  the  Prince  Regent,  acting  in  the  name  and  on  behalf  of 
His  Majesty  tlie  King  of  The  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and 
Ireland,  and  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Sardinia. 

Art. I.  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent  being  desirous,  in 
the  true  spirit  of  friendship,  to  interpose  his  good  offices  between  His 
Ancient  Ally,  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Sardinia  and  His  Highness 
the  Dey  of  Algiers,  in  order  to  terminate  the  distresses  of  a  long  War ; 
it  is  hereby  agreed  and  concluded  between  the  said  Edward  Baron 
Exmouth  and  His  Highness  the  Dey  of  Algiers,  that  from  this  day 
there  shall  be  a  firm  and  inviolable  Peace  and  Friendship  between  His 
Majesty  the  King  of  Sardinia  and  His  Highness  the  Dey  of  Algiers, 
and  their  respective  Subjects  and  Dominions,  and  that  from  hence*, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SARDINIA  AND  ALGIERS.  177 

fonrard  the  Flag  and  Commerce  of  His  Sardinian  Majesty  shall  be 
respected  by  His  Higbness  the  Dey«  and  his  Subjects  equally  with  those 
of  Great  Britain. 

II.  Krom  the  signing  of  the  present  Treaty,  a  free  commercial 
iatenrourse  shall  be  opened  between  both  Nations  upon  reciprocal 
terms ;  but  it  being  necessary  that  all  Ships  passing  from  the  Coast  of 
Barbary  to  that  of  Sardinia  sliould  perform  a  Quarantine,  the  following 
Ports  (where  Lazarettes  are  established)  are  named  for  the  admission 
of  Ships  from  Algiers;  viz. : 

On  the  Continent, 
Genoa,  and 
Speiia. 
At  the  Island  of  Sardinia, 
Cagliari, 
S.  Pietro, 
Alghero,  and 
Maddalena. 
And  it  is  further  agreed  that  a  Consul. General  shall  be  received  at 
Algiers  from  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Sardinia,  upon  the  same  footing, 
and  treated  with  the  same  respect,  as  the  Consuls  of  other  European 
Nations,  for  the  regulation  of  their  commercial  aflkirs ;  and  that  he 
ehaJl  be  allowed  in  his  own  house  the  free  exercise  of  his  religion  as 
well  as  hia  servants  and  others  who  wish  to  do  so. 

III.  It  being  highly  necessary  to  prevent  any  improper  use  being 
made  of  the  privileges  granted  by  this  Treaty  to  the  Flag  and  Com- 
merce of  Sardinia,  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Sardinia  hereby  engages 
to  take  the  most  efiectual  means  for  preventing  any  such  abuse,  by 
gmnting  Passports  to  his  own  Subjects  only,  under  the  Seal  and 
Signature  of  the  Secretary  of  State,  and  that  they  sliall  not  extend 
to,  or  be  made  an  instrument  for,  affording  protection  to  the 
Soljjects  of  any  other  State ;  and  every  Commercial  Ship  or  Vessel 
beloDging  to  his  Dominions  shall  be  provided  with  one  of  these  Pass- 
ports. 

Done  in  Triplicate  in  the  Warlike  City  of  Algiers,  in  the  presence 
of.  Almighty  God,  the  3rd  day  of  April,  in  the  year  of  Jesus  Christ 
1816,  and  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira,  1331,  the  4th  day  of  the  Moon 
Jumed  Awoll. 

C"S2^  (L.S.)  EXMOUTH, 

Admiral  ami  Commander-in-Chief  in  the 
Jdediierranean,  authorized  to  act  as 
Mediator  by  His  Royal  Highness  the 
Prince  Regent  of  England^  and  His 
Mqjesty  the  King  of  Sardinia. 

C1815— 16.)  N 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


178 


SARDINIA  AND  TUNIS. 


Additional  Artitste. 

Lord  Exmouth  engages,  on  the  part  of  His  Sardinian  Majesty,  to 
pay  the  sum  of  500  Spanish  dollars  for  every  Sardinian  Slave  now  in 
the  Kingdom  of  Algiers  (including  Genoese  and  Inhabitants  of 
Monaco),  the  whole  to  be  immediately  embarked  in  a  British  Ship  of 
War  for  Genoa,  which  Ship  shall  bring  in  return  the  ransom  money 
for  the  above-mentioned  Slaves  by  the  Ist  day  of  June  next;  and  a 
Consul-General  from  His  Sardinian  Majesty  shall  be  sent  as  soon  as 
practicable,  whose  duties  in  the  meanwhile  the  British  Consul  vill 
undertake. 

Done  at  Algiers,  the  Srd  day  of  April,  1816. 

?^'*)  (LS.)  EXMOUTH, 

Admiral,  Comnutndet'in'  Chief,  Ofc,  Sfe,  Sfe. 


/The  I 
K    Seal.' 


(2.)— 7Va/fa/o  col  Bey  di  Tunisi. 


Ia  Nobm  di  Did  Oimipoteate. 

Trattato  di  Pace  tra  Sua 
Maest4  Vittorio  Emanuelt,  Re  di 
Sardegna,  di  Cipro  e  di  Gerusa- 
kmme^  Duca  di  Savoja  e  di 
Genova,  Principe  di  Piemonte,  eo. 
ec.  ec,  •  Sua  Altezxa  Serenissima 
Mahnioad  Btscid  Capo  Bej  di 
Tunisi,  la  ben  guardata  Citti,  ed 
il  Soggiomo  della  Felioiti;  fatto 
e  coachiuso  dal  Holto  Onorevole 
Edoardo  Barone  Exmouth,  Cava- 
liereGran-Croce  deirOnorevoliasi* 
moOrdine  Militare  del  Bagno»  Am-' 
miragiio  della  Squadra  Blu  delta 
Flotta  di  Sua  Maesti^  Britannica, 
e  Comandante«in-Capo  de'Vascelli 
e  delle  Navi  di  Lei  nel  Mediter- 
raneo  ;  easendo  dabitamente  au* 
torizzato  da  Sua  Altezza  Reale 
il  Principe  Reggente,  in  nome  e 
per  parte  di  Sua  Maesti  il  Re 
del  Regno  Unito  della  Gran  Bre- 
tagna  ed  Irlanda,  e  da  Sua  Maesti 
tl  Re  di  Sardegna. 

Art.  I.  Sua  Altezza  Reale  il 
Principe  Reggente  desiderando, 
uel  vero  apirito  di  amicizia,  d'inter- 


Aa  Noiii  dfi  DiM  Tbat-PQianiit. 

Traitb  dt  Pais  entreSa  Majeatd 
Victor  Emmanuel,  Roi  de  8«r- 
daigne,  de  Cypre  et  de  Jerusalem , 
Due  deSavoie  et  deG^nea,  Prince 
de  Pi^mont,  etc.  etc.  etc*,  et  8ea 
Altesse  Serinissime  Mahmoud 
Bacha  Chef  Bey  de  Tunis,  la  Cite 
bien  gardee,  et  le  S^jour  de  la 
Fctlicite;  fait  et  conclu  par  le 
Tr^s  Honorable  Edouard  Baroo 
Exmouth,  Chevalier  Grand-Croix 
dtt  Tr^a-Honorable  Ordre|Militaire 
du  Bain,  Amiral  de  TEscadre 
Bleue  de  la  Fiotte  de  Sa  Majeete 
Britannique,  et  CommandaDt^en- 
Chef  les  B^timena  et  Vatsaeaax  de 
Sa  Majeste  dans  la  Mediterran^; 
tout  d6ment  autorise  par  Son 
Altesse  Royale  le  Prince  Regent 
agissant  au  nom  et  de  la  part  de 
Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  dn  Royaume- 
Uni  de  la  Grande  Bretagne  et 
d'Irlande,  et  par  Sa  Majesty  le 
Roi  de  Sardaigne. 

Art.  I.  Son  Altesse  Royale  le 
Prince  Regent  d^sirant,  dans  le 
vrai  esprit    d'amiti^,  d'interposer 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SARDINIA  AND  TUNIS. 


179 


porre  1  saoi  buoni  uffizj  tra  il  buo 
Anlico  Alleato  Saa  Maesti  il  Re 
di  Sardegna  e  Sua  Altezza  il  Bey 
di  Tunisi,  per  dar  fine  alle  calamiti 
di  ana  contioaa  Guerra,  ?iene  qui 
coovenuto  e  coochiuso  tra  il  detto 
Edoardo  Baroae  Exmouth  e  Sua 
Altezza  il  Bey  di  Tunisia  che  da 
qnesto  gioruo  vi  sari  una  fermaed 
infiolabile  Pace  ed  Amicizia  tra 
Sua  M^eaik  il  Re  di  Sardegna  e 
Sua  Altezza  il  Bey  di  Tunisi,  e 
tra  i  loro  respettivi  Sudditi  e  Stati ; 
cbe  da  qui  innanzi  la  Bandiera,  i 
Sadditi  ed  il  Commercio  di  Saa 
Maesti  il  Re  di  Sardegna  saranno 
riapettati  da  Sua  Altezza  il  Bey 
di  Toniai  e  da'  snoi  Sudditi  nel 
modo  stesso  che  la  Bandiera  ed  il 
Commercio  della  Gran  Bretagna, 
e  cbe  tntti  i  Trattati  e  vantaggj* 
de'  qnali  ora  gode  la  Gran 
Bretagna,  saranoo  nella  medesima 
maniera  godnti  dalla  Sardegna. 

II.  Dalla  segnatura  del  presente 
Trattato  una  libera  comunicazioae 
e  corrispondenza  commerziale  sari 
aperta  tra  le  2  Naziooi  a  con- 
dizioni  reciproche;  ma  esaeodo 
neceasario  che  Uitti  i  Bastimenti^  i 
qnaJi  dalla  Costa  di  Barbaria  pas^ 
seranno  negU  Stati  di  Siia  Maesti 
il  Re  di  Sardegna*  siaoo  soggetti 
ad  ona  Qoarantijia*  prima  di  en* 
trare  in  verun  altro  Porto  dd 
RegDO»  i  segnenti  Porti*  ove 
troTaBsi  de'  Lazzaretti,  sono  sta- 
biliti  a  quest'  oggetto  per  tutte  le 
Na?i  proFCgneati  da  Tuiuri ;  do^ : 

Pel  Ci»zitiiieDte, 
GenoYa,  e 
La  Spezia. 

Per  V  Isoia  di  Sardegna, 
Cagliari, 
S.  Pietro,     . 

N 


ses  bona  offices  entre  son  Ancien 
Allie  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de  Sar- 
daigne,  et  Son  Altesse  le  Bey  de 
Tunis,  afin  de  mettre  un  terme  aux 
calamites  produites  par  un  £tat 
constant  de  Gnerre,  il  est  convenu 
et  conclu  par  le  present,  entre  le 
susdit  Edouard  Baron  Exmouth 
et  Son  Altesse  le  Bey  de  Tunis, 
qu'i  partir  de  ce  jour  il  y  aura 
Paix  et  Amitie  solide  et  inviolable 
entre  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de  Sar- 
daigne  et  Son  Altesse  le  Bey  de 
Tunis,  leurs  Sujets  et  Etats  re- 
spectifs ;  et  que  dor^navant,  le 
Pavilion,  les  Sujets  et  le  Com- 
merce de  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de 
Sardaigne  seront  respectes  par  Son 
Altesse  le  Bey  et  ses  Sujets  comme 
ceux  de  la  Grande  Bretagne,  eC 
que  la  Sardaigne  jouira  i  i'avenir 
de  tons  leB  Traites  et  avantage^ 
doot  jouit  mainteDant  la  Grande 
Bretagne,  et  de  la  mime  mani^re. 
IL  A  commencer  de  ia  signature 
de  present  Traile,  una  libre  com- 
munication et  correspondance 
oommerciale  sera  ouverte  entre  les 
2  Nations  sous  des  conditions 
i^ciproqu^s;  mais  etant  n^essaire 
que  tous  les  Bitimeos  qui  passent 
des  Cotes  de  Barbarie  a  celles  de 
Sardaigne  fassent  leur  Quaraa* 
taine  avant  que  de  se  rendre  dan« 
d  autres  Ports  de  c^  Boyaume,  les 
Pojrts  sniYaos  (o«k  des  Lazarela 
soot  ^tablis),  sont  designes  i  cci 
effet,  pour  tous  les  Bitimeas 
▼enant  de  Tunis ;  c'est  i-dire : 
Sur  le  Continent, 

Gdne^  et 

La  Spezia. 
Dans  PUe  de  Sardaigne, 

Cagliari, 

S.  Pietro,^ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


180 


SARDINIA  AND  TUNIS. 


Alghero,  e 
La  Maddalena. 

E  neir  istessa  maniera  i  Basti- 
meiiti  Sardi  si  cunforiueraiino  alle 
regole  di  Quarantina  stabilite  a 
Tunisi,  come  quelli  delle  altre 
Nazioui. 

Ed  inoltre  ^  convenuto  clie  un 
Console  Generaie  di  Sua  MaesU 
il  Re  di  Sardegna  sar&  ricevuto  in 
Tanisi  coU*  istesso  modo,  e  trattato 
col  medesimo  rispetto  con  cal  lo  ^ 
il  Console  Britannico,  pel  regola- 
mento  degli  affari  di  commercio,  e 
che  gli  sard  perraesso  nella  sua 
casa  il  libero  esercizio  del  la  sua 
Religione,  tanlo  per  lui  ed  i  suoi 
servi,  cbe  per  gli  altri  i  quali 
bramassero  di  attendervi. 

III.  Essendo  necessarissimo  d* 
impedire  cbe  si  faccia  un  uso  ioa- 
proprio  dei  privilegj  accordati  da 
questo  Trattato  al  Commercio  ed 
alia  Randiera  Sarda,  Sua  Maestd 
il  Re  di  Sardegna  si  obbliga  a 
prendere  le  piili  efficaci  precauzioni 
onde  impedire  questo  abuso,  con- 
cedendo  i  Passaporti  ai  soli  Suoi 
Sudditi,  col  sigillo  e  colla  firma 
dei  Segretario  di  Stato,  i  qualt 
non  si  estenderanno  e  non  servi- 
ranno  d'istrumento  per  accordare 
protezione  a'Sudditi  di  qualunque 
altro  Stato;  ed  ogni  Bastimento 
o  Vascello  mercantile  apparlenente 
ftgli  Stati  della  Maestii  Sua  sard 
munito  di  uno  di  questi  Passa* 
porti. 

IV.  Sua  Altezzail  Bey  cooTiene 
cbe  i  Bastimenti  Sardi  saranno 
amroessi  alia  'Pesca  del  Corallo 
lungo  le  coste  de'  suoi  Stati  nello 
stesso  modo  in  cui  lo  sono  le  altre 
Nazioni  d'  Europa;  ma  se  Sua 
Altezza  il  Bey  dasse  in  appalto  la 


Alghero,  et 
La  Maddalena. 

£t  pareillement  Ics  Vaisaeaax 
Sardes  se  soumettront  aux  rdgle- 
mens  de  la  Quarantaine  4  Tunis 
de  la  mSme  mani^re  que  ceux  des 
autres  Nations. 

Et  il  a  de  plus  ^te  convena 
qu'un  Consul  General  de  la  part 
de  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  de  Sardaigne 
sora  re^u  k  Tunis  sur  le  m^one 
pied,  et  traite  avec  le  mdme  res- 
pect que  le  Consul  Britannique, 
pour  r^gler  les  affaires  commer. 
ciales,  et  qu'il  lui  sera  accords 
dans  sa  maison  le  libre  exercice  de 
sa  religion,  ainsi  qu'd  ses  doines- 
tiques  et  aux  autres  personnes  qui 
le  desireraieut. 

III.  Etant  trds-essentiel  d*em- 
p^cher  que  Ton  nefasseun  mauvais 
usage  des  privileges  accord^s  par 
ce  Tm\x6  au  Pavilion  et  au  Com- 
merce Sarde,  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi 
de  Sardaigne  s'engage  par  le  pre- 
sent i  prendre  les  mesures  les  plus 
efficaces  poor  prevenir  toute  sorte 
d'abus,  en  n'accordant  des  Passe- 
ports  qu'd  ses  propres  Sujets,  sous 
le  Sceau  et  la  Signature  du  Secre- 
taire d*Etat,  lesquels  ne  seronC 
point  etendos,  et  dont  on  ne  fera 
point  usage  pour  accorder  pro- 
tection aux  Sujets  de  toute  autre 
Puissance  ;  et  tout  Bdtiment  oa 
Vaisseau  marchand  appartenant  d 
ses  Etats  sera  mnni  d'nn  de  ces 
Passeports. 

IV»  Son  Altesse  le  Bey  consent 
d  ce  que  les  Bdtiroens  Sardes  ^ient 
admis  d  la  P^che  aux  Bancs  de 
Corail  sur  les  C6tes,  sur  le  m6me 
pied  des  autres  Nations  Euro- 
p6ennes ;  mais  si  Son  Allesse  le 
Bey  veoait  d  affermer  laPdche  da 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SARDINIA  AND  TUNIS. 


181 


Pesca  del  Corallo  a  qualche  indivi- 
dno,  ^  qui  convenato,  che  i  diritti 
usuali  che  si  dovrebbero  pagare  a 
Sua  AUezza  il  Bey,  saranno  pagati 
air  indivldao  iDvestito  del  privile- 
gio  del] a  Pesca  del  Corallo. 

V.  Se  Saa  Maestk  il  Re  di 
Sardegna  deaiderasae  di  destiiiare 
il  Conaole  Britannico  a  fare  le  veci 
di  sac  Agente,  Saa  AUezza  il  Bey 
di  Tonisi  consente  a  queato  accordo 
NDo  a  che  sia  gianto  il  CoDsoIe 
Sardoy  il  che  dee  aver  luogo  nello 
tpazio  di  6  inesi. 

VI.  In  case  che  veniase  ad  in* 
torgere  qualche  dissapore  tra  Sua 
Maeati  il  Re  di  Sardegna  e  Sua 
Altezza  il  Bey  di  Tunisia  Sua 
Maeati  il  Re  delta  Gran  Bretagna 
mrk  sempre  pronto  ad  interporre  i 
sooi  buoni  offizj  per  un  accomo- 
damento^  e  per  ottenere  una  giusta 
riparazione  alia  Parte  offesa :  e  se 
qnella  veniase  rifiutote,  ad  abban- 
donare  la  Parte  rifiutanle  alle  i*ap- 
presaglie  che  si  sark  in  tal  modo 
ginstamente  attirate. 

Fatto  in  dnpHcato  nel  Palazzo 

del  Bardo  Ticino  a  Tunisi,  alia 

pfesenza  di  Dio  Onnipotente,  il 

giomo  17  Aprile,  dell'  anno  del 

Signore  1816,  e  nell*  anno  dell' 

Egira  1231,   il    giomo  18  delta 

Luna  Jnmed  Awoll. 

CffS^J       (L.S.)    EXMOUTH, 

Ammiraglioe  Comandante- 

in'  Capo  de*  Bastimenii  e 

VascelU  di  Sua  Maeitd 

Britanmea  nel  Mediter^ 

raneo,     auiorizzato    ad 

agire  came  Mediaiare  da 

Sua   Aitexxa   Reale    il 

Principe  Reggenie  dln^ 

gkilterra,  e  da  Sua  Ma* 

estd  il  Redi  Sardegna, 


Corail  k  quelque  individu,  il  est 
convenu  par  le  present  que  le  droit, 
qui  serait  pay^  d  Son  Altesse  le 
Bey,  sera  pay^  k  Tindividu  d  qui 
elle  a  et^  accordee. 

V.  Si  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de  Sar- 
daigne  desirait  de  charger  le  Con* 
sul  firitannique  dea  fonctions  de 
son  Agent,  son  Altesse  le  Bey  de 
Tunis  consent  d  cet  arrangement, 
jusqu'd  ce  quun  Consul  soit  en- 
roye  de  Sardaigne,  ce  qui  devra 
avoir  lieu  dans  Tespace  de  Gmois. 

VI.  Dans  le  cas  od  quelque 
contestation  s'elevdt  entre  Sa 
Majesty  le  Roi  de  Sardaigne  et 
Son  Altesse  le  Bey  de  Tunis,  Sa 
Majeste  le  Roi  de  la  Grande  Bre- 
tagne  sera  pr6te  en  tons  tems  d 
interposer  ses  bons  offices  pour  un 
arrangement,  et  pour  obtenir  une 
juste  reparation  d  la  Partie  ofi«n- 
see  I  et  s'il  ^tait  refusee,  elle  aban* 
dounerait  la  Partie  refusante  aux 
represailles  quelle  se  serait  juste^ 
ment  attirees. 

Fait  d  double  au  Palais  du 
6ardo»  pr^  Tunis,  d  la  presence  de 
Dieu  Tout- Puissant,  le  ITAvril, 
Tan  de  Jesus- Christ  1816,  et  de 
Tannic  de  TH^gire  1331,  le  18  de 
la  Lune  Jumed  Awoll. 


C£bS3  (l-S.)  EXMOUTH, 
Amiral  Commandant-en- 
Chef  lei  Ediimens  et 
Vaisseaux  de  Sa  Mqfeete 
Britannique  dans  la  Me* 
diterranee,  autanse  d  agir 
comme  MSdiateur  par  Son 
Altesse  Royale  le  Prince 
Regent  dPAngleterre,  et 
Sa  Mqjesti  le  Roi  de 
Sardaigne. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


182 


SARDINIA  AND  TUNIS. 


DiCHiARAZioNE  di  Sua  AUezza 
Mahmoud  Bascid,  Capo  Bey  di 
Tunisi,  la  ben  gnardata  Cittk  ed 
il  SoggioFDO  della  Felicity ;  fatta 
e  conchiusa  col  Molto  Onorevole 
Edoardo  Barone  Exmonth,  Cava- 
liere  Gran  Croce  dell'  Onorevotis- 
simo  Ordine  Militare  del  Bagno, 
Ammiraglio  della  Squadra  Bin 
della  Flotta  di  Saa  Maesti  Britan- 
Dica,  e  ComandaDte-in*Capo  de' 
Bastimenti  e  Vascelli  delta  Detta 
Maesti  Sua  nel  Mediterraneo. 

In  oonsiderazione  del  vivo  in- 
eresse  manifestato  da  Sua  Altezza 
Reale  il  Principe  Reggente  d'ln- 
ghilterra  pel  termine  della  Schia- 
Titd  de'  Cristiani,  Sua  Altezza  il 
Bey  di  Tunisi,  in  pegno  del  sincero 
8U0  desiderio  di  mantenere  invio- 
labili  le  sue  relazioni  di  amicizia 
col  la  Gran  Bretagna,  e  per  mani* 
festare  le  araicbevoli  sue  dispoai- 
zioni  e  Talto  suo  rispetto  verso  le 
Potenze  d'  Europa  (con  tntte  le 
quail  egli  desidera  di  stabilire  la 
Pace),dicbiarache  nel  casodi  una 
Guerra  fntura  con  qualunque 
Potenza  £uropea(il  cbe  aDio  non 
piaccia),  nessnno  de'  Prigionieri 
eke  si  faranno  vicendevolinente 
sard  posto  in  Ischiavitd,  mainyece 
saranno  tulti  trattati  con  ogni 
umanitd  come  Prigionieri  di 
Guerra,  finch^  aiano  regolarmente 
eambiati,  a  norma  di  quanto  prati- 
casi  in  Earopa  in  simili  casij  e  che 
al  termine  delle  ostiliti  eglino 
saranno  restitutti  a'  loro  respettivi 
Paesi  senza  riscatto. 

Fatto  a  doppio  nel  Palazzo  del 
Bardo  vicino  a  Tunisi,  alia  pre- 
senzadi  Dio  OuuipotenteJI  giomo 
17  di  Aprile,  1'    anno    di    Gesu 


Diehiarazione  del  Bey  di  Tnnisi- 


Declaration  de  Son  Altesse 
Mahmoud  Bacha,  Chef  Bey  de 
Tunis,  la  Cite  bien  gardee  et  le 
S^jour  de  la  F^licite ;  faite  et  con- 
clue  avec  le  Trfes-Honomble 
Edouard  Baron  Exmouth,  Cheva- 
lier Grand-Croix  du  Tr^Honor- 
able  Ordre  Militnire  da  Bain, 
Amirai  de  I'Escadre  Bleue  4tt  la 
Flotte  de  Sa  Majeste  Britanniquej 
et  Commandant-einChef  lea  Vaia- 
seaux  et  Bitimens  de  Sa  Majeste 
dans  la  Mediterran^e. 

En  consideration  du  vif  inter^t 
manifesto  par  Son  Altesse  Roy  ale 
le    Prince    Regent    d'Angleterre 
pour  mettre  fin  a  TEsclavage  dea 
Chretiens,  Son  Altesse  le  Bey  de 
Tunis,  engage  de  son  d^sir  sincere 
de  matntenir  inviolables  sea  rela- 
tions  amicales    avec   la  Grande 
Bretagne,  et  pour  manifester  sea 
dispositions  amiables  et  son  grand 
respect    envers    les    Puissances 
d'Europe  (avec  toutes  leaquelles 
il  desire  d'^tablir  la  Paix),  declare 
que  dans  le  cas  d  une  Guerre  future 
avec   quelqu'une  des  Puissances 
Europ^enues  (ce  qu*4  Dieu    ne 
plaise),  aucun  des  Pnsouniers  faits 
soit  d'un  c6te  soit  de  Taotre^  ne 
sera  mis  en  Esclavage,  mais  quils 
seront    tous    traites    avec    toate 
I'humanit^  com  me  Prisonniers  de 
Guerre>  jusqu'i  ce  qu'ils  soient 
r^guli^rement  echanges  selon  la 
eoutume   Europ^nne  en  pareils 
ca%  et  qu'a  la  fin  des  hostilites  ils 
seront  rend  us  d  leura  Pays  respec- 
tifs  saas  aucune  ran^on. 

Fait  d  double  dans  la  Palais  da 
Bardo  pr^  Tunia,  en  presence  de 
Dieu  Toot  Puissant>  le  17  Avril, 
I'ao  de  JdsusChrist  1816,  et  de 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SARDINIA  AND  TUNIS.                              183 

Gristo  1816,  e  1*  anno  dell'  Egira  THagire  1231,  le   19  jour  de  la 

1231,   il   giorne   19    delta  Luna  Luoe  Jumed  AwoU. 
Jumed  Awoli. 

Gw^3       (L.S)     EXMOUTH,  {^)      (L.S.)     EXMOUTH, 
AmmtraglioComandante^in^  Amirale  et    Commandant- 
Capo  la  Fiolta  diSua  en-Chtf  la  Flotte  de  Sa 
Maeitd  Briianmca    nel  Mafeste        Briiannique 
Mediterraneo.  dans  la  Mediier ranee. 


In  the  Name  of  God  Almighty. 

Trsaty  of  Peace  between  His  Majesty,  Yittorio  Emanuel,  King  of 
Sardinia,  Cyprus  and  Jerusalem,  Duke  of  SaToy  and  Genoa,  Prince 
of  Piedmont,  &c.  &c.  &c.,  and  His  Most  Serene  Highness  Mahmoud 
Bashaw,  Chief  Bey  of  Tunis,  the  well  guarded  City  and  the  Abode  of 
Happiness ;  made  and  concluded  by  the  Right  Honourable  Edward 
Baron  Exmouth,  Knight  Grand  Cross  of  the  Most  Honourable 
Military  Order  of  the  Bath,  Admiral  of  the  Blue  Squadron  of  His 
Britannic  Majesty's  Fleet,  and  Commander-in-Chief  of  His  said 
Majesty's  Ships  and  Vessels  in  the  Mediterranean,  being  duly 
authorized  by  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent,  acting  in 
the  name  and  on  behalf  of  His  Majesty  the  King  of  The  United 
Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  and  His  Majesty  the  King  of 
Sardinia. 

Art.  L  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent  being  desirous,  in 
the  true  spirit  of  friendship,  to  interpose  his  good  offices  between  His 
ancient  Ally,  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Sardinia,  and  His  Highness  the 
Bey  of  Tunis,  in  order  to  terminate  the  distresses  of  a  constant  state 
of  Warfare;  it  is  hereby  agreed  and  concluded  between  the  said 
Edward  Baron  Exmouth  and  His  Highness*  the  Bey  of  Tunis,  that 
from  this  day  there  shall  be  a  firm  and  inviolable  Peace  and  Friend* 
ship  between  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Sardinia,  and  His  Highness  the 
Bey  of  Tunis,  and  their  respective  Subjects  and  Dominions,  and  that 
from  henceforward  the  Flag,  Subjects,  and  Commerce  of  His  Sardinian 
Majesty,  shall  be  respected  by  His  Highness  the  Bey,  and  his  Subjects 
equally  with  those  of  Great  Britain ;  and  that  all  the  Treaties  and 
advantages  now  enjoyed  by  Great  Britain  shall  from  henceforward  be 
enjoyed  in  the  same  manner  by  Sardinia. 

£L  From  the  signing'  of  the  fH-esent  Treaty,  a  free  commercial 
intercourse  shall  be  opened  between  both  Nations  .upon  reciprocal 
terms ;  but  it  being  necessary  that  all  Ships  passing  from  the  Coast  of 
Barbery  to  that  of  Sardinia  shonld  perform  a  Quarantine  previous  to 
proceeding  to  any  other  Ports  in  that  Kingdom,  the  following  Ports 
(where  Lazarettes  are  established)  are  named  for  that  purpose  for  all 
Ships  coming  from  Tunis ;  viz. : 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


184  SARDINIA  AND  TUNIS. 

On  the  Contineut, 
Genoa,  and 
Spezia. 
At  the  Island  of  Sardinia, 
Cagliari, 
S.  Pietro, 
Alghero,  and 
Maddalena. 
And  in  like  manner,  Sardinian  Veiaels  shall  comply  with  the 
Quarantine  Regulations  at  Tunis  the  same  as  other  Nations. 

And  it  is  further  agreed,  that  a  Consul- General  shall  be  received  at 
Tunis  from  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Sardinia,  upon  the  same  footing, 
and  treated  with  the  same  respect,  as  the  British  Consul,  for  the 
regulation  of  their  commercial  affairs ;  and  that  he  shall  be  allowed,  in 
his  own  house,  the  free  exercise  of  his  religion  as  well  as  his  Servants, 
and  others  who  wish  to  do  so. 

III.  It  being  highly  necessary  to  prevent  any  improper  use  being 
made  of  the  privileges  granted  by  this  Treaty  to  the  Flag  and  Com- 
merce of  Sardinia ;  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Sardinia  hereby  engages 
to  take  the  most  effectual  means  for  preventing  any  such  abuse,  by 
granting  Passports  to  his  own  Subjects  only,  under  the  Seal  and 
Signature  of  the  Secretary  of  State,  and  that  they  shall  not  extend  to, 
or  be  made  an  instrument  for  affording  protection  to  the  Subjects  of 
any  other  State ;  and  every  commercial  Ship  or  Vessel  belonging  to 
his  Dominions  shall  be  provided  with  one  of  these  Passports. 

rV.  His  Highness  tlie  Bey  agrees  that  Sardinian  Vessels  shall  be 
admitted  to  the  Fishery  upon  the  Coral  Banks  on  the  Coasts,  upon 
the  same  footing  as  other  European  Nations  ;  but  if  His  Highness  the 
Bey  should  let  out  the  light  of  the  Coral  Fishery  to  any  Individual,  it 
is  hereby  agreed  that  the  customary  fees,  which  would  be  paid  to  His 
Highness  the  Bey,  shall  be  paid  to  the  Individual  in  whose  right  the 
Coral  Fishery  is  vested. 

V.  Should  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Sardinia  be  desirous  of 
appointing  the  British  Consul  to  act  as  his  Agent,  His  Highness  the 
Bey  of  Tunis  consents  to  such  arrangement,  until  a  Consul  shall  be 
sent  from  Sardinia,  which  is  to  be  done  in  6  months. 

VI.  fn  the  event  of  any  misunderstanding  arising  between  His 
Majesty  the  King  of  Sardinia,  and  His  Highness  the  Bey  of  Tunis, 
His  Majesty  the  King  of  Great  Britain  will  be  ready  at  all  times  to 
interpose  his  good  offices  towards  an  accommodation^  and  for  obtaining 
a  due  reparation  to  die  injured  Party;  and,  if  refused,  to  abandon  the 
Party  so  refusing  to  the  reprisals,  which  it  will  thus  justly  have  brought 
upon  itself. 

Done  in  duplicate  in  the  Palace  of  Bardo,  near  Tunis,  in  the  pre- 
sence of  Almighty  God,  the  17th  day  of  April,  in  the  year  of  Jesua 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SARDINIA  AND  TRIPOLI.  18. 

Christy  1816,  and  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira,  1331,  and  the  18th  day 
of  the  Moon  Jumed  Airoll. 

iSA^.)  (L.S.)  EXMOUTH, 

Admral  and  Cammander^n-  Chief  of  Hit 
Briiannic  M(iff€$ty*$  Ships  and  Vestels 
in  the  Mediierranean,  authorised  to  act 
as  Mediator  hy  His  Royal  Highnets 
the  Prinoe  Regent  qfEngiand,  and  His 
Msgesty  the  King  of  Sardinia. 


Deetarati^  qfthe  Bey  of  Tunis. 

DBCLARATioif  of  UU  Highnets  Mahmoud  Bashaw,  Chief  Bey  of 
Tnaisy  the  well  guarded  City  and  the  Abode  of  Happiness,  made  aud 
condoded  with  the  Right  Honourable  Edward  Baron  Exmouth,  Knight 
Grand  Cross  of  the  Most  Honourable  Military  Order  of  the  Bath, 
Admiral  of  the  Blue  Squadron  of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Fleet,  and 
Commander-in-Chief  of  His  said  Majesty's  Ships  and  Vessels  in  the 
Mediterranean. 

In  consideration  of  the  deep  interest  manifested^  by  His  Royal 
Highness  the  Prince  Regent  of  England  for  the  termination  of  Christian 
Slavery,  His  Highness  the  Bey  of  Tunis,  in  token  of  his  sincere  desire 
to  maintain  inviolable  his  friendly  relations  with  Great  Britian,  and  in 
manifestation  of  his  amicable  disposition  and  high  respect  towards  the 
Powers  of  Europe  (with  all  of  whom  he  is  desirous  of  establishing 
Peace)  declares,  that  in  the  event  of  a  future  War  with  any  European 
Power  (which  God*  forbid),  none  of  the  Prisoners  made  on  either 
side  shall  be  consigned  to  Slavery,  but  treated  with  all  humanity  as 
Prisoners  of  War,  until  regularly  exchanged  according  to  European 
practice  in  like  cases,  and  that  at  the  termination  of  hostilities  they 
fthall  be  restored  to  their  respective  Countries  without  ransom. 

Done  in  duplicate  in  the  Palace  of  Bardo,  near  Tunis,  in  the 
presence  of  Almighty  God,  the  I7th  of  April,  in  the  year  of  Jesus 
Christ,  1816,  and  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira  1^1,  and^e  19th  day  of 
the  Moon  Jumed  Awoll. 

(tSTn^J  (L.S.)  EXMOUTH. 

Admiral  and  Commander-  in-  Chief  of  His 
Britannic  Majesty's  Fleet  in  the  Medu 
terranean. 


l9.)—Trattato  col  Bey  di  Tripoli. 

In  Nome  di  Dio  Onmpote&te.  An  Nom  da  Diea  Tont-Pniiunt. 

Trattato   di    Pace    tra   Sua  Trait^  de  Paix  entre  8a  Ma- 

Maest^  Vittorio  Einanuele,  Re  di  jeste  Victor  Emmanuel,  Roi  de 

Sardegna,  di  Cipro,  e  di  Gerusa*  Sardugne,  de  Cypre  et  de  J^ru- 

lemme,   Duca    di    Savoja,  e   di  salem.  Due  de  Savoie  et  de  Gdnes, 

Genova,  Principe  di  Piemonte,  ec.  Prince  de  Piemont,  etc.  etc.  etc. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


186 


SARDINIA  AND  TRIPOLI. 


ec.  ec.,  e  Sua  Altezza  Sidi  Jusef 
Caramanli,  Base  id   e   Bey    deli  a 

Reggenza  di  Tripoli  e  sue  dipen- 
denze  in  Barberia ;  fatto  e  cod- 
chiuso  dal  Molto  Onorevole  Ed- 
oardo  Barone  Ex  mouth,  Cavaliere 
Gran  Croce  dell'  ODorevoliaaiino 

Ordine  Militare  del  BagDOi  Am. 
miraglio  della  Squadra  Bla  della 
Flotta  di  Sua  MaesUi  Britanuica. 
e  Comaadante  ia  Capo  da' VascelH 
e  d^Ie  NaYi  di  Lei  oel  Mediler- 
raneo;  esseodo  debitamente  au- 
torizsato  da  Sua  Altezza  Reale  il 
Principe  Reggeute,  in  nomee  per 
parte  di  Sua  Maest^  il  Re  del 
Regno  Unito  della  Gran  Bretagna 
ed  Irlanda,  e  Sua  Maestd  il  Re  di 
Sardegna. 

Art.I.  Sua  Altezza  Reale  il  Prin- 
cipe Reggente  desiderando,in  Tero 
spirito  di  amicizia,  d'interporre  i 
saoi  buoni  uffizj  tra  il  Suo  Autico 
Alieato  Sua  Maesta  il  Re  di  Sar- 
degna^ e  Sua  Altezza  il  Bey  di 
Tripoli,  per  mettere  uu  termine 
alle  calamiti  di  una  continua 
Guerra,  ^  qui  convenuto  e  con- 
chiuso  tra  il  Detto  Edoardo  Ba- 
rone Exmoutb,  e  Sua  Altezza  il 
Bey  di  Tripoli,  che  da  queato 
giorno  vi  tari  una  ferma  ed  in- 
Tiolabile  Pace  ed  Amicizia  tra 
Sua  Maestri  il  Re  di  Sardegna  e 
Sua  Altezza  il  Bey  di  Tripoli,  ed 
i  loro  respettivi  Sudditi  e  Stati ; 
che  da  qui  innanzi  la  Bandiera,  i 
Sudditi,  ed  il  Commercio  di  Sua 
Maestk  il  Re  di  Sardegna  saranno 
riapettati  da  Sua  Altezza  il  Bey  di 
Tripoli  e  dai  suoi  Sudditi,"  come 
quelli  della  Gran  Bretagna ;  e  che 
tutti  i  Trattati  e  Vantaggi  de  quali 
ora  gede  la  Gran  Bretagna,  sa- 
ranno  da  qui  iunanzi  goduti  nella 
medesima  maniera  dalla  Sardegna. 


et  Son  Altesae  Sidi  Juaef  Care- 
manli,  Bacha  etBey  de  la  Regence 
de  Tripoli  et  de  set  Dependances 
en  Barbaric ;  fait  et  conclu  par  le 
Tr^s- Honorable  Edouard  Baron 
Ezmouth,  Cheralier  Grand-Croix 
du  Tr^s- Honorable  Ordre  Mili- 
taire  du  Bain,  Amiral  de  TEscadre 
Bleue  de  la  Flotte  de  Sa  Majesty 
Britannique,  et  Commandant-en- 
Chef  les  Bitiment  et  Vaisseaux 
de  Sa  Majett^  dana  la  Mediter- 
ran^e ;  etant  dement  autoris^  par 
Son  Altesse  Royale  le  Prince  Re- 
gent,  agissaut  an  nom  et  de  la 
part  de  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  du 
Royaurae  Uni  de  la  Grande  Bre- 
tagne  et  d'Irlande,  et  par  Sa  Ma- 
jeste le  Roi  de  Sardaigne. 

Art.  L  Son  Altesae  Royale  le 
PrinceRegent  de8iraDt,dans  le  ¥rai 
esprit  d'amitie,d'interpo8er  sffs  bona 
offices  entre  son  ancien  A  Hie  Sa 
Majesty  le  Roi  de  Sardaigoe^et  Son 
Altesse  le  Bey  de  Tripoli,  k  Veffet 
demettre  fin  aux  malheurs  pro- 
duits  par  un  etat  constant  de 
Guerre ;  il  est  par  le  present  con-» 
▼enu  et  conclu  entre  ledit  Ed- 
ouard Baron  Exmouth  et  8oa 
Altesse  le  Bey  de  Tripoli,  que  d^ 
aujourd'hui  il  y  aura  une  Pais  et 
Amiti^solideet  inviolable  entreSa 
Majesty  le  Roi  de  Sardaigne  et 
Son  Altesse  le  Bey  de  Tripoli,  et 
leurs  Sojets  et  Etats  respectifs; 
que  dor^avant  le  Pavilion,  lea 
Sujets  et  le  Commerce  de  Sa  Af  a- 
jeste  le  Roi  de  Sardaigne  seront 
respect^s  par  Son  Altesse  le  Bey 
et  ses  8ujet8>  de  la  mime  inani^re 
que  ceux  de  la  Grande  Bretagna ; 
et  que  la  Sardaigne  jouirailavenir 
et  de  la  mime  mani^re,  de  tons 
les  Traites  et  A  vantages  dontjouit 
maiutenant  la  Grande  Bretagna 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SARDINIA  AND  TRIPOLI. 


187 


II.  Dalta  segfiatura  del  pre- 
sente  Trattato  una  libera  comnni* 
cazione  e  corrispondenza  com- 
merciale  sara  aperta  tra  le  2 
Nazioni  giosta  condizioni  reci- 
proche;  ma  essendo  necessario 
cbe  tutti  i  Bastimenti,  i  quali  dalla 
coeta  di  Barbana  passeranno  ne* 
Stati  di  Sua  Maestii  il  Re  d!  Bar. 
de^a,  siaDO  aoggetti  ad  ona  Qua- 
raatina  prima  di  entrare  in  Terua 
altro  Porto  del  Regno,  i  segnenti 
Porti,  ove  trovansi  de'  Lazzaretti, 
Bono  etabiliti  a  quest*  oggetto  per 
totti  i  Bastimenti  provegnenti  da 
Tripoli,  cio^: 

Pel  Continente, 

Genova  e  la  Spezia. 
Per  PIsola  di  Sardegna, 

Cagliari, 

San  Pietro, 

Alghero,  e  la  Maddalena. 
E  Delia  medesima  maniera  i 
Bastimenti  Sardi  che  yerranno  a 
Tripoli,  si  conformeranno  come  Is 
altre  Nazioni  alle  Regole  di  Qaa* 
rantina  di  quel  Porto;  e  rests 
inoltre  eonvenoto  cbe  nn  Consols 
Generate  di  Sua  Maestit  il  Re  di 
Sardegna  sard  riceyuto  in  Tripoli, 
nello  stesso  modo,  e  trattato  col 
mcdesimo  rispetto  cbe  il  Console 
Britannico,  pel  regolamento  degli 
afiari  di  commercio,  e  che  gK  sari 
permesso  d*  inalberare  la  Bandiers 
Nazionale  sulla  Casa  Consolare, 
e  di  godere  il  libero  escercizio 
deUa  sua  Religione,  tanto  per  s^  ed 
i  saoi  servitori,  cbe  per  qaelli  cbe 
desidorassero  di  prQ6ttarne. 

III.  Essendo  necessarissimo  d* 
irapedire  cbe  si  laccia  nn  nso  im. 
propiio  dei  prifilegj  aocordati  da 
qoesto  Trattato  alia  Bandieia  ed 
al  Conraercia  Sardo,  Sua  Maesta 
il  Re  di  Sardegna  si  obbliga  a 


II.  A  dater  de  la  signature  da 
present  Traite  une  libre  commu- 
nication et  correspondance  com* 
merciale  sera  ouverte  eatre  les  3 
Nations  sous  des  conditions  rtei- 
proqnes;  mais  ^tant  n^essairs 
que  tons  les  Bdtimens  qui  passent 
des  C6tes  de  Barbaric  i  celles  de 
Sardaigne,  fassent  leur  Quaran- 
taine  avant  que  de  se  rendre  en 
d'autres  Ports  de  ce  Royanme,  les 
Ports  suivans  (od  des  Lazarets 
sont  etablis)  sont  design^s  i  cat 
effet  pour  tons  les  Bitimens 
Tenant  de  Tripoli,  c'est-i-dire : 

Sur  le  Continent, 

G^nes  et  la  Spezia, 
Dans  rile  de  Sardaigne, 

Cagliari, 

S.  Pietro, 

Algbero,  et  la  Maddalena. 
Et  de  la  m^me  manifere  les  BA« 
timens  Sardes  yeuant  i  Tripoli  se 
soumettront,  comme  les  Bitinens 
desautres  Nations, aux  rdglemens 
de  Quarantaine  du  Port.  II  est  de 
plusconvenu  quun  ConsulGen^ral 
sera  re^u  i  Tripoli  de  la  part  de 
Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  de  Sardaigne, 
sur  le  mdme  pied,  et  trait^  arec 
le  m^me  respect,  que  le  Consul 
Britannique,  ponr  le  r^glement 
des  affaires  commercialese  et  qu'il 
lui  sera  perniis  d'arborer  le  Pa* 
villoB  Nationale  sur  la  Maison 
Consulaire,  en  jouissant  dn  libre 
exercice  de  sa  Religion,  ainsi  que 
ass  domestiques  et  les  autres  per- 
sonnes  qui  le  d^sireraient. 

III.'  Etanttr^s-essentieldepr^. 
vtnir  que  Pon  ne  fasse  nn  mauvais 
usage  des  prif  il^ges  accord^s  par 
ce  Traite  an  Pavilion  et  au  Com- 
mercedela  Sardaigne,  Sa  Majsste 
le    Roi    de    Sardaigne   s'engage 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


188 


SARDINIA  AND  TRIPOLI. 


prender  le  pi^  efficaci  precauzioni 
onde  torre  quest'abuso,  conce- 
dendo  aolamente  i  PasBaporti  a' 
sooi  Sudditi,  col  sigillo  e  colla 
firma  del  Segretario  di  Stato;  i 
quail  Dou  ti  estenderanoo,  e  non 
Bervirauno  d'  istrumento  per  ae- 
cordare  protezione  a*  Sudditi  di 
qualuDque  altro  Stato  ;  ed  ogni 
Bastimento  o  Yascello  mercantile 
apparteoente  agli  Stati  di  Sua 
Maesti,  sari  muoito  di  uuo  di 
qaesti  Paaaaporti. 

IV.  NessuD  Bastimento  da 
Goeira  od  Armatoredi  una  delle 
Parti  si  trattenil  in  vista  di  qual- 
8i?oglia  Porto  degli  Stati  dell' 
altra,  col  fine  d'intercettare  nemici, 
n^  potri  assalire  veruu  Bastimento 
nemico,  o  impadroniraene  sotto  il 
tiro  del  cannone  della  costa  delia 
Potenza  arnica^  o  attaccare  alcun 
Bastimento  o  Vascello  che  sia  an- 
corato  in  qualche  Baja  sotto  il  tiro 
del  cannone,  ancorcb^  non  vi  sieuo 
delle  batterie,  o  dei  cannoni  per 
difenderla. 

Fatto  in  duplicato  nel  Palazzo 
di  Tripoli,  in  presenza  di  Dio  On- 
nipotente  il  29  Aprile,  1816,  e  nelP 
Anno  delP  Egira  1231,  il  giomo 
30  della  Luna  di  Jumed  Awoll. 

(dlKH^.)  (L.S.)  EXMOUTH, 
Ammiraglio  e  Comandanle 
in  Capo  nei  Mediterra- 
neo,  auiorizzaio  ad  agire 
come  Mediatore  da  Sua 
AUezza  Reale  il  Prin* 
cipe  Reggente  <ringkil^ 
ierra,  e  da  Sua  Maesid 
il  Rt  di  Sardegna. 
HANMER  WARRINGTON, 

(L,«.)  B.  a  G. 


par  le  present  i  prendre  les  me- 
sures  lea  plus  efficaces  pour  em- 
p6cher  de  tels  abus.en  n'accordant 
des  Passeports  qu'4  ses  propres 
Sujets,  sous  le  Sceau  et  la  Signa- 
ture dn  Secretaire  d'Etat,  et  pour 
qu  on  n'en  delivre  point  et  qu'on 
ne  s'en  serve  point  pour  ac- 
corder  protection  aux  Sujets 
d'aucun  autre  Etat.  Tout  Biti- 
ment  ou  Vaisseau  appartenant  i 
•es  Domaincs  sera  muui  d'un  de 
ces  Passeports. 

IV.  Aucun  Bitimentde  Guerre 
ou  Armateur  de  I'une  des  2  Puis- 
sances  ne  pourra  mouiller  en  vue 
de  quelque  Port  que  ce  soit,  ap- 
partenant aux  Etats  de^  Pautre, 
afin  de  se  saisir  de  quelque  En- 
nemi,  ni  ne  pourra  assaillir  ou 
prendre  aucun  Vaisseau  Ennemi 
sous  la  port^e  du  canon  de  la  Cote 
de  la  Puissance  amie,  ni  attaquer 
un  B4timent  ou  Vaisseau  quel- 
conque  qui  soit  d  Tancre  dans  une 
Baie  sous  la  portee  du  canon, 
quoiqu'il  n'y  ait  aucune  batterie 
ou  canon  pour  la  d^fendre. 

Fait  i  double  au  Palais  de  Tri- 
poli, ^  la  presence  de  Dieu  Tout- 
Puissant,  le  29  Avril,  TAn  de  J^sus 
Christ  1816,  et  Tannee  de  I'Hegire 
1231,  le  30  de  la  Lune  Jumed 
Awoll. 

U^,)       (L.S.)     EXMOUTH, 

Andral  et  Commandant  en 

Chef  dans  la  Mediter- 

ran^,    autorise    a  agir 

comme    Mediateur,    par 

Son   Altesu  Royale    le 

Prince  Rigent  tTAngle^ 

terre  et  par  Sa  Mqjesti 

le  Roi  de  Sardaigne. 

HANMER  WARRINGTON, 

(L.S.)  B,  C.  G. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SARDINIA  AND  TRIPOLI. 


189 


Artitolo  Addixionale, 
Lord  Exmouth  promette,  per 
parte  dl  Sua  Maesti  il  Re  di  Sar- 
degna^  che  la  somma  di  4,000 
piastre  di  Spagna  sara  pagata, 
come  an  Regalo  Consolare,  a  Sua 
Allezza  il  Bey  di  Tripoli  allorch^ 
si  stabiliri  nn  Console,  e  cbe  la 
medesima  somma  di  4,000  piastre 
di  Spagna  sari  pagata  ailla  nomi- 
na  di  ogni  Console  seguente. 

Tripoli,  29  Aprile,  1816,  e  delP 
Egira  1*  anno  1231. 


C^.) 


(L.S.)     EXMOUTH, 
Ammiraglio  e  Comandante 
in  Capo  nei  MediierrQ' 


(L.8.) 
HANMER  WARRINGTON. 
B.  C.  G. 


Article  AddUwnneL 
Lord  Ex  month  promet  an  nom 
du  Roi  de  Sardaigne  que,  d^ 
qu'on  ^tablira  un  Consul,  la  Bomme 
de  4,000  ^cas  d'Espagne  sera 
pay^e  comme  Present  Consulaire 
i  Son  Altesse  le  Bey  de  Tripoli, 
et  que  la  m^me  somme  de  4,000 
ecns  d'Espagne  sera  pay6e  toutes 
les  fois  qu'on  nommera  un  autre 
Consul. 

Fait  au  Palais  de  Tripoli,  le  29 
Avril,  1816,  et  en launee del'He. 
gire  1231. 

(^.)        (L.S.)    EXMOUTH. 
Amiral  et  Commandant  en 
Chef  dans  la  MedUer- 
ranee. 
(L.S.) 
HANMER  WARRINGTON, 
B.  C.  G. 


In  the  Name  of  God  Almi^ty. 

Trbatt  of  Peace  between  His  Majesty  Vittorio  Emanuel,  King  of 
Sardinia,  Cyprus  and  Jerusalem,  Duke  of  Savoy  and  Genoa,  Prince 
of  Piedmont,  etc.  etc.  etc.  and  His  Highness  Sidi  Jusef  Caramanli 
Bashaw  and  Bey  of  the  Regency  of  Tripoli  and  its  Dependencies  in 
Barbary ;  made  and  concluded  by  the  Right  Honourable  Edward 
Baron  Exmouth,  Knight  Giand  Cross  of  the  Most  Honourable  A'ili- 
tary  Order  of  the  Bath,  Admiral  of  the  Blue  Squadron  of  His  Bri- 
tannic  Majesty's  Fleet,  and  Commander-in-Chief  of  His  said  Majesty's 
Ships  and  Vessels  in  the  Mediterranean,  being  duly  authorized  by  His 
Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent,  acting  in  the  name  and  on  behalf 
of  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and 
Ireland,  and  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Sardinia. 

Art.  I.  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent  being  desirous,  in 
the  true  spirit  of  friendship,  to  interpose  his  good  offices  between  hb 
ancient  Ally  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Sardinia,  and  His  Highness  the 
Bey  of  Tripoli,  in  order  to  terminate  the  distresses  of  a  constant  state 
of  Warfare,  It  is  hereby  agreed  and  concluded  between  the  said 
Edward  Baron  Exmouth  and  His  Highness  the  Bey  of  Tripoli,  that 
from  this  day  there  shall  be  a  firm  and  inviolable  Peace  and  Friend- 
ship between  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Sardinia  and  His  Highness  the 
Bey  of  Tripoli,  and  their  respective  Subjects  and  Dominions,  and  that 
rom  henceforward  the  Flag,  Subjects  and  Commerce  of  His  Sardinian 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


190  SARDINIA  AND  TRIPOLI. 

Majesty  shall  be  respected  by  His  Highness  the  Bey  aud  his  Subjects 
equally  with  those  of  Great  Britain,  and  that  all  the  Treaties  and  ad- 
vantages now  enjoyed  by  Great  Britain^  shall,  from  henceforward,  be 
enjoyed  in  the  same  manner  by  Sardinia, 

II.  From  the  signing  of  the  present  Treaty,  a  free  commercial 
intercourse  shall  be  opened  between  both  Nations  upon  reciprocal 
terms ;  but  it  being  necessary  that  all  Ships  passing  from  the  Coast  of 
Barbary  to  that  of  Sardinia  should  peiform  Quarantine,  previous  to 
proceeding  to  any  other  Ports  in  that  Kingdom,  the  following  Ports 
(where  Lazarettes  are  established]  are  named  for  that  purpose  for  all 
Ships  coming  from  Tripoli,  viz : 

On  the  CoDtinent, 

Genoa  and  Spezia. 

At  the  Island  of  Sardinia, 
Cagliari, 
S.  Pietro, 
Alghero  and  Maddalena. 

And  in  like  manner,  Sardinian  Vessels  coming  to  Tripoli  shall  comply 
with  the  Quarantine  Regulations  of  the  Port,  the  same  as  the  Vessels  of 
other  Nations ;  and  it  is  further  agreed,  that  a  Consul- General  shall 
be  received  at  Tripoli  from  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Sardinia  upon  the 
same  footing,  and  treated  with  the  same  respect,  as  the  British  Consul, 
for  the  regulation  of  their  commercial  affairs ;  and  that  he  shall  be 
allowed  to  hoist  the  National  Flag  on  the  Consular  House,  and  enjoy 
the  free  exercise  of  his  Religion,'  as  well  as  his  Servants  and  others 
who  wish  to  do  so. 

III.  It  being  highly  necessary  to  prevent  any  improper  use  being 
made  of  the  privileges  granted  by  this  Treaty  to  the  Flag  and  Com- 
merce of  Sardinia,  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Sardinia  hereby  engages 
to  take  the  most  effectual  means  for  preventing  such  abuse,  by  granting 
Passports  to  his  own  Subjects  only,  under  tlie  Seal  and  Signature  of  the 
Secretary  of  State,  and  that  they  shall  not  extend  to,  or  be  made  an 
instrument  for,  affording  protection  to  the  Subjects  of  any  other  State ; 
and  every  commercial  Ship  or  Vessel  belonging  to  his  Dominions  shall 
be  provided  with  one  of  these  Passports. 

IV.  No  Ship  of  War  or  Privateer  of  either  Party  shall  take  a 
station  in  sight  oi  any  particular  Port  in  each  other's  Dominions  with 
the  view  to  intercept  any  Enemy  ;  nor  shall  they  capture  or  take  any 
Enemy's  Vessel  within  gunshot  of  the  Coast  of  a  Friendly  Power,  or 
attack  any  Ship  or  Vessel  laying  at  anchor  in  any  of  the  Bays  within 
gunshot,  although  there  may  not  be  any  battery  or  guns  to  defend  it. 

Done  in  duplicate,  at  the  Palace  of  Tripoli,  in  the  presence  of 
Almighty  God,  the  29th  day  of  April,  in  the  year  of  Jesus  Christ,  181 6« 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


BARDINIA  AND  TBIPOLI. 


191 


(ss:-) 


and  in  the  year  of  the  Hegire,  12dl»  aod  the  dOth  day  of  the  Moon 
Jumed  AwoH. 

(L.S.)  EXMOUTH, 

Admit  al  and  Comrnander-in' Chief  in  the 
Mediterranean,  authorized  to  act  as 
Mediator  by  His  Royal  Highness  the 
Prince  Regent  of  England,  and  His 
Majesty  the  King  of  Sardinia, 
(L.S.)    HANMER  WARRINGTON,  B.  C.  G. 


Additional  Article. 

Lord  Exmouth  engages,  on  the  part  of  the  King  of  Sardinia,  that 
the  sum  of  4,000  Spanish  dollars  shall  be  paid  as  a  Consular  Present 
to  His  Highness  the  Bey  of  Tripoli,  on  the  appointment  of  a  Consul, 
and  that  the  same  sum  of  4,000  Spanish  dollars  shall  be  paid  on  the 
appointment  of  each  succeeding  Consul. 

Done  at  the  Palace  of  Tripoli,  the  29th  day  of  April,  1816,  and  in 
the  year  of  the  Hegira,  1231. 

(tW)  (LS.)  EXMOUTH. 

Admiral  and  Commander-in-Chief  in  the 

Mediterranean. 
HANMER  WARRINGTON,  S.  C.  G 


(L.S.) 


Diehiarazione  del  Bey  di  Tripoli, 


DiCHURAZiOKB  dt  Sua  Altezza 
Sidi  Jusef  CaramanliyBascik  eBey 
delta  Reggenza  di  Tripoli  e  sue 
Dipendenze  in  Barbaria,  fatta  e 
conchtusa  con  Molto  Onorevole 
Edoardo  Barone  Exmouth.  Ca- 
valiere  Gran  Croce  deir  Onore- 
▼olissimo  Ordine  Militare  del 
BagnOy  Ammiraglio  della  Squadra 
Blu  della  Flotta  di  Sua  Maestk 
Britannica,  e  Comandante  in  Capo 
di  tutti  i  Bastimenti  e  Vasceili 
della  detta  Sua  Maesti  nei  Medi- 
temoieo. 

In  eonsiderazione  del  ?i?o  in* 
teresae  BQanifestato  da  Sua  Al* 
tezza  Reale  il  Principe  Reggente 
dlttghilterra  per  la  cessazione 
delta  ftdiianti^  de'  Cristiaoi.  Sua 
Altezza  il  Bey  di  Tripoli,  in  pegno 


DjBCLARATioif  de  Sou  Altesse 
Sidi  Jusef  Caramanli,  Bacha  et 
Bey  de  la  Regence  de  Tripoli  et 
ses  Dependances  en  Barbarie, 
faite  et  conclue  avec  le  Tr^s-Ho. 
norable  Edouard  Baron  Exmouth, 
Chevalier  Grand-Croix  du  Tr^- 
Honorable  Ordre  Militaire  da 
Bain,  Amiral  de  TEscadre  Bleue 
de  la  Flotta  de  Sa  Majeste  Bri- 
tannique,  et  Commandant  en 
Chef  des  B&timens  et  Yaisseaux 
de  Sa  Majesty  dans  la  M^diter- 
ran^. 

En  consideration  du  vif  intertt 
manifesto  par  Son  Altesse  Rcyalo 
le  Prince  Regent  d'Angleterre 
pour  mettle  fin  &  I'EBclavage  des 
Chr^tiensy  Son  Altesse  le  Bey  de 
Tripoli,  pour  gage  de  son  d^ir 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


192 


SARDINIA  AND  TRIPOLI. 


del  sincero  sno  desiderio  di  man- 
tenere  in?io]abili  i  suoi  amicbevoH 
rapporti  culla  Graa  Bretagna,  e 
per  manifeatare  le  sue  diapoaizioni 
aiiiiche?o)i,  ed  il  auo  profondo 
riapetto  verao  le  Potenze  di£u- 
ropa,  colle  quali  tutte  egli  ^  deai- 
deroao  di  atabilire  la  Pace,  di- 
chiara,  e  conviene,  cbe  nel  caao 
d'  una  futura  Gaerra  con  qua- 
lur.qiie  Potenza  di  Europa  (il  che 
a  Dio  not)  piaccia),  neaauno  dei 
Prigionieri  aaii  posto  iniachiavied, 
ma  die  aaraono  eaai  trattali  con 
tutta  r  umaniU  come  Prigionieri 
di  Guerra,  aino  a  tanto  che  aiano 
regolarmente  cambiati  aecondo  V 
U80  Europeo  iu  aimili  caai,  e  che 
alia  fine  delJe  ostilitji  aaranno  rea- 
tituiti  ai  loro  Paeai  respettivi  aenza 
riacatto. 

Fatto  in  duplicato  nel  Palazzo 
di  Tripoli,  in  presenza  di  Dio 
Onnipotente.  il  29  Aprile,  deir 
anno  di  Gesd  Criato  1816,  e  nell' 
anno  deli'  Egira  1331,  il  giorno 
SO  della  Lana  Jumed  Awoll. 

(iMS.)      (LS.)     EXMOUTH, 
Ammiraglio  e  Comandante 
in  Capo  la  Flotta  di  Sua 
Maestd   Briiannica  nel 
Mediierraneo. 
(L.S.) 
HANMER  WARRINGTON. 
B.  C.  G. 


ainc^re  de  mainteuir  ioviolablea 
aea  r^lationa  amicalea  atec  la 
Grande  Bretagne,  et  pour  rnaui* 
feater  aea  diapoaitiona  amicalea  et 
aon  grand  respect  envera  lea  Pula- 
aancea  d'Europe  (avec  toutea  lea- 
quellea  il  deair  d'etablir  la  Paix), 
declare  et  couvientqu'au  caad'une 
Guerre  future  avec  quelque  Puia- 
sance  Europ^enne  que  ce  aoit  (ce 
qu'a  Dieu  ne  plaiae),  aucnu  dea 
Priaonuiera  ne  aera  mis  en  eacla- 
vage,  mais  qu'ila  aeront  tous  traitea 
avec  toute  Thumaoite  comma  Pri- 
tonniers  de  Guerre,  jusqu'd  ce 
qu'ila  aoient  reguiidrement  ^chan- 
g6a,  aelon  la  coutume  Europ^nne 
en  pareila  caa,  et  qu'li  la  fin  dea 
hostilit^s  ila  aeront  rendua  i  leura 
Paya  reapectifa  sana  aucuue 
ran9on. 

Fait  i  double  ftu  Palaia  da 
Tripoli,  4  la  presence  de  Dieu 
Tout. Puissant,  le  29  d'Avril,  Tan 
de  Jesus  Christ  1816,  et  de  TH^- 
gire  1231,  le  30  jour  de  la  Luna 
Jumed  Awoll. 

(L.S.)     EXMOUTH, 

Amiral  et  Commandant  en 

Chtf  la   Flotte  de  Sa 

Mqfeste        Britannique 

dans  la  Mediterranee, 

(L,SO 

HANMER  Warrington, 

B.  c,  G. 


idi^BtjJ 


Declaration  of  the  Bey  of  Tripoli. 
Declaration  of  His  Highness  Sidi  Jusef  Caramanli,  Bashaw  and 
Bey  of  the  Regency  of  Tripoli  and  its  Dependenciea  in  Barbary,  made 
and  concluded  with  the  Right  Honourable  Edward  Baron  Exmonth, 
Knight  Grand  Cross  of  the  Most  Honourable  Military  Order  of  the 
Bath,  Admiral  of  the  Blue  Squadron  of  Hia  Britannic  Majeaty'a  Fleet* 
and  Commander.in-Chief  of  His  said  Majeaty'a  Shipa  and  Veaaela  in 
the  Mediterranean. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE.  193 

In  consideration  of  the  deep  interest  manifested  Ly  His  Royal 
Highness  the  Prince  Regent  of  England  for  the  termination  of  Chris- 
tian Slavery,  His  Highness  the  Bey  of  Tripoli,  Tn  token  of  his  sincere 
desire  to  maintain  inYiolable  his  friendly  relations  with  Great  Britain, 
and  iu  manifestation  of  his  amicable  disposition  and  high  respect 
towards  the  Powers  of  Europe  (with  all  of  whom  he  is  desirous  to 
establish  Peace),  declares  and  agrees  that  in  the  event  of  a  future 
War  with  any  European  Powers  (which  God  forbid),  not  any  of  the 
Prisoners  shall  be  consigned  to  Slavery,  but  treated  with  all  humanity 
as  Prisoners  of  War,  until  regularly  exchanged  according  to  European 
practice  in  like  cases,  and  that  at  the  termination  of  hostilities  tliey 
shall  be  restored  to  their  respective  Countries  without  ransom. 

Done  in  duplicate  at  the  Palace  of  Tripoli,  in  the  presence  of 
Almighty  God,  the  29th  day  of  April  in  the  year  of  Jesus  Christ  181 6» 
and  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira  1231,  and  the  30th  day  of  the  Moon 
Jnmed  Awoll. 

(tfcTBlJO  (LJ3.)  KXMOUTH, 

Admiral  and  Cammander^'Chirf  of  Hit 
Britannic  Mf^tMty's  Fleet  in  tite  Me^ 
diierranean. 
(L.S.)  HANMER  WARRINGTON,  B.  C  & 


CONVENTION  enire  les  Commistaires  dea  Armees  Prus^ 
sienne  ei  Anglaige^  et  ceux  de  VArmie  Prangaise,  pour  la 
amspen^ion  des  Hastilitis  entre  VArmie  Frangaise  ei  let 
Armies  Alliiet.-^Signie  A  St.  Cloud,  le  3  Juillet,  1815. 

Cejourd'bdi  3  Jitillet,  1815,  ies  Commissaires  nommes  par  les 
Commandans  en  Chef  des  Armies  respect! ves,  savoir: 

h\.  le  Baron  Bignon,  charge  dii  Portt^reuille  des  Aflfaires  Etran* 
g^ies;  M.le  Comte  Guilleoiinot.  Chef  de  I'EtHt  Major  de  TArmee 
Fran9aise;  et  M.  le  Comte  de  Bondy,  Prefet  du  D^partement  de  la 
Seine  ; — munis  des  Pleinspouvoirs  de  Son  Excellence  le  Marechal 
Prince  d*£ckmiihl^  Commandant  en  Chef  de  TArm^e  Frau9aise,  d'une 
l»rt; 

EtM.  le  G^n^ral  Major  Baron  de  Muffling,  muni  des  Pleinspouvoirs 
de  Son  Altesse  M.  le  Marechal  Prince  Bliicher,  Commandant  en 
Chef  de  l*Armee  Prussienne;— et  M.  le  Colonel  Hervey,  muni  des 
Pleinspouvoirs  deSon  Excellence  leDuc  de  Wellington,  Commandant 
en  Chef  de  I'Armee  Anglaise ;  de  Tautre,— sont  convenus  des  Articles 
saivans : 

Art.  I.  II  y  aura  une  suspension  d  armes  entre  les  Armies  AUi^es 
[1815—16.]  O 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


194  GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AXD  FRANCE. 

commandoes  par  Soa  Altesse  le  Prince  Bliicher,  et  Son  Excellence  le 
Dae  de  Wellington  etJ'Arm^e  Fraugaise  sous  les  mure  de  Paris. 

II.  Demain  I'Arm^e  Pran9aise  commencera  d  se  mettre  en  marche 
pour  86  porter  derri^re  la  Loire.  L'6vacaatioo  totale  de  Paris  sera 
effectuee  en  3  jours,  et  son  mouvement  poor  se  porter  derri^re  la 
Loire  sera  terminee  en  8  jonra* 

III.  L'Armee  Fran^aise  emmenera  aiec  el)e  tout  son  materiel, 
artillerie  de  campagne,  convois  milltaires,  cheiaux  et  proprietes  des 
regimens,  sans  aucune  exception.  II  en  sera  de  m^me  pour  le  per- 
sonnel des  Depots  et  pour  le  personnel  des  di verses  branches  d' Ad- 
ministration qui  appartiennent  4  TArmOe. 

IV.  Les  malades  et  les  blesses,  ainsi  que  les  Officiera  de  Sante 
qu'il  serait  n^cessaire  de  laisser  pr^s  d*eux,  sont  sous  la  protectioD 
sp^ciale  de  M.M.  les  Commissaires  en  Chef  des  Armees  Auglaise  et 
Prussienne. 

V.  Les  Militaires  et  Employes  dont  il  est  question  dans  ^Article 
precedent,  pourront,  aussitM  apr^s  leur  retablissement,  rejoindre  le 
Corps  anqnel  ils  appartiennent 

VI.  Les  Femmes  et  les  Enfans  de  tons  les  Indi?idusqai  appartien- 
nent i  TArmee  Fran9ai8e,  anront  la  faculty  de  rester  i  Paris. 

Ces  Femmes  pourront,  sans  difficult^,  quitter  Paris  pour  rejoindre 
TArmee,  et  emporter  avec  eiles  leur  propriete  et  celle  de  leurs  Maria. 

VII.  Les  Officiera  de  Ligne  employes  avec  les  FOderOs  ou  avec  les 
Tirailleurs  de  la  Garde  Nationale,  pourront,  ou  se  rOunir  4  I'Armee,  ou 
rctourner  dans  leor  domicile  ou  dans  le  lien  de  leur  naissance. 

VIII.  Demain  4  Juillet  k  midi,  on  remettra  St.  Deuys,  St  Ouen, 
Clichy  et  Neuilly«  Apr^s  demain  5  Juillet  i  la  m6me  heure,  on 
remettra  Montmailre.  Le  troisiferae  jour,  6  Juillet,  toutes  les  barri^rea 
seront  remises. 

IX.  Le  service  interieur  de  Paris  continuera  4  ^tre  fait  par  la 
Garde  Nationale  et  par  le  Corps  de  Gend'armerie  Municipale. 

X.  Les  Commandaos  en  Cbef  des  Armies  Anglaise  et  Prussienne 
s  engagent  k  respecter  et  h.  faire  respecter,  par  leurs  Subordonn^s,  lea 
Autorites  actuelles,  tant  qu  elles  existeront. 

XI.  Les  proprietes  publiques,  a  I'exception  de  celles  qui  ont  rap- 
port d  la  Guerre,  soit  qu  elles  appartiennent  au  Gouvernemeut,  soit 
qu'elles  dependent  de  TAutorite  Municipale,  seront  respect^es,  etles 
Puissances  Alliees  n'interviendront  en  aucune  mani^  dans  leor 
administration  ou  dans  leur  gestion. 

XII.  Seront  pareillement  respectees  les  personnes  et  les  propri^t^s 
particuli^res;  les  Habitans  et  en  general  tous  les  Individus  qui  se 
trouvent  dans  la  Capitate,  continueront  a  jouir  de  leurs  droits  et 
libertes,  sans  pouvoir  ^tre  inquietes  ni  recherches  en  rien,  relatiyement 
aux  fonctions  qu'ils  occupent  ou  auraient  occup^es^  4  leur  conduite  et 
A  leurs  o|>inions  politiques* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN)  &C.    AND  FRANCE.  195 

XI II.  Les  Troupes  Etrang^res  napporteront  aucun  obstacle  i 
rapprovisionoemeDt  de  la  Capitale,  et  protegeront,  au  coutraire^  Tarri- 
vage  et  la  libre  circulation  des  objets  qui  lui  sont  destines. 

XIV.  La  pr^sente  CooTeotion  sera  observee  et  servira  de  r^gle 
pour  les  rapports  mutuels  jusqu'iL  la  conclusion  de  ia  Faix. 

£o  cas  de  rupture  elle  sera  d^nonc^e  dans  les  formes  usitees  au 
moins  10  jours  i  Tavance. 

XV.  S'il  survient  des  difficultes  sur  i'execution  de  quelqu  un  des 
Articles  de  la  presente  Convention,  I'interpretation  en  sera  faite  en 
faveur  de  TAmiee  Fran^aise  et  de  la  Ville  de  Paris. 

XVI.  La  pr6sente  Convention  est  declar^e  commune  i  toutes  les 
Armees  Alliees^  sauf  la  Ratification  des  Puissances  dout  ces  Armaes 
dependent 

XVII.  Les  Ratifications  seront  ^changees  demain  4  Juillet,  i  d 
heures  dii  matin  an  Pont  de  Neuilly. 

XVIII.  II  sera  nomme  des  Comroissaires  par  les  Parties  respec« 
Cives  pour  veillcr  d  I'execution  de  la  pr^i^nte  Convention. 

Fait  et  sign^  4  Saint  Cloud,  en  triple  expedition  par  les  Commis- 
aaires  susnommes,  le  jour  et  an  ci*dessus. 
LE  BARON  DE  MUFFLING.        LE  BARON  BlGNOxV. 
F.  B.  HERVEY.  Colonel.  LE  COMTE  GUILLEMINOT. 

LE  COMTE  DE  BONDY. 


Approuv^  et  ratifie  la  presente  Suspension  d  armes,  i  Paris,  le  S 
Jui]let,1815. 

LE  MARECilAL  PRINCE  D'ECKHUHL. 
Pour  ampliation : 
Le  Luuienani' General  Chefde  PEtai  Major- Ceneral, 

Le  Comte  Guilleminot. 


PROTOCOL  of  Conference  between  the  Plenipotentiaries 
of  the  4  Allied  Powers^  and  Correspondence  between  Great 
Britain  and  France^  at  Paris^  relative  to  the  Abolition  of 
tie  Slave  Trade  by  France.— July y  1815. 

(Ao.  \.)^~Viscount  Castlereagh  to  the  Earl  of  Liverpool. 
M  y  Lord,  Paris,  ^th  July,  1816. 

I  HAVE  the  honour  to  enclose  to  you  an  Extract  of  the  Protocol 
of  the  Idth  Conference,  held  between  the  Ministers  of  the  4  Allied 
Powers. 

I  likewise  transmit  to  your  Lordship  a  Note,  which,  in  consequence 

02 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


196  GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.    AND  FRANCE. 

or  nliat  passed  at  tlie  15tli  Conference,  I  have  addressed  to  Prince 
Talleyrand  on  the  subject  of  the  Slave  Trade. 

I  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c. 
The  Earl  of  Liverpool  K.  G.  C  ASTLERE  AGH. 


(Enclosure  1.) — Protocole  de  la  \bime  Conference  enire  les  Plinyjoten' 

tiaires  dea  4  Cours  AllUes. 
(Extrait.)  Parts,  le  26  Jwllet,  1815. 

M.  le  Principal  Secretaire  d'Etat  de  Sa  Majesty  Brirantiique, 
Vicomte  de  Castlereagh,  par  suite  de  la  communication  qu*il  a  faite 
^  la  Conference,  de  POidre  adress6  d  PAmiraute  de  suspendre  les 
hosiilites  contre  les  Cotes  de  la  France,  observe  qu'il  y  a  lieu  de 
prevuir  que  des  Armateurs  Franyais  pourroient  se  livrer  d  entreprendre 
<le  nouveau  la  Traite  des  Negres,  dans  la  croyance  qne  PAbolkioD 
absolue  et  total  decretee  par  Napoleon  Bonaparte*  vient  i  cesser  avec 
soil  pouvoir ;  que  copendant  de  grandes  et  foites  considerations  prises 
dans  les  motifs  d*hnmanite  et  dans  I'inter^t  rodme  de  Tautorite  du  Roi, 
invitent  h,  ne  pas  differer  de  maintenir  en  France  I'abolition  enti^re  et 
immediate  du  Commerce  des  Noirs;  que  si,  ^  I'^poque  du  Traite  de 
Paris,  le  Minist^re  du  Roi  a  pu  desirer  que  la  cessation  de  ce  com- 
merce ne  f(]t  amenee  que  graduellement  dans  un  interval  de  5  ans, 
pour  donner  an  Roi  I'avantage  d'avoir  manage  les  inter^ts  de  la  classe 
des  Fran^ais  Proprietaires  dans  les  Colonies,  maintenant  que  la  defense 
absolue  a  ete  etablie,  la  question  se  pr^sonte  tout  differemment,  que 
si  le  Roi  revoquait  cette  defense,  il  se  dounerait  le  d^savantage 
d'autoriser  dans  riuterieur  de  la  France  le  reproche  qui  plus  d'une  fois 


*  Dkcrtt  Imp6nal  FrantiaU,  qui  aboUt  la  7Vai7«  dei  JVotrfx 

Au  PaUoM  de»  Tuilerie$,  h  29  Jtfort,  1815. 
'Napol^n,  Emperenr  des  Frui9ai8 ; 
No8  Ministres  d'Etat  entendus, 
NouB  avoiiB  d^cr^t^  et  d^r^toiu  ce  qm  suit : 

Art.  I.  A  dater  de  la  publication  du  present  D^cret,  la  Traite  det  Noirg  est 
«bolie. 

II  ne  sera  accord^  aucune  ezp^ition  pour  ce  Commeroe,  ni  dans  les  Ports  de 
Prance,  ni  dans  ceox  de  nos  Colonies. 

II.  II  ne  ponrre  dtre  introdoitp  pour  etre  vendu  dans  nos  Colonies,  aucnn  Noir 
provenant  de  la  Traite,  soit  Fran9aise,  soit  Etrang^re. 

III.  La  contravention  au  present  D^cret  sera  puuie  de  la  confiscation  du  B&tixnent 
et  de  la  Cargaison,  kquelle  sera  prononc^  par  nos  Coun  et  Tribunaux. 

IV.  N^moins  les  Armateun  qui  auraient  fait  partir  avant  la  publication  du 
pr^nt  Decret  des  ezp^ditbns  pour  la  Traite,  pourront  en  vendre  le  produit  dans 
nos  Colonies. 

V.  Nos  Ministres  sont  charg^  de  I'ez^tion  du  pr&ent  Decret 

Par  I'Empereur :  NAPOLEON. 

2>  Ministre  Secretaire  d'Etat, 

Lk  Due  OB  BA.SSAN0. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.    AND  FRANCE.  197 

tt  ete  fait  i  son  aocien  Gooveraement,  de  faforiser  les  inactions  et 
d'antoriser  en  m^nie  terns  an  dehors,  et  oommenieDt  en  Angleterre, 
Topioion  d*ane  oppositioo  syst^matique  aax  idees  lib^rales ;  qu  ainsi  le 
moment  paroit  venu  od  les  Allies  ne  doiveat  pas  hotter  i  doDner  en 
France  un  appni  formel  4  Pinterdiction  immediate  et  enti^re  du  Corn- 
merce  des  Noirs,  InterdictioD  dout  la  necessite  a  ^te  recoonue  en 
prtncipe  dans  les  Transactions  du  Congrfes  de  Vienne. 

Les  antres  Membres  de  la  Conference  partagent  enti^rement . 
i'opinion  de  M.  le  Vicomte  de  Castlereagh,  et  pour  en  amener  fa 
decision  de  la  mani^re  la  plus  avantageuse  an  profit  de  Tautorite  et  de 
la  consideration  do  Roi,  on  est  conveun  qu'il  seroit  preferable  de  faire 
les  ol>servations  qui  precedent  Tobjet  d*une  communication  verbale  au 
Roi  et  i  Son  Ministfere,  afin  de  porter  Sa  Majeste  k  faire  cede  dit- 
position  de  scPn  propre  moufement,  et  lui  laisser  Tavantage  d'une 
initiative  qui  ^cartera  au  dedans  du  Royaume  I'idee  d'une  tendance  k 
la  ruction,  et  conciliera  au  Roi  dans  les  Pays  Etrangers  les  suffrages 
des  Partisans  des  id^s  liberales. 

11  sera  fait  en  consequence  une  insinuation  confidentielle  au  Roi. 

N£SSELRODB.  METTERNICH. 

HUMBOLDT.  CASTLE  RE AGH. 


(Enehwre  2.)^^Viseount  Castiereagk  to  Prince  Talleyrand, 
MoN  PaiNC£,  Partf,  27M  Ju(y,  1815, 

The  Official  Order  to  the  Admiralty,  which  I  had  the  honour  of 
transmitting  to  your  Highness  on  the26th>  having  suspended  hostilities 
against  the  Coast  of  France,  and  against  French  Ships  carrying  the 
White  Flag,  I  have  been  directed  by  my  Court,  without  delay,  to  call 
your  attention  to  the  necessity  of  guarding,  under  these  circumstances^ 
against  any  possible  revival  of  the  Slave  Trade. 

The  British  Government  conceive  that,  under  the  opemtion  of  the 
Law  of  France,  as  it  now  stands,  it  is  strictly  prohibited  to  French 
Subjects  to  carry  on  a  Traffic  in  Slaves;  and  that  nothing  but  a 
specific  Ordinance  could  again  revive  that  Commerce ;  but,  whether 
tliis  be  the  true  construction  or  not  of  the  state  of  the  Law  iii  a 
technical  sense,  they  feel  persuaded  that  His  Most  Christian  Majesty 
will  never  lend  his  authority  to  revive  a  system  of  this  naturci  which 
has  been,  de  facto,  abolished. 

I  have  desired  Sir  Charles  Stuart  to  communicate  to  your 
Highness  what  passed  on  this  subject  at  Ghent :  the  assurance  the 
King  was  at  that  time  pleased  to  give  to  the  British  Ambassador 
eattrely  tranquillized  the  Prince  Regent's  Ministers  on  this  subject ; 
but  now  that  His  Majesty  has  been  happily  restored  to  his  Throne, 
they  are  most  anxious  to  be  enabled  at  once  to  relieve  the  solicitude 
of  the  British  Nation,  by  declaring  that  the  King,  relieved  by  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


198  GREAT  BRITAIN,  &ۥ    AND  FRANCE, 

state  iu  which  this  measure  now  stands^  from  those  consideratioDs  of 
reserve  which  before  influenced  his  conduct,  does  not  hesitate  to 
consider  that  qnestion  as  now  for  ever  closed,  in  conformity  with  those 
benevolent  principles  which  are  at  all  times  congenial  with  the  natural 
feelings  of  His  Majesty's  breast. 

I  have  the  honour  to  be.  &c. 
tl.  E.  Prince  Talleyrand.  € ASTLEREAGH. 


(No.  2.) — Viscount  Castlereagh  to  the  Earl  of  Liverpool. 
My  Lord,  Paris,  39/A  July,  1815. 

I  HAD  the  honour  of  transmitting  to  your  Lordship,  by  the  last 
Courier,  the  Note  which  1  had  addressed  to  Prince  Talleyrand,  on  the 
subject  of  the  Slave  Trade,  as  also  the  Protocol  of  the  Proceedings  of 
the  Allied  Ministers  on  this  point 

1  have  since  omitted  no  suitable  means  of  following  up  this  repre- 
sentation with  the  French  Government ;  and  I  have  the  satisfaction  of 
acquainting  your  Lordship,  that  Prince  Talleyrand  has  given  me 
reason  to  expect,  that  I  shall  receive,  in  the  course  of  To-morrow,  an 
Answer  signifying  the  King  s  concurrence  in  the  measure  of  immediate 
and  general  Abolition. 

It  is  my  duty  to  acknowledge  the  decided  and  prompt  support 
which  I  have  received  from  the  Allied  Sovereigns  on  this  important 
question.  They  have,  in  the  most  honourable  manner,  redeemed  the 
pledge  which  they  gave  to  the  World  during  the  late  Congress^  on  the 
measure  of  Abolition. 

I  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c. 
The  Earl  of  Liverpool,  K.  G.  CASTLEREAGH. 


(No.  3  J — Viscount  Castlereagh  to  the  Earl  of  Liverpool. 
Mt  Lord,  Paris,  3\st  July,  1815. 

It  gives  me  great  satisfaction  to  find  myself  enabled  to  transmit 
to  your  Lordship,  to  be  laid  before  the  Prince  Regent,  the  final  Act 
of  His  Most  Christian  Majesty,  declaring  the  Slave  Trade  for  ever 
abolished  throughout  the  Dominions  of  France. 
I  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c. 
The  Earl  tf  Liverpool,  K.  G.  CASTLEREAGH. 

P.  S.— -I  likewise  transmit  to  your  Lordship  a  Copy  of  the  Answer 
which  I  have  addressed  to  Prince  Talleyrand  on  this  subject. 


(Enclosure  I.) — Prince  Talleyrand  to  Viscount  Castlereagh. 
Milord,  Paris,  le  30  Juillet,  1815. 

J'ai  rhonneur  d'annoncer  i  votre  Excellence,  que  le  Roi,  en  suite 
de  la  conversation  qu'il  a  eue  avec  Sir  Charles  Stuart,  et  de  la  Lettre 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.    AND  FRANCE.  199 

qu'ElIe  ma  fait  PhoDoeur  de  m'ecrire  le  37  de  ce  moU,  a  donue  des 
Ordres  poor  qocy  de  la  part  de  la  France,  le  Trafic  des  Eeclaves  cesse 
d^  i  present,  psitoot,  et  poar  toajours. 

Ce  qui  ayait  ete  fait  i  cet  egard  par  TUsarpateiur  etoit  d'abord 
nnl,  comme  tons  ses  actes,  et  de  plus  lui  avait  ^te  visiblement  dicte 
par  des  motifs  d'ioter^t  tout  pensonne],  et  par  des  esperances  que  cet 
liomme  n'aarait  point  con^ues  s*il  eat  ete  capable  d'apprecier  le  Gou- 
▼emement  et  le  Peuple  Britanniqne.  Cela  n'etait,  par  consequent,  et 
ne  poavait  ^tre  d'aucuu  poids  pour  Sa  Majeste. 

Mais  c'etait  a  regret  que.  Tan  dernier,  Elle  avait  stipule  la  conti- 
nuation dela  Traite  pendant  quelques  anuses.  Elle  ne  i  afait  fait  que 
parceque  d'un  cote  Elle  savait  qu'ii  y  avait  sur  ce  point  en  France  des 
prejnges  qull  ^tait  alors  utile  de  menager ;  et  que,  de  I'autre,  on  ne 
poavait  pas  assigner  avec  precision  quel  terns  suffirait  pour  les  de- 
tniire. 

Depuis  lis  ont  M  combattus  dans  plnsieurs  ouvrages,  et  avec  assez 
de  sncc^  pour  que  Sa  Majesty  ait  aujourd*hui  la  safisfactiou  de  pou* 
▼oir  sulvre  Hbrement  son  propre  penchant ;  surtout  apr^  que  des 
recherches  faites  avec  le  plus  grand  soin  ont  prouv^  que  la  prosperity 
des  Colonies  Fran^aises  n'etant  point  compromise  par  Tabolition  im- 
mediate de  la  Traite,  cette  abolition  n'etait  point  contraire  aux  into- 
rlu  de  Ses  Scyets,  int^r^ts  qu'Elle  doit  avant  tout  consulter.  Cette 
satisfaction  est  accme  par  lld^e  qu'Elle  fait  en  mAme  tems  une  chose 
agreable  au  Gouvemement  et  au  Peuple  Anglais. 
Agrees,  Milord,  Tassurance,  &c. 

LE  PRINCE  DE  TALLEYRAND. 
S.  E.  Milord  Vieamte  de  Castlereagh. 


(Enclonare  2.)^^Vucouni  CoiiUnagh  to  Prince  TalUffrand. 

Paris,  3Ui  Juii/,  1816. 
Thb  Undersigned,  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Principal  Secretary  of 
State  for  Foreign  Affairs,  has  the  honour  to  acknowledge  Prince  Tal- 
leyrand's Note  of  this  date,  conveying  to  him  the  decision  taken  by 
His  Most  Christian  Migesty,  finally  to  abolish  the  Slave  Trade 
throughout  the  French  Dominions. 

The  Undersigned  will  lose  not  a  moment  in  transmitting  this 
Communication  to  his  Court ;  and  he  ventures,  in  the  mean  time,  to 
assure  His  Highness,  that  the  King  could  not  hate  taken  any  deter- 
mination more  grateful  to  the  Prince  Regent  personally,  and  to  the 
whole  British  Nation. 

The  Undersigned,  &e«, 

CASTLEREAGH. 
His  Higlmess  Prince  Talleyrand^ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


200 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C. 


CONVENTION  beinreen  Great  Briiain  and  Austria,  Pritssia, 
and  Bussia,  relative  to  the  custody  of  Napoleon  Bona^ 
parte. — Signed  at  Paris,  ^nd  August j  1815. 


Convention      entre     Im     Grande 
Breiagne  et  VAutriche,^ 

AuNom  de  la  Tr^-Sainte  et  IndiTiaible 
Trinity. 

Napoleon  Bonaparte  etant  au 
pouvoir  des  Puissances  Alliees, 
Lpurs  Majesty  le  Roi  du  Roy- 
aame  Uni  de  la  Grande  Bretagne 
et  d'Irlande,  TEmper^ur  d'Au- 
tricbe,  TEmpereur  de  Ru8sie,etle 
Roi  de  Prusse,  se  sont  reunis,  en 
vertu  des  Stipulations  du  Traite 
du  25  Mars,  1815,  snr  les 
mesnres  )es  plus  propres  d  rendre 
impossible  toute  entreprise  de  sa 
part  contre  le  reposde  I'Europe. 

Sa  Majeste  Le  Roi  du  Royaume 
Uni  de  la  Grande  Bretagne  et 
d'lrlande,  et  Sa  Majesty  PEm- 
pereurd'Autriche,  aynnten  conse- 
quence nomme  des  Plenipoten- 
tiaires  i  cet  effet,  savoir; 

Sa  Majeste  Britanuiqne,  le 
Tr^  Honorable  Robert  'Stewart, 
Vicomtc  de  Castlereagh,  Cheva- 
lier de  POrdre  Tr^g-Noble  de  la 
Jarretiire,  Conteiller  de  Sa  dite 
Majesty  en  son  Conseil  Pri?e, 
Membre  du  Parlement,  Colonel 
da  Regiment deMilicede  London- 
derry, et  son  Principal  Secretaire 
d'Etatayant  le  Departement  des 
Affaires  Etrangires;— et  leTr^s- 
Noble  Seigneur  Arthur,  Due, 
Marquis,  et  Comte  de  Wellington, 


(Translation.) 

Conveniian  between  Great  Brilain 

and  Austria, 

In  the  Name  of  the   Moit  Holy   and 
Undivided  Trinity. 

Napoleon  Bonaparte  being  in 
tlie  power  of  the  Allied  Sovereigns, 
their  Majesties  the  King  of  the 
United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain 
and  Ireland,  the  Emperor  of 
Austria,  the  Emperor  of  Russia, 
and  the  King  of  Prussia,  hafe 
agreed,  in  virtue  of  the  Stipula- 
tions of  the  Treaty  of  the  2dth 
March,  1815,  upon  the  measures 
most  proper  to  render  all  enter- 
prize  impossible,  on  his  part, 
against  the  repose  of  Europe. 

His  Majesty  the  King  of  the 
United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain 
and  Ireland,  and  His  Majesty  the 
Emperor  of  Austria,  having  there- 
fore named  Plenipotentiaries  to 
this  intent ;  viz. 

His  Britannic  Majesty,  tlie 
Right  Honourable  Robert  Stewart, 
Viscount  Castlereagh,  Knight  of 
the  Most  Noble  Order  of  the 
Garter,  one  of  His  said  Majesty's 
Most  Honourable  Privy  Council, 
Member  of  Parliament,  Colonel 
of  the  Londonderry  Regiment  of 
Militia,  and  his  Principal  Secretary 
of  State  for  Foreign  Affairs ; — and 
the  Most  Noble  Lord  Aithur, 
Duke,  Marquess,  and  Earl  of 
Wellington,  Marquis  Douro,  Vis- 


*  The  StipolationB  of  the  Convention  between  Great  Britain  and  Pnusia,  and 
Russiaf  which  were  signed  at  the  aame  tune,  were,  verbatim^  the  same  as  those 
contained  in  this  Convention. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT   BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C. 


201 


Marquis  de  Doaro»  Yicointe  de 
Welliogton,  de  Talavera  et  de 
Wellington,  et  Baron  Donro  de 
Wellesley,  Conseiller  de  Sa  dite 
Blajeste  en  Sou  Conseil  Prife, 
Feld  Marechai  de  Ses  Armdes, 
Colonel  du  Regiment  Royal  des 
Gardes  A  Cheval,  Chevalier  da 
Tr^Noble  Ordre  de  la  Jarreti^re, 
et  Chevalier  Grand  Croix  da 
Tr^  Honorable  Ordre  Militaire 
du  Bain ;  Prince  de  Waterloo, 
Dae  de  Ciudad  Rodrigo,  et  Grand 
d'Espagne  de  la  Premiere  Classe, 
Due  de  Vittoria,  Marquis  de 
Torres  Vedras,  Comte  de  Vimiera 
en  Portugal,  Chevalier  de  TOrdre 
Tr^lllostre  de  la  Toison  d'Or, 
de  I'Ordre  Militaire  d'Espagne  de 
Saint  Ferdinand,  Chevalier  Grand- 
Croix  de  I'Ordre  Imperial  Mili- 
taire de  Marie-Th^r^se,  Cheva- 
lier Grand- Croix  de  I'Ordre 
Imperial  de  Saint  George  de 
Rus8ie»  Chevalier  Grand-Croix 
de  I'Ordre  Royal  Militaire  de 
Portagal  de  la  Tour  et  de  I'Epee, 
Chevalier  Grand-Croix  de  I'Ordre 
Royal  Militaire deSuMe  dePEpee, 
et  Chevalier  de  plusieurs  autres 
Ordres,  et  Commandant  en  Chef 
les  Armies  Britanniques,  et  celles 
de  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  Pays 
Basy  en  France ; 

Et  Sa  Majeste  Imperiale  et 
Royale  Apostolique,  le  Sieur  CU- 
ment-Wenceslas  Lothaire,  Prince 
de  Mettemich-Winnebourg  Och- 
senhausen.  Chevalier  de  la  Toison 
d*Or,  Grand- Croix  de  I'Ordre 
Royal  de  St.  Etienne,  Chevalier 
des  Ordres  de  St.  Andre,  de  St. 
Alexandre  Newsky,  et  de  Ste. 
Anne,  de  la  Premiere  Classe, 
Grand    Cordon     do    la    Legion 


count  Wellington  of  Talavertt 
and  of  Wellington,  and  Baron 
Douro  of  Wellesley,  one  of  His 
said  Majesty's  Most  Honourable 
Privy  Council,  Field-Marshal  of 
his  Armies,  Colonel  of  the  Royal 
Regiment  of  Horse  Guards,  Knight 
of  the  Most  Noble  Order  of  the 
Garter,  and  Knight  Grand  Cross 
of  the  Most  Honourable  Military 
Order  of  the  Bath;  Prince  of 
Waterloo,  Duke  of  Ciudad  Rodri- 
go,  and  Grandee  of  Spain  of  the 
First  Class,  Duke  of  Vittoria, 
Marquis  of  Torre?  Vedras,  Conde 
de  Vimiera  in  Portugal,  Knight  of 
the  Most  Illustrious  Order  of  the 
Golden  Fleece,  of  the  Military 
Order  of  St.  Ferdinand  of  Spain, 
Knight  Grand  Cross  of  the 
Imperial  Military  Order  of  Maria 
Theresa,  Knight  Grand  Cross  of 
the  Imperial  Russian  Order  of 
St.  George,  Knight  Grand  Cross 
of  the  Portuguese  Royal  Military 
Order  of  the  Tower  and  Sword, 
Knight  Grand  Cross  of  the  Swe- 
dish Royal  Military  Order  of  the 
Sword,  and  Knight  of  many  other 
Orders,  and  Commander  in  Chief 
of  the  British  Armies,  and  of 
those  of  His  Majesty  the  King  of 
The  Netherlands,  in  France; 

And  His  Imperial  and  Royal 
Apostolic  Majesty,  the  Sieur 
Clement  Wenceslas  Lothaire, 
Prince  of  Metternich-Wiunebourg- 
Ochsenhausen,  Knight  of  the 
Golden  Fleece,  Grand-Cross  of 
the  Royal  Order  of  St.  Stephen, 
Knight  of  the  Orders  of  St. 
Andrew,  of  St.  Alexander  New- 
sky,  and  of  St.  Anne,  of  the  First 
Class,     Grand  Cordon     of     the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


202 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C. 


d'Hoonear,  Chevalier  de  TOrdre 
de]*ElephaDt,dei'Ordre  Sapr^me 
de  FAniionciade,  de  TAigie  Noire, 
et  de  I'Aigle  Rouge,  des  S^ra. 
pbios,  de  St  Joseph  de  Toecane, 
de  St.  Hubert,  de  I'Aigle  d'Or  de 
Wiirtemberg,  de  la  Fid^lit^  de 
Bade,  de  St.  Jean  de  Jerusalem, 
et  de  plusieufB  aotres;  Chan- 
celier  de  TOrdre  Militaire  de 
Marie-TherdsCjCurateur  deTAca- 
demie  des  Beaux  Arts,  Cliambel* 
lau,  Conseiller  Intime  Actuel 
de  Sa  Majeste  I'Empereur 
d'Autriche,  Rof  de  Hougrie  et  de 
Bofaeme,  Sou  Ministre  d'Etat  des 
Confereoces  et  des  Affaires 
Etrang^res ; 

Les  dits  PleDipotentiaires  sont 
convenus  des  points  et  Articles 
suivaos. 

Art.  !•  Napoleon  Bouaparte 
est  regarde  par  les  Puissauces  qui 
ont  signe  le  Traite  du  25  Mars 
dernier  comme  leur  Prisonnier. 

II.  Sa  garde  est  sp^ialement 
confine  an  GouTemement  Britan- 
nique. 

Le  choix  du  lien  et  celoi  des 
mesures  qui  peuvent  le  mieux  as- 
surer le  but  de  la  presente  stipula. 
tion,  sont  reservees  k  Sa  Majest^ 
Britannique. 

III.  Les  Cours  Imp^riales 
d'Autriche  et  de  Russie,  et  la 
Cour  Royale  de  Prusse,  nom. 
meront  des  Commissaires  qui  se 
rendront  et  demeuremont  au  lieu 
que  le  Gouvernement  de  Sa  Ma* 
jest^  Britanuique  aura  assign^ 
pour  le  sejour  de  Napoleon  Bona- 
parte, et  qui  saVis  ^tre  charges  de 
la  responsabilite  de  sa  garde, 
s  assnreront  de  sa  presence. 

IV.  Sa   Majesty   Tr^-Chrc. 


L^on  of  Honour,  Knight  of  the 
Order  of  the  Elephant,  of  the 
Supreme  Order  of  the  Annuncia- 
tion, of  the  Black  Eagle  and  of 
the  Red  Eagle,  of  the  Seraphim, 
of  St  Joseph  of  Tuscany,  of  St 
Hubert,  of  the  Golden  Eagle  of 
Wurtemberg,  of  Fidelity  of  Baden, 
of  St  John  of  Jerusalem,  and  of 
several  others;  Chancellor  of  the 
Military  Order  of  Maria  Theresa, 
Trustee  to  the  Academy  of  Fine 
Arts,  Chamberlain,  actual  Privy 
Councillor  of   His  Majesty  the 
Emperor    of   Austria,    King   of 
Hungary  and  Bohemia,  His  Mi- 
nister of  State,  of  Conferences, 
and  for  Foreign  Affairs ; 

The  said  Plenipotentiaries  have 
agreed  upon  the  following  points 
and  Articles. 

Art.  I.  Napoleon  Bonaparte 
is  considered  by  the  Povrers  who 
have  signed  the  Treaty  of  the  25tb 
of  March  last  as  their  Prisoner. 

U.  His  custody  is  specially 
entrusted  to  the  British  Govern- 
ment. 

The  choice  of  the  Place,  and 
of  the  measures  which  can  best 
secure  the  object  of  the  present 
stipulation,  are  reserved  to  His 
Britannic  Majesty. 

IIL  The  Imperial  Conrts  of- 
Austria  and  of  Russia,  and  the 
Royal  Court  of  Prussia,  are  to 
appoint  Commissioners  to  proceed 
to,  and  abide  at  the  Place  which 
the  Groverument  of  His  Britannic 
Majesty  shall  have  assigned  for 
the  residence  of  Napoleon  Bona- 
parte, and  who,  without  being 
responsible  for  his  custody,  will 
assure  themselves  of  his  presence. 
IV.  His  Most  Christian  Ma- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA^  &C. 


203 


tienne  sera  invitee  ao  nom  des 
4  Coan  ci-de»ti8  menlionn^es 
A  envoy er  ^galement  un  Com- 
inisMire  Fran^ais  an  lien  de 
detention  de  Napoleon  Bonaparte. 

V.  Sa  Majeate  le  Roi  du 
Royanme  Uni  de  la  Grande  Bre- 
tagne  et  dlrlande,  g'eng^age  4 
remplir  les  obligations  qui  re- 
sultent  pour  elle  de  la  preaente 
Convention. 

VI.  La  preaente  Confention 
sera  ratifiee,  et  les  Ratifications  en 
seront  echang^  dans  le  terme  de 
15  jours,  on  plat6t  si  faire  se 
pent 

Ed  foi  de  quoi,  les  Plenipo- 
tentiairea  respectifs  ont  signe  la 
presente  ConTention,et  I'ont  mnnie 
du  Cachet  de  leurs  Armes. 

Fait  a  Paris,  1e2  Aoiit,  de  Ian 
de  Grace,  1815. 

(L.  S.)  CASTLEREAGH. 
(L.  S.)  WELUNGTON. 
(L.  S.)  LE  PRINCE   DE 
METTERNICH. 


jesty  is  to  be  invited,  in  the  oame 
of  the  4  above-mentioned  Courts, 
to  send  in  like  manner  a  French 
Commissioner  to  the  Place  of 
Detention  of  Napoleon  Bonaparte. 

Y.  His  Majesty  the  King  of 
the  United  Kingdom  of  Great 
Britain  and  Ireland,  binds  himself 
to  fulfil  the  Engagements  which 
fall  to  him  by  the  present  Con- 
vention. 

VI.  The  present  Conventioa 
shall  be  ratified,  and  the  Ratifica- 
tions shall  be  exchanged  within 
15  days,  or  sooner  if  possible. 

In  faith  whereof,  the  respective 
Plenipotentiaries  have  signed  the 
present  Convention,  and  have 
affixed  thereto  the  Seals  of  their 
Arms. 

Done  at  Paris,  the  9nd  August, 

in  the  Year  of  onr  Lord,  1815. 

(L.S.)  CASTLEREAGH. 

{L.S.)  WELLINGTON. 

(L.S.)  THE  PRINCE  OF 

METTERNICH. 


CORRESPONDENCE  relative  to  the  Restoration  by  France 
to  Foreiffn  StateSf  of  the  Works  qf  Art  taken  from  them 
and  conveyed  to  Paris  during  the  Revolutionary  War.-^ 
September,  1815. 

No,  I. —  Viicouni   Casilereagh  to  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  Austria, 
Prussia,  and  Russia. 

Paris,  September,  lb] 6, 
Rbpresektations  having  been  laid  before  the  Ministers  of  the 
Allied  Powers,  from  the  Pope,  the  Grand  Duke  of  Tuscany,  the  King 
of  The  Netherlands  and  other  Sovereigns,  claiming,  through  the  in- 
tervention of  the  High  Allied  Powers,  the  restoration  of  the  Statues, 
Pictures,  and  other  Works  of  Art,  of  which  their  respective  States 
have  been  successively  imd  systematically  stripped  by  the  late  Revolu- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


204  GREAT    BRITAIN    AND   AUSTRIA,  &C. 

tioDary  Government  of  France,  contrary  to  every  principle  of  jasticef 
and  to  the  usages  of  modem  warfare,  and  the  same  having  been 
referred  for  the  consideration  of  his  Court,  the  Undersigned  has  re- 
ceived the  commands  of  the  Prince  Regent  to  submit  for  the  conside- 
ration  of  his  Allies,  the  following  remarks  upon  this  interesting 
subject. 

It  is  now  the  second  time  that  the  Powers  of  Europe  have  been 
compelled,  in  vindication  of  their  own  liberties,  and  for  the  settlement 
of  the  World,  to  invade  France,  and  twice  their  Armies  have  possessed 
themselves  of  the  Capital  of  the  State,  in  which  these,  the  spoils  of 
the  greater  part  of  Europe,  are  accumulated* 

1'he  legitimate  Sovereign  of  France  has,  as  often,  under  the  pro- 
tection of  those  Armies,  been  enabled  to  resume  his  Throne,  and  to 
mediate  for  his  People  a  peace  with  the  Allies,  to  the  marked  indul- 
gencies  of  which  neither  their  conduct  to  their  own  Monarch,  nor 
towards  other  States,  had  given  them  just  pretensions  to  aspire. 

1*hat  the  purest  sentiments  of  regard  for  Lewis  18th,  deference  for 
bis  ancient  and  illustrious  house,  and  respect  for  his  misfortunes,  have 
guided  invariably  the  Allied  Councils,  has  been  proved  beyond  a 
question,  by  their  having,  last  year,  framed  the  Treaty  of  Paris  ex- 
pressly on  the  basis  of  preserving  to  France  its  complete  integrity,  and 
still  more,  after  their  late  disappointment,  by  the  endeavours  they  are 
again  making,  ultimately  to  combine  the  substantial  integrity  of 
France,  with  such  an  adequate  system  of  temporary  precaution  as  may 
satisfy  what  they  owe  to  the  security  of  their  own  Subjects. 

But  it  would  be  the  height  of  weakness,  as  well  as  of  injustice,  and 
in  its  effects  much  more  likely  to  mislead  than  to  bring  back  the 
People  of  France  to  moral  and  peaceful  habits,  if  the  Allied  Sove- 
reigns, to  whom  the  World  is  anxiously  looking  up  for  protection  aud 
repose,  were  to  deny  that  principle  of  integrity,  in  its  just  and  liberal 
application  to  other  Nations,  their  Allies,  (more  especially  to  the 
feeble  and  to  the  helpless,)  which  they  are  about,  for  the  second  time, 
to  concede  to  a  Nation  against  whom  they  have  had  occasion  so  long 
to  contend  in  War. 

Upon  what  principle  can  France,  at  the  close  of  such  a  War,  ex- 
pect to  sit  down  with  the  same  extent  of  Possessions  which  she  held 
before  the  Revolution,  and  desire,  at  the  same  time,  to  retain  the  or- 
namental spoils  of  all  other  Couutries  ?  Is  it,  that  there  can  exist  a 
doubt  of  the  issue  of  tlie  contest  or  of  the  power  of  the  Allies  to  effec- 
tuate what  justice  aud  policy  require : — if  not,  upon  what  principle 
deprive  France  of  her  late  Territorial  acquisitions,  and  preserve  to  her 
the  spoliations  appertaining  to  those  Territories,  which  all  modern 
Conquerors  have  invariably  respected,  as  inseparable  from  the  Country 
to  which  they  belonged  P 

The  Allied  Sovereigns  have,  perhaps,  something  to  atone  for  to 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT   BRITAIN    AND    AUSTRIA,  &C.  205 

Europe  in  conseqaence  of  the  course  pursued  bj  them  when  at  Paris 
during  the  lai»t  year.  It  is  true,  they  never  did  so  far  make  themselves 
Parties  in  the  criminality  of  this  mass  of  plunder,  as  to  sanction  it  by 
any  stipulation  in  their  Treaties :  such  a  recognition  has  been  on  their 
part  uniformly  refused ;  but  they  certainly  did  use  their  influence  to 
repress  at  that  moment,  any  agitation  of  these  Claims,  in  the  hope  that 
France,  not  less  subdued  by  their  generosity  than  by  tlieir  arms,  might 
be  disposed  to  preserve  inviolate  a  peace  which  had  been  studiously 
framed  to  serve  as  a  bond  of  reconciliation  between  the  Nation  and  the 
King.  They  had  also  reason  to  expect  that  His  Majesty  would  be 
advised  voluntarily  to  restore  a  considerable  proportion  at  least  of 
these  spoils,  to  their  lawful  Owners. 

^  But  the  question  is  a  very  different  one  now ;  and  to  pursue  the 
same  course  under  circumstances  so  essentially  altered,  would  be,  in 
the  judgment  of  the  Prince  Regent,  equally  unwise  towards  France, 
and  unjust  towards  our  Allies,  who  have  a  direct  interest  in  this 
question. 

His  Royal  Highness,  in  stating  this  opinion,  feels  it  necessary  to 
guard  against  the  possibility  of  misrepresentation. 

Whilst  he  deems  it  to  be  the  duty  of  the  Allied  Sovereigns,  not  only 
not  to  obstruct,  but  to  facilitate  upon  the  present  occasion  the  return 
of  these  objects  to  the  places  from  whence  they  were  torn,  it  seems 
not  less  consistent  with  their  delicacy,  not  to  suffer  the  position  of 
their  Armies  in  France,  or  the  removal-of  these  works  from  the  Louvre, 
to  become  the  means,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  of  bringing  within 
their  own  Dominions  a  single  article  which  did  not  of  right,  at  the 
period  of  their  Conquest,  belong  either  to  their  respective  Family  Col- 
lections, or  to  the  Countries  over  which  tliey  now  actually  reign. 

Whatever  value  the  Prince  Regent  might  attach  to  such  exquisite 
specimens  of  the  Fine  Arts,  if  otherwise  acquired,  he  has  no  wish  to 
become  possessed  of  them  at  the  expense  of  France,  or  rather  of  the 
Countries  to  which  they  of  right  belong,  more  especially  by  following 
op  a  principle  in  War  which  he  considers  as  a  reproach  to  the  Nation 
by  which  it  has  been  adopted ;  and,  so  far  from  wishing  to  take  advan- 
tage of  the  occasion,  to  purchase  from  the  rightful  Owners  any  artieles 
they  might,  from  pecuniary  considerations  be  disposed  to  part  with. 
His  Royal  Highness  would,  on  the  contrary,  be  disposed  rather  to  afford 
the  means  of  replacing  them  in  thos  every  Temples  and  Galleries  of 
which  they  were  so  long  the  ornaments. 

Were  it  possible  that  His  Royal  Highness's  sentiments  towards  the 
person  and  cause  of  Louis  18th  could  be  brought  into  doubt,  or  that 
the  position  of  His  Most  Christian  Majesty  was  likely  to  be  injured  in 
the  eyes  of  his  own  People,  the  Prince  Regent  would  not  come  to  this 
conclusion  without  the  most  painful  reluctance;  but,  on  the  con- 
trary, his  Royal  Highness  believes,  that  His  Majesty  will  rise  in  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


206  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA^  &C. 

love  and  respect  of  his  own  SubjecCSj  in  proportion  as  he  separates 
himself  froin  these  remembrances  of  revolutionary  warfare.  These 
spoils,  which  impede  a  moral  reconciliation  between  France  and  tlie 
Countries  she  has  invaded,  are  not  necessary  to  record  the  exploits  of 
her  Armies,  which,  notwithstanding  the  cause  in  which  they  were 
achieved,  must  ever  make  the  arms  of  the  Nation  respected  abroad. 
But  whilst  these  objects  remain  at  Paris,  constituting,  as  it  were,  the 
Title  Deeds  of  the  Countries  which  have  been  given  up,  the  sentiments 
of  reuniting  these  Countries  again  to  France,  will  never  be  altogether 
extinct ;  nor  will  the  genius  of  the  French  People  ever  completely 
associate  itself  with  the  more  limited  existence  assigned  to  the  Nation 
under  the  Bourbons. 

Neither  is  this  opinion  given  with  any  disposition  on  the  part 
of  the  Prince  Regent  to  humiliate  the  French  Nation.  His  Royal 
Highness's  general  policy,  the  demeanour  of  his  Troops  in  France, 
his  having  seized  the  first  moment  of  Bonaparte's  surrender  to  restore 
to  France  the  freedom  of  her  Commerce ;  and,  above  all,  the  desire 
he  has  recently  evinced  to  preserve  ultimately  to  France  her  territorial 
integrity,  with  certain  modifications  essential  to  the  security  of  neigh- 
bouring States ;  are  the  best  proofs  that,  consideration  of  justice  to 
others,  and  a  desire  to  heal  the  wounds  inflicted  by  the  Revolution,  and 
not  any  illiberal  sentiment  towards  I'rance,  have  alone  dictated  this 
decision. 

The  whole  question  resolves  itself  into  this : — are  the  Powers  of 
Europe  now  forming,  in  sincerity,  a  permanent  settlement  with  the 
King?  And  if  so,  upon  inhat  principles  sliall  it  be  concluded  ?  Shall 
it  be  upon  the  conservation,  or  the  abandonment,  of  Revolutionary 
Spoliations  P 

Can  the  King  feel  his  own  dignity  exalted,  or  his  title  improved, 
in  being  surrounded  by  IMouuments  of  Art,  which  record  not  less  the 
sufferings  of  his  own  illustrious  house,  than  of  the  several  Nations  of 
Europe  P  If  the  French  People  be  desirous  of  treading  back  their 
steps,  can  they  rationally  desire  to  preserve  this  source  of  animosity 
between  them  and  all  other  Nations ;  and,  if  they  are  not,  is  it  politic 
to  flatter  their  vanity,  and  to  keep  alive  tlie  hopes  which  the  con- 
templation  of  these  trophies  are  calculated  to  excite  P  Can  even  the 
Army  reasonably  desire  it  P  The  recollection  of  their  Campaigns  can 
never  perish.  They  are  recorded  in  the  Military  Annals  of  Europe. 
They  are  emblazoned  on  the  Public  Monuments  of  their  own  Country : 
why  is  it  necessary  to  associate  their  glory  in  the  field  with  a  system 
of  plunder,  by  the  adoption  of  which,  in  contravention  of  the  Laws  of 
modem  War,  the  Chief  that  led  them  to  battle.  In  fact,  tarnished  the 
lustre  of  their  arms  P 

If  we  are  really  to  return  to  peace  and  to  ancient  maxims,  it  cannot 
be  wise  to  preserve  just  so  much  of  the  abuses  of  the  past ;  nor  can 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C.  207 

tbe  King  desire,  out  of  the  wrecks  of  the  Revolatioo,  of  which  his 
family  has  been  one  of  the  chief  victims,  to  perpetuate  in  his  hoase 
this  odious  monopoly  of  the  Arts.  The  splendid  Collection  which 
France  possessed  prerious  to  the  Refohition,  augmented  by  the 
BorgheseCollectiou,  which  has  since  been  purchased  (one  of  the  finest 
in  the  World),  will  afford  to  the  King  ample  means  of  ornamenting,  in 
iii  fiiir  proportion,  the  Capital  of  his  Empire ;  and  His  Majesty  may 
difest  himself  of  this  tainted  source  of  distinction,  without  prejudice  to 
the  due  cultivation  of  the  Arts  in  Prance. 

In  applying  a  remedy  to  this  offensive  evil,  it  does  not  appear  that 
any  middle  line  can  be  adopted,  which  does  not  go  to  recognize  a 
variety  of  spoliations,  under  the  cover  of  Treaties,  if  possible  more 
flagrant  in  their  character  than  the  acts  of  undisguised  rapine,  by 
which  these  remains  were  in  general  brought  together. 

The  principle  of  property,  regulated  by  the  claims  of  the  Territories 
from  whence  these  Works  were  taken,  is  the  surest  and  only  guide  to 
justice ;  and  perhaps  there  is  nothing  which  would  more  tend  to  settle 
the  Public  mind  of  Europe  at  this  day,  than  such  an  homage,  on  the 
part  of  the  King  of  France,  to  a  principle  of  virtue,  conciliation,  and 
peace. 
The  Plenipoteniiariei  of  C  ASTLERE  AGH. 

Austria,  Prussia,  and  Russia. 


{2.)^The  Duke  of  Wethngam  to  Viscount  Castlereagh. 
Mr  Dear  Lord,  Paris,  2^rd  September,  1816. 

There  has  been  a  good  deal  of  discussion  here  lately,  respecting 
the  measures  which  I  have  been  under  the  necessity  of  adopting,  in 
order  to  get  for  the  King  of  The  Netherlands  his  Pictures,  &c.  from 
tbe  If  useums;  and  lest  these  reports  should  reach  the  Prince  Regent, 
I  wish  to  trouble  yon,  for  His  Royal  Highnesses  in  formation,  with  the 
following  statement  of  what  has  passed. 

Shortly  after  the  arrival  of  the  Sovereigns  at  Paris,  the  Minister  of 
the  King  of  the  Netherlands  claimed  the  Pictures,  &c.  belonging  to 
his  Sovereign,  equally  with  those  of  other  Powers;  and,  as  far  as  I 
could  learn,  never  could  get  any  satisfactory  reply  from  the  French 
Government.  After  several  conversations  with  me,  he  addressed  your 
Lordship  an  Official  Note,  which  was  laid  before  the  Ministers  of  tbe 
Allied  Sovereigns,  assembled  in  Conference ;  and  the  subject  was  taken 
into  consideration  repeatedly,  with  a  view  to  discover  a  mode  of  doing 
justice  to  the  Claimants  of  the  specimens  of  the  Arts  in  the  Museums* 
without  injuring  the  feelings  of  the  King  of  France.  In  the  meantime, 
the  Prosnans  had  obtained  from  His  Majesty,  not  only  all  the  really 
Pmisian  Pictures,  but  those  belonging  to  the  Prussian  Territories  on 
the  left  of  the  Rhine,  and  the  Pictures,  &c.  belonging  to  all  the  Allies 
of  His  Pmssiao  Majesty;  and  the  subject  pressed  for  an  early  decision; 


Digiti 


izedbyGoOgk 


208  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA^  &C. 

and  your  Lordship  wrote  yoar  Note  of  the  llth  inst  in  which  it  was 
fully  dtscossed. 

The  Ministers  of  the  King  of  the  Netherlands,  still  having  no 
satisfactory  answer  from  the  French  Government^  appealed  to  me,  as 
die  General-in-Chief  of  the  Army  of  the  King  of  the  Netherlands,  to 
know  whether  I  had  any  objection  to  employ  His  Majesty's  Troops  to 
obtain  possession  of  « hat  was  his  undoubted  property.  1  referred  this 
application  again  to  the  Ministers  of  the  Allied  CourtSi  and  no  objec- 
tion having  been  stated,  I  considered  it  my  doty  to  take  the  neces- 
sary measures  to  obtain  what  was  his  right. 

I  accordingly  spoke  to  the  Prince  de  Talleyrand  upon  the  subject ; 
explained  to  him  what  had  passed  in  Conference,  and  the  grounds  I 
had  for  thinking  that  the  King  of  the  Netherlands  had  a  right  to  the 
Pictures ;  and  I  begged  him  to  state  the  case  to  the  King,  and  to  ask  His 
Majesty  to  do  me  the  favoui^to  point  out  the  mode  of  effecting  tiie  object 
of  the  King  of  the  Netherlands,  which  should  be  least  offensive  to  His 
Majesty.  The  Prince  de  Talleyrand  promised  me  an  answer  on  the 
following  evening ;  which  not  having  received,  I  called  upon  him  at 
night,  and  had  another  discussion  with  him  upon  the  subject,  in  which 
he  informed  me  tliat  the  King  could  give  no  order  npon  it ;-— that  [ 
might  act  as  I  thought  proper ;  and  that  I  might  communicate  with 
Monsieur  De  Non. 

I  sent  my  Aide-de-Camp,  Lieut.-Colonel  Fremantle  to  Monsieur 
De  Non  in  the  morning ;  who  informed  him,  that  he  had  no  orders  to 
give  any  Pictures  out  of  the  Gallery,  and  that  he  could  give  none 
without  the  use  of  force. 

I  then  sent  Colonel  Fremantle  to  the  Prince  de  Talleyrand,  to 
inform  him  of  this  answer,  and  to  acquaint  him,  that  the  Troops  would 
go  the  next  morning,  at  1*2  o'clock,  to  take  possession  of  the  King  of 
the  Netherland's  Pictures ;  and  to  point  out,  that  if  any  disturbance 
resulted  from  this  measure,  the  King's  Ministers,  and  not  I,  were 
responsible.  Colonel  Fremantle  likewise  informed  Monsieur  De  Non 
that  the  same  measure  would  be  adopted. 

It  was  not  necessary,  however,  to  send  the  Troops,  as  a  Prussian 
Guard  had  always  remained  in  possession  of  the  Gallery ;  and  the 
Pictures  were  taken  without  the  necessity  of  calling  for  those  of  the 
Army  under  my  command,  excepting  as  a  working  party,  to  assist  in 
taking  them  down  and  packing  them.    . 

It  has  been  stated  that,  in  being  the  instrument  of  removing  the 
Pictures  belonging  to  the  King  of  the  Netherlands,  from  the  Gallery 
of  the  Thuilleries,  1  had  been  guilty  of  a  breach  of  a  Treaty  which  I 
had  myself  made,  and  that  there  is  no  mention  of  the  Museum  in  tlie 
Treaty  of  the  Sdth  of  March,  1815  ;  and  as  it  now  appears  that  the 
Treaty  meant  is  the  Military  Convention  of  Paris,  it  is  necessary  to 
shew  how  that  Convention  affects  the  Museum. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C.  209 

It  is  not  now  necessary  to  discuss  the  question,  whether  the  Allies 
mere  or  not  at  War  with  France  ;  there  is  no  doobt  whatever  that  their 
Armies  entered  Paris  under  a  Mihtary  Convention,  concluded  with  aa 
Officer  of  the  Government,  the  Prefect  of  the  Department  of  the  Seine, 
and  an  Officer  of  the  Army,  being  a  Representative  of  each  of  the 
Authorities  existing  at  Paris  at  the  moment,  and  aathorised  by  those 
Authorities  to  treat  and  conclude  for  them. 

The  Article  of  the  Convention,  which  it  is  supposed  hjis  been 
broken,  is  the  Xlth,*  which  relates  to  public  property.  I  positively 
deny  that  this  Article  referred  at  all  to  the  Museums,  or  Galleries  of 
Pictures. 

The  French  Commissioners,  in  the  Original  Projet,  proposed  an 
Article  to  provide  for  the  security  of  this  description  of  property* 
Prince  Blucher  would  not  consent  to  it,  as  he  said  there  were  Pictures 
in  the  Gallery  which  had  been  taken  from  Prussia,  which  His  Majesty 
Louis  XVII Ith  had  promised  to  restore  ;  but  which  had  never  been 
restored.  I  stated  this  circumstance  to  the  French  Commissioners, 
and  they  then  offered  to  adopt  the  Article,  with  an  exception  of  the 
Prussian  Pictures.  To  this  offer,  I  answered,  that  I  stood  there  as  the 
Ally  of  all  the  Nations  in  Europe,  and  any  thing  that  was  granted  to 
Prossia  I  most  claim  for  other  Nations.  I  added,  that  I  had  no 
instructiOBS  regarding  the  Museum,  nor  no  grounds  on  which  to  form 
a  judgment  how  the  Sovereigns  would  act;  that  they  certainly  would 
insist  apon  the  King's  performing  his  engagements,  and  that  I  recom- 
mended that  the  Article  should  be  omitted  altogether,  and  that  the 
question  should  be  reserved  for  tlie  decision  of  the  Sovereigns  when 
they  should  arrive* 

'llins  the  question  regarding  the  Museum  stands  under  the 
Treaties.  The  Convention  of  Paris  is  silent  upon  it,  and  there  was  a 
communication  upon  the  subject  which  reserved  the  decision  for  the 
Sovereigns. 

Supposing  the  silence  of  the  Treaty  of  Paris  of  May,  1814,  regard- 
ing the  Meseum,  gave  the  French  Government  an  undisputed  claim 
to  its  contents  upon  all  future  occasions; — it  will  not  be  denied  that 
this  claim  was  shaken  by  this  transaction. 

Those  who  acted  for  the  French  Government  at  the  time,  con- 
sidered that  the  successful  Army  had  a  right  to,  and  would  touch  the 
contents  of  the  Museum  ;  and  they  made  an  attempt  to  save  them  by 
an  Article  in  the  Military  Convention.  This  Article  was  rejected,  and 
the  claim  of  the  Allies  to  their  Pictures  was  broadly  advanced  by  the 
Negotiators  on  their  part;  and  this  was  stated  as  the  ground  for 
rejecting  the  Article.  Not  only  then  the  Military  Convention  did  not 
in  itself  guarantee  the  possession,  but  the  transaction  above  recited, 
tended  to  weaken  the  claim  to  the  possession  by  the  French  Govem- 

*  See  Page  194. 
[1811^16.]  P 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


210  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C. 

ment,  which  is  founded  opon  the  silence  of  the  Treaty  of  Paris  of 
May,  1814.  The  Allies  then,  having  the  contents  of  the  Museum 
justly  in  their  power,  could  not  do  otherwise  than  restore  them  to  the 
Countries,  from  which,  contrary  to  the  practice  of  civilized  warfare, 
they  had  been  torn  during  the  disastrous  period  of  the  French  Revolu- 
tion, and  the  tyranny  of  Bonaparte. 

The  conduct  of  the  Allies,  regarding  the  Museum,  at  the  period 
of  the  Treaty  of  Paris,  might  be  fairly  attributed  to  their  desire  to  con- 
ciliate the  French  Army,  and  to  consolidate  the  reconciliation  with 
Europe,  which  the  Army  at  that  period  manifested  a  disposition  to 
effect ;  but  the  circumstances  are  now  entirely  different.  The  Army 
disappointed  the  reasonable  expectations  of  the  World  ;  and  seized  the 
earliest  opportunity  of  rebelling  against  their  Sovereign,  and  of  giving 
their  services  to  the  Common  Enemy  of  mankind,  with  a  view  to  the 
revival  of  the  disastrous  period  which  had  passed,  and  of  the  scenes 
of  plunder  which  the  World  had  made  such  gigantic  efforts  to  get 
rid  of. 

This  Army  having  been  defeated  by  the  Armies  of  Europe,  they 
have  been  disbanded  by  the  united  counsel  of  the  Sovereigns ;  and 
no  reason  can  exist  why  the  Powers  of  Europe  should  do  injustice  to 
their  own  Subjects,  with  a  view  to  conciliate  them  again.  Neither 
has  it  ever  appeared  to  me  to  l»e  necessary,  that  the  Allied  Sovereigns 
should  omit  this  opportunity  to  do  justice,  and  to  gratify  their  own 
Subjects,  in  order  to  gratify  the  People  of  France.  The  feeling  of  the 
People  of  France,  upon  this  subject,  must  be  one  of  national  vanity 
only.  It  must  be  a  desire  to  retain  these  specimens  of  the  Arts; — not 
because  Paris  is  the  fittest  depository  for  them,  as,  upon  that  subject. 
Artists,  Connoisseurs,  and  all  who  havd  written  upon  it,  agree  that  the 
whole  ought  to  be  removed  to  their  ancient  seat ;  but  because  they 
were  obtained  by  military  successes^  of  which  they  are  the  trophies. 

The  same  feelings  which  induce  the  People  of  France  to  wish  to 
retain  the  Pictures  and  Statues  of  other  Nations,  would  naturally 
induce  other  Nations  to  wish,  now  that  success  is  on  their  side,  that 
the  property  should  be  returned  to  thdr  rightful  Owners;  and  the 
Allied  Sovereigns  must  feel  a  desnre  to  gratify  them. 

It  is,  besides,  on  many  accounts,  desirable,  as  well  for  their  own 
happiness,  as  for  that  of  the  World,  that  the  People  of  France,  if 
they  do  not  already  feel  that  Europe  is  too  strong  for  them,  should  be 
made  sensible  of  it;  and  that  whatever  may  be  the  extent,  at  any  time, 
of  their  momentary  and  partial  success  against  any  one,  or  any 
number  of  individual  Powers  in  Europe,  the  day  of  retribution  must 
come. 

Not  only  then  would  it,  in  my  opinion,  be  unjust  in  the  Sovereigns 
to  gratify  the  People  of  France  on  this  subject,  at  the  expense  of  their 
own  People,  but  the  sacrifice  they  would  make  would  be  impolitic,  as 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AUSTRIA,  RUSSIA,  &C»  211 

it  would  deprive  them  of  (lie  opportunity  of  giving  the  People  of 
France  a  great  moral  lessoo. 

I  have  houour  to  he,  &c. 
ViMci.  Caalereagk,  K.  G.  WELLINGTON. 


SAINTS  A LLIANCE  entre  PEmpereur  d'Autriehe,  FEw^ 
pereur  de  ioutes  les  Russies^  ei  le  Roi  de  Prusse, — Sign6e  A 
Paris,  le  ^  Sepiembre,  1815. 

An  nom  de  Ia  Tr^-Sainte  et  IndiTisible  Trinity. 

Lbdrs  Majestes  I'Empereur  d'Autriche,  le  Roi  de  Pnisse,  et  rEm- 
perenr  de  Russie^  par  suite  des  grands  ev^nemens  qui  ont  signal^  em 
Europe  le  conrs  de  3  derni^res  anoees,  et  principalemeut  des  bienfaits 
DNdtiplies  qu'il  a  pin  d  la  Divine  Providence  de  repandre  sur  leurs  Etats, 
dont  lea  Gouvernemens  ont  place  leur  coufiance  et  leur  espoir  en 
EUe  aeule,  ay  ant  acquis  la  conviction  intime,  qu'il  est  necessaire 
d'asseoir  la  marche  i^  adopter  par  les  Puissances  dans  leurs  rapports 
mntnels  sur  lea  verity  sublimes  que  nous  enseigne  1  eternelle  Reli- 
gion du  Dien  Sauvenr: 

IMclarent  solennellement,  que  le  present  Acte  n  a  pour  objet  que 
de  manifester,  d  la  face  de  I'Univers,  leur  determination  inebranlabie 
de  ne  prendre  pour  r^gle  de  leur  conduite,  soit  dans  I'admiuistration 
de  leurs  Etats  respecttfs,  soit  dans  leurs  relations  politiques  avec  tout 
autre  Gouvemement,  que  les  pr^ceptes  de  cette  Religion  Sainte, — pre- 
ceptes  de  justice,  de  cbarite  et  de  paix  qui,  Join  d'etre  uniquement 
appiicables  a  la  vie  privee,  doivent  au  contraire  influer  directement  sur 
ies  resolutions  des  Priuces,  et  guider  toutes  leurs  d-marches,  comme 
etant  le  aeul  moyen  de  consolider  les  Institutions  humaines  et  de 
remedier  &  leurs  imperfections. 

En  consequence,  leuis  Majestes  sont  convenues  des  Articles 
suivans : 

Art.  L  Conformement  aux  paroles  des  Saintes  Ecritures,  qui 
ordounent  a  tons  les  Hommes  de  se  regardei*  comme  Fr^res,  les  3 
Mouarques  Conlractans  demeureront  unis  par  les  liens  dune  fraternity 
veritable  et  indissoluble,  et  se  coosid^rant  comme  Compatriotes,  ils  se 
prftteront  en  toute  occasion  et  en  tout  lieu  assistance,  aide  et  secours ; 
— se  regardant  envers  leurs  Sujets  et  Armees  comme  Pdres  de  Famille, 
ils  les  dirigeront  dans  le  m^me  espiit  de  fraternity,  dont  ils  sont  animes 
poor  proteger  la  religion,  la  paix  et  la  justice. 

IT.  En  consequence,  le  seul  pnncipe  en  vigueur,  soit  entre  les  dits 
Gouvememena,  soit  entre  leurs  Sujets,  sera  celui  de  se  rendre  reci- 
proquement  service,  de  se  t^moigner  par  une  blenveillance  inalttoible 

P  « 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


212  AUSTRIA,    &C.    AND    GREAT  BRITAIN. 

lafTection  inutuelle  dont  its  doiveot  ^(re  Rnimes,  de  ue  se  coosiderer 
tous  que  comme  Membres  d'line  m^me  Nation  Cliretienne, — les  S 
Princes  Allies  ne  s'envisageant  eux-mdmes  que  comme  detegues  par 
la  Providence  pour  gouverner  3  branches  d  unememe  Kamille;  savoir: 
TAulricbe,  la  Prusse  et  la  Russte; — confessaut  ainsi  que  la  Nation 
Chrclienne,  dont  eux  et  leurs  Peuples  font  partie,  n'a  r^ellement 
d  autre  Souverain  que  Celui  k  qui  seul  appartient  en  propriete  la  puis- 
sance, parce  qu'en  Lui  seul  se  trouvent  tous  les  tresors  de  Famour,  de 
lascienceet  de  iasagesse  infinie, — c*esta  dire  Dieu,notre  Divin  Sauveur 
Jesus  Christ,  le  vei-be  du  Tr^s-Haut,  la  parole  de  vie.  Leurs  Majestes 
Tfcommandent  en  consequence  avec  la  plus  tendre  sollicitude  h  leura 
Peuples,  comme  unique  moyen  de  jouir  de  cette  paix  qui  nait  de  la 
bonne  conscience  et  qui  seule  est  durable,  de  sc  fortifier  chaque  jour 
davantage  dans  les  principes  et  Texercice  des  devoirs  que  le  Divin 
Sauveur  a  euseign^s  aux  Hommes. 

III.  Toutes  les  Puissances  qui  voudront  solennellement  avoaer  les 
principes  sacres  qui  ont  dicle  le  present  Acte,  et  qui  reconnoitroDt 
combien  il  est  important  au  bonheur  des  Nations  trop  longtems  agi- 
t^es,  que  ces  verites  exercent  desormais  sur  les  destinies  hamaines 
toute  Tinfluence  qui  leur  appartient,  seront  reyaes  avec  autant  d*eui. 
pressement  que  d'affection  dans  cette  Sainte  Alliance. 

Fait  triple,  et  sign^  i  Paris,  Tan  de  Grftce  1815,  le  |4  Sep- 
iembre. 

(L.S.)  FRANCOIS. 

(L.  S.)  FREDERIC-GUILLAUME. 

(L.S.)  ALEXANDRE. 


CORRESPONDENCE  between  the  Sovereigns  of  Ansiria^ 
Prussia  and  Russia^  and  the  Prince  Regent  of  Great 
Britain f  relative  to  the  Treaty  of  Holy  Alliance^  of  Sep- 
tember^ 1815,  concluded  between  those  Sovereigns. — Septem- 
ber^  October,  1815. 

(1.)—^^  Sovereigns  of  Austria,  Prussia  and  Russia  to  the  Prince 
Regent  of  Great  Britain. 

Paris,  le  ^6  Septembre,  1815. 

MoNSnEDR  NOTRE  FreRE  ET  CoUSIN, 

Les  ev^nemens  qui  ont  afflig^  le  monde  depuis  plus  de  20  ans, 
nous  ont  convaincu  que  le  seul  moyen  d'y  mettre  an  terme  se  trouvoit 
dans  Tunion  la  plus  franche  et  la  plusintime  entre  les  Souverains,  qtre 
la   Divine  Providence  a  plac^  i  la  t^te  des  Peoples  de  ITarope. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND    GREAT  BRITAIN.  213 

L'Histoire  des  3  ann^es  m^morables  qui  viennent  de  s'^coult-r,  atteste 
les  effets  bieofaisants  que  cette  anion  a  produit  pour  le  salut  de  Thu- 
manit^  ;  mais  afio  d*a8surer  d  ce  lien  la  solidite  que  reclame  im|)eri- 
eosement  le  grandeur  et  la  purete  du  but  vers  lequel  il  tend*  nous 
avoDS  pense  qn'il  d4t  ^tre  fonde  sur  les  principes  sacres  de  la  Religion 
Chrelienne. 

Profondement  pen^tre  de  cette  importante  v^rite,  nous  avons 
eanclfi  et  signe  TActe  que  nous  soumettons  aujourd'hui  d  la  me- 
ditation de  fotre  Altesse  Royale.  £]le  se  pemnadera  qnll  a  pour 
objet  de  raffermir  les  rapports  qui  nous  unissent,  en  formant  de  tons  les 
Peuples  de  la  Chretiennete  une  seule  et  m^me  Famille,  et  en  leur 
assurant  par  \i,  sous  la  protection  du  Tout-Puissant,  le  bonheur,  le 
salnty  les  bienfaits  de  la  pais  et  des  liens  de  fratemite  k  jamais  indis- 
solubles.  Nous  avons  vivement  regrette  que  Votre  Altesse  Royale 
n'sit  point  ^te  reuni  avec  nous  dans  le  grand  moment,  oi^  nous  avons 
conclu  cette  Transaction.  Nous  I'invitons  comma  notre  premier  et 
plus  intime  Alli^  k  y  accorder,  et  a  completter  une  ceuvre  uniqnement 
consacre  au  bien  de  lliumanite,  et  que  nous  devons  dds  lors  consid^rer 
comme  la  plus  belle  rdcompense  de  nos  efforts. 

FRANCOIS. 

FREDERICGUILLAUHE. 
l^dre  Frere  et  Cousin,  ALEX  A  N  DRE. 

ie  Prmce  Rlgent  de  la  Grande  Breiagne. 


(2.)— -7%e  Prince  Regent  of  Great  Britain  to  the  Sovereigns  of  Austria, 
Prussia  and  Russia,  respectively. 

Sir  my  Brothbr  and  Cousin,         Carlton  House,  6th  October,  1815* 
I  HATE  bad  the  honour  of  receiving  your  Imperial  Majesty's  Letter, 
together  with  the  Copy  of  the  Treaty  signed  by  your  Majesty  and  your 
August  Allies,  at  Paris,  on  the  26th  of  September. 

As  the  forms  of  the  British  Constitution,  which  I  am  called  upon 
to  administer,  in  the  name  and  on  the  behalf  of  the  King,  my 
Father,  preclude  me  from  acceding  formally  to  this  Treaty,  in 
the  shape  in  whieh  it  has  been  presented  to  me,  I  adopt  this 
course  of  conveying  to  the  August  Sovereigns  who  have  signed 
it,  my  entire  concurrence  in  the  principles  they  have  laid  down, 
and  in  the  declaration  which  they  have  set  forth,  of  making  the 
divine  precepts  of  the  Christian  Religion  the  invariable  rule  of -their 
conduct,  in  all  their  relations,  social  and  political,  and  of  cementing 
the  union  which  ought  ever  to  subsist  between  all  Christian  Nations ; 
and  it  will  be  always  my  earnest  endeavour  to  regulate  my  conduct,  in 
the  station  in  which  Divine  Providence  has  vouchsafed  to  place  me, 
by  these  sacred  maxims,  and  to  co-operate  nith  my  August  Allies  in 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


214  AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 

all  measures  which  may  be  likely  to  coDtribnte  to  the  peace  and 
happiness  of  mankind. 

With  the  most  iovariable  sentiments  of  friendship  and  affection^ 
I  am, 

Sir,  My  Brother  and  Cousin, 
Your  Imperial  Majesty's 
Good  Brother  and  Cousin, 
His  Imperial  Majesiy  GEORGE,  P.R. 

The  Emperor  of  Austria. 


PBOCES  VERBAUXdes  Confirences  entre  les  PUntpotem^ 
tiaires  de  PAutriche^  de  la  Orande  Bretagncy  de  Prusse,  et 
de  Russicy  et  Communicaiions  entr^Eux  et  le  Qouvernement 
FrangaiSy  sur  les  Rapports  entre  la  France  et  les  Puis^ 
eances  AUUes^  pour  ritablir  et  maintenir  la  Paix  06n4- 
rale. — Paris,  Juillet,  Novembre,  1815, 

No.  1815.        Page 

1.  Note  det  Fleiij^iotentiaires  des  4  Cours  «i  Prince  de 

Talleyrand.— ilimmw/ra/tofi  det  DkpartemenM  de 

Freaiee  oeetfpte  par  lee  Armkee  AUikee Pari*,. ...  24  Jnillet.  215 

2.  Prooes  Verbal  de  la  Conference  entre  ks  Pl^poten- 

tiairea    des  4   Conn. — Arrtmgemem  dijlmit\fk  A 

faxre  ante  la  France Paria,  20  Septembre.  216 

AnMxe* — Pmj^  de  TraiU  avtc  ia  France 217 

3.  Note  des  Pl^nipotentiairea  Fran^aia  anx  Pl^nipoten- 

tiaires  des  4  Coura. — Arrangemena  dtflnit\ft  ....  Paria,  21  Septembre.  221 

4.  Note  dea  Pl^potentiaires  dea  4  Coura  anx  Pl^nipo- 

tentiairea  Franfaia. — Arrangemem  deflnitife Paris,  22  Septembre.  225 

5.  Proc^  Verbal  de  la  Conf<^rence  entre  lea  Pl^poten- 

tiabes  des  5  Conrs. — Baeee  dee  lUqfporte  'awe  la 

France Paris,..  2  Octobie.  827 

6.  Proc^  Verbal  de  la  Conference  entre  lea  Pl^iipoten- 

tiairea  dea  4  Coura. — ArrangetiMne  tur  PIndemmii 

Pieumairef  et  entretien  de  VArmSed' Occupation,  Paris, . .  13  Octobre.  229 
Anncxee, — Baeet  dee  Arrangement  Pkcwniairte 230 

7.  Proo^  Verbal  de  la  Conference  entre  les  Pl^poten- 

tudres  dea  4  Cofxx%.-~Arrccngemene  Militairee  ....  Paris, . .  22  Octobre.  233 

8.  Arotocole  de  la  Conference  entre  lea  Fl^nipotentiairea 

dea  4  Coura. — Arrangemcne  TerritarimtSf  et  S^a- 

time  DSfeneifde  la  Coi^ediration  Germaniqve  . .  Paria,    3  Novembre.  234 

9.  Protocole  de  la  Conference  entre  lea  Pldnipotentiairea 

dea  4  Cours. — DietributUm  de  V Indemnity  Paris,    6  Noyembre.  242 

10.  Note  des  Pl^nipotent^airea  daa  4  Cours  an  Due  de 
Richelieu.  —  Comnumdemeni  dee  Troupve  AUieee en 
France,  par  le  Due  de  WelHugtm Paria,  20  Norembra.  246 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AUSTRIA^  &C«  AND  FRANCE.  215 

N^  1815.        P^« 

11.  N«te  te  Pl^potentiairei  da  4  Conn  m  Due  de 

Bididieiu— C%'«^  dm  TiraUi  tfJUimee  emirt  hi 

4  Cnurt t FuriB,  20  Norambre.  248 

12.  Pkoo^  Teibal  de  la  ConfiSraioe  entre  lei  Fl^poten- 

tudrei  da  4  Conn.— JBoyfet  de  Vh^denmUk  pour 

U  rm^mrvmtmi  de  is  L^ue  Difineice Pkris,  21  NoTcmbie.  249 


{l.y^Les  Piempoientimres  dei  4  Cowrs  JUieet  m  Prince  de  Talley^ 
rand,  sur  tAdminisiraiieH  dee  Departemens  de  France  oeeupes  par 
kt  Armies  Alliees.  Paris,  U  24  JuHiei,  1815. 

Lbs  Soottigii^oiit  pris  en  nnirecoiiBid^ratioo  les  ouverturea  que  ]« 
Mioiet^  da  Roi  lear  ft  fait  parveDir  par  SOB  Excellence  M.  le  Baron 
Louk,  dans  le  bat  de  regnlariser  la  marcliie  de  rAdministration  dans 
les  Pays  occupes  par  les  Armees  Alliees.  Us  eont  trop  peoetres  de 
la  D^essite  de  prendre  A  cet  ^gard  les  mesures  les  pins  nrgentes  et  les 
plos  eftcaceSf  pour  ne  pas  entrer  avec  empressemeDt  daos  les  vues  qui 
ont  did^  ces  propositions.  lis  croyent  voir  que  les  dispositions  8oi« 
▼antes  qui  viennent  d'etre  arr^t^es,  seront  les  plus  propres  i^  coocilier 
les  desire  dn  Roi  avec  la  situation  od  se  trouveroot  les  Armees  Allitoi 
pendant  leur  sejour  en  France. 

I"*.  Pour  prevenir  les  inconv^niens  qui  resultent  de  I'incertitode  od 
soBt  encore  les  Armto  Alliees,  relativement  i  leurs  cantennemensy 
une  Ligne  de  demarcation  d^terminera  les  Departemens  qui  seront  oc- 
:apes  par  dies,  et  qui  seront  plus  sp^cialement  assignee  d  leur  susten- 
dUioB. 

2*.  Ces  Departemens  seront  partag^  entre  les  diflerentes  Armees, 
de  mani^re  i  ce  que  chacnne  d'elles  ait  nn  rayon,  et  que  par  cons^ 
qoent,  dans  le  m^me  Departement,  il  n'y  ait  que  des  Troupes  de  la 
ra4me  Arm^e. 

d*.  Cependant,  dans  ces  diflerens  rayons  et  en  general  dans  tous 
les  Departemens  occup^  par  les  Allies,  on  sutvra  un  syst^me  uni- 
forme  pour  tootes  les  Affaires  qui  concernent  {'Administration,  et  se 
rapportent  aux  besoins  de  I'Arm^e. 

4^  Les  Autorit^  du  Roi  seront  imm^diatement  r^tabKes  dans  cea 
Departemens,  et  les  Prefets  et  Sous-Prefets  remis  dans  Texercice  de 
leurs  fonctions. 

d*.  Afin  de  proiiger  ces  Autorites,  et  d'assurw  en  mtme  tems  que 
dun cdt^,tout  ce  qui  tient  au  service  etaux  besoins  des  Armies  Alliees 
s*ex6cnte  avec  exactitude,  et  que  de  I'antre,  celles-ci  observent  le  plus 
grand  ordre ;  il  sera  nomm^  des  Gouverneurs  Milltaires  pour  les  De- 
partemens qui  formeront  les  rayons  de  chaque  Arm^e;  mais  ce  ne  sera 
qoe  pour  les  objets  qui  concenient  le  service  de  ces  Armees,  que  les  Pre- 
fets et  autres  Ponctionuaires  Publics  recevront  les  directions  des  Gou- 
¥emenrs  Militaires  des  Puissances  Alliees. 

0*.  Ces  objets  seront  encore  plus  sp^eialement  determines;   mais 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


/ 


216  AUSTRIA,   &C.    AND    FRANCE. 

J*entretieD  des  differentes  Armees  aura  lieu  sur  des  priiicipes  quiseroiif 
uniformemeDt  adoptes. 

7^  Une  Commission  Administrative  vient  d'etre  etablie  i  Paris, 
et  se  raettra  aussitdt  que  possible  en  rapport  avec  Ja  Commission 
uomm^e  par  le  Roi. 

8^  Des  ordres  out  ete  dohnes  pour  que  la  rentree  descoutributions 
en  argent,  dont  plusieurs  Vitles  et  Departemens  ont  ete  frapp^s.  ne 
soit  pas  uit^rieureraent  poursuivie,  et  qu*d  Tavenir  aucune  contribution 
de  ce  geure  ne  soit  demandee  par  des  ordres  isol^s  des  Intendans  des 
drff^rentes  Armees. 

Ces  Arrangemens  allant  aussi  loin  que  le  permettent  pour  le  m&ment 
aux  Allies  le  soin  de  leurs  propres  Armees  et  leur  situation  militaire,  lea 
Soussignes  se  flattent  que  le  Minist^re  du  Roi  y  recunnaitra  le  desir 
sincere  qu*ils  ont  de  contribuer  au  retablissement  de  Tautorite  royale, 
et  k  radoucissement  des  charges  de  la  guerre,  autant  que  les  circon* 
stances  leur  en  laissent  la  possibility. 

lis  ont  I'honneur,  &c., 

METTERNICH.  NESSELRODIi:. 

CAQTLEREAGH.  HARDENBERG. 

&  E.  Le  Prince  de  Tallei^rand. 


(2.)— Proccjf  Verbahle  la  Conference  des  Plenipotentiaires  des  4  Caurs 
Alliees  avec  les  Plenipotentiaires  de  France^  sur  les  Arrangemens  De- 
Jinitifs\  Paris,  le  20  Septembre,  1815. 

Les  Souveraius  AHiees  ayant  nomm^  Plenipotentiaires  pour 
conferer  avec  le  Gonvernement  Frao^ais  sur  les  Arrangemens  D^finitift 
d  faire  entre  les  Puissances  Alliees  et  la  France,  savoir  : 

Sa  Majeste  I'Empereur  d'Autriche,  M.  le  Prince  de  Metternich; 
M.  le  Prince  de  Schwartzeubourg; 

Son  Altesse  Roy  ale  le  Prince  Regent  de  la  Grande  Bretagne^ 
M.  le  Due  de  Wellington ;    Lord  Vicomte  Castlereagh  ; 

Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  de  Prusse,  M.  le  Prince  de  Hardeuberg;  M.  le 
Baron  de  Humboldt; 

Sa  Majeste  I'Empereur  de  toutes  les  Russies,  IM.  le  Comte 
de  Rasoumoffsky.,  M.  le  Comte  de  Capo  d'Istrias; 

£t  le  Minist^re  Franyais  ayant  annonce  d  leurs  Excellences  les 
Ministres  et  Secretaires  d*Etat  des  Cabinets  Allies,  que  Sa  Majeste 
Tres  Chretienne  a  charge  de  ses  Pleins-pouvoirs^  pour  recevotr  les 
Communications  des  Cours  Alliees ;  M.  le  Prince  de  Talleyrand ;  M.  le 
Due  de  Dalberg;  M.  le  Baron  Louis  ; 

On  s'est  r^uni  aujourd'hui  d  3  heures  apr^s  midi,  pour  proceder 
aux  dites  Communications. 

Lord  Castlereagh  a  d'abord  adresse  la  parole  it  Messieurs  les 
Plenipotentiaires  de  France  dans  les  termes  suivaus : 

•'  Les  Pieces  que  les  Ministres  des  Couis  Alliees  vont  presenter 
sont  le  r^sultat  des  devoirs  des  Souverains  Allies  envers  leurs  Pcuples, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE.  217 

et  de  tear  d^ir  de  concilier  avec  ces  devoirs  les  sentimens  qu'ils  out 
▼ones  au  Roi  de  France.  Ces  Pieces  renferment  I'ensemble  des 
demanded  qu*ils  se  sont  reonis  A  former  vis.2t^vis  de  la  France/' 

lisctare  a  et£  faite  ensaite  d*uQ  Extrait  contenant  la  substance 
det  Articles  dont  les  Cours  Alliees  etoient  convenues  entr'elles. 

Cette  lectore  a  e(e  snivie  de  ceile  du  Projet  de  Traite  redig6  d'uii 
comman  accord  par  les  Ministres  des  4  Cabinets  Allies,  tel  qu*il  se 
troave  annexe  i  ce  Procds  Verbal. 

MM.  les  PI6nipotentiaire8  de  France  ont  demande  communication 
de  ces  Pieces,  en  declarant  qulls  les  prendroient  ad  referendum. 
La  Stance  a  ete  levee. 

METTERNICH.  HARDEN6ERG. 

SCHWARTZENBERG.  HUMBOLDT. 

WELLINGTON.  RASOUMOFFSKY. 

CASTLEREAGH.  CAPO   DiSTRIAS. 


{Annexe.)'-^Prqfet  de  Traite  avec  la  France. 

Lbs  Puissances  Alliees  ayant  par  leurs  efforts  reunis,  et  par  le 
SQCC^  de  leurs  Armes,  soustrait  la  Nation  Fran9ai8e  aux  calaraites 
que  lui  preparoit  le  dernier  attentat  de  Napoleon  Bonaparte,  et 
preserve  TEurope  des  bouleversemens  dont  elle  etoit  menac^e  par 
suite  da  syst^me  R^volutionnaire,  reproduit  en  France  pour  fairo 
r6usslr  cet  attentat ; 

Et  partageant  aujourd'hui  avec  Sa  Majeste  Tr^sChr^ti^nne  le  desir 
d'ofirir  d  I'Europe,  par  le  maintieu  inviolable  de  Pautorit6  Royale,  et 
la  remise  en  vigueur  de  la  Charte  Constitutionnelle,  les  garanties  les 
plus  raasurantes  de  la  stabilite  de  I'ordre  des  choses  heureusement 
retabli  en  France,  de  consol'der  les  rapports  d  amiti^  et  de  bonne 
harmonie  que  le  Traits  de  Paris  avoit  ramenes  entre  la  France  et  les 
Etats  Toisins,  et  d'^carter  tout  ce  qui  pourrait  alterer  ou  compromettre 
ces  rapports ; 

Leurs  Majestes  Imperiales  et  Roy  ales  ont  propose  h  Sa  Majeste  le 
Roi  de  France  et  de  Navarre,  les  Bases  d*un  Arrangement  propre  k 
lenr  assurer  de  jnstes  indemnites  pour  le  passe  ainsi  que  des  garanties 
solides  pour  I'avenir,-— seules  conditions  auxquellea  il  soit  possible 
d'acteindre  i  une  pacification  prompte  et  durable;  et  Sa  Maje&te  Tr^s 
Chretienne  ayant  acc^dee  aux  dites  propositions,  il  a  ete  convenu  de 
les  consigner  dans  un  Traite  D^finitif. 

A  cet  etS^t  les  Hautes  Parties  Contractantes  out  nomme,  &c.  &c. 

Lesquels,  apr^  avoir  ^hang^s  leurs  Pleinspouvoirs,  trouves  en 
bonne  et  doe  forme,  out  signe  les  Articles  suivans. 

Art.  I.  Le  Traite  de  Paris  du  f|  Mai  1814,  est  confirme, 
et  sera  execute  et  maintenu  dans  toutes  celles  de  ses  dispositions  qui 
ne  se  trouveroient  pas  modifiees  par  le  present  Traite. 

II.  Les  Hautes  Parties  Contractantes,  iustruites  par  rexperteuce 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


218  AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 

dea  iQCOQvenieQS  attaches,  sous  plutueiirs  rapports  Administratifs  et 
Militaires,  4  la  designation  des  limites  da  Territoire  Fran^ais,  telle 
qu 'elte  avalt  et^  ^tablie  par  TArticle  II.  da  Traite  du  30  Mai  1814,  et 
voulant  i  cet  ^gard,  adopter  pour  i*aveuir  un  systftme  egalement 
favorable  au  maiutiea  de  la  tranqoillite  generale  et  an  bien  itre  de 
lean  Sujets,  ont  defioitivement  regie  la  Ligne  de  demarcation  entre  le 
dit  Territoire  Frao9ais  et  les  Etats  voisins  de  la  mani^  saivante. 

Du  c6te  du  Nord,  cette  Ligne  suivra  la  demarcatioQ  fixee  par  le 
Traits  de  Paris  jusqo'au  point  od  Tfiscaut  entre  dans  le  D^partement 
de  Jemappes,  et  deli  ce  fleuve  jasqu'4  la  Fronti^re  du  Canton 
de  Conde»  qui  restera  hors  de  la  Fronti^re  de  la  France. 
Depuis  Quifrain  la  demarcation  sera  tracde  le  long  de  lancienne 
Pronti^re  des  Provinces  Belgiques,  et  dn  cidevant  Ev6che  de  Li^ge 
jusqu'  k  Villers,  prds  d'Orval,  en  laissant  les  Territoires  de  Philippeville, 
et  de  M arienbourg  qui  8*y  trouvent  enclaves,  ainsi  qoe  le  Canton  de 
Givet,  hors  des  limites  Fran9aises. 

Depuis  Villers  jusqu'  iBourg,  i  droite  delachauss^  qui  m^ne  de 
Tbionville  a  Treves,  la  demarcation  restera  telle  qu'elle  a  ^te  fixee  par 
le  Traite  de  Paris.  De  Bourg  elle  suivra  une  Ligne  qui  sera  tiree  sur 
Launsdorfy  Walturch,  Schardorf,  Niederreiling,  Pelweiller,  jusqu'i 
Houvre,  laissant  tous  ces  Endroits  avec  leurs  appartenances  4  la 
France.  De  Houvre  la  Fronti^re  suiura  les  anciennes  limites  du  Pays 
de  Saarbruck,  en  laissant  Saarlonis  et  le  conrs  de  la  Sarre,  avec  les 
Eudroits  situ^  d  la  droite  de  la  Ligne  susmentionnee  etieur  apparte* 
nances  k  I'Ailemagne.  Des  limites  du  Pays  de  Saarbruck  la  demarca- 
tion suivra  celle  qui  separe  actuellement  le  Departement  de  la 
Moselle  et  celui  du  Has  Rhin,  de  TAIIemagne  jusqu'd  la  Lauter,  qui 
servirade  Fronti^re  jusqu'k  son  embouchure  dans  le  Rhin,  de  sorte  que 
Landau,  enclav^e  dans  la  pointe  avanc^e  form^e  par  la  Lauter,  restera 
d  TAllemagne,  tandisque  Lauterbourg  et  Weissenbourg,  situ^es  sur 
cette  Riviere,  resteront  i  la  France. 

Du  cote  de  TEst  la  demarcation  restera  telle  qu'elle  etoit  etablie 
par  le  Traite  de  Paris,  depuis  Tembouchure  de  la  Lauter  jusqu'i^  St. 
Brais,  dans  le  Departement  du  Haut  Rhin ;  elle  suivra  deld  le  Douba 
jusqu  au  Fort  de  Joux,  en  sorte  que  la  Yilie  de  Pontarlier,  sitnee  snr 
la  droite  da  Doubs  appartiendra,  avec  un  rayon,  4  la  France,  et  le 
Port  de  Joux  situe  sur  la  gauche,  a  la  Confederation  Helvetique. 
Du  Fort  de  Joax  la  Ligne  suivra  la  cr^te  du  Jura  jusqu'au  Rh6ne, 
laissant  le  Fort  de  TEcluse  hors  de  la  Fronti^re  de  la  France. 

Depuis  le  Rh6ne  jusqo  a  la  Mer,  la  Ugne  de  demarcation  sera 
form^e  par  celle  des  Fronti^res  qui  en  ITQOseparuient  la  France  dela 
Savoye,  et  du  Comte  de  Nice. 

La  France  renoncera  au  droit  de  tenir  Garnison  i  Monaco. 

La  Neutralite  de  la  Suisse  sera  etendue  au  Territoire  qui  se  trouve 
au  nord  d*une  lij^ue  a  tircr  de|»uis  Ugine,  y  compris  cette  Ville,  au 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AUSTRIA ,  &C.  AND  FRANCE.  219 

midi  do  Lac  d'Annecy  par  Faverge  josqu'd  Lecherainey  et  deli  au  Lac 
da  BooTget  jnsqo'au  Rbdoe,  de  la  m^me  maoi^re  qnVlie  a  M  eteodue 
aox  Provinces  de  ChaUais  et  de  FaucigDy^  par  I'ArticIe  XCII  de 
I'Acte  Final  da  Congr^  de  Yienne. 

III.  Lies  Fortificalions  de  Huningoe  etant  nn  objit  d'inqni^tude 
perpeiaelle  poor  la  Ville  de  B4]e,  les  Haaies  Parties  Contractantes, 
poardonneri  la  Conlederalion  Helv^tique^  une  nooYelle  prenve  de 
lear  bienveillance  et  de  lenr  sollicitude,  sont  convenues  entr'  Elles  de 
laire  demolir  les  Fortifieations  de  Hiiningue;  et  ie  Gonvemement 
Fran^aiss  engage  par  le  oi^me  motif  A  ne  lea  retablir  dansancun  tems^ 
eti  ne  point  les  remplacer  par  d'antres  Fortifications  done  distance  de 
3  lieaes  de  la  Ville  de  Bile. 

lY.  Le  devoir  des  SooTerains  Allies  envers  les  Peoples  qulls 
goavenient  les  ayant  portes  i  demander  une  Compensation  des  sacri- 
fices pecuniaires  que  le  dernier  armement  general  a  fait  impoeer  i  des 
Pays«  deji  fortement  epuises  par  cette  longue  suite  de  guerres  soute- 
noes  eontre  les  Poufoirs  Revolutionnaires  de  la  France,  et  Sa  Majesty 
Tris  Chretienne  n'ayant  pas  pu  se  refuser  i  admettre  le  principe  sur 
leqael  cette  Reclamation  se  fonde,  la  somme  de  600,000,000  francs  sera 
foamie  par  la  France  aux  Puissances  AUiees  i  titre  d'indemnlte.  Le 
mode  et  les  termes  du  payement  de  cette  somme,  seront  regies  par 
one  Convention  Particnlidre,  qai  aura  la  mime  force  et  valeur  que  si 
elle  6toit  textuellement  inser^e  au  present  Trait^. 

Y.  Considerant  de  plus  que  dans  le  coors  des  guerres  amenees  par 
les  ^v^nemens  de  la  Revolution,  tous  les  Pays  Limitrophes  de  la 
France,  et  notamment  les  Pays  Bas,  I'Allemagne  et  le  Piemont,  ont 
vu  soccessivement  demolir  les  Places  Fortes  qui  jusque  li  leur  avoient 
servi  de  barridre,  et  que  la  surety  de  ces  pays  et  le  repos  futur  de 
I'Europe  font  ^galement  d^sirer  un  ordre  de  cboses,  qui  etablisse 
entre  les  moyens  de  defense  de  part  et  d'autre  un  eqnilibre  essentiel- 
lement  favorable  au  maintien  de  la  pais  g^n^rale;  les  Puissances 
AUiees  ont  cm  ne  pouvoir  mieux  atteindre  ce  but,  qu'en  proposant  i 
la  France  de  se  charger  d  une  partie  des  fraix  qu  entrainera  la  con- 
stmction  d*nn  certain  nombre  de  Places  sur  les  Frontiferes,  opposees 
aux  siennea,  et  de  faciliter  et  completter  cette  mesure,  enr^non^ant,  en 
faveor  des  Allies,  i  qnelques  unes  de  celles  qui  se  trouvent  sur  les 
points  les  plus  avauces  de  ses  Lignes  de  Fortifications. 

Et  Sa  Majeste  Trte  Chretienne,  p^netree  des  avantages  que  la 
France,  aprds  ses  lougues  agitations,  retirera  de  raffermissement  de 
la  Faix  gen^rale,  et  prto  i  se  soumettre,  pour  obtenir  un  aussi  grand 
bien,  i  tout  sacrifice  qui  ne  compromit  pas  I'int^grit^  snbstantielle 
de  son  Royaume,  ayant  accede  aux  Propositions  des  Puissances,  il 
est  convenn,  qn'independamment  de  IMndemnit^  P^cuniaire  stipulee 
dans  ^Article  precedent,  le  Gonvemement  Fran9ais  foumira  aux 
Allies,  pour  couvrir  une  partie  des  charges  resultant  du  retablissc- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


220  AUSTRIA,  &C.  ANP  FRANCE. 

meiit  de  leur  syst^me  defensif,  la  Somme  de  200,000,000,  etcedera  les 
Places  de  Cond^,  Givet,  avec  Charlemont,  et  Same  Louis,  avec  des 
rayons  conTeuables,  tets  qu*ils  out  et^  designes  dans  1* Article  II. 

VI.  Letat  d*iuquietude  et  de  fermentatioD,  dont  aprbs  tant  de 
secousses  violentes  et  surtout  apres  la  demi^re  catastrophe,  la  France 
doit  necessairement  se  ressentir  encore,  et  dont  malgr^  les  intentions 
patemelles  de  son  Roi,  et  les  avantages  assures  par  la  Charte  Con- 
stitulionnelle  d  toutes  les  Classes  de  ses  Sujets,  il  est  difficile  de  cal- 
culer  la  duree,  exigeant,  pour  la  surety  des  Etats  voisins,  des  mesures 
de  precaution  et  de  garantie  temporaire,  il  a  ^tejuge  indispensable  de 
faire  occuper  provisoirement,  par  nn  Corps  de  Troupes  AUi^,  des  po- 
sitions militaires  le  long  des  Fronti^res  de  la  Frauce,  sous  la  reserve 
expresse  que  cette  Occupation  ne  portera  aucun  prejudice  It  la  Sou- 
verainete  de  Sa  Majeste  Trfes  Chr^tienne,  ni  a  I'^tat  de  possession  tel 
qu*il  est  reconnuet  confirme  par  le  present  Traite. 

Le  nombre  de  ces  Troupes  ne  depassera  pas  150,000  hommes.  Le 
Commandant  en  Chef  de  cette  Armee  sera  nomme  par  les  Puissances 
Alliees. 

Ce  Corps  d*  Armee  occupera  les  Places  de  Valenciennes,  Bouchain, 
Cambray,  Maubeuge,  Landrecies,  Le  Quesnoy,  Avesnes^  Rocroy, 
Longwy,  Thionville,  Bitsch,  etla  t£te  de  Pontde  Fort  Louis. 

La  Place  de  Strasbourg  sera  Evacuee  par  la  Troupe  de  Ligne,  et 
confieedla  Garde  Urbaine,~^(ou  hien  elle  sera  coroplettement evacuee 
et  desarmee,  et  confiee  d  la  Gai'de  Urbaine) — la  Citadelle  restant 
occup^e  par  les  Allies. 

La  Ligne  qui  s^parera  les  Armees  Fran^aises  et  Alliees  sera  par- 
ticulierement  determinee.  Les  Places  comprises  dans  cette  Ligne,  et 
non-occupees  par  les  troupes  Alliees  seront  con6^es  k  la  Garde 
Urbaine. 

Lentretien  de  I'Arm^e  destin^e  a  ce  service  devant^tre  fonnii  par 
la  France,  une  Convention  Speciale  reglera  tout  ce.qui  peut  avoir  rhp- 
port  d  cet  objet.  Cette  Convention  reglera  de  m^me  les  relations 
de  TArmee  d*Occupation  avec  les  Aulorites  Civiles  et  Militaires  du 
Pays. 

La  dur^e  de  cette  Occupatiou  Militaire  est  limit^e  a  7  ans.  Elle 
finira  avant  ce  terme,  si  au  bout  de  3  ans  les  Souverains  Allies, 
r^unis  pour  prendre  en  consideration  I  etat  de  la  Frauce,  s'accordent 
d  reconnoitre  que  les  motifs  qui  les  portoient  d  cette  mesure,  out 
cess6  d'exister.  Mais  au  terme  de  7  ans  r^volus,  toutes  les  places 
et  positions  occupees  par  les  Troupes  Alliees,  seront,  sans  autre  delai. 
evacuees  et  remises  d  Sa  Majeste  Louis  XViil,  ou  a  Ses  Heritiers  et 
Successears. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE.  221 

(3.)— Zitfi  Plenipotentiaires  de  France  aux  Plinipotentiaircs  des  4  Coun 
AllUes,  sur  Us  Arrangemens  Definilifs. 

Paris,  le  21  Septembre,  1815. 
Les  Soussignes,  Plenipotentiaires  de  Sa  Majesty  Ti^s  Chretienne 
ont  porte  sur  le  champ  k  sa  connoissance  les  Communications  qui, 
dans  la  Conference  d'hier,  leur  ont  et^  faites  par  leurs  Excellences 
M.M.  les  Ministres  Plenipotentiaires  des  4  Cours  reunies,  touchant  un 
arrangement  definitif;  poor  bases  doquel  leurs  E  xcellences  ont  propose : 
P.  La  Cession  par  8a  Majeste  Tr^s  Chretien ne  d'un  Territoire 
^gal  aux  deox-tiers  de  ce  qui  avoit  ete  ajoule  k  Tancienne  France  par 
le  Trait^  dd  30  Mai,  et  dans  lequel  seroient  comprises  les  Places  de 
Cond^,  Philippe?ille,  Marienbourg,  Givet  et  Charlemont,  Sarrelouis, 
Landau,  et  les  Forts  de  Joox  et  de  TEcluse. 

9^.  La  demolition  des  FortiScations  de  Huningne. 
30.  Le  Payement  de  2  Sommes,  I'ane  de  600,000,000  Francs,  k  titre 
d'Indemnite ;   I'autre  de  200.000,000,  pour  servir  a  la  construction  de 
Places  Fortes  dans  les  Pays  limitruphes  de  la  France. 

4^.  L'OccnpationMilitaire  pendant  7aus  des  Places  de  Valenciennes, 
Bonchain,  Cambrai,  Maubeuge,  Landrecies,  Le  Quesnoi,  Avesne, 
Rocroy,  Longwy,  Thionville,  Bitsch,  et  de  la  t^te  de  pont  du  Fort 
Louis,  ainsique  d'une  ligne  le  long  des  Fronti^res  da  Nord  et  de  PEst, 
par  one  Armee  de  150,000  bommes,  sous  les  Ordres  d'un  General  k 
Qommer  par  les  Puissances  Alliees,  et  entretenue  par  la  France. 

Sa  Majesty  desirant  ardemment  de  hiter  antant  qu*il  est  en  elle, 
la  conclusion  d*un  Arrangement  dont  le  retard  a  caus^  i  ses  Peuples 
tant  de  manx  qo'elle  deplore  chaque  jour,  a  prolong^  en  France,  et 
prolonge  cette  agitation  interieure  qui  a  excite  la  sollicitode  des  Puis- 
sances;  mais  plus  animee  encore  du  d^sir  defaire  connoitre  ses  bonnes 
dispositions  aux  Souverains  ses  Allies,  a  voulu  que  sans  perte  de  tems» 
les  Soussignes  commoniquAssent  a  leurs  Excellences  M.M.  les  Minis- 
tres  Plenipotentiaires  des  4  Cours,  les  principes  sur  lesquets  elle  peruse 
que  la  N^gociation  doit  ^tre  suivie,  relativement  i  chacnne  des  bases 
proposees,  en  leur  ordonnant  de  presenter  sur  la  premiere  de  ces 
bases>  celle  qui  concerne  les  Cessions  Territoriales,  les  obsenrations 
suiTantes,  dans  lesquelles  cet  important  objet  est  envisage  sons  le 
double  rapport  de  la  justice  et  de  Tutilit^,  qu'il  serait  si  dangereux  de 
diviser. 

Le  defant  d  un  Juge  common  qui  ait  antorite  et  puissance  pour 
terminer  les  diff§rends  des  Souverains,  ne  leur  laisse  d'autre  pnrti, 
lorsqu'ils  n* ont  po  s'accorder  d  Tamiable,  que  de  remettre  la  d^ision 
de  ces  differends  au  sort  dea  armes,  ce  qui  constitue  entr'eux  1  etat 
de  Guerre.  Si  dans  cet  etat,  des  Possessions  de  Fun  sont  occupies 
par  les  Forces  de  I'autre,  ces  Possessions  sont  sous  la  conqn^te,  par  le 
droit  de  laquelle  I'Occupant  en  acquiert  la  pleine  jouissance,  pour  tout 
le  terns  qu'il  les  occupe,  ou  jusqu  au  r^tablissement  de  la  Paix.     11 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


222  AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 

est  en  droit  de  demander,  comme  conditioo  de  ce  retablissement,  que 
ce  c]uMl  occape  lui  soit  cede,  en  tout  ou  eo  partie,  et  la  ceasion 
lorsqu'elle  a  lieu  transformant  la  jouissance  en  propri^te  de  aimple 
Occupant,  il  en  devient  SouveraiQ.  C'est  une  mani^re  d'acquerir  que 
la  Loi  des  N  aliens  autorise. 

Mais  I'etat  de  Guerre,  la  conqu6te,  et  le  droit  d'eziger  des  Ces- 
sions Territoriales,  sont  des  choses  qui  precedent  et  dependent  Tune  de 
Tautre,  de  telle  sorte  qne  la  premiere  est  une  condition  absolue  de  la 
2nde,  et  celle-ci  de  la  d^me ;  cars,  hors  de  T^tat  de  Guerre,  il  ne  pent 
pas  6tre  foit  de  conqu^te,  et  Id  od  la  conqn^te  n*a  point  eu,  ou  n  a  plus 
lieu,  le  droit  de  demander  des  Cessions  Territoriales  ne  saurait  exister, 
puisquon  ne  pent  demander  de  conserver  ce  qu'on  n'a  point  eu, ou  ce 
qu'on  n'a  plus. 

II  ne  pent  y  avoir  de  conqu^te  hors  de  T^tat  de  Guerre,  et  comme 
on  ne  peut  prendre  k  qui  n'a  rien,  on  ne  pent  conquerir  que  sur  qui 
poss^de,  d  oi]i  il  suit  que  pour  qu*il  puisse  y  avoir  couqu^te,  il  faut 
qu'il  y  ait  Guerre  de  I'Occnpant  au  Possesseur,  c'est  d  dire  au  Sou- 
verain,  droit  de  possession  sur  un  Pays  et  Souverainete  6tant  choses 
inseparables,  ou  plut6t  identiqaes. 

Si  done  on  fait  la  Guerre  dans  un  Pays,  et  contre  un  nombre  pins 
on  motns  grand  des  habitans  de  ce  Pays,  mais  que  le  Souverain  en 
soit  except^  onne  fait  point  la  Guerre  au  Pays,  cette  demibre  expres- 
sion n'^tant  quun  trope  par  lequel  le  domaine  est  pris  pour  le  Pos- 
sesseur ;  or  un  Souvexain  est  except^  de  la  Guerre  que  des  Btrangers 
font  cbez  lui,  lorsqu'ils  le  reconuaissent,  et  qu'ils  entretienneut  avec 
lui  les  relations  de  Paix  accoutumees ;  la  Guerre  est  faite  alers  contre 
des  hommes  aux  droits  des  quels  celut  qui  les  combat  ne  peut  suc- 
c^der,  par  ce  qu*ils  n'eu  ont  point,  et  sur  lesquels  il  est  impossible  de 
oonqu^rir  ce  qui  n*est  pasa eux ;  lobjet  de  I'eflet d'une  telle  guerre  ne 
peuvent  pas  Atre  de  conquerir,  mais  de  recouvrer.  Or  quiconque  re- 
couvre  ce  qui  n'est  pas  d  lui,  ne  le  peut  recouvrer  que  pour  celui 
qu'il  en  recounait  comme  le  Possesseur  legitime. 

Pour  pouvoir  se  croire  en  Guerre  avec  un  Pays,  sans  I'etre  avec 

celui  qu'on  en  reconnaissait  pr^c6demment  comme  Souverain,  il  faut 

de  toute  necessite  de  deux  choses; — I'une,  ou  de  cesser  de  le  tenir  ]>our 

tel,  et  regarder  la  Souverainete  comme  transferee  a  ceux  que  Ton 

combat  par  Tacte  m^me  pour  lequel  on  les  combat,  c'est  k  dire  recon- 

nditre,  suivre,  et  par  Id  sanctionner  ces  doctrines,  qui  avaient  renvers^ 

tant  de  Tr6nes,  qui  les  avoient  ebranles  tons,  et  contre  lesquelles 

I'armer  toute  enti^re ; — ou  bien  croire  que  la  Souve- 

i  double.     Mais  elle  est  essentiellement  une  et  ne  peut 

peut  exister  sous  des  formes  differentes,  ^tre  collective 

Mais  non  d  la  fois  dans  un  mSme   Pays,   qui   ne 

nime  terns  2  Souverains.     Or  les  Puissances  Alliees 

ru  ni  I'une  ou  I'autre  de  ces  deux  choses. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AUSTRIA,   &C.    AND    FRANCE.  223 

Elles  ont  consid^r^  rentreprise  de  Bonaparte  comme  le  plus  grand 
crime  qai  peat  ^tre  commis  partni  lea  hommes,  et  dont  la  aeule  tenta- 
tive le  mettait  hors  de  la  Loi  des  Nations.  Elles  n'ont  va  dans  ses 
Adherens  que  des  complices  de  ce  crime  qu'il  fallait  combattre,  son- 
mettre  et  pnnir :  ce  qui  excluait  invinciblement  toute  supposition  qu'ils 
paissent  avoir  natorellement  on  acquerir,  conferer  ni  transmettre, 
ancun  droit. 

Les  Puissances  Alliees  n'ont  pas  nn  instant  cesse  de  reconnaitre 
8a  Majeate  Tr^s  Chretienne  comme  Roi  de  France,  et  consdquemment 
les  droits  qui  lui  appartienuent  en  cette  qualite.  Elles  n'ont  pas  un 
instant  ceas^  d*6tre  avec  lui  dans  des  relations  de  paix  et  d'amitie,  ce 
qui  seul  eroportait  avec  soi  rengagement  de  respecter  ses  droits. 

Elles  ont  pris  cet  engagement  d'une  mani^ra  formelle,  bien 
qn'implicite,  danslears  Declarations  du  iSe.  Mars  et  dans  le  Traits  du 
S5e.  Elles  Tout rendn  pins  etroit,  en  fesant  entrer  le  Roi,  par  son 
Accession  i  ce  Traitd,  dans  lenr  Alliance  contre  TEnnemi  commun ; 
car  si  Ion  ne  pent  conqnerir  sur  un  Ami>ii  plus  forte  raison  ne  le  peut 
on  pas  snr  nn  Allie;  et  qn'on  ne  disc  pas  que  le  Roi  ne  pourrait  ^tre 
TAIlie  des  Puissances  qu'en  cooperant  activement  avec  elles,  ce  qu'il 
ne  I'a  point  fait.  Si  la  defection  totale  de  TArmee,  qui  4  Pepoque  du 
Traite  da  26  Mars,  etait  d6j4  connae  ou  repute  inevitable,  ne  lui  a 
point  permis  de  faire  agir  des  Forces  r^guli^res,  les  Fran^ais  qui,  en 
prenant  poor  lui  les  armes  an  nombre  de  60  k  70,000  dans  les  D^- 
parlemens  de  I'Onest  et  du  Midi,  et  ceux  qui  se  montrant  disposes  d 
Jes  prendre,  ont  mis  rUsurpateur  dans  la  necessity  de  diviser  ses 
Forces,  et  ceux  qui,  aprte  sa  defaite  4  Waterloo,  au  lien  des  ressources 
en  hommes  et  en  argent  qu'il  demandait,  ne  lui  en  ont  laiss^  d'autre 
que  de  tout  abandonner,  ont  et^  pour  les  Puissances  Alliees  des  Aux-* 
iliaires  tr^s  reels  et  trbs  utils.  Enfin  les  Puissances  Alliees,  4  mesure 
qoe  leurs  Forces  se  sent  avanc^es  dans  les  Provinces  Fran^aises,  y  ont 
retabli  Tautorite  da  Roi,  mesare  qui  aurait  fait  cesser  la  conqo^te,  si 
cec  Provinces  eossent  et^  veritablement  conquises. 

II  est  done  Evident  que  la  demande  qui  est  fait  de  Cessions  Terru 
toriales  ne  peut  ^tre  fondee  sur  la  conquttc. 

Elle  ne  pent  pas  davantage  avoir  pour  motif  les  d^penses  faites 
par  les  Puissances  Alliees,  car  il  est  juste  que  les  sacrifices  aux  quels 
dies  ont  ^te  forcees  par  one  guerre  entreprise  pour  l^utilit^  commune, 
mais  pour  Tutilite  plus  sp^ciale  de  la  France,  ne  restent  pas  i  leur 
diarge;  il  est  ^galement  juste qu'elles se  contentent  dun  dedommage- 
ment  d«s  m^me  nature  que  le  sacrifice.  Or,  les  Puissances  Alliees 
n'ont  point  sacrifi^  de  Territoire. 

Nous  vivons  dans  un  terns  oA,  plus  qu'en  ancun  autre,  il  importe 
d'aflermir  la  confiance  dans  la  parole  des  Rois.  Des  Cessions 
exig£ea  de  8a  Majesty  Tr^  Chretienne  prodniraient  I'effet  tout  con- 
traire,  apr^  la  declaration  oi!k  les  Puissances  ont  annonce  qu'elles  ne 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


224  AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND   FRANCE. 

8  armaieut  que  contre  Bonaparte  et  ses  Adherens;  apr^  le  Trait6  oA 
elles  se  sont  engagees  a  maintenir  contre  toule  atteinte  Tintigrite  det 
Siipuiaiions  du  TraUedu  30  Mai,  1814,  qui  ne  pent  ^tre  maintenue 
si  celle  de  la  France,  ne  Test  pas;  aprbs  les  Proclamations  de  leurs 
G^neraux  en  Chef,  od  les  m^mes  assurances  sont  renouvelees. 

Des  Cessions  exigees  de  Sa  Majeste  Trds  Chr^tienne  lui  oteraient 
les  moyens  d'etcindre  totalement  et  pour  toujours,  parmi  sea  Peuples, 
cet  esprit  de  conqu^te  souffle  par  I'Usurpateur,  et  qui  se  rallaineratt 
infaillibleuient  avec  le  d^sir  de  recouvrer  ce  que  la  France  oe  croirait 
jamais  avoir  justement  perdue. 

Des  Cessions  exigees  de  Sa  Majesty  Tr^  Chr^tienae  lui  seraieut 
imputees  d  crime,  comme  si  elle  eut  achet^  par  Id  les  sccoars  des 
Puissances,  et  seraient  un  obstacle  k  raffermissementdu  Gouvememeut 
Royal,  si  important  pour  les  Dynasties  legitimes,  et  si  n^cessaire  an 
repos  de  T Europe,  en  tant  que  ce  repos  est  lie  i  la  tranquillite  inte. 
rieure  de  la  France. 

Eufindes  Cessions  exigees  de  Sa  Majeste  Tr^  Chr^tienne,  detrui- 
raient  ou  alt^reraient  du  moins  cet  ^quilibre  k  letablissement  duquel 
les  Puissances  out  voue  tant  de  sacrifices,  d'efforts  et  de  soins.  Ce 
sont  elles  m^mes  qui  ont  fix^  Petendue  que  la  France  devrait  avoir. 
Comment  ce  qu'elles  jugeaient  necessaire  il  y  a  un  an  aurait  il  cessi 
de  r^tre  ?  II  y  a  sur  le  Continent  de  I'Europe  2  Etats  qui  surpassent 
la  France  en  etendue  et  en  population  ;  leiir  grandeur  relative  croitrait 
n^cessaircment  en  mSme  raison  que  la  grandeur  absolue  de  la  France 
serait  diminuee.  Cela  serait— il  conforme  aux  interlts  de  TEnrope  ? 
Cela  conviendrait-ii  mdme  aux  interlts  particuliers  de  ces  3  Etats, 
dans  I'ordre  des  rapports  oi\  ils  se  trouvent  I'un  A  I'egard  de  I'aatre  ? 

Si,  dans  une  petite  democratic  de  Tantiquit^,  le  Peuple  en  corps, 
apprenant  qu*un  de  ses  Generaux  avait  d  lui  proposer  one  chose  tr^s 
utile,  mais  qui  n'etait  pas  juste,  secria  d'une  voix  unanime  qu'il  ne 
voulait  pas  mdme  savoir  quelle  ^tait  cette  chose, — comment  serait* il 
possible  de  douter  que  les  Monarques  de  TEurope  ne  soient  unanimes 
dans  une  circonstauce  c^  ce  qui  ne  serait  pas  juste,  seroit  encore 
pemicieux  P 

C*est  done  avec  la  plus  parfaite  confiance  que  les  Soussignes  ont 
I'honneur  de  sonmettre  aux  Souverains  Allies  les  observations  qui 
precedent  Cependant,  et  malgre  les  inconv^niens  attaches  d  toute 
Cession  Territoriale  dans  les  circonstances  actuelles,  Sa  Majesty  con- 
sentira  an  retablissement  des  anciennes  limites,  sur  les  points  o^  il  a 
6te  ajout^  d  Tancienne  France  par  le  Traite  du  30  Mai. 

Elle  consentira  pareillemeut  au  payement  dune  Indemnity,  mais 
qui  laisse  les  moyens  de  suffire  aux  besoins  de  TAdministration  Inte- 
rienre  du  Royaume,  sans  quoi  il  serait  impossible  de  parvenir  an 
retablissement  de  I'ordre  et  de  la  tranquillity  qui  a  ^t^  le  but  de  U 
Guerre. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE.  225 

Elle  consentira  encore  &  une  Occopation  Provisoire.  Sa  dur^,  le 
fiombre  des  Forteresaes  et  letendue  du  Pays  i  occuper,  seront  iobjet 
Jes  Negociations;  raais  le  Roi  o'hesite  pas  d  declarer  d^  ce  momeot, 
4|u  une  Occupation  de  7  aonees  etant  absolament  incompatible  avec  la 
tranf|aiHite  int^rieure  da  Royaume,  est  enti^rement  inadmissible. 

AJosi  le  Roi  adaiet  en  principe : 

Des  CesMODS  Terriloriales  sur ce  qui  n*etait  pas  lancienoe  France, 

Le  Payeraent  d*one  Indemnite. 

L'Occttpation  proTisoire  par  4in  nombre  de  Troupes  et  pour  un 
tens  4  detpnuiiier. 

8a  Majesty  Trte  Chr^tienne  se  flatte  que  lee  SouYcrains  ses  AUi^ 
coooeatiront  a  etabltr  la  Negociation  sur  ces  3  principes,  aussi  bien 
qu'd  porter  dans  le  calcnl  desquoUtes  Tesprit  de  justice  et  de  mode- 
ration qui  lea  anime,  et  qu'alors  rarrangement  poarra  ^tre  conclu  tr^s 
promptemeot  A  la  satisfactioii  moiuelle. 

Si  cea  lyases  n  etaient  pas  adoptees,  Jes  Soussigues  ne  se  trouvent 
pas  aatorises  &  en  entendre  ni  A  en  fM^poser  d'antres. 
Les  SouBsign^  ont  llionneur,  &c. 

LE  PRINCE  DE  TALLEYRAND. 
LE  DUC  D  ALBERO. 
LE  BARON  LOUIS. 
Les  Piempoientunres  des  4  Cours  AUiees. 

(4.) — Les  Plempoteniiinres  des  4  Caurs  AlUees  catx  Plhiipoteniitares 
de  Franoe^  sur  les  Arrangemens  De/initys  avec  la  France, 

Paris,  le  22  Sepiembre,  1815. 

Les  Sonssignes,  Plenipotentiaires  des  4  Cours  Alli^>  ont  re^u  la 
Note  par  laquelle  M.M.  les  Plenipotentiaires  de  France  ont  repondu 
aux  Commanications  qui  lenr  avoient  ete  faites  dans  la  Conference  du 
20  de  ce  mois,  relativement  4  un  Arrangement  Definitif ;  ils  ont  ete 
surpris  de  trouper  dans  cette  Pi^e  une  longue  suite  d  observations  sur 
le  droit  de  conqu^te,  si|r  la  nature  des  guerres  auxquelles  il  est 
applicable,  et  sur  les  raisons  qui  auroient  dd  emp^her  les  Puissances 
d'y  rerourir  dans  le  cas  pr^nt 

Les  Sottssign^  se  croient  d'autant  plus  dispenses  de  suivre  MM. 
les  Pl^ipotentiaires  4e  France  dans  ce^  raisonnement,  qu  aucune  des 
propositions  qu'ils  ont  faites  par  ordre  de  leurs  Augustes  Souverains, 
pour  r^gler  les  rapports  pr^sens  et  futurs  entre  la  France  et  1' Europe, 
u'^toient  bas^  pur  le  droit  de  conqu6te,  et  qu'ils  ont  soigneusement 
^earte  dans  lears  Commanications  tout  ce  qui  pouvoit  condutre  i  une 
discBssion  de  ce  droit. 

Lea Coars  Alli^es, consid^rant  toujours  le  retablissement  de  lordre 
et  raffermiasement  de  I'autorite  Royale  en  France,  comme  Pobjet 
principal  de  leurs  demarches,  mais  persuad^es  en  m^me  temps  que  la 
France  ne  saaroit  jouir  d'une  paix  solide,  si  les  Nations  voislnes  ne 
[1815—16.]  Q 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


226  AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 

cessent  de  nourrir  fis  dfis  d  elle,  soit  dea  ressentimens  amen,  soit  des 
alarmes  perpetoelles,  ont  envisage  le  principe  d'ane  jofte  satialactioii 
pour  les  pertes  et  sacrifices  passes,  ainsi  que  celai  d'ane  ganuitie 
snffisantede  la  siirete  fatore  des  Pays  voisins,  comme  les  seals  proprea 
i  mettre  an  terme  i  tons  les  mecontentemens  et  tootes  les  crainte^  et 
par  conseqaent  comme  les  scales  et  v^ritables  l>ases  de  toot  arrange- 
ment solide  et  dnrable.  Ce  n'est  absolnment  qae  snr  ces  3  principea 
qae  les  Coars  Alli^es  ont  bas6  lean  Propositions*  et  la  rMaction 
m6me  da  Projet  qae  les  Soassign^  ont  ea  Thonneor  de  remettie  d 
MM.  les  Pl^nipotentiaires  de  France  les  dnonce  distincteiiient  dans 
chacan  de  ses  Articles. 

MM.  les  PMnipotentiaires  de  France  reconnoiasent  eox-mteea  le 
premier  de  ces  principes,  tandis  qa'ils  gardent  le  silence  sor  le  second, 
II  est  cependant  de  toate  Evidence  que  la  n^cessit^  des  garantiea 
pour  Pavenir  est  devenae  plas  sensible  et  pins  urgente  qn'elle  ne 
Ntoient  da  temps  de  la  signatare  da  Traite  de  Paris.  Les  demiera 
evenemens  ont  porte  la  consternation  et  I'alarme  dans  toutes  lea 
parties  de  l*Europe«  Dans  an  mom^ot  oit  les  Soaverains  et  les 
Peoples  se  flattoient  de  jouir  enfin,  apr^s  tant  de  tonrmens,  d'un  long 
intenralle  de  paix,  ces  evenemens  ont  proYoqu^  partoat  Tagitation,  les 
charges  et  les  sacrifices,  inseparables  d'an  noavel  armement  general. 
II  est  impossible  d*efl&cer  de  nt6t  dans  I'esprit  des  Gontemporains  le 
souvenir  d'on  bouleversement  pareil.  Ce  qui  a  pa  les  satisfaire  en 
1814  ne  pent  done  plus  les  contenter  en  1816.  La  Ligne  de  Demarca- 
tion, qai  sembloit  devoir  rassurer  les  Etats  voisins  de  la  France,  d 
1  epoqoe  da  Traite  du  30  Mai,  ne  peat  pas  repondre  aux  justes  pre- 
tentions  qu'ils  forment  aujourd'hui. 

La  France  doit  de  toute  n^essite  leur  oflnr  qaelqoe  nouvean  gage 
de  sicurite.  Elle  doit  s  y  determiner  tout  autant  par  on  sentiment  de 
justice  et  de  convenance,  que  parson  propre  intdrdt  bien  entendu ; 
car,  pour  que  les  Francois  puissent  £tre  heureux  et  tranqnilles,  il  faat 
absolament  que  leurs  Voisins  le  soient  aussi. 

Ce  sont  \k  les  motifs  puissans  qui  ont  engag6  les  Cours  Alliees  d 
demander  k  la  France  quelques  Cessions  Territoriales.  L'etendo  pea 
considerable  de  ces  Cessions,  le  choix  m^me  des  points  sor  lesquels 
elles  portent,  prouvent  assez  qu'elles  n'ont  rien  de  commnn  avec  des 
vnes  d'agrandissement  et  de  conqu6te,  et  que  la  s6rete  dea  Etats  Kmi- 
tropbes  est  leur  senl  et  unique  objet.  Ces  Cessions  ne  sont  pas  de 
nature  d  entamer  I'integrite  substantiellede  la  France ;  elles  n*embraa- 
sent  que  des  terrains  detaches  et  des  points  trte-avancis  de  son  lerri« 
toire ;  elles  ne  sauroient  i^ellement  I'affoiblir  sons  anean  rapport  adflri« 
nistratif  on  militaire ;  son  syst^me  defensifu'en  sera  point  aAetA*  La 
France  n'en  restera  pas  moins  nn  des  Etats  les  mieux  amadis,  les 
mieux  fortifiees  de  PEurope,  et  les  plus  riches  en  moyens  de  toate 
esp^ce,  pour  r^sister  au  danger  d'une  invasion. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE.  227 

Sans  entrer  dans  ces  consid^nitions  majeares,  MM.  lea  Plenipotenti- 
aires  de  France,  admettent  cependant  le  principe  des  Cessions,  relative- 
inent  aux  Points  que  le  Traite  de  Paris  avoit  ajoutes  a  Tancieiine  France. 
Lea  SoossigDes  ont  de  la  peine  d  coinprendre  sar  quoi  cette  distinction 
poorroit  dtre  fond^»  et  en  qooi  consisteroit,  sur  le  point  de  Tue  retabli 
par  lea  Puissances  Ailiees,  la  difference  essentielle  entre  Tancien  et 
le  Douveau  Territoire.  II  eat  impossible  de  supposer  que  MM.  les 
Plenipotentiaires  voulussent  reproduire.  dans  les  transactions  actuelles, 
la  doctrine  de  la  pr^tendue  inviolability  du  Territoire  Franfois.  lis 
savent  trop  bien  que  cette  doctrine,  mise  en  avant  par  les  Chefs  et 
Apotres  du  Sjst^nie  Revolationnaire,  formoit  un  des  chapitres  les  plus 
cboqnaas  de  ce  Code  arbitraire  qu'ils  Touloieut  imposer  d  1* Europe. 
Ce  seroit  completement  detruire  toute  id^e  d'^galite  et  de  r^ciprocite 
entre  |es  Pniasances,  que  diriger  en  pnncipe  que  la  France  a  pu  sans 
difficulte  etendre  ses  dimensions,  acqu^rir  des  Provinces,  les  reunir  d 
son  t'erritoirre  par  des  conqu6tes  ou  par  des  Traites,  tandis  qu  elle 
jouiroit  seule  du  privilege  de  ne  jamais  rien  perdre  de  ses  anciennes 
Posaessidns,  ui  par  les  malheurs  de  la  gueire,  ni  par  des  arrangemena 
politiqnes  qui  en  r^ulteroient. 

Quant  d  la  derni^  partie  de  la  Note  de  MM.  les  Plenipotentiaires 
de  France,  lea  Soussigmb,  etc.,  se  reservent  de  s'en  expliquer  ult^- 
rieurement  dans  une  Conference  prochaine,  qu'ils  auront  I'honneur  de 
proposer  k  MM.  les  Plenipotentiaires  de  France. 

RASOUMOFFSKY.  METTERNICH. 

CAPODISTRIAS.  HARDENBERG. 

WESSENBERG.  CASTLEREAGH. 

UUAIBOLDT. 


(5.) — Prodi  Verbal  de  la  Conference  de$  Plenipotentiaires  des  4 
Couri  Ailiees,  avec  le  Dtic  de  Richelieu,  sur  les  Bases  des  Rap- 
ports aoee  la  France. 

Paris,  le  2d  Oclobre,  1815. 
A  L4  suite  de  plusieurs  explications  confidentielles  entre  MM.  les 
Plenipotentiaires  d'Autriche,  de  la  Grande  Bretagne^  de  Prusse  et  de 
Rusaie  d'un  c6t^«  et  M.  le  Due  de  Richelieu,  nomm^  Pl^nipotentiaire 
da  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de  France  de  lautre  c6t6,  on  est  convenu 
aajoufdliui  que  lea  rapports  entre  la  France  et  les  Puissances  Armces 
poor  iBtablir  et  maintenir  la  paix  gen^rale  seront  definitivement  regies 
air  lea  Bases  suivaatea. 

1*.  Lea  Limites  de  la  France  telles  qu  elies  etoient  en  1790,  depuis 
la  Her  du  Nord  jusqu'k  la  Mediterran^e  Tormeront  la  Base  de  I'Ar- 
nuigeflBeat  TerritoriaU  de  sorte  que  les  Districts  et  Territoires  de  la 
d-de?ant  Belgique,  de  TAllemagne,  et  de  la  Savoye,  qui  par  le  Trait6 
de  Paris  de  1814  avoient  ete  ajootes  d  Tancien  Territoire  FraoQais,  en 
resteront  a^paiis. 

2*.  Eb  partant  de  ce  principe,  les  Limites  de  1790  seront  modifi^es 

Q3 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


228  AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 

et  rectifiees  d'aprds  les  convenances  et  inter^ts  reciproqoes,  tant  sous 
les  rapports  administratifs,  pour  faire  cesser  les  enclaves  et  obtenir  la 
purification  des  Territoires  de  cot^  et  d'autre,  que  sous  les  rapports 
militaires,  pour  fortifier  quelques  parties  foibles  des  Fronti^res  des 
Pays  voisins. 

Conform^nient  i  cette  base,  la  France  coders  aux  Allies  les  Places 
de  Landau,  Saare- Louis,  Philippeville,et  Marienbourg,  avec  les  rayons  et 
Territoires  sp6cifi6s  dans  le  Projet  de  Traits  propose  le  20  Septembre 
par  les  4  Cabinets  Allies.  Versois  avec  le  Territoire  n^cessaire  pour 
rnettre  le  Canton  de  Geneve  en  communication  directe  avec  la  Suisse, 
sera  cede  i  la  Confederation  Helv^tique,  et  la  Ligne  des  Douanes  sera 
placee  de  la  mani^re  la  plus  convenable  au  syst^me  d'AdministratioD 
des  Pays.  Les  Fortifications  d'Huningue  seront  demolies,  le  Gouver- 
nement  Frau^ais  s'engageant  4  ne  pas  les  remplacer  par  d  autres  i  3 
lieues  de  distance  de  la  Ville  de  BaLle. 

La  France  renoncera  k  ses  droits  sur  la  Principaute  de  Mouacq. 

De  I'liutre  cot6,  la  possession  d*Avignon  et  Venaisun,  du  Comte 
de  Moutbeillard,  et  de  tout  autre  Territoire  enclave  dans  les  Li  mites 
Fran9Hise8,  sera  de  nouveau  assuree  i  la  France. 

3°.  La  France  payera  aux  Puissances  Alli^es,  4  titre  d'indemnite 
pour  les  frnix  de  leurs  demiers  Armemens,  la  somme  de  700,000,000 
de  francs,  et  une  Convention  Particuli^re  reglera  le  mode,  les  tcmcL 
et  les  garanties  de  ce  payemeut. 

4*^.  Une  Ligne  Militaire,  basee  sur  les  Places-Fortes  de  Conde, 
Valenciennes,  Bouchain,  Cambray,  Le  Quesnoy,  Maubeuge,  Land- 
recies,  Avesnes,  Rocroy,  Givet,  Mezieres,  Sedan,  Montm^dy,  Thion- 
ville,  Longwy,  Bitscb,  et  la  T6te  de  Pont  de  Fort  Louis,  sera  occnp^e 
par  une  Armee  de  150,000  hommes  que  fourniront  les  Puissances 
Alliees.  Cette  Arm6e,  placee  sous  le  commandement  d  un  Chef 
choisi  par  ces  Puissances,  sera  compl^tement  entretenue  auxfraisde  la 
France. 

Une  Convention  particuli^re  reglera  tout  ce  qui  regarde  cet 
entretien,  de  la  mani^re  la  plus  convenable  aux  besoins  de  I'Arm^e 
d'Occupation,  et  en  mfime  terns  la  moins  onereuse  pour  le  Pays.  Le 
maximum  du  terme  de  cette  Occupation  Militaire  sera  fixe  i  5  ans ;  ce« 
pendant  au  bout  de  3  ans  les  Souverains  Allies,  de  concert  avec  8a 
Majesty  le  Roi  de  France,  aprds  avoir  murement  examine  la  situation 
et  les  inter^ts  reciproques,  et  les  progr^s  que  le  r^tablissement  de 
I'ordre  et  de  la  tranquillite  auront  faits  en  France,  d^iderout  s*il  y  a 
lieu  4  en  raccourcir  le  terme. 

MM.  les  Pl^nipoteutiaires,  apr^s  avoir  definitivement  adopte  ces 
Bases,  se  sont  concertes  sur  la  marche  i  suivre  pour  parvenir  dans  le 
plus  court  delai  possible  k  un  Arrangement  formel,  et  ont  arrdte  en 
consequence  : 

1^  Qu'un  Traits  General  sera  redig6  sur  les  Bases  ci-dessns  enoncees, 
en  y  ajoutant  les  Articles  qui  d'un  commun  accord  seront  juges  neces- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE.  229 

saires  pour  le  completer;  le  Gouvernemeni  Fran^ais  designera  de  son 
c6i€  la  Personne  qui  doit  se  joindre  k  celles  que  lea  4  Coars  ont 
chargeesde  la  redaction  de  ce  Traite. 

2*.  Que  la  Commisaion  etablie  pour  les  Affaires  Militaires,  proce- 
dera,  conjointemeDt  avec  les  Commissaires  que  le  Gouveruement 
Fran^ais  nooimera  a  cet  effet,  k  la  redaction  d'an  Projet  de  Conven- 
tion, pour  renter  tout  ce  qui  a  rapport  k  TOccupation  Militaire  et  <i 
I'enCretien  de  TArmee  chargee  de  cette  Occupation.  La  m^me  Com- 
missioQ  d^terminera  ausai  le  mode  et  les  termes  de  I'^vacuation  de 
tootesles  parties  du  Territoire  Fran^ais,  qui  ne  se  trouveront  pas  com- 
prises dans  la  ligne  de  TOccupation  Militaire. 

So.  Qu*une  Commission  Speciale,  nomm^e  a  cet  effet  par  les  Par- 
ties Contractantes,  redlgera  sans  delai  un  Projet  de  Convention  pour 
regler  le  mode,  les  termes  et  les  garanties  du  payement  des  700,000,000 
k  stipuler  par  le  Traite  General. 

4^,  Que  la  Commission  Etablie  pour  consigner  et  examiner  les 
reclamations  de  plusieurs  Puissances,  relativement  d  la  non-execution 
de  certains  Articles  du  Tratt^  de  Paris,  poursuivra  son  travail,  saufi 
en  faire  part  le  plntot  possible  k  M.M.  les  Plenipotentiaires  charg^  de 
la  Negociation  principale. 

50.  Qo'aussitot  que  ces  Commissions  auront  tcrminees  leurs  tra- 
vaox,  M.M.  les  Plenipotentiaires  se  reuniront  pour  en  examiner  les 
resultats,  pour  arr^ter  I'arrangement  de6nitif,  et  pour  signer  le  Traits 
Principal,  ainsi  que  les  diffiSreutes  Conventions  Particuliferes. 

Lecture  faite  de  ce  Proems  Verbal  M.M.  les  Plenipotentiaires  presens 
Font  appiouve  etsigne. 

RASOUMOFFSKY.  WESSENBERG. 

CASTLEREAGH.  CAPODISTRIAS. 

RICHELIEU.  HUMBOLDT. 

WELLINGTON.  HARDENBERG. 


(6.)— Prwc^  Verbal  de  la  Conference  entre  les  Plenipoteniiaires  des 
4  Camrs  AUieet,  $ur  r Arrangement  de  TIndemniie  Pieuniaire,  et 

Pentretien  de  VArmee  d* Occupation. 

Paris,  le  13  Octobre,  1815. 

Dans  la  ConftSrence  de  ce  jour,  M.  le  Comte  Capo  d'Istrias  a 
annonc6y  que  d'apr^  une  explicatioo  particuli^re,  qu*i]  avoit  eae 
avec  M.  le  Due  de  Richelieu,  il  avoit  toute  raison  de  croire,  que  le 
Gouvemement  Pran^ais  porteroit  jnsqa'i  270,000,000  de  Francs,  la 
somme  k  employer,  annuellement,  au  payement  de  1* Indemnity  Pe- 
cnniaire,  et  aax  frais  de  I'entretien  de  PArmee  d'Occupation. 

On  est  entr6  dans  differentes  combioafsonspour  determiner,  d'apr^ 
cette  base,  les  arrangemens  d  faire  entre  la  France  et  les  Cours  Alliees- 

On  a  snrtont  cherche  les  moyens  de  soulager  la  France  sous 
Tarticle  de  Kentretien  de  TArm^e  d^Occnpation,  et  on  est  tomb6 
d'accord  du  principe  d'une  reductiov  successive  dans  le  nombre  des 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


230  AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 

Troupes,  moyennant  laqueHe,  8i  les  circoustancea  la  pennettent,  les 
frais  d  enlretien  pourroient  se  r^duire  de  150  li  ldO>000,000  par  an. 

Enfin  on  a  adopts  comme  Base  des  Arrangemens  Pecuniairea  la 
seric  d'Articies  consignee  dans  la  Pidce  ci-jointe^  qai  fera  partie  da 
Frocks  Verbal  de  ce  jour. 

METTERNICH.  CAPODISTRIAS. 

HARDENBERG.  WESSENBERG. 

CASTLEREAGH.  HUMBOLDT. 

RASOUMOFFSKY. 


(Annexe.) — Btues  de$  Arrangemens  Peeufdaire*. 

1^  Les  Arrangemens  Pecuniaires  entre  la  France  et  les  Puissances 
AUiees  se  feront  d  npr^  le  principe,  que  dans  les  3  premieres  annees, 
d  daterdu  1  Decembre,  1815,  la  France  ne  pay  era  pas  au  de  Id  de 
270,000,000  de  Francs  par  an. 

2^  Sur  ces  ^0,000,000  la  somme  annuelle  de  140,000,000 
sera  employee  au  payement  successif  de  I'lndemuit^  Pecuniaire  (dont 
par  ce  moyen  la  totality  se  trouvera  acquittee  en  5  ans)>  et  celle  de 
130,000.000  4  Tentretien  de  TArmee  d'Occupation^  avec  les  conditions 
et  reserves  speciBees  dans  les  Articles  sniTans. 

3°.  Quoique  la  France  ait  pris  IVngagement  general  de  se  charger 
de  tout  ce  qui  compose  Tentretien  complet  de  TArmee  d'Occupation^ 
les  Puissances,  pour  la  soulager  autant  que  possible,  ont  rintention 
d'operer,  si  les  circonstances  le  permettent,  une  reduction  progressive 
d'ann^e  en  ann^e  dans  le  nombre  des  Troupes  destinees  d  TOccupation 
Militaire,  et  de  r^tablir  par  cette  mesure,  le  nireau  entre  les  130,000,000 
k  fournir  par  la  France,  et  les  frais  r^els  de  Tentretien  de  leur  Arm^e» 
les  quels  d'apr^s  des  calculs  admis  de  toute  part  monteront  k 
150,000,000. 

4**.  Si  la  situation  int^rieure  de  la  France  ne  permettoit  pas  aux 
Puissances  de  realiser  cette  reduction,  la  France  seroit  oblig^  de  leor 
rembourser  le  deficit  entre  les  130,000,000  i  fournir  par  elle,  et  lea 
frais  reels  de  lentretien  des  Troupes ;  ce  deficit  ne  s'elevera  pas  au  de 
Id  de  20,000,000  par  an. 

5^  Comme  on  est  d'accord  que  la  somme  totale  d  payer  par  la 
France  dans  les  3  premieres  annees,  ne  doit  pas  exc^der  270,000,000 
par  an,  le  remboursement  du  deficit,  le  quel  dans  les  suppositions  les  plus 
defavorables  ne  s*61evera  pas  au  dessus  de  100,000,000,  se  fera  dans  la 
4^me  et  5^me  ann^e;  ou  si  le  Gouvernemeot  Fran9ais  ne  ae  croyait 
pas  en  etat  de  depasser  pour  cet  objet  le  payement  annuel  des 
270,000,000,  le  dit  remboursement  seroit  remis  d  la  6^me  ann^, 
sauf  d  r^gler  les  garanties  necessaires  pour  assurer  ce  Vembourse- 
ment. 

6°.  Si  au  bout  de  3  ans,  la  situation  des  choses  est  telle  que  les 
Puissances  ne  se  trouvent  pus  dans  le  cas  de  prolonger  POccupation 
Militaire  par  des  motifs  politique,  cette  Occupation  sera  reduite  d  une 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


AUSTRIA^  &C«  AND  FRANCE.  231 

dcheUe  proportionn^  aux  aommeSyqai  resteront  encore  i  acqnitter  sur 
llndemnite  Pecuniaire ;  et  ]a  France  ponrra  la  faire  cesser  enti^ment, 
en  acqniUant  le  restani  de  I'lndemnit^^  soit  en  Taleun  rMlei,  soit  par 
des  arrangemens  qui  seroient  jngea  par  les  Allite  P^aiTalent  da 
payement  eflectif. 

7*.  Les  GooTB  Alliees  remettront  au  GonTemement  Franfais  les 
chels  des  reclamations  rentrant  dans  les  Articles  non  ex^ut^  du 
Traill  de  1814 ;  et  le  Goavemement  Fran9ai8  fera  ses  propositions  sur 
les  moyens  de  panrenir  le  plat6t  possible  h  la  liqnidation  d^finiti? e,  et 
an  remboofsement  efiectif  des  sommes  redam^es. 

METTERNICH.  RASOUMOFPSKY. 

HARDENBERG.  WE8SENBERG. 

CA8TLEREAGH.  CAP0DI8TRIAS. 

RICHEUSU.  HUMBOLDT. 

P.8.  En  verta  de  la  signature  du  Protocole  du  19e,  Messieurs  les 
Ministres,  daccord  a?ec  M.  le  Doc  de  Richelieu,  sont  convenns 
d*ac€el6rer  le  plus  que  faire  se  poorra  I'^Yacaation  dn  Territoire 
Franyais. 

Poor  cet  effet,  il  sera  nomme  sur  le  cbamp  des  Commissaires  de  part 
et  d*autre«  afin  de  regler  les  marches  d'apr^s  le  principe  ci  dessos 
^onc^,  et  de  lenr  demander  immediatemeut  un  Rapport  sur  les  termes 
i  fixer  pour  T^vacuation  finale  du  Royaume^sanf  le  Corps  d'Occupa- 
tion  temporaire. 

HARDENBERG.  RASOUMOFFSKY. 

M  ETTE  RNICH.  WESSEN  BERG. 

CASTLEREAGH.  CAPODISTRIAB. 

RICHELIEU.  HUMBOLDT. 


(Stmt* Annexe  A,) — Bates  de  rArrangtw^eni, 

1  *•  La  somme  que  la  France  doit  payer  du  chef  de  la  Contribution 
monte  i  700,000,600  de  Francs. 

2*.  L'Arm^  d'Occnpation  restera  aux  firais  de  la  France,  an  tanx 
de  100,000,000  poor  100,000  hommes. 

8*.  La  France  pay  era  par  an,  la  somme  de  370,000/)00. 

I. — I^a  France,  en  payant  par  an  270,000,000  de  Francs,    Frana. 
payera  en  3  ana  la  somme  de    • 810,000,000 


Cette  somme  sera  r6partie  de  la  mani^re  suivaate : 
«.  Pour  frais  d'entretien  dn  Corps  d*Oc- 
cupation,  par  an  130,000,000,  fait  en 

3ans.  390,000,000 

b.  Pour  d  comple  de  la  Contribution  do 
700,000,000,  par  an  140,000,000,  lait 

en  Sans  490,000,000 

810,000*000 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


232  AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 

II.— II  reste  a  acquitter  par  la  France  au  bout  de  3  ans  r 
a.  Dana  la  aupposition,  que  le  Corps   d'Occupalion 

ait  pu  6tre   progressivement  diminue  de  150,000  i        Francs^ 

100^000  hommea,  dans  les  3  annees  r^Tolues,  du  seul 

chef  de  la  Contribution,  la  somme  de   280,000.000 


b,  Dans  la  supposition  que  les  Troupes  occupantes  fus- 
sent  resides  pendant  les  3  aun^es,  au  nombre  primitif 
de  150,000  hommes : 
Une  pertea  compenser  poor  les  Allies  de 

20,000,000  par  an,  faisant  pour  3  ans     60,000,000 
Du  chefde  la  Contribution 280,000,000 


840,000,000 


c.  Dans  le  cas  qu'une  Ann^e  d'Occupation  de  100,000 
hooimes  flit  jug^e  necessaire  pour  2  annees,  au  de  \k 
des  3  piemi^res 540,000,000 


d.  Daus  le  cas  qu*une  Armee  d'Occupation  de  160,000 
hommes  d6t  rester  en  France  pour  le  m6me  terme  ...     640,000,000 


III. — Resume  d*apres  le*  4  chances. 
La   France,  payant  dans  les  3  premieres  annees 
la  somme  de  8 1 0,000,000,  aura  sL  payer,  ^ns  les  4  chances 
ci-dessuB  ^tablies,  savoir:  Francs, 

Dans  la  premiere 4-ann6e  270,000,000 

6« 10,000,000 

Dans  la  seconde   4<annee  270,000,000 

d« 70,000,000 

Dans  la  troisi^me 4«  annee  270,000,000 

6« 370,000,000 

Dans  la  qnatrieme .^^ 4*ann^e 270,000,000 

fi« 270,000,000 

II  resteroit  une  somme  d  la  chaise  de  la  France,  de    ...  100,000,000 


Observations  expHoatives  du  Tableau  A. 

II  resulte  de  ce  travail : 

l^  Que  les  demandes  des  Allies  sont  confbrmes  aox  conditkina 
accept^es  par  la  France,  savoir  :  de  payer  une  Contribution  de 
700,000,000,  et  de  maintenir  i  sa  charge  le  Corps  d'Occnpation  tem« 
poraire. 

ft^.  Que  les  Allies  cherchent  k  faciKter  les  moyens  de  payement  4 
la  France,  dans  les  termes  qu'elle  m^me  a  juge  devoir  proposer, 

3»»  Que  les  Allies  entrent  dans  tons  les  arrangemens  qui  peuvent 
aU^r  les  charges  de  la  France,  et  que  ces  charges  ne  peuvent  ^tre 
%iigment6s  que  par  la  propre  faute  de  la  France. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE.  233 

Leg  Alli^  sont  pr^ts  k  diminuer  gradaelleiiient  leur  Arm^e  d'Oceu- 
fMition  dans  les  3  premieres  annees,  et  de  la  retirer  en  entier  aa  bout  de 
ce  tcrme,  dans  la  supposition  qae  rinterieur  du  Royaume  f6t  pacifie,  et 
que  des  snretes  saffisantes  ayeot  ^t^  foarnies,  pour  la  rentree  dn  reste 
de  la  ContribntioD,  et  des  reclamations  des  particuliers ;  or,  si  I'nne  ou 
I'autre  de  ees  chances  ne  de?ait  pas  se  realiser,  la  faute  n'en  serait  pas 
aux  Allies,  mais  bien  4  la  France  elle^mdme ;  et  il  ae  serait  que  juste 
qu*elle  en  portit  la  charge. 


(7.) — Prods  Verbal  de  la  Conference  enire  lei  PUnipoieniiaire*  des 
4  Cows  AlHees,  stir  ks  Arrangemens  MiUiaires, 

Paris,  le  22  Ociobre,  1816. 
M.M.  les  Mittistres  des  4  Cours  out  pris  en  consideration  les 
mesures  qn'il  leur  reste  k  prendre  pour  regler  la  Partie  Militaire  de 
lenrs  Arrangemetas  avec  le  Gonvernement  FraD9ai8,  et  pour  donner 
effet  ao  plan  concerts  entr*eux  pour  le  maiutien  de  la  tranquillite 
g^nernle. 

Ces  mesures  regardent : 

1.  L  organisation  definitive  de  PArmee  qui  doit  rester  en  France 
pour  la  sArete  commune  de  I'fiurope. 

2.  Les  rapports  de  cette  Arme^et  de  son  Chef  a?ec  le  Gooverne- 
ment  Franyais.  ' 

8.  Levacuatlon  do  Territoire  Fran^ais,  par  les  Troupes  qui  ne 
doivent  pas  faire  partie  de  cette  Armee. 

Abt.  I.  Quant  k  Torganisation  definitive  de  PArm^e  Europeenne, 
M.M.  les  Ministres  des  4  Cabinets,  en  vertu  des  Pletns-pouvoirs  qu'ils 
ont  re^a  k  cet  effet  de  leurs  Sooverains  respectifs,  ont  arr^te : 

1.  Que  1' Armee  sera  composee  de  Troupes  des  differentes  Puissances 
dans  les  proportions  suivantes. 

Les  contingens  de  30,000  hommes  k  fournir  par  la  Grande  Brer 
tagne,  PAntriebe,  la  Russie,  et  la  Prusse,  seront  composes  d'lnfanterie, 
de  Cavalerie,  et  d*Artil]erie»  dans  les  proportions  que  les  Puissances 
respectivesjogerontconvenables;  bien  entendu  que  la  Cavalerie  n'ex- 
cedera  pas  la  6^me,  et  ne  sera  pas  au  dessous  du  lOdme  du  Contingent 
total 

Le  Contingent  de  la  Bavi^re  sera  de  10,000  hommes ;  et  ceux  du 
Dannemarc,  de  la  Saxe,  du  Hanovre,  et  du  Wurtemberg,  de  5,000 
hommes  chacnn. 

3.  Que  M.  le  Marechal  Due  de  Wellington  est  nomm^  G6neral-en* 
Chef  de  cette  Arm^e. 

3.  Qu'il  est  conf^re  k  M.  le  Due  de  Wellington  autorit^  pleine  et 
entibB  sar  cet  Armee,  ponr  la  faire  agir  comme  il  le  jngera  le  plus 
analogue  an  but  general  de  ^Occupation  Militaire,  consultant  autant 
que  possible  les  convenances  particuli^res  de  chaque  Corps,  et  pour  en 
dinger  les  mouvemens  selon  les  circonstances ;  le  tout  d'apr^s  les 
iiistrttction;^  qu*il  recevra  des  4  Cabineta  reunis;  bien  entendu  que  les 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


234  AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 

Troupes  de  chaqne  PuiaMuice  aeroDt  toajours  sons  le  commaodemeot 
imm^diat  de  lean  Gen^ax,  et  qu'elies  reiteront  reuniei  ei  plaoe«s, 
autant  que  poanble^  but  leur  ligne  de  communication  avec  lenrs  Pays. 
Tout  ce  qui  regarde  1  economic  et  la  discipline  int^eure  de  cheque 
Corps  est  r68erv4  aux  Gentomx  qui  les  commandant  paiticuli^ie* 
ment* 

4.  Qu  en  Tortu  des  pouToirs  dent  les  Sourerains  oat  investi  M. 
le  Due  de  Wellington,  pour  I'inter^t  commun  de  TEurope,  M.M.  les 
G6neraux  commandant  les  Corps  des  difffcrentes  Puissances  seront 
places  sons  le  Commandement-en-Cbef  de  M.  le  Due  de  WeiIiiigfon« 
qu*ils  loi  adresseront  leurs  Rapports*  et  obeiront  en  tout  aux  disposi- 
tions qu'il  jugera  A  propos  de  faire. 

5.  Que  le  Gonremement  Franvais  sera  prii  de  se  concerter«  sans 
retard,  avec  M.  le  Due  de  Wellington,  sur  tout  ce  qui  se  rappoilie  A 
rocoupadon  temporaire  des  Places  d6sign£es  dans  le  Traite  Principal, 
i  Tentretien  de  T Arm^  et  A  I'ex^cution  des  ConTcntions  Pardculi^rea 
qui  regleront  I'un  et  1  autre  de  ces  objets. 

6.  Que  communication  sera  faite  du  pr6sent  ProcAs^Verbal : 
Premi^menty  i  M*  le  Due  de  Wellington. 

Secondement,  A  M.M.  les  G^ntoiux  commandant  les  Corps  de 
Troupes  Allies  qui  formeront  I'ArQide  d*Occupation« 
Troisi^mement^  au  Gouvemement  Fran^ais. 

II.  Quant  aux  rapports  de  TArm^e  d'Occupation  et  deson  Chef  a?ec 
le  GouTemement  Francis,  autant  qu'ils  ne  se  trouveront  pas  regMa 
par  la  Conyention  Militaire  annexee  an  Traite  Principal,  M.M.  les 
Ministres  se  r^aervent  de  prendre  A  cet  ^gard  one  resolution  definitive. 

III.  Quant  A  1  evacuation  du  Territoire  Fran^ais,  par  les  Troupes 
AUiees  qui  ne  sont  point  destin^  k  faire  partie  de  rArm^ed*Occnpa- 
tion,  M.  le  Due  de  Wellington  est  charg^  de  s*occuper  sans  retard  de 
toutes  les  mesures  propres  A  acc^l^rer  cette  evacuation,  ainsi  que  des 
arrangemens  dont  il  faudra  convenir  A  cet  ^ard,  taut  avec  le  Gon- 
veraement  Fran^ais  qu  avec  M.M.  Ifs  G^neraux  Commandant-en-Chef 
les  Armees  AUiees. 

CASTLERE  AGH.  M  ETTERNICH. 

HARDENBERG.  CAPODISTRIAS. 


(8.)-— Pro/oco&  de  la  Ccnfbrenoe  entre  le$  Plenipoiemiiairei  des  4  Cosra 
AUiees,  sur  les  Arrangemens  TerriiariauXp  ei  le  Systime  Defem${f 
de  la  Cei^^ediraiioH  Gemumique;  ei  qui  tietidra  Heu  itune  Cam* 
veniiam  PartkuHire  d  ce  sf^et. 

Pstris,  le  3  Ni^eembre,  181^.* 

Lbs  Ministres  des  Cours  Imperiales  et  Royales  d'Aotiiche,  de 

Grande  Bretagne,  et  de  Prusse,  ayant  pris  en  consideratioB  les  mssuias 

readues  nicessaires  par  les  Arrangemens  avec  la  Fraaoe,  qui  vool 

*  FUaph^  le  3/  et  ligii^  le  2#  Nevembre. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AUSTRIA^  &C.  AND  FRANCE.  235 

terminer  la  Guerre  actnelle,  ainn  qne  celles  qu*il  reste  i  prendre  pour 
corapletter  le  systfeme  politique  ^tabli  par  le  Congr^  de  Vienoe,  aont 
convenus  de  consigner  dans  le  present  Protocole : 

1.  Les  dispoMtions  relatives  aux  Cessions  Territariales  i  (me  par 
la  France,  et  aux  Contributioiis  destinees  k  renforcer  la  Ligne  de  De- 
fense des  Etats  liniitrophes. 

2.  Les  dispositions  relatives  i  certains  reviremens  de  Territoire  en 
Allemagne. 

d.  Enfitt,  celles  qui  ont  rapport  au  Syst^me  D^fensif  de  U  Con- 
federation Gennanique. 

A. — Ihsposilions  relatwes  au»  Cesnonu  dfoAn  par  la  Fraaee. 
Royauwte  det  Pays  Bat, 

Art.  L  8a  Majesty  le  Roi  des  Pays  Bas  devant  participer  dans 
nne  juste  proportion  aux  avantages  qui  risultent  de  rArrangement 
present  avec  la  Prance,  et  v6  I'^tat  de  ses  Fronti^res  du  c6t^  de  ce 
Pays,  ii  est  couvenu,  qne  les  Districts  ayant  fait  partie  des  Provinces 
Beiges,  de  TEv^h^  de  Li^e,  et  du  Ducfa^  de  Bouillon,  ainsi  que  les 
Places  de  Philippeville  et  Marienbourg  avec  lenrs  Territoires,  que  la 
France  doit  c^der  aux  Allies,  seront  assign^s  i  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  des 
Pays  Baa  pour  ^tre  rdunis  d  ses  Etat8« 

Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  Pays  Bas  recevra  en  outre,  sur  la  partie  de 
la  Contribution  Franyaise  destin^e  d  renforcer  la  Ligne  de  Defense  des 
Etats  limitrophes,  la  somme  de  60,000,000  de  francs,  qui  doit  ^tre 
employee  k  la  Fortification  des  Fronti^res  des  Pays  Bas,  conform^- 
ment  aox  plans  et  reglemens  que  les  Puissances  arr6teront  i  cet 
^gard. 

11  est  de  plus  conveou,  qu'en  consideration  des  avantages  que  Sa 
Majeste  le  Roi  des  Pays  Bas  retirera  de  ces  dispositions,  taut  pour 
raccroissement  qne  pour  1^  moyens  de  defense  de  son  Territoire,  la 
quote  part  de  Flndemnit^  Pecuniaire  d  laquelle  Sa  dite  Majesty  pour- 
rait  pr^teodre,  servira  k  mettre  au  niveau  d'une  juste  proportion  les 
Indemnites  de  rAotriche  et  de  la  Prusse* 

AeqtdsitioM  de  la  Prusse* 

IL  Les  Districts,  qui  par  le  nouveau  Traits  de  Paix  avec  la 
Prance,  seront  detaches  du  Territoire  Frangais  dans  le  D6partement 
de  la  Sarre  et  de  la  Moselle,  y  compris  la  Forteresse  de  Sarre  Louis, 
seront  r^nnis  aux  Etats  de  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  de  Prusse. 
Aequiiiiians  de  fAutriehe. 

III.  Les  Territoires  que  la  France  doit  c^der  dans  le  Diepartement 
du  Baa  Rhin,  y  compris  la  Yille  de  Landau,  seront  r^unis  aux  Posses- 
sions sur  la  rive  gauche  du  Rliin,  devolues  d  Sa  Majest6  Imp^ale  et 
RoyaleApostoliqneparl'ActeFinalduCongrfesdeVienne.  8aMajest£ 
pourra  disposer  de  ses  Possessions  sur  la  rive  gauche  du  Rhin,  dans 
les  Arrangemens  Territorianx  avec  la  Bavt^re  et  avec  d  autres  Etats 
de  la  Confederation  Germanique. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


236  AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 

Confederation  Heloetique. 

IV.  Versoix,  avec  la  Partie  cJii  Pays  de  Gex  qui  sera  cedee  par  la 
France,  sera  r^uni  k  la  Suisse  pour  faire  partie  du  Canton  de 
G^n^ve.  La  Commune  de  St.  Julien,  de  la  partie  Frar^aise  de  la 
Savoie,  sera  egalement  reunie  an  Canton  de  G^ndve. 

La  Neutralite  de  la  Suisse  sera  etendueau  Territoire  qui  se  trouve 
au  Nord  d*une  Ligne  k  tirer  depuis  Ugiue,  y  compris  cette  Ville,  au 
midi  du  Lac  d'Annecy  et  de  Id  au  Lac  de  Bourget  jusqu  au  Rhone,  de 
la  mdme  mani^re  qu'elie  a  ete  etendue  aux  Provinces  de  Cbablais  et 
de  Faucigny  par  TArticle  XCIl  de  I'Acte  Final  du  Congr^sde  Vienne. 

Sardaigne. 

V.  Pour  faire  participer  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de  Sardaigne  dans  une 
juste  proportion  aux  avantages  qui  resultent  des  Arrangemens  preaens 
avec  la  France,  il  est  convenu  que  la  Partie  de  la  Savoie,  qui  etait 
restee  4  la  France  en  vertu  du  Traits  de  Paris  du  30  Mai,  1814,  sera 
reunie  aux  Etats  de  Sa  dite  Majesty,  4  Texception  de  la  Commune  de 
St.  J  ulien  qui  sera  remise  au  Canton  de  Geneve. 

Les  Cabinets  des  4  Cours  r^unies  employeront  leurs  bona  offices 
pour  disposer  Sa  Majeste  Sarde  d  ceder  au  Canton  de  Geneve  les 
Communes  de  Cbesne,  Thonex,  et  quelques  autres  n^cessaires  pour 
d^nclaver  le  Territoire  Suisse  de  J  ussy,  contre  la  retrocession  de  la 
part  du  Canton  de  Geneve,  du  Territoire  situ^  entre  la  Route  d'Evron, 
et  le  Lac  qui  avoit  ^t^  cede  par  Sa  Majesty  Sarde  dans  I'Acte  du  29 
Mars  1815. 

Le  Gouverncment  Fran^ais  ay  ant  consent!  a  reculer  ses  Lignes  de 
Douane  des  Fronti^res  de  la  Suisse  du  c6te  du  Jura,  les  Cabinets  des 
Cours  reunies  employeront  leurs  bons  offices  pour  engager  Sa  Ma- 
jest^  Sarde  d  les  faire  reculer  ^galement  du  c6te  de  la  Savoie,  an  moins 
au  deld  d'une  lieue  de  la  Fronti^re  Suisse,  et  en  dehors  des  Voirona 
de  Sal^ve  et  des  Monts  de  Sion  et  de  Waache. 

Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de  Sardaijgne  recevra  en  outre,  sur  la  partie  de 
la  Contribution  Fran^aise  destinee  d  renforcer  la  Ligne  de  Defense  des 
Etats  limitrophes,  la  somme.de  10,000,000  de  francs,  laquelle  doit 
6tre  employee  d  la  Fortification  de  ses  Fronti^res,  couform^ment  aux 
plans  et  reglemens  que  les  Puissances  arr^teroot  d  cet  egard. 

II  est  ^galement  convenu,  qu'eo  consideration  des  avantages  que 
Sa  Majeste  Sarde  retirera  de  ces  dispositions,  tant  pour  raccroissement 
que  pour  lea  moyens  de  d^fe/ise  de  son  Terriloire,  la  quote  part  ii 
rindemnite  Pecuniaire  d  laquelle  Sa  dite  Majeste  pourrait  pretendre, 
servira  a  mettre  au  niveau  d'une  juste  proportion  les  Indemnites  de 
TAutriche  et  de  la  Prusse. 


B«  Dispositions  relatives  aux  Arrangemens  Terriioriaux  en  AUemagne. 
Autriehe  et  Prusse. 
VL  Sa  Majesty  Imperiale  et  Roy  ale  Apostolique  c^dera  d  Sa  Ma- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE.  237 

jest^  le  Roi  de  Prugse,  dans  le  D^partement  de   la  Sarre,  les  Dis- 
tricts designes  dans  le  Tablenu  ci-joint.  (I.) 

Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  de  Prasse  sengage  de  son  c6t^  4  satisfaire 
les  Grands  Dues  de  Mecklenbourg  Strelitz  et  d'Oldenbourg,  le  Due 
de  Cobourg,  le  landgrave  de  Hesse  Hombourg,  et  le  Comte  de  Pap- 
penheiai.  conform^meiit  d  TArticIe  LIV  de  I'Acte  Pinal  da  Congr^ 
de  Vienne. 

Arrangemens  reiatifit  d  la  Baviere, 

VII.  Sa  Majeste  I'Einpereur  de  toiites  les  Rossies,  Sa  Majeste  le 
Roi  de  la  Grande  Bretagne,  et  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de  Prusse,  s'engagent  i 
employer  tons  leurs  moyens  poor  faire  obtenir  k  Sa  Majesty  Imperiale 
et  Royale  Apostoliqae,  de  la  part  de  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de  Baviere,  la 
retrocession  des  Territoires  et  objets  designes  dans  le  Tableau 
ci-joint,  (2)  centre  les  Indemnites  designees  dans  le  m^me  Tableau. 

On  engagera  en  m^ine  terns  la  Cour  de  Baviere  i  ^changer  avec 
Son  Altesse  Royale  PEIecteur  de  Hesse,  les  Districts  d' Aufenau,  Wort  et 
Hochst,  et  la  route  de  Saalmiinster  d  Gelnhausen,  contre  nne  partie 
suffisante  du  Baillage  de  Lohrhaupten. 

En  vue  des  Arrangemens  ci-dessus  spdcifi^s,  les  4  Puissances 
assareot  i  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de  Bavidre  les  a  vantages  suivans  : 

a.  Une  Soniine  proportion ne lie  sur  la  partie  des  Contributions  Fran- 
daises  destinees  k  renforcer  la  Ligne  de  Defense  des  Etats  limitrophes, 
laqaelle  somrae  sera  employee  d'apr^s  les  plans  et  r^glemens,  qui 
seront  gen^ralement  arr^t^  a  cet  egard. 

6.  La  reversion  de  la  Partie  du  Palatinat  apparteoant  d  la  Maison 
de  Bade,  apr^  Textinction  de  la  Ligne  Directe  dn  Grand  Due 
Regnant. 

c,  Une  Route  Militaire  de  Wurzbourg  k  Frankenthal. 

d.  Le  droit  de  gamison  dans  la  Place  de  Landau,  qui  sera  une  des 
Forteressea  de  la  Confederation  Germanique. 

Ces  Articles  seront  regardes  comme  pleinement  obligatoires, 
aossitdt  que  la  Cour  de  Baviere  aura  declare  son  adhesion  aux 
Arrangemens  ci-dessus  specifies. 

Les  Pays  devoluslL  Sa  Majesty  Imperialeet  Royale  Apostolique,  par 
TArticle  LI,  de  ]*Acte  Final  du  Congr^s  de  Vienne,  etdontSa  Majeste 
pent  disposer  pour  des  ecbanges  avec  d'autres  Princes  de  la  Con* 
fi6d^ration  Germanique,  se  trouvant  encore,  malgre  les  representations 
faites  d  ce  sujet  par  la  Cour  Imperiale  d'Autriche^  en  partie  occup^ 
par  les  Autorites  Bavaroises^  il  sera  fait  de  la  part  des  4  Cabinets^  une 
d-marche  simultanee  pr^s  dn  Goovernement  Bavarois,  afin  que  les 
dits  Pays  soient  remis  sans  delai  &  la  libra  disposition  de  Sa  Majeste 
Imperiale  et  Royale  Apostolique. 

Vin.  L*Autriche  cedera  au  Grand  Due  de  Hesse,  en  indemnity  du 
Duch^  de  Westphalie,  un  Territoire  sur  la  rive  gauclie  du  Rhin« 
comprenant  nne  Population  de  140,000  Habitans,  conformement '  au 
Traite  conclu  entre  TAutriche,  la  Prusse  etie  Grand  Due,  le  10  Juin^ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


238  AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 

1815.  Lea  arrangemens  avec  le  Grand  Due  de  Heaae  ae  feront  d'apr^s 
le  Tableau  ci-joiat,  (3)  dresse  sur  la  base  du  revirement  Territorial 
entre  rAutriche  et  la  Bavi^re,  tel  qu*il  se  troove  iudiqu^  dans  PArticle 
precedent. 

IX.  La  reTCrsioD  de  la  Partie  du  Palatinat  appartenaiit  an  Grand 
Due  de  Bade>  ayant  et^  aaauree  k  IMutriche  par  le  Protocole  du 
10  Juin,  1815,  des  Conferences  do  Congi^s  de  Vienne,  Sa  Majeste  Impe- 
riale  et  Royale  Apostolique  eat  pr^te  k  renoncer  d  cette  reversion  en 
faveur  de  Sa  Majeate  le  Roi  de  Bavi^re,  pour  faciliter  les  arrangemens 
indiquea  d  T Article  VII  du  present  Protocole.  La  reversion  du  Brisgau, 
qui  a  ete  egalement  aaauree  A  I'Autricbe  par  le  dit  Protocole  du 
10  Jain,  aera  mainteoue. 


C.     Sff Sterne  Defensi/de  la  Confederation  Germanique. 

X.  Les  Places  de  Mayence,  Luxembourg  et  Landau,  sont  declar^es 
Places  de  la  Confederation  Germanique,  abstraction  faite  de  la 
Souverainet^  Territoriale  de  ces  Places. 

Mai/ence, 
N  Les  Plenipotentiaires  d*Autriche  et  de  Prusse,  n'etant  point 
autorifles,  v6  les  Actes  ant^rieurement  existana  et  Tabsence  de  leura 
Souverains,  k  renoncer  en  faveur  de  I'une  ou  de  Tautre  de  leurs  Cours 
respectives  au  droit  de  gamison  dans  la  Place  de  Mayence,  i1  est 
convenu,  que  le  Service  Militaire  et  FAdmiDistration  continueront 
aubsister  dans  cette  Place,  d'apr^  TArrangement  actuellement  en 
vigueur,  jusqu'd  ce  que  les  Cours  Allies  tombent  d*accord  dun  Ar- 
rangement definitif  k  cet  6gard. 

Luxembourg. 

Leura  Majest^s,  I'Empereur  d'Autriche,  PEmpereur  de  toutea  lea 
Bussies,  et  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de  la  Grande  Bretagne,  emploieront  leurs 
meilleurs  offices  pour  faire  obtenir  d  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  de  Prusse,  le 
droit  de  garnison  dans  la  Place  de  Luxembourg^  conjointement  avec 
Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  Pays  Bas,  ainsi  que  le  droit  de  nommer  le 
Gouverneur  de  cette  Place. 

Landau, 

La  gamison  de  Landau  sera,  jusqu'd  I'^poque  de  son  echange, 
enti^rement  composee  de  Troupes  Autrichiennes,  et  elle  sera  de  m^me 
apr^  sa  cession  enti^rement  composee  en  terns  de  paix  de  Troupes 
Bavaroisea.  Cependant  en  caa  de  guerre  le  Grand  Due  de  Bade  sera 
tenu  d  foumir  le  tiers  de  la  gamison  n^cessaire  pour  la  defense  de  la 
Place. 
IHstributiontdesSommet  d  consacrer  au  SyithuDefensifde  tAUemagne. 

Les  Puissances  etantconvenues  de  consacrerau  Systdme  D^fensif 
de  TAllemagpe  la  aomme  de  60,000,000  de  Francs,  k  prendre  sur  la 
par^e  des  Coutri buttons  Prao^aises,  deatln^  d  renforcer  la  Ligne  de  De- 
fense des  Btats  limitrophes,  la  dite  somme  sera  distribute  ainsi  qull  suit. 

Sa  Wajeste  le  Roi  de  Prasse  en  recevra  20,000,000  pour  la  Forti- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AUSTRIA,  kc.  AND  FRANCS.  239 

ficmtion  do  Bas-Rhin;  30.000^000  aeroiit  retenrte  poor  la  construe- 
tion  cFanequatri^OM  Place  FiiKrale  mr  le  Haut-Rhin ;  Sa  M^jeat6  le 
Roi  de  Bavi^  on  tel  autre  Soaverain  dea  Pays  limitrophes  de  la  Prance 
entie  le  Rhin  et  lea  Etats  Pnuriena*  aura  16,000,000;  et  5,000,000 
aefont  employ^  i  achever  lea  ouTragea  de  Mayence.  II  sera  dispos6  de 
ees  diffibenteasommes,  confonn^nieiit  anz  plana  et  riglemeoa  qui  seront 
gen^ralement  arrAt^  i  cet  ^gard* 

XI.  Le  present  Protocole  aura  la  force  d'une  Conrention  entre  les 
4  PnisHincea,  jnsqu'i  ce  que  les  Arraogemens  auxquela  il  se  rapporte 
soient  d£finiti?einent  terminus. 

Fait  et  sign^  k  Paris,  le  5M)  NoTembre,  1815« 

WELUNGTON.  RASOUMOFFSKY. 

METTERNICH.  CAPODISTRIAS. 

HARDENBERG.  HUMBOLDT. 

CASTLEREAGH.  WESSENBERG. 


(Annexe  !.>«— Priffie. 

L'Aatriche  cddera  )i  la  Pmsse  sur  la  Rive  Gaucbe  du  Rhiu  ; 
«.  Saarbourg  avec  le  reste  de  Conz,  d*apr^  les  Limites  de  la  Paix  de 
1814,  et  exclusiTenient  des  Parcelles  sur  la  rire  droite  de  la  Moselle 
qui  appartenaient  autrefois  i  Luxembourg. 

b.  Moertzig. 

c.  Wadem. 
dL  Tholey. 

€.  Partie  de  Lebaeh  d'aprte  T^tat  de  1814. 

/.  Ottweiler. 

g.  8t.  Wendel. 

L  Lea  reatea  de  Bbkenfeld  et  Hermeakeil. 

L  Lea  reates  de  Baumbolder  et  Grumbacb. 


(Annexe  2,) — Arrangemeni  avec  la  Baviire. 
Ceenom  demandies  d  la  BaMre. 

I.  Le  Hausruckriertel • 99,396 

«.  Ulnnriertel 126,671 

3.  La  Principaut^  de  Salsbourg,  k  ^exception  des  Baillagea 
de  Waging,  Tettmanning,  Seisendorf  et  Laufen;  ces 
9  deraiera  en  tant  qulls  sent  sitn<s  sur  la  rire  gauche 

delaSalibaehetdeiaSaal  168,000 

4  Le  BaUlage  Tyrolean  de  Vila 946 

Total 387,013 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


240  AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 

Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de  Bavibre  accorderait  la  liberty  de  transit  sar 
la  route  qui  m^ne  du  Tyro]  d  Bregenz  par  les  Etats  Bavarois^  pour  une 
quaotite  de  Sel  et  de  Bled,  dont  od  conviendrait. 


Indemniiet. 
A.  Sur  la  Rive  Gauche  du  Rhin  : 

1.  Dan$le  Departement  du  Moni'Tonnerre, 

PopuUUum. 

a.  L'Arroudissement  deDeux-Ponts 93^596 

b,  L'Arrondissemen^  de  Kaiserslautern 73,022 

c.  L'Arrondissement  de  Spire,  i    rexception    des 

Cantons  de  Worms  et  Pfeddersheim 144,042 

d,  Dans  TArrondissement  d'Alzey,  le  Canton  de 

Kircheim.Poland  12,066 

2.  Dans  le  Departement  de  la  Sarre. 

a,  Le  Canton  de  Waldmohr   10.795 

b,  Le  Canton  de  Bleiscastel  14,636 

c,  Le  Canton  de  Coussel,  &  Texception  de  quelques 

endroits  sur  la  route  de  St.  Windel  a  Baum« 

holder, — approx 8,698 

3.  Dans  le  Departement  duBas-Rkin. 

Le  Canton  de  landau,  avec  le  Territoire  sur  la  rive 

gauche  dela  Lauter.. 53,887 

fi.  Sur  la  Rive  Draite  du  Rhin, 

a.  Les  Baillages  Fuldois* 26,304 

b.  Le  Baillage  de  Redwitz 3,000 

c.  De   Darmstadt ; — les  Baillages  de  Mittenberg, 

Amorbach,  Heubach  et  Alzenau  • 24,661 

d.  De  Bade; — partie  du  Baillage  de  Wertheim  ...       4,927 

Total 469,634 


(Annexe    S.) — Revtremens    Territoriaux  avec  Le   Grand    Due    de 

Darmstadt. 
Darmstadt  cederait: 

A.  A  la  Prusse.  Suje/s. 

Le  Duch^  de  Wcstphalie 140,000 

B.  A  la  Baviere. 

Les  Baillages  de  Mittenberg  «...    8,094 

Amorbach 7,092 

Heubach   3,505 

Alzenau 5,970 

24,661 

*  Sayoir,  les  Baillages  de  Bmckenan,  Harndbnrg,  la  partie  de  Bieberstein  appar- 
tenant  ii  1' Autriche,  et  one  partie  da  Baillage  de  Weihere  appartenant  &  la  Plmase, 
oa  aatre  Territoire  contiga  foflfiaant  poor  compenser  les  Baillages  de  Saalmiinster 
d'Uml  et  Sannen,  que  T  Autriche  met  k  la  disposition  de  la  Prusse. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AlISTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE.  241 

C.  A  Hesse  Cassel,  S^jets, 

Les  Baiila^c's  de  Hanau,  couformemeot  aux  Conven- 
tions cle  Francfort 14,018 

D.  Au  Landgrane  de  Hesse -Hombourg, 

La  Souverainei^  sar 6,366 

Total    186,045 


Le  Grand- Due  de  Darmstadt  se  chargerait  de  la  moiti^  des  Detles 
ptrticoli^res  da  Prince  d'Ysemboarg:. 

L'exc^dent  qu'offriraient  les  Indemnites  ci -con tre  sera  employ^  pour 
ftire  obtenir  il  Sa  Majeste  Prussienne  la  Souverainete  des  Possessions  de 
Wittgenstein  et  Berlebourg. 

On  tacbera  de  faire  servir  la  Parlie  du  Pays  d'Ysembonrg,  situe  sur 
It  rire  gauche  da  Mein,  aux  ecbaoges  que  le  Grand-Due  de  Hetae 
derra  faire  avec  PEiecteor  de  Hesse  pour  les  Baillagesci-desaus  de- 
sign^, sub.  Lit.  C,  et  de  faire  obtenir  i  TElectetir  de  Hesse  toute  U 
route  de  Saalmunstpril  Hanau. 

Darmstadt  obtiendrait, 

A.  ^ur  U  Rive  Gaaehe  da  Rhin  : 

La  Villede  Mayence  36,400 

Nieder-Olm 12,118 

Ober-Ingelhcim  13,523 

Bingen 8,191 

WoUstein 10,806 

Worstadt 15,403 

Oppenheim 14,606 

eechtheim  15,834 

Alzey   15,961 

Pfeddersheim  14,673 

Worms     , 5,718 

B.  Sar  la  Rive  Droite  du  Rhin : 

Les  Villages  de  Nieder-Urse!  et  Ober^Erlenbach 1,164 

La  PrincipBate  d'Ysembourg     •.•••••.••••..........     47>454 

ToUl 201,646 

C.  La  propriete  d«8  Salines  de  Creutznach. 


[1815^16.]  R 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


242  AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRAXCE, 

(9.)'-PR0T0C0LE  de  la  Conference  entre  ies  Plenipoteniiaire§ 
des  4  Cours  AlHees,  sur  la  Diatrihution  de  tindemnite  P^ctmiaire  ; 
€i  qui  tiendra  lieu  dune  Convention  Pariiculiere  tur  cet  o^et. 

Paris,  le  6  Novewtbre,  I815.* 

Lbs  Soussign^s  Plenipotentiaires,  s'dtant  r^iiois  pour  arrftter  Ies 
principes  de  la  dUtributioa  des  soiumes  que  la  France  payera  en  veitti 
du  Traite  de  Paris  du  20  Novembre,  181d»  entre  leurs  Cours respectiTes 
et  Ies  autres  Etats  Allies,  et  ayant  pris  en  consideration  qu*il  semble 
superflu  de  conclure  une  ConventioD  Particuli^re  sur  cet  arrangemenc, 
ont  resola  de  consigner  dans  1«  present  Protocole  tout  ca  .qui  ii 
rapport  k  cet  objet,  et  de  regarder  ce  Protocole  comme  ayant  la  mteM 
force  et  valeur  qu'une  Convention-  expresse  et  formelle,  faite  en  verttt 
des  PleinspouToirs  dont  Us  soiit  munis,  et  d'apr^a  Ies  Instnictione 
qu'ils  ont  revues  de  leurs  Cours  respectives. 

En  conformite  de  cette  determination,  ils  ont  arrftti  Ies  Articles 
tttirans : 

Art.  I.  Les  Puissances  Allieesi,  reconnoissant  la  necessity  de 
garantir  la  tranquilUte  des  Pays  linutrophes  de  la  France,  par  la  forti* 
fication  de  qiielques  points  qui  sent  les  plus  menaces^  destinent  i  cet 
objet  une  Partie  des  sommes  qui  seront  payees  par  la  France*  ea 
n'abandonnant  que  le  restant  i  titre  dlndemnit^  li  la  distributtoa 
genirale.  Cette  somme,  destin^e  aux  FortiBcatious,  sera  le  quart  de 
la  tolalite  des  payemens  de  la  France :  mais  comme  la  cession  de  la 
Porteresse  de  Saare- Louis,  fondle  egalement  sur  le  motif  de  la  suret6 
g^n^rale,  rend  superflu  1  etablissement  de  nouvelles  Fortifications  do 
o6te  o6  se  trouve  cette  Forteresse,  et  qu'elle  a  ^t^  ^valuee,  par  le  Comit^ 
Militaire  consulte  i  ce  sujet  par  le  Conseil  des  Ministres,  i  60,000*000 
de  francs,  cette  Forteresse  entrera  moyennaut  cette  somme  dans  le 
calcul  des  sommes  destinees  aux  Fortifications,  de  fa^on  que  le  quart 
mendonne  ci-dessusne  sera  pas  deduit  des  700,000,000  eflPectifs  promis 
par  la  France,  mais  de  760,000,000,  y  eompris  la  cession  de  Saare 
Looia 

Conform^ment  i  cette  disposition,  la  somme  destin^e  aux  Fortifi- 
cations est  fixee  i  187,500,000  de  francs,  savoir.  k  137,600,000  en 
valeur  r^elle,  et  i  60,000,000  repr^sentes  par  la  Forteresse  de  Saare 
Louis. 

IL  En  distribuaot  ces  137,600,000  de  francs  entre  les  EtaU 
Itmitrophes  de  la  France*  les  Soussign^  Ministres  ont  eu  6gard,  tant 
an  betoin  plus  ou  moins  urgent  que  ces  Etats  ont  de  nouvelles  Fortifi* 
cations*  et  aux  frsis  plus  ou  moins  considerables  que  nicessite  leur 
construction,  qu'aux  moyens  que  poss^dent  ces  Etats»  on  qu'ila 
acqui^rent  par  le  Traite  actnel. 

Siiivant  ces  principes,  leurs  M ajesi^s 

*  PMsph^  le  6,  et  ligu^  le  20-  Novembre. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


aUSTRlAy  &C.  AND  FRANCE,  243 


Fr. 

Le  Roi  lies  Pays-Bas  recevra  , 60,000.000 

Le  Roi  de  Prusse 20,000,000 

Le  Roi  (le  Sardaigoe    10,000,000 

Le  Roi  de  Bavi^re,  on  tel  autre  Souverain  det  Pays 
limitrophea  de  la  France  entre  le  Rhin  et  le  Terri* 

toire  Prassien    15,000,000 

Le  Roi  d'Eapagne 7,500,000 

Des  25,000,000  qai  rettent  i  dtstribuer,  5,000,000  seront  destin^e 
k  achever  lea  oafrages  de  Mayence,  etk  la  constroction  d  une  nouvelle 
Fortemae  Fed^rale  aar  le  Haat  Rhin, 

L'emploi  de  ces  sommes  aura  lieu  conrorm^ment  aux  plana  et 
v^gleraens  que  lea  Puisaancea  arr^teront  ii  cet  ^gard. 

IIL  D^uction  faite  de  la  aomme  deatinee  aux  Fortificationa« 
celle  regardee  comme  stipule  k  titre  d'ludemnite  reste  i  562,500,000, 
dont  la  dialribntion  a«  fera  de  la  mani^re  suivanfe. 

IV.  Quoique  toua  lea  Euta  Allies  aient  fait  preuve  du  m^me  z61e 
•t  da  m^foe  d^fooeoMnt  pour  lacanae  commune,  il  y  a  cependaot  qui, 
coaaase  la  Suede,  diapenaae  d^a  le  commencement,  tu  la  difficuM  dt 
lairo  paaier  la  Balliqae  i  sea  Troupes,  de  toute  co-operation  active, 
■'out  point  fait  d'efforta  du  tout,  on  qui  en  ayant  fait  reellement  ont 
4*^  ainai  que  rEapagoe,  le  Portugal,  et  le  Daiinemarc,  emp^hes  par 
la  rapidtt6  dea  ev^nemens  de  cooperer  elficacement  ao  succ^.  La 
Soiase^  qui  a  rendu  dea  aer^ices  tr^«eaaentiels  k  la  cause  commune, 
a*a  paa  accede  aoos  les  mimea  conditions  que  lea  autres  Allieea  aa 
Traits  da  85  Mara. 

Cea  EtatB  se  trouTant  par-li  dana  une  position  differente,  qui  ne 
permel  paa  de  lea  classer  avec  lea  antrea  Etats  Allies  d*apr^  le  nombre 
de  leoraTroupea,  on  est  convenu  pour  leur  faire  obtenir.  autant  que  les 
cireooatances  le  permeCtent,  une  juste  indemnification,  que  12,500,000 
aeitMkt  diafribues,  de  mani^re  que 

Francs, 

L'Espagne  en  re^oive    5,000,000 

Le  Portugal 2,000,000 

Le  Dannemarc 2,500,000 

LaSttiaae • 3,000,000 

V.  Le  poids  de  la  Guerre  ayaot  port4  en  premier  lieu,  sur  les 
Arm^  sous  le  commandement  reapectff  du  Mar6chai  Duo  de 
Wefltngton  et  du  Marecbal  Prince  Blucher,  et  cea  Armees  ayant,  en 
ootra,  pria  la  Vilie  de  Paria,  il  eat  convenu  quMI  sera  affect^  sur  lea 
Cootfibotiona  Fran^aiaes  une  aomme  de  25,000,000  pour  la  Grande 
fiffelagne»  et  de  25,000,000  pour  la  Prusse,  sauf  lea  arrangemens  que 
la  Grande  Bretagne  fera  aur  la  somme  qui  doit  lui  rerenir  i  ce  titre, 
avec  lea  Paisaancea  dont  lea  Forcea  ont  compose  I'Arm^  du  Marichal 
Ooe  de  WelUqgtoo. 

Rt 


Digiti 


ized  by  .Google 


244  AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 

VI.  I  es  500,000,000  qui  restent  npr^s  la  deduction  des  soiiimei 
stipulees  dnns  les  Articles  precedeiis,  serout  partag^s,  de  mauifere  que 
la  Prusse/rAutriche,  la  Russie,  et  PAngleterre  en  obtieudront  chacune 
un  5^me. 

VII.  Quoique  les  Etats  qui  ont  accede  au  Traite  du  26  Mars  de 
cette  ann^e,  ayent  fourni  un  nombre  inferiear  de  Troupes  k  ceini  des 
Puissances  Alliees  Principales,  il  a  ^te  resolu  de  ne  point  avoir  ^gard 
i  cette  inegalite.  lis  jouiront  en  consequence,  pris  coIlectiTement,  da 
d^me  qui,  d  apr^s  les  dispositions  de  I'Article  precedent,  reste  des 
500,000,(K)0. 

VIII.  La  repartition  de  ce  5eme,  entre  lesdifferens  Etats  Accedans 
se  fera,  d'apr^s  ie  nombre  des  Troupes  fournies  par  eux,  con- 
fonnemeut  a  la  nn^roe  mani^re  qu'ils  ont  concouru  it  la  somine  des 
10,000,000  alloues  par  leOouveruement  Fran^ats  pour  la  solde  des 
Troipes. 

Le  Tableau  de  cette  repartition  est  annex^  au  present  Protocole. 

IX.  Ba  Majeste  le  Roi  de  Sardaigne  recouvrant  la  Partie  de  la 
Savoye,  et  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  des  Pays  Bas  recevant,  outre  les  Places 
de  Marienbourg  et  Pbilippevilie,et  quelques  autres  Districts,  celle  de  la 
Belgique,  que  le  Trait6  de  Paris  du  30  Mai  1814  laissell  la  FraDce,  et 
ces  2  Souverains  trouvant,  dnns  cet  agrandissement  de  leur  Territoire, 
une  juste  compensation  de  leurs  efforts,  ils  ne  participeront  point  k  I'In- 
demnite  Pecuniaire,  et  leur  quote  part,  telle  qu'elle  est  fixee.  dans  ia 
Tableau  annexe  k  rArticle  precedent,  sera  partagee entre  la  Prusse  et 
TAutriche. 

X.  Comme  les  payemens  du  Gouvernement  Fran9ais  se  feront 
dans  des  termcs  fixes  par  le  Traite  du  20  Novembre,  18ld,  et  la  Con- 
vention y  annexee,  on  a  resolu  que  chaque  Etat  qui,  d'spi^s  le  Pro-* 
tocole  present,  participe  i  ces  payemens,  recevra  dans  cliacun  de  ces 
termes  le  pro  rata  de  sa  part ;  et  il  en  sera  use  de  m^roe,  si  an  Etat 
participe  a  plusieurs  titres  k  la  fois,  comme  par  exemple  TAutriche,  k 
titre  de  son  d^me  et  sL  titre  de  la  part  quelle  recevra  de  la  quote  part 
de  la  Belgique  et  de  la  Sardaigne.  Ce  principe  ne  sera  pas  moina 
soivi  si,  dans  le  cas  de  non<recouvrement  des  payemens  da  Goa- 
Yeroement  Fran^ais,  il  falloit  en  venir  a  la  vente  d'une  Partie  des 
Inscriptions  qui  seront  de  poshes  en  guise  de  gage. 

XI.  La  Prusse  et  rAutriche  ayant  expose  le  besoin  urgent  qa'elles 
ont ,  d'obtenir  dans  le  courant  des  premiers  6  mois  une  somme  plos 
forte  que  la  distribution  egale  ne  leur  donnerait,  la  Russie  et  TAngle- 
terre  consentent,  pour  faciliter  rarrangement  general,  i  ce  que  chacunc 
des  2  Puissances  prel^ve,  i  dater  du  premier  terme  des  payemena, 
I0«000,000  francs,  sur  leur  quote  part,  sous  condition  qu'elles  lean 
tieonent  compte  de  cetta  somme  dans  les  annees  suivantes. 

XII.  Ce  d^compte  se  fera  par  iMme,  et  par  ann^e,  de  fa90ti  qo^ 
i'Aatricheet  la  Prasse  cederpot,  chacune  de  sa  quote  part,  2,600,000 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AUSTRIA^  &C»  AND  FRANCE.  245 

fraDct,  dans  chacune  des  4  annees  suivantes,  a  la  Ruasie  et  a  TAd- 
gletene. 

XI II.  A6q  d  eviter  les  nombreux  iuGonv^niens  qui  resulteroient 
d'an  manque  d' unite  dans  le  recouvrement  des  somtnes  a  payer  par  ia 
France*  il  a  et^  arrfite  qu*uiie  Commission  residant  d  Paris  sera  senic 
chai^ee  de  ce  recouvrement,  et  qa'aucun  des  Etats  participant  A  ces- 
payemens  ne  traitera  dans  cet  objet  en  particulier  avec  le  Gouverne- 
ment  Fran^ais,  ou  demandera,  ou  recevra  les  Bons  par  le  moyeu  des- 
quels  le  payements'effectuera  de  lui^directenient  el  sans  i  uiterveution 
de  la  dite  Commission. 

Cette  Commission  sera  composee  de  Commissaires  de  TAutriche,  de 
la  Russie,  de  la  Grande  BretaKne,  et  de  la  Prusse,  qoi  traiteront  avec 
le  Gouvernement  Franyais :  ii  sera  libre  aux  autres  Etats  Allies  de 
d^ieguer  egalement  des  Commissaires  pour  soigner  directement  leurs 
inter^ts  auprbs  de  la  dite  Commission,  laquelle  sera  cbargee  de  leur 
remettre  les  effets  ou  Targe nt  qu'elle  recouvrera  pour  eux.  11  sera 
dress^  incessamment  un  R^glement  pour  Texercice  de  ses  fonctions, 
auqael  sera  annexe  le  Tableau  du  pro  rain  i|ui  reviendrasi  chaqqe  par- 
ticipant de  cheque  terine  de  pa\eraent,  d*apr^s  les  principes  exposes 
dans  le  present  Acte. 

XIV.  Les  50,000,000  stipules  par  TArticle  H  de  la  Convention 
Militaire  annex^e  au  Traite  du  20  Noverobre,  pour  la  solde  et  les  autres 
besoins  de  I'Armee  qui  occupera  une  Fartlc  de  la  France,  seront  par- 
tages  de  mani^re  que 

Francs.     Cents, 

La  Russie  en  re^oive 7.142,857     16 

L'Aulriche  10,714,286     71 

L'Angleterre   10,714,286    71 

La  Prusse 10,714,285     71 

Les  Etats  Accedaiis 10,714,285     71 

Lorsqnela  France  ne  payera,  ainsi  que  cela  sera  lecas  dans  la  pre^ 
mi^re  annee,  que  30,000,000,  ou  toute  autre  somme  que  50,000,000, 
pottrl'objet  ci-dessus  indique,  la  mfime  pioportion  sera  observ^e  dans 
la  distribution  de  la  somme  ainsi  modifi^e. 

L  argent  dont  il  est  parle  ici,  sera  pergu  et  reparti   par  la  m^me 
Commission  etablie  d'apr^s  I'ArticIe  XllI  du  present  Acte,  pour  la  ' 
perception  de  I'lndemnit^  P^cuniaire. 

XV.  11  sera  fait  4  Expeditions  conformes  du  present  Protocole,  les- 
quelles  seront  revalues  de  la  signature  des  Soussignes  Plenipoteutiaires, 
et  auront  la  force  et  valeur  enonc^e  ci-dessus. 

CASTLEREAGH.  HARDENBERG. 

WELLINGTON.  .  HUMBOLDT. 

METTERNICH.  WESSENBERG. 

BASOUMOFFSKY.  CAPODISTRIAS. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


246 


AUSTRIA,  See.  ANP  FRANCS. 


(Anrujt€.)^Tableou  dt  la  Ripartition  des  100,000,000  Frmes  emtrm 
ies  Etaii  Aeckdam, 


Nomi  des  Etats  Aco^dans. 


ContingeiiB 

de 
Troupei. 


Les  100,000,000  de  Fruct  lout 

par  Homme  425  Francs 

29i»aCenti. 


Bavi^re 

Pays-Bas    

Wurtcmberg 

Sardaigne 

Bade 

Hanovre 

Saxe   

Hesse-Darmstadt 

Hesse-Cassel 

Mecklenbomg-Scliwerin 
Mecklenbourg-Strelitz  . . . 

Saxe-Gotha    

Saxe-Wehnar 

Nassau    

Brunswick t 

Villes  Hanseatiques   

Ville  de  Francfort 

Hohenzollem*Hechingen  . 
Hohenzollem-Siginaringen 

Lichtenstein 

Saze-Meinungen     

Hildburghausen 

Saxe-Cobourg 

Anhalt    

Schwarzbourg 

Reuss 

Lippe  

WaJdeck 

Oldenbourg    

Total, 


60,000 

50,000 

20,000 

15,000 

16,000 

10,000 

16,000 

8,000 

12,000 

3,800 

800 

2,200 

1.600 

3,000 

3,000 

8,000 

750 

194 

386 

100 

600 

400 

800 

1,600 

1,300 

900 

"  1,300 

800 

U600 


Frane: 

25,517,798 

21,264,832 

8,505,93^ 

6,379,449 

6,804,746 

4,252,966 

6,804,746 

3,402,373 

5,103,559 

1,616,127 

340,287 

935,652 

680,474 

1,275,889 

1,275,889 

1,275,889 

318,972 

82,507 

164,164 

42,529 

255,177 

170,118 

340,237 

680,474 

552,885 

382,766 

552,885 

340,287 

680,474 


235,130 


100,000,000 


(10.)— Lei  PlhdpottntiaireM  des  4  Ctmrs  AiHees  au  Due  de  Richelieu, 

sur  le  Cammandemeni  dei  Troupes  Alliies  en  France,  eonfie  au  Due 

de  Wellingtm.  Paris,  le  20  Novembre,  1815. 

Lbs  SouTeraiDs  Allies,  ay  ant  confix  k  M.  le  Mar^chal  Due  de 

Welliogton  le  Commandement  en  Chef  de  eelles  de  leurs  Troupes  qui, 

d'aprte  I' Article  V  du  Traits  conclu  aujoard'hui  avec  la  France,  doiveot 

rester  dans  ce  Pays,  pendant  un  certain  Dombre  d'aon^es,  Ies  Sout> 

sign^s,  Ministres  des  4  Cabinets,  croyent  devoir  sexpliquer  vis-i-Tit 

de  Son  Excellence  M.  le  Due  de  Richelieu,  sur  la  natnre  et  Titendue 

des  pouvoirs  attaches  4  ce  Commandement. 

Quoique  principalement  guides  dans  cette  mesnre  par  des  motift  tenant 
h )a  surety  et  au bien  Itre  de  leurs Sujets, et  fort  ^loign^s  de Imtentloii 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AUSTRIA,  &C*  AND  FRANCE.  247 

d«mployer  leiirs  Troupes  au  maintien  de  la  Police  ou  de  rAdminis- 
tintion  loterieare  de  la  France,  aiiisi  que  dc  tout  ce  qui  pourroit  com- 
promettre  ou  eotraver  le  libre  exercice  de  TAutorite  Roy  ale  daus  ce 
Pays :  les  Souveraios  Allies  ont  cependant,  en  consideration  de  I'int^r^t 
majeur  qui  lea  porte  i  sffermir  le  pouvoir  du  Souverain  Legitime, 
promis  k  Sa  Majeste  Tr^s  Chretieniie,  de  lasoutenir  par  leurs  armes 
contre  toute  convulsion  R^volutionnaire  qui  tendroit  tLreuverser  par  la 
force,  lordre  des  clioses  actuellement  6tabli»  et  menacera  ainsi  de 
nouveau  la  tranquillity  geu^rale  de  I'Europe. 

Mais  ue  se  diBsimulant  pas,  qne  dans  cette  variety  de  formes,  sous 
lesquelles  Tesprit  Revolutiounaire  pourroit  encore  se  nianifester  en 
Franco,  il  y  aura  des  doutes  sur  la  nature  des  cas,  qui  exigeroient 
rintervention  d*une  Force  Etraog^re,  et  sentant  la  difficulte  d'une 
lAsenictioD  precise,  applicable  i  cbaque  cas  particulier,  les  Souverains 
AUi^  ont  isieux  aime  s'en  remetlre  i  la  prudence  et  k  la  discretion 
eprottf^  de  M.  le  Due  de  Wellington,  pour  juger  quand  et  comment 
il  seioit  convenable  d  employer  les  Troupes  sous  ses  ordres :  en  sap* 
posaut  toajours  qu'il  ue  s'y  decidera  dans  aucun  cas,  sans  avoir  con- 
eerte  ses  mesures  avec  Sa  Miyest^  ie  Roi  de  France,  et  sans  instruira 
daoa  le  plus  court  delai  les  Souverains  Allies,  des  motifs  qui  Ini 
anroieDt  fait  prendre  telle  ou  telle  determination. 

Et  conme,  pour  guider  M.  le  Due  de  Wellington  dans  le  cboix  de 
ses  dispositions,  il  sera  important  qu'il  connoisse  avec  exactitude  les 
eveoemens  qui  se  passent  en  France,  les  Ministres  des  4  Cours  Alli^es 
accittdilea  pres  Sa  Majesty  Tr^s  Cbretienne,  ont  re^ii  I'ordre  d'entre- 
teoir  Gonjoiotement  une  Correspondance  suivie  avec  M.  le  Due  de 
Wellington,  et  de  servir  en  mime  tems  d Interm^diaire  entre  le  Gou* 
▼emement  Francis  et  le  Commandant  en  Cbef  des  Troupes  Alliees, 
afio  de  transmettre  au  Gouvemement  Fran9ai8  les  Communications 
^ac  M.  le  Due  de  Wellington  sera  dans  le  cas  de  lui  adresser,  et  de 
commoDiquer  k  M.  le  Marshal  les  notions,  ou  les  requisitions  que  la 
Coor  de  France  voudroit  lui  faire  parvenir. 

Les  SoQssign^  se  flattent  que  M.  le  Due  de  Ricbelieu  voudra  bien 
fecoonoitre  dans  ces  dispositions  le  mime  earact^re  et  lea  mimes  prin- 
cipea  dans  leaqnela  la  mesure  de  TOecupation  Militaire  d'one  partie  de 
la  France,  a  ^te  con^ue  et  adopts,  lis  emportent  d'ailleurs,  en 
qirittaot  ee  Pays,  la  persuasion  consolaote  que,  malgr^  les  elimens  de 
desordre  que  la  France  pent  renfermer  encore  a  la  suite  des  ivinemens 
RivolutioDnairet,  un  Gonvemement  sage  et  paternel,  marcbant  sur 
ue  ligne  propre  i  tranquilliser  et  A  concilier  les  esprits,  et  s'abstenant 
de  tout  acie  contraire  i  ce  systime,  parviendra  non  settlement  i 
flBaiateoir  le  repos  public,  mais  aussi  i  retablir  Tunion  et  la  cenfiance 
■niferselle;  diapeBsaot  aussi,  autant  que  la  marohe  du  Gouvemement 
peal  I'eieetoer,  les  Puissances  Alliees  de  la  nicessite  doulonreuse  de 
jamais  recourir  A  des  mesures  qui,  dans  le  cas  de  quelque  nonveaa 
bovleveraement^  ieur  seroient  imperiensement  prescrites  par  le  devoir 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


248  AUSTRIA,  &C.  AKD  FRAKC£; 

<le  veiller  a  la  surety  de  leurt  propres  8iije(.%  et  a  ia   tranqiiillite 
g^n^rale  de  I'Europe. 

Les  Soussignes  saisgissent,  &c. 

CASTLEREAGH.  CAPODISTRIAS. 

HARDENBERG.  RASOUMOFFSKY. 

METTERNICH.  WES3ENBERG. 

5.  E.  M.  ie  Due  de  Richelieu, 


(II. J — Les  Plenipotentiaires  des  4  Covrs  Aliiees  a  M.  Ie  Dnc  de 
Richelieu,  sur  Volfjet  du  nouveau  Traile  d Alliance  conelu  enire  ies 
4  Court.  Paris,  Ie  20  NovemUre,  18KJ. 

Les  Sonssign^s,  MiDistret  des  Cabinets  reunis,  ont  I'booneur  de 
communiquer  a  Son  Excellence  M.  Ie  Due  de  Richelieu,  Ie  nouveau 
Traits  d'Alliance  qu'ils  viennent  de  signer  au  nom  et  par  erdre  de 
lenrs  Augustes  Souyerains; — Traits  dont  Pobjet  a  ete  de  donuer  anx 
principes  consacres  par  ceux  de  Chaumont  et  de  Vieune,  1 'application 
hi  plus  analogue  aux  circonstances  actuelles,  et  de  Her  les  destinees  d^ 
ha  France  i  Tinterfit  conamun  de  TEurope. 

Les  Cabinets  Allies  consid^rent  la  stabilite  de  I'ordre  de  chosea 
beureusement  retabli  dans  ce  Pays,  coname  une  des  bases  esseotielles 
d'une  tranquillity  solide  et  durable.  C'est  vers  ce  but  que  leurs  eflbrta 
reunis  ont  et^  constamment  diriges;  c*est  leur  desir  sincere  de  main- 
tenir  et  de  consoHder  Ie  resuUat  de  ces  efforts,  qui  a  dict^  toutes  les 
stipulations  du  nouveau  Traite.  Sa  Majeste  Tr^s  Cbr^tienne  recon- 
noitra  dans  cet  Acte,  la  sollicitude  avec  laquelle  ils  ont  concert^  lea 
mesures  les  plus  propres  i  eloigner  tout  ce  qui  pourroit  compromettre 
i  J'avenir  Ie  repos  interieur  de  la  France,  et  preparer  des  remMes 
contre  les  dangers  dont  TAutorit^  Royale,  fondeinent  de  I'ordre  public^ 
pourroit  encore  6tre  menacee.  Les  principes  et  les  intentions  des 
Souverains  Alli^  kcet  egard,  sont  invariables;  les  engagemens  qu'ils 
viennent  de  contracter  en  fournissent  la  preuve  la  moins  Equivoque  : 
mais  Ie  vif  intirftt  qu'ils  preunent  &  la  satisfaction  de  Sa  Majeste  Tr^s 
Chretienne,  ainsi  qu'i  la  tranquillite  et  i  la  prosp^rit^  de  son  Roy* 
aunae,  leur  fait  esp^rer  que  les  chances  funestes,  suppos^es  dans  cea 
engagemens,  ne  se  r^aliseront  jamais. 

Les  Cabinets  Allies  trouvent  la  premise  gnrantie  de  cet  espoir^ 
dans  ks  principes  ^claires,  les  sentimens  magnanimes  et  les  vertus 
personnelles,  de  Sa  Majesty  Tr^s  Chretienne.  Sa  Majesty  a  reconnu» 
avec  eux,  que  dans  un  Etat  d^chire  pendant  un  quart  de  si^cle  par  des 
convulsions  Revolutionnaires,  ce  n'est  pas  k  la  force  seule  iiramener  la 
calme  dans  les  esprits,  la  confiance  dans  les  ames,  et  I'^quilibre  dans 
les  difierentes  parties  du  corps  social ;  que  la  sagesse  doit  se  joindre  i^ 
la  vigueur,  la  moderation  d  la  fermete,  pour  operer  ces  changemeos 
keareux. 

Loin  de  craindre,  que  Sa  Majesty.  Tr^  Chretienne  ne  prit&t  jamais 
1  Oreille  i  des  conseils  imprudens  ou  passionn^s,  tendanjUl  nourrir  lea 

HgitizedbyC^OOgle         • 


AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE.  249 

fnecontentemens,  4  renouveler  les  alarmes^  k  ranimer  les  bHioes  et  les 
divi8ioo8y  lea  Cabinets  AJli^s  sont  compl^tement  rassur^s,  par  les  dis- 
positions aossi  sages  que  genereuses^  que  le  Roi  a  annoncees  dans 
toates  les  epoqaes  de  son  regne,  et  nolamment  d  celle  de  son  rctour 
«pr^  le  dernier  attentat  criminel.  1  Is  savent  que  8a  Majesty  opposera 
A  tons  lea  ennemis  du  bien  public  et  de  la  tranquillity  de  son  Royaume^ 
sous  qoelque  forme  qu'ils  puissent  se  presenter,  sun  altacbement  aux 
Lois  Cons litutionnel les,  promulguees  sous  ses  propres  auspices,  sa 
voloDte  bien  prononcee  d'etre  )e  Pere  de  tons  ses  Sujets,  sans  distinction 
de  classe  ni  de  religion,  d'efTacer,  jusqu'au  souvenir,  des  maux  qn'ils 
ont  soufferts,  et  de  ne  conserver  des  terns  passes  que  le  bien  que  la 
ProTidence  a  fait  sortir  da  sein  m^ine  des  calamites  publiques.  Ce 
n'est  qu  ainsi,  que  les  ▼oeux  formes  par  les  Cabinets  Allies,  pour  la 
xonaenration  de  Pautorite  constitutionnelle  de  Sa  Majeste  Tr^s  Chr^- 
lienne,  poor  le  bonheur  de  son  Pays,  et  pour  le  roaintien  de  la  pai\  du 
Monde,  seront  couronn^s  d'un  succ^s  complet,  et  que  la  France, 
ritablie  sur  ses  anciennes  bases,  reprendra  la  place  eminente  i  laquelle 
«lle  est  appele  dans  le  Syst^me  Europeen. 

Les  Soussignes  oot  Thonneur,  &c. 

METTERNICH.  CASTLE  RE  AGH. 

HARDENBERG.  CAPODISTRIAS- 

S.  E.  M.  le  Due  de  Richelieu. 


{Ifty^ProciS'Verbalde  la  Conference  enire  les  Plenipotenttaires  dei 
4  CouTM  Afliees,  tur  Cemploi  de  flndemnile,  pour  le  renforcement 
de  la  Ugne  Defensive  des  Pays  lindirophcs  de  la  France. 

Paris,  le  21  Novembre,  1816. 
MBsaiBURS  les  Ministres  des  4  Cours  ont  pris  en  consideration  les 
principes  4  ^tablir  sur  Pemploi  de  cette  partie  des  Contributions,  pay- 
ables par  la  France,  qui  d'apr^  leurs  dispositions  generales,  consignees 
dansle  Procfes- Verbal  du  6  Novembre,  18]5^doit^treconsacree  au  ren» 
forcement  de  la  Ligne  Defensive  des  Pays  liinitroplies  de  la  France. 

Leura  Excellences  ont  reconnu,  que  ce  n'est  pas  Tavantage  particu- 
Iter  de  Tun  ou  de  Tautre  Etat,  mais  la  sfirete  commune,  et  I'inl^r^t  de 
toot  ce  que  Poo  a  eu  en  vue,  en  adoptant  ce  Syst^me  essentiellement  Eu- 
ropeen; et  que  par  consequent  les  Puissances  qui  y  ontconcouru,  doi* 
tent  avoir  un  droit  egal  k  en  surveiller  r^ciproquement  I'execution,  et 
k  prendre  connaissance,  d*6poque  en  epoque,  des  progr^s  qui  auront 
iie  faits  dans  I'application  des  Ponds  destines  i  un  objet  d'aussi  haute 
importance. 

On  a  ete  en  outre  d  avis,  que  pour  obtenir  une  marche  r^guli^re- 
ment  combinee  et  mettre  de  Tensemble  dans  I'execution  de  cette  me» 
sore,  il  serait  utile  de  confier  i  celles  des  Grandes  Puissances,  qui  se 
trouveront  le  pins  a  portee  de  telle  ou  telle  partie  des  Travaux  i  entre- 
i»eodre,  le  soin  de  se  concerter  avec  les  Souverains  directement  int^. 
reves  k  ces  Travaus,  afin  de  combiner  le  plan  des  operations  a  faire, 
et  les  moyens  les  plus  convenables  pour  le  mettre  en  pratioi|e. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


2fi0  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C. 

A  cet  efiet,  MessieunB  leg  MiDistret  gont  coaveous  que  le  Gim* 
Yemement  Britaonique  se  r^uoira  tLvet  cdui  des  Pays  Bas,  pour  de- 
terminer coujuintement  remploi  special  k  faire  des  sotnmet  destinees  k 
la  Fortification  de  ce  Pays; 

Que,  relativement  ao  Syst^me  D^fensif  de  rAllemagne^  les  Cours 
d'Autriche  et  de  Prusse  se  concerteront»  taut  entre  Elles  qu  avec  ceuK 
des  Souferains  sur  les  Territoires  desqocia  de  noaveaux  Ouvrages  !)•• 
fensifs  seront  i  construire,  sur  les  plans  a  adopter  et  la  marcbe  k  sHivns 
pour  ees  Constructions; 

Qa«,  relativement  aux  Fortifications  de  la  Savoie,  le  Gooverne- 
ment  Autrichien  se  mettra  avec  celui  de  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  de  Sar>* 
daig^e,  dans  les  m^mes  rapports,  dans  lesquels  le  Gouveniemeat 
Bntannique  sera  place  k  cet  ^gard  avec  celui  des  Pays  Bas ; 

Que,  quant  d  PEspagne,  les  Puissances  se  riservent  de  s'eoteudfe 
avec  cette  Cour,  en  conformity  des  principes  ^tablisici ;  et  comme  il  a 
paru  indispensable  d  Leurs  Excellenoesi,  que  les  operations  qui  vont 
#tre  projetees  et  executoes,  se  rattacbent  k  un  Systeme  General,  et 
soient,  autant  que  possible,  liees  eutr'elles,  on  estoonvenn  encore,  que 
des  Communications  frequentes  auront  lien  entre  les  Cabinets^  afin  de 
porter  a  leur  connaissance  respective,  les  differentes  nkesures  qui  au- 
ront M  adoptees,  pour  assurer  le  socc^s  des  dites  Operations,  et 
I'emploi  le  plus  avantageux  des  sommes  qui  y  seront  cousacrees. 

Le  present  Proc^s-Verbal  servira  uniquement  i  constater  Tunani- 
mite  d'avis  de  Messieurs  les  Ministres,  sur  le  principe  de  la  questioa 
qui  y  est  trait^e,  et  a  former  la  base  des  Instructions,  qui  seront  don- 
n^es  a  cet  ^gard,  aux  Ministres  des  differentes  Cours. 

HARDEN  BERG.  RAS0UM0FF8KY. 

CASTLEREAGH.  -        CAPODiSTRlAS. 

METTERNICH. 


TRAITE  entre  la  Grande  Breiagne^  I'Auiriche^laPrueee  et 
la  Russief  pour  la  fixation  du  eort  dee  Bee  Itmiemnee,  et 
teur formation  en  Etat  Ind^pendant^  eons  la  Protection  die 
VAngleterre. — Signi  d  Parie^  le  5  Novembre,  1815. 

Treaty    between    Great    Britain  Traiti  entre  la  Grande  Bretagtu 

and  Austria,^  et  PAuiriche.* 

In  the  name  of  the  Most  Holy  sad  Un-  Au  nom  de  la  Tres-Samte  et  Indiviobk 

divided  Trinity.  Trinity. 

His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  du  fioy- 

United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  aume-Uni  de  la  Grande  Bretagne 

and    Ireland,    His    Majesty    the  et  d'Irlande,  Sa  Majesty  TEmpe. 

Emperorof  Austria,  King  of  Hun-  renr  d'Autriche,  Roi  de  Hongrie 


•  The  fltipalations  of  iiie  Trsaty  between  Greet  BrMiAi  aai 
ligBSd  et  the  sasie  tisM,  were,  rarMiei,  theiaaiB  as  those  of  tids  IVeety. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


GREAT    BRITAIN    AND   AUSTRIA,  &C. 


251 


gvj  and  of  BohenU,  His  M ajesCy 
iIm  Emperor  of  all  the  Rasaiaa, 
and  His  Majesty  the  King  of 
Prussia*  animated  by  the  desire 
of  prosecQting  the  Negotiations 
adjourned  at  the  Congress  of 
Vienna,  in  order  to  fix  the  destiny 
of  the  7  Ionian  Islands,  and  to 
insure  the  independence,  liberty, 
and  happiness,  of  the  Inhabitants 
of  those  Islands,  by  placing  them 
and  their  Constitution  under  the 
immediate  protection  of  one  of 
the  Great  Powers  of  Europe, 
have  agreed  to  settle  definitifely 
by  a  Special  Act,  whate? er  relates 
to  this  object,  which,  grounded 
upon  the  rights  resulting  from 
the  Treaty  of  Paris,  of  the  dOth  of 
May,  1814,  and  likewise  upon  the 
British  Declarations  at  the  period 
when  the  British  Arms  liberated 
Cerigo,  Zante,  Cephalonia,  Santa 
Maura,  Ithaca,  and  Paxo,*  shall 


et  de  Boh^aie,  Sa  Mnjeste  I'Empe- 
reur  de  toutes  les  Russies,  et  Sa 
Majeste  le  Roi  de  Prusse,  anim^ 
du  desirde  donner  suite  aux  Ni- 
gociations  ajourn^s  lors  du  Con- 
gr^s  de  Vieone,  afin  de  fixer  le 
sort  des  7  lies  lonieones,  et 
d'assurerTindependance,  la  liberie 
et  le  bonheur  des  Habitans  de  eea 
lies,  en  les  pla^ant  eux  et  leur 
Constitution  sous  la  protection 
immediate  d'oue  des  Grandes 
Puissances  de  P Europe,  sont 
convenus  de  regler  d^finitifement 
tout  ce  qui  a  rapport  a  cet  objat 
par  un  Acte  Special;  lequel  ^tlmt 
fonde  sur  les  droits  resuitsnt  du 
Traits  de  Paris  du  90  Mai, 
1814,  ainsi  que  sur  les  Declar- 
ations Britanniques,  4  Tepoque 
o6  les  Armes  de  I'Angleterre  ont 
deliTr^  Cerigo,  Zante,  Cephalonie, 
Sainte-Maure,  Ithaqoe,  et  Paxo,* 
sera  envisage  comme  faisant  partie 


•  Prwlmmmtiom  qf  tk«  Ommtmden  ^  tke  BriiUk  Fifren  to  the  InkdbitaaU9  ^ 
dpkakmm,  Ztmie,  and  otkert  qf  the  Se9m  JOamda, 

Ztmie  RoadM,  fmd  October,  1809. 
It  having  been  represented  to  the  Commanden  in  Chief  of  His  Britannic  Ma- 
ierty's  Sea  and  Land  Forces  in  the  Mediteiranean,  that  the  lahabitanta  of  Cepha- 
loaia,  Zante,  and  othen  of  the  Seren  Islands,  wearied  and  opprened  with  the 
ndenee  and  fiactiona  of  the  French  Govenunent,  mider  which  dieir  oommeioe  has 
hem  swmlhilated,  and  their' personal  freedom  inTaded,  are  deeirovs  to  thake  off  the 
y^e;  their  Brrrilenffifs  Vioe-Adarina  Lord  CdlUngwood,  K3.,  and  Tmmtenant 
General  Sir  John  Stoait,  Coimt  of  Maida,  K.B.  &c.,  commanding  in  chief  the  reqpee- 
tlee  Sea  and  Land  Fbreaa,  hare  direeted  sadi  aid  to  be  gnren  as  may  enahle  them 
to  apel  their  present  Opprsason,  and  m  wtaWiih  a  frse  and  independent 
it,  with  Oe  uwenlTOlled  eieraee  of  thrir  reUgions,  dMl,  and  oommeivial 


no  Undsnlgned,  eomaumding  the  Dhriaiflii  of  His  Bfajesty'B  Sea  an 
Foress,  duurged  with  tite  eseention  of  this  interestiag  and  iiuportaat  daity,  call 
en  tiw  Inhabataati  ef  dl  laahs  to  oeme  Ibrwwd  and  share  hi  the  iMow 
*  of  cxpeDnig  the  common  Enemy* 

We  pnaent  oarsehes  to  you.  Inhabitants  of  Cephalonia,  not  as  lataders,  with 
^bws  of  eoBqpBBSt,  hat  ss  Affles  who  hoM  ihrth  to  yon  the  advantages  of  British 
pvotoctum,  in  the  freedom  and  erfcensimi  of  yoor  commerce,  and  the  general  proe- 
peiity  of  yoor  Island :  eontrasC  tfiese  obrions  adYantages  with  the  privations  yoa 
hsfs  lahswwMl  andsr,  wbuo  yoa  were  poMed  over  from  the  yoke  of  Basria  to  Hwf  of 
ftaaes,  sad  depiliod  aft  one  blow  of  year  iadependenee  as  a  Nathm,  and  of  yow 
rights  of  freedom,  as  SMn* 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


252 


GREAT    BRITAIN    AND    AUSTRIA,  &C* 


be  cousidered  as  forming  part  of 
the  Geaeral  Treaty,  concluded  at 
Vienna,  on  the  9lb  of  June,  of  tbe 
present  year  1815,  on  the  termi- 
nation of  the  Congress;  and  in  or- 
der to  settle  and  sign  the  said  Act, 
the  High  Contracting  Parlieshave 
nominated  Plenipotentiaries;  that 
is  to  say. 

His  Majesty  the  King  of  the 
United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain 
and  Ireland,  the  Right  Honour- 
able Robert  Stewart,  Viscount 
Castlereagh,  Knight  of  the  Most 
Noble  Order  of  the  Garter,  a 
Member  of  His  said  Majesty's 
Most  Honourable  Privy  Council, 
a  Member  of  Parliament,  Colonel 
of  the  Londonderry  Regiment  of 
Militia,  and  His  Majesty's  Prin- 
cipal Secretary  of  State  for  Fo- 
reign Affairs;— and  the  Most 
Illustrious  and  Most  Noble  Lord 
Arthur,  Duke,  Marquess  and  Earl 
ofWellington,  Marquess  of  Douro, 
Viscount  Wellington  of  Talavera 
and.  of  Wellington,  and  Baron 
Douro  of  Wellesley ;  a  Member  of 
His  said  Majesty's  Most  Honour- 
able Privy  Council,  a  Field. 
Bfarshal  of  His  Armies,  Colonel 
of  the  Royal  Regiment  of  Horse- 
Guards,     Knight    of    the    Most 


dii  Traite  General,  signe  i  Vieane« 
le  9  Juin,  1815,  i  la  suite  du 
Congr^d ; 

Et  pour  arr^ter  et  signer  le 
dit  Acte,  les  Hautes  Parlies 
Contractantes  out  nomme  Pleni- 
potentiaires,  savoir: 


Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  du  Roy* 
aume-Uni  de  la  Grande  Bretague- 
et  dlrlande,  le  Tr^s-honorable 
Robert  Stewart,  Vtcomte  Cas- 
tlereajih.  Chevalier  de  TOrdre 
Tr^s-Noble  de  la  Jarreti^re, 
Conseiller  de  sa  dite  Majesty  en 
son  Conseil  Prive,  Membre  du 
Parlement,  Colonel  du  Regiment 
de  Milice  de  Londonderry,  et  son 
Principal  Secretaire-d*Elat,  ayant 
le  D^partemeut  des  AffHires  Etran- 
geres; — et  le  Tr^s-Illustre  et 
Trfes- Noble  Seigneur  Arthur,  Due, 
Marquis  et  Comte  de  Wellington, 
Marquis  de  Douro,  Vicomte 
Wellington  de  Talavera  et  de 
Wellington,  et  Baron  Douro  de 
Wellesley  ;  Conseiller  de  Sa  dite 
Majeste  en  Son  Conseil  Prive, 
Feld  Marechal  de  sos  Armies, 
Colonel  du  Regiment  Royal  des 
Gardes  &  Cheval,  Chevalier  du 
Trfes-Noble  Ordre   de    la    Jarre- 


We  demand  of  you  no  exertions  but  such  as  are  necessary  for  your  own  libera- 
tioo»  no  other  aid  than  what  reciprocal  advantage  requires. 

Hostility,  whether  shown  in  acts  of  opposition  towards  us,  or  in  aid  to  the 
Enemy,  mnst  of  course  be  repressed ;  but  no  retrospect  will  be  made  to  the  errors 
of  the  past,  no  other  distinction  suffered  than  what  results  from  present  opportnni- 
ties  of  seal,  courage,  and  patriotfarm. 

Given  under  our  hands,  on  board  His  Majesty's  Ship  Warrior^  in  Zante  Roads, 
this  2nd  October,  1809. 

J.  OSWALD, 
Brigadier- General,  commandinff  a  Divieion  qf 
Hit  M(^esty*9  Forces, 
J.  W.  SPRANGER, 
Captain  qf  the  Warrior,   and  Senior  Naval 
Officer. 
The  Inhabitants  qf  Cephaloniot  Zante^  ^c. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


GREAT    BKlfAIX    AND    AUSTRIA,    &C. 


253 


Noble  Older  of  the  Garter,  Knight 
GfAud  Cross  of  the  Most  Huuour* 
able  OVder  of  the  Bath,  Prince 
of  Walerioo,  Duke  of  Ciudad  Ro^ 
drigo,  and  a  Grandee  of  Spain  of 
the  First  Class;  Duke  of  Vittoria, 
Marquess  of  Torres  Vedras,  Count 
of  Vimiera  in  Portugal,  Knight 
of  the  Most  Illustrious  Order  of 
the  Golden  Fleece,  of  the  Spanish 
Military  Order  of  Saint  Ferdi- 
nand, Knight  Grand  Cross  of  the 
Imperial  Military  Order  of  Maria 
Theresa,  Knight  Grand  Cross  of 
the  Imperial  Order  of  Saint 
George  of  Russia,  Knight  Grand 
Cross  uf  the  Order  of  the  Black 
Eagle  of  Prussia,  Knight  Grand 
Cross  of  the  Portuguese  Royal 
and  Military  Order  of  the  Tower 
and  Sword,  Knight  Grand  Cross 
of  the  Royal  and  Military  Order 
of  Sweden  of  the  Sword,  Knight 
Grand  Cross  of  the  Orders  of  the 
Elephant  of  Denmark,  of  William 
of  the  Low  Countries,  of  the 
Annunciade  of  Sardinia,  of  Mazi* 
milisn  Joseph  of  Bavaria,  and  of 
several  others ;  and  Commander 
of  the  Forces  of  His  Britannic 
Majesty  in  France,  and  of  the 
Army  of  His  Majesty  the  King 
of  the  Low  Countries ; 

And  His  Mdjesty  the  Emperor 
of  Austria,  King  of  Hungary  and 
of  Bohemia,  the  Sieur  Clement 
Wenceslas  Lothaire,  Prince  of 
Meitemich-WiDnebourg-Ochsen- 
haasen.  Knight  of  the  Golden 
Fleece,  Grand  Cross  of  the  Royal 
Order  of  St.  Stephen,  Knight  of 
the  Orders  of  St  Andrew,  of  St. 
Alexander  Newsky,  and  of  St. 
Anne  of  the  First  Class,  Grand. 
Cordon  of  the  Legion  of  Honour, 
Knigiit    of    the    Order    of    the 


ti^re.  Chevalier  Grand-Croix  du 
Tr^s  Honorable  Ordre  du  Bain, 
Prince  de  Waterloo,  Due  de 
Ciudad  Rodrigo,  et  Grand  d*£s« 
pagne  de  la  Premiere  Classe; 
Due  de  Vittoria,  Marquis  de 
Torres-Vedras,  Comte  de  Vimiera 
en  Portugal,  Chevalier  de  I'Ordre 
Tr^s-Illustre  de  la  Toison  d'Oo 
de  rOrdre  Militaire  d'Espagne 
de  Saint- Ferdinand,  Chevalier 
Grand  Croix  de  TOrdre  Imperial 
Militaire  de  Marie-Ther^se,  Che< 
valier  Grand-Croix  de  I'Ordre 
Imperial  de  Saint-George  de 
Russie,  Chevalier  Grand-Croix 
de  I'Ordre  de  I'Aigle  Noir  de 
Prusse,  Chevalier  Grand-Croix 
de  J'Ordre  Royal  Militaire  de 
Portugal  de  la  Tour  et  de  TEpee, 
Chevalier  Grand-Croix  de  I'Ordre 
Royal  et  Militaire  de  Su^de  de 
TEpee,  Chevalier  Grand- Croix 
des  Ordres  de  1' Elephant  de 
Dannemarc,  de  Guillaume  des 
Pays  Bas,  de  I'Annonciade  de  la 
Sardaigne,  de  Maximilien  Joseph 
deBavi^re,  et  de  plusieurs  autres; 
et  Commandant  en  Chef  les 
Armees  de  Sa  Majesty  Britan- 
nique  en  France,  et  celles  de  Sa 
Majesty  le  Roi  des  Pays- Bas ; 

Et  Sa  Majeste  I'Empereur 
d'Autriche,  Roi  de  Hongrie  et 
de  Bohftme,  le  Sieur  Clement. 
Wenceslas-Lothaire,  Prince  de 
Metternich-WinQebourg-Ochsen- 
hausen.  Chevalier  de  la  Toison 
d'Or,  Grand-Croix  de  I'Ordre 
Royal  de  St  Etienne,  Chevalier 
des  Ordres  de  St  Andr6,  de  St. 
Alexandre  Newsky,  et  de  Ste. 
Anne  de  la  P^remifere  Classe, 
Grand-Cordon  de  la  Legion 
d'Honneur,  Chevalier  de  TOfdre 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


254 


CHEAT    BRITAIN    AND    AUSTRIA,  &C. 


Elepbntit,  of  the  Supreme  Ordrr 
of  tlie  Aiiiiui>ciade«  of  the  Black 
Eagle  and  of  the  Red  Eagle,  of 
the  8eraphiro$,  of  St.  Joseph  of 
Taicany,  of  St.  Hubert,  of  the 
Golden    Eagle    of  Warteoiberg, 
of  Fidelity  of  Baden,  of  St.  John 
of  Jerusalem,  aadof  seferal  others. 
Chancellor  of  the  Military  Order 
of  Maria    Theresa,   Director  of 
the  Academy  of  the  Fine  Arts, 
Chamberlain,    Privy    Cooncillor 
of  His  Majesty  the   Emperor  of 
Anstria,  King  of  Hungary  and  of 
Bohemia,  His  Minister  of  State, 
of  Conferences   and   of  Foreign 
Afiatrs,— -and     the     Sieur    .lohn 
Philip  Barou  Wessenberg,  Grand 
Croaaof  the  Royal  Order  of  St. 
Stephen,  Knight  Grand  Cross  of 
the  Military  and  Religious  Orders 
of  Sis.    Maurice    and    Lazarus, 
Grand  Cross  of  the  Order  of  the 
Red   Eagle  of   Prussia,   and  of 
that  of  the  Crown  of  Bavaria,  of 
St.  Joseph  of  Tuscany,  and  of 
Fidelity  of  Baden,  Chamberlain 
and    Privy    Councillor    of    His 
Majesty  the  Emperor  of  Austria, 
King  of  Hungary  and  of  Bohemia ; 
Who,  after  having  exchanged 
their  Full  Powers,  found  to  be  in 
good  and  due  form,  have  agreed 
upon  the  following  Articles : 

Art.  i.  The  Islands  of  Corfu, 
Cepfaaionia,  Zante,  Santa  Maura, 
Itliaca,Cerigo  and  Pano,  with  their 
Dependencies,  sucii  as  they  are 
described  in  th«  Treaty  between 
His  Majesty  the  Emperor  of  all 
the  Russias  and  tfte  Ottoman 
Portb,  ofthrlHst  of  March,  ISOO  « 


de  I'Elephant,  de  TOrdre  SuprAme 
de  PAnnonciade,  do  TAigle  Noir 
et  de  I*  A  igle  Rouge,  des  S^rapbins, 
de  St.  Joseph  de   Toscane,    de 
St   Hubert,  de  TAigle   d'Or  de 
Wurtemberg,   de  la  Fidelite   de 
Bade,  de  St.  Jean  de  Jerusalem, 
et  de  plusieurs  autres,  Cbancellcr 
de  rOrdre  Militaire   de    Marie- 
Tber^,  Curateur  de  TAcad^mie 
des     Beaux-Arts,     Chambellan, 
Conseiller   Intime   Actuel  de  Sa 
Majesty    rfknperenr    d*Autriche» 
Roi  de  Hongrie  et  de  Boh^me, 
Son  Ministre  d*Etat,  des  Confe- 
rences,  etdes  Affaires  Etrang^res; 
— et  le  Sieur  Jean  Philippe,  Baron 
de  Wesseuberg,  Grand-Croix  de 
I'Ordre    Royal    de    8t.   Etienne, 
Chevalier  Grand-Croix  de  I'Ordre 
Militains  et  Religieux  des  Saints 
Maurice  et  I^azare*  Grand-Crotx 
de  rOrdre  de  TAigle  Rouge  de 
Prusse,  et  de  celui  de  la  Courcnne 
de  Bavi^re,  de  St.  Joseph  de  Tos- 
cane, et  de  la  Fidelite  de  Bade, 
Chambellan  et  Conseiller  Intitne 
Actuel  de  Sa  Majesle  rEmpereur 
d'Autriche,  Roi  de  Hongrie  et  de 
Boh6me  ; 

Lesquels,  aprfes  avoir  echaeg^ 
leurs  Plains  pouvoira,  trouv^s  en 
bonne  et  due  forme,  soat  con  venus 
des  Articles  suivads : 

Art.  1.  Les  lies  de  Corfou»  Ce- 
phalooie,  Zante,  Sainte  Maure, 
Iihaque,  Cerigo  et  Paxo,avec  leurs 
Dependences,  telles  qu'elles  soot 
designees  dans  le  Traite  eutre  Sa 
Majesty  rEmpereur  deToutes  lee 
Russies  et  la  Porte  Ottomans,  dtt 
31  Mara  1800,*  formeront  un  seal 


*  iZMnoel.    Cmpmliom  between  Jbana  *  B»traU.    Qmoenium  enire  la  Autte 

emdthePmrte.     Ckmeimtiimepie,  2Ut  et  la  Porte.     CometmUmopie,  ie  21 

March,  1800.  Mart,  1800. 

•  Akt.  II.  Hie  Irfaadi  of  Corfti,  *  Ast.  H.  Les  lies  de  Coita,  de 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C. 


255 


thall  form  a  single,  free  and 
Independent  State,  nnder  the 
denomination  of  The  United 
States  of  the  Ionian  Islands. 

II.  Tliis  State  shall  he  placed 
under  the  immediate  and  exclusive 
protection  of  His  Majesty  the  King 
of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great 
Britain  and  Ireland,  his  Heirs 
and  Soecessors.  The  other  Con- 
tracting  Powers  do  consequently 
renounce  every  right  or  particular 
pretension  irhich  they  might  hare 
formed  in  respect  to  them,  and 
formally  guarantee  all  the  dispo- 
sitions of  the  present  Treaty. 

HI.  The  United  States  of  the 
Ionian  Islands  shall,  with  the 
approbation  of  the  Protecting 
Power,  regulate  their  internal 
organization;  and,  in  order  to 
give  to  ail  the  parts  of  this 
oi^nization  the  necessary  consis- 
tency  and  action.  His  Britannic 
Majesty  will  employ  a  particular 
solicitude  with  regard  to  the 
legislation  and  the  general 
administmtion  of  those  States. 
'  His  Majesty  will  therefore  ap- 
point a  Lord  High  Commissioner 
to  reside  there,  invested  with  all  the 
necessary  power  and  authorities 
for  this  purpose. 

IV.  In  order  to  carry  into 
eiLecntion,  without  delay,  the 
stipulations  mentioned  in  the 
Articles  preceding,  and  to  ground 
the  political  re-organization  of  Uie 

Zaate,  Ceplialoiiia,  Saint  Maare, 
Itliaea,  FHxd,  Cttig6,  and  all  the  laige 
and  aaull  lakokds,  inhabited  or  wun- 
nabitedi  wliicli  an  dtnated  oppoaita  to 
tlM  Coasts  d  tbe  Movea  and  Albania, 
wliidi  were  dalaohed  ftom  Yenioa,  and 
kaTe  recently  been  oon^uered. 


Etat  libra  et  Independant,  tooa 
la  denomination  des  Etats.Uoia 
des  lies  lonieiinet. 

II.  Oet  Etat  sera  plac^  sooa 
la  protection  immediate  et  exclu- 
sive de  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  do  Roy- 
aume  Uni  de  la  Grande* Bretagao 
et  d'Irlande,  et  de  sea  H^ritiers  el 
Successeurs.  En  consequence,  lea 
autres  Puissances  Contractantes  re*- 
noncent  4  tout  droit  oo  pr^taotion 
particuli^re  qu'elles  auraient  p6 
former  d  cet  ^gnrd,  et  garantis- 
sent  formellement  tontes  les  dispo- 
sitions du  present  Traite. 

III.  Les  Etats-Unis  des  lies 
loniennes  r^gleront,  avec  I'appro- 
bation  de  la  Puissance  Protec- 
trice,  leuf  organisation  interieure ; 
et  pour  donner  k  tontes  les  parties 
de  cette  organisation  ki  consia* 
tance  et  Taction  n^essaire,  8a 
Majesty  Britannique  vooera  une 
sollicitude  partlculi^re  i  la  legis- 
lation et  i  1  administration  g6ne< 
rale  de  ces  Etats. 

En  consequence,  Sa  Majesty 
nommera  pour  y  resider  un  Lord 
Commissaire  Superieur,  qui  sem 
investi  detoute  Tautorite  n^cessaire 
i  cet  effet. 

IV.  Afin  de  mettre  en  execu- 
tion sans  deiaiy  les  stipulations 
consignees  dans  les  Articles 
pr6cedens,  et  fonder  la  r^oi^anisa- 
tion     politique   des     Etats- Unb 

Zante,  de  (Mphalonie,  de  Saint  Manre, 
d*Ithaqae,  deFlisooii,de  C6i%o,  ettoalas 
lea  naa  giaate  et  petitas,  habitte  si 
inhabit^  sitiite  vis-ik-vis  dea  Cteada 
UMoi^  el  da  P  Albania,  lesqneUea  oat 
MdAncb^w  deVenise  et  tiennent  d*6tro 
oonqnisesi 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


256 


GRKAT  BRITAIN  AXD  AUSTRIA,  &C. 


United  Ionian  States,  upon  that 
orgaiiizHtiou  which  is  actual!}'  iu 
force,  the  Lord  High  Commissioner 
of  the  Protecting  Power  shall  regu- 
htte  the  forms  of  convocation  of  a 
Legislative  Assembly,  of  which  he 
shall  direct  the  proceedings,  in 
order  to  draw  up  a  New  Constitu- 
tional Charter  for  the  State?, 
which  His  Majesty  the  King  of 
the  United  Kingdom  of  Great 
Britain  and  Ireland  shall  be 
requested  to  ratify.  Until  such 
Constitutional  Charter  shall  have 
been  so  drawn  up,  and  duly 
ratified,  the  existing  Constitutions 
shall  remain  in  force  in  the  dif- 
erent  Islands,  and  no  alteration 
shall  be  made  in  tliem,  except  by 
His  Britannic  Majesty  in  Council. 

V,  In  order  to  ensure,  without 
restriction,  to  the  Inhabitants  of 
the  United  States  of  the  Ionian 
Islands,  the  advantages  resulting 
from  the  high  protection  under 
which  these  States  are  placed,  as 
well  as  for  the  exercise  of  the 
rights  inherent  in  the  said  protec- 
tion. His  Britannic  Majesty  shall 
have  the  right  to  occupy  the 
Fortresses  and  Places  of  those 
States,  and  to  maintain  Garrisons 
in  the  same. 

The  Military  Force  of  the  said 
United  States  shall  also  be  under 
tlie  orders  of  the  Commander  in 
Chief  of  tiie  Troops  of  His  Bri- 
tannic Majesty. 

YI.  His  Britannic  Majesty 
<;onsents,  that  a  Particular  Con- 
vention with  the  Government  of 
the  said  United  States  shall 
regulate,  according  to  the  Reve* 
nues  of  these  States,  every  thing 
which  may  relate  to  the  mainten- 
ance of    the  Fortresses   already 


loniens,  siir  cett'  organisatioo 
qui  est  actuellement  en  vigueur, 
le  Lord  ComnMssaire  Superieur  de 
la  Puissance  Protectrice,  r^glera 
les  formes  de  convocation  d'une 
Assembl^e  Legislative,  dont  il 
dirigera  les  operations,  il'effet  de 
redigerpour  cetEtat  une  nouvelle 
Charte  Constitutionnelle,  que  S& 
Majeste  Britannique  sera  pri6  de 
ratifier.  Jusqu'aa  moment  ou 
une  pareille  Charte  Constitution- 
nelle sera  redig^e  et  duement 
ratifi^e,  les  Constitutions  exis- 
tantes  resteront  en  vigueur  dans 
les  differentes  lies,  et  aucun 
changemeut  ne  pourra  y  ^tre  fait 
que  par  Sa  Majeste  Britannique 
dans  Son  Conseil. 

V.  Pour  assurer  sans  restric- 
tion aux  Habitans  des  £tats-Unis 
des  lies  loniennes,  les  avantages 
resultant  de  la  haute  protection 
sous  iaquelle  ils  sont  plac^es,  ainai 
que  pour  lexercice  des  droits 
inherens  i  cette  protection,  Sa 
Majesty  Britannique  aura  celui 
d'occuperles  Forteresses  et  Places 
de  ces  Ftats  et  d'y  tenir  gar* 
nison. 


La    Force  Militaire    des    dits 
Etats-Unis  aerade  mSme  sous  les. 
Ordres     du     Commandant     des 
Troupes  de  Sa    Majeste  Britan- 
nique. 

VI.  Sa  Majeste  Britannique 
consent  d  ce  qu*une  Convention 
Particuliere  avec  le  Gouverne- 
ment  des  dits  Etats-Unis  r^gle, 
d'apr^s  les  Revenus  de  I'Etat, 
tons  les  objets  relatifs  au  maintien 
des  Forteresses  actuellement  exis- 
tantes,  ainsi  qa'd  Tentretien  et  au ' 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C. 


257 


exbling,  as  well  as  to  the  tnbtia- 
tcnce  and  payment  of  the  Britbh 
GairisoDSy  and  to  the  number  of 
men  of  which  tliey  shall  be  com- 
posed in  time  of  peace.  The  same 
Convention  shall  likewise  fix  the 
relations  which  are  to  exist 
between  the  said  armed  force 
and  tlie  Ionian  Government. 

YIL  The  trading  Flag  of  The 
United  States  of  the  Ionian 
Islands  shall  be  acknowledged  by 
all  the  Contracting  Parties,  as  the 
Flag  of  a  Free  and  Independent 
State.  It  shall  carry  with  the 
Colours,  and  above  the  armorial 
bearings  thereon  displayed  before 
I807«  such  other  as  His  Bri. 
tannic  Majesty  may  think  proper 
to  grant,  as  a  mark  of  the  protec- 
tion under  which  the  said  United 
Ionian  States  are  placed;  and 
for  the  more  effectual  furtherance 
of  this  protection,  all  the  Ports 
and  Harbours  of  the  said  States 
are  heiwby  declared  to  he,  with 
respect  to  honorary  and  military 
rights,  within  British  jurisdiction. 

The  Commerce  between  the 
United  Ionian  States  and  the  Do- 
minions of  His  Imperial  and  Royal 
Apostolic  Majesty,  shall  enjoy  the 
same  advantages  and  facilities  as 
that  of  Great  Britain  with  the 
said  United  States. 

None  bnt  Commercial  Agents,  or 
Consols,  charged  soldy  with  the 
carrying  on  commercial  nlations, 
and  subject  to  the  regulations  to 
which  Cosimcgccial  Agents  or  Con- 
suls are  snbject  in  other  Inde- 
pendent States,  shall  be  accredited 
to  the  United  States  of  the  Ionian 
Islands. 
£1815—16.}  S 


payement  des  Gamisons  Britanni* 
qnes,  et  ao  norobre  d'hommes 
qui  les  composeront  en  temps  de 
paix.  La  m^me  Convention 
fixera  en  outre  les  rapports  qui 
devront  avoir  lieu  entre  cette 
Force  Arm^e  et  le  Gouvernement 
lonien. 

VI L  Le  Pavilion  Marcliand 
des  Etati-Unis  des  lies  loniennes 
sera  reconnu  par  toutes  les  Parties 
Contractantes,  comme  Pavilion 
d'nn  Etat  libre  et  Independant. 
II  portera  avec  les  Cou]eurs,etau- 
desstts  des  armoiries  qull  a 
deploy^es  avant  1807,  celles  que 
Sa  Majeste  Britannique  pourra 
juger^  propos  delui  accorder,  ea 
eigne  de  la  protection  sous 
laquelle  les  dits  Etats-Unis 
loniens  sont  places;  et  pour 
donner  plus  de  poids  encore  a 
cette  protection,  tous  les  Ports 
des  dits  Etats  sont  declares  6tre, 
quant  aux  droits  honorifiques  et 
Milltaires,  sous  la  jurisdiction 
Britannique. 

Le  Commerce  entre  les  Etats* 
Unis  lonicns  et  les  Etats  de  8a 
Majesty  Imperiahs  et  Roy  ale 
Apostolique,  jouira  des  mem^s 
avantages  et  facilitcs  que  cel^ii  d/s 
la  Grande  Bretagnc  ave<c  lies  diU 
EUts-Unis. 

II  ne  sera  aecredite  aux  Etats- 
Unis  des  )[le9  loniennes  que  dea 
Agens  Commerciaux,  ou  Consuls, 
charges  uuiquement  de  la  gestion 
des  relations  commerciales,  et 
assujettis  aux  neglemens  auxquels 
les  Agens  Commerciaux  ou  Con- 
suls sont  soumis  dans  d'autres  Etatf 
Ind^pendans. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


258 


GREAT  BRITAIN^  &C:  AND  FRANCE. 


VIII.  All  the  Powers  which 
signed  the  Treaty  of  Paris  of  the 
SOthofMHy,  1814,  and  the  Act 
of  the  Congress  of  Vienna  of  the 
9ihofJune,  1815;  and  also  His 
Majesty  the  Kinsi^of  the  2  Sicilies, 
and  the  Ottonnan  Porte,  shall  be 
invited  to  accede  to  the  present 
Convention. 

IX.  The  present  Act  shall  be 
ratified,  and  the  Ratifications 
shall  be  exchanij^ed  in  2  months, 
or  sooner,  if  possible. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respective 
Plenipotentiaries  have  signed  it, 
and  have  affixed  thereunto  the 
Seals  of  their  Arms. 

Done  at  Paris,  the  5th  day  of 
November,  in  the  year  of  our 
l^rd,  1815. 

(LS.)         CASTLEREAGH. 

(LS.)        WELLINGTON. 


VIII.  Toutes  les  Puissances 
qui  out  signe  le  Traite  de  Paris  do 
30  Mai  1814,  et  I'Acte  du  Con- 
gres  de  Vienna  du  9  Juin-,  1815, 
et  en  outre  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des 
2  Siciles,  et  la  Porte  Ottomane. 
seront  invites  a  acceder  a  la 
presente  Convention. 

IX.  Le  present  Acte  sera 
ratifie  et  les  Ratifications  seront 
echans(6es  dans  2  mois,  ou  plutot 
si  faire  se  peut 

En  foi  de  quoi,  les  Plenipo* 
tentiaires  respectifs  Tout  signe,  et 
y  ont  appose  le  Cachet  de  leurs 
Armes.  ^ 

Fait  i  Paris  le  5  Novembre, 
1815. 


(LS.) 
(LS.) 


METTERNICH. 
WESSENBERG. 


CON  FERE  \CE  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  the  4.  A  Uied 
Powers^  and  Correspondence  f  relating  to  the  Case  of  Marshal 
Netff  under  the  Capitulation  of  Paris. — July  to  November^ 
1815. 

No.  1815.  Vtigs 

1.  The  Duke  of  WeUington  to  Earl  Bathunt ....  Gonesse. .......  4th  July.  259 

Bnelontre.—Cspitolation  of  Paris St.  Cloud 3nl  July.  259 

2.  Earl  Baihont  to  the  Duke  of  Wellington  . .  WarDepartment.  7th  July.  259 

3.  The  Duke  of  WeUington  to  Earl  Bathurst Paris 13thJuly.  260 

4.  Conference  between  the    Flenipotentiariea  of 

Great  Britain,  Austria,  Pmssia  and  Ruasia. .  Paris. . . .  16th  Norember.  260 
Enclosure  1.— Marshal  Ney  to  the  Duke  of 

Wellington    Paris 13th  November.  260 

2.— The  Duke  of  Wellington  to 

Marshal  Ney Paris 15th  November.  262 

.5.  Sir  Charies  Stuart  to  Viscount  Castlereagh ....  Paris 16th  November.  263 

Enclonart  1.— Marshal  Ney  to  Sir  C.  Stuart.  Pftris 13th  November.  263 

2. — ^Note  Additioimeile  of  Madame 

Ney Ptois 14th  November.  263 

3.^The  Duke  of  Wellington  to 

Marshal  Ney Paris 15th  November.  265 

4.— Madame  Ney  to  Sir  C.  Stuart  Pbris 16th  NoTember.  26$ 

5. — Further  Communication  from 

Madame  Ney  to  Sir  C.  Stuart 265 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE.  259. 

1815.  Page 

6.  Bdemonndom  of  The  Duke  of  Wellington 267 

7.  Eari  Gathorst  to  Sir  Chariea  Stoart Foreign  Offioe  2lBtNoTember.  269 

8.  Sir  Charles  Stuart  to  ViaoomitCasdereagfa..  Paria 4Ui December.  269 

Eiiehtvre  1.— Madame  Key  to  Sir  C  Stoart 2nd  December.  270 

2. — ^Memorial  of  Marahal  Ney'a 

Conned Paria 3d  December.  270 

9.  Madame  Ney  to  the  Earl  of  Ltrerpool Paris 13th  NoTember.  S72 

10.  The  Earl  of  liyerpoolfo  Madame  Ney London....   21st  Norember.  272 


No.  \.^Tke  Duke  of  fVeiiingion  to  Earl  Baihunt. 
(Extract.)  Gonesse,  4th  July,  1815. 

The  Enemy  sent  to  desire  that  the  firing  might  cease  on  both  sides 
of  the  Seine,  with  a  view  to  the  Negotiation,  at  the  Palace  of  St  Cloud, 
of  a  MiiitHry  Convention  between  the  Armies,  under  which  the  French 
Army  should  evacuate  Paris. 

Officers  accordingly  met  on  both  sides,  at  St.  Cloud;  and  I  enclose 
the  Copy  of  a  Military  Convention,  which  was  agreed  to  last  night,  and 
which  has  been  ratified  by  Marshal  Prince  Blucher  and  me,  and  by 
the  Prince  d'Echmuhl  on  the  part  of  the  French  Army. 

This  Convention  decides  all  the  Military  Questions  at  this  moment 
existing  here,  and  touches  nothing  Political. 

Genera]  Lord  Hill  has  marched  to  take  possession  of  the  Posts 
evacuated  by  agreement  this  day,  and  I  propose  Tomorrow  to  take 
possession  of  Montmartre. 
The  Right  Hon.  Earl  Bathurst.  WELLINGTON. 


(  Eneloswe.)'^  Convention  between  the  French  and  Allied  Armies ^  for 
the  evacuation  of  Paris  by  the  French  Army, — St.  Cloud,  ZrdJuly, 
1815.  [See  Page  193.] 


iVo.  2.^Earl  Bathurst  to  the  Duke  of  Wellington. 
My  Lord,  War  Department,  London,  7th  July,  1815. 

Although  your  Grace  has  stated  distinctly  that  the  Convention 
entered  into  by  you  and  Marshal  Prince  Bliicher  on  the  one  hand, 
and  certain  French  Authorities  on  the  other,  upon  the  3rd  instant, 
while  it  decided  all  the  Military  Questions  had  touched  nothing 
Political ;  and  although  it  cannot  be  imagined  tliat  in  a  Conventioa 
negotiated  with  these  Authorities,  by  Prince  Bliicher  and  y(^ur  Grace, 
joo  would  enter  into  any  engagement  whereby  it  should  be  presumed 
that  His  Most  Christian  Majesty  was  absolutely  precluded  from  the 
jost  exercise  of  his  authority,  in  bringing  to  condign  punishment  such 
of  his  Subjects  as  had,  by  their  treasonable  machn^tions  and  un- 
provoked  Rebellion,  forfeited  all  claim  to  His  Majesty's  clemency 
and  forbearance ;  yet,  in  order  that  no  doubt  should  be  entertained^ 

S  2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


^60  GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 

as  to  the  sense  io  which  this  Article  is  considered  by  tlie  Prince 
Regent,  in  conveying  his  entire  approbation  of  the  Convention,  I  am 
commanded  to  state,  that  His  Royal  Highness  deems  the  Xllth  Article 
of  it  to  be  binding  only  in  the  conduct  of  the  British  and  Prussian 
Commanders,  and  the  Commanders  of  such  of  the  Allies  as  may 
become  Parties  to  the  present  Convention  by  their  Ratification  of  it* 

I  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c. 
Field Marthal  the  Duke  of  Wellington,  K.  G.  BATHURST. 

No.  3.— The  Duke  of  Wellington  to  Earl  Bathurst. 
My  Lord,  Paris,  13/A  J»/y,  1815. 

I  BAYS  had  the  honour  of  receiving  your  Lordship's  I^etter,  marked 
"  Separate,*'  of  the  7th  instant,  regarding  the  Convention  of  the  3d. 

The  Convention  binds  Nobody  excepting  the  Parties  to  it;  viz. 
the  French  Army  on  one  side,  and  the  Allied  Armies  under  Marshal 
Blucher  and  myself  on  the  other;  and  the  Xllth  Article  cannot  be 
considered,  and  never  was  intended,  to  bind  any  other  Persons  or 
Authorities  whatever,  unless  they  should  become  Parties  to  the 
Convention.  I  have,  &c. 
Earl  Bathurst.  WE  LLINGTON. 

No.  4. — ProciS'Verbal  de  la  Conference entre ks Plen^tentiaires  de  Im 

Grande  Bretagne,  VAutriehe,  la  Russie,  et  la  Prusse. 
(Extrait.)  Paris,  le  16  Novembre,  1815. 

Son  Excellence  Monsieur  le  Due  de  Wellington  ayant  re9u  da 
Marichal  Ney  une  Lettre  conforme  d  celle  que  ce  Marechal  k 
adressee  aux  Ministres  des  4  Cabinets  accr^dit^  i  la  Conr  de  France, 
Monsieur  le  Due  a  communique  k  la  Conference  la  Reponse  qu'il  so 
proposoit  de  faire ;  et  leurs  Excellences  se  trouvant  enti^rement 
d'accord  sur  cette  Pi^e  avec  Monsieur  le  Due,  on  est  convenu  de 
faire  consigner  an  Protocol,  la  Lettre  du  Marshal  Ney,  ainsi  que  la 
Reponse  de  Lord  Wellington. 

WELLINGTON.  METTERNICH. 

RASOUMOFFSKY.  HARDENBERG. 

CASTLEREAGH.  CAPODISTRIAS, 

HUMBOLDT. 


(Enclosure  1.) — Le  Prince  de  la  Moskwa  au  Due  de  Wellington. 
Excellence,  Paris,  d  la  Conciergericy  le  \3  Novembre,  1815. 

C'EST  k  la  demi^re  extr^mite,  an  moment  od  les  circonstances  cri- 
liqneaoiSkje  me  voisreduit  ne  me  laissent  plus  que  de  trop  faihies 
moyens  d*^viter  leclat  et  les  terribles  dangers  d'nne  accusation  de 
crime  de  haute  trahison,  que  je  prends  la  resolution  de  vous  adresser 
nn  recours  legitime,  dont  voici  Tobjet : 

ie  snis  tradnit  en  la  Chambre  des  Pairs  en  vertu  d'une  Ordon. 
nance  rendue  par  le  Roi  le  11  de  ce  mois,  et  k  la  suite  d  un  Discours 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GR£AT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE.  2&t 

adrest^  i  cefte  Chambre  par  M.  le  President  dea  Minittres  de  Sa 
Majeste.  Cette  deoonciatioD  impoBante  et  les  considerations  qm  1» 
motivent  sont  de  natare  k  me  donner  da  jastes  craintes. 

Entre  antrea  motifs  de  me  faire  mon  Proems  j*ai  la  avee  etomie- 
ment  dans  ce  Discours  "  que  c  etait  mime  au  mom  de  i' Europe  que 
iesMinistres  venaient  conjurer  la  Chambre  et  la  requ^rir  de  me  jugef." 

Une  telle  declaration,  souffrez  que  je  lobserve,  est  inconciliable 
avec  ce  qui  s'est  passe  k  ces  demi^res  epoques  de  I'agitation  de  la 
France.  Je  ne  con9ois  pas  comment  on  ferait  intervenir  les  augustea- 
Allies  dans  cette  Procedure  Criminelle,  tandis  que  leur  magnanimite 
s'est  genereusement  occup^e  du  soin  de  m'en  garantir,  et  qu'une  Con-- 
mention  formelle,  sacree^  inviolable  existe  i  ce  sujet. 

Daignez-vous  le  rappeler,  par  le  Traite  de  Paris  du  30  Mai,  1814^ 
les  Hautes  Parties  Contractnntes  avaient  form^  alliance  avec  8a  Ma- 
jeste  Louis  XVIII.  Apprenant  k  Vienne,  le  13  Mars  dernier,  que  l» 
cause  de  la  legitimit6  en  France  etait  menacee  par  le  retonr  de  Bona^ 
parte,  elles  arr^t^rent  le  Pacte  solennel  de  ce  jour  13  Mars,  avec  Ies- 
Ministres au  Congr^  de  Sa  Majesty  Tr^s  Chr^tienne.  Dans  ce  Pacte 
lea  Sooverains  Allies  d^Iar^rent"  qu'ils  ^taientpr^ts  d  donner  au  Rof 
de  France  et  d  la  Naiion  Fran^aise  les  secours  n^cessaires  pour  re- 
tabHr  la  tranquillity  publique,  et  k  faire  cause  commune  contre  ceux 
qui  entreprendraient  de  la  troubler/' 

Dana  eelui  confirmatif  du  25  du  mime  mois  de  Mars,  les  Hautes 
Puissances  s'engag^rent  solenneliement  k  reunir  toutes  leurs  Forces 
pour  maintenir  dans  toute  leur  integrife  les  eondUums  du  Traite  de 
Parte  contre  les  plans  de  Bonaparte ;  elies  se  promirent  d^agir  en 
commun.  Elles  reglferent  les  contingents  respectifs  qu'elles  se  propo^ 
eaieni  de  faire  marcher  eonire  FEnnemi  cammun, 

Enfin  Sa  Majesty  Tr^  Chr^tienne  fut  invitee  d  donner  son  assen* 
iimeni  aux  tnesures  cLdessus,  dans  le  cas  ou  elle  aoratt  besoin  dea 
Troupes  Auxtliahes  qui  lut  ^taient  promises,  etc. 

11  resulte  clairement  de  ces  diverses  Stipulations  que  toutes  les- 
Armees  de  I'Europe,  indistinctement,  ont  et^.  les  Auxiliaires  du  Roi  de 
France,  qu'elles  ont  combattu  dans  son  int^rlt  direct  pour  la  soumis^ 
sion  de  tons  ses  Sujets. 

Bient6t  la  victoire  s'est  decidee  en  faveur  des  Armees  Anglaises  et 
Prussiennes,  reunies  aux  champs  de  Waterloo,  et  les  a  amenees  soua 
les  mnrs  de  Paris. 

Ld  restait,  pour  s'opposer  d  leurs  progr^  ult^rieurs,  un  Corps 
d'Arroee  Fran9ai8e  qui  pouvait  vendre  cli^rement  sa  vie.  On  negocia, 
et  le  3  Juillet  fut  signee  entre  les  2  Parties  une  Convention  dont 
rArticleXIIporte: 

"  Seront  pareillement  respect^s  les  Personnes  et  les  propriet^s 
particuli^res ;  les  Habitans,  et  en  general  tousles  Individus  qui  se 
trouvent  dans  la  Capitale,  continueront  d  jouir  de  leurs  droits  et  Hberte, 
sans  pouvoir  £tre  inqui6tes  ni  rechercbesenrien^lativement  aux  fonc- 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


262        GKEAT  BRITAIN,  &C«  AND  FRANCE. 

lions  qu'ils  occupent  ou  auraient  occupees,  djeur  ixmduiie  et  d  Imrs 
a^nmms  poiil  iques,  '*  ^ 

Cette  Convention  a  ete  depuis  ralifi^e  par  cbacun  des  Souverains 
Allies, comme  ^tant  Touvrage  des  2  Puissances  preinidies  deleguees  par 
U  fait  Elle  a  acquis  ainsi  toule  la  force  que  le  droit  sacre  des  Na- 
tioDS,  le  droit  nature]  et  des  gens  pouvait  leur  impriiner.  Elie  est  de- 
venue  i'inalt^rable  sauvegarde  de  tons  ceux  des  Fran^ais  que  le  raalheur 
des  troubles  aurait  pu  laisser  exposes  au  ressentiinent,  m^me  legitime, 
de  leur  Prince. 

Sa  Majeste  Tr^s  Chreticfnne  y  a  positivement  accede  elle-m&me  en 
entrant  dans  sa  Capitale :  plus  d'une  fois  elle  a  invoque  Pimposante 
autorite  de  ce  Contrat  Politique  comme  dun  Aete  indivisible  dans 
toutes  ses  parties. 

Maiutenant,  Excellence,  peut-il  6tre  douteux  que  je  ne  sols  fonde, 
comme  Tun  des  Particuliers  pour  qui  on  a  stipule,  d  revendiquer  le 
b^n^fice  de  I'Artide  Xil,  et  la  religieuse  execution  des  garanties  qui  y 
Bont  exprimees  ? 

Jose  en  consequence  requerir  expressement  de  Votre Minisi^re,  et 
de  la  Puissance  auguste  au  nom  de  laquelle  vous  Texercez,  que  vous 
fassiez  cesser  d  mon  egard  toute  procedure  criminelle  pour  raison  des 
fonctions  que  j'ai  remplies  au  mois  de  Mars,  1815,  dema  conduile  el 
de  mes  opinions  poiitiques. 

Mon  ^tat  d^isolement  et  d  abandon  est  uoe  raison  de  plus  pour  de- 
terminer  Votre  Excellence  d  venir  k  mon  secours,  et  a  me  faire  jouir 
par  sa  puissante  mediation  du  droit  qui  m*est  acquis. 

Si  je  ne  m  etais  pas  aveugl^ment  repose  sur  la  parole  de  tant  de 
Souverains,  j  aurais  ^t^  en  quelque  terre  incoonue  me  faire  oublier. 
C'est  cette  parole  auguste  et  sainte  qui  a  caus^  ma  s^curite  :  pourrait- 
elle  ^tre  trompee  P  Je  ne  puis  le  croire,  etj  attends  avec  confiance  de 
¥Otre  ]oyaut6  que  vous  m'accorderez  votre  prompte  intervention. 

Je  prie,  &c., 
S.  E.  M.  Le  Due  de  Wellington.  NEY. 


(Enclosure  2.) —The  Duke  of  Wellington  to  Marshal  Ney. 
Monsieur  le  Marechal,  Paris,  I5th  November,  1815. 

I  HAVE  had  the  honour  of  receiving  the  Note  which  you  addressed 
to  me  on  the  I3th  November,  relating  to  the  operation  of  the  Capitu- 
lation of  Paris,  on  your  Case.  The  Capitulation  of  Paris  of  the  3rd 
July,  was  made  between  the  Commanders- in-Chief  of  the  Allied  Prus- 
sian and  British  Armies  on  the  one  part,  and  the  Prince  d'Eckmuhl* 
Commander-in-Chief  of  the  French  Army  on  the  other,  and  related 
exclusively  to  the  Military  Occupation  of  Paris. 

The  object  of  the  Xllth  Article  was  to  prevent  the  adoption  of  any 
measure  of  severity,  under  the  Military  Authority  of  those  who  made 
it,  towards  any  Persons  in  Paris,  on  account  of  the  Offices  which  they 
h^d  filled,  or  their  conduct  or  their  |>o]itical  opinions;  but  it  waa 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE.  263 

never  intended,  and  could  not  be  intended,  to  pre  rent  either  the  existing 
French  Government,  under  whosd  authority  the  French  Comniatider- 
in-Chief  must  have  acted,  or  any  Fretich  Government  which  should 
succeed  to  it,  from  acting  in  this  respect  as  it  might  deem  fit. 

I  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c. 
Le  Mmckal  Prince  de  la  Moskiva.  W  E  LLl  N  G  10  N . 


No,  5. — Sir  Charles  Stuart  to  Viscount  Castiereagh. 
My  Lord,  Paris,  \6ih  November,  181o. 

Madame  Ney  requested  to  see  me  on  Monday  last,  for  the  purpose 
of  delivering  the  Letter  from  the  Marsha],  of  which  I  have  the  houoar 
to  enclose  a  Copy,  and  requestiug  my  interference  with  the  French 
Government,  to  render  the  Xllth  Article  of  the  Convention  of  Paris 
applicable  to  the  Case  of  that  Officer. 

Without  entering  into  the  question,  I  explained  as  clearly  as  Ilit; 
situation  of  this  Lady  would  permit,  that  it  was  quite  impossible  to 
return  any  Answer  to  the  MarshaKs  I.etter,  unless  nitli  the  concurrence 
of  my  Colleagues,  the  Ministers  of  the  other  Poweis. 

The  conversation  which  took  place  in  an  interview  with  the  Duke 
of  Wellington,  having  induced  Madame  Ney  to  address  to  me  the  further 
remarks  1  have  the  honour  to  enclose,  the  pretensions  of  her  Husband 
to  take  advantage  of  the  Capitulation  were  considered  in  the  Confei- 
ence,  yesterday  morning. 

It  was  determined  that  the  Duke  of  Wellington,  under  whose  au- 
thority that  Act  was  negotiated,  should  state  concisely  lo  Mal^lial 
Ney,  the  reasons  why  the  Xllth  Article  could  not  be  considered  appli- 
cable to  his  Case;  and  that  I  should  intimate  to  Madame  Ney,  in  the 
name  of  the  4  Powers,  that  no  other  Answer  would  be  transmitted  to 
the  Communication  we  had  received. 

His  Grace  accordingly  wrote  the  Answer  to  Marshal  Ney,  which  I 
have  the  honour  to  enclose, and  a  verbal  reference  to  the  Letter  has  led 
to  a  further  Communication  from  that  Officer's  Lady,  which  1  likewise 
forward.  I  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c. 

Viscount  Castiereagh,  K.  G.  CHARLES  STUART. 

(Enclosure  \.)^Marshal  Ney  to  Sir  Charles  Stuart, 

Paris,  I2th  November,  1815. 
[See  Marshal  Ney  to  the  Duke  of  Wellington,  Enclosure  1  in  No.  4.] 

(Enclosure  2,)^Note  Addilionnelle  de  Madame  Ney. 

Paris,  le  14  Noventbre,  1816. 

Monsieur  le  Due  de  Wellington,  dans  une  Audience  particniiere 

accordee  hier  i  Madame  la  Mar^hale  Ney,  a  donue  pour  moiif  de  la 

disposition  qu*aurait  personnel lement  Son  Altesse  &  n*intervenir  en  rien 

dans  le  Proc^  du  Marechal : 

**  Qne  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de  France  n'avait  pas  ratifie  la  Conven- 
tion du  3  Juillet ; 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


264  GREAT  BRltAIN,  &C.  AJ^D  tKAUCt^. 

f*  Qu^  la  stipuIatioD  ^rite  en  P Article  XII  n'exprimait  qo'one  r«« 
tioDciation  des  Hautes  Puinancea,  pour  leur  compte,  d  rechercher  qtri 
que  ce  ftlt  efi  France  pour  raiaon  de  sa  condnite  ou  de  sea  opinions 
politiques  i 

"  Qu'ellea  n'avaient  done  i  simmiscer  en  rien  dana  lea  Actes  da 
Goti?ernement  du  Roi/' 

Madame  la  Marechale  Ney  ne  peut  pas  croire  que  cette  premiere 
opinion,  manifestie  sur  PArticIe  Xtl  de  la  Convention  du  3  Juillet^ 
soit  definitivement  maiutenue  dans  la  Conference  de  M«M.  lea  Pleuipo* 
tentiairea,  rn^me  par  Son  Altesae. 

En  eiTet,  dans  les  attaques  et  invasions  puremenf  etrang^rea  d'lin 
ConquerantJ'Ennemi  qui  pen^tredans  un  pays  ne  s'inquiite  nuUement 
des  troubles  qui  ont  pu  y  eclater,  et  il  ne  tombe  paa  dans  Pordre  des 
Capitulations  que  ceux  d'un  certain  parti  ne  pourront  itre  recberch^ ; 
c  est  done  parce  que  dana  Poccurrence  la  Guerre  etait  speciale,  et 
pour  la  pacidcation  de  Pinterieur  que  Pon  a  aong^  ^  stipuler  en  terraes 
d'Amnistie. 

Le  Roi>  dit-OHi  n'a  pas  ratifie ;  mais  la  Ratification  adte  aufiUante, 
puisque  la  prise  de  possession  s*en  est  suivie.  La  condition  des  Assieg^s 
ne  peut  pas  ^tre  changee  aprte  coup,  d  moins  qu  on  ne  r^tabliaae  lea 
thoses  in  statu  qtto. 

Son  Altesse  n*a  paa  assez  considdre  ce  qui  doit  Pitre  esaentielle- 
ment,  que  cet  Article  XII  a  fait  la  matidre  d*une  discussion  entre  lea 
Coipmissaires  des  Armees  Anglaise  et  T^russienne  et  les  Commiasaires 
de  PArm^e  Pranfaisei  et  qu'il  a  ilk  bien  entendu  que  cette  stipulation 
avait  lieu  4  cause  du  Roi,  et  uon  d  cause  des  Armees  Alliees,  qui 
n'avalent  aucun  iuter^t  positif  pour  agir  contre  tel  ou  tel  parti. 

Que  PArticle  est  consenti  an  nom  et  dans  Pint^r^t  conimun  de 
toutes  les  Puissances  AUiees,  interfit  indivisible,  et  que  les  2  Traitea 
des  13  et  Sd  Mars  signalaieut  ^tre  principalement  celui  de  Sa 
Majeste  le  Roi  de  France. 

Que  ce  ne  sera  pas  s'immiscer  dans  les  Actes  du  Gonvernement  da 
Roi  que  de  rappeler  d  Sa  Majeste  des  engagemens  pris  en  son  nom,  en- 
gagemens  que  ces  Ministres  oublient,  que  les  Individus  recherches  re- 
vendiquent,  et  dont  il  est  de  la  diguite  des  Hautes  Puissances  que 
Pefiet  ne  soit  pas  nul. 

Enfin,  daus  tons  lea  cas,  puisque  Son  Altesse  accorde  que  les 
Hautes  Puissances  se  sent  li^es  du  moins  elles-m^mes  par  une  renon* 
ciation,— >que  doivent-elles  penser  sur  ce  qu'on  les  a  fait  figurer  comme 
amjurant  et  requhrant  le  Jugement  du  Maiechal  Ney  ? 

La  premiere  chose  qu'elles  doivent  faire  dana  une  pareille  conjooc^ 
lure  n*est-el]e  pas  de  dngager  promptement  de  cet  enorme  poida  la 
balance  de  la  justice  cHotinelle? 

LA  MARECHALE  NEY. 

Princelfse  de  lu  Motkukh 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GtlEAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE.  265 

(Eneiosure  Z.J—'Tke  Duke  of  Wellington  to  Marshal  Ney. 

Paris,  I5th  Novembre,  1815. 
[See  EDcIosure  2  id  No.  4.] 


(Enclosure  A.)  ^Madame  La  Marechale  Ney  a  Sir  Charles  Stuart. 

Paris,  ce  16  Notemhre,  1810. 
J'ai  rhonneur  d envoyer  i  Voire  Excellence  pour  la  seconde  foit« 
11116  R^lamatJOD  de  la  protectiou  assaree  d  mon  mari  le  Marechal  Ney, 
|Mir  la  Convention  de  Paris ;  et  je  me  flatte  (oialgr^  la  reponae  que 
Votre  Excellence  m'a  fait  fnire  hier  par  son  Secretaire)  qu'elle  ne 
tardera  pas  k  faire  cesser,  en  ?erta  des  Articles  XII,  XIV,  et  XV 
de  la  diie  Convention^  les  poorsnites  d6ji  commences;  mais  si 
Votre  Excellence  ne  se  tronvait  pas  assez  convaincu  de  la  validite  de 
cette  Reclamation,  je  lai  demande  alors,  an  nom  de  sa  Patrie,  et  de  la 
justice,  de  faire  saspendre  toute  procedure  jusqn^it  la  reception  de 
la  Reponse  de  Son  Altesse  Roy  ale  le  Prince  Regent,  et  de  Lord  liver* 
pool,  auxquelsj'ai  dej2^  fait  passer  la  mime  Rfelamation  que  je  viens  de 
de  voQs  faire ;  mais  comma  ces  Lettres  ont  ^t^  envoyies  par  des  mains 
particnli^res,  et  que  le  hasard  pourroit  qu'elles  s'dgar&ttcnt,  je  mets 
dans  les  mains  de  Votre  Excellence  des  Copies,  pour  itre  expedi^ 
par  le  Courier  de  vobe  Gouvemement 

Je  prie  Votre  Excellence,  &c. 

LA  MARECHALE  NEY, 
6.  E.  Sir  C  Stuart.  Princesse  de  la  Moskwa. 


(Emelo9ure  5.  j—  Ommunicaium  de  la  Marechale  Ney  a  Sir  C.  Stuart. 

On  ne  veut  et  on  ne  pent  rappeler  la  marche,  les  r^sultats  et  les 
suites,  de  la  Capitulatiou  de  Paris,  sign^  par  le  Due  de  Wellington  et 
le  Marshal  Blucher,  au  nom  des  Allies,  et  tourn^e  immediatement  k 
Tavantage  dn  rttablissement  du  Trone  pour  le  Roi ;  mais  on  fait  les 
observations  snbsiquentes  snr  lafoi  et  la  validite  des  Capitulations,  en 
faisant  valoir  les  Articles  XII,  XIV,  et  XV  de  la  Capitulation  de 
Paris. 

Les  Capitulations  on  Conventions  faites  par  les  Commandans  en 
Chef  ne  sont  point  des  Conventions  momentanees  et  passaglsres,  mats 
reconnues  partout  comma  engagemens  permaneus, 

Des  Traites  aussi  engages  par  leurs  Representans  ne  peuvent  pas 
6tre  arbitrairement  changes  par  les  Gouvememens  eux*memes,  et 
notamffleat  au  prejudice  de  la  sftret^  des  biens,  de  la  liberty,  et  de  la 
vie,  du  parti  garanti  par  la  Capitulation  originaire. 

On  ne  peut  disposer  m^me  d*une  possession  quelconque  acquise 
par  la  Capitulation,  ssns  accoroplir  les  conditions  auxquelles  Tacquisi* 
tion  cut  ele  faite.   Le  Gouvemement  c^dant  une  possession  quelconque 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


266  GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 

ne  peut  se  degager  de  la  garaotie  d'une  Capitulatioo.  l/obligation 
ne  discoatiDuant  pas,  les  oppriines  ne  conaerveiil  pas  moins  le  droit  de 
r^clamer  sa  protection  contre  des  violations  subs^quentes  dans  leur 
sfirete  personnelle. 

Les  personnes  civiles  ou  militaires  prevenues  des  fautes  politiqiies 
couvertes  d'une  Capitulation,  ne  peuvent  6tre  rendues  et  livrees  pour 
^(re  jug^es  au  Gouveniement  iiouveau,  ni  m^me  k  celui  qui  se  trouve^ 
rati  rehabilite  dans  ses  droits. 

Le  terns  a  consacre  cette  pratique  dans  toutes  les  Nations  civil isees, 
etparticuli^rement  dans  cellede  T  Anglelerre;  son  histoire  mdoie  pr^nte 
une  serie  d'exemples  obligatoires. 

Le  seul  cas  de  deviation  est  arrive  k  Naples,  ou  la  Capitulation 
faite  par  le  Capitaine  Poote,  n'a  pas  €i6  respective  par  Lord  Nelson,  et 
06  le  parti  qui  s'est  rendu,  6ur  la  foi  du  Gouvernement  AngI  lis,  au 
Gouvernement  Napolitaiu  ;  mais  liOrd  Nelson  preteiidait  que  le  Capi- 
taine Foote  n'etoit  pas  autoris^  a  faire  une  Capitulation,  et  cependant 
cet  acte  odieux  a  jete  de  i'omhre  sur  le  caract^re  de  Lord  Nelson,  et 
on  a  senti  si  fort  en  Angleterre  Thorreur  de  cet  acte,  que  les  services 
^minens  de  Lord  Nelson  ont  peu  seuls  le  sanver  de  I'accusatiou  et 
poursuile  juridique  au  Parleuient. 

Recemment  les  Generaux  8avary,  Lallemand,  et  plusieurs  autres, 
n'out  pas  ete  livres  au  Gouvernement  Frangais  ^i  le  Gouvernement 
Anglais,  parceque  le  Capitaine  du  Beilerophon  avait  engag^  son  lion- 
neur ;  et  cela  m^me  u'^toit  pas  une  Convenlion  ccriie,  mais  simplement 
par  un  engagement  sous-entendii,  que  tons  ceux  qui  s'embarqueroieut 
sous  sa  protection  auroient  leurs  vies  assurees  par  son  Gouvernement. 

Le  Roi  de  France  ne  peut  pas  pr^tendre  que  la  Capitulation  ne  le  lie 
point  par  les  raisons  ci-dessus  ^noncees ;  comment  pourroit-il  chercher 
k  violer  ce  seul  (et  le  plus  solennel)  des  Articles,  'orsque  pour  les  autres 
qui  sont  pour  le  desavantage  de  la  France,  il  a  ete  tenu  dese  prater  i 
leur  accomplissement  rigoureux. 

La  Capitulation  a  ^te  faite  au  nom  des  Puissances  Alliees ; 
et  le  Roi  de  Prance,  au  jour  de  la  Capitulation,  n'a  ete  qu*un 
Membre  de  la  Coalition  :  aux  termes  m^mes  des  D^laratious  et  Pro* 
clamations  des  Coal is^es,  et  uotamment  de  celle  du  22  Juin,  sign^  par 
le  Due  de  Wellington  lui-m^me. 

Les  Amis  de  la  justice  mettent  en  avant  ces  observations,  d'autanl 
plus  volontiers  que  toutela  Population  de  Paris,  la  vie  et  lapropriete 
de  tant  d'Individus,  ne  se  trouvent  recouvertes  d  autre  egide  que  par 
la  foi  de  cette  Capitulation  de  Paris. 

II  eatessentiel  d'observer,  que  la  Ville  de  Paris  n'a  jamais  ete  ren- 
due  au  Roi,  quelle  est actuellement  dans  I'occupation  mililaire  des  Ak 
lids^  et  que  personne  ne  peut  sortir  de  ses  environs  sans  Passeport 
sigD^par  le  Commandant  Militairedes  Alli^. 

Articles  de  la  Capitulation  applicables  sL  la  Question : — 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE*  267 

XII.  Seront  pareillement  respect^es  lespenonnes  et  les  proprietes 
particoli^res ;  lea  habiUns,  et  en  general  tous  les  Indi vidua  qui  ae  trou- 
vent  dana  la  Capitale,  continueront  kjouirde  leurs  droita  etlibertea, 
Sana  poovoir  ^tre  inquietca  ni  recherches  en  rien,  retativement  aux 
fonctiona  qu'ils  occupent  ou  auraient  occupea,  a  leor conduite  et  i  leurs 
opiniona  politiquea. 

XIV.  La  pr^nte  Convention  aera  obaervee,  et  aervira  de  rbgle 
pour  lea  rapports  mutuels,  juaqu'  k  la  conclusion  de  la  Paix. 

XV.  S'il  survient  dea  difficuUea  aur  lexecution  de  quelqu'un  dea 
AKicifs  de  la  pr^aeute  Convention,  I'interpretation  en  aera  faite  eo 
faveur  de  TArmee  Fran^aise  et  de  la  Ville  de  Paria. 


No,  6^ — Memorandum  of  the  Duke  of  fVeilington ;  communicated  to  the 
Ministers  of  the  Allied  Powers. 

It  is  extraordiuary  that  Madame  la  Marechale  Ney  should  have 
thought  proper  to  publish  in  print,  patts  of  a  conversation  which  she 
is  supposed  to  have  had  with  the  Duke  of  Wellington,  and  that  she  has 
omitted  to  publish  that  which  is  a  much  better  record  of  the  Duke  s 
opinion  on  the  subject  to  which  the  conversation  related,  viz.  the 
Duke's  Letter  to  the  Marshal  Prince  de  la  Moskwa,  in  answer 
to  the  Marshals  Note  to  his  Grace. 

That  Letter  was  as  follows : 

'*  I  have  had  the  honour  of  receiving  the  Note  which  you  addressed 
me  on  the  13th  November,  relating  to  the  operation  of  the  Capitula- 
tion of  Paria  on  your  Case. 

"  The  Capitulation  of  Paris  of  the  3rd  July  was  made  between 
the  Commanders-in-Chief  of  the  Allied  British  and  Prussian  Armies 
OD  the  one  part,  and  the  Prince  d*£ckmuhl,  Commander-in-Chief  of 
the  French  Army  on  the  other,  and  related  exclusively  to  the  Military 
Occupation  of  Paris. 

'*  The  object  of  the  Xllth  Article  was  to  prevent  the  adoption  of 
any  measure  of  severity  under  the  military  authority  of  those  who 
made  it,  towards  any  Persons  in  Paris,  on  account  of  the  Offices 
which  they  had  filled,  or  their  conduct,  or  their  political  opinions ; 
but  it  was  never  intended,  and  could  not  be  intended,  to  prevent  either 
the  existing  French  Government,  under  whose  authority  the  French 
Commander-in-Chief  must  have  acted,  or  any  French  Government 
which  bhould  succeed  to  it,  from  acting  in  this  respect  as  it  might' 
deem  fit.'' 

It  is  obvious  from  this  Letter,  that  the  Duke  of  Wellington,  one 
of  the  Parties  ta  the  Capitulation  of  Paris,  considers  that  that  Instru- 
ment contains  nothing  which  can  prevent  the  King  from  bringing 
Marshal  Ney  to  trial  in  such  manner  as  His  Majesty  may  think 
proper. 

The  contents  of  the  Capitulation  fully   confirm   the  justice  of, 


Digitized  by 


Google 


J 


268       GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 

the  Duke's  opiuion.  It  is  made  between  the  Comm&nder6«in*Cliief 
of  the  Contending  Armies  respectively ;  and  the  first  9  Articles 
relate  solely  to  the  mode  and  time  of  the  evacnation  of  Paris  by  the 
French  Army,  and  of  the  occupation  by  the  British  and  Prussian 
Armies. 

The  Xth  Article  provides.  That  the  existing  Authorities  shall  be 
respected  by  the  2  Commanders  in  Chief  of  the  Allies;  the  Xlth, 
that  Public  Property  shall  be  respected,  and  that  the  Allies  will  not 
interfere  **  en  aucune  maniere  dans  leur  Administration,  et  dans  leor 
gestion  ;'*  and  the  XI  1th  Article  states,  ''seront  pareillementrespect^es 
les  Personnes  et  les  propri^t^s  particuli^res ;  les  habitans,  et  en  general 
tons  les  Individus  qui  se  trouvent  dans  la  Capitafe,  continueront  a 
jouirdeleurs  droits  et  liberies,  sans  pouvoir  ^tre  inqui6tes,  ni  recher* 
ch6i  en  rien,  relativement  aux  fonctions  qu'ils  occupent,  ou  auroieot 
occupies,  d  leur  conduite  et  k  leurs  opinions  politiques." 

By  whom  were  these  Private  Properties  and  Persons  to  be  in  like 
manner  respected  P  By  the  Allied  Generals  and  their  Troops,  men- 
tioned in  the  Xth  and  Xlth  Articles,  and  not  by  other  Parties  to 
whom  the  Convention  did  not  relate  in  any  manner. 

The  Xlllth  Article  provides,  that  "  les  Troupes  Etrang^res " 
shall  not  obstruct  the  carriage  of  provisions,  by  land  or  water,  to  the 
Capital. 

Thus  it  appears  that  every  Article  in  the  Convention  relates 
exclusively  to  the  operations  of  the  different  Armies,  or  to  the  conduct 
of  the  Allies  and  that  of  their  Generals,  when  they  should  enter 
Paris;  and,  as  the  Duke  of  Wellington  states  in  his  Despatch  of  the 
4th  of  July,  with  which  he  transmitted  the  Convention  to  England, 
'*  decided  all  the  military  points  then  existing  at  Paris,  and  touched 
nothing  political.*' 

But  it  appears  clearly  that  not  only  this  was  the  Duke's  opinion  of 
the  Convention  at  the  time  it  was  signed,  but  likewise  the  opinion  of 
Carnot,  of  Marshal  Ney,  and  of  every  other  Person  who  had  an 
interest  in  considering  the  subject. 

Carnot  says,  in  the  <*  Expose  de  la  Conduite  Politique  de  M.  Carnot," 
page  43,  "  II  fOit  r^solu  d  envoyer  aux  Gen^raux  Anglois  et  Prussiens 
une  Commission  Speciale,  chargee  de  leur  proposer  une  Convention 
purement  militaire,  pour  la  remise  de  la  Ville  de  Paris  entre  leurs 
mains,  en  ^cartant  toute  question  politique,  puisqu'on  ne  pouvoit 
pr^juger  quelles  seroient  les  intentions  des  Allies  lorsqu'ils  seroient 
r^unis.'' 

It  appears  that  Marshal  Ney  fled  from  Paris  in  disguise,  witli  a 
Passport  given  to  him  by  the  Due  d'OtJ-ante,  under  a  feigned  name, 
on  the  6th  July.  He  could  not  be  supposed  to  be  ignorant  of  the 
tenor  of  the  Xllth  Article  of  the  Convention,  and  he  must  then  have 
known  whether  it  was  the  intention  of  the  Parties  who  made  it,  that 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE.  269 

it  should  protect  him  from  the  meatnres  which  the  King,  then  at  Su 
Denis,  should  think  proper  to  adopt  against  him. 

But  if  Marshal  Ney  could  be  supposed  ignorant  of  the  intention 
of  the  Xllth  Article,  the  Due  d'Otrante  could  not,  as  he  was  at 
the  head  of  the  Provisional  Government,  under  whose  authority 
the  Prince  d*Eckmuhl  must  have  acted  when  he  signed  the 
Convention. 

Would  the  Due  d'Otrante  have  given  a  Passport  under  a 
feigned  name  to  Marshal  Ney,  if  he  had  understood  the  Xllth 
Article  as  giving  the  Marshal  any  protection^  excepting  against 
measures  of  severity  by  the  2  Commanders-in-Chief? 

Another  proof  of  what  was  the  opinion  of  the  Due  d'Otrante,  of 
the  King's  Ministers,  and  of  all  the  Persons  most  interested  in  establish- 
ing the  meaning  now  attempted  to  be  given  to  the  Xllth  Article  of 
the  Convention  of  the  3rd  of  July,  is  the  Kipg's  Proclamation  of  the 
24th  July,  by  which  19  Persons  are  ordered  for  Trial,  and  38  Persons 
are  ordered  to  quit  Paris,  and  to  reside  in  particular  parts  of  France, 
under  the  observation  and  superintendence  of  the  Police,  till  the  Cham- 
bers  should  decide  upon  their  fate. 

Did  the  Doc  d'Otrante,  did  any  of  the  Persons  who  are  the 
objects  of  this  Proclamation,  did  any  Person  on  their  behalf,  even  then 
or  now,  claim  for  them  the  protection  of  the  Xllth  Article  of  the 
Convention  ? 

Ceruinly  the  Convention  was  then  •  understood,  as  it  ought  to  be 
understood  now,  viz.  That  it  was  exclusively  military,  and  was  never 
intended  to  bind  the  then  existiug  Government  of  France,  or  any 
Government  which  should  succeed  to  it. 

'  WELLINGTON, 

No.  7.^Earl  Baihursi  to  Sir  Charles  Stuart. 
S»,  Foreign  Office,  2Ui  November,  1815. 

In  the  absence  of  Viscount  Castlereagh,  1  have  had  the  honour  of 
laying  your  Excellency's  Despatch  of  the  16lh  instant,  together  with 
its  Enclosures,  before  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent. 

Bfis  Royal  Highness  cannot  but  feel  great  sentiments  of  compas- 
sion for  Madame  Ney*s  unhappy  situation;  but  He  can  return  no 
other  An^rer  than  by  referring  her  to  the  Communications  which 
have  been  already  made  by  your  Excellency  and  the  Duke  of 
Wellington,  on  the  part  of  the  Allied  Powers,  to  her  and  to  Marshal 
Ney.  I  am,  &c. 

ff .  JB.  Sv  Charles  Stuart,  G.  G B.  BATHURST. 

No.  8 — SXr  Charles  Stuart  to  Viscount  Castlereagh. 
Mt  Lord,  Paru,  4M  December,  1815, 

In  obedience  to  the  Instructions  conveyed  in  your  Iiordship's 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


270  GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 

Despatch  of  the  21st  ult,  1  have  stated  to  Madame  Ney  that  the 
I<etter  she  has  been  pleased  to  address  to  His  Royal  Highness  the 
Prince  Regent  has  been  duly  received ;  but  that,  notwithstanding  the 
commiseration  which  His  Royal  Highness  feels  for  the  situation  ol  that 
unfortunate  Lady,  a  reference  to  the  l4*tter  which  the  Duke  of 
Wellington  addressed  the  Marshal  upon  the  same  subject,  is  the  only 
Answer  which  the  circumstances  of  the  case  will  admit. 

The  day  after  this  Answer  had  been  returned  to  Madame  Ney,  I 
received  the  accompanying  Letter  through  the  intervention  of  a  third 
person,  and  in  the  evening,  the  Memorial  signed  by  Messrs.  Berryer 
and  Dupin,  who  are  charged  with  the  conduct  of  the  Marshal's  defence* 
which  I  have  the  honour  to  enclose,  was  transmitted  to  me. 

I  propose  merely  to  notice  this  Communication  in  concert  with  the 
Ministers  of  the  other  Fowere,  by  a  reference  to  the  Answer  already 
given.  1  have  t)ie  honour  to  be,  &c. 

Viscount  Castlereagk,  K.  G.  CHARLES  STUART. 

(Enclosure  I,) --La  Marechak  Ney  a  Sir  C,  Stuart. 

Ce2  Decembre,  J  815. 

On  m'a  dit  une  chose.  Monsieur,  qui  ma  fait  lieaucoup de  |>eine  ; 
et  comme  vous  m'avez  deja  prouv6  tout  I'iut^rM  que  vous  voulez  biea 
prendre  a  moi  dans  la  trop  malheureuse  circoostance  ou  je  me  trouve* 
j'esp^re  que  vous  voudrez  bien  en  donner  une  nouvelle  preuve  eu  vous 
chargeant  de  la  reparer. 

Voici  ce  dont  il  s  agit :— -"  C'cst  qu  on  m'a  assur^,  q^e  le  Chevalier 
Stuart  croyait  que  je  m'etais  plainte  di*  la  maui^re  dont  il  m'avait 
re9u  dans  I'audience  qu'il  a  bien  voulu  m*accorder.  Comme  je  sais 
<)ue  vous  connaissez  Son  Excellence,  je  vous  prie  done  d'etre  assez 
boD  pour  lui  dire  de  ma  part,  que  bien  loin  de  ui'^tre  plainte  de  sa 
reception,  je  n'ai  pu  quen  etre  satisfaite,  et  que  m^me  dans  le  peu  de 
paroles  qu'il  m'a  adresses,  j'ai  cru  entrevoir  I'inter^t  que  lui  inspire 
ma  malheureuse  position."  Je  saisis,  &c. 

S.  E,  Sir  Charles  Stuart.  La  Prtncesse  de  la  Moskwa. 


(Enclosure  2.) ^Memorial  of  Messrs.  Berryer  and  Dupin,  of  Marshal 

Ney*s  Counsel,  to  Sir  CharUs  Stuart. 
Excellence,  Paris,  ee  3  Decembre,  1815. 

Vous  ^tes  informe  que  le  Marechal  Ney  a  invoque  T Article  XII 
de  Ja  Capitulation  de  Paris,  pour  se  meltre  d  I'abri  de  i'accusation  dont 
il  est  I'objet.  Vous  connaissez  aussi  la  r^ponse  de  Lord  Wellington 
i  Madame  la  Marechale. 

Cette  reponse  ne  resout  pas  la  difficult^ ;  il  en  resulte  seulemeut 
que  Lord  Wellington  personnel lement  n  attache  pas  d  I'Article  XII 
uu  autre  sens  que  celui  de  sa  rdponse. 

Si  les  Plenipotentiaires  qui  ont  traite  avec  Lord  Wellington  s  accor- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT    BRITAIN,    &C.    AND    FRANCE.  27 1 

Anient  d  cloitn^r  le  m^me  sens  It  cet  Article,  od  poarroit  croire  qae 
M.  Je  Mar^chril  Ney  invoque  mal-a-propos  1' Article  dont  il  s^agit^ 
et  encore  loi  resteroit-il  le  droit  de  souteuir  que  ia  ietfre  du  Traite  ne 
peul  pas^tre  d^traite  par  tine  declaration  de  pare  intention. 

Mais,  an  contraire,  les  Plenipotentiaires  Fran9ai8  soutiennent  et 
declarent,  que  le  bat  de  1' Article  XI [  a  ete  de  pri6venir  toute  ruction, 
notamment,  de  la  part  da  Roi  de  France. 

Ce  qui  resulte  de  ces  2  declarations  opposees,  c'est.  un  etat  de 
douie^  dontil  faut cependant  sortir,  or,  dnpr^s  rAiticle  XV  de  la  Con« 
vention  de  Paris,  tous  tes  doutes  doivent  ^tre  resolas  en  faveur  de 
tArmee  Fran^aise  et  de  la  ViHe  de  Paris, 

Si  Milord  Wellington  faisait  une  declaration  sur  un  fait  qui  lai 
fot  personnel,  notre  respect  pour  son  caract^re,  dont  la  loyaut^  est  si 
bien  connne,  ne  nous  permettrait  pas  d  msister ;  raais  il  s'agit  d'une 
Convention,  d'uu  Traite  qni  est  Ton v rage  de  2  Parties  Contrac- 
tantes;  il  ne  peut  done  pas  d^pendre  d'une  seule  dVn  fixer  le  sens  au 
detriment  de  I'antre  ;  il  faat  en  pareil  cas,  recourir  aux  regies  d'inter* 
pretation  tirees  du  droit,  ou  des  Clauses  particuli^res  du  Traite. 

Or,  nousavons  deji  dit,  que  I'ArttcIe  XV  r^solvait  tous  les  doutet 
en  faveur  de  I'Arm^e  Fran^aise  et  de  la  Vilie  de  Paris;  et  nous  ajou- 
tons  (ce  qu'au  surplus  nous  venons  de  demoutrer  dans  un  M^moire 
imprime,  dout  Voire  Excellence  recevra  des  Exemplaires)  que 
I'Article  XII  eut  ^te  sans  objet,  s*il  n'avait  renferme  de  la  part  dea 
Haotea  Puissances,  qu*une  renonciation  pour  leur  compie  setilemeni, 
k  un  droit  de  recherche  individuelle  qui  n  est  pas  autoriee  par  le  Droit 
des  gens;  tandis  qu*au  contraire,  il  est  certain  que  ceux  qui  stipu- 
lalent  pour  rArm^e  Fran9aise  et  la  Ville  de  Paris,  ne  contractaient 
qu'en  vue  du  retour  de-Sa  Majeste  Louis  XVIII,  et  pour  se  mettre  d 
I'abri  des  poursuites  annoncees  par  les  Proclamations  de  Cambrai. 

Si  Votre  Excellence  daigne  reporter  ses  souvenirs  du  3  Juiltet,  et 
eonsid^rer  les  maux  que  la  Convention  de  ce  jour  a  prevenus,  il  ne  lui 
parakra  plus  que  TAninistie  de  I'Article  Xf I  put  arr^ter  un  instant 
In  conclusion  de  cette  Convention  ;  il  faut  done  lentendre  et  Tex^cuter 
dans  le  meme  esprit  quelle  a  et^  faite,  c'est  k  dire,  avec  cet  esprit 
d'ex tension  et  de  liberality  qui  sert  toujours  d'interprftte  aux  Clauses 
favorables. 

II  n'^chappera  pas  i  Votre  Excellence,  que  TAlliance  a  etabli 
entre  les  Hautes  Puissances  une  espdce  de  solidarite  qui  les  oblige, 
non  seulement  k  ex^cuter  mats  aussi  d  faire  executer  une  Conven^oa 
qni  leur  est  commune.  C^est  surtout  sous  ce  rapport  qu'il  nous  im- 
porte  beaucoap  de  voir  Votre  Excellence  prendre  in t^r^t  4  la  question. 
Pardonnez,  Excellence,  si  nous  vous  entretenons  si  longuement  de 
cet  objet ;  mais  le  sort  de  M.  le  Mar^chal  est  si  enti^rement  lie  k  I'ex^* 
cation  de  la  Convention  de  Paris,  que  notre  devoir  comme  Conseils, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


272  GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 

nous  fait  une  obligatioo  rigourease  d'en  iovoquer  le  benefice,  et  d'eQ 
r^clamer  TobserTation* 

Noua  aToiM  i'honoeur  d'etre,  &c. 

[(Let  CanieiiM  du  Mareokal  Airy,) 

BERRYER,  Pere. 
S.  E.  Sir  Charles  Stuart.  DUPIN. 


No.  9« — La  Mariehah  Ney  to  tht  Earl  of  Liverpool, 
Milord,  Paris,  ce  13  Novembre,  1815. 

J'ai  i^bonneur  de  mettre  sous  les  yenx  de  Yotre  Excellence  une 
Copie  du  M^moire  que  le  Marechal  Ney«  mon  Mari,  a  adress^  au  Due 
de  WelliDgton,  Gen^l-en-Cbef  de  PArmee  Augloise,*  pour  reclamer 
Pexecution  en  ce  qui  le  concenie,  de  I'Articie  XII  de  la  Capitulation 
de  Paris,  qui  met  rArmee  et  les  Habitans  de  cette  Capitale  k  I'abri  de 
totttes  recherches  relatives  i  leur  coudoite  anterieure. 

C'est,  Milord,  snr  la  foi  de  ce  Traite  que  le  Marechal  Ney  est  reste 
en  France,  et  il  ne  pent  ^tre  ni  jug6  nt  detenu,  sans  ^tre  victime  de  sa 
confiance  dans  un  engagement  pris  i  la  face  de  TEurope  au  nom  da 
Gouvemement  Anglois. 

Je  me  flatte.  Milord,  que  Votre  Seignenrie  voudra  bien  donner  le. 
plus  promptement  possible  an  Due  de  Wellington,  et  i  PAmbassadeur 
d*AngIeterre  d  Paris,  des  instructions  qui  repondent  i  I'id^e  qu'on  so 
fait  en  France  de  la  magnanimite  Britannique;  et  j'attends  arec  con* 
fiance  ce  qui  tous  sera  inspire  dans  cette  circonstance  par  vos  lumi^rea 
et  TOtre  equite* 

Je  prie  votre  Excellence,  &c. 

LA  MARECHALE  NEY, 
&  £.  Lord  Liverpool,  K,  G.  Prmoesse  de  la  Moslnoa. 

No.  10.— The  Earl  of  Liverpool  to  Madame  Ney. 
Madam,  London,  21st  November,  18I5« 

I  HATS  the  honour  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  your  Letter  of 
the  i8th  instant ;  and  it  is  with  sentiments  of  sincere  commiseration 
for  the  unfortunate  situation  in  which  you  are  placed,  that  I  feel  my- 
self called  upon  to  acquaint  you,  that  I  can  return  no  other  Answer 
to  the  representation  contained  in  your  Letter,  than  by  referring  yoa 
to  the  Communications  which  have  been  already  made  by  the  Duke 
of  Wellington  and  Sir  Charles  Stnart,  on  the  part  of  the  Allied 
Powers,  to  Marshal  Ney  and  to  yourself* 

I  have,  &c, 
Madame  la  Marichale  Ney.  ,  UVERPOOL, 


*  See  Endorore  I  in  No.  4. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C. 


273 


TREATY  of  Alliance  and  Friendship  between  Great  Britain, 
Anstria,  Prtissia,  and  Russia. ^Signed  at  Paris,  20th 
November,  1815* 


TRAITE     eatre     la      Grande- 
Breiogneei  PAutricke.* 

ka  Nom  de  la  Tres-Sunte  et  Indivisible 
TrinSt^. 
ht  but  de  I'AJliaDce  conclue  a 
Vienoe  le  25  Mars,  1815,  ay  ant  ete 
heureusement  atteint  par  le  reta- 
blissement  en  France  de  I'ordre 
de  choses  que  le  dernier  attentat 
de  Napoleon  Bonaparte  avait 
momentanement  subvert!;  Li-urs 
Majestesle  Rot  du  Royaume  Uni 
de  la  Grande  Bretagne  et  dlr- 
lande,  PEmpereur  d'Autriche, 
Roi  de  Hongrie  et  de  Bob^me^ 
PEiDperenr  de  tontes  les  Russies, 
et  le  Roi  de  Prusse,  considerant 
que  le  repos  de  T Europe  est 
essentjellement  lie  h.  I'aflfermisse- 
ment  de  cet  ordre  de  cboses  fonde 
^ur  le  maintlen  de  I'Autorit^ 
Royale  et  de  la  Cbarte  Constitu- 
tionnelle,  et  voulant  employer  tons 
lears  moyens  pour  que  la  tran- 
quIUite  generate,  objet  des  vfsux 
de  Phamanit^  et  but  constant  de 
leors  efforts^  ne  sott  pas  troubl^e 
de  noayeau ;  desirant  en  outre  de 
resserrer  les  liens  qui  les  unissent 
pour  Tinter^t  commun  de  leurs 
Peaples;  ont  resoln  de  donner 
aux  principes  consacres  par  les 
Traitesde  Chaamontdn  lerMars, 

1814,  et  de  Vienne  du  26  Mars, 

1815,  Papplication  la  plus  analo- 
gue k  Petat  actoel  des  afifaires, 
et    de   fixer    d'avance,    par    un 


TREA  TYo/Ailianceand  Friend'- 
ship  between  Great  Britain  and 
Austria,  (Translation.) 
In  the  Name  of  the  Most  Holy  and 
UiufiYlded  Triiuty. 
The  purpose  of  the  Alliance 
concluded  at  Vienna  the  25th  day 
of  March,  1815,  having  been  hap- 
pily attained  by  the  re-establish- 
ment in  France  of  the  order  of 
things  which  the  last  criminal 
attempt  of  Napoleon  Bonaparte 
had  momentarily  subverted;  their 
Majesties  the  King  of  the  United 
Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and 
Ireland,  the  Emperor  of  Austria, 
King  of  Hungary  and  Bohemia, 
the  Emperor  of  all  the  Russias, 
and  the  King  of  Prussia,  consider- 
ing that  the  repose  of  Europe  is 
essentially  interwoven  with  the 
confirmation  of  the  order  of  things 
founded  on  the  maintenance  of 
the  Royal  Authority  and  of  the 
Constitutional  Charter,  and  wish- 
ing to  employ  all  their  means  to 
prevent  the  general  tranquillity, 
(the  object  of  the  wishes  of  man- 
kind and  the  constant  end  of 
their  efforts)  from  being  again 
disturbed;  desirous  moreover  to 
draw  closer  the  ties  which  unite 
them  for  the  common  interests  of 
their  People,  have  resolved  to 
give  to  the  principles  solemnly 
laid  down  in  the  Treaties  of 
Chaumont  of  the  1st  of  March. 
1814,  and  of  Vienna  of  the  25lh 


•  Hie  Stipalations  of  the  Treaty  between  Great  Britain  and  Pnusia,  and  Russia^ 
signed  at  the  same  time,  wwe  verMim  the  Mune  as  those  of  this  Tieaty. 
[1815—16.]  T 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


274 


GR^AT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &ۥ 


Traits  tolcDiiely  1^  principts 
qu'elles  ie  pn^poient  de  8ui?i^ 
pour  garantir  PEurope  des 
dangeFB  qui  pourront  encore  la 
menacer ; 


A  cette  fin,  Ws  Haates  Parties 
Contractantes  out  noanoe  pour 
discttter,  arr^ter  et  signer  hs 
<ondilions  de  ce  Traite,  saf  oir : 

Sa  Majeste  U  Roi  du  Roy auine- 
fJui  de  la  Grande  Bretagne  et 
<l'Irlaade,      Ie     Ti^HoQoraUe 
Robert  Stewart,  Viconxte  Caslle- 
leagh.  Chevalier  da  Trte- Noble 
Ordre  de  la  Jarreti^re»  Cooseiller 
de  Sa  dite  Mtgest^  ea  Son  Conseil 
Priv£,   Membre    da    Parlement, 
Colonel  du  Regiment  de  Miliee 
de  Londonderry,  et  Son  Principal 
Secretaire  d'Ctat  ayant  Ie  Depmrte- 
meat  des  Affaires  Etrang^esw — 
£t  Ie  Ti^lilttstre  et  Tr^Noble 
Seigneur,  Arthur  Due,  Marquis* 
et  Comte  de   Wellington,  Mar- 
quis de  Douro,  Vicomte  Welling- 
ton de  Talaf  era  et  de  Wellington, 
et  Baron    Douro  de  Wellesley, 
Conseiller  de  Sa  dite  Majeste  en 
Son  Conseil  Priy^,  Feld-Mar^chal 
de  Sea  Armees,  Colonel  du  Regv- 
ment  Royal  des  Gardes  4  Cheval, 
CheTslier  du  Ti^-Noble  Ordre  de 
la  Jarreti^re,  Chevalier    Grand- 
Croix  du  Ti^  Honorable  Ordre 
Militaire    du     Bain;  Prince    de 
Waterloo,  Due  de  Ciudad  Rodri- 
go,  et  Grand    d'CspagAe  de  la 
Premiere  Classe,  Due  de  Vittoria, 
Marquis  de  Torres  Vedras,  Conde 
de  Yimiera  en  Portugal,  Cheva- 
lier du  Tr^.Illustre  Ordre  de  la 
Joison  d'Or,  de  I'Oidi^  MiUtaire 


of  March,  1815,  the  application 
the  most  analogous  to  the  present 
state  of  affairs,  and  to  fix  before- 
hand by  a  solemn  Treaty  the 
principles  which  they  propose  to 
follow,  in  order  to  guaranty 
Europe  from  the-  dangers  bj 
which  she  may  still  be  manaced  ; 

For  which  purpose  the  High 
Contracting  Parties  have  named, 
to  discuss,  settle  and  sign  the 
conditions  of  this  Treaty,  namely  : 

His  Majesty  the  King  of  the 
United  Kingdom  of  Great  Briton 
and  Ireland,  the  Right  Honoura- 
ble    Robert    Stewart,    Viscount 
Castlereagh,  Knight  of  the  Moat 
Noble  Order  of  the  Garter,  Mem- 
ber  of  His  Majesty's  Most  Honour- 
able Privy  Council,  Member  of 
the    Parliament    of  the    United 
Kingdom,  Colonel  of  the  London- 
derry  Regiment  of   Militia,  and 
His  Majesty's  Principal  Secretary 
of  State  for  Foreign  A&irs;— 
and  the  Most  Illustrious  and  Moat 
Noble  Lord  Arthur,  Duke,  Mar- 
quess and   Earl    of  Wellington, 
Marquess     of   Douro,    Viscount 
Wellington  of  Talavera  and  of 
Wellington,  and  Baron  Douro,  of 
Wellesley,  one  of  His  said  M%. 
jesty's  Privy  Councillors,   Field 
Marshal  of  his  Armies,  Colonel 
of  the  Royal  Regiment  of  Horse 
Guards,    Knight    of   the    Moat 
Noble  Order  of  the  Garter,  Grand 
Cross  of  the  Most  HonooiaUe 
Order  of  the   Bath*    Prince    of 
Waterloo,  Duke  of  Ciudad  Rodrir 
go,  and  a  Grandee  of  Spain  of 
the  First  Class,  Duke  of  Vittoria^ 
Marquess  of  Torres  Vedras,  Earl 
of  Yimiera  in  Portugal,  Kni^t 
of  the  Most  Ulnstrions  Order  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


OKEAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  ftC. 


275 


4e  St.  Ferdiaand  iPEspAgne^ 
Chevalier  Grand-Croix  de  POrdre 
laperial  Militaire  de  Marie 
Therte,  Ciievalier  Grand-Croix 
de  I'Ordre  imperial'de  St  George 
de  Rassie,  Chevalier  Grand  Croix 
de  rOrdre  de  i'Aigle  Noir  de 
Proaw,  Chevalier  Grand-Croix  de 
rordre  Royal  MiliUife  de  la  Tour 
el  de  P Epee  de  Portogal,  Chevalier 
Gnnd-Croix  de  POrdre  Royal 
Militaire  de  I'Epee  deSo^de,  Che- 
valier  Gfand-Croix  dee  Qrdrea  de 
TBlepiiaat  de  Danneoiarc,de  Gail- 
tenme  dea  Paya-Bas,  de  TAnnon- 
ciadede  Sardaigne,  de  Maximiliea 
Jeecph  da  Bavi^re,  et  de  plasiearB 
aofrea,  et  Commaiidanten  Cbefdea 
Armeca  Britaaniqitet  en  France, 
eteellea  de  S*  Majeite  ie  Roi  des 
Paya-Baa; 

Et  Sa  Majeat^  rEmperear 
d'Awtriebe,  Roi  de  Hongne  et  de 
Boh^ow,  ie  Sienr  CKnent  Wen« 
eeaiaa  Lotiiaire,  Prince  de  Metter- 
Dieb  Wtnneboarg  OchsenhaoieD, 
ClMvalier  de  la  Toison  d*Or, 
Grand-Oroix  de  TOrdre  Roya4 
de  St.  Etienne,  Chevalier  dea 
Oidfea  de  St.  Andr^  de  St 
Alesaanlre-Neiraky,  et  de  Ste. 
Aane  de  1»  Fi^nu^re  Clasae» 
OnuMi  Cwdon  de  la  Legion 
d'HoMenr,  Chevtolier  de  POrdre 
de  I'Elephant,  de  TOrdre  Sik- 
paftoM  de  TAnnonciade,  de 
TArigle  Noir  et  de  TAigle  Roage, 
dea  Senq^mw,  de  St  Joaeph  de 
Toacane,  de  St  Hnbert,  de 
P  Aigle  d'Or  de  Wortemberg,  de 
Ia  Fidelite  de  Bade,  de  St  Jean 
de  J^raaalem,  et  de  plaaieoiiB 
Mtraa»  Chancelier  de  POidre 
MttHaire  de  Marie-ThMae,  Cnra- 


die  Golden  Fleece,  of  the  Spanish 
Military  Order  of  St  Ferdinand, 
Grand  Cron  of  the  Imperial 
Military  Order  of  Maria  Theresa, 
Grand  Cross  of  the  Imperial  Order 
of  St  George  of  Russia,  Grand 
Cross  of  the  Order  of  the  Black 
Etig)e  of  Prussia,  Grand  Cross 
of  the  Royal  Portuguese  Military 
Order  of  the  Tower  and  Swords 
Grand  Croasof  the  Royal  Swedish 
Military  Order  of  tlie'Sword« 
Grand  Cross  of  the  Orders  of  the 
Elephant  of  Denmark,  of  William 
of  The  Netheriands,  of  the 
Annunciation  of  Sardinia,  of 
Maximilian  Joseph  of  Bavaria, 
and  of  several  others,  and  Com- 
mander in  Chief  of  the  British 
Annies  in  France,  and  those  of 
His  MaieUjThe  King  of  the 
Netherlands; 

And  His  Majesty  the  Emperor 
of  Austria,  King  of  Hungary  and 
Bohemia,  the  Sieor  Clement 
Wenceslas  Lothaire,  Prince  of 
Metternicb-Wionehoarg-  Ochsen^ 
baosen.  Knight  of  the  Golden 
Fleece^  Grand  Cross  of  the  Royal 
Older  of  St.  Stephen,  Knight  of 
the  Orders  of  St  Andrew,  of 
Saint  Alexander  Newsky,  and  of 
St  Anne  of  the  Fhvt  Class,  Gfand 
Cordon  of  the  Legion  of  Honour, 
Knight  of  the  Ordsr  of  the  Ele- 
phant,  of  the  Supreme  Order  of 
the  Annunciation,  of  the  Black 
and  of  the  Red  Eagle,  of  the 
Seraphim,  of  St  Joseph  of 
Tuscany,  of  St.  Hubert,  of  the 
Golden  Eagle  of  Wurtcfmberg. 
of  Fidelity  ef  Baden,  of  St  John 
of  Jerusalem,  and  of  several 
others.  Chancellor  of  the  Military 
Order  of  Maria-Theresa,  Curator 
•2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


276 


GBkAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C. 


teor  de  rAcad^inie  des  Beaux- 
Arte,  Chambtfllan,  Conseiller  ia- 
time  actual  de  Sa  Majesty 
PEmpereur  d'Autriche,  Roi  de 
Hongrie  et  de  Boh^me,  Son 
Ministre  d'Etat,  des  Conferences 
et  des  Affaires  Etrang^res ;— et  le 
Sieur  Jean  Philippe  Baron  de 
Wcssenberg,  Grand-Croix  de 
i'Ordre  Royal  de  St.  Etien- 
ne;  Grand- Croix  des  Ordres 
Miiitaires  et  Religieux  des 
Saints  Maurice  et  Lazare,  Grand- 
Croix  de  rOrdre  de  PAigle 
Rouge  de  Prusse,  de  celui  de 
la  Couronne  de  Bavi^re,  de  St. 
Joseph  de  Toscane^  et  de  la 
Fidel ite  de  Bade,  Chambellan  et 
Conseiller  intiine  actuel  de  Sa 
Majesty  TEinpereur.  d'Autriche, 
Roi  de  Hongrie  et  de  Boh^me ;    . 

Lesquels,  apr&s  avoir  ^changi 
leurs  Pleinspouvoirs,  trouves  en 
bonne  et  due  forme,  se  sont 
reunis  snr  les  Articles  suivans  : 

Art.  I.  Les  Hautes  Parties 
Contractantes  se  promettent  r^ci- 
proqaement  de  maintenir,  dans  sa 
force  et  viguear,  le  Traite  sign^ 
aujourd'hui  avec  Sa  Maje8t6  Tr^s- 
Chretienne,  et  de  veiller  a  ce  que 
les  Stipulations  de  ce  Traite,  ainsi 
que  celles  des  Conventions  Par- 
ticolidres  qui  s  y  rapportent,  soient 
strictement  et  fid^lement  ex^cu- 
tees  dans  toute  leur  etendue. 

II.  Setant  engages  dans  la 
Guerre  qui  vient  de  finir,  pour 
maintenir  inviolables  les  arrange- 
mens  arr^t^s  4  Paris  TAnnee  der- 
ni^re,  pour  la  siiret^  et  Tint^rfit  de 
I'Europe,  les  Hautes  Parties  Con- 
tractantes ont  jug6  convenable  de 
renouveler  par  le  present  Acte, 
•et  de  confirmer  comme  mutuelle- 


of  the  Academy  of  Fine  Arts, 
Chamberlain  and  Privy  Coau* 
cillor  of  His  Majesty  the  Emperor 
of  Austria,  King  of  JIungary  and 
Bohemia,  his  Minister  of  State,  of 
Conferences  and  for  Foreign 
Affairs; — and  the  Sieur  John 
Philip',  Baron  of  Wessenberg, 
Grand  Cross  of  the  Royal  Order  of 
St  Stephen,  Grand  Cross  of  the 
Military  and  Religious  Orders  of 
St.  Maurice  and  of  St  Lazarus, 
Grand  Cross  of  the  Order  of  the 
Red  Eagle  of  Pnissia,  of  that  of 
the  Crown  of  Bavaria,  of  St. 
Joseph  of  Tuscany,  and  of 
Fidelity  of  Baden,  Chamberlain 
and  Privy  Councillor  of  His  Ma- 
jesty the  Emperor  of  Austria, 
King  of  Hungary  and  Bohemia ; 

Who,  after  having  exchanged 
their  Full  Powers,  found  .to  be  in 
good  and  due  form,  have  agreed 
upon  the  following  Articles: 

Art.  L  The  High  Contracting 
Parties  reciprocally  promise  to 
maintain,  in  its  force  and  vigour, 
the  Treaty  signed  this  day  with 
His  Most  Christian  Majesty,  and 
to  see  that  the  Stipulations  of  the 
said  Treaty,  as  well  as  those  of 
the  Particular  Conventions  which 
have  reference  thereto,  shall  be 
strictly  and  faithfully  executed  id 
their  fullest  extent. 

II.  The  High  Contracting^ 
Parties,  having  engaged  in  the 
War  which  is  just  terminated,  for 
the  purpose  of  maintaining  tu- 
violably  the  arrangements  settled 
at  Paris  last  year,  for  the  safety 
and  interest  of  Europe,  have 
judged  it  advisable  to  renew  the 
said  engagements  by  the  preseot 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


JOREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C. 


277 


ment  obligatoirea,  les  dits  airmnge- 
mens,— flaaf  les  modificatioos  que 
ie  Traite  sign^  aojourd'hai  a?e€ 
les  Plenipotantiaires  de  Sa  Majesty 
Ti^Chr^tienney  aapportees,— et 
imrticuIi^remeDt  ceox  par  lesqueU 
Napoleon  Bonaparte  et  sa  Fa^ 
Aiiile,  en  suite  da  Traite  da  11 
AvriU  1914,  out  et^  exclas  i 
perpetoit^  du  Pouvoir  Sopr6me 
en  France^  laquelle  exclusion  les 
Puissances  Contractantes  s'en- 
gagent,  par  le  pr^entActe,  k  main* 
tenir  en  pleine  Tigueur,  et  s'il 
6tait  necessaire,  ayec  toutes  leurs 
Forces;  et  comme  les  mSmes 
principes  R^volutionnaires  qui  ont 
•outena  la  demi^re  Usurpation 
CrimineHe  pourraient  encore,  sons 
d  aotres  formes  dechirer  la  France, 
et  menacer  aiosi  le  repos  des 
autres  Etats,  les  Haates  Parties 
ContractaoteSyreconnaissant  solen- 
nellement  le  devoir  de  redonbler 
lears  soins  pour  veiller,  daus  des 
cirronstances  pareilles,  d  la  tran* 
qnillit^  el  aox  interlts  de  leurs 
Pevples,  s'engagent,  dans  ie  cas 
qa*an  aossimalbeureux  ev^nement 
v)nt  k  eclater  de  nouveau,  k  con- 
certer  entr'elles,  et  avec  Sa  Ma- 
jeste  Tr^s*Chretienne,  les  mesures 
qo'eliesjugeront  necessaires  pour 
la  s6rete  de  leurs  Etats  respectifs, 
ct  poar  la  tranqaillit^  geuerale  de 
l*Eorope. 

.  III.  En  convenant  avec  Sa 
Majeste  Tres-Chretienne  de  faire 
occoper  pendant  an  certain  nom- 
bre  d'Ann^s,  par  an  Corps  de 
Troopes  Alliees,  une  Ligne  de 
Positions  Militaires  en  France,  les 
Hautes  Parties  Contractantes  ont 
en  en  voe  d  assurer  autant  qu'il 
est  en  Je^f  pouvoio  TelTet  des  Sti- 


Actt  and  to  confirm  them  as  mu.- 
-tually  obligatory, — subject  to  the 
modifications  contained  in  the 
Treaty  signed  this  day  with  the 
Plenipotentiaries  of  His  Most 
Christian  Majesty,— >and  particu- 
larly those  by  which  Napoleon 
Bonaparte  and  his  Family,  in  pur- 
suance of  the  Treaty  of  the  1 1  th  of 
April,  1814,  have  been  for  ever  ex- 
cluded from  the  Supreme  Power  in 
France,  which  exclusion  tlie  Con- 
tracting Powers  bind  themselves, 
by  the  present  Act,  to  maintain 
in  full  vigour,  and,  should  it* be 
necessary,  with  the  whole  of  their 
Forces.  And  as  the  same  Revo- 
lutionary principles  which  upheld 
the  last  criminal  usurpation,  might 
again »  under  other  forms,  con- 
vulse France,  and  thereby  en* 
danger  the  repose  of  other  States ; 
under  these  circumstances,  the 
HighContractingParties,  solemnly 
admitting  it  to  be  their  duty  to 
redouble  their  watchfulness  for 
the  tranquillity  and  interests 
their  People,  engage,  in  case 
unfortunate  an  event  should  again 
occur,  to  concert  amongst  them- 
selves, and  with  His  Most  Chris- 
tian Majesty,  the  measures  which 
they  may  judge  necessary  to  be 
pursued  for  the  safety  of  their 
respective  States,  and  for  the 
general  tranquillity  of  Europe. 
•  III.  The  High  Contracting 
Parties,  in  agreeing  with  His  Most 
Christian  Majesty  that  a  Line  of 
Military  Positions  in  France  should 
be  occupied  by  a  Corps  of  Allied 
Troops,  during  a  certain  number 
of  years,  had  in  view  to  secure,  as 
far  as  lay  in  their  power,  the  effect 
of  thQ  Stipulations  contained  in 


for  I 
of\ 
so     \ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


278 


.#R£AT  BRITAIN  AND  AUlrrRIA,  &:C. 


palatiout  det  Articles  I  et  II 
ivL  pr^nt  Traiti ;  et,  confltam- 
meot  dispofi^es  k  adopter  toute 
metore  salutaire  propra  i  assorer 
la  tranquillity  en  Europe  par  le 
maintien  de  I'ordre  retabli  e& 
France,  elles  t'engagent,  dana  le 
caa  que  le  dit  Corps  d'Armee  fftt 
attaque  ou  menac^  dune  attaque 
de  la  part  de  la  France,  comoae 
dans  celui  que  les  Puissances 
fiissent  obligees  de  se  remettre  en 
^tal  de  Guerre  contre  elle,  poor 
maintenir  Pun  oa  Pautre  des  soa** 
diles  Sdpolatioos.  ou  pour  assurer 
et  soutenir  les  grands  inCMts 
auxqnels  elles  se  rapportent,  ^ 
foumir  sana  d^lai,  d'aprte  les 
Stipulationa  du  Traite  de  Chan* 
mont,  et  notamment  d'apris  les 
Articles  VII  et  VIII  de  ce  Trait4, 
en  sus  des  Forces  qu'elles  laissent 
en  France,  chacune  son  plein  Con* 
tingent  de  60,000  hommes,  ou 
telle  partie  de  ce  Contingent  que 
Ton  voudra  mettre  en  actinte, 
aelpn  rezigence^du  cas. 


IV*  8i  ks  Forces  stipul^es  par 
TArticle  pr6c^dent  se  trouTsient 
malheureusement  insuffisantes,  les 
Hautes  Parties  Contractantes  sa 
concerteront,  sans  parte  de  temps^ 
sur  le  nombre  additionnel  de 
Troupes  que  chacune  foumifa 
pour  le  soutien  de  la  Cause  Com* 
fiune,  et  elles  s'engagent  i  em- 
ployer, en  cas  de  besoin,  la  tota- 
lite  de  leurs  Forces  pour  conduire 
la  Guerre  i  une  issue  prompte  et 
heureuse;  se  resenrant  d'anrAtei 
entr  elles,  relativement  k  la  Pais 
quelles signeraient  d'un  commun 
accord,  des  arrangemens  propria  k 


Articles  I  and  II  of  the  presenf 
Treaty;  and,  uniformly  disposed  to 
adopt  erery  salutary  measute 
calculated  to  aecure  the  trao* 
quillity  of  Europe  by  maintaining 
Ae  order  of  things  re-established 
in  France,  they  engage  that,  ie 
ease  the  said  Body  of  Troops 
should  be  attacked  or  menaced 
with  an  attack  on  the  part  of 
France,  the  said  Powers  should 
be  again  obliged  to  place  them- 
selves on  a  War  Establishment 
against  that  Power,,  in  order 
to  maintain  either  of  the  sai4 
Stipulations,  or  to  secure  and  sup- 
port the  great  interests  to  which 
they  relate,  each  of  the  High  Con* 
tracting  Parties  shall  furnish, 
without  delay,  according  to  the 
Stipulations  ef  the  Treaty  of  Chan* 
mont,  and  especially  in  pursuance 
of  the  Vlltb  and  Vlllth  Artielca^  ^ 
of  this  Treaty,  its  full  Contingent 
of  60,000  men,  in  addition  to  the 
Forces  left  in  France,  or  such  part 
of  the  said  Contingent  as  ttke- 
exigency  of  the  case  may  requiie* 
should  be  put  in  motion. 

IV.  If,  unfortunately,  the  Forcea 
stipulated  in  the  preceding  Ar. 
ticle  should  be  found  insufficient, 
the  High  Contracting  Partiea  wilL 
comtert  together,  without  loss  oS 
time^  as  to  the  additional  number 
of  Troops  to  be  furnished  by  eacb^ 
tor  the  support  of  the  Common 
Cause  ;and  they  engage  to  employ* 
in  case  of  need,  the  whole  of  theii 
Forces,  in  order  to  bring  the  War 
to  a  speedy  and  successful  termi- 
nation; reserving  to  themselTee 
the  right  to  prescribe,  by  commoa 
consent,  such  conditions  of  Peaea 
u  shall  hold  out  lo  Europe  a  sufi-r 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN   AND  AUSTRIA,  &C. 


279 


offrir  i  TEarope  uiMgaraacie  aaffi- 
aaote  coBlre  le  retour  d'ane  ca* 
lamile  aemblable. 

V.  Lea  Haates  Parties  Cod- 
tractaiUes,  a'^taot  r^oiiiea  sur  les 
dJapoalUons  coosigo^  dana  lea 
Articles  pr^cedeoa,  poor  aasurer 
I'effet  de  leors  eogagemeDs  pen- 
dant la  d«f\ee  de  rOccupatlon 
Temporaire,  declarent  en  outre, 
qa'aprda  rexpiration  m^ine  de 
cette  mesure,  lesdits  Engagemena 
n'en  rastenmt  pas  moins  daos 
tOBte  leaf  force  el  vigaenr^  pour 
Fex^catioa  de  celles  qui  seroot 
reconnoea  necessaires  an  maintien 
des  Stipulations  contennes  dans 
les  Articles  I.  et  II.  do  present 
Aete. 

^  VI.  Pour  assurer  et  faciliter 
I'execution  du  present  Traite,  et 
coDsoUder  les  rapports  iutioies 
qai  Qoissent  aujonrdliui  les  4 
Souverains  poor  le  bonheur  da 
Monde*  lea  Hautes  Parties  Con- 
tractante^sant^^iYenues  de  re* 
nouveler^des  epoqoes  d^termi- 
neesy  ^it  sous  les  auspices  iuuii^- 
diats  des  Souveraios,  soil  par 
tears  Miuialrea  respectifs*  des 
Reaniona  consacr^es  aax  grands 
int^ts  eommuns  et  k  Tezamen 
dei  mesorea  qai,  dans  chacune  de 
ces  ^poquea,  seront  jagees  les 
plos  salntaires  pour  le  reposet  la 
prosperite  des  Peoples,  et  pour  le 
maintien  de  la  Paix  de  TEurope. 


TIL  Le  pr^nt  Traite  sera 
ratifie,  et  lea  Ratifications  en  se- 
ront ^hangees  dans  2  mois^  on 
plotot  si  faire  se  pent. 


dent  guarantee  agaiosl  the  re- 
currence of  a  similar  calamity* 

V.  The  High  Contracting  Par* 
ties,  having  agreed  to  tha  disposi- 
tions laid  down  in  the  preceding 
Articles,  ibr  the  purpose  of  se* 
caring  the  effect  of  their  engage- 
ments during  the  period  of  theTem- 
porary  Occupation,  declare,  more- 
o?er,  that  even  after  the  expira- 
tion of  this  measure,  the  said 
Eogagementa  shall  still  remain  in 
foil  foroe  and  vigour,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  carrying  into  effect  such 
measures  as  may  be  deemed  ne- 
cessary for  the  maintenance  of  the 
Stipulations  contained  in  the  Ar- 
ticles I.  and  II.  of  the  present 
Act.  .    * 

VI.  To  facilitate  and  to  secure 
the  execution  of  the  present 
Treaty,  and  to  consolidate  the 
connections,  which  at  the  present 
moment  so  closely  unite  the  4 
Sovereigns  for  the  happiness  of 
the  World,  the  High  Contracting 
Parties  have  agreed  to  renew  their  \ 
Meetings  at  fixed  periods,  either  j 
nnder  the  immediate  auspices  of 
the  Sovereigns  themselves,  or  by 
their  reepective  Ministers,  for  the 
purpose  of  consulting  opon  their 
common  interests,  and  for  the 
consideration  of  the  measures 
which  at  each  of  those  periods 
shall  be  considered  the  most  sa- 
lutary, for  the  repose  and  pros- 
perity of  Nations,  and  for  the 
matntenance  Oi(  (he  Peace  of  Eu- 
rope. 

VII.  the  present  Treaty  shall 
be  ratified,  and  the  Ratifications 
shall  be  exchanged  within  2 
months,  or  sooner,  if  possible. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


280  AUSTRIA,  &CU  AND  FRANCE. 

En  foi  de  quoi,  les  Pl^nipoten-  In  faith  of  which,  the  reepecttve 

tiaires  respeclifs  I'ont  sign^,  et  y  Plenipotentiaries  have  signed  if, 

ont    appose  ie  Cachet  de   lears  and  affixed   thereto  the  Seal    of 

Armes,  their  Arms^ 

Fait  k  Paris,  le  20  Novcmbre,  Done  at    Paris,  the   20th   o€ 

Tan  de  Gr&ce,  1816.  November,iDthe  jearofourLord^ 

1815. 

(L.S.)  GASTLEREAGH.  (L.S.)  CASTLEREA6H. 

(L.S.;  WELLINGTON.  (L.S.)  WELLINGTON. 

(L.S.)  METTERNICH.  (L.S)  METTERNICH. 

(L.S.)  WESSENBERG.  (L.S.)  WESSENBER6. 


[See  Note  of  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  the  4  Allied  Courts  to  the  Dae 
de  Richelieu,  communicating  this  Treaty  of  Alliance  to  the  Coort 
of  France>— Page  248-3 


TREATIES,  t^c.  between  Austria,  Great  Britain,  Prussia 
and  Bussia,  and  France. — Signed  at  Paris,  the  Wth  ^ 
November,  1815. 


No.  Pige 

1.  Definitiye  Treaty • Paris,  20th  NoTember,  1815  280 

Additional  Article.~firAiM  TVoiTe 292 

2.  Conventioii. —      —      Peeumary  Indemmty 293 

3.  Conventioii. —      —      Military  Line 298 

Additional  Article. — Deserter* 306 

Tariff.—    —     —    ProvitUnUf  HotpitdU,  Sfc 307 

4.  Convention.—      —    Private  CUtinu  upon  F^rtmee 315 

Additional  Article.— aatm  of  the  Cte,  de  Bentheim  and  Steit^tk, .   340 
Separate  Article,  between  Rnssia  and  Fnuaoe. 

Chtime  qf  the  Ihieky  ^  Wareaw   «.   341 

5.  ConTentioB.  —      —    Ckdnu  <if  British  Subfeete 342 

Additional  Article. — Bourdeatuc  Claime. 357 

Notification.       —    Period /or  preeenting  Ckdmi        358 

6.  Act.—        —        —    Neutrality  qfSyfiizerUmd... 359 


( 1 .)  DEFINITIVE  THE  A  TY  between  Great  Britain,  Austria,  Pms-^ 
sia  and  Russia,  and  France,-^  S^cd  at  Paris,  20/A  November,  1815. 

Definitive  Treaty  between  Great  Traite  Definitif  entre  la  Grand^ 

Britain  and  France.*  Bretagne  et  la  France.* 

In  the  Name  of  the  Most  tioly  and  An  Nom  de  la  Tr^a-Sainte  et  Indiiisible 

Undivided  Trinity.  Trinity. 

The  Allied  Powers  having,  by  •    Les  Puissances  Alliees*  ayaot, 

*  The  Stipulations  of  the  Definitive  Treaty  between  Anstria,  Pmsaia  and 
Russia,  and  France,  signed  on  the  same  day,  were  verioHm  the  same  as  tboee  of  this 
Treaty. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 


281 


tlwtr  ttDited  efforts,  aod  by  the 
sBCceas  of  I  heir  arms,  preserved 
France  and  Europe  from  the  cod- 
vulsioiis  with  which  they  were 
menaced  by  the  late  enterprise  of 
Napoleon  Bonaparte,  and  by  the 
Revolutionary  system  reprodactd 
in  France,  to  promote  its  suc- 
cess; 

Participating  at  present  with 
His  Most  Christian  Majesty  in 
(he  desire  to  consolidate,  by  main- 
taining inviolate  the  Royal  Au- 
thority, and  by  restoring  the  opera- 
tion of  the  Constitutional  Charter, 
the  order  of  things  which  had 
been  happily  re-established  in 
France,  as  also  in  the  object  of 
restoring  between  France  and 
her  Neighbours  those  relations  of 
reciprocal  confidence  and  good* 
will  which  the  fatal  effects  of  the 
Revolution  and  of  the  system  of 
conquest  had  for  so  long  a  time 
disturbed; 

Persuaded,  at  the  same  time, 
that  this  last  object  can  only  be  ob- 
tained by  an  Arrangement,  framed 
to  secure  to  the  Allies  proper  in- 
demnities for  the  past,  and  solid 
guarantees  for  the  future ; 

They  have,  in  concert  with  His 
Majesty  the  King  of  France,  taken 
into  consideration  the  means  of 
giving  effect  to  this  Arrangement; 
and  being  satisfied  that  the  I  ndem« 
nity  due  to  the  Allied  Powers  can- 
not be  either  entirely  Territorial  or 
entirely  Pecuniary,  without  preju- 
dice  to  France  in  the  one  or  other 
of  her  essential  interests,  and  that 
it  would  be  more  fit  to  combine 
both  the  modes,  in  order  to  avoid 
the  inconvenience  which  would 
rssult,  were  either  resorted  to,  se- 


par  leurs  efforts  reunis  et  par  le 
succes  de  leurs  armes,  preserve 
la  France  et  rEurope  des  boule- 
versemens  dont  elles  etaient  me- 
nacees  par  le  dernier  attentat  de 
Napoleon  Bonaparte,  et  par  le 
systems  Revolntionnaire  reproduit 
en  France  pour  faire  reussir  cet 
attent&t ; 

Partageant  aujourdliui  avec. 
Sa  Majeste  Tres-Chretienne  le 
ddsir  de  consolider,  par  le  maiotien 
inviolable  de  I'Autorit^  Royale,  et 
la  remise  en  vigneur  de  la  Charte 
Constitntionnel  le,  I'ordre  de  choses 
heureusement  r^tabli  en  France, 
ainsi  que  celui  de  ramener  entre 
ia  France  et  ses  Voisins  les  rap- 
ports de  confiance  et  de  bien* 
veillance  r^ciproque,  que  les 
funestes  effets  de  la  Revolution  et 
du  syst^me  de  conqu^te  avaient 
troubles  pendant  si  loQg-tems ; 


Persuad^es,  que  ce  dernier 
but  ne  saurait  ^tre  atteint  que  par 
nn  Arrangement,  propre  d  leur  as- 
surer  de  justes  indemnitee  poor 
ie  passe,  et  des  garanties  solides 
pour  laveuir ; 

Ont  prisen  consideration,  de 
concert  avec  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi 
de  France,  les  moyens  de  realiser 
cet  Arrangement;  et  ayant  re- 
connu  que  I'Indemnite  due  anx 
Puissances  ne  pouvait  ^tre  ni 
touts  Territoriale,  ni  tonte  Pecu- 
niaire,  sans  porter  atteinte  k  I'un 
on  i  I'autre  des  int^r^ts  essentiels 
de  la  France ;  et  qu'il  serait  plus 
convenable  de  combiner  les  % 
modes,  de  maniere  k  pr^venir  ces 
2  inconveniens,  leurs  Majestes 
Impcriales  et  Rpyales  out  adopts 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


282 


AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE* 


pAHitely;  their  Imperial  and 
Boyal  Mijestiea  have  adopted 
this  basis  for  their  present  trans- 
actions; and,  agreeing  alike  as  lo 
the  necessity  of  retaining  f(ur  a 
fixed  time*  in  the  Frontier  Pro- 
lincesof  France,  a  certain  number 
of  Allied  Troops ;  they  have  deter* 
mined  to  combine  their  different 
arrangements,  fonnded  uponthese 
bases,  in  a  Definitive  Treaty. 

For  this  purpose,  and  to  this 
effect.  His  Majesty  the  King  of 
the  United  Kingdom  of  Great 
Britain  and  Ireland,  for  himself 
and  his  Allies  on  the  one  part, 
and  His  Majesty  the  King  of 
France  and  of  Navarre  on  the  other 
part,  have  named  their  Pienipo* 
tentiaries  to  discuss,  settle,  and 
sign  the  said  Definitive  Treaty, 
namely; 

|Iis  Majesty  the  King  of  the 
United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain 
and  Ireland/ The  Right  Honour* 
able  Robert  Stewart,  Viscount 
Castlereagh,  Knight  of  the  Most 
Noble  Order  of  the  Garter,  a 
Member  of  His  said  Majesty's 
Most  Honourable  Privy  Council, 
a  Member  of  Parliament,  Colonel 
of  the  Londonderry  Regiment  of 
Militia»  and  His  said  Miyesty  s 
Principal  Secretary  of  State  for 
Foreign  Affairs ;— and  The  Most 
Illustrious  and  Most  Noble  Lord 
Arthur,  Duke,  Marquess,  and 
Earl  of  Wellington,  Marquess  of 
Oooro,  Viscount  Wellington  of 
Talavera  aad  of  WelliBgton,  and 
Baron  Douro  of  Weilesley,  a 
Member  of  His  said  Majesty's 
•Most  Honourable  Privy  Council, 
a  Field  Marshal  of  His  Armies, 
Colonel  of  the  Royal  Regiment  of 


cette  base  pou^  leurs  transactions 
actnelles;  et  so  trouvant  egale- 
raent  d'accord  snr  celle  de  la  ne- 
cessite  de  conserver  pendant  oa 
tems  determine,  dans  les  IVo* 
vinces  Fronti^res  de  la  France,  ua 
certain  nombre  deTroupes  Allite ; 
elles  sont  coovenoes  de  r6unir  lea 
diflerentes  dispositions,  fondles 
sor  ces  basesi  dans  on  Traite  D^ 
finitif. 

Dans  ce  but,  et  i  cet  effet,  Sa 
M^este  le  Roidu  Royaume  Uni 
de  la  Grande  Bretagneet  d'Irlande, 
poor  elle et ses  Allies,  done  part, 
et  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de  France  el 
de  Navarre,  d'aotre  part,  oat 
nomm£  leun  PMnipotentsaires^ 
pour  discoter,  arr^er  et  signer 
ledit  Traite  Definitif,  savoir ; 


Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  do  Roy* 
aome-Uni  de  la  Grande  Bretagne 
et  d'Irlande,  le  Tr^  Honorable 
Robert  Stewart,  Vicomte  de  Castle- 
reagh, Chevalier  de  TOrdre  Tr^ 
Noble  de  la  Jarreti^re,  Conseiller 
de  Sa  dite  Majeste  en  Son  Cod* 
sell  Prive,  Membre  du  ParlenMiit, 
Colonel  du  R^ment  de  Milice 
de  Londonderry,  et  Son  Principal 
Secretaire  d*Etat,  ayant  le  De- 
parten^nt  des  A&irea  Etrmng^raa  ; 
— et  le  Tr^IUustre  et  Tr^ 
Noble  Seigneur  Arthur,  Doc, 
Marquis,  et  Comte  de  Wellingtoo, 
Marquis  de  Dooro,  Vicomta  Wei* 
lington  de  Talavera  et  de  Wol* 
lington,  et  Baron  Douro  de  Wei- 
lesley, Conseiller  de  8a  dite  Ma* 
jest^  en  son  Conseil  Priv^,  Fdd- 
Marechal  de  ses  Amecs,  Cdonel 
du  Regiflwnt  Royal  des  Gardes 
k   Cheval,   Chevalier  du   Trte^ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AUSTUA,  &C*  AMD  FaANC£« 


283 


Hone  Guards,  Knight  of  the 
Most  Noble  Otder  of  the  Garter, 
Knight  Grand  C»088  of  the  Moet 
HoMMirable  Order  of  the  Batlt, 
Prince  of  Waterloo,  Dake  of 
Ciodad  Rodrigo,  and  a  Grandee 
9f  Spain  of  the  First  Class,  Dake 
of  Vittoria,  Marquess  of  Torres 
Tedras,  Count  of  Yimiera  in  For* 
tugal.  Knight  of  the  Most  Illus- 
trious Order  of  the  Golden  Fleece, 
of  the  Spanish  Military  Order 
of  St.  Ferdinand,  Knight  Grand 
Cross  of  the  Imperial  Military 
Order  of  Maria  Theresa,  Knight 
Grand  Cross  of  the  Imperial 
Order  of  St.  George  of  Russia, 
Knight  Grand  Cross  of  the  Order 
of  the  Black  Eagle  of  Prussia, 
Knight  Grand  Cross  of  the  Vortn- 
gttese  Royal  and  Military  Order 
of  the  Tower  and  Sword,  Knight 
Grand  Cross  of  the  Royal  and 
MiliUry  Order  of  Sweden  of  the 
Sword,  Knight  Grand  Cross  of 
the  Orders  of  the  Elephant  of 
Denmark,  of  William  of  the  Low 
Countries,  of  the  Annunciade  of 
Sardinia,  of  MaMmiKan  Joseph 
of  fia?aria,  and  of  several  others, 
and  Commander  of  the  Forces  of 
His  Britannic  Majesty  in  France, 
and  of  the  Army  of  His  Majesty 
The  King  <^  the  Low  Conntiies  ; 
And  His  Majesty  The  King 
of  France  and  of  Navanre,  the 
Sienr  Armand  Emanuel  du  Plessis 
Ricbeiien,  Duke  of  Richelieu, 
Knight  of  the  Royal  and  Military 
Order  of  Saint  Louis,  and  of  the 
Okdsra  oi  St  Alexander  Newsky, 
St  Wladomir,  and  St.  George  of 
Rnssin>  Peer  of  France,  Fuvt  Gen< 
tleoMnof  the  Chamber  of  I&  Most 
Christian  Majesty,  His  Minister 


Noble  Ordre  de  la  Jarretikre, 
Chevalier  Grand-Croix  do  Tri^s- 
Honorable  Ordre  du  Bain,  Prince 
de  Waterloo,  Due  de  Ciudad 
Rodrigo,  et  Grand  d'Espagne  de 
la  Ike  Classe,  Due  de  Vittoria, 
Marquis  de  Torres  Vedras,  Corote 
de  Vimiera  en  Portugal,  Chevalier 
de  rOrdre  Tr^s  Illustra  de  la 
Toisson  d'Or,  de  I'Ordra  Mili- 
taire  d'Espagne  de  Saint  Ferdi* 
nand.  Chevalier  Grand-Croix  de 
rOrdre  Imperial  Militaire  de 
Marie  Th^rte,  Chevalier  Grand- 
Croix  de  rOrdre  Imperial  de 
Saint  George  de  Russie,  Chevalier 
Grand-Croix  de  I'Ordre  de  I'Aigle 
Noir  de  Prusse,  Chevalier  Grand- 
Croix  de  POrdre  Royal  Militaira 
de  Portugal  de  la  Tour  et  de 
TEp^,  Chevalier  Grand-Croix 
de  I'Ordra  Royal  Militaire  de 
SuMe  de  rEpee,Chevalier  Grand- 
Croix  des  Ordres  de  PEl^phant 
de  Dannemarc,  de  Guillaume  den 
Pays-Bas,  de  TAnnonciade  de 
Sardalgne,  de  Maximilien  Joseph 
de  Bavi^y  et  de  pinsieun  antresr 
et  Commandant  en  Chef  lea 
Arm^s  de  Sa  Majesty  Britan- 
nique  en  France,  et  celles  de  S» 
Majesti  le  Roi  des  Pays  Bas; 


Et  Sa  Miyest^le  Roi  de  France 
et  de  Navarre,  le  Sieur  Armand 
Emanuel  du  Plessis  Richelieu, 
Due  de  Richelieu,  Chevalier  de 
rOrdra  Royal  et  Militaira  de 
Saint  Louis,  et  des  Ordres  de 
Saint  Alexandra  Newsky,  Saint 
Wladimir  et  Saint  George  de 
Rttssie,  Pair  de  France,  Premier 
Gentilbomme  de  la  Chambre  de 
Sa  Hajesie  Tris«Chrstienne,  Soot 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


284 


AUSTRIA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 


and  Secretary  of  State  for  Foreign 
Affairs,  and  President  of  the  Coun- 
cil of  His  Ministers ; 

Who,  having  exchanged  their 
Full  Powers,  found  to  be  in  good 
and  due  form,  have  signed  the 
following  Articles : 

Art.I.  The  Frontiers  of  France 
shall  be  the  same  as  they  were  in 
the  Year  1790,  save  and  except 
the  modi6cations  on  one  side  and 
on  the  other,  which  are  detailed 
in  the  present  Article. 

1  St.  On  the  Northern  Frontiers, 
the    Line  of   Demarcation    shall 
remain   as  it  was   fixed   by   the 
Treaty  of  Paris,  as  far  as  opposite 
to  Quiverain ;  from  thence  it  shall 
follow  the  ancient  limits  of  the 
Belgian    Provinces,   of   the   late 
Bishopric  of  Uege,  and   of  the 
Duchy  of  Bouillon,  as  they  ex- 
isted in  the  Year  1790,  leaving 
the  Territories  included  (enclaves) 
within  that  line,  of  Philippeville 
and  Marienbourg,  with  the  For- 
tresses so  called,  together  with  the 
whole  of  the  Duchy  of  Bouillon, 
without  the  Frontiers  of  France* 
From  Villers  near  Orval,  upon 
the  confines  of  the  Department 
of  the  Ardennes,  and  of  the  Grand 
Duchy  of  Luxembourg,  as  far  as 
Perle,  upon  the  great  Road  lead- 
ing from   Thionville  to   Treves, 
the  Line  shall  remain  as  it  was 
laid  down  by  the  Treaty  of  Paris. 
From  Perle   it  shall    pass   by 
Launsdorff*!  Walwich,  Schardorff, 
Neiderveiling,  Pelweiler,  (ail  these 
places,  with    their    Banlieus   or 
Dependencies  remaining  toFrance) 
to  Honvre;  and  shall  follow  from 
liience  the  old  Limits  of  the  Dis- 
trict {Pays)  of  Sarrebruck,  leaving 


Ministre  et  Secretaire  d'Efat  de» 
Affaires  Etrang^res,  et  President 
du  Conseil  de  Ses  Ministres ; 

I<esquels,  apr^s  avoir  echang^ 
leurs  Pleins-Pouvoirs,  trouvcsea 
bonne  et  due  forme,  ont  signe  les 
Articles  suivans ; 

Art.  I.  Les  Fronti^res  de  1a 
France  seroottellesqu'elles  etaient 
en  1790,  sauf  les  modifications  de 
part  et  d  autre  qui  se  trouvent  in^ 
diquees  dans  1' Article  present. 

P.  Sur  les  Fronti^res  du  Nord, 
la  Ligne  de  Demarcation  restera 
telle  que  le  Traits  de  Paris  Tavait 
fixee,  jusque  vis-d-vis  de  Quiev- 
rain ;  de  Id,  elle  suivra  les  an* 
ciennes  li mites  des  Provinces  BeU 
giques,"  du  ci-devant  Ev^che  de 
Li^ge  et  du  Duch^  de  Bouillon, 
telles  qu'elles  Etaient  en  1790,; 
en  laissant  les  Territoires  enclaves 
de  Philippeville  et  Marienbourg, 
avec  les  Places  de  ce  nom,  ainsi 
que  tout  le  Duche  de  Bouillon, 
hors  des  Fronti^res  de  la  France. 


.  Depuis  Villers  pr^s  d*Orval  (sur 
les  confins  du  Departement  des 
Ardennes  et  du  Grand  Duche  de 
Luxembourg)  jusqu'i  Perle,  sur 
la.chaussee  qui  conduit  de  Thion- 
ville d  Treves,  ia  Ligne  restera 
telle  qu'elle  avait  ^te  d^ignee 
par  le  Traits  de  Paris. 

De  Perle,  ellepassera  par  Launs- 
dorf,  Walwich,  SchardorC  Neider. 
weiling.  Pel  weiler,(  tons  cesendroits 
restant  avec  leurs  banlieus  d  la» 
France),  juaqu'd  Houvre,  et  suivra 
de  Idlesancienneslimites  du  Pays 
de  Sarrebruck,  en  laissant  Sarre- 
louiset  lecours  dela  Sarre^.av«c  Ie& 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AUSTRIA^  &ۥ  AND  FRANCi:. 


285 


Sarrelouis,  and  the  coarse  of  the 
Sarre,  together  with  the  places 
situated  to  the  right  of  the  line 
ahofe-descrihecl,  and  their  Ban- 
lieoes  orDe|>endeocies,  without  the 
LdinttB  of  France. 

From  theLiraits  of  theDistrict  of 
Sarrebrock,  the  Line  of  Demarca- 
tion shall  be  the  same  which  at 
present  separates  from  Germany^ 
the  Departments  of  the  Moselle  and 
of  the  LfOwer  Rhine,  as  far  as  to  the 
Lauter,  which  Rirer  shall  from 
thence  serve  as  the  Frontier  until 
it  falls  into  the  Rhine. 

Ail  the  Territory  on  the  left  bank 
of  the  Lauter,  including  the  Fort- 
ress of  Landau,  shall  form  part  of 
Oermany .  The  Town  of  Weissen- 
bonrg,  however,  through  which 
that  River  runs,  shall  remain  en- 
tirely to  France,  with  a  rayon  on 
the  left  bank,  not  exceeding  1,000 
toises,  and  which  shall  be  more 
particularly  determined  by  the 
Commissioners  who  shall  be 
charged  with  the  approaching  de- 
signation of  the  Boundaries. 

2nd1y.  Leaving  the  Mouth  of 
the  Lanter,  and  continaing  along 
the  Departments  of  the .  Lower 
Rhine,  the  Upper  Rhine,  the 
Doobs  and  the  Jura,  to  the  Canton 
de  Vaud,  the  Frontiers  shall  re-  ^ 
main  as  fixed  by  the  Treaty  of 
Paris.  The  Thalweg  of  the  Rhine 
fehall  form  the  Boundary  between 
France  and  the  States  of  Germany, 
but  the  Property  of  the  Islands 
shall  remain  in  perpetuity,  as  it 
shall  be  fixed  by  a  new  survey  of 
die  course  of  that  River,  and  con- 
tinue unchanged  whatever  varia« 
fion  that  course  may  undergo  in 
(he  lapse  of  time*    CommissionerB 


endroits  situes  d  la  droite  de  la 
ligne  ci-dessus  designee,  et  leant 
banlieues,  hors  des  Limites  Fran- 
gaises. 


Des  Limites  du  Pays  de  Sar- 
rebrucky  la  ijigne  de  Demarca^ 
tion  sera  la  mdme  qui  s^pare 
actuellement  de  I'AIIemagne  les 
D^partemens  de  la  Moselle  et  da 
Bas-Rhin,  jusqifd  la  Lauter,  qui 
servira  ensuite  de  Fronti^re  jusqu'd 
son  embouchure  dans   le   Rhin. 

Tout  le  Territoire  sur  la  rive 
gauche  de  la  Lauter»  y  compris 
la  Place  de  Landau,  fera  partie 
de  rAllemagoe;  cependant^  la 
Ville  de  Weissenbourg,  traversee 
par  cette  Riviere,  restera  toute 
enti^re  d  la  France,  avec  nn  rayon 
sur  la  rive  gauche  n'exc^dant  pas 
1,000  toises,  et  qui  sera  plus  par* 
ticuli^rement  determine  par  les 
Commissaires  que  Ton  chargera 
de  la  delimitation  prochaine* 

2*.  A  partir  de  lemboa- 
chure  de  la  Lauter,  le  long  des 
Departemens  du  Bas-Rhin,  du 
Haut'Rhin,  du  Daubs  et  du  Jura 
jnsqu'au  Canton  de  Vaud,  les 
Fronti^res  resteront  comme  elles 
ont  ete  fixees  par  le  Traite  de 
Paris.  Le  Thalweg  du  Rhin 
formera  la  demarcation  entre  la 
France  et  les  Etats  de  TAUe. 
magne;  mais  la  propri^te  des 
lies,  telle  qu'elle  sera  fixee  d  la 
suite  d*une  nouvelle  reco:inais« 
sance  du  cours  de  ce  fieuve, 
restera  immuable^quelqueschange* 
mens  que  subisse  ce  cours  par  la 
4uite  da  temps.    Des  Commis* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


286 


AU8TBIA,  &C«  AND  FRANCE. 


flhall  be  nluned  on  both  aides  by 
the  High  CootnieUng  Partiei* 
within  the>pace  of  3  months^ 
to  proceed  upon  the  said  aanrey. 
One  half  of  the  bridge  between 
StraBbourg  and  Kehl  shall  belong 
to  France,  and  the  other  half  to 
the  Grand  Duchy  of  Baden. 

fttUy.  In  order  to  establish  a 
direct  communication  between  the 
Canton  of  GenoTa  and  Switzer- 
land, that  part  of  the  Pays  de  Gex, 
bonnded  on  the  east  by  the  Lake 
Leman,  on  the  south,  by  the 
Territory  of  the  Canton  of  Ge^ 
neva,  on  die  north,  by  that  of  the 
Canton  de  Vaud,  on  the  west,  by 
the  course  of  the  Versoix,  and  by 
a  Line  which  comprdtends  the 
Communes  of  CoUex-BosBy,  and 
Meyrin,  leaving  the  Commune  of 
Fentey  to  Prance,  shall  be  ceded 
to  the  HeiTetic  CoiAderacy,  in 
order  to  be  united  to  the  Canton 
of  Geneva. 

The  line  of  the  Fren^  Custom* 
houses  shall  be  placed  tothe  west  of 
theJnra,B0  that  thewhole  of  thePays 
de  Gex  shall  be  without  thatLiDe. 

4thly.  From  the  fh>ntier8  of 
the  Canton  of  Geneva,  as  far  as 
the  Mediterranean,  the  iine  ol 
Demarcation  shall  be  that  which 
ID  the  year  1790  separated  France 
from  Savoy,  and  from  the  County 
of  Nice. 

The  relations  which  the  Treaty 
of  Paris  of  1814  had  re-estaMished 
between  France  and  tile  Principa- 
lity of  Monaco,  shall  cease  for  ever, 
and  the  same  relations  shall  exist 
between  that  Principality  and  His 
Majesty  the  King  of  Stuxlinia* 

5thly.  All  the  Territories  and 
Districts  included  (^nelaeh)  widi- 


aaires  seront  mommas  de  part  et 
d'autre  par  les  Hautes  PartiesCoa- 
tmctantes,  dans  le  delai  de  3mois, 
pour  prooider  ii  la  dite  reconnais- 
sance. La  moitie  du  pont  entre 
Strasbourg  et  Kehl  appartiendni 
i  la  France,  et  Pautre  meiti^  an 
Graod-Ducht  de  Bade. 

9°.  Pour  etabhr  une  c^mmw- 
nieation  direete  entre  le  Canton 
de  G^n^ve  et  la  Suisse,  la  parfie 
du  Pays  de  Gex,  bomee  ii  TEst 
par  le  Lac  Leman,  an  Midi  par  le 
Territoiie  do  Canton  de  Gen^e, 
au  Nord  par  celui  du  Canton  de 
Vaod,  i  FOoest  par  le  conrs  de 
iaVersoix  et  par  une  ligneqniren* 
ferme  lea  Communes  de  Collea>' 
Bossy  et  Meyrin,  en  laissant  la 
Commune  de  Femey  i  la  France, 
sera  eedie  i  la  Confed^ratioB 
Helvetiqne,  pour  ^tre  f^nnie  an 
Canton  de  CSteAve. 


La  Ligne  desDouanesFrangaises 
sera  placte  k  I'ouest  du  Jura,  de 
mani^re  que  tout  le  Pays  de  Gex 
se  trottve  hors  de  cette  Ligne. 

4*.  Des  Fronti^res  dn  Can- 
ton de  Gin^ve  jnsqa'ii  la  M^* 
terran£e,la  Ligne  de  Demarcation 
sera  eelle  qui,  en  1790,  s^parait  la 
France  de  la  Savoie  el  du  Comt£ 
de  Niee. 

Les  rapports  que  le  Traits  de 
Paris  de  1814»  avait  letablis  entn 
la  France  et  la  Prineipaut^  de 
Monaco,  cesseront  i  perp^itf  ^  et 
les  mAmeerapportsexisteroot  entM 
eette  Principant6  et  Sa  Majeste  le 
RoideSardaigne. 

5^.  Tons  les  Territeires  et 
Districts  endavte  dann  les  liaitsn 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AV9TBXA,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 


287 


in  the  bouiidary  of  the  Flreaeh 
Territory,  as  determiDed  by  the 
praMDt  Article,  shall  reisaio 
united  to  France. 

6thiy.  The  High  Contracting 
PbrtMB  shall  name^withinS  months 
after  the  signature  of  the  present 
Treaty,  Commissionen  to  regulate 
every  thing  relating  to  the  de- 
Hgnntion  of  the  Boundaries  of 
the  respective  Countries ;  and  as 
soon  as  the  labours  of  the  Com- 
missioners shall  have  terminated, 
Maps  shall  be  drawn,  and  Land* 
asarks  shall  be  erected,  which 
shall  point  out  the  respective 
limits. 

II.  The  Fortresses,  Places  and 
Districts,  which,  according  to  the 
pveeedii^  Article  are  no  longer  to 
IkMrm  part  of  the  French  Territory, 
shall  be  placed  at  the  disposal  of 
the  Allied  Powers,  at  the  periods 
ixed  by  the  IXth  Article  of  the 
Military  Convention  annened  to 
dbe  present  Treaty;  and  His 
Majesty  tho  King  of  Prance  re^ 
oooncesyibr  Himself,  His  Heirs 
and  Successors  for  ever,  the  Sights 
of  Sovereignty  and  Property, 
which  he  has  hitherto  exercised 
over  the  sasi  Fortresses*  Places 
and  Districts. 

III.  The  Fortifications  of  Hn- 
nittgnen  having  been  constantly 
an  object  of  uneasinem  to  the 
Town  of  BmIo,  the  High  Contract- 
ing Paiiie%  in  order  to  give  to 
the  Helvelie  Confederacy  a  new 
proof  of  tteir  good  will  and  of 
their  soKeituds  for  its  welfere, 
have  agreed  among  themsehres  to 
dttoolish  the  FmUflcations  of 
Bnninguen;  and  tfie  French  Go* 
vcnment  engages^  Irom  the  same 


dtt  Temtoirs  Fran^,  telks 
qu'elles  ont  its  ditermineee  par 
le  prssent  Article,  resteroat  rtenics 
ila  Franco. 

6».  Les  Hautes  Parties  Cen- 
tractantes  nommeront,  dans  le 
d^lai  de  8  mois  aprte  lasigoaturs 
du  present  Traile,  dea  Commia* 
saires  pour  rggler  tout  ce  qui  a 
mpport  k  la  delimitation  dea  Pays 
de  part  et  d'autre;  et  aussitdt  que 
le  travail  de  ces  ComnissairsB 
sera  tannine,  il  sera  dress6  des 
Carter  etplac4  dea  Poteaox,  qui 
conetateroDt  lesliantes  respeetives. 

II.  Les  Places  et  les  Districts 
qui,  selou  TArticle  prte^dent,  ne 
doivent  plus  iaire  partie  du  Tern- 
toire  Fran^ais,  seront  remis  A  hi 
disposition  des  Puisaanees  Allite, 
dans  les  termes  fixes  par  1' Article 
IX  de  la  Convention  Militairs 
annex6e  an  present  Traits ;  et  Sa 
Majeste  le  Roi  de  France  reaonee 
i  porpetuile  pourElle»ses  Hdritiem 
et  Saccesseun,  aux  Droits  de 
Souverainel^  et  de  Pvopri4l6 
quelle  a  exerc6  josqu'ici  sur  les 
dito  Places  et  Districts. 


III.  Les  Fortifications  de  Hu* 
ningue  ayant  M  constamment  un 
objet  dlnquietode  pour  la  Vtlle  de 
Bile,  les  Hautes  Parties  Con- 
tractantes,  pour  donner  i  la  Con- 
^d^tion  Helvetique  une  nouvelle 
preuve  de  leur  bienveillance  et  de 
leur  sollicitode,  sont  convenues 
entre  elles  de  faire  d^molir  les 
Fortifications  de  Huningue ;  et  le 
Gouvemement  Fran^ais  s'engage, 
par  le   m^me    motif,   k  ne   les 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


288 


AUSTRIA,  &C.    AND   FRANCE. 


moti?e^  not  to  re-establish  them 
at  any  time,  and  not  to  replace 
them  by  oUier  FortificatioDS,  at  a 
distance  of  less  than  that  of  3 
leagues  from  the  Town  of  Baste. 
The  Neutrality  of  Switzerland 
shall  be  extended  to  the  Teiiitory 
situated  to  the  north  of  a  line  to 
be  drawn  from  Ugioe,  that  Town 
being  included,  to  the  south  of  the 
Lake  of  Annecy,  by  Faverge,  as 
far  as  Lecheraine,  and  from  thence, 
by  the  Lake  of  Bourget,  as  far  as 
the  Rhone,  in  like  manner  as  it 
was  extended  to  the  Provinces  of 
Chablais  and  of  Faucigny,  by  the 
XCIId  Article  of  the  final  Act  of 
the  Congress  of  Vienna. 

IV.  The  pecuniary  part  of  the 
Indemnity  to  be  furnished  by 
France  to  the  Allied  Powers,  is 
fixed  at  the  sum  of  700,000,000  of 
Francs.  The  mode«  the  periods, 
and  the  guarantees  for  the  pay- 
ment of  this  sum,  shall  be  regu- 
lated by  a  Special  Convention, 
which  shall  have  the  same  force 
and  effect  as  if  it  were  inserted, 
word  for  word,  in  the  present 
Treaty. 

V.  The  state  of  uneasiness  and 
of  fermentation,  which  after  so 
many  violent  convulsions,  and 
particularly  after  the  last  catas- 
trophe, France  must  still  expe* 
rience,  notwithstanding  the  pa« 
ternal  intentions  of  Her  King, 
and  the  advantages  secured  to 
every  class  of  His  Subjects  by 
the  Constitutional  Charter,  re- 
quiring for  the  security  of  the 
neighbouring  States,  certain  mea- 
sures of  precaution,  and  of  tem- 
porary  guarantee,    it   has    been 


r^tablir  dans  aucun  temps,  et  k  ne 
point  les  remplacer  par  d  autres 
Fortifications,  4  une  distance 
moindre  que  8  lieues  de  la  Vilie 
de  B4le. 

La  Neutralite  de  la  Suisse  sera 
^tendue  an  Territoire  qui  se  trouve 
au  nord  d'une  ligne  d  tirer  depuis 
Ugine,  y  compris  cette  Ville,  au 
midi  du  Lac  d'Annecy, par  Fa  verge 
jusqu'd  Lecheraine,  et  de  Id  au 
lac  du  Bourget  jusqu'au  Rh6ne, 
de  la  meme  mani^re  qu*elle  a 
ete  etendue  aux  Provinces  de 
Chablais  et  de  Faucigny,  par 
I'ArUcIeXCIl  de  I'Acte  final  du 
Congr^s  de  Vienne. 

IV.  La  partie  pecuniaire  de 
['  I  ndemnit^  d  fournir  par  la  France 
aux  Puissances  Alliees,  est  &x^ 
d  la  somme  de  700,000,000  de 
Francs.  Le  mode,  les  termes  et 
les  garanties  du  payement  de  cette 
somme,  seront  regies  par  une 
Convention  Particuli^re,  qui  aura 
Ja  m^me  force  et  valeur  que  si 
elle  etait  textuellement  inser^e  au 
present  Traite. 

V.  L'^tat  d'inqni^tude  et  de 
fermentation  dont,  apr^s  tant  de 
secbusses  violentes,  et  surtout 
aprds  la  derni^re  catastrophe,  la 
France,  malgre  les  intentioos 
patemelles  de  son  Roi,  et  les 
avantages  assures  par  la  Charte 
Constitutionnelledtoutes  les  classes 
de  ses  Sujets,  doit  necessairement 
se  ressentir  encore,  exigeant  pour 
la  sCirete  des  Etats  vo'isins,  des 
mesures  de  precaution  et  de  ga«> 
rantie  temporaires,  il  a  ^le  juge 
indispensable  de  faire   occaper^ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BBITAIN,  ftc.  AND  FRANCE. 


289 


indged  indispensable  to  occupy, 
during  a  fixed  time,  by  a  Corps 
«f  Allied  Troops,  certain  Military 
Positions  abng  the  Frontiers  of 
France,  tinder  the  expiess  reserve 
that  such  Occupation  shall  in  no 
vay  prejudice  the  Sovereignty  of 
His  Most  Christian  Majesty,  nor 
^e  state  of  possession,  such  as  it 
is  recognized  and  confirmed  by 
the  present  Treaty. 

The  number  of  these  Troops 
shall  not  exceed  150,000  men. 
The  Commander-in-Chief  of  this 
Army  diall  be  nominated  by  the 
Allied  Powers. 

This  Army  shall  occupy  the 
Fortresses  of  Conde,  Valenciennes, 
Boucfaaiiij  Cambray,  Le  Quesnoy, 
Maobenge,  Landrecies,  Avesnes, 
Rocroy,  Givet  with  Charlemont, 
Mezi^resy  Sedan,  Montmedy, 
Thionville,  Longwy,  Bitsch  and 
the  T^te-de-Pont  of  Fort  Louis* 

As  the  maintenance  of  the 
Army  destined  for  this  service  is 
to  be  provided  by  France,  a 
Special  Convention  shall  regulate 
every  thing  which  may  relate  to 
that   object. 

This  Convention,  which  shall 
have  the  same  force  and  effect 
as  if  it  were  inserted  word  for 
word  in  the  present  Treaty, 
shall  also  regulate  the  relations 
of  the  Army  of  Occupation  with 
the  Civil  and  Military  Authorities 
of  the  Country. 

The  utmost  extent  of  the  dura- 
tion of  this  Military  Occupation, 
is  fixed  at  5  years.  It  may 
terminate  before  that  period,  if, 
at  the  end  of  S  years,  the  Allied 
Sovereigns,  after  having,  in  con- 
cert with  His  Majesty  the  King 
of   France^    maturely    examined 

[1816—16.]  U 


pendant  un  certain  temps,  par  un 
Corps  de  Troupes  Alliees,  des 
Positions  Militaires  le  long  des 
Fronti^.res  de  la  France,  sous  la 
reserve  expresse  que  cette  Occupa- 
tion ne  porters  aucun  prejudice  -i 
la  Souverainet^  de  Sa  Majeste 
Tr^s  Chretienne,  ni  k  I'^tat  de 
possession  tel  qu'il  est  reconnu  et 
confirme  par  le  present  Traite. 

Le  nombre  de  ces  Troupes  ne 
d^passera  pas  150,000  hommes. 
Le  Commandant-en*Chef  de  cette 
Armee  sera  nomm6  par  les  Puis- 
sances Alliees. 

Ce  Corps  d'Armee  occupera  les 
Places  de  Conde,  Valenciennes, 
Bouchain,  Cambray,  ie  Quesnoy, 
Maubeuge,  Landrecies,  Avesnes, 
Rocroy,  Givet  avec  Charlemont, 
Mezi^res,  Sedan,  Montmedy, 
Thionville,  Longvy,  Bitsch,  etia 
T^te  de  Pont  du  Fort-Louis. 

L'entretien  de  I'Arm^e  destin^ 
k  ce  service  devant  ^tre  fourni  par 
la  France,  une  Convention  Sp^. 
ciale  r^glera  tout  ce  qui  peut  avoir 
rapport  i  cet  objet. 

Cette  Convention,  qui  aura  la 
m^me  force etvaleur  que  si  elle  etait 
textuellement  ins^ree  dans  le  pre- 
sent Trait6,  reglera  de  m^me  les 
relations  de  PArmee  d'Occupation 
avec  les  Autorit^s  Civiles  et 
Militaires  du  Pays. 

Le  maximum  de  la  dur^e  de 
eette  Occupation  Militalre  est 
^\^  k  6  ans.  Elle  peut  finir 
avant  ce  terme,  si,  au  bout  de  3 
ans,  les  Souverains  Allies,  apr^s 
avoir,  de  concert  avec  Sa  Majeste 
le  Roi  de  France,  m(b%raent  exa- 
mine leur  situation  et  leurs  inter6ts 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


290 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.    AND    FRANCE. 


their  reciprocal  situation  and 
interests,  and  the  progress  which 
shall  have  been  made  in  France, 
in  the  re-establishnaent  of  order 
and  tranquillity,  sball  agree  (o 
acknowledge  that  the  aiotives 
which  led  them  to  that  measure 
have  ceased  to  exist. 

But  whatever  may  be  the  result 
of  this  deliberation,  all  the  For- 
tresses and  Positions  occupied  by 
the  Allied  Troops  shall,  at  tlie  ex- 
piration of  5  years,  be  evacuated 
without  further  delay,  and  given 
up  to  His  Most  Christian  Majesty* 
or  to  His  Heirs  and  Successors. 

VI.  The  Foreign  Troops,  not 
forming  part  of  the  Army  of 
Occupation,  shall  evacuate  the 
French  Territory,  within  the  term 
fixed  by  tlie  IXth  Article  of  the 
Military  Convention  annexed  to 
the  present  Treaty. 

VII.  la  all  Countries  which 
shall  change  Sovereigns,  as  well 
in  virtue  of  the  present  Treaty, 
as  of  the  arrangements  which  are 
to  be  made  in  consequence  thereof, 
a  period  of  6  years,  from  the  date 
of  the  exchange  of  the  Ratifica- 
tions, shall  be  allowed  to  the  In- 
habitants.  Natives  or  Foreigners^ 
of  whatever  condition  and  Nation 
they  may  be,  to  dispose  of  their 
property,  if  they  should  think  fit 
80  to  do,  and  to  retire  to  whatever 
Country  they  may  choose. 

VIII.  All  the  dispositions  of 
the  Treaty  of  Paris  of  the  SOlh 
of  May,  1814,  relative  to  the 
Countries  ceded  by  that  Treaty, 
shall  equally  apply  to  the  several 
Territories  and  Districts  ceded  by 
the  present  Treaty. 

IX.  The     High    Contracting 


reciproque8,et  les  progr^s  que  le  r^- 
tablissementde  Tordreetde la  tran- 
quillity aura  faits  en  France,  8*ac- 
cordent  d  recoonaitre  que  les  mo- 
tifs qui  lesportaienti  cette  mesure, 
ont  cess^  d'exister* 


Mais  quel  que  soit  le  resultat  de 
cette  deliberation,  toutes  les  Places 
et  Positions  occupees  par  lea 
Troupes  Alliees  seront,  au  terme 
de  6  ans  revolus,  evacuees  sans 
autre  delai,  et  remises  a  Sa  Ma. 
jeste  Tr^s  Chretienne,  on  k  Ses 
Heri tiers  et  Successenrs. 

VI.  Les  Troupes  Etrang^res, 
autres  que  celles  qui  feixmt  partie 
de  I'Armee  d'Occupation,  evac- 
ueront  le  Territoire  Fran^ais^  dans 
les  termes  B\6a  par  TArticle  IX 
de  la  Convention  Militaireannexee 
au  present  Traits. 

VII.  Dans  tons  les  Pays  qai 
changeiont  de  Maitres,  tant  en 
vertu  du  present  Traits,  que  des 
arrange  men  8  qui  doivent  6tre 
faits  en  consequence,  il  sera  ac- 
corde  aux  Habitans  Naturel  o« 
Strangers,  de  quelque  conditiOD 
et  Nation  qn'ils  soient,  un  espace 
de  6  ans,  d  compter  de  Techaoge 
des  Ratifications^  pour  disposer, 
s'ils  le  jugent  convenable,  de  leurs 
propri^tes,  et  se  retirer  dans  tel 
Pays  qu'il  leur  plaira  de  choiair. 

VIII.  Toutes  les  dispositions 
du  Traite  de  Paris  du  30  Mai, 
1814,  relatives  aux  Pays  cedes  par 
ce  Traitd,  s'appliqueront  egale- 
ment  aux  difi^(6reus  Territoires 
et  Districts  c^des  par  le  present 
Traite. 

IX.  Les   Hautes  Parties  Con- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT    BRITAIK,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 


291 


Pffrties.  baling  caiisrd  represent- 
atioD  to  be  made,  of  the  d liferent 
claiflM  ariaiDg  oat  of  the  oon- 
eieentton  of  the  XlXth  and  foU 
iowiBg  Articles  of  the  Treaty  of 
the  30th  of  May,  1 814,  as  we)}  as 
of  the  Additional  Articles  €f(  that 
Treaty*  signed  between  Great 
Britain  and  France,  desiring  to 
render  more  eff  cacions  the  stipu- 
lations  nnade  thereby,  and  haring 
determined,  by  2  Separate  Con- 
ventions, the  line  to  be  pursued 
OR  each  side  ibr  that  purpose, 
the  said  9  Conventions,  as  an- 
nexed to  the  present  Treaty,  shall, 
in  order  to  secure  the  complete 
eaemtioa  of  the  above^meotioned 
Articles,  have  the  same  force  and 
effect  as  if  the  same  were  inserted, 
word  for  word,  herein. 

X.  All  Prisoners  taken  during 
the  Hostihtaes,  as  well  as  all  Hot* 
tages  whidi  may  have  been  car* 
ried  off  or  given,  shall  be  restored 
in  the  shortest  time  possible.  The 
aame  shall  be  the  case  with  respect 
to  the  Prisoners  taken  previously  to 
the  Treaty  of  the  30th  May,  1814, 
and  who  shall  not  already  have 
been  restored. 

XI.  The  Treaty  of  Paris  of  the 
dOth  of  May,  1814,  and  the  final 
Act  of  the  Coivgress  of  Vienna,  of 
the  9th  of  June,  \S16,  are  confir- 
med, and  shall  be  maintained  in 
all  such  of  their  Enactments 
wiiich  shall  not  havtf  been  modifif  d 
foy  the  Articles  of  the  present 
Treaty. 

XII.  The  present  Treaty,  with 
the  Conventions  annexed  thereto, 
shall  be  ratified  in  one  Act,  mid 
the  Ratifications  thei*eof  shall  be 

V 


tractantes  setant  fait  repr^senter 
les  diffsrentes  reclamations,  prove- 
nant  du  fait  de  la  non-ex^cntion 
des  Articles  XIX  et  suivans, 
du  Traite  dn  30  Mai,  1814, 
ainsique  des  Articles  Additionnels 
de  ce  Traite,  signes  entre  la 
Grande  Bretagne  et  la  France, 
desirant  de  rendre  plus  efficaces 
les  dispositions  ^nonc^es  dans  ces 
Articles,  et  ayant  d  cet  effet, 
d^termin^  par  2  Conventions 
Separ6es»  la  marche  k  suivre  de 
part  et  d  autre  pour  I'ex^utioB 
complette  des  Articles  sus-men- 
tionn^s,  les  2  dites  Conventions, 
telles  qu'elles  se  trouvent  jointes 
au  present  Traite,  auront  la  m^me 
force  et  valeur  que  si  elles  y 
^taienl  textuellemeut  inserees. 

X*  Tous  les  Prisonniera  faits 
pendant  les  hostilites,  de  m^uM 
que  les  O tages  qui  peuveiit  avoir 
et^  enlevet  ou  donnes,  secont  aen- 
dus  dans  le  plus  court  delai  pos- 
sible. 11  en  sera  de  m^me  des 
Frisonniers  faits  anterieurement 
au  Traite  du  30  Mai,  1814,  et  qui 
n*auraient  point  encore  ^te  ret»ti- 
tues. 

XI.  Le  Traite  de  Paris,  du  30 
Mai  1814,  et  I'Acte  Final  du  Coii- 
gr^s  de  Vienne,  du  9  Juin,  1615, 
sont  confirm^s,  et  seront  niaintenus 
dans  toutes  celles  de  leurs  dispc 
sitions  qui  n'auraient  pas  ^le  mo- 
di fiees  par  les  Clauses  du  present 
Traite. 

XII.  Le  present  Traite,  avec  les 

Conventions  qui  y  sont  jointes, 
sera  ralifie'en  uri  seul  Acte,  et  les 
Ralifi^Jations  en  seront  ^changc^-s 
2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


292 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE, 


exchanged,    in    the    space   of  2 
moDths,  or  sooner  if  possible. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  j-espec- 
tive  Plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
the  same,  and  have  affixed  there- 
unto the  Seal  of  their  Arms. 

Done  at  Paris,  this  20th  day  of 
November,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord 
1815. 

(LS.)    CASTLEREAGH. 

(L.S.)    WELLINGTON. 


Addttumal  Article. 

The  High  Contracting  Powers, 
sincerely  desiring  to  give  effect  to 
the  measures  on  which  they  deli- 
berated at  the  Congress  of  Vienna, 
relative  to  the  complete  and  uni- 
versal abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade, 
and  having,  each  in  their  respec- 
tive Dominions,  prohibited  without 
restriction  their  Colonies  and  Sub- 
jects from  taking  any  part  what- 
ever in  this  Traffic,  engage  to  re- 
new conjointly  their  efforts,  with 
the  view  of  securing  final  success 
to  those  principles  which  they  pro- 
claimed in  the  Declaration  of  the 
4th  February,  1815,  and  of  con- 
certing, without  loss  of  time, 
through  their  Ministers  at  the 
Courts  of  London  and  of  Paris, 
the  most  effectual  measures  for 
the  entire  and  definitive  abolition 
of  a  Commerce  so  odious,  and  so 
strongly  condemned  by  the  laws 
of  religion  and  of  nature. 

The  present  Additional  Article 
shall  have  the  same  force  and 
effect  as  if  it  were  inserted  word 
for  word  in  the  Treaty  signed 
this  day.  It  shall  be  included  in 
the  Ratification  of  the  said  Treaty. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  respec- 
tive Plenipotentiaries  have  signed 


dans  le  terme  de  2  mois,  ou  pluf6t 
si  faire  s6  peut 

£u  foi  de  quoi,  les  Pl^niputeo- 
tiaircs  respectifs  Tout  signe,  et  y 
ont  appos6  le  Cachet  de  leurs 
Armes. 

Fait  i,  Paris,  le  20  Novembre, 
Tan  de  Gr4ce,  1815. 

(L.S.)        RICHELIEU. 


Article  AdditionneL 
Les  Hautes  Puissances  Contrac- 
tantes,  desirant  sinc^rement  de 
donuer  suite  aux  mesures  dont 
elles  se  sont  occupees  au  Congrds 
de  Vienne,  relativement  a  Faboli- 
tion  complette  et  universelle  de  la 
Traite  des  N^gres  d'Afrique,  et 
ayant  dejd,  chacune  dans  sea 
Etats,  d^fendu  sans  restriction  ii 
leurs  Colonies  et  Sujet«,  toute  part 
quelconque  d  ce  Trafic,  s'engagent 
d  reunir  de  nouveau  leurs  efforts 
pour  assurer  le  succ^s  final  des 
principes  qu'elles  ont  proclam^s 
dans  la  Declaration  du  4  F6vrier 
1815,  et  d  concerter,  sans  perte  de 
temps,  par  leurs  Ministres  aux 
Cours  de  Londres  et  de  Paris,  les 
mesures  les  plus  efficaces  pour  ob- 
tenir  ^abolition  enti^re  et  defini- 
tive d'un  Commerce  aussi  odieux 
et  aussi  hautement  reprouve  par 
les  lois  de  la  religion  et  de  la  na- 
ture. 

Le  present  Article  Additionnel 
aura  la  m^me  force  et  valeur  que 
s'il  ^tait  insere  mot  d  mot  aa 
Traits  de  ce  jour.  11  sera  com- 
pris  dans  la  Ratification  du  dit 
Traite. 

En  foi  de  quoi,  les  Plenipoten- 
tiaires  respectifs  I'ont  signe  et  y 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE.  293 

le   Cachet    de   leun 


the  same,  and  hare  affixed  there- 
nnto  the  Seal  of  their  Arms. 

Done  at  Paris,  this  20th  day  of 
November,  in  the  year  of  our 
Lord,  1815. 

(L.S.)     CASTLEREAGH. 

(US.)    WELLINGTON. 


ont  appos^ 
Armes. 

Fait  i  Paris  le  20  N  ovembre. 
Tan  de  Gr4ce,  1815. 

(L.S.)        RICHELIEU. 


(2)^CONVENTION  between  Great  Britain,  Austria,  Prussia, 
and  Russia,  and  France,  relative  to  the  Pecuniary  Indemnity  to  be 
paid  by  France  to  the  Allied  Powers. — Signed  at  Paris,  20/A  No- 
vember, 1815. 


Ccnveniion  between  Great  Britain 

and  FrancefConcludedin  canfor- 

miiy  with  the  4th  Article  of  the 

Principal  Treaty,  relative  to  the 

ptxymtent  of  the  Pecuniary  In* 

demnity    to    be   Jumished   by 

France  to  the  Allied  Powers  J^ 

The  payment  to  which  France 

has  bound  herself  to  the  Allied 

Powers,  as  an  Indemnity,  by  the 

IVth  Article  of  the  Treaty  of  this 

day,  shall  take  place  in  the  form 

and  at  the  periods  prescribed  by 

the  following  Articles. 

Art.I.  The  sum  of  700,000,000 
of  francs,  being  the  amount  of  the 
Indemnity,  shall  bedi8cbarged,day 
by  day,  in  equal  portions,  in  the 
space  of  5  years,  by  means  of  Bons 
tm  Porteur  on  the  Royal  Treasury 
of  Prance,  in  the  manner  that  shall 
be  now  set  forth. 

II.  The  Treasury  shall  give 
over,  immediately,  to  the  Allied 


Convention  entre  la  Grande  Bre^ 
tagne  et  la  France^  conelue  en 
conjbrmite    de  f  Article  IV  du 
Trmti  Principal,    relative    au 
paiement  de  t  Indemnity  Pecu- 
nitnre  a  foumir  par  la  France 
auat  Puissances  Alliees.* 
Le  paiement  auquel  la  France 
s'est  engag^e  vis-i-vis  des  Puis- 
sances Alli^es  d  titre  dlndemnite, 
par  TArlicle  IV  du  Traite  de  ce 
jour,  aura  lieu  dans  la  forme  et 
aux  ^poques  d^terminees  par  les 
Articles  suivans: 

Art.L  La sommede  700,000,000 
de  francs,  montant  de  cette  In- 
demnity, sera  acqnitt^e,  jour  par 
jour,  par  portions  egales,  dans  le 
courant  de  &  annees,  au  moyen  de 
Bons  au  Porteur  sur  leTresor Royal 
de  France,  ainsi  qu'il  va  6tre  dit. 

II.  Le  Tresor  remettra  d'abord 
anx    Puissances  Alliees,  15  En* 


•  The  Stipulatioiis  of  th*  Convention  vpon  this  subject,  concluded  on  the  same 
day,  between  Austria,  Prosiia,  and  Rusna,  and  France,  were,  verbatim,  the  same  as 
those  of  this  Treaty. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


294 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND    FRANCE. 


Powers,  15  Engag^maDts  for 
46,000,000  and  2-drds  each, 
fonniog  together  the  sum  of 
700,000,000;  the  first  Engagement 
payable  on  the  Slst  March,  18]6» 
the  aecood  on  the  31st  of  July  of 
the  same  year,  and  bo  on  in  every 
4th  month  during  the  5  successive 
years. 

III.  These  Engagements  shall 
not  be  negotiable,  but  they  shall 
be  periodically  exchanged  against 
Bans  au  Porteur,  negotiablej 
drawn  in  the  form  used  in  the  or- 
dinary service  of  the  Royal  Trea- 
siiry. 

IV.  In  the  month  which  shall 
precede  the  4,  in  (he  course  of 
which  an  Engagement  is  to  be 
paid,  that  Engagement  shall  be 
divided  by  the  Treasury  of  France, 
into  Bons  au  PorUwr  payable  in 
Paris,  in  equal  portions,  from  the 
Ist  to  the  last  day  of  the  4  months. 

Than  the  Engagement  of 
4G,000,000  and  2-3rds,  falling 
dae  the  8 1  St  of  March,  1816,  shall 
be  exchanged  in  the  month  of 
November,  1815,  against  Bons 
au  Porteur,  payable  in  equal  por- 
tions from  the  1st  of  December, 
1815,  to  the  31st  of  March,  1816. 

The  Engagement  of  46,000,000 
and  3-3rds,  which  will  fall  due  the 
Slstof  July,  1816,  shall  be  ex. 
changed  in  the  month  of  March  of 
the  same  year,  against  Bans  au 
Parieur,  payable  in  equal  portions 
from  the  1st  of  April,  181Q,to  the 
Slat  of  July  of  the  same  year, 
and  so  on  every  4  months. 

V.  No  single  Bonau  Porteur 
shall  be  delivered  for  the  sum  due 
each  day,  but  the  sum  so  due 
shall    be    divided     into    several 


gagemens,chacun  de  46,000,000f , 
formant  la  sorome  totale  de 
700,000,000  francs,  payables,  le 
ler,  le  31  Mara,  1816;  le  2nd,  le 
31  Juillet  de  la  m^me  annee,  et 
ainsi  de  suite,  de  4  mois  en  4 
mois,  pendant  les  6  ann^es  sue* 
cessives* 

III.  Ces  Engagemens  ne  pour- 
ront  ^tre  negocies ;  mais  its  seront 
•chang^  periodiquement  contre 
des  Bona  ais  Portear  negociables,. 
dresses  dans  la  forme  usitee  pour 
le  service  ordinaire  du  Tresor 
Royal. 

IV.  Dans  le  mois  qui  pr^edem 
les  4,  pendant  lesqoela  un  Engage- 
ment sera  acquitte,  cet  Engage- 
ment sera  divis^  par  le  Tresor  de 
France  en  Bons  au  Porteur,  paya- 
bles k  Paris  par  portions  ^gales, 
depais  le  premier  jusqu'an  dernier 
jour  des  4  mois. 

Ainsi,  I'Engagement  de 
46,000,000f.  ^ch^nt  le  31  Mars> 
1816,  sera  echang^,  an  moia  de 
Novembre,  1815,  contre  les  Bons 
au  Portenr,payables,  par  portions 
^gales,  depuis  le  ler  Decembre, 
1815,   jusqu'an  31  Mars,   1816. 

L'Engagement  de  46,000,000}^ 
ech^nt  le  31  Juillet,  1816,  sera 
echang6  an  mois  de  Mars  de  la 
m^me  annee,  contre  des  Bons  s« 
Porteur  payables,  par  portions 
^gales,  depuis  le  ler  Avril,  1816, 
jusqu'au  31  Juillet  de  la  m^me 
ann^e,  et  ainsi  de  snile  de  4  mois 
en  4  mois. 

V.  It  ne  sera  point  d^livre  on 
seul  Bon  au  Porteur  pour  T^he- 
auce  de  cbaque  jour ;  mais  cette 
4chiance    sera    divisee    en   plu- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND    FRANCE. 


295 


dmpurts  or  Bills,  of  1,000«  2>000, 
5,000,  10,000,  and  20,000  francs, 
the  which  sums  added  together, 
will  amoant  to  the  sum  total  of 
the  payment  due  ibr  each  day. 

VL  The  Allied  Powers,  con- 
vinced that  it  is  as  much  their  in* 
terest  as  that  of  France,  tliat  too 
considerable  a  sum  of  Bons  au 
Porieur  should  not  be  issued  at 
once^  agree  that  there  never  shall 
be  in  circulation  Bons  for  more 
than  MftOOflOO  of  francs  at  a 
time. 

VII.  No  interest  shall  be  paid 
by  France  for  the  dday  of  5  years, 
which  the  Allied  Powers  allow  to 
her  for  the  payment  of  the 
700,000^000  of  francs. 

Vlll.  On  thelstof  January, 18 16, 
there  ahall  be  made  over  by  France 
to  the  Allied  Powers,  as  a  guaran- 
tee for  the  regularity  of  the  pay- 
ments, a  Fund  of  Interest  inscribed 
in  the  Grand  Livre  of  the  Public 
Debt  of  France,  of  7,000,000  of 
francs,  on  a  Capital  of  1 40,000,000. 
This  Fund  of  Interest  shall  be 
used  to  make  good,  if  there  should 
be  need  of  it,  the  deficiencies  in 
the  Acceptauce*  of  the  French  Go* 
vemment,  and  to  render  the  pay- 
ments equal,  at  the  end  of  every 
6  months,  to  the  Bons  au  Porteur 
which  shall  have  fallen  due,  as 
shall  be  hereafter  detailed. 

IX.  This  Fund  of  Interest  shall 
be  inscribed  in  the  name  of  such 
Persons  as  the  Allied  Powers  shall 
point  out ;  bat  these  Persons  can- 
not be  the  holders  of  the  Inscrip- 
tiooa,  except  in  the  case  provided 
for  in  the  Xlth  Article  ensuing. 

The  Allied  Powers  further  re- 
serve to  themselves  the  right  to 


sieurs  Coupures  de  1 ,000,  2,000, 
6,000,  10,000  et  20,000  francs, 
dont  la  reunion  formera  la  somme 
totale  du  paiement  de  chaque  jour. 

VI.  Les  Puissances  Alli^es, 
convaincues  qu'il  est  autant  de 
leur  interdt  que  de  celui  de  la 
France,  qu'il  ne  soit  pas  emis  si- 
maltanement  une somme  trop  con- 
siderable de  Bons  au  Portear,  con- 
vienoent  qu'il  n'y  en  aura  jamais 
en  circalation  poor  plus  de 
5iO>OUO,000  de  francs  i-la-fois. 

VII.  II  ne  sera  pay^  par  la 
France  aucun  int^r^tpour  le  delai 
de  6  annees,  que  les  Puissances  Al- 
liees  lui  accordeut  ponr  ie  paie- 
ment des  7QOflOO  fiOO  de  francs. 

VIII.  Le  ler  Janvier,  1816,  il 
sera  remis  par  la  France  anx 
Puissances  AUi^es,  it  titre  de 
garantie  de  la  r^gularit^  des  paie. 
mens,  une  Rente  sur  le  Grand  Livre 
de  la  Dette  Pablique  de  France, 
de  la  somme  de  7,000,000  de 
francs,  au  Capital  de  140/)00,000. 
Cette  Rente  servira  d  soppier,  s'il 
y  a  lieu,  a  I'insuffisance  des  re- 
couvremens  du  Gouvernement 
Fran^ais,  et  i  mettre  i  la  fin  de 
cliaque  semestre  les  paiemens  de 
niveau  avec  les  ech^ances  de  Bons 
au  Porteur,  aiusi  qu'il  sera  dit  ci- 
apr^s. 

IX.  Les  Rentes  seront  inscrites 
au  nom  des  Personnes  que  les 
Puissances  Alliees  indiqueront; 
raais  ces  Personnes  ne  pourront 
^tre  depositaires  des  Inscriptions, 
que  dans  le  cas  prevu  d  1* Article 
XI  ci-apres. 

Les  Puissances  Alliees  se  r^ser- 
vent  en  outre  le  droit  de  faire  faire 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


296 


GftEAr  BRITAIN)  &C.  AND  FRANCfi. 


transfer  the  Inscriptioos  to  other 
names,  as  often  as  they  shall  judge 
necessary. 

X.  The  deposit  of  these  In- 
scriptions shall  be  confined  to  one 
Treasurer  named  by  the  AIKed 
Powers,  and  to  another  named  by 
the  French  Gov ernment 

XI»  There  shall  be  a  Mixed 
Comraissiony  composed  of  an 
equal  number  on  both  sides,  of 
Allied  and  French  Commissioners, 
who  shall  examine  every  0  mobtha 
the  state  of  the  payments,  and 
shall  regulate  the  balance. 

The  Bans  of  the  Treasury  paid 
•hall  constitute  the  payments ; 
those  which  shall  not  yet  have 
be^n  presented  to  the  Treasury  of 
France,  shall  enter  into  the  ac- 
count of  the*  subsequent  balance ; 
those  also  which  shall  have  falli^n 
due,  been  presented,  and  not 
paid,  shall  constitute  the  arrear, 
and  the  sum  of  Inscriptions  to 
be  applied,  at  the  market  price  of 
the  day,  to  cover  the  deficit. 

As  soon  as  that  operation  shall 
have  taken  place,  the  Bons  unpaid 
shall  be  given  up  to  the  French 
Commissioners,  and  the  Mixed 
Commission  shall  order  the 
Treasurers  to  pay  over  the  sum  so 
determined  upon,  and  the  Trea- 
surers shall  be  authorized  and 
obliged  to  pay  it  over  to  the  Com- 
missioners of  the  Allied  Powers, 
who  shall  dispose  of  it  as  they  shall 
think  proper. 

XII.  France  engages  to  replace 
immediately  in  the  hands  of  the 
Treasurers,  an  amount  of  Inscrip- 
tions equal  to  that  which  may 
have  been  made  use  of,  according 
to  the  foregoing  Article,  in  order 


les  transcriptions  sous  d'antres 
noms,  aussi  souvent  quelles  le 
jugeront  n^cessaire. 

X.  Le  dep6t  de  ces  Inscriptions 
se  trouvera  sous  la  garde  d*ao 
Caissier  nomme  par  les  Puissances 
Alliees,  et  d'un  autre  nomme  psu* 
le  Gouvernement  Franpais. 

XI.  II  y  aura  une  Commissipir 
Mixte,  composes  de  Coromhssaires 
Allies  et  Fran9ais,  en  nombre  egal 
des  deux  c6tes,  qui  examinera  de 
6  mois  en  6  roois  I'etat  des  paie- 
mens  et  r^glera  le  bilan. 

Les  Bons  duTr^or  acquitt^s  con- 
stateront  les  paiemens:  ceux  qui 
n*auront  pas  encore  et^presentes  aa 
Tr^sor  de  France,  entreront  dans 
les  determinations  dtr  bilan  subse- 
quent; ceux'enfin  qui  seront  6:hus, 
pr^sentes  et  non  pay^,constateront 
I'arriere  et  la  somme  d'inscriptions 
k  employer,  an  taux  du  jour,  pour 
couvrir  le  deficit. 


D^  que  cette  operation  auna 
eil  lieu,  les  Bons  non  payes  se- 
ront  rendiis  aux  Commtssaires 
Frangais,  et  la  Commission  Mixte 
donnera  des  ordres  aux  Caissiers 
pour  la  remise  de  la  somme  ainsi 
fix^e,  et  les  Caissiers  seront  au- 
torises  et  oblig^  a  la  remettre 
aux  Commissaires  des  Pais* 
sances  Allies,  qui  en  disposeront 
d'apr^s  leurs  convenances. 

XII.  La  France  s  engage  k  re- 
tablir  aussitdt  entre  les  mains 
des  Caissiers,  une  somme  d'lo* 
scriptions  6gale  k  celle  qui  auratt 
et^  employee,  d*apr^  TArticle  pre- 
cedent, de  maoi^re  i  ce  que  la 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 


297 


ftmt  the  Fand  stipulated  in  the 
VII  Ith  Article  may  be  always 
kept  at  its  full  amount. 

XIIL  France  shall  pay  an  In- 
terest of  5  per  cent,  per  annum, 
from  the  date  of  the  Bonsau  Por^ 
teur  falling  due,  upon  all  such 
Bmu  the  payment  of  which  may 
have  been  delayed  by  the  act  of 
France. 

XIV.  When  the  first  600,000,000 
of  francs  shall  have  been  paid,  the 
Allies,  in  order  to  accelerate  the 
entire  liberation  of  France,  will  ac- 
cept, should  it  be  agreeable  to  the 
French  Government,  the  Fond 
mentioned  in  the  VIII  th  Article, 
at  the  market  price  of  that  day,  to 
sttch.an  amount  as  will  be  equal 
to  the  remainder  doe  of  the 
700,000,000.  France  will  only 
have  to  furnish  the  difference, 
should  any  exist. 

XV.  Should  this  plan  not  be 
convenient  to  Prance,  the 
100,000,000  of  francs  which  would 
remain  due,  may  be  discharged  in 
the  manner  pointed  out  in  the 
llnd,  llird,  IVth,  and  Vth  Ar- 
ticles; and,  after  the  complete 
payment  of  the  700,000,000,  the 
Inscriptions  stipulated  for  in  the 
VII Ith  Article  shall  be  returned 
to  France. 

XVI.  The  French  Government 
engages  to  execute,  independently 
of  the  Pecuniary  Indemnity  sti- 
pulated by  the  present  Con- 
vention, all  the  Engagements  sti- 
pulated for  in  the  Special  Conven- 
tions  concluded  with  the  different 
Powers  and  theirCo- AUies^relative 
to  the  cloathing  and  equipment  of 
their  Armies;  and  engages  for 
the  exact  deliveraoce  and  payment 


Rente  stipul^e  k  PArticle  VIII 
soit  toojours  tenue  au  complet. 

XI I I.  II  sera  paye  par  la  France 
nn  Int^r^t  de  5  pour  cent  par 
ann^e,  depuis  le  jour  de  Tech^ance 
des  Bens  au  Portenr,  pourceux 
de  ces  Bons  dont  le  paiement 
aurait  ete  retarde  par  le  fait  de  la 
France. 

XIV.  Lorsque  les  premiers 
600,000,000  de  francs  auront  et^ 
payes,  les  Alliei^  pour  acc^l^rer 
la  liberation  enti^  de  la  France, 
aecepteront,  si  cet  arrangement 
convient  au  Gouvernement 
Frangais,  la  Rente  stipul^e  i  TAr- 
tide  VIII,  au  coursqu*elle  aura  k 
cette  ^poque,  jusqu*^  concurreuce 
de  ce  qui  restera  ddi  des 
700,000,000.  La  France  n'aura 
plus  i  fournir  que  la  difference, 
s'il  y  a  lieu. 

XV.  8i  cet  arrangement  n'en- 
trait  pas  dans  les  convenances  de 
la  France,  les  100,000,000  de 
francs  qui  resteraient  dus,  seraient 
acquittes,  ainsi  qu'il  est  dit  aux 
Articles  II,  HI,  IV  et  V;  et 
aprds  rentier  paiement  des 
700,000,000,  rinscription  stipulee 
a  TArticle  VIII  serait  remise  i  la 
France. 

XVI.  Le  Gouvernement Fran9ais 
s'engage  a  executer,  independam- 
ment  de  P Indemnity  Pecuniaire 
stipulee  par  la  presente  Conven- 
tion, tous  les  Engagemens  con- 
tractes  par  lea  Conventions  Par- 
ticuli^res  conclues  avec  les  diffi^- 
rentes  Puissances  et  leurs  Co-AI- 
liees,  relativement  i  lliabillement 
et  k  r^qnipement  de  leurs 
Armees,  et    i   faire  deltvrer   et 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


298 


GE£AT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 


of  the  Bans  and  Mandais  arising 
from  the  said  CoDventions,  iu  as 
far  as  they  shall  Dot  hava  been 
already  discharged,  at  the  time  of 
the  signature  of  the  Principal 
Treaty,  and  of  the  present  Con- 
vention. 

Done  at  Paris,  this  20th  day  of 
November,  in  the  year  of  our 
Lord,  1815. 

(L.S.)     CASTLE  REACH.  (L.S.) 

(L.S.)     WELLINGTON. 
[See  ^'Protocol  sur  la  distributiou  des  700,000,000  francs/'— Page  242.] 


payer  exactement  lea  Bons  ei 
Mandats  provenant  desdites  Con- 
ventions, en  tan  I  qu'ils  ne  seraient 
pas  encore  realises  k  I'epoque  de 
la  signature  du  Trak^  Principal  et 
de  la  presente  Convention. 

Fait  d  Paris,  le  30  Novembr»« 
del'an  de  Grace,  1816. 


RICHELIEU. 


(Z.)^CONyENTION  between  Great  Britain,  Austria,  Prussia,  and 
Russia,  and  France^  relative  to  the  Occupation  of  a  Military  Line  in 
France,  by  an  Allied  Army. — Signed  at  Paris,  20th  November,  1815. 


Convention  between  Great  Britain 
and  France,  concluded  in  con- 
formity to  the  Vth  Article  of  the 
Principal  Treaty^  relative  to 
the  Occupation  of  a  Military 
Line  in  France,  by  an  Allied 
Army,* 

Art.  L  The  composition  of  the 
Army  of  150,000  Men,  which,  in 
virtue  of  the  Vth  Article  of  the 
Treaty  of  this  day,  is  to  occupy  a 
Military  Line  along  the  Frontiers 
of  France,  the  force  and  nature 
of  the  Contingents  to  be  furnished 
by  each  Power^  as  well  as  the 
choice  of  the  Generals  who  are  to 
command  those  Troops,  shall  be 
determined  by  the  Allied  So* 
vereigns. 

IL  This  Army  shall  be  main- 
tained by  the  French  Government, 
in  the  manner  following : 


Convention  entre  La  Grande  Bre- 
tagne  et  la  France,  conclue  en 
conformite  de  P Article  V  du 
Traite  Principal,  relativement 
a  P  Occupation  d'une  LSgne  Mi- 
Htaire  en  France  par  une  Armee 
Alliee.* 

Art.  L  La  composition  de 
PArraee  de  150,000  hommes,  qui, 
en  vertu  de  TArticle  V  du  Traite 
de  ce  jour,  doit  occuper  une  Ligne 
Militaire  le  long  des  Fronti^res  de 
la  France,  la  force  et  la  nature  des 
Contingents  a  fouroir  par  chaque 
Puissance,  de  meme  que  le  choix 
des  G^neraux  qui  commanderont 
ces  Troupes,  seront  determines 
par  les  Sooverains  Allies. 

1 1.  Cette  Arm^e  sera  entretenue 
par  le  Gouvernenient  Frau9ais,  de 
la  mani^re  suivante : 


•  The  StipulstloiM  of  the  ConTWitioiii  oondadBd  on  the  same  di^,  between  Aoetria, 
TmsiiA,  andRiissii,  sad  Fnuooe,  apoo  this  subjest,  were,  verbatim^  the  same  as  those 


of  this  Conveatioa. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  8CC.  AND  FRANCE. 


299 


The  Jodgiogj  the  fuel,  and 
lighting,  the  provinoasaod  forage, 
are  to  be  famished  io  kind. 

It  u  agreed  that  the  total 
amoaat  of  daily  rations  shall  never 
exceed  200,000  for  Men,  and 
50,000  for  horses,  and  Uiat  they 
shall  be  issued  according  to  the 
Tarif  annexed  to  the  present  Con- 
vention. 

With  respect  to  the  pay,  the 
eqoipment,  the  clothing,  and 
other  incidental  matters,  the 
French  Government  will  provide 
for  sach  expense,  by  the  payment 
of  a  sum  of  50,000,000  of  francs 
per  annum,  payable  in  specie  from 
month  to  month,  from  the  1st  of 
December  of  the  year  1815,  into 
the  hands  of  the  Allied  Commis. 
nonen. 

fiut  the  Allied  Powers,  in  order 
to  concur  as  much  as  possible  in 
every  thing  which  can  satisfy  His 
Majesty  the  King  of  France,  and 
relieve  his  Subjects,  consent  that 
only  30,000,000  of  francs,  on  ac- 
count of  pay,  shall  be  paid  in  the 
1st  year,  on  condition  of  the  dif- 
ference being  made  up  in  the  sub* 
sequent  years  of  the  Occupation. 

II L  France  engages  equally  to 
provide  for  the  keeping  up  of  the 
Fortifications,  and  of  the  Buildings 
of  the  Military  and  Civil  Admin- 
istrations, as  well  as  for  the  arm- 
ing and  provisioning  the  Fortresses 
which,  in  virtue  of  the  Vth  Article 
of  the  Treaty  of  this  day,  are  to 
remain  as  a  Deposit  in  the  hands 
of  the  Allied  Troops. 

These  respective  services,  which 
are  to  be  regulated  upon  the  prin- 
ciples adopted  by  the  French 
Adminiatralion  of  the  War  De- 


Le  logement,  le  chauffage,  le- 
clairage,le8vivres  et  les  fourrages, 
doivent  6tre  fournis  en  nature. 

11  est  convenu  que  le  nombre 
total  des  rations  ne  pourra  jamais 
^tre  port^  au-de-U  de  200,000 
pour  hommes,  et  de  50,000  pour 
chevaux,  et  qu'elles  seront  deli- 
vrees  auivaut  le  Tarif  annexe  A  la 
presente  Convention. 

Quant  A  la  solde,  I'^quipement, 
I'habillement  et  autres  objets 
accessoires,  le  Gouvernement 
Fran9ais  sobviendra  i  cette  de- 
pense,  moyennant  le  payement 
dune  somme  de  50,000,000  de 
francs  par  an,  payable  en  num^. 
raire  de  mois  en  mow,  i  dater  dn 
ler  Decembre  de  I'annee  1815, 
entre  les  mains  des  Commissaires 
Allies. 

Cependant  les  Puissances  Al- 
liees,  pour  concourir  autant  que 
possible  i  tout  ce  qui  pent  satis- 
iaire  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de  France 
et  soulager  ses  Sujets,  consentent 
i  ce  qu'il  ne  soit  paye  dans  la  pre- 
miere annee  que  30,000,000  de 
francs,  sur  la  solde,  sauf  i  itre 
remboursies  dana  les  annees  sub- 
s^quentes  de  I'Occupation. 

III.  La  France  se  charge  ^gale- 
ment  de  pourvoir  i  Pentretien  des 
Fortifications  et  B&timens  Mili- 
taires  et  d'Ad ministration  Civile, 
ainsi  qu*^ larmemeot  et  a Tappro- 
visionnement  des  Places  qui,  en 
vertu  de  TArticIe  V  du  Traite  de 
ee  jour,  doivent  rester  i  titre  de 
Dep6t  entre  les  mains  des  Troupes 
Alliees; 

Ces  divers  services,  pour  lesquels 
on  se  r^lera  d'apr^  les  principes 
adoptes  par  1' Administration 
Fran^aise  de  la  Guerre,  se  feront 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


300 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 


partment,  shall  be  exficated  upon 
a  demand,  addressed  to  the  French 
Government  by  the  Commander- 
in-Chief  of  the  AlJied  Troops,  with 
whom  some  plan  shall  be  agreed 
npon  for  ascertaining  what  may  be 
needfnl,  and  concerting  the  mea- 
sures necessary  to  remove  all  diffi- 
culties nhich  may  arise,  and  for 
accomplishing  the  object  of  this 
Stipulation,  in  a  manner  equally 
satisfactory  to  the  interests  of  the 
respective  Parties. 

The  French  Government  will 
take  such  measures  as  it  shall 
judge  to  be  the  most  effectual, 
for  securing  the  accomplishment 
of  the  different  services  stated  in 
this  and  in  the  preceding  Article ; 
and  will  concert  to  that  effect  with 
the  Commander-in-Chief  of  the 
Allied  Troops. 

IV.  lu  conformity  with  the  Vth 
Article  of  the  Principal  Treaty, 
the  Military  Line  to  be  occupied 
by  the  Allied  Troops,  shall  extend 
along  the  Frontiers  which  separate 
the  Departments  of  the  Pas  de 
Calais,  of  the  North,  of  the  Ar- 
dennes, of  the  Meuse,  of  the  Mo- 
selle, of  the  Lower  Rhine,  and  of 
the  Upper  Rhine,  from  the  Inte- 
rior of  France. 

It  is  further  agreed,  tliat  neither 
the  Allied  Troops  nor  the  French 
Troops  shall  occupy  (except  it  be 
for  particular  reasons,  and  by 
common  consent)  the  Territories 
and  Districts  hereaAer  named  :  id 
est; 

In  the  Department  of  the 
Somme,  all  the  Country  North  of 
that  River,  from  Ham  to  where  it 
falls  into  the  Sea. 

in  the  Department  of  the  Aisne, 


sur  lademande  qui  en  sera  adress^e 
au  Gouvernement  Frangais  par 
le  Commandant-en-Chef  des 
Troupes  Alli^es,  avec  lequel  oa 
conviendra  d'un  mode  de  con- 
stater  les  besoins  et  les  travaux 
propres  d  ^carter  toute  difficulte, 
et  d  remplir  le  but  de  celte  Stipu- 
lation d'une  mani^re  qui  satisfasse 
egalement  aux  interdtsdes  Parties 
respectives. 


Le  Gouvernement  Fran^ais 
prendra,  pour  assurer  les  diflirens 
services  ^nonces  dans  cet  Article, 
et  TArticle  pr^c6dent,  les  mesures 
qu*il  jugera  les  plus  efficaces;  etse 
concertera  a  cet  egard  avec  le 
G^n^ral-en-Chef  des  Troupes 
Alliees. 

IV.  Conformement  4  1' Article 
V  du  Traite  Principal,  la  Ligne 
Militaire  que  les  Troupes  Alliees 
doivent  occuper,  s'etendra  le  long 
des  Fronti^res  qui  se parent  les 
Departemens  du  Pas-de-Calais, 
du  Nord,  des  Ardennes,  de  la 
Meuse,  de  la  Moselle,  du  Bas- 
Rhin  et  du  Haut-Rhin,  de  Tlnte- 
rieur  de  la  France. 

II  est,  de  plus,  convenn  que  ni 
les  Troupes  Alliees,  ni  les  Troupes 
Frangaises  n*occuperont,  k  moins 
que  ce  ne  soit  pour  des  raisons 
particulieres  et  d'un  commun  ac- 
cord, les  Territoires  et  Districts  ci- 
apr^nommes:  savoir; 

Dans  le  Departement  de  la 
Somme,  tout  le  Pays  au  Nord  de 
cette  Riviere,  depuis  Ham  jusqu'i 
son  embouchura  dans  la  Mer ; 

Dans  le  Departement  de  I'  A  isne. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCS. 


301 


the  Districts  of  St.  Quenlin,  Ver* 
vins,  and  Laoo ; 

Jn  the  Department  of  the 
Marne,  those  of  Rheims*  St*  Me* 
n^hould^  and  Vitry ; 

In  the  Department  of  the  Up- 
per Mame,  those  of  St.  Dizier  and 
Joinyille ; 

In  the  Department  of  the  Meur- 
the,  those  of  TonI,  Dienze,  Sarre- 
boorg  and  Blamont 

In  the  Department  of  the 
Vosges,  those  of  St.  Diez,  BrU' 
g^res  and  Remiremont. 

The  District  of  Lore,  in  the  De- 
partment of  the  Upper  Sa6ne,  and 
that  of  St  Hyppolite,  in  the  De- 
partment of  the  Doabs. 

Notwithstanding^  the  occupation 
by  the  Allies,  of  the  portion  of 
Territory  fixed  by  the  Principal 
Treaty,  and  by  the  present  Con- 
vention, His  Most  Christian  Ma- 
jesty may,  in  the  Towns  situated 
within  the  -Territory  occupied, 
maintain  Garrisons,  the  number 
of  which,  however, shall  not  exceed 
what  is  laid  down  in  the  following 
enumeration : 

At  Calais 1,000  men. 

Gravelines dOO 

Bergnes ...« 500 

St  Omer  1,500 

Betiiune .'•     500 

Montreuil  •  ..•••.•     500 

Hesdin  250 

Ardres   150 

Aire   500 

Arras 1,000 

Boulogne  4...     300 

StVenant 300 

lille  3,000 

Dunkirk  and    its 
Forts 1,000 


les    Districts    de    Saint-Quentin, 
Vervias  et  La6o  ; 

Dans  le  Departement  de  la 
Marne,  ceux  de  Rheims,  Sainte- 
Men^hould  et  Vitry ; 

DansleD^partementde  laHaute- 
Marne,  ceux  de  Saint-Dizier  et 
Joinville ; 

Dans  le  Departement  de  la 
Meurthe,  ceux  de  Toul,  Dieuze» 
Sarrebourg  et  Blamont ; 

Dans  leDepartement  desVosges, 
ceux  de  Saint-Diez,  Brug^res,  et 
Remiremont ; 

Le  District  de  Lure,  dans  le 
Departement  de  la  Haute-Sadne, 
et  celui  de  Sainte  HyppoKte,  dans 
le  Departement  du  Doubs. 

Nonobstant  ^occupation  par  les 
Allies,  de  la  portion  de  Territoire 
fix^e  par  le  Traite  Principal  et  la 
presente  Convention,  Sa  Majesty 
Tres  Chretienne  pourra  entreteuir 
dans  les  Villes  situees  dans  le  Ter- 
ritoire occupe,  de  Garnisons,  dont 
le  nombre,  toutefois,  ne  d^passera 
pas  ce  qui  est  determine  dans 
lenumeration  suivante : 

A  Calais  1,000  hommes. 

Gravellnes    ...      500   , 

Bergnes    500 

Saint-Omer  ...  1,500 

Bethune   500 

Montreuil 500 

Hesdin 250 

Ardres 150 

Aire 500 

Arras    1,000 

Boulogne 300 

StVenant  •••      300 

Lille 3,000 

Dunkerque   et 
ses  Forts  ...  1,000 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


302  GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C    AND  FRANCE. 

Doaay  and  Fort  de  Douai  ei  Port 

Scarpe 1,000  men.  deScarpe...  1,000  hoaimes. 

Verdun    500  Verdun 500 

Metz    3,000  Metz 3,000 

Lauterbourf^    200  Lauterboiirg...      200 

Weitsenberg...    •••      150  Weisaenboorg       IdO 

Licfatenberg    150  lichtenberg...      IdO 

Petite  Pierre   100  Petite- Pierre...      100 

PbaUburg 600  Phalsbourg  ...      600 

Straaburg    3.000  Strasbosrg    *..  3,000 

Schlestodt  1,000  Scblestacit     ...  1,000 

Neaf  Brisach    and  Neuf-Briaacbet 

FortMortier   ...  1,000  FortMortier  1,000      • 

Befort 1,000  Befort  1,000 

It  is,  hofrerer,  well  understood,  II  eat  cepefida»t'bien  entendn 

that  the  ilfo/^rie/ belonging  to  the  que  la  Materiel  do  G^nie  et  de 

Engineer  and  Artillery  Depart-  I'Artillerie,  ainsi  qqe   les  objeta 

ments,  as  well  as  soeh  Articles  of  d'Armement  qui  n'appartiennent 

Military   Equipment  as   do    not  pas  proprement  k  cea  Places,  en 

properly    belong   to  those  Fort*  seroot  retires,  et  transportes  k  teh 

resseSy  shall   be   withdrawn  from  endroits     q«6   le    Goavemenent 

them,  and  shall  be  transported  to  Fran^ais      jugera      conveaable, 

sach  Places  as  the  French  Govern,  pourvu  que  ces  endroits  se  trou- 

mant  shall  think  fit,  provided  those  vent  hors  de  la  Ligne  occup6e  par 

Pkces  are  situated  without  the  les  Troupes  Alliees,  et  des  Dia- 

Line    occupied    by  the    Allied  tricts  oilk  il  est  convenu  de  ne  lais- 

Troops,  and  without  the  Districts  ser  aucunes  Troupes,  soit  Alliees, 

in  which  it  is  agreed  not  to  leave  soit  Fran^aises. 
any  Troops,  eitherAlliedorFrench. 

If  any  infraction  of  the  above  S*il  parvenait  d  la  coniiaissance 
Stipulations  should  come  to  the  du  Commaadant-en-Cbef  des 
knowledge  of  the  Oommander-in-  Armies  Alliees  quelqnes  contra- 
Chief  of  the  Allied  Armies,  he  ventions  aux  Stipulations  ci-des- 
shall  make  his  representations  on  sua,  il  adresserait  ses  r^clama- 
the  subject  to  the  French  Govern-  tions  k  cet  ^gard,  au  Gouveme- 
ment,  which  engages  to  do  what  is  ment  Fran9ais,  qui  s'engage  d  y 
right  thereapon.  faire  droit. 

The  Fortresses  abovemendtHred  Les  Places  oUdessus  nomm^es 

being,  at  this  moment,  iKiprorvidbd  etant  en  ce  moment  depourvnea 

with  Garrisons,  the  Fwich  Go-  fie   Garnisons,  le  Gouveraement 

vernment  nwy  place  llieretn,   as  Fran^ais  pourra  y  faire  entrer,  aus- 

soon  as  it  slWI  think  fit,  t4ie  nam-  sitot  qu'il  le  jugera  con ven able,  le 

ber  of  Troops  6\e&  as'abo^;  ap-  nombrede  Troupes  qui  vient  d'etre 

prizing    always  before,  hand  the  ^\i ;  en   en   pr^venant  toutefois 

Commander-in-Chief ofthe  Allied  d'avance  Ic  Commandanten-Chef 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 


303 


Troops,  in  onler  to  avoid  any  d if- 
ficttitj  and  delay  vLich  the  French 
Tnx>ps  might  experience  io  their 
march. 

V.  The  Military  Command  in 
the  whole  extent  of  the  Depart- 
menta  which  shall  remain  occu- 
pied by  the  Allied  Troops,  shall 
belong  to  the  GenefaUin- Chief  of 
those  Troops :  it  is,  however^  dis- 
tinctly nndeistood,  that  it  shall  not 
extend  to  the  Fortresses  which  the 
French  Troops  are  to  occupy,  in 
▼irtne  of  the  IVtb  Article  of  the 
preseot  Convention,  nor  to  a  rayon 
of  1,000  Toises  around  each  of 
those  Places. 

VI.  The  Civil  Administration» 
the  Administration  of  Justice,  and 
the  collection  of  Taxes  and  Ceii> 
tribotions  of  all  sorts,  shall  re- 
main io  tlfte  hands  of  the  Agents  of 
His  Majesty  the  King  of  France. 

The  same  shall  be  the  ease  with 
respect  to  the  Customs.  They  shall 
remain  in  their  present  state,  and 
the  Commanders  of  the  Allied 
Troops  shall  throw  no  obstacle  ia 
the  way  of  the  measures  to  be 
taken,  by  the  Officers  employed  in 
that  service,  to  prevent  frauds: 
they  shall  even  give  them,  in  ease 
of  need,  succour  and  assistance. 

VII.  To  prevent  all  abuses 
which  might  affect  the  Regulations 
of  the  Customs,  the  Clothing  and 
Equipments,  and  other  necessary 
Articles,  destined  for  the  Allied 
Troope,  shall  noli  be  allowed  to  en- 
ter, except  they  be  furnished  with  a 
Certificate  of  Origin,  and  in  pur- 
suance of  a  Commanication  to  be 
made,  by  the  Commanding  Offi- 
cers of  the  diffierent  Corps,  to  the 
General-io'Chief  of    the   Allied 


des  Troupes  AHi^es,  afin  d'eviter 
toute  difficulte  et  retard,  que  les 
Troupes  Fran9aises  pourraient 
^prouver  dans  leur  marche. 

V.  Le  Commandement  Mili- 
taire,  dans  toute  I'etendue  des 
D^partemens  qui  resteront  occn- 
pes  par  les  Troopes  Alliees,  ap- 
partiendra  au  General-en-Chef  de 
ces  Troupes :  il  est  bien  entendu 
cependaat  qu'il  ne  setendra  pas 
aux  Places  que  les  Troupes  Fran- 
9aise8  doivent  occuper,  en  vertu 
de  I'Article  IV  de  la  pr^ente 
Convention,  et  i  un  rayon  de  1,000 
Toiees  autour  dc  ces  Places. 

VI.  L'Administration  Civile, 
celle  de  la  Justice,  et  la  percep- 
tion des  Impositions  et  Contribu- 
tions de  toute  esp^ce,  resteront 
entre  les  mains  des  Agents  de  Sa 
Majeste  le  Rot  de  France. 

II  en  sera  de  m^me  par  rapport 
aux  Douanes.  Elles  resteront 
dans  leur  etat  actuel,  et  les  Com- 
mandants des  Troupes  Alliees 
n  apporteront  aucun  obstacle  aux 
mesures  prises  par  les  Employ^ 
de  cette  Administration  pour  pre- 
venir  la  fraude  ;  ils  leur  pr^teront 
m^me,  en  cas  de  besoin,  secours 
et  assistance. 

VII.  Pour  prevenir  tout  abus 
qui  poarrait  porter  attetnte  aa 
maintien  des  lUglemens  de 
Douane>  les  effets  d'Habillement 
etd'Equipement^etautres  Articles 
necessaires,  destines  aux  Troupes 
Alliees,  ne  pourront  ^tre  intro- 
duits  que  munis  d'un  Certificat 
d'Origine,  et  d  ]a  suite  d*une  Com- 
munication 4  faire,par  les  Officiers 
Commandant  les  differens  Corps, 
au  Gen^ral-enXhef  de  TArmee 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


304 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 


Army,  who  will, on  his  part,  cause 
information  to  be  given  thereof  to 
the  French  Government,  who  will, 
in  consequence  thereof,  issoe  the 
proper  orders  to  their  Officers  em- 
ployed in  the  administration  of 
Ihe  Customs. 

VIII.  The  service  of  the  Gen- 
darmerie  being  acknowledged 
AS  necessary  to  the  maintenance 
of  order  and  public  tranquillity, 
shall  continue,  as  hitherto,  in  the 
Countries  occupied  by  the  Allied 
Troops. 

IX.  The  Allied  Troops,  with 
the  exception  of  those  that  are  to 
form  the  Army  of  Occupation, 
shall  evacuate  the  Territory  of 
France  in  21  days,  alter  the  sig- 
nature of  the  Principal  Treaty* 

The  Territories  which,  accord- 
ing to  that  Treaty,  are  to  be  ceded 
to  the  Allies,  as  well  as  the  Fort- 
tresses  of  Landau  and  Sarre- Louis, 
shall  be  delivered  up  by  the 
French  Aiithorities  and  Troops,  in 
10  days,  from  the  date  of  the  signa- 
ture of  the  Treaty. 

Those  Places  shall  be  given  up 
in  the  state  in  which  they  were  on 
the  20th  of  September  last 

Commissioners  shall  be  named 
on  both  sides,  to  ascertain  and  de- 
clare that  state,  and  to  deliver 
and  receive  respectively  the  Ar- 
tillery, the  Military  Stores,  Plans, 
Models,  and  Archives,  belonging 
as  well  to  the  said  Places  as  to  the 
different  Districts  ceded  by  Prance, 
according  to  the  Treaty  of  this 
day. 

Commissioners  shall  also  be 
named,  to  examine  and  ascertain 
the  etate  of  those  Places  still  occu- 
pied by  the  French  Troops,  aud 


Alli^,  lequel  i  son  tour  en  fera 
donner  avis  au  Gouvernement 
Fran^ais,  qui  donnera  des  ordres 
en  consequence  aux  Employes  de 
^administration  des  Douanes. 


VI IL  Le  service  de  la  Gendar- 
merie etant  reconnu  necessaire  aa 
raaintien  de  I'ordre  et  de  la  tran- 
quillite  publique,  continuera  k 
avoir  lieu,  comme  par  le  pa8s6, 
dans  les  Pays  occupes  par  let 
Troupes  Alliees. 

IX.  Les  Troupes  Allito, k  lex* 
ception  de  celle  qui  doivent  for- 
mer rAjtnee  d'Occupation,  evacu- 
eront  le  Territoire  de  France  en 
2i  jours,  apr^s  celui  de  la  signa- 
ture dn  Traits  Principal. 

Les  Territoires  qui,  d*apr^  ce 
Traite,  doivent  ^tre  cedes  aux 
Allies,  ainsi  que  les  Places  de 
Landau  et  Sarrelouis,  seront  remis 
par  les  Autont^  et  les  Troupes 
Fran9aises,  dans  le  terme  de  10 
jours,  d  dater  de  la  signature  do 
Traite. 

Ces  Places  seront  remises  dans 
r^tat  oilk  elles  se  trouvaient  le  20 
Septembre  dernier. 

Des  Commissaires  seront 
nommes  de  part  et  d'antre  pour 
verifier  et  constater  cet  ^tat,  et 
pour  delivrer  et  recevoir  respec- 
tivement  I'Artillerie,  les  Munitions 
de  Guerre,  Plans,  Modules  et  Ar- 
chives, appartenant  tant  auxdites 
Places  qu  aux  differens  Districts 
c^des  par  la  France,  selon  le 
Traite  de  ce  jour. 

Des  Commissaires  seront  ^gale- 
ment  nommes,  pour  examiner  et 
constater  Petat  des  places  occu- 
pees  encore  par  les  Troupes  Fraa- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE* 


305 


which,  According  to  the  Vth 
Article  of  the  Principal  Treaty, 
are  to  be  held  in  depoait,  for  a 
certain  time,  by  the  Alliea. 

These  Places  shall  also  be  de- 
livered ap  to  the  Allied  Troops  in 
10  days,  from  the  date  of  the  sig- 
nature of  the  Treaty. 

Comoiissioners  shall  also  be 
named  by  the  French  Government, 
en  the  one  part,  and  by  the  Ge- 
neral Commaoding-in- Chief  the 
Allied  Troops  destined  to  remain 
in  France,  on  the  other ;  also  by 
the  General  commanding  the 
Allied  Troops  which  are  at  pre- 
sent in  possession  of  the  Fortresses 
of  Avesnea,  Landrecy,  Manbeuge, 
Rocroy,  Givet,  Montmedy,  Long- 
wy,  Mezi^res,  and  Sedan,  to  as- 
certain and  declare  the  /itate  of 
those  Places,  and  of  the  Military 
Stores,  Maps,  Plans,  Models,  &c. 
which  they  shall  contain,  at  the 
moment  which  shall  be  con- 
sidered as  that  of  the  Occupation 
in  virtue  of  the  Treaty. 

The  Allied  Powers  engage  to 
restore,  at  the  expiration  of  the 
Temporary  Occupation,  all  the 
Places  named  in  the  Vth  Article 
of  the  Principal  Treaty,  in  the 
state  in  which  they  shall  have 
been  found  at  the  time  of  that  oc- 
cnpation,  save  and  except  the 
damages  which  may  have  been 
caused  by  time,  and  which  the 
French  Government  should  not 
have  provided  against  by  the  ne- 
cessary repairs. 

Done  at  Paris,  this  20th  day  of 
November,  in  the  year  of  our 
Lord,  1815. 

(L.S.)    CASTLEREAGH. 
(L.S.)     WELLINGTON. 

[1815—16]  > 


(uses,  et  qui,  d'aprte  I'Article  V 
du  Traite  Principal,  doivent  ^tre 
tenues  en  dep6t,  pendant  un  cer* 
tain  tems  par  les  Allies. 

Ces  Places  seront  de  m^me  re- 
mises aux  Troupes  Allies  dans  le 
terme  de  10  jours,  &  dater  de  la 
signature  du  Traite. 

11  sera  nomm^  aossi  des  Com- 
missaires,  d'une  part  par  le  Gou- 
vernement  Fran^ais,  de  I'autre 
par  le  General  Commandant-en- 
Chef  les  Troupes  Alliees  destines 
d  rester  en  France ;  enfin,  par  le 
General  commandant  les  Troupes 
Alliees  qui  se  trou¥ent  aujourd'hui 
en  possession  des  Places  d' A  vesnes, 
Landrecy,  Maubeuge,  Rocroy, 
Givet,  Montmedy,  l«ongwy,  Me- 
zi^res  et  Sedan,  pour  verifier  eC 
constater  I'etat  de  ces  Places  et  des 
Munitions  de  Guerre,  Cartes, 
Plans,  Modules,  etc.,  qu'ellescon- 
tiendront,  au  moment  qui  sera 
consider^  comme  celui  de  I'Occu- 
pation  en  vertu  du  Traiti. 

Les  Puissances  Aliices  s'enga- 
geiit  a  remettre,  a  la  fin  de  I'Occn- 
pation  Temporaire,  toutes  les 
Places  nomm^es  dans  TArticle  V 
du  Traite  Principal,  dans  T^tat  od 
elles  se  seront  trouvees  k  Tepoque 
de  cette  occupation  ;  sauf  toute- 
fois  les  dommages  causes  par  le 
tems,  et  que  le  Gouvemement 
Fran^ais  n'aurait  pas  pr^venns 
par  les  reparations  necessaires. 


Fait  k  Paris,  le  20  Novembre, 
Ian  degrice,  1815. 

(L.S.)  RICHELIEU. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


306 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 


Additional  Article. -(  Translation.) 

The  High  Contracting  Parties 
having  agreed,  by  Article  V  of  the 
Treaty  of  this  day,  to  occupy  for 
a  certain  period  with  an  Allied 
Army,  Military  Positions  in 
France ;  and  being  desirous  of  an- 
ticipating all  that  might  hazard 
the  order  and  discipline  which  it  is 
80  important  to  maintain  in  that 
Army,  it  is  determined  upon  by 
the  present  Additional  Article, 
that  every  Deserter,  who,  from 
either  of  the  Corps  of  the  said 
Army,  should  go  over  to  the 
French  side,  shall  immediately  be 
arrested  by.the  French  Authorities, 
and  delivered  up  to  the  nearest 
Commander  of  the  Allied  Troops, 
in  like  manner  as  all  Deserters 
from  the  French  Troops,  who 
might  come  over  towards  the  Al- 
lied Army,  shall  be  immediately 
delivered  up  to  the  nearest  French 
Commandant. 

The  tenor  of  this  Article  is  to 
apply  equally  to  such  Deserters 
from  either  side,  who  may  have 
forsaken  their  Colours  previously 
to  the  signature  of  the  Treaty ;  the 
same  to  be  without  delay  restored 
and  delivered  up  to  the  respective 
Corps  to  which  they  may   belong. 

The  present  Additional  Article 
shall  have  the  same  force  and  va* 
lidity,  as  if  it  were  inserted,  word 
for  word,  in  the  Military  Conven- 
tion of  this  day. 

In  faith  whereof,  the  respective 
Plenipotentiaries  have  signed  it, 
and  have  affixed  thereunto  the 
Seal  of  their  Arms. 

Done  at  Paris,  the  20th  Novem- 
ber,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord,  1815. 
(L.S.)  CASTLEREAGH. 
(L.S.)    WELLINGTON. 


Article  AdditionneL 
Les  Hautes  Parties  Contrac- 
tantes  etant  con  venues,  par  TAr- 
tide  V  du  Traits  de  ce  jour,  de 
faire  occuper  pendant  un  certain 
terns,  par  une  Armee  Alliee,  des 
Positions  Militaires  en  France ; 
et  desirant  de  pr^venir  tout  ce  qui 
pourrait  compromettre  I'ordre  et 
la  discipline  qu'il  importe  tr^spar- 
ticuli^rement  de  maintenir  dans 
cette  Armee,  il  est  arrete  par  le 
present  Article  Addition nel,  quQ 
tout  Deserteur  qui,  de  Tun  ou  de 
I'autre  des  Corps  de  ladite  Armee, 
passerait  du  c6te  de  la  France, 
sera  immediatement  arr^t^  par  Jes 
Autorit^s  Franyaises,  et  remis  au 
Commandant  le  plus  voisin  des 
Troupes  Alli^es,  de  meme  que 
tout  Deserteur  des  Troupes  FraD- 
9aises  qui  passerait  du  c6t^  de 
PArmee  Alliee,  sera  immediate- 
ment remis  au  Commandant  Fran- 
9ais  le  plus  voisin. 

Les  dispositions  du  present  Ar- 
ticle 8*appliqueront  ^galement  aux 
Deserteurs  de  c6t^  et  d*autre,  qui 
auraient  quitte  leurs  Drapeaux 
'avant  la  signature  du  Traite ;  les- 
quels  seront,  sansaucun  delai,  res- 
titues  et  delivres  aux  Corps  res- 
pectifs  auxquels  ils  appartiennent. 
Le  present  Article  Additionnel 
aara  la  m^me  force  et  valeur  que 
s'il  etait  insere,  mot  d  mot,  dans  la 
Convention  Militaire  de  ce  jour. 

En  foi  de  quoi,  les  Plenipoten- 
tiaires  respectifs  I'ont  sign4  et  y 
ont  appose  le  Cachet  de  leurs 
Armes. 

Fait  d  Paris,  le  20  Novembre, 
I'an  de  GrAce,  1815. 

(L.S.)       RICHELIEU. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 


307 


(^Annex.) — Tarif  annexed  to  ike 
Convention  relative  to  the  Oo^ 
cupation  of  a  Military  Line  m 
France  by  an  Allied  Army, 


{Annexe.)'^Tarif  annexe  d  la 
Contention  relative  a  I'Dccupa- 
Hon  d^une  JUgne  Militaire  en 
France,  par  une  Armee  Alliee, 


I.   Provisions,  Forage, 
and  FueL 


OrdiMrity  Portion  of  the  Soldier. 

2  pounds  {poids  de  marc)  of 
merim  Ivead,  or  I4  of  a  pound  of 
llour,  or  1^  of  a  pound  of  biscuit. 
-  ^  of  a  pound  of  oatmeal  or  grits, 
or  1^  of  a  pound  of  rice,  or  4^  of  a 
pound  ofine  wbeaten  flour,  peas,  or 
lentils^  or  ^  of  a  pound  of  potatoes, 
carrots,  turnips,  or  other  fresh  ve- 
geCablea. 

4^  of  a  pound  of  fresh  meat,  or 
j-  of  a  pound  of  bacon. 

•^  of  a  litre  of  spirits,  or  \  of 
a  litre  of  wine,  or  1  litre  of  beer. 

•^  of  a  pound  of  saJC 

1.  In  case  the  troops  should  be 
quartered  on  the  Inhabitauts,  they 
i^all  enjoy  the  use  of  fire  and 
candle ;  in  barracks^  wood  for  the 
looms  and  kitchens ;  and  lights 
lor  the  rooms  and  corridors  shall 
be  allowed,  according  to  circum- 
stances, in  exact  proportion  to 
what  is  strictly  necessary.  The 
same  shall  be  observed  with  respect 
to  the  Guard. 

2.  Substitutes  for  the  usual  ar- 
ticles of  the  ration  are  not  to  be 
given  at  the  discretion  of  the 
troops,  but  according  to  circum- 
stances. 

The  articles  of  provision  shall, 
where  practicable,  be  varied  ac- 
cording to  the  season,  giving 
generally  a  preference  to  farina- 
ceous vegetables* 

Bacon  may  be  given  where  the 
Troops  are  willing  to  receive  it. 

X2 


Quarters     I.    Vicres,   Fourrage,    Logement. 
Chanffage^ 

Portion  ordinaire  du  Soldai. 


2  livres  (poids  de  marc),  de  pain 
de  m^tel,  ou  l-|  de  farine,  ou  1  et 
^  de  biscuit 

^  de  livre  de  gruau,  ou  -^  de 
riz,  ou  -I  de  farine  fine  de  fro- 
ment,  de  pois  ou  lentil  les,  ou  ^ 
de  pommes  de  terre,  carotteg,  na- 
vets  et  autres  legumes  frais. 

\  de  livre  de  viande  fraiche,  o^ 
i  de  lard. 

-j>^de  litre  d*eau-de-vie«  ou  ^ 
litre  de  vin,  ou  1  litre  de  bierre. 

•^  de  livre  de  sel. 

1.  Dans  le  cas  od  les  Troupes 
seraient  log^es  ches  les  Habitans. 
elles  auraient  place  au  feu  et  k  la 
chandelle.  Dans  les  casernes^  le 
bois  de  chauffage  et  de  cuisine,  et 
P^clsirage  des  chambres  et  corri- 
dors, seront  fournis  d'apr^s  les  lo- 
calites,  conform^ment  au  besoin; 
il  en  sera  de  m^me  pour  les  Corps 
de  Garde, 

2.  Les  Surrogats  ne  se  donoeront 
pas  au  gr£  de  la  Troupe,  mais 
d  aprbs  les  circonstances. 


On  t&cherade  varier  les  denr^es 
selon  les  saisons,  eu  se  tenant  au* 
tant  que  possible  aux  legumes  sees. 


Le  lard  ne  se  donnera  que  d'un 
commun  accord  avec  la  Troupe* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


308 


GREAT  BRITAIN,    &C.  AND  FRANCE. 


3.  Flour,  for  bread,  shall  not  be 
given  in  lieu  of  bread,  excepting 
with  the  consent  of  the  Troops ; 
and  in  that  case,  wood,  and  the 
necessary  conveniences  for  baking, 
must  be  granted  ;  biscuit  shall  be 
given  only  in  case  of  a  movement, 
or  of  necessity,  or  to  complete  the 
10  days  supply  in  reserve,  with 
which  the  Troops  should  be  provi- 
ded in  their  flying  hospitals. 

This  store  shall  be  furnished  in 
addition  to  the  daily  su  pply ;  more- 
over in  order  to  ensure  a  regular 
supply,  it  is  to  be  understood 
that,  within  the  space  of  3 
months,  the  Magazines  are  to 
h^BO  provisioned,  that  there  be 
always  a  supply  of  provisions 
and  forage  (meat  excepted)  in 
store  for  a  fortnight  in  advance, 
under  the  inspection  of  the  French 
Store-keepers. 

The  Commissaries  of  the  several 
Corp8d'Armee,8ha]l  be  authorized 
to  inspect  this  Store  in  reserve 
when  they  may  think  proper. 

4.  The  meat  shall  be  delivered 
slaughtered,  without  including  the 
head,  feet,  lights,  liver,  and  other 
internal  parts.  If,  with  the  con- 
sent of  the  Troops,  live  cattle  be 
delivered,  the  weight  shall  be 
fixed  by  an  exact  computation, 
including  the  head,  the  fat,  and 
whatever  is  eatable. 

The  hides  shall,  in  this  case, 
belong  to  the  Troops. 

5.  On  a  march,  and  on  other 
occasions  where  the  Soldier  shall 
be  fed  par  etappe,  the  same  Tarif 
shall  be  in  force:  the  Soldier 
shall  then  receive  his  portion,  or 
an  adequate  equivalent,  prepared 
and  divided  into  2  meals,  and  in 
the  morning  a  portion  of  bread 
and  spirits. 


3.  La  farine,  pour  le  pain,  ne 
sera  foumie  k  la  Troupe  que  de 
son  gr^ ;  et  Ton  y  ajoutera  le  bois 
et  les  fours  necessaires  pour  cuire 
le  pain.  Le  biscuit  se  donnera 
seulement  en  cas  de  marche  ou 
d'urgence,  ou  pour  completer  la 
provision  de  reserve  de  10  jours 
dont  les  Troupes  doivent  ^tre 
pourvues  dans  leurs  ambulances. 

Ce  complement  se  donnera  ou- 
tre I'approvisionnement  joumalier. 
Du  reste,  pour  assurer  Texacti- 
tude  de  I'approvisionnement,  il  est 
entendu  que,  dans  le  delai  de  2 
mois,  on  montera  les  magasins  de 
telle  sorte,  qp*k  I'exception  de  la 
viande,  il  y  ait  toujours  pour  15 
jours  une  reserve  de  vivres  et  four- 
rages  sous  I'inspection  des  Gardes- 
Magasins  Fran^ais. 

Les  Administrations  des  Corps 
d'Arm6e  anront  ledroit  d'examiner 
cette  reserve  quand  il  leur  paraitra 
n^cessaire. 

4.  La  viande  se  livrera  abattue, 
sans  y  comprendre  les  t^tes,  pieds, 
poumons,  foie  et  autres  intestins. 
Si,  du  gr^  de  la  Troupe,  on  pre- 
f(^re  de  donner  le  betail  sur  pied, 
le  poids  en  sera  fixe  d'apr^s  ane 
juste  estimation,  en  y  comprenant 
la  t^te,  le  suif  et  tout  ce  qui  est 
mangeable. 

Dans  ce  cas,  la  peau  restera  a  la 
Troupe. 

5.  En  marche,  et  dans  d'aotres 
occasions  ou  le  Soldat  sera  nourri 
par  etappe,  le  mdme  Tarif  servira 
de  base.  Alors  le  Soldat  recevra 
sa  portion  ou  un  Equivalent  suffi- 
sant,  prepare  et  reparti  sur  aea  2 
repas,  et  le  matin  une  partie  du 
pain  avec  sa  portion  d'eau-de-vie. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT    BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 


309 


6.  Receipts  shall  be  granted  by 
Reginients,  Companies,  and  De- 
tachments,  for  the  number  of  ra- 
tions and  portions  received ;  which 
receipt  shall  be  revised  and  con- 
firmed in  each  Corps,  by  a  Mixed 
CummissioD,  whose  official  expen. 
868  shall  be  regulated  and  paid  by 
the  French  Government. 

7.  As  several  of  the  Troops  are 
accustomed  to  Tobacco  for  smo- 
king, and  as  the  Soldier  will  not 
be  able  to  purchase  this  article  at 
the  very  high  price  that  exists  in 
France,  it  is  stipulated,  that  Regi- 
ments, Companies,  or  Detach- 
ments, shall  be  entitled  to  demand 
•)-  a  kilogramme  of  Tobacco,  per 
month,  for  each  man  present,  on 
paying  60  centimes  for  each  \  ki- 
logramme  of  the  most  inferior 
quality  sold  in  the  shops,  but 
fresh.  In  order  to  prevent  any 
contraband  practices  arising  there- 
from, upon  the  issues  to  be  distri- 
buted amongst  the  Regiments, 
there  shall  be  specified  the  quan- 
tities of  Tobacco  delivered. 

Officers  Portion. 

2  pounds  of  white  bread. 

^  of  a  pound  of  fine  grits,  or 
sbbstitotes. 

2  pounds  of  meat. 

A  portion  of  liquor  of  good  qua* 
lity. 

2  tallow  candles,  8  to  the  pound. 

To  prevent  inconvenience,  it 
were  to  be  wished,  that  this  part  of 
the  portion  should  be  estimated  at 
a  certain  sum  per  diem,  for  all  the 
Corps  d' Arm^e,  and  should  always 
be  given  in  money. 


6.  Les  re9us  seront  donnes  par 
les  Regimens,  Compagnies  et 
D^tachemens,  par  portions  et  ra- 
tions, et  seront  revos  et  verifies  d 
chaque  Corps  d'Armee  par  une 
Commission  Mixte,  dont  les  frais 
de  bureau  seront  regies  et  payes 
par  le  Gouvemement  Fran^ais. 

7.  La  Troupe  de  plusieurs  de 
ces  Armees  ^tant  accoutumee  au 
Tabac  k  fumer,  et  les  Soldata 
uetant  pas  en  etat  de  Tacheteraux 
prix  tr^s-hauts  qui  existent  en 
France,  il  est  convenu  que  les 
Regimens,  Compagnies  et  De- 
tachemens,  pourront  demander, 
par  mois,  \  kilogramme  de  Tabac 
pour  chaque  horn  me  present,  en 
payant  GO  centimes  le  \  kilo- 
gramme de  la  qualite  inferieure, 
mais  fralche,  qui  se  vend  dans 
les  Magasins.  Pour  eviter,  a 
cette  occasion,  toute  contre- 
bande,  on  donnera  aux  Regimens 
des  livrets,  ou  seront  notees  les 
quantites  de  Tabac  d^livrees. 

Portion  iPOffieier. 

2  livres  de  pain  blanc. 

\  de  gruau  fin,  ou  surrogats. 

2  livres  de  viande. 

Une  portion  de  liqueur  de  bonne 
qualite. 

2  chandelles  de  suif,  dont  8  k  la 
livre. 

Pour  Eviter  difl^i^rens  inconve- 
niens,  il  est  i  desirer  que  cette 
partie  de  la  portion  soit  evaiuee 
pour  tous  les  Corps  d'Arm6e  en 
argent,  et  d  un  prix  moyen  par 
jour,  et  qu'elle  se  donne  toujours 
en  argent. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


310 


GREAT  BRITAIN,   &C.  AND   FRANCE. 


Moreover,  -^  of  a  stire  of  hard 
firewood,  or,  according  to  circom- 
stances,  soft  wood,  coal,  or  turf, 
in  the  proportion  established  in 
the  French  Service. 

This  part  of  the  portion  shall  be 
alwaysgiven  in  kind,  except  during 
a  inarch.  The  summer  ration  shall 
be  one  half  that  of  the  winter,  and 
there  shall  be  reckoned  6  months 
to  the  winter. 

In  those  Provinces  where  coal 
is  generally  burnt,  the  commuta- 
tion between  wood  and  coal  shall 
be  made,  as  well  for  the  Officer  as 
for  the  Soldier,  according  to  the 
Tarif  of  commutation  of  the  same 
articles  in  use  in  the  French 
Army. 

Likewise  the  quarters,  with  beds 
and  bedding. 

The  poitions  and  the  quarters 
shall  be  given  to  the  Officers  ac 
cording  to  the  following  Table  : 


En  outre,  -^  de  slere  de  bois 
dur  de  chauffage,  on,  d'apr^  les 
localit^s,  du  bois  leger,  de  la 
houille  ou  de  la  tourbe,  suivant  Les 
proportions  fixees  dans  les  regle- 
mens  Fran9ai8. 

Cette  partie  de  la  portion  se 
donnera  toujours  en  nature,  ex- 
cepte  pendant  les  marches.  La 
ration  d'^te  sera  de  la  moitie^  et  on 
comptera  6  mois  d'hiver. 

Dans  les  Provinces  oik  Ton  briile 
g^neralement  du  charbon  de  terre, 
la  commutation  entre  bois  et  char- 
bon se  fera,  tant  pour  POfficier  que 
pour  le  Soldat,  d'apr^s  le  Tahf  de 
commutation  des  m^mes  articles 
en  usage  dans  I'Arm^  Fran^aise* 

En  outre,  le  logement,  avec  lea 
lits. 

Les  portions  d'Officiers  et  le 
logement  seront  donnes  d'apr^  le 
Tableau  suivant : 


RANK. 


Number 

of 
iportioDi 
of  pro- 
▼Isions, 


Numbor 

of 
rations 
of  Aid. 


Number  Number; 
of  I  of  I 
suitable  places 
apart-  for  ; 
menta.  'Senranta 
I 


OBSERVATIONS. 


Subaltcrui. . 


Ina  of  Cavalry,  of  In-  \      « 
itry,  and  en  second  ....  J      * 


Lieutenant-Colonels  , 

Colonels 

Milior.Generals  .... 
Llentenant-OeDerals 


*  Qeaeisls  of  CarBlry,  of  In. 
flmtry,  or  commanding  a 
Corps  d»Arm«e 


}■• 


lto2 


I 


«    I 

4 

5 


Commanding  a  Regiment,  one 
^additional  ration   of  proriaiois 
and  fUd,  one  room,  one  Scar. 
rant's  room  more. 


}|  Commanding  a  DlTision  or 
attached  to  the  Staff,  one  por. 
tion  more  of  eadi  article. 


*  They  shaU  be  lodged  f» 
suitable  Hotels,  properly  sup. 
pUed  wiUi  ftad. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 


311 


:SI6NATION 
DSS 

Nombre 

des 
portioM 

de 
boocbe. 

GRAPES. 

I 

■  Nombre 
Nombre '      de 

dee     I  cham- 

portlone      bret 

de      I   d*uiie 

Cbauf-  grandeur 

fage.      conve- 

nable. 


Nombre 
d*em- 
place- 


pour  lee 
Domes- 
tiquee. 


OBSERVATIONS. 


Offlden  Snbaltemee I 

I 

Capltaioes  d'Infanterle  eC  de  1 
Cavalerte,  et  Capitidnea  en  V      2 
Mcond J 

Majors   8 

UeatcoanU-ColoncIs. 4 

Colonels. 5 

G^tenx.M^ors   7 

Licntenants-G^n^rsttz 9 

*  G^^rauz  de  Cavalerie  ou  ^ 
d'Infanterie,   ou  Comman.  V     13 
dans  d*nn  Corps  d'Arm^e. .  J 


2 

I 
3    j 

3    I 

8 


lk2 


S*ils  commandent  un  B^. 
ment,— une  portion  de  bouene, 
u  ne  chambre,une  portion  de  bols, 
un  emplacement  de  Domestique 
de  plus. 


SMls  commandent  une  Divi- 
sion ou  sont  attaches  Ik  l*Etat. 
M^jor«  Us  recoivent  en  tout  una 
portion  de  plus. 

*  Les  G^n^rauz  en  Chef  tt 
Commandants  des  Corps  ba- 
biteroDt  des  hAtels  convenables, 
qui  seront  chauflita  au  beeoln . 


1.  The  servant  shall  likewise 
receive  the  portion  of  the  Soldier, 
bat  only  when  borne  as  effective 
on  the  muster-roll,  and  not 
beyond  the  number  allowed  in 
each  Army: 

3.  The  civil  and  medical 
Departments  shall  be  assimilated 
with  the  Military,  in  every  thing, 
according  to  their  respective 
ranks. 

3.  In  case  of  necessity,  more 
particularly  on  a  march,  a  smaller 
number  of  apartments  shall 
suffice.  In  barracks  the  quarters 
d)a)l  be  regulated  according  to 
circumstances,  and  conjointly  with 
the  Commandants. 

Faraffe. — Laghi  Ration, 

Oals,  j-  of  a  bushel. 
Hay,  10  pounds. 
Straw,  3  pounds. 


1.  Les  domestiques  recevront 
la  portion  de  Soldat,  mais  d'apr^ 
r^tat  effectif  de  presence,  et  pas 
an  deld  du  nombre  determine  pour 
cheque  Ariuee. 

3.  Les  Employes  dans  les 
Administrations  et  les  Officiers  de 
Sant^  seront,  d'apr^s  leurs  grades, 
assimiles  en  tout  aux  Militaires. 

3.  En  cas  de  necessite,  surtout 
en  marche,  on  se  contentera  d'un 
nombre  de  chambres.  Dans  les 
casernes,  les  quartiers  seront 
regies  d'apr^s  les  circonstances, 
et  conjointement  avec  MM.  les 
Commandans. 

Four  rages, '^Ration  legere. 
Avoine,  t  de  boisseau  de  Paritf. 
Foin,  10  livres. 
Faille,  3  livres. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


312 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 


Heavy  Ration. 
Oats,  1  bushel  (Paris  measure.) 
Hay,  10  pounds. 
Straw,  3  pounds. 

1.  The  heavy  ration  shall  be 
given  for  the  saddle  horses  of 
Officers,  for  horses  of  regular 
Cavalry,  light  and  heavy,  for 
Artillery  horses  that  draw  the 
guns  and  caissons. 

All  other  horses,  including 
coBsack  horses,  shall  receive  only 
the  light  ration,  except  by  the  rules 
of  the  service  of  each  Army  there 
should  be  other  draH;  horses 
entitled  to  the  heavy  ration. 

On  a  march  which  may  continue 
for  more  than  4  days,  all  the  horses 
on  the  march  shall  receive  the 
heavy  ration. 

2.  The  forage  may  be  varied 
in  case  of  necessity,  by  reckoning 
6  rations  of  barle^,  and,  in 
extreme  scarcity,  as  many  of  rye, 
for  8  rations  of  oats;  and  ^  a 
light  ration  of  oats  for  5  pounds 
of  hay.  The  latter  substitute 
may  be  demanded  as  a  matter  of 
right,  by  those  Troops  whose 
ration  of  hay  is  generally  under 
10  pounds,  and  that  of  oats  more 
liberal. 

,  3.  Straw  shall  be  furnished 
from  the  Magazines  for  the 
stables  of  the  barracks,  and  the 
dung  shall  belong  to  the  Troops> 
who  are  to  remove  it  themselves. 

When  quartered  on  the  Inha- 
bitant, he  shall  supply  straw 
according  to  the  Tarif,  and  shall 
have  the  advantage  of  the  dung. 

4.  Stabling  shall  be  granted  to 
Regimtints    and    Companies  for 


Ration  pesante. 
Avoine,  1  boisseau  de  Paris. 
Foin,  10  livres^ 
Paille,3  livres. 

1.  Les  rations  pesantes  se 
donneront  aux  chevaux  de  selle 
des  Officiers,  aux  chevaux  de  la 
Ca Valerie  reguli^re,  tant  pesante 
que  legfere;  aux  chevaux  de 
I'Artillerie  qui  menent  les  canons 
et  les  caissons  qui  y  appartiennent. 

Tous  les  autres,  ainsi  que  les 
chevaux  des  cosaques,  auront  la 
ration  leg^re,  excepte  le  cas  ou, 
d'apr^  les  reglemens  particoliers 
d'une  Arniee,  il  se  tronverait 
encore  des  equipages  qui  dikssent 
recevoir  la  ration  pesante. 

Dans  les  marches  ou  deplace- 
mens  qui  dureraient  plus  de  4 
jours,  tous  les  chevaux  en  marche 
auront  la  ration  pesante. 

2.  En  cas  de  necessity,  les 
fourrages  pourront^tre  remplac^s, 
en  comptant  6  rations  d  orge,  et» 
en  cas  dextr^me  disette,  6  de 
seiglcy  au  lieu  de  8  rations 
d'avoine;  et  \  ration  ieg^re 
d'avoine  pour  5  livres  de  foin. 
Ce  dernier  surrogat  pourra  ^tre 
demande  de  droit  par  les  Troupes 
dont  la  ration  de  foin  est  ordinaire- 
ment  moins  de  10  livres,  et 
celle  d'avoine  plus  forte. 

3.  La  paille  sera  foumie  des 
Magasins  aux  ecuries  des  places, 
et  le  fumier  restera  i  la  troupe, 
qui  Tenlevera  elle-m^me. 

Chez  rhabitant,  celui-ci  foumira 
la  paille,  d*apr^s  le  Tarif,  et  pro* 
fitera  du  fumier. 

4.  Les  ^curies  seront  assignees 
aux    Regimens     et    Compagnies 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 


313 


the  effective  namber  of  horses, 
also  light  and  accommodation  for 
the  goard,  and  place  for  the 
baggage  and  forage. 

5.  Forage  for  the  horses  of  the 
Officers  of  different  ranks  shall  be 
given  to  each  Army^  according  to 
the  regulations  in  force  with  them 
respectively,  previoas  to  the  date 
of  the  present  Tarif.  It  shall  be 
delivered  according  to  such 
Returns,  without  any  deduction. 

Officers  shall  claim  stable-room 
for  the  actual  number  of  their 
bones,  and  room  for  their 
baggage  and  forage,  but  not 
candlelight .  For  each  horse  there 
shall  be  allotted  a  space  of  8  feet 
long  and  4  feet  broad. 

GENERAL  REMARK. 

Beyond  the  present  Tarif,  the 
Troops  shall  not  be  entitled  to 
claim  any  thing,  and  shall  be 
obliged  to  purchase  at  their  own 
expense  the  articles  not  compre* 
hended  in  it,  such  as  soap,  butter^ 
chalk,   pipe-clay,  &c; 

With  respect  to  guard-houses 
and  sentry-boxes,  the  Towns  will 
provide  for  them  at  their  own  ex- 
pense. 

II.— H(M|»>a/f. 
The  Administration  of  the 
Hospitals  shall  in  general  be  in 
the  hands  of  the  French  Authori- 
ties, according  to  the  established 
order ;  but  in  the  subsistence  of 
the  flick,  respect  shall  be  had  to 
the  Regulation  published  by  each 
Army  on  its  entrance  intd  France. 
Every  thing  necessary,  medicines 
included,  shall  be  provided  at  the 
expense  of  the  French  Govern- 
ment     On     the     other     hand. 


d'apr^  I'effectif  des  chevaox,  en 
y  joignant  I'eclairage  etTemplace- 
ment  pour  la  garde,  les  bagages 
et  les  fourrages. 

5.  Les  fourrages,  pour  les 
chevaux  des  Officiers  de  difierens 
grades,  seront  delivr^s  &  chaque 
Troupe,  d'aprfes  les  ^tats  de  son 
organisation,  tels  qu'ils  existaient 
avant  ce  Tarif.  On  les  delivrera 
d'apr^ces  Tableaux,  sansaucune 
deduction. 

Les  ^curies  pour  les  Officiers 
seront  egalemen  t  assignees,  d*aprte 
Peffectif,  avec  Templacement  pour 
les  bagages  et  les  fourrages ;  mais 
sans  eclairage.  On  comptera,  par 
cheval,  4  pieds  en  largeur^  et  8 
pieds  en  longueur. 

NOTE   OENERALE. 

Les  Troupes  ne  pourront  Hen 
demander  au-deld  de  ce  Tariff  et 
seront  obligees  d'acheter  k  leurs 
frais  les  objets  qui  n'y  sont  pas 
compris,  tels  que  savon,  beurre, 
craie,  terre  de  pipe,  etc. 

Les  Villes  arrangeront,  k  leurs 
frais,  les  Corps-de-garde  et  les 
gu^rites. 


U.-^HSpUaux. 
Les  H6pitaux  en  g^n^ral  seront 
administres  par  les  Autorites 
Fran^aises  d'apr^  Fordre  etabli ; 
mais  quant  4  TentFetien  des  ma- 
lades,  on  se  conformera  aux  r^gle- 
mens  public  par  chaque  Armee 
lors  de  son  entree  en  France. 
Tous  les  articles  necessaires,  les 
medicamens  y  compris,  seront 
fournis  aux  frais  du  Gouverne- 
ment  Prangais.  On  ne  fournira 
cependant  rien  pour  les  Hopitaux 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


314 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 


nothing  shall  be  granted  forRegi- 
mental  Hospitals,  beyond  the 
usual  portions  and  quarters, 
which  shall  be  claimed  by  Regi- 
ments for  their  sick,  as  well  as 
for  their  effective.  Each  Corps 
d'Armee  shall  send  to  the  Hospital 
destined  for  its  sick,  the  necessary 
medical  or  other  assistance,  to 
secure  proper  treatment.  All 
Soldiers  sent  to  the  Hospitals 
shall  be  received,  and  the  Hospi- 
tals  shall  be  estabtished  at  con- 
venient distances. 

HI.— TVcriMf/wr/. 
When  the  Troops  are  on  a 
march,  carriages  shall  be  fur- 
nished by  the  French  Government, 
on  the  demand  of  the  Commander- 
in-Chief.  The  same  rule  shall 
be  observed  for  the  transport  of 
the  sick.  The  necessary  relays 
for  the  communication  between 
different  parts  of  a  Corps 
d'Arm^e  shall  also  be  granted; 
but  the  greatest  moderation  shall 
be  observed  on  this  subject 
With  respect  to  the  conveyance 
of  military  effects  to  the  Army 
from  beyond  the  French  Frontier, 
such  conveyances  shall  be  made 
by  relays  of  the  Country,  only  till 
the  Ist  of  February,  1816,  and 
merely  for  moderate  quantities. 

IV.— Po*/5. 

All  Dispatches  connected  with 
the  interior  service  of  the 
different  Corps,  and  Correspon- 
dence with  the  French  Authori- 
ties, bearing  an  Official  Seal,  shall 
be  received  and  forwarded,  without 
payment,  at  the  usual  posts. 
Estafettes  and  private  Letters  of 


des  Regimens,  excepte  I'emplace- 
ment  et  les  portions  ordinaires 
que  les  Regimens  dcmanderont 
comme  pour  les  autres  Militaires 
picsens.  Chaque  Corps  d'Armee 
d^leguera  i  chaque  Hopital 
destine  d  sea  malades,  les  mede- 
cins  et  Commissaires  necessaires 
pour  en  assurer  le  bon  traitement 
On  ne  pourra  refuser  d'admettre 
les  Militaires  qui  seront  enroyes 
aux  Hopitaux:  ceux*ci  seront 
4tablis  i  des  distances  convena- 
bles. 

IH. — Charrois. 
Lorsque  les  Corps  seront  en 
mouvement,  le  Gouvernement 
Franyais  fournira  les  moyens  de 
transport  sur  la  demande  du 
Commandant-en-Chef.  II  en  sera 
de  m^me  pour  le  transport 
des  malades.  On  fournira  aussi 
les  relais  necessaires  pour  les 
communications  entre  les  diflfe- 
rentes  parties  d'un  Corps 
d'Armee;  mais  on  observera,  a 
cet  ^gard,  beaucoup  de  reserve. 
Pour  ce  qui  concerne  les  con  vols 
d  effets  militaires  qui  arrivent  k  la 
Troupe  des  Pays  hors  des 
Fronti^res  de  Franee,  le  transport 
ne  devra  se  faire  par  les  relais  du 
Pays  que  jusqu'au  ler  Fevrier, 
1816,  et  seulement  pour  des 
quantites  moderees. 

IW-^Postes. 

Toutes  les  Lettres  qui  con- 
cement  le  service  interieur  des 
Corps,  et  la  Correspondance  avec 
les  Autorites  Frangaises,  et  qui 
seront  munies  du  Contreseign 
officiel,  seront  revues  aux  postes 
ordinaires  et  transmises  sans 
paiement.     Quant  aux  Estafettes 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN)  &C.  AND   FRANCE. 


315 


the  Military  shall  he  paid  for  at 
the  asual  prices.  Couriers  and 
travellers^  military  or  otherwise^ 
shall  pay  puQCtoally  for  post* 
horses. 

Articles  for  the  clothing  of 
the  Troops  shall  enter  free  from 
doty^on  Certificates  well  authenti- 
cated. Military  persons  joining 
the  Armies^  or  leaving  France, 
shall  be  exempt  from  payment 
of  all  da  ties,  on  whatever  is  for 
their  own  use,  or  that  of  the 
Troops. 

Agreed  upon,  and  signed  at 
Paris,  the  ^th  of  November,  in 
the  year  of  our  Lord,  1815. 

{L.S.)     CASTLEREAGH. 

(L.S.)    WELLINGTON. 


et  i  la  Correspondance  parti- 
culi^re  <tes  Militaires,  on  les 
paiera  suivant  la  taxe  ordinaire. 
Les  Courriers  et  Voyageurs, 
militaires  ou  non,  paieront  exacte- 
ment  les  chevaux  de  poste. 

V. — Douanes, 

Leseifets  destines  pour  Thabille- 
ment  de  ces  Troupes  jouiront  de 
la  libre  entree  moyennant  des 
Certificats  valables.  Les  Mili- 
taires qui  rejoindroiit  les  Corps 
ou  quitteront  la  France,  seront 
libres  de  tout  paiement  aux 
douanes,  pour  tout  ce  qui  sert  k 
leur  propre  usage  ou  i  celui  de 
la  Troupe. 

Arrfite  et  signe  k  Paris,  le  20 
Novembre,  Pan  de  Grice  1815; 


(L.S.) 


RICHELIEU. 


(4.y~CONVENTION  between  Great  Britain,  Austria,  Prussia, 
and  Russia,  and  France,  relative  to  the  Claims  of  the  Sul^ects  qf 
the  AUie4  Powers  upon  France. — Signed  at  Paris,  20th  November, 
1815. 


Cimeention  entre  la  Grande  Bre- 
fagne  et  la  France,  conelue  en 
eonfomdte  de  ^ Article  IX  du 
Traite  Principal,  reloHvement 
d  fExamen  et  d  la  Uquidation 
des  Reclamations  d  la  charge  du 
Gouvemement  Frangais,* 
Pour  aplanir  les  difficultes  qui 
se  sont  elev^es  sur  Texecution  de 
divers  Articles  da  Trait^  de  Paris, 


(Translation.) 
Ccnvention  between  Great  Britain 
and  France,  concluded  in  con^ 
formity  to  the  IXth  Article  of 
the   Principal  Treaty,  relative 
to  the  Examination  and  Liqui- 
dation of  the  Claims  upon  the 
French  Government. 
In  order  to  remove  the  difficul- 
ties which  have  arisen  in  the  exe* 
cation  of  divers   Articles  of  the 


*  The  SttpnlBtions  of  the  Conventioiis  upon  this  Subject,  oondaded  at  the  same 
tfane,  between  Great  Britahi  and  Anrtria,  Fmwia,  and  Russia,  were,  verbatim,  the 
aone  as  this  Ckmventlon ; — ^which  is  distiDguished  as  Conyention  No.  13,  in  the 
Fapers  presented  to  Parliamettt. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


316 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 


du  30  Mai,  1814,  et  notammeot 
snr  cenx  relatifs  aux  reclamations 
des  Sujets  des  Puissaoces  Alliees, 
lea  Hautes  Parties  Coatractantes, 
d^irant  faire  promptement  jouir 
lears  Sojets  respecUfs  des  droits 
que  ces  Articles  leur  assiireat,  et 
prdvenir  en  m^me  terns,  autaut 
que  possible,  toute  contestation  qui 
pourrait  s'^lever  sur  1e  sens  de 
quelques  dispositions  dudit  Traite, 
sont  confenues  des  Articles  sui- 
▼ans: 


Art.  I.  Le  Traite  de  Paris  da 
30  Mai,  1814,  ^tant  conOrme  par 
TArticleXI  duTraite  Principal,  au- 
quel  la  pr^ente  Convention  est 
annexee,  cette  confirmation  s'e- 
tend  nomm^ment  aux  Articles 
XIX,  XX,  XXI,  XXII,  XXIII, 
XXIV,  XXV,  XXVI,  XXX  et 
XXXI,  dodit  Traite,  autant  que 
les  Stipulations  renferm^es  dans 
ces  Articles nont pas  ete changees 
on  modifi^es  pa^  le  present  Acte ; 
et  il  est  ezpressement  convenu,  que 
les  explications  et  les  d^veloppe- 
mens  que  les  Hautes  Parties  Con- 
tractantes  ont  jug^  i  propos  de 
leur  donner  par  les  Articles  sui- 
▼ans,  ne  prejudicieront  en  rien 
aux  r^lamations  de  toute  autre 
nature,  qui  seraient  autoris^  par 
ledit  Traits,  sans  ^tre  specialement 
rappel^es  par  la  pr^nte  Conven- 
tion. 

II.  En  conformity  de  cette  dis- 
position, Sa  Majeste  Tr^  Chre- 
tienne  promet  de  faire  liquider 
dans  les  formes  ci-apr^s  indiqu^es, 
toutes  les  sommes  que  la  France 
se  trouve  devoir  dans  les  Pays 
horsde  son  Territoire,  tcl  qu'il  est 


Treaty  of  Paris  of  the  30th  May 
1814,  and  especially  of  those  re- 
lating to  the  Claims  of  Subjecu 
of  the  Allied  Sovereign  Powers, 
the  High  Contracting  Parties,  be- 
ing desirous  of  enabling  their  re- 
spective Subjects  speedily  to  enjoy 
the  rights  which  those  Articles 
ensure  to  them,  and  at  the  same 
time  prevent  as  much  as  possible 
all  controversy  which  might  arise 
on  the  interpretation  of  some  of 
the  dispositions  of  the  said  Treaty, 
have  agreed  upon  the  following 
Articles: 

Art.  I.  The  Treaty  of  Paris  of 
the  30th  May,  1814,  being  con- 
firmed  by  Article  XI  of  the  Prin- 
cipal Treaty,  to  which  the  present 
Convention  is  annexed,  this  con- 
firmation extends  principally  to 
Articles  XIX,  XX,  XXI,  XXII, 
XXIII,  XXIV,  XXV,  XXVI, 
XXX  and  XXXI,  of  the  said 
Treaty,  so  far  as  the  Stipulations 
contained  in  the  said  Articles  have 
not  been  altered  or  modified  by 
the  present  Act;  audit  is  expressly 
agreed,  that  the  explanations  and 
developements  which  the  High 
Contracting  Parties  have  thought 
advisable  to  give  to  them  by  the 
following  Articles,  shall  in  no  wise 
prejudice  the  claims  of  any  other 
nature,  which  may  be  authorized 
by  the  said  l^reaty,  though  not 
specially  stipulated  by  the  pre- 
sent Convention. 

II.  In  conformity  to  this  reso- 
lution. His  Most  Christian  Ma- 
jesty engages  to  cause  to  be  li- 
quidated, in  the  manner  herein- 
after specified,  all  sums  which 
France  may  be  found  to  owe,  in 
Countries  out  of  her  Territory,  as 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT   BRITAIN,  &C.  AND    FRANCE. 


317 


coBstitoe  par  le  Traits  aaqael  la 
piBsente  ConTention  estannexee, 
en  verta  de  TArticle  XIX  du  Traits 
de  Paris,  du  SO  Mai  1814,  soil  i 
dea  Indifidus,  soak  des  Commn- 
neu,  soil  k  d«8  Etablissemens  Par- 
ticoliers  dont  lea  Revenus  ne  sont 
paa  k  la  diapoaidon  des  Gou? eroe- 
rnena. 

Oette  Jiqaidation  setendra  spe- 
cialement  sur  ies  reclamatioos  sai- 
vantea: 

1.  8ar  celles  qui  concemeot  lea 
fooroitarea  et  preatations  de  tout 
genre  faitea  par  des  Communes  ou 
'  dea  Indif  idus,  et  en  general  par 
taut  autre  que  lea  Gouvernemens, 
en  verta  de  Contrats  ou  de  dispo- 
sitjons  ^man^s  des  Autorit^s  Ad-  • 
ministratJTes  Fran^aisea,  renfer- 
mant  promesse  de  paiement ;  que 
cea  foumitores  et  prestations  aieot 
iie  eflectuees  dans  et  pour  lea 
Magasins  Militaires  en  general, 
on  pour  rapproTisionnement  des 
VtUea  et  Places  en  particulier,  ou 
enfinaux  Armies  Fran^aises,  ou 
k  dea  D^tachemens  de  Troupes, 
on  i  la  Gendarmerie,  ou  aux  Ad- 
miniatrations  Pran^aises,  ou  aux 
II5pitanx  Militaires,  ou  enfin  pour 
ua  Serrke  Public  quelconque. 

Cea  livraisons  et  prestations  se- 
ront  jnstifiees  par  Ies  Re^us  des 
Gardea  Magasins,Officiers  Ci?  ilsou 
Militaires,  Commissaires,  Agena 
on  8nrFeillans,  dont  la  falidit^ 
sera  reconnue  par  la  Commission 
de  Liquidation  dont  il  sera  question 
k  TArttcle  V  de  la  presente  Con- 
tention. 

Les  prix  en  seront  regies  d'aprba 
Ies  contrats  ou  autres  engage- 
mens    des  Autorit^a  Fran^aisea, 


fixed  by  the  Treaty  to  which  the 
present  Convention  is  annexed,  by 
virtue  of  Article  XIX  of  the 
Treaty  of  Paris,  of  dOth  May, 
1814,  either  to  Individuals  or  to 
'*  Communes,*'  or  to  Private  Es- 
tablishments, the  Revenues  of 
which  are  not  at  the  disposal  of 
Government. 

This  liquidation  shall  extend 
particularly  to  the  following 
claims  : 

1.  To  those  arising  from  Sup- 
plies and  Deliveries  of  all  kind, 
furnished  by  "  Communes,'*  or  In- 
dividuals, and  in  general  by  all 
others  but  the  different  branchea 
of  the  Government,  by  virtue  of 
Contracts  or  Arrangements  made 
by  the  French  Administrative 
Authorities,  under  promise  of  pay* 
ment;  whether  the  said  Supplies 
and  Deliveries  may  have  been 
furnished,  either  to  or  for  the  use 
of  Military  Magazines  in  general, 
or  for  the  provisioning  of  Towns 
and  Fortresses  in  particular,  or,  in 
short,  to  the  French  Armies,  to 
Detachments  of  Troops  or  of 
"Gendarmerie,''  to  the  French 
Administrations,  or  the  Military 
Hospitals,  or  in  fine,  for  any  Pub- 
lic Service  whatsoever. 

These  Deliveries  and  Snppliea 
are  to  be  vouched  by  Receipts 
from  the  Storekeepers,  Officers, 
Civil  or  Military,  Commissaries, 
Agents  or  Inspectors,  the  validity 
of  which  shall  be  acknowledged 
by  the  Commission  of  Liquidation 
described  in  Article  V  of  the  pre- 
sent Convention. 

The  prices  shall  be  regulated 
by  the  contracts  or  other  engage- 
ments of  the  Fiench  Authorities, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


318 


GREAT    BRITAIN,  &C.  AND    FRANCE. 


ou,  k  leur  d^faut,  d'apr^s  les  mer- 
curiales  des  endroits  les  plus  rap- 
procbes  de  celui  od  le  versement 
a  ^.te  fait. 

2.  Sur  les  arri^res  ^^jsqlde  et  de 
traitement,  frais  de  voyage,  grati- 
ficatioDS  et  autres  indemnites,  re- 
venant  d  des  Miiitaires  ou  Em- 
ployes d  TArmee  Frangaise,  de- 
venas  par  lea  Traites  de  Paris^  du 
30  Mai  1814,  et  du  20  Novembre 
1815,  Sujets  d'une  autre  Puis- 
sance, pour  le  terns  od  ces  lodi- 
vidus  servaieut  dans  les  Armees 
Fran^aises,  ou  quails  etaietit  atta- 
ches k  des  £tabli8semens  qui  en 
dependaient,  tels  qu'Hdpitaux, 
Pharmacies,  Magasins  ou  autres. 

La  justification  de  ces  demandes 
devra  se  faire  par  la  production 
des  Pieces  exigees  par  les  Lois  et 
lUglemens  MiJitaires. 

3.  Sur  la  restitution  des  frais 
d'entretien  des  Miiitaires  Fran9aiB 
dans  les  Hospices  Civils  qui  n'ap- 
partenaient  pas  au  Gouvernement, 
en  tant  que  le  paiement  de  cet  en- 
tretien  a  ete  stipule  par  des  En- 
gagemens  expr^s;  la  quotite  de 
ces  frais  sera  justifiee  par  les  Bor« 
dereaux,  certifies  pur  les  Chefs  de 
€68  Ctablisseuiens. 

4.  Sur  la  restitution  des  fonds 
confi^s  aux  Postes  aux  Lettres 
Fran^aises,  qui  ne  soot  pas  par- 
venus i  leur  destination^  le  cas  de 
force  majeure  excepte. 

5.  Sur  Pacquit  des  Mandats, 
Bona  et  Ordonnances  de  paiement, 
foumis,  soit  sur  le  Tresor  Public 
de  France,  soit  sur  la  Caisse  d*A- 
mortiBsemeni,  ou  ieurs  annexes^ 


or  in  failure  thereof,  by  the  market 
prices  of  the  places,  the  nearest  to 
that  irhere  the  delivery  shall  have 
taken  place. 

2.  To  arrears  of  pay  and  allow- 
ances, travelling  expences,  gratui* 
ties,  and  other  indemnifications, 
due  to  Military  or  other  Persons 
employed  in  the  French  Army, 
and  become,  by  the  Treaties  of 
Paris  of  30th  May,  1814,  and  20th 
November,  1815,  Subjects  of  an- 
other Sovereign  Power,  during  the 
period  when  the  Individuals  in 
question  served  in  the  French 
Armies,  or  were  attached  to  Estab- 
lishments thereunto  belonging, 
such  as  Hospitals,  Dispensaries, 
Magazines,  &c. 

These  demands  are  to  be  8ii]h- 
ported  by  the  production  of  the 
necessary  vouchers,  as  required  by 
the  existing  Miliary  Rules  and 
Regulations. 

3.  To  the  re-imbursement  of 
expenses  for  the  maintenance  of 
French  Troops  in  such  Civil  Hospi- 
tals as  did  not  belong  to  the  Govern- 
ment, inasmuch  as  the  payment  of 
that  maintenance  has  been  stipu- 
lated for  by  positive  engagements. 
The  quota  of  the  said  expenses 
is  to  be  vouched  by  abstracts  of 
AccountSy'certified  by  the  Superin- 
tendents of  those  Establishments. 

4.  To  the  restitution  of  funds, 
entrusted  to  the  French  Post- 
offices,  which  have  not  reached 
their  destination,  the  event  of  force 
being,  however,  excepted. 

6.  To  the  discharge  of  "  Man- 
dats,"  '*  Bons,"  and  Orders  for  pay- 
ment, given  either  on  the  Public 
Treasury  of  France,  or  on  the 
<'  Caisse  d'Amortissement,"or  their 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT    BRITAIN,  &C.  AND    FRANCE. 


319 


ainsi  que  des  Bons  donnas  par 
cette  derni^re  caisse;  lesqueU 
Mandats,  Bons  et  Ordonoaaces, 
oot  et^  souscrits  en  faveur  d'Ha- 
!>itan8»  de  Commaoes,  ou  d'Rtab- 
lissemeiis  siloes  dans  les  Provioces 
qui  ont  cesse  de  faire  partie  de  la 
France^  ou  se  trouvent  entre  les 
mains  de  ces  Habitans^  Com- 
munes et  Etablissemeus;  sans 
que,  de  la  part  de  la  France,  on 
puisse  refuser  de  les  payer  par  la 
raison  que  les  objets,  par  la  vente 
desquels  ces  Bons,  Mandats  et 
Ordonnances  devaient  £tre  realises^ 
ont  passe  sous  un  Gouvernement 
etrangen 

6.  Sur  les  Emprunts  faits  par 
les  AutoritesFrangaisesCivilesou 
Militaires,  a? ec  promesse  de  resti* 
lotion. 

7.  Sur  les  indemnit^s  accordees 
poor  non-jouissance  de  biens  do- 
maniaox  donnes  en  bail ;  sur  toute 
aolre  indemnity  el  restitution  pour 
fftiu  d*afiermage  de  Biens  Doma- 
niaux,  ainsi  que  sur  les.  vacations, 
emolumens  el  bonoraires  pour 
estimation,  visile  ou  expertise  de 
bitimens  et  autres  objets,  faite  par 
ordre  et  pour  compte  du  Gouverne- 
ment Fran9aU;  en  tant  que  ces 
indemnit^s,  restitutions,  vacations, 
emolumens  et  bonoraires  ont  ete 
reconnns  kirek  la  charge  du  Gou- 
vernement, el  legalement  oixlonn^s 
par  les  Autorites  Franfaises  alors 
existantes. 

8.  Sur  le  remboursement  des 
avances  faites  par  les  Caisses 
Commonales,  par  ordre  des  Auto- 
ril6s  Frangaises,  et  avec  promesse 
de  rettilotion. 


*'  Annexes,**  as  well  as  of  "  Bons/' 
given  by  this  last  mentioned 
"Caisse";  which  "  Mandats,'' 
"  Bons,"  aud  Orders,  have  been 
subscribed  to  in  favour  of  Inhabi- 
tants, "  Communes/'  or  Establish, 
ments  situated  in  Provinces  which 
have  ceased  to  form  part  of  France, 
or  which  may  be  in  the  hands  of 
the  said  Inhabitants,  "Com^ 
munes,''  or  Establishments;  it  not 
being  possible  for  France  to  re- 
fuse payment  of  the  same,  on  the 
plea,  that  the  objects,  by  the  sale 
of  which  the  said  "  Bons,"  <'  Man- 
dats/' and  Orders  were  to  be  rea- 
lized, have  passed  under  Foi%ign 
dominion; 

6.  To  Loans  made  to  the  French 
Civil  and  MiiiUry  Authorities* 
under  promise  of  re-payment 

7.  To  indemnities  granted  for 
non-enjoyment  of  National  Do- 
mains, let  on  lease ;  to  all  other 
indemnity  and  refunding  for  leases 
of  National  Domains,  and  also  for 
professional  attendance,  remune- 
ration, and  fees  for  appraising,  in- 
specting, or  reporting,  on  the 
buildings,  or  other  objects,  done 
by  order  and  on  account  of  the 
French  Government;  inasmuch  as 
the  said  indemnities,  refuudings, 
professional  attendance,  remune- 
ration, and  fees,  have  been  ac- 
knowledged to  be  at  the  expense 
of  the  Government,  and  legally 
ordered  by  the  French  Authori- 
ties at  the  time  existing. 

8.  To  the  re-imbursement  of 
advances  made  from  the  Funds  of 
the  "  Communes,"  by  order  of  the 
French  Authorities,  and  under 
promise  of  re-payment. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


320 


GREAT    BRITAIN,  &C.  AND    FRANCE. 


9.  Sur  les  indemnit^s  does  d 
des  Particaliera  pour  prise  de  ter- 
rain, demolition,  destruction  de 
b&Umens,  qui  ont  eu  lieu  d'apr^s 
les  ordres  des  Autorit^s  Militaires 
Fran9aise8,  pour  Tagrandissement 
ou  la  s6ret6  des  Places  Fortes,  et 
Citadelles;  dans  le  cas  ou  il  est  du 
indemnite,  en  vertu  de  la  Loi  du 
10  Juillet  1791,  et  lorsqu'ii  j  aura 
eu  engagement  de  payer,  resultant 
soit  d'une  expertise  contradictoire, 
r^glant  le  montant  de  Tlndemoite, 
soit  de  tout  autre  acte  des  Auto- 
rites  Pran^aises. 

III.  Les  reclamations  du  Senat 
de  Hambourg,  concemant  la 
Banque  de  CetteVille,seront  I'ob- 
jet  d  une  Convention  Particuli^re 
entre  les  Commissaires  de  Sa  Ma- 
jeste  Trds  Chretienne  et  ceux  de 
la  Ville  de  Hambourg. 

IV.  Seront  egalemeut  liquidees 
les  r^lamations  que  presentent 
plttsieurs  Individ  us,  contre  I'exe- 
cution  d'uu  Ordre,  date  de  Nas- 
sen,  le  8  Mai,  1813,  en  vertu  du- 
quel  on  a  saisi,  i  leur  prejudice, 
des  Denrees  Coloniales,  dont  ils 
avaient  acquis  une  Partie  du  Gou- 
vemement  Franyais,  et  en  vertu 
duquel  ils  ont  ete  conlraints  de 
payer  une  seconde  fois  pour  des 
cotons,  les  droits  et  doubles  droits 
de  Douanes,  quoiqu'ils  se  fussent 
liberes,  en  terns  utile,  de  ce 
qu'ils  devaient  legalement 

Cesreclamations  seront  liquidees 
par  les  Commissaires  ^tabiis  par  la 
Convention  de  ce  jour,  et  leur 
montant  sera  pay^  eu  Inscriptions 
au  Grand  Livre  de  la  Dette  Pub- 
lique,  &  un  cours  qui  ne  pourra 
pas  ^tre  audessous  de  75,  de  la 
m£me  mani^re  qu'il  a  6te  couvenu 


9.  To  indemnities  due  to  Indi<- 
viduals  for  loss  of  ground,  the  de- 
molition and  destruction  of  build* 
ings,  in  consequence  of  orders  from 
the  French  Military  Authorities, 
for  the  enlargement  or  security  of 
Fortresses  and  Citadels ;  in  such 
cases  where  indemnity  is  due,  by 
virtue  of  the  Law  of  10th  July 
1791,  and  where  there  may  hare 
been  an  engagement  to  pay,  either 
by  Report  of  Arbitrator^,  regulating 
the  amount  of  the  Indemnity,  or 
by  any  other  deed  of  the  French 
Authorities. 

III.  The  Claims  of  the  Senate 
of  Hamburgh,  on  account  of  the 
Bank  of  that  City,  shall  be  the 
subject  of  a  Special  Convention 
between  the  Commissioners  o*  His 
Most  Christian  Majesty  and  those 
of  the  City  of  Hamburgh. 

IV.  Those  Claims  shall  also  be 
liquidated,  preferred  by  several 
Individuals  against  the  execution 
of  a  Decree,  dated  Nassen,  the  Sth 
May,  1813,  by  virtue  of  which 
Colonial  Goods,  part  of  which  they 
had  purchased  of  the  French  Go- 
vernment, were  seized  to  their  de- 
triment, and  by  virtue  of  which 
they  have  been  obliged  to  pay  a 
second  time,  on  cottons,  the  single 
and  double  Custom-house  dues, 
although  they  had  paid,  in  due 
time,  what  tliey    owed  lawfully. 

TheseClaims  shall  be  liquidated 
by  the  Commissioners  appointed 
by  the  Convention  of  this  day,  and 
the  amount  thereof  shall  be  paid, 
in  Inscriptions  on  the  Great  Book 
of  the  Public  Debt,  at  a  rale  not 
under  75,  in  the  same  manner  as 
has   been  agreed   upon  with  re- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GftEAT    BRITAIN,  &C.  AND    FRANCE. 


321 


par  la  preaetite  ConTention  i  Pe- 
gard  des  caotionDemens  i  rem- 
boaner. 

V.  Lea  Hautes  Parties  Contrac- 
taatei^  anim^es  do  desir  de  coo  • 
yenir  d*im  mode  de  liquidation, 
prapre  eo  mdme  tenis  k  en  abr6- 
ger  le  terme»et4  conduire  dans 
cliaqne  cas  particulier  d  nnedeci- 
sioa  definitive,  oot  resolo,  en  ex- 
pliquant  les  diapositioas  deTAr- 
ticle  XX  da  Traits  du  90  Mai, 
l<814^d'^tabrurde8  Commissions  de 
Liqoidation,  qui  s'occuperont  en 
premier  lien  deiexamen  des  re* 
clamations,  et  des  Commissions 
d^Arbitrage^quien  deciderontdans 
le  cas  oA  lea  premieres  ne  seraient 
pas  panrenuea  i  s'accorder. 

Le  mode  qui  sera  adopte  i  cat 
egard  sera  le  suivant: 

1*.  Immediatement  aprbi  Te- 
change  des  Ratifications  du  present 
Traite»  la  France  et  les  autres 
Hautes  Parties  Con  trac(aates»  oa 
int^ressees  k  cet  objet,  nommeront 
des  Commissaires  Liquidateurs  et 
des  Commissaires  J  ages,  qni  resi- 
deront  i  Pans,  et  qui  seront 
charges  de  regler  et  faire  esLecu- 
ter  lea  dispositions  renfermees 
dans  leB  Articles  XVIII  et  XIX 
da  Traiti  du  30  Mai,  1814,  et  dans 
lea  Articles  II,  IV,  VI,  VII,  X, 
XI,  XII,  XIII,  XIV,  XVII, 
XVIII,  XIX,  XXII,  XXllI,  et 
XXIV,  de  la  prdsente  Convention. 


2*.  Lea  Commissaires  Liquida- 
teurs seront  nommes  par  toutesles 
Parties  interessdes  qui  voudront 
en  del^guer,  au  nombre  que  cha- 
cone  d'elles  jagera  convenable. 
lis  seront  charges  de  recevoir,  et 
£1816^1«.]  Y 


gard  to  the  securities  to  be  re- 
funded. 

V.  The  High  Contracting  Par- 
ties, being  animated  by  the  desire 
of  agreeing  on  a  mode  of  liqui- 
dation, calculated  at  oace  to  ac- 
celerate the  same,  and  promote,  in 
each  particular  case,  a  final  deci- 
sion, have  resolved,  while  expound- 
ing the  arrangements  of  Article 
XX  of  Uie  Treaty  of  dOth  May 
1814,  to  appoint  Commissions 
of  Liquidation,  to  be  employed,  in 
the  first  place,  in  the  examination 
of  the  Claims ;  and  also  Commis- 
sions  of  Arbitration,  which  are  to 
decide  on  such  cases  on  which  the 
former  Commission  do  not  agree. 

The  mode  to  be  acted  upan,  in 
this  respect,  is  to  be  as  follows  : 

J.  Immediately  after  the  ex- 
change of  the  Ratifications  of  the 
present  Treaty,  France,  and  the 
other  High  Contracting  Parties,  or 
those  interested  in  this  object,  shall 
name  Commissioners  of  Liquida- 
tion, and  Commissioners  of  Arbi- 
tration, or  Umpires,  who  are  to 
reside  at  Paris,  and  shall  be  in- 
structed to  direct,  and  carry  into 
execution,  the  arrangements  con- 
tained in  Articles  XVI U  and 
XIX  of  the  Treaty  of  30th  May, 
1814,  and  Articles  II  IV,  VI. 
VII,  X,  XI,  XII,  XIII,  XIV, 
XVII,  XVIII,  XIX,  XXII, 
XXIII,  and  XXIV,  of  the  present 
ConveuUoa. 

2.  The  Commissioners  of  Liqui- 
dation are  to  be  named  by  all  the 
Parlies  interested,  in  stjch  numbers 
aa  each  of  them  may  think  proper 
to  appoint.  They  will  be  instructed 
to  receive  and  examine,  according 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


322 


GREAT   BRITAIK,  &C.  AND    FRANCE. 


1 


d'examiner,  dans  Tordre  d'an  Tab- 
leau qui  sera  etabli  pour  eel  a,  et 
dans  le  plus  bref  d^lai,  et  de  liqui- 
der,  s*il  y  a  lieu,  toutes  les  recla- 
mations. 

U  sera  libre  k  chaque  Commis- 
saire  de  r^unir  dans  une  ni^me 
Commission,  tous  les  Commis- 
saires  des  diff^rens  Oouveme- 
mens,  pour  leur  presenter  et  faire 
examiner  par  eux  les  reclamations 
des  Sujets  de  son  Gouvernementi 
ou  bien  de  traiter  s^parement  avec 
le  Gourernement  Fran^ais. 

3*.  Les  Commissaires  Juj^es  se- 
ront  charges  de  prononcer  defini- 
tivementet  en  dernier  ressoit^sur 
toutes  les  Affaires  qui  ieor  seront 
renroy^es  en  conformite  du  pre- 
sent Article,  par  les  Commissaires 
Liquidatenrs  qui  n'auront  pas  pu 
s'accorder  sur  elles.  Cfaacune  des 
Hautes  Parties  Contractantes  ou 
int^ressees,  pourra  nommer  autant 
de  ces  Juges  qu'elle  trouvera  con- 
venable  ;  mais  tous  ces  Juges  pr^- 
teront  entre  les  mains  du  Garde- 
des-Sceaux  de  France,  et  en  pre- 
sence des  Ministres  des  autres 
Hautes  Parties  Contractantes  r^si- 
dant  d  Paris,  serment  de  pronon- 
cer sans  partialite  aucune  pour  les 
Parties,  d'apr^  les  principes  ^ta- 
blis  par  le  Traits  du  30  Mai,  1814, 
et  par  la  pr^sente  Convention. 

4*.  Immediatement  apr^s  que 
les  Commissaires  Jug^s  nomm^s 
par  la  France,  et  par  2  au  moins 
des  autres  Parties  interessees,  au- 
ront  pr6te  ce  serment,  tous  ces 
Juges,  pr^sens  k  Paris,  se  feuni- 
ront  sous  la  Pre^idence  du  Do])^en 
d'Age,  ponr  convenir  de  la  nomi- 
nation d'un  ou  de  plusieurs  Gref- 


to  a  Scale  fixed  upon  for  tliat  pur- 
pose, and  with  the  least  possible 
delay,  and  liquidate,  if  there  be 
just  cause,  all  claims. 

Each  Commissioner  shall  be  at 
liberty  to  unite  in  one  Committee, 
all  the  Commissioners  of  the  re- 
spective Governments,  and  to  lay 
before  them,  and  cause  diem  to 
examine  the  Claims  of  the  Sub- 
jects of  his  Government,  or  else  to 
treat  separately  with  the  French 
Government. 

8.  The  Arbitrators  are  to  be 
instructed  to  decide  definitively, 
and  without  appeal,  on  all  Cases 
referred  to  them  in  conformity  to 
the  present  Article,  by  the  Com- 
missioners of  Liquidation,  who 
may  not  have  been  able  to  agree 
thereon.  All  the  High  Con. 
trbcting  Parties,  or  those  inter- 
ested, may  name  as  many  of  these 
Arbitrators  as  they  may  think 
proper ;  but  every  one  of  these 
Arbitrators  must  make  oath  before 
the  Chancellor  of  France,  and  in 
the  presence  of  the  Ministers  of  the 
other  High  Contracting  Parties 
residing  at  Paris,  to  pass  judgment, 
without  partiality  whatever  fertile 
Parties,  according  to  the  princi- 
ples laid  down  by  the  Treaty  of 
SOth  May,  1814,  and  by  the  pre* 
sent  Convention. 

4.  As  soon  as  the  Arbitralori 
named  by  France,  and  by  at  least 
2  of  the  other  Parties  interested, 
shall  have  taken  this  oath,  all  the 
said  Commissioners  who  may  be 
in  Paris  shall  meet,  under  the 
Presidency  of  the  Senior  Com- 
missionerr  for  the  purpose  of 
arranging  the  appointments  of  one 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.   AND   FRANCE. 


323 


fiersp  et  d  an  ou  de  plusieuiB 
ConiBii^  qai  pr4teront  sermeDt 
entre  leurs  mains,  ainsi  que  pour 
deliberer^  s*il  y  a  lieu,  un  regie- 
meat  general  mr  Pexp^itioo  des 
AlEufea.  la  tenue  dee  Regiatres,  et 
autrea  o^ela  d'ardre  interieur. 


0^.  Lea  Gofiimisaairea  desUo^ 
i.  fann^  lea  Commiauooa  d'Arbi- 
trage  etaot  ainai  inatituea,  laraqae 
lea  Coaafluamirea  Liquidatenra 
o'aiiroot  pa  a'accorder  aur  une 
AAite,  il  sera  proc6d^  devant  lea 
Coauniasairea  J  ages,  comme  il  Ta 
^tre  dit 

6*.  Dana  lea  caaod  lea  recla- 
mationa  aeraient  de  la  nature  de 
oellea  pievaea  par  le  Traite  de 
Paris«  ou  par  la  preaeate  Confeii- 
tion«  et  od  il  ne  s'agirait  que  de 
itataersur  la  validite  de  la  de« 
mande,  on  de  fixer  le  montant  dea 
aommes  leclam^ea^  la  Commission 
d'Arbitrage  sera  composee  de  6 
Commisaaires  iugea,  savoir;  3 
Frao^aia,  etS  personnes  designees 
par  le   Goa?emement  r6clamant. 

Cea  6  Jogea  tireront  an  aort  pour 
aa?oir  leqpel  d  enire  eux  ck?ra 
aabalanir.  LeaCommissaireaetant 
ainsi  i^uits  au  nombre  de  6, 
atatoeront  d^finiti? ^ment  gur  la  re- 
clamation qui  leur  sera  pnosent^e. 

7^  Dans  le  cas  o&  il  s'agirait 
da  aaToir  si  ia  reclamation  con- 
tast^e  pent  ^tre  rangee  parmi 
cellea  prefues  dans  le  Traits  de 
Paria  da  30  Mai,  iSU,  ou  dans 
la  pfeaente  Conv^ention^  la  Cpqu- 
miasion  d'Arbitrage  sera  com^ 
pose  de  6  Membres,  dont  3  Fran- 
'^is  et  3  desig^i^  par  le  Gou- 
vernemeat    redamant      Ces    6 


or  more  of  Uie  Recorders  or 
Record- keepers,  and  of  1  or  more 
Clerks,  vho  are  to  be  sworn  before 
tbem,  as  well  aa  for  the  piv poae 
of  discussing,  if  necessary,  a  ge- 
neral system  for  the  dispatdi  of 
business,  the  keeping  of  the  Re- 
gisters, and  other  matters  of  in- 
ternal regulation. 

5.  The  Commissioners  appointed 
to  form  the  Commisaiona  of  Ar- 
bitration being  thus  ordained, 
whenever  the  Commisaionera  of 
Liquidation  shall  not  have  agreed 
on  «  Case,  the  Arbitrators  are  tp 
proceed  with  the  aame  in  the 
manner  hereinafter  mentioned. 

6.  In  those  cases  wherein  the 
Claima  are  of  the  nature  provided 
for  by  the  Treaty  of  Paria,  or  by 
the  present  Convention,  and 
wfaereiu  the  question  is  aoerely  to 
determine  on  the  validity  of  the 
demand,  or  the  amount  of  the  sum 
claimed,  the  Commission  of  Ar- 
bitration is  to  be  composed  of  6 
Umpires,  namely,  3  French,  and 
3  appointed  by  the  reclaiming 
Government. 

The  said  6  Arbitrators  shall  then 
draw  lots,  for  the  purpose  of  decid- 
ing  which  of  them  is  to  be  thrown 
out,  ^d  being  thus  reduced  to  5, 
are  then  finally  to  determine  on 
the  Claim  referred  to  them. 

7.  In  tlje  event  of  the  question 
being,  whether  the  contested  Claim 
can  be  reckoned  amongst  those 
provided  for  by  the  Treaty  of 
Paris  of  30th  May,  1814,  or  by 
the  present  Canventiop,  the  Com- 
mi«sion  of  Arbitration  is  to  be 
composQ^d  of  6  Members,  whereof 
3  are  to  be  French,  and  3  named 
by  the  Government  reclaiming. 
2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


324 


GREAT   BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 


Juges  d^cideront  d  la  majorite,  si 
la  reclaoiatioo  est  susceptible 
d'etre  admise  d  la  liquidation :  en 
cas  de  partage  egal  d'opinion,  il 
sera  sursis  i  Texamen  de  i'Affaire, 
et  elle  fera  la  mati^re  d'ane  N^- 
gociation  diplomatique  ulterieure, 
eiitre  les  Gouvernemens. 

8*.  Toutes  les  fois  qu*une  Afiaire 
sera  portee  A  la  decision  d'une 
Commission  d'Arbitrage,  le  Gou- 
vernement  dont  le  Commissaire 
Liquidatenr  n  aura  pas  pu  s*ac- 
corder  avec  le  Gouvernement 
Fran^ais,  d^signera  3  Coromis- 
saires  Juges^  et  la  France  en  de- 
signera  autant ;  les  nns  et  les 
autres  pris  parmi  tous  ceux  qui 
auront  pr^te  ou  qui  pr^teront, 
avant  de  proceder,  le  serment 
present.  On  fera  connaitre  ce 
choix  au  Greffier,  en  lui  trans- 
mettant  le  dossier  des  Pieces.  Le 
Greffier,.  donnera  acte  de  cettc 
designation  et  de  ce  d^pot,  et 
inscrira  la  reclamation  sur  le  Re- 
gistre  particulier  qui  aura  ite 
6tabli  A  cet  usage. 

Lorsque,  dans  Tordre  de  ces  in- 
scriptions,  le  tour  d'une  reclama- 
tion sera  venu,  le  Greffierconvo- 
quera  les  6  Commissaires  Juges 
d^signes. 

S'il  s'agit  d'un  des  cas  ^nonces 
dans  le  Paragraphe  6  du  present 
Arucle,  les  noms  de  ces  6  Com- 
ttiissaires  Juges  seront  mis  dans 
une  urne ;  et  le  dernier  sortant 
sera  ^limin^  de  droit,  de  telle 
sorte  que  le  nombre  des  Juges  soit 
i^duit  A  5.  II  sera  neanmoins 
libre  aux  Parties  de  sen  tenir,  si 
elles  en  conviennent  d'un  commun 


These  6  Umpires  are  then  to  decide 
by  a  majority,  whether  the  Claim 
is  susceptible  of  being  admitted 
to  liquidation  :  in  the  event  of  ftn 
equality  of  votes,  the  examination 
of  tlie  affair  is  to  be  suspended, 
and  is  to  become  subject  matter 
of  future  regular  Negotiation  be- 
tween the  Governments. 

8.  Every  time  that  a  Case  shall 
be  referred  to  the  decision  of  a 
Commission  of  Arbitration,  the 
Government,  whose  Commissioner 
of  Liquidation  shall  not  have  been 
able  to  agree  with  the  French  Go- 
vernment, shall  name  3  Umpires, 
and  France  shall  name  as  many ; 
all  of  them  chosen  amongst  thoae 
who  shall  have  taken,  or  may  take, 
previously  to  their  acting,  the 
stipulated  oath.  This  choice  is  to 
be  made  known  to  the  Record- 
keeper,  at  the  same  time  trans- 
mitting to  him  the  whole  of  the 
Documents.  The  Record-keeper 
will  duly  note  this  nomination 
and  the  deposit  of  the  Papers,  and 
will  enter  the  claim  in  the  proper 
Register,  which  shall  have  been 
opened  for  that  purpose. 

When  the  turn  of  a  Claim  shall 
come  round  in  its  regular  order  of 
entry,  the  Record-keeper  is  to 
summon  the  6  Arbitrators  above 
named. 

When  the  case  shall  happen  to 
be  one  of  those  specified  in  Sec- 
tion 6  of  the  present  Article^  the 
names  of  the  said  6  Arbitrators 
shall  be  put  in  an  urn ;  the  last 
drawn  shall  of  course  go  out,  in 
order  that  their  number  may  be 
reduced  to  6.  The  parties  arp, 
however,  at  liberty  to  abide,  if 
they  all  agree  thereto,  by  a  Com* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 


325 


accord,  k  une  CommissioD  de 
4  Juges,  doDt  le  nombre,  pour 
obteair  an  nombre  impair,  sera 
reduiide  la  m^me  maoi^re  k  3. 
Dans  le  cas  prevo  par  le  Para- 
grapbe  7  du  present  Article,  les  6 
J  ages,  oa  les  4,  si  les  2  Parties 
soBt  convennes  de  ce  nombre, 
entrent  en  discussion  sans  T^li- 
mination  prealable  d'un  de  lenrs 
Membres.  Dans  Tun  et  J'autre 
cas  les  Commissaires  Juges,  con* 
Toques  pour  cet  effet,  s  occupe* 
root  immediatemeut  de  Pexamen 
de  la  Reclamation,  oo  du  chef  de 
reclamation  dont  il  s*agit,  et  pro- 
Donceront,  k  la  pluralite  des  voix, 
en  dernier  ressort.  Le  Greffier 
aasistera  k  toutes  les  stances,  et  y 
tiendra   la  plume. 

Si  la  Commission  d' Arbitrage  n'a 
point  decide  d'un  chef  de  reclama- 
tion, mais  d*ane  reclamation  m^me, 
cette  decision  terminera  I'afiaire. 
Si  elle  a  prononc^  sur  un  chef  de 
reclamation,  I'afiaire,  dans  le  cas 
que  ce  chef  est  reconnu  valable, 
recourne  d  la  Commission  de  Li- 
quidation, pour  que  cette  demi^re 
s  accorde  sur  1  admissibilite  de  la 
Reclamation  particuli^re  et  de  la 
fixation  de  sou  montant,  on  qu  elle 
la  renvoie  de  nouveau  k  une  Com- 
mission   d'Arbitrage    reduite   au 
nombre  de  5,  ou  de  3,  Membres. 
La   decision  rendue,  le  Gref- 
fier    donnera    k    la      Commis- 
sion de  Liquidation  connaissance 
de    chaque  sentence    prononcee, 
afin  qu'elle  la  joigne  d  ces  proc^ 
•  Terbaox ;    ces    jugemens  devant 
6tre  envisage  comme  faisantpartie 
du  travail  de  la  Commission  de 
Liquidation. 

II  est  au   reste  bien  entendu. 


mission  of  4  Arbitrators,  the 
number  of  whom,  in  order  to  ob- 
tain an  odd  number,  is  to  be  iu 
like  manner  reduced  to  3. 

In  the  cases  specified  by  Section 
7  of  the  present  Article,  the  6  Um- 
pires, or  the  4,  if  the  parties  have 
agreed  to  that  numbex,  are  to  enter 
into  discussion,  without  previous 
elimination  of  I  of  their  number. 
In  either  of  these  cases,  the  Arbi- 
trators convoked  for  the  purpose 
are  immediately  to  enter  upon  the 
examination  of  the  Claim,  or  class 
of  Claim  in  question,  and  are  to 
decide  by  a  majority  of  voices, 
without  appeal.  The  Record- 
keeper  is  to  attend  all  the  sittings, 
and  to  act  as  Minute-clerk. 

If  the  Commission  of  Arbitration 
have  not  decided  upon  the  class 
of  a  Claim,  though  it  has,  on  a 
Claim  itself,  such  decision  termi- 
nates the  affair.  I  f  it  has  decided 
on  the  class  of  a  Claim,  the  case, 
provided  that  class  be  acknow- 
ledged as  admissible,  goes  back 
to  the  Commissiou  of  Liquidation, 
for  that  Commission  to  determine 
on  the  admission  of  the  individual 
Claim,  and  the  amount  thereof, 
or  refer  it  anew  to  a  Commission 
of  Arbitration  of  5  or  3  Members. 

Judgment  being  given,  the  Re- 
corder is  to  notify  to  the  Com- 
mission of  Liquidation  every  such 
sentence,  for  the  purpose  of  being 
inserted  in  their  proceedings ;  as 
the  said  decisions  are  to  be  con- 
sidered and  acted  upon  as  prece- 
dents by  the  Commission  of  Liqui- 
dation. 

It  is  to  be  well  understood,  that 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


326 


GREAT    BRITAIN,  &ۥ  AND  FRANCE. 


qae  les  Commissions  6tabliet  en 
tertu  du  present  Article,  ne  pea- 
vent  point  etendre  tear  travail  au- 
deli  de  la  Liquidation  dee  obliga- 
tions resultant  du  present  Tratt^, 
M  de  celai  da  90  Mai,  1814. 

Vl.  Les  Haates  Parties  Con* 
tractantes,  voalant  assurer  Tac- 
complissement  de  TArticle  XXI, 
du  Traits  de  Paris  da  aO  Mai, 
1814,  et  determiner  en  cons^« 
qaence  le  mode  d'apr^  leqael  il 
sera  tena  compte  k  la  France,  de 
celles  des  dettes  speciaiement  by- 
pothequees  dans  leur  origine  sur 
des  Pays  qui  ont  cesse  d'appar- 
tenir  4  la  France,  ou  contractees 
pour  lenr  Administration  In- 
t^rieure,  lesqaelles  ont  ^t^  con- 
▼erties  en  Inscriptions  an  Grand 
Lirre  de  la  Dette  Publiqne  de 
France;  son!  convenues  que  le 
ittontant  du  capital  qae  ehacun 
des  Goavernemens  de  ces  Pays 
yespectifs  sera  dans  le  cas  de 
rembourser  k  la  France,  sera  fix6 
an  cours  moyen  du  prix  que  les 
rentes  du  Grand  Livre  auront  eu 
entre  le  jour  de  la  signature  de  la 
pr^sente  Convention  et  le  ler  Jan- 
vier, 1616.  Ce  capital  sera  bo* 
nifi^  4  la  FVance  sur  les  Etats  que 
la  Commission  ^tablie  par  I'Ar- 
ticle  V  de  la  presente  Convention, 
dressera  et  arr^tera  de  2  mois  en 
2  mois,  apr^  verification  des 
titres  sur  lesquels  lluscription  a 
eu  lieu. 

On  ne  rembouraera  pas  i  la 
France  le  montant  des  Inscrip- 
tions  provenant  des  Dettes  hypo- 
tbequees  sur  des  immeablesqoe 
le  Gouvernement  FraD9aiB  a 
alien^s,  quelle  que  soit  la  nature 


the  Commissions  appointed  by 
virtue  of  tbe  present  Article,  are 
not  to  extend  their  labours  beyond 
the  liquidation  of  the  obligation 
specified  by  the  present  Treaty, 
and  that  of  30th  May,  1814. 

VI.  The  High  Contracting  Par* 
ties,  desiring  to  secure  the  full 
performance  of  the  XXIst  Article 
of  the  Treaty  of  Parts  of  30th 
May,  I8I4,  and,  accordingly,  de- 
terminate the  mode  of  crediting 
France  for  snch  debts,  specially 
secured  in  their  origin  by  mort* 
gages  npon  Coantries  which  have 
ceased  to  form  part  of  FVance,  or 
otherwise  contracted  by  their 
internal  Administration,  and  whieh 
have  been  converted  into  Inscrtp* 
tions  in  the  Great  Book  of  the 
National  Debt  of  France;  have 
agreed  that  the  amount  of  the 
capital  which  each  of  the  Govern^ 
ments  of  the  said  respective  Coan^ 
tries  may  have  to  reimbarse  to 
France,  shall  be  determined  by 
the  price  which  the  funds  may 
bear,  on  an  average,  between  the 
day  of  the  signature  of  the  present 
Convention  and  the  1st  of  January, 
1816.  l*his  capital  is  to  be  made 
good  to  France,  according  to  the 
statements  which  the  Commission 
appointed  by  Article  V  of  the 
present  Convention,  shall  draw  up 
and  settle  every  2  mondis  after 
the  titles  have  been  duly  verified^ 
on  the  strength  of  which  the  In- 
scriptions have  been  made. 

France  is  not  to  be  reimbiirsed 
the  amount  of  the  Inseriptiona 
arising  from  debts  secured  by 
mortgage  on  immoveables  which 
the  French  Government  have 
alienated,  whatever  be  the  nature 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 


327 


de  ces  immeubies^  pourva  que  les 
acqoereim  de  ces  immeubles, 
aieat  paye  le  prix  entre  les  maioi 
des  Ageiu  da  Gouvernemeot 
FranyaU,  d  moins  que  Jesdite  im- 
meablesDe  se  trouvent  aajoord'hui 
(antrement  que  par  voie  d'acqui- 
sitioa  i  litre  onereux,  faite  pen- 
dant  la  duree  de  rAdmioistration 
Frangaise)  entre  lea  mains,  soit 
des  GouTememens  actuels  ou 
d'Ktablissemens  PublicSj  soit  dea 
ancieaa  PossesseuiiB.  Le  Goa- 
Teraetoent  Franyais  reste  charge 
du  payement  des  ren^  de  ces 
Inscriptions. 

La  compensation  entre  ce  qui 
sera  dii  a  la  France,  da  cbef  des 
Inscriptions,  et  lesPayemens  aox- 
qaels  celle-ci  s*est  engagee  par  la 
presente  Convention,  ne  poarra 
avoir  lieu  que  de  gr^.  k  gre :  sauf 
ce  qui  va  £tre  dit  dans  I'Article 
soivant. 

VIL  Seront  dednits  de  ces 
rembonrsemens  : 

l^  Les  inter^ts  des  Inscriptions 
sur  le  Grand  Liyre  de  r£tat, 
jusqui  Tepoque  du  22  Decembre, 
1813.  De  m^me  les  int^r6ts  que 
la  France  pourrait  avoir  payes 
posterieurement  a  cette  ^poque^ 
lui  seront  bonifi^  par  les  Gou- 
▼ernemens  respectifs. 

2*.  Les  capitaux  et  inter^ts  hy- 
potfaeqa^s  sur  des  immeubles 
alj^nes  par  le  Gouvernement 
Francois,  encore  bien  que  Jesdits 
capitaux  n'aient  pas  ete  convertia 
en  Inscriptions  sur  le  Grand  Livre 
de  la  Dette  Publique,  sans  toute- 
fois  que,  par  la  presente  Stipula- 
tion, il  soit  deroge  en  rien  aux 
Lois  ou  Actes  du  Gouvernement 
qui  pronon9aient  des  prescriptions 


of  the  said  immoveables,  provided 
the  purchasers  thereof  have  paid 
the  amount  into  the  hands  of  the 
Agents  of  the  French  Govern* 
ment,  unless  the  said  immoveables 
should  at  present  be  (otherwise 
than  by  possession  obtained  un- 
fairly during  the  continaance  of 
the  French  Administration)  in  tl&e 
hands  either  of  the  present  Go- 
vernment, of  Public  Establish-^ 
meuts,  or  of  the  former  Posses*: 
sors.  The  French  Government 
remains  charged  with  the  pay* 
ment  of  the  dividends  on  those 
Inscriptions. 

The  countervailing  Accounts  of 
what  may  become  due  to  France 
in  Inscriptions,  and  the  Payments 
to  which  she  has  engaged  herself 
by  the  present  Convention,  cannot 
be  settled  but  with  mutual  consent, 
excepting  for  what  follows  in  the 
succeeding  Article. 

VII.  From  these  reimburse- 
ments  shall  be  deducted : 

1.  The  interest  on  Inscriptions 
in  the  Great  Book  of  the  State, 
till  the  period  of  the  S2nd  De- 
cember,  1813;  also,  the  interest 
which  France  may  have  paid  sub- 
sequently to  that  period,  shall,  in 
like  manner  be  made  good  to  her 
by  the  respective  Goyernments. 

2.  The  capitals  and  interest 
secured  by  mortgage  on  im* 
moveables  alienated  by  the  French 
Government,  although  the  said 
capitals  have  not  yet  been  con- 
verted into  Inscriptions  in  the 
Great  Book  of  the  Public  Debt; 
provided,  however,  that  on  account 
of  the  present  Stipulation,  nothing 
shall  be  done  contrary  lo  the 
Laws  or  Orders  of  the  Govern^ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


323 


GREAT   BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE^ 


des  d^ch^auces,  ou  en  vertu  des- 
quelles  les  cr^ances  deraient 
s^teindre  au  profit  de  la  France 
par  Toie  de  confasion,  on  de  com- 
pensation. 

VI IL  Le  CrouTemement  Fran- 
cis ayant  refas^  de  reconnattre 
la  Reclamation  da  Gouvemement 
des  Pays-BaSf  relative  an  paie- 
ment  des  inter^ts  de  la  Dette 
d'HoUande/qai  n  auntient  pas  6t^ 
acquitt^s  pour  les  semestres  de 
Mars  et  de  SeptemlM«  1813,  on 
est  convenn  de  remettre  4  I'arbi- 
trage  d*une  Commission  Particu- 
lidre,  la  decision  da  principe  de 
la  dite  question. 

Cette  Commission  sera  compo* 
nte  de  7  Membres,  dont  2  k 
nommer  par  le  Gouvernement 
Fran^ais,  2  par  le  Gouvemement 
des  Pays  Bas«  et  les  3  autres  k 
ehoisir  dans  des  Etats  absolument 
neutres,  et  sans  int^r^t  dans  cette 
question;  tels  que  la  Russie,  la 
Grande.  Bretagne,  la  Su^de,  le 
Dannemarc,  et  le  Royaume  de 
Naples.  Le  choix  de  ces  8 
demiers  Commissaires  se  fera  de 
Hiani^re  qu'un  d'eux  soit  d^signe 
par  le  Gouvernement  FranQais, 
Fautre  par  le  Gouvernement  des 
Pays-Bas,  et  le  3^me  par  les 
9  Commissaires  Neutres  r^unis. 

Elle  s'assemblera  d  Paris,  le 
'  ler.  F£vrier  1816.  Ses  Membres 
pr6teront  le  mdme  serment  auquel 
sont  astreints  les  Commissaires- 
luges  qui  sont  institutes  par  1' Ar- 
ticle V  de  la  presente  Convention, 
et  de  la  m^me  mani^re. 

Aus8i(6tque  la  Commission  sera 
coaslitu^e,  Ips  Commissaires- Li- 


ment,which  decreed  forfeiCuresy&c., 
or  in  virtue  of  which  the  Debtff 
were  to  become  extinct  to  tbe 
benefit  of  France,  by  way  off 
"Confunon,"  or  of  Compensation. 
VIII.  The  French  Goverament 
having  refused  to  recognize  the 
claim  of  the  Government  of  the 
Low  Countries,  relatif  e  to  the  pay  • 
ment  of  the  interest  of  the  Debt  of 
Holland,  which  may  not  have 
been  paid  for  the  half  years  of 
March  and  September,  1818,  it  is 
agreed  to  refer  to  a  Commission 
of  Arbitration  the  decision  of  the 
principle  of  the  said  question. 

This  Commission  is  to  be  com- 
posed of  7  Members,  2  of  them  Co 
be  named  by  the  French  Govern- 
ment, 2  by  the  Government  of  the 
Netherlands,  and  the  3  others  to 
be  chosen  from  the  States  decid- 
edly neuter,  and  who  have  no  In- 
terest in  the  question,  such  as 
Russia,  Great  Britain,  Sweden* 
Denmark,  and  the  Kingdom  of 
Naples.  The  choice  of  these 
3  last  Commissioners  is  to  be 
made  in  such  manner,  that  1  of 
them  is  to  be  named  by  the 
French  Government,  another  by* 
that  of  the  Netherlands,  and  the 
3d  by  the  said  2  neutral  Commis- 
sioners. 

The  Commission  is  to  meet  at 
Paris,on  the  1st  of  February  1816. 
The  Members  thereof  are  to  take 
the  same  oath  to  which  the  Com- 
missioners of  Arbitration  are  sub- 
ject, as  stated  in  Article  V  of  the 
present  Convention,  to  be  admi- 
nistered in  the  same  manner. 

As  soon  as  the  Commission 
shall  be  constituted,  tbe  Commis- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND'  FRANCB. 


329 


qaidateDrs  des  2  Ptfissances  lui 
aoumettront  par  ^rit  lea  argu- 
mena,  chacun  en  faveur  de  son 
opinion^  afin  de  mettre  les  Arbt- 
tree  i  mftme  de  decider,  leqael  des 
8  GouTememens,  du  Gouveroe- 
ment  Fran^ais  ou  de  celui  des 
Pays  Bas,  sera  tenu  d  payer  les 
susdits  int^r^ts  arrieres,  en  pre- 
nant  pour  base  les  dispositions  da 
Traite  de  Paris,  da  90  Mai  1814, 
eC  si  k  remboursement  que  le  Goa* 
▼emement  des  Pays-Bas  sera  dans 
le  cas  de  faire  d  la  France  des 
inscriptions  de  Dettes  des  Pays 
reanis  d  sa  Coaronne,  et  d^tach^ 
de  la  France,  peat  £tre  exigible 
sans  d^dnction  des  rentes  de  la 
Dette  d'UolIande,  arri^r^  surles 
^heances  de  1813. 


IX.  11  sera  proced6  d  la  liqui- 
dation des  iut^r^ts  non  pay6s  des 
Dettes  hypothequ^es  sur  le  sol 
des  Pays  cedis  k  la  France  par 
lesTraites  de  Campo  Formio  et 
de  Loneville,  r^ultant  d*emprants 
formellement  consentis  par  les 
Etats  des  Pays  c6des,  on  de  depen- 
•es  fattes  pour  rAdministradon 
effective  desdits  Pays. 

Les  Comnaissaires-Liquidateurs 
devront  prendre  pour  r^gle  de 
leoTS  operations,  et  les  disposi- 
tions  des  Traites  de*  Paix,  et  les 
Lois  et  Actes  do  Gouvernement 
Pnm^ais,  sur  la  liquidation  ou 
Textinction  des  creances  de  la 
nature  de  celles  dont  i1  s'agit. 

X.  Commeparl'Article  XXI II 
du  Traits  de  Paris,  du  30  Mai  1814, 
ila^testipul^que  le  Gouvernement 
Fran^ais  rembourserait  les  cau- 


sioners  of  Liquidation  of  the  2 
Powers,  shall  each  submit  in  writ- 
ing, the  arguments  in  support  of 
their  opinion,  in  order  that  the 
Arbitrators  may  be  enabled  to 
decide,  which  of  the  2  Goyern- 
ments,  the  French  Government,  or 
the  Government  of  the  Nether, 
lands,  shall  be  boond  to  pay  the 
aforesaid  arrears  of  interest,  taking 
for  basis  the  dispositions  of  IIm 
Treaty  of  Paris,  of  dOth  May, 
1814,  and  whether  the  reimburse- 
ment which  the  Government  of 
the  Netherlands  may  have  to  make 
to  France,  for  Inscriptions  of  the 
debts  of  Countries  re-united  to  the 
Crown  of  the  Netherlands,  and 
detached  from  France,  is  to  be 
required  without  deducting  the 
dividends  of  the  Debt  of  Holland, 
in  arrear  for  1813. 

IX.  The  liquidation  shall  be 
proceeded  in,  of  the  unpaid  inte- 
rests of  the  debts  secured  on  mort- 
gage opon  the  soil  of  Countries 
ceded  to  France  by  the  Treaties 
of  Campo  Formio  and  Luneville, 
and  arising  from  loans  formally 
acknowledged  by  the  Governments 
of  the  ceded  Countries,  or  from  ex- 
penses incorred  by  the  effective  Ad- 
ministration of  the  said  Countries. 
The  Commissioners  of  Liquida- 
tion are  to  regulate  their  operations 
according  to  the  dispositions  of 
the  Treaties  of  Peace,  and  the 
Laws  and  Decrees  of  the  French 
Government,  with  respect  to  the 
liquidation  and  extinction  of  the 
debts  of  the  nature  in  question. 

X.  As  it  has  been  stipulated  by 
Article  XXIII  of  the  Treaty  of 
Paris,  of  30th  May,  1814,  that  the 
French  Government  should  reim* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


330 


GRBAT    BRITAIN,  &C.  AND    FRANCE. 


tionoemens  dea  Fonctiouuaires 
ayant  eu  le  maDiement  de  den- 
iar»  {>ublicft,  dans  les  Fays  de- 
taches de  la  France,  6  mois  aprte 
la  presentation  de  leon  comptes^ 
le  seul  cas  de  malvenation  ex- 
cepted il  demeure  conveno : 

l^  Qne  Tobligation  de  pre- 
senter leurs  Comptesaa  Goaveme- 
ment  Fran9ai8  ne  setend  pas 
aax  Receveurs  Oommunaux : 
n^nmoins,  comme  le  Gouveme- 
ment  Fran^ais  a  ^te  int^esse  pour 
ceitaines  portions  dans  les  recettes 
dont  ces  Comptables  etaient 
charges,  et  que.  par  consequent, 
il  conserve  son  recours  contr'eux, 
en  cas  de  malversation,  ancune 
reclamation  pour  restitution  de 
leurs  cautionnemens  ne  sera  pre- 
sentee sans  6tre  accompaguee  d'on 
Certificat  des  Autorit^s  sup^- 
rieuresdu  Pays  auquel  ces  Comp- 
tables appartiennent,  determinant 
la  somme  qui,  apr^  verification 
de  leurs  Comptes.  aura  ete  recou- 
nue  revenir  au  Gouvernement 
Pranyais  par  la  cause  susdite,  et 
que  celui-ci  deduira  du  cautionne- 
ment^  ou  constatant  qu'il  ne 
revient  rien  i  ce  Gouvernement, 
sauf.  dans  Pun  et  T  autre  cais.  la 
deduction  de  ceux  des  debets  que 
la  France  s*est  reserves  par  I'Arti- 
cle  XXIV  de  la  pr^sente  Conven- 
tion. 


3*.  Les  Comptes  des  Employes 
qui  ont  manii  des  fonds  du  Gou- 
vernement Frangais,  etqui  etaient 
teuus  de  faire  apurer  ieur  gestion 
par  la  Cour  des  Comptes,  seront 
examines  par  1«    Gouvernement 


burse  the  securities  given  by  the 
Public  Functionaries  entrusted 
with  the  management  of  public 
money  in  the  Countries  separated 
from  France.  6  months  after  the 
presenting  of  their  Accounts,  the 
case  alone  of  misdemeanour  being 
excepted,  it  remains  agreed : 

1.  That  the  obligation  of  pre- 
senting their  Accounts  to  the 
French  Government  does  not  ex  - 
tend  to  the  Receveurs  Cammtmaux; 
nevertheless,  as  the  French  Go- 
vernment has  had  au  interest  ia 
certain  portions  of  the  receipts 
wherewith  ttiose  accountable  Per- 
sons were  charged,  and  that  con- 
sequently it  may  still  call  for 
redress  against  them,  in  cases  of 
misdemeanor,  no  application  for 
restitution  of  their  Securities  shall 
be  presented,  without  being  ac- 
companied by  a  Certificate  from 
the  Superior  Authorities  of  the 
Country  to  which  these  Persona 
accountable  may  belong,  at  the 
same  time  specifying  the  sum 
which,  after  the  audit  of  their 
Accounts,  shall  have  beenacknow- 
ledged  to  be  due  to  the  French 
Government  on  the  account  above- 
mentioned,  and  which  the  latter 
shall  deduct  from  the  security, 
giving  proof  that  nothing  is  due 
to  the  same,  except,  in  either  cas^ 
the  deduction  of  those  balances 
which  France  has  reserved  to  her- 
self by  ArUcle  XXIV  of  the  pre* 
sent  ConventioB. 

2.  The  Accounts  of  the  Func- 
tionaries who  have  had  the  ma- 
nagement of  money  belonging  to 
the  French  Government,  and  who 
were  bound  to  have  their  admi- 
nistration approved  by  the  Court 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ORBAT    BRITAIN,  &C.  AND    FRANCB. 


331 


Fran^ais,  de  concert  avec  le  Com- 
jiiissaire  da  GonTeraement  actael 
de  la  ProTince  dans  laqoelle  le 
Comptable  a  ^e  employe. 


L'examen  de  chaqae  Compte  se 
fern  dam  let  6  mois  qui  sQiTront 
imm^atemeiit  sa  presentation ;  ri, 
dans  ce  delai,  il  n'a  .^t^  rendo  ao- 
cane  decision  anr  on  Compte,  le 
GoaTonement  Fran^ais  renonce 
i  toDt  recoars  contre  le  Compta- 
ble. Cette  Stipalation  ae  d^roge 
pas,  i  regard  des  Comptables»  ao 
terme  de  dech^noe  ^%i  par  TAr- 
ticle  XVI,  bien  entendn  que  dans 
le  cas  de  non-presentation  de 
Comptea,  le  Gouvemement  Fran- 
^ais  ae  r^senre  le  droit  de  pour- 
sniTre  lea  Comptables  par  les  ?  oies 
oidinaires. 


8*.  Les  Gmploy6s  ne  poavant 
Mre  rendns  responsables  de  ce  qui 
s'esi  passe  relativement  4  leurs 
Caiases,  depuia  reotree  dea  Troupes 
Etrang^s,  il  a  M  expressement 
eoDTenu,  que  le  Gouvemement 
Francis  ne  pourra  r^peter  sur 
tnx  lea  aoldes  qn'ils  devaient  d 
eette  ^poque,  et  que  ce  ne  sera 
q«*ane  malTersation  ^vidente, 
commise  avant  Pentree  de  cea 
Troapcs,  qui  poisae  antoriser  le 
G^VTcmeiBent  Frao^aia  k  retenir 
totality  ou  paitie  dn  cauticmne- 
ment.  Daaa  to«ia  lea  aatrea  cas, 
celai«ci  aeni  renbonrs^  de  la  ma- 
ni^  4oonc6e  par  T Article  XIX 
Paragraphe  2. 

XI.  CoDform^meot  d  PArticle 
XXVdaTraitedu  30 Mai  1814, les 
Amds  depos^  par  les  ComniiDes 


of  Accounts,  shall  be  examined 
by  the  French  Government,  in 
conjunction  with  the  Cornims* 
sioner  of  the  present  Government 
of  the  Province  where  the  Person 
accountable  has  been  employed* 

The  examination  of  each  Ac* 
count  is  to  take  place  within  6 

months  after  it  has  been  delivered 
in ;  if  during  this  period  no  deci- 
sion has  been  given,  the  Freach 
Government  renounces  all  claim 
against  the  Person  accountable. 
This  Stipulation  doea  not  derogate, 
with  respect  to  those  who  are  ac- 
countable, from  the  tioM  of  forfei* 
tun  fixed  by  Article  Wh  it 
being  well  understood  that,  in  the 
event  of  the  non-prcaentatioo  of 
the  Accounts,  the  French  Govern- 
ment reserves  to  itself  the  right  of 
proceeding  against  the  said  Per . 
sons  accountable,  in  the  customary 
manner. 

3.  The  Functionaries  not  being 
liable  to  be  made  responsible  for 
what  has  occurred  relative  to  their 
^  Causa,**  since  the  entrance  of 
the  Foreign  Troops,  it  has  been  ex- 
pressly agreed,  that  the  French 
Government  are  not  to  chaige 
them  with  the  balances  which  they 
owed  at  that  period,  and  that  it 
shall  only  be  a  manifest  misde- 
meanor, committed  before  the  en- 
trance of  thoae  Troops,  which  shall 
authorize  the  French  Government 
to  withhold  the  whole,  or  part  of 
the  security.  I n  all  other  respects 
the  same  is  to  be  restored,  in  the 
manner  expressed  in  Article  XIX, 
Section  3. 

XI.  Conformably  to  ArticleXXV 
of  the  Treaty  of  the  30th  of  May, 
1814,    the    funds    deposited    by 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


332 


GREAT    BRITAIN,   &C.  AND    FRANCE. 


et  les  EtablisserneDS  Publics, 
daos  les  Caisses  Hes  Gouverne- 
mens,  leur  seront  rembourses, 
Bous  la  deduction  des  avances  qui 
leur  auraient  ete  faites.  Les 
Commissairea-Liquidateurs  veri- 
fieront  le  montant  desdits  d^p6ts 
et  dea  avances.  N^aomoios,  lors- 
qu'il  existerait  des  Oppositions  sur 
ces  foods,  le  Femboursemeot  n'aura 
lieu  qu'aprbs  que  la  main  levee 
aura  ete  ordonnee  par  les  Tribu- 
naux  competeus,  ou  donate 
volontairement  par  les  Creaociers 
opposans.  Le  Gouvernemeot 
Fran9ai8  sera  tenu  de  justifier  des 
dites  Oppositions.  II  est  bien 
entendu  que  les  Oppositions  faites 
par  des  Creanciers  non-Fran^ais 
n*autoriseront  pas  le  Gouverne- 
ment  Frangaisi  retenirces  depdts. 


XIL  Les  Fonds  qui  existaient 
dans  la  Caisse  d'Agriculture  de 
la  Hollande,  et  qui  ont  ete  remis, 
i  titre  de  dep6t,  dans  la  CaissjB 
d'Amortissement,  dans  la  Caisse 
de  Service,  ou  dans  toute  autre 
Caisse  du  Gouvernemeot,  seront 
rembours^s  comme  tout  autre 
d^p6t,  sauf  les  compensations  que 
lesdites  Caisses  pourraient  (tre 
dans  le  cas  d*imputer  sur  les  dits 
Fonds. 

XIII.  Les  Commissions  de 
Liquidation  et  d' Arbitrage  ^tablies 
en  vertu  de  TAiticle  V  de  la 
prisente  Convention,  s'occupe- 
ront  aussi  de  la  liquidation  des 
objets  relates  dans  les  Articles 
XXII  k  XXV  du  Traits  du  30 
Mai,  1814,  et  suivront,  pour  ces 
objets,  la  m^ine  marche  que  pour 
les  autres  liquidations  dont  elles 


"  Communes"  and  Public  Esta- 
blishments, ill  the  coffers  of  the 
Governments,  are  to  be  repaid  to 
them,  with  deduction  of  the  ad- 
vances  which  may  have  been  made 
to  them.     The  Commissioners  of 
Liquidation     are    to    verify    the 
amount  of  the  said  deposits  and 
advances.      Nevertheless,  should 
there  be  lodged  any  Attachments, 
the  repayment  of  these  funds  shall 
not  take  place  until  replevin  shall 
have  been  ordered,  by  the  proper 
tribunals,  or  voluntarily  allowed 
by  the  attaching  creditors.    The 
French     Government     shall     be  . 
bound  to  shew  the  justice  of  the 
said  Attachments.     It  is  well  un- 
derstood, that  such  Attachments 
lodged  by  creditors  who  are  not 
Frenchmen,  cannot  authorize  the 
French    Government    to     detain 
these  deposits. 

XII.  The  Funds  belonging  to 
the  Caisse  d'Agriculture  of  Hol- 
land, and  which  have  been  lodged 
as  a  deposit  in  the  Caisse 
d'Amortissement,  in  the  Caisse 
de  Service,  or  in  any  other 
Caisse  of  Government,  shall  be 
restored  as  well  as  all  other  de-  . 
posits,  with  the  exception  of  snch 
compensations  as  the  said  Caisses 
may  have  to  debit  the  said 
funds. 

XIII.  The  Commissioners  of 
Liquidation  and  of  Arbitration, 
ordained  by  virtue  of  Article  Y 
of  the  present  Convention,  shall 
also  be  employed  in  the  liquidation 
of  the  objects  recited  in  Articles 
XXII  to  XXV  of  the  Treaty  of 
the  30th  May,  1814,  and  shall 
proceed  in  the  same  manner,  with 
regard  to  these  points,   as  that 


Digiti 


i^ed  by  Google 


GRBAT     BRITAIN,    &G.    AND    FRANCE. 


333 


font  chargees.  Le  Grouvernement 
FFRO^ais  s'en^ag^e  A  faire  remettre, 
4  mois  apr^s  la  signature  de  la 
preaente  Convention^  aux  Com- 
miflsaires-Dqnidateun  reapectifs, 
dea  Etata  exacts,  dresses  sur  lea 
Registres  du  Tr^sor  et  autres,  de 
toutes  lea  sommes  et  cr^ances 
dont  il  est  qaestioo  dans  les 
susdits  Articles ;  et  ces  Etats 
serout  compares  avec  les  re^ns 
des  R^daoiana,  pour  6tre  v^rifi^s 
de  cette  maniere. 


XIV.  L' Article  XXVI  da 
Traite  du  30  Mai,  1814,  qui  d^- 
charge  le  Gonvemement  Fran^ais, 
k  dater  du  ler  Janvier  de  la 
inline  ann^e,  du  paiement  de 
toute  Pension.  Civile,  Militaire 
et  Ecclesiastique,  Solde  de  re- 
traite  et  traitement  de  r^forme, 
i  tout  Individu  qui  se  trouve  n'6tre 
plus  Snjet  Fran^ais,  est  maintenu. 
Quant  aux  arr^rages  des  Pensions 
jusqua  Tepoque  ci-dessus  deter- 
mine, le  Gonvemement  Frangais 
s'engage  k  les  constater,  en  fonr- 
nissant  des  Etats  exacta  tir^s  des 
Registres  des  Pensions,  lesquels 
seront  compar^a  4  ceux  qui  ex- 
istent aupr^  des  Autorit^  Ad« 
ministratives  Locales. 

XV.  Comme  il  s'est  61ev^  des 
dontes  sur  TArticle  XXXI  du 
Traits  du  30  Mai,  1814,  con- 
eemant  la  restitution  des  Cartes  des 
Pays  qui  ontcesse  d'appartenir  ik  la 
France,  on  est  convenu  que  toutes 
les  Cartes  des  Pays  ced^s,  et 
notammentcelleaque  le  Gonveme- 
meat  Fran^ais  a  fait  ex^cnter, 
seront  exactement  remises,  avec 
les  planches  qui  j  appartieoDent, 


adopted  for  the  other  liquidations 
with  which  they  are  charged. 
The  French  Government  engages 
to  deliver,  4  months  after  the 
signature  of  the  present  Conven- 
tion, to  the  respective  Commis- 
sioners of  Liquidation,  exact 
Statements,  drawn  from  the  Trea- 
sury and  other  Registers,  of  all 
sums  and  debts  alluded  to  in  the 
aforesaid  Articles ;  and  these 
Statements  are  to  be  compared 
with  the  receipts  of  the  Claimants, 
for  the  purpose  of  being  thus 
proved. 

XIV.  The  XXVIth  Article  of 
the  Treaty  of  the  30th  May,  1814, 
which  releases  the  French  Govern- 
ment from  the  1  st  January,  of  the 
same  year,  from  the  payments  of 
all  Pensions,  Civil,  Military  and 
Ecclesiastical,  Allowances  on  re- 
tiring, and  half  pay,  to  all  Indi- 
viduals no  longer  Subjects  of 
France,  is  maintained.  With  re- 
gard to  the  arrears  of  Pensions, 
to  the  period  above-mentioned, 
the  French  Government  engages 
to  give  evidence  of  them,  by  fur- 
nishing exact  Statements,  drawn 
from  the  Pension  Registers,  which 
are  to  be  compared  with  those 
kept  by  the  Local  Administrative 
Authorities. 

XV.  Doubts  having  arisen  upon 
the  XXXIst  Article  of  the  Treaty 
of  the  30th  of  May,  1814,  con- 
cerning the  restitution  of  the  Maps 
of  the  Countries  which  have  ceased 
to  belong  to  France,  it  is  agreed 
that  all  the  Maps  of  the  Countries 
ceded,  including  those  which  the 
French  Government  has  cansed 
to  be  executed,  shall  be  exactly 
givm  up,  with  the  copper*plates 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


334 


QRBAT    BRITAIN,    &C.    AND    FRANCE. 


daos  on  delai  de  4  seoiaines  apr^ 
r^ehange  des  Ratifications  da 
pr6seat  Traite.  II  en  sera  de 
n^me  des  archivesi  cartes  et 
planches  qui  pourraient  avoir  6te 
enlev^es  dans  les  Pays  moment- 
an^ment  occup^s  par  les  diffi^rentes 
Armies*  aiusi  qu'il  est  stipule 
dans  le  S^me  paragraphe  de 
{'Article  XXXI  du  Traite  stisdit. 

XVI.  Les  Gouvememens  qai 
ont  des  Reclamations  k  faire  au 
nom  de  lears  Sujets^  s  engagent  i 
les  faire  presenter  k  la  liquidation 
dans  le  d^lai  d'une  annee^  i  dater 
da  joar  de  1  echange  des  Ratifi* 
cations  du  pr^nt  Traits ;  passe 
lequel  terme  il  y  aura  decbeance 
de  tout  droit,  reclamation  et  r^ 
petition. 

XVII.  Tous  les  2  mois«  il  sera 
dresse  un  Bordereau  des  Liquid- 
ations d^fiuitivement  arr^t^es, 
agr^^es,  ou  jug^es,  icdiquant  le 
nom  de  chaque  Creancier,  et  la 
somine  pour  laquelle  sa  cr^nce 
doit  ^tre  acquitt^e,  soit  en  pria* 
cipal,  soit  en  inter^ts-arrerages. 
Les  sommes  qui  sont  4  payer  en 
numeraire  par  le  Tr^sor  Royal, 
soit  pour  capitaux,  soit  poor 
iat6r6ts,  seront  remises  anx  Com* 
missaires-Liquidateurs  du  Gou- 
vsmeoieat  inl^resse,  sur  leurs 
quittances  tis^  par  les  Liq«i« 
dateurs  Fran9ais.  Quant  aitx 
er^nces  qni,  d'apr^  les  .Articles 
IV  et  XiX  de  la  pniaeote  Con- 
▼ention,  doivent  dtre  remboora^s 
en  inscriptioas  sur  le  Grand 
Lhrre  de  la  Dette  Publique,  eiles 
seront  inscrites  au  nom  des  Com- 
mis8stres«Liqttiiktetirs  des  Gon* 
venwnsns  int^ressis,  ou  de  eeux 


belonging  to  them,  in  the  space 
of  4  weeks  after  the  exchange  of 
the  Ratiiications  of  the  present 
Treaty.  The  same  shall  be  dooe 
respecting  the  Archives,  maps 
and  plates,  taken  away  from  the 
Countries  occupied  for  a  time  by 
the  different  Armies,  as  it  is 
stipulated  in  the  2nd  paragraph 
of  die  XXXTst  Article  of  the 
said  Treaty. 

XV L  Ciovernments  who  hav« 
Claims  to  prefer  in  behalf  of  their 
Subjects,  engage  to  cause  them 
to  be  presented  for  liqoidatioa 
within  a  year,  dating  from  the 
day  of  the  exchange  of  the  Rati- 
fications of  the  present  Treaty; 
after  which  time  they  are  to 
forfeit  all  right  to  claim  and 
recovery. 

XVIL  Every  2  months,  an 
Abstract  is  to  be  drawn  op  of 
the  Liquidations  finally  acyosted, 
approved,  or  decided,  specifying 
the  name  of  each  Creditor,  and 
the  amount  for  which  his  debt  is 
to  be  discharged,  either  in  prin- 
cipal, or  arrears  of  interest.  The 
sums  which  are  to  be  paid  b 
oash  by  the  Royal  Treasury, 
either  for  capital  or  interest,  shall 
be  remitted  to  the  Commisnoneis 
of  Liquidation  of  the  Government 
concerned,  apon  their  xeceipts, 
signed  or  approved  by  the  French 
Liquidatofs.  With  regard  to  the 
debts  which,  in  conformity  to 
Articles  IV  and  XIX  of  the 
present  Convention,  are  to  be 
paid  in  Inscriptions  in  the  Great 
Book  of  the  Public  Debt,  they  are 
to  be  entered  iu  the  names  of  the 
C4Mnnussioners  of  Liquidation  of 
the  Governments  conceraed,  or  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT   BRITAIN,   &C.    AND    FRANCB. 


335 


qulls  d^gneront.  Ces  Inacrip- 
tioiM  BeroDt  prises  dn  Fonda  de 
garantie  ^tabii  par  rArtiele  XX 
de  la  pr^sente  ConTeiition,  et  de 
)a  mani^re  qui  est  stipulee  |iar 
r  Article  XXI. 

XVIII.  Tootes  les  creancca 
aaxqaeHes  il  est  attache  an  int^rlt, 
soft  par  les  tennes  des  Lois,  soit 
par  ceux  da  Traits  da  dO  Mai, 
1814,  contiDneront  i  en  jouir  so 
notoe  tanx.  Qoant  k  celles  aux- 
qaelles  U  n'est  attache  aueun 
iot^rlt,  ni  par  leur  nature,  oi  par 
ledit  Traite,  elles  eo  produiront 
on  de  4  pour  cent,  d  dater  de  la 
vgnatnre  de  la  pr^sente  Con- 
YentioD.  Tous  les  int^r^ts  seront 
payes  en  numeraire  et  sur  le 
montant  de  la  valeur  nominale  de 
la  crdance.  Les  Stipulations 
relatives  aux  inter^ts,  seront  ri- 
ciproques  entre  la  France  et  les 
autres  Puissances  Contractantes. 

XIX.  Le  Traite  du  SO  Mai, 
1814,  en  reglant  les  termes  dans 
lesquels  les  paiemens  devaient 
Mre  accomplis,  avail  indiqu^  8 
classes  de  creances.  Pour  se 
rapprocher  d'une  parellle  dispo- 
silion,  il  a  ^t^  arr^t^  par  la 
preaente  Convention,  qu  on  adopt- 
erait  aussi  8  classes  de  rembourse- 
Bient,  comme  il  suit : 

1.  Les  dep6ts  jndiciaires  et 
consignations  faits  dans  la  Caisse 
d'Amortiasement  seront  rem- 
bonra^s  en  argent  dans  le  terme 
de6  mois,  i  compter  de  Techange 
des  Ratifications  de  la  presente 
Convention,  pour  autant  que  la 
remise  des  pieces  ait  eu  lieo  dans 
les  3  premiers  mois  de  la  liqui- 
dation. Les  objets  dont  les  pieces 
amtrnt   M   remises   plus    tard/ 


those  whom  they  may  appoint. 
These  Inscriptions  are  to  be  taken 
from  the  Guarantee  Fund,  stipu- 
lated by  Article  XX  of  the  present 
Convention,  and  in  the  manner 
specified  by  Article  XXI. 

XVIII.  All  debts  which  bear 
interest,  either  according  to  Law, 
or  the  Treaty  of  the  dOth  May, 
1814,  are  to  continue  to  bear  the 
same.  With  respect  to  those,  to 
which  no  interest  appertains,  either 
from  their  nature,  or  by  the  said 
Treaty,  they  are  to  bear  an 
interest  of  4  per  cent,  from  the 
date  of  the  signature  of  the  present 
Convention.  All  interest  is  to  be 
paid  in  cash,  and  on  the  amount 
of  the  nominal  value  of  the  debt. 
The  Stipulations  relating  to  in* 
terest  are  to  be  reciprocal  between 
France  and  the  other  Contracting 
Powers. 

XIX.  The  Treaty  of  the  80th 
May,  1814,  in  regulating  the 
periods  within  which  the  payments 
were  to  be  completed,  proclaimed 
8  classes  of  debts.  In  order  to 
make  things  agree  with  such  an 
arrangement,  it  has  been  resolted 
to  adopt,  in  like  manner,  8  classes 
for  reimbursement,  as  follows : 

1.  The  deposits  legally  en- 
trusted to  the  Caine  d'Amor- 
tissement  are  to  be  refunded  in 
money,  within  6  months  from  the 
exchange  of  the  Ratifications  of 
the  present  Convention,  whenever 
the  delivery  of  the  documents 
shall  have  taken  place  during  the 
first  S  months  of  the  liquidation* 
Those  cases,  whereof  the  docu- 
ments shall  have  been  delivered 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


336 


QRBAT    BRITAIN,    &C.    AND    FRANCS, 


seroDt  liqaides  daos  les  3  moia 
Buivaas. 

2.  Les  dettes  provenant  de 
verse ment  de  cautionnemeos,  oa 
de  foods  deposes  par  les  Com- 
munes et  Etablissemens  Publics 
dans  la  Caisse  de  Service,  dans 
^a  Caisse  d'Amortissement,  ou 
daos  toute  autre  Caisse  du  Gou* 
veroement  Frangais,  seront  rem- 
boursees  en  Inscriptions  sur  le 
Grand  Livre  de  la  Dette  Publique, 
au  pair;  d  condition  toutefois  que> 
dans  le  cas  que  le  cours  du  jour 
du  reglement  (tti  au  dessous  de 
75,  le  Gouvernemeiit  Fran^ais 
bonifiera  la  difference  entre  le 
cours  dn  jour  et  75. 

S.  Les  autres  dettes  nou  com- 
prises dans  les  2  paragrapbes 
pr^c^dens,  seront  egalement  rem- 
boursees  en  Inscriptions  an  pair, 
avec  la  diff<Srence  que  le  Gou- 
veroement  Frangais  ne  leor 
garantit  qu  un  cours  de  60,  en 
s*engageant  a  bonifier  la  difierence 
entre  le  cours  du  jour  et  60. 

XX.  II  sera  iuscritje  ler  Janvier 
prochain,au  plustard^comme  fonds 
de  garantie,  sur  le  Grand  Livre  de 
la  Dette  Publique  de  France,  un 
capital  de  3,500,000  francs  de 
rente,  avec  jouissance  du  22  Mars, 
1816,  au  nom  de  2,  de  4  ou  de 
6  Commissaires,  molti^  Sujets  de 
Sa  Majeste  Ties  Chretienne,  et 
moitie  Sujets  des  Puissances  Al- 
li^es;  lesquels  Commissaires  se- 
ront choisis  et  nomm^s;  savoir: 
I,  2  ou  3  par  le  Gouvernement 
Frangais,  et  1,  9  ou  8  par  les 
Puissances  Alliees. 


in  subsequently,  are  to  be  liqui- 
dated within  the  succeeding  3 
months. 

2.  The  debts  arising  from  the 
payment  of  securities,  or  from 
funds  which  were  deposited  by 
the  Communes  and  Public  Esta- 
blishments, in  the  Caisse  de 
Service,  the  Caisse  d'Amortisae- 
ment,  or  any  other  Caisse  of 
the  French  Government,  are  to 
be  reimbursed  in  Inscriptions  in 
the  Great  Book  of  the  Public 
Debt,  at  par ;  on  condition,  how- 
ever, that  in  the  event  of  the 
price  of  the  day  of  settlement 
being  under  75,  the  French  Go- 
vernment is  to  have  tlie  benefit  of 
the  difference  between  the  price 
of  the  day  and  75. 

3.  The  other  debts,  not  com- 
prehended in  the  2  preceding 
sections,  are  to  be  likewise  reim* 
bursed  in  Inscriptions  at  par, 
with  this  difference,  however,  that 
the  French  Government  guarao* 
tees  to  them  only  a  price  of  60; 
at  the  same  time  engaging  to 
make  good  the  difference  between 
the  price  of  the  day  and  60. 

#  XX.  On  the  1st  of  January 
next,  at  latest,  shall  be  inscribed, 
as  a  guarantee  fund,  in  the  Great 

Book  of  the  Public  Debt  of  France, 
a  capital  producing  3,500,000 
French  francs  yearly  revenue,  with 
possession,  from  22d  March,  1816, 
in  the  name  of  2,  4,  or  6  Com- 
missioners, one^half  of  them  Sub- 
jects of  His  Most  Christiaa 
Majesty,  and  the  other  half  of 
the  Allied  Sovereign  Powers; 
which  said  Commissioners  are 
to  be  chosen  and  appointed, 
namely,  1,  %  or  8,  by  the  Freocd 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CHEAT    BRITAIN,    &C.    AND   FRANCE. 


337 


Cet  Commissairps  toacheront 
tes  dites  rentes  de  semestre  en 
semestre. 

lis  en  seront  Mpositaires^  sans 
poavoir  les  negocier. 

Us  en  placeront  le  montant  dans 
les  Fonds  Publics,  et  ils  en  re- 
ceyront  I'lnt^r^t  accamule  et  com* 
pose  an  profit  des  Creanciers. 

Dans  les  cas  o^  les  3,500,000 
francs  de  rente  sentient  insnffi- 
sans  il  aera  d^livri  anx  snsdits 
Commissaires,  des  Inscriptions 
pour  pins  fortes  sommes,  «t 
jusqu'k  concurrence  de  celles  qui 
seront  necessaires  pour  payer  les 
dettes  indiqiiees  par  la  prAsente 
Conrention. 

€es  Inscriptions  additiontfelles, 
sH  y  a  lieu,  seront  delivr6es  a?ec 
jonissance  de  la  m^me  epoqne  qne 
cdle  fix6e  pour  les  SfiOOfiQO 
francs  de  rente  ci-dessus  stipules, 
et  elles  seront  administrees  par  les 
n^mes  CommissaiMS  et  d'aprte 
les  mftmes  principes ;  en  sorte  qne 
les  cii6aBces  qui  resteront  k  solder 
seront  acquittees  atec  la  m^me 
proportion  dlnt^r^tsaccnmnl^  et 
eomposes  ^ue  si  le  londs  de  ga- 
ratttie[aTait  6te  snffisant  d^  le 
conunenoement. 

Lorsqne  les  paiemens  d6s  aux 
Cr^ancien  auront  ei&  eifectues, 
le  sorpkis  des  rentes  non  assignees, 
sll  y  en  a,  ainsi  que  la  proportion 
d'int^ts  accumul^  et  composes 
qui  leor  appartiendra,  seront  re- 
mis  i  la  disposition  du  Gooveme- 
aeni  Francis. 

XXI.  A  mesnre  que  les  borde** 
reaux  de  liquidation  presents  par 
£1815— 1«.3 


GoTemment,  nnd  I,  2,  or  d,  by 
the  Allied  Powers. 

They  are  to  receive  the  said 
yearly  income  every  6  months, 
of  which  they  are  to  be  the  Trus- 
tees, without  power  of  negotiating 
the  same. 

They  are  to  place  the  amount 
thereof  in  the  Public  Funds,  and 
receive  the  accumulated  and  com- 
pound interest  of  the  same  for  the 
benefit  of  the  Creditors. 

In  case  the  3,500,000  francs 
of  interest  shall  be  insufficient, 
there  shall  be  delivered  to  the 
said  Commissioners,  Inscriptions 
for  larger  sums,  until  their  amount 
shall  equal  what  may  be  necessary 
to  pay  the  debts  mentioned  in  the 
present  Convention. 

These  additional  Inscriptions,  if 
tliey  are  necessary,  shall  be  made 
over  with  the  dividends  from  the 
same  period  as  tbe  3,500,000 
francs,  yearly  revenue  above  sti- 
pulated, and  shall  be  administered 
by  the  same  Commissioners,  and 
according  to  the  same  principles; 
so  that  the  debts  which  shall  re- 
'  main  to  be  paid,  shall  be  paid 
with  the  same  proportion  of  ac- 
cumulated and  compoun(f  interest 
as  if  the  fund  of  guarantee  had 
been  from  the  first  sufficient. 

As  soon  as  the  payments  due 
to  the  Creditors  shall  have  been 
made,  the  surplus  of  the  Inscrip- 
tions not  employed,  if  there  be 
any,  as  well  as  the  proportion  of 
accumulated  and  compound  in* 
terest  which  shall  belong  thereto, 
shall  be  given  up  to  the  disposal 
of  the  French  Govemuient. 

XXI.  In  proportion  as  the  Ab- 
stracts of  Liquidation,  prescribed 
Z 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


338 


GREAT    BRITAIN,   &C.    AND    FRANCE. 


J'ArticleXVII  delapresenle  Con- 
veDtion,  seroDtpr^seDtes  aux  Com- 
missaires  Depositaires  des  rentes, 
ceax-ci  lee  viseront,  afin  qu'ils 
puissent  ^tre  iDscrits  immediate- 
meat  sur  le  Grand  Livre  de  la 
Dette  Publique,  au  debit  de  leur 
depdt,  et  au  credit  des  Commis* 
saires  Liquidateurs  des  Gouveme- 
mens  Reclamans. 

XXII.  Les  Soaverains  actuels 
des  Pays  qui  ont  cesse  d'apparCe- 
nir  d  la  France^  renouvellent  Ten* 
gagement  qu'ils  ont  contract^  par 
TArtide  XXI  du  Traite  du  30 
Mai,  1814,  de  tenir  compte  au 
Gouvemement  Frangais,  k  partir 
du  22  Decembre,  1813,  de  celles 
des  Dettes  de  ces  Pays  qui  ont  ete 
converties  en  Inscriptions  au 
Grand  Livre  de  la  Dette  Pub- 
lique  de  France.  Les  Etats  de 
toutes  ces  dettes  seront  dres- 
ses  et  arrSt^s  par  les  Commissions 
etablies  par  1' Article  V  de  la  pre- 
sente  Convention.  II  est  bieu  en- 
tend  u  que  le  Gouvemement  Fran- 
9ai8  continuera  d  payer  les  rentes 
de  ces  Inscriptions. 

XXI I I.  Les  m^ipes  Gouverne- 
mens  renouvellent  I'engagement 
de  rembourser  aux  Sujets  Fran- 
^ais,  Serviteurs  des  Pays  cedes, 
les  sommes  qu'ils  ont  i  reclamer 
i  titre  de  cautionnemens,  depots 
ou  consignations,  dans  leurs  'Tr^- 
sors  respectifs.  Ces  rembourse- 
meiu  se  feront  de  la  m^me  ma. 
ni^  qui  a  ete  convenue  par  T Ar- 
ticle XIX  de  la  presente  Conven- 
tion, k  Pegard  des  Sujets  de  ces 
Pays  qui  ont  fait  des  versemens 
de  la  mime  nature. 

XXIV.  11  est  reserve  au  Gou- 


by  Article  XVII  of  the  present 
Convention,  shall  be  delivered  to 
the  Trustees  or  Commissioners  of 
Deposit^  the  latter  are  to  examine 
the  same,  in  order  to  their  being 
forthwith  entered  in  the  Great 
Book  of  the  Public  Debt,  to  the 
debit  of  their  trust,  and  to  the 
credit  of  the  Commissions^  of 
Liquidation  of  the  reclaiming 
Governments. 

XXII.  The  present  Sovereigns 
of  the  Countries  which  have  ceased 
to  belong  to  France,  hereby  renew 
the  engagement  which  they  have 
contracted,  by  Article  XXI  of  the 
Treaty  of  the  30th  May,  1814,  to 
account  with  the  French  Govern- 
ment, from  the  22Ad  December, 
1813,  for  such  of  the  Debts  of  the 
said  Countries  as  have  been  con- 
verted  into  Inscriptions  in  the 
Great  Book  of  the  Public  Debt  of 
France.  The  Accounts  relative  to 
all  the  said  Debts  shall  be  drawn 
up  and  adjusted  by  the  Com- 
missions appointed  by  Article  V 
of  the  present  Convention.  It  is 
understood  that  Prance  is  to  oob- 
tiuue  the  payment  of  the  dividends 
on  these  Inscriptions. 

XXI II.  The  Governments  a* 
foresaid  renew  the  engagement  to 
refund  to  French  Subjects,  in  the 
service  of  the  ceded  Countries,  the 
sums  which  they  may  have  to  claim 
on  account  of  securities,  or  de- 
posits in  their  respective  Treasu- 
ries. These  re-imbursements  shall 
be  made  in  the  same  manner  as  that 
agreed  upon  in  Article  XIX  of  the 
present  Cenvention,  towards  Sub- 
jects of  the  said  Countries,  for 
payments  of  a  like  nature. 

XXIV.  It   is  reserved    to   the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT   BRITAIN^    &C*    AND    FRANCE. 


339 


venieiiMnt  Fran^ais,  la  faculte  de 
dMotre  lies  cautiooDemeos  que, 
par  I'Article  XXII  du  Traite  du  80 
Mai,  18I4«  et  par  I'Artide  X  de 
la  preaente  CooTention,  il  s'est 
engag^  i  rembourser  lea  debeta 
dea  Comptabiet  qu'an  J  agement  de 
la  Coor  dea  CompteSy  renda  aTant 
le  ao  Mai,  1814,  aurait  declares 
RelentJoonairesde  dealers  Poblics. 


Cette  deduction  ae  fera  sans  pre- 
judice dea  poorraitea  qui,  eo  cas 
d'insoffisance  des  cautionnemena, 
pourront  dtre  dingoes  contre  lea 
Retentionnaires  par  lea  voiea  ordi- 
nairea,  et  par  devant  lea  Tribunaax 
do  Pays  oii  cea  Cooiptables  soot 
domiciliea. 

XXV.  Dans  les  Pays  c^despar 
le  Traite  du  30  Mai,  1814,  et  par 
ie  present  Traite,  les  Soascripteurs 
deffets  n^ciables  au  profit  du 
Treaor  Royal,  ou  de  la  Caisse 
d'Amortisaemeot,  (autres  que  les 
Receveura  dea  ContributioDs  di- 
rectea,)  qui  ne  les  auraient  poiot 
acquittes  k  lenr  echeauce,  pour- 
ront £tre  poursuivis  en  rembourse- 
ment,  devant  lesTribunaux  Ordi- 
nairea  du  Pays  o^  ils  sont  domici- 
lies,  k  moins  qu'ils  n'eussent  ^te 
contnuntB  de  se  liberer  ant6rieure- 
ment  au  30  Mai,  1814,  on,  pour 
les  Paya  c^des  par  le  present 
Traite,  anterieurement  au  20  No* 
vembre,  1816,  entre  les  mains  des 
Agens  dea  nouveaux  Possesseurs 
do  Pays. 

XXV I.  Tout  ce  qui  a  et^  con- 
Venn  par  la  pr^nte  Con? ention, 
a  regard  du  terme  dans  lequel  les 


French  Governineut,  the  right  of 
deducting  from  those  Securities, 
which,  by  Article  XXII  of  the 
Treaty  of  the  30th  May,  1814, 
and  by  Article  X  of  the  present 
Convention,  it  haa  engaged  to  re- 
fund the  balancea  due  from  Per- 
sona accountable,  whom  a  Judg- 
ment of  the  Court  of  Account^^ 
given  before  the  30th  of  May, 
1814,  shall  have  declared  to  be 
Withholders  of  Public  Money. 
Such  deduction  is  to  take  place, 
however,  without  being  prejudicial 
to  the  proceedings  which,  in  de- 
fault of  sufficient  security,  may  be 
directed  against  the  Defaulters,  in 
the  ordinary  course,  before  the 
Tribunals  of  the  Countries  wherein 
the  Persons  accountable  have  set- 
tled. 

XXV.  In  the  Countries  ceded 
by  the  Treaty  of  the  30thof  May« 
1814,  and  by  the  present  Treaty « 
such  Persona  wlio  have  ac- 
cepted Bills,  negotiable,  to  the  ad- 
vantage  of  the  Royal  Treasury,  or 
of  tlie  •*  Caisse  dtAmcrtUsement^ 
(not  receivers  of  direct  Contribu- 
tions), and  who  should  not  have 
honoured  the  same  when  they  be- 
came due,  may  be  proceeded 
against  for  payment,  before  the 
regular  Tribunals  of  the  Country 
where  they  are  settled,  unless  they 
should  have  been  compelled  to 
pay  them  before  the  30th  of  May, 

1814,  or,  with  regard  to  the 
Countries  ceded  by  the  present 
Treaty,  before  the  20th  November, 

1815,  in  favourof  the  Agents  of  the 
New  Possessors  of  the  Countries. 

XXVI.  All  that  haa  been  agreed 
to  by  the  present  Convention, 
with  respect  to  the  period  within 


12 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


340 


GREAT  BRITAIN,  &C.  AND  FRANCE. 


Cr^anciers  de  la  France  presente- 
root  leurs  reclamations  a  la  liqui- 
dation, des  epoques  o^  les  borde- 
reaax  de  liquidations  seront  dres- 
ses, des  inter^ts  allou^s  aux  di* 
verses  classes  de  cr^ances,  et  du 
mode  dent  elles  seront  payees, 
s'applique  egalement  aux  creances 
que  les  Fran^ais  ont  4  former 
contre  les  GouTernemens  des 
Pays  detaches  de  la  France. 

Fait  k  Paris,  le  20  Novembre, 
1815. 

(L.S.)    CASTLEREAGH. 
(LS.)    WELLINGTON. 
(L.S.)     RICHELIEU. 


Article  AddUumneL 
La    Maison   des    Comtes    de 

Bentheim    et    Steinfurt,     ayant 

form^    contre    le    Gouvernement 

Frangais      une     reclamation     & 

difii^rens  litres,  savoir : 
En     vertu      d'une 

Convention     du     22 

Mai,  1804,*  la  somme 

de    800,000 

Inter6ts  ^  6  pour 
cent  de  cette  somme       480,000 

Pour  restitution  de 
Contribution  Fonci^re         78,200 

Deblayement  de 
TYftsel 30,000 

Pour  diverses  ali^ 
nations  et  indemnites       634,000 

Pour  Revenu  du 
Comte  de  Bentheim, 
depuis  la  prise  de 
possession  par  le  Gou- 
vernement Fran9ais. . .    2,225,000 


which  the  Creditors  of  France  are 
to  deliver  in  their  Claims  for  liqui- 
dation, the  time  when  the  Abstracts 
of  Liquidations  are  to  be  dniwa 
up,  the  interest  to  be  allowed  to 
the  respective  Classes  of  Debts, 
and  the  manner  in  which  they  are 
to  be  paid,  applies  equally  to 
those  J)ebt8  which  France  may 
have  to  claim  from  the  Govern- 
ments  of  the  Countries  detached 
from  France. 

Done  at  Paris,  the  20th  of  No- 
vember,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord, 

1815. 

(LS.)    CASTLEREAGH. 

(h.S.)    WELLINGTON. 

(L-S.)     RICHEUEU, 


Additional  Article* 
The  House  of  the  Counts  of 
Bentheim  and  Steinfurth  having 
advanced  a  Claim  against  the 
French  Government  upon  different 
grounds;  viz. 

In  pursuance  of  a 
Convention  of  the  22nd 
of  May,  1804* 800,000 

Interest  at  6  per  cent 
per  annum  upon  that 
sum 480,000 

For  restitution  of  the 
Land  Tax   78,900 

Clearing  the  Ysel...         30,000 

For  various  aliena^ 
tions  and   indemnities      634,000 

For  the  Revenues  of 
the  County  of  Bent- 
heim, since  the  French 
Government  took  pos- 
session thereof ..•• 9,225,000 


Total   Frafws..AM  7,200  Total... Froncs...    4,247,200 

*  See  Marten*!  Supplement,  VoL  IV.,  Fkge  93. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RUSSIA  AND  FRANCE. 


341 


II  a  ete  convena*  par  forme  de 
TransactJOD,  que  le  Gou vernement 
FraD9ai8  paiera  k  cette  Maison^ 
poor  loate  reclamation  quelcoD- 
que: 

1.  La  somroe  de  800,000 
francs  en  numeraire,  payables  par 
doazi^mes,  de  mois  en  moU,  d 
commencer  du  ler  Janvier/ 1816. 

2.  Celle  de  610,000  francs,  en 
Inscriptions  au  Grand  Livre  de  la 
Dette  Publique.  au  pair,  en  lui 
garantissant  le  cours  de  75,  ou 
bonifiant  la  difference  entre  le 
cours  du  jour  et  75. 

Ces  Inscriptions  seront  delivrees 
d1ci  au  ler  Janvier  et  avec 
jouissance    du  22    Mars,   1816. 


Au  moyen  du  paiement  de 
cette  somme  de  1,310,000  francs, 
la  Maison  des  Comtes  de  Bentheim 
et  Steinfurt  renonce  k  rien  deman- 
derni  rep^ter  du  Gouvernement 
Fran9ai8,  k  tel  titre  et  pour  telle 
cause  que  ce  sott,  ledit  abandon 
etant  fait  i  titre  de  transaction. 


Fait  d  Paris,  le  20  Novembre, 
1815. 

(L.S.)     CASTLEREAGH. 
(L.S.)     WELLINGTON. 
(L.S.)     RICHELIEU. 


It  has  been  settled,  in  the  form 
of  an  Agreement,  that  the  Go- 
ment  of  France  shall  pay  to  that 
House,  in  lien  of  every  Claim 
whatsoever: 

1.  The  sum  of  800,000  francs 
in  specie,  to  be  paid  by  12ths,  in 
monthly  instalments,  commencing 
from  the  Ist  of  January,  1816. 

2.  The  som  of  510,000  francs, 
by  Inscriptions  in  the  Great- Book 
of  the  Public  Debt,  at  par,  guaran- 
teeing to  the  same  the  exchange  at 
75,  or  making  up  the  difference 
between  the  exchange  of  the  day 
and  75. 

These  Inscriptions  shall 
be  delivered  before  the  Ist  of 
January,  and  the  interest  on 
them  shall  commence  firom  the 
22nd  of  March,  1816. 

In  consideration  of  the  pay- 
ment  of  tlits  sum  of  1,310,000 
francs,  the  House  of  the  Counts 
of  Bentheim  and  Steinfurth 
renounces  the  right  of  advancing 
or  renewing  any  claim  against 
the  French  Government,  under 
any  title  or  on  any  ground  whatso-. 
ever,  the  said  renunciation  being 
made  by  agreement. 

Done  at  Paris,  the  20th  of 
November,  in  the  year  of  our 
Lord,  1815. 

(L.S.) 

(L.S.) 

(LS.) 


castij:reagh. 

wellington. 

richelieu. 


ARTICLE  Separe  de  la  Convention  precktente,  entre  la  Rusiie  et  la 
Franee.^Signe  a  Paris,  le  20  Novembre^  1815. 

En  execution  de  I' Article  Additionnel  au  Trait6  du  30  Mai,  1814, 
Sa  Majesty  Tr^  Chr^tienne  s'engage  d  envoy er, sans  d^lai,  a  Varsovie, 
un  ou  plusieurs  Commissaires  pour  concourir,  en  son  nom,  aux 
leruie;»  du  dit  Article,  i  I'exumeu  et  d  la  liquidation  des  pretentions 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


342 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE. 


liciproques  de  la  France  et  da  ci-devant  Dnche  de  Varsovie,  et  i  toas 
les  arrangemens  y  relalift. 

Sa  Majeste  Tr^  Chr^tienne  reconnoit,  k  I'egard  de  Sa  Majesty 
I'Einperenr  de  Russie,  en  sa  quality  de  Roi  de  Pologne,  la  nnllite  de 
la  Convention  de  Bayonne  ;*  bien  entendu  que  cette  disposition  ne 
poorra  recevoir  d'application  que  conformement  aux  principes  ^tablis 
dans  les  Conventions  designees  dans  FArticle  IX  du  Traite  de  ce 

jonr.t 

Le  pr^ent  Article  Separi  aura  la  m^me  force  et  valeur  que  sHt 
<toit  insert  mot  k  mot  au  Traite  de  ce  jour.  II  sera  ratifie  et  les 
Ratifications  en  seront  echang^es  en  m^me  terns. 

En  §o\  de  quoi,  les  P16nipotentiaires  respectifs  Tont  signe  et  y  ont 
appos^  le  Cachet  de  leurs  Armes. 

Fait  i  Paris,  le  20  Novembie,  I'An  de  Grftce,  1815. 
(L.8.)    RASOUMOFFSKY.  (L.S.)    RICHELIEU. 

rL.8.)    CAPODISTRIAS. 


^S,)^C0NVENT10N  between  Great  Briiain  and  France,  relative 
to  the  Claims  of  British  Subfects. — Signed  at  Paris.  20th  November, 
1815.J 


Convention  entre  la  Grande  Bre- 
tagne'et  la  France,  eandue  en 
conjbrmite  de  P  Article  IX  du 
Traite  Principal,  relaivoement 
d  tExamen  et  d  la  Uquidaiion 
des  Reclamations  des  Snfets  de 
Sa  Majeste  Britannique  envers 
le    Gouvernement    Francois. 

Art.  I.  Les  Sujets  de  Sa  Ma- 
jeste Britannique,  porteurs  de 
creances  sur  le  Gouvememeat 
Fran9ais,  lesquels,  en  contraven- 
tion i  TArticle  II  du  Traite  de 
Commerce  de  1786.§  et  depuis  Ic 

•  CoDventioD  entre  la  France  ct  la  Saxe.    Bayonne,  10  Mai,  180a  See  Mar- 
tens.     Supplement,  Tome  V.  Page  71  • 

t  See  P9g8  390. 

t  Distinguished  as  Convention  No.  VII.  in  the  Papers  presented  to  Parliament. 

§  SattraU  du  DraUi  de  Commerce  et  de 
NamgaiUm  entre  la  Gnmde  Brttagne 
et  la  JV«we.— K«rfa««e»,  le  26  Sep- 


Convention  between  Great  Bri- 
tain and  France,  concluded  in 
conformity  with  the  IXth  Article 
of  the  Principal  Treaty,  rela- 
tive to  the  Exammation  and 
Uquidatwn  of  the  Claims  of 
the  Sul^ects  of  His  Britannic 
Mqfesty  against  the  Government 
of  France. 

Art.  I.  The  Subjects  of  His 
Britannic  Majesty,  having  Claims 
upon  the  French  Government, 
who,  in  contravention  of  the  2nd 
Article  of  the  Treaty  of  Com- 
merce, of  1786,§  and  since  the  Ist 


§  Extract  of  the  Treaty  qf  Commerce 
and  Navigation  between  Great  Britain 
and  France. — Vereaillee,   26th  Sep' 
temher,  1786. 
Art.  II.    For  the  future  security  of 


tembre,  1786. 

AaT.  II.    Pour  assurer  k  Tavenir  le 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE. 


343 


of  January,  1793,  have  suffered 
on  that  account,  by  the  Coofisca* 
tioDS  or  Sequestrations  decreed  in 
France,  shall,  in  conformity  with 
the  4th  Additional  Article  of  the 
Treaty  of  Paris,  of  the  year  1814, 
tliemselves,  their  Heirs  or  Assigns, 
Subjects  of  His  Britannic  Ma- 
jesty, be  indemnified  and  paid, 
when  their  Claims  shall  have  been 
admitted  as  legitimate,  and  when 
the  amount  of  them  shall  have 
been  ascertained,  according  to  the 
forms,  and  under  the  conditions, 
hereafter  stipulated. 

11.  The  Subjects  of  His  Bri- 

Commeroe  snd  Friendship  between  the 
Suliiects  of  their  latd  Mijesties,  and  to 
the  end  that  this  good  correBpondenoe 
may  be  preserved  from  all  interraption 
and  disturbance,  it  b  concluded  and 
agreed,  that  if,  at  any  time,  there  should 
arise  any  misunderstanding,  breach  of 
friendship,  or  mptare,  between  tiie 
Ghnms  of  Their  IfiQesties,  vrfaich  God 
forind!  (which  rupture  shall  not  be 
deemed  to  exist  until  the  recalling  or 
sending  home  of  the  respective  Ambas- 
sadors and  Ministers),  the  Subjects  of 
each  of  the  2  Parties  residing  in  the  Do- 
minions of  the  other,  shall  have  the  pri- 
vBege  of  vemaudng  and  continuing  their 
tnde  tiiercin,  without  any  manner  of 
distarbaaoe,  so  long  as  they  behave 
peaceably,  and  commit  no  offence  against 
the  Laws  and  Ordinances :  And  in  case 
their  conduct  should  render  them  sus- 
pected, and  the  respective  Governments 
sheold  be  obliged  to  order  them  to  re- 
move, the  term  of  12  months  shall  be 
aDowed  tliem  for  that  purpose,  in  order 
that  they  may  remove  with  their  effects 
and  property,  whether  entrusted  to  In- 
dividuals or  to  the  State.  At  the  same 
time  it  is  to  be  understood  that  this 
favor  is  not  to  be  extended  to  those 
who  shall  act  contrary  to  the  established 
Laws. 


ler  Janvier,  1793,  ont  ete  atteints 
k  cet  €gard,  par  les  effeU  de  la 
Confiscation  ou  du  Sequestre  de* 
cret^s  enFrance,  seront,  conform^ 
ment  d  I'Article  IV  Additionnel 
du  Traite  de  Paris  de  1814,  enx, 
leurs  Heriliers  ou  Ayans-canse, 
Sujets  deSa  Majesty  Britanoique, 
indemais^s  et  payes.  apr^  que 
leurs  creances  auront  ete  recon^ 
noes  legitimes,  et  que  le  montant 
en  aura  et^  fixe,  snivant  les  formes 
et  sous  les  conditions,  stipulees 
ci-apr^« 

II.   Les  Sujets  de  8a  Majeste 

Commeroe  et  T  Amiti^  entre  les  Sujets  de 
leurs  dites  Mijest^,  et  afin  que  oetta 
bonne  correspondance  soit  k  Tabri  de 
tout  trouble  et  de  toute  inquietude,  il  a 
4t6  convenu  et  accord^,  que  si  quelque 
jour  11  servient  quelque  mauvaise  intdU- 
geace,  interruption  d'amiti6  on  rupture, 
eatre  les  Cowonnes  de  leurs  Mijest^, 
ce  qu'^  Dien  ne  plain  1  (laquelle  rupture 
ni  sera  cens^  exister  que  lors  du  rappel 
ou  du  renvoi  des  Ambassadeurs  et 
Ministres  respectifs)  les  Sujets  des  2 
Psrties,  qui  demeureront  dans  les  Etats 
Time  de  Tautre,  auront  la  faculty  d'y 
oontinuer  leur  s^jonr  et  leur  n^gooe, 
sans  qu'ils  puissent  dtre  troubles  en 
ancune  mani^re,  tant  qu'ila  se  com* 
porteront  paisiblement,  et  qu'ils  ne  se 
permettront  rien  centre  les  Loix  et  les 
Ordonnances :  Et  dans  le  cas  ou  leur 
conduite  l&s  rendroit  suspects,  et  que  les 
Cronvememens  reepeotifr  se  trouveroient 
dhlig&  de  knr  ordonaer  de  se  retirer,  il 
leur  sen  accord^  pour  oette  fin  un 
terme  de  12  mois,  afin  qu'ils  puissent 
se  retirer,  avec  leurs  effets  et  leurs 
faculty,  confi^  tant  aux  Particuliers 
qu*au  Public.  Bien  entendu  que  cette 
favenr  ne  pourra  dtre  r^lamee  par  ceux 
qui  se  permettront  une  conduite  coutraire 
a  rOrdre  Public. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


344 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE. 


tannic  Majesty,  holders  oC  pemnu 
neot  Stock  uodier  the  Frescfa  Go- 
Ternment,  and  wbe  on  that  ac* 
count  haire,  since  the  Isl  of 
January,  1793,  suffered  by  the 
Confiscations  or  Sequestrations 
decreed  in  France,  shall  them* 
selves,  their  Heirs  or  Assigns^ 
Subjects  of  His  Britannic  Ma- 
jesty,  be  inscribed  in  the  Great 
Book  of  the  Consolidated  Debt 
of  France,  for  an  amount  of  Stock 
equal  to  the  amount  of  the  Stock 
they  possessed  prior  to  the  Laws 
and  Decrees  of  Sequestration  or 
of  Confiscation  above-mentioned. 

In  the  cases  in  which  the 
Ediets  or  Decrees  constituting 
the  above  mentioned  Stock  shall 
have  added  thereto  profitable 
conditions  or  favourable  chances, 
account  shall  be  had  thereof  in 
favour  of  the  Creditors,  and  an 
addition,  founded  upon  a  just 
evaluation  of  such  advantages, 
shall  be  made  to  the  amount  of 
the  Stock  to  be  inscribed. 

The  new  Inscriptions  shall  bear 
date  and  bear  interest  from  the 
22d  of  March,  1816. 

Such  Subjects'  of  His  Britannic 
Majesty,  who,  by  receiving  their 
annuities  at  a  3rd,  after  the  SOth 
of  September,  1797,  have  sub- 
mitted themselves  by  their  own  act 
to  the  Laws  existing  upon  this 
subject,  are  excepted  from  the 
above-mentioned  dispositions. 

IIL  SuchoftheSubjecUofHis 
Britannic  Majesty,  or  their  Heirs 
or  Assigns,  Subjects  of  His  Bri- 
tannic Majesty,  as  possessed  Ijfe 
Annuities  from  the  French  Go- 
vernment, before  the  Decrees  of 
Confiscation  or  Sequestration, shall 


BritaMiique,  possesseurs^de  RenCe» 
perp^toelles  sur  le  GeuvememenS 
Franfais^  et.qui,  depuis  le  ler 
Janvier,  1793,  ont  ete  atUints  k 
cet  '^gafd  par  les  efiSsts  de  la 
Confiscation  ou  du  S^questre 
decretes  en  France,  seront,  eux, 
leurs  Heritiers  ou  Ayans-cause, 
Sujets  de  Sa  Majesty  Britanaique, 
inscrits  sor  le  Grand  Livre  de  la 
Dette  CoDSolid^  de  France,  pour 
la  m^me  somme  de  Rentes  dont 
ils  jouissaient  avant  les  Lois  et  D4- 
crets  de  Sequestre  ou  de  Coofis* 
cation  susmentionn^ 

Dans  le  cas  ou  les  Edits  con* 
stitutifs  des  Rentes  mentionn^ 
ci-dessus  auraient  ajoot^  des  con- 
ditions utiles  ou  des  chances  fa- 
vorables,  il  en  sera  tenu  compte 
aox  Creanciers,  et  une  augmen- 
tation fondee  sur  une  juste  Eva- 
luation de  ces  avantages  s  appli- 
qnera  au  montant  de  la  Rente  k 
iascrire. 

Les  nouvelles  Inscriptions  se- 
ront fournies  avec  jouissance  do 
22  Mars,  1816. 

Sont  exceptes  des  dispositions 
mentionn^es  ci-dessus,  eeux  des 
dits  Siyets  de  Sa  Majestd  Bri- 
tannique  qui,  en  recevant  leurs 
Rentes  au  tiers,  apr^s  le  30  Sep- 
tembre,  1797,  se  sont  soumis 
eux-m^mes  aux  Lois  existantes 
sur  cette  mati^re. 

in.  Seront  Egalement  inscrits 
sur  le  Grand  Livre  de  la  Dette 
viRgSre  de  France,  ceux  des  Sujets 
de  Sa  Majesty  Britannique,  ou  leurs 
Heritiers  et  Ayans-cause,  Sujets 
de  Sa  Majeste  Britannique,  posses- 
seurs  de  Rentes  viag^res  sur  (e 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GR£AT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE. 


345 


equally  be  inscribed  apon  the 
Great  Book  of  the  Life  Aonuities 
of  France,  for  the  same  sam  of 
Life  Annuities  as  they  enjoyed  in 
1798.  Sach  of  the  Subjects  of  Hw 
Britannic  Majesty,  however,  as 
have  changed  the  nature  of  their 
ClaimSy  by  receiving  their  An- 
nuities at  a  3rd,  and  thus  by  their 
own  act  have  submitted  them- 
selves to  the  Laws  existing  upon 
this  subject,  shall  be  excepted 
from  the  above  dispositions. 

The  new  Inscriptions  shall  bear 
date,  and  bear  interest,  from  the 
22d  of  March,  1816. 

Prior  to  the  delivery  of  the  new 
Inscriptions,  the  Claimants  shall 
be  bound  to  produce  Certificates, 
according  to  the  usual  forms,  de- 
claring that  the  Persons  in  whose 
names  their  Life  Annuities  were 
constituted  are  still  alive. 

With  respect  to  those  of  the 
above-mentioned  Subjects  of  His 
Britannic  Majesty  possessing 
Life  Annuities  in  the  names  of 
Persons  who  aredead,they  shall  be 
bound  to  produce  Certificates  of 
demise,  in  the  usual  forms,  stating 
the  pmod  of  the  decease ;  and 
in  that  case»  the  Annuities  shall 
be  paid  up  to  such  period. 

IV.  Such  arrears  of  the  Perpe- 
tual and  Life  Annuities  as  shall 
have  been  liquidated  and  allowed, 
and  as  shall  be  due  up  to  the  32d 
of  March  next,  exclusively,  save 
the  cases  of  exception  specified 
in  the  Ilnd  and  llird  Articles, 
shall  be  inscribed  in  the  Great 
Book  of  the  Public  Debt  of 
France,  at  the  rate  which  shall  be 
the    medium  price  between    par 


Gonvemement  Fran^ ais,  avant  les 
Decrets  qui  en  out  ordonoe  la 
Confiscation  on  le  S^questre,  pour 
la  m^me  somme  de  Rentes  via- 
g^s  dont  ils  jouissaient  en  1793. 

Sontexcept^s  ceux  desdits  Sujets 
de  Sa  Majeste  Britannique  qui 
out  innove,  en  recevant  leurs 
Rentes  an  tiers  et  se  soumettant 
ainsi  eux-m^mes  aux  Lois  exis- 
tantes  sur  cette  mati^re. 

Les  nouvelles  Inscriptions  se- 
ront  fournies  avec  jouissance  du 
22  Mars,  1816. 

Avant  que  ces  nouvelles  In- 
scriptions puissent  6tre  delivrees, 
les  Reclamans  seront  tenus  d 
produire  des  Certificats  selon  les 
formes  prescrites,  constatantque  les 
Personnes  sur  la  tto  desquelles 
leurs  rentes  viagires  avaient  £te 
prises,  sont  encore  en  vie. 

Quant  4  ceux  des  susdits  Sujets 
de  Sa  Majeste  Britannique  dont 
les  rentes  viag^es  portaient  sur 
des  Personnes  qui  ne  sont  plus  en 
vie,  ils  seront  tenus  d  produire  des 
extraits  mortuaires  suivant  les 
formes  prescrites,  constatant  les 
^poques  desdec^s;  etdanscecas 
les  rentes  seront  payees  jusqu*d  ces 
epoques. 

IV.  Les  arr^rages  liquides  et 
reconnus  des  rentes  perp^tuelles 
et  viagdres  qui  seront  dues  jusqu' 
an  22  Mars  prochain  exclusive- 
ment,  sauf  les  cas  d'exception  spe- 
cifies aux  Articles  II  et  IIT,  seront 
inscrits  sur  leGrand  Liv re  de  laDette 
Publique  de  France,  an  taux  qui 
risultera  du  terme  moyen  entre  le 
pair  et  le  cours  de  la  place  au  jour 
de  la  signature  du  present  Traite. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


346 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE. 


and  the  carrent  market  price  of 
the  day,  at  the  date  of  the  signa- 
ture of  the  present  Treaty. 

The  Inscriptions  shall  bear  date 
and  bear  interest,  from  the  23d 
of  March,  1816,  inclasively. 

V.  In  order  to  determine  the 
Capita]  due  on  immoveable  pro- 
perty,  which  belonged  to  Subjects 
of  His  Britannic  Majesty,  to  their 
Heirs  or  Assigns,  equally  Subjects 
of  His  Britannick  Majesty,  and 
which  was  sequestrated, confiscated 
and  sold,  the  following  process 
shall  be  had : 

The  said  Subjects  of  His  Bri- 
tannic Majesty  shall  be  obliged 
to  produce :  Ut,  the  Deed  of  Pur- 
chase, proving  their  Proprietor- 
ship ;  9ndly,  the  Acts  proving  the 
facts  of  the  Sequestration,  and  of 
the  Confiscation  against  them- 
selves, their  A  ncestors  or  Assignors, 
Subjects  of  His  Britannic  Ma- 
jesty. In  default,  however,  of  all 
proofs  in  wnting,  considering  the 
circumstances  under  which  the 
Confiscations  and  Sequestrations 
took  place,  and  those  which  have 
since  arisen,  such  other  proof  shall 
be  admitted  as  the  Commissioners 
of  Liquidation  hereafter  men- 
tioned, shall  judge  sufficient  in  lieu 
thereof. 

The  French  Government  further 
engages  to  facilitate,  by  every 
meauB,the  production  of  all  Titles 
and  Proofs  serving  to  substantiate 
the  Claims  to  which  the  preseut 
Ailicle  refers,  and  theCommission- 
ers  shall  be  authorised  to  make  all 
search,  which  they  shall  judge  ne- 
cessary, to  arrive  at  such  informa- 
tion, and  to  obtain  the  production 


Les  Inscriptions  seront  fournies 
avec  jouissance  du  22  Mars  1816, 
inclusivement 

V.  Pour  regler  la  somme  piin- 
cipale  qui  sera  due,  relativement 
aux  proprietes  immobili^res  qui 
appartenaient  a  des  Sujets  de  S« 
Majeste  Bntannique,  A  leursH^I- 
tiers  on  Ayans^cause,  ^galement 
Sujets  de  Sa  Majeste  Bntannique, 
et  qui  ont  et6  s^uestrees,  confis- 
qu^es  et  vendues,  on  procedera  de 
la  maniSre  suivante : 

Lesdits  Sujets  de  Sa  Alajest^ 
Britannique  anront  4  produire:  1"* 
I'Acte  d'achat  constatant  qu*ils 
etaient  propH^taires ;  2*  les  Actes 
prouvant  le  fait  du  sequestre  et  de 
la  confiscation  sor  leur  t^te,  ou 
sur  celle  de  leurs  Devanciers  on 
Cedans,  Sujets  de  Sa  Majeste  Bri- 
tannique. 

On  admettra  toutefois  an  defaut 
de  preuves  ecrites,  vu  les  circou- 
stances  dans  lesquelles  les  con- 
fiscations et  sequestres  ont  en  lieu, 
et  celles  qui  sont  surveuues  de- 
puis,  telle  autre  preuve  que  les 
Commtssaires  de  Liquidation,  dont 
il  sera  parle  plus  has,  jugeront 
suffisant  pour  les  remplacer. 

Le  Gouvemement  Fran^ais 
8  engagera  en  outre  i  faciliter  de 
toutes  les  mani^res,  la  production 
desTitres  et  preuves  servant  k  con- 
stater  les  ReclamptJous  auxquelles 
se  rapporte  le  present  Article ;  et 
les  Commissaires  seront  autoris^s 
k  faire  toutes  les  recherches  qu'ils 
jugeront  u^cessaires  pour  parvenir 
4  la  connaissance  ou  obtenir  la 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE. 


347 


of  such  Tides  and  Proofs;  they 
shall  also  be  empowered  to  exa- 
mine upon  oath,  hi  case  of  need, 
soch  Persons  employed  in  the 
Public  Offices,  as  may  have  it  in 
their  power  to  point  them  out,  or 
to  famish  them. 

The  value  of  the  said  immove- 
ble  property  shall  be  determined 
and  fixed  by  the  production  of  an 
extract  of  the  **  Matnoe*"  of  the 
"Rolei'  of  the  •'  Contribution 
Foneiere'*  for  the  year  1791,  and 
at  the  rate  of  20  times  the 
revenue  mentioned  in  the  said 
"Roles." 

If  the  **  Matrices"'  should  no 
longer  exist,  and  that  it  should 
therefore  be  impossible  to  produce 
the  extracts,  the  Claimants  shall  be 
authorised  to  furnish  such  other 
proofs,  as  shall  be  admitted  by  the 
Commission  of  Liquidation  men- 
tioned in  the  following  Articles. 

The  Capital  thus  liquidated  and 
allowed,  shall  be  inscribed  upon 
Uie  Great  Book  of  the  Public 
Debt  of  France,  at  the  rate  which 
has  been  fixed  in  the  IVth  Ar- 
ticle for  the  inscription  of  the 
arrears  of  the  annuities ;  and  the 
Inscriptions  shall  bear  date,  and 
shall  bear  interest,  from  the  22nd 
of  March  next,  inclusively. 

The  arrears  due  upon  the  said 
Capital,  from  the  period  of  its  se- 
questration, shall  be  calculated  at 
the  rate  of  4  per  cent,  per  annum, 
without  deduction,  and  the  whole 
amount  of  tliose  arrears,  up  to  the 
22d  of  March  next,  exclusively, 
shall  be  inscribed  in  the  Great 
Book  of  the  Public  Debt  of  France, 
at  the  rate  above-mentioned,  and 
shall  bear  interest  from  the  2'2ud 
of  March  next,  inclusively. 


production  de  cesTitres  et  preuves. 
lis  pourront  m^me,  en  case  de 
besoin,  interroger,  sous  serment, 
les  Employes  des  Bureaux  qui  se 
trouveraient  en  ^tat  de  les  indiquer 
ou  de  les  foumir. 

La  valeur  desdites  propri^^ 
immobiliferes  sera  determin^e  et 
fixee  sur  la  remise  de  Textrait  de 
la  Matrice  des  Rdles  de  la  Contri- 
butionPonci^re  pour  Pannee  1791, 
et  sur  le  pied  de  20  fois  le  revenu 
mentionn^  dans  lesdits  Rdles. 


Si  les  Matrices  n'existaient  plus, 
et  que  les  extraits  ne  pussent  pas 
^tre  fournis,  les  Re  damans  pour- 
ront 6tre  autorises  k  fournir  telles 
autres  preuves  qui  seraient 
agrees  par  la  Commission  de  Li- 
quidation mentionnee  dans  les 
Articles  ci-apr^, 

Le  Capital,  ainsi  liquid^  et  re- 
connu,  sera  inscrit  sur  le  Grand 
Livre  de  la  Dette  Publiqne  de 
France,  an  m^me  taux  qui  a  ete 
fix^  d  I'Article  IV  pour  Tinscrlp. 
tion  des  arr^rages  des  rentes;  et 
les  1  nscriptions  seront  fournies  avec 
jouissance  du  22  Mars  prochain, 
inclusivement. 

Les  arrerages  dus  sur  ledit  Ca- 
pital, depais  I'epoque  du  sequestre, 
seront  calcules  i  raisou  de  4  pour 
cent  par  an  sans  retenue,  et  le  mon- 
tant  total  de  ces  arrerages, jusqu'au 
22  Mars  prochafn  exclusivement, 
sera  inscrit  surle  Grand  Livre  de 
la  Dette  Publique  de  France,  au 
taux  susmentionne,  et  avec  jouis- 
sance du  22  Mars  prochain,  inclu- 
sivement. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


348 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE 


VI.  In  order  to  6x  the  Capital 
as  well  as  the  arrears  which  shall 
he  due  to  such  of  the  Subjects  of 
His  BritanDic  Majesty,  whose 
moveable  property  in  France  has 
been  sequestered,  confiscated  and 
sold,  or  to  their  Heirs  or  Assigns^ 
Subjects  of  His  Britannic  Majes- 
ty, the  following  process  shall  be 
had: 

The  Claimants  shall  be  obliged 
to  produce  :  1st,  the  Proces  verbal , 
containing  the  inventory  of  the 
moveable  effects  seized  or  seques- 
tered.  Sndly,  the  Procis  verbal  of 
the  sale  of  the  said  effects,  or  in 
default  of  proofs  in  writing,  such 
other  proof  as  the  respective  Com- 
missioners of  the  2  Powers  shall 
judge  sufficient  in  lieu  thereof, 
according  to  the  principles  estab- 
lished in  the  preceding  Article; 
the  French  Government  engaging, 
in  this  respect,  to  give  the  same 
facilities,  and  the  Commissioners 
are  aathorized  to  make  the  same 
search,  and  to  take  the  same  mea* 
sures,  as  have  been  detailed  in  the 
foregoing  Article,  with  respect 
to  immoveable  property.  The 
amount  of  the  Stock  arising  from 
the  seizures  and  sales  of  the  move- 
able  property  shall  be  thus  deter- 
mined; regard  being  always  had 
to  those  periods,  during  which 
paper  money  was  in  circulation, 
and  to  the  fictitious  augmentation 
of  prices  resulting  therefrom. 

The  Capital  liquidated  and  al- 
lowed, shall  be  inscribed  upon  the 
Great  Book  of  the  Public  Debt  of 
France,  at  the  rate  which  has  been 
fixed  by  the  preceding  Articles,  and 
thelnscriptions  shall  bear  date,  and 
shall  bear  interest,  from  the  22nd 
March  next^  inclusively. 


VI.  Pour  r^gler  la  Somme 
Principale  ainsi  que  les  arr^rages 
qui  seront  dus  k  ceux  des  Sujets 
de  Sa  Majeste  Britannique  dout 
les  proprietes  mobili^res  en 
France  ont  ete  s^qnestrees 
confisqnees,  et  vendues,  on  d  leurs 
Hen  tiers  oo  Ay  ans-cause,  Sujets  de 
Sa  Majeste  Britannique,  on  pro- 
cedera  de  la  mani^re  suivante  :- 

Les  Reclamans  auront  k  pro- 
duire,  !•  le  Proc^verbal  d'inven- 
taire  des  effets  mobiliers  saisis  ou 
sequestres;  ^  le  Procfes-verbal  de 
vente  desdits  effets,  on,  au  defaut 
de  preuves  ecrites,  telle  autre 
preuve  que  les  Commissaires  re- 
spectifs  de  2  Puissances  juge- 
ront  suffisante  pour  les  remplacer, 
d'apr^s  le  principe  etabli  dans 
TArticle  pr^c^dent: 

Le  Gonvernement  Fran9ais 
s'engage,  a  cet  ^gard,*aux  m^mes 
facilites,  et  les  Commissaires  sont 
autorises  aux  m6mes  recherches 
et  demarches  qui  ont  ete  etablies 
pour  les  propri^l^  immobili^res 
dans  I'Article  precedent. 


On  determiners  ainsi  le  mon- 
tant  des  creances  provenant  des 
saisies  et  ventes  du  mobilier,  en 
ayant  toutefois  ^gard  auxepoques 
od  le  papier-monnaie  etait  en  cir.. 
culation,  et  ii  Taugmentation  fie- 
tive  des  prix  qui  en  est  r^sult^e. 

Le  Capital  liquid^  et  reconnu 
sera  iuscrit  sur  le  Grand  Livre  de 
la  Dette  Publique  de  France,  au 
m^me  taux  qui  a  iik  fixi^  par  les 
Articles  prec6dens;  et  les  Inscrip- 
tions seront  fournies  avec  jouis- 
sance  du  22  Mars  prochain,  inclu- 
sivement. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE. 


349 


The  arrears  liquidated  and  al- 
lowed, due  upon  the  said  Capital^ 
Irom  the  period  at  which  the 
Claimant  was  deprived  of  the  pos- 
session of  his  or  her  moveable 
property,  shall  be  calculated  at 
the  rate  of  3  per  cent  per  annum, 
without  deduction,  and  the  whole 
amount  of  the  said  arrears,  up  to 
the  22d  of  March  next,  exclusive- 
ly, shall  he  inscribed  upon  the 
Great  Book  of  the  Public  Debt  of 
France,  at  the  rate  above-men- 
tioned, and  shall  bear  interest 
from  the  22d  of  March  next,  in- 
clusively. 

The  Vessels,  Ships,  Cargoes, 
and  other  moveable  Property 
which  shall  have  been  seized  and 
confiscated,  either  to  the  profit  of 
France,  or  to  tlie  profit  of  the  Sub- 
jects of  HisMost  Christian  Majesty, 
in  conformity  with  the  Laws  of 
War,  and  the  prohibitory  Decrees, 
shall  not  be  admitted  to  the  liqui- 
dation, nor  to  the  payments  men- 
tioned in  the  present  Article. 

VII.  The  Claims  of  the  Sub- 
jects of  His  Britannic  Majesty, 
arising  from  the  different  Loans 
made  by  the  French  Government, 
or  from  mortgages  upon  property 
sequestered,  seized  and  sold  by 
the  said  Gk>vernment,  or  any  other 
claim  whatsoever,  not  comprized 
in  the  preceding  Articles,  and 
which  would  be  admissible  accord- 
ing to  the  terms  of  the  IVth 
Additional  Article  of  the  Treaty 
of  Paris  of  1814,  and  of  the  pre- 
sent Convention,  shall  be  liqui- 
dated and  fixed;  adopting  with 
respect  to  each  Claim,  the  modes 
of  admission,  of  verification,  and 
of  liquidation,  which  shall  be  con- 


Les  arrerag-es  liquides  et 
reconnus  d6s  sur  le  dit  Capi- 
tal,  depuis  I'epoque  od  le  Rl- 
clamant  a  ete  prive  de  la  jouis- 
sance  dn  mobilier,  seront  calculi 
k  raison  de  3  pour  cent  par  an 
sans  retenue,  et  le  montant  total 
desdits  arre rages  jusqu'au  32 
Mars  prochain  exclusivement,  sera 
inscrit  sur  le  Grand  Livre  de  la 
DettePublique  de  France,  aa  taux 
susmentionn6,  .et  avec  jouissance 
du  22  Mars  prochain,  inclusive- 
ment. 


Ne  seront  point  admis  k  la  liqui- 
dation et  aux  paiemens  mention- 
n^  dans  le  present  Article,  les 
Vaisseaux,  N  a  vires,  Cargaisons, 
et  autres  effets  mobiliers  qui  au« 
raieni  ^t^  saisis  et  confisqu^s,  soit 
au  profit  de  la  France,  soit  au  pi^ 
fit  des  Sujete  de  Sa  Majeste  Trfes 
Cbretienne,  par  suite  des  Lois  de 
la  Guerre  et  des  Lois  prohibitives. 

VII.  Les  crSances  des  Sujets 
deJSa  Majeste  Britannique,  prove- 
nant  des  difierens  Emprunts  faits 
par  le  Gouvemement  Fran9ais, 
ou  d'hypoth^ques  sur  des  biens 
s^questresy  saisis  et  vendus  par 
ledit  Gouvemement,  ou  toute  autre 
cr6ance  non  comprise  dans  les 
Articles  precedens,et  qui  serait  ad- 
missible d*apr^  les  termes  de 
r  Article  I V  Additionnel  du  Trait6 
de  Paris  de  1814  et  de  lapr^sente 
Convention,  seront  liquidles  et 
fix^s:  en  suivant,  relativement  i 
chacune  d'elles,  les  modes  d*ad« 
mission,  de  verification  et  de  liqm- 
dation  qui  seront  relatifs  i  ieun 
natures,  et  qui   seront  pricises 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


350 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCIl. 


formable  to  their  respective  na- 
tures, and  which  shall  be  defined 
and  fixed  by  the  Mixed  Comniis- 
inon  mentioned  in  the  following 
Articles,  according  to  tlie  princi« 
pies  laid  down  in  the  above  Ar- 
ticles. 

These  Claims  thus  liquidated^ 
shall  be  paid  in  Inscriptions  in 
the  Great  Book  at  the  rate  above, 
mentioned,  and  the  Inscriptions 
shall  bear  date  and  shall  bear 
interest  from  the  22nd  of  March 
next,  inclusively. 

In  the  cases  wherein  the  Edicts 
or  Decrees  constituting  the  Claims 
abovementioned,  shall  have  assured 
to  the  Creditors  the  reimbursement 
of  the  Capitals,  and  other  profitable 
conditions  or  favourable  chances, 
account  shall  be  had  thereof  to 
the  benefit  of  the  Claimants,  as 
detailed  above  in  Article  II. 

YIII.  The  amount  of  the  In- 
scriptions arising  to  each  Cre- 
ditor, from  his  Claims  liquidated 
and  allowed,  shall  be  divided  by 
the  Commissioners  of  Deposit  into 
5  equal  portions ;  the  first  of  which 
shall  be  delivered  immediately 
after  liquidation;  the  second,  3 
months  a(\er,  and  so  on  with  res- 
pect to  the  other  portions,  every 
3  months;  the  Creditors  will, 
nevertheless,  receive  the  interests 
of  the  whole  of  their  debts  liqui- 
dated and  allowed,  from  the  22nd 
of  March;  1816,  inclusive,  as  soon 
as  their  respective  Claims  shall 
have  been  allowed  and  admitted. 

IX.  A  Capital,  producing  an 
ifiterest  of  3,500,000  francs,  com^ 
meocing  from  the  22od  of  March, 
1816,  shall  be  inscribed  as  a  Fund 
of  Guarantee,  in  the  Great  Book 


et  fixes  par  la  Commission  Mixte 
dont  il  sera  parle  dans  les  Articles 
suivans,d'apr^s  les  principes  men- 
tionnes  aux  Articles  ci-dessus. 


Ces  cr^ances  ainsi  liquidees 
seront  payees  en  Inscriptions  sar 
le  Grand  Livre  au  tanx  susmen- 
tionn^,  et  les  Inscriptions  seront 
foumies  avec  jouissance  du  22 
Mars  prochain  inclusivement. 

Dans  le  cas  oidi  les  Edits  oonsti- 
tutife  des  creances  mentikmoees  ci- 
dessus  auraient  assart  aox  Cre- 
anciers  le  remboursement  des  Ca- 
pitaux,  et  autres  conditions  utiles 
ou  chances  favorables,  il  en  sera 
tenu  compte  au  Creanciers,  comme 
il  est  ci-dessus  d^taille  dans  TAr- 
ticle  II. 

VIII.  Le  montant  des  Inscrip- 
tions revenant  d  chaqne  Creancier, 
pour  ses  creances  liquidees  et  re- 
connues,  sera  partag6  par  les 
Commissaires  D^positaires  en  5 
portions  ^gales,  dont  la  premise 
sera  delivre  immediatement  apr^ 
la  liquidation  faite,  'la  seconde  3 
mois  apr^s,  et  ainsi  de  suite  poor 
les  autres,  de  3  mois  en  3  mois. 
N^anmoins  les  Creanciers  re- 
cevront  les  inter^ts  de  leurs  cre- 
ances totales,  liquidees  et  recon- 
nues,  k  dater  du  22  Mars,  1816, 
inclusivement;,  aussit6t  que  leors 
reclamations  respectives  aoront 
et6  reconnues  et  admises. 

IX.  II  sera  inscrit  comme  Fonds 
de  Garantie,  sor  le  Grand  Livre 
de  la  Dette  Publiqne  de  France, 
un  CapiUl  de  3,500,000  francs  de 
rente,  avec  jouissance  du  22  Mars» 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE. 


351 


of  the  Public  Debt  of  France,  in 
the  oame  of  2  or  4  CommissioDers, 
the  ooe  half  English  and  the  other 
half  French,  chosen  by  their  re- 
spective Governments; 

These  Commissioners  shall  re- 
ceive the  said  interest  from  the  22nd 
of  March,  1816,  every  6  months ; 
they  shall  hold  it  in  deposit,  with- 
oat  having  the  power  of  negotiating 
it,  and  they  shall  farther  be  bound 
to  place  the  amount  of  it  in  the 
Public  Funds,  and  to  receive  the 
accumulated  and  compound  in- 
terest of  the  same,  for  the  profit 
of  the   Creditors. 

In  case  the  3,500,000  francs  of 
interest  shall  be  insufficient,  there 
shall  be  delivered  to  the  said  Com- 
missioners, Inscriptions  for  larger 
sums,  until  their  amount  shall  be 
equal  to  what  may  be  necessary  to 
pay  all  the  debts  mentioned  in  the 
present  Act.  These  additional  In- 
scriptionsjf  there  shall  be  any,shall 
be  delivered,  bearing  interest  from 
the  same  period  as  the  3,500,000 
francs  above  stipulated,  and  shall 
be  administered  by  the  Commis- 
sioners,  according  to  the  same 
principles,  so  that  the  Claims 
which  shall  remain  to  be  paid, 
shall  be  paid  with  the  same  pro- 
portion of  accumulated  and  com- 
pound interest,  as  if  the  Fund 
of  Guarantee  had  been  from  the 
first  saffieienl;  and  as  soon  as  all 
the  payments  due  to  the  Creditors 
shall  bave  been  made,  the  surplus 
of  the  interest  fund  not  employed, 
widi  the  proportion  of  accumu* 
lated  and  componnd  interest  which 
shall  belong  thereto,  shall,  if  there 
be  any,  be  given  up  to  the  disposal 
of  the  French  CSovemment. 


1816,  au  nom  de  2  ou  de  4  Com- 
missaires,  moiti^  Anglais,  moitie 
Fran^ais,  choisis  par  leurs  Gou* 
vernemens  respectifs. 

Ces  Commissaires  recevroat  les 
dites  rentes,  d  dater  du  22  Mars, 
1616,  de  semestre  en  semestre;  ils 
en  serontdepositaires,san6pouvoir 
les  r^gocier,  et  ils  seront  tenus,  en 
outre,  ken  placer  le  montant  dans 
les  Fonds  Publics,  et  i  en  percevoir 
rintertt  accnmul(&  et  compose,  an 
profit  des  Creanciers. 


Dans  le  cas  od  les  3,500,000 
francs  de  rente  seraient  insuffi- 
sans,  il  sera  d^livre  auxdits  Com- 
missaires, des  Inscriptions  pour  de 
plus  fortes  sommes,  et  jusqu'i  con- 
currence  de  celles  qui  seront  n^- 
cessaires  pour  payer  tontes  les 
dettes  mentionnees  dans  le  present 
Acte.  Ces  Inscriptions  addition- 
nelles,  s*il  y  a  lieu,  seront  d^livr^es 
avec  jouissance  des  mimes  epoques 
que  les  3,600,000  francs  ci-dessus 
stipules,  et  administrftes  par  les 
Commissaires,  d'apr^  les  mimes 
principes;  en  sorte  que  les  cr£- 
ances  qui  resteront  a  solder  seront 
acquitU&es  avec  la  mime  propor- 
tion d'interit  accumule  et  com- 
pose que  si  le  Fonds  de  Garantie 
avait  M  suffisant  dhi  le  com- 
mencement; et,  lorsque  tous  les 
paiemens  dAs  aux  Cr^ancien 
auront  6ti^  efifectuis,  le  surplus  des 
rentes  non  assigntoi,  avec  la  pro- 
portion d'intMt  accumuU  et  con»< 
pos^  qui  leur  appartiendra,  sera 
rendu,  s'il  y  a  lieu,  i  la  disposi. 
tion  du  Gouvemement  Fran^ais. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


352 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE. 


X.  In  proportion  as  the  ItquN 
dation  sball  be  effected,  and  as 
the  Claims  shall  be  allowed,  dis- 
tinction being  made  between  the 
sums  representing  the  Capitals, 
and  the  sums  arising  from  the 
arrears  or  interest,  the  Commis- 
sion of  Liquidation,  which  shall 
be  mentioned  in  the  following 
Articles,  shall  deliver  to  the  Cre- 
ditors, allowed  to  be  such,  2  Cer- 
tificates for  the  value  of  the  whole 
Inscription  to  be  made,  bearing 
interest  from  the  22nd  of  March, 
1816,  inclusive;  one  of  the  Certifi- 
cates relating  to  the  Capital  of 
the  Debt,  and  the  other*  relating 
to  the  arrears  or  interest  liqui- 
dated, up  to  the  22nd  of  March, 
1816,  exclusively, 

XI.  The  Certificates  above- 
mentioned  shall  be  delivered  over 
to  the  Commissioners  holding  the 
annuities  in  deposit,  who  shall 
check  the  same,  in  order  that 
they  be  immediately  inscribed 
in  the  Great  Book  of  the  Public 
Debt  of  France,  to  the  debit  of 
the  deposit  fund,  and  to  the  credit 
of  the  new  Creditors,  acknow- 
ledged as  such,  bearers  of  the  said 
Certificates ;  care  being  taken  to 
distinguish  the  Perpetual  from 
the  Life  Annuities. 

And  the  said  Creditors  shall  be 
authorized  from  the  day  of  the  de- 
finitive liquidation  of  their  Claims 
to  receive,  for  their  profit,  from  the 
said  Commissioners,  the  interests 
which  are  due  to  them,  together 
with  the  accumulated  and  com- 
pound interests,  if  there  be  any, 
as  well  as  such  portion  of  the 
Capital  as  shall  have  been  paid, 
according  to  what  lias  been  regu- 
lated by  the  preceding  Articles. 


X.  A  mesure  que  les  liqoida'^ 
tions  seront  faites,  et  que  Ivs  cre- 
ances  seront  reconnues,  avec  diB« 
tinction  des  sommes  repr^sentant 
les  valeurs  Capitales,  et  des  sommes 
provenant  des  arrerages  ou  int6- 
r6ts,  la  Commission  de  Liquidation 
dont  il  sera  parle  aux  Articles 
suivans,  delivrefti  aux  Cr^anciers 
reconnus,  2  Certificats  pour  valoir 
Inscription,  avec  jouissancedu  22 
Mars,  1816,  inclusivement;  I'ua 
des  Certificats  relatif  au  Capital  de 
la  creance,  et  I'autre  relatif  aux 
arrerages  ou  inter^ts  liqnides 
jusqu'au  22  Mars,  1816,  excla* 
sivement 


XL  Les  Certificats  mentionn^ 
ci-dessus  seront  remis  aux  Com- 
missaires  D^positaires  des  rentes, 
qui  les  viseront  afin  qu'ils  soieot 
inscrits  immediatement  sur  le 
Grand  Livre  de  la  Dette  Publique 
de  France,  au  d^it  de  leur  dep6t, 
et  au  credit  des  nouveaux  Cre- 
anciers  reconnus  et  porteurs  dea 
dits  Certificats,  en  ayant  soin 
de  distinguer  les  rentes  perp^tu- 
elles  des  rentes  viagires. 


Et  les  dits  Cr^anciers  seront  aa- 
torises,  d^  le  jour  de  la  liquidation 
definitive  de  leurs  cr6ances,  k  rece- 
voir,  de  la  part  desdits  Commis- 
saires,  les  rentes  qui  leur  sent  dftes» 
avec  les  interftts  accumules  et 
compos^  s'il  y  alieu,  i  leur  profit^ 
et  avec  une  portion  du  Capital  qui 
aura  ete  pay^,  d'apr^  ee  qui  s 
ete  regM  par  les  Aiticles  prM* 
dens* 


Digiti 


ized  by'GoOgle 


«R£AT  BRITAIN  AXD  FRANCE* 


353 


XII.  A  farlhirr  delay  shall  be 
nllomed.  after  the  signature  of  the 
pment  Convention,  to  the  Sub* 
jects  of  His  Britannic  Majesty, 
who  ^hall  have  Claiois  upon  the 
French  Govemmenty  for  the  mat- 
ters specified  in  the  present  Act, 
in  onkr  that  they  may  bring  for* 
ward  their  Claims  and  produce 
their  titles. 

This  delay  shaU  be  extended 
to  3  months  for  the  Creditors  re- 
siding in  Europe,  6  months  for 
such  as  are  in  the  Western  Colo- 
men,  and  12  months  for  such  as 
are  resident  in  the  East  Indies, 
or  in  other  Countries  equally 
<iislant.  Afler  the  expiration  of 
these  periods,  the  said  Subjects  of 
His  Britannic  Majesty  shall  no 
longer  have  the  benefit  of  tlie 
present  liquidation* 

XIII.  In  order  to  proceed  in 
the  liquidation  and  allowance  of 
the  Claims  mentioned  in  the  pre- 
ceding Articles,  there  shall  be 
formed  a  Commission,  composed 
of  2  French  and  S  English  Com- 
miflsioners,  who  shall  be  nomi- 
nated and  appointed  by  their 
reipectvre  Governments, 

These  Commissioners,  after 
they  shall  have  allowed  and  ad- 
mitted the  titles  to  the  Claims, 
shall  proceed,  according  to  the 
principles  pointed  out,  to  the  al- 
lowance, liquidation  and  determi- 
nation of  the  sums  ifthich  shall  be 
due  to  each  Creditor. 

In  proportion  as  (he  Claims 
ihall  be  allowed  and  ascertained, 
tht*y  shall  deliver  to  the  Creditors 
the  2  Certificates  mentioned  in 
the  Xth  Article,  one  for  the  capi- 
tal, the  other  (or  the  interests. 
£1816—16] 


XII.  Un  nouveau  d^Iai  sera 
accorde,  aprte  la  signature  de  la 
pr^sente  Convention,  aux  Sujets 
do  Sa  Majeste  Britannique 
formant  des  pretentions  snr  le 
GouveiTiement  Fnui^is.  pour 
d«^  obyets  specifies  dans  le  present 
Acte,  A  Teflet  de  iaire  leurs  r^cla- 
mations  et  de  produire  leurs  titres. 

Ce  delai  sera  -de  3  mois  pour 
les  Creanciers  qui  sont  resi- 
dents en  £«rope»  de  6  mois  de 
ceux  qui  sont  dans  les  Colonies 
Occidentalesy  et  de  12  mois  pour 
ceux  qui  sont  dans  les  Indes 
Orientales,  ou  dans  d'autres  Pays 
^galement  eloignes. 

Afr^  ces  epoques,  Ifsdlts 
Sujets  de  Sa  Majesty  Britannique 
ne  seront  plus  admissibles  i  la 
presente  liquidation. 

XIII.  A  Feffet  de  proc^der  aux 
liquidalions  et  reconnaissances  de 
enhances  meationn^es  aux  Arti- 
cles precedens,  il  sera  forme  une 
Commission  compose  e  de  2 
Fran^ais  et  de  2  Anglais,  qui 
seront  design^s  et  nommes  par 
icwrs'Gouvernemens  respectifs. 


Ces  Commissaires,  apr^  avoir 
reconnu  et  admis  les  titres, 
proc^eront,  dapr^s  les  bases 
indiqu^es,  k  la  reconnaissance, 
liquidation  et  fixation  des  sommes 
qui  seront  dues  i  cheque  Creaa- 
cier. 

A  mesure  que  ces  Creanceji 
aorunt  ^le  reconnues  et  fixees,  i)s 
delivreroiit  aux  Creanciers  Ifs  2 
Certificats  mentionnes  dHnsTArii* 
cle  X,  Tun  pour  le  capital,  I'autie 
|)/>ur  les  int^i'^tft, 
4  A 


Digitized  by 


Google 


354 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE. 


XIV.  A  Commission  of  Aibi- 
trators  shall  at  the  same  time  be 
named,  composed  of  4  Members, 
2  of  whom  shall  be  named  by  the 
British  Government,  and  2  by  the 
French  Government 

If  it  dhall  be  necessary  to  call 
upon  the  Arbitratorsi  in  case  of 
an  equality  of  votes  on  any  point, 
the  4  names  of  the  Arbitrntors, 
English  and  French,  shall  be  put 
into  an  urn,  and  the  one  of  the 
4  whose  names  shall  be  drawn 
first  shall  be  the  Arbitrator  of  the 
particular  affair  upon  which  there 
shall  have  been  such  equality  of 
votes. 

Each  of  the  Commissioners  of 
Liquidation  shall,  in  his  turn, 
take  from  the  urn  the  ticket 
which  is  to  point  out  the  Arbitra- 
tor. 

A  Proc^verbal  shall  be  made 
of  this  operation,  and  shall 
be  annexed  to  the  one  which 
shall  be  drawn  up  for  the  liquida* 
tion  and  determination  of  the 
particular  Claim. 

If  a  vacancy  shall  take  place, 
either  in  the  Commission  of 
Liquidation  or  in  that  of  Arbitra- 
tion, the  Government,  nhich 
ought  to  provide  for  the  nomina- 
tion  of  a  new  Member,  shall 
proceed  to  that  nomination 
without  delay,  in  order  that  the  2 
Commissions  may  always  remain 
as  far  as  possible  complete. 

If  one  of  the  Commissioners  of 
Liquidation  shall  be  absent,  he 
shall  be  replaced,  during  his 
absence^  by  one  of  the  Arbitra- 
tors of  his  Nation;  and  as  in  that 
case  there  will  remain  but  one 
Aibitralor  of  that  Nation,  the  2 


XIV.  11  sera  nomme  en  m£me 
terns  uoe  Commission  de  Sar- 
arbitres,  composee  de  4  Membres, 
dont  2  seront  uommes  par  le  Goo- 
vernement  Britanuiqueet  2  par  le 
Gouvernement  Fran^ais. 

S'il  y  a  necessity  d  appeler  les 
Sur-arbitres  pour  vider  le  partake, 
les  4  noms  des  Sur- arbitres 
Anglais  et  FranQais  seront  mia 
dans  une  urne ;  et  le  noon  de 
celni  des  4  qui  sortira,  sera  le 
Sur-arlMtre  delaffaire  speciale  sur 
laquelle  il  v  aura  eu  pailage« 


Chacun  des  Commissaires- 
liquidateurs  prendra  k  sou  tour 
dans  Tume  le  billet  qui  d^signera 
le  Sur-arbitre. 

II  sera  dresse  Procfes-verbal  tie 
cette  operation,  et  ce  Proc^* 
verbal  sera  joint  k  celni  qui  sera 
dresse  pour  la  liquidation  et  fixa- 
tion de  celte  creance  speciale. 

S*il  survient  une  vacance,  soit 
dans  la  Commission  de  Liquida- 
tion, soit  dans  celle  des  Sur-arbi- 
tres,  le  Gouvernement  qui  devra 
pourvoir  k  la  nomination  dun 
nouvean  Membre,  procedera  i 
cette  nomination  sans  aucuu  delai, 
afin  que  les  2  Commiaaioos 
restenttoujours  coraplettes,  autaot 
que  faire  se  pent 

Si  Tun  des  Commissaires-liqui- 
dateurs  est  absent,  il  sera,  pendant 
son  absence,  remplac^  par  uo  des 
Sur-arbitres  de  la  m^me  Nation  ; 
et  comme.  dans  ce  cas,  il  ne 
resteraitqu'uu  Sur-arbitre  decetfe 
Nation,    les    2    Sur-arbitres    de 


Digiti 


ized  by<^OOgle 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE. 


355 


Arbitrators  of  the  other  Nation 
shall  also  he  reduced  to  one  by 
Jot. 

And  if  one  of  the  Arbitra- 
tori  should  absent  himself,  the 
same  operation  shall  take  place, 
in  order  to  reduce  to  one  the  2 
Arbitrators  of  the  other  Natioo. 

It  is  generally  iindersftoed,  that 
in  order  to  obviate  all  mamier  of 
delay  in  this  basiness,  the  li<]«ida« 
tion  and  acfjiidication  shall  not  be 
suspended,  provided  there  shall 
be  present,  and  in  activHy,  one 
Commissioner  and  one  Arbitrator 
4»f  each  Nation,  the  principle  of 
eqnalfty  between  the*  Commis- 
sioners and  the  Arbitrators  of  the 
2  Nations  being  always  preserved, 
and  re  e^blished,  if  necessary, 
l>y  lot 

Whenever  either  of  rtie  Con- 
tracting Fusrers  siiali  proceed  ta 
Ihe  nomination  «f  new  Commis^ 
sioners  of  Li(|iiidation,  of  Deposit, 
sr4if  Arbitration^  the  said  Com- 
nnsioners  shall  be  obliged, 
previously  to  their  entering  i]|>on 
their  functions,  to  make  the  oath, 
and  in  the  forms  detailed  in  the 
MIowing  Article. 

XV.  The  (Commissioners  of 
Liquidation,  the  Commissioners 
of  Deposit,  and  the  Arbitrators, 
tofftiiker  make  oath,  in 
«f  the  Ambassador  of 
His  ftritannic  Majesty,  and 
between  the  hands  of  the  Kee|>er 
of  the  Seals  of  France,  to  proceed 
justly  and  faithfully,  to  have  no 
prelerence  either  for  the  Creditor 
or  for  the  Debtor,  aad  to  act  in 
all  their  proceedings  according  to 
the  Stipulations  of  the  Treaty  of  . 


I'autre    Nation  seront  de   in^me 
reduits  i  un  par  la  voie  du  sort. 

Et  si  Tun  desSur-arbitres  etait 
dans  le  cas  de  s'absenter,  k  m^nie 
operation  aurait  lien  pour  r^duine 
A  un  les  2  Sor-arbitres  de  Tautrs 
Nation. 

II  est  generalement  entenda 
que,  pour  obvier  A  toot  retard 
dans  Foperation,  la  liquidation  soli 
I'adjudication  ne  sera  pas  suspeM* 
ifcie,  pourvu  qu'il  se  trouvs 
paesent  et  en  activity  «n  Comaais. 
aaire  et  qn  Sur-arbitre  de  chaque 
Nation,  conservant  en  lout  cas 
le  principe  de  la  parit6  entre  les 
Commissaires  et  les  Sur-arbitres 
des  2  Nations,  et  de  la  ritablir  a« 
besoin  par  la  voie  da  sort. 

Dans  4e  cas  o^  lune  ou  fautrn 
des  Puissances  Contractastes  au- 
liHt  i  proc^deri  la  nsmiaation  de 
Aouveaux  Commissaires  Liquids* 
tefirs,De|>ositaires  ou  Sur-arbitres, 
Itvdits  Commissaires  seront  tenus, 
avaiit  de  proc^der,  de  prater  le 
sermetit,  et  dans  les  formes  qui 
sont  indiqnees  dans  i'ArticJe 
suTvatit. 

XV.  LesCommissatresLiquida- 
teurs,  les  Commissaires  D^posi- 
taires  et  les  Sur  arbitres  pr^teront 
en  m^metems  serment,  en  presence 
de  M.  i'Ambassadeur  de  Sa 
Majest^  Britanoique,  H  eiitre  les 
mains  de  M.  le  Garde-des- 
Sceaux  de  France,  de  bien  «C 
Addlement  proc^der,  de  «*avoir 
aucune  {»r^ference  ni  pour  le 
Creancier  iii  pour  le  Debiteur,  et 
d'agir  dsns  tous  leursactes  d'apr^s 
les    Stipulations   du     Trait^    de 


2A2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


35G 


GREAT  BRITAIN   AND  FRANCE, 


Paris  of  the  30th  May,  1814,  and 
of  the  Treaties  and  Conventions 
with  France  signed  this  day,  and 
more  particularly  according  to 
those  of  the  present  Convention^ 

The  Commissioners  of  Liquida- 
tion and  the  Arbitrators  shall  be 
authorized  to  call  Witnesses 
whenever  they  shall  judge  it 
necessary,  and  to  examine  them 
by  oath  in  the  usual  forms,  upon 
all  points  relative  to  the  different 
Claims  which  form  the  object  of 
this  Convention. 

XVI.  When  the  3,500,000 
francs  of  interest,  mentioned  in  the 
IXth  Article,  shall  have  been 
inscribed  in  the  name  of  the 
Commissioners  who  are  to  hold 
that  sum  in  deposit,  and  on  the 
first  demand  which  shall  be  there- 
after made  by  the  French  Go- 
vernment, His  Britannic  Majesty 
shall  give  the  necessary  orders 
to  carry  into  execution  the 
restoration  of  the  French  Colonies, 
as  stipulated  by  the  Treaty  of 
Paris  of  the  30th  of  May,  1814, 
compreliending  Martinicjue  and 
Guadaloupe,  which  have  been 
siuce  occupied  by  the  British 
Forces. 

The  inscription  above-men- 
tioned shall  be  made  before  the 
1st  January  next,  at  the  latest. 

XVII.  The  Prisoners  of  War, 
Officers  and  Soldiers,  both  Naval 
and  Military,  or  of  any  other 
description,  taken  during  the 
hostilities  which  have  lately 
ceased,  shall  on  both  sides  be 
immediately  restored  to  their 
respective  Countries,  under  the 
s»mc  conditions  which  are  speci-    , 


Paris  du  30  Mai.  1814.  des 
Traites  et  Conventions  avec  la 
France  sign^  aujourd*hui.  et 
notamment  d'aprfes  celles  du 
present  Acte. 

LesCommissaires  Liquidatenrs, 
ainsi  que  les  Sur-arbitres,  seront 
autorises,  toutes  les  fois  qu'ils  le 
jugeront  n^cessaire,  i  appelerdes 
Temoins  et  d  les  interroger  sous 
serment,  dans  les  formes  prescrites, 
sur  tons  les  points  relatifs  aux 
differentes  reclamations  qui  font 
I'objct  de  cette  Convention. 

XVI.  Apresqqp  les  3,500,000 
francs  de  rente,  mentionnes  dans 
KArticle  IX,  auront  ete  inscrits  au 
nom  des  Commissaires  Deposi- 
taires,  et  d  la  premiere  demande 
du  Gouvernement  Fran^ais,  Sa 
Majesty  Britannique  donnera  les 
ordres  necessaires  pour  effectuer 
la  retrocession  des  Colonies 
Fran<;aises,  telle  qu'elle  a  ^te 
stipulee  par  le  Traite  de  Paris, 
du  30  Mai,  1814,  y  compris  la 
Martinique  et  la  Guadeloupe,  qui 
ont  ete  occupees  depuis  par  les 
Forces  Britanniques. 


L'lnscription  mentionn^e  ci- 
dessus  aara  lieu  d'ici  au  ler  Jan- 
vier prochain,  au  plus  tard. 

XV 11.  Les  Prisouniers  de 
Guerre,Officiers  etSoidats,  deterre 
et  de  mer,  ou  de  quelqne  quality 
que  ce  soit,  faits  pendant  les 
hostilites  qui  viennent  de  cesser. 
seront  de  part  et  d 'autre  renvoyes 
immediatement  dans  leurs  Pays 
respectifs,  sous  les  mimes  condi. 
^tions  qui  se  trouveut  consignees 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE. 


357 


iied  ill  the  Convention  of  (he  23rd 
of  April,  1814,  and  in  the  Treaty 
of  the  dOtb  of  May  of  the  same 
year;  and  the  British  Govern- 
ment renounces  all  Claim  to  any 
aums  or  indemnities  whatsoever, 
which  might  belong  to  it  from 
the  surplus  arising  from  the 
maintenance  of  the  said  Prisoners 
of  War ;  subject,  nevertliele&s,  to 
the  condition  specified  in  the  IVth 
Additional  Article  of  the  Treaty 
of  Paris  of  the  SOlh  of  May, 
1814. 

Done  at  Paris,  the  20th  day  of 
November,  1815. 

(L.S)    CASTLEREAGH. 

(L.SO    WELLINGTON. 


dans  la  Convention  du  23  Avril, 
et  dans  le  Traite  du  30  Mai,  1814, 
et  le  Goiivernement  Britannique 
renonce  k  toute  somroe  ou  droit 
quelconque  qui  ponrrait  lui 
revenir  pour  tout  le-  surplus  de 
Tentretien  desdits  Prisonniers  de 
Guerre,  mais  loujours  sous  la 
condition  specifiee  dans  1' Article 
IV  Additionnel  du  Traite  de 
Paris  du  30  Mai^  1814. 


Fait  d  Paris,  le  20   Novembre, 
I'Au  de  Grice,  1815. 

(L.S.)     RICHELIEU. 


Additional  Article, 

The  Claims  of  the  Subjects  of 
His  Britannic  Majesty,  founded 
on  a  decision  of  His  Most  Chris- 
tiao  Majesty,  relative  to  the  British 
merchandize  introduced  intoBour- 
deaux,  in  conformity  to  the  Tarif 
of  Customs  published  in  the 
above-roent'oned  City,  by  His 
Royal  Highness  the  Duke  d'An- 
goul^me,  on  the  24th  of  March, 
1814,  shall  be  liquidated  and 
paid,  according  to  the  principles 
and  the  object  declared  in  the 
above-mentioned  decision  of  His 
Moat  Christian  Majesty. 

The  Commission  instituted  by 
the  Xllltfa  Article  of  the  Con- 
veotion  of  this  day,  is  directed  to 
proceed  immediately  to  the  liqui- 
dation of  the  said  Claim,  and  to 
fin  the  dates  of  ito  payment  to  be 
made  in  money.  « 


Article  Additionnel . 

Les  Reclamations  des  Sujets  de 
Sa  Majeste  Britannique,  fondees 
sur  la  decision  de  Sa  Majeste 
Tr^s  Chretienne,relativementaux 
marchandises  Anglaises  intro- 
duites  i  Bordeaux  par  suite  du 
Tarif  des  Douanes  publie  dans 
la  dite  Ville  par  Son  Altesse 
Royale  M.  le  Due  d'Angoui^me, 
le  24  Mais,  18\4,  seront  liquidees 
et  payees  d*apr^s  les  principes 
et  le  but  iadiqu^s  dans  cette 
decision  de  Sa  Majesty  Tr^s 
Chr^tienne. 

La  Commission  cr^^e  par 
r Article  Xlli  de  la  Convention 
de  ce  jour,  est  cbarg^e  de  proc^der 
immediatement  k  la  liquidation  de 
ladite  Creance,  et  i  la  fixation  des 
epoques  du  paiement  en  argent 
effectif. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


358 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND   FRANCE. 


Tlie  i1eci«ion  which  shall  be 
made  by  the  Commissionere, 
shall  be  executed  iinaiediately^ 
according  to  lis  (wm  and  tenor. 

The  present  Additional  Article 
shall  have  the  same  force  and 
eflfecl  as  >r  it  were  inserted,  word 
ior  word/i»the  Convention  signed 
this  day,  relative  ta  tile  examiim- 
t  on  and  liqntdation  af  the  Gladms 
of  the  Subjects  of  His  Britannic 
Majesty  against  the  Goverometit 
of  France. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  respec- 
tive  Plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
ity  and  have  thereto  affixed  the 
Seal  of  their  Arms. 

Done  at  Paris,  the  20th  day  of 
November,  1815. 

(L.S.)     CASTLEREAGH. 
(L.S.)     WELLINGTON. 


La  decision  qtii  sera  reiidue  par 
les  Commissaires,  sera  executee 
imm^diatement,  selon  sa  forme  et 
teneur« 

Le  present  Article  Additionael 
aura  la  mtoe  force  et  valeiir 
que  s'il  etait  insere  mot  i  mot 
ddns  la  Convention  de  ce  jour; 
relative  i  lexamen  et i  la  liquida- 
dation  des  redamattonsdes  Sojets 
de  Sa  Majeste  Britannique  envecs 
h  Gowernament  Fran^ais. 

Eb  foi  de  quoi,  les  PUnipoten* 
tiaires  respeclifs  Tont  sigoe  et  y 
ont  appos^  le  Cachet  de  leurs 
Armes. 

Fait  4  Paris,  le  30  Novembre» 
FAn  de  Grftce,  1816. 

(L.S.)  RTCHELIEV. 


BRITISH  NOTIFICATION,  relati9>e  to  i»e extension  of 
the   Period  for   receiving    Claims    under  the  preceding 
Convention. 

Foreign  Office,  17/A  December,  1816. 
KoTiCB  is  hereby  given,  that^  for  the  greater  convenience  of  Per- 
sons having  Claims  upon  the  French  Government,  under  the  Conven- 
tion concluded  at  Parts  on  the  ^Oth  day  of  November,  1816,  between 
His  Majesty  and  The  Most  Christian  King,  in  conformity  to  the  IXtk 
Affticle  of  the  Treaty  of  Peace  of  the  same  date>*  an^  which  Convention 
wns  laid  before  both  Houses  of  Parliament  on  the  M  day  of  February,. 
1816,  the  term  for  receiving  such  Claims  has  been  extended,  with 
the  consent  of  the  Government  of  His  Most  Christian  Majesty,  froiu 
the  20th  day  of  January  next,  to  the  20th  day  of  February  next* 

*  See  page  290. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AUSTRIA,  FRANCE,  &C.  359 

(^)'-ACT£  signe  par  /es  Piinipotentiaires  dAutriche,  de  France^ 
de  la  Grande  Brtiagne,  de  Prusse,  tt  de  Russie,  poriant  Reeonwns^ 
sanee  et  Garanfie  de  in  Neuiraiiie  Perpetuelie  de  la  Suisse  et  de 
rittfriohinlite  de  son  Terriitdre, 

Paris,  le  20  Sovembre,  1815. 

L'AccEssi ON  de  la  Suisse  a  la  Declaration  donneei  VieDDele20Mars, 
1815,  par  les  Puissances  signataires  duTraite  de  Paris,  ayant  ^t6  duement 
notifiee  aux  Ministres  des  Cours  Imp^riales  et  Royales,  par  TActe 
de  la  Di^te  He)v6tiqae  du  27  Ma!  suivant,  rien  ne  s'opposait  k  ce  que 
TActe  de  la  Reconooissance  et  de  la  Garantie  de  la  Neutrality  perpe- 
tuelie de  la  Suisse  dans  ses  nouvelles  Fronti&res,  fut  fait  conform^meDt 
4  la  Declaration  susdite.  Mais  les  Puissances  ont  jug^  convenable  de 
snspendre  jusqu'i  ce  jour  la  signature  de  cet  Acte,  4  cause  des  change, 
mens  que  les  ev^nemens  de  la  Guerre  et  les  arrangeroens  qui  devaient 
en  etre  la  suite  pouvoieut  apporter  aux  Iiimites  de  la  Suisse,  et  des 
modifications  qui  pouvaient  aussi  en  resulter  dans  les  dispositions 
relatifes  au  Territoire  associe  au  bienfait  de  la  Neutrality  du  Corps 
Helvetique. 

Ces  changernens  se  trouvant  determines  par  les  Stipulations  du 
Traite  de  Paris  de  ce  jour,  les  Puissances  Signataires  de  la  Declaration 
de  Vienne  du  20  Mars,  font,  par  le  present  Acte,  une  recounoiseance 
formelle  et  authentique  de  la  -  Neutrulite  Perpetuelie  de  la  Suisse,  et 
elles  lui  garantissent  I'integrite  et  ImTiolabilile  de  son  Ttrritoire  dans 
ses  nouvelles  Limites,  telles  qu'elles  sont  6xees,  tant  par  PActe  du 
Coogres  de  Vienne  que  par  le  Traite  de  Paris  de  ce  jour,  et  telles 
qu'elles  le  seront  ulterieurement ;  conformement  d  la  disposition  du 
Proiocole  du  3  Nocembre  ci-joint  en  Extraii,  qui  stipule  en  faveur  du 
Corps  Helvelique  un  nouvel  accroitsemeni  de  Territoire,  d  prendre  sur 
la  Satoie  pour  arrondir  et  desenclaver  le  Canton  de  Genive, 

Les  Puissances  reconnoissent  et  garantissent  egalement  la  Neutralite 
des  Parlies  de  la  Savoie  designees  par  TActe  du  Congr^s  de  Vienna 
du  20  Mai,  1815,  et  par  le  Traite  de  Paris  de  ce  jour,  comme  devant 
jonir  de  la  Neutralite  de  la  Suisse,  de  la  meme  mani^re  que  si  ellea 
appartenaient  i  celle-ci. 

Lea  Puissances  Signataires  de  la  Declaration  du  20  Mara  recon* 
naissent  a.nthentiquement,  par  le  present  Acte,  que  la  Neutralite  et 
flnviolabilite  de  la  Suisse,  et  son  Independance  de  toute  infiuence 
Etrang^re,  sont  dans  les  vrais  inter^ts  de  la  Politique  de  T Europe 
entiere. 

Elles  dedarent,  qu*aucune  induction  defaTorable  aux  droits  de  la 
Suisse,  relativement  i  sa  Neutralite  et  d  1'lnviolabilite  de  son  Terri- 
tuire,  ne  peut  ni  ne  doit  etre  tiree  des  ev^neinens  qui  ont  amene  le 
passage  des  Troupes  Alliees  sur  une  partie  du  sol  Helvetique.  Ce 
passage,  librement  couseuli  par  les  Cantons,  dans  la  Convention  du 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


360  AUSTRIA,  FKANCE,  &C. 

20 .Mai,  a  ete  h  lesultat  u^cessaire  de  I'adhesion  fmuclie  de  ta  Suisse 
Hux  principes  manifeates  par  les  Puissaoces  Signataires  du  Traite 
d'Ailiance  du  2dMars. 

Les  PuissaDcea  se  plaisent  i  recoaoaiU'e  que  la  coaduite  de  la 
Suisse  dans  cette  circoostanee  d'epreuve.  a  moutre  quelle  savoit  faire 
de  grands  sacrifices  au  bieo  g^n^ral  et  au  soutieo  d*une  Cause  que 
toutes  les  Puissances  de  I'Europe  out  defendu;  et  quVufin  la  Suiflse 
^toit  digue  d'obtenir  les  avantages  qui  lui  sont  assures,  soit  par  It^ 
dispositions  du  Coogr^s  de  Vienue,  soil  par  le  Traite  de  Paris  de  ce 
jour,  soit  par  le  present  Acte  auquel  toules  les  Puissances  de  TEurope 
sont  invitees  i  acceder. 

Eo  foi  de  quoi,  la  presente  Declaration  a  ete  faite  et  signee,  a 
Paris,  )e  20  Novembre,  de  ]*an  de  Gr4ce,  1815. 

...  (  LE  PRINCE  DE  METTEHNICH. 

"  "^  ^ (  LE  BARON  DE  WESSENBERG. 

France  RICHELIEU. 

rr^«.U  ¥ir.inn«.      5  CASTLEREAGH. 

^'^""^'^^'''^'''- J  WELLINGTON. 

p  CLE  PRINCE  DE  HARDENBERG. 

*** ILE  BARON  DE  HUMBOLDT. 

J.     .  C  LE  PRINCE  DE  RASOUMOFFSKY* 

"^  ILE  COMTE  CAPODISTRIAS. 


(^Annexe.) — Exirait  du  Proiocoie  de  ia  Con/erence  eutre  le$  POnifn" 
tentiaires  d^Auiriche,  de  (a  Grande  Bretagne,  de  Prussr,  el  de  Rustir, 
puur  regler  /es  Dispositions  reiatices  aux  Territoircs  et  Places  cedes 
par  la  France,  dfc* 

Paris,  le  3  Novembre,  1815. 
La  Neuti*alite  (!e  la  Suisse  sera  etendue  au  Territoire  qui  se  trouve 
au  uord  d'une  iigne  a  tirer  depuis  Ugiue,  y  compris  cette  Ville«  au  midi 
du  lac  d'Aiinecy,  et  delk  au  lac  de  Bourges  jusqu  au  Rhdne^  de  la 
m^me  maniere  quV lie  a  eie  Etendue  aux  Proviuces  de  CLablais  et  de 
Faucigny,  par  TArticle  XCII,  de  TActe  Final  du  Congr^  de 
Vienoe. 

Pour  faire  participer  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de  Sardaigne  dans  une 
juste  proportion  aux  avantages  qui  rdsultent  des  arrangemens  pr^* 
sens  avec  la  France,  il  est  convenu  que  la  partie  de  la  Savoie  qui 
etait  restee  ^  la  France  en  vertu  du  Traite  de  Paris,  du  30  Mai,  1814, 
sera  reunie  aux  Etats  de  Sa  dite  Majeste,  a  Pexception  de  la  Com- 
mune de  St.  Julien,  qui  sera  remise  au  Canton  de  Geneve. 

Les  Cabinets  des  Cours  r^unies  employeront  leurs  bons  offices 
pour  disposer  Sa  Majeste  Sarde  k  cdder  au  Canton  de  Geneve,  los 
Communes  de  Chesue,  Tboaex,  et  quelques  autres  necessaires  ]>our 

*  See  Page  234. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CAEAT  BUITAIX  AND  FUANCE.  361 

detenchiver  le  Territoire  Suisse  de  J  ussy » contre  la  relrocetsion  de  la 
part  do  Canton  de  G6n^re,  du  Territoire  situe  entre  la  route  d'Evron 
et  le  lac,  qui  avoit  ete  cede  par  Sa  Majeste  Sarde  dans  TActe  dn 
29  Mars,  1815. 

Le  Gouvemement  Fran^ais  ayant  consent!  i  reculer  ses  Lignes  de 
Dooane  des  Fronti^res  de  la  Suisse  du  c6te  du  Jura,  les  Cabinets  des 
Cours  lennies  employeront  leurs  boos  offices  pour  engager  Sa  Majeste 
Sarde  i  lea  faire  reculer  ^galement  dn  cote  de  la  Savoie,  au  moins  au 
deHk  d  une  lieue  de  la  Fronti^re  Suisse,  et  en  dehors  des  Voirons  de 
Saldve  et  des  Moots  de  Sion  et  de  Waache. 
Fait  et  »gii€  k  Paris,  le  3  Novembre,  1815. 

WELLINGTON.  RASOUMOFFSKY. 

METTERNICH.  CAPODISTRIAS. 

UARDENBERG.  HUMBOLDT. 

CASTLEREAGH.  WESSENBERG. 


ACT  of  the  British  Parliamenif  ''for  the  more  efeciuaUjf 

detaining  in  Cnetodjf  Napoleon  BuonapartS^ 
[56  Geo.  111.  Cap.  2^.]  [I  Ith  April,  1816  ] 

Wherbas  it  is  necessary  for  the  preservation  of  the  tranquillity 
of  Europe,  and  for  the  general  safety,  that  Napoleon  Buonaparte  shall 
be  detained  and  kept  in  custody  as  is  hereinafter  provided:  Be  it 
therefore  enacted,  and  it  is  hereby  enacted  by  the  King's  Most  Ex* 
cellent  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Lords 
Spiritual  and  Temporal,  and  Commons,  in  this  present  Parliament 
asaembled,  and  by  the  authority  of  tlie  same.  That  it  shall  and  may  be 
lawful  for  His  Majesty,  His  Heirs  and  Successoc^  to  detain  and  keep 
the  said  Na{M>leon  Buonaparte  in  the  Custody  of  such  Person  or  Per- 
sous,  in  such  Place  within  His  Majesty's  Dominions,  and  under  such 
Restrictions,  during  the  pleasure  of  His  Majesty,  Hb  Heirs  and  Sue* 
cessora,  as  to  His  Majesty,  His  Heira  and  Successors,  shall  from  time 
to  time  seem  fit. 

IL  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  the  said  Napoleon  Buonaparte, 
being  in  such  Custody  as  aforesaid,  shall  be  deemed  and  taken  to  be, 
and  shall  be  treated  and  dealt  with  as  a  Prisoner  of  War,  except  only 
in  so  far  as  by  His  Majesty,  His  Heira  and  Successors,  shall  at  any 
time,  or  from  time  to  time,  be  otherwise  directed;  and  that  it  shall 
and  may  be  lawful  for  His  Majesty,  His  Heirs  and  Successors,  by 
warrant  under  the  hand  aud  seal  of  one  of  his  or  their  Principal 
Secretariea  of  Slate,  to  nominate  aoti  appoint  such  Person  or  Persons, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


362  GREAT  fiaiTAIN  AND  FRANCE. 

beings  His  Majesty's  Subject  or  Subjects,  as  to'Uis  Majesty,  His  Uein 
and  Successors,  sball  seem  fit,  to  have  the  Custody  of  the  said 
Napoleoa  Buonaparte  ;  and  from  time  to  time,  by  like  warrant,  to 
change  the  Place,  and  to  appoint  such  other  Place  as  to  His  Majesty, 
His  Heirs  and  Successors,  shall  seem  fit,  in  which  the  said  Napoleon 
Buonaparte  shall  be  detained  and  kept ;  and  by  like  warrant  to  autho* 
riie  and  empower  any  Person  and  Persons  to  remove  the  said  Napoleon 
Buonaparte  from  the  Place  in  which  he  now  is,  or  shall  at  any  time 
hereafter  be  so  detained  and  kept,  and  to  convey  him  to  such  other 
Place  as  shall  be  so  appointed  as  aforesaid ;  and  that  it  shall  and 
may  be  lawful  for  such  Person  and  Persons  so  appointed,  or  to  be 
appointed  as  aforesaid,  to  call  to  his  or  their  aid  and  assistance  all 
or  any  Persons,  being  Subjects  of  His  Majesty,  or  owing  allegiance 
to  His  Majesty,  for  the  detaining  and  keeping  the  said  Napoleon  Buo- 
naparte in  Custody  as  aforesaid,  or  for  the  removing  or  conveying 
him  as  aforesaid,  as  occasion  may  require  :  And  that  all  and  t-very 
such  Person  or  Persons  so  appointed,  or  to  be  appointed  as  aforesaid, 
and  all  and  every  Person  and  Persons  who  shall  be  called  to  his  or 
their  aid  and  assistance,  shall  have  full  power  and  authority  to  use  all 
ways  and  means  for  the  detaining  and  keeping  the  said  Napoleon 
Buonaparte  in  such  Custody,  and  for  the  prevention  of  the  rescue 
or  escape  of  the  said  Napoleon  Buonaparte  from  and  out  of  such 
Custody,  and  for  the  retaking  the  said  Napoleon  Buonaparte  in  case  he 
shall  be  rescued,  or  shall  escape  from  and  out  of  the  same,  as  might 
be  lawfully  used  for  the  detaining  and  keeping  in  Custody,  and  for 
preventing  the  rescue  or  escape  of,  and  for  the  retaking  any 
Prisoner  of  War. 

III.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  if  any  Person  or  Persons, 
being  a  Subject  or  Subjects  of  or  owing  allegiance  to  His  Majesty, 
bis  Heirs  or  Successors,  shall  rescue  or  attempt  to  rescue  the  said 
Napoleon  Buonaparte,  or  shall  knowingly  and  wilfully  aid  or  assist  in 
the  escape  of  the  said  Napoleon  Buonaparte,  or  in  any  attempt  to 
escape  from  such  Custody  as  aforesaid,  or  from  any  limits  or  bounds 
wherein  he  now  is  or  at  anytime  hereafter  shall  or  may  be  detained  and 
kept  in  Custody  as  aforesaid,  or  in  which  he  shall  or  may  be  suffered 
to  go  at  large  within  the  limits  of  any  Island  or  Country,  Territory 
or  Place,  or  within  the  limits  of  any  district  or  bounds  within  any 
Island  or  Country,  Territory  or  Place,  upon  parole  or  without  parole, 
all  and  every  such  Person  and  Persons  so  offending,  shall  upon  being 
convicted  thereof  be  adjudged  guilty  of  felony,  and  shall  suffer  death 
as  in  cases  of  felony,  without  benefit  of  Clergy. 

IV.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  if  any  Person  or  Persons, 
being  Subjects  of  or  owing  allegiance  to  His  Majesty,  his  Heirs  or 
Successors,  shall  knowingly  and  wilfully  aid,  assist,  or  further   the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT    BRITAIN  AND  FRANC£.  363 

nid  Napoleoo  Baonapart^  in  qaittiog  any  part  of  any  Island,  Coun- 
try, Territory  or  Place,  without  the  limits  and  bounds  of  any  district  of 
such  Island,  Country,  Territory  or  Place,  within  which  he  may  have 
beeo  confined  or  suffered  to  go  at  large,  on  parole  or  without  parole, 
after  he  shall  have  been  rescued,  or  have  escaped  or  departed  from 
any  place  of  Custody,  or  from  the  limits  and  bounds  within  which  he 
shall  have  been  committed  to  go  at  large.  Upon  parole  or  without 
parole,  he,  she,  or  they,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  aiding  the 
escape  of  the  said  Napoleon  Buonaparte,  under  the  provisions  of  this 
Act. 

V.  And  be  it  further  enacted.  That  if  any  Person  or  Persons, 
being  a  Subject  or  Subjects  of  His  Majesty,  or  owing  Allegiance  to 
His  Majesty,  after  the  said  Napoleon  Buonaparte  shall  have  been 
reacut^d,  or  have  escaped  or  departed  from  and  have  quitted  the 
Uland,  Country,  District  or  Territory,  within  which  he  shall  have 
been  detained  and  kept  in  Custody  as  aforesaid,  or  have  been  suffered 
to  go  at  large,  upon  parole  or  without,  or  after  he  shall  have  quitted 
and  departed  from  any  other  Country  into  which  he  may  have  escaped 
or  come,  shall  knowingly  and  wilfully,  upon  the  High  Seas,  aid,  assist; 
or  further  the  said  Napoleon  Buonaparte  in  escaping  or  going  to  or 
towards  any  other  Dominions  or  Place  whatsoever,  such  Person  or 
Persons  shall  be  adjudged  guilty  of  felony,  and  shall  suffer  death 
as  in  cases  of  felony  without  benefit  of  Clergy. 

VI.  And  be  it  further  enacted.  That  all  offences  against  this  Act, 
wheresoever  the  same  shall  be  committed,  whether  within  the  Dominions 
of  His  Majesty  or  without,  or  upon  the  High  Seas,  may  be  enquired  of, 
tried,  heard,  determined,  and  adjudged  in  any  County  within  that  part 
of  His  Majesty's  Dominions  called  England,  in  like  manner,  and  by  a 
Jury  of  such  County,  as  if  such  offences  had  been  committed  within 
such  County  ;  and  that  in  every  information  or  indictment  for  such 
offence,  such  offence  may  be  laid  and  charged  to  have  been  committed 
in  such  County. 

YII.  And  be  it  further  enacted.  That  all  Persons  who  shall  be 
apprehended,  detained,  or  in  custody,  charged  with  any  offence  against 
Ibis  Act,  may  be  detained  in  custody  and  sent  to  England,  in  order 
to  their  being  proceeded  against  and  tried  for  such  offence. 

VII f.  And  be  it  further  enacted.  That  if  any  action,  suit,  bill, 
plaint,  information  or  indictment,  shall  be  brought,  sued,  or  pro- 
secuted against  any  Person  or  Persons  for  any  thing  done  under  or 
by  virtue  of  this  Act,  such  Person  or  Persons  may  plead  the  general 
issue,  and  shall  have  the  advantage  thereof  as  fully,  and  to  all  intents 
and  purposes,  as  if  the  special  matter  had  been  fully  and  well  pleaded, 
and  in  such  manner  as  any  Justice  of  the  Peace,  Constable,  or  other 
Officer,  questioned  for  matters  acted  by  them  as  Officers,  or  in  the  exe- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


364  GREAT  BRITAIN  AXD  FRANCE. 

cution  of  their  offices,  may  have  the  aHvanlH!;r  of  the  matter  of  their 
justification  upon  the  general  issae  by  them  pleaded,  by  any  of  the 
Laws  and  Statutes  of  this  Kingdom. 


ACT  of  the  British  Parliameniy  ^^for  regulating  the  inter  ^ 
course  with  the  Island  of  Saint  Helena,  during  the  time 
Napoleon  Buonaparti  shall  be  detained  there ;  and  for 
indemnifying  Persons  in  the  cases  therein  mentioned.'''' 

[66  Geo.  III.  Cap.  23.]  [1 1th  April,  1816.] 

Whereas  Napoleon  Buonaparte  is  now  detained  and  kept  ia 
Custody  in  the  Island  of  Saint  Helena ,  And  whereas  it  is  requisite 
and  necessary  to  prohibit  all  Intercourse  and  Communication  with  the 
said  Island  of  Saint  Helena,  either  by  His  Majesty's  Subjects  or  by 
any  other  Person  or  Persons,  except  under  the  restrictions  and 
according  to  the  rules,  regulations,  and  conditions  hereinafter  set 
forth  and  prescribed,  during  such  time  as  the  said  Napoleon  Buonaparte 
shall  be  detained  and  kept,  or  shall  be  ordered  by  His  Majesty,  bis 
Heirs  and  Successors,  to  be  detained  and  kept  in  the  said  Island  of 
Saint  Helena :  Be  it  therefore  enacted ;  and  it  is  hereby  enacted  by 
the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and 
consent  of  the  Lords  Spiritual  and  Temporal,  and  Commons,  in  this 
present  Parliament  assembled,  and  by  the  authority  of  the  same, 
that  for  and  during  such  time  as  the  said  Napoleon  Buonaparte  shall 
be  detained  and  kept  in  Custody,  or  shall  be  ordered  by  His  Majesty, 
his  Heirs  and  Successors,  to  be  detained  and  kept  in  Custody  in  the 
said  Island  of  Saint  Helena,  it  shall  not  be  lawful  fur  any  of  His 
Majesty's  Subjects,  or  for  any  other  Person  or  Persons  whatsoever,  (fx* 
cept  in  Ships  or  Vessels,  of  and  belonging  to,  or  chartered  or  employed 
by  the  United  Company  of  Merchants  of  England  trading  to  the  East 
Indies,  duly  ordered  to  proceed  to  or  to  rendezvous  at  the  said  Island, 
by  the  said  United  Compafiy,  or  by  the  Governor  General  of  Fort 
William,  the  Governor  of  Fort  Saint  George  or  Bombay,  or  by  the 
said  Company's  Supra  Cargoes  in  China)  to  trade,  go,  sail,  or  repair 
to  the  said  Island  of  Saint  Helena,  without  the  licence  of  His  Majesty, 
his  Heirs  or  Successors,  signed  by  one  of  His  Majesty's  Principal 
Secretaries  of  State,  or  without  the  licence,  consent,  and  permission 
of  the  Governor,  or  in  his  absence,  of  the  Deputy  Governor  of  the  said 
Island  for  the  time  being,  or  of  the  Commander  for  the  time  being  of 
His  Majesty's  Naval  or  Military  Forces  stationed  off  or  at  the  said 
Island;   and  if  any   Person  or  Persons  (except  as  before  excepted) 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND   FRANCE.  365 

Other  than  such  as  shall  be  thereunto  Ian  fully  authorized  by  such 
licence  of  His  Majesty,  his  Heirs  and  Successors,  or  of  the  Governor, 
Deputy  Governor  or  Commander,  or  such  permission  or  consent  as 
aforesaid,  shall  trade,  go,  sail,  repair  to,  or  land  upon  the  said  Island 
of  Saint  Helena,  he  or  they  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  high  crime 
and  misdemeanor,  and  shall  and  may  be  prosecuted  for  the  same  in 
His  Majesty's  Court  of  King  s  Bench  here  in  England,  upon  inform- 
ation exhibited  by  His  Majesty's  Attorney  General,  or  upon  indictment 
found ;  in  which  information  or  indictment  such  offence  may  be  laid 
and  charged  to  have  been  committed  in  the  County  of  Middlesex ; 
and  all  and  every  Person  or  Persons  so  offending,  shall,  on  conviction* 
be  liable  to  such  punishment  by  imprisonment  and  fine,  or  either,  as 
the  Court  shall  adjudge  or  award,  any  Law,  Statute,  or  Usage  to  the 
contrary  notwithstanding. 

II.  And  be  it  further  enacted.  That  all  and  every  Person  and 
Persons  so  offending,  shall  and  may  be  seized  and  brought  to  England 
for  the  purpose  of  being  so  tried  ;  and  that  it  shall  and  may  be  lawful 
to  and  for  any  one  or  more  of  His  Majesty's  Justices  of  the  Peace* 
and  he  and  they  is  and  are  authorized  and  required,  to  commit  all  and 
every  such  Person  and  Persons  to  the  next  County  Gaol,  there  to 
remain  until  sufficient  security  be  given  by  natural-born  Subjects  or 
Denizens,  to  appear  in  His  Majesty's  Court  of  King's  Bench  at 
Westminster,  to  answer  any  information  or  indictment  exhibited  or 
found,  or  to  be  exhibited  or  found  against  him  or  them,  and  not  to 
go  or  depart  out  of  Court,  or  out  of  this  Kingdomi  without  leave  of 
the  said  Court. 

III.  And  be  it  furtlier  enacted.  That  if  any  Person  who  shall 
arrive  at  the  said  Island  on  board  any  Ship  or  Vessel  of  and  belonging 
to,  or  chartered  or  employed  by  the  said  United  Company  as  aforesaid, 
shall  land  on  the  said  Island  from  on  board  the  same,  or  shall  land 
on  the  said  Island  from  any  of  His  Majesty's  Ships  or  Vessels  of  War* 
(except  the  Officers  and  Seamen  qf  and  belonging  to  such  Ship  or 
Vessel  of  War)  shall  not,  when  thereanto  ordered  and  required  by  the 
said  Governor*  or  in  his  absence  the  Deputy  Governor  for  the  time 
being  of  the  said  Island,  forthwith  return  to  and  repair  on  board  sach 
Ship  or  Vessel  from  which  he  shall  have  so  landed  as  aforosaidy  it 
shall  and  may  be  lawful  for  the  said  Governor,  or  in  his  absence  the 
Deputy  Governor  for  the  time  being,  to  seize  and  detain  every  such 
Person  antil  he  or  she  can  be  sent*  and  to  send  him  or  her  on  board 
the  said  Ship  or  Vessel  from  which  he  or  she  so  landed  as  aforesaid ; 
and  every  Person  who  shall  have  so  landed  from  any  such  Ship  or 
Vessel  as  last  aforesaid*  who  shall*  after  the  departure  of  such  Ship  or 
Vessel  from  the  said  Island,  remain  on  the  said  Island  without  the 
licence,  permission*  and  consent  of  the  said  Governor*  or  in  his  absence 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


366  GREAT  BRITAIN   AND  FRANCE. 

the  Deputy  Governor  for  the  time  being,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a 
misdemeanor,  and  shall  and  may  be  dealt  with,  prosecuted*  and 
punished  in  the  same  manner  and  form  as  Persons  who  shall,  without 
licence,  permission,  and  consent  as  aforesaid,  land  from  any  other 
Ship,  VesseU  or  Boat  not  belonging  to,  chartered,  or  employed  by  the 
said  United  Company,  or  ordered  by  the  said  Company,  or  their 
Senrants  as  aforesaid,  to  proceed  to  or  rendezvous  at  the  said  Island. 

IV.  And  be  it  further  enacted.  That  it  sliall  and  msy  be  lawful  to 
and  for  the  Governor,  or  in  his  absence  the  Deputy  Governor  of  the 
said  Island  for  the  time  being,  or  for  the  Commander  for  the  time 
being  of  His  Majesty's  Naval  or  Military  Forces  stationed  off  or  at 
the  said  Island  respectively,  and  the  Persons  acting  under  his  or 
their  orders  and  command  respectively,  by  alt  necessary  ways  and 
means  to  hinder  and  prevent  any  Ship,  Vessel,  or  Boat,  Ships  or 
Vessels  or  Boats,  (except  Ships  and  Vessels  of  and  belonging  to  or 
chartered  by  the  .said  United  Company  of  Merchapts,  and  also 
duly  licensed  by  the  said  Company  for  that  purpose,  as  herein* 
before  mentioned)  from  repairing  to,  trading,  or  touching  at  the 
said  Island,  or  having  any  communication  with  the  same;  and 
to  hinder  and  prevent  any  Person  or  Persons  from  landing  opon  tlie 
said  Island  from  such  Ships,  Vessels,  or  Boats,  and  to  seize  and  detain 
all  and  every  Person  and  Persons  that  shall  land  upon  the  said 
Island  from  the  same;  and  all  such  Ships,  Vessels,  or  Boats  (except 
aa  above  excepted)  as  shall  repair  to,  or  trade,  or  tosch  at  the  said 
Island,  or  shall  be  found  hovering  within  8  leagoea  of  the  Coaat 
thereof,  and  which  shall  or  may  belong,  in  the  whole  or  in  part,  to  any 
Subject  or  Subjects  of  His  Majesty,  or  to  any  Person  or  Persons 
owing  allegiance  to  His  Majeaty,  shall  and  are  hereby  declared  to  be 
forfeited  to  His  Majesty,  and  shall  and  nDay  be  seized  and .  detained, 
and  brought  to  England,  and  shall  and  may  be  prosecuted  to 
condemnation  by  His  Majesty's  Attorney  General,  in  any  of  His  Ma*. 
jesly's  Courts  of  Record  at  Westminster,  in  such  manner  and  form  aa 
mmj  Ship,  Vessel,  or  Boat  may  be  seixed,  detained*  or  pioaecwted,  for 
any  breach  or  violation  of  the  Navigation  or  Revenue  Laws  of  iMm 
County ;  and  the  ofience  for  which  such  Ship,  Vessel,  or  Boat,  shall  be 
proceeded  against,  shall  and  may  be  laid  and  charged  to  have  been, 
done  and  committed  in  the  County  of  Middlesex ;  and  if  any  Ship, 
Vessel,  or  Boat,  not  belonging  in  the  whole  or  in  part  to  any  Person  or 
Persons,  the  Subject  or  Subjects  of,  or  owing  allegiance  to  His  Ma- 
jesty, his  Heirs  and  Succeskon^  shall  repair  to,  or  trade  or  touch  at 
tile  said  Island  of  Saint  Helena,  or  shall  be  found  hovering  within 
8  leagues  of  the  Coast  thereof,  and  shall  not  depart  from  the  said 
Island  or  the  Coast  thereof,  when  and  so  soon  as  the  master  or  other 
person  having  the  charge  and  command  thereof,  shall  be  ordered  so 
to  do  by  the  Governor  or  Lieutenant  Governor  of  the  said  Island  for 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BUITAIN  AND  FRANCE*  367 

the  time  beiog,  or  by  the  Comntander  of  His  Majesty's  Naval  or 
Military  Force  stationed  at  or  off  the  said  Island  for  the  lime  bein^ 
(onleasin  case  ofunaYoidable  necessity,  or  distress  of  weather)  such 
Ship  or  Vessel  shall  be  deemed  forfeited,  and  shall  and  may  be  seized 
and  detained  and  prosecuted  in.  the  same  manner  as  is  herein-before 
enacted  as  to  Ships,  Vessels,  or  Boats,  of  or  bdonging  to  any  Subject 
or  Sul^ts  of  His  Majesty. 

V.  Provided  always,  and  be  it  enacted,  that  if  any  8hip  or  Vessel  shall 
happen,  by  stress  of  weather,  peril  of  the  sea,  or  other  inevitable  acci* 
dent,  or  other  urgent  necessity,  to  be  driven  or  forced  to  the  said  Island, 
and  from  such  cause  to  touch  thereat,  the  Master  or  other  Person 
having  the  command  of  such  Ship  or  Vessel  shall  forthwith  give 
notice  thereof,  and  of  the  cause  thereof,  to  the  Governor,  or  in  his 
absence  to  the  Deputy  Governor  of  the  said  Island  for  the  time  being, 
or  to  the  Commander  of  His  Majesty's  Naval  or  Military  Forces  for 
the  time  being,  or  one  of  them ;  and  shall,  durin^^  the  time  that  such 
Ship  or  Vessel  shall  be  permitted  to  remain  at  the  said  Island,  in  all 
things  conform  to  the  directions  and  orders  of  the  said  Governor^  or 
in  bis  absence  of  the  said  Deputy  Governor  for  the  time  being ;  and 
the  said  Ship  or  Vessel  shall  quit  the  said  Island,  and  depart  there- 
from, with  all  the  Crew  and  Passengers  of  and  belonging  to  the  said 
Ship  or  Vessel,  as  and  a  hen  the  said  Governor,  or  in  his  absence  the 
Deputy  Governor  for  tlie  time  being,  or  the  Commander  of  His  Ma* 
jesty  a  Naval  and  Military  Forces  at  the  said  Ibland  for  the^Ume 
being,  or  either  of  them,  shall  direct  and  require  :  such  Ship  or  Vessel 
shall  not  be  subject  to  forfeiture,  nor  shall  the  Owners  or  Master  or 
Crew  thereof,  or  any  Person  or  Persons  on  board  the  same,  who  shall 
so  conform  to  such  directiona  and  orders  as  aforesaid,  be  liable  to  any 
of  the  pains^  penalties,  or  punishments  herein-before  mentioned: 
Ffoaidcd  nevertheless,  that  the  proof  of  such  Ship  or  Vessel  having 
been  driven. or  forced  to  repair  to  and  touch  at  the  said  Island,  by 
stress  of  weather,  peril  of  the  sea,  or  oihei  inevitable  accident  or 
la^gaA  necessity,  and  of  having  quitted  and  departed  from  the  said 
Isiaad  as  lieffein- before  mentioned,  shall  lie  upon  the  Party  claiming 
sach  exemption  from  the  pains,  penalties,  and  punishments  aforesaid  ; 
asy  tiling  in  this  Act  or  any  other  Act  contained  to  the  contrary 
notwfthatanding* 

VI.  And  whereas  in  consequence  of  Napoleon  Buonaparte  having 
been  detained  and  kept  in  Custody  in  the  Island  of  Saint  Helena,  and 
in  order  to  the  safely  and  securely  detaining  and  keeping  him  in  such 
Custody,  it  may  have  happened  that  the  Commissioners  for  executing 
the  Office  of  Lord  High  Admiral,  or  the  Governor  of  the  aaid  Island 
for  Uie  time  being,  or  the  Commander  of  His  Majesty's  Naval  or 
Military  Forces  respectively,  or  other  Officers  and  Persons  acting  or 
who  have  acted  in  their  aid  and  assistance,  or  under  their  advice, 
orders,  or  commands,  may  from  the  urgency  of  the  occasion  have 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


308  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE, 

given  orders,  done  acts,  or  used  means  for  the  purpose,  irbicb  may  not 
be  strictly  justified  by  Law ;  and  in  such  case  it  is  highly  fit  that  they 
should  be  justified  and  indemnified  by  Act  of  Parliament  for  the 
same;  be  it  therefore  enacted,  that  the  said  Commissioners  for 
executing  the  Office  of  Lord  High  Admiral,  and  the  Governor  of  the 
said  Island  of  Saint  Helena  for  the  time  being,  and  the  Commander  or 
'  Commanders  of  His  Majesty's  Naval  or  Military  Forces  for  the  time 
being,  and  all  and  every  Officer  and  Officers,  Person  and  Persons, 
who  have  acted  in  their  aid  and  assistance,  or  under  their  respective 
advice,  orders,  and  commands,  shall  be  and  they  are  hereby  indemnified 
for  the  same. 

VII.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  all  actions,  suits,  indictments, 
prosecutions,  and  proceedings  whatsoever,  which  may  have  been  or 
which  shall  be  hereafter  prosecuted  or  commenced  against  any  Person 
or  Persons,  for  or  by  reason  of  any  advice,  orders,  or  commands 
issued,  or  for  or  by  reason  of  any  act,  matter,  or  thing  advised, 
commanded,  appointed,  ordered,  or  done  by  the  said  Commissioners 
for  executing  the  Office  of  Lord  High  Admiral,  or  by  the  Governor  of 
the  said  Island  for  the  time  being,  or  the  Commander  of  His  Majesty's 
Naval  or  Military  Forces  respectively,  or  by  any  Officer  or 
Officers,  Person  or  Persons,  acting  in  their  aid  and  assistance,  or 
under  their  or  either  of  their  advice,  orders,  or  commands,  at  any  time 
before  the  passing  of  this  Act,  be  and  shall  be  discharged  and  made 
void  by  virtue  of  this  Act ;  and  that  in  any  action,  suit,  indictment, 
prosecution,  or  proceeding  now  commenced  or  which  shall  or  may 
hereafter  be  prosecuted  and  commenced,  against  any  of  the  said  Com- 
missioners, Governor  or  Governors,  Commanders,  Officers,  or  Person 
or  Persons  as  aforesaid,  for  or  by  reason  of  any  such  advice,  order, 
or  command,  or  for  or  by  reason  of  any  act,  matter,  or  thing,  done 
in  such  aid  and  assistance,  or  under  such  advice,  order,  or  command 
respectively,  he,  she,  or  they  may  plead  the  general  issue,  and  give 
this  Act  and  the  special  matter  in  evidence. 

VIII.  Provided  always,  that  this  Act,  or  any  thing  herein 
contained,  shall  not  extend  or  be  construed  to  extend  to  restrain  or 
prejudice  the  Trade  or  right  of  Trade  or  Navigation  of  the  said  United 
Company  of  Merchants  of  England  trading  to  the  East  Indies,  to  the 
said  Island  of  Saint  Heleisa,  in  Ships  of  and  belonging  to  or  chartered 
by  the  said  Company,  and  duly  licensed  by  them  for  that  purpose,  or 
to  prejudice  or  infringe  the  rights  of  the  said  Company  to  and  over 
the  said  Island  and  the  Inhabitanta  thereof,  except  as  is  berein-before 
specially  enacted  and  contained. 

IX.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  this  Act  may  be  altered, 
▼aried,  or  n^pealed,  by  any  Act  to  be  made  in  this  present  Seaskm  of 
Parliament. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT    BRITAIN    AND    FRANCE,  &C.  369 

ACT  of  ihe  British  Parliament  ^  ^^for  charging  certain  Duties 
on  French  and  other  Foreign  Packets  or  Passage  Vesseh^ 
entering  or  departing  any  of  the  Ports  of  Great  BritainJ** 

[56  Geo.  111.  Cap.  9.]  [22d  March,  1816.] 

Wbbrbas  it  is  expedient  that  a  Tonnage  Duty  should  be  imposed 
upon  French  Packets  or  Passage  Vessels,  on  their  entering  and  depart- 
ing any  of  the  Ports  of  Great  Britain,  equivalent  to  the  Duty  now  pay. 
able  on  Biitish  Packets  or  Passage  Vessels  entering  and  departing  the 
Ports  of  France ;  be  it  therefore  enacted  by  the  King's  Most  Excellent 
Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Lords  Spiritual 
and  Temporil,  and  Coinuions,  in  this  present  Parliament  assembled, 
and  by  the  authority  of  the  same,  that  from  and  after  the  passing  of 
this  Act,  there  shall  be  raised,  collected,  levied  and  paid  unto  His 
Majesty,  His  Heirs  and  Successors,  a  Tonnage  Duty  at  and  after  the 
rate  of^.Sd.  of  good  and  lawful  money  of  Great  Britain  for  each  and 
every  Ton  Burthen  of  every  Packet  or  Passage  Vessel  belonging  to 
the  Subjects  of  His  Most  Christian  Majesty,  which  shall  lade  or 
unlade  any  goods,  wares  or  merchandize,  or  take  in  or  set  on  shore 
any  Passengers  in  any  Port,  Creek,  Harbour  or  Road  of  Great  Britain, 
and  that  tlie  Tonnage  of  every  such  Vessel  shall,  in  case  of  doubt  or 
dispute  as  to  the  same,  be  ascertained  by  the  proper  Officers  of  the 
Cnslouis  by  admeasurement,  in  manner  directed  by  an  Act  passed  in 
the  26th  >ear  of  the  reign  of  His  present  Majesty,  intituled  ''An  Act 
for  the  farther  encouragement  and  encrease  of  Shipping  and  Navi- 
galion.-^ 

I I.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  tiiat  it  shall  and  may  be  lawful  for  any 
Officer  or  Officers  of  His  Majesty  s  Customs,  to  slop  and  detain  any 
Packet  or  Passage  Vessel  liable  to  the  payment  of  the  said  Duty,  until 
the  same  is  paid  as  aforesaid;  and  in  case  payment  thereof  shall  not 
be  made  for  the  space  of  30  days  after  the  arrival  of  such  Vessel  at  any 
such  Port,  Creek,  Harbour  or  Read  in  this  Kingdom,  it  shall  and  may 
be  lawful  to  and  for  the  Commissioners  of  His  Majesty's  Customs  in 
Enicland  and  Scotland  respectively,  or  any  3  or  more  of  them,  to  cause 
such  Packet  or  Passage  Vessel,  and  her  masts,  apparel  and  furniture 
to  be  sold  publicly  to  the  best  Bidder,  and  the  produce  thereof  to  be 
applied,  firat  to  the  charges  that  shall  arise  by  such  detention  and 
sale,  next  to  the  said  Duty  imposed  by  this  Act,  and  the  overplus  to 
be  paid  Co  the  Proprietor  of  such  Packet  or  Passage  Vessel  or  other 
PeiBon  duly  authorised 'by  such  Proprietor  to  receive  the  same. 

III.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  the  Tonnage  Duty  hereby 
imposed  shall  be  paid  into  the  hands  of  the  proper  Officers  of  His 
Majesty's  Customs  at  the  respective  Ports  or  Places  where  such  Duty 
shall  beconde  due  and  payable :  and  such  Duty  shall  be  under  thq 

*  See  a  subsequent  Part  of  this  Volume. 
[1815—16.]  2  B 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


370  GREAT   BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE,  &C. 

iiiaDap;emeDt  of  the  Commiwioners  of  His  Majesty's  Customs  of  Eng- 
land and  Scotland  respectively. 

IV.  And,  to  the  intent  that  the  said  Duty  Eoay  be  duly  answered  and 
paid,  be  it  further  enacted,  that  no  Officer  of  His  Majesty's  Customs 
whatever,  at  any  of  the  said  Ports  or  Places  in  Great  Britain  where  such 
Duty  shall  become  due  and  payable,  shall  from  and  after  the  said 
passinp^  of  this  Act,  take  or  receive  any  entry  or  report  outwards  for 
any  such  Vessel  liable  or  subject  to  th^  said  Duty,  nor  grant  any 
Cocquet  for  any  goods,  wares  or  merchandize  intended  to  be  shipped 
on  board  any  such  Vessel,  or  shall  such  Vessel  be  permitted  to  depart 
from  any  such  Port  gjP«Place  until  the  said  Duty  shall  be  paid  pursuant 
to  the  directions  of  tnis  Act,  to  the  respective  Collectors  or  other  prin- 
cipal Officers  of  His  Majesty's  Customs  authorised  to  receive  the  same, 
and  until  the  Master  or  Owner  of  any  such  Vessel  subject  to  the  pay- 
ment of  such  Duty  shall  shew  to  such  respective  Officer  a  receipt  for 
the  same. 

V.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  all  the  monies  from  time  to 
time  arising  by  the  Duties  by  this  Act  imposed  as  aforesaid,  (the 
necessary  charges  of  raising  and  accounting  for  the  same  i^spectively 
excepted,)  shall  from  time  to  time  be  paid  into  the  receipt  of  His 
Majesty's  Exchequer  at  Westminster,  and  shall  be  appropriated  and 
applied  in  the  same  manner  as  the  permanent  Duties  imposed  by  an 
Act  passed  in  the  49th  year  of  the  reign  of  His  present  Majesty, 
intituled  "  An  Act  for  repealing  the  several  Duties  of  Customs  charge- 
able in  Great  Britain,  and  for  granting  other  Duties  in  lieu  thereof," 
are  directed  to  be  appropriated  and  applied. 

VI.  And  whereas  British  Packets  or  Passage  Vessels  entering  or 
clearing  out  from  the  Ports  or  Harbours  of  other  Foreign  Countries  are 
subject  and  liable  to  certain  Imposts  in  the  nature  of  Tonnage  Duties, 
Port  Duties,  Harbour  Dues,  or  otherwise:  And  whereas  such  Imposts 
are  continually  varying  in  amount;  and  it  is  expedient  for  the  protec- 
tion of  the  navigation  of  Great  Britain,  that  His  Majesty  should  be 
empowered  to  levy  on  the  Packets  or  Passage  Vessels  of  such  Foreiga 
Countries  similar  Duties,  and  to  alter  or  entirely  revoke  the  same  as 
such  Duties  may  l>e  altered  or  revoked  on  British  Packets  or  Passage 
Vessels  in  such  Foreign  Countries;  be  it  therefore  enacted,  that  from 
and  after  the  passing  of  this  Act  it  shall  and  may  be  lawful  for  His 
Majesty,  by  His  Royal  Proclamation  or  Proclamations,  to  be  issued  by 
and  with  the  advice  of  His  Privy  Council,  or  by  His  Majesty's  Order 
or  Ordera  in  Council  to  he  published  from  time  to  time  in  the  London 
Gazette,  to  direct  such  Duty  or  Duties  as  shall  be  therein  specified  to 
be  levied,  collected  and  paid  in  the  Ports  of  Great  Britain  on  the 
entering  or  clearing  out  of  the  Packets  or  Passage  Vessels  of  such 
Foreign  Countries  as  shall  be  named  in  the  said  Proclamations  or 
Orders  in  Council,  and  from  time  to  time,  by  any  such  Proclamations 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT    BRITAIN    AND    UNITED    STATES.  371 

or  Ordere  in  Council  issued  or  published  as  aforesaid^  to  revoke,  dimi- 
nish or  increase  such  Duties  to  the  same  amount  as  similar  Duties 
may  be  respectively  revoked,  diminished  or  increased  on  British 
Packets  or  Passage  Vessels  entering  or  clearing  out  from  the  Forts  or 
Harboars  of  such  Foreign  Countries. 

VII.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  on  such  Duty  being  so  declared 
as  aforesaid,  the  same  dial!  be  collected,  managed,  paid,  and  recovered 
in  the  same  manner,  and  subject  and  liable  to  the  same  rules  and 
regulations  as  the  Duty  on  French  Packets  or  Passage  Vessels  are  by 
this  Act  directed  to  be'  collected,  managed,  paid,  and  recovered. 

VIIF.  Provided  always,  and  be  it  enacted,  that  this  Act,  nor  any 
thing  herein  contained,  shall  extend  or  be  construed  to  extend  to  any 
Ship  or  Vessel  used  only  for  the  purposes  of  pleasure,  and  which  shall 
not  carry  any  goods,  wares  or  merchandize,  or  any  Passengers  for  hire 
or  reward. 


ACT  qf  ike  British  Parliament^  **  to  amend  an  Act  passed  in 
the  present  Session  qf  Parliament^  intituled  An  Act  to 
carry  into  effect  a  Convention  qf  Commerce  concluded 
between  His  Majesty  and  the  United  States  of  America^* 

[56  Geo.  Ill,  Cap.  51.]  \^th  June,  I8I6.] 

Whereas  an  Act  was  passed  in  the  present  Session  of  Parliament, 
intituled  "An  Act  to  carry  into  effect  a  Convention  of  Commerce 
concluded  between  His  Majesty  and  The  United  States  of  America  :*' 
and  whereas  the  said  Act  does  not  contain  any  provision  for  permitting 
Vessels  of  the  said  United  States  of  America  to  clear  out  from  the 
Ports  of  (he  United  Kingdom  to  any  of  the  British  Settlements  in  the 
East  Indies:  and  whereas  it  is  expedient  that  Vessels  built  in  the 
Countries  belonging  to  The  United  States  of  America,  or  any  of  them, 
or  taken  by  any  of  the  Ships  or  Vessels  of  War  belonging  to  the  said 
Government,  orany  of  the  Inhabitants  of  the  said  States,  having  Com- 
missions or  Letters  of  Marque  and  Reprizal  from  the  Government  of 
the  said  States,  and  condemned  as  lawful  Prize  in  any  Court  of  Admi- 
ralty there,  such  Ship  or  Vessel  being  owned  by  a  Subject  or  Subjects 
of  the  said  States,  or  any  of  them,  nnd  whereof  the  Master  and  three- 
fourths  of  the  Mariners  are  also  Subjects  of  the  said  States,  should  be 
allowed  to  clear  out  from  any  part  of  the  United  Kingdom  for  the 
principal  Settlements  of  the  British  Dominions  in  the  East  Indies, 
videlicet,  Calcutta,  Madras,  Bombay,  and  Prince  of  Wales's  Island, 

•  See  Act  56  Geo.  Ill,  Cap.  15,  Vol.  1816-17.  Page  549. 
2  B2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


372  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  UNITED  STATES. 

with  any  Articles  which  may  legally  be  exported  from  the  United 
Kingdom  to  the  said  Settlements  in  British. built  Ships;  be  it  there- 
fore  enacted  by  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty,  by  and  with  the 
advice  and  consent  of  the  Lords  Spiritual  and  Temporal^  and  Com- 
mons, in  this  present  Parliament  assembled,  and  by  the  authority  of 
the  same,  that  from  and  afler  the  passing  of  this  Act,  all  Vessels  built 
in  the  Countries  belonging  to  The  United  States  of  America,  or  any  of 
them,  or  taken  by  any  of  the  Ships  or  Vessels  of  War  belonging  to  the 
said  Government,  or  any  of  the  Inhabitants  of  the  said  States  havinff 
Commissions  or  Letters  of  Marque  and  Reprizal  from  the  Government 
of  the  said  States,  and  condemned  as  lawful  prize  in  any  Coort  of 
Admiralty  there,  such  Ship  or  Vessel  being  owned  by  a  Subject  orSob- 
jects  of  the  said  States,  or  any  of  them,  and  whereof  the  Master  and 
three-fourths  of  the  Mariners  are  also  Subjects  of  the  said  States,shall 
be  allowed  to  clear  out  from  any  Port  of  the  United  Kingdom  for  the 
following  principal  Settlements  of  the  British  Dominions  in  tlie  East  In- 
dies, vuleiieet,  Calcutta,  Madras,  Bombay,  and  Prince  of  Wales's  Island, 
with  any  goods,  wares,  or  merchandize  which  may  be  legally  ex- 
ported from  the  United  Kingdom  to  the  said  Settlements  in  Bntish- 
built  Vessels,  subject  to  the  like  rules  and  regulations,  restrictions, 
penalties,  and  forfeitures,  as  are  now  by  law  imposed  upon  the  expor- 
tation of  such  goods  to  tlie  said  Settlements  in  Bntish-built  Ships; 
any  Law,  custom,  or  usage  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding. ' 

If.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  this  Act  aball  continue  in  force 
so  long  as  the  Convention  between  His  Majesty  and  The  United  States 
of  America  shall  continue  in  force. 


ACT  of  the  British  Parliament j  <^  to  regulate  the  Omveyance 
of  Passengers  from  the  United  Kingdom  to  the  United 
States  of  America  in  British  Vessels^'* 

[56  Geo.  Ill,  Cap.  1 14.]  [\$t  July.  1816.] 

Whereas  by  an  Act  passed  in  the  43rd  Year  of  the  Reign  of  His 
present  Majesty,  intituled  "An  Act  for  regulating  the  Vesstis  carrying 
Passengers  from  the  United  Kingdom  to  His  Majesty's  Plantations  and 
Settlements  Abroad  or  to  Foreign  Parts,  with  respect  to  the  number  of 
such  Pasengers  ;*  it  was  enacted,  that  it  shall  not  be  lawful  for  any 
Master  or  other  Person  taking  or  having  the  charge  or  command  of 
any  Ship  or  Vessel,  other  than  a  British  Ship  or  Vessel  clearing  out 
from  any  Port  or  Place  in  the  United  Kingdom,  to  have  or  take  on 
board  a  greater  number  of  Per^ns,  including  the  Crew,  than  in  the 
proportion  of  I  Person  for  every  5  tons  of  the  burthen  of  such  Ship  or 
•  Sec  Pa|;c373. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN.  373 

Vessel :  And  whereas  it  is  expedient  to  extend  such  provision  of  the 
snid  Act,  and  also  all  other  Regulations  contained  therein  relative  to 
the  ConTcyaoce  of  Passengers  in  Foreign  Vessels,  to  British  Vessels 
conveying  Passengers  from  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and 
Ireland  to  The  United  States  of  A  me  ch,  in  lieu  and  instead  of  the 
Regulations  now  by  Law  established ;  be  it  therefore  enacted  by  the 
King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent 
of  the  Lords  Spiritual  and  Temporal,  and  Commons,  in  this  present 
Parliament  assembled,  and  by  the  authority  of  the  same.  That  from  and 
after  the  passing  of  this  Act,  ail  the  regulations,  restrictions,  obliga- 
tions, and  penalties,  in  tlie  said  recited  Act  contained  and  provided  with 
respect  to  Foreign  Ships  or  Vessels  carrying  Passengers,  and  no  other 
shall  be,  and  the  same  are  hereby,  made  applicable  to  British  Ships  or 
Vessels  carrying  Passengers  from  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  to  The 
United  States  of  America,  as  fully  and  effectually,  to  all  iutents  and 
purposes  whatsoever,  as  if  the  same  were  severally  and  separately 
repeated  and  re-enacted  in  the  body  of  this  Act ;  any  thing  in  Uie 
said  recited  Actor  any  other  Act  or  Acts  of  Parliament  to  the  contrary 
notwithstanding. 


ACT  of  the  BrUish  Parliament^  ^^  for  regulating  the  Vessels 
carrying  Passengers  from  the  United  Kingdom  to  His 
Majesty*  s  Plantations  and  Settlements  Abroad,  or  to  Foreign 
Parts  J  with  respect  to  the  number  (f  such  Passengers.^** 

[43  Geo.  in.  Cap.  66.]  [24th  June,  1803.] 

(Cited  in  the  preceding  Act  of  Parliament.) 

Whereas  in  various  parts  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain 
and  Ireland,  several  Persons  have  been  seduced  to  leave  their  native 
Country  under  false  representations,  and  have  suffered  great  hardship 
on  ship-board  for  want  of  water  and  provisions,  and  other  necessaries 
and  of  proper  accommodation  on  their  passage ;  and  whereas  it  is 
expedient  that  no  Ship  or  Vessel  should  be  permitted  to  carry  a  greater 
number  of  Passengers  on  long  or  distant  voyages,  either  to  His  Ma- 
jesty*s  Colonies  Abroad  or  to  Foreign  Countries,  than  can  be  properly 
furnished  with  provisions,  and  sufficiently  accommodated  on  the  pas- 
sage; and  it  is  also  expedient  that  proper  security  should  be  given  for 
tbeir  being  landed  at  the  Ports  or  Places  to  which  *hey  may  have  con- 
tracted or  agreed  to  be  carried  :  May  it  therefore  please  your  Majesty 
that  it  may  be  enacted,  and  be  it  enacted  by  the  King's  Most  Excellent 
Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Lords  Spiritual  and 
Temporal,  and  Commons,  in  this  present  Parliament  assembled,  and  by 

•  Repealed  by  Act  6  Geo.   IV,  Cap.  lOS.—See  Act  6  Geo.  IV.  Cap.  116;  re- 
pealed by  7  and  8  Geo.  IV.  Cap.  19. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


374  GREAT    BRITAIN. 

the  aathority  of  the  same,  that  it  shall  not  be  lairful  for  any  Master  or 
other  Person  having  or  taking  the  charge  or  command  of  any  British 
Ship  or  Vessel  whatever,  which  shall  clear  out  from  any  Port  or  Place 
in  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  from  and  after 
the  1st  day  of  July,  1803,  to  have  on  board,  at  or  aiter  being  cleared 
out,  at  any  one  time,  or  to  convey,  carry,  or  transport,  from  any  Place 
or  Places  in  the  said  United  Kingdom  to  any  parts  beyond  sea,  in  any 
such  Ship  or  Vessel,  a  greater  number  of  Persons,  whether  Adults  or 
Children,  including  the  erew,  than  in  the  proportion  of  1  Person  for 
every  .3  tons  of  the  burthen  of  such  Ship  or  Vessel ;  and  every  such 
Ship  or  Vessel  shall  be  deemed  and  taken  to  be  of  such  tonnage  or 
burthen  as  is  described  and  set  forth  in  the  respective  certificate  of  the 
registry  of  each  and  every  such  Ship  or  Vessel,  granted  in  pursuance 
of  the  several  Acts  in  force  in  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  respectively, 
relating  to  such  certificates ;  and  if  any  such  Ship  or  Vessel  shall  be 
partly  laden  with  goods,  wares,  or  merchandise,  then  it  shall  not  be 
lawful  for  the  Master  or  other  Person  having  the  command  or  charge  of 
such  Ship  or  Vessel,  to  receive  or  take  on  board  a  greater  number  of  Per- 
sons, including  the  Crew,  than  in  the  proportion  of  1  Person  for  every  2 
*tons  of  that  part  of  such  Ship  or  Vessel  remaining  unladen ;  and  such 
goods,  wares,  or  merchandize,  with  which  such  Vessel  may  be  partly 
laden,  shall,  at  the  sight  and  under  the  direction  of  the  Collector  or 
Comptroller,  or  other  Officer  of  the  Customs,  at  the  Port  or  Place 
where  such  goods,  wares,  or  merchandize  shall  be  taken  on  board,  be 
stowed  and  disposed  of  in  such  manner  as  to  leave  good,  sufficient,  and 
wholesome  accommodation  for  the  proportion  of  Persons  hereby 
allowed  in  such  case  to  be  received  on  board. 

II.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  if  any  Master  or  other  Person 
having  or  taking  the  charge  or  command  of  any  such  Ship  or  Vessel 
shall  take  on  board,  or  if  he,  or  the  Owner  or  Owners  of  any  such  Sbip 
or  Vessel,  shall  engage  to  take  on  board  a  greater  number  of  Persons 
than  in  the  proportion  allowed  by  this  Act,  such  Master  or  other  Per- 
son as  aforesaid  shall  forfeit  and  pay  the  sum  of  <£50  for  each  and 
every  such  Person  exceeding  in  number  the  proportion  herein-before 
limited ;  and,  moreover,  every  such  Ship  or  Vessel  so  having  on  board, 
conveying,  carrying,  or  transporting,  I  or  more  Person  or  Persons 
beyond  the  proportion  herein-before  limited,  shall  be  seized  and  de- 
tained by  the  Collector,  Comptroller,  Surveyor,  or  Officer  of  the  Cus- 
toms, until  such  penalty  or  penalties  shall  be  satisfied  and  paid,  or 
until  such  Master  or  other  Person,  or  the  Owner  or  Owners  of  such 
Ship  or  Vessel  shall  give  good  and  sufficient  bail  for  the  payment 
thereof. 

III.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  every  such  Ship  or  Vessel 
bound  to  any  Port  or  Place  in  North  America,  shall  be  stored  and 
furnished  with  at  least  12  weeks  provisions,  and  good  and  wholesome 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN.  375 

water»  sofficieni  to  afford  an  allowaDce  per  daj  during  ibe  voyage,  of 
not  less  than  half  a  pound  of  meat,  1}  of  bread,  biscuit,  or  oatmeal,  with 
half  n  pint  of  meiasses,  and  I  gallon  of  water,  to  each  and  every 
Person  ou  board,  whether  Adult  or  Child;  and  the  Master  of  or  other 
Person  having  or  taking  the  command  of  such  Ship  or  Vessel,  is 
hereby  directed  and  enjoined  to  give  out  to  each  and  every  Person  on 
boardj  at  least  the  allowance  herein  directed  each  and  every  day  of 
the  voyage,  under  the  pain  of  £20  of  lawful  money  aforesaid  for  each 
nf^iect  or  omission;  and  any  Person  demanding  a  clearance  for  any 
such  Ship  or  Vessel  which  shall  not  be  stored  with  provisions  and  water 
in  manner  herein  directed,  shall  forfeit  and  pay  the  sum  of  £50  for  each 
and  every  person  for  whom  there  shall  not  be  a  quantity  of  provisions 
and  water  sufficient  to  afford  the  allowance  herein  directed. 

IV.  And  be  it  farther  enacted,  that  before  receiving  a  clearance 
or  sufferance  for  any  such  Ship  or  Vessel,  the  Master  or  other  Person 
having  or  takiag  the  charge  or  command  thereof,  shall  deliver  to  the 
Officer  of  the  Customs  from  whom  such  clearance  or  sufferance  shall 
be  demanded,  a  Muster  Roll,  distinguishing  the  Passengers  from  the 
Crew,  and  specifying  the  names,  age,  and  sex  of  the  Persons  received 
or  to  be  received  on  board,  and  the  conditions  upon  which  Persons 
severally  have  been  or  are  to  be  received  on  board,  and  the  Place  or 
Places  to  which  such  Peisons  have  severally  contracted  to  be  carried 
or  conveyed ;  and  every  Person  delivering  a  false  muster  roll  shall 
forfeit  and  pay  for  every  offence  the  sum  of  £50  for  each  Person 
omitted,  or  fnlsely  stated  or  described  therein;  and  it  shall  and  may 
be  lawful  for  the  Collector,  Comptroller,  or  Surveyor  of  the  Customs  of 
the  Port  or  Place  at  which  any  such  Ship  or  Vessel  shall  be  cleared 
out,  or  in  tlie  absence  of  such  Collector,  Comptroller,  and  Surveyor, 
the  resident  Officer  of  the  Customs  at  the  Port,  together  with  any  one 
of  His  Majesty's  Justices  of  the  Peace  or  other  Magistrate,  if  such 
Justice  or  Magistrate  can  be  found  at  such  Port  or  Place,  or  within 
a  convenient  distance  thereof;  and  such  Collector  or  Comptroller,  or 
such  resident  Officer,  together  with  such  Justice  or  Magistrate,  is 
hereby  directed  and  required  to  muster  the  Passengers  and  Crew  on 
board  every  such  Ship  or  Vessel  immediately  before  sailing,  and  to 
compare  the  Persons  found  on  board  with  the  Persons  specified  and 
described  in  the  said  Muster  Roll  delivered  by  such  Master  or  other 
Person  aforesaid,  and  to  search  and  inspect  every  such  Ship  or 
Vessel;  and  if  it  shall  appear  tliat  a  false  Muster  Roll  has  been 
delivered,  or  if  more  Persons  shall  be  found  on  board  than  in  the 
proportion  herein  allowed,  or  if  the  Ship  or  Vessel  shall  not  be  stored 
and  provided  with  provisions  and  water  sufficient  to  afford  the 
allowance  herein  directed,  then  it  shall  be  lawful  for  such  Collector  or 
Comptroller  of  the  Customs,  or  the  principal  Officer  of  the  Customs, 
together  with   any  such  Justice  or  other  Magistrate,  to  seize   aud 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


376  GREAT  Britain. 

detain  such  Ship  or  Vessel,  and  the  Master  or  other  Person  having  or 
taking  the  charge  or  command  thereof,  until  he  or  the  Owner  or 
Owners  of  such  Ship  or  Vessel  shall  find  good  and  sufficient  bail,  to 
the  amount  of  the  penalties  herehy  imposed  for  exceeding  the  propor- 
tion of  Persons  to  be  received  on  board,  as  herein  before  limited,  and 
for  demanding  a  clearance  for  any  such  Ship  or  Vessel  without  being 
stored  with  provisions  and  water  in  manner  herein  directed,  and  for 
delivering  a  false  Muster  Roll ;  and  no  clearance  shall  hegivpn  by  any 
Officer  of  the  Customs,  until  the  said  Collector  or  Comptroller,  Sur- 
veyor or  principal  Officer  of  the  Customs,  together  with  such  Justice 
or  Magistrate,  shall  have  mustered  the  Persons  on  board,  and  shall 
have  searched  and  inspected  the  Ship  or  Vessel,  and  provisions  and 
water,  in  manner  herein  directed ;  and  if  upon  such  inspection  the 
regulations  of  this  Act  shall  be  found  to  have  been  duly  complied  with, 
a  copy  of  the  said  Muster  Roll  so  delivered  as  aforesaid  shall  be 
certified  by  such  Collector  or  Comptroller,  or  principal  Officer  of  the 
Customs  aforesaid,  to  he  delivered  to  such  Master  or  other  Person 
aforesaid,  and  shall  be  preserved  by  him  on  board  such  Ship  or 
Vessel;  and  the  original  Muster  Roll  delivered  by  such  Master  or 
other  Pci-son  as  aforesaid,  shall  remain  and  be  preserved  at  the 
Custom-Hoose  where  the  clearance  or  sufferance  is  granted. 

V.  Provided  always,  and  be  it  enacted,  that  if  upon  any  such 
muster,  or  otherwise,  any  Passenger,  or  Person  who  has  entered  into 
any  contract  or  agreement  for  such  voyage  (other  than  the  Crew  of 
such  Ship  or  Vessel),  shall  signify  to  such  Collector  or  Comptroller, 
or  other  Officer  of  the  Customs,  or  to  any  Justice  of  the  Peace  or 
other  Magistrate,  that  he  or  she  is  desirous  of  being  relanded,  or  of 
not  proceeding  on  any  such  voyage,  it  shall  and  may  be  lawful  to 
and  for  such  Collector,  Comptroller,  or  other  Officer  of  the  Customs, 
and  such  Justice  of  the  Peace  or  other  Magistrate,  and  they  are 
here.by  empowered  and  required  to  take  such  Person  out  of  the  Ship 
or  Vessel ;  and  it  shall  be  lawful  to  and  for  such  Justice  of  the  Peace 
or  Magistrate,  and  they  are  hereby  empowered  and  required,  to  set 
any  such  Passenger  free  from  his  engagement,  reserving  to  eitlicr 
Party  any  legal  claim  which  may  arise  in  consequence  thereof. 

VI.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  no  Passenger  shall  be  received 
on  board  of  any  such  Ship  or  Vessel,  unless  at  a  Port  or  Place  where 
a  Custom- House  shall  be  established,  or  Officers  of  the  Customs  shall 
be  stationed  ;  and  if  any  Passengers  shall  be  taken  on  board  any  such 
Ship  or  Vessel  at  any  other  Port  or  Place,  the  Master  or  other  Person 
having  or  taking  the  charge  or  command  of  such  Ship  or  Vessel, 
shall  forfeit  and  pay  the  sum  of  £500 ;  and  such  Ship  or  Vessel  shall  be 
seized  and  detained  by  any  Officer  of  the  Customs,  until  such  penalty 
shall  be  paid,  or  such  Master  or  other  Person,  or  the  Owner  or  Owners 
of  such  Ship  or  Vessel,  shall  find  good  and  sufficient  bail  for  the  same. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CaEAT    BRITAIN.  377 

VII.  And  be  it  further  enacte^l,  that  no  such  Ship  or  Vessel  carrying 
60  Persons  or  upwards,  including  the  Crew,  shnfl  be  cleared  out,  unless 
such  Ship  or  Vessel  shall  be  provided  with  a  Surgeon,  who  shall  pro- 
duce to  the  Officer  of  the  Customs  required  to  give  the  clearance 
or  sQflTerance,  a  certificate  of  his  having  passed  bis  examination 
at  Surgeons'  Hall,  in  London,  or  at  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons  of 
Edinburgh  or  Dublin. 

VIII.  And  be  it  fuither  enacted,  that  every  such  Surgeon  shall  have 
a  medicine  chest,  properly  stored  with  medicines,  in  proportion  to 
the  number  of  Persons  on  board  of  such  Ship  or  Vessel,  of  the  kind 
and  according  to  the  assortment  generally  used  and  made  for  such 
voyages  on  board  of  His  Majesty's  Ships  of  War;  and  before  any 
such  Ship  or  Vessel  shall  be  allowed  to  be  cleared  out,  every  such 
Surgeon  shall  specify  upon  oath,  before  the  Collector  or  Comptroller, 
or  other  Chief  Officer  of  the  Customs,  at  the  Port  or  Place  from  whence 
such  Ship  or  Vessel  is  to  be  cleared  out,  the  contents  of  such  medicine 
chest,  and  shall  further  make  oath  that  the  medicines  are  of  good  and 
proper  quality,  to  the  best  of  his  knowledgeand  belief,  which  oath  such 
Collector,  Comptroller,  or  other  Chief  Officer  of  the  Customs,  is 
hereby  required  and  empowered  to  administer;  and  the  affidavit  of 
every  such  Surgeon  shall  be  deposited  and  preserved  in  the  Custom 
House  where  the  clearance  or  sufferance  of  jsuch  Ship  or  Vessel  shall 
be  granted,  and  the  Master  or  Owner  of  every  such  Ship  or  Vessi'I 
failing  to  provide  a  medicine  chest  of  the  description  above-mentioned, 
and  every  such  Surgeon  neglecting  or  refusing  to  make  oath  as  herein 
directed,  shall  forfeit  and  pay  the  sum  ot  J!50, 

IX.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  the  bedding  of  each  and  every 
Passenger  on  board  any  such  Ship  or  Vessel  shall  be  aired  by  expo- 
sure upon  the  deck,  when  the  weather  will  permit,  once  a  day  duiing 
the  voyage,  and  such  Ship  or  Vessel  shall  be  fumigated  with  vinegar 
at  least  twice  in  every  week  daring  the  voyage;  and  every  such 
Master  or  other  Person  having  or  taking  such  charge  or  command 
shall  forfeit  and  pay  the  sum  of  £20  for  each  failure  or  neglect  in  airing 
the  said  bedding,  or  in  fumigating  the  Ship  or  Vessel. 

X.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  no  clearance  or  sufferance  shall 
be  granted  to  any  such  Ship  or  Vessel,  unless  the  Master  or  other 
Person  having  or  taking  the  charge  or  command  thereof,  and  also  the 
Surgeon  thereof,  where  a  Surgeon  is  by  this  Act  required,  shall  have 
given  Bond  to  His  Majesty,  His  Heirs,  and  Successors,  such  Bond  to 
be  taken  by,  and  left  in  the  hands  of^  the  Collector  or  Comptroller,  or 
other  Principal  Officer  of  the  Customs  at  the  Port  or  Place  from  whence 
such  Ship  or  Vessel  shall  be  cleared  out,  in  the  sum  of  £100,  with 
condition  that  such  Master  or  other  Person  having  such  charge  or 
command  as  aforesaid ;  and  such  Surgeon,  where  a  Surgeon  is  re- 
quired, shall  severally  keep  a  regular  and  true  Journal,  containing  an 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


378  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

a<!couDt  of  the  greatest  number  of  Persons  which  shall  haTe  been  on 
board  of  such  Ship  or  Vessel  at  the  time  of  her  departure,  and  at  any 
time  during  her  voyage,  and  until  her  arrival  at  the  Port  of  her  desti* 
nation,  and  of  the  provisions  and  water  on  board,  and  of  the  delivery 
of  the  daily  allowances  thereof,  in  manner  herein  directed,  and  of  the 
airing  of  bedding  and  of  the  fumigating  the  Ship  or  Vessel,  and 
the  deaths  of  any  of  the  Passengers  or  Crew  of  the  said  Ship  or  Yes* 
eel,  and  of  the  cause  thereof,  during  the  voyage,  from  the  first  de- 
parture of  the  said  Ship  or  Vessel,  to  her  arrival  at  her  Port  of  desti- 
nation ;  and  such  Master  or  other  Person  having  or  taking  such 
charge  or  command  as  aforesaid,  and  such  Surgeon  shall  deliver  such 
Journals  to  the  Collector  or  other  Officer  as  aforesaid,  at  the  first 
Port  of  the  United  Kingdom,  where  such  Ship  or  Vessel  shall  arrive 
after  returning  from  such  Port  of  destination,  and  shall  severally 
make  oath  to  the  truth  of  their  respective  Journals,  to  the  best  of 
their  knowledge  and  belief,  before  such  Collector  or  other  Officer  u 
aforesaid,  who  is  hereby  authorised  and  required  to  administer  the  said 
oath :  and  such  Collector  or  other  Officer  as  aforesaid,  shall  deliver  to 
such  Master  or  other  Person  as  aforesaid,  and  to  such  Surgeon  re- 
spectively, copies  of  the  oaths  of  such  Mastei'  or  other  Persou  as 
aforesaid,  and  such  Surgeon,  and  also  of  the  said  Journals  respec- 
tively, which  copies  shall  severally  be  attested  as  true  copies, 
under  the  hand  of  such  Collector  or  other  Officer  as  aforesaid ;  and 
duplicates  of  the  said  copies,  attested  in  like  manner,  shall  be  trans* 
mitted  by  the  said  Collector  or  other  Officer  aforesaid,  to  tlie  Com- 
missioners of  His  Majesty's  Customs  in  London,  Edinburgh,  or  Dublin, 
respectively,  according  as  such  Journal  shal^  be  delivered  and  such 
oath  shall  be  made,  in  England,  Scotland,  or  Ireland ;  and  if  such 
Master  or  other  Person  aforesaid,  or  Surgeon,  shall  act  contrary 
hereto,  such  Master  or  other  Person,  and  Surgeon,  shall,  for  each 
and  every  such  Offence,  severally  forfeit  and  pay  the  sum  of  £100. 

XI.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  it  shall  not  be  lawful  for  any 
Master  or  other  Person  taking  or  having  the  charge  or  command  of 
any  Ship  or  Vessel,  other  than  a  British  Ship  or  Vessel,  owned,  navi- 
gated, and  registered  according  to  Law,  clearing  out  from  any  Port  or 
Place  in  the  United  Kingdom  aforesaid,  from  and  after  the  said  Ist 
day  of  July,  1803,  to  have  or  take  on  board  a  greater  number  of  Per- 
sonsj  including  the  Crew,  than  in  the  proportion  of  1  Person  for  every 
5  tons  of  the  burthen  of  such  Ship  or  Vessel ;  and  every  such  Ship  or 
Vessel  shall  be  deemed  and  taken  to  be  of  such  tonnage  or  burthen  as 
shall  be  ascertained  by  the  oath  of  the  Master  or  other  Person  having 
or  taking  the  charge  or  command  thereof,  taken  before  tlie  Collector 
or  other  Chief  Officer  of  the  Customs,  at  the  Port  from  whence  such 
Ship  or  Vessel  shall  be  cleared  out,  which  oath  the  said  Collector  or 
Chief  Officer  is  hereby  authorized  and  required  to  administer  j  and  it 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GBEAT  BRITAIN.  379 

sliall  and  may  be  lawful  for  such  Collector  or  Chief  Officer  to  muster 
the  Passengers  and  Ci-ew,  and  to  search  and  inspect  every  such  Ship 
or  Vessel,  and  if  more  Pereons  shall  be  found  on  board  than  in  the  pro* 
portion  herein  allowed,  every  such  Master  or  other  Person  as  aforesaid 
shall  forfeit  and  pay  the  sum  of  «£50for  every  Person  so  taken  on  board 
beyond  the  proportion  herein  allowed,  one  moiety  whereof  shall  go  to 
His  Majesty,  his  Heirs,  or  Successors,  and  the  otlier  half  to  such 
Collector  or  other  Officer  aforesaid,  who  is  hereby  empowered  to  seize 
and  detain  such  Ship  or  Vessel,  until  such  penalties  shall  be  paid. 

XII.  Provided  always,  and  be  it  enacted,  that  nothing  in  this  Act 
contained  shall  extend,  or  be  deemed  or  construed  to  extend,  to  Ships 
or  Vessels  in  the  service  of  His  Majesty,  or  of  His  Majesty's  Post- 
master General,  or  of  the  Customs  and  Excise  in  Great  Britain  and 
Ireland  respectively,  or  of  the  East  India  Company. 

XIII.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  if  after  any  such  Ship  or 
Vessel  shall  have  been  cleared  out,  any  Master  or  other  Person  having 
or  taking  the  charge  or  command  of  any  such  Ship  or  Vessef,  shall 
unship,  reland,  or  permit  or  suffer  to  be  unshipped  or  relanded,  any  . 
provisions  or  water,  such  Master  or  other  Person,  shall  forfeit  the  sum 
of  £300. 

XIV.  Provided  always,  and  be  it  enacted,  that  if  any  Passenger  or 
Passengers  who  may  be  desirous  not  to  proceed  on  such  voyage, 
shall  be  relanded,  or  shall  not  proceed  in  the  manner  herein-before 
directed,  then  it  shall  and  may  be  lawful  for  such  Master  or  other  Per- 
son aforesaid,  to  unship  or  reland  under  the  inspection  of  the  Officer 
of  the  Customs  at  the  Port  or  Place  from  whence  such  Ship  or  Vessel 
shall  be  cleared  out,  a  quantity  of  provisions  and  water  not  exceeding 
the  proportion  sufficient  for  the  allowance  of  such  Passenger  or  Pas- 
sengers so  relanded 

XV.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  an  abstract  of  this  Act  shall 
be  prepared,  by  and  with  the  direction  of  the  Commissioners  of  His 
Majesty's  Customs  in  England,  Scotland,  and  Ireland  respectively, 
and  a  copy  thereof  shall  be  hung  up  in  the  Custom-House  of  every 
Port  of  the  United  Kingdom,  and  a  copy  thereof,  and  a  copy  also  of  the 
said  Muster  Roll  shall  be  hung  np  and  affixed  to  the  most  public  place  of 
every  Ship  or  Vessel  carrying  Passengers  under  the  regulations  of  this 
Act ;  and  the  Master  or  other  Person  having  or  taking  the  charge  or 
command  of  such  Ship  or  Vessel,  shall  cause  the  said  copies  to  be 
renewed,  so  that  the  same  may  be  at  all  times  accesenble  to  every 
Person  on  board  of  such  Ship  or  Vessel,  upon  pain  that  every  such 
Master  or  other  Person  having  or  taking  the  charge  or  command  of 
every  sach  Ship  or  Vessel,  who  shall  neglect  to  affix  or  renew  the 
same,  shall  for  every  such  offence  forfeit  the  sum  of  £20. 

XVI.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  all  Captains  and  Officers 
commanding  His  Majesty's  Shipsof  War  or  Revenue  Cutters,  who  shall 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


380  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

meet  any  such  Ships  or  Vessels  at  sea,  shall  and  may,  and  they  are 
hereby  empowered  and  required  to  call  for  the  said  Muster  Rofl^  and 
to  search  such  Ship  or  Vessel ;  and  if  any  more  or  other  Persons 
shall  be  found  on  board  than  are  specified  in  such  Muster  Roll,  or  if  a 
quantity  of  provisions  shall  not  be  found  on  board  sufficient  to  afford 
to  each  Person  the  daily  allowances  herein  directed  during  the 
remainder  of  the  voyage,  unless  it  shall  appear  that  such  Vessel  hais 
been  detained  on  her  passage,  after  leaving  the  Port  or  Place  at  which 
the  Passengers  embarked,  beyond  the  time  for  .which  the  quantity  of 
provisions  hereby  required  are  directed  to  be  provided,  or  if  such 
allowances  shall  not  have  been  dealt  out  in  the  preceding  part  of  the 
voyage  in  manner  herein  directed,  then  in  either  of  these  cases,  such 
Captains  or  Officers  may  seize  and  detain  such  Ship  or  Vessel,  until 
good  and  sufficient  bail  shall  be  given  at  the  Port  or  Place  to  which 
such  Ship  or  Vessel  may  be  carried  by  the  order  and  direction  of 
such  Captains  or  Officers,  who  are  hereby  empowered  to  put  hands  on 
board  to  take  charge  of  her  for  that  purpose ;  and  if  the  state  of  soch 
Ship  or  Vessel,  and  the  provisions  on  board  thereof,  will  permit,  it 
shall  and  may  be  lawful  for  su<;h  Captains  or  Officers  to  send  back 
such  Ship  or  Vessel  to  the  Port  from  whence  she  was  cleared  out,  or 
otherwise  to  carry  such  Ship  or  Vessel  into  such  Port  as  the  state  of 
the  provisions  on  board,  or  the  supply  which  such  Captains  or  Officers 
can  afford,  will  permit. 

XVII.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  no  such  Ship  or  Vessel 
shall  be  cleared  out,  unless  the  Owner  or  Owners,  or  the  Master  or  other 
Person  having  or  taking  the  charge  or  command  thereof,  shall  have 
given  Bond  to  His  Majesty,  his  Heirs  and  Successors,  such  Bond  to 
be  taken  by  and  left  in  the  hands  of  the  Collector  or  Comptroller,  or 
other  proper  Officer  of  the  Customs  in  the  Port  or  Place  from  whence 
such  Ship  or  Vessel  shall  be  cleared  out,  in  an  amount  equal  to  the 
sum  of  £20  for  each  Passenger  on  board  such  Ship  or  Vessel,  with 
condition  that  such  Vessel  is  sea-worthy,  and  that  every  such  Passenger, 
if  alive,  shall  be  landed  at  the  Port  or  Ports  to  which  such  Passenger 
shall  have  contracted  to  be  conveyed. 

XVIII.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  if  any  Officers  of  the 
Customs  shall  knowingly  sign  or  give  out  any  clearance  or  sufierance 
for  any  such  Ship  or  Vessel,  contrary  to  the  regalatious  of  this  Act, 
every  such  Officer  shall  forfeit  and  lose  his  employment,  and  shall 
also  forfeit  and  pay  the  sum  of  <£dO. 

XIX.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  all  sum  and  sums  of  money, 
penalties  and  forfeitures  in  this  Act  mentioned  and  contained,  shall  be 
calculated  and  paid,  and  payable  within  Great  Britain  in  lawful  mone^f 
of  Great  Britain,  and  within  Ireland  in  Irish  currency;  and  that  any 
penalty  or  forfeiture  inflicted  by  this  Act  may  be  prosecuted,  sued  tor, 
and  recovered,  by  action  of  debt,  bill,  plaint,  or  information  in  any  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN.  381 

His  Mnjesty's  Couits  of  Record  at  Westminster  or  Dublin,  or  in  the 
Court  of  Exchfqner,  or  in  the  Court  of  Session  in  Scotland,  in  the 
name  of  His  Majesty's  Attorney  General  for  England  or  Ireland,  or 
His  Majesty's  Advocate  for  Scotland  respectively,  or  in  the  name  of  any 
Person  or  Persons  whatsoever,  vi herein  no  essoign.  protection,  privilegCi 
wager  of  Law,  or  more  than  one  imparlance,  shall  be  allowed  ;  and  in 
every  action  or  suit,  the  Person  against  whom  Judgment  shall  be 
given  for  any  penalty  or  forfeiture  under  this  Act,  shall  pay  double 
costs  of  snit;  and  every  such  action  or  suit  shall  and  may  be  brought 
at  any  time  within  3  years  after  the  offence  committed,  and  not  after- 
wards; and  one  moiety  of  every  penalty  to  be  recovered  by  virtue  of 
this  Act  shall  go  and  be  applied  to  His  Majesty,  his  Heirs  or  Succes- 
sors,  and  the  other  moiety  to  the  use  of  such  Person  or  Persons  as 
shall  first  sue  for  the  same,  after  deducting  the  charges  of  prosecution 
from  the  whole. 

XX.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  if  any  Person  taking  any  oath 
by  this  Act  authorized  or  required  to  be  taken,  shall  thereby  commit 
wilful  perjury,  or  if  any  Person  shall  unlawfully  procure  or  suborn 
any  Person  to  take  any  oath  by  this  Act  authorized  or  required  to  be 
taken,  whereby  such  Person  shall  commit  wilful  peijury,  every  such 
Person  shall  incur  and  suffer  the  like  pains  and  penalties  as  are  by 
Law  inflicted  upon  Persons  committing  wilful  and  corrupt  perjury,  or 
subornation  of  perjury,  in  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  respectively. 

XXL  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  if  any  action  or  suit  shall 
be  brought  or  commenced  against  any  Person  or  Persons  for  any 
thing  done  in  pursuance  of  this  Act,  then  and  in  every  such  case  the 
said  action  or  suit  shall  be  commenced  within  3  calendar  months  after 
the  fact  committed,  and  not  afterwards,  and  shall  be  brought  in  the 
County  or  Place  where  the  cause  of  action  shall  arise,  and  not  else- 
where, and  that  the  Defendant  or  Defendants  in  such  action  or  suit  to 
be  brought,  may  plead  the  general  issue,  and  give  this  Act  and  the 
special  matter  in  evidence  at  any  Trial  to  be  had  thereupon,  and  that 
the  same  was  dune  in  pursuance  and  by  the  authority  of  this  Act ; 
and  if  it  shall  appear  to  be  so  done,  or  if  any  such  action  or  suit  shall 
be  brought  after  the  time  before  limited  for  bringing  the  same,  or 
shall  be  brought  in  any  other  County,  City,  or  Place  than  as  afore- 
said, then  and  in  every  such  case  the  Jury  shall  find  for  the  Defendant  or 
DefendanU;  and  upon  such  verdict,  or  if  the  Plaintiff  or  Plaintiffs 
shall  become  nonsuited,  or  discontinue  his,  her,  or  their  action,  or  if  a 
verdict  shall  pass  against  the  Plaintiff*  or  Plaintiffs,  or  upon  demurrer 
Judgment  shall  be  given  against  such  Plaintiff*  or  Plaintiffs,  the 
Defendant  or  Defendants  shall  and  may  recover  double  costs,  and 
have  the  like  remedy  for  the  same  as  any  Defendant  or  Defendants 
liath  or  have  for  costs  of  suit  in  other  cases  by  Law. 

XX 11.  Provided  always,  and  be  it  enacted,  that  nothing  in  this  Act 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


382  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  NETHERLANDS. 

contained  shall  extend,  or  be  construed  to  extend,  to  repeal,  aher«  or 
affect^  any  Law,  Statute,  Usage,  or  Custom  now  in  force  in  the 
United  Kingdom,  or  witliin  Great  Britain  or  Ireland  respectively,  for 
the  restriction  or  regulation  of  Artificers  and  others,  from  or  in  going 
or  passing  from  any  part  of  the  United  Kingdom  to  parts  beyond  the 
Seas,  or  to  regulate  the  Ships  or  Vessels  carrying  and  conveying  such 
Artificers  or  other  Persons  whatsoever,  or  the  Masters  or  Commanders, 
or  Persons  having  the  charge  of  such  Ships  or  Vessels,  but  that  all 
such  Laws,  Usagesj  and  Customs  shall  remain  in  full  force  and  effect, 
to  all  intents  and  purposes,  as  if  this  Act  had  not  been  had  or  noade. 


ACT  of  the  British  Parliament^  <«  to  regulate  the  Trade  t^ 
the  Colonies  of  Demerara^  Berbice^  and  Esseqmbo ;  to  allow 
the  Importation  intOy  and  Exportation  from  such  CohnieSy 
of  certain  Articles,  by  Dutch  Proprietors  of  the  European 
Dominions  of  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  Netherlands ; 
and  to  repeal  an  Act  of  the  5ith  Year  of  His  present  Ma^ 
jesty^  for  permitting  a  Trade  between  the  United  Provinces 
and  certain  Colonies  in  His  Majesty's  Possession. "** 

166  Geo.  III.  Cap.  91. J  [26th  June.  1816.] 

Whereas  an  Act  was  passed  in  the  28th   year  of  the  reign  of 
His    present    Majesty,    intituled    *'    An   Act   for    regulating     the 
Trade  between  the  Subjects  of  His  Majesty's  Colonies  and  Planta- 
tions in  North   America   and  in  the  West  India  Islands,   and   the 
Countries  belonging  to  The  United  States  of  America,  and  between 
His  Majesty's  said  Subjects  and  the  Foreign  Islands  in   the  West 
Indies  :"*  And  whereas  it  is  expedient  that  the  Colonies  of  Demerara* 
Berbice,  and  Essequibo,  situated  in  the  Province  of  Guiana  in  South 
America,  should  be   placed  upon  the  same  footing,   in  relation  to 
regnlations  of  trade,  as  the  British  West  India  Islands;  be  it  therefore 
enacted  by  the  King's  Most  Excellent  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice 
and  consent  of  the  Lords  Spiritual  and  Temporal,  and  Commons,  in  this 
present  Parliament  assembled,  and  by  the  authority  of  the  same,  that 
from  and  a(\er  the  passing  of  this  Act,  all  the  benefits,  privileges,  and 
advantages,  and  all  the  rules>  regulations,  and  restrictions,  penalties  and 
forfeitures,  in  the  said  recited  Act  contained  and  provided  with  respect 
to  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Colonies  and  Plantations  in  North  America, 
and   in  the  West  India  Islands,  and  the  Countries  belonging  to  The 
United  States  of  America,  and  between  His  Majesty's  said  Subjects 
and  the  Foreign  Islands  in  the  West  Indies,  shall  extend  and  apply, 
and  be  in  full  force  and  efiTect,  as  to  the  said  Colonies  of  Deroerara, 

*  See  a  subsequent  Part  of  tbis  YoliuDe. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  NETHERLANDS.  383 

Berbice.  and  Esseqaibo^  as^  fully  and  effectQally  to  all  intents  and 
purposes  as  if  the  same  were  re-enacled  in  and  separately  and  sererally 
repeated  in  this  Act  as  to  the  said  Colonies  of  Denierara,  Berbice, 
and  Essequibo;  any  Act  or  Acts  of  Pariiameut,  or  Law,  Customs^ 
or  Usage,  to  the  contrary  in  anywise  notwithstanding. 

II.  And  whereas  by  an  Act  passed  in  the  62nd  year  of  His 
present  Majesty's  Reign,  intituled  "An  Act  for  increasing  the  duty  on 
Rum  and  other  spirits  impoited  into  Newfoundland  from  the  British 
Colonies  and  Plantations  on  .the  continent  of  America,  and  charging 
a  duty  on  spirits  imported  into  Newfoundland  from  His  Majesty's 
Colonies  in  the  West  Indies,*'  a  doty  of  6c/.  was  imposed  on  every 
gallon  of  Rum  or  other  spirits  imported  into  the  said  Island  of 
Newfoundland  from  any  British  Colony  or  Plantation  in  the  West 
Indies:  And  whereas  it  is  expedient  that  Rum  imported  into  the  said 
Island  from  Uie  aforesaid  Colonies  of  Berbice,  Demerara,  and  Esse- 
qoibo,  should  be  placed  on  the  same  footing  as  Rum  imported  from 
the  other  British  Colonies ;  be  it  therefore  enacted,  that  from  and 
after  the  passing  of  this  Act,  there  shall  be  raised,  levied,  collected, 
and  paid,  upon  every  gallon  of  Rum  imported  into  the  said  Island  of 
Newfouudlaud  from  the  aforesaid  Colonies  of  Berbice,  Demerara,  and 
Essequibo,  the  sum  o(6d.  for  every  gallon,  and  no  more;  such  duties 
to  be  sued  for,  recovered,  and  applied  in  the  like  manner  and  under  the 
likepenaltiesand  forfeitures  as  are  provided  by  the  a  foresaid  recited  Act* 

III.  And  whereas  a  Convention  of  Commerce  and  Navigation  has 
been  concluded  between  His  Britannic  Majesty  and  His  Majesty  the 
King  of  the  Netherlands  :*  And  whereas  it  is  expedient  to  give  effect 
to  such  parts  of  the  said  Convention  as  require  the  sanction  of  Parlia- 
ment ;  be  it  therefore  enacted,  that  from  and  after  the  passing  of  this 
Act,  it  shall  be  lawful  for  any  of  the  Subjects  of  His  said  Majesty  the 
King  of  the  Netherlands,  being  Dutch  Proprietors  in  such  Colonies^ 
to  import  from  the  Netherlands  into  the  Colonies  of  Demerara, 
Berbice,  and  Essequibo,  in  the  Province  of  Guiana  in  South  America, 
all  the  usual  Articles  of  supply  for  their  Estates  in  the  said  Colonies, 
such  Articles  being  necessary  and  requisite  as  supplies  for  the  cultiva- 
don  of  the  Estates,  or  the  clothing,  maintenance,  and  comfort  of  the 
Residents  thereon,  and  not  to  exceed  what  may  be  deemed  necessary 
for  the  supply  of  the  particular  Estates  for  which  they  are  to  be 
imported,  and  to  be  actually  applied  to  the  purposes  of  such  supply, 
and  not  for  trade;  and  in  case  of  seizure  by  any  Officer  of  the 
Customs  of  any  importations  of  such  Articles^  on  the  ground  of  their 
being  imported  in  the  way  or  for  the  purposes  of  trade,  and  not  as 
supplies,  the  proof  that  soeli  Articles  are  supplies,  and  imported  under 
the  conditions  of  the  Convention,  shall  lie  on  the  Dutch  Proprietor 
importing  the  same;  and  in  case  of  such  proof  being  made  and  giveD> 

*  See  Page  386. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


384  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  NETHERLANDS. 

JO  consequence  of  any  dispute  arising  thereupon,  before  the  Collector 
or  principal  Officer  of  the  Customs,  who  is  hereby  empowered  to 
administer  an  oath  or  take  affidavit  for  the  purposes  of  any  such 
examination  and  proof  under  this  Act,  the  goods  shall  be  admitted  to 
entry  :  Provided  always,  that  the  Importer,  before  such  entry  shall  be 
allowed,  shall  enter  into  Bond,  with  2  Sureties,  in  a  sufficient  sum,  to 
abide  ^the  decision  of  the  Board  of  Customs  in  England  upon  such 
seizure :  Provided  also,  that  wine,  as  a  medicine  and  necessary  Arti- 
cle of  supply,  may  be  so  imported  to  such  a  limited  extent  as  may  be 
necessary  for  the  purposes  of  such  supply  as  a  inedicioe,  and  shall  be 
liable  to  the  duty  of  IOj.  per  ton,  and  ho  more, 

IV.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  from  and  aAer  the  passing  of 
this  Act,  it  shall  be  lawful  for  any  of  the  Subjects  of  His  Majesty  the 
King  of  the  Netherlands,  being  Dutch  Pioprietors  in  such  Colonies, 
to  export  from  the  said  Colonies  of  Demerara,Berbice,  and  Essequibo, 
tci  the  Netherlands,  the  produce  of  their  Estates. 

V.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  all  Subjects  of  His  Majesty  the 
King  of  the  Netherlands,  resident  in  His  said  Majesty's  European 
Dominions,  who  were  at  the  date  of  the  signature  of  the  said  Conven- 
tion Proprietors  of  Eslates  in  the  said  Colonies,  and  all  Subjects  of 
His  said  Majesty  who  may  hereafter  become  possessed  of  Estates 
then  belonging  to  Dutch  Proprietors  therein,  and  all  such  Proprietors 
fks  being  then  resMent  in  the  said  Colonies,  and  being  Natives  of  His 
Majesty's  Dominions  in  the  Netherlands,  may  have  declared,  within  3 
months,  after  the  publication  of  the  aforesaid  ConTention  in  the  said 
Colonies,  that  they  wish  to  continue  to  be  considered  as  such ;  and  all 
Subjects  of  His  said  Majesty  the  King  of  the  Netherlands  who  may 
be  the  holders  of  mortgages  of  Estates  in  the  said  Colonies  made  prior 
to  the  date  of  the  Convention,  and  who  may  under  their  mortgage 
deeds  have  the  right  of  exporting  from  the  said  Colonies  to  the  Nether- 
lands, the  produce  of  such  Estates,  shall  be  deemed  Dutch  Proprietors 
under  the  provisions  of  this  Act ;  provided  that  where  both  Dutch  and 
British  Subjects  have  mortgages  upon  the  same  property  in  the  said 
Colonies,  the  produce  to  be  consigned  to  the  different  Mortgagees 
shall  be  in  proportion  to  the  amonnt  of  the  debts  respectively  due  to 
them. 

yi.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  all  such  importation  from  the 
Netherlands  into  the  said  Colonies  for  the  supply  of  Estates  therein  as 
aforesaid,  and  exportation  of  the  produce  of  such  Estates  to  the 
Netherlands,  may  be  carried  on  in  any  Ships  being  the  property  of 
Subjects  of  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  Netherlands,  wherever  built 
and  without  any  restriction  or  limitation  as  to  the  Mariners  navigating 
the  same,  for  the  space  of  6  years,  commencing  from  the  1st  day  of 
January  last :  Provided  always,  that  the  Master  of  every  such  Ship 
shall  produce  to  the  proper  Officer  of  His  Majesty's  Customs  in  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  NETHERLANDS.  385 

said  ColoDieaf,  respectively,  satisfactory  proof  of  the  said  Vessels  being 
owned  by  a  Subject  of  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  Netherlands : 
Provided  also,  that  His  said  Majesty  the  King  of  the  Netherlands  may 
at  any  time  before  the  expiration  of  the  said  6  years,  if  he  should 
think  proper,  order  and  direct  that  such  trade  shall  be  carried  on  only 
in  such  Ships  as  are  Dutch-built,  and  whereof  the  Master  and  3*4lhs 
of  the  Crew  are  the  Subjects  of  His  said  Majesty :  And  provided 
always,  that  after  the  expiration  of  the  said  5  years,  no  such  trade 
shall  be  carried  on  except  iu  Vessels  Dutch-built,  and  whereof  the 
Master  and  3-4lhs  of  th^Crew  are  Subjects  of  His  said  Majesty. 

VII.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  all  such  importations  and 
exportations  shall  be  subject  to  the  same  duties  as  are  payable  by 
His  Majesty's  Subjects  on  importations  and  exportations  of  the  like 
articles,  and  shall  be  subject  to  the  same  rules,  regulations,  and 
restrictions  for  the  due  landing  of  any  such  produce  as  aforesaid  in 
the  Netherlands,  as  are  provided  by  any  Act  now  in  force  for  the 
landirg  of  the  like  articles  in  Great  Britain,  so  far  as  the  same  are  or 
can  be  made  applicable. 

VI II.  Provided  always,  and  be  it  further  enacted,  that  it  shall  not 
be  lawful  for  any  Person  or  Persons  who  by  virtue  of  this  Act  may  be 
entitled  to  trade  between  the  said  Colonies  and  the  Dominions  of  His 
Mafesty  the  King  of  tlie  Netherlands,  to  export  the  produce  of  the 
before^mentioned  Estates  within  the  said  Colonies  of  Demerara, 
Esaequibo,  and  Berbice,  to  any  part  of  the  United  Kingdom,  or  to  any 
other  of  His  Majesty's  Dominions  in  Europe. 

IX«  And  whereas,  immediately  after  the  signing  of  the  aforesaid 
Convention,  certain  Vessels  may  have  \e£i  the  Netherlands,  and  the 
Officers  of  His  Majesty's  Customs  in  the  aforesaid  Colonies,  on  bein^ 
apprized  of  the  aforesaid  Convention,  may  hdve  by  the  authority  oi 
order  of  the  Governor  or  otherwise,  been  induced  to  act  upon  such 
Convention  upon  the  emergency  of  the  occasion,  as  if  the  same  had 
been  confirmed  by  Law ;  and  it  is  expedient  that  all  importations  and 
adraisaioQs  to  entry  allowed  under  the  Articles  of  the  said  Conven- 
tion shall  be  confirmed  and  rendered  valid ;  be  it  therefore  enacted, 
that  all  importations  and  admissions  to  entry,  so  made  in  pursuance 
or  in  consequence  of  any  of  the  Articles  of  the  said  Convention,  shall 
be  and  are  hereby  declared  to  be  lawful,  and  as  good,  valid,  and 
effectual  as  if  the  same  had  been  made  in  pursuance  of  any  Act  or 
Acts  of  Parliament,  or  this  Act;  and  all  Persons  concerned  therein 
shall  be  and  are  hereby  indemnified  iu  respect  thereof. 

X.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  from  and  after  the  passing  of 
this  Act,  an  Act  passed  in  the  54th  year  of  the  Reign  of  His  present 
Majesty,  intituled,  "  An  Act  for  permitting  a  Trade  between  the 
United  Provinces  and  certain  Colonies  now  in  His  Majesty's  Possession," 
shall  be  and  the  same  is  iiereby  repealed. 

[1816-16.]  2  C 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


386 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  NETHERLANDS. 


CONVENTION  between  Great  Britain  and  The  Netker- 
lands,  relative  to  the  Colonies  of  Demerara,  Essequibo,  and 
Berlnce. — Signed  at  London,  \2th  August ,  1815. 


In  the  Name  of  the  Most  Holy  and 
Undivided  THnity. 
Hi8  Majesty  the  King  of  the 
United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain 
and  Ireland,  and  His  Majesty  the 
King  of  the  Netherlands,  being 
equally  desirous  of  promoting  and 
cementing  the  harmony  and  good 
understanding  so  happily  esta- 
blished between  the  2  Countries, 
by  carrying  into  immediate  ex- 
ecution that  part  of  the  provisions 
of  the  1st  Additional  Article  of 
the  Convention  of  the  ]3tb  of 
August,  1814,  which  stipulates 
that  the  Subjects  of  His  Majesty 
the  King  of  the  Netherlands, 
being  Proprietors  in  the  Colonies 
of  Demerara,  Essequibo  and 
Bcrbice,  shall  be  at  liberty  (under 
certain  regulations)  to  carry  on 
trade  between  the  said  Settle- 
ments and  the  Territories  in 
Europe  of  His  said  Majesty,  have 
nominated  for  their  Plenipo- 
tentiaries, viz. 


His  Majesty  the  King  of  the 
United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain 
and  Ireland,  Henry  Earl  Bathur^t, 
a  Member  of  His  Majesty's  Most 
Honourable  Privy  Council,  and 
one  of  His  Principal  Secretaries 
of  State ; 

And  His  Majesty  the  King  of 


In  den  Naam  der  AllerheSigste  en 
Onverdeelbare  Drieenigheid.* 

Zyne  Majesteit  de  Koniug  van 
bet  V^ereenigd  Koningryk  van 
Groot  Britannien  en  lerland,  eo 
Zyne  Mdjesteit  de  Konin<;  der 
Nederlanden,  beide  even  zeer 
verlangende  om  de  eeus-geziod- 
heid  en  goede  vei-standhouding, 
die  zoo  gelukkig  tusBcben  de 
beide  Landen  bestaat,  te  bevor- 
deien  en  te  bevestigeD,  door  bet 
in  dadelyke  werking  brengeu  van 
dat  gedeelte  der  bepalingen  van 
het  Iste  der  Additioneele  Arti- 
keleu  van  de  Conventie  van  deu 
Idden  Augustus,  1814,  het  velk 
mede  brengt,  dat  de  Ondenlaoen 
van  Zyne  Majesteit  den  Koning 
dex  Nederlanden,  zynde  Grond- 
Eigenaren  in  de  Kolonien  van 
Demerary,  Essequebo  en  Berbice, 
de  vryheid  zullen  hebben  om 
tusschen  de  voorsz.  Etablisse- 
menten  en  het  Groudgtfbit^d  %ao 
Hoogstgezegde  Zyne  Majesteit  in 
Europa  (onder  zekere  bepalingen) 
te  handelen,  hebl>en  benoemd 
tot  Hume  Plenipotentiarissen,  te 
we  ten  : 

Zynt*  Majesteit  de  Koning  van 
het  Vereenigd  Koningryk  van 
Groot  Britannien  en  ferland. 
Hendrik  Grave  Bathurst,  Lid 
van  Hoogstgem.  Zyner  Majesteit 
Geheimen-Raad,  en  een  zyner 
voorname  Secretarissen  van  Staat; 

En  Zyne  Majesteit  de  Koning 


Sec  French  Version,  Page  396. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  NETHERLANDS. 


387 


the  Netherlands,  the  Sieur  Henry 
Baron  Page),  a  Member  of  the 
Corpe  des  Nobles  of  the  Province 
of  Holland,  and  His  Ambassador 
Extraordinary  and  t'lenipoten- 
tiary  to  His  Britannic  Majesty; 

Who,  afler  having  conamani- 
cated  to  each  other  their  respective 
Full  Powers,  found  in  due  and 
proper  form,  have  agreed  to  the 
following  Aiticles : 

Art.  I.  It  is  hereby  agreed  that, 
for  the  space  of  5  years  from  the 
1st  of  January,  1816,  the  afore- 
said Trade  may  be  carried  on  in 
any  Ships,  being  the  property  of 
Subjects  of  His  Majesty  the  King 
of  the  Netherlands,  wheresoever 
bailt,  and  without  any  restriction 
or  limitation  as  to  the  mariners 
navigating  them  ;  but  at  the  ex- 
piration of  the  said  6  years,  or  as 
much  sooner  as  His  Majesty  the 
King  of  the  Netherlands  si  tali 
tfaiak  proper,  such  Trade  shall  be 
carried  on  only  in  such  Ships  as 
are  Dutch-built,  and  n hereof  the 
Master  and  3-4tli8  of  the  Crew 
are  the  Subjects  of  His  Majesty 
the  King  of  the  Netherlands. 


II.  His  Majesty  the  Kini(  of 
tbe  Netherlands  reserves  to  Him- 
self the  liberty  of  imposing  such 
daties  as  He  may  think  (it,  upon 
the  importation  into  the  European 
Dominions  of  His  said  Majesty, 
of  the  produce  of  the  Colonies  in 
(|uestiou  ;    and    vice-vei'sd,    with 

2C 


der  Nederlandeu,  den  Heere 
Hendrik  Baron  Fagel,  Lid  van 
de  Ridderschap  der  Proviucie  van 
Holland,  en  Zyn  Extraordinaris 
Ambassadeur  en  Plenipotentiaris 
by  Zyne  Groot  Britannische 
Majesteit ; 

Dewelke,  na  zich  onderling 
medegedecid  te  hebben  hunne 
respective  volmagten,  in  goede  en 
behoorlyke  forma  be vouden  zynde, 
overeeu-gekomen  zyn  omtrent  de 
volgende  Artikelen : 

Art.  I.  De  voorsz.  Handel 
zal,  gedurende  den  tyd  van  5 
jaren,  beginnende  met  den  Istea 
January,  1816,  mogen  gedreven 
worden  met  Scheepen,  zyude  het 
Eigendom  van  de  onderdanen  van 
Zyne  Majesteit  den  Koning  der 
Nederlanden,  waar-ook  gebouwd, 
en  zonder  eenige  bepaling  of 
restrictie,  voor  zoo  veel  betreft  de 
Zeeliedeu  die  dezelve  bevaren ; 
maar  ua  verloop  van  de  voorsz. 
5  jnren,  of  zoo  veel  vroeger  als 
Zyoe  Majesteit  de  Koning  der 
Nederlanden  het  zal  goedvinden, 
zal  geiiiclde  Handel  moeten  gesc- 
hieden,  alleen  met  zoodanige 
SLheepen  in  de  Nederlanden 
gebouwd,  en  waarvan  de  Schipper 
en  drie  vicrde  van  de  Erjuipagie 
zyn  onderdanen  van  Zyne  Ma- 
jesteit den  Konini;  der  Neder- 
landen. 

11.  Zyne  Majesteit  de  Koning 
der  Nederlanden  behoudt  aau 
zich  de  vryheid,  op  den  iuvoer  van 
Prod uk ten  uit  gezegde  Kolonien 
in  de  Europeesche  Staten  van 
Hoogstgezegde  Zyne  Majesteit, 
en  vice-versa,  op  den  uitvoer, 
zoodanige  Reg  ten  als  iloogstde- 


Digiti 


iz-ed  by  Google 


388 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  NETHERLANDS 


regard  to  exportation  ;  but  the 
daties  to  be  paid  within  the 
Colonies  shall  be  applicable  to 
the  Dutch,  as  well  as  to  the 
British  Trade. 

III.  The  Subjects  of  His  Ma- 
jesty the  Kinfi^  of  the  Netherlands, 
being  Proprietors  in  the  said 
Colonies,  shall  be  at  perfect  liberty 
to  go  to  the  said  Colonies,  and  to 
return,  without  being;  subjected 
in  this  respect  to  any  delay  or 
difficulty ;  or  to  appoint  Persons 
to  act  for  them  in  the  manage- 
ment of  the  said  intercourse,  or 
of  their  properties  in  the  said 
Colonies ;  subject,  however,  dur- 
ing their  residence  there,  to  the 
Faws  and  regulations  of  the  same« 


They  shall  also  have  full  liberty 
to  dispose  of  their  property  in 
any  manner  in  which  they  may 
think  fit;  but  it  is  understood 
that  in  regard  to  Negroes,  they 
are  to  be  subject  to  the  same 
restrictions  as  British  Subjects. 


IV.  In  order  to  protect  the 
Proprietors  of  Estates  in  the  said 
Colonies  from  the  ruinous  effects 
{A  the  immediate  foreclosure  of 
mortgages  due  to  the  Subjects  of 
His  Majesty  the  King  of  the 
Netherlands,  it  is  further  agreed, 
that,  in  all  cases  in  which  the 
Proprietor  of  an  Estate  shall  offer 
to  the  holder  of  any  mortgage 
on  llic  said  Estate,  made  prior  to 


zelve  zai  oordeelen  te  beliooren, 
te  bepalen  ;  maar  de  Regten,  die 
in  de  Kolonien  zelve  geheven 
worden,  zyn  toepasselyk  zoo  wel 
op  den  Nederlandschen,  als  op 
den  Engelschen  Handel. 

III.  De  Onderdanen  van  Zyne 
Majesteit  den  Koning  der  Neder- 
tanden,  zynde  Grond  Eigenaren  io 
gezegde  Kolonien,  zulten  de 
volkomene  Vryheid  hebben  oiii 
naar  gezegde  Kolonien  te  gaan, 
en  van  dezelve  terug  te  keeren, 
zonder  in  dit  opz^gt  aan  eenig 
uitstel  of  moeyelykheid  te  zyn 
blootgesteld :  ook  Personen  kun- 
nen  aanstellen,  om  in  hunnen 
naam,  in  dien  handel  hunue  zaki^n 
te  doen,  of  het  opzigt  over  hunne 
Eigendommen  aldaar  te  houden ; 
zullende  echter  dezelve,  gedurende 
bun  verblyf  in  de  voorsz.  Kolo- 
nien, aan  de  Wetteu  en  Ordon- 
nantien  aldaar  onderworpeu  zyn. 

Zy  zttllen  ook  volkomen  vryheid 
hebben.  om  over  bun  Eigendom, 
op  zoodanige  wyze  als  zy  gescbrkt 
zntlen  oordeden,  te  beschikken, 
met  dien  verstande  nogtans  dat, 
met  opzigt  tot  de  Negers,  zy 
gehooden  zullen  zyn  aan  dezelfde 
bepalingen  als  de  Britsche  Onder- 
danen. 

IV.  Ten  einde  de  Eigenaren 
van  Plantagien  in  voorsz.  Kolo- 
nien van  de  verderflyke  gevolgen, 
welke  eene  onmiddelyke  execiitie 
van  de  Hypotheeken,  die  zy  aan 
de  Onderdanen  van  zyne  Majesteit 
den  Koning  der  Nederlandeo 
mogten  verschnldigd  zyn,  te  be- 
veiligen,  zoo  zyn  de  Hooge 
Koutractanten  verder  overeenge- 
komen,  dat   in   alle  gevallcn  itt^ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT    BRITAIN    AND    NETHERLANDS. 


389 


tlie  1st  of  Januar3'9  1814,  (such 
Mortgagee  being  a  Subject  of  His 
Majesty  the  King  of  the  Nether- 
laods)  the  security  hereinafter 
specified,  such  Mortgagee  shall 
not  be  at  liberty  to  proceed  to  the 
immediate  or  summary  foreclosure 
of  the  said  mortgage;  it  being* 
however,  understood^  that  in  all 
cases  in  which  no  such  security 
shall  be  offered  by  the  Proprietor, 
the  Mortgagee  shall  retain  all 
those  rights  as  to  foreclosure^  to 
which  he  is  at  present  entitled. 

The  security  in  question  must 
provide  that  the  Mortgagee  shall 
receive,  at  the  expense  of  the 
Proprietor  of  the  Ebtate,  a  new 
mortgage  for  the  whole  amount 
of  the  ^  debt  now  due  to  him, 
including  both  that  part  of  the 
original  debt  which  has  not  been 
dischai^ged,  and  the  interest  which 
may  have  accrued  upon  it  up  to 
the  3Jst  December,  1814,  inclu- 
sive. 


That  this  security  shall  reserve 
to  the  Mortgagee  that  priority  of 
claim  over  other  Mortgagees  and 
Creditors  to  which  he  is  entitled 
under  his  original  mortgage ;  that 
it  shall  bear  au  annual  interest, 
beginning  from  the  1st  of  January 
1815,  at  the  same  rate,  and 
payable  in  the  same  manner,  as 
that  which  was  payable  under  the 


weike  de  Eigenaar  van  eene 
Plantagie,  aan  den  bonder  van 
eenige  Hypotheek  op  dezelve 
Plantagie  vroeger  dan  den  eersten 
January,  1814,  (zoodanig  Hypo- 
theekhouder  zynde  een  Onderdaan 
van  Zyne  Majesteit  den  Koning 
der  Nederlanden)  de  hierna  te 
meldene  zekerheid  mogt  aanbie- 
den,  dezelve  Hypotheekhouder  de 
vryheid  niet  zai  hebben  om  tot 
immediate  executie  van  gezegde 
Hypotheek  overtegaan. 

Welverstaande  echter,  dat  in 
alle  gevallen,  in  weIke  zoodanige 
Securiteit,  door  den  Eigenaar 
niet  zal  worden  aangeboden,  de 
Hypotheekhouder  alle  zyne  regten 
tot  de  executie,  tot  weIke  by 
geregtigd  is,  behouden  zal.  De 
bedoelde  Zekerhed  imoet  bepalen, 
dat  de  Hypotheekhouder,  ten 
koste  van  den  Eigenaar  van  de 
Plantagie,  eene  nieu  we  Hypotheek 
zal  bekomen  tot  het  gantsche 
beloop  van  de  Scbuld  thans 
ann  denzelven  verschuldigd, 
daarin  begrepen,  zoo  wel  dat 
gedeelte  van  de  oorspronkelyke 
schuld,  het  welk  niet  is  afgelost, 
als  de  intrest  die  daarop  te  goed 
mogt  zyn,  tot  den  Slsten  Decem- 
ber, 1814,  ingesloten.  , 

Datdeze  Zekerheid  aan  den  Hy- 
potheekhouder zal  voorbehouden 
dat  regt  van  preferential  boven  an-  ' 
dere  Hypotheekboudcrsen  Schul- 
deisschers,  waartoe  by  onder  zyn 
oorspronkel>ke  Hypotheek  ge« 
regtigd  was:  dat  het  zal  loopeu 
tegen  een  Jaarlyksche  Intrest, 
beginnende  met  den  Isten  Ja- 
nuary, 1816;  van  belzelfde  beloop. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


390 


GREAT    BRITAIN    AND    NETHERLANDS. 


original  mortgage ;  and  that  the 
whole  an:oiint  of  the  new  debt 
shall  be  payable  by  8  auuual 
iustalments,  the  first  of  which  is 
to  become  payable  on  the  1st  of 
January^  1820. 


The  new  security  shall  also 
afford  to  the  Mortgagee  all  those 
means  of  legal  redress,  in  the 
event  of  uon  payment  of  the  in- 
tcrei^t,  or  omission  to  discharge 
the  principal  when  due,  and  all 
those  other  privileges  and  advan- 
tages to  which  he  would  be  entitled 
under  his  existing  mortgage,  and 
shall  place  him,  with  respect  to 
the  debt  for  which  the  new  security 
is  given,  in  the  same  situation  as 
he  stood  with  res])ect  to  his  ori- 
ginal claim  upon  the  Estate,  ex- 
cepting only  in  what  relates  to 
the  period  at  which  the  payment 
may  be  demanded,  so  that  no 
later  Creditor  shall  derive,  from 
this  arrangement,  any  power  to 
affect  the  rights  of  the  original 
Creditor,  and  that  no  further  sus- 
pension of  payment  (surcheance) 
beyond  that'  herein  agi'eed  upon, 
shall  take  place  without  the  ori- 
ginal Creditor's  special  consent. 


It  is  further  agreed,  that  in 
order  to  entitle  the  Mortgagee  to 
rect'i\c  the  security  specified  in 
this  Article,  he  shall  as  soon  as 


en  betaalbaar  op  dezelfde  wyie, 
als  het  origineel  Hvpotheek 
medebragt:  en  dat  het  gantscbe 
beloop  van  de  nieuwe  Schuld 
betaalbaar  zai  zyn  in  8  jaar- 
lyksche  termynen,  de  eerste  van 
welke  zaI  vervallen  op  den  Isten 
January,  1820. 

Deze  nieuwe  Zekerheid  zal 
mede  aan  den  Hypotheekbouder 
waarborgen  alle  zoodanige  mid- 
del  en  van  legale  voorzieniuge  in 
cas  van  wanbetaling  van  intrest, 
of  van  achterlyk  biyven  in  liel 
aflossen  van  het  Kapitaal,  wauneer 
het  zal  vei'schuldigd  zyn,  en  alle 
zoodanige  andere  vooregten  en 
voordeelen,  waartoc  hy  ouder  zyn 
thans  bestaandc  Hypotheek  ge- 
regtigd  is,  en  zal  hem  met  opzigt 
tot  de  Schuld,  voor  welke  de 
nieuwe  Zekerheid  gegeven  wordt, 
in  denzelfden  staat  stellen,in  welke 
hy  was  met  betrekkinge  tot  zyne 
oorsproukelyke  vordering  op  de 
Plantagie,  met  uitzondering  alleen 
van  het  geen  betrekking  heeft  tot 
den  lyd  op  welke  de  betaling 
gevorderd  zal  kunnen  woi-den, 
ten  dien  efiTecte  dat  geen  latere 
Schuldeisscber  uit  deze  schikking 
eenige  de  minste  bevoegdbeid 
zal  kunnen  afleiden  ten  nadeele 
der  Regten  van  den  oorspron- 
kclyken  Crediteur,  en  dat  geene 
veixlere  opschorting  van  betaling 
(stircheance)  buiteii  die  welke 
hierin  bepaald  is,  plaats  zal  kun- 
nen hebben,  zonder  het  speciaal 
consent  van  den  Crediteur. 

Verder  wordt  bepaald,  dat 
ten  einde  de  Hypotheekhooder 
geregligd  zy,  om  de  Zekerheid  in 
dit  Artikel   omschrcvcn  te  Ix'ko- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT    BBITAIN    AND   NETHERLANDS. 


391 


ihc  said  st*cuiily  is  duly  recorded 
ill  thti  s«iid  ColouVy  and  deJivered 
to  the  Moi^agee  or  Lis  Agent  in 
I  be  Colony  (the  expenses  of  sucJi 
record  being  defrayed  by  the 
Proprietor),  deliver  up  to  be 
cHiicelJcd  the  uioit);ages  or  bonds 
originalJy  granted  to  him,  or 
exlul>it  legal  proof  (hat  the  said 
mortgages  «iiid  bonds  have  been 
duly  cancelled,  and  are  no  longer 
of  any  value. 


ll  is  further  expressly  agreed, 
that,  with  the  exception  of  the 
uHMlifications  s|>ecified  in  (his 
Article,  the  lights  of  Mortgngees 
and  Creditors  shall  remain  intact. 


V.  It  is  agreed  that  all  Dutch 
Proprietors,  acknonledged  to  be 
«iich  by  the  present  Convention, 
shall  be  entitled  to  supply  their 
Estates  from  the  Netherlands  with 
the  usoal  articles  of  supply  ;  and 
in  return,  to  export  to  the  Nether* 
lands  the  produce  of  the  said 
Estates.  But  that  all  other  im- 
portation of  goods  from  the  Ne- 
therlands  into  the  Colonies,  or 
export  of  proiiuce  from  the  Colo* 
ttiea  to  the  Netherlands,  shall  be 
strictly  prohibited  ;  and  it  is 
further  agreed,  that  the  export- 
ation of  all  such  articles  as  may 
be  prohibited  to  be  exported  to 
those  Colonies  from  the  British 
Dominions,  shall  be  also  pro- 
hibited to  be  exported  from  the 
Netherlands. 


men,  by  verpligt  zal  zyn,  om, 
zoodru  de  gem.  Akte  in  de  Kolo 
nie  zal  zyn  geregistreerd,  en  aau 
den  Hypotheekhouder  of  zyn 
Agent  in  de  Kolonie  ter  hand 
gesttid,  (de  onkosteu  van  welku 
registratie  door  den  Eigenaar 
moeten  gedragen  worden)  over, 
tegeven,  ten  fine  van  royeeringe, 
de  Akten  van  Hypotheeken  of 
Schuldveicbintenissen  hem  oor- 
spronkelyk  ter  hand  gesteld,  of 
een  legaal  bewys  overteleggen, 
dat  die  Akten  van  Hypotheek  of 
Schuldverbinteuissen,  behoorlyk 
zyn  geroyet^rd,  en  uiet  verder  van 
eenige  waarde  of  kragt  zyn. 

Wordende  verder  wel  ex- 
pressel>k  bepaald,  dat,  met 
uilzonderiiig  van  de  wyzingen  in 
dit  Artikel  gespecificeerd,  de 
Regten  van  de  Uypotbeekhouders 
of  Schuldeisschers  zullen  biyven 
in  hun  geheel. 

V.  Alle  Nederlandsche  Eige- 
uareu,  die  als  zoodanig  by  deze 
Conveutie  erkend  worden,  zullen 
bevoegd  zyn  om  hunne  Plan- 
tagien  uit  de  Nederlanden  van  de 
gewooue  benodigdheden  te  voor- 
zien ;  en,  in  retour,  uaar  de 
Nederlanden  te  mogen  uitvoeren 
de  Produkten  van  voorsz.  Plan- 
tagien :  niaar  zal  alle  andere 
invoer  van  goederen  uit  de  Ne- 
derlanden in  de  Kolonien,  of 
uitvoer  van  Produkten  uit  de 
Kolonien  naar  de  Nederlanden, 
striktelyk  verboden  z>n ;  en 
wordt  verder  bepaald,  dat  geea 
uitvoer  van  eenig  Artikel,  het 
welk  het  mogt  verboden  zyn  uit 
ne  Britsche  Staten  deaiiaards  te 
voeren,  uit  de  Nederlanden  dci* 
waards  zal  mogen  gfschieden. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


392 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  NETHERLANDS. 


VI.  By  Dutch  Proprietors  are 
to  be  understood  : 

First;  alls  objects  of  His  Majes- 
ty the  King  of  the  Netherlands 
resident  in  His  said  Majesty's 
European  Dominions,  who  are  at 
present  Proprietors  in  the  said 
Colonies. 

Secondly  ;  all  Subjects  of  His 
said  Majesty  who  may  hereafter 
become  possessed  of  Estates  now 
belonging  to  Dutch  Proprietors 
therein. 

Thirdly;  all  such  Proprietors  as, 
being  now  resident  in  the  above 
Colonies,  and  being  natives  of  the 
Netherlands,  may  (by  virtue  of 
Article  VIII  of  the  present  Con- 
vention] declare  that  they  wish  to 
continue  to  be  considered  as  such ; 
and 

Fourthly ;  all  Subjects  of  His 
said  Majesty  who  may  be  the 
holders  of  mortgages  on  Estates 
in  the  said  Colonies,  made  prior 
to  the  date  of  this  Convention,  and 
who  may,  under  their  mortgage- 
deeds,  have  the  right  of  exporting 
from  the  said  Colonies  to  the 
Netherlands,  the  produce  of  the 
said  Estates;  subject,  neverthe- 
less, to  the  restrictions  specified 
in  Article  IX. 

VII.  In  all  cases  where  the 
right  of  supplying  the  mortgaged 
Estate  with  articles  of  supply,  and 
exporting  produce  from  it  to  the 
Netherlands,  is  not  actually  se- 
cured to  the  Mortgagee  by  the 
mortgage  deed,  the  Mortgagee 
shall  be  allowed  to  export  from 
the  Colony,  pnly  such  quantity  of 
produce  as  will  be  sufficient,  when 


VI.  Door  Hollandsche  Eigen- 
aren  moeten  verstaan  worden . 

Voor  eerst :  Aile  Onderdaneo 
van  Zyne  Majesteit  den  Koning 
der  Nederlanden  in  Hoogstdes- 
zelfs  Europeesche  Stateo  wonende, 
en  thans  Grond  Eigenaren  in  de 
/oorsz.    Kolonien  zynde. 

Ten  tweede : — A  lie  Onderdaneii 
van  Uoogstgez.  Zyne  Majesteit 
•die  in  vervolg  van  tyd  mogten 
geraken  in  het  bezit  der  Plan^" 
tagien  thans  aan  Hollandsche 
Eigenaren  in  dezelve  behoorende. 

Ten  derde: — Alle  zoodanige 
Grond  Eigenaren,  die,  in  de  gez. 
Kolonien  thans  woueude,  io  de 
Nederlanden  geboren  zyn,  en  iu 
conformiteit  van  Artikel  VIII  van 
deze  Conventie  mogten  verklaren 
als  Nederlandsche  Eigenaren  by 
voortdnring  te  willen  biyveo  ge- 
considereerd ;  en 

Ten  vierde :— -Alle  Onderdaneo 
van  Hoogstgez.  Zyne  Majesteit, 
die  mogten  zyn  bonders  van  Hy- 
potheeken  op  Plan  tagien  in  ges. 
Kolonien,  voor  de  dagteekeoing 
van  deze  Conventie  gevestigd,  en 
die,  volgens  hunne  Akte  van  Hy- 
potheek,  het  Regt  bezitten,  om  de 
Produckten  van  gezegde  Planta- 
gien  naar  de  Nederlanden  uitte- 
voeren,  onder  de  restrictie  echter 
in  Artikel  IX  bepaald. 

VII.  In  alle  gevallen  in  welke 
het  regt  van  voorziening  van  ge- 
hypothekeerde  Plantagien  met 
behoeflen,  en  het  regt  van  uitvoer 
van  Produkten  van  dezelve  naar 
Nederland  niet  dadelyk  aan  den 
Hypotheekouder  verzekerd  is, 
zal  het  dezen  vwgund  zyn,  om 
alleen  uit  de  Kolonie,  zoodanige 
quantiteit    van   Produkten   uitte- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT   BEITAIN   AND   NETHERLANDS. 


393 


estimated  at  the  current  prices  of 
the  Colony,  to  pay  the  amount  of 
interest  or  principal  annually  due 
to  him,  and  to  import  into  the 
Colony  articles  of  supply  in  the 
same  proportion. 


VIII.  All  PrY>prietor8, Subjects 
of  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the 
Netherlands,  now  residing  in  the. 
above  Colonies,  must,  in  order  to 
entitle  themselves  to  the  benefits 
of  this  Convention,  declare,  within 
3  months  after  the  publication  of 
this  Convention  in  the  said  Colo- 
nies, whether  they  wish  to  con- 
tinoe  to  be  considered  as  such. 

IX.  In  all  cases  where  both 
Dntch  and  British  Subjects  have 

^mortgages  upon  the  same  property 
in  the  said  Colonies,  the  quantity 
of  produce  to  be  consigned  to  the 
diiferent  Mortgagees,  shall  be  in 
proportion  to  the  amount  of  the 
debts  respectively  due  to  them* 


X.  In  order  more  easily  to 
carry  into  effect,  and  the  better  to 
iofore  the  execution  of  the  provi- 
sions of  this  Convention,  it  is 
agreed  that  exact  and  specific 
Lists  shall  be  made  out  every  year, 
by  order  of  the  King  of  the  Nether* 
lands,  containing  the  names  and 
places  of  abode  of  the  Proprietors 
resident  io  the  Netherlands,  toge* 
yier  with  the  name  and  descrip- 
tion of  the  Estate  belonging  to 
them  respectively,  specifying 
whether  the  same  be  a  sugar  or 
other  Plantation,  and  whether  the 
whole  or  only  part  of  the  Estate 


voeren,  als  genoegzaam  zal  zyn, 
om.gerekend  naardePrys-Courant 
in  de  Kolouie,  het  beloop  van  de 
Interessen  of  Kapitaal  jaarlyks  aan 
hem  verschuldigd,  te  betalen,  en 
daar  en  tegen,  in  dezelfde  even- 
redigheid,  Artikeleu  van  benodig- 
heden  in  de  Kolonie  intevoeren. 
VIII.  AlleEigenaren,Ouderdanen 
zynde  van  Zyue  Majesteit  den  Ko- 
ning  der  Nederlanden,  thans  in  de- 
zelve  Kolonien  woonachtig,  zullen 
verpligt  zyn,  ten  einde  tot  de  voor- 
deelenvandezeConventiegeregtigd 
te  zyn,  binnen  3  Maanden  na  de 
Publics  tie  van  dieu  en  de  voorz. 
Kolonien,  te  verklaren  of  zy  ge- 
negen  zyn,  als  zoodanig  by  voort- 
during  te  wordeu  aangemerkt 

IX.  In  alle  de  gevalleu  in  welke 
beide  Nedi^rlandsche  en  Engelsche 
Onderdanen  op  dezelfde  Plantagie 
in  de  voorsz.  Kolonien  Hy  potheek 
hebbeu,  zal  de  hoeveelheid  van 
Produkten,dieaan  deOnderscheide 
Hy potheekhouders  moot  worden 
geconsigneerd,  zyn  in  evenredig- 
heid  van  het  beloop  van  de  Schuld 
aan  elk  respectively  k  verschuldigd. 

X.  Ten  einde  de  bepalingen 
van  de  tegenswoordige  Conventie 
des  te  gemaklyker  in  werken  te 
brengen  en  te  liouden,  wordt 
bepaald,  dat  elk  jaar,  op  order  van 
den  Koning  der  Nederlanden, 
naauwkeurige  en  specifieke  Lysten 
zullen  worden  opgemaakt,  bevat- 
tende  de  namen  en  woouplaatsen 
der  Eigenaren  in  de  Nederlanden 
resideerende ;  te  gelyk  met  de 
namen  en  beschryvingen  van  de 
Plantagien  hun  respectively k  toe- 
behoorende,  met  byvoeging,  of 
de  laatsgem.  zy  eene  Suiker  of 
eenige  andere  Plantagie,  en  of  de 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


394 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  N£TH£RLANI>S, 


belong  to  the  Proprietor  in  ques* 
tiofi :  similar  Lists  shall  also  be 
made  out  of  the  existing  murt- 
gHgesou  Estates,  in  as  far  as  tliese 
mortgages  are  held  by  Dutch 
Subjects,  specifying  the  amount 
of  the  debt  on  mortgage,  either 
actually  existing,  or  to  be  made 
out  by  virtue  of  the  provisions  of 
Article  IV. 


These  Lists  shall  be  delivered 
over  to  the  British  Government, 
and  shall  be  sent  to  the  Colonies 
in  question,  in  order  to  make  out 
from  them,  in  conjunction  with 
a  List  of  the  Dutch  Proprietors 
resident  in  the  said  Colonies,  the 
whole  amount  of  the  Dutch  popu- 
lation and  property  or  interest  in 
the  said  Colonies. 


XL  His  Majesty  the  King  of 
the  Netlierlands,  having  repre- 
sented to  Hi's  Britannic  Majesty, 
that  the  Company  of  Dutch  Mer- 
chants and  others  (styling  them- 
selves the  Berbice  Association), 
have  a  just  Claim  to  certain  Es- 
tates formerly  settled  by  them  in 
the  Colony  of  Berbice,  of  which 
they  were  dispossessed  by  the 
Revolutionary  Government  of 
Holland,  and  which,  on  the  cap- 
ture of  the  said  Colony  by  His 
Britannic  Majesty,  were  considered 
as  Government  property;  His 
Britannic  Majesty  engages  to 
restore  to  the  said  Berbice  Asso- 
ciation, within  6  months  alter  the 
exchange  of  the  Ratifications  of 
the  present  Convention,  thc.Es- 


eerstgem.  Voor  het  geheeJ,  daa 
voor  een  gedeelte,  Eigeusarsder 
Plantagie  zyn;  soortgelyke  Lyi- 
ten  zullen  ook  worden  opgemaakt 
van  de  Hypotheeken  op  de  Plan- 
ta<gien  gevestigd,  in  zoo  verre  die 
Hypotheeken  in  het  bezit  van  Ne- 
deriandsche  Onderdaneu  zyn ; 
specificeereode  het  bedragen  van  - 
de  schuld  op  Hypotheek,  zoo  als 
die  thans  bestaat,  of  zoo  als  die 
uit  kragte  van  Aitikel  IV  zai 
worden  bepaald. 

Deze  Lysten  zullen  aan  bet 
Britsch  Gouvernement  worden  ter 
hand  gesteld,  en  naar  de  meergem. 
Kolonien  worden  gexonden,  ten 
einde,  met  byvoeging  van  de  Lyst 
der  Nederiandsche  Eigenaren  in 
de  voorsz.  Kolonien  \«onende,  te 
kunnen  dienen  tot  bepaling  van 
het  gantsche  bedrageu  van  de  Ne- 
deriandsche Populatie  en  Eigeii- 
dom  of  interest  in  de  voor&z.  Ko- 
lonien. 

X  L  Zy ne  Majesteit  den  Kouing 
der  Nederlanden,  aauZyne  Grool- 
Britanniscbe  Majesteit  voorgesteld 
hebbeude,  dat  de  Nederiandsche 
KoopHedeu  en  Actie-houders 
(hekend  onder  den  Naam  van  de 
Societeit  van  de  Berbice)  eene 
rechtmatige  aanspraak  hebben  op 
zekere  Plantagien  voormaals  door 
dezelve  in  de  Kolonie  de  Berbice 
aangelegd,  uit  het  bezit  van 
dewelke  zy  door  de  revolutionaire 
Regeriug  in  Holland  gezet  waren, 
en  welke  by  de  laatste  ionanie 
van  de  gem.  Kolonie  door  de 
Wapenen  van  Zyne  Groot-Brt- 
tannische  Majesteit  zyn  aange* 
zien  geworden  als  Gouvernements 
Eigendom,zoo  verbindt  zichZyne 
Groot  Britannische  Majesteit  aaa 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  NETHERLANDS; 


395 


ttttra  of  Dageraad,  Dankbaarheid, 
Johanna,  and  Sand voort,  together 
with  all  the  Negroes  and  stock 
now  actoally  employed  upon  the 
same ;  such  restoration  to  be  iu 
fall  compensation  and  satisfaction 
of  all  Claims  which  the  said  Asso- 
ciation may  have,  or  may  pretend 
to  have,  against  His  Britannic 
Majesty  or  his  Subjects,  on  account 
of  any  property  heretofore  be- 
longing to  them  in  the  Colony  of 
Berbice. 


XII.  All  questions  of  a  private 
nature,  relating  to  such  property 
as  comes  within  the  operation  of 
this  Convention,  shall  be  decided 
by  the  competent  Judicial  Au- 
thority, according  to  the  Laws  in 
force  in  the  said  Colonies. 


XIII.  His  Britannic  Majesty 
engages,  that  the  utmost  fairness 
and  impartiality  shall  be  shewn  in 
all  matters  affecting  the  rights 
and  interests  of  Dutch  Proprie- 
tors. 

XIV.  The  two  High  Contract- 
ing Parties  reserve  to  them- 
selves the  power  of  making  such 
future  modifications  in  the  present 
Convention,  as  experience  may 
point  out  to  be  desirable  for  the 
interest  of  both. 


de  gem.  Societeitvan  de  Berliice, 
binnen  den  tyd  van  zes  Maanden 
na  de  uitBi'sseling  der  Ratificatien 
van  de  tegenswoordige  Conventte, 
te  restitueeren,  de  Plaotagien, 
Dageraad,  Dankbaarheid,  Jo- 
hanna,en  Sandvoort,  metderzelver 
Negers  en  verder  Toebehoren, 
tegenswoordig  op  dezelve  dadelyk 
gebruikt  wordende,  en  zulks  in 
volkomen  vergoeding  en  voldoen- 
ing  van  alle  pretentien,  welke  gem. 
Societeit  zoude  mogen  hebben,  of 
sustineeren  te  hebben,  ten  lusten 
van  Zyne  Oroot-Britanniscbe 
Majesteit  ufte  Hoogstdeszelfs 
Onderdanen,  uit  hoofde  van 
eenigen  Eigeudom  voormaals  aan 
meergem.  Societeit  iu  do  Colonie 
de  Berbice  tuebehoord  hebbende. 

XII.  Alle  questien  die  tusschen 
byzondere  Personen,  betrekkelyk 
de  Eigendoms-Regten,  in  da 
bepaling  van  deze  tegenswoordige 
Conveotie  vallende,  mogteu 
ontstaan,  zuUen  door  den  bevoeg- 
den  Regter  volgens  de  Wetten,  in 
de  voorsz.  Kolonien  in  kracht, 
worden  beslist. 

XIII.  Zyne  Britsche  Majesteit 
neemt  aan,  om,  in  alle  gevallen 
waarin  de  Regten  en  belangens 
van  de  Nederlandsche  Eigenaren 
betrokken  zyn,  met  de  uiterste 
billy kheid  en  onpartydigheid  te 
werk  te  gaan. 

XIV.  De  beide  Hooge  Con- 
tracterende  Partyen  bebouden 
aan  zich  de  magt  om  in  het 
▼ervolg  zoodaoige  modificatien  in 
deze  tegenswoordige  Conventie  te 
maken,  als  de  ondervinding  mogt 
doen  zien  dat  voor  de  belangens 
van  beide  mogten  te  verlangen 
zyn. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


396 


NETHERLANDS  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN. 


XV.  l^astly,  it  is  agreed,  that 
the  provisions  of  this  Conventioa 
shall  be  in  force  from  the  ditte  of 
the  exchange  of  the  Ratifications. 

XV  f.  The  present  Convention 
shall  be  ratified,  and  the  Ratifica- 
tions thereof  shall  be  exchanged 
in  Iiondon,  within  3  weeks  from 
the  date  hereof,  or  sooner,  if  pos- 
sible. 

In  witness  thereof,  the  respec- 
tive Plenipotentiaries  have  signed 
it,  and  affixed  thereunto  the  seal 
of  their  arms. 

Done  at  London,  the  12th  day 
of  August,  in  the  year  of  oar 
Lord,  1815. 

(L.S.)     BATHURST. 


XV.  Eindelyk  wordt  bepaald, 
dat  de  Stipulation  van  deze  Con- 
ventie  van  kragt  zuUen  zyn  van 
den  dag  der  uitwisseling  van  de 
Ratification  van  dien. 

XVI.  De  tegenswoordige  Con- 
ventie  zai  wordeu  geratificeerd, 
en  de  Ratificatien  van  dien 
worden  uitegewisseld  te  London, 
binnen  3  Weeken  na  de  Dag-- 
teekening  derzelve,  of  eerder 
indien  mogelyk. 

Ten  Oirkonde  dezer  hebben  de 
respective  Plenipotentiarissen  deze 
geteekend,  en  met  het  Cachet 
hnnner  Wapens  voorzien. 

Aldus  gedaan  te  London,  den 
12den  Augustas,  inhet  jaar,  1SI5. 

(L.S.)    H.  FAGEU 


CONVENTION  enire  La  Grande  Bretagne  et  les  Pa^»  Bat,  con- 
cemant  la  Navigation  et  le  Commerce  avec  les  Colonies  dee 
Indes  Occidentalesy  Demeraryy  Essequebo  et  Berbiee. — Conclue  a 
Londresy  le  12  Ao^,  1815. 

(As  published  by  tke  NetherUmd  Govemment.] 

An  Noia  de  la  Tite-Sunte  et  Indivisible  Trinity. 
8a  Majeste  le  Roi  des  Pays-Bas  et  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  du  Royaume 
fJni  de  la  Grande  Bretagne  et  de  Tlrlande,  d^irant  ^galement 
affermir  et  contribuer  d  la  bonne  harmonie  et  i  la  bonne  intelligence, 
si  heureusement  etablies  entre  les  2  Pays,  par  la  proropte,  mise  i 
execution  de  cette  partie  des  Stipulations  du  Premier  Article  Addi- 
tionnel  de  la  Convention  du  13  Aout,  1814,  qui  porte  que  les  Sujets 
de  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  des  Pays-Bas,  Propri^taires  Fonciers  dans  les 
Colonies  de  Demerary,  d'Essequebo  et  Berbice,  auront  la  faculty  de 
commercer  (sous  certaines  conditions)  entre  les  susdits  Etablissemenset 
les  Pays  de  Sa  Majeste,  en  Europe:  ont  nomme  pour  leors  Plenipo. 
tentiaires,  savoir:  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  Pays-Bas,  le  Baron  Henri 
Fagel,  Membre  de  POrdre  Equestre  de  la  Province  de  Hollande,  son 
Ambassadeur  Extraordinaire,  et  Pl^nipotentiaire  pr^  Sa  Majeste 
Britannique  ;  et  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  du  Royaume  Uni  de  !a  Grande 
Bretagne  et  d'Jrlande,  le  Oomte  Henry  Bathurst,  Membre  de  son 
Conseil-Prive,  el  un  de  ses   Premiers  Secretaires  d*Etat ;  lesquels* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN  397 

apres  a?oir  echang^  leure  Pleins  PouToirs,  trouves  en  bonne  et  due 
forme,  aont  convenns  des  Articles  suivans   : 

Art.  I.  Ce  commerce  pourra  se  faire  pendant  Peapace  de  5  ann^es, 
i  coramencer  dn  ler  Janvier,  1816,  par  des.NaTires  appartenans  en 
propriety  4  des  Sujets  de  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  Fays-Bas,  sans 
distinction  du  lieu  de  leur  construction,  et  sans  auounc  limitation  ou 
restriction  d  Tegard  des  marins  qui  ies  montent ;  mais  apr^s  respira- 
tion desdits  5  ann^s,  ou  plul6t  si  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  des  Pays-Bas 
Je  troQve  i  propos,  ce  commerce  ne  pourra  avoir  lieo  qu'avec  des 
Na vires  construits  dans  les  Pays-Bas,  et  dont  le  Patron  et  |-  de 
I' Equipage  seront  Sujets  de  Sa  dite  Majeste. 

II.  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  des  Pays-Bas  se  reserve  la  faculte  dYtablir, 
saiif  i  Pimportation  des  produits  desdites  Colonies  dans  ses  Etats 
Eoropeens,  et  vice-vena,  d  Texportation,  tela  droits  quelle  jugera  k 
propos.  Mais  les  droits  per^us  dans  les  Colonies  seront  les  m^mes 
pour  le  commerce  des  Pays«Bas  et  celui  de  la  Grande  Bretagne. 

III.  Les  Sujets  de  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  des  Pays-Bas,  Proprietatres 
dans  les  dites  Colonies,  anront  toute  liberte  de  s'y  rendre  et  d'en  revenir, 
sans  etre  expos^  a  cet  ^ard  d  aucun  retard  ou  difficuUe ;  ils  pourront 
egalement  commettre  telles  personnes  pour  en  leur  nom  faire  leurs 
afiiiires  commerciales,  ou  avoir  soin  de  leurs  proprietes;  lesqnelles 
seront  toutefois,  pendant  leur  s^jour  dans  lesdites  Colonies,  soumises 
aux  Lois  et  Ordonnances  en  vigaear :  ils  jouiront  aussi  dune  enti^re 
liberte  de  disposer  de  leurs  propriet^s  de  telle  mani^re  qu'ils  trouveront 
convenir,  sous  la  reserve  toutefois  qn*d  1  egard  des  N^gres,  ils  seront 
soumis  anx  mimes  Ordonnances  que  les  Sujets  Britanniques. 

IV.  A  fin  de  proteger  les  Proprietaires  de  plantations  dans  les  susdites 
Colooies  contre  les  effets  prdjndiciables  qu'entrainerait  pour  enx 
Texecution  immediate  des  hypoth^ues  dfies  d  des  Sujets  de  Sa 
Majesty  le  Roi  des  Pays«Bas,  il  est  convenu  en  outre  que  dans  tons 
les  cas  ou  le  Proprietaire  d'une  plantation  offrira  au  Cr^ncier,  dont 
Phypotheque  est  anterieure  au  ler  Janvier,  1814,  (ce  Cr^ancier  etant 
Sujet  de  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  des  Pays-Bas),  la  sArete  specific  ci-apr^, 
ce  Cr^ncier  n'aura  pas  la  faculte  de  proceder  d  Tex^cution  immediate 
ou  sommaire  de  ladite  hypotb^ne ;  bien  entendu  cependant  que  daus 
tons  les  cas  od  une  pareille  sfirete  ne  sera  pas  offerte  par  le  Proprietaire^ 
le  Cr^ancier  conservera  tons  les  droits  d  execution  qu^il  poss^e  en  ce 
moment. 

La  silkrete  dont  il  s'agit  doit  effectuer,  que  le  Creancier  hypotli^- 
caire  re9oive,  aux  frais  du  proprietaire  de  la  plantation,  une  nouvelle 
bypoth^ue  pour  la  totality  de  la  dette  actuelle,  coroprenant  la  partie 
de  la  dette  primitive  qui  ne  se  trouve  pas  encore  acquitt^e  aujourd'bui, 
ensemble  avec  les  interlts  qui  se  sont  accumules  jusqu'au  31  De- 
cembre,  1814;  que  cette  s6ret^  r^ervera  au  Creancier  cette  priority  sur 
d  aotres  Cr^anciere,  bypotbecaires  ou  non,  d  laquelle  il  a  eu  droit  par 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


398  NETHERLANDS  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

SOD  hypoth^que  primitive  ;  qa*elle  portera  un  iDter^t  annuel,  a  partir 
du  ler  Janvier,  1815,  calcule  au  m^me  taux,  et  payable  de  la  meme 
mani^re  que  celui  qui  etait  du  pour  la  Creance  primitive,  et  que  le 
capital  de  la  nouvelle  delte  devra  ^tre  acquitte  en  8  termes  annuels, 
dont  le  premier  sera  payable  le  ler  Janvier,  1820.  La  nouvelle 
surety  doit  procurer  a ussi  au  Creancier  hypothecaire,  tons  les  moyens  de 
reparation  legale,  dans  le  cas  de  non-paiement  de  Tinteret  ou  du  retard 
pour  le  paiement  du  Capital,  ainsi  que  tous  les  autres  privileges  et 
avautages  auxquels  il  aurait  droit  sous  son  hypoth^que  actuelle ;  et 
doit  le  placer,  relativement  a  la  dette  pour  laquelle  la  nouvelle  surety 
est  donnee,  dans  la  mfime  situation  qu'il  avait  a  I'eKard  de  sa  Creance 
primitive  sur  la  plantation,  a  Texception  seulement  de  ce  qui  se  rapporte 
4  r^poque  ou  le  paiement  pent  6tre  exige ;  de  ru90D  qu'aucuu 
Creancier  posterleur  ne  puisse  acquerir,  par  le  present  arrangement, 
aucun  droit  prejudiciable  aux  interets  du  Creancier  priinitif,  et  que, 
sans  le  cousentement  special  de  ce  dernier,  aucune  surseance  ulterieure 
ue  puisse  avoir  lieu. 

11  est  en  outre  convenu  que,  pour  que  le  Creancier  soit  en  drori 
de  recevoir  la  86rete  stipul^e  au  present  Article,  il  devra,  aossitdt 
quelle  aura^te  enregisiree  dans  la  Colonie,  et  remise,  soit  au  Creancier 
lui-m^me,  soit  i  son  Agent  Colonial  (les  frais  d'enregistremeut  restant 
d  la  charge  du  Proprietaire,)  se  desaisir,  afin  d'etre  rayee  et  eteinte  de 
toutes  hypoth^ues  et  obligations  qui  lui  ont  ete  primitivement 
accordees,  ou  produire  une  preuve  legale  que  ces  hypolb^ues  et 
obligations  ont  ele  diiment  rayees,  et  ne  sont  plus  d'aucuue  valeur. 

Enfin^  il  est  expressement  convenu  que  sauC  la  modification 
specifiee  dans  cet  Article,  les  droits  des  Creanciers  bypothecairps 
resteront  intacts. 

V.  Tous  Propri^taires  des  Pays-Bas,  reconnus  comme  tels  par  la 
presente  Convention,  ponrront  se  pourvoirdans  le  Pays  de  tousobjets 
necessaires  i  leurs  plantations,  et  exporter  en  retour  pour  le  meme  Pays, 
les  produits  desdites  plantations ;  mais  toute  introduction  d'autres objets 
venant  des  Pays-Bas  dans  les  Colonies,  ainsi  que  lexportation  des- 
dites Colonies  pour  les  Pays-Bas  d'autres  produits,  sera  sev^remeat 
defendue.  11  est  entendu  de  plus  qu  aucun  objet  quelconque,  dont 
lexportation  des  Etats  Britanniques  pour  les  Colonies  est  defendue, 
puisse  y  etre  importe  par  les  Sujets  de  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  Pays- 
Bas. 

VI.  Sontconsidei^s  comme  Propri^tairas  des  Pays* Bas, — tousSujets 
4)oi  r^sidentdans  les  Etats  de  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  Pays-Bas  en  Europe, 
et  sont  en  ce  moment  Proprietaires  Fonciers  dans  les  Colonies,— tous 
les  Sujets  de  Sadite  Majesty  qui  par  la  suite  deviendraient  possesseurs 
de  plantations  appartenant  actueliement  aux  Sujets'  dn  meme 
Souverain, — tous  proprietaires  Fonciers  n^s  dfCns  les  Pays-Bas, 
-domicilies  ucluellement  dans  les  Colonies,  qui  en.vertu   de  TArticle 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN.  399 

Vm  de  la  pr^sente  CoDvention  declareroiit  vouloir  continuer  d'etre 
coDsid^r^s  comme  Sujcts  des  Pays-Bas,  et,  finale  men  t,-*-tou8  Sujets  de 
Sadite  Majeste,  Ci^anciers  Ijypoth^caires  de  plantation  dans  les  sus- 
ditea  Colonies,  dont  la  Cr^auce  est  ant^rieure  d  la  date  de  la  pr^sente 
Convention,  et  qui  eu  suite  duconleuu  de  leur  acte  de  Creance  (sous 
la  reserve  meutioun^e  en  I'ArticIe  IX,)  out  le  droit  d'exporter  les 
produits  de  ces  plantations  pour  les  Fays-Bas. 

VII.  Dans  tous  les  cas  oii  le  droit  de  pourvoir  la  plantation 
greveed'hypoth^Cjues  desobjets  necessaires,  et  celui  den  exporter  les 
produits  dans  les  Pays-Bas,  n'est  pas  expressement  consent!  au 
Cr^ancier,  il  ne  pourra  en  exporter  qu  une  quantite  suffisante  (d'apr^ 
le  prix  de  la  Colonie)  au  paiement  des  inter^ts,  ou  principal  qui  est 
d6  annaellement,  ni  importer  des  objets  de  necessite  dans  la  Colonie 
que  dans  la  m^me  proportion. 

VI II.  Tous  Propri^taires,  Sujets  de  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  Pays- 
Bas,  residant  actuellement  dans  ces  Colonies,  seronttenus,  afin  d'avoir 
droit  aux  benefices  de  la  presente  Convention,  de  declarer  dans  les 
3  mois  de  sa  publication  dans  lesditea  Colonies,  s'ils  desirent  ^tre 
consider^s  dans  la  suite  comme  tels. 

IX.  Dans  tons  les  cas  od  des  Sujets  des  Pays-Bas  et  de  la  Grande 
Bretague  auraient  respectiveinent  des  creances  hypothecaires  sur  uue 
m^me  plantation  dans  lesdites  Colonies,  les  quantit^s  de  productions 
a  assigner  aux  difitrens  Creanciers,  seront  en  raison  de  ce  qui  est  dii 
respectivement  k  chacun  d*eux. 

X.  Afin  de  maintenir  et  de  niettre  plus  facilement  k  execution  les 
Clauses  de  la  pr^seute  Convention,  il  est  stipule,  qu'il  sera  dresse 
annuellernent  par  Ordre  de  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  Pays-Bas,  des 
Hstes  detaillees  ct  exactes,  contenant  le  nom  et  la  demeure  des  Pro- 
prietaires  r^sidant  dans  les  Pays-Bas,  ainsi  que  les  noms  et  la 
description  des  plantations  qui  leur  appartiennent,  avec  indication  si 
c'est  une  plantation  en  sucre  ou  en  autre  produit,  et  si  les  premiers 
sont  Propri^taires  de  tout  ou  partie  de  la  plantation. 

II  sera  egalement dresse  des  etats  des  hypoth^ues  affectees  sur  les 
plantations,  pour  autant  qu'elles  appartiennent  d  des  Sujets  des  Pays- 
Bas,  en  indiquant  le  montant  de  la  dette  ou  de  Thypotheque  telle 
qu'elle  existe  actuellement,  ou  quelle  sera  fixee  en  vertu  de 
PArticJe  IV.  ^ 

Ces  etats  seront  remis  au  Gouvernement  Britannique  et  envoyes 
anxdites  Colonies,  afin  de  ser?ir,  ensemble  avec  la  liste  des  Pro- 
prietaires  des  Pays-Bas  domicili^s  dans  ces  Colonies,  d  fixer  la  totalite 
de  la  Population,  des  propri^tes  ou  inter^ts  des  Pays-Bas  dans  la 
Colonie. 

XL  8a  Majeste  le  Roi  des  Pays-Bas,  ay  ant  exposd  a  Sa  Majesty 
Britannique,  que  les  Negocians  et  Creanciers  hypothecaires,  (connus 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


400  NETHERLANDS   AND    GREAT  BRITAIN. 

sous  le  noin  de  la  Societe  Berbice),  ont  des  reclamations  foudees  gar 
certaines  plantations  par  eux  prec^demment  etablies  dans  la  Colonie 
de  Berbice,  dont  ils  ont  ete  depossedes  par  le  Gouvernement  Revolu- 
tionnaire  en  Hollande,  et  qui  lors  de  la  demi^re  piise  de  cette  Colonie 
paries  ArmesdeSa  Majesty  Britannique^.ont  ete  considdres  comme 
propri^tes  da  Gouvernement :  Sadite  M ajeste  Britannique  s'engage  a 
restituer  dans  les  6  mois  apres  I'echange  des  RatiBcations  de  la 
pr^ente  Convention,  les  plantations  Dageraad,  Dankbaarheid, 
Johanna  et  Sandvoort,  avec  les  N^gres  et  d^pendances  actuellemeut 
k  son  usage,  et  ce  pour  ehti^re  compensation  et  satisfaction  de  toutes 
pretentions,  que  ladite  Society  pourrait  avoir  k  faire  valoir  k  charge  de 
Sa  Majeste  Britannique  ou  de  ses  Sujets,  du  chefde  quelque  propriete 
qui  ait  appartenu  anterieurement  i  ladite  Societe  dans  la  Colonie  de 
Berbice. 

XII.  Tous  les  difT^&rens  qui  pourraient s  elever  entre  particuliers  au 
Bujet  des  droits  de  propri^t^,  qui  enti-eot  dans  les  Stipulations  de 
cette  Convention,  seront  decides  par  le  Juge  competent,  daprfes  les 
Ix>is  en  vigueur  dans  la  Colonie. 

XIII.  Sa  Majeste  Britannique  s'engage  de  mettre  la  plus  scru- 
puleuse  equite  et  impartiality  dans  tous  les  cas  ou  les  droits  et  Imterfit 
des  Sujets  des  Pays-Bas  seraient  compromis. 

XIV.  Les  Hautes  Parties  Contractantes  se  reservent  le  pouvoir  de 
faire  par  la  suite,  dans  la  presente  Convention,  telles  modifications  que 
Texperience  ferait  connattre  utiles  aux  inter^ts  de  toutes  deux. 

XV.  Enfin,  finalement,  il  est  convenu  que  les  Clauses  de  la 
presente  Convention  auront  force  du  jour  de  I'echange  des  Rati- 
fications. 

XVI.  La  presente  Convention  sera  ratifiee,  et  les  Ratifications  en 
aeront  echangees  d  Londres,  dans  les  3  semaines  de  sa  date,  ou 
plutot  si  faire  se  pent. 

£n  foi  de  quoi,  les  Pl^nipotentiaires  respectifs  out  sigue  le  present 
et  muni  du  Sceau  de  leurs  Armes. 

Fait  d  Londres,  le  12  Aoiit*  de  Tan  de  Grace,  1815. 

(US.)  H.  FAG  EL. 

(L.S.)  BATHURST. 


[La  presente  Convention  a  ete  ratifiee  le2^Aoi!^t,  1815,  par  Sa 
Majesty  le  Roi  des  Pays-Bas,  et  le  28  Septembre  suivani  par  Sa 
Majeste  le  Roi  de  la  Grande  Bretagne ;  et  les  Ratificaiious  en  ont 
ete  echangees  d  Londres,  le  3  Octobre,  1815.] 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS^  40l 

TREATIES  between  The  UnUed  States  and  various  Nations 
and  Tribes  of  Indians.— 1795^1B16.* 

No.  P^l« 

|.  IkSAiT.    W^amd&i,  Deimtmre,  8ka^ 

JUver,     Wmj    KiekapcSf 

Pumtmkotp,  and  KmtkM*  1795. 

kUTnhm  .^  Oraanilk, 3d  Aqgmt    409 

f.TkBATT.    Ddawwrnf  Sknpmtt^  Pt^» 

imemimtt,  Mmmi,  KUi" 

^pQ9,   Bel  Mther,    WtM^ 

Piamkethaw,  and  KtukoB-  ISOa. 

kUTrhn ForCWayiie, IthJvne.    409 

a.  Tmatt.    JEEe/      jRtMT,      Vry«ui9#, 

Piamiethaw,     KtuktukiOf 

and  JTteii^pQp  Tribes  ....   ViBcenMB 7tli  Avgoft.    411 

1804. 
4.  TsBATT.    fi^neand/hrTUbM......   St  Ixmps». 3d Noreubar.    4U 

pewa,  Mmaee,  Deimpare, 

SkMwm^,  and  PaHmffo^  1805. 

iteM Illations Favt Indoftrjr, 4^Jvly.    416 

£,  TmsAvr.  Delaware,  Patiawatima, 
Miami,  Sel  lUver,  and 
VTm  Tribes    Gtonseland, 21st  August    41S 

7.  Trsatt.    eSboe/av  Natkm     •   Monnt  Daiter,  .  •  16th  Norembar.    420 

8.  TiBATT.    OUmoa,  Chtpptwa,  Wffmu 

dot,     and     PatiawaHma  1807. 

Nations Detroit, 17tii  Novembar.    423 

$.  Tebatt.    Chippewa,  Ottawa,  Patta^ 

watima,     Wyandot,    and  1808. 

Skawaaee  Nations Brownstowni. .  ..^  25th  Norambar.    425 

10.  TnsATT.    Delaware,    Pattawatima, 

Miami,    and   Sel    Jltoer  18019. 

Tribea Fort  Wayne,*. ...  30th  September.    427 

11.  CunvBiiTioir.  Wea  TObe yincennasH •  ^^ ••••  26th October.    430 

12.  TksATT.   KieJkofoa  'Gibe jHh  JDMamber.    431 

13.  T^^Aaw^    Wtfomdot,  Delaware,  Skom 

wanee,Setteea,  and  Miami  ^814. 

Nations   ..^ Green:dlle».. ....  .•..^•22d  Jnly.    432 

14.  TasATT.    Creei  Nation Fort  Jackson, 0th  Angnst.    434 

.    1815. 

15.  IVkatt.   PattawoHmaTdh^     ....   Portage  das  SImiZm  ••  -  IStiiJiilr.  43i7 

16.  TasATT.    PimtkeekawTtSbe  Portage  des  S&ovz,. .. .  18th  Jnly.  439 

17.  TazATT.    JMmTnbe    Portsge  des  Siou,....  19th  July.  440 

18.  TaaATT.    Biotm  qf  tke  LaieeTnba    Portage  das  Siou,....  19ti&  July.  442 
i9.  TaaATT.   JSiauM  ^  St.  Peter  lUoer 

Tribe   Portage  des  Sionz,. ..  •  19thJnlj.    443 

*  See  Supplementary  Collection,  in  this  Voloma. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


402 


CNITEO  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 


No. 

. 

20.  TmMATT. 

21.  TttATT. 

22.  TUATT. 

Tmmetm  Tribe 

MmJkmtTnbe   

KidtapooTnbe    

23.  TkBATT. 

Wfamdoi,  JMUopare^  Se- 

WtCtLf    oMHMRMf    JsUDRIf 

CTyfWW,     0»MM,    and 

PtitmptiimmTrhn  .... 

24.  Tbxatt. 

OMfe  Tribe 

25.   TkBATT. 

8me  ^    the   Mimmri 

JItMrTrfte 

96.   XMJtATT. 

Jb*  Tribe  

27.  Tkbatt. 

28.  T&BATY. 

/ovoy  Tribe    

jr«ur«t  Tribe 

29.  TmsATT. 

CSbcr«Aee  Nation 

30.  CoNTSMTiON.    CAcToi^M  Nation. .. . 

31.  Tkkatt. 

Sec  0/  Bock  IZtiwrTribes 

32.   TMtATT. 

SSmur  qftkeLHf,<^ih€ 

Bnad  Leqf,    amd  qf  the 

Pine  Tope  Tribes   

33.  Tesatt. 

ff^llUI6v0^O    JLnOe.  .  •  .  .  .  .  . 

34.   TUATT. 

ir<4i  and  Xieihqpoo  Tribes. 

35.  Ta»ATT. 

Ottawa,    Ck^fipewa,    and 

Pa//ciMi/tfNa Tribes  .... 

36.  TMtATT. 

Ckiekaeaw  Nation 

37.  Trbatt. 

Chert^ee  Nation 

38.  Trbatt.    doe/oM?  Nation 


1815.  Pi^ 
Portage  des  Konz,. ...  19tb  Jolj.  445 
Portage  des  Siovx,. .. .  20th  July.  447 
Portage  des  Sions,  2d  September.    448 


Spring  Wells,  ....  8th  September.  450 

Portage  des  Bioiiz,  12tfa  Sq>tember.  453 

Portage  des  Sionx,  13th  September.  454 

Portage  des  Sioox,  14th  September.  456 

Portage  des  Sioux,  IG^  September.  458 

St  Louis, 28tii  October.  459 

1816. 

Washington 22d  Mareh.  461 

Washington, 22d.Maicfa.  462 

St.  Lonis, 13th  May.  465 


St.  Lotos, 1st  June.  467 

St.  Lonis, 3rd  Jane.  469 

FortHairisott,    4tliJuie.  471 

St.  Louis, 24th  August.  473 

Chicka8awCouncilHouse,20thSept  475 

Turkey  Town, 4th  October.  478 

Choctaw  Trading  House,  24th  Oct  481 


(\.)^TREATY  between  The  United  States  and  the  Wyandot,  Dekt^ 
tcare,  Sfc.  Indians, — Sigtied  at  Greenrntte^  3d  August,  17d5. 

Treaty  of  Peace  between   the   United  States  of  America,    and  ike 
Tribes  of  Indians  called  the  Wyandots,  Deiawares,  Shawanees,  Oiia" 
was,  Chippewas,  Pattawatimas,  Miamis,  Eel  Rivers,  JVeas,  Kick" 
apoos,  Piankeshaws,  and  Kaskaskias. 
To  put  an  end  to  a  destructive  War,  to  settle  all  ControTersies, 
aad  to  restore  Harmony  and  Friendly  Intercourse  between  the  said 
United  States  and  Indian  Tribes,  Anthony  Wayne,  Major  Creneral 
commanding  the  Army  of  The  United  States,  and  sole  CommissioDer 
for  the  good  purposes  above-mentioned,  and  the  said  Tribes  of  Indians 
by  their  Sachems,  Chiefs,  and  Warriors,  met  together  at  Greenville, 
the  Head-quarters  of  the  said  Army,  have  agreed  on  the  following  Ar- 
ticles, which,  when  ratified  by  the  President,  with  the  advice  and  eon- 
sent  of  the  Senate  of  The  United  States,  shall  be  binding  on  them  and 
the  said  Indian  Tribes. 

Art.  L  Henceforth  all  hostilities  shall  cease;  Peace  is  hereby 
established,  and  shall  be  perpetual ;  and  a  friendly  intercourse  shaH 
take  place  between  the  said  United  States  and  Indian  Tribes. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  403 

'II.  All  Prisoners  shall,  on  both  sides,  be  restored.  The  Indians, 
Prisoners  to  The  United  States,  shall  be  immediately  set  at  liberty^ 
The  People  of  The  United  States,  still  remaiDing  Prisoners  among  the 
Indians,  shall  be  delivered  up  in  90  days  from  the  date  hereof,  to  the 
General  or  Commanding  Officer  at  Greenville,  Foit  Wayne,  or  Fort 
Defiance;  and  lO  Chiefs  of  the  said  Tribes  shaH  remain  at  Green* 
ville  as  Hostages,  until  the  delivery  of  (he  Prisoners  shail  be  effected. 

III.  The  general  boundary  line  between  the  lands  of  The  United 
States  and  the  lands  of  the  said  Indian  Tribes,  shall  begin  at  the 
■lonth  of  the  Cayahoga  River,  and  run  thence  up  the  same  to  the 
portage,  between  that  and  the  Tuskarawas  branch  of  the  Muskingnm, 
thence  down  that  branch  to  the  crossing  place  above  Fort  Lawrence, 
thence  westerly  to  a  fork  of  that  branch  of  the  great  Miami  River,  run- 
ning into  the  Ohio,  at  or  near  which  fork  stood  Loromie's  Store^  and 
where  commences  the  portage  between  the  Miami  of  the  Ohio,  and  St* 
Mary's  River,  which  is  a  branch  of  the  Miami  which  runs  into  Lalce 
Erie ;  thence  a  westerly  course  to  Port  Recovery,  which  stands  on  a 
branch  of  the  Wabash ;  then  southwesterly  in  a  direct  line  to  the 
Ohio,  so  as  to  intersect  that  River,  opposite  the  month  of  Kentuoke  or 
Gttttawa  River.  And  in  consideration  of  the  Peace  now  established  ; 
of  the  goods  formerly  received  from  The  United  Stieites ;  of  those  now 
to  be  delivered  ;  and  of  the  yearly  delivery  of  goods  now' stipulated  to 
be  made  hereafter ;  and  to  indemnify  The  United  States  for  the  inju- 
ries and  expenses  they  have  sustained  during  the  War,  the  said  Indian 
Tribes  do  hereby  cede  and  relinquish  for  ever,  all  their  Claims  to  the 
Laikb  lying  eastwardly  and  southwardly  of  the  general  boundary  line 
now  described;  and  these  lauds,  or  any  part  ef  them,  shall  never 
hereafter  be  made  a  cause  6r  pretence,  on  the  part  of  the  said  Tribes,' 
or  any  of  them,  of  wai*  or  injury  to  The  United  States,  or  any  of  the 
People  thereof. 

And  for  the  same  considerations,  and  as  an  evidence  of  the  return- 
ing friendship  of  theaaid  Indian  Tribes,  of  their  confidence  in  The 
United  States,  and  a  desire  to  provide  for  their  accommodation,  and  for 
that  convenient  intercourse  which  will  be  beneficial  to  both  parties, 
the  said  Indian  Tribes  do  also  cede  to  The  United  States  the  following 
pieces  of  Land,  to  wit: 

I.  One  piece  of  Land  6  miJes  square,  at  or  near  Loromie^s  Storey 
before  mentioned. 

3.  One  piece  2  miles  square,  at  the  head  of  the  navigable  water  or 
landing,  on  the  St.  Mary's  River,  near  Girty  s  Town. 

3.  One  piece  6  miles  square,  at  the  head  of  the  navigable  water  of 
the  Auglaize  River. 

4.  One  piece  6  miles  square,  at  the  confluence  of  the  Auglaize  aa4 
Miami  RiTen^  where  Fort  Defiance  now  stands. 

2D  2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


404  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

6.  One  piece  6  miles  sqnare,  at  or  near  the  confluence  of  tberircn 
St.  Mary's  ami  SL  Joseph's,  where  Fort  Wayne  now  stands,  or  near  it 

6.  One  piece  3  miles  sqnare^  on  the  Wabash  River,  at  the  end  of  the 
portage  from  the  Miami  of  the  Lake,  and  about  6  miles  westward  froa 
Fort  Wayne. 

7.  One  piece  6  miles  square,  at  the  Ooatanon,  oi'  old  Wea  TenvM^ 
on  the  Wabash  Rifar. 

8.  One  pie^e  12  miles  square,  at  the  British  Fort  on  the  Miami  of 
die  Lake,  at  the  foot  of  the  Rapids. 

9.  One  piece  6  miles  square,  at  the  mouth  of  the  said  River,  *heie 
it  empties  into  the  Lake. 

10.  One  piece  6  miles  square,  upon  Sandusky  Lake,  where  a  Fort 
formerly  stood. 

11.  One  piece  2  miles  square,  at  the  Lower  Rapids  of  Sandusky 
River* 

12.  The  Post  of  Detroit,  and  all  the  land  to  the  north,  the  wesi, 
and  the  south  of  it,  of  which  the  Indian  title  has  been  extinguished  by 
gifts  or  grants  to  the  French  or  English  Governments:  and  so  mudi 
More  land  to  be  annexed  to  the  district  of  Detroit,  as  shall  be  coon* 
prehended  between  the  River  Rosine,  on  the  south.  Lake  8t.  Glair  oa 
the  north,  and  a  line,  the  general  course  whereof  shall  be  6  miles 
^tant  from  the  west  end  of  Lake  Erie  and  Detroit  River. 

I3«  The  Post  of  Michilimackinac,  and  all  the  land  on  the  Island 
on  which  that  post  stands,  and  the  main  land  adjacent,  of  which  ihm 
Indian  title  has  been  extinguished  by  giAs  or  grants  to  the  French  or 
English  Governments;  and  a  piece  of  land  on  the  main  to  the  north 
of  the  Island,  to  measure  6  miles,  on  Lake  Huron,  or  the  Strait  betweea 
Lakes  Hikron  and  Michigan,  and  to  extend  3  miles  back  from  the  water 
of  the  Lake  or  Strait;  and  also,  the  Island  De  Bois  Blanc«  being  an 
extra  and  voluntary  gift  of  the  Chippewa  Nation. 

14.  One  piece  of  land  6  miles  square,  at  the  mouth  of  Chikago 
River,  emptying  into  the  south-west  end  of  Lake  Michigan,  where  m 
Port  formerly  stood* 

1^.  One  piece  1^  miles  square,  at  or  near  the  month  of  the  Illinois 
Riper,  emptying  into  the  MississlppL 

16.  One  piece  6  miles  square,  at  the  old  Piorias  Fort  and  l^llngc^ 
Dsar  the  south  end  of  Hie  Illinois  Lake,  on  said  Illinois  River. 

And  whenever  The  United  States  shall  think  proper  to  survey  and 
mark  the  boondaries  of  the  lands  hereby  ceded  to  them,  they  shiJI 
give  timely  notice  thereof  to  the  said  tribes  of  Indians,  that  they  may 
8i(^nt  some  of  their  wise  Chiefs  to  attend  and  see  that  the  lines  are 
run  according  to  the  terms  of  this  Treaty. 

And  the  said  Indian  Tribes  will  allow  to  the  people  of  TheUnitad 
States  a  free  passage  by  land  and  by  water,  as  one  and  the  odier  ahaH 
he  found  convenient,  throngh  their  Country,  along  the  chain  of  poats 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  I9TATES  AND  INDIANa  405 

berdnbefbre  meotioned ;  that  is  to  say,  from  the  commenceBent  of  ib» 
portage  afcwesaid^  at  or  Dear  Lorimie  s  Store,  thence  along  said  portage 
to  the  said  Mary's  RWer,  and  down  the  same  to  Fort  Wayne,  and  then 
down  the  Miami  to  Lake  Erie ;  again,  from  the  commencement  of  the 
portage  at  or  near  Lorimie's  Store  along  the  portage,  from  thence  to 
the  River  Anglaize,  and  down  the  same  to  its  jonction  with  the  Miami 
at  Fort  Defiance;  again,  from  the  commencement  of  the  portage 
aforesaid,  to  Sandusky  River,  and  down  the  same  to  Saadosky  Bay 
and  Lake  Erie,  and  from  Sandosky  to  the  post  which  shall  be  taken 
at  or  near  the  foot  of  the  Rapids  of  the  Miami  of  the  Lake;  and  from 
thence  to  Detroit.  Again,  from  the  mouth  of  Chikago  to  the  com- 
mencement of  the  portage  between  that  River  and  the  Illinois,  and 
down  the  Illinois  River  to  the  Mississippi ;  also,  from  Fort  Wayne, 
along  the  portage  aforesaid  which  leads  Ko  the  Wabash,  and  then  down 
the  Wabash  to  the  Ohio.  And  the  said  Indian  tribes  will  also  allow 
lo  the  people  of  The  United  States  the  free  use  of  the  Harbours  and 
mouths  of  Rivers  along  the  Lakes  adjoining  the  Indian  Lands,  for 
sheltering  Vessels  and  Boats,  and  liberty  to  land  their  cargoes  where 
necessary  for  their  safety. 

IV.  In  consideration  of  the  Peace  now  established,  and  of  the  ces- 
sions and  relinquishments  of  lands  made  in  the  preceding  Article  by 
the  said  tribes  of  Indians,  and  to  manifest  the  liberality  of  The  United 
States  as  the  great  means  of  rendering  this  peace  strong  and  perpetual. 
The  United  States  relinquish  their  claims  to  all  other  Indian  Lands^ 
northward  of  the  River  Ohio,  eastward  of  the  Mississippi,  and  westward 
and  southward  of  the  Great  Lakes  and  the  waters  uniting  them,  accord- 
ing  to  the  boundary  line  agreed  on  by  The  United  States  and  the 
King  of  Great  Britain,  In  the  Treaty  of  Peace  made  between  them  in 
the  year  1783.* 

But  from  this  relinquishment  by  The  United  States,  the  following 
tracts  of  land  are  explicitly  eicepted. 

1st.  The  tract  of  150,000  acres  near  the  Rap.ds  of  the  River  Ohio, 
which  has  been  assigned  to  General  Clark,  for  the  use  of  himself  and 
his  warriors. 

dd.  The  Post  of  St.  Vincennes,  on  the  River  Wabash,  and  the  Lands 
adjacent  of  which  the  Indian  title  has  been  extinguished. 

3d.  The  Lands  at  all  other  places  in  possession  of  the  French  Peo* 
pie  and  other  white  Settlers  among  them,  of  which  the  Indian  title 
has  been  extinguished,  as  mentioned  in  the  Hid  Article.- 

4th.  The  Post  of  Fort  Massac  towards  the  mouth  of  the  Ohio. 

To  which  several  parcels  of  land  so  excepted,  the  said  Tribes 

r^nqoisb  all  the  title  and  claim  which  they  or  any  of  them  may  have. 

And-lbr  the  same  qonsiderations  and  with  the  same  views  as  above 

mentioned.  The  United  States  now  deliver  to  the  said  Indian  Tribes  a 

qnanli^  of  goods  to  the  value  of  20,000  dollars,  the  receipt  whereof 

•  Deinilifs  Xrsatj.    Paris,  3d  September,  1783.    i«t.  2. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


406  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS'. 

they  do  hereby  acknowledge  ;  and  henceforward,  every  year,  for  ever, 
The  United  States  will  deliver,  at  some  convenient  place  northward  of 
the  River  Ohio,  like  useful  goods,  suited  to  the  circumstances  of  the 
Indians,  of  the  value  of  9,500  dollars;  reckoning  that  value  at  (he 
first  cost  of  the  goods  in  the  City  or  Place  in  The  United  States  where 
they  shall  be  procured.  The  Tribes  to  which  those  goods  are  to  be 
annually  delivered,  and  the  proportions  in  which  they  are  to  be 
delivered,  are  the  following : 

Ist.    To  the  Wyandots,  the  amount  of  1,000  dollars. 

^nd.  To  the  Delawares,  the  amount  of  1,000. 

3rd.  To  the  Shawanees,  the  amount   of  1,000. 

4th.  To  the  Miamis,     the    amount  of  1,000. 

5th.  To  the  Ottawas,   the  amount   of  1,000. 

6th.  To  the  Chippewas,  the  amount  of  1,000. 

7th.  To  the  Pattawatimas,  the  amount  of  1,000. 

6th.  And  to  the  Kickapoo,  Wea,  Eel  River,  Piankeshaw^  and 
Kaskaskia  Tribes,  the  amount  of  500  dollars  each. 

Provided,  that  if  either  of  tlie  said  Tribes  shall  hereafter,  at  an 
annual  delivery  of  their  share  of  the  goods  aforesaid,  desire  that  a 
part  of  their  annuity  should  be  furnished  in  domestic  animals,  imi>!e- 
ments  of  husbandry,  and  other  utensils  convenient  for  them,  and  io 
compensation  to  useful  Artificers  who  may  reside  with  or  near  them, 
and  be  employed  for  their  beneftt,  the  same  shaU,  at  the  suhseqnent 
annual  deliveries,  be  furnished  accordingly. 

'  V.  To  prevent  any  misunderstanding  about  the  Indian  laodf 
relinquished  by  The  United  States  in  the  IVth  Article^  it  is  now 
explicitly  declared,  that  the  meaning  of  that  relinquishment  is  this: 
the  Indian  Tribes  who  have  a  right  to  those  lands,  are  quietly  to 
enjoy  them,  hunting,  planting,  and  dwelling  thereon,  so  long  as  they 
please,  without  any  molestation  from  The  United  States ;  but  when 
those  Tribes,  or  any  of  them,  shall  be  disposed  to  sell  their  lands,  or 
any  part  of  them,  they  are  to  be  sold  only  to  The  United  States;  and 
until  such  sale.  The  United  States  will  protect  all  the  said  Indian 
Tribes  in  the  quiet  enjoyment  of  their  lands,  against  all  Citizens  of 
The  United  States,  and  against  all  other  White  Persons  who  intrude 
upon  the  same.  And  the  said  Indian  Tribes  again  acknowledge 
themselves  to  be  under  the  protection  of  the  said  United  States,  and 
DO  other  Power  whatever. 

VI.  If  any  Citizen  of  The  United  States,  or  any  other  White 
Person  or  Persons  shall  presume  to  settle  upon  the  lands  now  relin- 
quished by  The  United  States,  such  Citizen  or  other  Person  shall  be 
out  of  the  protection  of  The  United  States;  and  the  Indian  Tribe,  on 
whose  land  the  settlement  shall  be  made,  may  drive  off  the  Settler,  or 
punish  him  in  such  manner  as  they  shall  think  fit ;  and  because  such 
settlements,  made  without  the  consent  of  The  United  States,  will  be 
injurious  to-ihenvas  well  as  to  the  lndians>  The  United  States  shall  be 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  407 

Et  liberty  to  break  them  op,  and  remove  and  punish  the  Settlers  as  they 
shall  think  proper,  and  so  effect  that  protection  of  the  Indian  lands 
herein  before  stipulated. 

YII.  The  said  Tribes  of  Indians,  Parties  to  this  Treaty,  shall  be  at 
liberty  to  hnnt  within  the  Territory  and  Lands  which  they  have  now 
ceded  to  The  United  States,  without  hindrance  or  molestation,  so  long 
as  they  demean  themselves  peaceably,  and  offer  no  injury  to  the 
People  of  The  United  States. 

VIII.  Trade  shall  be  opened  with  the  said  Indian  Tribes;  and 
they  do  hereby  respectively  engage  to  afford  protection  to  such 
Persons,  with  their  property,  as  shall  be  duly  licensed  to  reside  among 
them  for  the  purpose  of  trade;  and  to  their  Agents  and  Servants ;  but 
BO  Person  shall  be  permitted  to  reside  at  any  of  their  Towns  or  hunting 
camps,  as  a  Trader,  who  is  not  furnished  with  a  License  for  that  purpose, 
under  the  hand  and  seal  of  the  Superintendent  of  the  Department 
northwest  of  the  Ohio,  or  such  other  Person  as  the  President  of  The 
United  States  shall  authorize  to  grant  such  Licenses;  to  the  end,  that 
the  said  Indians  may  not  be  imposed  on  in  their  tiade.*  And  if  any 
Licensed  Trader  shall  abuse  his  privilege  by  unfair  dealing,  upoit 
complaint  and  proof  thereof,  his  License  shall  be  taken  from  him,  and 
he  shall  be  further  punished  according  to  the  Laws  of  The  United 
States.  And  if  any  Person  shall  intrude  himself  as  a  Trader,  without 
sach  license,  the  said  Indians  shall  take  and  bring  him  before  the  Super- 
intendent, or  his  Deputy,  to  be  dealt  with  according  to  Law.  And  to 
prevent  impositions  by  forged  Licenses,  the  said  Indians  shall  at  least 
once  a  year,  give  information  to  the  Superintendent,  or  his  Deputies, 
of  tke  names  of  the  Traders  residing  among  them. 

IX.  Lest  the  firm  peace  and  friendship  now  established,  should  be 
interrupted  by  the  misconduct  of  Individuals,  The  United  States,  and 
the  said  Indian  Tribes  agree,  that  for  injuries  done  by  Individuals  on 
either  side,  no  private  revenge  or  retaliation  shall  take  place ;  but 
Instead  thereof,  complaint  shall  be  made  by  the  Party  injured,  to  the 
other:  by  the  said  Indian  Tribes,  or  any  of  them,  to  the  President  of 
the  United  States,  or  the  Superintendent  by  him  appointed  ;  and  by 
the  Superintendent  or  other  Person  appointed  by  the  President,  to  the 
principal  Chiefs  of  the  said  Indian  Tribes,  or  of  the  Tribe  to  which 
the  Offender  belongs;  and  such  prudent  measures  shall  then  be 
punned  as  shall  be  necessary  to  preserve  the  said  peace  and  friend- 
ship unbroken^  until  the  Legislature  (or  Great  Council)  of  The  United 
States,  shall  make  other  equitable  provision  in  the  case,  to  the  satis- 
Action  of  both  Parties.  Should  any  Indian  Tribes  meditate  a  War 
against  llie  United  States,  or  either  of  them,  and  the  same  shall  come 
to  the  knowledge  of  the  before-mentioned  Tribes,  or  either  of  them ; 
they  do  hereby  engage  tp  give  immediate  notice  thereof  to  the  Gene- 

*  SeeEzpluiAtoryAiticie  between  Great  Britain  and  The  Umted  States.  FhiladsU 
plua,  4tfa  May,  1796. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


408  tJ!^lT£:D  STATES  AND  USTDIANS. 

ral>  or  Oflcer  CommandiDg  the  Troope  of  The  United  States,  at  t6e 
nearest  Post,  And  should  any  Tribe,  with  hostUe  intentions  ag«ost 
The  tJnited  States,  or  either  of  them,  attempt  to  pass  througfi  thek 
Country,  they  will  endeavour  to  prevent  the  same,  and  in  like  fDnoner 
g;iye  information  of  such  attempt  to  the  General,  or  Officer  Comaumd- 
ing,  as  soon  as  possible,  that  all  causes  of  mistrust  and  suspicion  may 
be  avoided  between  them  and  The  United  States.  In  Jilte  manner. 
The  United  States  shall  give  notice  to  the  said  Indian  Tribes  of  any 
karm  that  may  be  meditated  against  them,  or  either  of  them,  that  ahal) 
come  to  tfteir  knowledge ;  and  do  all  in  their  power  to  hinder  find 
prevent  the  same,  that  the  friendship  between  them  may  be  unin- 
terrnpted, 

X.  All  other  Treaties  heretofore'  made  between  The  United  States 
and  the  said  Indian  Tribes,  or  any  of  them,  since  the  Treaty  of  1789^ 
between  The  United  States  and  Great  Britain,  thai  eome  within  the 
purview  of  this  Treaty,  shall  henceforth  cease  and  become  void. 

In  testimony  whereof,  the  said  Anthony  Wayne,  and  the  Sachema 
and  War  Chiefs  of  the  before-mentioned  Nattops  and  Tribea  of  ladiaBt, 
have  hereunto  set  their  Hands  and  affixed  their  Seals.- 

Done  at  Greenville,  in  The  Territory  of  the  United  States,  nonh-wesi 
of  the  Hiver  Ohio,  on  the  3d  day  of  August,  1795. 

(L.S.)        ANTHONY  WAYNEL     . 
[Marks  of  10  WyandoU.] 
[Marks  of  14  Delawares.] 
[Marks  of  9  Shawanees.} 
[Marks  of  6  Ottawas.] 
[Marks  of  II  Chippewas^]] 
[Mark  of  1  Ottawa,  from  Sandusky.]} 
(Marks  of  18  Pattawatimas,  of  the  River  St.  Joseph.} 
[Marks  of  6  Pattawatimas,  of  Huron.] 

[Marks  of  2  Miamis.] 
[Marksof  2  Miamis  and  Eel  Rivers.] 
[Mark  of  I  Eel  River  Tribe.] 
[Mark  of  1  Miami.] 
[Marks  of  3  Weas,  for  themselves  and  the  Piankesh^ws.] 
[Marks  of  3  Kickapoos  and  Kaskaskias.] 
[Marks  of  8  Delawares,  of  Sandusky.] 
H.  Djb  Butts,  Fir$t  Jide  de  Camp  and  Secretary  to  M.  G.  Wmyrn^ 
Wm.  H.  Hab^ison,  Aide  dc  Camp  to  M.  Geik  IF^ne. 
T.  Le,wis,  Aide  de  Camp  to  M.  G.  Jfayae. 
James  O'Haha,  Quarterpm^er-Generai. 
John  Mills,  Mqfor  of  lnfamry,and  A4iuiwiU^Genenl 
Caleb  Swan,  P.  M.  T.  V.  S. 
Geo.  Debipter,  lieui.  ^AriUhry.    Vioo. 
P.  Fas.  La  Fontaine.  Ant.  Lasseixe. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ll.  Lasbellb.  Jn.  Beau  Bien^ 
Datid  Jomes,  Ckaplam  U.  S.  A 

Lotos  BeaOfait.  R.  Lachambeb. 

Jambs  Pepen.  Bxtibs  Coutiek. 
P.  N  At  abbe. 

Swam  Interpreters. 

Wm.  Wells.  M.  Mobins. 

Jacqces  I.AS8EIXE.  Bt.  Sans  Cbaintji:. 

Cbbistophbb  Millbb.  Abbabam  WiluaHb. 

Robbet  Wilson.  Isaac  Zanb. 

[Ratified  by  the  Presideat  of  The  United  States, 22d  December,  17M.} 


(%.) — TREATY  between  The  Umted  States  and  the  Delaware,  Shah 
wDonee,  ^c.  Indtans.-^Signed  at  Fart  Waifne,  1th  June,  1803. 

Articles  of  a  Treaty  made  ai  Fort  Waynes  an  the  Miami  of  the  Lake, 
between  fVUHam  Henry  Harrison,  Governor  of  the  Indiana  Territory, 
Superintendent  of  Indian  AJfairs,  and  Commissioner  Plenipotentiary 
of  The  United  States  for  concluding  any  Treaty  or  Treaties,  which 
wunf  he  found  necessary,  with  any  of  the  Indian  Tribei  northwest  qf 
the  Ohio,  of  the  one  part,  and  the  Tribes  of  Indians  called  the  Dela* 
wares,  Shawanees,  Paitawatimas,  Miamis,  and  Eichapoos,  by  their 
Chiefs  and  head   Warriors,  and  those  of  the  Eel  River,    Weas, 
Piankeshaws,  and  Kaskaskias,  by  their  Agents  and  Representatives, 
T\ithinapee,  Winnemac,  RichewUle,  and  Little  Turtle,  (who  are  pro- 
perly  authorised  by  their  said  Tribes)  on  the  other  part* 
Aet.  I.  Whereas  it  is  decUred  by  the  IV th  Article  of  the  Treaty 
of  Greenvillej  that  The  United  States  resenre  for  their  use  the  Post  of 
St.  YiDceunes,  aod  all  the  Lands  adjacent,  to  which  the  Indian  Titles 
had  been  extinguished.     And  whereas  it  has  been  found  difficult  to 
determine  the  precise  limits  of  the  said  tract  as  held  by  the  French 
and  British  Governments  i  it  is  hereby  agreed,  thai  the  boundaries  of 
the  said  tract  shall  be  as  follow :  beginning  at  Point  Coupee,  on  the 
Wabash,  and  running  thence  by  a  line  north  78  degrees,  west  13 
miles,  thence  by  a  line  parallel  to  the  general  course  of  the  Wabash, 
until  it  shall  be  intersected  by  a  line  at  right  angles  to  the  same,  pass- 
ing throogh  the  mouth  of  White  River,  thence  by  the  last  mentioned 
line  across  the  Wabash,  and  towards  the  Ohio,  73  miles,  thence  by  a 
line  north  13  degrees  west,  until  it  ghall  be  intersected  by  a  line  at 
ri^t  angles  with  the  same,  passing  through  Point  Coupee,  and  by  the 
last  mentioned  line  to  the  place  of  beginning. 

II.  The  United  Stales  hereby  reUnquish  all  Claim  which  they  may 
have  had  to  any  lands  adjoining  to,  or  in  the  neighbourhood  of,  the 
tract  above  described. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


410  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

I I I.  As  a  [dark  of  their  regard  and  attacbment  to  The  United  States, 
whom  they  acknowledge  for  their  only  Friends  and  Protectors,  and  for 
the  consideration  hereinafter  mentioned,  the  said  Tribes  do  hereby 
relinquish  and  cede  to  The  United  Stales,  the  great  Salt  Spring  apon 
the  Saline  Creek,  which  falls  into  the  Ohio  below  the  mouth  of  the 
Wabash,  with  a  quantity  of  land  surrounding  it,  not  exceeding  4 
miles  square,  and  which  may  be  laid  off  in  a  square  or  oblong  as  the  one 
or  the  other  may  be  found  most  convenient  to  The  United  States:  and 
the  said  United  States  being  desirous  that  the  Indian  Tribes  should 
participate  in  the  benefits  to  be  derived  from  the  said  Spring,  hereby 
engage  to  deliver  yearly,  and  every  year,  for  the  use  of  the  said 
Indians,  a  quantity  of  Salt,  not  exceeding  150  bushels,  and  which 
shall  be  divided  among  the  several  Tribes  in  such  manner  as  the 
General  Council  of  Ihe  Chiefs  may  determine. 

IV.  For  the  considerations  before  mentioned,  and  for  the  conve- 
Dience  which  the  said  Tribes  will  themselves  derive  from  such  estab- 
lishments, it  is  hereby  agreed,  that  as  soon  as  the  Tribes  called  the  Kick- 
apoos,  £jel  Rivers,  Weas,  Piankeshaws,  and  Knskaskias,  shall  give  their 
consent  to  the  measure.  The  United  States  shall  have  the  right  of 
locating  3  tracts  of  land  (of  such  size  as  may  be  agreed  upon  witli  the 
last  mentioned  Tribes)  on  the  main  road  between  Vincennes  and  Kas- 
kaskias,  and  1  other  between  Vincennes  and  Clarksville,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  erecting  houses  of  entertainn^ent  for  the  accommodaiion  of 
travellers.  But  it  is  expressly  understood  that,  if  the  said  locations 
are  made  on  any  of  the  rivers  which  cross  the  said  road,  and  ferries 
should  be  established  on  the  same,  in  times  of  high  water,  any 
Indian  or  Indians  belonging  to  either  of  the  Tribes  who  are  Parties 
to  the  Treaty,  shall  have  the  privilege  of  crossing  such  ferry,  toll  free. 

V.  Whereas  there  is  reason  to  believe,  that  if  the  boundary  tinea 
of  the  tract  described  in  the  1st  Article  should  be  run  in  the  manner 
therein  directed,  some  of  the  Settlements  and  Locations  of  Land, 
made  by  the  Citizens  of  The  United  States,  will  fall  in  the  Indian 
Country;  it  is  hereby  agreed,  that  such  alterations  shall  be  made  in 
the  direction  of  these  lints,  as  will  include  them ;  and  a  quantity  of 
land,  equal  in  quantity  to  what  may  be  thus  taken,  shall  be  given  to 
the  said  Tribes,  either  at  the  east  or  the  west  end  of  the  Tract 

In  testimony  whereof,  the  Commissioner  of  The  United  States,  and 
the  Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  the  Delawares,  Shawanees,  Pattawatimas, 
Miamis,  and  Kickapoos,  and  those  of  the  Eel  Rivers,  Weas,  Pianke- 
shaws,  and  Kaskaskias,  by  their  Agents  and  Representatives,  Tuthina- 
pee,  Winnemac^  Richewille,  and  the  Dttle  Turtle,  who  are  pro|ierIy 
authorized  by  the  said  Tribes,  have  hereunto  subscribed  their  Names 
and  affixed  their  Seals,  at  Fort  Wayne,  this  7lh  day  of  June,  in  the 
year  of  our  Lord  1803,  and  of  the  independence  of  The  United  States 
the  27th. 

(L.  S.)        WILLIAM  HENRY  HARRISON. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  411 

^Blarks  of  2  Miamis,  on  behalf  of  themselves.  Eel  Rivers,  Weas, 
PiaokeshawSy  and  Kaskaskias,  whom  they  represent.] 
[Marks  of  2  Kickapoos.] 
[Marks  of  1  Shawanee.] 
[Marks  of  4Fattawatimas,  on  behalf  of  the  Fattawatimas,  and  the  Eel 
Rivera,  Weas,  Piankeshaws,  and  Kaskaskias,  whom  they  represent} 
[Marks  of  4  Delawares.] 
[Marks  of  2  Shawanees.] 
Signed,  seaYeif,  and  delivered,  in  the  presence  of 

John  Rice  Jones,  Secretary  to  the  Commissioner, 
John  Gibson,  Secretary  Indiana  Territory. 
Thos.  Pasteur,  Capt.  \st  Regt.  Infantry. 
William  Wells,  Interpreter. 
John  Johnston,  United  States*  Factor. 
Hendrick  AuPACMUT,  Chief  of  Muhe&m. 
Thomas  Freeman. 
The  Proceedings  at  the  within  Treaty  were  faithfully  interpreted 
by  us,  John  Gibson  and  William  Wells;  that  is,  for  the  Delawares, 
John  Gibson,  and  for  the  rest  of  the  Tribes,  William  Wells. 

JOHN  GIBSON, 
WILLIAM  WELLS. 


[Ratified  by  the  President  of  The  United  Stotes,  25th  November,  1803.] 


{Z,)  — TREATY  between    The  United  States  and  the  Eel  River 
Wyandot,  Sfc.  Indians. — Signed  at  Vincennes,  1th  August,  1803. 

At  a  Council  holden  at  Vincennes,  on  the  7th  day  of  August,  1803, 
under  the  direction  of  Wiitiam  Henry  Harrison,  Governor  of  the 
Indiana  Territory,  Superintendent  of  Indian  Affairs,  and  Commis-' 
sioner  Plenipotentiary  of  The  United  States  for  concluding  any  Treaty 
or  Treaties  which  may  be  found  necessary,  with  any  of  the  Indian ' 
Nations  north  west  of  the  River  Ohio,  at  which  were  present  the  Chiefs 
and  Warriors  of  the  Eel  River,  Wyandot,  Piankeshaw,  and  KaSm 
kaskia  Nations,  and  also  the  Tribe  of  Kickapoos,  by  their  Representa- 
tives, the  Chiefs  of  the  Eel  River  Nation, 

The  4th  Article  of  the  Treaty  hotden  and  concluded  at  Fort  Wayne, 
on  the  7th  day  of  June,  1803,  being  considered,  the  Chiefs  and  War- 
riors of  the  said  Nations  give  their  free  and  full  consent  to  the  same, 
and  they  do  hereby  relinquish  and  confirm  to  The  United  States  the 
privilege  and  right  of  locating  3  several  tracts  of  land,  of  1  mile 
square  each,  on  the  road  leading  from  Vincennes  to  Kaskaskia,  and  also 
I  other  tract  of  land  of  1  mile  square  on  the  road  leading  from  Vin- 
cennes to  Clarkesville;  which  locations  shall  be  made  in  such  Places 
on  the  aforesaid  roads,  as  shall  best  comport  with  the  convenience  and 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


412  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

iDteresU  of  The  United  States,  in  the  establishment  of  honses  of  enter. 
tainment  for  the  accommodation  of  Travellers. 

In  witness  whereof  the  said  William  Henry  Harrison,  «nd  the  said 
Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  the  before*mentioned  Nations  and  Tribe  of 
Indians,  have  hereunto  set  their  hands  and  affixed  their  seabb  the 
4sy  and  year  first  above  written. 

(L.  S.)        WILLIAM  HENRY  HARRISON. 
[Marks  of  10  Indians.] 
Signed,  sealed,  and  delivered,  in  the  presence  of  ns^ 
John  Rice  Jones, 
B.  Parke, 
JosuPH  BARRaN,  Inierprtfer* 

[Ratified  by  the  President  of  The  United  Slates, 95th  November,  1803.} 


(A.)'^TREATY  between  The  United  States  and  the  Sao  and  Fax 
Indians.'^Signed  at  St.  Louis,  3d  November,  1804. 

Articles  of  a  Treaty  made  at  St.  Louis,  in  the  District  of  Lomisiama, 

between  WUHam  Henry  Harrison,  Governor  of  the  Indiana  Terru 

tary,  and  of  the  District  of  Louisiana,  Superintendent  qf  Indian 

Affairs  fw  the  said  Territory  and  District,  and  Commissioner  Pleni* 

potentiary  of  The  United  States  for  eonchiding  any  Treaty  or  Treaiiss 

which  may  be  found  necessary,  with  any  of  the  north  western  Tribes  f^ 

Indians,  qf  the  one  part,  and  the  Chiefs  and  Head  Men  of  the  United 

Sac  and  Fox  Tribes,  qfthe  other  part. 

Art.  I.  The  United  States  receive  the  United  Sac  and  Fox  Tribes 

into  their  friendship  and  protection,  and  the  said  Tribes  agree  to  con« 

sider  themselves  under  the  protection  of  The  United  States,  and  of  no 

other  Power  whatsoever. 

IL  The  general  boundary  line  between  the  lands  of  The  United 
States  and  of  the  said  Indian  Tribes  shall  be  as  follows,  to  wic :  be- 
ginning at  a  point  on  the  Missouri  River  opposite  to  the  month  of  the 
Gasconade  River :  thence  in  a  direct  course  so  as  to  strike  the  River 
Jeffreon,  at  the  distance  of  30  miles  from  its  mouth,  and  down  the  said 
Jeffreon  to  the  Mississippi,  thence  up  the  Mississippi  to  the  mouth  of 
the  Ouisconsiog  River,  and  up  the  same  to  a  point  which  shall  be  96 
miles  in  a  direct  line  from  the  mouth  of  the  said  River,  thence  by  a 
direct  line  to  the  point  where  the  Fox  River  (a  branch  of  the  Illinois) 
leaves  the  small  lake  called  Sakaegan,  theuce  down  the  Fox  River  to 
the  Illinois  River»  and  down  the  same  to  the  Mississippi.  And  the 
said  Tribes,  for  and  in  consideration  of  the  friendship  and  protection  of 
The  United  States,  which  is  now  extended  to  them,  of  the  goods  f  to  the 
value  of  3t9d4  Dollars  and  60  Cents)  which  are  now  delivered,  and  of 
tbe  annuity  hereinafter  stipulated  t^  be  paidj  do  hereby  cede  and 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIAK8*  413 

relioqaiik  for  ever  to  The  Uiiit^  States,  ail  the  lands  incloded  within 
the  above  described  boundary. 

II L  In  consideration  of  the  cession  and  relinquishment  of  land 
made  in  the  preceding  Article^  The  United  States  will  dellTcr  to  the 
said  Tribes,  at  the  town  of  St  Loaif,  or  seme  other  conTcnient  Place  on 
the  Mississippi*  yearly^  and  every  year,  floods  suited  to  the  circum- 
stances of  the  Indians,  of  the  valae  of  1000  Dollafs,  (600  of  which 
are  intended  for  the  Sacs,  and  400  for  the  Foxes,]  rsckoning  that  valoe 
at  the  firat  cost  of  the  goods  in  the  City  or  Place  in  The  United  States 
srfaere  they  shall  he  pn>cured.  And  if  the  said  Tribes  ^all  hereafter^ 
at  an  annnal  delivery  of  the  goods  aforesaid,  desire  that  a  part  of  their 
annuity  should  be  iumished  in  domestic  animals,  implements  of 
husbandry,  and  other  utensils  convenient  for  them,  or  in  compensa- 
tion to  useful  Artificers  who  may  reside  with  or  near  them,  and  be 
employed  for  their  benefit,  the  same  shall,  at  the  subsequent  annual 
delivery,  be  furnished  accordingly. 

rV.  The  United  States  will  never  interrupt  the  said  Tribes  in  the 
fMMsession  of  the  lands  which  they  rightfully  claim,  but  will,  on  the 
contrary,  protect  them  in  the  quiet  enjoyment  of  the  same,  against 
their  own  Citizens,  and  against  all  other  White  Persons  who  may 
iatmde  upon  them.  And  the  said  Tribes  do  hereby  engage,  that  they 
will  never  sell  their  lands,  or  any  part  thereof,  to  any  Sovereign 
Power  but  The  United  States,  nor  to  the  Citizens  or  Subjects  of  any 
•other  Sovereign  Power,  nor  to  the  Citizens  of  The  United  States. 

y.  Lest  the  friendship  which  is  now  established  between  The 
United  States  and  the  said  Indian  Tribes  should  be  interrupted  by 
Ahe  misconduct  of  Individuals,  it  is  hereby  agreed,  that  for  injuries 
done  by  Individuals,  no  private  revenge  or  retaliation  shall  take  place, 
<>ttt  instead  thereof,  complaints  shall  be  made  by  the  party  injured  to 
the  other ;  by  the  said  Tribes,  or  either  of  them,  to  the  Superintendent  of 
Indian  A&in,  or  one  of  his  deputies,  and  by  the  Superintendent  or 
4»ther  Penon  appointed  by  the  President,  to  the  Chiefs  of  the  said 
Tribes.  And  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  said  Chiefs,  upon  complaint 
bcng  made  as  aforesaid,  to  deliver  up  the  Person  or  Persons,  against ' 
whom  the  complaint  is  made,  to  the  end  that  he  or  they  may  be 
punished  agreeably  to  the  Laws  of  the  State  or  Territory  where  the 
oience  may  have  been  committed;  and  in  like  manner,  if  any  robbery, 
vielenee,  or  murder^  Aali  be  committed  on  any  Indian,  or  Indians, 
belonging  to  the  said  Tribes,  or  either  o(  them,  the  Person  or  Persons, 
so  offending,  shall  be  tiled,  an4  if  found  guilty,  punisbed  in  the  like 
oaaaner  as  if  tf^  iijury  had  been  done  to  a  White  Man. 

And  it  is  forther  agreed,  that  the  Chiefs  of  the  said  Tribes  shall, 
io  the  ntmoot  of  tlietr  power,  exert  themselves  to  recover  horses  or 
other  property  whieb  may  be  stolen  from  any  CHizen  or  Citizens  of 
The  Uniied  States,  by  any  Individuali  or  Individuals,  of  their  Tribes^ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


414  UNITED    STATES   AND    INDIANS. 

add  th^  {)r($perty  80' reirovered,  shall  be  forihwitb  delivered  to  Ifae 
Saperintendent  or  other  Person  authorized  to  receive  it,  that  it  may  be 
Jtestored  to  the' Owner  ;  and  in  cases  where  the  exertions  of  Che.  Chiefs 
shall  be  ineffectual  in  recovering  the  property  stolen  as  aforesaid,  if 
sufficient  proof  can  be  obtained  that  such  property  was  actually  stoleo 
by  any  Indian  or  Indians  belonging  to  the  said  Tribes,  or  either  of 
them.  The  United  States  may  deduct  from  the  annuity  of  the  said 
Tribes,  a  sum  equal  to  the  value  of  the  property  which  has  beea 
stolen.  And  The  United  States  hereby  guaranty  to  any  Indian  or 
Indians  of  tJtie  said  Tribes,  a  full  indemoi£cation  for  any  horses  or 
other  property,  which  may  be  stolen  from  them  by  any  of  their 
Citizens;  provided  that  the  property  so  stolen  cannot  be  recovered, 
and  that  sufficient  proof  is  produced  that  it  was  actually  stolen  by  a 
Citizen  of  The  Uniied  States. 

VI.  If  any  Citizen  of  The  United  SUtes.  or  other  White  Pereoa, 
should  form  a  Settlement  upon  lands  which  are  the  property  of  the 
Sac  atid  Fox  Tribes,  upon  complaint  being  made  thereof  to  the 
Superintendent  or  other  Person  having  charge  of  the  affairs  of  the 
Indians,  such  Intruder  shall  forthwith  be  removed. 

VII.  As  long  as  the  lands  which  are  now  ceded  to  The  United 
States  remain  their  property,  the  Indians  belonging  to  the  said  Tribes 
shall  enjoy  the  privilege  of  living  and  hunting  upon  them. 

VIII.  As  the  Laws  of  the  United  States,  regulating  trade  and 
intercourse  with  the  Indian  Tribes,  are  already  extended  to  the 
Country  inhabited  by  the  Saukes  and  Foxes,  and  as  it  is  provided  by 
those  Laws,  that  no  Person  shall  reside  as  a  Trader  in  the  Indian 
Country,  without  a  License  under  the  hand  and  seal  of  the  Superin-. 
tendfnt  of  Indian  affairs,  or  other  Person  appointed  for  the  purpose 
by  the  President,  the  said  Tribes  do  promise  and  agree,  that  they  will 
not  suffer  any  Trader  to  reside  amongst  them  without  such  License; 
and  that  they  will,  from  time  to  time,  give  notice  to  the  Superinttendent, 
or  to  the  Agent  for  their  Tribes,  of  all  the  Traders  that  may  be  in  their 
Country. 

IX.  In  order  to  put  a  stop  to  the  abuses  and  impositions  which  are  ^ 
practised  upon  the  said  Tribes  by  the  Private  Traders,  The  United 
States  will,  at  a  convenient  time,  establish  a  trading  house  or  factory^ 
where  the  Individuals  of  the  said  Tribes  cab  be  supplied  with  goods  at  a 
more  reasonable  rate  than  they  have  been  accastomed  to  procure  them  « 

X.  In  order  to  evince  the  sincerity  of  their  friendship  and  affec- 
tion for  The  United  States,  and  a  respectful  deference  for  their 
advice,  by  an  act  which  will  not  only  be  acceptable  to  them,  but 
to  the  common  Father  of  all  the  Nations  of  the*  Earth,  the  said 
Tribes  do  hereby  solemnly  promise  and  agree,  that  they  will  put  an 
«Dd  Jto  the  bloody  War  which  has  heretofore  raged  betireen  their 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  415 

Tribes  and  those  of  the  Great  and  Little  Osages.  And  for  the 
pirpose  of  burying  the  tomahawk  and  renewing  the  friendly  inteeconrse 
between  themselves  and  the  Osages^  a  meeting  of  their  reapecti?e 
Chiefs  shall  ^ke  place*  at  which^  under  the  direction  of  the  abo?e 
named  CommissioDer,  or  the  Agent  of  Indian  Affairs  residing  at 
St  Loois,  an  adjustment  of  all  their  differences  shall  be  made*  and 
Peace  established  upon  a  firm  and  lasting  basis*    • 

XI.  As  it  is  probable  that  the  Government  of  The  United  States 
will  establish  a  Military  Post  at  or  near  the  month  of  the 
Ottisconsing  River,  and  as  the  land  on  the  lower  side  of  the  River 
may  not  be  suitable  for  that  purpose,  the  said  Tribes  hereby  agree 
that  a  Fort  may  be  built  either  on  the  upper  side  of  the  Ouisconsing, 
or  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Mississippi,  as  the  one  or  the  other  may  be 
fonnd  most  convenient,  and  a  tract  of  land  not  exceeding  2  miles 
square  shall  be  given  for  that  purpose.  And  the  said  Tribes  dp  further 
agree,  that  they  will  at  all  times  allow  to  Traders  and  other  Persons 
travelling  through  their  Country,  under  the  authority  of  The  United 
States,  a  free  and  safe  passage  for  themselves  and  their  property  of 
every  description.  And  that  for  such  passage  they  shall  at  no  time 
and  on  no  account  whatever,  be  subject  to  any  toll  or  exaction. 

XII.  This  Treaty  shall  take  effect  and  be  obligatory  on  the  Con« 
tracting  Parties,  as  soon  as  the  same  shall  have  been  ratified  by  the 
President,  by  and  with  the  advice,  and  consent  of  the  Senate  of  The 
United  States. 

In  testimony  whereof,  the  said  William  Henry  Harrison,  and  the 
Chie&  and  Head  Men  of  the  said  Sac  and  Fox  Tribes^  have  hereunto 
set  their  bauds  and  affixed  their  seals. 

Done  at  Saint  Louis,  in  the  District  of  Louisiana,  on  the  3rd  day 
of  November,  1804,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United  States  ■ 
the  29th. 

(LS.)  WILLIAM  HENRY  HARRISON. 

[Marks  of  5  Indians.]]    . 
In  the  presence  of, 

Wm .  Peince,  Secretary  to  the  Commissioner. 

John  Griffin,  one  of  the  Judges  of  the  Indiana  Territory. 

J.  Bruff,  Major  qfArtUiery,  United  States. 

Amos  Stoddasb,  Captain  Corps  Artillerists. 

P.  Chouteau.  Ch.  Graciot. 

Aoo.  Choitteau.  Vioo. 

S.  Warrell,  Lieutenant^  United  States*  Artillery. 

D.  Delaunat. 

Joseph  Barron.  ^  Sworn  Interpreters. 


HypouteBolon. 


! 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


416  UNITED  STATfiS  AND  INDIANS. 

AddUianal  Artitk. 
It  is  agreed,  that  nothing  in  this  Treaty  contained  shall  affect  the 
Claim  of  any  Individual  or  Individuals  who  may  have  obtained  Grants 
of  land  fi'om  the  Spanish  Government,  and  whicli  are  not  included 
within  the  general  boundary  line  lAid  down  in  this  Treaty  ;  provided 
that  such  Grant  have  at  any  time  been  made  known  to  tbe  said  Tribe* 
and  recognized  by  them^ 

WILLIAM  HENRY  HARRISON. 


[Ratiied  by  the  President  of  The  United  States,  35th  January^  1806.) 

(5.)— TREATY  between  the  United  States  and  the  Wyandot,  Ottawa, 
Sfc.  Indians. — Signed  at  Fort  Industry,  4th  July,  1805. 

Treaty  bettoeen  the    United  States  of  America,  and  the  Sachems, 

Chiefs,  and  Warriors^  of  the  Wyandot,  Ottawa,  Chippewa,  Munsee, 

Delaware,  Shawanee,  and  Pattawatima  Nations,  holden    at  Fori 

Industry,  on  the  Miami  of  the  Lake,  on  the  4th  day  of  July,  1905. 

Art.  1.  The  said  Indian  Nations  do  again  acknowledge  themse1vi!« 

and  all  their  Tribes  to  be  in  friendship  with,  and  under  the  protection 

of.  The  United  States. 

II.  The  boundary  line  between  The  United  States  and  the  Nations 
aforesaid,  shall,  in  future,  be  a  meridian  line  drawn  north  and  south 
through  a  boundary  to  be  erected  on  the  south  shore  of  Lake  Erie, 
130  miles  due  west  of  the  west  boundary  line  of  the  State  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, extending  north  until  it  intersects  the  boundary  line  of  The 
United  States,  and  extending  south  until  it  intersects  a  line  heretofore 
established  by  the  Treaty  of  Greenville. 

IIL  The  Indian  Nations  aforesaid,  for  the  connderation  of  friend- 
ship  to  The  United  States,  and  the  sums  of  money  hereinafter  mentioned 
to  be  paid  annually  to  the  Wyandot,  Shawanee,  Monsee,  and  Delaware 
Nations,  have  ceded  and  do  hereby  cede  and  relinquish  to  said  United 
States  for  ever,  all  the  lands  belonging  to  said  United  States, 
lying  east  of  the  aforesaid  line,  bounded  southerly  and  easterly  by 
the  Line  established  by  the  said  Treaty  of  Greenville,  and  northerly  by 
the  northernmost  part  of  the  41st  degree  of  north  latitude. 

IV.  The  United  States,  to  preserve  harmony,  manifest  their  libera** 
lity,  and  in  consideration  of  the  cession  made  in  the  preceding  Article* 
will,  every  year  forever  hereafler,  at  Detroit,  or  some  other  convenient 
place,  pay  and  deliver  to  the  Wyandot,  Munsee«  and  Delaware  Nations* 
and  those  of  tlie  Shawanee  and  Seneka  Nations  who  reside  wiUi  the 
Wyandots,  the  sum  of  835  dollars,  current  money  of  The  United  Statea» 
and  the  further  sum  of  175  dollars*  making  in  the  whole  an  annuity  of 
1000  dollars ;  which  last  sum  of  175  dollars,  has  been  secured  to  the 
President,  in  trust  for  said  Nations*  by  the  Connecticut  Land 
Ciompany*  and  by  the  Company  incorporated  by  the  name  of  "  The 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS^  417 

Broprieron  of  the  Half-million  Acres  of  Land  lyiiig  footh  of  Lako 
Erie,  called  Sofferenf  Land/*  payable  aonaaHy  as  aforesaid,  and  to  be 
divided  betveeo  taid  Natiom  from  time  to  lime,  in  such  proportioas  as 
Mid  Nations^  with  the  approbation  of  the  Presideof,  shall  agree. 

y.  To  prefent  all  misaoderstaiidi  ng  hereafter,  it  is  to  be  expreaslir 
vemembered,  that  the  Ottawa  and  Chippewa  Nations,  and  sach  of  the  Pat- 
tawatima  Nation  as  reside  on  the  River  Haron  of  Lake  Erie,  and  ia 
die  nei^tbourbood  th^^of,  have  reeeived  from  the  Connecticut  Land 
Oompanj,  and  the  Company  incorporated  by  the  name  of  "The 
Proprietors  of  the  Half-Million  Acres  of  Land  lying  south  of  Lake 
Erie,  called  Sufferer's  Land/'  the  sum  of  49000  dollars,  in  hand,  and 
have  secnreil  to  the  President  of  The  United  States,  in  trust  for  them, 
liie  farther  sum  of  12,000  dollars,  payable  in  6  annual  instalments  of 
9000  dollars  each ;  which  several  sums  is  the  full  amount  of  their  pro* 
portion  of  liie  purchases  effected  by  this  Treaty,  and  also  by  a  Treaty 
with  said  Companies,  bearing  even  date  herewith;  which  propor- 
tions wero  agreed  on  and  concluded  by  tbe  whole  of  said  Nations  ia 
tJieir  General  Cooocii ;  which  several  sums,  together  with  2,916  dollars 
and  67  cents,  secured  to  the  President,  to  raise  said  sum  of  17d  dollars 
annuity  as  aforesaid,  is  the  amount  of  the  consideration  paid  by  the 
Agents  of  the  Connecticut  Reserve,  for  the  cession  of  their  Lands. 

VI.  The  said  Indian  Nations,  Parties  to  this  Treaty,  shall  be  at 
liberty  to  fish  and  hunt  within  the  Territory  and  Lands  which  thef 
have  now  ceded  to  The  United  States,  so  long  as  they  shall  demean 
themselves  peaceably. 

In  witness  whereof,  Charles  Jouett,  Esquire,  a  Commissiotter  on 
Hie  part  of  The  United  States,  and  the  Sachems,  Chiefs,  and  Warrion» 
of  the  Indian  Nations  aforesaid,  have  hereto  set  their  hands  and  seals. 

(L.S.}  CHARLES  JOUETT. 

[MarksofOOttawas.] 

[Marks  of  0  Chippewas.] 

[Marks  of  3  Pattawatimas.] 

[Marks  of  7  Wyandots.] 

[Marks  of  4  Munsees  and  Delawares  J 

[Marks  of  4  Shawanees.] 

I  u  presence  of 

Wm.  Dban,  C.  F.  L.  C. 
J.  B.  MOWBR, 

JASpen  Pakrisb,         \ 
WHiTMoae  Knaggs^    >  In^rfreierM. 
Whxiam  Walker,     J 
Israel  Rixlanb, 
£.  Brush. 
IRatified  by  tfie  President  of  The  Umted  States,  244h  April,  1S06.] 

11816—16.]  2  E 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


418  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

{p.}— TREATY  betwtem  The  Umiud  Suoes  amd  the  Dttann,  Pai- 
iawaiima,  Sfe.  ImSaa.^-'Signed  at  GnmuUmd,  21  jf  Amgusi,  1805. 


Artielei  of  a  Trtaiy  made  amd  emiered  imio  at  Gramtelmid,  near  Vm* 
eenneSj  m  the  Indiama  Territory,  by  amd  between  WUtiam  Hemry 
Harriton,  Governor  of  said  Territory,  Superiniendent  of  Indian 
Affairs,  amd  Commissioner  Plenipotentiary  qf  Tketlnitod  States  En- 
treating with  the  Nortk-ttestem  Tribes  qf  Indians,  of  the  ant  part, 
and  the  Tribes  of  Indians  called  the  Delawares,  Pattawatimas, 
JUiamis,  Eel  Rioers,  and  ffeas,  jointly  and  severally,  ^  fkeir  Ckitfs 
and  Head  Men,  of  the  other  part. 

Art.  I.  Whereas  by  (he  IVth  Article  of  a  Treaty  made  betireen  The 
United  States  and  the  Delaware  Tribe,  on  the  18th  day  of  Aagust, 
1804,  the  said  United  States  engaged  to  consider  the  said  Delawares 
as  the  Proprietors  of  all  that  tract  of  Coantry  which  is  bounded  by 
the  WUte  River  on  the  north,  the  Ohio  and  Clark's  Grant  eo  the 
sooth,  the  general  boundary  line  running  from  the  Dsovth  of  Ken- 
tocky  River  on  the  east,  and  the  tract  ceded  by  the  Treaty  of  Fort 
Wayne,  and  the  Road  leading  to  Clark's  Grant  on  the  west  and  soath 
west; — ^and  whereas  the  Miami  Tribe,  from  whom  the  Delawares 
derived  their  Claim,  contend  that,  in  their  cession  of  said  tract  to  the 
Delawares,  it  was  never  their  intention  to  convey  to  them  the  right  of 
the  soil,  but  to  suffer  them  to  occupy  it  as  long  as  they  thought  proper : 
the  said  Delawares  have,  for  the  sake  of  peace  and  good  neighbourhood, 
determined  to  relinquish  their  Claim  to  the  said  tract,  and  do,  by 
these  Presents,  release  The  United  States  from  the  guarantee  made  in 
the  before-mentioned  Article  of  the  Treaty  of  August,  1804. 

II.  The  said  Miami,  Eel  River,  and  Wea  Tribes,  cede  and  relia- 
qnisfa  to  The  United  States,  for  ever,  all  that  Tract  of  Country  which 
lies  to  the  south  of  a  line  to  be  drawn  from  the  north  east  corner  of 
the  tract  ceded  by  the  Treaty  of  Fort  Wayne,  so  as  to  strike  the 
general  boundary  line  running  from  a  point  opposite  to  the  mouth  of 
the  Kentucky  River  to  Fort  Recovery,  at  the  distance  of  50  miles 
from  its  commencement  on  the  Ohio  River. 

III.  In  consideration  of  the  cession  made  in  the  preceding  Article, 
The  United  States  will  give  an  additional  permanent  Annuity  to  said 
Miamis,  Eel  River,  and  Wea  Tribes,  in  the  ibllowing  proportions,  viz« 
to  the  Miamis,  600  dollars;  to  the  Eel  River  Tribe,  350  dollars;  to 
the  Weas,  250  dollars;  and  also  to  tlie  Pattawatimas,  an  additioaal 
annuity  of  500  dollars,  for  10  years,  and  no  longer;  which,  together 
with  the  sum  of  4,000  dollars,  which  is  now  delivered,  the  receipt 
whereof  they  do  hereby  acknowledge,  is  to  be  considered  as  a  full  com- 
pensation for  the  Land  now  ceded. 

IV.  As  the  Tribes  which  are  now  called  the  Miamis,  Eel  Rivera^ 
and  Weas,  were  formerly,  and  still  consider  Uiemselves  as  one  Nation^ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITEB  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  419 

and  as  they  have  determined  that  neither  of  those  Tribea  diall  dispose 
of  any  |iart  of  the  Country  which  they  hold  in  common:  in  order  to 
quiet  their  minds  on  that  head^  The  United  States  do  hereby  engage  to 
•consider  them  as  joint  Owners  of  all  the  Country  on  the  Wabash  and 
its  waters*  abo?e  the  Vincennes  tract,  and  which  has  not  been  ceded 
to  The  United  States  by  this  or  any  former  Treaty ;  and  they  do  further 
engage*  that  they  will  not  purchase  any  part  of  the  said  Country, 
without  the  consent  of  each  of  the  said  Tribes:  provided  always,  that 
nothing  in  this  Section  contained,  shall,  in  any  manner,  weaken  or 
destroy  any  Claim  which  the  Kickapoos,  who  are  not  represented  at 
this  Treaty,  may  have  to  the  Country  they  now  occupy  on  die  Ver« 
million  River. 

V.  The  Pattawatimas,  Miami,  Eel  River,  and  Wea  Tribes,  ex- 
plicltiy  acknowledge  the  right  of  the  Delawares  to  sell  the  tract  of 
Laud  conveyed  to  the  United  States  by  the  Treaty  of  the  ISth  day  of 
August,  1804,  which  tract  was  given  by  the  Piankeshaws  to  the 
Deiawares,  about  37  years  ago. 

YI.  The  annuities  herein  stipulated  to  be  paid  by  The  United 
States,  shall  be  delivered  in  the  same  manner  and  under  the  same 
conditions,  as  those  which  the  said  Tribes  have  heretofore  received. 

VII.  This  Treaty  shall  be  in  force  and  obligatory  on  the  Con- 
tnctfDg  Parties,  as  soon  as  the  same  shall  have  been  ratified  by  the 
President,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate  of  The 
United  States 

In  testimony  whereof,  the  said  Commissioner  Plenipotentiary  of 
The  United  States,  and  the  Sachems,  Chiefs,  and  Head  Men  of  the  said 
Tribes,  have  hereunto  set  their  hands  and  affixed  their  seals. 

Done  at  Grouseland,  near  Vincennes,  on  the  21st  day  of  August, 
in  die  year  1805,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United  States  the  30th. 
(L.S.)         WILLIAM  HENRY  HARRISON^ 
[Marks  of  4  Delawares.] 
^Marks  of  3  Pattawatimas.] 
[Marks  of  6  Miamis.] 
fMarks  of  3  Eel  Rivers.] 
[Mark8of3  Weas.] 
[Mark  of  1  Delaware.] 
Done  in  the  presence  of 
B.  Parke  Secretary  to  the  Commissioner, 
John  Gibson,  Secretary,  Indiana  Territory, 
John  Griffin,  a  Judge  of  the  Indiana  Territory, 
B.  Chambers,  President  of  the  Council, 
Jesse  B.  Thomas,  Speaker  of  the  House  o/  Representatives^ 
John  R/ce  Jones,    ^  ^,    ,        ^  ,    ,       .         ^ 
Samuel  Gwathmey,  f  ^^"^^  ^^'^^  Legulattve  CouncU, 
PiEEEB  Menard,      )  Indiana  Territory. 

2  £  2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


420  UN1T£D  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 


a 


fiBAUUCH  Bond,    (  Members  ^  ike  House  ef  Bepretentaivsee^ 
WiLLUM  BiGGSy      i  Indiana  Territory. 

lOBM  JoBVSONt        ' 

W.  WsLLS,  Af^ni  of  Indian  Affws. 
Vrao,  Coionei  of  Knox  County  Miiilim. 
John  Connbb,       7  5^^  interpreter,. 
Joseph  Babaont,  ) 

JddUionai  Artieie. 
It  19  the  iBteotion  of  the  Contracting  Paities,  that  the  boundary 
line  herein  directecl  to  be  mn  from  the  northeast  corner  of  the 
Vincennes  tract,  to  the  boundary  line  running  from  the  mouth  of  the 
Kentucky  Ri?en  shall  not  cross  the  Embarrass  or  Driftwood  Fork  o  f 
White  River;  but  if  it  should  strike  the  said  Fork^  such  an  alCeratioa 
hi  the  direction  of  the  said  line  is  to  be  made,  as  will  leave  the  whole 
of  the  said  Fork  in  the  Indian  Territory. 

[Ratified  by  the  President  of  The  United  States,  24th  April,  1806.] 


{y.y-TREATY  between  The  United  States  and  the  Choctaw  Indians. 
Signed  at  Mount  Dexter,  I6/A  November,  1805. 

Treaty  qf  limits  bettoeen  the  United  States  qf  America  and  the 
Choctaw  Nation  of  Indians. 

Thomas  Jeffsrson,  President  of<he  United  Stated  of  America,  by 
James  Robertson,  of  Tennessee,  and  Silas  Dinsmoor,  of  New  Hamp- 
sbire.  Agent  of  The  United  States  to  the  Choctaws.  Copimissioneni 
Plenipotentiary  of  The  United  States,  on  the  one  part,  and  the  Mingos^ 
Chiefs*  and  Warriors,  of  the  Choctaw  Nation  of  Indians,  in  Council 
assembled,  on  the  other  part,  have  entered  into  the  following  Agree* 
ment,  vii : 

Art.  I.  The  Mingos,  Chie£i,  and  Warriors,  of  the  Choctaw 
Nation  of  Indians,  In  behalf  of  themselves,  and  the  said  Nation^  do, 
by  these  presents,  cede  to  the  United  States  of  America,  all  the  lands  to 
which  they  now  have  or  ever  had  Claim,  lying  to  the  right  of  the  follow- 
ing lines  ;  that  is  to  say:  beginning  at  a  branch  of  the  Humecheeto, 
where  the  same  is  intersected  by  the  present  Choctaw  boundary,  and 
also  by  the  path  leading  from  Natchez  to  the  County  of  Washington, 
usually  called  M'Clarey  s  Path,  thence  eastwardly,  along  M'Clarey's 
Path,  to  the  east  or  left  bank  of  Pearl  River,  thence  on  such  a  direct 
line  as  would  touch  the  lower  end  of  a  bluff  on  the  left  bank  of 
Chickasawbay  River,  the  first  above  the  Hiyoowannee  Town,  called 
Broken  Bluff,  to  a  point  within  4  miles  of  the  Broken  Bluff,  thence,  in 
a  direct  line  nearly  parallel  with  the  River  to  a  point  whence  an 
east  line  of  4  miles  in  length  will  intersect  the  River  below  the  lowest 
settlement  at  present  occupied  and  improved  in  the  Hiyoowannee  Town, 
thence  still  east  4  miles,  thence  in  a  direct  line  nearly  parallel  with  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


i 


UMIT£D  STATES  AND  iNDIANS;  421 

Rirer  to  a  point  on  a  line  to  be  nin  fW>in  the  lower  end  of 
the  Broken  Blaff  to  Falaktabaone,  on  the  Tombigbee  River, 
4  miles  from  the  Broken  Bluff,  thence  along  the  said  line  to 
Faluktabannee,  thence  east  to  the  boundary  between  the  Creeks  and 
Choctaws  on  the  ridge  dif  iding  the  waters  running  Into  the  Alabama 
from  those  running  into  the  Totnbigbee,  thence  southwardly  along  the 
said  ridge  and  boundary  to  the  southern  point  of  Ihe  Choctaw  Claim. 
Resairing  a  tract  of  2  miles  square,  run  on  meridians  and 
parallels,  so  as  to  include  the  houses  and  improvements  in  the  Town 
of  Fuketcfaeepoonta,  and  reserving  also  a  tract  of  6,120  acres, 
beginning  at  a  post  on  the  left  bank  of  Tombigbee  River  opposite  the 
lower  end  of  Ha  tchatigbee  Bluff,  thence  ascending  the  river  4  miles 
front  and  2  back  ;  one  half  for  the  use  of  Alzira,  the  other  half  for 
the  use  of  Sophia,  daughters  of  Samuel  MitchitI,  by  Molly,  a  Choctaw 
Woman.  The  latter  reserve  to  be  subject  to  the  same  Laws  and 
Regnlations  as  may  be  established  in  the  circumjacent  Country  ;  and 
the  said  Mingos  of  the  Choctaws,  request  that  the  Government  of  The 
United  States  may  confirm  the  title  of  this  reserve  in  the  said  Alzira 
and  Sophia. 

II.  For  aud  in  consideration  of  the  foregoing  Cession  on  the  part 
of  the  Choctaw  Nation^  and  in  full  satisfaction ^or  the  same,  the 
Commissioners  of  The  United  States  do  hereby  covenant  and  agree 
with  the  said  Nation,  in  behalf  of  The  United  Slates,  that  the  said 
States  shall  pay  to  the  said  Nation  50,500  dollars,  for  the  following 
purposes,  to  wit :  48,000  dollars  to  enable  the  Mingos  to  discharge  the 
debt  due  to  their  Merchants  and  Traders,  and  also  to  pay  for  the 
depredations  committed  on  slock  and  Other  property,  by  evil  disposed 
persons  of  the  said  Choctaw  Nation ;  and  9,500  dollars  to  be  paid  to 
John  Pitchlynn,  to  compensate  him  for  certain  losses  sustained  in  the 
Choctaw  Country,  and  as  a  grateful  testimonial  of  the  Nation's  Esteem. 
And  the  said  States  shall  also  pay,  annually,  to  the  said  Choctaws,  for 
the  nse  of  the  Nation,  3,000  dollars,  in  such  goods  (at  net  cost  of 
Philadelpliia}  as  the  Mingos  may  choose,  they  giving  at  least  1 
year's  notice  of  such  choice. 

III.  The  Commissioners  of  The  United  States,  on  the  part  of  the 
said  States,  engage  to  give  to  each  of  the  3  great  Medal  Mingos, 
Pukshunubbee  Mingo,  Hoomastubbee,  and  Poosshamattaha,  dOO 
dollars,  in  consideration  of  past  services  in  their  Nation  ;  and  also  to 
pay  to  each  of  them  an  annuity  of  150  dollars  during  their  continu- 
ance in  Office.  It  is  perfectly  understood,  that  neither  of  these  great 
Medal  Mingos  is  to  share  any  part  of  the  general  annuity  of  the  Nation. 

IV.  The  Mingos,  Chiefs,  and  Warriors  of  the  Choctaws,  certify, 
that  a  Tract  of  Land,  not  exceeding  1500  acres,  situated  between  the 
Tombigbee  River  and  Jackson's  Creek,  the  front  or  River  Line  extend- 
ing down  the  River  from  a  blazed  white  oak,  standing  on  the  left  bank . 
of  the  Tombigbee,  near  the  head  of  the  shoal,  next  above  Hobuken- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


422  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANA. 

loopa,  and  claimed  by  John  M'Grev,  was,  in  fact,  granted  to  Uie  ami 
M'Grew,  by  Opiomingo  Hesuitta,  and  others,  many  years  ago,  and  they 
respectfully  request  the  Government  of  The  United  States  to  establish 
.the  Claim  of  the  said  M'Grew  to  the  said  1,500  acres. 

V.  The  two  Contracting  Parties  covenant  and  agree,  that  the  Boun- 
dary, as  described  in  the  1st  Article,  shall  be  ascertained  and 
plainly  marked^  in  such  way  and  manner  as  the  President  of  The 
United  States  may  direct,  in  the  presence  of  3  Persons  to  be  appointed 
by  the  said  Nation  ',  one  from  each  of  the  great  Medal  Districts,  each 
of  whom  shall  receive  for  this  service  2  dollars  per  day  during  his 
actual  attendance ;  and  the  Choctaws  shall  have  due  and  seasonable 
notice  of  the  place  where,  and  time  when,  the  operation  shall  com- 
mence. 

VI.  The  Lease  granted  for  establishments  on  the  roads  leading 
through  the  Choctaw  Country,  is  hereby  confirmed  in  all  its  conditions; 
and,  except,  in  the  alteration  of  boundary,  nothing  in  this  instrumeot 
shall  affect  or  change  any  of  the  pre-existing  obligations  of  the  Con- 
tracting Parties. 

VI i.  This  Treaty  shall  take  effect  and  become  reciprocally  obli- 
gatory, so  soon  as  the  same  shall  have  been  ratjfi^d  by  the  President 
of  the  United  States  of  America,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent 
of  the  Senate  of  the  said  United  States. 

Done  on  Mount  Dexter,  in  Pooshapukanuk,  in  the  Choctaw 
Country,  this  16th  day  of  November,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord,  1806, 
and  of  the  Independence  of  the  United  States  of  America  the  30th. 

(L.  S.)        JAMES  ROBERTSON. 
(L.  S.)        SILAS  DINSMOOR. 
[Marks  of  3  Great  Medal  Mingos.] 
[Marks  of  20  Chiefs  and  Warriors.] 
Witnesses  presenjt  at  signing  and  sealing. 
Thomas  Augustine  Claiborne,  Secretary  to  the  CommUsumen. 
John  M'Kee. 

Samuel  Mitchell,  United  States*  Agent  la  the  Chickasaws. 
William  Colbert,  o/^/Ae  Chickasaurs. 
Lewis  Ward. 
Charles  Juzan. 
Garrud  £.  Nelson. 
David  Chotb. 
Nathaniel  Tolsom. 
Mdl.  Macket. 
Lewis  Lefto. 

John  Pitchlynn,  United  States^  Interpreter. 
Will.  Tyrrell,  Assistant  Interpreter. 


[Ratified  by  the  President  of  the  United  SUtes,  27th  January,  1806.3 

itized  by  Google 


Digitiz 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  423 

{S.y-TREATYbeiween  The  Untied Staies and  the  OiiauM,  Chippewa 
fVyandoi,  and  Paitawatima   Indians, — Signed    at    Detroit,   17 tk 

JViwmAer,  1807.  

Jrtickt  efa  Treaty  made  at  Detroit,  this  17/ A  day  of  November,  in 
the  fear  of  our  Lord  1807,  by   William  Hull,    Governor  of  the 
.    Territory  of  Michigan,  and  Superintendent  of  Indian  Affaks,  and 
sole    Commissioner   of  The  United  States,  to  conclude  and  sign 
a  Treaty  or  Treaties,  with  the  several  Nations  of  Indians  Norths 
west  of  the  River  Ohio,  on  the  one  part,  and  the  Sachems,  Chiefs, 
and  Warriors  of  the  Oitatca,  Chippewa,  Wyandot,  and  Paitawatima 
Nations  of  Indians,  on  the  other  part. 
To  confirm  and  perpetuate  tbe  friendship,  which  happily  subsiata 
between  The  United  States  and  tbe  Nations  aforesaid,  to  manifest  the 
sincerity   of  that  friendship,  and  to  settle  arrangements  mtttnally 
beneficial  to  the  Parties^  after  a  full  explanation  and  perfect  under- 
standing, the  following  Articles  are  agreed  to,  which,  when  ratified  by 
tbe  President,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate  of 
The  United  States,  shall  be  binding  on  them,  and  the  respective  Na* 
tions  of  Indians. 

Art.  1.  The  Sachems,  Chiefs,  and  Warriors  of  the  Nations  afore- 
said,  in  consideration  of  money  and  ^oods,  to  be  paid  to  the  said  Na- 
tions, by  tlie  Government  of  The  United  States,  as  hereafter  stipula- 
tedy  do  hereby  agree  to  cede,  and  for  ever  quit  Claim,  and  do,  in 
behalf  of  their  Nations,  hereby  cede,  relinquish,  and  for  ever  quit 
Claim,  unto  The  said  United  States,  all  right,  title,  and  interest, 
which  the  said  Nations  now  have,  or  claim,  or  ever  had,  or  claimed, 
in,  or  unto,  the  lands  comprehended  within  the  following  described 
lines  and  boundaries:  beginning  at  the  mouth  of  the  Miami  River  of 
the  Lakes,  and  running  thence  up  the  middle  thereof,  to  the  mouth  of 
the  gmat  Auglaize  River,  thence  running  due  north,  until  it  iutenects 
a  parallel  of  latitude,  to  be  drawn  from  the  outlet  of  Lake  Huron, 
which  forms  the  River  Sinclair;  thence  running  northeast,  the  course 
that  may  be  found  will  lead  in  a  direct  line  to  White  Rock,  in  Lake 
Huron,  thence  due  east,  until  it  intersects  the  boundary  line  between 
The  United  States  and  Upper  Canada,  in  said  Lake,  thence  south- 
wardly, following  the  said  boundary  line  down  said  Lake,  throogh  the 
River  Sinclair,  Lake  St.  Clair,  and  the  River  Detroit,  into  Lake 
Erie,  to  a  point  due  east  of  the  aforesaid  Miami  River,  thence  west  to 
the  place  of  beginning. 

IL  It  is  hereby  stipulated  and  agreed  on  the  part  of  The  United 
States^  as  a  consideration  for  the  lands  ceded  by  the  Nations  afore- 
said in  tbe  preceding  Article,  that  there  shall  be  paid  to  the  said  Na* 
tions,  at  Detroit,  10,000  dollars,  in  money,  goods,  implements  of 
bosbandry,  or  domestic  animals,  (at  the  option  of  the  said  Nations^ 
seaaonably  signified  throngb  the  Superintendent  of  Indian  Affaim 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


424  UNIT£P  STATES  AND  INDIAKS. 

tmdmg  with  the  said  Nations,  to  the  Department  of  War,)  as  sooo  aa 
practicable,  aAer  the  Ratification  of  the  Treaty  by  the  Presidenl,  vilh 
the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate  of  The  United  States:  of  this 
sam,  3,383  dollars  33  cents  and  4  mills  shall  be  paid  to  the  OtUwa 
Nation ;  3,333  dollars  33  cents  and  4  mills  to  the  Chippewa  Nation ; 
1,666  dollars  66  cento  and  6  mills  to  the  Wyandot  Nation ;  1,666 
dollars  66  cento  and  6  mills  to  the  Pattawatima  Nation ;  and  likewise 
an  annuity  for  ever,  of  2,400  dollars,  to  be  paid  at  Detroit,  in  manner 
as  aforesaid:  the  first  payment  to  be  made  on  the  1st  day  of  SepteBh> 
htf  next,  and  to  be  paid  to  the  different  Nations  in  the  following 
proportions :  800  dollars  to  the  Ottawas,  800  dollars  to  the  Chippe- 
was,  400  dollars  to  the  Wyandote,  and  400  dollars  to  sach  of  tbe 
Pattawatimas  as  now  reside  on  the  River  Huron  of  Lake  Erie,  the 
River  Raisin,  and  in  the  vicinity  of  the  said  Rivers. 

III.  It  is  further  stipulated  and  agreed,  if  at  any  time  hereafter 
tbe  said  Nations  should  be  of  the  opinion  that  it  would  be  more  for 
their  interest,  that  the  annuity  aforesaid  should  be  paid  by  instal- 
ments. The  United  States  will  agree  to  a  reasonable  commutatien  for 
the  annuity,  and  pay  it  accordingly. 

IV.  The  United  States,  to  manifest  their  nberaFity  and  disposi- 
tion to  encourage  the  said  Indians  in  agriculture,  further  stipulate  to 
fcmish  the  said  Indians  with  3  Blacksmiths,  one  to  reside  with  the 
Chippewas,  at  Saguina,  and  the  other  to  reside  with  the  Ottawas,  at 
the  Miami,  during  the  term  of  10  years:  said  Blacksmiths  are  to  do 
such  work  for  the  said  Nations  as  shall  be  most  useful  to  them. 

V.  It  is  further  agreed  and  stipulated,  that  the  said  Indian  Na* 
tions  shall  enjoy  the  privilege  of  hunting  and  fishing  on  the  lands 
ceded  as  aforesaid,  as  long  as  they  remain  the  property  of  The  United 
States. 

VI.  It  is  distinctly  to  be  understood,  for  the  accommodation  of  the 
said  Indians,  that  the  following  tracto  of  land  within  the  cessioo 
aforesaid,  shall  be,  and  hereby  are,  reserved  to  the  said  Indian 
Nations:  1  tract  of  land  6  miles  square,  on  the  Miami  of  Lake 
Erie,  above  Roche  de  Boeuf,  to  include  the  village  where  Tondagaoie 
(or  the  Dog)  now  lives.  Also,  3  miles  square  on  the  said  liver,  (aboTe 
the  19  miles  square  ceded  to  The  United  States  by  the  Treaty  of 
Greenville,)  including  what  is  called  Presque  Isle;  also,  4  miles 
square  on  the  Miami  Bay,  including  the  villages  where  Meshkemao 
and  Waugau  now  live ;  also,  3  miles  square  on  the  River  Raisin,  at  a 
place  called  Macon,  and  where  the  River  Macon  falls  into  the  River 
Raisin,  which  place  is  about  14  miles  from  the  month  of  said  River 
Raisin ;  also,  2  sections  of  one  mile  square  each,  on  the  River  Rouge, 
at  Seginsavin's  Village;  also,  2  sections  of  I  mile  square  each,  at 
Tonquish's  Village  near  the  River  Rouge;  also,  3  mites  square  on 
Lake  St.  Clair,  above  the  River  Huron,  to  include  Machonee  s  Vilkge;. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UKITED  ftTATES  AND  INDIANS.  425 

tA§o,  68ectioiis,  each  section  containing  1  mile  sqitare,  within  the 
eenion  aforesaid >  in  soch  sitnations  as  the  said  Indians  shall  select, 
sahjeet^  howsTer,  to  the  approbation  of  the  President  of  The  United 
Stales^  as  to  the  places  of  location* 

It  is  farther  nnderstood  and  agreed,  that  whenever  the  reserra* 
1km  cannot  conveniently  be  laid  oat  in  sqnares^  they  shall  be  laid 
out  in  parallelograms^  or  other  fignres,  as  found  most  practicable  and 
convenient,  so  as  to  contain  the  area  specified  in  miles;  and  in  all 
cases  they  are  to  be  located  in  such  maoner,  and  in  such  situations,  as 
not  to  interfere  with  any  improvements  of  the  French  or  other  White 
People,  or  any  former  cessions. 

VIL  The  said  Nations  of  Indians  acknowledge  themselves  to  be 
ander  the  Protection  of  The  United  States,  and  no  other  Power,  and 
will  prove  by  their  conduct  that  they  are  worthy  of  so  great  a  blessing. 
In  testimony  whereof,  the  said  William  Hull,  and  the  Sachems  and 
War  Chiefs  representing  the  said  Nations  have  hereunto  set  their 
hands  and  seals. 

Done  at  Detroit,  in  the  Territory  of  Michigan,  the  day  and  year 
Srst  above  written. 

(L.  8.)  WILLIAM  HULL. 

[Marks  of  17  Chippewas.] 

[MarksofdOttawas.] 
[Marks  of  5  Pattawalimas.] 
[Marks  of  3  Wyandots.] 
1  n  presence  of 
Geohoe  McDocgall,  Chief  Judge  Ci.  />.  H,  and  D. 
C.  Rush,  Aiiorney  General. 
Jacob  Visger,  As9oeiaie  Judge  of  ike  Z>.  Court. 
Jos.  Whtso'S,.  Secretary  to  the  Legislature  of  Michigan, 
Abijah  Hull,  Sureeywrfor  Michigan  Territory, 
Harms  H.  Hickman,  Coumelhr  at  Law, 
Abraham  Fuller  Hull,  Counsellor  ai  Law  and  Secretary  to  the 

CouttUMhnon, 
Whitmore  Knaoos,  1  ^  ^ 

William  Walker,     ]  Sworn  Interpreters. 

[Ratified  by  the  President  of  The  United  States,  27th  January,  1808.] 

[9.)— TREATY  between  The  United  States  and  the  Chippewa, 
Ottawa,  Pattawatima,  Wyandot^  and  Shawanee  Inditms.'^Signed  at 
Browttstoum,  26th  November,  1808. 

Ar tides  of  a  Treaty  made  and  concluded  at  Brownstaten,  in  the  Terri- 
tory of  Michigan,  between  William  Hull,  Governor  of  the  said  Ter»  ' 
rilory.  Superintendent  of  Indian  Affairs^  and  Commissioner  Plenipo" 
tentiary  of  the  United  States  of- America,  far  concluding  any  Treaty 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


426  UNITED  STATES  ANI>  INI>][AN5. 

or  Treaties  which  may  be  /oumd  necessary,  with  any  of  the  htdsam 
Tribes  N&rih-wesl  of  the  River  Ohio,  of  the  one  pari,  and  the  Saehem, 
Chiefs^   and    Warriors,  of  the   Chippewa,  Ottawa,  Pattawaiimar 
.    Wyandot,  and  Shawanee  Nations  o/*  Indians,  of  the  other  part,  * 

Art.  I.  Whereas,  by  a  Treaty  concluded  at  Detroit^  od  the  l-7th 
day  of  November,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  1807,  a  Tract  of  Land  lying 
to  the  west  and  north  of  the  River  Miami,  of  Lake  Erie,  and  princi- 
pally within  the  Territory  of  Michij^an,  was  ceded  by  the  Indian 
Nations  to  the  United  States;  and  whereas  the  lands  lying  on  tlie 
south  eastern  side  of  the  said  River  Miami,  and  between  said  river, 
and  the  boundary  lines  established  by  the  Treaties  of  Greenville  and 
Fort  Industry,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  snail  reservations  to  the 
United  States,  still  belong  to  the  Indian  Nations,  so  that  The  United 
States  cannot,  of  right,  open  and  maintain  a  convenient  road  from  the 
Settlements  in  the  State  of  Ohio  to  tlie  Settlements  in  the  Territory  of 
Michigan,  nor  extend  those  Settlements  so  as  to  connect  them;  io 
order  therefore  to  promote  this  object,  so  desirable  and  evidently  bene- 
ficial to  the  Indian  Nations,  as  well  as  to  The  United  States,  the  Parlies 
have  agreed  to  the  following  Articles,  which,  when  ratified  by  the 
President  of  The  United  States,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Senate  thereof,  shall  be  reciprocally  binding. 

II.  The  several .  Nations  of  Indians  aforesaid,  in  oi*derto  promote 
the  object  mentioned  in  the  preceding  Article,  and  in  consideration  of 
the  friendship  they  bear  towards  The  United  States,  for  the  liberal  and 
benevolent  policy  which  has  been  practised  towards  them  by  the 
Government  tliereof,  do  hereby  give,  grant,  and  cede,  unto  the  said 
United  States,  a  tract  of  land  for  a  road  of  120  feet  in  width,  frooi 
the  foot  of  the  Rapids  of  the  River  Miami,  of  Lake  Erie,  to  the  western 
line  of  the  Connecticut  Reserve,  and  all  the  land  within  1  mile  of  the 
said  road,  on  each  side  thereof,  for  the  purpose  of  establishing  Settle- 
iftents  along  the  same ;  also,  a  tract  of  land  for  a  road  only,  of 
120  feet  in  width,  to  run  southwardly  from  what  is  called  Lower  San- 
dusky, to  the  boundary  line  established  by  the  Treaty  of  Greenville 
with  the  privilege  of  taking,  at  all  times,  such  timber  and  other  mate- 
rials from  the  adjacent  lands,  as  may  be  necessary  for  making  and 
keeping  in  repair  the  said  road,  with  the  bridges  that  may  be  required 
along  the  same. 

IIL  It  is  agreed,  that  the  lines  embracing  the  lands  given  and 
ceded  by  the  preceding  Article,  shall  be  run  in  such  directions  as  may 
be  thought  most  adviseable  by  the  President  of  the  United  States,  for 
the  purposes  aforesaid. 

IV.  It  is  agreed  that  the  said  Indian  Nations  shall  retain  the  pri- 
vilege of  hunting  and  fishing  on  the  lands  given  and  ceded  as  above» 
so  long  as  the  same  shall  remain  the  property  of  The  United  States. 

V.  The  several  Nations  of  Indians  aforesaid,  do  again  acknowledge 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  427 

themselres  to  be  ooder  the  protection  of  The  United  States,  and  of  no 
other  Sovereign ;  and  The  United  States,  on  their  part,  do  renew  their 
Covenant  to  extend  protection  to  them  according  to  the  intent  and 
meaning  of  Stipulations  in  former  Treaties. 

Done  at  Brownstown,  in  the  Territory  of  Michigan,  this  25th  daj 
of  November,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  1808,  and  of  the  Independence 
of  the  United  States  of  America  the  33d. 

(L.S.)        WILLIAM  HULL. 
[Marks  of  4  Chippewas.] 
[Marksof2  0ttawas.] 
[Marks  of  3  Pattawatimas.] 
[Marks  of  4  WyandoU.] 
[Marks  of  2  Sfaawanees.] 
Execated,  after  having  been  fnliy  explained  and  understood,  in 
presence  of 

Redben  Attwater,  Secretary  of  the  Territory  Michigan. 

James  Witherill,  a  Judge  of  Michigan  Territory, 

Jacob  Visoer,  Judge  of  the  District  Court. 

Jos.  Watson,  Secretary,  L.  M.  T. 

Wm.  Brown.  B.  Campau. 

Lewis  Bond,  I      ,^  ^^^  ^^^^^  ^^.^^^ 

A.  Lyons,       I 

WhITMORE  KNA06S,*\ 

William  Walker,    f  «         »  , 

^   ^  >  Sworn  interpreters. 

F.  DUCHONQUET,         I  '^ 

Samdel  Saunders,  y 
Attest, 

HARRIS  HAMPDEN  HICKMAN, 

Secretary  to  the  Commission. 


[Ratified  by  the  President  of  The  United  States,  Ist  March,  1809.] 


(10.)'^TR£ATY  between  The  United  States  and  the  Delaware,  Pat^ 
iawaiima,  ifc.  Indians. — Signed  at  Fort  Wayne,  30<A  September, 
1809. 

Treaty  between  the  United  States  of  America  and  the  Tribes  of 
Indians  called  the  Delawares,  Pattawatimas,  Miamis,  and  Eel 
River  Miamis. 

James  Madison,  President  of  The  United  States,  by  William 
Henry  Harrison,  Governor  and  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  Indiana 
Territory,  Superintendent  of  Indian  Affairs,  and  Commissioner  Pleni- 
potentiary of  The  United  States  for  treating  with  the  said  Indian 
Tribes,  and  the  Sachems,  Head  Men,  and  Warriors  of  the  Delaware, 
PatUvatimai  Miami,  and  Eel  River,  Tribes  of  Indians,  have  agreed 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


428  UMITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

and  eonelttded  upon  the  following  Treaty ;  which,  when  rati6ed  by  the 
said  President^  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate  of  The 
United  States,  shall  be  binding  on  said  Parties. 

Art.  I.  The  Miami  and  Eel  River  Tribes^  and  the  Delawares  and 
Pattawatimaaj  as  their  Allies,  agree  to  cede  to  The  United  States  all 
that  tract  of  Coontry,  which  shall  be  included  between  the  boundary 
line  established  by  the  Treaty  of  Fort  Wayne,  the  Wabasb,  and  a  line 
to  be  drawn  from  the  mouth  of  a  creek  called  Racoon  Creek,  emptying 
into  the  Wabash,  on  the  soatheast  side,  about  12  miles  below  the 
mouth  of  the  Verrailioa  Rirer,  so  as  to  strike  the  boundary  line 
established  by  the  Treaty  of  Grouseland,  at  such  a  distance  from  ita 
commencement,  at  the  northeast  corner  of  the  Vincennes  tract,  as  will 
leave  the  tract  now  ceded  90  miles  wide  at  the  narrowest  place.  And 
also  all  that  tract  which  shall  be  included  between  the  following 
boundaries,  viz  ;  beginning  at  Fort  Recovery,  thence  southwardly 
along  the  general  boundary  line  established  by  the  Treaty  of 
Greenville,  to  its  intersection  with  the  boundary  line  established  by  the  • 
Treaty  of  Grouseland ;  thence  along  said  line  to  a  point,  from  which 
a  line,  drawn  parallel  to  the  6rst-mentioned  line,  will  be  12  miles 
distant  from  the  same,  and  along  the  said  parallel  line  to  its  inter- 
section with  a  line  to  be  drawn  from  Fort  Recovery,  parallel  to  the 
line  established  by  the  said  Treaty  of  Grouseland. 

II.  The  Miamis  explicitly  acknowledge  the  equal  light  of  tlie 
Delawares  with  themselves  to  the  Country  watered  by  the  White  River : 
but  it  is  also  to  be  clearly  understood,  that  neither  Party  shall  have 
the  right  of  disposing  of  the  same  without  the  consent  of  the  others  ; 
and  any  improvements  which  shall  be  made  on  the  said  land  by  the 
Delawares*  or  their  friends  the  Mochecans,  shall  be  theirs  for  ever. 

III.  The  compensation  to  be  given  for  the  cession  made  in  the  1st 
Article,  shall  be  as  follows,  viz :  to  the  Delawares,  a  permanent 
annuity  of  600  dollars;  to  the  Miamis,  a  like  annuity  of  500  dollars ; 
to  the  Eel  River  Tribe,  a  like  annuity  of  250  dollars ;  and  to  the 
Pattawalimas,  a  like  annuity  of  500  dollars. 

IV.  All  the  Stipulations  made  in  the  Treaty  of  Greenville,  rela- 
tive to  the  manner  of  paying  the  annuities,  and  the  right  of  the 
Indians  to  hunt  upon  the  land,  shall  apply  to  the  annuities  granted, 
and  the  land  ceded,  by  the  present  Treaty. 

V.  The  consent  of  the  Wea  Tribe  shall  be  necessary  to  complete 
the  title  to  the  first  tract  of  land  here  ceded ;  a  separate  Convention 
shall  be  entered  into  between  them  and  The  United  States,  and  a 
reasonable  allowance  of  goods  given  them  in  hand,  and  a  permanent 
annuity,  which  shall  not  be  less  than  300  dollars,  settled  upon  them. 

VI.  The  annuities  promised  by  the  Ilird  Article,  and  the  goods 
now  delivered  to  the  amount  of  5,200  dollars,  shall  be  considered  as  a 
full  compensation  for  the  cession  made  in  the  1st  Article. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANA. 

YII.  The  Tribes  who  are  Parties  to  this  Treaty,  being  desirous  of 
fkoiting  an  end  to  the  depredations  which  are  committed  by  abandoned 
individuals  of  their  own  color,  upon  the  cattle,  horses,  iic.  of  the  more 
industrious  and  careful,  agree  to  adopt  the  following  Regulations,  viz : 
when  any  any  theft  or  other  depredation  shall  be  committed  by  any 
IndividusI  or  Individuals  of  one  of  the  Tribes  above-mentioned,  upon 
the  property  of  any  Individual  or  Individuals  of  another  TribOi  the  Chiefs 
of  the  Party  injured  shall  make  application  to  the  Agent  of  The  United 
States,  who  is  charged  with  the  delivery  of  the  annuities  of  the  Tribe 
to  which  the  Oflending  Party  belongs,  whose  duty  it  shall  be  to  hear 
the  proo&  and  allegations  on  either  side,  and  determine  between  them: 
and  the  amount  of  his  award  shall  be  immediately  deducted  from  the 
annuity  of  the  Tribe  to  whidi  the  OflRtnding  Party  belongs,  and  given 
to  the  Person  injured,  or  to  the  Chief  of  his  village  for  his  use. 

VIII.  The  United  States  agree  to  relinquish  their  right  to  the 
iveerve,  at  the  old  Ouroctenon  Towns,  made  by  the  Treaty  of 
Greenville,  so  far,  at  least,  as  to  make  no  further  use  of  it  than  for  the 
establishment  of  a  Military  Post. 

IX.  The  Tribes  who  are  Parties  to  this  Treaty,  being  desirous  to 
show  their  attachment  to  their  brothers  the  Kickapoos,  agree  to  cede 
to  The  United  States  the  lands  on  the  northwest  sicle  of  the  Wabash, 
^m  the  Vincennes  tract  to  a  northwardly  extension  of  the  line 
running  from  the  mouth  oi  the  aforesaid  Racoon  Creek,  and  15  miles 
in  width  from  the  Wabash,  on  condition  that  The  United  States  shall 
allow  them  an  annuity  of  400  dollars.  But  this  Article  is  to  have  no 
effect  unless  the  Kickapoos  will  agree  to  it 

In  tifstimony  whereof,  the  said  William  Henry  Harrison,  and  the 
Sachems  and  War  Chiefs  of  the  before-mentioned  Tribes,  have 
hereunto  set  their  hands  and  affixed  their  seals,  at  Fort  Wayne,  this 
^30th  September,  1809. 

(L.S.)  WIIXIAM  HENRY  HARRISON. 

[  Marks  of  5  Delawares.] 

i;  Marks  of  10  Pattawatimas.] 

[Marks  of  6  Miamis.] 

[Marks  of  3  Eel  Rivers.] 

In  presence  of 

Peter  Jomes,  Secretary  to  the  Commissioner. 

John  Johnston,  Indian  Agent. 

A.  Heald,  Captain,  The  United  States'  Army» 

A.  Edwards,  Surgeon's  Mate, 

Ph.  Ostrandcr,  Lieutenant  United  States*  Army^ 

John  Shavt.  Stephen  Johnston. 

J.  Ramiwos,  Sheriff' of  Dearborn  Count jf^ 

Hendrick  Aupaomut. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


430  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

William  Wells,  \ 

John  Conner,  f 

Joseph  Barron,  (  **^''"  ^'*'*^^'*^ 

Abraham  Abh,   y 


Separate  Article  with  the  Miami  and  Eel  Rvkk  Tribes. 
As  the  greater  part  of  the  lands  ceded  to  The  United  Sutes,  by 
the  Treaty  this  day  conclnded,  was  the  exclnsife  property  of  the 
Miami  Nation^  and  guaranteed  to  them  by  the  Treaty  of  Grouseland, 
it  is  considered  by  the  said  Commisstoner,  just  and  reasonable,  that 
their  request,  to  be  allowed  some  further  and  additional  compensation, 
should  be  complied  with.  It  is,  therefore,  agreed,  that  The  United 
States  shall  deliver  for  their  use,  in  the  course  of  the  next  spring,  at  Fort 
Wayne,  domestic  animals  to  the  amount  of  500  dollars,  and  the  like 
number  for  the  2  following  years,  and  that  an  armory  shall  be  also 
maintained  at  Fort  Wayne,  for  the  use  of  the  Indians,  as  lieretofore. 
It  is  also  agreed,  that  if  the  Kickapoos  coii6rra  the  IXth  Article  of  the 
Treaty  to  which  this  is  a  Supplement,  The  United  States  will  allow  to 
the  Miamis  a  further  permanent  annuity  of  200  dollars,  and  to  the 
Wea  and  Eel  River  Tribes  a  further  annuity  of  100  dollars  each. 

In  testimony  whereof,  the  said  William  Henry  Harrison,  and  the 
Sachems  and  War  Chiefs  of  the  said  Tribes,  have  hereunto  set  tfaeir 
liands  and  affixed  their  seals,  the  day  and  place  aboveHoaentioned. 
(L^.)  WILUAM  HENRY  HARRISON. 

pftarks  of  9  Miamis  and  Eel  River  Indians.] 
In  presence  of 

Peter  Jones,  Secretary  to  the  Commissioner. 
Joseph  Barron.  A.  Edwards. 

William  Wells,  John  Shaw. 

[Ratified  by  the  President  of  The  United  States,  2nd  January,  ISIO.] 

{\\.)^C0NVENT10N  betxceen  The  United  States  and  the  Wca 
Tribe  qf  Indians.Signed  at  Vincennes,  26/A  October y  1809. 

Convention  entered  into  at  Fincennes,  in  the  Indiana  Territory, 
between  William  Henry  Harrison,  Commissioner  Plenipotentiary  of 
The  United  States,  for  treating  with  the  Indian  Tribes  North-wesi 
of  the  Ohio,  and  the  Wea  Tribe. 

The  said  Tribe,  by  their  Sachems  and  Head  Warriors^  hereby 
declare  their  full  and  free  consent  to  the  Treaty  concluded  at  Fort 
Wayne,  on  the  30th  ultimo,  by  the  above-mentioned  Commissioner^ 
with  the  Delaware,  Miami,  Pattawatima,  and  Eel  River  Tribes,  aod 
also  to  the  Separate  Article  entered  into  on  the  same  day,  with  tlie 
Miami  and  Eel  River  Tribes.  And  the  said  Commissioner,  on  the 
j>art  of  The  United  States,  agrees  to  allow  the  said  Tribe  an  additional 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  431 

aBBuity  of  300  dollars,  and  a  present  snm  of  1,500  dollars,  in  con- 
sideration of  the  relinquishment  made  in  the  Ist  Article  of  said  Treaty; 
and  a  farther  permanent  annuity  of  100  dollars,  as  soon  as  the 
Kickapoos  can  be  brought  to  give  their  consent  to  the  IXth  Article  of 
said  Treaty. 

In  testimony  whereof,  the  said  William  Henry  Harrison,  and 
tlie  Sachems  and  Head  Warriors  of  the  said  Tribe,  have  hereunto  set 
their  hands  and  affixed  their  seals,  this  26th  day  of  October,  1809. 

(L.8.)  WILLIAM  HENRY  HARRISON. 

[Marks  of  9  Indians.] 
In  the  presence  of 

Fbtbr  Jones,  Secretary  to  the  Commissioner. 

B.  Parke,  One  of  the  Judges  of  the  Indiana  Territory, 

Thomas  Randolph,  A.  G.  of  Indiana. 

Will.  Jones,  of  Vincennes. 

Samuei.  W.  Dayis,  Lieutenant-Colonel,  Ohio  State. 

Shadrach  Bono,  Jun.,  of  the  Illinois  Territory. 

Joseph  Barron,  Sworn  Interpreter. 

[Ratified  by  the  President  of  The  United  Stotes,2d  January,  1810.] 


(\2.)^TREATY  between  The  United  States  and  the  Kickapoo  Tribe 
qf  Indians, — Signed  the  9th  of  December,  1809. 

Treaty    between    the  United  Slates  qf  America  and    the   Kiekapoo 
Tribe  of  Indians. 

William  Henry  Harrison,  GoYernor  of  the  Indiana  Territory,  and 
Commissioner  Plenipotentiary  of  The  United  States,  for  treating  with 
the  Indian  Tribes  North-west  of  the  Ohio,  and  the  Sachems  and  War 
Chiefs  of  the  Kiekapoo  Tribe,  on  the  part  of  the  said  Tribe,  have 
agreed  \»  the  following  Articles,  which,  when  ratified  by  the  Presi- 
denty  by  and  with  the  advice  of  the  Senate,  shall  be  binding  on  said 
Parties. 

Art.  I.  The  IXth  Article  of  the  Treaty  concluded  at  Fort  Wayne, 
on  the  30th  of  September  last,  and  the  cession  it  contains  is  hereby 
agreed  to  by  the  Kickapoos,  and  a  permanent  additional  annuity  of 
400  dollars,  and  goods  to  the  amount  of  800  dollars,  now  delivered* 
is  to  be  considered  as  a  full  Compensation  for  the  said  cession. 

IT.  The  said  Tribe  further  agrees  to  cede  to  The  United  States,  all 
that  Tract  of  Land  which  lies  between  the  Tract  above  ceded,  the 
Wabash,  the  Vermilion  River,  and  a  line  to  be  drawn  from  the  north 
comer  of  the  said  ceded  Tract,  so  as  to  strike  the  Vermilion  River,, 
at  the  distance  of  20  miles  in  a  direct  line  from  its  mouth.  For  this 
cession  a  further  annuity  of  100  dollars,  and  the  sum  of  700  dollars  io^ 
goodsy  now  delivered,  is  considered  as  a  full  compensaticn.    But  if  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


438  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

Miamis  should  not  be  williog  to  sanction  the  latter  cession*  and  Tlie 
United  States  should  not  think  proper  to  take  possession  of  the  Laii4 
without  their  consent,  tliey  shall  be  released  from  the  obligation  to  pay 
the  additional  annuity  of  100  dollars. 

III.  The  Stipulations  conUined  in  the  Treaty  of  Greenville,  rela- 
tive to  the  manner  of  paying  the  annuity,  aad  of  the  right  of  tlie 
Indians  to  hunt  upon  the  land,  shall  apply  to  the  annuity  granted  and 
the  land  ceded  by  the  present  Treaty. 

In  testimony  whereof,  the  said  William  Henry  Harrison,  and  the 
Sachems  and  Head  War  Chiefs  of  the  said  Tribe  have  hereunto  set 
their  hands  and  affixed  their  seals,  this  9th  day  of  December,  1809* 
(L.S.)  WILLIAM  HENRY  HARRISON. 

[Marks  of  5  Indians.] 
Signed  in  presence  of 

P£T£ft  Jones,  Secretary  to  the  Commiswmtr. 
George  Wallace,  Jun.,  Justiee  of  the  Peace,  JT. 
J  OHM  Gibson,  Secretary,  Indiana  Territory. 
Will.  Jones,  Justice  of  the  Peace. 
E.  Stodt,  Justice  of  the  Peace, 
CsARLis  Smith,  of  Vincennes^ 
Hyacinthe  Lasselle,  of  Vincennes. 
DOM.  Lacroix,  of  Vincennes. 
Joseph  Barron,  Interpreter. 

{Ratified  by  the  President  of  The  United  States,  5th  March,  1810.] 


(\S.)^TREATY  between   the    United  States  and   the    Wyandoi^ 
Delaware,  Sfc.  Indians.^  Signed  at  Greenville,  22d  July.  1814. 

Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  between  The  United  States  qf 
America,  and  the  Tribes  of  Indians,  called  the  Wyandots,  DekacareB, 
Shawanees,  Senehas,  and  Miamis. 

The  said  United  States  of  America,  by  William  Henry  HarriflOD» 
late  Major  General  in  the  Army  of  The  United  States,  and  Lewis  Casa, 
Governor  of  the  Michigan  Territory,  duly  authorized  and  appointed 
Commissioners  for  the  purpose,  and  the  said  Tribes,  by  their  Head 
Men,  Chiefs,  and  Warriors,  assembled  at  Greenville,  in  the  State  of 
Ohio,  have  agreed  to  the  following  Articles ;  which,  when  ratified  by 
the  President  of  The  United  States,  bj  and  with  the  advice  and  con- 
sent  of  the  Senate  thereof,  shdl  be  binding  upon  them  and  the  said 
t*ribes. 

Art.  I.  The  United  States  and  the  Wyandots,  Dalavrares,  Sha- 
wanees,  and  Senekas,  give  peace  to  the  Miami  Nation  of  Indians,  for^ 
merly  designated  as  the  Miami,  Eel  River,  and  Wea  Tribes;  they 
extend  this  indulgence  also  to  the  Bands  of  the  Pattawatimas»  which 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


tJNITBD  6TATRS  AND  INDIANS.  433 

adhere  to  the  grand  Sachem  Tobioipee,  and  to  the  Chief  Onoxa,  to 
the  Ottawas  of  Blanchard'j  Creek,  who  hare  attached  themaeUes  to 
the  Shawanee  Tribe,  and  to  each  of  the  taid  Tribe  as  adhere  to  the 
Chief  called  Wing,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Detroit,  and  to  the  Kick- 
apooa,  under  the  direction  of  the  Chiefs  nho  sign  this  Treaty. 

I I.  The  Tribes  and  Bands  above-mentioned,  engage  to  give  their 
aid  to  The  United  States  in  prosecuting  the  War  against  Great  Britain 
And  such  of  the  Indian  Tribes  as  still  continue  hostile,  and  to  make 
no  Peace  with  either,  without  the  consent  of  The  United  States. 

The  assistance  faereiti  stipulated  for,  is  to  consist  of  such  a  number 
of  their  Warriors,  from  each  Tribe,  as  the  President  of  The  United 
States,  or  any  Officer  having  his  authority  therefor,  may  require. 

III.  The  Wyandot  Tribe,  the  Senekas  of  Sandusky  and  Stoney 
Creek,  and  die  Delaware  and  Shawanee  Tribes,  who  have  preserved  their 
fidelity  to  The  United  States  throughout  the  War,  again  acknowledge 
themselves  under  the  protection  of  the  said  States,  and  of  no  other 
Power  whatever,  and  agree  to  aid  The  United  States  in  the  manner 
stipulated  for  in  the  foregoing  Article,  and  to  make  no  Peace  but  with 
the  consent  of  the  said  States. 

IV.  In  the  event  of  the  faithful  performance  of  the  Conditions  of 
Ibis  Treaty,  The  United  States  will  confirm  and  establish  aU  the  boun- 
daries between  their  lands,  and  those  of  the  Wyandots,  Delawares, 
Shawanees,  and  M iamis,  as  they  existed  previously  to  the  commence- 
ment of  the  War. 

In  testimony  whereof,  the  said  Commissioners,  and  the  said  Head 
Men,  Chiefs,  and  Warriors,  of  the  before-mentioned  Tribes  of  Indians, 
have  hereunto  set  their  hands  and  affiiced  their  seals. 

Done  at  Greenville,  in  the  State  of  Ohio,  this  22d  day  of  Jnly,  in 
the  year  of  our  Lord,  1814,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United 
States  the  39th. 

(L.S.)  WILLIAM  HENRY  HARRISON. 

(L.S.)  LEWIS  CASS. 

[Marks  of  16  WyandoU.] 
{Marks  of  13  Delawares.] 
[Marks  of  14  Shawanees.] 
[Marks  of  5  Ottawas.] 
[Marks  of  13  Seaekas.^ 
[Marks  of  27  Miamis.] 
[Marks  of  18  Pattawatimas.] 
[Marks  of '6  Kickapoos.] 
In  presence  of 
Jambs  Dhul,  Seoreiary  io  the  Commisswnerg. 
Jno.  Johnston,  Indian  Agent. 
'B.  F.  STfCKNET,  Indian  Agent. 
[1816—16.]  2  F 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


434  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

James  J.  Ntsbet>  Associate  Jmi§e  of  Court  of  Comnum  Pirn, 

Preble  County. 
Thos.  G.  Gibson, 
Antoine  BoiifDij       I 
Wm.  Walker,  I 

William  Conner,      I 
J.  Bts.  Chandonnai,  \  Sworn  Interpreters. 
Stephen  Ruddeed,    / 
Jambs  Pelteir,         I 
Joseph  Bbrtrand,    j 
Thos.  Ramsey,  Capt.  Ut  Rifle  Regt. 
John  Conner^ 
John  Riddle,  Col.  ist  Regi.  Ohio  Miiiiia. 

[Ratified  by  the  President  of  The  United  States,  13th  December,  1814.] 

(\4,)^TREATYof  Peace  between  The  United  States  and  the  Creek 
Nation  of  Indians. — Signed  at  Fort  Jackson,  9th  August,  181 4* 

Articles  of  Agreement  and  Capitulation,  made  and  concluded  this  9tk 
daif  of  August,  1814,  between  Miff  or- General  Andrew  Jackson,  oh 
.  behaff  of  the  President  of  the  United  States  of  America,  ami  the 
Chiefs,  Deputifs,  and  Warriors  of  the  Creek  Nation. 
Whereas  an  unprovoked,  inhuman,  and  sanguinary  War,  waged  by 
the  hostile  Creeks  against  The  United  States  hath  been  repelled,  prose* 
cuted,  and  determined,  soccessfully  on  the  part  of  the  said  Stattt,  in 
conformity  with  principles  of  National  justice  and  honourable  war- 
fare :  and  whereas,  consideration  is  dne  to  the  rectitude  of  proceeding 
dictated  by  Instructions  relating  to  the  re-establishment  of  Peace :  be 
it  remembered,  that,  prior  to  the  Conquest  of  that  part  of  the  Creek 
Nation,  hostile  to  The  United  States,  numberless  aggressions  had  bees 
committed  against  the  peace,  the  property,  and  the  lives,  of  Citizens 
of  The  United  States,  and  those  of  the  Creek  Nation  in  amity  with  her, 
at  the  mouth  of  Duck  River,  Fort  Mimms,  and  elsewhere,  contrary  to 
national  faith,  and  the  regard  dne  to  an  Article  of  the  Treaty  con- 
cluded at  New  York,  in  the  year  1790,  between  the2  Nations ;  that  The 
United  States,  previous  to  the  perpetration  of  such  outrages,  did,  in 
order  to  ensure  future  amity  and  concord  between  the  Creek  Nation 
and  the  said  States,  in  conformity  with  the  Stipulations  of  former 
Treaties,  fulfil,  with  punctuality  and  good  faith,  her  engagements  to 
the  said  Nation  :  that  more  than  2* thirds  of  the  whole  number  of  tbe 
Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  the  Creek  Nation,  disregarding  the  genoioe 
spirit  of  existing  Treaties,  suffered  themselves  to  be  instigated  to 
violations  of  their  national  honor,  and  the  respect  dne  to  a  part  of 
their  own  Nation,  faithful  to  The  United  States  and  the  principles  of 
humanity,  by  Impostors  denominating  themselves  Prophets,  and  by 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS,  435 

the  dNipHoitv  avd  misrepresentatioii  of  Foreign    Emissaries,  vhoAe 
-Goreminents  are  at  War,  opea  or  qnderstood>  with  The  Uoited  States. 

Wherefore,  1st.  The  United  States  demand  an  eq.uiya]eDt  for  all 
expenses  incqrred  in  prosecuting  the  War  to  its  termination,  by  a  ces* 
sion  of  all  the  Territory  belonging  to  tlie  Creek  Nation,  within  the  Tex- 
ritoriee  of  The  United  States,  lying  west,  south,  and  south-eastward] y, 
of  a  line  to  be  run  and  described  by  Persons  duly  autliorized  and 
appointed  by  the  President  of  The  United  States :  beginning  at  a 
point  on  the  eastern  bank  of  the  Coosa  River,  where  the  south 
boundary  line  of  the  Cherokee  Nation  crosses  the  same;  running 
from  thence  down  the  said  Coosa  River,  with  its  eastern  bank 
according  to  its  various  meanders,  to  a  point  1  mile  above  the  mouth 
of  Cedar  Creek,  at  Fort  Williams,  thence  east  2  miles,  thence  south  2 
miles,  theace  west  to  the  eastern  bank  of  the  said  Coosa  Uiver,  thence 
down  the  eastern  bank  thereof,  according  to  its  varioua  meanders,  to  a 
point  opposite  the  upper  end  of  the  Great  Falls,  (called  by  the  Natives 
Woetnn^a,)  thence  east  from  a  true  meridian  line,  to  a  point  due  north 
of  the  Ofacskee,  thence  south,  by  a  like  meridian  line,  to  the  month  of 
Ofucakee,  on  the  south  side  of  ihe  Tallapoosa  River,  thence  up  the 
same,  according  to  its  various  meanders,  to  a  point  where  a  direct  course 
will  cross  the  same,  at  a  distance  of  10  miles  from  the  moulh  thereof,  thence 
a  direct  line  to  the  mouth  of  Sommochico  Creek,  which  empties  iiito  tlie 
Chatahoachie  River,  on  the  east  side  thereof,  below  the  Eufaulau  Town, 
thence  east,  frpm  a  true  meridian  line,  to  a  point  which  shall  intersect 
the  line  now  dividing  the  lands  claimed  by  the  said  Creek  Nation  fr6m 
those  claimed  and  owned  by  the  State  of  Georgia;  provided,  neverthe- 
le^,  that  when  any  posasssioo  of  any  Chief  or  Warrior  of  the  Creek 
Nation^  who  shall  have  been  friendly  to  The  United  States  during  the 
War,  and  taken  an  active  part  therein  shall  be  within  the  Territory 
ceded  by  these  Articles  to  The  United  States,  every  such  Person  shall 
be  entitled  to  a  res?rvation  of  land  within  the  said  Territory  of  I  mile 
square  to  include  his  improvements,  as  near  the  centre  thereof  as  may 
be,  which  shaU  inure  to  the  sfiid  Chief  or  Warrior,  and  his  Descendants 
so  long  as  he  or  they  shall  continue  to  occupy  the  same,  who  shall  be 
protected  by,  and  subject  to,  th^  Laws  o(  The  United  States ;  but  upon 
the  voluntary  abandonment  thereof,  by  such  Possessor  or  his  Desoend- 
ants,  the  right  of  occupancy  or  possession  of  said  lands  shall  devolve 
to  The  United  States,  and  be  identified  with  the  right  of  property  ceded 
hereby. 

II.  The  United  States  will  gi^aranty  tp  the  Creek  Natiooi^  the  in- 
tegrity of  all  their  Territory  eastwardly  and  northwardly  of  the  said 
line,  to  be  run  and  described  as  mentioned  in  the  1st  Article. 

III.  The  United  States  demand  that  the  Creek  Nation  abandon  all 
^communication,  and  cease  to  hold  any  intercourse,  with  any  British  or 
Spanish  Post,  Garrison,  or  Town ;  and  that  they  shall  not  admit  among 

2  F  2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


436  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

them  any  Agent  or  Trader,  who  shall  not  derive  authority  to  holtl 
cominercial,  or  olher,  intercourse  with  them,  by  License  from  the 
President  or  authorized  Agent  of  The  United  States. 

IV.  The  United  States  demand  an  acknowledgment  of  the  right 
to  establish  military  posts  and  trading  houses,  and  to  open  roads  within 
the  Territory  guaranteed  to  the  Creek  Nation  by  the  find  Article,  and 
a  right  to  the  free  navigation  of  all  its  waters. 

V.  The  United  States  demand  that  a 'surrender  be  immediately 
made,  of  all  the  Persons  and  Property  taken  from  the  Citizens  of  The 
United  States,  the  friendly  part  of  the  Creek  Nation,  the  Cherokee, 
Chickasaw,  and  Choctaw  Nations,  to  the  respective  Owners;  and  The 
United  States  will  cause  to  be  immediately  restored  to  the  formerly 
hostile  Creeks,  all  the  property  taken  from  them  since  their  submission, 
either  by  The  United  States,  or  by  any  Indian  Nation  in  amity  with  the 
United  States,  together  with  all  the  Prisoners  taken  from  them  during 
the  War. 

VI.  The  United  States  demand  the  caption  and  surrender  of  all  the 
Prophets  and  Instigators  of  the  War,  whether  Foreigners  or  Natives, 
who  have  nqt  submitted  to  the  arms  of  The  United  States,  and  becooae 
Parties  to  these  Anicles  of  Capitulation,  if  ever  they  shall  be  found 
within  the  Territory  guaranteed  to  the  Creek  Nation  by  the  Ilnd  Article. 

VII.  The  Creek  Nation  being  reduced  to  extreme  want,  and  not  at 
present  having  the  means  of  subsistence.  The  United  States,  from 
motives  of  humanity,  will  continue  to  furnish,  gratuitously,  the  neces- 
saries of  life,  until  the  crops  of  corn  can  be  conridered  competent  to 
yield  the  Nation  a  supply,  and  will  establish  trading  houses  in  the 
Nation,  at  the  discretion  of  the  President  of  The  United  States,  and  at 
such  places  as  he  shall  direct,  to  enable  the  Nation,  by  industry  and 
economy,  to  procure  clothing. 

VIII.  A  permanent  Peace  shall  ensue  from  the  date  of  these  presents, 
for  ever,  between  the  Creek  Nation  and  The  United  States,  and  between 
the  Creek  Nation  and  the  Cherolcee,  Chickasaw,  and  Choctaw  Nations. 

IX.  If,  in  running  east  from  the  mouth  of  Summochico  Creek,  it 
shall  so  happen  that  the  Settlement  of  the  Kinnards  fall  within  the 
lines  of  the  Territory  hereby  ceded,  then,  and  in  that  case,  the  line 
^hall  be  run  east  in  a  true  meridian,  to  Kitchofoonee  Creek,  thence, 
down  the  middle  of  said  creek,  to  its  junction  with  Flint  River,  imme- 
diately below  the  Oakmulgee  Town,  thence,  up  the  middle  of  Flint 
Fiver,  to  a  point  due  east  of  that  at  which  the  above  line  struck  the 
Kitchofoonee  Creek,  thence  east  to  the  old  line  hereinbefore  men- 
tioned ;  to  wit,  the  line  dividing  the  lands  claimed  by  the  Creek 
Nation  from  those  claimed  and  owned  by  the  State  of  Georgia. 

The  Parties  to  these  presents,  after  due  consideration,  for  tbem- 
selyes  and  their  Constituents,  agree  to  ratify  and  confirm  the  preceding 
AHicles,  and  constitute  them  the  basis  of  a  permanent  Peace  between 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  437 

the  2  Nations;  and  they  do  hereby  solemnly  bind  themselves,  and 
all  the  Parties  concerned  and  interested,  to  a  faithful  performance 
of  every  Stipulation  contained  therein. 

In  testimony   whereof,  they  have  hereunto,  interchangeably  set 
their  hands  and  affixed  their  seals,  the  day  and  date  above  written. 
(L.S.)  ANDREW  JACKSON, 

Maj.  Gen.  comdg,  1th  M.  Disi. 
[M'arks  of  36  Indians.] 
Done  at  Fort  Jackson,  in  presence  of 

Chabxes  Cassedy,  Acting  Secretary . 

Benjamin  Hawkins,  Agent  for  Indian  Ajgfairs. 

Return  J.  Meigs,  A,  C,  Nation. 

Robert  Butler,  Adjutant  General  United  States  Army. 

J.  C.  Warren,  Assistant  Agent  for  Indian  Affairs. 

George  Mayfield,     '\ 

Alexander  Curnels,  r  Public  Interpreters* 

George  Lovet  t,  J 


[Ratified  by  the  President  of  The  United  States,  16th  February,  1815.] 


{Xb.^—'TREATY  between  The  United  States  and  the  Pattawatima 
Indians. — Signed  at  Portage  des Sioux,  l&th  July,  1815. 

JAMES   MADISON,  President  of  the   United  States  of  America. 
to   all  and  singular  to  whom  these  presents  shall  come, 

greeting  : 
Whereas  a  Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  between  the  United 
States  of  America,  and  the  Poutawatamie  Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians* 
residing  on  the  River  Illinois,  was  concluded  and  signed  on  the  18th 
day  of  July,  1815,  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  by  Commissioners  on  the 
part  of  The   United  States,  and  certain  Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  the 
said  Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians,  on  the  part  of  the  said  Tribe  or 
Nation,  which  Treaty  is  in  the  words  following,  to  wit : 
Treaty  of  Peace    and  Friendship   made    and   concluded    between 
WUUam   Clarke  Ninian  Edwards,  and  Auguste  Chouteau,  Com- 
missianers  Plenipotentiary  of  the  United  States  of  America,  on  the 
part  and  behalf  of  the  said  States,  of  the  one  part ;  and  the  Under- 
signed Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  the  Poutawatamie  Tribe  or  Nation 
residing  on  the  River  Illinois,  on  the  part  and  behalf  of  the  said 
Tribe  or  Nation,  of  the  other  part. 

The  Parties  being  desirous  of  re-establishing  Peace  and  Friendship 
between  The  United  States  and  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation,  and  of  being 
placed  in  all  things  and  in  every  respect  on  the  same  footing  upon 
which  they  stood  before  the  War,  have  agreed  to  the  following  Articles : 
Art.  I.  Every  injury  or  act  of  hostility  by  one  or  either  of  the  Con- 
tracting Parties  against  the  other  shall  be  mutually  forgiven  and  forgot. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


438  tTKIMD  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

II.  There  shall  be  perpetual  Peace  and  Friendship  between  aFI  the 
Citizens  of  Tlie  United  States  of  America,  and  aT!  the  Individuals  com- 
posing the  said  Poutawatamie  Tribe  or  Nation. 

HI.  The  Contracting  Parties  hereby  agree,  promise,  and  bind  them- 
selves reciprocally  to  deliver  up  all  the  Prisoners  now  in  their  bsidds, 
(by  what  means  soever  the  same  may  have  come  ItKo  their  possession)^ 
to  tlie  Officer  commanding  at  Fort  Clarke,  on  the  Illinois  River,  a» 
soon  as  it  may  be  practicable. 

lY.  The  Contracting  Parties,  in  the  sincerity  of  mutaal  friendship, 
recognise,  re-establish,  and  confirm,  all  and  every  Trearty,  Contract, 
and  Agreement,  heretofore  concluded  hetween  The  United  States  and 
the  Poutawatamie  Tribe  or  Nation. 

In  witness  of  all  and  everything  herein  determined,  between  the 
United  States  of  America  and  the  said  l^outawatamie  Tribe  or  Nation, 
residing  on  the  River  Illinois :  we,  their  nnderwritten  Commissioners 
and  Chiefs  aforesaid,  by  virtue  of  our  Full  Powers,  have  signed  this 
Definitive  Treaty,  and  have  caused  our  seails  to  be  hereunto  affixed. 
Done  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  this  I8th  day  of  July,  in  the  year  of  our 
lord  1816,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United  States  the  40Ui. 
(L.S.)  W I LLI AM  OLARK. 

(luS.)  NINIAN  EDWARDS. 

(L.S.)  AUGUSTE  CHOUTEAU. 

[Marks  of  7  Indian  Chiefs  and  Warriors.] 
R.  WaigTh,  Secreiary  to  the  Commii^ners, 
Thomas  Forsyth,  Indian  Agent. 
N-  BoiLvlN.  Agent.  T.  Paul,  C  M. 

Mauricb  Blondbactx.  Manitel  Ltsa,  Agent. 

John  Miller,  Colonel,  3rd  Regiment  of  Injltntry. 
Richard  Chitwood,  Major  MilUta. 

Wm.  Irtine  Adair,  Captain  Srd  Regiment  United  States*  Infantry. 
Cyrus  Edwards,  Louis  DEcouAGN£,^ 

Saml.  Solomon,  John  A.  Cameron.  >  Sworn  Interpreters, 

Iagqubs  Matte,  3 


Now,  therefore,  be  it  known  that  I,  James  Madison,  President  of 
the  United  States  of  America,  having  seen  and  considered  the  said 
Treaty,  have,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate, 
accepted,  ratified  and  confirmed  the  same,  and  every  Clause  and 
Article  thereof.  In  testimony  whereof,  I  have  caused  the  Seal  of  The 
United  States  to  be  hereunto  affixed,  and  have  signed  the  aame  with 
my  hand. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington,  this  26th  of  December,  1815,  and 
of  the  Independence  of  The  United  States  the  40th. 

By  the  President,  (L.  S.)  JAMES  MADISON. 

J  AS.  MONROE,  Secretary  of  State. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


imiTEO  STATJSiS  AND  INIHANS.  439 

(^l^)^TREATY  between  The  UnUed  Siaiee  and  ihe  PiankeskatD 
Indians.-^Sign^i  ai  Portage  des  SiouM:,  IStA  July,  1815. 

JAMES  MADISON,  PresiderU  qfthe  United  States  of  America, 

TO  ALt  TO  WHOM  THESE  PRESENTS  SHA'LL  COMB,  QRBETING: 

Whereas  a  Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  between  The  United 
States,  and  the  Pianke^haw  Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians^  was  made  and 
concluded  at  Portage  des  Sioux^  on  the  48th  day  of  July,  i815,  by 
CommisBionerB  on  Che  part  of  The  United  States,  and  certain  Chiefs 
and  Warriors  of  the  Piankesbaw  Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians,  on  behalf 
of  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation,  whidi  Treaty  is  in  the  words  following, 
to  wit: 

Treaty  of  Pe€u:e  and  Friendship  made  and  concluded  between 
William  dark,  Ninian  Edwards^  and  Auguste  Chouteau,  Com" 
misnoners  Plenipotentiary  of  the  United  States  of  America,  on  the 
part  and  behalf  of  the  said  States,  of  the  one  part;  and  the  under- 
signed Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  the  Piankeshatc  Tribe  or  Nation^ 
on  the  part  and  behalf  of  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation,  of  the  other  part. 

The  Parties  being  anxious  of  re-establishing  Peace  and  Friendship 
between  The  United  States  and  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation,  and  of  being 
placed  in  all  things  and  in  every  respect,  on  the  same  footing  upon 
which  they  stood  before  the  War,  have  agreed  to  the  following 
Articles : 

Art.  I.  Every  ii^jury  or  act  of  hostility  by  one  or  either  of  the 
Contracting  Parties  against  the  other,  shall  be  mutually  forgiven  and 
forgot, 

II.  Tha*e  shall  be  perpetual  Peace  and  Friendship  between  all  the 
Citizeos  of  the  United  States  of  America,  and  all  the  Individuals 
composing  the  Piankeshaw  Tribe  or  Nation. 

III.  The  Contracting  Parties  in  the  sincerity  of  mutual  Friendship, 
recognise,  re-establish,  and  confirm  all  and  every  Treaty,  contract  or 
agreement,  heretofore  concluded  between  The  United  States  and  the 
said  Piankeshaw  Tribe  or  Nation. 

In  witness  of  all  and  every  thing  hereiA  determined  between  the 
-United  States  of  America,  and  the  said  Piankeshaw  Tribe  or  Nation : 
we,  their  anderwritten  Commissioners  and  Chiefs  aforesaid,  by  virtue  of 
our  Foil  Powers,  have  signed  this  Definitive  Treaty,  and  have  caused 
ovr  seals  to  be  hereunto  affixed. 

Done  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  this  18th  day  of  July,  in  tlie  year  of 
our  Lord,  1815,  and  of  the  Independence  of  the  United  States  of 
America  the  40th. 

(L  S.)  WILLIAM  CLARK. 

(L.S.)  NINIAN  EDWARDS, 

(LS.)  AUOUSTE  CHOUTEAU. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


440  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

[Marks  of  5  Indian  Chiefs  and  Warriors.} 
Done  at  Portage  des  Sionx,  in  the  presence  of 
R.  Wash,  Secretary  to  the  Commissioner 9, 
Thomas  Forsyth,  Indian  Agent, 
N.  BoiLYiN,  Agent.  T.  Paul,  C.  C.  M. 

Maurice  Blondeaux.  John  Hay. 

John  Miller,  Colonel,  M  Infantry. 
Richard  Chitwood,  Mqfor  Militia. 

WiLUAM  Irvine  Adair,  Captain,  3d  Regiment,  U.  S.  Infantry. 
Cyrus  Edwards, 
Samuel  Solomon, 

Jacques  Matte,  ^  Sworn  Interpreters. 

Louis  Dbcouaone, 
John  A.  Cameron. 


Now,  therefore,  beitlcnown,  that  I,  James  Madison,  President  of 
The  United  States,  having  seen  and  considered  ihe  said  Treaty,  have 
accepted,  ratified,  and  confirmed  the  same,  and  every  Clause  and 
Article  thereof. 

In  testimony  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand,  and  caused 
the  Seal  of  The  United  States  to  be  affixed. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington,  this  26th  day  of  December,  in  the 
year  of  our  Lord,  1815,  and  of  the  Independence  of  tlie  United  SUtes 
the  40th. 
By  the  President,  (L.  S.)  JAMES  MADISON. 

J  AS.  MONROE,  Secretary  of  State. 


l\7.)^TREATY  between  The  United  States  and  the  Teeton  Indians. 
Signed  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  I9th  July,  1815. 

JAM£S  MADISON,  President  of  the  United  Staies  of  America, 

TO  ALL  AND  SINGULAR  TO  WHOM  THESE  PRESENTS  SHALL  COMB, 
GREETING : 

Whereas  a  Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  between  the  United 
States  of  America,  and  the  Teeton  Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians,  was 
concluded  and  signed  at  Portage  des  Sioux  on  the  19th  day  of  July, 
1815,  by  Commissioners  on  the  part  of  the  said  United  Suites,  and 
certain  Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians,  on 
the  part  of  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation,  which  Treaty  is  in  the  words 
following,  to  wit : 

Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  made  and  concluded  between 
JVUliam  Clark,  Nxnian  Edwards^  and  Augusts  Chouteau^  Com- 
missioners Plenipotentiary  of  the  United  States  ofAmerica^  on  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITE0  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  441 

part  and  behalf  of  the  said  States^  of  the  one  part;  and  the  under- 
signed  Chiefe  and  Warriors  of  the  Teeton  Tribe  oflndiansy  on  the 
part  and  behalf  of  their  said  Trtbcy  of  the  other  part. 

The  Parties  being  desiroub  of  re-establishing  Peace  and  Friendship 
between  The  United  States  and  the  said  Tribe,  and  of  being  placed  in 
all  things,  and  in  every  respect,  on  the  same  footing  upon  which  thej 
stood  before  the  late  War  between  The  United  States  and  Great 
Britain,  have  agreed  to  the  following  Articles: 

Art.  I.  Every  injury  or  act  of  hostility  committed  by  one  or  either 
of  the  Contracting  Parties  against  the  other  shall  be  mutually  forgiven 
and  forgot. 

IL  There  shall  be  perpetual  Peace  and  Friendship  between  all  the 
Citizens  of  the  United  States  of  America,  and  all  the  Individuals 
composing  the  said  Teeton  Tribe,  and  the  friendly  relations  that* 
existed  between  them  before  the  War,  shall  be,  and  the  same  are 
hereby  renewed. 

IlL  The  undersigned  Chiefs  and  Warriors,  for  themselves,  and 
their  said  Tribe,  do  hereby  acknowledge  themselves  and  their  aforesaid 
Tribe,  to  be  under  the  protection  of  the  United  States  of  America,  and 
of  no  other  Nation,  Power  or  Sovereign  whatsoever. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  said  William  Clark,  Ninian  Edwards,  and 
Aogaste  Chouteau,  Commissioners  as  aforesaid,  and  the  Chiefs  and 
Warriors  of  the  said  Tribe,  have  hereunto  subscribed  their  names  and 
affixed  their  seals,  this  19th  day  of  July,  1815,  and  of  the  independence 
of  The  United  States  the  40th. 

(LS.)  WILLIAM  CLARK. 

(L.S.)  NINIAN  EDWARDS. 

(L.S.)  AUGUSTE  CHOUTEAU. 

[Marks  of  9  Indian  Chiefs  and  Warriors.] 
Done  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  in  the  presence  of 
R.  Wash,  Secretary  to  the  Commission. 
John  Millbr,  Colonel,  Sd  Infantry. 
H.  DoDOB,  Brigadier^General,  Missouri  MUitia. 
T.Paul,  C.  T.  of  the  C. 
Manuel  Lisa,  Agent. 
Thomas  Foksyth,  Indian  Agent. 
Maurice  Blondeaux.  John  A.  Cameron. 

Louis  Decouaone.  Louis  Dorion. 

Cyrus  Edwards.  John  Hay. 


Now,  therefore,  be  it  known,  that  I,  James  Madison,  President 
of  the  United  States  of  America,  having  seen  and  considered  the 
said  Treaty,  have,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


44S  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

acocsp^Ml,  ratified,  and   coHfirm^d  the  same,   and  every  Clauae  aod 
Article  th«ieef. 

Id  testimony  whereof,  I  have  caused  the  seal  of  The  iJoked  Stall's 
to  be  hereunto  affixed,  and  have  signed  the  same  with  my  hand. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Wasbington,  this  SGtii  day  of  December,  in 
tfie  year  of  our  Lord,  1815,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United 
Idtstes  the  40th. 

By  ikePresident.  (LS.)  JAMES  MADISON. 

J  AS.  MON  ROE,  Secretary  of  State. 


(\%.)^TREATY between  The  United  States  andtlte  Sioux  Indians.-^ 
Signed  at  Portage  des  Sioux ^  19/A  July,  1815. 

JAMES  MADISON,  President  of  the  United  States  of  America, 

TO  ALL  AND  SINGULAR  TO  WHOM  THESE  PKESENTS  SHALL  COME, 
GREETING  I 

Whereas  a  Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  between  the  United 
States  of  America,  and  the  Sioux  Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians,  was  con- 
eluded  and  signed  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  on  the  19(h  day  of  July, 
1815,  by  Commissioners  on  the  part  of  the  said  United  States,  and 
certain  Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians,  on 
the  part  of  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation,  which  Treaty  is  in  the  wordi 
following,  to  wit : 

Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  made  and  concluded  heiwten 
WilUam  Clarky  Ninian  Edwards^  and  Auguste  ChouteaUj  Com- 
missioners Plenipotentiary  of  the  United  States  of  America,  on  ike 
part  and  behalf  of  the  said  StateSy  of  the  one  part;  and  the  under- 
signed Chiefi  and  Warriors  of  the  Sioux  of  the  LakeSf  on  the  part 
and  oehalf  of  their  Tribe,  of  the  other  part^ 

The  Parties  being  desirous  of  re-establishing  Pef  ce  and  Friendship 
between  The  United  States  and  the  said  Tribe,  and  of  being  placed  in 
all  things,  and  in  every  respect,  on  the  same  footing  apon  which  they 
stood  before  the  late  War  between  The  United  States  and  Great 
Britain,  have  agreed  to  the  following  Articles : 

Art.  I.  Every  injury  or  act  of  hostility  committed  by  one  or  either 
of  the  Contracting  Parties  against  the  other,  shall  be  mutually  for- 
given 4nd  forgot. 

11.  There  shall  be  perpetual  Peace  and  Friendship  between  all  the 
Citizens  of  the  United  States  of  America,  and  all  Individuals  com- 
posing the  said  Tribe  of  the  Lakes,  and  all  the  friendly  relations  that 
existed  between  them  before  the  War,  shall  be,  and  the  same  are 
iiereby  renewed. 

in.  The  undersigned  Chiefs  and  Warriors,  for  themselves,  and 
their  said  Tribe,  do  hereby  acknowledge  themselves  and  their  afore- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS*  443 

•aid  Tribe,  to  be  under  the  protection  of  The  United  States,  and  ^f  no 
other  Nation,  Power  or  Sovereign  whatsoever. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  said  William  Clark,  Ninian  Edwards,  and 
Aagnste  Chooteaa,  Commissioners  as  aforesaid,  and  the  Chiefs  and 
Warriors  of  the  aforesaid  Tribe«  have  hereunto  subscribed  their  names, 
and  affisred  their  seals,  this  19th  day  of  July,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord, 
1815.  and  of  the  Independence  of  the  United  Stales  the  40tb. 

(L.SO  WILLIAM  CLARK. 

(L.S.)  NINIAN  EDWARDS. 

(L.S.)  AUGUSTE  CHOUTEAU. 

[Marks  of  6  Indian  Chiefs  and  Warriors.] 
Done  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  in  the  presence  of 
R.  Wash,  Secretary  to  the  CommisHon, 
John  Millee,  Colonel,  3d  Infantry. 
T.  Paul,  C.  T.  of  the  C. 
Edmund  Hall,  Lieutenant,  late  2SM  Infantry, 
J.  B.  Clark,  Adjutant,  3d  Infantry. 
Manuel  Lisa,  Agent. 
Thomas  Forsyth,  Indian  Agent. 
John  W.  Johnson,  U.  S.  F.  and  Indian  Agent. 
Mauricr  Blondeacx.  Louis  Degouaone. 

Louis  Dorion.  John  A.  Cameron. 

Jacques  Matte.  John  Hay. 


Now,  therefore,  be  it  known,  that  I,  James  Madison,  President  of 
the  United  States  of  America,  having  seen  and  considered  the  said 
Treaty,  harYe,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate, 
accepted,  ratified,  and  confirmed  the  same,  and  every  Clause  and 
Article  thereof. 

In  testimony  whereof,  I  have  caused  the  seal  of  The  United  States 
to  be  hereunto  affixed,  and  have  signed  the  same  with  my  band. 

Done  at  Uie  City  of  Washington,  this  26th  day  of  December,  in 
the  year  of  our  Lord,  1815,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United 
States  the  40th. 

^  By  thePreMent,  (L.S.)  JAMES  MADISON. 

JAS.  MONROE,  Secretary  of  State. 


il9.)^TREATY  between  The  United  States  and  the  Sioux  Indians. 
•^Signed  at  Portqge  des  Sioux,  19M  July,  1815. 

JAMES  MADISON,  President  of  the  United  States  of  America, 

TO  all  and  SINGULAR  TO  WHOM  THESE  PRESENTS  SHALL  COME, 

greeting: 
WliERrAs  a  Treaty  of  Peace  and  friendship  between  The  United 
States  and  the  Slouk  Vnbte  or  Nation  of  Indians,  was  made  and  con- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


444  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

eluded  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  on  the  I9tb  day  of  July,  1815,  by  Com- 
niissioners  on  the  part  of  The  United  States,  and  the  Chiefs  and 
Warriors  of  the  Sioux  of  the  River  St  Peter,  on  behalf  of  the  said 
Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians,  which  Treaty  is  in  the  words  following, 
to  wit  : 

Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  made  and  concluded  between 
William  Clark,  Ninian  Edwards,  and  Auguste  Chouteau^  Com- 
missioners Plenipotentiary  of  the  United  States  of  America^  on 
the  part  and  behalf  of  the  said  States,  of  the  one  part;  and  the 
Chiefs  and  Warriers,  of  the  Sioux  of  the  River  St»  Peter,  on  the 
part  and  behalf  of  their  said  Tribe,  on  the  other  part 
Tbe  Parties  being  desirous  of  re-establishing  Peace  and  Friendship 

between  The  United  States  and  the  said  Tribe,  and  of  being  placed  in 

all  things,  and  in  every  respect,  on  the  same  footing  upon  which  they 

stood  before  the  late  War  between  The  United   States  and  Great 

Britain,  have  agreed  to  the  following  Articles : 

Art.  1.  Every  injury  or  act  of  hostility  committed  by  one  or  either 

of  the  Contracting  Parties  against  the  other  shall  be  mutually  forgiven 

and  forgot. 

II.  There  shall  be  perpetual  Peace  and  Friendship'  between  Uie 
Citizens  of  the  United  States  of  America,  and  all  the  Individuals  com. 
posing  the  Tribe  of  Sioux,  of  the  River  St  Peter;  and  all  the  friendly 
relations  that  existed  between  them  before  tbe  War,  shall  be,  and  the 
same  are  hereby  renewed. 

III.  The  undersigned  Chiefs  and  Waniors,  for  themselves  and  their 
said  Tribe,  do  hereby  acknowledge  themselves  and  their  Tribe,  to  be 
under  the  protection  of  The  United  States,  and  of  no  other  Power, 
Nation,  or  Sovereign  whatsoever. 

In  testimony  whereof,  the  said  William  Clark,  Ninian  Edwards, 
and  Auguste  Chouteau,  Commissioners  as  aforesaid,  and  the  Chiefs 
and  Warriors  of  the  aforesaid  Tribe,  have  hereunto  subscribed  their 
names,  and  affixed  their  seals,  this  19th  day  of  July,  in  tbe  year  of 
our  Lord,  1815,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United  States  the 
40tli. 

(L.S.)  WILLIAM  CLARK. 

(L.S.)  NINIAN  EDWARDS. 

(LS.)        .   AUGUSTE  CHOUTEAU. 
[Marks  of  6  Indian  Chiefs  andWarriors.] 
Done  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  in  the  presence  of 
R.  Wash,  Secretary  to  the  Commission, 
John  Miller,  Colonel,  3d  Infantry. 
T.  Paul,  C.T.oftheC. 

John  F.  Chunn,  Brevet^Major  of  The  United  States  Army. 
Edmund  Hall,  Lieutenant,  late  2Sth  Infantry. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  445 

Manvbl  Lisa,  Agent. 

Thomas  Forsyth,  Indian  Agent. 

J.  W.  Johnson,  U.  S.  F.  and  Indian  Agent, 

Maurice  Blondsadx, 

Locis  Decocagnb, 

John  A.  Cameron,  ^  Sworn  Interpretert, 

Louis  DORION, 

Jacques  Matte. 


Now,  therefore,  be  it  known,  that  I,  James  Madison,  President  of 
the  United  States  of  America,  having  seen  and  considered  the  said 
Treaty,  have,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate, 
accepted,  ratified,  and  confirmed  the  same,  and  every  Clause  and 
Article  thereof. 

In  testimony  whereof,  I  h^ve  hereunto  set  my  hand,  and  caused 
the  seal  of  The  United  States  to  be  aflixed. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington,  this  26th  day  of  December,  in 
the  year  of  our  Lord,  1815,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United 
States  the  40th. 

By  the  President,  fL-S.)  JAMES  MADISON. 

J  AS.  MONROE,  Secretary  of  State. 


fiO.)'-TREATY  between  The  United  Statet  and  the  Yanetan  Indians. 
Signed  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  19/A  Juiy,  1815. 

JAMES  MADISON,  Prenc^l  0/ r/itf  United  States. 

TO  ALL  AND    SINGULAR  TO  WHOM   THESE  PRESENTS  SHALL  COME, 
GREETING : 

Whereas  a  Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  between  The  United 
States,  and  the  Yancton  Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians,  was  made  and 
'coocloded  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  on  the  19th  day  of  July,  1815,  by 
Commissioners  on  the  part  of  The  United  States,  and  the  Chiefs  and 
Warriors  of  the  Yancton  Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians  on  the  part  of  the 
said  Tribe  or  Nation,  which  Treaty  is  in  the  words  following,  to  wit :— - 

Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  tnade  and  concluded  between 
WUUam  Clarky  Ninian  Edwards,  and  Augusts  Chouteau,  Com" 
missioners  Plenipotentiary  of  the  United  States  of  America,  on  the 
part  and  behalf  of  ihe  said  States,  of  the  one  part ;  and  the  und^r- 
signed  Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  the  Yancton  Tribe  of  Indians,  on 
the  pari  and  behalf  of  their  said  Tribe,  of  the  other  pari. 

The  Parties  being  desirous  of  re-establishing  peace  and  friendship 
between  The  United  States  and  the  said  Tribe,  and  of  being  placed  in 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


446  UNITBD  STATES  ANP  INDIANS^ 

all  things,  and  in  every  respect,  on  the  saoe  footiBg  ufoo  iHiich  they 
stood  before  the  late  War  betnceen  The  United  States  and  Great  Britain, 
have  agreed  to  the  folloiring  Articlea. 

Art.  I.  Every  injury,  or  act  of  hostiliiy,  oommitted  by  one  or 
either  of  the  Contracting  Parties  against  the  other  shall  be  oiutQally 
forgiven  and  £M*got. 

II.  There  shall  be  perpetual  peace  and  friendship  between  all  the 
Citizens  of  The  United  States  of  America,  and  all  the  Individuals  coos- 
posing  the  said  Yancton  Tribe ;  and  all  the  friendly  relations  that 
existed  between  them  before  the  War,  shall  be,  and  .the  same  are 
hereby  renewed. 

III.  The  undefsigned  Chiefs  and  Warriors,  for  themselves  and 
their  said  Tribe,  do  hereby  acknowledge  themselves  to  be  under  tbe 
protection  of  the  United  States  of  America,  and  of  qo  other  NatioD, 
Power,  or  Sovereign  whatsoever. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  said  William  Clark,  Ninian  Edwards  and 
Augaste  Chouteau,  Commissioners  as  aforesaid,  and  the  Chiefs  afore- 
said, have  hereunto  subscribed  their  names  and  affixed  their  seals,  this 
19th  day  of  July,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord,  1815,  and  of  the  Inde^ 
pendeoce  of  The  United  States  the  40th. 

(L.SO        WILLIAM  CLARK. 

(L.S.)        NINIAN  EDWARDS. 

(L.S.)        AUGUSTE  CHOUTEAU. 

[Marks  of  11  Indian  Chiefs  and  Waniora.] 
Done  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  in  the  presence  of 
R.  Wash.  Secretary  to  the  Commission. 
John  Miller,  Colonel,  3rd  Infantry. 
H.  Dodge,  Brigadier- General  Missouri  Militia. 
Manuel  Lisa,  Agent. 
Thomas  Forsyth,  Indian  Agent: 
Maurice  Blondeaux.  Jacques  Mattb. 

John  A.  Cameron. 
T.  Paul,  C.  T.  of  the  Commission. 
Louis  Decouaonb.  Cyrus  Edwahj>8. 

Louis  Dorion.  John  Hay,  Interpreter. 


Now,  thereA)re»  be  it  kaown,  that  I,  James  Madison,  President  of 
The  United  States,  having  seen  and  considered  the  said  Treaty,  have 
by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate,  accepted*  ratified, 
and  confirmed  the  same,  and  every  Clause  and  Article  thereof. 

In  testimony  whereof  1  haye  hereunto  set  my  hand,  and  caused  the 
seal  of  The  United  States  to  be  affixed. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington*  this  26th  day  of  December,  in  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITiri>  STATB&  AND  TN^MAKd.  447 

yenr  of  our  LonI,  1^15,  and  of  the  la^MNleiiee  of  The  United  States 
the40tb. 

By  ihe  President.  (L.  S.)         JAMES  MADISON. 

JAS.  MONROE,  Secretary  of  State. 


(21. y—TREATY  between  The  UniUdStates  and  the  Mahas  Indians. 
Signed  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  StOth  July,  1815. 

JAMES  MADISON,  Preju/en/  of  The  United  States, 

TO  ALL  TO   W0OM   THESX  PRESENTS   8BALL  COMB,   GREETING: 

Whereas  a  Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  between  The  United 
States  and  the  Mahas  Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians,  was  made  and  con- 
cluded at  Portage  des  Sioux,  on  the  20th  day  of  July,  1815,  by 
Commissioners  on  the  part  of  The  United  States,  and  certain  Chiefs 
and  Warriors  of  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians,  on  the  part 
of  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation,  which  Treaty  is  in  the  words  following, 
to  wit : 

Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  made  and  concluded  between  WU- 
Uam  Clark,  Ninian  Edwards,  and  Augusts  Chouteau,  Commission-^ 
ers  Plenipotentiary  of  The  United  Staies  of  America,  on  the  part 
and  behalf  of  the  saM  States,  of  the  one  part,  and  the  undersigned 
Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  the  Mahas,  on  the  part  and  behalf  of  said 
Tribe  or  Nation,  on  the  other  part. 

The  Parties  being  desirous  of  re-establishing  Peace  and  friendship 
between  The  United  States  and  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation,  and  of  being 
placed,  in  all  things,  and  in  every  respect,  on  the  same  footing  on 
which  they  stood  before  the  late  War  between  The  United  States  and 
Great  Britain,  have  agreed  to  the  following  Articles : 

Art.  I.  Every  injury  or  act  of  hostility,  committed  by  one  or 
either  of  the  Contracting  Parties  against  the  other,  sliall  be  mutoally 
forgiven  and  forgot. 

II.  There  shall  be  perpetual  peace  and  fjiendsbip  between  all  the 
Citixens  of  The  United  States  of  America,  and  all  the  Individuals 
composing  the  Tribe  or  Nation  of  the  Mahas,  and  all  friendly  relations 
that  existed  between  them  before  the  War,  shall  be  and  the  same  are 
hereby  renewed. 

III.  The  undersigned  Chiefs  and  Waniors,  for  themselves  and 
their  said  Tribe  or  Nation,  do  hereby  acknowledge  themselves  and 
their  Tribe  or  Nation  to  be  under  the  protection  of  the  United  States^ 
and  of  BO  other  Nation,  Power  or  Sovereign  whatsoever. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  said  William  Clark,  Ninian  Edwards,  and 
Augusta  Chouteau,  Commissioners  as  aforesaid,  and  the  Chiefs  and 
Warriors  of  the  aforesaid  Tribe  or  Nation,  have  hereunto  subscribed 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


448  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

their  names  and  affixed  their  seals,  this  '20th  day  of  July,  hi  the  year  of 
our  Lord,  1815,  and  of  Ihe  IndepeodeQce  of  The  United  States  the  40tli. 
(L.S.)  WILLIAM  CLARK. 

(L.S.)  N  IN  IAN  EDWARDS. 

(L.S.)  AUGUSTE  CHOUTEAU. 

[Marks  of  8  Indian  Chiefs  and  Warriors.] 
Done  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  in  the  presence  of 

R.  Wash,  Secretary  to  the  Commission. 

John  Miller,  Colonel  3d  Infantry. 

T.  Padl,  C.  r.  of  the  C. 

Edw.  Hall,  Lieutenant  late  28th  Infantry. 

John  B.  Clark,  Adjutant  Sd  Infantry. 

Manuel  Lisa,  Agent. 

Thos.  Forsyth,  Indian  Agent. 

J.  W.  Johnson,  Indian  Agent. 

Louis  Dbcouagne.         Louis  Dorion. 

John  A.  Cameron.  Jacques  Matte. 

Now,  therefore,  be  it  known,  that  I,  James  Madison,  President  of 
The  United  States,  having  seen  and  considered  the  said  Treaty.  ha?e, 
by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate,  accepted,  ratified, 
and  confirmed  the  same,  and  every  Clause  and  Article  thereof. 

In  testimony  whei*eof,  1  have  hereunto  set  my  hand,  and  caused  the 
seal  of  The  United  Stales  to  be  affixed. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington,  this  26th  day  of  December,  io  the 
year  of  our  Lord  1815,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United  Stiw 
the  40th. 

By  the  President,  (L.S)  JAMES  MADISON. 

JAS.  MO^BOE,  Secretary  of  State, 


(72.)  TREATY  between  The  United  States  and  the  Kickeq^oo  Indians, 
Signed  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  2d  September^  1815. 

JAMES  MADISON,  President  of  the  United  States  xf  Amenea. 

TO  ALL  and  singular  TO  WHOM  THESE  PRESENTS  SHALL  COMB, 

greeting  : 
Whereas,  a  Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  between  the  United 
States  of  America  and  the  Kickapoo  Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians,  was 
concluded  and  signed  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  on  the  2d  day  of  Sep- 
tember 1815,  by  Commissioners  on  the  part  of  the  said  United  States, 
and  certain  Chiefs,  Warriors,  and  Deputies  of  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation 
of  Indians  on  the  part  of  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation,  which  Treaty  is  io 
the  words  following,  to  wit; 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  449 

TREATY  bf  Peace  and  Friendeh^  made  and  concluded  between 
WUUam  Clarky  Ninian  Edwards^  and  Auguste  Chouteau,  Com' 
^  miseionere  Plentpotenttary  of  The  United  StcUee  of  America,  on  the 
part  and  behalf  of  the  said  StateSf  of  the  one  part^  and  the  under* 
signed  Chiefs,  Warriors,  and  Deputies  of  the  Kickapoo  Tribe  or 
Nation,  on  the  pari  and  behalf  <^  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation,  of  the 
other  part, 

Tbb  Parties  being  desirous  of  re-establishing  Peace  and  Friend- 
sliip  between  The  United  States  and  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation,  and  of 
being  placed  in  all  things  and  in  every  respect  on  the  same  footing 
apon  which  thej  stood  before  the  War,  have  agreed  to  the  following 
Articles : 

Art.  I.  Every  Injury  or  act  of  Hostility  by  one  or  either  of  the 
Contracting  Parties  towards  the  other  shall  be  mutually  forgiven  and 
forgoL 

II.  There  shall  be  perpetual  Peace  and  Friendship  between  all  the 
Citizens  of  the  United  States  of  America,  and  all  the  Individuals 
composing  the  said  Kickapoo  Tribe  or  Nation« 

III.  The  Contracting  Parties  do  hereby  agree,  promise  and  oblige 
themselves,  reciprocally,  to  deliver  up  all  the  Prisoners  now  in  their 
hands  (by  what  means  soever  the  same  may  have  come  into  their 
possession)  to  the  Officer  commanding  at  Fort  Clark,  on  the  Illinois 
River,  to  be  by  him  restored  to  their  respective  Nations  as  soon  as  it 
may  be  practicable. 

IV.  The  Contracting  Parties,  in  the  sincerity  of  mutual  friendship, 
recognize,  re-establish  and  confirm  all  and  every  Treaty,  Contract,  or 
Agreement  heretofore  concluded  between  The  United  States  and  the 
Kickapoo  Tribe  or  Nation. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  said  William  Clark,  Ninian  Edwards,  and 
Auguste  Chouteau,  Commissioners  as  aforesaid,  and  the  Chiefs,  War- 
riors and  Deputies  of  the  said  Tfibe,  have  hereunto  subscribed  their 
names  and  affixed  their  seals,  this  2nd  day  of  September,  in  the  year 
of  our  Lord,  1815,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United  States 
the  40tb. 

(L.  S.)        WILLIAM  CLARK. 
(L.  S.)        NINIAN  EDWARDS. 
(L.  S.)        AUGUSTE  CHOUTEAU. 
[Marks  of  10  Indian  Chiefs,  Warriors,  and  Deputies*] 
Done  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  in  the  presence  of 
R.  Wash,  Secretary  to  the  CoMmiuion, 
T.  A.  SMrra,  Brij^atUer-General,  United  States  Army. 
Dt.  BissBL,  Brigadier^General, 
Stephen  Bted,  Colonel  M.  N 
T.  Paul,  C.  C.  T. 
[1815—16.]  2  G 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


450  CNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

A.  M'Nair,  Deputy  Inspector. 

Thomas  Forsyth,  Indian  Agent. 

Pierre  Menard,  Indian  Agent. 

Jno.  W.  JoflNsON,  United  States  Factor  and  Indian  Agent, 

Maurice  Blonde  a  c;x. 

Samuel  Solomon,  Interpreter. 

Samuel  Brady,  Lieutenant  8M  United  States  Infaniry. 

Joseph  C.  Brown.  H.  Battu. 

Samuel  Whiteside,  Captain  Illinois  Militia. 


Now,  therefore,  be  it  know  a,  that  1,  James  Madison,  President  of 
the  United  States  of  America,  having  seen  and  consideretl  the  said 
Treaty,  have,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate,  ac- 
cepted, ratified  and  confirmed  the  same,  and  every  Clause  and  Article 
thereof. 

In  testimony  whereof,  I  have  caused  the  seal  of  The  United  States 
to  be  hereanto  affixed,  and  have  signed  the  same  with  my  hand. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington,  this2Gth  day  of  December,  in  the 
year  of  our  Lord  1815,  and  of  the  Indepetidefice  of  The  United  States 
the  40th. 

By  ^he  President,  (L.  S.)         JAMES  MADISON. 

J  AS.  MONROE,  Secretary  of  State. 

(23.)  TREATY  between  The   UnUed  States  and  the  Wyandot,  ^c, 
Indians.^ Signed  at  Spring  Wells,  8th  September,  1815. 

JAMES  MADISON,  President  of  The  United  States. 
•r)  all  and  singular  to  whom  these   presents  shall   comb, 

greeting  : 
Whereas  a  Treaty  between  The  United  States  and  the  Wyandot, 
Delaware,  Seneca.  Shawanee,  Miami,  Chippewa,  Ottowa.  and  Pota- 
watamie  Tribes  or  Nations  of  Indians,  residing  within  the  limits  of  the 
State  of  Ohio,  and  the  Territories  of  Indiana  and  Michigan,  was  made 
and  concluded  at  Spring  Wells,  on  the  8th  day  of  September,  in  the 
year  1615,  by  Commissioners  on  the  part  of  The  United  States,  and 
certain  Sachems,  Head-men  and  Warriors  of  the  said  Tribes  or  Na- 
tions of  Indians,  on  behalf  of  the  said  Tribes  or  Nations,  which 
Treaty  is  in  the  wocds  following,  to  wit: 

Treaty  between  the  United  States  of  America^  and  the  Wyandot, 
--,  Seneca,  Shasoanee^  Miasm,  Chippewa,  Ottawa,  and 
me  Tribes  of  Indians ^  residing  within  the  linuts  of  the 
Jhioy  and  the  Territories  of  Indiana  and  Michigmn. 
\  the  Chippawa,  Ottova,  and  Potawatamie  Tribes  of 
ether  with  certain  Bauds  of  the  Wyandot,  Delaware, 
wanee  and  Miami  Tribes,  were  associated  with  Great  Bri. 
te  War  between  The  United  Sutes  aid  that  Power,  and 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  451 

have  mauifested  a  dispoftitioo  to  be  restored  to  the  relations  of  peace 
and  amity  with  the  said  States ;  and  the  President  of  The  United 
States  having  appointed  William  Henry  Harrison,  late  a  Major- 
Geaeral  in  the  service  of  The  United  States,  Duncan  M'Arthur,  late  a 
Brigadier  in  the  service  of  The  United  States,  and  John  Graham,  Esq., 
as  Commissioners  to  treat  with  the  said  Tribes ;  the  said  Commis- 
sioners and  the  Sachems,  Head-men,  and  Warriors  of  said  Tribes 
having  met  in  Council  at  the  Spring  Wells,  near  the  City  of  Detroit, 
have  agreed  to  the  following  Articles,  wliich,  when  ratified  by  the 
President,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate  of  Tlie 
United  States,  shall  b^  binding  on  them  and  the  said  Tribes. 

Art.  I.  The  United  States  give  Peace  to  the  Chippewa,  Ottowa, 
and  Potawatamie  Tribes. 

I I.  They  also  agree  to  restore  to  the  said  Chippewa,  Ottowa,  and 
Potawatamie  Tribes*  all  the  Possessions,  Rights,  and  Privileges  which 
they  enjoyed,  or  were  entitled  to  in  the  year  1811,  prior  to  the  com- 
mencemeat  of  the  late  War  with  Great  Britain ;  and  the  said  Tribes 
upon  their  part,  agree  again  to  place  themselves  under  the  protection 
of  Tlie  United  States,  and  of  no  other  Power  whatsoever. 

III.  In  consideration  of  the  fidelity  to  The  United  States  which  has 
been  manifested  by  tlie  Wyandot,  Delaware,  Seneca,  and  Shawanoe 
Tribes  tbraoghiittt  the  late  Wmr,  and  of  the  repentance  of  the  Miami 
Tribe,  as  manifested  by  placing  themselves  under  the  protection  of 
The  United  States,  by  the  Treaty  of  Greenville  in  1814,  the  said  States 
agree  to  pardon  such  of  the  Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  said  Tribes  as  may 
have  continued  hostilities  against  them  until  the  close  of  the  War 
with  Great  Britain,  and  to  permit  the  Chiefs  of  their  respective  Tribes, 
to  restore  them  to  the  stations  and  property  which  they  held  previ- 
ously to  the  War. 

IV.  The  United  States  and  tije  before-mentioned  Tribes  or  Nations 
of  Indians,  that  is  to  say,  the  Wyandot,  Delaware,  Seneca,  Shawanee, 
Miami,  Chippewa,  Ottowa,  and  Potawatamies  agree  to  renew  and  con- 
firm the  Treaty  of  Greenville,  made  in  the  Year  1795,  and  all  subse- 
quent Treaties  to  which  they  were  respectively  Parties,*  and  the  same 
are  hereby  again  ratified  and  confirmed  in  as  full  a  manner  as  if  they 
were  inserted  in  this  Treaty. 

Done  at  Spring  Wells,  the  8th  day  of  September,  in  the  year  of  our 
Lord,  1815,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United  States  the  40th. 

In  testimony  whereof,  they^  the  said  Commissioners,  and  the 
Sachems,  Head-men  and  Warriors  of  the  different  Tribes,  have  here- 
unto set  theij*  hands,  and  affixed  their  seals. 

(L.  S.)  WM.  HENRY  HARRISON. 

(L,  S.)  DUNCAN  MARTHUR- 

(L  S.)  JOHN  GRAHAM. 

*  See  Pa^,  401. 
2G2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


452  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

Here  follow  ihc  Marks  of  91   Indian  Sachems,  Head-men,  ««! 
Warriors ; — viz.  of 

[7  Wyandot  Chiefs.] 

[8  Shawanee  Chiefs.] 

[8  Ottawa  Chiefs.] 

[2  Ottawas  from  Mackinack.] 

[1  Ottawa  from  Grand  River.] 

[1  Winnebago  from  Mackinack.] 

[10  Chippewa  Chiefs.] 

[7  Delaware  Chiefs.] 

[4  Seneca  Chiefs.]    • 

[25  Potawatamie  Chiefs.] 

[18  Miami  Chiefs.] 

Signed  in  the  presence  of 

A.  1*.  Langham,  Secretary  to  the  Commusion. 
Lewis  Cass. 

James  Miller,  Brigadier  General  of  the  United  States  Anmf, 
WiLLOUGHBY  MORGAN,  Mqfor  United  States  Armtf. 
A.  B.  Woodward. 

H.  B.  Brevoort,  late  Major  45th  infantry. 
John  Bidder,  Capt.  United  States  Corps  Artillery. 
James  May.  J.  P. 
Peter^Aitdrain,  Reg.  L.  O.  D. 
Jn   K.  Walker,  Wyandot  Interpreter. 
Francis  Jansen. 
James  Riley,  Interpreter. 
William  Kingg.  Francois  Mocton. 

^  John  Kenzie.  Interpreter. 
F.  DucHOUQUET,   United  States  Interpreter.  W. 
Louis  Bdfait,  Indian  Interpreter. 
J.  Bts.  Chandonnai,  Interpreter. 
W.  Knaogs.  Antoine  Bondi. 

Jean  Bt.  Massac 
Now,  therefore,  be  it  known,  that  I,  James  Madison,  President  of 
The  United  States,  having  seen  and  considered  the  said  Treaty,  have 
accepted,  ratified  and   confirmed  the  same,  and  every  Clause   and 
Article  thereof. 

In  testimony  whereof,  I  have  herenuto  set  my  hand,  and  cauwd 
the  seal  of  The  United  States  to   be    affixed. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington,  this  26th  day  of  December,  in  d 
year  of  our  Lord  1816,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United  Sut 
the  40th. 

By  the  President.  (L.S.)        JAMES  MADISOh 

J  AS.  MON  ROE,  Secretary  of  State. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  453 

(2A,y-^TREATYb€ttceen  The  United  Stata  and  the  Osage  Indiatu  -^ 
Signed  at  Portage  dei  Sioux,  I2th  September,  1815. 

JAMES  MADISON,  Presidint  of  The  Uniud States. 

TO  ALL  TO  WHOM  THESE  PRESENTS  SHALL  COMB,  GREETING  : 

Whereas  a  Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  was  made  and  cod. 
eluded  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  on  the  I2tli  day  of  September,  1815,  by 
Commissioners  on  the  part  of  I'he  United  States,  and  the  King,  Chiefs, 
and  Warriors,  of  the  Great  and  Little  Osage  Tribes  or  Nations  of 
Indians,  on  the  part  of  the  said  Tribes  or  Nations,  whicli  Treaty  is  iq 
the  words  following,  tc^wit : 

Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  made  and  concluded  between  WiU 
Ham.  Clark,  Ninian  Edwards,  and  Auguste  Chouteau,  Commissioners 
Plenipotentiary  of  the  United  Slates  of  America,  on  the  j.art  and 
behalf  of  the  said  States  of  the  one  part  ;  and  the  undersigned  King, 
Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  the  Great  and  Little  Osage  Tribes  or  Na- 
tions, on  the  part  and  behalf  of  their  said  Tribes  or  Nations,  of  the 
other  part. 

The  Parties  being  desirous  of  re-establishing  Peace  and  Friendship 
between  The  United  States  and  the  said  Tribes  or  Nations,  and  of 
being  placed  in  all  things,  and  in  every  respect,  on  the  same  footing 
upon  which  they  stood  before  the  War,  haye  agreed  to  the  following 
Articles. 

Art.  I.  Every  injury  or  act  of  hostility  by  one  or  either  of  the 
Contracting  Parties,  against  the  other,  shall  be  mutually  forgiven  and 
forgot. 

II.  There  shall  be  perpetual  peace  and  friendship  between  all  the 
Citizens  of  The  United  States  of  America,  and  all  the  Individuals  com- 
posing the  said  Osage  Tribes  or  Nations. 

III.  The  Contracting  Parties,  in  the  sincerity  of  mutual  friendship, 
recognize,  re-establish,  and  con6rm,  all  and  every  Treaty,  Contract 
and  Agreement  heretofore  concluded  between  The  United  States,  and 
the  «aid  Osage  Tribes  or  Nations. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  said  William  Clark,  Ninian  Edwards,  and 
Augoste  Chouteau,  Commissioners  as  aforesaid,  and  the  King,  Chiefs, 
and  Warriors  of  the  said  Tribes,  or  Nations,  have  hereunto  subscribed 
their  names,  and  affixed  their  seals,  this  12th  day  of  September,  in  the 
year  of  oar  Lord,  1815,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United  States 
the  40th. 

(L.  S.)        WILLIAM  CLARK. 

(L.  S.)        NINIAN  EDWARDS. 

(L.  S.)        AUGUSTE  CHOUTEAU. 

[Here  follow  the  Marks  of  the  King,  and  23  Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  the 

Osage  Tribes.] 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


454  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

Done  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  in  the  preseace  of 
R.  Wash,  Secretary  of  the  Commisgion, 
Thomas  Leyers,  Lteut^-Cohmel  commanding  \st  Regt.I.  71 
P.  Chouteau,  Agent.  T.  Paul,  C.  C.  T. 

Jame8  B.  Moore,  Captain.        Samuel  Whiteside,  Captain. 
John  W.  JoHNsaN,  United  States  Factor  and  Indian  Agent. 
MAURidE  Blondeaux, 
Samuel  Solomon,  \ts 
NoelMograine.  r^'^P^*'^'-*- 
P.  L.  Chotbau. 
Daniel  Couverie,  ^d  Lieutenant. 

Now,  therefore,  be  it  known,  that  I,  James  Madison,  President  of 
The  United  States,  having  seen  and  considered  the  said  Treaty,  have 
accepted,  ratified  and  confirmed  the  same,  and  every  Claose  and 
Article  thereof. 

In  testimony  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand,  and  caused  the 
seal  of  The  UnitedStates  to  be  affixed. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington,  this  26th  day  of  December,  in  tlie 
year  of  our  Lord,  1815,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United  States 
the  40lh. 

By  the  President.  (L.  S.)        J  AM  ES  MA  DISON. 

JAS.  MONROE,  Secretary  of  State. 


(35.)  TREATY  between  The  United  States  and  the  Sac  Indians.-- 
Signed  at  Portage  des  Sioux^  ISth  September ,  1815. 

JAMES  MkmSOV,  President  (f  The  UnUed  StaUs. 

TO  ALL  AND  SINGULAR  TO  WHOM  THESE  PRESENTS  SHALL  COME, 

qrebtiko; 
Whereas,  r  Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  between  The  United 
States  and  that  portion  of  the  Sac  Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians  residing 
on  the  Missouri  River,  was  made  and  concluded  by  Commissioners  oo 
the  part  of  The  United  States,  and  certain  Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  the 
said  portion  of  the  Sac  Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians,  on  the  part  of  that 
portion  of  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians,  which  Treaty  is  in  the 
words  followingi  to  wit : 

Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  made  and  concluded  between 
WilUam  Clarky  Ifinian  JEdwards,  and  Augusts  Chouteau^  Com* 
missianers  Plenipotentiary  of  the  United  States  of  America,  on  M« 
part  and  beha^  of  the  said  States^  of  the  one  party  and  the  under- 
signed  Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  that  portion  of  the  Sac  Nation  of 
Indians  now  residing  on  the  Missouri  River,  of  the  other  part. 

Whereas  the  undersigned  Cliiefs  and  Wamors,  as  well  as  that 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS*  455 

portion  of  the  Nation  which  they  represent,  have  at  all  times  been 
desirous  of  fulfilling  their  Treaty  with  The  United  Slates^  with  perfect 
good  faith ;  and  for  that  purpose  have  found  themselves  compelled 
since  the  commencement  of  the  late  War,  to  separate  themselves  from 
the  rest  of  tlieir  Nation,  and  remove  to  the  Missouri  River,  where  th(>y 
have  continued  to  give  proofs  of  their  friendship  and  fidelity ;  And 
whereas  The  United  States,  justly  appreciating  the  conduct  of  said 
Indians,  are  disposed  to  do  them  the  most  ample  justice  that  is  prac- 
ticable ;  the  said  Parties  have  agreed  to  the  following  Articles : 

Art.  1.  The  undersigned  Chiefs  and  Warriors,  for  themselves  and 
that  portion  of  the  Sacs  nhich  they  represent,  do  hereby  assent  to  the 
Treaty  between  the  Uufted  States  of  America,  and  the  united  Tribes 
of  Sacs  and  Foxes,  which  was  concluded  9t  St.  Louis  on  the  3rd  day 
of  November,  1804,  and  they  moreover  promise  to  dp  all  in  their 
power  to  re-establish  and  enforce  the  same. 

II.  The  said  Chiefs  aud  Warriors,  for  themselves  and  thpse  they 
represent,  do  further  promise  to  remain  distinct  and  separate  from  the 
Sacs  of  Rock  River,  giving  them  no  aid  or  assistance  whatever,  until 
peace  shall  also  be  concluded  between  The  United  States  and  the  said 
Sacs  of  Rock  River. 

III.  The  United  States  on  their  part  promise  to  allow  the  said  Sacs 
of  the  Missouri  River,  all  the  rights  and  privileges  secured  to  them  by 
the  Treaty  of  St  Louis  before- mentioned,  and  also,  as  soon  as  prac- 
ticable, to  furnish  them  with  a  just  proportion  of  the  annuities  stipu- 
lated  to  be  paid  by  that  Treaty ;  provided  they  shall  continue  to 
comply  with  this  and  their  former  Treaty. 

la  witness  whereof,  the  said  William  Clark,  Niuian  Edwards,  and 
Augoste  Chouteau,  Commissioners  as  aforesaid,  and  the  aforesaid 
Chiefs  and  Warriors,  have  hereunto  subscribed  their  names  and  affixed 
their  seals,  this  13th  day  of  September,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord,  1S15, 
and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United  States  the  40th. 
(L.  S.)  WM.  CLARK. 

(L.  S)  NINIAN  EDWARDS. 

(US.)  AUGUSTS  CHOUTEAU; 

[Marks  of  12  Indian  phiefs  and  Warriors.] 
Done  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  in  the  presence  of 
R.  Wash,  Secretary  of  the  Commission^ 
Thomas  It^y BUS,  IdeutenaiUCoL  commanding  Ut  Begt.  /.  T. 
P.  Chouteau,  Agent.  T.  Paul,  C.  C,  T. 

James  B.  Moore,  Captain,      Samuel  Whiteside,  Captc^u. 
J.  W.  Johnson,  United  States  Factor  and  Indian  Ag^nt 
Maurice  Blondbaux,   \ 
Samuel  Solomon,  >  Interpreters, 

Noel  Mograine,  J 

Daniel  Covvsrie,  Zd  Lieutenant. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


456  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

Now,  therefore,  b«  it  known,  that  I,  James  Madison,  President  of 
The  United  States,  haYing  seen  and  considered  the  said  Treaty,  have 
accepted,  ratified,  and  confirnied  the  same,  and  every  Clause  aod 
Article  thereof; 

In  testimony  whereof  I  have  hereunto  set  my  band,  and  caused  the 
seal  of  The  United  States  to  be  affixed. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington  this  26th  day  of  December,  io  the 
year  of  oar  Lord,  1815,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United  States 
the  40th. 

By  the  President,  fL.  S )  JAMES  MADISON. 

JAS.  MONROE,  Secretary  of  State. 


(26.)    TJREATY between  The  United  States  and  the  Fos  IndUms. 
Signed  at  Porta^^e  des  Sioux,  \Ath  September,  1815. 

JAMES  MADISON,  President  of  The  United  States. 

TO  ALL  TO  WHOM  THBSB  PRESENTS  SHALL  COME,  ORBETIKO  : 

Whereas  a  Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  between  The  United 
States  and  the  Fox  Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians  was  made  and  con- 
cluded at  Portage  des  Sioux,  on  the  14th  day  of  September,  1815,  by 
Commissioners  on  the  part  of  The  United  States,  and  the  King,  Chiefe, 
and  Warriors  of  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians,  on  the  part  of 
the  said  Tribe  or  Nation,  which  Treaty  is  in  the  words  following, 
to  wit: 

Treaty  of  Peace  and  Priendshq)    made    and    concluded    between 
William  dark,  Ninian  Edwards,  and  Augusts  Chouteau,  Com- 
missioners Plenipotentiary  of  the  United  States  of  America,  on  the 
part  and  behalf  of  the  said  States,  of  the  one  part,  and  the  under- 
signed  JSSng,  Chiefs,  and  Warriors  of  the  Fox  Trihe  or  Nation^ 
on  the  part  and  behalf  of  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation,  of  the  other 
part* 
The  Parties  being  desirous  of  re-establishing  Peace  and  Friendship 
between  The  United  States  and  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation,  and  of  being 
placed  in  all  things  and  in  every  respect  on  the  same  footing  upoo 
which   they  stood    before   the  War,   have  agreed   to  the   followiog 
Articles : 

Art.  I.  Every  injury  or  act  of  hostility  by  one  or  ^either  of  the 
Contracting  Parties  against  the  other,  shall  be  mutually  forgiven  and 
forgot     , 

II.  There  shall  be  perpetual  Peace  and  Friendship  between  tbe 
Citizens  of  the  United  States  of  America,  and  all  the  Individuals  com- 
posing the  said  Fox  Tribe  or  Nation. 

III.  The  Contracting  Parties  do  hereby  agree,  promise,  and  oblige 
themselves  reciprocally,  to  deli  ver  up  all  the  Prisoners  now  in  their  handi, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  457 

(by  what  means  soever  the  same  may  have  come  into  their  possession,) 
Co  the  Officer  commanding  at  Fort  Clark,  on  the  Illinois  River,  to  be 
by  him  restored  to  their  respective  Nations  as  soon  as  it  may  be 
practicable. 

IV.  The  said  Fox  Tribe  or  Nation  do  hereby  assent  to  recognize, 
re-establish  and  confirm  the  Treaty  of  St.  Louis,  which  was  concluded 
on  the  dd  day  of  November,  1804,  to  the  full  extent  of  their  interest 
in  the  same,  as  well  as  all  other  Contracts  and  Agreements  between 
the  Parties ;  and  The  United  States  promise  to  fulfil  all  the  Stipula- 
tions contained  in  the  said  Treaty  in  favour  of  the  said  Fox  Tribe  or 
Nation. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  said  William  Clark,  Ninian  Edwards,  and 
Aogoste  Chouteau,  Commissioners  as  aforesaid,  and  the  aforesaid 
King,  Chiefs,  and  Warriors  of  the  Fox  Tribe  or  Nation  aforesaid, 
have  hereunto  subscribed  (heir  names  and  affixed  their  seals,  this 
1 4th  day  of  September,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord,  1815,  and  of  the  In- 
dependence of  the  United  States  the  40th . 

(L  S.)  WM.  CLARK. 

(L.  S.)  NINIAN  EDWARDS. 

(US.)  '        AUGUSTS  CHOUTEAU. 
[Marks  of  the  King  and  21  Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  the  Fox  Tribe.] 
Done  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  in  the  presence  of 
R.  Wash,  Secretary  to  ike  Commiseion. 
Thomas  Letens,  Lieutenant- CoL  comtnanding  1st  Regt  L  T, 
P.  Chouteau,  Agent.  T.  Paul,  C.  C.  T. 

James  B.  Moore,  Captain,       Samuel  Whiteside,  Cap/otn 
Jmo.  W.  Johnson,  United  States  Factor  and  Indian  Agent, 
Maurice  Blondeaux. 
Samuel  Solomon,    1 
Noel  MoGRAiNE,     J     ^^^^^^^*' 
Daniel  Couverie,  ^  Lieutenant. 

Now,  therefore,  be  it  known,  that  I,  James  Madison,  President  of 
The  United  States,  having  seen  and  considered  the  said  Treaty,  have 
accepted,  ratified  and  confirmed  the  same,  and  every  Clause  and 
Article  thereof. 

In  testimony  whereof,  1  have  hereunto  set  my  hand,  and  caused 
the  seal  of  The  United  States  to  be  affixed. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington,  this  26th  day  of  December,  in 
the  year  of  our  Lord,  1815,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United 
SUtes  the  40th. 

By  the  President,  ,  (L.  S.)  JAMES  MADISON. 

J  AS.  MONROE,  Secretary  of  State. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


458  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

{27.)'^TREATY  between  The  United  States  and  the  laway  Indians. 
—  Signed  as  Pertage  des  Sioux,  I6th  September,  1815. 

JAMES  MADISON,  President  of  the  United  States  of  Amtrica. 

TO    ALL    AND    SINGULAR    TO    WHOM     THESE    PRESENTS     SHALL     COME, 

GREETING '. 

Whereas  a  Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  between  the  United 
States  of  America,  and  the  laway  Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians,  was 
concluded  and  signed  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  on  the  IGth  day  of 
September,  1815,  by  Commissioners  on  the  part  of  the  said  United 
States,  and  the  King  and  ceiiain  Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  the  said  Tribe 
or  Nation  of  Indians,  on  behalf  of  said  Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians, 
which  Treaty  is  in  the  words  following,  to  wit: 

Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  made  and  concluded  between 
WilUatn  Clarky  Ninian  JEdwards,  and  Augiiste  Chouteau^  Com- 
missioners Plenipotentiary  of  the  United  States  of  America,  on  the 
part  and  behalf  of  the  said  States,  of  the  one  part ;  and  the 
Undersigned,  King,  Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  the  laway  Tribe  or 
Nation,  on  the  part  and  behalf  of  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation^  of  the 
other  part. 
The  Parties  being  desirous  of  re-establishing  Peace  and  Friendship 

between  The  United  States,  and  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation,  and  of  being 

placed  in  all  tilings  and  in  every  respect  on  the  same  footing  upon 

which   they   stood   before  the  War,    hsYe   agreed  to   the   following 

Articles: 

Art.  I.  Every  injury  or  act  of  hostility  by  one  or  either  of  tbe 

Contracting  Parties  against  the  other  shall  be  mutually  forgiven  and 

forgot. 

II.  There  shall  be  perpetual  Peace  aqd  Friendship  between  all  tbe 
Citizens  of  The  United  States  and  .all  the  Individuals  composing  the 
said  laway  Tribe  or  Nation. 

III.  The  Contracting  Parties  do  hereby  agree,  promise  and  oblige 
themselves,  reciprocally,  to  deliver  up  all  the  Prisoners  now  in  their 
hands,  (by  what  means  soever  the  same  may  have  come  into  their 
possession,)  to  the  Officer  commanding  at  St.  Louis,  to  be  by  him 
restored  to  the  respective  Nations,  as  soon  as  it  may  l>e  practicable. 

IV.  The  Contracting  Parties,  in  the  sincerity  of  mutual  friend- 
ship, recognise,  re-establish,  and  confirm,  all  and  every  Treaty,  Con- 
tract, and  Agreement,  heretofore  concluded  between  I'he  United 
States,  and  the  said  laway  Tribe  or  Nation. 

In  witness  whereof,  tlie  said  William  Clark,  Ninian  Edwards,  and 
Auguste  Chouteau,  Commissioners  as  aforesaid,  and  the  aforesaid 
King,  Chiefs,  and  Warriors,  have  hereunto  subscribed  their  names  and 


1 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  459 

affixed  tli«ir  seals,  this  16th  day  of  Septiember,  in  the  year  of  our 
Lord,  1815,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The*United  States  the  40th. 

(LS.)  WILLIAM  CLARK. 

(LS.)  NINIAN  EDWARDS. 

(LS.)  AUGUSTE  CHOUTEAU. 

[Marks  of  the  King,  and  of  16  laway  Chiefs  and  Warriors.] 
Done  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  in  the  presence  of 

R.Wash,  Secretary  to  the  Cammusum. 

Dl.  BisssL,  Brigadier"  GeneraL 

T.  Paul,  C  C.  T.  Samuel  Brady,  Lieutenant. 

George  Fisher,  Surgeon,  lilmois  Regiment. 

P.  Chouteau,  Jgent. 

John  W.  Johnson,  U,  5..  Factor  and  Indian  Agent. 

Samuel  Solomon,  Interpreter. 

Maurice  Blondeaux.  Louis  Dorion. 

Dennis  Jolien.  James  M'Colloch,  Capt, 

Now,  therefore,  be  it  known,  that  I,  James  Madison,  President  of 
the  United  Slates  of  America,  having  seen  and  considered  the  said 
Treaty,  have,  by  and  with  the  a<lvicc  and  consent  of  the  Senate, 
accepted,  ratified,  and  confirmed  the  same,  and  every  Clause  and 
Article  thereof. 

In  testimony  whereof,  I  have  caused  the  Seal  of  The  United  States 
to  be  hereunto  affixed,  and  have  signed  the  same^with  my  hand. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington,  this  26th  day  of  December,  in 
the  year  of  our  Lord,  1816,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United 
States  the  40th. 

By  thePresident,  (L.S.)  JAMES  MADISON. 

JAS.  MONROE,  Secretary  of  State. 


(28.)— TREATY  between  The  Vnited  States  and  the  Kanzas  Indians. 
Signed  at  St.  Louis,  38/A  October  1816, 

JAMES  MADISON,  President  of  The  United  States. 

TO  ALL  TO  WHOM  THESE  PRESENTS  SHALL  COME,  GREETING  : 

Whereas,  a  Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  between  The  United 
States  and  the  Kanzas  Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians,  was  made  and  con- 
cloded  at  St,  Louis  on  the  28th  day  of  October,  18J5,  by  Commis^ 
sioners  on  the  part  of  The  United  States,  and  certain  Chiefs  and 
Warriors  of  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians,  on  the  part  of 
said  Tribe  or  Nation,  which  Treaty  is  in  the  words  following,  to  wit : 
Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  made  and  concluded  between 
Ninian  Edwards  and  Augusts  Chouteauy  Commissioners  Pleni^ 
potentiary  of  the  United  States  of  America,  on  the  part  and  behalf 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


460  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

of  Hie  udd  State*  of  the  one  part,  and  the  Undersigned  Chiefi  ami 
Warriors  of  the  Kanzas  Tribe  oflndiansy  on  the  part  and  Majf 
of  their  said  Tribe,  of  the  other  part* 

The  Parties  being  desirotts  olre-establisliing  Peace  and  Friendship 
between  The  United  States  and  their  said  Tribe,  and  of  being  placed, 
in  all  things,  and  in  every  respect,  upon  the  same  footing  upon  which 
they  stood  before  the  late  War  between  The  United  States  and  Great 
Britain,  have  agreed  to  the  following  Articles: 

Art.  I.  £f  ery  injury  or  act  of  hostility  by  one  or  either  of  the  Coa« 
tracting  Parties  against  the  other  shall  be  mutually  forgiven  and  forgot 

II.  There  shall  be  perpetual  peace  and  friendship  between  all  the 
Citizens  of  The  United  States  of  America,  and  alt  the  Individuals  com- 
posing the  said  Kanzas  Tribe,  and  all  the  friendly  relations  tliat 
existed  between  them  before  the  War,  shall  be,  and  the  same  are 
hereby  renewed. 

III.  The  Undersigned  Chiefs  and  Warriors  for  themselves  and  their 
said  Tribe,  do  hereby  acknowledge  themselves  to  be  under  the  pro- 
tection of  the  United  States  of  America,  and  of  no  other  Natioo, 
Power  or  Sovereign  whatsoever. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  said  Ninian  l^dwards  and  Aoi^ste  Chou- 
teau, Commissioners  as  aforesaid,  and  the  Chiefs  aforesaid,  have  herr« 
unto  subscribed  their  names  and  affixed  their  seals,  this  28th  day  of 
October,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord,  1815,  and  of  the  indepenJeaceof 
The  United  States  tlie  40th. 

(US.)  NINIAN  EDWARDS. 

(L.S.)  AUGUSTE  CHOUTEAU. 

[Marks  of  19  Indian  Chiefs  and  Warriors.] 
Done  at  St   Louis,  in  presence  of 

R*  Wash,  Secretary  to  the  Commission. 

T.  Paul,  C.T.ofthe  C.  ' 

Ja.  Kennerlt,  C  /•  Dept.      CoRiSTf an  Wrrr. 

Gabriel  S.  Chooteacj,  Ensign,  M,M. 

G.  H.  Kennbrley, 

Thomas  Forsyth,  i.  Agent, 

Taylor  Berry, 


Antoine  Barada,      If. 

Paul  Desjardins,    J     "  ^^^  ^'' 


Now,  therefore,  be  it  known,  that  I,  James  Madison,  President  o' 
The   United  Sutes,  having  seen  and    considered  the  said  Treaty 
have  accepted,  ratified,  and  confirmed  the  same,  and  every  Claoy 
and  Article  thereof. 

In  testimony  whereof.'!  have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and  caused  tt 
seal  of  The  United  States  to  be  affixed. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington,  this  26tli  day  of  December,  i 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  461 

die  year  of  oar  Lord«  IB15,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United 
States  the  40th. 

(LS)  JAMES  MADISON. 

By  the  President, 

J  AS.  lAO^^Olg.,  Secretary  of  State. 


(^9.y-~TREATY  between  The  United  States  and  the  Cherokee  Indians: 
Signed  at  Washington/22d  March,  1816. 

JAMES  MADISON,  President  of  The  United  States. 

TO  ALL  TO  WHOM  THESE  PRESENTS  SHALL  COME»  GREETING : 

Whereas  a  Treaty  of  Cesnon  was  made  and  concladed  at  the 
City  of  Washington,  on  the  22d  day  of  March,  1816,  by  a  Commis- 
sioner specially  appointed  on  the  part  of  The  United  States,  and  cer- 
tain Chiefs,  and  Head-men  of  the  Cherokee  Nation  of  Indians,  duly 
aothorized  and  appointed  by  the  said  Nation,  which  Treaty  is  in  the 
words  following,  to  wit : 

Articles  of  a  Treaty  made  and  concluded  at  the  City  of  Washington^ 

on  the  22nd  day  of  March,  1816^  between  George  Graham^  being 

specially  authorized  by  the  President  of  The  United  States  thereto^ 

and  the  undersigned  Chiefs  and  Head-men  of  the  Cherokee  Nation^ 

duly  authorized  and  empowered  by  the  said  Nation. 

Art.  1.  Whereas  the  Executive  of  the  State  of  South  Carolina  has 

made  an  application  to  the  President  of  The  United  States  to  extinguish 

the  Claim  of  the  Cherokee  Nation  to  that  part  of  their  lands  which  lie 

within  the  boundaries  of  the  said  State,  as  lately  established   and 

agreed  upon  between  that  State  and  the  State  of  North  Carolina ;  and 

as  the  Cherokee  Nation  is  disposed  to  comply  with  the  wishes  of  their 

Brothers  of  South  Carolina,  they  have  agreed  and  do  hereby  agree  to 

cede  to  the  State  of  South  Carolina,  and  for  ever  quit  claim  to  the 

Tract  of  Country  contained  within  the  following  bounds,  viz:  beginning 

on  the  east  bank  of  the  Chattuga  River,  where  the  boundary  line  of  the 

Cherokee  Nation  crosses  the  same,  running  thepee  with  the  said  boun. 

dary  line  to  a  rock  on  the  Blue  Jlidge,  where  the  boundary  line  crosses 

the  same,  and  which  rock  has  been  lately  established  as  a  corner  to  the 

States  of  North  and  South  Carolina  ;  running  thence  south,  68$  de* 

grees,  west,  20  miles  and  32  chains,  to  a  rock  on  the  Chattuga  River, 

at  the  35th  degree  of  north  latitude,  another  corner  of  the  boundaries 

agreed  upon  by  the  States  of  North  and  South  Carolina,  thence  down 

and  with  the  Chattuga  to  the  beginning. 

II.  For  and  in  consideration  of  the  above  Cession,  The  United 
States  promise  and  engage  that  the  State  of  South  Carolina  shall  pay 
to  the  Cherokee  Nation,  or  its  accredited  Agent,  the  sum  of  5,000  dol- 
lars, within  90  days  after  the  President  and  Senate  shall  have  ratified 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


462  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

this  Treaty :  Provided,  that  tlie  Cherokee  Nation  ahall  have  sanction^ 
the  same  in  Coancil :  and  provided  also,  that  the  Execulive  of  the 
State  of  South  Carolina,  shall  approve  of  the  Stipulations  contained  in 
this  Article. 

Ill  testimony  whereof,  the  said  Commissioner,  and  the  undersigned 
Chiefs  and  Head-men  of  the  Cherokee  Nation,  have  hereunto  set  their 
'  hands  and  seala. 

(US )  GEORGE  GRAHAM. 

[Marks  of  3  Indian  Chiefs.] 
(L.S.)  RICHARD  TAYLOR. 

(L.S.)  JOHN  ROSS. 

[Mark  of  1  Indian  Chief.] 
Witnesses  present  at  signing  and  seeling; 

Rbturn  J.  Meios.       Jacob  Laub.      Gid.  Datis. 

Now,  therefore,  be  it  known,  that  I,  James  Madison,  Pre»ident  of 
The  United  States,  having  seen  and  considered  the  said  Treaty,  have, 
by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate,  accepted,  ratified, 
and  confirmed  the  same,  and  every  Clause  and  Article  thereof. 

In  testimony  whereof,  1  have  hereunto  set  my  hand,  and  caused  the 
seal  of  The  United  States  to  be  affixed. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington^  this  8th  day  of  April,  in  the  year 
of  our  Lord,  1816,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United  Statwthe 
40th. 

By  ike  Prendeni,  (LB.)  JAMES  MADISON. 

J  AS.  MONROE,  Secretary  qfSiaie. 


iM,)^CONVENTION between  The  United  Slates  and  the  Cherokee 
Indians.^Signcd  at  WoBhingUm,  2M  March,  1816. 

JAMES  MADISON,  President  qf  The  United  States. 

TO  ALL  TO  WHOM   THESB  PRESENTS  SHALL  COME,  ORBBTIKO  : 

Whereas,  a  Convention  was  made  and  concluded  at  the  City  of 
Washington,  on  the  22d  day  of  March,  1816,  by  a  Commissiooer 
apecially  appointed  on  the  part  of  The  United  States,  and  certain 
Chiefs  and  Head-men  of  the  Cherokee  Nation  of  Indians,  daly 
authorized  and  appointed  by  the  said  Nation,  which  Convention  b  in 
the  words  following,  to  w^t: 

Articles  of  a  Convention  made  and  entered  into  beitoeen  Geturgs 
Graham^  specially  authorized  thereto  by  the  President  ^  The 
United  States,  and  the  undersigned  ChUfs  and  Head'^ahen  of  0u 
Cherokee  Nation^  duly  autkorisfed  and  empowered  by  4h0  said 
Nation* 
Art.  I.  Whereas  d^bts  haiw  existed  in  relation  to  the  Northen 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES    AND  INDIANS.  463 

Boundary  of  that  part  of  the  Creek  Lands  lying  irest  of  the  Coosa 
Rif  er,  and  which  were  ceded  to  The  United  States  by  the  Treaty  held 
at  Fort  Jackson,  on^e  9th  day  of  Aagnst,  1814  ;  and  whereas  by  the 
Ilird  Article  of  the  Treaty,  dated  the  7th  of  January,  1806,*  between 
The  United  States  and  the  Cherokee  Nation,  The  United  States  have 
recognized  a  Claim  on  the  part  of  the  Cherokee  Nation  to  the  lands 
south  of  the  big  bend  of  the  Tennessee  River,  and  extendrog  as  far  west  as 
a  place  on  the  waters  of  Bear  Creek,  (a  branch  of  the  Tennessee  River) 
known  by  the  name  of  the  Plat  Rock,  or  Stone :  it  is,  therefore,  now 
declared  and  agreed,  that  a  line  shall  be  run  from  a  point  on  the  west 
bank  of  the  Coosa  River,  opposite  to  the  lower  end  of  the  10  Islands  In 
said  river,  and  above  Fort  Strother,  directly  to  the  Flat  Rock,  or  Stone, 
on  Bear  Creek,  (a  branch  of  the  Tennessee  River :)  which  line  shall 
be  eatablished  as  the  boaadary  of  the  lands  ceded  by  tho  Creek 
Nation  to  The  United  States  by  the  Treaty  held  at  Fort  Jackson,  on 
the  9th  day  of  August,  1814,  and  of  the  lands  claimed  by  the 
Cherokee  Nation,  lying  west  of  the  Coosa,  and  south  of  the  Tennessee 
Rivers. 

II.  It  is  expressly  agreed  on  the  part  of  the  Cherokee  Nation,  that 
The  United  States  shall  have  the  right  to  lay  off,  open,  and  have  the 
free  use,  of  such  road  or  roads,  through  any  part  of  the  Cherokee 
Nation,  lying  north  of  tlie  bonndary  line  now  established,  as  may  be 
deemed  necessary  for  the  free  intercourse  between  the  States  of  Ten- 
nessee and  Georgia,  and  the  Mississippi  Territory.  And  the  Citizens 
of  The  United  States  shall  freely  navigate  and  use,  as  a  highway,  all 
the  rivers  and  waters  within  the  Cherokee  Nation.  The  Cherokee 
Nation  further  agree,  to  establish  and  keep  up,  on  the  roads  to  be 
opened  un<)er  the  sanction  of  this  Article,  such  ferries  and  public 
houses  as  may  be  necessary  for  the  acconnnodation  of  the  Citizens  of 
The  United  States. 

III.  In  order  to  preclude  any  dispute  Ijiereafter,  relative  to  the 
boundary  line  now  established,  it  is  hereby  agreed  that  the  Cherokee 
Nation  shall  appoint  2  Comnbsioners  to  accompany  the  Commis- 

*  Treaty  between  The  United  States  and  the  Cherokee  IntUant.— Washington,  7th 

Januasry,  1806. 

AsT.  III.  It  is  abo  agreed  tm  the  part  of  The  United  States,  that  the  Gorern. 
meat  thereof  will  nse  its  inflnenoe  and  best  endeavon  to  prevail  on  the  Chidcasaw 
NaftMO  of  Indiaas,  to  agree  to  the  foUowing  boundary  betwem  tliat  Nation  and  the 
Cherokees,  to  the  sonthward  of  the  Tennessee  River,  vis.  beginning  at  the  month  of 
Caney  Credc,  near  the  lower  part  of  the  Mnsde  Shoals,  and  to  ran  np  the  saA  Creek 
to  its  head,  and  in  a  direct  line  from  thence  to  the  Flat  Stone  or  Rock,  the  old  comer 
bomidary. 

But  it  is  nnderstood  by  the  Contracting  Parties  that  The  United  States  do  not 
engage  to  have  the  aforesaid  line  or  boundary  established,  but-  only  to  endeavor 
to  prevail  on  the  Chickasaw  Nation  to  consent  to  sack  a  Use,  as  the  boundsiy 
between  the  2  Nations. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


464  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

sionen  already  appointed  on  the  part  of  The  United  StatPS.  to  mn 
the  boundary  lines  of  the  lands  ceded  by  the  Cfpek  Nation  to  The 
United  States,  while  they  are  engaged  in  running  that  part  of  the 
boundary  established  by  the  1st  Article  of  this  Treaty. 

IV.  In  order  to  avoid  unnecessary  expense  and  delay,  it  is  further 
agreed,  that  whenever  the  President  of  The  United  States  may  deem 
it  expedient  to  open  a  road  through  any  part  of  the  Cherokee  Nation^ 
in  pursuance  of  the  Stipulations  of  the  llnd  Article  of  this  Convention, 
the  principal  Chief  of  the  Cherokee  Nation  shall  appoint  1  Com- 
missioner to  accompany  the  Commissioners  appointed  by  the  President 
of  The  United  States,  to  lay  off  and  mark  the  road ;  and  the  said 
Commissioners  shall  be  paid  by  The  United  States. 

v.  The  United  States  agree  to  indemnify  the  Individuals  of  the 
Cherokee  Nation  for  losses  sustained  by  them  in  consequence  of  the 
march  of  the  Militia  and  other  Troops  in  the  service  of  The  United 
States  through  that  Nation ;  which  losses  have  been  ascertained  by 
the  AgenU  of  The  United  States  to  amount  to  25,500  dollars. 

In  testimony  whereof,  the  said  Commissioner,  and  the  underngned 
Chiefs  and  Head-men  of  the  Cherokee  Nation,  have  hereunto  set  thdr 
hands  and  seals. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington,  this  22nd  day  of  March,  1816. 
(US.)  GEORGE  GRAHAM. 

(L.S.)  RICHARD  TAYLOR. 

(LS.)  JOHN  ROSS. 

[Marks  of  3  Indian  Chiefs.] 
[Mark  of  1  Indian  Chief.] 

Witoesies  present  at  signing  and  sealing, 
Rbturn  J.  Meigs. 
GiD,  Datis. 
Jacob  Laub. 

Now,  therefore,  be  it  known,  that  I,  James  Madison,  President  of 
The  United  States,  having  seen  and  considered  the  said  Convention, 
have,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate,  accepted, 
ratified  and  confirmed  the  same,  and  every  Clause  and  Article 
thereof. 

In  testimony  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand,  and  caused 
the  seal  of  The  United  States  to  be  affixed. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington,  this  8th  day  of  April,  in  the 
year  of  our  Lord,  1816,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United 
States  the  40th. 

Bff  the  President,  (L  S.)  JAMES  MADISOI). 

JAS,  MONROE,  Seeretiuy  ^  State. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


tJNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS,  465 

{ni.y^TREATY  between  The  United  States  and  the  Sac  Indians. 
Signed  at  St.  Louis,  ISth  May,  1816. 

JAMES  MADISON,  President  of  the  United  States  of  America. 

TO   ALL  WHO   SHALL   SEE   TUE8B  PRESENTS,  GREETING: 

Whereas  a  Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  was  made  and  cod« 
eluded  between  The  United  States  and  the  Tribes  of  Indians  called 
the  Sacs  of  Rock  River  and  adjacent  Country,  on  the  13th  day  of 
Hay,  in  the  year  1816,  at  St.  Louis,  in  the  Missouri  Territory,  by 
Commissioners  on  the  part  of  said  States,  and  the  Chiefs  and  Warriors 
on  the  part  and  in  behalf  of  tlie  said  Tribes  or  Nations,  which  Treaty 
is  in  the  words  following,  to  wit : 

Treaty  of  Peace    and  Friendship    made  and  concluded   between 
William  Clark,  Ninian  Edwards^  and  Auguste  Chouteau,  Com^ 
nussioners  Plenipotentiary  of  the  United  States  of  America,  on  the 
part  and  behalf  of  the  said  States,  of  the  one  part,  and  the  under- 
signed Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  the  Sacs  of  Rock  River  and  the 
adfacent  Country,  of  the  other  part. 
Whereas  by  the  IXth  Article  of  the  Treaty  of  Peace,  which  was 
concluded  on  the  24th  day  of  December,  IS14,  between  The  United 
States  and  Great  Britain,  at  Ghent,  and  which   was  r<itified    by  the 
Pfr^dent,  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Seriate,  on  the  17th  day 
February,  1815,  it  was  stipulated  that  the  said  Parties  should  severally 
put  an  end  to  all  hostilities  with  the  Indian  Tribes,  with  whom  they 
might  be  at  War,  at  the  time  of  the  Ratification  of  said  Treaty ;  and 
to  place  the  said  Tribes  inhabiting  their  respective  Territories,  on  the 
same  footing  upon  which  they  stood  before  the  War;  Provided  they 
should  agree  to  desist  from  all  hostilities  against  the  said  Parties,  their 
Citizens  or  Subjects  respectively,  upon  theRatification  of  the  saidTreaty 
being  notified  to  them,  and  should  so  desist  accordingly. 

And  whereas  The  United  States,  being  determined  to  execute  every 
Aiticle  of  the  Treaty  with  perfect  good  faith,  and  wishing  to  be  parti- 
cularly exact  in  the  execution  of  the  Article  above  alluded  to,  relating 
to  the  Indian  Tribes;— the  President,  in  consequence  thereof,  for  that 
purpose,  on  the  llth  day  of  March,  1815,  appointed  the  under- 
signed William  Clark,  Governor  of  Missouri  Territory,  Ninian  Ed- 
wards, Governor  of  Illinois  Territory,  and  Auguste  Chouteau,  Esq.,  of 
the  Missouri  Territory,  Commissioners,  with  full  power  to  conclude 
a  Treaty  of  Peace  and  Amity  with  all  those  Tribes  of  Indians,  con- 
formably to  the  Stipulations  contained  in  the  said  Article,  on  the 
part  of  The  United  States,  in  relation  to  such  Tribes. 

And  whereas  the  Commissioners,  in  conformity  with  their  Instruc- 
tions, in  the  early  part  of  last  year,  notified  the  Sacs  of  Rock  River, 
and  the  adjacent  Country,  of  the  time  of  the  Ratification  of  said 
Treaty ;  of  the  Stipulations  it  contained  in  relation  to  them ;  of  the 
[1815—16.]  2  H 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


466  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

dispositioD  of  the  American  Government  to  fulfil  those  Stipnlations,  by 
entering  into  a  Treaty  with  them,  conformably  thereto ;  and  infitd 
the  said  Sacs  of  Rock  River,  and  the  adjacent  Country,  to  send  for- 
ward a  Deputation  of  their  Chiefs  to  meet  tlie  said  Commissioners  at 
Portage  des  Sioux,  for  tlie  purpose  of  concluding  such  a  Treaty  as 
aforesaid,  between  The  United  States  and  the  said  Indians;  and  the 
said  Sacs  of  Rock  River,  and  the  adjacent  Country,  having  not  ooly 
declined  that  friendly  overture,  but  having  continued  their  hostilitiefl, 
and  committed  many  depredations  thereafter,  which  would  have  josti- 
fied  the  infliction  of  the  severest  chastisement  upon  them ;  but  having 
earnestly  repented  of  their  conduct,  now  imploring  mercy,  and  being 
anxious  to  return  to  the  habits  of  peace  and  friendship  with  The  United 
States ;  and  the  latter  being  always  disposed  to  pursue  the  most  liberal 
and  humane  policy  towards  the  Indian  Tribes  within  their  Territory, 
preferring  their  reclamation  by  peaceful  measures,  to  their  punish- 
ment by  the  application  of  the  Military  Force  of  the  Nation  : 

Now,  therefore,  the  said  William  Clark,  Ninian  Edwards,  and 
Auguste  Chouteau,  Commissioners  as  aforesaid,  and  the  undersigned 
Chiefs  and  Warriors,  as  aforesaid,  for  the  purpose  of  restoring 
peace  and  friendship  between  the  Parties,  do  agree  to  the  folloviog 
Articles : 

Art.  I.  The  Saca  of  Rock  River,  and  the  adjacent  Country,  do 
hereby  unconditionally  assent  to  recognise,  re-establish,  and  confirm 
the  Treaty  between  the  United  States  of  America  and  the  United  Tribes 
of  Sacs  and  Foxes,  which  was  concluded  at  St  Louis,  on  the  3rd  dsy 
of  November,  1804  ;*  as  well  as  all  other  Contracts  and  Agreements 
heretofore  made  between  the  Sac  Tribe  or  Nation,  and  The  United 
SUtes. 

II.  The  United  States  agree  to  place  the  aforesaid  Sacs  of  Rock 
River,  on  the  same  footing  upon  which  they  stood  before  the  War ; 
provided  they  shall,  on  or  before  the  1st  day  of  July  next,  deliver  up 
to  the  0(Bcer  commanding  at  Cantonment  Davis,  on  the  Mississippi* 
all  the  property  they,  or  any  part  of  their  Tribe,  have  plundered  or 
stolen  from  the  Citizens  of  The  United  States,  since  they  were  notified, 
as  aforesaid,  of  the  time  of  the  Ratification  of  the  late  Treaty  between 
The  United  States  and  Great  Britain. 

III.  If  the  said  Tribe  shall  fail  or  neglect  to  deliver  up  the  pro- 
perty aforesaid,  or  any  part  thereof,  on  or  before  the  1st  day  of  July 
aforesaid,  they  shall  forfeit  to  The  United  States,  all  right  and  title 
to  their  proportion  of  the  annuities  which,  by  the  Treaty  of  St.  Louis, 
were  covenanted  to  be  paid  to  the  Sac  Tribe ;  and  The  United  States 
shall  for  ever  ailerwards  be  exonerated  from  the  payment  of  so  much 
of  said  annuities  as,  upon  a  fair  distribution,  would  fall  to  the  share 
of  that  portion  of  the  Sacs  who  are  represented  by  the  undersigned 
Chiefs  and  Warriors. 

•  See  Page  412. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  467 

IV.  This  Treaty  shall  take  effect  and  be  obligatory  on  the  Con- 
Iracting  Parties^  unless  the  same  shall  be  disapproTed  by  the  Presi- 
deat  and  Senate  of  The  United  States,  or  by  the  President  only :  and 
in  the  mean  time  all  hostilities  shall  cease  from  this  date. 

In  testimony  whereof,  the  said  William  Clark,  Ninian  Edwardi^ 
and  Augaste  Chouteau,  Commissioners  as  aforesaid,  and  the  under- 
signed Chiefs  and  Warriors  as  aforesaid,  have  hereunto  set  their  bauds 
and  affixed  their  seals^  this  IStli  day  of  May,  1816. 

(L.S.)  WILLIAM  CLARK. 

(L.S.)  NINIAN  EDWARDS. 

(LS.)  AUGUSTE  CHOUTEAU. 

[Marks  of  22  Indian  Chiefs  and  Warriors.] 
Done  in  the  presence  of 

R.  Wash,  Secretary  to  ike  Commission. 

R.  Paul,  C.  T.  of  the  C.  J.  Bt.  Caron,  Interpreter. 

Samdel  Solomon,  Interpreter, 

Joshua  Norvell,  Judge  Advocate,  M.  M. 

Joseph  Pbrrins.  Joseph  Charless. 

B.  G.  Tavar.  Charles  William  Hvnter. 

Cerre.  M.  La  Croix. 

Gayol  Db  Guirano.       Boon  Ingels. 

Moses  Scott.  James  Sawyxr. 


Now*  therefore^  be  it  known,  that  I,  James  Madison,  President  of 
the  United  States  of  America,  having  seen  and  considered  the  said 
Treaty,  have,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate,  ac- 
cepted, ratified,  and  confirmed  the  same,  and  every  Clanse  and 
Article  thereof. 

In  testimony   whereof,  I  have  caused  the  seal  of   The   United 

States  to  be  hereunto  aflixed,  and  have  signed  the  same  with  my  hand. 

Done  at  the  Ciry  of  Washington,  this  3()th  day  of  December,  in  the 

year  of  our  Lord,  1816,  and  of  the  Indepoidence  of  The   United 

States  the  41st. 

By  ike  President.  (L.S)  JAM£S  MADISON. 

JAMES  yiO^KOl^,  Secretary  of  State. 


(^,)— TREATY  between  The  United  States  and  the  Sioux  Indians. 
Signed  at  St;  Louis,  1st  June,  1816. 

JAMES  MADISON,  President  of  the  United  States  of  America. 

TO  ALL  who  shall  SEE  THESE  PRESENTS,  GREETING  : 

Whereas  a  Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  between  the  United 
States  of  America,  and  the  Tribes  or  Nations  of  Indians,  called  the 
Siouxs  of  the  Leaf,  the  Siouxs  of  the  Broad  Leaf,  and  the  Siouxs 
who  shoot  in  the  Pine  Tops,  was  made  and  concluded  on  the  1st  day 

3  H  2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


468  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

of  June,  in  the  year  1816^  at  St.  Louis,  in  the  Missouri  Territory,  by 
Commissioners  on  behalf  of  the  said  States,  and  certain  Chiefs  and 
Warriors  on  the  part  and  in  behalf  of  the  said  Tribes  or  Nations, 
which  Treaty  is  in  the  words  following,  to  wit : 

Treatff  of  Peace  and  Friendship  made  and  concluded  between 
William  Clark,  Ninian  Edwards,  and  Auguste  Chouteau,  Com- 
missioners Plenipotentiary  of  the  United  States  of  America,  on  the 
part  and  behalf  of  the  said  States,  of  the  one  part,  and  the  Under- 
signed  Chiefs  and  Warriors,  representing  8  Bands  of  the  Sioux, 
composing  the  3  Tribes  called  the  Siowrs  of  the  Leaf,  the  Siouxs  of 
the  Sroad  Leaf,  and  the  Siouxs  who  shoot  in  the  Pine  Tops,  on  the 
part  and  behalf  of  their  said  Tribes,  of  the  other  part. 

The  Parties  being  desirous  of  re-establishing  Peace  and  Friendship 
between  The  United  States  and  the  said  Tribes,  and  of  being  placed 
in  all  things  and  in  every  respect  on  the  same  footing  upon  which 
they  stood  before  the  Jate  War  between  The  United  States  and  Great 
Britain,  have  agreed  to  the  following  Articles ; 

Art.  I.  Every  injury  or  act  of  hostility  committed  by  one  or 
either  of  the  Contracting  Parties  against  the  other,  shall  be  mutually 
forgiven  and  forgot. 

II.  There  shall  be  perpetual  Peace  and  Friendship  between  all  the 
Citizens  of  The  United  States,  and  all  the  Individuals  composing  the 
aforesaid  Tribes  ;  and  all  the  friendly  relations  that  existed  between 
them  before  the  War,  shall  be  and  the  same  are  hereby  renewed. 

III.  The  undersigned  Chiefs  and  Warriors,  for  themselves  and 
their  Tribes  respectively,  do,  by  these  Presents,  confirm  to  The  United 
States,  all  and  every  cession  or  cessions  of  land  heretofore  made  by 
their  Tribes  to  the  British,  French,  or  Spanish  Government,  within 
the  limits  of  the  United  States  or  their  Territories;  and  the  Parties 
here  contracting,  do,  moreover,  in  the  sincerity  of  mutual  friendsliip, 
recognize,  re-establish,  and  confirm,  all  and  every  Treaty,  Contract, 
and  Agreement  heretofore  concluded  between  The  United  States  and 
the  said  Tribes  or  Nations. 

JV.  The  undersigned  Chiefs  and  Warriors  as  aforesaid,  for 
themselves  and  their  said  Tribes,  do  hereby  acknowledge  themselves 
to  be  under  the  protection  of  The  United  States^  and  of  no  other 
Nation,  Power,  or  Sovereign  whatsoever. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  Commissioners  aforesaid,  and  the  under- 
signed Chiefs  and  Warriors  as  aforesaid,  have  hereunto  subscribed 
their  names,  and  affixed  their  seals,  this  1st  day  of  June,  in  the  year 
of  our  Lord,  1816,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United  States 
the  40th,  (L.  S.)  WILLIAM  CLARK. 

(US.)  NINIAN  EDWARDS, 

(L.  S.)  AUGUSTE  CHOUTEAU. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1;NIT£D  states  and  INDIANS.  469 

[Marks  of  41  Indian  Chiefs  and  Warriors.] 
Done  at  St  Louis,  in  the  presence  of 

R.  Wash,  Secretary  to  the  Commission, 
T.   PAU^  a  T.  of  the  a 

Wm.   O.  Allen,  Captain  United  States  Corps  Artillery. 
H.   S.  Geyer. 

Joshua  Norvell,  Judge  Advocate^  M.  M. 
N.   BoiLviN,  Agent. 
Thomas  Forsyth,  Indian  Agent 
Maurice  Blondeaux. 
Henry  Delorrier,  Interpreter. 
Pierre  Lapointe,  Interpreter. 
Samuel  Solomon,  Interpreter. 
Jacques  Matte,  Interpreter. 
Cbrre.  Richard  Cave. 

Willi  Cave.  Julius  Pescay. 

Now,  therefore,  be  it  known,  that  I,  James  Madison,  President  of 
the  United  States  of  America,  having  seen  and  considered  the  said 
Treaty,  have,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate, 
accepted,  ratified,  and  confirmed  the  same,  and  every  Clause  and 
Article  thereoC 

In  testimony  whereof,  I  have  caused  the  seal  of  The  United  States 
to  be  hereunto  affixed,  and  have  signed  the  same  with  my  hand. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington,  this  30th  day  of  December,  in 
the  year  of  our  Lord,  1816,  and  of  the  Independence  of  the  United 
States  the  41st 

By  the  President,  (L.  S.)  JAMES  MADISON. 

JAMES  MONROE,  Secretary  of  State. 


(Z$,)— TREATY  between  The  United  States  and  the  Winnebago 
Indians.    Signed  at  St.  Louis,  ZdJune,  1816. 

JAMES  MADISON,  President  of  the  United  States  of  America, 
TO  all  and  singular  to  whom  these  presents  shall  comb, 

GREETING  ; 

Wbbrras  a  Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friendship  between  The  United 
States  of  America,  and  that  portion  of  the  Winnebago  Tribe  of  Indiana 
residing  on  the  Ouisconsin  River,  was  concluded  and  signed  at  St. 
Louis,  In  the  Missouri  Territory,  on  the  3rd  day  of  June,  in  the  year 
1S16,  by  Commissioners  on  the  part  of  the  said  United  States,  and 
oertaio  ChieA  or  Warriors  of  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation,  on  the  part  and 
in  behalf  of  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation,  which  Treaty  is  in  the  wordi 
following,  to  wit: 
Treaty    of  Peace    and  Friendship  m4ide   and   concluded  between 

WilUam  Clark^  Ninia/n  Edwards,  omd  Auguste  Chouteau^  Com- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


470  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

musioners  Plenipotentiary  of  the  United  States  of  America^  on  the 
part  and  behalf  of  the  said  States,  of  the  one  part,  and  the  under- 
signed  Chiefi  and  Warriors,  of  that  portion  of  the  Winnebago 
Tribe  or  Nation  residing  on  the  Ouisconsin  River,  of  the  other  part. 

Whereas  the  undersigned  Chiefs  and  Warriors,  as  well  as  that 
portion  of  the  Nation  which  they  represent,  have  separated  themselves 
from  the  rest  of  their  Nation,  and  reside  in  a  village  on  the  Oaisconsin 
River,  and  are  desirous  of  returning  to  a  state  of  friendly  relations 
with  The  United  States ;  the  Parties  hereto  have  agreed  to  the  ibilowing 
Articles : 

Art.  I.  Every  injury  or  act  of  hostility,  committed  by  one  or  either 
of  the  Contracting  Parties  against  ihe  other,  shall  be  mutually  forgiven 
and  forgot ;  and  all  the  friendly  relations  that  existed  between  them 
before  the  late  War,  shall  be,  and  the  same  are  hereby,  renewed. 

II.  The  undersigned  Chiefs  and  Warriois,  for  themselves  and 
those  they  represent,  do,  by  these  presents,  confirm  to  The  United 
Slates  all  and  every  cession  of  land  heretofore  made  by  their  Nation 
to  the  British,  French,  or  Spanish  Government,  within  the  limits  of 
The  United  States,  or  their  Territories;  and  also,  all  and  every  Treaty, 
Contract  and  Agreement,  heretofore  concluded  between  The  United 
States  and  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation,  as  far  as  their  interests  in  the 
same  extends. 

III.  The  undersigned  Chiefs  and  Warriors,  as  aforesaid,  for  them- 
selves and  those  they  represent,  do  hereby  acknowledge  themselves 
to  be  under  the  protection  of  The  United  States,  and  of  no  other 
Nation,  Power,  or  Sovereign  whatsoever. 

IV.  The  aforesaid  Chiefs  and  Warriors,  for  themselves  and  those 
they  represent,  do  further  promise  to  remain  distinct  and  separate 
from  the  rest  of  their  Tribe  or  Nation,  giving  them  no  aid  or  assist- 
ance whatever,  until  peace  shall  also  be  concluded  between  The 
United  States  and  the  said  Tribe  or  Nation. 

V*  The  Contracting  Parties  do  hereby  agree,  promise,  and  oblige 
themselves,  reciprocally,to  deliver  up  all  Prisoners  now  in  their  hands* 
(by  what  means  soever  the  same  may  have  come  into  their  possession,} 
to  the  Officer  commanding  at  Prairie  du  Chien,  to  be  by  him  restored 
to  the  respective  Parties  hereto,  as  soon  as  it  msy  be  practicable* 

In  witness  whereof,  the  Commissioners  aforesaid,  and  the  under- 
signed Chiefs  and  Warriors,  as  aforesaid,  have  hereunto  subscribed 
their  names,  and  affixed  their  seals,  this  3rd  day  of  June,  in  the  year 
of  our  Lord,  1816,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United  States 
Ae40th. 

(L.  S.)        WILLIAM  CLARK. 
(L.  S.)         NINIAN  EDWARDS 
(L.S.)         AUGUSTS  CHOUTEAU, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  471 

[Marks  of  11  iDdian  Chiefs  and  Warriors.] 
Done  at  St  Louis,  in  the  presence  of 

R.  Wash,  Secretary  lo  the  CommUsioru 

T.  Paul,  C.  T.  of  the  C. 

William  O.  Allbn,  Captain  United  States  Corps  (^Artillery. 

N.  BoaTiN,  Agent.    Thomas  Forsyth,  Indian  Agent. 

Hacricb  Blondbaux,  Indian  Agent. 

Henry  Dolorier,  Interpreter. 

Pierre  Ijl^owtb,  Interpreter. 

Baptiste  Pereault,  Interpreter. 

Samuel  Solomon,  Interpreter.    Jacques  Matte^  Interpreter. 


Now,  therefore,  be  it  known,  that,  I,  James  Madison,  President  of 
the  United  States  of  America,  having  seen  and  considered  the  said 
Treaty,  have,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate,  ac- 
cepted, ratified,  and  confirmed,  the  same,  and  every  Clause  and  Article 
(hereof. 

In  testimony  whereof,  I  have  caused  the  seal  of  The  United  States 
to  be  hereunto  affixed,  and  have  signed  the  same  with  my  hand. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington,  this  30th  day  of  December ,  in  the 
year  of  our  Lord,  1816,  and  of  the  independence  of  The  Uni  ted  States 
Uie  41st. 

JEfy  the  PreMent,  (L.  S.)        JAMES  MADISON. 

JAMES  MONROE,  Secretary  of  State. 


(M,)^TREATY  between  The  United  States  and  the  Wea  and  Rick- 
apoo  Indians, — Signed  at  Fort  Harrison,  4th  June,  1816. 


JAMES  MADISON,  President  pf  the  United  States  of  An 

TO  ALL   AND    SINGULAR   TO  WHOM    THESE   PRESENTS    SHALL    COMB, 

r 

GREETIKG. 

Whereas  a  Treaty  between  the  United  Slates  of  America  and  the 
Wea  and  Kickapoo  Tribes  of  Indians,  was  concluded  and  signed  at 
Fort  Harrison  on  the  4th  day  of  June,  1816,  by  Commissioners  on  the 
part  of  the  said  Sutes,  and  certain  Chiefs  and  Head-men  of  the  said 
Tribe  or  Nation  of  Indians,  in  behalf  and  on  the  part  of  the  said 
Nation  or  Tribe;  which  Treaty  is  in  the  words  following,  to  wit: 

Treaty  between  the  United  States  of  America  and  the  Wea  and 
Kickapoo  Tribes  of  Indians, 

Articles  of  a  Treaty  made  and  entered  into  at  Port  Harrison  m  the 
Indiana  Territory,  between  Benjamin  Parhe,  specially  authorized 
thereto  by  the  President  of  The  United  States,  of  the  one  part,  and 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


472  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

the  Tribes  of  Indians  called  the  Weais  and  Kickapooiy  by  their 
Chiefs  and  Head-men,  of  the  other  part. 

Art,  I.  The  Weas  and  Kickapoos  again  acknowledge  themselves 
in  Peace  and  Friendship  with  The  United  States. 

II.  The  said  Tribes  acknowledge  the  validity  of,  and  declare  their 
determination  to  adhere  to,  the  Treaty  of  Greenville,  made  in  the 
year  1795,  and  all  subsequent  Treaties  which  they  have  respectively 
made  with  The  United  States.* 

III.  The  boundary  line  surveyed  and  marked  by  The  United  States, 
of  the  land  on  the  Wabash  and  White  Rivers,  ceded  in  the  year  1809, 
the  said  Tribes  do  hereby  explicitly  recognise  and  confirm,  as  having 
been  executed  conformably  to  the  several  Treaties  (hey  have  made 
with  The  United  Sutes. 

iV.  The  Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  the  said  Tiibe  of  the  Kickapoos 
acknowledge  that  tliey  have  ceded  to  The  United  States  all  that  Tract 
of  Country  which  lies  between  the  aforesaid  boundary  line  on  the  north 
west  side  of  the  Wabash,  the  Wabash,  the  Vermilion  River,  and  a  line 
to  be  drawn  from  the  north  west  corner  of  the  said  boundary  line,  so 
as  to  strike  the  Vermilion  River  20  miles  in  a  direct  line  from  its 
mouth,  according  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  Treaty  they  made 
with  The  United  Stales  on  the  9th  day  of  December,  in  the  year  ]809.f 
In  testimony  whereof,  the  said  Benjamin  Parke,  and  the  Chief  and 
Head-men  of  the  said  Tribes,  have  hereunto  set  their  hands  and  affixed 
their  seals  at  Port  tiarrison,  in  the  Indiana  Territory,  the  4th  day  of 
June,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord^  1816. 

(L.S.)  B.  PARKE. 

[Marks  of  9  Wea  Chiefs.] 
[Marks  of  II  Kickapoo  Chiefs  ] 
.Done  in  tlie  presence  of 

John  L.  M^Cul lough,  Secretary  to  the  Commission, 
John  T.  Chum,  Major,  commanding  Fort  Harrison, 
Gab«  L  Floyd,  Lieutenant  United  States  Army. 
Th.  M'Call,  ofVincennes.         Hbn.  Gilham,  of  do. 
N.  B.  Bailey,  of  do,  Geo.  C.  Copp. 

Michael  Brouillet,  Interpreter  at  Fort  Harrison. 
Joseph  Barron,  Sivo7*n  Interpreter, 
Mow,  therefore,  be  it  known,  that  I,  James  Madison,  President  of 
the  United  States  of  America,  having  seen  and  considered  the  said 
Treaty,  have,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate, 
accepted,  ratified,  and  con6rmed  the  same,  and  every  Clause  and 
Article  thereof. 

In  testimony  whereof,  I  have  caused  the  seal  of  The  United  States 
to  be  hereunto  affixed,  and  have  signed  the  same  witli  my  hand. 
Done  at  the  City  of  Washington,  this  30th  day  of  December,  in 

*  See  Page  401.  tSeePa£^431. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  473 

the  Yeiir  of  our  Lord,  1816,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United 
Sutes  the  4l8t. 

By  ike  President,  (L.S.)  JAMES  MADISON. 

JAMES  MONROE,  Secretary  of  Slate. 


(ZO.) — TREATY  between  The  United  States    and  the    Ottawa, 
^c,  Indians. — Signed  at  St,  Louis,  24th  August,  1816. 

JAMES  MADISON,  President  of  the  United  Stales  of  America. 

TO  ALL  WHO  SHALL  SEE  THESE  PRESENTS,  GREETING  : 

Whereas,  a  Treaty  of  Peace,  Friendship,  and  Limits, was  madeand 
concluded  between  The  United  States  and  the  United  Tribes  of  Otta- 
was,  Chippewas,  and  Pattawatimas,  residing  on  the  Illinois  and  Mel- 
wakee  Rivers,  and  their  waters,  and  on  the  south-western  parts  of  Lake 
Michigan,  at  St  Louis,  in  the  Missouri  Territory,  by  Commissioners 
on  the  part  of  the  said  States,  and  by  their  Chiefs  and  Warriors  on 
the  part  of  tlie  said  Tribes,  or  Nation  of  Indians;  which  Treaty  is  in 
the  words  following,  to  wit : 

Treaty  of  Peace,  Friendship,  and  Limits,  made  and  concluded 
between  Ninian  Edwards,  WHUam  Clarke,  and  Augusts  ChoU" 
teauy  Commissioners  Plenipotentiary  of  the  United  Staies  of 
America,  on  the  part  and  behalf  of  said  States,  of  the  one  part, 
and  the  Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  the  United  Tribes  of  Ottawa*, 
Chippewas,  and  PcUtawatimas,  residing  on  the  Illinois  and 
MelwaJeee  Rivers,  and  their  Waters,  and  on  the  south-western 
parts  of  Lake  Michigan,  of  the  other  part. 

Whereas  a  serious  dispute  has  for  some  time  past  existed  between 
the  Contracting  Parties,  relative  to  the  right  to  a  part  of  the  lands 
ceded  to  The  United  States  by  the  Tribes  of  Sacs  and  Foxes,  on  the 
3rd  day  of  November,  1804,*  and  both  Parties  being  desirous  of  pre- 
serving a  harmonious  and  friendly  intercourse,  and  of  establishing 
permanent  peace  and  friendship,  have,  for  the  purpose  of  removing 
all  difficulties,  agreed  to  the  following  Terms : 

Art.  I.  The  said  Chiefs  and  Warriors,  for  themselves  and  the 
Tribes  they  represent,  agree  to  relinquish,  and  hereby  do  relinquish, 
to  The  United  States,  all  their  right,  claim,  and  title,  to  all  the  land 
contained  in  the  before-mentioned  cession  of  the  Sacs  and  Foxes, 
which  lies  south  of  a  due  west  line  from  the  southern  extremity  of 
Lake  Michigan  to  the  Mississippi  River.  And  they  moreover  cede  to 
The  United  Spates  all  the  land  contained  within  the  following  bounds^ 
to  wit:  beginning  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Fox  River  of  Illinois,  10 
miles  above  the  mouth  of  the  said  Fox  River ;  thence  running  so  as 
to  cross  Sandy  Creek,  10  miles  above  its  mouth ;  thence,  in  a  direct 

•  See  Page  412. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


474  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

Iine«  to  a  point  10  miles  north  of  the  west  end  of  the  Portage,  between 
Chicago  Creek,  which  empAes  into  Lake  Michigan,  and  the  River 
Depleines,  a  fork  of  the  Illinois;  thence,  in  a  direct  line,  to  a  point  on 
Lake  Michigan,  10  miles  northward  of  the  mouth  of  Chicago  Creek ; 
thence,  along  the  lake,  to  a  point  10  miles  southward  of  the  mouth  of 
the  said  Chicago  Creek ;  thence,  in  a  direct  line,  to  a  point  on  the 
Kankakee,  10 miles  above  its  mouth;  thence,  with  the  said  Kankakee 
and  the  Illinois  River,  to  the  mouth  of  Fox  River,  and  thence  to  the 
beginning ;  Provided,  nevertheless,  that  the  said  Tribes  shall  be  per- 
mitted to  hunt  aad  to  fish  within  the  limits  of  the  land  hereby  re- 
linquished and  ceded,  so  long  as  it  may  continue  to  be  the  property  of 
The  United  States. 

II.  In  consideration  of  the  aforesaid  relinquishment  and  cession.  The 
United  States  have  this  day  delivered  to  said  Tribes  a  considerable 
quantity  of  merchandise,  and  do  agree  to  pay  them,  annually,  for  the 
term  of  12  years,  goods  to  the  value  of  1,000  dollars,  reckoning  that 
value  at  the  first  cost  of  the  goods  in  the  city  or  place  in  which  they 
shall  be  purchased,  without  any  charge  for  transportation;  which  said 
goods  shall  be  delivered  to  the  said  Tribes  at  some  place  on  the 
Illinois  River,  not  lower  down  than  Peoria.  And  the  said  United 
States  do  moreover  agree  to  relinquish  to  the  said  Tribes  all  tlie  land 
contained  in  the  aforesaid  cession  of  the  Sacs  and  Foxes,  which  lies 
north  of  a  due  west  line,  from  the  southern  extremity  of  Lake 
Michigan  to  the  Mississippi  River,  except  3  leagues  square  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Ouisconsin  River,  including  both  banks,  and  such  other 
tracts,  on  or  near  to  the  Ouisconsin  and  Mississippi  Rivers,  as  the 
President  of  The  United  States  may  think  proper  to  reserve:  Pro- 
vided, that  such  other  tracts  shall  not  in  the  whole  exceed  the  quantity 
that  would  be  contained  in  5  leagues  square. 

III.  The  Contracting  Parties,  that  peace  and  friendship  may  be 
permanent,  promise  that  in  all  things  whatever,  they  will  act  with 
justice  and  correctness  towards  each  other,  and  that  they  will,  with 
perfect  good  faith,  fulfil  all  the  obligations  imposed  upon  them  by 
former  Treaties. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  said  Ninian  Edwards,  William  Clark,  and 
Auguste  Chouteau,  Commissioners  afoi*esaid,  and  the  Chiefs  and 
Warriors  of  the  aforesaid  Tribes,  have  hereunto  subscribed  their 
names  and  affixed  their  seals,  this  24th  day  of  August,  1816,  and  of 
the  Independence  of  The  United  States  the  41st 

(L.S.)  NINIAN  EDWARDS. 

(L.S.)  WM.  CLARK. 

(US.)  AUGUSTE  CHOUTEAU. 

[Marks  of  28  Indian  Chiefs  and  Warriors.] 
Done  at  St.  Louis,  iu  the  presence  of 

R.  Wash,  Secretary  to  the  Commisnon. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  475 

R.  Graham,  Indian  Agent  for  the  Territory  ofHUnoU. 

Thomas  Forsyth,  Indian  Agent* 

J.  Maul^  Lieutenant  ^th  Regiment  of  Infantry. 

P.   Provencherx,  Interpreter  of  the  Commiesioners. 

Maurice  Blondeaux,  Indian  Agent. 

John  Ruland.         M.  Lewis  Clark. 

Sam.  Solomon,  Interpreter  and  Translator* 

Jacques  Matte^  Interpreter. 

[Marks  of  8  Kickapoo  Chiefs.] 
[Marks  of  2  Sac  Chiefs.] 
[Marks  of  2  Fox  Chiefs.] 
Now,  therefore,  be  it  known,  that  I,  James  Madison,  President  of 
The  United  States,  having  seen  and  considered  the  said  Treaty,  have, 
by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate,  accepted,  ratified| 
and  confirmed,  the  same«  and  every  Clause  and  Article  thereof. 

In  testimony  whereof^  I  have  caused  the  seal  of  The  United  States 
to  be  hereunto  affixed,  and  have  signed  the  same  with  my  hand. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington,  this  SOth  day  of  December,  in 
the  year  of  our  Lord,  1816,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United 
SUtes,  the  4lst. 

(L.S.;  JAMES  MADISON. 

Sy  the  President, 

JAMES  MONROE,  Secretary  of  State. 


(36.)'-'TREATY  between  The  United  States  and  the  Chickasaw  In- 
dians.'^Signed  at  the  Chickasaw  Council  House,  SOlA  September,  I8I6. 

JAMES  MADISON,  President  of  the  United  States  of  America, 

TO  ALL  WHO  SHALL  SEE  THESE  PRESENTS,  GREETING: 

Whereas  a  Treaty  between  the  United  States  of  America,  and 
the  Chickasaw  Nation  of  Indians,  was  made  and  concluded  between 
the  United  States  of  America  and  the  Chickasaw  Nation  of  Indians, 
on  the  20th  day  of  September,  1816,  at  the  Chickasaw  Council 
Honse,  by  Commissioners  on  the  part  of  the  said  States,  and  by  the 
Chiefs  and  Warriors  on  the  part  of  the  said  Nation  of  Indians,  which 
Treaty  Is  in  the  words  following,  to  wit : 

To  settle  all  Territorial  Controversies,  and  to  perpetuate  that 
peace  and  harmony  which  has  long  happily  subsisted  between  The 
United  States  and  the  Chickasaw  Nation,  the  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  by  Major- General  Andrew  Jackson,  General  David 
Meriwether,  and  Jesse  Franklin,  Esq.,  on  the  one  part,  and  the  whole 
Chickasaw  Nation,  in  Conncil  assembled,  on  the  other,  have  agreed 
on  the  following  Articles,  which,  when  ratified  by  the  President,  with 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


476  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate  of  the  United  States,  shall  he 
binding  on  all  Parties : 

Art.  I.  Peace  and  Friendship  are  hereby  firmly  established  and 
perpetuated  between  the  United  States  of  America  and  the  Chick- 
asaw Nation. 

II.  The  Chickasaw  Nation  cede  to  The  United  States  (with  the 
exception  of  such  reservations  as  shall  hereafter  be  specified)  all  right 
or  title  to  lands  on  the  north  side  of  the  Tennessee  River,  and  re- 
linquish all  claim  to  Territory  on  the  south  side  of  said  River,  and  east 
of  a  line  commencing  at  the  mouth  of  Caney  Creek,  running  up  said 
creek  to  its  source,  thence  a  due  south  course  to  the  ridge- path,  or 
commonly  called  Gaines's  Road,  along  said  road  south  westwardly  to 
a  point  on  the  Tombigby  River,  well-known  by  the  name  of  the  Cotton 
Gin  Port,  and  down  the  west  bank  of  the  Tombigby  to  the  Choctaw 
Boundary. 

III.  In  consideration  of  the  relinquishment  of  Claim,  and  Cession 
of  Lands,  made  in  the  preceding  Article,  the  Commissioners  agree  to 
allow  the  Chickasaw  Nation  12,000  dollars  per  annum  for  10  successive 
years,  and  4,500  dollars,  to  be  paid  in  60  days  after  the  Ratification 
of  this  Treaty  into  the  hands  of  Levi  Colbert,  as  a  compensation  for 
any  improvements  which  Individuals  of  the  Chickasaw  Nation  oiay 
have  had  on  the  lands  surrendered ;  that  is  to  say,  2,000  dollars  for 
improvements  on  the  east  side  of  the  Tombigby,  and  2,500  dollars  for 
improvements  on  the  north  side  of  the  Tennessee  River. 

IV.  The  Commissioners  agree  that  the  following  tracts  of  land 
shall  be  reserved  to  the  Chickasaw  Nation : 

1.  One  tract  of  land  for  the  use  of  Colonel  George  Colbert  and 
HeirSy  and  which  is  thus  described  by  said  Colbert :  '*  Beginning  on 
the  north  bank  of  the  Tennessee  River,  at  a  point  that,  running  north 
4  miles,  will  include  a  big  spring,  about  half  way  between  his  ferry 
and  the  mouth  of  Cypress,  it  being  a  spring  that  a  large  cow.path 
crosses  its  branch  near  where  a  cypress  tree  is  cut  down ;  thence  west- 
wardly to  a  point,  4  miles  from  the  Tennessee  River,  and  standing  due 
north  of  a  point  on  the  north  bank  of  the  River,  3  miles  below  his  ferry 
on  the  Tennessee  River,  and  up  the  meanders  of  said  River  to  the 
beginning  point." 

2.  A  tract  of  land  2  miles  square  on  the  north  bank  of  the  Ten* 
nessee  River,  and  at  its  junction  with  Beach  Creek,  for  the  use  of 
Appassan  Tubby  and  Heirs. 

3.  A  tract  of  land  1  mile  square,  on  the  north  side  of  the  Ten- 
nessee River,  for  the  use  of  John  M'Cleish  and  Heirs,  the  said  tract 
to  be  so  run  as  to  include  the  said  M'Cleish's  Settlement  and  Im- 
provements on  the  north  side  of  Buffalo  Creek. 

4.  Two  tract£  of  land,  containing  40  acres  each,  on  the  soath  side 
of  Tennessee  River,  and  about  2|  miles  below  the  Cotton  Gin  Port, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  477 

on  the  Tombigby  River,  which  tracts  of  land  will  be  pointed  out 
by  Major  Levi  Colbert,  and  for  the  use  of  the  said  Colbert  and  Heirs. 

It  is  stipulated  that  the  above  reservations  shall  appertain  to  the 
Chickasaw  Nation,  only  so  Jong;  as  they  shall  be  occupied,  cultivated, 
or  used,  by  the  present  Proprietors  or  Heira,  and  in  the  event  of  all 
or  either  of  said  tracts  of  land,  so  reserved,  being  abandoned  by  the 
present  Proprietors  or  Heirs,  each  tract  or  tracts  of  land^  so  aban- 
doned, shall  revert  to  The  United  States  as  a  portion  of  that  territory 
ceded  by  the  Ilnd  Article  of  (he  Treaty. 

V.  The  3  Contracting  Parties  covenant  and  agree  that  the  line, 
on  the  south  side  of  the  Tennessee  River,  as  described  in  the  Und 
Article  of  this  Treaty,  shall  be  ascertained  and  marked  by  Commis- 
aioners  to  be  appointed  by  the  President  of  The  United  States;  that 
the  marks  shall  be  bold ;  trees  to  be  blazed  on  both  sides  of  the  line, 
and  the  fore  and  aft  trees  to  be  marked  with  the  letters  U.  S.  That 
the  Commissioners  shall  be  attended  by  2  Peraons  to  be  designated 
by  the  Chickasaw  Nation,  and  that  the  said  Nation  shall  have  due 
aud  seasonable  notice  when  said  operation  is  to  be  commenced. 

VI.  In  consideration  of  the  conciliatory  disposition  evinced, 
during  the  negotiation  of  this  Treaty,  by  the  Chickasaw  Chiefs  and 
Warriors,  but  more  particularly  as  a  manifestation  of  the  friendship 
and  liberality  of  the  President  of  The  United  States,  the  Coramis- 
siooers  agree  to  give,  on  the  Ratification  of  this  Ti*eaty,  toChinnubby, 
King  of  the  Chickasaws,  to  Tishshomingo,  William  M'Gilvery,  Arpas- 
arshtubby,  Samuel  Seely,  James  Brown,  Levi  Colbert,  Ickaryoucul- 
laha,  George  Petty  grove,  Immartarharmicko,  Chickasaw  Chiefs,  and 
to  Malcolm  M'Gee,  Interpreter,  150  dollars  each,  in  goods  or  cash, 
as  may  be  preferred,  and  to  Major  William  Glover,  Colonel  George 
Colbert,  Captain  Rabbitt,  Hoparyeahoummar,  Immoukelourshshar. 
hoparyea,  HoparyeahouUartir,  Tushkerhopoyyea,  Hoparyeahoum- 
mar Junior,  Immoukelusharhopoyyea,  James  Colbert,  Coweamarth- 
lar,  and  lllachouwarhopoyea.  Military  Leaders,  100  dollars  each ;  and, 
as  a  particular  mark  of  distinction  aud  favor  for  his  long  services  and 
faithful,  adherence  to  the  United  States  Government,  the  Commis- 
sioners agree  to  allow  to  General  William  Colbert  an  annuity  of  100 
dollars  for  and  during  his  life. 

VI L  Whereas  the  Chiefs  and  Warrioi-s  of  the  Chickasaw  Nation 
have  found,  from  ex'^rience,  that  the  crowd  of  Pedlars,  who  are  con- 
stantly traversing  the  u  Nation  from  one  end  to  the  other,  is  of  a  serious 
disadvantage  to  the  Nation;  that  serious  misunderstandings  and  dis- 
putes frequently  take  place,  as  well  as  frauds,  which  are  often  practised 
on  the  ignorant  and  uninformed  of  the  Nation  ;  therefore  it  is  agreed 
by  the  Commissioners  on  the  part  of  the  Government,  and  the  Chiefs 
of  the  Nation,  that  no  more  Licenses  shall  be  granted  by  the  Agent  of 
the  Chickasaws,  to  entitle  any  Person  or  Persons  to  trade  or  traffic  mer- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


478  UNITED  STAT£S  AND  INDIANS. 

chandiae  in  said  Nation;  and  that  any  Person  or  Persons  whomsoever, 
of  the  White  People,  who  shall  bring  goods  and  sell  them  in  the  Nation* 
contrary  to  this  Article,  shall  forfeit  the  whole  of  his  or  their  goods,  one 
half  to  the  Nation  and  the  other  half  to  the  Government  of  The  United 
States :  in  all  cases  where  this  Article  is  violated,  and  the  goods  are 
taken  or  seized,  they  shall  be  delivered  up  to  tlie  Agent,  who  shall 
hear  the  testimony  and  judge  accordingly. 

This  Article  was  presented  to  the  CommiaBioners  by  the  Chiefs  and 
Warriors  of  the  Chickasaw  Nation,  and  by  their  particular  solicitatioo 
embraced  in  this  Treaty. 

In  testimony  whereof,  the  said  Commissioners,  and  undersigned 
Chiels  and  Warriors  have  set  their  hands  and  seals. 

Done  at  the  Chickasaw  Council  House,  this  20th  day  of  Septeni* 
ber,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord,  1816. 

(L.  S.)  ANDREW  JACKSON. 
(L.  S.)  D.  MERIWETHER.  " 
(L.  S.)        J.  FRANKLIN. 


[Here  follow  the  Marks  of  Chakubby,  the  King,  and  32  Chiefs  and 
Warriors,  of  the  Chickasaw  Nation.] 

i  James  Gadsdek,  Secretary. 
\  William  Cocke. 
Witnesses, —  ^  John  Rhea. 

J  Malcolm  M'Osb. 

^ Jambs  Coi^sslt^  Interpreter, 

Now,  therefore,  be  it  known,  that  I,  James  Madison,  President  ol 
the  United  States  of  America,  having  seen  and  considered  the  said 
Treaty,  have,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate, 
accepted,  ratified,  and  confirmed  the  same,  and  every  Clause  and 
Article  thereof. 

In  testimony  whereof,  I  have  caused  the  seal  of  The  United  States 
to  be  hereunto  affixed,  and  have  signed  the  same  with  my  hand. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington,  this  dOth  day  of  December,  in 
the  year  of  our  Lord  1816,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  'United 
States  the  4l8t. 

fiy  the  President,  (L.S.)  JAMES  MADISON. 

JAMES  MONROE,  Secretary  of  StaU. 


(37.)— TREATY  between  The  United    States    and  the   Cherokee 
Indians.     Signed  at  Turkey  Town,  4lA  October,  1816. 

JAMES  MADISON,  President  of  the  UnUid  States  of  America. 
TO  all  who  shall  see  these  presents,  grebtino  : 
Whereas  Articles  of  a  Treaty  were  made  and  concluded  between 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AKD  INDIANS.  479 

The  United  States  of  America  and  the  Cherokee  Nation  of  Indians^ 
on  the  4th  day  of  October,  in  the  year  1816,  at  Turkey  Town,  by 
Commissioners  on  the  part  of  the  said  States,  and  the  said  Nation  of 
Indians,  in  Council  assembled ;  which  Treaty  is  in  the  words  follow* 
ing,  to  wit : 

To  perpetuate  pence  and  friendship  between  The  Ujiited  States  and 
the  Cherokee  Tribe,  or  Nntion  of  Indians,  and  to  remove  all  future 
causes  of  dissention  which  may  arise  from  indefinite  Territorial  Boun- 
daries, the  President  of  the  United  States  of  America,  by  Major- 
General  Andrew  Jackson,  General  David  Meriwether,  and  Jesse 
Franklin,  Esq.,  Commissioners  Plenipotentiary  on  the  one  part,  and 
the  Cherokee  Delegates  on  the  other,  covenant  and  agree  to  the 
following  Articles  and  Conditions,  which,  when  approved  l^  the 
Cherokee  Nation,  and  constitutionally  ratified  by  the  Government  of 
The  United  States,  shall  be  binding  on  all  Parties. 

Art.  I.  Peace  and  Friendship  are  hereby  firmly  established  between 
The  United  States  and  the  Cherokee  Nation  or  Tribe  of  Indians. 

II.  The  Cherokee  Nation  acknowledge  tlie  following  as  their 
Western  Boundary,  south  of  the  Tennessee  River : — commencing  at 
Camp  Coffee,  on  the  south  side  of  the  Tennessee  River,  which  is 
opposite  the  Chickasaw  Island,  running  from  thence  a  due  south 
course  to  the  top  of  the  dividing  ridge  between  the  waters  of  the 
Tennessee  and  Tombigbee  Rivers,  thence  eastwardly  along  said  ridge, 
leaving  the  head  waters  of  the  Black  Warrior  to  the  right  hand,  until 
opposed  by  the  west  branch  of  Will's  Creek,  down  the  east  bank  of 
said  creek  to  the  Coosa  River,  and  down  said  River. 

III.  The  Cherokee  Nation  relinquish  to  The  United  States  all 
claim,  and  cede  all  title,  to  lands  lying  south  and  west  of  the  line 
as  described  in  the  I Ind  Article;  and,  in  consideration  of  said  re- 
linqnishment  and  cession,  the  Commissioners  agree  to  allow  the 
Cherokee  Nation  an  annuity  of  6,000  dollars,  to  continue  for 
10  successive  years;  and  5,000  dollars,  to  be  paid  in  60  days 
after  the  Ratification  of  the  Treaty,  as  a  compensation  for  any 
improvements  which  the  said  Nation  may  have  had  on  the  lands 
surrendered. 

IV.  The  2  Contracting  Parties  covenant  and  agree,  that  the  line, 
as  described  in  the  llnd  Article,  shall  be  ascertained  and  marked  by 
Commissioners,  to  be  appointed  by  the  Presitient  of  The  United  States ; 
that  the  marks  shall  be  bold ;  trees  to  be  blazed  on  both  sides  of  the 
line,  and  the  fore  and  aft  trees  to  be  marked  with  the  letters 
U.  S. ;  that  the  Commissioners  shall  be  accompanied  by  2  Persons, 
to  be  appointed  by  the  Cherokee  Nation,  and  that  said  Nation 
shall  have  dae  and  seasonable  notice  when  said  operation  is  to  be 
commenced. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


480  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

V.  It  is  stipulated  that  the  Cherokee  Nation  will  meet  General 
Andrew  Jackson,  General  David  Meriwether,  and  Jesse  FrankliD,  E»\. 
in  Council,  at  Turkey's  Town,  Coosa  River,  on  th^  28th  of  September 
instant,  there  and  then  to  express  their  approbation,  or  not,  of  the 
Articles  of  this  Treaty ;  and  if  they  do  not  assemble  at  the  time  and 
place  specified,  it  is  understood  that  the  said  Commissioners  may 
report  the  same  as  a  tacit  Ratification,  on  the  part  of  the  Cherokee 
Nation,  of  this  Treaty. 

In  testimony  whereof,  the  said  Commissioners,  and  undersigned 
Chiefs  and  Delegates  of  the  Cherokee  Nation,  have  hereto  set  their 
hands  and  seals. 

Done  at  the  Chickasaw  Council  House,  this  14th  day  of  Septem« 
her,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord,  1816. 

(L.S.)  ANDREW  JACKSON. 

(US.)  D.  MERIWETHER, 

(L.S.)  J.  FRANKLIN. 

[Marks  of  15  Indian  Chiefs  and  Delegates.]] 
Witnesses, 
James  Gadsden,  Secretary  to  the  Commissioners. 
Arthur  P.  Hayne,  Inspector- General,  Division  of  the  South, 
James  C.  Bronauqh,  Hospital  Surgeon^  United  States  Army. 
John  Gordon,       John  Rhea. 

Thomas  Wilson.     >  interpreters  for  tlie  Cherokees. 
A.  M'CoY,  S         '^         '^ 

Ratified  at  Turkey  Town,  by  the  whole  Cherokee  Nation,  in 
Council  assembled. 

In  testimony  whereof,  the  Subscribing  Commissioners  of  The 
United  States,  and  the  undersigned  Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  the 
Cherokee  Nation,  have  hereto  set  their  hands  and  seals^  this  4tb 
day  of  October,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord,  1816. 

(L.S.)  ANDREW  JACKSON. 

(L  S.)  D.  M  E  RIWETHE  R. 

[Marks  of  9  Indian  Chiefs  and  Warriors.] 
Witnesses, 
James  Gadsden,  Secretary.  Return  J.  Meios. 

Richard  Taylor,  Interpreter.  A.  M'Coy,  Interpreter. 


Now,  therefore,  be  it  known,  that  1,  James  Madison,  President  of 
the  United  States  of  America,  having  seen  and  considered  the  said 
Articles,  have,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate, 
accepted,  ratified,  and  confirmed  the  same,  and  every  Clause  aod 
Article  thereof. 

In  testimony  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand,  and  caased 
the  seal  of  The  United  States  to  be  affixed. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  481 

Done  at  the  City  of  Wathington.  this  30Ui  day  of  December,  in 
the  year  of  our  Lord,  1816,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  Un]te4 
States  the  4l8t. 

By  ike  Prendeni,  (LiS.)  JAMES  MADISON. 

JAM£S  MONROE,  Secretary  of  State. 


(38.)— TREATY  between  The  Mnited   States   and  the    Choctaw 
Indians.    Signed  at  the  Choctaw  Trading  House,  24th  October,  1816. 

JAMES  MADISON,  President  of  the  United  States  of  America, 

TO  ALL  WHO  SHALL  SSS  THESE  PRESBirrs,  GREETING  ; 

Whereas  a  Treaty  of  Cession  between  the  United  States  of 
America,  and  the  Choctaw  Nation  of  Indians,  was  made  and  concluded 
on  the  24th  day  of  October,  in  the  year  1816,  at  the  Choctaw  Trading 
House,  by  Commissioners  on  the  part  of  the  said  States,  and  the  said 
Nation  of  Indians,  by  their  Leaders,  Captains,  and  Warriors,  which 
Treaty  is  in  the  words  following,  to  wit: 

Treaty  of  €fes9ion  between  the  United  States  of  America  and  the 
Chotkkw  Nation  of  Indians. 
James  Madison,  President  of  the  United  States  of  America,  by* 
Genera]  John  Coflee«  John  Rhea,  and  John  M'Kee,  Esquires,  Com- 
miflBtonen  on  Che  part  of  The  United  States,  duly  authorized  for  that 
purpoae,  on  the  one  part,  and  the  Mingoes,  Leaders,  Captains,  and 
Warriors,  of  the  Choctaw  Nation,  in  General  Council  assembled,  in 
behalf  of  themselves  and  the  whole  Nation,  on  the  other  part,  have 
entered  into  the  following  Articles,  which,  when  ratified  by  the  Presi- 
dent of  The  United  States,  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  Che  Senate, 
shall  be  obligatory  on  both  Parties-:  , 

Art.  I.  The  Choctaw  Nation,  for  the  consideration  bereaften-men- 
tioned,  cede  to  The  United  States  all  their  Title  and  Claim  to  lands 
lying  east  of  the  following  Boundary : — beginning  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Ooktibbnha,  the  Chickasaw  Boundary,  and  running  from  thence  down 
the  Tombigby  River,  until  it  interBects  the  northern  Boundary  of  a 
Cession  made  to  The  United  Sutes  by  the  Choctaws,  at  Mount 
Dexter,  ou  the  i6(h  November,  1805  * 

11.  In  consideration  of  the  foregoing  Cession,  The  United  States 
engage  to  pay  to  the  Choctaw  Nation  the  sum  of  6,000  dollars 
annually,  for  20  years;  they  also  agree  to  pay  them  in  merchandise, 
to  be  delivered  immediately  on  signing  the  present  Treaty,  the  sum  of 
10,000  dollars. 

Done  and  CRecuted  in  full   and  open  Council,  at  the  Choctaw 

•  See  P^  42(L 
[1816—16.]  2  I 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


482  FRANCE. 

Trading  House,  (his  24th  day  of  October,  in  the  year  of  oar  Lord, 
1816,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United  States  the  4l8t 

(US.)  JOHN  COFFEE. 

(L.8.)  JOHN  RHEA. 

(L8.)  JOHN  M'KEE. 


[Marks  of  13  Indian  Leaders,  Captains,  and  Warriors.] 
Witnesses, 

Tho.  H.  Williams,  Secretary  to  the  Commutkm, 
John  Pitchlynn^  Interpreter, 
TuRKBB  Broshkar,     M.  Maccbt,  Interpretert. 
Silas  Dinsmoor.        R.  Chamberlik. 


Now,  therefore,  be  it  known,  that  I,  James  Madison,  President  of 
the  United  States  of  America,  having  seen  and  considered  the  said 
Treaty,  have,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Seoale, 
accepted,  ratified,  and  confirmed  the  same,  and  every  Clause  aod 
Article  thereof. 

In  testimony  whereof,  I  have  caused  the  Seal  of  The  United  States 
\fi  be  hereunto  affixed,  and  have  signed  the  same  with  my  hand. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington,  this  30th  day  of  December,  in 
tiie  year  of  our  Lord,  1816,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United 
States  the  4l8t. 

By  the  President,  (L.S.)  JAMES  MADISON. 

JAS.  MONROE,  Secretary  of  State. 


LOI  de  Francey  sur  les  Finances, — A  Paris,  le  28  Avril^ 

1816. 

Louis,  par  la  Grftee  de  Dieu,  Roi  de  Prance  et  de  Navarre,  i  tons 
presens  et  i  venir,  salut. 

Nous  avons  propose,  les  Chambres  ont,  avec  des  amendemens 
a(^4s  par  nous,  adopts,  et  nous  avons  ordonne  et  ordonnons  ce  qoi 
suit: 

TiTRE  \.— Budget  de  IS14. 

Art.  I.  Le  Budget  des  9  demiers  mois  de  1814  est  definitive* 
ment  r^gle  en  Recettes,  conform^ment  i  TEtat  A  ci-annex^,  d  la  somme 
de  633,713,940  francs,  4  centimes; 

En  Depenses,  conformiment  i.  I'Etat  B  ci-annex^,^  Ih  somme  de 
0S7,4S3,d62  francs,  66  centimes. 

II  sera  pourvn^  I'excedant  des  Depenses  par  le  mdde  ditawisi 
alitttrede  TArri^r^. 

IL  Le  Budget  de  1814,  est  ferm^. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


FKAMCS.  483 

Lea  recoavremens  qui  semienl  edcore  ftiiU  tiir  t^t  Exercioe,  seroat 
i^aDis  aux  Recettes  de  1816^  et  yiendront  accroitre  see  ressoorcet. 

TiTRE  IL-Swlget  de  1815. 

III.  Le  Budget  des  Recettes  de  TAmDee  18ld  est  fixe,  conforme* 
inent  a  I'Etat  C  cUaDQexe>  k  75^fil0fiOO  francs. 

Le  Budget  des  Depenses  est  regie,  conforroement  d  I'Etat  D  «i» 
annexe,  i  Ja  somme  de  883,043^000  francs. 

II  sera  pourvu  k  I'exoedaut  des  Depeoses  par  le  mode  determine 
an  titre  de  VAniir^, 

TrrRE  III, —  Cmiributions  Extraordinaires  de  1815. 

Cot^bmaivm    de$  OrdcnnaftceM  du   Rai^  qui  ant   nutorite  pendani 

rOeeupatkm   MiHtmre,   de$  Impdls  exiraordinaires,  et  regulanMa*^ 

tion  de$  ieties  extrwrdimrireefaites  d  la  m^me  epoque. 

lY.  L'Ordonnancedu  16  Aofit  181 6>  qui  a  autorise  la  lev6e  d'un 

empruntde  100,000,000,  et  toutes  les  aatres  Ordonnances  qui  ont 

«pprcHi?4  les  impositions  locales  levies  dans  les  Departemens,  par  les 

Aatdrites  Administratives,  t>endant  I'Occfipation  Militaire,  sont  con- 


Les  Contribuables  en  retard  soot  lenus  d*acquitfer  lenr  taxe  daita 
les  2  mois  de  la  promulgation  de  la  presente  Loi,  sous  les  peines 
portces  en  ladite  Ordonnatace  et  antres  de  droit. 

V.  Les  impositions  locales  mentiomi^es  en  TArtide  pneo6dent,  qui 
ont  et^  etablies  par  vole  de  centimes  additionnels  wool  contributions 
directes,  ne  seront  per^ aes  que  Jusqu'd  concurrence  des  sommes  o^- 
eessaires  k  Tacquittement  des  charges  qui  les  ont  n^essitees.  A  cet 
eftt,  one  Gommissioa  de  0  ]ilembres«  nommde  par  le  Conseil  General 
de  D^artement  dans  sa  procbaine  reunion,  et  pr^sid^e  par  ie  Pr^fet, 
v^rifiera  et  arrdtera  tous  les  comptes.  Le  moDtant  des  d^penses  sera 
veparti  entre  les  Gontribuables  primitiTemeat  impost;  ceux  qui 
anraient  paye  au-delii  du  contingent  qui  leur  sera  assigne  par  cette 
repartition,  seront  rembourses  de  I'excedant  sur  les  cotes  des  retar- 
dataires, 

y  I.  Dans  les  I>epaitemens  od  11  a  M  fait,  pendant  TOceupation 
Militaire  de  1811^,  des  r^qoisitioiis  dtf  guerre,  soit  en  argent,  soit  eil 
denrdes,  soit  en  manshandises,  iratres  que  ceiles  ^none^es  en  TArtlcle 
Xi,  oo  pas8€i  des  marches  pour  la  futtmiture  de  ces  denr^es  ou  mar- 
ebandiaea,  il  sera  forme  uoe  Commission  semblabk  k  celle  mentionnee 
en  FArticle  pr6cident.  Toutes  les  r^claffiMfons*  accompagn^es  de 
pi^esjoalifiea  tires  et  de  la  vis  du  9oas*Prefet,  detront  ^tre  tfansmises 
i  cette  Commission  avant  le  Id  Ao6t  ptoehdid  pout  tout  d^lai.  Elle 
vMfiera  et  arr^terA  tons  les  comptes  et  marcb^s,  et  pi-oposera,  pour  la 
vegnlarisation,  la  repartition  et  le  mode  d'aequittent^.iit,  des  tliesuretf 

819 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


484  FRANCS. 

qui,  pour  leur  ex^cution^  devront  ^tre  autoris^es  par  noe  Ordonoance 
dii  Roi. 

VII.  Lea  impositions  mises  ou  i  mettre  poar  acqoitter  ces  De- 
penses  extraordinaires,  o'etant  point  assitnil^es  aux  coDtributions 
directes  ordinaires,  seront,  en  ce  qui  portera  sur  la  contribution  fon- 
GJ^re  des  biens  ruraux,  moolins  et  usines;  et  nonobstant  toute  stipula- 
tion relative  au  paiement  des  contributions,  de  quelque  nature  que  ce 
soit,  par  moitie  i  la  charge  des  Proprietaires,  et  par  moilie  k  celle  des 
fermiers  i  prix  fixe,  soit  en  argent,  soit  en  denr^es. 

Quant  aux  colons,  metayers  ou  cultivateurs  de  biens  ruraux,  d 
portion  de  fruits  par  partage  avec  les  Proprietaires,  si,  par  leurs  con- 
ventions, ces  colons  et  metayers  sont  obliges  au  paiement  de  la  contri- 
bution fonci^re  ordinaire,  its  supporteront  la  moitie  du  montant  de 
ces  impositions,  et  I'autre  moiti^  sera  a  la  charge  des  Proprietaires ; 
si,  au  contraire,  par  les  conventions,  les  colons  ne  sont  pas  obliges  au 
paiement  de  la  contribution  fonci^re  ordinaire,  le  paiement  en  restera 
en  totalite  4  la  chaise  du  Proprietaire. 

VIII.  Outre  les  10,000,000  accordes  par  le  Roi  sur  la  liste  Civile, 
toutes  les  contributions  directes  arri^rees  et  dftes  au  ler  Janvier,  1815, 
seront  employees  en  d^grdvement  et  secours  pour  les  Ddpartemens  qui 
ont  le  plus  souffert  pendant  I'Occupation  Militaire  de  1815.  Le  mode 
de  repartition  sera  regie  par  des  Ordonnances  du  Roi. 

IX.  La  Requisition  de  Guerre  lev^e  extraordinairement  en  verta 
de  rOrdonnance  du  16  Ao(it,  1815,  sera  remboursde  de  la  m^me 
mani^re  que  la  dette  arrier^. 

X.  Les  mesures  d'ex^cution  de  ce  rembonrsement  seront  regimes 
par  nne  Ordonnance  du  Roi. 

XI.  Les  20,000,000  avances  par  les  Departemens  pour  lliabille- 
ment  et  I'^uipement  des  Troupes  Etrang^res,  seront  acquittes  par 
moitie  dans  les  Annees  1816  et  1817,  et  port^  aux  Rudgets  Extraor* 
dinaires  de  ces  3  Annees. 

TiTRE  IV. — AcquUtement  de  PArrUre. 

XII.  Les  Cr^ances  anterieures  au  ler  Avril,  1814,  et 'les  P^pensea 
restant  d  acquitter  sur  le  service  des  9  derniers  Mois  de  1814,  et  sur 
TExercice  de  1815,  en  excedant  des  Recettes  de  ces  2  Exercices, 
seront  r^uoies  sous  le  titre  d'Arri^re  anterieur  au  ler  Janvier,  1816. 

XI II.  Les  creances  arrier^es  pour  lesquelles  il  n'a  pas  encore  6t£ 
d^livre  d'obligations,  en  execution  de  la  Loi  du  23  Septembre,  1814, 
continueront  i  6tre  liquid^es  conformdment  aux  Lois  existantes,  et 
dans  les  formes  determinees  par  les  Ordonnances  de  Sa  Mijeste. 

Elles  porterout  intuit  d  5  pour  cent  sans  retenue,  payable  par 
semestre,  k  compter  de  la  publication  de  la  presente  Loi,  quelle  que 
soit  r^poque  de  la  liquidation. 

11  sera  delivre  aux  Creanciersliquid^sdes  reconnaissances  du  mon- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


FRANCE^  485 

taat  de  leur  liquidation ;  ces  reconnaissances  ne  seront  pas  n^gociaUes, 
et  ne  pounont  ^tre  transport^es  que  dans  les  formes  d^terminees  par 
la  Loi  pour  les  cessions  d'obligatioos  entre  particulierB. 

XI V«  Les  Proprietaires  de  ces  reconnais^iances  anront  la  facnlt^  de 

ks  ^changer  contre  des  inscriptions  de  leur  montant  an  Grand-livre  de 

.  la  Dette  Publique.     Celles  de  ces  reconnaissances  qui  n'auront  pas 

et^  inscrites  au  Grand-livre,  seront  acquitt^es  suivant  le  mode  qui  sera 

^e  dans  la  Session  de  la  Chambre  de  1820. 

XV.  Les  Lois  des  20  Mars,  1813,  et  23  Septembre,  1814,  sont 
rapportees  en  ce  qu'elles  ont  de  contraire  i  la  pr^sente. 

En  consequence,  la  vente  des  bois  de  I'Etat  cessera  d*avoir  lieu,  et 
les  biens  des  Communes  non  encore  vendus  seront  remis  d  leur  dispo* 
sition,  comme  ils  T^taient  ayant  lesdites  Lois. 

TiTRE  V. — Fixation  du  Budget  de  1816. 

XVI.  Le  Budget  de  1816  est  divise  en  Budget  Ordinaire  et  Budget 
Extraordinaire. 

XVII.  Le  Budget  Ordinaire  compr«nd  les  Depenses  Publiques 
Ordinaires  et  les  Recettes  Ordinaires  qui  doivent  y  subvenin 

Le  Budget  Extraordinaire  comprend  les  Charges  Extraordinaires 
r^ttltant  des  Trattes  et  Conventions  du  20  Novembre,  et  les  Recettes 
Extraordinaires  destinees  i  les  acquitter. 

XVII I.  La  Dipense  Ordinaire  est  re gl^,  conformement  d  I'Etat  E 
annex^  i  la  presente  Loi,  d  la  somme  de  548,252,520  francs. 

La  Recette  Ordinaire  de  Paunee  1816  est  fix^,  conformement  d 
I'Etat  F  annexe  k  la  pr^nte  Loi,  d  la  somme  de  670,454,040  francs. 

XIX.  La  Depense  Extraordinaire  de  I'anoie  1816  est,  conforme- 
ment d  I'Etat  G  annexe  d  la  presente  Loi,  fix^e  d  la  somme  de 
390,800,000  francs. 

La  Recette  Extraordinaire  est  r^glee,  conformement  d  I'Etat  H  ci« 
annexe,  k  la  somme  de  269,140,721  francs. 

Le  complement  sera  forme  par  Texcedant  des  Recettes  Ordinaires 
<nouc6es  en  I'Article  precedent. 

TrniB  Vl.-^ContrUmiiansDirectesde  1816. 

XX.  La  Contribution  fonci^re,  la  Contribution  personnelfe  et 
mobilidre,  et  la  Contribution  des  Portes  et  Fendtres,  seront  per9ues  en 
1816,  en  principal,  sur  le  m^me  pied  qu*en  1815,  et  r^parties  dans  les 
m^mes  formes. 

XXL  Lea  Patentes  continueront  d'etre  etablies  et  per^ues  comme 
ea  1815. 

XXII.  lies  centimes  additionnels  aux  4  Contributions  directes 
per^oes  en  1815,  conformement  aux  Tableaux  annexes  d  la  Loi 
du  23  Septembre^  1814,  continueront  de  T^tre  en  1816. 

XXIII.  11  sera  preleve,  sur  les  50  centimes  de  la  Contribution 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


485  FRANCE. 

fopciire  ei  de  la  CoaUributioD  penonnelle  et  mobili^re,  19  ceotimes 
pour  les  Depencet  variables  des  IMpartemens. 

XXIV.  Sur  ces  12  centimes,  lOseront  imm^iatemeiit  remisi  la 
dispositioD  des  Departemenak  et  employes  suif  ant  les  Ordonnaoces  des 
Prefets,  qui  seront  teaus  de  sa  conformer  aux  Budgets,  tela  qu'ila 
seront  arrltes  par  les  Conseils  Gen^raux,  et  approuves  par  le  Miaistre 
de  rinteriear.  Les  %  autres  centimes  seront  d  la  dispositioii  de  ce 
Miaistre,  pour  venir  au  secours  des  Departemeos  dont  les  d^pense» 
variables  exc^ent  le  produit  des  centimes  imposes  dans  le  sy st^me  des 
Ibnds  commuBs. 

XXV.  La  repartition  at  la  sous-repartition  de  la  ContributioD 
fonci^  et  de  la  Contribution  personnelle  et  mobilitre  seront  faitea 
paries  Conseils-Generaux  et  par  les  Conseits  d'Arrondissement 

XXVI.  La  repartition  et  la  sous-repartition  de  la  Contribution  dea 
Portes  et  Fen^tres  seront  iaites^  comma  prec^demment,  par  les  Prefela 
at  Sous-Pr^feU. 

XXVII.  Les  traitemens  fixes  et  remises  des  Receveure-Generaux 
at  des  Receveors  particuliers,  ainsi  que  les  remises  des  percepteurs  ^ 
vie,  seront  imposes  en  sus  ckna  les  R61es  des  4  contributions. 

XXVI II.  II  sera  aussi,  comme  pr^cedemment,  impost  ea  sus  & 
centimaa  au  principal  de  la  Contribution  fonci^  et  de  la  Contribution 
persounelle  et  mobili^re  de  1815,  pour  subvenir  aux  D^penses  des. 
Communes.  11  ne  pourra,  sous  aucun  pretexte,  6tre  fait  de  prel^ve* 
ment  sur  ces  &  centimes. 

Dans  le  cas  o^,  ces  centimes  epuis^s,  la  Commune  aurait  i  pourvoir 
a  une  Depense  veritablement  urgente,  le  Maire,  sur  I'autorisation  di» 
Prefet,  convoquera  le  Conseil  Municipal ;  la  deliberation,  prise  k  la 
majorite  des  voix,  sera  adress^e  au  Prefet,  qui  la  transmettra  au 
Ministre  Secretaire  d'Etat  de  I'lnterieur,  pour  y  toe  definitivement 
status 

XXIX.  Les  Lois  et  Reglemens  sur  le  cadastre  continueroat  d'etre- 
executes;  neanmoins  la  uouvelle  repartition  entre  les  csntons  ca^ 
dastnes,  ordonnee  par  I'Article  XV  de  la  Loi  du  20  Mars,  1 813,  sera 
suspendue  pour  1816^de  maniere  que  tons  les  cantons  cadastres  auront 
en  principal  les  m^mes  contingens  qu'en  1813. 

XXX.  Les  Departemens  qui,  au  moyen  dn  dernier  Traite  de  Paix» 
et  des  delimitations  qui  seront  feites  en  consequence,  se  trouveront 
eprottver  une  distraction  d«  Terri^ire,  eprouveront  aassi  sur  lea  Oe>n« 
tributions  directes  une  diminution  en  raisou  de  ces  distractions. 

XXXI.-  Lies  biens  qui  ont  cesse  ou  cesseront  d'etre  dans  l«  pro' 
priete  ou  possession  de  TEtat,  soit  d  titre  de  restitution,  soit 
a  titre  de  donation  en  majorat,  ou  de  toute  autre  manidre>  ac- 
croitront  le  contingent  des  Communes  oili  ils  seront  sitoes:  iia 
seront,  d'apres  une  matrice  particuli^re,  rediges  dans  la  forme  ac- 
coutumee,  cotises  comma  tous  ks  autres  biens  de  m^me  nature  de  la 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


FBAKCK.  487 

Coinniuiie,  ou,  »'il  u'en  existe  pas  dans  cetle  ComiDUiie,  comme  ctvt% 
qui  ae  trouveroDt  dana  lea  CommuDea  laa  plus  voiaiaea. 

Lea  redevaDcea  aar  lea  minea  seront  peryuea  comme  par  le  paaae. 

XXXII.  Totttea  Contiibutioiia  diiectea  ou  iodirectea,  autrea  que 
cellea  aatoria^  ou  mainteiiuea  par  la  prdaente  Loi,  d  quelque  titre  et 
aotta  quelque  deno^iinattoa  que  ce  soit^  sent  formellement  interditea ; 
i  peine,  coutre  Jea  Autoritea  qui  ordonneraient,  contre  lea  Employea 
qui  eoni'ectionoeraieut  les  Rolea  od  Tarift,  et  ceux  qui  en  feraient  le 
recoavremeiit>  d'etre  poursui? ia  comme  concuaBioDaairea. 

XXXIIL  Lea  demandea  en  decharge  et  reduction,  reroiaea  et  mo- 
derations aur  lea  Contributiona  fonci^re,  peraoouelle  et  mobili^re, 
Poitea  etFendtrea,  et  Patentea^  continueroDt  d*6tra  inatruitea  et  jug^ea 
coaame  pr^^emment. 

XXXIV.  11  aara  perga  extraordinairement  en  1816: 

K  110  centimes  aur  lea  Patentea,  j  compria  10  centimes  poor  fraia 
de  non-valeura  et  degr^vement ; 

2.  M  centimea  snr  le  principal  dea  Portea  et  Fen^trea; 

3.  10  centioaea  aur  le  principal  de  la  Contribution  personnelle  et 
mobilito. 

Le  paiement  en  aera  fait  par  huiti^me,  d  compter  du  ler  Mai  de  la 
pieaente  annee.. 

XXXV.  Ind^pendamment  dea  Contributiona  autorisees  par  lea 
Articiea  ci  desaua,  lea  Conseils^G^neraux  de  Depart ement  pourront, 
avec  lapprobation  dn  Ministre  de  Tlnterieur,  ^tablir  dea  impoaitiona. 
facultativea,  dont  le  montant  ne  devra  pas  excMer  5  centimea  du 
principal  dea  Contributiooa  fonci^e^  peraonnelle  et  mobili^re  de 
1816. 

XXXVI.  Lea  produiti  de  cea  Contributions  locales  extraordinairea 
seront  recouvr^s  par  lea  Receveurs  des  Contributions  Directea^  et. 
versea  dana  la  Caisse  du  Receveur  General  du  Departement,  qur  lea 
tiendra  d  la  disposition  des  Departemena  pour  ^tre  employea  comme  il 
est  sp^cifie  k  T Article  XXIV. 

Tftee  VII. — Draiis  d^Enregistremeni,  Hypotheques,  Timbre,  Sfc, 

^ler.  Droits  d^Enregistremeni. 

XXXVII.  A  compter  de  la  promulgation  de  la  presente  Lov  et 
josqu*d  ce  que  Tacquittement  daa  charges  extraordinairea  aoit  termini, 
lea  droita  d'enregiatrementy  timbre  et  bypothdquea,  seront  per^us  avec 
les  angmentationa  enonceea  aux  Articiea  suivana* 

XXXVIII.  Toua  acteajudiciairea  ca  matldre  civile,  tous  jugemens 
en  mati^re  criminelle,  correctionnelle  ou  de  police,  seront,  sana 
exception,  aoumia  4  renregisUremeat  sur  les  minutes  ou  originaux« 

Lea  Greffiera  ne  seront  personnellement  tenus  de  racquittemeut^ 
dea  droits  que  dana  lea  caa.  prevas  par  lea  Articles  VII  et  XXXV  de 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


488  FtlANCE. 

Ja  Loi  du  9!2  Frimaire  an  7.  lis  contttioeront  de  jouir  de  la 
faculte  accord^e  par  1* Article  XXXVI  I,  pour  lea  jag«meiia  et  actcs  y 
enoDC^ 

II  aera  d61ivii6  aux  Greffiera,  par  le  Recevenr  de  rEnregistrement, 
dea  r^cepiases,  sur  papier  dor  timbre^  dea  extraita  de  jngement  quUa 
doifent  fonrair  en  exeeutiou  dvdit  Article  XXXVII.  Cea  r^c^pissea 
aeront  inscrita  sur  leurs  repertoires. 

XXXIX.  Leajugemensdea  Tribanaax  en  mati^re  de  conlribiitioiia 
publiques  ou  locales,  et  autres  soinmes  dftes  d  I'Etat  et  aux  Etablisse* 
mens  locaux,  serout  assujettia  aox  monies  droita  d'enregiatremenl  que 
ceux  rendas  entre  particnliers. 

XL.  Lea  beritiers,  l^gatairea  et  tous  autres  appel^s  i  exercer 
des  droita  subordonn^s  au  dec^s  d'un  Indifidu  dont  Tabaence  eat 
declar^ej  sont  tenus  de  faire,  dans  les  6  mois  du  jour  de  lenvoie  en 
possession  profisoire,  la  declaration  it  laquelle  ila  seraient  tenua  a'ila 
^taient  appel^  par  effet  de  la  mort>  et  d*aequitter  lea  droits  aar  1» 
▼aleur  enti^re  des  biens  ou  droits  qu'ils  recneillent. 

En  cas  de  retour  de  I'absent,  les  droits  paj^  aeront  reatitues,  sooa 
la  seule  deduction  de  celui  auquel  aura  donne  lieu  la  jouiaaance  des 
heritiera. 

Ceux  qui  ont  obtenu  cet  envoi  jusqu'd  ce  jour,  sanaavair  acquitt^ 
les  droits  de  succession,  jouiront  d'un  d^lai  de  6  niois,  4  compter  de  la 
publication  de  la  pr^sente,  pour  faire  leur  d^laration  et  payer  lea 
droita,  sans  £tre  assujettis  d  Tamende* 

XLI.  Seront  assujettiea  au  droit  6xe  de  95  centimea : 

1.  Lea  significations  d'avoue  d  avoue  pour  rinatruction  dea  pro* 
cMurea  devant  les  Tribunaux  de  Premiere  Instance; 

2.  Lea  assignations  et  tous  autrea  exploits  devant  lea  Prud- 
bommes. 

XLII.  Seront  sajettea  au  droit  ixe  de  I  franc,  lea  significatioaa 
d'avott^  d  avoue  devant  lea  Cours  Royales. 

XLII  I.  Seront  sojets  au  droit  fixe  de  2  franca: 
I  •  Les  acquidscemens  purs  et  simples ; 

2.  Les  actes  de  notoriety  ; 

3.  Lea  actes  refaits  pour  nullit^  ou  autre  motif,  sana  aucun 
cbangement  qui  ajoute  aux  objetsdes  conventions  ou  dleurvaleur; 

4.  Les  avis  de  parens ; 

5.  Les  autorisations  purea  et  simples ; 

6.  Les  Certificats  de  cautions,  et  de  cautionnemens. 

7.  Les  consentemens  purs  et  simples ; 

8.  Les  dechargea  ^galement  pures  et  aimples,  et  les  recepissea  de 
pieces ; 

9.  Les  declarations  aussi  pures  et  simples,  en  mati^re  civile  et  da 
commerce ; 

10.  Les  dep6l8  d'actes  et  pieces  cbez  les  oificiera  publics; 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


FRANCE.  489 

11.  Let  d£p6tt  et  consigiMtlons  de  sommes  et  eflifU  mobiliers 
ciiez  des  officiefs  publics,  loreqalls  n  optevnt  pas  la  liberation  dea 
(lepoaaDS,  et  les  decharges  qu'en  donnent  lea  depoaana  ou  lean  beri. 
tiera,  lonqae  la  remise  dea  objeta  depos^  leur  est  faite ; 

12.  Lea  d^iatemena  pura  et  simplea ; 

13.  Les  exploits  et  autres  actesda  minist&re  des  huissieisqui  ne 
peavent  donner  lieu  an  droit  proportionnel ; 

Sont  exceptea  lea  exploita  relatiia  aux  proc^durea  de?ant  lea 
Jugea  de  Paix,  lea  Pnid'hommea,  les  Cours  Royales,  la  Gour  de  Gas* 
aatioD,  et  les  Gooaeiis  de  Sa  Majeste>  jusquea  et  compria  lea  significa- 
tiooa  dea  jugemens  et  arrita  definitifs ;  lea  declaratiooa  d'appel  ou  de 
recourseii  caaaatioD :  les  significationa  d*avoue  i  avoa^,  etlea  exploita 
ayaDt  poor  objet  le  lecouvremeut  dea  contributions  directes  oa 
iiidirectes,  pnbliques  oo  locales ; 

14.  Les  lettres  missives  qui  ne  contiennent  ni  obligation,  ni 
quittance,  ni  aucune  antra  convention  donnant  lieu  au  droit  propor« 
tkmnel; 

15.  Lea  nominations  d'experts  bora  jugement; 

16L  Les  proc^veibaux  et  rapports  d'employ^»  gardes»  commis* 
sairea,  a^qneatrea,  experta  et  arpenteura ; 

17.  Lea  procurationa  et  ponvoira  pour  agir,  ne  contenant  ancuoe 
stipolatton  ni  clause  donnant  lieu  au  droit  proportionnel; 

18.  Lea  promesses  dlndemnites  inditermin^es  et  non  sosceptibles 
d'estimation ; 

19.  Lea  reconnaissances  pores  et  simples,  ne  contenant  aucnne 
obligation  ni  quittance; 

20.  Lea  r6ai1iemena  purs  et  simples  faits  par  acta  authentique, 
dans  lea  24  beurea  dea  actea  resili^ ; 

21  •  Les  retractationa  et  revocations ; 

22.  Les  reconnaiasancea  d'enfans  natorelsy  par  acta  de  celebration 
de  manage. 

XLIV.  Seront  sujets  au  droit  fixe  de  3  franca  s 

1.  Lea  adjudications  4  la  folle  enchere,  loraque  le  prix  n'est  pas 
snp4riear  i  celui  de  la  preeddente  adjudication ; 

2.  Les  compromis,  on  nominations  d  arbitrea,  qui  ne  contiennent 
aucnne  obligation  de  sommes  et  vmleurs  donnant  lien  an  droit  propoiw 
tionnel; 

3.  Les  declarationa  ou  eiecdona  de  command  et  d'ami,  lorsque  la 
facnlte  d'eiire  nn  command  a  eti  leservee,  dans  Tacte  d'adjudication 
on  le  contrat  de  vente,  et  que  la  declaration  est  faite  par  acte  public 
et  notifiee  dans  les  24  beures  de  I'adjudication  ou  du  contrat; 

4.  Lea  rennions  de  Tusufruit  d  la  propri^te,  lorsque  la  reunion 
s'opteo  par  acte  de  cession,  et  qn'elle  n'est  paa  faite  pour  un  prix  su« 
perienr  i  celui  snr  lequel  le  droit  a  ete  per^u  lors  de  TaUenadon  de  la 
propriete ; 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


490  PA^NCIb 

6.  Les  litres  nouvek el  reconnaiaaancesde  reotes  doat  les contTHts 
aoiitjustifies  en  forme; 

6.  Les  coDnsisieinens  ou  recotuiaissances  de  chargemeiis  par 
mer; 

7.  Les  exploits  et  autres  acies  da  Minist^e  des  Huissiers  relatifa 
aux  procedures  dsfant  les  Cours  Royales,  jusques  et  compris  la  sigtii- 
ficatioD  des  arrets  definitifs;— * 

Soot  exceptdes  les  declarations  d'appel  et  les  signiBcatioiis  d'a?oue 
i  avoue: 

8.  Les  transactions,  en  quelque  mati^re  qae  ce  soit,  qui  oe  con. 
tiennent  aucune  stipulation  de  sommes  et  Tale«rs,  ni  dispositioiis 
soumises  k  un  plus  fort  droit  d'eoregistrement; 

9.  Les  jugemens  d^finitils  des  Juges  de  Paix  reodns  en  dernier 
ressort,  d'apr^s  la  volont^  expresse  des  parties,  audeU  des  limites  de 
la  cojBpetence  ordinaire,  lorsqu'ils  ne  contiennent  pas  de  dispositions 
donnant  ouverture  i  un^droit  proportionnel  snp^eur; 

10.  Les  jugemens  interlocutoires  ou  pr^paratoires,  Ordonaances, 
et  autres  Actes  enonces  dans  les  Nos.  6  et  7  du  2^aie  paragrapbe  de 
r Article  LXVIII  de  la  Loi  du  22  Frimaire,  an  7,  lorsqu'ils  aarunt 
lieu  dans  les  Tribunaux  de  Premiere  Instance,  de  Commerce  on 
d'Arbitrage,  et  ne  seront  pas  de  i'esp^ce  de  ceux  dont  il  sera  parl^ 
dans  TArticle  snivant 

11.  Les  signiBcations  davocat  i  avoeat  dans  les  instanora  &  la 
Cour  de  Cassation  et  aux  Conseils  de  Sa  Majesty. 

XLV.  Seront  sujets  au  droit  fixe  de  5  francs : 

1.  Les  exploits  et  autres  actes  du  Ministers  des  Huissiers  relatiis 
aux  procedures  deyant  la  Cour  de  Cassation  et  les  Conseils  de  Sa 
Majeste,  jusques  et  compris  les  significations  des  arrto  definitib;*^ 

Le  premier  acte  de  recours  est  excepte ; 

2.  Les  contrats  de  mariage  et  actes  de  forauition  ou  de  dissolation 
de  societe,  actuellement  soumis  au  droit  fixe  de  3  francs; 

3.  Les  partages  de  biens  meubles  et  immeubles  eatre  co-proprie« 
t4ures,  i  quelque  litre  que  ce  soil,  pourvu  qa*il  en  soil  justifie  ; 

4.  Les  testamens  et  tons  autres  actes  de  liberalile  qui  ne  eoa« 
tifionent  que  des  dispositions  souasises  d  1  eveneaMot  du  decte,  et  les 
dispositioiis  de  m^me  nature  qui  sob!  faites  par  eoatrat  de  mariage 
entre  les  futurs  ou  par  d'autres  person  nes ; 

4i  Lea  jagemeas  des   TribuHaax  Civils  pranoafant  sur  Tappel 
dea  Juges  de  Paix ;  ceux  desdita  Tribunaux,  et  des  Tribunaux  da 
CoasMserce  ou  d'Arbitres  reodus  en  ptemicr  resaort,  contenaat  des 
dispositions  definitives  qui  ne  donnemient  paa  liau  A  no  droit  plus  > 
elasi: 

•.  Les  arrets  interlocutoiias  ou  preparatoires  readas  par  las  Coaiv 
Roysles,.  lomqu'ila  ne  aeroot  paa  susceptibles  ^vui  droit  pkis  4lev^, 
et  les  Ordonnances  et  Actes  d^signes  dans  les  Nos.  6  et  7,  9^ipe . 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


FRANCE.  491 

paragrephe  de  1* Article  LXVIll  de  la  Loi  du  32  Frimaire,  an  7, 
devant  lea  m^mes  Coure : 

7.  Les  recoiioaiasancea  d'enfans  natarels  antrement  qae  par  acte 
de  mariage ; 

8.  Lea  actes  et  jugemens  interlocatoirea  ou  pr^paratoirea  dea 
diforeea. 

XLVL  Seront  aasojettia  au  droit  fixe  de  10  franca; 

1.  Les  jugemens  rendna  en  dernier  ressort  par  les  Tribunaax  de 
Premiere  Instance  ou  lea  arbitrea.  d'apr^  le  consentement  des  parties, 
lorsque  la  mati^re  ne  comportait  pas  ce  dernier  reasort,  saufla  pereep- 
tion  du  droit  proportionnel,  8*11  s'eldve  au-deld  de  10  francs ; 

2.  Lea  arrets  d^finitife  des  Cours  Royales  dont  le  droit  propor- 
lionnel  ne  s*61eyerait  pas  k  10  francs ; 

9.  Les  arrets  interlocntoires  ou  preparatoirea  de  la  CoiH*  de 
Cassation  et  des  Conseils  de  Sa  Majeste. 

XLVIL  Seront  sujets  an  droit  fixe  de  25  francs ; 

1.  1^  premier  acte  de  recours  en  cassation  ou  devant  les  Conseils 
de  Sa  Majeste,  soit  par  requite,  m^moire  on  declaration,  en  mati^re. 
civile,  de  police  simple  ou  de  police  correctionnelle; 

2.  Les  arrets  des  Cours  Royales  portant  interdiction  ou  pronon- 
9ant  separation  de  eorpa  entre  mari  et  fern  me  ; 

3.  Les  arrets  d^finitifs  de  la  Coor  de  Cassation  et  des  Conseils  de 
Sa  Majesty. 

XLVIIL  Seront  sujets  au  droit  fixe  de  dO  francs; 

1.  Les  actes  de  tutelle  officieuse; 

2.  Les  jugemens  de  Premiere  Instance  admettant  une  adoption, ' 
on  pronongant  un  divorce. 

XLIX.  Seront  sujets  au  droit  fixe  de  100  francs ; 

1.  Les  Arrdtes  de  Cour  d'Appel  confirmant  une  adoption ; 

9.  Ceux    qui  prononceront  definitivement  sur  une  demande  en  - 
divorce:    s^tl  n*y  a  pas  d'appel,  ce  droit  sera  pa^v^  >b'  I'Acte  de 
rOfficier  de  I'Eut  Civil. 

L.  Seront  soumises  an  droit  de  25  centimes  par  100  francs,  les 
lettres  de  cbaoge  tirees  de  place  en  place,  et  celles  venant  de  TEtranger  ' 
on  des  Colonies  Prangaises,  lorsqu'elles  sont  protest^  fante  de  paie- 
nient. 

Ellea  poorront  n'^tre  pr^nt^e  ^  Tenregistrement  qn'avec  Tassig;- 
nation. 

Dans  le  cas  de  prot6t  faute  d  acceptation,  les  lettres  de  change 
devront  6tre  enregistrees  seulement  avant  que  la  demande  en  rem- 
bonrsement  on  en  cautionnement  puisse  ^tre  fbrmee  coutre  les  endos-  ' 
sears  on  le  tireur. 

Seront  8ii|ets  an  droit  de  50  centimes  par  100  firancs,  les 
cantionnemens  de  se  representer  on  de  repr^senter  un  tiers,  en 
cas  de  mise  en  liberte  provisoire,  soit  en  vertu  d'un  sauf-condnit 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


492  FRANCE. 

dans  left  cas  prevns  par  le  Code  de  Procedure  et  par  le  Code  de 
Commerce,  soil  en  mati^re  cWile,  soit  en  mati^re  correctionnelle  ou 
criminelle. 

LI.  Seront  sujets  an  droit  de  1  franc  par  100  francs ; 

1 .  Les  abonnemens  poar  fait  d*assurance  ou  grosse  aventure : 

Le  droit  sera  pergu  sur  la  ?aleur  des  objets  abandonues; 

En  temps  degaerrsj  il  ne  sera  dti  qu'un  demi*droit; 

2m  Les  Actes  et  Contrats  d' Assurance ; 

Le  droit  sera  peryn  sur  la  valear  de  la  prime; 

En  temps  de  gaerre,  il  n'y  aura  lieu  qn'au  demi-droit; 

3.  Les  adjudications  au  rabais  et  marches  pour  constructions* 
r£parations»  entretien,  approvisioniiemens^  et  fonrnitures  dont  le  prix 
doit  ^tre  pay6  par  le  Tr^sor  Royal,  ou  par  les  Administrations 
Locales,  ou  par  des  Etablissemens  Publics. 

LII.  Le  droit  d'enregistrement  des  ventes  d^immeubles  est  fixe 
i  5^  pour  cent;  mais  la  formalite  de  la  transcription  an  bureau 
de  laconserration  des  hypoth^ues  ne  donnera  plus  lieu  a  aucan  droit 
proportionnel.  % 

LIU.  Les  droits  des  donations  entre-?ifs  et  des  mutations  qui 
s'effectuent  par  dec^,  soit  par  succession,  soit  par  testament  ou  autres 
actes  de  lib^lite  d  cause  de  mort,  de  propriete  ou  d'usufruit  de 
biens  meubles  et  immeubles  entre  epoux,  en  ligue  collaterale  et  entre 
personnes  non  parentes,  seront  per9us  selon  les  quotit^s  ci-apr^: 

Pour  les  biens  immeubles; 

D  un  ^poux  k  un  autre  epoux,  par  donation  ou  testament ;  3  francs 
par  100  francs ; 

Des  frferes  et  sceurs  d  des  fr&res  et  soBurs  et  descendans  d*iceux, 
successions  de  neveux  et  nieces,  petits-neveux  et  petites-ni^es, 
devolnes  k  des  oncles  et  tantes,  grands — oncles  et  grand'tantes,  et  au« 
tres  parens  au  degre  successible,  6  francs  par  100  francs ; 

Entre  toutes  autres  personnes,  7  francs  par  100  francs : 

Pour  les  biens  meubles ; 

Entre  ^poux>  1|  pour  cent;  entre  fr^res,  sceurs,  oncles,  tantes, 
neveux  et  nidces,  et  autres  parens  au  degr6  successible,  2^  pour  cent } 
,  Entre  toutes  autres  personnes,  3}  pour  cent. 

Lorsque  T^poux  survivant  ou  les  enfans   naturels  sont  appel^ 
ji.Ia  succession,  d  d^faut  de  parens  au  degre  successible,  ils  seront' 
consider^s,  quant  d  la  quotite  des  droits,  comme  personnes  uon 
parentes. 

Lorsque  les  donations  entre  vifs  auront  iii  faites  par  contrat  de 
inariage  aux  futurs,  il  ne  sera  peryu  que  moitie  du  droit. 

LIV.  Dans  tons  les  cas  od  les  actes  seront  de  nature  d  ^tre 
transcrits  au  bureau  des  kypothdques,  le  droit  sera  augmente  de  1| 
pour  cent,  et  la  transcription  ne  donnera  plus  lieu  d  ancun  droit  pro- 
portionnel. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


FRANCS. 


493 


LV.  II  sera  per^u,  au  profit  du  Tresor  Royal,  nn  droit  d'en* 
regktrement  suivant  )e  Tableau  ci-apr^. 

Aacaoe  expeditioQ  desdltet  Lettres  Patentes  ne  poarra  itredilifr^e 
par  le  Conseil  do  Sceaa  des  Titres,  qne  le  droit  d'enregistremeot  n  ait 
pr^alablement  ^t^  payi. 


Etat  ties  Droits  de  Seeau  perqus  par  le  Conseil  du  Sceau  des  Titres, 
et  du  Droii  iFEnregistrement  propose  pour  le  Compte  du  Tresor 
Royal. 


NATUBB  DBS  LBTTRBS-PATBaTES  SCELLEES. 


Monunt 

du 
droit  da 

ScCAtt. 


Ifoiita0t 
dtt  droit 

d'enrexi*. 

trement 

propot<k20 

poor  cenu 


Ordon nance  da  8  Octobre,  1814: 

KenoaTellemem  de  Lettrct  P«tentca,rde  Comte       .  .  . 

portant  conllmMtion  du  mCmedtfe^de  Beron        .  .         • 

ct  changement  d'anaoirin  -    (de  Chevaner - 

Collation  do  tltxe  de  Doc  ..-•.» 

Collation  da  tltre  bMdItaIrt  de  Maiw  /  J  J  iff !S?i!  **  ^"'* 
quia,  Comle,VicomteetBaion.  Let.  jJfX:^?*^    -         -  - 

de  NooieMe  -         -         -    ^Leurwde  Noble«e  - 

Graodee  Lettrct  de  Naiamllaation  -  .  .  .  - 

Lcttret  de  I>£claration  de  Natoralit^       .  .  .  .  . 

LettroB  portant  aatorlaailon  de  se  hist  natorallter  on  de  •errir  k 

rBtranger  --------. 

Dispense*  d'ftfe  pour  Mariage      --•••- 
Dispenses  de  parent^  poor  le  If ariage   -  -  -  -  • 

Ordonnancc  da  26  IMcenbre,  1814 . 

ipour  les  Villes  de  Ire  Claaie 
poor  les  Villes  de  2e  id. 
Villes  et  Communes  de  8e  id. 

Lettwa  accordant  des  armoiries  •w/JSiI^SroJlJ"  ^^^*^ 
Villes  qain'enont  pes  encore     •    1  Xf,V?  2!  2?  S- 


100 
SO 
16 


Lettres  portant  renoavellement  d*an< 
dcnncB  armoiries   » 


~l< 


Grolif. 
100 


100 

aoo 


160 
100 
60 


tCellcs  de  te  id. 


90 
10 
S 

amo 

'« 

600 

19 
120 

"» 

100 
90 
40 


10 
120 
80 


LVf.  UArticle  XXIY  de  la  Loi  du  22  Frimaire an  VII  contioaera 
d'etre  execute  ;  Deanmoins*  k  I'^gard  des  actes  que  le  mime  OiBcier 
anrait  re^ns,  et  dout  le  delai  d'eoregistrement  ne  serait  pas  encore  ex* 
pire,  il  pourra  en  ^noncer  la  date,  avec  la  mention  que  ledit  acte  sera 
present^  d  lenregis trement  en  m^me  temps  que  celui  qui  contient  ladite 
mention;  mais  dans  auculi  cas  Tenregistrement  du  second  acte  ne 
poorra  fttre  requis  avant  celui  du  premier,  sous  les  peines  de  droit. 

LVII.  Lorsqu'apr^  une  sommation  extrajudiciaire  on  nne  de* 
mande  tendant  ^  obtenir  un  paiement,  une  lifraisony  ou  I'execution  de 
toute  autre  convention  dont  le  titre  n'anrait  point  iXt  indiqu^  dans 
lesdits  exploits,  ou  qu'on  aura  simplement  ^noncde  comma  verbale>  on 
produira,  au  cours  d'instance,  des  ^rits,  billets,  march^,  factures  ac« 
ceptdes,  lettres  ou  tout  autre  titre  <mani  du  defendeur,  qui  n  anraient 
pas  etc  enregistres  avant  ladite  demande  ou  sommation,  le  double  droit' 
sera  d6,  et  pounra  ttre  exigi  ou  pergu  lors  de  1  enregbtrement  da 
jogement  intenrenu. 

LVIII.  II  ne     ourra  &tre  fait  usage,  en  justice,  daucun  acte 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


594  FRANCE- 

pafl86  en  Pays  etranger  ou  dans  lea  Colonies,  qu'il  n*ait  acquittc  lea 
m^mes  droits  que  8*il  avait  ^t^  souscrit  en  France  et  pour  des  biens 
aitu^s  dans  le  Roy  aume ;  il  en  sera  de  mime  poor  les  mentions  desdita 
•ctes  dans  des  actes  publics. 

LIX.  Les  droits  de  mutation  etablis  par  la  presente  Loi  ne  ae- 
ront  per^us  que  sur  les  mutations  qui  surviendront  aprte  sa  publica- 
tion; les  Lois  anterieures  s'appliqueront  aux  mutations  effectuees 
jusqu'd  ladite  publication. 

Quant  aux  actes,  TArticle  ler  de  la  Loi  dn  27  Yentose,  an  IX, 
continuera  d'etre  execute. 

§.  IL — Des  tiypotkeques. 

LX«  Le  droit  d'inscription  des  creances  hypothecaires  sera  de  I 
pour  1,000,  sans  distinction  des  creances  anterieures  ou  posterieures  i 
la.Loi>du  11  Brumaire,  an  VU. 

La  perception  de  ces  droits  suivra  les  sommes  et  ^aleurs  de  20 
fraacs  en  20  francs  inclusivement,  et  sans  fraction, 

LXI.  Les  actes  de  transmission  d'immenbles  et  droits  immobiliefs, 
ausceptibles  de  transcription,  ne  seront  aasujettis  4  cette  formalite  que 
pour  un  droit  6xe  de  1  franc,  outre  le  droit  du  coiiaenralenr,  loraqae 
les  droits  en  auront  ^te  acquit!^  de  la  manibre  prescrite  par  lea  Arti* 
cles  UI  et  LIY  de  la  pr^nte  Loi. 

§  III.— 1>«  Timbrt  et  muins  Droits, 

LXIL  A  compter  de  la  promulgation  de  la  presente  Loi,  le  droit 
du  timbre  ordinaire  et  extraordinaire  pour  les  actes  sem  fixe  ainsi 
qu'il  suit : 

Demi-feuille  de  petit  papier • ^4 ».*••     Of.  d5c. 

Feuille  u/m  ^    0     70 

Feu il le  de  moy en  papier  •i..,.*...^.*.     1     25 

Feuillede  grand  papier    •^. t 1     dO 

Feuille  de  dimensions  superieures   , 2    00 

LXIII.  Aucune  expedition,  copie  ou  extrait  d*actes  re9us  par  dea 
Notatres,  Greffiers  ou  autres  d^positaires  publics,  ne  pourra  etre  delivr6 
que  sur  papier  de  1  franc  26  centimes. 

II  n'est  point  deroge  d  ce  qui  a  lieu  ponr  les  certificata  de  vie  des 
rentiers  et  des  penaionnaires  de  I'Etat,  ou  des  Administrations  et  Eta- 
blissemens  Publics. 

LXIV.  Les  droits  du  timbre  proportionnel  sur  les  effets  de  com- 
merce seront  augmentes  des  2^5iae8  dumontant  fixe  par  TArticle  X 
de  la  Loi  du  13  Brumaire,  an  VIL 

LXV.  Toutes  les  affiches,  quel  qu'en  soit  I'objet,  seront  sur  papier 
timbr6,  qui  sera  foumi  par  la  r^ie,  et  dont  le  debit  sera  soumis  aux 
ipftmes  rfeglea  que  celai  du  papier  timbr^  destine  aux  Actes. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ERANCE.  49S 

Conforaiement  4  la  Loi  du  t8  Jiiillet  1791,  ce  papier  tie  poarrm 
6tre  de  couleur  blaoche ;  il  portcra  le  ro^me  filigrane  que  lea  aotrea 
pftpien  timbrea. 

Le  prix  de  la  feuille  poiiant  96  decimdtrea  carr^  de  auperficie, 
aera  de  10  ceDtimea;  celui  de  la  demi^featlle,  de  6  centimef. 

LXVI.  Lea  avia  et  aotrea  aniioucea>  de  qaelque  natare  et  espfece 
qu'ila  soieDt,  aaaujettia  au  timbre  par  la  Loi  du  6  Prairial,  an  VII»  qui 
ne  aont  pas  destines  i  ^tre  affiches,  pourront  6tre  imprini^  snr  papier 
blanc. 

Leprix  de  la  feuille  sera  de  10 centimes;  celui  de  la  demi-fettille, 
de  5  centimes;  celui  do  quait  de  feuille,  de  2^  centimes;  celni  dn 
demi-qnart,  cartes  et  autrea  de  plus  petite  dimension,  sera  de  I 
centime. 

Le  papier  sera  fourni  par  la  regie,  lea  cartes  seront  foumies  par  lea 
particuliers,  maia  timbreea  avant  tout  emploi. 

LXVII.  La  subvention  du  lO^me  ne  sera  point  ajoutee  aux  droita 
de  timbre  enonces  aox  6  Articles  pr^cMens. 

LXVIII.  II  est  defendo  aux  troprimeurs  de  ttrer  aucun  exemplaire 
deaditea  annoncea,  affiches  on  avis,  sar  papier  non  timbr^,  sous  pr6- 
texle  de  lea  faire  frapper  d'oo  timbre  extraordinaire,  Une  Ordon- 
nance  d^terminera  I'^poque  i  laquelle  1  approvisionnement  de  la  regie 
permettra  de  faire  ex^cuter  le  preaent  Article. 

LXIX.  La  contravention  d'un  imprimeor  d  ces  dispositions  sera 
panie  d  une  amende  de  500  francs,  sans  prejudice  dn  droit  de  Sa  Ma- 
jMe  de  hii  retlrer  sa  commiasion. 

Cenx  qui  seront  convaincus  d'avoir  ainsi  fait  afficher  et  diatribuer 
des  imprim6i  non  timbres,  seront  condamn^s  A  une  amende  de  100 
franca. 

Lea  afficheurs  et  distriboteurs  seront,  en  outre,  condamnes  aux 
pcines  de  simple  poKce,  d^teimin^s  par  I'Article  OCCCLXXIV  du 
Code  Penal. 

L'amende  sera  soltdaire,  et  emportera  contrainte  par  corps. 

LXX.  Les  autrea  dispositions  des  Lois  dn  timbre  relatives  aox  proa* 
pecfoa,  catalogues  de  livres,  tableaux  et  objets  de  science  et journanx, 
conthineront  d'etre  ex4cat£ea.  Celles  qui  concement  le  timbre  dea 
journanx,  8*appliqueront  d  tons  ouvrages,  de  quelqoe  ^tendue  qa'ils 
soieoty  qni  paratfraient,  soit  r^guli^rement,  soit  irr^goli^remeot,  par 
moia,  par  semaine,  soit  par  num^ros,  quand  mime*  le  service  n'en  aerait 
pv  r^golier. 

LXXI.  II  ne  pourra,  sous  quelque  pretexte  que  ce  soit,  ^tre  admis 
aocone  eap^ce  de  papier  au  timbre  en  d^bet,  et  les  receveurs  seront 
pooraoitis  en  reeette  de  taoa  lea  droita  resultant  du  timbre  des  feuilles 
qoi  aoroBt  iti  lirappiea,  sans  qn'aocone  dispense  on  eridtt  accord^ 
paisae  Atre  ivroqo^  par  eox. 

LXXIL  Les  li?rea  de  commerce  qui,  aux  leroMa  du  Code  de  Com* 
merce,  doiyent  ttre  paraphes,  seront  timbres,  A  toos  les  feuillets,  d'nn 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


496  FRANCE. 

timbre  sp^ial,  et  dont  le  prin  sera^  iodepenclaiiiment  du  papier  que  ki 
parties  foaroiront. 

Poor  les  registres  de  papier  petit  ou  moyen, 

par  chaqoe  feuillet,  reeto  et  vteno  Of   2Ck:. 

Poar  lea  regiatres  de  grand  papier 0    30 

Pour  lesregiatres  de  toutea  autres  dtmensioDS 
aup^rieures   • ••••.•• 0    50 

Tons  indi?idu8  assojettia  i  tenir  dea  livrea  par  lea  lois  et  r^le- 
mena  seront  tenua  de  les  faire  timbrer,  sous  peine  d^ane  amende  de 
500  franca  pour  chaqne  contravention.  Ila  seront  neanmoina  admit  i 
preaenta-  au  tfisa  pour  timbre  leora  livrea  actaela  dans  lea  3  mois  de 
la  promulgation  de  la  presente  Loi,  sana  qu'il  puisae^tre  exiged'amende 
pour  contravention  aux  Lois  ant^rieures.  lis  ne  seront  tenua  qoe  de 
faire  timbrer  la  partie  de  leurs  dits  livres  ou  registres  qui  se  trouven 
alors  en  blanc. 

LXXIIL  Le  paraphe  qui  doit  prec^er  Posage  d'an  registre, 
sera  enregistre  moyennant  un  simple  droit  de  1  franc. 

LXXIV.  Aucnn  livre  assujetti  an  timbre  par  lea  Lois  ne  poana 
6tre  produit  en  justice  ou  devant  dea  arbiirea,  depose  i  un  greffe  ea 
cas  de  faillite,  ni  ^nonce  dans  aucun  acte^s^il  n'est  timbre^ou  ai  Pamende 
n'a  ^te  acquittee. 

Aucun  concordat  ne  pourra  ^tre  r^dig^  sana  ^noncer  si  lea  livres  da 
failli  aont  rev^tos  des  formality  ci-dessns^  ni  recevoir  dexecution 
avantque  les  amendeaaient  dte  payees. 

LXXV.  Seront  solidaires  pour  le  paiement  dea  droita  de  timbre 
et  des  amendes : 

Tous  les  signatairea^  pour  lea  actea  synallagmatiquea ; 

Les  pr^teurs  et  les  empninteurs,  pour  les  obligations  ; 

Les  creanciers  et  les  (Kbiteors,  pour  les  quittances. 

Lea  officiers  minlst^riels  qui  auront  re^u  ou  rMige  dea  actea  enoa- 
^ant  des  actes  ou  livres  non  timbres. 

LXXVL  Le  recouvrement  dea  droits  de  timbre  et  dea  amendes  de 
contravention  y  relatives  sera  poursuivi  par  voie  de  contrainte ;  et  en  cts 
d'oppositions,  les  Instances  seront  instruites  et  jug^es  adon  lea  foraws 
prescrites  par  lea  Lois  des  22  Frimaire,  an  Y1I«  et  27  Yenidse,  an  IX 
aur  I'enregistrement 

En  cas  de  decte  des  contrevenans,  les  dits  droits  et  amendea  seront 
Mm  par  leurs  successeurs,  et  jouironti  soit  dans  les  aaccesaions^  soit 
dans  les  faillites  ou  tous  autrea  cas,  du  privilege  dea  contribatioos 
directes. 

LXXVII.  I^s  autres  dispositions  dea  Lois,  Decretset  Ordonnancei 
auxquellesil  n'est  pas  deroge  par  la  presente  Loi,  etqui  r^giasent  acti 
ellement  la  perception  des  droits  d'enregistrement,  kypoth^que^timbr 
greffes,  passe-ports,  ports  d'armes,  et  decime  pour  franc  aur  cenx  d 
CCS  droits  qui  n'en  sont  pas  aflfranchis,  sont  et  demeurent  maintenues 


Digitized  by 


Google 


I 


FRANCE. 


497 


NeaDmoios,  le  droit  sur  les  permU  de  port  d'armes  est  rMuit  k  16 
francs. 

TiTRE  VIIL— Z>€*  Traiiemens. 

LXXVIIL  Nul  ne  pourra  cumuler  en  entier  les  traitemens  de 
plusieurs  places*  emplois  ou  commissions^  dans  quelque  partie  que  cf 
8oit ;  eo  cas  de  cumal  de  2  traitemens,  le  moindre  serareduit  k  moiti^; 
en  CRs  de  cumul  de  3  traitemens,  le  troisi^me  sera  en  outre  r^duit  au 
^art,  et  ainsi  en  suivant  cette  proportion. 

II  n'est  toatefois  derog^  4  aucune  disposition  des  Lois  sur  Pincom- 
patibilit^  de  certaines  fonctions. 

La  reduction  portee  par  le  present  Article  n'aura  pas  lieu  pour  les 
traitemens  cumulus  qui  seront  au-dessous  de  3,000  francs. 

LXXIX.  A  compter  du  ler  Janvier  de  la  presente  annee,  et  jusqu'i 
ce  qu*il  en  soit  autrement  ordonn^,  tons  traitemens  et  salaires  accordes 
d  des  Fonctionnaires  ou  Employes  payes^  soit  par  des  fonds  fournis  par 
le  Tresor  Royal,  soit  par  les  Recettes  provenant  de  Contributions 
publiques,  directes  ou  indirectes  dont  lis  sont  Agens ;  ton tes  remises 
accordees  k  des  receveurs,  percepteurs,  payeurs,  sur  les  sommes  qu'ils 
resolvent  ou  qu'ils  paient  poor  PEtat  ou  ses  regies,  seront  assnjettis  i 
one  retenue  proportionnelle^  conforme  an  Tarif  ci-apr^s : 

Tartf  des  Retenues  d  aperer,  d  pariir  du  ler  Janvier,  1816,  au  profit 
du  Tre9or  Royal,  iur  tous  les  Traitemens,  Appointemens  et  Salaires 
pmyes  sur  les  Budgets  Ministeriels,  ou  sur  les  fonds  speciaux  ou  re- 
cettes particulieres  des  dioerses  Administrations  ou  Etablissemens 
Publics. 


Utit  des 
Clasaea. 


CLASSES 
TRAITEMENS. 


Centimes 

de 
retenue. 


S^rie  des 
Classes. 


*      CLASSES 
DES  TRAITEMENS. 


Centimes 

de 
retenue, 


Ladite  retenue  sera  faite  sur  les  traitemens  et  portions  de  traitemens 
cumules. 
[1815—16.]  2  K 


rDigitized  by  VjOOQIC 


498  FRANCE. 

Sont  seuls  except^s  de  la  retenae  prescrite  par  I'Article  precedent, 
les  Employes  et  Salaries  dont  le  traitement  est  au-dessous  de  500 
francs,  et  les  Militaires  aa-dessous  du  grade  de  Sous-lieu  tenant. 

TiTRE  IX. — Des  Cautumnemens, 

%.  \er, — Supplemens  de  cautionnemcnt  dfoumir  par  les  Compiables  dm 

Tresor. 

LXXX.  A  partirdu  ler  Janvier,  1816,  les  cautionnemens  que  Ics 
Receveurs  Generaux  ont  fournis  d'apr^s  la  Loi  du  2  Vcntose,  an  13, 
pour  les  recettes  qu'ils  font  sur  le  produit  de  renre^istremeot,  des 
domaines  et  des  douanes,  s'etendront  aux  recettes  provenaot  des  con<> 
uibutions  indirectes,  des  tabacs,  des  sels,  de  la  loterie,  et  generale- 
ment  de  tons  les  produits  indirects. 

Ce  supplement  sera  fix6  conformeraent  d  TEtat  annexe  k  la  pr^ 
sente  Loi  sous  le  No.  1,  ainsi  que  le  cautionnement  primitif  ra?ait 
^te  par  PArticle  XVI  de  la  l«oi  du  2  Ven(6se,  an  13. 

LXXXI.  Les  Receveurs  des  Arrondissemens  autres  que  celui  da 
chef.lieu  du  D^partement^  fourniront  pour  les  m^mes  produits,  ainsi 
que  pour  Tenregistrement,  les  domaines  et  les  douanes,  ua  cautionDe- 
ment  qui  est  ^xe  par  le  Tarif  annexe  sous  le  No.  2. 

LXXXI  I.  Les  cautionnemens  des  percepteurs  sont  fixes  au  12^ine 
du  montant  total,  en  principal  et  centimes  additionnels,  des  recettes 
qu'ils  font  sur  les  4  contributions  directes  pour  le  compte  da  Trdsor, 
des  Departemens  et  des  Communes. 

Dans  les  Villes  de  Paris,  Bordeaux,  Marseille,  Lyon,  Montpellier. 
Nantes,  Rouen,  Lille,  Strasbourg,  Orleans,  Toulouse,  Amiens,  Metz, 
Dijon,  Caen,  Rennes,  Nimes  et  Versailles,  !e  cautionnement  des 
percepteurs  ue  sera  que  du  quart  en  sus  de  celui  auquel  ils  sont 
assujetlis.  . 

LXXXIII.  Les  cautionnemens  des  Receveurs  des  Communes  sont 
fixes  au  lO^me  de  toutes  les  Recettes  qu'ils  font  pour  le  compte  des 
Communes. 

LXXX  IV.  Les  cautionnemens  des  Payeurs  divisionnaires  et  des 
Payeurs  des  Departemens,  sont  fixes  d'aprds  I'Etat  annexe  k  la  pre- 
sente  Loi  sous  le  No.  3. 

LXXXV.  Les  Inspecteurs,  Controleurs  Principaux,  Contr6lears 
Ambulans  et  Contr6leurs  de  Ville  pour  les  contributions  indirectes, 
employes  des  manufactures  de  tabacs,  Contr61eurs  de  Navigation, 
Controleurs  de  salines  ou  verificateurs,  seront  ten  us  de  foumir  un 
cautionnement  en  numeraire  d'apr^s  le  Tarif  annexe  k  la  presente  Loi 
sous  le  No.  4. 

LXXXVI.  Les  cautionnemens  des  conservateurs  des  hypotMqucs 
seront  angmentes  et  fix^s  conform^ent  au  Tarif  ci-joint.  No,  5. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


FRANCE.  499 

LXXXVll.  Les  divers  Agens  de  Tad  ministration  des  douanes 
foarniront  des  cautionnemens  ou  des  supplemens  de  cautionneoient^ 
coDform^meDt  i  TEtat  ci-joint  sous  le  No.  6. 

§.  II. — CautioHnemens  ei  Supplemens  de  Cautionnement  dfournir  par 
let  Offiders  Mimsteriels,  Agens  de  Change,  Court lers  de  Commerce,^t 
auires  wm  compiables  du  Tresor, 

LXXXVIII.  Les  cautionnemens  des  Avocats  k  la  Cour  de  Cassa- 
tion, Notaires,  Avou^s,  Greffiers  et  IJuissiers  i  notre  Cour  de  Cassation 
et  dans  les  Cours  Royales  et  Tribunaux  de  Premiere  Instance,  Tribu« 
Baux  de  Commerce  et  Justices  de  Paix,  sont  fixes  en  raison  de  la 
population  et  du  ressort  des  Tribunaux  de  la  residence  de  ces  Fonc* 
tioonaires,  conformement  au  Tarif  annexe  k  la  presente  Loi  sous  les 
Nos.  7,  8  et  9, 

LXXXIX.  II  pourra  ^tre  ^tabli,  dans  toutes  les  Villes  et  Iteux  ou 
Sa  Mfyeste  le  jugera  convenable,  des  Commissaires-Priseurs  dont  les 
attributions  seront  les  m^mes  que  celles  des  Commissaires-Priseurs 
etablis  k  Paris  par  la  Loi  du  27  Ventose,  an  IX. 

Ces  Commissaires  n'auront^  conformement  k  I'Article  ler  de 
ladite  Loi,  de  droit  exclusif  que  dans  le  chef-lieu  de  leur  etablisse- 
ment.  lis  auront^  dans  tout  le  reste  de  TArrondissement,  la  concurrence 
avec  les  autres  Officiers  Minist^riels,  d'apr^  les  Lois  existantes. 

£n  attendant  qu'il  ait  ^te  statue  par  une  Loi  ^enerale  sur  les  vaca- 
tions et  frais  desdits  Officiers,  ils  ne  pourront  percevoir  autres  et  plus 
forts  droits  que  ceux  qu'a  fix6s  la  Loi  du  17  Septembre,  1793. 

XC.  II  sera  fait,  par  le  Gouvemement,  une  nouvelle  fixation  des 
cautionnemens  des  Agens  de  Change  et  Courtiers  de  Commerce ;  cet 
^tat  sera  regl^  sur  la  population  et  le  commerce  des  lieux  od 
resident  lesdits  Agens  de  Change  et  Courtiers,  et  portera  les  cau- 
tionnemens au  minimum  de  4,000  francs  et  au  maximum  de  125,000 
francs. 

XCI.  Les  Avocats  d  la  Cour  de  Cassation,  Notnires,  Avoues, 
Greffiers,  Uuissiers,  Agens*  de  Change,  Courtiers,  Commissaires- 
Priseurs,  pourront  presenter  k  I'agremeat  de  Sa  Majeste  des  succes- 
seurs,  pourvu  qu'ils  reunissent  les  qualites  exig^es  par  les  Lois.  Cette 
faeult^  n'aur«i  pas  lieu  pour  les  titulaires  destitues. 

II  sera  statue,  par  une  I<oi  particuli^re,  sur  Tex^cution  de  cette 
disposition,  et  sur  les  raoyens  d  en  faire  jouir  les  heritiers  ou  ayant- 
cause  desdits  Officiers. 

Cette  faculte  de  presenter  des  successeurs  ne  deroge  point,  au  sur- 
plus, au  droit  de  Sa  Majesty  de  r^duire  le  nombre  desdits  Fonction- 
naires,  ootamment  celoi  des  Notaires,  dans  les  cas  prevus  par  la  Loi 
du  35  Vent5se  an  1 1,  sur  le  notariat. 

2  K2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


500  FRANCE. 

§.  UI. — Dtsposiii<ms  Qenerales. 

XCII.  Les  cautionnemens  et  tuppIemeDS  de  cautionDemeDt  de* 
mand^s  par  la  presente  Loi  seront  versus  au  Tresor,  savoir:  i  quart 
eu  numeraire^  1  mois  apr^s  la  promulgation  de  la  presente  Lot;  et 
les  3  autres  quarts,  en  obligations  payables  4  la  An  des  mois  de 
Julltet,  Octobre  et  Decembre,  1816. 

A  regard  des  cautionnemens  integraux  k  fournir  pour  des  creations 
de  places  nouvelles,  ou  pour  des  mutations,  its  seront  verses  en  namd- 
raire  avaut  TinstalUtion  des  Fonctionnaires. 

XCII  I.  L'int^r^t  des  cautionnemens  etdes  suppMmens  de  eantion- 
nement  continuera  d'etre  paye,  com  me  pour  le  cautionnement  prtmitif, 
au  taux  et  aux  ^poques  usites  pour  le  passe. 

XCIV.  Les  fonds  de  tousles  cautionnemens fournisjusqu'k  ce  joor 
ayant  et^  remis  au  Tresor,  il  demeure  charge  de  rembourser  le  capital 
lorsqu'il  y  aura  lieu,  et  d'en  payer  les  inter^ts  ainsi  qne  ceux  des 
suppMmens  et  des  cautionnemens  nouveau  qu'il  recerra  en  execution 
de  la  presente  Loi. 

L'interdt  des  cautionnemens  nouveau  sera  fixe  i,  4  pour  cent  nns 
retenue. 

XCV*  II  sera  pourvu  au  remplacement  des  Fonctionnaires  qui  oe 
fourniraient  pas  les  cautionnemens  et  soppl^mens  de  cautionnemens 
dans  le  d61ai  ci-dessus  ^xh,  ou  qui  manqueraient  de  s'acquitter  aox 
ipoques  d^termin^es  ci-dessus. 

XCVI.  Nul  ne  sera  admis  4  prater  serment  et  4  6tre  install e  dans 
les  fonctions  auxquelles  il  aura  ete  nomme,  s'il  ne  justiBe  prealable- 
mentde  la  quittance  de  son  cautionnement 

XCVII.  La  faculte  conserv^ek  des  Fonctionnaires  de  Fordre  judi- 
ciaire,  employes  des  administrations  civiles,  receveurs  des  communes 
et  comptables  de  deniers  publics,  de  fournir  tout  ou  partie  de  lean 
cautionnemens  en  immeubles  ou  en  rentes  sur  TEtat,  ne  sera  pas  ac- 
cordee  d  6eux  qui  seront  nommes  k  partir  de  la  publication  de  la  pre- 
sente Loi. 

Ces  cautionnemens  devront,  en  consequence,  ^trefonrnis,  aravenir, 
en  numeraire  pour  la  totality. 

TiTRE  X. — De  la  Caisse  dAmart'memeni  et  de  la  Caisse  des  Dip6i$, 

XCVI II.  La  caisse  d'amortissement  actuellement  existante  sera 
liquidee.  Les  sommes  dont  elle  est  debitrice,  passeront  d  la  charge  da 
Tresor,  qui  sera  tenu  de  rembourser  les  capitaux  et  de  payer  les  int^rlts 
dans  les  cas  et  aax  6poques  ou  il  y  aura  lieu  auxdits  remboursement 
et  paiement. 

XCIX.  II  sera  creee  une  nou veils  caisse  d'amortissement,  qui  sen 
turveillee  par  6  Commissaires. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


J 


FRANCE.  501 

La  Commission  de  Sunreillance  sera  compot^e  d'on  Pair  de  Praoce^ 
PresideDt;  de  3  Membres  delaChambre  des  Depute ;  de  celui  des  8 
Presidens  de  la  Cour  des  Comptes  qui  sera  design^  par  le  Roi ;  du 
GooTernear  de  la  Banque  de  France,  et  du  President  de  la  Chambre 
de  Commerce  de  Paris. 

Les  nominations  du  Pair  de  France  et  des  2  Membres  de  la 
Chambre  des  Deputes  seront  faitespar  le  Roi  sur  une  liste  de  3Candi- 
dats  pr^entes  par  la  Chambre  des  Pairs,  et  de  6  Candidate  pr^sent^s 
par  la  Chambre  des  Ddpnt^s. 

Les  nominations  seront  faites  pour  3  ans. 

Les  Membres  sortans  seront  re^ligibies* 

C.  La  caisse  d'amortissement  sera  dirig^e  et  administree  par  on 
Directeor-Gen^ral,  auquel  il  pourra  ^tre  adjoint  un  Sous-Directeur. 

II  y  aura  un  Caissier  responsable. 

CL  Le  Directenr  General,  le  Sous-Directeur  et  le  Caissier  seront 
nomm^s  par  le  Roi.  l^es  traitemens  da  Directeur  General,  du  Sous- 
Directeur  et  du  Caissier,  seront  fixes  par  le  Roi,  sur  la  proposition  da 
la  Commission  de  Surveillance. 

CIL  Le  Directeur  General  sera  responsable  de  la  gestion  et  du 
detoumemeut  des  deniers  de  la  caisse,  s'il  y  a  contribue  ou  consent!. 

II  ne  pourra  ^tre  revoque  que  sur  une  demande  motivee  de  la 
Commission  de  Surveillance  directement  adressee  aa  Roi. 

CliL  Le  Caissier  sera  responsable  du  maniement  des  deniers. 
11  fonmira  un  cautionnement  dent  le  montant  sera  r6gl^  par  une 
Ordonnance  du  Roi,  sur  la  proposition  de  la  Commission. 

CIV.  Le  revenu  des  postes  est  exclusivement  et  immuablement 
attribue  i  la  caisse  d'amortissement. 

Ce  revenu  sera  verse  par  douxifeme,  de  mois  en  mois,  i  ladite 
caisse.  Si  le  produit  de  chaque  mois  ne  s*el^ve  pas  au  douxl^me  de 
14,000,000,  la  difference  sera  payee  par  le  Tr^sor,  dans  les  16  premiers 
jours  da  mois  suivant. 

Le  Caissier  de  I' Administration  des  Postes  ne  sera  valablement 
jib^re  des  sommes  qu'il  aura  dA  verser  i  la  caisse  d'amortissement, 
que  par  une  rec^pisae  du  Caissier  de  cette  caisse. 

CV.  II  sera  verse,  en  outre,  dans  la  premiere  quinzaine  de  chaque 
mois,  par  le  Tresor  Royal,  i  la  caisse  d'amortissement,  une  somme  de 
500,000  francs. 

CVL  Les  versemens  iifaireen  verto  des  2  Articles  ci-dessus  auront 
liea,  pour  cette  annee^  par  huiti^me,  d  compter  du  ler  Mai,  1816. 

CVII.  A  mesure  que  lesdites  sommes  seront  vers^es  dans  la  caisse 
d'amortissement  I'emploi  en  seitt  fait  en  achats  de  rentes  sur  le  Grand« 
livre  de  la  dette  publique. 

CVIIL  Les  sommes  qui  rentreront  par  le  paiement  des  semestres> 
seroQt  egalement  et  immediatement  employees  en  achats  de  rentes. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


502  FRANCE. 

I 
CIX.  Let  rentes  acqaises  par  la  caisse,  au  moyeD; 

1*  Dea  sommea  affectees  A  sa  dotatfoo; 

2*  Dea  arr^ragea  deadites  aommes ; 

Seroot  immobilis^ea,  eC  ne  pourroot,  daiia  aucun  cas  oi  sons  ancon 
pretexte,  ^tre  vendues  ut  miaes  ea  circulation^  i  peine  de  faux  et 
autrea  peines  de  droit  eontre  tons  yendeurs  et  acheteurs. 

Lesdttea  rentes  seront  aanull^es  aux  epoques  et  pour  la  qnotite 
qui  seront  d^teminees  par  one  Loi. 

ex.  La  caisse  d*auiortissement  ue  poorra  recevoir  aucun  depAt  ni 
consignation^  de  qnelque  esp^e  que  ce  soil. 

Les  depdts,  les  consignations,  ks  services  relatifs  k  la  Legion 
d'Honnear,  k  la  compagnie  des  canaux,  au  fouds  de  retraite,  et  lea 
autres  attributiona  (1  amortissement  excepte)  confiees  i  la  caisse  actu- 
ellement  existante,  seront  administres  par  un  etablissement  special  sous 
le  nom  de  Caisse  de  Depdts  et  Consignations^ 

CXI.  Cet  etablissement  est  soumis  k  la  m^me  surveillance  et  aux 
m^mes  regies  de  responsabilit^  et  de  garantie  que  la  nouvelie  caisse 
d'amortissement  instituee  par  la  presente  Loi. 

II  sera  organise  par  nne  Ordonnauce  Royale,  sur  hi  proposition  dea 
Commissaires  surveillans  mention ues  en  T  Article  XCIX  de  la  presente 
Loi. 

CXII.  Tous  les  3  mois,  les  Commissaires  surveillans  entendront 
le  compte  que  leur  sera  rendu  de  la  situation  de  ces  ^tablisseraens. 
Ce  compte  sera  rendu  public. 

Its  verifieront,  toutes  les fois  qu'ils  lejugeront  utile,  et  au  moins  une 
fois  par  mois,  Petat  des  caisses,  la  bonne  tenue  des  ecritures,  et  tous 
les  details  administratifs. 

CXII  I.  La  Commission  fera  passer  au  Directeur  General  lea  obser- 
vations qu  elle  jugcra  convenables,  et  qui  cependant  ne  seront  point 
obligatoires  pour  lui. 

CXIV.  A  la  Session  annuelle  des  Chambres  des  Paini  et  des 
Deputes,  le  Pair  de  France,  com  me  Commissaire  du  Roi,  au  nom  de  la 
Commission  et  en  presence  du  Directeur  General,  fera  nn  Rapport  aux 
2  Chambres  sur  la  direction  morale  et  sur  la  situation  matdrielle  de 
ces  etablissemens. 

Ce  Rapport  et  les  Tableaux  dont  W  pourra  ^tre  accompagn^,  seront 
rendus  publics. 

CXV.  II  ne  pourra  dans  aucun  cas,  ni  sous  aucun  pretexte,  6tre 
porte  atteinte  k  la  dotation  de  la  caisse  d'amortissement  Ces  etab- 
lissemens sont  places,  de  la  nianidre  la  plus  sp^ciale,  sons  la  surveil- 
lance et  la  garantie  de  lautorite  legislative. 

CXVI.  La  condition  mise  par  la  Loi  du  6Decerabre,  1814,41a 
restitution  des  biens  provenant  d'emigres,  qui  out  ^t^  cedes  i  la 
caisae  d*amortissement,  est  revoquee:   ces  biens  seroot  rendus  aux 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


FRANCE.  '  503 

proprietaires,  lonqolls  aoronl  rempli  les  formalitei  presciites  par 
cette  Loi. 

A  I'egard  des  biens  i  restitaer  qui  coDsisteraient  en  domaines 
engages,  la  Loi  du  11  Fluviose  an  XII  et  le  paragraphe  second  de 
TArticle  XV  de  celie du  14  Ventose  an  VII  sent  rapportes.  Les  posses- 
seore  reintegres  ne  seront  assujettis  qu'^  Pex^cudon  des  autres  disposi- 
tiona  de  cette  derni^re  Loi. 

La  presente  disposition  sera  commune  i  tous  les  engagistea. 

TiTRB  XL^CretUt  Suppiementaire. 

CXVM.  11  estouvert  au  Ministre  des  Finances,  pour  le  serrice 
de  I'annee  1816, un  credit  de  6,000^000  de  Rente;  en  consequence,  le 
Gouvemement  est  autorise  k  creer  et  k  faire  inscrire  au  Grand-livre  de 
la  Dette  Publique,  k  mesure  des  besoins,  jusqu'k  concurrence  de  ce 
credit. 

CXVIII.  Ce  credit  servira  i  pourvoiraux  d^penses  indispensables 
et  imprevues,  et  au  deficit  qui  pourrait  exister  entre  les  Recettes  et 
les  Depenses,  tant  do  Budget  Ordinaire,  que  du  Budget  Extraordi- 
naire. 

CXIX.  Le  Ministre  des  Finances  rendra  compte,  lors  de  la  pre- 
sentation du  Budget  de  1817,  de  la  realisation  et  de  Pemploi  de  tout 
on  partie  de  ce  credit,  qui  sera  regularise  par  la  Loi  de  Finances  de 
1817. 

CXX.  11  est  ouvert  au  m^me  Ministre  un  autre  credit  semblable 
de  6,000^000  de  Rente,  qui  ne  pourra  6tre  employ^  qu'i  diminuer 
pour  ra?euir,  s'il  y  a  lieu,  les  charges  extraordinaires  de  I'Etat. 

Le  Ministre  des  Finances  rendra  compte,  lors  de  la  presentation 
du  Budget  de  1817,  des  operations  qu*il  aurait  pu  faire  en  vertu  du 
present  Article. 

TiTRE  XII. 

CXXI.  Les  dispositions  des  Lois,  Decretset  Ordonnances  relatives 
anx  perceptions  concemant  I'Instruction  Publique,  les  postes  et 
Loteries,  continueront  d'etre  ex^cutees.  Les  Lois,  Decrets  et  Arr^tes 
qui  seraient  contraires  a  la  presente,  sont  annul  les. 

CXXl  I.  Les  comptes  des  depenses de  chaque  Ministdre,  qui  doivent, 
conform^ment  aux  Lois  anterieures^  ^tre  rendua  chaque  annee,  seront 
imprimes. 

Les  comptes  des  ann^es  1814  et  181  &,  seront  pr^sentes  k  la  pro- 
chaine  Session  des  Chambres;  ceux  de  1816,  le  seront  d  la  Session 
de  1817,  et  avant  la  presentation  du  Budget  de  1818. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


504 


FRANCE. 


BUD<JET  DEFINITIF 


(EtatA.) 


RECETTES. 


MATURB 


BEVENU8. 


BUDGET 


RECETTE3 


pendant iM 

8  left,  moll  de 

1814. 


BESTTE. 

RECETTES 
unpntAMBt 

le8  9deinleraBM 

del814. 


CentrlbutioBS  dircetcf 

Snnglttrcmeat et donudncf  ...... 

Bob   

Ikmuum  et  Seta 

Contiibutiona  IndircdM  et  TibMa 
Lotferie 


8alfaiMdel*Ett   

Fonda  de  la  Vllle  de  Paris. . 
Recettea  dlveraea 


Centimea  eztraonUnairea  de  1818  et 
18U    


Vcrtnnelit   dm    domalne    extraordi- 
naire  , 


TVanaport  k  l*Exercice  181 4»  dee  re- 
cettea  Ikltea  du  ler.  Avril,  1814,  «> 
ler.  Octobre,  1815,  aur  lea  Exer 
aloea  1818^  et  ant^ieuia  


265,165,898  11 

87,021,741  25 

2i,696»49»  41 

48k851,86»  60 

61,«90^621  9& 

7,7HU2  04 

2,000,000  00 

2,186,000  00 

6,576,447  11 

61»174^80  48 

9,516,500  00 

18,286,412  60 


25,666,228  «2 

14,178,185  89 

89,311  05 

4.183,888  99 

12^188,527  84 

25,718  69 


2,785,066    87 


580,691,672    59 


59,060,421    95 


Tran*port  k  I'Bxerdce  1814,  de  l*excldant  dea  xecettei  Mtta  aur  tea  prodnlta 
affect^  an  paiement  de  I*arridr^  compantiTement  anx  d^penaea  ^tea  aur 
, •     iproduita 


CompUttefatlklbiU>. 
nir  ta    Budctt, 
I  IkFar. 


Total  dea  Recettfea Prtmea. 

81,149,1^    62 


Poor  lea  palemena  reatant  Ik 
ftdre  Mir  lea  nnt  tferaiera, 
Moladel814 


tounapoft4  .  .  «.  s     p^^  TexcWant  dea  d^penaea 

""•    anr  lea  recettea  lUteaptfle 

TV^aor 


22,567,495    99    . 


Framet.  C. 

289^480^669  4» 

72,813,555  85 

26,ffl5»18B  86 

44^67,985  70 

48^1,904  82 

7,708,888  85 

2,000,000  00 

2,186,000  00 

8,791,880  24 

51,174,780  48 

^lifin  00 

18,286,412  89 


5dl,63l,2S0   OC 


12,004,060   40 


588718.940   04 


108,71^62^   61 


SoMMS  BOALS  an  montant  dea  cr4dita    Fnme$,    687,482,562   65 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


FRANCE. 


605 


HE  L'ANN£E,  1814. 


(EtatB.) 


DEFENSES. 


BUDGST 
GENSRAL. 

SOMMES 

PAYEES 

dansle 

lerTriniestre, 

1814. 

MONTANT  DES  CREDITS. 

DESIGNATION 

dis 

MINISTEBBS 

cCSerrteet. 

TOTAUX. 

Poor 

let 

Pftiemeiu 

fUtii 
PmUH. 
earcment 

lerAvrU, 

1814, 

surle 
Service 

daler 
THinetti«, 

1814. 

Poor 

leeD«penM0 

fattes  Bar  1« 

Service  dee 

9  demien  molB 

1814  du 

lerAvril,  1814 

sa 

lerOctobre, 

1816. 

Poar 
lettommes 

au 
ler  Octotoe, 

1815, 

■or  le  Service 

de9  9 

1814. 

IMeCtvOe 

IMpcDsei  dn  Qowrtx* 
Steal  et  Cfaambre  d« 

P%fy               

PVanc*. 
15,510,000 
4000,000 
179.000 

200,000 

8,000,000 

8,500,000 

18,114019 

8,080^11 

86,000,000 

«n^063,658 

56,260,495 

955,000 

16,690>000 
180^000,000 

4000^000 
16^000,000 

2SlM00MI 

Frmet,  C, 
172,000  00 

112,757  48 

265,260  19 

680^188  61 

101,408,037  78 

6,488,958  60 

8,565  00 

121,810  68 
7ftl97»772  81 

4iO«^000  00 

Tinmen,   C. 
15,510,000  00 
4,000,000  00 

200,000  00 
8,000000  00 

8,500,000  00 
18;001,S61  68 
7,824,960  81 
84,8]0,816  49 
278,660,620  27 
60,771,541  40 
946,446  00 

16,404,089  47 
112,802,227  69 

6,000,000  00 
10,600.000  00 

25,000,000  00 

PVonet. 

769,808 
4308^ 

678,876 
12,000,000 
28,189,879 

261,068 
2,599,840 

JVflllCT.    C. 

15,510,000  00 
4000,000  00 

200,000  00 
8,000,000  00 

%720,718  16 
18,401,056  48 
4677,100  17 
58,79a;406  07 
221,012;684  82 
88^887,828  21 
629,661  11 

11,94429184 
88^84666  88 

4000,000  00 
7,504000  00 

25,000,000  00 

rtmn.   C. 

Cofm    LCgi>l>tSf     et 
Chambn    des    IM* 
nn^m      

9,978  85 

Clwnoellerte  

AftiTCS  E«nui0bM  .. 
lotMenretCultcs.... 
€h«f«:. 

MtfhW.    ,.r.r       

1,391,280  09 

475,486  64 

16,61M0e42 

29,464116  86 

8,211,568  19 

PbHce  04ii«rale 

flBBMM    ct    'Maar 
t^aoy  .--T 

156704  89 

ijmjn7  7z 

24064561  86 

DcttePDbmiM 

Iiil^c«tsdeC«iitioiiM. 

Menciii  MfcJRna. 
fltas 

4004000  00 

TOTAVX.... 

78^,881,888 

11^8,820  85 

687rl82;668  65 

\nfiAm 

498,859,844  08 

81,144126  62 

687,482,662  66 

Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


506 


FRANCS. 


{Eiat  C.)^Budf^i  des  ReceUa  ei  Defenses  de  FAnnee,  181 5. 


RECETTES. 


NATUBE  DES  REVENU8. 


Ilontant 

det 
Prodoits. 


Contribationa  Directct.  ........ 

Enreglstremeat  ct  Domainc*  ......  i 

Bob         .....--.---  f 

DOCAMBS. 

Droit*  Ordinftirea  -  -  -  -  -  •  -/. 

Ihviti  anr  les  seU  ----.--. 

CowTUBunom  iMDimscm. 

DroluG^B^mnx      .......    MjOOOjIMIOi 

Tabaca  ........     40fiO0J»MS 

Loteriea  ....-.-..% 

Poatea      ---.---...I 
Smiinea  de  I*E«t.  ........f 

Ercettea  Divenea  ---.-..-J 

Total       -       -       Fnaa 
RECETTES  EXTRAORDINAIRES. 

Prodiiit  deSySO(MM)  fnnct  de  rentca  Tcnduca  en  Ifai  et Juimi816,  et  appartenant  i 
k  la  CaUae  d'Amortisscment       -----.  / 

SabTentioo  Eztraordioaire  de  Guerre,  lerte  par  Ordonnance  da  Roi,  da  16  | 
Aoftt,  1815  --.------  J 

Total  dea  Recettea  Ordinairea  et  Extraordinalrea     - 
Complement  k  foumir  aa  Badset,  transport^  k  rArri^rtf 

Framet.    - 


wmfi» 


6\8fl00fl9i 


86Jil9jm 


76SJ»I0,a 


MMia^MO 


(Eiat  D.) 


DEFENSES. 


DESIGNATION 

pn 

HINISTBRE8  ET  SERVICES. 


BUDGET 
GENERAL. 


MONT.  DES  CREDITS. 


Sor  lea  Pro- 
daita  de 
l*Ann<e 


EnYaleori 
de  I'Ani^ri. 


LiateCiflle  _----- 

Famine  Royale  ..---- 

Chambre  dea  Paira    ------ 

Chambre  dea  Mpat^  .         -  .  .         - 

MINI8TERES. 

Chancellerle  ..--.- 

Aflbirea  Etrang^rea    ------ 

Int^rieur        ---•--. 
Guerre  -  -  -^- 

Marine  (y  compria  la   Caiaae  dea  Inmlidea  pour  une 
aomme  de  2,60U,000  fhinca.)       .  .  -  - 

Police  G^n^rale  -  -  -  -  ^  - 

Finanrea         ---.... 

Dette  Poblique  ...... 

Int^rAcadeC^aatlonnemena  .  .  -  - 

Ftmia  de  N^gociatlona  .         -  .  .  . 

Total       -  -  FrwK$, 

D4pt»H»  BMrwr4imnm, 

Paiemena  auv  Etrangera*  (IMpenaea  de  aolde,  d'habtlle- 
ment,  d*^uipement  el  de  remonte,}  ci  <•         - 


Prune*, 
2MOO,000 
8^000,000 


]9»700,000 

80,000,000 
871.848,000 


flLOOO.000 
2;»7,000 
9;tf5,00O 


i9;^ooo 


271,848/NIO 


44,7in,00O  tt^TSe^OOO 

1,460,000  M17.000 

1730O/XM)  UJBOOJWO 

100,000^0001  ]OQ,OOOJDOO 

8;000,000'  HfiOOftOO 

IVWOiOOO'  14^00^00 


4a9;Ooo 


TOSiMSkOOO      A71V61IMXN> 


180^000,000      180,000/100 


8B8,M2MWO      7&S»510,000      iSO^dSI^OOO 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


FRANCE. 


507 


Budget  Ordinaire  de  1816. 


{Etat  E.) 


(Etat  F.) 


DEFENSB9  OBDINAIBES. 
Dctte  Poldiqiiie* 


Ddte  pepftoelle  (5  p.  OW 


X>etteTl^te 


Avncf. 


13^600,000 


UiteCtffle 

Fkmille  Royale  (ycomprla  1,000,000 
voU  par  lA  Lot  du  38  Man, 
W16) 


dealXpiitte 


Stnng^m    (y 
l,M0,00O  'frana  vot^  par  la  Lol 

dn  38  Mart,  1810)  

InKrlenr  Cycompris  5,000,000  d'aug. 
Bentatlon  pour  le  Clcrg^) 


9,000,000 

s;ooo,ooo 

700,000 
17,000,000 


0,000,000 

51,000,000 
38»«)0,530 


Gotnie  

Httiaa  (y  compria  la  catote  dca  In- 

valldeaponr  1,900,000  franca) ... . 

PDBceG&i^nle  


IntlrMi  dea  csatknuMmeiia    

ArisdeN^Sodatioiia  

Imdi  d'Amortincineat  

laUrtta    dca   ObUgationa   BoyaUa 
accoolr.. ...... ........ .......a 


4^000^000 
1,000,000 

16^000,000 
8,000,000 

12,00(M)00 

90,000,000 

1,13^000 


BECETTE8  ORDINAIBB8. 
C4mtribQtlona  Diractea. 

JV«Mf. 

Foncttra  principal,  ]7%188,000 
Feraonllc.etmobU.  27,380,000 
Portea  et  fen^tna  . .  13,898,000 
Fifttentca 1M16,000 

337,739^000 
A  dMtdrc,  pertea  et  non- 

▼alema 4»5HM0 

328,174,430 

13  centimca  addltlonnda  aa  prin- 
cipal dca  contrilmtloaafoncttra  et 
peraonneUe,  tor  lea  50  centlmea 
per  ne  en  1815,  deatin4s  aaxd4- 

penaei  d^paiiementalea 38,980,530 

Enrcgfatrcmtnt  et  domalnea  n4|000,000 

Bola  20,000,000 

Sela   85,000,000 

Prodnlta  direra,  loteriea,  poatea,  aa- 

llnea  de  PEat,  ftc 39,000,000 

Contrttmtloiia  Indirectea 67,850,000 

TW»aca 

DonanM   


Total...  .Pynua..  548,353;5S0 


Total... J^wwf...  57( 


BALANCa. 

LciBaoettcaOfdlnaireaMnide 570«454»940 

LciD4penaeaOrdUiaIr«aaontde   548^^30 

DUMicnee J^fonef..    33,203,430 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


508 


FRANCE. 


Budget  Extraordinaire  de  1816. 


(Etat  G.) 


{Etat  H.) 


DEFENSES  EXTRAORDINAIRES. 


1.  Contiitfntlon  dt  g«ai«k . 


Frames, 
..  140,000,000 

2.  D^nset  d'entretien  d«  150,000 

homnMS 130,000,000 

8.  Adnocnt  Ik  la  mBiaon  des  Comtes 

deBenikebntXSteh^fwrth  ....        800^<M)0 

4.  BembouTMinent  de  U  mollis  des 
30,000,000  anmc^  pu  lea  D<. 
putemeaa  povr  t>habillemeot  at 
P^uipement  dea  troupes  6tnui- 
g^rea  ^,000,000 

6 .  ScGoura  accord^e  par  le  Boi  aux 
D^partemenB  qoi  ont  le  plus 
•ouffert  pendant  PoeGopaUon 
mUltairede  1815 10,000,000 


TotaL...Fraiic«..  290,800,000 


(*)  8,000,000  doxm^  par  le  Rol. 
2,000,000  par  U  Famille  B<yy«la. 

1«^000,000 


RECBTTES  EXTRAORDINAIBES. 

CenHiMt  addUUmneis  per^fu  comme  e»  1815. 

Frmme*. 

I.  38  cent,  addlt  but  le  principal  de 

la  coDtiibution  fondire,  peraoa- 

neUeetmobilialre..  75,779^980 

10  oentliDca  sor  tef 

portee  et  fen«tres    ..     I,280j000 

5  centime!  aurlcB  pa- 

tentea 771,|MM» 

77,889LSeO 
A  dMuiic,  pertea  et  non- 

vatevtt  1,556,799 

70,383,181 

ContriinHons  tt  Ile$$oureea  JRiliiwiBiiaiVei. 
2. 110  cent,  eurlemontant 

total  det  patentes  ..   17,805^00 
50  cent,  sur  le  princi- 
pal deiportea  etfeni- 

tm ^Uijm 

10  cent,  snr  le  prin- 
cipal da  personnel  ct 
mobllier V^BJtOO 

~S8^eMM 
A  dMuire,  pertes  et  non. 

▼alenrs  2,898,000 

24,284MB 

8.  CanUoonemens 50,tf3SjDM 

4.  RetennesurieatnitcBeiia ISiMMM 

5.  Abandon  fldt  par  le  Bol  snr  la 

liate  Clvile,pour  lea  d^rtemena 
qnl  ont  le  plna  aouffert  pendant 
roocnpation  mUltalre  de  1815. .  *IO,O0QJM0 
8.  Augmentation  snr  lesdouanes    ..    Mfid^J^Q 
7*  Augmentation  snr  la  tlmbia  et 

renregistrement 2fi,000/NIO 

8.  Becouvremena    Ik    fklre   anr   lea 

btaM  dea    communes,  faadoa 
Jna^'kcejour 22^989^910 

9.  Recourranens  i  Iklre  sur  lea  bola 

wiidiujusqu*4osjoar I1^I8MI9 

10.  Beooorremens  h,  faire  tur  lea  d^ 
comptea  des  domaines  nationanz     ^OOO^ 

II.  Pr^^ement  aarle  erMlttnppl^- 
mantaire  de  6,00(M)00  de  rente  . .    ijmjm 

268ll4(Vm 
Exoedaat  deaBeoetteaOrdloalres 
sur  les  D^pensea  Ordlnalres. .     22,2Q2;429 

Total.... AwMf..  291,343,141 


BALANCE. 

LeaBeoettasEztrRordlnalrss,  yoomprisl'ezaidant  des  Becettes  Ordlnslres,  aont  de  291,343,141 

Las  D^pcnset  Extnonlliialitt  tout  dfe 29M0^M0 

Difffimrocnplna Frmmeg,,       548,141 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  BARBARY  STATES.  509 

TREATIES,  8fc.  between  Great  Britain  and  the  Barbary 
States.^1%16. 

1816.    Faee. 

1.  Tre^  with  Aloibbs, (Ionian  Itlandt)  Algiers,    3rd  April.  509 

2.  Additioiud  Article  with  Algiers, (Hamnter)  Algiers,    20th  May.  510 

3.  Treaty  with  Tunis, (Tonian  ItlandiJ  Bardo,     17thApril.  511 

4.  DedantSon  of  the  Bey  of  Tunis,  ( ChrUiian  SiavevyJ  Baido,     17th  April.  513 
5«  IVeaty  with  Tkivoli, (Ionian  Jblamdi)  Tripc^,    29th  April.  513 

6.  DadarBtionoftheBeyofTR]i«4.i,fGIHjtfiaiii9faMty;  Tripoli,  29th  April,  515 

7.  T^tywithAjLOWM, (Ptaee)  Algim,  28th  Aug.  51« 

8.  Pecluvtionof  the  Dayof  Ai.oiBKSt^CVif/MMiS'iarffx^  Algiers*  28th  Aug.  517 

9.  Reports  and  Proceedings  of  Admiral  Lord  Exmouth  . ,   Algiers,  —  August;  517 


(I.)    TREATY  between  Great  Britain  and  Algiers,  relative  to  the 
Ionian  Islands,^ Signed  at  Algiers^  3rcf  Aprils  1816. 

In  the  Name  of  God  Almighty. 

The  Great  Allied  Powers  of  Europe  having  placed  the  United 
States  of  the  Ionian  Islands,  viz.  Corfa>  Cephalonia,  Zante,  Maura, 
Ithaca,  Cerigo,  and  Paxo,  with  their  Dependencies,  in  all  their  various 
interests,  under  the  immediate  and  exclusive  protection  of  tiis  Majesty 
the  King  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  His 
Heirs  and  Successors;  the  following  Articles  between  His  Royal  High- 
ness the  Prince  Regent,  acting  in  the  name  and  on  the  behalf  of  His 
Majesty  the  King  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ire* 
land,  and  His  Most  Serene  Highness  Omar  Bashaw,  Dey  and  Go* 
vemor  of  the  Warlike  City  and  Kingdom  of  Algiers,  are  concluded  by 
tlie  Right  Honourable  Edward  Baron  Exmouth,  Knight  Commander 
of  the  Most  Honourable  Military  Order  of  the  Bath,  Admiral  of  the 
Blue  Squadron  of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Fleet,  and  Commander-in- 
Chief  of  His  said  Majesty's  Ships  and  Vessels  employed  in  the  Medi- 
tarrmoeaD. 

Art.  I.  The  Inhabitants  of  the  Ionian  Islands  are  hereby  fnlly 
reeogoized  and  acknowledged  by  His  Highness  the  Dt^y  of  Algiers  a» 
British  Subjects,  and  entitled  as  such  to  all  the  rights  and  security 
wliich  British  Subjects  now  enjoy ;  and  it  is  hereby  stipulated  that 
their  Flag  and  Commerce  shall  be  henceforward  respected  as  such, 
aoeordiDgly,  in  all  their  various  interests 

II.  In  the  event  of  any  misunderstanding  between  His  Highness 
tke  D«y  of  Algiers  or  his  Subjects,  and  the  Subjects  of  the  Ionian 
Islands,  the  oanse  of  such  misunderslanding  shall  be  referred  to  His 
Britanoic  Majesty,  who  charges  himself  with  procuring  redress  upon 
any  just  complaint  His  Highness  the  Dey  may  have  to  make  against 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


510  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  ALGIERS. 

the  said  Ionian  State  and  Sobjects,  as  if  they  were  to  all  ioteuts  and 
purposes  British-born  Subjects. 

III.  His  Highness  the  Dey  of  Algiers,  in  recognizing  the  InhaM- 
tants  of  the  said  Ionian  Islands  as  British  Subjects,  hereby  engages  to 
release  immediately,  without  ransom,  and  deliver  to  Persons  authorized 
to  receive  them,  all  Captives  now  in  the  City  and  Kingdom  of  Algiers, 
being  Subjects  of  the  Ionian  Islands,  under  whatever  circumstaocei 
they  may  have  been  taken;  and  any  'of  the  Inhabitants  of  the  said 
Islands  that  may  hereafter  be  brought  into  the  Kingdom  of  Algien, 
from  the  signing  of  the  present  Treaty,  shall  be  immediately  giveo  op, 
with  all  their  goods  and  chattels,  to  the  British  Consul. 

IV.  Serious  complaints  having  been  made  of  the  Barbary  Cruizen 
entering  on  board  Ships  they  speak  at  Sea  (under  British  protection) 
with  a  greater  number  of  Men  than  is  allowed  by  Treaty,  and  de- 
stroying the  Ship's  Papers,  to  the  great  injury  of  the  Owners:  witht 
view  of  preventing  the  recurrence  of  such  serious  complaints.  His 
Highness  the  Dey  of  Algiers  hereby  engages  to  give  the  most  positive 
orders,  and  adopt  measures,  to  prevent  such  practices  in  fotare,  under 
the  severest  punishment  of  the  Offender.  The  Oath  of  the  Master  and 
I  other  Person  of  the  Crew  sliall  be  sufficient  proof  of  the  fact;  and 
for  the  punctual  performance  of  this  Article,  the  Reis  or  Captain  of 
any  Cruizer  so  offending  shall  be  answerable  for  the  conduct  of  hii 
Officers  and  Crew. 

Done  in  Duplicate,  in  the  Warlike  City  of  Algiers,  in  the  presence 
of  Almighty  God,  the  3rd  day  of  April,  in  the  year  of  Jesus  Christ, 
1816,  and  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira,  1231,  the  4th  day  of  the 
Moon  Jumed  Ouell. 

[Seal  of  the  Dey.]  (L.  S.)  EXMOUTR 

H.  Mc.DoNELL,  Agent  and  Consul- General. 


{'2.)'^ADDITIONJL   ARTICLE    between   Great    Britain  and 
Afgieri,  relative  to  Hanover.  ^'Signed  at  Algiers,  20/ A  May,  18 1  & 

Additional  Article,  concluded  between  His  Most  Serene  High- 
ness Omar  Bashaw,  Dey  and  Governor  of  the  Warlike  City  and  King- 
dom of  Algiers,  and  the  Right  Honourable  Edward  Baron  Exmoutb, 
Knight  Grand  Cross  of  the  Most  Honourable  Military  Order  of  the 
Bath,  Admiral  of  the  Blue,  and  Commander-in-Chief  of  His  Britannic 
Majesty *s  Fleet  in  the  Mediterranean. 

His  Highness  the  Dey  of  Algiers  hereby  engages  to  recognise  the 
Flag  and  Subjects  of  the  Kingdom  of  Hanover,  on  the  same  footing 
as  those  of  other  Countries  belonging  to  the  Sovereignty  of  His 
Britannic  Majesty,  and,  as  such,  entitled  to  the  rights  and  securitiei 
enjoyed  by  the  Flag  and  Subjects  of  Great  Britain,  in  all  their 
various  iaterests. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  TUKI8.  511 

Bone  at  Algiers,  in  the  presence  of  Almighty  God,  the  90th  day 
of  May,  1816,  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira,  123I,aQd  the  SSndday  of  the 
Moon  Gemas  Lehar. 

[Seal  of  the  Dey.]  (L.  S.)  EXMOUTH. 

H.  McDoNELL,  Jgemt  ami  Consul^GeneraL 


(X^^TREJTY  between  Great  Britain  and  Tunvi,  relaiice  to  the 
Ionian  Islands, — Signed  at  Bardo,  17M  April,  1616. 

In  the  Name  of  God  Almig^tj. 
The  Great  Allied  Powers  of  Europe  having  placed  The  United 
States  of  the  Ionian  Islands,  viz.— Corfu,  Cephalonia,  Zante,  Maura, 
Ithaca,  Cerigo,  and  Paxo,  with  their  Dependencies,  in  all  their  various 
interests,  under  the  immediate  and  exclusive  protection  of  His  Majesty 
the  King  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  His 
Heirs  and  Successors;  the  following  Articles,  between  His  Royal 
Highness  the  Prince  Regent,  acting  in  the  name  and  on  the  behalf  of 
His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and 
Ireland,  and  His  Most  Serene  Highness  Malimoud  Bashaw,  Chief 
Bey  of  Tunis,  the  well-guarded  City  and  the  abode  of  happiness,  are 
concluded  by  the  Right  Honourable  Edward  Baron  Exmouth,  Knight 
Grand  Cross  of  the  Most  Honourable  Military  Order  of  the  Bath, 
Admiral  of  the  Blue  Squadron  of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Fleet,  and 
Commander-in-Chief  of ^His  said  Majesty's  Ships  and  Vessels  em- 
ployed in  the  Mediterranean. 

Art.  I.  The  Inhabitants  of  the  Ionian  Islands  are  hereby  fully 
recognized  and  acknowledged  by  His  Highness  the  Bey  of  Tunis,  as 
British  Subjects,  and  entitled,  as  such,  to  all  the  rights  and  security 
which  British  Subjects  now  enjoy ;  and  it  is  hereby  stipulated  that 
their  Flag  and  Commerce  shall  be  henceforward  respected  as  such, 
accordingly,  in  all  their  various  interests. 

II.  In  the  event  of  any  misunderstanding  between  His  Highness 
the  Bey  of  Tunis  or  his  Subjects,  and  the  Subjects  of  the  Ionian 
Islands,  the  cause  of  such  misunderstanding  shall  be  referred  to  His 
Britannic  Majesty,  who  charges  himself  with  procuring  redress  upon 
any  just  complaint  His  Highness  the  Bey  may  have  to  make  against 
the  said  Ionian  State  and  Subjects,  as  if  they  were  to  all  intents  and 
purposes  British- born  Subjects. 

III.  His  Highness  the  Bey  of  Tunis,  in  recognizing  the  Inhabi- 
tants of  the  said  Ionian  Islands  as  British  Subjects,  hereby  engages 
to  release  immediately,  without  ransom,  and  deliver  to  Persons  autho- 
rized  to  receive  them,  all  Captives  now  in  the  City  and  Kingdom  of 
Tunis,  being  Subjects  of  the  Ionian  Islands,  nnder  whatever  circum- 
stances they  may  have  been  taken ;  and  any  of  the  Inhabitants  of  the 
said  Islands  that  may  hereafter  be  brought  into  the  Kingdom  of  Tunis, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


512  GREAT  BEITAIN  AND  TUNIS. 

from  the  agntng  of  Um  present  Traty,  tiiall  be  immediately  gifea 
Qp,  with  all  their  goods  and  chattels,  to  the  Britiah  Consul. 

IV.  Serious  complaiDts  haTing  been  made  of  the  Barbary  Cniizeis 
entering  on  board  Ships  they  speak  at  Sea  (ander  Britiah  protoction), 
with  a  greater  number  of  Men  than  is  allowed  by  Treaty,  and  destroy- 
ing the  Ship  8  Papers^  to  the  great  injury  of  the  Owners ;  with  a  view 
of  preTenting  the  reenrrence  of  soeh  serious  complaints.  His  Highness 
the  Bey  of  Tunis  hereby  engages  to  give  the  most  positive  orders,  and 
adopt  measures,  to  prevent  such  practices  in  future,  under  the  severest 
punishment  of  the  Offenders.  The  Oath  of  the  Master,  and  2  other 
Penons  of  the  Crew,  shall  be  sufficient  proof  of  the  fact;  and  for  the 
punctual  performance  of  this  Article,  the  R«s  or  Captain  of  any 
Croizer  so  offending,  shall  be  answerable  for  the  conduct  of  his 
Officers  and  Crew ;  but  should  any  Ship  so  boarded  come  into  the 
Port  or  Territory  of  Tunis,  the  complaint  shall  be  heard  and  deter- 
mined by  regular  examination  before  the  Bey,  in  the  presence  of  the 

Consul. 

V.  His  Highness  the  Bey  of  Tuuis  hereby  further  engages  to 
recognize  the  Flag  of  the  Kingdom  of  Hanover,  on  the  same  footing 
as  those  of  other  Countries  bel6nging  to  the  Sovereignty  of  His  Brih 
tannic  Majesty,  and,  as  such,  entitled  to  the  rights  and  securities 
enjoyed  by  the  Flag  and  Subjccte  of  Great  BriUin,in  all  their  various 
interests. 

VI.  With  a  view  to  avwd  the  various  disputes  which  have  lately 
arisen  on  the  subject  of  Official  Correspondence,  His  Highness  the  Bey 
of  Tunis  promises  to  afford  written  Replies  to  any  important  Commnni- 
eations  which  the  British  Consul  shall  find  it  expedient  from  time  to 
time  to  make  to  him  in  his  Consular  capacity,  according  to  the  ancient 
custom  of  the  Country. 

VII.  In  order  to  prevent  any  discussion  hereafter  as  to  the  disposal 
of  Prize  property,  it  is  agreed  by  His  Highness  the  Bey,  that  no 
Prizes,  taken  from  Great  Britain,  shall  be  sold  or  disposed  of  in  Uie 
Port  or  Kingdom  of  Tunis,  and  the  strictest  Neutrality  of  the  Port  of 
Tunis  is  to  be  rigidly  observed. 

Done  in  Duplicate,  in  the  Palace  of  Bardo,  near  Tunis,  in  tiie 
presence  of  Almighty  God.  the  I7th  day  of  April,  in  the  year  of 
Jesus  Christ,  1816,  and  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira,  I23I,  and  the  I9lh 
day  of  the  Moon  Jumed  Ouell. 

[Seal  of  the  Bey.]  (L.S.)  EXMOUTH. 

Richard  Oglander,  Agent  and  ComsulmGeuerml. 


General  Additional  Article. 
The  Articles  of  the  foregoing  Treaty  being  written  in  the  Turkish 
language,  which  Lord  ExraoiHh  has  not  been  aUe  to  get  tmadrnted 
correctly,  it  ia  hewby  agreed  between  the  Contracting  Parties  that*  in 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GHEAT  BRITAIN  AND  TRIPOLI.  613 

th«  event  of  any  misunderstanding  or  niiscohception  of  the  %M 
Articles,  the  same  shall  be  explained  by  the  true  meaning  and  signifi- 
cation of  the  Articles,  as  expressed  in  the  English  language,  whatever 
nay  be  the  deviation  in  the  Turkish  Translation. 

Done  in  the  Palace  of  Bardo,  near  Tunis,  the  17th  day  of  April, 
1816,  and  in  the  3'ear  of  the  Hegira,  1231. 
{Seal  of  the  Bey.]  (L.  S.)  EXHOUTH. 


{^.)— DECLARATION  of  the  Bey  of  Tunis,  relative  to  the  aboli- 
tion  of  Christian  Slavery, — Signed  at  Bardo,  17 th  Aprils  1816. 

Declaration  of  His  Highness  Mahmoud  Bashaw,  Chief  Bey  of 
Tunis,  the  well-guarded  City  and  the  abode  of  happiness,  made  and 
concluded  with  the  Right  Honourable  Edward  Baron  Exmoutfa, 
Knight  Grand  Cross  of  the  Most  Honourable  Military  Order  of  the 
Bath,  Admiral  of  the  Blue  Squadron  of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Fleet, 
and  Commander-in-Chief  of  His  said  Majesty's  Ships  and  Vessels  in 
the  Mediterranean. 

In  consideration  of  the  deep  interest  manifested  by  His  Royal 
Highness  the  Prince  Regent  of  England,  for  the  termination  of 
Christian  Slavery  ;  His  Highness  the  Bey  of  Tunis,  in  token  of  his 
sincere  desire  to  maintain  inviolable  his  friendly  relations  with  Great 
Britain,  and  in  manifestation  of  his  amicable  disposition  and  high 
respect  towards  the  Powers  of  Europe,  (with  all  of  whom  he  is  desirous 
to  establish  Peace,)  declares  that  in  the  event  of  a  future  War  with  any 
European  Power,  (which  God  forbid!)  that  none  of  the  Prisoners  made 
on  either  side  shall  be  consigned  to  Slavery,  but  treated  with  all 
humanity,  as  Prisoners  of  War,  until  regularly  exchanged,  accordiog  to 
European  practice  in  like  cases;  and  that  at  the  termination  of  hos. 
tilities,  they  shall  be  restored  to  their  respective  Countries  without 
ransom. 

Done  in  Duplicate,  in  the  Palace  of  Bardo,  near  Tunis,  in  the 
presence  of  Almighty  God,  the  17th  day  of  April,  in  the  year  of  Jesus 
Christ,  1816,  and  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira,  1231,  and  the  19th  day  of 
the  Moon  Jomed  Ouell. 

[Seal  of  the  Bey]  (L  S.)  EXMOUTH. 

RICHARD  OGLANDER,  Agent  and  Consul- Geneial 


IS^y-TBBATY between  Great  Britain  and  Tripoli^  relative  to  tlie 
Ionian  Islandt.—Signed  ai  TripoU^  2dth  Aprils  181G. 

In  the  Name  of  God  Ahni^ty. 
The  Great  Allied  Powers  of  Europe  having  placed  the  United  States 
of  the  Ionian  Islands,  viz.  Corfu,  Cephalonia,  Zante,  Maura,  Ithaca, 
[1815—16.]  2L 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


514  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  TRIPOLI. 

Cengo,  aod  Paxo,  with  their  Dependencies  in  all  their  various  intertttfj 
under  the  immediate  and  exclasive  protection  of  His  Majesty  the  King  of 
the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  firitain  and  Ireland^  His  Heirs  and  Suc- 
cessors; the  following  Articles  between  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince 
Regent,  acting  in  the  name  and  on  ^e  behalf  of  His  Majesty  the  King 
of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  and  His  Highnesi 
Sidi  Jusef  Caramanli,  fiasbaw  and  fiey  of  the  Regency  of  Tripoli,  and 
its  Dependencies,  in  Barbary,  are  concluded  by  the  Right  Honoorable 
Edward  Baron  £xmouth.  Knight  Grand  Cross  of  the  Most  Honourable 
Mihtary  Order  of  the  Bath,  Admiral  of  the  Blue  Squadron  of  His 
Britannic  Majesty's  Fleet,  and  Commander-in-Chief  of  His  said 
Majesty*s  Ships  and  Vessels  employed  in  the  Mediterranean. 

Art.  I.  The  Inhabitants  of  the  Ionian  Islands  are  hereby  fuUj 
recognized  and  acknowledged  by  His  Higbness  the  Bey  of  Tripoli,  n 
British  Subjects,  and  entitled,  as  such,  to  all  the  rights  and  secnrit)' 
which  British  Subjects  now  enjoy :  and  it  is  hereby  stipulated,  that  their 
Flag  and  Commerce  shall  be  henceforward  respected  as  such,  accord- 
ingly* in  all  their  various  interests. 

n.  In  the  event  of  any  misunderstanding  between  His  Highness 
the  Bey  of  Tripoli  or  his  Subjects,  and  the  Subjects  of  the  Ionian 
Islands,  the  cause  of  such  misunderstanding  shall  be  referred  to  Hb 
Britannic  Majesty,  who  charges  himself  with  procuring  redress  upon 
any  jus  t  complaint  His  Highness  the  Bey  may  have  to  make  against 
the  said  Ionian  State  and  Subjects,  as  if  they  were,  to  all  intents  and 
purposes,  British-bom  Subjects. 

III.  His  Highness  the  Bey  of  Tripoli,  in  reco^izlng  the  Inhabi- 
tants of  the  said  Ionian  Islands,  as  British  Subjects,  hereby  engages  to 
release  immediately,  without  ransom,  and  deliver  to  Persons  authorized 
to  receive  them,  all  Captives  now  in  the  City  and  Kingdom  of  Tripoli, 
being  Subjects  of  the  Ionian  Islands,  under  whatever  circumstances 
they  may  have  been  taken,  and  any  of  the  Inhabitants  of  the  said 
Islands  that  may  hereafler  be  brought  into  the  Kingdom  of  Tripoli, 
from  the  signing  of  the  present  Treaty,  shall  be  immediately  giveo  up 
with  all  their  goods  and  chattels  to  the  British  Consul. 

IV.  Serious  complaints  having  been  made  of  tlie  Barbary  Cmizers 
entering  on  board  Ships  they  speak  at  Sea  (under  British  protection) 
with  a  greater  number  of  Men  than  is  allowed  by  Treaty,  and  destroy- 
ing the  Ship's  Papers,  to  the  great  iqjury  of  the  Owners ;  with  a  vie* 
of  preventing  the  recurrence  of  such  serious  complaints.  His  Highness 
the  Bey  of  Tripoli  hereby  engages  to  give  the  most  positive  ordeii» 
and  adopt  measures  to  prevent  such  practices  in  fotare,  onder  the 
severest  punishment  of  the  Offenders  :  the  Oath  of  the  Master  and  3 
other  Persons  of  the  Crew  shall  be  sufficient  proof  of  the  fact,  and  for 
the  punctual  performance  of  this  Article,  the  Reis,  or  Captain  of  any 
Cruizer  so  offending,  shdl  be  answerable  for  the  conduct  of  his  Officen 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google  I 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  TRIPOLI.  515 

and  Crew;  bat  should  any  Sbip  so  boarded  come  into  the  Port  or 
Territory  of  Tripoli,  the  complaint  shall  be  heard  and  determined  by 
regalar  examination  before  the  Bey,  in  the  presence  of  the  GonsoJ. 

V.  His  Highness  the  Bey  of  Tripoli  hereby  further  engages  to 
recognize  the  Flag  and  Subjects  of  the  Kingdom  of  Hanover,  on  the 
same  footing  as  those  of  other  Countries  belonging  to  the  Sovereignty 
of  His  Britannic  Majesty,  and  as  such  entitled  to  the  rights  and 
securities  enjoyed  by  the  Flag  and  Subjects  of  Great  Britain  in  all  their 
various  interests. 

Done  in  Duplicate,  at  the  Palace  of  Tripoli,  in  the  presence  of 
Almighty  God,  the  29th  day  of  April,  in  the  year  of  Jesus  Christ, 
1816,  and  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira,  ]231,  and  the  30th  day  of  the 
Moon  Jumed  Onell. 

[Seal  of  the  Bey.]  (L.  S.)  EXMOUTH. 

Admiral  and  Commander ^in"  Chief  of  Hu  Britannic 
Majesty  s  Fleet  in  the  Mediterranean. 
{L  S.)     HANMER  WARRINGTON, 

British  Consul- General. 


(6.)  DECLARATION  of  the  Bey  of  Tripoli,  relative  to  the  Abolition 
of  Christian  Slavery. — 29/ A  April,  1816. 

Declaration  of  His  Highness  Sidi  Jusef  Caramanli,  Bashaw  and 
Bey  of  the  Regency  of  Tripoli  and  its  Dependencies  in  Barbary,  made 
and  concluded  with  the  Right  Honourable  Edward  Baron  Exmouth, 
Knigbt  Grand  Cross  of  tlie  Most  Honourable  Military  Order  of  the 
Bath,  Admiral  of  the  Blue  Squadron  of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Fleets 
and  Conunander-in-Chief  of  His  said  Majesty's  Ships  and  Vessels  in 
the  Mediterranean. 

In  consideration  of  the  deep  interest  manifested  by  His  Royal 
Highness  the  Prince  Regent  of  England,  for  the  termination  of 
Christian  Slavery,  His  Highness  the  Bey  of  Tripoli,  in  token  of  his 
sincere  desire  to  maintain  inviolable  his  friendly  relations  with  Great 
Britain,  and  in  manifestation  of  his  amicable  disposition  and  high 
respect  towards  the  Powers  of  Europe,  (with  all  of  whom  he  is  desirous 
to  establish  Peace),  declares  and  agrees  that,  in  the  event  of  a  future 
War  with  any  European  Power,  (which  God  forbid,)  not  any  of  the 
Prisoners  shall  be  consigned  to  Slavery,  but  treated  with  all  humanity 
as  Prisoners  of  War,  until  regularly  exchanged  according  to  European 
practice  in  like  cases ;  and  that  at  the  termination  of  hostilitien  they 
shall  be  testored  to  their  respective  Countries  without  ransom. 

Done  in  Duplicate,  at  the  Palace  of  Tripoli^  in  the  presence  of 
Almighty  God,  the  29th  day  of  April,  in  the  year  of  Jesus  Christ, 

2L2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


516  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  ALGIERS. 

1816,  aod  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira,  1231,  and  the  dOth  day  of  the 

Moon  Jumed  OaelK 

[Seal  of  the  Bey.]  (L.  S.)    EXMOUTH. 

Admiral  and  Commander-in-Chief  of  His  Brttammc 

MtQeitys  Fleet  in  the  Mediterranean, 

(L-  S. )     HANM£R  WARRINGTON, 

British  Consul- Genera!. 


{1,)^TREATY  of  Peace  between    Great  Britain  and   Algiers.^ 
Signed  at  Algiers,  28M  August,  1816. 

In  the  Name  of  God  Almighty. 

Treaty  of  Ptace  between  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  United 
Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  and  His  Most  Serene  Highness 
Omar  Bashaw,  Dey  and  Governor  of  the  warlike  City  and  Kingdom 
of  Algiers,  made  and  concladed  by  the  Right  Honourable  Edwanl 
Baron  Exmouth,  Knight  Grand  Cross  of  the  Most  Hononrable  Mili- 
tary Order  of  the  Bath,  Admiral  of  the  Blue  Squadron  of  His 
Britannic  Majesty's  Fleet,  and  Commander-in-Chief  of  a  Squadron  of 
His  said  Majesty's  Ships  and  Vessels  employed  on  a  particular  Ser^ 
vice,  being  duly  authorized  by  His  Royal  Highness  The  Prince  Re- 
gent, acting  in  the  name  and  on  the  behalf  of  His  Britannic  Majesty. 

It  is  hereby  agreed  and  concluded,  that  from  this  day  and  for  ever 
there  shall  be  a  strict  and  inviolable  Peace  and  Friendship  between  His 
Britannic  Majesty  and  the  Kingdom  of  Algiers,  and  that  ail  the  Ar- 
tides  and  Treaties  of  Peace  and  Commerce  subsisting  between  the 
Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  its  Dependencies,  and  the  Kingdom  of 
Algiers,  previous  to  the  27  th  of  A  ugust,  1 81 6,  are  hereby  renewed,  ratified, 
and  confirmed  >  that  the  Ships  and  other  Vessels,  and  the  Subjects 
and  People  of  both  sides,  shall  not,  from  henceforward,  do  to  each  other 
any  harm,  offence,  or  injury,  either  in  word  or  deed,  but  shall  titrat 
each  other  with  all  possible  respect  and  friendship ;  and  that  all  the 
transactions  which  took  place  on  the  27th  shall,  from  henceforward,  be 
buried  in  oblivion,  and  the  ancient  friendship  between  the  2  King- 
doms restored. 

Done  in  Duplicate,  in  the  warlike  City  of  Algiers,  in  the  presence 
of  Almighty  God,  the  28th  day  of  August,  in  the  year  of  Jesus  Christ, 
1616,  and  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira,  1231,  and  the  6th  day  of  the 
Moon  Shawal. 

[Seal'of  the  Dey..]  (L.  S.)  EXMOUTH. 

H.  M'DONELL, 

Agent  and  Consul  GeheraL 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


.GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  ALGIERS.  517 

(8.;  DECLARATION  of  the  Dey  of  Algiers,  relatice  to  the  Abolp- 
tion  of  Christimi  Siavery.  ^Algiers,  2Bth  August,  1816. 

Declaration  of  His  Most  Serene  Highness  Omar  Bashaw,  Dey 
and  Governor  of  tlie  warlike  City  and  Kingdom  of  Algiers,  made  and 
concluded  with  the  Right  Honourable  Edward  fiaron  Exmouth, 
Knight  Grand  Cross  of  the  Most  Honourable  Military  Order  of  the 
Bath,  Admiral  of  the  Blue  Squadron  of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Fleet, 
and  Commander-in-Chief  of  His  said  Majesty's  Ships  and  Vessels  in 
the  Mediterranean. 

In  consideration  of  the  deep  interest  manifested  by  His  Royal 
Highness  the  Prince  Regent  of  England,  for  the  termination  of 
Christian  Slavery,  His  Highness  the  Dey  of  Algiers,  in  token  of  his 
sincere  desire  to  maintain  inviolable  his  friendly  relations  with  Great 
Britain,  and  to  manifest  his  amicable  disposition  and  high  respect 
towards  the  Powers  of  Europe,  declares,  that  in  the  event  of  future 
Wars  with  any  European  Power,  not  any  of  the  Prisoners  shall  be 
consigned  to  Slavery,  but  treated  with  all  humanity  as  Prisoners  of 
War,  until  regularly  exchanged  according  to  European  practice  in 
like  cases,  and  that,  at  the  termination  of  hostilities,  they  shall  be 
restored  to  their  respective  Countries  without  ransom  ;  and  the  prac- 
tice of  condemning  Christian  Prisoners  of  War  to  Slavery  is  hereby 
formally  and  for  ever  renounced. 

Done  in  Duplicate,  in  the  warlike  City  of  Algiers,  in  the  presence 
of  Almighty  God,  the  28th  day  of  August,  in  the  year  of  Jesus  Christ, 
1816,  and  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira,  1231,  and  the  6th  day  of  the 
Mood  Shawal. 

[Seal  of  the  Dey.]  ( L,S.)  EXMOUTH. 

H.  M'DOSELL,  Agent  and  Consul^ General, 

By  Command  of  the  Admiral,    JOS.  GRIM  ES,  Sec, 


{9)'^REP0RTy  4-c.  relaHve  to   the  Proceedings  of  the  British 
Admiral  at  Algiers, — August,  1816. 

(1.)   The  British  Admiral  to  the  Admiralty* 
(Extract.)  Queen  Charlotte,  Algiers  Bay,  28^A  AugMst^  1616. 

In  all  the  vicissitudes  of  a  long  life  of  public  service,  no  circum^ 
stance  has  ever  produced  on  my  mind  such  impressions  of  gratitude 
and  joy  as  the  event  of  yesterday.  To  have  been  one  of  the  humble 
instruments  in  the  hands  of  Divine  Providence  for  bringing  to  reason 
a  ferocious  Government,  and  destroying  for  ever  the  insufferable  and 
horrid  system  of  Christian  Slavery,  can  never  cease  to  be  a  source  of 
delight  and  heartfelt  comfort  to  every  Individual  happy  enough  to  be 
employed  in  it.  I  may,  I  hope,  be  permitted,  under  such  impressions, 
to  offer  my  sincere  congratulations  to  their  Lordships  on  the  complete 
success  which  attended  the  gallant  efforU  of  His  Majesty's  Fleet  in 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


518  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  ALGIERS. 

their  attack  upon  Algiers  ofyesterday*  and  the  happy  result  produced 
from  it  on  this  day  by  the  signature  of  Peace. 

Thus  has  a  proToked  War  of  2  days  existence  been  attended  by 
a  complete  victory,  and  closed  by  a  renewed  Peace  for  England  and 
her  Ally,  the  King  of  the  Netherlands,  on  conditions  dictated  by  the 
firmness  and  wisdom  of  His  Majesty's  Government,  and  commanded 
by  the  vigour  of  their  measures^ 

My  thanks  are  justly  due  for  the  honour  and  confidence  His  Ma- 
jesty's Ministers  have  been  pleased  to  repose  on  my  zeal,  on  this 
highly  important  occasion.  The  means  were  by  them  made  adequate 
to  my  own  wishes,  and  the  rapidity  of  their  measures  speak  for  them- 
selves. Not  more  than  100  days  since,  I  left  Algiers  with  the  British 
Fleet,  unsuspicious  and  ignorant  of  the  atrocities  which  had  been  com- 
mitted  at  Bona;  that  Fleet,  on  its  arrival  in  England,  was  necessarily 
disbanded,  and  another,  with  proportionate  resources,  created  and 
equipped ;  and  although  impeded  in  its  progress  by  calms  and  adverse 
winds,  has  poured  the  vengeance  of  an  insulted  Nation,  in  chastising 
the  cruelties  of  a  ferocious  Government,  with  a  promptitude  beyond 
example,  and  highly  honourable  to  the  National  character,  eager  to 
resent  oppression  or  cruelty,  whenever  practised  upon  those  under 
their  protection. 

My  gratitude  and  thanks  are  due  to  all  under  my  command,  as 
well  as  to  Vice*Admiral  Capellen,  and  the  Officers  of  the  Squadron  of 
His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  Netherlands. 
/.  W.  Croker,  Esq.  EXMOUTH. 


(Enclosure  1  J— 7%e  British  Admiral  to  the  Dey  of  Algiers, 

His  Britannic  Majesty's  Ship  Queen  Charlotte, 
SIR,  Algiers  Bay,  2Sth  August,  1816. 

For  your  atrocities  at  Bona,  on  defenceless  Christians,  and  your 
unbecoming  disregard  to  the  demands  I  made  yesterday,  in  the  name 
of  the  Prince  Regent  of  England,  the  Fleet  under  my  orders  has  given 
you  a  signal  chastisement,  by  the  total  destruction  of  your  Navy, 
Storehouses,  and  Arsenal,  with  half  your  Batteries. 

As  England  does  not  war  for  the  destruction  of  Cities,  I  am  un- 
willing to  visit  your  personal  cruelties  upon  the  inoffensive  Inhabitants 
of  the  Country,  and  I  therefore  offer  you  the  same  terms  of  Peace, 
which  I  conveyed  to  you  yesterday,  in  my  Sovereign's  name.  Without 
the  acceptance  of  these  terms,  you  can  have  no  Peace  with  England. 

If  you  receive  this  offer  as  you  ought,  you  will  fire  3  guns  ;  and  I 
shall  consider  your  not  making  this  signal  as  a  refusal,  and  shall 
renew  my  operations  at  my  own  convenience. 

I  offer  you  the  above  terms,  provided  neither  the  British  Consul, 
nor  the  Officers  and  Men  so  wickedly  seized  by  you  from  the  Boats  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  ALGIERS*  519 

a  British  Ship  of  War,  ha^e  met  with  any  cruel  treatmeot,  or  any  of 
the  Christian  Slaves  in  your  power;  and  I  repeat  my  demand,  that 
the  Consnl,  and  Officers  and  Men,  may  be  sent  off  to  me^  con* 
formaUe  to  ancient  Treaties. 

EXMOUTH. 
His  Highness  Tke  Dey  of  Algiers. 


(Enclosure  ^J^^General  Memorandum  of  the  British  Admiral 

Queen  CharhUe,  Algiers  Bay,  ^h  August,  1816.- 

(Extract.) 

Thb  Cofflmander-in-Chief  is  happy  to  inform  the  Fleet  of  the  final 

termination  of  their  strennous  exertions,  by  the  signature  of  Peace, 

confirmed  under  a  salute  of  31  guns,  on  the  following  conditions,  dic* 

tated  by  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent  of  England  : 

I.  The  aboiilion,  for  ever,  of  Christian  Slavery. 

II.  The  delivery,  to  my  Flag,  of  all  Slaves  in  the  Dominions 
of  the  Dey,  to  whatever  Nation  they  may  belong,  at  Noon  to« 
morrow. 

HI;  To  deliver,  also,  to  my  Flag,  all  money  received  by  him  for 
the  redemption  of  Slaves  since  the  commencement  of  this  year,  at  noon 
also  to-morrow. 

IV.  Reparation  iias  been  made  to  the  British  Consul  for  all  losses 
he  may  have  sustained  in  consequence  of  his  confinement. 

V.  The  Dey  has  made  a  public  apology,  in  presence  of  his  Minis* 
ten  and  Oflieers,  and  begged  pardon  of  the  Consul,  in  terms  dictated 
by  the  Captain  of  the  Queen  Charlotte. 

It  is  requested  that  this  Memorandum  may  be  read  to  the  Ships* 
Companies. 

EXMOUTH. 
7%e  Admirals^  Captains^  Officersf  Seamen,  MarineSf 
Royal    Sappers    and    Miners^    RoycU   Marine 
Artillery,  and  JRoyal  Rocket  Corps* 


(2.) — Notification  of  the  Admiraliy. 

Admiral^  Office ,  24th  September^  1816. 
On  the  28th  of  August,  Treaties  of  Peace  were  signed  by  the 
Dey  of  Algiers  with  His  Majesty,  and  with  His  Majesty  the  King  of 
The  Netherlands. 

On  the  same  day  also  was  signed,  an  Additional  Article  or 
Declaration,  for  the  Abolition  of  Christian  Slavery,  to  the  following 
effect. 

[See  DeelaratioD,  Page  517.] 
The  Dey  also,  in  presence  of  his  Divan,  apologized  to  the  British 
Consul  for  the  personal  restraint  which  had  been  imposed  upon  him 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


520  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  ALGIERS. 

daring  the  late  transactions;  and  he  also  paid  to  the  Consul,  a  som  of 
SfOOO  dollars,  as  a  remuneration  for  depredations  coinmilted  on  his 
residence  after  his  imprisonment. 

After  the  Treaties  and  Article  be  fore- mentioned  had  been  negoci- 
ated,  and  that  the  Dey  had  refunded  383,500  dollars,  which  he  Had 
lately  received  from  the  Governments  of  Naples  and  Sardinia,  and  had 
released  1,063  Christian  Slaves  who  were  at  Algiers,  it  came  to  the 
knowledge  of  Lord  Eunouth,  that  2  Spaniards,  the  one  a  Merchant 
and  the  other  the  Vice-Consul  of  that  Nation,  had  not  been  released, 
but  were  still  held  by  the  Dey  in  very  severe  custody,  on  pretence  that 
they  were  Prisonera  for  debt. 

The  inquiries  which  his  Lordship  felt  himself  called  upon  to  make 
into  these  cases,  satisfied  him  that  the  confinement  of  the  Vioe-Conaul 
was  groundless  and  unjustifiable,  and  he  therefore  thought  himself 
authorized  to  demaiKl  his  release  under  the  Articles  of  the  Agreement 
for  the  deliverance  of  all  Christian  Prisoners. 

It  appeared  that  the  Merchant  was  confined  for  an  alleged  debt,  on 
the  score  of  a  contract  with  the  Algerine  Government;  but  Ihe  circum- 
stances under  which  the  contract  was  stated  to  have  been  forced  on  the 
Individual,  and  the  great  severity  of  the  confinement  which  he  sufllered, 
determined  his  Lordship  to  make  an  effort  in  his  favour  also. 

This  his  Lordship  did,  by  requesting  his  release  from  the  Dey, 
offering  himself  to  guarantee  to  the  Dey  the  payment  of  any  sum  of 
money  which  the  Merchant  should  be  found  to  owe  to  His  Highness. 

The  Dey  having  rejected  this  demand  and  offer,  his  Lordship,  still 
unwilling  to  have  recourse  to  extremities,  and  the  renewal  of  hostilities^ 
proposed  that  the  Spaniards  should  be  released  from  irons,  and  ihe 
miserable  dungeons  in  which  they  were  confined  ;  and  that  they  should 
be  placed  in  the  custody  of  the  Spanish  Consul,  or,  at  least,  that  the 
Consul  should  be  permitted  to  afford  them  such  assistance  and  accom- 
modation as  was  suitable  to  their  rank  in  life. 

These  propositions  the  Dey  also  positively  refused;  and  Lord 
Exmouth  then  felt,  that  the  private  and  pecuniary  nature  of  the  trans- 
actions for  which  these  Persons  were  confined,  must  be  considered  as  a 
pretence  for  the  continuance  of  a  cruel  and  oppressive  system  of  Slavery, 
the  total  and  bonA  fide  abolition  of  which  his  instructions  directed  him 
to  insist  upon. 

He,  therefore,  acquainted  the  Dey,  that  His  Highness  having  re- 
jected all  the  fair  and  equitable  conditions  proposed  to  him  on  this 
point,  his  Lordship  had  determined  to  insist  on  the  unconditional 
release  of  the  2  Spaniards.  He  therefore  desired  an  answer, 
yes  or  no;  and  in  the  event  of  the  latter,  stated,  that  he  would 
immediately  recommence  hostilities;  and  his  Lordship  made  prepara- 
tions for  (hat  purpose. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SICILY  AND  BARBARY  STATES.  521 

These  measures  had  the  desired  effect,  and  the  2  PersoDs  were 
released  frum  a  long  and  severe  captivity ;  so  that  no  Christian  Prisoner 
remained  at  Algiers  at  his  IiOrdship  s  departure^  which  took  place  on 
the  evening  of  the  Sd  instant,  with  all  the  Ships  under  his  orders. 

His  Lordship  states,  that  Rear-Admiral  Sir  Charles  Penrose  had 
joined  in  the  Ister  on  the  2dth,  and  that  he  had  employed  the  Rear- 
Admiral  in  his  discussions  with  the  Dey  relative  to  the  Spaniards,  and 
his  Lordship  gives  the  highest  praise  to  the  prudence,  firmness,  and 
ability  with  which  Sir  Charles  Penrose  conducted  himself  on  this 
occasion. 

His  Lordship's  last  Letters  are  dated  from  Gibraltar  the  12th  instant, 
and  announce  his  intention  very  shortly  to  sail  on  his  return  to 
England. 

The  refunded  Ransoms  have  been  sent  to  the  Neapolitan  and  Sar- 
dinian Governments,  and  the  Slaves  released  have  been  forwarded  in ' 
British  Transports  to  their  respective  Countries. 


TREA  TIES  of  Peace  between  SicUy  and  the  Barbary  States, 
(concluded  under  the  Mediation  of  Great  Britain,) 
April,  1816. 

No.  1816.         Page 

1.  TasiLTT  with  Alffiers Algiers,  3rd  April.  521 

2.  T&BATT  with  TVntff Bardo,  17th  April.  531 

3.  TuATTwith  THpoii TripoU,  29th  AprU.  540 


( \.)--TRAITE de  Paix  entre  le  Roi  des  2  SicOes  et  le  Dey  d Alger. 
Signed  Alger,  le  3  Avril,  1816. 

(Traduction.^) 

In  nome  di  Dio  Onnipotente.  Aa  nom  dn  Dien  Toat  PoiMant. 

TRATTATodi  Pace  fra  Sua  Maes-         Tkaitb  de  Paix  entre  Sa  Ma- 

tk  il    Re  delle  2  Sicilie  e  Sua  jeste  leRoidesSSicileset  SonAl- 

Altezza  Serenissima  Omar  Bas*  tesse  Serenissime  Omar  Bashaw, 

cia,  Dey  e  Govematore  della  Citti  'Dey  et  Gouvemeur   de  la  Ville 

guerriera  e  regno  di  Algieri,  fatto  Forte  et  du  Royaume  d'Alger,  fait 

e  conchiuso  dair  Onorevolissimo  et  conclu  par  le  trte  Honorable 

Edoardo  Barone  Exmouth,  Ca-  Edouard  Baron  Exmouth^  Cheva- 

valiereGranCrocedeiPOnorevolis-  lier  Grand-Croix  dutr^Honorable 

simo  Ordine  Militare  del  Bagno,  Ordre  Militaire  dn  Bain,  Amiral 

Ammiraglio  della  Squadra  Bleudi  dePEscadi^  Bleue  de  la  Marina 

SuaMaestliBritaDnica,  eComman-  Royale  Anglaise,  et  Commandant 

daute  in  Capo  i  Legni  e  Vascelli  en  Chef  de  tons  les  Vaisseaux 

*  See  Engliah  Tersioii,  Pfege  528. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


522 


SICILY  AMD  ALGIEES. 


delta  delta  MaesU  Sua  nel  Medi- 
terraneo,  essendo  debitamente  au- 
torizzato  da  Sua  Maeslji  il  Re 
delle  2  Sicilie. 

Art.  1.  Egli  b  col  preseute  COD- 
venuto  e  conchiuso  tra  1'  Onore- 
tolissimo  Edoardo  Barone  Ex- 
mouth  e  Sua  Altezza  il  Dey  di 
Algieri,  che  fin  da  queato  giorno 
vi  sard  ferma  ed  in?ioIabiIe  pace 
tra  Sua  Maesti  il  Re  delle  2 
Sicilie  e  Sua  Altezza  il  Dey  di 
Algicri,  ed  i  loro  rispettivi  Sudditi 
6  Dominj  ;  e  cbe  da  era  in  poi  i 
'  legni  delle  2  Nazioni  di  qual- 
sisia  rango  potranno,  e  sari  loro 
permesso,  di  uavigare  liberamente 
doYunque  loro  piacer^,  munendosi 
del  Passaporto  di  uso- 

11.  Dal  momeoto  deila  80tto- 
scrizioue  del  presente  Trattato,  un 
libero  traffico  commerciale  sard 
aperto  fra  le  2  Nazioni  sopra  basi 
reciproche.  Ma  essendo  neces- 
sario  che  tutti  i  legni  i  quali  paa- 
sano  dalla  costa  di  Barbaria  a 
quella  di  Sicilia,  debbauo  consn- 
mare  la  quarantena,  sarauno  de- 
BigDatialcuni  porti  (dove  si  trovano 
de'  lazzeretti  stabiliti)  per  ram- 
messione  de'  detti  legni  proyeg- 
nenti  da  Algieri ;  ed  ^  inoltre  con- 
venuto  che  un  Console  Generale 
di  Sua  Maesti  il  Re  delle  2 
Sicilie  sari  riceyuto  in  Algieri 
sttllo  stesao  piede,  e  trattato  collo* 
stesso  nspetto  come  i  Consoli  delle 
altre  Nazioni  Europee  per  la 
direzinne  de'  loro  afiari  conuner- 
ciali,  e  gli  verri  accordato  nella 
propria  di  lui  casa  il  libero  eser* 
cizio  della  Beligione,  non  meno 
che  a^  di  lui  domestic!  ed  a  tutti 
coloro  che  desideranno  di  parteci* 
parne. 


et  B4timens  de  Sa  Mafesle 
Britannique  dans  la  Meditenranee, 
dftment  antorise  par  Sa  Majeste  k 
Roi  des  2  Siciles. 

Abt«  I.'  11  est  conyenu  et  airftle 
entre  le  tr^  Honorable  Edonaid 
Baron  Exmouth  et  Son  Altesse 
le  Dey  d'Alger,  qu'^  partir  de  ce 
jour  il  y  aura  paix  et  amitie  ferme 
et  inviolable  entre  Sa  Majeste  le 
Roi  des  2  Siciles  et  Son  Altesse 
le  Dey  d'Alger,  et  leurs  Etats  et 
Sojets  respectifs ;  et  qu'h  compter 
de  ce  jour  tons  les  Vaisseanx  des 
2  Nations,  de  quelque  rang  qu'ili 
puissent  dtre,  pourront  naviguer 
librement  partout  ou  il  leur  plain, 
^tant  munis  des  Passeports  n^ees- 
saires  k  cet  efiet 

II.  Du  moment  de  la  signatore 
du  present  Traits,  un  Coaunerce 
libre  entre  les  2  Nations  sera 
^tabli  Bur  des  bases  recipro- 
ques.  Mais  comme  il  est  ne- 
cessaire  que  tons  les  Vaisaeaox 
qui  passent  de  la  c6te  de  Barbaiie 
d  celle  deSicile^subissent  la  Qua- 
rantaine,  on  designera  quelques 
Ports,  od  se  trouvent  etablis  des 
H6pitaux,  pour  I'admission  des 
susditsVaisseaux  yenant  d' Alger. 
11  est  en  outre  convenu  qu'nn 
Consul  General  de  Sa  Majeste  le 
Roi  des  2  Siciles  sera  admis  a 
Alger,  sur  le  m^me  pied,  et  traite 
avec  les  m^mes  egards  que  sont 
traites  les  Consuls  des  autres  Puis- 
sances de  r  Europe  pour  r^gler  les 
affaires  de  commerce  ;  il  lui  sera 
accord^  le  libre  exercice  de  sa 
Religion  dans  riut^rieur  de  son 
Hotel,  tant  pour  lui  que  pour  sa 
suite  et  pour  tons  ceux  qui  dttre- 
ront  y  participer. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SICILY  AND  ALGIERS. 


523 


III.  TutttiBastimentidi  Guerra 
ed  altri  Legni  appartenenti  a  Sua 
MaestAil  Redelle  2  Stcilie/)  a'  sooi 
Sadditi,  potranno  entrare,  partire, 
resUkve,  commerciare  e  provvederei 
degli  articoH  dicni  potrebberoaTer 
bisogno,  ne'  dominj  di  Saa  Altexza 
if  Dey  dt  Algieri,  senza  oppo* 
aizioDe,  uniformaDdosi  agli  nsi 
general!  del  Porto  nel  quale  si 
troyauo :  e  nella  ctesia  guisa  sa* 
nuno  trattati  ne*  Porti  di  Sua 
Maesti  Siciliana  i  Bastimenti  di 
Gaerra  e  Mercantili  Algerini. 


IV.  NessuD  Legno  di  GaeiTa  o 
Coreale  di  ciaicuna  delle  parti 
preoderii  stazione  all'  altura  di 
qualche  Porto  particotare  in  cias* 
eheduQO  de  dominj,  ad  oggetto  d' 
intercettare  qualehe  nemico,n^  cat- 
toreri  o  prenderi  alcun  legno  ne* 
mieo  dentro  la  portata  del  cannone 
delta  costa  di  una  Potenza  arnica; 
n^  attacherd  alcunLegno  o  Vatcello 
anconto  in  alcuna  delle  baje 
deutro  il  tiro  del  cannone>  aa- 
corch^  non  vi  sieno  batterie  o 
eannont  per  difenderia. 


y.  8e  qualehe  bastimento  da 
guerra  Algerino  incontrandosi  con 
qualehe  Legno 'Mercantile  o  Vas- 
oeilo  appartenente  a'  Sudditi  di 
Sua  Maest4  il  Re  delle  3  Sicilie 
▼olesse  vieitarlo,  potri  farlo ;  ma 
non  pii^  che  2  Persone  potranno 
aaiire  aul  bordo  del  cennato  legno 
ad  oggetto  di  esaminare  le  carte 
ed  i  Paaaaporti.  La  stessa  pratica 
yenk  osseryata  da  bastimenti  da 
guerra  Sua    Maest^  il  Re  delle 


III.  Totts  les  Vaisaeaux  de 
Guerre,  et  autres,  appartenans  d  Sa 
Majeste  le  Roi  des  2  Siciles,  ou 
4  sea  Sujets,  pourront  entrer,  sor- 
tir^  rester,  commercer  et  se  pour, 
voir  da  tout  ce  dont  ils  auroient 
besotn,  dans  lea  PosseBsions  ou 
Etats  de  Son  Altesae  le  Dej 
d'Alger,  sans  opposition,  en  se 
conformant  toutefois  aux  usages 
6tab]is  dans  le  Port  od  ils  se  tron« 
yeront:  de  lam6me  mani^re  seront 
traites  dans  les  Ports  de  8a  Ma- 
jeste  la  Roi  des  2  Siciles,  les 
Vaisseaux  de  guerre  et  les  Vais- 
seaux  marchands  Algerians. 

IV.  Aucun  Vaisseau  de  guerre 
ni  Corsaire  de  Tune  ou  de  I'au- 
tre  Puissance,  ne  pourra  sta- 
tionner  dans  les  environs  d*un  des 
Ports  situes  dans  le  domaine  de 
Tune  des  2  Puissances,  dans  Tin- 
tention  de  s^emparer  d'un  bdti«- 
ment  ennemi,  ni  captnrer  ou  pren- 
dre nn  Vaisseau  ennemi  qui  se 
trouveroit  sous  la  portee  du  canon 
de  la  c6te  d'une  Puissance  amie ; 
il  ne  pourra  aussi  attaquer  aucun 
Vaisseau  ou  Bdtiment  qui  auroit 
jet^  I'ancre  dans  une  bale  sous  la 
portee  du  canon,  quand  m^me  il 
n'j  auroit  point  de  batterie  ou 
canons  pour  la  defendre; 

V.  Lorsqu'un  Vaisseau  de 
Guerre  Algerien  rencontrera  un 
•Bdtiment  Marchand  appartenant 
4  des  Sujets  de  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi 
des  2  Siciles  et  qu'il  youdra  le 
yisiter,  il  pourra  le  faire ;  mais  2 
Personnes  seulement  se  rendront 
a  bord  du  dit  bdtimcnt  pour  ex- 
aminer ses  Lettres  de  Mer  et  ses 
Passeports. 

La  mdme  chose  sera  obsery^e 
par  les  Vaisseaux  de  Guerre  de 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


524 


SICILY  AND  ALGIERS. 


2  Sicilie  verso  i  Legni  Mercan- 
tili  di  Algteri. 

VI.  Nessan  Suddito  della  detta 
Maesti  Sua,  essendo  Passeggiero, 
e  veoendo  o  andando  col  suo  ba« 
gaglio  da  o  verso  qaalche  Porto, 
sai-d  in  modo  alcuno  molestato  o 
preso,  sebbene  egli  si  trovi  abordo 
di  qualcheLegno  oVascello  nemico 
degU  Algerini.  E  nella  stessa 
gotsa  nessuD  Passeggiero  AlgeriDO 
imbarcato  sopra  uq  Legno  o  Vas*- 
cello  in  guerra  col  Re  delle  2 
Sicilie,  sard  in  modo  alcuno  mo- 
lestato, sia  nella  sua  persona,  o 
nel  bagaglio  che  potrk  avere  a 
bordo  del  Legno. 

VII.  Se  qualche  Legno  Sici- 
liano  inseguito  da  qualche  nemico 
prenderii  ricovero  in  qualche  Porto 
de*  dominj  Algerini  o  sotto  i  suoi 
Forti,  esso  sard  difeso ;  e  gli 
abitanti  non  permetteranno  che 
venga  ad  esso  fatta  ingiuria 
veruna. 

E  se  aicuu  Legno  Siciliano 
si  trovasse  con  un  Legno 
nemico  ne'  Porti  di  Algieri,  e  che 
desiderasse  di  proseguire  il  suo 
viaggio,  il  nemico  non  potri  salpar 
1 '  ancora  se  non  se  24  ore  dopo 
la  partenza  del  prime,  e  dopo  che 
sanl  fuori  di  vista ;  dovendo  pra- 
ticarsi  lo  stesso  ne'  Porti  di  Sicilia 
verso  i  Legni  di  Algieri. 


VIII.  Se  un  Vascello  Siciliano 
fard  naufragio  sulle  Goste  di  Sua 
Altezza  il  Dey  di  Algieri,  il  Go- 
vernatore  e  gli  Abitanti  del  dis- 
tretto  tratteranno  1'  equipaggio 
con  ogni  iimanitd,  e  presteranno 
tutta  r  assistenza  che  e  in  loro 


Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  2  Siciles 
envers  les  Bitimens  Marchaods 
Algeriens. 

VL  Aucnn  Passager,  Sujet  de 
Sa  susdite  Majeste,  venant  de,  on  se 
rendant,  avec  ses  effets,  d  aucun 
Port,  ne  pourra  etre  molest^ 
en  aucune  mani^re,  ni  pris, 
quand-m^me  il  se  trouveroit  d 
bord  dun  Vaisseau  ou  bitimeat 
en  guerre  avec  Alger.  De  m^me 
aucun  Passager  Algerien  qui  se 
trouveroit  d  bord  d'un  Vaisseaa 
ou  bdtiment  en  guerre  avec  Sa  Ma- 
jeste le  Roi  des  2  Siciles,  ne  pourra 
^tre  molestd  ni  pour  sa  personne 
ni  pour  les  effets  qu*il  auroit  d 
bord  du  Vaisseau. 

VII.  Si  un  Vaisseau  Sicilien 
poursuivi  par  I'ennemi  se  refu- 
gioit  dans  un  Port  de  la  domination 
d' Alger,  ou  sous  ses  Forti6ca- 
tions,  il  sera  protege,  et  les 
habitans  ne  permettront  point 
qu*i]  lui  soit  fait  aucun  dommage 
(injure).  El  si  un  Vaisseau  Sici- 
lien se  trouvoit  avec  un  Vaisseau 
ennemi  dans  un  Port  Algerien,  et 
qu'il  desiroit  en  repartir  pour 
poursuivre  sa  course,  il  ne  sera 
point  permis  k  son  ennemi  de 
•sortir  de  ce  Port  avant  les  24 
heures  qui  auront  suivi  son  depart, 
et  avant  quMI  ne'soit  hors  de  la 
vue  du  Port.  La  m^me  chose 
aura  lieu  d  I'egard  des  Vaisseaux 
Algeriens  se  trouvant  dans  un 
Port  Sicilien. 

VI II.  Si  un  Vaisseau  Sicilien 
faisoit  naufrage  sur  les  C6tes  de 
Son  Altesse  le  Dey  d'Alger,  le  Gou- 
verneur  et  les  Habitans  du  District 
traiteront  I'equipage  avec  toute 
humanite,  et  leur  pr^teront  toute 
assistance  possible  pour  sauver  le 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SICILY  AND  ALGIERS. 


525 


potere  per  salvare  ii  detto  Vascello 
col  8U0  carico,  ed  useranno  i  loro 
possibili  sforzi  affinchd  nulla  sia 
rubato.  La  stessa  assistenza  e 
protezione  sari  data  ad  ogni  Vas- 
cello Algerino  che  naufragasse 
siiHe  Cosle  di  Sua  Maestd  il  Re 
delle  2  Sicilie. 

IX.  8e  qualche  punto  di  con- 
troversia  insorgerd  tra  i  Sudditi  di 
Sua  Maestik  Siciliana  in  quulunque 
parte  de'  dominj  di  Sua  Altezza  ii 
Dey,  sara  permesso  al  Console  di 
decidere  la  quistione  senza  V  inter- 
▼ento  del  Magistrato  o  altra  Au- 
torita  del  Paese ;  a  meno  che  tale 
quistione  non  sia  nata  tra  un  Sici- 
liano  ed  un  Africano,  nel  qual 
caso  il  Giudice  deciderd  in  pre- 
senza  del  Console. 

Ed  il  detto  Console  ed  il  suo 
Seguito  non  saranno  risponsabili 
di  alcun  debito  contralto  da' 
Sudditi  Sicilianif  a  oieno  che  essi 
non  si  fossero  resi  garanti  di  tale 
responsabilitd  con  un  obbligo  in 
iscritto  da  essi  firmato. 

X.  Cessando  di  vivere  un  Sici- 
liano  ne'  Dominj  dt  Aigieri,  i  suoi 
beni  e  proprieti  saranno  conseg- 
nati  al  Console  di  Sicilia  per  conto. 
del  defunto. 

XI.  Insorgendo  qualche  con- 
troversia  per  falsa  iuterpretazione 
di  alcnno  de'  sopraccennati  Arti- 
coli  del  presente  Trattato,  non  sard 
per  questo  il  medesimo  infranto ; 
ma  una  matura  e  ponderata  ricer- 
ca  sard  fatta  sulla  causa  di  un 
tale  a? Tenimento.  e  sard  data  un' 
ampia  soddisfazione  alia  Parte 
offesa:  e  le  ostilitd  non  comin- 
ceranno,  nd  la  guerra  sard  di. 
chiarala  dair  una  e  Taltra  Parte, 
se  non  quando  sard  trovato  im- 


dit  Vaisseau,  et  sa  cargaison,  et 
preudront  toutes  les  mesures  pour 
que  rien  ne  soit  pilie. 

La  m^me  assistance  et  protection 
seront  donnees  d  tout  Vaisseau 
Algerien  faisant  naufrage  sur  les 
Cdtes  de  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  des  2 
Siciles. 

IX.  Si  quelque  dispute  ou 
controverse  s'^levoient  cutre  les 
Sojets  de  Sa  Majeste  Sicilienne 
dans  le  domaine  de  Son  Altesse 
le  Dey  d'Alger,  Je  Consul  pourra 
les  juger  sans  qu*il  soit  permis  au 
IMagistrat  ou  dTAutorite  du  Pays 
d'y  interveuir,  d  moins  que  la  dis- 
pute se  soit  elev^e  entre  un  Sici- 
lien  et  un  Africain,  dans  lequel 
cas  le  Juge  du  Pays  prononcera 
(d^cidera)  en  presence  du  Con- 
sul. 

Le  susdit  Consul  et  ses  Gens 
ne  seront  point  ten  us  d  payer  une 
dette  quelconque  contract^e  par 
des  Sujets  Siciliens,  a  moius  qu'ils 
ne  se  soient  engages,  par  dcrit  signe 
par  eux,  d  telle  responsabilite. 

X.  Lorsquun  Sicilien  viendra 
d  raourir  dans  le  Domaine  d'Alger, 
ses  biens  et  proprietes  seront  livi^s 
au  Consul  de  Sicile,  pour  le 
compte  des  heritiers  du  defunt. 

XL  S*il  survenoit  quelque  con- 
troverse par  suite  d'une  fausse 
interpretation  d'un  des  Articles 
susdits  de  ce  Trait^,  il  ne  sera 
point  pour  cela  considere  comme 
rompu;  mais  une  recherche  exacte 
et  sage  sera  faite  sur  la  cause  d'un 
tel  ^vddement,  et  une  satisfaction 
convenable  seradonn^e  a  la  Partie 
l^see. 

Les  hostilit^s  ne  comment 
ceront  et  la  guerre  ne  sera  d^- 
claree  de   part  ou   d'autre,  que 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


526 


SICILY  AND  ALGIERS. 


praticabile  un  mezzo  amichevole 
per  otteuere  soddisfazione  di  tale 
offesa. 

XII.  £ssendo  sommameDte  ne- 
Ctfssario  d'inipedire  qualunque 
cattivo  usoche  potesse  essere  fatto 
de*  privilegj  accordati  da  questo 
Trattato  alia  Bandiera  ed  al  Com- 
mercio  di  Sicilia,  Sua  Maesti  il 
Re  delle  2  Sicilie  simpegna 
col  presente  a  prendere  le  pia 
efficaci  misure  per  prevenire  qua* 
JuDqne  di  tali  abusi,  rilasciando  i 
Passaporti  a'  suui  proprj  Sudditi, 
•oltanto  sotto  il  suggello  e  colla 
sottoscrizione  del  Segretario  di 
Stato  :  ed  essi  oon  saranno  estesi 
a'  Sadditi  di  qualuoque  altro  Stato, 
n^  potranno  servir  di  mezzo  per 
accordar  loro  proteztone :  ed  ogni 
LegDO  o  Vascello  mercantile  ap- 
partenente  a'  snoi  domioj  sark 
munito  di  ano  di  questi  Passaporti. 
Fatto  in  Triplicato,  nella  Cittk 
Guerriera  di  Algieri,  in  presenza 
di  Dio  Onnipotente,  il  3  di  Aprile 
dell'  anno  di  Gesd  Cristo,  1816, 
ed  il  4  della  luna  di  Jumed  Owell, 
dell'  anno  dell'  Egira,  1331. 
(Suggello  del  Dey.) 

(L.S.)  EXMOUTH, 
Ammiraglio  e  Commandante- 
in-  Capo  della  Squadra  di 
Sua  Maestd  Britanrdca 
net  Mediterraneo,  au* 
torizzato  ad  agire  co^ 
me  Mediaiare  per  Sua 
AUezza  ReaU  il  Prin- 
cipe  Reggenle  d^InghiU 
terra  e  da  Sua  Maestd  il 
Re  delle  2  Sicilie. 


lorsque  la  satisfaction  demaud^e 
ne  pourra  itre  obtenne  par  la  voie 
de  conciliation. 

XII.  Pour  prevenir  enfin  lea 
abus  qui  pourrolent  £tre  fails  des 
privileges  accordes  par  ce  Traits 
au  Pavilion  et  au  Commerce  de  ia 
Sicile,  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des 
Deux  Siciles  s'engage  par  le  pre- 
sent  Acte,  sL  prendre  d  cet  effet 
les  mesures  les  plus  efficaces,  en 
n'accordant  des  Passeports  d  ses 
propres  Sujets,  que  sous  le  Sceao 
et  la  signature  de  son  Secretaire 
d'Etat;  de  plus  il  n'ensera  delivr6 
d  aucun  Sujet  d'une  Puissance 
Etrang^re,  et  ces  derniers  nepour- 
ront  point  s'en  servir  pour  re- 
clamer  la  protection  accordee  aux 
Sujets  Siciliens ;  et  que  tout  Yais* 
seau  et  Bdtiment  Marchand  ap- 
partenant  ^  son  domaine  sera 
muni  dun  pareil  Passeport. 

Fait  Triple,  dans  la  Ville  Forte 
d'Alger,  en  presence  dn  Dieu  tout- 
puissant,  le  3  du  mois  d'Avril,  de 
I'ann^e  1816  de  Jesus  Christ,  et 
le  4eme  de  la  Lune  de  Jumed 
Owell,  de  Pan  de  THegire  1231. 
(Sceau  du  Dey.) 

(L.S.)  EXMOUTH, 
Amiral  et  Cammandant'-en'' 
Chef  de  VE$cadre  de 
Sa  Majesti  Britasmique 
dans  laMediterranee,  au^ 
tarise  dagir  comme  Me^ 
diateur  par  S<m  Aliesse 
Roy  ale  le  Prince  Regent 
d^  Angleterre,  et  par  Sa 
Majesti  le  Roi  des  2 
Siciles. 


ArtieoU  Addizionalu 
Art.  I.  Se  piacerd  a  Sua  Maestd 
il  Re  delie  2  Sicilie  di  destinare 
per  suo  Agente  il  Console  Britan- 


Articles  Additiotmels, 
Art.  I.  Si  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi 
des  9   Siciles  jugeoit  d  propos 
de  nommer  eu   qualite   de   son 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SICILY  AND  ALGIERS. 


527 


nico,  nella  stessa  maniera  come 
egli  ora  fa  pel  Governo  Porto- 
gfaese.  Sua  Altezza  ii  Dey  di  Al- 
bert accoQsente  a  riconoscerlo  in 
questa  qualiti. 

II  Sua  MaesUi  il  Re  delle  2 
Sicilie  8*  impegna  di  pngare  a  Sua 
Altezza  il  Dey  di  Algien  la  somma 
di  24,000  piastre  di  Spagna  id 
ciascua  aiino»  ed  un  regalo  Con- 
solare  ogoi  2  anoi  nello  stesso 
modo  in  cui  ora  h  pogato  dal 
Portugallo. 

III.  L'Ammiraglio  Lord  Ex- 
moQtfa,  per  parte  di  Sua  Maestk 
Siciliana^accousente  al  pagamento 
di  1,000  piastre  di  Spagua  per  lo 
liacatto  di  ciaschedun  Suddito 
Sicilianoe  Napoletano  attualmente 
Scbiavo  nel  Regno  d'Algieri.  Un 
leno  del  numero  (da  essere  preso 
dal  registro  por  aozianiti)verni  im- 
mediatamente  consegnato  alle  per- 
8one  a  cio  destinate  da  Lord  £x- 
mouthy  per  ricevergli  ed  imbar- 
eargli  air  istante.  E  Lord  Ex* 
moath  garentisce  il  pagamento  di 
QB  teraM>  del  riscatto  a  Sua  Altezza 
il  Dey  d'  Algieri  pel  I""  del  ven- 
taro  Agosto.  11  rimanente  degli 
Schiavi  aark  rilasciato  a  misura 
che  le  rate  saranno  mandate  in 
AlgierL  Ma  la  totality  debbe 
etsere  aoddiafatta  per  la  fine  delP 
anno  1818. 

Fatto  in  Algieri^  il  di  3  di  d' 
Apiile,  1816. 
(Saggello  del  Dey.) 

(L.S.)  EXMOUTH, 
AmmiragRo  e  Common^ 
dante  in^Capo  della 
Squadra  di  Sua  Maestd 
Briiannica  nel  MedUtrm 
raneo. 


Agent,  le  Consql  Britannique, 
comme  vient  de  le  faire  le  Gou- 
Yernement  Portugais ;  Son  Altesse 
le  Dey  d'AIger  consent  d  le  re* 
connoitre  en  cette  qualite. 

If.  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  2 
Siciles  sengage  k  payer  d  Son 
Altesse  le  Dey  d^Alger,  la  somme 
de  24,000  piastres  d*Espagne, 
chaque  ann^e,  et  tous  les  2  ans 
un  Present  Coosulaire,  pareil  d 
ceiui  qui  est  paye  aujourd'hui  par 
le  Portugal. 

III.  L'Amiral  Lord  Exmouth, 
de  ia  part  de  Sa  Majesty  Sicilienne^ 
consent  d  payer  1,000  piastres 
d'Espagne  pour  le  rachat  de 
chaque  Sujet  Sicilien  ou  Napoli* 
tain  actuellement  en  Esclavage 
dans  le  Royaume  d'AIger.  Un 
tiers  du  uombre  de  ces  Esclaves, 
pris  sur  les  Registres  d  apr^  Vaa-^ 
ciennete,8era  de  suite  consigne  aox 
Personnes  nommees  par  Lord  Ex« 
month  poor  lea  recevoir  el  les 
embarquer  sana  d^lai.  Lord  £x- 
moath  garantil  le  payement  du 
tiers  des  ran9on8  d  Son  Altesse  le 
Dey  d'AIger  pour  le  ler  Ao6t  pro* 
ehaiu. 

Ce  qui  reste  d'Esclaves  sera 
relachd  d  fur  et  d  mesure  que 
les  fonds  aoront  et^  envoyes  d 
Alger.  Mais  la  totality  derra  ^tre 
satisfait  d  la  fin  de  I'annee  1818. 
^    Fait^AlgerJe3Avril,]816. 

(Sceau  du  Dby.) 

(L.a)  EXMOUTH, 
Amral  et  dfrnmandant-en* 
Chefde  VEMsadre  de  Sa 
Mi^esU  le  Roi  de  la 
Grande-'Bretagnedant  la 
Midiierranie. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


528  SICILY  AND  ALGIERS. 

{l^-^TREATY  of  Peace  heiween  Sicily  and  Algieri^-^Signed  at 
Algiers,  3rd  April,  1816.         (TranslalioD.) 
In  the  Name  of  God  Almi^rtj. 

Treaty  of  Peace  between  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  2  Sicilies  and 
His  Most  Serene  Highness  Omar  Bashaw,  Dey  and  Governor  of  the 
warlike  City  and  Kingdom  of  Algiers,  made  and  concluded  by  the 
Right  Honourable  Edward  Baron  Ex  mouth.  Knight  Grand  Cross  of 
the  Most  Honourable  Military  Order  of  the  Bath,  Admiral  of  the 
Blue  Squadron  of  His  BritaDnic  Majesty's  Fleet,  and  Commander-in- 
Chief  of  His  said  Majesty's  Ships  and  Vessels  in  the  Mediterranean, 
being  duly  authorized  by  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  2  Sicilies. 

A  AT.  I.  It  is  hereby  agreed  and  concluded  between  the  Right 
Honourable  Edward  Baron  Exmouth  and  His  Highness  the  Dey  of 
Algiers,  that  from  this  day  there  shall  be  a  firm  and  inviolable  Peace 
and  Friendship  between  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  2  Sicilies  and 
His  Highness  the  Dey  of  Algiers,  and  their  respective  Subjects  and 
Dominions,  and  that  henceforward  the  Vessels  of  both  Nations,  of 
whatever  description  they  may  be,  shall  be  permitted  to  navigate  freely, 
wherever  they  may  think  proper,  they  being  provided  with  the  usual 
Passports. 

II.  From  the  signing  of  the  present  Treaty,  a  free  Commercial 
Intercourse  shall  be  opened  between  both  Nations  upon  reciprocal 
terms.  But  it  being  necessary  that  all  Ships  passing  from  the  Coast 
of  Barbary  to  that  of  Sicily  and  Naples,  should  perform  Quarantlae, 
certain  Ports  (where  Lazarettos  are  established)  shall  be  named  for  the 
admission  of  the  said  Ships  from  Algiers;  and  it  is  further  agreed,  that 
a  Consul  General  shall  be  received  at  Algiers  from  His  Majesty  the 
King  of  the  2  Sicilies,  upon  the  same  footing, and  treated  with  the  same 
respect,  as  the  Consuls  of  other  European  Nations,  for  the  regnlation 
of  Commercial  Affairs,  and  shall  be  allowed  in  his  own  house  the  free 
exercise  of  his  religion,  as  f»«]l  as  his  Servants  and  others  who  may 
wish  to  participate  therein. 

III.  All  Ships  of  War  and  other  Vessels  belonging  to  His  Mi^ty  the 
King  of  the  2  Sicilies  or  to  his  Subjects,  shall  be  permitted  to  enter,  depart 
from,  remain,  trade,  and  provide  themselves  with  such  necessary  Articles 
as  they  may  stand  in  need  of,  in  the  Dominions  of  His  Higbnen 
the  Dey  of  Algiers,  without  opposition,  on  conforming  to  the  general 
usages  of  the  Port  they  may  be  in;  and  in  like  manner  shall  the  Ships 
of  War  and  Merchant  Vessels  of  Algiers  be  treated  in  the  Ports  of  His 
Sicilian  Majesty. 

IV.  No  Ship  of  War  or  Cruizer  of  either  Party  shall  station 
itself  off  any  particular  Port  of  each  other's  Dominions,  with  tlie 
view  to  intercept  any  Enemy;  nor  shall  it  capture  or  take  any 
Enemy's  Vessel  within  gun  shot  of  the  Coast  of  a  friendly  Power,  or 
attack  any  Ship  or  Vessel  lying  at  anchor  in  any  one  of  the  Bays,  within 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SfCICT  AND  ALGIERS  529 

f^vm  sYiot,  ahho^gli  Ihert  m»y  not  be  any  Battery  or  Gum  to  defend 
it. 

Y,  if  any  Aigerine  Ship  of  War  shall  meet  with  any  Merchant  Ship 
or  Vessel  belonging  to  the  Subjects  of  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the 
2  Sicilies,  and  should  be  desirous  of  visiting  her,  it  may  be  done ;  but 
BO  more  than  2  Persons  shall  be  allowed  to  go  on  board  the  said 
Yeflsd,  ill  order  to  examine  her  Papers  and  Passports.  The  same 
praolice  shall  be  observed  by  the  Ships  of  War  of  His  Sicilian  Majesty 
towards  the  Merchant  Vessels  of  Algiers. 

VI.  No  Subject  of  His  said  Majesty,  being  a  Passenger,  and 
ooraing  or  going  with  his  eflTects  from  or  to  any  Port,  shall  be 
molested  in  any  manner  or  seized,  although  he  may  be  on  board  any 
Ship  or  Vessel  in  enmity  with  Algiera ;  and  in  like  manner  no 
Algerine  Passenger,  being  on  board  any  Ship  or  Vessel  in  enmity  with 
the  King  of  the  2  Sicilies,  shall  be  in  any  way  molested^  whether  in 
his  person  or  in  his  effects  which  he  may  have  on  board  the  said 
Ship  or  Vessel. 

VII.  1/  any  Sicilian  Vessel,  chased  by  an  Enemy,  shall  take 
shelter  tn  any  Port  of  the  Dominions  of  Algiers,  or  tinder  its  Forts, 
she  shall  be  defended,  and  the  Inhabiunis  shall  tiot  permit  any 
iojnry  to  be  done  to  her ;  and  if  any  Sicilian  Vessel  should  meet  a 
Vesoel,  her  Enemy,  in  any  Port  of  Algiers,  and  she  should  wish  to 
prosecute  her  voyage,  the  Enemy's  Vessel  shall  not  be  permitted  to 
get  under  weigh  until  24  hours  after  the  departure  of  the  first,  and  until 
she  is  otut  of  sight  of  the  Port:  the  same  practice  shall  be  observed  in 
the  Ports  of  Sicily  towards  the  Vessels  of  Algiers. 

'  Vlll.  If  any  Sicilian  Vessel  shall  be  wrecked  on  the  Coast  of  the 
1>oaainioBSof  His  Highness  the  Dey  of  Algiers,  the  Governor  and  the 
Inhabitants  of  the  District  shall  treat  the  Crew  with  every  humanity, 
and  shall  afford  all  the  assistance  in  their  power  to  save  the  said 
Vessel  with  her  Cargo,  and  use  their  utmost  efforts  to  prevent  any 
thing  from  being  stolen  :  the  same  assistance  and  protection  shall  be 
gives  to  any  Algerine  Vessel  that  may  be  shipwrecked  on  the  Coasts 
of  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  219icilies. 

IX.  If  any  points  of  iHspate  ahoiikl  arise  between  the  Subjects 
of  His  Sicilian  Majesty,  in  any  part  of  the  Dominions  of  His  Highness 
the  Dey,  the  Consul  shall  be  permitted  to  decide  the  qtiestion,  without 
the  interference  of  the  Magistrate  or  other  Authority  of  the  Place, 
unless  such  dispute  should  have  arisen  between  a  Sicilian  and  an 
African,  in  whidi  case  the  Judge  of  the  Place  shall  decide,  in  the 
presence  of  the  Consul.  The  said  Consul  and  his  Suite  shall  not 
be  made  responsible  for  any  Debt  contracted  by  Sicilian  Subjects, 
unless  they  should  have  pledged  themselves  by  an  obligation  in 
writing,  under  their  signatures,  to  such  responsibility. 

X.  Should  any  Sicilian  die  in  the  Dominions  of  Algiers,  his  goods 
[1815^16.]  2M 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


530  SICILY  AND  ALGIERS. 

and  property  shall  be  consigned  to  the  Consul  of  Sicily,  on  behalf  of 
the  heirs  of  the  deceased. 

XI.  Should  any  dispute  arise,  from  a  false  interpretation  of  any 
of  the  above  Articles  of  the  present  Treaty  the  same  idiali  not  be  con- 
sidered as  annulled  in  consequence  thereof,  but  a  careful  and  deliberate 
enquiry  shall  be  made  into  the  circumstances  of  the  case,  and  ample 
satisfaction  shall  be  given  to  the  offended  Party;  and  no  hostilities 
shall  commence  or  War  be  declared,  on  either  side,  until  it  shall  have 
been  found  impracticable  to  obtain  satisfaction  for  the  offence  given, 
in  an  amicable  manner. 

XII.  It  being  highly  necessary  to  prevent  any  improper  ose  being 
made  of  the  privileges  granted  by  this  Treaty  to  the  Flag  and 
Commerce  of  Sicily,  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  2  Sicilies  hereby 
engages,  to  take  the  moat  effectual  means  for  preventing  any  such 
abuse,  by  not  granting  Passports  to  bis  own  Subjects,  except  under 
the  seal  and  signature  of  his  Secretary  of  State;  that  they  shall 
not,  moreover,  be  extended,  or  be  made  an  instrument  for  affording 
protection,  to  the  Subjects  of  any  other  State;  and  that  every 
Merchant  Ship  or  Vessel  belonging  to  his  Dominions,  shall  be 
provided  with  one  of  these  Passports. 

Done  in  Triplicate,  in  the  Warlike  City  of  Algiers,  in  the  presence 
of  Almighty  God,  the  3rd  day  of  April,  in  the  year  of  Jesus  Christ, 
1816,  and  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira  1231,  and  the  4th  day  of  the 
moon  Jumed  Owell. 

(The  Dey  8  Seal.)  (L.S.)  EXMOUTH, 

Admiral  and  Commander-in-Chief  of  His  Britannic  MqfeMty's 

Squadron  in  the  Mediterranean,  autkorixed  to  aei  as  Mediator 

by  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent  of  Great  Rritaia, 

and  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  2  Sicilies. 


Additional  Articles. 
Art.  1.  Should  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  2  Sicilies  be  desirous  of 
appointing  the  British   Consul   to  act   as  His  Agent,  in  the   same 
manner  as  he  now  acts  for  the  Portuguese  Government,  His  Highness 
tlje  Dey  of  Algiers  consents  to  receive  him  in  that  captficity. 

II.  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  2  Sicilies  engages  to  pay  to  His 
Highness  the  Dey  of  Algiers  the  sum  of  24,000  Spanish  dollars  every 
year,  and  a  Consular  Present  every  2  years,  in  the  same  manner  as 
that  which  is  now  paid  by  Portugal. 

III.  Admiral  Lord  Exmouth,  on  behalf  of  His  Sicilian  Majesty, 
consents  to  the  payment  of  1,000  Spanish  dollars  for  the  liberation  of 
each  Sicilian  and  Neapolitan  Subject  now  in  Slavery  in  the  Kingdom 
of  Algiers.  I -3rd  of  the  number,  to  be  taken  from  the  Register  by 
seniority,  shall  be  delivered  up  immediately  to  Persons  appointed  by 
Lord  Exmouth  to  receive  and  embark  them  without  delay.  Lord 
Exmouth  guarantees  the  payment  of  I.3rd  of  the  ransom  money  to 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SICILY  AND  TUNIS. 


531 


His  Highness  tlie  Dey  of  Algiers  by  the  1st  day  of  August  next. 
The  remainder  of  the  Slaves  shall  be  released  according  as  the 
instalments  are  sent  to  Algiers;  but  the  whole  is  to  be  completed  by 
the  end  of  the  year  1818. 

Done  at  Algiers,  the  3rd  of  April,  1816. 
[The  Dey's  Seal.]  (L.S.)  EXMOUTH, 

Admiral  and  Commander-'in' Chief,  ^c. 

(%)—TRAITE  de  Paix  entre  ie  R<ri  des  2  Sid/es  et  ie  Bey  de  Tunis. 
Signe  au  Palais  del  Bardo,  pres  Tunis,  Ie  17  Avril,  1816. 

(Traduction*.) 


In  Nom«  di  Dio  Onnipotente. 

Trattato  di  Pace  tra  Sua 
Maesta  il  Re  delle  2  Sicilie  e 
Sua  Altezza  Serenissima  Mah- 
moud  Bascia  Bey  di  Tunisi,  la 
Benguardata  Cittd  e  la  Dimora 
della  Felicild^  fatto  e  conchiuso 
dair  Onorevolissimo  Edoardo  Ba- 
rone  Exmouth,  Cavaliere  Gran- 
CrocedelP  Onorevolissimo  Mili tar 
Ordjne  del  Bagno,  Amibiraglio 
della  Squadra  Bleu  della  Flottadi 
Sua  Maesta  Britanuica,  e  Com- 
mandante  in  Capo  di  tutti  i  Legni 
eVaacelli  della  detta  Maestd  Sua 
nel  Mediterraneo,  debitamente  au. 
torizzato  da  Sua  Maesta  il  Re 
delle  2  Sicilie. 

Art.  I.  E'  stabilito  e  con- 
chiuso tra  POnorevole  Edoardo 
Barone  Exmouth  e  Sua  Altezza 
il  Bey  di  Tuuisi,  che  vi  sark  da 
qoesto  gioriio  una  ferma  ed  invio- 
labile  amicizia  e  pace  fra  Sua 
Maesta  il  Re  delle  2  Sicilie  e 
Sua  Altezza  il  Bey  di  Tunisi,  e 
loro  rispettivi  Sudditi  e  Dominj  ; 
e  che  da  oggi  in  avanti  i  legni 
delle  2  Nazioni  diqualunquerango 
essi  sieno^  potranuo  liberamente 
navigare  ovunque  loro  piacer^, 
proTvedendosi  de'  soliti  Passa. 
porti. 

n.  Dalla  sottoscrizione  del  pre- 
•ente  Trattato  sard  aperto  fra  Ie 

*  See  Eoglwh  Vemion,  Page  537 
2  M  2 


Au  Nom  du  Dieu  Tout  Puissant. 
Traite  de  Paix  entre  Sa  Ma- 
jeste  Ie  Roi  des  2  Siciles,  et  Son 
Altesse  Serenissime  Mahmoud 
Basha  Bey  de  Tunis,  Ville  Forte 
et  s^jour  du  bonheur,  fait  et  con- 
clu  par  Ie  tr^s  Honorable  Baron 
Exmouth,  Chevalier  Grand-Croix 
du  trds  honorable  Ordre  Militaire 
du  Bain,  Amiral  de  TEscadre 
Bleue  de  la  Marine  Royale  An- 
gloise,  et  Commandant-en-Chef  de 
tous  les  Vaisseaux  et  B&timens  de 
SaMajeste  Ie  Roi  de  la  Grande  Bre- 
tagne  dans  la  Mediterranee,  dement 
autoris^  par  8a  Majesty  Ie  Roi  des 
2    Siciles. 

Art.  I  II  est  convenu  et  arr^te 
entre  Ie  tr^s  Honorable  Edouard 
Baron  Exmouth  et  Son  Altesse  Ie 
Bey  de  Tunis,  qu'&  partir  de  ce 
jour  il  y  aura  Paix  et  Amitie 
ferme  et  inviolable  entre  Sa  Ma- 
jeste  Ie  Roi  des  2  Siciles  et  Son 
AJtesse  Ie  Bey  de  Tunis,  et  leurs 
Etats  et  Sajetsrespectifs;  et  qu'i 
compter  d'd  present,  tous  les 
Vaisseaux  des  2Nation8.de  quelque 
rang  qu'ils  soient,  pourront  navi- 
guer  libremen)  partout  ot!^  il  leux 
plaira,  etant  munis  des  Passe* 
ports  necessairesi  cet  efiet. 

II.  Du  moment  de  la  signa- 
ture du  present  Traits,  un  Corn- 


Digitized  by 


Google 


532 


SICILY  AND  TUNIS. 


2  Nazioiii  sopra  reciproci  termini 
un  libero  traffico  commerciale. 
Ma  esseudo  necessario  che  tiitti  i 
Legni  che  passano  dalle  coste  di 
Barbaria  a  quelle  della  Sicilia  e  di 
Napoli,  facciano  la  quarantena, 
saranno  destinati  per  Pammes- 
sione  de'  legni  di  Tuni&i  de'  porti 
ove  80D0  stabiliti  de'  lazzeretti. 


E'ugualmente  conveDUto  che  un 
Console  Generale  di  Sua  Maestd 
il  Re  delle  2  Sicilie  sard  ricevuto 
in  TuniMi  nello  stesao  modo  e  trat- 
tato  coUo  stesco  rispetto  come  i 
Consoti  delle  altre  Nazioni  Eu- 
ropee  pel  regolamento  de'  loro 
affari  commerciali ;  e  gli  sard 
permesso  nella  propria  casa  il 
libero  esercizio  delta  propria  reli- 
gione,  ugualmente  che  a*  suoi  do- 
mestici  ed  altri  che  lo  Yolessero. 
I  legni  Siciliaoi  che  vanno  a  Tu- 
nisia si  cooformeranno  a*  regola- 
menti  sanitarj  del  porto,  ugnal- 
menle  che  i  legni  delle  altre  Na- 
zioni 

III.  Tutti  i  bastimenti  di  guerra 
ed  altri  legni  di  Sua  Maesti  il  Re 
della  2  Sicilie,  o  Sudditi  suoi, 
|N)tniiiDo  andare,  venire,  restare, 
commerciare  •  provvedersi  di  tutti 
gli  oggetti  di  ctri  potranno  aver  hi- 
sogno  ne'  Dominj  di  Sua  Altezza 
il  Bey  di  Tunisi,  senza  opposi- 
zione,  e  conformandosi  agli  usi 
general!  del  Porto  in  cui  potranno 
essere.  Nello  stesso  modo  i  basti- 
menti di  guerra  ed  altri  legni  di 
Tunisi  saranno  tra  I  tali  ne' Porti  di 
Sua  Maestit  Siciliana,  di  cui  si  h 
fatto  menzione.  . 

IV.  Nessun  hastimentodi  guer-i 
ra  o  corsaledeir  una  o'elKaltra 


merce  libre  entre  les  2  Nations 
sera  etabli  sur  des  bases  reci- 
proques.  Mais  comme  il  est 
necessaire  que  tons  les  Vaisseaox 
qui  passent  de  la  Cote  de  Barbaric 
dcelle  de  Sicile  et  deNaples,  su- 
bissent  la  quarautaine,  on  desig- 
nera  quelques  Ports  (od  se 
trouvent  ^tablis  des  h6pitaux) 
pour  Tadmission  des  susdits  Vais- 
seaux  venant  de  Tunis. 

11  est  en  outre  convemi  qu'un 
ConsulGeneral  de  Sa  Majeste  le 
Roi  des  2  Sidles  sera  admis  i 
Tunis,  sur  le  meme  pied,  et  traite 
avec  les  m6mes  egards  que  sont 
trait^sles  Consuls  des  autres  Puis- 
sances de  I'Europe  poor  r6gler  les 
affaires  de  Commerce ;  il  lai  sera 
accord^  le  libre  exercice  de  sareli- 
gion  dans  Tinterieur  de  son  hdtel, 
tant  pour  lui  que  pour  sa  suite  et 
pourtous  ceux  qui  voudroient  y 
participer.  LesVaisseaux  Siciliens 
qui  vont  i  Tunis  se  conformeront 
aux  r^glemens  sanitaires  ^tablis 
dans  le  Port,  ainsi  que  le  font  les 
Vaisseaux  des  autres  Nations. 

III.  *  Tous  les  Vai&seaux  de 
Guerre  et  autres  de  Sa  Majeste  le 
Roi  des  2  Siciles,  ou  de  ses  Su- 
jets,  pourront  entrer,  sortir,  res- 
ter,  commercer  et  se  pourvoir  de 
tout  ce  dont  ils  auroient  besoin, 
dans  les  Possessions  ou  Etats  de 
Son  Altesse  le  Bey  de  Tunis,  sans 
opposition.en  se  conformant  toute- 
fois  aux  usages  etablis  dans  le 
Port  od  ils  se  trouveront ;  de  la 
mime  mani^re  seront  trait^s  dans 
les  Ports  de  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  des 
2  Siciles,  les  Vaisseaux  de  Guerre 
et  les  Vaisseaux  Marchands  Tuni- 
siens. 

IV.  Aucun  Vaisseau  de  Guerre 
ni  Corsaire  de  Tune  ou  de  Tautre  • 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


*IC1LY  AND  TUNIS,. 


533 


parte,  prenderd  tta^ione  id  vista 
di  qualcbe  porto  ne'  Dominj  delP 
una  o  deir  altra,  col  disegno  d'in- 
tercettare  akan  legno  nemico,  ne 
potdLpredarlo  dentrola  portata  del 
caDQone  dalla  costa  di  una  Poten- 
za  arnica,  o  attaccare  veruno  altro 
]egno  all*  ancora  in  alcuna  baja 
dentro  il  tiro  del  cannone,  quan- 
tanque  non  vi  aia  batteria,  o  can- 
Doni  per  difenderla. 


v.  Se  qualcbe  legno  di  guerra 
Tuniaioo,  incontrandosi  con  no 
l^^o  mercantile  de'  Suddili  di  Sua 
Mae8tii  il  Re  delle  S  Sicilie,  vo- 
lesse  visitarlo,  cio  potrsL  farsi :  ma 
non  piu  di  2  persone  potranno 
andare  a  bordo  del  detto  liCgno 
per  esaminame  le  Carte  ed  i  Passa- 
porti. 

Lo  8te880  sari  osservato  da' 
Bastimenti  di  Guerra  di  Sua 
Maesti  Siciliaoa  verso  i  Legni  Mer- 
cantili  di  Tunisi. 

VI.  Nessan  Suddito  delladetta 
Maesta  Sua,  cbe  fosse  Passeggiero, 
e  cbe  aodasse  o  veuisse  da  qualcbe 
Porto,  sari  in  niiin  conto  molestato 
o  esamioato,  qaantunque  fosse  a 
bordo  di  un  legno  nemico  con 
Tuniai. 

E  nello  stesso  modo  niun  Pas- 
seggiero  Tunisino,  essendo  a 
bordo  di  legno  nemico  del  detto 
Re  delle  2  Sicilie  sari  in  niun 
conto  molestato,  sia  nella  sua  per- 
sona, che  ne*  suoi  effetti  cbe  potri 
aver  seco  nel  detto  Legno. 

VI I.  Se  qualcbe  legno  Siciliano 
inseguito  dal  nemico  si  rifygga  in 


Puissance,  ne  pourra  stationner 
aux  environs d'un  des  Purls  situ^s 
dans  le  domaine  de  Tune  des  2 
Puissances,  dans  rintention  de 
s'emparer  d'uu  B&timent  Ennemi, 
ni  capturer  on  prendre  un  Vaisseau 
Enuemi  qui  se  trouveroit  sous  la 
portee  du  canon  de  la  c6te  d'une 
Puissance  amie ;  il  ne  pourra  aussi 
attaquer  aucun  Vaisseau  ou  Bftti- 
ment  qui  auroit  jete  I'ancre  dans 
une  baie  sous  la  portee  du  canon, 
quand  mdme  il  n'y  auroit  point  de 
batterieon  canons  pour  la  defendre. 
V.Lorsqu'un  Vaisseau  de  Guerre 
Tunisien  rencontrera  un  fi&timent 
Marcband  appartenant  i  des  Sujets 
de  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  des  2  Siciles# 
et  qu'il  voudra  le  visiter,  il  pourra 
le  faire ;  mais  3  personnes  seule- 
ment  pourront  se  rendre  k  bord 
du  dit  Bitiment  pour  examiner  ses 
Lettres  de  Mer  et  ses  Passeports. 
La  m^me  cbose  sera  observee 
paries  Vaisseaux  de  Guerre  de  Sa 
Majeste  le  Roi  des  2  Siciles 
envers  les  Bitimens  Marchands 
Tunisiens. 

VI.  Aucun  Passager,  Sujet  de 
Sa  susdite  Majesty,  venrnt  de,  ou  se 
rendant,  avec  ses  efiets,  k  aucun 
Port,  ne  pourra  6tre  molest6  en 
aucune  mani^re,  ni  pris  quand- 
m^me  il  se  trouveroit  d  bord  d  un 
Vaisseau  ou  Bailment  en  Guerre 
avec  Tunis. 

De  m^me aucun  Passager,  Sujet 
de  Son  Altesse  le  Bey  de  Tunis, 
qui  se  trouveroit  4  bord  d'uu 
Vaisseau  ou  B&timent  en  Guerre 
avec  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  2  Siciles, 
ne  pourra  ^tre  moleste  ni  pour 
sa  personne  ni  pour  les  effeCs 
qu'il  auroit  4  bord  du  Vaisseau. 

VII.  Si  un  Vaisseau  Sicilien 
poursuivi  par  Tehnemi  se  refugioit 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


534 


SICILY  AND  TUNIS; 


qaaluDque  de'  Porti  ne*  Domiaj 
Tunisini,  o  sotto  i  suoi  forti,  sark 
difeso;  e  gli  abitanti  Don  permet- 
teranno  che  gli  venga  fatta  ingia- 
ria  alcuDa. 

£  se  un  legoo  Siciliano  si 
ritroTi  COD  ud  legoo  sao  nemico 
ue*  port!  di  TuDisi,  e  voglia  pro- 
aeguire  il  soo  viaggio,  il  legoo 
nemico  non  si  fari  mettere  alia 
vela  prima  di  24  ore  dopo  la 
partenza  del  primo,  e  che  sia  fiiori 
di  vi^ta. 

Lo  atesao  sari  osservato  ne'  Porti 
della  Sicilta  verso  i  legni  di  Tuoisi. 


Vlll.Sequalche  Legoo  Siciliano 
naufragasse  sulle  coste  de*  Dominj 
di  Sua  Altezza  il  Bey  di  Tunisi,  il 
Goveroatore  e  gli  abitanti  del  dis* 
tretto  tratteraooo  Icquippaggio 
coDOgoi  umaoiU,  edaranno  tutta 
lassisteoza che h  io loro  potere per 
salvare  il  legno  ed  il  carico,  e  fa- 
raoDo  i  maggiori  sforzi  per  imped  ire 
che  alcuoa  cosa  si  rubi.  La  me- 
desima  assisteoza  e  protezione  sara 
data  a'  legni  Tuoisini  che  potranoo 
naufragare  sulle  coste  di  Sua 
Maestd  il  Re  delle  2  Sicilie. 

'IX.  Accadeodo  qualche  dis- 
pata  tra  i  Sudditi  di  Sua  Maeslk 
Sicilianaioqualnoque  parte  de' Do- 
minj di  Sua  Altezza  ilBey,  ilCoo- 
sole  potrk  decidere  solla  quistiooe, 
seoza  I'iotervenzione  del  Magistra- 
te o  di  altra  autoritsL  del  luogo,  a 
meno  che  la  quistione  noo  avesae 
luogo  tra  un  Siciliano  ed  un  Afri- 
cano ;  in  questo  caso  il  Giudice  de- 
ciderd  in  presenza  del  Console. 

Lostesso  Console  ela  sua  gente 
non  potranno  essere  responsabili 
per  alcun     debitu    contratto   da 


dans  un  Port  de  la  dominatiuo  de 
Tunis,  ou  sous  ses  fortifications, 
11  sera  protege,  et  les  babitans 
ne  perraettront  point  qo*il  lui  soit 
fait  aucun  dommage  (injure). 

Et  si  un  Vaisseau  Sicilien  se 
trouvoit  avec  un  Vaisseau  enne- 
mi  dans  un  Port  Tunisien^et  qu'il 
desiroit  en  repartir  pour  pour- 
suivre  sa  course,  il  ne  sera  poist 
permis  k  son  ennemi  de  sortir  de 
ce  Port  avant  les  24  heures  qai 
auront  suivi  son  depart,  et  avant 
qu*il  ne  soit  hors  de  la  vue  du  Port 
La  m^me  chose  aura  lieu  4  1  egard 
des  Vaisseau X  Tunisiens  se  trou- 
vant  dans  un  Port  Sicilien. 

VI U.  Si  un  Vaisseau  Sicilien 
faisoit  naufrage  snr  les  cdtes 
de  Son  Altesse  le  Bey  de  Tu- 
nis, le  Gouvemeur  et  lea  babi* 
tans  du  district  trait»t>nt  I'^qiii- 
page  avec  toute  humanite,  et  leur 
pr^teroot  toute  assistance  possible 
pour  sauver  le  dit  Vaisseau  et  sa 
cargaisoD,  et  preudront  toutes  les 
mesures  pour  que  rieo  ne  soitpille. 
La  m^me  assistance  et  protection 
seront  donn^es  sL  tout  Vaisaeau  Tu- 
nisien  faisant  naufrage  sur  les  ctieM 
de  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  2  Siciles. 

IX.  Si  quelque  dispute  ou  con- 
troverse  s'elevoiententrelesSojets 
de  Sa  Majesty  Siciiienne  dans  le 
domaine  de  Son  Altesse  le  Bey  de 
Tunis,  le  Consul  pourra  la  juger, 
sans  qu'il  soit  permis  au  Maglstnit 
ouil'Autorit^  dnPaysd'y  intervenir 
d  moins  que  la  dispute  ne  se  soit 
^levee  entre  un  Sicilien  et  na 
Africain,  dans  lequel  caa  le  Jage 
duPays  prononcera  (decidera)en 
presence  do  Consul. 

Le  susdit  Consul  et  ses  Gens 
ne  seront  point  tenus  ^  payer  uiie 
dette  quelconque  contraclee  psr 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SICILY  AND  TUNIS. 


535 


Sadditi  Sicilian!,  a  meno  die  dod  si 
foflaero  resi  garanti  di  tale  respon- 
aabiltt4  con  ana  obbligaziono  per 
iscritto  munita  delta  loro  firma. 

X.  Nel  caso  di  morte  di  un  Sad- 
ditoSieilianone'  Dominj  di  Tunisi, 
i  sttoi  beui  e  proprieti  saranno 
consegnati  al  Console  di  Sicilia 
per  conto  degli  credi  del  morto. 

XI.  In  caao  di  dispota  che 
possa  nascere  da  ona  falira  inter- 
pretazione  di  alcano  de'  aaddetti 
Articoli,  il  presente  Trattato  non 
sard  rotto  in  conseguenza  di  cio ; 
ma  an  ponderato  e  maluro  esame 
sard  faito  della  caasa  di  tale  awe- 
nimento,  e  sard  data  un'  ampia 
soddisfazione  alia,  parte  offesa :  e 
ntnoa  ostilttd  potrd  essere  inco- 
minciata,  uh  la  guerra  dichiararsi 
dair  una  o  dall'  altra  parte,  fino  a 
cbe  non  sard  stato  conosciuto  iin« 
praticabile  di  ottenere  amichevoU 
mente  la  soddisfazione  per  Toi^sa. 

XIL  Essendo  altamente  neces- 
sario  Timpedire  qualanque  abuso 
de*  privilege  accordati  con  questo 
Trattato  alia  Bandiera  ed  al  com- 
mercio  di  Sicilia,  Saa  Maestd  il 
Re  delle  3  Sicilie  s'impegna  di 
prendere  le  mieiire  le  pid  efficaci 
per  iiapedire  siifatto  abaso,  coll' 
aecordarei  passaporti  a'  sooi  Sad* 
diti  sola  men  te>  sotto  il  saggello  e 
firma  del  Segretario  di  Stato  ;  ed 
essi  non  saranno  estesi  a'  Sndditi 
di  nessun  altro  Stato,  nd  servi- 
ranoo  di  nezzo  per  accordar 
lore  proteziooe.  Ed  ogni  legno 
mercantile  appartenente  a'  suoi 
Dominj  aaid  foroito  di  uno  di 
shsili  Passaporti. 


XIII.  Se    Sua    Maestd  il    Re 
delle    2  Sicilie   desiderasse    che 


des  SujetB  Siciliens,  d  moins  qu'ils 
ne  se  soient  engages  par  ^crit 
signe  par  eux,  d  telle  responsa- 
bilite. 

X.  Lorsqu'un  Sicilien  yiendra  d 
moarir  dans  le  domaine  de  Tunis, 
ses  biens  et  propriet^s  seront  livr^s 
au  Consul  de  Sicile,  pour  lecompte 
des  heritiers  du  deftint. 

XI.  S*il  survenoit  quelque  con- 
troverse  par  suite  d'ane  faasse  in- 
terpretation d  un  des  susdits  Arti- 
cles de  ce  Traite,  il  ne  sera  point 
pour  cela  considere  comme 
rompu ;  mais  une  recherche  exacte 
et  sage  sera  faite  sur  la  cause 
d'un  tel  ^venement,  et  une  satis- 
faction convenable  sera  donnee  d 
la  partie  les^e;  Ics  hostilites  ne 
commenceront  et  la  guerre  ne  sera 
d^clar^e  de  part  ou  d'antre,  que 
lorsqae  la  satisfaction  demand^e 
ne  pourra  ^tre  obtenue  par  la  voie 
de  conciliation. 

XIT.  Pour  prevenir  enfin  les 
abus  qui  pourroient  ^tre  faits  des 
privileges  accordes  par  ce  Traits 
au  Pavilion  et  au  Commerce  de  la 
Sicile,  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  des 
2  Siciles,  s'engage  par  le  pre- 
sent acte,  k  prendre  d  cet  effet  les 
mesures  les  plus  efficaces,  en  n'ac- 
cordant  des  Passeports  d  ses  pro- 
pres  Sujets,  que  sous  le  sceau  et  la 
signature  de  son  Secretaire  d'Etat; 
qu'ils  n'en  seront  delivr^s  d  des 
Sujets  d'une  Puissance  Etrang^re ; 
que  ces  derniers  ne  pourront  point 
s'en  servir  pour  reclamer  la  pro- 
tection accordee  anx  Sujets  Sici- 
liens ;  et  que  tout  Vaisseau  et  Bd- 
timent  marchand  appartenant  d 
son  domaine  sera  muni  d'  un  pco'eil 
Passeport. 

XUI.  Si  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des 
2  Siciles  d6siroit  que  le  Consul 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


536 


SICILY  AND  TUNI»* 


it  Coniole  Britaniiico  agisse  in 
qualiti  di  suo  Agente,  Sua  Al- 
tezza  il  Bey  di  Tunisi  acconsente 
a  tale  accomodameDto,  siiio  a  che 
non  sarit  inviato  un  Console  da 
Sicilia,  lo  che  debbe  esser  fatto 
tra  6  mesi. 

XIV.  Lord  Exmoiitb  s'im- 
pegna  per  parte  di  Sua  Maestd 
ii  Re  delle  2  Sicilie,  che  an  re- 
gala  consolare  di  10^000  piastre 
di  Spagna  sarsL  fatto  ogni  2  anni 
a  Sua  Altexza  il  Bey  dl  Tanisi, 
a  sieno  5,000  piastre  annual  mente, 
da  pagarsi  il  I  giorno  di  Gennajo 
di  ogni  anno.  11  primo  paga* 
men  to  sari  fatto  il  prioio  di  Gen- 
najo,  1817. 

XV.  Lord  Exmouth  s'impegna 
di  pid  per  parte  di  Sua  Maesta  il 
Re  delle  2  Sicilie, ^he  la  somma  dr 
300  piastre  di  Spagna  sara  pagata 
pel  riscatto  di  ogni  schiavo  Sici- 
liano  e  Napoletano  attualmente 
nel  Regno  di  Tunisi,  ^ulla  consi- 
derazione  che  sieno  immediata- 
mente  rilasciati  e  consegnati  a 
Lord  Exmouth. 

Fatto  in  Duplicate,  nel  Palazzo 
del  Barda  vicino  Tunisi,  in  pre- 
senza  di  Dio  Onnipotente,  il  di 
17  Aprile  dell'  anno  di  Gesd 
Cristo,  1816,  ed  il  lOdella  luna 
Yumed  Ovell,  deli'  anno  dell' 
Egira,  I3ai. 

[Suggello  del  Bet.] 

(L.S.)  EXMOUTH. 
Ammiraglioe  Commandanie 
inCapo  della  Squadra  di 
Sua  Maestd  Britannica 
nel  Mediierraneo,  auto* 
rizzato  ad  agire  come 
Mediatore  da  SuaAltezza 
Reaie  il  Principe  Res^^ 
genie  dinghilterra  e  da 
Sua  Maestd  il  Re  delle 
2  Sicilie. 


Britannique  agit  en  quality  de  sotfr 
Agent,  Son  Altesse  le  Bey  de  Tunis 
consent  k  cet  arrangement,  jusqu'd 
ce  qu'un  Consul  de  Sicile  y  soit 
envoy^,  ce  qui  toutefois  devra 
avoir  lieu  dans  Tespace  de  6  mois^ 

XIV.  Lord  Exmouth  s*engage, 
de  la  part  de  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi 
des 2  Siciles,  qu'un  Present  Con- 
sulaire  de  10,000  piastres  d'Es- 
pague  sera  fait  toos  lea  2  ana  &  Soa 
Altesse  le  Bey  de  Tunis,  ott  bien 
5,000  piastres  annuellemeni,  pay« 
ables  au  ler  Janvier  de  chaque  an- 
n^e.  Le  premier  payement  sera 
fait  au  ler  Janvier,  1817. 

XV.  Lord  Exmouth  aeogage 
en  outre,  de  la  part  de  Sa  Majesty 
le  Roi  des  2  Siciles,  que  Ja 
somme  de  300  piastres  d'Espagne 
soit  payee  pour  le  rachat  de  chaqae 
Sicilien  ou  Napolitain  presence* 
ment  en  esclavage  dans  Je  Roy- 
aume  de  Tunis,  sous  la  condition 
qu'ils  seront  imm^diatement  Hvrea 
i  Lord  Exmouth. 

Fait  en  double,  au  Palais  del 
Bardo  pr^  de  Tunis,  en  presence 
du  Dieu  Tout-Puissant,  le  17  Avril 
de  I'an  de  gr&ce,  1816,  et  da  Id 
de  la  Lune  Yumed  Ovell,  de  Tan 
del'Egire,  1231. 

[Sceau  du  Bey.] 

(L.S.)  EXMOUTH. 
Amiral  et  Commandant  en 
Chef  de  f&cadrm  de 
Sa  Majeste  Britamuque 
dans  la  Midiierranie, 
autorise  d^agir  comme 
Mediateur,  par  Son 
Altesse  Rogale  le  Prince 
Regent  d^Angleterre  et 
Sa  Majeste  le  R<d  des 
2  Siciles. 

■■'  ■■  Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


SICILY  AND  TUNIS.  537 

{%.)^TREATY  of  Peac^  between  SieUy  and   Tunis.^Signed  ai 
Bardo,  llth  Jprii,  1816.  (Translation.) 

In  the  Name  of  God  Almighty. 

TftEATV  of  Peace  between  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  2  Sicilies  and 
His  Most  Serene  Highness  Mahmond  Bashaw^  Chief  Bey  of  Tunis,  the 
well  guarded  City  and  the  abode  of  happiness,  made  and  concluded 
by  the  Right  Honourable  Edward  Baron  Exmouth,  Knight  Grand 
Cross  of  the  Most  Honourable  Military  Order  of  the  Bath,  Admiral  of 
the  Blue  Squadron  of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Fleet,  and  Commander- 
in-Chief  of  His  said  Majesty's  Ships  and  Vessels  in  the  Mediterranean, 
being  duly  authorized  by  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  2  Sicilies. 

A&T.  I.  It  is  hereby  agreed  and  concluded  between  the  Right 
Honourable  Baron  Exmouth  and  His  Highness  the  Bey  of  Tunis, 
that  from  this  day  there  shall  be  a  firm  and  inviolable  Peace  and 
Friendship  between  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  2  Sicilies  and  His 
Highness  the  Bey  of  Tunis,  and  their  respective  Subjects  and  Domi- 
nions ;  and  that  henceforward^  the  Vessels  of  both  Nations,  of  what* 
ever  description  they  may  be,  shall  be  permitted  to  navigate  freely 
wherever  they  may  think  proper,  they  being  provided  with  the  nsual 
Paasporta. 

IL  From  the  signing  of  the  present  Treaty,  a  free  commercial 
intercourse  shall  be  opened  between  both  Nations,  upon  reciprocal 
terms;  but  it  being  necessary  that  all  Ships  passing  from  the  Coast 
of  Barbary  to  that  of  Sicily  and  Naples  should  perform  Quarantine, 
certain  Ports  (where  Lazarettos  are  established)  shall  be  named  for 
the  admission  of  the  said  Ships  from  Tunis ;  and  it  is  further  agreed, 
that  a  Consul-General  shall  be  received  at  Tunis  from  His  Majesty  the 
King  of  the  2  Sicilies,  upon  the  same  footing,  and  treated  with  the 
same  respect,  as  the  Consuls  of  other  European  Nations,  for  the  regu- 
lation of  commercial  affairs,  and  shall  be  allowed  in  his  own  house 
the  free  exercise  of  his  Religion,  as  well  as  his  Servants  and  others 
who  may  wish  to  participate  therein. 

Sicilian  Vessels  arriving  at  Tunis  shall  comply  with  the  Quarantine 
Regulations  of  the  Port,  the  same  as  the  Vessels  of  other  Nations. 

III.  All  Ships  of  War  and  other  Vessels,  of  His  Majesty  the  King 
of  the  2  Sicilies  or  of  his  Subjects,  shall  be  permitted  to  enter,  depart 
from,  remain*  trade,  and  provide  themselves  with  such  necessary 
articles  as  they  may  stand  in  need  of,  in  the  Dominions  of  His  High- 
neaa  the  Bey  of  Tunis,  without  opposition,  on  conforming  to  the  general 
usages  of  the  Port  they  may  be  in ;  and  in  like  manner  shall  the 
Ships  of  War  and  Merchant  Vessels  of  Tunis  be  treated  in  the 
Ports  of  His  Sicilian  Majesty. 

IV.  No  Ship  of  War  or  Cruizer  of  either  Party  shall  take  a 
station  in  sight  of  any  particular  Port  in  each  other's  Dominions, 
with  the  ?iew  to  intercept  any  Bnemy ;  nor  shall  it  capture  or  take 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


538  SICILY  AND  TUNIS. 

aoy  Eaemy  s  Vessel  within  guo- shot  of  the  Coast  of  a  friendly  Power» 
or  attack  any  Ship  or  Vessel  laying  at  anchor  in  any  of  the  Bays 
within  gun  shot,  althoagh  there  may  not  be  any  battery  or  guns  to 
defend  it. 

V.  If  any  Tunisian  Ship  of  War  shall  meet  with  any  Merchant 
Ship  or  Vessel  belonging  to  the  Subjects  of  the  King  of  the  2 
Sicilies,  and  be  desirous  of  visiting  her,  it  may  be  done,  but  no  more 
than  2  Persons  shall  be  allowed  to  go  on  board  the  said  Vessel,  in 
order  to  examine  her  Papers  and  Passports.  The  same  practice  is  to  be 
observed  by  the  Ships  of  War  of  His  Sicilian  Majesty  towards  the 
Merchant  Vessels  of  Tunis. 

VL  No  Subject  of  His  said  Majesty,  l>eing  a  Passenger,  and  coming 
or  going  with  his  effects  from  or  to  any  Port,  shall  be  molested  in 
any  manner  or  seized,  although  he  be  on  board  a  Ship  or  Vessel  in 
enmity  with  Tunis;  and  in  like  manner  no  Tunisian  Passenger,  being 
on  board  any  Ship  or  Vessel  in  enmity  with  the  King  of  the  3  Sicilies, 
shall  be  in  any  way  molested,  whether  in  his  person  or  in  his  effects 
which  he  may  have  on  board  the  said  Ship  or  Vessel. 

VII.  If  any  Sicilian  Vessel,  chased  by  an  Enemy,  shall  take  belter 
in  any  Port  of  the  Dominions  of  Tunis,  or  under  its  Forts,  she  shall 
be  defended,  and  the  Inhabitants  shall  not  permit  .any  injury  to  be 
done  to  her ;  and  if  any  Sicilian  should  meet  a  Vessel,  her  Enemy, 
in  any  Port  of  Tunis,  and  she  should  wish  to  prosecute  her  voyage, 
the  Enemy's  Vessel  shall  not  be  permitted  to  get  under  weigh  until  24 
hours  after  the  departure  of  the  first,  and  until  she  is  out  of  sight  of 
the  Port :  the  same  practice  shall  be  observed  in  the  Ports  of  Sicily 
towards  the  Vessels  of  Tunis. 

Vin.  If  a  Sicilian  Vessel  shall  be  wrecked  upon  the  Coast  of  the 
Dominions  of  His  Highness  the  Bey  of  Tunis,  the  Governor  and  the 
Inhabitants  of  the  District  shall  treat  the  Crew  with  every  hamanity, 
and  shall  afford  all  assistance  in  their  power  to  save  the  said  Vessel 
with  her  Cargo,  and  use  their  utmost  endeavours  to  prevent  any  thing 
from  being  stolen  :  the  same  assistance  and  protection  shall  be  given 
to  any  Tunisian  Vessel  that  may  be  shipwrecked  on  the  Coasts  of  His 
Majesty  the  King  of  the  2  Sicilies. 

IX.  If  any  points  of  dispute  should  arise  between  the  Subjects  of 
His  Sicilian  Miyesty,  in  any  part  of  the  Dominions  of  His  Highness  the 
Bey,  the  Consul  shall  be  permitted  to  decide  the  question,  without  the 
interference  of  the  Magietrateor  other  Authority  of  the  Place,  unless 
such  dispute  should  have  arisen  between  a  Sicilian  and  an  Afiricao, 
in  which  case  the  Judge  of  the  Place  shall  decide,  in  the  presence 
of  the  Consul.  The  said  Consul  and  his  Suite  shall  not  be  made 
responsible  for  any  Debt  contracted  by  Sicilian  Subjects,  unless  they 
should  have  pledged  themselves  by  an  obligation  in  writing,  under 
ibfiir  signature,  to  such  responsibility. 

X.  Should  any  Sicilian  die  in  the  Dominions  of  Tunis,  his  goods 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SICILY  AND  TUNIS.  S39 

and  properly  shall  be  copsigned  to  the  Consal  of  Sicily,  on  behalf  of 
the  hein  of  the  deceased. 

XI.  Should  any  dispute  arise,  from  a  false  ioterpretation  of  any  of 
the  above  ArUcles  of  the  present  Treaty,  the  same  shall  not  be  con- 
sidered as  annulled  in  consequence  Uiereof ;  but  a  careful  and  de* 
liberate  inquiry  shall  be  made  into  the  circumstances  of  the  case,  and 
ample  satisfaction  shall  be  given  to  the  offended  Party  ;  and  no  Hos- 
tilities shall  commence  or  War  be  declared,  on  either  side,  until  it 
shall  have  been  found  impracticable  to  obtain  satisfaction  for  the 
offence  given,  in  an  amicable  manner. 

XII.  It  being  highly  necessary  to  prevent  any  improper  use  being 
made  of  the  privileges  granted  by  this  Treaty  to  the  Flag  and  Com- 
merce of  Sicily,  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  2  Sicilies  hereby 
engages,  to  take  the  most  effectual  means  for  preventing  such  abuse, 
by  not  granting  Passports  to  his  own  Subjects,  except  under  the  seal 
and  signature  of  his  Secretary  of  State ;  that  they  shall  not,  more- 
over, be  extended,  or  be  made  an  instrument  for  affording  protection, 
to  the  Subjects  of  any  other  State ;  and  that  every  Merchant  Ship 
or  Vessel  belonging  to  his  Dominions,  shall  be  provided  with  one  of 
these  Passports. 

XIII.  Should  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  2  Sicilies  be  desirous 
of  appointing  the  British  Consul  to  act  as  his  Agent,  His  Highness 
the  Bey  of  Tunis  consents  to  such  an  arrangement,  until  a  Consul 
shall  be  sent  from  Sicily,  which  is  to  be  done  in  6  months. 

XIV.  Lord  Exmouth  engages,  on  the  part  of  His  Majesty  the 
King  of  the  2  Sicilies,  that  a  Consular  present  of  10,000  Spanish 
dollars  shall  be  made  every  second  year  to  His  Highness  the  Bey  of 
Tunis,  or  5,000  Spanish  dollars,  annually,  to  be  paid  on  the  1st  day 
of  January  in  each  year :  the  first  payment  to  be  made  on  the  1st  day 
of  January,  1817. 

XV.  Lord  Exmouth  further  engages,  on  behalf  of  His  Majesty 
the  King  of  the  2  Sicilies,  that  the  sum  of  300  Spanish  dollars 
shall  be  paid  for  the  release  of  every  Sicilian  and  Neapolitan  Subject 
now  in  Slavery  ip  the  Kingdom  of  Tunis,  on  the  consideration  that  they 
shall  be  immediately  released  and  delivered  to  Lord  Exmouth. 

Done  in  Duplicate,  in  the  Palace  of  fiardo,  near  Tunis,  in  the  pre- 
sence of  Almighty  God,  the  17th  day  of  April,  in  the  year  of  Jesus 
Christ,  1816,  and  in  the  year  of  the  Hegira,  1231,  the  19th  day 
of  the  Moon  Jumed  Ouell, 

(Seal  of  the  Bev)  (L.S.)  EXMOUTH, 

Admiral  and  Commander'in'  Chief  of  the  SrUish  Squadron 

in  the  Mediterranean,  authorized  to  act  as  Mediator 

hf  Hie  Royai  Highness  the  Prince  Regent  ofJSngkmd, 

and  Hie  Majesty  the  King  of  the  2  Sicilies. 

(L.S.;  RICHARD  OGLANDER. 

Agent  and  Consul' General  of  His  Britannic  Majesty  to 
the  Bev  of  Twdsi  r^  ^  ^  ^1  ^ 

^    -^  Digitized  by  V^OOgle 


540 


SICILY  AND  TRIPOLI. 


{^.)^TEAITE de  Paix entre  le  Roides  2  SicUes  et  le  Bey  ie  Tripod 
Signe  d  TripoU,  le  29  Avril,  1816. 

(Traduction.*) 
In  Nome  di  Dio  Onrnpotente. 

Trattato  di  Pace  tra  Sua 
Maeati  il  Re  delle  2  Sicilie  e  Sua 
Altezza  Sidi  Jusef  CaramaDli, 
Bascii  Bey  della  Reggeuza  di 
Tripoli  e  sue  Dipendenze  iu 
Barbaria^  fatto  e  conchiuso 
dalPOnorevolissimo  Edoardo  Ba- 
rone  Exmoutfa,  Cavaliere  Gran- 
Croce  deirillustre  Ordioe  Militare 
del  Bagno,  Ammiraglio  della 
Squadra  Bleu  di  Sua  Maestk 
Britannica,  e  Commandante  iu 
Capo  i  Legnie  Vascelli  della  delta 
Maesti  Sua  nel  Mediterraneo, 
autorizzato  nelle  dovute  forme  da 
Sua  Maestd  il  Re  delle  2  Sicilie. 
Art.  L  Si  h  convenuto  e 
conchiuso  colla  presente  tra 
rOnorevolissimo  Edoardo  Barone 
Exmouth  e  Sua  Altezza  il  Bey  di 
Tripoli^  che  da  oggi  in  avanti  vi 
sard  una  ferma  ed  inviolabile 
pace  ed  amicizia  tra  Sua  Maestii 
it  Re  delle  2  Sicilie  e  Sua 
Altezza  il  Bey  di  Tripoli,  ed  i  di 
loro  rispettivi  Sudditi  e  Dooiinj ; 
e  che  da  oggi  innanzi  i  legni 
delle  3  Nazioni,  di  qualunque 
descrizione  si  fossero,  potranno 
liberamente  navigare  dovunque 
lor  convenga,  con  prendere  t 
soliti  Passaporti. 

II.  Subito  segnato  il  presente 
Trattato,  si  aprird  una  libera 
comunicazione  di  commercio  tra 
le  2  Nazioni  su  i  termini  reci- 
prochi.  Ma  essendo  necessario 
che  i  legni  provegnenti  dalla 
costa  di  Barbaria,  approdando  in 
quelle  di  Sicilia  e  di  Napoli,  vi 
facciano    quarantena,   si    desig- 


Aa  Nom  dn  Dien  Tout  1 

Traite  de  Pafx  fait  et  coDcla 
entre  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  2Si- 
ciles  et  SonAItesseStdi  JusefCt- 
reman li«  Basha  Bey  de  la  Regeoce 
de  Tripoli  et  ses  Depeodances  en 
Barbarie,  et  le  tr^  Honorabte 
Edouard  Baron  Exmouth,  Cbeva. 
lier  Grand-Croix  du  tr^  Honor- 
able Ordre  Milrtaire  do  Bain, 
Amiral  de  TEscadre  Bleue  de  la 
Marine  Royale  Angloise^  et  Com* 
mandant  en  Chef  de  tons  les  Vais- 
seaux  et  Bdtimens  de  Sa  Majesty 
Britannique  dans  la  M^diterrao^, 
dnment  autorise  par  Sa  Majeste  le 
Roi  des  2  Siciles. 

Art.  I.  II  estconvennetarrftte 
entre  le  tr^s  Honorable  Edouard 
Baron  Exmouth  et  Son  Altesse  le 
Bey  de  Tripoli,  qu'd  partir  de  cc 
jour  il  y  aura  paix  et  amitie 
ferme  et  inviolable  entre  Sa  Ma- 
jeste le  Roi  des  2  Siciles  et 
Son  Altesse  le  Bey  de  Tripoli,  et 
leurs  Etats  et  Sujets  respectifs,  et 
qu'd  compter  da  present,  toos  les 
Vaisseaux  des  2  Nations,  de 
quelque  rang  qu'ils  soient,  poor- 
rout  naviguer  libremeut  partoatod 
il  leur  plaira,  etant  munis  des 
Passeports  necessaires  k  ceteffet 

II.  Du  moment  de  la  signa- 
ture du  present  Traite,  oa 
commerce  libre  entre  les  9  Na- 
tions  sera  etabli  sur  des  bases 
r6ciproques.  Mais  comme  il  est 
necessaire  que  tons  les  Vaisseaox 
qui  passent  de  la  c6te  de  Barbarie 
d  celle  de  Sicile  et  de  Naples, 
subissent     la     quarantaine,    on 


*  See  Entfisk  Yenioo.    Ptoge  546. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


SICILY  ANI>  TRIPOLI. 


541 


nerauno  a  lal  uopo  akuni  Porti 
(qoando  non  vi  sieno  lazzeretti) 
per  rammeiaioDe  de'  navigli  dt 
THpoli;  e  nelio  stesao  mudo  i 
legni  Siciliani  approdando  a  Tri- 
poli, ai  uniformeranno  alle  leggi 
di  qaaraQtena  di  quel  Porto,  come 
si  practica  da  ogni  a  lira  Nazione. 

£'  coDvenuto  inoltre  che  si 
riceveti  in  Tripoli  un  Console 
Generale  di  Soa  Maesti  il  Re 
delle  2  Sicilie,  che  sard 
trattato  aalJo  atesao  piede  e  col 
medesmo  rispetto  che  i  Consoli 
delle  altre  Nazioni  fiuropee, 
peixb^  poaaa  regolare  gli  affari 
del  commercio.  Egli  avrii  la 
facoltk  di  apiegare  la  Bandiera 
Nazionale  nella  caaa  conaolare,  e 
di  godere  del  libero  eaercizio 
della  aaa  Teligione,  come  oe  go- 
dranno  i  auoi  domestici  ed  altri 
cbe  desideraano  di  esercitarla. 

III.  Sari  permeaao  a  tntti  i 
Legal  da  Guerra  e  Mercautilt  di 
Saa  Maetxk  il  Re  delle  2  Sicilie  e 
noi  Sadditif  di  entrare,  partire, 
dimorare,  trafficare  e  provvederai 
del  biaogoevolene'  Domioj  di  Saa 
Altezsa  il  Bey  di  Tripoli,  senza 
oppoaizione  TeruDa,  cooformandoai 
die  naaoze  geoerali  del  Porto 
ia  cai  ai  trovano.  £  nello 
iteno  modo  aaranno  trattati  i 
Legal  da  Gaerra  e  Mercantili  di 
Tripoli  ne'  Porti  di  Sua  Maeati 
Siciliana,  che  aaranno  indicati 
come  sopnu 

IV.  Nesaan  Legno  da  Gaerra  o 
Conale  delP  una  o  dell'  altra 
Potenza  potdi  preodere  atazione 
dentro  o  alia  Yiata  di  alcun  Porto 
deirnoo   0  deiraltro  Suto    ad 


designera  quelquea  Porta  (oi\  ae 
rrouTent  ^tablia  dea  h6pitauz) 
poor  I'adraiaaion  dea  aaadita 
Vaisseaax  venaiit  de  Tripoli.  Lea 
Vaiaaeatix  Siciliena  qui  voot  i 
Tripoli  ae  conformeront  anx  re- 
glemena  aanitairea  6tablia  dana  la 
Port,  ainai  que  le  font  lea  Vais- 
aeaux  dea  autrea  Nationa. 

II  eat  en  outre  conveno  qu  on 
Conaul  G^ndral  de  Sa  Majeate 
le  Roi  dea  2  Sicilea  aera  admia 
i  Tripoli,  aur  le  mdme  pied,  et 
(raite  avec  lea  m^mea  egarda  que 
aont  traitea  lea  Conaulsdea  autrea 
Puiaaancea  de  TEorope,  poor 
r^gler  lea  affairea  de  commerce ; 
II  aura  la  faculte  d*arborer  le 
Pavilion  National  aur  aon  h6tel, 
et  il  lui  aera  accorde  le  libre 
exercice  de  aa  religion,  tant  pour 
lui  que  pour  sea  Dome8tique8,et 
pour  toua  ceux  qui  deaireront  y 
participer. 

III.  II  sera  permia  d  toua  lea 
Vaiaaeaux  de  Guerre  et  Vaiaaeaux 
Marchands,  appartenans  d  Sa 
Majesty  le  Roi  dea  2  Sicilea^  ou  k 
aea  Sujet8,d'entrer,  desortir,  de  res. 
ter,  de  commercer  et  de  se  pourvoir 
de  tout  ce  dont  ils  auroient  beaoin, 
danalea  Etata  de  Sou  Alteaae  le  Bey 
de  Tripoli,  sana  opposition,  en  ae 
conformant  toutefoia  aux  usagea 
^tablia  dans  le  Port  oili  ilase  trouve- 
ront.  De  la  m^me  manifere  aeront 
traitea  dana  lea  Porta  de  Sa 
Majeate  le  Roi  dea  2  Sicilea,  lea 
Vaisaeaux  de  Guerre  et  lea 
Vaiaaeaux  Marchanda'  Tripollena. 

IV.  Aucun  Vaiaaeaude  Guerre 
ni  Coraaire  de  Tune  on  de  lautre 
Puisaance>  ne  poarra  stationner 
dana  le  Port  ou  en  Tue  d'aucun  Port 
de  Tune  on  de  Tautre  Puisaance. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


542 


SICILY  AND  TRIPOLI. 


oggetto  d'iiitercettare  il  loro 
nemico ;  uh  polranno  far  prede 
alia  portata  di  un  tiro  di  cannone 
dellaCoata  di  una  Potenza  amicai 
n^  attaccare  alcun  legno  ch«  si 
trovi  all'ancora  in  alcuna  rada  a 
tiro  di  cannoae,  quaiitunque  non 
vi  sieno  batterie  o  cannoni  che 
possaDO  difenderla. 

V.  Sequalche  Legno  da  Guerra 
Tripolino  s'iucontreri  con  alcun 
I«egno  Mercantile  appartenente  a* 
Sudditi  di  Sua  Maesti  il  Re  delie 
2  Sicilie,  e  che  voglia  visitarlo^ 
potri  cio  fare;  ma  non  piu  che 
2  persone  potranno  andare  a 
bordo  del  medesimoperesaminare 
le  Carte  ed  i  Pasaaporti. 

Lo  stesso  si  osserverd  dalla  parte 
de'  Legni  da  Guerra  di  Sua  Maestk 
Siciliana  Yerso  i  Legni  Mercantili 
di  Tripoli. 

VI.  Non  si  recherit  molestia,  n^ 
si  domanderd  conto  de'  suoi  affari 
a  verun  Suddito  di  Sua  Maesta 
Siciliana^  il  quale  da  Paaseggiero 
e  col  stto  bagaglio  vada  da  un 
Porto  air  altro,  quantunquo  si 
trovi  a  bordo  di  qq  Legno  nemico 
di    Tripoli. 

Ed  egualmente  il  Passeg« 
giero  Tripolino,  trovandosi  a 
bordo  di  un  Legno  aemico  del  Re 
delle  2  Sicilie,  sari  esente  da 
ogni  noleatia,  sia  riguardo  alia 
sua  persona,  sia  riguardo  al  sno 
bagaglio  esiateiiie  nel  detto  legno. 

Vir.  Se  alcun  Vascello  Sicili- 
OAo  inseguito  dal  neoMco  lerri  a 
rtfuggirei  ne'  Porti  o  sotto  le  fort- 
ezze  del  dominio  Tripolino,  sariL 
difeso,  e  gli  abitantt  noK  peraiet. 


dans  I'intention  de  capturer  nn 
Vaisseau  ennemi;  ni  ne  pourra 
s'cn  emparer  tant  que  le  dit 
Vaisseau  se  troave  sous  la  portee 
du  canon  de  la  cote  d'nne 
Puissance  amie,  ni  attaqoer  ud 
Vaisseau  qui  auroit  jete  I'aocre 
dans  une  rade  i  portee  du  canon* 
quand  me  me  il  n'y  auroit  ni  bat- 
terie ou  canons  pour  la  defendre. 

V.  Lorsqu'un  Vaisseau  de 
Guerre  Tripolien  rencontrera  «n 
BdtimeniMarchand  appartenanti 
des  Sujeta  de  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi 
des  2  Siciles,  et  qu'il  voudra  le 
?i«iter,  il  pourra  le  faire ;  maia  2 
pertonnes  sealement  se  rendronC 
4  bord  du  dit  bfttiment  poor  ex- 
aminer ses  Lettres  de  Mer  et  ses 
Pasaeports.  La  m^oie  choae  sera 
observe  par  les  Vaisaeaux  de 
Guerre  de  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  des 
2  Siciles  envers  les  B&tiraens 
Marebaada  Tripoliens^ 

VI.  AaeuB  Paasager,  Sojet  de 
sa  susdite  Majeste,  Tenant  on  ae 
rendant  avec  ses  efllets  dun  Port 
d  un  autre,  ne  pourra  6tre  molest^ 
en  aucunemani^re,  ni  interroge  sur 
ses  affaires,  quand  m^meil  setrou* 
▼eroit kbord  d'unVaisseau  en  guerre 
avec  Tripoli.  De  mdme  aucan 
Passager,  Sujet  de  Son  Altease  le 
Bey  de  Tripoli,  qui  se  trouveroit  4 
bord  d*un  Vaisseau  en  Guerre 
ayee  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des 
2  Sfcllea;,  ne  pourra  4tre  mo- 
leste,  ni  pour  sa  penonne  ni  poor 
les  effels  qull  auroit  i  bord  da 
Vaisseau. 

VII.  Si  un  Viusseau  Sicilien 
poursuifi  par  Pennemi,  se  refugiott 
dans  UB  Port  de  la  domination  de 
Tripoli,  ou  sous  ses  forti6cations, 
il  sera  prot6g6,  et  les    habitans 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SICILY  AND  TRIPOLI, 


543 


teranno  che  aia  molcstato. 

E  M  UD  legnoSiciHano  si  troveid 
insieme  cod  un  legno  nemicu  ia  un 
Porto  di  Tripoli  e  voglia  parfire, 
DOD  si  permetierii  al  legno  nemico 
di  salpar  Taocora  se  noa  34 
ore  dopo  la  partes za  del  primo, 
e  dopoch^  BAfk  fuori  di  vista. 


Lo  stesao  si  pratichera  ne'  porti 
delle  2  Sicilie  riguardo  a'  legiii 
Tripolini. 

YIII.  Sa  qualche  legDo  Sicili- 
aao  fua  uaafragio  sulle  coste  de' 
dominj  di  Sua  Altezza  il  Bey  di 
Tripoli,  i]  GkiTematore  ed  abitanti 
del  distretto  tralteraono  Teqaipag- 
gio  con  tutta  ramanitd;  gli  pres- 
teranno  ogni  assistenza  in  lor 
potere  per  saUare  il  naviglio  ed  il 
carico;  eduseranno  ogui  Tigilaoza 
perchd  nulla  Tenga  involato. 

La  medesima  assisteuza  e  pro- 
tezione  si  dari  a*  legni  Tripoliai  in 
circostanze  uguali  sulle  coste 
delle  S  Sicilie. 

IX.  Se  insorgerd  qoalche  dis* 
pota  tra  i  Sudditi  di  Sua  Macsti 
Siciliana  in  qualunque  luogo  de' 
doninj  di  Sua  Altezza  il  Bey, 
aaripermesso  al  di  loro  Console  di 
decidere  la  questione  senza  I'in- 
gerenza  del  Magistrato  o  di  altra 
Aatoriti  del  luogo ;  a  meoo  cbe 
la  questione  noo  abbia  avuto 
origine  tra  un  Siciliano  ed  un 
Africano,  nel  qual  caso  il  Giudice 
ciedderii  in  presenza  del  Console* 

Ni  il  Console  n^  la  sua  gente  sark 
tfspoosabile  de'  debiti  contratti  da 
akan    Suddito   Siciliano^    tolto 


ne  perroettront  point  qu'il  Ini  soit 
fait  aucune  molestation. 

Et  si  un  Vaisseau  Sicilien  se 
trouvoit  avec  un  Vaisseau  ennemi 
dans  un  Port  Tripolien,  et  quMl 
d^siroit  en  repartir  pour  ponr« 
suivre  sa  course,  il  ne  sera 
point  permis  h  son  ennemi  de  sortir 
de  ce  Port  avant  les  24  benres  qui 
auront  suivi  son  depart,  et  avant 
qu*il  ne  soit  hors  de  la  vue  du 
Port.  La  m^me  chose  aura  lieu  )i 
legard  des  Vaisseau  x  Tripoliens 
se  trouvant  dans  un  Port  des  2 
Siciles. 

Vill.  Si  un  Vaisseau  Sicilien 
faisoit  naufrage  snr  les  c6tes  de 
Son  Altesse  le  Bey  de  Tripoli,  le 
Gourerneur  et  les  habitans  du 
district  traiteront  lequipage  avec 
toate  humanity,  et  leur  pr^teront 
toute  assistance  po«ible  pour 
sauver  le  dit  Vaiaseaa  et  sa  car- 
gaison,  et  prendront  toutes  lea 
mesures  pour  que  rien  ne  soit  pille. 

La  m^me  assistance  et  pro- 
tection seront  donnto  k  tout 
VaisseauTripolien  faisantnanfrage 
sur  les  cdtes  des  9  Siciles. 

IX.  Si  quelques  disputes  s  6le- 
▼oient  entre  les  SujeU  de  Sa 
Majeste  Sicilienne  dans  le  do* 
malne  de  Son  Altesse  le  Bey  de 
Tripoli,  le  Consul  pourra  les  juger 
sans  qu'il  soit  permis  au  Magistrat 
ou  A  TAutorit^  du  Pays  d  y  inter- 
venir;  k  moins  que  la  dispute  ne 
se  soit  ^lev^e  entre  un  Sicilien  et 
un  Afrieain,  dans  lequel  cas  le 
Juge  du  Pays  prononcera  (d^ci- 
dera)  en  prince  du  Consul. 

Le  susdit  Consul  et  ses  Gena 
ne  seront  point  responsables  pour 
une  dette  queleonque  contractee 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


544 


SICILY  AND  TRIPOLI. 


die  non  siensi  rest  mallevadori  con 
una  obbligaztone  in  iscrittoe  sotto 
la  loro  firma. 

X*  Morendo  un  Siciliano  ne' 
Dominj  di  Tripoli^  i  di  lai  bente 
proprtetd  aaranno  conaegnati  a) 
Coosoie  di  Sicilia,  in  favore  degli 
eredi  del  defunto. 

XI.  Se  per  i|ua1che  mal  inteao 
cbe  possa  aver  luogo  nella  costm- 
ziooe  di  questi  Articoli  naaceii 
qualche  dissenzioue,  non  percid 
s'intenderd  rotto  il  presente  TraU 
tato ;  ma  ai  fara  un  posato  e  dili« 
gente  esame  della  cagione  di  un 
tale  avvenimento^  e  si  darii  ampia 
aoddiafazione  alia  parte  offeinu 
N^  id  cominceranno  le  ostilitd,  n^ 
ti  dichiarera  la  guerra  dalP  una  o 
I'altra  parte,  6nch^  non  si  troYi 
impracticabile  di  otlenere  soddis- 
fazione  amichevolmente. 

XII.  Essendo  altamente  neces- 
sario  d'impedire  che  si  faccia  abuso 
de'  privilegj  accordati  con  queato 
Trattato  alia  Bandiera  e  commer- 
cio  delie  Sicilie,  Sua  Maesta  s'im- 
pegna  colla  presente  di  usare  i  p\^ 
efficaci  aiezzi  per  impedire  un  tale 
abuso,  non  accordando  Passaporti 
ad  altri  che  a'  proprj  suoi  Sudditi 
muniti  della  firma  e  sigillo  del 
Segretario  di  Stato,  e  non  permet- 
teodo  che  questi  serrano  dMstru- 
mento  per  favorire  o  proteggere  i 
Sudditi  di  un  altro  Stafo. 

Qualunque  legno  mercantile  ap- 
partenente  a'  suoi  Dominj  dovr&  es« 
serproYvedntodiuntal  Passaporto. 

Fatto  in  Duplicate,  nel  Palazzo 
di  Tripoli,  in  presenza  di  Dio  On- 
nipotente,  nel  giomo  29  di  Aprile 
deiranno  di  Ges^  Cristo,  1816, 


par  des  Sujets  Siciliena*  k  moinf 
qu'ils  ne  se  aoient  engages  par  ecrit 
sign^  par  eax,  d  telle  respoosabilile. 
X«  Lorsqu'un  Sicilien  viendra  i 
mourir  dans  le  domaine  de  Tripoli, 
sea  biens  et  propri^t^  aeront  livies 
au  Consul  de  Sictle,  pour  le 
compte  des  heritiers  dn  d^fnut 

XI.  S'il  survenoit  quelque  con- 
troverse  par  suite  d  une  fausse  in- 
terpretation d'un  des  Articles  sns- 
dits  de  ce  Traite,  il  ne  sera  point 
pour  cela  consid^re  corame  rompu ; 
mais  une  recherche  exacte  et  sage 
sera  faite  sur  la  cause  d'un  tel 
6v^neroent,  et  une  satisfaction 
convenable  sera  donnee  i  la  par- 
tie  Ies6>.  Les  hostilit^s  ne  com- 
menceront  et  la  guerre  ne  sera 
d^clar^  de  part  ou  d'aotre,  que 
lorsque  la  satisfaction  demand^  ne 
pourra  6tre  amicalement  obtenue. 

XII.  Pour  pr^venir  enfin  les 
abus  qui  pourroieot  ^tre  faits  des 
priYil^fes  accordes  par  ce  Traite 
an  Pavilion  et  au  Commerce  Sici- 
liens,  Sa  Majeste  Sicilienne  s*en- 
gage  par  le  present  Acte,  k  prendre 
d  cet  effet  le»  m^urea  les  plus 
efficaces,  que  des  Passeports  ne 
seront  accord^  d  ses  propres  Su- 
jets que  sous  le  sceao  et  la  sig- 
nature de  son  Secretaire  d'Etat ; 
qu'il  ne  sera  permis  que  ces  Passe- 
ports serventd'iAstrumenspoar  &- 
voriser  ou  proteger  les  Sujets  d'on 
autre  Etat;  et  que  tout  Vaissean 
et  Bdtiment  Marchand  apparte- 
nant  It  son  domaine  sera  man! 
d'un  pareil  Passeport 

Fait  en  double,  au  Palais  de 
Tripoli,  en  pr^encedu  Dieu  Tont- 
Puissant,  le  29  Avril,  1816,  de 
]%re    Chr^tienne,  et    de  PEgire. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SICILY  AND  TRIPOLI. 


545 


edellEgira  1231,  il  gioriio    30 

della  Luna  Jumed  Ovell. 

[Suggello  de]  Bey.] 

(L.S.)  EXMOUTH. 

Ammiraglh  e  Comman- 
dante  in  Capo  della 
Squadra  di  Sua  Maesid 
Briiannica  nel  Mediter* 
raneo,  auiorizzato  ad 
agire  come  Mediatore  da 
Sua  AUezza  Reale  il 
Principe  Reggente  d^  In* 
ghiiterra,  eda  Sua  Maes* 
td  il  Re  delle  2  Sicilie, 


1231,  le  30^me  jour  dt  la  Luae 

Jumed  Ovell. 

[Sceau  du  Bey.] 

(L.S.)  EXMOUTH,     ' 

Amiral  et  Commandant  en 
Chef  de  I'Escadre  de 
SaMqfeste  Briiannique 
dans  la  Mediierranee, 
autorise  dtagir  en  qualiU 
de  Mediateur  par  Son 
AUesse  Royale  le  Prince 
Regent  d* An^leterre^  et 
Sa  Majeste  le  Rot  dis 
Deux*  Sidles. 


Articoli  Addizionalu 
Art,  1.  Lord  Exmouth  pro- 
met  te  col  la  presente  per  parte  di 
Sua  Maesti  Siciliana,  che  una 
gommadidOyOOO  piastre  di  Spagna 
sari  pagata  a  Sua  AUezza  il  Bey 
di  Tripoli  il  1  di  Gennajo  1817,  io 
pieoo  ed  adeguato  compenso  di 
tutti  gli  Schiavi  Napolitani  a  Si- 
ciliani  che  oggi  si  ^  couvenuto  di 
rilasciare  a  Milord  Exmouth,  in 
Dome  del  Re  delle  2  Sicilie. 

II.  Lord  Exmouth  promette 
ancora  per  parte  di  Sua  Maesti 
Siciliaoa,  che  QeH'istallarsi  il  Con- 
sole, venga  pagata  a  Sua  Altezza  il 
Bey  di  Tripoli,  la  somma  di  4,000 
piastre,  e  che  lo  stesso  regalo 
coosolare  di  4.000  piastre  di 
Spagna  venga  rinnovato  per  ogni 
Successore  al  detto  Console. 

Fatto  nel  Palazzo  di  Tripoli, 
il  29  di  Aprile    1816,  nell'  anno 
delP  Egira  1231. 
[Suggello  del  Bey.] 

rL.S.)  EXMOUTH. 
AmmirctgUo  e  Commandante  in 
Capo,  ec  fc. 
[181&— 16]  2  N 


Articles  Additionnels. 

Art.  I.  Lord  Exmouth  promet 
par  la  presente,  de  la  part 
de  Sa  Majeste  Sicilienne,  qu'une 
somme  de  50,000  piastres  d'Es- 
pagne  sera  payee  4  Son  Al- 
tesse  le  Bey  de  Tripoli  le  ler 
Janvier  1817,  d  titre  de  retribu- 
tion pour  tous  les  Esclaves  Sici- 
liens  et  Napolitains  que  Ton  est 
convenu  aujourd'hui  de  livrer  k 
lx>rd  Exmouth,  au  nom  de  Sa 
Majeste  le  Roi  des  2  Siciles. 

I(.  Lord  Exmouth  promet  ega- 
lement,  de  la  part  de  Sa  Majeste 
Sicilienne,  que  lors  del'Installation 
d'un  Consul  il  sera  paye  k  Son 
Altesse  le  Bey  de  Tripoli,  la 
somme  de  4,000  piastres  d'Es- 
pagne,  etqu'un  pareil  Present  Con- 
sulaire  de4,000  piastres  d*£Ispagne 
lui  sera  pay^  k  chaque  Installa- 
tion d*un  nouveau  Consul. 

Fait  au  Palais  de  Tripoli,  le  29 
Avfil,  1816,  et  de  Pan  de  TEgire 
1231. 
[Sceau  du  Bey,] 

(L.S.)  EXMOUTH, 

Amiral    et    Commandant  en 
Chef,  Sfc.  Sfc. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


546  SICILY  AND  TRIPOLI. 

IS,)^TREATY  of  Peace  betueen  Sicify  €md  TripoiL^Signed  mt 
TripoU,  29rA  April,  1816.  (Translalion.) 

In  the  Name  of  God  Almi^tj. 

Treaty  of  Peace  between  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  2  Sicilies 
and  His  Highness  Sidi  Jusef  Caramanliy  Bashaw  Bej  of  the  Regency  of 
Tripoli  and  its  Dependencies  in  Barbary,  made  and  concluded  by  the 
Right  Honourable  Edward  Baron  Ezmouth*  Knight  Grand  Cross  of 
the  Most  Honourable  Military  Order  of  the  Bath»  Admiral  of  the 
Blue  Squadron  of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Fleet,  and  Commander-in* 
Chief  of  His  said  Majesty's  Ships  and  Vessels  in  the  Mediterranean, 
being  duly  authorized  by  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  S  Sicilies. 

Art.  I.  It  is  hereby  agreed  and  concluded  between  the  Right 
Honourable  Edward  Baron  Exmouth  and  His  Highness  the  Bey  of 
Tripoli,  that  from  this  day  there  shall  be  a  firm  and  inviolable  Peace 
and  Friendship  between  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  2  Sicilies  and  His 
Highness  the  Bey  of  Tripoli,  and  their  respective  Subjects  and  Domin- 
ions, and  that  henceforward  the  Vessels  of  both  Nations,  of  whatever 
description  they  may  be,  shall  be  permitted  to  navigate  freely  wherever 
they  may  think  proper,  they  being  provided  with  the  usual  Passports. 

II.  From  the  signing  of  the  present  Treaty,  a  free  Commercial 
Intercourse  shall  be  opened  between  both  Nations  upon  reciprocal 
terms.  But  it  being  necessary  that  all  Ships  passing  from  the  Coast 
of  Barbary  to  that  of  Sicily  and  Naples,  should  perform  Quarantine, 
certain  Ports  (where  Lazarettos  are  established)  shall  be  named  for  the 
admission  of  the  said  Ships  from  Tripoli.  Sicilian  Vessels  arriving  at 
Tripoli,  shall  comply  with  the  Quarantine  Regulations  of  the  Port, 
the  same  as  the  Vessels  of  other  Nations. 

It  is  further  agreed,  that  a  Consul-General  shall  be  received  at 
Tripoli,  from  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  2  Sicilies,  upon  the  same 
footing  and  treated  with  the  same  respect,  as  the  Consuls  of  other 
European  Nations, for  the  regulation  of  Commercial  Affairs,  and  shall 
be  allowed  to  hoist  the  National  Flag  upon  his  house ;  and  the  free 
exercise  of  his  religion  shall  be  permitted,  for  himself,  his  servant^ 
_and  all  others  who  may  wish  to  participate  therein. 

III.  All  Ships  of  War  and  other  Vessels  belonging  to  His  Majesty 
the  King  of  the  2  Sicilies  or  to  his  Subjects,  shall  be  permitted  to  enter, 
depart  from,  remain,  trade,  and  provide  themselves  with  such  neces- 
sary  articles  as  they  may  stand  in  need  of,  in  the  Dominions  of  His 
Highness  the  Bey  of  Tripoli,  without  opposition,  on  conforming  to  the 
general  usages  of  the  Port  they  may  be  in;  and  in  like  manner  shall 
the  Ships  of  War  and  Merchant  Vessels  of  Tripoli  be  treated  in  the 
Ports  of  His  Sicilian  Majesty. 

IV.  No  Ship  of  War  or  Cruizer  of  either  Party  shall  station  itself 
in,  or  in  sight  of  any  particular  Port  of  the  other's  Dominions,  with 
the  view  to  intercept  an  Enemy  ;  nor  shall  it  capture  or  take  any 
Enemy's  Vessel  within  gun  shot  of  the  Coast  of  a  friendly  Power,  or 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SICILY  AND  TRIPOLI.  547 

attack  aoy  Ship  or  VeMel  lying  at  anchor  in  any  Roadstead  within 
gun  shot,  although  there  oiay  not  be  any  Battery  or  Guns  to  de- 
fend it. 

V.  If  any  Tripolitan  Ship  of  War  shall  meet  with  any  Merchant 
Vessel  belonging  to  the  Subjects  of  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  2 
Sicilies,  and  should  be  desirous  of  yisiting  her,  it  may  be  done ;  but 
no  more  than  3  Persons  shall  be  allowed  to  go  on  board  the  said 
Vessel,  in  order  to  examine  her  Papers  and  Passports.  The  same 
practice  shall  be  observed  by  the  Ships  of  War  of  His  Sicilian  Majesty 
towards  the  Merchant  Vessels  of  Tripoli. 

VI.  No  Subject  of  His  said  Majesty,  being  a  Passenger,  and 
coming  or  going  with  his  effects  from  one  Port  to  another,  shall  be 
molested,  or  interrogated  respecting  his  affairs,  although  he  may  be 
on  board  a  Vessel  in  enmity  with  Tripoli ;  and  in  like  manner  no  Tri- 
politan Passenger,  being  on  board  any  Ship  or  Vessel  in  enmity  with 
the  King  of  the  2  Sicilies,  shall  be  in  any  way  molested,  whether  in 
his  person  or  in  his  effects  which  he  may  have  on  board  such  Vessel. 

VII.  If  any  Sicilian  Vessel,  chased  by  an  Enemy,  shall  take 
shelter  in  any  Port  of  the  Dominions  of  Tripoli,  or  under  its  Forts,  she 
shall  be  defended,  and  the  Inhabitants  shall  not  suffer  her  to  be  mo- 
lested ;  and  if  any  Sicilian  Vessel  should  meet  a  Vessel,  her  Enemy, 
in  any  Port  of  Tripoli,  and  she  should  wish  to  prosecute  her  voyage, 
the  Enemy's  Vessel  shall  not  be  permitted  to  get  under  weigh  until 
24  hours  after  the  departure  of  the  6r8t,  and  until  she  is  out  of  sight  of 
the  Port:  the  same  practice  shall  be  observed  in  the  Ports  of  the  2 
Sicilies  towards  the  Vessels  of  Tripoli. 

Vin.  If  any  Sicilian  Vessel  shall  be  wrecked  on  the  Coast  of  the 
Doflunions  of  His  Highness  the  Bey  of  Tripoli,  the  Governor  and  the 
Inhabitants  of  the  District  shall  treat  the  Crew  with  every  humanity, 
and  shall  afford  all  the  assistance  in  their  power  to  save  the  said 
Vessel  and  her  Cargo,  and  use  their  utmost  efforts  to  prevent  any 
thing  from  being  stolen :  the  same  assistance  and  protection  shall  be 
given  to  any  Tripolitan  Vessel  that  may  be  shipwrecked  on  the  Coasts 
of  the  2  Sicilies. 

IX.  If  any  points  of  dispute  should  arise  between  the  Subjects  of 
His  Sicilian  Majesty,  in  any  part  of  the  Dominions  of  His  Highness 
the  Bey  of  Tripoli,  the  Consul  shall  be  permitted  to  decide  the  question, 
without  the  interference  of  the  Magistrate  or  other  Authority  of  the 
FhcB,  unless  such  dispute  should  have  arisen  between  a  Sicilian  and 
an  African,  in  which  case  the  Judge  of  the  Place  shall  decide,  in  the 
presence  of  the  Consul. 

The  said  Consul  and  his  Suite  ^all  not  be  made  responsible 
for  any  Debt  contracted  by  Sicilian  Subjects,  unless  they  should  have 
pledged  themselves  by  an  obligation  in  writing,  under  their  signatures, 
to  such  responsibility. 

2  N2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


548  SICILY  AND  TRIPOLI. 

X.  Shoald  any  Sicilian  die  in  Ihe  Dominions  of  Tripoli,  bis  goods 
and  property  shall  be  consigned  to  tbe  Consul  of  Sicily,  on  bebalf  of 
the  heirs  of  tbe  deceased. 

XL  Should  any  dispute  arise  from  a  false  interpretation  of  any  of 
the  above  Articles  of  the  present  Treaty,  the  same  shall  not  in  coq« 
sequence,  be  considered  as  annulled ;  but  a  careful  and  deliberate  en- 
quiry shall  be  made  into  the  circumstances  of  the  case,  and  ample 
satisfaction  shall  be  given  to  the  offended  Party;  and  no  hostilities 
shall  commence  or  War  be  declared  on  either  side,  until  it  shall  have 
been  found  impracticable  to  obtain  satisfaction  for  any  offence  given, 
in  an  amicable  manner. 

XI f.  It  being  highly  necessary  to  prevent  any  improper  use  being 
made  of  the  privileges  granted  by  this  Treaty  to  the  Flag  and  Com- 
merce of  Sicily,  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  2  Sicilies  hereby  en. 
gages,  to  take  the  most  effectual  means  for  preventing  any  such  abuse, 
by  not  granting  Passports  to  his  own  Subjects,  except  under  the  seal 
and  signature  of  his  Secretary  of  State ;  that  they  shall  not,  moreover, 
be  extended,  or  be  made  an  instrument  for  affording  protection,  to  the 
Subjects  of  any  other  State ;  and  that  every  Merchant  Ship  or  Vessel 
belonging  to  his  Dominions,  shall  be  provided  with  one  of  these 
Passports. 

Done  in  Duplicate,  in  the  Palace  of  Tripoli,  in  the  presence  of 
Almighty  God,  the  29th  of  April,  of  the  Christian  Era,  1816,  and  of  tbe 
year  of  the  Hegira  1231,  the  30th  day  of  the  Moon  Jumed  Ovell. 
(The  Bey's  Seal.)  (L.S.)  EXMOUTH. 

Admiral  and  Commander-in-Chief  of  the   British  Squadron  in  ihe  . 
Mediterranean,  authorized  to  act  as  Mediator  by  H.  R.  H.  the  Prince 
Regefit  of  Great  Britain,  and  His  Mqfesty  ihe  King  of  the  2  Sicilies, 

Additional  Articles, 

Art.  I.  Lord  Exmouth  hereby  engages,  on  the  part  of  the  King 
of  the  2  Sicilies,  to  pay  to  His  Highness  the  Bey  of  Tripoli  the  sum 
of  50,000  Spanish  dollars  on  the  1st  January,  1817,  in  full  and  ade- 
quate compensation  for  all  the  Neapolitan  and  Sicilian  Slaves  who  are 
to  be  delivered  up  to  Lord  Exmonth,  in  the  name  of  tlie  King  of  the 
2  Sicilies. 

I  f .  Lord  Exmouth  also  engages  on  the  part  of  His  Sicilian  Ma- 
jesty, that  the  sum  of  4,000  Spanish  dollars  shall  be  paid  to  His  High- 
ness the  Bey  of  Tripoli,  upon  the  installation  of  a  Consul ;  and  that 
a  similar  Consular  Present  of  4,000  Spanish  dollars  shall  be  paid 
to.  him  upon  every  Installation  of  a  new  Consul. 

Done  in  the  Palace  of  Tripoli,  the  29th  April,  1816,  and  of  the 
year  of  the  Hegira,  1 231 . 

[The  Bey  8  Seal  ]  (L.S,)  EXMOUTH. 

Admiral  and  Commander-in-  Chief,  ife,  ^e. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS  AND  ALGIERS.  549 

TBAITE  de  Paix  entre  le    Roi  des  Pays  Bas  et  le  Dey 
di" Alger. —Signi  A  Alger j  le  28  Aout^  18J6. 

Aa  Nom  da  Diea  Tout  Paissant 

Traite  de  Paix  entre  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  Pays  Bas,  Prince 
d'OraDge. Nassau^  Grand  Due  de  Luxembourg,  etc.,  et  Son  Altesse 
Serenissime  Omar  Basha,  Dey  et  Gouverneur  de  la  Ville  Forte  et  Roy. 
aume  d'Alger,  fait  et  coDclue  par  TAmiral  Baron  Theodore  Frederic 
V^an  de  Capelien,  CommandanUen-Chef  de  I'fiscadre  de  Sa  Majeste  le 
Roi  des  Pays  Bas  dans  la  Mediterran^e,  avec  I'autorisation  de  Sa  dite 
Majeste. 

Art.  L  11  est  convenu  et  arrel6  entre  le  Baron  Van  de  Capellen, 
et  Son  Altesse  le  Dey  d'Alger,  qu'a  partir  de  ce  jour,  il  y  aura  Paix 
et  Amiti^  durable  entre  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  Pays-Bas,  ses  Etats  et 
ses  Sujets,  et  Son  Altesse  le  Dey  d'Alger,  ses  Ktats  et  ses  Sujets; 
que  tous  les  Articles  de  Paix  et  Amiti6  convenus  prec^demment, 
depuis  Tan  1757/  entre  Leurs  Hautes  Puissances  les  Etats  Generaux 
des  Provinces  Unies  et  le  Gouvernement  et  le  Royaume  d'Alger,  sont 
renouveles,  rati6es  et  confirm^s  par  le  present,  comme  s'ils  etoient 
ioa^res  mot  d  mot  dans  le  present  Traite ;  et  que  les  Vaisseaux  de 
Guerre  ou  autres  Bitimens  aiusi  que  les  Sujets  des  2  Royaumes,  ne 
se  feront  les  uns  les  autresi  ni  torts  ni  outrages,  mais  se  traiteront  reci- 
proquement,  a  partir  de  ce  jour  et  pour  toujours,  avec  ettime  et 
amitie. 

II.  II  sera  admis  a  Alger  UQ  Consul  de  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des 
Pays  Bas,  sur  le  mSme  pied,  et  qui  sera  traite  avec  les  m^mes  egards, 
que  le  Consul  de  Sa  Majeste  Britanuique,  pour  regler  les  Affaires  de 
Commerce ;  il  lui  sera  accord^  le  libre  exercice  de  sa  religiou  dans 
Tinterieur  de  sou  h6tel,  taut  pour  lui  que  pour  ses  domestiqueis,  et 
toutes  autres  personues  qui  voudroient  profiler  de  cet  avantage. 

Ainsi  fait  double  dans  la  Vilie  Forte  d'Alger,  en  presence  du  Dieu 
Tout  Puissant,  le  28  jour  d*Ao6t,  Tan  de  Jesus  Christ,  1816,  et  I'an  de 
TEgyre  1231,  et  le  6e.  jour  de  la  Lune  Shawal. 
[Sceau  d*Omar,  Dey  et  Gouverneur  d'Alger.] 

(L.  S.)  T.  F.  VAN  DE  CAPELLEN, 

Commandant- en-  Chefde  lEscadre  de  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  Pays  Bas. 
H.  MC.  DONELL, 

Faisant  lesfonctions  de  Consul  General. 

DECLARATJON,addUionneUe  au  Traite,  pour  V Abolition  de  VEs- 

clavage  par  le  Dey  d* Alger. 

[See  Page  617.] 


*  See  Treaty  between  the  States  General  and  Algiers,  of  the  23rd  November, 
1757.     Wen€k.  Vol.  3.  Page    1€1. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


650 


TUSCANY  AND  TUNIS. 


TBAITE  de  Trive  emire  le  Grand  Due  de  Toseane  ei  U  Bejf 
de  Tunis.— Sign4  d  Tunis,  le  26  Avril,  1816. 

(Traduclion.) 


TRATTATO  di  Tregua,  iteW- 
Uta  tra  Sua  AUezza  Mahmud 
Bascid  Bey  di  Tunis,  s  Sua 
AUezza  Imperials  s  Reals 
Fsrdma»do  IIL  Princ^  Im- 
perials ^Austrioy  Principe 
Rsals^  Ungherioy  e  di  Boemia, 
Ardduea  d^  Austria,  Granduca 
di  Toscana,  ec.  ec.  ec. 

Nel  Nome  di  Dio  Onnipotente. 
Col  vWo  desidcriodi  far  ces- 
sare  le  calamiti  della  Guerra  fra 
il  Grandncato  di  Toscana,  e  la 
Reggenza  di  Tunis,  e  dopo  dclle 
amichevoli  conferenze  tenute  per 
qnesto  oggetlo  j  rillustrissimo 
Signor  Mohamet  Coggia,  Mi- 
nistro  e  Generale  delta  Marina 
Tunisina,  a  nome  e  per  Parte  di 
Sua  AUezza  Mahmud  Basci^ 
Bey,  ha  convenuto  coiriUustris- 
simo  Signor  Antonio  Nyssen, 
Agente  Generate  Imperiate  Reale 
Apostolico,  e  Agente  pure  di 
Sua  Altezza  Imperiate  e  Reale 
Ferdinando  III,  Granduca  di 
Toflcana,  cc.  degli  Articoli  ae- 
guenti. 

Art.  I.  A  datara  da  oggi,  26 
del  mese  di  Aprile,  Idie,  ognt 
ostilitk  per  mare  e  per  terra,  resta 
suspesa  fra  le  2  Potenze,  loro 
Sudditi,  e  Dominj ;  e  vi  sark  una 
Tregua  di  3  mesi,  onde  potere,  a 
Dio  piacendo,  trattare  e  conclu- 
dere  una  Pace  permanente,  e 
reciprocamente  vantaggiosa. 

II.  Se  durante  la  presente 
Tregua,  alcun'  armamento  o  baa- 
timento  Tuniaioo,  per  bisogni, 
contrariety  dei  tempi,  o  per  altro 
incidente,  approdasae,  o  si  rico- 


Tr€ut^  de  Trhje  entre  Son  Aliesss 
Mahmud  Basha,  Bey  de  Turns, 
et  Son  AUesse  Imperials  et 
Boyale  Ferdinand  IIL  Prince 
Imperial  d^Autriche,  Prince 
Royal  de  Hongrie  et  de  Bo- 
hime,  Archiduc  dAutrichs, 
Grand  Due  de  Toseane,  Sfe. 
ife.  dfc. 

An  Nam  dn  Diea  Tout  Pminnt. 
D'Aprbs  le  vif  desir  de  fairecea- 
serles  catamites  de  la  guerre  entre 
le  Grand  Duch^  de  Toseane  et  la 
Regence  de  Tunis,  et  d'apr^ 
les  conferences  amicales  tenues 
pour  cet  objet.  I'lllustrissime 
Seigneur  Maharoed  Coggia,  Mi- 
nistre  et  G6n^ral  de  la  Marine  de 
Tunis,  an  nom  et  de  la  part  de 
Son  Altesse  Mahmud  Basha  Bey, 
est  conTenu  des  Articles  suiyans, 
avec  le  Tr^s-illustre  Seigneur 
Antoine  Nyssen,  Agent  General 
Imperial  et  Royal  Apostolique, 
et  Agent  de  Son  Altesse  Imperiate 
et  Royale  Ferdinand  III,  Grand 
Due  de  Toseane. 

Art.  I.  Adaterd*aujoardliui26 
dumoisd'Avril  1816,toute  hostility 
par  mer  et  par  terre  est  saspendue 
entre  les  2  Puissances,  leurs  Su- 
jets  et  Dominions ;  et  il  y  aura 
uneTr^Te  de  3  mois,  pour  poavoir, 
i  Taide  deDieu,  trailer  et  conclure 
une  Pais  permanente  et  reci- 
proquement  avantageuse. 

II.  Si  dnrantla  Tr^ve,  aucan 
Vaisseau  ou  BiUment  Tunisien 
se  trouTO,  par  detresse,  contrarieta 
du  tems,  ou  par  autre  incident, 
approcher  des  Ports  ou   Plages 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


TUSCANY  AND  TUNIS. 


551 


Terassc  nei  Porti,  o  spiagge  ap- 
partenenti  a  Sua  Altezza  Impe- 
riale  e  Reale  il  SereDisaimo  Arci- 
doca  GraDduca  di  Toscana ;  esso 
Ti  sari  accolto,  soccorao,  tratUto. 
e  conaiderato  al  pari  degii  altri 
Baatimenti  amici.  Lo  ateaao  verri 
praiicato  ed  oaservato  ne*  Porti  e 
spiagge  di  Tunia,verao  i  Basti- 
menti,  o  AnnaiDenti  Toacant. 

ill.  Li  Sudditi  Tuniaini,  a 
Toacani,  attualmente  in  Schiavitd 
nei  reapettivi  Paeai,  aono,  da 
qoeato  momento  conaiderati,  e 
dichiarati  liberi;  e  il  loro  traa- 
porto,  ed  i  viveri  Deceaaari  per  i! 
viaggio,  aaranno  a  carico  del  Go- 
Terao  di  Toecaoai  come  in  ogni 
tempo  ai  ^  praticato;  dovranno 
prima  venire  da  Lirorno  i  Tunisini 
if  i  deteoutit  ed  immediatamente  al 
loro  arrivo  in  qaeato  Porto  aa- 
ranno imbarcati  e  apediti  alia  loro 
Patria  i  Sudditi  Toacani,  eaenti  da 
qnalanqae  diritto  di  franchigia. 


IV.  Saccedendo,  che  alcono 
dei  Coraari  della  Reggenza,  i 
qaali  aono  preaentemente  in  cro« 
ciera  ritomaaae  in  queato  frattempo 
con  dei  Sodditi  Toacani^  reata 
convenato  e  fiaaato^  che  ae  tali 
individai  fosaero  stati  predati>  an- 
teriormente  al  Trattato  fatto  H  17 
del  preaente  meae,  con  Sua  Ex- 
cellenza  Hylord  Exmouth^  Am- 
rairaglio,  e  Commandante-tn*Ca- 
pite  delle  Forze  Navali  di  Sua 
Maeatd  Britannica  nei  Mediter- 
raoeoy  essi  saranno  conaiderati 
come  Scbiavi,  e  ae  ne  pagheHi  il 
riacatto  a  ragione  di  pezzi  colon- 
nati  di  Spagna,  300  I'uno.  Se 
foaaere    atati   arreatati   poaterior- 


appartenantiSon  Alteaae  Imperi- 
ale  et  Roy  ale  le  Sereniaaime  Archi- 
dnc  Grand -due  de  Toacane,  ou  y 
chercbe  uu  abri,  il  y  aera  accueilli, 
aecouru,  et  traits  et  cooaidere  i 
I'egal  dea  autrea  B4timena  amia. 
La  m^me  choae  aerii  pratiqnee  et 
obaenree  dana  lea  Porta  et  Plagea 
de  Tunia,  k  I'egard  dea  B4timena 
et  Vaiaaeaux  Toscana. 

III.  Lea  Sujeta  Tuniaiena  et 
Toacana,  actnellement  en  Eacla- 
vage  dana  lea  Pay  a  reapectifa, 
aont  d^a  ce  moment  conai- 
d^rea  comme  librea  et  declarea 
tela ;  et  leur  traoaport  et  lea  vivrea 
D^eaaairea  pour  le  Yoyage,  ae- 
ront  h  la  charge  da  Gouverne- 
ment  de  Toacane^  comme  cela 
a'eat  pratique  de  tout  tema :  lea 
Tuniaiena  d^tenua  4  Livoume 
devront  d'abord  en  partir ;  et  im- 
mediatement  k  leur  arriyee  k 
Tunia,  toua  lea  Sujeta  Toacana 
aeront  embarqu^a  et  exp^diea 
dana  leur  Patrie,  en  exemption 
de  tout  droit  d'affranchisaement. 

IV.  S*i]arrivequequelqnea-ona 
dea  Coraairea  de  la  R^gence,  qui 
aont  actuellement  en  Croiaifere, 
reviennent  dana  le  tema  de  la 
Tr^va,  avec  dea  Sujeta  Toacana,  il 
demeure  convenu  que  ar  cea  indi- 
yidua  ont  et^  pria  anterieurement 
au  Traitd  fait  le  17  du  present 
mois  avec  Son  Excellence  Milord 
Exmouth,  Amiral  etCommandant- 
en-Chef  dea  Forcea  Navalea  de 
Sa  Mi^eat^  Britannique  dans  la 
M^diterran^e,  ils  aeront  conaider^a 
comme  Eaclavea,  et  qu'iUera  pay^ 
une  ran9on  de  300  piastres  d'Es- 
pagne  pour  chacun.  S'ila  ont 
ete  arritea  posterieurement  4  la 
date   auadite,   ila    aeront    traitea 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


552         GREAT  BRITAIN   AND  UNITED  STATES,  &C. 


mente  alia  auddetta  data>  saranno 
in  tal  caso,  considerati,  e  trattati 
comeprigioatri  diGuerra,  •econdo 
chesi  costuma  in  Europa,  per  esser 
gratuita  mente  cambiati,  o  rilasciati 
Bubito  alia  conclusione  del  la  Pace. 

II  presente  Trattato  resta  fermo 
ed  invariabile  fino  alia  fissata  epoca, 
da  parte  di  Sua  Altezza  Mahinud 
Bascid  Bey  di  Tunis^  rappre- 
aentato  dal  prefato  Illustrissiino 
Signior  Mahamet  Coggia,  Mi- 
nistro  e  Generate  delta  Marina,  e 
per  parti  di  Sua  Altezza  Imperiale 
e  Reale  II  Grauduoa  di  Toscana, 
dal  sottoscritto  Agente  Generate 
Imperiale  e  Reale  Apostolico  e 
Toacano;  venendo  respettivamente 
firmati  e  sigillati  li  present!  Ar- 
ticoli,  del  quail  ogni  Parte  lia  la 
sua  copia,  onde  servirsene  per 
regola  al  mantemmento  delia 
Tregua  stessa. 

Fatto  a  Tunis,  il  giorno  28  della 
Lune    Jumed   AwoH    dell'    anno 
deir  Egira  1231,  e  li  26  del  mese 
di  Aprile  1816,  Era  Cristiana. 
(L.  S.)   ANTONIO  NYSSEN. 
Agente  Gen,  Imp,  Reale  Ap,  e 

Toacano. 
(L.S.)     MOHAMET  COGGIA. 


et  coBsid^r6s  comma  Prisonniert 
de  Guerre,  suivant  que  cela  se 
pratique  en  Europe,  pour  ktst 
echanges  gratuitement,  ou  re- 
laches  aussitot  la  conclusion  de  li 
Paix. 

Le  present  Traiie  restera  ferme 
et  inviolable  jusqu'd  I  epoquefiz6e, 
de  la  partde  Son  Altesse  Mahmud 
Basha  Bey  de  Tunis,  represente 
par  le  ci-devant  nomme  rillustris- 
sime  Seigneur  Mahamed  Coggia, 
Minisire  et  General  de  la  Marine, 
etde  la  part  de  Son  Altesse  Impe- 
riale et  Royale  le  Grand  Due  de 
Toscane,  par  le  Soussigne,  Agent 
Genera]  Imperial  et  Royal  Apos- 
tolique  et  Toscan ;  les  presens  Ar- 
ticles 6lant  respectivement  signes 
et  scelles,  et  chacune  des  Parties 
en  ayant  uneCopie,  pour  servirde 
r^gie  au  maintien  de  laTr^ve. 

Fait  k  Tunis,  le  28  jour  de 
la  Lune  Jumed  Awoll,  de  Tann^ 
1231  de  THegire,  et  le  26  da 
moisd^Avril  ldI6,EreChretienne. 
(L.S.)  ANTOINE  NYSSEN. 
Agent  Generai,  Imperial,  Royal 

Apostoliqtte,  et  Toscan, 
(L.S.)   MAHAMED  COGGIA. 


ACT  of  the  British  Parliament,  ^^  for  regulating  the  Trade 
between  the  Subjects  of  His  Majesty* s  Colonies  and  Plan* 
tations  in  North  America,  and  in  the  West  India  Islands, 
and  the  Countries  belonging  to  the  United  States  of  Ameri-- 
ca ;  and  between  His  Majesty* s  said  Subjects  and  the  Fo* 
reign  Islands  in  the  West  Indies.^' 

[28  Geo.  111.  Cap.  6.]  [20/A  March,  1788.] 

[Cited  in  Act  66  Geo.  III.  (1816),  Cap  91,  Page  382.3. 

Whereas  the  Regulations  made  by  His  Majesty's  several  Orders 
in  Council,  for  carrying  on  the  Commerce  between   His   Majesty's 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  UNITED  STATES,  &C.  553. 

SabjecU  in  North  America,  and  in  the  West  Indies,  and  the  Inhabi- 
tants of  the  Territories  belonging  to  the  United  States  of  America,  in 
pursuance  of  the  powers  vested  in  His  Majesty  for  that  purpose  bj 
several  Acts  of  Parliament  have  by  experience,  been  found  to  be  bene- 
Gcial ;  and  whereas  it  is  now  proper  that  the  said  Regulations  should 
be  established  and  made  permanent;  be  it  therefore  enacted  by  the 
King's  most  excellent  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Lords  Spiritual  and  Temporal,  and  Commons  in  this  present  Par- 
liament assembled,  and  by  the  authority  of  the  same,  That  no  Goods 
or  Commodities  whatever  shall  be  imported  or  brought  from  any  of  the 
Territories  belonging  to  the  said  United  States  of  America,  into  any  of 
His  Majesty's  West  India  Islands  (in  which  description  the  Bahama 
Islands,  and  the  Bermuda  or  Somers  Islands,  are  included),  under  the 
penalty  of  the  forfeiture  thereof,  and  also  of  the  Ship  or  Vessel  in  which 
the  same  shall  be  so  imported  or  brought,  together  with  all  her  guns,  fur- 
niture, ammunition,  tackle,  and  apparel,  except  tobacco,  pitch,  tar,  tur« 
pentine,  hemp,  flax,  masts,  yards,  bowsprits,  staves,  heading-boards,  tim- 
ber, shingles,  and  lumber  of  any  sort;  horses,  neat  cattle,  sheep,  hogs, 
poultry,  and  live  stock  of  any  sort;  bread,  biscuit,  flour,  peas,  beans, 
potatoes,  wheat,  rice,  oats,  barley,  and  grain  of  any  sort ;  such  Com- 
modities respectively,  being  the  growth  or  production  of  any  of  the 
Territories  of  the  said  United  States  of  America. 

II.  And  be  it  further  enacted  by  the  Authority  aforesaid.  That  none 
of  the  Goods  or  Commodities  hereinbefore  excepted,  enumerated,  and 
described,  shall  be  imported  or  brought  into  any  of  the  said  islands 
from  the  Territories  of  the  said  United  States,  under  the  like  penalty 
of  the  forfeiture  thereof,  and  also  of  the  Ship  or  Vessel  in  which  the 
same  shall  be  so  imported  or  brought,  together  with  all  her  guns,  fur- 
niture, ammunition,  tackle,  and  apparel,  except  by  British  Subjects, 
and  in  British-built  Ships,  owned  by  His  Majesty's  Subjects,  and  na- 
vigated according  to  Law. 

III.  And  be  it  further  enacted  by  the  Authority  aforesaid.  That  it 
■hall  be  lawful  to  export  from  any  of  the  said  West  India  Islands  to 
any  Port  or  Place  within  the  Territories  belonging  to  the  said  United 
States,  any  Goods  or  Commodities  whatsoever,  which  are  not  now  by 
Law  prohibited  to  be  exported  from  the  said  Islands  to  any  Foreign 
Country  or  Place  in  Europe ;  and  also  sugar,  melasses,  cofl*ee,  cocoa 
nuts,  ginger,  and  pimento :  and  that  all  cocoa  nuts  or  ginger  which 
shall  be  so  exported,  shall  be  subject  and  liable  to  the  same  duties  to 
which  the  same  are  now  severally  subject  and  liable  if  exported  to 
any  British  Colony  or  Plantation  in  America;  and  tliat  the  said 
duties  shall  be  raised,  levied,  collected,  paid,  recovered,  and  applied, 
in  the  same  manner  as  the  duties  on  cocoa  buts  or  ginger,  exported 
to  any  British  Colony  or  Plantation  in  America  are  severally  raised. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


554  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  UNITED  STATES,  &C. 

levied,  collected,  paid,  recovered,  and  applied :  Provided  always,  that 
no  sugar,  melasses,  coffee,  cocoa  nuts,  ginger,  or  pimento,  nor  any 
other  Articles  or  Coramodities  whatsoever,  (except  salt  from  the  Islands 
called  Turk's  Islands,  being  part  of  the  Bahama  Islands)  shall  be  so 
exported,  except  by  British  Subjects  and  in  British^bnilt  Ships, 
owned  by  His  Majesty's  Subjects,  and  navigated  according  to  Law, 
under  the  like  penalty  of  the  forfeiture  thereof,  and  also  of  the  Ship 
or  Vessel  in  nhich  the  same  shall  be  so  exported,  together  with  her 
guns,  furniture,  ammunition,  tackle  and  apparel. 

IV.  And  be  it  further  enacted  by  thcAuthori  ty  aforesaid,  that  in  every 
case  where,  on  exportation  of  any  Goods  or  Commodities  to  any  British 
Colony  or  Plantation  in  America,  a  Bond  is  now  or  may  be  hereafter 
required  by  Law  for  the  due  landing  of  such  Goods  or  Commoditiea 
in  such  Colony  or  Plantation,  and  a  Certificate  is  required  to  discharge 
such  Bond,  a  similar  Bond  shall  be  required,  on  exportation  of  such 
Goods  or  Commodities  to  the  Territories  of  The  United  States,  for 
the  due  landing  the  same  in  the  said  Territories;  and  such  Bond  shall 
and  may  be  discharged,  upon  a  Certificate  under  the  hand  and  seal  of 
the  British  Consul  or  Vice-Consul,  provided  any  such  Consul  orVice- 
Consul  shall  be  resident  at  the  Port  or  Place  where  such  Goods  shall 
be  landed ;  or  in  case  there  shall  not  be  any  such  Consul  or  Vice- 
Consul  so  resident,  then  under  the  hand  and  seal  of  any  Officer  or 
Officers  who  are  or  may  be  appointed  by  the  said  United  States,  or 
any  of  them,  for  the  purpose  of  granting  such  Certificate;  and  if  it 
shall  happen  that  there  shall  not  be  any  Officer  so  appointed,  theo, 
and  in  such  case,  such  Bond  shall  and  may  be  discharged,  upoD  a 
Certificate  under  the  hand  and  seal  of  any  Magistrate  of  the  said 
United  States,  or  any  of  them,  certifying  that  there  is  no  such  Officer 
at  the  Port  or  Place  where  such  Goods  shall  be  landed,  and  that  oath 
hath  been  made  before  such  Magistrate  by  the  Master,  or  other  Person 
having  the  charge  or  command  of  such  Ship  or  Vessel,  that  the  Goods 
for  which  such  Certificate  is  required  were  duly  landed  by  him  at  sach 
Port  or  Place  within  the  Territories  belonging  to  the  said  United 
States. 

V.  And  whereas  it  is  expedient  to  give  due  encouragement  to  the 
making  of  Salt  in  the  said  Islands  called  Turk's  Islands ;  be  it  there- 
fore further  enacted  by  the  Authority  aforesaid,  that  it  shall  and  may 
he  lawful  for  any  Ship  or  Vessel  belonging  to  the  Inhabitants  of  the 
said  United  States  of  America  coming  in  ballast,  and  not  otherwise, 
to  enter  the  Ports  of  the  said  Islands,  called  Turk's  Islands,  for  the 
purpose  of  being  there  laden  with  Salt,  and  for  no  other  purpose 
whatever,  under  and  subject  to  the  provisions,  regulations,  and  re- 
strictions, hereinafter  mentioned ;  any  thing  in  this  Act,  or  any  Law, 
Usage,  or  Custom,  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding. 

VI.  Provided  always,  that  the  Master,  or  other  Person  having  or 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  UNITED  STATES^  &C.  555 

taking  the  charge  or  command  of  such  Ship  or  Vessel,  shall,  imme- 
diately after  the  arrival  of  such  Ship  or  Vessel  into  any  Port  of  the 
•aid  Islands,  make  a  just  and  true  entry,  upon  oath,  before  the 
Collector,  or  other  Principal  Officer  of  such  Port,  of  his  Ship  or 
Vessel,  declaring  of  what  Country  she  is  built,  how  manned,  who  wss 
the  Master  during  the  voyage,  and  who  are  the  Owners  thereof,  and 
the  purpose  for  which  he  enters  the  said  Port,  in  order  that  such  Ship 
or  Vessel  may  undergo  the  search  and  examination  of  the  proper 
Officers  of  His  Majesty's  Customs;  and  such  Master,  or  other  Person 
taking  the  charge  or  command  thereof,  shall  truly  answer  upon  oath 
to  such  questions  touching  and  concerning  the  same,  as  shall  be  de- 
manded of  him  by  such  Collector  or  other  Principal  Officer,  upon  pain, 
for  any  default  therein,  that  such  Master,  or  other  Person  having  or 
taking  the  charge  or  command  of  such  Ship  or  Vessel,  shall  forfeit  the 
sum  of  £100 ;  and  the  Collector,  or  other  Principal  Officer  of  His 
Majesty's  Customs  at  such  Port,  is  hereby  authorised  and  required  to 
administer  the  said  oaths  hereinbefore  required  to  be  taken. 

VII.  And  be  it  further  enacted  by  the  Authority  aforesaid,  that 
there  shall  be  raised,  levied,  collected,  and  paid,  unto  and  for  the 
use  of  His  Majesty,  his  Heirs  and  Successors,  a  Tonnage  Duty  at  and 
after  the  rate  of  2s.  6d.  sterling,  payable  in  dollars  at  the  rate  Oi 
5s.  6d«  per  ounce,  for  each  and  every  ton  burthen  of  every  Ship  or 
Vessel  belonging  to  the  Inhabitants  of  the  said  United  States  of 
America,  so  coming  to  the  said  Islands  called  Turk's  Islands ;  and 
that  the  tonnage  of  every  such  Ship  or  Vessel  shall  be  ascertained  by 
admeasurement,  made  by  such  Officer  or  Officers  as  shall  be  appointed 
*lbr  that  purpose  by  the  Commissioners  of  His  Majesty's  Customs  in 
England  for  the  time  being,  or  any  4  or  mors  of  them ;  which  said 
Officer  or  Officers  so  appointed  as  aforesaid  shall  admeasure  such  Ship 
or  Vessel  according  to  the  following  method,  wdelieet :  drop  a  plumb 
line  over  the  stem  of  the  Ship,  and  measure  the  distance  between  such 
line  and  the  aflerpart  of  the  stem-post  at  the  load  watermark;  then 
measnre  firom  the  top  of  the  said  plumb  linsi  in  a  parallel  direction 
with  the  water,  to  a  perpendicular  point  immediately  over  the  load 
water  mark  at  the  fore  part  of  the  main  stem ;  subtracting  from  such 
measttrement  the  above  distance,  the  remainder  will  be  the  Ship's 
extreme  length,  from  which  is  to  be  deducted  3  inches  for  every  foot 
of  the  load  draught  of  water  for  the  rake  abaft,  and  also  3-5th8  of 
the  Ship's  breadth  for  the  rake  forward,  the  remainder  shall  be 
esteemed  the  just  length  of  the  keel,  to  find  the  tonnage;  and  the 
breadth  shall  be  taken  from  outside  to  outside  of  the  plank,  in  the 
broadest  part  of  the  Ship,  either  above  or  below  the  main  wales,  ex- 
clusive of  all  manner  of  sheathing  or  doubling  that  may  be  wrought 
upon  the  side  of  the  Ship ;  then  multiply  the  length  of  the  keel  for 
tonnage  by  the  breadth  so  taken,  and  that  product  by  half  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


556  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  UNITED  STATES,  &C. 

breadth,  and  dividing  by  94,  the  quotient  shall  be  deemed  the  tnie 
contents  of  the  tonnage. 

VIII.  And  be  it  further  enacted  by  the  Authority  aforesaid,  that 
the  full  and  true  amount  of  the  said  tonnage  duty,  so  ascertained  as 
aforesaid,  shall  be  paid  into  the  hands  of  the  Collector  of  His  Majesty's 
Customs  iu  the  said  Islands  respectively,  at  the  Port  or  Place  wbereia 
he  shall  be  appointed  to  reside  in  any  of  the  said  Islands  before  any 
salt  shall  be  loaden  or  laid  on  board  of  such  Ship  or  Vessel ;  and  such 
duty  shall  be  under  the  management  of  the  said  Commissioners  of  His 
Majesty's  Customs,  and  be  raised,  levied,  collected,  paid,  and  re- 
covered, in  such  and  the  like  manner,  and  by  such  and  the  like  rules, 
ways,  means,  and  methods  respectively,  and  under  such  penalties  and 
forfeitures,  as  any  other  duties  now  payable  to  His  Majesty  on  Goods 
imported  into  any  of  the  said  Islands,  Plantations,  Colonies,  or  Terri- 
tories belonging  to  or  under  the  dominiou  of  His  Majesty  in  America 
or  the  West  Indies,  are  or  may  be  raised,  levied,  collected,  paid,  and 
recovered,  by  any  Act  or  Acts  of  Parliament  now  in  force,  as  fully 
and  effectually,  to  all  intents  and  purposes,  as  if  the  several  clause^ 
powers,  directions,,  penalties,  and  forfeitures  relating  thereto,  were 
particularly  repealed  and  ag^io  enacted  in  the  body  of  this  present 
Act;  and  such  duty  shall,  under  such  management,  be  subject  lo  the 
payment  of  the  salaries  of  the  Officers  and  other  incidental  changes 
of  the  Port,  and  the  residue  be  paid  to  the  Receiver-General  of  the 
Customs  in  England  for  the  time  being,  to  be  paid  by  him  into  the 
receipt  of  His  Majesty  s  Exchequer,  under  the  head  of  Consolidated 
Customs. 

IX.  And  be  it  further  enacted  by  the  Authority  aforesaid,  that  no 
Goods  or  Commodities  whatsoever  shall,  be  exported  from  the  said 
Islands  called  Turk  s  Islands,  to  any  part  of  His  Majesty's  DomiuioDS 
in  America  or  the  West  Indies,  or  shall  be  loaden  or  laid  on  board 
any  Ship  or  Vessel  iii  the  said  Islands  called  Turk's  Islands,  for  that 
purpose,  except  Salt ;  and  that  no  Goods  or  Commodities  whatsoever 
shall  be  exported  from  the  said  Islands  called  Turk's  Islands,  to  Great 
Britain  or  Ireland,  or  shall  be  loaden  or  laid  on  board  any  Ship  or 
Vessel  in  the  said  Islands  for  that  purpose,  except  Salt,  and  also  except 
such  Goods  and  Commodities  as  may  now,  or  may  hereafter  be  by 
Law  imported  into  this  Kingdom  from  all  other  Countries  whatsoever, 
free  of  all  duties,  under  the  penalty  of  the  forfeiture  of  all  such  Goods 
or  Commodities  as  shall  be  so  exported,  loaden,  or  laid  on  board,  and 
of  the  Ship  or  Vessel  in  or  on  board  of  which  the  same  shall  be  so 
exported,  loaden,  or  laid  on  board,  and  of  all  her  guns,  furniture, 
ammunition,  tackle,  and  apparel. 

X.  And  be  it  further  enacted  by  the  Authority  aforesaid,  that 
no  tobacco,  pitch,  tar,  turpentine,  hemp,  6ax,  masts,  yards,  bowsprits 
staves,  heading  boards,  timber,  shingles,  or  lumber  of  any  sort;  bread/ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN -AND  UNITED  STATES,  &C.  557 

biscuit,  flour,  pease»  beans,  potatoeK,  wheat,  rice,  oati,  barley,  or  grain 
of  any  sort«  shall  be  imported  or  brought  into  any  Island,  under  the 
dominion  of  His  Majesty,  in  the  West  Indies  (in  which  description  the 
Bahama  Islands  and  the  Bermuda  or  Somers  Islands  are  included), 
from  any  Island  in  the  West  Indies  under  the  Dominion  of  any  Foreign 
European  Sovereign  or  State,  under  the  penalty  of  the  forfeiture 
thereof,  and  of  the  Ship  or  Vessel  in  which  the  same  shall  be  im- 
ported or  brought,  together  with  all  her  guns,  furniture,  ammunition 
tackle,  and  apparel ;  any  Law,  Custom,  or  Usage,  to  the  contrary 
notwithstanding. 

XI.  Provided  always,  that  it  shall  and  may  be  lawful,  in  case  of 
public  emergency  or  distress,  for  any  of  the  Governors,  Lieutonant- 
Governora,  or  Commanders-in  Chief  for  the  time  being,  of  any  of  the 
said  Islands  in  the  West  Indies,  under  the  dominion  of  His  Majesty, 
his  Heirs  and  Successors,  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  their 
respective  Councils,  to  authorize  the  importation  of  tobacco,  pitch,  tar, 
turpentine,  hemp,  flax,  masts,  yards,  bowsprits,  staves,  heading  boards, 
timber,  shingles,  or  lumber  of  any  sort;  bread,  biscuit,  flour,  pease, 
beans,  potatoes,  wheat,  rice,  oats,  barley,  or  grain  of  any  sort,  for  a 
limited  time,  from  any  Island  in  the  West  Indies;  under  the  dominion 
of  any  Foreign  European  Sovereign  or  State,  for  the  supply  of  the 
Inhabitants  of  the  said  Islands:  And  provided  always,  that  such 
Goods  and  Commodities,  so  authorized  to  be  imported;  shall  not  be 
imported, except  by  British  Subjects,  and  in  British-built  Ships,  owned 
by  His  Majesty's  Subjects,  and  havig;ated  according  to  Law,  under  tlie 
penalty  of  the  forfeiture  aboYe-mehtioned. 

XII.  And  be  it  further  enacted  by  the  Authority  aforesaid,  That 
no  Goods  or  Commodities  whatever  shall  he  imported  from  any  of  the 
Territories  belonging  to  the  said  United  States,  into  the  Provinces  of 
Nova  Scotia  or  New  BruHswick,  or  the  Islands  of  Cape  Breton,  Saint 
John's,  or  Newfoundland,  or  into  any  Country  or  Island  within  their 
respective  Governments,  under  the  penalty  of  the  forfeiture  thereof, 
together  with  the  Ship  or  Vessel  importing  the  same,  and  allher  guns, 
fnmitnre,  ammunition,  tackle,  and  apparel. 

XIII.  Provided  always,  that  it  shall  and  may  be  lawful,  incase 
of  public  emergency  or  distress,  for  any  of  the  Governors,  Lieu- 
tenant- Governors,  or  Commanders-in-Chief  for  the  time  being,  of  the 
Provinces  of  Nova  Scotia,  or  New  Brunswick,  or  of  the  Islands  of 
Cape  Breton,  or  Saint  John's,  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  their 
respective  Councils,  to  authorize  the  importation  of  scantling,  planks, 
staves,  heading-boards,  shingles,  hoops,  or  squared  timber  of  any  sort; 
horses,  neat  cattle,  sheep,  hogs,  poultry,  or  live  stock  of  any  sort ; 
bread,  biscuit,  flour,  pease,  beans,  potatoes,  wheat,  rice,  oats,  barley,  or 
grain  of  any  sort,  for  a  limited  time,  from  any  of  the  Territories  be- 
longing to  the  said  United  States,  for  the  supply  of  the  Inhabitants  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


558  GREAT  BRITAIN   AND  UNITED  STATES,  &C. 

tbe  said  ProTioces*  IsUnda,  or  Countries  respectively :  And  provided 
always*  That  snch  Goods  and  Comiiiodities  so  authorized  to  be  im- 
ported, shall  not  be  imported  except  by  British  Subjects,  and  in  Brit- 
ish-built Ships,  owned  by  His  Majesty's  Subjects,  and  navigated  accord- 
ing to  Law,  under  the  penalty  of  the  forfeiture  above-mentioned:  Pro- 
vided also,  that  it  shall  and  may  be  lawful  for  His  Majesty  in  Coundl* 
by  Order  or  Orders,  to  be  issued  and  published  from  time  to  time,  to 
authorize,  or  by  Warrant  or  Warrants  under  His  Sign  Manual,  to  em- 
power the  Governor  of  Newfoundland,  for  the  time  being,  to  authorize, 
in  case  of  necessity,  the  importation  into  Newfoundland,  of  bread,  flour, 
Indian  corn,  and  live  stock,  from  any  of  the  Territories  belonging  to 
the  said  United  States,  for  the  supply  of  the  Inhabitants  and  Fisher- 
men of  the  Island  of  Newfoundland,  for  the  then  ensuing  season  only: 
And  provided  always,  that  such  bread,  flour,  Indian  com,  and  live 
stock,  so  authorized  to  be  imported  into  the  Island  of  Newfoundland, 
shall  not  be  imported,  except  in  conformity  to  such  rules,  regu- 
lations, and  restrictions*  as  shall  be  specified  in  such  Order  or  Orders, 
Warrant  or  Warrants  respectively,  and  except  by  British  Subjects* 
and  in  British-built  Ships,  owned  by  His  Majesty's  Subjects,  and 
navigated  according  to  Law,  under  tbe  penalty  of  the  foifettUR 
above-mentioned. 

XIV.  And  be  it  further  enacted  by  the  Authority  aforesaid,  that 
no  Goods'  or  Commodities  whatever  shall  be  imported  from  any  of 
the  Territories  belonging  to  the  United  States  of  America,  by  Sea,  or 
Coastwise,  into  the  Province  of  Quebec,  or  into  the  Countries  or 
Islands  within  the  Government  tfiereof,  or  up  the  River  Saint  Lawrence 
from  the  Sea,  under  the  penalty  of  tbe  forfeiture  thereof,  together 
with  the  Ship  or  Vessel  importing  the  same,  and  all  her  guns»  forai* 
ture,  ammunition,  tackle,  and  apparel. 

XV.  And  be  it  further  enacted  by  the  Authority  aforesaid,  that 
nothing  in  this  Act  contained  shall  extend,  or  be  construed  to 
extend,  to  repeal  an  Act  passed  in  the  last  Session  of  ParKament, 
intituled,  '*  An  Act  for  allowing  the  importation  and  exportation  of 
certain  goods,  wares,  and  merchandizes,  in  the  Ports  of  Kingston, 
Savannah  La  Mar,  Montego  Bay,  and  Santa  Lucea/  in  tbe  Island  of 
Jamaica ;  in  the  Port  of  Saint  George,  in  the  Island  of  Grenada ;  in 
the  Port  of  Roseau,  in  the  Island  of  Dominica;  and  in  the  Port  of 
Nassau,  in  the  Island  of  New  Providence,  one  of  the  Bahama  Islands; 
under  certain  regulations  and  restrictions  ;'*  *  but  that  tbe  same,  and 
every  provision  thereof,  shall  continue  and  remain  to  be  in  faroa,  and 
of  the  same  eiTaet;  as  if  this  Act  had  never  been  made. 

XVI.  And.be  it  further  enacted  by  the  Authority  aforesaid,  that 
all  and  every  the  Goods  or  Commodities,  and  all  S^ps  or  Vessels  for* 
feited  by  this  Act,  shall  and  may  be  seized  by  the  Comomnder  or 

P    27  €ko.  III.  Cap.  27. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


FRANCE  AND  HAHBUROH.  559 

Commanden  of  any  of  His  Majesty's  Ships  or  Vessels  of  War,  or  any 
Commissioned,  Warrant,  or  Petty  Officer,  specially  authorized  by  him 
or  them,  or  by  any  Officer  or  Officers  of  His  Majesty's  Castoms;  aod 
that  every  forfeiture  and  penalty  incurred  by  this  Act  shall  and  may 
respectively  be  sued  for,  prosecuted,  and  recovered,  in  such  Courts, 
and  by  such  and  the  like  ways,  means,  and  methods,  and  the  produce 
thereof  respectively  disposed  of  aod  applied  in  such  and  the  like  man- 
ner, and  to  such  and  the  like  uses  and  purposes,  as  any  forfeiture 
incurred  by  any  Law  respecting  the  revenue  of  the  Customs  may  now 
be  sued  for,  prosecuted,  or  recovered,  disposed  of,  and  applied,  either 
in  this  Kingdom,  or  in  any  of  His  Majesty's  Dominions  in  North 
America,  or  the  West  Indies,  respectively,  as  the  case  may  happen 
to  be, 

XVn.  And  be  it  further  enacted  by  the  Authority  aforesaid,  that 
this  Act  shall  commence  and  be  in  force  from  and  after  the  4th  day  of 
April,  1788. 


CONVENTION  enire  La  France  ei  Hambowrg^  relative  aux 
RManuUtamede  la  Banque  de  ceiie  Ville. — Concbte  d  Paris, 
U  27  Octobre^  1816. 

Sa  Majeste  Tr^Chr^tienne,  desirant  mettre  d  execution  TArticle 
III.  de  la  Convention  concluele  20Novembre,  1815,*  entre  elle  et  les 
Puissances  Allies,  relativement  k  la  liquidation  des  Cr^ances  Etran- 
g^res,  et  voulant  d  ailleurs  donner  k  la  Ville  de  Hambourg  une  marque 
de  sa  bienveillance  particuli^re,  en  indemnisant  autant  que  les  circon- 
stances  le  rendent  possible,  la  Banque  de  cette  Ville  des  pertes  qu'elle 
aeprouveesen  1813  et  1814,  a  nomm6  le  Sieur  Baron  Portal,  Con- 
seiller  d'£tat,  Officier  de  TOrdre  Royal  de  la  Legion  d'Honneur,  et  le 
Sieor  Baron  Dudon,  Conseiller  d'Etat,  Officier  de  POrdre  Royal  de  la 
L^on  d'Honneur,  pour  coni&'er  et  traitor  de  cet  objet  avec  le  Sieqr 
Senateur  Sillem,  nomme  \  cet  effet  de  la  part  des  Bonrgmestres  et 
Senat  de  la  Ville  de  Hambourg;  et  les  dits  Commissaires  s'etant  reci* 
jvoqnement  communique  leurs  Pouvoirs,  trouves  en  bonne  et  due 
forme,  sont  convenus  de  ce  qui  suit : 

Art.  I.  La  cr^ance  dont  le  S^nat  de  Hambourg,  au  nom  de  la 
Banqae  de  cette  Ville,  r^lamoit  de  la  France  le  remboursementi  et 
qui  a  ponr  origine  lenl^vement  des  fonds  de  la  Banque  de  cette  Ville 
en  1813  et  1814^  est  et  demeure  fixee  k  la  somme  da  10,000,000  de 
francs. 

II.  La  France  s'engage  k  payer  cette  somme  de  10,000,000  de 
frsncs,  et  le  payement  en  sera  effectue  au  moyen  de  rinscription  d*une 
RenU  de  500,000  francs  sur  le  Grand  livre  de  la  Dette  Fublique. 

•  See  Page  S90. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


560  FRANCE. 

La  dite  rente  sera  inscrite  avec  jouissaiice  da  92  Mars,  1816^  au 
Dom  de  M.  le  Senateur  Sillem  (Martin  Garliob  Sillem),  et  le 
Certificat  de  I'Inscription  lui  sera  d^livre  le  jour  de  F^hange  des 
Ratifications  de  la  presente  Convention. 

III.  II  sera  tenu  comptc  au  Senat  de  Hnmbourg  des  int^rels  du 
capital  de  la  dite  somme  de  10,000,000  de  francs,  depuis  le  20  Novem- 
bre,  1815,  jusqu'au  22  Mars,  1816,  k  raison  de  4  pour  cent,  par  an. 

IV.  Le  montant  de  ces  int6r^(s  s'elevant  a  la  somme  de  134,794 
francs  52  centimes,  et  celui  des  arrerages  de  la  rente  de  500,000  francs, 
corapris  entre  le  22  Mars  et  le  22  Septembrc,  1816,  selevant  i,  la 
somme  de  250,000  francs,  seront  acquiltes  en  numeraire  par  le  Tr^or 
de  France,  et  entre  les  mains  de  M.  le  Senateur  Sillem,  le  jonr  de 
1  echange  des  Ratifications  de  la  presente  Convention. 

V.  Au  moyen  de  la  delivrance  de  ^Inscription  de  500,000  francs 
de  rente,  et  du  paiement  d'inter^ts  stipules  dans  TArticle  precedent,  le 
S^nat  de  Ha  mbourg  renonce.  tant  en  son  nom  qu'au  nom  de  la  Banque 
de  cette  ViLe,  i  toute  repetition  ou  reclamation  quelconque,  qui  auroit 
pour  objet  I'enl^vement  des  fonds  de  la  dite  Banque. 

YI.  II  est  bien  entendu  que  tous  actes  quelconques  faits  anterieure- 
ment  k  la  presente  Convention,  et  ay  ant  rapport  au  remboursement 
par  la  France  des  fonds  de  la  Banque  de  Hambourg,  sont  consid^res 
comma  non  avenus  et  declares  de  nul  efiet. 

VII.  La  presente  Convention  sera  ratifiee,  et  les  Ratifications  ea 
seront  echangees  dans  le  terme  d'un  mois  ou  plutot  si  faire  se  pent. 

En  foi  de  quoi,  nous  Soussignes  Commissaires  de  Sa  Majeste  Tr^ 
Chretieune  et  du  Senat  de  Hambourg,  avons  signe  la  presents  Conven- 
tion, et  y  avons  fait  apposer  le  Cachet  de  nos  armes. 

Fait  k  Paris,  le  27  Octobre,  1816. 

(L.S.)        PORTAL.  (L.S.)        SILLEM. 

(L.S.)        DUDON, 


DISCOVRS  du  Rat  de  France,  prononcS  d  Poccasion  de  FOu 
verture  de  la  Session  des  deux  Chambresj  de  1816. — Paris^ 
le  4  Navembre,  1816. 

MB8SIECR8, 

En  ouvrant  cette  nouvelle  Session,  il  m  est  bien  doux  d'avoir  k  me 
feiiciter  avec  vous  des>  bienfaits  que  la  Divine  Providence  a  daigne 
accorder  k  mon  Peuple  et  k  moi. 

La  tranquillite  rSgne  dans  le  Royaume ;  les  dispositions  amicales 
dea  Souverains  Etrangers,  et  lexacte  observation  des  Traites  nous 
garantissent  la  paix  k  I'ezterieur;  et  si  une  entreprise  insenaee  a  pu 
eanser  un  instant  d  alarme  sur  notre  calme  interieur,  elle  n'a  servi  qa'i 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


FRANCE.  561 

aieax  foire  cclater  luttachenient  de  la  Nation,  ei  la  fidelite  de  moii 
Arm^e. 

Mon  bonheur  pereonnel  8*e&l  accra  par  riwioii  d*un  de  mes  Enfans 
(car,  Yous  le  savez^ceux  de  mes  Freres  son!  lea  miens;  avec  une  jeune 
Princease  dont  lea  qualit^s  aimables,  secondant  les  soing  du  reate  de 
ma  lamiUe,  me  proxnetteot  que  ma  vieiliesse  sera  heureuse,  et  qui,  je 
respire,  dounera  i  la  France  de  nouveaux  gages  de  prosperite  ea 
affermissant  I'ordre  legitime  de  succession,  premiere  base  de  cette 
Monarchie,  et  sans  laquelle  aucun  Etat  ne  peut  £tre  stable. 

A  cea  biens  se  joignent,  il  est  vrai,  des  peines  trop  r6elles :  I'in- 
temperie  des  saisons  a  re(ard6  les  moissons,  mon  Peuple  en  souflTre,  et 
j*en  souffre  plus  que  lui ;  mais  j'ai  la  consolation  de  pouvoir  vous  dire 
que  ce  mal  n*est  que  passager,  et  que  les  recoltes  suffiront  k  la  con- 
sommation. 

De  grandes  charges  sont  malheureusement  encore  n^cessaires;  je 
feral  mettre  sous  vos  yeux  le  tableau  fidele  des  depenses  indispeusables, 
et  celui  des  moyens  d'y  subvenir.  Le  preaiier  de  tous  est  l'6conomie ; 
j  en  ai  d^jd  opere  dans  toutes  les  parties  de  TAdmuiistration,  et  je 
travaille  sans  reliche  k  en  faire  de  nouvelles.  Toujours  unis  d'intentioa 
et  de  sentimens,  ma  famille  et^moi,  nous  fero&s  les  mSmes  sacrifices 
que  Pannee  derni^re ;  et,  pour  le  reste,  je  me  repose  sur  votre  attache- 
meat,  et  sur  votre  zdle  pour  le  bien  de  TEtat,  et  Thoniieur  du  nom 
Fmn^aia., 

Je  continue  plus  activemcnt  que  jamais  mes  N^gociations  avec  le 
Saint-Siege,  et  j  ai  la  confiance  que  bien(6t  leur  heureuse  fiu  rendra 
une  paix  entibre  d  I'Eglise  de  France.  Mais  ce  n*est  pas  tout  encore, 
et  vous  penserez  sans  doute,  ainsi  que  moi,  qu'il  faut,  non  pas  rendre 
an  Culte  divin  cette  splendeur  que  la  piete  de  nos  p^res  lui  avait 
donn^e,  cela  aerait  malheureusement  impossible,  mais  assurer  aux 
Miniatres  de  notre  Sainte  Religion  une  aisanc^  ind^pendante  qui  les 
mette  en  etat  de  marcher  sur  lee  traces  de  Celui  dont  il  est  dit  qu'iijk 
du  irien  pariaut  od  il  passa. 

Attaches  par  notre  conduite,  comme  nous  le  sommes  de  cceur,  aux 
divina  pr^eptes  de  la  Religion^  soyonsJe  aussi  k  cette  Charte  qui. 
Bans  toucher  au  dogme,  assure  k  la  foi  de  nos  p^res  la  preeminence  qui 
loi  est  due,  et  qui,  dans  I'ordre  civile  garantit  i  tous  une  sage  liberty, 
et  k  chacun  la  paisible  jouissance  de  ses  droits,  de  son  etat,  de  ses 
biens;  jene  aouffirirai  jamais  qu'il  soit  port^  atteinte  i  cette  Loi  Fonda - 
mentale;  mon  Ordonnance  du  5  Septembre  le  dit  assez.* 

Enfin,  Messieurs,  que  les  haines  cessent!  que  les  enfans  d'une 
mtoe  patrie,  j*ose  ajouter  d'un  m^me  p^re,  soient  vraiment  un  Peuple 
de  fihrea,  et  ^ue  de  nos  maux  passes  il  ne  nous  reste  qu'uu  souvenir 

*  Ordonnaiice  portant  dissolution  de  la  Chambre  des  D^utes,  et  convocation 
des  CoO^  Eloetoraiiz. 

tl815— 160  2  O 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


562  NETHERLANDS  AND  SPAIN. 

douloureux,  mais  utile.  Tel  est  mon  but,  et,  pour  y  parrenir,  je 
compte  sur  votre  cooperation,  mais  sur-tout  sur  cette  franche  et 
cordiale  confiance,  seule  base  solide  de  I'union  si  necessaire  entre  les 
3  Branches  de  la  Legislature.  Comptez  aussi  de  ma  part  sur  les 
mdmes  dispositions,  et  que  mon  Peuple  soit  bien  assure  de  mon 
inebranlable  fermete  pour  reprimer  les  attentats  de  la  malveillance,  et 
pour  contenir  les  ecarts  dun  z^le  trop  ardent. 


TRAITE  d' Alliance  Defensive  entre  les  Pays- Bos  et 
VEspagne^  centre  les  Rigences  Rarbaresques  d^Alger^  de 
Tunis  J  et  de  Tripoli. — Sign6  d  lilcala  de  Henares^  fe  10 
Aout,  1816. 

An  nom  de  la  tres-sainte  et  indivisible  Trinity. 

Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  Pays-Bas  et  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  d'Espagne 
et  des  Indes,  animus  d^un  egal  desir  de  mettre  un  frein  aux  Pirateries 
d'es  K^gences  Barbaresques,  et  de  procurer  au  commerce  et  a  la 
Navigation  dans  la  Mer  Mediterran^e  toute  la  security  possible; 
voulant,  par  un  Traits  solennel,  cimenter  leur  Alliance  et  en  fixer 
1  etcndue  et  les  moyens,  out  donn^  leurs  Pleins-pouvoirs  k  cette  fin, 
savoir : 

Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  Pays-Bas,  au  Sieur  Hugues  de  Zuylen  de 
Nyevelt,  Chevalier  de  TOrdre  du  Lion  Belgique,  et  Son  Envoy^  Ex- 
traordinaire et  Ministre  Plenipotentiaire  pr^s  Sa  Majeste  Catholiqae; 

Et  Sa  Majeste  le  Rni  d^Espagne  et  des  Indes,  aa  Sieur  Pierre 
Cevailos  Aguerra,  Conseiller-d'Etat,  Chevalier  de  la  Toison-d'Or, 
Grand'Croix  de  i'Ordre  de  Charles  III,  Chevalier  Grand'Croix  des 
Ordres  de  Saint-Ferdinand  et  du  Merite,  et  de  Saint-Janvier  dea  2 
Siciles,  Gentilhomme  de  la  Chambre  de  Sa  Majeste  en  exercice.  Son 
Premier  Miuistre-d'Etat,  et  charg^  par  interim  du  D^partement  de 
Gr4ce  et  de  Justice,  Sur-iutendant  General  des  routes,  courriers  et 
postes d'Espagne  et  des  Indes: 

Lesquels,  apr^s  avoir  echang6  leurs  Pleios-pouvoir8>  trouv^  en 
bonne  el  due  forme,  sont  convenus  des  Articles  suivans. 

Art.  I.  Cette  Alliance  est  purement  defensive,  et  son  objet  est  de 
proteger  le  commerce  des  Puissances  y  comprises. 

II.  Cette  Alliance  subsistera  tant  que  les  Regences  d* Alger,  de  Tunis, 
et  de  Tripoli,  ne  renonceront  pas  k  leur  systfeme  offensif  envers  les  pro- 
priet^s  des  Sujets  des  Puissances  Contractantes. 

III.  Si  un  de  ceux-ci  f6t  ofiens6  par  quelque  Corsaire  des  3 
Regences,  il  sera  de  Tobligation  des  Consuls,  Reprssentans  des 
Puissances  Alliees,  d*en  r^clamer  la  reparation  par-devant  le  Goo- 
vernement  de  roflfenseur,  par  les  voies  legal es ;  et  si  celai-ci  manque 
d'y  faire  droit,  les  Puissances  Alliees  conviendront,  sMl  y  a  lieu,  i 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS  AND  SPAIN.  563 

pToceder  aux   represailles  pour  la  qiHintite  qui  r^poncfe  i   Toffenfle 
comroise. 

IV.  Sera  reput^e  pflTense  commiseenvers  les  Puissances  Alliees,  st 
1  une  des  3  R^gences  se  fait  justice  k  elte-m^me,  saisissant  les  pro- 
prietes  des  Sujets  des  Puissances  Contractantes,  sans  avoir  prealable- 
ment  essaye  d'autres  moyens  ou  recours  ^tablis,  pour  obtenir  justice  et 
satisfaction. 

V.  Sera  r^patee  offense  commise  «nvers  les  Puissances  combinees, 
Tarrestation  des  Consuls  pour  dettes  de  Particuliers  ou  dn  Souverain 
respectiC  ptiisque  pour  leur  reclamation  les  Regences  doivent 
employer  les  recours  adoptes  par  les  Nations  civilisees. 

VI.  Les  Puissances  Alli^es  se  constdereront  ^galement  ofTensees 
s*!!  est  exige  d'une  d'elles  quelque  don  comme  obligatoire,  f6t-i]  m^me 
fonde  sur  Tusage. 

VII.  Lorsque  Tune  des  Puissances  Alliees  sera  attaquee  par  les 
Barbaresques,  sans  avoir  provoque  Tattaque  par  aiicuu  acte  hostile, 
alors  il  y  an ra  lieu  a  1' Alliance. 

VIII.  L' obligation  des  Allies  de  defendre  la  Parfie  offensee,  sub* 
sistera  jasqu'd  ce  quon  aitobtenu  une  juste  reparation  des  domoaages 
occasionnes  par  loifense,  et  de  pins  rindemuisation  des  frais  de  la 
gnerre. 

IX.  Aacun  des  Allies  ne  ponrra  entrer  en  Negociation  avec  TEnnenii 
commun,  sans  le  consentement  et  I'intervention  de  I'autre. 

X.  Les  Parties  Contractantes  s'engageut  d  employer  une  Force  suf- 
fisante  pour  defendre  et  proteger  leur  Commerce  contre  les  Pirateries 
dcB  Barbaresquessusdits. 

XI.  Sa  Majest6  le  Roi  des  Pays-Bas  fonrnira  en  consequence,  1 
Vaisseau  de  Ligne  et  6  Fregates,  et  Sa  Majesty  Catholique  1  Vaisseau  de 
Ligne,  ^  Fregates,   1  Brick  et  16  Bombardes. 

XII.  Le  Commandement  en  Chef  en  sera  d^volu  k  POfficierle  plus 
ancien  dans  le  m^me  grade.  . 

XIII.  Chaque  Puissance  aura  d  sa  charge  la  manutention  dc  ses 
Forces  respectives,  et  toutes  seront  stationnces  dans  les  Ports 
d'Espagne  les  mieux  situes  et  d^fendus,  pour  remplir  le  but  de  TAl- 
liance. 

XIV.  Les  Forces  Mari times  des  Pays-Bas  seront  fournies  a  juste 
prix,  dans  les  Ports  de  Sa  Majeste  Catholique,  de  tous  les  ohjets  de 
necessity  urgente,  tant  pour  les  reparations  que  pour  les  ammunitions 
et  vivres,  contre  le  paiement  en  Lettres-de-change  d  vu  sur  le  Gouver'- 
nement  des  Pays-6as. 

XV.  Les  couvois  d'un  Port  k  Fautre  de  la  Mediterranee  seront 
determines  h  des  ^poques  fixes,  et  les  Navires  March ands  des  Sujets 
des  Puissances  Contractantes  seront  egalement  proteges  et  convoyes. 

XVI.  Une  Croisiere  sera  ^tablie  devant  la  Baie  d*AIger,  afin 
d'emp^cher  la  sortie  des  Corsaires  ou  de  les  intercepter  d  leur  retour. 

2  0  2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


564  NETHERLANDS  AND  SPAIN. 

XVII.  Une  autre  Croisi^re  sera  etablie  detrant  Tunis,  le  cas  de 
guerre  ^cheant. 

XVIII.  Tripoli  n'ayant  presque  aucune  Force  MariUme,  it  sen 
aise  aux  Croisi^res  ci-dessos  meotionDeea  de  le  tenir  en  respect. 

XIX.  Lorsque  la  guerre  sera  declaree  k  une  des  Paisaances  Barba- 
resqnes  d' Alger,  Tunis  ou  Tripoli^  les  Vaisseaux  qui  tomberont  nitre 
les  mains  des  Croisi^res  seront  immediatement  brfiles  ou  d^truits. 

XX.  Les  Puissances  s  engagent  it  payer  leur  valenr  aux  Capteurs, 
et  cette  somme  sera  partag^e  d*apr^  les  r^glemens  exiatans  ches  la 
Puissance  dont  les  Vaisseaux  de  Guerre  auront  fait  la  capture. 

XXI.  Si  des  Vaisseaux  de  Guerre  de  diff&rentes  Nations  ont  fait  It 
prise,  ces  Puissances  paieront  cette  valeur  d'apr^  le  nombre  de  leofs 
equipages  respectifs:  chaque  Puissance  paiera  cette  prime  s^  srs 
equipages. 

XXII.  Les  Prisonniers  de  Guerre  seront  partages  dans  la  mime 
proportion. 

XXIII.  Le  pr^nt  Traite ' sera  communique  aux  Conrs  de  Por- 
tugal, de  Turin  et  de  Naples,  par  Sa  Majesty  Calholique,  qui  les  in- 
vitera  k  y  acceder.  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  Pays-Bas  fera  la  m^me  con- 
munication  et  invitation  aux  Cours  de  P^tersbourg,  Stockholm  et 
Copenbague. 

XXIV.  Le  present  Traits  sera  ratifie.  et  les  Ratifications  seront 
duement  ^changees  d  Madrid  dans  le  delai  de  6  semainea,  on  plutM  si 
faire  se  peut. 

En  foi  de  quoi,  nous  Soussignes  Plenipotentiaires,  en  vertu  de  nos 
Pleins-pouvoirs  respectifs,  avons  signd  le  present  Traits,  et  y  avons 
appos^  le  Sceau  de  nos  Armes. 

Fait  d  Alcala-de-Henares,  le  lO  Ao6t,  1816. 

(L.S.)        H.  DE  ZUYLEN  DE  NYEVELT. 
(L.S.J        PEDRO  CEVALLOS. 


Articles  AddUiinmeU. 

Art.  I.  Sa  Majest6  Catholique  ne  se  trouvant  pas  actuellement 
en  etat  de  Guerre  avec  le  Dey  d'Alger,  le  Commandant  des  Forces 
Maritimes  Espagnoles  se  rendra,  avec  les  Forces  Maritiroes  da  Roi 
des  Pays-Bas,  devant  Alger,  et,  en  vertu  des  Articles  IV,  V,  VI,  et 
VII  du  Traite  de  ce  jour,  reclamera  du  Gouvernement  Algerien  la 
reparation  des  offenses  faites  d  I'une  et  d  Pautre  Puissances  Contrac- 
tantes,  en  declarant  en  m^me  terns  que  Tintention  des  Puissances 
Oontractantes  est  d  observer  scrupuleusement  les  droits  des  Natioas 
etablis  en  Europe  vis-d-vis  des  Puissances  Barbareaquea* 

II.  Si  le  Gouvernement  Algerien  se  refuse  d  ^couter  la  voix  dels 

justice,  et  ne  veuille  pas  donner  les  reparations  exigdes^  le  earn 

fcsderis  du  present  Traits  sera  reconnu,  et  les  Forces  respectives  des 

Puissances  Oontractantes  agiront  d*apr^s  ce  qui  est  stipule  par  lei 

Articles  VII,  VIII,  IX,  XIX,  XX  et  XXI. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS.  565 

III.  Les  pr^us  Articles  Additionnels  aiiront  la  m6nie  force  et 
valeur  que  s'ils  etaient  ins^r^s  mot  k  mot  dans  le  Traite  sign^  au- 
jourdliu].  lis  seront  ratiiies,  et  les  Ratifications  en  seront  echangees 
en  m^mes  terns  et  lieu. 

En  foi  de  quoi,  nous  Soussignes  Plenipotentiaires  les  avons  signes, 
ety  avons  appose  le  Sceau  de  nos  Armes. 

Fait  d  Alcala-de.Henare8>  le  10  Ao6t,  1816. 

(L.8.)        H.DE  ZUYLEN  DE  NYEVELT. 
(L.  S.)        PEDRO  CEVALLOS. 


[Ratifi^  par  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  des  Pays-Bas,  le  19  Ao6t,  et  par 
Sa  Majeste  Catholiqne^  le  13  Septembre,  1816.] 


DISCOURSdu  MinMrede  VIntSrieur,prononc6  A  la  Cldture 
de  la  Session  Ordinaire  des  Etats  Gineraux  des  Paps- 
Bas.    La  Haye^  le  3  Ociobre,  1816. 

Nobles  et  Puissans  Seigneurs^     ^ 

Les  travaux  qui  dcvaient  faire  Tobjet  de  votre  premiere  Session 
Ordinaire  se  tronvant  tannines,  il  a  plu  i  Sa  Majeste  de  me  confier 
llionorable  mission  de  clore,  en  son  uom,  votre  Assemblee. 

C'est  par  la  force  des  circonstauces  que  vos  deliberations  ont  d6  se 
prolonger  si  long«tems:  et  qui  de  vousy  Nobles  et  Puissans  Seigneurs, 
D  aura  pas  senti  que  le  Roi  etait  dans  I'obligation  de  pr^venir,  autant 
qu'il  etait  en  son  pouvoir,  que  I'etabltssement  de  ces  bases,  sans 
lesqnellesaucun  Gouvemement  nesaurait  subsister,  ne  futretarded'un 
seul  instant  sans  la  plus  absolue  n^cessite. 

Bten  loin  done  de  regretter  le  sacrifice  que  vous  avez  fait  a  la* 
Patrie,  en  saspendant  si  longtems  vos  relations  domestiques,  vous  vous 
rappellerez  toujours  avec  inter^t  les  difficultes  d'une  Session  qui  a  fraye 
la  route  qui  doit  faciliter  et  abieger  toutes  vos  deliberations  dans  la 
suite,  et  vous'  apprecierez  sur-tout  la  sollicitude  du  Prince,  qui  par  les 
efforts  qu'il  a  constamment  faits  pour  tout  preparer  avec  la  celerity  que 
la  nature  des  objets  pouvait  permettre,  a  voulu  vous  mettre  k  m^me 
de  pouvoir  cr^er  dans  une  seule  annee  ce  qu'avec  un  esprit  moins  actif 
OB  n'aiirait  pu  etablir  qu'en  plusieurs. 

En  effet.  Nobles  et  Puissans  Seigneurs,  lorsquon  envisage  les  dif- 
ierens  objets  qui  ontet^  traites  et  termines  dans  le  cours  de  cetle  Ses- 
sion, on  en  lemarqne  plusieurs  qui  seuls  auraient  sufii,  par  leur  haute 
importance  et  par  leur  grande  influence  sur  toutes  les  classes  de  la 
societe,  pour  faire  regarder  votre  Session  comme  une  des  plus  m^mo- 
rables  qui  puissent  jamais  ^tre  consignees  dsns  les  annales  de  la 
Patrie. 

Sa  Majeste  est  loin  cependant  de  supposer,  et  vous  partagerez  sans 
doute  cette  opinion,  que  les  Lois  adoptees  aurout,  d^s  le  principe,  la 
perfection  dont  ellei  sont  susceptibles ;  ce  qui  surtout  pent  itre  appli- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


566  NETHERLANDS. 

eable  aiix  Lois  relatives  aux  FiDances^  qui  ont  eU  sanctionn^  dans  Fa 
derni^re  partie  de  votre Session. 

Mais  il  etait  necessaire.  Nobles  et  Puissaos  Seigneors,  de  fixer  on 
point  de  depart  pour  atteindre  i-eguli^rement,  et  guide  par  le  flambeaa 
de  rexperience,  le  graud  but  auquel  les  voeux  mutuels  du  Roi  et  de 
sesSujetsdoivent  teudre,  c^est-a-dire,  d'etablir  un  systetue  deFinancfs 
qui,  C0D9U  pour  la  totality  et  non  pour  une  partie  de  la  Nation,  paisse 
suffire  a  pourvoir  aux  depenses  n^cessaires,  pour  donner  sL  TEtat  cette 
consideration  et  cette  consistanee  quexige  sa  position  relativement 
aax  autres  Peuples  de  I'Europe,  et  qui  r^unisseen  m^me  tems  toutce 
qui  peut  tendre  a  le  faire  supporter  par  les  habitans,  de  la  mani^re  la 
plus  facile,  la  plus  sure,  et  par  cela  m^me  la  plus  ^gale^  en  couciliaat, 
autant  que  possible,  les  uombreux  inter^ts  de  toute  espece  dont  la 
diversity  est  inherente,  en  quelque  sorte^  i  Pexistence  de  la  Societe 
Civile. 

II  ne  pourra  done  etre  qu  agr^able  au  Roi  de  recevoir,  k  1  egard  da 
syst^me  adopte,  comme  sur  tous  les  autres  objets  qui  ont  quelque 
lapport  avec  le  bonheur  de  son  Peuple,  tous  les  eclaircissemens  propm 
i  lui  faire  connaitre  Piofluence  qu'il  aura  sur  tous  les  inter^ts  qu*il 
embrasse,  afin  de  pouvoir  mieux  en  proportionner  les  diverses  parties, 
et  introduire  plus  d'accord  el  d'harmonie  Ik  o4  le  besoin  s^en  fenit 
sentir. 

Comme  Sa  Majeste  a  eprouve  de  votre  part  la  plus  fidelle  co-ope- 
ration dans  I'adoption  de  ce  syst6me,  et  de  tant  d'autrea  dispositions 
qui  etaient  n^cessaires  pour  faire  dlsparaitre  les  barri^res  qui  formaieot 
jusqu'ici  de  ce  Pays  2  Etats  difl^rens,  Sa  Majesty  ose  compter  sor  one 
co-operation  non  moins  efficace,  a  Tegard  de  tout  ce  qui  devra  encore 
^tre  statue  pour  consolider  ce  nouvel  Etat  et  e tendre  sa  prosperite. 

Bientdt  loccasiou  vous  en  sera  de  nouveau  offerte,  et quoique les 
Lois  que  Sa  Majeste  se  propose  de  vous  soumetre  a  la  Session  pro- 
chaine  puissent  ^tre  consid^rees  pent- etre  comme  important,  moios  a 
I'existence  m^me  de  PEtat,  que  plusieurs  de  celles  qui  deja  ont  ete 
discutees  et  adoptees,  il  y  aura  cependant  ou  nombre  d  objets  dela  plus 
Iiaute  importance  qui  devrent  occnper  votre  attention,  mais  probable* 
ment  pendant  un  laps  de  tems  moins  long. 

Le  Roi,  usant  du  droit  qui  lui  a  et^  attribue  par  la  Loi  Fooda- 
nentale,  a  d^sigue  cette  fois,  pour  le  siege  de  la  Session,  la  Viile  de 
Bruxelles,  od  vous  Stes  invites  k  vous  reuuir  derechef,  Ie3l  du  niois 
couraut,  de  la  part  de  Sa  Majesty,  qui  entrevoit  avec  satisfaction  k 
moment  ou  vous  pourrez  encore  faire  usage  de  vos  lumieres  et  de  voi 
ciTorts  pour  coucourir  au  bien-Sti*e  de  la  Patrie,  en  mettant  k  remplir 
les  obligations  qui  vous  sont  imposdes  pour  Taccomplissement  de  ce 
but  important,  le  meme  z^le  dont  vous  avez  dejd  donne  tant  de  preuves 
dujrant  la  Session  que  je  declare  termin^e  eu  ce  moment. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS.  567 

DISCOURSdu  Roi  des  Pays  Ba8,pronanc6  d  VOuverture  de 
la  Session  des  Etats  06n6raua.\ — BruxelleSj  le  2\  Octobre^ 
1816. 

Nobles  et  Puissans  Seigneurs^ 

J'spgouvE  une  bien  vive  satisfaction  en  vous  anuon9anl  que  la 
meilleure  intelligence  existe  entre  ce  Royaume  et  les  Puissances 
£trangfere8,  et  que  tout  doit  nous  faire  compter  sur  la  stabilite  de  ces 
relations  amicalcs. 

D  uo  autre  c6t^y  uousdevons  etre  peniblement  afTectes  de  la  hausse 
extraordinaire  que  le  prix  des  comestibles  a  eprouvee  dans  ce  Pays-ci^ 
de  meme  que  dans  la  plus  grande  paitie  de  1' Europe.  J*examinerai 
avec  une  attention  extreme  les  moyens  que  le  Gouvernement  peut 
opposer  k  cette  calamite^  mais  dans  uue  mati^re  aussi  susceptible  d  ex. 
agdration,  et  si  souventobscurcie  par  les  passions  et  les  prejug^s,  le 
point  le  plus  indispensable  est  une  connaissance  exacte  des  details. 
Deja  des  ordres  ont  ete  donors  pour  que  tons  les  renseignemens  rela- 
tifs  d  cet  objet  fussent  recueillis  avec  le  plus  grand  soin,  et  la  convic- 
tion qui  doit  en  resolter  r^glera  ma  conduite. 

Difitrentes  mesures  qui  ont  pour  but  de  favoriser  le  developpement 
dePindustrieet  de  ragriculture^ou  les  lustilutiouset  les  travaux  d'utilit^ 
Publique,  serontsoumisesi  Vos  Nobles  Puissances  dans  le  cours  de  la 
pr^seute  Session.  L'examen  qu^elles  doiveut  subir  dans  cette  Assem- 
blee  vous  fournira  de  nouvelles  occasions  de  mani fester  ce  z^Ie  iufa- 
tigable  et  cette  connaissance  approfondie  des  sources  de  la  prosperite 
publique»  dont  votre  reunion  precedente  a  offert  taut  de  preuves. 

Parmi  les  etablissemens  que  present  la  Loi  Fondamentale,  mais 
pourlesquels  nous  sommes  encore  depourvus  de  regies  organiqnes 
generalement  applicables>  il  n'en  est  pas  de  plus  important  que  hi 
Milice  Nationale.  Le  Projet  de  Loi  qu'il  m'eut  ete  depuis  long-temps 
agreable  de  vous  adresser,  se  trouve  aujourd'hui  pr^t  d  ^tre  soumis  a 
vos  deliberations,  et  je  le  recommande  d'avance  k  I'attention  particu- 
li^re  de  Vos  Nobles  Puissances. 

Des  motifs  d'ini^rfit  general  ont  donne  lieu  an  projet  d'un  echange 
de  quelques  petites  portions  de  uotre  Territoire  centre  des  Parties  du 
Territoire  Prussien.  C  est  done  ici  une  des  circonstauces  ou^  aux 
termes  de  I'Article  LVIII  de  la  l«oi  Fondamentale,  le  Traite  doit  etrc 
examine  par  les  Etats  Genera ux.  Je  ferai  presenter  incessament  d  Vos 
Nobles  Puissances  la  Convention  qui  a  ete  faite  pour  cet  objet,  et  si 
votre  approbation  me  met  dans  le  cas  de  la  ratifier,  la  direction  des 
Fronti^res  Onentales  du  Royaume  se  trouvera  definitivement  et  com* 
plettement  r^gUe. 

Lorsque  Papper^u  des  Recettes  et  des  Depenses  du  Tresor  Public 
pour  Pannee  prochaine  sera  communique  aux  Etats  Generaux,  Voy 
Nobles  Puissances  remarquerout  avec  satisfaction,  a  ce  que  j'esp^rc. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


568  UNITED  STATEIJ. 

la  diminution  considerable  qui»  conform^nfient  k  voire  vabu  et  an  \ 
a  et^  oper^e  dans  les  frais  de  PAdnainistration  Generale.  Auasi  ae 
faudra-t-il  pour  les  acquitter,  ni  augmentation  des  mojens  euaCans,  ui 
creation  de  ressourcea  extraordinaires.  En  m^me  tems  la  r^gniarice 
et  la  facility  des  perceptions  dans  presqae  tontes  les  Prorinces,  d6iion- 
trentia  salutaire  infioence  que  la  liberty  du  commerce  et  de  toote  io- 
dustrie  a  deja  ezercee  sur  la  situation  des  habitans ;  mais  ni  cette  cir- 
constance^  ni  aucun  des  faits  donttl  est  permis  de  deduire  la  solidile 
toujonrs  croissante  du  Cr^it  Public,  ne  me  feront  oublier  hi  oecesafe 
d^^conomies  uherieureset  le  devoir  qui  m'est  impose  de  n'exiger  de 
mes  Sujets  que  les  sacrifices  strictement  indispensables  poor  le  maio- 
tien  de  l*honneur  et  de  la  sftrete  de  FEtat. 

Si  nous  nous  rappeilon8>  Nobles  et  Puissans  Seigneurs^  ce  qui  s*est 
deji  fait  dans  les  momens  les  plusdifficiles  pour  assurer  riud^pendaoce 
de  la  Patrie  et  Taction  uniforme  du  Gouvemementp  il  nous  est  permis 
d*esp6*er  que  les  efforts  qui  noas  restent  k  fatre  ameneroat  un  resaitat 
non  moins  avantageux. 

Perseverance  pour  attemdre  le  but,  franchise  poor  coneerter  les 
moyenSf  application  constante  k  faire  germer  dans  tous  les  coeurs  des 
sentimens  de  Concorde,  de  confiance  et  de  bieBveillance  :  roilk  oe  que 
la  Nation  Beige  attend  de  nous ;  et  ni  son  Roi»  ni  ses  RepreseDtans  ne 
tromperont  une  si  juste  attente. 


LETTER  f  rim  the  Secretary  of  the  Treaeury,  tramsmUmg 
his  Annual  Report  to  Congress^  upon  the  etaie  iff  the 
Finances  of  The  Untied  States.— 7th  December^  1815. 

Sir,  Treasury  Depariment,  1th  December,  1815. 

I  RATE  the  honor  herewith  to  transmit  a  Report,  prepared  in 
obedience  to  the  Act  **  to  establish  the  Treasury  Department,"  aad 
the  Act  Supplementary  thereto. 

I  have  the  honor  to  be,  &c. 

A.  J.  DALLAS. 
7'^«  Honorable  the  Speaker 

of  the  House  of  Represeniatives. 


REPORT. 

In  obedience  to  the  Acts,  entitled  respectively,  "  An  Act  to  csUb- 
Hsh  the  Treasury  Department,'*  and  '<  An  Act  Supplementary  to  the 
Act,  entitled  '  An  Act  to  establish  the  Ti^asury  Department,'*  tlie 
Secretary  of  the  Treasury  has  the  honor  to  lay  before  Congress,  the 
following  Report  ;^comprehending  : 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  569 

I.  A  cursory  Review  of  the  Financial  Operations  of  the  GoTem- 
ment,  in  reference  to  the  recent  state  of  War  {P^g^  569.) 

II.  A  view  of  the  Finances  for  1815,  with  Estimates  of  the  Public 
Revenue  and  Expenditures  for  1816 {Pa;re692,) 

III.  Propositions  for  the  Improvement  and  Management  of  the 
Revenue,  and  for  the  support  of  Public  Credit {Page  608.) 


I.  A  cursory  review  of  the  Financial  Operations  ofihe  Government, 
in  reftrence  to  the  recent  state  of  War, 

In  order  to  introduce  to  the  consideration  of  Congress,  with 
advantage,  the  measures  which  will  be  respectfully  suggested,  for 
replacing  the  Finances  of  The  United  States  upon  the  basis  of  a  Peace 
Establishment,  a  review  of  the  Financial  Operations  of  the  Govern- 
ment, in  reference  to  the  recent  state  of  War,  appears  to  be  a  necessary 
preliminary. 

The  Restrictive  System,  which  commenced  in  the  year  1807, 
greatly  diminished  the  product  of  the  Public  Revenue ;  but  it  was  not 
until  the  crisis  involved  an  actual  Declaradon  of  War,  that  the  aug- 
mentation in  the  Expenses  of  the  Government  became  obvious  and 
important.  With  the  occasional  aid  of  Temporary  Loans,  the  Ordinaiy 
Receipts  of  the  Treasury  had  exceeded  the  Ordinary  Expenditures,  even 
during  the  period  ofa  suspended  commerce;  (A.)  and  a  Report  from  this 
Department,  presenting  the  Estimates  for  the  year  1813,  seems  to  have 
given  the  first  intimation,  that  the  portion  of  Extraordinary  Expenses 
to  be  incurred  for  the  Military  and  Naval  Service,  on  account  of  the 
then  existing  state  of  the  Country,  would  raise  the  demands  upon  the 
Treasury,  to  a  considerable  amount  beyond  the  estimated  product  of 
the  current  Revenue.  The  Ordinary  Disbursements  for  the  year 
ending  the  30th  of  September  1811,  were  stated  as  amounting  to  the 
sum  of  13,058,6d7  dollars ;  and  the  Ordinary  Receipts  for  the  same  year 
were  stated  as  amounting  to  the  sum  of  13^1,446  dollars,  independent 
of  a  Temporary  I<oan  (raised  in  1810,  and  repaid  in  181 1)  as  well  as  of 
the  balances  in  the  Treasury,  at  the  commencement  and  the  close  of 
the  year.  But  the  Estimates  of  the  year  1812  required,  on  account  of 
the  current  expenses,  the  sum  of  9,400,000  dollars:  viz.      Dollars. 

For  the  Civil  and  Diplomatic  DepartmenU 1,260,000 

For  the  Military  Department  (including  the 
Militia,  the  Indian  Department,  the  Charge 

of  Arsenals,  Army,  and  Ordnance,  &c) 3,415,000 

For  the  Naval  Department 2,500,000 

For  the  Interest  on  the  Public  Debt 2,225,000 


Dollars    9,400,000 
And  the  subsisting  Revenue  to  meet  these  expenses 
was  estimated  at  the  sum  of  8,200,000  dollars,  proceeding 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


570  UNITED  STATES. 

Dollars.        Dollars. 

From  the  Customs 7,500,000 

From  the  Sales  of  Public  Lauds       000,000 
From  Misceliaueous  Fay  meuts. . .       1 00,000 


8,200,000 


Leaving  a  De6cit,  for  which  it  was  proposed  to 

provide  by  a  Loan,  amounting  to...  Dollars.     1:200/KM) 


Such  were  the  limited  objects  of  expense,  and  such  the  limits 
means  of  supply,  at  the  commencement  of  the  year,  in  which  War  was 
declared.  An  increase  of  the  expense  and  a  diminution  of  tlie  suppW 
must  have  been  anticipated,  as  the  inevitable  consequence  of  that 
event ;  but  the  Government  reposed  with  confidence,  for  all  the  requi* 
site  support,  upon  the  untried  resources  of  tlie  Nation,  in  credit,  in 
capital,  and  in  industry.  The  confidence  was  justly  reposed ;  yet  it 
may,  perhaps,  be  considered  as  a  subject  for  regret,  and  it  certaiuly 
furnishes  a  lesson  of  practical  policy,  that  ihere  existed  no  system  bv 
which  the  internal  resources  of  the  Country  could  be  brought,  at  once, 
into  action,  when  the  resources  of  its  external  commerce  became 
incompetent  to  answer  the  exigencies  of  the  times.  The  existence  of 
such  a  system,  would  probably  have  invigorated  the  early  movements 
of  the  War;  might  have  preserved  the  Public  Credit  unimpaired;  and 
would  have  rendered  the  pecuniary  contributions  of  the  People  more 
equal  as  well  as  more  effective.  But  owing  to  the  want  of  such  a 
system,  a  sudden,  and  almost  an  exclusive  resort  to  the  Public  Credit 
was  necessarily  adopted,  as  the  chief  instrument  of  Finance.  Tbe 
nature  of  the  instrument  employed  was  soon  developed ;  and  it  was 
found  that  Public  Credit  could  only  be  durably  maintained  upon  tlie 
broad  foundations  of  Public  Revenue. 

On  the  Opening  of  the  Session  of  Congress  in  November,  1811,  the 
Legislative  attention  was  devoted  to  the  organization  of  the  Military 
and  Naval  Departments  upon  tbe  enlarged  scale  of  a  War  Establish- 
ment; so  that  the  appropriations  for  this  purpose  far  exceeded,  in  a 
short  time,  the  estimates  and  resources  of  the  Treasury,  as  they  hare 
already  been  described.  Ways  and  means  were,  therefore,  provided  to 
meet  the  extraordinary  demands  thus  created  ;  but  they  were  derived, 
exclusively,  from  the  operations  of  Foreign  Commerce,  and  of  Public 
Credit 

1.  The  Mediterranean  Fund  was,  at  first,  continued  until  the  4th  of 
March,  1813,  and  afterwards  until  March,  1815,  (when  it  became 
extinct,)  affording  an  additional  duty  of  2i  per  cent,  ad  valorem,  on 
all  imported  goods  paying  duties  ad  valorem ;  *  and  a  discrimi Dating: 
duty  of  10  per  cent,  upon  that  additional  duty,  in  respect  to  all  goods 
imported  in  Vessels  not  of  The  Uuited  States. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  571 

2.  There  irere  imposed,  an  additional  duty  of  100  per  cent  upon 
the  permanent  duty  on  goods  imported  into  The  United  States  from 
any  Foreif^n  place;  a  discriminating  duty  of  10  per  cent,  upon  that 
additional  duty,  in  respect  to  all  goods  imported  in  Vessels  not  of  The 
United  States ;  and  an  additional  duty  of  1  dollar  and  50  cents  per  ton 
(the  previous  duty  being  at  the  rate  of  60  cents  per  ton)  upon  all 
vessels  belouging  ii holly  or  in  part  to  the  Subjects  of  Foreign  Powers. 
But  the  continuance  of  the  Act  being  limited  to  the  expiration  of  one 
year  after  the  conclusion  of  the  Peace,  these  additional  duties  will  cease 
on  the  17th  February,  1816. 

3.  An  authority  was  given  to  raise  by  loan  a  sum  not  exceeding 
1 1,000,000  of  dollars,  and  to  create  Stock  for  the  amount,  bearing  an 
interest  not  exceeding  the  rate  of  6  per  cent,  per  annum,  and  reim. 
bursable  at  any  lime  after  the  expiration  of  12  years,  from  the  1st  of 
January,  1813.  The  payment  of  the  interest,  and  the  redemption  or 
the  purchase  of  this  Stock,  are  charged  upon  the  Sinking  Fond, 

4.  And  an  authority  was  given  to  issue  Treasury  Notes  for  a  sum 
not  exceeding  5,000,000  of  dollars,  bearing  interest  at  the  rate  of 
5f  per  cent  per  annum,  and  reimbursable  at  such  places  respectively 
as  should  be  expressed  on  the  face  of  the  Notes,  one  year  aAer  the 
day  on  which  the  same  shall  have  been  issued.  The  Notes  were 
declared  to  be  receivable  in  payment  of  all  Duties  and  Taxes  laid  by 
The  United  States,  and  all  Public  Lands  sold  by  their  authority,  and 
the  payment  of  the  interest  and  the  redemption  or  purchase  of  these 
Notes  were  charged,  like  the  Funded  Debt,  upon  the  Sinking  Fund. 

The  effect  of  the  additional  ways  and  means  provided  by  Congress 
from  time  to  time  daring  the  late  War,  may  readily  be  traced.  From 
the  Treasury  Report,  dated  the  1st  of  December,  1812,  it  appears, 
that  the  actual  Receipts  into  the  Treasury  duriug  the  year  ending  on 
the  30th  of  September,  1813,  including  a  portion  of  the  Loan  and  of 
the  is9ue  of  Treasury  Notes,  amounted  to  the  sum  of  16,782,159 
dollars;  (almost  double  the  amount  of  the  previous  estimate;)  and 
that  the  actual  disbursements  for  the  same  year  amounted  to  the  sum 
of  18,368,325  dollars,  (which  was  also  almost  double  the  amount  of 
the  previous  estimate,)  independent  of  the  balances  in  the  Treasury,  at 
the  commencement  and  at  the  close  of  the  year.  But  the  estimates 
for  the  year  1813,  required  on  account  of  accumulating  expenditures, 
a  sum  of  31,925,000  dcdiars ;  viz.:  Doliars. 

For  the  Civil  and  Diplomatic  Departments 1,600,000 

For  the  Military  Department   17,000,000 

For  the  Naval  Department 4,925,000 

For  the  interest  and  reimbursement  of  the  principal 
of  the  Public  Debt 8,500,000 

Dollars...     31,926,000 

Digitized  by  VjOOQ  iC 


572  UNITED    STATES. 

And  the  subsUting  Revenue  to  meet  these  Expenditure* 
was  estimated  at  the  sum  of  12^000,000  dollars ;  pro- 
ceeding  JJoUars, 

From  the  Custom « 11^500,000 

From  the  sale  of  Public  Lands,  &c 500,000 


12,000,000 


Leaving  a  Deficit,  for  which  it  was  proposed  to  pro- 
vide: Ist.  By  the  outstanding  balauces  of  the  authorized 
Loan  and  issue  of  Treasury  Notes ;  and  2d,  By  a  new 
authority  to  borrow,  and  to  issue  Treasury  Notes,  to  the 
amount  of 19,925,000 


During  the  Session  of  Congress,  which  commenced  in  November, 
1812,  and  closed  on  the  3d  of  March,  1813,  the  appropriations  for 
the  Army,  the  Navy,  and  the  other  branches  of  the  Public  Service, 
were  considerably  augmented ;  but  (without  adverting  to  the  impo- 
sition of  a  small  duty  upon  imported  Iron. wire)  no  new  source  of 
Revenue  was  then  opened ;  but  additional  aid  was  extended  to  the 
Treasury,  by  authorizing  a  repetition  of  the  appeal  to  Public  Credit. 

1.  An  authority  was  given  to  raise  by  Loan  a  sum  not  exceeding 
16,000,000  dollars,  and  to  create  Stock  for  the  amount,  bearing 
interest,  not  exceeding  the  rate  of  6  per  cent,  per  annum,  and  reim- 
bursable at  any  time  aAer  the  expiration  of  12  years,  from  the  1st  of 
January,  1814.  The  payment  of  the  interest,  and  the  redemption  or 
purchase  of  this' Stock,  are  charged  upon  the  Sinking  Fund. 

2.  And  an  authority  was  given  to  issue  Treasury  Notes,  for 
a  sum  not  exceeding  5,000,000  dollars,  absolutely ;  with  a  pro- 
visional authority  to  issue  an  additional  sum  of  5,000,000  dollars,  to 
be  deemed  and  held  to  be  a  part  of  the  Loan  of  16,000,000  dollars, 
authorized  as  above  stated  to  be  raised.  The  Notes  were  to  bear 
interest  at  the  rate  of  5|-  dollars  per  cent,  per  annum,  to  be  reimburs- 
able at  such  places  respectively,  as  should  be  expressed  on  the  face  of 
them,  one  year  after  the  day  on  which  they  shonld  be  issued ;  to  be 
receivable  in  payment  of  all  Duties  and  Taxes  laid  by  The  United 
States,  and  all  the  Public  Lands  sold  by  tlieir  authority ;  and  the 
payment  of  the  interest  and  the  redemption  or  purchase  of  these 
Notes,  were  charged  like  the  Funded  Debt  upon  the  Sinking  Fond. 

The  necessities  of  the  Treasury  becoming,Aowever,  more  urgent, 
and  the  reliance  on  the  Public  Credit  becoming  more  hazardous.  Con- 
gress determined  at  a  Special  Session,  which  commenced  in  May,  1813, 
to  lay  the  foundation  of  a  system  of  Internal  Revenue ;  selecting  in 
particular  those  subjects  of  Taxation,  which  were  recommended  by  the 
experience  of  a  former  period,  and  computing  their  general  product  at 
the  sum  of  5,000,000  dollars.  The  continuance  of  these  Taxes  being 
limited,  at  first,  to  one  year  after  the  termination  of  the  War,  they 
acquired  the  denomination  of  '<  the  War  Taxes ;"  but  by  subaequeot 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED    STATES.  573 

Laws,  almost  all  the  existing  Revenues  are  pledged  with  the  faith  of 
The  United  States,  to  provide  for  the  payment  of  the  expenses  of 
Government;  for  the  punctual  payment  of  the  Public  Debt^  principal 
and  interest^  according  to  the  contracts;  and  for  creating  an  adequate 
Sinking  Fund,  gradually  to  reduce  and  eventually  to  extinguish  the 
Public  Debt;  until  those  purposes  shall  be  accomplished^  or  until 
Congress  shall  provide  and  substitute  by  Law  for  the  same  purposes, 
other  duties  which  shall  be  equally  productive. 
In  the  Session  of  May,  1813. 

1.  A  direct  Tax  of  3,000,000  dollars  was  laid  upon  The  United 
Sfates,  and  apportioned  to  the  States  respectively  for  the  year  1814, 
and  it  was  afterwards  subjected  to  the  general  pledge  above  stated. 

2.  A  Duty  of  4  cents,  per  pound  was  laid  upon  all  Sugar  refined 
within  The  United  States.  The  continuance  of  the  duty  was  limited 
to  one  year  after  the  War ;  and  as  the  general  pledge  has  not  been 
applietl  to  it,  the  duty  will  cease  on  the  17th  February,  1816. 

3.  A  Duty  was  laid  on  all  Carriages  for  the  conveyance  of  Persons, 
kept  by  any  Person  for  his  own  use,  or  to  be  let  out  for  hire,  or  for  the 
conveyance  of  Passengers,  which  was  graduated  according  to  the  deno- 
mination of  the  Carriage,  from  the  yearly  sum  of  20  dollars,  to  the 
yeariy  sum  of  2  dollars.  The  continuance  of  this  duty  was  originally 
limited  to  the  War ;  but  the  general  pledge  has  been  applied  to  it,  with 
some  modifications  in  the  mode  of  laying  and  collecting  the  duty. 

4.  A  Duty  was  imposed  on  Licenses  to  Distillers  of  Spirituous  Li- 
quors, which  was  graduated  according  to  the  capacity  of  the  Still,  the 
time  of  employing  it,  and  the  materials  consumed.  The  continuance 
of  this  Duty  was  originally  limited  to  the  War;  but  the  general 
pledge  has  been  applied  to  it,  with  considerable  modifications  in  the 
principle  and  provisions  of  the  Law. 

5.  A  Duty  was  laid  on  Sales  at  auction,  of  Merchandize,  and  of  Ships 
and  Vessels,  at  the  rate  of  I  per  Cent,  of  the  purchase-money  of  the 
goods,  and  of  25  cents  for  every  100  dollars  of  the  purchase-money  of 
Ships  and  Vessels.  The  continuance  of  this  duty  was  originally 
limited  to  the  War ;  but  the  general  pledge  has  been  applied  to  it,  with 
a  considerable  addition  to  the  amount,  and  a  modification  of  the  pro- 
visions of  the  Law. 

6.  A  Duty  was  laid  on  Licenses  to  retailers  of  Wines,  Spirituous 
Liquors,  and  Foreign  Merchandise,  graduated  according  to  Uie  place 
of  retailing,  and  the  nature  of  the  article  retuled.  The  continuance 
of  this  duty  was  originally  limited  to  the  War;  but  the  general  pledge 
has  been  applied  to  it 

7.  A  Duty  was  laid  on  Notes  of-  Banks  and  Bankers ;  on  Bonds, 
Obligations,  or  Promissory  Notes,  discounted  by  Banks  or  Bankers, 
and  on  Foreign  or  Inland  Bills  of  Exchange  above  60  dollars,  and 
having  one  or  more  Endorsers;  graduated  according  to  the  nominal 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


574  UNITED  STATES. 

atnouut  of  tli6  Instrument.  The  continuance  of  this  Duty  was  limited 
to  1  year  after  the  War :  and  as  the  general  pledge  has  not  been 
applied  to  it,  the  Duty  will  cease  on  the  17th  of  February.  1816. 

But,  besides  the  Direct  Tax  and  the  Internal  Duties,  there  vere 
added  to  the  resources  of  the  Treasury  during  the  Session  of  May,  1814; 
6.  A  Duly  of  20  cents  per  bushel  on  all  Salt  imported  from  any 
Foreign  Place  into  The  United  States:  which  being  limited  to  tlie 
War,  and  not  being  included  in  the  general  pledge,  will  cease  on  the 
17th  of  February,  1816. 

9.  And  an  authority  to  raise  a  Loan,  not  exceeding  7,500,000 
dollars,  and  to  create  Stock  fur  the  amount,  reimbursable  at  any  time 
after  the  expiration  of  12  years  from  the  1st  of  January,  1814. 

The  rate  of  interest  was  not  limited  by  the  Law  ;  but  it  was  provided 
that  no  Certificate  of  Stock  should  be  sold  at  a  rate  less  than  88  per 
cent.,  or  88  dollars  in  money,  for  100  dollars  in  Stock.  The  payment  of 
the  Interest,  and  the  redemption  or  the  purchase  of  this  Stock  are 
charged  upon  the  Sinking  Fund. 

The  sources  of  Revenue  thus  opened  in  1813>  could  not,  however, 
be  expected  to  aid  the  Treasury  until  1814;  and,  accordingly,  the 
Annual  Report  from  this  Department,  dated  the  8th  of  January  1814, 
neither  the  Direct  Tax,  nor  the  Internal  Duties,  will  be  found  as  an 
item  of  the  actual  Receipts  into  the  Treasury  during  the  year  ending 
the  dOth  of  September,  1813.  The  amount  of  those  Receipts  was 
stated  in  the  proceeds  of  the  Customs,  of  the  sales  of  Uie  Public 
Lands,  &c.,  at  13,568,043  dollars,  and  in  the  proceeds  of  Loans  and 
Treasury  Notes,  at  33,976,912  dollars,  making  together  39,907,607 
dollars,  and  the  actual  disbursements  of  the  same  period  were  stated  at 
98,928,855  dollars,  independent  of  the  balances  in  the  Treasury,  at 
the  commencement  and  close  of  the  year. 
But  the  Estimates  for  the  year  1814,  required  Dollars. 

a  sum  of  45,350,000  dollars,  viz  : 
For  Civil,  Diplomatic  and  Miscellaneous  Ex- 
penses   • 1,700,000 

For  the  payment  of  Interek  on  the  Old  and 
New  Debt,  and  the  Instalments  of  the  prin- 
cipal of  the  Old  Debt 12,200,000 

For  the  Military  Establishment 24,550,000 

For  the  Naval  Establidiment 6,900fiQO 

45,350,000 

And  the  subsisting  Revenue  to  meet  these  Ex- 
penditures, was  estimated  at   the  sum  of 
14,370,000  dollars;  proceeding 
From  the  Customs  and  Sales  of  Public  Lands     6,600,000 
From  the  Internal  Duties  and  Direct  Tax  .w.    3,500,000 
From  a  Balance  of  Loans  and  Treasury  Notes    4,270,000 

^  14,370,000 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  575 

Leaving  a  Deficit,  for  which  it  was  proposed  to 
provide  ;  1st,  by  a  part  of  the  balance  in  the 
Treasury ;  and  2nd,  by  Loans  and  Treasury 
Notes;  amounting  to Poliars.    30,980,000 

For  the  Deficit,  thus  approaching  the  sum  of  31,000,000  dollars,  the 
only  provision  made  during  the  Session,  which  commenced  in  De- 
cember, 1813,  rested  again  upon  the  Public  Credit. 

1.  An  authority  vths  given  to  issue  Treasury  Notes  for  a  sum  not 
exceeding  5,000,000  dollars  absolutely,  with  a  provisional  aulhority  to 
issue  an  additional  sum  of  5,000  000  dollars,  to  be  deemed  and  held 
to  be  a  part  of  any  Loan  which  might  be  authorized  during  the  Session. 
The  Notes  were  to  bear  Interest  at  the  rate  of  6  ^  dollars  per  cent. 
per  annum ;  to  be  reimbursed  at  such  places  respectively,  as  should  be 
expressed  on  the  face  of  them,  1  year  after  the  day  on  which  tliey 
should  be  issued  ;  to  be  receivable  in  payment  of  all  Duties  and  Taxes 
laid  by  The  United  States,  and  all  Public  Lands  sold  by  their  authority ; 
and  the  payment  of  the  interest,  and  the  redemption  or  purchase  of 
these  Notes,  were  charged,  like  the  Funded  Debt,  on  the  Sinking  Fund. 

2.  And  an  authority  was  given  to  raise  by  Loan,  a  sum  not  ex- 
ceeding 25,000,000  dollars,  and  to  create  Stock  for  the  amount,  reim- 
bursable aAer  the  expiration  of  12  years  from  the  last  day  of 
December,  1814  Neither  the  rate  of  the  interest  nor. the  price  of 
the  Stock  was  limited ;  and  the  payment  of  the  interest  and  the  re- 
demption or  purchase  of  the  Stock  are  charged  upon  the  Sinking 
Fond. 

The  embarrassments  of  the  Treasury, .  after  the  adjournment  of 
Congress  in  the  year  1814,  became  extreme.     It  appears  that  the  dis- 
bursements during  the  first  half  of  that  year,  had  amounted  to  the  sum 
of  19,693,781  dollars: 
For  the  Civil,  Diplomatic  and  Miscellaneous  Expenses  ...     1,444,062 

For  the  Military  Department 11,210,938 

For  the  Naval  Department    4,012,199 

For  the  Public  Debt 3,026,580 

19,693,781 
And  the  balance  of  the  appropriations  for  the  same 
objects  of  Expenditure,  required  during  the  other  half  of 
the  same  year,  was  stated  at < 27,576,391 


Dollars.        47,270,172 
Btttthe  actual  Receipts  into  the  Treasury 
during  the  first  half  of  the  year  1814,  bad 
amounted  to  19,219,946  dollars ;   proceed- 
ing. 

From  the  Customs 4482,088 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


576  UNITED    STATES. 

From  the  sale  ofpublic  lands,  (including 
those  in  the  Mississippi  Territory^  the  pro- 
ceeds of  which  are  payable  to  the  State  of     Dollars, 

Georgia) 640,065 

From  the  internal  duties  and  direct  Tax  2,189,273 
From  Postage,  and  incidental  Receipts     166,744 

From  Ix)ans 9,679.676 

From  Treasury  Notes 2,462,100 

Dollars  19,219,946 
And  it  was  estimated  that  there  would 
be  received  from  the  same  sources,  (includ- 
ing Loans  and  Treasury  Notes  to  the  amount 
of  8,320,000  dollars.)  during  the  other  half 
of  the  same  year 13,160,000 


82,379,946 
To  this  amount  add  the  balance  of  the 
cash  in  the  Treasury  on  the  1st  of  July,  1814.  4,722,639 


And  the  estimated  aggregate  of  the  funds  to  meet  the 
demands  on  the  Treasury  to  the  close  of  the  year,  1814, 
was \ 37,102^ 


IjeaTing  a  Deficit  for  the  service  of  1814,  after  absorb- 
ing all  the  cash  of  the  Treasury,  amounting  to  ...  Dollars,  10,167,586 

To  supply  this  Deficit  of  10,167,586  Dollars,  to  provide  an  additional 
sum  for  the  contingenciea  of  the  year,  and  to  accelerate  the  Fiscal 
Measures,  which  were  essential  to  the  prosecution  of  the  War  in  1815, 
the  interposition  of  the  Legislature  was  deemed  indispensable.  The 
plan  of  Finance,  which  was  predicated  upon  the  theory  of  defraying  the 
extraordinary  expenses  of  the  War  by  successive  Loans,  had  already 
become  inoperative.  The  product  of  the  Revenues  had  ceased  to  furnish 
an  amount  equal  to  the  expenditure  of  the  former  Peace  Establishment, 
with  an  addition  of  the  interest  upon  the  Debt  contracted  on  account 
of  the  War.  And  the  sudden  suspension  of  specie  payments  at  the 
principal  Banks  established  in  the  different  States  (however  it  may  be 
excused,  or  justified,  by  the  apparent  necessity  of  the  case)  had  ex- 
posed  the  Government,  as  well  as  Private  Citizens,  to  all  the  incon- 
veniences of  a  variable  currency,  devoid  alike  of  National  authority, 
and  of  National  ciroulation.  The  Treasury  could  no  longer  transfer 
its  Funds  from  place  to  place;  and  it  became*  of  course,  impracticable 
to  maintain  the  accustomed  punctuality,  in  the  payment  of  the 
public  engagements. 


Digitized  by 


Google 


I 


UNITED  STATES.  577 

Under  these  circumstances,  the  Congress  was  conyened  by  the 
special  call  of  the  President  in  September,  1814,  when  the  Citizens  of 
every  occupation  and  pursuit  seemed  eager  to  second  the  Legislative 
efforts  to  replenish  au  exhausted  Treasury,  and  to  renovate  the  Public 
Credit.  Commerce  continued  to  contribute,  perhaps,  to  the  extent  of 
its  capacity.  Agriculture,  though  suffering  the  want  of  a  vent  for 
some  of  its  important  staples,  was  everywhere  prepared  for  the  re- 
quisite exertions.  Domestic  manufactures,  which  had  scarcely  sur- 
mounted the  first  struggle  for  existence,  yielded  to  the  patriotic 
impulse :  and  the  capital  of  Individuals,  in  all  its  variety  of  form, 
offered  a  ready  tribute  to  relieve  the  necessities  of  the  Country.  Thus, 
during  the  Session  which  commenced  in  September,  1814,  and  closed 
onthedrd  of  March,  1816;— 

I.  The  following  Internal  Duties  were  increased  in  their  amount; 
the  Duties  were  rendered  permanent,  and  the  general  pledge  was 
applied  to  them : 

1 .  The  Direct  Tax  was  raised  to  an  annual  sum  of  6,000,000 
dollars ;  and  it  was  extended  to  the  District  of  Columbia. 

2.  The  Duty  on  Carriages  was  raised, '  and  a  Duty  on  Harness 
was  added. 

3*  The  Duty  on  Licenses  to  Distillers  of  Spirituous  Liquors  was 
continued,  and  a  Duty  on  Spirits  Distilled  was  added. 

4.  The  Duties  on  Sales  at  Auction  and  on  Licenses  to  retail  Wines, 
Spirituous  Liquors,  and  Foreign  merchandise,  were  raised. 

5.  The  Rates  of  Postage  were  raised  50  per  cent. 

II.  The  following  new  Duties  were  permanently  laid,  and  the 
general  pledge  was  applied  to  them  ;— but  it  was  at  the  same  time 
declared  that,  so  long  as  the  Duties  imposed  on  the  articles  of  do- 
mestic manufacture  should  continue  to  be  laid,'the  Duties  then  payable 
on  the  like  description  of  goods  imported  into  The  United  States  should 
not  b«  discontinued  or  diminished. 

1.  Duties  on  various  articles  manufactured  or  made  for  sale 
within  The  United  States  or  their  Territories,  as  specified  in  the 
annexed  Table,  (B.) 

2.  Duties  on  articles  in  use,  to  wit;— 

On  Household  Furniture,  the  value  in  any  one  family,  (with  certain 
exceptions,)  exceeding  200  dollars  in  money,  according  to  a  scale 
graduated  from  I  dollar  on  a  value  of  400  dollars,  to  100  dollars  on  a 
value  of  9,000  dollars. 

On  every  Gold  Watch  kept  for  use,  2  dollars. 

On  every  Silver  Watch  kept  for  use,  1  dollar. 

But,  besides  establishing  these  sources  of  Revenue,  (and  others  were 
contemplated  at  the  period  when  the  Treaty,  of  Ghent  was  announced,) 
Congress  sought  to  confer  upon  the  Treasury  the  means  of  antici- 
pating the  collection  of  the  Duties;  of  recovering  the  punctuality  of 
[1815—16.]  2P 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


578  UNITED  STATES, 

its  payments ;  and  of  inviting  the  co- operation  of  the  monied  instita- 
lioDS  and  monied  men  of  The  United  States,  in  plans  for  restoriog 
an  Quiform  National  Currency. 

With  tliese  views  various  measures  were  sanctioned ; 
L  An  authority  wax  given  to  raise  by  Loan,  a  sum  not  exceeding 
3,000,000  dollars,  (particularly  destined  to  provide  for  the  Expen- 
ditures of  the  last  quarter  of  the  year  1814,)  aod  to  create  Stock  for 
the  amount  reimbursable  at  any  time  after  the  31st  of  December,  1826. 
No  limitation  was  prescribed  as  to  the  rate  of  interest,  or  the'  price  of 
the  Stock ;  but  it  was  declared  that,  in  payment  of  subscriptions  to  this 
Loan  or  to  Loans  authorized  by  auy  other  Act  of  Congress,  it  should 
be  lawful  to  receive  Treasury  Notes  becoming  due  on  or  before  the 
1st  of  January,  1815,  at  Uieir  par  value,  together  with  the  interest 
accrued. 

The  payment  of  the  interest  and  the  redemption  or  the  purchase 
of  the  Stock  to  be  thus  created,  were  charged  upon  the  Sinking  Fund; 
but  tlie  Act  contained  these  further  assurances  :  Ist,  That,  in  addition 
to  the  annual  sum  of  8,OOQ,000  dollars  heretofore  appropriated  for  tbe 
Sinliing  Fund,  adequate  and  permanent  Funds  should  be  provided  and 
appropriated  during  that  Session  of  Congress,  for  the  payment  of  tbe 
'  interest  and  tlie  reimbursement  of  the  principal  of  the  Stock ;  and 
Snd,  That  an  adequate  and  permanent  Sinking  Fund,  gradually  to 
reduce  and  eventually  to  extinguish  the  Public  Debt  contracted 
during  the  War,  should  also  be  established  during  the  same  Session  of 
Congress. 

II.  An  authority  was  given  to  anticipate  the  collection  and  receipt 
of  the  Duties  on  Licenses  to  Distillers  of  Spirituous  Liquors,  and  on 
Distilled  Spirits,  by  obtaining  a  Loan  upon  the  pledge  of  the  Duties 
to  an  amount  not  exceeding  6,000,000  dollars,  and  at  a  rate  of  interest 
Hot  exceeding  6  per  cent,  per  annum.  And  a  similar  authority  was 
given  to  raise  a  like  sum  at  the  same  rate,  by  the  pledge  of  the  Direct 
Tax. 

III.  An  authority  was  given  to  issue  Treasury  Notes,  for  so  much  of 
the  sums  authorized  to  be  borrowed  under  the  Acts  of  the  24th  of 
March  and  the  15th  of  November,  1814,  as  had  not  been  borrowed  or 
otherwise  employed  in  the  issue  of  Treasury  Notes,  provided  that  tbe 
whole  amount  shall  not  exceed  the  sum  of  7,600,000  dollars.  And 
by  the  same  Act  an  authority  was  also  given  to  issue  a  further  sum  of 
d,000,000  dollars,  to  supply  a  de6ciency  in  the  appropriations  for  the 
expenses  of  the  War  Department.  The  Treasury  Notes  issued  under 
these  authorities  were  in  all  respects  similar  to  tbe  prior  issues  of 
Treasury  Notes,  except  that  the  payment  of  tlie  interest  and  the  re- 
imbursement of  the  principal  were  not  as  heretofore  charged  upon  the 
Sinking  Fund,  but  upon  any  money  in  the  Treasury  not  otherwise 
appropriated. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  579 

)V  An  authority  was  given  to  issue  andre-iaiue  Treasury  Notes 
Tor  a  sum  not  exceeding  25,000,000  dollars,  upon  principles  essentially 
different  from  the  prior  issues. 

1.  These  Treasury  Notes  might  be  of  any  denomination.  If  they 
were  of  a  denomination  less  than  100 -dollars,  they  vere  to  be  payable 
to  the  bearer,  to  be  transferable  by  delivery,  and  to  bear  no  interest. 
This  denomination  has  acquired  the  designation  of  "Small  Treasury 
Notes."  If  they  were  of  the  denomination  of  100  dollars  or  upwards, 
they  might  conform  to  the  foregoing  description,  or  they  were  to  he 
|Hiyab1e  to  order,  to  be  transferable  by  endorsement,  and  to  bear 
interest  at  tlie  rate  of  5|  per  cent  per  annum.  This  denomination  (of 
which  only  Notes  for  100  dollars  bearing  interest  have  been  issued) 
has  acquired  the  designation  of  "Treasury  Notes  of  the  New 
Emission/' 

52.  The  principal  and  interest  of  these  Treasury  Notes  are  not 
payable  at  any  particular  time ;  but  the  Notes  are  everywhere  receiva- 
ble in  all  payments  to  The  United  States. 

3.  The  holders  of  "  Small  Treasury  Notes*'  may  exchange  them, 
at  pleasure,  in  sums  of  not  less  than  100  dollars,  for  Certificates  of 
Fanded  Stock,  bearing  interest  at  7  per  cent,  per  annum,  from  the 
first  day  of  the  calender  month  next  ensuing  that  in  which  the  Notes 
shall  be  presented  to  the  Treasury  of  The  United  States,  or  to  a  Com- 
missioner of  Loans,  for  the  purpose  of  exchange. 

4.  The  holders  of  "  Treasury  Notes  of  the  new  Emission'*  may 
exchange  them«  at  pleasure,  in  sums  of  not  less  than  100  dollars  for 
Certificates  of  Funded  Stock,  bearing  interest  at  6  per  cent,  per  annum, 
from  the  first  day  of  the  calendar  month  next  ensuing  that  in  which 
they  shall  be  presented  to  the  Treasury  of  The  United  States  or  a 
Commissioner  of  Loans. 

5.  The  Stock  thus  created  by  the  exchange  of  Treasury  Notes  of 
either  denomination  is  reimbursable  at  any  time  after  the  81st  of 
December,  1824,  and  it  is  charged  upon  such  Funds  as  had  been  or 
shoald  be  established  by  Law,  for  the  payment  and  reimbursement  of 
the  Funded  Public  Debt  contracted  since  the  Declaration  of  War. 

V.  An  authority  was  given  to  raise  by  Loan  a  sum  not  exceeding 
18,452,800  dollars,  and  to  create  Stock  for  the  amount  reimbursable 
at  any  time  after  the  expiration  of  12  years  from  the  last  day  of 
December,  1815.  Neither  the  rate  of  interest  or  the  price  of  the  Stock 
was  limited  ;  but  it  was  declared  that  there  might  be  received  in  pay* 
ment  of  subscriptions  to  the  Loan,  such  Treasury  Notes  as  were 
actnally  issued  before  the  passing  of  the  Act,  and  which  were  made, 
by  Law,  a  charge  on  the  Sinking  Fund.  And  the  payment  of  the 
interest  and  the  reimbursement  or  the  purchase  of  the  principal  of  the 
Stocky  are  charged  upon  the  Sinking  Fund. 

2  P  2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


580  UNITED  STATES. 

VI.  ft  was  declared,  that  any  holder  of  any  Treasury  Notes  issued, 
or  authorized  to  be  issued,  under  any  Laws  previously  passed^  might 
convert  them  into  Certificates  of  Funded  Debt,  bearing  an  interest  of 
6  percent,  per  annum. 

VII.  And  it  was  declared,  that  it  should  be  lawful  for  the  Secretary 
of  the  Treasury  to  cause  to  be  paid,  the  interest  upon  the  Treasury 
Notes,  which  have  become  due  and  remain  unpaid,  as  well  with  respect 
to  the  time  elapsed  before  they  became  due,  as  with  respect  to  the 
time  that  shall  elapse  after  they  become  due,  and  until  Funds  shall  be 
assigned  for  the  payment  of  the  said  Treasury  Notes,  and  notice  thereof 
shall  be  given. 

The  progress  of  Expenditure  and  of  Revenue,  for  the  entire  period 
of  the  War,  is  thus  developed ;  and  independent  of  the  balance  of  the 
appropriations  for  the  year  1814,  which  is  transferred  to  the  Accounts 
for  (he  year  1815,  tlie  subject  may  be  reduced  to  the  following  General 
Abstract: 

The  actual  Receipts  of  the  Treasury.  DoUars, 

In  1812,  they  amounted  to 22,639,082 

From  Revenue 9,801,132 

From  Loans 10,002,400 

From  Treasury  Notes 2,836,500 

In  1813,  they  amounted  to 40,4(24,844 

From  Revenue 14,340,709 

From  Loans 20,089,635 

From  Treasury  Notes 6,094,500 

In  1814,  they  amounted  to 34,878,432 

From  Revenue 11,500,606 

From  Loans 15,080,546 

From  Treasury  Notes 8,297,280 

The   aggregate   amount  of  the   Receipts  into  the 
Treasury  for  the  3  years  of  War,  being Dollars...    98,042,309 

The  actual  Disbursements  of  the  Treasury.  Dollars, 

In  1812,  they  amounted  to 22,279,121 

For  the   Civil,  Diplomatic  and  Miscel- 
laneous expences  of  the  Government  1,791,360 

For  the  Militar}  Service,  including  the 

Indian  Department,  &c 12,078,773 

For  the  Naval  Service    3,959,365 

For  the  Public  Debt  4,449,622 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  581 

DoUars. 

In  1813,  ibey  amounted  to 39,190,620 

For  the  Civile  Diplomatic  and  Miscel- 
laneoas  expenses  of  (he  Government  ••••     1,833,308 

For  the  Military  Service,  including  the 
Indian  Department,  &c 19,802,488 

For  the  Naval  Service 6,446,600 

For  the  Public  Debt  11,108,123 

In  1814,  they  amounted  to    38,547,91^ 

For  the  Civil,  Diplomatic  and  Miscel- 
laneous expenses  of  the  Government  2,337,897 

For  the  Military  Service,  including  the 
Indian  Department,  &c 20,dlO,238 

For  the  Naval  Service 7,312,899 

For  the  Public  Debt  8,386,880 


DoUar$...  100,017,dd7 


But  as  the  Receipts  of  the  Treasury  for  the  year  1815,  are  derived 
principally  from  the  War  Revenue  and  Resources,  and  as  its  Expen- 
ditures arise  also  principally  From  the  arrearages  of  the  War  demands; 
it  is  proper  to  comprise  them,  as  far  as  they  are  ascertained,  in  the 
following  Supplemental  Statement : 

1.  The  gross  Receipts  of  the  Treasury  for  1812, 1813,      Dollars. 
and  1814,  amounted  as  above  stated  to 98,042,309 

The  ReceipU  of  the  Treasury  for  181d,  to  the  30th 
of  September  last,  cannot  be  precisely  stated,  as  the 
Accounts  to  that  time  are  not  yet  actually  made  up ;  but 

they  are  estimated  to  have  amounted  to 39,372,000 

viz.  From  Revenue    • 12,400,000 

From  Loans  11,034,000 

From  Treasury  Notes    15,938,000 


The  aggregate  Receipts  of  the  Treasury  from  the 
1st  of  January,  1812,  to  the  30th  of  September,  1815, 
being DoUars...  137,414,309 

2.  The  gross  Disbursements  of  the  Treasury  for  1812, 
1813,  and  1814  amounted,  as  above  stated,  to  100,017,557 

The  Disbursements  of  the  Treasury  for  1815,  to  the 
30th  of  September  last,  amounted  to  33,686,323  dollars; 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


582  UNITED    STATES. 

Vi2 :  Dolhn. 

For  the  Civil,  Diplomatic,  and  Misctri- 

laneoug  expenses  2,537.000 

For  the  Military  Service,  &c 15.190,144 

For  the  Naval  Service,  &c 7,050,000 

For  the  Public  Debt  8,909,178 


The  aggregate  of  the  Disbursements  of  the  Treasury 
from  the  Ist  of  January,  1812,  to  the  30(h  of  September, 
1815,  being  Dollars...  133,703.880 

It  will  be  natural  here  to  inquire  into  the  general  effects  of  the 
War  upon  tlie  Public  Debt  of  The  United  States ;  and  the  annexed 
Table  (C)  exhibits  a  detailed  Statement  of  the  unsatisfied  amount,  on 
the  Ist  day  of  January,  annually,  from  the  year  1791,  to  the  year 
1815,  both  inclusive.  The  subject,  however,  may  be  placed  distinctly 
m  the  following  point  of  view,  upon  Estimates  referring  to  the  date  of 
the  dOth  of  September,  1815. 

OF  THE   PUBLIC   DEBT. 

I.  The  amount  of  the  Funded  Debt  contracted  before  the  late 
War,  which  remained  unsatisfied  on  the  dOth  of  September,  1815,  may 
be  stated  at  the  sum  of  39,135,484  dollars,  to  wit:— 

Dollars, 

1.  In  old  6  per  cent,  stock,  the  nominal 
amount  being    .« 17.350,871 

And  the  amount  reimbursed  being 13,567,587 

Balance  due  on  tlie  30th  of  September,  1815  3,783,284 

2.  In  deferred  6  per  cent  stock,  the  no- 
minal amountbeing 9.358.320 

And  the  amount  reimbursed  being 4,152,543 

Balance  due  on  the  30th  of  September,  1815 •  6,205,776 

3.  In  3  per  cent,  stock 16,158,177 

4.  In  exchanged  6  per  cent,  stock,  under  the  Act  of 
1812  2,984,746 

6.  In  6  per  cent,  stock,  of  1796 80,000 

6.  In  Louisiana  6  per  cent,  stock 10,923,500 

Balance  due  on  SOth  of  September,  1815,  of  the 
whole  of  the  Public  Debt  contracted  before  the 
War  Dollars    89,135,484 

II.  The  amount  of  the  Funded  Debt  contracted  on  account  of  the 

Digitized  by  Google  I 


UNITED    STATES.  583 

late  War,  od  the  dOtb  of  September,  1815,  may  be  stated  at  the  sum 
of  €3,144,972  dollars,  to  wit :—  DoHars. 

1.  In  6  per  cent  stock  of  1812,  (the  11,000,000 
loan)  aalliorized  by  the  Act  of  the  4th  March,  1813, 
obtained  at  par^  and  not  reimbursable  before  the  year 

1825 7,860,500 

2.  In  6  per  cent,  stock  of  1813,  (the  16,000,000 
loan,)  authorized  by  the  Act  of  8th  February,  1813,  ob- 
tained at  the  rate  of  88  dollars  iu  cash  for  100  dollars  in 

stock,  and  not  reimbursable  before  the  year  1826  I8J09«377 

3.  In  6  per  cent  stock  of  1813,  (the  7,500,000 
loan)  authorized  by  the  Act  of  the  2nd  August,  1813, 
obtained  at  the  rate  of  88«»25  in  money  for  100  dollars 

in  stock,  and  not  reimbursable  before  Uie  year  1826  •••      8,498,581 

4.  In  6  per  cent,  stock  of  1614,  (which  arose  from 
loans  in  parts  of  a  sum  of  25,000,000,  called  the 
10,000,000  loan  and  the  6,000,000  loan)  authorized  by 
the  Act  of  the  24th  of  March,  1814,  obtained  at  dif. 
ferent  rates,  and  not  reimbursable  before  the  year  1827, 
to  wit:— 

12,292,888  at  80  per  cent  stock,  15,366,111 


140.810  at  85 

do. 

165.658 

43.233  at  90i 

do. 

47.627 

74,580  at  90} 

do. 

82,430 

10.661.818 

13,551,511 
5.  In  6  per  cent  stock  of  1815,  (the  12,000,000  loan) 
authorized  by  the  Act  of  the  3rd  of  March,  1815,  ob- 
tained at  different  rates,  payable  in  Treasury  Notes,  or 
in  cash,  and  not  reimbursable  before  1828,  to  wit  :-^ 

7,924,219  at  95  per  cent  stock,  8,341,288 

1,047,846  at  96^  do.  1,085,851 

83,978  at  97  do,  38,998 

275,000  at  98  do.  280,613 

4,000  at  par  do.  4,000 


9,284,044  9,745,745^ 

6.  Iq  7  per  cent  stock  of  1815,  created  by  funding 
Treasury  notes,  not  bearing  interest,  issued  part  at  par 
and  part  upon  advance,  under  the  Act  of  the  24th  of  Feb- 
mary,  1815,  and  not  reimbursable  until  1825   3,268,949 


Estimated  amount  of  the  whole  of  the  Funded  Public 
Debt,  in  reference  to  the  late  War Dollars    63,144,972 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


584  UNITED  STATES. 

III.  The  amount  of  the  Floating  Debt  contracted  since  the  con- 
inencenient  of  the  late  War,  calculated  to  the  SOth  of  September^ 
1815,  may  be  sUted  at  the  anm  of  17,355,101  dollars,  to  wit  :— 

1.  The  aggregate  of  Treasury  Notes  issued  under  the  authority  of 
the  several  Acts  of  Congress  passed  prior  to  the  Act  of  the  S4th  Feb* 
roary,  1815,  amounted  to  the  sum  of 20,201,600 dollars,  to  wit:— 

Payable  in  1814,  but  unpaid 2,799,200 

Payable  in  1815 7,847,280 

Payable  in  1816 2,772,720 

Payable  also  in  1816,  (issued  under  the 
special  authority  of  the  Act  of  the  26th 
December,  1814)  8,818,400 


21,737,600 

Deduct  the  amount  reimbursed  in  1815 
(at   Philadelphia,    Baltimore,    Washington, 

Charleston,  and  SaTannah) 1,536,000 

20,201,600 

Of  this  aggregate  there  has  been  sub- 
scribed, in  principal  and  interest,  to  the  Loan 
of  1815,  about 4,531,587 

From  which,  deducting  an  average  esti- 
mate of  near  one  years  interest,  abont    216^7 

There  will  remain  for  the  amount  of  prin- 
cipal subscribed  to  the  Loan  about 4,315,000 

And  it  is  estimated  that  there  has  been 
paid,  on  account  of  Duties  and  Taxes,  to  the 
Collectors  of  the  Customs,  the  internal  duties 

and  the  direct  tax,  about 1,200,000 

5.515,000 

Outstanding    amount  of    Treasury    Notes  bearing 
interest  at  5f  per  cent  per  annum,  about 14,686,600 

2.  The  aggregate  of  ''Small  Treasury 
Notes''  issued  and  re-issued  under  the  Act  of 
the  24th  February,  1815,  amounts  to 4,142,850 

Of  this  aggregate  there  has 
been  funded,  for  7  per  cent,  stock 
included  in  the  foregoing  state- 
ment  of  the  Public  Funded  Debt, 
about 3,268,949 

And  there  has  been  paid  on 
account  of  Duties  and  Taxes,  about       50,000 

3,318,949 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  585 

Dollars. 

OttUtandiDg  "  Small  Treasury  Notes'*  about  ' 823,901 

3.  The  aggregate  of  "  Treasury  Notes  of  Uie  new 
Emission/'  issued  under  the  Act  of  24th  February,  1815, 
aaiouDta  lo  about  •••••• »••••• • 694,600 

Leaving  the  amount  of  the  Floating  Public  Debt  in 
Treasury  Notes  on  the  1st  of  October,  1815,  about  16,205,101 

But  to  this  amount  of  the  Floating  Public  Debt  in 
Treasury  Notes,  there  must  be  added  the  following  Tem- 
porary Loans,  to  wit: 

1.  A  Temporary  Loan  made  by  the  State 
Bank  of  Boston  in  1812,  payable  the 
15th  and  31st  of  December,  1814, 

but  unpaid 500,000 

2.  A  Temporary  Loan  made  by  the  Cum- 
berland Bank  in  1812,  payable  the 

I5th  of  November,  1817  50,000 

3.  A  Temporary  Loan  made  by  the  Bank 
of  tlie  Sute  of  South  Carolina  in  1814, 

payable  the  1st  of  December,  1815  ...        50,000 

4.  A  Temporary  Loan  made  by  the  Me- 
chanics' Bank  of  New  York,  1815, 

payable  when  demanded  200,000 

5.  A  Temporary  Loan  made  by  the  State 
of  New  York,  payable  in   the  year 

1817  350,000 

1,150,000 

Making  the  aggregate  amount  of  the  Floating  Public 
Debt  about Dollars     17,355,101 


RECAPITULATION. 

1.  The  amount  of  theUnsatisfied  Funded 

Public  Debt  contracted  before  the  Dollars. 

War,  on  theSOth  of  September  1815, 

was  39,135,484 

3.  The  amount  of  the  Funded  Public 

Debt  contracted  in  reference  to  the 

late  War,  on  the  same  day 63,144,972 

3.  The  amount  of  the  Floating  Public 

Debt  contracted  since  the  War  was, 

on  the  same  day ,.••• 17,355,101 


Total  of  the  ascertained  amount  of  the  Public  Debt 
contracted  since  the  War,  to  the  30th  of  September,  1815.    80,500,073 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


586  UNITED  STATES. 

Total  amount  of  the  National  Debt,  on  the  dOth  of 
September,  1815 119,635,558 

It  is  proper  to  remark,  that  the  aggregate  of  the  National  Debt 
thus  stated,  to  the  30th  September,  1815,  is  subject  to  considerable 
changes  and  additions.  The  Floating  Debt  in  Treasury  Notes  is  con- 
vertible, at  the  pleasure  of  the  Creditors,  into  Funded  Debt;  and, 
independent  of  a  direct  application  of  the  current  Revenue  to  discbarge 
the  Treasury  Notes,  as  well  as  the  Temporary  Loans,  there  must  be  a 
great,  though  gradual  reduction  of  the  Floating  Debt  by  the  payments 
made  in  Treasury  Notes,  for  Duties,  Taxes  and  Public  Lands.  There 
are,  indeed,  some  Claims  known  to  exist  for  Loans,  Supplies,  and 
Services,  during  thejate  War,  which  have  not  been  liquidated,  or  are  not 
embraced  by  existing  appropriations;  and,  doubtless,  there  are  other 
legal  and  equitable  Claims,  which  have  not  yet  been  brought  into 
view,  in  any  form,  at  the  Accounting  Departments,  but  which  may 
eventually  receive  the  sanction  of  Congress.  It  is  not,  however, 
within  the  scope  of  any  estimate  hitherto  made,  to  state  the  probable 
addition  to  the  Funded  Debt,  under  all  circumstances,  at  more  than 
7,000,000  dollars,  which  would  consequently  place  the  aggregate  of 
the  Funded  Debt  created  in  consequence  of  the  War,  at  a  sum  not  much 
exceeding  70,000,000  dollars.  But  it  may  be  important  to  recollect 
that  the  War  Debt  has  not  been  entirely  incurred  for  objects  limited 
to  the  continuance  of  the  War;  and  that  tlie  Military  and  Naval  Es- 
tablishments, in  particular,  have  derived  durable  advantages^  from  the 
Expendi^tures  of  the  Treasury. 

For  the  payment  of  the  interest,  and  the  reimbursement,  or  gra* 
dual  extinguishment  of  the  National  Debt,  the  resources  of  the  Trea- 
sury are  abundant ;  although  the  state  of  the  circulating  medium, 
which  will  be  more  particularly  considered  hereafter,  has  rendered  it 
impracticable  to  obtain,  at  all  times,  upon  reasonable  terms,  the  local 
currency  of  some  of  the  places  appointed  for  the  discharge  of  the 
public  engagements.  These  resources  depend  upon  the  Sinking  Fund, 
connected  with  the  faith  of  The  United  States,  which  is  pledged  to 
supply  from  the  existing,  or  from  other  subjects  of  Revenue,  the  de» 
ficiencies  of  that  Fund. 

THE   SINKING  FUND. 

The  t^ublic  Debt  amounted,  on  the  1st  of  January, 
1791,  to  75,463,476  dollars;  audit  consisted 

Of  the  Foreign  Debt • 12,812,821 

Of  the  Domestic  Debt  .., 62,660,654 


DoUars      75,463,476 

ized  by  Google 


Digiti 


UNITED    STATES.  587 

The  Foreign  Debt  experienced  various  changes  in  form  and  in 
aiDoonU  From  1792  to  1795,  it  rose  above  the  amount  stated  for 
1791  ;  but  from  that  period  it  was  gradually  reduced;  and  on  the 
1st  of  January.  1801,  it  stood  at  the  sum  of  10,419,000  dollars.  From 
the  year  1801,  however,  the  annual  reduction  was  more  rapid;  and  in 
the  year  1810,  the  Foreign  Debt  became  extinct. 

The  Domestic  Debt  has  also  experienced  various  changes  in  form 
and  amount.  It  was  originally  stipulated,  that  it  should  be  subject 
to  redemption  by  payments  not  exceeding,  in  one  year,  on  account 
both  of  principal  and  interest,  the  proportion  of  8  dollars  upon  100 
dollars  of  the  Stock.  And  when  the  Sinking  Fund  was  constituted 
and  organized,  provision  was  made  for  effecting  the  payment  in  that 
proportion,  until  the  whole  Debt  should  be  extinguished,  by  dividends 
payable  on  the  last  day  of  March,  June,  and  September  in  each  year, 
at  the  rate  of  1|  per  cent,  and  on  the  last  day  of  December  in  each 
year,  at  the  rate  of  3^  per  cent  upon  the  original  capital.  Dnnng 
the  first  period  of  about  10  years,  from  1791,  until  the  1st  of  January, 
1801,  the  amount  of  the  Domestic  Debt  never  fell  below  the  sum 
wbiirh  has  been  statetl;  and  in  1801  it  stood  at  about  the  sum  of 
72,619,050  dollars.  The  augmentation  created  on  account  of  the 
purchase  of  liOuisiana,  amounting  to  15,000,000  dollars,  raised  the 
capital  of  Domestic  Debt  in  1804,  to  the  sum  of  80,691,120;  but  from 
that  period  there  was  a  considerable  annual  diminution  of  the  amount, 
until  it  was  reduced,  on  the  30th  of  September,  1815,  to  the  already 
specified  sum  of  39,135,484  dollars. 

The  Sinking  Fund,  by  whose  operations  these  beneficial  effects 
have  been  produced,  may  be  regarded  as  coeval  with  the  organization 
of  the  present  Government;  but  it  has  undergone  many  important 
modifications. 

1.  The  early  appropriations  of  the  Revenue  were  confined  to  the 
payment  of  the  interest  and  instalments  of  the  Foreign  Debt,  and  the 
paymeat  of  the  interest  of  the  Domestic  Debt ;  but  so  early  as  the  4th 
of  August,  1790,  the  proceeds  of  the  Sales  of  the  Public  Lands  in  the 
Western  Territory  were  permanently  and  exclusively  appropriated  and 
pledged  towards  sinking  and  dischaipng  the  Debts  for  which  The 
United  States  were  then  holden. 

The  annexed  Table  (D,)  will  exhibit  a  Statement  of  the  quantity 
of  Public  Lands  which  have  been  annually  sold,  and  of  the  proceeds  of 
the  Sales,  as  far  as  can  be  now  asceitained. 

2.  In  the  year  1792,  however.  Commissioners  were  designated  and 
authorized  to  purchase  the  Public  Debt  at  its  market  price,  not  ex* 
ceeding  the  par  value;  and  the  interest  of  the  Debt  purchased,  toge- 
ther with  the  surplus  of  certain  other  appropriations,  was  assigned  for 
that  purpose.  When  the  annual  amount  of  the  Fund  thus  created 
should  be  equal  to  2  per  cent  on  the  6  per  cent  Stock,  it  i^as  directed 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


588  UNITED  STATES. 

to  be  first  applied  to  the  redemption  of  that  Stock,  according  to  the 
right  reserved ;  and  then  to  the  purchase,  at  its  market  price,  of  any 
other  Public  Stock. 

8.  In  the  year  1795, ''  the  Sinking  Fund'*  was  established  by  name, 
its  resources  were  vested  in  the  same  Commissioners ;  and  its  opera, 
tions  were  subjected  to  their  direction  and  management.  The  duty  of 
the  Commissioners,  independent  of  temporary  objects,  consisted 
in  applying  the  Sinking  Fund,— 1st,  to  the  payment  of  the  6  per 
cent.  Stock  at  the  stipulated  rate  of  8  per  cent,  per  annum ;  2Dd, 
to  the  payment  of  the  deferred  Stock,  after  the  year  1801,  according 
to  the  same  stipulation ;  and  Srd,  if  any  surplus  remained,  towards 
the  further  and  final  redemption  of  the  Public  Debt  of  every  deno- 
mination. 

For  the  accomplishment  of  these  purposes,  there  were  permanently 
appropriated  and  pledged,  in  addition  to  the  other  monies  consti- 
tuting the  Sinking  Fund,  and  the  interest  of  the  amount  of  the  pur- 
chased or  redeemed  Debt ; 

1st.  A  sufficient  sum,  arising  yearly  and  every  year  from  the  Duties 
on  Imports  and  Tonnage,  and  the  Duty  on  Domestic  Distilled  Spirits 
and  Stills,  as  might  be  rightfully  paid  of  the  principal  of  the  6  per 
cent.  Stock,  commencing  on  the  1st  of  January,  1796 ;  and  of  the 
deferred  Stock,  commencing  on  the  1st  of  January,  1802 : 

2nd.  The  Dividends  on  the  Public  Shares  in  the  Bank  of  The 
United  States;  but  the  Shares  were  sold  in  1796  and  1802,  under  an 
authority  given  in  1795  : 

3rd.  The  net  proceds  of  the  Sales  of  Public  Lands  in  the^Westem 
Territory: 

4th.  Monies  received  into  the  Treasury  on  account  of  old  debts : 

5th.  The  surpluses  of  Revenue,  beyond  the  amount  of  the  appro- 
priations. 

4.  Such  was  the  outline  of  the  Sinking  Fund,  when,  on  the  6th  of 
April,  1802,  the  Internal  Duties  were  repealed ;  and,  on  the  29th  of 
April,  1802,  a  new  and  additional  provision  was  made,  for  die  redemp- 
tion of  the  Public  Debt.  Thus,  an  annual  sum  of  7,300,000  dollars 
was  permanently  appropriated  and  vested  in  the  Commissioners  of  the 
Sinking  Fund,  to  be  produced  :  1st,  by  the  moneys  (other  than  the 
surpluses  of  Revenue)  which  then  constituted  the  Fund,  or  should  arise 
to  it  by  virtue  of  any  preyious  provisions ;  2nd,  by  the  sums  annually 
required  to  discharge  the  interest  and  charges  of  the  Public  Debt;  and 
3dly,  by  so  much  of  the  duties  on  merchandise  and  tonnage,  as  would 
be  necessary,  together  with  the  preceding  resources,  to  complete  the 
annual  investment  of  7,300,000  dollars.  The  Act  not  only  placed  the 
reimbursement  of  the  principal,  but,  also,  the  payment  on  account  of 
interest  and  charges,  of  the  Public  Debt,  under  the  superintendence 
of  the  Commissioners;  making  it  their  duty  to  cause  the  Fund  to  be 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  589 

applied  in  payment :  ist,  of  such  sums  as.  by  virtue  of  any  Acts^  they 
had  been  previously  directed  to  pay ;  3nd,  of  such  sums  as  may  be 
annually  wanted  to  discharge  the  interest  and  charges,  accruing  on  any 
other  part  of  the  then  Debt  of  The  United  States ;  3rd,  of  such  sums 
as  may  be  annually  required  to  discharge  any  instalment  of  the  prin- 
cipal of  the  then  Debt ;  and  4th,  as  to  any  surplus,  to  apply  it  towards 
the  further  and  final  redemption,  by  payment,  or  purchase,  of  the  then 
Debt.  The  Act  of  the  lOth  of  November,  1803,  having  created  6  per 
cent.  Stock  to  the  amount  of  11,250,000  dollars,  in  pursuance  of  the 
Convention  for  the  purchase  of  Louisiana,  added  an  annual  sum  of 
700,000  dollars  to  the  Sinking  Fund,  to  be  paid  out  of  the  Duties  on 
merchandise  and  tonnage ;  and  to  be  applied  by  the  Commissioners 
to  the  payment  of  the  Public  Debt,  including  the  Louisiana  Stock,  in 
the  manner  above  stated.  It  may  be  observed,  that  the  interest  on  the 
Louisiana  Stock  is  payable  in  Europe;  but  the  principal  is  reimburse- 
able  at  the  Treasury  of  The  United  States,  in  4  annual  instalments, 
commencing  in  1818. 

It  is  obvious,  that  a  Sinking  Fund  of  8,000,000  dollars  (independent 
of  the  general  pledges  in  prior  Laws)  was  ample  for  the  payment  of  the 
interest  and  the  principal  of  a  Public  Debt,  amounting  only  to  the  sum 
of  86,000,000  of  dollars;  extinguishing  the  6  per  cent.  Stock  in 
1818,  the  deferred  Stock  in  1824,  and  the  Louisiana  Stock  in  1822; 
as  fast  as  the  terms  of  the  Contracts,  and  the  policy  of  the  Govern- 
ment, would  peimit.  The  general  operation  of  the  Fund,  indeed,  has 
been  shown;  but  it  is  proper  more  particularly  to  add,  that  on  the  1st 
of  January,  1815,  there  had  been  transferred  to  the  credit  of  the  Com- 
missioners, in  the  Books  of  the  Treasury,  an  amount  of  Public  Debt, 
equal  to  the  sum  of  33,873,463  dollars,  of  the  following  denominations, 
to  wit  :— 

1.  Foreign  Debi. 

Dollars. 

3  percent  stock 8,200,000 

4j  per  cent  stock    820^000 

4  per  cent  stock 3,180,000 

12,200,000 

2.  Domestic  Debt. 

6  per  cent  stock 1,946,026 

3  percent  stock 698,655 

Deferred  6  per  cent  stock 1,005,179 

8  per  cent  stock 6,482,500 

Exchanged  6  per  cent  stock 6,294,051 

Commoted  6  per  cent  stock 1,859,850 

4|  per  cent  stock  176,000 

5^  per  cent  stock  , 1,848,900 

Navy  6  per  cent  stock  • 711,700 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


590  UNITED    STATES, 

Louisiana  6  per  cent.  Stock    326,500  DoUars. 

6  per  cent,  stock,  of  1812 324,200 

2 1 .673,463 


Doilars      33,873,463 


But  the  charges  upon  the  Sinking  Fund  have  accumulated,  in  con* 
sequence  of  the  late  War,  to  an  amount  which  it  has  not  the  capacity 
to  defray ;  while  its  operations  in  other  respects  have  been  obstructed 
by  the  temporary  failure  of  the  Revenue,  arising  from  Duties  on  mer- 
chandise and  tonnage,  and  the  protracted  embarrassments  of  the  cir- 
culating medium.     Thus, 

I.  The  annual  appropriation  for  the  Sinking  Fund  amounts  to 
8,000,000  of  dollars,  and  consists  at  present: — 

1.  Of  the  interest  on  such  parts  of 
the  Public  Debt  as  have  been  reimbursed 
or  paid  off,  (which,  however,  is  itself  de« 
rived  from  the  Customs)  estimated  on  the 

30th  of  September,   1815,  at  tlie  annual       Dollars, 
sum  of 1,969,577 

2.  Of  the  net  proceeds  of  the  Sales  of 
the  Public  Lands,  exclusive  of  the  Lands 
sold  in  the  Mississippi  Terntory  (which  as 
yet  belongs  to  the  State  of  Georgia)  esti* 

mated  annually  at 800,000 

3.  Of  the  proceeds  of  Duties  on  Im- 
ports andTonnage,  to  complete  theAnnual 
Investments,  estimated  at  r..«       5,230,422 


II.  The  annual  charge  upon  the  Sinking  Fund,  esti- 
mated  for  1816,  will  amount,  probably,  to  14,524,200 
dollars:  viz. 

On  account  of  the  interest  and  the  instal- 
ments of  the  Old  Debt   3,460,000 

On  account  of  the  interest  of  the  New  Debt, 
computed  on  a  capital  of  70,000,000  of  ddl- 
]ar8,about   4,200,000 

On  account  of  the  principal  and  interest  of 
Treasury  Notes,  issued  under  the  Acts  of  the 
30th  June,  1812,  the  25h  February,  1813, 
and  the  4th  March,  1814,  (after  allowing  for 
the  amount  reimbursed,  subscribed  to  the 
Loan,  and  paid  for  Duties,)  about....M 6,864,200 


8,000,000 


14,524,200 


De6cit  in  the  amount  of  the  Sinking  Fund,  compared 

with  the  charges  upon  it,  estimated  for  I8I6..,,.,  Dollars      6,524,200 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED    STATES.  591 

From  this  view  of  the  financial  operations  of  the  Government, 
the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  with  every  sentiment  of  deference  and 
respect,  presents  the  following  general  conclusions  for  the  consideration 
of  Congress : 

I.  That  the  existing  Revenue  of  The  United  States  arises,  1st, 
from  Duties  on  imported  merchandise  and  the  tonnage  of  Vessels;  2d» 
Internal  Duties,  including  the  direct  Tax  upon  lands,  houses  and 
Slaves ;  and,  3d,  the  proceeds  of  the  sales  of  Public  Lands :  but  some 
of  these  Duties  and  Taxes  are  permanently  imposed ;  and  some  are 
limited  in  their  duration. 

I I.  That  the  following  Duties  or  Taxes  are  either  partially  or  wholly 
limited  in  their  duration.  1.  The  Duties  on  merchandise  and  ton- 
nage will  be  reduced  one  half  on  the  17th  February  1816;  except  such 
as  are  imposed  on  goods  of  the  like  description  with  the  articles  of 
domestic  manufacture,  on  which  duties  have  been  laid,  and  included 
in  the  general  pledge.  2.  The  new  Duty  on  Salt;  the  Duty  on  Sugar 
refined  within  The  United  States ;  and  the  Stamp  Duty  on  Bank 
Notes,  promissory  notes  discounted,  and  on  bills  of  exchange,  are 
not  included  in  the  general  pledge,  and  will  wholly  cease  on  the  17th 
of  February,  1816. 

III.  That  the  following  Duties  or  Taxes  are  not  limited  in  their 
duration,  and  are  included  in  the  general  pledge. 

1.  The  direct  Tax  upon  Lands,  Houses,  and  Slaves. 

2.  The  Duties  upon  Licenses  to  distillers  of  Spirituous  Liquors, 
and  upon  the  liquors  distilled. 

3.  The  Duties  upon  Licenses  to  retailers  of  Wines,  Spirituous 
Liquors,  and  Foreign  merchandise. 

4.  The  Duty  upon  Sales  at  auction. 

5.  The  Duties  upon  Carriages  and  Harness. 

6.  The  Duties  upon  Household  Furniture  and  Watches. 

7.  The  Duties  on  articles  manufactured  or  made  for  sale  within 
The  United  States. 

8.  The  rate  of  Postage. 

IV.  That  the  faitli  of  The  United  States,  and  the  Revenue  arising 
from  the  Duties  and  Taxes,  which  are  not  limited  in  their  duration,  are 
pledged  for  the  punctual  payment  of  the  Public  Debt,  principal  and 
interest,  according  to  the  terms  of  the  Contracts  respectively ;  and  for 
creating  an  adequate  Sinking  Fund,  gradually  to  reduce,  and 
eventually  to  extinguish,  the  Debt  But  this  pledge  will  be  satisfied 
by  the  substitution  of  other  adequate  Duties  or  Taxes;  and  the 
increase  in  the  proceeds  of  the  Duties  on  merchandise  and  tonnage, 
subsequent  to  the  pledge,  affords  an  advantageous  opportunity  of 
making  such  substitution,  in  respect  to  the  more  inconvenient  and 
burthensome  portion  of  the  Internal  Duties. 

V.  That  the  establishment  of  a  Revenue  System,  which  shall  not  be 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


592  UNITED  STATES. 

exclusively  dependent    upon    the    supplies  of  Foreign  Commerce, 
appears,  at  this  juncture,  to  claim  particular  attention. 


II. — A  view  qfihe  Finances  for  \%\b,  with  EslimaieM  of  the  Public 
Revenue  and  Expenses  for  1816. 

At  the  close  of  the  last  Session  of  Congress,  the  demands  upoo 
the  Treasury  were  interesting  in  their  nature,  as  well  as  great  in  their 
amount  Exclusively  of  the  Ordinary  Expenses  of  \he  Government, 
they  consisted  of  demands  for  the  payment  of  the  Army,  preparatory 
to  its  reduction  to  the  Peace  Estahlishment,  with  other  very  heary 
arrearages  and  disbursements  on  the  War  and  Navy  Departments;  for 
the  payment  of  the  dividends  on  the  Funded  Debt,  and  of  the 
arrearages  as  well  as  the  accruing  claims,  on  account  of  the  Treasury 
Note  Debt;  and  for  the  payment  of  the  Louisiana  Dividends,  with 
other  considerable  Debts  contracted  in  Europe  in  consequence  of  the 
late  War. 

The  efficiency  of  the  means  which  were  possessed  for  the  liquids* 
tion  of  these  demands,  depended  upon  circumstances  beyond  the 
control  of  the  Government  The  Balance  of  money  in  the  Treasury 
consisted  of  Bank  Credits  lying  chiefly  in  the  southern  and  western 
sections  of  the  Union.  The  Revenue  proceeding  from  the  provision 
made  prior  to  the  last  Session  of  Congress,  was  comparatively 
of  small  amount.  The  Revenue  proceeding  from  the  provision 
made  during  that  Session  could  not  be  available  for  a  great  portion  of 
the  present  year;  and.  in  both  instances,  the  Revenue  was  payable  in 
Treasury  Notes,  or  it  assumed  the  form  of  Bank  Credits,  at  the 
respective  places  of  collection:  the  only  remaining  resources  for 
immediate  use  were,  an  additional  issue  of  Treasury  Notes,  and  a 
Loan  ;  but  the  successful  employment  of  these  resources  was  rendered 
for  some  time  doubtful,  by  the  peculiar  situation  of  the  Credit  and 
Currency  of  the  Nation. 

The  suspension  of  Specie  Payments  throughout  the  greater  portion 
of  The  United  States,  and  the  consequent  cessation  of  the  interchange 
of  Bank  Notes  and  Bank  Credits,  between  the  Institutions  of  the 
different  States,  had  deprived  the  Treasury  of  all  the  facilities  of 
transferring  its  Funds  from  place  to  place ;  and  a  proposition,  which 
was  made  at  an  early  period,  to  the  principal  Banks  of  the  Commercial 
Cities  on  the  line  of  the  Atlantic,  with  a  view  in  some  degree  to  r^tore 
those  facilities,  could  not  be  effected,  for  the  want  of  a  concurrence  in 
the  requisite  number  of  Banks.  Hence  it  has  happened  (and  the 
duration  of  the  evil  is  without  any  positive  limitation)  that  however 
aoequate  the  Public  Revenae  may  be  in  its  general  product,  to  dis- 
charge the  Public  Engagements,  it  becomes  totally  inadequate,  in  the 
process  of  its  application  ;  since  the  possession  of  Public  Funds  in  one 
part,  uo  longer  affords  the  evidence  of  a  fiscal  capacity  to  discharge 
a  Public  Debt  in  any  other  part  of  the  Union. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  593 

Prom  the  suspension  of  Specie  Payments,  and  from  various  otlier 
causes,  real  or  imaginary,  differences  in  the  Rate  of  Exchange  arose 
between  the  several  States ;  and  even  between  the  several  Districts  in 
the  same  State ;  and  the  embarrassments  of  the  Treasury  were  more 
and  more  increased  ;  since  Congress  had  not  sanctioned  any  allowance 
on  account  of  the  Rate  of  Exchange,  and  the  amount  of  the 
Legislative  Appropriations  was  the  same,  wherever  the  Legislative 
objects  were  to  be  effected.  But  the  Treasury  Notes  partook  of  the 
tneqnalities  of  iMfi  Exchange  in  the  transactions  of  Individuals; 
although  the  Treasury  could  only  issue  them  at  their  par  value.  The 
Public  Stock,  created  in  consideration  of  a  Loan,  also  partook  of  the 
inequalities  of  the  Exchange;  although  to  the  Government  the  value 
of  the  Stock  created,  and  the  obligation  of  the  Debt  to  be  discharged, 
were  the  same  wherever  the  subscription  to  the  Loan  might  be  made. 
Thus,  notwithstanding  the  ample  Revenue  provided,  and  permanently 
pledged,  for  the  payment  of  the  Public  Creditor,  and  notwithstanding 
ttte  auspicious  influence  of  Peace  upon  the  resources  of  the  Nation, 
the  market  price  of  the  Treasury  Notes  and  of  the  Public  Stock,  was 
every  where  far  below  its  par,  or  true  value,  for  a  considerable  period 
after  the  Adjournment  of  Congress ;  vibrating,  however,  with  a  change 
of  place,  from  the  rate  of  75  to  the  rate  of  90  per  cent  Payments 
m  Bank  Paper  were  universally  preferred,  during  that  period,  to 
payments  in  the  Paper  of  the  Government ;  and  it  was  a  natural 
consequence,  that  wherever  the  Treasury  failed  in  procuring  a  Local 
Conrency,  it  failed,  also,  in  making  a  stipulated  payment. 

Under  these  extraordinary  and  perplexing  circumstances,  the  great 
effort  of  the  Treasury  was:  1st.  to  provide  promptly  and  effectually 
ibr  all  urgent  demands,  at  the  proper  place  of  payment,  and  to  the 
requisite  amount  of  funds ;  Sod,  to  overcome  the  difficulties  of  the 
Circulating  Medium  as  far  as  it  was  practicable ;  so  that  no  Creditor 
dioald  receive  more,  and  no  Debtor  pay  less,  in  effective  value  on 
liie  same  account  than  every  other  Creditor,  or  every  other  Debtor; 
and,  3rd,  to  avoid  any  unreasonable  sacrifice  of  the  Public  Property, 
particularly  when  it  must,  also,  be  attended  with  a  sacrifice  of  the 
Public  Credit.  It  was  not  expected  that  this  effort  would  everywhere 
produce  the  same  satisfaction,  and  the  same  results ;  but  the  belief 
is  entertained,  that  it  has  been  successful  in  the  attainment  of  its 
objects,  to  the  extent  of  a  just  anticipation. 

OF  THE  ISSUES  OF  TREASURY  NOTES. 

The  Treasury  Notes,  which  were  issued  under  Acts  passed  prior  to 
the  34th  of  February,  1815,  were,  for  the  most  part,  of  a  denomination 
too  high,  to  serve  as  a  Current  Medium  of  Exchange;  and  it  was  soon 
asoertainedy  that  the  Small  Treasury  Notes,  fundable  at  an  interest  of 
7  per  cent*  though  of  a  convenient  denomination  for  common  use', 
[1815—16.1  2  Q 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


594  UNITED  STATES. 

would  be  converted  into  Stocky  almost  as  soon  as  they  were  ianied. 
With  respect  to  the  first  description,  therefore,  the  issue  has  not  been 
restrained ;  but,  with  respect  to  the  second  description,  the  issue  has 
been  generally  limited  to  cases  of  peculiar  urgency ; — such  as  the  pay* 
ment  of  the  Army,  preparatory  to  its  reduction;  the  payment  of  the 
Dividends  on  the  Public  Debt,  where  the  Local  Currency  could  not  be 
obtained ;  and  the  payment  of  an  inconsiderable  amount  of  miscella- 
neous claims,  apparently  entitled  to  distinction. 

The  annexed  Table  (E)  contains  a  Statement  of  the  amount  of  the 
Small  Treasury  Notes,  which  had  been  issued  on  the  30th  of  Sep. 
tember,  1815 ;  from  which  it  appears.  Dollars. 

1.  That  there  had  been  issued,  for  the  payment  of 

the  Army 1.465,069 

2.  That  there  had  been  issued,  for  the  payment  of 

the  Public  Debt  1,203,100 

3.  That  there  had  been  issued,  for  sundry  Miscella-  • 

neons  Claims    •••, 109,681 

4.  That  there  has  bee  n  sold,  at  an  advance  producing 
32,107  dollars,  for  the  purpose  of  raising  Funds  to  meet 

the  general  engagements  of  the  Treasury 1,365,000 

Dollars.        4,142,850 

OF  THE  LOAN. 

The  Act  of  the  3rd  of  March,  1815,  authorized  a  Loan,  for  a  sum 
not  exceeding  18,452,800  dollars:  it  was  made  lawful  to  accept  in 
payment  of  Subscriptions,  such  Treasury  Notes  as  had  l>een  charged 
on  the  Sinking  Fund ;  and  a  Commission  not  exceeding  one  quarter 
of  one  per  cent  was  allowed,  for  selling  the  Certificates  of  Stock,  or 
procuring  Subscriptions  to  the  Loan. 

Under  this  authority  the  annexed  Notice,  (F)  dated  the  10th  of 
March,  1815,  was  published,  opening  a  Loan  for  the  sum  of  12,000,000 
dollars,  with  a  view  :  1st,  to  absorb  a  portion  of  the  Treasury  Note 
Debt ;  2od,  to  obtain  Funds  for  paying  the  unsubscribed  arrearages  of 
that  Debt ;  and  3rd,  to  aid  the  Treasury  with  a  supply  of  the  Local 
Currencies  of  different  Places,  iu  some  proportion  to  the  probable 
amount  of  the  Local  Demands. 

The  offers  to  subscribe  to  the  Loan  prior  to  the  19th  day  of  April, 
1815,  placed,  (as  it  was  proper  to  place,)  Money  and  Treasury  Notes 
upon  the  same  footing ;  but  the  offers  varied  essentially  in  the  terms 
and  conditions  that  were  annexed  to  them ;  and,  in  point  of  fact,  no 
direct  offer  was  made  to  subscribe  at  a  higher  rate  than  89  per  cent; 
while  some  of  the  offers  were  made  at  a  rate  lower  than  75  per  cent 
Upon  this  experiment,  therefore,  it  was  seen  at  once,  that  the  new 
situation  of  the  Treasury  required  a  new  course  of  proceeding ;  and 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  595 

that  neither  the  justice  due  to  the  equal  rights  of  the  Public  Creditors, 
nor  a  fair  estimate  of  the  value  of  the  Public  Property,  nor  an  honourable 
regard  to  the  Public  Credit,  would  permit  the  Loan  to  assume  the 
shape  and  character  of  a  scramble ;  subservient  to  the  speculations, 
which  create  what  is  called  a  market  price ;  and  shifting,  in  every 
Town  and  Village  of  every  State,  according  to  the  arbitrary  variations 
of  what  is  called  the  difference  of  exchange. 

In  this  view  of  the  subject,  all  the  offers  of  Subscription  to  the 
Loan,  made  in  the  first  instance,  were  declined  ;  but  it  was  declared,  at 
the  same  time,  that  offers  at  the  rate  of  95  per  cent,  would  be  accepted. 
The  rate  thus  proposed  was  adopted,  upon  a  consideration  of  the  value 
of  the  Stock;  of  the  equitable  as  well  as  legal  claim  of  the  Holders 
of  Treasury  Notes ;  and  of  the  real  condition  of  the  Public  Credit 
The  objects  of  the  Loan  being  (as  already  stated)  to  absorb  a  portion 
of  the  Treasury- Note  Debt,  and  to  acquire  a  sufficiency  of  Local  Cur- 
rency  for  local  purposes,  the  price  of  the  Stock  at  the  Treasury  was, 
of  coarse,  independent  of  the  daily  up-and-down  prices  of  the  various 
Stock  -markets  in  the  Union ;  and  could  only  be  affected  by  the  pro- 
gress towards  the  attainment  of  those  objects.  Thus,  while  the  wants 
of  the  Treasury  were  insufficiently  supplied,  offers  to  subscribe  were 
freely  accepted ;  and  the  Parties  were  sometimes  authorized  and  in- 
vited  to  increase  the  amount  of  their  offers ;  bat  where  Local  Funds  had 
so  accumulated,  as  to  approach  the  probable  amount  of  the  Local 
Demands,  the  price  of  the  Stock  was  raised  at  the  Treasury ;  and  where 
the  accumulation  was  deemed  adequate  to  the  whole  amount  of  the 
Local  Demands,  the  Loan  was  closed. 

The  policy  of  the  course  pursued  at  the  Treasury  was  soon  de- 
monstrated. Offers  of  Subscription  to  the  Loan  at  the  rate  of  95  per 
cent,  payable  in  Treasury  Notes  or  in  money,  were  presented  to  a  large 
amount,  soon  after  the  rule  of  the  Treasury  was  declared,  and  the 
annexed  Table  (G)  will  exhibit  the  progressive  and  actual  state  of  all 
the  Subscriptions  to  the  30th  of  September  last. 

In  the  District  of  Columbia,  the  Money  Subscriptions  (including 
the  Subscription  of  certain  liquidated  claims  upon  the  Treasury)  were 
SQCcessively  at95,  9^,  97,  and  98  per  cent,  and  finally  at  par.  In  the 
City  of  Baltimore,  the  Money  Subscriptions  have  been  at  95  and  96|^ 
per  cent  In  the  City  of  Philadelphia,  the  Money  Subscriptions  have 
been  entirely  at  95  per  cent. 

The  price  was  raised  at  the  Treasury  from  95  to  98  per  cent,  on 
the  I8th  of  June,  (subject,  of  course^  to  all  unexecuted  subscriptions 
previonsly  accepted  or  authorized,)  and  since  that  time  considerable 
offers  have  been  received  at  95  and  96  per  cent,  but  none  have  been 
received  at  the  increased  rate  of  98  per  cent.  The  Subscriptions 
payable  in  Treasury  Notes  have  been  made  in  all  places,  at  the 
same  rate  of  95  per  cent. 

2  Q  2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


596  UNITED  STATES. 

A  General  Abstract  of  the  state  of  the  Loan,  may,  therefore,  be 
reduced  to  the  following  form : 

In  the  District  of  Columbia,  the  Subscriptions  have  amounted, 

1.  In  Money,  to   2.^82,037 

2.  In  Treasury  Notes,  to  257,276 

2.539,814 

In  Baltimore,  the  Subscriptions  have  amounted, 

1.  InMoney,to    1>994,818 

2.  InTreasury  Notes,  to  608,661 

2,603.480 

In  Philadelphia,  the  Subscriptions  have  amounted, 

1.  In  Money,  to    1,845,000 

2.  InTreasury  Notes,  to 1,260,568 

3,105,568 

In  New  York,  the  Subscriptions  have  amounted, 

1.  InMoney,to 601 

2.  In  Treasury  Notes,  to 658,371 

658,973 

In  Rhode  Island,  the  Subscriptions  have  amounted. 

In  Treasury  Notes,  to 132,020 

In  Massachusetts,  the  Subscriptions  have  amounted, 

InTreasury  Notes,  to    97,801 

lu  New  Hampshire,  the  Subscriptions  have  amounted. 

In  Treasury  Notes,  to  52,386 

In  North  Carolina,  the  Subscriptions  have  amounted, 

InTreasury  Notes,  to    95,000 


Dollars.     9,284,044 


Having  thus  absorbed  a  portion  of  the  Treasury  Note  Debt,  and 
deeming  (he  Treasury  to  be  possessed  of  a  sufficient  supply  of  the 
Local  Currency  of  the  places  at  which  the  Treasury  Notes,  unsubscribed 
and  in  arrears,  were  payable  by  Law,  except  in  the  Cities  of  New  York 
and  Boston,  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  proceeded  to  aissign  Funds 
for  the  payment  of  the  Treasury  Notes,  and  to  give  notice  thereof,  in 
the  form  of  the  annexed  Copies  (H.  and  1.),  in  pursuance  of  the  Act 
of  Congress  passed  on  the  3rd  of  March,    1815. 

As  a  sufficient  supply  of  the  Local  Currencies  of  Boston  and  New 
York  had  not  been  obtained,  the  overture  was  made,  in  the  same  No- 
tice, to  discharge  the  Treasury  Notes  payable  in  those  Cities  and  in 
arrears,  by  accepting  them  in  Subscriptions  to  the  Loan,  at  the  rate 
of  95  per  cent. ;  by  exchanging  them  for  other  Treasury  Notes,  in  which 
the  interest  due  should  be  included  as  principal ;  or  by  giving  drafts  for 
the  amount  upon  any  of  the  Banks  in  which  the  Government  possessed 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  597 

FoDds.  This  overture  is  stili  open  to  the  consideration  and  accept- 
ance of  the  Holders  of  the  Treasury  Notes  in  question ;  and  it  has 
been  accepted  in  the  shape  of  Subscriptions  to  the  Loan  to  a  consider-  • 
able  extent.  Since  the  30th  of  September  these  amount,  including 
some  Subscriptions,  the  details  of  which  have  not  yet  been  completed, 
to  more  than  2,000,000  dollars. 


OF  THE  TRANSFER  OF  BALANCES  OF  APPROPRIATIONS  AND  OF  REYENCE, 
FROM  1814  TO  1815. 

In  the  admiuistration  of  the  Finances,  it  has  been  the  practice  to 
consider  the  demands  and  supplies  of  each  year,  as  distinct  subjects  for 
Legislative  Provision,  independent  of  the  Balances  of  Appropriations,  or 
of  Revenue,  existing  at  the  close  of  the  preceding  years.  The  same 
course  will  now  be  pursued,  but  with  a  few  explanatory  remarks.  The 
annual  appropriations  have  never  been  entirely  absorbed  during  the  year 
for  which  they  were  made ;  and  the  credit  given  by  Law  for  payments  in 
every  branch  of  the  Revenue  necessarily  introduces  a  discrimination 
between  the  amount  of  Duties  which  accrues  within  the  year  as  a  Debt 
to  the  Government,  and  the  amount  which  is  paid  within  the  year,  as 
Money,  into  the  Treasury.  The  annual  appropriations,  however,  are 
not  charged  upon  the  Revenue  of  the  year,  specifically,  in  which  they 
are  made ;  and  in  point  of  fact,  they  are  satisfied  whenever  demanded, 
out  of  any  unappropriated  McAiey  in  the  Treasury  ;  without  reference 
to  the  time  when  the  Revenue  accrued,  or  when  the  Money  was  actually 
received  at  the  Treasury.  The  inconvenience  of  continuing  appropria- 
tions in  force  which  were  liable  to  be  drawn  from  the  Treasury,  during 
an  indefinite  period,  induced  Congress  to  enact,  in  the  year  1795, 
that  any  appropriations  (except  permanent  appropriations  for  the 
Interest  of  the  Funded  Debt,  or  appropriations  for  the  payment  of 
Loans  and  the  accruing  Interest,  for  the  Sinking  Fund,  and  for  pur- 
poses which  specially  require  by  Law  a  longer  duration)  remaining 
unexpended  for  more  than  2  years  after  the  expiration  of  the  calendar 
year  in  which  the  Act  of  Appropriation  was  passed,  should  cease  and 
determine,  and  that  the  unexpended  sum  should  be  carried  to  an 
account  on  the  books  of  the  Treasury,  to  be  denominated  the  "  Surplus 
Fund."  By  the  operation  of  this  provision,  no  ordinary  appropriation 
can  now  survive  the  specified  period  of  2  years;  and,  notwithstand- 
ing the  formal  designation  of  a  particular  account,  in  which  the  entry 
shall  be  made,  the  sum,  disengaged  by  the  determination  of  each 
appropriation,  becomes  again  an  undistinguishable  part  of  the  Public 
Treasure,  which  is  subject  to  the  future  dispositions  of  the  Legis- 
ature. 

With  these  remarks,  it  will  be  useful  for  the  purposes  of  general 
information,  to  exhibit  the  gross  amount  of  the  Balances  of  Appropria- 
tions for  the  year  1814,  transferred  to  the  year  I8I6,  without  entering 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


598  UNITED  STATES. 

ioto  a  comparative  detail  of  the  Appropriations,  and  of  the  Reveooes, 
daring  the  particalar  year  in  which  the  Appropriations  were  made  hj 
Law.  Thus  the  gross  amount  of  the  Appropriations  for  1814,  iododiii; 
the  aggi'egate  of  the  Balances  of  Appropriations  for  the  year  1813| 

amounted  to  the  sum  of     Dollars    55;978,464 

Of  this  diere  was  paid,  on  or  before  the 

Slst  of  December,  1814,  the  sum  of     38,028,230 
And  on  the  Ist  of  January,  1815,  there 
was  carried  to  the  Surplua  Fund,  the 
snm  of 592,309 


38.620>i0 


Leaving  as  a  General  Balance  of  the  ■ 

Appropriations  of  1814,  payable  at 
the  Treasury  in  1815    Dollars    17^,933 

Of  the  Demands  on  (he  Treasury  for  1815. 

The  demands  authorized  by  Acts  of  Appropriation  during  the 
year  1815,  (exclusive  of  certain  indefinite  Appropriations,  the  amonot 
of  which  is  not  yet  ascertained,)  were  the  following : 

1.  For  civil,  diplomatic,  and    miscel*  Dollan, 

laneous  expences,  besides  the  un- 
ascertained product  of  fines,  penal- 
ties, and  forfeitures,  assigned  to 
pay  the  charges  of  Courts  3,080,656 

2.  For  Military   expenses,    including 

those  of  the  Indian  Department, 
and  the  permanent  appropriation 
of  200,000  dollars  for  arming  and 
equipping  the  Militia 5,618,790 

3.  For  Naval  expenses,  including  the 

annual  appropriation  of  200,000 

dollars  for  the  purchase  of  timber        5,233,022 

13,932,<€8 

4.  For  the  Public  Debt,  to  wit,  the  In- 

terest on  the  Debt  contracted  be- 
fore the  War    1,900,000 

The  interest  on  the  Debt  contracted 
since  the  War  (including  the  Loan  of 
1815,)  and  excluding  the  interest  on 
Treasury  Notes   3,560,000 

The  interest  of  5^  per  cent,  per  annum 
upon  Treasury  Notes,  outstanding  on  the 
1st  of  January,  1815,  including  Notes  due 
in  1814,  and  not  paid,  (the  principal  being 
then  10,646,480  dollars.)  575,000 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  599 

The  annual  reimbunemeii  t  of  the  principal  Dollars; 

of  the  old  6  per  cent,  and  deferred  stocks  ...     1,590^900 

The  principal  of  Treasury  Notes  payable 
in  1814,  and  the  Ist  of  January^  1815,  but 
not  then  paid 2,799,200 

The  principal  of  Treasury  Notes  payable 
in  1815,  and  the  Ist  of  January,  1816  7,847,280 

The  principal  of  temporary  Loans  payable 
in  1814,  but  not  then  paid  500,000 

18,771,480 

The  amount  of  appropriations  and  demands  for  the 
Public  Debt,  for  1815,  being Dollars    32,703,948 

The  total  amount  therefore  demandable  at  the  Trea« 
sary  during  the  year  1815,  was •.• ,,*^.Dollars    50,061,871 

Consisting  of  appropriations  made  prior 
to  that  year,  and  unsatisfied  at  its  commence- 
ment    17,357,923 

And  of  appropriations  and  demands  on 
account  of  the  Public  Debt,  made  and  arising 
during  the  year  1815    32,703,948 

Of  the  Ways  and  Means  of  the  Treasury  for  the  year  1815. 

These  may  be  considered  in  a  two-fold  aspect :  1st,  as  to  the  Ways 
and  Means  placed  by  the  Laws  within  the  power  of  the  Treasury ;  and 
2nd,  the  amount  capable  of  being  realized,  or  made  actually  available 
by  the  Treasury,  during  the  year. 

Under  the  first  view,  the  Ways  and  Means  consisted, 

1.  Of  cash  in  the  Treasury  at  the  commencement  of  Dollars. 
the  year 1,526,998 

2.  Of  the  Outstanding  Revenue,  which  accrued  prior 
to  the  year  1815,  and  remained  unpaid  at  its  commence- 
ment, estimated,  exclusive  of  the  sums  due  for  Public 

Lands,  at  about « 4,600,000 

3.  Of  the  Revenue  accruing  in  the  year  1815,  esti- 
mated at  38,850,000  dollars,  viz. 

Customs  25,000,000 

Direct  Tax,  net  product    5,400,000 

Internal  Duties,  do 7,000,000 

Public  Lands  I     1,000,000 

Postage  and  incidental  receipts « 450,000 

38,850,000 

4.  Of  the  unexecuted  authority  to  borrow  money  and 
to  issue  Treasury  Notes,  conferred  by  Acts  of  Con- 
gress, passed  prior  to  the  year  1815 ;  viz. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GOO 


UJriTED  STATE»» 


The  Loan  Act  of  March  14,  1812....^...        766,300 

of  March  24,  1814 6,563J19 

of  Nofenu  15,  1814 a,000,000 


Treasury  Note  Act  of  March  4,  1814  .. 
do.  of  Dec.  26,  1814,  estimated  at    .. 


2,772,720 
8,600.000 


IMkrs. 


I2,327,4l» 


11,872,720 


5.  Of  the  authority  to  borrow  money  and 
issue  Treasury  Notes,  conferred  by  Acta  of 
Congress  passed  in  the  year  1815,  viz« 

The  Loan  Act  of  March  8,  1815 18,452,800 

do.  of  February  13,  1815,  for  public 
buildings  in  Washington 500,00a 

Treasury  Note  Act  of  February  24, 1815, 
(exclusive  of  the  re-issues  authorized  by  this 
Act)  25,000,000 


48,952,80 


Dollars.  112,629,937 

This  great  apparent  surplus  of  Ways  and  Means  within  the  power 
of  the  Treasury  arose,  in  part,  from  the  great  increase  in  the  amount 
of  the  Customs,  accruing  in  the  year  1815 ;  which,  instead  of  4,000,000^ 
the  amount  estimated  prior  to  the  Peace,  will  probably,  in  consequence 
of  that  event,  amount  to  the  sum  of  25,000,000,  as  here  stated.  A 
great  portion  also  of  the  sums  authorized  to  be  borrowed,  or  raised, 
upon  Treasury  Notes,  it  was  evident  could  not  be  obtained  or  raised 
within  the  year ;  and  the  several  successive  Acts,  by  which  the  au- 
thority was  given,  although  they  were  nominally  accumulative,  were 
actually  the  results  of  attempts  to  vary  or  modify  this  authority,  in 
such  way  as  to  render  it  more  easy  or  more  effectual  in  its  execution. 

The  2nd  view  of  the  Ways  and  Means  for  the  year  1815,  exhibits 
the  amount  actually  realized  and  received  into  the  Treasury  daring 
that  year.  As  the  year  is  not  yet  terminated,  this  can  only  be  given 
by  way  of  Estimate ;  the  result  will  probably  not  differ  materially 
from  the  following  :— 

1.  Cash  in  the  Treasury  at  the  commencement  of  the  Dollars, 
year   1,626,998 

2.  Receipts  from  Revenue,  including  that  which  was 
outstanding  at  the  commencement  of  the  Year,  viz. 

Customs     8,000,000 

Direct  Tax 2,200,000 

Internal  Duties..,, mm. 4,700,000 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  601 

Dollars. 


Public  Lands 1,000,000 

Postage  and  incidental  receipts    450,000 

8.  Receipts  from  Loans  and  Treasury  Notes : 
Loaiis  under  the  Act  of  March  14,  1812.         50,000 

ditto  November  15,  1814 950,000 

ditto  March  3.  1815...9;284,044 
ditto  Temporary  Loan...650jOOO 

9,934,044 

ditto  February,  1815 100,000 

Amount  actually  borrowed  to  the  30tb 
Sept.  1815,  per  Statements  annexed 

(G  and  K) 11,034.044 

Amount  estimated  to  be  borrowed  from 
the  Ist  October  to  31st  December, 

1815     3,000,000 

Treasury  Notes. 
Amount  issued  prior  to  the  Ist  of  October,  1815: 
Under  the  Act  of  Mar.  4, 1814.  3,772,730 
ditto    ditto    Dec.  26, 1814. 8,318,400 
ditto    ditto    Feb.24,1815.    694,600 


Per  Statement  annexed  (L)  11,785,720 

Small  Treasury  Notes  not 
bearing  interest,  under  the 
Act  of  February  34, 1815; 
amount  issued  and  re- 
issued per  Statement  an- 
nexed, (£) 4,152,850 

Amount  estimated  to  be  is- 
sued and  re- issued,  from 
Oct.  1,  to  Dec.  31,  1815.  1,000,000 

16,938,570 


16,350,000 


30,972,614 


Making  the  Total  Amount,  estimated  to  be  actually 
received  into  the  Treasury  during  the  year  1815,  Dollars.  48,849,613 

The  application  of  the  moneys  actually  received  into  the  Treasury 
doriog  the  year  1815,  will  be  as  follows :  to  the  30th  of  September  the 
Payments  have  amounted  to  the  following  sums  nearly — [the  Accounts 
not  being  y^t  made  up  the  precise  amounts  cannot  be  given]. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


602  UNITED  STATES. 

JDoiiars, 

For  cifil,  diplomatic,  and  miscellaneous  expenses...  2,537^000 

Military  service  15,190,144 

Naval  service 7,050,000 

Public  Debt,  (exclusive  of  the  sum  of  300,000  dollars 

repaid  by  the  Commissioner  of  Loans  for  Georgia)  8,909,178 


Dollars.     33,686,333 
During  the  4th  Quarter  of  the  year,  the  Payments  are 
estimated  to  amount  to  the  following  sums,  viz : 
For  civil,  diplomatic,  and  miscellaneous 

expenses    500,000 

Naval  service  1,500,000 

Public  Debt,  to  the  1st  January,  1816, 

inclusive 3,000,000 

5,000.000 


Dolkrs.  38,686,323 
As  the  Receipts  into  the  Treasury  during  the  year, 
have  been  estimated  at 48,849,613 


The  sum  left  in  the  Treasury  at  the  end  of  the  year 
will  be Dollars    10,163,289 


And  will  consist  principally  of  Treasury  Notes,  paid  on  account  of 
the  Revenue  and  of  Loans. 


OF  THB  ESTIMATES  OF  THE  PUBUC  REVENUE  AND  EXPENDITURES  FOB 

1816. 

In  the  consideration  of  this  subject  it  is  proper  to  premise,  that 
the  Revenue  of  1816  must  be  charged  with  the  payment  of  a  con- 
siderable amount  of  the  unliquidated  Debts  incuiTed  during  the  War; 
and  consequently,  that  the  proportions  of  Revenue  and  Expenditure 
for  that  year,  cannot  be  reduced  by  the  scale  of  a  Peace  Establish- 
ment. The  arrearages  in  tlie  War  and  Navy  Departments,  and 
generally  the  outstanding  balance  of  the  Floating  Public  Debt, 
including  Treasury  Notes  and  temporary  Loans  must  be  satisfied, 
before  a  permanent  and  uniform  arrangement  of  the  Finances  can  be 
effected ;  but  it  is  believed  that  the  period  of  a  single  year  will  be 
sufficient  for  that  purpose. 

It  is  also  proper  to  premise,  that  although  the  estimates  of  the 
demands  on  the  Treasury  for  1816  may  be  satisfactorily  made,  there 
is  no  settled  ground  on  which  estimates  of  the  Ways  and  Means  cau 
be  confidently  formed.    The  entire  system  of  the  external  and  internal 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  603 

Taxation  most  necessarily  be  revised  during  the  present  Session  of 
Congress;  and  the  sources  as  well  as  the  product  of  the  Public 
Revenue  can  only  be  ascertained  from  the  result  of  the  Legislative  de- 
liberations. 

In  order,  however,  to  obviate  this  difficulty  as  far  as  it  is  practicable, 
distinct  statements  will  be  presented  for  1816 ;  Ist,  of  the  probable 
demands  on  the  Treasury ;  2dly,  of  the  Revenue  estimated  according 
to  the  Laws  now  in  force ;  and  3d1y,  of  the  Revenue  estimated  ac- 
cording to  the  modifications  which  will  be  respectfully  submitted. 

1.  Of  the  Probable  Demands  qf  the  Treasury. 

The  amount  of  the  civil,  diplomatic,  Dollars. 

and  miscellaneous  expenses  is  estimated 

at 1,800,000 

The  amount  of  the  Military  Expenses 

is  estimated  at 14,M9,246 

For  the  Military  Establishment  of 

1816  6,112,159 

For  the  arrearages  of  1815,  beyond 
the  amount  of  the  Appropriations    ...        9,437,087 


14,549,246 


The  amount  of  the  Naval  Expenses 
(supposing  them  to  be  reduced  on  the 
Peace  Establishment  to  one-half  of  the 
amount  appropriated  for  1815,  and  adding 
the  annual  appropriation  of  200,000 
dollars  for  the  purchase  of  timber)  is 
estimated  at 2,716,510 

The  amount  of  the  Payments  re- 
quired on  the  account  of  the  Public  Debt 
is  estimated  at    23,818,513 

For  the  Interest  and  annual  reimburse- 
ment of  the  Principal  of  the  Funded 
Debt  prior  to  the  War 3,460,000 

For  the  Interest  on  the  Funded  Debt 
created  since  the  War,  estimated  on  a 
capitol  of  70,000,000     4,200,000 

For  the  Balance  of  Principal  and  In- 
terest, on  Treasary  Notes  of  every  de- 
nomination now  due  or  payable  in  1815 
and  1816,  or  estimated  to  be  paid  in  those 
years,  by  being  received  for  Duties  and 
Taxes,  as  set  forth  in  the  annexed 
Table,  (L.) 15,458,513 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


604  UNITED  STATES. 

For  the  amount  of  temporary  Loans  DoUart, 

dae  to  the  State  Bank  of  Boston,  500  000 
dollars,  and  the  Mechanics'  Bank  of 
New  York,  200,000  dollars    700,000 


Dollars      42,864,269 


From  this  aggregate  of  the  demands  DoUan 

for   1816y   the  charges  of  a   temporary 

nature  being  deducted,  to  wit:    

Deduct  the  amount  of  the  arrearages 

for  the  Military  Service  of  1815 9,437,087 

A  nd  the  amount  of  Floating  Debt  to 

be  liquidated  in  1816  16,168,513 

25.595,600 


There  will  remain  as  the  probable  annual  Expendi- 
ture of  the  Peace  Establishment,  independentof  any  ad- 
dition to  the  Sinking  Fund Dollars.    17,288,669 


2.  Of  the  Revenue /or  1816;  eslimafed  according  to  ike  laws  now 

in  force. 

By  the  Laws  now  in  force,  the  Revenue  arising  from  Customs 
during  the  year  1816,  will  be  affected  in  the  following  manner: 

The  present  rates  of  Duties  will  continue  until  the  I8th  of  Febraary 
1816,  when  the  Duty  on  Salt  imported  will  cease,  and  the  rates  of 
Duties  on  merchandize  of  every  description,  imported  in  American 
Vjsssels,  will  fall  to  one-half  of  the  existing  amount,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  certain  manufactured  articles,  being  of  the  same  kinds  as 
the  manufactured  articles  on  which  internal  duties  have  been  imposed ; 
the  Duties  on  the  imported  articles  continuing  at  the  existing 
rates  so  long  as  the  existing  internal  duties  shall  be  continued  npon 
the  corresponding  articles  of  domestic  manufacture.  On  the  18th 
of  February,  the  extra  duty  on  merchandize  imported  in  Foreign 
Vessels,  which  is  now  15^  per  cent,  on  the  amount  of  the  duty  in  Ame- 
rican Vessels,  will  fall  to  10  per  cent  on  that  amount,  and  the 
tonnage  duty  on  Foreign  Vessels,  which  is  now  2  dollars  per  ton,  will 
fall  to  50  cents  per  ton.  The  extra  duty  is  also  liable  to  be  aflected 
by  the  operation  of  the  Act  for  abolishing  all  discriminating  Duties 
upon  a  basis  of  national  reciprocity. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  606 

By  the  Laws  now  in  force,  the  Revenue  arising  from  Internal 
Duties  will  be  affected  in  the  following  manner: 

The  Duties  ou  Bank  Notes,  on  Notes  discounted  by   Banks,  and 

Bills  of  Exchange,   (commonly   called  the  Stamp  Duties,)  and  the 

Duty  on  Refined  Sugar,  will  cease  on  the  18th  day  of  February,  1816. 

All  the  other  Internal  Duties,  together  with  the  Direct  Tax  and 

the  increased  rates  of  Postage,  will  continue. 

Under  these  circumstances,  the  Revenue  which  will  accrue  to  The 
United  States  during  the  year  1816,  is  estimated  as  follows: 

Dollars. 

From  Customs 13,000,000 

Internal  Duties 7,000,000 

Direct  Tax  (net  produce  to  the  Treasury) 5,600,000 

Sales  of  Public  Lands 1,000,000 

Postage  and  incidental  Receipts 400,000 

Dollars.    37,000,000 


The  Sums  actually  receivable  into  the  Treasury  during  the  year, 
are  estimated  as  follows ; 

From  Customs 20,000,000 

Internal  Duties  6»d00,000 

Direct  Tax,  including  arrears  of  1815 8,500,000 

Sales  of  Public  Lands 1,000,000 

Postage  and  incidental  Receipts 400,000 

Dollars.  36,400,000 
If  to  this  be  added  the  probable  amount  of  money  in 
the  Treasury  at  the  commencement  of  the  year  1816, 
which  may  be  estimated,  exclusive  of  Treasury  Notes 
paid  in  previously  to  that  time,  on  account  of  Revenue 
and  of  Loans^  at  the  sum  of. 3,000,000 

The  effective  Ways  and  Means  of  1816  will  produce, 
in  the  whole  39,400,000 

But  as  the  demands  upon  the  Treasury  for  the  same 
year  will  amount,  as  above  stated,  to  ....• 43,884,969 

There  will  be  left  a  Deficit,  to  be  supplied  by  means 
other  than  the  Revenue,  of Dollars.    3,484,269 

3.  (}f  the  Revenue  for  1816;  esiimated  according  to  the  modtficaiions, 
which  will  be  respectfully  submitted. 
From  the  review  of  the  Financial  Measures  of  the  Government,  in 
reference  to  the  recent  state  of  War,  which  constitutes  the  first  part  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


606  UNITED  STATES. 

the  present  Report,  it  appears  that  tlie  almost  entire  failare  of  the 
Customs,  or  Duties  on  Importations,  and  the  increasing  necessities  of 
the  Treasury,  rendered  it  necessary  to  seek  for  pecuniary  Supplies,  in 
a  system  of  Internal  Duties ;  but  both  in  respect  to  the  subjects  of 
taxation,  and  to  the  amount  of  the  several  Taxes,  the  return  of  Peace 
has  always  been  contemplated,  as  a  period  for  revision  and  relief.  In 
the  fulfilment  of  that  policy,  a  reduction  of  the  Direct  Tax ;  a  discoid 
tbuance  of  Taxes,  which,  upon  trial,  have  proved  unproductive,  as 
well  as  inconvenient ;  and,  above  all,  the  exoneration  of  Domestic 
Manufactures  from  every  charge  that  can  obstructor  retard  their 
progress,  seem  to  be  the  objects  that  particularly  invite  the  Legislative 
attention.  There  will  still  remain,  however^  a  sufficient  scope  for  the 
operation  of  a  permanent  system  of  Internal  Duties  upon  those  prin- 
ciples of  National  policy,  which  have  already  been  respectfully  sug- 
gested. As  an  equivalent  for  the  diminution  of  the  Revenue  by  the 
contemplated  abolition  or  reduction  of  some  of  the  Duties  and  Taxes ; 
and  inobservance  of  the  Public  Faith,  which  is  pledged  in  the  case  of 
such  abolition  or  reduction,  to  provide  and  substitute  other  Duties  and 
Taxes  equally  productive ;  it  is  intended  respectfully  to  recommend 
a  continuance  of  the  Duty  on  Imported  Salt,  and  a  competent  addi* 
tion  to  the  permanent  rates  of  the  Duties  on  merchandise  imported. 

In  the  General  Tariff,  which  has  been  directed  by  a  Resolution  of  the 
House  of  Representatives  to  be  prepared,  and  which  will  be  submitted 
to  Congress  as  soon  as  the  materials  for  forming  it  can  be  digested 
and  arranged,  the  subject  will  be  more  distinctly,  as  well  as  more 
satisfactorily  presented;  but  as  it  is  not  probable  that  this  measure  can 
be  matured  so  as  to  go  into  operation  on  the  18th  of  February  next, 
it  becomes  necessary  to  suggest  the  expediency  of  continuing  the  pre- 
sent rates  of  Duties  until  the  30th  of  June;  when  the  new  rates,  with 
all  the  necessary  details  to  give  effect  to  that  system,  may  be  intro- 
duced, and  sufficient  notice  be  given  to  the  Merchants  to  regulate  their 
Commercial  operations  accordingly. 

In  relation,  then,  to  the  Internal  Duties,  it  is  intended  respectfully 
to  recommend,  that  the  Duties  imposed  at  the  last  Session  of  Congress, 
on  various  articles  manufactured  within  The  United  States,  shall  be 
abolished  on  the  18th  day  of  April  next,  which  will  complete  the  year, 
commencing  from  the  time  the  Duties  went  into  operation ;  that  the 
Duty  imposed  during  the  last  Session  of  Congress  on  Spirits  Distilled 
within  The  United  States,  shall  be  abolished  on  the  30th  of  June  next; 
but  that  at  the  same  time  there  be  added  100  per  cent,  on  the  rate  of 
the  Duty  which  had  been  charged  on  Licenses  to  Distillers  of  Spiri- 
tuous Liquora  in  the  year  1813;  that  the  Duty  on  Household  Furni- 
ture, and  on  Gold  and  Silver  Watches,  be  abolished  on  the  81st  day 
of  March  next ;  that  the  additional  Duty  imposed  during  the  last  Ses- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  607 

ftion  of  Congress  on  Licenses  to  retail  Wines,  Spirituous  Liquors,  and 
Foreign  Merchandise,  be  abolished  on  the  31  st  day  of  December,  1816 ; 
and  that  the  Duties  on  ReBned  Sufi^ar  and  the  Stamp  Duties  be  con- 
tinued. And  finally,  in  relaliou  to  the  Direct  Tax,  it  is  intended  res« 
pectfully  to  recommend,  that  on  the  31st  day  of  March  next,  it  be 
reduced  to  one-half  its  present  amount,  that  is,  to  the  annual  amount 
of  3,000,000  dollars. 

The  subtraction  from  the  Revenue  by  these  charges  and  reductions 
JD  the  Direct  Tax  and  the  Internal  Duties,  is  estimated  at  the  annual 
som  of  7,000^000  dollars.  But  the  substitutes  for  supplying  the 
equivalent  amount  are  estimated  to  produce ;  1st,  from  the  increase  of 
the  Duty  on  Licences  to  Distillers  and  continuance  of  the  Stamp 
Duties,  and  Duties  on  Refined  Sugar,  the  annual  sum  of  1,500,000 
dollars ;  2nd,  from  the  continuance  of  the  Duty  on  Imported  Salt, 
the  annual  sum  of  500,000  dollars;  and  3rdly,  from  an  increase  upon 
the  permanent  rates  of  Duties  on  the  importation  of  Foreign  Mer» 
cfaandise,  the  annual  sum  of  5,000,000  dollars. 

The  full  effect  of  the  alterations  which  have  been  stated,  will 
not  be  developed  until  some  time  after  the  year  1816  ;  but  if  they  be 
adopted,  the  state  of  the  Revenue  for  that  year  in  the  2  views  of  which 
it  is  susceptible;  1st,  of  Revenue  accruing  during  the  year;  and  3nd, 
of  money  receivable  into  the  Treasury  during  the  year,  may  be  esti- 
mated as  follows : 

1.  The  Revenue  which  will  accrue  in  181 6,  may  be  estimated  as 
•follows :  Dollars, 

From  Customs 17,000,000 

Internal  Duties   4,500,000 

DirectTax,  (net  product  to  the  Treasury)  •••      2,700,000 

Sales  of  Public  Lands 1,000,000 

Postage  and  Incidental  Receipts  400,000 

Dollars.    25,600,000 


2.  The  Money  which  will  be  actually  receivable  into 
the  Treasury,  from  Revenues,  in  1815,  may  be  esti- 
mated as  follows : 

From  Customs    21,000,000 

Internal  Duties     5,000,000 

Direct  Tax,  (including  arrears  of  1815,) 6,000,000 

Sales  of  Public  Lands   1,000,000 

Postage  and  Incidental  Receipts 400,000 

Dollars.  33/100,000 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


608  UNITED  STATES. 

of  to  the  Sum  thus  estimated  to  be  receivable  into  DoUan, 
the  Treasury    from    tlie  Reveoue  duriog    the 

year  1816    .' 33,400X)00 

There  be  added,  the  Money  which  will  probably  be 

in  the  Treasury  at  the  beginning  of  the  year...  3^000,000 

The  aggregate  will  be  the  Sum  of 96.400,000 

And  the  demands  being  estimated  as  above,  at 43,884,909 

There  will  be  left  a  Deficit  of Dollars.  6,484,269 


It  is  here,  however,  to  be  recollected,  that  the  estimate  of  the  de- 
mands on  the  Treasury,  comprehends  the  gross  amount  of  the  arrear- 
ages  of  the  War  Department,  and  a  provision  for  the  whole  of  tlie 
Floating  Public  Debt ;  and  although  for  the  purposes  of  a  Legislative 
Appropriation,  the  aggregate  of  the  Expenditures  to  be  authorized  for 
the  year  1816,  is  necessarily  made  the  basis  of  the  Official  Estimates, 
yet  the  uniform  experience  of  the  Treasury  evinces,  that  the  demands 
for  a  considerable  portion  of  the  annual  Appropriation  will  not  be  made 
during  the  year. 

It  may  also  be  observed,  that  to  raise  a  Revenue  by  the  impositioo, 
or  even  by  the  continuance  of  Taxes,  adequate  to  the  immediate  dis- 
charge of  every  unliquidated  demand  upon  the  Treasury  at  (he  close 
of  an  expensive  War,  seems  hardly  to  be  necessary,  under  the  present 
circumstances  of  the  Country .  The  product  of  the  Revenue,  arranged 
in  the  manner  which  has  been  stated^  may  be  estimated  after  the  year 
1816,  at  an  annual  amount  of  nearly  4,000,000,  greater  than  the  sam 
required  for  the  interest  on  the  Public  Debt,  and  for  the  probable 
expenses  of  the  Peace  Establishment  If  the  Public  Debt,  therefore, 
were  increased  in  the  year  1816,  by  a  sum  equal  to  the  whole  amoont 
of  the  deficit  as  above  stated,  an  equivalent  reduction  could  be  eflected 
in  less  than  2  years.  The  unexecuted  authority  to  borrow  money  and 
issue  Treasury  Notes,  already  provided  by  the  Acts  of  Congress,  is 
sufficient  to  enable  the  Treasury  to  meet  the  deficit  in  either  of  these 
modes,  and,  consequently,  no  further  Legislative  aid,  (except  perhaps, 
in  the  modification  of  the  issues  of  Treasury  Notes,)  appears  at  this 
time  to  be  required. 


III.  Propasiiians/or  the  Improvement  and  Management  of  the  jBramne, 
and/or  the  support  of  Public  Credit. 

The  Propositions  which  are  now  to  be  respectfully  sobmitted. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  609 

relate;  Ist,  to  the  Revenue;  2nd,  to  the  Sinking  Fund;  and  3rdi  to 
the  National  Circulating  Medium. 

1.  Propositions  relating  to  the  Reoettue, 

The  changes  contemplated  in  the  Revenue  on  the  estimates  of  a 
Peace  Establishment,  having  been  already  stated  as  the  intended 
objects  of  recommendation,  it  is  now  only  necessary  to  submit  to  the 
consideration  of  Congress,  the  measures  requiring  their  sanction  for 
carrying  the  plan  into  effect. 

First,  It  is  respectfully  proposed  : 

That  the  Act  of  the  1st  of  July,  1812,  imposing  an  additional 
Doty  of  100  per  cent,  upon  the  permanent  Duties  on  goods,  wares, 
and  merchandise,  imported  into  The  United  States  from  any  Foreign 
Port  or  Place,  and  the  Act  of  the  29th  of  July,  1813,  imposing  a  Duly 
upon  imported  Salt,  be  continued  in  force  until  the  30th  day  of  June, 
1816. 

Second,  It  is  respectfully  proposed  : 

That  the  Act  of  the  24th  of  July,  1813,  imposing  a  duty  on  Sugar 
refined  within  The  United  States,  and  the  Act  of  the  2ud  of  Augusr, 
1813,  imposing  a  Duty  on  Bank  Notes,  Notes  discounted,  and  Bills 
of  Exchange,  be  continued  by  Law,  in  force  without  limitation,  but 
with  proper  amendments,  to  render  the  collection  of  the  Duties  more 
equal  and  more  certaiu. 

And  that  the  Act  of  the  15th  of  December,  1814,  imposing  Duties 
on  Carriages  and  the  Harness  therefor;  and  that  so  much  of  tlie  Act 
of  the  23rd  of  December,  1814,  as  relates  to  the  Duties  on  Sales  at 
Auction,  and  to  the  increasing  of  the  Rates  of  Postage,  be  allowed  to 
remain  in  force. 

Third,  It  is  respectfully   proposed: 

That  there  be  a  reduction  or  modification  in  the  following  Taxes 
and  Duties ; 

1.  That  the  Direct  Tax  be  reduced  from  6,000,000  to  3,000,000 
dollars,  for  the  year  1816,  and  for  each  succeeding  year. 

2.  That  the  Duties  on  Distilled  Spirits  be  discontinued  after  the 
30th  day  of  June,  1816;  and  that  the  Duty  on  Licenses  to  Distillers 
be  raised  on  that  da^,  to  double  the  amount  fixed  by  the  Act  of  the 
24ihof  July,  1813. 

3.  That  the  Duties  on  Licenses  to  Retailers  of  Wines,  Spirituous 
Dqoors,  and  Foreign  Merchandise,  be  reduced  to  the  rates  of  the  year 
1813,  with  proper  regard  to  the  periods  when  Licenses  commence  and 
expire. 

Fourth.  It  is  respectfully  proposed  : 

That  the  Act  of  the  I8th  of  January,  1815,  and  the  Act  of  the 
27th  of  February,  1815,  imposing  Duties  on  various  articles  niamr- 
factured  dr  liiade  for  sale  within  The  United  States,  and  the  A^t  of 
[1815—16.]  2  R 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


610  UNITED  STATES. 

the  18th  of  January.  1815,  imposing  Dalies  on  HouiehoM  Fnnii* 
tare    and    Watches,  be    absolutely   and  entirely  repealed. 

Fifth,  It  is  respectfully  proposed: 

That  the  Act  of  the  3rd  of  March,  1815,  further  to  provide 
for  the  collection  of  (he  Duties  on  imports  and  tonnage ;  and  the 
Act  of  the  3rd  of  March,  1815,  to  fix  the  compensation  and  incicase 
the  responsibility  of  the  Collectors  of  the  Direct  Tax  and  Internal 
Duties,  and  for  other  purposes  connected  with  the  collection  thereof 
so  far  as  it  relates  to  the  compensation  of  the  Collectors  of  the  Direct 
Tax  and  Internal  Duties,  be  continued  in  force  without  I  imitation. 

2.  ProposUions  relaiing  to  the  Sinking  Fund. 

The  Sinking  Fund,  as  it  is  at  present  constituted.  Dollars. 

amounts  to  the  annual  sum  of  8,000.000 


it  is  charged,  in  the  first  instance,  with  the  payment  of 
the  interest  and  the  annual  reimbursement  of  the  prin- 
cipal of  the  Old  Funded  Debt,  which  will  require,  for  1816   , 
and  each  of  the  2  ensuing  years,  the  sum  of 3,460,000 

And  it  is  charged  with  the  payment  of  the  interest  and 
the  eventual  reimbursement  of  the  principal  of  the  New 
Funded  Debt. 

The  interest,  computed  on  a  capital  of  70,000,000 
dollars,  will  require  for  the  year  1816,  and  each  subse- 
quent year,  the  sum  of  • 4,200,000 


The  Total  present  Charge  on  the  Sinking  Fund,  on 
account  of  the  Funded  Debt,  being  the  annual  sum  of   •••     7,660g000 

In  the  year  1818,  the  Fund  will  be  released  from  the  annaal  charge 
of  1,880,000  dollars,  accruing  upon  the  old  6  per  cent  Stock,  as  the 
Stock  will  be  then  paid  and  eztingoished ;  but  in  the  same  year  it  will 
be  subjected  to  a  chaiige  of  3,000,000  dollars,  for  the  1st  instalment  of 
the  principal  of  the  Louisiana  Stock,  which  will  then  become  payable. 
In  each  of  the  2  succeeding  years  a  similar  sum  will  be  payable ;  and  b 
the  year  1821  such  sum  will  be  payable  as  may  be  necessary  to  com- 
plete the  reimbursement  of  that  Stock,  and  which  is  estimated  at 
1,093,500  dollars. 

The  Sinking  Fund  is  also,  at  present,  charged  with  the  payment 
of  the  principal  and  interest  of  the  Treasury  Notes  issned  under  the 
Act  of  the  4th  March,  1814,  and  prior  Acts ;  and  of  certain  Temporaiy 
Loans  obtained  under  the  Loan  Acts  of  1812,  and  of  sobsequeot 
years. 

The  several  Acts  charging  these  payments  on  the  Sinking  Fsnd 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  611 

have  directed  that  such  sams,  in  addition  to  the  annual  appro- 
priation of  8,000,000  dollars,  should  be  taken  from  any  Funds  in  the 
Treasury  not  otherwise  appropriated,  as  should  be  necessary  to  meet 
and  satisfy  the  demands.  I'he  Temporary  Loans  and  Treasury  Notes 
will  therefore  probably  be  paid  or  absorbed  in  1817;  and  it  is  deemed 
unnecessary^  for  the  present  purpose,  to  include  them  in  the  consider* 
ation  of  the  form  and  extent  which  it  is  proposed  to  give  to  the  Sinking 
Fund  in  that  year. 

In  1803,  when  the  Sinking  Fund  was  established  on  its  present 
footing,  the  principal  of  the  Public  Debt  was  about  86,000,000  dollars, 
and  the  interest  annually  payable  upon  it,  about  4,500,000  dollars. 
At  that  time  there  was  as8i)>;ned  to  the  Sinking  Fund  out  of  the  Public 
Revenue,  8,000.000  dollars ;  of  which  about  3,500,000  dollars  were 
annually  applicable  to  the  reduction  of  the  principal  of  86,000,000 
dollars. 

At  the  commencement  of  the  year  )817,  it  is  estimated  that  the 
principa?  of  the  Funded  Debt  will  amount  to  110,000,000  dollars, 
requiring  the  sum  of  6.150,000  for  the  payment  of  its  annual  interest. 
If  a  sum  applicable  to  the  reduction  of  the  principal  of  the  Debt,  were 
now  to  be  assigned,  bearing-  the  same  proportion  to  that  principal 
which  the  sum  assigned  in  1804  then  bore  to  the  principal,  it  would 
amount  to  about  4,350,000  dollars.  When  it  is  added,  therefore,  to 
the  sum  of  6,150,000  dollars,  which  is  necessary  for  the  payment  of  the 
interest,  there  would  be  re()uirfd  for  the  amount  now  to  be  set  apart 
t4>  constitute  the  Sinking  Fund,  the  sum  of  10,500,000  dollars  per 
annum.  It  is  proposed,  however,  to  carry  the  amount  only  to  the 
sam  of  10,000,000  dollars,  which  will  allow  about  3,850,000  dollars 
as  applicable  to  the  reduction  of  the  principal  of  the  Debt;  a  sum  suf- 
ficient, if  strictly  and  regularly  applied  without  interruption,  upon  a 
GOffifioond  principle,  to  pay  off  the  whole  of  the  Funded  Debt,  in  a 
period  of  less  than  18  years. 

Upon  these  grounds,  then,  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  respects 
folly  aabmits  the  following 

Propasiiion, 
That  in  the  year  1817,  and  annually  in  every  subsequent  year, 
there  be  appropriated  the  sum  of  2,000,000  dollars,  in  addition  to  the 
som  of  8,000,000  dollars  now  annually  appropriated  for  the  payment 
of  the  interest  and  principal  of  tlie  Public  Debt ;  that  the  payment  of 
thia  additional  sum  be  made  out  of  the  proceeds  of  the  Revenue  derived 
fronn  the  Customs,  the  sales  of  Public  Lands,  and  the  Internal 
Duties,  or  from  either  of  them;  available  after  the .  pay  men  t  of  the 
sums  for  which  they  are  now  respectively  pledged  or  appropriated;  and 
that  the  said  additional  sum  of  2,000,000  dollars  annually,  be  payable 
to  the  Commiasaoners  of  the  Sinking  Fund,  to  be  applied  by  diem  in 

2R  2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


612  UNITED  STATES. 

the  same  manDer  as  the  moueys  which  they  are  now  entitled  by  Law 
to  receive;  that  is  to  say, — 1st,  to  the  payment  of  the  interest  on  the 
Public  Funded  Debt :  Snd,  to  the  reimbursement  of  the  principal, 
from  time  to  time,  as  the  same,  or  any  portion  of  it,  shall  become 
reimbursable,  according  to  the  terms  of  the  Contracts  by  which  it  has 
been  created ;  3rd!y,  after  having  answered  these  purposes,  if  there 
shall  remain  a  surplus  at  (heir  disposal,  to  the  purchase  of  such  parts 
of  the  Funded  Public  Debt  as  shall  appear  to  them  to  be  most  for  the 
advantage  of  The  United  States,  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  Law,  and 
at  a  rate  not  exceeding  the  par  value. 

3L  Proposition  relating  to  the  National  Circulating  Medium* 

The  delicacy  of  this  subject  is  only  equalled  by  its  importance.  In 
presenting  it,  therefore,  to  the  consideration  of  Cone:ress,  there  is 
occasion  for  an  implicit  reliance  upon  the  legislative  indulgence. 

By  the  Constitution  of  The  United  States,  Congress  is  expressly 
vested  with  the  power  to  coin  money,  to  regulate  the  value  of  ibe 
Domestic  and  Foreign  Coins  in  circulation,  and  (as  a  necessary  impli- 
cation from  positive  provisions)  to  emit  Bills  of  Credit;  while  it  is 
declared  by  the  same  instrument,  that  <<  no  State  shall  coin  money,  or 
emit  Bills  of  Credit."  Under  this  Constitutional  Authority,  the  money 
of  The  United  States  has  been  established  by  Law,  consisting  of  coins 
made  with  gold,  silver,  and  copper.  All  Foreign  gold  and  silver  coins, 
at  specified  rates,  were  placed,  in  the  first  instance,  upon  the  same 
footing  with  the  coins  of  The  United  States,  but  they  ceased,  (with 
the  exception  of  Spanish  milled  dollars,  and  parts  of  such  dollars,)  to 
be  a  legal  tender  for  the  payment  of  debts  and  demands  ia  the  year 
1800. 

The  Constitutional  Authority  to  emit  Bills  of  Credit,  has  also  been 
exercised  in  a  qualified  and  limited  manner.  During  the  existence  of 
the  Bank  of  The  United  States,  the  Bills  or  Notes  of  the  Corporation 
were  declared,  by  liaw,  to  be  receivable  in  all  payments  to  The 
United  States;  and  the  Treasury  Notes  which  have  been  since  issued 
for  the  services  of  the  lute  War,  have  been  endowed  with  the  same 
quality.  But  Congress  has  never  recognized  by  Law  the  Notes  of  any 
other  Corporation ;  nor  has  it  ever  authorized  an  iss^ie  of  Bills  of 
Credit,  to  serve  as  a  legal  currency.  The  acceptance  of  the  Notes  of 
Banks  which  are  not  established  by  the  Federal  Authority,  in  paymeatt 
to  The  United  States,  has  been  properly  left  to  the  vigilance  and  dis- 
cretion of  the  Executive  Department:  while  the  circalation  of  the 
Treasury  Notes  employed  either  to  borrow  money  or  to  discharjse 
debts,  depends  entirely  (as  it  ought  to  depend)  upon  the  option  of  the 
lenders  and  creditors  to  receive  them. 

The  constitutional  and  legal  foundation  of  the  monetary  system  of 
The  United   States   is  thus  distinctly  seen;  and  the  power   of  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  613 

Federal  Government  to  institttte  and  re^^ulatei^  whether  the  circulating 
medium  consists  of  Coin  or  of  Bills  of  Credit,  must  in  its  general  policy/ 
as  well  as  in  the  terms  of  its  investment,  be  deemed  an  exclusive  poirer. 
It  is  true  that  a  system  depending  upon  the  agency  of  the  precious 
metals,  will  be  afTected  by  the  various  circumstances  which  diminish 
their  quantity  or  deteriorate  their  quality.  The  coin  of  a  State  some- 
times vanishes  under  the  influence  of  political  alarms ;  sometimes  in 
consequence  of  the  explosion  of  mercantile  sf>eculations.  and  some- 
times by  tlje  drain  of  an  unfavorable  course  of  trade.  But  whenever 
the  emergency  occurs  that  demands  a  change  of  system,  it  seems  ue- 
cessarily  to  follow,  that  the  authority  which  was  alone  competent  to 
establish  the  National  coin,  is  alone  competent  to  create  a  Natioual  sub- 
stitute, it  has  happened,  however,  that  the  coin  of  The  United  States 
has  ceased  to  be  the  circulating  medium  of  exchange ;  and  that  na 
aobatitute  has  hitherto  been  provided  by  the  National  Authority. 
During  the  last  year,  the  principal  Banks  established  south  and  west 
of  New-England,  resolved  that  they  would  no  longer  issue  coin  !» 
payment  of  their  notes,  or  of  the  drafts  of  their  customers,  for  money 
received  upon  deposite.  In  this  act,  the  Government  of  The  United 
States  had  no  participation ;  and  yet  the  immediate  effect  of  the  act 
was  to  supersede  the  only  legal  cuFreney  of  the  Nation.  By  this  act, 
although  no  State  can  constitutionally  emit  Bills  of  Credit,  Corporations 
erected  by  the  several  States,  have  been  enabled  to  circulate  a  paper 
medium  subject  to  many  of  the  practical  inconveniences  of  the  prohi- 
bited Bills  of  Credit. 

It  is  not  intended,  upon  this  occasion,  to  condemn,  generally,  the 
suspension  of  specie  payments ;  for  appearances  indicated  an  approach- 
ing crisis  which  would  probably  have  imposed  it  as  a  measure  of 
necessity,  if  it  had  not  been  adopted  as  a  measure  of  precaution.  But 
the  danger  which  originally  induced  and  perhaps  justified  the  conduct 
of  the  Banks,  has  passed  away ;  and  the  continuance  of  the  suspen- 
sion of  specie  payments  must  be  ascribed  to  a  new  series  of  causes. 
The  public  credit  and  resources  are  no  longer  impaired  by  the  doubts 
and  agitations  excited  during  the  War ;  by  the  practices  of  an  enemy, 
or  by  the  inroads  of  an  illicit  commerce;  yet  the  resumption  of  specie 
payments  is  still  prevented,  either  by  the  reduced  state  of  the  National 
Stock  of  the  precious  metals,  or  by  the  apprehension  of  a  further  re- 
duction to  meet  the  balances  of  a  Foreign  trade;  or  by  the  redundant 
issues  of  bank  paper.  The  probable  direction  and  duration  of  these 
latter  causes,  constitute,  therefore,  the  existing  subject  for  deliberation. 
While  they  continue  to  operate  singly  or  combined,  the  authority  of  the 
States  individually,  or  the  Agents  of  the  State  Institutions,  cannot 
afford  a  remedy  commensurate  with  the  evil ;  and  a  recurrence  to  the 
National  Authority  is  indispensable,  for  the  restoration  of  a  National 
Cnrrency. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


614  UNITED  STATES. 

In  the  lelectioQ  of  the  means  ibr  tlie  accomplishing ot  of  this  im- 
poitant  object,  it  may  be  asked;  1st,  Whether  it  be  practicable  to 
renew  the  circulation  of  the  gold  and  silver  coins?  2dly,  Whether 
the  State  Banks  can  be  successfully  employed  to  furnish  an  uniform 
currency  ?  3d]y,  Whether  a  National  Bank  can  be  employed,  more 
advantageously  than  the  State  Banks*  for  the  same  purpose  P  And 
4thly,  Whether  the  Government  can,  itself,  supply  and  maintain  a 
paper  medium  of  exchange,  of  permanent  and  uniform  value,  through- 
out The  United  States? 

1st.  As  The  United  States  do  not  possess  mines  of  gold  or  silver, 
the  supplies  of  those  metals  must«  in  a  time  of  scarcity,  be  derived 
from  Foreign  commerce.  If  the  balance  of  Foreign  commerce  be  un- 
favorable, the  supply  will  not  be  obtained  incidentally,  as  in  the 
case  of  the  returns  for  a  surplus  of  American  Exports,  but  must  be  the 
subject  of  a  direct  purchase.  The  purchase  of  bullion  is,  however,  a 
common  o|)eration  of  commerce ;  and  depends,  like  other  operations, 
upon  the  inducements  to  import  the  article. 

The  inducements  to  import  bullion  arise,  as  in  other  cases,  from  its 
being  cheap  abroad,  or  from  its  being  dear  at  home.  Notwithstanding 
the  commotions  in  South  America,  as  well  as  in  Europe,  there  is  no 
reason  to  believe,  that  the  quantity  of  the  precious  metals  is  now 
(more  than  at  any  former  period)  insufficient  for  the  demand  through- 
out the  commercial  and  civilized  world.  The  price  may  be  higher  in 
some  Countries  than  in  others ;  and  it  may  be  different  in  the  same 
Country  at  different  times;  but  generally,  the  European  Stock  of 
gold  and  silver  has  been  abundant,  even  during  the  protracted  War 
which  has  afflicted  the  Nations  of  Europe. 

The  purchase  of  bullion  in  Foreign  markets,  upon  reasonable  terms, 
is  then  deemed  practicable  ;  nor  can  its  importation  into  The  United 
States  fail  eventually  to  be  profitable.  The  actual  price  of  the  gold 
and  silver  in  the  American  market  would  in  itself  afford  for  some  time 
an  ample  premium  ;  although  the  fall  in  the  price  most  of  coarse  be 
proportionable  to  the  increase  of  the  quantity.  But  it  is  within  the 
scope  of  a  wise  policy,  to  create  addiiional  demands  for  coin,  and  in 
that  way  to  multiply  the  inducements  to  import  and  retain  the  metals 
of  which  it  is  composed. 

For  instance,  the  excessive  issue  of  Bank  Paper  has  usurped  the 
place  of  the  National  money ;  and  under  such  circumstances  gold  and 
silver  will  always  continue  to  be  treated  as  an  article  of  merchandise; 
but  it  is  hoped  that  the  issue  of  Bank  Paper  will  soon  be  reduced  to 
its  just  share  in  the  circulating  medium  of  the  Country ;  and  eon* 
sequently  that  the  coin  of  The  United  States,  will  resume  its  legitimate 
capacity  and  character* 

Again,  the  Treasury,  yielding  from  necessity  to  the  general  im- 
pulse, has  hitherto  consented  to  receive  Bank  Paper  in  payment  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


VJtflTKD  STATES.  615 

Duties  and  Taxes;  bat  the  period  approaches  when  it  will  probably 
become  a  duty  to  exact  the  payment,  either  in  Treasury  Notes,  or  in 
gold  and  silver  coin»  the  lawful  money  of  The  United  States. 

Agaioj  the  Institutions  which  shall  be  deemed  proper,  in  order  to 
remove  existing  inconveniences,  and  to  restoi^  the  National  Currency, 
may  be  so  organized  as  to  engage  the  interests  and  enterprise  of 
Individuals  iti  providing  the  means  to  establish  them. 

And,  finally,  such  regulations  may  be  imposed  open  the  exportation 
of  gold  and  silver,  as  will  serve  in  future  to  fix  and  retain  the  quantity 
required  for  domestic  uses. 

But  it  is  further  believed,  that  the  National  stock  of  the  precious 
melals  is  not  so  reduced  as  to  render  the  operation  of  reinstating  their 
agency  in  the  National  Currency  either  difficult  or  protracted.  The 
quantity  actually  possessed  by  the  Country  is  considerable ;  and  the 
resuscitation  of  public  confidence  in  Bank  Piiper.  or  in  other  sobstitntes 
for  coin,  seems  alone  to  be  wanting  to  render  it  equal  to  the  accos* 
tomed  contribution  for  a  circulating  medium. 

In  other  Countries,  as  well  as  in  The  United  States,  the  effect  of 
an  excessive  issue  of  paper  money  to  banish  the  precious  metals  has 
been  seen«  and  under  circumstances  much  moi'e  disadvantageous  than 
the  present:  the  effect  of  public  confidence  in  National  Institutions, 
to  recall  the  precious  metals  to  their  uses  in  exchange,  has  also  been 
experienced.  Even  however  if  it  were  practicable,  it. has  sometimes 
been  questioned,  whether  it  would  be  politic  again  to  employ  gold  and 
silver  for  the  purpose  of  a  National  Currency. 

It  was  long  and  universally  supposed  that  to  maintain  a  paper 
medium,  without  depreciation,  the  certainty  of  being  able  to  convert 
it  into  coin  was  indispensable,  nor  can  the  experience  which  has  given 
rise  to  a  contrary  doctrine  be  deemed  complete  or  conclusive.  But 
whatever  may  be  the  issue  of  that  experiment  elsewhere,  a  difference 
in  the  atructare  of  the  Government,  in  the  physical  as  well  as  the 
political  sitnation  of  the  Country,  and  in  the  various  depaitments  of 
iadasCry,  seems  to  deprive  it  of  any  important  influence  as  a  pre* 
cedent  for  the  imitation  of  The  United  States. 

In  offering  these  general  remarks  to  the  consideration  of  Congress, 
it  is  not  intended  to  convey  an  opinion  that  the  circulation  of  the  gold 
and  mlver  cmns  can  at  once  be  renewed.  Upon  motives  of  public 
convenience,  the  gradual  attainment  of  that  object  is  alone  con- 
templated;  but  a  strong,  though  respectful  solicitude  is  felt,  that  the 
measores  adopted  by  the  Legislature  should,  in  variably  tend  to  its 
attabimenc. 

8d.  Of  the  services  rendered  to  the  Government  by  some  of  the 
State  Banks  during  the  late  War;  and  of  the  liberality  by  which  some 
of  them  are  actuated  in  their  interconrae  with  the  Treasury ;  justice 
requires  an  explicit  acknowledgment. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


616  UNITED  STATES. 

It  is  a  fact,  however,  iocootestibly  proved,  that  those  InstitDiioos 
caionot  at  this  time  be  successfully  employed  to  furuish  an  uoifomi 
National  Cuirency.  The  failure  of  one  attempt  to  associate  them  with 
that  view  has  already  been  stated.  Another  attempt,  by  their  agency 
in  circulating  Treasury  Notes,  to  overcome  the  inequalities  of  the 
exchange,  has  only  been  partially  successful.  And  a  plan  recently 
proposed,  with  the  design  to  curtail  the  issues  of  Bank  Notes,  to  fix 
the  public  confidence  in  the  administration  of  the  affairs  of  the  Banks, 
and  to  give  each  Bank  a  legitimate  ^hare  in  the  circulation,  is  not 
Jikely  to  receive  the  sanction  of  the  Banks.  The  truth  is.  that  the 
Charter  restrictions  of  some  of  the  Banks;  the  mutual  relation  and 
dependence  of  the  Banks  of  the  same  State,  and  even  of  the  Banks 
of  different  States;  and  the  duty  w^iich  the  Directors  of  each  Bank 
ooDceive  that  they  owe  to  their  immediate  Constituents  upon  points  of 
aecnrity  or  emolument,  interpose  an  insuperable  obstacle  to  any  volun- 
tary arrangement,  upon  National  considerations  alone,  for  the  esta- ' 
blishment  of  a  National  medium  through  the  agency  of  the  State 
Banks,  It  is,  nevertheless,  with  the  State  Banks  that  the  measores 
for  restoring  the  National  Currency  of  gold  and  silver  most  originate; 
for  until  their  issues  of  Paper  be  reduced;  their  specie  capitals  be 
reinstated ;  and  their  specie  operations  be  commenced  ;  there  will  be 
neither  room,  nor  employment,  nor  safety,  for  the  introduction  of  the 
precious  metals.  The  policy  and  interest  of  the  State  Banks  must 
therefore  be  engaged  in  the  great  fiscal  work,  by  all  the  means  which 
the  Treasury  can  employ,  or  the  legislative  wisdom  shall  provide. 

3d.  The  establishment  of  a  National  Bank  is  regarded  as  the  best 
and  perhaps  the  only  adequate  resource  to  i-elieve  the  Country  and  the 
Government  from  the  present  embarrassments. 

Authorized  to  issue  Notes  which  will  be  received  in  all  payments 
to  The  United  States,  tlie  circulation  of  its  issues  will  be  co-extensive 
with  the  Union ;  and  there  will  exist  a  constant  demand,  bearing  a 
just  proportion  to  the  annual  amount  of  the  Duties  and  Taxes  to  be 
collected,  independent  of  the  general  circulation  for  commercial  and 
social  purposes.  A. National  Bank  will  therefore  possess  the  means 
and  the  opportunity  of  supplying  a  circulating  medium  of  equal  ose 
and  value  in  every  State,  and  in  every  District  of  every  State. 

Established  by  the  authority  of  the  Government  of  The  United 
States;  accredited  by  the  Government  to  the  whole  amount  of  its 
Notes  in  circulation  ;  and  entrusted  as  the  depository  of  the  Govern- 
ment with  all  the  accumulations  of  the  Public  Treasure;  the  National 
Bank,  independent  of  its  immediate  capital,  will  enjoy  every  recom-* 
meodation  which  can  merit  and  secure  the  confidence  of  the  Public. 

Organized  upon  principles  of  responsibility,  but  of  independence, 
ihe  National  Bank  will  be  retained  within  its  legitimate  sphere  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  617 

action,  without  just  apprehension  from  the  misconduct  of  its  Directors 
or  from  the  encroachments  of  the  Government. 

Eminent  in  its  resources,  and  in  its  example,  the  National  Bank 
will  conciliate^  aid^  and  lead  the  State  Banks,  in  all  that  is  necessary 
for  the  restoration  of  credit,  public  and  private. 

And  actings  upon  a  compound  capital,  partly  of  stock  and  partly  of 
gold  and  silver,  the  National  Bank  ivill  be  the  ready  instrument  to 
enhance  the  value  of  the  Public  Securities,  and  to  restore  the  cur- 
rency of  the  National  Coin. 

4tb.  The  powers  of  the  Government  to  supply  and  maintain  a  Paper 
Medium  of  Exchange  will  not  be  questioned  ;  but  for  the  introduction 
of  that  medium  there  must  be  an  adequate  motive.  The  sole  motive 
for  issuing  Treasury  Notes  has  hitherto  been  to  raise  money  in  antici- 
pation of  the  Revenue.  The  Revenue,  however,  will  probably  become, 
in  the  course  of  the  year  1816,  and  continue  afterwards,  sufficient  to 
discharge  all  the  Debts  and  to  defray  all  the  Expenses  of  the  Govern- 
ment, and  consequently  there  will  exist  no  motive  to  issue  the  Paper 
of  the  Government  as  an  instrument  of  credit. 

It  will  not  be  deemed  an  adequate  object  for  an  issue  of  the  Paper 
of  the  Government,  merely  that  it  may  be  exchanged  for  the  Paper 
of  the  Banks ;  since  the  Treasury  will  be  abundantly  supplied  with 
Bank  Paper  by  the  collection  of  the  Revenue,  and  the  Government 
cannot  be  expected  to  render  itself  a  general  Debtor,  in  order  to 
become  the  special  Creditor  of  the  State  Banks. 

The  co-operation  of  the  Government  with  the  National  Bank  in 
the  introduction  of  a  National  Currency  may,  however,  be  advan- 
tageously employed  by  issues  of  Treasury  Notes,  as  long  as  they  shall 
be  required  for  the  Public  Service. 

Upon  the  whole,  the  state  of  the  National  Currency  and  other 
im|)ortant  considerations  connected  with  the  operations  of  the  Trea- 
sury, render  it  a  duty  respectfully  to  propose  : 

That  a  National  Bank  be  established  at  the  City  of  Philadelphia, 
having  power  to  erect  branches  elsewhere ;  and  that  the  capital  of  the 
Bank  (being  of  a  competent  amoont)  consist  of  3'4ths  of  Public 
Stock,  and  l-4th  of  gold  and  silver. 
All  which  is  respectfully  submitted. 

A.  J.  DALLAS, 

Secretary  of  the  Treasury. 
Treasury  Department,  6th  December,  1815. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


618 


ITNITED  IT  ATM. 


{^\.)^STATEMENT  of  the  Aggregate  amount  of  ike  Rconpttmi 
Expenditures  at  the  Treasuty  of  The  United  States^for  eaick  Yeer^ 
from  the  commencement  qf  the  present   Government,  to   the  Yeer 

IS14,  inciusive. 


T€tf. 


To  the  end  at  the  year  . 


.1791 
.1702 
.1798 
.1794 
.1795 
.1796 
.1797 
.1798 
.1799 
.1800 
.1801 
.1802 
.1603 
.1804 
.1806 
.1806 
.1807 
.1808 
.1809 
.1810 
.1811 
.1812 
.1813 
.1814 


Total  Amoant 

Tntal  Amant 

Becehed. 

Ihniaii4dL 

D9Uan, 

DaOon. 

4J7l^ 

Wi^ 

81772^8 

sjMvm 

6.4M.m 
9,439,8&5 

^SSi 

a&iVM 

UMHIM 

8.740;«9 

MCTTI 

8.7*8^80 

M2M77 

8.179.170 

fl.86Ml6 

12,546.813 

]1.MMM 

12.413.978 

11.912^ 

13^73^6 

14.995.793 

18.27MB7 

11.0H097 

ii,»eiM 

11326«a07 

!^'ll! 

13.560.698 

I3.J6MW 

15.559.931 

15S021.IM 

16.398.019 

113W« 

17,060.661 

i6.7«a;nn 

7.773,473 

18.867.2W 

12,184^14 

13.8eMM 

14.422,634 

\3^fin,m 

22;639.082 

22a^m 

40>24»844 

89.190.4« 

84,878.4«2 

3e;^.9ii 

(B.)'^TABLE of  Duties  imposed  on  Goods,  Wares,  and  MerchandUe, 
manufactured  within  The  United  States,  &r  the  Territanes  thereof, 
by  the  Acts  of  the  \Sth  qf  January,  and  the  27th  of  Febmerjf, 
1815. 


Articles. 


Pig  Iron,  bar  Iron^  rolled  or  silt  Iron,  per  ton 

Castings  of  Iron. do 

Nalla.    brads  and  sprigs,   other  than  those    usnally   denominated 

wrought,  per  pound 

Candles  In  wnlte  wax,  or   in    part   of  white  and   other  wax,    per 

pound  

Moiud  candles  of  tallow,  or  of  wax,  other  than  white,  or  in  part  of 

each,  per  pound. 

Hats  and  caps,  in  whole  or  in  part  of  leather,  wool,  or  fura  {  bonnets 

in  whole  or  In  part  of  wool  or  flir,  if  al^ore  2  dollars  in  ralue; 

hats  of  chip  or  wood  covered  with  silk  or  other  materials,  or  not 

covered,  if  above  2  dollars  in  value 

Umbrellas  and  parasols,  If  above  the  value  of  2  dollars 

Paper  

Pbnring  and  visiting  cards 

Saddles  and  bridles 

Boots  and  bootees,  exceeding  5  dollars  per  pair,  in  value 

Beer,  ale,  and  porter 

Tobacco,  manufactured,  segars  and  snuff. 

Leather.  Including  therein  all  hides  and  skins,  whether  tanned,  tawed, 

dressed,  or  otherwise  made 

Gold,  silver,  and  plated  ware,  and  jewelry,  and  paste  work,  except  time 

pieces  


IdoUarSOc 


8  per  cent,  sd 
8  per  cent,  ad 
8  per  cent,  ad 
60  per  cent,  ad 
6  per  cent,  ad 

5  per  cent,  ad 

6  per  cent,  ad 
20  per  cent,  ad 

6  per  cent,  ad 

6  per  cent,  ad 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITBD   8TATB8. 


619 


{C.y^STATEMEJST  of  the  Public  Debt,  on  the  \tt  day  ofJanuary.in  each  Year, 

/ro/wl7in  to  1815. 


1791. 

1792. 

1796. 

1794. 

1795. 

1796. 

1797. 

1798. 

1799. 

■n  Debt           -           Do/lar«. 
&inetttc  Debt,  vis. 
cent,  and  Delerred  Stocks     - 
cent.  Stock      ... 
r  cent.  do.        -          -          . 
•r  cent.  do.        ... 
r  cent,  (of  1796)  do. 
'  6  per  cent.  do. 
cent.  do.          .          .          . 
■inaa  6  per  cent.  do.    - 
MBgcd  9  per  cent.  do.  - 
rcned  6  per  cent,  do,  - 
•  cent.  Btock  of  1812     - 
-cent.  Stock  of  1818     - 
r  cent.  Slock  oflSU     - 

C^'giT'  :     :     : 

Unrnnded  Debt  - 

rican  CUimc  annmed  by  the 

LMitnnaaCMiT0Dtion  - 

12,812,831 

1,14S,I06 
425,911 

01,06^020 

14,916,871  16,494,248 

6AVJ,296^,722/r28 
3;»4H,96»  17,766,419 

~        2A50I&96 
624K0^91  6,832i742 

14;W^41I 

37,790,?J2r 
17,981,216 

8,40o[dOO 

!4,?27,7 10 11,989,000 

4I.705,774|41,278.426 
18,901,197  18,97430U 

—  1,K48,JKI0 

—  176,000 

4.6<ioioOO  6,200^000 
9121904  8;Kio,466 

1 1,989,000  1 1,069,000  19,979,000 

40,769.901  40.14%20ea9,460.078 

19J0I9A"!  1 19.0-i4,l20 19,0«6,94« 

1,848,900    1,847,600  1,847,600 

176,000      17d.u00      176,000 

80,000        80,000       80,000 

d,190gOOO  SJMOyOOO  ZJ^m 
WQjM  Sfi^JS»  %M8^14S 

»et  Rsymcntinwde  by  iheTrea- 

76.468,476 
298.602 

77,227,92480^2.084 
864,167  2J04.08R 

78^^ 
2^1,284 

H0,747.587  d8,762,172i«2,0G4»479 
2,697.049  2,U9399|  1,180,456 

79,228^62978,408^009 
734,868!  1,008,700 

76,109j»74 

76^87SJ67  ^  **•'  **' 

76,996,170 

7».1494»7 

l81 .64*iL272'fliiLAiUjn>si 

7Rj494.  1 66  77  atiu  ono 

»»f  .»- 

180O. 


180K 


1802.         1808. 


1804. 


1806.    i    1806. 


1807. 


1808. 


lign  Debt            -  DolUm. 

IlDmcttic  Debt,  vis. 

r  cent,  and  Deferred  Stock      - 

Trent.  Stock      -  -          . 

er  cent.  do.        .  .          . 

lercent.  do.        -  -          - 

V  cent.  Cof  1796)  do. 

Qr  0  per  cent.  do. 

ircenudo.          -  -          - 

Mana6per  cent.do.  • 

llanied  4  per  cent.  do.  • 

hwned  0  per  cent.  do.  - 

9  cent.  Stock  of  181 2  - 

tr  cent.  Stock  of  18IS  • 

It  cent.  Siock  of  1914  - 


10,819,000 

19^086,726 

1,847,600 

176,000 

711,700 


10^19,000,  9,916,000 


81780/WO  6,786/)00  4,066,0001  2,229.000 


1,420,000 


480,000 


^7,947,468  86,358,982  86.70O;i26  84^480^54  88,l87,616'81,8014Ntl 

ianu«cwio  lOMii  JU.1   la  nmt  !l7ft  lu  MlQ  ttTMlIU  flOl  «cl  IQAJ?  im 


19,098.902 

1,847,600 

176,000 

80,000 

711,700 

6^1,700 


■poraiT  1 
■MTV  Note* 
fOafanded  Debt  • 


19/)9I,0M 

1,847,600 

176,000 

80,000 

711,700 

6,4K),200 


19,093,676  19,098,976 
1,847,600,  •      - 

176.000' 

M),OUO 

711,700 
6^6^10 


8»440JOOO  27-IO,000 


l,«47/'iOO 
176,000 
811,000 
711J00 

6,474,600 


19,094,281 


80,.%»/{14  26,780,079 


1347,600   1,847^00 


176,000 

80.UUO 

711700 

6,462.800 


1,260,0001 1 ,250/)00 


Mfican  Claims  aMumed  by  the 
Lottiriana  Convention  - 


2,876,964 


2,840J9o'  2,817,168 


1,460,000     960,000{     700,000 


2,789,584   1,876,800     987,908 
—     I  8J50,aOO|  8,750.000 


W  Aaovnt  due  to  Individuals  - 
hn  Payment!  made  by  theTrea< 
ly  on  account  of  aobseqaent  years 

Mi  ABMOBt  uaptovidcd  for 


82;9:(^,294|83.089A50  80,712,682  77.064,686  86,427,120  82,812,160 


1342;908 


1,087^  l,968j068 


2,822,768  l»78,477l  1,778^091 


i 


8IAKV826|83/I00,167  78^64^68174,781,922  85,368,648  80,684,068  74JM12JK7  67,781.046  W^^ 


19,047,183 10,UID,0I8 


■6,000 

80,000 

71130 

6H80,H)0 


170.000 
80,000 

6,86^400 


11,250,00011,260,000 


18^107,804 


80,000 

6,67^200 

ll,250,f«0 

2,126320 

692351 


91,702 
2/«7.4l8 


50300 
640,070 


47,034 
200389 


6,728,270  09,218.898  65,196317 


1,180313 


1,486,768 


458391 


1809. 

1810. 

1811. 

1812. 

1818. 

1814. 

1816. 

IrilEaDebc        .          -          DoUurt. 
Doaestic  Debt,  vis. 
ittctnt.  and  Deferred  Stock   - 
■rccnt.  Stock  .... 
^cent.do.      .          .          -          - 
Vcrcenr.do.     -          -          -          - 
|erccni.(of  l796)do.     -           -           - 
l>TCpercent.do.         -          -          - 
tor  cent.  do.       -          -          -          - 
taiiiaas6percent.do. 
n»a»fd0  per  cent  do.          -          * 
Nened  0  per  cent.  do.            -          - 
Nr cent.  Slock  of  1812 - 
hr  cot.  Hock  of  1818 - 
krcMt. Stork  of  1814- 

T53mSTDAl        Z          Z         Z 
kvican    Claims     assumed    by    the 
iaoiuana  Convention 

240,000 

21308,079 
10.167.798 

80^000 

11380^ 
6398348 
1359,770 

47340 

86358 

19377383 
16,167390 

80300 

1135o!o00 
8J6i;i25 
1359,770 

^884 
62,248 

18366,090 
16.167390 

8O3OO 

1135fli00O 
13»,770 

M384 
67346 

17300341 
16.167300 

80[000 

li36o"ooo 

666318 

88384 
67346, 

12366,128 
10,167372 

8O3OO 

11,070,700 
2.745,120 

7jn7JW 

2,I6oi000 

23»5,500 

81,444 

.       60309 

11386,194 
10.168;i77 

al^ooo 

103^!600 
2.984^40 

7.710,500 
20,007.959 

8no300 

4,907300 

81301 

60309 

9,760302: 
I6;i68^177 

8030O> 
23H74* 

10,046.490 
81.201 

47384 

MAiBonnt  due  to  Individnalt 
Nact  Caymente  made   by  the  Trea- 
My  on  account  of  tubsequcnt  y«ar«  - 

67323,192 
290313 

68,172,802 
16310 

48,005387 
160317 

46,L'11381 
176387 

.■.6305370 
67318 

81.490,089 
600,796 

99388308 
11393 

PU  Amoont  an  provided  for    - 

60,783379 

68,166^ 

47366370 

«,086.128 

663073*2 

80,968391 

99334310 

Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


620 


UNITED    STATES. 


{D.)— STATEMENT, exhibiting  the  quantity  of  Public  Lands  nU^ 
prior  to  the  estabiishment  of  the  Land  Offices, 


In  PenmylTUilA— Triangle  on  Lake  Eri«    . 
Ohio  year  1787,  selee  at  New  York 

do.  1796,     do.      Pittsburg 

do.  1796,     do.      Philadelphia 

do.  1792,     do.     to  Ohio  Company 

do.  1792,     do.    to  John  G.  Symntes 

i;i36^ 


202.187 
72.974 
48,446 
5.120 
9642rift 
248,540 


Amount  of  the  Annual  SaUs  of  Public  Lands,  from  the  Opemug  of  tkt 
Land  Offices  to  the  'Mth  September,  1814. 


NORTH-WEST  OP 

IN  MISSISSIPPI 

TEABS   IN   WHICH   THE 

THE   RIVEB  OHIO. 

TERRrrOBT. 

ACRBfl.  hdtJu, 

OOLLARS. 

Acaas.  JUMi. 

DOUABft. 

1800andl801   . 

990,646    4S 

Iliepnrchaae 

1802 

1803               .199.060  641 
Deduct  included 
last  year            18,012  21 J 

840,009    77 
181,068    43 

money  waa 
not  exhibited 

1804 
1806    . 

878,611    64 
•619,266    13| 

1806 

473,211    63^ 

•tatementior 

1807   . 
1806 

284*180    m 
195,579    211 

these  yeara. 

74^1    501 
17,892    90 

3V» 

2,865,578    47 

5,981,310 

1809  . 

143,409    244 

355,783 

87,685    74 

isisn 

1810 

158,843    m 

344,256  ' 

77,035    83 

15Bll» 

1811  . 

207,017    144 

449,502 

81,913    16 

IHfifl 

1812 

391,664    65 

849,682 

144,872    7H 

2»,W 

1813  . 

239,960    55 

527,810 

30,260    88 

Oi^CM 

1814 

828,264    47 

1J02;OI6 

41,272    06 

8l;»44 

4,829,753    10 

10,210^10 

655714    83 

U4M7V 

Sales  ending  30th  Sep. 
at   . 

1,000,000    00 

2,100,000 

20,000    00 

mjm 

POTAft 

5329^763    10 

12^310^10 

576,714    83 

IJSM^I 

General  Lund  Office^  14//i  September,  1816. 

JOSIAH  MEIGS,  Commissioner. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME.  621 

LOI  (Motu  propria)  de  Sa  SainietS  Le  Pape,  Pie  VII^  pour 
^Organisation  d^un  Systime  iT  AdministrationPubliquepour 
les  Etats  Romains. — Donnie au  QuirinalyleQ  JuiUet^  1816. 

(Traduction.) 

LoRSQOE,  par  une  admirable  disposition  de  Dieu  et  par  le  puis- 
sant appui  des  Soaverains  AllieSi  le  Saint  Siege  recouvra  lea  Provinces 
de  Bologne,  de  Ferrare,  de  la  Romagne,  des  Marches,  de  Benevent 
et  de  Ponte-Corvo,  lestjaelles  ^taient  restees  d^tachees  de  sa  domina- 
tion, plus  long-temps  que  les  autres  Provinces,  n'ayant  pu  y  ^tablir 
de  suite  on  Gouvernement  solide  et  d^finitif,  nous  avions^tabli,  par  le 
moyen  de  I'Edit  du  Cardinal,  notre  Secretaire  d'Etat,  du  5  Juillet, 
1815,  un  Gouvernement  Provisoire ;  a  quelques  changemens  indispen- 
sables  pr^s,  nous  avions  conserve  temporairement  dans  ces  Provinces 
le  m6me  ordre  des  cho&es  y  existant:  mais  en  m6roe  temps,  nous 
avions  fait  entendre  qu'on  s'occuperait  incessamment  de  former  un 
nouveau  Syst^me  General  d'Administration  definitive,  qui  fut  plus 
conforme  aax  solides  et  veritables  inter^ts  de  nos  Peoples. 

Plnsieure  considerations  graves  nous  avaient  induits  &  annoncer 
on  tel  Projet,  dans  la  resolution  fixe  de  Feffectuer  aussitot  qu*il  nous 
aurait  ^te  possible. 

Nous  avions  pense  dabord,  que  Tunite  et  I'uuiformite  doivent  ^tre 
les  bases  de  toute  Institution  Politique,  sans  les  quelies,  il  est  diffi- 
cile d'assurer  la  solidite  du  Gouvernement,  et  la  ielicite  des  Penples, 
et  que  plus  un  Gouvernement  s*approcbe  de  ce  syst^me  d'unit6  6tabU 
par  Dtea,  tant  dans  1  ordre  de  la  nature  que  dans  I'edifice  sublime  de 
la  religipn,  plus  il  peut  se  flatter  d'approcher  de  la  perfection.  Cette 
conviction  nous  a  engages,  d  procurer,  autant  que  possible,  Tuniformit^ 
desyst^me,  d  tout  I'Etat  appartenant  au  Saint-Siege.  L*Etat  m6me 
prdsentait  i  la  verity  un  module  de  legislation  et  d'ordre,  fonde,comme 
il  etoit,  dans  ses  grands  principes,  sur  les  regies  invariables  de  la 
religion  et  de  la  morale  de  TEvangile,  non  moins  que  sur  le  droit 
canon.  Une  telle  legislation  qui  marchait  suivant  les  regies  d'une 
equity  solide  et  du  vrai  droit  de  nature,  malgre  toutes  les  calomnies 
dont  on  s'est  plu  de  la  couvrir,  devra  ^tre  k  jamais  reconnue  comme 
celie  qui  i  reconduit  TEurope  h,  cette  civilisation,  de  laquelle  les  irrup. 
tions  des  Barbares  I'avaient  ^loignee. 

Mais,  pour  atteindre  cette  perfection  de  Gouvernement  (autant  que 
la  nature  des  choses  humaines  le  permet),  il  manquait  encore  d  notre 
Etat  cette  uniformity  qui  est  si  avantageuse  aux  int^r^ts  de  la  societe 
et  des  particuliers,  parce  que,  form^  de  la  reunion  successive  de 
Domaines diff^rens,  il  presentait  une  aggregation  dusages, de  Lois,  de 
privileges  contradictoires  entre  eux  qui,  sou  vent,  rendaient  une  Pro- 
vince etrang^re  k  I'autre,  et  quelquefois,  dans  la  m6me  Province,  sepa- 
rftient  un  Pays  de  I'autre^ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


622  ROATE. 

Convaincus  de  la  verity  des  maximes  ci-dessus  ^nonc^et,  lea 
SouveraiDS  Pontifes,  nos  Predecesseurs,  ont  profit^  de  toutetc  les  xicca- 
sioDs  pour  raniener  aux  principes  de  ruDiforinite  les  ditTe rentes  branches 
de  rAdministratioii  publique;  et  nous-mdmes,  des  le  commence- 
ment de  notre  PontiOcat,  nous  avtons  (ache  de  rempltr  en  partie  ce 
but;  cepeudant  la  collision  des  differens  inter^ts,  i'attachement  aux 
anciennes  habitudes,  et  les  obstacles  qui  se  multipiient  ordinairemeut 
quand  on  traite  de  changer  les  Etablissemens  existans,  et  les  usages 
inv^teres,  n'ont  pas  permis  jusqu'ici  Taccomplissement  de  cet  ouvrage» 
qoi  na  pu  6tre  essaye  que  dans  quelques  parties. 

Mais  la  Providence  toujoors  admirable,  qui,  dans  sa  sagesse,  dis- 
pose les  affaires  humaines  de  mani^e  que  sou  vent  de  grands  avau- 
tages  sortenl  des  plus  graudes  calamil^s,  semble  avoir  voulu  que  les 
malheurs  des  demiers  temps,  et  que  Tiuterruption  m^me  de  iexercice 
de  notre  souverainete  tempore!  le,  facilitassent  cette  operation,  an 
moment  06  la  paix  a  retabli  les  Puissances  iegitimes.  Nous  cro^ons 
done  devoir  choisir  ce  moment  pour  achever  I'ouvrage  commence 

Cet  ouvrage  est  non*seuIement  utile  par  lui-m^me,  mais  il  est  en« 
coro  n^cessaire  par  les  circonstances  actnelles.  £n  effet,  dans  une 
grande  partie  des  Provinces  recemmeut  recouvrees,  leur  longue  s^pa* 
ration  de  la  domination  du  Saint-Siege  a  ei6  cause  quon  y  a  presque 
oublie  les  institutions  et  les  usages  aBCtena,  de  Bwiuero  qu  11  eat  k 
pen  pr^s  impossible  d  y  ramener  I'ordre  qu'il  y  avait  auparavant.  Oe 
nouvelles  habitudes  qui  ont  pris  la  place  des  anciennes ;  des  opinions 
nouvelles  qui  se  sont  presque  universellement  repandues  sur  lea  difie- 
rens  objets  d  administration  et  d'^conomie  politique;  et  de  nouvellea 
lumti^xes,  qui  se  sont  acquises  sur  Pexemple  d'aulres  Nations  de 
TEurope,  commandent  imperieusement  d'adopter  pour  les  Profinces 
susdites  un  nouveau  syst^me,  plus  conveoable  a  T^tat  actuel  de  leiurs 
habilans,  qui  est  si  difierent  de  Tancien. 

A  la  suite  de  ces  considerations  nous  n'ayons  pu  que  remarquer 
combien  il  serait  moustrueux,  et  tout  i  fait  en  opposition  au  systl^oae 
d  unil^  ci-dessus  mentionne,  qu*une  partie  d'un  Etat  reuni  scat  la 
domination  du  m6me  Souverain,  avec  une  etendue  de  territoire  |iea 
limit^e,  fut  gouvernee  par  des  principes  et  sous  un  sysl^me  diffifirens  de 
ceux  d'apr^  lesquels  est  gouvernee  I  autre  partie ;  et  que  si  lea  circon- 
stances de  lieux  necessitent  quelque  modification  pour  quelque  pays, 
celle-ci  doit  ^tre  leg^re  et  fuite  de  mani^re  i  ne  jamais  pouvoir 
d^truire  Tunite  du  syst^me  qu'ou  a  adopts.  Si  toutefois  dana  one 
grande  partie  des  Possessions  detachees  depuislong-tempsdu  Gouverne- 
ment  Pontifical,  il  est  presqu'iropossible  de  ramener  I'ancien  ordre 
de  choses,  sans  blesser  les  inter^ts  du  peuple,  ou  lui  causer  du  m^oa* 
tentement,  il  est  indispensable,  pour  conserver  Tintegrite  da  corps, 
et  pour  r^unir  tous  les  membres,  d  etablir  un  systibme  unifonne  qui 
pnisse  les  comprendre  tous. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME.  ^  62S 

Ayftut  done  m6reinent  reflechi  siir  cette  v^rtt^,  uoub  auriooft  cni 
manquer  d  nous  mdoie  et  d  Tinl^rdt  qoi  doit  noos  aniiner,  de  veiller 
coDstamment  sur  la  feHcile  de  nos  Sujeta,  ai  nous  n'avions  pas  mis  d 
profit  lea  momens  pr^cieux  que  la  Divine  Providence  parait  uona  avoir 
laiss^  pour  proc^der  d  la  formation  d'un  syat^me  g^n^ral  et  uniforoie 
pour  tous  no8  Etats. 

Un  Goafernemeot  Proviaoire  etant  k  peine  ^tabli  par  nous, 
comme  on  a  dit,  dans  lea  Provinces  lieureusement  regagnees  dans 
I'annee  pass^e,  nous  n'avons  pas  tarde  on  moment  d  noos  occoper 
des  preparatils  n^cessairea  d  former  ce  syst^me.  Get  ouvrage,  aussi 
grand  qu'int^ressant  en  Ibi*m6me  a^te  d^autant  plus  plein  d 'inquietude, 
et  a  exige  que  par  le  moyeo  de  ce  Gouvemement  Provisoirc  onrecoeiU 
Jlt  lea  renseignemens  les  pins  exacts  sur  Petat  actuel  de  nos  Provinces, 
poor  servir  de  lami^re  dans  la  formation  d*un  plan  de  Gouveme- 
ment definitif  et  durable,  leqnel  pourroit  convenir  d  toutes  les 
Provinces  du  Saint  St^ge  sans  distinction.  Nous  avons  ordonne  que 
dans  la  discussion  de  ce  plan  on  regarddt  trois  choses;  la  l^re, 
de  hdter  Pouvrage  autant  que  possible  pour  que  le  systdme  du 
Gouvemement  durable  fAt  publie  k  I'expiration  d'une  annee  d  dater 
de  la  Constitution  du  Gouvemement  Provisoire, — lequel  systdme  ^tant 
mis  en  execution  avec  toute  la  sollicitude  que  permettent  les  predis- 
positions necessaires  d  son  execution,  assordt  le  bien-^tre  de  nos  Sujets; 
—la  2nde,  que  le  toot  f6t  reuni,  autant  que  possible,  avec  les  prin- 
cipes  d  uniformite,  comme  celle  d  od  ils  derivent  non  seulement  I'eclat 
d'nn  systfeme,  mais  aussi  ses  grands  avantages ;  et  enGn,  qu*on  tdchat 
de  conserver  conform^ment  aux  reflexions  ci-dessus  enoncees,  ces 
Institutions  qui  avoient  ete  introduites  avec  tant  de  sagesse  par  les 
8oiiTeraina  Pontifes  nos  Predecessenrs,  sans  ndanmoins  rejeter  ces 
ciiangemens  que  I'utilit^  et  les  besoins  des  Peuples  exigeaient  aprte 
des  vicissitudes  si  grandes  et  si  extraordinaires,  puisque  les  institutions 
humaines  n  out  jamaia  pu  pr^venir  tons  les  abus,  ni  la  sagesse  des 
l^gislateara  n'a  pu  tout  prevoir,  voyant  nous-m^me  tous  les  jours 
combien  des  choses  imagin^es  dans  des  temps  recul^  ont  et^  ensuite 
am^liorees  par  le  genie  et  la  recherche  des  bommes. 

Le  Projet quon  nous  a  p'resente  a repondu  d nos voes.  N^anmoins 
▼oolant,  dans  one  chose  si  importante  et  d  un  si  grand  int^r^t  pour  nos 
Peuples,  proc^der  avec  la  maturity  de  conseil  necessaire,  nous  I'avona 
fait  sonmettre  d  1  examen  de  la  Congregation  economique  nomm^e  par 
nous,  et  compos^e  de  Cardinaux  de  la  Sainte  Eglise  Romaine,  et 
d'aotres  personnages,  que  nous  avons  cms  par  leurs  taltrns  et  par  leur 
experience  daas  les  affaires  d*admiuistration  et  de  Gouvemement,  et 
par  Pintegrite  et  la  rectitude  de  leurs  intentions,  les  plus  propres  d 
donner  an  vrai  et  juste  jugement,  et  d  contribuer  par  leur  intelligence 
aa  bien  public.  Cette  Congregation  apr^s  avoir  tenu  bien  dea  Con- 
f<hreiice%  dans  lesquelles  toutes  les  parties  do  plan  ont  ^te  scrapoleaae. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


624  ROME. 

ment  examiuees  et  discutees,  nous  a  preseoXe  son  llapport,  et  noui, 
apr^s  ravoir  inftrement  considere,  nous  sommes  decides  a  sanctiouner 
avec  quelque  modiBcation  et  changemetit  les  resolutions  prises  par 
elle.  Nos  soins  n oot  pas  eu  uniquenient  pour  but  la  publication  don 
Plan  qui  contribvit  par  runiforuiit^  de  ses  principes  an  bien-6trede 
nos  Peuples,  mais  encore  nous  avons  voulu  leur  faire  eprouver  les 
effels  de  notre  amour  paternel ;  car  dejii  par  les  Ordonnances  du  31  Mai, 
1814,  et  du  5  Juillet,  1815,  nous  avons  fait  sen tir  ^  toutes  nos  Pro- 
vinces de  la  premiere  et  de  la  seconde  reprise  les  effets  bienfaisaus 
de  notre  affection  par  une  diminution  notable  dans  les  diverscs 
branches  des  Impositions  Publiques.  N*ayant  rien  de  plus  k  cceur  que 
d*ameliorer  le  sort  de  nos  Sujets,  nous  avons  toujours  nourri  la  douce 
pens^e  de  leur  accorder  dans  ces  circonstances  encore  de  nouvelles  et 
de  plus  sensibles  ameliorations.  Et  si  le  poids  enorme  des  charges 
dejk  existantes,  et  celui  des  sommes  a  repartir  entre  les  Provinces  qui 
composaient  I'Ancien  Royaume  d'ltalie,  pour  le  paiemenl  des  dctu-s 
hypothequees  sor  le  Mont  deplete  qui  existait  a  Milan,  lesquelles  sommes 
doivent  ^tre  acquittees  par  notre  Tresorerie,  d^ja  epuis^e  par  les  depenses 
extraordinaires  et  inopinees  auxquelles  Tent  force  le  Cordon  Saniiaire,et 
les  subventions  d  un  grand  nombre  de  Communes  qui  dans  ce  terns 
de  besoin  manquaient  de  subsistances,  ne  nous  a  pas  permis  de  faire 
dans  toute  son  etendue  ce  que  notre  &me  desiroit  de  faire  pour  nos 
Peuples; — si  toutefois  nous  n'avons  pu  faire  toutce  que  nous  voulions; — 
du  moins,  nous  avons  voulu  pousaer  notre  amour  aussi  loin  que  possible^ 
en  moderant  les  charges  autant  que  le  permettent  les  obligations 
auxquelles  le  Gouvernement  est  absolument  force  de  pourvoir;  tris- 
persuade  que  dans  les  soulagemens  accordes,  nos  Sujets  seront  i^ccn* 
naissans  pour  cette  preuve  de  notre  sollicitude  paternelle,  laquelle 
continuera  toujours  d  leur  procurer  le  plus  grand  bonheur  possible,  et 
4  all^ger  leurs  charges  aussitdt  que  les  circonstances  dans  lesquelles  se 
trouvent  le  Gouvernement  se  seront  amelior^es. 

Anim^  de  toutes  ces  considerations,  de  notre  propre  mouvement 
et  vraie  connaissance,  et  dans  la  plenitude  de  notre  puissance  Apos- 
tolique  et  Souveraine,  nous  ordonnons  ce  qui  suit : 

TiTRE  I. — Organisation  du  Gouvernement, 

Art.  I.  Les  Etats  Eccl^siastiques  sont  divises  en  17  Dele- 
gations, (Prefectures)  outre  les  lieux  qui  sont  autour  de  la  Ca- 
pitale  et  qui  en -dependent.  Les  Delegations  sontde  3  Classes,  comme 
Tindiquele  Tableau  annexe au  present;  et  elles  seront  distinguees  par 
des  traitemens  et  des  honneurs  particuliers. 

Lorsqu'un  Cardinal  sera  destine  au  Gouvernement  d'une  Dele- 
gation de  l^re  Classe,  la  Delegation  preiidra  le  nom  de  Legation,  et 
le  Cardinal  prendra  le  titre  et  aura  tous  les  honneurs  de  Legat,  avec 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME.  62S 

des  prerogatives  particuHireSy  qni  li^i  aeront  coafMes  par  des  lettrei^ 
eo  forme  cle  bref. 

II.  Chaque  Delegation  est  divisee  en  Gouvememens  de  ler  et 
de  2nd  Ordres.  (Sous- Prefectures.) 

III.  Le  Tableau  sus-indique  desigoe  la  circonscription  de  chaque 
D^l^gation  et  de  citaqoe  GouTernemeut. 

IV.  11  y  aura  i  Rome  uae  Congregation  Particuli^re,  composes  de 
Mooseigneur  le  Secretaire  de  la  Consulte,  d*un  Clerc  de  la  Chambre,  et 
de  Monseignenr  le  Secretaire  da  Bon  Gouvemenoent,  leqnel  exercera  let 
foDctions  de  Secretaire  pour  recevoir  et  exasiiner  extrajudkiairement, 
et  par  la  voie  de  simples  memoires,  les  Petitiona  qui  pourront  6tre 
presentees  pear  la  rectification  des  confins  respect! fs  des  Delegations  eC 
des  Gouvememens. 

y.  Le  reglement  annexe  aa  present,  determine  le  temps  et  la 
mani^re  de  transmettre  et  d'examiner  les  Petitions,  et  d'en  faire  le 
Rapport  pour  etre  sonmis  an  Sourerain. 

VI.  Le  Deiegue  exerce  dans  chaque  Delegation,  sons  la  depend* 
ance  des  Antorites  Snperieures,  pour  toutes  les  attributions  qni  lul  ont 
tie  conservees,  la  juridiction  dans  tous  les  actes  du  Gouvemement  et 
de  PAdmiDistratioB  Publique. 

Sont  exceptees  les  affaires  qui,  par  leur  nature  soad  dii  ressort  des 
Antorites  Ecdesiastiques,  celles  qui  appartienneni  A  TOrdre  Judiciaiie 
dans  les  Afiaires  CiTilea,  celles  de  la  Finance,  et  celles  qui  pourraieni 
etre  attribuees^  en  tout,  ou  en  partie,  a  une  Commission  Particnli^' 
ponr  le  reglement  des  Eaux  dans  les  4  Delegations  de  Bologne^ 
Ferrare,  Ravenne  et  Forli. 

VII.  Aupres  de  chaque  Deiegue,  il  y  aura  2  Assesseurs  nommes 
par  le Soaverain,  desquels  le  Deiegue  se  servira  pour  lexpeditioo  des 
affaires. 

Les  mimes  seront  sous  la  dependence  du  Deiegue  en  tout  ce  qai 
ne  sera  pas  attribne  i  eux  specialement,  par  la  teneur  de  TArticle 
XXVIII  duTitre  II,  et  par  les  Articles  LXXV II  et  LXXIX  duTitre  III. 

VIII.  Aupres  de  chaque  Deiegue  il  y  aura  une  Congregation  de 
Gouvemement  eomposee  de  4  Personnes,  dont  2  du  chef-lieu,  et  3  des 
aatres  lieux  de  la  Delegation,  pour  celles  de  lere  Classe ;  de  3  Per. 
sonnes,  dont  2  du  chef-lieu,  et  I  des  autres  lieux  de  la  Delegation, 
pour  cellesde  2de  Classe;  et  de  1  da  cheMieu,  et  de  I  desautres  lieux 
de  la  Delegation,  pour  celles  de  S^me  Classe. 

La  Ville  de  Bologne  est  exceptee  de  cette  disposition :  en  vue  de 
ses  circonstances  particuli^res,  on  permet  que  les  4  Personnes  de  la 
Congregation  susdite  soient  prises  parmi  ses  Citoyens. 

IX.  Les  Personnes  susdites,  qui  seront  nommees  par  le  Souverain, 
devront  etre  &gees  de  90  ans  accomplis,  issues  de  families  hon- 
B^tes;  etre  des  personnes  distinguees  par  leurs  bonnes  moeurs  et  par 
leur  Instruction,  et  avoir  gere  au  prealable  quelque  charge  publiqne, 
[181d~16.]  2  S 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


626  ROME. 

ou  administr^  qndqoe  Commune,  ou  Wen  s*^tre  exercees  d'niw 
mani^re  louable  dans  le  barreau  pendant  I'espace  de  3  ans  bo 
moins, 

X.  Ces  Persounes  s'assembleront  chez  le  De]6gii^,  3  fois  par 
semaine,  aux  jours  qui  seroot  fix^s,  et  en  outre  toutes  lea  fois  qn*elles 
en  seront  requisos  par  le  D^legue. 

XI.  Elles  seront  consnltees  sur  toutes  les  aflaires  de  qaelqae 
importance,  pour  lesquelles  il  sera  necessaire  de  prendre  nne  delibe- 
ration  sur  quelque  objet  administratif  de  la  Delegation. 

XII.  Elles  auront  voix  consultative;  cependant  la  i^solotioD 
d^finiti?e  d^pendra  du  Delegue.  Seront  enregistr^s  les  votes  mo* 
tiv^  de  chacune  des  Personnes  ci-dessus  mentionnees.  Le  I>el6gu6,en 
rendant  compte  au  Secretariat  d'Etat  ou  aux  bureaux  respectife  de 
Rome,  de  !a  resolution  prise,  sera  oblige  de  transmettre  nne  Copie  du 
Proems- verbal  de  la  discussion  qui  aura  eu  lieu  dans  la  Congregation. 

XIII.  Tons  les  6  ans  on  procedera  an  renonvellement  de  la  Con- 
gregation, par  le  moyen  du  sort,  de  la  mani^re  suiyante : 

Les  Delegations  de  Ihre  et  de  2de  Classes  auront  2  Membres  8or« 
tans ;  celles  de  3^me  Classe  n'en  auront  qu*un.  lis  seront  remplac^ 
suivant  les  dispositions  contenues  dans  I'Article  IX.  Ceux  qui  seront 
sortis  pourront  ^tre  reelus. 

XIV.  Chaque  Delegation  aura  un  Secretaire  General  nomme  par 
le  Souverain^  qui  sera  sous  les  ordres  du  Deiegue.  Ce  Secretaire 
n^aura  pas  voix  dans  la  Commission.  II  est  charge  de  la  redaction 
des  resolutions  de  la  Commission,  des  registres  et  de  la  correspondance. 
11  ne  pourra  etre  renvoye  sans  Tavis  prealable  da  Secretariat  de 
TEtat. 

XV.  Les  Gouvemeurs  de  ler  et  de  2nd  Ordres  seront  entierf- 
ment  sous  la  depeudance  du  Delegue  dans  I'exercice  de  lenn 
fonctions,  excepte  les  cas  d  urgence  et  les  attributions  qui  eoneement 
rOrdre  Judiciaire  dans  les  affaires  civiles  et  mineures  qui  seront  de 
leur  competence,  suivant  les  Articles  XXV  et  XXVI  du  Titre  H. 

XVI.  Le  Delegue  aura  la  faculte  de  correspondre  directement  avec 
tons  les  Gouverneurs  de  son  ressort,  ou  bien  de  fairc  parfenir  ses 
Ordres  aux  Gouvemeurs  de  2nd  Ordre  par  le  moyeu  de  eeux  <fce 
ler  Ordre. 

XVI L  Les  Deiegues  pourront  etre  Preiats.  Les  Membres  des 
Congregations  devront  etre  nes  dans  TArrondissement  de  la 
Delegation,  ou  Originaires  de  la  mftme,  ou  Proprietaires,  on  enin  y 
domicilies  depuis  10  ans. 

Les  Gouverneurs,  au  contraire,  ne  devront  jamais  6tre  nes  itf 
domicilies  depuis  long-temps  dans  le  lieu  ou  ils  exercent  lears  ftnc- 
tions.     Cette  disposition  est  commune  aux  Assesseurs. 

XVIII.  La  nomination  quele  Souverain  aura  faite  des  DeiegueieC 
<ti?a  Gouverneurs  leur  sera  notifiee  par  Porgane  du  Secretariat  d'Etat 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME.  627 

Aus  D^legmes  et  aux  Gou?eroenrg  de  ler  OitUe,  on  enverra  un  bref; 
&  ceux  de  Sod  Ordre,  oa  lear  enverra  des  Lettres-Patentes. 

XIX.  LabolitioQ  des  JaridictioDs  Baroanales  est  maintenue  dans  lea 
Provincaade  Bologne,  Feirare  et  Bomagne^des  Marches,  et  d'Urbino» 
et  daoa  lea  Diiches  de  Camerino  et  B^o^vent  Dans  les  autres  Pro- 
vkicea  on  ces  juridictions  ont  ete  remises  en  vigoeur  par  I'Edit  publi6 
par  le  Pro-Seci^taire  d'£tat»  le  30  Juillet,  1814^  les  GonYerneurs 
nommes  par  Jes  Barons  ne  pourront  entrer  en  exercice  de  lenrs  foae- 
tiona  sans  avoir  obtenu  I'approbation  prealable  do  Secretariat  de 
TEtat. 

Les  Barons  ponrront  renoncer  k  leor  juridictioo,  m^me  pour  lemrs 
descendana  appel^  et  compris  dans  Jes  investitures,  sans  qu'il  soit 
necessaire  d  employer  aucune  formalite  pour  suppleer  i  leur  consente- 
inent.  Cette  renonciation  fera  cesser  tout  droit  et  toute  charge  rela- 
tive i  Texercioe  de  la  juridiction  baronnale.  lis  conserveront  cepen- 
daRt»  pour  eux  et  pour  leurs  Successeurs  le  titre  honorifique.  Les 
Barons  qui  voudront  conserver  kur  juridiction,  seront  obliges  de 
payer  4  leurs  Gouvemeurs  un  traitement  convenable  et  mensuel, 
comma  aussi  les  appointemens  aux  Greffiers,  aux  Procureurs  du  Fisc,  et 
de  supporter  les  frais  pour  Tentretien  de  la  Force  Arm^e,  et  toutes 
autrea  depenaes  pour  radministratiou  de  la  Justice.  Tout  ce  que 
dessna  devra  toujours  6tre  approuve  par  le  Secretariat  d'Etat. 

XX*  Lea  Gouvemeura  dea  Barona  devront,  comma  les  autres,  ob« 
tmatphnr  aux  oidies  qui  leur  parviendront  des  Delegues  ou  des  Gouver- 
maam  de  ler  Ordre^  loraqae  ceox-ei  aeront  autoriads  par  lea  Deleguea, 
aux  fcermes  de  FArticIe  XVL 

XXL  Lea  attributions  des  Gouverneurs  des  Barons  sont  les  m^mes 
que  celles  des  autres  Gouvemeurs,  excepte  les  caa  mentionnes  dans 
Jes  Titrea  suivaAs,  od  Pon  d^signera  les  fonctions  que  ces  Gouvemeurs 
ne  peuvent  exercer,  et  o4  I'on  parlera  des  droits  des  Barons. 

XXIL  Dans  le  District  de  Rome,  les  Gouvemeurs  correspondront 
directement  avec  le  Secidtariat  d*Etat  et  avec  les  Administrations 
respectives  de  la  Capitale. 

XXI IL  Les  juridictions  du  Cardinal-doyen  a  Ostia  et  Velletri* 
«t  da  Prefet  des  Saints  Palais  Apostoliques  i  Castel- Gandolfo,  de- 
meurent  tout-entidres  comme  auparavant 

TrrRE  IL — Or^anisaiion  des  Tribunaux  Cimls. 

XXIV.  Le  Pouvoir  Judiciaire  dans  les  mati^res  civiles  n^appar- 
tient  point  aux  D^legu^s. 

XXV.  Les  Gouverneurs  seront  Juges  competens  dans  leurs  Arron- 
dissemens  respectifs ; 

].  Pour  les  demandes  qui  ne  sont  pas  au-desaus  de  100  ecus:  ai 

28  2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


628  ROME. 

la  somme  n'est  point  determin^e,  mais  qn'elle  aoit  prdsum^  telle 
qu  e)Ie  puisse  d^passer  cette  valeur,  ils  ne  seront  point  competens; 

2.  Pour  les  Causes  de  possessoire  sommatre,  dans  lesqaelles 
ils  ne  deyront  juger  que  sur  le  iait  de  la  possession,  sans  examiner 
1e  titre  et  sans  la  faculte  de  cumuler  le  p^titoire;  Si  Paction  pos- 
sessoire ne  peut  £tre  d^finie  par  le  seul  fait  de  la  possession,  les 
Gouverneurs  devront  ren?oyer  les  parties  devant  les  Tribiiuaox  de 
Premiere  Instance; 

3.  Pour  les  demandes  d'alimens  dAs  par  autorit6  de  Justice  on 
par  un  droit  quelconque ; 

4.  Des  actions  pour  dommages  dans  les  Territoires  respectifs; 

5.  Des  demandes  de  salaires  diis  d  des  ouvriers  journaliers; 

6.  Des  actions  qui  naissent  des  contrats  stipoles  en  temps  de 
foire  ou  de  marche  public,  lesquelles  doiYent  6tre  jugees  sor  lea 
lieux. 

XXVI.  Les  Jugemens  des  Gouverneurs,  dans  les  actions  qoi  ne 
sont  pas  au-des8us  de  la  valenr  de  10  ecus ;  dans  celles  de  simple 
possessoire,  d  alimens,  de  dommages,  de  salaires,  de  contrats  faits  en 
temps  de  foire  ou  de  marche  public ;  ceux  prononc^s  sor  des  actes 
par  devant  Notaire,  ou  sur  des  Merits  sous  seing  prive,  mais  qui  ne  sont 
point  argues  de  faux,  ou  de  nuls,  seront  sujets  an  recoors,  qui  n'aura 
cependant  qu*un  efTet  devolutif.  Les  autres  Jugemens  prononc^s  sur 
les  autres  mati^res  seront  sujets  au  recours,  qui  aura  effet  0a^>en8if. 

XXVII.  L'appel  des  Jugemens  des  Gouverneurs  sera  porte  an 
Tribunal  de  Premiere  Instance  de  PArrondissement  de  la  Ddegation. 

XXVIII.  Dans  le  chef-lieu  des  Delegations,  un  des  3  Assesseors 
exercera  dans  les  matl^res  mineures  la  juridiction  attribuee  aux 
Gouverneurs  dans  les  3  Articles  prec^dens. 

XXIX.  Dans  les  demandes  o^  les  Barons  sont  interess^,  les 
Gouverneurs  des  Fiefs  ne  seront  Juges  competens  que  jusqu'lL  coocar- 
rence  de  10  ecus.  Lorsque  I'inter^t  que  pourra  avoir  le  Baron  dans 
la  demande  sera  au-dessus  de  cette  somme,  le  Proems  sera  port6  ao 
Gouverneur  le  plus  voisin,  pourvu  qu'il  n  ait  point  ^t^  nomm^  par  on 
Baron,  lequel  le  jugera  en  conformity  des  facult^s  accordees  mux 
autres  Gouverneurs. 

XXX.  11  y  aura  dans  chaque  chef-lieu  des  Delegations  an  Tribunal 
de  Premi^.re  Instance,  compost  de  5  Juges  et  2  Adjoiuts  dans  les 
Delegations  de  l^re  Classe,  et  de  3  Juges  et  1  Adjoint  dans  celles 
de  2^me  et  3d  me  Classes. 

IjC  plus  ancien  des  5  ou  des  3  Juges  exercera  les  fonctions  de 
Pr^ident ;  celles  de  Rapporteur  s  exerceront  par  tour. 

XXXI.  Les  Tribunaux  susdits  de  Premiere  Instance  jugeront 
toujours  collectivement  et  au  nombre  de  3  an  moins. 

En  cas  d  absence  ou  d'emp^chement  legitime  de  quelqa  un  des 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME.  629 

f  ages,  il  sera  remplao6  par  PAdjoint,  oa  par  Pun  des  2  Adjoints, 
qui  sera  choisi  par  le  President  dans  ]es  Tribunaux  composes  de  6 
Jnges. 

XXXII.  Dans  les  Tribunaux  composes  de  6  Juges,  lorsque  le 
Bombre  des  proc^  exigera  2  tours  de  rdles,  ce  sera  au  m^me  Tribunal 
&  le  jnger;  le  Decretsera  publie  et  demeurera  affich^  A  la  porte  du 
Greffe. 

Ed  ce  cas,  le  Tribunal  se  formera  en  2  Sections,  chacune  de  3 
Juges,  en  prenant  1  des  Adjoints  pour  completer  ce  nombre,  et  Tautre 
Adjoint  servira  pour  supplier  en  cas  de  besoin. 

Le  President  fera  la  distribution  des  Proc^  k  cbaque  Section,  et  il 
sera  fait  mention  en  marge  dn  registre,  qui  doit  6tre  affich6  au  Greffe 
de  la  Section  a  laqnelle  chaque  Proems  a  et6  remis;  ces  Proc^ 
devront  ^tre  juges  par  la  Section  d  laquelle  ils  auront  ^t^  dis- 
tribute. 

XXXIII.  lies  Tribunaux  de  Premiere  Instance  jugent  en  appel, 
snivant  les  Articles  XXVI  et  XXVI I,  tous  les  Proems  de  la  competence 
des  Gonvemeurs  et  des  Assesseurs,  et  jugent  en  premiere  instance 
tons  les  antres  Procte,  except^  ceux  qui  sont  reserve  i  quelque  juri- 
diction  sp^iale,  comme  on  le  dira  ci-apr^.- 

XXX IV.  Les  Tribunaux  auront  leurs  audiences  publiques  pour 
entendre  les  plaidoieries  des  defenseurs  des  parties.  La  partie  la  plus 
diligente  fera  fixer  par  le  Pr6rident  le  jour  de  Paudience,  et  le  fera 
fensuite  signifier  d  Tautre  partie.  Le  Pr^ident  veillera  au  maintien 
de  lordre  pendant  les  audiences.  Les  Jnges  pourront  interposer, 
pendant  Paudience,  des  Decrets  luterlocutoires  ou  Dilatoires,  et 
pour  ce  motif  il  y  aura  aux  audiences  le  Greffier  qui  en  tiendra  le 
registre. 

Les  Jugemens  definitifs  seront  prononces  et  signte  par  les  Juges, 
leaquels  se  r6nniront  pour  cet  efiet  aux  jours  et  aux  heures  qui  seront 
indiques  par  le  President. 

Lea  Jugemens  seront  motives. 

XXXV.  II  y  aura  pour  tous  les  Etats  Romains,  4  Tribunaux 
d'Appel :  1  i  Bologne,  pour  les  Causes  des  4  Delegations  de  Bologne, 
Ferrare,  Ravenne  et  Korli ;  1  d  Macerata,  pour  les  Causes  des  Delega- 
tions de  Macerata,  Urbino  et  Pesaro,  Anc6ne,  Fermo,  Ascoli  et 
Camerino ;  2  k  Rome,  pour  tous  les  autres  Pays  de  PEtat,  qui  seront 
le  Tribunal  de  la  Chambre  Apostolique  et  celui  de  la  Rote. 

II  sera  permis  aux  parties  de  porter  leurs  Causes  d'Appel  auxdits 
8  Tribunaux  de  Rome,  poanru  que  cela  soit  fait  d  un  commun  accord 
entre  elles. 

XXXVI.  Le  Tribunal  d'Appel  de  Bologne,  et  celui  de  Macerata 
•eront  composes  de  7  Juges  et  de  2  Adjoints.  On  ne  ponnra  juger 
qn  aa  nombre  de  5  voix. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


630  BOBCE. 

XXXVI i.  Le  Doyeo  d'&ge  fera  lei  foQetioM  de  Pwimitui ;  le  VUf- 
porteor  sera  demgiie  par  tour. 

XXXVIII.  Le  Pr^ident  iadiqaera  les  jours  d  audience  et  de 
PA]^1  des  Causes. 

Les  dispositions  oontennes  dans  I'Article  XXXIV  aont  coBunuiies 
auz  Tribunanx  d'Appel. 

XXXIX.  Le  Tribunal  de  la  Chambre  Apostolique  (sanf  ee  qui  est 
present  dans  les  Articles  snivans,  i  T^ard  des  auties  Tribanaox  qui 
womi  conserve  dans  Rome),  fera  les  CoDctioos  da  Tribunal  de  Premi^ 
Instance  dans  les  Causes  dn  Distrietde  Rome  dMgn^dans  le  Tableau 
ci-annezA«  et  de  Tribunal  d'Appel  dans  lesautnes  Causes,  de  la  mani^re 
quon  dedarera  ci-api^ 

XL.  Ce  Tribunal  sera  'compost  dor6oa?ant  de  8  Juges  Prelata 
•u  lien  de  3  comme  &  present,  qui  consenreront  le  m6me  titre  de 
LieutenanSy  et  d'un  4^me  qui  pourra  aussi  £tre  un  Homme  de  Robe, 
afec  le  titre  de  Mei,  de  la  Chambre  Apostolique,  comme  il  a  €te 
autrefois. 

XLI.  Chaque  Lienteoant  jugera  seul: 

!•  Les  deoiandes  qui  sont  au  dessous  de  la  raieur  de  835  ^cus, 
lesquelles  seront  de  sa  competence  en  Piemi^re  Instance ; 

2*  Les  Causes  jugees  par  les  Gouvemeurs  dn  District  de  Rome  en 
Seconde  Instance;  et 

9L  Les  Causes  qui  sont  au  dessous  de  la  valeur  de  300  ^cus,  jugees 
en  Premise  Instance  par  un  de  ses  Collegues* 

XLIL  Le  Tribunal  de  la  Chambre  Apostoliqae  jugera  c<^lective- 
ment: 

1.  Les  demandes  en  Premiere  Instance  dn  District  de  Rome,  qui 
excMent  la  valeur  de  825  ecus,  et  d'une  yaleur  indeterminee ; 

2.  Les  demandes  en  Seconde  Instance  de  la  yaleur  au-dessous  de 
825  ^cus,  jugees  par  les  Tribunanx  de  Premi^  Instance  des  Delega- 
tions  de  Perugia,  Spoleto,  Viterbo,  Civita-Vecchia,  Rieti,  Frosinoneet 
B^nevent,  on  bien  par  les  Lieutenans  respectifs ; 

3.  Les  Jugemens  en  dime  Instance  non  conformes,  pronooces  par 
les  Gouvemeuis  en  Premiere  Instance,  et  par  les  Lieutenans  reapectilB 
en  Appel ; 

4.  Les  Jugemens  aussi  en  dime  Instance  des  Lieutenans.  lorsqulk 
ne  sont  pais  conformes  entre  eux,  et  qu*il  s'agit  des  Causes  d'uiie  yalenr 
au-dessous  de  300  ^us. 

XLIII.  Lorsque  le  Tribunal  de  la  Chambre  Apostolique  jugera  en 
appel  ou  sur  requite,  du  Jugement  d'un  des  Lieutenans,  ii  aerm  com- 
pose des  autres  2  et  du  Mei.  de  la  Chambre  Apostolique. 

XLIV.  Lorsqu'il  jugera  en  3^me  Instance  sur  2  Jugemens  des 
lieutenans  qui  ne  seront  point  conformes,  le  Tribunal  sera  compost 
du  dime  Lieutenant  qui  n'aura  pas  jug^,  du  Met.  de  la  Chambre 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME.  631 

Apostolique,  et  de  Monseigneur  I'Audileur  de  Ja  Cbambre,  le^ uel 
cependant  pourra  subd^I^guer  son  Auditeur  prWe,  ou  un  autre  Juge. 

XLV.  Dans  tons  les  cas  od  le  susdit  Monseigneur  I'Auditeur  de  la 
Chambre  voudra  juger  en  personne  les  Causes  port^es  an  Tribunal 
Coliegial,  ou  de  la  Congregation,  il  pourra  le  faire ;  et  alors  le  Met,  de 
la  Cliambre  Apostoli^ue,  u'interviendra  plus,  excepte  le  cas  od  son  vote 
aerait  necessaire  pour  completer  \%  nombre  des  3  Juges,  lorsque 
qaelqu'nn  des  Lieutenans  serait  absent,  ou  legitimement  emp^cb^ 

XLVL  La  Rote  sera  le  Tribunal  dAppel  dans  toutes  les  Causes 
d'ane  valeur  au-dessus  de  825  ecus,  jug^s  par  les  Tribunaax  de  l^re 
lostance  des  Delegations  qui  ne  sont  point  du  ressort  des  Tribunaux 
d'Appel  de  Bologne  et  Macerata. 

11  sera  Juge  competent  dans  toutes  les  Causes  qui  excedent  la  valeur 
de  300  ^us,  et  qui  sont  au-dessous  de  celle  de  836  ^cus,  toutes  les 
foisqae  lesJugemens  precedeas  ne  seront  point  conformes.  II  sera 
aussi  Juge  competent  dans  toutes  les  Causes,  dans  lesquelles  les  Juge- 
mena  des  autres  Tribunaux  d'Appel,  compris  celui  de  la  Cbambre 
Apostolique  ne  sont  pas  conformes  aux  Jugemens  de  l^re  Instance. 

Poor  les  Causes  dont  la  valeur  est  au-dessous  de  300  6cus,  dans 
lesqoelles  lesJugemens  des  autres  Tribunaux  de  Premiere  Instance,  et 
celui  de  la  Chambre  Apostolique,  en  qualite  de  Tribunal  dAppel,  ne 
sont  point  conformes,  on  aura  recours  au  Cardinal,  Pr^fet  de  la  Sig* 
nature,  lequel  nommera  une  Congregation  de  3  Pr^lats  pour  les  juger 
d^finitivement. 

XLVIL  Le  Tribunal  de  la  Rote,  respecte  partout  atant  de  titres^ 
coDtiaoera  k  itre  eompose  du  mime  nombre  de  Personnes;  il  eooser- 
vera  enti^^ment  tous  ses  houneurs,  ses  preeminences,  ses  pr^rogativea 
et  M/es  privileges,  sans  aucune  alteration.  II  continuera  h.  exercer  ses 
fonctions  de  la  mime  manifere,  et  avec  les  mimes  formalites  prati» 
qoeesaoparavaot,  «t  qui  se  pratiquent  maintenaotf  soit  dans  les  Causes 
civiles  et  ecd^siastiques  des  Etats  Romains,  soit  dans  celles  des  autres 
Etats. 

XLVIII.  Dans  tous  les  Proci^  Ioi«qu*il  y  aura  2  Jugemens  oon- 
formes,  savoir:  celui  de  l^re  Instance  et  celui  d'Appel,  ils  formerout 
la  chose  jug^e.  Lorsque  les  2  Jugemens  ne  seront  point  conformes,  il. 
y  aura  lieu  i  la  3^me  Instance  par*devant  les  Tribunaux  de  Rome, 
dans  la  mani^re  ci-dessus  indiqu^e. 

XLIX.  A  Romcylajurldiction  civile  du  Tribunal  du  Capitde  sera 
conservee  telle  quelle  se  trouve  4  present,  soit  en  l^re  Instance,  soit. 
eo  Appel. 

L.  Le  Tribunal  de  la  Signature  n'existera  qu'ii  Rome :  il  continuera. 
4  itre  compose  du  mtmt  nombre  de  Prelats. 

Pour  faciliter  la  marche  des  affaires,  il  sera  divise  en  2  Sections, 
composees  chacune  de  6  Personnes  qui  seront  nommees  par  le  Cardinal 
Prefet.     Le  Doyen  dans  chaque  Section  sera  le  President 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


032  KOICE. 

Le  Demaodenr  aim  la  fiicoltf  de  cfaoisir  la  SectioD. 
U.  Ce  Tribonal  seal  aora  le  droit  de  casserou  aonaler  lea  Actcv 
Jodiciaim,  let  Decrets  el  les  Jagemeusde  tous  lea  Tribuoaax  dea  Etata 
Romaios,  tans  esceptioo. 

La  Cattatioo  cependaot  n'aora  lieu  qae  pour  le^  3  Caoses  de  nullitd 
anivantet:  poor  d^ant  de  citatioD,  de  juridictioD,  on  de  mandat:  cea 
caotet  devront  dtre  tp^ifi^  dans  le  D^ret 

Aprte  la  Cattatioo,  ce  Tribuoal  aura  la  facolte  de  renvoyer  le 
Proc^  au  mhoe  Tribooal  doot  le  Jogemeot  a  ete  catte,  oo  bieo  aa 
Tribooal  de  la  Cbambre  Apottoliqoe,  oo  k  celoi  de  la  Rote,  toiTMnt 
lean  pr6rogativet  retpeetivet,  comme  il  jogera  le  plot  cooTeoabie. 

Le  Tribuoal  sutdit  pourra  dt&leguer  la  faculty  de  caaaer  lea 
Jugement,  aux  Joget  et  aox  Tribooauz  qui  doiveot  Juger  tor  le 
food. 

LU.  Lorsqall  y  aura  cooflit  tor  hi  competeoce  eotre  let  Triba. 
naox,  le  Jogemeot  appartieodra  au  Tribuoal  de  la  Signature. 

LIII.  Daot  le  cat  de  Jagemeot  cooforoiet  tuivaot  le  preterit  de 
I'Article  XLVIII,  on  oe  pourra  jamais  porter  de  recoure  au  Tribunal  de 
h,  Sigoature  pour  eo  tutpendre  rex6cution.  On  pourra  seulemeoi 
avoir  recoort  pour  le  deTolutif,  et  par  restitution  eo  entier,  poor  obte* 
irir  no  tecood  appel :  eteocore,  lortqoe  le  ler  Jugemeot  d'appel  n  a 
point  M  devolotif. 

Ge  tecood  Appel  oe  tera  admit  que  poor  let  cat  od  Ton  aorait 
decoovert  det  faits  nouveaux  d^citifs,  prbuv^  par  des  piecet  aotboi. 
tiqoet,  on  par  nne  iojusUce  ratultant  de  ce  qu'oo  n*aarait  pat  fait  caa 
d'uoe  Lot  exittante,  ou  qoll  aoratt  6t£  evidemmeot  en  cootrayention 
A  la  m^me ;  et  dant  cet  cat,  oo  reoverra  le  Procdt  aux  Tribnnanx  de 
la  Cbambre  Apottolique  ou  de  la  Rote,  tai? ant  lenr  competence  ie» 
qpectire  eo  raiton  de  la  tomme. 

LIV.  Le  D^cret  par  leqoe!  le  Tribooal  de  la  Signature  telon  lea 
termet  de  I'Article  prite^dent,  accorde  la  facolte  d*appeler  par  la  Toie 
de  rettitotioo  eotier,  tera  motive. 

LV.  Let  ditpotitioot  pr^cMentet  ne  porteront  aocuoe  atteiote  i  la 
joridiction  det  Tribooaox  Ordtoairet  et  det  Tribooaox  Eccleaiatliqoea 
dant  let  matibret  de  lenr  competence. 

LVl.  Aocon  Tribunal  ne  pourra  coooaitre  det  Caotet  oil  il  a'agiC 
de  ditcuter  letioterfitt  de  la  Cbambre  Apottoliqoe. 

LVII.  Oo  nomraera  dans  let  Provincet,  en  reuoittaot  (le  cat 
ecb^ant)  plusieurt  D^legationt,  det  Attetteurt  de  la  Cbambre,  letqoela, 
dant  leretsort  de  la  juridiction  qui  letir  auraet^  attribute,  seront  Jugei 
de  Ire  Instance  dant  let  mati^ret  od  il  s'agit  de  rintirdt  de  la  Cbam- 
bre, lortque  I'objet  ne  depatsera  pat  la  valeur  de  200  ^cut. 

LVIII.  Dans  Romeet  son  District,  let  Caotet  tutditetde  Premiere 

Inttance  conUnueront  i  ^tre  jug^et  cumnlativement,  par  Hooteigneor 

"^-nirde  la  Cbambre,  etparPAuditeurdeHooseigoeurleTretorierr 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME.  633 

lonqm  cepcndant  cet  Caaset   n'excederoDt  pas  U  valeur  de  8^ 
ecus. 

Si  la  f  alevr  des  Causes  du  ressort  des  Assessean  de  la  Chambre, 
est  aa.dessus  de  200  6cusy  et  si  celle  de  Rome  et  de  son  District  est 
aa-dessus  de  825  ecus/  alors  ces  Causes  seront  jug^es  en  Premiere 
Instance  |>arun  Tribunal,  compost  de  Monseigneur  TAuditenr  dn  Camer- 
lingne,  de  Monseigneur  le  President  de  la  Chambre^  et  de  TAuditeor  de 
lionseignenr  le  Tresorier. 

Ce  Tribunal  sera  ausst  Juge  d'Appel  dans  les  Causes  jugies  par 
lea  Assessenrs  de  la  Cbambre ;  et  dans  le  cas  o^  les  Jugemens  de 
cenx-ci  ne  sont  pas  conformes^  on  a  reconrs  an  Tribunal  de  la 
Cbambre. 

LIX.  Les  Jugemens  en  Premiere  Instance  du  Tribunal  susdit, 
comme  aussi  ceux  prononcte  en  Premiere  Instance  par  Monseigneur 
TAoditeur  de  la  Chambre^  et  par  PAuditeur  de  Monseigneur  le  Treso- 
rier, seront  port6i  en  appel  par-devant  le  Tribunal  de  la  Cbambre. 

LX.  Ce  Tribunal  proc^dera  dans  les  formes  ci*dessus  Stabiles,  avec 
cette  senle  difference,  qu'il  sera  divise  en  2  Sections,  composees  d*un 
nombre  ^gal  de  Clercs  de  la  Cbambre :  la  l^re  Section  sera  presid6e 
par  le  Doyen,  la  2de,  par  le  plus  ancien. 

L'Appelant  aura  la  facutte  de  choisir  la  Section. 

LXi.  Lorsqu'il  y  aura  Appel  des  Jugemens  de  la  Cbambre,  il  sera 
porl6.&  la  Section  qui  n'aura  pas  jug^. 

LXII.  Rien  n'est  cbang^,  par  les  dispositions  pr^dentes,  k  1  egard 
de  I'expMition  et  execution  des  Ordonnances  de  Main  Royale,  les- 
qnelles  continneront,  k  s^expMier  et  s'executer,  quelle  que  soit  la  somme 
en  question,  poor  les  cr^ances  fiscales  deriv^es  des  Impdts  dAs  k  la 
Trcaorcrie,  tant  par  lea  Assessenrs  de  la  Cbambre,  que  cnmulatiTement 
par  Monseignenr  I'Anditeur  de  la  Cbambre,  et  par  I'Anditeur  de  Mon- 
aeignenr  la  Tr6sorier. 

LXIII.  II  n'y  aura  plus  i  TaTenir  de  Juges  Commissaires,  on 
d'exoeption. 

LXIV.  Dana  les  mati^res  contentienses  civties,  sont  snpprim^es 
(ontea  lea  jnridlctiona  et  tons  les  Tribunaux  particuliers  ou  pritil6gi6i| 
i  cause  des  Personnes  on  des  chosea  prouv^es  pendant  le  Jugement, 
existana  d  Rome,  on  dans  les  Promces,  k  Pexception  de  ce  qui  a  €te 
present  par  PArticle  LV,  d  regard  des  Tribunaux  Ecclesiastiques,  et 
par  TArticle  XLIX,  d  1  egard  de  celui  dn  Capitole;  et  except^  encore 
les  joridictions  de  la  Congregation  des  Ev^ues  et  r^gnliers  du  Tribunal 
de  la  Daterie,  et  de  oelui  de  la  Fabrique  de  Saint-Pierre.  De- 
meorent  en  outre  except^  les  jnridictions,  qui  sont  respecti?ement 
conservees; 

1.  De  la  Congregation  du  Bon  Gourernem^nt,  suivant  la 
Constitation  de  Sa  Saintete  Benoit  XIV ; 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


634  ROME*    . 

9.  De  I'Auditeur  du  Camerlingiie^  dans  les  inati&«s  qui  regardent 
les  marchdfl  de  la  Place  Nayone ; 

3.  Dn  Pi^adent  da  Tribunal  dea  Comestibles,  pour  les  marches 
sujets  d  sa  jurtdiction; 

4.  Du  Tribuoal  des  marches  k  bl^  et  k  pain,  dans  les  malieres  de 
son  ressort,  suivant  les  Decrets  des  Pontifes^  du  31  Oc(obrej|  1800,  e( 
du  19  Septembre,  1802 ; 

5.  De  Tagriculture,  dans  les  malieres  de  son  reasort ; 

6.  Du  Tribunal  du  Cardinal  Vicalre,  dans  les  causes  d'alimens, 
suivant  les  facultes  dont  il  est  actuellement  investies ; 

7.  Du  Juge  des  Mercenaires,  dans  les  matins  de  sa  competence. 
S'il  y  a  lieu  i  Appel  des  Jugemens  de  ceux  relates  aux  §  §  3  et  4, 

il  sera  porte  par-devant  le  Tribunal  de  la  Chambre.  Lappel  des 
causes  d  agriculture,  lorsqu'il  aura  lieu,  sera  porte  au  Tribunal  de  la 
Chambre  Apostolique  ou  de  la  Rote,  sui?ant  la  competence  de 
chacun  d'eux.  La  m6me  chose  aura  lieu  pour  les  Jugemens  du  Car- 
dinal Vicaire  dans  les  mati^res  d'alimens. 

LXV.  Les  Causes  nouvelles  qui  etaient  du  ressort,  exclusivementou 
cumulativement,  desTribunaux  ou  des  Juges  particuiierset  pii?ilegies, 
qu'on  yient  de  supprimer,  seront  de  la  competence  des  Tribunanx 
ci.dessus  etablis. 

LXVL  Cependantles  Causes  ventilantes  par-devant  les  Tribuoaux 
et  les  Juges  qui  ont  cess^  d'avoir  la  juridiction  contentieuse^  comme 
aussi  eelles  dont  la  discussion  est  commencee  par-devaot  les  Juges 
Commlssaires  et  privilegies;  par  quelque  Delegation  speciale^  etqui 
ne  seront  point  termin^es,  lorsque  le  present  Motu  propria  sera  mis  en 
activite,  seront  portees  dans  1  etat  od  elles  se  trouveot,  par-devant  les 
Tribunaux  de  l^re  Instance,  qui  seront  competens,  lesquek  proce* 
deroot  taut  en  Hre  Instance  qu'en  appel,  suivant  T^tat  od  se  trouvait 
la  Cause  devant  les  Juges  ou  les  Tribunaux  supprimes.  Cependant^ 
sont  except£es  les  Deputations  des  Congregations  particuli^rea. 

LXVII.  La  nomination  des  Juges  de  tous  les  Tribunaux,  appar- 
tient  exclusivement  au  Souverain. 

L>es  Dtiegu^s  auront  la  nomination  des  Greffiers  et  des  Officier» 
susdits;  mais  elle  sera  faite  de  concert  avec  le  Tribunal,  ou  le 
Gouverneur  aupr^s  desquels  ces  Officiers  doiveut  exercer  Jeurs  fonc- 
tions;  les  D6legn6&  donneront  avis  des  nominations  susdites  au  Secre- 
tariat d'Etat 

LXVIIl.  Personne  ne  pourra  £tre  Juge  d'un  Tribunal  de  1^ 
Instance  dans  les  Delegations  qui  n'ait  pas  I'age  de  25  ans  accon^lis, 
qui  ne  soit  pas  Docteur,  qui  ne  constate  pas  d'avoir  pratique  aux 
Tribunaux  de  Justice  pendant  Tespace  de  3  anodes  au  moins,  et  qui 
ne  justifie  pas  Thonn^tete  de  sa  naissance  et  rintegrit^d^  sa  conduite. 

Les  m^mes  prescriptions  s'appiiquent  aux  Juges  suppleaps.  i  I'ex* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROMS.  635 

ceptioD  d«  Doctorat,  el  it  TAge,  pour  Keqae!  il  tuffin  qu'ilt  aient  20 
ans  Aocomplis. 

IjXIX.  Dans  Ics  Tribuoanx  d*Appe]  les  J  ages  devroat  toe  Ag^ 
de  30  ana  accomplis ;  en  outre  du  Doctoral  et  dea  aatrea  qoalit^  re- 
qniaea,  aayeir,  TbonoMet^  de  leur  parente  et  lenr  bonne  condoite,  lea 
anadita  Jugea  devront  oonatater  d  BToir  pimtiqa^  d*ane  niaui^re  looable 
dana  le  barreaa  pendant  I'eapace  de  5  ana  au  moins. 

On  obaer?era  lea  atoea  r^glea  pour  lea  AdioHit8,il*exce|ition  du 
Doctomty  et  de  Tftge;  eelnt-ci  doit  toe  au  deli  de  25  anneea. 

LXX.  Un  honoraire  fixe  et  convenable  aera  determine  pour  lea 
Jugea,  pour  lea  Greffiera,  et  pour  leura  SnppUana, — lequel  aera  pay6 
par  le  GouTemeur^  et  exclura  toua  autrea  ^raoluroena  aauf  oeux  qui 
Tiennent  de  leur  ^tre  indtvidueliement  conaerrea.  Aux  Haiaaiera, 
Baillia,  et  autrea  Officiera,  aera  aaaigne  un  appointement  pour  le  aerviee 
qulla  derront  rendre  an  Gouveraeur  et  au  Public,  leur  permettant  de 
pouTOtr  jouir  dea  ^molumena  pour  lea  citationa  et  autrea  actea  qu'ila 
feront  au  aenrice  dea  particniiera,  aelon  lea  taux  moderfo  que  lea 
Delegu^  reapectifa  decideront 

Lea  Adjointa  ne  recevront  aucun  honoraire,  maia  aiiccederont  en 
caa  de  Tacanee  au  Juge  qui  viendra  i  manquer  dana  leur  Tribunal. 
On  lea  prendre  en  consideration  particuli^re  en  caa  de  vacancea  dans 
lea  autrea  Tribunaux  et  dans  la  collation  dea  autres  eaaploia.  La 
nomination  dea  Greffiera  et  dea  Employes  auadita  appartiendra  aux 
Bel^guea  de  concert  aree  le  Tribunal  et  lea  Gouvernenra,  auxquels 
ih  devront  toe  attacbea,  Cea  nominationa  doivent  ^tre  annoncees 
au  Secretaire  d*Etat 

En  caa  qu'aucun  dea  dita  Employee  manquAt  k  aon  devoir, 
le  Tribunal  reapectifpourra  le  auraeoirde  Boneniploi,eten  supplier  ud 
autre  proviaoirement,  mais  il  doit  en  fture  part  auasitAt  au  D61egu^  du- 
quel  dependent  et  le  renvoi  et  la  substitution  definitive. 

Ce  sera  aux  mtmea  D^l^gu^a,  de  concert  avec  lea  Tribunaux,  de* 
preserire  les  rdglemens  pour  la  continuation  on  redmisston  des  Pro-r^ 
cureura  et  AvocatB,et  de  fixer  la  discipline  qu'ils  devront  observer  dans 
fexereice  de  leurs  fonctions ;  les  presents  actnels  k  regard  des  Avecats 
et  Procnreurs  qui  exercent  ces  fonctions  dans  les  Tribunaux  de  Rome- 
resteront  neanmoins  en  pleine  vigueur,  jusqu'kla  publication  des  autres 
reglemens. 

LXXI.  Les  Autorites  Judiciaires  contiaueront  k  exercer  leurs  fonc- 
tions de  la  mani^re  actuelle,  jusqn'au  terme  present  pour  donner  eflfet 
k  la  prtente  organisation.  A  cette  ^poque  les  nouvelles  Autorit^  en. 
treront  en  fonction,  et  les  proc^  seront  portis  par-devant  ellea  dans 
Petat  mtee  et  sous  les  mftmes  conditions  o^  ils  se  trouvaient,  confer- 
moment  k  la  disposition  preacrite  dans  TArticle  LXVI. 

LXXil.  Les  actes  de  juridiction  volontaire,  tels  que  les  Decrets 
apposes  aux  contrats  des  femmes,  d«s  mineurs.  et  autrea  aemblables. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


636  ROME, 

dans  letquels  il  ne  s'exeree  aucune  juridictioD  contentieoae,  appartien-^ 
dront  aux  D6Mgn^8  et  aux  Chefs  des  Tribttoaax,  dans  toute  rextensioQ 
dea  jaridictiooB  reapectives;  et  aux  Gouveroeore  dans  rAirondiasement 
des  Districts. 

A  Rome,  I'exercice  de  cette  juridiction  restera  aax  Jugesqui 
TexerceDt,  et  k  lean  successeurs,  except^  le  Lieatenant  du  Gouveniear, 
qui  est  supprim^. 

LXXIIl.  La  Procedure,  telle  qu'elle  se  fait  i  present  i  Rome  et 
dans  les  Provinces,  continuera  d'avoir  lieu  jusqu'k  la  publication  de  la 
nou  Telle  legislation* 

LXXIV.  Le  droit  commun,  modifi6  par  le  droit  canon  et  lea 
Constitutions  Apostoliques,  est  maintenu  en  sa  pleine  vigueur  jusqu'ii 
la  publication  d'un  nouveau  Code  LegislatiO  en  tout  ce  qui  n'aura  pa^ 
et^  change  par  le  present  Moiuprcprio. 

LXXV.  On  pubiiera  avec  la  plus  grande  c61erit6  possible  \xn 
Systime  de  Legislation  Generale;  et  k  cet  effet  on  a  nomme  3  Commis- 
sions, compos^es  des  Personnes  les  plus  i6clairees,  lesquelles  devront 
s'occuper  de  la  formation  des  Codes  L^gislatifs^  qui  comprendront  la 
Legislation  enti^re  dans  les  Proems  cif  ils,  criminelsy  et  commerciels, 
etles  formes  de  plaider  etde  proceder  judiciairement  snivant  lesquelles 
on  devra  agir  dans  chacun  d'eux. 

Une  de  ces  Commissions,  composee  de  5  Membres,  s'occupera  de 
la  formation  du  Code  Civil,  et  du  Code  de  Procedure  Civile. 

Une  autre  composee  aussi  de  6  Membres,  proc^dera  a  la  lbnn»- 
tion  du  Code  Criminel,  et  de  celui  de  la  Procedure  Criminelle. 

Une  S^me  Commission,  composee  de  6  Personnes,  dont  2  Juris- 
consultes  et  3  Nigocians,  les  plus  instrnits,  s'occupera  de  la  formation 
du  Code  de  Commerce  et  de  sa  procedure. 

Aussit6t  que  ces  3  Commissions  auront  termini  leur  travail,  avec 
toute  la  e61erite  possible,  ils  le  soumettrout  i  Texamen  de  la  Congrega- 
tion iconomique,  laquelle  proposera  les  additions  et  les  modificatiooa 
qu'elle  aura  crues  convenables  d'y  faire. 

Apr^a  cela  le  travail  sera  soumis  au  Souverain,  i  qui  est  r6servee 
la  sanction  des  Lois,  en  y  faisant  les  chaugemens  qu'il  jugera  neces- 
salres* 

TiTRB  IIL— De  tOrganisaiion  des  Tribunaux  Crimmeis. 

LXXVI.  La  Juridiction  Criminelle  sera  exercee  de  la  manidne 
suivante: 

Pour  favoriser  les  inter^ts  des  Peoples^  et  pour  activer,  autant  que 
possible,  I'administration  de  la  justice,  les  Gouvemeurs  de  ler  et  de 
Snd  Ordres  auront  la  connaissance,  dans  leurs  Arrondissemensrespectifs, 
des  delits  dont  la  peine  ou  emporte  one  amende  ou  est  afflictive,  laquelle 
peine  est  consideree  comme  ^quivalente  k  une  ann^e  de  travail 
inclusivement. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME.  637 

Lorsque  la  condamnalion  proodocee  par  les  Guuverneurs  susditB 
de  ler  et  de2nd  Ordres  porte  lenli^re  aDDee de  travail, ii  y  aara  liea  k 
I'appel  suspeDBif.  A  I'egard  des  Gouverneurs  qui  exercent  ]a  juridiction 
Baronnale,  on  coDtinuera  i  garder  les  dispositions  porteea  par  la 
Constitotion  Post  Diutumas, 

LXXVII.  Dans  chaque  Delegation,  ii  y  anra  un  Tribanal  Criminel 
compose  de  6  Jnges,  savoir:  le  D^legue,  qui  sera  le  President,  ses  2 
Assesaeurs,  1  Juge  du  Tribanal  de  l^re  Instance  Civile,  et  1  Membre 
de  la  Congregation  Gouvemative. 

Ces  2  derniers  si6geront  au  Tribunal  pendant  1  ann^e^  et  seront 
remplac^  suivant  le  tour  d  anciennete,  en  commenyant,  dans  cbacun 
de  ces  2  corps,  du  plus  ancien  jusqu'au  plus  jeune^  et  ainsi  par  la 
9ait& 

En  cas  d'absence  oa  d'emp^chement  de  quelque  Membre  da 
Tribunal,  le  Delegue  pourra  le  remplacer  par  un  autre,  pris  parmi  les 
Conseillera  et  Juges  susdits;  et  ceci  aura  lieu  anssi  k  legard  des 
Assesseurs. 

LXXVIII.  Les  Tribunaux  Criminels  ainu  etablis  dans  chaque 
Delegation,  jugeront  en  appel  les  Causes  jugees  par  les  Goovernears, 
soiTant  ce  qui  a  ete  dit  k  TArticle  LXXVI. 

LXXIX.  Ces  m^mes  Causes,  dans  les  chefs-lienx  de  chaque  D^16* 
gation,  seront  jugees,  sous  la  dependance  et  Tapprobation  des  Del^gu^, 
par  Tautre  Assesseur,  qui  n'aura  pas  la  connaissance  des  Causes 
minenres  civiles. 

LXXX.  Les  delits  dont  la  peine  est  de  plus  d'un  an  de  travail 
aeroDt  juges  par  le  Tribunal  Criminel  de  la  Delegation.  , 

LXXXL  Lorsque  la  condamnation  prononcee  par  ce  Tribunal 
n'excedera  pas  les  gal^es  ou  le  travail  pendant  5  ana,  le  prsvena 
n'aara  pas  droit  &  I'appel  saspensif,  excepte  les  cas  od  un  des  Juges 
anrait  voti  pour  son  acquittement  ou  pour  une  peine  plus  l^g^re. 
Dans  le  cas  od  la  condamnation  anrait  ete  prononcee  &  I'unanimit^, 
I'appel  ne  sera  que  d^volutif. 

A  cet  effet,  on  devra  sp^ifier  dans  le  Jugement,  s'il  y  a  eu  unani- 
mite  de  voix. 

LXXXII.  L'appel  mentionn^  dans  T Article  precedent  sera  porte, 
pour  lea  Delegations  de  fiologne,  Ferraie,  Ravenne  et  Forli,  au  Tri- 
banal d'Appel  de  Bologne;  pour  celles  de  Macerata,  Urbinoet  Pesaro, 
Aocdne,  Fermo^  Ascoli  et  Camerino,  au  Tribunal  d'Appel  de  Macerata; 
poor  les  autres  Delegations,  i  la  Sainte  Consulte. 

LXXXIII.  Lorsqae  la  condamnation  excMe  la  peine  de  5  ans  de 
gal^res^  et  bien  plus,  lorsqu'elle  porte  la  peine  de  mort,  Tappel  sera 
porte  d  Tun  des  8  Tribunaux  respectifs,  comme  11  a  et6  dit  k  I'Article 
precedent 

LXXXIV.  II  y  aura  dans  chaque  chef-lieu  de  D^Ugation  2  Juges 
Instructeurs  et  un  Greffier ;  dans  chaque  Gouveraement  de  premier  et 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


638  ROBfc. 

de  Sod  Ordres,  an  Greffier,  leqoel,  arec  le  GovTerneur.  sen  oblige  de 
faire  rinBtnietioo  des  procte  poor  toos  let  d^lito  oommia  dam  levr 
Arrondissement,  qaoiqoe  la  conoaiaMnca  dn  d^it  apparCieaDe  aa 
Tribanal  de  la  Delegation. 

Lea  2  Jugea  iDstnicteura  sasdits  seront  obl^jea  de  auppleer  et 
rectifier  lea  procedures  des  sasdits  Goavemeunk 

LXXXV.  Comme  le  GoBTemement  se  ehaige  de  payer  aax  saa- 
dita  Gouvemeurs,  Joges  Instmcteurs  et  aatrsa  Oftciets  MiBistiriela» 
leurs  appoiDtemens  meDsaels»  il  lear  eat  dMHida  de  a'approprier 
le  prodnit  des  epices  et  des  inquisitions.  EUea  aeront  exigi^ea  par 
eox;  mais  ils  en  tiendront  cofflpteltMoBseigaeurle  Trte>rier  GeneraL 
LXXXVI.  Pour  lea  d^lita  commta  daas  le  District  de  Roase,  le 
Tribunal  du  Gon?enieiiient  sera  le  Joge  d'Appel  des  Jugemens  readaa 
par  les  Gouvemeurs»  suivant  leur  competence. 

LXXXVI  I.  Le  syst^me  admirable  adopts  par  le  Tribaaal  da 
GouTemement  et  par  les  autres  Tribanaux  Crinsinels  de  Rome*  poar 
les  appellations^  est  conserve. 

LXXXVIII.  Dana  lea  d^lits  coaimans,  commis  dans  la  ViUe  de 
Rome,  on  proc^dera,  soit  par  ledit  Tribanal  da  GooTerneaient,  aeit 
par  ceux  de  la  Chambre  Apoatoliqoe,  du  Vicariat  et  da  Capitote^ 
auivant  les  formes  actuellement  en  viguenr. 

LXXXIX.  Dans  lea  d^its  de  coatraventioa  et  de  frandecomaiia 
au  prejudice  de  la  Finance^  seront  Jugea  co»p6teas  en  Ire  Instance  ka 
Assesseurs  de  la  Tresorerie  nomm^  dans  les  Proviaces.  A  Rom^ 
ces  delits  seront  de  la  comp^ence  des  Tribanaax  Crimiada  de  la 
Cfaambre  «t  de  la  Trfeaorerie^  anxqoela  oa  poctam  aaaai  lea  appda  das 
€ondaamaliona  proaonote  par  lea  AasHaaaaa;.  Bakcet  appel  ne  sera 
^psedcfoiatif,  laiaqae  la  p^oa  praaonefte  par  eax  nlra  pas  aa  deli  de 
150  ecea^  j  campria  la  valeur  des  efleta  confiaqu^a,  et  Faamide;  et 
^a*enfin,  il  n'y  aura  paa  de  peine  alBictiTe.  Si  la  condamnation  pn^ 
ooncee  de  la  mam^  ct-deaBuaindiqu^,  exc^de  la  valear  de  160  hcnM, 
<iu  si  Ton  a  prononc6  une  peine  afflictive,  il  y  aura  lien  d  I'appal,  ei  it 
sera  auspensif. 

XC.  II  n'est  point  derog^  par  les  dispositions  precadeotes  aax 
juridictioBs  de  la  Sainte  Inquisition,  de  la  Coogr6gation  des  E▼^Qe8  et 
R^alieis,  du  Plrefet  dea  Palais  Apostoliqoea  et  du  Tribunal  Militaire, 
lesquels  contioaeMot,  au  criminel,  k  exercer  leur  juridiction  comme  par 
le  paas^;  rien  auaai  n'eat  innova  i  P^gard  da  Fonm  Eccleaiaatique. 

XCI.  Toutes  lea  autrca  jaridicttona  criminellea  privtl^gieea,  k  Tex- 
eeplfon  de  celled  mentioaBeea  daaa  lea  Aiticlea  pr^dens^  soit  que  le 
prrrit^ge  soit  attach^  k  la  persoone,  soit  qu'etles  anient  pritil^gieea  par 
leur  matikre,  aont  et  denaenrent  abolies;  et  en  rertu  decette  aboli- 
tion, ceux  qui  preaident  aux  administrations  publiques,  devroat  (qaoi- 
qu'il  soit  qoesUoa.de  contraventions  aux  Ordoanaacea  d^peodaat  de 
leur  adipBistratiaii)  avoir  recours  aux  Tribuaaux  Ordinaires»  lesqucb 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME.  639 

cependant  devront  snWre  lea  formality  preacrites  par  Jm  OrdonnanceA 
sosdites,  dans  leur  procedure  et  dans  lean  condamnations. 

XCII.  II  y  aura,  pr^  de  chaque  Tribanal  criminel,  an  D^fenseiir 
nomme  d'office  par  le  Soaverain.  Les  Prevenas  cependant  pourront 
86  fairedefendre  par  d'autres  de  leur  choii,  pounra  qae  ces  Dikxmenru 
aoient  inscrito  sar  Petat  de  ceux  qai  seront  approat^  dans  chaqae  cbef> 
)ieo  par  le  Delegn^,  et  de  I'avis  de  la  Congregation  gonvematiTe. 

XCIII.  II  y  aura,  en  ootre,  dans  chaque  D^l^gation,  an  Procurear 
da  Fisc  nomm^  par  le  Souverain. 

A  Rome,  le  Procureur  General  du  Fisc  continuera  k  exercer  son 
minist^  avec  les  m^mes  attributions,  dans  toutes  les  affaires  qui  ne 
aont  point  exceplees  par  la  prtente  Loi. 

XCIV.  Dans  tout  ce  qui  regarde  les  Greffiers,  )es  Ex^ntears,  la 
Force  Ann6e,  et  tout  ce  qui  conceme  Padninistration  de  la  Justice  Pcnale, 
il  y  sera  pounru  par  des  lastmctiom  particuli^res  qo'on  donnera  aax 
D^egues. 

XCY.  Jusqu'^  la  publication  du  nouveau  Code  Criminel,  laquelJa 
aura  lieu  bient6t,  on  continuera  la  procMure  suivant  les  formes  pre- 
acrites par  les  Lois  en  yigueun 

XCVI.  Sont  abolies  i  perpetuity,  la  Question,  et  la  peine  de  la 
Corde ;  d  cette  peine  est  substitute  celle  d*un  an  de  travail. 

XC VII.  Les  peines  que  la  legislation  actuelle  laisse  an  pouvoir  dea 
Jngeset  desTrlbunaux  sont  abolies,  en  ce  qui  conceme  rextenston  ou 
Pangmentation  decellesqui  ontet^  litteralementdeterminees  par  la  Lot. 
A  regard  des  peines  qui,  par  )a  l^i  g^n^rale  on  par  dea  Lois  parties* 
litres,  out  ete  laissees  enti^ment  aa  pouToir  des  Juges  et  des  Tribo-^ 
naaxy  elles  ne  pourront  jamais  Mre  au-dessua  d'nn  an  de  travail.  Les 
Juges  et  les  Tribunaux  anront  encore  la  faculte  de  les  dininuer  seloa 
que  la  nature  du  delit  ou  dea  ctrconstances  qui  Taccompagnent  pour* 
rent  les  convaincre  de  la  jostice  de  cette  diminution. 

Ces  dispositions,  qui  regardant  les  peines  arbitraires,  auront  ftea 
jvsqu'ii  )a  publicatioa  du  nouveau  Code  Crinsiiiel.  A  cette  ^peqae» 
toote  pdne  arbitraire  sera  abolie;  tl  sera  &%6  ua  BumioMuii  et  na 
minimum  de  peine,  et  les  Juges  devront  se  oootenir  dans  ees  limitea^  en 
s  approchant  plus  ou  moins  des  mimci»  sdvaot  lea  circonatanecs  plus 
on  moins  aggravantea,  et  lesquelles  encore  serontr  par  ia  I^oi  aoavelle, 
d^finies  avec  k  phw  grande  precision. 

XCTIIL  Josqu'i  la  publication  du  Codedlnstmction  oade  Proc^- 
date  Criminelle,  on  suivra  les  formes  aetoellement  en  vigoear ;  maia 
soit  les  Procte,  soit  les  Jugemens,  seront  pv0aialga&  par  lea  Juges  et 
par  les  Tribunaux,  coroprls  ceaz  de  Rome,  en  langoe  Italienae,  et  lea 
Jugemens  seroat  motivte. 

XCIX.  Lea  m^mes  r^les  auront  lieu  pour  lea  legitimations  et 
pour  la  pablication  des  proc^,  excepte  le  caa  ci-qnte  mentionne. 
C.  Dans  les  delits  emportant  la  peine  de  mort,  ri  le  Pr^vena  oe 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


640  ROMS. 

veut  point  saivre  la  procedure  de  ia  manifere  actocllement  en  usage,  et 
qu'il  demande  la  confroDtatioD  des  t^moiDs,  elle  aura  lieu  detaot  lei 
Juges  qui  doiveut  juger  de  I'aflaire. 

CI.  Pource  qui  regardeles  Ecclesiastiquesetle  pri?il^e  du  Tribuntl 
competent,  on  continuera  4  juger  snivant  les  regies  du  droit  canon  et 
lea  Constitutions  Apostoliques  actnellement  en  vigueur;  et  quant  & 
Textradition  des  Pr6fenus  des  lienx  sacres,  on  observera  lea  formes  da 
droit  canon  suivant  les  instructions  publieei  et  celles  qa  on  jugera  4 
propos  de  publier  par  la  suite. 

TiTRE  IV.— i>urjM«i/t6iu  Legislatives. 

CI  I.  Toutes  les  Lois  M unicipales.  Statu ts,  Ordonnances,  Refonncs 
public  SODS  le  titre  et  par  Tautorite  quelconque,  etdans  quelque  Pays 
de  t'£tat  que  ce  soit,  m^me  ceux  public  dans  une  Province  entito 
ou  dana  on  District  particulier,  sont  et  demenrent  abolis,  sanf  ceox 
relatifs  &  la  culture  des  terrains,  an  cours  des  eaux,  aux  p&turages» 
anx  dommages  des  champs  et  k  d'antres  objets  d'agricuiture. 

cm.  Partout  dans  TEtat,  les  dispositions  suivantes  sont  substito6es 
k  la  variety  infinie  des  Lois  coutumi^es,  selon  lesquellea  on  tfioave 
corrigte,  en  faveur  dea  Agnats  m&1es»  la  disposition  do  droit  commnn, 
qui  cede  sans  distinction  les  successions  Intestates  aux  Agnata  et  aux 
Cognats*  de  Tun  et  de  Taotre  sexe. 

CIV.  Dans  la  ligne  droite  deacendante,  les  file  on  antres  descendans 
agnats^  excluront  toujours  de  la  succession  intestate  du  p^r^,  del'alenl, 
on  d*autre  m&le  ascendant  du  cote  du  p^,  les  femmea  et  lea  cogoat*, 
qaoiqu'ils  soient  6gaux  ou  plus  proches  dans  le  degr6  de  parent^. 

CV.  Dans  la  ligne  droite,  ascendante  lorsqu  on  traite  de  la  suc- 
cession intestate  du  fils,  du  neteu,  ou  d  autre  descendant  mAle,  le  p^, 
Taieul  patemel,  ou  autre  ascendant  mile  et  agnat  exclura  lea  femmea 
ascendantes,  quoiqu'elles  soient  plus  proches  dans  le  degr^  de  parente. 
d  Pexception  de  la  m^,  k  laquelle  est  conserv^e  la  succession,  ou  la 
cosuccession  du  fils,  dans  les  termes  du  droit  commun  en  concurrence 
a?ec  raieuiy  ou  autre  ascendant  da  c6te  du  p^,  comme  aussi  en  con* 
currence  avec  les  autres  fils. 

CVI.  Lesfemmes  a?ec  leurs  fils  et  descendans  de  Pun  et  de  Tautre 
sexe,  quoique  dans  un  degr^  de  parente  egal  ou  plus  procbe,  seront 
excloes  de  la  succession  des  miles  collat^raux  par  les  agnats  milea 
allies  au  defunt,  jusqu'au  quatri^me  degr6  de  la  computation  civile 
inclusivement,  Cependant  si  elles  ne  sont  pas  marines  et  qu'elles 
aoient  priv^s  de  dot,  laquelle  elles  ne  peuvent  pas  acqn^r  d'ailleurs, 
elles  devront  la  recevoir  en  subside  des  personnea  en  favour  desquellea 
elles  ont  ^t^  exclues,  sur  la  portion  des  biens  auxquels  elles  auroient 
aucced^  ab  intestaitK  Cette  dot  sera  fixee  par  la  d^ision  raisonnable 
du  Juge  qui  devra  la  r^gler  selon  la  necessite  d'un  ^tablissement  coa- 
venabJe. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME'.  641 

Ce  qui  est  present  ci-dessus  relativement  aux  dots  s'applique 
aussi  aux  alimens  necessaires  pendant  le  temps  qu'elles  ne  sont  pas 
mariees. 

CVII.  Seront  aussi  exclues  de  toute  co-succession  en  concurrence 
avec  les  mileset  ies  agnats  contempts  dans  I*Article  precedent,  les  aieu- 
les,  les  bisaieules,  etautres  femmesascendantesdernnetde  Tautre  c6te; 
comme  aussi  les  miles  asceudans  du  decode  du  c6te  de  la  m^re,  sauf 
la  legitime,  tant  qu  elle  leur  soit  due  selon  la  disposition  de  raison, 
laqoelle  dans  telcassera  le  tiers  de  latroisi^me  partie  de  Ilieritage  tout 
entier. 

CVIII.  Dans  tons  les  autres  cas,  sauf  ceux  mentionnes  dans  les 
Articles  ClII,  CIV,  CV,  CVI  ct  CVll,  les  mdles  et  les  femmes,  les 
agnats  et  les  cognats,  sans  distinction,  succederont  de  la  mani^re  pres- 
crite  par  le  dernier  Code  Civil  de  Jnstinien. 

CIX.  Pour  les  agnats  invites  aux  successions  intestates,  les  dis- 
poaitioDS  du  droit  commun  d  Tegard  des  prerogatives  des  degr^s  et  des 
droits  de  representation,  resteront  arr^tees. 

ex.  L'exclttsion  des  femmes  et  des  cognats  n  aura  jamais  lieu  dans 
les  cas  des  heritages  intestats  des  femmes,  tant  dans  la  ligne  droite  de* 
sceudante  que  dans  celle  ascendante  et  collaterale. 

CXI.  Dans  aucun  cas,  la  fille  ou  autre  descendante  ne  sera  exclue 
de  llieritage  intestat  du  pdre,  de  IVieul,  ou  autre  ascendant  qui  est 
mort  sans  fils  ou  descendants  miles  et  adnata. 

CXII.  Les  filles  ou  les  nieces,  qui  sont  d^k  marines  au  temps  de 
la  mort  du  p^re  ou  de  l*aieul  paternel,  avec  une  dot  convenable,  qui 
leur  a  ete  assignee  pendant  leur  vie,  ue  devront  pas  pretendre  II  Irur 
b^ritage,  soit  avec  testament,  soit  autrement.  Cette  dot  doit  £tre  con- 
aid^ree  convenable,  quand  la  femme  s'est  mari^  avec  une  personne 
d'^gale  condition. 

CXIII.  Les  6]les  ou  les  nieces  ou  les  autres  descendantes  qui  sont 
exclues  i  cause  de  I'existence  des' agnats  miles,  comme  aussi  celles 
iDari^es  sans  dot  ou  sans  dot  convenable,  auront  droit  it  obtenir  uoe 
dot  equivalente  k  la  portion  qui  leur  seroit  due  au  titre  de  legitime,  selon 
le  nombre  des  61s  et  les  dispositions  du  droit  commun.  Celles  qui 
ont  re^u  une  dot,  mais  pas  convenable,  devront  en  faire  une  declara- 
tion pour  en  obtenir  une  equivalente  i  la  legitime. 

OXIV.  Les  freres  ne  seront  obliges  k  assigner  une  dot  aux  sceurs, 
que  lors  de  leur  mariage,  ou  quand  elles  ont  atteint  Tige  de  25  ans 
sans  s'^tre  mariees.  Dans  ce  dernier  cas  les  freres  seront  charges 
d'employer  Tentremise  du  Juge  pour  que  la  dot  soit  assur^e  et  investie 
pour  le  cas  d'un  mariage  futur. 

CXY.  Dans  cet  interval  le  elles  seront  aliment^es  et  maintenues 
par  les  freres  dans  la  maison  commune,  s'ils  vivent  ensemble,  ou 
aupr^  de  I'und'eux  k  la  charge  commune,  alls  vivent  separ^s. 

CXY L  Passe  Tige  de  26  ans  sans  s'6tre  marines,  il  leur  sera  libra 
[1816—16.]  2  T 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


642  ROME. 

ou  dobliger  les  fibres  i  leur  assigoer  la  dot  par  la  teneur  des  Artklct 
CXUI  et  CXIV,  (dans  lequel  cas  les  alimens  ceaseroiit,)  ott  de  con- 
tinuer  i  lea  recevoir,  (daos  lequel  cas  raasigDatioD  de  la  dot  n*aiiFa 
pas  lieu.) 

CXVII.  Lea  femmes  qui  sent  en  ige  de  se  marier,  ou  lenreTuteure 
et  Curateura,  pouiroot  certainemententout  terns  forcer  les  fr^res  ou  les 
autres  collat^raux  qui  les  excluent,  k  liquider  le  montant  de  la  dot  d6e 
d  ces  femmes,  et  d  assigner  les  foods  sur  lesquels  elle  devroit  ^tre 
obtenue. 

CXVIII.  Poor  la  s6rete  et  la  coDser?ation  de  la  dot  d6e  par  les 
fr^res  ou  autres,  en  concurrence  avec  leaquels  les  feosraes  soat 
exclues»  I'hypoth^ue  sera  competente  aux  dites  femmes,  8ai?ant  les 
dispositions  contenues  dans  le  reglemeut  contemporain,  it  legard  de 
Fadmiuistration  hypothecaire  dont  on  parlera  ci-apr^. 

CXIX.  Dans  le  casod  les  fillesd'un  fr^re,  qui  est  mort  auparavant, 
restent  exclues,  elles  ne  pourront  obtenir  par  raison  de  dot  que  la  por- 
tion de  legitime  qui  auroit  apparlenue  d  leur  p^re  s'il  eikt  sur?eca  au 
temps  de  la  succession  ouverte. 

CXX.  La  dot  d6e  aux  filles  ou  aux  autres  femmes  descendantes, 
passera  i  lears  heritiers  legitimes  en  cas  qu'elles  meurent  sans  testa- 
ment,  et  elles  seront  libres  d'en  disposer  sans  reserve  par  testament, 
quand  m^me  la  tradition  dans  les  cas  contemples  dans  PArticle  CXIV, 
n'eAt  eu  lieu. 

CXXr.  On  pourra  forcer  les  fr^res  ou  les  autres  pr^f^res,  comme 
susdit,  dans  la  succession,  k  donner  les  alimens  necessaires  aux  femmes 
qui  ne  sont  pas  marines,  mSme  hors  de  leur  maison,  et  en  argent, 
lorsqu  un  motif  raisonnable  y  incite. 

Ces  alimens  pourront  ^tre  fix^s  m^me  dans  une  somme  qui  surpaase 
la  rente  de  la  dot,  selon  la  decision  discrete  du  Juge  duquel  dependra 
la  destination  du  lieu,  et  des  personnes  pr^s  lesqoelles  en  tel  caa  elles 
de?ront  6tre  logees  avec  bienseanc^ 

CXXIL  Dans  le  cas  o^  la  m^re  ou  Taieule  du  c6t^  du  p^re  survive, 
les  filles  ou  les  nieces  seront  placees  prds  la  mdre,  si  elle  ne  s'est  pas 
remari^e,  ou  pr^  laieule en  cas  contraire,  soit que celles-ci  vivent avec 
les  heritiers  m&les,  soit  qu'elles  vivent  separe men t,— dans  lequel  cas 
les  dits  heritiers  devront  fournir  les  alimens  en  argent,  de  la  manite 
prescrite  sous  1' Article  CXXI. 

CXXIIL  Dans  tous  les  cas  oili  la  legitime  soit  d6e  ab  inte$taio, 
par  la  disposition  du  droit  commun  aux  a'leules  ou  aux  ascendans 
du  defunt,  du  cote  de  la  m^re,  elle  sera  dilie  egalement  sur  les  heri- 
tages dont  on  a  dispose  par  testament,  de  la  mani^re  suivante: 

Elle  sera  limit6e  au  tiers  de  la  3^me  partie  de  Th^tage  entier, 
lorsque  les  heritiers  nomm^s  dans  le  testament  sont  les  fr^res  ou 
les  scBurs  du  testateur,  ou  les  fils  respectifs  des  m^mes  Personnes. 
Elle  sera  la  3dme  partie  de  tout  Targent  lorsque  d  autres  Personnes  sont 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME.  643 

Bomm^  les  h^nti^rea.  Dans  le  cat  od  I'heriUge  aera  l^goe  en 
partie  aux  fr^rea  et  aax  aoQttiB  ou  i  lean  eafana,  et  en  partie  k 
d'autrea  Peraonnea,  elle  aera  le  tiera  de  la  d^me  partie  i  regard  dea 
portiona  dea  Peraonnea  uommeea  en  premier  lien,  et  le  tiera  du  tout 
i  regard  dea  autrea. 

CXXIV.  Pour  la  validite  dea  Teatameoa  eC  antrea  actea  de  ca 
genre  on  devra  ohserver  lea  formea  preacritea  par  le  Droit  Ciril. 

Lea  Teatameoa  dreaa^  aalvant  la  forme  dn  Cfaapitre  '*  Ctiai  eues,*" 
ne  aerottt  validea  que  loraqu'ils  anront  ete  faits  dana  les  ]i6pitaax«  ou 
par  dea  Persounes  maladea  et  mortea  dana  la  Gampagne,  ou  dana  un 
Village  d  une  diatance  de  plna  de  3  milles  dea  lieax  od  resident  lea 
Motairea  Publica.  On  n'entend  paa,  par  cela  derogeraux  dispoaitiona 
da  Chapitra  '*  Relatum"  dana  ce  qui  concerne  la  faveur  dea  cauiea 
piensea. 

CXXV.  Lea  Teatamena  faita  dana  lea  formea  prescrites  par  lea 
Loix  aboliea  aeront  execul^^  si  le  Testateur  eat  mort  pendant  le 
dernier  GouTernement  S'U  est  mort  apr^a,  lea  Teatamena  ainai  dita 
OU^apkei,  et  qui  manquent  de  toute  solennite  extrins^ue,  ce  qui 
a  ^t^  permia  dana  cea  Loix,  anront  eflTet  seulement  lorsqn'il  est  ^tabli 
que  le  Tealatear  n'a  paa  et^  capable  de  lea  renouveler  dana  les  formea 
aoiennellea  avant  aa  mort.  Lea  autrea  Teatamena  faita  avec  les  aolen- 
nitea  preacritea  et  en  vigueur  i  cette  epoque,  anront  leor  effet  lorsque 
le  Testateur  qui  a  anrvecu  ne  les  a  pas  revoques  par  d'autres  dispoai- 
tiona, faitea  auivant  lea  formes  indiquees  dans  TArticle  pr6cMent. 

CXXVI.  Les  donations  irr^vocables  parmi  lea  vivants,  ou  uni- 
feraellea  ou  particuli^rea,  qui  excedent  la  valeur  de  500  ecua  de 
Rome,  ne  aeront  validea  que  lorsqu'elles  sont  faitea  par  le  moyen  d'un 
Instrument  Public,  et  insinueea  dana  les  formes  usit^es. 

CXXVIL  Nt  le  serment,  ni  la  faveur  du  manage,  ni  quelqu' 
autre  titre  que  ce  soit^  ne  pourir^t  les.  invalider  lorsquelles-sont  faitea 
par  an  acta  priv^,  ou  qu'ellea  manquent  de  Tinscription.  On  pre- 
aomera  que  le  aerment  a  ^te  obtenu  par  force  et  par  poor* 

CXXVIIL  Aucun  contrat  dea  mineurs  et  des  femmes,  quoique 
majeurea,  ne  aera  valide  sans  Tintervention  et  le  consentement  des 
Parena  lea  plus  proches,  ou  du  Curateur  qui  doit  £tre  constitue  i 
d^ant  des  m6mes  ou  dans  leur  absence,  et  sans  qu*il  intervienne  un 
Decretdu  Juge  qui  doit  £tre  interpose  suivant  la  forme  prescrite  dana 
la  Conatitution  de  Sa  Saintei6  Benoit  XIV. 

Sont  exceptes  seulement  lea  contrais  dea  mineurs  et  dea  femmes 
qui  exercent  actuellement  le  commerce,  quand  ila  se  rapportent  aux 
objeta  de  leur  trafic. 

Ni  le  aerment  que  Ton  doit  considerer  comma  forc6,  ni  quelqu* 
autre  motif  que  ce  aoit  ^nonce,  ne  rendra  validea  lea  contrata  stipul^a 
par  dea  mineurs  et  par  des  femmes,  sans  Pintervention  des  solenniUs 
ci.dessua  preacritea. 

2  T  2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


644  ROME. 

CXXIX.  La  minorite  diirera  jusqu'i  I'ann^  2Ume  accomplie. 
.  CXXX.  Labolitum  des  liens  des  fideicomtnis,  de  primogeniture, 
et  des  autres  substitutions  de  ce  genre,  d^jd  con/irmie de/initivement  et 
ffeneralement,  vu  la  longueur  de  temps  et  autres  circonstances,  dans 
Jes  Provinces  de  VEtat  comprises  dans  I'Edit  du  5  Juillet  1815,  et 
iaissee  en  suspcns  dans  TEdit  publie  d  Rome  par  le  D^I^gue  Pontificil 
en  date  du  13  Mai  1814,  relativement  aux  autres  Praoinees  remses 
precedemmcni  sous  la  domination  actuelie  du  Saint  Stige,  est  maintenae 
in^me  dans  ces  Provinces,  avec  les  explications  et  modifications  con- 
tenues  dans  I'Article  suivant. 

CXXXI.  Dans  les  dites  Provinces  precedemment  regagnees 
resteront  degages  de  tout  lien  de  fideicommis  et  de  substitution,  les 
biens  de  toute  esp^ee  quelconque  ali^nes  (ce  terme  entendu  dans  la 
signification  la  plus  etendue,  mSme  des  liypoth^ues  y  comprises,)  et 
transferes  aux  3emes  Fossesseurs  par  quelque  titre  onereux  que  ce 
soit,  ou  lucratif  ou  m^le,  apr^s  I'abrogation  des  fideicommis;  comme 
aussi  resterunt  libres  et  absous  de  tout  lien,  les  biens  qui  sont  tombes 
en  devolu  depuis  cette  epoque  jusqu'd  present,  a  une  Persoone 
quelconque  par  la  mort  de  ceux,  a  qui  on  a  donn^  la  charge,  arri?^ 
pendant  le  m^me  temps,  au  titre  de  succession,  ou  par  Testament 
!  ou  non.  I 

I  CXXXI  I.  Restera  en  vigueur  dans  les   Provinces  specifides  dans 

I'Article  precedent,  le  lien  de  fideicommis,  sur  les  biensfonds  qui 
n  ont  pas  subi,  d'apres  les  Lois  d*abrogation,  publi^es  par  le  dernier 
Gouvernement,  quelqu'un  des  changemens  enonces  dans  rArticle 
precedent. 

CXXXIII.    La   duree   des  fideicommis  conserves  dans  TAiticIe         j 
precedent,  u'aura  lieu  que  sur  les  immeubles  qui  moutent  collective-         I 
ment  A  une  valeur  au  deld  de  15,000  ecus,  et  sous  les  autres  limita-         I 
tions  et  ordonnances  qui  seront  publiees  ensuite  pour  la  constitution 
de  nouveaux  fideicommis.     Pour  ce  qui  regarde  T^numeration  des 
degr^,celie-cidevracommencerderijeritieractueIcbarg^inclusivement 

CXXXIV.  Les  nommes  qui  existent  actuellemeut  devront  soas 
les  m^mes  peines,  et  conformement  aux  m^mes  r^glemens  que  le 
systeme  hypothecaire,  faire  inscrire  les  biens  qui  restent  soumisaus 
fideicommis  susdits,  dans  le  terme  de  3  mois  k  dater  da  jour  de  la 
publication  de  cette  Loi,  s'ils  se  trouvent  dans  I'Etat,  et  dans  le  terme 
de  4  mois,  s'ils  sont  absens.  Aucun  motif  d'dge  pupillaiie  ou  mineor, 
ou  autre  quelconque,  ne  pourra  servir  d'excuse,  sauf  seulement  Taction 
pOur  obtenir  la  correction  des  dom mages  des  Tuteurs,  Curateurs,  on 
autres  Administrateurs,  qui  auront  n^glig^  de  les  faire  inscrire. 

CXXXV.  II  sera  permis  d  Tavenir  dans  tout  TEtat  detablirde 
nouveaux  fideicommis,  en  obaeroani  eependanl  les  reglemens  prescrUs 
dans  let  Articles  suivans, 

CXXXVI.  II  ne  pourra  ^tre  ^tabli  aucun  fideicommis  general  on 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME.  645 

paHicuIier,  de  quelque  espece  ou  forme  que  ce  soit,  oi  statue  aucuna- 
aubstitutiOD  fideicommisBaire,.  soit  par  acte  parmi  les  vivans,  soit  par. 
le  moyen  d'un  Testament,  que  sur  les  immeubles  de  la  m^me  qualite 
de  celles  aux  quelles  s^appliqueni  les  inscriptioHS  suiyant  le  syst^me 
liypotLecaire. 

CXXXVII.  Sontexcept^s  les  collections  de  statues,  de  tableaux, 
et  d'autres  objets  des  arts,  comme  aussi  les  collections  de  monumens 
et  autres  objets  de  I'antiquite,  et  ceux  d'bistoire  natnrelle,  d'instrumens 
et  machines  de  physique,  d  astronomic,  d  anatomic,  les  bibliotb^ues« 
et  autres  semblables  collections  des  arts  liberaux  et  des  sciences,  les* 
quels  pourront  ^tre  assujettis  d  I'obligation  de  les  conserver  et  restiluer, 
outre  les  fid^icommis  d  etablir  sur  les  biens  stables,  lorsque  le  Cardinal 
Camerlingue  pro  tempore  y  consent,  Icquel  pourra  Tapprouver,  tant 
qi]*il  conste  (apr^s  un  examen  prealable  par  de  person nes  com peteutes) 
et  du  prix  et  de  la  rarete  de  teiles  collections,  sous  ks  reserves  et 
prescriptions,  m^mes  penales,  qu'il  jugera  convenables  pour  en  assurer 
I'identite  et  rinali^nabilite,  durant  le  lieu  fid^icommissaire  auquel 
el  les  seront  assujetties. 

CXXXVIII.  Les  dispositions  avec  les  quelles  seront  etablis  les 
fid^icommis,  et  les  substitutions  ordonn^es,  devront  conteuir  une  des- 
cription specifique  et  suffisante  des  biens  stables  sur  les  quels  ils  sont 
imposes,  et  de  leur  valeur.  Si  cependant  le  fideicoramis  sera  uni- 
versel  et  en  consequence  comprendra  tons  les  immeubles,  cette  design 
nation  specifique,  qui  devra  6tre  fournie  par  TberitiCr  avecl'inscription 
ordonn^e  dans  TArticle  CXLIII,  ne  sera  pas  u^cessaire.  • 

CXXXIX.  Le  fid^icommis  naura  pas  effet  si  la  yaleur  des  immeu* 
bles  sur  les  quelles  il  sera  etabli,  et  qui  devra  ^tre  libre  de  toutc  dette^ 
charge  et  detraction,  ne  monte  i  la  somme  de  15^000  ecus,  en 
d^duisaut  cette  valeur  de  l'6valuation  portee  sur  le  cadastre  augn\en tee 
d*un  tit-rs  A  Tegard  des  fonds  ruraux,  et  d  regard  des  fonds  dans  les 
Yilles,  de  celle  du  cens,  8*il  y  en  a,  et  au  defaut  de  celui-ci,  ou  des 
instrumens  pr^cedeus  de  profit,  ou  du  produit  des  loyers  calcules  k  5 
pour  100,  ou  enfin  (au  defaut  de  ces  moyens)  de  revaluation  des 
personnes  experimentees. 

CXL.  Les  fideicommis  de  quelque  espece  que  ce  soit,  qui  ne  seront 
pas  etablis  dans  la  valeur  et  dans  les  formes  prescritesdans  les  Articles 
pr^c^dens,  seront  nuls,  et  les  biens  serout  acquis  llbremeat  par  le 
premier  ou  par  les  premiers  nommes. 

CXLI.  La  duree  des  fideicommis  d  ^tre  Etablis,  comme  ci-dessus 
arrange,  soit  de  primogeniture,  soit  g^neraux,  est  limitee  a  4  degr^s 
ou  passages,  en  commen^ant  Tenu miration  du  premier  ou  des  pre«. 
miers  nommes,  de  mani^re  que  dans  le  quatri^e  possesseur  les  bipns 
deviennent  libres,  soit  d  I  egard  de  la  totalite  en  trait  ant  de  primog^. 
niture  ou  des  plus  dges,  soit  d  regard  d  la  portion  qui  ait  pass^  par  le  . 
nombre  prescrit  des  degr^s  en  traitant  de  fideicommis  gen^raux.     Les 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


646  ROME. 

4  degr^s  de  peraoDoes,  par  lesqnels  la  saccession  pourra  paner,  wroot 
comptea  toates  lea  fob  qu'il  y  aura  lieo  i  Poayertore  de  la  m^m^, 
quoiqu*e]le  soit  Bimplement  deferee  et  dod  pas  recomioe  moyennant  la 
denande  on  I'actuelle  reBtitation,  et  la  posseaBion  des  bietts  doanea  ea 
fidiicommia  qai  s*eDsuit.  A  ce  nombre  de  paasages  sera  limitee  la 
{Mtigresnon  de  la  soccession,  quoiqoe  plasieorB  ligoee^  racea,  et  fa- 
milies aoieut  contemplees.  Toot  passage  eonjoifitou  uon  coDJoiDt  avec 
Faetnelle  restitution^  sera  consid^r^  daoa  la  computation  de  4  degres 
lorsqu'il  s'ensuit  eu  verto  de  la  vocation,  mais  pas  pour  autre  cause 
etrang^re;  comma  cela  arriveroit  par  exemple,  si  les  biens  donn^  en 
fld^icommis  ^totent  possed^s  par  le  p^re  en  raison  d  nsofruit  legal,  on 
par  les  cr^anciers  durant  la  vie  de  1  appele,  ou  qu'ils  passissent  psr 
d  autres  titres  semblables  entre  les  mains  d'autres  personnes  nun  com- 
prises dans  le  genre  des  appeles,  des  quelles  on  ne  devra  pas  tenir 
compte  dans  I  enumeration  des  passages. 

CXLII.  Les  reserves  de  simple  usufruit  formel,  pourvu  qu'elles 
nimportent  pas  la  progression  de  succession,  les  conventions,  et  les 
precautions  des  investitures  empby tbeotiques,  et  les  reserves  de  patron- 
age actif  ou  passif,  ne  sont  pas  comprises  dans  les  dispositions  pr^cd- 
dentes  coooemant  les  substitutions  et  les  fid^icommis. 

CXLIIL  Les  premiers  appel^  aux  fideicommis  ou  primog^nitores 
i  ^tre  etablis,  seront  oblig^  dans  le  terme  de  2  mois  s*il8  sont  preieas 
dans  PEtat,  et  de  4  mois,  ^Tih  sont  absens,  (a  dater  do  jour  de  la 
succession  deferee)  de  faire  inscrire  dans  les  bureaux  respectifsde 
llntavolation  des  fonds  lies,  dans  les  formes  qui  sont  prescrites  par  le 
R^glement  relatif  au  syst^me  bypotbecaire,  et  dans  le  cas  qu'ils  ne 
rempllssent  pas  cette  obligation  dans  le  terme  indiqu^,  ils  s'exposent 
aux  peiues  de  deprivation  dea  rentes  et  m^me  de  la  succession  entito, 
de  la  mani^  declar^e  plus  particulierement  dans  le  R^glement 
susdit. 

CXLI V.  Les  substitutions  en  faveur  des  lieux  et  des  causes  pieuses 
conserv^es  dans  les  fiddicommis,  tant  anciens  que  nouveaux,  anroat 
effet  non  aeulement  si  elles  se  v^rifient  dans  le  maintien  de  4  degress 
mais  encore  si  elles  se  verifient  apr^  le  4^me,  vn  le  defaut  d'aotres 
substitutions  pr^cMentes,  dans  lequel  cas  (qnoique  les  4  passages 
aoient  consumes  dans  la  personne  dn  dernier  charg6)  le5^me  passage 
aura  lieu  au  ben^fi^e  des  dits  lieux  et  causes  pieuae^,  entre  lea 
quelles  on  comprend  aussi  les  Pr^latures. 

CXLV.  Pour  prevenir  autant  que  possible  les  disputes  et  lea 
procds  si  faciles  i  s'elever  dans  les  mati^res  de  fideicommis,  il  sera 
determine  dans  le  Code  du  Droit  Civil  (qui  sera  forme  et  public  le  plus 
soigneusement  possible),  les  regies  definitives  suivant  les  quelles  on 
devra  proceder  dans  Pinterpretation  et  delation  des  substitutions  de 
fideicoounis  qui  seront  d  I'avenir  ordonnees,  selon  la  prescription  ci« 
dessus  enoncee. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


.  ROME.  647 

CXLVI.  Les  hjpoth^aes  cooventionnellet,  g^oerales  ou  expri- 
,  el  explicites  ou  implicites,  et  conteooes  dans  Tobligation  Cctme- 
rale,  comme  ainsi  dite,  ou  en  celle  nominee  De  garaniie,  ou  dam 
d'autres  formes  et  clauses  semblables,  ne  seront  considirees  d'aucun 
eflet  et  valeur  au  sujet  des  inscriptions  hypoth^caires ;  pour  cet  objet 
et  pour  toutes  les  consequences  du  regime  bypoth^caire  elles  seront 
nulles,  et  inapplicables. 

TiTRE  V. — Organisation  des  Communes. 

CXLYII.  Les  iimites  de  chaque  Commune^  avec  les  lieux  qui  les 
coioposent^  seront  les  m^mes  que  ceux  qui  sont  design^  dans  le 
nouyeau  Tableau  de  la  repartition  territoriale  des  Etats  Eccl^iastiques, 
qui  sera  rectifie  suivant  le  present  des  Articles  IV  et  V  du  Titre  1. 

CXLVIII.  L'administration  des  Communes  serat^n  tout  uniforme, 
et  r^glee  de  la  m6me  fagon,  nonobstant  la  division  des  Delegations 
qu'on  a  faite  de  lere,  2dej  et  3^me  Classes,  et  celle  des  Gouvernemens 
de  ler  et  2d  Ordres.  Les  Gouvemeurs  n'auront  k  cet  egard  d'autres 
attributions  que  celles  mentionn^es  dans  ce  Titre. 

CXLIX.  Les  dispositions  contenues  dans  les  Articles  IV  et  V  du 
Titre  1^  sont  applicables  aux  reclamations  qui  pourront  avoir  lieu  de 
la  part  des  peoples,  pour  la  rectification  des  Iimites  et  pour  la  re- 
union^ ou  le  demembrement  des  lieux  qui  composent  une  Commune. 

Les  Chefs  actuels  des  Provinces  et  leurs  successeurs,  sont  autorises  i 
faire  parvenir,  doffice,  avec  toute  la  celerite  possible,  au  Cardinal 
Secretaire  d'Etat,  les  observations  que  (ouies  m^me  leurs  Congrega- 
tions), lis  croiront  itre  essentielles  k  I'egard  de  la  fixation  des  Iimites, 
afin  que  le  Cardinal  Secretaire  d'Etat  puisse  les  prendre  en  conside- 
ration, et  de  suite,  ordonner  les  modifications  necessaires,  s*!!  y  a 
urgence,  ou  bien  renvoyer  TaflTaire  d  la  Congregation  nommee  pour 
cet  efiet  dans  les  2  Articles  ci-dessus  relates. 

CL.  Dans  chaque  Commune  il  y  aura  nn  Conseil  pour  deiiberer 
sur  les  affaires  dun  interfit  commun,  et  une  Magistrature  pour  gerer 
Pad  ministration  Communale. 

CLI.  Le  Conseil  de  chaque  Commune  existantdans  le  chef-lieu  de 
diaque  Delegation,  sera  compose  de  48  Conseillers.  Celui  des  Com- 
munes ou  resident  les  Gouvemeurs  de  ler  Ordre,  sera  compose  de 
36;  celui  des  Communes  oi!^  resident  les  Gouvemeurs  de  9od 
Ordre  sera  compose  de  24.  Cependaut  dans  les  Communes  appar- 
teoant  i  cette  derniere  Classe,  qui  n*ont  qu  une  population  de  1,000 
Ame&  ou  au.dessous,  le  Conseil  sera  compose  de  18  Personnes. 

CLII.  Pour  cette  Ure  fois,  les  Personnes  qui  composent  les  Con- 
seils  susditji  seront  nommees  par  les  Delegues  respectifs,  lesquels  sont 
charges  de  mettre  la  plus  grande  activite  et  prudence,  afin  qu'en 
obtemperant  aux  dispositions  des  Articles  CLV,  CLVI,  et  CLVII 
suivans,  ils  prennent  toutes  les  informations  necessaires,  et  I'avis  des 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


648  ROME. 

Congregations  GouvernatiTes,  peur  qne  les  Penonnes  nomm^er  aiuc 
Conseils  des  Communes  soient  d'une  probite  reconnoe^  et  les  mieux 
instruiles  de  tout  ce  qui  regarde  Tad  ministration  Communale. 

CLIII.  Les  Delegu^s  transmettront  le  Tableau  de  ces  nominations 
primitiTes  au  Cardinal  Prefet  de  la  Consulte,  pour  avoir  Tapprobatioa 
definitive  des  m^mes. 

CLIV«  Apr^s  la  premiire  installation,  i  .fur  et  k  meaure  qu^il  j 
aura  des  places  vacantes,  la  nomination  des  nouveauz  Conaeiliers  sen 
faite  par  les  Conseils  respectifs,  d  la  pluralite  de  voix,  sous  Tappro- 
bation  du  DeMgue,  lequel  ne  pourra  la  refuser,  sauf  en  specifiant  les 
motifs  d'incapacite  de  cdui  qui  aura  6ie  nomme,  suivant  ce  qui  sera 
ordonn^  ci-apr^. 

CLV.  Les  Conseillers  devront  6tre  domicilii,  pendant  la  plus 
grande  partie  de  Pannee,  dans  le  Territoire  de  la  Commune,  y  compiis 
les  li^x  nouTellement  attaches  k  la  m6me ;  y  itre  nes  on  domicUies 
depuis  10  ans;  iges  de  24  ans  accomplis;  d'une  Ikmille  honn^te;  da 
bonnes  mceurs  et  d'une  conduite  louable. 

lis  devront  6tre  choisis  parmi  les  Possesseur^,  les  Gens  de  Lettres, 
les  Negocians,  et  parmi  ceux  qui  exercent  en  qualite  de  Che&  one 
profession  ou  un  art  qui  ne  soient  pas  avilissans. 

L'exercice  de  Pagriculture,  soit  dansses  terrains  propres,  soit  dans 
ceux  pris  i  ferme,  ne  sera  point  un  motif  d*incapacite  pour  6tre  nomme 
Conseiller.  Sont  seulement  exceptds  les  joornaliers  et  les  laliourenrs 
salaries. 

CLYL  Ne  pourront  ^tre  Membres  d'un  m^me  Conseil  le  pdre  et 
le  fils;  I'aieul  et  le  petit-fils  de  la  ligne  paternelle;  les  deux  fr^res; 
le  beau-p^re  et  le  gendre,  quoique  toutes  ces  Personnes  ne  vivent  pas 
ensemble.  Pour  en  obtenir  la  dispense  il  ne  fandra  avoir  recoars 
qu'au  Souverain,  par  le  moyen  du  Cardinal  Prefet  de  la  Consulte. 

CLYK.  Laplace  de  Conseiller  n'est  point  h^rdditaire,  et  elle  ne 
pent  apparteuir  d  aucune  classe  de  Citoyens  exclusivement.  Seront 
cependant  maintenus  en  la  possession  de  la  prerogative  d*i6tre  noounes 
aux  Conseils,  ceux  appartenant  aux  Classes  qui  ont  maintenant  ce 
privilege,  pourvu  que  leur  nombre  ne  soit  pas  porte  au-dela  de  la 
moiti^  du  Conseil,  voulant  que  Tautre  moitie  soit  composee  de  ceux 
qui  appartiennent  k  d'autres  Classes. 

CLVIIL  Les  D^putds  du  Cterge  prendront  place  aux  Conaeils 
comme  auparavant.  Tout  Ecclesiastique  pourra  6tre  nomme  Con- 
seiller ;  il  prendra  place  au  Conseil  au-dessus  des  Laics. 

CLIX.  La  Magistrature  sera  composee  d  un  Chef  qui  prendra  le 
titre  de  Gonfalonier,  et  de  6  Personnes  dans  les  Communes,  chefs-lieux 
de  la  D61^gation ;  de  4  Personnes  dans  les  Communes  o^  il  y  a  un 
Gouverneur  de  ler  Ordre;  et  de  2  Personnes  pour  lea  autres 
Communes :  ces  Personnes,  qui  avec  le  Gonfalonier  formeront  la 
Magistrature^  auront  le  titre  d'AnzianL 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME.  649 

Pour  les  lieax  attaches  i  une  Gommane,  il  y  aura  nn  Syndic  qui 
aera  aons  la  d^peudance  du  Gonfalonier  de  la  Commune  Principale ;  il 
Gorrespondra  avec  lui  pour  toutes  les  affaires  qui  concernent  son 
administration. 

CLX.  Les  Conseils  Communaux,  ansstt6t  qu'ils  seront  install^, 
transmettront  au  Delegu^  uu  ^tat,  fait  par  triple  expedition,  des  Per^ 
aonnes  designees,  pour  choisir  d'entr'euxle  Gonfalonier,  les  AnzianI,  et 
les  Syndics.  LeD^legu^  cboisira  les  Anziani  et  les  Syndics  et  enverra 
r^tat  au  Cardinal  Secretaire  d'Etat,  auquel  nppartient  la  nomination 
du  Gonfalonier. 

CLXl.  Le  Gonfalonier  et  les  Anziani  resteront  en  fonctions  pen- 
dant S  ans,  apr^  qooi  on  proc^dera  k  F^lection  du  nouTcau  Gon- 
falonier ;  les  Anziani  seront  renooTcles  par  moiti^  par  la  voie  du  sort 
La  moiti^  restante  continuera  k  singer  pendant  les  2  autres  aonees 
consecutiTCs ;  aprtequoi  les  Membres  composant  cette  moiti6  devront 
sortir,  et  il  restera  la  moiti^  qui  aura  exerce  les  fonctions  pendant  les 
2  ans  seulement,  et  ainsi  de  suite,  afin  qull  y  ait  toujours  dans  le  Con* 
sail  des  Penonnes  instruites  des  affaires  de  1  administration.  Toujours, 
k  la  fin  de  2  aiis,  on  proc^dera  pareillement  k  Selection  des  nou-' 
veanx  Syndics. 

.CLX II.  Le  Gonfalonier  et  les  Anziani  qui  seront  sortis  de  la  Ma- 
gistraturCy  comme  il  a  et^  dit  dans  TArticIe  pr^c^lent,  ne  pourront 
toe  reelas,  que  2  ans  apr^s  qu'ils  en  seront  sortis.  Les  Syndics  pourront 
6tre  r^lus  de  suite. 

CLXIII.  A  la  place  de  Gonfalonier  seront  toujours  nommees  les 
Personnes  les  plus  distinguees  par  leur  naissance,  et  par  leurs  posses* 
aions.  Les  Anziani  seront  choisis  parmi  les  Personnes  issues  d'une 
famille  honn^te  et  qui  vivent  de  leurs  revenus. 

CLXIV.  Le  Gonfalonier  recevra  ordinairement  les  ordres  superienrs 
par  le  moyen  du  Gouvemeur  Local,  et  il  remettra  au  m^me  ses  r^- 
ponses,  les  informations  et  les  ^claircissemens  adresses  ou  aux  Gou- 
Temeurs  de  District,  ou  au  D616gue,ou  aux  Administrations  Superieures 
de  Rome,  sauf  dans  les  cas  extraordinaires  od  les  Autorites  Superieures 
les  interpelleraient  direcfement. 

CLXV.  Les  Conseils  de  chaqne  Commune  nommeront  tons  les 
Commis  et  les  Employes  salaries  pour  le  service  de  la  Commune  et  de 
la  population.  Tons  les  2  ans,  et  le  jour  de  Salute- Lucie,  suivant 
I'ancien  usage,  on  proc^dera  i  la  nouvelle  nomination,  ou  d  la  con- 
firmation de  tons  ces  Employes,  par  la  Toie  du  scrutin  secret 

CLXV  I.  Les  nominations  ou  les  confirmations  faites,  i  la  ma- 
jorite  absolue  des  voix,  ne  pourront  ^tre  attaqu^es  on  discutees,  sauf  le 
casoa  I'Arr^t  Consulaire  manquerait  de  formes*  ou  aurait  quelque  vice 
intrinaiqne. 

Les  Employes  exclus  k  la  majorite  des  voix  devront  acquiescer  k 
TArr^t,  comme  etant  le  resultat  de  la  volonte  et  du  manque  de  con* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


650  ROME. 

fiance  de  la  part  da  la  repr^ntation  du  Corps  Commanal,  aaqnel 
apparticDt  la  liberty  du  choix  des  Personnes  employees  k  son  service. 
Aucuoe  reclamation,  aucan  recours  ne  seront  admis  contre  ces  Arr6tSt 
sanf  dans  les  cas  de  nullity  susmentionnes ;  et  dans  ces  cas,  T  Arrfit 
etant  rendu  nul,  on  proc^dera  d'asseoibler  de  nouveau  le  Conseil  et  de 
hallotter  comma  i  Pordinaire. 

CLXVII.  Le  Conseil  a  le  droit  d*^tablir  les  impositions  oeces- 
saires  pour  les  depenaes  Communales,  et  d'approuver  toute  depense 
extraordinaire  et  impr^vue,  en  inferaaatan  prealable  la  Congregation 
du  Bon  Gouvernement,  par  le  moyen  des  Delegues  respectiis. 

Sont  exceptes  les  cas  d'urgence  reconnue,  dans  lesqnels  le  Gon- 
falonier aura  la  faculle  dordoaner  la  depense  neoessaire  pour  le 
moment,  sauf  k  lui  d*eu  rendre  compte  au  Conseil  dans  la  premiere 
Assemblee  du  mftme. 

CLXVIII.  Tous  les  ans,  avant  le  15  AoCkt,  on  presentera  au  Con- 
seil le  Tableau  dit  de  Preoention,  pour  fixer  la  recette  et  la  depense  de 
I'annee  suivante. 

Ce  Tableau  sera  form^  par  le  Gonfalonier,  suivant  Tavis  des 
Anziani,  qui  auront  settlement  voix  consultative,  laquelle  sera  enre- 
gistr^e  et  lue  en  Conseil  public.  Le  Conseil  aura  le  droit  d*approuver 
on  de  modifier,  i  la  majority  absolue  des  voix,  le  Tableau  susdit 

CLXIX.  Ce  Tableau  ainsi  approuve  sera  transmis  au  D^l^gu^ 
avant  le  15  Septembre,  afin  qu'il  soit  examine  par  la  Cottgregatioo 
Gouvernative,  accompagne  d  un  rapport  des  discussions  qui  ont  eu  lien 
pendant  sa  preparation. 

CLXX.  Tous  ces  Tableaux  devront  ^tre  envoyes,  avec  toute  la 
celerity  possible,  avant  le  15  Octobre,  i  la  Congregation  du  Bon  Gou- 
vemement,  avec  les  observations  du  Delegue  et  de  sa  Congregation,  sll 
y  a  lieu  den  faire,  pour  obtenir  de  la  dite  Congregation  du  Bon  Gou- 
Temement,  I'approbation  definitive  ou  la  r^forme. 

CLXXL  Au  commencement  de  chaque  annee,  le  Tableau  de  pre- 
Tention,  arrete  par  la  Congregation  du  Bon  Gouvemement,  devra  ^tre 
public  dans  chaque  Commune,  pour  justifier  les  impositions  et  ler 
depenses  de  Tannee,  et  afin  qu'elles  soient  connues  de  tous  les  Contri« 
buables. 

CLXXII.  L*ad ministration  ordinaire  de  la  Commune  sera  exerc^ 
par  le  Gonfaloniei:,  aupr^  duquel  ri^idera  la  premi^  Representation 
Commnaale.  Les  Anziani  seront ses  Conseillers,  et  lui  pr^teropt  toute 
leur  assistsnce  dans  la  marche  des  afiaim  de  Tadministration. 

CLXXIII.  Except^  lea  firais  urgens  et  momentanes,  mentionn^sk 
rArtide  CLXVII,  le  Gonfalonier  ne  pourra  ordonner  d'autres  de* 
penseaque  oellCMi  approuvies  par  le  Conseil, et  sp^ifides  dans  le  Tableaa 
de  Prevention,  sanciionne  par  le  Bon  Gouvemement.  II  ne  poarra 
expedier  de  mandats,  sauf  pour  les  objets  contenus  daas  le  Tableau 
flusdit ;  et  les  Percepteurs  n'en  pounroat  payer  aucuo  qui  ne  soit  signe 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME.  651 

par  le  Gonfalonier  et  2  Anziani,  et  oO  ne  soit  specific  I'objet  pour 
leqael  le  paiement  a  eii  ordonn^>  et  rappele  TArticle  da  Tableau 
relatif,  le  tout  i  peine  de  responsabilite  en  propre.  Le  Secretaire 
de  la  Commune  ou  le  Computiste,  8*il  y  en  a,  tiendraun  registre  de  ces 
mandats. 

CLXXIV.  Dans  le  mois  de  Furrier,  on  devra  presenter  au  Conseil 
]es  comptes  de  TAd ministration,  geres  par  le  Gonfalonier,  pendant 
]*annde  passee,  et  cenx  du  Percepteur  de  la  Commune ;  le  Conseil, 
apr^  les  ayoir  examines,  les  transmettra  au  Delegu^. 

Si  le  Percepteur  a  paye  quelque  depense,  qui  ue  soit  point  men- 
tionnee  au  Tableau,  ou  bien  une  som^ie  plus  forte  que  celle  qui  aura 
et^  fix^e  dans  le  mftme,  ces  paiemensseront  k  sa  charge,  sauf  i  se  faire 
rembourser  par  le  Gonfalonier,  s'il  en  a  exp^die  le  mandat 

Pour  la  reviNon  des  comptes  du  Gonfalonier  et  du  Percepteur,  !e 
Conseil,  avec  I'interventiondesD^put^s  Ecclestastiques,  lesquelsy  sont 
interesses,  attendu  quails  sont  aussi  assujetis  i  rimpdt,  nommera  2  de 
sea  Membres,  charges  de  reviser  les  comptes  susdits,  et  de  donner  au 
Conseil,  dans  Vespace  de  15  jours,  leur  avis  sur  toutes  les  parties  qui 
les  composent 

Le  D^legue  remettra  les  comptes  rend  us  par  le  Gonfalonier  et  le 
Percepteur  d  la  Congregation  du  Bon  Gouvemement,  par  laquelle  ils 
devront  ^tre  definitivement  approuves. 

CLXXV.  Outre  les  Assemble  Ordinaires  qui  doivent  avoir  lieu  tous 
les  2  ans  par  le  moyen  du  Gonfalonier,  pour  Selection  des  Employ^ 
on  leur  confirmation,  celles  pour  la  formation  du  Tableau  de  Prevention, 
qui  doivent  avoir  lieu  tous  les  ans,  avant  le  15  A6ut,  et  celles  pour  la 
reildition  des  comptes  qui  doivent  avoir  lieu  dans  le  mois  de  F^vrier 
de  chaque  annee,  le  Conseil  devra  s'assembleren  Session  Extraordinaire, 
toutes  les  fois  qu'il  en  recevra  I'Ordre  du  Delegue  ou  des  Administrations 
Superieures  de  Rome. 

CLXXYI.  Les  Conseils  des  Communes  ne  poontMit  delib^rer, 
8*il  n'y  a  au  moins  2* tiers  des  Conseillers  actifs,  le  Gonfalonier,  les  2 
Anziani,  et  le  Gonvemeur,  lequel  pr^sidera  le  Conseil  pour  le  maintien 
du  bon  ordre  et  de  la  discipline. 

Le  Gonfalonier  pourra,  en  cas  de  maladie  ou  d*emp^ohement  legi- 
time, deleguer  un  des  Anziani.  Le  Gouvemeur  pourra,  dans  les  cas 
sosdits,  choisir  une  Personne  de  probite  ponr  le  representen 

CLXXVIL  AucuB  ActeConsulairene  pourra  avoir  son  execution  st 
sa  validity  et  sa  regularity  n'ont  pas  ete  reconnues  par  le  D^l^gue ;  et 
s'il  n'a  et^  approuT^  par  le  Delegue  susdit,  ou  par  la  Congregation  du 
Bon  Gou  vemement,  ou  des  autres  AdministrationsSuperieures  de  Rome, 
suivant  les  attributions  et  les  cas  respectifs  ;  voulant  laisser  toujours  eo 
vigueur  les  dispositions  contenues  dans  les  Articles  CLXV,  CLXVI 
et  CLXVIL 

CLXXYIIL  Dans  rAdministration  des  Communes,  on  sulvra  les 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


652  ftoME. 

regies  etablies  par  les  Constitutions  Apostoliques,  et  les  reglemens 
adoptes  par  la  Congregation  du  Bon  Gouvernement,  pour  les  fermet 
des  impositions  et  des  autres  revenus  et  efiets  Commiiuaoz,  et 
pour  tous  les  Actesqui  seront  faits  par  les  Communes;  avec  les  modifi- 
cations suivantes. 

CLXXIX.  A  I'imitRtion  de  ce  qui  a  ete  present  dans  PEdit,  fait 
de  notre  propre  volont^,  le  14  Juillet,  190S,  pour  les  ventes  des  bieos 
Communaux,  les  encb^res  auxquelles  seront  vendus  les  biens  se  feront 
par  Textiuction  de  la  chandelle,  et  elles  auront  lieu  30  jours  apr^  la 
publication  des  affiches  de  la  vente. 

Ne  sent  point  exclues  les  offres  closes  et  scellees,  lesquelles  devront 
^tre  ouvertes  en  Conseil  public,  et  serviront  de  base  pour  etablir  le 
ler  prix  de  Tench^re.  Apr^s  Tadjudication  il  y  aura  un  delai  de  10 
jours,  pendant  lequel  aura  lieu  loffre  du  20dme ;  et  apr^  ce  d^lai  il y 
en  aura  un  autre  semblable,  pendant  lequel  aura  lieu  loffre  du  6^me. 
Ces  delais  expires  on  reviendra  i  la  stipulation  de  Facte  au  profit  da 
plus  offrant,  aprds  quo!  aucune  offre  ne  sera  accept^,  et  le  deniier 
Ench^isseur  aura  la  paisible  jouissance  dePeffet  mis  k  I'ench^re. 

CLXXX.  Les  taxes  qu'on  pourra  lever  pour  subvenir  aux  be- 
soins  des  Communes,  seront,  par  la  connexit^  de  la  mati^re,  sp^ci- 
fi^es  dans  I'Article  CCXIII  du  Titre  VI,  qui  traite  de  lorganisation 
des  impdts. 

CLXXXI.  Les  Gouverneurs  devront  interveuir  aux  Conseils  et  y 
voter.  Cependant  ceux  des  lieux  de  Juridiction  Baronnale  n  auront  pu 
voix  toutes  les  fois  que  les  Barons  auront  un  inter^t  dans  Paffaire  mise 
en  discussion. 

CLXXXIL  Les  Gouverneurs,  quoiqoe  investis  des  attributions 
ci-des8U8  specifi^es,  ne  pourront  s'immiscer  dans  la  discusssion  des 
alfiiires  de  PAdministration  Communale;  leur  presidence  est  born^e  au 
maintien  de  Pordre  et  de  la  tranquillite  de  PAssembMe,  i  ^tre  les 
intermidiaires  pour  la  correspondance  de  la  Magistratore  et  les  Auto- 
rit6s  Snperieures;  enfin,  4  veiller  a  ce  que  les  Ordres  Superienrs  aient 
leur  execution. 

CLXXXI  IL  Dans  tous  les  Pays  et  Communes  de  PEtat  ou  il  y 
a  des  Barons, 'sont  et  demeurent  supprim^s  et  abolis,  tous  les  droits 
tendant  i  obliger  les  Vassaux  k  fournir  quelque  service  personnel ;  toas 
les  droits  de  succession  h^reditaire  r^rvee  au  profit  des  dits  Barons, 
quelle  que  soit  sa  denomination  ;  tout  droit  d  exemption  de  payer  les 
impotis  Communaux  diks  par  les  dits  Barons,  leurs  A  gens,  Fermien^ 
Colons  et  autres  ayant  cause  d'eux ;  tout  droit  d'exiger  Pimpdt  auquel 
les  Barons  peuvent  pretendre;  tout  droit  de  privative  des  founi» 
des  abattoirs,  ou  autres  revenus  semblables,  sauf  le  cas  ou  les  Com- 
munes voudraient  faire  usage  de  la  faculty  qui  leur  a  ete  accord^e,  de 
renouveler  pour  un  an  cette  privative,  auquel  cas  les  Barons  pourront 
la  reprendre  pour  le  m^me  espace  de  temps  j  enfin,  toutes  les  r^galies 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME.  653 

simples  partout  oi^  elles  exisieront,  et  quel  qu  en  suit  le  litre  et  Futage, 
Bont  abolies,  sans  que  lea  Barons  puissent  pr^tendre  la  moindre  indeoi- 
nite  d  cet  ^gard. 

CLXXXIV  Sont  pareillement  siipprimes  et  abolis  tous  droits  de 
cbasse  et  de  p^clie  dans  les  foiids  d'autrui,  et  in^me  dans  ceux  dont 
on  a  la  propriety,  mais  qui  nont  point  de  cloture;  comme  aussi  tous 
les  privileges  et  les  privatives  des  carridres  et  mines  dans  les  terres 
d*autrui,  lorsqu  on  ne  peut  montrer  une  concession  speciale  et  sp^ci- 
^ie  du  Souverain. 

On  n  aura  aucun  egnrd  aux  expressions  generales  apposees  dans 
les  investitures  ou  autrcs  titres  de  cette  nature,  ni  aux  usages  d*uu 
temps  quelconque. 

CLXXX  V.  Les  droits  de  p&turage  et  de  coupe  de  bois,  et  d*exiger 
des  reponses  sur  les  terrains  qui  sont  dans  le  territoire»  comme  aussi 
la  privative  d'nvoir  des  moulins  d  bl^,  ou  autres  Edifices  semblables, 
et  en  general  tous  les  droits  Royaux,dont  la  jouissance  peut  6tre  com- 
mune k  d'autres  Personnes,  independamment  de  la  qualite  de  Baron, 
serontconsid^r^spropriet^s  allodiales,  et  conserves  aux  Barons  suivant 
les  dispositions  du  droit  commun. 

CLXXX VI.  Dans  tous  les  cas  non  prevus  par  la  presente  Loi, 
sont  conserves,  k  I'egard  de  1' Administration  Communale,  les  Lois  et 
Reglemens  de  la  Consulte,  et  de  la  Congregation  du  Bon  Gouverne- 
ment,  actuellemeut  en  vigueur,  lesquels  seront  communs  i  tous  les 
Pays  de  I'Etat,  d  quelques  exceptions  pr^s  qu'on  y  a  faites. 

CLXXXVn.  A  I'egard  de  la  Ville  de  Rome,  les  droits  du  S^nat, 
des  Conservateurs  et  du  Peuple  Romaiu,  sont  maintenus  dans  leur 
^clat  et  leur  integrite.  A  I'egard  de  la  Ville  de  Bologne,  on  pour-, 
voira  par  un  bref  particulier  k  ses  remontrances. 

CLXXXVIII.  Une  Personne  instruite  sera  envoyee  dans  les  Pro- 
vinces des  Marches  et  dans  les  3  Legations,  afin  d'y  etablir,  avec  ses 
Snbordonn^s,  les  Comptes,  les  Registres,  la  forme  des  Tableaux,  et  tout 
ce  qui  sera  n^cessaire  pour  fixer  une  uniformite  dans  la  tenure  des 
livres  et  des  autres  pieces  relatives  d  I'Administration. 

TlTRE  VL — Organisation  det  Impdts  et  des  autres  obfets  relatifs  d 
la  Finance, 

CLXXXIX.  Quoiqueles  charges  les  plus  graves,  auxquelles  en 
consequence  des  vicissitudes  passees,  laTresorerie  Pontificate  setrouve 
CDgagee  et  les  depenses  extraordina'u'es  auxquelles  elle  a  dCk  et  doit 
suppleer,  pour  le  ler  Etablissement  du  Gouvernement  retabli,  pour  les 
mesuressanitaires,  pour  les  secours  extraordinaires  donnas  aux  diverses 
populations  pendant  uneannee  d'unesi  grande  disette,  et  pour  d'autres 
objets  de  necessite  pressante,  ne  permettent  pas  au  Gouvernement  de 
proceder  sans  crainte  aux  uUerieurs  allegemens  des  imp6ts  publics, 
aprte  ceux  dejd  faits  par  les  Edits  precedens,  et  particuli^rement  par 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


654  ROME. 

cdni  dii  5  Juiliet,  1815;  nonobstant  tout  cela,  dam  le  denr  de 
soidager  davaQtage  leg  Sojets  du  Pontife  daos  le  paieaieiit  des  droila, 
oo  accorde  en  ler  lieu  une  diminution  ulterieure  aux  Propri^taires  des 
Terrains  des  Provinces  de  PEtat,  (celle  de  I'Agro  Romano  y  compiiie,) 
dans  le  paiement  de  la  Datvoa  ReaU  (Taxe  fonci^re)  sur  lea  foods 
rurauXf  en  dechargeant  les  m6mes  collectivement  de  400,000  ecus 
Romains ;— lequel  soulagement,  ayaot  en  vue  les  disproportions  des 
cadastres  d^ji  reconnnes,  qui  existent  entre  les  Provinces,  sera  reparti 
dans  la  mani^  suivante : 

La  Provincede  Bologne « 62,500 

Ferrare   46,900 

La  Romagne    49,800 

La  Marcke    125,200 

Camerino    , 5,200 

Urbino    36300 

Umbria  23^00 

Patrimonio •••• • 17,800 

Sabine 2,400 

Maritime  et  Campagne •«.... 3,i500 

Lazio  ..•••..••«-  3»400 

Agro  Romano,....^.,,*.— • • •  •  32,700 

Ecus  de  Rome 400,000 

CXC.  Les  contributions  r&duites  de  la  Dativa  Reale  seront  payees 
par  portions  de  bimestre  i,  bimestre,  en  commen^ant  dn  mois  procbain 
de  Septembre,  dont  le  paiement  echoit  au  mois  de   Novembre. 

CXCL  Pour  coordonner  tout  syst^me  administratif,  et  uotamment 
celui  des  contributions,  avec  la  plus  grande  uniformite  possible,  de 
maniere  qu*ancuu  de  nos  Sujets  ne  paie  plus  qu'un  autre;  et  vonlant 
encore  que  toute  erreur  d'arpentage  et  d  evaluation  soit  corrig^e ;  pour 
^viter  tout  motif  de  juste  reclamation,  nous  ordonnons  qu  avec  la  plus 
grande  celerite  soient  formes  de  nonveaux  Cadastres  d  arpentage  et 
d'^valuation  sur  un  module  commun,  de  maniere  que  le  recensement 
des  fonds  ruraux  soit  partout  uniforme,  eu  egard  k  la  nature  du  terrain, 
i,  sa  position  et  i  ses  produits,  comme  aussi  aux  diflSrentes  espies  de 
culture,  aux  6venemens  desastreux,  et  ^  toutes  les  autres  chances 
auxquelles  pourrout  ^tre  sujets  les  terrains  susdits,  et  qui  doivent  itre 
consid^es  dans  la  determination  d*un  recensement,  afin  que  le  re- 
censement puisse  representer  partout  la  valeur  r^elle  et  intnns^que 
des  terres. 

A  cet  effet.on  nomme  d^s  a  present  une  Congregation  Particoli^re, 
qui  portera  le  noih  de  Congregation  des  Cadastres,  d  laquelle  on 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROM£»  655 

oonfiera  les  r^lement,  la  condaite,  et  rcxAcotion  de  cette  impoitante 
operation ;  et  eomme  elle  oe  peat  se  faure  daos  ud  n  court  espace  de 
temps,  les  Possesseors  sont  assures,  que  dans  ie  plus  court  d^lai 
possible^  ie  travail  de  r^valuatiou  generate  des  terres  sera  termini. 

Cette  Congregation  est  en  outre  charg^  de  reviser  et  de  corriger 
oi^  il  7  en  a,  on  de  former  oi^  il  n'y  en  a  pas,  les  recentemens  des 
maisonSy  en  obeerrant  les  reglemens  presents  par  notre  Edit  de  propre 
volonte,  du  19  Mars,  1801,  et  par  les  antres  successifs. 

CXCII.  La  taxe  sur  les  proprietis  urbaines,  qui  forme  Tantre 
partie  de  I'impositioo  fonci^re,  connne  sous  Ie  nom  de  Daiwa  Reale» 
sera  per9ne  eo  raison  de  3  paoli  pour  100  ^cus  d  evaluation :  Tevalua* 
tioa  sera  form^  d'aprte  les  locations  actuelles,  on  i  soivre,  sur  la  base 
d^oB  capital  produisaot  Ie  revenu  de  8  pour  cent 

Sont  exceptees  de  la  taxe,  les  maisons  dont  Ie  prodoit  annuel  est 
au-dessous  de  39  tens,  les  ateliers,  les  bdpitaux,  les  couvens,  et  les 
matsoos  destinees  i  des  (euvres  pieuses. 

CXCIII.  Ayaot  en  outre  considere  que  dans  les  Pays  qui  cou- 
tiennent  une  petite  Population,  Texaction  de  cette  taxe  pourrait  ^tre 
difficile,  et  mdme  onereuse ;  par  cons^uent  sont  exempt^s  du  paiement 
de  la  m^me  les  Pays  dont  la  Popnlatiou  estsenlement  de  1000  Ames  ou 
av-dcssoiiB. 

CXCIV,  La  taxe  personnelle  qu'on  payait  daus  les  Legations 
aneiennes,  dans  les  Marches,  daos  Ie  DucM  de  Camerino,  et  dans  la 
partie  de  I'fitat  Urbino  qui  a  ^te  nouvellement  regagn^e,  est  sup- 
prim^. 

CXCV.  Les  taxes  connues  dans  les  Provinces  susdites,  sous  Ie  nom 
de  taxes  sur  les  arts,  sur  Ie  c<unmerce  et  sur  les  professions  liberales, 
sont  supprim^es. 

CXCVI.  La  taxe  sur  les  ecbanges  k  Rome  et  dans  tons  les  Etatt 
Romains,  est  pareillement  supprimee. 

CXCVI  I.  Est  maintenue  Texemption  du  paiement  des  contribu- 
tions indirectes  que  la  Ville  de  Rome  payait,  accordee  par  la  Notifica- 
tioa  de  la  Secretairerie  d*£tat,  du  31  Mai,  1814,  pour  les  objets  d'in- 
trodaction  y  sp^iies. 

L'imposition  sur  Ie  bois  i  brAler  est  r^duite  i  la  moiti^,  eomme 
aosu  cdie  qn  on  per^oit  sur  Ie  charbon. 

Enfin  la  taxe  de  3  quattrini,  qu  on  payait  pour  chaque  canna,  sur 
les  terrains  riverains  du  Tibre,  est  supprimee. 

CXCVIIL  La  taxe  des  Lettres,  que  PAdministratioa  des  Postes 
pergoit,  sera  diniiouie  suivant  Ie  Tarif  qui  sera  publi&> 

CXCIX.  L'impdt  connu  sous  Ie  nom  d'imposition  sur  la  consom-  . 
nation,  dans  les  Provinces  de  la  Marche  et  du  Duch^  de  Camerino^ 
et  dans  la  partie  de  PEtat  Urbino  qui  vient  de  nous  dtre  rendue,  est 
supprime« 

La  taxe  connue  sous  Ie  nom  d'impdt  sur  la  farine,  et  qui  est  acto-. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


656  ROMfi. 

ellement  en  vigneiir  dans  toua  les  Pays  de  TEtat  qni  nous  ont  ^te  refti. 
tu^  depuis  long-tempsy  et  auivant  laquelle  on  payait  76  bajocdu  el  4 
quattrini  par  rubbio,  est  substituee,  dans  lea  Protrincea  aosditea,  k 
l'irop6t  sur  la  coosommation,  qa'on  vieDt  de  sapprimer. 

CC.  Lea  Provinces  de  Bologne,  de  Ferrare  et  de  la  Romagae, 
n'^lant  pas  obligees  de  payer  la  dite  taxe  sur  la  farine,  continueront  i 
payer  Timpot  sur  la  consommatioo  des  comestibles,  en  la  quantite  et 
en  la  maoi^re  qu'elles  paieut  actuellement. 

CCI.  L'impdt  dtt  timbre  sur  le  papier  est  etabli  dans  tons  les 
Etats  Remains,  par  un  reglement  uuiforme.  II  y  aura  une  diminotion 
de  ce  qu'oii  payait  sous  les  Gouvernemeos  qui  viennent  de  cesser. 

Ce  reglement,  qui  sera  publie  par  notre  ordre,  par  Monseigneur 
le  Tr^sorier  General, d^terminera  le  filigrane  et  les  timbres  du  papier; 
les  difil&rentes  dimensions  du  ro^me  et  les  prix  correspondans ;  la 
mani^re  dont  seront  timbres  les  Merits  sous  seing  prive,  faita  avant  la 
publication  de  la'presente  Loi,  dans  les  lieux  o^  cet  imp6t  n'existait 
point;  la  manifere  de  timbrer  k  Textraordinaire  les  ecrits  qui  seront 
faits  i  Tavenir  sur  papier  libre;  et  generalement  tout  ce  qui  regarde 
I'organisation,  i'administration  et  la  direction  de  Pimpot,  dans  let 
formes  les  plus  simples  et  les  plus  regulidres. 

ecu.  I«'imp6t  connu  sous  le  nom  de  droit  d'enregistrement  est 
mis  en  activite  dans  tous  Irs  Pays  de  TEtat  Le  droit  fixe  sera  per^o 
partout  au  m^mc  taux  qu'on  payait  sous  le  Gonvemement  qni  a  cease. 
Le  droit  proportionnei  sera  diminue,  et  plusieurs  Actes  seront  ex- 
empts du  paiement,  conformement  d  ce  qui  est  ordonne  dans  I'Ar- 
tide  suivant. 

CCIIf.  Pour  que  cet  inpdt  apporte  un  veritable  a^antage  aa 
Public,  il  est  ordonn^  que  les  Actes  qui  renferment  des  ConventioDS, 
ou  autres  afikires  perpetuelles,  ou  d'une  longue  duree  de  temps,  seront 
enregistr^s^  non  par  une  simple  designation  des  mftmes,  mais  en  d^- 
posant  aux  archives  de  I'enregistrement  un  double  de  ces  Actes,  ou  des 
dcrits  sous  seing  prive,  qui  sont  sujets  ^  Tenregistrement ;  afin  quele 
syst^me  de  I'enregistrement  puisse  reunir  tous  les  avantagea  que  pro- 
duisaitcelni  de  farchmaium,itM\  par  SaSaintete  Urbain  VIII,  dans 
les  Etata  Ecclesiastiques.  Les  eflTets  de  la  reunion  de  ces  2  syst^mes 
sous  la  m^me  Direction  seront,  de  fonrnir  les  moyens  de  garantir  la 
bonne  foi  et  la  legitimit^  des  contrats,  d'en  assurer  la  conservation,  et 
d  emp^cber  qu*ils  soient  egares,  soustraits  ou  receles. 

CCIV.  Pour  que  le  systdme  de  Tenregistrement  ainsi  combing 
avec  celui  de  Carchimation  ait  son  plein  effet,  on  declare  qu'ancon 
Acte,  ou  Venture  sous  seing  priv^,  ne  pourra  ^tre  presente  devant  les 
Tribunaux,  ou  m^me  extrajudiciairement,  sans  avoir  et^  an  prealable 
enregistre  et  muni  de  la  verification  de  cette  formality  et  du  paiement 
du  droit  qui  doit  ^Ire  mis  en  bas  des  Actes  et  des  Ecrits,  suivant  let 
formes,  ci-apr^s  determinees. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME.  657 

Sauf  les  cat  mentionnes  dans  les  reglemeos^  aucun  ecrit  public  ou 
priv^  ne  pourra  avoir  de  date  ceitaine,  que  du  jour  de  reuregistreineiit 
ou  de  rarchiviation. 

On  ne  pourra  faire  aucune  traoscription^  ni  aucune  inscriptiou  aux 
Biireaox  de  riatavolation,  sauf  avec  des  Actes,  ou  Merits  sous  seing 
prive,  qui  soieot  enregistr^s. 

CCV.  Le  r^glement  susdit,  qui  sera  public  par  MoDseigneur  le 
Treaorier  G^ueraJ,  declare  les  Actes  sujets  i  renregistrement  et  k 
rarcbiviation ;  indique  les  cas  oii  est  o^cessaire  la  formality  de 
Peoregistrement,  pour  que  les  Actes  acqui^rent  une  date  certaiue ; 
eiablit  la  tase  des  droits  a  payer  suivant  leur  uature,  leur  qualite  et 
leur  Talenr;  present  les  endroits  ou  seront  etablis  les  Bureaux  et  les 
Archives,  comrae  aussi  les  Employes  prepos^s  i  la  garde  des  Actes  et 
^  la  perception  des  droits;  et  eufin  les  foi-malit^s  d  remplir  pour  que 
lea  Actes  soient  conserve,  et  quon  puisse  les  trouver  et  en  commuuiquer 
le  coDtenu ;  eliminant  toutes  les  mesures  vexutoires  et  de  rigueur,  qui, 
sans  porter  des  avantages  au  public,  lui  rendraientouereux  le  syst^me 
de  renregistremeut. 

CCVI.  Les  Actes  Judiciaires  devront  aussi  Sire  enregistres,  et 
paieront  les  droits  fixes  par  le  r^glement  susdit;  wais  ce  ne  sera  que 
pour  lea  Actes  introductifs  de  Tinstance  ou  des  exceptions,  et  pour  les 
D^rets  et  les  Jugemens  d^finitifs.  les  Ajouriiemens  particuliers  et  les 
Commissions  en  signature,  et  ce,  soit  qu'iis  soient  agit^s  devant  le 
Tribunal  Civil,  soit  devant  les  Juges  Ecclesiastiques. 

CCVII.  L'Administration  deTArchiviation  percevra  aussi  les  droits 
de  succession  Etablis  par  notre  Ddcret,  de  propre  volonte,  du  19  Mars, 
1801.     Ce  droit  sera  pergu  suivaut  les  regies  specifiees  par  cette  Loi. 

Les  effeta  d'habillement,  les  meubles,  les  epargnes,  le  mobilier,  les 
comestibles  destines  i  I'usage  de  la  personne  et  de  la  famille,  soot 
exempts  du  paiement  du  droit  de  succession. 

CCVIII.  Le  syst^me  hypothecaire  connu  et  mis  en  aclivile 
dans  les  Etats  Romains,  sous  le  nom  d Iniavoialion,  qui  a  et^  pro- 
viaoirement  conserve  aprSs  la  cessation  du  Gouvernement  pass^,  est 
mainteou  dans  toute  1  etendue  des  Etats  Ecclesiastiques. 

CCIX.  11  y  aura  des  r^glemens  qui  d^termineront  toute  I  etendue 
des  privileges  et  des  hypothdques,  la  maniere  de  les  contracter,  de  les 
coBserver  et  d'en  exercer  les  droits.  Seront  aussi  determines  les 
Bureaux  pour  la  conservation  des  hypoth^ques ;  seront  fix^s  les  droits 
k  pei-cevoir,  les  appointemens  des  Conservateurs^  et  enfin  tout  ce  qui 
anra  rapport  a  I'administration. 

CCX.  Les  droits  de  douane  qu'on  paie  i  la  sortie  de  I'Etat  ou  d 
Tentree  pour  Texportation  ou  IMmportatbn  des  marchandises^  seront 
pour  le  moment  les  m^mes  dans  tons  les  Etats  Romains,  suivant  le 
Tarif  publie  par  Monseigneur  le  Tresorier  G^ndral,  et  suivant  les 
aatres  qu'on  pourra  publier  a  Tavenir. 
[1816— 16.J  2  U 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


658  ROME. 

Le  Ti'^sorier  susdit  formera  aussi  des  regletnens  d'apr^  les  bases 
etablies  lors  de  1  etablissement  des  douanes,  pour  donner  aux  m^mes 
toute  la  r^gulaiite  possible  sur  toute  la  Ligne  Froutidre^  et  ordonnera 
toutes  les  roesures  de  precaution  qu*il  jugera  necessaires. 

OCX  I.  Le  prix  du  Sel  dans  tous  les  Etats  Romains,  est  fixe,  i 
compter  du  ler  Septembre  prochain,  k  12  quattrini  dans  les  Magasins 
qui  sont  aux  Fronti^res,  et  k  13  quattrini  dans  les  Magasins  de 
rinterieur. 

CCXII.  A  i'egard  de  i'adininistration  de  la  regie  dea  Tabacs,  eile 
fixera  aux  m^mes  un  prix  uniforme  pour  tous  les  Etats  Ecclesi- 
astiques. 

CCXllT.  Comme  tous  Icssoins  du  Gouvernement  sont  dirig^vers 
le  maintien  d*une  juste  balance  entre  la  recette  et  la  depense,  par 
consequent,  Monseigneur  leTr^sorier  sera  oblige  de  presenter,  tousles 
ans,  au  lerNovembre,  au  plus  tard,  en  commen^ant  par  cette  ann^, 
un  Tableau  de  Prevention  (le  Budjet),  lequel  foumira  toujoura  les 
donn^es  necessaires  pour  asseoir  Timpot,  le  conserver  tel  qu'il  est  4 
present,  ou  Taugmenter  en  cas  de  deficit,  occasionn^  par  la  repartition 
de  la  dette  du  71/on/efe  Pie/e  qu'on  etabl it  ^  Milan,  ou  par  d'autres 
dettes  qui  viendraient  k  kite  mises  k  la  charge  du  Gouvernement,  oq 
bleu  de  diminuer  les  impositions  ou  les  supprimer,  si  toutefois  ces 
charges  venaient  d  cesser,  ou  que  I'^tat  prosp^re  de  la  Finance  p6t  le 
permettre. 

OCX  IV.  Seront  nomm^s  2  Commissaires  speciaux  de  la  Chambre 
Apostolique,  dont  I  sera  place  d  Ferrare  et  I'autre  A  Anc6ne.  Us 
seront  tous  les  deux  dependans  de  Monseigneur  Ic  Tr^sorier-GeDeral, 
et  ils  aurnnt  Tinspection  de  tout  ce  qui  a  rapport  A  la  Finance  ;  le  ler 
dans  les  3  Delegations  de  Ferrare,  Bologne  et  Ravenne ;  le  2nd,  dans 
les  Delegations  de  Forli,  Urbino  et  Pesaro,  Anc6ne,  Macerata,  Fermo, 
Ascoli  etCamerino. 

CCXV.  Les  contributions  imposees  pour  les  besoinsdes  CommuDes 
seront  s^parees,  autant  que  possible,  de  celles  qui  appartiennent  ao 
Tresor  de  la  Chambre.  A  cet  efifet,  dans  les  Provinces  od  les  impo- 
sitions sur  la  consommation  ne  sont  point  peryues  au  profit  du  Tresor, 
on  pourvoira  aux  besoins  des  Communes: 

I.  Avec  les  Fruits  et  Revenus  des  fonds  ruraux  et  des  Maisons 
qui  sont  conserves  aux  m^mes,  savoir,  les  ateliers,  le  prix  des  baux  des 
Places  et  Marches,  des  endroits  contigus  aux  remparts,  des  droits  de 
chasse  et  de  p^che,  des  bacs,  des  concessions  d*eaux,  des  carri^res, 
des  locations  de  la  feuille  de  m6riers,  des  droits  sur  les  poids  et  me- 
sures,  des  dommages,  des  offices  de  gardien,  des  depots  de  gages, 
des  grefles,  et  d'autres  qui  seront  conciliables  avec  la  Legislation  en 
vigueur; 

2.  Avec  les  droits  sur  la  consommation,  excepte  celul  de  la 
farine ; 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


HOME.  659 

3.  Avec  un  droit  sur  les  feux :  autant  il  est  difficile  d*asseoir  ce 
droit  dans  toute  I'^tendue  de  PEtat,  autant  il  est  facile  de  le  combiner 
avec  les  besoins  d'une  Commune  dont  la  population  est  petite ; 

Enfin,  avec  les  droits  sur  les  bestiaux,  pourvu  que  la  perception 
ii'en  soit  pas  difficile. 

Dans  les  3  Provinces  de  Bologne,  Ferrare  et  Romagne,  qui  no 
paieut  point  le  droit  de  consommation  sur  la  farine,  mais  oi^  sout  con- 
serves les  autres  droits  sur  la  consommation,  les  Communes  pourront 
ajouter  i  ces  impositions  une  surcharge  pour  subvenir  i  leurs  besoins; 
et  lorsqu'elles  ne  pourront  y  faire  face  par  les  moyens  specifies  dans 
J*ArUcle  precedent,  les  Communes  pourront  imposer  une  somme  ad- 
ditioonelle,  au  plus  petit  taux  possible,  sur  la  contribution  fonci^re,  qui 
aura  son  effet,  toutes  les  fois  qu'elle  aura  ^te  reconnue  necessaire  et 
indispensable,  et  comme  telle  aura^te  approuv^e  par  la  Congregation 
du  Bon  Gouvernement. 

CCXVI.  Est  maintenu  et  proroge  d  toutes  les  Provinces  de  I'Etat, 
le  syst^me  des  Administrateurs  de  la  Chambre,  pour  la  perception  de 
la  contribution  fonci^re,  et  de  toutes  les  autres  dont  on  jugera  A  propos 
de  leur  confier  Tad  ministration. 

CCXVI  I.  Les  Communes  sont  exemptees  de  toute  responsabilite 
pour  le  paieroent  de  la  contribution,  dite  Dativa  Reale  (Taxe  sur  les 
Revenus  des  Rentes  Perp^tuelles) ;  et  TAdministrateur  de  la  Chambre 
pourra  deputer  les  Percepteure  de  cette  Taxe,  et  leur  accorder  les 
benefices  d  amende,  et  toutes  autres  conditions  qui  seront  con  venues 
entre  loi  et  les  Perceptears,  en  conformite  des  dispositions  contenues 
dans  le  Motu  PropHo  du  2  Aoi^t,  1814. 

Chaque  Administrateur  aura  la  faculty  d  assigner  k  chaque  Percep. 
tear  le  nombre  de  Communes  qu*il  jugera  &  propos;  mais  il  sera  oblig^ 
de  presenter  an  Delegu^,  pour  en  obtenir  I'approbation,  1  etat  des 
Percepteurs  nommes  par  lui. 

CCXVIII.  On  publiera  par  la  suite  les  regtemens  necessaires 
pour  le  maintien,  la  reparation  et  la  garde  des  chemins  publics. 

On  connaitra  alors  les  dispositions  qui  auront  ^te  faites  pour  les 
frais  des  grandes  routes  qui  doivent  ^tre  k  la  charge  du  Tresor, 
comme  aussi  tons  les  r^glemens  concernant  la  juridiction'et  I'adminis- 
tration,  soit  de  ces  routes,  soit  des  chemins  qui  donnent  la  communi- 
cation d'une  Province  ou  dune  Commune  k  Tautre ;  voulant  donner 
sur  cet  objet  important  tons  les  i-eglemens  les  plus  precis  et  les  plus 
conformes  i  la  commodite  du  public,  et  les  meil leurs  pour  obtenir  et 
faciliter  la  communication  d'un  Pays  d  Tautre,  soit  dans  Tinterieur 
de  nos  Etats,  soit  d  T^trnnger.  Jusqu'd  la  publication  de  ces  re- 
glemens  on  continuera  d  suivre  les  Lois  existantes  sur  la  matidre. 

CCXIX.  II  sera  fait  un  reglement  particulier  pour  etablir  la 
mani^re  de  proceder,  par-devant  le  Tribunal  de  la  Chambre,  d  la 
revision  des  comptes,  que  les  Fermiers,  les  Administrateurs  simples 

2  U2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


660 


ROME. 


ou  interesses,  et  toute  autre  Personne  ou  Corps,  auront  d  rendre  ao 
Tr^sor. 

CCXX.  Afin  de  terminer  tous  lea  diflerends  elev^s  ou   i  selerer,  i 

pour  fixer  la  quotite  dAe,  an  pro  rata  du  benefice  que  revoi?ent  les  | 

Contribuables  de  la  Dativa  Reaie,  ou  taxe  fonci^re,  sur  le  Revenu  des 
Rentes  Perpetuelles,  et  sur  les  Rentes  Emphy  theotiques,  que  les  Creaii- 
ciers  des  susdiies^  et  les  Seigneurs  directs  per^otvent  de  leurs  capi- 
taux  origiuaires,  et  attendu  la  difficulte  d'^tablir  des  regies  de  pro- 
portion variables,   tout  bien  considere,   n«us   avons  ordonn^  ce  qui  i 
suit:                                                                                                                  I 
CCXXI.  Jusqu'^  la  formation  des  nonveaux  cadastres,  rimp6t  ' 
de  la  Daliva  Reaie  sur  les  biens  ruraux,  est  fixe  au  lO^me  du  Revena 
annuel  des  Rentes  Perp^tuelles,  des  fruits  compensatiis  et  des  Rentes 
Empbyth^otiques^  pourvu,  d  legard  deces  derni^res, que  la  valeur  de 
la  nue  propriete  ne  soit  pas  impos^e  s^parement  de  celle  de  la  jouis- 
sance,  dans  lequel  cas  le  Daiiva  Reaie  continuera  d  6tre  payee  par  le 
Seigneur  direct,  et  par  celui  qui  en  a  la  jouissance,  chacan  suivant  le 
taux  auquel  ils  ont  ete  imposes. 

CCXXII.  Pour  les  Maisons,  Tlmptyt  susdit  est  6x6  au  20^me 
au  lieu  du  30^me  du  Revenu  annuel  des  Rentes  et  fruits  soscHts. 

CCXXIII.  Sont  confirmees,  et  en  cas  de  besoin  sont  renou- 
vel^es,  toutes  les  dispositions  relatives  &  ceux  qui  se  soot  engages  d 
payer  les  charges  et  les  aulres  ^objets  mentionn^s  dans  la  Notification 
publiee  au  nom  de  la  Congregation  Econoraique,  du  13  Mai,  1803, 
par  le  Cardinal  Borgia,  par  celle  du  2\  Juiu  1806,  par  le  Cardinal 
Doria  Pampbili,  et  par  celle  du  14  Octobre,  mSme  ann^,  par  ledrt 
Cardinal  Doria,  d  Pexception,  quant  a  cette  derni^re,  que  la  taxe 
sur  les  Maisons  sera  perdue  au  taux  du  SO^me  aa  lieu  da 
306me. 

CCXXIV.  Dans  les  Provinces  recouvr^es  par  nous  lorsque  nous 
sommes  enties  dans  nos  Etats,  les  dispositions  susdites  sont  execu* 
toires  d  dater  de  la  dite  epoque.  Dans  les  autres  Provinces  leur  exe- 
cution commenctra  de  I'epoque  od  le  Gouvernement  Provisoire  a 
cess6.  Jusqu'd  la  dite  epoque  les  proems  devront  ^tre  jug^  en  con- 
formity de  ce  qui  a  6U  provisoirement  etabli  par  TEdit  de  la  Secre- 
tairerie  d'Etat  du  5  Juillet,  1815. 

CCXXV.  Les  ventes  des  biens  domaniaox,  faites  par  le  Gou- 
vernement qui  a  cesse,  suivant  les  Lois  alors  en  vigueur,  dans  les 
Pays  recouvres  lors  de  notre  entree,  et  dont  le  prix  a  et^  paye  avec 
des  rescriptions  en  extinction  de  la  Dftte  Publique,  sont  confirmees, 
par  les  mSmes  considerations  de  tranquillity,  d  utility  publique;,  et 
les  autres  mentionnees  dans  TEdit  precite  du  5  Juillet,  1815,  par 
lequel  nous  avons  confirm^  les  ventes  desdits  biens  qui  ont  eu  lieu 
dans  les  Pays  qui  nous  ont  et^  derni^rement  rendus. 

CCXXVI.  Au  lieu  des  compensations  provisoires  que  nous  avoos 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME.  661 

donn^es  jasqu'd  ce  jour,  aux  Corporations  religieuses  et  aux  autres 
lienx  pieux  r^tablis,  qui  out  ei6  privds  de  leurs  biens,  on  y  pourvoira 
definitivement,  et  de  la  mani^re  ci-dessous  indiqu^e. 

CCXXVII.  Daus  lea  Provinces  qui  nous  furent  rendues  lors  de 
notre  entree,  sont  exceptees  des  dispositions  contennes  dans  TArticle 
CCXXV,  les  ventes  des  Maisous  desliiiees  pour  les  Eviques,  ou  pour 
senrir  de  Couvens  aux  religieux  et  religieuses  des  diflerens  ordres  re- 
tablis,  qui  ont  et^  rappelees  a  leur  premiere  destination  par  la  Notid- 
catioii  de  la  Congregation  des  E^fiques  et  Reguliers,  du  15  Aout, 
1814. 

CCXXVIII.  En  conforoiite  des  dispositions  souveruines  sp^ci- 
fiees  dans  ladite  Notification,  on  pourvoira  k  I'indemnit^  due  aux 
Acqaereurs  desditea  Maisons,  par  les  moyens  et  d'api^s  les  regies 
prescrites  dans  I'Article  suivant. 

Une  Congregation  Farticuliere,  ad  referendum,  sera  ^tablie;  elle 
sera  composee  du  Tresorier  General,  du  Secretaire  de  la  Congrega- 
tion des  Ev6ques  et  des  Regulieis,  de  2  Auditeurs  de  Rote  et  de  1 
Membre  de  la  Chambre.     Elle  sera  charg^tt : 

1.  De  publier  une  Notification  qui  fixera  un  court  espace  de  (euips 
ponr  recevoir  les  reclamations  genera  les  ou  particu  litres  des  Acquu- 
reun  snamenlionnes,  pass^  lequel  delai  ii  n'y  aura  plus  lieu  a 
recours. 

2.  Afin  que  les  Acquerears  depossedes  en  vertu  de  ladite  Notifica- 
tion du  Id  Aout,  1814,  puisseut  recevoir  au  plutot  possible  leur  iiideiu- 
nite,  la  Congregation  susdite  donnera,  avec  la  plus  graude  cei^rite,  sa 
declaration  sur  le  montaut  de  I'indemnite  d6e  d  chacun  des  Acquereurs. 
Poor  fixer  le  mootant  de  cette  indemnite,  on  aura  en  vue  le  prix 
qu'ont  ete  payees  les  acquisitions,  et  le  montaut  des  frais  puur  les 
ameliorations  necessaires  ou  avautageuses  faites  par  les  Acque- 
reurs, en  deduisant  cependant  le  montant  des  degradations  occasion - 
nees  dans  ces  maisons. 

Dans  revaluation  du  prix  des  achats,  on  etablira  un  terme  moyen, 
dont  le  minimum  sera  le  prix  moyen  des  rescriptions,  suivant  le  cours 
qn'elles  avaient  k  I'epoque  de  Tacquisition,  et  le  maximum  sera  leur 
valeur  nominale. 

La  liquidation  des  ameliorations  sera  faite  suivant  les  regies 
legates,  en  fixant  leur  montant  daprfes  revaluation  des  Experts,  si 
elle  est  egale  ou  an-dessus  de  la  somme  depensee,  ou  bien  a  la  somme 
depensee  lorsqu'elle  est  au-dessous  de  celle  portee  par  revaluation 
des  Experts. 

3.  La  Congregation  susdite  sera  chargee  de  faire  les  recherchos 
necessaires,  et  de  donner  son  avis  par  rapport  aux  rescriptions  donnees 
ensoite  de  la  liquidation  des  Monts  de  Piete,  et  des  autres  dettes 
anciennes  de  PEtat,  mais  qui,  en  couformite  des  reglemens,  u'ont  pas 
ele  employees  dans  les  acquisitions  des  biens  dits  Naiionaux,  soit 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


662  ROME. 

qu'elles  soient  encore  aux  maiDs  de  ceux  qui  les  out  revues,  suit 
qu  elles  aient  ete  br6lees  au  terme  desdiOs  reglemens.  Cette  Coiigr6- 
gation  sera  aussi  chargee  de  donner  son  avis  sur  Tindemnite  d  accorder 
aux  Acqueretirs,  lesquels  n'ont  pas  6i6  inis  en  possession  des  biens 
achetes,  attend u  qu'ayant  seulement  pay^  des  A  compte,  ils  n  ont  point 
fait  le  d^p6t  du  prix  restant. 

4.  Elle  devra  donner  son  avis  a  I'egard  des  creances  provensnt 
des  Monts  de  Piete,  ou  de  toute  autre  cause*  dont  les  Proprictaires, 
pour  n'avoir  pas  pr^sente  en  terops  utile  leurs  titres  an  Conseil  de 
Liquidation,  ont  etd  renvoyes  de  leors  demandes. 

5.  Les  deliberations  de  la  Congregation  seront  present6es  aa 
Cardinal  Secretaire  d'Etat,  pour  6tre  soumises  d  I'approbatioD  dii 
Sooverain. 

CCXXIX.  Les  creances  susdites  ainsi  liquidees  feront  partie  de 
la  Dette  Publiqne,  dont  on  continuera  a  parler  dans  les  Articles 
suivans. 

CCXXX.  Resteront  aussi  h.  la  charge  du  Tresor,  et  seront  con- 
siderees  comme  faisant  partie  de  la  Dette  Publique,  les  Rentes 
Perp^tuelles  et  les  Rentes  Emphyth^otiques  imposees  sur  les  biens 
qui  ont  ete  vendus  comme  libres  par  le  Gouveruement  qui  a  cesse,  eo 
extinction  des  Monts  de  Piete  et  autres  dettes  de  TEtut  ;  pour  le 
montant  cependant  des  biens  susdits,  et  suivant  la  verification  et  la 
liquidation  qui  seront  faites  par  Monseigneur  leTresorier,  en  confonnite 
de  ce  qui  est  ordonne  par  P  Article  suivant. 

CCXXXI.  Monseigneur  le  Trdsorier  procedera  aussi  d  la  liquida- 
tion des  restans  Monts  de  Piete,  qui  appartiennent,  soit  d  des  partie uliers 
qui  n'ont  pas  presente  leurs  titres  au  Conseil  de  Liquidation  eiabli 
par  I'ancien  Gouvernement,  ou  qui  ont  etd  exolus  par  leur  qualitd 
d'Etrangers,  soit  aux  "  Archev^ches,  Abbayes,  Cbapitres^  Prelatures, 
Chapel  les  Laiques  ou  de  Patronat,  Benefices  Eccl^siastiques  dod 
vacans,  Lieux  Pieux,  sous  quelque  denomination  que  ce  soit.  Couvens 
de  Religieux  de  I'un  et  de  I'autre  sexe,  Ordres  Militaires,  et  ceux 
institues  pour  cause  de  beatiOcation  et  de  canonisation/' 

CCXXXIL  Pour  conserver  une  egale  proportion  d  toutes  les 
sommes  en  principal  de  la  Dette  Publique  et  avec  leurs  int^r^ts, 
chaque  action  du  Mont  de  Piete  sera  ^valuee  dans  la  liquidation  a  la 
somme  de  25  dcus.  Une  telle  reduction  nominale  est  indiflferente 
pour  la  presque  totalite  des  Possesseurs  des  actions  susdites,  attendu 
qu  elles  appartiennent  d  des  lieux  pieux  qui  ne  peuvent  les  aligner ; 
et  au  contraire,  malgre  cette  apparente  reduction,  par  le  montant  da 
revenu  qui  sera  6xe  ci-apr^s^  les  Creanciers  des  Monts  de  PUle 
viendront  d  recevoir  quelque  chose  en  sus  des2-5^mes  qu*iis  recevaient 
avant  la  derni^re  invasion,  et  beaucoup  plus  qu*ils  n'auraient  en  s'ils 
les  eussent  ^cbangees  contre  les  rescriptions. 

CCXXXIIL  Pour  les  motifs  sus-enonces,  Monseigneur  le  Trdso- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME.  663 

rier,  dans  la  liquidation  des  rentes  mentionnees  d  TArticle  CCXXX, 
^valuera  la  somme  en  principal,  non  suivant  In  valeur  uoininale  de  son 
origine;  mais  T^valaation  sera  faite  d'aprbs  les  Revenus  que  per- 
cevront  les  Creanciers  i  I  avenir,  en  conformity  des  dispositions 
contenues  dans  I'Article  CCXXXV. 

CCXXXIV.  Seront  pareillemenl  liquid^s,  et  feront  partie  de  la 
Dette  Publique; 

1.  Les  Inter^ts  des  Monts  de  Pieie  i^chus  et  non  pay^  depuis  la 
reatauration  du  Gouvernement,  et  ceux  a  eclioir  pour  tout  le  mois  de 
Decembre,  1816.  On  formera  de  ces  Int^r^ts  un  Capital  correspondant 
aux  2-5^nie8  des  fruits. 

2.  Les  InterSts  des  Rentes  Perp^tuelles  et  des  Rentes  Emphy  theo- 
tiques  dont  il  est  fait  mention  a  1  Article  CCXXX,  eclius  et  k  echoir 
depuis  la  restauration  jusque  et  y  compris  le  mois  de  Decembre,  1816. 

3.  Les  InterSts  des  sommes  en  principal,  auxquelles  auront  ete 
liquidees  les  indemnites  accordces  par  TArticle  CCXXVIII  aux 
Acqu^reurs  desbiensqui  out  et^  obliges  d'en  faire  la  restitution,  et  ce 
a  compter  du  jour  de  ladite  restitution. 

CCXXXV.  Finalement,|formeront  partie  de  la  Dette  Publique,  les 
sommes  en  principal  des  compensations  annuelles  accordces  snbsidi- 
airement,  et  qui  seront  accordees  par  la  suite  par  Monseigneur  le  Treso- 
rier,  avec  Tapprobation  du  Souverain,  aux  Corporations,  Lieux  Pieux, 
et  autres  Etablisseniens  religieux  et  ecclesiastiques  qui  ont  ^(e  retablis 
ensuite  de  la  perte  de  leurs  biens-fouds,  qui  ont  ete  alienes  en  ex- 
tinction des  Monts  de  Pieie  vacantes,  et  de  leurs  creances  pour  les 
diamaus  et  I'argenterie  dont  ils  ont  ^te  depossedes.  Ces  sommes  en 
principal  seront  formees  sur  la  base  d'un  revenu  de  5  pour  cent. 

CCXXX VL  La  Dette  Publique  aiusi  consolidee,  et  lorsque  tons 
les  Creanciers  de  I'Etat  auront  ^te  liquides,  tuutes  leurs  creances  seront 
portees  sur  un  Registre  General,  et  mention  y  sera  faite  des  charges 
respectives  de  cbaque  cr^auce,  et  Ton  donnera  a  chncun  des  Creanciers 
un  Bulletin  ou  un  Certificat  signe  par  Monseigneur  le  Tresorier,  et 
enregistre  par  le  Directeur  de  la  Dette  Publique.  Par  consequent,  les 
vieux  Bulletins  (Patenii)  des  Monts  de  Pieie,  et  les  autres  Titres  seront 
annull^;  les  nouveaux  Bulletins  porteront  Tinscription  suivante: 
Certificat  de  Capital  portant  interet  d  charge  de  la  Caisse  de  la  Dette 
Publique,  et  porteront  dans  le  corps  les  designations  ci-dessus  men- 
tionnees. 

Comma  pour  accelerer  la  marche  de  cette  operation,  cbaque 
Bulletin  contieudra  en  masse  les  diverses  sommes  d6es  &  chaqne 
Creancier,  quoique  les  motifs  et  les  titres  en  soieut  difierens,  ces  Bulle- 
tins seront  en  general  pour  des  sommes  tr^s- considerables ;  mais  afin 
de  faciliter  le  commerce  de  ces  effets,  il  sera  loisible  d  cbaque  Crean- 
cier  de  demander  que  ces  Bulletins  soient  ri^duits  en  autant  de  Coupons 
qu*il  voudra. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


664  ROME. 

lies  Bulletins  sosdiu  seront  re^as  par  la  Cliambre  et  par  le  Tresor, 
pour  garaotie  des  cootratSy  comoie  tela  se  pratiqnaU  auparavaat  arec 
les  ancieiis  Bollefins  des  Mcmis  de  Pieie. 

CCXXXVII.  Les  ioterlts  de  toas  ces  capitaux  ainsi  liqaides  seront 
fixes  a  5  poar  cent  par  an,  d  commencer  du  1  Janvier^  1817,  et  ils 
seroot  payes  A  Techeance  de  chaqae  irimestre. 

CCXXXVIIi.  Ed  Tue  des  cireonstances  particuli^res  oo  se  tron- 
vrut  B^ueTent  et  sa  D^l^gatioo^  les  impl^ts  actuels  y  sont  matntenus 
ias€(a*i  DooTet  ordre.  Dans  tout  le  reste.  Bene  vent  et  les  Pays  de  sa 
juridiction  devront  se  confonner  en  tout  d  la  presente  Loi. 

Dispatiiioms  GeneraUt. 

CCXXXIX.  Le  Gouvemement  Provisoire  cessera  ses  fonctions  le 
31  dn  mois  d'Aoiit  prochain.  A  dater  du  ler.  Soptembre  suivaot,  le 
nouvean  syst^meaura  sa  pleine  execution  dans  tons  les  Eiats  RomaiDS^ 
cooime  deji  present 

CCXL.  Dans  toutes  les  afl^ires  pour  lesquelles  le  nouveau  systeme 
n'a  rien  statn^  particuli^remeilt,  sont  conserves,  m^me  apr^  son  exe- 
cution, les  Lois,  les  reglemens,  les  institutions,  et  g^neralement  tons 
les  droits,  les  facultes  et  les  attributions  qui,  en  vertn  d*un  litre  legi- 
time, sont  en  vigueur  daus  les  Elats  de  TEglise,  et  qui  I  etaient  au 
temps  des  occupations  respectives  des  Etrangers. 

CCXLl.  Quoiqu  en  suite  des  recherclies  et  discussions  prealables 
qui  ont  eu  lieu  par^devant  la  Congregation  Economique,  et  les  conside-, 
rations  ult^rieures  qui  ont  precede  la  publication  de  la  priseute  Loi,  il 
soit  II  pr^sumer  qiril  n'y  aura  point  lieu  h,  des  changemens  de  quelque 
importance  ;  n^anmoins,  comrae  parmi  le nombre  in6ni  dobjets  qu'elle 
a  du  embrasser  il  pourrait  se  faire  que  quelqu'un  eixX  ^chapp^  qui 
ro^rite  une  addition,  explication  on  connexion  particuli^re,  on  y  fere 
pour  cette  raison  par  la  suite,  les  changemens  que  Texperience  et  les 
iumieres  acquises  pourront  sugg^rer  comme  dtant  plus  conformes  k 
Tutilite  publique;  mais  en  attendant  on  obtemp^rera  d  ce  qui  vient 
d'etre  ordonne. 

CCXLl  I.  Tout  ce  qui  a  rapport  d  la  sAret^  publique  et  aux 
mceurs,  formera  I'objet  de  r^glemens  particuliers  et  des  instructions  d 
la  Police. 

CCXLIII.  Outre  les  Troupes  de  Ligne  et  la  Garde  Nationale  qu'on 
organise  d  present,  il  y  aura  dans  la  Capitale  et  dans  les  Provinces 
une  Garde  de  Police  charg^e  du  maintien  de  la  justice  civile  et 
criminelle. 

CCXLIV.  II  y  aura  aussi  des  r^glemens  pour  les  Notaires,  les 
Agens  de  Change  et  les  autres  Personnes  chargees  du  d^pdt  pr^cieux 
de  la  foi  publique,  et  pour  les  Avoues  et  D^fenseurs,  afin  qu*ils  ne 
depassent  point  les  limites  de  leur  honorable  minist^re,  et  qu'ils  s'ab- 
stiennent  de  la  chicane  et  de  la  tergiversation  dans  les  Proc^ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


HOME.  665 

CCXLV.  II  sera'publie  ud  r^glement  pour  lea  Eaux  dans  les  8 
FroviDces  de  Bologne,  de  Ferrare  et  de  la  Romagne,  soit  par  rapport 
d  la  juridictioD  qui  pourra  ^(re  necessaire^  soit  par  rapport  i  la 
directioD  des  entreprises  qui  y  auront  lieu  pour  lea  reparations  et 
autrea  ouvrages,  soit  enfin  par  rapport  a  I'int^r^t  des  usagers,  voulant 
prendre  en  consideration  le  bien  general  des  Provinces  susdites. 

CCXLVI.  11  y  aura  uue  caisse  d'amortissement,  d  laquelle  sc- 
ront  alloues  des  fonds  speciaux  pour  eteindre  graduellement  la  Dette 
Poblique.  On  designera  en  son  temps  les  fonds  qu'on  mettra  d  sa 
disposition,  et  Ton  publiera  les  reglemens  suivant  lesquels  seront 
amorties  les  cr^adces,  et  suivant  lesquels  lad  ministration  particuli^re 
qui  sera  nommee,  devra  se  conduire. 

CCXLVII.  Tandis  qu'on  ^tablit  un  systeme  pour  les  differentes 
Administrations,  on  s^occupera  aussi  de  llnstruction  de  la  jeunesse, 
principal  objet  d*un  bon  Gouvernement.  On  fera  bientot  des  lois  et 
des  reglemens  pour  tout  TEtat,  afin  d'^tablir  un  systeme  d*instruc- 
tion  publrque  sur  la  Religion,  sur  la  morale  et  sur  les  sciences. 

CGXLVIII.  Dans  le  m^me  temps,  on  ajoutera  de  nouveaux  re- 
glemens  pour  favoriser  de  plus  en  plus  les  arts  lib^raux,  surtout  k 
Rome,  ou  il  par&it  qu'ils  ont  leur  si^ge,  et  pour  encourager  Tindus- 
trie  Nationale  dans  toutes  ses  rami6cations  d  agriculture,  des  manu- 
factures et  du  commerce,  par  lesqnelles  la  richesse  des  Nations  et  le 
bonheur  public  se  soutiennent  et  s'augmentent. 


En  voulant  et  d^cr^tant  que  la  presente  Loi,  faite  de  notre  propre 
volonte  ( Noitro  moto  proprio,)  ei  toutce  qui  vient  d'etre  ordonne  et 
prescrit,  tant  en  elle  que  dans  les  reglemens  y  adjoints,  soient  toujours 
et  dans  toutes  les  parties  de  notre  Etat  inviolablement  observes; 
qu'il  ne  poisse  jamais  donner  ni  opposer  k  toutes  les  choses  y  con- 
tenues  exception  d*aucun  vice  ou  defaut  de  notre  volonte;  que, 
jamais  sous  tels  ou  d'autres  pretextes,  couleurs,  et  titres,  de  quelque 
validite  et  force  que  ce  soit,  m^me  du  jus  quesiio,  ou  de  prejudice 
de  la  troisi^me,  tout  ce  qui  a  ete  ordonn^  et  prescrit  par  nous  danscette 
Loi  ne  puisse  Mre  impugn^,  moder^,  revoqu6,  ni  reduit  ad  viam 
juris,  ou  bien  per  aperitionem  oris,  et  qu  elle  doive  ainsi  et  pas  autie- 
ment  6tre  jugee,  d^Onie,  et  expliqnee  perpetuellement  par  quelque 
Tribunal  que  ce  soit,  ou  Congregation,  m6me  des  Cardiuaux,  ou 
Rote,  Chambre,  ou  autre  Autoriie  quelconque,  quoique  digne  d'etre 
nommee  individuellement  et  expr^s ;  en  6tant  d  tons  sans  distinction 
toute  faculte  et  juridiction  de  la  definir  et  interpreter  en  contraire, 
et  en  declarant  d^s  d  present  nul,  vain,  et  invalide  tout  ce  qui  seroit 
jnge  et  prescrit,  avec  connaissance  ou  par  ignorance,  par  quelqu'un 
muni  d'aucune  autorite,  ou  que  Ton  tentdt  de  juger  et  prescrire, 
contre  la  forme  et  disposition  du  present  Motu  proprio; 
laquelle  Loi  nous  voulons  qu'elle   vaille  et  re^oive   plein  effet  et 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


G66  GREAT    BRITAIN. 

execution  avec  Dotre  simple  sooscription,  quoiqu'on  n'ait  appeM  di 
enteadu  aacunes  Pereonnes  privil^giees  et  Ecclesiastiqaes  que  ce 
■oit,  ni  lieux  pieox,  qui  eussent  ou  pretendissent  y  avoir  interet,  et 
qa*il  lilt  necessaire  de  Dommer  iDdividuellement  et  distfnctement,  afia 
do  lea  compreodre,  nonobstaot  la  Bulle  de  Pie  4,  de  Registrandis, 
le  r^emeDt  de  notre  Chancelleries  de  Jure  qusesiio  non  ioilendo,  et 
nonobstaot  encore  tomes  nos  Constitutions  Apostoliques  et  celies 
de  nos  Pr^decesseurs,  Ordinations,  Brefs,  D^creis,  ChirographeB, 
Bans,  Edits,  Loix,  Stalots,  Reformes,  Styles,  et  Coutumes,  et  toate 
antre  chose  qaelconque  que  Ion  fit  ou  p&t  faire  en  contraire,  aax 
qnelles  choses,  s^par^ment  el  collect! vemeot,  en  ayaut  ici  la  tenear 
pour  exprimee  et  referee  mot  i  mot,  quant  a  ce  qui  peut  s  opposer  i 
I'execution  pleine  et  entiere  de  tout  ce  qui  est  contenu  dans  le  prtent 
Moiu  proprio,  parfaitement  et  dans  toute  maniere  la  plus  f slide, 
d^rogeons,  quoique  ces  Constitutions  Apostoliques  et  les  autres  Ordi. 
nations  fCissent  revalues  de  clauses  d^rogatoires,  et  derogatoires  dea 
derogatoires. 

Donne  k  Notre  Palais  Apostolique  et  Quirinal,  ce  6  Juillet,  1816. 

PIUS,  P.P.  VII. 


La  Cedule  de  la  Loi  ci  dessus  ^noncee  a  et^  affichee  et  public 
aux  Portes  de  la  Cour  de  St.  Innocent,  au  Champ  de  Flore,  et 
dans  les  autres  endroits  usuels  de  Ja  ViUe,ce  17  Juillet,  1816,  par  moi, 

£TIENNE  BENAGLIA. 

Huissier  Apostolique, 
FELIX  CASTELLACCI. 

Huissier  Principal, 


ACT  of  the  British  Parliament  J  ^^for  the  further  increase 
of  Shipping  and  Navigation,^  so  far  as  the  same  relates  to 
the  admeasurement  of  Vessels. 

[26  Geo.  III.  Cap.  60.]  [27/A  June,  1786.] 

[Cited  in  Act  56  Geo.  III.  (1816.)  Cap.  O.^Page  369.] 

III.  And  whereas  it  is  highly  expedient  that  the  provisions  made 
for  the  registry  of  Ships  and  Vessels,  by  an  Act  made  and  passed  in  the 
7lh  and  8lh  years  of  the  Reign  of  his  late  Msjesty  King  William  the 
Third,  intituled,  *' An  Act  for  preventing  Frauds,  and  regulating  Abuses 
in  the  Plantation  Trade,"  should  be  altered  and  amended,  and  that  the 
same  should  be  extended  and  applied  to  Ships  and  Vessels  other  than 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN.  667 

those  which  are  therein  particularly  descrtbed ;  be  it  therefore  enacted, 
that  all  and  every  Ship  or  Vessel  having  a  deck,  or  being  of  the  bur- 
then of  15  tons,  or  upwards,  belonging  to  any  of  His  Majesty's  Sub- 
jects in  Great  Britain,  or  Guernsey,  Jersey,  and  the  Isle  of  Man,  or 
of  any  of  the  aforesaid  Colonies,  Plantations,  Islands,  or  Territories, 
shall,  from  and  after  the  respective  times  hereinafter  expressed,  be 
registered  in  manner  hereinafter  mentioned  ;  and  that  the  Person  or 
Persons  claiming  property  therein  shall  cause  the  same  to  be  registered, 
and  shall  obtain  a  CertiBcate  of  such  Registry  from  the  Collector  and 
Comptroller  of  His  Majesty's  Customs  in  Great  Britain  or  the  Isle  of 
Man,  or  from  the  Governor,  Lientenant-Govemor,  or  Commander-in- 
Chief,  and  Principal  Officer  or  Officers  of  His  Majesty's  Revenue  of 
Castoms,  residing  in  the  Islands  of  Guernsey  or  Jersey,  in  any  of  the 
said  Colonies,  Plantations,  Islands,  or  Territories,  respectively,  in 
manner  hereinafler  directed ;  and  that  the  form  of  such  Certificate  shall 
be  as  follows ;  videlicet : 

In  pursuance  of  an  Act,  passed  in  the  26lh  year  of  the  reign  of 
King  George  the  Third,  intituled  "An  Act  [here  insert  the  title  of  the 
Actf  the  namesy  occupation^  and  residence  of  the  Subscribing  OwnerSf} 
having  taken  and  subscribed  the  oath  required  by  this  Act,  and 
having  sworn  that  he,  [or  they,]  together  with  [namesy  occupation^  and 
residence  of  Non-subscribing  Owners,]  is  [or  arej  sole  Owner  [or.  Owners] 
of  the  Ship  or  Vessel  called  The  [Ships  name]  of  [place  to  which  the 
Vessel  belongs],  thereof  [Master's  name]  is  at  present  Master,  and  that 
the  said  Ship  or  Vessel  was  [when  and  where  built,  or  captured,  and 
date  of  condemnation  ;  and  name  and  employment  of  the  surveying 
Oficer]  having  certified  to  us  that  the  said  Ship  or  Vessel  \B[whether 
British,  Foreign,  or  British  plantation  built],  has  [number  of  decks] 
decks,  and  [number  of  masts]  masts,  that  her  lengthi  from  the  fore 
part  of  the  main  stem  to  the  after  part  of  the  stern  post  aloft,  is  [num- 
ber offset  and  inches],  her  breadth  at  the  broadest  part,  whether  above 
or  below  the  main  wales,  [number  offset  and  inches],  her  height 
between  decks  [number  of  feet  and  inches,  if  more  than  one  deck,  and 
if  not,  then  the  depth  of  the  hold  [number  offset  and  inches]  and 
admeasures  [burthen]  tons,  that  she  is  a  [kind  of  Vessel,  and  how 
built]  has  [whether  any  or  no  gallery]  gallery,  and  [kind  of  head,  if  any] 
head ;  and  the  said  Subscribing  Owners  having  consented  and  agreed 
to  the  above  description  and  admeasurement,  and  having  caused  suf- 
ficient security  to  be  given,  as  is  required  by  the  said  Act,  the  said 
{kind  and  name  of  the  Vessset]  has  been  duly  registered  at  the  Port  of 
[name  of  the  Port.] 

'  Given  under  our  hands  and  seals  of  Office,  at  the  Custom-house,  in 
the  said  Port  of  [name  of  the  Portl  this  [date]  day  of  [name  of  the 
month],  in  the  year  [words  at  length]. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


668  AUSTRIA    AND    BAVARIA. 

XIV.  And  whereas  the  Officer  or  Officers  so  appoiuted  to  examine 
and  admeasure  such  Ships  and  Vessels  as  aforesaid,  may  not  always 
be  enabled  to  cause  such  Ship  or  Vessel  to  be  laid  on  shore,  for  the 
purpose  of  ascertaining  her  tonnage,  according  to  the  rule  now  by  Law 
prescribed  for  that  purpose :  and  whereas  it  would  in  some  cases  en- 
danger such  Ship  or  Vessel  so  to  do :  Be  it  therefore  enacted,  by  the 
Authority  aforesaid,  that  in  cases  where  it  may  be  necessary  to  ascertain 
the  tonnage  of  any  such  Ships  or  Vessels  when  afloat,  the  following 
method  shall  be  observed  :  videlicet,  drop  a  plumb  line  over  the  stem 
of  the  Ship,  and  measure  the  distance  between  such  line  and  tlje  afler 
part  of  the  stern  post,  at  the  load  water  maik  ;  then  measure  from  the 
top  of  the  said  plumb  line,  in  a  parallel  direction  with  the  water,  to  a 
perpendicular  point  immediately  over  the  load  water  mark,  at  tiie  fore 
part  of  the  main  stem ;  subtracting  from  such  measurement  the  above 
distance,  the  remainder  will  be  the  Ship's  extreme  length,  from  which 
18  to  be  deducted  3  inches  for  every  foot  of  the  load  draught  of  water 
for  the  rake  abafl,  and  also  3-5ths  of  the  Ship*s  breadth,  for  the  rake 
foreward,  the  remainder  shall  be  esteemed  the  just  length  of  the  keel  to 
find  the  tonnage  ;  and  the  breadth  shall  be  taken  from  outside  to  out- 
side of  the  plank,  in  the  broadest  part  of  the  Ship,  either  above  or 
below  the  main  wales,  exclusive  of  all  manner  of  sheathing  or  doub- 
ling that  may  be  wrought  upon  the  side  of  the  Ship ;  then  multiplying 
the  length  of  the  keel  for  tonnage,  by  the  breadth  so  taken,  and  that 
product  by  half  the  breadth,  and  dividing  by  94,  the  quotient  shall  be 
deemed  the  true  contents  of  the  tonnage ;  provided  always  that  nothing 
hereinbefore  contained  shall  in  anywise  be  construed  to  alter  the  man- 
ner of  admeasuring  the  tonnage  of  any  Ship  or  Vessel  which  has  here- 
tofore been  practised  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  the  light  duties, 
or  any  other  duties  or  imposts  whatever,  payable  according  to  the  ton- 
nage of  any  Ship  or  Vessel. 


ARTICLES  Addithnnels  ei  Secrets  au  Traiti  de  Limites, 
SfCf  entre  VAutriche  et  la  Bavidre  du  14  Avritj  1816.* — 
Signisd  Munich,  /^  14  Avrily  1816. 

Art.  I.  Sa  Majeste  Imperiale  et  Royale  Apostolique,  pour  Elle- 
m6me  et  au  nom  des  Hants  Allies,  garantit  ^  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  de 
Bavi^re,  ainsi  qu'd  ses  Heritiers  et  Successeurs,  la  reversion  de  la 
Partie  du  Palatinat  du  Rhin  dite  le  Cercle  du  Neckar,  apparteuant 

•  See  Treaty.    Vol.  1819,  1820.     Page  63. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AUSTRIA    AND    BAVARIA.  669 

aajonrdliui  i  la  Maiston  deBftde,  au  cas  d'extinction  de  la  ligne  m&le 
et  directe  de  Son  Altesse  Hoyale  le  Grand  Due  R6guant. 

II.  Far  suite  de  la  teneur  de  PArticle  IV  du  Trait^  Patent,  le 
Cercle  Badois  de  Mein  et  Tauber  est  destine  i  servir  d'indemnite  i  la 
CourouDe  de  Baviere,  pour  la  contiguite  de  territoire  qui  Ini  avoit  ete 
promise  par  lea  Trait^s  el  que  les  circonstances  ne  permettent  pas 
d'^tablir  aujourd'hui. 

III.  A  leffet  dy  paryenir  plus  promptement,  etpour  donner  A  Sa 
Majesty  le  Roi  de  Bavi^  des  preuves  uon-equivoques  du  desir  dont 
Sa  Majesty  loiperiale  est  animee  de  lui  procurer  la  dite  indemnity, 
Elle  s'eDgage,  non  seuletneut  d  y  employer  tous  ses  moyens,  mais 
Elie  promet  k  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  de  Bavi^re  de  soutenir  cet  engage- 
ment aupr^s  des  S  Cours  ses  Alliees,  et  conjointement  avec  Elle«  d 
Francfort. 

IV.  A6n  que  les  iiiter^ts  de  la  Bavi^re  ne  puissent  ^tre  les^s  par  un 
retard  qu  eprouveroit  la  cession  dudit  Cercle  de  Mein  et  Tauber,  Sa 
Majeate  TEmpereor  d'Autriche  prend  sur  Elle  de  lui  en  payer  annu. 
ellement  le  revemi,  qui  est  ^valu^,  de  gie  d  gr6,  d  100,000  florins  valeur 
d'Empire.  Cette  sommesera  deduite  du  payement  de  200,000  quintaux 
de  Se],jusqu*d  cequ*un  r^uhat  efficace  des  n^gociatioos  de  Francfort 
ait  mis  Sa  Majeste  Bavaroise  en  possession  de  ce  Territoire. 

V.  La  Route  Militaire  d  travers  les  Etats  de  Son  Altesse  Royale  le 
Grand  Due  de  Bdde,  dont  I'etablissement  est  stipule  par  I* Article  V 
du  Traits  de  ce  jour,  ne  pouvant  remplir  I'objet  des  communications 
entre  les  Etats  Bavarois  sur  le  Mein  et  cenx  sur  la  rive  gauche,  sans 
causer  one  surcharge  pour  les  paities  de  Territoire  soumises  d  ce  pas- 
sage ;  Sa  Majeste  Imp^rlale  et  Royale  Apostolique  s  engage  d  employer 
ses  bons  offices  et  d  reclamer  ceux  des  Cours  Alii^es  pr^s  Son  Altesse 
Royale  le  Grand  Due  de  Hesse,  pour  I'^tablissement  d'une  seconde 
Route  Militaire  d  travers  ses  Etats. 

VI.  Ces  Articles  Addilionnels  et  Secrets  auront  la  m^me  force  et 
valeur  que  silsetoient  inseres,  mot  d  mot,  dans  le  Traite  Patent  de  ce 
jour. 

Us  seront  ratifies,  et  les  Ratifications  en  seront  dchangeesen  m^me 
terns.  En  foi  de  quoi,  les  Pl^nipotentiaires  respectit's  les  ont  signes, 
et  y  ont  appos^  le  Cachet  de  leurs  Armes. 

Fait  d  Munich,  le  14  Avril,  I' An  de  Grdce  1816. 

(L.S.)  LE  BARON  DE  WACQUANT  GEOZELLES. 
(L.8.)  LE  COMTE  DE  MONTGELAS. 

(L,S.)  LE  COMTE  DE  RECHBERG. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


670 


GREAT  BRITAIN. 


ACCOUNT  of  the  Ordinary  Revenue  and  Extnordinary  Resources  constitiit»s 


HEADS 


REVENUE. 


Balances 

ia  the  Hands 

of  Collectors, 

on  the 

6th  January, 

1815. 


BALANCES. 


Balances 
in  the  Hands 
of  Receivers- 
General  on  the 
6th  January, 
1815. 


Bills  arising  out 

of  the  Rerenuc 

1814,  remitted  to 

the  ReceiTers- 

General  in 

London, bat 

which  not 

becoming  due 

until  after  the 

6th  January, 

1816,  are  there' 

fore  carried  to 

account  of  the 

latter  year. 


GROSS  RECEIFT. 


Gross 

Receipt 

within  the 

Year. 


Total  Sam 

to  be 

accounted  for. 


ORDINARY  REVENUES. 
PertMnent  and  Annual  Taxei. 

CD8TOM8 

Ezcin  -  -  - 

Stamps  -  -  - 

Land  and  AiSBSSBoTAZxa 
Post  Officb 
Onk  Shilling  in  tlie  Pound 

on  Pensions  and  Salaries 
Siz-Pbncb   in  the  Pound 

on  Pensions  and  Salaries 
Hacknkt  Coachbs 
Hawkbes  and  Pxdlars    - 

TOTAL 
Permanent  &  Annual  Duties 


jtf  «.  d 
180,a61  6  Oi 
149,618  6  Qi 
KoiilS  17  lU 


jtf     s.    d. 

29,773  8  (H 
102,276  )8  10 

8S«40S  8  0 
195,738    1    7 

IVS2    9    4 

2,824    1    8 

1^489  14  0 
861  12  10^ 
410  19  ll} 


618^504    1  4^ 

258;9&0    0  0 

89A60    7  8 

67,080  10  6 


s.  d. 


11307,32818  13 

.2$;Knjm  8  H 

7^1i;gBt8   4  91 
1     2^849,619  Oim 


17,866  17  6 

10,286  12  6 

28^968  2  0 

21,180  10  S 


442,678  10  Oi 


Snuill  Branche*  qf  the  Here- 
ditary Revenue, 
Alibnation  Finbs 
Post  Finis 
Sbiburbs 

CoMPoairioN8&  Pboffbrs 
Crown  Lands     - 


881,818  14    98 


4,684  16    6 
6,499    9    6i 


874,084  19    6i60;tl6,090   7    8 


69,846    2  10} 


EXTRAORDINARY   RE- 
SOURCES. 
War  Taxet: 
Customs 

EXCIKB 

Propbrtv  Tax 
Arrbars    of    Incomb 
Dl'TY,  &c.  - 

LoTtBRV,  Net  Profit  (of 
which  One-third  pari  is 
for  the  Serriceof  Ireland) 

MoNiBs  paid  on  Account  of 
the  Interest  of  Loans 
raised  for  the  Service  of 
Ireland 

On  Accoitnt  of  Balance 
due  by  Ireland,  on  Joint 
Expenditure  of  thcUnited 
Kingdom 

On  Account  of  the  Com- 
missioners, appolntea  by 
Act  86  Geo.  111.  cap.  127, 
and  87  Geo.  lU.cap.^, 
for  Issuing  Exchequer 
Bills  for  Oienada,  &c.    - 

On  Account  of  the  Inte- 
rest,    &c.    of     a    Loan 
Kmted    to    the   Prince 
gent  of  Portugal 

Surplus  Fees  of  Regulated 
Public  Offices    - 

Imprbst  Monibs  Repaid  by 
sundry  Public  Account- 
ants, and  other  Monies 
paid  to  the  Public 

TOTAL 
(Independent  of  Loans.) 

LOANS  paid  into  the  Ex- 
chequer (including  ihe 
Amount  of  those  raised 
for  the  Service  of  Ireland.) 

GRANDTOTAL- J? 


10,006  12    6} 
696,761  18    7 


86,650    0    0 


44^78  10    OkW7,m  18    8| 


442,678  10   0^ 


910,684  19    6i 


1,067,116  18    ^     910,634  18  6i 


62;014A72  11   7i 


7,083  V  0 

889  16  0 

9,445  7  2 

626  15  4 

86,801  10  8^ 


20,880  19  1 
11,776  6  6 
21,691  10  i 


11,787  16  6 

6,880  4  €i 

9^   7   2 

OS  IS   4 

1«,I46  18  ai 


%841,406    1  7     234]«406   .  , 

6,6901472    6  6|  6,787,028  19  tt 

14,681,78710  9tl&b277^4M  9  4 

818  19  H  SIS  19  U 

8374108  18  4       827,906  18  4 


8,981,788   6    2 
6,107,986  12  8 

26^000    0    0 
29,686    1    6 

oeg^Mis  21 
1073S8  16  m 


9^961,78$  6  3 
6^107,986  12  8 

86,000  0  0 

26^   1   • 
96^760  18  n 

107,886  16  m 


86,811,706  16  11 


87,72^067  0  ^ 


39,421,969   2   0 


89,421,999  2  0 


124,788.666  18  11 127,14^996  2  U 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT   BRITAIN. 


671 


the  Public  Income  of  Gkeat  BaiTAiN,  i 

for  the  Year  ended  the  5th 

Jannaiy,  1816. 

Drawbacks,  Discounts,  Cha  rges  of  Management,  &c. 
paid  out  of  the  Gross  Hevcnuc. 

Bate  per 

^s 

Net  Produce 

Rate  Per 

Centum 
for  which 
the  Gross 

■erenue 

was 
collected. 

Repayments,  AIlow< 

ances.  Discounts, 
Drawbacks,  &  Boun- 
ties of  the  nature  of 

Drawbacks;  differ- 
ence of  exchfinge  be- 
tween Edinburgh  & 
London ;  Allowancei 

tothetwoUniversi 
ties  on  account  of  Al- 
manacks, and  for  Pa- 
per and  Parchment  to 
stamp  on. 

Irish  Packet 
Establishment 
with  ^4,000  pe 
annum  alIowe<i 

to  Ireland  in 
lieu  of  Packet 

Postage;    alsc 

Irish  Postage, 

Great  Britain, 

and  placed  to 

the  Debit  of 

this  Kingdom 

Charges 
Management. 

Total 
Payments 
out  of  the 

Gross 
Revenue. 

applicable  to 

National 

Objects,  and  to 

laymen  u 

Into  the 

Exchequer. 

Centum 
for  which 
the  Net 
Produce 
of  the 
Revenue 

was 
collecud. 

^     s. 

JS       «.    <(. 

£       «.   d 

£      t.  d. 

£      %,    d. 

jtf       «.   A 

jtf   «•  d. 

8  18  11 
8   8   6 
2  12   6 
8  18    7 
28  19   2 

1,4S2;]29    7   8^ 

],ffiO,968   8    61 

I82;8t2  17    ^ 

80}64  14    6 

170,876    8   4 

2,727,767  18   6| 

2,881  ,IK»  18    4 

858,219    6    ^ 

302,921  18  lol 

693,620  18    9 

9/)79A64  IS    7 
20,589,028  14  11 
6,139,5%   8    9i 
7,609,016  10  U] 
1,755,898   2    U 

H    8    1 
8  18    6 
2  15    6 
8  19    7 

82    1    1 

1  16   8 

- 

-        - 

873   8  11 

873   8  11 

19,908  16    2 

1  17    4 

2  0    6 
16  11    8 
14   4  10 

400   0   0 

"        — 

288   6   8 
4,562   6    2 
8,076    0   hk 

688   8    8 
4,562    6    2 
8/)75    0    64 

11,188   0    8 
18;616   9    H 

3    3    9 
18    9    1 
16  12   2 

6   8   8 

8«40M80]8   84 

80,764  14    6 

a»820,10e  18   4 

6,817,201    6    44 

45,197,868   6    2| 

6    8   4 

1  1  1  1  1 
1  1  1  1  1 

\        \ 

\        - 

1,147    8    0 
96    y  4 

2>86    4    6i 

1,147    8   0 
96    9    4 

2>6    4    6i 

10,620    7    6 

6,284  16    24 

9,445    7    Y 

626  16    4 

14V61    9    2 

- 

-        - 

580,771    8  11 
6OV0O2  12   6 

\        \ 

197249    8    \h 
299,250  11    2 

660,771    8  11 
69,:^2    0    64 
299,250  11    2 

2,280,634  17    8 
6,667.776  18    6 
14^7(^248  18    24 

3       - 

- 

- 

- 

6  18   84             6  18   84| 

806    6    9] 

-       - 

- 

1,886   2  10 

-         - 

21,420   0    0 

3:^256    2  10 

804,661  10    6 
8,961783   6    2 
6,107,986  12    8 

35,000    0    0 

28,586    1    6 
96»750  18    28 

107,886  16  104 

- 

»        • 

4^078i^l2   84 

80,764  14    6 

{^66^662  12   9i 

7,778,866  19  111 

79,94^,670    0   24 
89,4214^9    2   0 

-        - 

4.<>78;9a9  12   9k 

0,764   14    6 

3,668,662  12    9i  7,778»866  19  11| 

119,870^629    2   24 

- 

Digiti 


(Cofi/mtiecl.) 

ized  by  Google 


672 

GREAT    BRITAIN, 

^ 

Paymcnu  oat  ortbe^Net  ftadscc.  ifiirrsMjj 

HEADS 
07 

BEVETiUE. 

r 

Militia  and 
Deserters' 
Warrants  : 
Defence  of  the 
Realm  :  and 
other  Services 

Bounties  for 
promoting 
Fisheries, 

Linnn 
Manofac 
tures,&c« 

Pensions  out  of     Expenses   In- 
the  Hereditary         curred   ia 

Pensions          His  Mafjesty's 
and   Stipends            Woods, 
charged  on  the.     Forests,  and 
Land  Revenue.!            Land 

RcTenoes. 

By  Tirtac  srnj 
rants  of  ite  ■oaifl 

A«ttMtity«rd 

difriCBt  ActssrS 

lUsncat.  lowaidsV 

SapportaftkeCH 

GaMraascetartti 

ORDINARY  REVENUES. 

Permanent  and  Jnntul  TVuet. 

CunoMfl       -          -          - 

EXCISB           -            -            - 

Stamps         -          -          « 

Land  and  Aauanv  Taxes 

PostOffics 

Onb  SHU.UNO  in  the  Pound 

on  Pensions  and  Salaries 
Six  Pbncb  in  the  Pound  on 

Pensions  and  Salaries 
Hacknby  Coachbs 
Hawkbbs  and  Pbdlars      - 

TOTAL 
Pbmcavbnt  and   Annual 

Dunw        -          -       ^ 

Small  Brmiehe*  qf  the 
Hereditaru  Revenue : 
Alienation  Finbs  - 

Sbiscrbs       -          -          - 
Compositions  and  Pboppbbs 
CBovrN  Lands 

EXTRAORDINARY 
RESOURCES. 
War.Taxesf 
Customs 

EXCISB     "              -              ~\ 

P&opxrtyTax   - 

Dutt,  &c. 

Lottbrt,    Net    Profit    (of 
which  One-third    part  is 
for  the  Scrricc  of  Ireland) 

Monies  paid  on  Account  of 
the    Interest     of     Loans 
raised  for  the  Service   of 
Ireland       - 

On    Account    of    Balance 
due  by  Ireland,  on  Joint 
Expenditure  of  the  United 
Kingdom    ... 

On  Account  of  the  Com- 
mis»ioueis,  appointed    by 
Act  85  Geo.rn.  cap.  127, 
and  87  Geo.  III.  cup.  27, 
for      issuing     Exchequer 
Bills  for  Grenada,  &c. 

On    Account   of    the    In- 
teresU    Sac,   of    a    Loan 
granted     to    the    Prince 
Regent  of  Portugal. 

Surplus  Fbbs  of  Regulated 
Public  Offices 

sundry    Public    Account- 
anu,  and   other    Monies 
paid  to  the  Public 

£,     «.    d. 

102,462  14    8S 
4,000    0    0 

Hssa  8  %k 

£,     «.    d. 
2084QS   8   01 

44^  1  a] 

rf.       s.    d. 

r4,000   0   0 
IVW)   0   0 

£,    •   A. 

^.       s.      ft 

nun  t  i| 

201,288  18    \i 

vm  0  0 

248^231    9    2i 

27,700   0   0 
8^14    2 

itjiw  17  Ta^ 

«H?w  «€ 

TOTAL 

(Independent  of  Loans  }  £ 

IOANn  naid    into   the    Ex. 

ISSASSA  18    \i 

248,281    9    21 

8ft,M7U    2 

es^ift  17  ion 

9H7W   4  ^ 

chequer    (Including     the 
Amount  of  those   raised 
for  the  Service  of  Ireland.) 

„       . 

_       _ 

_          . 

„         . 

1 

-  -  -J 

GRAND  TOTAL    -£ 

208,288  18    U 

2461^1    9    ^ 

80^47  14   a 

89^016  17  \H 

aHTB   4  ^ 

rThe 

note]  The", 

butt 

Appropriated 

e  was  no  Unap 
he  Amount  on 

1 

Balances    in 

propriated  Ba 

the  Ath  d»y  of 

The  Amount 

issued  for  U 

aih  January 

.  the  Exchequer 

ance  in  the  Exc 
January,  18i(s 
of  Exchequer 
»e  Public  Service, 
,1816,  and  not  ret 

,    on  the  «th    ds 

and  on  the  ftth 

heqneronttae  8tli 

Bills,*  Navy"  Bills, 

between  theftthJ 

leemedwitUiathat 

4ay  ^  hoMC^  Wk 

Digiti 


iz^  by  Google 


GBBAT   BRITAIN. 


673 


f  Ow  PnUic  InoQBie  of  Grbat  Britain,  for  the  Year  ended  the  5th  of  Jannaiy, 

1816. 

lOljccu 

PAYMENTS 

into  the 

EXCHEQUER. 

BALANCES. 

TOTAL 

DISCHARGE 

of  the 

NET 

PRODUCE. 

TUfFAL 

PAYMKirre 

out  of  the 

JfBT 
PRODUCE. 

BALANCE 

in  the 

Handaof 

Collecton 

on  the 

6th  January, 

1818. 

BALANCE 
in  the  Rand* 
ofReceiTcra 

General, 

on  the 

6thJa>naiy, 

1818; 

BUItarlalncontoftbc 
Rerenae  1815,  remit- 
ted  to  the  Receiver* 
General  in  London, 
but  which  not  becom- 
ing doe  until  after  the 
6th  January,  18)6,  are 

account  of  the  latter 
Year. 

«.  d. 

r  0  0 

^.     a.  d. 

^.      t.  d. 

8;34fl;089l8   01 
19J»4,I08  10   n 
6,8S9;i78]4   6 
^19341  18   7 
1AU,000   0   0 

17,344  10   0 
17,800   0  0 

^.      «.  d. 

120,968  7   71 
181,868   4*84 
129^67   6    7] 

£.    «.  d. 

86g078  18  1O 

214,988  .8   7 

l^lflSll    84 

3,684   6   3 

3,886    3   6 
309   9   84 

i;h8  9  ig 

jT     a.     d. 

1^    9   44 
6M0  18    (T 

"81,781    6    2 

^.     «.    d 

8,lS386    8   9 
7309318  10  114 
IJ68396   2    ll 

19306  16    3 

11,188   0   8 
34J31    9   tt 
18318  9  H 

1         II         1              1         1         1       1     1  1  1            1  1  1  1  1         • 

c 

«^72>  12    04 

77i»8  12   04 
3;ooo  0  0 

43,9^,491    4   84 

[  "ssrs  0| 

I     8^0   8    8) 

9^446  "7    2 
826  16    4 
864   0   0 

2,280/B84l7   8 

14,818^78    7    n 

806   6    91 

804^1  10   6 
8,981J88   8    3 
8,107,966  13   8 

36,000    0   0 

3M86    1    8 
98^780  18    H 

wja»  18  104 

42fgB8  17    93 

489^87  16  m 

3;149  18   9 
8^38116    ^ 

84,888  17    11 

io^l  18    8 
880,876  11    1 

897,279  11  114 
^41398  10   74 

46,197388   6    2| 

10336   7   6 

8384  16    34 

9,446    7   ? 

836  16    4 

143,781    9   3 

1^76948  18   34 
806   6   9| 

804351  10   8 
8361,788  8    3 
8^107368  13   8 

36300   0   0 

38386    1    8 
98^760  18    31 

107388  \9  104 

7  8  0 

70^989   4   Of 

78,884,494  18    3 

438,223  17    91 

1,188386  19    7 

788378  2   7 

7934W7D   0    94 

. 

.    . 

89^1,960   3   0 

. 

.     . 

. 

89331389   3   0 

r  9  0 

79ifi»  4  n 

I16;264M88  18   3   436,228  17    9| 

1.188386  19   7 

788378    2   7 

119370339   3  24 

Uto 
IB  to 


mtjKsjm  9  8 

14380364    '    -" 


9    8^ 
1    94i. 

3  11  j 


...  30320 
Nto^wBiUe        -  88J81J90   0   6 
lyndTinwalliaKBilU  1378388  10    I 
TPiiU          -  814326  11    8 


Whitehall,  Treasury  ChamberSf 
25th  March,  1816. 

8.  n.  LUSHINGPTON. 


-16.] 


3X 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


674 


IRELAND. 


ACCOUNT  of  the  Ordinary  Revenue  and  Extraordinarj  Resources,    constituting  the  PnbBe  locoil 
— the  Amount  of  the  Gross  Receipt ;  the  Rate  per  Centum  for  collecting  the  same ;  and  the  Nit 
Produce,  and  the  Rate  per  Centum  for  collecting  the  same :  and  the  Nature  and  Amount  of  the  Piya 
the  Balances  or  Bills  in  the  hands  of  the  several  Officers  of  the  Revenue,  on  the  Sth  of  January  18U  i 
together  with  the  Amount  of  the  Balance  remaining  in  the  Exchequer  on  the  5th  of  January  18U taii^ 
Exchequer  Bills  issued  for  the  Public   Service  between  the  Days  above-mentioned,  and  not  i  '^ 


HEADS 


REVENUE. 


Balances 
In  the  Hands 

of  the 

different  Col 

lectors,  on  the 

5th  January, 

1816. 


BALANCES  AND  ARREARS,  &c. 


Balance 

in  the 

Handa  of 

the 

RecelTer 

General, 

on  the  5th 

January, 

1815. 


BlUs  deporitcd 
bj  the  Hecelrerj  \,j  Deceased 


uraenl  in  the 
Buk  of  Inland, 

to  the  Credit 
of  the  Teller  of 
the  Sxchrqner, 

bat  not  dae 

ontUeftertheSth 

JuwB7  1816. 


Balances  due 

Dutks 
and  diiiniissedj  oot  paysbk 
Collectors  of  until  after 
the  Revenue,  the 
Stamps,  Hcc.   5th  Jsnnsry 

on  the  1S15. 

5th  Juinary, 
1815. 


ORDINARY   REVENUE. 


Customs 

Excisi 

Stamps 

Post  Oppicb  - 

PouNDAoa  Pkks 

pslls  fcks    - 

Casualtibs    - 


4^       t.    d. 

22.769    )   8 
166,023    4  6| 
15.864  1710 
12.638    31Uh2,344 


^       M.      d. 


84    7   6} 
17   5i 


Jg       9.      d, 

78,5$N>  5  4i 
75,984  0  3 
46.522  11114 


^        M.      d. 

14,347  14  8t 

190.014  15   9188,147  0  Hi 

86,300  12  8     1.923  7  11 

18,718  10104       -  - 


Total  Ordinart  Rbvsvvr 


217.295    7  6j 


2.279    5  0 


196.051  17  7 


EXTRAORDINARY  RESOURCES. 

From  the  Commissioners  of  the  Navy  in 
Oreat  Britain,  on  account  of  Advances 
made  by  several  Collectors  in  Ireland,  for 
Seamen's  Wages 

From  the  Pnymaster  General  of  Great  Bri 
tain,  on  accbunt  of  Advances    made  by 
several  Collectors  in  Ireland  for  Half  Pay 
to  reduced  Officers,   PenBions  to  Officers' 
Widows.  &c.  on  the  Britisli  ERtablishment 

From  Great  Britain,  being  Ooe-third  of  the 
Profit  on  Lotteries  for  1814 

From  several  County  Treasurers,  per  the 
Receiver  General,  on  account  of  Advances 
made  by  the  Treasury  for  Improving  Post 
Roads  in  Ireland 

From  several  County  Treasurers,  per  the 
Receiver  General,  on  account  of  Ad\'ances 
made  by  the  Treasury  for  building  Gaols 

Othbr  Monies  paid  to' the  Public  - 


309.381  14  Oi  90.070  6  lOi 


162  18    8 
416  13    4 


217,874  19  6i  2.279    5  0 


Total,  independent  of  the  Loans    -    j^  217.874  19  622,279    5  0 

LoAVS  paid  into  the  Exchequer  in  the  year 
ended  the  5th  January  1816 

Total,  including  Loans 

APPROPRIATED   DUTIES  FOR  LOCAL 
OBJECTS : 

LiNBN  Manufacture 

Improvbmbntt  of  Dublin 

Rrpairs  of  the  Royal  Exchange  and  Com 

merdal  Buildings 
Laoan  Navigatiou 
Inns  of  Court  -  -  - 

Lighthouses  -  -  - 


196,051  17  7  '309^1  14  0|  90,070  8  m 


196.051  17  7 


809.381  14  0^90.070 


1    0 
59  10 


381    0 
792  16 


-    1,064  14    9k 


915  14  7 


Total  Appropriated  Duties  for  Local 

ObjecU  -        -        - 


2,239    1    6i 


915  14  7 


GRAND  TOTAL    -    jr220,114  I     112^79    5  0 


196.967  12  2 


8  lOiSir^ 


i 


NOTB.- 


-The  Api 
The  Um 
The  Api 
TheUnj 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


IRELAND. 


id;  forthe  Year  ended  the  5th  of  January  1816:  IMatingiiwhing,  under  each  Head  of  RevenJ 
Bt  of  the  Payments  out  of  the  Gross  Receipt ; — Disting;uishing,  also,  the  Amount  of  the  3 
p  Net  Produce:— Distinguishuig,  also,  the  Payments  into  the  Exchequer,  and  the  Amount 
^  of  January,  1816  respcctiTely,  applicable  to  or  arising  from  the  Revenues  of  the  said  Y« 
of  January  1816  respectively,  whether  Appropriated  or  Unappropriated ;  and  the  Amount  of  i 
a  tbat  Period. 


GROSS  RECEIPT. 


kccipt 


leTctf. 


Total 

Becelpt  to  be 

accottoted 

for. 


Rate  per 

Centum 

for  which 

the   GroM 


'collected. 


DraMTbeckc,  DiMOuota,  Charges  of  Manage- 
ment,  Ktc.»  paid  oat  of  the  Grose  Revenue. 


Repayments, 
Drawhacks, 

Discounts.  &c. 


Charges 

of 

Managoneot. 


I 


Total 

Payments 

out  of  the 

Gross  Revenue. 


Net  Produce 
applicable  to 

National 

Objects,  and 

the  Payments 

Into  the 

Exchequer. 


Ratefi 
Centmi 
for  whil 
theN4 
Reven* 
was 
collect* 


d. 


£,  s.    d. 

Oi  2J79M^l  19 

18    6i  4,509,907  " 
8  lU      761,2128 

•i^iJS^S  2    2¥  M  18 

26,256  J9    6}     . 

5,25}  7  lOil 

3,701  -*    "  ' 


IC  Hi 

7  lOil 
6    0  , 


«.    ■•    jff.  t. 

19    42    16  1 

17    l{i  11  6 

14  m   10  6 


d.  ^.     «.    d: 

2i  98,752  17    5^; 

7  I  41.647  18    U 

6]  10,829  17    23 

m  17,025    1  11 

:  I  :    :    ' 


je.   «.  d. 

426.185  4  33 
421,238  1  10^ 
61,068  14  Oi 
131,131  6  lOi 


6  0  ' 


I 


j€,    a. 

524.938  1 

462,886  0 

71,398  11 

148,156  8 


d.  £. 

9  2,239,653  17 

0  I  4,047,021  17 

341  689,930  3 

116.791  13 

26,256  19 

5,251  7 

3,701  6 


»4. 


71  19  2  7 
li  12  18  4 
7i  11  10  4 
.'>i  132  4  4 
6};  .  . 
lOi  -  - 
0  I     - 


iSB\  15  lOi,  8,885,986    7    0} 


Vm  I   n       82,568    3    9} 


MI«   2   2i 

I.M10  10} 
M16  18   4 


167,756  14    8f  1,089,628    7    1 


1,207,379    1    9i  7,128,607    5    34     - 


10,416  2    24 

106,437  9  11 

42,128  9    64 

8,439  6    8 


82,568 

3    93 

10,416 

2    25 

106,437 

9  11 

42,128    9    64 


p*  •   21       26,734    0    24I    - 


'         8,433 
I       26,734 


6    8 

0  24 


M9  16   2y  8,612,708  19    4|,    >.        -      167,756  14    84 1,039,628    7    1 
U»  0   03|ll,091,CB9    0    03'    -       . 


1,207,379    1    94  7,405,324  17    74| 

I  I 

11,091,689    0    03; 


Mm  16   3|  19JH392  19    54 


18  8 

7  6 

3  5 
\\%  0 

4  «4 


167,755  14    84  1,309,623    7    1 


1,207,879    1    9418,497,013  17    8  , 


I 


I    0  0 

18,095    9  0 

2,264    7  8 

5,626  19  9i 

2,616  10  0 

»,762  )3  9f 


I 


2,635    9    4 


107    8  104 


107  17    8 


2,748    7    0 


107 


1 
IS,6<J5 

2,264 
2,782 
I         2,ftl5 
3  104:       28,655 


7    8  I 
12    94 

10   0  ; 

9  114; 


4   14 


•8,766    0    8 


2,742  IS    2\ 


107  17    8 


2,850  10  104,      49,914    9    44 


•  H  19,757, 157  19    84 


170/198    7  11    1,aH9,731    4    9     1,210;229  12    8   18,646,928    7    04:    - 


5  Juniaiy  1815,  amounted  to    -         9.097    3    lAi    ^,  Roooyo  ff  na 

JJinuarylXl.%  amounted  to    -1,689,282    2  ll|/   «»»6»8'379  «  03 

JJanu«iyWl6,  amounted  to   -         6,996  12    6  \   ^1  4.«aqo  *  ka 

*J«»uar>  lsItf,«moumed  to    -    1,448,086  11114/   *^'i**'%0o3  4  SJ 

2X2 


(Continued 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


676 


IRELAND. 


ACCOUNT  (CoHiinued)  of  the  Ordinary  Revenue  and  Extraordinary  Reaooroes,  oonatitiiting  the  Fddte 
each  head  of  Rerenue,  the  Amount  of  the  Grosa  Receipt ;  the  Rate  per  Centum  for  eoDeedqg 
tinguiahing  alao,  the  Amount  of  the  Net  Produce,  and  the  rate  per  Centum  for  ooUecdnK  the  «me; 
alao,  the  Paymenta  into  the  Exchequer,  and  the  Amount  of  the  Balanoea  or  Bills  in  the  Hands 
January,  1816,  reapectively,  applicable  to,  or  arising  from,  the  Rerenuea  of  the  nid  Tev, 
January,  1815,  and  on  the  5th  of  January,  1816,  respectivdy,  whether  Appropriated  or  Us- 
between  the  daya  above  mentioned,  and  not  redeemed  within  that  period. 


PAYMENTS  OUT  OF  THE  NET  PRODUCE 
APPLICABLE  TO  NATIONAL  OBJECTS. 

HB4DS 

or 

REVENUE. 

Payments 
on  account 
of  Militia, 

Kraggling 
aeamen. 
Army  of  Re- 
serve, and 
Fortification 
Compensa- 
tion. 

Bounties  for 
promoting 

the  Flsbeiies, 
and  Linen 

Manufkcture. 

Navy  and 

Aimy  Half. 

Pay  Play  meats 

for  Account 

of  Great 

Britain. 

Total 

out  of  (be 
Net  Produce. 

PiyMcsti 

into  the 

Bsckctxr 

ORDINARY  REVENUE. 

Cdbtoim           .... 
Ezcisa             .... 
Btampb             _             .             -             - 

FOUNDAOB  FBB«                   ... 

Pells  Fbrs      .... 
Casualtibs       .... 

S       «.    d. 
I4.UM    3    04 
64.3K}  18    0 

S.    «.  d. 

40.        S.     d.        4f.        s.     d. 

77,009  IS    6«  13Q,»»    1     1| 
84,»l    0  \\\    99^160    8  lU 

Vil   6t| 

78;»6  IS    Oi 

»,243  15    7} 

III4M0  14   6 

219,610    6    1| 

6^90^  Mli 

EXTRAORDINARY   RESOURCES. 

Fbom  the  CoramiMlonen  of  the  Navy  in 
Great  Britain,  on  account  of  Ad?ancet 
made  by  leTeral  Collectors  in  Ireland, 
for  Seamen'f'Wagea    • 

Prom  the  Paymaiter-Oeneral  of  Great  Bri- 
Uin,  on  account  of  Advances  made  by 
several  Collectors  in  Ii eland,  for  Half- 
pay  to  reduced  Officers,  Pensions  to  Offi- 
cers' Widows,  kc.  on  the  British  Esta- 
blishment      .              .              .              • 

From  Great  Britain,  beina  one-third  of  the 
ProBt  on  Lotteries  for  IBM    -           -       - 

Fbom  several  County  Treasurers,  per  the 

vances  made  by  the  Treasury  for  Improv- 
ing Post  Roads  in  Ireland 

From  several  County  Treasurers,  per  the 
Receiver-General,   on    account    of  Ad- 
vances made  by  the  Treasury  for  building 
Gaols              .... 

OiBkR  Monies  paid  to  the  Public 

8!,Stt  1% 

1M»  <  t 
IWyW  >» 

4U99I  <  % 

9M  f  * 

Total,  independent  of  the  Loans   -    jB 

Loans  paid   into  the  Exchequer,  in  the 
Year  ended  the  (th  January,  1816 

78;an6i5  04 

»,342  18    7i 

111,900  14   6 

219^610   »    \k 

c^oyNiui 

]|J»1AB9  •  n 

Total,  including  Loans    -    40 

78^806  16    04 

38,342  16    7i 

111,900  14    6 

219^10   h    M 

J7,\t\J»i*^ 

APPROPRIATED  DUTIES  FOR  LOCAL 

OBJECn. 
LiKRif  Manufacture        ... 
Improvbmbnt  of  Dublin 
Rbfairs  of  the  -Royal  Exchange  and  Com- 
mercial Buildings        ... 
Laoan  Navigation          ... 
Inns  of  Court    -             .             .             - 
LiomwHovsBS 

1  1  1  1   II 
1  1  t  1   II 

1  1  1  1   II 
1  1  1  1   II 

1  1  1  1   II 
lilt   II 

•   1      till 
II      1  1  1  1 

Total  Appropriated  Duties  for  Local 

- 

. 

- 

- 

46J«lt7M 

GRAND  TOTAL    -    i 

78^806  16    04 

29,343  16    7] 

lll,90l>14   6 

219^10   6    U 

I7,l«4«ttl 

Mots^— The  Amount  of  Exchequer  Bills  issued  for  the  Public  Service,  between  the  6th  Jaauaiy,  1816k 
and  the  6th  January,  1810^  and  not  redeemed  within  that  period,  was 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


~1 


IRELAND. 


677 


Ineome  of  Ireland ;  for  the  year  ended  the  5th  of  Jannarj,  1816 ; — Dtotingnidiing  under 
the  flame ;  and  the  Nature  and  Amount  of  the  Payments  out  of  the  Gross  Receipt : — Dis- 
and  the  Nature  and  Amount  of  the  Payments  out  of  the  Net  Produce : — Distinguishing 
fyf  Uie  several  Officers  of  the  Revenue,  on  the  5th  of  January,  1815,  and  on  the  5th  of 
together  with  the  Amount  of  the  Balance  remaining  in  the  Exchequer  on  the  5th  of 
appropriated;  and  the  Amount  of  the  Exchequer  Bills  issued  for  the  Public  Service 


r 

Balances  in  the 

Hands  of  the 

different 

CoUectorty  on  the 

ftth  January, 

1816. 


BALANCES  AND  ARREARS,  &c. 


Balance 
lu  the 

Hands  of 

the  Kc. 
ceiver- 

GeneraU 
on  the^ch 

January, 
Itiltf. 


iiilU  deposited 
in  the  Bank  of 
Ireland,  by  the 

Keceiter- 
General,  to  the 
Credit  of  the 
1  eller  of  the 
Exchequer,  but 
not  due  until 
after  the  Aih 
January,  Idltf. 


Balances  doe 
by  deceased 

and  dismissed 

Collectors  of 

Revenue, 
Stamps,  &c. 
on  theAth 

January,  1816. 


Duties  not 
payable  until 
after  the  ftth 

January, 
1816. 


Arrears  of 

Inland  Excise, 

Gauyers' 

Balances, 

Quit  Renu, 

ace.  on  the 

Mh  January, 

1816. 


Total 
Discharge. 


MM66  16    a 

1AV90&  15    4 

i3jse»    8  1(1 

9^a»    1   b 


«.d. 


46    4 
MS  10 


8t$,152  18    7 
7<(;i64    i    6 


\^JB»\  18  10 
2,118  11    74 


4^.    «.  d, 

318316  18  Qi 

18^482  12  0 

1,088  18  0 


%28S»,068  17 

4^047^1  17 

9»»M    8 

116J91  18 

26,256  Itf    ti| 

5,251    7  10} 

8,701    6    0 


20i;280  16  Wk  5,601  14    4 


137    8    6 
t   600   0    0 


187|884  16   bi 


825,519  17  11}  107,750  10   H 


«lBfiA7  18   H 


7X»JBm   5    H 


82,568   8    0| 


10,416    2   24 
106,487       II 

A%\^    8    64 


8,43     6    8 
26^81    0    2i 


20M18    0   54  6,501  14    4 


t   600    0   0 


187,S»4  16    54 


825,519  17  U] 


107,750  10    54 


8281,347  18    Oi 


7^40^824  17    74 
11^)91,689   0   Of 


20MI8   0    S4  d^l  14   4 
t    600   0    0 


187,8M  16   54 


825,519  17  111  107,750  10   54 


828^7  18   % 


18^7^18  17    8 


1    0  0 

6    9  0 

8S4    7  8 

14ni2  94 


616  16   9S 


642   6    8 


1    0   0 
18,005    9   0 

2,264  7  8 
2;782  12  91 
2,515  10  0 
28^655    9  114 


2^670  6   8 


642    6    8 


49,914   9 


201^968   6    8|  5^1  14   4 
t    flOO   0    0^ 


18M77    1    8i  825,519  17  \\l 


107,750  10   64  828^847  18   0418^546,938   7   04 


t  OvfTptid  the  dthJaauary,  1816. 


G.  CAVENDISH. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


678 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 


ACCOUNT  showing  how  the  Public  Monle*  remalnliig  In  the  Receipt  of  the  Exchequer  on  the  Mh  day  of  Ja- 
)616,  and  the  Ifonlea  paid  out  of  the  Net  Produce  of  the  Revenuea  of  the  raid  Yrar  In  anUdpatSoB  of  the 
redeemed,  during  the  laid  year j  hare  been  actually  applied :  DIatinguIshing  the  total  amount  of  the  cans 
Charges  of  Management  ;  the  Sums  applicable  to  its  Redaction  ;  the  usual  grant  for  the  same  purpose «  and 
List :— 4thly.  The  other  Charges  on  the  Consolidated  I\ind ;  specifying  the  Amount  of  those  incurred  for 
Scotland :— 6thly.  The  other  Pftymento  In  Anticipation  of  ihe  Exchequer  Receipt :  specifying  the  Amooot  of 
the  Amount  of  Monies  respectively  paid  for  Salaries  to  the  Adrotraky,  Navy,  and  Nary  P^  OfBees  ;  tut 
and  Contingences ;  for  the  Marines ;  for  the  Victualling ;  for  IVansports ;  for  Prisoners  of  War  in  Health ; 


▼ices  at  Home  and  Abroad  l^spectlrely : — 9thly.  The  Army ;  specl^lng  the  Amount  of  Monfc«  paid  on  • 
for  Staff  Officers,  and  Officers  of  Garrisons :  for  Half  Pay ;  for  widows'  Pensions ;  for  Chelsea  Hocipltal ;  far 
paid  to  the  Extraordinary  Services  of  the  Army,  and  the  principal  Articles  thereof :  lOthly.  Loans.  Remit' 
Miscellaneous  Services :  specifying  the  Amount  of  Monies  paid  for  Services  at  Home  and  Abroad  respectively ; 
liefore  enumerated ; — Distinguishing  the  separate  Expencea  of  and  for  Great  Britain,  from  those  which  bdong  to 


HEADS  OF  EXPENDITURE. 


SUMS. 


I.— For  Interest,  &c.  on  the  permanent  Debt  of  Gi eat  Briton,  unredeemed ; 
including  Annuities  for  Lives  and  Terms  of  Years.  - 

For  charges  of  management  thereon     ... 
For  Interest  on  Money  raised  by  Debentures  for  the  service  of  Great 

Britain  - 

For  Interest,  &c.  on  Loans  raised  for  the  service  of  Ireland  i  inclu<Ung' 
Annuities  for  Lives  and  Terms  of  Years    .  .  .  .    I 

For  charges  of  management  thereon    .  .  .  .    I 

For  Interest,  &c.  on  Imperial  Loans,  including  Annuities  for  Uves  and 
Terms  of  Years         ..-..,. 
For  charges  of  management  thereon    .... 
For  Interest  on  Portuguese  Loan         ..... 
For  charges  of  management  thereon    .... 


f.    d. 


i 
24,223,d0«    0    5| 

89,482  10    0 
2,491,218  Ifi    8 

405,784  14    0  j 
17,M3    2    4  I 


M.     d. 


7S3fi8l  19    n 


23,182  18    0 

ifieo  17    8 
"22s  16  11 


There  was  aho  applied  towards  the  Reduction  of  the 


27,17^930    S    5>       2S9,969  12    4i 


National  Debt 
The  usual  Grant 


Expired  AnnulUes{^>J 


j6'1, 000,000 
200.000 


79380  14    6 


53,471     4    4 


Annuities  on  Lives,  expired  prior  to  the 

fith  July  1802,  per  Act  26  Geo.  III. 

cap.  81.  ....   21,146    6     1 

Annuities  on  Lives,   unclaimed  for  3 

Years,  before  5th  January  1815,  per 

Act  27  Geo.  III.  c.  iS.  -  -  30,589    7    0 

Annuities  on  Lives,  unclaimed  for  3 

Years  and  upwards,  at  5  January 

1815,  per  Act  52  Geo.  III.  cap.  129        1.735  1 1    8, 
Per  Centage  on  Loans  raised  In  1813  to  1815,  both 

inclusive,  per  Act  53  Geo.  III.  c.  35  -  -  1,988,895  13 

Annual    Appropriation    for    the     Redemption     of 

^12,000,0(K).  Part  of  itfl4.20o.000.  Loan  1807  -  «26,855  10 
Interest  00  Capitals  transferred  for  Life  Annuities  -  86i212  7 
Interest  on  Debt  of  Great  Britain  Redeemed  -  2,097,592  17 

Do.  Ireland   do.  -  -  -  -  -    444,583  17 

Do.  Imperial  do.  -  -  -  -  -      49,21*4    6 

Do.  Portugal  do.  -----       9,82211 

Interest  at  tSl  per  cent,  on  part  of  Capitals  created 

since  5th  January,  1798       -  -  -  -  W85,773  14  10* 

Do.    on    outstanding    Exchequer    Bills     and     on 

Debentures  _  -  -  -  -     277,800    0    0 

Returned   from    Account   of    Life    Annuities,    the 

Nominees   having  died  prior  to  their  being  set 

aport  for  payment    ------         3^318    4    3 


Tliere  has  also  been  applied  towards  the  Redemption 
of  the  Debt  created  in  respect  of  je^,500,000, 
borrowed  for  the  East  India  Company  in  1813, 
the  Amount  paid  by  the  Company  into  the  Bank 
in  pursuance  of  the  Act  52  Geo.  III.  c.  185. 


18,452,096    1     1} 


126,531  18    0 


Whereof  was  applied,  towards  the  Reduction  of  the  National  Debt 


Total  on  account  of  Interest      -  -  - 

-  -    Do.    -    -    -  Charges  of  Management   - 

-  -    Do.    -    -    -  Reduction  of  the  National  Debt 


II.— The  Interest  on  Exchequer  Bills 

Whilehall,  Treasury  Chambers,"! 
25th  March.  1816.  / 


13,678,627  14    tj 


40,755,557  17    7k\ 
13,578,627  14    If 


27,176,930    3    5} 

259,969  13    4i 

13,578,627  14    ih 

41.015,527  10    H 

-       -  I    a^OKOOS    3    8 


S.  R.  LUSHINGTON. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 


679 


«»«,,  1815,  together  with  the  Moaiee  paid  into  the  mme  during  the  Year  ended  the  6th  day  of  January. 
Bzchequer  Receipt  $  tof^thi^r  with  the  Amount  of  the  Exchequer,  Navy,  and  Tranaport  Billa  lasued,  and  not 
■ppUed  to  the  foUowlng  heads  of  Service  :— Ut,  The  Interest  of  the  Public  Funded  Debt;  toeether  with  the 
Interest  for  the  Debt  upon  Imperial  Loans  :—2dly.  The  Interest  on  Excheoner  BiUs:->^ly.  The  Civil 
Gonrts  of  Justice,  &Iint.  Pensions,  Salaries,  and  AUowances  and  Bounties  :-^thlv.  The  Civil  Government  of 
«h<Me  incunvd  for  Pensions,  BoonUes,  and  lliliUa  and  Deserters*  Warrants  -^Zthly.  The  Navy ;  apecifying 
Wagea,  Bounty,  Flag  Pay,  Half  Pay,  and  Pensions ;  for  Dock  Yards,  Building  of  Ships,  Stores,  Pilotage, 
and  for  Sick  and  Wounded  Seamen :— Sthly.  The  Ordnance;  specifying  the  Amount  of  Monies  paid  for  Ser- 
or  the  Ordinary  Services  ;  vis.  for  Regulars.  Fenclblea,  Militia,  Invalids,  and  Volunteer  Corps  ;  for  Barracks; 
Fbreign  Corps ;  for  Exchequer  Fees ;  and  for  Pay  of  Public  OiSces ;  specKVing  also  the  Amount  of  Monies 
tanoee,  and  Advances  to  other  Countries;  specifying  the  Total  Amount  paid  to  them  respectively :— 11  thly. 
And,  lastly,  specifying  the  Amount  of  any  Public  Monies  applied  to  other  Public  Services  (if  any)  not  herein. 
H  with  Ireland. 


HEADS  OF  EXPENDITURE. 


ni.— The  Civil  List 

IV.— The  other  Charges  on  the  Consolidated  Fund. 

ConrU  of  Justice    ..... 

Mint 

Allowances  to  the  Royal  Family,  Pensions,  &c. 

Salaries  and  Allowances    .... 

Bounties  and  Compensations        ^  .  . 

V.—TTie  Civil  Government  of  Scotland 
VI. — ^The  other  payments  in  anticipation  of  the  Exche 
quer  Receipts :  vis. 

}  Customs,  England 
do.      Scotland 
Excise,     England 
do.      Scotland 

Pensions  on   the  Hereditary -t  Excise.  England 
Revenue  /  Post  Office 


MiUtU  and  Deaertera  Warrants 


VII.— The  Navy,  vis.— 
Wages 
General  Services     - 


The  VictoaUIng  Department 
The  Transport         Do. 


VIII.— The  Ordnance   -  -  -  - 

Deduct  the  Value  of  Stores  supplied  by  the  Board 
of  Ordnance  to  Foreign  Powers,  the  Expense  of 
which  is  reimbursed  to  the  Ordnance  Department 
by  the  Paymaster  General,  under  Warrants  of  the 
Treasury  .  .  -  -  . 

IX.— The  Army,  vis. 
Ordinary  Services   .... 
Extraordinary  Services  and  Subsidies 

Deduct  the  Amount  of  Remittances  and  Advances 
to  other  Conntrlea  ... 


X.— Loans,  Remittances,    and   Advances  to  other 

Countries;  vis. 
Ireland         ..... 
Anstria 


Pmsaia 
Hanover 
Spain 
FOrtqgal 


France,  Canton  of  Berne,  Italy  and  Netherlanda 
Minor  Powers  under  Engagements  with  the  Duke 

of  Wellington       .... 
Miscellaneous         .... 


ZI. — Miseellaocons  Services. 
At  Home 
Abroad 


SUMS. 


1,028,000    0 

72,967  19 

17,460  19 

366,660  II 

60,838    9 

9,480    6 


125,211  1     U 

78,192  6  II 

20,605  9    7h 

23394  7    5 


14,000    0    0 
13,700    0    0 


4,655,000    0    0 
4,427,602  11  10 


21,883,881  10    8 
12373,553    0    U 


1,796,229    8  8 

8.241,919    7  Oi 

2382.823  14  di 

206,590    6  4 

147383  19  10 

100,000    0  0 

521,061  17  1 

78,152  14  2 

1,724,001    8  4 

887,134  17  0 


247,903    6    0$ 


27,700    0 
88314    9 


9,082.602  11 
3,450351  10 
3340316    4 


3,786,424  17    3 


772332  17    6 


34307384  10 
11,035,247  18 


j^.  *.    d. 


1355,406    6    M 
1  11    94 


126318 


7,277,032    8    8 


Deduct  Sums,  wbk:h,  although  included  in  this  Account, 
form  no  part  of  the  Expenditure  of  Great  Britain  t  vis. 
— ,&c.  for  Ireland      -  -  -  .  -  .  .      7,277.082 


11,086347  13    IS 
8 


8,074.471    6  : 
296,707    6  i 


TOTAI. 


864,117  14    5t 


16378370    7    H 


2363391  19    9 


23,172,186  17    6^ 


18312,280    1    91 
8371,178  18    81 


11036i»,028    6    61 


Interest,  jtf  1  per  cenL  and  Management  on  Portuguese  Loan,  per 

Act  49,  Geo.  III.  c.  71.  .  -  .  -  -  -  57,170    8 

Sinking  Fnnd  on  Loan  to  the  East  India  Company     .  .         126381  18 

(Indiiding  the  Sum  of  4^409,766  11    8,  for  Interest,  &c.  paid  on  Imperial  Loans 


Q    i.  7,460,734    4    8 

0  J . 

,)  jg  102308394    1  101 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


680 


IRELAND. 


ACCOUNT,  showing  how  the  Public  Monies  remaining  in  the  Receipt  of  the 
paid  into  the  same  daring  the  year  ending  the  5th  January,  1816,  and  the 
tion  of  the  Eicheqner  Receipt,  have  been  actually  applied ;  distangmshiog  the 
Interest  on  Public  Funded  Debt ;  togedier  with  die  Chaigea  of  Management, 
— 3rdly.  Issues  for  the  separate  Service  of  Ireland.— 4thly.  Issues  from  Appro- 
manentChaiges — 6thly.  Payments  in  anticipation  of  Exchequer  Receipts. — 7thly. 
account  of  the  Ordinary  Sendee,  tIs.  for  Regulars^  Militia,  and  Yolunteer 
Pay ;  for  Widows'  Pensions  ;  for  Royal  Hospital ;  for  Pay  for  Public  Officers : 
Army. — ^9thly.  Miscellaneous  Services :  And,  lastly,  specifying  the  Amount  of 
fore  enumerated 


HEADS  or  EXPENDITURE. 


SUMS. 


TOTAL. 


I.  For  Intemt  im  the  Funded 
Debtor  Ireland,  incladln* 
Annnltles  for  lim  and 
Terms  of  Tean}  alsoatfl 
per  cent,  for  the  Rednc* 
tion  of  the  Capita],Graated 
by  Loans,  since  1797     -  9,169,296    9    U 

For  chaige  of  Management 


«.    tf. 


Tliere  was  ^Iso 
wards  the 
NationalDebt 


to 
of  the 


67,648    1    0 


6;Q0,889    4    U 


Whcfcof  was   applied  to- 
the  Reduction  of 


the  National  Ddit 


2,390,990  16  lOf 


IVital  on  Aoeonntof  Interest  9,900,694   8    9^ 

Ditto  tat  Charge  of  Manage. 

28,441    6    Bk 


Ditto  on  account  of  the  Re- 
duction at  the  Nstional 
Debt         .  -  .  2,290,960  16  10| 


III.  For  intenst  on  Exchequer  Bills  . 

IIL  Issues  tat  the  separate  SerHoe  of  Ireland 


IV.  Issues   from  Appropriated   Funda   Ibr 
Local  Pnrpoass  •  -  •  - 


y.  cifU  Ufi  . 

Fanslons  to  the  S6th  March,  1819 
Other  Pormsaent  Chsrges 

Csrrlcd  fonrsrd 


28,441    6    84 


22^987    4   6 

209    0    0 

272,926    2    9 


s.    d. 


s.    d. 


6,348,996  10  0* 

119,849  16  0 

8,099,821    2  8 

48^02    8  6 

600,016    7  2 


16,862^809   4    U 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


IBELAND. 


681 


Exchequer  of  I&kland  on  the  5th  Januarj,  1815,  together  with  the  Monies 
Monici  paid  out  of  the  Net  Prodnoe  of  the  Reyennes  of  the  year,  in  anticipa- 
Total  Amount  of  the  Sums  applied  to  the  following  Heada  of  Serrice : — lat, 
and  the  Sums  applied  to  its  Redaction. — 2ndly.  The  Interest  on  Exchequer  Bills, 
priated  Funds  for  Local  Purposes. — Sthiy.  CiTil  List  Pensions,  and  other  Per- 
The  Ordnance. — 8thly.  The  Army;  specifying  the  Amount  of  Monies  paid  on 
Corps;  for  Barracks;  for  Staff  Officers,  and  Officers  of  Garrisons;  for  Half 
spedffing  also  the  Amount  of  Monies  paid  to  the  ExtraorcUnary  Serrice  of  the 
any  Public  Money  applied  to  any  other  Public  Service   (if  any)  not  hereinbe- 


HEADS  OP  EXPENDITUIUe. 

8UXS. 

TOTAL. 

( 

Brought  foffwanl  •          •          • 

^.          9. 

d. 

^.       s.    d. 

16,963,809    4 

VI.  Pfeymcnts  In  aattdpatkm  of  Exchequer 
Bccdpts;  tU. 

Bounties  fttun  Customs     .  itf29.3M   »    7| 

Bounties  ftoia  Excise                       6  10    • 

30^343  16 

7* 

Ullitia,  Dcseflters' Wsmmts, 

ftom  Excise                   -      85,700    3    4^ 

Bewsrds  for  StnggUng  Sea- 
men,  ftom  CusSnaiT       -             1113  11 

86,730  16 

H 

64,968  10  lU 

VII.  Oidnsoce     .       -          - 

- 

434^666  13    64 

Begulais,  Militia,  and  Volunteer  Corps,  kc 

1,609,966  19 

Of 

363,146    8 

H 

Bsmcks        .... 

381,000  13 

a* 

Staff  Oflcers  sad  OiBoers  of  Garrisons       • 

01,376    0 

8 

41,196  11 

0 

Officers*  Widows       .          .          .          . 

14,634  14 

6i 

Boyal  Hospitsl,  Kllmsinham  . 

188,964  19 

61 

Public  Officers,  their  I>epnties,  Clerks,  sod 
Contingent  Expenses        ... 

11,803    4 
4,416    8 
61,674    0 

0 

2,646,767    8 

H 

Extraordiaary  Serrice 

177,716    1 

0 

2,738,483    9    3« 
676,670  14   8i 

.          ^ 

Lsstly,  Vote  of  Credit 

64,300  18    9 

4344.798    8 

81 

TOTAJ.     Jf 

• 

19,796,693    6 

H 

Tnansnf  Chtmbtr$,  Dubiin  CMiie,  2nd  March,  1816. 


6.  CAVENDISH. 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


682 


GRBAT  BRITAIN. 


ACCOUNT  of  the  Public  Funded  Debt  of  Great  Britain,  as  the  same  stood  on  the  Ist  of  Febroair,  1816, 
the  same  is  invested  ; — the  Capital  Stock  of  each  Fund ; — the  Annual  Interest: — Annuities  for'liresor 
to  the  Commissioners  for  the  Reduction  of  the  National  Debt,  by  sundry  Acts  of  Pariiament ;  and  the 
Periods,  the  several  Parts  of  the  Public  Debt  are  Redeemable  and  Determinable.  To  which  is 
Germany,  and  Prince  Regent  of  Portugal,  payable  in  Great  Britain. 


BY  WHAT  ACTS  CREATED. 


Capitals.— At  jC9  per  Centum  per  Annum. 


Bank  of 

England  and 

Annuities 

Annol7AI. 


Ssouth  Sea  Old  & 

New  Annuities. 

Anno  1751. 


Consolidated 
AnnuitieB. 


ledocrd 
AnoQicin. 


OREAT  BRITAIN. 
4  dc  6,   and   6   &   6  Will,  and  Mary    - 
S&0         ditto  ... 

20  Geo.  II.  -  -  - 

BXCHBQDBR     21  Ditto        - 

ANN(}ITli».'<  S2  Ditto       -  ... 

6  Geo.  HI.  .  .  . 

18  Ditto      -  ... 

19  Ditto      -  ... 
l29  Ditto      -  _  -  . 

Bankof  Enjiand.— 8&8  Geo.  1.&  2, 17,  J9,  &20  Geo.  Hi. 

South  Sea  Company. — 9  Geo.  I.         ... 

Chief  Cashier  oMhe  South  Sea  Company.— 2fith  Geo.  1.- 

Chief  Cashier  of  the  Bank  ofEngland  -By  Act  12  Geo.  I. 

By  sundry  Acts  prior  to  55  Geo.  III.  (Ist  February-,  1815) 
after  deducting  rf470  agS  per  Cent.  Consols.  ^]JBO0 
^  per  Cent.  Red.  and  ^^600  ^Bb  per  Cents,  the 
Amount  of  Stock  which  would  have  been  created  by 
jr2,<KM) Omnium,  Anno  1814,  forfeited 

Annual  Sums  payable  to  the  Commissioners  for  the  Re- 
duction of  the  National  Debt : 

By  Annuities  for  JO  years.  Anno  1777.  fallen  in 

By  Act  26th  Geo.  III.  -  .  -  . 

Ditto  42nd  ditto      .... 

By  Act  53  Geo.  III.  cap.  5,  to  be  paid  to  the  Commis- 
sioners for  Reduction  of  the  National  Debt,  beinfi  the 
amountof  onehalfofthe  Interest  of  the  Sums  raised 
^^J^  ^A^f^T'jce  of  the  years  1813  and  18U,which  exceeds 
if  H0I3,914,  the  estimated  Sum  applicable  to  the  Re- 
duction of  the  Debt,  at  1st  February,  1813- 

By  Ditto  cap.  35,  sec.  5,  to  be  paid  to  ditto  for  ditto,  for 
the  Service  of  the  year  1814,  which  exceedsjffl  1 ,330,462, 
being  the  estimated  sum  applicable  to  do. at  1  Feb.l8l4 

Deduct  Stock  transferred  In  the  year  ended  1st  Feb. 
ISlfi,  to  the  Commissioners  of  the  National  Debt  on 
account  of  Land  Tax  Redeemed 

Deduct  CapiUIs  of  Stock  paid  oiT  by  Act  of  Parliament 

^     —  «^  «^  ^***  created  Anno  1816. 
On  4^27,000,000  part  of  ^2)6,000,000  Uan 
4^10,318,0(10  Exchequer  Bills  funded 
dl     814,500  ^Ditto  ... 

4^7,006,089   8    6.  Loan  .  .  . 

By  Act  53  Geo.  III.  cap.  ,  to  be  paid  to  the  Commis- 
sioners for  the  Reduction  of  the  National  Debt,  being 
the  amountof  one-half  of  the  Interest  of  the  sums 
raised  for  the  Service  of  the  year  1815,  which  exceeds 
1^11,324^60,  the  estimated  Sum  applicable  to  the  Re- 
duction thereof,  at  1st  February,  ldl5 
ByAct55Geo.lII  cap.l87,i^l  per  Cent,  to  be  paid  to  the 
said  Commissioners,  to  discharge  4^260,000  in  Exche- 

3uer  Bills  outstandinft.and  ^10,000  towards  the  Re- 
emption  of  certain  Debentures  issued  by  viitueof 
two  Acts  of  63  Geo.  III.  -  -  . 


d.         £      u  4.\ 


11^686,800    0    0 

Xjmfim'a  0 


20,071.064  IS  \\k 
966,600    0    0 


.14.\052;496  14    S^  149180^08  19  i 


12,686,800    0    0 


2l,037/»4  13  11^,343,052,496  14    S^  148^86lM«6  »  ^ 
96,607    7    0  :        9eil.«   1  ^ 


342,955,8W    7   bi\*ijt2fin^^  ^ 


Deduct  Capitals  cancelled  per  Act  55  Geo.  III. cap.      , 

!2J*iSi^%ft****.  ^*P*""5   for    j«7^,000,    part   of 
jff36,000,000,  raised  per  Act  55  Geo  .III.  cap.      - 

BemaininR  in  the  Names  of  the  CoramiMioners  for  the 
Reduction  of  the  National  Debt   -  .  - 

Transferred  for  the  Purchase  of  Life  A  n  n  uities 


12,686,800    0    0 


21,037,684  18  11^ 


12^686,800    0   0 


21,087,684  13  11, 
6,223,600   0    0 


14,814.084  13  114^^0    7 


12,686,800   0   0 


1 1,880,000    0    0  '  35,100,000  •  t 


\^i^^Smi\9ijmfi:^  w  <>( 


6i;i7i^  •  •, 


^364,835,889   7 
4,422.879   0 


-I 

I3^i,2»  »  «. 

iLOSkSfi  0  0. 


«4JI2I,»7.W0  18  J 


14,814,084  13  114848,874,825    7    3|ll2IV«^774 18  « 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN. 


683 


SO  far  as  the  same  can  be  ascertained ; — Distinguishing,  the  different  Funds  in  which 
for  Terms  of  Years  ;— Charges  of  Management ;— the  Annual  or  other  Sums  payable 
Total  Annual  Expense:  Distinguishing  also,  upon  what  Conditions,  and  at  what 
added,  an  Account  of  the  Public  Debt  of  Ireland ;  and  of  Loans  to  the  Emperor  of 


Contolidated 

Annuities  at 

jtf4  per  Centum. 


Capitftls.— At  ^5  per  Centum. 


CoAsotidated 
Annuities. 


Annuities 
17V7  and  1802. 


TOTAL 
CAPITALS. 


Jt       «.    d. 


74J077^44    2   2 


111^409454  13    7 


1;«7,^|9    4    5 


^       «.    d. 


u/mjm  0  0 

20,07l,O(M  121  114 

9tiB,0OO    0    0 

\fiWfiOO    0    0 


97S^atifi\9  14    H 


74,077,744    2    2 


vwjaoo  0  0 


lll,40V/IM  \S    7 


I2,066;;ii>  u  0 

»»2.U»    0    0 
8,1»,227  16    0 


1,967415    4   5 


85,d84  19    a 


\;iilfi30    i    2 


7rAM24D4    8   0} 
194,743    8    8 


7124&8460  19    4| 
8i4M  19    3 


712,273.076    0  If 

49,68U,000    0  0 

12466^210   0  9 

952,965    0  0 

8kl«l,227  16  0 


76,777,744    2    2 
7,796^400   0    0 


9Sfi»lM*    2    2 


132478,057   9    7 


1,281490   ft    2 


1824781057    9    7 


1,281480    5    2 


788^16(V478  16    1| 
59407467   0   0 


724,092411  16    1| 
21,679444   0   0 


702.413,067  16    1| 
8,097461    0    0 


68481444   a    2 


182478457    9   7 


14B1430   ft    2 


699416416  16    IJ 
(Continued.) 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


684 


GREAT   BRITAIN. 


ACCOUNT  (Qmtmued)  of  the  PabUc  Funded  Debt  of  Great  Biitun,  as  the  nme  itood 
— the  different  Fands  in  which  the  same  is  Inrested ;— The  Capttil  Stock  of  each  tad}— 
Mansfement ; — ^The  Annual  or  other  Sams  payable  to  the  Commissioners  lor  the  Bedndkn 
Distinguishing  also,  upon  what  conditions,  and  at  what  Periods,  the  several  parts  of  tlie  PaiUie 
Pablic  Debt  oif  Irdand ;   and  of  Loans  to  the  Emperor  of  Germany,  and  Prince  B^gent  of 


BY  WHAT  ACT8  CREATED. 


Annual 
Interest. 


Annaltie*  for 

Lives,  or  for 

Term*  of  Years. 


Claria 
of 


GREAT  BRITAIN. 
'4  &  6,  and  5  it  «  Will,  and  Mary 
ft&«       ditto 
2UOeo.n.- 
BZCHsgusa     1 21  Ditto      -  -  - 

ANMurruN.       82  Ditto     -  -  - 

«  Geo.  III. 

18  Ditto     -  -  - 

19  Ditto     ... 
129  Ditto     -  -  - 

Bank  of  Eacland.^-<  fc  8  Geo.  l.k%  17, 19,  &  90  Gco.III. 

South  Sra  Company .->9  Geo.  I.        - 

Chief  Cashier  of  the  South  Sea  Company— 26  Geo.  I,    - 

Chief  Cashier  of  the  Bank  of  EnKlandw-By  Act  12  Geo.  I. 

By  sundry  Acts  prior  to&ft  Geo.  III.  (1st  February,  181ft) 
alter  dedoctinft4flr470  jtfSper  Cent.  Consols.  ^IJBOb 
<i0>  per  Cent.  Red.  and  j6WN>  4^6  per  Cenu.  the 
Amount  of  Stock  which  would  have  been  created  by 
jtfSiOOO  Omnium,  Anno  1814,  forfeited 

Annual  Sums  nayable  to  tne  Commissioners  for  the 
Reduction  ot  the  National  Debt  i 

By  Annuities  for  10  ycars^  Anno  1777,  fallen  in 

ByAct26  6eo.III.  .... 

Ditto    42nd  ditto  .... 

By  Act  68  Geo.  III.  cap.  6,  to  be  paid  to  the  Commis- 
sioners for  Reduction  of  the  National  Debt,  being  the 
amount  of  one-half  of  the  Interest  of  the  Sums  raised 
for  the  set  t ice  of  the  years  1813  and  I814,which  exceeds 
^lSfii9fi\4,  the  estimated  Sum  applicable  to  the  Re- 
duction of  the  Debt,  at  1st  Febmary,  1818  - 

Ily  Ditto  cap.  8ft,  sec.  ft,  to  be  paid  to  ditto  lor  ditto,  for 
the  Service  of  the  year  1814,  which  ezceedsjtfll,880,4ft2 
being  the  estimated  sum  applicable  to  do. at  1  Feb  1814 


0 

803;182  10 
28.9B8  0 
80,000    0 


0    I 

S  I 


ai9&  12  0 

8L279   ft  0 

14^14  10  0 

16,161    7  6 

ft40    0  0 

2A>8    0  0 

4,047    8  0 

l8^Ef47    4  Hi 


28,8ffi2;8ri    8    H      l.S29,»2  12    0* 


4ff.      s.  4. 


ft,we  3  i 
ll;M  19  • 

ft26  1«  9 


Deduct  Stock  transferred  in  the  year  ended  Ist  Feb. 
1816^  to  the  Commissioners  of  the  National  Debt,  on 
account  of  Land  Tax  Redeemed    •  -  > 


Deduct  CapiUls  of  Stock  paid  off  by  Act  of  Parliament 

Debt  created  Anno  181ft :  40 

On  j027,|OOOiOOO  part  of  jRNMNKMNW  Loan 
jriObSia^OOO  Exchequer  Bills  funded 
^    8l4,ft«0  Ditto  .  .  . 

£7ikh0»   8    6.    Loan  .  -  . 

By  Act  ft8  Geo.  III.  cap,  ,  to  be  paid  to  the  Commis- 
sioners  for  the  Reduction  of  the  National  Debt,  being 
the  amount  of  one-half  of  the  Interest  of  the  sums 
raised  for  the  Service  of  the  year  1815,  which  exceeds 
jtfl  1,82^00,  the  estimated  Sum  applicable  to  the  Re- 
duction thereof,  at  1st  February,  l81S 
By  Act  ftft  Geo.  III.  rap.  187,  ^\  per  Cent,  to  be  paid  to 
the  said  Commissioners,  to  discharge  4^00,000  in  Ex- 
chequer Bills  ouutanding,  and  ^TUJOOO  towards  the 
Redemption  of  certain  Debentures  issued  by  virtue 
of  two  Acts  of  ft8  Geo.  III.  _  .  . 


24,874,106  19    4    ,  1,808,875  14    ftf 


8,842    6    1 


__,    18   8    I 
4,299    4IUt 


18^119  M  1 


24,868.96ft    8  84 

l,ftl7H00    0  0 

60VI10  10  0 

47,848   ft  0 

7  9* 


Deduct  Capitals  cancelled  per  Act  ftft  Geo.  III.  cap.  . 
to  defra}'  the  expense  for  ^VfiOOfiQO,  part  oi 
4088bOOO/XK>  raUed  per  Act  ftft  Geo.  HI.  cap.       -      - 


Remaining  In  the  Names  of  the  Commissioners  for  the 
Reduction  of  the  National  Debt   -  -  - 


ThAsferred  for  the  Purchase  of  Ufc  Annuities 


96^l,7»  11    1 
l,8ftOjOOO   0   2k 


2ft,091,78S  10  lOf 
680,886   6   4| 


2iM\JB»   4    6 
92,926  10    7 


1,80^876  14    ft| 


ijnw^  14  H 


24,84M7S  18  11       i;»8,87ft  14    ftf 


9n»  f. 
I77,l«  " 


m 


mjm  7H 


»1,M7  7  II 


»\Jt97  711 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT   BRITAIN. 


681 


on  the  1st  of  Pebmarj,  1816,  so  far  as  the  same  can  be  ascertained :— Distingmshini 
The  Annual  Interest  ^— Annuities  for  lives  or  for  Terms  of  Years ; — Charges  c 
of  the  National  Debt,  by  snndry  Acts  of  Parliament ;  and  the  total  Annual  Expense 
Debt  are  Redeemable  and  Determinable ; — ^To  which  is  added,  an  Aocouit  of  th 
Portugal,  payable  in  Great  Britain. 


Annual  or  oiher  Sums 

payable  to  the  Com- 
miasiooen  for  the 

TOTAL 

Conditions  of  Redemption, 

Redaction  of  ibe 

or 

National  Debt,  by 
■andry  AcU  of  Parlia- 
ment. 

Periods  of  Determination. 

^.      «.    d. 

^,     $,    d. 

M^»I4    « 

•M^'i    • 

Expired  A»  1798. 

—          • 

81196  13    0 

4jm  0  0 

l%818    6    0 

7JM    0   0 

Xl^4fl6  10    0 

MM  17    « 

3^667   6    0 

•             .. 

640    0    0 

SSI  18    0 

3J69  18    0 

1.127  16    7 

6,174  18    7 

-            . 

18^817    4  lU 

-            — 

856JM)2    3    6 

-            - 

OIJW    9    9| 

-            " 

29;^  16    9 
80.000   0   0 

dttction  of  the  National  Debt,  or  at  Par  i 

•    the  Lone  Annultica,  if  not  Redeemed  will 
expire  A^  1800. 

6^96^1    2    4| 

81.128^028    3  114 

- 

»,00O   0    0 

26.000    0    0 

1.00Q.IWO    V    0 

1,000^000    0   0 

200,000   0    0 

20O.U0O   0    0 

i           1,196^1  18   0 

1,196321  18    0 

'              105^8  16  lOi 

166.078  16  lOi 

;           9,197,M»  12  10 

84,898,641    6    9| 

- 

6JM2    6    I 

8W  16  111 

•^■fS'f.fl 

S1197.078  U  m 

84,883,689  17    9^ 

-          .          • 

I.S17/I0O    0    0* 

^ 

120AE2    3    0 

7'A972  12    0 

9^:29  18    0 

67,177  18    0 

%a05    1    2 

411,700   8  114 

967.068    0  lOi 

967.668   0  104 

- 

282W   8    9 

«  See  below. 

270/m   0    0 

270.000   0   0 

10^667,348  13  1^1 

- 

1.860,000        2| 

10.667.MS  12  lot 

87W»412    6    2k 

660.888   6   41 

- 

11^.^)9   8« 

SBMOS  10    7 

— 

11,800,606    9I0& 

87,20MI3   6    24 

ToUl  Chaige  for  Oreat  Britain. 

(Qmtmued, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


686 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 


^ 


ACCO\JNT{Conimued)otihe  Public  Funded  Debt  of  Great  Britain,  as  the  same  tloodoii 
different  Fands  in  which  the  same  is  invested ;  €tkt  Capital  Stock  of  each  Fund  ;— 
Management  ^  the  Annaal  or  other  sums  payable  to  the  Commissionen  for  the 
Aimual  Expense ;  Disting^hing  alao,  upon  what  Conditions,  and  at  what 
which  is  added,  an  Account  of  the  Public  Debt  of  Iraland ;  and  of  Loans  to  the 


Capitals  at  8  per  Centum  per  Annnai. 


BY  WHAT  ACTS  CREATED. 


Bank  of 
England 

and 
Annuities 
Anno  1751. 


South  Sea  Old 

and 

New  Annuities 

Anno  1751. 


Contolidated 
Annuities. 


BalMcd 
Annaitleb 


IRELAND. 

THE  PUBLIC  FUNDED  DEBT  OF 

IRELAND. 

payable  in  Great  Britain « 

From  Act  87  Geo.  III.  to  Act  55 

Geo.  III.    (inclusive.)  - 


t.    d. 


jtf. 


Debt  created  per  Act  56  Geo.  III. 

pro  Anno  1815: 
By  ^jmm,  part  of  ^630^000,000  - 

Redeemed  by  the  Commissionen 
for  the  Redaction  of  the  Debt    - 


LOANS  TO  THE  EMPEROR  OF 

GERMANY, 

payable  in  Great  Britain : 

By  Acts  85  and  87  Geo.  Ill 

Redeemed  by  the  Commissioners 

for  the  Reduction  of  the  Debt    - 


LOANfi  TO  THE  PRINCE  RE> 
GENT  OF  PORTUGAL, 

payable  in  Great  Britain. 

By  Act  49  Geo   III. 
Redeemed  by  the  Commissioners 
for  the  Reduction  of  the  Debt    - 


^. 


S8,WA26    0   0 


a»iMOy0OO    0    0 


41jOaBJiO  0 


ii,;o(Miw  0  0 


42fie7fi2i    0    0 
8,014,«76    0   0 


5S;768^;50  0  » 


9ifi7VM   0   0 


•  9 


TOTAL  DEBT 

Of  Great  Britain 

Ireland,  payable  in  Great  Bri- 


7,502,088   6    8 
1,771/141    0   0 


5J31,1&2   «   8 


SOOJBIO  0  (^ 


584,713  7   »l 


tain 


Amount  of  Loans  to  the  Emperor 
of  Germany,  payable  in  do. 

Ditto  Prince  Regent  of  Portugal, 
payable  in  do. 


12,086^800    0   0|21/)87/»4  18  114354,885,a»   7 
4%0e7,625    0 

7,soa;i0s  « 


4^12,686300    0 
In  the  hands  of  the  Commissioners 
for  the  Reduction  of  the  Debt    - 

Transferred  to  the  Commissioners 
by  Purchasers  of  Life  Annuities, 
pursuant  to  Act  48  Geo.  III. 
cap.  142  -  -  - 


132,591,205  18 
52,766^'90  0 

895,522   7 


2lfl»7fiM  13  11^404,42(^147  18  lU 
0,228,600   0   0     1438^490    0    0 


180,255^   5 
I9,96M44   0 


14,814,064  18  llkSHOaUjS&l  IS  lU 


12,686300    0    0 


2388385    0    0 


166^298384   S  9 


IfiiSJM  0  « 


14314,084  id  11^888,178356  18  Hi  10>3»kl«8  5  $ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAnS. 


687 


the  1st  of  Febmary,  1816,  bo  far  as  the  same  can  be  ascertained  ; — Distinguishing  the 
the  Annual  Interest ; — Annuities  for  Lives  or  for  terms  of  Years ; — Charges  of 
Reduction  of  the  National  Debt,  by  sundry  Acts  of  Parliament ; — and  the  Total 
Periods,  the  several  parts  of  the  Public  Debt  are  Redeemable  and  Determinable ;  to 
Emperor  of  Germany,  and  Prince  Regent  of  Portugal,  payable  in  Great  Britain. 


Cooaolidaied 

Annuities  at 

4^4  per  Centum. 

Capitals  at  ^n  per  Centum. 

r 

CoDMlidated 
Annuities. 

Annuitie* 
1797  and  1802. 

^     •..     d. 

W»4JB7b    0    0 
SOfi/MO   0   0 

^       i.     <L 
2,222,000    0   0 

se      «.   d. 

ft,9M,S7ft    0    0 

2,222,000    0    0 

.... 

63»4376    0    V 

2,222.UU0    0    0 

. 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 1 

«B^i;i44    3    2 
6,«M,37ft    0   0 

132,078^1157    9    7 
3,220,000   0    0 

1,281,00   ft    a 

7i9M,719    2    3 

184,900.067    9    7 

1,281,090   ft    2 

1 

74,885^719   8    8 

134,900,057    9    7 

\;»\AM  ft  2 

(Continued*) 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


688 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 


ACCOUNT  {ConNmiei)  of  the  Public  Funded  Debt  of  Orait  Britain,  m  the  eame  stood  on  the  1st  oT 
the  same  Is  inrested ;— the  Capital  Stoclt  of  each  Fund  j— the  Annual  luteiest;— Annuities  for 
miasioners  for  the  Bcdoodon  of  the  National  DdbC,  hy  sundir  Acts  of  Psrliament  -,  mod  the  TDodal 
the  PubUc  Debt  are  Bedeemable  and  Determinable :— To  which  U  added,  an  Account  of  the  PkibUe 
Great  Britain. 


BY  WHAT  ACT8  CRBATBD. 

Total 
CapitaU. 

Annual 
IntercaU 

Annuities  for 

Lives,  or  for 

Terms  of  Years. 

ORBAT  BRITAIN. 

Amount  of  the  National  Debt  of  Oiwat 

Brxtaim           -          -         -          - 

Deduct  -  Amount  of  Slock  due  to  the 

Bank  of  England  k  South  Sea  Stock 

S0.      s.    d. 
0M»,81M18I8    11 

26^500^884  18  114 

^,     9.     d, 

Mananement 
521,166,506   8   2| 
188,406,488   0   0 

jT.   s.    d. 

oLireAttanHies, 
Ditto 
Ditto 

40 

Amount  of  Long  Annuities  pavAble  at 
the  Bank,  at »  Yean*  PorchaM       - 

msiAAa  2  2i 

88^46^15    1    Oi 

Amount  on  which  the  Bank  U  entitled 

70egM0y847   8   81 

708,580,947   8   2i 

IRELAND. 

M^imGnaiBritaku 

From  Art  87  Geo  lU.  to  Act  65  Geo.  I U. 

(inciusive)        .... 

Debt  cieated  per  Act  W  Geo.  111.  1816, 

By  ifSgOOIMXN^  part  of  j886^/)00 

80^47%76O   0   0 
1<VS8(MW0   0    0 

2,mi86   6   0 
506,800   0   0 

128^588   8   8 

the  Reduction  of  the  Debt     - 

108,082,750   0   0 
16,6801745    0   0 

8^194,908   5    0 
497,422    7    0 

129^588   8   8 

8M52^   0   0 

2J»;fi4il8    0 

ia».5»    8   8 

Amount  of  National  Debt  of  Ireland    - 

Lone  Annuities  payable  at  the 

Bank,  at  2ft  Years'  Purchase 

8f{,452,m5   0    0 
8,280,688   8   8 

88^828^   6    8 

22jBas/m  0  0 

Bfanaiiemcnt 
Ditto 

80^1,588   6    8 

80.801^83   8   8 

- 

ByAcU86and87Geo.llL 
the  Reduction  of  the  Debt     - 

7JM2fin   8   8 
1J7I,441    0    0 

225/179   0   0 
58^148   4   7 

280y0OO   0    0 

1 

^ 

6,781,li«    8   8 

i71,M5  15    5 

280/WU    0    U 

Amount  of  Loans  to  the  Emperor  of 

Germany          -          -          -          - 

Long  Annuities  payable  at  the 

Bank,  at  35Ya[rs*  Purchase 

5,781.192   8   8 
6,760»00    0    0 

28,865  18   H 
10324    8   0 

Loons  to  the  Priitee  Regent  <^  PvrtMgal, 

pagQbleim  Great  Britain, 

ByAct«6eo.IIl.          -          -          . 

the  Reduction  of  the  Debt     - 

11,481,193   8    8 

80%522    7    9 
880.310    0    0 

^ 

684,712    7    9 

18,041    7    54 

- 

Amount  of  Loan  to  the  Prince  Regent 
of  Portugal       .          -          -          - 

584,712    7    9 

- 

Management 

Total  Debt  of  Great  Britain       - 

Ireland,  payable  in  Great 

Amount  of  Loans  to  the  Emperor  of 
Germany,  payable  in  ditto     - 

Ditto  Prince  Regent  of  PbnugaU  pay- 
able in  ditto     .          -          .          - 

724/W%811  18    11 

10B.082;750   0   0 

7,60%888   8   8 

a».5a2  7  9 

25/)0I,785  10  lOf 

8,194,986   6    0 

225,079   0   0 

26.885  18   54 

1,808^875  14   6 
128^588    8    8 
280JBOO    0  0 

the  Red  uction  of  the  Debt     - 

885,528,517  10   «} 
40,802,640    0   0 

2B^588;808    9    4 
1,211,776    8  111 

1,682,968    1    li 

Transferred  to  the  Commissioners  by 
Purchasers   «f  Life  Annuities  pur- 
suant to  Act48  Geo.  III.  cap.  142 

796,18(M»77  10   81 

sjmj»i  0  0 

27;B84W0   5    44 
92.926  10   7 

itf 

702;0B8,426  10    8| 

27M190814  94 

I,868;9M    I    If 

Exchequer,  18th  March,  1818. 

WM.  RCMfB  HAWOVTH. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UitJ!<AI    DtailAlPi    AMU    JtiJ!«l^AMli« 


ooy 


F^bniary,  1810,  so  ftr  as  the  same  can  t)e,  aacertained :  DiatingtilahInK,  the  dlflTerent  Funda  In  which 
lires  or  forTenna  of  Yeara ;— Chargea  of  Management ; — the  Annual  or  other  Sums  payable  to  the  Corn- 
Annual  Ezpenae  :  Distinguiahlng  also,  upon  what  conditions,  and  at  what  periods,  the  seroral  parts  of 
Bcbt  of  Ireland ;  and  of  Loans  to  the  Emperor  of  Genaany,  and  Prince  Begent  of  Portugal,  payable  In 


Chanes 
Management. 


AaniMl  «r  oth«r  Sow  payable 
to  the  ComnuMlonen  for  the 

Rcdttctton  of  the  KktloiMl  Debt, 
by  nodrj  AcU  of  PBrliameiit. 


TOTAL 
OF  ANNUAL 

EXPENSES. 


Conditions  of  Redemption 

or 
Periods  of  Determination. 


s.   d. 


S,      «.   d. 


payable  at  the  .Bank 

at  j£S4a  per  Million 
-    I       atjeSOO         ditto 

I 


£.     «.  d. 

972  18  8 

177,192  17  Ik 

HTil  12  1\ 


22;;2\  14    4} 
«3&8  18    0 


•Mfi9d  12   4| 


2^580  12   4| 


8^908  12    1 


3,908  12    1 


181  16   0 


181  16    0 


291,007    7  11 
29,S80  12    4| 
8,908  12    1 
181  16    0 


284473    8    4| 


284,873    8    4} 


Add 


Deduct 


2S2397   8    9 


878,964  19    9} 
}  f  See  below      - 

16S4U0   0   e 


8)1992,784  11  AJ 
29,680  12  4| 
671,400   0    0 


1,099,584  19    91 
497,422    7    0 


4,393J15   8  104 


1,687,007    6    9S 


4,303,715    8  10^ 


at  4^340  per  HilUon  - 
at  i08OO        ditto 

t  See  above. 

86,693    0   0 

53,143    4    7 
t  See  below 


22721  14    41 
6,868  18    0 


29,680  12    4| 


4i»l,772    0    0 
3,903  12    1 


4    7 


496,676  12    1 


«tif840  per  Million 


8,908  12    1 


SOyOOO   0    0 
I  See  below 

10,824   6    0 


56,866  18    6i 
181  16    0 


40,834    6    0 


67,047    9   5i 


at  1^340  per  Million 


10,667,'J43  12  109 

1,039,684  19  9i 

36,693    0  0 

80,900    0  0 


11,663,521  I'i    8i 
1,211,776   8  lit 


12,876,297  16    Si 
92326  10    7 


12,968,^24    7    H 
29,846   4    6 


i24KM,oro  11  n 

199.846    0    0 


jffl2,79»,235  11    9| 


£18)5^16.]' 


181  16    0 


37,203,412    6   2i 
4,393,715   3  10^ 
496,676  12    1 
67,047    9    H 


42,149,860  11    7 


42,149,860  11    7 


*  SeeaboTc. 


Redeemable  by  theCommiMlonersfor  the 
Reduction  of  the  National  Debt,  or  at 
Par;  the  Long  Annaities,  if  not  Re- 
deemed, will  expire  in  1880. 


Total    Charge    for  MUtnd,  payable 
Great  Britain. 


^03,669,300  ten  per  Cent.  Consols,  part  of 
jfi'7,602,633  6  8.  Redeemable  by  the  Com. 
miMioncrt  fur  theReduction  of  the  Debt, 
or  the  whole  Redeemable  at  Par. 

Total  Charge  for  Gemumy. 


%  See  above. 


Redeemable  by  said  Commisilonen,  < 
at  Par. 


Total  Charge  for  Portu^. 
i  See  above. 

Charge  for  Debt  of  Great  Britain, 
Ditto  Ireland,  payable  in  Great  Brilahi. 
Ditto  Germany t  do.  do. 

Ditto  Portugal,  do.  do. 


Being  Annnttiet 
Three  Yeats  at 


(  Total  Charge  for  Debt  payable  In  Great 
i     Britain. 

payable  at  the  Exchequer,  Unclaimed  for 
khJ  "*" 


January,  1816. 

Life  Annuities  psyablcat  the  Bank  of  England. 

Amount  applicable  to  the  Reduction  of  the  Debt  payable  ia 
Great  Briiaia. 

3  Y 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


690 


GREAT    BRITAIN. 


ACCOUNT  of  the  Progress  made  in  the  Redemption  of  the  Public  Fnnded  Debt  of 
specifying  how  much  of  each  has  been  Redeemed  by  the  Commissionen  for  the 
and  the  Sums  Annually  applicable  to  th«  Reduction  thereof:  likewise,  the  Annuities 
Land  Tax  Redeemed. 


FUNDS. 

CAPITALS 

Commiasionera, 

ftom  1st  August 

1786,  to  1st  Feb. 

ruary,  1816. 

TOTAL 
Sums  paid. 

Average 
price  of 
Stocks. 

Consolidated  jtf3  per  cent  Annul- 
tiet »... 

je       a. 
4a9JS97fiSS    4 

8,400,000    0 

H 
0 

a.  d. 
78^850,761    0    0 

^       «.  d. 
40,168^758  16    7 

621 

Ditto      itfl2,000»000.  part  of 
4tfl4»200,000,  pro  anno  1807  ... . 

4,986,010    0    0 

8,150,6!8  16    9 

63* 

Bedttced  ^n  per  cent  Annuities . . 

2^,726,992    0 

1 

165,014,186    0    0 

101,848,516    8    9 

611 

Ditto  jtfl2,000»000,   part     of 
4^14,20(^000,  pro  anno  1807 ... . 

8,400,000    0 

0 

5,458,445    0    0 

3,446,575    8    5 

63( 

Old  South  SeaAnnuitlei 1 

New        do.          do J 

24,065,064  13  1U 

10,187,600    0    0 

6,988,640  15    6 

681 

^8  ner  centa.  anno  17$l .......... 

1,919,600    0 
76,777,744    2 

0 

96iM>00    0    0 

694,819    5    0 

701 

2 

7,796,400    0    0 

^,586,984    8    9 

844 

Ditto      jtffi  per  cent     do. 

131,548,0»7    9 

7 

142,000    0    0 

126;998    7    6 

89J 

Ditto      do.  itfI2.000,000;  part 
of  jS'14»200,000  pro  anno  It^  . . 

1,272,000    0 

0 

- 

— 

— 

jf5  per  cent  AnnulUes,  annis  1797 
and  1802 

1^1,630    S 
1,000,000    0 

V 

jfS  per  cent  ditto         anno  1798 

0 

- 

— 

— 

Ditto      Bank  Annuities  .... 

11,686,800    0 

0 

— 

— 

— 

Bcduced  £Z  per  cent  by    j^,400 
ftinded,  being  part  of  4^99,800 

Geo.  Ill 

11,100    0 

0 

.        - 

- 

jfi" 

1,000^986,526  15 
25,155/»56  19 

41 

8 

278,418,402    0    0 

172;009,862    2    3 

Tnnafenred  to  the  CommiMloner% 
on  account  of  Land  Tax  redeem- 
ed, at  lat  February,  1816 

^ 

975331,460  16 

11 

Ditto       for  purchase  of  Ufe 
Annuities,  per  Act  48  Geo.  Ill .. 

3,097,551    0 

0 

S 

972,733,918  16 

li 

273,418^02    0 

0 

Debt  unredeemed  at  Itt  February, 
1816        ^ 

69»,815^1«  16 

If 

Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN. 


691 


Gnat  Britain,  at  the  Ist  of  February,  1816  ;  distinguishing  the  Capitals  of  the  several  Funds,  and 
feductioii  of  the  National  Debt,  since  the  1st  of  August,  1786  ;  the  average  price  of  Stocks ; 
to  £dl  in ;   and  also,  the  Capitals  of  Debt  transferred  to  the  said  CommiationerB  on  account  of 


Slims  Aanvallf  applioMc  to  the  Beduction  of  the 
Natloma  Debt. 


Bonal  Charge,  per  Act  28  Geo.  Ill 

Ditto 42  Geo.  Ill 

Ditto 64   Geo.    III.    being 

ifSWVOOO  per  Annum,  topayoif  Exchequer 
BViM,  and  j^lO^OOO  per  Annum,  to  pay  off 
Debenturea  outstanding  at  6th  Jannaiy   .. 

■snHlea for  99 and 96  Teare,  Expired  I79S.. 

Ditto        lOTeara  Ditto    1787.. 

Mb  Annnitlea  Unclaimed  for  8  Tears,  at  6th 
January  1816 


Ditto....  of  which  the  Nominees  shall  have 
died  prior  to  6th  July  1802 


IMdcnd  oo  i€366,036>t7,  at  i^  per  Cent . 

407,796,400..  404.. Ditto  ... 

M  14%000..  J06.. Ditto  ... 


iBclusliv. 


of  ^1  per  C«it.  on  part  of  Capltala 
lat  Fbbraary  im  to  1812,  both 


for  Bedoctlon  of  4012,000,000 
fro  Ao  1807  

IMdend  on  ^10,444,456,  j08  per  Cent.  pur. 
chased  by  the  Commissioners  in  respect  o/ 
the  Sidd  4012,000,000 


fewidend  on  403,O97>61,  40S  per  Cent,  trans, 
fared  for  Purchase  of  Life  Annnitles 


he  Proportion  of  Sinking  Pund  on  Loan  raised 
and  Bills  fVmdcd,  A«  1016,  to  be  borne  by 
Cnnsolidsted  Fund 


hvgeaMe  on  Sinking  Fund  : 

IileAniu4SGeo  III.  c.  142  40199,845    0    0 

Loans  and  Exchequer  Bills, 
ftinded  from  1SI8  to  1816, 
both  IndttslTe,  pursuant  to 
53  Geo.  III.  c.  86 7,682,969  14    H 


£7jdS2SU  14    9k 

Bcdoct   Sinking   Fund  for 
mid  Loans  and  Bills. . . .  2,218,024  18  lOi 


Actual  Sinking  Fund,  Great  BriUln. .  40 1 1,180,557  14    4| 


40.  «. 

1,000,000    0 


SOOyOOO    0    0 


270^000  0 
64,880  14 
25,000    0 


29,846    4    6 


21,856  6 

7j661,066  8 

811,866  0 

7,100  0 

6,608,231  16 
626,266  to 

818,888  18 
92;926  10 


543,494    6  lU 
16,760,847  10    Si 


6,610789  16  101 


Annuities  fidlen  in  since  2Sd  June  1803,  or  that 
wiU  (Ul  in  1 


Exchequer  Annuities,  2d  and  8d 

Anne.— Expired    6th    April, 

1808. 

Ditto 6thJan.l806 

Ditto    4th  Anne,  6th  April   .. 

Ditto   6th      -      Do.      1806 

Ditto   6th    —       Do.      1807 

Ditto 6thJnly  » 

Bank  Short  Annultlea,  6th  Jan, 
1808 

Do     Long      Do.       will  ex. 
pire  6th  January  1860 

By  an  Act  of  42d  Geo.  III. 
Icsp.  71.  such  Annuities  as  fall 
In  alter  the  passing  of  that  Act, 
are  not  to  be  placed  to  the  Ac- 
count of  the  Commissioneni  for 

the  Reduction  of  the  National 

I 

Debt. 


s.  d. 

28,369  18  4 

7,080    6  8 

23,264  11  6 

7,776  10  0 

4,710  10  0 

10^181    0  0 

418^883    0  U 

1,229,862  12  0} 


I 


J 


2  Y2 


Digiti 


{Continued) 

ized  by  Google 


692 


GREAT  BRITAIN. 


ACCOUNT  fContinued)  of.  the  Progress  made  in  the  Redemption  of  the  Public 
Capitals  of  the  several  Funds,  and  specifying  how  much  of  each  has  been  Redecwicd 
August,  1786 ;  the  Avenge  Price  of  Stocks;  and  the  Sums  Annually  apfdicaUe 
Capitals  of  Debt  transferred  to  the  said  Commissioners  on  Account  of  Land  Tkz 


AeeowU  qf  the  Progren  made  m  the  Redea^iUm  qf  ike 


FUNDS. 

CAPITALS. 

from  Ist  Angtut, 

1786.  to  Ut  Feb. 

ruary,  1816. 

TOTAL 
SoBupaid. 

af.       •.    d. 

^.        ».    d. 

Mf,          M.    d. 

42,087,925    0    0 

8,014,676    0    0 

4,99M76    8    • 

Reduced              ditto. 

liV«VW    0    0 

8,566,069    0    0 

M18,866    9    & 

5,9H37i    0    0 

— 

— 

Ditto       jeb              ditto 

2;222,000    0    0 

— 

— 

10S,0a2,7M    0    0 
16.580^48    0    0 

16,580^45    0    0 

101,317,842  17    5 

Debt   unredeemed   at    Ut   Febraary, 
181« -fc 

86,453,005    0    0 

Account  qf  the  Prttgreu  made  m  the  BedempHom 


FUNDS. 

CAPITALS. 

from  let  Anauat, 

1786,  to  UtPeb. 

ruary,  1816. 

TOTAL 
Suaa  paid. 

Imperial  jtfS  per  cent  Annultlea 

jtf.        a.    d, 
7,502/SS    6    8 
i;71,441    0    0 

jtf.      a.    <f. 
1,771,441    0    0 

jtf.        a.    rf. 
1,070^489  14    9 

Debt    unredeemed   at    Ut  February, 

lbl6 jg 

.   5,731,192    6    8 

\  the  Bedea^iitm 

FUNDS. 

i 
1 

CAPITALS. 

from  Ut  Auguat, 

1786,  to  Ist  Feb. 

ruary,  1816. 

TOTAL 
Sumapaid. 

Reduced  j^  per  cent  AnnuiUca  . . . 

jtf.        a.    d. 
895,522    7    9 
360,810    0    0 

jtf.       a.    If. 
360,810    0    0 

^       M.     d. 

224,979    8    7 

1816 

63V13    7    9 

EXCHEQUER,  \ 

i:Uh  March,  1816.  J 


WM.  ROSE  HA  WORTH. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN. 


693 


Funded  Debt  of  Great  Britain,  at  the  let  of  Fcbmary,  1816  ;  diatinguighing,  the 
by  the  Commiadonen  for  the  Reduction  of  the  National  Debt,  aince  the  lat  of 
to  the  Reduction  thereof:  Ukewiae,  the  Annnities  to  fall  in  :  and,  alao,  the 
Redeemed. 


PubUe  Debt  qflreltmd,  Ftmded  in  Great  Britain,  at  Ut  February,  1816. 


Avenge  price  of 

SUMS 
Debt. 

Annuity  at  j^  per  cent,  on  Capitals  Created  from  1797 
to  1815,  both  lncliitl?e 

],089,ft84  19    OS 
497^422    7    0 

Dividend  on  jf  18,680,74ft,  £Z  per  cenU 

— 

Actual  Sinking  Fund,  IreUind.  ..,£ 

1^7,007    6  *9| 

1^  tie  imperial  Debt,  at  let  Fetmarf,  1816. 

^^naS"" 

SUMS 

Annually  appUcabe  to  the  Reduction  of  the 

Debt. 

00| 

Annuity  of  jtf  1  per  cent,  on  Capitals  created  by  Loan,  Ao 
1797 

^.         9.     A 

86^693    0    0 
58^143    4    7 

Dividend  on  jtf  1,771,441,  jffS  per  cents 

Actual  Sinking  Fund,  Ocrmonjf . . . .  jtf 

89,886    4    7 

o/tke  Debt  qf  Portugal,  at  let  February,  1816. 


*™35£"'*' 

SUMS 

AnnuaUy  appUcable  to  the  Bednction  of  the 

Debt. 

821 

£.       9.     d. 

80,000    A    0 
10,834    6    0 

Dividend  on  jtfa60.810.  8  oer  cents 

Actual  Sinking  Fund,  Portugal.  ,..£ 

40,834    6    0 

G.  T.  GOODENOUGH. 

Secretary, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ACCOUNT  of  the  Public  Funded  Debt  of  Ireland,  as  the  esme  ttood  on   the  5th  Juuv^,  1^ 


«.    d|      ^        «.    <L| 


13  Geo.  III.  - 
15  O«o.  III.  - 
17  6«o.  III.  - 
35  Geo.  III.  - 
V  Geo.  III. - 

38  Geo.  III. - 
37. 29,  hk  81  Geo.  I 
S»  Geo.  III.  - 
Vote  of  Credit, 

n  June  1798 
»4Geo.  III. - 

35  Geo.  III.  - 

36  Geo.  III.  - 
Vote  of  Credit, 

18  October  1796 

37  Geo.  III.  - 
88  Geo.  HI.  - 

39  &  88  Geo.  III. 

40  Geo.  III.  - 
41,38,&89Geo.Il] 
42,  Geo.  III.  - 

43  &  88  Geo.  III. 

44  Geo.  III.  - 

45  Geo.  III.  - 

46  Geo.  III.  - 

47  Geo.  III.  - 

48  Geo.  III.  - 

49  Geo.  111.  - 

50  &  45  Geo.  IT  f. 

51  1(45  Geo.  III. 
58  &  45  Geo.  III. 
53  Geo.  III.  - 
54&45  Geo. III. 
55  &  45  Geo.  III. 


BANKOflKXLAin 

33  at  87  Geo.  III. 
37  Geo.  III.   - 
48  Geo.  III.   - 


insn  irun 


Cnrreac! 


Total  Principal  of  Funded  Debt,  on  5th  Janoajry,  1816 


Irish  Cwttnci 


Treafury  Chambers,  Dublin  Castle, 
2d  March,  1816. 


G.  CAVENDISl 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


IRELAND. 


695 


cJintingnishiiig  the  Tears  in  which  each  Part  thereof  was  created ;  distiDgnishing  also  the  different 
Interest  and  Annuities,  the  seyeral  portions  thereof  payable  in  London  and  Dublin  respectiyely  : 


^    «.  J. 

S      «. 

d. 

£    •.  A. 

M       :    d. 

^      t.    d. 

^      «.   d. 

£       a.  d. 

_ 

^ 

_ 

18.668   0   0 

z 

I 

— 

10,600    0    0 
22,500    0   0 

— 

48368    0   0 

^ 

.. 

.. 

— ' 

2;2S0   0   0 

_ 

3,290   0    0 

^ 

— 

7,000   0   0 

— 

— 

«. 

7  000   0    0 

^ 

— 

82.188   8   0 

— 

— 

» 

82,188    8   0 

— 

^ 

6,084    0    0 

— 

^ 

.. 

6,984    0    0 

— 

— 

10,000   0    0 

— 

— 

— 

10300    0    0 

,     _ 

^ 

7JK)0   0   • 

«. 

^ 

_^ 

7300   0   0 

— 

— 

61«482  10    0 

^ 

10,296  10   0 

^ 

61,779   0   0 

^ 

— 

70.683   6    8 

— 

18358  18    8 

_ 

97,642    0    4 

— 

— 

82;000   0    0 

— 

8300   0   0 

— 

40,000   0    0 

.« 

^ 

16,250   0   0 

__ 

16,487  10    0 

_ 

81387  10    0 

aoiMMW  0  0 

^ 

180.062  10   0 

4375    0   0 

67349    1    0 

88.700  19    0 

241,287  10    0 

— 

— 

382;i97  10    0 

8,826    7    9 

— 

64.466    8    4 

801300    1    1 

— 

^ 

271,178    0    0 

— 

— 

76376    0    0 

848360    0    0 

— 

— 

227.050    0   0 

— 

— 

69.016  18    4 

286,006  18    4 

— 

— 

I44,er96    8    6 

^ 

— 

47,698  19    a 

192,496    2    8 

— 

^ 

147J88  18    6 

— 

— 

46,294    4    0 

194327  19    6* 

— 

^o 

]04,UU    0    0 

^061    7    9 

— 

86,846    9  11 

146347  17    6 

— 

— 

886,401  11    8 

— 

— 

102,770    6    8 

489.171  17    6 

— 

MO^WO   0 

0 

16ft,V50    0    0 

81,350   0   0 

— 

67.268  18    4 

297.763  18    4 

— 

— 

206,200    0    0 

— 

^ 

6V66  18    4 

268366  18    4 

— 

313/)00   0 

0 

I824»)6    2  11 

— 

— 

68,784    6    6 

241.660    8    4 

**^^  J  J 

— 

168,460    8    4 

— 

— 

42.180  14    7 

306.601    2  11 

i^xMwo  0  0 

— 

180,000    0    0 

14364    8    4 

— 

64,747  18    I 

268^101  18    6 

— 

24A.668    0    6 

— 

— 

8*^,248    6    8 

828,911    7    2 

— 

•~ 

1M.0&0    0    0 

^ 

^ 

80.020    0    0 

136370    0    0 

^ 

— 

816,970    0    0 

— 

— 

101,200    0    0 

41fi^l70    0    0 

— 

— 

421,600    0    0 

37338    0   0 

— 

I34,y68  19    7 

684,088  19    7 

— 

1,650,000   0 

0 

406341    8    0 

— > 

— 

1)6,792  16    0 

621384    0    0 

vmpnn  0  0 

" 

848,850    0    0 

" 

1?J360    0    0 

727310    •    0 

80^000    0   0 

80300    0    0 

_ 

— 

25/)00    0   0 

\8,m  0  0 

— 

6,000   0    0 

48[l25    0   0 

" 

" 

62,500    0    0 

" 

■" 

12,500    0    0 

76,000    0   0 

6»9M375   0   0 

syowo  0 

0 

43W1710  11    8 

207,406  18  10 

121391  M   8 

1,408302   <    0 

6386369   8   2 
28;44l    6  84 

IrUh 

Irish 
Currency : 

Management 

Currency : 
6^4501573  18   4 

2,407.im  IS 
MACST-i  18 
67,I0M45  16 
4WHW7    1 

4 

4 

^. 

6366310  14  lOi 

8 
8 

*  Life  i 

knnuidc*. 

3,0&8,SSS    9 

8 

18,604,848  11 

a 

1,160.100    0 

0 

17,880,972  17 

» 

Total   £. 

145,818/M7   5 

0 

Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


696 


IRELAND. 


ACCOUNT  of  the  promu  made  Id   the  Redemption  of  the  Public  I>ebt  of   Irelrad  at  the 
fith  Janiuury,  1816,  (ftinded  Id  Irish  Secatritfce) ;   dlBtingalshiog  the  Capitate  of  the  aerend 
Fuiida }  aDd  apedfyiog  how  much  of  each  Fund  respectively  has  been  redeemed  ;  the  Tout . 
Sums  paid  on  account  thereof;  the  average  Price  of  Stocks ;  and  the  Sums  annnally  applicable 
to  the  Reduction  thereof. 


FUNDS. 


CAPITALS. 


Redeemed 

by  the 

Commissioners, 

ft'ODl 

Ist  January, 

1797.  to 

fith  January, 

1816. 


Total 
Sums  paid . 


Prices  of 
Stocks. 


rl 


i\ 


i  per  Cents. 
4  per  Cents. 
81  per  Gents. 


t 


jtf.         s.    d.\       £.       9.  d.\       £,       s.    i. 

15,569,797  18    4    1,852,072  17  8  j  1,656,806    6    3 

294,500    0  0       258,288  18  11 

5,745,958    1  3    4;)12,785  17    6 


1,097,100    0    0 
17,880,972  17    1 


^.  9,  d, 

89    8  7 

87  14  0 

75    1  1 


if  34  ,047,870  15    5  7,892,580  18    6.  6,227,378    2    8 

i__ I 


78  18    0 


Sums  annually  applicable  to  the  Reduction  of  the  Debt,  Ainded  In  Irish  Securities. 


i«r.      «.  4' 


Annual  Charge,  per  Act  37  Geo.  III.  for  Redemption  of  jtf5329,156.  IS*.  4d. 

the  Debt  then  existing €7,649    I 

Annuities  for  years  which  have  expired 54,042  13 

Annuity  jKI  per  cent  on  ^£"28,21 8,7 14.  2s.  Id.  Capitals  created  fiom  Ist  January, 

1797,  to  5th  January,  1816 282,187    2 

jtf  1  per  cent,  on  Treasury  Bills,  1815,  for  3  months,  on  4^2,706,750.  .^,771  17    6 
Ditto  ditto  1816,  for  9  months,  on  je2,705,000.    30,287  10    0 

27,059    7 

loterest  at  5  per  cent,  on  1^1,852,072.  17s.  3d.  Stock  Redeemed. .     92.603  12  10 

Ditto  4  per  cent,  on  jf  294,600.  Ditto 11,780    0    0 

Ditto        34  per  cent,  on  ^5,745,958.  U.  3<l.  Ditto 201,106  10    8 

305,493    3 


^786,430    8    5 


5th  January,  1816. 


JER.  VICKERS,'i  „_  ._. 
GEO.  PALMER,  /  *«?^««''^- 


ACCOUNT  of  the  UnAinded  Debt  of  Ireland,  and  Demands  outatanding,  on  the  5th  Jaauaiy, 
1816;  under  the  Heads  of,~Loan  Debentures,  Exchequer  Bills,  and  Lottery  Prises: 
Distinguishing  under  each  Head  respectively,  the  Particulara  of  which  such  Debt  or  Demand 
consisted;  and  also  what  part  of  the  said  Debt  and  Demands  was  then  provided  for,  and 
In  what  manner,  and  what  part  thereof  was  unprovided  for. 


LOAN  DEBENTURES. 
Residue  of  Debentures  bearing  jtf4  per  cent.  Interest,  to  the 
year  1788,  provided  fbr  by  27  and  28  Geo.  III.  bat  uncfadmed 
by  the  Proprietors;  vis. 

OMLoan 

Loan  by  Lottery  1780 

Loan  by  Lottery  1781 

EXCHEQUER  BILLS. 
Outstanding  Exchequer  Bills,  provided  for  by  several  Acts  of 
Parliament,  but  undaimtMl  by  the  Proprietors ;  vis. 


Playable  24  June,  1783  . 
24  June,  1790 . 
24  June,  1791  . 

24  June,  1801. 

25  March,  1803 . 
25  March,  1815 . 


«.    d. 


275    0    0 

1,220    0    0 

730    0    0 


8  6  8 

SO  0  0 

100  0  0 

50  0  0 

100  0  0 

660  0  0 


jtf.       s.    d. 


(a)  3,225    0   0 


(a)  958   6   8 


Exchequer  Bills,  not  In  course  of  Payment : 

Issued  pursuant  to  52  Geo.  III.  c.  70.  payable  25  March,  1816.  150,000  0  0 

53  Geo.  III.  c.  61.  payable  25  March,  1817.  335,000  0  0 

55  Geo.  in.  c.40.  payable  24   June,  1816.  1,300,000  0  0 

Ditto           payable  6  January,  1817.  1,120,000  0  0 

LOTTERY  PRIZES. 
OutsUnding  Lottery  Prises  of  the  sereral  Lotteries,  firom  1782  to  1801 (a)  26,693  0  • 

^3,783^6    6   8 

^il  ?^"*®»  ^^  *»•«"  M*"*  ^  *>»^  ^  several  Acts  of  Parliament. 
(5)  To  be  provided  for. 


-  (5)  2;706k000   0   • 


TVoasury  Chambers,  Dublin  Castie,  2d  March,  1816. 


Digiti 


G.  CAVENDISH. 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN.  697 


ACCOUNT  of  the  Unfunded  Debt  and  Demands  outstanding,  on  (he 
6th  ehy  of  January,  1816: 

Under  the  Heads  of, — Exchequer,  Treasury,  Army,  Barracks,  Ord* 
nance.  Navy,  Civil  List  Advances,  and  any  other  Head  of  Public 
Service;  specifying  the  same: — Distinguishing  uuder  each  Head 
respectively,  the  Particulars  of  which  such  Debt  or  Demands  con- 
sisted ;  and  also,  what  part  of  the  said  Debt  or  Demands  was  then 
provided  for,  and  in  what  manner;  and  what  part  thereof  was 
unprovided  for. 

AMOUNT 
OUTSTANDING. 

EXCHEQUER. 

£  s.     d.  £        5.     d. 

r Provided  for..      19,772,800    0    0 


Exchequer 

^'"•-         lUnprovided  for    21,669,100    0    0 

41,441,900    0    0 


TREASURY. 

Miscellaneous  Services 530,535    1   lOf 

Warrants  for  Army  Services 20,616  15    5 

Treasury  Bills 1,005,514  12    6^ 

1,556,666    9  10 

Army 1,030,109  3  8 

Babracks 125,005  13  0 

Ordnance 876,857  7  4 

Navy 3,694,821  5  7 

Civil  List  Adyances — 

de  48,725^9  19    5 


'"^^tS  S^^,8?r*"'' }  C-  ARBUTHNOT. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


698 


GR£AT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 


ACCOUNT  of  the  Official  Valub  of  all  Imports  into,  and  of  all  Expokts  from 
GreatBritain,  in  the  years  1814  and  1815,re8pectiTel7 ;  distinguishing  the  Valie 
of  the  Prodace  and  Manufactures  of  The  United  Kingdom  Exported,  from  the  Vahw 
of  Foreign  and  Colonial  Merchandise  Exported  j — ^together  with  a  Sutement  of 
the  Amount  of  the  Declared  Valne  of  British  and  Irish  Produce  snd  ManujGuCsrei 
Exported  from  Grbat  Britain  in  the  said  years. 


Offldal  Value 
of  Imports. 

OFFICIAL  VALUE  OF  EXPORTS. 

YEARS. 

British  and 

Irish  PfOuQce 

snd 

FcTCiga  sad 
ColoDlsl 

TMal 
EspGvCs. 

Dedsrad  Vilae  «r 

BritUhud 

Irish  Prodace 

and  Manufaoturei 

Exported. 

1814    .     . 
ISli    .     . 

26fib9,m 
85,987,582 

M,092»ltf7 
44.063^ 

20.48W47 
16,880.488 

5^581,514 
60.988384 

47.851.458 
58^17,445 

Vote.—\X  hsriiur  hitherto  been  Arand  impracticable  to  ascertain  the  Amonnt  of  the  Importe  of 
East  India  and  China  Prodnoe  for  the  year  ending  the  5th  Jannarj.  bo  early  as  the  25th  March 
following,  the  Annual  Returns  of  former  years  have  been  Incomplete  as  fsr  as  regards  the  Irapor- 
tations  from  India  and  China :  but  In  order  to  supply  this  DeAciency  in  the  only  practicable  maa- 
ner.  the  Inspector  General  naa  incorporated  in  the  abov«  Return  the  Value  of  East  India  and 
China  Produce  Imported  In  the  years  ending  the  10th  October.  1814  and  1815,  with  the  Value  of 
all  other  Articles  of  Foreign  and  Colonial  Merchandise  imported  In  the  years  ending  the  5tk 
January.  1815  and  1816  respectively. 

WILLIAM  IRVING. 

Inspector-General  of  the  Imports  sod 

Exports  of  Grest  Britain. 


Custom  House.    London,  1 
25th  March.  1816.         f 


Account  of  the  Number  of  Ships  and  Vsssrls,  with  the  Amount  of  their  Ton- 
NAGB,  which  hare  been  annually  Built  and  Registered  in  the  several  Ports  of  the 
British  Empire  (except  Ireland)  in  the  years  1813,  1814  and  1815. 


Tonnage. 
In  the  Tsar  1818 

—  1814 818     95.976 

—  1815 l.OM    115.5S3 

JVbte.— The  Account  for  1818  was  consumed  In  the  Fire  at  the  late  Cnstom-Hoose.    The  Retnn 

made  last  year  for  1814  Is  now  corrected,  and  the  present  Return  for  1815  will  be  sabject  to  a 
similar  addition  next  year,  as  many  of  the  Returns  fVom  distant  Ports  are  not  yet  received. 

Custom.House.  London.  1 

Office  of  the  Register  General  of  Shipping.  \  T.  S.  WILLOUGHB7. 

24^  March,  1816.  J 


Account  of  the  Number  of  Vbsssls,  with  the  Amount  of  thdr  ToicNAOBy  and 
the  Number  of  Mbn  and  Boys  usually  employed  in  Nayigating  the  same,  which 
belonged  to  the  several  Ports  of  the  British  Empirb.  on  the  30th  September 
in  the  years  1813,  1814  and  1815 ;  distinguishing  Grbat  Britain,  Jrblakp, 
the  Iskmds  of  Gubrnsby,  Jbrsby  and  Man,  and  the  British  Plantations 
in  Ambrica  and  the  Wbst  Inoibs. 


1813. 


Ships.  I  Tons. 


England  - 
Scotland  • 
Ireland 
Plantations 
Guernsey  - 
Jersey 
Isle  of  Man 


16.6022.029,687 
2.713  234.883 
1.146  60.226 
2.689  165.591 
9.755 
6.879 
8»5I3 


Men. 


127,740 
16.933 
5.516 
11.676 
868 
708 
2.115 


1814. 


Ships. 


17,102 

2.783 

1.183 

2,868 

65 

62 

855 


^aOth'^p?*}       28.640J2;514.484|   165,557      24»418  2,«164W5    172786|    24.860  2.681  J76   177,W 


Tons. 


2.088.204 

241.578 

61.769 

202.795 

6»928 

6.794 

8.897 


Men. 


181,078 

17.900 

5.700 

14.729 

529 

643 


1815. 


Ships. 


17.346  2;1381301 


2.863 

1.163 

2.991 

61 


2,»7  367 


Tons.     Men. 


254.926 
60.123 

208.445 
6.662 
7^19 
9.300 


13»,0M 
IS^ 
5.4*1 
IVW 


Custom.House.  London. 
Officcofther  -  - 


atom-Houae.  London.  "I 

»  Register.  General  of  Shipping.  > 

24th  March.  1816.  J 


T.  E.  WILL0UGHB7. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  IRELAND. 


699 


ACCOUNT  of  the  Number  of  Tbssblb,  with  the  Amount  of  their  Tonnaob»  and 
the  Number  of  Mbn  and  Bots  employed  in  NaTigating  the  same,  (including  their 
repeated  Voyages)  which  entered  Inwaeds  and  deared  Outwards,  at  the 
several  Ports  of  GmBAt  Bbitain,  from,  or  to,  All  Pabts  or  thb  World, 
between  5th  January,  1813,  and  the  5th  January,  1816 ;  distinguishing  each 
Tear,  and  British  from  Foreign. 


ENGLAND. 

Tear. 

INWARDS.                          II 

OUTWAR'JS. 

British. 

Foreign. 

British. 

Foreign. 

Ships. 

Tom. 

Men. 

Sblpt  Tons. 

Hen. 

Ships. 

Tons. 

Men. 

Ships  Tons. 

Men. 

1 

1 

1 

1813 

1814 

14,291  1.856,846  100,808 

4396 

688,40] 

33,988 

133841,678334 

96346 

4,277 

648,638  31395 

1816 

14,786  1^81*468  104,890 

4,627 

610,612 

36,668 

14,739^1306.409 

109367 

4,089 

6423%) 

36356 

SCOTLAP 

ID. 

Tear. 

1813 

1,987 

192,947 

13,236 

179 

29,296 

1.664 

238b 

368,169    18.967 

177 

28.680    1360 

1814 

1,774 

190326 

18,241 

213 

28,116 

1393 

3330 

80?38l    30^19     176 

82,776'   1308 

181i 

2,116 

281,897 

16,387 

296 

46369 

23S1 

834^ 

800367.  30,488     196    29,462'   1,646 

Custom  Hoose,  London,  1 

OOce  or  the  BegUter  General  ofShippfaig,  ] 

24th  Msich,  1816.  J 


T.  E.  WILLOUOHBY. 


ACCOUNT  of  the  Value  of  all  iMPOaTS  into,  and  all  Exports  from  I&vland,  for 
Three  Yean,  ending  5th  January,  1816 ;  distinguishing  each  Year,  and  the  Value 
of  Irish  Produce  and  Manufkctures  from  the  Value  of  Foreign  Articles  Exported ; 
together  with  the  Difference  between  the  Official  Value  and  the  Real  Value  of 
Irish  Produce  and  Manufieu;tures  Exported  in  the  Year  ending  5th  January,  1816. 


Ofldal  Value 

of 

Imports. 

OFFICIAL  VALUE  OF 

- 

Irish  FMdoce  and        Foreign  and 
Msnuflftctures      Colonial  Merchan- 
Exported.            dlie  Exported. 

Tear  ending  6th 

Taanary,l814    -    - 
.    1816    .    . 
.    1816    -    - 

M,        s,  d, 
8,447360    8    7 

7346,048    2  Hi 

^106377  13    H 

£.          9.    d, 
6322,096    6    U 

6388^103  19   41 

6,743306    6    2 

itf.        s.    d, 
436376    6  lOi 

661382  IS    34 

338317  17    H 

Ab/e.— The  real  Value  of  Irish  Produce  and  Manufao-1 
tnresExportedin  the  Year  ending  5th  January,  1816,  V£.  12,164,503 
computed  at  the  ATerage  Prices  current,  amounted  to  J  •    -rr 


7    3i 


Custom  House,  Dublin,  \ 
23rd  February,  1816.     / 


THOMAS  WETHERALU 
For  the  Inspector-General  of  Imports  and  Exports. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


700 


IRKLAKD. 


^ 


ACCOUNT  of  the  Namber  of  Vesseb,  with  the  Amount  of  their  Toniuige,  that 
were  Built  and  RegiBtered  in  the  several  Ports  of  Ii«land,  in  the  3  yean  tnMng 
the  5th  January,  1816  ;  distinguishing  each  year. 


Ybabs. 

Vestels. 

Toiu. 

Year  ending  5th  Janaaiy,  1814    -        .        . 

-  1815     -        .        - 

-  1816     -        -        - 

41 
46 
86 

2.MB 
I.S73 
IJ9S2 

Custom  House,  Dublin, 
2lBt  February,  1816. 


FRA8.  L.  MORGAN, 
Registry  Officer  for  Shipping. 


ACCOUNT  of  the  Number  of  Vessels,  with  the  Amount  of  thdr  Tonnage,  and 
Number  of  Men  and  Boys  usually  employed  in  navigating  the  same,  which 
belonged  to  the  several  Ports  of  Ireland,  on  the  30th  September,  1815. 


VeMels. 


um 


Tons. 


00,128 


Men. 


bJS&l 


Custom  House,  Dublin, 
21st  February,  1816. 


FRAS.  L.  MORGAN, 
Registry  Officer  for  Shipping. 


ACCOUNT  of  the  Number  of  Vessels,  with  the  Amount  of  their  Tonnage,  and 
the  Number  of  Men  and  Boys  employed  in  navigating  the  same  (including  their 
repeated  Voyages)  that  entered  Inwards  and  cleared  Outwards,  in  the  several 
Ports  of  Ireland,  firom  or  to  all  Parts  of  the  World,  in  the  3  years  ending  5th 
January,  1816 ;  distinguishing  each  year,  and  the  Irish  and  British,  and  Foreign 
Vessels. 


INWARDS. 

YlABS 

Irith, 

British. 

Foreign. 

ending  6th  January. 

Ships. 

Tons 

Men. 

Ships. 

Tons. 

Men. 

Ships. 

Tons. 

Men. 

1814   - 
1816   - 
1816   - 

]423»!    9,681 
142.600     9;283 
lS7;tt».   I0,17ft 

7JW4 

698,747 

40,879 
89,921 

827 
296 
601 

92^4      bm 

OUTWARDS. 

YsAsa 

Irbh. 

British. 

Foreign. 

ending  &th  January, 

Bhlpe. 

Tons. 

Men. 

Ships. 

Tons. 

Men. 

Ships. 

Tons. 

Men. 

1814   - 
1816  • 
1816   - 

lis 

16^ 

9^ 

9,118/ 

7,807 

68^407 
69II»422 
684,179 

89,496 

40,180 
WS9 

820    1  68^1 
274       641^08 
614       96^116 

8,282 

WW 

Custom  House,  Dublin, 
26th  February,  1816. 


SAMUEL  WALKER, 
Comptroller  of  Tonnage,  8te. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  701 

TREATIES  between  The  Untied  States  and  various  Nations 
and  Tribes  of  Indians.— 1797— \SQ9. 


[Supplementary  to  the  CoUectioii,  Page  401.] 

No.  Page 

1.  Trbatt — Stneea  Nation Buffalo  Creek,  30th  June,  1802  701 

Asmes.    Contract.   Genesee,  15th  Sept.  1797 704 

2.  TBJtATY. Seneca  Nation Buffido  Creek,  30th  June 707 

3.  TmMATY.^Ka»Jka»kia  Tribe Yincennes,  13th  August,  1803.  708 

4.  TtLitATY —Delaware  Tribe Yincennes,  18th  August,   1804.  711 

5.  Tbbatt. — Pianieehaw  Tribe Yincennes,  27th  August    ....  713 

6.  TBMATY.—Piankeehaw  Tribe Yincennes,  30th  Decern.  1805.  714 

7.  Tricaty.~Om^«  Nations Fort  Clark,  10th  Novem.  1808.  716 

Anne».    Aeeemon  of  the  Oeaget  of  the  Biver  ArJkantae 

St.  Louis,   3l8t  August,  1809.  720 


(1 .)—  TREATY  between  The  United  States  and  the  Seneca  Indians.— 
Signed  at  Buffalo  Creek,  30/A  June,  1802. 

This  Indenture,  made  the  SOtli  day  of  June,  in  the  year  of  onr 
Lord,  1802,  between  the  Sachems,  Chiefs,  and  Warriors  of  the  Seneca 
Nation  of  Indians,  of  the  first  part,  and  Wilhem  Willink,  Pieter  Van 
Eeghen,  Hendrik  Vollenhoven,  W.  Willink,  the  younger,  I.  WiUink, 
the  younger  (son  of  Jan),  Jan  Gabriel  Van  Staphorst,  Roelof  Van 
Staphorst,  the  younger,  Cornelis  Vollenhoven,  and  Hendrik  Seye,  all 
of  the  City  of  Amsterdam  and  Republic  of  Bata  via,  by  Joseph  Ellicott, 
Esq.,  their  Agent  and  Attorney,  of  the  second  part. 

Wh£BEas,  at  a  Treaty  held  under  the  authority  of  The  United 
States,  mih  the  said  Seneca  Nation  of  Indians,  at  Buffalo  Creek,  in 
the  County  of  Ontario  and  State  of  New  York,  on  the  day  of  the  date 
of  these  presents,  by  the  Honorable  Jotin  Tayler,  Esq.,  a  Com- 
missioner appointed  by  the  President  of  I'he  United  States  to  hold 
the  same,  in  pursuance  of  the  Constitution,  and  of  the  Act  of  the 
Congress  of  The  United  States  in  such  case  made  and  provided,  a 
Convention  was  entered  into  in  the  presence  and  with  the  approbation 
of  the  said  Commissioner,  between  the  said  Seneca  Nation  of  Indians 
and  the  said  Wilhem  Willink,  Pieter  Van  Eeghen.  Hendrik  Vollen- 
hoven W.  Willink,  the  younger,  I.  Willink,  the  younger  (son  of  Jan)^ 
Jan  Gabriel  Van  Staphorst,  Roelof  Van  Staphorst,  the  younger, 
Cornelis  Vollenhoven,  and  Hendrik  Seye,  by  the  said  Joseph  Ellicott, 
their  Agent  and  Attorney,  lawfully  constituted  and  appointed  for  that 
purpose. 

Now  tliis  Indenture  witnesseth.  That  the  said  Parties  of  the  first 
part,  for  and  in  consideration  of  the  lands  hereinafter  described,  do 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


702  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

hereby  exchaoge,  cede,  and  for  ever  quil  clatoi  to  Che  said  Parties  of 
the  second  part,  their  heirs  and  assigns*  a!!  those  Lands  sitaate,  lying, 
and  beingf  in  the  county  of  Ontario  and  State  of  New  York,  being 
part  of  the  Lands  described  and  reserved  by  the  said  Parties  of  the  first 
part,  in  a  Treaty  or  Convention  (hereto  Minexed)  held  by  the 
Honorable  Jeremiah  Wadsworth,  Esq.,  under  the  aothority  of  The 
United  States,  on  the  Genesee  Hirer,  the  15th  day  of  September, 
1797,  in  the  words  following,  viz. 

**  Beginning  at  the  mouth  of  the  Eighteen  mile  or  Kogfaqnawgn 
Creek,  thence  a  line  or  lines  to  be  drawn  parallel  to  Lake  Erie,  at 
the  distance  of  I  mile  from  the  lake,  to  the  mouth  of  Catanragos 
Creek»  thence  a  line  or  lines  extending  12  miles  np  the  north  side  of 
said  Creek,  at  the  distance  of  I  mile  therefrom,  thence  a  direct  line  to 
the  said  Creek,  thence  down  the  said  Creek  to  Lake  Erie,  thence 
along  the  Lake  to  the  first  mentioned  Creek,  and  thence  to  the  place 
of  beginning.  Also,  one  otlier  piece  at  Cataraugos,  beginning  at  the 
shore  of  Lake  Erie,  on  the  south  side  of  Cataraugos  Creek,  at  the 
distance  of  1  mile  from  the  mouth  thereof,  thence  running  1  mile  from 
the  Lake,  thence,  on  a  line  parallel  thereto,  to  a  point  within  1  mile 
from  the  Connondauweyea  Creek«  thence  up  the  said  Creek  I  mile, 
on  a  line  parallel  thereto,  thence  on  a  direct  line  to  the  said  Creek, 
thence  down  the  same  to  Lake  Erie,  thence  along  the  Lake  to  the 
place  of  beginning ;" — reference  being  thereunto  had  will  fully  appear. 
Together  with  all  and  singular  the  rights,  privileges,  hereditaments, 
and  appurtenances  thereunto  belonging,  or  in  any  wise  appertaining. 
And  ail  the  estate,  right,  title,  and  interest  whatsoever,  of  them,  the 
said  Parties  of  the  first  part,  and  their  Nation,  of,  in,  and  to  the  said 
tracts  of  Land,  above  described,  to  have  and  to  hold  all  and  singular 
the  said  granted  Premises,  with  the  appurtenances,  to  the  said  Parties 
of  the  second  part,  their  heirs  and  assigns,  to  their  only  proper  use, 
benefit,  and  behoof,  for  ever. 

And  in  consideration  of  the  said  I^nds  described  and  ceded  as 
aforesaid,  the  said  Parties  of  the  second  part,  by  Joseph  Ellicott, 
their  Agent  and  Attorney  as  aforesaid,  do  hereby  exchange,  cede, 
release,  and  quit  claim  to  the  said  Parties  of  the  first  part  and  their 
Nation  (the  said  Parties  of  the  second  part  reserving  to  themselves 
the  right  of  pre-emption),  all  tliat  certain  tract  or  parcel  of  Land, 
situate  as  aforesaid.  Beginning  at  a  post  marked  No.  O.  standing  on 
the  bank  of  Lake  Erie,  at  the  mouth  of  Cataraugos  Creek,  and  on  tlie 
north  bank  thereof;  thence  along  the  shore  of  said  Lake,  north  li" 
east  21  chains;  north  Id""  east  45  chains;  north  19^  east  14  chains 
65  links  to  a  post;  thence  east  119  chains  to  a  post;  thence  south  14 
chains  27  links  to  a  post;  thence  east  640  chains  to  a  post,  standing 
in  the  meridian  between  the  8th  and  9th  ranges;  thence  along  said 
meridian,  south  617  chains  75  links,  to  a  post  standing  on  the  south 


•    Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS,  703 

bank  of  Catartiugos  Creek ;  thence  west  160  cLains  to  a  post ;  thence 
north  290  chains  25  links  to  a  post;  thence  west  482  chains  31  links 
to  a  post ;  thence  north  219  chHJus  fiO  links,  to  a  post  standing  on  the 
north  bank  of  Cataraugos  Creek ;  thence  down  the  same  and  along 
the  several  meanders  thereof  to  the  place  of  beginning.  To  hold  to 
the  said  Parties  of  the  first  part,  in  the  same  manner  and  by  the  same 
tenure,  as  the  Lands  reserved  by  the  said  Parties  of  the  first  part,  in 
and  by  the  said  Treaty  or  Convention,  entered  into  on  Genesee  River, 
the  I5th  day  of  September,  1797,  as  aforesaid,  were  intended  to  be 
held. 

In  testimony  whereof,  the  Parties  to  these  Presents  have  hereunto, 
and  to  2  other  Indentures  of  the  same  tenor  and  date, — 1  to  remain 
with  The  United  States,  1  to  remain  with  the  said  Parties  of  the  first 
part,  and  1  other  to  remain  with  the  said  Parties  of  the  second  part, 
— interchangeably  set  their  Hands  and  Seals,  the  day  and  year  first 
above  written. 

[Marks  of  19  Seneca  Indians.] 


(L.  S.) 
(L.  S.) 

WiLHEM   WiLLINK. 

PiETEa  Van  Eeghen. 

fL.S.) 

Hbndrik  Vollenhoven. 

(L.SO 
(L.S.) 
(L.  S.) 

W.  WiLLiNK,  the  Younger. 

I.  WiLLlNK,  the  Younger,  (Son  of  Jan.) 

Jan  Gabriel  Van  Staphorst. 

(L.  S.) 

(L.  S.) 

RoELOF  Van  Staphorst,  the  Younger. 
CoRNELTS  Vollenhoven. 

(L.S.) 

Hendrik  Seye. 

By  their  Attorney, 

(L.S) 

Joseph  Ellicott. 

Sealed  and  delivered  in  the  presence  of 
John  Thomson, 
Israel  Chapin, 
James  W.  Stevens, 
Horatio  Jones,  >  , 
Jasper  Parri8H,S  ^^'''P^''^''^ 
Done  at  a  full  and  general  Treaty  of  the  Seneca  Nation  of  In- 
dians, held  at  Buffalo  Creek,  in  the  County  of  Ontario,  and  State  of 
New  York,  on  the  80th  day  of  June,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  1802, 
under  the  authority  of  The  United  States. 

In  testimony  whereof  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and  seal,  the 
day  and  year  aforesaid. 

(L.S.)  JOHN  TAYLER, 


[Ratified  by  the  President  of  The  United  States,  12th  January,  1803.] 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


704  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

(Annex.)  CONTRACT  entered  into,  under  the  sanction  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  between  Robert  Morris  and  the  Seneca  Nation 
of  Indians,  at  Genesee,  \5th  September,  1797. 


This  Indeuture,  made  the  15th  day  of  September,  in  the  year  of 
our  Lord  1 797,  between  the  Sachems,  Chiefs,  and  Warriors  of  the 
Seneca  Nation  of  Indians,  of  the  first  part,  and  Robert  Morris»  of  the 
City  of  Philadelphia,  Esq.,  of  the  second  part: 

Whereas  the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  have  granted,  bar- 
gained, and  sold  unto  the  said  Robert  Morris,  his  Heirs  aod  Assigns, 
forever,  the  pre-emptive  right,  and  all  other  the  right,  title,  and  in- 
terest, which  the  said  Commonwealth  had  to  all  that  tract  of  land 
hereinafter  particularly  mentioned,  being  part  of  a  tract  of  land 
lying  within  the  State  of  New  York,  the  right  of  pre-emption  of  the 
soil  whereof,  from  the  Native  Indians,  was  ceded  and  granted  by  the 
said  State  of  New  York,  to  the  said  Commonwealth :  and  whereas, 
at  a  Treaty  held  under  the  Authority  of  The  United  States,  with  the 
said  Seneca  Nation  of  Indians,  at  Genesee,  in  the  county  of  Ontario, 
and  State  of  New  Y'ork,  on  the  day  of  the  date  of  these  Presents,  and 
on  sundry  days  immediately  prior  thereto,  by  the  Honorable  Jere- 
miah Wadsworth,  Esq.  a  Commissioner  appointed  by  the  President  of 
The  United  States  to  hold  the  same,  in  pursuance  of  the  Constitution, 
and  of  the  Act  of  the  Congress  of  The  United  States,  in  such  case 
made  and  provided,  it  was  agreed,  in  the  presence  and  with  the  appro- 
bation of  the  said  Commissioner,  by  the  Sachems,  Chiefs  and  War- 
riors of  the  said  Nation  of  Indians,  for  themselves ,  and  in  behalf  of 
their  Nation,  to  sell  to  the  said  Robert  Morns,  and  to  his  Heirs  and 
Assigns,  forever,  all  their  right  to  all  that  tract  of  land  above  recited, 
and  hereinafter  particularly  specified,  for  the  sum  f>f  100,000  dollars, 
to  be  by  the  said  Robert  Morris  vested  in  the  Stock  of  the  Bank  of 
The  United  States,  and  held  in  the  name  of  the  President  of  The  Uni- 
ted States,  for  the  use  and  behoof  of  the  said  Nation  of  Indians,  the 
said  agreement  and  sale  being  also  made  in  the  presence,  and  with 
the  approbation  of  the  Honorable  William  Shepard,  Esq.  the  Super- 
intendent appointed  for  such  purpose,  in  pursuance  of  a  Resolve  of  the 
General  Court  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  passed  the 
11th  day  of  March,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  1791 : 

Now  this  Indenture  witnesseth,  that  the  said  Paities,  of  the  first 
part,  for  and  in  consideration  of  the  premises  above  recited,  and 
for  divers  other  good  and  valuable  considerations  them  tbereanto 
moving,  have  granted,  bargained,  sold,  aliened>  released,  enfeoffed, 
and  confirmed  ;  and  by  these  presents  do  grant,  bargain,  sell,  alien, 
release,  enfeoff,  and  confirm,  unto  the  said  Party  of  the  second  part, 
his  Heirs  and  Assigns,  forever,  all  that  certain  tract  of  land,  except  as 
is  hereinafter  excepted,  lying  within  the  County  of  Ontario,  and  State 
of  New  York,  being  part  of  a  tract  of  land,  the  right  of  pre-emptioD 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  705 

thereof  was  ceded  by  the  State  of  New  York  to  the  Commonwealth 
t>f  Massachusetts,  by  Deed  of  Cession  executed  at  Hartford,  on  the  16th 
day  of  December,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  1786^  being  all  such  part 
thereof  as  is  not  included  in  the  Indian  purchase  made  by  Oliver 
Phelps  and  Nathaniel  Gorhatn,  and  bounded  as  follows,  to  wit:  east- 
erly, by  the  land  confirmed  to  Oliver  Phelps  and  Nathaniel  Gofham 
by  the  Legislature  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  by  an  Act 
passed  the  21st  day  of  November,  in  tlie  year  of  our  Lord  1788; 
southerly,  by  the  North  Boundary  Line  of  the  State  of  Pennsylvania; 
westerly,  partly  by  a  tract  of  land,  part  of  the  land  ceded  by  the 
State  of  Massachusetts  to  The  United  States,  and  by  them  sold  to 
Pennsylvania,  being  a  right  angled  triangle,  whose  hypothenuse  is  in 
or  along  the  shore  of  Laie  Erie;  partly  by  Lake  Erie,  from  the 
northern  point  of  that  triangle  to  the  southern  bounds  of  the  tract 
of  land  I  mile  in  width,  lying  on  and  along  the  east  side  of  the  Strait 
of  Niagara,  and  partly  by  the  said  tract  to  Lake  Ontario;  and  on 
the  north  by  the  Boundary  Line  between  The  United  States  and 
the  King  of  Great  Britain:  excepting  nevertheless,  and  always 
reserving  out  of  this  grant  and  conveyance,  all  such  pieces  or 
parcels  of  the  aforesaid  tract,  and  such  privileges  thereunto  be- 
longing, as  are  next  hereinafter  particularly  mentioned;  which 
said  pieces  or  parcels  of  land  so  excepted,  are,  by  the  Parties  to 
these  presents,  clearly  and  fully  understood  to  remain  the  pro- 
perty of  the  said  Parties  of  the  first  part,  in  as  full  and  ample  manner 
as  if  these  presents  bad  not  been  executed  :  that  is  to  say,  excepting 
and  reserving  to  them,  the  said  Parties  of  the  first  part,  and  their 
Nation,  1  piece  or  parcel  of  the  aforesaid  tract,  at  Canawagus,  of  3 
square  miles,  to  be  laid  out  in  such  manner  as  to  include  the  Village, 
extending  in  breadth  1  mile  along  the  River;  one  other  piece  or  parcel 
at  Big  Tree,  of  2  square  miles,  to  be  laid  out  in  such  manner  as  to 
include  the  Village,  extending  in  breadth  alongthe  River  1  mile;  one 
other  piece  or  parcel  of  2  square  miles  at  Little  Beard  s  Town,  extend- 
ing 1  mile  along  the  River,  to  be  laid  ofifin  such  manner  as  to  include 
the  Village;  one  other  tract  of  2  square  miles,  at  Squawky  Hill,  to  be 
laid  ofif  as  follows,  to  wit :  1  square  mile  to  be  laid  off  along  the  River, 
in  aoch  manner  as  to  include  the  Village,  the  other  directly  west 
thereof  and  contiguous  thereto ;  1  other  piece  or  parcel  at  Gardeau, 
beginning  at  the  mouth  of  Steep  Hill  Creek,  thence  due  east  until  it 
strikes  the  old  path,  thence  south  until  a  due  west  line  will  intersect 
with  certain  steep  rocks  on  the  west  side  of  Genesee  River,  then  extend- 
ing due  west,  due  north,  and  due  east,  until  it  strikes  the  first  men- 
tioned  bound,  enclosing  as  much  land  on  the  west  side  as  on  the  east 
side  of  the  River.  One  other  piece  or  parcel  at  Kaounadeau,  extend. 
ing  in  length  8  miles  along  the  river  and  2  miles  in  breadth.  One 
other  piece  or  parcel  at  Cataraugos,  beginning  at  the  mouth  of 
£1815-«160  2Z 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


706  UHITI5D  STATEg  AN]>  INDIANS^ 

Ibe  Eighteen  Mile  or  Koghqoaiq^  Creek,  thence  a  liAe4>r  linep  tp  |br 
drftwo  parallel  Ut  Lake  Erie,  at  the  distance  of  1  mile  from  the  Laiu^ 
lo  the  month  of  Gataraogos  Creel^  thence  a  l^ne  or  lines  0xteodim; 
12  owles  up  the  north  side  of  said  Creek,  at  the  distance  of  1  mile  there- 
from, thence  a  direct  line  to  the  said  Greek*  thence  down  the  sail 
Creek  to  Lake  £rie,  thence  along  the  Lake  tp  the  first-mentionei} 
Creek,  and  thence  to  the  place  of  beginning.  Also,  1  other  piece  a| 
Catarangos,  beginning  at  the  shore  of  Lake  Erie,  on  the  south  ude  of 
Cataraogos  Creek,  at  the  distance  of  1  mile  from  the  month  thereoC 
thence  ranniog  1  mile  from  the  Lake,  thence  on  a  line  parallel  thereto 
to  a  point  within  1  mile  from  the  Conaondauwey a  Creek,  thence  up  the 
said  Creek  1  mile,  on  a  line  parailel  thereto,  thence  on  a  direct  lin^ 
to  the  said  Cnsek,  tfaenee  down  the  same  to  Lake  £rie,  thence  along 
the  Lake  to  the  place  of  beginning.  Also  1  other  pieoe  or  parcel  of 
42  aquane  miles,  at  or  near  the  Allegennj  Riter.  Alao  200  squave 
miles,  to  be  laid  off  partly  at  the  Buffalo  and  partly  atthe  Tannawaol^ 
Creeks.  AlsOb  excepting  and  reserving  to  theoi,  the  said  Parties  af 
the  first  part  and  their  Heirs,  the  privilege  of  fishing  and  hunting  on  the 
said  tract  of  land  hereby  intended  to  be  conveyed-  And  it  is  hereby 
understood  by  and  between  the  Parties  to  these  presents,  that  all  such 
pieces  or  parcels  of  land  as  are  hereby  reserved,  and  are  not  particn* 
larly  described  as  to  the  manner  in  which  the  same  are  to  be  laid  off, 
diall  be  laid  off  in  such  manner  as  shall  be  determined  by  the  Sachems 
and  Chiefs  residing  at  or  near  the  respective  Villages  where  such  reser* 
vations  are  made,  a  particular  note  whereof  to  be  endorsed  on  the  back  of 
this  Deed,  and  recorded  therewith,  together  with  all  and  singular  the  rights 
privileges,  hereditaments;,  and  appurtenances  thereunto  belonging,  or  in 
anywise  appertaining.  And  all  the  estate, right, title, and  interest  what- 
aoever,  of  them  the  said  Parties  of  the  first  part  and  their  Nation,  of, 
in,  and  to  the  said  tract  of  land  above  described,  exce|)t  as  Is  above 
excepted,  to  have  and  to  bold  all  and  singular  the  said.grsoted  pre- 
nuses,  with  the  appuitenanoes  to  the  said  Party  of  the  second  part, 
his  heirs  and  assigns,  to  his  and  their  proper  uae,  benefit  and  behoof 
forever.  ^ 

In  witness  whereof,  the  Parties  to  these  presents  have  hereunto 
interchangeably  set  their  Hands  and  Seals,  the  day  and  year  first  above 

written. 

(L.S.)        ROBERT  MORRIS, 

(By  his  Attorney,  Thomas  Morris.} 

[Marks  of  52  Seneca  Indians.] 

Sealed  and  delivered  in  presence  of 

Nat.  W«  Howelu  Jobeph  Eixicott. 

Israel  Chapin.  James  Rebs. 

Henry  Aaron  Hills.  Henry  Abeel. 

Ja8pwPa»b»h.     j     jnt^rprH^n. 


Horatio  Jones, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


0KITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS,  707 

Done  «t  a  faU  and  geoerel  Treaty  of  the  Seneea  Natioa  of  Indiana 
lieldat  Gieneaee,  in  the  Coanly  of  Ontario,  and  Stale  of  New  York,  on 
4ke  I5lh  day  of  September,  io  the  year  of  Onr  Lord,  1797,  under  the 
auakority  of  The  United  Stetea. 

In  .tesluBony  wiiereof^  I  have  herennte  aet  my  Hand  and  Seal^  the 
day  and  year  aforesaid. 

(LJS.)  JEAE.  WADSWORTH. 

PorsQant  /t/o  ^  Eeaolatlon  iof  the  Legislatare  of  the  Commonwealth 
.of  Massachwetts,  pt^saed  thie  llth  day  of  March,  in  the  year  of  Oar 
l^ord  4791, 1  have  attended  a  fall  aad  general  Treaty  of  the  Seneka 
Nation  of  Indians,  at  Genesee,  in  the  County  of  Ontario,  when  the 
within  Inalmment  was  ,du!y  e^cecuted  in  my  presence  by  the  Sachems^ 
GlMef«,.aQd  ?'!^ari;ior8  of  the  said  Nation,  being  fairly  and  properly 
iU»4«rstood  and  Iraasacted  by  ail  l^e  parties  of  Indians  concerned,  and 
deqiare^  to  be  doi;^  to  theif  universal  satisfaction.  I  do  therefore 
certify  and  approve  of  the  /lame. 

WM.  SHEPARD. 

Subscribed  in  presence  of 

Nat,  W.  Howell. 
CRatified  by  the  President  of  The  United  States*  11  th  April,  1798.] 

(9  )'-rTf^4TV  between  The  Untied  States  and  the  Seneca  Indians. 

Signed  at  Buffalo  Creek,  20th  June,  1802. 

At  a    Treaty    held  under  ihe   authority  of  The  United  States,  at 

B^falo  Creek,  in  tie  Cojuniy  of  Ontario,  and  gtatfi  of  New  Y^rk^ 

between  the  Sgch^ms,  Chiefs,  offd  Wamars  of  the  Seneoa  Natum  of 

Indians,  on  behalf  of  said  Nation,  and  Oliver  Phelps.  Esquire,  of  the 

County  of  Ontario,  Isaac  Branson,  Esquire,  qf  ihe  City  of  New 

York,  and  Horatio  Jones,  of  the  said  County  qf  Ontario,  in  the  pre* 

sence  of  John  Tayler,  Esquire,  Commissioner  appointed  by  ihe  Pre* 

Mens  of  The  United  States  for  holding  said  Treaty. 

Know  all  men  by  these  presents,  that  the  said  Sachems,  Chiefs 

and  Warriors,  for  and  in  consideration  of  the  sam  of  1,200  dollars, 

lawful  money  of  The  United  States,  unto  them  in  hand  paid  by  the 

said  Oliver  Phelps,  Isaac  Bronson,  and  Horatio  Jones,  at  or  immedi. 

ately  before  the  sealing  and  delivery  hereof,  the  receipt  whereof  is 

hereby  acknowledged,  have  and  by  these  presents  do  grant,  remise, 

release,  and  forever  quit  claim  and  confirm  unto  the  said  Oliver  Phelps 

Isaae  Bronson,  and  Horatio  Jones,  and  to  their  Heirs  and  Assigns,  all 

tiiat  tract  of  land  commonly  called  and  known  by  the  name  of  Little 

Beard's  Reservation,  situate,  lying,  and  being  in  the  said  County  of 

Ontario,  bounded  on  the  east  by  the  Genesee  River  and  Little  Beard's 

Creek,  on  ihe  south  and  west  by  other  lands  of  the  said  Parties  of  the 

Second  Part,  and  on  the  north  by  Big  Tree  Reservation;  containing  2 

3  Z  2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


708  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

square  miles,  or  1,280  acres,  together  with  all  and  singular,  the  here- 
ditaments and  appurtenances  whatsoever  thereunto  belonging,  or  in 
anywise  appertaining,  to  hold  to  them  the  said  Oliver  Phelps,  Isaac 
Bronson,  and  Horatio  Jones,  their  Heirs  and  Assigns,  to  the  only 
proper  use  and  behoof  of  them  the  said  Oliver  Phelps,  Isaac  Bronson, 
and  Horatio  Jones,  their  Heirs  and  Assigns,  forever. 

In  testimony  whereof,  the  said  Commissioner  and  the  said  Parties 
have  hereunto,  and  to  2  other  Instruments  of  the  same  tenor  and  date, 
•^1  to  remain  with  The  United  States,  1  to  remain  with  the  Seneca  Na- 
tion of  Indians,  and  1  to  remain  with  the  said  Oliver  Phelps,  Isaac 
Bronson,  and  Horatio  Jones — interchangeably  set  their  Hands  and 
Seals. 

Dated  the  30th  day  of  June,  in  the  year  of  Our  Lord,  1802. 

(L.S.)  OLIVER  PHELPS. 

(L.S.)  ISAAC  BRONSON. 

(L.S.)  HORATIO  JONES. 

[Marks  of  12  Seneca  Indians.] 
Sealed  and  delivered  in  the  presence  of 
John  Thomson. 
Jambs  W.  Stevens. 
Israel  Chapin. 
Jasper  Parrish,  Interpreter. 

(L.S.)  JOHN  TAYLER. 

[Ratified  by  the  President  of  The  United  States,  7th  February,  1803.] 

{;d.)'-rREATY    between    The  United  States    and   the  Kaskaskk 
Indians, — Signed  at  Fincennes,  13/A  August,  1803. 

Articles  of  a  Treaty  made  at  Vincennes,  in  the  Indiana  Territory, 
between  William  Henry  Harrison,  Governor  of  the  said  Territory, 
Superintendent  of  Indian  avoirs,  and  Commissioner  Plenipotentiary 
of  The  United  States,  for  concluding  any  Treaty  or  Treaties  Ufhidi 
may  be  found  necessary  with  any  of  the  Indian  Tribes,  Northwest  of 
the  River  Ohio,  of  the  one  part,  and  the  Head  Chiefs  and  Warriors 
of  the  Kaskaskia  Tribe  of  Indians,  so  called,  (but  which  Tribe  is 
the  remains  of  and  rightfully  represent  all  the  Tribes  of  the  Illinois 
Indians,  originally  called  the  Kaskaskia,  Mitchigamia,  Kahokia,  and 
Tamaroi,)  of  the  other  part. 

Art.  I.  Whereas,  from  a  variety  of  unfortunate  circumstances,  the 
several  Tribes  of  Illinois  Indians  are  reduced  to  a  very  small  number, 
the  remains  of  which  have  been  long  consolidated  and  known  by  the 
name  of  the  Kaskaskia  Tribe,  and  finding  themselves  unable  to  occupy 
the  extensive  tract  of  Country,  which  of  right  belongs  to  them,  and 
which  was  possessed  by  their  ancestors  for  mahy  generations,  the 
Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  the  said  Tribe  being  also  desirous  of  procuring 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


VNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  709 

the  means  of  improTement  in  the  arts  of  civilized  life,  and  a  more  cer- 
tain and  effectual  support  for  their  women  and  children,  haye,  for  the 
considerations  hereinafter-mentioned,  relinquished,  and  by  these  pre- 
sents do  relinquish  and  cede  to  The  United  States,  all  the  lands  in  the 
Illinois  Territory,  which  the  said  Tribe  has  heretofore  possessed,  or 
which  they  may  rightfully  claim ;  reserving  to  themselves,  however,  the 
tract  of  about  350  acres  near  the  town  of  Kaskaskia,  which  they  have 
always  held,  and  which  was  secured  to  them  by  the  Act  of  Congress  of 
the  3rd  day  of  March,  1791,  and  also  the  right  of  locating  one  other 
tract  of  l,i80  acres,  within  the  bounds  of  that  now  ceded,  which  2  tracts 
of  land  shall  remain  to  them  for  ever. 

II.  The  United  States  will  take  the  Kaskaskia  Tribe  under  their 
immediate  care  and  patronage,  and  will  afford  them  a  protection  as 
effectual  against  the  other  Indian  Tribes,  and  against  all  other  Persons 
whatever,  as  is  enjoyed  by  their  own  Citizens.  And  the  said  Kas- 
kaskia Tribe  do  hereby  engage  to  refrain  from  making  War,  or  giving 
any  insult  or  offence  to  any  other  Indian  Tribe,  or  to  any  Foreign 
Nation,  without  having  first  obtained  tlie  approbation  and  consent  of 
The  United  States. 

III.  The  annuity  heretofore  given  by  The  United  States  to  the 
said  Tribe,  shall  be  increased  to  1,000  dollars;  which  is  to  be  paid 
them  either  in  money,  merchandise,  provisions,  or  domestic  animals, 
at  the  option  of  the  said  Tribe:  and  when  the  said  annuity  or  any 
part  thereof  is  paid  in  merchandise,  it  is  to  be  delivered  to  them  either 
at  Vincennes,  Fort-Massac,  or  Kaskaskia,  and  the  first  cost  of  the 
goods  in  the  Sea  Port  where  they  may  be  procured,  is  alone  to  be 
charged  to  the  said  Tribe,  free  from  the  cost  of  transportation,  or  any 
other  contingent  expense.  Whenever  the  said  Tribe  may  choose  to 
receive  money,  provisions,  or  domestic  animals,  for  the  whole  or  in 
part  of  the  said  annuity,  the  same  shall  be  delivered  at  the  town  of 
Kaskaskia.  The  United  States  will  also  cause  to  be  built,  a  house 
suitable  for  the  accommodation  of  the  Chief  of  the  said  Tribe,  and 
will  enclose  for  their  use  a  field,  not  exceeding  100  Acres,  with  a  good 
and  sufficient  fence. 

And  whereas  the  greater  part  of  the  said  Tribe  have  been  baptized 
and  received  into  the  Catholic  church,  to  which  they  are  much  at- 
tached. The  United  States  will  giye  annually  for  7  years,  1 00  dollars 
towards  the  support  of  a  Priest  of  that  religion,  who  \i\\\  engage  to 
perform  for  the  said  Tribe  the  duties  of  his  office,  and  also  to  instruct 
as  many  of  their  children  as  possible  in  the  rudiments  of  literature. 
And  The  United  States  will  further  give  the  sum  of  300  dollars  to 
assist  the  said  Tribe  in  the  erection  of  a  church.  The  stipula- 
tions made  in  this  and  the  preceding  Article,  together  with  the  sum  of 
580  dollars,  which  is  now  paid,  or  assured  to  be  paid  for,  the  said  Tribe, 
for  the  purpose  of  procuring  some  necessary  articles,  and  to  relieve 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


710  UNITED  STATES  AUB  IKDlAlfft. 

them  from  dbbte  which  they  htfre  heretofote  €MtM«lttl,  h  omiAfeftd 
as  a  fiill  and  ample  compeiieatm  ibr  the  rdiii^ishnatettC  nade  to  TIm 
United  States  in  the  1st  Article. 

IV.  The  United  States  reserre  to  tfaemselTes  the  right,  at  any  ftttsre 
period,  of  dividing  the  anauity  now  promisedf  te  th^  said  Trib^ 
amongst  the  sereral  Families  thereof,  rsserving  always  a  siiiitsdiie  Sddl 
for  the  Great  Chief  and  his  Fanoity. 

y.  And  to  the  end,  that  The  United  Stales  amy  be  eiiaMed  to  it 
with  the  other  Indian  Tribes,  a  Boundary  between  their  respeetite 
Claims,  the  Chiafe  and  Head  Warriora  of  the  said  Kaskaskia  Tribes  doi 
hereby  declare,  that  their  rightful  Claim  is  mk  Ibllowa,  tltt.  hegiaaiDg 
a<  the  confluence  of  the  Ohio  and  the  Mississippi,  thenoe  np  ttte  Ohio 
to  the  mouth  of  the  Saline  Creek,  about  13  miles  below  the  raeatk 
of  the  Wabash,  thence  along  tlie  diridimg  ridjge,  betweeil  liie  said  Creek 
and  the  Wabash,  until  it  comes  lo  the  general  dividing  ridge  betweea 
the  waters  which  fall  into  tile  Wabash,  and  those  which  fdl  into  the 
Kaskaskia  River;  and  thence  along  the  said  ridge,  until  It  reaches  the 
Waters  which  fall  Into  the  Illinois  River,  thence  in  a  direct  couise  ID 
the  mouth  of  the  Illinois  River,  and  thence  down  the  Mississippi  ts 
Uie  beginning. 

y  L  As  long  as  the  lands  which  have  been  ceded  by  this  Treaty 
dUdl  continue  to  be  the  property  of  The  United  States,  the  said  Tribe 
shall  have  the  privilege  of  living  and  hunting  upon  them,  in  the  nme 
manner  that  they  have  hitherto  done. 

YII.  This  Treaty  is  to  be  in  force  and  binding  upoa  the  mM 
Parties,  as  soon  as  it  shall  be  ratified  by  the  Presideat  and  Senate  of 
The  United  States. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  said  Commissioner  Plenipotentiary,  and  ti» 
Head  Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  the  said  Kaskaskia  Tribe  of  Indians,  have 
hereunto  set  thehr  Hands  and  affixed  their  Seals,  the  I3th  day  of  Aa- 
gnst,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord,  180S,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The 
United  States  the  28th. 
(L.a)  WILLIAM  HENRY  HARRISON. 

(US.)  LOUIS  DECOUAGNE, 

[Marks  of  5  iiteaeca  Indiana.] 
Sealed  and  delivered  in  the  presence  of 

John  Rice  Jonbs,  Seereimr^  to  file  Cewaiirsisufr. 

Heney  VAMDBRBC7RGH,  oMoftheJtuige^qfihtltidi&nmTerrii^* 

T.  F.  Rivet,  ItuUan  Musumary, 

Vigo,  Colonel  rf  Emio»  County  MiUtia. 

CoRVEUOs  Lyman»  Ctiptam  ^  1*1  Infamlrp  Re^imtmt. 

Jambs  JoBNSON,  qf  Indiana  Territorjf. 

B.  Pabkb,  of  the  Indiana  Territory. 

Joseph  Barron,  Interpreter. 

[Ratified  by  the  President  of  The  United  States,  24th  November,  1603.] 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


UNITED  STATES  AUD  IKDf AlfS^  71 1 

(^y^TMEATY  telt§e€H  The  UaHtd  SkUes  ami  the  Dekwart  TUte 
0fIniMk».^-^^SignmiAt  Vumtma,  19lA  AufwH,  1804. 

TflE  Delaware  Tribe  of  IndtaiM,  finding  fbat  the  AnnuHy  whick 
they  receive  from  The  United  States  is  not  Bnfioient  lo  dupfify  th^iil 
with  the  Anieles  which  ore  ■ec^flsary  for  tlidf^  eomfort  aad  con? enlewee^ 
and  afford  the  means  of  introdncfiig  amoog«t  them  the  aft*  of  cififtised 
Kf^,  and  being  eostioeed  that  the  extensifen^flB  of  the  Ooimfiry  ibi^ 
fNMseas,  by  gifing  an  oppeitanity  to  their  hrating  Parties  to  ramble  lo 
•  gtfat  distance  from  dieir  Towns,  is  the  principal  meanB  of  retarding 
this  dcttirable  e^eat ;  and  The  United  States  being  desirous  to  eonaest 
their  Settlements  on  the  Wabash  with  the  State  of  Kentucky ;  therefoM^ 
the  said  United  States,  by  Wifliam  Henry  Harriaon^  Govcnior  of  the 
ladiaaa  Territory,  fihiperioteadeni  of  IsMliatt  AAiini^  a^d  their  Com* 
missioner  Plenipotenriary  (or  treating  with  the  Indian  Tribes,  Northwest 
of  the  Ohio  River;  a^  the  said  Tribe  of  Indians,  by  theur  Sachems, 
Chiels,  and  jEietd  Warriors ;  hwve  agreed  to  the  following  Articles^ 
which,  when  ratified  by  the  President  of  The  United  Stales,  by  sskI 
with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate,  shall  he  btftdiwg  on  the  said 
Parties: 

Art.  L  The  laid  Delaware  Tribe,  for  the  consideration  heranafter 
flsantioaed,  wlinquishes  to  The  United  States,  lor.  ever,  aU  their  right 
and  title  to  (he  tt«ct  of  Coamtry  which  lies  between  tie  Ohio  ssid 
Wabash  Rivers,  and  below  the  tract  ceded  by  the  Tveaty  of  Fort  Wayne, 
and  the  road  ieadiog  from  Vincennes  to  the  Pails  of  Ohio. 

U.  Tbe  said  Tribe  shall  receive  from  The  United  States,  for  10 
years,  an  addkiosal  Anniiity  of  300  dollars,  which  is  to  be  exclusively 
SifpiropriaAed  to  the  purpose  of  ameliorating  their  condition^  and 
psDSM>ting  their  civiliaatlon.  Suitable  Persons  shall  be  employed  at 
the  expense  of  The  United  States,  to  teach  tliem  to  make  fences, 
enitivate  tbe  earth,  and  such  of  the  domestic  arts  as  are  adapted  to  fheiv 
situation ;  and  a  iwrtlier  smn  of  3M  dollars  shall  be  appropriated 
annually,  for  5  years>  to  this  object.  The  United  States  will  cause  to 
ha  delivered  to  them,  in  the  ooorse  of  the  next  spring,  horses  fit  for 
dranghti;  callhe,  hogs,  and  imftlements  of  husbandry,  to  the  amoowt  &t 
400  doQars.  Th6  preceding  sttpnlaitions^  together  with  goods  to  the 
afflOimt  of  800  dellan,  which  is  now  dehvered  to  die  said  Tribe,  (a 
part  of  which  is  to  be  apprepriated  to  the  satisfying  certain  Individnals 
•r  the?  tfaid  Tribe,  whose  horses  have  been  teken  by  White  People,)  is 
tw  be  considered  as  faH  compensation  for  the  relioqiiishment  madl^  in 
the  1st  A^rtielo. 

III.  As  there  is  great  reason  to  believe  that  there  are  now  itf  tfa^ 
fssituaion  of  the  said  Tribe,  severai  horses  which  have  beieriy  stolen 
ftom  Citineas  of  The  United  States,  the  Gluefii  who  vepri^sefitt  (be  said 
Tribe,  are  to  use  their  utmost  endeavors  tb  have  tlie  said  horsert  fbrth- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


7]2  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDFANS^. 

with  delivered  to  the  Sapeiiniendent  of  Indian  Afiaire,  or  such  Penoni 
as  he  may  appoint  to  receive  them.  And  as  The  United  States  can 
place  the  utmost  reliance  on  the  honor  and  integrity  of  those  Chiefs  vho 
have  manifested  a  punctilious  regard  to  the  engagements  entered  into  at 
the  Treaty  of  Greenville,  it  is  agreed,  that  in  relation  to  such  of  the  horses 
stolen  as  aforesaid,  but  which  have  died,  or  been  removed  beyond  die 
reach  of  the  Chiefs,  The  United  States  will  compensate  the  owners  for 
the  loss  of  them,  without  deducting,  from  the  annuity  of  the  said  Tribe, 
the  amount  of  what  may  be  paid  in  this  way.  But  it  is  expressly 
understood,  that  this  provision  is  not  to  extend  to  any  horses  ahich 
have  been  stolen  within  the  course  of  12  months  preceding  the  date 
hereof. 

IV.  The  said  Tribe  having  exhibited  to  the  above-named  Com- 
missioner of  The  United  States,  sufficient  proof  of  their  right  to  all  the 
Country  which  lies  between  the  Ohio  and  White  River;  and  the  Miami 
Tribe,  who  were  the  original  Proprietors  of  the  upper  part  of  that 
Country,  having  explicitly  acknowledged  the  title  of  the  Delawares,  at 
the  General  Council  held  at  Port  Wayne,  in  the  month  of  June,  1803; 
^he  said  United  States  will,  in  future,  consider  the  Delawares  as  the 
rightful  owners  of  all  the  Country  which  is  bounded  by  the  Whtte  River 
on  the  north,  the  Ohio  on  the  south,  the  General  Boundary  Line 
running  from  the  mouth  of  the  Kentucky  River  on  the  east,  and  the 
tra<'t  ceded  by  this  Treaty,  and  that  ceded  by  the  Treaty  of  Fort 
Wayne,  on  the  west  and  southwest 

y.  As  the  Piankeshaw  Tribe  have  hitherto  obstinately  persisted  io 
refusing  Io  recognize  the  title  of  the  Delawares  to  the  tract  of  Country 
ceded  by  this  Treaty,  The  United  States  will  negotiate  with  them,  and 
will  endeavor  to  settle  the  matter  in  an  amicable  way ;  but  should 
they  reject  the  propositions  that  may  be  made  to  them  on  this  subject, 
and  should  The  United  States  not  think  proper  to  take  possession 
of  the  said  Country  without  their  consent,  the  stipulations  and 
promise  herein  made,  on  behalf  of  The  United  States,  shall  be  null  and 
void. 

VI.  As  the  road  from  Vincennes  to  Clark's  Grant  will  form  a  very 
inconvenient  Boundary,  and  as  it  is  the  intention  of  the  Parties  to 
these  presents,  that  the  whole  of  the  said  road  shall  be  within  the  tract 
ceded  to  The  United  States ;  it  is  agreed  that  the  Boundary,  in  that 
quarter,  shall  be  a  straight  line,  to  be  drawn  parallel  to  the  course  of 
the  said  road,  from  the  eastern  Boundary  of  the  tracts  ceded  by  the 
Treaty  of  Fort  Wayne  to  Clark's  Grant:  but  the  said  line  is  not  to 
pass  at  a  greater  distance  than  half  a  mile  from  the  most  northerly  bead 
of  said  road. 

In  witness  whereof,  the  Commissioner  Plenipotentiary  of  The 
United  States,  and  the  Chiefs  and  Head  Men  of  the  said  Tribe,  have 
hereauto  set  their  Hands  and  affixed  their  Seals. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS.  713 

Done  at  VinceDDes,  the  18th  day  of  August,  in  the  year  of  our 
Lord,  1804 ;  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United  States  the  29tb. 
(L.S.)  WILLIAM  HENRY  HARRISON. 

[Marks  of  6  Delaware  Chiefs.] 
Signed,  sealed,  and  delivered,  in  presence  of 

John  Gibson,  Secretary  to  the  Commissioner. 

Hbkry  Vanderburoh,  one  of  the  Judges  of  the  Indiana  Territory. 

Vigo,  Colonel  of  Knox  County,  I.  7.  Miiitia. 

B.  Parke,  Attorney^  General  of  the  Indiana  Territory, 

John  Rice  Jones,  of  the  Indiana  Territory, 

Robert  BuNTiN,  Prothonotary  of  Knox  County,  L  T 

G.  Wallace,  jun.  of  the  Indiana  Territory. 

Antonib  Marchal,  of  the  Indiana  Territory, 

losEPH  Barron,  Interpreter. 

£dward  Hempstead,  Attorney  at  Law. 


[Ratified  by  the  President  of  The  United  States,  2l8t  January,  1805.] 


{5.)^TREATY  between   The,  United  States  and  the  Piankeshaw 
Indiaas.^Signed  ai  Vincennes,  27th  August,  1804. 


The  President  of  The  United  States,  by  WilHam  Henry  Harrison, 
Governor  of  the  Indiana  Territory,  Superintendent  of  Indian  Affairs, 
and  Commissioner  Plenipotentiary  of  The  United  States,  for  concluding 
any  Treaty  or  Treaties  which  may  be  found  necessary,  with  any  of 
the  Indian  Tribes  North-west  of  the  River  Ohio,  and  the  Chiefs  and 
Head  Men  of  the  Piankeshaw  Tribe,  have  agreed  to  the  following 
Articles,  which,  when  ratified  by  the  President  of  The  United  States, 
by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate,  shall  be  binding 
upon  the  said  Parties. 

Art.  I.  The  Piankeshaw  Tribe  relinquishes,  and  cedes  to  The 
United  States  for  ever,  all  that  tract  of  Country  which  lies  between  the 
Ohio  and  Wabash  Rivers,  and  below  Claik's  grant  and  the  ti*act  called 
the  Vincennes  tract,  which  was  ceded  by  the  Treaty  of  Fort  Wayne, 
and  a  line  connecting  the  said  tract  and  grant,  to  be  drawn  parallel  to 
the  general  course  of  the  road  leading  from  Vincennes  to  the  Falls  of 
the  Ohio,  so  as  not  to  pass  more  than  half  a  mile  to  the  northward  of 
the  most  northerly  bend  of  said  road. 

II.  The  Piankeshaw  Tribe  acknowledges  explicitly  the  right  of 
the  Kaskaskia  Tribe  to  sell  the  Country  which  they  have  lately  ceded 
to  The  United  States,  and  which  is  separated  from  the  lands  of  the 
Piankeshaws  by  the  ridge  or  high  land  which  divides  the  waters  of  the 
Wabash  from  the  waters  of  the  Saline  Creek ;  and  by  that  which  divides 
the  waters  of  the  said  Wabash  from  those  which  flow  into  the  Auvase, 
and  other  branches  of  the  Mississippi. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


714  UKITBD  STATES  AND  IHDlANft. 

III.  An  anlditional  ftmftiilj  of  900  dbHKrs  shdl  be  paid  by  The 
United  States  to  the  anid  Tribe,  for  10  yeitr8»  in  money,  inerdlan^Kn* 
ptovisfons,  ot  domestic  anhosalt,  afod  implements  of  hasbandry,  at  the 
option  of  the  said  Tribe;  and  this  liDnuity,  together  with  goods  to  the 
Yalue  of  700  dollars,  whieh  are  now  delivered  to  them  by  the  Coal- 
raissioner  of  The  United  Statei^  is  eomidered  as  a  full  coapcaaatiOB 
for  the  abovemiBiidoaed  reHn<jfaiahn^nt» 

IV.  The  United  States  reservd  to  tbairiaeWes  the  right  ef  dindkig 
the  whole  annuity  which  they  pa>  to  the  said  Tribe*,  aamigat  the 
£gunilies  which  compose  the  same,  allowing  idwaya  a  due  proportibo 
lor  the  ChiefK  And  the  said  Chiefs,  whenever  the  PreaiAeat  of  The 
Uahed  Stetos  may  require  it,  uhM^  upah  proper  aeCice  being  given, 
Asseaifale  their  Tribe  for  the  purpose  of  effiMitfag  this  arraageaMot. 

la  «iliiees  whereof,  the  Commissioaar  PJedipotentiary  of  The 
IWled  Slates,  and  the  Chiefr  aUd  Head  Men  etf  die  said  Tiibar  have 
iMflwauto  aet  their  Hands  and  affixed  their  Seals. 

I>one  at  Vtnceanes,  in  the  Indiana  Territory,  the  27th  day  of 
August,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord,  1804,  and  of  the  Independence  of 
The  United  Stales  the  29dt. 

(L.S.)        WILLIAM  HENRY  HABRISON. 
[Marks  of  5  Piankeshaw  Indians.] 
BigBod,  sealed,  and  delivered,  in  presence  of 
John  Gibson,  Seeretary  to  the  CetmimgiaMr^ 
John  Griffin,  muioftht  Jndfj^et  of  the  Terriimj  9f  IiMama, 
HEKftY  Vandx&buroh,  one  of  the  Jmdge$  of  the  Indiana  Territory. 
Bw«  Pahkx,  Attorney-General  of  the  Territory  of  IifMrna. 
YiiLLMM  PftiNct,  l^erifofKnox  Cmmty,  Indhtm  Tetrkory. 
Gboboe  WaIxacc,  jun.  of  the  Induma  Territory. 
fBTBR  JoN&a,  of  Know  County,  Indiana  Territory. 
Edward  Hbmpstead,  Attorney  at  Law,  Indiatm  Terfik>ry* 
AlRAMAM  F.  Skapp, 
Mnatm  fiARMN,  liUerpreter, 

[Ratified  f>y  the  President  of  The  United  States,  2l8t  January,  180^.] 

{d.)'*^TREATY  between   The    United  States  and  the  nmked^aw 
Inditing.-^  Signed  at  Fineemei,  ^th  December,  1W5. 

Af-ticles  qf  a  Treaty  made  at  Vincennes,  in  the  Indiana  Territory, 
between  William  Henry  Harrison,  Governor  if  the  stud  Territory, 
Superintendent  qf  Indian  Affairs,  and  Commissioner  Plenipotentiary 
of  The  United  States,  for  concluding  any  Treaty  or  Treaties^  which 
may  be  found  necessary,  with  any  qf  the  Indian  Tribes  north-west  qf 
the  Ohio,  of  the  one  part,  and  the  Chiefs  and  Headmen  qf  the 
Piankeshaw  Tribe,  qf  the  other  part. 
Art.  L  The  Piankeshaw  Tribe   cedes  and  ipelinquishes  to  The 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATE8  AHU  IMXIlAm^  71 S 

United  States  for  ever,  afl  tinrt  tract  of  Comitr;  (with  the  vxc^eptioa 
of  the  reservatioft  keramaftef  iD«de),  which  Heg  between  the  Wabash 
and  the  tract  ceded  by  the  Kaakaskia  Tribe,  in  the  jear  1808,*  and 
south  of  a  line  to  be  drawn  from  the  north-wesi  Comer  of  the  Vincennes 
Tract,  north  78  degrees  ilest,  until  U  intersects  tlie  fioiindary  Line 
which  has  heretofore  separated  the  lands  of 'the  Fiaiikeshaws  from  the 
said  tract  ceded  by  the  KaskaskiA  Tribes 

II.  The  United  States  take  the  Piankesha#  Tribe  wnd^r  their 
immediate  care  and  patronage^  and  itiN  extend  t»  them  a  pft>tection 
as  effectual  as  that  which  is  enjoyecl  by  the  Kaskaskia  Tribe ;  and 
the  said  Piankeshaw  Trtbe  wil^  ne?er  eomrnk  any  depf^diitions  or 
make  War  opon  any  of  the  other  Tribes,  withont  the  coneni  of  The 
United  States. 

III.  The  said  United  SiXXH  Wttt  cause  to  be  delivered  to  the 
Piankeshaws  yearly,  and  every  year,  an  additional  annuity  of  300 
dollars,  which  is  to  be  paid  in  the  same  manner,  and  under  the  same 
conditions,  as  that  to  which  they  are  entitled  by  the  Treaty  of 
Greenville  :f  provided  always,  that  The  United  States  may,  at  any 
time  they  shidl  think  proper,  divide  the  said  annuity  amongst  the 
Individuals  of  the  said  Tribe. 

IV.  The  stipulations  made  in  the  precedmg  Articles*  together 
with  the  sum  of  1,100  dollars,  which  is  now  delivered,  the  receipt 
whereof  the  said  Chiefs  do  hereby  acknowledge,  is  considered  a 
full  compensation  (or  the  cession  and  relinquishment  abovemen- 
tioned. 

V.  As  long  as  the  lands  now  ceded  remain  the  property  of  The 
United  States,  the  said  Tribe  shall  have  the  privilege  of  Kving  and 
hunting  upon  them,  in  the  same  manner  that  they  have  heretofora 
done ;  and  they  reserve  to  fhemselves  the  right  of  locating  a  tract  of 
2  square  ^iles,  or  1,280  acres,  the  fee  of  which  is  to  remain  with  them 
ibr  ever. 

VI.  This  Treaty  shall  be  in  force  as  soon  as  it  shall  be  ratified  by 
the  President  of  The  Uuited  States,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  con- 
sent of  the  Senate. 

In  testimony  whereof,  the  said  William  Henry  Harrison,  and  the 
Chiefs  add  Headmen  representing  the  said  Piankeshaw  Tribe,  have 
hereunto  set  their  Hands  and  affixed  their  Seals. 

Done  at  Vincennes,  on  the  30th  day  of  December*  m  the  year  of 
our  Lord  1805^  and  of  the  Independence  of  The  United  States 
the  dOth. 

(L.S.)        WILLIAM  HENRY  HARRISON. 
[Marks  of  3  Piankeshaw  Chiefs  ] 

•  See  Treaty.    VinceimeB,  7th  Augut,  1803.   Page  411. 
t  See  Treaty.    Greenville,  3r4  Angust,  1795.    Page  402. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


716  UNITED  STATES  AND  INDIANS. 

Sigoedy  sealed,  and  executed,  to  presence  of 

William  Pmncb,  Secretary  to  the  Commisskmer. 

John  Griffin,  One  of  the  Judges  of  the  Indiana  Territory. 

John  Gibson,  Secretary  Imiiana  Territory, 

John  Badollet,  Register  of  the  Land  Office, 

Nathaniel  Ewino,  Receiver  Public  Moneys. 

John  Rice  Jones,  of  the  Indiana  Territory. 

Dubois,  of  the  Indiana  Territory, 

WiLUAM  Bdllbtt,  of  Vincennes. 

Jacob  Kinoskendall,  Vincennes. 

H.  Hurst,  Vincennes,  Indiana  Territory. 

John  Johnson. 

Michel  Brouillet,  Interpreter. 

[Ratified  by  the  President  of  The  United  Sutes,  22nd  May,  1807.] 


(1.)— TREATY  between  The  United  States  and  the  Osage  Tribes  of 
Indians.     Signed  at  Fort  Clark,  lOth  November,  I80a 

Articles  of  a  Treaty  made  and  concluded  at  Fort  Clark,  on  the  right 
bank  of  the  Missouri,  about  5  miles  above  the  Fire  Prairie,  in  the 
Territory  of  Louisiana,  the  IQth  day  of  November,  in  the  year  of 
our  Lord,   1808,  between  Peter  Chouteauy  Fsquire,  Agent  for  M# 
OsageSf  and  specially  commissioned  and  instructed  to  enter  into  Ou 
same,  by  His  Excellency  Meriwether  Lewis,  Governor  and  Super* 
intendent  of  Indian  Affairs  for  the  Territory  aforesaid,  in  bfhalf 
of  the  United  States  of  America,  of  the  one  part,  and  the  Chiefs 
and  Warriors  of  the  Great  and  Little  Osages,  for  themselves  and 
their  Nations  respectively,  on  the  other  part. 
Art.  I.  The  United  States  being;  anxious  to  promote  Peace,  Friend- 
ship,  and  Intercourse,  with  the  Osage  Tribes,   to  afford  them  every 
assistance  in  their  power,  and  to  protect  them  from  the  insults  and 
injuries  of  other  Tribes  of  Indians,  situated  near  the  Settlements  of 
the  White  People,  have  thought  proper  to  build  a  Fort  oo  the  right 
bank  of  the  Missouri,   a  few  miles  above  the   Fire  Prairie,   and  do 
agree   to  garrison  the  same  with   as  many   regular  Troops  as  the 
President  of  The    United    Slates   may,    from   time   to  time,   deem 
necessary  for  the  protection  of  all  orderly,  friendly,  and  nell  disposed 
Indians  of  the  Great  and  Little  Osage  Nations  who  reside  at  this  place, 
and    who    do     strictly   conform    to,    and   pursue    the    counsels    or 
admonitions  of   the    President  of  The   United   States,  through  bis 
Subordinate  Officers. 

IL  The  United  States  being  also  anxious  that  the  Great  aud  Little 
Osages,  resident  as  aforesaid,  should  be  regularly  supplied  with  every 
species  of  merchandise,  which  their  comfort  may  hereafter  require,  do 
engage  to  establish  at  this  place,  and  permanently  to  continue  at  all 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED   STATES   AND   INDIANS.  717 

seasons  of  the  year,  a  well  assorted  store  of  goods,  for  the  purpose  of 
bartering  with  them,  on  moderate  terms,  for  their  peltries  and  fars. 

III.  The  United  States  agree  to  furnish,  at  this  place,  for  the  use 
of  the  Osage  Nations,  a  blacksmith,  and  tools  (o  mend  their  arms 
and  utensils  of  husbandry,  and  engage  to  build  them  a  horse  mill,  or 
water  mill ;  also  to  furnish  them  with  ploughs,  and  to  build  for  the 
Great  Chief  of  the  Great  Osages,  and  for  the  Great  Chief  of  the 
Little  Osages,  a  strong  block  house  in  each  of  their  towns,  which  are  to 
be  established  near  this  Fort, 

IV.  With  a  view  to  quiet  the  animosities  which  at  present  exist 
between  the  Inhabitants  of  the  Territory  of  Louisiana  and  the  Osage 
Nations,  in  consequence  of  the  lawless  depredations  of  the  latter.  The 
United  States  do  further  agree  to  pay  to  their  own  Citizens,  the  full 
value  of  such  property  as  they  can  legally  proye  to  have  been  stolen 
or  destroyed  by  the  said  Osages,  since  the  acquisition  of  Louisiana  by 
The  United  States,  provided  the  same  does  not  exceed  the  sum  of 
5,000  dollars. 

y.  In  consideration  of  the  lands  relinquished  by  the  Great  and 
Little  Osages  to  The  United  States,  as  stipulated  In  the  Vlth  Article 
of  this  Treaty,  The  United  States  promise  to  deliver  at  Fire  Prairie, 
or  at  St  Louis,  yearly,  to  the  Great  Osage  Nation,  merchandise  to 
the  amount  or  value  of  1,000  dollars,  and  to  the  Little  Osage  Nation, 
merchandise  to  the  amount  or  value  of  500  dollars,  reckoning  the 
value  of  said  merchandise  at  the  6rst  cost  thereof,  in  the  City  or 
Place  in  The  United  States  where  the  same  shall  have  been  procured. 

And  in  addition  to  the  merchandise  aforesaid.  The  United  States 
have,  at  and  before  the  signature  of  these  Articles,  paid  to  the  Great 
Osage  Nation  the  sum  of  800  dollars,  and  to  the  Little  Osage  Nation 
the  sum  of  400  dollars. 

VI.  And  in  consideration  of  the  advantages  which  we  derive  from 
the  Stipulations  contained  in  the  foregoing  Articles,  We,  the  Chiefs  and 
Warriors  of  the  Great  and  Little  Osages,  for  ourselves  and  our  Nations 
respectively,  covenant  and  agree  with  The  United  States,  that  the 
Boundary  Une  between  our  Nations  and  The  United  States  shall  be 
as  follows,  to  wit:  beginning  at  Fort  Clark,  on  the  Missouri,  6  miles 
above  Fire  Prairie,  and  running  thence  a  due  south  course  to  the 
River  Arkansas,  and  down  the  same  to  the  Mississippi ;  hereby  ceding 
and  relinquishing  forever  to  The  United  States,  all  the  lands  which 
He  east  of  the  said  line,  and  north  of  the  southwardly  bank  of  the  said 
River  Arkansas,  and  all  lands  sitnated  northwardly  of  the  River 
Missoori.  And  we  do  further  cede  and  relinquish  to  The  United 
States  forever,  a  tract  of  2  leagnes  sqnare,  to  embrace  Fort  Clark, 
and  to  be  laid  off  in  such  manner  as  the  President  of  The  United 
States  shall  think  proper. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


718  uwTW  eTATW  ajni>  iifpi^m. 

VIL  A«d  it  fe  oittteally  iigineefl  by  the  Gootracting  Fariies,  thflt 
tbs  BoHOilAry  Lines  hereby  ^taUiisbcd  tbaJl  be  ran  and  marked  at 
Ae  espeivie  of  The  Umted  States,  as  soon  as  cxncumstaiices  or  their 
coi^Vjenienee  viU  permU;  and  the  Great  and  Little  Oaages  promise  to 
depute  2  Chiafi  from  each  of  their  respective  Nations,  to  accompany 
ib^  CommissioMsr  or  CosHsassiooers  who  BBsiy  be  appointed  on  tlia 
piKt  pf  The  United  States*  to  «etde  aod  a^inst  tfie  Sftid  fioandarj 
Ljttiu 

VIU.  And  The  United  States  agree.  Abet  jnch  of  theGreaAud 
Uttfe  Osage  Indians  as  naay  thkik  proper  to  p«t  themselres  mider 
the  pnoteotioo  lof  Font  CJ»rk,  and  who  obierve  the  sitipnIatieMi  of  this 
TrAftty  wflh  geod  faith,  shall  be  permitted  to  lire  and  to  hnnt»  .withr 
out  molestatioo,  on  all  Ihait  tract  of  Gouptry  viesi  of  the  nortli  and 
40«th  Boundary  Line  on  ^rhich  ^hey,  the  mid  Great  and  liittle  Qsa^sa^ 
have  usually  himted  or  ^ceaided :  fMrovUed  lbs  same  be  not  Ibe  Jbun^ 
iftg  grounds  of  any  Nation  or  Tribe  of  Indians  in  amity  watli  Hie 
United  States ;  and  on  any  other  lands  within  the  Territory  of  Loni- 
4mm.  witfiout  the  Umiisoif  the  JTbite  Settlements.  nnOl  The  United 
Slates  niey  think  proper  •to  essign  the  same  as  huptiug  gnQunds  to 
olbar  fijendiy  Indians. 

IX.  Lcsft  the  frienAship  svhidi  is  now  .estAbUsbe^  betireeu  The 
Vniffad  9tc^  aud  the  #atd  Indian  Nialioiuh  should  be  iutemipted  hif 
tbf  mifiQODuduct  fif  I«diiuduiils>  it  is  hereby  agreedj  that  br  ii^uciea 
cbvie  by  I«dividaaJsi  no  f>rur4^te  reyeu^  or  reiidiation  flhall  take  place, 
b^  instflts^  thereof,  complaints  shffU  be  ma4e  by  the  Party  injured  to 
the  o(her,.by  tbewd  Nations,  or  either  of  tb^em^  to  tlie  Superintend- 
ent or  o^r  iPjerc^n  i^p^i^tod  by  rthe  President  to  the  Chiefs  of  tbo 
said  Nation;  aod  i^  sbnll  ib^e  the  duty<Qf  the  Mid  Chiefs,  upop  coosc 
plaints  being  made  as  aforesaid,  to  deliver  up  the  Keiyou  or  Per* 
spps  ageing  aboiu  the 42Q9t(iilMint  is, oracle,  to  the  eqd  thajtilve  or  Ihey 
Ofkl^y  b^ipunisbed  aigreeably  to  the  Laiw?  of  theStat^  or  Tecritory  v4iera 
tbiS  iO^ce  may  have  been  committed ;  sod  in  like  luauner,  if  «uf 
robbery^  violence,  or  ,iourder,  .-sbirfl  be  ca«»ipi|ted  on  any  JUidifm  or 
Iji^if^i;^  beiojiging  to  either  of  eaid  NatioAs,  the  Person  or  Per- 
spps  ;B0  Oiffeoding  shall  be  tried,  and  if  found  i^uilty,  ahall  he 
puftist^edinUke  menner.asif  the  injury  b«d  been  done  to  a  White 

A«d  it  AS  a«|«eed#  (hut  .{be  /Chiefs  /of  the  Ovaat  and  Uttjb  Ose^sa 
s||||JIL4o,4Jm  ffAmpi^tpfjtbfJrpft^Mr^  exert .themaeUus  toreoomr  »lK»aes, 
orotber  prop^vjty,iffhiA)8iay  b^iStelenfrom  any  .Citizen. or  CitigMt 
of  The  Unit^  ^t|iM<  rfay  tupy  Individual  or  IndividuiUs  of  tiiAer  of 
thfir  Natippsj  ;Aii^  |h(e  pcw^  ^  iTe^^vere^i  9b*|i  be  £qis|bwit|i  d«i* 
lilY^dto1)ip  fpp§qi0teR4eut,  or  ojtb«r  Person  ^thw^^dte  r«Qe)«^ 
it,  Uuit  it  may  be  restored  to  the  proper  Own^j  jipdln  Pfflfp  wl^m 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 

\ 


UlflT^ep  STATEB  AND  I|rpjA|iB»  719 

Ibe  exeitJOBS  of  the  CbUfs  tMl  be  ioefTeptaal  in  recovering  (be  pr^ 
perty  stolen  as  aforesaid^  if  sufficient  proof  can  be  adduced  that  socll 
Property  was  actually  stolen  by  any  Ipdian  or  Indians  belonging  to 
the  said  Nation,  or  either  of  then,  the  Saperintendent,  or  other 
proper  O0iear,  inay  deduct  froin  the  annuity  of  the  said  Naiions, 
respectively,  a  sum  equal  to  the  f aloe  of  the  property  which  has 
been  stolen.  And  The  Umted  S^es  hereby  guarantee  to  .any  In* 
dian  or  Indians,  of  the  said  Nations,  cespectivelyr  a  full  indemnifica- 
tion for  any  horses  or  other  property  which  may  be  stolen  from 
them  by  any  of  their  Citizens :  provided  that  the  property  so  stolen 
cannot  be  recovered,  and  that  sufficient  proof  is  produced  that  it  was 
afituaUy  stolen  by  a  Citizen  of  The  United  States.  And  the  said 
Nations  of  the  Great  and  Little  Oaages  engage,  on  the  requisition  av 
demand  of  the  President  of  The  United  States,  or  of  the  Superin* 
iendent,  to  deliver  up  any  White  Man  resident  among  thjW. 

X  The  United  States  recekve  the  Great  and  Liule  0$%^  Na* 
lions  iatp  iheir  fiiendshifu  and  under  their  protection;  and  the  said 
Nations,  on  itheir  part,  dec|ai«  that  they  will  consider  themselves 
^ader  the  protedkui  ^(  no  ath«r  Power  whatsoever;  dtsdajmog  all 
light  to  cede^  seU,  m  in  any  manner  transfer,  tiieir  lands  to  any 
V#reign  P.ower«  or  to  Ciftizeni  of  The  United  Stales,  or  Inhabit^ts 
•f  LoiuMaa*  unless  duly  .aQt)wri2ed  by  the  President  of  The  United 
States  to  make  the  said  purchase,  or  accepjt  the  said  Cession,  oi^  bn- 
balf'^f  the  Government 

XL  And  if  any  Penpn^or  Persons,  for  hunting  •or  other  purpose* 
shall  pass  over  the  Boundary  Lines,  as  established  by  this  Treaty* 
into  the  Country  reserjv/ed  for  ihe  Great  and  Little  Osage  Nations, 
without  the  license  of  the  Superintendent  or  other  proper  Officer,  they* 
the  said  Great  and  Little  Osages,  or  either  of  them,  shall  be  at  liberty 
to  apprehend  soch  unlicensed  Hunters  or  other  Persons,  and  surren- 
der them,  together  with  their  property,  but  without  other  injury, 
insult,  or  moleetation,  to  the  Superintendent  of  Indian  Affairs,  or  to 
the  Agent  nearest  the  place  of  arread  to  be  dealt  nUb  .according 
to  Law. 

'XI L  And  the  Chiefs  and  Warriors  as  aforesaid,  promise  and  en- 
gage, that  neither  the  Great  nor  Little  Osage  Nation  will  ever,  by 
sale,  exchange,  or  as  presents,  supply  any  Nation  or  Tribe  of  Indians^ 
1^  ^  An^Ky  ia)th  TJhe  United  States,  with  gimn,  aino»|ipttip|i|,  or 
otb(Br\Ji>wl«<aents  of  W^r. 

XIIL  This  Treaty  shall  take  effect  and  be  obligatory  op  t)ie 
Contracting  Parties,  as  soon  as  the  same  shall  have  been  ratified 
by  ^edPpssident,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  tbe  Senate 
dTViie  United  States. 

in  testimony  whereof,  the  said  Peter  Chouteau,  oommiasioDed 
avi  4ttstni9iad  aa  aforesaid,  and  tbe  .Chiefii  and  Warriors  of  the  Great  > 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


720  PRUSSIA  AND  NETHERLANDS. 

and  Little  Osage  Nations  of  Indians^  hare  hereunto  set  tlidr  Htodi 
and  affixed  their  Seals. 

Done  at  Fort  Clark,  the  day  above  mentioned. 
(L.  S.)         P.CHOUTEAU, 

(L.  S.)         £.  B.CLEMSON,  Capt.  \st  Regiment  lu/aniry, 
(L.  S.)         L.  LORIMER.  Lieut.  Isi.  Regimeni  Infamify, 
(L.  S.)         REAZEN  LEWIS,  Sub.  Agt.  In.  Affairs. 
[Marks  of  110  Osage  Indians.] 

ACCESSION  of  ilie  Osages  of  the  Ricer  Arkansas, — St.  Louis,  Sin 

August,  1809. 
We,  the  Undersigned  Chiefs  and  Warriors  of  the  Band  of  Osagei» 
residing  on  the  River  Arkansas,  being  a  part  of  the  Great  Osage 
Natiop,  having  this  day  had  the  foregoing  Treaty  read  and  explained 
to  us,  by  His  Excellency  Meriwether  Lewis,  Esquire,  do  beresby 
acknowledge,  consent  to,  and  confirm  all  the  stipulations  tberrio 
contained,  as  fully  and  as  completely  as  though  we  had  been  peraonafly 
present  at  the  signing,  sealing,  and  delivering  the  same  on  the  lOth  day 
of  November,  1808^  the  same  being  the  day  on  which  the  said  Treaty 
was  signed,  sealed  and  delivered,  as  will  appear  by  a  reference  thereto. 
In  witness  whereof,  we  have«  for  ourselves  and  our  Band  of  the 
Great  Osage  Nation  residing  on  the  River  Arkansas,  hereunto  set  oar 
Hands  and  affixed  our  Seals. 

Done  at  St.  Louis,  in  the  Territory  of  Louisiana,  this  3Ut  day  of 
August,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  1809,  and  of  the  Independence  of  The 
United  Stales  the  34th. 

[Marks  of  15  Osage  Indians.] 
In  presence  of  us,  and  before  signature  attached  to  the  Original. 
John  G.  Comegts.  Geobgb  Man. 

John  W.  Honey.  Samuel  Solomon,  Jun. 

John  P.  Gates*  Interpreter. 
Noel  Monorain  Marque,  Indian  Interpreter. 
Basil  Nassibr  Marque,  Indian  Interpreter. 

[Ratified  by  the  President  of  The  United  Sutes,  28th  Apr^l,  1810.] 


TRAITE  de  Limited  enire  Leurs  Maje$tis  le  Sot  de  Prum 
eileRaides  Pay  Bas.^SignS  d  Aix-la-Chapelle^  le  26  Jum^ 
1816. 

Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  de  Prusse  et  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  Pays  Bts, 
voulant  proc^der  i  la  fixation  definitive  des  Fronti^res  de  leaf* 
Etats  respecti&,  siir  la  Rive  droite  de  la  Mouse  et  le  long  du  Grand- 
Duch^  de  Luxembourg,  et  desirant  applanir  les  difficultes  qui  se  wot 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PRUSSIA  AND  NETHERLANDS.  721 

•levees  an  sujet  de  roccapation  provisoire  de  quelqoes  CommuneB 
ou  parlies  de  Comoannes  sitnees  sar  les  Limites,  et  dotit  la  Souverainet^ 
m  pa  paroitre  douteuse,  ODt  cooforniement  i  TArtiele  II  da  Traits  da 
31  Mai,  1815,  Domme  Commissaires  et  oiuni  de  leurs  PleiospouToir^* 
SftToir : 

Sa  Majesty  ie  Hoi  de  Prasae,  le  Sieur  Frederic,  Comte  de  Solms- 
LaabacL,  Premier  President  des  Dachas  de  Juliers,  Cloves  et  Berg^ 
Grand-Croix  de  I'Aigle  Rouge  et  de  POrdre  de  Sainte  Anne  de 
Russie,  lequel  usaiit  de  la  faculte  a  lui  accord^  par  son  PleiDpoavoir, 
a  delegae  aa  mAme  effet  et  avec  les  m^mes  Pouvoirs  les  Siears 
Frederic  Guillaume  de  Bemuth,  Chef- President  de  Regence  i 
Arosberg,  et  Jean  Albert  Eytelwein,  Conseiller  Intime  et  Directear-^ 
General  des  B&timeDS  Publics  da  Royaume ; 

Bt  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  des  Pays  Has,  les  Sieurs  Maximilien 
Jacques  de  Man,  Colonel  au  Corps  de  G^nie,  Directeur  des  Archives 
de  la  Guerre  et  da  Bureau  Topographique,  Chevalier  de  TOrdre  Mill- 
taire  de  Gaiiiaume,'3dn]e  Classe,  Henri  Joseph  Michiels  de  Kessenich, 
Sous-Iatendant  de  I'Arrondissement  de  Rnremonde,  Jean  Leonard 
Nicoiai,  Sous-InteDdant  de  TArrondisBement  de  Verviers,  et  Michel 
Tock,  Directeur  des  Contributions  Directes  du  Graad-Duch^  de 
Luxembourg ; 

Lesquels  Commiflsaires,  spr^s  avoir  ^chang^  leurs  Pleinspou voire, 
qui  out  et^  trouves  en  regie,  sont  convenus  des  Points  et  Articles 
saivans. 

AftT.  I.  Les  Limites  fix^es  par  le  present  Traite  d^terminent  les 
Fronti^res  entre  les  2  Etats  depuis  les  coiifins  de  la  France  sur  la 
Moselle,  jusqu'd  I'ancien  Territoire  Hollandois  pr^s  du  Mook. 

II.  La  Ligne  de  Demarcation  commencera  sur  la  Moselle,  au  point 
oA  sur  la  Rive  droite  cette  riviere  quitte  les  limites  de  la  France, 
descendrala  Moselle  jusqu'it  rembouchujre  de  la  Sure,  remontera  la 
Sure  jusqu'^  Tembouchure  de  I'Oure,  suivra  egalemeut  en  remontant 
lecours  de  TOure  jusqu'au  point  od  ceruisseau  atteint  les  Limites  du 
ci-devant  Canton  de  St  Vith,  sauf  toutefois  les  modifications  etablies 
par  les  Articles  suivans. 

IIL  L' Article  XVII  du  Protocole  du  Congr^s  de  Vienne  (Article 
XXV  de  TActe  Final  du  Congr^s  du  9  Juin,  1815)  ayant  ^tabli,  que 
les  eudroits  traverses  par  la  Moselle,  la  Sure  et  I'Oure  ne  seroient 
point  partag^s,  mais  appartiendroient  avec  leurs  Banlieues  k  la  Puis- 
sance sur  le  Territoire  de  laquelle  la  majeure  partie  seroit  situ^e,  il  a 
^U  convenu,  que  poor  determiner  quelle  seroit  la  majeure  partie  dun 
endroit,  on  prendroit  pour  base  la  population,  et  qu'i  population  egale 
la  Contribution  foncidre  en  d^ideroit. 

IV.  Comme  le  principe  de  Tintegralit^  des  Communes  ne  semble 
avoir  ete  applique  par  le  Congr^s  de  Vienne,  qu'aux  cas  oil  les  endroifs 
m^mes  seroient  traverses  par  une  riviere,  et  non  point  aux  cas  que  les 
[1815—16.]  3  A 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


722  PRUSSIA    AND    NETHERLANDS. 

Banlieues  seulement  le  fussent,  il  a  ete  encore  con  vena  que  dans  les 
derniers  cas  la  ri?idre  serviroit  de  limite,  et  que  les  parties  de  Ban- 
lieues  separees  des  endroiU  m^mes  par  la  rivibre,  en  resteroient 
detaclides  et  feroient  partie  des  Etats  situ^s  sor  la  m^me  rive. 

V.  En  consequence  de  ces  2  principes,  Oberbillig  situe  sur  la  rive 
droite  de  la  Moselle^  appartiendra  au  Royaume  des  Pays  Has,  comoie 
^tant  qne  Dependance  de  Wasserbillig,  avec  lequel  il  ne  forme  qu'une 
seule  Commune  et  un  mSme  endroit ;  en  sorte  que  la  Ligne  de  De- 
marcation, arrivce  d  la  Banlieue  de  Wasserbillig  sur  la  rive  droite, 
quittera  la  Moselle  et  fera  le  tour  de  cette  Banlieue.  La  Commune  de 
Yianden  situee  k  cheval  sur  TOure,  appartiendra  egaiement  au 
Royaume  des  Pays  Bas,  avec  toute  sa  Banlieue,  dont  la  ferme  dite 
Scheuerhoff  est  reconnue  faire  partie;  de  sorte  que  la  Ligne  de  D6- 
marcation  quiUera  ici  I'Oure,  comme  elle  a  quitt^  la  Moselle  i  Was* 
serbillig,  et  tournera  autour  de  la  partie  de  la  Banlieue  de  Vianden 
situee  sur  la  rive  gauchej  et  viendra  ensuite  prendre  le  cours  de  la 
riviere. 

Toutes  les  autres  Communes,  dont  les  Banlieues  seules  sont  tra- 
versees  tant  par  la  Moselle  que  par  la  Sure  et  TOure,  et  notamment 
celles  de  Laugsur,  MeesdorflT^  Born,  Ralingien,  Eternacb,  Bollendorf, 
Dilgen,  Wallendorf,  Ameldingen,  Birels,  Falckeustein,  Gemiind, 
Doesbourg,  et  m^me  Wasserbilleg,  pour  la  petite  partie  de  Banlieue 
situee  sur  la  rive  gauche  de  la  Sure,  seront  places  dans  la  2dme  cath^- 
gorie,  et  leurs  parties  coupees  par  la  fivi^re  resteront  separees,  de 
mani^re  que  la  riviere  m^me  servira  dans  tons  les  cas  de  Fronti^re  aux 
2  Etats. 

VI.  Du  |K>int  ou  POure  entre  dans  le  Canton  de  St  Vitb,  la  Ligoe 
de  Demarcation  suivra  leslimites  dece  Canton  vers  I'occidentjusqu'i 
la  grande  route  qui  conduit  de  Luxembourg  par  Weiss-Wampach  4 
Stavelot  et  Spa,  suivra  cette  m^me  route  vers  le  Nord  jusquau  point 
ou  elle  quitte  d^finitivement  le  Canton  de  St.  Vith  pour  entrer  dans 
celui  de  Stavelot.  Cette  route  de  Luxembourg,  en  tant  qu  elie  traverse 
le  Canton  de  St.  Vitb,  ou  y  touche,  appartiendra  toute  enti^re  an 
Royaume  des  Pays  Bas,  ainsi  que  les  maisons  ou  chaumi^res  actuelle- 
ment  existantes  et  situees  sur  les  bords  du  c6le  de  la  Prusse,  avec  un 
rayon  de  20  metres  tout  autour  de  ces  maisons. 

Cette  route  presentant  sur  quelques  points  difierens  cbemins  que 
les  rouliers  pratiquent  en  differentes  saisons,  il  a  ete  conveno  qu'en 
cas  de  doute  sur  la  veritable  grande  route  on  prendroit,  lors  de  la 
plantation  des  poteaux,  le  chemin  le  plus  voisin  de  la  Prusse,  sans 
cependant  que  sous  ce  pr6texte  on  puisse  r^clamer  une  route  quel* 
conque  k  travers  les  terres  cultivees,  quand  m^me  elle  aoroit  servi  de 
passage  dans  des  temps  que  la  route  ordinaire  6toit  impraticable. 

VIL  £ti  consequence  de  TArticle  pr^c^dent^  les  Communes  de 
Deiffelt,  Ourth  et  Watermahl,  faisant  partie  du  Canton  de  St  Vith, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PRUSSIA    AND    NETHERLANDS.  723 

8ont  cedees  d  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  Pa^fs  Baa,  y  compris  les  parties 
de  ces  CommuDes  qui  s'eteiident  ao  de  \k  de  la  route  da  c(^te  de  la 
Prusse,  en  sorte  que  dans  ces  endroits  la  Ligne  de  Demarcation  quit* 
tera  la  graude  route  aux  liinites  des  ces  Communes  d  dioite,  pour  la 
reprendre  ensuite  apr^s  en  avoir  fait  le  tour ;  il  en  sera  de  m^me  pour 
les  Banlieues  des  Communes  apparteuantes  au  Royaume  des  Pays-Bas, 
qui  depassent  la  route. 

Les  petites  parties  des  Communes  d'AItringen,  Langler  et  autres, 
qui  se  trouvent  situ^es  sur  la  gauche  de  la  grande  route,  en  allant  de 
Lazembourg  sur  Stavelot,  sont  ^galement  ced^es  a  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi 
des  Pays  Bas. 

YIIL  Du  point  ou  la  route  de  Luxembourg  quitte  d^finitivement 
le  Canton  de  St.  Vitb,  la  Ligne  de  Demarcation  suivra  les  limites  entre 
les  Cantons  de  Malmedy  d'un  cote  et  ceux  de  Stavelotj  Spa  et  Lim- 
bourg  de  I'autre,  jusqu'au  point  ou  les  limites  du  Canton  de  Malmedy 
atteignent  les  Fronti^res  de  lancien  Departement  de  la  Roer. 

Les  limites  entre  le  Canton  de  Malmedy  d'un  c6te,  et  les  Com'- 
munes  de  Sart,  Jalboy,  Membach  et  la  Fordt  dite  Hertogenwald  de 
Tautre,  n'ayant  point  et^  determinees  dune  mani^re  positive  avant  la 
formation  du  dernier  cadastre  parcellaire,  il  a  ete  convenu  que  les 
poteavx  seroieni  places  sur  les  points,  qui,  lors  de  cette  operation,  onl 
^te  reconnus  limitropbes,  et  dont  les  principaox  soiii  connas  dans  cee 
Communes  sous  les  noms  de  Ch^ne,  Vinbiette,  Croix-le-Prieur  et  Fon* 
taine-Perigny  ;  de  cette  Fontaine,  qui  est  la  principale  source  do  ruis* 
seaa  appele  la  Helle,  la  Ligne  suivra  le  coars  de  ce  misseau,  qui  est 
reconna  former  de  ce  c^t^  les  limites  du  Canton  de  Malmedy,  jusqa'i 
ce  que  ces  limites  atteignent,  comme  il  vient  d'etre  dit,  les  Fronti^res  du 
ci-devant  Departement  de  la  Roer. 

IX.  Si  le  Gouvernement  Prussien  ou  la  Ville  de  Malmedy  vent 
constniire  la  nouvelle  route  projetee,  pour  eviter  la  montagne  en  avant 
de  cette  derui^re  Ville,  route  qui  partiroit  de  la  cbauss^e  de  Stavelot, 
an  dessous  de  Malmedy,  et  toumeroit  la  montagne  en  serpentant  sur 
les  limites  qui  se  parent  ces  3  Communes ;  dans  ce  cas  les  limites  de  la 
Commune  de  Stavelot  seront  r^duites  d  cette  route  pour  autant  qu'elle 
entrera  dans  son  Territoire.  La  route  m^me  appartiendra  en  touts 
propriete  d  la  Prusse,  qui  Taara  construite,  ainsi  que  les  petites  parties 
de  bmyeSy  que  cette  nouvelle  limite  enleveroit  aux  Pays  Bas,  conte- 
nant  one  ^tendue  d*environ  5k  6  hectares. 

Les  habitans  de  Stavelot  ou  autresSujets  des  Pays  Bas,  poor  Eviter 
la  m^ooe  montagne,  qui  se  prolonge  entre  Stavelot  et  Spa,  pourront 
aossi  prendre  cetle  nouvelle  route  sans  ^tre  assujettis  d  d'autres  droits 
qoelconques  sinon  les  droits  de  barri^re  destines  d  son  entretien. 

Les  cultivateurs  voisins  de  cette  route  seront  m6me  exempts  de  tout 
droit  de  barri^re,  pour  autant  qu*ils  ne  s'en  serviront  que  pour  la  cul- 
ture de  leors  terres  ou  Tusage  de  leurs  proprt^tes  situees  dans  ses 
environs.  ^  A  2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


724  PRUSSIA   AND   NETHERLANDS. 

X.  Du  point  ou  les  limites  dn  Canton  de  Maloiedy  coochentles 
Fronti^res  de  I'ancien  D^parteroent  de  la  Roer*  la  Ligne  continuerade 
suivrelecoursde  la  H«^lle  ju^qu'^sa  jonctionavecun  autre  petit  niinetfa 
appele  la  Sporbach  ;  au  point  de  cette  jonction  eile  quittera  les  Fron- 
fibres  du  Departement  de  la  Roer  pour  eotrer  dans  le  Canton  d'Eupen, 
en  suivant  toujoara  le  cours  de  la  Helle  k  traverstoute  la  For^t  jnsqui 
un  troisi^me  ruisseau  appele  la  Bitzel,  sui?ant  ce  dernier  jusqu  a  la 
lisi^re  de  la  grande  ForSt,  longeant  cette  li&i^re  jusqu'i  la  n?idre 
appel^e  Vesdre,  et  enfin  descendant  le  cours  de  cette  rividre  jusqu'aa 
point  ou  arrive  sur  la  rive  droite  I'aucienne  limite  bien  coonae 
de  la  Commune  de  Membach  dans  le  Canton  de  Limboui^  ;  en  soite 
que  nou-seulement  la  partie  de  Fordt  situee  entre  lechemin  de  Malmedy 
et  la  Saure  sera  remise  k  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  des  Pa}S  Bas»  comine 
faisnnt  partie  de  la  Commune  de  Membach,  situee  dans  le  Canton  de 
Limbourg,  mais  sera  encore  cedee  au  mSme  Royaume  toute  la  partie 
comprise  entre  la  Saure  et  la  Helle  et  les  limites  du  Departement  de 
la  Roer. 

XI.  Le  ruisseau  de  la  Helle  ne  sera  point  commun  anx  2  Btats 
com  me  les  autres  ruisseau  x  et  rivieres  formant  Fronti^re ;  mais  il  ap- 
partiendra  exclusivement  k  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de  Prusse  dans  toat  sod 
cours  ;  en  sorte  que  ce  sera  la  rive  gauche  de  ce  ruisseao,  qui  formtfa 
la  limite,  de  mani^re  cependant  que  cette  rive  appartiendra  toute 
en ti fere  au  Royaume  des  Pays  Bas. 

XII.  II  sera  libre  aux  Sujets  Prussiens  d'dTcheter  da  bois  et  des 
^corces,  dans  la  partie  de  Hertogenwald  situ^  entre  la  Saure  et  la 
Helle  et  de  les  exporter  en  exemption  de  tout  droit  de  Douanes.  Les 
Sujets  de  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  Pays  Bas  jouiront  des  m^mes  avan- 
tages  pour  Texploitation  dela  partie  de  For^t  appartenante  aux  Pays- 
Bas,  et  pourront  en  exporter  le  bois  et  les  ^corces  a  travers  le  Teni- 
toire  Prussien,  sans  ^tre  ten  us  de  payer  d*autre8  droits  que  celul  de 
bandores ;  le  tout  sauf  les  mesures  que  chaque  Gouvemement  trouvera 
bon  de  prendre  pour  preveuirla  fraude. 

XIII.  La  route  d'Eupen  k  Malmedy  restera  constamment  libre  et 
ouverte  aux  Sujets  Prussiens,  et  les  transports  de  toute  esp^ce  qui 
pourront  avoir  lieu  par  cetle  route  ne  pourront  ^tre  assujettts  d  aucun 
droit  de  douanes ;  ce  qui  n  exclura  cependant  pas  la  perception  d'un 
droit  de  barri^res quon  pourroit  trourer  bon  d'y  etablir,  mais  uoique- 
ment  pour  la  construction  et  I'entretien  de  la  route. 

lies  autres  chemins  parcourant  dans  tons  les  sens  cette  grande 
Por^t,  seront  d'un  usage  commun  pour  autaut  qu'ils  seront  reconuus 
necessaires  k  Texploitation  des  parties  de  bois  situdes  dans  leur  vol- 
sinage.  Les  A  gens  Forestiers  Superieurs  des  2  Gouvernemens  con* 
viendront  de  ces  chemins,  et  formeront  de  concert,  si  la  chose  est 
necessairc,  un  Reglemcnt  k  ce  sujet. 

XIV.  Les  Fabricans  d'Eupen  ay  ant  obtenu  de  lancienne  Ad- 
ministration, la    permission  d'ouvrir  el   de  curer  certains  fosses  et 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PRUSSIA   AND   NETHERLANDS.  725 

rigoles,  fitues  dans  cette  For^t  entre  la  Helle  et  la  Saure,  pour  aug- 
menter  par  ce  moyen  le  volume  d'eau  de  la  Helle,  et  par  consequent 
de  la  Ver&re,  ri?i^re  .sur  laquelle  aont  situes  toutea  leurs  usines  ;  il  a 
ete  convenu,  que  cette  Commune  ou  ses  Fabricans  seroient  maintenus 
dans  cet  usage,  et  qu'ils  pourroient  continuer  ^  nettoyer  et  curer  les 
rigoles  et  fosses  actuellement  existans,  sans  cependant  que  cet  usage 
puisse  ^tre  assimile  aux  droits  particuliers  dont  la  conservation  est 
8t]pal6e  par  TArticle  XXX  ci'dessous,  mais  restera  restreint  aux 
bornes  d  aue  simple  permission,  qui  pourra  6tre  revoqude  par  le  Gou- 
▼emement  des  Pays  Bas,  lorsque  Texistence  de  ces  fosses  on  rigoles 
ou  leur  curage,  lui  paroitra  oruisible  i  I  exploitation  de  la  Foret  ou 
contrariera  ses  plaus  d'am^lioration. 

Ces  ouvrages  ne  pourront  m^me  6tre  commences  sans  en  avoir 
pr^venu  les  Agens  Forestiers,  sous  la  direction  et  surveillance  desquels 
iJs  seront  continues. 

XV.  En  quittantla  Verdre  d  I'endroit  indique  ci-dessus  d  TArticle 
IX,  la  Ligne  de  Demarcation  suivra  les  limites  orientales  de  la  Com- 
mune  de  Hembach  fusqu'i  la  chaussee  d'Eupen,  puis  cette  meme 
chaussee  jusqu*^  la  maison  blanche,  dans  la  Commune  de  Henri 
CfaapeIIe,et  de  la  maison  blanche,  jusqu'au  point  dHntersection  de  cette 
cbaossee  et  d  une  Ligne  d  ttrer  du  point  de  contact  des  3  Cantons 
d'Eupen,  Limbourg  et  Auhel,  au  point  de  contact  des  3  Departemens 
de  I'Ourthe,  laRoSr  et  la  Mease  inlerieure ;  de  mani^reque  les  parties 
des  Banlieues  des  Communes  de  Baelen,  Watkinraed,  Henri  Chapelle, 
MoDzen  et  Moremet,  situees  entre  cette  chaussee,  pour  autant  qu'elle 
hat  Fronliftre,  et  entre  les  limites  du  Canton  d'Eupen^  sont  c^d^es  i 
Sm  Majeste  le  Roi  de  Prusse. 

XVI.  La  chaussee  elle  mftme,  en  tant  quelle  est  d^clar^e  Fron- 
li^re  par  I'Article  precedent,  ou  le  sera  par  disposition  ulterieure,  sera 
commune  aux  2  Etats.  Son  entretien  et  sa  reparation  se  feront  i 
fiais  communs,  et  la  perception  du  droit  de  barri^re  qui  pourra  6tre 
contiou^e,  ne  devra  cependant  T^tre  que  pour  autant  que  I'exigeront 
Fentretien  de  la  route  et  le  payement  de  la  d^tte  cr^e  pour  sa  con- 
tCraction.  Cette  route  etant  commune  aux  2  Etats,  elle  sera  affranchie- 
de  part  et  d'autre  de  la  perception  de  tout  droit  de  Douanes,  ou  autre, 
k  i'exception  du  droit  de  barri^res ;  il  sera  m^me  interdit  aux  Douaniers 
des  2  Goovememens  d'y  faire  aucune  visite,  perquisition,  ou  enfin 
aucun  autre  exercice  quelconque. 

XVII.  Du  point  d'intersection  dont  on  vient  de  parler  d  I'Article 
XIV,  jusqu'au  point  de  contact  des  3  Departemens,  la  Ligne  de  De- 
marcation restera  indefermin^e,  les  2  Commissions  n'ayant  pu  s'en- 
tendre  sur  la  mani^re  dont  seroit  coupee  la  petite  partie  du  Canton 
d*Aabel,  qui  d*apr^  le  Traits  du  31  Mai,  et  autres  Actes  du  Congr^s  de 
Vienne,  doit  appartenir  au  Royaume  de  Prusse. 

Cette  difficulte  sera  soumise  i  la  decision  des  Gouvernemens  rea-i 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


726  PRUSSIA  AND  NETHERLANDS. 

pectifii,  qoi  prendroDt  pour  la  tenniner  telles  mesores  ulterienrei  qn'ib 
jogeroDt  conTenir. 

En  attendant  cette  decision,  la  Fronti^re  Provisoire  sera  formee 
par  la  Commune  de  Moremet ;  de  '•  ani^  qae  la  partie  de  cette  Com- 
mnne,  aitnee  i  gaoche  d*nne  ligne  droite  i  tirer  do  point  de  contact  des 
3  Cantona  aor  le  point  de  contact  des  3  Departemena,  appartiendra 
dana  tons  lea  caa  an  Royaome  dea  Pays  Bas ;  que  celle  attuee  i  droite 
d'une  ligne  i  firer  des  limitea  Ha  Canton  d'Eopen  directement  dn  and 
an  Dord»  snr  le  m^me  point  de  contact  des  3  Departemens,  appar- 
tiendfm  egalement  dans  tons  les  cas  an  Royaurae  de  Prnsse;  et  qn'eo- 
fin  la  partie  de  cette  m^me  Commune  aitnee  entre  ces  2  Lignes,  comma 
itant  la  aeule  qui  pnisse  ^tre  raiaonnablement  contest^,  sera  aoumiae 
i  one  Administration  commune,  et  ne  pourra  fttre  occupee  militaire- 
ment  par  ancune  dea  2  Puissancea ;  le  tout  sans  prejudice  de  ce  qui  a 
iti  etabli  ci-dessus,  relativemeut  i  la  partie  de  Moremet  compriae 
entre  la  grande  route  et  le  Canton  d'Eupen,  partie  qui  par  I' Article 
XrV  ci-dessoa,  a  deji  iie  ced^  an  Royaome  de  Prusse. 

XYIII.  Du  point  de  contact  des  3  Departemens,  la  Ligne  de 
Demarcation  suivra  les  limitea  antra  Pancien  Departement  de  la  Roer 
et  celui  de  la  Meuae  InCerienre  jusqu'i  la  chaussee  d'Aix-la-Cbapelle 
k  Geilenkirchen,  laissant  d  gauche  la  Commune  de  Vaels  qui  appar* 
tient  aux  Pays  Baa,  et  dans  laquelle  sera  comprise  Habitation  du 
Car6  sitnee  aor  la  ligne  m^me ;  puis  suivra  cette  chaussee  jusqu'anx 
limiles  de  la  Commune  de  Rolduc ;  enfin  les  limites  de  Rolduc  du 
cote  de  Toccident  jusqu* an  point  od  elles  alteignent  la  Worms. 

Ainai  la  partie  de  Kerkraede,  situee  i  droite  de  la  chaussee,  est 
c6dee  i  Sa  Majeste  le  Rot  de  Prusse,  de  m^me  que  toute  la  partie  de 
la  Commune  de  Rolduc  situee  sur  la  rive  gauche  de  la  Worms.  Est 
encore  cedees  au  m^me  Royaume  la  partie  de  chaussee  comprise  entre 
les  limitea  du  Departement  de  la  Ro^r  et  Rolduc;  de  manidre  que  cette 
Commune  appartiendra  toute  entidre,  et  en  toute  propri^te  et  souve- 
rainete,  au  Royaume  de  Prusse. 

XIX.  La  cession  des  parties  de  Kerkraede  et  de  Rolduc,  dont  il 
Yient  d'etre  fait  mention  k  1* Article  precedent,  ne  portera  aucun  pr6ju» 
dice  k  Sexploitation  des  mines  de  houille,  qui,  ayant  vi-devant  appar- 
tenn  k  FAbbaye  de  Rolduc,  se  continue  aujourd'hui  dans  lea  Com- 
munes de  Kerkraede  et  de  Rolduc  pour  le  compte  du  Gouvemement 
des  Pays  Bas ;  de  mani^re  que  ce  Gouvemement,  ou  tout  autre  Con- 
cessionnaire  qui  le  representeroit,  pourra  faire  dans  les  parties  cedees 
ids  onvrages  qu*ii  trouvei-a  boo,  soit  pour  I'extraction  de  la  houille, 
Boit  pour  I'epuisement  des  eaux ;  a'entend  en  indemnisant  les  proprie- 
taires  de  la  surface  de  gre  d  gre  ou  d  dire  d'experts. 

Le  Goovemement  Pmssien  ne  pourra  en  aucune  maniere  entraver 
cette  exploitation,  ni  sous  pretexte  de  direction  a  donner  par  sea 
Ing^aieuri^  ni  d'imp6t  k  etablir  sur  rextraction^  ou  la  sortie  de  la 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PRUSSIA  AND  NETHERLANDS.  727 

boaille,  ni  enfia  y  apporter  d  autres  eotraves  quelcQDques  qui  pour* 
roieDt  Duire  k  lexploitation on  gener  son  d^bit. 

Le  Gouveruement  Prussien  ne  pourra  non  plus  accorder  des  con- 
cessions particali^res  dans  les  parties  c^dees;  celles  existantes 
aujourd'hai  devrout  se  reufermer  dans  les  limites  k  elles  assignees  par 
leursActes  de  coacession,  ou  par  les  Lois  sous  I'autorile  desquelles  elles 
out  ete  accord^es. 

XX.  Cette  exploitation  de  houille  appartenante  au  Royaume  des 
Pays  Bas,  joaira  en  outre  des  privileges  ou  avantages  sui?ans : 

].  Toute  la  houille  qui  en  seroit  exp^di^e  poor  la  Province  de 
IJ^ge  ou  autre  Contree  des  Pays  Bas,  et  qui  devroit  emprunter  le 
Territoire  Prussien,  ne  pourra  6tre  soumise  k  aucun  droit  de  douane^ 
m  m^me  de  transit ;  ii  suffira  d'etre  porteur  d  uu  Certificat  du  Directeur 
de  la  Honillibre. 

2*  Cette  exploitation  jouira  du  droit  d  acbeter  lors  des  ventes  dans 
le  Steinbosch^  petite  for6t  appartenant  i  des  Particuliers,  du  bois 
d'^tan^ODoage  et  de  I'exportage,  franc  de  tout  droit  de  douane.  Cet 
a?antage  setendra  egalement  aux  autres  exploitations  de  Particuliers, 
qui  pourroient  exister  dans  la  Commune  de  Kerkeraede  ou  autres  des 
environs. 

3.  Le  Gouveniemeent  des  Pays  Bas  pourra  etablir  sur  la  Worms, 
dans  toute  letendue  des  parties  c^dees,  tels  onvrageshydrauliques  qull 
troavera  bon,  soit  pour  lex  traction  de  la  houille,  soit  pour  1  '^puise- 
ment  deseaox. 

Le  Goavemement  Prussien  ne  pourra  rien  changer  ni  iunover  i 
Tetat  actuei  de  la  Worms,  qui  puisse  nuire  aux  ouvrages  faits  ou  k 
faire  par  le  Gouvernement  des  Pays  Bas. 

XXL  Le  Gouvernement  des  Pays  Bas,  aiusi  que  les  ParticuHers, 
pourront  acheter  ou  exploiter  la  carri^re  de  gr^s,  qui  se  trouve  dans  le 
m^me  Steinbosch^  et  en  exporter  les  pierres  en  franchise  des  droits  de 
douanes.  Les  Sujets  Prussiens  pourront  s'approvisionner  de  houilles 
aux  exploitations  des  Pays  Bas,  au  rodme  prix  que  les  Sujets  m6mes 
da  Royaume,  et  I'exporter  en  exemption  de  tout  droit  quelconque,  sinon 
celui  de  barri^re. 

XXII.  Du  point  oil  les  limites  de  la  Commune  de  Rolduc  touchent 
la  Worms,  la  Ligne  de  Demarcation  en  suivra  le  cours  vers  le  nprd 
jusqu'd  ce  que  cette  rivi^  atteigne  de  nouveau  les  limites  des  2  Do* 
partemens  de  la  Meuae  Inf^rieure  et  de  la  Roer,  longera  cette  limite, 
laissant  les  Cantons  de  Rolduc.  Hurle  et  Oersbeck  i  gauche,  et  Geilen- 
kircfaen  avec  nne  partie  de  Sittard  ddroite,  jusqua  ce  quelle  rencontre 
•u  midi  de  Hellersb^^  la  Ligne  qui  doit  couper  ce  dernier  Canton  en 
2  parties  A  peu  pi^s  egales,  et  qui  va  £tre  determin^e  par  I'Article 
autrant. 

XXII L  Pour  partager  le  Canton  de  Sittard,  ou  tirera  one  Ligne 
droite  du  clocher  de  Sittard  k  celui  de  Wehr^  et  sur  le  point  milieu  de 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


728  9RUS8IA   AND  NETHERLANDS. 

cette  Ligoe  on  elevera  une  meridienne,  qui  sera  prolongee  d'an  dyte?en 
]e  midi  jusqu'anx  limites  du  Canton,  limites  qui  formentaosn  celles  do 
Departement  et  ou  elle  se  joindra  par  consequent  d  la  Ligne  de  De- 
marcation, comme  il  est  dit  k  PArticle  precedent. 

D'an  autre  cote  cette  m^me  m^ridienne  sera  prolong^  aa  aotd 
ju8qa*au  ruisseau  appele  Roodebeek,  et  dans  toute  sa  longuevr  servira 
de  Ligne  de  Demarcation ;  sauf  cependant  que  d'un  c^te  Brack  Sittsid 
restera  au  Ro^aume  des  Pays  Bas  avec  sa  Banlieae,  et  que  de  I'aotre 
c6te  Winfraken,  Hillenberg  et  Wehr,  resteront  au  Royaume  de  PrasK, 
Element  avec  lews  Baulieues,  on  k  defaut  de  fianltsue  proprement 
dite,  avec  le  terrain  et  les  maisons  comprises  dans  ia  ciffcooscriptioiide 
ees  endroits  on  hameaux. 

Dtt  point  ou  cette  meridienne  tonche  le  Roodebeech,  la  Ligne  de 
Demarcation  suivra  ce  ruisseau  jusqu'A  la  Baolieu  de  Sustem,et  loa- 
gera  les  limites  orientates  de  cette  Banlieu  jusqu'd  Pancien  Territoire 
Hollandofs. 

XXIV.  Ensuite  la  Ligne  de  Demarcation  saivra  les  Limites 
Orientales  du  Territoire  Hollandois,  en  laissant  a  droite  les  Commanes 
Pmssiennes  de  Havert,  Waldwucht,  Kareken,  EiTelt  et  Aersbeck,  et  i 
gauche  les  Communes  des  Pays  Bas,  Echt,  Posterholt  et  Vlodorpk 
longera  les  Limites  de  cette  derni^re  Commune  jusqo'k  la  graode 
bmy^e  appelee  Meinweg,  suivra  les  parties  du  Meinweg  appartenaales 
iVlodorpet  i  Herkenbusch  et  Melich,  laissant  ces2  parties  a  gauche, 
et  les  parties  appartenantes  aux  Communes  Pmssiennes  de  Bergeleoi 
Ophoven,  Effelt,  Stenkerken  el  Karken  k  droite,  et  arrivera  aiitti  k  la 
partie  dependante  de  Ruremonde,  suivra  de  la  m^me  manifere  et  dsas 
Je  m^me  sens  cette  derni^re  partie,  la  laissant  i  gauche  ainsi  que  celk 
appartenante  i  Herten,  et  laissant  i,  droite  la  partie  dependantftde 
Nedercruehten,  jusqu'ik  ce  qu'elle  arrive  enfin  au  bout  de  cette  bniyire 
et  atteigne  les  limites  de  la  Commune  Prussienne  d'Elmpt»  dans  le 
Canton  de  Cnichten ;  continuera  de  suivre  les  limites  de  cette  demite 
Commnne,  en  laissant  d  gauche  les  parties  du  Meinw^  appartenantes 
k  Herten  et  Masniel,  ainsi  que  les  Communes  de  Herkenbosch,  Mas- 
nlel  et  Zwalmen,  jusqu'i  ce  qu'avec  les  limites  d'Elmpt  elle  arrive  so 
ruisseau  dit  Saralme. 

Troversant  ce  ruisseau,  elle  se  dtrigera  par  une  Ligne  droite  i 
travers  une  autre,  bruy^re,  appelee  Elmpter-Buscb,  sur  le  point  le 
plus  oriental  de  la  Commune  de  Basel,  dit  Grietjens-Gericht;  pa>i» 
laissant  4  droite  les  Cemmunes  Prussiennes  ds  Bruggen,  Bracht  el 
Kaldenkirchen,  elle  suivra  les  limites  orientales  des  Communes  ds 
Besel  et  Belfeid,  appartenantes  aux  Pays  Bas,  jusqu^  ce  que  la 
limite  de  cette  derni^re,  en  avant  du  moulin  dit  Walbuckermolea,  se 
rapprochant  de  la  Meuse,  commence  k  ne  plus  laisser  entre  elle  et  le 
fleuve  Pintervalle  de  800  verges  du  Rhin;  i  ce  point  la  Frootiere 
quittera  les  limites  de  Belfeid  etse  dirigera  k  travers  la  Commune  Pros* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PRUSSIA    AND  NETHERLANDS.  729 

sienne  de  Kaldenkirchen  par  une  Ligoe  trac^  paralUlement  d  la 
Bf euse,  et  d  ]a  distance  da  fleuve  de  800  vei^es,  josqu'ii  ce  que  cette 
parall^le,  apr&a  aToir  laisa^  Tegelen  i  gaache,  atteigne  la  Banlie ue  de 
Yenlo:  bien  entendu  qoe,  si  cette  perall^le  reocontroit  dans  son  coura 
Qoe  pointe  avaocee.  soit  de  Delfeld  ou  de  Tegelen,  la  Ligne  de  Demar- 
cation  abandonneroit  dans  ce  cas  la  parall^le,  tourneroit  aotour  de  cette 
pointe  et  la  reprendroit  ensnite  pour  arriver  avec  elle,  corome  on  vient 
de  le  dire,  i  la  Banlieue  de  Venlo. 

XXV.  La  Ligne  de  Demarcation^  arriv^e  k  la  Banlieue  de  Venlo, 
en  fluivra  la  direction  et  laissera  4  gauche  Venio,  Velden,  Arcen  et  Well, 
Communes  appartenantes  au  Royaume  des  Pays  Bas,  et  i  droite 
Straelen,Walbeck  et  Tvisteden,  appartenantes  au  Royaume  de  Prusse; 
tine  partie  de  la  Banlieue  de  Straelen  et  de  Walbeck  sera  coup^  par 
une  parall^le  semblable  d  celle  dont  on  vient  de  parler  d  {'Article 
precedent  La  ligne  passera  ensuite  entre  les  Communes  Ber^^en  et 
Afferden,  qu'elle  laissera  dn  c6te  des  Pays  Bas,  et  entre  Wure,  Hulm, 
Gaosedonk,  Hassum  et  Hommersum,  qu'elle  laissera  du  cl^t^  de  la 
Pmsse,  continuera  enfin  de  la  m6me  mani^re,  en  suivant  les  limites 
orientales  de  Hegen  et  Ottersum,  et  en  laissant  k  droite  Hommersum, 
Kessel  et  Nergenair,  jusqu'd  la  for^t  appelee  Reichswald;  arriv^e  d 
cette  for6t,  elle  en  suivra  la  lisi^re,  en  longeant  Gennep  et  Milsbeck, 
et  laissant  ie  marais  dit  Konigs-Vun  au  Royaume  des  Pays  Bas ; 
arrifera  ainsi  d  la  route  qui  conduit  de  Tendroit  appele  Swarte-Weg  d 
ceiai  appele  Aen-Het-End,  suirra  ce  chemin  d  droite  jusqu  au  point 
le  plus  voisin  de  la  Fronti^re  de  I'ancien  Territoire  Hollandois,  et  de 
ce  point  par  une  Ligne  droite  atteindra  enfin  cette  Fronli^re  od  elle 
finit,  conformement  d  TArticle  II  du  Traits  du  81  Mai* 

XXVL  Comme  malgr6  les  renseignemens  d6jd  pris  et  le  mesurage 
qui  a  d^jd  eu  lieu,  il  est  cependant  encore  possible  que  quelques 
Banlieaes  Prussiennes,  antres  que  celles  mentionnees  ci-dessus,  ap« 
prochent  de  la  Meuse  plus  pr^-s  que  de  800  verges  du  Rhin,  il  est 
couTenu  que  la  distance  de  ces  parties  avancees  seroit  definitivement 
constat^  sur  tous  les  points  lors  de  la  plantation  des  poteanx,  et  que 
partout  od  les  Banlieues  des  Communes  des  Pays  Bas  ne  tiendroient 
point  la  Prusse  it  la  distance  de  800  verges  de  la  Meuse,  la  paralldle 
en  question  y  suppt^eroit  et  formeroit  la  fronti^re. 

XXVIL  Partout  od  des  ruisseaux,  rivieres  ou  fleuves,  feront 
limites,  lis  seront  commune  aux  2  Etats,  d  moins  que  le  cpntraire  ne 
soit  positivement  stipule  et  lorsqu'ils  seront  communs,  Tentretien  des 
ports,  le  curage,  etc,  se  feront  de  concert  et  d  frais  communs.  Mais 
chaque  Etat  sera  exclusiveroent  charge  du  soin  de  veiller  d  la  conser* 
Tution  des  bords  situ6s  de  son  c6te.  Il  ne  pourra  ^tre  fait  ni  au  cours 
des  rivieres,  ni  d  T^tat  actuel  des  bords  aucune  innovation  quel- 
conque,  ni  ^tre  accorde  aucune  concession  ou  prise  d'eau  sans  le 
concours  et  le  conaentement  des  2  Gouvernemens ;  il  en  sera  de  m^rae 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


730  PRUSSIA  AND  NETHERLANDS. 

des  (omia,  rigoles^  cbemins,  cajiaux»  hayes  ou  tout  autre  objetier- 
vant  de  limiteB;  c'est-d-dire^  que  cea  objets  quant  a  la  8on?eraiiieli 
seront  communs  aux  2  PuiasaDces^  et  qn'oo  ne  pourra  rien  chan^r  i 
Jeur  ^tat  actuel  que  de  commun  accord,  4  moiDS  toute  fob  eu  eu  de 
stipulation  contraire. 

L  usage  de  TOure  sera  libre  et  commiiB  aus  2  Etats  dans  toot 
son  cours  limitrophe,  malgre  que  Yianden  soit  i  cbeval  desBOset 
appartienne  enti^rement  aux  Pays  Bas ;  sans  prejudice  cependant  des 
droits  de  souverainete  sur  la  totalite  de  cette  Commune,  y  compris  la 
riviere. 

Les  passages  d'eau,  qui  existent  en  ce  moment  sur  la  Moselle  et 
autres  rivieres  servant  de  Fronti^res,  seront  conserves  dans  leur  etai 
actuel.  Les  droits  ^tablis  continueront  d'etre  per^us  pour  le  compte 
des  m^mes  Etats  qui  en  jouissent  aujourd'hui.  On  aura  de  part  et 
d' autre  la  facuhe  d'etablir  et  dentretenir  sor  la  rive  opposee  les 
ouvrages  necessaires  pour  faciliter  I'abord  aux  passans. 

La  P^che  sera  egalement  commune  et  continuera  d'etre  adjugee 
publiquement  pour  le  compte  des  2  Etats;  ces  adjudications  se  feroot 
altemativement  dans  une  Commune  Fronti^re  du  Royaame  de 
Prusse  et  dans  une  du  Royaume  des  Pays  Bas.  Les  Aotorit^  Loeales 
des  3  Etats  s'entendront  sur  le  mode  d  suivre  et  les  endroits  ou  diet 
auront  lieu. 

XXVin.  Les  lies  de  la  Moselle,  la  Sure  et  I'Oure,  qui  se  trouveat 
separees  de  leurs  Communes  par  le  principal  courant,  seront  rang^ 
dans  la  cathegorie  des  Banlieues  coupees,  dont  il  est  question  i 
I'Article  ci-dessus,  et  appartiendront  d  TEtat  sur  la  rive  duquel  elles 
seront  situees.  Les  autres  continueront  de  faire  partie  de  leurs  Com- 
munes, et  resteront  au  Royaume  dont  ces  Communes  font  partie.  Au 
oas  qui]  soit  douteux,  de  quel  cdte  se  tiouve  le  principal  courant,  les 
lies  suivront  les  Communes  dont  elles  dependent,  et  au  casque  ces 
Communes  fussent  partagees  par  le  present  Traite  elles  suivront  la 
partie  ou  se  trouve  le  Cbef-lieu. 

En  consequence,  les  lies  de  la  Moselle  dites: 

1.  Petite  Bescbe,  dependante  de  la  Commune  de  Wintringea ; 

2.  Les  2  Remich,  apparteuantes  d  la  Commune  du  mdoie  nom; 

3.  Wormeldingeo,  depeudante  de  la  Commune  du  m^me  nom;— 
appartiendront  au  Royaume  de  Prusse. 

Les  autres  lies,  egalement  situees  dans  la  Moselle,  savoir; 
L  L'lle  de  Remichen,  dependante  de  la  Commune  da  m6me  noon ; 
2.  La  grande  Besche,  dependante  de  la  Commune  de  ScbwebsiDgeo  i 
8.  Macher,  dependante  de  la  Commune  du  m^me  nom ; 

4.  Les  4  lies,  dependantes  de  la  Commune  de  Stadbredinmu  ;— 
4ippartiendront  au  Royaume  des  Pays  Bas. 

Le  sort  des  petites  lies  incultes  et  de  tres  pen  dlmportance,  qui  se 
4rouvent  situees  dans  la  Sure  et  I'Oure,  sera  r^gle  d'apr^s  les  principes 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PRUSSIA  AKD  NETHERLANDS*  731 

ci-dessu8j  par  les  Commissaires  charges  de  la  plantatioD  des  poteaux ; 
dans  tous  les  caa,  la  petite  He  situee  pr^s  d'Esternach  et  grande  d'en- 
Tiron  an  tiers  d'hectare,  continuera  d'appartenir  au  Royaume  des 
Pays  Bas. 

XXIX.  Les  Domaines  de  I'Etat  qui  pourront  se  trouver  dans  les 
Commanes  on  parties  de  CommuDes  changeant  de  domination, 
soiTTont  toujours  le  Territoire  et  appartiendront  an  nou?eau  Souverain, 
sanf  ce  qui  a  ^t6  stipule  ci'dessus  relativenient  aux  exploitations  de 
houille  de  Rolduc ;  au  contraire  les  Domaines  particuiiers  des  Souve- 
rains  leur  seront  conserves,  n'iraporte  la  domination  sous  laqnelle  ils 
seroient  situes  ou  destines  k  passer.  Les  contributions  et  autres  reve- 
hds  de  TEtat,  courront  et  seront  pergus  pour  le  compte  du  nouveau 
SouTerain,  A  dater  du  jour  de  la  prise  de  possession ;  jour  qui  dans 
aucun  cas  ne  pourra  depasser  le  terme  fixe  par  I'ArUcle  XLI,  relatif 
d  leYacuation  et  la  remise  des  endroits  ced^s  ou  ecbanges  par  le  present 
Traits ;  en  sorte  que  si  par  quelqu'  ev^nement  impre?u  la  prise  de 
possession  d'une  Commune  ou  partie  de  Commune  se  trou?oit  retardee, 
lea  contributions  et  autres  revenus  de  I'Etat  n*en  seroient  pas  moins  dta 
d  dater  du  jour  fix6. 

XXX.  Les  biens,  les  droits  reels  et  actions  qui  peuvent  competer 
aax  Communes,  Etablissemens  publics  ou  particuiiers  de  Tune  et 
Taatre  domination,  dans  et  sur  les  Lieux  et  Territoires  recipi-oquement 
cedes  ou  echanges  ou  divises,  comme  forSts  et  autres  biens  Com* 
monaux  situ^  dans  des  parties  de  Banlieues  separees  de  leurs  Chefs- 
Jieax,  droit  de  parcours  ou  de  vaine  pature,  d'extraclion  de  tourbe, 
de  gland6e,  de  glanage,  etc.  sont  maintenus  et  conserves. 

XXXL  11  est  encore  sp^cialement  convenUj  qu^un  changement 
quelconque  de  Domination  ou  de  Gouvernement  n'apportera  aucun 
pr^udice  aux  droits  du  Sieur  Dony  et  Comp.,  concernant  1  exploita- 
tion de  la  Calamine,  en  sorte  que  sa  concession  restera  dans  tous  les 
caa  intacte,  et  continuera  de  jouir  des  m^mes  avantages  et  m^mes 
privileges  qui  y  ont  ete  originairement  attaches.  Elle  restera  dun 
aotre  cM  sujette  aux  charges  qui  y  ont  ^te  imposees,  et  notamment  k 
Tobligation  d'approvisionner  en  Calamine  les  fabriquesde  cuivre  etablies 
dans  lea  Etats  des  2  Hautes  Parties  Contractantes,  aux  prix  stipules 
dans  I'Acte  de  Concession. 

XXXIL  Lorsqoe  des  Communes  ou  de  Banlieues  de  Commanes 
seront  divisees  par  la  Ligne  de  Demarcation,  I'actif  et  le  passif  de  cea 
Communes,  c'est-ii-dire  leurs  biens  Communaux,  ainsi  que  leurs  dett«*s, 
le  seront  on  devront  I'^tre  dans  la  m^me  proportion.  Pour  etabttr 
oette  proportion,  on  preudra  pour  base  le  montant  des  contributions 
fonci^re  et  personnelle  rennies,et  si  la  personnelle  ny  existoit  pas,oa 
prendroit  la  fonci^re  scale.  Les  biens  et  revenas  Communaux  qui 
deroient  ae  distribuer  par  t^tes  ou  par  feux  entre  les  habitans,  seront 
partagea  d'aprte  la  seule  base  adoptee  pour  les  distributions  annuelles. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


732  PRUSSIA  AKD  NETHERLANDS. 

Ai  tant  est  qu*i1  en  existe  reellement  et  de  droit  de  oette  natore. 
BieD  en  tend  u  qu'apr^  le  partage  fait,  cea  biens  aeront  soamis 
aux  Loix  Munictpalea  du  noavel  Etat  sous  ]equel  ils  ae  trooveront 

XXX II J.  Lea  CultiTateure  dont  les  proprietes  sont  situto  partle 
en  de9a  et  partle  au-deld  des  Frontibres,  pourront  exporter  et  importer 
fumier,  paille,  liti^res  et  autres  engrais  pour  la  coltore  de  feurs  terres, 
atnsi  que  toute  esp^ce  de  recolte,  sans  poa?oir  ^tre  assujettis  i  aucon 
droit  de  Douane,  soit  d'entree,  de  sortie,  de  transit,  ou  autre  de  cette 
esp^ce  ;  il  suffira  quMls  fassent  conster  par  des  Certificats  de  l*Autoril« 
I>oca]e  qu'ils  poss^dent  et  cultivent  des  proprietes  sitaees  au-deli  det 
Fronti^res,  sans  cependant  poavoir  se  soastraire  aux  visites  des 
Douaniers  ou  autres  ay  ant  commission  legale  de  constater  les  cas 
de  fraude.  Bien  entendu  que  ces  Douaniers  ou  Agens  ne  poorrout 
faire  des  perquisitions  que  sur  leurs  Territoires  respectifs. 

XXXIV.  Les  Fabricans  de  draps  ou  autres  Manufacturiers,  qui 
ptMs^dent  des  etablissemens  ^galement  situes  sur  le  Territoire  des  2 
Etats  et  dependans  Tun  de  I'antre,  ou  qui  d'un  Etat  envoy ent  dans 
Tautre  les  mati^res  premieres  pour  6tre  manuiacturees  ou  pr^parefs, 
trouTeront  des  avantages  analogues  i  ceux  stipules  par  I'ArticIe  pre- 
cedent en  faveur  des  cultivateurs,  dans  un  Traits  de  Commerce  que  les 
2  Hautes  Parties  Contractantes  se  proposent  de  conclure  incessamment. 
En  attendant  des  mesures  provisoires  out  ete  arr^tees  par  les  9  Com- 
missions, qui  serviront  de  r^gle  aussi  longtems  qu*elles  ne  seront  poioi 
revoquees  ni  modifiees  par  I'nn  ou  Pautre  des  Gouvememens. 

XXXV.  On  pourra  de  part  et  d'autre  acheter  aur  le  Territoire 
Toisin  et  exporter  franc  de  tout  droit,  pierres,  sables  et  autres  mate- 
riaux  necessaires  aux  constructions  et  A  I'entretien  des  ehemins  limi- 
tropbes. 

XXXVL  Les  Militaires  de  tout  grade,  qui  sentient  n6s  dans  one 
Commune  c^dee  ou  6changee  par  le  present  Traite,  seront  renvo^es  aa 
SouTcrain  de  cette  Commune,  dans  le  delai  de  3  mois,  s'ils  servent  en 
Europe,  et  dans  celui  d'un  an,  s*ils  se  trouvent  dans  les  Colonies  oa 
dans  toute  autre  pastie  du  monde.  Les  Officiers  cependant  auroat 
le  choix  de  rentrer  dans  leur  Pays,  ou  de  rester  au  service  du  Souve- 
rain,  sons  les  Drapeaux  duquel  ils  se  trouvent ;  ils  seront  tenus  d  opter 
dans  les  6  mois  de  la  publication  du  present  Traits 

XXXVII.  Les  babitans,  qui  par  Tune  et  I'autre  stipulation  da 
pr^ent  Traits  passeront  d'un  Etat  k  Tautre,  pourront  changer  de 
domicile,  dans  le  delai  de  4  ana,  sans  6tre  assujettis  d  aucune  charge 
ni  condition  quelconque;  ils  pourront  m^me  vendre  ou  aotremeot 
alienor  leurs  biens,  sans  ^tre  tenus  de  payer  d'autrea  droits  que  les 
autrea  babitans  du  m^me  Pays. 

XXXVIII.  Les  Fonctioimaires  demeurant  dans  les  Communes  on 
^rties  de  Communes  ced^es  ou  echang^s,  et  qui,  d*apr^  les  Lois 
sous  I'efflpiiexlesquelles  ils  ont  ete  nommes,  ne  peuvent  6tre  d^plac^i 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PRUSSIA  AND  NETHERLANDS.  733 

saus  indemnity,  seront  conserves  et  joaironi  les  mfimoB  droits  que  soos 
le  Gouvemeroent  qui  les  a¥oit  oommes. 

XXXIX.  Camme  nonobstant  les  soios  qoe  les  2  CommissioDS  out 
apport^s,  k  lever  toutes-les  difficnltes  qui  se  scut  presentees*  il  est 
cependant  possible  qu'il  s  eii  presente  d*autres  encore  lors  de  la  plan- 
tation des  poteaux ;  il  a  ete  convenu  que  ceux  des  Membres  des  2 
Commissions^  sous  la  direction  desquels  cette  operation  aura  lieu, 
seroient  autoris^s  i  terminer  tous  ces  diflirens  et  sp^cialemeut  d  juger, 
apr^  avoir  entendu  les  Autorites  Locales*  toutes  les  contestations  qui 
pourroient  s'elever  au  sujet  de  Tincertitude  des  limites  de  quelques 
Communes. 

XL.  Les  endroits  respectivement  c^des  ou  ^chang^s  ou  devant 
^tre  restitues  seront  evacu^s,  et  1*  Ad  ministration  en  sera  remise  aux 
Autorites  comp^tentes  dans  le  mois*  k  dater  de  I'echange  des  Rati* 
ficatioos. 

XLI.  Les  Archives,  Cartes  etautres  Documensrelatifsil' Adminis- 
tration des  Mairies  on  Communes,  qui,  en  vertu  du  present  Traits, 
passeront  d'une  domination  sous  I'autre,  seront  remis  aux  nouvelles 
Autorites  en  m^me  temps  que  les  Territoires  m^mes.  Au  cas  qu'une 
partie  de  Commune  ou  de  Maine  seulement  fut  ced^e  ou  ^changee, 
les  Archives  resteront  k  la  partie  o6  se  trouvera  le  Chef-lieu,  4  charge 
d'y  donner  acc^s  d  Tautre  partie,  chaque  fois  quelle  en  aura  besoin. 

XLII.  Dans  les  15  jours  apr^  I  evacaation  et  la  remise,  dout  il 
s'a^t  k  TArticle  pr^^dent,  on  commencera  k  planter  les  poteaux.  Ces 
poteaux  seront  de  bois  de  ch^ne  de  la  longueur  de  12  pieds  du  Rhin, 
8  hors  de  terre  et  4  en  terre ;  ils  seront  carres  ;  la  partie  en  terre  sera, 
de  13  pouces  d  epaisseur  au  moins,  et  cellehors  de  terre  de  8 ;  ils  seront 
peints  du  c(^te  de  la  Prussc  en  noiret  blanc,  et  du  c(^t^  des  Pays  Bas  en 
orange  et  blanc ;  ils  seront  num^rotes  en  commengant  k  la  Moselle. 

11  en  sera  plante  antant  que  les  Commissaires  le  trouveront  n^ces- 
saire,  pour  ne  laisser  aucune  incertitude  sur  aucune  partie  de  la  Fron- 
ti^re ;  au  cas  qu'une  riviere  ou  cbemin  fasse  limite,  il  en  sera  chaque 
fois  plants  2,  savoir  Tod  du  cote  de  la  Prusse,  Tautre  du  c(^te  des 
Pays  Bas;  ces  2  poteaux  ne  porteront  qu'un  seul  numero  et  ne  seront 
peints  qu*aux  seules  couleurs  adoptees  pour  les  Territoires  respectifs. 

XLFII.  Le  present  Traits  sera  soomis  aux  2  Cours,  i  I'effet  d'etre 
ratiiie,  et  les  Ratifications  seront  ^changees  dans  les  6  semaines  aprte 
la  signature,  ou  p]ut6t  sKl  sera  possible. 

En  foi  de  quoi  les  Commissaires  des  Hautes  Parties  Contractantes 
Font  sign^  et  le  muni  de  leurs  Cachets. 

Fait  k  Aix  la-Chapelle,  le  26  Juin,  1816. 
(L.S.)  DE  BERNUTH.    (LS.)  DE  MAN. 
(L.S.)  EYTELWEIN.        (L.S.)  MICHIELS  DE  KESSENICH. 

(L.8.)   NICOLAL 
(LS.)  TOCK. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


734  PRUSSIA  AND  NETHERLANDS, 

(Anmexe.) — Arrangement  Promoire,  tnfanewr  de$  Fabrieans  placet  swr 
la  Frontiere  des  2  JStats,  pour  Ventree  et  sortie  libre  et  sans  droUs  det 
Mattered  Premieres  et  en  partie  manufaeturieSy  de  leure  Elahliste' 
mens  respeclifs. 

Pour  mettre  un  terme  aux  pUintes  r^iterees  que  les  Fabrieans  el 
Manufacturiers  Prussieos  presentent  d  leurs  Autorites,  qui  elles 
m^mes  les  oat  transmises  k  la  Commission  Prussicnne  chargee  de  la 
fixation  des  11  mites  entre  les  2  Royaumes  de  Prusse  et  des  Pays  Baa, 
pour  faire  des  representations  k  cet  egard  i  la  Commission  des  Pays 
Bus,  et  conformement  d  I'autorisation  que  cette  derni^re  a  re^ue  de 
Son  Excellence  le  Ministre  des  Affaires  Etrang^res,  par  sa  Depecheeo 
datedu  14  Mars,  No.  \2,  on  est  convt-ou  des  points  et  arrangemens 
provisoires  suivans : 

Art.  I.  Comme  une  reciprocite  complete  est  la  base  des  Transact 
tions  et  Conventions  suivantes,  ni  les  habitans  des  Etats  Pnissiena,  ni 
cenx  de  la  Belgique,  peuveut  aspirer  d  quelque  faveur^  dont  ils  ne 
jouissant  pas  reciproquement. 

II.  II  y  aura  communication  libre  et  sans  droits  on  autres  p^ngea; 
a  la  reserve  cependant  des  Droits  de  Barri^res  des  Fabrieans  domicilii 
^  Aix-la-Chapelle,  Burtscheip,  Eupen,  Heinsberg  et  toua  aotrea  eft- 
droits  limitropbes  de  la  Prusse,  avec  leurs  Attelien  et  Ouvriers,  sito^oa 
domieilies  sur  le  Territoire  de  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  des  Pays  Bas ; 

(a.)  Pour  les  laines  lavees  et  peignees  envoyeea  aux  filatures^  et 
pour  le  fil  simple  ou  ^  fa9on,  dans  lequel  elles  seront  converties. 

(6«)  Pour  les  laines  ou  pieces  de  drab  et  de  casimir  blancs  en« 
voy^  pour  ^tre  teintes. 

(c.)  Four  les  pieces  de  drab  et  de  casimir  envoyeea  an  foulon. 

(d.)  Pour  lefil  d'acier  en?oye  pour  ^tre  coup^,  et  les  aiguilles 
brutes,  envoy^  pour  6tre  tremp^es,  polies  ou  manipnlees  de  toate 
autre  mani^re,  sauf  k  faire  rentrer  ou  sortir  le  m^me  poids  ou  le  m^me 
nombre  de  pieces,  apr^s  leur  avoir  donn^  le  degre  de  perfection  qui 
aura  n^essite  le  transport. 

III.  En  re?anche,  il  y  aura  communication  libre  et  sans  droits  des 
Fabrieans  domieilies  i  Verviers,  Hodimont,  Eosival,  Dalbeim,  Grieg- 
iiees,  et  autres  endrotts  limitropbes  des  Pays  Bas,  avec  leurs  Atteliers 
>ou  Ouvriers,  situes  ou  domieilies  sur  le  Territoire  de  Sa  Majeste 
le  Roi  de  Prusse,  et  ce  pour  les  m^mes  objets  qui  sont  mentioDoes 
dans  {'Article  precedent 

IV.  Jouiront  ^galement  de  la  faveur  d'une  commnnieatioD  libre 
€t  sans  droits  avec  les  Fabrieans  Prusmens,  les  filatures  de  laines 
Stabiles  i  Li^ge,  Hasselt.  Herkenrode  et  Ruremoode. 

Reciprocite  pleine  et  entifere  de  ces  faveurs  aura  lien  k  Regard 
des  filatures  de  laines  etablies  d  Aix-la-Cbapelle,  Burtscheid  el 
Eupen,  relativement  A  leur  communication  avec  les  Fabrieans  do- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PRUSSIA  AND  NETHERLANDS.  735 

mic'lies  dans  lea  eDdroils  limitrophes   des  Etats  de  Sa  Majesty  le 
Roi  des  Pays  Bas. 

V.  Pour  jouir  de  la  faveur  consentie  de  part  et  d*autre  dans  les 
Articles  precedens,  les  Fabricans  qui  se  desireroiit  en  profiler,  seront 
tenusde  presenter  an  Bureau  di's  Couvuis  et  Licences  des  Pays  Bas, 
oo  des  Douaues  Prussiennes,  par  lequel  ils  voudroient  faire  eutrer 
et  sortir  les  objets  susmentionnes,  une  declaration  sommaire  de  la 
qualite  g^nerique^  du  poids  ou  nombre  et  de  la  valeur  de  la  mar« 
chandise  non  confectionnee^  qu'ils  voudroient  faire  entrer  pendant  un 
laps  de  temps,  qui  ne  pourra  pas  exceder  une  ann6e,  ni  pour  Tannee 
courante  le  dernier  D^cembre,  IBIG,  et  qu'ils  voudront  faire  sortir 
pendant  le  m^me  laps  de  temps,  dans  un  etat  plus  perfectionne 
pre?u  par  TArticle  I,  et  de  fournir  au  dit  Bureau  des  Convois  et  Li* 
cences  ou  des  Douanes  Prussiennes,  une  soumission  cautionnee  s'^le- 
▼ant  au  double  de  la  somme  totale  des  droits  d  entree  ou  de  sortie, 
qui  seroient  dus  pour  les  memes  objets  suivant  le  Tarif  existant. 

VI.  Le  Fabricant  soumissionnaire  sera  pourvu  au  Bureau  des 
Convois  et  Licences  des  Pays  Bas,  ou  des  Douanes  Prussiennes,  d'un 
livret  timbre,  qui  accompagnera  chaque  transport,  et  dans  lequel  il 
iDScrira  la  qualite,  qnantite  ou  nombre  et  valeur  des  objets  chaque 
fois  transport's,  et  dans  lequel  le  Receveur  du  dit  Bureau  dont  il 
s'agit  Tisera  chaque  enregistrement,  lors  du  passage  de  la  mar- 
chandise. 

Le  Receveur  tiendra  un  livret  conforme,  dans  lequel  il  inscrira 
chaque  fois  la  qualite,  quantity  et  valeur  transportee,  et  y  fera  viser 
cLaque  enregistrement  par  le  Fabricant  soumissionnaire,  ou  le  Con- 
ducteur  qu*il  aura  fait  connoitre  comme  6tant  d  ce  autoris6  par  lui; 
le  coiit  de  ces  livrets  sera  rembourse  au  Receveur  par  le  Fabricant 
int^resse,  qni  payera  en  outre  pour  chaque  enregistrement  5  cen* 
times. 

VI I.  A  IVxpiration  du  d'lai  fixe  par  la  soumission  da  Fabri- 
caDt,  le  ReccTeur  etablira  dans  le  livret,  d<mt  il  sera  depositaire,  la 
Balance  des  entrees  et  sorties  des  objets  prevus  par  P Article  I,  et  en 
cas  d'exc^dant  ou  de  deficit,  il  exigera  du  Fabricant  les  droits  d&a 
a  1' Administration,  en  recourant,  apr^s  avertissement  prealable,  anx 
moyens  coerciti6  usites  en  cas  de  non  rapport  des  acquits^^-caution. 
Toate-fois  le  Receveur  admettra  pour  la  laine  non  lavee,  envoyee 
anx  filatures,  an  d'chet  de  12  pour  100 :  on  dit  12  pour  cent 

VIII.  Les  Marchandises  profitant  des  faveurs  accordeea  par  les 
Articles  pr'cedens,  seront  soumises  i  la  verification  de  la  part  des 
Employes,  des  Convois  et  Licences  des  Pays  Bas  et  des  Douanes 
Prussiennes,  et  en  cas  qu^il  s'y  trooveroit  cschk  d'autres  objets  non 
prevus  par  I'Article  1,  ils  pourront  les  saisir  et  exiger  une  amende 
de  500  d  1000  francs,  suivant  la  gravite  da  cas;  poor  sftrete  de 
laqoelle  amende,  ils  pourront  retenir  et  faire  Tendre,  soit  les  mar- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


736  PRUSSIA  AND  NETHERLANDS. 

chandises  dans  lesqueiles  Tobjet  prohibe  aura  ^i^  cacli6,  soit  en  cu 
d  msafiisance,  les  moyens  de  transport. 

Ainsi  fait  et  convenu   par  les  Commissaires  Soussign^  d  Aix-Ia- 
Chapelle,  le  36  Juin,  1816. 


(L.  S.)     DEBERNUTH. 

(L.S.) 

DEMAN. 

(L.  S.)    EYTELWEIN. 

(L.a) 

MICHIELS  DE 
KBSSENICH. 

(L.S.) 

NICOLAI. 

(L.S.) 

TOCK. 

TRAITEde  Limites  enire  Leurs  MajestSs  le  Roi  de  Pruste  et 
U  Roi  dee  Paye  Bas.-^SiffnS  d  CUveSy  le  7  Ociobrtf 
1816. 

Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  de  Prusse,  etc.  et  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  dea  Pays 
Ba8>  Prince  d'Orange-Nassau,  Grand  Due  de  Luxemboorg,  etc.  ayaut 
fixd  par  le  Traite  du  26  Juin  dernier,  les  Limites  des  2  Royaumes, 
depuis  les  Confins  de  la  France  sur  la  Moselle  jasqu'd  1  ancien  Teni- 
toire  HoIIandois  pr^s  de  Mook,  et  voalant  faire  examiner  cette  ancienne 
Frontiere,  et  regler  sor  le  Bas-Rhin  tout  ce  qui  concerne  les  travaox 
hydrotechniques  ou  autres  points  analogues,  de  la  mani^re  la  plos 
Equitable  et  la  plus  convenable  pour  Tavantage  mutuei  des  2  Etats, 
ont,  confonn^ment  k  I'Ai-ticle  XXV  de  TActe  Final  du  Congrds  de 
Vienne^  nomm^  comme  Commissaires  et  muni  de  leurs  Pleinpouv<nn» 
savoir : 

Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de  Prusse,  le  Sieur  Frederic,  Comte  de  Solms- 
Laubach,  Premier  President  des  Duches  de  Juliers,  Cldves  et  Beig, 
Grand-Crolx  de  PAigle  Rouge  et  de  TOrdre  de  Ste.  Anne  de  Rnssie. 
lequel,  usant  de  la  faculte  it  lui  accordee  par  son  PleinpouToir,  a  de- 
l^gue  an  m^me  effet  et  avec  les  m^mes  Pouvoirs  les  Sieors  Frdderic- 
Guillaume  de  Bemuth,  Chef  President  de  Regence  d  Amsberg,  et  Jean. 
Albert  Eytelwein,  Conseiller  Intime  et  Directeur  General  des  bdtimens 
publics  du  Royaume ; 

Et  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  des  Paya  Bas,  les  Sieurs  Maximilien  Jacqnes 
de  Man,  Colonel  au  Corps  de  G^nie,  Directeur  des  Archives  de  la 
Guerre  et  du  Bureau  Topographique,  Chevalier  de  TOrdre  Militaire  de 
Guillaume,  S^me  Classe,  et  Jan  Blanken-Iz,  Inspecteur-Gen^l  do 
Waterstaat,  Chevalier  de  TOrdre  du  Lion  Neerlandois ; 

Lesquels  Commissaires,  aprds  avoir  ^change  leurs  Pleinpouvoirs, 
qui  ont  ^te  trouves  en  regie,  sent  convenus  des  Points  et  Articles 
suivans : 

Art.  I.  Les  limites  fix^s  par  le  present  Traits  d^termineront  les 
Fronti^resentre  les  2  Etats,  depuis  le  point  ou  les  limites  le  long  de  hs 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PRUSSIA   AND   NETHERLANDS.  737 

Meuse  toacbent  k  I'aiiciea  I'erritoire  Hollandois,  prhn  des  maisons 
Oltes  Attn  Het* End  Jusqu'an  Territoire  d'Hannovre  oci  la  Ligmde  De- 
marealion  entre  led  H  Royaames  eesse. 

La  LigB6  de  Demareatkni  coiiinencera  aa  point  suaooihitte  et  Ion* 
gera  la  limite  entre  ies  aticieas  Teriitoires  Holtandois  et  PnrBsien, 
eomnie  elle  te  troavoit  en  I7M|  de  nUani^  qne  ie  Plak,  le  Schild- 
breck^  le  Heenbergadie-Heide  et  )e  Neederryksche-Wald  resteront  au 
Royanme  des  Pays-Bas,  et  le  GSefeehe-Waldj  le  Lindenbergsche-Hoff, 
le  Rether^Loefre,  le  H^iber-Mond  et  le  Tenitoire  de  Wilder  au 
Royaiume  de  Prmse^ 

A«  iiaiben'^Mond  elte  traverseM  la  grande  route  de  Cl^es  h,  Ni- 
mdgue  et  aiirrra  cette  route  josqu^i  la  itiaiaon  dite  Konig  Von  Preovsen, 
laqaeUe  iianaon  reatera  au  Royaume  de  Pmeae,  en  soite  que  ladite 
route  appartiendra  toute  enti^re  depuis  le  Halben-Mood  susdil  au 
Royanme  des  Pays  Bas. 

De  la  miaison  dite  Konig  ron  PMussen,  la  Ligne  qnittera  la  grande 
route  en  se  dirigeant  sur  la  maison  dite  le  Mussenberg,  pr^s  du  Vil- 
lage  de  Beek,  laisaant  cette  mi^son  A  la  Prusse  et  le  Village  aux  Pays 
Bm. 

Du  Muflsenberg  I'ancieBue  limite  se  dirigera  vers  I'orient  jusqu'au 
Aartjenshofj  i^i  reste  avee  le  chemin  da  Wilder  A  hi  Pmsse ;  de  \k 
Ters  le  nerd,  suivant  POttde-Waterleiding  josqu^A  I'^coulement  des 
eaux  de  Zyflleh  et  cet  eeoulement  jusqu'atix  limites  entre  Zyfflich  et 
Ldth>  da  flianiero  que  le  Tomache-Molea  avec  Ies  maisons  y  sita^e^ 
ainfii  que  le  tenraitt  de  ZyiBich  entre  I'ecoulement  et  I'Ooysche- Water, 
appttMiendroiit  aux  Pays  Bas,  et  le  Wildersche^Meer  avee  la  partie  de 
P^eoulemeutde  Zyffiieh  entre  le  Tomschei-Holen  et  lea  Kuites  deLoth 
apputieiidront  eu  entier  i  la  Prasse. 

Elie  longera  etsuite  la  dite  limite  entre  Zyflich  et  Loth  jasqu'aa 
l^ut  le  plus  m^fidioilal  de  k  Seigneurie  de  Milltngen,  et  enfin  Ies  an* 
demiea  liuites  orieatales  de  eette  Seigneurie  jusqu  an  Waal,  en  sorte 
que  Zyilich,  Niehl  et  Bimmen  restent  au  Royaume  de  Prusse,  et  qua 
l>6lli,  Hulbausen,  Kekerdom  et  Mitlingen  feront  partie  du  Royalima 
des  Pays  Baa. 

II L  Du  point  o^  Ies  limites  de  Millingen  touchent  au  Waal,  la 
Idgue  de  Demarcation  se  dirigeni  en  ligne  droite  sur  la  tour  d'Arth 
jnaqu'au  milieu  on  k  Paxe  de  laiigaar  nomaie  de  la  riri^, 
lequel  axe  en  montant  sera  pris  pour  Thalweg,  et  fixera  la  limite 
j  usque  vis-k^Tis  du  prolongemeot  du  c^ti§  gauche  de  la  route  de 
Stockmann  k  Elten,  de  maoiere  que  le  Scfaenkenschanz  avec  sou 
Tenitoue  fera  partie  du  Royaume  de  Prusse,  et  que  le  Kyfward,  By- 
iandschewaad,  S.  GmavenwaanJ,  Lobitz,  le  Ober  et  Nieder^Spyck,  y 
compris  renclave  du  Territoire  d'Elten,  appartiendront  au  Royaume 
dee  Pays  Bas. 

IV.  Du  milieu  susdit  du  Rbin,  la  limite  quittera  la  Rivi^iie  et  sa 
CISId— 16]  3  B 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


738  PRUSSIA  AND  NETHERLANDS. 

dirigera  vers  le  Nord,  eu  longeaot  la  lin^re  gauche  de  la  route  de 
Stockmann  a  Elten  jusqa'au  milieu  ou  k  l^axe  du  Ruisseau  dit  la  WUdC 
laissant  cette  route,  dite  Postvreg,  avec  le  pout  aur  la  Wildt  en  entier 
d  la  Prusse,  et  la  partie  d' Elten  sitn^e  entre  ce  Poatweg,  le  Ober- 
Spyck,  le  vienx  Rhin  et  la  Wildt,  au%  Pays  Bas. 

Les  Sujets  Prussiens  auront  la  faculte  de  passer  libremenl  les 
digues  du  Spyck,  et  reciproquemeDt  le  dit  Postweg  restera  toujoors 
Hbre  et  ouvert  aux  Sujets  des  Pays  Bas. 

V.  La  Ligne  de  Demarcation  suivra  I'axe  du  Ruisseau  ]a  Wildt 
jusqu'au  vieux  Rhin,  et  longera  de  \k  le  Territoire  d'Elten  &  la  rive 
droite  du  vieux  Rhin  et  1  etang  dit  le  Kamm  jusqu'au  Sommerdamm 
de  Steenvard,  de  inani^re  que  lu  Kamm  et  le  Haubergsche-Fahrb«ua 
avec  les  maisons  jusqu'd  la  limtte  d*Elten  appartiendront  au  Royaume 
des  Pays  Bas« 

Arriv^e  au  Sommerdamm,  qui  reste  en  entier  i  la  Prosae,  elle 
longera  le  talus  exterieur  a  une  distance  de  1%  pieds  (mesiire  de 
Rhinlande)  jusqu  aux  ancienoes  limites  m^ridionales  de  la  Seigneurie 
de  Grondstein,  et  suivra  ces  limites  le  long  de  la  rive  droite  do  vieox 
Rhin  jusqu'au-dessous  de  la  prairie  appartenante  d  la  maison  dite 
Waardtmanshoff,  de  mani^re  que  la  partie  de  Kyknit  situ4e  entre  la 
dite  prairie  et  le  vieux  Rhin  appartiendra  au  Royaume  de  Pmsae. 

Puis  la  ligne  suivra  le  foss^  occidental  de  cette  prairie  juaqn'aQ 
chemin  faisant  le  prolongement  du  Zommerkade,  et  elle  longera  ce 
cbemin  dans  la  direction  du  Nord  jusqu'au  premier  foss^  d  droite, 
SBivra  ce  fosse,  ainsi  que  le  fosse  meridional  de  la  prairie  dite  Smit*- 
weide,  jusqu 'k  une  distance  de  3  verges  (mesure  de  Rhinlande)  do  fosae 
oriental  de  la  m6me  prairie.  De  ce  point  la  limite  se  dirigera 
paraD^lement  au^  dit  fosak  oriental  josqu'aux  limites  septentrionales  de 
Grondstein,  de  mani^re  que  le  Steenward  avec  le  Somraerdanum,  la 
Seigneurie  de  Grondstein,  et  le  fosse  oriental  de  Smitsweide  avec  les  3 
verges  au-deili,  pour  en  faire  un  cbemin  conduisant  sur  la  route  de 
Seveuaer  d  Elten,  appartiendront  au  Royaume  de  Prusse  et  le  Kris- 
meister- Weide,  les  Meeuwe-Pollen  et  la  partie  du  Nooteboomsche^ 
Polder,  o^  le  deversoir  du  Lymers  se  trouve  en  entier,  au  Royaume 
des  Pays  Baa. 

VL  Ensuite  la  Ligne  de  Demarcation  longera  les  limites  septen* 
trionales  de  Grondstein  jusqu'd  une  terire  appartenante  d  I'^glise  d'Elten, 
sitnee  entre  la  route  de  Sevenaer  d  Elten  et  la  pointe  avancee  de 
Grondstein.  De  Id  elle  suivra  les  anciennes  limites  entre  Elten  et  le 
Lymers,  et  se  dirigera  en  ligne  droite  sur  Tfincienne  Frontidre  de 
Gueldre,  de  manidre  que  les  maisons  de  Velthuysen  restent  dla  Prusae, 
et  la  pointe  ayancee,  formee  par  Pancienne  limite  d  gauche,  aux  Pays 
Baa.  Enfin  elle  longera  les  limites  entre  les  Territoires  d'Eltai  et  du 
pr6v6te  d'Emmerich  et  ceux  de  Beek  et  S.  Heerenberg,  tellies  qu'elles 
se  trouvaient  en  1705,  jusqu'au  Ruisseau  dit  la  Wildt. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PRUSSIA  AND  NETHERLANDS.  739 

Til.  De  la  Wildt  elle  te  dirigera  vera  TorieDt  par  le  milieu  ou  Taxe 
de  ee  Raisseau,  et  du  Berghsche-Wetering  jasqu'au  Laodweer  on 
Sehoawgraaf  (Schaugraben)  de  NetterdeD,  et  suivra  ^galemeot  le 
fliiliea  de  ce  Schouwgraaf  jasqn'i  i'ecluse  4  coostniire  dans  le  Som- 
merdamm  de  Klein-Netterden.  Cette  ecluse  restera  toate  entidre  k  la 
PjusBe,  et  apr^  en  avoir  fait  le  tour,  la  ligne  suivra  le  milieu  du  foss^ 
d*ecoulement  i  creuser  jasqu'd  I'ancienoe  limite  entre  lea  2  Royaumea. 
i  lest  du  Landweer  de  Better. 

Par  cette  determioation,  le  terrain,  dans  lequel  se  trouve  le  Lind- 
bont.  le  Bosch,  le  Botberg,  Klein-Netterden,  Speelberg,  Borghees. 
etc.,  et  qui  est  situe  entre  les  anciennes  limites  de  Hnttum  et  d'Em* 
merichy  )e  nouveau  foss^  d'^oulement  k  creuser,  TJcluse  de  Klein- 
Netterden,  le  Schonvgraaf,  le  Bergsche-Wetering  et  la  Wildt,  appar. 
tiendra  doi^navant  a  Sa  Majesti  le  Roi  de  Prusse. 

VII L  Sur  la  Carte  ap^iale  jpinte  an  present  Traite  et  sign^e  par 
les  Commissaires  respectifs  sont  trac^  an  juste  les  limites  d^crites 
ci  dessus. 

IX.  Du  susdit  point  &  Test  du  Landweer  de  Hetter  jusqu'aux 
limites  d'Hannovre  la  Ligne  de  Demarcation  restera  la  m£me  qu  eo 
1795,  et  ne  sera  determinee  en  detail  que  lors  de  la  plantation  g6n<- 
rale  des  p^teaux,  v{k  qu'aucun  diffirent  ni  aucane  coutestation  ne 
se  presente  sur  sa  direction. 

X.  Outre  les  Territoires  qui  par  la  limite  determinee  dans  les 
Articles  prec^dens,  changeront  de  domination,  Oberbilllg  avec  1< 
Territoire  situe  sur  la  rive  droite  de  la  Moselle,  et  devant,  d'aprte 
le  Traite  d'Aix-la-Cbapelle  du  26  Juin  dernier,  appartenir  ao  Roy- 
anme  des  Pays  Bas,  restera  au  Royaume  de  Prusse. 

XL  Tons  les  travaux  bydrotechsiqnes,  etc.  de  c^te  et  d*autiv  de 
la  riviere  aeront  desormais  nnlqoement  i  la  charge  et  i  la  disposi- 
tion speciale  du  8ouverain  qui  poss^de  le  Territoire  i  cheque  cAte 
i9  Thalweg  determine  k  T Article  III. 

XIL  II  ne  pourra  etre  etabli  dans  le  lit  de  la  riviere  ancun 
onvrage  oflensif  qui  pnisse  nuire  au  courant  et  par  li  i  la  rive  oppo* 
see,  &  moins  d'nn  concert  prealable  et  dun  commun  accord  des 
2  Puissances.  11  en  sera  de  meme  des  nouveaux  ouvrages  qui  sur 
les  terrains  exteWeurs  des  digues  pourroient  entraver  le  courant  ou 
arreter  les  glaces. 

XIII.  La  largeur  normale  de  la  riviere  sera  de  ISO  v«frges 
(mesure  de  Rhinlande)  prise  k  la  hauteur,  moyenne  de  8  pieds  et 
6  ponces  a  Techelle  de  Pannerden,  correspondante  avec  6  pieds  4 
ponces  de  Techelle  d'Emmerich. 

11  ne  sera  permis  de  toierer  la  moindre  oseraie  ou  plantation 
quelconque  qui  approche  le  bord  oppose  de  la  riviere  de  plus  pres 
que  de  150  verges,  de  sorte  que  non  seolement  elles  sont  interdites 
dans  cette  largeur  normale,  mais  que  meme  celles  actnellement  exis* 

3B2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


740  PRUSSIA  AND  NETHERLANDS. 

tantes  qui  depassent  la  largeur  de  100  Terges^  seront  abattues  oa 
arrach6es  jusqu'd  la  raciue. 

S'il  est  cependant  jage  necessaire  de  part  et  d 'autre,  de  fiiire 
quelqae  plantation  contraire  k  cette  stipalation,  les  Aatorit^  re»> 
pectives  devront  prealablement  s'enteQdre  sur  leur  extoition. 

XIV.  Aucune  des  2  Puissances  ne  fen,  exercer  ou  ne  per- 
mettra  jamais  k  sa  rive  vis  k  vis  du  rivage  etranger,  dans  la  dite 
largeur  normale  de  150  verges,  des  p6chertes  de  saumon  ou  autre 
poisson  quelconque,  par  des  parquetages  ou  d'autres  moyens  qui 
pnissent  causer  le  moindre  retard  dans  le  courant,  ou  fiiclliter  tant 
soit  peu  latterissement  de  gravier,  sable  ou  autres  objets  propres  k 
causer  alluvion. 

XV.  La  souveralnete  de  la  p^cfae  sur  le  Bas  Rhin  sera  d^Cer- 
mineeparune  ligne  droite,  k  tirer  de  la  tour  de  Keeken  i  celle  de 
Lobithj  de  mani^re  que  la  partie  en  amont  de  cette  ligne  appsr* 
tiendra  a  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  des  Pays  Bas. 

XVI.  Au  cas  que  quelque  bas  fond  ou  banc  de  sable  s'el^e  an 
milieu  de  la  riviere,  de  mani^re  quMl  soit  utile  d*en  prevenir  les  desa- 
vantages  pour  la  navigation  g6nerale,  on  se  concertera  sur  les  me- 
sures  d  prendre  d*un  commun  accord  pour  obvier  aaz  inconveoieas 
nh^rieurs. 

XVII.  L'ancienne  embouchure  du  vieux  Rhin  prds  de  Lobith, 
ni  toute  autre  partie  du  vieux  Rhin,  autant  qu'elle  tonche  aux  Terri- 
loires  qui  par  le  present  Trait6  sont  cedes  de  la  part  de  Sa  Majesli 
le  Roi  de  Prusse  au  Royaume  des  Pbys  Bas,  ne  sera  fermee  d'aucane 
mani^re  quelconque,  qu'au  point  que,  comme  il  a  et6  stipule  par  la 
Convention  du  4  Juillet,  1771,  les  eaux  du  Rhin  puissent  econler 
librement  et  sans  le  moindre  obstacle  par  le  vieux  Rhin,  partouti 
la  largeur  ordinaire  de  90  verges  (mesure  de  Rhinlande)  sur  une 
hauteur  de  13  pieds  d'apr^s  Pechelle  (Pegel)  d'Amhem. 

Le  moindre  defaut  d  regard  de  ces  stipulations,  sera  redress^ 
dans  le  plus  court  delai  par  le  Gouvernement  des  Pays  Bas.  Lon 
d'eaux  d*it6  superflues,  la  fermetnre  de  Tembouchure  du  vieux  Rhin 
pourra  surpasser  la  hauteur  ci  dessus  fixee;  cependant  les  Autorites 
Locales  des  Pays  Bas  s'adresseront  k  la  R^ence  de  Cloves,  pour 
savoir  si  quelque  motif  valable  de.  son  cdte  s'oppose  i  I  exhaussement 
propose.  Si  dans  Tespace  de  8  jours  apr^  la  reception,  la  dite 
R^gence  ne  fait  li-dessus  aucune  r^ponse,  et  qu'aussi  nul  Conunifl- 
saire  Prussien  ne  se  presente  dans  le  terme  propose,  pour  s'entendre 
avec  les  Autorites  competentes  des  Pays  Bas,  elles  consid^reront  ce 
silence  comme  une  approbation  k  la  demande  faite. 

Les  Oommissaires  r^ciproques  susdits,  auront  soin  de  fixer  le 
temps  precis  de  I'ouverture  du  vieux  Rhin,  et  aussit&t  apr^  I'^change 
des  Ratifications,  la  dite  embouchui*e  sera  mise  dans  T^tat  exige  par 
le  present  Traits. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PRUSSIA   AND   NETHERLANDS.  741 

XVIII.  Leg  CoDventioDs  da  23  Septembre,  1745,  et  do  4  Juillet, 
1771,  sont  annullees  par  le  present  Traits. 

XIX.  Le  Gouvemeinent  Prussien  aara  la  faculte  de  faire  in$pecter 
en  toot  temps  ia  dite  emboachure  du  vienx  Rhin,  apr^s  cependant  en 
aroir  averti  d*arance  lea  Autorites  Locales  competentes  des  Pays  Bas, 
qui  pourront  alors  del^gaer  an  m^me  effet  an  ComoiiBsaire. 

Le  Del^go^  de  la  Prosse  poarra  entamer  et  continuer  son  mspeclion, 
81  dans  Pespace  de  8  joars,  apr^  la  reception  du  dit  avertissemenl, 
ancnne  r^ponse  ne  sarvient  des  susdites  Autorites,  ou  qu'ancun 
Commissaire  ne  se  pr^sente  dans  le  terme  propose. 

XX.  Poor  que  I'^couleroent  des  eaux  du  Polder  la  Hetter  s'eflTectae 
sans  noire  an  Territoire  yoisin  des  Pays  Bas,  il  sera  construit  dans  le 
Sommerdamm  de  Klein- Netterden,  une  petite  dolose  en  roayonnerie  i 
2  vannes  bien  ^tanchees. 

L'ouvertore  d'6conlement  sera  de  4  i  5  pieds  (mesure  de 
Rhinlsnde)  et  le  fond  ou  le  seuil  ne  sera  pas  etabli  d  pins  de  pro- 
ibndear  que  d'un  pied  au  dessons  de  celni  de  la  grande  ^cluse  de 
Nieder-Hetter  prds  de  Leuwenberg  dans  la  digue  capitale  du  Rhm 
aa-dessus  d*En]merich. 

Ni  les  mars  ni  la  retenue  des  eaux  de  la  nonvelle  ^cluse  de  Klein- 
Netterden  ne  seront  jamais  au-dessoits  de  la  hauteur  actnelle  du  dit 
Sommerdamm  de  Netterdeu,  ^gale  an  num^ro  13  pieds  a  lecbelle, 
qui  existe  en  ce  moment  aa  c6te  d'amont  de  hidite  grande  eclose  de 
Leuwenberg. 

XXI.  Aucune  des  vannes  de  la  nouvelle  ^cluse  de  Klein-Netterden 
ne  sera  lev^  que  quand  le  Landweer  on  Schouwgraaf  de  Netterden, 
le  Bergsefae-Wetering  et  la  Wildt  seront  d  leur  pfofondeor,  largear  et 
ooTertore  entidre,  stipulees  par  TArticle  XXII,  et  quand  alors  I'eaa 
dans  le  dit  Schouwgraaf,  en  aval  de  la  dite  nouvelle  ^cluse,  sera 
abaissee  au  moios  jusqu'au  numero  10  pieds  A  P^chelle  de  la  grande 
^luse  de  Leuwenberg,  on,  ce  qui  revient  au  m^me,  d  3  pieds  en 
contre^bas  de  la  plos  grande  hautenr  determinee  &  I'Article  snivant, 
pour  la  nonvelle  Eclose  de  Klein-Netterden  etla  cr^te  du  Sommerdamm 
de  ce  nom. 

XXII.  Les  dimensions  g^ndrales  fixees  pour  I'ecoulement,  sont 
cemme  suit : 

1.  La  profondeur  du  ibsse  d'^conlement  dans  le  platfond  k  Tex- 
tremh^orientale,  prds  de  la  nouvelle  ^chise  susdite  de  Klein-Netterdea, 
sera  an  niveau  du  radier  de  cette  m^me  ecluse,  et  ira  en  pento 
descendante  vers  Pextremit^  oppos^e  dans  le  vieux  Rbin,  i  la 
profondenr  actnelle  de  Wildt,  sons  le  pont  dans  le  Postweg  pr^  la 
montague  d'Blten. 

2.  La  largeur  sur  le  platfond  du  canal  sera  tont  au  moins, 

a.  Pour  le  fosse  d'^conlement  k  creuser  et  la  partie  dite  Nettersche- 
Landweer  ou  Schouwgraaf  de  6  pieds ; 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


742  PRUSSIA    AND   NETHKRLANDSv 

h.  Pour  le  Bergsche-WeteriDg  de  8  pieds; 
c.  Pour  le  ruisseau  la  Wiklt  de  12  pieds. 

3.  Lea  talus  seront  de  H  ou  de  2  fois  la  hantecir,  d*apite  la 
quality  de  la  terre  i  creuser. 

4.  La  hauteur  du  Sommerdamm  ou  de  toute  autre  reteuue  d'eaa 
quelconque»  depuis  la  nouTelle  ecluse  de  Klein- Nettcrden  juaqu'i 
Emmerich*  ne  sera  pas  abaiss^e  au-dessous  dii  nnm^ro  IS  pieda  i 
r^chelte  susdite  de  la  grande  ecluse  de  Leuwenberg. 

Aucone  Ecluse,  hormis  celle  de  KleiQ-Netterden,  ni  deTcraoIr  ou 
coupure  quelconque  nc  seroot  jamais  construite  ou  pratiqu^  dan*  ledii 
Sommerdamm. 

AucuD  foss*  decoulement  de  plus  de  3  pieda  de  largeur  aa  plat- 

fond  ne  sera  creus^, 

a.  A  c6t6  d'aval  du  m^me  Sommerdamm ; 

b.  Dans  toute  Telendue  du  terrain  entre  la  Wildt,  le  Bergache- 
Watering,  le  Schonwgraaf  et  les  aucienues  limites  d'Emmerich  ; 

e.  Dans  les  terrcs  de  Hnttum  jusqo'au  Postw^  d'EUcn  k 
Stockmann. 

Le  Gouvemement  Prussien  fcra  redresaer,  daas  le  plus  court  deki, 
toot  defaut  4  1  egard  des  stipulations  sous  (4. 

XXIII.  Les  bermes  ou  le  terrain  de  chaque  cote  du  fosse  d  ecoo* 
lement  seront  elev^s  et  egalises  par  les  deblais  k  faire  au  beaoin  dea 
terrains  aux  2  cdt^s  du  fosse,  sans  dedommagement  pour  les  parties 
de  terrain  couvertes  par  les  dite  deblaU,  qui  seront  &  la  charge  do 
Gouvemement  Prussien. 

XXIV.  Au  cas  que  le  nouveau  fosse  k  creuser,  ainsi  que  le 
Nettersche-Schouwgraaf,  coupe  des  chemins  vicinaux  ou  aotrea  routes 
quelconques.  le  Gouvemement  Prussien  y  fera  constroirc  des  ponts 
forts  et  suffisanta,    afin   que  le  passage  ne  soit  gfene   en   aucune 

mani^re. 

11  aura  de  m«me  i  sa  charge,  non-seulement  relargissement  de  la 
Wildt  et  du  Bergsche-Wetering,  ainsi  que  le  creusemcnt  du  oouvesu 
foas6  decoulement.  le  tout  aux  dimensions  dctermin^es j«r T Article 
XXII,  mais  aussi  la  construction  de  tons  les  ouvrages  neufa,  soit  en 
terre  soit  en  ma^onnerie.  #         «       -v 

XXV.  L'entretien  dudit  ecoulement,  autantquil  forme  FrontiM 
depuis  la  limite  de  Nieder-Hettcr,  sera  common  entre  les  2  Etals. 
tandisqu'ii  sera  A  la  charge  de  chaque  Puissance,  sur  le  Temtoife 
de  laquelle  il  est  situ^  en  entier.  U^cluse  de  Nieder-Hctter  sera 
cBti^rement  i  la  charge  du  Gouvemement  Prussien. 

XXVI.  Autont  que  des  clargissemens  ou  changemens  devieax 
ponts  seront  n^cessaires  pour  I'^coulement  des  eaux  de  la  Hetter.  le 
Gouvemement  Prassien  pourvoira  aux  fraia  de  la  premiere  coostiuc 
tion;  mais  Tentretien,  tant  de  cea  nouvelles  constroctiona  que  des 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


PRUSSIA  AND  NETHERLANDS^  743 

pootset  oavrages  anterieura  au  creusemeDtdudit  dcouleineut,  sera  i  la 
charge  dea  2  EtaU. 

XXVII.  Lea  grandea  ecloses  existantes  dans  la  digue  capitate  du 
RhiQ  d'Emmerich  k  Wesel  ne  seront  supprimees,  ferm^es  ni  retr^ciea 
d  aucQoe  mani^re  dans  leor  capacite  decoulement  jusqu'^  la  grande 
riviere  susdite,  afin  qae  toates  ces  ^cluses  restent  en  bon  ^tat,  pour 
coop^rer,  comme  i  present,  k  la  decharge  des  eaux  d'inondationa 
on  de  pluie,  de  tonte  T^tendue  du  Pays  derri^re  ces  digues  capi- 
tales. 

En  cas  que  du  c6te  de  la  Prusse  quelque  changement  fut  jag^ 
neceasaire  dans  les  dites  ^cluses.  on  se  concertera  li-dessus  a?ec  lea 
Autorit^s  coropetentes  des  Pays  Bas,  et  si  le  GouTomement  de  ce 
Pays  y  accede*  il  pourra  kite  innove  k  la  stipulation  que  renfertne  cet 
Article* 

XXVIIL  Tons  les  travaox  et  objets  susnomm^,  depuis  le  Som- 
merdamm  de  Klein- N etterden  jusqu'd  lajonction  de  laWildt  au  vieux 
Khln,  seront  inspect^s  2  fois  par  an,  aux  mois  de  Juin  et  d*Octobre, 
par  des  Commissaires  et  des  Experts  k  nooimer  de  part  et  d*autre,  et 
d'apr^s  un  reglement  i  r^diger  de  commun  accord. 

Lesqnels  Commissaires  et  Experts  auront,  d^  le  moment  de  lenr 
nomination,  la  faculte  de  surveiller  tons  les  ouvrajres  d  construire  et  A 
entretenir. 

XXIX.  Independamment  de  ces  inspections,  la  Direction  Gen^- 
rale  du  Waterstaat  du  Royaume  des  Pays  Bas  aura  en  tout  temps  la 
faculte  de  faire  inspecter  tons  les  travanx  relatifs  au  dit  ecoulement, 
depuis  le  Sommerdamm  de  Klein-Netterden  jusqu'i  la  jonctlon  de  la 
Wildt  au  vieux  Rhin,  app^s  que  la  Direction  Pru^ienne  en  aura  6\i 
prevenue  assez  d  temps  pour  pouvoir  reunir  des  Ing6nieurs  ou  Inspec- 
teurs  d  cenx  de  la  Direction  du  Waterstaat  susnomm^  pour  cooperer 
an  m^me  but. 

XXX.  Partout  o^  des  Ruisseaux  feront  limites,  ils  seront  communs. 
aux  2  Etats,  d  moins  que  le  contraire  ne  soit  positivement  stipule  ;  et 
lorsqu'ils  seront  communs,  I'entretien  des  ponts,  le  enrage,  etc..  se 
feront  de  concert  et  k  frais  communs,  d  moins  que  des  Conventions 
Communales  existantes  ne  contiennent  d*autres  stipulations;  mais 
chaque  Etat  sera  exclusivement  charge  du  soin  de  veiller  k  la  conser- 
vation des  bords  sitnes  de  son  c6t^.  II  en  sera  de  m^me  des  foss^, 
rigoles,  cbemins,  canaux,  hayes  ou  tout  autre  objet  servant  de  limites, 
c'«t-d-dire,  que  ces  objets,  quant  d  la  souverainete,  seront  communs 
anx  2  Puissances  et  qu'on  ne  pourra  rien  changer  d  leur  etat  actuel 
que  de  commun  accord,  d  moins  toutefois  en  cas  de  stipulation 
contraire. 

XXXI.  Les  ecoulemens  d'eau,  qui  se  trouvent  actuellement  dans 
les  Territoires  reciproques,  seront  pareillement  conserves  pour  Tavenir, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


744  ^  PRUSSIA  AND  mniBRLAKDS. 

•t  Poo  n'oflera  faif»  aoeon  amngenent  qui  prownaiw  i  T^fmilenaBt 
det  eaux  int^rieureB  (Bionenwasser). 

XXXII.  Las  pataagei  d'aau,  qui  exiateat  dans  aa  monant  aor 
k  Rbio,  aarant  coasenr^  daaa  kor  ^tat  actual.  Lea  droitateUEa 
€0»Haiieroiit  d*Mre  per9aa  po»r  le  coonpta  dea  mlmaa  Etata  qui  en 
joainent  aojourd'hiM.  On  aara  de  part  at  d*aatre  ia  faettM  d'^taUir 
at  d  eatretanir  sar  la  rire  oppoa^  leaoaTragas  Decessairea  poiir  fadliler 
I'abord  aax  paaeanta.  11  ne  pourra  ^tre  iiMi  aucun  nottveaa  paamga, 
depuis  la  limite  de  MilHiigen  aa  Waal  jusqu'i  Stockmann  an  Rhm,  d 
moins  d^iin  concert  pr6alabla  et  d'ua  cooimvo  accord  dea  %  Paiaaaacea. 

XXXIII.  Les  Oomainea  d%  FEtat,  qai  poairoot  aa  IrouTer  daaa 
iaa  'Gommanes  o«  parties  de  Cotamaoes,  ebaogeaiit  de  dommatioD, 
anmofit  toojoara  leTerritoire  et  appar^Icndroot  aa  npaveaa  SeaFcraia. 

Si  dans  les  Territoires  ced^  de  part  et  d'autre  se  tronveot  dea 
Domaines,  doot  lea  rcgistres  originaux  constateat  la  venle  aoas  le 
Gouyememefit  Francois  et  aa  nom  de  ee  Goayernement,  par  dea 
Autorit^  Fran^isea,  et  desquels  le  prix  de  Tente  arrieres  doiveat 
encore  ^tre  per^ us,  soit  en  entier  soit  en  partie ;  le  SovreratB  aoqad 
ces  terres  appartenoient  arant  le  present  Traits,  aara  la  faealte  <ie 
falra  poursnivre  Pacbetear  d'apr^  les  Lois  existantes  soas  le  nooreaa 
Sooverain. 

Les  revenus  des  Domaines,  qui,  apr^  P^vacnation  par  lea  Praii- 
(oia,  n'ont  eta  verses  dans  les  caisses  du  Sooverain  l^gitime^  aeront 
rastitoes  A  ce  Sooverain  par  les  caisses  qui  ont  joui  abaslvement  da 
cetto  recette. 

Les  reveuos  des  parties  do  Lymers,  aon  compriaea  dans  la  remiae 
des  enclaves  au  25  Mai  dernier,  et  venant  par  le  present  Traile  aox 
Pays  Bas,  seront  restitues  k  compter  do  dit  joqr. 

XXXIV.  Les  coatributioos  et  aotrea  revenoade  PEtat  coommt  et 
seront  peryus  pour  le  coinpte  do  nooveau  Souverain,  d  dater  do  jour 
da  la  prise  de  possession,  jour,  qoi  dans  aucon  cas,  na  pourra  de* 
passer  le  terme  fixe  par  T Article  XLUI,  relaiif  i  levacoation  et  d  la 
remise  des  endroits  c^d^  oo  echang^s  par  le  present  Traits ;  en  aorte 
qoe,  si  par  qoelque  ev^nement  impr^vo,  la  prise  de  posscsmoa  d'an* 
CoBianune  oo  partie  de  Commune  se  troovoit  retard^,  lea  coatriba*- 
tiona  et  antres  revenus  de  PEtat  n  en  seroient  pas  moina  doa,  d  dMer 
du  jour  fix^. 

XXXV.  Les  bien^  les  droits  r^els  et  actions,  qui  peavent  com* 
peter  aux  Communes  on  Farticuliers  de  rone  oo  Taatre  dominalioo, 
dans  et  sor  les  Lieux  et  Territoires  r^ciproqoement  ced^  oo  4ckang4a 
oadivises,  son!  maintenus  et  conserves. 

XXXVI.  Lorsque  des  Communes  ou  des  Banlieues  de  Commonea 
seraat  divisees  par  la  Ligne  de  Demarcation,  Tactif  et  le  passif  de  ces 
CoauBunes,  c'est-d-dire,  leors  biens  commonaux  ainn  que  leoia  delies« 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


VUVBBIA  AVD  KETH£BLAKD8.  745 

k  Mronft  OB  dewont  I'ltre  daot  la  ratee  pnfoftioo.  Poiur  etablir 
celte  proportion^  on  prendra  po«r  hate  le  notitwit  des  contribations 
loDci^m  €t  penonntiLai  nmmm,  o*  m  la  penomielle  n  y  oxiatait  pas, 
Ml  preadfoii  la  foncite  aeiilc^  Let  Ueoa  ei  revowM  comflMinaux^  qni 
devroient  se  distribuer  par  Utes  on  par  feux  entre  let  kalritaiWi  aeront 
partag^a  d  apr^  la  seale  baaa  adopUe  poor  lea  diatribatioDs  aanaelles, 
m  taat  eat  qu'il  en  existe  r^lemeot  et  de  droit  de  oetta  oature;  bieti 
eatenda  qo*aprte  le  partage  fait,  eea  bieos  seroot  soumis  aax  Loia 
Maaicipalefl  da  noarel  Etat  toas  leqael  ils  se  trottveront. 

La  partie  da  Zyfflich  ainai  qoe  lea  Villagea  da  KeLerdom  et  Loetb» 
eades  par  k  present  Traite  an  Royaame  dea  Paya  Baa  et  faiaant  partie 
da  DnffBllaefae* Polder,  aetont  teuua  da  eontribocr  leur  e6te.part  dana 
las  dettea  arri^rica  eontracteea  par  ee  Polder  joaqa'au  joar  de  la  priae 
da  poaaeaaion  fix^e  par  PArtkle  XLIII. 

XXX VII.  Lea  eoltivateora^  dont  lea  popri^^a  aont  aitoaea  partie 
enniefa  et  partie  aa-deli  dea  Pronti^rea,  poorroot  exporter  et  importer 
famier^  paille,  liti^rea  et  autres  ODgrais  pour  la  calture  de  leurs  terreai» 
Mnai  qoe  toote  eapto  de  r<colte«  Ik  auront  de  m^me  la  fiicnlt^  de 
fiure  aortir  et  rentrer  leora  bestiaax  paturana»  le  tout  aana  poaToir  6tre 
aaaaj^tia  k  aucua  droit  de  doaane,  aott  d  entree^  de  aortie,  da  tranait 
oa  aatrea  de  cette  eap^e.  11  avffira  qo'ila  faaaent  ronater  par  dea  Cer- 
tificata  de  FAotorit^  Locale*  qa*ila  poaa^dent  et  eoitivent  dea  tenrce 
aitaeea  aoH^eli  dea  Fronti^ea,  aana  oepeodant  pouToir  ae  aooatraire 
MIX  viaitea  dea  Dooanitra  oa  atitrca  ayant  commiaaion  legale  de  eon* 
atater  lea  caa  de  fraude ;  bien  entendo  que  ces  Douaniera  oa  Agena  ae 
poonront  faire  dea  peiqoiaitiona  qoe  ssr  leura  Territoirea  raapectifa. 

XXXVI IL  On  poarra  de  part  et  d'antre  acheter  aor  le  territoire 
Toiain  et  exporter  franc  de  toat  droits  lea  mat^riaux  n^ceaaairea  poor 
I'ieatretien  dea  digvea  et  dea  roatea. 

XXXIX.  Lea  Militairea  de  tout  grade»  qni  aeroient  n^a  dana  nne 
ComaMine  oa  partie  de  Comaanne  c^dee  oa  ^cbangee  par  le  preaeal 
Tiaita,  aertnit  renroyea  au  SooTerain  de  cette  Coranune  oo  partie  de 
Coaunnne,  dana  le  delai  da  3  moia  a^ila  aervent  en  Earope,  at  dana 
eelai  d'an  an  a'ila  ae  troavent  dana  lea  Coloalea  on  dana  toote  aotra 
partie  da  monde.  Lea  Offieiera  eependant  anront  le  choix  de  rentrer 
daaa  leora  Paya  oo  de  reater  an  aervice  do  Soorerain  aoua  lea  Drapeaox 
doqael  ila  ae  troovent ;  ila  aeront  teooa  d'opter  dana  lea  6  moia  de  1« 
publication  do  pr6aent  Traite. 

XL.  Lea  Habitaoa,  qot  par  Tone  oo  Faatie  Stipolatioo  do  pv^aent 
Traits  paaaeront  d'an  Etat  k  raotra,  poorroot  changer  de  domicile, 
dana  le  d^lai  de  4  ana,  aana  6tre  aaaojetia  k  aocune  charge  ni  con- 
dition qoelconqoe;  ila  poorront  mime  vendre  oo  aotrenient  aitener 
leora  biena,  aana  Atre  tenoa  de  payer  d'aotrea  droits  que  les  aotres  ha- 
bitana  du  mdme  Paya. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


746  PRUSSIA  AND  N£TH£RLANDS. 

XLI.  Les  FonctioiHiairM  demeuraot  dans  leg  Connnanet  oa  partici 
d«  Commanes  ced^  ou  echaogeea,  et  qui,  d'apr^  les  Lois  loss 
Tempire  desquelles  ils  ont  et^  Doinmes,  ne  peovent  6tre  depiac^  saoi 
indsoinit^,  seroot  conserves  et  jouiront  des  m^mes  droits  qne  soas  le 
OoaTemement  qui  les  avoit  nommes. 

XLIL  Comme  nonobstant  tous  les  soins  que  les  2  ConmiittioDS 
ont  apportes  i  lerer  toutes  les  difficultes  qui  se  sont  presentes,  il  est 
cependant  possible qa'il  s'en  presente  d  autres  encore  lors  de  la  planla- 
tion  des  poteaux ;  i!  a  M  convenu  que  ceux  des  Membres  des  3  Com- 
missions, sous  la  direction  desqoels  cette  operation  aura  lieu,  seroient 
autorises  k  terminer  tous  ces  diffi§rens  et  specialement  d  juger,  sprte 
avoir  entendu  les  Antorites  Locales,  toutes  les  contestations  qui  ponr- 
roients'eleverao  sujetde  rincertitudedeslimitesdequelqnesCommnoet. 

XLin.  lies  endroits  respectivement  cedes  ou  ^dianges  ou  devsot 
6tre  restitutes,  seront  ^vacnes  et  radministration  en  aera  remise  aox 
Autorit6s  corap^lentes  dans  le  mob,  k  dater  de  TechaDge  des  Ratifi* 
cations. 

XLIV.  Les  Archives,  Cartes  et  autres  Docnmens  relatiis  k  TAd- 
ministration  des  Mairies  ou  Communes,  qui,  en  vertn  du  present 
Traite,  passeront  d^one  domination  sous  Tautre,  seroat  remis  auz  noo- 
velles  Autorites  en  m^me  temps  que  les  Territoires  m^mes.  An  ess 
qu'une  partie  de  Commune  ou  de  Mairie  seulement  (^i  cedee  ou 
^hang^e,  les  Archives  resteront  k  la  Partie  od  se  trouve  le  chef-lieu,  S' 
charge  d*y  donner  acc^s  k  Fautre  Partie,  chaque  ibis  qu'elle  en  aun 
besoin. 

XLV.  Dans  les  15  jours  apr^l'^vacuation  et  la  remise,  doot  ii 
s'agit  i  TArticle  precedent,  on  commencera  d  planter  les  poteaux. 

Ces  poteaux  seroot  de  bois  de  ch^ne  de  la  longueur  de  12  pieds  du 
Rhin,  8  hors  de  terre  et  4  en  terre ;  ils  seront  carres ;  la  partie  en 
terre  sera  de  12  pouces  d'^paisseur  an  moins,  et  celle  hors  de  tens 
de  8  pouces ;  ils  seront  peints  du  c6te  de  la  Prusse  en  noir  et  blanc, 
et  du  c6t6  des  Pays-Bas  en  orange  et  blanc ;  ils  seront  nnmerotes  et 
leurs  num^ros  snivront  la  s^rie  de  ceux  k  planter  entre  les  2  Elals, 
depuis  les  limites  de  la  France  jusqu'd  Tancien  Territotre  Hollandois 
pr^  de  Mook.  II  en  sera  plants  autant  que  les  Commissaires  le  troo- 
veront  necessaire  pour  ne  laisser  aucune  incertitude  snr  aucune  partie 
de  la  Fronti^re.  Au  cas  quune  riviere  ou  chemin  fasse  limite,  il  en 
sera  chaque  fois  plants  2,  savoir  Tun  du  c6te  de  la  Prusse,  Pautre  da 
c6t^  des  PayS'Bas;  ces  2  poteaux  ne  porteront  qu'un  seul  nomero  et 
ne  seront  peints  qu*aux  seules  couleurs  adoptees  par  les  Territoires 
respectifs. 

XLVI.  Le  present  Traite  sera  soumis  aux  2  Cours,  k  Tefiet  d'etre 
ratifie,  et  les  Ratifications  seront  ^changees  dans  2  mois  apr^  la  sig- 
nature ou  plul6t  si  possible. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


•chwartzburg.rudolstadt;  747 

Ed  foi  de  qiioi  les  Comraissaires  des  Hautes  Parties  Coatractaotes 
]'ont  Bign^  et  muni  de  leun  Cachets. 

Fait  it  Cloves,  le  7  Octobre,  1815. 
(L.80    DE  BERNVTH.  (L.S.)    M.  J.  DE  MAN. 

(L.S.)     EYTELWEIN.  (L.S.)    J.  BLANKEIN-IZ. 

[Les  Batificatioiu  de  oe  Tndt<  out  M  ^hangte  le  30  Janyier,  1817.] 


ORDINANCE  of  the  Prince  of  Schwartzburg-RudoUiadt, 
relative  to  the  establishment  of  a  Representative  Constitution 
im  the  Principality.— RudoUtadt,  SthJanuartfy  1816. 

(TranslatloD.) 

Thx  reliance  which  we  are  boaod  to  place  ia  the  often  tried  affectioa . 
and  atUchment  of  cor  faithfal  Subjects,  and  the  confidence  with  which 
they  do,  and,  after  the  experience  they  have  had,  they  can  with  justice, 
expect  from  us,  not  only  a  sincere  paternal  regard  for  their  welfare, 
but  also  the  utmost  possible  alleviation  of  the  pressing  burthens  of  the 
tinies»  and  a  just  and  equitable  distribution  of  those  burthens,  need  not 
be  confirmed,  nor  can  it  be  increased. 

In  order,  however,  to  carry  into  effect  the  stipulations  contained  in 
tbe  Act  of  the  Germanic  Confederation,  and  to  put  the  Constitution 
of  our  Principality  upon  a  similar  footing  to  that  established  by  the 
arrangements  made  in  the  neighbouring  Confederated  States,  we  have  . 
deemed  it  advisable  to  ordain  as  follows : 

Art.  I.  There  shall  be  formed  in  our  Principality  a  Representative 
Assembly  of  the  People,  the  active  duties  of  which  shall  extend  to  the 
consideration  of  all  those  subjects,  .connected  with  Legislation,  which 
affect  the  persons  and  the  righte  of  property  of  the  Citizens  of  the 
State,  including  the  imposition  of  Taxes. 

II.  The  Representative  Assembly  of  the  People  shall  be  composed 
of  18  Deputies,  to  be  nominated  by  free  Election ;  viz.  6  Proprietors 
of  Equestrian  Estates,  6  Citizens  of  Towns,  and  6  SubjecU  possessed 
of  Landed  Property,  who  are  neither  Proprietors  of  an  Equestrian 
Estate,  nor  Citizens  of  any  Town. 

HI.  The  Proprietors  of  Equestrian  Estates  in  the  Upper  PrincU 
pality  shall  choose  from  amongst  themselves  4  Representatives,  and 
the  Proprietors  of  Equestrian  Estates  in  the  Lower  Principality  2  Re- 
presentatives. 

IV.  The  Towns  in  the  Upper  Principality,  collectively,  shall  elect 
2  Representatives  from  amongst  their  own  Citizens. 

V.  In  each  Town  in  the  Principality,  whether  Village  or  Borough, 
as  also  in  the  Patrimonial  Town  of  Schlotheim,  the  Possessors  of 
Landed  Property,  including  Mills  contiguously  situated,  or  other  de- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


748  8CHWARTZBURG-RUDOLSTADT. 

teched  farming  Teii«ineoli»  aball  aasemble,  together  with  the  Ckrgy 
and  Teachers  of  the  Schools,  and  shall  nominate  from  amongst  tiusi* 
selves  a  Person  of  respectability  and  unblemished  character,  who  is 
resident  there,  to  be  an  Elector  for  such  Place. 

These  Electors  of  the  District  shall  then  elect  a  Representative 
from  anKmgst  themselves,  according  to  the  following  regulalioa  as  to 
Districts,  including  the  Places  where  the  Patrimonial  Courts  are  held  i 

The.  Electors  for  the  Bailiwicks  of  Rndolstadt  and  Blankenbarg, 
together,  shall  elect  1;  those  for  the  Bailiwick  of  Schwartzburg,  I; 
those  for  the  Bailiwicks  of  Ilm,  Ehrensteia,  Paulinzelle,  and  Seeber- 
gen,  ]  ;  those  for  Leutenberg  and  Kooits,  1 ;  and  those  for  the  Lover 
Principality,  2  Representatives  >--eadi  Diatrict  to  elect  llram  lis  own 
Body. 

VI.  In  case  tlie  Proprietor  of  an  Equestrian  Estate .  should  be 
possessed  of  other  Landed  Property  also,  or  should  enjoy  the  rights  of 
Citizenship  in  a  Town,  he  shall  be  competent  to  vote  at  an  EiectioD 
in  virtue  of  these  other  qualifications ;  but  it  is  only  aa  the  possessor 
of  an  Equestrian  Estate  that  he  can  be  dectod  a  Representatife  of 
the  Country.  If  he  should  be  the  Proprietor  of  several  Equestriut 
Estates,  he  may  exercise  his  elective  franchise  for  each,  but  cso 
himself  be  elected  only  by  one  of  them.  In  like  manner,  whenever  a 
Person  possesses  the  rights  of  Citizenship  and  Landed  Property  in 
different  places,  he  shall  be  at  liberty  to  exercise  his  privilege  of 
election  rn  all  such  places,  but  diall  himself  be  elected  only  at  his 
usual  place  of  residence.  If  several  Penons  should  be  joint  Pro- 
prietors of  a  Landed  Estate,  one  of  them  only  shall  be  capable  of  votisf 
and  of  being  elected.  Females  and  Goardians,  on  behalf  of  those 
committed  to  their  care,  shall  likewise  be  empowered  to  vote  at  sa 
Election,  but  shall  not  themselves  be  elected. 

VII.  The  Representatives  of  the  Country  shall  be  chosen  for  6 
year^,  at  the  expiration  of  which  period  a  new  Election  shall  take  place, 
when  the  Representatives  retiring  may  be  re-elected  in  the  manner 
already  described.  Individual  Elections  in  the  intermediate  time  shall 
not  be  allowed ;  but  if,  in  the  course  of  that  period,  any  of  the  Repre* 
sentativea  should  retire,  the  Repieaentation  of  the  People  shall  not 
thereby  be  interrupted. 

VIII.  So  soon  as  the  Elections  shall  have  taken  place  (concemiag 
the  form  and  manner,  and  the  detailed  arrangements,  of  wbidx  we  will 
furnish  our  Authorities  with  Special  Inatructiona).  and  the  Represcota* 
tives  of  the  Country  shall  have  been  recognized  by  us  in  this  character; 
we  will  issue  the  further  necessary  Commands  relative  to  their  convoca- 
tion here  at  the  Place  of  our  Residence,  to  the  propositions  which  are  to  be 
submitted  to  them  for  their  consideration,  and  also  to  their  prorogatk>n. 

Rndolstadt,  8th  January,  1816. 

(L.S.)  FRIEDRICH  GUNTHER. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SCHAUMBURG-LIFPE.  749 

ORDINANCE  of  the  Prince  of  Sjehmumburg  lAppe^  rektiive 
to  ike  esiabiishment  of  a  Bepreseniaiive  ConsiituHon  in 
the  PrincipaUty. — Bucieburg^  I5th  January,  1816. 

(Translation.) 

W£,  GkoTge  Wi1Kam>  by  the  Grace  of  God,  &c. 

Fully  conviDced  of  the  utility  and  of  the  advantages  which  onr  Prin'* 
oifNtlky  will  derive  from  a  Representative  Constitution,  we  have  already 
declared,  in  a  Note  dated  the  16th  November,  1814,  through  oar 
Minister  Plenipotentiary  at  the  Congress  at  Vienna,  in  common  with 
other  confederated  German  Princes,  our  opinion  and  resolution,  that, 
wherever  a  Representative  Consdtntion  does  not  afa-eady  exist,  such  a 
Constitution  ilioald  be  introduced ;  and  further,  in  the  Act  of  the 
Germanic  Confederation,  concluded  on  the  8th  June,  1815,  we  have 
adopted  and  established  the  principle,  that  Representative  Constitn^ 
tioos  should  cEist  in  all  the  States  of  the  Confederation : — we  do  there- 
fovs  ordain  as  follows : 

AuT.  I.  In  order  to  promote  the  general  prosperity  of  om^  Country 
of  8chaiimbn|[,  there  shall  in  future  exist  in  it,  under  the  following 
eonditionsy  an  Assembly  of  the  Estates;  for  the  consideration  of  all 
the  Measures  which  may  be  most  conducive  to  this  end,  and  for 
the  exercise  of  all  the  Powere  appertaining  to  a  Representative 
Aiaembly. 

IL  The  Assembly  of  the  Estates  of  our  Conntry  of  Schaumburg 
siiall  exercise  the  following  privileges,  viz. : 

lat  The  right  of  examining  the  Expenditure  necessary  for  the 
Administration  of  the  State,  according  to  the  Estimates  to  be  laid 
balbre  them ;  of  conceiting  with  us  relative  to  the  ways  and  means  of 
raising  the  Revenue ;  and  of  voting  the  Taxes  which  may  in  conse. 
qnence  be  required ;  in  respect  of  which  we  do  hereby  expressly  con- 
irm  the  Public  Agreement,  dated  the  3rd  December,  1792,  and  desire 
that  the  same  be  at  all  times  observed  and  carried  into  operation. 

2dly.  The  right  of  expressing  their  opinion  upon  the  General  Laws 
of  the  Country  which  may  be  issued;  and  of  giving  their  consent 
to  them,  should  they  involve  the  operation  of  any  essential  influence 
upon  the  Constitution  of  the  State. 

3rdly.  The  right  of  taking  cognizance  of  the  application  of  the 
Public  Taxes  to  the  exigencies  of  the  Conntry,  and  of  submitting 
to  us  thdr  remarks  thereupon ;  for  which  purpose  tiie  Accounts  of 
die  Pabltc  Treasury  of  the  Revenues,  shall  be  laid  before  them  every 
year. 

4thly.  The  right  of  submitting  to  as  Propositions  upon  subjects 
regarding  the  general  prosperity  of  Hie  State ;  and  of  preferring  to  V% 
then  complaints,  accompanied  by  the  requisite  proois>  relative  to  any 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


7A0  SCHAUMBURG  LIPPE. 

abases,  or  irregalttrities,  which  may  exist  in  the  Pablic  Service;  in  tkt 
same  manner  as  baa  hitherto  been  allowed  to  each  of  our  loTiog  and 
faithful  SubjecU. 

I I I.  We  reserve  to  oorselves,  however,  to  issae  a  more  detailed 
Instruction,  relative  to  the  form  and  manner  of  exercising  these  rigfati, 
which  we  will  then  cause  to  be  commnnieated  to  the  assembled  Eatates 
of  oar  Country. 

IV.  A 11  our  loving  and  faithful  Subjects  Hi  oor  Country  of  Schattn* 
burg  shall  be  so  far  invested  with  the  rights  and  powers  belonging  to 
Representative  Assemblies,  that ; 

a.  The  actual  Possessors  of  Noble  Estates, 

b.  The  Deputies  of  Towns  and  Boffooghs, 

e.  The  Deputies  of  our  Sabyects  in  our  Bailiwicks, 
Shall  be  empowered  to  be  present  at  the  Diet  or  RepreiSftiaiiTe 
Assembly  of  the  Country. 

V.  The  Representatives  of  the  Knights  or  Eqaestrian  NobfeaM 
must  be  in  the  actual  possession  of  a  noble  freehold  Estate.  Portions 
only  of  any  such  noble  freehold  landed  property,  or  of  any  freehold 
dwelling  houses  of  the  same  description,  aliall  not  constitote  a  title  lo 
the  rights  and  powers  of  the  Representative  Assembly.  Each  Repre- 
aentative  Member  of  the  Equestrian  Nobility,  even  those  Memben 
who  inay  be  in  the  possession  of  several  noble  freehold  Estates,  iball 
have  but  one  vote  at  the  Diet  of  the  Country^  No  Posaessor  of  a 
Noble  Estate  shall,  however,  be  admitted  to  the  Aanembly  until  he 
shall  have  completed  the  35th  year  of  his  age.  The  Representativea 
shall  be  boand  to  appear  in  person :  nevertheless,  they  shall  ba  a). 
lowed,  respectively,  to  authorize  with  Full  Powers,  another  of  tbeir 
own  grade  to  act  as  their  Substitute;  but  no  one  of  the  Eqnestrioa 
Nobility  shall  be  privileged  to  accept  such  Full  Powers,  except  irefli 
one  of  his  Fellow  Members  of  the  Representative  Assembly. 

VI.  The  Towns  of  Buckeburg  and  Sudthagen,  and  the  Boroaghf 
of  Steinhude  and  Hagenburg,  shall  each  send  1  Deputy  to  the  Diet  of 
the  Country. 

The  Magistracy  of  the  Towns  and  Boroughs  shall  have  the  option 
of  appointing  a  Deputy  to  the  Representative  Assembly,  either  from 
amongst  their  own  Class  or  from  the  collective  Body  of  the  Citixeos. 

VII.  Our  Bailiwicks  shall  send  Deputies  to  the  RepresenUtiva 
Assembly,  in  the  following  numbers : 

Buckeburg,  2;  Stadlhagen,  2;  Hagenburg,!;  Arensburg,  1* 
These  Deputies  shall  be  elected  from  among  the  actual  Possessors 
of  freehold  Farms    (Bauergut,) 

VIII.  None  of  our  Subjects  belonging  to  the  Class  of  Fanners  or 
Peasants  shall  be  eligible  to  be  elected  as  Deputies  at  the  Diet  of  the 
Country,  until  they  have  completed  the  3(Hh  year  of  their  age,  and 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


WALDECK.  751 

performed  their  military  daties ;  nor  onless  they  have  uniformly  con- 
ducted themselves  in  an  irreproachable  manner. 

IX.  The  Election  of  the  Deputies  shall  take  place  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  ordinary  Authorities. 

There  shall  be  appointed  17  Electors  in  the  Bailiwick  of  Biickeburg» 
19  in  that  of  Stadthagen,  11  in  that  of  Uagenborg,  and  5  in  that  of 
Arensburg;  and  these  Electors  shall  elect  from  amongst  themselres 
the  Deputies  to  the  Representative  Assembly  of  the  Country.  The 
votes  for  the  Electors  shall  be  recorded  in  the  form  of  a  Protocol ;  but 
those  for  the  Deputies  shall  be  written  by  the  Electors  on  separate 
pieces  of  paper,  which  shall  be  sealed  and  delivered  to  the  Authori- 
ties,  who  shall  open  them  in  the  presence  of  all  the  Electors.  The 
Elections  shall  then  be  declared  according  to  the  majority  of  votes^ 
and  afterwards  be  made  public. 

X.  Such  only  of  our  Subjects  of  our  Bailiwicks  as  possess  landed 
pfOf>erty  shall  be  privileged  to  take  part  in  the  election  of  Deputies. 

XI.  A  Session  of  the  Representative  Assembly  shall  be  held  every 
year,  and  shall  be  convoked  in  writing  by  our  Government. 

Given  at  Biickeburg,  the  15th  January,  1816. 

(L.8.)  GEORG  WILHELM. 


CONSTITUTION   of    the    PrincipalUy    of    Waldeck.^ 
AroUen,  \2th  Jpril^  1816. 

(Translation.) 

Wb,  George  Henry,  by  the  Grace  of  God,  &c. 

The  13th  Article  of  the  Act  of  the  Germanic  Confederation,  con- 
cluded at  Vienna  on  the  8tb  June,  1815,  having  ordained  the  introduc- 
tion of  a  Representative  Constitution  in  all  tlie  German  Confederated 
States;  and,  although  such  a  Constitution  has  already  existed  in  our 
Country  from  tlie  earliest  times,  it  is  nevertheless  requisite  that  some 
alteration  should  be  made  therein,  in  several  respects:  We  have 
therefore  felt  ourselves  bound  to  direct,  through  our  Government,  that 
our  loving  and  faithful  Estates,  the  Representatives  of  the  Nobility 
and  of  the  Towns,  should  be  convoked  to  a  General  Diet  or  As- 
sembly of  the  Country,  on  the  28th  of  March  of  the  present  year; 
and  in  perfect  understanding  with  them,  we  have  resolved  to  substitute 
for  the  former  Constitution  of  the  Country,  and  of  the  Representative 
Estates,  the  following  more  detailed  Regulations. 

1. — The  Constitution  of  the  Country 0 
Am*.  I.  As  regards  the  Regulations  concerning  the  Constitutiou 
of  the  whole  Country,  it  has  been  deemed  necessary,  in  order  to  pro- 
mote the  administration  of  Justice ; 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


752  WALDECK* 

That  our  Priacipafity  of  Waldeck  ahall  be  dhrided  into  5  Superior 
District  Courts  of  Justice ;  that  is  to  say, 

1  •  Into  the  Superior  District  Court  of  Justice  of  tlie  Diemel,  ubich 
shall  hold  its  sittings  in  the  Town  of  Rhoden^  aud  skull  be  conpoied 
of  the  former  Bailiwicks  of  Rhoden  and  EillMosen,  and  the  Vilkges 
of  Schmillinghausen,  HerbseO)  and  Horle^  belonging  to  the  kmuu 
Bailiwidc  of  Arolsen ; 

2.  Into  the  Superior  DistrietCoait  of  Justice  of  the  IViate,  of  which 
Arolsen  lAail  be  the  principal  Place,  and  which  shall  conprehcDd  the 
fonner  Bailiwicks  of  Arolsen,  Landan,  and  Welteii»urg,  to  the  eiclu« 
sien  of  the  Pluces  already  named  in  §  1.  and  the  farther  Villages 
of  Strote  and  Hengeringhansen,  belonging  to  the  Builtwiek  of 
Landau  ; 

3.  Into  the  Superior  District  Court  of  Justice  of  the  Werbe,  of 
which  the  Town  of  Sachsenhausen  shall  be  the  principal  Seat,  and 
which  shall  contain  the  Towns  of  Sachse&hauseo»  Waldeck,  Freiea. 
hagen,  and  the  foimer  Bailiwick  of  Waldeck,  with  the  exeepUon  of  the 
Townships  of  Bringhausen,  Hemftuth,  Kleinern,  and  GeilershauieB, 
and  also  of  the  Villages  of  Strote  and  Hengerloghaoaeii^  belonging  to 
the  former  Bailiwick  of  Landau  ; 

4.  Into  the  Superior  District  Court  of  Justice  of  the  Eder,  which 
shall  have  its  principal  Seat  in  the  Town  of  Lower  Wildungen,  and 
shall  be  composed  of  the  Towns  of  Old  Wildungen  and  Zoschen,  and 
further  of  the  former  Bailiwick  of  Wildungen,  and  of  fberemainiog 
places  of  the  former  Bailiwick  of  Waldeck,  mentioned  in  §  8; 

6.  Into  the  Superior  District  Court  of  Justice  of  Eisenbei^,  which 
shall  retain  its  former  Seat  at  Corbach,  and  comprehend  the  places  at 
present  belonging  to  it. 

II.  There  shall  be  appointed  to  each  Superior  District  Court  of 
Justice,  1  Chief  Judge  and  1  Inferior  Officer^  the  latter  of  whom  shall 
also  fill  the  Office  of  Secretary. 

An  exception  shall,  however,  be  made  with  respect  to  the  Superior 
District  Court  of  fiisenberg,  at  which,  as  hitherto,  there  shall  be  2 
Judges  and  1  Secretary* 

III.  With  the  Superior  District  Court  of  Justice  of  the  Werbe, 
there  shall  be  joined,  on  account  of  its  proximity  to  the  Fortress  of 
Waldeck,  a  general  Criminal  Tribunal  for  the  whole  Country. 

Moreover,  a  Regulation,  to  be  issued  by  our  Government,  shall  state 
what  Causes, exclusive  of  the  other  Superior  District  Courts  of  Jufltice, 
shall  be  tried  by  this  Criminal  TribunaU 

IV.  The  Chief  Officer  of  Justice  in  the  Superior  Court  of  the  Twiste, 
shall  at  the  same  time  perform  the  duties  of  Town^Commissary  in 
Mongeringhausea ;  and  the  Chief  Officer  of  Justice  in  the  Superior 
Court  of  the  Eder,  diaU.  perform  the  duties  of  Town  CommisMr; 
in  Lower  Wildungen. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


WALDECK.  753 

The  Salaries  of  the  2  Towd  ^Commifltaries  which  will  thereby  be 
saved,  shall  fall  into  the  Treasury  of  the  Country  charged  with  the  pay- 
ment of  the  Salaries ;  but  with  respect  to  the  Accounts  of  Perquisites 
from  the  2  Towns^the  former  Regulation  on  this  subject  shall  be  retained. 

V.  The  Superior  District  Courts  of  Justice  shall  undertake  the 
administration  of  the  Police,  which  has  hitherto  been  entrusted  to  the 
Superior  Officers  of  the  Exchequer. 

VI.  All  the  Fees  receivable  by  the  Officers  of  Justice,  on  account  of 
Deputations,  Commissions,  ^c,  shall  absolutely  cease ;  but  inasmuch 
as  the  transaction  of  the  necessary  matters  beyond  the  place  where  the 
Court  is  held  must  be  provided  for, — surveys,  &c.,  for  instance, — the 
Commissary  or  Deputy,  shall  receive  for  such  Duties  ihe  expenses  of 
horse  hire,  his.  own  living,  and  the  like,  according  to  the  scale  laid 
down  in  the  Regulation  respecting  Perquisites.  The  other  Dues  shall 
be  accounted  for  to  the  Treasury  of  Fees. 

VII.  The  right  of  exercising  a  Patrimonial  Jurisdiction  shall  be 
reserved  for  the  family  of  Von  Dalwigk,  in  the  Bailiwick  of  Lichten- 
fels,  and  for  the  3  Towns  of  Corbach,  Lower  Wildungen,  and  Men- 
geringhausen,  which  send  Deputies  to  the  Representative  Estates  of 
the  Country,  in  the  first  instance: —-in  like  manner  the  direct  depend- 
ance  upon  the  Sovereign  shall  be  reserved  for  the  Equestrian  Nobility 
and  their  families,  as  also  for  the  S  Towns  above-mentioned,  so  far  as 
they  act,  or  are  sued,  as  Corporate  Bodies.     (Cifrpara.) 

VIII.  In  each  Superior  District  Court  of  Justice,  a  Chief  Officer 
of  Exchequer  shall  be  appointed,  whose  sphere  of  action  shall  be  accu- 
rately defined  in  a  Special  Instruction. 

IX.  As  regards  our  Government  and  our  High  Court  of  Judica* 
lure,  the  arrangements  at  present  existing  shall  continue  to  be 
observed. 

X.  With  reference  to  the  administration  of  Justice,  and  to  the 
Exchequer,  in  our  Principality  of  Pyrmont.  the  existing  Regulations 
shall  also  continue  to  be  observed. 

II. — The  Representation  of  our  Subjects, 

XI.  In  respect  to  the  Representation  of  our  Subjects^  it  shall  be 
formed  in  the  following  manner :  viz. 

a.  By  the  Possessors  of  such  Noble  Estates  as  formerly  established 
a  right  to  sit  in  the  Representative  Assembly  of  the  Country ;  or  by 
the  Equestrian  Nobility ; 

6.  By  the  Towns,  among  which  shall  be  included  Arolsen,  under 
the  Stipulations  contained  in  tlie  Recess  of  the  19th  instant;  or  by  the 
Class  of  Citizens ; 

c.  By  10  Representatives  of  the  Body  of  the  Peasantry,  of  whom 
each  of  the  Superior  District  Courts  of  Justice  shall  appoint  2. 

XII.  In  the  3t  Towns  which  are  to  send  Deputies  to  the  Diet  of 
[18I6--16.]  3  C 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


754  WALDECK. 

the  Country^  the  right  of  RepreseDtation  shall  be  exercised  hj  the 
Chief  Burgomaster  and  Town  Secretary,  but  in  the  Towns  not  sending 
Depnties,  it  shall  continue  to  be  exercised,  as  formerly,  by  the 
Burgomaster  alone. 

XIII.  The  qualifications  for  a  Representative,  in  general,  are: 

1.  That  he  belong  to  one  of  the  3  Christian  Confessions. 

2.  That  he  be  35  years  of  age,  and  act  in  his  own  right. 

3.  That  he  be  a  subject  of  the  Coontry. 

4.  That  he  be  no  longer  liable  to  perform  Military  Duty, 
d.  That  he  be  of  an  unexceptionable  Occupation. 

6.  That  he  be  able  to  read  writing,  and  suitably  to  express  in 
writing  his  own  thoughts. 
Moreover,  it  is  most  particularly  requisite, 

a.  In  the  Representatives  of  the  Class  of  Citizens ;  that  they  have 
unrestricted  possession  of  Property,  not  burdened  with  IXebts,  of  tbe 
value  of  dOO  dollars  at  least ; 

b.  In  the  Representatives  of  the  Body  of  the  Peasantry ;  that  they 
be  possessed  of  an  unincumbered  Estate,  liable  to  taxation,  of  at 
least  30  acres,  reckoning  the  acre  at  120  roods,  and  situated  within  the 
District  of  that  Court,  by  which  they  are  to  be  chosen  as  Representa- 
tives. It  shall  not,  however,  be  indispensably  necessary  that  thej 
follow  the  occupation  of  agriculture. 

XIV.  Authorities  of  the  State,  or  Persons  otherwise  bound  to  Us 
in  tlie  performance  of  the  duties  of  any  Office,  shall  have  no  participa- 
tion in  the  Representation  of  the  Country ;  unless  the  Assembly  of  the 
Estates  should  itself  propose  the  admission  of  Persons  so  situated 
amongst  its  Members. 

XV.  The  Persons  who  are  to  be  nominated,  for  the  purpose  of 
electing  the  Representatives  of  the  Class  of  Peasantry,  shall  be  selected 
in  the  following  manner  :«-each  Commune  in  the  District  of  the  Supe- 
rior Court  shall,  under  the  direction  of  its  Pastor,  choose  from  among 
its  own  Body,  as  an  Elector,  a  well  disposed  and  respectable  Person, 
deserving  of  general  confidence,  on  account  of  his  correct  moral  con- 
duct, and  shall  entrust  him  with  the  election  of  2  Representatives. 

The  Person  so  appointed  as  an  Elector  must  be: 

a.  Of  full  age. 

b.  Of  an  irreproachable  character. 

cl  The  Possessor  of  an  Estate,  consisting  of  arable  land,  or  of 
rural  habitable  tenements. 

d,  A  well  known  respectable  Householder. 

XVI.  The  election  of  the  Representatives  themselvesshallbemade 
at  the  place  of  sitting  of  the  Superior  District  Court  of  Justice,  under 
the  direction  of  the  Syndic  of  the  Country,  and  of  the  Principal  Offi- 
cers of  Justice. 

XVII.  When  the  Electors  have  been  chosen  in  the  manner  above 
described,  they  shall,  upon  the  day  appointed   for  the  Election,  be 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


WALDECK.  755 

accepted  upon  Oath,  after  having  preyiously  been  made  thoroughly 
acquainted  with  the  duties  and  quaJificationa  of  a  Member  of  the  Re* 
presentative  Assembly  of  the  Country,  and  aAer  having  been  suitably 
reminded  and  admonished  that,  in  the  Election  to  which  they  are  about 
to  proceed,  they  must  not  be  influenced  by  any  secondary  motives, 
but  must  have  in  view  the  primary  object  alone,  viz.,  the  choice  of  a 
Deputy,  who  is  honourable,  moral,  prudent,  and  experienced,  and  dis- 
posed to  the  maintenance  of  order ;  and  that  they  must  moreover  be 
perfectly  ready  to  proceed  to  such  Election  conscientiously :  there- 
upon they  shall  retire,  and  afterwards  be  again  brought  forward,  one 
by  one,  in  order  to  record  their  votes  by  way  of  Protocol. 

XVIIL  At  such  Elections  the  minority  of  the  votes  shall  decide; 
bat  in  case  of  an  equality,  the  decision  shall  be  made  by  lot. 

XIX*  The  appointment  of  the  Representatives  of  the  Class  of  the 
Peasantry,  and  of  the  Representative  of  the  Town  of  Arolsen,  shall  be 
made  for  life  ;  and  in  respect  to  the  latter,  by  free  election,  as  shall  be 
the  case  with  the  Representatives  of  the  Class  of  the  Peasantry.  The 
Representation  shall,  however,  become  extinct  at  an  earlier  period,  if 
the  qualifications  upon  which  the  Election  was  founded  should  have 
ceased  to  exbt ;  for  instance,  if  the  Person  elected  should  no  longer 
continue  to  be  a  respectable  Householder,  or  otherwise. 

In  case  of  the  death  of  one  or  other  of  the  Members,  another 
Member  shall  be  chosen  in  his  stead,  in  the  manner  already  pointed 
oo^  and  uniformly  upon  the  proposition  of  the  Syndic  of  the  Country. 

XX.  With  the  view  to  maintain  the  Representation  of  the  Order 
of  Knights  or  Nobility,  it  is  hereby  established : 

1 .  That  each  new  Proprietor  of  a  Noble  Estate  shall,  within  2  months 
from  the  day  when  the  Estate  shall  fall  in  or  be  acquired,  report  himself 
to  the  Syndic  of  the  Country,  in  order  that  he  may  be  certified  upon  Oath* 

2.  That  no  Equestrian  Estate  of  a  similar  description,  held  upon 
feudal  tenure,  shall  become  allodial  or  freehold  without  tbe  consent 
of  the  Representative  Assembly  of  the  Country. 

3.  That,  upon  the  partition  of  any  such  Estate,  as  also  upon  the 
alienation  of  the  whole  of  any  Equestrian  Estate,  it  shall  be  decided 
by  a  concurrent  resolution  of  Ourselves  and  of  the  Representative 
Assembly,  whether  the  former  Proprietor  shall  continue  to  be  re- 
ceived as  a  Deputy,  or  whether  the  Person  who  has  newly  come  into 
poBseasJon  shall  be  admitted  in  that  capacity. 

XXI.  In  order  to  carry  into  execution  the  matters  described  in  the 
Article  which  follows  the  present  Article,  a  Select  Committee  shall  be 
appointed,  which  shall  be  composed  : 

1.  Of  2  Deputies  of  the  Knights  or  Nobility,  who,  in  every  case, 
•after  the  retirement  of  any  Deputy  in  the  before  mentioned  manner, 
shall  be  elected  for  life  by  the  Representative  Assemblyi  and  be 
ffesented  to  Us  for  confirmation. 

3  C  2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


756  WALDECK, 

3.  Of  the  former  ReprefleDtatives  of  the  3  Towns  enjoying  the 
privilege  of  sending  Deputies  to  the  National  Assemblj,  who  ban 
already  been  summoned  thereto  by  virtue  of  their  Offices. 

3.  Of  1  Deputy  of  the  Class  of  the  Peasanti7,  whom  the  Repre- 
sentative Assembly  shall  elect,  also  for  life,  from  among  the  Repre- 
sentatives of  that  Class,  and  present  to  Us  in  like  manner  for 
confirmation. 

XXII.  Such  Committee  shall  be  the  Authority  for  carrying  into 
execution  the  Decrees  made  by  the  Representative  Assembly,  io  its 
Corporate  capacity,  (corpore  statman),  which  shall  not  be  allowed, 
as  a  rule,  to  act  independently  of  it 

The  powers  of  the  Committee,  and  the  duties  to  be  performed  by  it, 
shall  be  as  follows,  viz. 

1.  To  see  to  the  production  of  the  Public  Accounts ;  and  to  assist  it 
the  examination  of  them,  if  they  have  in  the  first  instance  been  invited 
80  to  do,  by  the  Syndic  of  the  Country,  or  by  our  Government  with  the 
co-operation  of  the  Syndic  of  the  Country ;  and  also  to  see  to  the 
production  of  even  further  additional  explanations,  if  they  should  be 
necessary. 

5.  To  carry  into  execution  the  Decrees  of  the  Representative  As- 
sembly, as  well  as  the  matters  decided  upon  by  the  whole  of  the 
Members  of  the  Estates. 

3.  To  examine,  provisionally,  the  Propoutions  for  any  new  Taxes, 
and  to  submit  them  to  the  assembled  Representatives  for  their  vote. 

4.  To  originate  suggestions  for  any  practicable  improvement  of  tbe 
Taxes  already  voted,  and  to  animadvert  npon  any  abuses  which  may 
have  crept  in  respecting  them. 

6.  To  determine,  upon  their  own  responsibility,  subject,  nevertbe-, 
less,  to  our  approval,  those  matters  which  necessarily  require  an  ootlsj 
net  exceeding  2,000  dollars. 

0.  To  investigate  the  Petitions  of  our  Subjects  for  any  remissions, 
and  to  consent  thereto,  provided  they  do  not  exceed  the  amount  stated 
in  (  5,  and  after  having  in  like  manner  previously  received  our  ap- 
proval of  die  same. 

7.  To  decide,  definitively,  in  concert  with  Us,  upon  all  cases  which 
would  be  exposed  to  danger  by  delay,  or  which  may  otherwise  reqoire 
a  speedy  decision.  Decrees  of  this  nature  shall  be  acknowledged  to  be 
valid  by  all  the  Members  of  the  Representative  Assembly,  in  the  same. 
manner  as  if  they  had  been  issued  by  themselves. 

XXIIL  The  usual  time  for  the  meeting  of  the  Committee  shall 
always  be  the  3rd  Monday  in  the  month  of  June  of  every  year,  that 
being  the  period  appointed  for  auditing  the  Public  Accounts;  and  they 
shall  be  assembled  in  an  Extraordinary  Session,  either  by  oar 
command,  conveyed  through  our  Government  by  means  of  a  writtea 
Notice  fix>m  the  Syndic,  or  upon  the  application  of  the  ReprecentatiTe 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


WALDECIC.  757 

Assembly,  made  to  our  Goverument,  after  We  shaU  have  previously* 
giveo  our  consent  thereto. 

XXIV.  A  General  Assembly  of  the  Diet  of  the  Country  shall  be 
convoked,  only  in  cases  of  particular  importance,  either  upon  any 
Question  orig^iualing  with  Ourselves,  or  upon  the  proposition  of  the 
Estates,  after  having  previously  obtained  our  approval  through,  our 
Government. 

Such  cases  shall  especially  include,  among  others,  those  in  which 
the  subject  to  be  discussed  is,  for  example,  either 

1.  Any  amendment  of  the  Constitution,  and  of  the  Fundamental 
Laws;  or, 

9.  The  introduction  of  any  new  Regulation  respecting  the  Taxes. 
-  XXV.  We  graciously  permit  the  Representative  Assembly  oi  our 
Country,  in  the  issuing  of  all  their  Documents,  to  use  a  common 
Seal,  representing  the  Arms  of  the  Country,  with  the  following  circum- 
scription:— "  The  Representative  Estates  of  the  Principality  of 
Waldeck;"  and  we  further  confirm  them  in  the  exercise  of  all  their 
established  privileges  in  general,  as  the  Representatives  of  the  Country. 

Such  privileges  shall,  moreover,  be  specially  based ; 

a.  Upon  the  right  to  grant  and  regulate  all  the  Taxes  necessary 
for  the  due  Administration  of  the  State,  whether  permanent  or  occa- 
sional; whatever  may  have  reference  to  the  alteration  of  existing 
Taxes,  or  to  the  introduction  of  new  Taxes,  and  to  the  whole  system  of 
Taxation  in  general,  being  entertained  only  with  the  consent  of  the 
Representative  Diet  of  the  Country. 

6.  Upon  the  right  to  superintend  in  future,  as  hitherto,  the  manage- 
naent  of  the  Public- Money-Offices  of  the  Country ;  and,  in  as  much  as 
the  Taxes  are  to  be  applied  solely  to  those  objects  which  have  been 
decided  upon  by  Us  and  by  the  Representative  Estates,  the  Adminis- 
trators of  the  Public-Money-Offices  shall,  for  this  reason,  be  respon- 
sible, under  an  Oath,  of  fidelity  to  the  Country,  for  the  due  performance 
of  their  duties. 

c.  Upon  the  right  of  discussing  and  concurring  in  all  Laws  and 
Ordinances  which  have  reference  to  the  Constitution  of  the  Country, 
or  to  alterations  therein  ;  as  well  as  in  tliose  Laws  by  which  any  dis- 
position may  be  made  of  the  property  of  the  Subjects,  for  the  use  of  the 
Sovereign  or  of  the  Country  generally,  or  by  which  the  personal 
freedom  of  the  Subjects  might  be  diminished,  when  compared  with  the 
exbting  Laws,  or  those  rights  of  individuals  or  of  whole  classes,  which 
they  have  justly  acquired,  ought  be  abrogated  or  limited. 

With  respect  to  all  the  other  Laws  of  the  Country  (excepting 
Ordinances  in  cases  of  emergency,  and  when  danger  would  result  from 
delay,)  we  will 

d.  Appeal  to  our  Estates  for  their  advice  and  opinion;  and 

C.  Submit  to  them  the  Proposals  for  amending  existing  Laws,  and  for 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


758  WALBECK. 

introdacing  new  Laws;  while  we  biad  them  at  the  same  time  on  their 
part,  to  direct  their  attention  to  every  thing  requisite  for  promoting  the 
prosperity  of  their  Fellow-subjects,  and  to  propose  those  messores 
which  will  be  necessary  for  the  accomplishment  of  this  object,  or  for 
the  remoral  of  any  impediments  which  may  prevent  it 

f.  Should  the  Diet  of  the  Confederation  ai  Frankfort  concede  to 
the  Representative  Estates,  generally,  greater  privileges  in  respect  ts 
Laws  and  Legislation  than  those  here  conceded,  it  is  our  will  that  such 
privileges  should  also  be  extended  to  the  Representative  Assembly  of 
our  Country. 

gi,  As  the  Representative  Estates  will  have  to  take  cait  that  justice 
is  administered  by  the  Judicial  Authorities  in  an  unexceptionable  num* 
ner,  and  that  they  strictly  perform  their  duties  in  general  (and  in  the 
administration  of  Justice  no  regulations  originating  with  the  Cabinet, 
in  respect  to  the  right  of  supreme  direction  belonging  to  us,  shall  be 
allowed),  the  Representative  Estates  shall  enjoy  the  right  of  prefenring 
Accusations,  more  especially  in  cases  of  malversation  and  abases  of 
every  description  by  the  Public  Servants  of  the  State. 

The  Public  Servants  of  the  Sute  may  therefore  be  accused  by  the 
Representative  Estates  of  the  Country,  on  account  of  conduct  militate 
ing  against  the  Constitution;  but  only  before  the  Ordinary  Judge, 
before  whom  they  shall  be  bound  to  answer  to  the  charge  according  to 
Law* 

h.  But,  on  the  other  hand,  the  assurance  is  hereby  given  to  every 
Servant  of  the  State,  that  no  one  shall  be  removed  from  his  Office 
without  just  cause,  and  a  previous  judicial  investigation  and  decision. 
In  such  cases,  an  Account  shall  be  kept  of  the  Fees  fur  such  accused 
Officer,  until  the  termination  of  the  proceedings. 

t.  We  will  also,  agreeably  to  what  is  reasonable,  in  the  appointment 
to  Public  Offices,  give  the  preference,  before  Foreigners,  to  those  Na- 
tives of  the  Country  who  are  competent  to  fill  theuL 

XX  VL  No  Member  of  the  Representative  Assembly  of  the  Country 
shall  take  any  part  in  the  meetings  and  deliberations  of  that  Body,  until 
he  has  taken  the  following  Oath : 

"  I  do  swear  and  promise,  as  a  Member  of  the  Representative  Es- 
tates of  the  Country,  that  I  will,  in  all  my  transactions  and  counsels, 
keep  in  view  the  general  prosperity  of  the  State;  that  I  will  constantly 
observe  that  fidelity  and  respect  to  our  gracious  Sovereign  and  Prince 
which  are  due  to  him;  that  I  will  approve  of  nothing  which  is  opposed 
to  the  rights  or  interests  either  of  the  Sovereignor  of  the  State;and  that' 
I  will,  more  especially,  faithfully  protect  the  rights  and  privileges  of 
the  Representative  Estates  of  the  Country,  and  consider  and  apply 
myself  with  all  diligence,  so  that  they  shall  not,  under  any  pretence 
whatever,  be  violated  or  neglected." 

XXVIL  At  the  commencement  of  each  Session  of  the  Representstivs 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


WALDECK.  759 

Estates  of  the  Country,  they  shall  elect  from  their  owd  fiody,  by  a 
mfl^rity  of  votes,  a  Director,  who  shall  conduct  the  affairs  in  conjuoc- 
tioD  wifh  the  Syndic,  and  shall  continne  to  act  during  the  Session, 
either  of  the  Assembly  of  the  Estates  or  of  the  Committee. 

XXVIII.  Proposals  and  recommendations  of  every  description, 
vhich  are  to  be  submitted  to  the  Representative  Assembly  of  the 
Country,  shall  be  made  to  them  in  the  manner  which  has  hitherto 
been  customary,  viz.  through  the  medium  of  our  Government. 

The  arrangement  of  the  manner  in  which  they  are  to  vote  upon  them 
shall  be  left  entirely  to  themselves ;  but,  neverthelesss,  as  often  as  the 
Syndic  shall  deem  it  necessary,  the  votes  shall  be  collected  by  ballcft ; 
and  any  Member  shall  be  at  liberty  to  propose  that  the  discussion  of 
the  point  under  consideration  shall  be  adjourned  to  the  following 
day,  and  shall  be  allowed  to  submit,  in  writing,  his  views  to  the 
Assembly. 

XXIX.  In  the  cases  when,  by  the  decbion  of  the  Representative 
Estates,  a  measure  is  rejected,  the  reasons  for  such  rejection  must  be 
adduced ;  and  we  reserve  to  ourselves  the  right  to  cause  the  proposal 
or  lecommendation  which  had  been  made,  to  be  repeated  through  our 
Govemosent,  with  the  explanation,  in  addition,  of  all  the  arguments 
which  can  be  brought  forward  in  support  of  it ;  and  further,  in  the  event 
of  the  rejection  being  persevered  in,  even  to  cause  the  subject  under 
consideration  to  be  submitted  to  the  whole  Body  of  the  Estates,  for 
discussion  by  them. 

If,  however,  even  after  this  proceeding,  the  object  should  still  be  un- 
attained,  a  Commission  shall  be  appointed,  consisting  of  a  Functionary 
in  the  service  of  the  Sovereign,  and  of  a  Member  of  the  Representative 
Assembly  of  the  Country,  to  investigate  the  matter,  and  if  possible  to 
effeet  an  agreement*  Moreover,  if  this  attempt  also  should  fail,  the 
transactions,  so  far  as  they  are  unconnected  with  Taxes  and  Grants  of 
Money,  shall  be  referred  either  to  a  Foreign  Faculty  of  Law,  or  to  the 
Court  of  Appeal.  The  choice  of  one  of  these  two  Authorities  shall  be 
left  to  the  Representative  Estates  of  the  Country,  and  in  case  they  should 
select  a  Faculty,  they  shall  have  the  nomination  of  the  Commissioners; 
bat  in  that  matter  secresy  shall  be  enjoined. 

XXX.  Whenever  there  is  an  equality  of  votes,  the  Syndic  of  the 
Country  shall  have  the  casting  vote. 

XXXI.  Whatever  may  be  the  opinions  expressed  by  any  Member 
at  the  Sittings,  and  whatever  may  be  the  arguments  by  which  he 
may  preface  or  support  them,  he  shall  not  thereby  offend  the  State; 
he  must  not,  however,  lose  sight  of  that  reverence  and  loyalty  which 
are  due  to  the  Reigning  Prince,  and  that  respect  which  should  be 
paid  to  the  Public  Authorities  of  the  Principality.  Moreover,  no  Mem- 
ber of  the  Representative  Estates  of  the  Country  shall  be  called  upon 
for,  or  compelled  to  give  explanations  of  what  occurs  in  the  course  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


760  WALDECK. 

their  discassioDS,  or  to  produce  any  cfldence  upon  tke  subject  againtta 
Fellow  Member ;  any  Member,  on  the  contrary,  vho  shall  commit  a 
breach  of  that  secresy  which  it  is  incumbent  upon  him  to  observe, 
shall  thereby  rendar  himself  un6t  to  perform  the  duties  of  a  Member 
of  the  Representative  Estates,  and  his  Fellow  Members  of  the  As- 
sembly shall  be  justified  in  urging  his  removal. 

XXXII.  The  Revenue  Chamber  appertaining  to  the  Representative 
Estates  of  the  Country,  instituted  by  the  Convention  of  dd  July,  1814, 
Article  II,  upon  which  we  do  hereby  most  graciously  confer  tbe 
rank  of  a  College  or  Public  Board,  and  which  shall  be  subject  to 
OurMlves  and  the  Estates  alone,  shall  be  provisionally  composed  of: 

1.  One  of  the  Deputies  of  the  Equestrian  Nobility. 

2.  One  of  the  Burgomasters  or  Secretaries  of  the  3  Towns  seadisg 
DtcputieB. 

3.  The  Syndic  of  the  Country. 

4.  A  Cashier,  who  shall  at  the  same  time  act  as  Secretary. 
6.  A  Registrar,  who  shall  act  as  Clerk  also. 

6.  A  Beadle,  and  a  Messenger. 

Moreoverwe  reserve  to  oursel  ves  the  appointment  of  a  Commissioner, 
who,  without  having  a  seat  in  the  Chamber,  shall  cause  to  be  laid 
before  it,  from  time  to  time,  the  Statements  of  the  Accounts,  and  shall 
in  general  give  his  attention  to  the  preservation  of  our  rights. 

XXXIII.  The  Members  mentioned  in  §  §,  1  and  2,  shall  be  elected 
in  the  manner  pointed  out  in  the  Convention  referred  to  in  the  pre- 
ceding Article. 

XXXIV.  The  Revenue  Chamber  of  the  Representative  Estates  of 
the  Countr}  shall  not  comprehend  vrithin  the  sphere  of  its  action,  the 
Debts  contracted  upon  the  Redemption  and  Excise  Funds:  these 2 
Funds  shall  not  belong  to  their  resort,  but  continue  in  future  as 
heretofore  under  the  superintendence  of  the  Board  of  Directioa, 
hitherto  existing  for  the  management  of  the  Public  Debt. 

Without  reference  to  the  above  Funds  (the  Redemption  and  Ex* 
cise  Funds)  the  occupation  of  this  Revenue  Chamber  of  the  Bepre* 
sentative  Estates  of  the  Country  shall  consist  in  the  following : 

1.  To  propose  the  Siatum  exigentim  puhHcm,  or  Budget,  for  each 
year,  and  after  having  laid  it  before  the  Assembly  of  the  Estates  for 
examination,  and  it  has  been  approved  by  that  Body,  to  submit  it  to 
Us  likewise  for  Our  approval. 

2.  To  prepare  the  Accounts  of  the  Revenuesof  the  Countryi  after 
which  the  Principal  Officers  of  the  Exchequer  for  the  time  being,  and 
the  local  Collectors,  shall  provide  for  the  collection  of  them,  which 
shall  be  done  as  far  as  may  be  possible,  every  month. 

3.  To  perform  the  functions  of  the  former  Military  Commissiott. 

4.  To  manage  the  Department  of  Stamps,  and  to  take  care  that 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


WALDECK.  761 

they  are  delivered  over  to  the  Officers  of  the  Exchequer,  id  order  that 
an  account  may  be  kept  of  them. 

It  shall,  moreover,  be  within  the  provhice  of  this  Revenue  Chamber; 

5.  To  adopt  the  proper  compulsory  measures  against  those  Officers 
of  the  Revenue  who  may  be  dilatory  in  the  collection  of  the  same. 

6.  To  receive,  from  month  to  month,  the  Accounts,  showing  the 
state  of  the  Funds  entrusted  to  its  charge,  and  to  take  possession  of 
the  Money  which  has  been  received  in  Cash ;  which  shall  then  be 
deposited  under  the  security  of  3  locks,  of  which  each  of  the  Members 
of  this  Chamber  belonging  to  the  Representative  Assembly  of  the 
Estates,  and  also  the  Cashier,  shall  possess  a  key. 

XXXV.  Inasmuch  as  the  Country,  in  the  terms  of  the  Convention 
concluded  on  the  3rd  July,  1814,  has  undertaken  the  payment  of  the 
Salaries  and  Pennons  of  the  actual  Servants  of  the  State  and  their 
Widows,  according  as  the  same  has  been  settled  in  the  List  contained 
in  the  Recess  of  the  19th  instant,  under  the  Letter  C. ;  and  as  in  con- 
sideration of  this  undertaking,  the  receipt  of  all  the 

a.  Fees  and  Perquisites ; 

6.  Fines; 

c.  Confiscations; 
in  our  Principality  of  Waldeck,  has  been  transferred  to  the  Public,— 
the  Revenue  Chamber  appertaining  to  the  Representative  Estates  of 
the  Country  shall  provide  for  the  payment,  monthly,  of  such  Salaries 
and  Pensions,  according  to  that  Ust. 

XXXVI.  The  said  Chamber  shall,  in  addition,  take  measures  for 
defraying  all  other  expenses  to  which  the  Country  is  liable,  (with  the 
exception  of  those  payments  which  are  transferred  to  the  Fund  for  tlie 
extinction  of  the  Public  Debt.)  viz.,  for  the  support  of  the  Military 
Forces,  according  to  the  scale  laid  down  in  like  manner  in  the  Recess  of 
the  I9th  instant,  under  the  Letter  D,  and  fixed  according  to  the  Peace 
Establishment, — but  to  be  otherwise  regulated  in  the  unlooked*  for  event 
of  a  War ;  in  which  case  the  said  Chamber  will  have  further  to  pro- 
vide for  all  the  other  outlays  which  may  be  necessary  in  consequence 
of  such  interruption  to  Peace ;  and  for  this  purpose  it  shall  unite 
all  the  existing  Revenues  of  the  Country,  with  the  exception,  however, 
of  those  accruing  to  the  Fund  for  the  extinction  of  the  Public  Debt, 
and  of  those  mentioned  in  the  following  Article XXXVII. 

The  said  Chamber  shall,  moreover,  be  authorized  to  act  upon  its 
own  responsibility,  with  reference  to  any  disbursements  which  are 
not  fixed,  and  do  not  involve  any  prejudicial  delay,  if  they  do  not 
exceed  the  sum  of  300  dollars ;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  if  the  object 
should  exceed  this  sum,  it  shall  be  bound  previously  to  obtain  further 
powers. 

XXXVIL  In  order,  moreover,  to  form  a  Special  Fund  for  the  pay- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


762  WALDECK. 

■itDt  of  the  Salaries  of  the  Ser? ants  of  the  State,  there  shall  be  trans- 
ferred  to  such  Fund,  in  addition  to  the  Revenues  already  declared  in 
Article  XXXV: 

1.  The  late  Fond  for  the  payment  of  the  Salaries  of  Public  Officers. 

2.  The  amount  of  the  Duty  upon  Stamped  Paper. 

XXXVI 1 1.  The  Redemption  and  Excise  Fun<b  which  are  secured 
to  the  Crediton  of  the  State,  shall  form  the  proper  Fund  for  the  ex- 
tinction of  the  Public  Debt,  out  of  which  the  Creditors  shall  receive 
the  payment  of  their  Interest,  and  in  which  the  reserve  of  their  Capital 
shall  be  placed.  In  order  to  satisfy  the  Creditors  of  the  Country,  and 
to  maintain  Public  Credit,  the  Revenue  Chamber  appertaining  to  the 
Representative  Estates  shall  be  connected  with  this  Fund,  which 
shall,  however,  be  subject,  as  hitherto,  only  to  the  superintendence  of 
the  Directors  appointed,  viz.,  the  2  Deputies  of  the  Equestrian  Nobility 
and  the  Secretaries  of  the  3  Towns  which  send  Deputies;  which  Di- 
rectors shall  for  this  purpose  hold  3  meetings  in  each  year,  in  the 
Spring  and  Autumn,  and  shall  be  bound  to  investigate  the  state  of  the 
Fund  themselves,  or  to  cause  this  daty  to  be  performed  by  one  of 
their  Board  of  Direction. 

The  Syndic  of  the  Country,  together  with  the  Burgomasters  of  the 
3  Towns  sending  Deputies  to  the  Representative  Estates,  and  Oor 
Government,  will  have  to  take  care  that  all  Monies  paid  to  this  Fund 
shall  be  devoted  to  their  appointed  objects ;  and  in  order  to  replace 
the  sums  drawn  for  this  purpose,  the  Officer  receiving  the  Revenues  of 
the  Country  shall,  from  month  to  month,  not  only  deliver  to  the 
Government  and  to  the  Syndic  an  Account  of  the  state  of  this  Fund, 
but  shall  also  manage  this  Fund  as  hitherto,  whilst  he,  at  the  same 
time,  shall  direct  payment  to  be  made  to  no  other  Order  than  that  of 
the  said  Board  of  Direction  of  the  Fund.  The  Syndic,  however,  shall 
continue  to  be  allowed,  as  hitherto,  to  issue  Drafts  for  the  payment 
of  the  expenses  of  Messengers. 

XXXIX  As,  however,  the  prompt  payment  of  the  Interest  cannot 
alone  maintain  Public  Credit;  but,  in  order  to  attain  this  object, 
a  certain  amount  of  Capital  most  be  annually  reserved ;  theie  shall  be 
set  apart  out  of  this  Fund  for  the  extinction  of  the  Public  Debt,  in 
addition  to  the  sum  required  for  the  payment  of  the  Interest,  the 
further  sum  of  at  least  5,000  rix  dollars  annually,  for  the  purpose 
of  paying  off  claims  on  account  of  the  Capital ;  and  this  amount  shall 
be  increased  according  as  the  Fmances  of  the  State  will  allow  of  it 

XL.  The  auditing  of  the  Accounts  of  the  Fund  for  the  extinction 
of  the  Public  Debt,  and  in  like  manner  those  of  the  Fire-fund,  which 
are  to  be  rendered  by  the  Officer  receiving  the  Revenues  of  the  Country, 
as  well  as  of  the  Accounts  of  all  the  other  Funds  of  the  State,  shall  take 
place  in  the  presence  of  our  Government,  at  the  period  fixed  in  Article 
XXIII. 


I 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SARDINIA  AND  SWITZERLAND.  763 

XLI.  The  Revenue  Chamber  of  the  Country  shall,  in  conseqaence 
of  the  Contributions,  as  well  ordinary  as  extraordinary,  which  it  is 
incumbent  upon  the  Principality  of  Pyrmont  to  render  annually,  be 
bound  not  only  suitably  to  advise  the  existing  Deputies  of  the  said 
Principality  of  Pyrmont,  of  the  proceedings  relative  to  the  Accounts  of 
the  Expenditure  and  the  means  of  providing  the  requisite  sums,  but 
also  attend  to  any  suggestions  which  they  may  have  to  offer  on  this 
subject,  and,  if  they  should  appear  to  be  well  founded,  to  make  the 
necessary  alterations  accordingly. 

XLII.  Upon  the  Accession  of  a  new  Sovereign,  the  Representative 
Estates  of  the  Country  shall  be  convoked,  and  after  the  assurance 
shall  have  been  given  by  him  to  observe  the  present  Constitution,  they 
shall  take  the  Oath  of  Allegiance  to  him. 

In  conclusion : 

XLilT.  The  present  National  Convention,  in  which,  as  we  hope, 
the  principles  of  a  general  liberality  are  sufficiently  expressed,  and 
from  which  neither  we  Ourselves  nor  our  Successors  in  the  Govern- 
ment will  or  shall  deviate  in  any  one  point,  without  the  concurrence 
of  the  faithful  Estates  of  our  Country,  has  been  suitably  perfected  on 
both  sides ;  and  Our  Government  shall  be  charged  with  the  publication, 
thereof. 

Arolsen,  the  19th  of  April,  1816. 

OEORG  HEINRICH. 


TRAlTEde  Limites,  8^c.  entre  Sa  Maje»i6  le  Rot  de  Sardaigne, 
la  CmtfidSration  Suisse^  et  le  Canton  de  Oenive. — Sign4  d 
Turin,  le  16  Mare,  1816. 

[See  Vol.  1819^1820.    Page  21.] 

(Extract)  Art.  XXIII.  Les  dispositions  des  anciens  Traites,  et 
notamment  de  celui  du  3  Juin,  1754,  anxquelles  11  n  est  pas  express^- 
fldentd^rog^  par  le  present  Traite,  sont  confirmees. 


TRAITE  de  lAmitei  entre  Sa  MqfesU  le  Roi  de  Sardaigne,  Charles 
Emanuel  III,  ei  la  Republique  de  Genive. — Signi  d  Turin,  le  3 
Juin,  1764. 

[Confirmed  by  the  preceding  Treaty.] 
Lxs  diff<£rends  qui  subsistent  depuis  long-tems  entre  la  Savoye 
et  Geneve,  ayant  doon6  lien  k  diverses  Puissances  Amies,  et  par- 
ticuli&rement  aux  louables  Cantons  de  Ziirich    et  de  Berne,  de 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


764  SARDINIA   AND    SWITZ£RLAND. 

marqoer  ud  d^sir  sincere  de  les  voir  termia^  par  un  tfrrangempat 
propre  k  etouffer  en  m^me  terns  tout  germe  de  difficulte  poor  raveoir; 
et  Sa  Majeste  ayant  bieti  voula  condesoendre  4  ces  vnes,  et  coBseslir 
qu'oD  en  Tint  a  ces  fins  i  des  Confi^rences  sur  le  Plan  qai  avoit  ete 
propose  de  la  part  desdits  Louables  Cantons;  les  Commissaires 
soussignes,  doement  autorises  de  part  et  d  autre,  en  vertu  des  Pleins* 
pouvoirs  qu*tls  se  sont  respectiveinent  communique,  et  qui  serost 
insert  ci-apr^,  ont  conclu  et  aiT^t^  les  Articles  suivans. 

Art.  I.  Pour  faire  cesser  toutes  I^s  difficultes,  qui  naisseot  de  la 
Mtuation  et  de  la  nature  des  Terres  et  Fiefs  poss^d^s  par  la  Seigneiirie 
de  Geneve  dans  les  Bailliages  de  Temier  et  Oalliard,  il  sera  procede, 
tant  par  vote  de  partage  que  d  echange,  4  la  Limitation  des  Territoires 
don  til  s*agit»  de  la  manidre  et  aux  conditions  ci-apr^ 

IL  La  Banlieue  de  Geneve  du  c6te  de  Galliard,  deji  limits  par 
le  Ruisseau  de  la  Seime,  d^s  son  embouchure  dans  TArve  josqoes  au 
Pont  de  Chesne,  continuera  le  long  de  ce  m^me  Ruisseau,  en  le 
remontant,  d^s  ledit  Pont  de  Chesne  jusques  au  Pont  Bochet,  d'o4Ia 
Limitation  prendra  ensuite  par  le  chemin  tendant  d  Miolans,  et  de  li 
au  Lac,  a  forme  du  Plan  Topographique  et  du  Verbal  signes  4  doable, 
faisants  partie  du  present  Traits. 

IIL  Les  Villages  de  Gy  et  de  Sionnet,  avec  les  Territoires  figures 
sur  le  m£me  Plan,  et  plus  particuti^rement  design^  par  le  Verbal 
relatif  k  icelui,  seront  unis  et  incorpores  au  Mandement  de  Jossy. 

IV.  Du  cAte  de  Ternier,  Sa  Majesty  c^de  k  la  Ville  et  Repubiique 
de  Gen^Te,  le  Terrain  qui  lui  appartient  d  la  Hve  gauche  de  la  Riviere 
d'Anre,  de  la  mani^re  tracee  par  le  Plan  susdit,  qai  laisse  du  cote  de 
Savoye  toutes  les  Maisons  de  Carouge,  par  une  ligne  tiree  d^  le  bord 
de  ladite  Riviere  jusques  au  chemin  qui  conduit  de  Id  an  Crest  des 
Morts,  lequel  chemin  servira  ensuite  de  Limite :  et  de  1^  sera  tiree 
une  ligne  droite  jusques  au  Rhoue  entre  la  Bdtie  et  St.  George,  conune 
sera  plus  particuli Bremen t  expltqn6  dans  ledit  Verbal;  d  la  charge 
que,  d  la  reserve  du  Corps-de- Garde  existant  au  bout  du  Pont  d'Ane, 
tous  les  Bdtimens  qui  sont  daos  ce  Territoire,  y  compris  celui  des 
Vernets,  seront  demolis  et  rase«  aux  fraix  de  la  Seigneurie  de  Generp^ 
dans  le  terme  d'une  ann^e,  sans  qu'oo  puisse  k  ravcnir  y  rka 
bdtir  de  nouveau, 

y.  La  Repubiique  reticndra  encore  les  Villages  de  Cartigny,  la 
Petite-Grave,  Epaisse  et  Passeiry,  avec  leurs  Territoires,  d^  le  grand 
chemin  tendant  de  Geneve  d  Chancy  jusques  au  Rhone,  d  forme  da 
Plan  et  Verbal  auxquels  on  se  rapporte. 

VI.  Dans  les  Lieux  et  Territoires,  ci-devant  exprimes,  Sa  Majeste, 
pour  elle  et  ses  Successeurs  quelsconques,  c^de  k  perpetoit^  ^  I* 
Repubiique  de  Geneve  tous  droits  de  Souverainet6  et  autres  qui 
peuvent  lui  appartenir,  sans  exception  ni  reserve. 

VIL  Reciproquement,  ladite  Repubiique  cdde  dSa  Majeste  et^ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SARDINIA    AND    SWITZERLAND.  765 

ses  Soccessenn,  tous  les  droits  qui  peuvent  loi  appartenir^  sans 
exception,  et  k  quel  titre  que  ce  soil,  hors  des  Umites  et  Territoires 
snsdits,  tant  dans  lesdits  Bailliages  que  dans  le  Duch^  de  Savoye ; 
sons  la  reserve  toutefois  de  Chancy  et  Avully,  et  du  mandement  de 
Jussy,  duquel  sera  encore  d^membre  en  faveur  de  Sa  Majesty,  le 
Territoire  des  Etoles,  et  Grange- Vei^Jusques  au  Nant  de  Tuemant, 
qui  fera  desormais  le  Con6n  dudit  Mandement  dn  c6te  de  Chablais, 
et  sera  procede  h,  la  limitation  de  ces  Territoires  reserves,  par  les 
Commlssaires  respectifs,  qui  aeront  charges  de  I'execution  de  celles 
dont  on  est  convenu  par  ce  Traite. 

VIII.  Dans  les  Cessions  port^es  par  TArticle  precedent,  sont 
compris  tous  les  droits  dont  ladite  Ville  et  Kepublique  jouit,  i  quel 
titre  que  ce  puisse  ^tre,  hors  des  Territoires,  qu'elle  acquiert  ou^ 
eonsenre  par  ce  Traite;  et  entr'autres  cenx  de  Jurisdiction,  Fief, 
Dizmes,  et  autres  Revenues  qnelsconques,  sous  les  reserves  port^es 
par  le  Verbal  susdit,  et  sans  prejudice  de  la  validite  des  Actes  passes 
par  ladite  R^publique,  aa  snjet  des  terres  et  droits  par  elle  cedes,  et 
des  jogemens  rendus  en  contradictoire  et  passes  en  force  de  jng^. 

IX.  Tous  chemins,  sentiers,  ruisseaux  ou  pouts,  qui  par  le 
present  Reglement  pourroient  6tre  regardes  comme  limitrophes,  seront 
de  I'enti^re  Sonverainet^  de  Sa  Majesle. 

X.  Le  Roi  fera  remettre  d  la  lUpublique,  lors  de  Techange  des 
Ratifications  du  present  Traite,  ud  Acte  en  bonne  forme,  portant 
Cession  des  Droits  de  Fief,  Dixmes  et  autres  Revenues,  que  TOrdre 
des  Saints  Maurice  et  Lazare,  soit  la  Commanderie  de  St  Jean, 
possMe  dans  Gendve  et  son  Territoire,  de  la  mani^re  qui  sera  plus 
particnli^rement  expliqu^e  par  ledit  Acte. 

XI.  Tous  les  Titres,  Terriers  et  Documents  concernants  les  choses 
respectivement  c^d^es,  seront  remis  de  bonne  foi  le  pl(it6t  que  faire  se 
pourra,  de  m^me  que  ceux  qui  peuvent  interesser  les  Sujets  du 
Roi. 

XII.  Les  Habitans  des  Lieux  reciproquement  c^des  pourront, 
pendant  le  teirme  de  25  ans,  continuer,  comme  par  le  pass^,  le  libre 
exercice  de  leur  religion,  et  en  faire  les  fonctions  dans  les  Eglises  oii 
Temples  voisins;  et  celui  de  Bossey  sera  conserve  avec  ses  D^- 
pendances  pendant  le  m^me  terme,  pour  la  commodite  et  Pusage  de 
ceux  qui  professent  la  Religion  Protestante  sous  Sal^ve.  Ces  m^mes 
Habitans  auront,  pendant  ce  terme,  la  liberty  de  se  retirer  sans 
obstacle,  ni  payement  de  Finance,  avec  leura  effets  et  le  prix  de  leurs 
biens,  s'ils  ont  occasion  deu  faire  la  vente ;  k  defaut  de  quoi,  il  leur 
■era  loisible,  apr^  le  dit  terme,  de  les  conserver,  en  les  faisantcultiver 
par  des  Personnes  de  la  religion  permise  dans  TEtat  oii  ils  seront 
situes. 

XIII.  Pout  donner  4  la  Republique  des  preuves  de  la  mime 
bienveillance  qu'elle  a  6prouvde  des  Royaux  Predecesseurs  de  Sa 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


766  SARDINIA   AND    SWITZERLAND. 

Majeste^  le  Roi  consent  que  ceux  qui  sent  ou  aeront  Ciioyens  oa 
Bourgeois  de  Geneve,  ne  puissent,  non  plus  que  leurg  Senriteurs  on 
Domestiques,  ^tre  inqui^t^  pour  cause  de  religion  pendant  qa*ils 
sejoumeront  dans  leurs  maisons  et  biens  situes  en  Savoye^  a  la  charge 
toutefois  de  ne  doginaii8er«  et  de  n'y  faire  leur  habitation  principale. 

XIV.  Par  une  suite  de  ces  favorables  dispositions  pour  les  Citoyens 
et  Bourgeois  susdits,  Sa  Majesty  veut  bien  encore  qu'ils  demenrent, 
comme  par  le  pass^,  exempts  de  toutes  tailles,  contributions,  levees  de 
grains,  imp^ts,  rations,  decimes,  et  de  toutes  autres  charges  tant 
ordinaires  qu'extraordinaires,  que  les  biens  appel^  de  I'Anden 
Denombrementp  de  m£me  que  pour  ceux  qui  leur  appartiennent 
actuellement  dans  tous  les  Lieux  que  Geneve  cdde  par  ce  Traite^  on 
qui  sont  de  la  mouTance  des  Fiefs  de  Jussy,  Peney,  Saint  Victor  et 
Chapitre^  de  tous  lesquels  biens  sera  dress^  un  cadastre  particulier, 
apr^s  la  verification  qui  en  sera  faite,  de  la  manidre  expliquee  ]Mr  le 
Verbal  joint  au  present  Trait^. 

XV.  II  y  aura  liberty  r^ciproque  de  commerce ;  et  d  I'egard  do  sel 
D^Bsaire  pour  le  Mandement  de  J  ussy  et  les  Villages  qui  appartien* 
dront  d  Geneve  du  c6te  de  Temier,  on  pourra  le  transmarcher,  comme 
par  le  pass^,  sur  le  Territoire  de  Sa  Mi^jest^,  sans  y  commettre  abus. 
II  sera  de  mSme  loisible  aux  Finances  et  Gabelles  de  Sa  Majesty,  de 
fidra  passer  ou  entreposer  leurs  sels  dans  la  Ville  de  Geneve  et  son 
Territ^ure,  sans  payement  d'aucun  droit. 

XVI.  Sa  Majesty  accorde  en  outre,  tant  pour  les  OiBciers  de 
Gen^e,  que  pour  la  translation  des  Prisonniers,  passage  par  le 
chemin  tendant  du  Pont  Bochet  d  celui  de  Cholex,  et  de  Id  a  Jussy. 

XVII.  Au  moyen  des  arrangemens  port^  par  ce  Traite,  et  par  le 
Verbal  qui  en  fait  partie,  toutes  autres  pretentions,  de  quelle  nature 
qo*elles  puissent  £tre,  demeurent,  sans  autre,  ^teintes  et  an^antiea  de 
part  et  d'autre  d  perp^tuite. 

XVIII.  Les  presents  Articles,  de  mSme  que  le  contenu  dudit  Verbal, 
seront  ratifi^  par  le  Roi  et  la  R^publique  de  Geneve,  et  TecbaDge  des 
Ratifications  se  fera  en  cette  Ville,  dans  le  terme  de  15  jours,  ou 
plutot  si  faire  se  pent. 

Fait  et  arr^te,  en  vertu  des  Pleins-pouvoirs  susdits,  entre  Nous, 
Jean  Joseph  Foncet,  Baron  de  Montailleur,  Seigneur  de  la  Tear,  Con- 
seiller  d'Etat,  au  Norn  de  Sadite  Majesty  ;  et  nous  Pierre  Hussard 
Syndic  et  Conseiller  d'Etat  de  ladite  R^publique,  et  au  Norn  d'lcelle.. 
En  foi  de  quoi,  nons  a?ons  sign£,  et  fait  apposer  le  Cachet  de  nos 
Armes;  d  Turin  le  8ime  du  mois  de  Juin,  1754. 

(L.S.)  FONCET  DE  MONTAILLEUR 

(L.S.)  MUSSARD. 

[Ratifie  par  la  Republique  de  Geneve,  le  13  Juin>  1754.] 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SARDINIA    AND    SWITZERLAND.  767 

(Ann€s^.)—Varbaljami  au  Traiieprecideni. 

QiToiQUB  la  divisioDj  soit  limitation,  coDveoue  dans  le  Traits  pr^- 
sentement  sign^  par  nous,  Cominissaires  respectifs  de  Sa  Majesty,  et 
de  la  R6pablique  de  Geneve,  paroisae  suffisamment  d^montree  par  le 
moyen  det  Plans  Topograpbiques,  dant  les  Copies  ont  et^  en  m^me 
tems  signees  et  remises  de  part  et  d'autre ;  cependant,  pour  assurer 
toajoon  plus  la  preuve  de  ladite  Limitation,  nous  avons  encore  era 
convenable  d  en  dresser  le  present  Verbal,  faisant  partie  dudit  Trait^, 
comma  all  y  ^toit  insere  de  mot  d  mot.  £t  pour  fixer  et  identifier 
d'aatant  mieux  les  ol^ets,  nous  nous  sommes  rapportes  aux  Mappes 
faites  lors  de  la  mensuration  ginerale  de  Savoye,  qui  serviront 
partout  de  regie  pour  le  plantement  des  Bomes. 

En  commen^ant  done  par  la  Banlieue  port^  par  PArticle  II  du 
Traits,  qui  est  confinee  par  le  Ruisseau  de  la  Seime  d^  I'Arve  jusqn' 
an  Pont  Bochet,  elle  sera  ensuite  Hmit^e  par  le  cbemin  tendant  d 
Miolans,  et  qui  passe  entre  les  Numeros  28  et  57,  161  et  638,  629  et 
767,  486  et  768,  789  et  774,  de  la  Mappe  de  Cholex,  et  de  Id  jasqu' 
k  Pressy,  en  suivant  le  m^me  chemio  entre  les  Nos.  785  et  1265,  et 
prenant  ensoite  par  le  sentier  qui  est  entre  les  Nos,  1609  et  1610| 
lequel  sentier,  aprds  a?oir  traverse  la  partie  sup6rieure  dudit  No.  1609, 
continue  entre  ce  m^me  No.  et  le  No.  I4I8,jusqu'au  cbemin  qui  est  entre 
les  Nos.  1416  et  1476,  et  deld  la  Limitation  doit  continuer  par  le  cbemin 
qui  est  entre  les  Nos.I400  et  1490,  d'od  Pon  revient  k  celui  qui  traTcrse 
les  Nos.  1492  et  1500,  de  la  m^me  Mappe,  et  qui  prend  ensuite  entre  les 
Nos.  913  et  1244,  1201  et  1230,  de  celle  de  Collonges  sur  Bellerive  ; 
et  de  Id  on  reviendra  par  le  cbemin  tendant  de  Vesenas  d  Gendve,  d 
Tangle  d'entre  Levant  et  Nord  du  No.  1202,  d*oi!^  la  Limitation  suivra 
entre  ce  m^me  No.  et  le  No.  1137,  josques  au  Lac:  le  tout  en  con* 
formit6  du  Plan  relatif  au  Traits,  et  des  Bomes  qui  doivent  ^tre  plantees 
en  execution  d'icelui,  pour  constater  ladite  Limitation. 

Passant  aux  Villages  et  Territoires  de  Sionnet  et  de  Gy  incorpores 
au  Mandemeut  de  Jussy,  par  TArticle  III  du  Traits,  ce  premier  Village 
sera  limite  par  le  Ruisseau  de  Cbamboton  sortant  dudit  Mandement, 
et  qni  coole  de  Levant  d  Midi  entre  les  Nos.  923, 924,  et  successivement 
entre  lea  Nos.  759  et  958,  de  la  Mappe  de  Meinier;  et  de  Id  on  suivra 
le  cbemin  qui  traveiae  les  Nos.  958  et  1056,  1232  et  1283»  1262  et 
1259,  d'oii  Ton  reviendra  par  le  Cbemin  contigu  d  ce  dernier  No. 
jnsques  d  une  ligne  droite,  qui  apr^s  avoir  divia^  par  moiti^  et  dans 
toate  sa  longueur  le  No.  754,  coupe  ensuite  d  distances  in4gales  les 
Nos.  75%  643,  642,  641,  640,  639,  638,  687,  et  686,  jusques  d  un 
autre  cbemin,  par  lequel  la  1  Jmitation  suivra,  jusques  audit  mande- 
ment  entre  les  Nos.  609  et  741,  et  successivement  entre  les  Nos.  632 
et  730,  de  la  m^me  Mappe  de  Meinier. 

Pour  regard  de  Gy,  la  Limitation  convenu  prend  par  le  cbemin  qni 
est  entre  les  Nos.  852  et  853,  de  la  Mappe  do  FonceneX}  et  de  Id  entre 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


768  SARDINIA  ANQ  SWITZERLAND.. 

les  Nos,  867.  et  864,  jusques  &  I'angle  d*eQtre  coochant  et  nord  da 
No,  878,  d  od  Von  tirera  line  Ligne  droite  jusques  k  Tangle  d*entre 
couchant  et  midi  du  No.  910,  et  contournant  euBoite  ce  m^me  No.  on 
snivra  le  chemin  jusqu'd  I'augle  d  entre  nord  et  Levant  dn  No.  689, 
d  od  Ton  tirera  une  autre  ligne  droite  k  I'angle  d'entre  nord  et  LeTaot 
du  No.  504,  etrevenant  ensuite  par  le  chemin  contigu  i  Tangle  d'entre 
Levant  et  Midi  du  No.  657,  Ton  tirera  de  li  une  autre  ligne  droite  i 
Tangle  d  entre  couchant  etnord  du  No.  551,  d'od  la  LimitatioD  saWra 
entre  ledit  No.  551,  et  le  No.  550,  jusques  au  chemin  qui  est  entre  oes 
Nos.  et  les  Nos.  520  et  521,  pour  venir  de  \k  k  celui  qui  passe  entre 
les  Nos.  528  et  744,  et  qui  continue  entre  les  Nos.  740  et  741,  et  snc- 
cessivement  entre  les  Nos.  814  et  821,  de  la  m^me  Mappe  de  Fonce> 
nex  jusques  au-  mandement  de  Jnssy,  i  forme  des  Plans  particuliefs 
concernants  Gy  et  Sionnet, 

Quant  au  Terrain  ce66  par  TArticle  lY,  la  Limitation  sen  fera  par 
la  Ligne  qui  prend  d^  le  bord  de  la  Riviere  d'Arve,  et  traversant  la 
Chaussee  passe  d  Tangle  de  vers  le  nord  du  No.  202,  de  la  Mape  de 
Lane  J,  et  de  Id  coupe  le  chemin,  et  successivement  les  Nos.  197,  19K 
et  194,  de  la  mani^re  tracee  sur  ledit  Plan,  qui  laisse  les  maiaons 
mesur^es  sous  les  Nos.  195, 196,  et  204,  du  c6t^  de  Saroye,  de  niftme 
que  le  chemin,  qui  conduit  de  Textremite  de  ladite  ligne  au  Crest  des 
Morts,  jusques  au  No.  185,  d'od  sera  tire  une  ligne  droite  jusques  au 
Rhdae,  finissant  ^  Textremite  des  Nos.  1277  et  1300,  le  tout  suivant 
le  Plan  particulier  tire  de  ladite  Mappe,  qui  a  ete  sigo^  de  part  et  d'aatre, 
pour  servir  de  regie  k  ce  sujet. 

Et  popr  regard  des  Villages  et  Territoires  ced^  par  TArticle  Y. 
ceux  de  la  Petite  Grave  and  Cartigny  seront  limites  par  le  grand 
chemin  tendant  de  Geneve  d  Chancy  du  cot^  du  Midi,  d^  les  Nos. 
720  et  686,  de  Bernex,  jusqu*  aux  Nos.  2806  et  3867,  de  Tairier,  et  dn 
cote  du  Levant  par  le  Nant  de  Chalon,  qui  coule  entre  les  Nos.  3922 
et  982,  de  Bernex,  et  soccessivement  entre  les  Nos.  935  et  3930, 
passant  de  Id  au  Levant  des  Nos.  936  et  937,  de  la  m^me  Mappe,  d*od 
la  Limitation  continue  par  la  Biali^re  dn  Moulin  de  la  Rataz  jusqu'i 
Textremi(6  du  No.  3188,  en  suivant  de  Id  la  Ligne  confinale  de  la 
Mappe  de  Bernex  jusques  au  Rhone,  qui  fait  le  nord  aux  Yillages  sus- 
dits,  lesquels  aboutissent  k  celui  d'AvuIly  du  c5t^  du  Couchant. 

Et  quant  aux  Yillages  de  Passery  et  Epeisse,  lis  seront  confines 
du  cdt6  du  Midi  par  le  m^me  grand  chemin  tendant  de  Gendve  d 
Chancy,  d^  les  Nos.  2676  et2689,  de  Tairier,  jusques  aux  Nos.  1845 
et  1993,  de  Yiry ;  et  pour  le  surplus,  its  se  continent  par  les  Terri* 
toires  de  Chancy  et  Avully  du  Couchant  et  Levant,  et  par  le  Rhdne 
devers  le  Nord. 

Four  regard  du  Territoire  des  Etoles,  et  Grange  Yeigy,  cede  d  Sa 
M.ajeste  par  TArticle  Yll,  la  limitation  entre  ces  Territoires  et  le 
mandement  de  J  ussy  se  fera  par  le  Ruisseau  appeli  Nant  des  Creux, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SARDINIA  AND  iSWITZERLAND.  769 

«ii  de  Taeitiant*  qui  conle  d^s-one  Itmite  de  pierre  existante  entre  les 
ParoisseB  de  SL  Cei^aes  et  Machilly  en  Cbablais,  Ten  I'angle  m^ri« 
flional  du  No.  1539,  de  la  Mappe  dadit  Machilly,  et  qui  apr^  avoir 
traverse  partie  dudit  MandemeDt  entre  dans  le  Naot  de  Loisia,  soit 
d*Hermance. 

Et  pour  trancfaer  toutesle^difficuhdaqui  pourroient  nattre  au  aujet 
de  la  limitation  dudit  Mandement  de  Jussy,  il  a  ^te  conveno*  qn'k  la 
reaerve  des  portions  respectivement  incorporees,  et  demembr^es  par  les 
Articles  III  et  VII  du  Traits,  cette  limitation  se  fera  pour  le  surplas 
de  mani^re^  que  tout  le  terrain  mesor^  dans  les  Mappes  des  Paroissea 
coflifinaiites  audit  Mandement  reste  de  la  Souveraioete  de  Savoye. 

Bien  entendn  que  dans  tons  les  eliefs  de  limitation,  ci-devant  sp6« 
€ifi^,  l*on  se  rapportera  k  TArticle  IX'do  Traite ;  et  que  par  rapport 
anx  endroits,  dont  la  limitation  u  est  pas  arr^tee,  et  convenne  par  le 
present  Verbal,  le  Plan  Topographique  et  d^monstratif»  anqnel  on 
ae  rapporte,  ne  fera  aucnn  prejudice  a«x' droits  des  Parties. 

Et  poor  plus  grand  ^claircissement,  et  en  explication  de  qaelqnes 
antres  Articles  dodtt  Traits,  nous  d^clarons,  en  vertu  de  oos  Pou« 
Toirs  respectifs,  qu^au  sujet  de  TArticIe  11,  il  a  ^te  convenu,  que 
Geneve  aura  le  terme  de  4  ans  pour  transporter  le  Temple  de  Ck^ne 
aar  son  Territoire,  avec  liberty  de  s*en  servir  comme  ci-devant,  de 
mtoe  que  des  Bitimens  et  du  Cimeti^re  en  d^pendans,  durant  ce 
terme ;  apr^s  lequel  le  tout  sera  d  la  disposition  du  Roi,  a  la  reserve 
des  mat^rittux  du  Temple.  Sa  Majesty  pourra  aussi  faire  enlever  ceux 
de  ses  Bureaux  du  Pont  d'Arve  et  de  Grange*Canal,  dans  le  ooara  de 
la  pr6sente  ann^ ;  bien  entendu  que  le  sol  desdits  Bureaux  reatera 
anz  Seigneurs  de  Geneve.  Dans  les  cessions  portees  par  TArticle 
VIII  se4rouve  compris  tout  Droit  de  Fief,  appartenant  k  TUdpital 
de  Geneve  hors  de  son  Territoire,  mais  non  point  les  bien- foods  et  lea 
2  dixmesy  qull  poss^de  dans  les  Bailliages  de  Temier  et  Gaillard, 
non  plus  que  les  pres  des  Ministres  de  Chancy  et  Cartigny,  riere  La- 
connex  et  Valeiry,  lesquels,  de  m^me  que  les  fonds  dudit  H6pital, 
aeront  mis  dans  le  Cadastre  des  Biens  de  I'Ancien  D^nombrement : 
il  sera  toutefob  loisible  i  Sa  Majesty  de  retenir  ces  Dixmes,  moyea- 
nant  une  cession  de  la  part  du  Cure  de  Choulex  et  autres,  des  portions 
de  Dixmes  qui  pourroient  leur  competer,  dans  le  Territoire  de  la  R£- 
poblique. 

A  regard  de  TArticle  XIV,  il  a  ^t^  convenu,  que  dans  la  verifica- 
tion i  faire  des  biens  appartenans  aux  Ci  toy  ens  ou  Bourgeois  de  Geneve, 
comme  relevans  des  Fiefs  de  St.  Victor  et  Chapitre,  tout  ce  qui  se 
troQvera  renferme  dans  les  Mas  portes  par  les  indications  que  ladite 
Villa  en  a  donne  I'annee  derai^re,  sera  cense  ^tre  de  la  mouvance  des 
Fiefii  susdits,  pendant  qui!  n'y  aura,  par  le  moyen  d'autres  Fiefs, 
preoves  du  contraire,  et  que  par  rapport  k  ce  qui  est  dans  ces  m6mes 
indications  en  portions  ddtachees,  les  Possesseurs  qui  pritendront  A 
[1816—16.]  8D 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


770  NETHERLANDS  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

l'ex«iiiptioii  portee  par  tedit  Article  XIV,  seront  aussi  charg^  dc  k 
preave  de  cefcte  m^e  inouvaace ;  d  quelles  fins  exbtbition  sera  fate 
dea  Terriers  qui  peavent  en  ju8ti6er.  £t  ceux  qui  echoueront  daat  ka 
f iriQcatioos  ausditea,  seront  admia  k  ^tablir  qoe  cea  m^mes  bieoa  scat 
dana  le  caa  deceux  de  PAncieo  D^nombrement,  pour  avoir  toajoon^ti 
poaaedes  par  dea  Citoyena  ou  Bourgeois  de  Geneve  d^  le  21  Joille^ 
160^  BieD  eotendu  que  lea  fonds^  qai  se  trouTeront  parcette  verifier 
tiou  daoa  le  cas  do  privilege  de  ceax  de  I'Ancien  D^oombremeatt  le 
perdront  aans  retour  d4s  qu'ils  iie  seront  plus  entre  les  BiaiBs  dei 
Citoyeos  oa  Bourgeois  aosdits,  et  sans  qu'au  resle  Pexemptioo  pertee 
par  ledit  Article  XIV  puiaae  a'enteikdre  dea  Dixmes  ou  dea  Serficc% 
•eft  autres  Droits  r^sultana  dea  Fiefs  cid^  par  Geneve. 

Leadita  Citoyeos  et  Bourgeois  jouiro&t  egalement,  pur  ranon  det 
biens  relevans  do  Fief  des  Maccabees,  de  lexemptioo  dudil  Artidt 
XIV  daoa  lea  Haa  setilement  portes  par  lea  indicatioDa  aosditeSk  ct  at 
pourront  6tre  inquiet^a  pour  cauae  d*arreragea  pr^udua,  k  Toccsstoo 
de  ce  m^me  Fief. 

Fait  i  Turin,  le  3^me  du  mois  de  Juin,  1754. 

(LS.)     FONCET  DE  MONTAILLEUR. 

(L.S.)    MUSSARD. 


ARBETE  du  Bai  des  Pays  Bas,  relaiif  d  la  Navigation  et 
am  Commerce  des  Propri4taires  Fanciers  Nierlandais  dam 
Us  Colonies  Brtianniques  de  Demerary^  Essequebo  et 
Sei'bice.'^La  Haye,  le  21  DScembre^  1815. 

Nous,  Guillanme,  par  la  grice  de  Dteu,  Roi  des  Pays  Bas,  Priaee 
d'Orange-NassaUy  Grand- Due  de  Luxembourg,  etc.,  etc.,  etc. 

Vu  la  Convention  conclue  4  Londres,  le  12  Ao6t  dernier,*  entre 
Notre  Ambassadeur  et  le  Comte  de  Batborst,  Secretaire-d'Etat  de  la 
Grande  Bretagne,  an  sujet  de  la  navigation  et  du  commerce  de* 
Colonies  de  Demerary,  Essequebo  et  Berbice ; 

Et  voulant,  en  consequence,  arr^ler  les  mesures  n^cessaires,  spk* 
cialeroent  4  regard  des  dispositions  interm^di aires  encore  en  Ttgneor 
relativement  i  la  navigation  et  an  commerce  avec  les  Colonies  dei 
Indes  Occidentales  en  g^n^ral : 

Sur  le  Rapport  de  Notre  Mioistre  des  Affaires  Etrangferes,  de  Notre 
Conseiller-d'Etat,  Directeur- General  du  Commerce  et  des  Colonies,  et 
de  Notre  Directeur-Gen^ral  des  Douanea ; 

Notre  Conseil  d'Etat  entendu, 

Avona  arr4t6  et  arr^tons : 

Art.  I.  La  Conveption  ci-dessus  mentionn^e  sera  rendne  pnbliqos, 
afin  que  tons  ceox  que  la  cbose  int^resse  soient  h  m^me  de  s'y  confornff* 
.  •  See  P^;e  386. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NETHERLANDS  AND  GREAT  BRITAIN.  771 

tl.  D'aprts  les  dispoutioDs  y  coDtenues,  les  reglemisDs  ^tablis  par 
U  I^  du  9  Juillet,  1814^  qui  a  ouvert  aiix  habitans  des  Pays  Baa  la 
navigation  aax  lodes  Occidentales^  seront  ceoses  annules  aa  ler  Jan* 
Tier  prochaiD. 

III.  Ceux  de  Nos  Sojets  qui  sont  propri^taires  foncien  dans  les 
Colonies  de  Demerary,  Esseqaebo,  et  de  Berbice,  ou  qui  ont  droit 
dliypotb^que  sur  les  plantations  y  sita6es«  pourront  naviguer  vers  cea 
Colonies  et  y  trafiqaer,  i  daterda  ler  Jan?ier«  1616,  pourva  qu'ils  se 
condoisent  conform^ment  d  la  Convention  ci-dessus  mentionn^e. 

IV.  Les  dispositions  des  Articles  1  et  II  de  la  Loi  da  27  Mai^  IS16, 
•ont  decUr^esappHcablesau  commerce  de  la  navigation  des  Pays  Bkb, 
tant  vers  les  Colonies  de  Demerary,  Essequebo,  Berbice,  et  vice  versA* 
que  vers  la  Colonie  de  Sarinam  et  lea  lies  de  Cura9ao,  St.  Eostache 
et  St.  Martin  avec  leurs  Dependences,  et  vice  versA,  sauf  cependant 
{'exemption  de  droits  de  sortie  pour  les  objets  qui  seront  expedies 
des  Ports  des  Pays  Bas  pour  Surinam  dans  des  navires  Nationaux. 

V.  En  vertu  de  TArticle  X  de  la  Convention,  les  Sujets  Beiges 
habitant  dans  le  Royaume  et  possessionnes  dans  les  Colonies  de  De- 
Oierary,  Esseqnebo  et  Berbice,  adresseront  au  ler  Fevrier  1816,  au 
plas  tard«  au  Departement  dn  Commerce  et  des  Colonies,  des  Etats 
contenant  leurs  noms  et  demeure  et  les  noms  et  descriptions  des  planta* 
lions  qui  leur  appartiennent,  en  tout  ou  en  partie,  dans  lea  Colonies 
ansdites,  enexprimant  si  ce  sont  des  plantations  iisucreoaautrea. 

VI.  Les  Sujets  Beiges,  porteurs  d'hypoth^ques  sur  des  plantations 
situees  dans  les  susdites  Colonies,  seront  ^galement  tenus  d'adresser 
au  ler  Fevrier  prochain  ou  p]ut6t,  au  Departement  du  Commerce  et 
des  Colonies,  le  montant  de  leur  dette  bypoth^caire  telle  qn'elle  existe 
acutellement,  ou  telle  qu*elle  doit  £tre  reglee  aux  termes  de  TArtide  I V 
de  la  Convention. 

VIL  Lea  d^arations,  requisea  par  les  2  Articles  pr^cedens* 
devront  ^tre  renouvelees  annuel lement  par  les  iut^reases,  et  ce,  avant 
le  ler  Janvier  de  chaque  ann^e. 

VI II.  Le  Departement  du  Commerce  etdes  Colonies  fera  annuelle«> 
ment  former  nne  Liste  g^nerale  des  d^larations  susmentionn^es,  et 
eo  adressera  des  Copies  aux  D^partemena  des  Affaires  Etrang^a  et 
des  Douanes. 

IX.  Le  Departement  des  Affaires  Etrang^res  est  autoris^  i  fairo 
communiquer  officiellement  au  Miniature  de  Sa  Majesty  Britannique, 
lea  chang^meos  que,  d'apr^  la  Convention  du  12  Ao6t  dernier*  Nous 
avooa  appOTt^a  aux  dispositions  relatives  k  la  navigation  et  au  com- 
merce dea  Indes  Occideatales,  et  k  transmettre  successivement  audit 
Hi0ist^re  les  Liates  annnelles  qui  lui  seront  adress^es  en  vertu  de  FAr- 
tide  precedent  par  le  Departement  dn  Commerce  et  dea  Colonies*  em. 
demandant  en  m^me^tempa  communication  des  Listes  des  Beiges*  pro* 
prietaires  de  plsntatioos  ou  porteurs  d'hypotb^nes  dans  Isa  Colonka 

3  D  2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


772  HESSE -CASSEL. 

« 

d«  Demerary,  Essequebo,  et  Berbice  ;  lesquelles  Listes,  d'apr^s  let  Ar- 
ticles VIII  et  X  de  la  Conventian,  doivent  ^tre  formees  dans  lesCoIo* 
flies  m^mes. 

X.  Ces  derni^res  Listes  seront^  d  mesure  qa  elles  panriendront  an 
D^parieraent  des  Affaires  Etrang^es,  transmises  en  Copie  i  cetu  da 
Commerce,  des  Colonies  et  des  Douanes. 

XI.  Notre  Ministre  des  Affaires  Etrang^es^  Notre  Consciller- 
d'Etat,  Directenr-Gen^ral  da  Commerce  et  des  Colonies,  et  le  Direc 
teur  General  des  Doaanes  sont,  chacun  en  ce  quile  conceme,  charges 
de  I'ex^cation  du  present  Arr^te,  dont  Copie  sera  adreasee  au  CoDseil- 
d*Etat,  et  qui  sera  d'ailleors  public  an  moyen  da  Staatsblad  et  do 
Journal  Officiel. 

Fait  d  LaHaye,  le  21  D^cembre,  1815,  et  le  2^mede  Notre  Rdgne; 
Par  Son  Altesse  Royale,  GUILLAUME. 

A.  R.  Falck. 


OEDONNANCE  de  VElecteur  de  Hesse,  relative  a  laform 
du  Oouvemement  d  6iablir  dans  VElectorat. — Cassd,  k 

4  ilfar^^  1817.  (Traduction) 

Nou8  Guillaume  ler,  Electeur  de  Hesse,  etc. 

Ayaot  juge  convenable,  d'apr^  lea  rapports  actuels^  d  etablir  par 

une  Loi  commune  k  notre  Dynastie  et  d  I'Etat,  des  r^lemens  et  des 

dispositions  sor  lesquels  nous  puissiuns  fonder  Tassurance  que  la  pros- 

.  perite  de  notre  Maison  et  le  bien-6tre  de  i'Etat  seront  afferrais  d'nae 

mani^re  durable,  nous  ordounousce  qui  suit: 

Art.  4.  Toutes  les  Provinces  de  I'Electorat  de  Hesse,  ainsi  qoe 

tout  ce  qui  y  sera  r^uni  dans  la  suite,  forment  pour  toujours  on  toot 

^  indivisible  et  inalienable.     L'echange  de  quelques  parties  s^arees  oe 

peot  avoir  lieu  qde  contre  un  objet  complement  equivalent,  et  qui 

soit  lie  avec  d'autres  avantages  importans. 

II.  La  forme  du  Gouveinement  reste,  comme  elle  a  et^  jusqulci, 
Monarcbique,  avec  une  Constitution  d'Etats,  L  ordre  de  succession 
etle^roitde  primogeniture,  d  Pexclusion  des  Princesses,  sontetablis 
poor  toutes  les  Provinces  actuelles  et  d  venir  de  la  Hesse  Electofale. 

III.  Le  Souverain  sera  majeur  d  18  ans  accomplis. 

"IV.  En  cas  de  miuorite,  la  Tutelle  et  la  lUgence  appartienneot  i 
la  M^re,  et  si  elle  n'existe  plus,  d  TAgnat  le  plus  proche. 

v.  Dans  ces  8  cas,  la  Tutelle  a  un  Conseil  de  Regence,  compost 
de  8  Membres  qu  elle  doit  consuiter  pour  toutes  les  affaires  da  Gon« 
vemement  Si  le  Souverain  n'a  point  ordonne  de  dispositions  ^veo- 
tuelles  d  cet  ^gard,  la  Tutelle  choisit  elle.m^me  les  Membres  de  ce  Con- 
seil ;  mais  elle  ne  pent  en  suite  les  renvoyer  d  son  gri. 

VI.  Aucan  Prince  et  aucune  Princesse  de  la  Famille  Electorale 
n#peut  se  marier  sans  le  consentement  du.Souvera. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


FRANCE.'  773 

Vfl.  Ud  Prince  de  la  Famille  Electorale  ne  peat  egalement  entrer  & 
QD  service  ^tranf^r,  sans  avoir  pr^alablement  obtenu  Tagr^ment  de  son 
Souverain,  qui  ne  peut  le  refuser  sans  an  motif  important. 

Ylli.  L*Heritier  Presomptif  et  ses  Descendans  ont  rang  avant  tons 
les  Princes  et  Princesses  de  la  famille.  Le  rang  de  ceux-ci  se  r^gle 
d^apr^s  la  proximite  de  parente  avec  le  Soaverain :  i  degre  egal,  I'dge 
donne  le  rang. 

TX.  A  I'exception  du  Soaverain  et  de  son  Epoasej  les  Colleges  du 
Pays  ne  peavent, ii  moina  d'une  permission  du  Soaverain,  paraUre  de- 
vant  personne,  soit  en  corps,  soit  en  deputation. 

X.  Tons  les  apanages  etablis  pour  les  Princes  paints  et  les 
Princesses  doivent  toujours  leur  ^tre  pay^s  ponctaellement  et  r6gulidre- 
ment.  Par  an  sentiment  d'attachement  particulier,  nous  ^tendons  ce 
que  nous  avons  regie  sous  ce  rapport  pour  nos  2  Fr^es^  en  ce  sens 
qii'en  cas  de  mort  de  Tun  ou  de  Pautre,  et  de  sa  descendance  mascu- 
line, sa  quote  part  passe  au  survivant  et  h  sa  descendance  masculine;' 
cepeadant  dans  le  cas  o^  le  defnnt  aurait  laisse  une  Princesse  qui  ne 
serait  pas  marine,  elle  devrait  en  avoir  une  part. 

XI.  Le  Soaverain  peut,  suivant  son  bon  plalsir,  et  particuli^rement 
fli  l*EIectorat  recevait  un  accroissement  important,  augmenter  les  apa- 
nages; mais  il  ne  peut  les  diminuer  dans  aucun  cas. 

Xlf.  Toas  les  traitemens  et  pensions  de  tons  les  Employes,  tant 
i  la  Cour  que  dans  le  miiitaire  et  le  civil,  doivent  toujours  kite  regu- 
li^rement  payes. 

XIII.  Aucun  Employ^  de  TEtat  ne  peut  ^tre  destitu^  ou  priv^  de 
sou  traitement  sans  une  sentence. 

XIV.  Ceux  que  leur  Age  ou  la  faiblesse  rendent  incapables  de  con- 
Cinuer  leurs  fonctions,  doivent  jouir  d'une  pension  proportionn^e  d  leur 
rang  et  d  leurs  anuses  de  service. 

En  foi  le  quoi,  etc. 
Cassel,  le  4  Mars,  1817. 

GUILLAUME,  Electeur.    ^ 


ORDONNANCE  du  Rot  de  France^  cancemani  les  El^ves 
Viee^Cansuls,  et  le  mode  d^ admission  et  d^avancement  dans 
la  carriire  des  Consulais. — Paris^  le  15  D4cembre,  1815. 

Louis,  par  la  grdce  de  Dieu,  Roi  de  France  et  de  Navarre; 

Les  Consulats  ^tant  institues  pour~})roteger  le  commerce  et  la 
navigation  de  nosSujets  aupr^sdes  Autorites  Etrang^res,  pour  exercer 
la  justice  et  la  police  sur  nos  dits  Sujets,  et  pour  foumir  au  Gouverne- 
ment  les  Docnmens  qui  doivent  le  mettre  d  m^me  d'assurer  la  pros* 
perite  du  commerce  exterieur,  noas  avons  reconnu  que  cettedestihafton 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


774  FBANCK. 

Be  pooTait  Itre  remplie,  si  les  Penonnes  appellee  aax  foactioiift  de 
Consul  n'avaient  acquis^  par  des  ^tades  speciales  et  approprito  aa  bat 
de  riDstroctioD,  aiosi  que  par  une  experience  suffisante,  des  coaoai^ 
sauces  positi?es  dans  le  droit  public,  dans  la  legislation  et  les  OMtiens 
de  commerce ; 

En  consequence,  et  ?u  TOrdonnance  du  3  Mars,  1781,  ooncenaat 
lesConsulats; 

8ur  le  Rapport  de  uotre  Ministre  Secretaire  d'Etat  au  Deparfceaeot 
des  Affaires  Etrang^res ; 

Nous  avons  ordonne  et  ordonnons  ce  qui  suit : 

Art.  I.  Des  El^ves  Vice-Consuls  seront  places  prte  de  bos  Cob- 
sals  Generaux  et  Consuls*  tant  en  Le?aDt  que  dans  les  aotres  Pays  di 
Consulat  Le  nombre  des  Ei^Tes  est  fixe  i  12.  Les  residences  aax« 
quelles  ils  devront  etre  attaches  seront  uUerieurement  detennioeei. 

II.  La  somme  de  16»000  francs,  affectee  k  cette  depense,  par  notit 
decision  du  18  Juin,  1814,  sera  portee  i  24,000  francs. 

III.  Les  Postulans  anx  places  d'El^?es  Vice-Coosuls  Be  poairoat 
y  (tre  admis  que  depuis  Tige  de  20  ans  jnsqu'4  I'&ge  de  25  ani»  et 
aprte  avoir  subi  un  examen,  conformement  au  Reg  lament  qui  teim 
donne  d  cet  effet  par  notre  Ministre  Secretaire  d*Etat  an  Departement 
des  Affaires  Etrang^res. 

IV.  Les  El^ves  Vice-ConsuIs  seront  loges  chez  les  Consak  el 
nourris  i  leur  table.  II  sera  alloue  pour  cette  depense,  anidits  Cob- 
suls,  une  somme  annuelle  de  500  francs,  d  prelever  ear  le  traitemest 
attribue  aux  El^ves  Vice-Consuls. 

V.  L' Article  11  du  Titre  ler  de  POrdonnance  do  3  Man,  1781, 
qui  r^gle  le  mode  d'admission  et  d'avancement  dana  la  earners  des 
Consulats,  sera  remis  en  vigueur,  et  il  ne  pourra  y  avoir  d*exceptioB 
d  cet  egard,  qu'en  faveur  des  Personnes  ay  ant  dejd  rempii  les  foactioai 
de  Consul  et  de  celles  attacbees,  soit  k  1*  Ad  ministration  des  ConsnlaU, 
sott  anx  autres  branches  du  Departement  des  Effaires  Etraagtesi  msii 
■eulement  apres  4  ans  de  service  effectif. 

Notre  Ministre  Secretaire  d'Etat  au  Departement  des  Affiiires 
Etrang^res  est  charge  de  I'execution  de  la  presente  Ordonnance. 

Donne  k  Paris,  en  notre  Chdteau  desTuileries,  le  15  Decembrede 
Tan  de  grice  1816,  et  de  notre  R^gne  le21^me. 

ParleRoi.  LOUIS. 

Le  Ministre  Secretaire  dEtat  dee  4^nrer  Etrangem, 
President  du  dmseil  des  Mhmtres, 

RtCfUMCI^. 


REGLEMENT coneemmt  les  Eiives  Fm-Cenjiffr.— U  /am,  18I& 
Vn  les  Articles  I  et  III  de  TOrdonnance  du  Rol,  en  date  do  15 
IMcembre,  1815,  concemant  les  El^ves  Vice-Consob,  nous  svoai 
arrtte  les  dispositions  reglementaires  qui  suivent: 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


Art. I.  Lea  PuatalaDS  aux  Placea  d*EIdvea  Vic6-*CoQ8alB  Aoront  a 
jiistifier  par  pieces  niithentiqaes; 

Qa*iU  soot  daiig  Vige  preacrit  par  I'OrdoDQance,  c  eat-i-dire  qo'ila 
oat  20  ana  accomplia  et  moina  de  26 ; 

Qu'ila  ont  termine  leurs  ^tadea  dans  la  faculte  des  lettrea ; 

fit  qa'ila  out  aaivt  le  coura  de  droit  profeaa^  d  Paria  aur  le  Code  de 
Commerce, 

II.  Lea  Postulana  devront  eo  oatre  avoir  la  coanaiaaance  an  aaoins 
de  lane  dea  3  languea,  Allemande^  Anglaise,  oa  Eapagoole; 

Etre  iaatruiU  de  rarithm^tique  comprise  dana  le  coara  de  Bezoat» 
«t  avoir  lea  notiooa  de  geom^trie  et  trigonometrie  aa  poiot  Gonvenable 
Ipoiur  le  jaugeage  dea  navirea,  pour  Part  de  lever  lea  plana^  et  pour  la 
determinaiion  abaolue  dea  lieux  par  celle  de  leur  latitude  et  de  leur 
ioagitttde:  ila  aeroat  ezamtnea  par  lea  Peraoonea  que  le  Mioiatra 
•odiquera. 

Ila  devrout  joindre  i  cette  inatroction  une  ecriture  reguli^re  et  une 
eonnaiaaance  du  deasin  suffiaante  pour  le  lavia  dea  plana. 

III.  Parmi  lea  Postulana^  lea  fila  et  neveux  dea  Cooaula  aeront 
preier^a,  pourvo  toutefoia  qu'ila  rempliaaent  lea  eouditiona  preacritea 
par  lea  Articlea  prec^dena. 

IV.  Lea  El^vea  Vice-Conauls  aont  plac^  aoua  Pautorite  et  la 
direction  dea  Consuls  Geueraux,  et  Conauls  pr^s  deaquela  ila  rMdent : 
ila  se  maintiendront  i  leur  egard  dana  la  subordination  la  plua  exacte. 

y.  Lea  Conaula  Gdneraux  et  Consula  aappliqueront  par-deaaua 
loot  i  cultiver  daus  les  El^vea  les  aentimens  de  religion  et  de  morale^ 
ainai  que  la  noblesse  et  Televation  de  caract^re  qui  doivent  appartenir 
A  dea  hommea  deatin^s  k  aervir  le  Roi,  et  k  faire  honorer  le  aom 
Fran9aia  chez  lea  Nationa  Etrangerea. 

VL  Lea  ^todea  dea  El^vea  auront  pour  objet: 

1*.  La  eonnaiaaance  de  ce  qui  conatitue  I'Office  de  Consul :  ila 
feroat  I'analyae  des  Ordonnances,  Reglemens  et  Instructions  qui  se 
rapportent  aux  fonctiona  des  Consuls,  soit  dana  leora  rappprts  avec 
PAtttorit^  Etrang^re,  aoit  dana  Texercice  de  la  justice  et  de  la  police 
^  envera  lea  Natiooaux,  N^gocians,  Navigateurs  et  autrea,  aoit  dana  la 
partie  d'admioiatratioo  qui  leur  pent  £tre  d^l^gu^  relativement  h  noa 
etablisaemens  commerciaux  et  an  service  de  la  Marine. 

2*,  La  connaissance  des  inter^ta  commerciaux  de  la  France  k 
l^gard  dea  Paya  o^  ila  reaidenU  Ila  itudieront  et  analyaeront  lea 
ouTragea  lea  plua  recommandablea  en  mati^re  de  commerce  et 
d'^conomie  politique ;  lea  ouvrages  de  statistique  faita  aur  la  Prance  et 
le  Paya  de  leur  reaidence;  lea  Inatitntiona,  lea  Loia  et  r6glemena 
d'adminiatration  da  m^me  Pays,  t^ui  se  rapportent  directement  ou 
indirectement  au  commerce;  les  Traites  et  Conventions  de  Com- 
merce faita  par  cette  Puisaance  avec  les  autres  Peuples,  et  notammeat 
avec  la  France. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


776  PRANCE. 

VII.  Les  filives  apprendront  la  langue  da  Pays  de  lear  r^mleiio^ 
ov  8*7  perfectionneroDt  s'ils  la  saveDt  dejk,  Ceax  enToyea  en  Lerut 
8 appliqueront  a  letude  des  laogaes  Tarque  ei  Grecqve.  Lean pro- 
gr^  seront  constates  par  lesDrogmaosde  TEchelle,  ainsi  quilcst 
present  par  TOrdonnaDce  du  8  Mars,  1781. 

YIII.  Les  El^ves  assisteront  les  Consuls  Generavx  et  CoBsob 
dans  rexercice  de  leurs  fonctions,  toates  les  fois  que  oeox^ci  le 
jngeront  con?enable ;  ils  pourront  rempfir  quelqoes'unes  de  ees  fonc- 
tions,  d'apr^  lears  ordres  et  sous  leor  direetion ;  ils  seront  employes 
d  la  transcription  de  la  Correspondance  et  des  memoires. 

IX.  A  ]a  fin  de  cbaque  aun^,  il  sera  design^  par  le  Secretaire 
d'Etat  au  Departement  des  Affaires  Etrang^res,  an  sajet  sar  ieqsd 
les  El^ves  seront  tenns  de  i^diger  un  Memoire  qu'ils  renettront  soi 
Consols  dans  le  courant  du  mois  d*Ao&t  de  I'ann^  suivante.  Ce 
Memoire  sera  adresse  au  Departement  des  Affiiires  Etrang^res,  et 
aervira  &  fixer  I'opinlon  da  Ministre  sur  la  capacite  et  I'applicatioo  de 
I'El^ve. 

X.  Les  El^ves  seront  dans  le  cas  de  la  revocation ; 

Slls  manquent  d  la  subordination  qui  leor  est  preacrite  en?eri  les 
Consuls  G^D^raux  et  Consols; 

Si  lenr  conduite  pr^nte  des  in%ularites  d  od  I'oo  ait  A  inSktr 
qu'ils  ne  possedent  point  toutes  les  qaalites  morales  qae  demande  la 
cbarge  de  Consul ; 

Si,  sans  egard  aux  remootrances  des  Consols,  ils  a'abandonaent 
k  uue  dissipation  on  A  une  indolence  babitoelle  qui  lear  fasse  negliger 
leors  devoirs  et  leurs  Etudes ; 

Slls  se  marient  sans  en  avoir  obteno  la  permission  da  Roi. 

XI.  Les  El^ves  ne  pourront  6tre  presentes  it  la  nomination  do  Roi 
pour  les  Places  de  Vice-consuls  qu'apr^  ao  rooins  %  ans  d'activite  en 
leur  qualite  d'Eldves.  Ceux  qui  seront  dbtingues  par  lear  boooe 
conduite,  leur  application  et  leur  capacite,  seront  avanoes  de  pre- 
ference sans  qu'on  ait  egard  d  lanciennet^. 

XII.  Sa  Majeste  ayant  daign6  pouvoir,  par  son  Ordonaance  do 
15  Decembre  dernier^  i  ce  que  les  Elevea  jonisaent  d'an  traiiemeat 
annuel,  il  ne  leur  sera  alIou6  aucune  autre  somme  i  titre  de  frais  de 
route,  d'etablissement  ou  d'iodemnite  quelconque. 

Les  500  francs  i  pr^Iever  sur  les  traitemens  annuels  des  Etives, 
conform^ment  4  I'Article  IV  de  ladite  Ordonnancc,  seront  comples  par 
le  Fonde  de  pouvoirs  de  FEl^ve,  sur  le  paiement  de  cbaqae  trimestre, 
entre  les  mains  du  Fonde  de  pouvoirs  du  Consul  General  ou  Coosol 
aupr^  duquel  il  aura  4ii  place. 

XIIL  Les  El^ves  Vice-Consuls  porteront  un  habit  civil,  qui  se 
composers  ainsi  qnll  suit : 

Habit  a  la  Fran^aise  de  drap  bleu-de-roi,  collet  et  parement  de  la 
m^me  couleur,  veste  d'etoffe  blancbe,  culotie  bleue  ou  tioire«  dooUore 


Digiti 


izedbyGgOgle 


AUSTRIA*  777 

de  Thabit  en  6oie>  boiitons  de  cuiTre  dores,  timbres  aux  armes  du  Roi; 
le  collet  et  les  paremens  de  Thabit  seront  bordes  d  uiie  baguette  en 
broderie  d  or,  de  la  largeur  de  3  lignes. 

XIV.  Lp8  besoins  eventuels  du  semce  ne  permettent  pas  de  diff^Sivr 
la  uomination  des  El^ves  Vice-Consuls  pendant  le  terns  qui  serait 
iiecessaire  aux  Postulans  pour  acquerir  toutes  les  connaissances  pr6« 
liminaires  qu'exigent  les  Articles  1  et  11  du  present  Reglement.  En 
consequence,  sur  les  12  places  d'Elfeves  ^tablies  par  TOrdonnance,  il 
sera  actaellement  pourvu  k  6,  avec  dispense  pour  les  Postulans  de 
satisfaire  enti^rement  aux  conditions  prescrites,  sans  que  cette  dis« 
pease  puisse  s  appliquer  i  Vkge :  les  6  autres  El^ves  seront  seulement 
designes,  et  leur  admission  definitive  n*aura  lieu  qu'apr^  qu'ils  auront 
rempli  toutes  les  conditions  portees  au  Reglement.  Les  El^ve^ 
design^s  jouiront  toutefois  d'un  traitement  qui  sera  fixe,  ainsi  que 
celui  des  El^ves,  par  TOrdonnance  de  nomination. 

Pans,  le  11  Jain,  1816. 

Approuve :  LOUIS. 

Le  Miniiire  Secretaire  cPEial  des  Affaires  Etrangeres, 
President  du  Conseil  des  Mmistres, 

Richelieu. 


EDlTde  Sa  Majesti  VEmpereur  d^Auiriche,  relatff  dla 
rHabUssemeni  de  la  Cdnstiiuiian  tEtat  du  Province  de 
Tyrol.— Vienney  le  S4  Mars^  1816.  (Traduction.) 

Nous,  Frangois,  I,  par  la  gr&ce  de  Dieu,  Empereur  d'Autriche, 
etc.  etc  etc. 

Pour  prouver  nos  soins  patemels  pour  le  bien  de  notre  Fiddle  Pro* 
yioce  de  Tyrol;  et  reconnaitre  les  bons  services  ainsi  que  les  sentimens 
▼raiment  patriotiqnes  des  braves  Habitans  de  ce  Pays,  nous  avons  re- 
solu  de  r^tablir  sur  les  bases  des  privileges  et  franchises  que  feus  nos 
Anc^tres  et  nou8*memes  avions,  par  une  faveur  particuli^re,  accord^  k 
cette  Province,  la  Constitution  .d'Etat  supprimee  sous  le  Gouverne. 
ment  precedent,  et  d  y  faire  seulement  les  ameliorations  que  reclament 
le  changement  des  circonstances  et  les  besoins  du  tems. 

A  cette  fin,  nous  avons  juge  d  propos  d*ordonner  ce  qui  suit : 

Art.  I.  Le  Pays  du  Tyrol  sera  represente  par  les  4  Ordres  des 
Prelats,  des  Seigneurs,  des  Bourgeois,  et  des  Paysans. 

II.  Tons  les  Chapitres  et  Fondations,  ou  qui  existent  encore  ou 
qui  sont  r^tablis,  ainsi  que  tous  les  Membres  de  I'Ordre  des  Seigneurs, 
Chevaliers  et  Nobles,  les  Villes  et  Tribunaux  qui,  avant  la  cession  du 
Pays,  y  avaient  ^te  incorpor^s  et  portes  sur  la  Matricule,  rentrent  de 
Dooveau  dans  leurs  droits  d'etre  repr^sent^s  aux  Etats;  nous  voulous 
aussi  confier  la  tenue  de  la  Matricule  des  Etats,  et  la  presentation  pour. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


778  AUSTBIA. 

y  toe  admis,  au  Marshal  du  Pays^  aux  Deputes  de  TOrdre  dei 
Seigoeun,  Chevalien  et  Nobles ;  nous  nous  r^nrona  neanmoins  poor 
les  4  Ordres  radmission  d  la  Matricale  du  Pays^ 

III.  Nous  d^claroDS  en  m6me  tems  que  les  ci-devant  Districts  de 
Trente  et  de  Brixen,  sons  le  rapport  de  la  Constitntion  d'Etats*  sent 
partie  du  Pays  de  notre  Fid^e  Province  de  Tyrol ;  nous  y  constituona 
les  4  Ordres,  comoie  dans  le  leste  du  Pays,  et  nous  en  ordonnons  i 
cette  fin  Tincorporattoo  4  la  Matricule  du  Pays,  de  mani^re  que  ces 
Dbtricts  aient  part  i  Tavenir,  comma  les  autres  Provinces,  anx  droits 
desEtats. 

IV.  Les  dignity  her^ditaires,  specialement  celle  de  Mar6chal  da 
Pays,  recouvreront  tons  leurs  droits.  Cependant,  si  un  proprietaire  de 
dignites  h^r^ditaires  mouvantes  6tait  mort  pendant  la  separation  du 
Tyrol,  son  Successeur  ne  poorra  entrer  en  possession  de  sa  charge 
que  lorsquMl  aura  present^  anx  Autoritfo  competenles  sa  demande 
d'investiture ;  qull  aura  ^te  reellement  investi,  et  aura  rempli  tontea 
les  conditions  que  la  Loi  et  I'usage  prescrivent  k  cei  effet. 

V.  La  nomination  du  Capitaine  do  Pays  nous  sera  pour  toujours 
reservee,  et  nous  avons  r^solu,  pour  nous  conformer  i  Tusage  deji 
6tabli  sous  rimperatrice  et  Reine,  de  glorieuse  memoire,  Marie-Th^ 
r^,  de  confier  cet  emploi  d  notre  Gouvemeur  du  Tyrol  en  fonctions. 

YI.  Nous  chargerons  les  Etats  de  faire,  suivant  des  rfeglemena 
presents  ou  d  prescrire  par  nous,  I'assiette,  la  repartition  et  la  levee 
des  Taxes  Territoriales  que  nous  ^tablirons,  et  des  prestations  qui  y 
seront  jointes;  mais  il  ne  leur  sera  permis  en  aocune  mani^re  d'asseoir, 
sans  notre  consentement,  des  Taxes  et  des  impdts  pour  quelque  but 
que  ce  puisse  £tre. 

VIL  Mais  nous  voulons  nous  r^server  dans  toute  sonetendoe  le 
droit d'imposer  les  Taxes;  n^nmoins  nous  ferons connattre  tousles 
ans  anx  4  Ordres,  par  des  Edits  particuliers,  Hmposition  foncito  que 
nous  aurons  r£soIne. 

VIII.  Les  Etats  conserveront  le  droit  de  dresser  dans  lenrs  Assam- 
bl6es  legales  des  petitions  et  des  representations  an  nom  du  Pays,  qu'ils 
nous  enverront  imm^diatement,  on  qu'ils  remettront  d  la  Regence  da 
Pays,  qui  sera  charg^e  de  les  presenter  k  nos  Autorit^  de  la  Coar. 
On  ne  pourra  envoyer  des  Deputations  k  notre  residence  qn'apr^  avoir 
obtenu  pr6a1ab]ement  notre  consentement. 

IX.  Pour  ce  qui  conceme  la  dette  dont  est  grevi  le  Pays  du  Tyrol, 
nous  avons  juge  )i  propos  d*en  ordonner  prealablement  la  liquidation 
dans  les  formes,  et  nous  nous  r^servons  de  declarer,  lorsqu'elle  sera 
terminee,  de  quelle  manidre  et  dans  quelle  proportion  les  Etats  seroat 
dans  le  cas  de  s'en  charger. 

X.  Nous  avons  dejd  fait  connaitre  notre  intention  que  le  Tyrol  ait 
d  contribuer  d  la  defense  commune  de  la  Monarchic  en  propoition  de 
sa  population,  cu  mettant  sur  pied  un  R^gimient  de  Chasseors  de  4 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AUSTRIA.  779 

batmilkms>  ei  nona  nous  reier?OD8  de  faire  coooaitre  ulteriearement 
BOire  relation  i  I'egard  du  ayst^me  de  defense  da  Tyrol. 

XI.  Nous  laissons  aux  4  Ordres  la  liberte  de  choisir  les  D^pules 
pour  les  Assemblies  des  Etats,  sons  la  condition  qn'ils  n'outrepassent 
point  le  nombre  des  personnes  et  le  traitement  que  nous  anrons  profi- 
noirement  consenU. 

XII.  Tons  les  Auloris^s  de  la  Diette  on  du  Comite  des  Etats,  s'ils 
n'ont  point  uniquement  poorobjet  des  representations  on  des  petitions, 
doivent  ^re  presentee  d  notre  acceptation. 

XIII.  En  nous  reservant  de  rassembler,  8ui?ant  que  nous  le  juge- 
lons  k  propos,  les  Etats  en  Oiette  Publique,  nous  regions  en  m£me 
tems  que  les  Assemble  doivent  6tre  toujours  en  activity  par  le  moyen 
d'un  Comite  oombreux. 

11  representera  les  Etats,  et  sera  compost  de  52  Votans,  savoir  13 
poor  cheque  Ordre.  II  ne  pourra  se  rassembler  que  d'aprte  une  Con- 
vocation Supr^me^  et  il  se  separera  sur  la  declaration  faite  en  notre 
nom  par  la  Regence,  que  le  Comite  est  dissous. 

XIV.  Le  Capitaine  du  Pays  aura  la  Presidence,  et  le  Marecbal  du 
Pays  la  direction  de  ce  grand  Comile.  Le  Capitaine  aurm  le  droit 
d'envoyer  sa  ?oix  le  premier^  on  de  la  donner  le  dernier :  ce  sera  4  lui 
de  recueilHr  les  voix.  Le  Marecbal  n'a  point  de  vote  particulier*  Le 
Capiuine  doit  presenter  les  objets  de  deliberations^  et  le  Ref<6rendaire 
Cr^neral  son  travail  preparatoire  avec  son  vote  en  maniire  d'informa- 
tion;  ensuite  les  Membres  presens  seront  appeles  par  ordre  pour 
donner  leurs  voix. 

Dans  le  cas  od  le  Capitaine  et  le  Marecbal  seraieni  emp^ches  de 
remplir  les  fonctions  ci.dessus,  notre  Conseiller  de  la  Cour  d^gn^  A 
la  R^gence  fera,  en  quality  de  Commissaire  du  Souverain,  les  fonctions 
du  Premier,  et  le  Premier  Depute  de  la  Noblesse,  celles  du  second,  de 
mani^re,  cependant,  qu*]l  conservera  sa  voix  comma  D^pat6. 

Le  Secretaire  des  Etats  sera  charge  de  dresser  le  Protocole  sous  la 
snnreillance  du  Marecbal*  et  le  Capitaine  du  Pays  fera  publier  les 
Resolutions  de  I'Assemblee.  Le  Reftrendaire-General  et  les  Secre- 
taires redigeront  les  Actes*  qui  seront  approuves  par  le  Capitaine  et  le 
Marecbal  du  Pays,  et  doot  I'expedition,  signee  par  I'un  et  1  autre,  se 
fera  an  nom  des  Etats. 

XV.  Nous  dedarons  en  consequence  que  I'Assemblee  du  Comity 
est  la  Representation  legale  et  ordinaire  du  Pays,  qui  est  autorisee  k 
rendre  en  son  nom  des  Arrdtes  sur  tootes  sortes  d'objets. 

X  VL  Mais  pour  la  gestion  courante  des  affaires  confines  aux  Etats, 
Bons  permettons  qu'il  y  ait  toujours  en  activity  A  Inspruck  un  Comite 
pins  etroit,  compose  de  4  Votans,  1  de  chaqne  Ordre. 

Le  petit  Comite  sera  preside  par  le  Capitaine  du  Pays;  il  sera 
ponrvu  de  toutes  les  instructions  necessaires,  aura  k  sa  disposition  le 
personnel  du  Secretarial,  de  la  Chancellerie,  de  la  tenue  des  registres 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


780         PORTUGAL  AND  UNITED  STATES. 

et  des  liTres,  ainsi  que  la  caisse ;  ii  sera,  dans  I'ezercice  de  ses  fonctions' 
aoumis  4  la  surveillance  des  Etats  et  i  I'inspection  de  radministratioD 
de  TEtat. 

XVII.  Les  Etats  observerout,  daus  leur  Correspondance  avec  noos 
et  DOS  Atttorites  de  la  Cour,  la  formula  re9ue  pour  les  Rapports ;  dans 
les  Oemandes  adressees  aux  Autorit^s  du  Pays  celle  des  Petitions ;  et 
dans  les  Rapports  avec  les  Autorh^  seigneuriales  celle  des  Notes. 

Dans  toutes  les  occasions  o^  nous  aurons  quelque  chose  i  com- 
muniquer  Immediatement  aux  Etats,  nous  le  ferons  par  la  voie  des 
Rescrits.  Nos  Autorites  de  laCour  ne  correspondroot,  comme  il  ^tait 
autrefois  d' usage,  avec  les  Etats,  que  par  le  canal  de  la  R^gence  da 
P^ys,  qui  entretiendra  la  Correspondance  avec  ceux-ci  par  des 
Notes. 

XVIII.  Du  reste,  nous accordons  denouveau  auxMembres  Nobles 
des  Etats,  comme  une  marque  de  notre  favenr  particuli^re,  le  m^me 
uniforme  et  le  signe  de  la  Matricule,  qn'ils  avaient  deji  droit  de  porter 
avant  la  cession  du  Pays. 

Ay  ant,  par  les  dispositions  ci*dessus,  fait  connaitre  nos  principales 
intentions  relativement  k  la  Constitution  d'Etat  retablie  en  Tyrol,  noas 
declarons  en  mftme  terns  que  nous  convoquerons  le  plus  tot  possible, 
pour  la  prestation  de  foi  et  hommage,  et  son  entree  en  fonction^,  le 
Grand  Comity,  dds  que  Telection  de  ses  Membres  aura  ^te  faite  auivant 
les  reglemens  presents  i  cet  egard;  que  nous  lui  feront  remettre 
ThAtel  avec  les  Archives  des  Etats,  et  au  Marshal  du  Pays,  les  Ar- 
chives de  la  Matricule. 

Donn^  dans  notre  Residence  lmp6riale  de.Vienne,  le  24  Marsde 
I'an  I8I69  et  de  notre  R^gne  le  25^me. 

FRANCOIS. 


CORRESPONDANCE  enire  le  Portugal  et  les  Etats  Unis, 
relative  d  Parmement  dans  les  Ports  Americains  de  Navires 
destinSs  A  f aire  les  hostilit6s  contre  les  Navires  Espagnols 
et  Portujfais.—D4cembre,  1816. 

(1.) — itf.  Jozi  Carreia  da  Serra  d  M,  Monroe. — (Traduction.) 
Monsieur,  fVashington,  le  20  Decembre,  181& 

L'ON  a  delivre  k  ma  requite  la  Copie  veridique  d'un  Ecrit  qui 
a  ele  remis  d  THonorable  Sir  Georges  Tucker,  Jnge  des  Etats  Unis 
pour  le  District  de  Virginie,  par  Thomas  Nelson,  Collecteur  du  Port 
de  York,  en  vertu  d  un  Mandat  du  m^me  Juge. 

Cet  Ecrit  renferme  des  Instructions  donnees  par  Thomas  Taylor, 
de  Baltimore,    sous  Tautorite  du  Gouvemement  actuel  de  Boenos 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PORTUGAL  AIJD  UNITED  STATES.  781 

Ayres,  an  Navire  Ramp,  Capitaine  Fisk,  pour  faire  la  course  contre 
les  Sajets  Espagnols. 

Cette  respectable  Monarchie,  communiqaant  directement  avec  les 
£tat8-Unis,  et  ayant  son  propre  et  naturel  Representant  aupr^  desdits 
Etats,  il ne m'appartiendrait pas  d'interYenir  officiellement  danslaffaire 
doDt  il  s'agit  (nooobstant  les  anciens  et  nouveanx  liens  des  2  families,) 
si  M.  Taylor^  de  Baltimore,  n'e6t  pas  compris  dans  les  m^mes 
Instructions  envoy^es  au  Capitaine  Fisk^.les  ordres  d'en  agir  de  m^me 
contre  les  Sujets  de  mon  Souverain,  dans  le  cas  06  Sa  Majesty  se 
trouYerait  en  guerre  avec  le  susdit  Gouvernement  de  Buencs-Ayres. 

M.  Taylor  est  Citoyen  Americain,  le  Navire  Romp  ^tait  un 
B4timent  Americain  dont  la  vente  n'a  et6  que  simulee,  puisque  le 
Capitaine  en  a  toujours  conserve  le  commandant,  et  que  T^quipage 
en  est  toujours  reste  complettement  compose  de  Citoyens  Am^ricains. 
II  est  bien  vrai  que  ce  Corsaire  n'a  capture  aucun  Navire  Portugais, 
mais  il  n'en  avait  pas  moins  regu  Tordre  d*ex Neuter  conditionnellement 
le  projet,  et  cela  par  une  Ordre  rev^tu  de  la  signature  d'un  Citoyen 
Americain  qui  avait  pris  k  t&che  de  lui  designer  7  Ports  dcs  Etats- 
Unis  pour  y  conduire  ses  prises,  en  nommant  dans  chacun  de  ces  Ports 
des  Agens  pour  en  prendre  compte. 

Certes,  il  est  de  mon  devoir  de  ne  pas  attendre  tranqnillement  dans 
le  silence  Pex^cution  d'un  pareil  attentat,  d*autant  plus  que  les  efforts 
de  la  nature  la  plus  sinistre,  et  tendant  au  m^me  but,  continnent'i  6ti^ 
mis  en  oeuvre  par  des  Individus  de  I'esp^ce  ci-dessus  design^e^  ce  qui 
est  prouve  par  les  faits  suivans,  qui  sont  le  r^ultat  de  mes  recherches 
particuli^res  que  j'ai  Fhonneur  de  soumettre  d  votre  consideration. 

Le  18  du  mois  de  Novembre  dernier^  la  Fregate  Citfion,  Capitaine 
Davy,  armee  de  32  pieces  de  canons  de  diiferens  calibres,  et  compost 
d'un  equipage  de  200  hommes,  mit  k  la  voile  de  Baltimore  poor 
Buenos  Ayres.  Ce  Vaisseau  resta  d  I'ancre  au  bas  de  ce  dernier  Port 
pendant  15  jours  on  plus,  dans  Tattente  du  Navire  Americain 
Plndependanee-du^Sud,  arme  de  16  canons,  et  des  Navires  Romp 
Tuchahoe,  Montezuma  et  Spencer,  ainsl  que  de  2  autres  B&timens 
nonvellement  construits  que  Pon  preparait  avec  la  plus  grande 
activite. 

Tons  conjointement  ensemble  devaient  croiser  dans  les  mens  de 
I'Est  et  Quest  de  rAmerique-Meridionale,  sous  le  commandement  da 
Capitaine  Americain  Cbaytor,  portant  Pavilion  de  Buenos  Ayres. 
II  y  a  pen  k  douter  que  leurs  Instructions  ne  fussent  les  m^mes  que 
celles  du  Capitaine  Fisk.  II  est  i  craindre  qulls  commettent  des 
hostilites  envers  les  Navires  Portugais.  Outre  les  informations 
particuli^es  qui  me  sont  parvenues,  et  sur  lesquelles  je  puis  compter, 
le  seul  fait  d'avoir  arbore  un  tel  Pavilion  equivaut,  dans  T^tat  actoel 
des  cboseSf  i  une  preuve  directe. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


782  POItTUOAL  AKD  UNITED  STATEf* 

Toiit  poite  k  croire  qoe  le  mftrne  plan  a  ^te  soifi  ponr  te  Navire  le 
Swift,  Capitaioe  HoffingtoDf  arm^  de  14  canons  et  de  140  bommca 
dequipage,  qui  est  sorti  de  Baltimore  le  3  Aoiit  dernier  avec  dct 
expeditions  pour  la  Havane,  aiosi  que  pour  le  Nafire  lit  Maria, 
Capltaine  Stafford,  qui  a  quitte  le  m^oie  Port  le  26  dn  m^me  mois. 
ayant  re^u  i  son  bord  nne  nombreuse  Gamlson.  L  on  peoae  que  ces 
8  b4timeos  arboreront  le  Pavilion  de  Buenos  Ayres  en  pleine  mer, 
et  il  est  tr^probable  que  lenrs  lastructiotts  soient  tonjours  les  m^mcs 
que  celles  du  Capitaine  Pisk, 

Ces  armemens  se  preparent  impndemment  i  Baltimore.  On  se 
contente  de  les  couvrir  d'un  voile  tr^s-transparent  que  quelques-ons 
eroient  kin  suffisant  pour  soustraire  les  Coupables  aux  effets  des  Lois 
aetuelles  qui  manquent  de  toute  vigueur  k  eet  6gard.  Mon  opinion 
n'est  pas  senlement  fond^  sur  des  informations^  mais  bien  aor  9 
voyages  que  j'ai  faits  i  Baltimore  pour  observer  moi^mtoe  la  natoie 
et  les  progr^s  de  ce  genre  de  commerce. 

11  est  inutile  d'employer  des  epitb^tes  pour  qualifier  eoovenaUe* 
ment  de  pareils  faits :  leur  iromoralite  crimioelle^  et  leur  oppteitioa 
an  droit  des  gens  se  font  sentir  an  premier  abord,  et  je  coonaia  a«ei 
les  sentimens  d'honneur  dont  le  Gouvemement  et  cette  Nation  aont 
anim^  pour  ^tre  persuade  qu'ils  ne  les  envisageront  pas  sous  nn 
autre  point  de  vue.  Le  mal  provient  enti^rement  de  I'inauffisance  des 
Lois  aetuelles,  des  interpretations  qu'elles  pr^sentent  aux  Coupables 
aides  par  la  chicane  du  bareau.  Si  les  premiers  Legislatures 
Americains  ont  prevenu  si  imparfaitement  de  semblables  abu^,  c'est 
sans  doute  parce  qu*ils  les  jugeaient  impossibles ;  mais  du  moment 
que  ces  abus  se  reproduisent,  rien  ne  pent  justifier  cette  Nation  aux 
yeux  dn  monde  civilis^  que  la  promulgation  de  Lois  propres  i  cet 
eflet 

Si  les  Etats  Unis  n'^tablissent  pas  des  Lois  reprenives  pour 
empAcber  leurs  Concitoyeus  de  prendre  en  masse  nne  part  active 
dans  des  guerres  ^trang^res  qui  ne  les  regardent  en  aucune  mani^re, 
ne  sera-ce  pas  encourir  le  danger  d*un  discredit  produit  par  una 
teinte  de  piraterie  qui  serait  indigne  de  ce  Pays  ? 

Sans  un  prompt  remade,  la  paix,  la  tranquillity  des  Etats  Unis 
serait  compromise,  parce  que  toot  Gouvemement  ainsi  offisns^,  aurait 
le  droit  natural  de  represailles  en  se  vengeant  de  toutes  sea  forces 
des  injures  revues  au  m^pris  des  usages  du  monde  civilis^ ;  ainai  le 
Peuple  Am^ricain,  compost  de  9,000«000  de  personnes  dont  nmmense 
plurality,  i  ma  parfaite  connaissance,  ne  respire  que  les  sentimens 
d'honneur,  de  justice  et  de  paix,  se  trouve  expos^  i  des  perils 
imminens  par  Favidtt^  coupable  d  un  petit  nombre  dliommcs  ^pars 
dans  quelques  Ports  de  mer,  qui  n'ont  pas  eu  de  bonte  de  devenir 
Pirates,  afin  d'amasser  des  richesses.    Et  dans  le  fait,  n'est-ca  paa 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PORTUGAL  AND  UNITED  STATES.         783 

exercer  la  piraterie  qne  de  faire  la  coarse  poor  profiter  d'uoe  guerre 
dans  laquelle  la  Patrie  de  I'armateur  maiotieat  la  Neutrality  la  plus 
parfaite  ? 

Je  dois  done  faire  met  repr^aentatioDt  d  ce  Goafeniement  dans 
la  circoostance  actuelle,  noa  avec  le  deaeeia  de  faire  nattre  des 
altercations,  ou  de  demander  des  satisfactioos  que  les  Etats  Uai% 
d  apr^  leur  forme  de  Gouvernement,  ne  pourraient  peut-6tre  donoer, 
<:ar  je  sais  que  le  Pouvoir  Executif  de  cette  Nation,  food^  sur  des 
Lois  d'oilk  derive  toute  sa  force,  ne  peal  plus  agir  constitutionnellemeok 
dans  Tabsence  des  Lois.  Je  le  sollicite  seulement  k  proposer  au 
Congriis  de  reprimer  pour  TaveDir  de  tels  attentats. 

Je  suis  bien  persuade  que  par  la  promulgation  des  Lois  i  cette 
fio,  mon  Augusts  Souverain  recevra  des  Etats  Unis  une  satisfaction 
plus  completle  et  plus  digne  de  son  haut  caract^re.  En  pourvoyant 
4  la  s&rete  de  son  Pavilion,  les  Etats  Unis  donneront  nne  plus 
grande  preuve  d'attentiou  pour  Sa  Majesle  que  par  le  cbitiment 
oiomentan^  de  quelques  Malfaiteurs  obscurs  (ffilt-il  possible  de  les 
atteindre).  Ceux-ci,  d^savoa^s  comma  ils  le  sont  par  les  Etats  Unis, 
continuant  a  attaquer  la  propriite  de  Sa  Majesty  par  des  manoauvres 
criminelles,  rencontreront  le  sort  qui  les  attend  selon  le  fmu  de  tous 
les  gens  de  bien.  et  senriront  d  exemple  aux  autres  Pirates. 

Je  suis  assure  de  la  sagesse  de  M.  le  President,  comme  du  d^sir 
qa'il  aura  naturellement  de  mettre  nn  terme  i  des  expeditions 
maritimes  si  odieuses,  en  adoptant  les  mesures  les  plus  propres  i 
Faccomplisaement  de  ma  juste  reclamation. 

Me  renfermant  dans  les  limites  de  mes  pouvoirs  et  des  droits  de 
mou  Souverain,  par  le  puissant  motif  qne  j  ai  cit6  au  commencement 
de  la  presenie,  je  saisis  cette  occasion  de  rappeler  au  souvenir  de  ce 
Gouvemement,  le  proced^  noble  et  amical  de  Sa  Higeste  dans  la 
demi^re  guerre  entre  les  Etats  Unis  et  la  Grande  Bretagne.  Qnoique 
I'adversaire  des  Etats  Unis  f6t  son  allie  le  plus  fiddle  et  le  plus 
constant,  qu'il  f6t  m^me  venu  lui  prater  secours  pour  repousser  une 
invasion  injuste  et  perfide,  dans  le  tems  m^me  qu*il  combattait  avec 
let  troupes  de  Sa  Majesty  I'Ennemt  common,  eile  delendit  nonobstant 
cala  i  ses  Sojets,  de  prendre  part  4  la  qoerelle  entre  les  Etats  Unis 
tt  la  Grande  Bretagne,  elle  leur  enjoignit  en  outre  la  plus  stricte 
Neutrality,  qui  n*a  jamais  ^te  violee,  ni  par  ses  Officiers,  ni  par  ses 
Snjets. 

En  proclamant  les  Lois  telles  que  je  les  demande,  le  Congr^  ne 
s'acquitte  done  que  d'un  acte  de  reconnaissance  que  la  justice  r^lame 
«o  favour  d'un  Monarque  g^o^reux,  constamment  li^  d  amiti^  avec  les 
Etats  Unis. 

M.  James  Monroe,  J.  CORREIA  DA  SERRA. 

Seorktaire  dEtat  des  Relations  Eviineures. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


784  RUSSIA  AKD  PRUSSIA. 

(2.)— ilf .  Monroe  d  M.  J.  Correia  da  Serra. 

(Tradaction.) 

Monsieur,  Seeretairerie^d'Etat,  le  27  Deeembre,  1816. 

J'ai  en  Phonnenr  de  recevoip  voire  Lettre  du  20  conrant,  ptr 
laquelle  vous  me  repnesentez  qu'il  se  fait  &  Baltimore  dea  preparati6 
poor  I'armement  de  certaios  Na?ire8,  et  que  lea  iDstractioDS  qai  ont 
M  doanees  aa  Commandant  de  I'nn  de  ces  Nayires  portent  des 
Ordres  pour  attaquer  ceux  de  votre  Soaverain  le  Roi  de  Portagal 
et  da  Bresil.  Vous  me  faits  observer  que  ces  pr^paratife  ne  sont  ea 
aacune  manidre  autoris^s  par  ce  Gouvernement,  et  qu'ils  ont  ete  &its 
sous  des  pretextes  bien  diffi&rens  des  motifs  sous  lesquels  voas  les 
faites  Gonsiderer.  Vous  me  rappelez  que  les  Lois  existantes  n'aatoriaent 
point  Je  President  4  s'immiscer  dans  de  semblables  affaires,  el  vous 
demandez  que,  pour  y  rdmedier,  on  fetsse  auxdites  Lois  les  innoTations 
qui  seront  jogdes  convenables  pour  arr^ter  le  mal. 

J'ai  communique  votre  Lettre  an  President,  et  j'ai  Thonnear  dc 
Tous  transmettre  actuellement  la  Copie  d'un  Message  sar  cet  objet 
qu'il  a  adress^  au  Congr^s*  pour  en  obtenir  une  Loi,  qui  donne  an 
Pouvoir  Ex6cutif  la  latitude  telle  qu'eile  puisse  etre  n^cessaire  k  faire 
maintenir  la  stricte  Neutralite  des  Etats  Unis  dans  la  Guerre  actuella 
entre  TEspagne  et  ses  Colonies,  et  pour  mettre  aussi  les  Navires  dc 
votre  Souvcrain  efficacement  d  Tabri  des  risqnes  que  vous  craignex. 
Aussit6tquela  Loi  sur  cette  mati^re  sera  promulgnde,  j'aand  I'honncur 
de  vous  la  communiquer. 

Je  profite  de  cette  occasion  pour  vous  assurer  de  tout  llnter^t  da 
President  &  conserver  les  relations  de  la  plus  grande  amiti6  avec  votre 
Souverain. 

J'ai  Thonnear  d'etre,  etc 
M.  J.  Correia  da  Serra,  JAMES  MONROE. 

Minislre  PUnipoientiavre  de  Sa  Majeste  Tris  Fidele. 


CONVENTION  de  Cartel,  entre  la  Prusse  et  la  Ruesiepawr 
Pextraditum  des  D^serteurs.—SignSe  d  Berlin^  le  25  Mai, 
1816.  Avec  lea  Articles  AdditumneU;  eignis  d  Berlin^  le 
5  AvrU,  1617. 

Nous   Frederic  Goillaume  III,  par  la  grice  de  Dieu,  Roi  de 

Prusse,  etc. 

Savoir  faisons  par  les  prdsentes :  qu'elant  convenu  avec  Sa  Ma- 
jesty I'Empereur  de  toutes  les  Hussies,  Roi  de  Pologne,  de  faire  cesser 
les  abus  et  les  inconvduiens  auxquels  la  desertion  des  Soldats  de  Nos 
Armees  respectives  a  souvent  donne  lieu,  Nous  avons  nomme  poor 
«  See  Vol  1816-17,  Page  833. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RUSSIA  AND  PRUSSIA.  785 

discuter,  arrAler  €t  signer  let  cooditioDS  d'ane  Conventioii  de  Cartel, 
Notre  Chancelier  d'Etat,  le  Prince  de  Hardenberg,  etc^  et  Sa  Majeste 
I'Empereur  de  toutes  les  Russies,  Roi  de  PologDe,  ayaot  nomm^  dans 
le  m^me  bat  le  Sr.  David  Alopeus,  Son  Conseiller  Priv^,  etc.,  les  dits 
Plenipotentisires  daement  legitimes  ayant  arrfite  et  signe  la  Conven* 
Uon  de  Cartel,  dont  la  teneur  suit  ci-apr^s  mot  k  mot : 


Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de  Prusse  et  Sa  Majest6  I'Empereur  de  toutes 
les  Russies,  Roi  de  Pologne,  animus  d*un  egal  desir  de  se  donner  reci- 
proquement  des  preuves  de  Tamitie  intime  qui  les  unit,  sont  convenus 
de  faire  cesser  les  abus  et  les  inconv^nlens  auxquels  la  desertion  des 
Soldatsde  leurs  Armies  respcctives  a  sou  vent  donne  lieu,  et  de  conclure 
pour  cet  effet  une  Convention  de  Cartel. 

£n  consequence,  les  Hautcs  Parties  Contractantes  ont  muni  de 
leurs  Plein-pouvoirs : 

Sa  Majesty  leRoi  de  Prusse,  le  Prince  de  Hardenberg,  Son  Chan- 
celier d*Etat,  Che?a1ier  des  Grands  Ordres  de  TAigle  Noir,  de  PAigle 
Rouge,  de  celui  de  St.  Jean  de  Jerusalem,  et  de  la  Croix  de  Per  de 
Prnsse;  de  ceux  de  St.  Andr^,  de  St.  Alexandre- Newsky  etdeSte. 
Anne  de  la  Premiere  Classede  Russie;  Grand-Croix  de  I'Ordre  Royal 
de  St«  Etienne  de  Hongrie,  Grand-Cordon  de  la  Legion  d'Honneur, 
Grand-Croix  de  TOrdre  de  St.  Charles  d'Espagne,  de  TOrdre  Su- 
preme de  I'Annonciade  de  Sardaigne,  et  de  celui  de  St.  Hubert  de  Ba- 
vi^re.  Chevalier  de  TOrdre  des  S^raphins  de  Su^de,  de  celui  de  PE1^« 
phant  de  Danemarc,  de  FAigle  d*Or  de  Wurtemberg,  de  celui  du 
Fancon  de  Saxe.  Weimar,  et  de  plusiears  autres ; 

Et  Sa  Majeste  I'Empereur  de  toutes  les  Russies,  Roi  de  Pologne, 
le  Sieur  David  d'Alopeus,  Son  Conseiller  Priv^,  Chambellan  Actuel, 
Envoye  Extraordinaire  et  Ministre  Plenipotentiaire  k  la  Cour  de  Ber- 
lin, Chevalier  des  Ordres  de  St  Alexandre-Newsky  et  de  Ste.  Anne, 
de  la  Premiere  Classe,  Grand-Croix  de  celui  deSt.  Wladimir  de  la  Se- 
conde  Clas8e,et  Grand-Cordon  de  TOrdre  Royal  de  la  Legion  d'Honneur ; 

Lesquels  Pl^nipotentiaires,  apr^s  avoir  ^change  leurs  Plein-pou- 
voirs respectifs,  sont  convenus  des  Articles  suivans ; 

Art.  I.  D^s  la  signature  de  la  pr^sente  Convention,  les  ordres 
seront  donnes  aux  Autorites  Militaires  et  Civiles  dans  les  Provinces 
Umitrophes,  de  restituer  tons  les  Individus  qui  d^serteront  des  Armies 
resp^'ectives  des  2  Souverains.  lis  seront  aiT^tes  et  restitues  avec  les 
chevaux,  les  selles,  les  armes,  les  habillemens,  et  tels  autres  effets 
qu'ils  auront  sur  eux  ou  qu'ils  auroient  ete  dans  le  cas  d*emporter. 
Cette  stipulation  s'etend  d  TArm^e  du  Royaume  df  Pologne,  i  la- 
quelle  seront  appliqu^  tons  les  Articles  de  la  presente  Convention. 

Au  nombre  des  Individus  qui  sont  au  Service  Militaire  de  Sa  Ma- 
jeste le  Roi  de  Prusse,  et  dontParrestation  et  la  restitution  est  stipulee 
par  le  present  Article,  seront  comptes  tous  ceux  qui  appartiennent  au 
£1815—16.]  3  E 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


786  RUSSIA  AND  PRUSSIA. 

premier  et  au  second  ban  {Aufgehot)  de  la  Landwehr,  tant  Officiers 
et  Soldats,  que  Sous-Officiere  et  Soldats,  soit  ^  pied,  soit  ^cheval. 

Si  Sa  Majesty  Impenale  et  Royale  juge  convenable^  d'etablira 
Tavenir  dans  sea  Profinces  de  Russie  ou  de  Pologne  des  Jev^  decette 
nature,  les  Individus  qui  en  feront  partie,  seront  compris  alors,  comme 
cenx  de  la  Landwehr,  dans  les  stipulations  du  present  Cartel. 

L^arrestatioD  et  la  restitution  ne  pourra  6tre  appliqu6e  aux  Individus 
qui  seroient  natifs  d'une  Province  appartenant  k  PEtat  dans  lequel 
lis  se  seroient  rendus,  et  qui  par  consequent  ue  feroient  que  retoumer 
dans  leur  Patrie ;  neanmoins  les  chevaux  de  ces  Individus,  ainsi  que 
les  selles,  les  armes,  les  habillemens  et  tels  autres  effets  qn*ils  auroient 
sur  eux,  ou  qn'ils  auroient  ^te  dans  le  cas  d  emporter,  n'en  seront  pas 
moins  restitn^s  ^celle  des  Hautes  Parties  Contractantesdont  ilsauront 
quitte  les  Drapeaux. 

II.  Les  Individus  dont  la  desertion  a  eu  lien  pendant  que  le  dernier 
Cartel  etoit  en  vigueur  (c'est-d-dire  avant  le  17  Janvier  de  Fannee 
courante)  ceux  qui  ont  deserte  depuis,  ou  ceux  en  fin  qui  pourroient 
encore  deserter  jusqu'd  I'echange  des  Ratifications  de  la  presenteConven- 
tion,  seront  egalement  restitu^,  neanmoins  sous  la  reserve  stipule  a 
TArticle  I,  concernant  les  indigenes  rentres  dans  leurs  foyers:  et  les 
Etats  respectifs  accorderont  r^ciproquemeut  aux  dits  Deserte urs  uoe 
Amnistie  genenile. 

III.  Les  Individus  originaires  des  Provinces  du  ci-devant  Dnche 
de  Varsovie,  qui  sont  actuellement  dans  Pune  des  Armees  respectives, 
seront  r^ciproquement  remis  k  PArmee  de  I'Etat,  dans  lequel  d*apr^ 
les  stipulations  du  Traite  du  9^]^^  1815,  se  trouve  le  lieu  de  leur  origine. 
Cette  mesure  ne  sera  executee  cependant  que  de  leur  propre  gre  ;  et 
tons  les  Officiers  et  Soldats,  qui  d  la  signature  de  la  pr^sente  Conven- 
tion se  trouvent  6tre  au  service  de  Pune  des  Hautes  Parties  Contract 
tantes,  quoique  natifs  des  Provinces  acquises  par  I'autre,  auront  la 
faculte  d'y  rester  sans  qu'ils  puissent  eti-e  inquietes  en  aucune  mani^re. 

IV.  Les  Sujets  mixtes  qui  ont  fait  la  declaration  de  leur  domicile, 
soit  expressement,  soit  tacitement,  selon  la  teneur  de  1' Article  II  du 
Traite  de  Vienne  du  »' a^  1815,  et  qui  aprds  cetle  Declaration  sont 
entr^  au  service  militaire  d  un  des  Etats  respectifs,  tel  qu'il  est  de- 
termine  k  I'Article  1,  par  engagement  volontaire,  ou  bien  en  suite 
dune  obligation  legale,  perdent,  comme  de  raison,  le  droit  mentionne 
dFArticleXll  du  Traite  de  Vienne,  d'apr^s  lequel  ils peuvent,  pen- 
dant Tespace  de  8  annees,  d  compter  du  jour  de  la  Ratification  du  dit 
Trait^,  cboisir  d  volont^  un  autre  Souverain.  Ce  droit  leur  est  toute- 
fois  conserve  d^s  qu'ils  ont  obtenu  une  demission  dans  les  formes,  avant 
Pexpiration  du  dit  terme  de  8  annees. 

V.  Comme  il  pourroit  arriver  qu'un  Deserteur  avant  la  desertion 
du  service  de  Tune  ou  de  I'autre  des  Parties  Contractantes,  e6t  deserte 
des  troupes  d'un  autre  Souverain  ou  d'un  autre  E tat  avec  lequel  Tune 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RUSSIA  AND  PRUSSIA.  787 

des  Hautes  Parties  Contractantes  e6t  conclu  un  Cartel^  le  Deser- 
teur  nVn  sera  pas  moios  restitu^  d  I'Armee  de  laqaelle  il  aura  d^serte 
en  dernier  lieu. 

VI.  II  sera  defendu  aux  G^neraux  et  Officiers  respectifs^  et  en 
general  aux  Autorit^s  Militaires  et  Civiles^  d'enrdler  ou  de  recevoir  les 
Deserteurs  de  Tautre  Partie  Contractante.  Ceux  qui  se  presentent 
pour  se  faire  enrdler^  doifent  ^tre  examines  soigneusement,  et  d^s  que, 
soit  par  leurs  r^ponses,  soit  aux  indices  exterieqrs  de  leurs  habillemens, 
armes,  ou  autres  quelconqnes,  ils  sent  reconnus  Deserteurs,  lis  seront 
•rr6t^s  d*abord  et  sans  qu'on  en  attende  la  requisition.  La  nn^me 
chose  aura  lieu  s'ils  arrivent  sans  deinander  d'etre  enr61^,  mais  qu'ils 
ne  soient  point  munis  d'un  Passeport  ou  Cartouche  en  bonne  et  d6e 
forme.  D^s  qu'ils  auront  et^  arr^tes,  il  en  sera  donne  avis  au  Chef 
de  la  Garnison  la  plus  procbe,  ou  au  d^faut  d  une  Autorite  Militaire 
voisine,  d  1' Autorite  Civile  la  plus  4  portee,  afin  que  le  Deserteur  soit 
conduit  jusqu'il  la  Fronti^re  qui  separe  les  2  Etats,  et  que  ld-m6me 
il  soit  restitu^  et  rem  is  d  ceux  qui  seront  charges  de  le  recevoir. 

VII.  Au  cas  que  le  D^rteur  echappe  d  la  connoissance  des  Au- 
torites  Militaires  et  Civiles  du  Pays  respectif  od  il  se  sera  refugie,  la 
recherche,  larrestation  et  la  restitution  s'en  fera  par  les  Autorites  de 
ce  mime  Pays,  et  de  la  mani^re  d^terminee  d  TArticle  VI,  d  la  pre- 
miere requisition  qui  en  sera  faite  par  les  Autorites  Militaires  ou 
Civiles,  du  Pays  d'ou  il  a  d6sert^ ;  de  mani^re  toutefois  que  cette  re- 
quisition se  fasse  au  plus  tard  dans  le  terme  de  2  ans  d  compter  du 
jour  de  la  desertion.  Ce  terme  de  2  ans  ^coule,  le  Deserteur  ne 
poorra  plus  6tre  r^lame. 

VilL  La  requisition  poorra  dtre  adress^e  k  I'Autorite  Militaire  ou 
Civile  la  plus  proche.  Les  Autorites  Militaires  rendront  les  Deserteurs 
qui  se  seront  present^s  pour  6tre  enr6le,  et  les  Autorites  Civiles  ceux 
qui  ne  se  seront  pas  presentes  k  cet  effet.  Les  Autorites  Civiles  Prus- 
siennes  prendront  Id-dessus  les  ordres  des  Regences.  On  tiendra  la 
main  reciproquement  d  ce  qu'il  soit  promptement  et  loyalement 
satisfait  aux  requisitions  susmentionnees.  Afin  que  la  restitution  des 
D^rteurs  puisse  se  faire  avec  ordre  et  exactitude,  on  d^terminera  de 
part  et  d'autre,  des  Garnisons  ou  des  Places  Fronti^res,  dans  lesquelles 
on  delivrera  les  Deserteurs,  selon  que  ces  Places  seront  le  plus  k 
portie. 

IX.  Sll  s'^levoit  des  doutes  sur  lexactitude  de  tel  fait  enonce 
dans  la  requisition  par  laquelle  un  Deserteur  est  reclame,  on  ne  pourra 
pas  s'en  prevaloir  pour  refuser  la  restitution  du  Deserteur;  le  seul 
casexcepte  o^  un  Deserteur  pr^tendroit  appartenir  k  TEtat  ot  il  s'est 
rendu,  dans  lequel  cas  les  faits  doivent  avant  tout  6tre  constates. 
Mais  afin  que  toute  erreur  soit  pr^venue,  les  Autorites  Militaires  ou 
Ciyiles  dreeseront  nu  Proems  Verbal  dout  on  accompagnera  le  D^ser- 

3  E  2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


788  RUSSIA  AND  PRUSSIA* 

teiir :  la  Copie  eu  sera  eovoyee  sans  delal  k  la  lUgence  de  Sa  Majesle 
PruBBienne,  de  m^me  qa'd  celle  da  GouveraemeDt  de  Sa  Maje»l^ 
FEmpereur  de  toutea  les  Rusaies,  da  resaort  deaqoellea  se  trooTera 
6tre  uoe  telle  affaire. 

X.  Lea  Aatoritea  Militairea  oa  Civilea  respectivea,  soil  dans  les 
vtlles  aoit  k  la  campagne,  oe  laiaseront  passer  oi  Sous-Officier,  m 
Soldat,  i  pied  ou  d  cbeval,  oa  de  qael  Corps  de  Troupes  respectires 
qu'il  puisse  ^tre,  d  moias  qif  il  ne  soit  mani  d'an  Passeport  oa  Car- 
toache  du  Chef  on  Commaodeur  da  Regiment,  da  Bataillon  oodela 
Compagnie  dont  il  se  dit  6lre.  Au  defaut  d'ua  tel  Passeport,  riodu 
vidu  qai  devroit  en  ^tre  muni,  sera  arr^td,  et  mis  en  siiret^,  ainsi  que 
ses  pieces  d'habillement,  armes,  chevaux  et  effets  quelcooques,  qoD 
pourroit  avoir  sur  liii,  ou  avoir  emportes.  L'Autorite  Miiitaireou 
Civile  la  plus  4  portee,  en  sera  avertie  sur-le-champ>  et  il  sera  procede 
ensuite  d  apr^  la  teueur  de  la  presente  Convention. 

XI.  La  restitution  des  Deserteurs  etant  ainsi  con  venue,  toute  vio- 
lation  da  Territoire  respectif  sera  soigneusement  6vitee  et  s^vtomeot 
defendue  de  part  et  d  autre,  aussi  bien  que  tout  enr6lement  des  Deser- 
teurs ou  Sujets  respect!  fs. 

Ceux  qui  violent  le  Territoire  de  I'une  ou  de  I'autre  des  Haates 
Parties  Contracts ntes,  s'ils  sont  saisis  dans  les  Pays  od  ils  sen  soDt 
rendas  coupables,  seront  punis  Id  m6me  selon  les  Lois.  Mais  si  par 
la  suite  ils  se  sont  soustraits  d  la  dite  punition,  ils  seront  punis  d'spi^s 
les  Lois»  dans  le  Pays  de  leur  Souverain. 

S*il  s'dldve  des  doutes  sur  le  fait  ou  sur  les  circonatances  partico- 
lifcres  du  fait,  il  sera  etabli  une  Commission  bilaterale  d  dinger  par  les. 
Commissaires  de  la  Partie  ]es6e.  La  sentence  de  cette  Commisnon, 
confirmee  par  les  2  Souverains,  sera  exdcutee  sans  delai. 

XII.  Pour  tout  Deserteur,  les  frais  d'entretien  seront  acquittes,  i 
raison  de  I^  florin  de  Pologne  par  jour,  et  de  3  metze^  davoiae, 
ainsi  qiie  de  8  iivres  de  foin  par  jour  avec  la  paille  n^essaire,  pour  ie 
cheval  du  Deserteur.  Ces  fourrages  seront  pay^s  d'a]>rds  les  taox 
que  fournira  chaque  fois  le  piix  courant  du  march^  de  la  Ville  la  plus 
proche.  Le  payement  de  ces  frais  se  fera  lore  de  la  reddition  da 
Deserteur  et  du  cheval,  et  ces  frais  ne  pourront  dans  aucun  cas  lire 
augment^.  Pour  donner  d  cette  determination  toute  I'efficacite  pos- 
sible, les  Hautes  Parties  Contractantes  s'engagent  de  faire  deposeruoe 
somme  d  argent  chez  les  Autorites  etablies  d  apr^  FArticle  VIII, dans 
les  Garnisons  ou  Places  Frontidres,  pour  y  recevoir  les  Deserteurs. 
Les  frais  d'entretien,  ainsi  que  la  remuneration  dont  il  est  question  k 
I'Article  XIII,  seront  pay^s  sans  aucune  difficulte,  sur  lecomptequi^ 
simultanement  avec  la  restitution  du  Deserteur,  en  sera  present^  par 
I'Aalorite  Publique  chargee  de  cette  restitution.  Si  Ton  troavoit  ce 
compte  d^fectueux,  ce  qui  toutefois  ne  pourra  gu^res  avoir  lieu,  vd  la 
determination  precise  du  taux  des  frais  d*entretien  et  de  la  remunera- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RUSSIA    AND    PRUSSIA.  789 

tion,  de  pareilles  reclamations  ne  seront  examinees  qu'apr^s  que  le 
'  payemen^  aura  6te  provisoirement  effectae. 

Lea  Deserteurs  oe  pouvaot  contracter  des  dettes  legitimes,  il  ne 
sera  pas  qoestion  de  la  part  de  TEtat  requerant,  du  payement  de 
pareilles  dettes.  La  restitalion  du  D^serteur  se  fera  au  plus  tard  8 
joura  apr^s  son  arrestation,  et  celle-ci  aura  lieu  d^s  qu'on  I'aura 
decouvert. 

XIIL  II  sera  accorde  une  recompense  pecuniaire  k  celui  qui  aura 
denonce  ou  amen^  un  Desertenr,  de  la  pait  de  celle  des  Hautes  Parties 
Contractantes  i  laquelle  la  restitution  se  fera;  savolr  de  1}  ducat 
d'HoUande  pour  nn  homme  k  pied,  et  de  2^  ducats  pour  un  Cavalier 
avec  le  cheval. 

XIV.  Ceux  qui  dans  le  Pays  de  I'un  des  2  Souverains  commettent 
un  d^Iit  criminel,  ou  qui  sont  accuses  ou  prevenns  d'en  avoir  commis 
un,  et  qui  ensuite  prenneiU  la  fuite,  et  se  rendent  dans  le  Pays  de 
Tautre  Souverain,  seront  restitues  de  part  et  d'autre  4  la  premiere 
requisition,  laquelle  aura  lieu  de  la  mani&re  indiqu^  ci-dessous  A 
r Article  XV. 

L'^tat  ou  la  condition  du  Conpable,  Accus^,  ou  Preveuu,  ne 
chaugera  rien  d  cette  disposition,  et  il  sera  restitud  de  quel  etat  ou 
de  quelle  condition  qu'il  soit.  Noble,  Habitant  d'une  Ville  on  de  la 
Campagne,  Libre,  Serf,  Militaire  ou  Civil. 

Mais  si  le  dit  Criminel  ou  Prevenu  est  Sujet  du  Souverain  dans  le 
Pays  duquel  il  s'est  rendu  par  sa  fuite,  apr^s  avoir  commis  un  delit 
criminel  dans  le  Pays  de  Tautre  Souverain,  sa  restitution  n'aura  pas 
lieu,  mais  le  Souverain  dont  il  est  Sujet,  fera  administrer  contre  lui 
bonne  et  prompte  justice.  Si  cependant  un  Individu  quelconque  a  ete 
arr^te  dans  le  Pays  ou  il  a  commis  un  d^lit  criminel  ou  un  exc^s  quel, 
conque,  et  ce  pour  avoir  commis  le  dit  delit  criminel  ou  excds,  le 
Souverain  du  Pays  ou  Tarrestation  s*est  faite,  fera  administrer  justice 
contre  lui,  et  lui  fera  infliger  la  peine  qu'il  a  encourue,  quand  m^me 
un  tel  Individu  seroit  Sujet  de  I'autre  Souverain. 

XV.  Les  requisitions  a  Teffet  de  la  restitution  daprfes  I'Article 
XIV,  seront  adressees  respectivement  aux  Regences  de  Sa  Majeste 
le  Roi  de  Prusse,  et  aux  Gouverneurs  Militaires  et  Civils  de  Sa 
A1ajest6  TEmpereur  de  toutes  les  Russies,  Roi  de  Pologne,  et  non  pas 
aux  Autorites  Infi^rieures,  ou  aux  Justices.  L'Autorite  ainsi  requise 
ordonnera  la  restitution,  si  le  cas  y  est  qualifie  d'apr^s  TArticle  XIV. 
EUe  se  fera  de  mani^re  que  de  la  part  de  la  Puissance  requise,  main 
forte  soit  prfit^e  pour  le  transport  de  I'lndividu  jusqu'd  la  Fronti^re,  et 
qu*^  cette  Pronti^re  m^me  le  dit  Individu  soit  remis  i  ceux  qui  y 
serout  envoyes  de  la  part  de  la  Puissance  requerante.  Si  d  tel  ou  tel 
indice  la  qualification  d'un  Individu  d  la  restitution  d'apr^  les  prin- 
cipes  de  I' Article  XIV  est  reconnue,  m6me  sans  requisition,  il  sera 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


790  IIUSSIA  AND  PRUSSIA. 

arr^te  par  ordre  des  Autorit6i  Militaires  et  CiYiles  respecfiv^  e(  tTii 
en  sera  donn^  d  Peffet  de  sa  restitution. 

XVI.  A  compter  du  jour  de  J'arrestation  d'un  Criminel  ou  Pr^Teou 
qualifie  d  apr^  TArticle  XIV,  il  sera  paye  par  jour  poor  son  entretien 
1§  florin^  et  2  florins  ^ar  jour  poor  frais  de  detention.  Ces  fnit 
aeront  pay^s  lors  de  la  reddition  du  Criminel  ou  Pr^reno,  et  celle-ci 
sera  acc^Uree  autant  que  possible. 

XVII.  Ni  les  Deserteurs,  ni  les  Crimioels  oo  Pr^venus  oe  poir- 
yont,  de  la  part  du  Souverain  qui  les  reclame,  toe  poursaiTis  dtDS  le 
Pays  de  I'autre  Souverain,  soit  par  quelque  acte  de  violence  oa  d'ao- 
torite  propre,  ou  clandestinement.  I]  est  en  consequence  defends 
qo'un  Detachement  militaire  ou  civil,  quel  qu*il  soit,  on  quelqse 
Emissaire  secret,  passent  la  Fronti^e  des  2  Etats. 

Toute  violation  de  Territoire  pareille  sera  suivie  de  rarrestatioo  et 
de  la  punition  des  Coupables,  Id-m^me  od  cette  violation  aura  et^ 
commise. 

Si  de  la  part  de  la  Puissance  reclamante  la  ponrsuite  d  un  DeseN 
teur  ou  de  plusieurs  Deserteurs,  ou  bien  d  un  ou  de  plosieurs  CrimiDelB 
ou  Prevenus,  a  ete  ordonnee,  soit  au  moyen  d*un  Detachement  militaire 
ou  civil,  ou  de  quelque  autre  mani^re  que  ce  soit,  cette  poorsoite  ne 
doit  s'^tendre  que  jusqn'd  la  Fronti^e  qui  separe  les  2  Etats.  C'esti 
ce  point  qu'il  faut  que  le  Detachement  s'arr6te,  et  un  seul  homoe 
passera  la  Frontiere.  Celui-ci  s'abstiendra  de  toot  acte  de  violence 
ou  d'autoritd  propre,  et  s'adressera  k  PAutorite  Militaire  oo  Civile  It 
plus  proche,  se  Idgitimera  en  produisant  les  Lettres  reqotsitoires  de  ses 
Sup^rieurs,  et  proposera  la  reclamation.  *  Un  tel  Individo  sera  accueilli 
avec  les  ^gards  re9os,  et  il  sera  procede  en  consequence  de  la  presente 
Convention. 

XVIII.  II  est  d^fendu  de  part  et  d*autre  de  receler  un  D^serteor, 
ou  bien  un  Criminel  ou  Pr^venuj  ou  de  le  faire  passer  dans  quelque 
Contree,  Province,  ou  Garnison  eloignee,  pour  le  soustraire  i  la 
reclamation. 

Des  peines  de  part  et  d'autre  seront  d^cemees  contre  les  Individoa 
prevenus  de  ce  genre  de  delit,  et  les  Aotorites  des  2  Gouvememeoa 
auront  soin  de  s'informer  reciproquement  pour  leur  mutoelle  satisfac- 
tion, qu'il  a  ete  fait  justice  des  Contrevenans  aox  presentes  dispositiona 
L'int^r^t  et  Tequite  des  2  Gouvernemens,  ainsi  que  les  Lois  qa'ils  ont 
adoptees,  indiquent  dans  ce  cas,  que  la  peine  doit  ^tre  proportionn^ 
k  la  nature  du  delit,  et  aux  circonstances  particuli^s  qui  peuvent 
Taggraver  ou  Tattenuer. 

XIX.  II  est  defendu  de  part  et  d'autre  d'acheter  les  chevaox,  les 
Belles,  les  armes  et  les  habillemens  d'un  Desertenr,  ainsi  que  let  efiets 
qoelconques  qu'il  a  emport^s.  II  est  de  m^me  defendo  d'acheter  lei 
eSeiji  quelcooquesemport^  par  un  Criminel  ou  Prevenu. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RUSSIA  AND  PRUSSIA,  794 

Toot  ce  qui  a  ete  ache(6  de  cette  mani^re  sera  rendu,  gratis,  par 
I'Acheteur^  qui  en  restituera  le  prix«  au  cas  que  les  chevaux,  selles, 
armeSf  habillemens  et  effeU  sasdits  ne  se  trouvent  plus  chez  lui. 

L*Acheteur  sera  encore  sou  mis  k  une  peine  proportionn^e,  suivant 
les  Lois  du  Pays. 

XX.  Si  la  restitution  d'un  Deserteur,  d*un  Criminel  ou  d'un  Pre- 
venu  ne  se  fait  point  dans  un  cas,  ou  d'apr^s  cette  Convention  elle 
devroit  se  falre,  et  que  le  dit  Individu,  eurole  contre  la  teneur  de  cette 
Convention  ou  non  enroll.,  retourne  par  desertion  ou  par  fuite  dans 
le  Pays  auquel  il  auroit  d6  6tre  restitue,  le  Souverain  du  Pays  n'est 
pas  tenu  de  le  rendre. 

XXI.  Les  Hautes  Parties  Contractantes  s'engagent  d'emp^cher 
que  les  Vagabonds  ou  Criminels  qui  devront  ^tre  expuls^s  de  leuis 
EtatB,  passent  dans  ceux  de  la  Puissance  co-signataire  de  la  presente 
Convention,  d  moius  que  ces  Individus  ne  soient  u6s,  ou  n'ayent  eu 
leur  dernier  domicile  dans  les  dits  Etats.  Mais  m^me  dans  ces  2  cas  la 
Regence  la  plus  proche  des  Etats  respectifs  en  sera  prevenu  avant 
I'expulsion;  elle  indiquera  I'endroit  od  la  remise  d'un  tel  Individu 
devra  s'effectuer,  et  cette  remise  devra  Stre  accompagnee  des  pieces 
justificativessur  lelieu  de  naissance  ou  le  dernier  domicile  de  I'lndividu 
qu  on  voudra  transporter. 

Ou  ne  pourra  pas  liquider  de  frais  a  Toccasion  d'un  tel  transport, 
parce  qd'il  n  aura  pas  eu  lieu  k  la  suite  d'une  requisition  prealable. 

XXII.  II  s'dtend  de  soi-m6me,  et  il  est  expressement  stipule  par 
le  present  Article,  que  cette  Convention  n'aura  point  deflfet  r^- 
troactif. 

Les  D^rteurs  qui  ont  d^sert^  avant  le  terme  fixe  par  le  ler  Article 
de  la  presente  Convention,  et  ceux  auxquels  ne  s'appliqueraient  pas 
les  exceptions  mentionuees  dans  les  Articles  suivans,  ne  seront  pas 
rendus.  Quant  aux  Criminels  ou  Pievenus  qui,  d'apr^s  les  principes 
etablis  4  PArticle  XIV,  seroieot  soumis  k  la  reclamation  et  d  la 
restitution,  en  tant  que  le  delit  criminel  dont  ils  se  sont  rendus 
coupables,  on  dont  ils  sont  accuses  ou  pr^venus,  e6t  ete  com  mis  apr^s 
le  terme  fi%6  i  I'Article  I  de  cette  Convention,  la  restitution  s'en  fera 
de  part  et  d'autre,  quand  m&me  le  dit  delit  crimiuel  et  leur  fuite 
anroient  en  lieu  avant  le  dit  terme. 

Au  reste,  tons  les  differens  qui  pourroient  avoir  existe  ou  exister 
entre  les  Hautes  Parties  Contractantes,  au  sujet  de  la  desertion  ou  de 
l'enr61ement  jusqu'd  I'epoque  de  la  signature  de  la  presente  Conven- 
tion,  sont  par  cette  Convention  m^me  terminus  et  annules. 

XXIII.  La  doree  de  la  presente  Convention  est  fix^e  d  12  ans. 

XXIV.  La  teneur  de  cette  Convention  sera  publico  dans  les  2 
Etats,  et  dans  les  Armees  respertives  des  2  Souvernins,  d'abord  aprds 
I'echange  des  Ratifications;  afiu  que  Prrsoune  n'en  ignore  lecontenu. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


792  RUSSIA  AND  PRUSSIA. 

«C  qu'i  compter  det  tennes  exprim^,  elle  soit  soivie  et  exkatee 
pooctaellement  dans  toas  leg  Articles. 

Les  Gottverneors  et  CoannandaDS  des  Prorinces  Limitrophes,  les 
Officiers  Geo^rauz  et  aatres,  les  Aatorit^s  Militaires  et  Civiles  respec. 
tives,  lesReg^Qces  et  lean  Sabordono^s  seront  instruits  desstipalatioDs 
de  la  preseute  Couyeotion.  lis  anront  Piojonction  de  veiller  i  son 
executioa  fiddle,  et  de  lui  donner  4  cet  effet  la  plus  gmnde  pobRcit^ 
dans  leiirs  Goavememens,  et  dans  les  Provinces  confines  k  tear  sor- 
▼eillance  respective;  A  quoi  servent  entr*  aatres  les  pubTications anoa- 
elles  insert  dans  les  Gazettes  des  r^dences  et  dans  les  Feuilles  Offi. 
cielles  des  Ph>vinces. 

XXV.  Les  Ratifications  de  cette  Convention  senmt  echangees  id 
4  Berlin  dans  lespace  de  6  semaines,  on  plat6t,  «  faire  se  peat 

En  foi  de  quoi«  nous  les  Plenipotentiaires  respectifs  Tavons  signee, 
et  y  avons  appos^  le  Scean  de  nos  Armes. 

Fait  4  Berlin,  le  £  de  Mai,  1816. 

(L.S.)  LE  PRINCE  DE  HARDEN  BERG. 

(L.S.)  DALOPEUS. 


Nous,  apr^  avoir  lu  et  examin6  cet  Acte,  Pavons  trouve  en  tons 
ses  points  et  Articles  conforme  4  Notre  volonte ;  en  consequence  de 
quoi  Nous  Tavons  accept^,  approuve,  confirm^  et  ratifi^,  comme  Nous 
Tacceptons,  I'approuvons,  le  confinnons  et  le  ratifions  par  les  presenter, 
pour  nous  et  pour  nos  Successeurs ;  promettant  en  foi  et  parole  deRoi 
daccomplir,  et  d  observer  scrupuleusement  la  dite  Convention  de 
Cartel  dans  tous  ses  points,  sans  y  contrevenir,  ni  peraiettre  qu'il  y 
soit  contrevenu  par  d'autres,  de  quelque  mani^re  que  ce  sole  ou  puisse 
6tre. 

En  foi  de  quoi.  Nous  avons  sign^  ces  Pr^sentes  de  Notre  main,  et 
y  avons  fait  apposer  Notre  Sceau  Royal. 

Fait  a  Berlin,  le  8^me  Aotii  de  TAn  de  Gr4ce,  1816,  et  de  Notre 
r^gne  le  I9^me. 

(LS )  FREDERIC  GUILLAUME. 

Le  Prince  de  Hardbnberg. 


ARTICLES  ADDITIONNELS  a  la  Convention  prScedenU.^ 
Signes  d  Berlin,  le  6  Avrii,  1817. 

Nous  Frederic  Guillaume  III,  par  la  Gr4ce  de  Dieu,  Roi  de 
Prusse,  etc, 

Savoir  faisons  par  les]'presentes : 

Ayant  de  concert  avec  Sa  Majeste  TEmpereur  de  toutes  les 
Russies  juge  k  propos  de  modifier  pi usieurs  Articles  de  la  Convention 
de  Cartel  conclue  entre  la  Prusse  et  la  Russie,  en  date  de  Berlin  le  S 
Mai,  1816,  et  les  Plenipotentiaires  qui  ont  signe  la  dite  Convention 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RUSSIA  AND  PRUSSIA.  793 

ajant  pour  cet  effet  concia,  et  eigne  en  date  de  Berlin  le  lfSS»  ^^  cette 
anoee,  lea  5  Articles  Additionnels,  dont  la  teueur  suit  mot.^t-mot; 


.Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de  Prasae,  et  Sa  Majeste  I'Empereur  de  toates 
lea  Russies,  ayant  rdaolu,  apr^  la  Ratification  de  la  Convention  de 
Cartel  du  g  Mai,  1816,  de  modifier  lea  Articles  XI,  XII,  et  XVI,  dont 
^application  poarroit  amener  dea  difficulties,  contraires  d  leurs  inten- 
lions  mutuelles,  les  Plenipoteutiaires  soussignes  sont  convenus  des 
Articles  Additionnels  suivans,  relatifs  ii  Penqu^te  des  delits  de  viola- 
tion de  Territoire  et  aux  frais  d'entretien  des  Deserteurs,  et  qui  par 
consequent  seront  substitu^s  aux  Articles  susmentionn^s. 

Art.  I.  Tout  Individu  arr^te  dans  le  Pays  m^me  oi^  il  aura  commis 
ane  violation  de  territoire,  sera  traduit  devant  le  Tribunal  le  plus 
proche  de  ce  Pays,  charg^  de  Pinformation  des  delits  militaires. 

IL  Le  dit  Tribunal  examinera  le  fait,  entendra  les  T^moins,  et 
amenera  les  Actes  au  point  que  la  sentence  puisse  ^tre  prouoncee.  Ces 
Actes  seront  transmis  ensuite  au  General- en^Chef  des  Troupes  dont 
depend  le  Coupable,  aux  fins  de  faire  prononcer  la  sentence  conforme- 
ment  anx  Lois  de  chaque  Pays.  La  sentence  sera  communiquee  au 
Tribunal  charg^  de  1  uiformation,  qui  la  publiera  au  Prevenu,  retenu 
par  lui  aux  Arrets  jusqu'd  cette  epoque. 

Selon  la  teneur  de  cette  sentence  le  Prevenu  sera  de  suite  mis  en 
Iibert6,  ou  d^livre  d  I'Autorite  de  Pautre  Etat,  la  plus  voisine,  pour  lui 
faire  subir  la  peine  infiigee. 

III.  L'information  du  proc^  aura  lieu  sans  interruption  et  devra 
^tre  acceleree  le  plus  que  possible.  Si  le  Tribunal  charge  de  pronon- 
cer la  sentence,  demande  auparavant  des  eclaircissemens  ultdrieurs,  ces 
^claircissemens  seront  fournis  d  Ja  requisition  du  dit  Tribunal  par 
rAotorite  cbargee  de  Pinformation  du  dilit. 

IV.  Au  lieu  du  prix  ^xe  dansl'Article  XII  de  la  Convention  de 
Cartel,  il  a  ^te  convenu  que  les  frais  d'entretien  pour  tout  Deserteur 
seront  acquitt^s  d  raison  de  2  gros  courant  de  Prusse,  ou  15  gros  de 
Pologne.  Les  autres  determinations  restent  telles  qu'elles  ont  ete 
stjpuiees  dans  le  dit  Article. 

V.  A  compter  du  jour  de  Parrestation  d'un  Criminel  ou  Prevenu 
qualifie  d'apr^s  PArticleXlV,  il  sera  pay^  par  jour  pour  son  entretien  3 
gros  courant  de  Prusse,  ou  15  gros  de  Pologne,  et  3  gros  courant  de 
Prusse^  ou  23|  gro6  de  Pologne,  par  jour  pour  frais  de  detention.— 
Ces  frais  seront  payes  lors  de  la  reddition  du  Criminel  ou  Prevenu. 
Cet  Article  est  substitue  d  P Article  XVI  de  la  Convention  de  Cartel. 

Ces  Articles  Additionnels  auront  la  m^me  force  et  valeur  que 
s*il8  etoient  insures  mot-d  mot  dans  la  Convention  de  Cartel,  et  les 
Autorites  respectives  des  2  Gouvernemens  s'y  conformeront  exacte- 
roent. 

lis  seront  de  plus  annexes  d  la  dite  Convention^  et  ratifies  separe- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


794  RUSSIA. 

meat,  et  les  Ratifications  en  seront  echangees  dant  6  semaines,  ou 
p]ut6t  si  faire  se  peut. 

En  foi  de  quot,  les  Plenipotentiaires  les  ont  signes  en  double 
expedition,  et  y  ont  appos^  le  Cachet  de  leurs  Armes. 
Fait  iiBerlinJe^  (£:;;;  1817. 

(L.S.)      '         LE  PRINCE  DE  HARDENBERG. 
(LS,)  DALOPEUS. 


Nous,  apr^s  avoir  lu  et  examine  ces  dits  Articles  Additionnels, 
les  avons  tronves  en  tout  point  conforraes  d  Notre  volont^ ;  en  conse- 
quence de  quoi  Nous  les  avons  accept^i,  approuYes,  coofinnes  et 
ratifies,  comme  Nous  les  acceptons,  approuvons,  confiroions  et  rati- 
fions  par  les  presentes,  pour  Nous  et  Nos  Successeure ;  promettaut  en 
foi  et  parole  de  Roi,  d'observer  scrupuleusement  les  dits  Articles 
Additionnels,  sans  y  contrevenir,  ni  permettre  quil  y  soit  contrevenu 
par  d'autres,  de  quelque  mauiere  que  ce  soit,  ou  puisse  ^tre. 

En  foi  de  quoi.  Nous  avons  sigue  ces  presentes  de  Notre  main,  et 
y  avons  fait  apposer  Notre  Scean  Royal. 

Fait  a  Berlin,  le  16  Avnl^  Tan  de  grdce  1817,  et  de  notre  Regne 
le  20me. 

(L.S.)  FREDERIC  GUILLAUME. 

Le  Prince  de  Hardenbbrg. 


OUKASE  de  8a  MajesU  VEmpereur,  relatif  d  la  conduiie 
des  Religieux  de  r Ordre  des  J6suiies  dans  la  AmmiV,  ei 
ardonnant  leur  expulsion  des  Deux  Capitales  de  V Empire. — 
St.  PStersbourfff  le  1  Janvier^  1816. 

Revenu  aprds  une  heureuse  conclusion  des  affnires  extenenres 
dans  I'Empire  que  Dieu  nous  a  confie,  nous  avons  dte  inform^  par 
beaucoup  de  notions,  de  plaintes  et  de  rapports  des  circonstances 
suivantes: 

L'Ordre  Religieux  des Jesuites de  TEglise  Catholique-Romaine  avoit 
ete  aboli  par  une  Bulle  du  Pape.  En  consequence  de  cette  mesare, 
les  J^uites  furent  expulses,  non-seulement  des  Etats  de  I'Eglise, 
mais  aussi  de  tons  les  autres  Pays ;  ils  ne  parent  demeurer  nulle^part. 
La  Russie  seule,  constamment  guidee  par  des  sentimens  d'humanite 
et  de  tolerance,  les  conserva  chez  elle,  leur  accorda  un  asyle  et  assara 
leur  trauquillite  sous  sa  puissante  protection.  Elle  ne  mit  aucun 
obstacle  an  libre  exercice  de  leur  culte ;  elle  ne  les  en  detonma  oi 
par  la  force,  ni  par  des  persecutions,  ni  par  des  seductions ;  mais  en 
retour  elle  crut  pouvoir  attendre  de  leur  part  de  la  fidelite,  du  devone- 
meut  et  de  I'utilit^.     Dans  cet  espoir,  on  leur  permit  de  se  vouer  4 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RUSSIA.  795 

1  education  et  a  rinstruction  de  la  jeunesse.  Les  p^res  et  lea  mfcras 
lear  conO^rent  sans  crainte  lean  enfans  pour  leor  enseigner  les 
sciences  et  former  leurs  moeurs. 

Maintenant  iJ  vient  d'etre  constate  qu'ils  n'ont  point  rempli  les 
devoirs  que  leur  iroposoit  la  reconnoissance ;  qu*ils  ne  se  sont  pas 
mainteuus  dans  cefte  humilile  que  conomande  la  religion  cbr^tienne, 
et  qu'au  lieu  de  demeurer  habitants  paisibles  dans  on  Pays  Etranger^ 
lis  ont  entrepris  de  troubler  la  Religion  Grecqne  qui,  depuis  les  temps 
les  plus  recules,  est  la  religion  dominante  dans  notre  Empire,  et  sur 
laqnelle  comme  sur  un  roc  in^branlable,  reposent  la  tranquillity  et  le 
bonhenr  des  Peuples  soumis  k  notre  sceptre.  lis  ont  commence 
d  abord  par  abuser  de  la  con6ance  qu'ils  avoient  obtenue.  lis  ont 
detoumd  de  notre  culte  des  jeunes  gens  qui  leur  avoient  ^te  con6es  et 
qoelques  femmes  d'un  esprit  foible  et  inconsequent,  et  les  ont  attirds 
k  leur  eglise. 

Porter  nn  homme  k  abjurer  sa  foi,  la  foi  de  ses  ayeux,  ^teindre  en 
loi  Tamour  pour  ceux  qui  professent  le  m^me  culte,  le  rendre  etranger 
A  sa  Patrie»  semer  la  zizanie  et  I'aniniosite  dans  les  families,  de- 
tacher le  fr^re  du  fr^re,  le  fits  du  p^re  et  la  fille  de  la  m^re,  faire 
naitre  des  divisions  parmi  les  eirfaus  de  la  m^me  eglise;  est-ce 
la  la  voix  et  la  volonte  de  Dieu  et  de  sou  Divin  Fils  J^sus- 
Christ,  Notre  Sauveur,  qui  a  vers^  pour  nous  son  sang  le  plus 
par,  **  qfin  que  noui  menions  une  vie  paUible  et  tranquiile  dans 
tautes  tortes  de  jnete  et  d^ hannitete.**  ?  Apr^  de  pareilles  actions, 
nous  ne  sommes  plus  surpris,  que  I'Ordre  de  ces  Religieux  ait  et^ 
^loigne  de  tons  les  Pays  et  tolere  nulle  part.  Quel  est  en  eflfet  I'Btat 
qui  poorra  souffrir  dans  son  sein  ceux  qui  y  repandent  la  haine  et  le 
trouble  P 

Constamment  occnpes  4  veiller  au  bien-Stre  de  nos  fiddles  Sujets, 
et  consid^rant  comme  un  devoir  sage  et  sacr^  d'arr^ter  le  mal  dans 
son  origine,  afin  qu'il  ne  puisse  mCkrir  et  produire  des  fruits  amersy 
nous  avons  en  consequence  resolu  d  ordonner: 

I.  Que  r  Eglise  Catholique  qui  se  trouve  ici,  f6t  r^tablie  de 
nouveau  sur  le  pied  o^  elle  ^toit  durant  le  Rdgne  de  Notre  Ayeule 
de  glorieuse  m^moire,  rimperatrice  Catherine  II,  et  jusqu'd  FAnn^ 
1800. 

II.  De  faire  sortir  immediatement  de  St.  Petersbonrg  tous  \eA 
Religieux  de  I'Ordre  des  J^uites. 

III.  De  leur  defendre  I  entree  dans  nos  3  Capitales. 

Nous  avons  donne  des  ordres  particuliers  k  nos  Ministres  de  la 
Police  et  de  I'lnstruction  publique  pour  la  prompte  execution  de 
cette  determination,  et  pour  tout  ce  qui  concerne  la  maison  et  Pinstitut 
occnpes  jusqu'ici  par  les  Jesuites.  En  mdme  tems,  et  pour  qu^il  n'y 
ait  point  d'interruptioa  dans  le  Service  Divin,  nous  avons  present  au 
Metropolitain  de  P  Eglise  Catholique- Romkine  de  faire  remplacer  les 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


796  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C. 

J^saites  par  des  Pr^tres  da  m^me  rit  qui  se  trouveat  ici.  jusqnl 
larhveedes  Religieux  d'uo  autre  Ordre  Calholique  que  ooas  aToos 
fait  venir  a  cet  effet. 

Le  20  Decembre,  1815.     (1  Janvier,  1816.) 

ALEXANDRE. 
Ju  Setiat  Dirigeant,  Le  DirecieMrdu  Departement,  TomusDBNKFr. 


BRITISH  NOTIFICATION,  relatwe  to  the  exclusUm  ^ 
Foreign  Vesseh  from  Si.  Helena,  during  the  Bendemce  «f 
Napoleon  Bonaparte  in  that  Island.— 2^th  August,  1815. 

Foreign  Offict,  26/A  Anguei,  1815. 
Lord  Bathurst,  Ooe  of  His  Majesty's  Principal  Secretaries  of 
State,  has  this  day  notified,  by  comraand  of  His  Royal  Highness  the 
Prince  Regent,  to  the  Ministers  of  Friendly  Powers  resident  at  this 
Court,  that,  in  consequence  of  events  which  have  happened  in  Europe, 
it  has  been  deemed  expedient  and  determined,  in  conjunction  with 
the  Allied  Sovereigns,*  that  the  Island  of  St  Helena  shall  be  the 
Place  allotted  for  the  future  residence  of  (Seneral  Napoleon  Baona- 
parte,  under  such  regulations  as  may  be  necessary  for  the  perfect 
security  of  his  person ;  and  for  that  purpose  it  has  been  resolved,  that 
all  Foreign  Ships  and  Vessels  whatever  shall  be  excluded  from  nH 
communication  with,  or  approach  to  that  Island,  so  long  as  the  said 
Island  shall  continue  to  be  the  Place  of  residence  of  the  said  Napdeoo 
Buonaparte. 


BRITISH  ORDER  IN  COUNCIL, prohibiting  the  Export^ 
ation  of  Gunpowder,  Arms,  Ammunition,  S^c,  to  Africa, 
(with  certain  excqptions),  to  the  West  Indies,  or  to  certain 
Parts  of  the  Continent  of  A  merica. — Srd  August,  18 16. 

Ai  the  Court  at  Carlton- House,  the  3rd  of  August,  1816. 

PRESENT, 

HIS  ROYAL  HIGHNESS  THE  PRINCE  REGENT   IN 
COUNCIL. 

Whereas  the  time  limited  by  the  Order  of  His  Royal  Highness 
the  Prince  Regent  in  Council  of  the  12th  day  of  February  last,  for 
prohibiting  the  exportation  out  of  this  Kingdom,  or  carrying  coastwise, 
gunpowder  or  salt  petre,  or  any  sort  of  arms  or  ammunition,  will  ex- 

*  See  Convention  between  the    Allied  Powers.  Puis,  2nd  August  181& 

Pace  200. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN.  797 

pire  on  the  13th  day  of  this  instaut  August;  and  wbereaB  it  is  judged 
expedient,  that  the  said  prohibition,  bo  far  as  applies  to  the  Countries 
hereinafter  named,  should  be  continued  for  some  time  longer;  His 
Rojal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent,  iu  tlie  name  and  on  the  behalf  of  His 
Majesty,  and  by  and  with  the  advice  of  His  Majesty's  Privy  Council, 
doth,  therefore,  hereby  order,  require,  prohibit,  and  command,  that  no 
person  or  persons  whatsoever  (except  the  Master- General  of  the  Ord- 
nance for  His  Majesty's  service)  do,  at  any  time  during  the  space  of  6 
months  (to  commence  from  the  said  Idth  day  of  this  instant  August), 
presume  to  transport  any  gunpowder  or  salt-petre,  or  any  sort  of 
arms  or  ammonition,  to  any  Port  or  Place  on  the  Coast  of  Africa, 
or  in  the  West  Indies,  or  on  any  Part  of  the  Continent  of  America 
(except  to  a  Port  or  Place,  or  Ports  or  Places,  in  His  Majesty's 
Territories  or  Possessions  on  the  Continent  of  North  America,  or  iu 
the  Territories  of  the  United  States  of  America),  or  Ship  or  lade  any 
gunpowder  or  salt-petre,  or  any  sort  of  Arms  or  Ammunition,  on 
board  any  Ship  or  Vessel,  in  order  to  transporting  the  same  into  any 
such  Ports  or  Places  on  the  Coast  of  Africa,  or  in  the  West  Indies,  or 
on  the  Continent  of  America  (except  as  above  excepted,)  without  leave 
or  permission  in  that  behalf  first  obtained  from  His  Majesty,  or  His 
Privy  Council,  upon  pain  of  incurring  and  suffering  the  respective 
forfeitures  and  penalties  inflicted  by  an  Act,  passed  in  the  29th  year 
of  His  late  Majesty's  Reign,  intituled  ''  An  Act  to  empower  His  Ma- 
jesty to  prohibit  the  exportation  of  salt-petre,  and  to  enforce  the  Law 
ibr  empowering  His  Majesty  to  prohibit  the  exportation  of  gunpowder, 
or  any  sort  of  arms  or  ammunition,  and  also  to  empower  His  Majesty 
to  restrain  the  carrying  coastwise  of  salt-petre,  gunpowder,  or  any  sort 
of  arms  or  ammunition  ;*'  and  also  by  an  Act,  passed  in  the  SSrd 
year  of  His  Majesty's  Reign,  Cap.  3,  intituled  "  An  Act  to  enable 
His  Majesty  to  restiain  the  exportation  of  Naval  Stores,  and  more 
effectually  to  prevent  the  exportation  of  salt-petre,  arms,  and 
ammunition,  when  prohibited  by  Proclamation  or  Order  in  Council  :*' 
But  it  is  His  Royal Highness's  pleasure,  that  nothing  in  this  Order  con- 
tained shall  be  construed  to  alter  or  repeal  the  Order  in  Council  of 
the  20th  of  May,  1813,  for  regulating  the  export  of  gunpowder  and 
arms  to  the  Coast  of  Africa,  under  the  conditions  therein  specified. 

And  the  Right  Honourable  the  Lords  Commissioners  of  His  Majesty's 
Treasury,  the  Commissioners  for  executing  the  Office  of  Lord  High 
Admiral  of  Great  Britain,  the  Lord  Warden  of  the  Cinque  Ports,  the 
Master-General  and  the  rest  of  the  Principal  Officers  of  the  Ordnance, 
and  His  Majesty's  Secretary  at  War,  are  to  give  the  necessary  direc- 
tions herein  as  to  them  may  respectively  appertain. 

CHETWYND. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


798  UNITED    STATES. 

ACT  of  Congress  of  The  United  States^  to  continue  in  force 
the  Act  of  1813,  entitled  ^*  An  Act  for  imposing  addi- 
tional duties  upon  all  goodSj  wares^  and  merchandize^  im^ 

ported  from  any  Foreign  Portj  or  Place j  and  for  other 

purposesy^ — bth  February^  1816. 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  in  Congress  assembled.  That  the  addilioDal 
duties  upon  goods,  wares,  and  merchandize,  imported  into  The 
United  States,  and  upon  the  tonnage  of  Vessels,  imposed  by  the 
Act,  entitled  "  An  Act  for  imposing  additional  duties  upon  all  goods, 
wares,  and  merchandize,  imported  from  any  Foreign  Port  or  Place, 
and  for  other  purposes,'^  passed  on  the  Ist  day  of  July,  in  the  year 
1812,  shall  continue  to  be  laid,  levied,  and  collected,  in  the  mode 
therein  prescribed,  subject  in  all  respects  to  the  same  regulations 
and  provisions,  and  with  the  like  fines,  penalties,  forfeitures,  and 
remedies  for  breaches  of  the   Law,   as  are  now  provided  by  Law, 

•  ACT  qf  Camifren  qf  The  Untied  8tate9,  "for  tnifNMMf  addUional  dmtiee  t^tm  M 
goade,  waree^  and  merekandi»et  impwted  from  any  Foreign  Port  or  Pidce,  end 
for  other  purpoeee,*'  untU  the  expiration  qf  1  yemrefitr  the  eonclunon  qfPeeee 
with  Great  Britain.—Ut  Jnlg,  1812. 

Sbot.  I.  Bb  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  Hoiue  of  Repreeeatativea  of  the 
United  Statea  of  America  in  Congress  aaaembled,  That  an  additional  duty  of  100 
per  centum  upon  the  permaaent  duties  now  imposed  by  Law,  npon  goods,  warea, 
and  merchandise,  imported  into  The  United  Statea,  ahall  be  lened  and  ooBeoled 
upon  all  goods,  warea,  and  mmrchandiae,  which  ahall,  from  and  after  the  paaai^  d 
this  Act,  be  imported  into  The  United  States  from  any  Foreign  Port  or  Place. 

II.  And  be  it  Auther  enacted,  That  an  addition  of  10  per  centum  ahall  be  made 
to  the  aeveral  daties  imposed  by  this  Act,  in  respect  to  all  such  goods,  wans,  and 
merchandise,  as  shall,  from  and  after  the  passing  of  thii  Act,  be  imported  in  ih^ 
or  Vessels  not  of  The  United  States. 

III.  And  be  it  farther  enacted,  That  on  all  Ships  or  Vesseb  belonging  ithoQf 
or  in  part  to  the  Subjects  of  Foreign  Powers,  which  shall  be  entered  in  The  United 
States,  or  the  Territories  thereof,  there  shall  be  paid  an  additional  duty,  at  the  nte 
of  1  dollar  and  50  cents  per  ton. 

IV.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  That  the  additional  duties  laid  by  this  Act  shall 
be  levied  and  collected  in  the  same  manner,  and  under  the  same  regulations  and 
allowances,  as  to  drawbacks,  mode  of  security,  and  time  of  payment,  respeetiTely, 
as  are  prescribed  by  Law  in  relation  to  the  duties  now  in  force,  on  the  artldes  on 
which  the  said  additional  duties  are  laid  by  this  Act. 

V.  And  be  it  further  enacted.  That  this  Act  shall  continue  in  force  so  long  as 
The  United  States  shaU  be  engaged  in  War  with  Great  Britain,  and  until  the 
expiration  of  one  year  after  the  conclusion  of  Peace,  and  no  longer:  PTorided, 
however,  that  the  additional  duties  laid  by  this  Act  shall  be  collected  on  all  sodi 
goods,  wares,  and  merchandise,  as  shall  haye  been  prerioualy  imported. 

[Approved,  Jntg  h  1812.] 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED    STATES   AND    GREAT    BRITAIN,  799 

until  the  dOth  day  of  June  next,  any  thing  in  the  said  Act  to  the 
coDtrary  thereof,  in  any  wise  notwithstanding. 

II.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  That  from  and  af\er  the  said  30th 
day  of  June  next,  there  shall  be  laid,  levied  and  collected^  in  the 
manner  and  under  the  regulations  and  allowances  now  prescribed  by 
Law,  for  the  collection  and  drawback  of  duties  on  foreign  goods, 
wares,  and  merchandize,  an  additional  duty  of  42  per  cent,  on  the 
duties  which  shall  then  exist  on  foreign  goods,  wares,  and  merchandize^ 
until  a  new  Tariff  of  duties  shall  be  established  by  Law. 

III.  And  be  it  further  enacted.  That  nothing  in  this  Act  contained 
shall  be  so  construed  as  to  contravene  any  provision  of  any  Commercial 
Treaty,  or  Convention,  concluded  between  The  United  States  and 
any  Foreign  Power  or  State;  nor  so  as  to  impair,  or  in  any  wise 
affect  the  provisions  of  the  Act,  entitled  "  an  Act  to  repeal  so  much 
of  the  several  Acts  imposing  duties  on  the  tonnage  of  Ships  and 
Vessels,  and  on  goods,  wares,  and  merchandize,  imported  into  The 
United  States,  as  imposes  a  discriminating  duty  on  tonnage  between 
Foreign  Vessels,  and  Vessels  of  The  United  States,  and  between 
goods  imported  into  The  United  States  in  Foreign  Vessels  and  in 
Vessels  of  The  United  States,"  passed  on  the  3rd  day  of  March  in 
the  year  1816.* 

[Approved,  Februarys,  1816.] 


ACT  of  Congress  of  The  United  States j  ^^ concerning  the 
Convention  to  regulate  the  Commerce  between  the  Terri^ 
tories  of  The  United  States  and  His  Britannic  Majesty.'"' — 
\st  March,  1816. 

Be  it  enacted  and  declared  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Repre- 
sentatives of  the  United  States  of  America,  in  Congress  assembled. 
That  so  much  of  any  Act  as  imposes  a  higher  duty  of  tonnage, 
or  of  impost  on  Vessels  and  Articles,  imported  in  Vessels  of  Great 
Britain,  than  on  Vessels  and  Articles,  imported  in  Vessels  of  The 
United^tates,  contrary  to  the  provisions  of  the  Convention  between 
The  United  States  and  His  Britannic  Majesty,  the  Ratifications  whereof 
were  mutually  exchanged  the  22nd  day  of  December,  1815,f  be, 
from  and  after  the  date  of  the  Ratifications  of  the  said  Convention, 
and  during  the  continuance  thereof,  deemed  and  taken  to  be  of  no 
force  or  effect. 

iApproted,  March  1,  1816.] 


•  8m  Vol.  1820.21,  Page  521.  t  See  Convention  in  this  Vol.,  Page  78: 

itized  by  Google 


Digitiz 


800  UNITED  STATES. 

ACT  of  Congress  of  The  United  States,  declaring  its  condi- 
tional  consent  to  Acts  of  the  General  Assemblies  of  the 
States  of  South  Carolina  and  Oeorgia,  for  the  imposition 
of  Tonnage  Duties  on  Vessels  from  Foreign  Ports, — 29th 
April,  1816. 


Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representative-s  of  the 
United  Sfates  of  Anaerica,  iu  Congress  assembled,  that  the  consent  of 
Congress  be,  and  is  hereby  granted  and  declared,  to  the  operation  of 
any  Act  of  the  General  Assembly  of  the  State  of  South  Carolina,  now 
in  existence,  or  which  may  hereafler  be  passed,  so  far  as  the  same 
extends,  or  may  extend,  to  authorize  the  City  Council  of  Charleston, 
to  impose  and  levy  a  Duty,  not  exceeding  10  cents  per  ton,  on  all 
Ships  and  Vessels  of  The  United  States,  which  shall  arrive  and  be 
entered  in  the  Port  of  Charleston,  from  any  Foreign  Port  or  Place, 
for  the  puTposeof  providing  a  Fund  for  the  temporary  relief  and  main- 
tenance of  sick  or  disabled  Seamen  in  the  Marine  Hospital  of  the  said 
Fort  of  Charleston. 

ir.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  the  Collector  of  the  Port  of 
Charleston  be,  and  he  is  hereby  authorized  to  collect  the  Duties  im- 
posed or  authorized  to  be  imposed  by  this  Act,  and  to  pay  the  same 
to  such  Persons  as  shall  be  authorized  to  receive  the  same  by  the 
City  Council  of  Charleston. 

III.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  the  consent  of  Congress  be,  and 
is  hereby  granted  and  declared  to  the  operation  of  any  Act  of  the 
General  Assembly  of  the  State  of  Georgia,  now  in  existence,  or  which 
may  hereafter  be  passed,  so  far  as  the  same  extends,  or  may  extend, 
to  authorize  the  levying  and  collecting  of  a  Tonnage  Duty,  not  ex- 
ceeding 2  cents  per  ton  upon  Coasting  Vessels,  and  4  cents  per  ton 
upon  Vessels  from  Foreign  Ports,  arriving  at  and  entering  the  Ports 
of  Savannah  and  St.  Mary  s,  for  the  purpose  of  providing  a  Fund  for 
the  payment  of  the  Fees  of  the  Harbor  Master  and  Health  Officer  of 
those  Ports  respectively :  Provided,  the  said  Acts  shall  not  contain 
provisions  inconsistent  with  the  operation  of  any  Law  of  The  United 
States  made  in  execution  of  existing  Treaties. 

IV.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  this  Act  shall  be  in  force  for  6 
years,  and  from  thence  to  the  end  of  the  next  Session  of  Congress 
thereafter,  and  no  longer. 

[Approved,  April  29,  1816.] 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  .  801 

ACT  of  Congress  (f  The  United  States,  for  the  gradual  in^ 
crease  qf  the  Navy. — 29th  April,  1816. 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  in  Congress  assemUed,  that  for  the  gra- 
dual increase  of  the  Navy  of  The  United  States,  the  sum  of  1,000,000 
dollars  per  annum,  for  8  years,  is  hereby  appropriated,  including  the 
sum  of  200,000  dollars  per  annum,  for  3  years,  or  the  unexpended 
balance  thereof,  appropriated  by  an  Act  approved  on  the  3fd  day  of 
March,  1815,  entitled,  "  An  Act  concerning  the  Naval  Establish- 
ment." 

II.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  the  President  of  The  United 
States  be,  and  he  is  hereby  authorized,  to  cause  to  be  built  9  Ships,  to 
rate  not  less  than  74  guns  each,  and  12  Ships  to  rate  not  less  than  44 
guns  each,  including  one  74  and  three  44  gun  Ships,  authorized  to  be 
built  by  an  Act  bearing  date  on  the  2nd  day  of  January,  1813,  en- 
titled "  An  Act  to  increase  the  Navy  of  The  Untied  States;*'  and  in 
carrying  this  Act  into  effect,  the  President  shall  be,  and  he  is  hereby 
authorized,  as  soon  as  the  timber  and  other  necessary  materials  are 
procured,  and  the  timber  properly  seasoned,  to  cause  the  said  Ships  to 
be  built  and  equipped ;  or,  if  in  his  judgment,  it  will  more  conduce  io 
the  public  interest,  he  may  cause  the  said  Ships  to  be  framed  and 
remain  on  the  Stocks,  and  kept  in  the  best  state  of  preservation,  to  be 
prepared  for  service  in  the  shortest  time  practicable^  when  the  public 
exigency  maj  require  them. 

III.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  for  the  defence  of  the  Ports 
and  Harbours  of  The  United  States,  the  President  shall  be,  and  he  is 
hereby  authorized  to  cause  to  be  procured  the  steam  engines,  and  all 
the  imperishable  materials  necessary  for  building  and  equipping  3  Steam 
Batteries,  on  the  most  approved  plan,  and  best  calculated  for  the  waters 
in  which  they  are  to  act ;  and  such  materials  shall  be  secured  in  the 
best  manner^  to  insure  the  completing  such  Batteries  in  the  shortest 
time  practicable,  when  they,  or  either  of  them,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
President,  may  be  required  for  the  public  service  ;  and  the  President 
is  further  authorized  to  cause  to  be  completed  and  kept  in  the  best 
state  of  preservation,  the  Block  Ship  now  on  the  stocks,  near  New 
Orleans. 

lY.  And  be  it  further  enacted,  that  the  monies  appropriated  by 
this  Act  shall  not  be  transferrad  to  any  other  object  of  expenditure, 
nor  shall  any  part  thereof  be  carried  to  the  Fund  denominated  the 
''Surplus  Fund" 

lApproved2^h  April,  1816.] 


[1815—16.]  3  F 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


S02  SWEDEN. 

DISCOURS  de  Son  AUe9§e  JT^yofe  le  Prmee  Royat,  d  la 
Cldimre  dm  Stwrthimg  dm  R&fmume  de  Nvrw^e, — A  Cru- 
tiania,  U  6  JuiUetj  1816. 

Messieurs  les  Mcmbres  du  Storthino, 

Une  annee  s'est  ^coulee  depuis  Ic  joar  oi^,  en  verta  de  la  Coosti- 
tution,  V0U8  vons  assemblites  pour  remplir  les  fonctions  auxqnellet 
Y008  aviez  e(e  appeles  par  le  cboix  de  vos  Concitoyens.  L'As^mblee 
Nationale  de  la  Nom^ge  ay  ant  declare  que  ses  travaux  ^talent  fiois, 
je  remplis  un  devoir  bien  doux  k  mon  cceur  en  exprimant  ici  les  seoti- 
meos  du  Roi  pour  le  Loyal  People  Nonregien. 

Tl  m  est  bien  agre;ible.  Messieurs,  d*avoir  a  vous  annoncer  de  la 
partde  Sa  Majeste  que,  continuant  d*£tre  en  paix  avec  toates  les  Puii« 
sances,  les  rapports  d'amitie  qui  nous  unissent  aux  Etats  les  plus 
voisins,  la  Russie,  la  Pru8se,et  VAnglelerre,  acqai^rent  de  jour  en  jour 
one  nouveUe  consistance.  Vous  connaissez  voos-m^mes,  d'one 
maniere  plus  particuli^re  vos  relations  avec  le  Oouvemement  dont  vous 
releviez  jadis. 

Cest  avec  plaisir  que  je  vous  previens  que  la  N^gociation  ave<;le 
Danemarck  relativemt-nt  aux  Bricks  de  Guerre,  aux  Bateaux  de  Poste 
et  aux  Paquebots,  a  ete  terminee  par  TAoiiral  Fabritius,  k  la  satisfac- 
tion des  9  Gouvememens.  Le  Commissaire  Danois  a  renonc^  ktoutes 
les  pretentions  du  Danemarck  sur  les  Batimens  en  question,  moyennant 
une  somme  d'argent  dont  le  premier  paiement  commencera  d  la  fin  de 
cette  ann^e,  et  dont  la  totalite  doit  ^tre  acquittee  d  la  fin  de  1817. 

Le  Roi  a  vu  avec  satisfaction  la  coufiance  avec  laquelle  les  Nor- 
wegiens  ont  serre  la  main  fraternelle  que  leur  out  tendue  les  Su^dois. 
Des  imes  impatientes  et  soup^onneuses  avaient  pr^um^  qu*aDe  har- 
monie  parfaite  ne  ponrrait  subsister  une  annee  eiitiere  entre  le  Roi  et 
PAssemblee  des  Representans.  Vous  avez  prouve  le  contraire.  VoQs 
avez  prouve  que  la  bonne  foi  et  la  justice  produisent  toujours  des 
unions  durables. 

Le  Roi  ne  s'est  pas  dissimule  toutes  les  difiicultes  que  vous  avez 
rencontrees  sur  la  route  nouvelle  dans  laquelle  vous  avez  eu  k  marcber. 
Le  patriotisme  a  salue  avec  chaleur  Taurore  de  la  liberie  Nonregieone, 
raais  ce  n  est  que  par  les  progr^  du  terns  qu'il  pourra  y  joindre  les 
sages  lemons  de  lexp^rience  et  le  triomphe  de  la  raison  sur  les  pr6- 
juges.  Vous  avez  recemraent  acquis  la  faculte  de  parler  de  vos  droits. 
Vous  avez  discute  vos  int^r^ts  et  vos  prerogatives  sociales,  et  nous 
devons  espdrer  que  des  resultats  heureux  seront  par  la  suite  le  fruit  de 
vos  travaux.  Mon  premier  souhait  ^tait  de  les  partager  avec  vous, 
roais  mon  absence,  motivee  par  le  desir  de  vous  donner  une  marque  de 
mon  estime  et  de  ma  confiance,  a  d6  ea  m^me  terns  prouver  d  ceox 
qui  pourraient  envier  votre  liberie   actuelle  et  vos  destinees  futures. 


j 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


tfwrrzEXLANu.  808 

conbien  le  GoaTernement  a  ete  loin  de  vooloir  exercer  aueaDa  in* 
Hocnce  6iir  vos  iKiiberafioos. 

Le  fH^miar  dcToir  dea  Reprtentana  d'ua  People  est  de  oonnaitre  el 
d'appiecier  aa  veritable  ntuatkm.  Ne  dous  faieona  pas  illusion  sur  la  n6« 
trt,  si  nr lea  resaources  qa'ofire  le  Pays.  lie  prodait  de  nos  minea  et  de 
W9B  foiits  eat  Hniit6 ;  des  entraves  obstruent  notre  commerce,  et  ce  n'eat 
^u'avec  peine  que  noua  arracfaons  k  la  terre  dea  moissons  incertainea, 
et  cependant  que  d*objets  preacrits  par  rhumafiit^i  le  patriotiame«  la 
pr^Toyaoce,  la  necessity  m^me,  restent  encore  i  etablir !  Tela  sont  dea 
hospices  dans  lea  Provinces,  on  fadpital  pour  lea  D^fenseurs  de  la 
Patrie,  dont  notre  devoir  est  de  soigner  les  vieux  jours ;  des  magasins 
pour  nous  premunir  contre  les  mauvabes  recoltea  et  pour  parer  aux 
ev&ieflBens  ext^rieurs.  Mais  pour  les  moyens,  esperoos  en  cette  Pro- 
vidence qui,  daoa  Ponioo  entre  les  Peaples  Scandinaves,  nona  donna 
OB  premier  gage  de  sa  divine  protection. 

La  Nature,  en  refusant  aux  Enfana  du  Nord  les  avantagea  qo'aBe  a 
sitcordes  aax  habitana  dea  climata  plus  doux«  lea  compensa  par  dea 
doos  prdcieux:  Penergie  de  r&me  et  Tamour  de  la  liberie.  Pour 
gvider  vera  ce  noble  but,  elle  d^signa  la  aobri^t^,  rindoatria  et  la 
travail,  et  pour  courooner  sea  bienfaits  elle  fit  retentir  dans  leura  cooia 
«ette  voix  interienre  mille  foia  rep^t^e  par  lea  tombeaox  et  lea  sou- 
vdaifs  de  leurs  p^res,  qui  leur  orient :  "  Soyex  pan vres,  mais  independana 
eClionorea.''  Que  cette  voix  voussoit  i  jamais  sacree  !  Alors  la  Kberl^ 
trouvera  toujours  des  heritiera  dans  le  Nord;  alors  la  paix  int^rleure 
et  la  consideration  au-dehors  seront  le  partage  de  vos  deacendaos  long* 
tern  aprds  que  j'aurai  cesse  d'exister« 

Adieu,  Messieurs,  que  chacun  de  vous,  en  retouraant  dans  ses 
iayei^  reprennent  ses  anciennes  fonctions,  soit  ecclesiastiques,  adminis- 
tratives  on  judiciaires;  que  le  laboureur  s'occupe  de  nouveau  de  tout 
^e  qUi  a  rapport  k  I'agriculture,  et  le  negociant  des  moyens  de  faire 
proaperex  son  commerce.  Mes  vceux  vous  suivront  dans  vos  occupations, 
4St  je  prie  Dieu  qu'il  vous  guide  de  sa  main  puissante  et  proteotrica! 


PACTE  FEDERAL  entre  les   Vingt-deux  Cantons  de  la 
JSnisse.'-'Zufich,  le  7  AAut,  1815. 

Au  Norn  daXoDt-PuM^nt, 
Paraoraphe  L  Les  22  Cantons  Souverains  de  la  Suisse,  savoir; 
Zurich,  Berne,  Lucerne,  Ury,  Schwytz,  Uuterwalden,  Glari%  Zug» 
Friboorg,  Soleure,  Bale,  8cbafibonse,  Appenzell  des  2  Rhodes,  Saint- 
Gall,  Grisons,  Ar^vie,  Thurgovie,  Teasin,  Yaud,  Vaiais,  Neucbatal, 
et  Geneve,    se  riunissent,   par  le  present   Pacta   Federal,  pour  k 

3F2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


804  SWITZERLAKir, 

maintien  de  leur  liberie  et  de  Jeur  ind^peDdatice,  centre  toute  atiftqiie 
de  la  part  de  Tetranger,  ainsi  que  pour  la  conservatioii  de  Tordre  H 
de  la  tranquillity  dans  llnterienr.  lis  se  garantisMnt  reciproqaeineiit 
leuni  Constitutions,  telles  qu'elles  auront  M  statnees  par  I'Autoritf 
Supr^one  de  chaque  Canton^  en  conformity  avec  les  principes  do 
Facte  P^d^ral.  lis  se  garantissent  de  m^me  r^ciproqaement  leur 
Territoire. 
A  II.  Pour  assurer  I'effet  de  eette  garantie,  et  ponr  soateiiir  efficace* 

)  ment  la  Neutralite  de  la  Suisse,  an  contingent  de  Troupes  sera 
form^  des  hommes  habiles  au  Senrice  Militaire^  dans  chaqoe  Cantoa, 
dans  la  proportion  de  3  soldats  sur  100  &mes.  Ces  Troapea  i 
fournies  par  les  Cantons  comme  suit : 

Hoi 

Zurich  3,858 

Berne 4/584 

'    Lucerne • 1,734 

Ury    236 

Scbwytz • 609 

•     Unterwalden 38S 

Glaris 482 

Zug 850 

Fribourg  - i;240 

Soleure 904 

Bale   818 

Schaffhouse 466 

Appenzell 97S 

Saint-Gall 2,630 

Grisons 2,006 

Argovie 2.410 

Thurgovie... 1,670 

Tessin  1,804 

Vaud 2,064 

Valais  1,280 

Neuchatel 1,000 

Geneve  600 


Total HoMMet...  32J886 

Cette  dcbelle  est  adoptee  provtsoirement :  on  fera  la  revision  4  la 
premiere  Di^te  Ordinaire,  en  prenant  pour  base  le  priodpe  de  pro- 
portion indique  ci*dessu8. 

III.  Les  contingents  en  argent,  pour  les  frais  de  guerre  et  avtm 
d^penses  generates  de  la  Conf(6deration,  seront  payes  par  les  Caotooi 
dans  la  proportion  suivante : 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SWITZ£RLANir.  ^805 

Francs. 

Zorich 77.163 

Bcroe 91.695 

Lucerne  26^016 

Ury 1,184 

Schwytz 3,012 

Unterwalden   1,907 

Glaris 4,823 

Zug «,497 

Fribourg 18.591 

Soleure   18,007 

Bale 30.450 

Schaffhouse   9,327 

Appeozcll  ..•. 9,728 

SaiDt-Gall  39,461 

Grisons  12,000 

Argovie  — • 52,212 

Thorgovie 25,052 

Teasin 18,039 

Vaud    59,273 

Valaw  9,600 

Neucbatel   25,000 

Gen^Ye  ^ .••• 15,006 

ToUl Francs...  540,107 


Cette  ^cbelle  de  proportion  devra  egaleineDt  6tre  revue  et  corrig^s 
par  la  prochaine  Di^te  Ordinaire,  qui  aura  egard,  autant  que  possible, 
aux  reclamations  form^es  par  quelques  Cantons.  Une  revision  sem^ 
blable  aura  lieu  dans  la  suite,  ainsi  que  pour  les  contingents  de 
Troupes,  tons  les  20  ans.  « 

Pour  subvenir  aux  d^penses  de  guerre,  il  sera  de  plus  forni^  une 
Caisse  Militaire,  dont  les  fonds  doivent  s'^lever  jusqu'au  double  du 
contingent  d'argent. 

Cette  caisae  doit  6tre  exclusivement  employee  au  paiement  des 
frais  de  guerre,  lorsque  la  Confederation  fait  une  lev^e  de  Troupes ; 
le  cas  ^cheant,  la  moitie  des  d^penses  sera  pay^e  au  moyen  de  la 
perception  d'un  contingent  d*argent,  selon  T^chelle  de  proportion,  et 
Tautre  moitie  sera  prise  dans  la  caisse  de  guerre. 

Pour  former  cette  caisse,  il  sera  etabli  un  droit  d'entr6e  sur  ler 
marchandises  qui  ne  sont  pas  de  premiere  necessity. 

liCS  Cantons  Fronti^res  per^oivent  ces  droits,  et  en  rendent  compte'  C^4^>>H^ 
chaque  aonee  d  la  Di^te. 

La  Di^te  fixele  tarif  et  regie  le  mode  de  comptabilite ;  elle  fait  lea' 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


606  fWITZ£ftI.ANI7. 

diepodtioDS  necestaires  pour  la  coDservatioo  des  foods  de  la  caiaae  df 
guerre. 
j^^yi^t  IV.  Cbaqae  Canton,  menace  an  dehors  ou  dans  sons  iot^tiear,  a 

r.  _  .        It  droit  d'avertir  ses  Co-etata  de  se  tenir  pr^ts  i  loi  fonrnir  PaisisUoce 
ISd^rale. 

Des  troubles  venant  a  eclater  dans  rint^rieur  d*on  Cantos,  le 

GoQvernement  peut  appeler  d'autres  Cantons  i  sou  seconrs,  eu  syant 

Botn  toutefois  d'en  informer  aussitl^t  le  Canton  Directemr.     Si  le 

danger  continue,  la  Di^te,  sur  la  demande  do  Gouvemement^  preodii 

*     ks  dominations  uUerteores. 

Dans  le  cas  d'cin  danger  snbit  provenant  da  dehors,  le  Csntos 

^>*  *'         meoac^  peat  requerir  le  secours  d'autres  Cantons  ;  mak  il  en  doonera 

Imm^diatement  connaissance  ao  Canton  Directeur*     II  appartieot  i 

caliii^ci  de  convoqner  la  Diite,  laqoelle  fait  alors  tontes  les  dispositioiis 

i|ae  la  sAret^  de  la  Suisse  e»ge« 

Le  Canton  ou  les  Cantons  reqsis  ont  Tobligation  de  prtterseeoun 
au  Canton  reqn^rant. 

Dans  le  cas  de  danger  ezt^rienr,  les  frais  aont  supports  par  !• 
Confederation ;  ils  sont  k  la  charge  du  Canton  requerant,  all  s'agit 
de  r^primer  des  troubles  int^rieurs,  k  moinsque,  dans  des  circonstSDcet 
particuliferes,  il  n'en  soit  antrement  determine  par  la  Di^te. 

V.  Toutes  les  pretentions  et  contestations  qni  s'^l^veraient  entre  les 
^'IH^y^^L  Cantons  sur  des  objets  non  compns  dans  la  garantie  du  Facte  d'Union 
Ou W^    seront  soumis  au  droit  confederal ;  la  maniere  de  procider  et  la  fonne 
de  droit  sont  regies  de  la  maniere  snivante : 

Chacune  des  Partiea  choisit  entre  les  Hagistrata  d'aatres  Cantoas 
2  Arbitres,  ou,  si  ellea  en  sont  d'accord^  1  seol  Arbitre. 

Si  le  difi&nend  eaiste  entre  plus  de  2  Cantons,  diaqoe  partit 
ehoisira  le  nombre  d'Arbitres  determine. 

Ces  Arbitres  reunis  cherchent  k  terminer  le  diflerend  k  PamiaUe  et 
par  la  roie  de  la  conciliation. 

Slls  ne  peuvent  y  parvenir,  les  Arbitres  choisiiont  on  Sur-arbitre 
autre  les  Magislrats  d*un  Canton  impartial  dans  I'atfaire,  at  d'od  Ton 
n'aurait  pas  dej^  pris  I'un  des  Arbitres. 

Si  les  Arbitres  ne  peuvent  abaolument  s  accorder  ai|r  la  choix  d'an 
Sur-arbitre,  et  que  Tun  des  Cantons  vienne  k  a'en  plaindre,  le  Sar- 
arbitre  est  nomme  par  la  Di^te ;  mais,  dans  ee  «as,  les  Cantons  qai 
9ont  en  difierend  n'ont  pas  droit  de  voter.  Le  Sur'^aibitre  et  les 
Arbitres  essaient  encore  d'accorder  le  difierend,  on  hten,  si  lea  Paities 
s'en  remettent  i  enx,  ils  decideat  paf  compromis. 

Aucnn  des  2  cas  ci-dessus  n^echeant,  ils  prononcent  definitwement 
sur  la  contestation,  aelon  droit. 

II  ne  peut  6tre  inteijete  appel  de  cette  sentence,  et  la  Di^te,  en  cat 
da  besoin,  la  fait  eaecuter. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SWITZERLANOr  807 

La  questioii  des  frais,  savoir  leg  d^bourses  des  ArbiUies  et  du  Sur« 
arbitre,  doit  6tre  d^cidee  en  mdma  temps  que  la  question  principaie. 

Les  Arbitres  et  Sar-arbitres«  nommes  d'apr&s  les  dispositions  ci- 
dessus,  seront  d^lies  par  ledr  Gouvernement,  pour  le  difiereud  dont  ii 
a*agit,  du  serment  qu'ils  ont  pr^le  a  leur  Canton. 

Dans  les  differends  quelconques  qui  viendraient  i  s'^lever  entre  les 
Cantons,  ceux-ci  s'abstiendront  de  toates  voies  de  fait>  i  pluf  forte 
raison  de  Temploi  des  armes,  et  se  conforoieront  en  tout  k  la  d^cisioja 

r^ndue. 

YI.  Les  Cantons  ne  peuvent  former  entre  eux  de  liaisons  pr^judi- 
ciables  au  Facte  Federal,  ni  aux  droits  des  autres  Cantons. 

YII.  La  Confederation  consacre  le  principe,  que  comme,  apr^s  la    ^>(Mljf«^ 
reconnaissance  des  22  Cantons,  ii  n*existe  plus  en  Suisse  de  Pajs 
Bujets,  de  m^me   aussi   la  jouissance  des  droits  politiqnes  ne  peut 
jamais,  dans  aucun  Canton,  £tre  un  privilege  exclusif  en  faveur  d'une 
classe  de  Citoyens. 

VI IL  La  DiMe  dirige,  d*apres  les  dispositions  du  Facte  Federal,  ^^(fA 
lea  Affaires  Centrales  de  la  Confederation.  Elle  est  composee  des 
D^pat^s  des  22  Cantons,  qui  votent  d'apr^s  les  Instructions  de  leurs 
Gouvernemens.  Chaque  Canton  a  1  voix.  Elle  se  rassemble 
dans  le  chef-lieu  dn  Canton  Directeur,  en  Session  Ordinaire,  toutes  les 
Annies,  le  premier  Lundi  de  Juillet;  en  Session  Extraordinaire, 
lorsque  le  Directoire  la  couvoque,  on  sur  la  demande  de  5  Cantons. 

Le  Bourgmestre  ou  I'Avoyer  en  charge  du  Canton  Directeur  la 
preside. 

La  Di&te  declare  la  Guerre,  et  conclut  la  Paix.     Elle  seule  fait  TVf  <t'^»^ 
des  Alliances  avec  les  Puissances  Etrang^res  ;  mais,  pour  ces  decisions 
importantes,  les  trois-quarts  des  voix  sont  necessaires.  Dans  toutes  les 
antres  affaires  qui  sont  remises  d  la  Di^te  par  le  present  Pacte  Fe- 
deral, la  majorile  absolue  decide. 

Les  Traites  de  Commerce  sont  conclus  par  la  Diete. 

Les  Cantons  peuvent  traitor  en  particulier  avec  des  Gouvernemens 
Etrangers,  pour  des  capitulations  militaires,  ainsi  que  pour  des  objets 
economiques  et  de  Police;  mais  ces  Conventions  ne  doivent  blesseren 
rien  ni  le  Pacte  Federal,  ni  les  Droits  Constitutionnels  des  autres 
Cantons.  A  cet  effet,  elles  seront  port^es  a  la  connaissance  de  la 
Di^te. 

Les  Envoys  Diplomatiques  de  la  Confederation,  lorsque  de  telles 
missions  sont  jugees  necessaires,  sont  nommes  et  r^voqu^s  par  la 
Di^te. 

La  Di^te  prend  toutes  les  mesures  necessaires  pour  la  sCireie  inte-  l)•«4J\^.<x 
rieure  et  exterieure  de  la  Suisse;  elle  r^gle  ^organisation  des  Troupes 
du  contingent,  les  appelle  en  activity,  determine  leur  emploi,  nomme 
le  General,  I'Etat- Major-General  et  les  Colonels  de  la  Confederation; 
elle  ordonne,  d'intelligence  avec  les  Gouvernemens  Cantonaux,  Tin- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


^08  8WITZERLAM0. 

•pection  n^cessaire  sur  la  formation,  I'armement  et  P^uipemeol  da 
contingent  militaire. 
$^t\lk^  ^^'  I^Aiis  <l®s  circonstances  extraordinaireB,  la  Di^te.  loraqu  elle 

k  .y  '  ^«  De  reste  pas  en  permanence,  pent  d^legner  des  ponyoirs  particoliers 
au  Canton  Directeur.  Elle  pent  ^galement,  pow  des  objeta  d'ooe 
haute  importance,  adjoindre  d  TAutortt^  ap^cialement  charg^  de  ia 
gestion  des  Affaires  Federates,  des  Representans  de  la  Conf<Sderation : 
dans  I'an  et  I'autre  cas,  deux,  tiers  des  yoix  sont  n^cessaires. 
fo^i^jv^  Les  Representans  Federaux  sont  nommes  par  les  Cantons,  iesquels 
altement  entre  eux  pour  cette  nomination  dans  les  6  Classes  sni- 
▼antes: 

Les  2  Cantons  Directeurs  qai  ne  sont  pas  en  charge  nomment, 
tour-i-tour,  le  premier  Represeutant ; 

Uri^Scbirytz,  Unterwalden,  Je  second; 

Claris,  Zug,  Appenzell,  Schaflfhouse,  le  irouiime  ; 

Fribourg^  Bale,  Soleure,  Valais,  le  quatrieme; 

Grisons,  Saint-Gall,  Argovie,  Neuchatel,  le  cinquUme; 

Vaud,  TLurgovie,  Tessin,  Geneve, le  sunime. 

La  Di^te  donne  aux  Representans  de  la  Confederation  les  instruc- 
tions  necessaires,  et  determine  la  duree  de  lenrs  fonctions.  Dans  tous 
)es  cas,  ces  dernieres  doivent  expirer  d  une  nouveFle  reunion  de  la 
Di^te.     Les  Representans  sont  indemnis^s  par  la  caisse  centrale. 

X.  Lorsque  la  Diete  n'est  pas  r^unie,  la  direction  des  affaires 
g^nerales  est  confiee  k  un  Canton  Directeur,  avec  Kes  mdmes  attribu- 
tions que  celles  qu'il  exer^ait  avant  i'Ann^  1798. 

Le  Directoire  alterne  de  2  ans  en  2  ans  entre  les  Cantons  de 
Zurich,  Berne  et  Lucerne.  Ce  tour  de  r6le  a  commence  le  ler  Jan- 
vier, 1815. 
C  V%>(A^«^  II  y  aura  aupris  du  Canton  Directeur  une  Chancellerie  Confede- 
rale,  composee  d^un  Chancelier  et  d'nn  Secretaire  d*£tat,  leaquels 
sont  nommes  par  la  Di^te. 
'T  .«       .  XI.  Le  libre  achat  des  denrees,  des  produits  du  sol  et  des  mar- 

^^  chandises,  la  libre  sortie  et  le  passage  d'un  Canton  i  I'autre  de  ces 

objets  et  du  be  tail,  sont  garantis,  sauf  les  mesures  de  police  n^cessaires 
pour  prevenir  le  monopole  nsuraire  et  I'accaparement.  Ces  mesures 
de  police  doivent  Itre  les  m^mes  pour  les  ressortissans  dn  Canton 
comme  pour  les  autres  Suisses. 

Les  phages,  droits  de  route  et  de  pontonage,  actuellement  existans 
et  approuyes  par  la  Di^te,  sont  conserves.  On  ne  pourra,  sans  Pap- 
probation  de  la  Di^te,  ni  en  6tablir  de  noureaux,  ni  hausser  ceux  qui 
subsistent,  ni  prolonger  leur  dnr^e,  slls  ont  ^te  accordes  pour  no 
temps  determine. 

Les  droits  de  traite  foraine  d'un  Canton  k  Tautre  sont  abolis. 
C^^_^^^        XIL  L'existence  des  convents  et  chapitres,  et  la  conservation  de 
eurspropri^t^s,  en  tant  quelle  depend  des  Gouvememens  des  Cantons, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SWITZERLAND.  809^ 

font  garanties.  Ces  biens  soot  'Sujets  aux  imp6t8  et  contributions  pu- 
bliques,  com  me  toute  autre  propri^t^  particuli^re. 

XIII.  La  Dette  Nationale  Helv^tique,  fixee  le  ler  Noyembre,  $j1|^<V 
1804,  au  capital  de  3,118,336  francs,  demeure  reconnue. 

XIV.  Tous  les  Concordats  et  Conventions  conclus  entre  les  Can-  fy«vf»j^^ 
tons  depais  I'An  1803,  lesquels  ne  sont  pas  contraires  aux  principes  /U^^vutvij 
du  present  Facte  Federal,  restent  dans  leur  ^tat  actuel  jusqu'i  ce 

qa'ils  aient  ete  formeilement  revoques.  Quant  aux  Decrets  rendus 
par  la  Di^te  durant  le  m^me  temps,  on  les  reunira  dans  une  collection 
pour  les  presenter  en  1816  i  la  revision  de  la  Di^te,  qui  decidera  les- 
quels continueront  i  rester  en  force. 

XV.  Le  present  Facte  Federal,  ainsi  que  les  Constitutions  Can- 
tonales,  seront  depos^  dans  I'Archive  de  la  Confederation. 

Les  22  Cantons  se  constituent  en  Confi^deration  Suisse;  ils 
declarent  qu*ils  entrent  librement  et  de  bon  gre  dans  cette  Alliance, 
qn'ils  1  observeront  fiddlement  en  fr^res  et  confed^res  dans  toutes  les 
circonstances ;  en  particulier,  quMls  rempliront  mutuellement,  et  dhs 
i  present,  tous  les  devoirs  et  toutes  les  obligations  qui  en  r^sultent; 
etafin  qu  un  Acte  aussi  important  pour  le  salut  de  la  patrie  commune 
resolve,  selon  Tusage  de  nos  p^res,  une  sanction  religieuse,  ce  Facte 
Federal  sera  non-seulement  signe  par  les  Deputes  de  chaque  Etat 
autorises  i  cet  efiet,  et  muni  du  nouveau  Sceau  de  la  Confederation, 
mais  encore  confirm^  et  corrobor^  par  un  serment  solennel  au  Dieu 
tout-puissant. 

Ainsi  fait,  signe  et  scelle  par  Messieurs  les  Deputes  et  Conseillers 
de  Legation  des  Etats  Confed^r^s  ci-apr^  nommes,  k  Zurich,  le  7^me 
Ao6t  de  Tan  de  Gr&ce,  1815. 

Au  nam  du  Canton  de  Zurich, 

DAVID  DE  WYSS,  Baurgmestre. 
FAUL  USTERI,  CmseiUer  tPEiat. 
JEAN.JACQUES  FESTALUTZ,  ConseilierdEiat. 

Au  fiom  de  la  Viite  et  Republique  de  Berne, 

NICOLAS  FREDERIC  DE  MULINEN,  Awyer. 
J.  R.  DE  STURLER. 
RODOLFHE  STETTLER. 

Au  nam  de  la  Ville  et  RepubUque  de  Lucerne, 

VINCENT  DE  RUTTIMANN,  Avoyer. 
PPYFFER  DE  HEYDEGG,  CmseiUer  de  Ugation. 

Au  nom  du  Canton  ffUri, 

DOM.  EFP,  Landammannet  Landshauptmann. 
CHARLES  PLORIAN  LU8SER,  Secretaire  dEtat. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


810  SWlTZ£RLANO. 


Am  mm  dm  Camiam  dt  Sckw^tz. 

P.  X.  WiEBER,  Lamdmmmann  regnant. 
JOACBIM  SCHMID,  LiuHUmmann. 

Am  noM  dm  Canton  dUnterwalden  k  Haat, 
(keconnu  comme  etat  confbdsrs.) 
J.  IGNACE  STOCKMANN,  Lamdammumn, 
Am  MOM  dm  Canton  de  Glaris, 

NICOLAS  HEER,  Landamnumn. 

CHARLES  BURGER, itfiicM  Landaamamnet  Landsiattkalttr. 

Am  mem  dm  Canton  de  Zmg. 

JOSEPH  ANTOINE  HESS.  Ancien  Ammann. 
O.  J.  SIDLER,  Statthalter. 

Am  nom  de  la  ViUeet  Repmbltqme  de  Fribomrg. 

AUGUSTIN  GASSER.  Conseilier  dEtat. 

TOBIE  DE  GOTTRAU,  Membre  dm  Grand  ConteiL 

Am  nom  de  la-RepmbHque  de  Solewre. 

PIERRE  DE  GLUTZ.RUCHTI,  Avoyer. 

V.  DE  6LUTZ  DE  BLOTZHEIM, Membre  dm  TrUmnaltPAppei, 

Am  nom  dm  Canton  de  Baie. 
JEAN  HENRI  WIELAND,  Doctemr  Bomrgmestre. 
JEAN.JACQUES  MINDER,  ConseWer  d Etat. 

Am  nom  du  Canton  tie  Sckaff^komu. 
B.  PFISTER,  Bomrgmestre. 
J.  ULRIC  DE  WALDKIRCH,  Membre  dm  PetU  ComeiL 

Am  nom  dm  Canton  d^Appenxell  des  Dem^  Rhodes. 
ZELLWEGER,  Landammaun. 
J.  A.  FAESSLER,  L^ndshamptmaan. 

Am  nom  dm  Canton  de  Satnt-GaiL 
ZOLLIKOFER,  Landammann.   ^ 
J.  P.  REUTTI,  Membre  dm  Petit  Conseii. 

Am  nom  dm  Canton  des  Grisons. 
G.  GENGEL. 

Am  nom  dm  Canton  dArgome. 
JEAN  CHARLES  FETZER,  Bomrgmestre. 
FRANCOIS  LOUIS  HURNER,  JmgedPAppel. 

Am  nom  dm  Canton  de  nmrgovie. 
JEAN  MORELL,  Landammann. 
JOSEPH  Af^DERWEKT,  Landammann. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SWITZERLAND.  8U 

Au  nam  du  Canton  du  Tessin. 

ANDRE  CAGLIONI,  ConsdUer  d* Etat. 
MAGGI,  Landammann. 

Au  mom  du  Cantom  de  Vaud. 

JULES  MURET,  Canseiiierd'Etat. 
FRANCOIS  CLAVEL,   CanseUier  dElai. 

Au  nam  de  la  Ripublique  ei  Canton  du  Valais. 

CASPAR    EUGENE    STOCKALPER,  Anckn  Grand-BaUH 

du  Valais, 
MICHEL  DUFOUR,  Grand^Juge. 

Au  nom  du  Canton  de  NevchdteL 

DE  ROUGEMENT,  Procureur-General,  President  du  Conseii 

d^Eiat. 
COMTE  LOUIS  DE  POURTALES,  Constillerd'Etat. 
FR.  AUG.  DE  MONTMOLLIN,  ConteiUer  d Elat. 

Au  nom  de  la  RipubHqueei  Canton  de  Genive, 
JOSEPH  DESARTS,  Syndic,  Depute  du  Canionde  Genive. 
JEAN    PIERRE   SCHMIDTMEYER,  Conseiller  dEtat    ei 
Depute  du  Canion  de  Geneve. 


(Annexe.)'^Formule  de  Serment  au  Paete  Ftdiral,  lu  aux  Deputes 
des  Etats  Confederes,  le  7  Aodt,  1815  ; 

Noos,  les  Deputes  des  32  Etats  Soaverains  de  la  Confederation, 
au  nom  et  comme  fondis  de  pouvoirs  des  Bonrgmestres,  AYOjen, 
Landammanns,  Gbefs,  Grand-Bailli^  Conseillers  d'Etat,  Syndics, 
petits  et  grands  Conseils,  et  Assemblies  generates,  des  hants  Etats  de 
Zurich,  Berne,  Lucerne,  Uri,  Sehwytz,  Unterwaldeo,  Glaris,  Zng, 
Fnbourg,  Soleure,  Bale,  Schaffhouse,  Appenzell  des  2  Rliodes, 
Saint-Gall,  Grisous,  Argovie,  Thurgovie,  Tessin,  Vaad,  Yalais, 
Nencbatel,  et  Geneve, 

'*  Nous  jurons  de  maintenir  constamment  et  loyalement  rAlliance 
des  ConfiMeres  k  teneur  dn  Pacte  du  7  Ao6t,  1815,  qni  vient  d'etre 
In,  de  sacrifier  dans  ce  but  nos  biens  et  nos  Ties,  de  procurer  par 
tons  les  moyens  en  notre  pouvoir  le  bien  et  TavantHge  de  la  commune 
Patrie  et  de  chaque  Etat  en  particulier,  de  d6toumer  tout  ce  qui 
poorrait  leur  nuire ;  de  Tivre,  dans  le  bonheur  comme  dans  I'infor- 
tnne,  en  conf^dtSr^s  et  en  Mres,  et  de  faire  tout  ce  que  le  devoir  et 
Ilionneur  exigent  de  bons  et  fiddles  Aiii^'' 

Ensnita  les  Deputes  ont  profer^  a  haute  et  intelligible  rok  les 
paroles  suirantes : 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


612  HESSE. 

"  Le  Serment  qui  vient  d'etre  la«  le  haut  EUt  que  je  rqireseate 
ici  le  tiendra  et  Tex^cutera  fid^leraeot  et  sans  fraude : 

"  Je  le  jure  au  nom  du  Dieu  Tout-puissant,  aussi  vrai  qae  je 
desire  qu*il  me  fasse  grace  (par  riavocation  des  Saints)  !'* 

Lea  Employes  de  la  Cbancellerie  Federale  attestent  par  leun 
signatures  et  leurs  Sceaux  la  v^rite  de  ce  que  dessus,  le  7  Ao6t, 
1815, 

M.  MOUSSON, 

Chaneelier  de  la  Confederatum. 

LE  COLONEL  FRIDOLIN  JOSEPH  DE  HAUSER. 

Seereittire  d^Eiat. 

HENRI  HOTTINGER. 

Capitawe  d  CEtat- Major  Federal,  SubstUue  de  la 

Chanceilerie  pres  la  Diete  Exiraordmaire. 


CONVENTION  Terrilariale  enire  le  Gramd  Due  de  Beue 
et  VElecteur  de  Hesee.'^SignSe  d  Francfort  eur  Meim^  le  29 
Juin,  1816. 

Wia  Ludwig  von  Gottes  Gnaden  Grossheraog  von  Hessen  und 
bey  Rhein,  etc.  etc. 

Urkunden  und  bekennen  hiermit: 

Naehdem  Wir  den  Vertrag  gesehen  und  ertoogen  haben,  wehker  doh 
Wart  zu  Wort  also  lautei  ; 

Naehdem  Seine  Konigliche  Hobeit  der  Grossherzog  und  Seine 
Konigliche  Hobeit  der  Kurfurst  Yon  Hessen  angemessen  befundeu 
haben,  statt  der  vertragsmassigen  Zuriickgabe  derjenigen  Kurhessis- 
chen  Landestheile,  welche  im  Jahre  1810  in  Grossherzoglichen  Besitz 
gekommen  sind,  eine,  die  gegenseitige  Gebiets- Ausrundung,  moglichst 
beriicksichtigende  Ausgleichung  eintreten  zn  lassen ;  so  haben  die 
beiden  contrahirenden  Hofe  zur  Beratljung  und  Vereinigung  dariiber 
Bevollmiichtigte  emannt,  namlich : 

Seine  Konigliche  Hobeit  der  Grossherzog, — Ibren  Geheimen  Ratfa» 
aasserordentlichen  Gesandten  am  Koniglich  Baierischen  Hofe  and 
bevollmachtigten  Minister  bei  der  deutschen  Bundesversammluug, 
Gross-Kreuz-Commandeur  Ihres  Haus-Ordens,  Heinrich  Wilbelm 
Carl  von  Harnier,  und  Ibren  Geheimen  Rath,  auch  Hofkammer-Di- 
rector  Heinrich  Freyherrn  von  Miinch  zn  Bellinghausen.;^- 

Und  Seine  Konigliche  Hobeit  der  Kurfurst,  Ibren  Geheimen  Re> 
gienings-Rath,  Kammerherrn  und  Coramandeur  Ihres  Haus-OrUens 
Georg  Ferdinand  von  Lepel ; 

Welche,  nach  gescbebener  Auswechselung  ihrer  in  gehoriger  J'orja 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


HESSE.  813 

befnndenen  VollEnachten«  iiber  nacbstehende  Puncte  ubereingekom- 
meD  sind. 

Ceisiont  de  la  pari  de  tElecteur. 

Abt.  1.  Seine  KoDigliche  Hoheit  der  Korfiiret  entsagen  zu  GaD«« 
•ten  Seiner  Koniglichen  Hoheit  des  Grossberzogs,  alien  Rechten  nnd 
AnsprQchen  auf  die  Aemter  Babenbausen,  Ortenberg  und  Rodbeioi, 
sodann  Ihrem  Antheile  an  den  Gemeinscbaften  Vilbel,  Assenheim, 
Heuchelbeim^  Miinzenberg,  Trais-Miinzenberg,  Stadt  Ortenberg, 
Hergeahansen,  Sickenbofen,  und  Burggrafenrode.  Seine  Konigliche 
Hoheit  der  Grossherzog  werden  fur  sich  and  Ihre  Nachkommen  die 
▼orgedacbten  Aemter  and  Gemeinscbafta-Antheile  mit  alien  Landes- 
hobeits-Oberberrlichkeits-Lehens-Domanial-und  andern  Rechten  be- 
sitzen,  welche  Seine  Konigliche  Hoheit  der  Kurrdrst  darin  oder  als 
Zubebor  derselben,  beseasen  haben. 

Daa  in  der  Gemarkung  des  Amtes  Rodheim  gelegene^  der  Nau- 
lieimer  Saline  zustandige  Stiick  Waldung,  der  Altenberg  genannt,  ist 
riickaichtlich  des  Eigenthuins,  nnter  vorstehender  Cession  nicht  be- 
grifTen^  -sondern  wird,  wie  bisher,  mit  der  Saline  verbanden  bleiben, 
and  dernamlichen  Steuerfreyheit  und  sonstigen  Exemtionen  geniessen, 
welche,  hinaichtlich  des  Kohlenwerks,  im  4tea  Artikel  dieses  Ver« 
trags  festgesetzt  worden  sind. 

Cetsiont  de  la  part  du  Grand  Due. 

II.  Dagegen  werden  Seine  Konigliche  Hoheit  der  Grossherzog, 

1.  Das  Amt  Dorheim,  naeh  den  im  3ten  and  4ten  Artikel 
enthaltenen  weitem  Bestimmungen,  an  Seine  Konigliche  Hoheit  den 
Karfiirsten  zuriickstellen; 

2.  Ihnen  die  Ortschaften  Gross-Auheim,  Gross-Krotzenburg,  nnd 
Oberrodenbach,  sodann  Ihren  Antheil  an  der  Gemeinschaft  Praaabeim, 
mit  alien  Landeshoheits-Oberherrlichkeits-Lehens-Domanial-und  an- 
dern Rechten,  welche  Sie  darin,  oder  als  deren  Zubebor,  ausgeiibt 
baben,  abtreten  and  Ihren  Anspriichen  aaf  den  Dotteufelder  Hof  bey 
Vilbel  entsagen ; 

3.  Ibnen  die  Sooveranitat  iiber  die  Fiirstlich  and  Graflich  Isen- 
bargischen  Gerichte  Diebach,  Langenselbold,  Meerhoiz  Lieblos, 
W&chtersbach,  Spielberg  and  Reichenbach,  dann  den  Ort  Wolfenborn 
iiberlassen. 

BaUlage  de  Dorheim. 

III.  In  Riicksicht  des  Amtes  Dorheim  insbesondere  wird  ber- 
stimmt : 

a.  Dassdie  gegenwartig  laafenden  Pacht-Contracte  TonDomanial- 
Gegenst&nden,    Kurbessischer    Seits   fortgesetzt   and    aosgebaltas- . 
werden. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


814  H£SSE. 

b.  Daaiin  Belreff  der  b  doi  Jahrai  1813  usd  1814,  verlLinrten  Da- 
BnuDcn  und  allodificirten  Lehen,  Gronherzoglkher  Seits  darcb  eiat 
mit  den  Interessenten  zu  treffeode  Uebereiokanft  dufur  gesorgt  werde 
damit  die  Zehnten  za  Dorfaeim  und  Nauheim  satnmt  der  Zehntscheoer 
daaeHNrt»  Seiner  KdniglidieD  Hobeit  dem  Karforsteii  wieder  tn  Nittwrd, 
mit  der  llefiigDtsa,  solcbe,  vom  Tage  der  Uebergptbe  an,  zii  beztehen, 
zmrdckgestellti  in  Betreff  der  iibrigen  verkanften  und  allodiieirleik 
Objecte  aber,  die  Interesaenten  angewiesen  verden,  das,  was  ue  coo* 
tnictsm&ssig  noch  sckaldig  siod,  an  die  Karbessiachen  Kassen,  aammt* 
Tom  Isten  Juli,  1816  an,  za  berechnendea  Zinsen,  zu  bezahlen,  die 
bis  dahin  aofgelaufenen  aber,  an  die  Grossherzogiichen  Kasaeo  m 
bericbtigen.  Die  seitber  obigen  Objecten  ?oa  letztem  bezogeaen 
Kauf-ond  AllodiftcationB-Satnmen  sollen  der  Rentkammer  zu  Haoaa 
binneo  3  Monalen  wieder  ersetzt  werden  ; 

e,  Dass  in  eben  dieser  Frist  die  mit  den  Groasberzoglicben  Zebnten 
Tareinigten,  ehemals  Hanaaiscben  Zehot-Antbeile  zu  Hochweiael  und 
Ostbeim,  Groasherzogiieber  Seits  nacb  einem  DorrcbeebiHtla^Brtnife 
Yon  den  Jahren  lt98  bis  1806,  and  nacb  etiiem  4  proeeoiigeii  KapU 
tals-Anscblage  Tergiitet  za  werden; 

d.  Dass  von  den  Beamten,  der  JustiZ'-Amtmann  Seitz  dem  Gross* 
herzogiichen  Dienste  verbleibe,  der  Rentaintmann  Bode  uad  der 
Amtsscbreiber  Udet  aber,  mit  ihren  seitherigeit  6eiialt«fi  nad  Eniola- 
Dienten,  in  den  KurfursUicben  iibergebe. 

Mines  de  Dorheim  ei  Beienheim. 

IV.  Z«  BeseitiguDg  aller  Irrangea,  wekhe  iibtr  die  BeaiMtung 
des  im  Jahne  1812  entdeckten,  outer  dea  Geaiarkungea  too  DorMm 
und  Beienheim,  binziebenden  Braunkohlen-Lagers  eatsleiieo  k6oatea» 
iM  festgesfetzt  wof den : 

1 .  Seiae  Konigliche  Moheit  der  Grosaherfeog  werden  den  Betneb 
dieses  Works  aosscfaiieariieh  und  fiir  Ibre  eigene  Recfanuug  fortaeftzea, 
ohtte  jedoch  andere,  den  Salzqaellen  zam  Nacfatbeile  gereichende  neae 
Versocfae  mit  Bobreu  and  Scbiirfen  TonMiimen  zu  lessen. 

2.  Seiner  Kooiglichen  Hobeit  dem  KurRlrsten  bleibt  zwar  im 
AUgem^inen  die  Laadesh^heit  iiber  das  Werk,  so  weit  sicb  die  Dor- 
heimer  Gemarkong  eneftrecket^  vorbel^Alten,  dagegen  verzidifen  Sae 
anf  das  Zebnten-uad  Verkauf's^Kecbt,  aof  die  Besteoerong  des  Werim 
and  auf  alle  Einmischung  in  dessen  Bearbeitung,  ertbeilen  aacb  dem 
Erzeagnissen  desselben,  die  vollstaodigste  Zoll-und  Ausrohr-Freyheit, 
das  Chauss^e-Geld  allein  atngenommen. 

3.  Seine  Kdnigliobe  Hobeit  der  Groesberzog  verfiflieliten  Sicb  der 
Saline  zu  Naubeim  nacb  und  nacb  10  Millionen  Zentner  Bniaakab> 
Iea»  den  ^entaer  ?«  1.18  PAiode.  zom  Prdse  ¥Oo  12  Kreotaeia,  im  . 
M    Gulden   Fasa^,  aiis  dem  Dorbeimer  uad  Beienheimer  KoMaa^ 
werke,  wean  so  viele  aus  damsel  ben  gefordert  werden   konneo,  aa 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


H£SS£.  615 

iiberiasMn^  es  diirfen  jedoch  bis  zu  Ende  den  Jahres  1819,  jatirlich 
nicht  weniger  als  BO^OOO  und  Dicht  mehr  als  150,000  and  ▼om  Jthf 
1820  an,  jahrlich  nicht  weniger  als  150,000  and  nicht  mehr  als 
200,000  Zentner,  begehrt  werden. 

4.  Nebst  dem  Terpflichten  Sich  Seine  Kouigliche  Hoheit  der  Kuiv 
fiirstbiszu  Ende  des  Jahres  1819,  jahrlich  1 20,000  Zentner  Braun- 
kohlen  aus  dem  Bauernheimer  Werke,  zam  Pretse  von  16  Kreuzern 
im  24  Gulden  Fufse  Air  den  Zentner,  zu  nehmen. 

5.  Seine  Konigliche  Hoheil  der  Grossberzog  werden  diejenigen 
Grand  Eigentbiimer,  welcbe  durch  den  Bergbau  an  ihren  Grund* 
Btiicken  leiden,  schadlos  halten.  Der  Werth  des  zugeiugten  Schadens 
wird  durch  eine  gemeinschaftliche  Commission  aasgemittelt  und  tazirt 
werden. 

6.  Die  bey  dem  Kohlenwerke  angestellten,  uud  daselbst  wohnen- 
den  Arbeiter,  sollen,  wenn  sie  nicht  Kurhessische  Unterthanen  sind, 
gleich  andern  in  den  Kur(ur8tlicben  Staateu  wohnenden  Fremden 
behandelt  werden.  Die  Beamten  hingegen  verbleiben,  anch  wenn  sie 
auf  dem  Kohlenwerke  wohnen,  in  personlichen  Angelegenheiten  unter 
Grossberzoglicher  Gerichlsbarkeit. 

7.  Seine  Konigliche  Hoheit  der  Grossberzog  wercleu,  so  lange  die 
Kohlenlieferung  an  die  Saline  zu  Naubeim  dauert,  derselben  jahrlich 
4fi00  Sacke  Salz,  den  Sack  zu  206  Pfunde,  Silbergewicht,  abnehmen. 
Da  die  Salzpreise  auf  diesen  ganzen  Zeitraum  sich  nicht  voraus 
bestimmen  lassen ;  so  ist  man  iibereingekommen,  dass,  nach  Ablauf 
des  gegenwartig  noch  bestehenden  Contractes,  die  Preise  von  Fiinf 
Ztt  Fiinf  Jahren,  durch  gemeinsames  Einverstandniss,  ftstgesetzt 
werden. 

8.  Die  Bestimmungen  der,  zwischen  der  Hofkammer  in  Giessen 
und  der  Rentkammer  in  Hanau  im  Jahre  1814,  abgeschlossenen  Salz- 
und  Kohlen-Lieferungs-Contracte,  werden,  in  so  weit  sie  nicht  durch 
gegenwartigen  Artikel  abgeandert  sind,  bis  zu  vollstandiger  Erfiiliung 
der,  im  3ten  Absatz  desselben  iibernommeuen  Verbindlicbkeiten,  auf- 
recht  erhalten. 

Partage  des  Deites, 

V.  Vm  den  Weitlaufigkeiten  vorzubeugen,  wclche  die  Auseinan- 
dersetzung  des  gegenseitigen  Schuldenwesens  herbeyfiihren  wiirde,  ist 
man  iibereingekommen,  dass 

1.  Alle  Schalden  der  Uauauer  Land-Casse,  einschliesslich  der-^ 
jenigen,  welche  von  Seiner  Koaiglichen  Hoheit  dem  Grossherzoge 
bereits  iibernommeB  worden  wareo,  und  zwar  letztere  sammt  Zinsen 
▼om  Istea  Joly  1816  an.  Seiner  Koniglichen  Hoheit  dem ^Kurfurst 
vnr  Last  bleiben^  dagegen 

2.  Seine  Konigliche  Hoheit  der  Grossberzog 

^^    a,  Alle  auf  dem  Fiirstenthum  Isenburg  und  den  Verschiedenen 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


816  H£SS£. 

Landc-stheilen,  woraus  es  zusamroengesetzt  ist,  baflende  LandesschuU 
den,  iibernehineD. 

6.  Allerhochstdenenselben  alle,  auf  den  Orten  Gross-Aaheion, 
Gross- Krotzenburg  und  Oberrodenbach  haftenden  Mainzischea  and 
Petersstiftischen  Schuldeu  verbleiben,  und 

c,  Allerhdchst  Sie  auf  alle  An-und  Nachfordenmgen  an  Haaau* 
ische  Cassen  verzichten ;  mit  alleiniger  Ausnahme  von  jahrlichen  40 
Gulden  36}  Kreutzer,  welche  Sie  durch  25  Jahre  als  Beytrag  za 
den  iibernommeuen  reichskammergerichtlichen  Pensionen  aas  der 
Hanauer  Land-Casse  erhalten  werden. 

Dettes  el  Charges  Communalei. 

VI.  Communal- Schulden  und  Communal- Lasten  gehen  mit  den 
Communen  iiber.  So  bleibt  bis  auf  etwaige  weitere  Verabredaog, 
GroBs-Aubeim  fiir  einen  verhaltnissmassigen  Antheil  an  den  Steio- 
heimer  Amtsscbulden,  und  dieser  Ort«  so  wie  Gross- Krotzenburg,  und 
Oberrodenbach,  fiir  die  Schulden  der  Landes-Kriegs-Casse,  der  Pro- 
vinz  Starkenburg  verbaftet.  Dagegen  bleibt  ibnen  aber  auch  ihr 
Antheil  an  der  Kriegslasten  Parificatiou  vorbehalten.  Das  namlicbe 
giltvom  Amte  Dorheim,  rticksichtlich  seiner  Verbal tnisse  zur  Provinz 
Hessen. 

Sobald  die  Berechnungen  hieriiber  geschlossen  sind,  werden 
gemeinschaftliche  Commissarien  sich  iiber  die  einfachsten  Mittel  ein- 
verstehen,  um  den  hierdurch  noch  fortdauemden  Verband,  bald  tfaun^ 
lichst  aufzuheben,  und  zu  dem  Ende  die  von  der  einen  oder  der 
andern  Seite  zu  leistenden  Zahlungen  auf  bestimmte  Termine  zuriick- 
zufiihren. 

Vorbenannte  Orte,  so  wie  das  Amt  Dorheim,  bleiben  bis  zu  Ende 
des  laufenden  Jahres  in  der  Grossherzoglich  Hessischen  Brand-Versi- 
cherungs-Gesellschafl  und  tragen  bis  dahin  zu  den  innerhalb  deraelben 
sich  ergebenden  Brandschaden,  sodann  zu  den  gewohnlichen  Verwal- 
tungskosten,  welche,  von  dem  Jahre  1814  an,  noch  zur  Vertheilnng 
kommen,  verhaltnissmassig  bey,  so  wie  sie  Ersatz  (lir  die  etwa  in 
diesem  Jahre  noch  zn  leidenden  firandschaden  zu  erwarten  haben. 

Arrieres  de  Contributions. 

VII.  Sammth'che  am  Tage  der  Uebergabe  vorhandene,  Steaer- 
Riickstande,  gehen  an  den  neuen  Besitzer  iiber,  mit  Ausnahme  jedoch 
der  extraordinairen  und  indireclen  Steuer-Ruckstande  im  Amte  Dor- 
heim, und  in  den  Orten  Gross-Krotzenbui^,  Gross-Auheim  und  Ober- 
rodenbach, welche  gleich  alien  Domanial- Riickstanden  Seiner  Konig- 
lichen  Hoheit  dem  Grossherzoge  verbleiben,  von  dem  Kur-Hessiachen 
Behorden  erhoben,  und  innerhalb  eines  Jahres  an  die  Grossherzoglichea 
Cassen  abgeliefert  werden. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


HESSE.  817 

Bitfti  des  EtaMssemem  Pietisp, 

Vrit.  Dag  Vermogen  der  piorum  corporum  des  Furstenthams 
Hanau  wird  als  Privat-Eigenthum  betrachtet,  und  verbleibt  denselben, 
en  mag  im  Groasherzogthum  oder  im  Kurnirstenthum  gelegen  seyn. 
Dagegen  behalten  dieselbeo  die  aus  eiaem  tituh  speciaU  oder  aus 
einer  Observanz  henrtihreDde  Verbindlichkeit  zur  Reparatur  der 
Kirchen,  Pfarr-und  Scbulhaaser  und  Unterhaltung  der  Prediger 
und  Schullehrer  in  den^  bey  dem  Grossherzogthume  verblei- 
benden  Aemteru  und  Geoaeinschaften  beyzutragen.  Um  diesem 
Gmndsatze  die  moglicbste  Vereiufachuug  zu  geben,  wird  von  dem  im 
GrOBsberzogthume  Hessen  gelegenen  Vermogen  der  piorum  corporum, 
demselben  so  viel  abgetreteu,  als  zu  Erfiillung  obiger  Verbiudlicb- 
keiten^  welcbe  alsdann  auf  das  Grossherzogthum  iibergehen,  nothig 
isL.  Zu  dem  Ende  werden  die  beiderseitigen  Regierungen  in  Zeit  von 
2  Monaten  dieses  Ausgleichungs-Geschaft  gemeinschafllicb  vor- 
nehmen  lassen.  Der  Grossberzoglicher  Seits^  bisher  angelegte  Se- 
quester wird  sofort  aufgehoben,  und  der  Cassen-Bestand,  nacb  Abzug 
der  Verwaltungs-Kosten,  der  nach  dem  Sleuerfuss  ausgescblageueu 
Gelder,  und  der  stiftungsmassigen  Ausgaben,  an  die  Kurfurstlichen 
Behorden  ausgeliefert  werden. 

Renvoi  de  MHUaires 

IX.  Militarpersonen,  welcbe  aichl  Ober-Officiers-Rang  baben, 
folgen  ihrem  Geburtsorte.  Diesemnach  werden  alle  Individuen  dieser 
Calbegoriej  welcbe  aus  dem  Amte  Dorbeim,  den  Ortscbafteu  Gross- 
Attbelm^  Gross- Krotzenburg,  Oberrodeubacb  und  Praunbeim  gebiirtig 
sind>  und  im  GrossberzogUcben  Dienste  stehen>  4  Wocben  nach 
der  Ratification  des  gegenwartigeo  VertragSy  entlassen. 

Das  Isenburgiscbe  Militar  wird  dergestalt  iibernommen,  dass  die 
Mannscbaft  vom  Feldwebel  abwarts,  ibrem  Geburtsorte  folgt^  von 
dem  Offieiers-Corps  aber«  nacb  Verbaltniss  ihrer  Besoldungen,  6 
gleicbe  Tbeile  gemacbt  werden,  wovon  Seiner  Koniglichen  Hobeit  dem 
Grossberzoge  3,  und  Seiner  Koniglicben  Uobeit  dem  Kurfiirsten 
2  zufallen.  In  demselben  Verbaltnisse  werden  die  Isenburgischen 
Militar- Pensipnisten  iibernommen.  Uingegen  verbleiben  Seiner  K5- 
niglicben  Hobeit  dem  Grossberzoge  die  im  Jabre,  1813,  iibernom- 
menen  Hanauischen  Militar-Pensionisten,  ausscbliesslicb  derer,  welcbe 
aus  dem  Amte  Dorbeim  gebiirtig  stnd.  Pie  etwa  mit  zu  erbaltenden 
Milftar-Requisiten  und  Armaturen  werden  in  gleicbedi  Verb&ltnisse 
ertbeilt  werdep. 

Employ^  Cwils. 

m.  Seine  Koniglicbe  Hobeit  der  Grossherzog  iibernehmen  wegen 
der  acquirirten  Henautschen  Landestbeile,  aussef  den  LocaUBeamteJi/ 
[1815—16.]  3  G 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


816  H£SS£. 

weder  Civil-Dieuer  noch  Pt'osionisten,  UDd  diejenigen,  welche  Sie 
seit  deniJahre  1813  bezahlen^  fallen,  vom  Islen  Jaly  dieses  Jab  res 
an,  wieder  Seiner  Koniglichen  Hoheit  dem  KnrAirsten  zur  Last.  Ali« 
Isenburgische  Central-Civil-Diener  und  Civil- Penstonisten^  werden 
dagegen  aasschliesslich  von  Seiner  Koniglichen  Hoheit  dem  Groas- 
herzoge  iibernommen. 

Von  den  PeterstiftiscLen  Pensionen,  die  seither  ▼on  den  Gross- 
herzoglicben  Cassen  bezahlt  wurden,  iibemehmen  Seine  Konigliche 
Hoheit  der  Kurfiirst  vom  Isten  July  1816,  an  ^  theile,  in  so 
fern  noch  alle  die  Domanial- Gegenstande  vorhanden  sind,  womach 
dieses  Verbal tniss  ausgemittelt  worden  ist. 

Archives, 

XI.  S^mmtlicbe  Acten  und  Papiere,  welche  einzelne  Ortscfaaften 
ausschliesslicb  angeben,  werden  innerbalb  4  Wochen,  nach  der 
Ueberweisung,  dem  neuen  Besifzer  iiberliefert,  solcbe  aber,  welche 
andere  Landestheile  mitbelreffen,  gegenseitig  durch  Ausziige  mitge- 
theilt  werden. 

Die  das  Fiirstenthum  Isenburg  im  Ganzen  betreffenden  Acten  und 
Rechnungen,  verbleibeu  in  Grosshefzogtbumlicher  Verwahning,  doch 
wird  den  KurAirstlicben  Behorden  Einsicht  und  Abschrift  jederzeit 
gestattet  werden. 

Chaussees. 

XII.  Seine  Konigliche  Hoheit  der  Kurfiirst  verpflichten  sicb,  eine 
Chauss^e  von  der  Vilbeler  Gemarkung,  oder  vom  Heiligenstock  an, 
bis  an  den  Main,  Offenbach  gegentiber,  anlegen  zu  lassen.  Mit  dem 
Stiick  zwiscben  dem  Main  und  der  von  Frankfurt  nach  Hanau  foh- 
renden  Strasse^  wird  baldmoglicbst  der  Anfang  gemacht,  der  ganze 
Bau  aber  dermassen  bescbleunigt  werden,  dass  er  mit  dem  Jahre 
1818  vollendet  ist. 

Binnen  der  n^lmlicben  Zeit  werden  Seine  Konigliche  Hoheit  der 
Grossberzog  eine  Chauss^e  von  der  Windecker  Gemarkung  iiber 
Heldenbergen  bis  Niederwollstadt  bauen  lassen. 

Ueber  das  auf  beiden  Strassen  zu  erhebende  Obaussee-Geld 
werden  sich  beide  Hofe  verstandigen.  Befreinngen  werden  nicht  statt 
finden. 

Pant  wr  le  Mayn. 

XI II.  Die  beiderseitigen  Regierungen  werden  sicb  iiber  eine  bey 
Offenbach  iiber  den  Main  auf  gemeinschaftlicbe  Kostenanzulegende 
und  zu  unterbaltende  Schiffbriicke  einversteben,  wovon  der  Ertrag  ge* 
theilt  werden  soil.  Zu  dem  Ende  werden  14  Tage  nach  der  Rati6. 
cation  des  gegenwartigen  Vertrags  von  beiden  Theilen  Commissarien 
znsammentreten,  um  hieriiber  das  Nolbige  zu  verabreden. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PRUSSIA  AND  MECKLENBURG  STREUTZ.  819 

Execution. 

XTV.  Die  symboiische  Uebergabe  uud  Uebernahme  der  verachie- 
denen,  in  gegenwariigem  Vertrage  beDanoten  Landestheile,  wird  hier 
zu  Frankfort,  gleichzeitig  mit  der  Uebergabe  und  Uebernahme  derje- 
fitgen  Territorien  gescbehen,  welche  Seine  Koniglicbe  Hoheit  der  Gross- 
herzog,  zufolge  der  Uebereiokunft  mit  den  verbiindeten  Machten, 
abtreten  oder  erbalten.  Der  Reveniien-Bezug  wird  am  Isten  July 
1816,  far  die  neuen  Besitzer  anfangen. 

Rali/ScaiioM, 
XV.  Gegenwartiger  Vertrag  wird  ratificirt,  und  die  Ratificationa- 
Urkanden   werden    innerhalb  14  Tagen  hier   in   Frankfort    gegen 
einander  ausgewechselt  werden. 

In  Urkonde  dessen  baben  die  beiderfieitigen  Bevollmachtigten 
denselben  onteraeichnet  ond  mit  ihren  Wappen  beaiegelt. 

So  geschehen  Frankfort  am  Main,  den  29  Jony  des  Jahres  1816. 
(L.S.)   HEINRICH  WILHELM    CARL  VON   HARNIER. 
(L.S.)   HEINRICH  FREYHERRVON  MUNCH-BELLING- 

HAUSEN. 
rL.S.)  GEORG  FERDINAND  VON  LEPEL. 


So  erklaren  Wir,  daas  Wir  vorstehenden  Vertrag,  in  alien  seinen 
Ponkten  ond  Artikein,  krafl  dieses,  annehmen,  ratificiren  und 
bestatigen,  und  versprechen,  ihn  unverbriichlich  zu  halten,  auch  von 
den  Unsrigeu  genau  beobachten  und  vollziehen  zu  lassen.  Znr 
Beglaubigung  dessen  haben  Wir  gegen wartige  Urkunde  eigenhandig 
unterschrieben  und  mit  Unserem  Staats-Siegel  bestarken  lassen. 
Gegeben  Darmstadt  den  6  July  1816. 
<LS.)  LUDWIG. 

FREYHERRVON  LICHTENBERG. 


TBAITE  Terriiorial  entre  le  Roi  de  Pru$se  et  le  Grand 
Due  de  MeeJdenburg  Sireliiz  .—Signi  d  Frankfort,  le  18 
Septembre,  1816. 

Im  Nsnen  dor  Allerheiligsten  mid  Unthtilbarcn  Droyeiiiigkeit. 
Da  Seine  Majestat  der  Konig  von  Preussen  in  Gefolge  der  zo 
Paris  onter  den  verbiindeten  Machten  gepflogenen  Verhandlungen,  bey 
der  an  Allerhochstdieselben  von  Seiner  Majestat  dem  Kaiser  von  Oes* 
terreicb  geschehenen  Abtretung  derjenigen  Districte  im  ehemaligen 
Saar-Departement,  welche  Sr.  Kaiserl.  Konigl.  Apostolischen  Majes- 
tat dorch  den  Artikel  LI  der  zu  Wien  am  9ten  Junius  1816,  geschlosse- 
neu  Congress- Acte  zogefallen  waren,  die  Verbindlichkeit  iiberoommen 

3G2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


820  FRVSBIA  AND  MECKLENBURG  STRELITZ. 

haben,  die  Anspriiche  za  befriedigen,  welcbe  Seiner  KooigUcheD  Hoheit 
dem  Grossherzog  von  Mecklenburg  Strelitz  nach  den  Artikeln  XLIX 
und  L,  der  gedacbten  Congress-Acte  aor  ein  Gebiet  von  eiotr 
Bevolkening  von  10,000  Seelen  anf  dem  linked  Rheinnfer  zusteheo 
und  Seine  Konigliche  Majeslat  den  liVuntch  hegen,  Sicb  dieser 
Verpfliclitung  zii  eiitledigen,  die  wirklicbe  Uebergabe  der  daxu,  vie 
nachfolgt,  beatintinten  Terrltorieii  ana  gleiebfalla  im  rdgeoden  eothtl- 
tenen  Griinden  zur  Zeit  aber  niehi  angemeaaen  eracheiot,  so  habao 
Seine  Konigliche  Majeatat  und  Seine  Konigliche  Hoheit  in  der  Absicht 
in  der  Zwiachenzeit  alle  Rechte  zu  sichem  nnd  featzustellen,  einea 
beaondern  Vertrag  hieriiber  eiazogehen  beschloaaen,  and  zu  dieaem 
£nde  Befollmi&chtigle  ernannt,  namlicb : 

Seine  Majesiat  der  Konig  von  Prenaaen,  den  Preiheim  Carl  WiU 
helm  von  Humboldt,  IhroStaataminiater,  Kammerlierrn,Ritterde8roUien 
Adlerordena,  nnd  dea  Preuasischen  eiaemev  Kreuzea  later  OlasM, 
Groaakreuz  dea  Kaiserl.  Oeaterreichischen  Leopolda,  dea  Ruaaiachen 
St.  Annen,  des  Konigl.  Danischen  Dannebrog-Ordena,  dea  Ordens  des 
Verdienstea  der  Baierschen  Krone,  dea  Gro^herzogl.  Badiscben 
Ordens  der  Treue,  des  Grossherzogl.  Sachsen-Weimariachen  Falken- 
Ordens ; 

Und  Seine  Konigliche  Hoheit  der  Groaaherzog  von  Mecklenburg- 
Streiitz,  den  Freiherm  August  von  Oertzen,  Ihro  Staatsminister, 
Bitter  des  rotlien  Adlerordens  Ister  Classe; 

Welcbe  betde  Bevollm^chtigte,  nach  Auswechselung  ihrer  in 
gehoriger  Giiltigkeit  und  Richtigkeit  befundenen  Vollmachten,  nachste- 
hende  Artikel  mit  einander  verabredet  und  festgesetzt  haben. 

Cessions  par  la  Prusse, 
Art.  1.  Seine  Majestat  der  Konig  von  Preusaen  treten  an  Seine 
Konigliche  Hoheit  den  Grossherzog  von  Mecklenburg-Strelitz  dieebe- 
maligen  Can  tone  Cronenbnrg,  Reifferacheid  und  Schley  den,  jedoch  den 
eratern  mit  Ausnahme  der  Gemeinden  Steffler  und  Schuler,  den  letz- 
tern  mit  Ausnahme  der  Gemeinde  Wolfsseiffen  als  diejenigen  Districte 
ab,  welche  nach  der  di^sem  Vertrage  angeschloaaenen  Deaignattoo, 
die  crforderliche  Einwohnerzah!  enthaltcn.  Diesea  Gebiet  wird  von 
Seiner  Koniglicben  Hoheit,  Ihren  Erben  und  Nachfolgern,  in  voHem 
Eigenthum  und  mit  alien  Landeshoheitsrechten  beaeasen  werden. 
Da  jedoch  daaaelbe  ringa  um  voai  Konigl.  Preneaiacfacn  Gebiete 
vnigeben  ist,  nnd  daher  LokalverfaliltQiaae  nothwendig  ttiacfaen 
konnen,  beiy  der  Beatimmung  der  Grenssen  deaaelbea  etwaa  anf 
^iner  Seite  abzunehmen,  oder  auf  eioer  andem  hiniuantetBen ; 
so  behalten  Seine  Konigliche  Majeatat  Sich  ausdriioklich  bey  der 
wirklichen  Ueberweisong  dieae  nahere  Auamittelung  und  Aaagleiehuag, 
jedoch  dergeatnit  vor,  daaa  die  zugencherte  Seielenaafal  anveritodert 
und  der  Zuaammenhang  dea  Gebiets  ungetrennt  bleibe. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PKU6SIA   AND    MECKLENBUBG' STRELIT^.  821 

Agnition  de  la  part  du  Grand  JDtuc. 

II.  Seine  Konigliche  Hoheit  der  Grossberaog  von  Mecklenburg- 
Strelitz  nehmen  diese  Abtretung  an,  und  erklaren  hiermit  formlicb, 
dass  Seine  Majestat  der  Konig  durch  dieselbe,  der  gegen  die  durch  die 
Artikel  LIX  und  L  der  Congress-Acte  uud  die  Pariser  Verhandlungen 
ubernommenen  Vei'bindlichkeit,  vollkotnmen  Geniige  leisten.  Auch 
soil  diese  Abtretung  so  wie  solche  durch  den  gegenwartigen  Vertrag 
geschieht,  dieselbe  Wirkung  und  Giihigkeit  haben,  als  wenn  dieselbe 
ausdriicklich  in  dem  Recesse,  welchein  die  bier  zur  Ausgleichung  der 
Territorial  Angelegenheiten  versammelten  Bevollraachtigten  I.  1.  M. 
M.  des  Konigs  von  Preussen,  der  Kaiser  von  Russland  und  Oesterreich, 
und  des  Konigs  von  Grossbritannien  abschliessen  werden^  aufgefiibrt 
und  darin  aufgenommen  ware. 

Nouvel  arrangement  reserve. 

III.  Da  Seine  Koniglicbe  Hoheit  der  Grossherzog  von  Mecklen- 
burg-Strelitz  weil  die  im  Artikel  I,  bczeichneten  Territorien  voUig  von 
Ibren  alien  Landen  getrennt  und  weit  davon  eutfernt  sind,  ein  andcres 
angemesseneres  und  vortheilbafteres  Abkommen  zu  trefien  wiinscben, 
und  Seine  Majestat  der  Konig  von  Preussen  audi  Ihrerseits,  da  dieses 
Gebiet  schon  zu  Ibren  Staaten  gehort  und  auch  kiinflig  vollig  davon 
umschlossen  bleibe,  diesem  Wunsch  bey treten,  und  daher  beide  Theile 
desshalb  eine  anderweitige  Vereinbarung  zu  schliessen  geneigt  sind,  so 
wird  die  Ueberweisung  des  im  Artikel  I  genannten  Gebiets  an  Seine  Ko- 
niglicbe Hoheit  bis  auf  6  Monate,  langstens  bis  auf  ]  Jabr  von  dem  Tage 
der  Untersch rift  der  gegenwartigen  Uebereinkunft  an,  hinausgesetzt; 
Seine  Koniglicbe  Hoheit  leisten  auf  das  Recht,  solche  innerbalb  dieses 
Jahres  fordern  zu  konnen,  Verziclit;  Seine  Majestat  der  Konig  hingegen 
versprecben,  dieselbe  nach  Ablauf  desselben,  sogleich  gescheben  zu 
lassen,  als  Seine  Koniglicbe  Hoheit  darauf  antragen  werden.  Bis 
zur  wirklichen  Ueberweisung  verbleibt  das  mebrgedachte  Gebiet 
lediglich  und  unverriickt,  und  so  wie  es  sich  jetzt  dabey  befindet, 
bey  der  Preussiscben  Monarchic,  als  afleiniges  Eigenthum  Seiner 
Majestat  des  Konigs  und  Ihrer  Landeshobeit  unterworfen,  so  dass  die 
im  Artikel  I.  paciscirte  Abtretung  bis  dahin  nur  als  eine  eventuelle 
anzusehen  ist. 

Revenus. 

IV.  Dagegen  versprechen  Seine  Majestat  der  Konig  Seiner 
Koniglichen  Hoheit  dem  Grossherzoge,  von  dem  I  Mai  1816  an, 
als  an  welchem  Tage  Seine  Koniglicbe  Majestat  in  den  Genuss 
derjenigen  Theile  des  Saar-Departement  gekommen  sind  mit  welcher 
die  aus  den  Artikein  XLIX  und  L  der  Congress-Acte  fliessende 
Verbindlichkeit  verkniipft  ist,  die  reinen  nach  Abzug  de  Ausgabe  iibrig 
bleibenden  Einkiinde  zu  gewahren  und  dieselben  Seiner  Koniglichen 
Hoheit  bey  der'Uebcrweisung  des  Gebiets  auszahlen  zu  lassen.    Sollte 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


822  PRUSSIA   AND   MECKLENBURG    STRELITZ. 

in  GeoiMBbeit  des  Aftikcb  III  ein  anderes  Abkommen  ^troffen  wer- 
dcDy  so  wird  mmn  sich  iiber  die  Art  der  VergiitigaDg  dieser  eotgange- 
nen  Einkunfte  beionden  gegenaeitig  verstehen.  Far  die  Gewidiniiig 
der  Seiner  Koniglichen  Hoheit  lur  die  Zeit  vor  dem  1  May,  1816,  von 
dem  K.  K.  Oesterreichiacben  und  Kooigl.  Baierischen  Hofe  zastebenden 
Einkdnfte,  venprechen  Seine  Majestat  der  Konig  Sicb  nicbt  nur  auf  das 
KraAigite  zo  Terwenden,  aondem  aucb  dafur  Sorge  zo  tragen,  daas  Seine 
Konigliche  Hobeit  jeden  Falls  bierin  den  andem  im  Artikel  XLIX 
der  Wiener  Congress-Acte  genannten  Fiirsten  gleich  gestellt  werden. 

Commerce^  Etapes,Sfc, 

V*  Anf  den  Fall,  dass  die  im  Artikel  I.  auabedungene  AbtreUing 
znr  Vollziebnng  kommen  sollte,  Yersprechen  beide  bohe  paciacirende 
Tbeile  im  Vorans,  Sicb  nacb  libenJen  Grundfaizen  und  zum  Vortbeil 
der  beideneitigen  Untertbanen  iiber  diejenigen  gegenseitigen  BesCim- 
mnngen  zu  versteben^  welcbe  der  Handelsverkehr,  der  Truppendarcb- 
zug  und  der  enge,  jetzt  zwiscben  den,  in  diesem  Fall  alsdaun  getrenn- 
ten  Gebieten  bestehende  Verband  notbwendig  und  ratbsam  machen 
diirAen. 

Rat^icatwnr, 

VI.  Gegenwartiger  Vertrag,  welcben  beide  Tbeile  aU  nichtzu  offenU 
licber  Kundwerdung  gecignet  anseben  wollen,  soli  ratificirt  werden,  und 
die  AaswecbseluDg  der  Ratificationen  binnen  6  Wochen  vom  Tage 
der  Unterzeicbnung  an  in  Berlin  gescbeben. 

Zu  Urkuud  dessen  baben  beide  Bevollmiichtigte  den  gegenwartigen 
Vertrag  eigenbi&ndig  unterzeichoet  und  mit  ihren  Wappen  beaiegelt 
Gescbeben  zn  Frankfurt  am  Main  den  18  September  1816. 

(I..  S.}     WILHELM  FREIUERR  VON  HUMBOLDT. 
(L.  S.)    AUGUST  VON  OERTZEN. 

Designation  des  wm  Seiner  Majesidi  dem  Konige  wn  Preussen  an  Se. 
Konigliche  Hoheiiden  Grosskerzog  von  Meek/enln[rg»Sireitixef>eniHeU 
abgetretenen  Gebiets. 

1.  Den  Canton  ReifTenscbeid  mit 8,690  EiDWohnem. 

2.  Den  Canton   Schleyden   mit  Aus- 

nabme  der  Gemeinde  TVolfseiffeu 

mit 3,917  — 

S.  Den  Canton  Cronnaburg  mit  Ana- 
nabme  der  Gemeinde  Steffler  und 
Schuler  mit • 2,796  — 

Summa 10,332  Einwobner. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PRUSSIA  AND  HESSE   DARMSTADT.  823 

CONVENTION  Territoriale  entre  Sa  MajeaU  U  Roi  de 
Prusse  et  Son  AUease  Roy  ale  le  Chrand  Due  de  Hesse. — 
Signie  d  Munster^  le  12  MarSj  1817 ;  avec  un  SuppUment 
siffu6  d  Oiessen^  le  6  Juillei,  1817. 

Cenveniion  zwitchen  des  Konigs  von  Prettssen  Mqfesiai  und  Seiner 
MofugHchen  Hoheil  dcm  Grassherzog  von  Hessen ;  geschhssen  zu 
MUnster,  den  12/efi  Mdrz,  1817. 
Da  bey  der  den  unterzeicbneten  Koniglich-Preusaischen  und 
Grofaherzogl.  Hessischen  Bevollmachtigten  iibertragenen  endlichen 
Vollziehiing  des  Staats-Vertrags  vom  dOsten  Junius  1816,  wodurch  S. 
K«  H.  der  Grossherzog  von  Hessen,  das  Herzogthum  Westphalen 
and  die  Oberhoheit  ond  l^ehnherrlichkeit  iiber  die  Grafscliaften  Witt- 
genstein-Wittgenstein und  Wittgenstein-Berleburg  an  die  Krone 
Preussen  abgetreten  baben,  mancberley  Anstande  vorgekonomen 
varen,  welche  durch  die  bisherigen  schriftlichen  Unterhandlungen 
nicht  beseitiget  werden  konnten,  und  da  insbesondere  aucb  die  g^enaue 
Ausmittelung  and  Einziebung  der  in  jenem  Staatsvertrage  Grossber- 
xoglich-Hessischer  Seits  vorbebaltenen  Cammeral-Riickstande  immer 
noch  eine  besondere  Grossherzogl.  Administration  im  Herzogtbum 
Westphalen  auf  geraume  Zeit  notbig^nacben,  bierdurch  aber  die  zwi- 
schen  dieser  Administration  und  den  Konigl,  Preussiscben  Behorden 
wegen  des  beiderseitigen  Gebrancbs  der  einschlagigen  Acten  und 
Recbnungen  bisber  scbon  ofters  entstandenen  Collisionen  vermebrt, 
and  die  definitive  Erledigung  des  Staats-vertrags  noch  mehr  aufge- 
halten  warden  wiirde ;  da  endlich  auch  die  vertragsmassige  Betrci- 
bungjener  Riickstande  den  Ruin  vieler  Debenten— jetzt  Koniglich 
Preussicher  Untertbanen-— zur  Folge  haben  wiirde;  so  Haben  die  un- 
terzeichneten  BevoIImachtigten  eine^  die  Beseiiigung  aller  dieser  Aii- 
stiinde  und  Schwierigkeiten,  und  die  endlicbc  Erledigung  aller  bisber 
Terbandelten  Ausgleichungspuncte  scbnell  berbeyfubrende  Ueberein- 
kunft,  dem  Interesse  beider  Staaten  fiir  zutraglich  eracblet.  In  dieser 
Erwagung  haben  die  unterzeicbneten  beiderseitigen  BevoIImachtigten 
in  heute  dahier  gehalteuen  miindlichen  Conferenzen  folgende  Conven- 
tion, jedoch  mit  Vorbfehalt  der  Genehmigung  ihrer  lichen  Gouverne- 
mentSy  abgeschlossen. 

Arrieres  cedes. 

Art.  I.  Sammtliche  noch  vorhandene  vom  Isten  Julius  1816  in 
dem  Herzogtbum  Westphalen  bestandene  Cruninal- Riickstande, 
warden  mit  alien  Recbten,  welche  man  Grosskerzoglich-Hessischer 
Seits  darauf  hatte^  an  Preussen  abgetreten.  *^ 

Indemnisation. 
II.  Fiir  diese  Riickstande    cntrichtet  Preussen  zur  Grossherzogl. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


624  PEUMIA  AND  H»9a   Di^RMSTADT; 

Henischen  StaatsCasse  die  Samme  von  132,8S5  fl.  4^  xr., 

beo :  Ein  bundert  und  zwey  uud  dreyssig  tausend  acblbuadert  ond 

fiinf  und  dreyssig  Gulden  45  Kreuzer  in  24  fl.  Pass. 

Deties  (TAdwdfiMiraihn. 

III.  Preasseu  iibernimmt  alle  der  Groasherzogl.  Heaaischca  Vci> 
waltung  im  Herzogthum  Westphalen  am  Isieo  JuliuSy  1816  obgetegene 
Zablungsschuldigkeiten,  iiberbaupt  aUe  gerichtliche  und  «a»er- 
gericbtliche  Anspriicbe,  welcbe  entweder  aus  den  Zeitea  der 
ebemaligen  Kurcollniscben  oder  aus  den  Zeiten  der  nachherigci 
GrossberzogL  Hessischen  Regierujig  an  Hessen  gemacht  wordea 
aind,  oder  etwa  noch  gemacbt  werden»  wogegen  Hesaen  aJie  am  Isten 
Julius,  1816«  vorbanden  gewesene  Cassen-und  NaUiraiienForrajdie  an 
Preuasen  abtritt. 

Inter  els.  Preiensions  conire  la  France. 

IV.  Da  biernach  Preussen  aucb.  fiir  die  Zinaeafordemng  eiatiitt, 
weicbe  von  den  Darleibern  der  vou  den  letztventorbenen  Uenv  Kor- 
furaten  von  Colin  in  Miinster  aufgenommenen  sogenaonten  Krooangs- 
capitalien  an  Hessen  friiberbin  gemacbt  worden  ist«  wozu  jedoch  das 
Beytragsverbaltnifls  noob  nicbt  au^emittelt  war«  so  warden  dagegea 
Grossberzogl.  Hessiscber  Seits  aucb  diejenigen  Anspriiche  an  Preos* 
sen  cedirt,  welcbe  wegen  der  Kurcollniscben  Scbulden,  vermoge  eioe< 
am  II ten  May,  1810  zwiscben  Frankreicb  und  dem  Grossherzogthuffl 
Hessen  abgeseblossenen  Vertrags,  an  Frankreicb  gemacbt  werdea 
konneo,  und  auf  gleicbe  Weise  geben  aucb  diejenigen  Anspriiche  an 
Preussen  iiber,  welcbe  Grossberzogl.  Hessiscber  Seita  aowobl  wegen 
der  gedacbten  Kronungscapitalien,  als  ancb  wegen  anderer  Forde* 
rungen  an  S.  K.  H.  den  Erzberzog  Maximilian  von  Oeaterveich-Este* 
als  Testamentserben  des  letzt  verstorbenen  Herrn  Kurforsten  Ton 
Colin  gemacbt  werden. 

Defenses  de/d/aites. 

V.  Bey  der  Verwenduag  derjenigen  Kammerakiickstande,  veiobe 
seit  dem  Isten  J-ulius  1816  bereits  eingegangen  sind,  bebtilt  essoa 
Bewenden,  uud  es  werden  desfalls  weder  von  der  eisctt,  aoch  von  der 
andern  Seite  Anspriicbe  gemacbt. 

Capital  de  Fiir^tenkerg. 

VI.  Daa  iur  die  ehemalige  Kammercaase  des  Hterzogtbums  Wast- 
pbalen  am  Isten  May  1^15  bey  dem  FreMieiro  von  Fitnteaberg  xo 
Herdringen  anfgenommene  Capital  von  90,000  Gulden  wird  roa 
Preussen  iibernommen  ;  Hessen  lasst  sicb  aber  dagegen  an  der  im 
3ten  Artikel  stipulirten  Summe  15,000  Gulden  in   Abzug  bring^o* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


P1IU8SIA  AN(D  HfifiSE   DAHMBTAST.  825 

PreuMen  hefarAtvt  gleicfa.  Bach  erfolgttv  Batification  dieaer  UeWrein- 
kunft  die  Zariickgabe  der  iiber  jenes  Capital  aosgestdltMi  Obligatioii. 

Creauces  de  Caisses  Particulieres. 

VII.  Die  ana  der  Bonner  UniTeraitatBCaise  und  ane  der  Weatpba- 
linQbea  DiflpeDsationaeaaBe  der  ehemaligen  Ameberger  HofkanMter* 
casse  vorgefrchosseoen  Capitalien,  jedes  voa  IMO  Gulden,  werden  von 
Heesen  iiberoomineD,  and  von  der  im  3ten  Artikel  dieeer  Cooven- 
lion  bestlminten  Vergleichssumme  ebenlalle  abgerecbneU 

Depdts. 

Vllh  Die  in  die  vorbemeldete  Kammercane  gefloeseaeii,  aooh 
nicbt  zuriickgezabhen  Depoaiten,  nebst  denen  davon  bis  zum  laten 
Juliaa  1816  erfalleuen  Zindeo,  Jaast  sich   Hessen  im   Betrage   von  ^ 
18,721  Gulden  ebenfalla  von  der  bemerkten  Vergleichasumme  in  Ab- 
zng  bringen. 

Creanoetdiies  SuccumbenZ'^Gekler. 

IX.  Dagegen  werden  die  GrosBherzog).  Caaeen  aas  dein  Her- 
zogtbum  Weatpbalen  nnd  aus  den  Wiitgenateinachen  Grafachaften  en* 
trichteten  SuGCunibefi2geIder>  in  aofern  sie  nicht  achon  verfallen,  oder 
an  die  Intereaaenten  zuriickgezablt  aind,  und  vermoge  der  erfolgenden 
richterlichen  ErkeBDtnraae  noch  zuriickgefordert  warden  kdnaen« 
Prenaaiscber  Seita  zur  Zahlung  iibemommen. 

Exceptions  d  V Article  L 

X.  Unter  denen  im  Isten  Artikel  an  Preussen  abgetretenen  Kam- 
merriicksUlnden  sind  nicht  begriffen: 

a.  Die  Ober-Kriegs-Kanzleiaporteln,  welche  die  Grosaherzogl. 
fiessiache  Kriegscaase  in  Darmstadt  ausdemHerzogtbum  Weatpbalen 
Docb  za  fordem  bat,  so  wie  der  Ersatz,  der  aua  den  Hessischen 
Frncbtvorr^tben  flir  daa  Preussiache  Militar  aeit  dem  Idten  Julias 
vorigen  Jahres  bezogenen  Brotfriicbte ; 

6.  Die  bereits  angewiesenen  Beytrslge  des  Herzogtbums  Westpba- 
len  zur  Zucbtbauscaase  zu  Marienscbloaa,  und  die  durcb  den 
Transport  der  von  dort  abgelieferten  Ziicbtlinge  entatandenen 
Koaten ; 

c.  Der  riickatandige  Beytrag  aus  den  Wittgenateinacben  Graf- 
acbaften  zu  demFuhr-und  Macherlobn  des  Giesser-Dicaaterial-Beaol- 
dungsbolzes;  und 

d.  Die  in  dem  Herzogtbom  Weatpbalen  nacb  der  Uebergabe  des 
Landea  noch  eingegangenen  Naturalbeaoldungs-Gelder, 

Die  BetrSLge  dieaer  Posten  werden  aus  denjenigen  Konigl.  Caa- 
aen,  in  welche  fie  erboben  werden,  an  die  Grosaherzoglich  Hessischen 
BevoHmachtigten  baar  ausbezahit 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


826  PRUSSIA  AND  HESSE   DARMSTADT* 

XL  Fenier  werden  von  dea  abgetretenen  KammeralrdckstaiMkB 
noch  aasdrtt€kltch  aasgenommen : 

1.  Die  im  Herzogthum  Westphaleo  uud  im  Wittgenateinscben 
noch  vorbandeDen  Hessischen  Stempelpapier-Riickstande  ; 

2.  Die  Kaufscbillinge  fiir  Terkaufte  Trainpferde,  and  die  prival- 
rechtlichen  Forderungen  der  Kriegscaase  an  ebemalige  Milil&riiefe- 
ranten  und  andre  Individuen ; 

3.  Die  im  Herzogthum  und  in  dem  Wittgenateiniscben  nodi  vor« 
bandenen  Riickstande  der  Grossherzogl.  Invaltden  Anstalt,  far  Zei- 
tungen,  Kalender  und  Inserat-Gebiibren. 

Die  Beytreibung  dieser  Forderungen  bleibt  den  UesBischen  Be- 
horden  nacb  wie  vor  unbenommen. 

Fondaiions  Pieuses, 

XII.  Auf  die  Fonda  der  ebemaligen  Universitai  zu  Bonn«  der  dor- 
tigen  Armenanstalten  und  der  aufgehobenen  geiatlicben  Corporationen 
des  linken  Rbeinufers,  wird  Groasberzogl.  Hessischer  SeiU  TerzichCet, 
dagegen  aber  zur  Deckung  dea  dem  gedachten  Ponds  der  Bonner 
Universitat  auferlegten  jabrlichen  Beytrags  von  700  Gulden  fur  die 
Univenitat  Giessen,  eiu  3  procentiges  Capital  im  Betrage  23^333^ 
Gulden  innerhalb  6  Monaten  zum  Fonds  der  Universitat  Giessen  von 
Preusaischer  Seite  baar  entricbtet.  Auch  wird  dasjenige,  was  von  dejn 
bemerkten  jabrlichen  Beytrage  von  700  Fl.  noch  riickstandigist^  oder 
bis  zur  Abzahlung  des  vorbemerkten  Capitals  noch  erfallt,  eben^a 
an  die  Universitatscasse  zu  Giessen  abgefuhrt. 

Pension  indimdueile. 

XIII.  Die  auf  die  Fonds  der  aufgehobenen  iiberrheinischen  Cor- 
porationen gelegte  jahrliche  Pension  von  200  Gulden  Air  das  Kind  des 
ehemals  bey  dem  Strassenbau  im  Herzogthum  Westphalen  angestelU 
gewesenen  In^enieurs  Grossmann^  wird  bis  zur  Volljahrigkeit  dieses 
Kindes  ausden  bemeldeten  Fonds  so  wie  bisher  jahrlich  fort  entricbtet, 
auch  der  bereits  erwachsene  Riickstand  dieser  Pension  baldigst  abge- 
fuhrt. £ben  so  wird  auch  fur  die  Verkostigung  des  Ingenieurs  Gross- 
mann,  so  lange  derselbe  in  Hofheim  bleibt,  der  ausgesetzte  jahrliche 
Betrag  von  200  Fl.  nebst  dem  «llenfallsigen  Riickstand  aus  eben  ge- 
dachten Fonds  entricbtet. 

Arrieres  des  Comtes  de  ffttgensiein, 

XIV.  Von  Grossherzogl.  Hessischer  Seite  werden  die  in  den 
Wittgenstcinschen  Grafscbaften  noch  vorhandenen,  am  Isten  Julius 
181 6,  schon  bestandenen  Riickstande  der  ordinaren  Stenem  and  der 
in  die  Grossherzogl.  Staatscaase  geflossenen  extraordinaren  Kriegs* 
Btener  an  Preusaen  abgetreten,  wogegen  Preusaen  alle  etwa  noch  be* 
stehende  Verbindlichkeiten  der  Grossherzogl.  Heasischen  Venraltoog 
in  den  beiden  Grafschaflen  iibemimmt^  und  fur  alle  Anspriicbe  eintritl. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PRUSSIA  AND  HESSE   DARMSTADT.  827 

welche  an  Hessen  aus  der  ehemaligen  oberhoheitlichen  AdniinistriiticMi 
dieser  GrafschaReo,  entweder  schoo  getnacht  worden  si  ad,  oder  etwa 
Doch  erhobeo  werden. 

Exceptions, 

XV.  Ausgenommen  von  dieser  Abtretnng  sind  die^iickstande 
derjenigen  Steuein,  ivelche  Air  die  Landes-Kriegskosten-Casse  in 
Giessen  ansgeschrieben  worden  fi nd>  so  wie  auch  alle  und  jede  Steuer- 
riickstande  der  beiden  Herren  Piirsten  vou  Wittgenstein,  wogegendenn 
aber  auch  Preussen,  die  Tilgungder  Auspriiche  dieser  Herren  Fiirsten, 
Ton  Hessen  nicht  zu  iibemehmen  hat. 

Dettes  des  dits  Comtes. 

XVI.  Wegen  des  von  den  Wittgensteiniscben  Grafschaften  zu  neh- 
inenden  Antheils  an  den  Schulden,  welche  auf  die  obenerwahnten 
Land-Kriegskosten-Casse  in  Giessen  wahrend  des  Zeitraums,  wo  die 
beiden  Gra&chaften  unter  Grossherzogl.  Hessischer  Oberhoheit  ge- 
standen  haben,  contrahirt  worden  sind,  wird  eine  besondere  billige  Ue- 
bereinkunft  getroffen  werden,  so  bald  man  sich  Preussischer  Seits  von 
dem  Bestande  ulid  den  Verhaltnissen  jener  Schulden,  durch  einen 
baldigst  nach  Giessen  abzuscbickenden  Bevollmachtigten,  naber  un- 
terrichtet  haben  wird. 

Cause  (fAssuranee. 

XVII.  Die  active  und  passive  Theilnahme  der  Wittgensteiniscben 
Unterthanen  an  der  Hessischeu  Brandversicherungs-Anstalt  wird 
Grossherzogl.  Hessischer  Seits  bis  zu  Ende  des  Jahres  1816,  nach- 
gegeben,  dergestalt,  dass  die  zwar  nach  dem  Isten  Julius,  aber  noch 
vor  Ende  Decembers  1816,  in  den  Wittgensteiniscben  Graffchaflen 
entstandenen  Brandschaden  noch  aus  der  gedachten  Anstalt  verord- 
nnngsmassig,  jedoch  mit  Aufrechnung  dessen,  was  die  Wittgensteini- 
scben Unterthanen  zu  der  Hessischen  Brandcasse  noch  verschulden, 
vergiitet  werden,  wogegen  diese  Unterthanen  aber  auch^  wie  es  sich 
Ton  selbst  versteht,  zn  den  im  Hessischen  Gebiete  wahrend  des  Zeit« 
raoms  vom  Isten  Julius  bis  Ende  Decembers  1816,  noch  entstan- 
denen Brandschaden  verordnungsmassig  beytragen  miissen. 

Caisse  des  Veuves  des  Officiers  Citib  d  Arnsberg. 

XV HI.  Der  baare  Vorrath,  welcher  sich  am  Isten  Julius  1816, 
in  der  zu  Arnsberg  bestandenen  Filialcasse  der  Grossherzogl.  Hessis- 
chen Civildiener-Wittwenanstalt  befnnden  hat,  nebst  den  ausstehenden 
Antrittsgeldem  und  Beytragen,  ferner  die  Capitalien,  welche  dieses 
Institut  in  dem  Grossherzogthum  Westphaleu  angelegt  hat,  und  welche 
zusammen  30,441  Gulden  12  Xr.  einschliesslich  des  Poncetischen  Ca- 
pitals betragen,  und  die  aus  dem  Herzogihum  zur  Mauptcasse  In 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


828  PRUSSIA  AND  HESSK  l^ABMSTADT^ 

BMrmttsdt  eingezogeoea  FoncU,  im  Betrage  von  11,000  Golden, 
wccden  ao  Preasa«Q  dei^gestalt  abgelreten,  dais  die  Obligationeii  ubcr 
die  im  Herzogthum  angelegten  Capitalien  nach  erfolgter  Ratificadcm 
dieser  Uebereiokunfl,  an  Prenssen  auBgeliefert,  die  uach  Darmstadt 
eingezogenen  11,000  FK  aber  vcmderim  2ten  Artikel  dieaerCon- 
Yenlion  fur  Hesaen  stipulirten  Summe  abgerechnet  werden. 

Pensions, 

XIX.  Dagegen  iiberninimt  FreusBen  vom  Isten  Julius  1816  an, 
die  PenBionen  fiir  die  bereits  vorbandenen  Willwen  and  Waisen  der 
achon  verstorbenen,  im  Herzogtbum  Westpbalen  aogestellt  uod  an 
der  Hessischen  Civildieaer-WittwenanstaUbetbeiiigt  geneaenen  Diener 
nach  den  BeBtimmungen  der  Verordnung,  woraufsich  jene  Anstalt 
griindet  Desgleicben  iibernimmt  Preussen  alle  Verbindlicbkeilen, 
welcfae  der  gedacbten  WitbTenanstalt*gegen  die  noch  lebenden  West- 
phalischen  Diener  bisber  oblagen,  und  tritt  fiir  alle  Anspriicbe  dieser 
Diener  deigestalt  ein,  dass  die  Heasiscbe  Civildiener-Wiitwencasse 
alJer  Praatationen  fur  die  Westpbalischen  Betbeiligten  ganzlicb  ende- 
digt  wird. 

Caisse  des  Veuves  des  Forestiers, 

XX.  Die  zu  der  Orossberzogl.  Hessiscben  Forstdiener-Wittwea- 
anttalt  von  Forstdienern  des  Herzogthuma Westpbalen  entricbteten  An- 
trittsgelder  werden  an  Preu^^n  abgegeben,  und  wenn  die  Antritts- 
gelder  nicbt  baar  bezahit,  soodern  bloa  versicbert  worden  aind,  die 
Versicberungsurkunden  an  Preussen  auageliefert,  uud  hierdurch 
jene  AnslaU  aller  Yerbindlicbkeiten  gegen  die  Forsldiener  und  die 
Witlwen  und  Waisen  verstorbener  Forstdieuer  entledigt  Diese  Ver- 
bjndlicbkeiten  uod  namentlich  die  Pensionen  der  bereits  vorbandenen 
Wittwen  und  Waisen  verstorbener  Westpbaliscben  Forstdiener,  welche 
Pensionen  dermalen  zusammen  jahrlicb  520  Gulden  ausmachen,  wer- 
den von  Preussen  auf  die  Staatscasse  iibemomipen. 

Caisse  des  Veu^s  Hesseises. 

X^l*  Die  von  Civildienern  in  den  Wittgensteinischen  Graftcbaften 
znder  Hessiachen  Civildiener-Wittwenanstalt  bezablten  509  Fl.  MXr. 
betragenden  Antrittsgelder  werden  ebenfalls  an  Preussen  abgegeben, 
und  dageg^  alle  Anspruche  dijsjief  Diiener  afi,  ^i^  ^e^i^be  Witt- 
wfiu0Stitut  von  Preussen  gleichfalla  iiberaommen. 

Sttpulaiians  en  rewmohe. 

XXII.  Auf  gleicbe  Weise,  und  unter  gleicber  von  Preussen  zu 
u.beniehmender  Verbindlichkeit,  verden  die  Antritt^elder,  welcbe 
O^iere^  die  aus  Hessiscben  in  Preusisscbe  Dienste  getreten  sind,  lur 
IJessisciieo  Q%im-WittweQC99$9  bezablt  habeui  und  welche  %usam- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PRUftSIA  AND  Hfi50E   DARMSTADT.  829 

men  900  Gulden  ausmachen,  an  Preossen  abgegeben.  Die  Pensionen 
abefy  womit  die  Hessische  Officiers-Wittwencasse  fur  die  im  Uenog, 
thnm  Westphalen  bereits  vorhandenen  4  Officiers-Wittwen  Bchon 
belastet  war,  und  welche  zusammeQ  jahrlich  1125  Gulden  betragen, 
werden  aus  derselben  Casse  fernerhin  statuteninaasig  entrichtet.  Wai 
znr  Bericbtigung  dieser  WittwenpenBionen  aus  Preussiacben  Cauea 
biaher  bezahlt  worden  ist,  wird  von  Hessischer  Seite  eraetzt. 

Veuves  des  Sous-Officiers  et  Soldats, 

XXIII.  Die  Wittwen  verstorbener  Unterofficiere  und  gemeiner 
Soldaten  aus  dem  Herzogtbum  Westphalen  und  aus  den  Witlgen- 
steiuiscben  Grafscbaflen  baben  an  die  Hessiscben  Militarwittwen- 
cassen  keinen  Anspruch. 

lAquidatfon, 

XXIV.  Nacb  vorslebender  Uebereinkuufl  hat  Preussen  an  Hessen 
zu  entrichtcn : 

Zufolge  des  Sten  Artikels 132,835  Fl.  45  Xr. 

Zufolge  des  12ten  Artikels 23,333         20 


Also  zusammen 156,1 

Von   dieser  werden   abgerecbiiet  und   vou 
Hessen  an  Preussen  vergiitet : 

Nacb  Art.  6 15,000  Fl.      0   Xr. 

—  7 3,000  0 

—  8 18,721  0 

—  18 11,000  0 

—  1\ 502  30 

—  23 900  0 


Mithin  zusammen 49,123  Fl.  30  Xr. 


Nacb  Abzug  dieses  Betrags  bat  Preussen  an 
Hemen  noch  zu  entriebten  107,015  Fl.  35  Xv. 


Diese  einhundert  siebentausend  vierzig  fiinf  Gulden  dreyssig  fiinf 
Kreuzer  im  24  Guldenfuss  werden  in  der  Art  abgefubft,  dass  innerbalb 
6  Monaten  nacb  erfolgter  Ratification  dieser  Convention  an  die 
Vniversitatscasse  In  Giessen  23,333  Fl.  20  Xr.  und  innerbalb  3 
Monaten  an  die  Grossherzogl.  Generalcasse  in  Darmstadt 40,000  Fl. 
und  innerbalb  6  Monaten  nach  der  Katification  der  Rest  mit 
4d,7l9  Fl.  15  Xr.  an  die  gedachte  Generalcasse  baar  entrichtet 
werden.  Diese  Zahlungen  gescbehen  in  Frankfurt,  und  von  Preussi- 
scher  Seite  werden  gleich  bey  der  Ratification  die  desfallsigen  Anwei« 
sungen  aufein  dortiges  Handelsbaus  ausgestellt  werden. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


830  PRUSSIA  AND  HESSE  DARMSTADT. 

Mode  de  Payement. 

XXV.  Auf  diesevoD  Preussen  und  Hessen  zu  entrichtend«nSiiiii- 
men  soil  durchaus  keio  Ansprucb  weder  im  gerichtlichen  noch  im  aas- 
sergenclitlicben  Wege  zugelassen,  und  die  Zahlongen  solien  aiu 
keiner  Riicksicbt  verweigert,  oder  iiber  die  festgesetztea  Tcmiinc 
hinaus  verschoben  werden. 

Ratification. 

XXVI.  Die  unterzeicbneteQ  beiderseitigen  BefuUmachtigteQ  wer- 
den  diese  Convetition  schleonigst  an  ihre  Gouveroements  befordern, 
und  die  Ratificationen  sollen,  so  bald  sie  erfolgt  sind,  in  Arnsberg 
ausgewecbselt  werden. 

Znr  Beurknndang  wird  diese  Convention  zweymal  aasgefertigt, 
und  von  den  beiderseitigen  Bevollnoachtigten  eigenbandig  unter- 
zeicbnet. 

So  gescbehen  zu  Miinster,  am  I2ten  Marz  1817. 
(L.S.)  LUDWIG  V.  VINCKE.  (L,S.)  WILHELM  V.  KOPP. 

(L.S.)  GEORG  PHILIPP  FRIEDRICH  HABERKORN. 


Supplement  a  la  Convention  conelue  a  Mwuter,  le  12  Mars  1817,  emtre 
Sa  Mafesti  le  Roi  de  Prusse  et  Son  Altesu  Rayale  le  Grand  Due 
de  Hesse.    Sign6  a  Giessen,  le  6  Juillet  1817. 

In  dem  am  l^ten  Mai'z  dieses  Jabres  sa  Miinster  zwiscben  6en 
Konigl.  Preuss.  und  Grossberzogl.  Hessischen,  zur  Uebernabme 
und  Uebergabe  der  Grossberzogl.  Hessiscben  Landerabtretangea 
bevollmacbtigten  Commissarien  abgescblossenen  Vergleicb,  isi  verein- 
bart  worden : 

[Voyez  les  Articles  XIV,  XV,  etXVI  de  la  dite  Convention.] 

Es  sind  daber  beiderseitige  Commissarien  in  Giessen  zosammeo- 
getreten,  Koniglich  Preussiscber  Seits  der  Regierungsratb  Westphal, 
Mitglied  der  KonigL  Regierung  zu  Arnsberg,  Grossberzogl.  Hes- 
siscber  Seits  der  Hofkammerdirector  von  Kopp,  lind  baben,  oacbdem 
sie  sicb  gegenseits  iiber  ihre  Vollmacbten  ausgewiesen  baben,  folgende 
Vereinbarung  getroffen. 

Renoncialions  de  la  part  de  la  Hesse. 
Art.  I.  Grossberzogl.  Hessischer  Seits  wird  gegen  Entricbtung 
der  im  Artikel  II,  bemerkten  Summe,  alien  und  jeden  Anspriicbeu 
eutsagt,  welche  auf  Theiluabme  der  Aemter  Caaspbe  und  Berle« 
burg  an  den  zur  Tilgung  der  Kriegskosten  contrabirten  Schalden,  an 
riickstandigen  Geld  und  Naturalleistungen,  und  an  der  Provinxial- 
Parification  fiir  den  Zeitraum  in  dem  sie  unter  Grossberzogl.  Hessis- 
cber  Oberhoheit  gestanden  haben,  gebildet  werden  konnten. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PRUSSIA  AND    HESSE    DARMSTADT.  831 

Somme  Aversionaie  en  echange. 

II.  Dagegen  wird  Konigl.  Preusrischer  Seits  Tersprochen,  eine 
Afersional-Summe  von  20,500  Gulden  in  24  Fl.  Fuss  und  zwar 
in  conrentionsmassiger  Miinze,  oder  in  verfailenen  Tom  Laodes- 
Kriegscommissariate  creirten  Obligationen»  Gassenscheinen  and  Zin« 
scoupons  in  26  ^  jahrigen  Raten  von  780  Gulden  27£  Kreuzer,  woven 
die  erste  am  Isten  Januar,  18I8>  und  die  letzte  am  Islen  July,  1830, 
fallig  ist,  zur  Landes  kriegs-Commissariats-casse  der  Provinz 
Oberhessen  einzuzahlen.  Ausserdem  wird  Konigl.  Preussischer 
Seits  alien  und  jeden  Anspriichen  entsagt,  welche  von  den  Grafs- 
chailen  Wittgenstein  an  das  Grossherzogthum  Hesseu,  wegen 
noch  unberichtigter  Kriegsprastationen  deraelben,  insbesoudere  wegen 
gelieferter  Fourage,  geleisteter  Fuhren,  oder  getragener  Einquar- 
tierung,  sodann  wegen  der  von  fremden  Gouvernements  entweder 
besahlten  oder  noch  zu  bezahlenden  Vergiitungenfur  Kriegsleistungen 
w&hrend  des  Zeitraums,  in  dem  die  eraagten  Grafschaften  nnter  Gross- 
berzogl.  Hessischer  Oberhobeit  gestanden  haben.  gemacht  werden 
koonten. 

Creance  d  la  Charge  du  Batllage  de  Biedenkopf. 

III.  Da  die  Forderung  der  Aemter Gaasphe  und  fierleburg  an  das 
A mtBiedenkopfwe^en  geleisteter  Hiiifsfuhreualseine  Privatforderuog 
gedacbter  Aemter  unter  sich  angesehen  werden  muss,  so  ist  sie  unter 
dem  gegenwartigen  Abkommen  niclit  begriffen ;  indessen  wird  Gross- 
herzogl.  Hessischer  Seits  versprochen,  daftir  zu  sorgen,  dass  die 
Betheiiigten  bald  befriedigt  werden. 

RenseignemenS  d  fovmir, 

IV.  Wenn  die  Konigl.  Preussischen  Behordeo,  wegen  der  von  den 
Wittgeosteinischen  Grafschaften  getragenen  Kriegslasten  feroere  Aus- 
kunft  verlangen  sollten,  so  soli  sie  ihnen  von  den  einschlagigen  Gross- 
herzogl  Hessischen  Behorden  nicht  nur  ertheilt,  sondern  auch  die 
betreffenden  Verfaandlungen  zur  Einsicht  vorgelegt  werden. 

Raiifioation  Reservie. 

y.  Die  Allerhdchste  Ratification  dieses  Vergleichs  wird  beidersei(s 
vorbefaalten. 

So  geschehen  Giessen,  am  6 ten  Juli  1817. 
(L.S.)  WESTPHAL.  (LS)  WILHELM  V.  KOPP. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


832     PRUSSIA  AKD  8CHWARTZBUR€»  SONDfiR»HAUS£N. 

TRAITk  Territorial  enire  le  Rai  de  Prusse  et  le  Prince  de 
Schwarxbourg-Sondershausen. — Sfgn6  d  Berlim,  le  15  Juim, 
I81«. 

8mn£  Komglicfae  If  i^estat  von  Preoasen,  velche  ia  Folge  dm  15leo» 
ISteo  and  lldlen  ArtikeU  dor  am  9ten  JaniuB,  1811^^  anf  dea 
CongresBe  xn  Wifn  abgetokloMenen  Aele  in  alle  diejenigea  Reehle 
getreten  sind,  dk  bb  dahin  der  Krone  Sachsen  gegen  das  Fiiffirtlicbe 
Haas  Schwarzboffg  und  desaen  Beaitznngen  zugeatandeo,  uad  Se. 
DiirchI,  der  Fiirst  za  Achwarzbarg-Soadershansen  beideraeits  g;eneigt. 
Hire  TerfoaitniMe  eiafacher  and  besUmmter  als  bisher  zn  ordam, 
haben  zu  diesem  Zwecke  Bevollmftcbtigte  emannt,  namUcb : 

Seine  Majealfit  der  Koaig  von  PreasMn,  den  wirklicfaea  Gelwittea 
Legationsratb,  Sectionschef^  Ritter  mehrerer  Orden,  Herm  Johaan 
Ladvrig  voln  Jordan,  and  den  Geheimen  I^egationarath  and  Ritter 
flMbrerer  Ojrden,  Herm  Jobanu  Gottfried  Hoffmann ;  ond  S.  Durekf . 
der  Fiiret  zn  Sehwarzburg-Sondershauaen  den  Geheimea  Rath, 
Ganzler  qnd  GoDsistorial-Priisidenten  Ludwig  Wilhelm  Adolf^ 
von  Weis^y  und  den  Vice- Kammer-Prasiden ten  und  Kammeijnnker 
Carl  FHedricb  Wilhelm  von  Weise,  welche,  nach  Auswechaelung 
ihrer  in  guter  Form  befundenen  Vollraachfen,  fiber  nachslehende 
Artikei  sich  vereinigt  baben. 

Renoncialions  de  la  part  de  Sondershansen. 

Art.  I.  Se  Durchl.  der  Fiirst  zu  Scbvarzburg  Sondershansen 
ieislen  fiir  immer  Veraicht  zn  Gunslen  Seiner  Alajestiit  des  Konigs  von 
Preussen : 

1.  Auf  alle  lehnsherrlicbe  Rechte  und  Einkiinfle,  welche  Sie 
bisher  allein  oder  in  Gemeinscbaft  in  dem  Umfang  des  Preussischen 
Staates,  so  wie  er  nach  Abschluss  des  gegenwartigen  Tractats  begrenzt 
seyn  wird,  besessen»  erhoben,  oder  soiist  behauptet  habeo,  wie  aach 
auf  alle  Anspriiche,  welche  Ihn^n  etwa  aof  die  Salzquelien  zo  Artera 
zttstefaen  moehten.  Das  PHvateigenthum  an  Walduogen,  Wiesm 
und  andern  Grundstiicken,  welche  8.  DurobU  der  Fiiiat  von  Schwarx- 
burg-Sondershausen  an  verschtedenen  Orten  der  Pfpwsaiarhea 
Staaten  besitzen,  wird  jedoch  nicht  hiermit  abgetreten,  fondern  bleibt 
Fiirstliches  Eigenthum  ualetr  Prduasiacher  Hoheit  mit  Befreiung  von 
ordentlichen  Grundsteuerp^  so  weit  dieselbe  bis  hierher  statt  gefunden 
hat. 

3.  Auf  die  Landeshoheit  und  alle  von  derselben  abhftngenden 
Rechte  und  Einkiinfte  in  dem  Amte  Bodongen,denGerichten  All^rs- 
berg  und  Halnfoden  tfn'd  der  Oltschaft  Utlerode ;  die  Cameralgiiter 
und  Forsten  im  Amte  Bodungen,  sind  in  dieser  Verzichtleistung 
nicht  begriffen^  und  wenkn  vielmehr  nebst  den  davon  abhiingenden 
Domanialrechten  und  Nutzungen  von  Sr.  Durchl.  nnter  Preassischer 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PRUSSIA  AND  SCHWARTZBUR6  SONDERSHAUSEN.    833 

Hoheit,  und  mit  den  Eigenschaften  besesseo  werden,  welche  den  am 
meisteD  privilegirteo]  AIlodial-Riltergiiterii  ia  der  Grafschaft  Hoben- 
sleiDy  Preoflaischen  Aiitlieils,  in  der  Regel  zustehen,  auch  bleibi  den- 
aelben  die  Befreiung  von  ordentlichen  Grundsreuern  in  dem  Maaase, 
iu  welchein  sie  bisher  statt  gefunden,  ferner  beaondera  vorbehalten. 

3.  Anfdie  Ortachaft  Bruchstadt,  mit  alien  Hoheita — Eigenthuma* 
und  andern  Recbten. 

4.  Auf  alle  Rechte  und  Einkiinfte,  die  Ihnen  in  der  Ortschaft 
Botfaenbeiligen  nnd  deren  Zubehor  zusteben. 

Seine  Majestat  der  Konig  von  Preussen  werden  alle  Recbie  und 
fiiokiinfte,  worauf  hierdurch  zu  Ihren  Gunsten  verzichtet  wird,  fiir 
Sich  and  Ibre  Nacbfolger  mit  eben  den  Befugniasen  und  Verbindlicb- 
keiten  bentzen,  woroit  sich  <lieselben  zur  Zeit  im  Beaitze  Seiner  Durch- 
laucbt  dea  Fiirsten  zu  Scbwarzburg-Sondershausen  befinden,  und  es 
kann  und  soil  namentlicb  bierdurch  den  Recbten  des  Hauses  Stollberg 
nicbta  entzogen  werden. 

Renonciatums  de  la  part  de  la  Pru$se.* 

11.  Seine  Majestat  der  Konig  von  Preussen  verzicl)ten  dagegen  zu 
Gnosten  Sr.  Dorcbl.  des  Fiirsten  zu  Scbwarzburg-Sondershausen : 

1.  Auf  alle  Landeabobeits,  Oberberrlicbkeita-und  Lebnsrechte 
nnd  Einkiinfte,  welcbe  Sie  bisber  iiber  das  Amt  Ebeleben,  jedoch 
niit  Ansnabme  der  Ortscbaft  Botbenbeiligen  und  deren  Zubeb5r>  die 
aogenannten  Recessherrscbafteu,  die  der  Gemeinde  Wiedermut 
gehorige  Holzung,  Stockei  genannt,  und  iiberbaupt  in  dem  Umfange 
d«a  Gebieta  Seiner  Durcblancbt,  so  wie  ea  nacb  Abscbluss  dieses  Trac- 
lata  begrenzt  seyn  wird,  besessen,  erboben,  oder  sonst  bebauptet  baben  ; 
die  Recessgelder  und  die  Jagd  in  der  Stockei  sind  namentlicb  bier- 
nnter  begrifien. 

2.  Auf  die  Landesbobeits-,  Lebns-uud  Eigenthumsrechte  und 
Etukiinfte,  welcbe  Sie  in  den  Ortscbaflen  Gross- Furra  und  Bendele- 
beo  beaitzen. 

3.  Aufdaa  Eigenthum  und  die  Einkiinfte  des  in  dem  Scbwarz- 
burgiscben  Dorfe  Alkersleben  belegenen,  zu  der  Erfiirtbscben 
Domainenverwaltung  geborigen  Guts,  und  der  innerbalb  der  Sonders- 
bftuaiacben  Grenze  gelegenen  Besitzungen  und  Gefalle  der  vormali- 
gen  Probstei  Gellingen,  wie  aucb  auf  diejenigen  Gefalle  und  Ein- 
kiinfte^ welcbe  Ibr  Collecturhof  zu  Nordbausen,  das  eingezogene 
Domstifl  und  der  Frauenberg  ebendaselbst  in  denjenigen  Ortscbaflen 
erhebeOy  welche  nacb  Abscbluss  dieses  Tractats  unter  der  Landes- 
bobeit  Seiner  Durcblaucht  steben  werden.  Aucb  foil  die  Stenerfreiheit 
der  Fiirstlicben  Domaine  zu  Gerterode,  so  wie  sie  vor  dem  Tilsiter 
Frieden  bestand,  wieder  bergeatellt  werden. 

Seine  Durcblaucht  der  Fiirat  zu  Scbwarzburg-Sondershausen  wer- 
den alle  Rechte  und  Einkiinfte,  woraur  biermit  zu  Thren  Gunaten  ver* 
[1815—16.]  3  H 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


834    PRUSSIA  AND  SCHWARTZBURG  SONDCRSHAUSEN. 

zichtet  wird^  fur  Sich  und  ihre  Naclifolger  mit  eben  den  Befugnit 
und  Verbindlichkeiten  besitzen,  uromit  sich  dieselbeo  zur  Zeit  im 
Besitze  Seine  Majestat  des  Konigs  von  Preossen  be6nden,  und  e9 
kann  und  foil  namentlich  anch  hierdurcb  den  Rechten  des  Hanses 
Stollberg  nichts  enCzogen  warden. 

Execution  reciproque, 

III.  Die  Uebergabe  der  gegenseitig  Artikel  I  and  11.  abgetrHeMD 
Besitzungen^Recbte und  Eiukiiufte geschiebt am  Isten  Julius desgegeo- 
wartigen  Jahres.  Alle  Vortheile  und  alle  Laslen  lauftio  von  diesem 
Tage  an,  und  mit  Cinscbluss  desselben  fiir  Rechiiung  des  neaen 
Inhabers.  Alle  friiher  fallige,  aber  bei  den  Einsassen  noch  riick- 
standigen  Geialle,  Abgaben,  Dienste  ung  Leistunfcen  aller  Art, 
verbleiben  dem  neuen  Besitzer,  welcher  gehalteu  ist,  dagegen  aach 
alle  riickstandige  laufeude  Ausgaben  zu  iibernehmcn,  ohne  dass  dber 
beides  irgend  eine  Nachrechnung  stall  finden  konnle.  Die  auf  die 
abgetretenen  Besitzungen,  Rechte  und  Einkiinfte  Bezug  habeuden 
Registraturen  and  Papiere  alier  Art,  sollen  in  der  moglichst  kiirz- 
esten  Zeit,  spatestens  bis  zum  Isten  October  iaufenden  Jahres  iibeige- 
beo  werden. 

Dettes.    Corporations. 

IV.  Mit  den  abgetretenen  Districten  und  Ortschaften  geben 
bios  die  Localschulden  und  Lasten  iiber.  Sie  treten  ganz  ausser 
Verbindung  mit  den  Frovinzen,  Kreisen  oder  Aemtern,  wovon  sie 
gegenwartig  getrennt  werdeiv,  und  es  konnen  von  beiden  Seiten 
keine  Nachforderungen  wegen  Tormals  gemeinschaftlicheu  Vermogens 
oder  gemeinschaftlicher  Schulden  von  den  ProvinziaU,  KreisnDd 
Aemtercassen  an  die  abgetretenen  Districte  und  Ortschaften  oder  um- 
gekehrt,  erhoben  werden«  Seine  Majestat  der  Konig  von  Preuasen  and 
Seine  Durchlaucht  der  Fiirst  von  Schwarzburg-Sondersbausen  iiber- 
nehmeu  jeder  an  Ihrem  Theile  diejenigen  Stande,  Behordeo,  Corpor^- 
tionen  und  Coinmunen  vollstandig  und  nach  aller  Billigkeit  zo  eutscha- 
digen,  welche  durch  diese  Bestimmung  erweislich  verletzt  seyn  nioch- 
ten.  Milden  and  frommen  Stiflangen  verbleiben  auf  beiden  Seiten 
die  bisher  bezogenen  Gefalle  und  Einkiinfte,  und  soil  darin  durch 
gegenwartige  gegenseitige  Abtretung  nichts  verandert  werden. 

Officiers  Civiis.    Pensionnaires  Civiis  et  Militaires^ 

V.  Von  beiden  Seiten  geht  bios  die  Localdienerachaft  a«  den 
neuen  Landesherm  iiber ;  von  den  Pensionars  im  Civil  bios  Unteroffi- 
zianteo,  im  Militar  bios  solche  Personen,  die  nicht  Oberoffiziers-Rang 
haben  und  deren  fester  Wohnsitz  eine  der  iibergehenden  Ortscbaflen 
ist  Sie  verblerben  ungekrankt  im  Besitze  ihrer  bisherigen  Recbte 
und  Einkiinfte.    Seiner  Durchlaucbt  dem  Ftirsten  wird  freistebeo,  bei 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


FEUSSIA  AND  SCHWARTZBURG  SONDERSHAUSEK.    835 

deojenigen  Oeconomie-Verwaltungen  und  Untergerichten,  die  Sie 
nach  Artikel  1.  Nr.  3.  kiiniYig  onter  Preussischer  Hobeit  besitzen 
frerden,  auch  in  Ihrem  Gebiet  gebonie  oder  naturalisirte  Personen 
aozastellen,  weno  sie  sonst  die  allgemeineD  gesetzHchen  Eigen- 
schaHen  za  Verwaltung  ihres  Dienstes  haben.  MilitUrs  aller  Grade, 
welche  in  den  abgetretenen  Districtea  und  OrUchafken  geboren  Bind, 
sollen,  weun  sie  ihre  Dienste  bei  dem  bisherigen  Landesherrn  nicht 
fortsetzen  wollen,  auf  ihr  Ansuchen  bis  za  Ende  des  laufenden  Jahres 
I8I6,  verabschiedet  und  in  ihre  Heimatli  entlassen  werden. 

Arrieres. 

VI.  Da  hiernacb  die  Verhaltnisse,  in  welchen  Seine  Durchlaucht 
der  Fiirst  vormalsgegen  die  Krone  Sachsen,  and  in  Folgederselben  letzU 
lich  gegen  den  Preussischen  Staat  siauden,  erst  mit  dem  Isten  Jalius 
dieses  Jahres  aufboren,  so  werden  Sie  die  etva  noch  riickslandigea 
Recessgelder,  und  etwa  von  Ihnen  eingehobenen,  aber  recessmassig 
Preussen  zustandigen  Steuem  und  Abgaben  bis  za  gedachtem  Ter- 
mine  annoch  an  die  Regierungs-Hauptcasse  za  Merseburg  abtrageu 
lassen.  Das  Quantum  dieser  Riickstande  soil  sofort  von  in  BerJin 
zasammentretenden  Commissarien  berechnet,  und  der  gedachlen  Casse 
eine  Anweisung,  wie  viel  sie  iiberhaupt  noch  zu  fordern  hat,  zuge- 
atellt  werden.  Die  Zahlung  wird  dergestalt  erfolgen,  dass  binnen  Jah- 
resfrist  alles  berichtigt  seyn  vird. 

Arrangement  Miiiiaires. 

VII.  Seine  Durchlaucht  der  Fiii-st  verpflichten  sich,  denjenigen 
Maassregein  fur  Ihre  Lande  beyzutreten,  welche  wegen  des  gemein^ 
achaftlichen  militarischen  Interesse  der  Gegenden  zwischen  der  Saale 
and  Werre  in  gemeinsamer  Uebereinkunft  mit  den  daselbst  angeses- 
seneo  MitgHedern  des  deutschen  Bundes  iiberhaupt  beschlossen  wer- 
den mochten.  Sie  werden  dagegen  auch  Antheil  an  derjenigen 
Anseioandersetzung  nehmen,  welche  iiber  die  gemeinschafUichen  Ver- 
wendungen  der  Norddeutschen  Fiirsten,  wegen  der  kriegerischen 
Ereignisse  in  den  Jahren  1805  und  1806  erfolgen  wird. 

Libre  transit, 

VIII.  Seine  Majestat  der  Konig  und  Seine  Durchlaucht  der  Fiirst 
?enichem  einander  gegenseitig  die  freye  und  unbeschwerte  Durchfuhr 
der  Militar-effecten,  des  Salzes,  des  Getraides,  aller  Brennmaterialieiit 
des  Zimraerho]zes,des  Kalkes  and  aller  Steine,  wie  auch  der  Erzeugnisse 
Ibrer  Berg  and  Hiittenwerke.  Diese  Darchfahr  kann  jedoch  nur  auf 
9ffener  Landstrasse  and  anter  Beobachtang  der  allgemeinen  finanzieU 

3  H2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


896   PRUSSIA  AND  SCHWARTZBURO  SONDERSHAUSEK. 

left  and  polizeilichen  Vorschriften,  za  welchen  letzteren  auch  die  Erie* 
guug  blosser  Wege-und  Briickengelder  gebort.  erfolgen. 

Droit  de  Reversion. 

IX.  Seiner  Majestat  dem  Kbnige  von  Preussen  verbleibt  nach  Ab- 
gang  aller  zur  Lehnsfolge  nacli  der  bisherigeii  Verfassung  berech- 
tigten^  das  Heimfallsrecht  ia  demselben  Maasse  ausdriicklich  vorbe- 
balten,  in  welcbem  es  vor  Abscbluss  des  gcgenviartigen  Tractats 
bestauden  hat. 

Consent ement  au  Trail e  avec  Rudolstadi. 

X.  Seine  Darchlaucht  der  Fiirst  zu  Schwarzburg.Sondershanseo 
verpflicbtet  Sich,  die  agnatische  Einwilligung  fiir  Sich  und  Ihre 
Nachfolger  zu  derojenigen  Staatsrertrage  zu  ertheilen,  welcber  gleicb* 
zeitig  zwischen  Seiner  Majestat  dem  Konige  von  Preussen  und  Seiner 
Durchlaucht  dem  Fiirsten  zu  Schwarzburg.RudoIsladt  zu  gleichem 
Zwecke  abgeschloesen  werden  soli.  Dieser  Staatsvertrag  win!  des- 
shalb  Ihren  BevoUmacbtigten  gleich  nacb  erfo]gter  Unterzeichnnng 
mitgetheilt  werden,  und  die  Einwilligung  wird  hierauf  nocb  Yor 
Auswecbselung  der  Ratificationen  erfolgen. 

Ratificatien^ 

XI.  Gegenw&rtiger  Tractat  wird  von  Seiner  Majestat  dem  Konige, 
und  Seiner  Durchlaucht  dem  Fiirsten  ratificirt,  und  die  Ratificationen 
binnen  14  Tagen  nacb  der  Unterzeichnung  ausgewechselt  werden. 

Des  zu  Urkund  baben  die  beiderseitigen  BevoUmacbtigten  gegen- 
wartigen  Staatsvertrag  unterzeichnet  und  mit  Ihren  Wappen 
besiegelt. 

Berlin,  den  15ten  Junius  1816. 

(L.S.)    JOHANN  LUDWIG  VON  JORDAN. 
(L.S.)    JOHANN  GOTTFRIED  HOFFMANN: 
(L.S.)    LUDWIG  WILHELM  ADOLPH  V.  WEISE. 
(L.S.)    CARL  FRIBDRiCH  WILHELM    V  WEISE. 


SEPARAT  ARTIKEL. 

Expeciatives  Feodales.  ^ 

Abt.  I.  Seine  Majestat  der  Konig  von  Preussen,  und  Seine  Durcb- 
laicht  der  Fiirst  zu  SchwarzburgSondersbansen,  sichern  sich  gegen- 
seitig  die  Genehmigung  derjenigen  Lehnsexspectanzen  zu,  welche  voo 
Ihuen  vor  Unterzeichnung  des  untenbenannten  Tractats  aufdurcb 
deoselben  abgetretene  Gegenstaude  ertheilt  worden  seyn  mocbten. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PRUSSIA  AND  SCHWARTZBURG  RUDOLSTADT,        837 

Jurisdiction.    Droits  Constitutionnels, 

II.  Den  vormaligen  Recessherrschaften  und  denjenigen  Districten, 
Ortscbaften  und  Personeu,  welche  in  Folge  dieses  Tractats^  aus  Konig- 
lich  -  Preussischer  Landeshoiieit  unter  Fiirstlich-Schwarzborgischer 
Landeslioheit  iibergehcu,  behaUen  beide  paciscirende  Theile  vorlaiifig 
nocli  die  oberste  und  letzte  Inslanz  in  Civil-und  Criminalfallen  bey 
den  Koniglichen  Preussischen  Obergerichten  auf  so  laiige  vor,  bis  eiQ 
nach  Artikel  XII  der  deutscben  Bundesacte  von  8ten  Junius,  1815^  ge- 
bildeter  ob^rster  Gericbtsbof  auch  fur  die  Fiirsllich-Scbwarzburgis- 
cben  Lander  eingericbtel  und  in  Thatigkeit  getreten  seyn  wird,  worauf 
alsdann  diesses  interimistische  Verbaltniss  gaiizlich  aufhoren^  und  die 
Gerichtsbarkeit  in  letzter  Inslan/  ohne  Ausuahme  an  gcdachten  Ge- 
richtshof  iibergeben  wird.  Seine  Majestat  der  Konig  von  Preusseu 
bestimmen  zu  dieser  interimistischen  Instanz  Ihr  geheimes  Obertri- 
bunaU  und  werden  demselben  desshalb  Auftrag  macben.  Auch  ver- 
sprecben  Seine  Durchlaucht  der  Fiirst  ausdriicklich.  den  von  Ihnen 
darch  gegenvartigen  Tractat  neu  erworbenen  Untertbanen,  bey  der 
far  Ihren  Staat  in  Gemassbeit  des  Idten  Arlikels  der  Bundesacte  zu 
errichtenden  standiscben  Verfassung,  Befugnisse  beyzulegen,  welcbe 
wesentlicb,  der  verscbiedenen  Lage  gemass,  denjenigen  gleicbgeltend 
Bind,  die  sie,  wenn  sie  Preussicbe  Unlerthanen  geblieben  wareu,  in 
Riicksicbt  der  standiscben  Verfassung  erbalten  baben  wiirden. 

Diese  Artikel  sollen  ratificirt,  aucb  so  angeseben  werden,  als  ob  sie 
Wort  fiir  Wort,  dem  beute  zwiscben  Seiner  Majestat  dem  Konige  von 
Preussen  and  Seiner  Durcblaucbt  dem  Fiirsten  zu  Scbwarzburg- 
Sondersbausen,  wegen  einfacberer  und  bestimmterer  Anordnnng  der 
zwiscben  Ibnen  bisber  bestandeueu  Verbal tnisse  abgecblossenen  Trac- 
tate einverleibt  waren. 

Des  zu  Urkund  baben  die  beiderseitigen  Bevolluiachtigten  die  Se* 
parat-Artikel  unterzeicbnet  und  mit  ibren  Wappen  besiegelt. 

Berlin,  den  I5ten  Junius  1816. 

(L  8.)    JOHANN  LUDWIG  VON  JORDAN. 
(L.S.)    JOHANN  GOTTFRIED  HOFFMANN. 
(L,  S.)     LUDWIG  WILHElJkl  ADOLPH  V.  WEISE. 
(L.8.)    CARL  FRIEDRICH  WILHELM  V.  WEISE. 


TRAITE  Territorial  enire  Sa  Maje$t6  le  Soi  de  Prusse  et 
San  Altene  S6r4nissime  te  Prince  de  Schwarzbovrg^Rudol' 
siadi.—SiffnA  d  Berlin,  le  19  Jarm,  1816. 

Seine  Majestat  der  Konig  von  Preussen,  welcbe  in  Folge  des  15ten, 
18ten  und  listen  Artikels  der  am  9ten  Junius,  1815^  auf  dem  Congress 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


838        PRUSSIA  AND  SCHWARTZBURG  RUDOLSTADT. 

I  zu  Wien  abgeschlossenen  Acte,  in  alle  diejeDigea    Rechte  gelreteo 

j  sind,  die  bis  dahin  der  Krone  Sachsen  gegen  das  Fiirstlicbe  Hans 

I  Schwarzburg  and  dessen  Besitzaiigen  zostanden^  und  Seine  Dnrch- 

I  laucht  der  Fiirst  zu  Schwarzburg-Rudolstadt,  beiderseits  geneigt  Ihre 

I  Verbaltnisse  eiofacber  und  bestimmter  als  bisher  zu  ordnen,  haben  zu 

diesem  Zwecke  Bevollmachtigte  ernannt,  namiicli : 

Seine  Majestat  der  Konig  von  Preussen,  den  wirklichen  gebeinoen 
Legationsratb,  Sectionschef  und  Rilter  mehrerer  Orden,  Herrn  Johanii 
Ludwig  von  Jordan,  und  den  gebeimen  Legationsrath  tind  Ritter 
mehrerer  Orden,  Herrn  Johann  Gottfried  Hoffmann;  and 

Seine  Durcblaucht  der    Fiirst  zu  Schwarzburg- Rndolstadt,  den 
Kanzler  und  Consistorialprasidenten,    Grosskreuz   des  Grossherzog- 
lich-Badenschen  Ordens  der  Treue,  Herru  Frey herrn  von  Ketelhodt; 
Welcbe,  nach  Auswechselung  ihrer  in  gnter  Form   befundenen 
Vollmacbten,  iiber  nachstehende  Artike)  sich  vereinigt  haben. 

Renonctations  de  la  part  de  Schwarzhourg-Rudolstadt, 

Art.  L  Se.  D.  der  Fiirst  zu  Schwarzburg-Rudolstadt,  leisten  fiir 
immer  Verzicht  zu  Gunsten  Seiner  M.  des  Konigs  von  Preussen  : 

1.  Auf  alle  lehnherrlichen  Rechte  und  Einkiinfte,  welche  Sie 
bisher  allein  oder  in  Gemeinschaft  in  dem  Umfange  des  Preussischen 
Staats,  so  wie  er  nach  Abschluss  des  gegenwartigen  Tractats  begrenzt 
seyn  wird,  besessen,  erhoben  oder  sonst  behauptet  haben;  wie  auf  alle 
Anspriiche  welche  Ihnen  etwa  auf  die  Salzquellen  zu  Artern  zustehen 
mochten,  und  auf  diejenigen  Geld-und  Naturaliengefalle,  welche  Vhre 
Kammer  bisher  aus  den  Aemterii  Sachsenburg,  Artern,  Sangerhauseo 
und  Rossla  bezogen  hat.  Das  Privat-Eigenthum  an  Waldungen,  Wiesen 
und  anderen  Grnndstiicken,  welches  Se.  D.  der  Fiirst  zu  Schwaraburg- 
Rudolstadt  an  verschiedenen  Orten  der  Preussischen  Staaten,  z.  B. 
bey  Uftrungen,  Breitungen,  Etzleben  oder  in  anderen  Orten  besitzen, 
wird  jedoch  hiermit  nicht  abgetreten,  sondern  bleibt  Fiirstliches  Eigen- 
tbum  unter  Preussischer  Hoheit,  mit  Befreyung  von  ordentlichen 
Grundsteuern,  soweit  dieselbe  bisher  Statt  gefunden  hat. 

2.  Auf  die  Ortschaften  Wohlkramshausen,  mit  alien  Hoheits- 
Eigenthums-und  anderen  Rechten.  Die  in  der  Wohlkramshauser  Flur 
gelegenen,  zu  dem  Fiirsllichen  Vorwerke  Strausberg  gehorigen  Wiesen 
sind  ein  Privat-Eigenthura,  auf  welches  die  Bestimmungen  unter 
Nr.  1,  dieses  Arlikels  Anwendung  Hnden.  Das  in  der  Strausberger 
Flur  gelegene  Vorwerk  Kirchberg  bleibt  unter  Schwarzburgiscker 
Hoheit. 

Seine  Majestat  der  Konig  von  Preussen  werden  alle  Rechte  und 
Einkiinfle,  worauf  hierdurch  zu  Ihren  Gunsten  verzichtet  wird,  fiir 
Sich  und  Ihre  Nachfolger  mit  ebeu  den  Befugnisseu  and  Verbindlich- 
keiten  besitzen,  womit  sich  dieselben  zur  Zeit  im  Besitze  Seiner 
rchlaucht  des  Fiirsten  zu  Schwarzburg-Rudolstadt  befinden^  und 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PRUSSIA  AND  SCHWARTZBUR6  RUDOLSTADT.        839 

€8  kaDn    und  soil  namentlich  hierdurch  den   Recliten  des  Hauses 
Stollberg  nichts  entzogen  werden. 

Renonciations  de  la  part  de  la  Pmsse. 

II.  Seine Majestat  der  Konig  von  Preussen  verzichten  dagegen  zu 
Gunsten  Sr.  D.  des  Fiirsteu  zu  Schwarzhurg-Rudolstadt : 

1.  Auf  alle  Oberherrlichkeits-Lehn-und  andere  Gerechtsame  und 
Einkiinfte,  welche  Sie  bisher  iu  den  sogenannten  Recessberrschaften 
oder  sonst  in  dem  Umfange  des  Gebiets  Seiner  Durcblaucht,  so  wie 
es,  nach  Abschluss  dieses  Tractats  begreuzt  seyn  wird,  besessen, 
erhoben  oder  sonst  bebauptet  haben.  Dieser  Verzicht  bezieht  sich 
jedoch  nicht  auf  die  Aeinter  Heringen  und  Kelbra,  welche  vielniebr  in 
ibren,  bis  zum  Jahre  1806,  Recess-und  Obssrvanzmassig  bestandcneu 
Verbal tnissen  bleiben. 

2.  Auf  die  Landeshobeits-Lebnsund  £igentbumsrecbte  und  Ein- 
kiinfte,  welcbe  zu  der  Probstei  Gollingen  geboren,  und  deren  Gegen- 
stand  innerbalb  der  Rudolstadtiscben  Grenzen  liegt ;  desgleicben  auf 
die  Landeshobeitlicben  und  anderen  Recbte,  iiber  die  der  Fiirstiich- 
Schwarzburgischen  Rentkammer  geborigen  Holzungen,  der  Hostien- 
berg  und. das  Feuertbal  genannt,  wie  auch  iiber  die  Fiirstlich-Schwarz- 
burgischen,  in  Giinzerode  wohnbaflten  Unterthanen  zugehorigeu,  im 
Jahre,  1810,  in  dem  Bilsingslebner  Steuer-Kataster  nachtraglich  ver- 
zeichneten  GrundstUcken  von  Nr.  3574  bis  3853,  woriiber  das  Amt 
Sachsenburg  die  Gerichtsbarkeit  theils  ausgeiibt,  theils  in  Auspruch 
genommen  hat. 

3.  Auf  diejenigen  Gefalle  und  Einkiinfte,  welche  ihr  CoUecturhof 
zn  Nordhausen,  das  eingezogene  Stift  Crucis  ebendaselbst  und  das 
Klosteramt  zu  Dientenborn  in  denjenigon  Ortschaften  erheben,  welche 
nach  Abschluss  dieses  Tractats  unter  der  Landeshoheit  Sr.  D.  steheu 
werden ;  wie  auch  auf  die  in  dem  Fiirstlichen  Gebiete,  und  zwar 
iofi  Dorfe  Ringleben  gclegene,  zu  der  Deutschen  Ordenskommende 
Griffstat  gehorige  Hufe  Land  und  die  mit  deren  Besitz  verbundonen 
Einkiinfte  und  Gefalle. 

Se.  D.  der  Fiirst  zu  Schwarzhurg-Rudolstadt  werden  alle  Rechte 
und  Einkiinfte,  worauf  hiermit  zu  Ihren  Gunsten  verzichtet  wird,  fiir 
Sich  und  Ihre  Nachfolger  mit  eben  den  Befugnissen  und  Verbind- 
lichkeiten  besitzen,  womit  Sich  dieselben  zur  Zeit  im  Besitze  Seiner 
Majestat  des  Konigs  von  Preussen  befrnden,  und  es  kann  und  soil 
namentlich  auch  hierdurch  den  Rechten  des  Hauses  Stollberg  nichts 
entzogen  werden. 

Execution  reciproque. 

III.  Die  Uebergabe  der  gegenseitig,  Artikel  I  und  II,  abgetretenen 
BesitzuDgen,  Rechte  und  Einkiinfte  geschieht  am  Isten  Julius  des 
gegenwartigen  Jahres.  Alle  Yortheile  und  alle  Lasten  laufen  von 
dieaem  Tage  an  uod  mit  Einschluss  desselben  fur  Rcchnuiig  des 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


840       PRUSSIA  AND  SCHWART2BURG  RODOLSTADr. 

neuen  iDhabera.  Alle  friiher  iallige,  eber  bey  den  Einfassen  nock 
riickstandige  Gefalle,  Abgaben,  Dienste  und  Leistungen  aller  Art 
▼erbleiben  dem  neuen  Besitzer,  welcher  gehalten  ist,  dagegen  aoch 
alle  ruckstandige  laufende  Ausgaben  zu  iibernehmeny  ohne  dass  iiber 
beides  irgend  eiue  Nachrechnung  Statt  finden  koiinte.  Die  auf  die 
abgetretenen  Besitzungen,  Rechte  und  Einkiinfte  Bezug  habenden 
Registratnren  und  Papiere  aller  Art,  sollen  in  der  moglichst  kiirzesten 
Zeit,  spatestens  biszum  Isten  October  des  lanfenden  Jahresubergeben 

werden. 

Dettes,    Corporations, 

TV.  Mit  den  abgetretenen  Districten  und  Ortschaften  gehen  bloss 
die  lA)ca]schulden  und  Lasten  iiber.  Sie  treten  ganz  ausser  Verbio- 
dung  mit  den  Provinzen,  Kreisen  oder  Aemtern,  wovon  sie  gegen- 
wartig  getrennt  werden,  und  es  kouuen  von  beiden  Seiten  keine 
Nachforderungen  wegen  vormals  gemeinschaftlichen  Vermogeos, 
gemeinschaftlicher  Scbulden,  oder  Provinzial-Kreis-und  Aemter- 
kassen  an  die  abgetreteuen  Districte  und  Ortscbaften,  oder  umgekehri 
erhoben  werden. 

Seine  Majestat  der  Konig  von  Preussen  und  Se.  Durchl.  der  Fiirst 
von  Scbwarzburg-Rudolstadt  iibernebmen  Jeder  an  Ibrem  Theile,  die- 
jenigen  S(ande,  Beborden,  Corporatiouen  und  Comniunen  vollstandig 
und  nach  aller  Billigkeit  zu  entscbadigen^  welche  durch  diese  Be&tioi- 
mung  erweislicb  verletzt  seyn  mochten.  Milden  und  frominen  Slif- 
tungen  verbleiben  auf  beiden  Seiten  die  bisber  bezogenen  Geialle  uud 
Einkiinfte,  und  soil  darin  durcb  gegenwarlige  gegenseitige  Abtre- 
tungen  nicbts  veraudert  werden. 

Offiders  CwUs. 

V.  Die  iu  den,  nach  gegenwartigem  Vertrage,  abgetretenen 
Ortschaften  vorbandenen  herrschaftlichen  Diener,  verbleiben  in  uuge- 
kranktem  Besitze  ihrer  bisberi^en  Rechte  und  Einkiinfte.  Auch  soil 
kein  Eingeborner  derselben  verpflichtet  werden,  Dienste  bey  dem 
vormaligen  Landesherrn  wider  seinen  Willen  langer  als  bis  zum  Ende 
des  laufenden  Jahres  fortzusetzen. 

Arriires, 

VI.  Seine  Durcblaucbt  werden  die  riickstandigen  Recessgelder 
bis  zum  Isten  Julius  laufenden  Jahres  bezablen  lassen,  da  von  diesem 
Termine  ab  erst  dieVerpflichtung  zu  Zablung derselben,  nach  Artikel  II, 
Nr.  1,  aufhort. 

Arrangement  Militaires. 

VII.  Seine  Durcblaucbt  der  Fiirst  verpflichten  Sich,  denjenigen 
Maassregeln  fur  Ihre  Lande  beyzutreten,  welche  wegeu  des  gemein- 
sciiaftlichen  militarischen  Interesse  der  Gegendeu  zwischeu  der  Sftale 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PRUSSIA  AND  SCHWARTZBURG  RUDOLSTADT.        841 

und  Werra,  id  gemeinsaraer  Uebereinkanft  mit  den  daselbst  augesesse- 
nen  Mitgliedern  des  Deulfchen  Bimdes  iiberhaapt  beschlossen  werden 
mochten.  Sie  werden  dage^en  audi  ADtheil  an  derjenij^en  Auseinan- 
clersetzung  nelimen,  welche  iiberdiegememschaftlicben  Verwendungen 
der  Norddeatscben  Fiirsten  wpgen  der  kriegerischen  Ereignisse  in  deu 
Jabrt>n,  1805  und  1806,  erfolgen  wird. 

Libre  transit. 

VIII.  Seine  Majeslat  der  Konig  und  Seine  Durcblancht  der 
Fiirst  versichern  einander  gegenseitig  die  freye  und  nnbescliwerte 
Durcbfuhr  der  Militareffecten,  des  Salzes,  des  Getraides,  aller  Brenn* 
materialien,  des  Zimincrholzes,  des  Kalks  und  aller  Steine,  wie  aiich 
der  Erzeugnisse  ibrer  Berg- und  Hiittenwerke.  Diese  Durcbfubr  kann 
jedoch  nur  anf  oflTener  Landstrasse  und  unter  Beobacbtung  der 
nllgemeinen  fiiianziellen  und  polizey lichen  Vorschriften,  zu  vielchen 
letzteren  aucb  die  Eriegung  blosser  Wege-und  Briickengelder  gebort, 
erfolgen. 

Droit  de  Reversion. 

IX.  Seiner  Majestat  dem  Konige  von  Preossem  verbleibt,  nacb  Ab« 
gang  aller  zur  Lebnsfolge,  nacb  der  bisherigen  Verfassung,  Bereclitig- 
ten^daaHeimfallsrechtin  demselben  Maasse  ansdriicklich  vorbehalten, 
in  welcbem  es  vor  Abscbluss  des  gegenwHrtigen  Tractats  bestanden 

hat* 

Consenttment  au  Traiie  avec  Sondershavsen. 

X.  Seine  Durcblaucbt  der  Fiirst  zu  Schwarzburg-Rudolstadt  ver- 
pflichten  Sich,  die  agnatiscbe  Einwilligung  fiir  Sich  und  Ibre  Nacb- 
folger  zu  demjenigen  Staatsvertrage  zu  ertbeilen,  welcher  gleichzeilig 
zwischen  Seiner  Majest&t  der  Konig  von  Prenssen,  und  Seiner 
Durchlaucht  dem  Fursten  zu  Scbwarzburg-Sondersbausen,  zu  glei- 
chem  Zwecke  abgeschlossen  wird.  Dieser  Staatsvertrag  wird  desbalb 
Ihren  Bevel) macbtigten  gleicb  nacb  erfolgter  Unterzeicbnung  mitge- 
theilt  werden,  und  die  Einwilligung  wird  bierauf  noch  vor  Auswecbselung 
der  Ratificationen  erfolgen. 

Ratification, 
XL  Gegenwartiger  Tractat  wird  von  Seiner  Majestat  dem  Konige 
und  Seiner  Durchlaucht  dem  Fiirsten  ratificirt,  und  die  Ratificationen 
binnen  14Tagen  nacb  der  Unterzeicbnung  ausgewecbselt  werden. 

Des  zu  Urkuud  haben  die  beiderseitigen  Bevollmacbtigten  gegen- 
wartigen  Staatsvertrag  unterzeichnet  und  mit  ihren  Wappen  besiegelt. 
Geschehen  zu  Berlin,  den  19  Juni  1816. 

(L.S.)        JOH.  LUDWIG  V.  JORD.\N. 

(L.S.)        JOH.  GOTTFRIED  HOFFMANN, 

(L.S.)        FRIED.  WILH.  FREYH.  V.  KETELHODT. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


842  SAX£  WEIMAR. 

FUNDAMENTAL  LA  IV,  for  the  government  of  the  Grand 
Duchy  of  Saxe^Weinnar- Eisenach, —  Weinnar,  bth  May, 
1816.  

(Translation.) 

We,  Charles  Augustus,  by  the  Grace  of  God,  Grand  Duke  of 
Saxe-Weimar-Eisenachf  Landgrave  ofThuringia,  Margrave  of  Meis- 
sen, Count,  invested  with  the  dignity  of  Prince,  of  Henneberg,  Lord 
of  Blankenhayn,  Neustadt,  and  Tautenburg. 

Although  We  have  already,  by  the  promulgation  of  the  Law  of  the 
year  1809,  which  had  reference  to  the  Representative  ConstitatioB 
then  existing,  according  to  ancient  usage,  in  the  Dominions  of  oar 
ancient  Principality,  endeavoured  to  secure,  in  a  still  firmer  manner, 
the  bond  of  union  which  had  always  been  inviolably  maintained  be- 
tween Ourselves  and  our  loyal  Subjects  ;  nevertheless,  the  stipulations 
therein  contained  are  not  calculated,  at  the  present  moment,  and  un- 
der  the  existing  circumstances,  which  have  been  brought  about  after 
great  sacrifices  and  severe  trials,  to  satisfy  the  wishes  and  intentions 
which,  as  Sovereign  Prince  of  the  Country,  We  have  eatertained,  for 
establishing,  upon  a  firm  and  secure  basis,  the  permanent  prosperity 
of  our  People. 

We  have,  therefore,  in  compliance  with  the  stipulations  and  arrange- 
ments of  the  Treaty  of  the  Germanic  Confederation,  concluded  at  Vienna 
on  the  9th  June,  1815,  availed  ourselves  of  the  first  favourable  op- 
portunity,—when  a  considerable  increase  of  Territory  has  been  made 
to  the  Dominions  of  our  ancient  Principality,  in  order  to  carry  into 
effect  the  union  of  our  new  Territories  with  those  of  our  ancient  Prio- 
cipality,  which  was  promised  in  the  Patents  issued  upon  taking  pos- 
session of  them,  dated  the  15th  November  of  the  Inst,  and  24th  January 
of  the  present  year,— to  fulfil  our  said  wishes  and  intentions,  by  means 
of  a  New  Representative  Constitution,  suited  to  the  whole  Grand  Duchy, 
in  its  collective  capacity. 

For  this  purpose  we  have,  by  our  Ordinance  of  the  30th  January  of 
the  present  year,  summoned  the  Representative  Deputies  of  our  an- 
cient Dominions,  and  the  Representative  Delegates  of  our  New  Pos- 
sessions, in  order,  in  conjunction  with  certain  Public  Servants  of  the 
State,  who  were  specially  charged  with  the  same  object,  to  confer  upon 
the  conditions  and  forms  under  which  the  rights  acknowledged  by  Ui 
to  be  necessary  for  the  Representative  Estates  of  the  Country^  shaft 
be  exercised  by  that  Assembly. 

The  Project  of  a  Constitutional  Law,  embodying  regulations  rela- 
tive to  the  Representative  Estates  of  the  Country,  and  corresponding 
with  our  well-directed  intentions,  has  accordingly  been  prepared  by  the 
Assembly  of  Deputies,  so  convoked  for  the  purpose,  with  zealous  ac- 
tivity and  in  a  sincere  spirit  of  patriotism  and  harmony,  and  has  been 
transmitted  to  Us  for  our  approval,  as  Sovereign  Prince  of  the  Coiin- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SAXE  WEIMAR.  843 

try ;  and  We  have  not  delayed  to  give  our  coDsent  thereto,  wilh  the 
exception  only  of  a  few  immaterial  modifications  not  aflTecting  any  of 
the  essential  regulations  therein  contained. 

We  have^  accordingly,  in  perfect  understanding  vritb  the  Deputies 
who  form  the  Representative  Estates  of  our  ancient  Dominions,  and 
with  the  advice  and  assistance  of  the  Delegates  who  have  been  summoned 
on  the  part  of  the  new  Territories  which  have  been  apportioned  to  us, 
established  the  following  Regulations,  as  a  Fundamental  Law  for  the 
whole  of  our  Grand  Duchy. 

Title  T. — General  Regulations. 

Art  I.  There  shall  exist  in  the  Grand  Duchy  of  Saxe- Weimar- 
Eisenach  a  Representative  Constitution  of  Estates,  which  shall  be 
common  to  all  parts  of  the  Grand  Duchy,  as  to  one  entire  and  undi- 
vided Possession. 

II.  The  Representative  Estates  of  the  Country,  in  the  Grand 
Duchy  of  Saxe- Weimar-Eisenach,  shall  consist  of  3  classes;  viz.,  the 
Class  of  the  Possessors  of  Noble  Estates,  that  of  the  Citizens,  and  that 
of  the  Peasants. 

ML  These  3  Estates  of  the  Country,  in  which  are  included  all 
the  Citizens  of  the  State,  shall  be  represented  by  Individuals,  chosen 
out  of  their  own  Class  respectively,  by  free  election,  as  Deputies  to 
the  Representative  Assembly  of  the  Estates. 

IV.  All  the  rights  belonging  to  the  Estates  of  the  Country  shall  be 
exercised  by  the  Representative  Deputies,  legally  elected,  in  the  man- 
ner and  under  the  conditions  which  are  expressed  in  the  present 
Constitution,  or  Fundamental  Law,  of  the  Grand  Duchy  of  Saxe- 
Weimar-Eisenach. 

Title  II. — Rights  of  the  Representative  Estates  of  the  Country. 

V.  The  following  rights  belonging  to  the  Estates  of  the  Country 
shall  be  exercised  on  their  behalf  by  their  Kepresentatives,  agreeably 
to  Article  IV. 

1.  The  right  of  examining,  in  common  with  the  Sovereign  Prince 
of  the  Country,  and  the  Authorities  named  by  him  for  that  purpose, 
the  pecuniary  wants  of  the  State,  so  far  as  they  are  to  be  provided  for 
out  of  the  revenues  belonging  to  the  Estates  of  the  Country,  and  out  of 
the  property  of  the  Citizens  of  the  State ;  and  of  fixing  the  neces- 
sary sums  to  be  received  in  order  to  meet  them. 

2.  The  right  of  considering  every  contribution  and  other  burthen  to 
be  imposed  upon  the  Citizens  of  the  State,  and  every  general  regulation 
which  may  have  reference  thereto,  before  it  is  adopted ;— so  that  with- 
out this  previous  enquiry  on  the  part  of  the  Representative  Estates  of 
the  Country,  and  without  their  express  concurrence,  neither  taxes  nor 
other  duties  and  contributions  shall  be  imposed  or  levied,  nor  shall  loans 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


844  SAXE  WEIMAR. 

be  contracted,  to  be  chargeable  on  the  revenues  belonging  to  the  Re* 
presentative  Estates  of  the  Country,  or  on  the  property  of  the  Citizens 
of  the  State ;  nor  shall  any  other  financial  measures  whatever  be 
adopted^  which  may  involve  any  burthen  upon  the  National  property, 
or  upon  that  of  any  individual  Citizen  of  tlie  State,  or  be  liable  to. 
expose  to  danger  the  interests  of  the  Estates  of  the  Country. 

3.  The  right  of  investigating  the  Accounts  of  the  outlays  of  the 
nature  before  mentioned,  made  to  supply  the  necessities  of  the  State, 
and  of  requiring  information  and  explanations,  as  well  upon  any  doubt- 
ful items  which  they  may  contain,  as  generally  upon  the  appropria- 
tion of  the  Revenues  and  Funds  belonging  to  the  Estates  of  the 
Country,  and  derived  from  the  property  of  the  Citizens  of  the  State. 

4.  The  right  of  making  representations  to  the  Sovereign  Prince, 
relative  to  defects  and  abuses  in  the  legislation  and  administration  of 
the  Government  of  the  Country,  and  of  submitting  to  him  their  opi- 
nions and  propositions  with  respect  to  the  removal  of  them. 

5.  The  right  of  preferring  complaints  and  accusations  to  the  So- 
vereign Prince  against  the  Ministers,  and  against  the  other  Authorities 
of  the  State,  of  any  arbitrary  conduct  on  their  part,  or  of  any  attacks 
upon  the  liberty,  character,  and  property  of  the  Citizens  of  the  State, 
as  well  as  of  any  attacks  upon  the  Constitution  of  the  Country. 

6.  The  right  of  participating  in  the  legislation,  in  such  manner 
that  no  new  Laws  which  either  affect  the  Constitution  of  the  Country, 
or  have  relation  to  the  freedom  of  the  person,  and  the  safety  and 
the  property  of  the  Citizens  of  the  State,  generally,  or  in  any  one 
Province,  and  which,  therefore,  concern  the  general  good,  shall  be 
issued  without  the  previous  advice  and  concurrence  of  the  Repre- 
sentative Estates  of  the  Country. 

7.  The  right,  in  order  to  facilitate  the  exercise  of  the  rights  already 
specified, 

o.  Of  selecting  the  Councillors  of  Administration  of  the  Country, 
(Land-rathe),  tiud  of  submitting  their  names  to  the  Sovereign  Prince, 
for  his  approbation ; 

6.  Of  appointing  2  Counsellors,  or  Assessors,  to  the  Greneral  Col- 
lege or  Board  {Landschqfls-Coilegium);  that  is  to  say,  1  for  the  first 
Section  at  Weimar,  and  the  other  for  the  second  Section  at  Eisenach ; 
and  of  submitting  their  names  also  to  the  Sovereign  Prince,  for  bis 
approbation.     (Articles  CXVIII— CXIX.) 

c.  Of  requiring,  in  any  extraordinary  cases  which  may  occur,  (for 
instance,  in  the  event  of  War,)  when  any  one  College  or  Board,  or  any 
Special  Commission,  in  addition  to  the  ordinary  course  of  their  proceed- 
ings, may  acquire  any  authority  over  the  Revenues  belonging  (o  the  Es- 
tates  of  the  Country, — that  one  or  more  of  the  Representative  Deputies 
be  appointed  a  Member  or  Members  of  such  College  or  Board,  or  of 
such  Special  Commission ;  and 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


KAXE  WEIMAR.  845 

(/.  Of  DomiiiatiDg;  the  Treasurer  of  the  PriDcipal  Revenues  be- 
longing  to  the  Estates  of  the  Couutry. 

Tm-E  III. — Number  and  Election  of  the  Deputies  of  the  People  from 
the  3  Estates  of  the  Country, 

VI.  There  shall  be  elected,  for  the  whole  of  the  Grand  Dachy,  81 
Deputies  as  Representatives  of  the  People ;  viz.  1 1  from  the  Glass  of 
Possessors  of  Noble  Estates,  10  from  the  Class  of  Citizens,  and  10 
from  the  Class  of  Peasants. 

Each  of  the  3  Estates  of  the  Country  shall  elect  the  Deputies  who 
are  to  represent  it  from  amongst  its  own  Class. 

Vil.  For  each  Representative  Deputy  there  shall  at  the  same  time 
be  elected  a  Substitute. 

The  same  legal  regulations  as  are  in  force  respecting  the  qualifica* 
tions  and  election  of  the  Representative  Deputies  shall  apply  also  to 
their  Subsiitutes. 

VII i.  In  order  to  facilitate  the  proceedings  at  the  Elections,  and  to 
provide,  as  far  as  may  be  possible,  that  each  portion  of  the  Grand 
Duchy,  distinguished  according  to  its  locality,  commerce,  or  former 
relations,  shall  be  represented  in  the  United  Assembly  of  the  Estates 
of  the  Country,  by  one  or  more  Persons,  who  may  have  a  thorough 
knowledge  of  all  the  circumstances  peculiar  to  it,  the  Grand  Duchy 
of  Saxe  Weimar  shall  be  divided  into  Electoral  Districts. 

IX.  For  the  Possessors  of  Noble  Estates,  there  shall  be  3  Electoral 
Districts  or  Provinces. 

The  first  of  these  Districts  shall  comprehend  the  Circles  of  Weimar 
and  Jena,  including  the  Bailiwick  of  Ilmenau,  and  those  portions  of 
the  Country  which  are  situated  in  Thuiingia,  and  have  been  added  to  it 
by  the  Patent  issued  for  taking  possession  of  them,  dated  the  Idth  No- 
vember, 1815. 

The  second  shall  comprehend  the  Circle  of  Eisenach,  including  the 
Bailiwicks  of  Dermbach  and  Geis^  and  those  portions  of  Territory 
which  are  annexed  to  them  in  the  Patent  issued  for  taking  posses* 
uon  of  them,  dated  the  24th  January,  1816. 

The  third  shall  comprehend  the  Circle  of  Neustadt,  according 
as  such  Circle  is  described  in  the  Patent  issued  for  taking  possession 
of  the  newly  acquired  Territory,  dated  the  Idth  November,  1815. 

X.  There  shall  be  chosen  by  the  Class  of  the  Possessors  of  Noble 
Estates,  immediately,— 4  Deputies  out  of  the  first  Electoral  District, 
3  out  of  the  second,  and,  in  like  manner,  3  out  of  the  third;  with 
this  restriction,  that,  of  the  3  Deputies  to  be  elected  by  the  Possessors 
of  Noble  Estates  in  the  second  District,  one  at  least  shall  regularly 
belong  to  the  former  Equestrian  Nobility  of  the  Empire,  and  shall 
be  settled  in  that  District,  in  the  possession  of  au  Estate  which  was  in 
former  times  held  immediately  under  the  Empire. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


846  SAXE    WEIMAR. 

-  The  Unive*'8ity  at  Jena,  beins^  an  InstUution  belonging  to  the 
whole  of  the  Country  generally,  and  endowed  with  Noble  Estates, 
shall  appoint  the  lltli  Deputy. 

XI.  There  shall  be  10  Electoral  Districts  for  tlie  Class  of  the 
Cilizens. 

The  1st  shall  comprehend  Weimar,  the  Capital  Town;  the2od, 
the  Towns  of  Jena,  Biirgel  and  Lobeda;  the  3d,  the  Towns  of  All- 
stadt,  Rastenberg,  Buttstadt,  Buttelstadt,  together  with  the  Borough 
of  Neuinark;  the  4th,  the  Towns  of  Ilmenau,  Blankenhayn,  Kran- 
nichfeld,  Remda^  and  Berka,  together  with  the  Borough  of  Tannroda; 
the  5th,  the  Towns  of  Apolda,  Dornburg,  Suiza,  andMagdala;  the 
6ih,  the  Town  of  Eisenach,  with  Fiscbbach;  the  7(h,  tlie  Towns  of 
Ostheim,  Geis,  and  Lengsfeld ;  the  8th,  the  Towns  of  Vacha^  Berka 
on  the  Werra,  and  Kreuzburg;  the  9th,  the  Towns  of  Neustadt  and 
Triptis ;  the  10th,  the  1  owns  of  Weida  and  Auma. 

Xn.  There  shall,  in  like  manner,  be  10  Electoral  Districts  fur  the 
Class  of  the  Peasantry. 

The  1st  of  these  Districts  shall  be  composed  of  the  Bailiwicks  of 
Weimar  and  Capellendorf;  the  2nd  of  the  Bailiwicks  of  Biirgel,  Dorn- 
burg, Tautenburg,  and  Jena,  with  the  Villages  having  a  Local  Court 
of  Magistrates;  the  Srd,  of  the  Bailiwicks  of  Allstadt,  (Oldialeben.) 
Hardisleben,  the  Niederrossia ;  and  the  Villages,  having  Iiocal  Courts  of 
Magistrates,  of  Buttstadt;  the  4th,  of  the  Bailiwicks  of  Blaukenhayiiy 
Ilmenau,  Berka  and  Remda ;  the  5th«  of  the  Bailiwicks  of  Rodestedt, 
Atzmannsdorf  and  Tonudorf;  the  6th,  of  the  Bailiwicks  of  Kalten- 
nordheim,  Ostheim,  Dermbach,  and  Geis,  together  with  the  Village, 
having  a  Local  Couii,  of  Wenigentafft ;  the  7th,  of  the  Bailiwicks  of 
Vacha,  with  the  Prefecture  of  Kreuzburg,  Tiefenort,  and  with  the 
Villages,  having  a  Local  Court,  of  Marksuhl  and  Frauensee,  together 
with  the  Patrimonial  Bailiwicks  of  I.engsfeld  and  Volkersbausen ;  the 
8th,  of  the  Bailiwicks  of  Gerstungen,  Haussbreitenbach,  Kreuzburg 
and  Eisenach;  the  9ih,  of  the  Bailiwick  of  Neustadt;  the  lOtb,  of 
the  Bailiwick  of  Weyda  with  Mildenfurth.  In  each  Bailiwick  shall 
be  understood  to  be  included  those  Villages,  having  Patrimonial  Courts, 
which  are  situated  within  the  limits  of  its  jurisdiction. 

XIII.  One  Deputy  shall  be  elected  in  each  of  the  Electoral 
Districts  which  have  been  designated,  for  the  Class  of  the  Citizens  and 
for  that  of  the  Peasantry,  and  the  Elections  shall  be  entrusted  to  Per- 
sons to  be  chosea  for  that  purpose. 

XI V.  Of  the  Class  of  the  Possessors  of  Noble  Estates ;  whoever  is  in 
possession  of  a  Noble  Estate,  either  singly  or  in  common  with  others, 
shall  be  entitled  to  take  part  in  the  Election,  without  distinction  as 
to  grade,  birth,  or  religion,  and  whether  or  not  such  Estate  be 
dependent,  either  immediately  upon  the  Sovereign  or  upon  some  ifl- 
termediate  Bailiwick  or  jurisdiction.     It  shall  be  necessary,  however, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


8AXE  WEIMAR.  847 

if  the  Estate  did  not  belong  to  the  class  of  Estates  which  were  formerly 
mmediate  under  the  Empire,  that  it  should  have  already  entitled  its 
Possessor  to  the  privileges  of  the  Represeutative  Diet  of  the  Country, 
or  that  it  should  subsequently  be  admitted  amongst  the  number  of 
Noble  Estates  of  that  description;  which  admission  shall  depend, 
until  the  next  convocation  of  the  Representative  Estates  of  the  Goun- 
try,  solely  upon  the  decision  of  the  Sovereign  of  the  Land,  upon  a  re- 
quest to  that  effect  being  preferred  by  the  Possessor ;  but  after  the 
next  Session  of  the  Representative  Assembly  of  the  Country,  the 
admission  shall  not  be  allowed  unless  with  the  concurrence  of  the 
Deputies  forming  such  Representative  Assembly. 

XV.  As  the  Person  in  possession  of  several  Noble  Estates  of  the 
beforementioned  character,  shall  have  but  one  vote  for  each  of  such 
Estates,  so,  in  like  manner,  when  several  Persons  are  Possessors  jointly 
of  one  such  Estate,  they  shall  have  but  one  vote  collectively. 

XVI.  Married  Women  and  Minors,  who  may  be  in  possession  of  a 
Noble  Estate,  shall  exercise  their  right  of  voting  through  their  Hus- 
bands or  Guardians ;  but  the  latter  (the  Guardians,)  shall  exercise  it 
only  when  they  themselves  are  the  Possessor  of  Noble  Estates,  situate 
in  the  same  Electoral  District:  in  the  other  cases  it  shall  be  exercised 
by  Plenipotentiaiies.  When  there  are  several  Guardians,  the  one 
having  charge  of  the  feudal  property  shall  have  the  preference. 

In  cases  where  the  EsUites  are  involved  in  Bankruptcy,  the  right 
of  voting  shall  be  dormant. 

XVII.  Plenipotentiaries  shall  be  allowed  at  the  Elections  of  tlie 
Possessors  of  Noble  Estates,  not  only  in  the  cases  already  specified,  but 
generally ;  it  shall,  however,  be  indispensable,  that  the  Plenipotentiary 
appointed  have  a  vote  in  the  same  Electoral  District,  in  his  own 
right,  as  the  Possessor  of  a  Noble  Estate. 

No  Person  shall  accept  a  Full-power  from  more  than  2  other  Pos- 
sessors of  Noble  Estates. 

The  Full-powers,  which,  of  necessity,  shall  be  given  in  writing,  must 
either  designate  the  specific  subjects  upon  which  the  votes  are  to  be 
given,  in  the  name  of  those  granting  them,  or  declare  that  the  power 
of  acting  generally  is  delegated. 

XVIII.  As  the  Election  of  the  Deputies  from  the  Class  of  the 
Citizens  and  Peasantry,  shall  not  take  place  directly,  but  indirectly, 
by  Persons  selected  for  the  purpose;  it  has  been  established,  that  each 
Place  (whether  Town,  Borough  or  Village,)  shall  appoint  one  Elector 
for  every  60  habitable  houses. 

A  Place  containing  50  habitable  houses,  or  less,  shall  therefore  ap- 
point i  Elector,  and  a  Place  containing  from  51  to  100  habitable 
houses,  shall  appoint  2  Electors,  and  so  on  in  the  same  proportion. 

•   Detached  Houses,  or  Dwellings,  situated  at  a  distance  from  Towns, 
&c.  for  instance.  Inns  and  Mills,  as  well  as  other  distinct  Tenements, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


848  SAXE    WEIMAR. 

shall  be  considered  as  belonging;  to  that  Place  ia  which  they  may  have 
been  hitherto  included,  under  other  circumstances  affecting  the  Com* 
mnne,  as  for  example,  tlie  quartering  of  Soldiers,  furuishiog  of 
Horses,  &c. 

XIX.  E?ery  Inhabitant  of  a  Town,  of  a  Borough,  or  of  a  Village, 
who  possesses  a  House  therein,  or  has  acquired  the  right  of  a  Citizen 
or  Resident  there,  shall  participate,  without  distinction  as  to  reli^ 
gion,  in  the  choice  of  the  Elector  or  Electors  for  the  Place  in  whicb 
he  resides. 

The  Occupants  of  small  Houses  in  Villages,  shall  not.  by  any  means, 
be  excluded  from  the  enjoyment  of  this  privilege ;  but  only  those  In- 
liabitants  of  Towns  who  are  Strangers  and  are  living  there  merely  under 
the  protection  of  the  Government 

XX.  The  Married  Women  and  Minors,  who  are  included  in  the 
number  of  the  Inhabitants  of  a  Place  qualified  to  vote,  shall  exer- 
cise their  right  of  voting  through  their  Husbands,  or  their  Guardiaus, 
or  Plenipotentiaries. 

XXI.  Each  Person  chosen  as  an  Elector  shall  possess  the  same 
qualifications  as  are  required  generally,  according  to  Article  XIX., 
for  those  who  elect  him ;  and  moreover,  he  must  be  of  full  age. 

A  Person  chosen  as  an  Elector  shall  not  decline  the  Office. 

XXII.  In  order  to  be  qualified  to  be  elected  to  the  Office  of  a  Re- 
presentative of  the  People,  it  shall  be  requisite,  in  addition  to  his 
professing  Uie  Christian  Faith, 

1.  That  the  Candidate  be  of  German  birth ;  which  is  more  cleariy 
defined,  as  follows,  viz.  that  he  be  descended  from  a  Father,  who  was 
himself  bom  in  Germany,  and  had  his  residence  (domiciiium,)  e$sen« 
tially  in  Germany. 

2.  That  he  be  bom  in  wedlock. 

.  3,  That  he  be  of  Christian  birth,  Uiat  is,  bora  of  Parents  who,  io 
like  manner,  professed  llie  Christian  Religion. 

4.  Tliat  h6  be  30  years  of  age. 

5.  That  he  be  of  unobjectionable  character  and  occupation. 

XXI I I.  In  addition  to  these  general  qualifications,  others  of  a 
special  nature  shall  be  requisite  in  each  Class,  in  order  to  establish 
elegibility  to  the  Office  of  a  Representative  of  the  People. 

XXIV.  The  Person  who  shall  be  chosen  as  a  Deputy,  in  one  oftlie 
Electoral  Districts  of  tlie  Possessors  of  Noble  Estates,  must  be  settled 
10  that  Electoral  District,  and  be  in  the  possession  of  a  Noble  Estate, 
wholly  or  in  part  belonging  to  him ;  and  if  such  Noble  Estate  sboald 
not  have  devolved  upon  him  by  right  of  inheritance,  but  have  been 
acquired  by  him,  fur  the  first  time,  it  must  have  been  in  his  possession 
for  the  3  previous  years,  at  least  It  shall  not,  however,  be  abso- 
lutely indispensable,  that  the  Possessor  of  such  a  Noble  Estate  shall 
reside  within  tho  Electoral  District. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SAXE    WEIMAR.  849 

XXV.  It  shall  be  required  of  the  Representative  of  the  University 
of  Jena,  that  he  be  a  Member  of  the  Academical  Senate,  and  that  he 
have  obtained  the  rights  of  a  Faculty  agreeably  to  the  Statutes. 

XXVI.  In  the  Towns,  that  Inhabitant  of  the  Electoral  District 
shall  alone  be  eligible,  who,  in  addition  to  the  possession  of  a  habitable 
House,  situate  in  the  Town  or  in  the  Suburbs,  shall  be  able  to  shew  that 
he  has  an  independent  Income,  which  Incoipe,  including  the  profit 
arising  from  each  habitable  Dwelling,  shall  amount  annually  to  500 
Rix-Dollars,  at  least,  in  the  Capital  Towns  of  Weimar  and  Eisenach  ; 
and  to  300  Rix-DoUars  in  the  other  Towns. 

The  produce  of  the  property,  which  a  Married  Man  may  enjoy  the 
benefit  of,  as  legal  usufruct  of  the  goods  of  his  wife,  shall  be  included 
in  the  above  amount. 

But  any  Income  derivable  on  account  of  Services,  whether  such 
Income  shall  consist  of  a  fixed  salary,  or  of  casual  emoluments,  or  be 
payable  by  the  State,  or  by  Private  Individuals,  shall  not  be  regarded 
in  the  light  of  an  independent  Income. 

The  same  regulation  shall,  in  like  manner,  apply  to  Pensions. 

XXVII.  In  order  to  establish  eligibility  in  the  Class  of  the  Pea- 
santry, the  Candidates  shall  possess,  in  the  Circle  in  which  their  Elec- 
toral District  lies,  property  consisting  of  houses  and  lands,  either  of 
their  own  or  as  legal  usufruct  of  the  goods  of  their  wives,  of  the  value 
of  3,000  dollars,  at  least. 

XXVIII.  Sbonld  a  Person  be  eligible  in  diflTerent  Classes,  for  in- 
stance, in  that  of  the  Possessor  of  Noble  Estates,  in  consequence  of 
possessing  an  Estate  of  that  character,  and  also  in  the  Class  of  the 
Peasantry,  in  consequence  of  the  possession  of  an  Estate  applicable  to 
that  Class,  he  shall  nevertheless  be  elected  only  for  one  of  those 
Classes,  and  shall  take  his  seat  agreeably  to  the  regulation  respecting 
the  order  of  the  sitting  of  the  Representative  Deputies  contained  in 
Article  LXXIX,  as  for  example,  in  the  case  here  supposed,  only  in  the 
Class  of  the  Possessors  of  Noble  Estates. 

XXIX.  Relations  by  blood,  in  an  ascending  or  descending  line, 
and  Relations  by  blood,  in  the  second  degree  of  the  collateral  line 
(Brothers),  shall  not  be  Members  of  the  Assembly  of  the  Estates  of 
the  Country  at  the  same  period. 

Should  the  case  occur  of  Persons  bearing  such  relationship  to  each 
other  being  elected  in  one  and  the  same  Class,  or  in  different  Classes, 
of  the  Estates,  the  one  who  shall  have  been  elected  the  first  shall  be 
preferred,  and  if  this  should  not  be  decisive,  the  elder  by  age  shall  have 
the  preference. 

XXX.  Each  Representative  shall  be  elected  for  6  years  only.  In 
the  7th  year  he  shall  regularly  retire,  and  a  new  Election  shall  in 
consequence  be  ordered,  but  at  such  Election  the  Member  retiring 
may  be  re-elected. 

[1816— 16J  3  I 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


850  SAXE  WEIMAR. 

XXX  f.  The  Deputy  who  shall  have  been  elected  Grand  Manfaal 
of  the  Country  shall  continue  to  sit  as  a  Representatire  of  the  People 
beyond  the  6  years,  and  at  least  for  12  years,  and  shall  be  transfeired, 
In  his  capacity  as  Grand  Marsha],  from  one  Assembly  of  the  EsUtes 
of  the  Country  to  another.  (Articles  LVITIand  LIX.) 

XXXI  r.  Should  a  Representative  Member  vacate  his  seat  in  the 
course  of  the  period  of  the  6  years  for  which  he  has  been  elected,  in 
consequence  of  death,  voluntary  retirement,  or  the  loss  of  any  ooe  of 
the  qualifications  specified  in  Articles  XXII  to  XXVII,  so  fieir  as  aoy 
such  qualification  can  be  lost,  his  Substitute  shall  be  permitted  to  ict 
for  him.  But  if  the  latter  be  not  forthcoming,  a  new  Election  shall  be 
ordered,  for  the  period  which  may  remain  to  complete  the  6  years. 

XXXIII.  After  each  Election,  the  Representative  Member  who  has 
been  chosen  may  decline  accepting  the  Office  which  has  been  entrusted 
to  him;  but  it  is  of  course  to  be  expected,  that  no  one  will  refuse  to 
undertake  so  honourable  an  Employment^  except  upon  grounds  of  the 
most  urgent- necessity. 

XXXIV.  The  chief  direction  of  all  the  Elections  shall  be  entrusted 
to  the  local  Governments  of  the  Country,  at  Weimar  and  Eisenach, 
each  in  its  own  District. 

The  Ordinances  respecting  the  Elections  shall  emanate  immediately 
from  the  Sovereign,  through  those  Governments ;  the  first  time  in 
pursuance  of  the  present  Constitutional  Law,  but  on  all  future  occa^ 
sions,  upon  the  representation  of  the  3  Members  forming  the  Chief 
Directory  of  the  Assembly  of  the  Estates  of  the  Country,  appointed  in 
conformity  with  Article  L VII,  to  the  efiect  that  the  Election  is  necesaary. 

XXXV.  Neither  the  2  local  Governments  of  the  Country  befors- 
mentioned,  nor  the  Authorities  and  Persons  who  have  to  act  under  their 
supreme  direction  in  the  proceedings  connected  with  the  Elections, 
either  of  the  Representative  Deputies  themselves,  or  of  the  Peraons 
who  are  to  be  chosen  to  elect  them,  shall  be  reimbursed  for  any  ex- 
penses which  they  may  incur  in  any  Election,  except  in  the  single  in- 
stance specified  in  Acticle  XLIV. 

XXXVI.  The  Election,  in  the  Class  of  the  Possessors  of  Noble 
Estates,  shall  take  place  in  each  District  independently  of  any  other 
Election.  The  Government  of  the  Country  shall  charge  one  of  the 
Possessors  of  Noble  Estates  with  the  regulation  and  management  of 
the  Election,  and  the  Person  selected  for  this  duty  shall,  as  a  rule,  be 
the  one  who  has  been  the  longest  settled  within  the  District,  in  the 
possession  of  a  Noble  Estate. 

The  Person  so  charged  shall  then  summon  all  the  Possessors  of 
Noble  Estates,  to  meet  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  into  effect  the  Elec 
tion,  and  at  such  Assembly  he  shall  preside  and  explain  the  object 
of  their  meeting.  The  Possessors  who  may  be  present  shall  not  be 
reimbursed  their  travelling  or  other  expenses.     A  Person  duly  sworn 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SAXfi  WEIMAR.  851 

diatl  attend,  to  take  notes  and  draw  ap  the  Protocol  of  their  proceed- 
ings ;  and  8uch  Person  shall,  on  all  such  occasions,  be  specially  em- 
ployed at  the  expence  of  the  whole  Body  of  the  Possessors  of  Noble 
Estates  within  the  Electoral  District. 

XXXVII.  At  the  Meeting  so  held  for  the  purpose  of  electing  a 
Depoty,  the  majority  of  votes  shall  decide ;  vihether  many  or  only  a  few 
Persons  entitled  to  vote  be  present,  and  whether  many  or  only  a  few 
votes  be  given,  either  directly  by  the  Electors  themselves,  or  indirectly 
through  their  Plenipotentiaries.  Should  several  Persons  be  elected  by 
an  equal  number  of  votes,  the  decision  shall  be  made  by  lot.  The  result 
of  the  Election,  when  completed,  shall  be  reported  to  the  local  Govern- 
ment  of  the  Country,  by  the  Person  who  had  the  direction  of  it,  who 
shall  at  the  same  time  transmit  the  Protocols  of  the  proceedings. 

XXXVill.  The  preceding  regulations  respectiug  the  mode  of  con- 
ducting the  Elections,  iu  the  Class  of  the  Possessors  of  Noble  Estates, 
shall  be  liable  to  certain  exceptions,  with  reference  to  the  Deputies 
of  the  Nobles  of  the  late  Empire,  who  are  alluded  to  in  Article  X ; 
and  with  reference  also  to  the  Deputy  of  the  University  of  Jena,  who 
is  alluded  to  in  the  same  Article. 

Those  Nobles  who  were  formerly  Nobles  of  the  Empire,  and  who 
are  settled  in  the  Circle  of  Eisenach,  in  possession  of  the  Estates 
which  were  in  former  times  held  immediately  under  the  Empire,  shall, 
under  the  direction  of  the  Government  at  Eisenach,  elect  a  Repre* 
aentative  from  amongst  themselves,  for  which  Election  a  sufficient  period 
shall  in  all  cases  be  allowed  to  them ;  and  it  shall  be  only  when  they 
have  not  nominated,  within  the  period  fixed,  a  Person  qualified  and 
willing  to  take  upon  himself  the  Office  of  a  Representative  of  the  Estates 
of  the  Country,  that  the  appointment  of  this  3rd  Representative,  shall 
be  left  to  the  other  Possessors  of  Noble  Estates  in  the  Circle  of  Eisenach. 

The  Deputy  of  the  University  shall  be  elected  by  the  Academic 
Senate,  in  virtue  of  an  Ordinance  to  that  effect,  from  the  Supreme 
Government  of  the  Country  at  Weimar,  which  Authority  shall  act  in 
this  respect  upon  a  special  charge  (mandaium  speoiaU)  from  the 
Sovereign,  and  after  the  Election  has  been  decided,  the  result  shall 
be  communicated  to  the  same  Authority. 

XXXIX.  The  proceedings  of  the  Election,  in  the  Class  of  the  Citi« 
zens  and  in  that  of  the  Peasantry,  shall  commence  with  the  nomination 
of  the  Persons  who  are  to  elect  the  Representatives  of  those  Classes,  as 
detailed  in  Article  XIII.  This  shall  be  done,  in  the  Towns,  by  all  those 
Inhabitants  of  each  who  may  be  privileged  to  vote  for  this  purpose, 
from  their  possessing  the  qualifications  set  forth  in  Article  XIX,  under 
the  superintendence  and  direction  of  the  Town  Council ;  and,  in  the 
Villages,  by  all  those  Inhabitants  of  each  who  are  privileged  to  vote  for 
the  same  purpose,  from  their  possessing  the  qualifications  also  de- 
scribed  in  Article  XIX,  under  the  superintendence  and  direction  of  the 

312 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


852  SAXE  WEIMAR. 

Principal   Authorities    of  the    Place,    the    Persons    entrusted  with 
Guardianships,  the  Magistrates,  Justices,  &c. 

If  the  Village  should  be  subject  to  the  jurisdiction  of  several 
Inferior  Courts  of  Justice^  and  there  should  in  consequence  be  several 
Magistrates  in  it,  the  management  of  the  nomination  before- mentioned 
shall  be  left  to  the  one  who  has  in  general  the  charge  of  the  Affairs 
of  the  Commune. 

XL.  Two-thirds  at  least  of  the  Inhabitants  who  are  qualified  to 
vote  shall  be  present  at  such  Elections,  which  shall  be  decided  by  a 
majority  of  votes  and,  in  case  of  an  equality,  by  lot.  The  Person 
elected  shall  receive  a  Certi6cate,  in  proof  of  his  being  authorized 
to  act,  which  shall  be  drawn  up  according  to  a  printed  Form,  by  the 
Town  Council,  or  by  the  Principal  Authorities  of  the  Place. 

XLI.  In  order  that  what  has  been  herein  prescribed  may  also  be 
strictly  observed  with  respect  to  the  Villages,  the  Chief  Authorities 
of  each  Bailiwick,  and  of  any  Inferior  Court,  to  whom  the  instructions 
for  ordering  the  selection  of  the  Electors  within  their  respective  Dis- 
tricts shall  be  transmitted  by  the  Government  of  the  Country,  shall, 
in  the  6rst  place,  summon  before  them  the  Principal  Authorities  of  each 
Place  (the  Persons  entrusted  with  Guardianships,  the  Magistrates,  &c'.) 
who  have  the  charge,  under  their  superintendence,  of  the  Affairs  of 
the  Commune  in  the  various  Townships,  and  shall  minutely  and  per- 
fectly explain  to  them  the  object  and  course  of  the  proceedings,  without, 
however,  taking  any  part  in  the  Election  themselves. 

XLII.  After  the  selection  of  the  Electors  shall  have  been  completed, 
the  Persons  so  selected  in  each  District  shall,  on  a  certain  day,  which 
the  Supreme  Government  of  the  Country  shafl  fix,  and  which,  together 
with  the  Place  appointed  for  the  further  proceedings  relative  to  the 
Election  in  each  District,  it  shall  cause  to  be  made  public  through  the 
Inferior  Authorities,  repair  into  the  presence  of  a  Commission,  which 
shall  be  composed  of  a  Memher  of  the  General  Court  of  Justice,  and 
of  a  Domain  Judge,  or  a  Town  Judge,  Burgomaster,  or  other  Person  ap- 
pointed to  administer  Justice  in  the  District,  according  to  the  determi- 
nation of  the  Supreme  Government  of  the  Country, 

XLIil.  This  Commission,  moreover,  shall  not  interfere  in  the 
business  of  the  Election  itself,  either  by  submitting  propositions  or 
in  any  other  manner;  but  it  shall  merely  represent,  more  than  once, 
to  the  Electors  present,  the  object  for  which  they  are  assembled,  and 
shall  explain  to  them  those  (]ualificaitions  which  it  is  requisite  that 
any  one  aspiring  to  the  Office  of  a  Representative  of  tlie  People 
should  possess. 

This  being  ended,  any  further  deliberation  must,  in  the  first  place, 
be  led  to  the  Electors  alone. 

The  principal  business  of  the  Commission  shall  then  consist  only  in 
his ;  that  after  some  time,  but  still  on  the  same  day,  each  Individual 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SAXE  WEIMAR.  853 

Elector  shall  intimnte  to  it,  by  a  Protocol,  to  whom  he  is  desirous 
of  giving  his  vote;  and  that  the  result  of  the  Election  shall  be 
officially  reported,  and  the  Documents  at  the  same  time  transmitted 
by  it,  to  the  Supreme  Government  of  the  Country. 

XLIV.  All  the  Persons  who  have  been  chosen  as  Electors  within 
the  whole  of  the  District  shall,  as  a  rule,  be  present  at  the  Election  of 
a  Representative  of  the  Estates  of  the  Country :  the  Election  shall, 
however,  be  considered  invalid,  only  in  the  event  of  there  not  being  two 
thirds  of  the  Electors  in  the  District  present  at  the  same.  Should 
such  a  circumstance  occur,  the  expenses  attendant  upon  the  new 
Election,  which  must  be  ordered  in  consequence,  shall  be  paid  by 
the  Electors  who  were  absent,  excepting  those  who  can  distinctly  prove 
that  some  unavoidable  occurrence  had  prevented  them  from  being 
present. 

XLY.  Each  Elector  shall  vote  according  to  his  own  personal 
conviction,  without  his  being  bound  to  comply  with  any  instructions 
on  the  part  of  the  Authorities  of  his  Commune.  AIL  iustructions  of 
such  a  nature  are  by  anticipation  declared  to  be  void. 

XLVI.  A  majority  of  votes  shall  also  decide  tlie  Elections  made 
by  the  Persons  chosen  as  Electors,  and  if  2  or  more  Individuals 
qualified  to  be  elected  should  have  an  equal  number  of  votes,  the 
Election  shall  be  decided  by  lot. 

XLVII.  After  the  Election  is  over,  the  Persons  who  acted  as 
Electors  shall  forthwith  resign  their  Office,  and  shall  not  continue  in 
any  relation  towards  each  other,  in  consequence  of  having  performed 
such  duties  together. 

A  new  appointment  of  the  Persons  who  are  to  act  as  Electors  shall 
be  made,  previously  to  every  new  Election  of  a  Representative  Deputy 
of  the  People. 

XLY  III.  The  Supreme  Governments  of  the  Country  shall  make 
a  Report  to  the  Sovereign  respecting  all  Elections,  as  well  in  the  Class 
of  the  Peasantry,  and  that  of  the  Citizens,  as  in  the  Class  of  the 
Possessors  of  Noble  Estates;  with  their  opinion  as  to  whether  the 
diffisrent  Elections  are  to  be  considered  as  valid  or  not. 

These  Reports  shall,  in  the  first  instance,  be  communicated  to  a 
Commission,  which  shall  be  nominated  for  the  Convocation  of 
the  Representatiye  Estates  of  the  Country,  in  conformity  with  the 
directions  contained  in  Article  LXXVl ;  but  in  future  Elections, 
to  the  Members  forming  the  Directory  of  the  Representative  Assembly 
of  the  Country,  appointed  in  the  terms  of  Article  LVII ;  together 
with  the  Documents  connected  with  the  Election. 

XLIX.  If  the  Elections  should  be  regular,  a  Summons  to  attend  the 
Assembly  of  the  Representative  Estates  of  the  Country  shall  be  issued 
by  this  Commission,  and,  subsequently,  by  the  Members  forming  the 
Directory  already   referred  to.     The  Members  who  shall,  in  conse- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


854  SAXS  WEIMAB. 

quence,  pregent  themseWes  in  the  Representative  Assembly  of  the 
Country^  shall  be  identified  by  the  production  of  the  Letters  of  Sam* 
mons  which  they  have  received. 

L.  If  it  should  be  considered^  in  the  opinion  of  the  Supreme 
Government  of  the  Country,  and  in  tliat  of  the  Authorities  char:g^ed 
with  the  convocation  of  the  Representative  Assembly  of  the  Estates, 
(viz.  for  the  first  Session  the  Commission,  and  subsequently  the 
Directory,  both  already  alluded  to),  or  in  the  opinion  of  the  latter 
Authorities  only,  that  an  Election  is  not  valid ;  it  shall  be  proposed 
to  the  Sovereign,  (the  ostensible  reasons  being  at  the  same  time 
produced,)  to  annul  the  Election  which  has  been  made,  and  to  issue 
Instructions  for  a  new  Election  to  be  proceeded  with. 

LI.  Every  Election,  either  of  an  Elector  or  of  a  Deputy,  which 
is  not  in  conformity  with  the  legal  Regulations  existing,  relative  to  the 
qualifications  necessary  for  such  an  Office,  and  to  the  form  of  the 
Election,  shall  be  void. 

LII.  Every  Election,  moreover,  which  is  brought  about  by  mean^s. 
of  money,  or  of  money *s  worth  ;  and  in  like  manner,  every  Election 
which  can  be  proved  to  have  been  accomplished  by  means  of  promises 
having  been  made  to  concede  favours  or  advantages  of  any  description,' 
or  in  consequence  of  threats  having  been  held  out  to  inflict  injuries  of 
any  kind,  shall  be  void ;  with  a  reservation  as  to  the  punishment  ol 
the  offence  which  is  thereby  committed. 

Title  IV. — Representative  Diet  of  the  Country.  Lhrectory  of  the 
Representative  Diet  (Vorstand),  Syndic  of  the  Represeniative 
Diet*  Rights  of  the  Deputies.  Opening  of  the  Session  of  the 
Representative  Diet,  Order  of  the  Proceedings,  Adjournment. 
Prorogation,     dose  of  the  Representative  Diet 

LIII.  The  Assembly  of  the  Representative  Estates  of  the  Country, 
chosen  in  the  manner  pointed  out  in  the  Constitution^  shall  form  the 
Representative  Diet  of  the  Country. 

LIV.  The  meetings  of  the  Representative  Diet  of  the  Country 
shall  be  divided  into  Ordinary  and  Extraordinary  Sessions.  The 
Representative  Deputies  of  the  Country  shall  be  summoned  to  an 
Ordinary  Session  every  3  years,  and,  as  a  general  rule,  in  the  Isl 
week  of  the  month  of  January ;  but  they  shall  be  convoked  in  an 
Extraordinary  Session,  as  often  as  it  shall  be  considered  necessary 
in  the  opinion  of  the  Sovereign. 

LV.  The  Place  where  the  Assembly  is  to  be  held  shall  depend  upon 
the  determination  of  the  Sovereign ;  it  must,  however,  of  necessity  be 
within  the  Grand  Duchy. 

Weimar,  the  Capital  Town,  shall,  as  a  general  rule,  be  coo- 
Bidered  as  the  place  of  assembling. 

LVl.  There  shall  be  no  other  Assembly  of  the  Estates,  either  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SAKE  WEIMAR.  85ft 

the  whole  Coantry,  or  of  the  Circles^  than  that  of  the  Repreeedtative 
Diet  of  the  Coootry ;  and  any  other  such  Assembly  shall  be  declared 
illegal,  and  all  the  resolutions  entered  into  at  it  shall  be  void. 

This  regulation  shall  not,  however,  tend  to  prevent  the  Possessors 
of  Noble  Estates  in  any  one  of  the  Circles,  or  the  Towns,  or  the  Villa- 
ges, (the  Towns  and  Villages  being  represented  by  the  l^cal  Antho- 
rities)  from  meetiog  together,  with  the  previous  knowledge  and  consent 
of  the  Chief  Government  of  the  Country,  for  the  discussion  of  matters 
in  general  in  which  they  may  have  a  common  interest. 

LVII.  For  the  direction  of  the  proceedings  of  the  Representative 
Diet  of  the  Country,  there  shall  be  elected,  by  a  majority  of  the  votes 
of  all  the  Deputies  of  the  Estates  composing  it,  out  of  the  Class  of  the 
Possessors  of  Noble  Estates,  a  Grand  Marshal,  and  out  of  the  col- 
lective Body  of  the  Representatives,  2  Assistants.  The  3  Members  so 
elected  shall  form  the  Directory  of  the  Representative  Diet  of  the 
Country.— {  Vorttand) 

LVIII.  If  the  Representative  Diet  of  the  Country  should  not  be 
pleased  to  elect  the  Grand  Marshal  to  his  Office  for  life,  he  shall  be 
elected,  for  the  first  time,  for  the  period  of  12  years,  and  for  the 
future,  or  ever  afterwards,  for  the  period  of  6  years. 

The  2  Assistants  shall  be  chosen  for  a  period  of  3  years  only. 

The  3  Assistants,  who  may  retire  at  the  expiration  of  that  period, 
if  they  continue  so  long  to  be  of  the  number  of  the  Representative 
Deputies  of  the  Country,  as  also  the  Grand  Marshal,  upon  his  retire- 
ment at  the  expiration  of  the  period  fixed  for  his  remaining  in  Office, 
may  be  re- elected. 

LIX.  As,  according  to  the  regulation  contained  in  the  preceding 
Article,  the  Grand  Marshal  will,  at  the  expiration  of  the  6  years, 
be  transferred  from  the  Assembly  of  the  Representative  Estates  then 
about  to  be  dissolved  to  the  new  Assembly,  that  Class  and  CircTe  of 
Electors,  out  of  which  the  Grand  Marshal  has  been  elected,  will  have 
to  elect,  in  the  new  Election,  I  Deputy  less  than  it  would  otherwise 
have  had  to  elect 

LX.  No  Person  who  is  an  actual  Servant  of  the  State  in  the  Grand 
Duchy  of  Saxe- Weimar-Eisenach,  or  who  is  in  the  receipt  of  pay  from 
the  Treasury  of  the  Sovereign  Prince  of  the  Country,  shall  be  elected 
as  Grand  Marshal. 

LXI.  When  the  election  of  a  Grand  Marshal  shall  have  been  made, 
it  shall  be  submitted  to  the  Sovereign  Prince  for  his  approval  and 
confirmation.  The  election  of  the  Assistants  shall  be  merely  notified 
to  the  Sovereign  Prince. 

ULII.  The  following  shall  be  regarded  as  the  chief  privileges  and 
dntiea  of  the  Directory  of  the  Representative  Diet  of  the  Country  .«^ 
(Vorttand). 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


856  SAXE  WEIMAR*. 

lat.  It  shall  be  incumbent  on  the  Directory,  when  a  new  Diet  of 
the  Country  has  been  ordained,  to  convoke  the  Representative  Deputies 
of  the  Estates ;  and  all  other  Communications  to  be  made  to  tlie 
Deputies,  whether  by  Circulars  or  by  Special  Letters,  shall  be  ad- 
dressed to  them  only  by  the  Directory. 

2ndiy.  Every  thing  shall  be  prepared  by  the  Directory,  in  such 
manner  as  to  allow  the  Diet  of  the  Country  always  to  be  put  into  com- 
plete activity,  immediately  upon  its  being  opened.  For  this  purpose, 
the  necessary  communications  shall  be  made  to  the  Directory,  upon 
any  very  important  subjects,  a  sufficient  length  of  time  before  the 
opening  of  the  Representative  Diet ;  and  it  shall  be  competent  for  the 
Directory  to  address  itself  immediately  to  the  Authorities  of  tlie 
Counti7,  and  to  the  Ministry  of  State,  as  well  before  the  meeting  of 
the  Representative  Assembly  as  during  its  Session,  with  reference  to 
the  information  and  explanations  which  it  may  be  requisite  should  be 
furnished  to  it. 

3rdly.  The  Directory  shall  conduct  the  proceedings  of  ail  the  As- 
semblies  of  the  Representative  Diet,  and  shall  apportion  the  business 
to  be  transacted  by  the  Individual  Deputies,  in  a  suitable  manner. 

4thly.  The  Representative  Estates  of  the  Country  shall,  whether  or 
not  the  J)\e$  is  assembled,  be  constantly  represented  by  the  Direc- 
tory ;  and  on  this  account  the  Directors  shall  be  bound  : 

a.  To  take  care  that  the  appointment  to  such  Offices,  appertaining 
to  the  Representative  Estates  of  the  Country,  as  cannot  continue  un- 
occupied until  the  next  Diet,  be  made  provisionally.  [Articles 
LXXIII.  CXIX.CXXII.] 

6.  To  maintain  constantly  all  the  proceedings  of  the  RepresentaUve 
Assembly  of  the  Estates  in  their  regular  course,  and  to  be  on  their 
guard  that  nothing  be  done  contrary  to  the  Constitution;  and  further 
that  every  Resolution  emanating  from  the  Representative  Diet  of  the 
Country,  and  from  the  Sovereign  Prince,  be  absolutely  carried  into 
effect. 

c.  To  give  notice  thereof  forthwith  to  the  Ruling  Prince,  whenever 
a  circumstance  which  affects  the  general  good,  and  tlie  accomplish- 
ment of  which  rests  upon  a  Law  already  enacted,  shall  appear  to  it  to 
be  of  so  urgent  a  nature  that  it  cannot  well  be  deferred  until  the  next 
convocation  of  the  Representative  Diet* 

d.  To  propose  the  issuing  of  an  Ordinance  for  the  purpose,  pre- 
senting a  complete  statement  of  all  the  reasons  in  proof  of  it,  whenever 
the  necessity  shall  arise  for  convening  the  Representative  Estates  in 
an  Extraordinary  Session. 

e.  To  assemble,  at  least  twice  in  every  year,  in  order  to  deliberate 
upon  the  circumstances  which  affect  the  Representative  Estates  of  the 
Country;    and  also,  whenever  the  Sovereign  Prince  himself  should 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SAXE  WEIMAR.  857 

deem  their  assembliDg  requisite,  to  repair  as  speedily  as  possible  to  the 
Place  which  may  be  appointed  for  that  purpose. 

Moreover,  with  respect  to  all  these  obligations,  the  Directory  of  the 
Representative  Assembly  of  the  Estates  shall  avail  itself  generally  of 
the  support,  advice  and  opinion,  of  the  Councillors  of  Administration. 
(Land'Rdtke  ) 

LXIII.  As  regards  the  relative  position  of  the  Grand  MRrshal, 
and  of  his  Assistants,  to  each  other,  the  former  shall  not  only  preside, 
bat,  as  a  general  rule,  it  shall  be  in  his  province  to  propose  matters 
of  business  to  the  Representative  Assembly  of  the  Estates. 

It  shall  be  only  in  cases  when  the  Grand  Marshal  is  prevented 
from  exercising  this  prerogative,  that  the  personal  direction  of  the 
whole  proceedings  shall  be  transferred  to  his  Chief  Assistant ;  and  if 
he  also  should  be  prevented  from  exercising  it,  it  shall  be  delegated 
to  his  Second  Assistant. 

Moreover,  in  all  matters  which  relate  to  the  Representative  As- 
sembly of  the  Estates  of  the  Country,  as  well  during  the  period  of 
their  Session  as  at  other  times,  the  Grand  Marshal  shall  never  act  on 
his  own  responsibility  alone,  but  only  with  the  concurrence  of  his  As- 
sistants. The  Circular  Addresses,  and  other  Letters,  which  it  may 
be  necessary  for  the  Directory  of  the  Representative  Assembly  of  the 
Estates  of  the  Country  to  issue  to  the  Members,  when  they  are  not 
assembled  in  Session,  shall  be  subscribed  by  the  Grand  Marshal  and 
by  his  Assistants,  but  the  drawing  up  of  them  shall  be  effected  by  the 
former  alone. 

LXIV.  If  during  the  period  between  one  Representative  Diet  of 
the  Country  and  another,  1  Member,  or  even  2  Members  of  the  Di- 
rectory of  the  Assembly  should  die,  or  be  otherwise  incapacitated,  as 
stated  in  Article  XXXII,  his  or  their  duties  shall  continue  to  be  per- 
formed by  the  remaining  Members  until  the  next  succeeding  Diet; 
and  they,  in  every  case,  when  so  continued  until  the  next  succeeding 
Diet,  shall  act  until  the  Election  of  a  new  Grand  Marshal ;  if,  how- 
ever, only  one  Member  of  the  Directory  should  survive,  the  convoca- 
tion of  a  Representative  Diet  of  the  Country  shall  be  accelerated  as 
much  as  possible. 

LXV.  The  Grand  Marshal  and  his  2  Assistants  shall  each  receive 
an  annual  Salary,  payable  out  of  the  Principal  Treasury  of  the 
Country. 

LXVI.  Every  Representative  Deputy  shall  enjoy  an  equal  right  of 
voting  at  the  Diet  of  the  Country,  without  distinction  as  to  personal 
Rank,  or  to  the  Circle  or  District  to  iihich  he  belongs. 

LXVII.  Every  Representative  Deputy,  to  whatever  Class,  Circle 
or  District,  he  may  belong,  shall  be  a  Representative  of  all  the  Citizens 
of  the  State,  and  shall  be  guided  in  his  conduct  by  no  other  rules 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


858  3AX£  W£IMAR. 

than  tJiow  contained  in  the  Lawa,  and  (hose  dictated  by  fab  own 
conscience  and  conviction.     It  therefore  follows ; 

1.  That  no  Representative  Deputy  shall  be  under  any  special  en- 
gagement  towards  those  Constituents  who  elected  him. 

2.  That  all  luBiructAoos  (Farschriftem),  by  which  a  Repreeealative 
Deputy  might  in  any  manner  be  restricted  in  the  free  exercise  of  his 
right  of  voting  shall  be  illegal,  and  of  no  effect 

S.  That,  if  a  Representative  Deputy  shoald,  in  his  own  District  or 
elsewhere,  accept  any  commissions  binding  himself  to  make  Represen- 
tations or  prefer  Petitions  to  the  Diet  of  the  Country,  other  than  those 
which  he  is  privileged  and  bound  in  duty  to  make  and  prefer,  it  shall 
be  understood  that  he  so  accepts  them  without  thereby  afiectiog  his 
privilege  to  express  his  sentiments  and  exercise  his  right  of  voting, 
with  freedom. 

LXVIII.  No  Member  shall  be  made  responsible  for  his  obscrva- 
tlons  in  the  Representative  Assembly  of  the  Estates.  It  most,  how- 
ever, be  understood,  that  a  {Npoper  and  becoming  demeanour  is  at  all 
times  to  prevail,  and  that  any  insult  which  can  be  ofiiered  to  the  iUa»> 
trious<  Person  of  the  Sovereign  of  the  Country,  or  [any  defamatioo  of 
his  Government,  or  of  the  Representative  Diet,  or  of  Individuals,  is  for- 
bidden, and  may  be  punished  according  to  the  Laws. 

LXIX.  The  Representative  Deputies  of  the  Country,  indudtne 
the  Grand  Marshal  and  his  Assistants,  shall  enjoy,  as  well  id  their 
collective  capacity  as  individually,  perfect  inviolability  of  Person,  from 
the  period  of  the  commencement  of  the  Diet,  until  8  days  after  the 
conclusion  of  it;  and  it  shall  be  only  with  the  consent  of  (he  Represen- 
tative Assembly,  that  they  shall,  in  urgent  cases,  be  proceeded  against 
in  a  judicial  manner. 

LXX,  Every  Representative  Deputy,  and  also  every  Member  of 
the  Directory  of  the  Assembly  of  the  Estates,  shall  enjoy,  during  the 
period  of  his  residence  at  the  Diet  of  the  Country,  calculating  from 
and  including  the  day  preceding  the  opening  of  it,  until  and  inclo<liag 
the  day  after  the  closing  of  it,  a  daily  remuneration ;  and  also  an 
indemnification  for  travelling  and  other  expenses,  in  consideration  of 
every  mile  which  his  estate  or  place  of  abode  in  the  Grand  Duchy  is  dis* 
tant  firom  the  Town  where  the  RepresenUtive  Assembly  shall  be  held ; 
the  same  to  be  payable  out  of  the  Principal  Treasury  o^e  Country. 

LXXl.  The  Representative  Deputies  shall  electT^Syndic;  who 
shall  be  charged  with  the  preparation  of  the  Protocols  (^  thor  pro- 
ceedings, and  with  the  composition  of  the  other  written  Docnments, 
during  the  period  of  the  Diet  of  the  Country,— and  in  like  raanner  with 
the  expediting  and  despatching*[of  all  matters  appeitaioing  to  the 
Representative  Estates  of  the  Country,  ^t  other  times,  than  dmiog  the 
continuance  of  the  Sessioo,«-»under  the  superintendence  of  the  DireeCory 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


8AXE  WEIMAB.  859 

of  Um  Assembly.    The  Election  of  the  Syndic  shall  be  notified  to  the 
Sofereign  Prince  of  the  Country. 

LXXll.  The  Syndic  shall  not  be  a  Servant  in  the  immediate  pay 
of  the  Sovereign  Prince  of  the  Country.  He  most  reside  principally 
at  Weimar.  The  engagement  to  perform  his  duties  shall  be  made 
before  the  Government  of  the  Country  at  Weimar.  The  Representative 
Diet  shall  have  the  power  to  dismiss  him^  if  it  ^ould  deem  it  proper. 

LXXIII.  Should  the  case  occur,  that  the  Syndic  of  the  Repre- 
sentative Assembly  of  the  Country  die,  or  resign  his  Office,  at  a  period 
preceding  by  more  than  2  months  the  next  meeting  of  the  Diet*  the 
Directory  shall  appoint  another  Member  provisionally  to  the  Vacancy, 
and  shall  afterwards  submit,  for  the  decision  of  the  Diet,  whether  such 
appointment  should  be  confirmed,  or  whether  another  Election  would 
be  desirable. 

LXXIV.  The  Syndic  shall  receive  an  annual  Salary,  payable  out 
of  the  Public  Treasury  of  the  Country ;  and  shall  also  receive,  daring 
the  continuance  of  the  Session  of  the  Representative  Diet,  the  same 
remuneration  as  is  fixed  for  Individual  Deputies. 

LXXV.  The  Syndic  shall  enjoy,  during  the  Session  of  the  Re- 
presentative Diet,  an  inviolability  of  Person,  in  the  same  manner  as  ia 
secured  to  the  other  Deputies  in  Article  LXIX. 

LXXVI.  A  Commission,  nominated  by  the  Sovereign  Prince  of 
the  Country,  shall  be  empowered  to  convoke  the  next  Representative 
Diet ;  but  afterwards,  whenever  the  assemUing  of  a  Representative 
Diet  is  to  be  ordered,  the  Decree  to  be  issued  for  this  purpose  by  the 
Sovereign  Prince,  shall  be  addressed  to  the  Directory  of  that  Assembly. 

No  Representative  Deputy  shall  repair,  in  this  character,  to  the 
place  appointed  for  the  Assembly  of  the  Representative  Estates  of  the 
Country,  until  he  has  received,  through  the  Directory  of  the  Repre- 
sentative Diet,  a  written  Invitation  to  that  effect. 

So  soon  as  a  Representative  Deputy  appears  at  the  Diet  of  the 
Country,  in  compliance  with  the  terms  of  such  Letter  of  invitation,  he 
shall  report  himself  to  the  Grand  Marshal. 

LXXVII.  If,  on  the  day  appointed,  all  the  Members  of  the  Repre- 
sentative Assembly  of  the  Estates,  or  at  least  21  of  the  Deputies, 
and  among  them  2  of  dtfiferent  Classes  out  of  each  Electoral 
District,  shoul4  be  present  in  the  Place  of  meeting,  the  opening  of  the 
Representative  Diet  of  the  Country  shall,  after  previous  notification 
made  by  the  Directory  cff  that  Assembly  to  the  Sovereign  Prince,  take 
place,  under  the  forms  specially  established,  either  by  the  Prince  in 
person,  or  by  a  Commission  to  be  nominated  by  him  for  this  purpose. 

LXXYIII.  The  Representative  Assembly  of  the  Estates  shall  form 
but  one  sole  Body,  and  not  several  Chambers. 

LXXIX.  Although  the  Representatives  of  the  People,  are  in  this 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


860  SAXE  WEIMAR. 

capacity,  all  equal;  they  shall,  neverlheleas,  observe  among  themselves 
the  following  order  in  their  sitting: 

1.  The  Grand  Marshal  shall  occupy  the  principal  seat«  and  his  2 
Assistants  shall  sit  next  to  him. 

2.  The  Representative  Deputies  of  the  Possessors  of  Noble  Estates 
shall  sit  on  either  side ;  viz.  those 

a.  Of  the  Circle  of  Weimar ; 
h.  Of  the  Circle  of  Eisenach ; 
c.  Ofthe  Circle  of  Neustadt. 

3.  The  Representative  Deputies  of  tiie  Towns;  and 

4.  The  Representative  Deputies  of  the  Class  of  Peasants ;  shall 
sit  in  the  same  order,  according  to  the  Circles. 

The  order  in  which  the  Representative  Deputies  of  a  Class  and  of  a 
Circle  are  to  sit,  individually  among  themselves,  shall  be  re-arranged 
by  lot  upon  the  commencement  of  every  Diet  of  the  Country.  The 
Representative  Deputies  of  the  Equestrian  Nobility »  who  formerly 
belonged  to  the  Empire,  shall  cast  lots  with  the  Possessors  of  Noble 
Estates  in  the  Circle  of  Eisenach,  and  the  Representative  Deputy  of 
the  University  shall  cast  lots  with  the  Possessors  of  Noble  Estates  ia 
the  Circle  of  Weimar. 

liXXX.  There  shall  be  no  sitting  of  the  Representative  Diet  of  the 
Country,  unless  there  be  present,  at  least,  21  Deputies,  and  among 
them  2  Members,  at  least,  of  different  Classes  in  each  Circle.  Any 
Resolution  which  may  be  adopted  without  adhering  to  this  principle 
shall  not  be  valid. 

LXXXI.  Whenever  a  question  is  put  to  the  vote,  the  Grand 
Marshal  shall  vote  first,  and  the  other  Representative  Deputies  aAer 
him ;  the  first  time  from  the  right  hand  to  the  left,  and  the  second  time 
from  the  left  hand  to  the  right,  alternately. 

LXXXI  I.  All  Resolutions  shall  be  adopted  according  to  the 
absolute  majority  of  votes:  the  Grand  Marshal  shall  not  have  a 
casting  vote  (votum  decisivum;) ;  but  whenever  the  votes  are  equal, 
tlie  question  shall  be  again  brought  forward  at  a  full  sitting. 

If  at  this  silting,  also,  the  votes  should  be  again  equal,  the  opioions 
on  both  sides  shall  be  reported  to  the  Sovereign  Prince  of  the  Country, 
in  order  that  he  may  decide  the  question. 

LXXXIII.  The  votes  shall  be  given  Individually, and  not  accord- 
ing to  the  Electoral  Classes,  Circles,  or  Districts.  It  shall,  however, 
be  reserved  to  the  Representative  Deputies  of  any  one  Elector  a  Class, 
or  any  one  Electoral  Circle,  if  they  should  consider  that  tlieir  Class  or 
their  Circle  is  injunously  affected  by  the  decision  of  the  majority,  to 
join  in  a  separate  Vote  (votum  separatum)  upon  the  question,  and 
to  have  a  Protocol  drawn  up  to  that  effect. 

LXXXI  V.  Such  a  separate  or  provincial  Vote  shall  be  so  far  valid, 
that  it  shall  stop  the  execution  of  the  Resolution  which  may  have  been 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SAXE  WEIMAR.  8G1 

adopted  by  the  majority ;  it  shall  be  inserted  in  the  Report,  which « 
together  with  the  resolution  of  the  majority,  will  be  made  to  the  Sovereign 
Prince  by  the  Representative  Diet  of  the  Country  ;  and  shall  be  sub- 
mitted to  him,  together  with  the  latter  Document,  for  his  decision. 

LXXXV.  In  order  that  a  separate  Vote  may  be  treated  in  this 
manner,  it  shall  be  requisite  that  it  have  been  passed  unanimously  by 
all  the  Representative  Deputies  belonging  to  the  Electoral  Class,  or 
Circle,  which  will  be  affected  by  it ;  and  even  if  the  opinion  of  the  Grand 
M arshul  should  be  opposed  to  it,  the  formation  of  a  separate  or  provin- 
cial vote  for  the  Electoral  Class,  or  Circle,  to  which  the  Grand  Mar- 
shal, as  a  Representative  Deputy,  may  belong,  shall  not  be  pre- 
vented. 

LXXXV  I.  If  the  preparation  of  a  separate  or  provincial  Vote 
should  require  some  time,  the  Representative  Deputies  who  are  in 
favour  of  it,  may  propose  that  a  suitable  period  be  allowed  for  them  to 
discuss  the  matter  and  agree  together  upon  a  Report  The  Directory 
of  the  Representative  Assembly  of  the  Estates,  shall  thereupon  assigr& 
to  them,  for  this  purpose,  an  interval  of  2  or  3  days,  to  which  they 
must  strictly  confine  themselves,  or  forfeit  the  right  to  the  separate  or 
provincial  Vote  which  they  had  proposed. 

LXXXVII.  With  the  exception  of  the  case  of  a  separate  or  pro. 
vincial  Vote,  the  Resolutions  of  the  Representative  Diet  of  the  Country 
shall  not  be  impeded,  either  by  protest,  by  appeal  to  the  decision 
of  the  highest  Authority,  or  in  any  other  manner:  on  the  contrary, 
any  attempt  of  this  nature  shall  beforehand  be  declared  to  be  illegal, 
and  of  no  effect. 

The  minority  shall  unconditionally  submit  themselves  to  the 
majority,  except  in  the  single  case  mentioned,  although  it  shall  belong 
of  right  to  every  Representative  to  submit  his  opinion  ;  and  either  to 
cause  it  to  be  inserted  in  the  Protocol  of  the  proceedings,  or  to  in- 
sert it  among  the  Papers,   in  his  own  style  and  form. 

LXXXVIIl.  The  Sovereign  Prince  of  the  Country  shall  cause  his 
Propositions  (Antrdge)  to  be  communicated  to  the  Representative  Diet 
in  writing,  either  at  once,  or  at  different  times. 

If  upon  proposing  new  Laws,  or  submitting  other  important  Com- 
munications, oral  explanations  would  expedite  the  progress  of  the  busi- 
ness, the  Sovereign  Prince  of  the  Country  shall  depute  the  Ministera, 
or  other  Officers  of  State,  to  attend  at  a  sitting  of  the  Representative^ 
Diet  of  the  Country,  as  his  Commissioners,  in  order  to  explain  the 
subject  matter  and  the  motives  which  have  induced  him  to  submit  it 
for  their  consideration ;  but  they  shall  not  be  present  when  the  ques- 
tion is  submitted  to  the  Representative  Estates  of  the  Country,  for 
their  vote  and  decision. 

LXXXIX.  If  the  Grand  Marshal  should  be  desirous  of  making 
Propositions,   with  respect  to  any  important  points,  which  are  not 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


862  SAXE  WEIMAR. 

already  included  in  the  propositionB  submitted  by  the  Sovereign  Prinee, 
he  shall  declare  his  intention  to  the  Assembly,  and  fix  a  certain  day  for 
the  consideration  of  them. 

XC.  Every  Representative  Deputy  shall  be  at  liberty  to  make  pro- 
positions to  the  Assembly,  after  giving  previous  notice  thereof  to  that 
Body  ;  and  upon  such  notice  being  given,  the  Grand  Marshal  diall  in 
like  manner  appoint  a  certain  day  for  the  discussion  of  them. 

XCL  Whenever  the  Assembly  may  deem  it  expedient.  Committees 
shall  be  appointed,  for  the  purpose  of  attending  to  particular  aiattei% 
of  instituting  inquiries,  of  reporting  their  opinions,  or  of  drawing  op 
Documents. 

XCII.  Such  Committees  shall  be  composed  of  3  or  of  5  PerMws. 
The  Grand  Marshal  shall  appoint  1  Member,  who  shall  be  the  Preaideat 
of  the  Committee ;  and  the  Assembly  shall  nominate  the  other  Menu 
bera,  without  reference  to  the  particular  Class  or  Province,  for  which 
they  have  been  elected  to  the  Assembly. 

XCIIl.  At  the  meetings  of  each  Committee,  I  Member  of  it  shall 
draw  up  the  Protocol  of  the  Proceedings.  The  Resolutions  shall  be 
adopted  by  a  majority  of  votes ;  and  the  further  propositions  to  be 
consequent  therenpon  ahall  be  made,  either  verbally  or  ia  writing,  to 
the  Representative  Diet  of  the  Country.  Each  Member  of  the  Com- 
mittee shall  again  exercise  his  right  to  vote,  as  a  Member  of  the  Diet 
generally,  when  the  subjects  are  considered  by  that  Assembly. 

XCIV.  The  ResoluUons  of  the  Representative  EsUtes  shaU  be 
submitted  to  the  Sovereign  Prince  of  the  Country  in  written  Documents, 
either  upon  one  subject  alone,  or  upon  several  subjects  together, 
lu  drawing  up  such  written  Papers,  they  shall  be  headed  "  Most  re- 
spectful Resolution ;"  and  shall  be  subscribed  by  the  Grand  Marshal, 
under  the  collective  name  of  *'  The  faithful  Representative  Estates  of 
the  Grand  Duchy  of  Saxe-Weimar-Eisenach.'*  The  Sovereign  Prince 
of  the  Country  shall  also,  in  like  manner,  cause  his  decisions  thereupon 
to  be  transmitted  in  writing,  and  addressed  "  to  the  Representative 
Diet  of  the  Country,*'  to  which  the  assembled  Deputies  may  farther 
reply,  if  they  should  deem  it  expedient. 

XCV.  The  proceedings  shall  be  closed  by  a  Farewell  Address  to 
the  Representative  Diet  of  the  Country  {LamUagsahsekied),  after 
which  the  Assembly  shall  be  dismissed  by  the  Sovereign  Prince. 

XCVK.  It  shall  be  the  prerogative  of  the  Sovereign  Prince  of  the 
Country,  not  only  to  prorogue  by  such  a  Farewell  Address,  the  As- 
sembly of  the  Representative  Estates  of  the  Country,  but  also  to  disadve 
it  altogether.  In  the  latter  case,  the  whole  of  the  Representative  De* 
puties,  with  the  exception  of  the  Grand  Marshal,  shall  loee  their 
seats.  New  Elections,  at  which  the  Members  of  the  Assembly  just 
dissolved  may  be  re-elected,  shall,  however,  be  proceeded  with  atonce, 
or  at  the  latest  within  8  months. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SAX£   WKIMAR.  863 

If,  bowe?er»  the  Ordinance  to  this  effect  should  not  appear  witbia 
the  above  period  of  3  months,  the  former  Assembly  shall  be  again  re* 
▼lYed. 

Title  V.  Further  SHpulaiionM,  rehtwe  to  the  exereise  of  the  Rights 
appertaining  to  the  Representative  Estates  of  the  Country,  by  the 
Genera!  Diet  of  the  Grand  Duchy. 

XCVIL  All  the  Re?eooes  of  the  Country  shall  be  under  the 
management  of  the  Board,  called  Landsehqfts  Collegium,  as  the 
Chief  Authorities  in  matters  of  Taxation;  with  the  exception  of  those 
Re? enoes  for  the  administration  of  which  Special  Commissions  and 
Deputations  have,  with  the  consent  of  the  Representative  Estate^ 
already  been,  or  may  at  a  future  time  be  appointed. 

XCVIIi.  Some  time  previously  to  the  opening  of  the  Ordinary 
Diet  of  the  Country,  this  Board  shall  prepare  the  Budgets  of  all  the 
Revenues  submitted  to  its  controul  for  the  3  years  next  succeeding : 
for  which  purpose,  and  in  order,  at  the  same  time,  to  enable  it  to  be  in  a 
situation  to  afford  a  complete  review  of  the  state  of  alt  the  Revennea 
of  the  Country,  the  Board  may  require  from  every  other  Autliority  the 
requisite  particulars. 

XCIX.  So  soon  as  all  the  Budgets  shall  have  been  prepared  and 
examined,  they  shall  be  submitted  by  this  Board,  to  the  Sovereign 
Prince,  for  his  preliminary  approbation. 

The  Budgets,  after  having  been  approved  in  thia  manner,  shall  be 
forwarded  to  the  Representative  Diet  of  the  Country,  immediately,  by 
the  Sovereign  Prince,  in  order  that  that  Assembly  may  be  enabled  to 
deliberate  and  decide,  not  only  upon  those  Documents  themselves,  but 
also  upon  the  means  of  furnishing  the  requisite  Supplies. 

C*  The  result  of  the  examination  of  the  Budgets  which  will  then 
foDow,  and  the  grants  which  are  acknowledged  to  be  in  conformity 
with  the  Constitution,  shall  be  referred  back  to  the  Sovereign  Prince, 
through  the  medium  of  a  suitable  written  Document,  or  Resolution  ; 
whereupon  the  confirmation  on  the  part  of  the  latter,  of  the  proposi* 
tions  made  by  the  Representative  Diet  of  the  Country,  shall  follow 
forthwith,  or  a  further  examination  and  explanation  of  the  matter  shall 
be  required  of  that  Assembly. 

CI.  If  the  Sovereign  Prince,  and  the  Representative  Diet  of  the 
Country,  should  agree  upon  all  the  Public  Taxes  and  Duties,  which 
are  required  for  the  3  years  of  account  next  succeeding,  both  as  to  the 
amount  of  them,  and  as  to  the  way  and  manner  of  raising  them,  in  those 
years,  the  Taxes  and  Duties  so  voted  by  the  Representative  Estates, 
and  approved  by  the  Sovereign  Prince  of  the  Country,  shall  be  ad- 
vertised by  means  of  the  usual  Patent.  The  preparation  of  the  terms 
of  this  Patent,  shall  belong  to  the  before- mentioned  Board  {Land' 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


864  SAXB    WEIMAR. 

schqfu-CoUegium) ;  but  the  public  notification  ofit  shall  be  made  by  tlie 
Government  of  the  Country. 

CII.  The  Budgets  of  the  Revenues,  as  submitted  by  the  Repre- 
sentative Diet  of  the  Country^  and  confirmed  by  the  Sovereign  Prince, 
shall  be  maintained  by  the  said  Board,  during  the  years  of  accoont, 
in  the  most  exact  and  invariable  manner,  and  the  Sovereign  Prince 
shall  not  peimit  any  encroachment  to  be  made  upon  any  one  of  the 
General  Revenues  of  the  Country,  which  can  in  any  manner  whatever 
operate  inconsistently  with  those  Budgets. 

cm.  The  preceding  Stipulations,  which  have  particularly  for 
their  object  to  make  provisions  for  the  ordinary  exigencies  of  the  State, 
shall  in  their  form  be  valid  also  in  the  case  when,  either  upon  the  Re- 
port of  a  Public  Board,  or,  without  such  Report,  upon  the  sole  opiaion 
of  the  Sovereign  Prince,  other  measures  of  a  financial  nature,  which 
may  possibly  have  an  influence  upon  the  general  interests  of  the 
Country,  are  to  be  adopted,  or  other  extraordinary  contributions  and 
sacrifices  from  the  Citizens  of  the  State,  are  to  be  demanded. 

The  proposal,  in  such  case,  shall  proceed  immediately  from  the 
Sovereign  Prince  to  the  Representative  Diet  of  the  Country,  and 
when  this  Assembly  shall  have  given  its  consent  thereto,  and  not  till 
then,  the  final  confirmation  and  public  notification  ofit  shall  be  made, 
in  the  usual  legal  manner. 

CIV.  K  in  the  interval  between  one  of  the  ordinary  Sessions  of  the 
Representative  Estates  of  tlie  Country  and  another,  such  extraordinary 
circumstances,  which  could  not  have  been  anticipated,  should  occur, 
as  unavoidably  to  require  a  considerable  payment,  not  provided  for  in 
the  Budget,  to  be  made  from  one  or  other  of  the  General  Revenues  of 
the  Country,  or  imperatively  to  call  for  further  sacrifices  and  contribo- 
tions  on  the  part  of  the  People,  an  Extraordinary  Meeting  of  the 
Representative  Deputies  of  the  Country  shall  be  summoned. 

CV.  The  examination,  correction,  and  reduction  of  all  Accounts 
connected  with  the  Revenues  under  thecontroul  of  the  General  Board, 
(LandschqfiS'Collegium,)  shall  take  place  annually  by  this  Board, 
and  in  the  presence  of  a  Committee  appointed  from  the  whole  Body  of 
the  Representative  Deputies  of  the  Country. 

This  Committee  shall,  in  addition  to  the  Grand  Marshal  and  his  2 
Assistants,  consist  of  6  Representative  Deputies,  viz.,  2  belonging  to 
the  Circle  of  Weimar,  2  to  that  of  Eisenach,  and2  to  that  of  Neustadt; 
and  they  shall  be  selected  in  such  manner,  that  there  shall  be  chosen 
for  such  purpose,  1  Representative  Deputy  of  the  Class  of  the  Pos- 
sessors of  Noble  Estates,  and  1  Representative  Deputy  of  the  Class  of 
Citizens,  or  of  that  of  the  Peasants,  out  of  each  Circle.  The  Election 
shall  take  place  at  the  commencement  of  every  Ordinary  Diet,  for  the  3 
years  next  succeeding. 

CVI.  The  period  when  this  Committee  shall  assemble  at  Weimar» 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SAXE  WEIMAR.  S€S 

is  fixed  for  the  20th  of  December  ia  eyery  year,  except  in  those  years 
which  immediately  precede  an  Ordinary  Diet  of  the  Country,  and  in 
which,  consequently,  the  examination  of  the  Accounts  can  be  conve- 
niently deferred  until  the  time  of  the  assembling  of  the  Represeutatife 
Diet.  The  General  Board  {Landschafts-Coliegium,)  shall  communis 
cate  to  the  Committee  on  this  day,  in  addition  to  their  report  of  the 
manner  in  which  the  Budgets  approved  by  the  last  Representative 
Diet  of  the  Country  have  been  carried  into  effect  generally,  the  Ac- 
counts of  the  previous  year;  which  must  have  been  already  examined 
nod  revised,  and  prepared  for  further  examination,  by  having  affixed 
thereto  the  replies  to  the  observations  which  had  been  made  upon 
Uiem,  together  with  all  the  vouchers  appertaining  thereto,  and  also  a 
Statement  of  the  objections  which  had  been  urged  against  the  Accounts. 

Another  strict  revision  and  examination  shall  then  be  made  on 
the  part  of  the  Committee ;  upon  which  occasion  the  Members  may 
forthwith  require  from  the  General  Board  (LandschqftS' Collegium,) 
the  necessary  explanations  relative  to  any  doubts  and  difficulties  which 
may  have  arisen. 

CVII.  The  formal  examination  of  the  Accounts  of  the  Principal 
Treasury  of  the  Country,  (Haupt'Landsc/ta/ts-Casse,)  shall  be  made 
by  the  whole  of  the  General  Board,  (Landscha/ts- Collegium,)  and 
by  all  the  Members  of  the  Committee  of  the  Representative  Estates ; 
bot  the  other  Accounts  may  be  audited  by  some  of  the  Members  of 
the  said  Board,  and  by  some  of  the  Members  of  the  said  Committee. 

The  final  approval  of  the  Accounts,  and  the  consequent  exoneratiou 
of  the  Accountants,  shall  be  completed  by  those  Members  of  the  Re- 
fMresentative  Estates  of  the  Country  and  those  belonging  to  the  General 
Board,  (^Landachafts-Collegium,)  who  have  taken  part  as  Auditors  in 
the  examination  of  them. 

CVIIL  In  addition  to  the  Statements,  showing  the  particulars  of  the 
Budgets,  and  in  addition  to  the  Accounts  relative  to  the  Revenues 
under  the  controul  of  the  General  Board  before  named,  there  shall  be 
jaid  before  the  Committee  ofthe  Representative  Estates  of  the  Country, 
when  the  Members  of  it  are  assembled  at  Weimar,  an  Account  of  all 
the  Receipts  which  have  been  added  to  those  Revenues,  the  chief  ad- 
ministration of  which  has  been  entrusted  to  Special  Commissions  and 
Deputations,  for  example,  the  Redemption  Funds  ofthe  old  Territory. 

CIX.  If  any  representation  should  be  made  to  the  Sovereign  Prince, 
on  the  part  of  the  Representative  Estates  of  the  Country,  relative  to 
any  abuses  which  may  hav€  been  observed  in  the  Legislative  or  in  the 
Executive  Departments  of  the  State,  it  shall  be  absolutely  requisite, 
without  detriment  to  the  right  vested  in  the  Directory  of  that  Body, 
agreeably  to  Article  LXII,  that  the  matter  be  submitted  to  the  Repre- 
sentative Diet  of  the  Country,  and  brought  to  the  vote  in  that  As- 
sembly. 

[1815—16.]  3K 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


86r 


SAXE  WEIMAR. 


No  Deputy  irho  has  been  elected  a  Representative  of  the  People, 
shall  in  this  capacity  address  himself  directly  to  the  Sovereign  Piiooe; 
nor  shall  any  union  of  several  Representative  Deputies  of  the  Coantry* 
formed  with  a  view  to  that  object^  either  during  the  Session  of  the 
Representative  Estates  or  at  other  periods,  be  allowed. 

ex.  Should  any  Citizen  of  the  State^  who  is  not  himself  a  Repre- 
sentative of  the  People,  he  being  nevertheless  indirectly  represented  in 
the  Diet  of  the  Country «  observe  any  defect,  the  removal  of  which 
would  appear  to  him  likely  to  promote  the  general  good;  or  have  any 
plan  or  suggestion  to  offer  which,  in  his  opinion,  would  tend  to  further 
the  prosperity  of  the  Country,  he  shall  be  at  liberty  to  give  infomia- 
tion  thereof  to  the  Representative  Diet,  or  to  the  Directory  of  that 
Assembly. 

CXI.  The  power  of  putting  in  practice  the  5th  right  appertaining  to 
the  Representative  Estates  of  the  Country,  specified  in  Article  V,  is  ex- 
plained in  the  following  passage,  which  is  extracted  from  the  OrdinaDce 
of  the  Grand  Duke,  on  the  subject  of  the  organization  of  the  Ministry  of 
State,  bearing  date  the  1st  December,  1815 : — "  Every  Ordinance, 
Patent,  and  Edict,  and  all  other  Documents  which  are  issued  by  as, 
in  matters  appertaining  to  the  Goveniment,  and  which  are  subscribed 
by  us  witli  our  own  hands,  especially  if  the  same  belong  to  cue 
or  other  Department  of  the  Ministry  of  State, — or,  in  the  case  of 
Negotiations  with  the  Representative  Estates  of  the  Country,  if  they 
have  been  reserved  for  general  discussion  and  revision  by  all  the 
Members  of  the  Ministry  of  State, — must  be  countersigned,  by  the  Chief 
of  the  Department  in  the  Ministry  of  State,  or,  in  the  last-mentioned 
case,  by  all  those  Members  of  the  same  who  were  present,  and  bad  a 
seat  and  voted  at  the  proceedings  which  were  held  when  the  Resolo- 
tion  was  adopted,  upon  the  fair  Copy  of  the  Document  issued ;  as  a 
proof  of  the  responsibility  of  the  Minister,  or  of  the  Ministry  of  State, 
that  the  disposition  made  corresponds  with  the  object,  and  is  in  unison 
with  the  Laws,  and  with  the  Constitution  of  the  Land." 

CXH.  This  right  shall  be  exercised  ; 

1 .  By  simple  Complaint ;  or, 

2.  By  formal  Accusation. 

But  such  a  proceeding  shall  have  reference  only  to  the  offidal 
conduct  of  the  Ministers  of  State,  individually,  in  their  own  Depart- 
ment, and  of  the  higher  Authorities  of  the  Land,  as  they  have  been 
already  specified  in  the  Patent,  now  in  force,  for  regulating  the  con- 
duct of  the  Officers  in  the  Public  Service  Of  the  State,  bearing  date 
the  15th  December,  1815,  or  as  the  same  may  be  regulated  at  a  future 
period. 

Any  unauthorized  transactions,  or  any  neglect  or  omission^  on  the 
part  of  the  inferior  Servants  of  the  State,  shall  give  occaaon  to  the 
Representative  Diet  of  the  Country  for  the  exercise  of  this  rights  only 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SAX£  WEIMAR.  867 

when  the  Person  immediately  concerned  shall  have  preferred  his  Com- 
plaint in  vain  to  the  higher  Authorities  to  whom  it  appertains^  or  when 
he  has  taken  other  legal  measures,  and  e\en,  after  such  proceedings 
on  his  part  have  not  been  attended  with  success,  when  he  has  implicated 
the  higher  Authorities  themselves  in  the  charge  of  a  dereliction  of  duty. 

CXI II.  To  prefer  a  simple  Complaint,  and  not  a  formal  Accusa- 
tion, shall  be  allowed  only  when  the  unsuitableness  of  any  Ordinance  or 
other  legal  measure  to  the  object  proposed,  requires  the  Representative 
Diet  of  the  Country  to  exercise  this  right;  but  a  formal  Accusation  shall 
be  had  recourse  to,  whenever  embezzlement  of  the  Public  Revenues, 
bribery,  intentional  denial  of  justice,  or  delay  in  the  administering  of  it, 
intentional  procrastination  in  the  management  of  the  public  business,  or 
other  arbitrary  encroachments  upon  the  Constitution,  or  attacks  upon 
the  legal  freedom,  the  character,  or  the  property  of  the  Citizens  of  the 
State,  shall  be  brought  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Representative  Diet  of 
the  Country. 

CXI  V.  If  a  simple  Complaint  should  be  preferred,  the  Public  Officer 
vho  is  affected  thereby,  or  the  Authorities  who  are  implicated  in  the 
matter,  shall  be  allowed  to  present  a  Reply,  in  which  the  Ordinance  or 
other  legal  measure  attacked  is  to  be  defended. 

If  such  a  defence  should  not  be  satisfactory^  and  the  Accusation  pre- 
ferred by  the  Representative  Diet  of  the  Country  should  be,  wholly  or 
partially,  established,  directions  shall  be  given,  on  the  part  of  the 
Sovereign  Prince  of  the  Land,  for  amending  the  error,  for  supplying 
tbe  defect,  or  for  removing  the  abuse ;  reserving,  however^  to  the  So" 
vereign  Prince  of  the  Country  the  right  belonging  to  him,  of  ordering 
a  formal  Accusation  to  be  instituted,  even  when  a  simple  Complaint 
has  been  preferred,  if  upon  further  enquiry  into  the  matter,  greater  irre- 
gularities should  appear  to  exist. 

The  Representative  Diet  of  the  Country  shall,  in  all  cases  when 
they  have  preferred  Complaints,  be  made  acquainted  with  the  result  of 
the  proceeding. 

CXV.  Whenever  a  formal  Accusation  has  been  made,  and  judicial 
proceedings  taken  upon  the  proposition,  the  Accusation  shall  be  referred 
by  the  Sovereign  Prince  of  the  Country  to  the  Supreme  Court  of  Ap- 
|>eal  at  Jena,  common  to  the  Saxon  Duchies  and  Grand  Duchies ; 
wrhich  Court,  provided  the  Accusation  be  sufficiently  well  founded,  and 
suitably  supported  by  the  production  of  the  proper  means  of  proof, 
shall  be  regarded  as  the  Tribunal,  made  competent  for  such  cases  by 
tlie  present  Constitutional  fiaw,  to  proceed  in  the  matter  according  to 
tbe  legal  forms,  to  pronounce  the  Sentence,  adducing  the  reasons  for 
it,  in  the  name  of  the  Sovereign  Prince  of  the  Country,  and  to  pursue 
the  same  course  with  reference  to  the  judicial  means  employed  against 
it,  as  in  Causes  which  are  brought  before  this  Court,  by  compromise, 
in  tlie  first  instance. 

3K2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


'868  SAXE  WEIMAR. 

CXVI.  After  notification  shall  have  been  made,  by  the  SoTereign 
Prince  of  the  Country,  that  the  Accusation  is  to  be  referred  Co  the 
Court  of  Appeal,  the  Representative  Diet  of  the  Country,  if  it  should 
be  in  Session,  or  the  Members  of  it  forming  the  Directory  of  that  Body, 
at  any  other  time,  shall  charge  the  Syndic  of  the  Representative  Es. 
tates  with  the  prosecution  of  the  Accusation  preferred,  and  also  vith 
the  interests  of  that  Assembly  before  the  Court  of  Appeal.  If  in  the 
course  of  snch  judicial  proceedings,  the  interests  of  the  Revenues  en- 
trusted to  tlie  controul  of  the  Representative  Estates  of  the  Conntry 
should  be  called  in  question,  the  Syndic,  or  any  other  Advocate  or 
Attorney  connected  with  those  Revenues  shall,  with  the  knowledge  and 
consent  of  the  General  Board  {Landsckafts- Collegium),  institute  pro- 
ceedings on  this  point  as  well  as  on  that  of  the  Accusation. 

CXVI  I.  The  Projects  of  new  Laws,  which  interest  the  Commanify 
generally,  shall  be  submitted  as  well  by  the  Sovereign  Prince  to  Ibe 
Representative  Diet  of  the  Country,  as  by  the  Representative  Diet  of 
the  Country  to  the  Sovereign  Prince. 

If,  in  the  latter  case,  the  Sovereign  Prince  should  refuse  his  assent, 
the  Representative  Diet  of  the  Country  may  reintroduce  their  PrGJect 
at  two  other  of  their  Meetings,  held  in  conformity  with  the  terms  <^ 
the  Constitutional  Law. 

The  Representative  Assembly  of  the  Estates  shall  in  all  cases  ad- 
duce in  detail  their  reasons,  whenever  their  concurrence  in  a  Prefect  of 
Law  which  has  been  submitted  to  them,  is  refused  ;  but  the  Sovereign 
Prince,  on  the  other  hand,  shall  merely  state  that  he  has  given  his  sanc- 
tion to,  or  withheld  it  from,  a  Project  of  Law  which  has  been  sabmitted 
to  him  by  the  Representative  Estates  of  the  Country. 

CXVIII.  The  Conncillors  of  Administration  {Land^Rathe),  who 
shall  have  a  seat  and  vote,  as  well  in  the  General  Board  of  Revenae 
iLandschqflS'CoUegium)  as  in  the  Board  of  Administration  of  the 
Country  (  Landes-Direction),  according  to  the  terms  of  the  Ordinance 
bearing  date  the  1 5th  December,  1815,  shall  be  elected  by  the  Repre- 
sentative  Diet  of  the  Country,  by  a  majority  of  votes,  from  among:  the 
actual  possessors  of  Equestrian  Estates  :  in  case  of  need,  however,  re* 
course  shall  be  had  to  their  Sons  and  to  those  invested  with  them  in 
the  Feud. 

Previously  to  the  Election,  the  Representatives  of  the  People  be- 
longing  to  that  Circle  in  which  the  Office  is  vacant,  shall  be  called  upon 
to  propose  1  or  2  Persons  for  such  Office. 

The  Person  proposed,  who  is  to  be  presented  to  the  Sovereign 
Prince  of  the  Country  for  confirmation,  shall  hold  his  Appointment 
as  a  Councillor  of  Administration  {Land^Raih)  for  life. 

CXIX.  The  Election  of  those  Members  of  the  General  Board  of 
Revenue  {Landschafis-Colfegtum),  who  are  to  be  nominated  on  the 
part  of  the  Representative  Estates  of  the  Country,  shall  be  for  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SAXE  WEIMAR.  869 

next  Ordinary  or  Extraordinary  Diet  of  the  Country,  which  may  be  held 
alter  such  an  Office  has  become  vacant  If,  however,  the  time  for 
holding  (he  Representative  Diet  of  the  Country  should  be  so  far  distant 
Irom  the  day  when  the  Office  becomes  vacant,  as  that  the  Appointment 
would  continue  unoccupied  for  more  than  6  montlis,  the  Directory  of 
the  Representative  Chamber  ( Vorstand)  shall  provide  that  an  Election 
be  made,  in  order  that  the  vacant  Office  may  again  be  filled  up. 

CXX.  So  soon  as  the  Sovereign  Prince  of  the  Country  shall  have 
bee» pleased  to  confirm  the  Election  which  has  been  made,— which  con- 
firmation shall  be  notified  to  the  Representative  Estates  of  theCountry^ 
or  to  the  Directory  of  that  Assembly,  through  the  medium  of  a  De- 
cree,— the  actual  introduction  of  the  Person  elected  into  the  General 
Board  of  Revenue  of  the  Country  shall  immediately  follow. 

The  new  Member  so  introduced  shall  be  bound  to  fulfil  all  the 
duties,  and  shall  enjoy  all  the  privileges,  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
other  Members  of  the  Board,  and  shall  moreover  receive  the  emolument 
which  appertains  to  his  Situation,  as  fixed  iu  the  Budget. 

CXXI.  Whenever  a  Commission,  composed  iu  common  of  Public 
Servants  of  the  State,  and  of  Representative  Deputies  of  the  Estates  of 
the  Country,  is  to  be  appointed,  only  such  Deputies,  or  their  Substi* 
tutes,  as  have  been  chosen  Representatives  of  the  People  in  the  Diet  of 
the  Country,  shall  be  nominated  thereto  on  the  part  of  that  Assembly. 

The  same  rule  shall  be  observed,  in  the  case  when  the  Representa- 
tive Diet  of  the  Country  shall,  upon  any  extraordinary  occasion,  for  in- 
stance, during  a  period  of  hostilities,  have  proposed  that  a  Committee 
composed  of  Members  belon^ring  to  that  Assembly  should  be  deputed* 
in  order  to  participate  in  tlie  performance  of  the  duties  of  a  Public  De- 
partment of  the  Country. 

CXX II.  The  Election  of  the  Treasurer  of  the  prtucipal  Public 
Revenues,  and  his  presentation  to  the  Sovereign  Prince  of  tlie  Country, 
|br  the  confirmation  of  his  Appointment,  shall,  as  a  general  rule,  take 
place  at  the  meeting  of  the  Representative  Diet  of  the  Country,  next 
succeeding  the  period  when  such  Office  became  vacant. 

If,  however,  the  time  of  such  Meeting  of  the  Representative  Estates 
of  the  Country  should,  in  the  case  of  a  vacancy,  be  so  far  distant,  as 
that  the  Office  must  of  necessity  remain  unoccupied  for  a  period  exceed- 
ing 2  months,  unless  it  be  desired  to  postpone  the  Election  till  that 
time,  the  same  regulation  shall  be  observed  in  that  respect  as  has  been 
prescribed  already,  in  Article  CXIX,  relative  to  an  Election  to  be 
provided  for  on  the  part  of  the  Directory  of  the  Representative  Estates 
of  the  Country. 

Title  VL^^Guarantee  of  the  Cansiiiution, 

CXXIIL  No  provision  contained  in  the  present  Fundamental  Law 
of  the  Grand  Duchy  of  Saxe- Weimar  Eisenach,  and  no  part  of  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


870  SAXE  WEIMAR. 

Constitotion  established  by  it,  shall  in  any  one  point,  either  directly  or 
indirectly,  be  altered^  either  by  the  repeal  thereof  or  by  any  addilioo 
thereto,  without  the  concurrence  of  the  Sovereign  Prince,  and  of 
the  Representative  Diet  of  the  Country. 

CXXIV.  In  future,  all  Public  Servants  of  the  State  shall,  prr- 
▼iously  to  their  entering  upon  the  duties  of  their  Offices,  respectively, 
bind  themselves  to  observe  the  contents  of  the  present  Fuudamental 
Law,  and  to  maintain  it  unaltered. 

CXXV.  Every  intentional  violation  of  the  Constitution,  by  Officers 
in  the  Public  Service  of  the  State,  shall  be  regarded  as  an  offence,  and 
be  punished  accordingly. 

Every  proceeding  of  a  Public  Servant  of  the  State,  which  has  been 
undertaken  with  the  view,  secretly  to  undermine,  or  by  force  to  abolish, 
the  present  Constitutional  Law,  shall  be  regarded  as  High  Treason. 

CXXVI.  When  a  change  in  the  Supreme  Government  of  the  Coun- 
try shall  occur,  the  new  Sovereign  Prince,  upon  his  Accession  thereto, 
shall  bind  himself,  in  writing,  upon  his  word  and  honour  as  a  Prince, 
to  observe,  maintain  entire,  and  support,  during  the  period  of  his 
Government,  the  Constitution  of  the  Land,  as  the  same  is  established 
by  the  present  Act,  in  all  its  contents. 

CXXVH.  An  Extraordinary  Diet  of  the  Country  shall  be  convened, 
in  order  to  accept  this  written  assurance  from  the  Sovereign,  even 
previously  to  their  tendering  their  allegiance  to  him. 

CXXV  in.  In  case  the  minority  of  the  Reigning  Prince,  or  any  other 
circumstance,  should  prevent  his  Accession  to  the  Supreme  Authority, 
the  same  assurance  shall  be  given  by  the  Administrator  of  the  Govcro- 
ment  ( Vervceser),  for  the  period  of  his  management  of  the  Poblic 
Affairs. 

CXXIX.  The  present  Constitution  shall,  moreover,  be  consigned  to 
the  Diet  of  the  Germanic  Confederation,  in  order  that  it  may  be 
guaranteed  by  that  Body. 

The  Estates  of  the  Country  shall  also  address  themselves  to  the 
Diet  of  the  Germanic  Confederation,  by  means  "of  their  Represen- 
tatives, should  the  execution  of  a  Sentence  which  the  Court  of  Ap- 
peal at  Jena  has  pronounced,  upon  an  application  preferred  to  it  by 
the  Representative  Diet  of  the  Estates,  have  been  refused,  and  with 
respect  to  which  no  further  legal  measures  shall  have  been  taken* 
agreeably  to  Article  CXV. 

As  we  do  now  hereby  expressly  acknowledge,  and  legally  confirm, 
by  the  preceding  stipulations,  the  Representative  Rights  of  our 
faithful  Subjects,  and  have  thereby  permanently  secured  the  Rights  of 
every  Individual  Citizen  of  the  State,  and  also  those  which  follow  for 
the  same  object,  and  have  been  already  acknowledged  to  belong  to 
them;  vi2.  the  Right  to  a  System  of  Laws,  secqring  the  impartial  Ad- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES,  d71 

mioistration  of  Justice,  comprehendiDg  also  the  obligations  of  the 
Fiscal  Officer,  and  divided  into  3  Courts  of  Instance;  and  the  Right  to 
the  Freedom  of  the  Press ;  we  are  therefore  desirous  that,  in  the 
spirit  of  the  stipulation  contained  in  Article  CXXIV  preceding,  the 
Public  Officers  of  the  State,  now  in  our  Service,  should  be  specially 
bound  by  the  present  Fundamental  Law,  and  that  the  Oath  of  Office, 
which  they  have  already  taken  to  us,  should  be  expressly  extended 
to  the  observance  of  this  Constitutional  Act,  with  which  we  hereby 
enjoin  them  to  comply. 

We  consider  the  former  Deputation  of  the  Representative  Estates 
of  oar  ancient  Territories,  agreeably  to  the  arrangement  assented  to  by 
them,  as  dissolved,  at  the  same  time  with  the  introduction  of  the  new 
Bepresentative  Diet  of  the  Country;  and  we  take  the  occasion  to  ac- 
knowledge, with  grateful  emotions,  their  former  efficacious  and  patriotic 
services,  which  we  regard  as  an  auspicious  omen  of  the  future  Repre* 
sentation  by  the  Estates  of  the  Country. 

In  testimony  of  which  the  present  Patent,  which  has  been  com- 
pleted by  us  with  our  own  hands,  aud  been  con6rmed  by  affixing 
our  Grand  Ducal  Seal,  shall  be  printed,  and  by  that  means  brought 
to  the  knowledge  of  every  one,  in  order  that  its  contents  may  be 
snitably  observed. 

Done  and  given  at  Weimar,  on  the  dth  of  May,  1816. 

(L.S.)  CARL  AUGUST. 

G.  Von  Voigt.  C.  W.  Freiherr  Von  Fritsch. 

Von  Gersdorf.  Graf  Edlino. 


LETl'ERfrom  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  of  The  United 
States  J  on  that  part  of  The  President*  e  Message  which 
relates  to  an  unjform  National  Currency;  enclosing  an 
Outline  of  a  Plan  for  a  National  Banhj  and  accompanied 
with  some  explanation  of  the  principles  upon  which  the 
System  is  founded. — 2Ath  December^  1815. 

Sir,  Treasury  Department,  24/ A  December,  1815. 

I  HAVE  the  honor  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  your  Letter,  dated 
the  2drd  instant,  informing  me  '*  that  the  Committee  on  so  much  of 
tlie  President's  Message  as  relates  to  the  National  Currency,  had  deter- 
mined that  a  National  Bank  is  the  most  certain  means  of  restoring  to 
the  Nation  a  Specie  Circulation  ;*'  and  had  directed  you  to  obtain  ths 
opinion  of  this  Department  on  the  following  points : 

1st  The  amount  and  composition  of  the  Capital  of  the  Bank. 

2nd.  The  government  of  the  Bank. 

3rd.  The  privileges  and  duties  of  the  Bank. 

4th.  The  organization  aud  operation  of  the  Bank. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


872  UNITED  STATES. 

5th.  The  bonus  to  be  required  for  the  Charter  of  the  Bank. 

6lfa.  The  measures  which  may  aid  the  Bank  in  commencing  and 
maintaining  its  operations  in  specie. 

It  affords  much  satisfaction  to  find,  that  the  policy  of  establishing 
a  National  Bank  has  received  the  sanction  of  the  Committee;  and 
the  decision,  in  this  respect,  renders  it  unnecessary  to  enter  into  a 
comparative  examination  of  the  superior  advantages  of  such  an  loMi- 
tution,  for  the  attainment  of  the  objects  contemplated  by  the  Legisia* 
ture.  Referring,  therefore,  to  the  Outline  of  a  Plan  for  a  National 
Bank,  which  is  subjoined  to  this  Letter,  as  the  result  of  an  attentive 
consideration  bestowed  upon  the  subjects  of  your  inquiry,  1  proceed, 
with  deference  and  respect,  to  offer  some  explanation  of  the  priuci- 
pies  upon  which  the  System  is  founded. 

1.  It  is  proposed,  that,  under  a  Charter  for  20  years,  the  Capital  of 
the  National  Bank  shall  amount  to  35,000.000  dollars ;  that  Congress 
shall  retain  the  power  to  raise  it  to  50,000,000  dollars  ;  and  that  it 
shall  consist,  {  of  public  stock,  and  ^  of  gold  and  silver. 

1st.  With  respect  to  the  amount  of  the  Capital.  The  services  to 
be  performed  by  the  Capital  of  the  Bank,  are  important,  various,  and 
extensive.  They  will  be  required  through  a  period,  almost  as  long 
as  is  usually  assigned  to  a  generation.  They  will  be  required  for  the 
accommodation  of  the  Government,  in  the  collection  and  distribution 
of  its  Revenue ;  as  well  as  for  the  uses  of  commerce,  agricoitnre, 
manufactures,  and  the  arts,  throughout  the  Union.  They  will  be 
required  to  restore  and  maintain  the  National  CuiTency.  And,  in 
short,  they  will  be  required,  under  every  change  of  circumstances  in 
a  season  of  War,  as  well  as  in  the  season  of  Peace,  for  (he  circulation 
of  the  National  wealth;  which  augments  with  a  rapidity  beyond  the 
reach  of  ordinary  calculation. 

In  the  performance  of  these  National  services,  the  local  and 
incidental  co-operation  of  the  State  Banks  may  undoubtedly  be  ex- 
pected; but  it  is  the  object  of  the  present  measure,  to  create  an 
independent,  though  not  a  discordant  Institution;  and  while  the 
Government  is  granting  a  monopoly  for  20  years,  it  would  seem  to 
be  improvident  and  dangerous,  to  rely  upon  gratuitous  or  casual  aids 
ibr  the  enjoyment  of  those  benefits,  which  can  be  effectually  secured 
by  positive  stipulation. 

Nor  is  it  believed,  that  any  public  inconvenience  can  possibly 
arise,  from  the  proposed  amount  of  the  Capital  of  the  Bank,  with  its 
augmentable  quality.  The  amount  may,  indeed,  be  a  clog  upon  the 
profits  of  the  Institution;  but  it  can  never  be  employed  for  any 
injurious  purpose,  (not  even  for  the  purpose  of  discount  accommoda« 
tion  beyond  the  fair  demand,)  without  an  abuse  of  trust,  which 
cannot,  in  candor,  be  anticipated ;  or  which,  if  anticipated,  may  l»e 
made  an  object  of  penal  responsibility. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  873 

The  competitioD  which  exists  at  present  among  the  State  Banks 
will,  it  is  trae«  be  extended  to  the  National  Bank;  but' competitioa 
does  not  imply  hostility*  The  commercial  interests  and  the  personal 
associations  of  the  Stockholders,  will  generally  be  the  same,  in  the 
State  Banks,  and  in  the  National  Bank.  The  Directors  of  both  In- 
stitutions will  naturally  be  taken  from  the  same  class  of  Citizens. 
And  experience  has  shown  not  only  the  policy,  but  the  existence  of 
those  sympathies,  by  which  the  intercourse  of  a  National  Bank,  and  the 
State  Banks  has  been,  and  always  ought  to  be  regulated,  for  their 
common  credit  and  security.  At  the  present  crisis,  it  will  be  pecu-» 
liarly  incumbent  upon  the  National  Bank,  as  well  as  the  Treasury,  to 
conciliate  the  State  Banks;  to  confide  to  them,  liberally,  a  participa* 
lion  in  the  deposites  of  Public  Revenue ;  and  to  encourage  them  in 
every  reasonable  effort,  to  resume  the  payment  of  their  Notes  in  coin. 
But,  independent  of  these  considerations,  it  is  to  be  recollected,  that 
when  portions  of  the  Capital  of  the  National  Bank  shall  be  transferred 
to  its  branches,  the  amount  invested  in  each  branch,  will  not,  probably, 
exceed  the  amount  of  the  Capital  of  any  of  the  principal  State  Banks; 
and  will  certainly  be  less  than  the  amount  of  the  combined  Capital  of 
the  State  Banks,  operating  in  any  of  the  principal  commercial  Cities« 
The  whole  number  of  the  Banking  Establishments  in  The  United 
States  may  be  stated  at  260 ;  and  the  aggregate  amount  of  their 
Capitals  may  be  estimated  at  85,000,000  dollars ;  but  the  services  of 
the  National  Bank  are  also  required  in  every  State  and  Terr'tory, 
and  the  Capital  proposed  is  35,000,000  dollars,  of  which  only  one 
fourth  part  will  consist  of  gold  and  silver. 

2n(/.  With  respect  to  the  composition  of  the  Capital  of  the  Bank. 
There  does  not  prevail  much  diversity  of  opinion,  upon  the  proposi- 
tion  to  form  a  compound  Capital  for  the  National  Bank,  partly  of 
Public  Stock,  and  partly  of  Coin.  The  proportions  now  suggested, 
appear  also  to  be  free  from  any  important  objections.  Under  all  the 
regulations  of  the  Charter,  it  is  believed  that  the  amount  of  gold  and 
silver  required  will  afford  an  adequate  supply  for  commencing  and 
continuing  the  payments  of  the  Bank  in  current  Coin;  while  the 
power  which  the  Bank  will  possess,  to  convert  its  Stock  portion  of 
Capital  into  bullion  or  coin,  from  time  to  lime,  is  calculated  to  provide 
for  any  probable  augmentation  of  the  demand.  This  object  being 
fluffici^itJy  Willed,  the  Capital  of  the  Bank  is  next  to  be  employed, 
ID  perfect  consistency  with  the  general  interests  and  safety  of  the 
Institution,  to  raise  the  value  of  the  Public  Securities,  by  withdrawing 
almost  one- fifth  of  the  amount  from  the  ordinary  Stock  market. 
Nor  will  the  Bank  be  allowed  to  expose  the  Public  to  the  danger  of  a 
depreciation,  by  returning  any  part  of  the  Stock  to  the  market,  until 
it  has  been  offered,  at  the  current  price,  to  the  Commissioners  of  the 
Sinking  Fund ;  and  it  is  not  an  inconsiderable  advantage,  in  the  grow* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


874  UNITED  STATES. 

ing  state  of  the  Public  Revenue,  that  the  Stock  subscribed  totlie  Capital 
of  tbe  Bank,  will  become  redeemable  at  the  pleasure  of  the  Government* 

The  subscription  to  the  Capital  of  the  Bank  is  opened  to  every 
species  of  Funded  Stock.  The  estimate  that  the  Revenues  of  1816  and 
1617,  will  enable  the  Treasury  to  discharge  the  whole  of  the  Treasury 
Note  Debt,  furnishes  the  only  reason  for  omittiog  to  authorise  a  sub- 
scription in  that  species  of  Debt.      Thus, 

The  old  and  the  new  6  per  cent.  Stocks  mre  receivable  at  par. 

The  7  per  cent.  Stock,  upon  a  valuation  referring  to  the  SOtfa  of 
September,  1816,  is  receivable  at  106  -j^  dollars  per  cent. 

The  3  per  cent  Stocky  which  can  only  be  redeemed  for  its  nomiDtl 
or  certificate  value,  may  be  estimated,  under  all  circnmstancesy  to  be 
worth  about  63  per  cent  when  the  6  per  cent  Stock  is  at  par ;  but  as 
it  is  desirable  to  accomplish  the  redemption  of  this  Stock,  upon  equita* 
ble  terms,  it  is  made  receivable  at  65  per  cent,  the  rate  sanctioned  by 
the  Government,  and  in  part  accepted  by  the  Stockholders,  in  the 
year  1807, 

Of  the  instalments  for  paying  the  Subscriptions,  it  is  only  necessary 
to  observe,  that  they  are  regulated  by  a  desire  to  reconcile  an  early 
commencement  of  the  operations  of  the  Bank  with  the  existing  difficul- 
ties in  the  currency,  and  with  the  convenience  of  the  Subscribers. 
In  one  of  the  modes  proposed  for  discharging  the  subscription  of  tbe 
Government,  it  is  particularly  contemplated  to  aid  the  Bank  with  a 
medium  which  cannot  fail  to  alleviate  the  first  pressure  for  payments 
in  Coin. 

II.  It  is  proposed  that  the  National  Bank  shall  be  governed  by  25 
Directors,  and  each  of  its  branches  by  13  Directors;  that  the 
President  of  Tbe  United  States,  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Senate,  shall  appoint  6  of  the  Directors  of  the  Bank^  one  of 
whom  shall  be  chosen  as  President  of  the  Bank  by  the  Board 
of  Directors;  that  the  resident  Stockholders  shall  «lect  20  of 
the  Directors  of  the  National  Bank,  who  shall  be  resident  Citizens 
of  The  United  States ;  and  that  the  National  Bank  shall  appoint  the 
Directors  of  each  branch  (being  resident  Citizens  of  The  United 
Stales,)  one  of  whom  shall  be  designated  by  the  Secretary  of  the 
Treasury,  with  the  approbation  of  the  President  of  The  United  States, 
to  be  President  of  the  Branch  Bank. 

The  participation  of  the  President  and  Senate  of  The  United 
States  in  the  appointment  of  Directors,  appears  to  be  the  only  feature 
in  the  proposition  for  the  Government  of  the  National  Bank  which 
requires  an  explanatory  remark. 

Upon  general  principles,  wherever  a  pecuniary  interest  is  to  be 
affected  by  the  operations  of  a  Public  Institution,  a  representative 
Authority  ought  to  be  recognized.  The  United  States  will  be  the 
proprietors  of  one- fifth  of  the  Capital  of  the  Bank^  and  in  that  proper- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  875 

tion,  npon  general  principles,  they  should  be  represented  in  the  Direc* 
tioD*  But  an  apprehension  has  sometimes  been  expressed,  lest  the 
power  of  the  Government,  thus  inserted  into  the  administration  of  the 
affairs  of  the  Bank,  should  be  employed  eventually  to  alienate  the 
funds  and  destroy  the  credit  of  the  institution.  Whatever  may  have 
been  the  fate  of  Banks  in  other  Countries,  subject  to  Forms  of  Govern- 
ment essentially  different,  there  can  be  no  reasonable  cause  for  the 
apprehension  here.  Independent  of  ihe  obvious  improbability  of  the 
attempt,  the  Government  of  The  United  States  cannot,  by  any  Legisla- 
live  or  Executive  act,  impair  the  rights  or  multiply  the  obligations  of  a 
Corporation  constitutionally  established,  as  long  as  the  independence 
and  integrity  of  the  Judicial  Power  shall  be  maintained.  Whatever 
accommodation  the  Treasury  may  have  occasion  to  ask  from  the 
Bank, can  only  be  asked  under  the  license  of  a  Law;  and  whatever 
accommodation  shall  be  obtained,  must  be  obtained  from  the  volun- 
tary assent  of  the  Directors,  acting  under  the  responsibility  of  their 
trust. 

Nor  can  it  be  doubted  that  the  Department  of  the  Government, 
which  is  invested  with  the  power  of  appointment  to  all  the  important 
Offices  of  the  State,  is  a  proper  Department  to  exercise  the  power  of 
appointment  in  relation  to  a  National  trust  of  incalculable  magnitude* 
The  National  Bank  ought  not  to  be  regarded  simply  as  a  Commercial 
Bank.  It  will  not  operate  upon  the  Funds  of  the  Stockholders  alone, 
but  much  more  upon  the  Funds  of  the  Nation.  Its  conduct,  good  or 
bad,  will  not  affect  the  corporate  credit  and  resources  alone,  but  much 
more  the  credit  and  resources  of  the  Government.  In  fine,  it  is  not 
an  Institution  created  for  the  purposes  of  commerce  and  profit  alone> 
but  much  more  for  the  purposes  of  National  policy,  as  an  auxiliary  in 
the  exercise  of  some  of  the  highest  powers  of  the  Government.  Under 
such  circumstances,  the  public  interests  cannot  be  too  cautiously 
guarded,  and  the  guards  proposed  can  never  be  injurious  to  the 
commercial  interests  of  the  Institution.  The  right  to  inspect  the  Gene« 
ral  Accounts  of  the  Bank  may  be  employed  to  detect  the  evils  of  a 
Dial-administration,  but  an  interior  agency  in  the  direction  of  its 
affairs  will  best  serve  to  prevent  them. 

III.  It  is  proposed,  that  in  addition  to  the  usual  privileges  of  a 
Corporation,  the  Notes  of  the  National  Bank  shall  be  received  in  all 
payments  to  The  United  States,  unless  Congress  shall  hereafter 
otherwise  provide  by  Law ;  and  that  in  addition  to  the  duties  usually 
required  from  a  Corporation  of  this  description,  the  National  Bank 
shall  be  employed  to  receive,  transfer,  and  distribute,  the  Public 
Revenue,  under  the  directions  of  the  proper  Department. 

The  reservation  of  a  legislative  power,  on  the  subject  of  accepting 
the  Notes  of  the  National  Bank  in  payments  to  the  Government,  is 
the  only  new  stipulation  in  the  present  proposition.     It  is  designed 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


876  UNITED  STATES. 

not  merely  as  one  of  the  secarities  for  the  general  conduct  of  the 
Bank,  but  as  the  means  of  presenring  entire  the  sorereign  Authority 
of  Congress  relative  to  the  Coin  and  Currency  of  The  United  States. 
Recent  occurrences  inculcate  the  expediency  of  such  a  rescrTalioB ; 
but  it  may  be  confidently  hoped  that  an  occasion  to  enforce  It  will 
never  arise. 

It  is  not  proposed  to  stipulate  that  the  Bank  shall  in  any  case  be 
bound  to  make  Loans  to  the  Government ;  but,  in  that  respect,  when* 
ever  a  Loan  is  authorized  by  Law,  the  Government  will  act  upon  tbs 
ordinary  footing  of  an  Applicant  for  pecuniary  accommodation. 

IV.  It  is  proposed,  that  the  organization  of  the  National  Bank 
shall  be  effected  with  as  little  delay  as  possible ;  and  that  iu  opera- 
tions shall  commence  and  continue,  upon  the  basis  of  payments  in 
the  current  Coin  of  The  United  States,  witli  a  qualified  power  uadef 
the  authority  of  the  Government  to  suspend  such  payments. 

The  proposition,  now  submitted,  necessarily  implies  an  opinion 
that  it  is  practicable  to  commence  the  operations  of  the  National 
Bank  upon  a  circulation  of  gold  and  silver  coin ;  and  in  support  of 
the  opinion,  a  few  remarks  are  respectfully  offered  to  the  considera- 
tion of  the  Committee. 

IsL  The  actual  Receipts  of  the  Bank,  at  the  opening  of  the  Sub- 
scription, nill  amount  to  the  sum  of  8,400,000  doilara;  of  which  the 
sum  of  1,400,000  dollars  will  consist  of  gold  and  silver,  and  the  sam 
of  7,000,000  dollon  will  consist  of  Public  Stock,  convertible  by  sale 
into  gold  and  silver.  But  the  actual  Receipts  of  the  Bank,  at  the 
expiration  of  6  months  from  the  opening  of  the  Subscription,  will 
amount  to  the  sum  of  16»800,000  dollars ;  of  which  the  sum  of 
2.800,000  dollars  will  be  in  gold  and  silver,  and  the  sum  of  14,000,000 
dollars  will  be  in  Public  Stock,  convertible  by  sale  into  gold  and 
silver.  To  the  Fund  thus  possessed  by  the  Bank,  tlie  accumulations 
of  the  Public  Revenue,  and  the  deposites  of  Individuals  being 
added,  there  can  be  little  doubt,  from  past  experience  and  observa- 
tion in  reference  to  similar  Establishments,  that  a  sufficient  founda- 
tion will  exist  for  a  gradual  and  judicious  issue  of  Bank  Notes, 
payable  on  demand  in  the  current  coin ;  unless,  contrary  to  all 
probability,  public  confidence  should  be  withheld  from  the  Institu- 
tion ;  or  sinister  combinations  should  be  formed  to  defeat  its  opera- 
tions; or  the  demands  of  an  unfavorable  balance  of  trade  should 
press  upon  its  metallic  resources. 

2nd.  The  public  confidence  cannot  be  withheld  from  the  Institution. 
The  resources  of  the  Nation  will  be  intimately  connected  with  the 
resources  of  the  Bank.  The  Notes  of  the  Bank  are  accredited  in  every 
payment  to  the  Government,  and  must  become  familiar  in  every 
pecuniary  negotiation.  Unless,  therefore,  a  state  of  things  exist  in 
which  gold  and  silver  only  can  command  the  public  confidence,  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  877 

National  Bank  most  command  it.  But  the  expression  of  the  pablic 
sentiment  does  not.  even  at  this  period,  leave  the  qnestion  exposed  to 
difficulty  and  doubt ;  it  is  well  known  that  the  wealth  of  opulent  and 
Commercial  Nations  requires  for  its  circulation,  something  more  than 
a  medium  composed  of  the  precious  metals.  The  incompetency  of 
the  existing  Paper  Substitutes  to  furnish  a  National  Currency,  is  also 
well  known.  Hence,  throughout  The  United  States,  the  public  hope 
seems  to  rest,  at  this  crisis,  upon  the  establishment  of  a  National 
Bank;  and  every  Citizen,  upon  private  or  upon  patriotic  motives, 
will  be  prepared  to  support  the  Institution. 

3rd.  Sinister  combinations  to  defeat  the  operations  of  a  National 
Bank,  ought  not  to  be  presumed,  and  need  not  be  feared.  It  is  true, 
that  the  influence  of  the  State  Banks  is  extensively  diffused ;  but  the 
State  Banks,  and  the  Patrons  of  the  State  Banks,  partake  of  the 
existing  evils;  they  roust  be  conscious  of  the  inadequacy  of  State 
Institutions  to  restore  and  maintain  the  National  Currency;  they  will 
perceive  that  there  is  sufficient  space  in  the  commercial  sphere,  for 
the  movement  of  the  State  Banks  and  the  National  Bank  ;  and  upon 
the  whole,  they  will  be  ready  to  act  upon  the  impulse  of  a  common 
doty,  and  a  common  interest.  If,  however,  most  unexpectedly,  a 
different  course  should  be  pursued,  the  concurring  powers  of  the  Na- 
tional Treasury  and  the  National  Bank,  will  be  sufficient  to  avert  the 
danger. 

4th.  The  demand  of  an  unfavorable  balance  of  trade,  appears  to 
be  much  overrated.  It  is  not  practicable,  at  this  time,  to  ascertain 
either  the  value  of  the  goods  imported  since  the  Peace,  or  the  value 
of  the  property  employed  to  pay  for  them.  But  when  it  is  considered 
that  a  great  proportion  of  the  importations  arose  from  investments  of 
Ameriian  funds  previously  in  Europe;  that  a  great  proportion  of  the 
price  has  been  paid  by  American  exports  ;  that  a  great  proportion  has 
been  paid  by  remittances  in  American  Stocks;  and  that  a  great  propor- 
tion remains  upon  credit,  to  be  paid  by  gradual  remittances  in  goods, 
as  well  as  in  coin :  it  cannot  be  justly  concluded,  that  the  balance  of 
trade  has  hitherto  materially  affected  the  National  stock  of  the 
precious  metals.  So  far  as  an  opportunity  has  occurred  for  observa- 
tion, the  demand  for  gold  and  silver  to  export,  appears  rather  to  have 
arisen,  from  the  expectation  of  obtaining  a  higher  price  in  a  part  of 
Europe,  and  from  the  revival  of  commerce  with  the  Countries  beyond 
the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  than  from  any  necessity  to  provide  for  the 
payment  of  the  recent  importations  of  goods  into  The  United  States. 
The  former  of  these  causes  will  probably  soon  cease  to  operate ;  and 
the  operation  of  the  latter  ocay,  if  necessary,  be  restrained  by  Law. 

The  proposition  now  under  consideration,  further  provides  for  a 
suspension  of  the  Bank  payments  in  Coin  upon  any  future  emergency. 
This  is  merely  a  matter  of  precaution  ;  but  if  the  emergency  should 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


878  UNITED  STATES. 

arise*  it  must  be  agreed  on  all  hands,  ihat  the  power  of  suspensioa 
ought  rather  to  be  confided  to  the  Government,  than  to  the  Directors 
of  the  Institution. 

V.  It  is  proposed  that  a  Bonus  be  paid  to  the  Government  by  the 
Subscribers  to  the  National  Bank,  in  consideration  of  the  emoIumeoCs 
to  be  derived  from  an  exclusive  Charter,  during  a  period  of  20  yeais. 
Independent  of  the  Bonus,  here  proposed  to  be  exacted,  there  are 
undoubtedly  many  public  advantages  to  be  draivn  from  the  establish- 
ment of  the  National  Bank  ;  but  these  are  generally  of  an  incidental 
kind,  and  (as  in  the  case  of  the  deposites  and  distribution  of  the 
Revenue)  may  be  regarded  in  the  light  of  equivalents,  not  for  the 
monopoly  of  the  Charter,  but  for  the  reciprocal  advantages  of  a  fiscal 
connexion  with  the  Public  Treasury. 

The  amount  of  the  Bonus  should  be  m  proportion  to  the  value  of 
the  Charter-grant,  or  in  other  words,  to  the  nett  profits,  which  the  Sub- 
scribers will  probably  make,  in  consequence  of  their  incorporation. 
The  average  rate  of  the  Dividends  of  the  State  Banks,  before  tlie  sus- 
pension of  payments  in  coin,  was  about  8  per  cent,  per  annum.  It 
appears  by  a  Report  from  this  Department  to  the  House  of  Representa« 
tives,  dated  the  3rd  of  April,  1810,  that  tlie  annual  dividends  of  the  late 
Bank  of  The  United  States  averaged,  throughout  the  duration  of  its 
Charter,  the  rate  of  8  |f  per  cent.  But  under  all  the  circum- 
stances which  will  attend  the  establishment  and  operations  of  the 
proposed  National  Bank,  its  enlarged  Capital,  and  the  extended  field 
of  competition,  it  is  not  deemed  reasonable,  for  the  present  porpese, 
to  rate  the  annual  Dividends  of  the  Institution  higher  than  7  per  cent, 
upon  its  capital  of  35,000,000  dollars. 

Allowing,  tlierefore,  2,  3,  and  4  years,  for  the  payment  of  the 
Bonus,  a  sum  of  1,500,000  dollars  would  amount  to  about  4  per  cent 
upon  the  Capital  of  the  Bank;  and  would  constitute  a  just  equiva- 
lent for  the  benefits  of  its  Charter. 

VI.  It  is  proposed  that  the  measures  suggested  by  the  following 
considerations,  be  adopted,  to  aid  the  National  Bank  in  commencing 
and  maintaining  its  operations  upon  the  basis  of  payments  in  the 
current  Coin. 

1st.  To  restore  the  National  Currency  of  gold  and  silver,  it  is  essen- 
tial that  the  quantity  of  Bank  Paper  in  circulation  diould  be  reduced; 
but  this  effort  alone  will  be  sufficient  to  efiect  the  object  By  reducing 
the  amount  of  Bank  Paper,  its  value  must  be  proportionably  increased; 
and  as  soon  as  the  amount  should  be  contracted  to  the  limits  of  a  just 
proportion  in  the  circulating  medium  of  the  Country,  the  consequent 
revival  of  the  uses  for  coin,  in  the  bu^ness  of  exohange,  will  insnne 
its  re-appearance  in  abundance. 

The  policy,  the  interest,  and  the  honour  of  the  State  Banks,  will 
stimulate  them  to  undertake  and  to  prosecute  this  salutary  work.    Bat 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  879 

it  will  be  proper  to  apprise  (hem  that  after  a  specified  day,  the  Notes 
of  such  Bauks  as  have  not  resumed  their  payments  in  the  cun*ent  Coin, 
will  not  be  received  in  payments,  either  to  the  Government  or  to  the 
National  Bank« 

2ad.  The  resumption  of  payments  in  current  Coin,  at  the  State 
Banks,  will  remove  every  obstacle  to  the  commencement  of  similar 
payments  at  the  National  Bank.  The  difficulty  of  commencing  pay- 
ments in  Coin  is  not,  however,  to  be  considered  as  equal  to  the  diffi- 
culty of  resuminj^  them.  The  National  Bank,  free  from  all  engage* 
ments,  will  be  able  to  regulate  its  issues  of  Paper,  with  a  view  to  the 
danger  as  well  as  to  the  demand,  that  ma}'  be  found  to  exist.  But  in 
addition  to  the  privileges  granted  by  the  Charter,  it  will  also  be  proper 
to  apprise  the  State  Banks,  that,  after  the  commencement  of  the 
operations  of  the  National  Bank,  the  Notes  of  such  Bauks  as  do  not 
agree  to  receive,  re-issue,  and  circulate,  the  Notes  of  that  Institution, 
shall  not  be  received  in  payments,  either  to  the  Government  or  to  the 
National  Bank. 

3rd.  The  possibility  that  the  National  Currency  of  Coin  may  not 
be  perfectly  restored  at  the  time  of  organizing  the  Bank,  has  induced 
the  proposition,  that  the  payment  of  the  Government  Subscription  to 
the  Capital  shall  be  made  in  Treasury  Notes,  which  will  be  receivable 
in  all  payments  to  the  Government,  and  to  the  National  Bank,  but 
which  will  not  be  demandable  in  Coin. 

The  principle  of  this  proposition  might  perhaps  be  usefully  ex- 
tended, to  authorize  the  National  Bank  to  issue  Notes  of  a  similar 
character,  for  a  limited  period  ;  and  it  will  be  proper  further  to  ap- 
prise the  State  Banks,  that  the  Notes  of  such  Banks  as  do  not  agree 
to  receive,  re-issue,  and  circulate  these  Treasury  Notes,  or  National 
Bank  Notes,  shall  not  bo  received  in  payments,  either  to  the  Govern- 
ment or  to  the  National  Bank. 

I  have  the  honor  to  be,  &.c. 

A-  J.  DALLAS, 
//on.  John  C.  Calhoun, 

Chairman  of  the  Commiitee  on  the  National  Currency. 


(Enclosure.) — Outline  of  a  Plan  for  the  National  Bank, 

I.    The  Charter  of  the  Bank. 
1.  To  continue  91  years. 
3.  To  be  exclusive. 

IL     The  Capital  of  the  Bank. 
1.  To  be  35,000^000  dollars,  at  present. 

9.  To  be  augmented  by  Congress  to  50,000,000  dollars;  and  the 
additional  sum  to  be  distributed  among  the  several  States. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


880  UNITED  STATES. 

3.  To  be  diYifled  into  3^,000  shares  of  100  dollars  each,  od  the 

capital  of  35,000,000;  and  to  be  subscribed. 

By  The  United  States,  one  fifth,  or  70,000  shares  7,000,000 

By  Corporations  and  Individuals,  four  fiflhs,  or 

280,000  shares 28,000,000 


Dollars.  35,000,000 


4.  To  be  compounded  of  Public  Debt,  and  of  gold  and  silver,  as 
to  the  subscriptions  of  Corporations  and  Individuals,  in  the 
proportions: 

Of  Funded  Debt,  three- fourths,  eqnaUo  21,000,000 

Of  gold  and  silver,  one  fourth,  equal  to 7,000,000 

DoUars.  28,000,000 


The  Subscriptions  of  6  per  cent  Stock  to  be  at  par. 

The  Subscriptions  of  3  per  cent  Stock  to  be  at  56  per  cent. 

The  Subscriptions  of  7  per  cent  Stock  to  be  at  106  51  per  cent. 

5.  The  Subscriptions  in    Public  Debt  may   be  discharged  at 
pleasure  by  the  Goverament,  at  the  rate  at  which  it  is  subscribed. 

6.  The  Subscriptions  of  Corporations  or  Individuals  to  be  payable 
by  instalments: 

(1.)  Specie,  Dollars. 

At  subscribing,  on  each  share,  5  dollars 1,400,000 

At    6  months.    5  dollars    1,400,000 

At  1*2  months,    5  dollars  1,400,000 

At  18  months,  10  dollars  2,800,000 

7,000,000 

(2.)  Public  Debt, 

At  subscribing,  on  each  share,  26  dollars 7,000,000 

At    6  months,  25  dollars 7,000^000 

At  12  months,  25  dollars 7,000,000 


Dollars.  28,000,000 


7,  The  Subscriptions  of  The  United  States  to  be  paid  in  instal- 
ments, not  extending  beyond  a  period  of  7  years;  the  first  instalment 
to  be  paid  at  the  time  of  subscribing,  and  the  payments  to  be  made,  at 
the  pleasure  of  Government,  either 

In  gold  and  silver;  or 

In  6  per  cent,  stock,  redeemable  at  the  pleasure  of  the  Govern- 
ment; or 

In  Treasury  Notes,  not  fundable,  nor  bearing  interest,  nor  payable 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  881 

f  8.  The  Bank  shall  be  at  liberty  to  sell  the  Stock  portion  of  its 
Capital,  to  an  amount  not  exceeding  in  any  one  year;  but 

if  the  sales  arc  intended  to  be  effected  iu  The  United  States,  notice 
thei^eof  shall  be  given  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  that  the 
Commissioners  of  the  Sinking  Fund  may,  if  they  please,  become  the 
Purchasers  at  the  market  price,  not  esiceeding  par. 

III.—  The  Government  of  the  Bank. 

i.  The  Bank  shall  be  established  at  Philadelphia,  with  power  to 
erect  Branches,  or  to  employ  State  Banks  as  Branches,  elsewhere. 

2.  There  shall  be  25  Directors  for  the  Bank  at  Philadelphia,  and 
13  Directors  for  each  of  the  Branches,  where  Branches  are  erected, 
with  the  usual  description  and  number  of  Officers. 

3.  The  President  of  The  United  States,  with  the  advice  and  con- 
sent of  the  Senate,  shall  annually  appoint  &  of  the  Directors  of  the 
Bank  at  Philadelphia. 

4.  The<|uali6ed  Stockholders  shall  annually  elect  SO  of  the  Direc- 
tors of  the  Bank  at  Philadelphia ;  but  a  portion  of  the  Directors  shall 
be  changed  at  every  annual  Election,  upon  the  principle  of  rotation. 

5.  The  Directors  of  the  Bank  at  Philadelphia,  shall  annually,  at 
tfaeir  first  meeting  after  their  election,  choose  1  of  the  d  Directors 
appointed  by  the  President  and  Senate  of  The  United  States,  to  be 
President  of  the  Bank ;  and  the  President  of  the  Bank  shall  always  be 
re-eligible,  if  re- appointed. 

6.  The  Directors  of  the  Bank  at  Philadelphia,  shall  annually 
appoint  13  Directors  for  each  of  the  Branches,  where  Branches  are 
erected,  and  shall  transmit  a  List  of  the  Persons  appointed,  to  the 
Secretary  of  the  Treasury. 

7.  The  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  with  the  approbation  of  the 
President  of  The  United  States,  shall  annually  designate  from  the  List 
of  the  Branch  Directors,  the  Person  to  be  the  President  of  the  respec- 
tive Branches. 

8.  None  but  resTdent  Citizens  of  The  United  States  shall  be  Direc- 
tors of  the  Bank,  or  its  Branches. 

9.  The  Stockholders  may  vote  for  Directors,  in  Person  or  by 
Proxy ;  but  no  Stockholder,  who  is  not  resident  within  The  United 
States,  at  the  time  of  Election,  shall  vote  by  Proxy  ;  nor  shall  any 
one  Person  vote  as  Proxy,  a  greater  number  of  votes  than  he  would  be 
entitled  to  vote  in  his  own  right,  according'  to  a  scale  of  voting,  to  be 
graduated  by  the  number  of  Shai'os,  which  the  Voters  respectively, 
bold. 

10.  The  Bank,  and  its  several  Branches,  or  the  State  Banks,  em« 
ployed  as  Branches,  shall  furnish  the  Officer  at  the  head  of  the 
CI815-.16.]  3  L 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


882  UNITED  STATES. 

Treatury  Department*  with  itatemeots  of  their  Offieov^  in  such  foni 
and  at  aach  period,  aa  shall  be  required, 

IV.— 7%e  PrimUges  ami  Duties  rf  the  Bank. 

1.  The  Bank  ahall  enjoy  the  oaoaJ  privileges,  and  be  sobject  to  the 
usoaJ  restrictions  of  a  Body  Corporate  nnd  Politic,  instituted  for 
soch  purposes ;  and  the  forgery  of  its  Notes  shall  be  made  penal. 

2.  The  Notes  of  the  Bank  shall  be  receirable  in  all  payments  to 
The  United  States ;  unless  Congress  shall  hereafter  otherwise  provide 
by  Law. 

3.  The  Bank,  and  its  Branches,  and  State  Banks,  employed  as 
Branches,  shall  give  the  necessary  aid  and  iacility  to  the  Treasury  for 
transferring  the  Public  Funds  from  Place  to  Place,  and  for  making 
payments  to  the  Public  Creditors,  without  charging  commissions,  or 
claiming  allowances  on  account  of  differences  of  exchange,  &c. 

Vn—Tke  Orfomzaiwm  and  Operatiom  ojtht  Bantu. 

K  SnbaeriptioBs  to  be  opened  with  as  Kttle  delay  as  possible,  and 
at  aa  few  Places  as  shall  be  deemed  just  and  convenient. 

The  Commisaieners  may  be  named  in  the  Act,  or  appointed  by  the 
President. 

%  The  Bank  to  be  organized,  and  commence  its  operations  in 
apede  as  soon  as  the  sum  of  1,400,000  dollars  has  been  actually  re* 
•aived  firom  the  aubacriptions,  in  gold  and  silver. 

3.  The  Bank  shall  not  at  any  time  suspend  its  specie  payments^ 
wnleaa  the  same  shall  be  previously  authorised  by  Congress,  if  in 
SesMQ,  or  by  the  Preaident  of  The  United  States,  if  Congreas  be  not 
in  Session.  In  the  latter  caae,  the  snspendon  shaU  continue  for  6 
weeka  alter  the  meeting  of  Congress,  and  no  longer,  unless  authorised 
by  Law. 

VI.— ne  Bonus  far  the  Charter  qf  the  Bank. 

The  Subscribers  shall  pay  a  premium  to  the  Government  fer  its 
Charter. 

Estimating  the  profits  of  the  Bank  from  the  probable  advance 
in  the  value  of  its  Stock,  and  the  result  of  its  business,  when  in  full 
operation,  at  7  per  cent,  a  Bonus  of  1,500,000  dollars,  payable  in 
equal  instalments  of  2,  3,  and  4  years,  after  the  Bank  commences 
its  operations,  might,  under  all  circumstances,  be  considered  aa  about 
4  per  cent  upon  ita  Capital,  and  would  contribute  a  reasonable 
praminm. 

A.J.DALLAS. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  SWEDEN,  &C.  883 

PAPERS,  shewing  the  state  of  the  Relatione  between  Great 
Britain  and  Foreign  Powers^  relative  to  the  Abolition  ef 
the  Slave  Trade.— AprU,  1815. 


SWEDEN. 
No.  1813.    Page. 

1.  Treaty  between  Great  Britain  and  Sweden. 

(Extract) Stockholm....      3d  March  ..   886 

DENMARK. 

2.  Treaty  between  Great  Britain  and  Den-  1814^ 

mark  (Extract)    Kiel Uth  January. .   886 

AUSTRIA,  PRU  SSIA,  RUSSl  A. 

3.  Vxacomt  Caatiereagh    to    the   Austrian, 

Prmiian,  and  RoaaiaaBfiniaten....  Paris SlstMay,...  887 

4.  Coont  Nesselrode  toYisconnt  Castlereagli.  Plaria 2d  Jane  .. ..  887 

5.  Prince MettemichtoVisconntCastlereagh. Paris 2dJime....  888 

6.  Prince  Hardenberg  to  Vmdt.  Castleieagh.  Fkris 2d  June  . . .«  88S 

NETHERLANDS. 

7.  The  Earl  of  CHancartyto'VlsctCastlereagh.  The  Hague...,   17t]i  Jmw  •••.  888 
-^    Decree  of  the  Sorereign  Prince  of  The 

Netherlands TheHagoe....   ISthJima....  889 

FRANCE. 

8.  Treaty  of  Peace  between  Great  Britain  and 

France  (Extract) « Ptois 30tiiMay....   890 

9.  W.  Hamitton»  Esq.  to  the  Duke  of  Wel^^ 

lington •.. . .  Foreign  Office,     4th  Avgnst  ••  891 

10.  Visoonnt   Castlereagh   to   the   Duke   of 

Wellington    Foreign  Ofiee,     Gth  Angut .  •  891 

—  Address  of  the  Honse  of  Commons  to  The 

PrinceRegent • 3rdMay...«  893 

—  Address  of  the  Honse  of  Lords  to  do. 5th  May  . .  •  •  895 

—  Addreas  of  the  Honse  of  CommonB  to  do 27th  Jime....   896 

—  Address  of  the  Honse  of  Lords  to  do .^ 30th  Jime...  •   899 

—  The  Prince  Regent  of  Great  Britain  to  the 

KingofFrmnce Carlton  Honse,    SthAngnst..   900 

—  Order  in  Council.  Registration  of  SLayes 

in  Trinidad.  26th  March,  1812 975 

11.  IHaooant  Castlereagh  to  the  Duke  of  Wei- 

lii^;ton Foreign  Office,     6th  August  • .  901 

12.  The  Duke  of  Wellington  to  Viscount  Cas- 

tlereagh Paris, 25thAugnst..  901 

13.  The  Duke  of  Wellington  to  "Viscount  Cas- 

tlerea^ Puis 1st  September.  903 

—  The  Duke  of  WciMngton  to  the  Prince  de 

Benerent Paris 26thAqgaft.«  903 

SLS 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


884  GREAT  BRTTAIN  AND  SPAIN|  &C. 

Ko.  1814.        IVcjt 

14.  Viscoont  Casdereagli  to  Earl  Bathunt  ..Genent 3d  September.  90S 

15.  The  Duke  of  WeUington  to  Tiflconnt  Caa- 

tlereagh Paris 4  th  September.  906 

—  The  King  of  France  to  The  Prince  Regent.  Paris 2d  S^itember.  906 

16.  The  Dnke  of  Wellington  to  Yisconnt  Cas- 

dereagh Paris 29tfa  September.  906 

—  The  Dnke  of  Wellington  to  the  Count  de 

Jonconrt  ..Pftris 26th  September. 907 

— •   The  Count  de  Janconrt  to  the  Dnke  of 

Wellington Ptois 27th  September.  907 

17.  The  Dnke  of  Wellington  to  Viscount  Cas- 

tlereagh Paris 4th  October..  907 

18.  The  Dnke  of  Wellington  to  Viscount  Cas- 

Uereagh Paris lOth  October ..  909 

19.  The  Dnke  of  Wellington  to  Viscount  Cas- 

tleraagh Paris 13th  October..  910 

20.  The  Duke  of  Wellington  to  IHscount  Cas- 

•   tlereagh Paris 20th  October. .  910 

21.  The  Duke  of  Wellington  to  Viscount  Cas- 

"    tlereagh..... Paris .^  November.  910 

^.   Tim  Count  de  Janoourt  to  the  Duke  of 

Wellington  Pftris 2d  November.  911 

22.  The  Duke  of  Wellington  to  Viscount  Cas- 

^  tlereagh Ptois Sth  November.  915 

—  Memohr.    The  Duke  of  Wellington  to  tiie 

.    Minister  of  Marine Paris 5th  November.  914 

23.  The  Duke  of  Wellington  to  Viscount  Cas.  1915. 

tlereagh Ptois 23d  Jaanary. .  915 

—  Tim  Minister  of  Marine  to  the  Duke  of  1814; 

_  Wellington    Paris 3d  December.  916 

— •   R^glement  du  Gouveraement  Fran^ Deeember.  916 

SPAIN. 
^.  Sir  Henry  WeQealey  to  Viscount  Castle- 

reagh Madrid 17thJnie....  921 

•^   British  Projet  of  Article  of  Treatj • OOf 

25.  Siir.  Henry  WeUealey  to  ViMOunt  Castle- 

..   reagh Biadrid 6th  July  ..••  9SI 

-^    Additional  Article  to  the  Treaty  between 
Great  Britain  and  Spain,  of  5th  July, 

.     1814 Madrid 28th August..  «1 

26.  Viscount  Castlereagh  to  Sir  H.  WeUesley.Foreign  Office,  IStli  July  . . . .  92S 

27.  Viscount  Castlereagh  to  Sjr  H.  WeQesley. .  Foreign  Office,  30th  July  . . . .  ^ 

28.  W.  Hamilton,  Esq.  to  Sir  Henry  Wellesley.  Foreign  Office,  4th  Augnst . .  9ii 

29.  Sir  H.Wellesleyto  Viscount Castlsreagh.. Madrid 25th  Aqgnst..  9t6 

3b.  Sir  H.WeUesleytoViscountCasUereagh..  Madrid 25th  August..  9il 

^    Sir  H.WeUe8leyto  the  Duke  ofSan  Carlos.  Madrid 20th  August..  927 

31.  Sir  H.WeUesleytoViscountCasUereagh..  Madrid 3l8t  Augoit..  929 

3^.  Earl  Bathurst  to  Sir  Henry  WeUealey. ...  Foreign  Office,  9th  Sqitember..  939 

33.  Sir  H.  WeUesley  to  Viscount  Castlereagh.  BfadHd 20th  Septembar. .  9Sl 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  PORTUGAL,  &C.  885 

No.  '  ^      1814.         Page 

—  The DukeofSanCarlostoSirH.WeUeflley, Madrid  ......    3 Ist  August..    931 

34.  Sir  H.  WeUesIey  to  Tisoount  Castlereagh.  Madrid 23rd  October. .  932 

—  The Dnkeof San CarlostoSirH.Welledey.  Madrid 22d  October..  933 

35.  Eari  BathuTBt  to  Sir  H.  Welledey Foreign  Office,    lltb  NoTember.934 

1815. 

36.  Sir  H.  Wellesley  to  Visconnt  Castlereagh,  Madrid  26th  January. .  934 

—  ^  H.  Wellesley  to  Don  Pedro CevaDoe. .  Madrid 20th  January. .  936 

PORTUGAL. 

37.  Conventioabetvreen  Great  Britain  and  Por- 

tugal (Substance^ Vienna 2l8t  January..  93/5 

38.  Treaty  between  Great  Britain  and  Portugal. 

(Substance.)    Vienna    22d  January..  937 

CONGRESS. 

1814. 

39.  VisoGunt  Castleieagh  to  Earl  Bathurst  ..Vienna    9th  October..  939 

-—  Viscount  Castlereagh  to  the  Prince  de  Tal- 
leyrand  Vienna    8th  October..  939 

40.  Viscount  Castlereagh  to  Earl  Batiiurst    ..Vienna    llthNoTember.  940 

•—   The  Prince  de  Talleyrand  to  Viscount  Cas- 
tlereagh  Vienna    ..*...     5th Norember. 940 

1815.  : 

41.  TiscountCasOereagh  to  Earl  Bathurst   ..Paris 2d  January..  941 

—  Viscount  Castlereagh  to  the  Ministers  of  1614. 

Austria,  Prussia,  and  Russia  Vienna    25th  December.  943 

1815. 

—  Viscount  Castlereagh  to  Sir  H.  Wellesley .Tienna    20th  January. .    943 

1814. 

—  Visct.  Castlereagh  to  the  Chev.  Labrador,  Vienna    27th  December.  944 

1815. 

42.  Vtsoovnt  Castlereagh  to  Earl  Bathurst    . .  Vienna    8th  January. .  946 

43.  Viscount  Castlereagh  to  Earl  Bathurst    . .  Vienna    22d  January. .  945 

44.  Viscount  Castlereagh  to  Earl  Bathurst    . .  Vienna    26th  January . .  945 

—  Protocol  of  Conference Vienna    ......   16th  January ..  946 

45.  Viscount  Castlereagh  to  Earl  Bathurst    . .  Vienna    13th  February.  949 

— '-   Protocol  of  Conference Vienna    20th  January. .  949 

—  Protocol  of  Conference Vienna    28th  January. .  959 

—  Protocol  of  Conference Vienna    4th  Pebruary.  963 

-^  Protocol  of  Conference Vienna    8th  February.  969 

-^   Declaration  of  the  8  Allied  Powers Vienna    8th  February.  971 

—  The  Portuguese  Plenipotentiaries  to  the 

Conference Vienna    6th  February.  972 

46.  Viscount  Castlereagh  to  Earl  Bathurst   . .  Vienna    14th  February.  974 

—  l^e  Portuguese  Plenipotentiaries  to  Vis- 

count Castlereagh Vienna   11th  February.  974 

—  Viscount  Castlereagh  to  the  Portuguese 

Flenipotentiariet Vienna   • 13th  Febnuury.  974 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


886 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  DENMARK. 


SWEDEN. 

No.  l.—SEPARATE  ARTICLE  to  ike  Treaty  hetvem  Great  Bru 
tain  tmd  Sweden.-^Signed  at  Stockholm,  the  Srd  Marekf  1813. 

(Extrait.) 

Par  une  suite  de  la  cession  faite 
par  Sa  Majeste  Britanoique,  dans 
I'Article  V  du  Traits  sign^  aa- 
joord'boiy  de  I'lle  de  la  Guade- 
loupe, Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  de  Sn^de 
s'engage ; 

§  4.  De  d^fendre  et  de  prohiber, 
au  moment  dela  cession,  I'introduc- 
tion  des  Esclayes  de  PAfrique  dans 
laditelle,  et  dans  les  autres  Posses- 
sions de  Sa  Majesty  Sa^doise  aux 
Jndes  Occidentales,  et  de  ne  point 
permettre  aux  Sujets  Suedois  de 
8*engager  dans  la  Traite  des  N^- 
gres;  obligations  que  Sa  Majesty 
Suedois  est  d  autant  plus  d  m^roe 
de  contracter,  que  ce  Trafic  n  a 
jamais  6t^  autorise  par  elle. 
(L.S.)  LE  COMTE  D'ENGESTROM. 
(L«S.)  G.  BARON  DE  WETTER- 
STEDT. 


(Extract) 

As  a  consequence  of  the  cession 
made  by  His  Britannic  Msjesty, 
in  the  Vth  Article  of  the  Treaty 
signed  this  day,  of  the  Island  of 
Guadaloupe,  His  Majesty  the 
King  of  Sweden  engages ; 

§  4.  To  forbid  and  prohibit,  at 
the  period  of  the  cession,  the  iutro- 
ducUou  of  Slayes,  from  Africa  into 
the  said  Island,  and  the  other 
Possessions  in  the  West  Indies  of 
His  Swedish  Majesty,  and  not  to 
permit  Swedish  Subjects  to  engage 
in  the  Slave  Trade;  an  engage- 
ment which  His  Swedish  Majesty 
is  the  more  willing  to  contract,  as 
this  Traffic  has  never  been  autho- 
rized by  him. 

(L.S.)  ALEXANDER  HOPE. 
(L.S.)  EDWARD  THORNTON. 


DENMARK. 


No.  fi.-^TREATY  betfceen  Great  Britain  and  Denmark.-^ Signed  at 
Kiel,  14/A  January,  1814. 
(Extrait.) 


Art.  VIII.  Sa  Majestd  le  Roi 
du  Royaume  Uni  de  la  Grande 
Bretagne  et  de  Plrlande,  et  la  Na- 
tion Britannique,  ayant  extr^me- 
ment  ^  coeur  de  mettre  fin  pour 
toujours  au  Commerce  desN^gre^, 
Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de  Dannemarc 
Sengage  de  coocourir  avec  Sa 
dite  Majesty,  ^  consolider  en 
autant  qn'il  depend  d'elle,  cette 
ceuvre  de  bienfaisance,  et  de  d6- 
fendre  de  la  mani^re  la  plus 
efficace,  et  par  les  Lois  les  plus 
aolennelles,  4  tons  ses  Sujets 
d'avoir  part  4  la  Traite  des  Ndgres. 
(L.S.)  EDMUND  BOURKE. 


(Extract) 
Aet.  VIII.  His    Majesty   the 
King  of  the  United  Kingdom  of 
Great   Britain  and   Ireland,  and 
the    British    Nation,    being  ex* 
tremely  desirous  of  totally  aboliab- 
ing  the  Slaye  Trade,  the  King  at 
Denmark  engages  to  co-opersle 
with   His  said  Majesty  for  the 
completion  ofso  beneficent  a  weiti 
and  to  prohibit  all  his  Subjects, 
in  the  moat  effectual  manner,  and 
by  the  most  solemn.  Laws,  froa 
taking  any  share  in  such  Trade. 


(L.8.)  EDWARD  THOBOTON. 


digitized  by 


Google         I 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C.  887 

AUSTRIA,  PRUSSIA,  RUSSIA. 

No,  8. —  Viscauni  Castlereagk  to  the  Minuteri  of  Austria,  Prussia,  and 

Russia. 
(Circular.)  Paris,  Slst  May,  1814. 

Tbb  Undersigned,  one  of  His  Majesty's  Principal  Secretaries  of 
8tate,  has  the  honoor  to  transmit  to  His  Excellency  N.  N.  by  the 
Prince  Regent's  command,  the  enclosed  Additional  Article/  on  the 
subject  of  the  Slafe  Trade,  which  has  beetf  signed  between  His 
Britannic  Majesty  and  the  King  of  France,  and  which  His  Royal 
Highness  the  Prince  Regent  is  desirous  should,  without  delay,  be  com- 
municated to  the  Emperor  (King)  of 

The  Prince  Regent  trusts,  that  an  object  so  interesting  to  humanity, 
will  at  once  attract  the  attention,  and  call  forth  the  early  exertions,  of 
His  — — Majesty  in  its  behalf. 

His  Royal  Highness  persuades  himself,  that  the  Powers  of  Europe, 
when  restoring  Peace  to  Europe,  with  one  common  interest,  will 
crown  this  great  work  by  interposing  their  benign  offices  in  favour 
,of  those  9^gions  of  the  Globe,  which  yet  continue  to  be  desolated  by 
this  unnatural  and  inhuman  traffic. 

The  Undersigned,  &c. 
The  Ministers  of  Austria,  Prussia,  CASTLEREAGH. 

and  Russia. 


No.  4. — Le  Comte  de  Nesselrode  au  Ficomte  CastUreagh. 

Paris,  le  «,Ja  18i4. 

Le  Soussign^,  Secretaire  d'Etat  dc  Sa  Majeste  I'Empereur  de  toutes 
les  Russies,  a  mis  sous  les  yeux  de  son  Auguste  Maitre,  I'Office  que  Sou 
Excellence  Lord  Gastlereagh,  Principal  Secretaire  d'Etat  de  8a  Ma- 
jest^  Britanniqne  pour  les  Affaires  Etrang^res,  lui  a  passe. 

Une  Pidce  moti?ee  par  tout  ce  qui  doitint^esser  la  liberie,  le  droit 
desgens,  les  lumi^res,  la  justice  et  I'humanite,  ne  pouTaitpaa  6tra 
etrangtre  au  cmur  de  TEmpereur.  Depuis  long  tems  ses  vobux  s  etaieot 
accordes  avec  ceux  de  tous  les  bona  Citoyens  en  Angleterre  pour 
Pabolition  du  trafic  oonnu  sous  le  nom  de  Traite  des  Ndgres*  C'est 
avec  one  vive  satisfaction  que  Sa  Majesty  ImpMale  a  appris  que  Sa 
Uajeste  Tr^s  Chr6tienne  ^toit  d  accord  sur  les  m^mes  principes,  et 
PEmperenr  s'engage  d'abondance  de  faire  seconder  et  soutenir,  de  con-* 
cert  avec  le  Gouvemement  Britannique,  au  Congrds  qui  va  6xfrles 
rapports  dMnitifs  entre  toutes  les  Puissances,  la  propoaifioii  de  I'Aboli* 
tion  generale  de  la  Traite  des  N^gres. 

Le  Soussign^  en  s'acquittant  des  ordres  qu'il  a  regusremplissoitune 
ticbe  trop  tnteressante  pour  qu'il  n'y  mit  point  le  m£me  empressen^ent 
qu'i  renouveler,  &c. 
&E.  Lord  Castlereagk.  LE  COMTE  DE  NESSELRODE. 

•See  No.  8.    Fiige8^« 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


888  .0REAT  BRITAIN  AND  PRUSSIA,  &C. 

No,  5. — Le  Prince  de  Mtiternich  au  Vicomie  CastUrtagh. 

Paris,  ce  2  Juin,  1814. 
(This  Note  was  to  the  same  effect  as  the  preceding  one  from  Count 
Nesselrode). 

No.  6.^'Le  Prince  de  Hardenberg  au  Vicomte  Castlereagk. 

Paris,  ce  2  Jvfii,  1814. 
RiEN  de  ce  qui  interesse  la  cause  de  rhamanite  en  general  ne 
pouf  ant  6tre  etranger  itcelle,  que  les  Hautes  Puissances  Allies  se  soot 
fait  gloire  de  defendre,  le  Soussigne,  Chancelier  d'Etat  de  Sa  Majeste 
le  Roi  de  Prusse,  a  d6  accoeiilir  avec  empressement  la  proposition 
contenue  dans  la  Note  de  Son  Excellence  Lord  Castlereagh,  Principal 
.Secretaire  d'Etat  de  Sa  Majeste  Britannique  pour  les  Affaires  Etrau- 
g^es,  relative  k  la  Traite  des  N^gres.  II  n'a  pas  manqn^  d*en  reodiB 
compte  a  Son  Auguste  Souyerain,  et  il  est  autorise  de  declarer  au  nom 
de  Sa  Majeste,  que  la  Prusse  seconders,  de  tons  ses  efforts  au  Congr^ 
qui  doitsereunirii  Vienne^  toutes  les  demarches  que  fera  le  Gouverne:> 
meot  Britannique,  dans  I'inteution  de  Tabolition  g^n^rale  d'un  commerce 
odieux,  egalemeht  contraire  i  la  morale  et  aux  priocipes  magnanimesy 
qui  caracterisent  les  Souverains  Allies. 

Le  Soussign^  profite,  &c. 
S.  £.  Lord  Castlereagh.  HARD E N fi E  RG. 


NETHERLANDS. 


No.  l.-^The  Earl  of  Clancarty  to  Viscouni  Castlereagh. 
My  liORO,  The  Hague,  \7th  June,  1814. 

1  HERBWITH  have  the  honour  of  transmitting  to  your  Lordship,  for 
th'e  information  of  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent,  the  Copy  of 
His  Excellency  M.  de  Nageirs  Note  of  this  date,  this  moment  received, 
coyering  a  translated  Copy  also  of  the  Decree  issued  by  the  Pridce  of 
Orafage  in  Council,  respecting  the  abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade. 

I  should  hope  that  the  line  taken  by  the  Dutch  GoTemment  upon 
this  important  and  interesting  subject  will  proye  satisfactorily  to  coin- 
cide with  the  anxious  yiews  so  strongly  expressed  in  the  Orders  I  had 
receiyed,  and  with  the  wishes  of  the  British  Nation  in  Parliament 
assembled.  I  haye  the  honour  to  be,  &c« 

Viseouni  CasiUreagh,  K.  0,  CLANCARTY. 

(Enchiure  l.)—Le  taron  de  Nagell  au  Comie  Clancarty. 

La  Haye,  oe  17  Juin,  1814* 

Lb  Soussign^,  Secretaire  d'Etat  pour  les  Affaires  Etrang^res,  s'em- 

presse  de  donner  coniiaissance  k  Son  Excellence  Lord  Clancarty,  Am* 

bassadeur  Extraordinaire  et  Ministre  Plenipotentiaire  de  Sa  Majesty 

Britannique,  que  Son  Altesse  Royale  le  Prince  Sonverain^  ayant  pris 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT   BRITAIN   AND    NETHERLANDS.  889 

connaissance  de  la  Note  de  Son  Excellence  en  date  du  7  du  courant, 
teodante  A  faire  adopter  k  Son  Altesse  Royale  Jes  mesures  prohibitives 
poor  le  Commerce  des  Esclayes,  a  pris  avaut  hier  un  D^cret,  dont  i1  a 
Phonnear  de  joindre  ici  une  traduction,  par  lequel  en  conformile  des 
desirs  de  Son  Altesse  Royale  Monseigneur  le  Prince  Regent;  1.  La 
Traite  des  Ndgres  sur  la  C6te  d'Afrique  est  entidrement  defend u,  et 
2.  Son  Altesse  Royale  exprime  le  voeu  que  dans  la  Convention 
^ventaelle  poor  la  restitntion  des  Colonies  Hollandaises  il  y  ait  ua 
Article  d'insirer  qni  statue  la  prohibition  du  Commerce  des  Esdaves 
dans  ses  Colonies  4  perpetuite. 

Le  Soussign^  saisit,  &c. 
S.  E.  Lord  Cianearty.  A.  W.  C.  DE  NAGELL, 


{Sub'Enc!omre,)^DECREE  of  the  Sovereign  Prince  of  The  Nether- 
/ands,relatwe  to  the  Abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade. — The  Hague,  15/A 
June,  1814.  (Translation.) 

We,  William,  by  tbe  Grace  of  God,  Prince  of  Orange  Nassau, 
Sovereign  Prince  of  the  United  Netherlands,  &c.  &c.  &c.  I 

Having  heard  the  Report  of  our  Secretary  of  State  for  Foreign 
Affairs,  relative  to  the  contents  of  a  Note  received  by  him  from  the* 
Ambassador  of  Great  Britain,  bearing,  date  the  7th  instant,  and 
requesting  to  obtain  our  prompt  and  effectual  assistance  in  the 
measures  which  Great  Britain  has  already  adopted  for  herself,  and 
earnestly  recommended  to  other  European  Powers,  with  regard  to  the 
Slave  Trade ; 

And  being  desirous  to  embrace  every  opportunity  of  affording  to  ^ 
His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent  of  Great  Britain,  proofs  of  our 
amicable  sentiments,  and  of  our  readiness  to  contribute,  as  much  as 
posnble,  to  the  attainment  of  His  views ; 

Have  decreed  and  do  decree ; 

Art.  I.  Henceforward  no  Ships  or  Vessels  destined  to  convey 
Negroes  from  the  Coast  of  Africa,  or  from  any  Islands  belonging  to 
that  Quarter  of  the  Globe,  to  the  Continent  or  to  the  Islands  of 
America,  shall  be  cleared  out  or  expedited  from  any  of  the  harbours 
or  roads  within  the  Territory  of  the  United  Netherlands ;— the  Fhiancial 
Department  being  specially  ordered  to  take  such  precautions,  that  our 
intentions  in  this  respect  be  complied  with,  and  that  no  Ship  or  Vessel 
be  cleared  out,  which,  from  its  equipment  or  from  other  circumstances, 
may  lead  to  a  supposition  of  its  being  destined  to  the  aforesaid  purpose, 
or  of  being  in  any  way  connected  with  the  Slave  Trade. 

II.  It  shall  be  signified  to  the  General  Government  of  the  Coast 
of  Guinea,  that  in  none  of  the  Forts,  Offices,  or  Possessions  within 
the  limits  of  that  command,  any  Ships  or  Vessels  destined  or  equipped  • 
for  the  Slave  Trade  shall  be  admitted ;  and,  also  that  no  Inhabitanto 
of  that  Country,  or  any  other  Persons  in  the  vicinity  of  those  Ports  or 
Offices  shall  be  sold  or  expoited  as  Slaves ;  and  to  such  Ships  0£ . 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


890  GBEAT   BAITAIN   AND   FRANCE. 

Venels,  in  case  they  navigate  under  Foreifi^  Colonn,  notice  ahall  be 
given  of  the  existing  prohibition,  and  they  shall  forthwith  be  ordered 
to  put  back  to  aea ;  whilst  snch  Vesaels  belongiog  to  the  Inhabitants 
of  The  Netherlands  shall  be  seized,  and  a  report  thereof  made  to  the 
Commercial  and  Cofonial  Department 

III.  Copies  of  this  present  Decree  diall  be  sent  to  tlje  FinanciaJ, 
and  to  the  Commercial  and  Colonial  Department*  that  they  may 
respectively  attend  to  the  execution  of  the  same ;  and  also  to  our 
Secretary  of  State  for  Foreign  Affairs,  who  is  ordered  to  oommonicate 
the  contents  of  these  presents ; 

Ist.  To  the  Ambassador  of  Great  Britain,  in  answer  to  his  afore- 
said Note ;  adding  that,  at  tbe  eventaal  Negotiations  refatke  to  the 
restitution  of  the  Dutch  Colonies,  we  shall  not  be  averse  to  having 
inserted  in  the  Treaty,  such  an  Article  as  shall  continue  to  bind  the 
Government  of  this  State  to  the  perpetual  observance  of  the  aforesaid 
measures,  and  to  the  effectual  prohibition  of  the  Slave  Trade. 

2ndly.  To  the  Boards  of  Trade,  for  the  information  of  the  trading 
parts  of  the  Inhabitants. 

Given  at  The  Hague,  the  15th  June,  in  the  year  1814,  and  of  oar 
Reign  the  Ist.  WILLIAM. 

By  Order  of  His  Royal  Highpess, 

The  Secretary  General  of  Staie,        A.  R.  Falck. 


FRANCE. 


No.  S.^ADDITIONAL  ARTICLE  to  the  Defnitite  Treaty  ^ 
Peace  between  Great  Britain  and  France.*^Signed  at  Paris,  ike 
30th  May,  1814. 

Art.  I.  Sa  Majesty  Tr^s-Chre-  Art.  I.  His   Most    Christian 

tienne,    partageant   sans    reserve  Majesty,  concurring  without  pb- 

tous  les  sentimens  de  Sa  Majeste  serve   in  the  sentiments  of  His 

Britannique,   relativement    a   un  Britannic    Majesty,   with   respect 

genre  de  commerce,  que  repous-  to  a  description  of  traffic,  repug- 

sent  et  les  principes  de  la  justice  nant  to  the  principles  of  natural 

naturelle  et  leslumi^res  des  temps  justice  and  of  the  enlightened  age 

od  nous  vivonsy  s'engage  a  unir  in  which  we  live,  engages  to  unite 

an  futur  Congr^s  tons  ses  efforts  all  His  efforts  to   those  of  His 

iiceuxdeSa  Majesty Britannique,  Britannic   Majesty,   at   the    ap* 

pour  faire  prononcer  par  tontes  proaching  Congress,  to  induce  ail 

les  Puissances  de  la  Chr6tient6  the  Powers   of  Christendom    to 

Tabolition  de  la  Traite  des  Noire,  decree  the  abolition  of  the  Slave 

de  telle  sorte  que  la  dite  Traite  Trade,  so  that  the  said  Trade  shall 

cesse  univeraellement,  comme  elle  cease  universally,  as  it  shall  cease 

cessera   d66nitivement,    et   dans  definitively,   under   any  etrcum- 

tous  les  eas,  de  la  part  de  la  stances,  on  the  part  of  the  French 

Fiaoee,  dansundelaided^annees:  Government,  in  the  oouive  of  3 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT   BRITAIN   AND  FRANCE.  891 

et  qu'en  ootre»  pendant  la  duree  years;  and  that  during  the  said 
de  ce  delai  aucun  TrafBquant  period  no  Slave  Merchant  shall 
d'Esclaves  n'en  puisse  importer  import  or  sell  Slaves,  except  in 
ni  vendre  ailleors  que  dans  les  (he  Colonies  of  the  State  of  which 
Colonies  de  TEtat  dont  il  est  he  is  a  Subject* 
Sujet, 

(US.)    LE  PRINCE  DE  BE-     (L.S.)  CASTLEREAGH. 
NEVENT.  (L.S.)  ABERDEEN. 

(L.S.)  CATHCART. 
,     (L.S.)  CHARLES  STEWART, 
Lt.- General. 


No.  d.^Wiliiam  Hamilton,  Esq.  to  The  Duke  of  Wellington. 
My  Lord,  Foreign  Office,  4th  August,  1814. 

I  kM  directed  by  Viscount  Castlereagh  to  forward  to  your  Grace 
the  inclosed  Map  of  Africa,  containing  certain  Memoranda  illustrative 
of  the  state  of  the  Slave  Trade  as  abandoned  by  other  Powers,  and  as 
DOW  carried  on  by  the  Portuguese.  1  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c. 

The  Duke  of  Wellingtan,  K.  G.  W.  HAMILTON. 


No.  10. —  Viscount  Castlereagh  to  The  Duke  of  Wellington. 
Mt  Lord,  Foreign  Office,  6th  August,  1814. 

I  AM  to  signify  to  your  Grace  the  commands  of  the  Prince  Regent, 
that  you  do  take  the  earliest  opportunity,  after  your  arrival  at  Paris, 
to  call  the  attention  of  the  French  Government  to  the  important  ques- 
tion of  the  Slave  Trade. 

That  your  Grace  may  be  fully  possessed  of  the  present  state  of  the 
discussions  with  the  French  Government  on  this  point,  I  send  your 
Grace  a  variety  of  Documents  upon  the  Subject. 

It  having  been  my  duty  to  press  the  immediate  abolition  to  the 
ntmost,  in  repeated  Conferences  with  the  Prince  de  Benevent,  you  will 
find  the  topics  only  cursorily  alluded  to  in  the  Notes  and  Letters  which 
passed  between  that  Minister  and  myself.  This  Correspondence  will 
serve  however  to  prove  to  your  Grace,  that  the  British  Government 
has  every  reason  to  expect  the  cordial  co-operation  of  the  Goverament 
of  France,  in  gradually  circumscribing,  and,  at  the  latest,  at  the  end  of 
5  years,  absolutely  abolishing  this  offensive  Traffic. 

That  your  Grace  may  enter  upon  the  discussion  of  this  subject,  with 
the  weight  and  solemnity  with  which  the  Prince  Regent,  the  Parliament, 
and  the  British  Nation  regard  it,  you  will  solicit  a  particular  Audience 
from  His  Most  Christian  Majesty,  for  the  purpose  of  presenting  the  ac- 
companying Letter.  You  will  support  the  earnest  representations 
therein  contained,  with  such  arguments  and  facts  as  your  Grace's 
knowledge  of  the  public  feeling,  and  of  the  state  of  the  Trade,  may 
warrant  you  in  laying  before  His  Majesty ;  and  you  will  feel  yourself 
enabled  to  press  the  measure  with  the  more  earnestness,  from  tlie  sacri- 
fice made  in  negotiating  the  Peace,  by  the  British  Government,  to 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


892  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE. 

what  the  King  of  France  considered  Co  be  due  to  his  own  situatiob,  qo« 
der  the  extent  of  prejudice  amongst  bis  Subjecta  against  an  tramediate 
abolition. 

Upon  the  subject  of  immediate  abolition,  the  voice  of  the  Nation 
will  not  permit  me  to  omit  instructing  your  Grace  to  make  another 
effort.  Your  Grace  will  again  urge  all  the  arguments  resulting  from 
the  experience  of  this  Country,  in  respect  to  the  safety  of  the  measure 
of  abolition. 

You  may  represent,  that  it  will  be  easier  to  prevent  the  revival  than 
to  terminate  it  when  once  recommenced ;  and  above  all  you  will  suggest, 
that  as  one  of  the  strong  objections  brought  forward  by  the  Govern- 
ment of  France,  namely,  their  repugnance  to  have  a  stipulation  of  this 
nature  in  appearance  forced  upon  them,  is  now  wholly  at  an  end; 
France  having  made  its  Peace,  can,  at  the  present  moment,  with  the 
highest  character,  and  with  true  glory,  yield  that  to  a  principle  of  ha* 
manity,  which  she  would  not  concede  as  the  condition  of  Peace  and  of 
the  restoration  of  her  Colonies. 

Should  your  Grace  unfortunately  fail  in  this  attempt,  you  will  try  what 
can  be  effectuated  in  reduction  of  the  import  into  the  French  Coloniew. 
If  the  French  Government  can  be  prevailed  on  to  confine  the  import  of 
Slaves,  to  the  making  good  the  deficiencies  in  the  gangs  required  for 
the  existing  plantations,  much  would  be  gained.  This  might  be  regu- 
lated by  Licences,  to  the  exclusion  of  import  for  breaking  up  and  cul- 
tivating fresh  grounds. 

I  send  your  Grace  an  Order  in  Council  for  the  Registration  of 
Slaves  in  the  Island  of  Trinidad  :*  it  is  intended  without  delay,  to  ex- 
tend this  measure  to  the  Colonies  lately  ceded  by  France  to  Great 
Britain.  You  will  see  the  importance  of  some  regulation  of  this  nature, 
to  check  the  illicit  introduction  of  fresh  Slaves  into  the  French  Colo- 
nies, where  this  Traffic  may  either  be  prohibited  or  limited. 

But  tlie  measure  to  which,  in  failure  of  absolute  abolition,  I  am, 
above  all  others,  to  direct  your  attention,  is  the  preventing  the  revival 
of  the  Trade  on  the  Coast  of  Africa,  North  of  the  Line.  With  the  ex- 
ception of  some  very  slight  attempts  made  by  the  Portuguese  near 
Whiddaw,  on  the  Gold  Coast,  I  believe  I  am  warranted  in  stating,  that 
during  the  war,  the  whole  North-western  Coast  of  Africa  has  been  freed 
from  this  Traffic,  and  has  in  consequence  made  a  certain  progress  to- 
wards a  social  and  civilizing  system  of  commerce. 

Your  Grace  will  press  the  importance  of  an  early  Decree  on  tl^is 
subject  on  the  part  of  the  French  Government  If  the  Traffic  is  once 
suffered  to  revive  on  this  Coast,  even  for  the  shortest  time,  it  may  es- 
trange the  Natives  from  their  industrious  habits,  and  renew  their  taste 
for  those  crimes  which  the  Slave  Trade  generates.  The  nearer  you 
can  carry  the  point  of  demarkation  to  Cape  Lopez  the  better.  It 
must  not  be  further  to  the  Westward  than  Cape  Forreoso,  else  the  cur- 

•  Sec  F»ge  975. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN.  893 

i^nt  of  supply  from  the  ioterior  will  only  take  another  direction,  and 
vent  itself  between  Cape  Palmas  and  Cape  Formoso. 

To  guard  against  illicit  trading,  Vessels  found  with  Slaves  on  board, 
within  a  certain  distance  of  the  Coast,  to  the  Northward  of  the  Point 
named,  should  be  seizable.  Without  this  precaution  they  will  run 
down  the  Coast  from  Senegal  and  Goree,  and.  receive  the  Slaves  on 
board  by  Boats  from  the  Shore,  without  the  necessity  of  entering  a 
Port.  Such  a  regulation  is  in  fact  no  hardship,  as  the  course  to  the 
West  Indies,  for  Vessels  which  have  taken  Slaves  on  board  in  the  Ports 
to  the  Southward  of  the  Line,  is  large  to  the  Westward,  and  does  not 
require  them  to  recross  the  Line,  till  far  advanced  on  their  voyage. 

A  second  regulation,  highly  important  to  prevail  upon  France  to 
accede  to,  is  a  reciprocal  permission  to  our  respective  Cruizers,  within 
certain  latitudes,  to  visit  the  Merchant  Ships  of  the  other  Power,  and 
if  found  with  Slaves  on  board,  in  contravention  of  the  Law  of  their 
particular  State',  to  carry  or  send  them  In  for  adjudication.  To  soften 
the  exercise  of  this  power,  perhaps  it  might  be  expedient  to  require 
the  Sentence  of  Condemnation  to  be  passed  in  the  Courts  of  Admiralty 
of  the  Country  tu  which  the  Ship  detained  belongs;  the  proceeds  if 
condemned,  being  divided  between  the  Captors  and  the  State.  Some 
power  of  this  nature,  within  the  track  of  the  Slave  Trader,  is  of  the  iirst 
importance. 

Your  Grace  will  urge  the  French  Minister  to  take  a  decisive  mea. 
srue,  at  least  for  the  protection  of  the  North  Western  Coast,  before  he 
leaves  Paris  for  the  Congress.  The  season  for  Vessels  fitting  out  for 
this  Traffic  approaches.  It  is  besides  important  that  the  voice  of  His 
Most  Christian  Mtgesty  should  make  itself  publicly  heard  on  this 
question  without  loss  of  time.  Such  a  demonstration  of  sentiment  is 
of  great  moment,  as  well  to  give  weight  to  the  mediation  of  the  French 
Negotiator  at  Vienna,  as  to  create  a  public  sentiment  in  France,  upon 
a  subject  to  which  their  Sovereign  has  solemnly  vowed  his  unremitting 
protection. 

I  am,  &c. 
The  Duke  of  Wellington,  E.G.  CASTLEREAGH* 


(Enclosure  \.)^AD DRESS  of  the  House  of  Commons  to  The  Prince 
Regent  of  Great  Britain.^^Sd  May,  18U. 
Resolved.  Nemine  contradicente,  That  an  humble  Address  be  pre* 
sented  to  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent,  to  assure  His  Royal 
Highness,  that  this  House,  relying,  with  perfect  confidence,  on  the 
solemn  assurances  received  by  Parliament  in  1S06  and  1810,  that  His 
Majesty's  Government  would  employ  every  proper  means  to  obtain  a 
Convention  of  the  Powers  of  Europe  for  the  immediate  and  universal 
abolition  of  the  African  Slave  Trade,  beg  leave  humbly  and  earnestly 
t9  represent  to  His  Royal  Highness^  that  the  happy  and  glorious  events^ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


894  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

which  promise  the  general  pacificatiofi  of  Christendom,  the  preeest 
union  and  assembly  of  its  greatest  Sovereigns,  and  the  great  and 
generous  principles  which  they  prockiifli  as  the  rule  of  their  conduct, 
afford  a  most  auspicious  opportunity  for  interpoang  the  good  offices  of 
Great  Britain  to  accomplish  the  aboye  noble  purpose,  with  the  weight 
which  belongs  to  her  rank  among  Nations,  to  the  services  which  she 
has  rendered  to  European  Independence,  and  to  the  nnanimous  and 
zealous  concurrence  of  her  Parliament  and  People: 

That  we  feel  oorselves  authorised,  by  our  own  abolition  of  this 
Trade,  of  the  guilty  profits  of  which  we  enjoyed  the  laigest  share,  bj 
the  fellowship  of  civilisation,  of  religion,  and  even  of  common  hwaianity, 
to  implore  the  other  Members  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Europe,  to 
signalize  the  restoration  of  its  order  and  security,  by  the  prohilntion 
of  this  detestable  Commerce,  the  common  stain  of  the  Christian  nansc^  a 
system  of  crimes  by  which  the  civilized  professors  of  a  beneficent 
religion  spread  desolation  and  perpetwate  barbarism  aflsoag  heipleaa 
Savages,  whom  they  are  bound,  by  the  most  sacred  obligations  of 
doty,  to  protect,  to  instruct,  and  to  reclaim  : 

Humbly  to  represent  to  His  Royal  Highness,  tliat  the  high  rank 
which  this  Kingdom  holds  among  Maritime  and  Colonial  States^ 
imposes  a  very  serious  duty  upon  the  British  Government  at  this  ina* 
portant  juncture ;  and  that  unless  we  interpose,  with  effect,  to  procim 
a  general  abolition,  the  practical  result  of  the  restoration  of  Peace  will 
be  to  revive  a  traffic,  which  we  have  prohibited  as  a  crime»  to  open  the 
sea  to  swarms  of  piratical  Adventurers,  who  will  renew  and  extend,  oa 
the  shores  of  Africa,  the  scenes  of  carnage  and  rapine,  in  a  great 
measure  suspended  by  maritime  hostilities,  aud  the  peace  of  Christen- 
dom will  kindle  a  thousand  ferocious  Wars  among  wretched  Tribes, 
ignorant  of  our  quarrels  and  of  our  very  name : 

That  the  Nations  who  have  owed  the  security  of  their  navigation 
to  our  friendship,  and  whom  we  have  been  happy  enough  to  aid  in 
expelling  their  Oppressors,  aud  maintaining  their  independence,  cannot 
listen  without  respect  to  our  voice,  raised  in  the  cause  of  justice  and 
humanity ;  and  that  among  the  great  States,  till  of  late  our  enemiesi, 
maritime  hostility  has  in  fact  abolished  the  trade  for  20  years,  no 
interest  is  engaged  in  it,  and  the  legal  permission  to  carry  it  on  would 
practically  be  a  new  establishment  of  it,  after  the  full  developement  of 
its  horrors : 

That  we  humbly  trust,  that  in  the  moral  order  by  which  Divine 
Proyidence  administers  the  Government  of  the  World,  this  great  act 
of  atonement  to  Africa  may  contribute  to  consolidate  the  safety,  and 
prolong  the  tranquillity  of  Europe,  that  Nations  may  be  taogfat  a 
higher  respect  for  justice  and  humanity  by  the  example  of  their 
SoYereigns,  aud  that  a  Treaty,  sanctioned  by  such  a  disinterested  and 
sacred  Stipulation,  may  be  more  profoundly  reverenced,  and  more 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN*  895 

religiooaly  obseryed,  than  e?6D  the  most  equitable  compacts  for  the 
regolation  of  Power,  or  the  distribution  of  Territory. 

Ordered,  That  the  said  Address  be  presented  to  His  Royal  Highness 
the  Prince  Regent,  by  such  Members  of  this  House  as  are  of  His 
Majesty's  Most  Honourable  Privy  Couocil. 

Anstoer  of  The  Prince  Regent  to  the  said  Address. 

3rd  June,  1814. — Mr«  Bathurst  reported  to  the  House,  that  their 
Address  of  the  3rd  day  of  May  last,  respecting  the  abolition  of  the 
African  Slave  Trade,  had  been  presented  to  His  Royal  Highness  the 
Prince  Regent ;  and  that  His  Royal  Highness  was  pleased  to  receive 
the  same  very  graciously,  and  had  commanded  him  to  acquaint  the 
House,  that  it  would  be  the  earnest  endeavour  of  His  Royal  Highness 
to  accomplish  the  object  of  it. 


{Enclosure  ^.)-^ADDRESS of  the  House  of  Lords  to  The  Prince 
Regent  of  Great  Britatn.-^Sth  May,  1814. 
Wb  Your  Majesty's  most  dutiful  and  loyal  Subjects,  the  Lords 
Spiritual  and  Temporal  in  Parliament  assembled,  beg  leave  humbly 
to  represent  to  your  Royal  Highness,  that  we  have  seen  with  unspeak- 
able satisfaction  the  beneficial  and  happy  consequences  of  the  Law  by 
which  the  African  Slave  Trade  has  been,  throughout  all  H'ls  Majesty's 
Dominions,  for  ever  prohibited  and  abolished ;  and  that  we  rely  with 
the  fullest  confidence  on  the  gracious  assurances  which  both  His  Ma- 
jesty and  Your  Royal  Highness  have  condescended  to  give  to  us,  of 
your  endeavours  to  obtain  from  other  Powers,  that  co-operation  which 
is  still  necessary  for  the  completion  of  thisgreat  work.  It  well  became 
Great  Britain,  having  partaken  so  largely  in  the  guilt  of  this  inhuman 
and  unchristian  Traffic,  to  stand  forward  among  the  Nations  of  Europe, 
and  openly  to  proclaim  its  renunciation.  This  duty  we  have  dis- 
charged ;  but  our  obligations  do  not  cease  here  :  the  crimes  counte- 
nanced by  our  example,  and  the  calamities  created  or  extended  by 
our  misconduct,  continue  to  afflict  an  unoffending  People :  other  Eu- 
ropean Nations  still  carry  on  this  Commerce,  if  Commerce  it  can  be 
called,  in  the  lives  and  liberties  of  our  Fellow-creatures  r  By  their  in- 
tervention Its  clandestine  continuance  is  encouraged  and  facilitated  in 
our  own  Dependencies :  by  the  same  cause,  the  desolation  and  barba* 
rism  of  a  whole  Continent  are  prolonged,  and  unless  some  tio^iely  pre- 
yentfon  be  applied,  the  returning  tranquillity  of  Europe,  the  source  of 
joy  and  exultation  to  ourselves,  will  be  the  era  only  of  renewed  and 
aggravated  miseries  to  the  wretched  victims  of  an  unprincipled  and  re- 
lentless avarice.  With  all  humility,  therefore,  but  with  the  utmost 
earnestness,  we  supplicate  Your  Royal  Highness,  that  the  whole  weight 
and  Influence  of  the  British  Crown  may  be  exerted  in  the  approaching 
Negotiations  to  avert  this  dreadful  evil.    In  the  name  of  our  Country, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


896  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

aud  00  Uie  behalf  of  the  iDteresta  of  humaBity,  we  entreat' that  the  iii^ 
mediate  and  total  abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade,  may  be  solicited  from 
all  the  Sovereigns  of  Europe.  No  moment  we  think  was  ever  jet  m 
favorable  ibr  stipulating  a  joint  and  irrevocable  renunciation  of  these 
barbarous  practices,  and  for  promulgating  by  the  assembled  authnritjof 
the  whole  civilized  World,  a  solemn  Declaration,  that  to  cairy  away  into 
Slavery  the  Inhabitants  of  unoffending  Countries,  is  to  violate  the  ani- 
'versal  Law  of  Nations,  founded,  as  that  Law  must  ever  be,  on  the  im« 
mutable  prino.iples  of  Justice  and  Religion.  It  is  on  those  sacred  prin- 
ciples, the  safeguards  of  all  lawful  Government,  the  bulwarks  of  all 
National  Independence,  that  we  wish  our  proposal  to  be  rested :  on 
them  we  rely  for  its  success ;  recommended  as  it  will  be,  not  by  the 
exhortations  only,  but  by  the  example  of  Great  Britain,  and  addressed 
to  the  Rulers  of  those  States  which  have  themselves  so  signally  been 
rescued  by  Providence  from- danger  and  destruction,  from  internal  de- 
solation and  from  subjection  to  a  Foreign  Yoke.  On  all  it  must,  we 
think,  impress  itself  with  equal  force :  whether  they  be  ranked  among 
the  deliverers  or  the  delivered,  among  those  whom  a  merciless  oppres- 
sion had  already  overwhelmed,  or  among  those  whose  moderation  and 
justice  in  success,  have  added  lustre  even  to  the  firmness  of  their  re- 
sistance, and  to  the  glory  of  their  Victories.  No  worthier  thanks 
we  confidently  believe,  can  be  offered  to  Providence  for  past  fN^tec- 
tion,  on  no  better  grounds  can  future  blessings  be  solicited,  than  by  the 
recognition  and  discharge  of  the  great  duties  which  we  all  owe  alike 
to  the  rights,  the  liberty  and  the  happiness  of  our  Fellow-creatares. 

Which  Address  being  read  by  the  Clerk,  was  agreed  to  by  the 
House. 

Ordered,  That  the  said  Address  be  presented  to  His  Royal  High- 
ness the  Prince  Regent  by  the  Lords  with  White  Staves. 

Answer  qf  ihe  Prince  Regent  t<f  the  said  Address* 
9th  May,  1814. — The  Lord  Steward  reported, "  That  the  Ix>rdswilh 
White  Staves  had  (according  to  order)  presented  to  His  Royal  High- 
ness the  Prince  Regent,  the  Address  of  this  House  of  Thursday  last  j 
io  which  His  Royal  Highness  was  pleiised  to  return  the  following 
most  gracious  Answer. 
My  Lords, 

I  RECEIVE  this  Address  with  great  satisfaction,  and  you  may  be 
assured  that  I  shall  use  my  best  endeavour  to  accomplish  the  objecC 
of  it." 


{Enclosure  3.)^ADDRESS  of  the  House  of  Commons  to  7%e  Prince 
Regent  qf  Great  Briiain-^^^th  June,  1814. 
Resolved,  Nemine  contradicente.  That  an  humble  Addios   be 
presented  to  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent,  representing  to 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GR£AT  BRITAIN  ANb  FRANCE.  897 

His  Royal  Highness*  that  while  we  learo,  with  great  satisfaction,  the 
suecessflD]  exertions  of  His  Royal  Highness,  in  obtaining  the  consent 
of  the  Government  of  Sweden,  and  still  more  tliat  of  Holland,  to  an 
immediate  and  unqualified  abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade,  we  are  bound 
to  duty  to  express  the  deep  regret  of  this  House,  that  the  late 
unanimous  Address  of  this  House,  praying  His  Royal  Highness  to 
Interpose  his  good  offices  to  obtain  a  Convention  of  the  Powers  of 
Europe,  for  the  immediate  and  universal  abolition  of  the  African  Slave 
Trade,  to  which  Address  His  Royal  Highness  was  pleased  to  return  so 
ff^racious  an  Answer,  has  failed  to  produce  those  consequences  which 
this  House  and  the  Country  had  most  anxiously,  and  with  confideoce 
anticipated :  that  the  objects  to  the  attainment  of  which  that  Address 
was  directed,  do,  in  the  opinion  of  this  House,  so  deeply  affect  the 
best  interests  of  Europe,  and  the  happiness  and  civilization  of  Africa, 
as  to  render  it  our  imperious  duty  again  to  pi*e8s  them  on  the  attention 
of  His  Royal  Highness:  that  although  the  Government  of  France, 
whether  from  the  effect  of  partial  and  Colonial  Interests,  or  from  not 
being  sufficiently  aware  of  the  enormities  attendant  on  the  Slave  Trade, 
have  not  agreed  to  a  stipulation  for  the  immediate  abolition  of  it ;  yet 
that  the  consent  of  tliat  Government  to  abolish  the  Trade  in  5  years, 
and  to  unite  its  efforts  with  those  of  His  Britannic  Majesty,  at  Uie 
approaching  Congress,  to  induce  all  the  Powers  oi  Christendom  to 
decree  its  abolition,  so  that  it  shalj  cease  universally  at  that  time, 
together  with  the  disposition  the  French  Government  is  supposed  to 
have  manifested,  to  subject  their  own  Slave  Trade  to  some  restrictions 
during  the  intervening  period ;  above  all,  that  Guvemmeut's  distinct 
and  unequivocal  recognition  of  the  radical  injustice  of  the  Traffic  in 
Slaves,  induce  the  House  to  entertain  a  confident  hope,  that  further 
stipulations,  with  a  view  to  the  abolition  or  limitation  of  the  Slave  Trade, 
may  be  obtained  at  the  approaching  Congress:  that,  independently  of 
the  unspeakable  evils  to  Africa  which  must  arise  from  the  permission 
of  this  nefarious  traffic  on  the  most  extended  scale  for  a  further  term 
of  6  years,  and  of  the  increased  inducements  for  carrying  it  on  which 
will  then  exist,  it  is  obvious  that  new  and  formidable  obstacles  to 
the  execution  of  our  own  Laws  against  the  Slave  Trade  must  be 
created ;  that  occasions  of  differences  with  those  Powers  will  be  multi- 
plied ;  that  the  evils  and  miseries  produced  in  Africa,  from  the  multi- 
tudes of  Human  Beings  obtained  by  fraud  or  by  violence,  being  forcibly 
dragged  into  perpetual  Slavery  in  a  Foreign  Land,  must  be  most 
lamentable  and  extensive;  but  they  will  be  particularly  afflicting  iu 
those  Parts  with  which  His  Majesty's  Dominions  have  of  late  had  the 
greatest  intercourse,  because  the  restoration  of  the  French  Settlements 
and  their  Dependencies,  with  the  right  of  an  unrestrained  Slave  Trade, 
inust  subject  tliose  populous  and  extensive  Districts,  where,  by  the 
laudable  exertions  of  Great  Britain,  peaceful  industry,  and  social 
[1815—16]'  8M 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


898  GREAT  BRitAIN  AND  FRANCE. 

happiness  bA?e  been  in  seme  measure  prodaced,  to  a  reneiral  of  ihb 
miseries  inseparable  ft om  this  odious  Traffic :  the  Colony  of  Siena 
Leone,  also^  whence  European  knowledge,  ihe  blessings  of  order,  and 
the  arts  of  Peace,  have  begua  to  diffuse  themselves  through  the  neigh- 
bouring Country,  will  be  deprived  of  its  beneOcial  influence,  and  even 
be  exposed  to  imminent  danger  of  ruin:  That,  with  a  direct  view  to  the 
considerations  and  points  above  stated,  this  House  humbly,  bot  most 
earnestly,  implores  His  Royal  Highness  to  endeavour  to  obtain,  if  pos- 
nUe,  ffY>m  the  Government  of  France,  some  diminution  of  the  tenn 
permitted  to  the  Slave  Trade,  but  in  any  case,  its  restriction  at  least 
within  certain  limits,  and  its  toital  exclusion  from  the  Parts  of  Africa, 
where  the  exertions  o(  Great  Britain  have  already  succeeded  in  sup^ 
pressing  the  Trade,  that  the  inhabitants  of  those  regions  may  be  left 
in  the  enjoyment  of  that  exempiiou  from  its  ravages,  which  they  have  so 
recently  and  so  happily  obtained :  That  this  House  feels  most  deeply 
anxious  that  no  exertion  should  be  omitted  in  the  approaching  Con* 
gress  to  procure  a  final  and  universal  extinction  of  tlie  Slave  Trade, 
because  it  conceives  that  no  opportunity  can  ever  again  be  expected 
to  occur  so  favourable^  for  effacing  from  the  character  of  Europe  its 
most  opprobrious  stain,  or  for  delivering  the  unoffending  but  much 
•  injured  inhabitants  of  Africa  from  the  heaviest  of  all  possible  cala<- 
mities,  from  intestine  War^  excited  too  oflen  by  the  basest  avarice 
and  the  fiercest  passions  raging  without  intermission,  and  productive 
only  of  unmixed  evil,  and  of  invincible  and  interminable  barbarism, 
and  from  practices  which,  having  been  exposed  to  the  public  eye,  have 
induced  the  Legislature  to  class  Slave  Traders  among  the  vilest  of 
Criminals :  That,  to  produce  a  universal  condemnation  of  this  murder- 
ous system,  displayed  as  its  horrors  now  are  to  the  view  of  mankind, 
it  appears  to  be  only  necessary  to  appeal  to  those  feelings  which  most 
exist  in  every  mind  capable  of  reflection,  and  not  steeled  against  the 
claims  of  humanity  and  justice :  That,  as  this  system  insults  and  oat- 
rages  those  sacred  and  fundamental  principles  which  are  common  to 
every  sect  and  denomination  of  Christians,  it  cannot  be  doubted  that 
every  Christian  State  is  required  to  take  part  in  its  condemnation ; 
those  who  have  participated  in  its  guilt  being  bound  to  abandon  and 
to  reprobate  it ;  while  none  who  enjoy  the  privilege  of  innocence  aie 
thereby  either  deprived  of  the  right,  or  exempted  from  the  obligation, 
of  joining  in  the  sentence :  That  this  House,  therefore,  again  express- 
ing its  profound  regret  that  more  has  not  been  accomplished  in  this 
great  work,  and  convinced  that  by  the  endeavours  of  His  Royal  High- 
ness, exerted  with  renewed  energy^  much  may  still  be  effected  in  the 
appointed  Congress,  humbly,  but  most  urgently  intreats  His  Royal 
Highness,  that  the  most  strenuous  exertions  be  there  madoj  on  the  part 
of  this  Country,  to  obtain,  as  far  as  may  be  possible,  the  objectswhich 
have  been  specified,  and  that  all  proper  means  may  be  used  for  urging 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE.  899 

ou  the  assembled  Powers  the  duty,  the  expediency,  and  the  lasting 
glory  of  promulgating  to  all  the  World,  as  the  judgment  of  the  States 
of  Europe,  a  general  and  solemn  Engagement,  under  the  most  binding 
and  effectual  sanctions,  that  this  Traffic,  the  foul  and  formidable  enemy 
of  the  happiness  and  civilization  of.Africa,  will,  at  a  definite  and  fixed 
period,  certainly  not  more  distant  than  6  years,  he  abolished  utterly 
and  for  ever. 

Ordered,  That  the  said  Address  be  presented  to  His  Royal  High- 
ness the  Prince  Regent  by  such  Members  of  this  House  as  are  of  His 
Mije8ty*s  Most  Honourable  Privy  Council. 


Answer  of  the  Prince  Regent  to  the  said  Address. 

(llth  July,  1814.)  Lord  Viscount  Castlereagh  reported  to  the 
House,  that  their  Address  of  the  27th  day  of  June  last,  respecting  the 
African  Slave  Trade,  had  been  presented  to  His  Royal  Highness;  and 
that  His  Royal  Highness  had  been  pleased  to  receive  the  same  very 
graciously,  and  had  commanded  him  to  acquaint  this  House,  that  He 
would  not  omit  any  favourable  occasion  for  giving  effect  to  the  wishes 
of  the  House  in  this  important  subject. 


(Enclosure  A.y^ADDRESS  of  the  House  of  Lords  to  the  PHnce 
Regent  of  Great  Britain 30/A  June,  1814. 

Ordered,  iVmine  dwMtiiftm/e,  That  an  humble  Address  bepre- 
seBted  to  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent,  representing  to  His 
Royal  Highness,  that  while  we  have  learnt  with  great  satisfaction  the 
successful  exertions  of  His  Royal  Highness  in  obtaining  the  consent 
of  the  Government  of  Sweden,  and  still  more  that  of  Holland,  to  ai^ 
immediate  and  unqualified  abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade,  we  are  bound 
in  duty  to  express  the  deep  regret  which  this  House  has  felt,  that  the 
endeavours  which,  in  answer  to  the  humble  Address  of  this  House  of 
die  6th  of  May,  His  Royal  Highness  was  graciously  pleased  to  assure 
this  House  should  be  made  in  the  late  Negotiations  at  Pans,  for  pro- 
caring  the  immediate  and  total  abolition  of  the  African  Slave  Trade, 
have  failed  of  success ;  and  to  reiterate  to  His  Royal  Highness  our 
earnest  and  anxious  entreaties,  that  new  proposals  may  be  made  with- 
out delay  to  the  French  Government,  for  the  accomplishment  of  that  ini^ 
portent  object ;  and  that  at  the  approaching  Congress,  the  whole  weight 
and  influence  of  this  Court  may  be  employed  to  obtain,  with  the  general 
consent  of  the  great  Powers  of  Europe,  such  a  Declaration  as  may  ef- 
fectually and  finally  prosciibe  so  inhuman  a  Traffic  throughout  the 
civilized  World. 

Ordered^  That  the  ^aid  Address  be  presented  to  His  Royal  High- 
ness the  Prince  Regent,  by  the  Lords  with  White  Staves, 

3M2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


900  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCS. 

Answer  qf  the  Prince  Regent  to  the  said  Address, 

(4th  July,  1814.;  The  Lord  Steward  reported  that  the  Lords 
nith  White  Staves  had  (according  to  order)  waited  oo  His  Rojal 
Highness  the  Prince  Regent,  with  their  Lordships'  Address  of  Than- 
day  last ;  and  that  His  Royal  Highness  was  pleased  to  say,  he  would 
take  such  measures  as  might  appear  best  calculated  for  accomplishing 
the  objects  of  it. 


(Enclosure  ^.)—The  Prince  Regent  of  Great  Britain  to  the  King  of 

France, 

Carlton  House,  6th  August.  1814. 
Sir,  my  Biiother,  and  Cousin, 

Your  Majesty's  long  residence  in  this  Country  has  enabled  you  to 
appreciate  the  sentiments  of  the  British  Nation  on  the  subject  of  the 
Slave  Trade.  The  King's  Ambassador  at  Your  Majesty's  Coor^  will 
lay  before  Your  Majesty  the  successive  and  solemn  appeals  made  to 
Me  by  both  Houses  of  Parlisment,  and  the  assurances  I  have  given 
them  of  unremitting  endeavours  to  deliver  Africa  from  the  long  train  of 
suflTertngs  inseparable  from  this  inhuman  Traffic.  However  long  rooted 
in  the  system  of  the  World,  Your  Majesty's  benevolent  heart,  I  well 
know,  recoils  from  the  continuance  of  a  Trade^  which  checks  all  pros- 
peet  of  crvilisation  and  improvement  in  one  great  Continent  on  the 
Globe,  and  I  entreat  Your  Majesty  to  employ  your  powerful  endeayoun 
to  accelerate  the  moment  of  its  universal  extinction.  The  yoice  and 
example  of  Your  Majesty  will  in  itself  be  productive  of  the  most  de< 
cisive  and  happy  consequences  in  behalf  of  these  suffering  People. 

Anxious  in  all  matters  to  concert  My  measures  with  Your  Mi^estj, 
for  the-common  peace  and  happiness  of  mankind,  I  own  it  would  affoid 
Me  the  highest  of  all  possible  gratifications  were  We  enabled  together  • 
to  efface  this  painful  and  disgusting  stain,  not  only  from  the  practice 
of  our  Own,  but  of  all  the  other  States  with  whom  We  are  in  friendly 
relations. 

Entreating  Your  Majesty's  favourable  reception  of  the  repreaeota- 
ttons  which  the  Duke  of  Wellington  is  instructed  to  lay  before  You  on 
this,  to  Me,  and  to  the  Nation,  most  interesting  subject, 
I  am. 
My  good  Brother  and  Cousio, 
Your  Majesty's 

good  Brother  and  Cousia, 
To  my  good  Brother  and  Cousin, 

His  Most  Christian  Mqjesty.  .  Gborgb  P.  R* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT   BRITAIN    AKD    FRANCE.  901 

No.  \\.—  Viseauni  CasUereagh  to  ike  Duke  of  Weilingion. 
Mt  Lord,  Foreign  Office,  6ik  Aygtiet,  1814. 

As  we  must  be  prepared  for  a  reluctance  on  the  part  of  certain 
Powerg,  to  adopt  even  the  limited  measure  to  which  France  baa  given 
her  concurrence,— 1  mean  the  Abolition  at  the  end  of  6  years;  it  be- 
comes necessary  to  consider  how  the  interest  of  those  Powers  may  be 
made  to  operate  in  support  of  their  duties,  or  in  other  words,  how 
they  can  be  deprived  of  the  unjust  advantage  of  profiting  by  the 
sacrifices  and  forbearance  of  other  States,  which,  from  a  sense  of  moral 
duty,  forsake  this  species  of  Commerce. 

Nothing  seems  more  likely  to  have  this  effect  than  for  the  Powers, 
acting  in  concert  lor  effectuating  this  great  object,  to  prohibit  the  Im- 
portation into  their  respective  Dominions,  of  Colonial  Produce  grown 
within  tlie  Territories  of  Powers  refusing  to  enter  into  the  proposed 
concert. 

This  measore  will  leave  them  in  possession  of  their  own  market, 
whilst  it  takes  from  them  an  unjust  motive  for  augmenting  their  cuU 
tivatioD  in  counteraction  of  the  general  system. 

I  should  wish  your  Grace  to  sound  the  sentiments  of  the  Prince  of 
Benevent  upon  this  subject.  The  impression  here  is  very  strong  in 
favour  of  its  elBcacy  and  perfect  justice. 

I  am,  &c. 
Tke  Dmke  of  WelUngtm,  K.  G.  C  ASTLEREAGU. 


JVo.  12.— 7%e  Duke  of  Wellington  toVi$eount  Ccitlereagk. 
Mt  Lord,  Portf,  25/A  Auguet,  1814. 

Having  spoken  to  the  Prince  de  Benevent  on  the  subject  of  the 
8iave  Trade,  in  a  conversation  which  1  had  with  him  on  the  night  of  the 
25d  instant,  and  having  expressed  a  desire  that  His  Majesty  shouM 
give  me  a  private  audience,  in  order  that  I  might  deliver  to  His 
Majesty  a  Letter  from  tlie  Prince  Regent,  and  lay.  before  him  the 
Papers  entrusted  to  me  for  that  purpose,  and  make  those  representa- 
tions on  tliat  subject  which  your  Lordship  directed  me  to  m^ke,  1  was 
appointed  to  wait  upon  His  Miyesty  last  night. 

His  Majesty  received  me  with  his  usual  complacency,  and  having 
perused  the  Prince  Regent's  Letter  on  the  subject  of  the  Slave  Trade, 
he  expressed  his  determination  to  perform  the  stipulations  of  the 
Treaty,  and  all  that  he  had  promised  upon  that  subject. 

I  then  laid  before  His  Majesty  the  Addresses  of  both  Houses  of 
Parliament,  and  apprized  His  Majesty  of  tlie  earnestness  with  which 
the  Prince  Regent  and  his  Government,  the  Parliament  and  the 
Nation,  wished  that  His  Majesty  would  concur  in  immediately  abolish-^ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


002  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE. 

iDg  this  Traffic  by  his  Subjects,  and  would  co-operate  with  ihe  British 
Government  in  inducing  the  Powers  of  Europe  to  pat  an  end  to  it 
entirely^  and  I  urged  all  those  arguments  suggested  in  your  Lordship's 
Dispatch,  and  such  otliers  as  occurred  to  me. 

His  Majesty  said,  that  he  should  be  happy  to  be  able  to  do  any 
thing  to  gratify  the  Prince  Regent  and  the  British  Nation^  and  that  he 
would  undoubtedly  perform  his  engagements;  but  that  he  must  attend 
to  the  opinions  and  wishes  of  his  own  People :  that  the  opinions  in 
France  were  by  no  means  what  they  were  in  England  upon  this  sub- 
ject :  that  many  years  had  elapsed,  and  much  discussion  had  taken 
place»  and  great  pains  ha.d  been  taken  by  many  Individuals  and  by 
^Societies,  before  the  opinions  in  England  had  been  brought  to  that 
state  of  unanimity  upon  this  subject  in  which  they  were  at  present, 
and  it  could  not  be  expected  that  opinions  in  France  should  imme- 
diately agree  upon  it 

1  then  urged  His  Miyesty  to  adopt  measures  to  restrict  the  Trade 
as  much  as  possible,  as  directed  by  your  Lordship,  and  particularly  to 
prevent  its  revival  on  that  part  of  the  Coast  of  Africa,  on  which  it  baa 
been  put  an  end  to  during  Uie  War;  and  His  Majesty  said,  that  these 
were  points  of  detail  which  he  wished  that  I  should  bring  under  his 
consideration  in  the  official  form,  by  Note  to  his  Minister;  and  that  he 
was  perfectly  disposed  to  adopt  any  measure  which  he  could  adopt, 
consistently  with  the  due  attention  to  the  opinions  of  his  People ;  and 
to  co-operate  with  the  Prince  Regent  in  Congress,  as  well  as  elsewhere, 
to  restrict  the  Trade  as  much  as  possible,  and  finally  to  put  an  end  to 
it  at  the  period  specified. 

In  the  conversations  which  I  had  had  with  the  Prince  de  Benevent, 
both  pravious  to  and  since  my  seeing  the  King,  His  Highness  told  me 
there  would  be  no  objection  to  adopt  measures  to  prevent  the  revival 
of  the  Trade  in  those  Parts  in  which  it  had  been  put  a  stop  to  during 
the  War ;  and  he  said  last  night,  that  Orders  had  already  been  given  to 
.the  Minister  of  Marine  upon  the  subject,  which  he  promised  to  com- 
municate to  me. 

In  the  mean  time,  I  propose  to  present  a  Note,  in  which  I  shall  de- 

.  tail  all  the  measures  suggested  by  your  Lordship,  so  as  to  bring  them 

all  to  a  decision  before  the  Prince  de  Benevent  will  go  to  the  Congress. 

From  what  I  learn  here,  1  have  reason  to  believe  that  the  opinions 
in  the  Legislative  Body,  and  particularly  in  the  House  of  Peers,  are 
very  much  against  the  Abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade,  and  that  several 
Ships  are  now  fitting  out  in  Nantes  and  Bourdeaux,  with  the  aid  of 
British  Capital,  to  carry  on  the  Trade  on  the  Coast  of  Africa. 

J  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c, 
Vticount  Castkreagh.  K.G.  WELLINGTON. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE.  903 

No.  13.— TVic  Duke  of  Wellington  to  Viscount  Casthreagh. 
My  Lord,  Paris,  Ist  September ^XSX  A. 

I  HAVE  the  honour  of  inclosing  a  Copy  of  the  Note  which  I  sent  to 
the  French  Minister^  on  the  subject  of  the  Slave  Trade. 

I  have  not  yet  received  an  Answer  to  this  Note ;  but  the  Prince  de 
Benevent  told  me,  the  day  before  yesterday,  that  the  King  was  deter- 
mined to  restrain  the  Trade  of  his  Subjects  on  the  Coast  of  Africa 
North  of  the  Line;  and  Uiat  the  measures  which  i  had  proposed  were 
under  the  consideration  of  the  Marine  Department 

I  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c. 
Viscount  Castlereagh,  K.  G.  WELLINGTON. 


(Enclosur€.)^The  Duke  of  Wellington  to  the  Prince  de  Benevent . 

Paris,  26th  August,  1814. 

The  Undersigned,  Ambassador  Extraordinary  and  Plenipotentiary, 
has  been  lostructed  by  the  Ministers  of  His  Royal  Highness  The  Prince 
Regent,  to  draw  the  attention  of  His  Highness  The  Prince  de  Bene- 
vent, Minister  of  Foireign  Affairs,  to  the  existing  state  of  the  Slave 
Trade,  and  to  request  His  Highness  to  urge  His  Most  Christian  Ma- 
jesty to  take  some  steps  to  restrict  that  Commerce  by  his  Subjects, 
previous  to  the  Assembly  of  the  Congress  at  Vienna. 

His  Majesty  has  concurred  with  the  Prince  Regent,  in  declaring 
the  Slave  Trade  to  be  repugnant  to  the  principles  of  National  justice, 
and  of  the  enlightened  age  in  which  we  live ;  and  further,  that  it  shall 
cease  definitively,  on  the  part  of  France,  in  5  years. 

Adverting  to  the  Powers  in  Europe  by  whom  the  Traffic  in  Slaves  is 
;still  carried  on,  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  influence  of  His  Ma- 
jesty, as  well  as  that  of  the  Prince  Regent,  ou  this  question,  in  the 
approaching  Congress,  will  be  much  increased,  by  His  Majesty's 
adopting  some  practical  measures,  which  shall  limit  the  Commerce  by 
his  own  Subjects,  entirely  to  supplying  the  necessities  of  his  Colonies, 
the  existence  of  which  necessities  alone  justifies  its  continuance,  even 
for  a  day,  after  His  Majesty's  declaration  of  tlie  injustice  of  the  Trade. 

The  Undersigned  has  therefore  been  instructed  to  urge  the  Prince 
de  Benevent  to  the  adoption  of  the  following  measures* 

First, — To  prevent  altogether  the  Trade  in  Slaves  on  the  Coast  of 
Africa,  between  Cape  Blanco  and  Cape  Formoso. 

Since  the  abolition  Law,  passed  in  England  in  the  year  1807,  and 
more  particularly  since  the  French  Colonies  of  Senegal  and  Goree 
fell  by  the  events  of  the  War,  into  the  hands  of  the  British  Govern- 
ment, and  the  Commercial  Treaty  witli  Portugal,  the  Trade  in  Slaves 
on  the  Coast  of  Africa,  between  the  Points  above  stated,  has  been  vir- 
tually annihilated  ;  and  has  been  supplanted  by  a  legitimate  com* 
raerce  with  the  Natives  in  the  productions  of  the  Country.  Great  pains 
have  been  taken,  and  some  progress  has  been  made,  in  educating  and 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


904  CREAT  BRITAIN  Al^O  TRANCE. 

eiviiixing  (be  Natives ;  and  it  would  be  qa)te  incoBMHtent  witb  His  Ma« 
jestj's  declaration  in  the  Treaty  of  Peace,  and  with  the  benevolent  in^ 
tentions  which  His  Majesty  has  manifested  upon  every  other  occasion* 
if  the  evils  and  vices  attendant  npon  the  Slave  Trade  were  again  to  be 
introduced  into  this  partly  reclaimed  portion  of  the  continent  of  Africa. 

The  Undersigned  likewise  begs  the  Prince  de  Benevent  to  observe, 
that  under  the  Treaty  of  Friendship  and  Alliance  between  Great  Bri- 
tain and  Portugal,  the  latter  Power  is  restrained  from  Trading  in 
Slaves  on  any  part  of  the  Coast  of  Africa,  only  when  otiier  Powers  re- 
frain from  Trading  to  the  same  ;*  and  it  would  be  a  total  dereliction 
of  the  principle  on  which  His  Majesty  acts,  if  He  were  to  open  the 
Trade  to  his  Subjects  on  a  part  of  the  Coast  on  which  it  has  for  some 
years  entirely  ceased,  and  thus  were  besides  to  open  it  to  the  unre- 
strained Commerce  of  the  Portuguese. 

This  measure  is  also  a  consequence  of  the  Prince  de  Benevent^ 
Note  to  Lord  Castlereagh  of  the  27th  of  May  last,  inasmuch  as  to 
admit  it  would  renew  all  the  horrors  of  the  Slave  Trade,  on  points  in 
which  they  have  virtually  ceased  for  some  years ;  and  as  the  great 
supply  of  Slaves  has  always  been  drawn  from  tlie  Coast,  South  of  the 
Equator,  the  inconvenience  to  the  Traders  cannot  be  of  very  great  im- 
portance. 

In  order  to  avoid  illicit  Trading  on  this  part  of  the  Coast,  it  would 
be  desirable,  that  all  Vessels  should  be  liable  to  be  seized,  if  foond  with 
Slaves  on  board  at  a  certain  liUstance  from  the  Coast  to  the  North  of 
Cape  Formoso.  Such  a  regulation  will  not  be  attended  by  any  hard- 
ship  to  the  Traders  for  Slaves,  on  the  Coast,  South  of  the  Line,  as  the 
course  of  their  Vessels  to  the  West  Indies,  or  the  Coast  of  America,  is 
large  to  the  Westward ;  and  does  not  require  them  to  recross  the  Line, 
till  far  advanced  upon  their  voyage. 

Secondly,  That  the  Ships  of  War  of  botli  Nations  should,  within 
the  Northern  Tropick,  and  as  far  to  the  Westward  as  longitude  25 
from  Greenwich^  have  the  permission  to  visit  the  Merchant  Ships  of 
both,  and  to  carry  or  send  in  for  adjudication,  those  found  with  Slaves 
on  board,  in  contravention  of  the  Law  of  the  State  to  which  they  should 
belong.  It  would  be  expedient  to  arrange,  that  the  adjudicadou  should 
take  place  in  the  Couru  of  Admiralty  of  the  Country  to  which  the 
Vessels  seized  should  belong,  and  that  the  proceeds,  if  the  Vessel 

•  Treaty  between  Great  Britain  and  PortMgal.—Rio  Janeiro,  \9tk  Feirmaryn 
1810.  Art.  X.— (Extract)— Hi«  Royal  Highness  The  Prince  lUgent  of  Poitiigal 
engages,  that  his  Subjects  shaU  not  be  permitted  to  cany  on  the  Slave  Trade  on  any 
imrt  of  the  Ckmst  of  Africa,  not  actuaUy  belonging  to  His  Royal  Highness's  Domini 
in  which  that  Trade  baa  been  disoontiniied  and  abandoned  by  the  Powers  and 
States  of  Europe,  which  formerly  traded  there ;  reaernng,  howerer,  to  hia  own  Sub- 
jects the  right  rf  purchasing  and  trading  in  SUvea,  within  the  African  Dominions  of 
the  Crown  of  Portugal.  (Annulled  by  Article  III  of  Treaty  betweeu  Great  Britain 
iuid  Portugal. — Vienna,  22d  January,  1815.) 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE.  905 

should  be  condemned,  should  be  divided  between  Uie  Captors  and  the 
State. 

Thirdfy,  The  Undersigned,  would  hkewise  beg  leave  to  suggest  to 
His  Highness,  the  adoption  of  some  measures  to  restrict  the  importation 
of  Slaves  into  the  Colonies,  to  the  numbers  strictly  necessary  for  the 
cultivation  of  the  existing  plantations. 

This  measure  may  be  effected  by  Licences ;  and  the  Undersigned 
begs  His  Highness  to  observe,  that  it  is  inconsistent  with  the  principles 
which  His  Majesty  has  declared  in  His  Treaty «  to  allow  of  the  im- 
portation into  His  Colonies  of  more  Slaves  than  are  strictly  necessary 
for  their  cultivation  ;  and  that  to  limit  the  Trade  at  the  present  mo- 
ment, to  what  is  absolutely  necessary  for  cultivation,  will  enable  His 
Majesty  to  put  a  definitive  stop  to  it  at  the  end  of  5  years,  with 
more  ease,  and  less  loss  and  inconvenience  to  His  Subjects  than  they 
would  feel  if  they  were  now  to  extend  their  Trade  in  Slaves  to  the 
whole  number  ibat  they  could  procure  on  the  Coast  of  Africa. 

These  are  the  measures  which  the  Undersigned  has  received  the 
directions  of  his  Court,  to  submit  to  the  consideration  of  the  Prince  de 
Benevent,  as  those  which,  at  the  same  time  tliat  they  will  give  His 
Most  Christian  Majesty's  Subjects  the  advantages  they  are  supposed 
to  require  for  the  cultivation  of  the  Colonies,  will  direct  the  course  of 
their  Trade  in  the  manner  least  hurtful  to  the  interests  of  humanity, 
will  limit  it  to  the  supply  of  their  necessities,  and  will  prgve  to  the 
world  His  Majesty's  desire  to  co-operate  with  the  Prince  Regent  in 
putting  an  end  to  this  condemned  Traffic  ;  and  will  give  to  His  Ma- 
jesty's interference  great  weight  upon  this  question  in  the  approaching 
Congress. 

In  the  hope  that  they  will  meet  His  Majesty's  approbation,  the 
Undersigned  has  the  honour,  &c. 
H.  H.  The  Prince  de  Beneveni.  WELLINGTON. 


No.  14.^^  Viscount  Castlereagh  to  Earl  Bat  hurst. 
(Extract.)  (ieneva,  9rd September^  1814. 

I  SHALL  not  enter  in  this  Dispatch  into  the  details  of  my  discussion 
at  Paris  on  the  abolition  of  tlie  Slave  Trade,  which  your  Lordship  may 
be  assured  1  urged  with  every  possible  earnestness,  as  the  Duke  of  Wel- 
lington has  written  fully  on  this  subject,  the  prosecution  of  which  cannot 
rest  in  better  hands.  I  shall  only  observe,  (hat  I  opened  to  the  Prince  of 
Benevent  the  idea  of  a  concurrent  system  for  repressing  illicit  Slave 
Trade ;  and  a  League  against  the  import  of  Colonial  produce  grown  by 
States,  dissentient  from  the  general  policy  ;  to  neither  of  which  mea* 
sures  he  expressed  any  objection;  but  as  this  was  tlie  first  time  his 
mind  had  been  drawn  to  either  subject,  I  do  not  consider  this  as  con- 
clusive, as  to  the  official  reception  they  may  meet  with  from  him  here* 
after. 
garl  Bathurst,  E.G.  CASTLEREAGH. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


906  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE. 

No.  15.— 7Atf  Duke  qf  WeUingUm  to  Viscount  Casllereagi. 

My  Lord,  ParU,  4th  September,  1814. 

I  HATE  the  honour  of  inclosing  a  Letter  from  Hb  Most  Christian 

Majesty  to  the  Prince  Regent  on  the  subject  of  the  Slave  Trade,  with 

a  Copy  of  it,  which  I  received  last  night  from  the  Prince  de  Beoevcut* 

I  have  the  honoori  &c. 
Viseouni  Castlereagh,  K.G.  WELLINGTON. 

XEnclosure.)    The  King  of  France  to  the  Prince  Regent  of  Great  Britain, 
Monsieur  Mon  Frere,  Paris,ce  2  Septembre,  1814. 

Le  Due  de  Wellington  m'a  remis  la  Lettre  par  laquelle  vous  m'en- 
gagez  &  joindre  Mes  efforts  aux  Votres  pour  h&ter  le  moment  de  labo- 
lition  totale  de  la  Traite  des  N^gres.  J'ai  pris  aussi  counaissance  des 
differentes  Pieces  qui  se  rapportent  an  m^me  objet,  et  qu'il  etait  chargi 
de  Me  communiquer.  Vous  rendez  justice  aux  sentimens  de  Mon 
coeur,  en  Me  croyant  dispose  d  adopter  toutes  les  mesures  propres  4 
assurer  le  repos  et  le  bonheur  de  TespSce  humaine^  et  en  particulier  k 
concourir  i  Textinction  d'un  commerce  qui  la  fl^trit;  et  c'est  surtout 
lorsqu*i]  sagit  deMe  concerter  avec  vous  pour  atteindre  un  but  aussi 
salutaire,  que  Vous  Me  trouverez  toujours  empresse  deVous  seconder. 
Assure  comme  Vous  I'Stes  d^ja,  que  d  accord  avec  Vous  sur  le  prin- 
cipe,  Je  n'ai  du  mettre  un  delai  h  Tabolition  finale  et  absolue  de  la 
Traite  des  Noirs,  en  ce  qui  concerne  la  France,  que  pour  prevenir  Teffet 
de  cette  mesure  comme  subite,  Vous  pouvez  I'etre  encore  que  pendant 
ce  delai  m^me  la  Traite  n  aura  lieu  que  sous  des  restrictions  gra- 
duelles:  que  soit  dans  Nos  Colonies,  soit  dans  cette  partie  de  la  Cole 
d*Afrique  oi\  I'on  est  dejd  parvenu  k  y  sobstituer  un  commerce  dune 
autre  etmeilleure  nature,  je  porterai  Mes  soins  d  la  decourager;  etque 
les  moyens  dont  je  M'occupe  pour  parvenir  d  la  fin  que  Nous  Nous 
proposons,  Vous  en  offriront  sous  peii  la  preuve  la  plus  convaincante. 
Enfin  regardant  comme  celui  de  lliumanite  entibre,  ['honorable  interet 
que  Vous  et  Votre  Nation  prenez  k  Taccomplissement  de  cette  noble 
entreprise,  Je  me  trouverais  heureux  de  pouvoir  dans  cette  occasion 
Vous  donner  un  nouveau  t^moignage  de  Tinalterable  amitie  et  de  la 
parfaite  estime  avec  lesquelles  Je  suis. 

Monsieur,  Mon  Fr^re^  Votre  bon  Fr^re, 
A  Monsieur,  Mon  Frire,  le  Prince  Regent  d'Angieterre.  LOUIS. 


No.  16.— The  Duke  qf  Wellington  to  Viscount  Castlereagh. 
My  Lord,  Paris,  29th  September,  1814 . 

I  have  the  hononr  to  inclose  the  Copy  of  a  Note  which  I  sent  to  M. 
Le  Comte  de  Jaucourt  on  the  26th  instant,  requesting  an  Answer  to 
my  Note  of  the  26th  August^  regarding  the  Slave  Trade ;  and  the  Copy 
of  the  Answer  from  that  Minister.  I  have,  &c. 

Viscount  Castlereagh,  KG.  WELLINGTON. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BBITAIN  AND  FIUNCS.  907 

(Enclosure  I.) — The  Duke  of  Wellington  to  the  Comte  de  Jaucouri, 
StR,  Parig,  ^6th  September,  1814. 

I  BEG  leave  to  remind  your  Excellency  that  a  month  has  now 
elapsed,  since  I  sent  to  Prince  Talleyrand  a  Note  on  the  subject  of 
the  Trade  in  Slaves  on  the  Coast  of  Africa. 

This  Note  proposed  certain  arrangements  for  His  Most  Christian 
Majesty's  consideration,  which  I  have  understood  had  generally  met 
with  His  approbation;  but  it  is  very  desirable  that  I  should  be 
enabled  to  announce  it  officially  to  my  Court,  and  I  shall  be  much 
<»bliged  to  you  if  yon  will  let  me  have  an  Answer  to  the  Note  of  the 
26th  of  August. 

I  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c. 
H.  E.  The  Comte  de  Jaucourt.  WELLINGTON. 


(  Enclosure  2,) — £e  Comte  de  Jaucourt  au  Due  de  Wellington, 
My  Lord,  Paris,  21  Septembre,  1814. 

J'ai  regu  la  Lettre  que  Votre  Excellence  m'a  fait  llionneur  de 
madresser  en  date  d'hier,  pour  rappeler  la  Note  relative  k  la 
Tratte  des  N^gres,  qu'elte  avoit  passe  le  26  Ao6t  k  M.  le  Prince  de 
Talleyrand. 

Avant  de  r^pondre  officiellement  d  Votre  Excellence,  M.  le  Prince 
de  Talleyrand  avoit  cr(i  devoir  demander  au  Ministre  de  la  Marine 
quelques  renseignemens  sur  les  moyens  d*executer  les  mesures  qu*elle 
proposoit  dans  cette  Note,  et  que  le  Roi  sest  montre  dispose  &  adopter. 

Ces  renseignemens  n'ont  point  encore  et^  donnes  par  le  D^parte- 
ment  de  la  Marine. 

Je  viens  de  les  demander  de  nouveau  ;  et  d^squ'ils  me  seront  par- 
venus, j'aurai  soin  d'adresser  d  Votre  Excellence,  hi  Reponse  qu*elle 
m'a  fait  Thonneur  de  me  demander. 

J  ai,  &c. 
S.  E.  Le  Due  de  Wellington.  J  AUCO  U  RT. 


No.  17.— 7%^  Duke  of  Wellington  to  Viscount  Castlereagh. 
(Extract^  Paris,  4th  October,  1814. 

In  pursuance  of  the  Prince  Regent's  Commands,  to  ofier  to  the 
French  Government  the  cession  either  of  a  sum  of  money  or  an  Island 
in  the  West  Indies,  in  order  to  obtain  from  them  the  immediate 
Abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade,  I  took  the  earliest  opportunity  of  speak, 
ing  to  Monsieur  de  Talleyrand  on  the  subject,  on  the  night  of  the  12th 
ultimo.  I  told  him  that  the  idea  of  making  this  offer  had  originated 
in  a  notion  which  prevailed  generally,  that  the  French  Government 
were  disposed  to  abolish  the  Trade  entirely,  if  some  concession  were 
made  to  obtain  that  object.    Monsieur  de  Talleyrand  replied,  that  no 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


908  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE. 

such  disposition  existed ;  that  both  the  King  and  he  had  esplakied 
themselves  fully  to  your  Lordship  and  to  uie  on  the  snbfect.  That 
the  King  was  determined  to  perform  His  engagements ;  and  in  the 
mean  time  to  restrict  the  trade  of  His  Subjects  as  far  as  was  poaable, 
on  those  parts  of  the  coast  of  Africa  which  we  had  pointed  out,  and  to 
co-operate  with  the  British  Government  by  every  means  In  His  power, 
at  Congress  and  elsewhere,  to  put  an  end  to  the  Trade  altogether. 

Finding  in  the  course  of  the  conversation  that  no  disposition  ex- 
isted  to  abolish  the  Trade  immediately,  on  any  ground,  I  did  not  think 
it  necessary,  or  proper,  to  describe  what  concession  the  Britidi  Govcni- 
ment  were  disposed  to  make,  any  further  than  as  one  to  compensale 
the  Persons  interested  in  carrying  on  the  Slave  Trade,  for  the  k 
they  might  be  supposed  to  incur  by  the  immediate  abolition. 

I  reported  this  conversation  to  Lord  Liverpool,  who  has  ezp 
to  me  a  desire  that  the  offer  of  a  cession  to  the  French  Government 
should  be  recorded  in  a  more  formal  manner,  either  at  Paris  or  at 
Vienna,  as  might  appear  most  expedient  to  your  Lordship* 

It  appears  to  me  most  expedient  that  it  should  be  done  at  Vienna, 
Monsieur  de  Talleyrand  being  there,  in  whose  conversations  in  society 
at  Paris  the  idea  is  supposed  to  have  originated.  I  had  spoken  to  hiaa 
alone  on  the  subject,  and  1  was  not  quite  certain  that  he  had  reported 
to  the  King  the  offer  which  I  had  made  of  a  cession  to  obtain  the 
immediate  abolition.  I  was  certain  that  the  King  would  neither  ac- 
cept nor  refuse  the  offer,  without  referring  to  His  Minister  at  Vienna; 
and  I  conceived  that  time  would  be  saved,  and  other  advantages  would 
be  gained,  by  leaving  the  matter  to  be  settled  by  your  Lordship  with 
Monsieur  de  Talleyrand. 

I  therefore  mentioned  on  the  29th  to  M.  de  Jaucoort,  what  bad 
passed  betneen  M.  de  Talleyrand  and  me  on  the  night  of  tlie  12th 
September,  and  explained  the  reasons  for  wishing  that  the  offer  and 
the  answer  to  it  should  be  recorded;  and  in  order  to  save  time, 
begged  him  to  prevail  upon  the  King  to  send  Orders  to  M.  de  Talley* 
rand  either  to  decline  or  accept  the  offer,  as  His  Majesty  might 
think  proper. 

In  the  course  of  this  conversation.  Monsieur  de  Jaucourt,  who  was 
decidedly  of  opinion  that  the  business  ought  to  be  settled  at  Viemia, 
stated,  that  he  thought  that  the  offer  of  a  sum  of  money  to  obtain  this, 
or  any  other  political  object,  ought  not  to  be  taken  Into  consideration ; 
and  that  the  cession  of  a  West  India  Island  would  not  be  considered, 
by  those  interested  in  carrying  on  the  Slave  Trade,  as  a  compensation  for 
tlie  loss  they  would  sustain  by  its  Immediate  abolition;  and  that  they 
would  contend  that  the  State  would  gain  nothing  by  the  cession,  as  the 
continuance  of  the  Trade  would  bring  as  much  new  land  into  cultivation 
and  produce  in  the  old  Colonics,  as  would  be  acquired  in  the  newly 
ceded  Colony.    M.  de  Jaucourt  promised  me  to  report  to  His  Majesty 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIK  AND  FRANCE.  909 

wUat  1  bad  stated,  and  to  make  me  acquainted  with  the  reaolt;  but  I 
have  not  been  able  to  see  him  till  this  day. 

Having  called  apon  him  this  day,  he  told  me  that  he  had  mentioned 
to  the  King  what  1  had  desired  him,  and  that  His  Majesty  had 
directed  him  to  report  it  to  Monsiear  de  Talleyrand^  and  to  leave  it  to 
Monsieur  de  Talleyrand  to  come  to  an  agreement  with  your  Lordship ; 
informing  Monsieur  de  Talleyrand  at  the  same  time,  that  His  Majesty's 
sentiments  and  intentions,  as  last  communicated  to  him,  were  not 
altoped.  I  asked  Monsieur  de  Jaucourt  whetlier  I  was  to  understand 
that  His  Majesty  accepted  or  declined  the  offer  which  had  been  made ; 
and  he  said  that  he  knew  no  more  than  he  had  told  me,  and  1  must 
Ibrm  my  own  opinion  from  what  I  knew  of  His  Migesty's  sentiments  ; 
that  he,  Monsieur  de  Jaucourt,  was  not  acquainted  with  the  Instruc- 
lions  which  the  King  had  given  Monsieur  de  Talleyrand,  and  that  he 
was  only  directed  to  refer  to  those  Instructions,  and  to  report  the 
conversation  with  me. 
Vhoount  CoitUreagh,  K.  G.  WELLINGTON. 

No.  18.^-7A«  Duke  qf  WeUwgtm  to  Vueount  Casilereagh. 

(Extract)  Paris,  lOlh  October,  1814. 

In  further  pursuance  of  the  Instructions  1  have  received,  to  make 
a  fresh  effort  to  induce  the  King  to  adopt  the  measures  immediately, 
to  prevent  the  Trade  in  Slaves  on  the  North  Coast  of  the  Continent  of 
AUrica,  suggested  in  the  Note  which  I  gave  to  Monsieur  de  Talleyrand, 
on  the  26th  of  August,  I  immediately  waited  upon  M.  de  Blacas,  and 
requested  him  to  lay  that  Report  before  the  King,  and  to  point  out  to 
His  Majesty  the  evil  consequences  which  must  result  from  any  further 
delay  in  the  adoption  of  the  measures  to  prevent  the  traffic  in  Slaves 
on  that  Coast,  the  principle  of  which  had  been  already  agreed  to,  and 
their  early  execution  promised. 

M.  de  Blacas  promised  me  to  lay  the  Paper  before  the  King,  and 
to  inform  His  Majesty  what  1  had  said. 

I  could  not  see  M.  de  Jaucourt  till  this  day,  and  I  urged  him  in  the 
most  earnest  manner  to  let  me  have  a  decided  Answer  upon  this  subject, 
I  am  sorry  to  have  to  report,  however,  that  the  matter  rests  exactly 
where  it  did,  in  the  Department  of  the  Marine,  and  that,  although  M. 
de  Jaucourt  promised  me  that  he  would  make  every  exertion  in  hia 
power  to  obtain  a  Report  from  that  Department,  it  is  impossible  for  me 
to  feel  sanguine  that  I  shall  have  the  decision  of  Government  aa  soon 
as  I  wish. 

Your  Lordship  may  rely  upon  it,  that  I  will  not  lose  any  opportu* 
nity  which  may  offer  of  urging  the  King's  Ministers  to  bring  the 
business  to  a  conclusion. 
Viseauni  dutlereagk,  K.  G.  WELUNGTON. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


910  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE. 

No.  W.-^Tke  Duhc  ef  fVelluigiim  io  ViMmnU  Ca$ikreagk. 
My  Lord,  Paris,  13/A  October,  1814. 

I  WAITED  upoD  M.  de  Jaucoujt  yesterday,  to  iiMjiure  what  ste|>a  had 
been  taken  since  I  bad  last  seen  him,  in  order  to  restrict  the  Trade  in 
Slaves  on  the  North  Coast  of  Africa ;  and  he  commttnicated  to  oie  a 
Letter  which  he  had  written  to  the  Marine  Department,  to  point  oot  the 
Engagements  into  which  the  King  and  Monsieur  de  Talleyrand  had 
entered  on  that  subject,  and  to  urge  the  eariy  adoption  of  measures  to 
carry  them  into  execution* 

Your  Lordship  may  depend  upon  it  that  I  will  not  fail  to  call  the 
attention  of  the  Government  to  this  subject,  and  to  urge  every  arga- 
ment  to  Induce  them  to  perform  what  has  been  promised. 

I  have  the  honour  to  be,  kc. 
Viscount  Castlereagk,  E.G.  W  E  LLIN  GTON . 


No.  20.— TAe  Duke  of  Wellington  to  ViscoutU  CastUreagh. 
(Extract.)  ~Pam,20/AOe?/oAer,  1814. 

I  HAVB  as  yet  received,  no  Answer  regarding  the  restriction  of  the 
Slave  Trade,  on  the  North  Coast  of  Africa,  notwithstanding  that  I  have 
twice  urged  Monsieur  de  Jaucourt  on  the  subject  since  he  shewed  me 
the  Copy  of  his  Letter  to  Monsieur  Ferrand. 

Your  Lordship   will  observe    in  the  Publications  of  the  day,  the 
degree  to  which  the  public  mind  is  agitated  upon  this  subject     It  has 
been  discussed  with  a  considerable  degree  of  violence,  and  prejudice 
against  the  British  Government,  iu  the  Chamber  of  Deputies. 
Viscount  Castlerea^h,  K.G.  WELLINGTON. 

No.  2\.-^The  Duke  of  Wellington  to  Viscount  Castlereagh. 
(Extract.)  Paris,  3rd  November,  1814. 

I  HATE  the  honour  of  inclosing  the  Copy  of  a  Letter  and  its  In- 
closures  from  Monsieur  le  Comte  de  Jaucourt;  in  the  latter  of  whidi 
you  will  find  the  Orders  given  by  the  Minister  of  Marine,  for  confining 
the  French  Slave  Trade  to  the  Coast  of  Africa,  to  the  Southward  of 
Cape  Formoso. 

Your  Lordship  will  observe  that  much  remains  to  be  done  to  se- 
cure that  the  Orders  which  have  been  given  shall  be  strictly  carried 
into  execution  ;  and  to  provide  for  the  condemnation  of  Slave  Vessels 
taken  in  the  act  of  disobeying  these  Orden^  and  for  the  care  of  the 
captured  Slaves;  and  I  will  immediately  enter  upon  discussions  witl| 
the  French  Government  on  the  subject. 
Viscoum  Casllertagh,  E.  G.  W E  LLINGTON. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE;  91 1 

{EnehsMte.) — Le  Camte  de  Jaueourt  au  Due  de  Wdimgiok, 
My  Lord,  Paris,  le  2  Novemhre,  1814. 

J'ai  eu  I'boDDeur  de  pr^venir  Votre  Excellence  qne  je  demandais 
au  Ministre  de  Im  Marine  lea  renseignemena  sur  les  meaurea  qu'il 
avoit  prisea  pour  remplir  lea  intentions  du  Roi  relativementd  laTraite. 

li  vient  de  m'adreaaer  TExtrait  de  la  Correapondance  qu'il  a  en  Toc- 
caaion  d'entretenir  d  ce  anjet,  et  dana  laquellese  tronvent  conaignea  lea 
principea  du  Gouvernement,  et  lea  Ordrea  qa^l  donne  en  consequence. 

J'ai  I'honneur  de  transmettre  cet  Extrait  d  Votre  Excellence;  elle 
J  trottvera  aana  doute  la  preuve  de  la  franchise  de  noa  intentions  sur 
ce  qui  tient  d  i'execution  des  Clausea  couTcnues. 

J'ai  rhonneur,  &c. 
&  E.  U  Due  de  WelHngtm^ JAUCOURT. 

(Suh  Enclosure  L} — Le  Ministre  de  la  Marine  d  M.  Genevois,  Armam 

teur  a  Nantes, 

Paris,  le  22  Septemhre,  1814. 
Charge,  Monsieur,  du  Minist^re  de  la  Marine,  par  interim,  durant 
la  maladie  de  M.  de  Malouet,  et  depuis  sa  mort,  je  me  suis  occupe  des 
affaires  de  ce  Ministfere  qui  exigeoient  une  expedition  jouriiali^re. 
Tout  ce  qui  concemoit  le  depart  des  Bdtimens  pour  les  Colonies  Orien- 
tales  et  Occidentales  dont  la  France  reprend  possession,  a  particnli^re- 
ment  attire  mon  attention,  et  je  n  ai  p6  en  donner  beaucoup  &  ce  qui 
a  rapport  d  la  Cdte  d'Afrique ;  je  ne  puis  done  vous  dire  encore  ce 
qui  sera  re^le  relativement  aux  pointes  de  cette  cote  ou  la  Traite  des 
N^gres  pourra  se  faire,  mais  je  sals  que  Tintention  de  ^8a  Majeste  est^ 
quMIe  ait  lieu  plutdt  au-dessous  du  Cap  Formose  qu*  au-dessus,  et 
particuli^rement  &  la  C6te  de  Guin^e,  et  d  celle  d*Angole. 
M.  Genevois.  LE  COMTE  FEKRAND. 


(Sub  Enclosure  2,)^Le  Ministre   de  la  Marine  aux  PrSfets  MarU 

times, 
(Circulaire.)  Paris,  le  8  Octohre,  1814. 

Il  ma  et^  adress^  plusieurs  demandes  en  autorisation  d*armemens 
pour  la  Traite  des  Noirs.  Le  Roi  ne  m'a  point  encore  fait  connaitre 
Sea  intentions  definitives  d  ce  sujet.  Sa  Majesty  m'a  seulement  mani- 
feste  le  d6sir  que  ces  sortes  d'expeditions  ne  se  porta&sent  pas  en  de9a 
du  sud  du  Cap  Formose.  En  consequence,  vous  voudrez  bien  vous 
bomer  quant  d  present  d  permettre  dds  qu'ils  seront  prets  ^  prendre  la 
mer,  le  depart  des  Navires  qui  sentient  destiu^  d  aller  traiter,  que  sur 
lea  pointea  de  la  Cdte  d'Afrique  qui  se  trouveot  au  sud  du  Cap 
dont  il  s'agit.  Je  vous  prie  aussi  de  donner  avis  aux  Armateurs  d6 
votre  Arrondissement,  des  dispositions  que  je  viens  de  vous  notifier. 

Recevez,  &c. 
M.  M.  les  Prefets  Maritimes  et  LE  COMTE  FERRAND. 

Commissaires, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


912  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE. 

(Sub  Enclosure  3J— £e  Minislre  de  ia  Marweaux  PrefeU  Maritmet. 
(Circulaire.)  Paris,  U  19  Ociabre.  1814. 

Ma  Circulaire  du  8  de  ce  mois  vous  chargeoit  de  faire  coDnaitre 
aux  Armateurs  de  votre  Arrondiaaementj  qu*ils  poovaieDt  d^  ce  mo- 
ment  expedier  leure  navires  pour  la  Traite  dea  Noirsy  pourva  qaVa 
confonnitd  dea  inteDtions  du  Roi,  ils  n'  exersaaseot  ce  commerce  que 
aar  lea  pointea  de  la  c6te  d'Afrique,  aitueea  an  Sud  du  Cap  Formoer. 

Cette  partie  du  Continent  preaente  assez  de  reasourcea  pour  leor 
laiaaer  la  faculty  de  pourvoir  aux  besoina  indiapenaabiea  de  noa  €olo- 
niea»  eu  m^me  terns  quelle  offre  un  debouche  pour  le  produit  de  noa 
manufactures. 

Enfin  la  disposition  rappelee  plus  haut  ne  nuira  point  d  la  Traite 
de  la  Gomme  et  du  Morfil  du  S6n^al,  puisque  dans  les  habitadea  de 
commerce,  ces  dernt^res  operations  sont  toujours  distxnctes  de  cellea 
qui  ont  pour  b6t  la  Traite  des  Noirs. 

Quant  k  celle-ci>  le  Roi,  comme  je  voua  I'ai  annonc^  vent  qo'elles 
aoient  restreintes  dans  les  limites  indiquees ;  et  comme  il  importe  de 
ne  point  fournir  loccasion  du  plus  leger  doute  sur  Tenti^re  et  fiddle 
execution  des  intentions  de  Sa  Majeste  a  cet  ^gard,  les  Capitaines  de 
nos  b&timens  devront  soigneusement  eviter»  4  leur  retour  de  la  Traite 
du  Sud  du  Cap  Formose,  de  se  tenir  plus  rapproches  de  la  portion  da 
Continent  d'Afriqne,  au  Nord  du  dit  Cap,  que  ne  le  rendra  n^easaire, 
d*apr^  leur  point  de  depart,  leur  route  dtrecte  vers  noa  Colonies 
d*Amerique. 

Je  vous  recommande  de  ne  laisser  partir  aucun  bitiment  Pranks 
pour  la  Traite,  sans  lui  donner,  i  titre  d*instruction  obligatoire,  une 
Copie  de  la  presente  Circulaire,  dont  vous  voudrez  bien  m  accuser 
reception. 

Le  Ministre  et  Secretaire  d'Etat  de  la  Maiine,  par  interim. 
il/.  ilf.  Les  Prefeis  Maniimes  FERRAND. 

et  Adminisiraieurs  des  Paris. 


(Sub  Enclosure  4,  j — Le  Ministre  de  la  Marine  aux  Armateurs  et 
Marms  du  Havre. 

Paris,  le  19  Octobre,  1814. 

J'ai  re$u,  et  mis  sous  les  yeux  du  Roi,  Messieurs,  votre  Adrease 
eu  date  du  8  de  ce  mois,  relative  ii  la  Traite  dea  Nbgrea* 

L'intention  de  Sa  Majest^  est ;  que  la  Traite  n*ait  lieu  que  vers  les 
parties  de  la  cdte  d'Afrique  sitn^es  au  Sud  du  Cap  Formose. 

Cette  partie  du  Continent  presente.  Messieurs,  assez  de  reasources 
pour  vous  laisser  la  facult^  de  pourvoir  aux  besoins  indispens'ibles  de 
nos  Colonies,  et  offre,  en  m6me  terns,  un  moyen  de  debouche  pour  nos 
manufactures. 

La  disposition  que  je  vous  annonce  ne  nuira  point  k  la  Traite  de  la 
Gomme  et  du  Morfil  du  Senegal,  puisque,  dans  les  habitudes  du  com- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


G«EAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE.  913 

merce,  ces  op^ratioos  sont  toujours  distinctes  de  ceiles  qui  ont  pour 
bat  la  Traite  des  Noirs.  Le  depart  de  TExpedLtion  du  Roi  pour  le 
Senegal  reglera  celui  des  B&timens  particuHers  qui  auroteut  la  mSme 
destinatioD,  mais  rien  ne  s'oppose  a  ce  que  vous  vous  livriez  d^a-i- 
pr^sent  d  la  Traite  des  Esclaves,  pourvu  qu'elle  se  fasse  dans  les 
limites  prescrites,  c'est-d  dire,  au  Sud  du  Cap  Formose. 

Agreez,  &c. 
Les  Armateurs  et  Marms  LE  OOMTE  FERRAND. 

de  la  Viile  du  Havre. 


I^o.72.^The  Duke  of  Wellington  to  Viscount   Castlereagh. 
Mt  Lord,  Paris,  6th  November,  1814. 

Having  had  an  opportunity  of  talking  with  the  Minister  of  Marine 
last  night,  regarding  the  measures  to  be  adopted  to  carry  into  execu* 
ttou  the  King's  Orders  for  preventing  the  Slave  Trade  on  tlie  North 
West  Coast  of  Africa,  I  discovered  that  that  proj>osed  in  my  Note  of 
the  26th  of  August,  addressed  to  the  Prince  de  Benevent,  viz.  "  the 
reciprocal  search,  by  Ships  of  War  of  both  Nations,  of  Vessels  trading 
on  the  Coast,*'  was  so  disagreeable  to  the  Government,  and  I  had 
seen  in  different  Publications,  that  it  was  likely  to  be  so  much  so  to 
the  Nation,  that  there  was  no  chance  of  succeeding  in  getting  it 
adopted,  and  therefore  I  prepared  the  Memorandum,  of  which  I  inclose 
a  Copy,  to  be  submitted  to  the  Minister,  at  a  meeting  which  1  was 
to  have  with  him  this  day. 

1  found  there  the  Comte  de  Jaucourt,  MiOnsieur  Reinhard, 
Monsieur  Ferrand,  and  the  Director  of  Marine;  and  upon  reading 
this  Memorandum,  but  few,  if  any  objections,  were  made  to  what  I 
proposed. 

^Their  principal  objection  was  to  Article  IV.  They  contended 
that,  if  they  had  confined  their  prohibition  to  the  Coast,  North  of  Cape 
Pal  mas,  there  would  have  been  no  objection  to  consider  as  illegal 
Traders,  Vessels,  with  Slaves  found  on  board,  at  a  certain  distance 
from  the  prohibited  Coast;  but  the  Vessels  might  be  forced  by 
weather  from  the  Coast  South  of  Cape  Formoso,  to  the  Coast  between 
Cape  Formoso  and  Cape  Pal  mas,  and,  tliat  the  detention  of  those 
Vessels,  even  to  have  their  Cases  considered  by  a  Court  of  Admiralty, 
would  be  highly  iiyurious  to  the  Owners,  and  might  be  so  to  the 
interests  of  humanity. 

I  explained,  that  my  Memorandum  contained  only  a  general  pro- 
posal for  Regulations,^  which  they  were  to  draw  out  in  detail ;  and  as 
they  consented  to  discuss  them  with  me  afterwards,  I  would  then  point 
out  what  objections  I  conceived  existed  to  the  details  they  should  pro- 
pose ;  bearing  always  in  mind  the  King's  intention  to  prevent  the 
Trade  in  Slaves,  on  the  Coast  as  far  South  as  Cape  Formoso,  and  the 
necessity  of  providing  for  putting  these  intentions  into  execution. 
[l815-^16.]  3  N 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


914  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE. 

They  also  stated  some  objections  to  Article  VI.  They  said  that 
the  King  had  neither  the  Establishments^  nor  the  facilities,  nor  the 
means,  at  His  Settlements,  that  we  had  at  Sierra  Leone ;  and  they 
begged  for  information  on  this  proposition.  I  shall  be  obliged  to 
your  Lordship,  if  you  will  let  me  have  as  much  detailed  information  as 
can  be  given  regarding  Sierra  Leone. 

It  might  also  be  deserving  of  consideration,  whether  some  of  the 
means  of  the  African  Society  might  not  be  directed  with  advantage 
to  the  formation  of  Establishments,  for  the  benefit  of  the  Negroes  in 
the  French  Settlements,  of  the  same  description  with  those  at  Sierra 
Leone. 

Any  information  upon  Sierra  Leone,  or  any  extension  to  the 
French  Settlements,  of  the  advantages  which  the  Negroes  enjoy  there, 
from  the  Funds  of  the  African  Society,  would  tend  more  than  any 
thing  else,  to  prove  to  the  People  of  this  Country,  that  those  of  ours 
have  taken  up  this  subject,  from  motives  of  humanity  only. 

I  beg  to  have  your  Lordship^s  opinion  at  an  early  period,  regard- 
ing what  I  have  proposed  to  the  Minister  of  Marine,  and  such  detailed 
Instructions,  on  the  different  points  proposed,  as  your  Lordship  may 
think  it  proper  to  give  me. 

I  have,  &c. 
Viscount  Castiereagh,  JST.  G.  WELLINGTON; 


{Enclosure,)-— Memoire  du  Due  He  Wellington,  pour  Son  Exceiience 
Monsieur  le  Ministre  de  la  Marine. 

Ce  6  Navembre,  1814. 

Sa  Majeste  ay  ant  determine,  par  ses  Ordresdans  le  Departement  de 
la  Marine,  que  la  Traite  des  N^gres  ne  se  feroit  pas  sur  la  C6te 
d'Afrique,  au  Nord  du  Cap  Pormose,  il  reste  &  adopter  lea  meaures 
pour  assurer  Texecution  de  ses  vues  bienfaisantes. 

Lea  mesures  ci-apr^s  sont  soamis  k  Monsieur  le  Ministre  de  la 
Marine : 

1.  D'instniire  les  Gouvemenrs  des  Etablissemens  Francis  sur 
la  C6te  d'Afrique  ci-deasus  nomm^e,  des  intentions  de  Sa  Majesty,  et 
les  ordonner  de  veiller  d  leur  execution. 

S.  Envoyer  un  ou  plus  de  Bitimens  de  Guerre  sur  la  C6te,  afin  d*y 
veiller  par  mer. 

a  Ordonner  que  tout  Vaisseau,&c.  qui  seroit  pris  faisant  la  Trai  e 
de  N^gres  dans  les  parages  prohib^,  seroit  condamn6  avec  sa  car- 
gaison  comme  bonne  prise  au  Vaisseaude  Sa  Majeste,  ou  aux  Troupes, 
ou  d  PAutorit6  qu*il  auroient  pris. 

4.  Ordonner  que  tout  Vaisseau  pris  dana  les  parages  od  la  Traita 
seroit  prohibee,  ayant  4  bord  des  Esclaves  woit  consid^re  comme  ayant 
fait  la  Traite  des  Nfegres  dans  ces  paragfes,  ct  soit  condamne  avec  sa 
cargaison  comme  prise. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GHEAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE.  915 

5.  Etablir  dans  la  Colonie  de  Senegal,  on  d  Gor6e.  uoe  Cour  de 
Prises  pour  prendre  connaissance  des  infractions  des  Ordres  de  Sa 
Majeste  sur  ce  sujet. 

6.  Fixer  les  moyens  d'etablir,  et  de  faire  vivre  les  Nfegres  qui 
seroient  pris  dans  les  Vaisseaux  dans  les  parages  od  la  Traite  des 
N^gres  est  prohibee,  k  I'instar  de  rEtablissement  Anglois  k  Sierra 
Leone. 

WELLINGTON 

No.  23.—  The  Duke  of  Wellington  to  Viscount  Castlereagk. 
Mt  Lord,  Paris,  93rd  January,  1815. 

I  moLOSB  a  Copy  of  the  Regulations  by  which  the  French  Govera- 
inent  propose  to  carry  into  execution  their  prohibition  of  the  Slave 
Trade  on  the  North  West  Coast  of  Africa. 

After  receiving  this  Paper,  I  had  a  Meeting  with  the  Minister  »f 
Marine  and  the  Minister  for  Foreign  Afikirs,  in  which  I  pointed  out  to 
them  the  difference  between  what  was  contained  in  the  inclosed  Rigli- 
menf,  and  what  was  proposed  in  the  Paper  transmitted  to  your  Lord- 
ship in  ray  Dispatch  of  the  3d  November;  and  I  stated  that  what  was 
now  proposed  to  be  done  did  not  perform  the  King's  engagement, 
nor  carry  into  execution  his  intentions,  as  stated  in  the  different  Notet, 
Letters,  and  Conversations,  which  had  passed  between  His  Majesty 
or  HisMinistersy  and  yoar  Lordship  or  myself. 

After  a  long  discussion,  in  which  the  Minister  of  Marine  offered 
to  extend  tbe  prohibitive  system  as  far  as  Cape  Three  Points,  and  I 
contended  that  it  should  be  carried  as  6rst  proposed  to  Cape  Formosa, 
as  the  only  mode  of  preventing  the  revival  of  the  horrors  of  the  Slave 
Trade,  in  Countries  in  which  they  had  been  effectually  pnt  an  end  to 
by  Great  Britain  during  the  War,  it  was  agreed  that  1  should  propose 
such  alterations  of  the  RSgiement  as  would  make  it  suit  the  views  of 
my  Government,  and  that  we  should  have  another  Meeting  to  take 
those  alterations  into  consideration,  and  that  in  the  mean  time  th^ 
prohibitive  system  riiould  be  continued,  as  contained  in  the  Papers 
inclosed  to  your  Lordship  on  the  3d  November. 

I  accordingly  gave  to  M.  de  Jancourt  the  Memoranda  of  which 
the  inclosed  are  Copies. 

I  have  since  had  no  Meeting  upon  the  subject ;  but  I  have  had  2 
or  3  Conversations  upon  it  with  M.  de*  Jaucourt  and  M.  de  Beugnot, 
the  Minister  of  Marine,  in  each  of  which  I  observed  an  iacreashig  dis-^ 
pontionin  the  French  Government  to  act  more  entirely  in  our  views  of 
this  subject,  and  of  the  Colonial  policy  connected  with  it 

I  attribute  this  change,  in  a  great  degree,  to  their  increasing 
knowledge  of  the  state  of  St.  Domingo. 

It  is  evident,  however,  that  nothing  will  be  brought  forward  on  the 
subject  till  M*  de  Talleyrand  returns ;  and  as  tlie  Prohibitive  System 

3  N2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


916  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE. 

Still  exists  along  the  Coast-  to  Cape  Formoso,  I  have  thought  it  best 
bot  to  press  them  farther  at  present  upon  the  Reglemcnt, 

M.  de  Beugnot,  the  Minister  of  Marine,  has,  by  the  King's  com- 
mands, publickly  disclaimed  M.  Lavaysse.  I  believe  this  Person  was 
sent  to  Jamaica  to  ascertain  the  state  of  St  Domingo,  but  he  could 
not  have  been  authorized  to  write  the  Letters  which  have  been 
published  as  his. 

I  have,  &c. 
Viscount  Castlereagh,  K.  G.  WELLINGTON. 


{Enclosure  1 .) — Le  Minis tre  de  la  Marine  au  Due  de  WeWnglem. 
Monsieur  le  Due,  Paris,  le  3  Decembre,  1814. 

VoTRE  Excellence  m'ayant  temoign^dans  la  Conference  que  nous 
avons  eu  relativement  a  la  Traite  des  N^gres,  le  desir  de  connoitre  les 
mesures  adoptees  par  le  Gouvernement  Fran9oi8,  en  consequence  de 
la  declaration  du  Roi  du  27  Mai  dernier,  j'ai  I'honneur  de  tous  ea- 
voyer  en  communication  le  Projet  de  R^glement  que  j  ai  I'intention  de 
soumettre  d  I'approbation  de  Sa  Majeste.  Ce  Reglement  est  (quant 
i  la  mesure  dans  laquelle  la  Traite  des  Noirs  sera  dorenavant  permis, 
d  ses  limites  et  aux  restrictions  qui  lui  sout  impoeees)  parfaitement 
conforme  aux  bases  adoptees  dans  notre  Conference;  et  Votre  Excel- 
lence reconnoitra  j'esp^re,  pai*  les  precautions  prises  pour  faire 
ex^cuter  ponctuellement  les  Ordres  du  Roi  et  obyier  d  la  fraude,  que 
le  Gouvernement  Francois  remplit  avec  fidelity  et  dans  toute  son 
etendue,  Tengagement  pris  de  decourager  la  Traite  des  N^^res  dans 
certains  parages. 

Agr^ez,  Monsieur,  &c. 
S.  £.  le  Due  de  Wellington.  FERRAND. 


(Sub  Enclasure.)^'Reglement  sur  la  Traite  des  Negres. 

Le  Ministre  et  Secretaire  d'Etat  ay  ant  le  Departement  de  la  Ma- 
rine et  des  Colonies. 

Considerant,  que  le  Roi,  dans  des  vues  dliumanite,  et  d'un  com- 
mun  accord  avec  plusieurs  Puissances  de  rEuro|)e»  s'est  propose  de 
mettre  bient6t  un  terme  i  la  Traite  des  N^gres ; 

Que  Sa  Majesty,  qui  a  dejd  manifest^  la  volonte  de  restreindre 
cette  Traite  dans  les  limites  que  les  circonstanccs  semblent  Lui  avoir 
assignees,  a  reconnu  toutefois  qu'elle  etait  necessaire  pendant  quelqae 
tems  encore  d  des  Etablissemens  importans  pour  leur  M^tropole,  afin  de 
preparer  successivement  un  nouvel  ordrede  choses  et  de  rendre  moins 
sensibles  les  sacrifices  qu'il  doit  entrainer ; 

Que  la  continuation  temporaire  de  la  Traite  est  utile  dans  Tinter^t 
m^me  de  la  classe  d'hommes  acluellement  employes  aux  cultures  de 
DOS  Colonies  ; 

Que  les  Su jets  du  Rpi  contrarieraient  les  intentions  formellement 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE.  917 

cxprimees  par  Sa  Majesty,  s  ils  renouvellaient  la  Traite  sur  des  points 
de  la  C6te  d'Afrique,  ou  elle  a  effectivement  cesse  d*^lre  faite  depuis 
plusieurs  aun^es,  oii  des  etablissemens  ont  ete  fondes  dans  le  dessein 
de  civiliser  les  habitans  de  ces  Conlrees,  et  de  remplacer  le  Trafic  des 
Esclaves  par  le  commerce  des  productions  du  Pays ; 

Cousid^rant  que  Sa  Majeste  a  ordonne  que  la  Traite  des  N^gres 
cesserait  des  a  present  dans  la  partie  de  TAfrique  silu^e  au  Nord  du 
Cap  des  Palmes; 

Arrete. 

Art,  I.  Les  Capitaines  et  Amateurs  des  B4timens  destines  d  la 
Traite  des  Nfegres  continueront  k  s'abstenir  de  faire  ce  Commerce  sur 
la  partie  des  C6les  d*Afrique  sitnee  entre  le  Cap  Blanc  et  le  Cap  des 
Palmes. 

II.  Le  mSme  Commerce  est  iiiterdit  k  tout  Individu  faisant  partie 
des  Etablissemens  Fran^ais  4  la  Cote  d'Afrique;  et  si  des  Negres 
ayoient  ^fe  achetes  par  quelques  uns  de  ces  Iudividus«  le  Commandant 
du  Senegal  s'en  emparera,  et  il  fera  pour  ces  Ndgres  ce  qui  sera  fait 
pour  cenx  trouv^s  sur  des  Navires  particuliers,  en  contravention  au 
present  Regiement. 

III.  Les  Navires  destines  a  la  Traite  des  Negres  pourront,  en  se 
rendant  aux  lieux  01^  elle  estpermise^  ranger  les  Cotes  d'Afrique  depuis 
le  Cap  Blanc  jusqu'au  Cap  des  Palmes,  sur  lesquelles  ce  commerce 
est  prohibe,  mais  d  leur  retour  ils  devront  s'en  eloigner;  ainsi  tout  Na- 
vire  qui  sera  trouve  d  moins  de  40  lieues  au  large  des  C6tes  situees  entre 
le  Cap  Blanc  et  le  Cap  des  Palmes,  ayaut  des  Negres  d  bord  qui  ne  se- 
roient  pas  portes  sur  le  r6Ie  dequipage,  sera  considere  comme  ayaut 
fait  la  Traite  dans  ces  parages ;  en  consequence  il  sera  saisi  et  conduit 
au  Senegal. 

IV.  Les  ev^nemens  de  la  mer,  tel  qu'un  terns  force,  qui  obllgerait 
un  Navire  cbarg^  des  Negres  d  se  rapprocber  malgre  lui  des  C6tes  od 
la  Traite  est  prohibee.seront  constates  d  bord  par  un  Proces- verbal  qui 
sera  sigue  du  Capitaine,  des  Officiers  et  du  Premier  Maitre.  II  sera 
egalement  dresse  un  Proems- verbal,  dans  le  cas  oi!i  une  voie  d  eau  ou 
tout  autre  accident  qui  empecherait  un  Navire  de  continuer  sa  route 
Tobligerait  d  venir  sur  ces  m^mes  Cotes,  soit  pour  sauver  son  Equipage, 
soit  pour  y  faire  les  reparations  dont  il  aurait  besoin  pour  se  rendre  d 
aa  destination.  Si  J  avarie  justifie  la  necessite  d'etre  venu  dans  uu 
parage  prohibe,  Fes  Commandans  des  Bdtimens  de  Sa  Majesty  sont  au- 
torises  d  reldcber  ce  Navire;  ils  I'aideront  de  tout -leur  pouvoir  afin 
qu*ii  puisse  s'en  ecarter  sous  le  plus  bref  d^lai. 

Les  dits  Commandans  seront  tenus  d'adresser  au  Ministre  de  la  Ma- 
rine et  des  Colonies  un  Rapport  detaille  sur  les  circonstances  de  force 
majeure  qui  auraient  contraint  le  Navire  d  se  dinger  sur  la  Cote  pro^ 
hib^e ;  ils  joindront  d  leur  Rapport  une  Copie  de  toutes  les  Pieces  justn 
iicatives. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


918  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE. 

•V.  Toat  Armateor  et  Capitaine  qui  fera  la  Traite  dans  les  parties  de 
la  C6te  od  elle  est  aotorisee,  sera  tena,  au  moment  o^  il  qoitteia  la 
Cote  pour  se  rendre  dans  les  Colonies  Fran9aises  de  i'Ameriqiie,  de 
dresser  un  Prodis-verbal  constatant  le  nombre,  le  sexe,  et  Page  des 
Noirs  qu*il  aura  k  bord,  et  les  parages  dans  lesquels  la  dite  Traite  aani 
^t^  (aite.  Ce  Proc^s-verbal  sera  signe  par  les  Capitaines,  Snbrecargues 
et  Premiere  Makres. 

VI.  Deux  Bitimens  de  Sa  Majeste  croiseront  snr  les  cotea  d'Afrique 
afin  d'assnrer  Texecution  des  Ordres  du  Roi. 

y  II.  Tons  les  Navires  qui  seront  rencontres  par  les  B&tim«is  de  Sa 
Majesty,  faisant  la  Traite  des  Nfegreg  dans  les  limites  defendues»  seront 
arr^teset  conduita  au  Senegal. 

Les  Commandans  de  ces  B4timena  procdderont  &  I'^ard  de  ces 
Navires suivant  les  r^lemens  usit^s  en  terns  de  guerre 4  legard  des 
prises  maritimes. 

Yin.  I^es  N^gresqui  se  trouveroient  k  bord  des  Bitimens  capture 
seront  immediatement  debarqucs,  et  le  Commandant  du  Senegal  pour- 
voira  k  ieur  logement,  subsistance,  et  entretien. 

IX.  II  sera  proe^d^  i  Tinstrqction  de  la  procedure  et  au  jogement 
de  la  prise,  par  une  Commission  qui  sera  formee  au  S^n^gal.  Cette 
Commission  proc^dera  conformement  aux  reglemens  observe  en  terns 
de  guerre  d  1  egard  des  prises  maritimes.  Elle  sera  composee  du  Com- 
mandant pour  le  Roi  au  Senegal  et  de  2  Fonctionnaires  Sup£riean»  Un 
Commit  principal  remplira  les  fonctiona  de  Secritaife. 

X.  Les  Navires  captures  seront,  aussitot  apr^s  la  d^isioo  de  la 
Commission  du  S^n^al,  renvoyes  dans  un  Port  Fran^ais  en  Europe 
avec  toutes  les  Pieces  de  la  procedure;  les  marcbandiaes  et  effels 
leateront  k  bord,  sauf  ceux  dont  la  eonservation  exigerait  le  de- 
barquement 

Le  Commandant  du  Senegal  et  le  Commandant  du  Bitiment  cap- 
Ieur  se  concerteront  pour  nommer  an  Conducteur  de  Prise. 

Le  dit  Navire  sera  remis  k  T Administration  de  la  Marine  dans  le 
Port  ok  il  sera  amene. 

,XL  II  sera  form^  k  Paris  une  Commission  Superieure,  qui  pronon- 
eera  en  demiw  ressort  dans  le  cas  d*appel  sur  les  Prises  fattes  d*aprte 
les  Articles  IV  et  V,  snr  la  C6te  d*Afrique. 

Elle  sera  composee,  de  d  Conseillers  d'Etat,  3  Maitres  des  Re- 
quites, 2  Offieiere  Geni&raux  ou  Superieurs  de  la  Marine,  4  Officiers 
d' Administration  de  la  Marine,  dont  1  fera  les  fonctions  de  Procureur 
dn  Roi,  et  un  autre  celle  de  Secretaire. 

XII.  Les  Parties  inleressees  pourront  rappeler  k  cette  Commission 
Siiperieure  des  Decisions  rendues  par  celle  du  Senegal. 

XIII  Les  Navires  definitivementcondamnes,ain8i  que  lesmarchan- 
discs  et  effets  trouv^  k  bord,  seront  vendus  par  les  soins  de  P Adminis- 
tration de  la  Marine,  dans  le  Port  ou  its  auront  iU  amenes,  et  le  pn>- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE.  919 

diiit  en  «era  verse  k  la  Caisse  des  f  nvnlide s  de  la  MariDe,  sauf  la  deduc- 
tion des  dcpenses  qui  resulteront  de  Tarrestation  et  de  la  garde  des 
dits  NaTires,  de  la  nourriture  et  de  rentretieQ  des  N^gres. 

XIV.  Lorsque,  par  suite  des  decisions  de  la  Commission  du  S^n^-* 
gal,  etde  la  Commission  Superieurci  les  N^gres  trouv^s  sur  les  Navires 
captures  ne  devront  pas  ^tre  restitues  aux  Armateurs,  le  Commandant 
du  Senegal  les  emploiera  comme  cultivateurs  et  ouvriers  libres,  d 
moins  quHls  ne  preferassent  retourner  dans  leurs  Pays. 

XV.  II  est  particuli^rement  recommand6  aux  Armateurs  et  Capi- 
taines  des  B&timensNegriersde  traiter  les  N^gres  avec  douceur,  deleur 
procurer  une  nourriture  saine  et  abondante,  de  donner  4  leur  conser- 
vatiou  tons  les  soins  qu'exige  Thumanite,  et  surtout  de  n'embarquer  sur 
chaque  bdtiment  que  le  nombre  d'Esclaves  qull  pourra  contenir  sans 
nuire  k  leur  sante. 

Les  Gouverneurs  et  Intendant*  de  nos  Etablissemens  d'Amerique 
feront  visiter  les  B4timens  Negriers  i  leur  arriv^e  dans  nos  Colonies,  et 
feraient  connaitre  au  Ministre  et  Secretaire  d'Etat,  ayant  le  De- 
partement  de  la  Marine,  les  Armateurs  qui  n'auraient  pas  ponctuelle* 
ment  suivi  les  intentions  bienfaisanlcs  du  Roi. 

FERRAND. 


(Enclosure  2).-^Memoire  des  Amendemens  proposes  par   le   Due  de 
Wellington,  au  Re^lement  Prangais  sur  la  Traiie  des  Negres. 

Paris,  le  15  Decembre,  1814. 

Dans  PArticle  I,  changez  les  mots  des  Palmes  k  Formose. 

Dana  I'Article  III,  changez  les  mots  des  Palmes  dans  la  4^me 

ligne  d  Formose,  et  apr^s  les  mots  des  Palmes  dans  la  lO^me  ligne, 

<\joutez  les  mots  "  on  k  10  lieux  au  large  des  Cdtes  situ^es  entre  le 

Cap  des  Palmes  et  le  Cap  Formose,'^  ay  ant  des  Negres  k  bord. 


(Enclosure  3), — Memoire  sur  les  Amendemens  proposes  par  le  Due  de 
Wellington,  au  Reglement  Francois  sur  la  Traite  des  Negres. 

Paris,  le  15  Decembre,  1814. 

Lb  Reglement  a  pour  objet  de  mettre  en  execution  les  Ordres  ddji 
donnes  par  Sa  Majcste,  pour  decourager  la  Traite  des  Negres  et  la 
prohiber  dans  les  parages  ou  elle  a  effectiveinent  cesse. 

Si  I'amendement  propose  n'est  pas  fait  k  I'Article  I,  il  y  aura  un 
changement  dans  les  Ordres  de  Sa  Majeste,  et  Sa  Majeste  permettra  la 
Traite  dans  les  parages  ou  elle  a  cessi&.  D'ailleurs  Tavantage  de  la  pro- 
hibition de  faire  la  Traite  entre  le  Cap  Blanc  etie  Cap  des  Palmes  seroit 
infiniment  diminuee,  par  la  facilite  que  trouveroient  les  Commer9aus  en 
Esclaves  d  acheter,  sur  la  c6te  entre  le  Cap  des  Palmes  et  le  Cap  For- 
mose, les  Nfegres  qui  seroient  pris  dans  les  Pays  entre  le  Cap  des 
Palmes  et  le  Cap  Biaac. 


Digiti 


litized  by  Google 


920  &RKAT  BRITAIN  AND  SPAIN. 

Le  cbangement  propose  d  TArticle  III  donnera  la  s^curit^  qui  est 
d^sir^  k  rexecution  des  Ordres  de  Sa  Majestd,  et  en  m^me  terns  facili- 
tera  la  navigation  et  le  commerce  de  Ses  Sujets  sur  lea  cdtes  d  I'Est  et 
aa  Sud  du  Cap  Formose. 


SPAIN- 

No.  24.^Sir  Henry  WelUsley  to  Vucmmt  CasilereagJL 
(Extract.)  Madrid,  \7ih  June,  1814. 

I  HAVE  thought  that  your  Lordship  would  approve  of  the  iosertion 
of  the  inclosed  Article,  for  prohibiting  His  Catholic  Majesty's  Subjects 
from  engaging  in  tlie  Slave  Trade.  I  cannot,  however,  6atter  myself 
that  this  Article  will  be  agreed  to;  for  none  of  the  considerations  which 
have  determined  other  Nations  to  abandon  the  Slave  Trade  have 
sufficient  weight  with  the  Spanish  Government,  to  induce  them  to  re- 
linquish a  Traffic,  which  they  consider  to  be  essential  to  the  very  ex- 
istence of  their  Colonies* 
Viscount  Castlereagh,  K.CL  H.  WELLESLEY. 

(Enclosure,) — British  Prqjet  of  an  Article  to  he  introduced  into  the 
Treaty  between  Great  Britain  and  Spam, 
PIis  Catholic  Majesty  engages  to  prohibit  the  importation  of  Slaves 
into  His  Colonies,  and  to  take  effectual  means,  in  order  to  prevent  His 
Subjects  from  engaging  in  the  Traffic  of  Negroes. 

No.  25. — Sir  Henry  Wellesley  to  Viscount  Castlereagh. 
My  Lord,  Madrid,  6M  July,  1814. 

In  my  Dispatch  of  the  17th  ult.  I  stated  my  apprehension  that  it 
would  not  be  possible  to  prevail  upon  the  Spanish  Government  to 
consent  to  the  Article  for  the  Abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade,  as  it 
stands  in  the  Projet  transmitted  to  your  Lordship.  During  the  pro- 
gress of  the  Negotiation,  I  read  in  the  English  Newspapers  the  obser- 
vations which  were  made  in  Parliament  upon  the  Article  relative  to 
the  Slave  Trade,  contained  in  the  Treaty  of  Peace  with  France ;  and 
although  I  had  before  failed  in  my  efforts  to  prevail  upon  the  Duke  of 
San  Carlos  to  admit  the  Article,  as  it  stood  in  the  F^ojet,  I  again 
pointed  out  to  him  the  little  hope  there  was,  that  any  Treaty  would 
be  viewed  with  satisfaction  in  England,  which  did  not  provide  for  the 
Abolition  of  a  Traffic  which  was  held  in  such  detestation  by  the 
British  Nation. 

These  representations  however  produced  little  or  no  effect  upon 
the  Spanish  Government.  The  Duke  of  San  Carlos  lamented  that 
there  should  be  any  impediment  to  the  King's  taking  an  active  part  in 
a  measure  which  waa  viewed  with  so  much  interest  in  England :  he 
observed,  however,  that  in  the  British  Colonies  at  the  time  of  the 
Abolition,  and  for  a  number  of  years  preceding  it,  there  was  a  pro- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  SPAIN.  921 

poftion  of  20  Negroes  to  1  European  ;  that  our  Colonies  therefore  were 
not  exposed  to  any  immediate  inconvenience,  by  being  compelled  to 
relinquish  this  Traffic,  but  that  even  with  these  advantages,  which  « 
were  possessed  by  no  other  State,  the  British  Legislature  had  been  20 
years  employed  in  effecting  the  Abolition ;  and  that  Spain,  with  a 
proportion  of  not  more  than  1  Negro  to  I  European,  as  appeared  by 
the  last  Returns  from  the  West  Indies,  was  required,  without  a  mo- 
ment's deliberation,  to  sign  away  what  constituted  the  very  existence 
of  her  Colonies. 

Finding  that  the  objections  entertained  by  the  Spanish  Government 
to  pledging  themselves  to  the  Abolition,  were  not  to  be  overcome, 
I  endeavoured  to  frame  an  Article  iihich  should  express  the  King's 
participation  in  the  sentiments  of  the  British  Government,  with  respect 
to  the  injustice  and  inhumanity  of  this  Traffic;  and  which  should^ 
bind  His  Catholic  Majesty  not  to  allow  His  Subjects  to  engage  in  it, 
for  the  pnrpose  of  supplying  any  other  Islands  or  Possessions  than 
those  appertaining  to  Spain,  nor  to  suffer  the  protection  of  the 
Spanish  Flag  to  be  given  to  Foreigners  engaged  in  it. 

The  acquiescence  of  the  Spanish  Government  to  (his  Article  was 
obtained  with  great  difficulty,  after  it  had  undergone  some  alteration  ; 
but  thinking  it  advisable  that  it  should  be  submitted  to  the  considera- 
tion of  His  Majesty  s  Government,  previously  to  being  inserted  in  the 
Treaty,  I  agreed  with  the  Duke  of  San  Carlos,  that  this  and  the 
Article  for  preventing  His  Majesty's  Subjects  from  supplying  the 
Revolted  in  America  with  warlike  stores,  should  be  transmitted  to  your 
Lordship,  and  if  approved,  should  be  added  to  the  Treaty  as  Additional 
Articles. 

Should  the  inclosed  Article  relative  to  the  Slave  Trade  be  deemed 
unsatisfactory,  I  trust  that  the  other  advantages  of  the  Treaty  will  not 
on  that  account  be  viewed  in  a  less  favourable  light  by  His  Majesty's 
Government.  The  opinion  that  the  abolition  of  this  Traffic  would  en- 
danger the  existence  of  the  Spanish  Colonies  is  not  conGned  to  the 
Government.  It  is  true  that  a  Motion  was  made  in  the  Cortes  by  M. 
Arguelles,  in  favour  of  its  relinquishment,  but  upon  the  representation 
of  the  Deputies  from  The  Havannah,  of  the  ruinous  consequences  with 
which  it  would  be  attended,  the  subject  appears  to  have  been  dropped, 
at  least  it  was  never  revived  in  tliat  Assembly.  I  have,  &c. 

Viscount  Castlereagh,  K.  G.  U.  WELLESLEY. 


{£nclosur€.)'^ADDlTIOyAL  ARTICLE  to  the  Treaty  between 

Great  Britain  and  Spain,  of  the  6th  July,  Idli.— Signed  at  Madrid, 

the  9Sth  August,  1814.  ( Extract.) 

Art.  11.  Siendo  conformes  en-  Art.  II.   His  Catholic  Ma- 

terameute  los  sentimientos  de  Su     jesty,   concurring   in    the  fullest 

Magt^stad  Catolica  con  los  de  Su      manner  in  the  sentiments  of  His 

Magestad  Britanica  respecto  a  la      Britannic   Majesty,  with  respect 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


922 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  SPAIN. 


injusticia  e  inhumanidad  del  tra- 
fico  d«  Esclavos;  Su  Magestad 
Catolica  tomara  en  coDsideracion 
coa  la  madurez  que  se  requiere, 
Jos  medios  de  combiDar  estos  sen- 
timientos  con  las  necesidades  de 
sus  Posesiones  de  America.  Su 
Magestad  Catolica  promete  ade- 
mas  prohibir  &  sus  Subditos,  que 
se  ocupen  en  el  comercio  de  Es- 
clavosy  quando  sea  con  el  objeto 
de  proveer  de  ellos  4  las  Islas  y 
Posesiones  que  no  sean  perteneci- 
entes  &  Espana,  y  tambien  el  im- 
*  pedir  per  medio  de  reglamentos  y 
medidas  eficaces^  que  se  conceda  la 
proteccion  de  la  Bandera  Espanola 
4  los  Extrangeros  que  se  empleen 
en  este  trafico,  bieu  sean  Subditos 
de  Su  Magestad  Brttanica  6  de 
otros  Estados  6  Poteucias. 
(li.S.)  EL  DUQUE  DE  SAN 
CARLOS. 


to  the  injustice  and  inhumanity  of 
tlie  Traffic  in  Slaves^  will  take 
into  consideration,  with  the  deli- 
beration which  the  state  of  his 
Possessions  in  America  demaods, 
the  means  of  acting  in  confonnity 
with  those  sentiments. 

His  Catholic  Majesty  promi- 
ses, moreover,  to  prohibit  His 
Subjects  from  engaging  in  the 
Slave  Trade,  for  the  purpose  of 
supplying  any  Islands  or  Posses- 
sions, excepting  those  appertain, 
ing  to  Spain,  and  to  prevent  like- 
wise, by  effectual  measures  and 
regulations,  the  protection  of  the 
Spanish  Flag  being  given  to  For- 
eigners who  may  engage  in  this 
Traffic,  whether  Subjects  of  His 
Britannic  Majesty  or  of  any  other 
State  or  Power. 
(L.  S.)  H.  WELLESLEY. 


No,  36. — Viscouni  Castlereagk  to  Sir  Henry  WeUesley. 
(Extract.)  Foreign  Office,  15M  July.  1814. 

I  HEREWITH  transmit  to  you,  by  the  express  Commands  of  the  Prince 
Regent,  a  Copy  of  the  Official  Note  which  I  addressed,  when  at  Paris, 
to  the  respective  Ministers  of  the  Emperors  of  Austria  and  Russia,  and 
King  of  Prussia,  (See  No.  3.)  urging  the  expediency  of  those  Sove- 
reigns  employirig  their  best  endeavours  at  the  ensuing  Congress, 
towards  effecting  a  complete  Abolition  of  the  Traffic  in  Slaves. 

His  Royal  Highness  will  never  consider  the  great  work  of  the 
restoration  of  Peace,  as  completely  and  satisfactorily  accomplished, 
until  this  object  also  shall  have  been  brought  about. 

The  return  of  the  2  great  Families  of  the  House  of  Bourbon  to 
their  legitimate  Thrones,  and  the  approaching  return  of  His  Royal 
Highness  the  Prince  Regent  of  Portugal  to  His  European  Dominions, 
appear  to  His  Royal  Highness  to  present  the  most  favourable  concur- 
rence of  circumstances  for  securing  iVom  the  hands  of  regenerated 
Europe,  the  blessings  of  personal  freedom,  and  exemption  from  exile, 
for  the  unfortunate  Inhabitants  of  Africa:  and  His  Royal  Highness 
confidently  hopes  that  His  Catholic  Majesty  will  willingly  lend  the 
influence  of  His  name  and  character,  in  aid  of  an  arrangement  which 
will  reflect  the  most  distinguished  honour,  on  all  who  shall  assist  in 
accomplishing  (his  work,  and  even  on  the  Age  in  which  we  live. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  SPAIN.  923 

The  experience  of  8  years,  which  have  elapsed  since  the  total 
Abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade,  so  far  as  British  interests  are  concerned» 
by  the  Parliament  of  the  United  Kingdom^  has  afforded  ample  con- 
viction that  the  cultivation  of  the  West  India  Settlements  has  not 
suffered  from  the  cessation  of  the  usual  supplies  of  African  labour. 
These  Colonies  continue  in  a  flourishing  condition,  and  since  there 
have  been  no  new  importation  of  Slaves^  the  treatment  of  those  already 
possessed  has  been  ameliorated,  and  the  lights  of  religion  and  civili- 
zation have  been  spread  amongst  them. 

I  am  therefore  commanded  by  the  Prince  Regent,  to  instruct  your 
Excellency  to  lay  these  observations  immediately  before  the  Government 
of  His  Catholic  Majesty,  and  to  direct  that  you  will  urge  them  to  lose 
no  time  in  taking  this  important  subject  into  their  serious  consideration, 
and  to  give  forthwith,  to  the  Spanish  Plenipotentiary  at  the  Congress, 
directions  to  concert  with  His  Majesty's  Plenipotentiary  the  most  eli- 
gible mode  of  bringing  forward  and  carrying  into  effect  such  prompt 
and  decisive  regulations  as  may  be  best  calculated  to  attain  this  bene- 
ficent purpose. 

I  inclose  to  your  Excellency,  for  your  guidance  in  the  execution 
of  these  Instructions,  Copies  of  the  several  Addresses  of  the  Houses  of 
Ijords  and  Commons  to  the  Priuce  Regent, — (See  Enclosures  in  No. 
10) — and  of  His  Royal  Highness  s  Most  Gracious  Answers*  You  will 
gather  from  these  Documents  how  warmly  the  British  Nation  feels  upon 
the  subject,  and  how  unanimous  all  ranks  and  parties  are  become^  in 
pressing  the  Executive  Government  to  urge  upon  the  other  States  of 
Europe  the  adoption  of  some  early  and  decisive  measure  of  abolition. 

I  add  also  Copies  of  the  Replies — (See  Nos.  4,  5,  and  6)«-wbich  I 
have  received  from  the  Austrian,  Prussian,  and  Russian  Ministers,  to 
the  Note  mentioned  in  the  early  part  of  this  Dispatch,  from  which  you 
will  learn  how  readily  their  Sovereigns  have  acceded  to  His  Royal 
Highness*s  proposition,  and  how  convinced  they  feel  of  the  impolicy 
and  iuhumanity  of  the  Slave  Trade. 

Of  the  horrors  attendant  on  the  details  of  this  Trade,  and  of  the 
disgusting  cruelties  which  mark  every  stage  of  the  traffic,  even  in  its 
most  improved  form,  I  need  say  nothing.  Enough  has  already  been 
written  and  said  upon  that  subject  to  furnish  your  Excellency  with 
sufficient  data  to  bring  the  question  home  to  the  conscience  and  to  the 
heart  of  His  Catholic  Majesty,  and  to  the  whole  Spanish  Nation. 
H.  E.  Sir  Henry  Weiksley,  K.  B.  CASTLEREAGH. 


No.  27. — Viscount  Casilereagk  to  Sir  Henry  Wellesley. 
(Extract.)  Foreign  Office,  30/A  Ju/y,  1814. 

The  Questions  treated  of  in  your  Excellency's  last  Dispatches  are 
so  intimately  blended,  in  the  view  of  the  British  Government,  that  I 
consider  they  can  best  be  treated  of  together. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


924  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  SPAIN. 

And  first,  as  to  tbe  priDciple  of  any  Loan  to  be  contracted  for, 
nnder  the  g^uarantee  of  tbe  British  Parliament,  for  the  service  of 
Spain,  your  Excellency  well  knows,  that  since  the  period  of  the  Aus- 
trian Loan,  all  such  transactions  are  viewed,  in  this  Country,  in  no 
other  light  than  as  a  Subsidy,  granted  under  a  less  generous  name. 
You  must  also  be  aware  that  such  Advances  to  Foreign  Powers,  aAer 
the  return  of  Peace,  would  meet  with  the  greatest  resistance;  but  I  am 
bound  to  declare  to  your  Excellency  that,  in  the  present  temper  of 
Parliament  and  of  the  Nation  on  the  subject  of  the  Slave  Trade,  any 
attempt  on  the  part  of  the  Prince  Regent's  Ministers  to  prevail  on 
Parliament  to  raise  a  Loan,  for  a  State  continuing  to  carry  on  a  Traffic 
in  Slaves,  would  be  utterly  vain  and  hopeless,  I  am  bound  also  to 
represent  to  your  Excellency,  that  the  same  connderations  impose  on 
Ministers  the  utmost  reserve,  in  making  any  extraordinary  pecuniary 
Advances,  without  having  some  substantial  Acta  on  tlie  part  of  Spain, 
in  furtherance  of  the  humane  and  disinterested  policy  which*  the 
British  Nation  has  prescribed  to  itself  upon  this  subject,  to  bring  for- 
ward as  their  justification.  Your  Excellency's  Dispatch  does  not 
specify  the  proportion  of  the  Subsidy  for  the  current  year  that  yet  re- 
mains unissued.  You  will  order  an  Account  of  this  nature  to  be  pre. 
pared,  (including  the  proposed  Advance  of  £100,000)  and,  in  framing 
the  same,  yon  will  give  Spain  credit  for  2  months  Subsidy  from  tbe 
signature  of  the  Peace,  viz.  from  the  30th  of  May,  a  similar  advance 
having  been  assigned  to  Austria  and  Prussia,  for  the  return  of  their 
Troops. 

Beyond  this  extent  of  Advance,  I  cannot  authorise  your  Excellency 
to  go,  unless  you  can  bring  the  Spanish  Government  more  nearly  to 
a  common  system  of  policy,  on  the  important  subject  of  the  Slave 
Trade.  His  Majesty's  Ministers  do  not  object  to  your  Excellency's  ex- 
ecuting the  2  Additional  Articles ;  as  they  are  willing  to  accept  from  a 
Foreign  Power  the  smallest  concession  to  the  principle  they  have  in  view. 

I  inclose  the  Article  on  the  subject  of  the  Slave  Trade,  as  agreed 
upon  with  France. — (See  No.  8.)  As  our  discussion  on  these  subjects 
were  principally  conducted  in  the  repeated  Conferences  held  with  the 
French  Minister  for  Foreign  AfiTairs,  your  Excellency  will  find  the 
topics  very  generally  noticed  in  the  Notes  which  passed.  You  will 
perceive,  however,  that  we  are  entitled  to  expect  that  the  French  Go- 
vernment, in  fixing  6  years  as  the  extreme  period  for  the  endurance  of 
this  Commerce,  will,  in  the.mean  time,  adopt  a  restrictive  system  in  the 
mode  of  carrying  it  on ;  and  I  have  every  reason  to  hope  that  they  will 
consent  to  prohibit  French  subjects  from  purchasing  Slaves  in  any  of 
the  African  Ports  to  the  Northward  of  the  Line. 

To  preserwe  the  North  Western  Coast  of  Africa  from  a  renewal  of 
this  evil,  is  an  object  which  the  British  Government  has  most  deeply 
at  heart,  and  to  which  your  Excellency  will  direct  your  utmost  exer- 
tions.    The  arguments  for  this  concession  are  obvious  and  unanswer- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN   AND  SPAIN.  925 

able;  and  as  the  Coast  in  question  has,  daring  the  War,  been  nearly 
exempt  [rom  the  visits  of  the  Traders  in  Slaves^  your  Excellency  will 
bave  the  means  of  satisfying  the  Spanish  Government,  that  in  adopting 
this  regulation  they  sacrifice  little,  or  rather  nothing,  whilst  they  render 
a  great  service  to  the  cause  of  humanity,  by  preservings  at  least  to  a 
portion  of  Africa,  the  prospects  of  civilization.  In  order,  however, 
to  prevent  evasion,  and  to  render  such  a  provision  effectual,  it  will  be 
necessary  to  render  Ships,  found  with  Slaves  to  the  North  of  Cape 
Lopez,  liable  to  confiscation,  if  found  within  a  certain  distance  of  the 
shore.  Without  this  check  the  Traders  in  Slaves  will  illicitly  receive 
them  on  board  along  the  whole  line  of  the  Coast ;  whereas  a  Ship,  that 
bas  received  a  cargo  to  the  Southward  of  the  Line,  when  navigating 
to  the  West  Indies  or  South  Ameiica,  need  not,  and  cannot  if  she 
would,  return  to  the  Northward,  at  least  not  till  she  has  proceeded 
considerably  to  the  Westward. 

^The  other  point  to  which  it  is  the  Prince  Regent's  pleasure  that 
your  Excellency's  utmost  exertions  should  be  directed,  is,  to  induce 
the  Government  of  Spain  to  name  some  fixed  period  for  absolute 
Abolition.  Should  your  Excellency  prevail  on  them,  immediately  to 
prohibit  the  Trade  on  the  African  Coast,  North  of  the  Line,  and  to 
adopt  the  same  engagement  France  has  taken  for  the  final  Abolition 
at  the  end  of  5  years,  you  will,  in  that  case,  consider  yourself  as  au- 
thorized to  engage  that  the  full  Subsidy  for  the  remainder  of  the  year 
shall  be  advanced,  the  payments  on  account  of  which,  if  not  anticipap 
ted,  will  amount  to  above  .^800,000,  viz.  from  the  1st  of  August  to  the 
1st  of  January.  In  the  event  of  Spain  adopting  thus  far  the  principle 
of  Abolition,  although  a  measure  of  this  limited  nature  wou]d  not 
justify  an  application  to  Parliament  to  guarantee  the  proposed  Loan 
of  10,000,000  of  dollars,  yet,  so  far  as  the  British  Government  could, 
without  such  guarantee,  countenance  a  Loan  in  this  Country  upon 
such  security  as  Spain  may  have  to  offer,  they  would  be  prepared  to 
do  so ;  but  it  is  fair  to  apprize  your  Excellency,  that  it  is  the  opinion 
of  those  most  conversant  with  such  subjects,  that  an  attempt  of  this 
nature  would  prove  abortive. 

The  result  of  the  above  reasoning  is,  that  your  Excellency  is 
authorized  :  1st.  To  complete  the  payments  on  account  of  the  Subsidy 
to  the  1st  of  August,  at  the  rate  of  £2,000,000.  for  the  year,  from  the 
1st  of  January  last.  To  assist  in  calculating  the  same,  you  will  re- 
ceive an  Account  of  the  value  of  stores,  clothing,  arms,  &c.  sup- 
plied from  hence  for  the  service  of  Spain  within  the  said  period. 
2dly.  You  may  promise  the  further  instalments  of  Subsidy  for  the  re- 
mainder  of  the  year,  upon  condition  that  Spain  will  engage  to  abolish 
the  Trade  at  the  end  of  5  years,  confining  it  ia  the  mean  time  to  the 
Coast  to  the  South  of  the  Line,  and  agreeing  to  a  common  system  for 
reciprocally  enforcing  the  same.    Sdly.  In  the  event  of  Spain  forth- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


926  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  SPAIN. 

with  abolishing  altogether  this  Trade,  you  may  assure  the  Court  of 
Madrid,  that  this  Govemment  will,  in  return,  feel  themselves  justified 
in  proposing  to  Parliament  to  raise  the  proposed  Loan  of  10,000,000 
of  dollars,  npou  the  joint  credit  of  the  2  States^  for  the  service  of 
His  Catholic  Majesty. 

I  have  only  further  to  represent  to  your  Excellency,  the  extreme 
importance,  I  might  add  (he  necessity,  of  Spain  adopting  a  liberal 
System  of  Govemment,  both  at  home  and  abroad,  if  she  wishes  to 
strengthen  sufficiently  the  hands  of  Ministers  here,  to  enable  them  to 
afford  her  the  aid  above  pointed  out  A  continuation  of  the  present 
internal  system  in  Spain^  or  the  adoption  of  measures,  restrictive  of 
commercial  intercourse,  would  inevitably  disqualify  the  Prince  Re- 
gent's Confidential  Servants  from  fulfilling  the  wishes  of  the  Spanish 
Government. 
H.  E.  Sir  Henry  WeUesley,  K.  B.  CASTLERE  AGH. 


iVo.  2S.— William  Hamiitm,  Esq.  to  Sh  Henry  JVeltesiey. 
Sir,  Foreign  Office,  Aih  August,  1814. 

I  AM  directed  by  Viscount  Castlereagh  to  foiirard  to  your  Excel - 
leocy  the  inclosed  Map  of  Africa,  containing  certain  Memorasda, 
illustrative  of  the  state  of  the  Slave  Trade,  as  abafidoaed  by  other 
Powers,  and  as  now  carried  on  by  the  Portuguese. 

I  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c. 
H.  E.  Sir  Henry  Wellesley,  K.  B.  W.  HAMILTON. 


No.  29.— ^ir  Henry  WellesUy  to  Viscount  Castiereagh. 
(Extract.)  Madrid,  S6/A  August,  1814. 

YoDR  Lordship's  Dispatches  were  delivered  to  me  by  Mr.  Dawkios 
on  the  17th  instant. 

After  an  attentive  perusal  of  them,  I  took  an  early  opportunity  of 
seeing  the  Duke  of  Sau  Carlos,  and  I  pointed  out  to  him  the  hopeless- 
ness, in  the  present  temper  of  Parliament  and  of  the  Nation,  on  the 
subject  of  the  Slave  Trade,  of  any  attempt  on  the  part  of  the  Prince 
Regent's  Ministers,  to  prevail  on  Parliament  to  raise  a  Loan  for  a  State 
continuing  to  carry  on  a  Traffic  in  Slaves.  I  likewise  represented  to 
the  Duke  of  San  Carlos,  that  the  same  considerations  would  impose 
upon  His  Majesty's  Government  the  necessity  of  abstaining  from  any 
extraordinary  pecuniary  Advances,  unless  liie  Spanish  Govemment 
could  be  brought  more  nearly  to  a  common  system  with  Great 
Britain  upon  this  subject. 

I  then  stated  that  His  Maiesty's  Government  would  be  witling  to 
continue  to  Spain  the  Subsidy  for  the  remainder  of  the  present  year, 
and  to  propose  to  Parliament  to  raise  a  Loan  of  10,000,000  of  dollars, 
upon  the  joint  credit  of  the  2  States,  for  the  service  of  His  Catholic 
Majesty,  upon  the  following  conditions  : 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  SPAIN.  927 

1st  That  Spain  shoald  immediatelj  abolish  the  Slave  Trade. 

2dly,  That  the  commercial  iDtercourse  between  the  2  Nations 
should  be  placed  upon  a  liberal  footing;  and  that,  until  a  Treaty  of 
Commerce  could  be  arranged.  Great  Britain  should  be  admitted  to 
trade  with  Spain  upon  the  footing  of  the  most  favoured  Nation,  and 
that  an  Article  to  this  effect  should  be  inserted  in  the  Treaty  signed  at 
Madrid  on  the  5th  of  July. 

I  added,  that  in  order  to  enable  Ministers  to  afford  Spain  the  aid 
which  she  required,  the  adoption  of  a  more  liberal  System  of  Govern- 
ment, both  at  home  and  abroad,  was  absolutely  necessary* 

In  the  course  of  our  conversation  upon  this  subject,  I  made  use  of 
the  arguments  stated  in  your  Lordship's  Dispatches,  in  favour  of  the 
Abolition  of  the  Traffic  in  Slaves  ;  and  I  assured  the  Duke  of  San  Car- 
los,  that  the  efforts  of  nearly  all  the  Powers,  whose  interests  would  be 
discussed  at  the  approaching  Congress,  would  be  exerted  in  order  to  put 
an  end  to  this  Trade. 
Viscount  Castlereagk,  K.G.  H.  WELLESLEY. 


No»  30. — Sir  Henry  Wellesley  to  Viscount  Castlereagh. 
My  Lord,  Madrid,  25th  August,  1814. 

Enclosed  is  the  Copy  of  a  Note,  which  I  have  addressed  to  the 
Duke  of  San  Carlos,  in  which  I  have  stated  to  him  the  conditions  upon 
which  the  Ministers  of  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent  would 
feel  themselves  justified  in  proposing  to  Parliament  to  raise  a  Loan  for 
the  service  of  Spain,  and  in  completing  the  payments  of  the  Subsidy 
for  the  remainder  of  the  year  1814.  I  have,  &c. 

Viscount  Castlereagh,  K.G.  H.  WELIJ5SLEY. 


(Enclosure.)— Sir  Henry  WeUesley  to  the  Duke  of  San  Carlos; 

Madrid,  SOM  August,  1814. 

The  Undersigned;  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Ambassador  Extraor- 
dinary and  Plenipotentiary,  having  forwarded  to  His  Majesty's  Mi- 
nister for  Foreign  Affairs,  a  Copy  of  the  Duke  of  San  Carlos  s  Note  to 
him  of  the  6th  July,  has  been  directed  to  make  the  following  Reply 
to  it. 

The  Undersigned  begs,  in  the  first  place,  to  remind  theDuke  of  San 
Carlos,  of  his  having  repeatedly  stated  to  him,  that  the  raising  a  Loan 
in  England  for  the  service  of  Spain  wonld  be  attended  with  the  great- 
est difficulties.  Such  Advances  to  Foreign  Powers,  after  the  return  of 
Peace,  would  meet  with  the  greatest  resistance ;  but  in  the  present 
temper  of  Parliament  and  of  the  Nation  on  the  subject  of  the  Slave 
Trade,  any  attempt  on  the  part  of  tlie  Prince  Regent's  Ministers  to 
prevail  on  Parliament  to  raise  a  Loan,  for  a  State  continuing  to  carry- 
on  a  Traffic  in  Slaves,  would  be  utterly  vain  and  hopeless* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


928  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  SPAIN. 

The  same  considerations  would  impose  on  His  Majesty  s  Govern- 
ment  the  utmost  reserve  iu  making  any  extraordinary  pecuniary  Ad> 
vances,  without  some  substantial  Acts  on  the  part  of  Spain,  in  further- 
ance of  the  humane  and  disinterested  policy  which  the  British  Natipn 
has  prescribed  to  itself  upon  this  subject,  to  bring  forward  as  its  jostl- 
fication. 

The  Undf  rsigued  is,  therefore,  directed  to  state  to  the  Duke  of 
San  Carlos,  that,  in  tlie  event  of  Spain  forthwith  abolishing  this  Trade, 
His  Majesty's  Government  will  feel  itself  justified  in  completing  the 
payment  of. the  Subsidy  for  the  remainder  of  the  year;  and  in  pro- 
posing to  Parliament  to  raise  a  Loan  of  10,000,000  of  dollars,  upon 
the  joint  credit  of  the  2  States,  for  the  service  of  His  Catholic 
Majesty. 

Should  the  Spanish  Government  object  to  the  measure  of  imme- 
diate Abolition,  it  will  be  impossible  for  the  Prince  Regent's  Ministers 
to  make  any  application  to  Parliament,  with  a  view  to  the  proposed 
Loan  of  10,000,000  of  dollars.  But  the  British  Government  would 
still  be  willing  to  grant  the  Subsidy,  for  the  remainder  of  the  year, 
upon  condition  that  Spain  will  engage  to  abolish  the  Trade  at  the 
end  of  5  years,  confining  it  in  the  mean  time  to  the  Coast  of  Africa  to 
the  South  of  the  Line,  and  agreeing  to  a  common  system  for  recipro* 
caliy  enforcing  this  restriction. 

Itappears,  upon  the  most  accurate  inquiry,  that  the  Spanish  Slave 
Trade  labours  under  all  the  disadvantages  of  being  a  Smuggling 
Trade.  The  Vessels  bearing  the  Spanish  Flag  are  found  to  be  Ame- 
ricans or  British,  in  disguise,  chiefly  the  former.  They  have  been 
seized  whenever  met  with,  and  they  have  in  no  instance  been  success- 
fully  reclaimed.  Before  the  Abolition  by  Great  Britain,  there  was 
literally  no  Spanish  Slave  Trade;  no  Spanish  Ship  had  beea  seen  od 
the  Coast  of  Africa  for  a  Century,  excepting  one  in  1797  or  1798, 
fitted  out  by  the  Prince  of  Peace.  By  the  stipulation  already  agreed 
upon  with  Great  Britain,  the  Spanish  Government  is  bound  to  prevent, 
by  .effectual  regulations,  the  protection  of  the  Spanish  Flag  from  being 
given  to  Foreigners  engaged  in  this  Traffic ;  and  as  tlie  Coast  to  the 
Northward  of  the  Line  has,  duriug  the  War,  been  nearly  exempt  from 
the  visits  of  the  Traders  in  Slaves,  the  Spanish  Government,  in  agree- 
ing to  confine  the  Trade  to  the  Southward  of  the  Line,  would  sacrifice 
little  or  nothing,  while  it  would  render  a  service  to  the  cause  of 
humanity,  by  preserving,  at  least  to  a  portion  of  Africa,  the  pros- 
pects of  civilization. 

In  order,  however,  to  prevent  evasion,  and  to  render  such  a  pro- 
vision efifectual,  it  will  be  necessary  to  render  Ships,  found  with  Slaves 
on  board  to  the  North  of  Cape  Lopez,  liable  to  confiscation,  if  found 
witbin  a  certain  distance  of  the  shore.  Without  this  check  the 
Traders  in  Slaves  will  illicitly  receive  them  on  board  along  the  whole 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  SPAIN.  929 

iineorthe  Coast,  whereas  a  Ship  that  has  received  a  Cargo  to  tke 
Southward  of  the  Line,  when  navigating  to  the  West  Indies  or  South 
America,  peed  not,  and  cannot  if  she  would,  return  to  the  Northward, 
at  least  not  until  she  has  proceeded  considerably  to  the  Westward. 

The  Official  Communications  which  passed  between  Lord  Castie- 
reagh  and  the  French  Minister  for  Foreign  Affairs,  entitle  the  British 
Government  to  expect  that  the  Government  of  France,  in  fixing  6 
yeais  as  the  extreme  period  for  the  continuance  of  this  commerce, 
-will,  in  the  mean  time,  adopt  a  restrictive  system  in  the  mode  of 
carrying  it  on :  and  there  is  every  reason  to  hope  that  His  Most 
Christian  Majesty  will  consent  to  prohibit  his  Subjects  from  purcha». 
ing  Slaves  in  any  of  the  African  Ports  to  the  Northwai-d  of  the  Line. 

In  treating  of  this  subject,  the  Undersigned  has  not  made  any 
»ppea]  to  the  feelings  of  humanity  which  could  naturally  influence 
Ihe  decision  of  His  Catholic  Majesty. 

The  return  of  the  2  great  Families  of  Bourbon  to  their  legitimate 
Thrones,  and  the  approaching  return  of  His  Royal  Highness  the 
Prince  Regent  of  Portugal  to  His  European  Dominions,  seem  to 
present  the  roost  favourable  circumstances  for  securing,  from  the 
Powers  of  Europe,  the  blessings  of  personal  freedom  and  exemption 
from  exile,  for  the  unfortunate  Inhabitants  of  Africa;  and  His  Royal 
Highness  the  Prince  Regent  confidently  hopes  that  His  Catliolic  Ma- 
jesty will  lend  the  influence  of  his  name  and  character,  in  aid  of  a 
measure  which  mill  reflect  the  most  distinguished  honour  on  all  who 
shall  assist  in  accomplishing  it. 

The  Emperors  of  Austria  and  Russia,  and  the  King  of  Prussia, 
concur  in  the  fullest  manner  in  the  sentiments  of  the  Prince  Regent, 
with  respect  to  the  impolicy  and  inhumanity  of  the  Slave-trade,  and 
Lave  promised  to  unite  their  influence  to  that  of  His  Royal  Highness, 
ID  order  to  obtain  its  complete  abolition  at  the  approaching  Congress. 
H.  E.  The  Duke  of  San  Carlos.  H.  WELLESLEY. 


No,  31.— -Sir  Henry  Weltesley  to  Viscount  Castlereagh, 
(Extract.)  Madrid,  Z\st  August,  1814. 

I  iM  concerned  to  state,  tliat  it  has  not  been  possible  to  obtain 
from  the  Spanish  Government,  any  further  concession  with  a  view  to 
the  abolition  of  the  Slave-trade.  In  the  present  distressed  state  of  th£ 
Finances  of  the  Kingdom,  the  motives  must  have  been  very  powerful 
which  could  have  determined  the  Government  to  reject  the  liberal 
pecuniary  offers  which  I  was  authorized  to  make  to  them,  upon  condi- 
tion of  their  abandoning  this  Trade. 

The  abolition  is  vehemently  opposed  by  all  those  who  have  any 
connection  with  South  America,  or  with  the  Spanish  West  India 
Islands ;  and  the  Government  is  apprehensive  of  the  effect  which  it 
[1816—16]  3  0 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


930  OftEAT  BRITAIK  AND  SPAIN. 

would  produce  in  the  Colonies,  particularly  at  The  HavaDoah^  where 
poblic  opinion  m  in  a  very  unsettled  state. 

Independetatly  of  the  talue  attached  to  the  Island  of  Cuba  by  the 
Spaniards,  H  is  considered  to  be  of  the  utmost  importance  tomaintam 
the  Kings  Authority  at  The  Havannah,  on  account  of  its  vicinity  to 
Mexico,  and  its  being  the  principal  point  of  communication  between 
thUt  valuable  Possession  and  the  Mother  Country. 

From  all  the  information  which  has  reached  me,  I  am  induced  to 
believe,  that  the  number  of  Negroes  imported  into  the  Spanish  Settle- 
ments, for  many  years  back,  have  not  exceeded  3,00t>  annually ;  and 
these  supplies^ave  been  furnished  by  Foreigners  trading  in  Spanisli 
bottoms.  If  this  statement  be  correct,  little  more  would  be  required 
than  that  the  Stipulations  in  tlie  Article,  as  it  now  stands,  should  he 
strictly  enforced. 
Viscount  Castlereagh,  K,  G.  H.  WELLESLEY. 


No.  Z^^'-Earl  Baihurst  to  Sir  Henry  WeUe$ley. 
Sir,  Foreign  Office,  9th  September,  1814. 

Your  Excellency's  Despatches  to  the  2dth  ultimo  have  been 
received  and  laid  before  The  Prince  Regent. 

From  the  tenor  of  your  Commuuication  of  that  date,  resjiecting  the 
jipirit  in  which  the  Spanish  Government  is  likely  to  accept  your 
Proposals  for  the  immediate  Abolition  of  the  Slave-trade,  io  return 
for  certain  pecuniary  advantages  which  we  might  be  able  to  afford 
them,  I  am  led,  with  regret,  to  believe  they  are  not  likely  to  be 
brought  to  a  satisfactory  conclusion. 

The  claim  which  they  may  possibly  bring  forward,  in  reply  to 
your  Note  of  the  20th  of  August,  namely,  that  we  should  continue  the 
Subsidy  for  the  cuirent  year,  and  guarantee  the  Loan  of  10,000,000.  in 
consideration  of  the  eventual  abolition  of  the  Slave-trade  at^r  5  years, 
atod  (hti  iAimediate  abolition  of  it  North  of  the  Line,  is  totally  inadmiasi- 
ble  on  our  part,  and  you  need  not  hesitate  to  give  them  a  positive 
declaration  to  that  effect. 

You  ^ill,  at  the  same  time,  inform  the  Spanish  Government,  that 
you  are  still  ready  to  agree  to  an  arrangement,  upon  the  prineiph 
stated  in  Lord  Castlereagh's  Dispatch  of  the  SOth  July,  and  you  will  urge 
the  adVahtage  of  their  acceding  to  this  arrangement,  before  the  Qoe»» 
tioR  shall  hjive  been  brought  under  the  consideration  of  the  Congrasa 
at  Vienna. 

Although  the  Austiian,  Russian,  and  Prussian  Govemm^nla,  af« 
not  in  possession  of  any  Colonies,  yet  they  are  not  withont  the  means 
of  materially  influencing  this  Question,  by  an  agreement  that  they  wili 
admit  of  the  Importation  of  Colonial  produce  into  their  Domiuions, 
from  such  Countries  only  as  have  consented  to  the  abolition  of  the 
Alave-trade. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  SPAIN.  981 

Such  a  atipnlatioD  could  uot  justly  give  offence  to  any  ludepeo. 
dent  Polrer^and  it  might  operate  more  prejudicially  to  the  Colonial 
and  ComiXHTcial  interests  of  Spain  than  the  abolition  of  the  Slave- 
trade. 

]  am,  &c. 
H.  E.  Sir  Henry  Wellesley,  K,  B,  BATHURST. 


No.  33.— &>  Henry  WeUesley  to  Viscount  Castlereagh. 
(  Extract )  Madrid,  20th  September,  1814. 

I  HAVE  the  honour  to  inclose  a  Translation  of  a  Note  which  I  have 
received  from  the  Duke  of  San  Carlos,  and  which  I  believe  is  intended 
as  a  Reply  to  mine  of  the  20th  of  August,  inclosed  in  my  Dispatch  of 
the  25th  of  August,  of  this  year,  relative  to  the  Slave-trade. 

The  Duke  of  San  Carlos  states^  that  His  Catholic  Majesty  has 
given  unequivocal  proofs  of  his  desire  to  strengthen  his  relations  of 
amity  with  Great  Britain,  but  that  a  compliance  with  the  proposal  of 
the  British  Government  for  the  abolition  of  the  Traffic  in  Slaves  would 
giv«  additional  cause  for  discontent  in  Spanish  America,  at  a  moment 
when  His  Majesty  is  using  his  utmost  endeavours  to  re-establish  the 
tranquillity  of  his  Possessions  in  that  Quarter.  These  considerations 
liad  compelled  the  King  to  decline  the  pecuniary  succours  offered  by 
Great  Britain,  although  so  much  required  at  the  present  moment ; 
but  His  Majesty  trusted,  that  the  Article  of  the  Treaty  which 
i^lates  to  the  Slave-trade,  will  convince  the  British  Government  of  his 
disposition  to  put  an  end  to  that  Traffic,  as  soon  as  circumstances 
would  admit  of  it. 
Viscount  Castlereagh,  K  G.  H.  WELLESLEY. 


( Enclosure, ) ^The  Duke  qfSan  Carlos  to  Sir  Henry  fVellesley. 
(Translation.) 
Sir,  Madrid,  Z\st  August,  1814. 

Hia  Britannic  Majesty  has  already  had  fresh  proofs  of  the  desire 
of  the  King,  my  Master,  to  draw  closer,  by  every  possible  means,  his 
relations  of  friendship  with  Great  Britain,  but  the  measure  which 
your  Excellency  proposes,  relative  to  the  Slave-trade,  would  produce 
a  bad  effect  in  Spanish  America,  and  would  augment  the  discontent 
which  prevails  there,  at  a  moment  when  we  are  about  to  employ  all 
possible  means  for  the  re-establishment  of  tranquillity  in  that  Coun- 
try. This  consideration  has  so  much  weight  with  His  Majesty,  that 
he  has  thought  it  impossible  to  come  to  any  resolution  upon  the  sub- 
ject at  present,  notwithstanding  the  pecuniary  aid  offered  by  Great 
Britain,  and  depending  upon  this  Question,  and  under  circumstane^s 
even  which  renders  that  aid  very  opportune.  His  Britannic  Majesty 
cannot  doubt,  however,  of  the  dispositions  of  His  Catholic  Majesty, 
expressed  in  the  Article  of  the  Treaty  which  relates  to  this  matter, 

302 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


9^  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  SPAIN. 

and  about  which  His  Majesty  will  occupy  himself  with  doe  rtflec- 
ttoD,  as  s66fi.as  ever  circumstances  will  admit  of  it. 

England,  oh  her  part,  cannot  do  less  than  give  to  Spain  eqaal 
proofs  of  frankness  and  friendship.  No  proof  can  be  more  proper,  at 
this  moment,  than  the  advance  of  the  Subsidy  for  the  remainder  of  ihe 
year;  for,  moreover,  this  request  is  not  extraordinary,  when  all  the 
circumstances  are  taken  into  consideration ;  the  Subsidy  having  been 
authorized,  it  will  certainly  be  an  additional  motive  for  increased 
confidence  on  the  part  of  the  Nation,  in  England,  and  therefore  most 
satisfactory. 

I  am,  &c. 
a  E.  Sir  Henry  Welles'cy.  EL  DUQUE  DE  SAN  CARLOS. 


No,  34, — $ir  Henry  Wellesley  to  Viscount  Castlereagh. 
Mt  Lord,  Madrid,  23n/  October,  1814. 

Having  failed  in  my  endeavours  to  prevail  upon  the  Spanish 
Government  to  consent  to  either  of  the  Propositions  which  I  was 
instructed  to  make  to  them,  relative  to  the  Slave-trade  ;  1  begged  of 
the  Duke  of  San  Carlos  to  ascertain  whether  His  Catholic  Majesty 
could  be  induced  to  make  any  further  concessions,  with  a  view  to  the 
abolition  of  this  Traffic,  than  those  contained  in  the  Treaty  ;  and  I  have 
now  the  honour  to  inclose  a  Note  which  I  received  from  him,  just  as 
I  was  about  to  dispatch  the  Messenger.  The  Note,  however,  requires 
some  explanation.  I  understand  the  Duke  of  San  Carlos  to  mean, 
that  the  Trade  shall  instantly  be  abolished  upon  the  Coasi  to  the 
Southward  of  the  Line,  and  upon  the  Coast  to  the  Northward  of  the 
10th  degree.  North  of  the  Line,  and  shall  be  confined  exclusively  to  the 
Coast  of  Guinea,  where  it  is  to  be  finally  abolished  at  the  end  of  8 
years 

The  period  which  the  Spanish  Government  first  had  fixed  for  the 
final  abolition  was  10  years,  and  although  I  used  every  endeavour  to 
prevail  upon  them  to  reduce  it  to  d  years,  they  could  only  be  brought 
to  consent  that  the  Traffic  should  cease  entirely  at  the  end  of  8  years. 

I  have  taken  care  not  to  hold  out  any  expectations  that  the  con- 
cessions now  profi^ered  by  the  Spanish  Government,  in  addition  lo 
those  contained  in  the  Treaty,  would  be  considered  by  His  Majesty  s 
Government  of  sufficient  importance  to  justify  the  grant  of  the  Subsidy 
for  the  remainder  of  the  year. 

I  take  the  liberty  of  requesting  that  I  may  be  favoured  with  the 
determination  of  Government,  without  delay. 

I  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c. 
Viicount  Castfereagh,  KM.  H.  WELLESLEY, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  gPAIN.>  933 

(EncIosure.J-'The  Duke  of  San  Carlos  to  Sir  Henry  Welksiey. 

(Translation.) 
Sir,  Palace,  22nd  October,  1814. 

In  the  Ilnd  Additional  Article  of  the  Treaty  6f  Fnendship  and 
Alliance  with  His  Britannic  Majesty,  the  Kinf^,  my  Master,  promises 
to  take  into  consideration,  with  (he  deliberation  which  is  necessary, 
the  means  of  putting  an  end  to  the  Slave-trade,  consistently  with  the 
necessities  of  His  Possessions  in  America.  Faithful  to  His  promises, 
as  he  lias  always  been,  and  moreover  induced  by  that  desire  inseparable 
from  his  own  principles,  to  accede  to  those  of  His  Britannic  Majesty, 
AS  far  as  His  duty  permits.  His  Majesty  chooses  to  give  an  illustrious 
prouf  of  this  truth  ;  a  proof  which  must  convince  every  body  that  the 
King,  my  Master,  if  He  is  great  by  His  virtues,  is  not  less  so  by  the 
manner  in  which  He  exercises  them  with  respect  to  His  Friend  and 
Ally,  Great  Britain. 

'  As  soon,  therefore,  as  the  discussion  relative  to  the  abolition  of  the 
Slave-trade  began,  which  your  Excellency  urged  by  repeated  solici- 
tations, he  employed  Himself  in  the  examination  of  this  business, 
listening  to  the  opinion  of  learned  and  zealous  Persons,  fhatHe  might 
proceed  with  the  wisdom  it  required. 

I  should  not  -do  justice  to  Your  Excellency's  penetration,  if  I 
detained  you  at  present  by  pointing  out  that  the  nature  of  the  subject 
is  in  itself  so  delicate,  that  it  required  a  deliberate  and  careful  exami- 
nation. Your  Excellency's  good  faith  cannot  do  less  than  acknow. 
ledge  this,  and  confess  at  the  same  time,  that  the  offer  of  His  Ma- 
jesty is  the  greatest  which  he  can  make. 

It  is  reduced  to  this;  that   the  Slave  trade  shall  contiuue  for  8 
years,  afler  which  it  shall  cease  entirely,  and  that  during  this  period . 
it  shall  be  confined  strictly  from  the  Line  to  the  lOih  degree  North 
of  it 

This  promise  on  the  part  of  His  Majesty,  whilst  it  does  honour  to 
his  generous  and  noble  manner  of  proceeding,  will  excite  the  praise  of 
Great  Britain,  to  which  without  doubt  it  has  a  claim. 

As  in  Your  Excellency's  Note  on  this  subject,  you  also  mentioned 
the  favourable  disposition  of  the  Goyemment  of  His  Britannic  Majesty 
towards  continuing  the  Subsidy,  and  facilitating  the  pecuniary  assist- 
ance of  which  Spain  is  at  present  in  need,  it  appears  beyond  all  doubt 
that  She  may  reckon  upon  it  immediately^— His  Majesty  having  ac- 
ceded to  the  desire  of  His  Britannic  Majesty  on  a  point  of  so  much 
interest.  I  trust,  therefore,  that  Your  Excellency  will  think  proper  to 
give  me  a  decisiye  answer  to  the  one  and  the  other  proposal. 

I  avail  myself,  &c. 
U,  E.  Sir  Henry  Welleslei/.  £L  DUQUE  D£  SAN  CARLOS. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


934  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  SPAIN. 

No.  35.'-Earl  Bathurst  to  Sir  Henry  Welleshy. 
8lR«  Foreign  Office,  1  Uh  November,  1814. 

Your  Excellency's  Dispatches  to  the  25th  altimo,  inclusive*  have 
been  received,  and  laid  before  His  Rojal  Highness  The  Prince 
Regent. 

In  reference  to  the  Note  received  by  Your  Excellency  from  the 
Duke  of  San  Carlos^  transonitteil  in  your  Dispatch  of  the  23rd  of  Oc- 
tober, proposing  to  abolish  the  Slave-trade  entirely,  at  the  end  of 
8  years,  and  in  the  mean  time  to  confine  the  Traffic,  from  the  Line  to 
the  10th  degree  North  of  it;  I  have  to  inform  Your  Excellency  that 
sach  a  limitation  would  be  in  no  way  satisfactory  to  this  GoTerument, 
or  to  the  British  Nation,  as  such  a  line  of  demarkation  would  include 
that  part  of  the  Coast  of  Africa  on  which  the  Slave-trade  has  ceased 
for  several  year%  and  on  which  it  is  the  earnest  desire  of  His  Majesty's 
Government  that  it  should  be  immediately  and  entirely  abolished.  I 
cannot,  therefore,  in  any  way  authorize  Your  Excellency  to  hold  out 
to  the  Government  of  His  Catholic  Majesty  any  expectation  whatever 
tliat  a  regulation  of  the  Traffic  in  Slaves,  in  the  manner  proposed. 
will  entitle  them  to  receive  from  His  Majesty's  Government  any  fur- 
ther assistance  than  what  you  are  already  instructed  to  furnish. 

1  am,  &c. 
H.  E.  Sir  Henry  Wellesiey,  K  B.  BATHURST. 


No,  36,— .5»r  Henry  Weliesley  to  Viscount  Casilereagh, 
(Extract.)  Madrid^  26/A  January^  1815. 

I  HAVE  the  honour  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  Your  Lordship's 
Dispatch,  dated  Vienna,  January  3nd,  and  inclosing  a  Copy  of  a  Note 
addressed  by  Your  Lordship  to  the  Chevalier  de  Labrador,  on  the  sub* 
ject  of  the  Slave-trade.*  Your  Lordship  desires  likewise  to  be  in- 
formed of  the  situation  of  my  Negotiations  and  engagements  with  the 
Spanish  Government  on  the  subject. 

The  last  proposal  of  the  Spanish  Government,  relative  totheaboli- 
tiou  of  the  Slave-trade,  is  contained  in  a  Note  from  the  Duke  de  San 
Carlos  to  me,  under  date  of  the  22nd  of  October.  In  this  Note  the 
Spanish  Government  proposes  to  confine  the  Trade  to  the  Coast  of 
Guinea,  and  immediately  to  abolish  it  North  and  South  of  that  Coast ; 
and  to  abolish  It  entirely  at  the  expiration  of  8  years. 

I  transmitted  a  Copy  of  this  Note  for  the  consideration  of  His  Ma- 
jesty's Government ;  and  upon  the  receipt  of  Lord  Bathurst's  Reply, 
declining  the  proposal  contained  in  it,  I  renewed  my  discussions  with 
the  Duke  of  San  Carlos,  who  soon  aAerwards  resigned  his  Office,  and 
was  succeeded  by  M.  de  Cevallos. 

Since  the  Appointment  at  M.  de  Cevallos»  t  have  had  fre(|iieBt  eon* 


•See  No.  41. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


.  GREAT  BEITAIN  AND  SPAIN.  9S^J^ 

▼enatims^  with  bun  upon  the  subject  of  the  Slave-trade ;  but  I  cauoot 
flatter  myself  that  there  is  aay  disposition  in  the  Spanish  Government 
lo  do  more  than  is  proposed  in  the  Duke  of  San  Carlos's  Note.  Th^y 
urge  that  His  Catholic  Majesty^  anxious  to  conform  Hiiqself  to  the 
wishes  of  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent,  has  already  nna4e 
great  concessions,  and  that  he  cannot  go  beyond  His  last  proposition, 
without  endangering  the  safety  of  the  Island  of  Cuba ;  for  that  to 
abolish  the  Trade  upou  the  Coast  of  Guinea  would  probably  occaaion 
an  Insurrection  in  that  Island. 

.  Immediately  upon  receipt  of  your  Iiordsbip's  Dispatch  I  addressed 
a  Note  to  the  Ministt^r  of  Slate,  of  which  a  Copy  is  inclosed,  trani- 
mitting  to  him  likewise  a  Copy  of  your  Lordship's  Note  to  the 
Chevalier  de  Labrador.  I  have  likewise  had  a  Conference  with  hiia» 
IB  which  I  used  my  best  endeavours  to  prevail  upon  him  to  send 
Instructions  to  (he  Chevalier  de  Labrador,  conformably  to  your  Lord* 
ship's  suggestions.  1  urged  the  example  of  the  King  of  France,  who, 
since  the  Treaty  of  Paris,  had  consented  to  the  immediate  abolition  of 
the  Slave-trade  between  Cape  Formoso  and  Cape  Blanco.  I  like. 
wise  adverted  to  the  promises  of  the  Court  of  Portugal,  as  noticed  in 
yo^  Lordship's  Note  to  M.  Labrador. 

M.  de  Cevallos  said,  that  the  example  of  the  French  Government 
ought  not  to  be  urged  oq  the  pi'esent  occasion,  for  tliat  the  situatiou 
of  the  French  and  Spanish  Colonies  would  not  bear  auy  comparisoa ; 
that  France,  at  the  conclusion  of  the  War,  had  received  her 
Colonies  from  Great  Britain  in  a  state  of  the  highest  prosperily,  ^^eu. 
the  Slave-trade  had  been  abolished  in  them  for  several  years,  ai>d 
when  a  new  system  had  grown  up  which  rendered  any  further  importa- 
tion of  Negroes  unnecessary:  but  that  this  was  by  no  means  the  case 
with  Spain.  The  attention  of  her  Government  had  been  entirely  occu- 
pied by  the  arduous  War  in  which  the  Nntion  had  been  engaged,  in  de- 
fence of  its  independence,  and'  they  had  neither  had  time  to  attend  to 
the  wants  of  their  Colonies,  nor  the  means  of  supplying  them.  That 
accordingly  representations  were  perpetually  received  from  the  West 
Indies,  particularly  from  The  Havaonah,  of  the  injury  sustained  in 
consequence  of  the  great  scarcity  of  Negroes.  That  he  trusted  that 
these  considerations  would  have  their  due  weight  with  the  British  Go- 
vernment, and  that  they  would  do  justice  to  the  sincere  desire  of  His 
Catholic  Majesty  to  abolish  this  Traffic  as  soon  as  it  could  be  done 
with  safety  to  his  Colonies.  He  concluded  by  aayitig,  that  ha 
would  submit  your  Lordship's  Note  to  M.  Labrador,  to  Uie  King  in 
Council,  and  that  he  would  appoint  an  early  day  for  seeing  me  again. 
Fiicaunt  Casifereagh,  K.  G.  H.  WELLBSLBY. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


9J36  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  PORTUGAL. 

(Enchiure,) — Sir  Henry  Wellesley  to  Don  Pedro  Ceealloi. 

Madrid,  20/A  January,  1815. 

The  Undersigned^  Ambassador  Extraordinary  and  Minister  Pletiipo- 
tentiary  of  Bis  Brilannic  Majesty,  has  the  honour  to  inclose  to  his 
Excellency  Don  Pedro  de  Cevallos,  a  Copy  of  a  Note^  addressed  by 
Lord  Castlereagh  to  the  Chevalier  de  Labrador,  on  the  subject  of  the 
Slave- trade. 

His  Excellency  Don  Pedro  de  Cevallos  will  perceive,  from  this 
Note,  that  since  the  Treaty  of  Paris  the  Govern oient  of  France  has 
altogether  prohibited  the  Trade  in  Slaves  to  the  North  of  Cape  Formoso* 
and  that  with  the  same  bene6cent  view,  Portugal  has  declared  her 
iiltention  of  entering  into  an  arraugeaient  for  its  immediate  abolilioa. 
North  of  the  Line. 

His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent  persuades  himself,  that  Hts 
Catholic  Majesty  will  not  refuse  to  join  himself  to  the  other  Powers, 
for  the  benevolent  purpose  of  protecting  this  portion  of  Africa  from 
the  revival  of  the  horrors  of  a  Traffic,  -which  has  for  some  years  entirely 
ceased,  and  which  has  been  succeeded  by  a  legitimate  comnnerce  with 
the  Natives  in  the  productions  of  the  Country.  His  Royal  Highness 
has  the  less  hesitation  in  urging  His  Catholic  Majesty  to  the  adop- 
tion of  this  measure,  because,  as  is  stated  by  Lord  Castlereagh,  '*  the 
Coasts  South  of  the  Equator,  are  more  than  equal  to  meet  any 
demands  that  the  Subjects  of  the  Crown  of  Spain  have  been  in  the  habit 
of  making  upon  the  Population  of  Africa.'^ 

The  Prince  Regent  has  therefore  commanded  the  Undersigned  ta 
renew,  in  the  most  urgent  manner,  his  representations  to  the  Spanish 
Government  upon  this  subject,  in  the  anxious  hope  that  His  Catholic 
Majesty  will  be  induced  to  send  immediate  Instrnctions  to  his  Plenipo- 
tentiary at  the  Congress,  conformably  to  tlie  principles  laid  down  in 
the  inclosed  Note. 

The  Undersigned  avails  himself,  &c. 
H,  E.  Don  Pedro  Cevallos,  H.  WELLESLEY. 


PORTUGAL. 


No.  37 .'-'Substance  of  a  Convention  between  Great  Briiam  and 
Portugal, — Signed  at  Vienna,  the  2lst  January,  1815. 
.  Whereas  His  Majesty  and  the  Prince  Regent  of  Portugal,  are 
equally  desirous  tp  terminate  amicably  all  the  doubts  which  have 
arisen,  relative  to  the  Parts  of  the  Coast  of  Africa  with  which  the  Sub- 
jects of  the  Crown  of  Portugal^  under  the  Laws  of  that  Kingdom  and 
the  Treaty  subsisting  with  His  Britannic  Majesty,  may  lawfully  carry 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  PORTUGAL.  937 

on  a  Trade  in  Slaves;  and  whereas  several  Ships,  the  property  of  the 
said  Subjects  of  Portagal,  have  been  detained  and  condemned*  upon 
the  alleged  ground  of  being  engaged  in  an  illicit  Traffic  in  Slaves ; 
and  whereas  His  Britannic  Majesty,  in  order  to  give  to  his  intimate 
and  faithful  Ally  the  Prince  Regent  of  Portugal,  the  most  unequivocal 
proof  of  his  friendship  and  of  the  regard  he  pays  to  His  Royal  High- 
ness s  reclamations,  and  in  consideration  of  regulations  to  be  made  by 
the  Prince  Regent  of  Portugal  for  avoiding  hereafter  such  doubts,  is 
desirous  to  adopt  the  most  speedy  and  eflTectual  measures,  and  without 
the  delays  incident  to  the  ordinary  forms  of  Law,  to  provide  a  liberal 
Indemnity  for  the  Parties  whose  property  may  have  been  so  detained 
under  the  doubts  as  aforesaid. 

it  is  therefore  agreed,  that  the  sum  of  £300,000  be  paid  in  London, 
to  such  Person  as  the  Prince  Regent  of  Portugal  may  appoint  to 
receive  the  same;  which  sum  shall  constitute  a  Fund,  to  be  employed, 
under  such  regulations,  and  in  such  manner  as  the  said  Prince  Regent 
of  Portugal  may  direct,  in  discharge  of  Claims  for  Portuguese  Ships 
detained  by  British  Cruizers  previous  to  the  first  day  of  June,  1814, 
upon  the  alleged  ground  of  carrying  on  an  illicit  Traffic  in  Slaves ; 
and  that  the  said  Sum  shall  be  considered  to  be  in  full  discharge  of  all 
Claims  arising  out  of  Captures  made  previous  to  the  1st  day  of  June, 
1814. 


Ao.  38. — Substance  of  a  Treaty  between  Great  Britain  and  Portugal, 
— Signed  at  Vienna,  the  22nd  January,  1815. 

His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent  of  Portugal  having,  by 
the  Xlh  Article  of  the  Treaty  of  Alliance,  concluded  at  Rio  de 
Janeiro,  on  the  19lh  February,  1810,  declared  his  determination  "to 
co-operate  with  His  Britannic  Majesty  in  the  cause  of  humanity  and 
justice,  by  adopting  the  must  efficacious  means  for  bringing  about  a 
gradual  abolition  of  the  Slave-trade,^'  and  His  Royal  Highness,  in 
pursuance  of  his  said  declaration,  and  desiring  to  effectuate,  in  concert 
with  His  Britannic  Majesty  and  the  other  Powers  of  Europe,  who 
have  been  induced  to  assist  in  this  benevolent  object,  an  immediate  abo- 
lition of  the  said  Traffic,  upon  the  Parts  of  the  Coast  of  Africa  which  are 
situated  to  the  Northward  of  the  Line  ;  His  Britannic  Majesty  and  His 
Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent  of  Portugal,  equally  animated  by 
a  sincere  desire  to  accelerate  the  moment  when  the  blessings  of  peace- 
ful industry  and  an  innocent  commerce  may  be  encouraged  through- 
out this  extensive  portion  of  the  Continent  of  Africa,  by  its  being 
delivered  from  the  evils  of  the  Slave-trade,  have  agreed  to  enter  into 
a  Treaty  for  the  said  purpose. 

It  is  therefore  agreed,  that  from  and  after  the  Ratification  of  the 
present  Treaty,  and  the  publicatioi)  thereof,  it  shall  not  be  lawful  for 
any  of  the  Subjects  of  the  Crown  of  Portugal  to  purchase  Slaves,  or 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


938  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  PORTUGAL. 

to  carry  on  the  Slave-trade  on  any  Part  of  the  Coast  of  Africa,  to  the 
Northward  of  the  Equator,  upon  any  pretext,  or  in  any  manner  whataa* 
ever.  Provided,  nevertheless,  that  the  said  provision  shall  not  extend 
to  any  Ship  or  Ships  having  cleared  out  from  the  Ports  of  Bfasil, 
previous  to  the  puhlication  of  such  Ratification :  And  provided  the 
voyage,  in  which  such  Ship  or  Ships  are  engaged,  shall  not  be 
protracted  beyond  6  months  after'^uch  publication  as  aforesaid. 

His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent  of  Portugal  further  agrees 
by  this  Instrument,  and  binds  himself  to  adopt,  in  concert  «ith  His 
Britannic  Majesty,  such  measures  as  may  best  conduce  to  the  effi^- 
tual  execution  of  the  preceding  engagement,  according  to  its  true 
intent  and  meaning ;  and  His  Majesty  engagt's,  in  concert  with  His 
Royal  Highness,  to  give  such  Orders  as  may  effectually  prevent  any 
interruption  being  given  to  Portuguese  Ships  resorting  to  the  actual 
Dominions  of  the  Crown  of  Portugal,  or  to  the  Territories  which  arc 
claimed  in  the  said  Treaty  of  Alliance,  as  belonging  to  the  said 
Crown  of  Portugal,  to  the  Southward  of  the  Line,  for  the  purposes  of 
trading  in  Slaves,  as  aforesaid,  during  such  further  period  as  the  same 
may  be  permitted  to  be  carried  on  by  the  Laws  of  Portugal,  and  under 
the  Treaties  subsisting  between  the  2  Crowns. 

The  Treaty  of  Alliance  concluded  at  Rio  de  Janeiro,  on  the  19th 
February,  1810,  being  founded  on  circumstances  of  a  temporary 
nature,  which  have  happily  ceased  to  exist,  is  by  this  Instrument 
declared  to  be  void  in  all  its  parts,  and  of  no  eflTect ;  without  prejudice, 
however,  to  the  ancient  Treaties  of  alliance,  friendship  and  guarantee, 
which  have  so  long  and  so  happily  subsisted  between  the  2  Crowns, 
and  which  are  hereby  renewed  by  the  High  Contracting  Parties,  and 
acknowledged  to  be  of  full  force  and  effect.  The  High  Contracting 
Parties  reserve  also  to  themselves  by  the  same  Instrument,  and  engage 
to  determine  by  a  Separate  Treaty,  the  period  at  which  the  Trade  in 
Slaves  shall  universally  cease,  and  be  prohibited  throughout  the  entire 
Dominions  of  Portugal ;  the  Prince  Regent  of  Portugal  hereby 
renewing  his  former  declaration  and  engagement,  tliat,  during  the 
interval  which  is  to  elapse  before  such  general  and  final  abolition  shall 
take  effect,  it  shall  not  be  lawful  for  the  Subjects  of  Portugal  to 
purchase  or  Trade  in  Slaves,  upon  any  Parts  of  the  Coast  of  Africa, 
except  to  the  Southward  of  the  Line,  as  specified  in  the  llnd  Article  of 
this  Treaty ;  nor  to  engage  in  the  same,  or  to  permit  their  Flag  to  be 
used,  except  for  the  purpose  of  supplying  the  Transatlantic  Possessions 
belonging  to  the  Crown  of  Portugal. 

His  Britannic  Majesty  agrees,  at  the  same  time,  to  remit,  from  the 
date  at  which  the  Ratification  mentioned  in  the  1st  Article  shall  be 
promulgated,  such  further  payments  as  may  then  remain  due  and 
payable  upon  the  Loan  of  £600,000,  made  in  London  for  the  service 
of  Portugal,  in  the  year  1809,  in  consequence  of  a  Convention  signed 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  FRANCE.  $39 

on  tbe  21st  of  April  ol  the  same  year,  which  Coovention,  under  the 
conditions  specified  as  aforesaid,  is  declared  to  be  void  and  of  no 
eil^t. 

The  present  Treaty  shall  be  ratified,  and  the  Ratifications  shall  be 
exchanged  at  Rio  de  Janeiro  in  the  space  of  5  months,  or  sooner  if 
possible. 

It  is  further  agreed,  that  in  the  livent  of  any  of  the  Portuguese 
Settlers  being  desirous  of  retiring  from  the  Settlements  of  the  Crown 
of  Portugal  on  the  Coast  of  Africa,  to  tlie  Northward  of  the  Equator, 
with  the  Negroes  bond  fide  their  Domestics,  to  some  other  of  the 
Possessions  of  the  Crown  of  Portugal,  the  same  shall  not  be  deemed 
unlawful ;  provided  it  does  not  take  place  on  board  a  Slave-trading 
Vessel,  aud  provided  they  be  furnished  with  proper  Passports  and 
Certificates,  according  to  a  Form  to  be  agreed  on  between  the  2  Go« 
vernments. 


CONGRESS. 


A'o.  39  — Viscount  Casfiereagh  io  Earl  Baihurst, 
My  Lord,  Vienna.  9ih  October,  1814. 

In  pursuance  of  The  Prince  Regents  Commands,  I  addressed  to 
Prince  Talleyrand  the  Official  Note  of  which  the  inclosed  is  a  Copy. 

I  thought  it  material  to  empfoy  our  utmost  means  to  bring  France 
to  adopt  the  measure  of  immediate  abolition,  before  the  Discussions  in 
Congress  were  entered  upon. 

I  have  lost  no  occasion  of  favourably  preparing  the  minds  of  the 
several  Plenipotentiaries  for  the  approaching  Discussions,  and  have 
taken  measures  for  supplying  them  with  the  necessary  information  to 
enable  them  fully  to  understand  the  Question.  I  am  sorry  however  to 
find  that,  as  yet,  neither  the  Ministers  of  Spain  nor  Portugal  have 
received  any  authority  from  their  respective  Courts,  to  enter  upon  the 
discussion  with  the  Plenipotentiaries  assembled  here. 

I  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c. 
Eari  Batkurst,  K.  G.  CASTLE  REACH. 


(Enclosure.) — Viscount  Castlereagh  to  Prince  Talleyrand. 

Vienna,  Sth  October,  1814. 
It  has  been  represented  to  the  British  Government,  that  some 
expressions  have  lately  dropped  from  His  Highness  the  Prince  de 
Talleyrand,  His  Most  Christian  Majesty  s  Principal  Secretary  of 
State  for  Foreign  Affairs,  to  the  effect — "  That  the  French  Govern- 
ment would  not  object  to  an  immediate  abolition  of  the  Slave-trade, 
provided  they  were  enabled  to  justify  such  a  sacrifice  as  that  measure 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


940  GREAT  BjEllTAIN  AND  FRANCE. 

might  be  supposed  to  involve,  by  some  acqaisition   procured  for  the 
Natioo,  or  some  compensation  secured  for  their  Planters.** 

Thougli  nothing  which  passed  in  the  course  of  the  Discussions  in 
May  last  at  Paris,  on  the  subject  of  the  Slave-trade,  was  in  the 
smallest  degree  calculated  to  give  countenance  to  such  an  idea.  His 
Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent,  always  eager  to  seize  upon  every 
suggestion  which  can  afford  him  ft  prospect  of  terminating,  or  even  of 
narrowing,  this  great  social  evil,  has  commaudcd  the  Undersigned, 
Principal  Secretary  of  State  for  Foreign  Affairs,  to  invite  the  French 
Government  to  negotiate  for  the  absolute  and  immediate  abolition  of 
the  Slave-trade,  upon  the  following  basis,  viz.  the  Cession  by  Great 
Britain,  in  full  Sovereignty,  to  France,  of  an  Island  in  the  West  Indies, 
or,  if  more  acceptable,  the  advance  by  Great  Britain  of  a  sum  of 
money,  to  be  applied  by  His  Most  Christian  Majesty's  Government 
to  the  benefit  of  the  French  Colonists^  in  compensation  for  any  loss  they 
might  be  supposed  to  experience  in  consequence  of  the  Trade  in  Slaves 
being  forthwith  abolished,  instead  of  at  the  end  of  5  }  ears,  as  stipulated 
by  the  1st  Additional  Article  of  the  Peace  of  Paris. 

It  will  afford  to  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent  the  truest 
satisfaction  to  make  this  further  sacrifice,  on  the  part  of  the  British  Nation, 
to  the  interests  of  humanity,  and  to  the  progress  of  a  Cause  which  he 
deems  it  not  less  his  pride  than  his  duty  to  sustain  ;  and  His  Royal 
Highness  will  experience  an  increased  gratification,  if  he  can  thus 
enable  His  Most  Christian  Majesty  to  carry  into  immediate  execution 
his  own  benevolent  intentions,  without  making,  what  His  Majesty 
might  otherwise  consider,  an  undue  sacrifice  of  interest  on  the  part  of 
his  Subjects. 

The  Undersigned  requests  His  Highness,  &c. 
H.  E.  The  Prince  de  Taljeyrand.  CASTJ.EREAGH. 


No.  40  — Viscount  Castlereagk  to  Earl  Balhurst, 
(Extract.)  Vitnna,  I  It h  November ,  IHH. 

I  HAVE  the  honour  to  transmit  the  Answer  which  I  have  received 
from  the  Prince  de  Talleyrand,  to  my  Proposition  for  an  immediate 
abolition  of  the  Slave-trade. 
Earl  Bathurst,  E.G.  CASTLE  REACH. 


C Enclosure,) — Le  Prince  de  Talleyrand  au  Vicomte  Castlereagk. 

Vienne,  le  5  Novcmbre,  1814. 
Le  Soussigne,  Ministre  de  Sa  Majesty  Tr^  Chretienne  et  Son  Se- 
cretaire d^Etat  au  Departement  des  Affaires  Etrang^res,  a  re^u  la  Note 
que  Son  Excellence  Lord  Vicomte  Castlereagh  Jui  a  fait  Thonneorde 
lui  adresser,  et  par  laquelle  il  propose  de  s'entendre  pour  une  aboli- 
tion actuelle  et  immediate  de  hi  Traile  de  la  part  de  la  France. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND    RUSSIA.  941 

Les  sen ti mens  du  Roi  par  rapport  k  ce  genre  de  Trafic,  Lui  font 
nnc^rement  desirer  que  son  abolition  imniediate  poisse  6tre  troovee 
compatible  avec  an  inter^t  auqiiel  il  doit  subordonner  Ses  determina- 
tions  avec  IMnter^tde  Sou  Royaume  et  de  Ses  Colonies.  Mais  Petat 
de  celles-ci  ne  Lui  est  point  encore  connu.  H  y  en  a  m^me  ane  partie 
dans  la  possession  desquelles  la  France  u'est  point  encore  rentree. 
Ainsi,  des  elemens  sans  lesquels  iUest  impossible  de  se  former  une 
opinion  dans  une  maliere  aussi  grave,  les  uns  manquant  totalement, 
les  autres  doivent  dtre  recueillis  dans  les  Ports  et  les  Villes  de  com:- 
mcrce,  06  nombre  d^expeditions  ont  6t6  d^ja  faites  ou  prepares  sur  la 
foi  da  Traits  du  30  Mai.  II  faut  avant  tout  pouvoir  les  reunir  tons, 
en#aite  les  comparer  et  les  discuter,  ce  qui  exige  n^cessairement  du 
temps.  II  en  faut  d  ailleurs  pour  preparer  I'opinion  et  surraonter  des 
prejug^s  centre  lesquels  on  n  a  point  en  France  comme  en  Angleterre 
le  secours  de  I'exp^rience. 

C'est  pourquoi  Sa  Majesty  Tr^s  Chretienne  qui  S*est  engagee  et 
qui  est  pr6te  k  unir  tons  Ses  efforts  k  ceux  de  Sa  Majesty  Britanuique^ 
pour  faire  prononcer  Tabolition  genera  le  de  la  Tra'te  par  toutes  les 
Puissances  de  la  Chr^tiente,  pense  qu'il  est  necessaire  de  se  borner 
poor  le  moment  k  cet  objet,  en  se  reservant  de  s'entendre  sur  la  Pro- 
position contenue  dans  la  Note  de  Son  Excellence  Lord  Yicomte 
Castlereagh,  lorsque  les  operations  du  Congres  etant  termin^es  et  la 
France  ayant  obtenu  les  renscignemens  qui  lui  manquent,  la  question 
pourra  Stre  trait^e  avec  toutela  maturite  quVlIe  requiert. 

Le  Soussign^  se  plait  k esp^rer  quelle  pourra  T^tre  aiors  a  la  satis* 
faction  recipruque  des  2  Puissances. 

Le  Soussigne,  &c. 
S.  E.  Vicamte  Castiereagh.       LE  PRINCE  DE  TALLEYRAND. 


No.  4\,-^Fiscount  Castlereagh  to  Earl  Bat  hurst. 
M T  Lord ,  Vienna,  2 nd  January,  1815. 

I  HAVE  the  honour  to  acquaint  your  Lordship,  that  I  have  adr 
dressed  the  enclosed  Letter  to  the  Austrian^  Russian  and  Prussian 
Ministers,  requesting  to  be  admitted  to  an  Audience  of  their  respective 
Sovereigns,  upon  the  subject  of  the  Slave  Trade. 

The  Emperor  of  Russia  received  me  the  following  Evening,  and  I 
had  an  opportunity  of  explaining  to  His  Imperial  Majesty,  at  consi- 
derable lengthy  the  objects  with  which  I  was  charged,  the  importance 
attached  to  them  by  The  Prince  Regent,  and  the  mode  in  which  His 
Imperial  Majesty  could  most  contribute  to  their  successful  accomplisli- 
ment. 

I  began  by  satisfying  the  Emperor^  that  Great  Britain  had  left  no 
means  untried  which  depended  on  her  to  effect  a  complete  and  total 
abolition  of  this  odious  and  criminal  Traffic. — That  the  British  Parlia« 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


942  QREAT  BRITAIN  AND  RUSSIA. 

nent  had  now,  for  tome  years,  io  oppositioo  to  erery  prejodice  aud  sug- 
gestion of  National  interesU  abolished  absolutely  the  Traffic,  throagb- 
•ut  the  whole  extent  of  the  British  Dominions.— That  they  had  farther 
made  it  an  invariable  object  in  all  their  Negotiations  to  promote  this 
measure ;  that«  in  consequence,  engagements  hud  been  entered  into  by 
Sweden,  Denmark,  and  Holland,  immediately  to  abolish,  and  by 
France  at  the  end  of  6  years ;  that  France  had,  since  the  Treaty  of 
Paris,  consented  to  abolish  forthwith,  to  the  North  of  Cape  Formoso, 
and  that  we  were  in  negotiation  with  Spain  and  Portugal,  for  the  pnr- 
pose  of  delivering,  without  further  delay,  this  portion  of  Africa  at 
least,  from  the  evils  of  the  Slave  trade. 

That  our  endeavours  had  not  been  confined  to  mere  representa- 
tions; but  that  offers  of  direct  and  considerable  value  had  been  held 
OQt  by  the  Prince  Regent's  Commands,  to  France,  Spain,  and  Porto- 
gal«  in  order  to  reconcile  them,  if  possible,  to  the  measure  of  imme- 
diate abolition. 

Having  explained  the  nature  and  extent  of  the  exertions  which 
Great  Britain  had  made  to  effectuate  this  object,  I  represented  to  the 
Emperor  that  our  means  of  being  of  use  were,  in  a  great  measore, 
exhausted,  and  that  it  depended  much  more  upon  His  Imperial  Majesty 
asd  the  other  Sovereigns  who  had  no  Colonies,  now  to  act,  than  it  did 
upon  Great  Britain. 

The  Emperor  listened  with  much  attention  to  every  part  of  my 
statement,  and  particularly  to  this,  in  which  I  endeavoured  to  shov 
that,  upon  reasonable  notice,  the  Great  Powers  of  Europe  would  not 
only  be  justified  but  bound,  in  morality  and  sincerity,  to  exclode  from 
their  Ports,  Colonial  produce  grown  within  the  Dominions  of  States 
which,  within  a  reasonable  pejiod,  refused  to  adopt  the  principle  of  abo- 
lition. That  to  do  so  most  at  once  be  effectual,  and  to  do  lesa  was  to 
make  themselves  parties,  in  breach  of  their  promises,  to  the  crimes  and 
scandal  to  which  their  demand  for  Colonial  produce  gave  occatioa, 
and  which  they  ought  preferably  to  supply  from  those  Countiiea  where 
the  cnltore  was  not  carried  on  by  newly  imported  Slaves. 

The  Emperor  gave  me  every  assurance  of  support,  and  diredtd 
Coant  Nesselrode  to  consult  with  n;e  on  the  measures  to  be  adopted. 

With  respect  to  the  period  of  abolition  to  be  uriged.  His  Imperial 
Majesty  declared  his  desire,  if  possible,  to  prevail  upon  France  to 
reduce  the  period  of  6  years,  and  that  Spain  and  Portugal  should  be 
vrged  to  conform  to  whatever  period  France  might  be  prevailed  on  to 
adopt. 

The  Emperor  expressed  satisfaction  at  the  idea  of  eonttitutiBg  a 
Standing  Commission  in  London  and  Paris,  composed  of  the  Minis* 
ters  of  Powers  friendly  to  this  object;  whose  doty  it  should  be  io  fol- 
low it  up  with  the  undivided  weight  of  their  respective  GoverBaeBl% 
till  finally  effected. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA^^  &C.  M3 

His  Imperial  JMi^esty  received  my  represQutatioDS ibroughoot,  intbe 
aiofet  eraciom  manner,  aufi  authorized  me  to  assure  the  Prince  Regent 
that  His  Royal  H^^hness  might  rest  satisied  that  He  wouJd  do  His 
utmost  to  second  his  exertions  on  this  interesting  subject. 

I  have  the  honour  to  be»  &c. 
Earl  Batkurst,  K.  G.  CASTLE  RE  AGfl. 

P.S.  I  inclose  to  your  Lordship  a  Copy  ofa  Dispatch  which  I  havfe 
written  to  His  Excellency  Sir  Henry  Wellesley  on  the  same  subject, 
together  with  the  Inclosure  therein  referred  to. 


(Enclosure.  \.) — yiscouM  Castlereagh  to  Ike  Ministers  ^  A«$iria^ 
Prussia,  and  Russia. 

Vienna,  2bth  Deeemher,  1814. 
Lord  Ca&tlereagh,  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Principal  Secretary  of 
State  for  Foreign  Affairs,  having  received  the  commands  of  His  Royal 
Highness  the  Prince  Regent  to  solicit  a  Special  Audience  of  His  Ma- 
jesty the  for  the  purpose  of  making  a  represen- 
tation in  His  Royal  Highness's  name  to  His  Majesty  the 

on  the  subject  of  the  Slave-trade,  begs  His  Excellency 
to  submit  this  request  to  His  Majesty, 
the  that  he  may  be 

honoured  with  an  andtence  for  this  purpose. 

Lord  Castlereagh  takes  this  opportunity,  &c. 
Prince  Mettemurh,  Prince  Hardenbert^, 
and  Count  Nesseliode, 


(Enclosure  fL) — Viscount  Castlereagh  to  Sir  Henry  Wellesley, 
SfE,  Vienna,  2nd  January,  1815. 

1  HAVE  the  honour  to  enclose  a  Copy  of  a  Note  which  1  have  ad- 
dreated  to  the  Chevalier  Labrador,  on  the  subject  of  the  Slave-trade; 
and  I  have  to  signify  to  Your  Excelleuey,  the  Prince  Regent  s  pleasure, 
that  you  do  use  your  ntmost  exertions  to  prevail  upon  the  Spanish 
GoTeroment  to  send  immediate  Instructions  to  their  Plenipotentiary  at 
Congress,  conformably  to  the  principles  therein  laid  down. 

1  should  wish  also  to  receive  from  Your  Excellency,  by  the  return 
of  die  Messenger,  a  precise  statement  of  the  situation  of  your  negotia- 
tkma  and  engagements  with  the  Spanish  Government  on  this  subject, 
under  aiiy  late  Instructions  which  you  may  have  received  from  Home, 
in  reply  to  your  Excellency's  Dispatches. 

I  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c. 
H.  E.  Sir  Henry  Wellesley,  KB.  CASTLEREAGH. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


944  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  SPAIN. 

(Sub-Enclosure.) — Viscount  Castiereagh  to  (he  CheoaHerde  Labrador. 

Vienna,  ^7lh  December,  1814. 

The  Undersigued,  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Principal  Secretary  of 
State  for  Foreign  Affairs,  having  understood  from  His  Catholic  Ma- 
jesty's Plenipotentiary  to  the  Congress  of  Vienna,  that  the  Instructions 
of  his  Court  authorize  him  to  agree  to  an  immediate  abolition  of  the 
Slave- trade,  on  all  parts  of  the  Coast  of  Africa,  except  between  the 
Equator  and  the  lOth  degree  of  Latitude  North,  within  which  limits  it 
is  intended  to  permit  its  being  carried  on  for  the  space  of  8  years,  when 
this  Traffic  is  to  be  wholly  and  universally  prohibited  by  the  Laws  of 
Spain,  feels  it  necessary  to  solicit  His  Excellency's  immediate  attention 
to  the  nature  of  this  arrangement 

The  Undersigned  forbears,  on  the  present  occasion,  to  enter  into  the 
considerations  which  have  influenced  the  decision  of  the  Spanish  Oo- 
▼emment,  in  assigning  so  extended  a  period  as  8  years  for  the  discon- 
tinuance, generally,  of  this  Traffic.  He  is  desirous  at  present  merely  to 
point  His  Excellency's  attention  to  the  particular  limits  within  which 
Spanish  Subjects  will  be  permitted,  under  the  proposed  regulation,  to 
carry  on  the  Trade.  If  the  restriction  had  assigned  for  this  purpose 
the  Coast  of  Africa  to  the  Southward  of  the  Line,  the  Undersigned 
would  have  had  nothing  to  object,  as  this  Coast,  so  long  as  other  Na- 
tions permit  the  Traffic,  must  be  exposed  for  some  time  lunger  to  its 
desolating  influence ;  but  the  regulation,  as  announced,  as  the  Under- 
signed presumes  to  represent,  will  altogether  disappoint  the  l>6neficent 
views  with  which  His  Catholic  Majesty  has  been  induce<l  to  place 
the  Trade  under  restrictions. 

The  Coast  of  Africa,  North  of  the  Line,  by  a  variety  of  concurring 
circumstances,  and  by  the  persevering  efforts  of  Great  Britain,  has 
very  nearly  been  delivered  from  this  calamity,  and  a  considerable 
and  growing  commerce,  of  an  Innocent  nature,  has  been  substituted 
in  its  room.  To  preserve  and  cherish  this  amended  system  of  society 
on  die  Northern  Coast,  must  be  the  object  of  all  Nations.  France, 
since  the  Treaty  of  Paris,  has,  in  this  benevolent  view,  as  will  ap- 
pear from  the  Correspondence,  altogether  prohibited  the  Trade  to  the 
North  of  Cape  Formoso,  ant|  Portugal  has  declared  her  intention  of 
entering  into  an  arrangement  for  the  immediate  abolition,  North  of  the 
Line  :  this  will  render  more  than  the  half  of  Africa  a  sanctuary  against 
the  Traders  in  Slaves,  if  His  Catholic  Majesty,  by  any  alteration  of 
the  proposed  regulution,  will  join  himself  to  the  other  Powers,  which, 
though  differing  upon  the  question  of  immediate  abolition,  all  concur 
in  the  benevolent  policy  of  protecting  this  portion  of  Africa  against 
the  revival  of  a  Trade,  which  must  at  once  arrest  its  extended  Popula- 
tion in  their  progress  towards  industry  and  civilization* 

The  Undersigned  persuades  himself,  that  His  Catholic  Majesty 
can  have  the  less  hesitation  in  confining  the  Traffic  to  the  Southward 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GR£AT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTBIA^  &C.  945 

of  th«  Line^  as  tfae  field  is  there  more  than  ample  for  any  demands  the 
Subjects  of  the  Crown  of  Spain  have  been  in  the  practice  of  making 
upon  the  Population  of  Africa. 

The  Undersigned^  &c. 
H.  E.  The  Chevalier  de  Labrador.  CASTLEREAGH. 


No.  43.—  Viscount  Castlereagh  to  Earl  Baf hurst. 
My  Lord,  Vienna^Sth  January,  1815. 

Since  I  had  the  honour  of  detailing  to  your  Lordship  the  nature 
and  result  of  my  Interview  with  His  Imperial  Majesty  the  Emperor  of 
Russia,  in  consequence  of  the  Circular  Note  which  f  addressed  to  the  3 
Plenipotentiaries  on  the  25th  ultimo,  I  have  been  honoured  with 
Audiences  of  His  Imperial  and  Apostolic  Majesty,  and  of  His  Majesty 
the  King  of  Prussia,  in  which  I  did  not  fail  to  represent  in  the  strongest 
manner  the  great  interest  felt  by  His  Royal  Highness  the  Prince 
Regent, and  by  the  British  Nation  in  general,  upon  the  subject  of  the 
Stave- trade ;  and  I  have  the  satisfaction  to  acquaint  your  Lordship, 
that  their  Majesties  were  pleased  to  repeat  the  assurances  which  had 
already  been  conveyed  through  their  Ministers,  of  their  sincere 
determination  to  use  their  utmost  influence  with  the  different  Powers 
concerned^  in  assisting  Great  Britain  to  bring  about  as  early  an  aboli- 
tion as  possible  of  the  Traffic  in  question. 

I  have  the  honour,  &c. 
Earl  Bathurst,  K.  G.  CASTLE  RE AGH. 


No.  43. —  Viscount  Castlereagh  to  Earl  Bathurst. 
My  Lord,  Vienna,  22d  January,  1815. 

I  HAVE  the  honour  to  transmit  to  your  Lordship  a  Treaty,  this 
day  signed  by  me  with  the  Portuguese  Plenipotentiaries,  for  the 
final  and  immediate  abolition  of  the  Slave-trade  to  the  North  of  the 
Equator. 

1  also  inclose  a  Convention  signed  yesterday  with  the  same  Parties, 
for  terminating,  in  connection  with  the  former  Arrangement,  the  Disputes 
siibsisting,  for  some  time  past,  with  the  Court  of  Portugal,  relative  to 
their  Ships  detained  on  the  Coast  of  Africa. 

I  request  your  Lordship  will  submit  these  Instruments  for  the 
Prince  Regent's  gracious  approbation  and  Ratification. 

I  am,  &c. 
Earl  Bathurst,  E.G.  CASTLEREAGH^ 


(Enclosures.)-- See  Substance  of  Treaties;  Nos.  37  and  88. 


No.  A4.^^  Viscount  Castlereagh  to  Earl  Bathurst. 
Mt  Lord,  Vienna,  26th  January,  1815. 

In  pursuance  of  the  intention  announced  to  your  Lordship,  I  re- 
[1815—16.]  3  P 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


946  GREAT  BRITAIN  AKD  AUSTRIA,  &C. 

newed,  ni  a  General  ConfereDce  of  tlie  8  Powers,  on  the  Itfth  loataat, 
my  Proposition  for  the  consideration  €^  the  Slave-trade,  in  Special 
Sittings,  to  be  dedicated  to  this  object,  by  all  the  Powers  conjointly. 

Your  Lordship  will  observe,  from  the  accompanying  Protocol,  that 
the  attempt  to  have  it  discussed,  not  as  a  General  but  as  a  Colonial 
Question,  was  renewed.  The  importance  of  resisting  this,  and  uphold* 
ing  the  authority  of  the  Continental  Powers,  was  obvious,  and  the 
result  was  satisfactory. 

Our  6rst  Sitting  was  held  on  the  16th  (20th)  Instant,  of  which  the 
Protocol  is  inclosed.  Although  tolerably  fall,  it  cannot,  of  course,  convey 
more  than  the  heads  of  what  passed.  I  beg  your  Lordship  will,  how- 
ever, be  assured,  that  no  effort  was  neglected  to  promote  the  object; 
and  I  hope  enough  will  appear  before  the  Priuce  Regent,  on  the  face 
of  our  proceedings,  to  satisfy  His  Royal  Highness  that  bis  Servants 
have  endeavoured  to  obey  his  commands. 

To-morrow  we  resume  our  Sittings.  As  we  are  all  agreed  upon  the 
principle ;  and  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  France,  Spain,  and  Portngal 
are  limited  by  their  Instructions  upon  the  point  of  modification,  I  con- 
ceive 2  more  Deliberations  will  terminate  our  labours. 

1  hope  we  shall  have  brought  every  Question  so  completely  into 
view,  as  to  lay  the  best  ground  for  the  Commissions,  hereafter  to  be 
pensanently  constituted,  to  follow  up  the  Negotiations. 

I  hope  essential  progress  has  been  made,  at  least  upon  one 
branch  of  t^s  Question,  I  mean  the  liberation  of  the  Northern  Parts  of 
Africa  from  the  miseries  of  this  Trade.  The  foundation  has  also  been 
kid  for  an  entire  cessation  of  the  evil  at  a  definite  period,  with  a 
prospect  that  the  auspicious  epoch  may  be  accelerated  by  future  exer- 
tion ;  and  what  I  consider  of  great  importance  is,  that  the  attention 
of  the  Ministers  here  has  been  awakened  to  this  important  subject,  in  m 
degree  much  beyond  what  I  could  have  hoped  lor,  conaideriag  the 
multiplicity  of  their  avocations,  and  their  former  ignorance  of  the 
question. 

I  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c. 
Earl  Baikurst.  K.  G.  CASTLEREAGH. 


( Enclosure,) — ProtoeoU  de  la  Conference  entre  ies  PlenipoientiairtM 
cTAutrickt^fPEspagne,  de  France,  de  la  Grande  Bretagne,de Portugal, 
de  Prus$e,  de  Rustier  et  de  Suede ;  tenue  d  Vienne,  le  16  Janwier, 
1815.» 

(Extrait) 
Lord  CASTLBaEAGH   a  renouvele  sa  Proposition  de  s'occnper  dea 
moyens  de  faire  cesser  liniverMlIement  la  Traite  des  Noirs.  Son  avis  m 
ete^qull  ne  falloit  pas  nommer  pour  cet  effet  une  Commiasion  propi^ 

*  Sc«  TroboGfAp  u  anenaed.    Endosare  1  m  Na.  45. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C.  947 

meDt  dite,  mais  traiter  la  question  dans  rAssemblee  des  8  Paissances, 
en  lea  inf  itant  d  nommer  chacan  1  de  leurs  Plenipoteotiaires  pour  former 
des  Seances  Particu litres,  exclusivement  consacr^es  i  cet  objet,  sauf  a 
rendre  compte  du  r^sultat  des  deliberations  i  PAssembl^e  G^n^rale. 

M.  le  Comtede  Palmelia  a  combattu  cette  proposition,  en  declarant 
qu'il  ne  concevoit  pas  pourquoi  la  marche  geueralement  observde 
jttsqn'ici,  de  ne  faire  intervenir  dans  les  discussions  que  les  Puissances 
plus  ou  moins  interessees  aux  objetsqui  se  traitoient,  ne  s'appliqueroit 
pas  de  m^ine  k  la  question  de  I'Abolition  de  laTraite  des  Noire ;  question 
qui  ne  regardoitabsolument  que  les  Puissances  poss^dant  des  Colonies. 
M.  le  PMuipotentiaire  s'est  oppose  au  projet  de  d^liberer  sur  cette  ques- 
tion dans  unComite  compose  des  PUnipotentiaires  des  8  Puissances,  en 
ajontant  que  les  Puissances  sans  Colonies,  ayant  une  fois  embrassee  le 
principe  de  I'abolition,  et  n'^tant  arr^tees  dans  I'execution  de  ce 
principe  par  aucun  iuter^t  particulier,  ne  pouvoient  pas  ^tre  consid^rees 
com  me  enti^rement  impartielles  dans  une  affaire  dont,  par  un  zdle 
louable  en  lui  m^me,  elles  precipiteroient  peut-etre  la  marche  aux 
depens  des  Etats  que  leur  position  particuli^re  obligeroit  aux  plus 
grands  m^nagemens. 

M.  le  Chevalier  Labrador  se  reunissant  d'avis  i  M.  le  Comte  de 
Palmelia  a  observe  :  Que  toutes  les  Puissances,  se  trouvant  d'accord 
sur  le  principe  general  de  Tabolition  de  la  Traite,il  serait  inutile,  d'en 
faire  un  objet  de  discussion  ;  que  la  seule  question  i  examiner  ^toit 
celle  des  moyens  dexecution,  et  surtout  du  terme  d  choisir  pour  faire 
cesser  ce  commerce ;  que  cette  question  se  reduisant  enti^rement  4 
des  details  et  4  des  considerations  locales,  ne  pouvoit  ^tre  trait^e  que 
par  les  Puissances  qui  poss^deiit  des  Colonies,  et  qu'il  serait,  si  non 
injusteyau  moins  inutile,  d*y  admettre  les  autres ;  qu'il  etait  facile  de 
condamner  la  Traite  par  des  assertions  generates,  mats,  que  les 
Puissances,  dont  le  syst^me  Colonial  avoit  ^te  fonde  jnsqu'ici  sur 
Timportation  des  N^gres,  se  trouvoient  pour  ainsi  dire,  placees  entre  2 
injustices.  Tune  envera  les  habitans  de  I'Afrique,  lautre  envers  leurs 
propres  Sujets,  Proprietaires  dans  les  Colonies,  dont  les  int^r^ts 
seroient  grievement  compromis  par  un  changement  trop  brusque  dans 
le  regime  actuel;  que  cette  dernidre  consideration  ^toit  d'une  impor- 
tance particuli^re  pour  TEspagne,  puisque  I'^tat  d*agitation  od  se 
trouvoient  les  Colonies  Espagnoles  de  Terre-Ferme,  imposoit  nu 
Gouvernement  le  devoir  de  redoubler  de  soins  pour  la  conservation  et 
la  prosp^rite  des  lies  de  Cube  et  de  Porto  Rico ;  enfin  que  Sa  Majeste 
Catholiqne  ne  pouvoit  pas,  avec  la  meilleure  volont6,  s  engager  pour 
I'abolition  de  la  Traite  k  un  terme  plus  rapprocb^  que  celui  de  8 
annees. 

Messieurs  les  Plenipotentiaires  de  Russie,  d*Autriche,  de  Prosse,  et 
de  Su^de  ont  soutenu,  que  comme  question  de  morale  publique  et 
d'humanit^,  I'abolition  de  la  Traite  interessoit  indubitablement  toutes 

3  P2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


948  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C. 

lea  PuissaDces :  que  cellea  qui  n'ont  point  des  Colonies  ne  pr^leo- 
doient  point  dinger  les  details  d*Due  mesure  pareille,  mais  que  let 
opinions  aur  ces  details,  et  notamment  sur  le  terme  de  Pabolition,  le 
trouvant  partage  parmi  les  Puissances  directement  int^ressees  dans 
cette  affaire,  I'intervention  des  autres  seratt  toujours  utile  poar 
coQcilter  les  opinions,  et  pour  amener  uu  resultat  conforme  an  vcui  de 
rhumanite  enti^re. 

Lord  Castlereagh  a  declare  que  I'Angleterre,  quoiqn'ea  attachant 
i  Tabolitionde  la  Traite  un  int^r^t  bien  prononce,  etoit  cependant  loin 
de  Tonloir  donner  la  loi  k  cet  £gard  k  aucune  autre  Puissance;  qoeie 
terns  de  la  duree,  et  le  mode  de  preparer  graduellement  la  suppression 
de  ce  trafic>  ^toient  sans  doute  des  questions  sur  lesqaelles  cliaqoe 
Puissance  poss^dant  des  Colonies,  pouvo't  avoir  opinion  particoltire, 
raais  qu  une  Commission  exclusivement  composee  de  ces  Puissances  ne 
repondroit  pas  au  but  qu'il  avait  en  v&,  en  pro?oquant  la  discussion  de 
cette  affaire ;  qu*il  s'agissait  de  connoitre  authentiquement  les  senti. 
mens  et  la  mani^re  de  voir  des  principales  Puissances,  relativemeot  i 
une  affaire  d'un  inter^t  aussi  general,  et  qu'il  regardoit  la  forme  de 
deliberation  proposee  par  lui  comme  la  seule  propre  a  fbomir  k  cet 
egard  les  Maircissemens  satisfaisans. 

A  la  suite  de  cette  discussion,  M.  le  Prince  de  Metteraicb  a 
etabli  la  question  prealable,  sur  laquelle  on  avoit  i  proooncer,  dans 
les  termes  suivans : 

*<  L'affaire  de  rabolitiou  de  la  Traite  des  N^gres,  doit-elle  kin 
jemis  en  premier  lieu  i  une  Commission,  compost  de  Pi^oipotentiaires 
des  Puissances  possedant  des  Colonies,  ou  trait^e  d'abord  par  les 
Plenipoteoliaires  reunis  des  8  Puissances  ?'' 

.  M.  M.  les  Plenipotentiaires  de  Portugal  et  d'Espagne  ont  persist^ 
dansleurs  avis  de  n'admettre  i  la  discussion,  si  on  la  jugeait  abeo- 
lument  n6cessaire,  que  les  Ministres  des  Puissances  poss^dans  des 
Colonies.  M.  le  Comte  de  Palmella  a  demande  en  outre  que 
dans  le  cas  que  I'opinion  contraire  prevaloit,  il  fut  insert  au  Proto- 
cole,  que  les  Plenipotentiaires  de  Portugal,  sans  se  soustraire  k  la 
deliberation  commune,  ne  regardoient  pas  la  question  dont  on  alloit 
s'occuper,  comme  une  question  de  droit  public :  de  I'autre  c6te  Messiems 
Jes  Plenipotentiaires  d*Angleterre,  de  Russie,  d'Autriche,  de  Pnisss, 
de  SuMe,  et  de  France,  ont  vote  centre  la  Commission  Particnliere,  et 
pour  Hntervention  des  8  Puissances  dans  cette  question. 

Lord  Castlereagh  en  resumant  sa  premiere  proposition,  a  dit  alora 
qu'il  n*in»stoit  pas  a  n'admettre  dans  ces  deliberations  qu'un  Plenipo- 
tentiaire  de  cbaque  Puissance :  que  le  nombre  de  ceuz  qui  y  assiste- 
loient  dtoit  indifferent ;  que  son  intention  avoit  seolement  ete  de  faire 
consacrer  A  cet  objet  quelqnes  Stances  Particuli^respour  le  traiter  avec 
suite,  et  pour  menager  le  tems  que  d'autres  affaires  pourroieot 
reclamer. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AMD  AUSTRIA,  &C.  949 

U  s'est  reserve  d'iiiviter  Messieurs  les  Pl^nipotentiaires  i  se 
i^unir  en  Conference  sur  cette  question,  aussil^t  qu'il  seroit  prepare  i 
J«Dtamer. 

Sur  quoi,  la  Seance  a  et^  levee. 

NESSELRODE.  LOBO. 

STEWART,  Lieut.'Gen.  LOWENHIELM. 

CASTLEREAGH.  GOMEZ  LABRADOR. 

TALLEYRAND.  LE  BARON  DE  BINDER. 

PALMELLA.  HUMBOLDT. 

SALDANHA. 


No.  45. —  Viscount  Caiiiereagh  to  Earl  Baihurst. 
My  Lord,  Vienna,  IrS/A  February,  1816. 

I  TRANSMIT  herewith  to  your  Lordship  an  amended  Copy  of  the 
Protocol  of  the  20ih  ultimo,  on  the  question  of  the  Slave-trade, 
together  with  the  subsequent  proceedings  on  the  same  subject. 

It  did  not  appear  to  me  that  any  useful  purpose  could  be  answered 
by  protracting  the  discussions  here,  conceiving  that  any  further 
attempts  to  accelerate  the  epoch  of  abolitiou,  will  be  made  with  abetter 
chance  of  success  after  these  discussions  in  Congress  are  promulgated, 
for  which  endeavour  the  proposed  Commissions  in  London  and  Paris 
will  afford  the  necessary  facilities.  I  have,  &c. 

Earl  Baihurst,  K.  G.  CASTLER EAG H. 


(Enclosure  I.) — Protocole  de  la  lire  Seance  Part iculHre  entre  les  Pie- 

nipotenliaires  des  8  Cours;  tenue  d  Vienne,  le  20  Janvier^  1815. 

Presens, — Lord  Castlereagh,  Premier  Pl^nipotentiaire  de  Sa 
Majeste  Britannique :  Lord  Stewart,  Plenipotentiaire  de  Sa  Majesty 
Britannique. 

M.  le  Prince  de  Talleyrand,  Premier  Plenipotentiaire  de  Sa 
Majeste  Tr^s  Chr^tienne. 

M.  le  Chevalier  de  Labrador,  Plenipotentiaire  de  Sa  Majeste  le 
Roi  d*Espagne. 

M.  le  Comte  Palmella:  M.  le  Comte  de  Saldanha:  M.  le 
Chevalier  de  Ix)bo:  Plenipotentiaires  de  Son  Altesse  Royale  le 
Prince  Regent  de  Portugal. 

M.  le  Comte  de  Nesselrode,  Plenipotentiaire^  de  Sa  Majeste 
TEmpereur  de  toutes  les  Russies. 

M.  le  Comte  de  Lowenhielm,  Plenipotentiaire  de  Sa  Majeste  le 
Roi  de  Su^e. 

M.  le  Barou  de  Humboldt,  Plenipotentiaire  de  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi 
de  Prusse. 

M.  le  Baron  de  Binder,  rempla9ant  M.  le  Prince  de  Metternich, 
Premier  Plenipotentiaire  de  Sa  Majesty  TEmpereur  d'Autriche. 

Les  Plenipoteutiaires  des  Puissances  qui  ont  signe  le  Traite  de 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


950  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C.     • 

Paris,  ay  ant  arr6i6  dans  leur  Assemblee  Generale  do  16  Jan?icr«  el 
consign^  dans  le  Proofs-verbal  de  ce  jour«  que  poor  s'occuper  dei 
iDoyens  de  faire  cesser  universellement  la  Tmite  des  Nfegres,  chaqoe 
Puissance  nommeroit  1  oo  plusieurs  PlenipoteDtiairea,  qui  se  leani. 
roient  dans  des  Conferences  Particuli^res,  exclnsiveoseDt  consacrees  a 
cet  objet>  sauf  k  rendre  compte  du  r^sultat  de  leurs  deliberations  i 
rAssembl^e  Generale;  la  Premiei-e  de  ces  Conferences  a  ea  liea 
aujourd'bui  daus  un  des  Bureaux  de  la  Chancel lerie  de  Cour  et  d'Etat 
de  Sa  Majeste  Imperiate  et  Royale  Apostolique. 

Lord  Castlereagh  a  fait  I'ouverture  de  cette  Conference  par  no 
discours,  dans  le  quel  il  a  rappele  ce  que  TAngleterre  a  fait  depois  un 
certain  nombre  d'ann^es  pour  proscrire  dans  tons  les  Pays  soomis  a  ses 
Lois,  et  pour  parvenir  par  des  N^gociations  avec  d'autres  Puissances  a 
faire  generalement  abolir  un  commerce  incompatible  avec  les  prineipfs 
de  la  religion  cbr^tienne,  de  la  morale  universelle,  et  de  rhom«ait& 
II  a  observe,  que  s'il  fallait  encore  des  preures  pour  coDvaiiicre 
TEurope,  que  I'Angleterre  n'a  ete  guidee  dans  toutes  ces  d-marches 
que  par  les  motifs  les  plus  purs  et  les  plus  desinleresses,  on  les 
trouveroit  sufiisamment  dans  les  diffi^rentes  Communications  qui 
avoieot  eu  lieu  4  ce  sujet,  entre  le  Gouvemement  Britanniqoe  et  lea 
antres  Puissances  Mantimes,  et  surtout  dans  les  sacrifices  importantes 
que  PAngleterre  avoit  faits  ou  propose  de  faire  pour  atteindre  le  bat 
auquel  elle  tendoit.  II  a  developpe  ensuite  les  raisous,  qni  avoient 
determine  son  Gouverneraent  k  soumettre  cette  question  importante 
aux  deliberations  du  Congr^s,  et  la  marche  qu'il  comptoit  suivre  dans 
ces  deliberations. 

Apr^s  cette  introduction,  Lord  Castlereagh  a  fait  lecture  de  TArti- 
cle  I  Additionnel  au  Traite  de  Paix  signe  d  Paris  le  30  Mai,  18l4, 
entre  la  Grande  Bretagne  et  la  France;  Article  con9u  en  ces  termes: 
«'  Sa  Majeste  Tr^s  Chretienue,  partageant  sans  reserve  tous  les  senti- 
mens  de  Sa  Majeste  Britannique,  relativement  k  un  genre  de  commerce 
que  repoussent  et  les  principes  de  la  justice  naturelle  et  les  lumi^rea 
des  terns  oii  nous  vivons,  s'engage  k  unir,  au  futur  Congr^s,  tons  ses 
efforts  a  ceux  de  Sa  Majeste  Britannique,  pour  faire  prononcer  par 
toutes  les  Puissances  de  la  Chretiente,  rabolition  de  la  Traite  des 
Noirs,  de  telle  sorte  que  la  dite  Traite  cesse  universellement,  comme 
elle  cessera  definitivement  et  dans  tous  les  cas,  de  la  part  de  la  France, 
dans  un  delai  de  5  annees,  et  qu  en  outre,  pendant  la  dnree  de  ce 
deiai,  aucun  Trafiquant  d'EscIaves  n'en  puisse  importer  ni  vendre 
ailleurs  que  dans  les  Colonies  de  I'Etat  dont  il  est  sujet*' 

Lord  Castlereagh  a  observe  que  cet  Article  admettoit  et  exprimoit 
on  objet  commun  k  toutes  les  Puissances,  en  etablissant  la  necesslte  de 
travailler  i  I'abolition  universelle  de  la  Traite,  et  que  toutes  ayant 
reconnu  le  principe  general,  elles  etoient  egalement  liees  4  chercher  les 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,   &C.  951 

OMyens  de  Je  mettre  en  pratique  aux  epoqaes  les  plus  rapprochees 
compatibles  avec  la  situation  particuli^re  de  leurs  Etat8« 

Coiifbrm^ment  a  ces  bases.  Lord  Castlereagh,  a  annonce  qa*il  propo- 
seroit  en  |>remier  lieu  une  Declaration  des  Puissances  reunies,  prodamant 
ieur  adhesioo  au  priucipe  ueneral  de  I'aboJilion  de  la  Traite  des  N^gres, 
et  Ieur  voeu  de  realiser  celte  niesure  dans4e  plus  court  delai  possible  ; 
qu*il  proc^deroic  ensuite  k  recueillir  les  opinions  de  Messieurs  les 
Pienipotentiaires  presens  sur  la  possibilite  d'une  abolition  immediate 
ou  d'un  rapprochement  du  terme  que  chaque  Puissance  pouvoit  avoir 
^x^  pour  I'aboUlion  de6nitive;  et  qu*il  entreroit  en Hn  dans  Texamen 
des  moyens  d obtenir  immediatement  labolilion  partielie  de  ce  Trafic. 

Avant  d*entamer  ces  difierentes  questions,  Lord  CasClereagh  a 
communiqtie  des  renseigneinens  authentiqiies  pour  proaver  que 
labolilion  de  la  Traite,  operant  d*un  cote  uu  bien rdel  et  inappi^ciable, 
en  d^iivrant  les  habitans  de  I'Afrique  d*un  des  plus  terribles  fleaux, 
n  etoit  pas  de  Tautre  c6t6,  comme  on  I'a  cm  pendant  long-terns^ 
contraire  aux  interfits  des  Puissances  possedant  des  Colonies  ou  aux 
inter^ts  bien  entendus  des  Proprietaires  dans  ces  Colonies ;  attend u 
que  dans  tous  les  Etablissemens  Coloniaux  od  I'importation  des  N^res 
«toit  d^fendue,  Ieur  augmentation  par  les  voies  naturelles  et  legitimes 
avoit  ^le  plus  que  proportionnee  a  la  diminution  du  nombre  caasee 
par  la  cessation  de  la  Traite  ;  que  Id  m^me,  od  de  nouveaux  defriche- 
mens  n*a?oient  pas  eu  lien,  la  culture  n  avait  aucunement  retrograde, 
etque  la  tranquillite  et  la  prosperite  g^nerale  de  ces  Etablissemens  y 
avait  essentiellement  et  considerablement  gagne.  Ces  m^mes  Docu- 
mens  tendent  a  etablir  que  les  dangers  qui  roenacent  les  Colonies 
Europeenues  dans  leg  Indes  Occidentales  et  dans  rAm^rique 
Meridionale,  ne  peitvent  qu  augmenter  sensiblement  par  I'importation 
sans  cesse  renouvelee  des  Negres,  et  que  cette  seule  consideration 
suffit  pour  convaincre  les  Puissances  de  I' Europe,  comme  il  est 
exprime  dans  Tune  de  ces  Pieces  "  que  dans  cette  affaire  Ieur  inter^t  se 
trouve  du  m^me  c6te  que  Ieur  devoir,  et  que  la  loi  de  Ieur  propre 
conservation,  aotant  que  celle  de  Thumanite,  Ieur  present  de  s'occuper 
d  terns  des  moyens  d  arreter  un  torrent  pret  k  les  engloutir/' 

A  la  suite  dc  ces  explications  pr^alables.  Lord  Castlereagh  en  est 
venue  d  sa  premiere  Proposition,  relative  a  une  Declaration  par  laquelle 
les  Puissances,  agissaiit  au  nom  du  Congr^s,  enonceroient  lear  vceu 
commun  pour  i'abolition  uuiverselle  de  la  Traite. 

M.  le  Prince  de  Talleyrand  a  appuye  cette  Proposition,  en  ajoutant 
que  d'apr^s  I'eugagement  que  la  France  avoit  contract^  par  le  Traite 
de  Paris,  il  se  croyoit  appele  k  seconder  la  marche  que  Lord  Castle- 
reagh avait  adoptee  pour  la  discussion  de  cet  objet,  et  qu'il  approuvolt 
enti^rement  11  a  dit  qu'il  ne  pouvoit  y  avoir,  et  qu'il  n'y  avait  en 
efiet  qu*one  voix  parmi  les  Souverains  de  TEurope,  sur  la  necessite  el 
le  devoir  de  faire  cesser  un  Trafic  aussi  odieux,  d'autant  plus  que  la 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


952  GRBAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C. 

principe  de  raboUlioo  etoit  hautement  avou^  par  ceux  lu&mes  qoi  ptr 
des  considerations  particuli^res  se  croyoient  oblig^  d'en  saspendre 
rexecation  illimitee.  La  Declaration  propos^e  par  Lord  Castlereagh, 
produira,  selon  M.  le  Prince  de  Talleyrand,  Tefiel  le  plus  salataire,  en 
avertissant  les  Sujets  de  toutesles  Paissances,  et  les  Proprietaires  dans 
toutes  lea  Colonies,  de  Tintention  serieuse  de  leurs  Gou? ernemens,  de 
ne  plus  perdre  de  vue  I'abolition  de  la  Traite,  et  en  lea  eoip^chaulde 
se  livrer  k  des  illusions  sur  iadur^e  iiidefinie  de  ce  commerce. 

M.  le  Prince  de  Talleyrand  est  persuade  en  outre,  qu'une  pareille 
Declaration  sera  bien  accueillie  par  la  partie  saine  et  ^lairee  du  public 
de  tous  les  Pays,  et  qu'dle  fera  honneur  au  Congrts. 

M.  le  Comte  de  Nesselrode  a  annonce.  que  Sa  Majeste  TEmpereor 
son  Maitre  etoit  absolument  d*accord  avec  le  principe  de  I'abolition  de 
la  Traite,  et  port^  pour  tout  ce  qui  pouvoit  assurer  et  accelerer  I'execu- 
tion  de  cette  mesure ;  que  dans  ces  vnes,  rCmpereur  I'avoit  chaise  de 
seconder  en  tout  les  demarches  que  Lord  Castlereagh  jugeroit 
necessaires  pour  laccomplissement  <l'un  'aussi  noble  objet.  II  a 
appuye  sans  reserve  la  premiere  Proposition  de  Lord  Castlereagh. 

Messieurs  les  Pl^nipotentiaires  d'Autriche,  de  Su^de,  etde  Prnsse, 
•e  sont  expliqu^  dans  le  m£me  sens. 

M.  le  Chevalier  de  Labrador,  Plenipotentiaire  d'Espagne,  a  dit, 
que  son  intention  n'etoit  pas  de  voter  contre  la  Proposition,  mais  que 
dans  1  etat  od  plusieurs  Puissances  se  trouvoient  relativcment  d  leurs 
Colonies,  il  lui  paroissoit  indispensable  de  faireentrer  dans  la  Declare* 
tiou  g^nerale  une  Clause,  reservani  k  chaque  Gouveruement  la  liberte 
de  determiner  I'epoque  ou  Tabolition  de  la  Traite  des  Negres  pourroit 
passer  en  Loi  dans  ces  Etats,  sans  blesser  des  inter^ts  qui  meritoieot 
let  plus  grands  menagemens. 

M.  le  Comte  de  Palmella,  Plenipotentiaire  de  Portugal,  a  observe, 
que  la  necessite  de  mettre  un  terme  i  la  Traite  des  Nfegres  etaot  pleino- 
ment  reconnue  par  son  Gouveruement,  il  ne  pouvoit  pas  avoir  dobjectioo 
contre  la  Declaration  propos^e  par  Lord  Castlereagh,  bien  eotendn 
qu  elle  seroit  con9ue  de  mani^re  k  ne  pas  prdjuger  la  question  dn 
terme  definitif,  question  sur  laquelle  chaque  Puissance  devoit  avoir  le 
droit  de  consuher  ses  propres  int^r^ts. 

M.  le  Prince  de  1  alleyrand  a  dit,  que  la  restriction  reciamee  par 
Messieurs  les  Plenipotentiaires  d'Espagne  et  de  Portugal  seroit 
certainemcnt  admis  par  toutesJes  autres  Puissances,  et  que  la  Declara- 
tion ginerale  o'en  seroit  pas  moins  utile ;  et  Lord  Castlereagh  a  ajoute 
k  cette  observation  que  son  desir  etoit,  que  la  Pi^ce  en  question  (ut 
rediff^e  dans  des  termes  propres  k  embrasser  les  opinions  de  tous  les 
Gouvernemens,  et  de  ceux-m^mes,  que  des  considerations  particuli^res 
avoient  le  plus  emp^ches  jusqu*ici  de  concourir  efficacement  k  cette 
mesure  bienfaisante. 

A  la  suite  de  cette  discussion,  tous  les   Plenipotentiaires  preseoa. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AMD  A^UftTMA,  &C.  953 

etant  d'accord  avec  la  Proposition  de  Lord  Caalkreagh,  le  Redacteur 
da  Proems- verbal  de  la  Coaf^rence  a  ete  charg^  de  ndigerun  Projet  de 
Declaration  conforrae  aux  bases  convenues,  etde  le  presenter  ctens  une 
Stance  prochaine. 

Lord  Castlerea);li  a  proc^de  ensnite  i  la  question  du  terme  d  fixer 
pour  la  cessation  enti^re  de  la  Traite  des  Negres;  et  il  a  declare  que 
ses  principes,  ses  devoirs,  et  les  v(Bux  de  son  Gouvernemeiit  et  de  la 
Nation  Britanniqae,  I'engageoit  h  ouvrir  cette  discussion  par  une  tenta- 
tive de  determiner  toutes  les  Puissances  k  labolition  immediate  d'un 
commerce  que  tout  le  monde  regardoit  enfiu  comme  immoral 
inkumain,  et  dangereux  a  la  longue  pour  la  conservation  m^me  des 
Colonies.  11  a  invito  M.  le  Prince  de  Talleyrand  k  I'appuyer  dans 
cette  tentative,  en  observant,  que  les  motifs  que  la  France  pouvoit 
avoir  eus  pour  s'opposer  a  Tabolition  immediate,  lors  de  la  signature 
da  Traite  de  Paris,  avoient  cesses  dexister  ou  perdu  une  grande 
partie  de  ieur  poids;  que,  le  terme  de  5  ans  ^tant  une  fois  articul^' 
dans  le  Traits,  le  Gonvernement  Fran^ais  ne  seroit  plus  taxe  d'avoir 
Buivi  une  impulsion  etrang^re,  et  pouvoit  sans  compromettre  sa  dignity, 
satisfaire  aux  principes  de  justice  et  d'humanit^,  auxquels  M.  de 
Talleyrand  venoit  de  rendre  hommage;  que  d'ailleurs  I'^tat  ded 
Colonies  Fran9aise8  restituees  par  la  paix,  et  la  difficulte  de  se  remet- 
tre  en  possession  de  I'lle  de  St.  Domingue,  ne  pouvoit  qu'afibiblir 
Pinter^t  de  la  France  k  maintenir  i'ancien  syst^me  Colonial ;  qu'il 
paroissoit  en  outre  que  les  preventions  qui  subsistoieut  en  France 
con  tre  la  suppression  de  ce  commerce  commen^oit  4  s'eteindre 
gradaellement,  et  diminuoient  de  jour  en  jour  par  les  eclaircissemens 
r^pandus  dans  le  Public;  que  ces  considerations  r^unies  ue  lui 
permettoient  pas  de  rcnoncer  k  Tespoir  que  cette  Puissance  se  joindroit 
4  I'Angleterre,  pour  faire  cesser  d^s-4-present  Tiroportation  des 
Nbgres  dans  ses  Colonies,  et  la  Traite,  qui  d^s  lors  deviendroit 
inutile. 

M.  le  Prince  de  Talleyrand  a  repondu,  que  la  France  etoit  bien 
prononc^e  sur  le  principe  de  Pabolition  de  la  Traite;  que  le  Roi  rempli- 
roit  exactement  1  engagement  pris  par  le  Traits  de  Paris;  quele  Gou- 
veruement  auroit  soin  de  tout  preparer,  pour  que  1  execution  de  la 
raeaure  ne  reocontrdt  aucun  obstacle  a  lepoque  prevue;  et  qu*i] 
ticheroit  m6me  d^s*4-present  de  d^courager  ses  Suj^ts  du  commerce 
des  Negres,  par  la  marche  qu'il  suivroit,  et  par  les  reglemens  qu'il 
adopteroit  4  cet  egard;  mais  que  Tabolition  directe  et  immediate 
paroissoit  avoir  des  difficultes  insurmontables. 

Aprds  de  nouvelles  instances  de  la  part  de  Lord  Castlereagh,  M. 
le  Prince  de  Talleyrand  a  fini  par  declarer,  que  la  France  s*en8:ageroit 
4  Pabolition  certaine  au  terme  conveon,  au  decouragement  effectif  de 
)a  Traite  dans  Tintervalle,  mais  que  pour  le  moment  elle  oe  pouvoit 
aller  plus  loin. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


954  GREAT   BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C. 

Lord  Ca»tlereagh  est  entr^  alors  ea  explicatioo  avec  M.  le  Prince 
de  Talleyrand  sur  la  possibility  d*avancer  le  terme  de  raboiitiou 
de6nilt?e  de  la  Traite^et  il  a  alJegue  diff(£rens  argumens  poor  engager 
la  France^  d  substituer  au  moius  le  terme  de  3  ans  pour  la  dur^e  de  la 
Traite^  a  celui  de  6,  stipule  dans  le  Traite  de  Paris. 

M.  le  Prince  de  Talleyrand  a  r^pondu,  que  cetle  question  tenoiti 
des  circonstances  particuli^res  qu'on  ne  pouvoit  pas  calculer  d*avance 
avec  precision,  quelle  tenoit  surlout  i  I'effet  que  produiroieot  les 
mesures  du  Gouvernement  Fran9ais  pour  decourager  ses  Sujets  de  la 
Traite;  que  si  cet  effet  ^toit  tel  que  les  persoiines  iuieressees  a  ce 
commerce  se  disposoieut  k  Tahaodonner  piut6l,  le  Gouvernement 
n'auroit  aucune  objection  k  admettre  ou  k  proposer  lui-m6me  une 
^poque  plus  rapproch^e  pour  Tabolition  finale  ;  que  sans  pouvoir  se 
prater  aujourd'hui  k  un  engagement  positif  sur  cet  article,  la  France 
etoit  decid^e  i  tout  faire  pour  avaucer  le  terme  de  la  cessation  euti^re 
de  ce  Trafic. 

Lord  Castlereagh  s'est  adress^  alors  k  M.  le  Chevalier  de  Labra- 
dor,  pour  savoir  s'il  y  avoit  lieu  a  esperer  que  TEspagne  se  decideroit  a 
une  abolition  immediate  de  la  Traite,  ou  k  fixer  au  moins  an  terme 
modere  pour  cette  mesure. 

M.  le  Chevalier  de  Labrador  a  repondu. — Que  Sa  Majeste  le  Rot 
d'Espagne  setaut  engag^  en  vers  la  Grande  Bretagne,  a  prendre  en 
consideration  les  moyeus  de  concilier  Son  voeu  pour  I'abolilion  de  la 
Traite  avec  les  devoirs  que  lui  imposoit  la  conservation  de  ses  Posses- 
sions en  Amerique,  II  se  croiroit  toujours  11^  par  cet  engagement ;  que 
cependant  le  Roi,  apr^s  avoir  consulte  sur  cet  objet  les  Proprietaires 
dans  plusieurs  Colonies,  et  surloni  ceux  des  lies  de  Cube  et  de  Porto- 
Rico,  S  etoit  convaincu  de  I'impossibilite  de  prononcer  Fabolition 
immediate,  ou  de  fixer  seulement  un  terme  trop  rapproch^  pour  faire 
cesser  I'importation  des  N^gres  dans  ces  lies ;  que  d  apr^s  le  resultat 
de  toutes  les  demarches  faites  jusqu'ici,  il  seroit  bien  difiicile  de 
s*astreindre  pour  I'abolition  definitive  d  un  terme  plus  rapproche  que 
celui  de  8  ans  :  que  quant  d  tui  il  n'etoit  pas  autorise  a  aller  plus  loin ; 
mais,  que  d'un  autre  c6te  il  croyoit  pouvoir  garantir  que  le  Gouverne- 
ment Espagno)  ne  permettroit  dans  aucun  cas  que  des  Batimens 
Espagnols  fissent  le  commerce  des  N ^gres  pour  des  Colonies  Etrang^res^ 
ou  pr^tassent  leur  Pavilion  d  des  expeditions  contraires  aux  Lois  des 
autres  Puissances 

Lord  Castlereagh  a  repliqu^  d  cette  declaration.  11  a  dit  que» 
quoique  loin  de  repondre  a  ses  vosux,  elle  renfermoit  au  moius 
Passurance  que  PEspagne  vouloit  fixer  un  terme  pour  Tabolition 
definitive  du  Trafic  des  N^gres ;  il  s'est  reserve  d'employer  tous  lea 
moyens  de  negociation  pour  engager  TEspague  d  restreindre  ce 
terme,  et  poor  la  disposer  k  entrer  dans  des  nouvelles  explications 
avec  ses  Colopies ;  il  a  en  m^me  terns  appele  aux   Pienipotentiaires 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C.  955 

des  aotres  Puissances  pour  faire  cause  commune  avec  i'Angleterre  dans 
ces  Negociations. 

M.  le  Comte  de  Nesselrode,  Plenipotentiaire  de  Russie,  a  pris  la 
parole,  pour  seconder  cette  Proposition,  et  pour  engager  tons  les 
Plenipotentiaires  presens  d  reunir  leurs  efforts  a6n  d'obtenir  de  M.  le 
Plenipotentiaire  d'Espngne  une  declaration  plus  conforme  d  leurs 
Tceux  communs. 

M.  le  Chevalier  de  Labrador  a  observe  qu'une  demarche  pareille 
aeroit  inutile,  puisqu'il  ne  pouvoit  oiitrepasser  ses  Instructions,  et  que 
d'ailleurs  il  s^agissoit  ici  d'une  affaire  dans  laquetle  le  Roi  son  Maitre 
ne  pouvait  pas  suivre  sans  reserve  ses  propres  impulsions  ;  que  cepen- 
dant  il  ne  se  refuseroit  pas  k  informer  sa  Cour  des  dispositions  et  des 
vcBUX  des  autres  Puissances  a  cet  egard. 

Lord  Castlereagh,  s*adressant  de  nouveau  ai  M.  de  Labrador,  a 
diacute  la  questiou  sous  differens  rapports.  11  a  surtout  observe,  que 
la  reunion  des  Puissances  pour  un  objet  aussi  respectable,' fourniroit 
aox  Souverains  des  Colonies  des  moyens  vis-ii-vis  de  leurs  propres 
Sujets  pour  les  engager  a  abandonner  la  Traite,  et  pour  disposer  les 
habitans  des  Colonies  k  se  soumettre  i  un  syst^nie  plus  conforme  au 
bien  de  Thumaniie,  et  en  m6me  terns  beaucoup  plus  favorable  d  leur 
int^rfit  reel  et  permanent,  que  celui  de  Timportation  toujours  re- 
nouvelee  des  N^gres. 

M.  le  Prince  de  Talleyrand  a  fortement  appuye  ce  raisonnement. 
11  a  dit  que  cetoit  sans  doute  un  avantage  pour  les  Puissances 
possedant  des  Colonies,  que  toutes  les  autres  Puissances  se  chargeoient 
vis-a-vis  des  Proprietaires  dans  les  Colonies,  d  une  partie  de  I'odieux 
que  la  mesure  de  I'abolition  pouvoit  avoir  d  apr^s  leur  mani^re  de 
voir,  ou  d  apres  leurs  preventions  actuelles.  11  a  ajoute  que  d'apr^s 
son  opinion,  la  Declaration  solemnelle  snr  laquelle  on  venoit  de  se 
reunir,  ne  manqueroit  pas  d'oflPrir  aux  Puissances  Coloniales,  des 
moyens  efficaces  pour  restreindre  la  duree  de  la  Traite,  en  mantfesiant 
leurs  intentions  a  cet  e«*ard  dune  mani^re  irrevocable. 

Lord  Castlereagh  a  declare  alors,  qu'ayant  epuise  tous  les  argu- 
mens  qui  pourroient  determiner  le  Gouvernement  Espagnol,  soit  d 
abolir  la  Traite  immediatement,  soit  k  avancer  au  moins  le  terme 
qu'il  paroissoit  avoir  fi&e  pour  cette  mesure,  il  iusistoit  sur  sa  Proposi- 
tion de  faire  intervenir  les  autres  Puissances  dans  cette  tentative,  et 
il  a  invite  Messieurs  les  Plenipotentiaires  presens  d  seconder  ses 
demarches. 

Sur  cela,  M.  le  Comte  de  Nesselrode  a  prie  M.  le  Chevalier  de 
Labrador  de  porter  d  la  connoissance  de  sa  Cour,  le  voeu  enonce  par 
M.  le  Plenipotentiaire  de  Sa  Majeste  Britannique  et  partage  par  Sa 
Majeste  I'Empereurson  Maitre,  que  le  terme  fixe  par  Sa  Majeste  le 
Roi  d'Espagne  pour  rabolition  de  la  Traite  des  N^gres  dans  Ses 
Etats  soit  raccourci  autant  que  possible,  et  en  tout  cas  suffisamment 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


956  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C. 

pour  coincider  avec  celui  que  la  France  avait  admis  dans  le  Traite  de 
Paris. 

M.  Le  Prince  de  Talleyrand  s'est  engage  d  employer  ses  boos 
offices  poor  le  naidme  efiet. 

M.  le  Baron  de  Binder,  parlant  au  nom  de  M.  le  Prince  de  Melter- 
nichj  en  declarant  que  le  voeu  de  Sa  Majeste  PEmpereursonMaitre  s'ac- 
cordaitabsolumentavec  celui  du  GouvernementBritanuique, a  reunifies 
instances  d  celles  de  Lord  Castlereagh,  etde  M.  le  Cointe  de  Nessel- 
rode.  II  a  ajoute  que  J'on  avoit  d'autant  plus  d*ej»poir  de  reussir 
aupres  de  i'Espagne,  que  la  France  venoit  de  s'engager  d'une  mani^re 
si  peu  Equivoque,  d  coucouiir  de  tous  ses  moyens  au  plus  prompt 
succ^s  de  cette  grande  me&ure. 

M.  le  Baron  de  Humboldt,  Pl^nipotentiaire  de  Prusse  a  parl6 
dans  le  m^me  sens,  en  annonyant  que  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  son 
Maitre  contribueroit  bien  volontiei-s,et  autant  qu'il  seroit  eo  lui,  d  tout 
ce  qui  pouvoit  accelerer  Tabolition  6imle  de  la  Traite.  II  a  observe 
qu'on  pouvoit  se  flatter  que  Tin^galite  m^me  des  termes  adoptes  par 
les  difie rentes  Puissances  poss^dant  des  Colonies,  ies  unes  etant 
engag^es  k  abolir  dans  6  bus,  les  autres  en  demandant  8  pour  cet  effet, 
deviendroit  un  motif  pour  les  determiner  toutes  a  restreindre  la  durie 
de  ce  commerce. 

M.  le  Comte  de  Lowenhielm,  Plenipotentiaire  de  Su^de,  a  declare 
avoir  les  m^mes  Instructions  de  son  Gouveruemeut,  et  s'est  joint  aux 
autres  Plenipotentiaires  pour  demander  1  abolition  dans  le  plus  court 
d^lai  possible. 

La  question  relativement  k  I'Espagne  se  trouvaot  ainsi  terminee, 
liOrd  Castlereagh  s'est  adress^  a  Messieurs  les  Plenipotentiaires 
de  Portugal,  pour  apprendre  qo'elles  eloient  les  intentions  du  Gou' 
vernement  Portugais  d  ce  m^me  sujet. 

M.  le  Comte  de  Palmella  a  repondu,  que  Son  Altesse  Roy  ale  le 
Prince  Regent  de  Portugal  avoit  adher^  depuis  long-tems  au  principe  de 
Tabolition  de  la  Traite,  qu*il  ravoitformellement  declare  dans  uii  Traits 
conclu  en  1810  avec  le  Gouvernement  Britannique,  et  que  depuis  cette 
epoque  II  avoit  pris  plus  dune  mesure,  tant  pour  restreindre  ce  genre 
de  commerce  que  pour  en  d^tourner  Ses  Sujets;  que  cependant  la 
situation  du  Gouvernement  Portugais  ^toit  sous  ce  rapport  particuli^re- 
ment  delicate,  que  le  Br^sil  etoit  un  Pays  immense,  qui  n*avoit  pas,  k 
beaucoup  pr^s,  les  bras  qu*il  lui  falloit  pour  sa  culture;  quun  change- 
ment  brusque  dans  le  regime  de  ce  Pays  et  Tinterruption  subite  de 
^importation  des  Ndgres  lui  feroit  un  mal  incalculable ;  qu*une  mesure 
pareilte  seroit  egalemetit  pernicieuse  poor  les  Etablissemens  Portugais 
sur  la  C6te  de  TAfrique,  v6  qu'il  falloit  un  certain  nombre  d'anndes 
pour  faire  changer  enti^reraent  le  syst^me  interieur  de  ces  Colonies; 
que  d'ailleurs  les  Portugais,  transportant  les  N^gres  de  leurs  Colonies 
sur  la  C6te  d'Afrique  a  leurs  Colonies  Americaines,  avoient  des  moyens 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C.  957 

qui  manqooient  aux  autrea  Nations  pour  adoacir  )e  traitement  de  ces 
fiaclaves,  tant  an  lieu  da  depart  que  pendant  la  (raversee;  qu'enfin  il 
etoit  de  notoriete  publique  que  lea  loix  de  police  int^rieure  relative- 
roent  aux  Esclaves  avoit  toujours  ^(e  extr^mement  humainea  dans  le 
Bresil;  que  toutes  ces  considerations  m^ritoient  d*6tre  mAremeiit 
pesees,  et  seroient  probablement  jug6s  suffisantes  pour  justifier  en 
faveur  du  Portugal  une  exception  de  la  r^gle  generate;  que  dans 
tous  les  cas  il  ne  seroit  pas  juste  d'en  fouloir  au  GouTemement 
Portugais  s'il  procedoit  dans  cette  affaire  avec  mesure  et  circonspec- 
tion,  en  se  rappelant  que  TAngleterre  elle-m^roe  avait  mis  un  tr^ 
longinterfalle  entre  les  premieres  propositions  pour  abolir  la  Traite  et 
lexecution  finale  de  cette  mesure. 

M.  le  Comte  de  Palmella  a  fini  par  declarer^  que  le  Portugal  ne 
pouvoit  pas  se  decider  d  labolition  immediate  de  la  Traite,  mais  qu'ii 
se  flattoit  de  pouvoir  y  mettre  un  terme  au  boutde  8  ans,sauf^  adopter 
les  modiOcations  que  les  circonstances  pouvoient  indiquer  pendant  cet 
intervalle. 

Lord  Casttereagh  a  observe  que  Tinter^t  bien  entendu  du  Bresil  ne 
s'opposeroit  certainement  pas  A  I'abolition  de  la  Traite,  et  que  Sod 
Altfsse  Royale  le  Prince  Regent  de  Portugal  etoit  convenu  lui-m^me 
de  cette  verite,  en  reconnoissant  par  1' Article  X  du  Traite  de  Kio 
Janeiro,  du  19  Fevrier  1810,  "  les  grands  desa vantages  qui  resultoient 
de  la  n^cessitii  d'introduire  et  de  renouveler  continuellement  une 
population  etrang^re  et  factice,  pour  cuttiver  les  terres  et  soutenir 
rindustrie  dans  les  Colonies  Americaines/' 

Quant  aux  Etablissemens  sur  la  C6te  d'Afrique,  Lord  Castlereagh 
a  ete  d*avis  quils  ne  meritoient  pas  d'entrer  pour  beaucoup  dans  la  dis- 
cussion ;  ces  Etablissemsns  n'^tant  fond^s  que  snr  le  syst^me  inhumain 
de  la  Traite  des  Nfegres,  il  etoit  naturel  qu'ils  tombassent  avec  ce 
syst^me.  R'elativement  au  terme  de  8  aunees  que  le  Portugal 
sembluit  indiquer  pour  proc^der  d  Tabolition  definitive,  I^ord  Castle- 
reagb  a  declare,  qu'apr^s  TArticle  susmentionne  du  Traite  de  1810, 
par  lequel  Son  Altesse  Royale  le  Prince  Regent  de  Portugal  S'^toit 
engage"  d  prendre  les  mesures  les  plus  efiicaces  pour  abolir  graduelle- 
ment  le  commerce  des  N^gres  dans  toute  I'etendue  de  ses  Possessions/' 
I'Angleterre  n'avoit  pas  pu  s'attendre  k  ce  que,  5  ans  plus  tard, 
raccomplissement  de  cette  promesse  ne  se  trouveroit  pas  assez  avance 
pour  dispenser  le  Gouvemement  Portugais  d'un  nouveau  deiai  aussi 
considerable  que  celui  qu*il  paroissoit  avoir  en  vue. 

M.  le  Comte  de  Palmella  a  replique,  que  quant  aux  Etablissemens 
de  la  C6te  d'Afrique,  c'etoit  precisement  pour  empdcher  qu'ils  ne 
tombassent  tout-d-fait  avec  Tabolition  de  la  Traite,  comme  Lord 
Castlereagh  Tavait  annonce,  que  le  Portugal  demandoit  du  tems  afin 
de  pouvoir  changer  le  syst^me  agricole  et  commercial  de  ces  Etablisse- 
mens ;  que  par  rapport  aux  engagemens  contenus  dans  TArticle  X, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


958  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C. 

da  Traite  de  1810,  le  Portagal  avoit  deji  pris  des  mesares  efficacci 
poor  les  remplir,  en  diminuaot  sensiblement  i*iiiter^t  que  les  marchands 
d'EsclaTes  et  les  Proprietaires  de  vaisseaux  trouvoieot  dans  ce  Traiic; 
que  rabolilion  graduelle  stipulee  par  le  dit  Article,  u'y  etoit  enonc^e 
que  d*aoe  mani^re  vague  et  geo^rale,  sans  que  rien  ne  fut  statue  sur  le 
terme  definitif ;  que  oeanmoins  Sun  Altesse  Roya]e  le  Prince  Regent, 
Mhle  aux  principes  qu*elJe  avait  une  fois  adopte,  ne  se  refuseroit  pas 
A  pr^fixer  le  terme  de  8  ans  pour  la  cessation  finale  de  la  Traite ;  que 
cppendant  la  question  se  trouvant  ^troitement  li^  a  tout  le  syst^me 
commercial  du  Portugal,  et  labolition  de  la  Traite  devant  necessaire- 
ment  alterer  ce  systSme,  les  mesures  ulterieures  a  prendre  pour  cet 
objet  ne  pouvoieut  que  depend  re  du  resultat  des  discussions  commer- 
ciales  que  se  trouvoient  entamees  entre  le  Gouvemement  Portugais  et 
celui  de  la  Grande  Bretagne. 

Apr^s  cette  explication.  Lord  Castlereagh  a  prie  Messieurs  les 
Plenipotentiaires  presens  d*adresser  k  M.  le  Plenipotentiaire  de 
Portugal  les  m6mes  propositions  accompagnees  des  m^mes  inslaneea 
qui  avoient  eu  lieu  vis-d-vis  de  M.  le  Plenipotentiaire  d'Bspagne; 
et  Messieurs  les  Plenipotentiaires  de  Russie,  de  France,  d*Autncbe, 
de  Prusse,  et  de  Su^de  ont  renouvele  vis-a-vis  de  M.  le  Comte  de 
Palmella,  leurs  declarations  precedentes. 

Sur  quoi  la  Stance  a  ete  levee. 


P.  S.  Lecture faite  du  precedent  Protocole  i  la  Seance  de  SamediSS 
Janvier,  M.  le  Cbevalier  de  Labrador,  Plenipotentiaire  de  Sa  Majest6 
le  Roi  d'Espagne,  en  se  r^ferant  k  des  developpemens  ult^rieurs 
donnes  i  son  opinion  sur  le  terme  de  labolition  de  la  Traite  daiui  la 
Stance  du  20,  a  demand^  d'ins^rer  au  Protocole  les  explicatioiis 
additionnelles  dont  la  teneur  suit: 

"  Si  les  Colonies  Espagnoles  d'Amerique  etoient  pour  ce  qui 
concerne  les  N^gres  dans  le  m^me  ^tat  que  les  Colonies  Anglaise^ 
Sa  Majeste  Catholique  ne  balanceroit  pas  un  seul  moment  d  pronoDcer 
Tabolition  immediate  de  la  Traite ;  mais  les  questions  de  rabolition  ayant 
ete  agitees  dans  le  Parlement  Anglais  depuis  1788  jusqu'a  1807,  les 
Proprietaires  Anglais  ont  eu  tout  le  temps  de  faire  des  ach&ts  extra- 
ordinaires  d'Esclaves,  et  en  effet  ils  les  ont  fait  de  fagon  que  dans  la 
Jamaique  ou  il  n'y  avoit  en  1787,  que  2dO,000  Esclaves,  il  y  en  avait 
i  I'epoque  de  labolition  en  1807, 400,000.  Au  contraire  les  Proprietaires 
Espagnols  ont  ete  pendant  les  derniers  20  ans  priv^s  presqu'enti^- 
ment  de  se  procurer  des  Esclaves,  car  I  etat  de  Guerre  dans  leqael 
TEspagne  s*est  trouvee  engag^e  avec  I'Angleterre  pendant  la  plnpart 
de  ce  terns,  rendoit  presqu'iropossibles  les  expeditions  des  B4timeos 
Negriers,  et  le  reste  de  la  niSme  epoque  toute  ['attention  et  tons  les 
moyens  de  la  Peninsule  et  de  ses  Colonies  ont  ete  dirig^s  contre 
I'aggression  du  Tyran  du  Continent.     En  consequence  de  cette  posi* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


6REAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C.  959 

tion  extraordinaire  dans  laquelle  I'Espagne  s  est  trouvee,  les  Propria* 
taires  des  Colonies  Espagnoles  u'ont  pas  pd  remplacer  les  Esclaves 
que  la  mort  a  enlev^s  ou  Tage  a  rendu  inutiles  depuis  20  ans :  lis 
poas^dent  des  Etablissemens  ou  ils  ont  emplo^r^  des  sommes  immenses, 
et  qu'ilsont  eutretenus  i  grands  frais,  avec  Tespoir  de  pouvoir  un  jour 
se  procurerles  Esclaves  n^cessaires,  et  rabolition  immediate  de  laTraite 
lea  ruineroit  pour  toujours.  lis  ont  reclame  la  protection  et  la  justice 
que  leur  Souverain  leur  doit,  et  Sa  Majeste  leur  a  pro  mis  de  permettre 
la  continuation  de  la  Traite  pendant  8  ans,  terns  fort  inferieur  &  ceiui 
qu*ils  demandoient,  et  dont  ils  avoient  besoin  pour  se  rembourser  des 
capitaux  employes  dans  leurs  plantations.  Si  quelqu'un  pent  encore 
douter  de  la  n^cessite  de  cette  mesure,  il  suffira  de  lui  faire  observer, 
qo'4  la  Jamaique  il  y  a  10  Esclaves  pour  chaque  blanc,  le  nombre  de 
ceux-ci  n'etant  que  de  40,000  et  celui  des  N^gres  de  400,000,  et  qu'ik 
rile  de  Cube,  la  mieux  fournie  d'Esclaves  de  toutes  les  Colonies  Espag- 
noles, il  y  a  274,000  blancs,  et  212,000  Esclaves  seulement. 
V6  ft  approuv^. 

NESSELRODE.  LOBO. 

STEWART,  Lteut.'Gen.  LOWENHIELM. 

CASTLE  REACH.  GOMEZ  LABRADOR. 

TALLEYRAND.  LE  BARON  DE  BINDER. 

PALM  ELLA.  HUMBOLDT. 

SALDANHA. 


{Encloture  2  ) — Protocoie  de  la  2de,  Conference  Pariiculiere  entre 
Us  PUnipotentiaires  des  8  Cours;  lenue  a  Vienne,  le  28  Jaittt«r,1815. 

Presens. — Lord  Castlereagh,  Premier  Plenipotentiaire  de  Sa  Ma* 
jeste  Britannique:  Lord  Stewart,  Plenipotentiaire  de  Sa  Majeste 
Britannique. 

M.  le  Prince  de  Talleyrand,  Premier  Plenipotentiaire  de  Sa  Ma- 
jeste Tr^  Chr^tienne. 

M.  le  Chevalier  de  Labrador,  Plenipotentiaire  de  Sa  Majeste  le 
Roi  d'Espagne. 

M.  le  Comte  de  Palmelia:  M.  le  Comte  de  Saldanha:  M.  le 
Chevalier  de  Lobo :  Plenipotentiaires  de  Son  Altesse  Royale  le  Prioce 
Regent  de  Portugal. 

M.  le  Comte  de  Nesselrode,  Plenipotentiaire  de  Sa  Majeste 
PEmpereur  de  toutes  les  Russies. 

M.  le  Comte  de  Lowenhielm,  Plenipotentiaire  de  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi 
de  Su^de. 

M.  le  BaroD  de  Humboldt,  Plenipotentiaire  de  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi 
de  Prusse. 

M.  le  Prince  de  Metternich,  Premier  Plenipotentiaire  de  Sa  Ma- 
jeste  I'Empereur  d'Autriche. 

II  a  M  fait  lecture  du  Proems- verbal  de  la  Seance  pi^^c^dente. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


960  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C. 

leqnel,  y  compris  I'Arti^le  Additionnel  insere  sur  la  deinande  <ie 
Monsieur  le  Flenipoteutiaire  d'Espagne,  a  ^te  approuv^  etsigne. 

M.  ie  Prince  de  Metternich,  Premier  PieuipoteDtiaire  Ue  Sa  M&« 
jeste  I'Empereur  d'Autriche,  o'ayant  pas  pu  ^tre  present  eo  penonne 
i  la  premiere  Conference,  a  confirme  tout  ce  que  M.  le  Baroo  de 
Binder  y  auroit  dit«  et  declare  son  adhesion  aux  difierentes  resolutions 
qui  y  ont  ete  prises.  II  a  desire  qu'il  en  fut  fait  mention  espresse  aa 
Protocole. 

On  a  lu  eusuite  le  Projet  de  Declaration  r^dige  d  la  suite  de  la 
Premiere  Seance,  et  on  estconvenu  que  ce  Projet  seroit  misencircala- 
tion,  et  discut^  dans  une  Seance  prochaine. 

Lord  Casdereagh  reprenant  le  fil  de  la  deliberation,  a  obeer?^, 
que,  puisque  le  resultat  de  la  Premiere  Conference  ne  permettoit  pu 
d'esperer  la  cessation  generale  et  immolate  de  la  Traite  des  Negres, 
U  croyoit  au  moins  necessaire  de  s'occuper  sans  delai  de  rabolition 
partielle  de  ce  commerce,  et  d*en  assurer  surtout  le  bienfait  k  cetle 
partie  de  PAfrique,  qui,  grdces  aux  Mesures  du  GouTemement 
Anglois,  se  trouvoit  aujourd'hui  presqu'euti^rement  d^livre  da  flsau 
de  la  Traite.  II  a  dit,  que  I'Angieteire,  s'etant  tfouv^e  en  possession 
pendant  la  derni^re  Gnerre  de  tons  les  Ltablissemens  Europeeus  sor 
les  Cdtes  de  I'Afrique  au  Nord  de  la  Ligne,  i  IVxception  de  cea\  de 
Portugal,  avoit  eu  le  terns  de  mettre  k  profit  le  bien  que  la  cessation 
seule  de  la  Traite  a  fait  d  ces  Pays,  pour  leur  preparer  une  existence 
plus  heureuse ;  que  les  mesures  adoptees  k  cet  efiet  u  avoient  pas  el^ 
infructueuses,  que  sur  plusieurs  points  de  ces  C6tes  r^ODOmie 
iuterieure,  la  culture  et  Pindustrie,  4  en  juger  d  apres  raugmentation 
du  commerce  en  marcliandises  indigenes,  paroissoient  avoir  fait  des 
progres  sensibles,  et  que  la  valeur  annuelle  de  leurs  productions 
exportees,  ne  montant  avant  lepoque  de  I'abolitiou  qu*d  en?iroB 
£80,000,  avoit  exced6  en  dernier  lieu  la  somme  de  £1,000,000. 
Lord  Castlereagh  a  ajoute  qu*il  seroit  infiniment  i  desirer,  que  ce 
germe  d'amelioration  ne  fut  pas  6touffe  dans  sa  naissance,  par  la  reia- 
troduction  de  tons  les  desordres,  et  de  tons  les  malheurs  inseparables 
du  Commerce  des  N^gres ;  et  que  ces  Pays,  apr^  avoir  goute  les  pre- 
miers avantages  d'un  meilleur  ordre  de  choses,  ne  fussent  pas  livres 
de  nouveau  aux  catamites  et  aux  devastations  de  ia  Traite. 

S'adressant  enfin  d  M.  le  Prince  de  Talleyrand,  Lord  Castlereagii 
a  rendu  hommage  aux  dispositions  bienveillautes  et  salutaires  par  les- 
quelles  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  de  France  et  Ses  Ministres,  en  restreignant 
la  sphere  du  commerce  des  N^gres  sur  lesCdtesd'Afrique  au  Nord  de 
la  Ligne,  avoient  essentiellement  concouru  an  soulagement  actueJ  et  i 
la  prosperity  future  de  cette  partie  de  TAfrique. 

M.  le  Prince  de  Talleyrand  a  repondu  par  la  d^laratioa  8ai- 
vante : — 

"  Sa  Majcste  Trds  Chretienne  ne  s  est  point  born^e  k  preparer  1 W- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C.  961 

tion  du  Traite  de  Paris  par  uoe  Declaration  Speciale  et  ant^eare  k 
ceTraiie,  par  laquelle  elle  setoit  engagee  a  d^courager  lea  tentatives 
que  868  Sujeto  poufoieiit  faire  pour  renou?eler  la  Traite  des  Noirs  sur 
toute  1  etenduf  desCdtes  d'Afrique  comprises  entj-e  le  Gap  Blanc  etie 
Cap  des  Palmes.  Dfes  qu'il  aet6  reconnu  que  Ton  poovoit  se  dispenser 
de  la  faire  sur  ces  Cotes,  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  de  France^  au  lieu  de 
d^courager  simplement  les  tentatives  de  ses  Sujets,  leur  a  positivemeut 
defenda  d  en  faire  aucune  sous  peine  de  confiscation  des  bAtimens 
qoi  seroient  trouv^  avoir  contrevenus  d  ses  Ordres.  Enfio  le  Roi  de 
France,  ayant  cm  que  d^-d-present  la  Traite  pourroit  £tre  plus 
restreinte  encore,  a  ^tendu  la  rigueur  de  la  prohibition  k  100  lieues 
environ  an  dela  du  Cap  des  Palmes." 

Lord  Castlereagh,  apr^  avoir  exprime  de  nouveau  la  satisfaction 
qae  ces  mesures  du  Gouvernement  Fran9ai8  feroient  eprouver  4  tons 
les  Amis  de  I'humanit^,  a  dit,  qu'il  y  avoit  cepeudant  deux  observations 
qu'il  ne  pourroit  pas  s'emp^ber  de  presenter  i  M.  le  Prince  de  Talley- 
rand. Premi^rementy  que  d  apr^  une  Communication  faite  par  le 
Ministre  de  France  le  8  du  mois  d'Octobre,  1814,  la  prohibition  de  la 
Traite  devoit  s'^tendte  jusqu'au  Cap  Formose,  par  consequent  beau- 
coup  plus  loin  que  M.  le  Prince  de  Talleyrand  venoit  de  Pannoncer* 
Lord  Castlereagh  a  dit  que  la  difTerence  ^toit  d'autant  plus  inteies-  . 
sante«  qu'en  bomant  cetta  mesure  d  100  lieues  au  dela  du  Cap  des 
Palmes,  non  seulement  toute  la  C6te  meridionale  de  la  Guinee,  objet 
particulier  des  soUicitudes  de  I'Angleterre,  seroit  menac^e  de  nouveau 
des  ravages  de  la  Traite,  mais  les  parties  m^me  de  Tinterieur  de 
TAfrique  qu'oo  en  avoit  cm  d^livres  par  la  cessation  de  ce  commerce 
sur  les  C6Ces  Occidentales,  s  y  trouveroient  de  nouveau  exposees  par 
les  debouches,  que  la  C6te  M^iidionale  offriroit  aux  Vendeurs 
d'Esclaves.  L'autre  observation  de  Loi*d  Castlereagh  a  ^te,  qu'il 
seroit  digne  des  principes  sages  et  humains  manifestes  dejk  d  cet 
egard  par  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  de  France,  de  defendre  d^s-d-present  la 
Traite  k  ses  Sujets  sur  toutes  les  C6tes  au  Nord  de  TEquateur,  et  de 
rassurer  par  \k  la  grande  moiti^  de  I'Afrique  contre  le  retour  dc  ses 
anciennes  calamites. 

M.  le  Prince  de  Talleyrand  a  replique,  que,  quant  k  Tobjet  de 
la  premiere  observation,  il  en  consulteroit  avec  le  Ministre  de  la 
Marine  de  France ;  et  quant  k  la  seconde  il  ne  manqueroit  pas  de  la 
soumettre  d  son  Gouvernement* 

Lord  Castlereagh  ayant  dit  dans  le  cours  de  ces  explications,  que 
Tabolition  de  la  Traite  sur  toutes  les  Cdtesau  Nord  de  PEqualeur,  etoit 
surtout  d^irable,  comme  fournissant  les  moyens  les  plus  simples  et 
les  plus  soi^s  pour  mettre  un  terme  d  tout  trafic  illegal  et  frauduleux,  et 
pour  exercer  Ja  police  contre  les  b&timens  qui  se  pr^teroient  d  un 
pareil  trafic,  M.  le  Prince  de  Talleyrand  a  pii^  Lord  Castlereagh  de 
determiner  le  sens  de  cette  derui^re  expression.  Lord  Castlereagh  a 
[1816—16]  3  Q 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


962  GBBAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C. 

rdponda,  qo'il  enteDdoit  pur  cette  police  celle  que  tout  GooveraemeDl 
exer^oit  en  verto  de  sa  propre  80o?erainete,  ou  de  aes  Tnites  parti- 
cttlkts  avec  d'aotres  PoissaDcea. 

M.  le  Prinee  de  Talleyraod  et  M.  le  Comte  de  Palmella  onl  dit, 
qa*ila  n  admettoient  en  fait  de  police  maritime  q«e  celle  qne  chaqoa 
pQUsance  exerce  sor  sea  propres  bitimens. 

S'adreasant  ensuite  A  M.  le  Chevalier  de  Labrador,  Lord  Caade- 
reagh  s'est  explique  aar  I'intention  de  Sa  Majeat^  le  Roi  d'Eapagne  de 
d^fendre  d^  A  present  i  sea  Sojets  le  commerce  des  Noira  sor  toatct 
lea  parties  dea  Cotea  d'Afriqoe,  excepte  celles  qui  sont  comprises  entre 
rCqaatear  et  le  10  degre  de  latitude  septentnonale;  intention  dont  M. 
de  Labrador  lui  avoit  donn^  connoissance.  II  a  represent^  k  M.  le 
Plenipotentiaire  d'Espagne,  qu'une  mesure  pareille  aeroit  non  seole* 
ment  de  pen  d'atilit6,  mais  directement  oppoa^  an  but  auquel  on 
visoit  et  h,  celoi  m^me  que  Ton  devoit  attriboer  i  Sa  Majeat^  le  Roi 
d*Espagne,  attendu  que  cette  partie  des  Cties  d'Afrique  qn'elle  excla- 
roit  dea  bienfaitsde  Fabolition  ^toit  precis^ment  celle  qui  en  avoit  joui 
jaBqu*^  pr^ent  par  les  Lois  et  lea  soins  du  Gouvemement  Britanniqae, 
celle  ou  Tam^lioration  du  syst^me  social  avoit  fait  dea  progrda  r^ls  k 
la  suite  de  ^abolition  de  la  Traite,  et  4  laqnelle  on  poovoit  eaperer  de 
conserver  ces  avantages  par  les  reglemens  que  d'antres  Gouvememens 
avoient  faits  ou  dtoient  k  la  vellle  de  faire,  pour  y  emp^cher  )e  retoar 
de  ce  commerce. 

Lord  Castlereagh  a  fait  lecture  de  la  Note  qall  avoit  aiireaaee  k 
ce  sujet  i  M.  le  Plenipotentiaire  d'Espagne,  le  97  D^mbre*  1814 ;  et 
il  a  pri^  M.  de  Labrador  de  demander  des  eclaircissemens  k  sa  Coor  sur 
la  mesure  projetee,  et  de  I'engager  i  concourir  imm^diatement  i  I'abo- 
lition  pure  et  simple  sur  toutes  les  Cotes  an  Nord  de  la  Ligne. 

M.  le  Chevalier  de  Labrador  a  repondn,  qn'il  ne  conteatoit  pas  la 
verite  des  observations  de  Lord  Castlereagh ;  que  sans  ^tre  auffisam- 
ment  instmit  pour  rendrc  compte  de  ce  qui  pouvoit  avoir  donn^  lien 
k  la  restriction  en  question,  il  croyoit  pouvoir  lui  assurer  que  son  Goo- 
vemement,  en  proposant  cette  mesure,  avoit  vonln  faire  une  choae 
agreable  au  Gouvemement  Britannique,  qu*il  pouvoit  y  avoir  en 
quelque  malentendu  de  part  ou  d'autre,  dans  les  explicationa  Minist^ 
rielles  d  Madrid,  et  qu'ayant  d^jd  inform^  sa  Cour  des  observations 
contenues  dans  la  Note  de  Lord  Castlereagh,  il  eap^roit  d'obtenir  des 
Eclaircissemens  ult^rieurs  sur  cet  objet. 

Lord  Castlereagh,  en  invitant  alors  Messieurs  les  Pl^nipotentiaires 
de  Portugal  k  s'expliquer  sur  la  question,  a  dit,  qu'il  lenr  adresaoit  cette 
invitation  avec  une  satisfaction  particuli^re,  aprte  rArraugement 
amical  qui  venoit  d'avoir  lieu  d  cet  egard  entre  le  Portugal  et  TAngle* 

terre. 

M.  le  Comte  de  Palmella  a  declare,  qne  le  Portugal  avoit  en  eflfi^t 
signe  un  Traite  avec  I'Angleterre,  moyennant  lequel  il  sengageoit 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C.  963 

d  abolir  imm^diatement  ta  Traite  sur  touteg  les  Cdtes  de  I'Afrique 
au  Nord  de  TEquateor,  Convention  qui  n  exigeoit  plus  que  la  Ratifi- 
cation formelle  des  2  Gouvernemens  sans  dependre  d  aucune  autre 
condition  pr^alable. 

La  discussiou  de  cette  Question  se  trouvant  ainsi  terminee.  Lord 
Caatlereagh  a  annonce^  que  pour  donner  suite  aux  deliberations 
entamees  ici  sur  les  moyens  d'arriver  le  p]ut6t  possible  d  Tabolition 
g^nerule  et  definitive  de  la  Traite^  il  proposeroit  dans  la  Seance 
prochaine  une  mesure  tendante  d  concilier  les  voenx  de  I'humaniUS 
avec  les  egards  dfis  aux  int^rits  et  aux  droits  des  Puissances  indepen- 
dantes.  II  a  ajout^^  que  sa  Proposition  auroit  pour  b6t  d'^tablir  d 
Londrcset  d  Paris  des  Conferences  Ministdrielles  et  des  Communica- 
tions permanentes,  consacrees  d  cet  objet. 

Plusieurs  de  Messieurs  les  Pl^nipotentiaires  presens  ont  fait  des 
observations  prealables  sur  ce  Projet ;  mais  on  en  a  ajourn^  la  dis- 
cussion d  la  prochaine  Seance ;  et  celle  d'aujourd'bui  a  ^te  lev6e. 
Vfi  et  approuve : 

METTERNICH.  WELUNGTON. 

LOBO.  STEWART. 

SALDANHA.  GOMEZ  LABRADOR. 

PALMELLA.  LOWENHIELM. 

TALLEYRAND.  HUMBOLDT. 

CASTLEREAGH.  NESSELRODE. 


(Enehmre  3.) — Pn>ioooU  de  la  Sime  Conference  Particuliire,  enire 
les  PUnipotentkares  des  8  Cours  ; — ienue  d  Fienne,  ie  4  Fetrier,  1815. 

Aprbs  la  lecture  du  Proc^s-verbal  de  la  Stance  du  28  Janvier^  qui 
a  ete  approuve  et  signe  |iar  tons  les  Pl^nipotentiaires  presens.  Lord 
Castlereagh  a  repris  la  discussion  des  mesures  qu'il  restoit  d  prendre 
pour  assurer  le  grand  objet  des  deliberations  actuelles. 

II  a  fait  le  resume  de  ce  qui  avoit  ^t^  conclu  dans  les  2  premieres 
Seances  consacrees  h  cette  Question,  de  ses  efforts  dans  la  premiere, 
pour  engager  la  France,  TEspagne,  et  le  Portugal,  d  abolir  immediate- 
ment,  ou  au  moins  le  plutdt  possible,  le  commerce  des  Nfegres  d'apr^ 
le  VQBD  exprime  par  toutes  les  autres  Puissances;  du  succ^  qu'il 
avcNt  obtenu  dans  la  seconde,  relativement  d  la  cessation  de  ce  commerce 
sur  les  Cotes  d*Afrique  au  Nord  de  TEquatenr.  II  a  dit  que,  tout  en 
se  ft^licitaot,  et  en  felicitant  Phumanit€,  d  avoir  emporte  dans  ces 
discussions  quelques  avantages  reels,  il  sentoit  cependant  que  sa 
propre  conviction,  les  Instructions  de  sa  Cour,  et  les  vobux  de  la  Nation 
Britannique,  ne  Jul  permettoient  pas  de  se  contenter  de  ces  r6suitats. 

Malgre  tout  ce  qui  avoit  ete  mis  en  avant  de  la  part  de  quelques 
Puissances  sur  la  n^cessit^  de  prolonger  la  Traite  des  N^res  jusqu'd 
telle  on  telle  ^poque,  le  Gouvernement  Britannique  ne  renonceroit 
point  d  I'esperance  de  voir  rapprocher,  ou  pour  le  moins  gen^ralement 

3Q2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


964  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C. 

dgaliser^  le  terme  de  1  abolition  definitive,  et  ne  discontinaeroit  pMtet 
efforts  pour  amener  un  changement  aussi  beureux.  Qoant  i  laboli* 
tionpartielieauNorddela  Ligne«  il  y  avoit  encore  quelqoeswcertitiide* 
i  fixer,  et  quelques  difficaltes  d  applanir.  La  France  paroinoit 
Touloir  donner  d  cette  mesure  une  ^tendue  moins  grande,  que  celle 
que  le  Portugal  venoit  de  lui  assigner,  et  ii  n  etoit  pas  asaez  clair  dans 
quelles  limites  elle  seroit  realisee  par  TEspagne. 

Toutes  ces  questions  exigeroient  des  explications  et  des  n^ods- 
tions  oherieures,  qu*il  ^toit  impossible  d'entanner  pendant  le  Cougr^, 
vu  la  distance  de  quelques  uns  des  Gonvernemens  dont  les  Plesipo- 
tentiaires  seroient  obliges  de  demander  de  nouvelles  Instructions.  La 
forme  qu'il  alioit  proposer  pour  donner  suite  d  ces  d^IibenidoiH, 
convieiidroit  egalement  d  I'examea  des  mesures  communes  d  adopter 
pour  maintenir  lexecution  de  ce  qui  avoit ^te  une  fois  decide  et  arrete 
dans  les  difii^rentes  branches  de  cette  Question ;  mesures  sans  les- 
quelles  les  determinations  les  plus  positives,  les  resolutions  les  plus 
gen^reuses,  prises  h  cet  egard,  seruit  ^videmmeut  vaines  et  illusoiiea. 
Lord  Castlereagh  a  ajout^  d  ces  observations,  que  le  sort  des  malheareax 
habitansde  l'Afrique,etles  bienfaits  que  TEurope  leur  conf^^roittens'ab- 
stenantd'un  commerce  qui  ne  pouvoitque  perpetuerleur  mis^re,  etoient 
de  ces  objets  qui,  quoique  du  plus  grand  interet  poor  ]*humanit^  ne 
s'oublioient  que  trop  facilement  au  milien  de\tant  d'autres  iuterto 
affectant  les  Gouvememens  Europ^ens  d'une  roanidre  plus  direete»  ct 
qn  d  moins  de  quelque  concert  permanent,  fixant  Tattention  generaleiar 
ces  questions  et  prolongeant  les  discussions  actuelles  au  deld  les  bomM 
du  Congr^s,  il  etoit  d  craindre  qu'on  ne  les  perdoit  absolument  de  ^w, 
Ce  concert  lui  a  paru  d autant  plus  utile,  quoutre  qo'il  serfirait  d 
lever  bcaocoup  de  doutes  et  a  prevenir  beaucoup  de  desagremeas,  il 
contribaeroit  selon  luidfaciliter  aux  Puissances,  dont  le  regime  Colonial 
etoit  fonde  encore  sur  Timportation  des  N&gres,  les  moyens  de  coo- 
duire  leurs  propres  Sujets  a  un  ordre  de  cboses  plus  desirable,  et  de 
vaincre  les  difiicultes  qui  sopposoieiU  d  I'abolition  de  la Traite.  Apris 
ces  observations  Lord  Castiereagh  a  dit,  qu'ii  croyoit  avoir  adopte  dans 
la  redaction  du  Piojet  qu'il  allott  presenter  d  I'Assemblee,  les  fonnei 
les  plus  conciliantes  et  les  plus  amicales,  telles  quelles  convenoient k 
un  Gouvernement,  qui,  quoique  bien  d^cid^  due  pas  se  relacbersarcet 
objet,  jusqu'd  ce  qu^il  soil  finalement  accompli,  nen  observeroit  pas 
moins  soignensemeut  les  egards  d6s  d  touie  autre  Puissance  inde- 
pendante. 

II  a  lu  npi^  cela  son  Projet,  con9u  en  ces  termes; 

Afin  de  metlre  les  Puissances  en  etat  de  r^aliser  plus  efficacemeat 
et  plus  complettement  par  des  Negociations  amicales,  leurs  intentious 
bieofaisantes  par  rapport  d  I'abolition  finale  de  la  Traite  xles  N^gres, 
telle  qu'dles  se  trouvent  exprim^es  dans  leur  Declaration  commune,  et 
d'^tablLr  entrelles,  et  avec  d'autres  Gouvernemens,  un  Concert  propre 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  StC.  9C5 

d  pievenir  d'un  c6t^  an  trafic  d'Esclaves  illegal  siir  lea  Cotes  d' Afnque, 
et  d  emp^cher  de  I  autre  c6t6  toute  infraction  aux  droits  d'un  Etat 
indepeudant,  auqael  lea  Vaisseaux  arin^s  d'uu  autre  pourroient  ae 
porter,  00  proposera  d'autoriser  lea  Miniaires  accr6dites  4  Londrea  et 
d  Paris  par  lea  Coura  maintenant  reanies,  et  par  d'autres  Puissances 
4)ui  voudroient  concourir  i  ces  mesures,  A  traiter  conjointement  lea 
objets  importans  ci-dessus  mentionn^s^  et  de  leur  enjoindre  de  rediger 
4  la  6n  de  cbaque  aunee,  pour  I'informatioD  de  lenrs  Cours  respectives, 
un  Rapport  commun,  sur  1  etat  du  commerce  des  N^gres  d'Afrique, 
d'apr^  lea  reoseigaemens  les  plus  r^cens,  et  sur  les  progr^s  de  la 
dimiuuiion,  ou  de  I  abolition  de  ce  commerce. 

M.  I«  Pienipotentiaire  d'Espagne  a  fait  sur  ce  Projet  la  declaration 
sutvante. 

Le  Pienipotentiaire  de  Sa  Majeste  Oatholique  au  Congrbs  a  eu 
I'honneur  de  faire  observer  plus  d'une  fois,  que  tout  ce  qui  concerue  la 
Traite  des  N^gres  est  une  affaire  particuli^re  de  chaque  Etat,  et  nulle- 
ment  da  ressort  du  Cuiigr^s,  qui  n'a  pas  ^te  forme  pour  regler  la 
legislation  des  Nations,  uon  plus  que  pour  decider  des  questions  de 
morale.  Par  consequent,  que  c'est  par  un  effet  de  pure  condescen- 
dance  des  Puissances  qui  unt  des  Colonies,  que  Ton  8*est  occupe  de  la 
Traite  des  N^gres.  D  apr^s  cette  declaration,  que  le  Pienipotentiaire 
Espagnol  a  re9a  Tordre  de  rdpeter,  il  ne  croit  pas  sa  Cour  disposee  d 
«e  prater  k  la  formation  d'un  Comite,  soit  k  Londres,  soit  d  Paris,  ou 
ailleurs,  pourcontinuer  la  discussion  sur  la  Traite  des  N^gres;  d*autant 
plus  que  cette  discussion,  si  Ton  doit  s  occuper  dans  le  Comit^,  du 
terme  d  ^tablir  pour  Tabolition,  seroit  pour  ce  qui  r^garde  TEspagne, 
complettfment  inutile,  Sa  Majesty  Caiholique  ayant  promis  aux 
Depat^s  de  ses  Provinces  d'Ameriqne  de  leur  permettre  Tintroduction 
d'Esclaves  pendant  le  terme  de  8  ans.  Elle  ne  sauroit  point  ^tre 
d*une  plus  grande  utility,  si  Ton  se  propose  d'aviser  dans  leComite  auic 
moyens  a  prendre  pour  surveiller  I'execution  de  ce  qui  doit  rester 
convena,  concernant  la  paitie  de  la  C6te  d'Afrique  dans  laquelle  le 
commerce  des  N^res  doit  cesser  immediatement ;  car  Sa  Majesty 
Oatholique,  en  m^me  terns  qu'Elle  declare  sa  resolution  d'empkher  les 
contraventions,  de  la  part  de  ses  Sujets,  declare  aussi  qu'Elle  n'entend 
pas  accorder  k  une  ni  k  piusieurs  Puissances,  le  droit  d'exercer  sur 
eux,  aucnn  acte  de  surveillance  sous  le  pretexte  d*infraction  de  ce  qui 
sera  fixe.  Neanmoins  le  Pienipotentiaire  Espagnol  fera  part  k  son 
Gouvernement  de  la  proposition  d'etabiir  le  Comite,  et  il  se  fera  un 
devoir  dVn  communiquer  le  r6su1tat  au  Congr^s. 

M.  le  Prince  de  Talleyrand  a  reconnu  que  la  Proposition  de  Lord 
Castlereagh  pourroit  ^tre  de  la  plus  grande  utility.  II  a  promis  de 
I'appuyer  aupr^s  de  son  Gouvernement;  mals  il  a  declare  en  mime 
terns,  que  se  trouvant  sans  instruction  pour  aller  plus  loin,  il  devoit 
prendre  ad  referendum  la  Proposition  actuelle,  et  toute  Proposition 
ulterieure. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


966  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C. 

M.  le  Oomte  de  Palmella  a  dit,  que  M.  M.  lea  Plenipotentiaires  de 
Portugal  ue  pourroient  8*expliquer  sur  cette  Proposition  sans  avoir  de- 
mande  lea  InstructioDB  de  leurs  Cours,  et  qu'ils  la  preaoient  ad  r^cr- 
tndum, 

M.  le  Prince  de  Mettemich  a  ^t^  d'avis,  que  le  Projet  propoae  par 
Lord  Ca8tlereagfa>  etoit  non  seulement  executable  et  salutaire,  mais 
neceasaire  m^me,  pour  sui?re  et  aoutenir  la  Question  discat^  juaqu*d 
present,  et  pour  empicher  qu'elle  ne  fut  abandon  nee  de  nouveau  et  en- 
sevelie  dans  I'oubli  apr^  le  Congr^.  II  croit,  que  pour  meitre  cbaqne 
Oouvememeut  dans  le  cas  de  concourir  d  Texecution  et  au  devdoppe- 
ment  des  mesures  jusqn'ici  adoptees*  et  de  connoitre  I'^tat  dea  choaes 
dans  chaque  ^poque  donnee^  il  faut  qu'il  y  ait  nn  point  central,  ou 
chacun  puisse  s'instruire.  II  approuve  par  cette  mdme  raison  lea  Rap* 
ports  Annuels  snr  les  progr^s  et  les  obstacles  de  Tabolition.  M.  le 
Prince  de  Metternich  regarde  d'ailleurs  les  reunions  propoaees  par 
Lord  Castlereagh,  comnie  eminemment  utiles  sous  un  point  de  vue  qui 
ne  sauroit  qu'interesser  toutes  les  Puissances,  Sans  un  arrangemeBt 
pareil  il  est  i  prevoir,  que  le  Gouvemement  Britannique,  prease  par  le 
Parlement  et  les  voeux  de  la  Nation,  seroit  oblige  de  terns  en  tema  de 
renouveler  ses  instances  aupr^  des  autres  Conrs,  pour  les  engager  k 
acc^lerer  et  i  completter  I  abolition  de  la  Traite,  ce  qui  ponnoit  bieo 
plus  facilement  conduire  d  des  explications,  et  d  des  collisions  desa- 
greables,  que  la  marche  reguii^re  et  conciliatoire,  aasuree  par  Tetablisse- 
ment  de  ces  reunions* 

M.  le  Plenipotentiaire  de  Russie,  a  parle  dans  le  m^e  sens,  et  a 
adopts  sans  r^senre  le  Projet  de  Lord  Castlereagh. 

M.  le  Plenipotentiaire  de  Prusse,  a  dit  que,  ne  pouvant  entrevoir 
aucune  esp^e  d'inconv^nient  k  ces  reunions  permanentea,  et  etaat 
persuade  plutdt  qu'elles  offriroient  toutes  sortes  d  avantages^  et  de 
facilitds,  il  appuyoit  de  mime  ce  Projet. 

M.  le  Pidnipotentiaire  de  SuMe  a  declare  qu*il  se  joignoit  k  1  avis 
de  M.  M.  lea  Plenipotentiaires  d'Autriche,  de  Russie,  et  de  Pruase ;  que 
ne  poovant  pas  adherer  de  suite  d  la  Proposition  de  Lord  Castlerei^h, 
sans  connoitre  les  intentions  de  sa  Cour,  il  en  feroit  son  rapport,  mais 
qu'il  ne  pr^foyoit  aucune  difficult^. 

Lord  Castlereagh  a  procede  ensuite  d  une  seconde  Propoution, 
relativement  aux  mesures  d  prendre  dans  le  cas  que  Tune  oa  rauire 
Puissance  retarddt  Tabolition  definitive  an  deld  d'on  tenne  jnatifie  par 
des  motifs  de  necessity  reelle.  Avant  de  la  faire  connoitre,  il  a  ob- 
serve, que  quoiqu'aimant  d  croire,  que  le  cas  prevu  dans  cette  Propo- 
sition ne  se  lealiseioit  pa^,  il  lui  paroissoit  toutefois  juste  et  prudent  de 
a'occuper  de  quelque  moyen  eventuel,  soit  pour  le  pr6venir,  soit  poor 
en  affoiblir  les  mauvais  effets,  et  pour  mettre  d  Tabri  des  chances  a 
TavcDlr  !c  succes  d  une  Cause  auasi  interesaantCi  en  favour  de  laqnelie 
)*Angleterir  sVtoit  si  hautement  prononcee,  et  qua  tant  d'autres 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C.  967 

Grandes  PuiSBances  venoieDt  de  placer  sous  leur  Bauvegarde;  que  ia 
mesure  qu'il  proposoit  ici  comme  derni^re  ressource,  contre  la  prolon* 
gatioQ  gratuite  d  un  commerce^  lur  le  caract^re  duquel  tout  le  Monde 
etoitenfind'accord^neportoitque  sur  I'exercice  d  ud  droit  iocoutestable 
etde  plus  sur  une  obligatiou  morale>  ina^parable  du  principe  solemnelle- 
ment  atou^  par  toutes  les  Puissances ;  qu*ii  croyoit  d  aiUeurs  avoir 
€on9n  sa  Proposition  avec  tout  le  management  possible,  et  dans  les 
termea  les  plus  mesur^s  qu'ii  eut  pu  choislr. 

Apr^  ces  observations  prealabies,  Lord  Castlereagh  a  lu  la  Pro* 
poaitioD  suivante ; 

£n  terminaot  les  deliberations  actuelles  sur  les  moyens  de  faire 
eolitosment  cesser  la  Traite  des  Nigres,  les  Puissances  aujourd'hui 
r^unies  pour  cet  objet  sent  invito  k  prononcer  (independamment  de 
leur  D^laratioo  generale)  leur  adhesion  pleine  et  eati^re  k  1* Article 
Additionnel  au  Traite  conclu  i  Paris  entre  la  Grande  Bretagne  et  la 
France,  comme  indiquant,  d'apr^s  leur  avis,  Pepoque  la  plus  reculee 
que  Ton  puisse  raisonnablement  exiger  ou  admettre  pour  la  dur^e 
ult^rienre  de  la  Traite;  et  d  declarer  que  tout  en  reconnoissant  le 
devoir  de  respecter  scrupuleusement  les  droits  d'autres  Etats  inde- 
pendans,  et  en  nourrissant  Pespoir  de  8*entendre  amicalement  avec  eux 
sur  cette  branche  importante  de  la  Question,  les  Puissances  croient 
avoir,  dans  le  cas  que  leur  attente  fut  trom^e,  une  obligation  morale 
d  remplir,  celle  de  ne  pas  soufirir  que  la  consommation  de  denrees 
Colouiales  dans  leurs  Pays  devienne  le  moyen  d  encourager  et  de 
prolonger  gratuitement  un  trafic  aussi  pernicieux ;  de  declarer  en 
outre,  que  sous  ce  point  de  vue  d'obligation  morale,  elles  se  reservent, 
dans  le  cas  que  la  Traite  des  Ndgres  seroit  continue  par  Tun  ou  lautre 
Etat  au  deli  du  terme  justifie  par  des  motifs  de  necessite  reelle,  de 
prendre  des  mesures  convenables  pour  obtenir  les  dites  denrees  Co- 
louiales, ou  des  Colonies  appartenant  d  des  Etats  qui  ne  tolereroient 
point  la  prolongation  gratuite  de  ce  trafic,  ou  bien  de  ces  vastea 
Regions  do  Globe  fournissant  les  m^mes  productions  par  le  travail  de 
leurs  propres  Habitans. 

M*  le  Comte  de  Palmella  a  dit,  que  ce  Projet  impliquoit  Tintention 
de  forcer  les  Puissances,  auxquelles  des  considerations  particuli^res  ne 
permettoient  pas  d'abolir  la  Traite  avant  un  certain  nombre  d'annees, 
k  ae  soumettre  au  syst^me  de  celles,  qui  croyoient  pouvoir  rapprocher 
le  terme,  intention  qui  ne  s'accordoit  point  avec  les  principes  admis 
dans  les  ConfiSrenbes,  et  reconnus  m^me  dans  la  Declaration. 

Lord  Castlereagh  a  r^pondu,  que  pour  operer  m^me  le  plus  grand 
bien,  il  ne  faudroit  jamais  forcer  une  Puissance  independante,  dans  le 
sens  que  M«  le  Plenipotentiaire  de  Portugal  paroissoit  attacher  i  ce 
mot;  mais  que  si,  dans  une  affaire  qui,  par  son  principe  fondamental 
int^ressoit  Thumanite  toute  enti^re,  un  Gouvemement  persistoit  i  con- 
trarier  le  vceu  connu  de  tons  les  autres,  ceux-ci  ^toient  iodubitable- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


968  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C. 

tnent  aotoris^  d  songer  de  leur  cdte  aux  moyena  d'nttemdre  lew  bat 
commuQ,  puisquen  admetUnt  mime  le  droit  d'ane  PoMsanoe,  de 
maintenir  cbez  elle  un  syst^me  g^n^ralement  regarde  com  me  immoni 
et  pernicienx,  ce  droit  ne  pouvoit  pas  d^roger  k  celai  des  aotm 
Puissances,  de  refuser  toate  protection  directe  on  indirecte  i  ce  sys- 
t6me;  que  d'ailieurs  les  GouTememeus  avoient  8oa?ent  exeroe  le 
droit  d'exclnre  des  marchandises  Etrangerea  de  leurs  Pays  par  dei 
considerations  simplement  administratives,  sans  avoir  ete  tax^  d'an- 
cune  intention  hostile. 

M.  le  Pl^nipotentiaire  d'Espagne  a  d^clar^  snr  cela,  que  si  one 
mesure  pareille  itoit  adoptee  par  une  Puissance  quelconque.  Sa  Ma- 
jeste  le  Roi  d'Espagne^  sans  disputer  k  cette  Puissance  ie  droit  d'agir 
d'apr^  ses  propres  principea,  anroit  recours  i.  de  justes  repr^sailles,  en 
portant  dans  ses  Etats  des  Loix  prohibitives  contre  Ja  branche  la  plus 
utile  du  commerce  du  Pays  dont  le  GouTernement  auroit  provoque  cet 
acte  de  reciprocity. 

M.  M.  les  Pienipotentiaires  de  Portugal,  ont  adb^r^  k  cette  De- 
claration. 

M.  le  Prince  de  Metternich  a  dit,  que  le  droit  d'une  Pnianoce 
d'exclure  de  ses  Etats  telle  branche  de  commerce  Etranger  qui  ne  lui 
convenoit  pas,  ne  pouvant  dtre  mis  en  doute  en  aucun  cas,  on  ne 
sauroit  lui  contester  non  plus  celui  de  repondre  par  des  represailles  i 
un  acte  d'hnmanite  dont  elle  se  croyoit  blessee ;— niais  qu'il  d6peodoit 
^galement  de  toute  autre  Puissance  de  se  soumettre  pour  quelques 
ann^es  k  un  inconvenient  ou  k  une  privation  reelle,  plut6t  que  de 
renoncer  k  une  mesure  jnstifiee  par  des  motifs  de  bienveillance  g^nd* 
rale,  et  tenant  k  un  syst^me  solemnellement  reconnu  et  adopte  par  elle. 

M.  le  Comte  de  Nesselrode  a  declare  quil  croyoit  6tre  asaez  instrait 
des  intentions  de  i'Empereur  son  Mutre,  pour  ne  pas  douter,  que  Sa 
Majeste  n'heateroit  point  k  faire  aux  principes  qu'elle  avolt  une  fois 
embrasses  le  sacrifice  m6me  de  quelques  inter^ts  temporaires^  et  que 
par  consequent  it  partageoit  J'afis  de  M.  le  Prince  deMettemidi; 
esperant  toutefois  que  le  cas  que  Ton  supposoit  lei  ne  se  lealiaeroit 
jamais,  et  que  la  Proposition  m^me  de  Lord  Castlereagh  et  lea  Decla- 
rations  conformes  des  autres  Puissances  contribueroient  a  lea  dlapenaer 
d'une  mesure  pareille. 

M.  le  Pienipotentiairo  de  Prusse  s'est  explique  dans  le  mdone 
sens. 

M .  le  P16nipotentiaire  de  Su^de  a  dit,  qu'il  ne  pouvoit  pas  adherer 
k  la  Proposition  de  Lord  Castlereagh,  sans  en  avoir  riUite  k  sa  Conr ; 
qu'il  avoit  cependant  tout  lieu  de  croire  que  son  Goavememeet, 
d'apr^  ses  dispositions  connues^  et  son  d^sir  de  seconder,  dans  tout 
ce  qui  regardoit  cette  Question  la  marcbe  de  PAngleterre,  I'adopteroit 
sansdifficuUe;  que  la  ipesure  eventuellement  proposee,  n'avoit  seloo 
lui  aucun  caract^re  hostile,  et  ne  sortoit  aucunement  de  la  iigne  des 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google    . 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA ,  &C.  969 

droits  que  cbaque  Gouveroement  pouvoit  exercer  clans  bod  Pays; 
qo'il  e8|)eroit  d*ailleurs  avec  Lord  Castlereagli,  que  les  Faissances 
r^unies  pour  I'abolition  de  la  Traite^  ne  se  ?erroient  pas  dans  la  neces- 
site  d  eu  veuir  d  rexecution  de  cette  mesure. 

Aprds  quelques  autres  observations  de  la  part  de  M.  M.  les  Pleni- 
potentiaires  qui  avoieut  adopts   le  Projet  de   Lord   Castlereagh,  la 
discassiou  de  ce  Projet  a  ete  tertoiuee»  et  la  Seance  a  ete  lev^e* 
\t  et  approuve. 

METTERNICH.  WELLINGTON. 

LOBO.  STEWART. 

SALDANUA.  GOMEZ  LABRADOR. 

PALMELLA.  LOWENHIELM. 

TALLEYRAND.  HUMBOLDT. 

CASTLEREAGH.  N  ESSELRODE. 


(Encloture  4,) — Prolocoie  de  /a  4eme  ei  demiire  Conference  Particu^ 
Here,  entre  lei  Pienipoieniiaires  des  8  Caun  ;  tenue  d  Vienne,  le  8 
Feorier,  1815. 

Presbns. — Lord  Castlereagh;  Lord  Stewart;  Lord  Wellington ; 
Pl^nipotentiaires  de  Sa  Majeste  BriUnniqoe. 

M.  le  Prince  de  Talleyrand ;  Plenipotentiaire  de  Sa  Majeste  Tr^s 
Cbretienne. 

M,  le  Chevalier  de  Labrador;  Plenipotentiaire  de  Sa  Mi^jest^  Ca* 
tholique. 

M*  le  Comte  de  Palmella ;  le  Cointe  de  Saldanha ;  le  Chevalier  de 
Lobo ;  Plenipotentiaires  de  Son  Altesse  Royale  le  Prince  Regent  de 
Portugal . 

M.  le  Comte  de  Loireuhielm  ;  Plenipotentiaire  de  Sa  Majeste  le 
Roi  de  Su^de. 

M.  le  Baron  de  Humboldt;  Plenipotentiaire  deSa  Majest6  le  Roi 
de  Prusse. 

M.  le  Comte  de  Nesselrode;  Plenipotentiaire  de  Sa  Majeste  TEm- 
pereur  de  Rnssie. 

H.  le  Prince  de  Metternich;  Plenipotentiaire  de  Sa  Majeste  T  Em- 
pereur  d*Antriche« 

Lecture  ayant  et^  faite  du  Protocole  de  la  Seance  du  4  Fevrier, 
Messieurs  les  Plenipotentiaires  pr^sens  i'ont  appronv^  et  signe. 

Relativement  k  la  seconde  Proposition  de  Lord  Castlereagh  consignee 
dans  ce  Protocolie,  Messieurs  les  Plenipotentiaires  de  Portugal  ont  lA 
Hae  Declaration,  dont  ils  ont  demande  Tinsertion  an  Protocole*  On  est 
convenu  de  la  joindre  an  Proc^verbal  de  la  Stance  d'anjourd'hui. 

On  est  revenu  ensuite  au  Projet  de  Declaration  16  pour  la  premiere 
fois  4  la  Seance  du  28  Janvier,  et  dont  la  redaction  definitive  avoit  ete 
ajournee.  Ce  Projet  aprte  avoir  eprouve  plusieurs  modifications,  a 
ete  adopte  et  signe  [par  Messieurs  les  Plenipotentiaires  tel  qu'il  se 
trouve  joint  au  present  Proces-verbal.     Lord  Castlereagh  a  propose 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


970  ORSAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C. 

(le  commoDiqaercette  Declaration,  et  Copie  des  Protocolea  d€s4CoD. 
fireDcea  au  Gouveraeaient  Danois,  et  i  celui  dea  Paya  Baa»  tu  l'iol£r£t 
particnJier  a?ec  lequel  cea  2  Gouvcroemena  ae  aont  proooncea  aur  la 
meaare  de  I'abolition. 

Cette  PropoaiUoa  etant  adoptee.  Lord  Caatlereagh  a  declare* 
que  lea  difierentea  Queations  qui  ^toient  J  objet  de  cea  Coaie- 
rencee,  ay  ant  6i6  traitees,  Tane  apr^  Tautre,  et  lea  Pniaaaocea 
ayant  donn^  leur  avia  sar  chacune  de  ces  Queationa,  il  ne 
croyoit  paa  que  les  deliberations  actuelles  ponvoient  6tre  poassees 
plus  loin :  il  ne  lui  restoit  done  qu'exprimer  d  Messieurs  les  Plenipo- 
tentiaires  presens>  combieu  il  etoit  sensible  i  Tinterfit  qu*ila  avoient  ac- 
cord6  4  cea  Propositions, et  la  bienveillance  avec  laquelle  ils  Tavoient 
seconde  dans  sa  marcbe ;  qu'il  avoit  des  remercimeus  particuliers  k 
faire  i  M.  le  Prince  de  Talleyrand,  appele  conjoinlement  avec  lui  k 
I'execution  de  1 'Article  du  Traite  de  Paris,  qui  avoit  forme  la  base  de 
cea  deliberations;  qu'il  y  avoit  en,  k  la  verite,  quelques  explications 
d^courageantes,  pour  les  Amis  de  cette  Cause,  de  la  part  de  Measieurs 
'les  Plenipotentiaires  d'Espagne  et  de  Portugal,  mais  qu'il  peraiatoit  ^ 
croire,  que  les  circonstancea  dont  on  etoit  parti  dans  cea  explications, 
se  trouveraient  d^ji  sensiblement  changes  aujourd'hui,  et  cfaangeroient 
de  plus  en  plus  en  faveur  de  I'abolition  de  la  Traite ;—  qu'il  etoit  per- 
suade que  la  nouvelie  suite  de  ces  Conferences,  et  de  la  manidre  dont 
lea  Puissances  de  TEurope  reunies  au  Congr^s  avoient  envisage  cette 
Question,  produiroit  un  grand  effet  dans  les  Colonies,  pour  concilier 
les  eaprits  avec  une  mesure,sur  Texecution  finale  de  laquelle  il  ne  reate- 
roit  plus  de  doutes  d  elever :— qu'il  regardoit  en  outre  commenn  avan- 
tage  precieux,  d'avoir  pu  dinger  Tattention  de  tant  d'illustres  Hommes 
d*£tat  sur  un  objet  qui  sembloit  na  pas  avoir  ete  encore  asaez  esacte- 
ment  connu  dans  plusieurs  Pays  du  Continent,  et,  d  en  jnger  par  les 
premiers  effets  des  discussions  actuelles,  y  ezciteroitdorenavant  unin- 
ter^t  beaucoup  plus  vif:^-qu*enfin  la  Declaration  general e,  un  dea  prin- 
cipaux  resuhats  de  ces  discussions,  lui  offroit  la  perspective  la  plus 
rassurante,  et  le  meilleuraugure  d'un  succ^  definitif. 

A  I'appui  de  ces  observations  de  Lord  Caatlereagh,  M.  le  Prince 
de  Metternich  adit,  que,  quoique  I'abolition  de  lajTraite  desNegresne 
toucbdt  pas  aux  interto  directs  des  Puissances  qui  ne  possedent  paa 
de  Colonies,  elle  ne  leur  etoit  cependant  point  etrang^re  par  aea  rap- 
ports avec  le  bien  de  I'humanite ;— -que  les  Puissances  qui  se  troavoient 
dans  cette  categoric  regretteroient  d'autant  moina  d'avoir  [Hia  part  i 
Pexamen  de  cette  Queation,  que,  dana  le  coars  mime  dea  diacuasiona 
actuelles,  une  mani^re  de  voir  difi&rente,  non  paa  sur  le  principe  fonda- 
mental  mais  sur  les  details  et  I'epoque  de  son  execution,  s'etant  mani- 
festee  parmi  les  Puissances  possedant  des  Colonies,  Pintervention  dea 
autres  qui  etoient  absolument  impartialea  dana  cette  brancfae  particu- 
here  de  la  Question,  n'auroit  pas  ete  sana  utilite  j— -que  sous  ce  tatme 
point  de  vuc,  H  approuvoit  enti^remant  les  Communications  Mioisteri- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  AUSTRIA,  &C.  971 

elles  aprt»leCoDgr^,tellesque  Lord  Castlereagh  les  afoil  propos^es; 
— et  que  si  jamais  des  collisions  d^gr^ables  pourroient  avoir  liea  entre 
les  Puissances  Maritimes,  sar  un  objet  poor  lequel  la  plus  grande  har- 
monie  ^toit  si  fort  d  desirer^  les  Cabioets,  places  et  pensaos  comme  ce- 
lui  d'Aotriche,  's'empresseroieDt  certaiaement  d  employer  leurs  bons 
offices  pour  les  mettre  d  accord,  et  pour  applanir  tous  les  obstacles  qui 
s*opposeroieDt  au  saccte  final  de  celte  Cause. 

Bur  qnoi  le  Protocole  de  ces  Conferences  a  ^t^  conclu  et  signe. 

METTERNICH.  WELLINGTON. 

LOBO.  STEWART. 

SALDANHA.  GOMEZ  LABRADOR. 

PALMELLA.  LOW  EN  HI  ELM. 

TA  LLE  YRAN  D.  H  UMBOLDT. 

CASTLEREAGH.  NESSELRODB. 


(Efieloiure5.)— DECLARATION  des  8  Cours,  relative  d  f  Abolition 
Univerullede  la  Traite  des  Nigres.-^-  Vietme,  le  8  FevHer,  1815. 
Lbs  Pl^nipotentiaires  des  Puissances  qui  ont  sign^  le  Traits  de' 
Paris  du  SO  Mai,  1814,  r^unis  en  Conference:— Ay  ant  pris  en  consi- 
deration,  que  le  Commerce  connu  sous  le  nom  de  Traite  des  Nigres 
{iTA/rique  a  M  envisage  par  les  Hommes  justes  et  ^clair^  de  tous  les 
teoss,  comme  repugnant  anx  principes  d'humanit^  et  de  la  morale 
universelle;  que  les  circonstances  particuli^res  auzquelles  ce  Com- 
merce a  d(k  sa  naissance,  et  la  difficult^  d'en  interrompre  brasquement 
le  cours,  ont  pA  couvrir  jusqu'4  un  certain  point  ce  qu'il  y  avoit 
d'odieux  dans  sa  conserfation,  mais  qn  enfin  la  voix  publique  s*est 
elev^e  dans  tous  les  Pays  civilises  pour  demander  qu'il  soit  supprim6 
le  plutot  possible;  que  depuis  que  le  caract^re  et  les  details  de  ce 
Commerce  ont  ^le  mieux  connus,  et  les  manx  de  toute  esp^e  qui 
Taccompagnent  compl^tement  d^ voiles,  plusieurs  des  Gouvememens 
Europ^ens  ont  pris  en  eflet  la  resolution  de  la  faire  cesser^  et  que 
successivement  toutes  les  Puissances  poss^dant  des  Colonies  dans  les 
diflr(6rentes  parties  du  Monde  ont  reconuu,  soit  par  des  Actes  L^gislatifs, 
soit  par  des  Trait6s  et  autres  Engagemens  formels,  Tobligation  et  la 
necesBite  de  I'abolir ;  que  par  un  Article  Separ6  du  dernier  Traite  de 
Paris,  la  Grande  Bretagne  et  la  France  se  sont  engagto  k  r^unir  leurs 
efforts  au  Congr^s  de  Vienne  pour  faire  prononcer  par  toutes  les 
Puissances  de  la  Chretiente,  I'abolition  universelle  et  definitive  de  la 
Traite  des  Nigres;  que  les  Pl^nipotentiaires  rassembl^s  dans  ce 
Congrte  ne  sauroient  mieux  bonorer  leur  Mission,  remplir  leur  devoir, 
et  manifester  les  principes  qui  guident  leurs  Augustes  Souverains, 
qu'en  travaillant  k  r6aliser  cet  engagement,  et  en  proclamant  au  nom 
de  leurs  Souverains,  le  voeu  de  mettre  un  terme  k  un  fleau  qui  a  si 
long  tems  d^ol^  TAfrique,  degrade  I'Europe,  et  afflig6  Thumanite: — 
les  dits  Pl^iipotenttaires  sont  convenus  d'ouvrir  leurs  deliberations  sur 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


972  GREAT  BRITAIN  AKD  PORTUGAL. 

leB  nioyens  d  accomplir  un  objel  aassi  saluUire^  par  ane  DeclaintiOB 
Bolemnelle  des  principes  qui  les  ont  diriK^  dans  ce  tra?aU. 

Ed  consequence,  et  dfiement  autoris^s  i  cet  Actepar  Padbesion  aoa- 
nime  de  leurs  Coars  respectives  au  principe  enonc^  dans  le  dit  Article 
Separ^  du  Traits  de  Paris^  ils  declarent  i  la  face  de  TEorope,  qae« 
regardant  I'abolition  uniTerselie  de  la  Traite  des  N^gres  comme  one 
mesure  particuli^remeutdigne  de  leur  attention,  confomie  k  l't*spritdo 
si^le,  et  aux  principes  g^nereux  de  leurs  AugustesSouverains^ila  soot 
animes  du  d^sir  sincere  de  concourir  k  Texecntion  la  pins  prompte  et 
la  plus  efficace  de  cette  mesure,  par  lous  les  moyens  A  leur  disposition, 
et  d'agir  dans  I'emploi  de  ces  moyens  avec  tout  le  z^leet  toute  la  perae- 
verance  qu*ils  doivent  i  une  aussi  grande  et  belle  Cause. 

Trop  instruits  toutefois  des  sentimens  de  leurs  Souverains,  poor  ne 
pas  prevoir,  que  quelqu'bonorable  que  soit  leur  b(it,  ils  ne  le  pour- 
suivront  pas  sans  de  justes  m^nagemens  pour  les  inter^ts,  les  babitudes 
et  les  preventions  m^mes  de  leurs  Sujets;  les  dits  Plenipotentialres 
reconnoissent  en  m^me  terns  que  cette  Declaration  generale  ne  saoroit 
prejoger  le  terme  que  chaqoe  Puissance  en  particulier  pourroit  envi- 
sager  comme  le  plus  convenable  pour  raboHtioo  definitive  da  Com* 
merce  des  N^gres : — Par  cons^nent  la  determination  de  I'epoqoe  oA 
ce  Commerce  doit  universellement  cesser  sera  an  objet  de  N^gociation 
entre  les  Puissances ;  bien  entendu  que  I'on  ne  negligera  aucun  oiojeo 
propre  d  en  assurer  et  i  en  accelerer  la  marche ;  et  que  I'engagement 
r^ciproque  contract^  par  la  presente  Declaration  entre  les  Soaverains 
qui  y  ont  pris  part«  ne  sera  consider^  comme  rempli  qu'au  moment  od 
on  succ^s  complet  aura  couronne  leurs  efforts  r^unis. 

£n  portant  cette  Declaration  k  la  connoissance  de  1* Europe,  el  da 
toutes  les  Nations  civilisees  de  la  terre,  les  dits  Pldnipotentiairea  se 
flattent  d*engager  tons  les  autres  Gouyernemens,  et  notamment  ceux 
qui,  en  abolissant  la  Traite  des  N^gres,  out  manifest^  d^ji^  les  mftmes 
sentimens,  i  les  appuyer  de  leur  suffrage  dans  une  Cause  dont  le 
triomphe  final  sera  un  des  plus  beaux  monumens  du  si^lequi  I'a  em- 
brassee  et  qui  I'aura  glorieusement  termin^e. 
Vienne,  le  8  Fevrier,  1815. 

C  A8TL  E  RE  AGH.  PALME  LLA. 

STEWART,  Lieut.^G€n.  SALDANHA. 

WELLINGTON.  LOBO. 

NESSELRODE.  HUMBOLDT. 

C,  LOWENHIELM.  METTERNICH. 

GOMEZ  LABRADOR.  TALLEYRAND. 


(Enclosure  6.) — Let  Plenipotentiairei  PcrtugaU  aux  Pienipaienihnrti 
dei  Puissances  Signaiaires  du  Traite  de  Paris. 

Vienne,  le  6  Fevrier,  1815. 
Les  Soussign^s,  Pl^nipotentiaires  de  Son  Altesse  Royaie  le  Prince 


\ 
\ 

^  Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  PORTCOAL.  973 

Regent  de  Portugal  au  Congr^,  se  conformant  aux  fuea  bienfaisantes 
et  liberates  de  lear  augoste  Maftre,  nout  pas  h^site  h  se  joindre  d 
Messieurs  les  Plenipotenliaires  des  antres  Cours  Signataires  du  Traiie 
de  Paris,  pour  attester  publiquemeut  par  une  Declaration  solemnelle, 
leor  desir  d'accelerer  T^poqueod  la  cessation  generale  et  absolue  de  la 
Traite  des  N^gres  pourra  avoir  lieu. 

D'apr^  le  m6me  principe  ils  ont  eu  d^ji  Phonnenr  d'annoncer  dans 
la  Conference  du  38  Janvier,  Tengagement  qu'ils  venaient  de  prendre 
au  nom  de  Son  Altesse  Ro3fale,  dans  un  Traits  avec  Sa  Majesty  Bri- 
tannique,  de  defendre  immediatement  aux  Navires  Portngais  ce  Com- 
merce, sur  toutesles  C6te8  del'Afrique  situ^es  au  Nord  deTEquateur; 
engagement  beaucoup  plus  etendu  que  celui  qui  a  ite  pns  par  les 
autres  Puissances  qui  continuent  encore  la  Traite.  Les  Soussignes  se 
flattent  d*avoir  dans  le  cours  de  la  discussion  qui  a  eu  lieu  i  ce  sujet 
entre  Messieurs  les  Plenipotentiaires,  d^montre  jusqu'd  levidence  leB 
obstacles  qui  emp^cheut  Son  Altesse  Roy  ale  le  Prince  Regent  de  Por- 
tugal de  snivre  pour  Textinction  du  syst^me  de  la  Traite  une  marche 
trop  precipit^e,  qui  detruirait  la  prosperite  naissante  de  ses  Etats 
d'Amerique,  et  causerait  la  ruine  d  un  grand  nombre  de  ses  Sujets. 
lis  ont,  cependant,  declare  dans  la  Cuof(§rence  du  20  Janvier,  que  le 
Portugal  s'engageroit,  ainsi  que  Ta  fait  TEspagne,  k  abolir  definitive- 
raent  la  Traite  des  Esclaves  au  bout  de  8  ans,  mais  qu'ils  etoient 
forces  d'exiger  toutefois,  comme  une  condition  indispensable  pour  cette 
abolition  finale,  que  Sa  Majesty  Britannique  se  pretAt  de  son  c6te  aux 
changemens  qu'ils  ont  proposes  dans  le  systfime  commercial  entre  le 
Portugal  et  la  Grande  Bretagne,  attendu  que  la  prohibition  que  I'on 
a  en  vue  doit  oecessairement  causer  dts  variations  dans  tout  le  syst^me 
commercial  des  Etats  Portugais. 

Apr^s  toutes  ces  explications  aussi  franches  que  precises,  les  Sous- 
sign^  esp^roient  avoir  convaiucu  M.  M.  les  Pl^nipotentiaires  des 
Hautes  Puissances  Signataires  du  Traite  de  Paris^  de  I'impossibilit^  oA 
se  trouve  Son  Altesse  Royale  le  Prince  Regent  de  Portugal  d*outre- 
passer>  sans  blesser  les  inter^ts  de  ses  Sujets^  les  mesures  qu'ils  ont 
anponcees.  C'est  done  avec  peine  qu'ils  ont  entendu  dans  la  Confe- 
rence du  4  de  ce  mois,  une  PropoMtion  de  Son  Excellence  Milord 
Casdereagh,  tendante  k  faire  entrevoir  qu'on  se  reservoit  dVmpIoyer 
d  autres  moyens  qu'e  ceux  de  la  Negociation  pour  engager  les  Puis- 
sances qui  continueroient  la  Traite  au  deli  de  5  ans,  k  adopter  force- 
ment  une  mesure  qui  ne  pent  jamais  6t re  demandee  que  comme  un  acte 
Tolontaire  de  toute  Puissance  independante. 

Us  croyent  de  leur  devoir  de  declarer  en  cette  occasion,  que  Bon 
Altesse  Royale  le  Priuce  Regent  de  Portugal,  se  reserve  (quelques 
soient  ses  engagemeus  precedens  avec  les  autres  Puissances  qui  d^fen- 
droient  chez  elles  I'introduction  des  denrees  Coloniales  Portugaises) 
d'exercer  une  retaliation  bien  justifiee,  en  prohibant  dans  ses  Etats,  de 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


974  GRBAT  BRITAIN  AND  PORTUGAL. 

son  cdte,  I'importation  de8  produits  commerciaux  des  Nations  qui 
auroient  adopte  4  son  egard  une  mesare  auasi  inusitee. 

Les  Soossigo^,  en  profitant  de  cette  occasion  poar  assurer  lenrs 
Altesses  et  ieurs  Excellences  M.  M.  les  Pl^nipotentiaires  des  Puissan- 
ces Signataires  du  Traite  de  Paris,  de  leur  plus  haute  consideration, 
demandeut  que  la  pr^nte  Declaration  soit  transcrite,  pareotier,  dans 
ie  Protocole  des  Conferences  de  la  Commission. 

L£  COMTE  DE  PALMELLA. 

A.  DE  SALDANHA  DA  GAMA. 

JOAQUIM  LOBO  DA  8ILVEIRA. 
Lei  Plhtipotentiaires  de  la  Conference. 


No.  46. —  Viscount  Casilereagh  to  Earl  Bathursi. 

Mt  Lord,  Viennay  14M  February,  1815. 

I   HATB    the   honour  to  transmit  herewith,  for  your  Lordship's 

information,  Copy  of  a  Note  addressed  to  me  by   the  Portuguese 

Plenipotentiaries,  on  the  1 1th  instant,  and  of  my  Answer  to  the  same. 

I  have,  &c. 
Earl  Batkurst,  K.  G.  CASTLEREAGH. 


(Eneloture  \.) — Le»  PUnipotentiaires  Portugais  au  VioomU 
Casilereagh. 

Vienne,  ce  11  FevrUr,  1815. 
Les  Soussignes,  PMnipotentiaires  de  Son  Aitesse  Royale  le  Prince 
Regent  de  Portugal,  ayant  par  plusieurs  declarations  Officielles  admis 
le  pnncipe  de  Tabolition  totale  de  la  Traite  pour  le  Portugal  en  8  ans. 
sous  la  condition  expresse  que  Sa  Majeste  Britannique  se  pr^teroit  de 
son  c6te  k  abolirle  Traitdde  Commerce  du  19  Fevrier,  1810,  esp^rent 
de  la  franchise  avec  laquelle  Son  Excellence  Milord  Castlereagh  a 
conduit  jusqu'd  present  cette  Negociation,qu*il  voudrabien  avant  son 
depart  leur  laisser  un  Document  qui  couvre  leur  responsabilite,  en 
repondant  par  ecrit  d  cette  Note,  qu'il  n'aura  pas  de  difficulte  i  pour- 
suivre  la  Negociation,  sur  ces  2  bases,  avec  les  Ministres  que  Son 
Aitesse  Royale  le  Prince  Regent  de  Portugal  autorisera  pour  cet  effet. 
Les  Soussignes  saisissent,  &c. 

LE  COMTE  DE  PALMELLA. 
A.  DE  SALDANHA  DA  GAMA. 
S.  E.  Lord  CastUreagK  JOAQUIM  LOBO  DA  SILVBIRA. 


(Enclosure  2.> — Viscount   Castlereagh  to  the  Portuguese  Pkmpo- 

tentiaries, 

Vienna,  \3th  February,  1815. 

Tbi  Undersigned,  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Principal  Secretary  of 

State  for  Foreign  Affairs,  and  his  Plenipotentiary  at  the  Congress  at 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN.  975 

Vienna^  has  the  honour  to  acknowledge  the  Note  of  the  lltfi  inttaiit. 
Signed  by  the  Ministers  of  the  Prince  Regent  of  PortngaK 

The  Undersigned  feels  it  necessary  to  preserre  the  oourse  which 
his  Court  may  deem  it  necessary  to  pursue,  for  accelerating  the 
abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade,  wholly  unfettered  by  any  conditions:  but 
he  can  have  no  difficulty  in  assuring  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  Hia  Royal 
Highness  that  he  is  not  only  willing,  but  desirous  of  entering,  on  the 
part  of  his  Government,  without  delay,  into  the  Negotiation  of  a  new 
Commercial  Treaty,  in  the  hope  that  an  arrangement  may  be  framed 
more  acceptable  to  the  views  of  both  Nations. 

The  Undersigned  will  experience  the  utmost  satisfaction,  should  he 
'have  the  good  fortune  to  conclude,  with  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  the 
Prince  Regent  of  Portugal,  an  Arrangement  which  may  induce  the 
Portuguese  Government  to  accelerate  the  final  abolition  of  the  Trade 
in  Slaves.  The  Undersigned,  &c. 

The  Portuguese  Plenipotentiaries.  CASTLEREAGH. 


BRITISH  ORDER  IN  COUNCIL,  far  the  Registration 
of  Slaves  in  the  Island  of  Trinidad.— 26th  March,  1812. 


[Referred  to  as  an  Enclosure  in  No.  10  of  the  preceding  Papers, 
Page  892.] 

Jt  a  Court  at  Carlton  House,  the  26th  March,  1812. 

PRESENT, 

HI8    ROYAL    HIGHNESS    THE    PRINCE    REGENT   IN 

COUNCIL. 

Wherbas  it  is  deemed  expedient  to  provide  more  effectually  for 
the  prevention  of  the  illegal  and  clandestine  importation  of  Slaves  into 
the  Ishnd  of  Trinidada,  it  is  therefore  this  day  ordered  by  His  Royal 
Highness  the  Prince  Regent,  in  the  name  and  on  the  behalf  of 
His  Majesty,  and  by  and  with  the  advice  of  His  Majesty's  Privy 
Council : 

That  there  shall  be  established  within  the  Island  ofTrinidada  a 
Public  Registry,  for  the  Registration  and  Enrolment  of  the  names  and 
descriptions  of  all  Negroes,  Mulattoes,  and  Mustees,  who  now  are,  or 
at  any  time  hereafter  shall  be  held  in  a  state  of  Slavery  within  the 
said  Island,  and  of  the  Births  and  Deaths  of  all  such  Slaves. 

And  it  is  further  hereby  ordered.  That  within  the  term  of  1  week 
from  and  after  the  arrival  of  this  present  Order  at  Trinidada,  and  the 
receipt  thereof  by  the  Governor,  Lieutenant-Governor,  or  other  Per- 
son having  the  chief  civil  command  under  His  Majesty  within  the  said 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


976  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

Idand,  the  same  shall  he  publicly  notified  to  the  Inhabitants  of  tlie 
said  Island^  in  such  manner  as  to  the  said  Goyeroor,  Lieutenaot- 
Gofernor,  or  Civil  Cominander-iD-Chief  shall  seem  most  fit  and 
effectual,  and  shall  be  enrolled  at  length  in  the  Book  of  Minutes  of  the 
Board  of  Council,  and  among  the  Records  of  the  Cabildo.  and  of  the 
Court  of  the  Order  or  Chief  Judge;  and  the  said  Governor,  Lieote- 
nant-Govemor,  or  Civil  Commander-in-Chief,  shall  forthwith  proceed 
to  appoint  some  fit  and  proper  Person,  unless  some  Person  then 
resident  there  shall  have  been  previously  appointed  by  His  Majesty,  to 
the  Office  of  Registrar  of  Slaves  for  the  said  Island;  which  Penoa, 
before  he  enters  on  the  execution  of  his  said  Office,  shall  take  the 
following  Oath  before  the  said  Governor,  Lieutenant-Governor,  or 
Commander-in-Chief,  in  Council : 

"  I  An  B,  do  solemnly  promise  and  swear,  that  I  will  not  willingly 
or  knowingly  make  or  permit,  or  suffer  to  be  made,  any  false  or  frau- 
dulent  entry,  erazure,  or  obliteration  in  ihe  Registry  of  Slaves  to  be 
committed  to  my  charge;  and  if  any  such  false  or  fraudulent  act  shall 
become  known  to  me,  will  immediately  give  notice  thereof  to  the 
Governor,  Lieutenant-Governor,  or  Civil  Commander-in-Chief,  and  to 
the  Order  or  Chief  Judge  of  this  Island  for  the  time  being,  and  will  io 
all  respects  faithfully  and  uprightly  perform  the  duties  of  the  Office  of 
Registrar  of  Slaves  for  this  Island.  So  help  me  God." 

And  the  said  Person  so  appointed  to  the  said  Office  of  Registrar  of 
Slaves  shall  also,  before  he  enters  on  the  execution  of  his  said  Office,  be- 
come bound  by  Bond  or  recognizance  to  His  Majesty,  his  Heirs  and  Soc- 
cessors,with  two  sufficient  Sureties,  to  be  approved  by  the  said  Governor, 
Lieutenant-Governor,  or  Civil  Commander-in-Chief,  himself  in  the  pe- 
nal  sum  of  £iOOO,  and  his  Sureties  each  in  the  sum  of  £1000,  sterling 
money,  with  condition  for  the  faithful  performance  by  him,  the  said  Re- 
gistrar, of  all  tlie  duties  of  his  said  Office;  and  in  case  of  the  death, 
absence,  or  incapacity  of  the  said  Registrar,  or  any  avoidance  of  the 
Office,  a  new  Registrar  shall  be  in  like  manner,  from  time  to  time, 
appointed  by  His  Majesty,  his  Heirs  or  Successors,  or  by  the  Governor, 
Lieutenant-Governor,  or  Civil  Commander-in-Chief  for  the  time  being* 
(until  the  Royal  pleasure  in  respect  of  such  Appointment  shall  be  sig- 
nified,) who  shall  take  the  same  Oath,  and  enter  into  like  securities, 
before  he  enters  on  the  execution  of  the  said  Office. 

And  it  is  hereby  further  ordered,  that  the  said  Governor,  Lieute- 
nant-Governor, or  Civil  Commander-in. Chief,  shall  also  forthwith 
proceed  to  provide  a  proper  and  convenient  house  or  building  within 
or  near  to  the  Town  of  Port  of  Spain,  in  the  said  Island,  for  the  sole 
purpose  of  the  Registry  hereby  established,  wherein  the  books  and 
papers  belonging  thereto  may  be  at  all  times  safely  kept;  and  if  no 
such  house  or  building  can  be  immediately  found,  the  best  temporary 
house  or  room  that  can  be  procured  or  allotted  for  the  said  purpose 
shall  be  provided  and   appointed  by  the  said  Governor,  Lieutenant* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN.  977 

Governor  or  Civil  Commaniler-in- Chief,  until  a  proper  and  convenient 
Registry  Office  can  be  procured  or  erected  in  or  near  to  the  said  Town, 

And  it  is  hereby  further  ordered,  That  the  said  Registrar  sbail 
forthwith  provide  2  large  blank  paper  books,  strongly  and  durably 
bound,  for  the  purpose  of  the  Registry  and  Enrolment  hereinafter 
directed,  one  of  which  books  shall  be  entitled  "  Registry  of  Plantation 
Slaves/*  and  the  oiber  "Registry  of  Personal  Slaves;"  in  which 
said  first. mentioned  book  shall  be  entered  and  registered,  as  herein- 
after directed,  the  names  and  descriptions  of  all  Slaves  which  belong 
to,  and  are  usually  worked  or  employed  upon  any  particular  Plantation 
or  Plantations  within  the  said  Island;  and  in  the  other  of  which  said 
books  shall  be  entered  and  registered,  in  like  manner,  the  names  and 
descriptions  of  all  Slaves  employed  in  domestic  labour,  or  in  any 
handicraft,  art,  or  trade  within  the  said  Island,  or  in  manning  or 
navigating  any  Vessels  or  Boats  belonging  to  the  Ports  of  the  said 
Island,  or  which  are  let  or  hired  by  their  Owners  for  the  purpose  of 
agricultural  labour,  commonly  called  task-work,  on  Plantations  not 
belonging  to  the  Owners  of  such  Slaves;  and,  in  general,  all  Slaves 
within  or  belonging  to  the  said  Island,  which  are  not  attached  to  any 
particular  Plantation  or  Plantations,  and  therewith  owned,  held,  or 
possessed;  all  which  several  descriptions  of  Slaves  shall,  for  the  pur- 
poses of  this  Order,  be  distinguished  from  Plantation  Slaves  by  the 
genera]  name  of  Personal  Slaves. 

And  it  is  hereby  further  ordered,  that  within  1  calendar  month 
from  and  after  the  public  notification  of  this  Order  at  Triuidada  as 
aforesaid,  every  Person  who  shall  then  be  resident  in  the  said  Island, 
and  who  shall  be  in  possession  of  any  Plantation,  Slave  or  Slaves 
within  the  said  Island,  whether  as  Proprietor,  Mortgagee,  Trustee,  or 
Receiver,  Manager  or  Attorney,  whatever  their  title,  trust,  or  interest 
therein  may  be,  or  who  then  shall  own  or  possess  any  Slave  or  Slaves 
whatsoever  within  the  said  Island,  whatever  his  or  her  tenure  of  or 
title  to  the  same  may  be,  shall  respectively  make  and  deliver  upon  Oath 
to  the  Registrar  so  to  be  appointed,  such  Schedules,  Lists,  and  Par- 
ticulars, in  writing,  subscribed  by  him,  her,  or  them,  to  be  called  his 
or  her  original  Return  of  Slaves,  as  are  hereinafter  mentioned  (that  is 
to  say),  every  Person  in  possession  of  any  Plantation  as  aforesaid  shall 
80  make  and  return  a  Schedule  or  List,  in  writing,  for  each  Plantation 
within  the  said  Island  of  which  he  or  she  shall  be  then  in  possession. 
In  any  of  the  rights  or  characters  aforesaid,  therein  specifying,  in  the 
first  place,  the  name  by  which  the  Plantation  is  usually  called  or 
known,  and  when  2  or  more  Plantations  are  held  and  occupied  together 
by  the  same  Person,  and  cultivated  by  the  same  body  or  gang  of 
Negro  Slaves,  the  names  of  each  of  the  said  Plantations. so  jointly  held 
and  cultivated,  and  in  what  Parish,  Quarter,  or  other  Division  of  the 
said  Island  every  such  Plantation  is  situated,  and  whether  the  same  is 
[1815—16.]  3  R 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


978  6R£AT  BBITAIN. 

a  Sogfti  Plantation,  or  a  Coffee  or  Cotton  Plantation,  or  of  what  otlicr 
descriptioB ',  and  in  the  next  place  the  name  pr  names  of  the  ptesent 
Owner  or  Owners  of  such  Plantation  or  Plantations,  as  well  as  of  the  Per- 
son or  Persons  then  in  possession  of  the  same,  and  making  such  Retnni, 
and  the  right  or  character  in  which  he,  she,  or  they  then  held  sncfapos* 
session,  namely,  whether  as  Proprietor,  Lessee,  Mortgi^^,  Tmstee, 
Beceiver,  Attorney,  Managei^  or  otherwise ;  and  when  the  property  or 
possession  of  any  such  PlantatioB  has  been  changed  within  7  yesn 
prior  to  such  Return  thereof,  then  the  said  Schedule  shall  also  mention 
the  name  of  the  late  Owner  or  Proprietor,  and  in  whose  tenure  or 
occupation  the  same  lately  was ;  and  every  Persoa  making  a  Relum  of 
any  Slave  or  Slaves  not  attached  or  belonging  to  any  Plantation  in  the 
said  IslaAd  hereby  called  *^  Personal  Slaves,"  shall  so  return  a  List  ok 
Schedule,  in  writing,  containing,  in  the  first  place,  his  own  name  and 
description,  or  the  name  and  description  of  such  otJier  Person  or 
Persons  being  the  Owner  or  Owners  of  such  Slave  or  Slaves  on  whoce 
behalf  the  Return  is  made,  and  the  right  or  character  in  which  he. 
she,  or  they  then  hold  possession  of  and  claim  title  to  such  Slave  oi 
Slaves,  namely,  whether  as  Proprietor,  Leasee,  Mortgagee,  Sequestrator, 
Guardian,  Committee,  Trustee,  Receiver,  £xecu(or.  Administrator  or 
otherwise ;  and  if  such  Personal  Slave  or  Slaves  shall  have  been  pur- 
chased or  acquired  within  7  years  prior  to  such  Return,  then  the  name 
or  names  of  the  Seller  or  former  Owner  thereof,  and  after  sudi  des- 
criptions as  aforesaid  of  such  Plantation  and  of  the  Owner  or  Owners 
of  such  Personal  Slaves  respectivel}  in  the  said  Schedule,  the  Parties 
making  the  said  Returns  shall  proceed  to  name,  describe  and  enumerate 
distinctly  thereon  the  several  Negro,  Mulatto,  or  other  Slaves  then 
attached  or  belonging  to  the  same  Plantation,  or  to  the  same  Owner  or 
OiSBecs,  by  distinct  Lists,  in  manner  following,  that  is  to  say : — in  the 
first  place,  suck  Schedule  shall  contain  a  List  of  all  Slaves  who  hav.e 
husbands  or  wives,  either  by  actual  marriage,  or  known  and  constant 
cohabitation,  or  wi^o  have  parenta  or  children,  brothers  or  sister^  among 
the  Slaves  of  the  said  Plantation,  or  of  the  same  Owner  or  Owners^  which 
List  shall  be  entitled  the  '^  List  of  Families  of  Slaves  on  the  Plantation 
of, 4^  Bf"  (inserting  the  proper  name  of  the  Plantation,  or  "of  C  D- 
fte  Owner  of  Personal  Slaves*"  as  the  case  may  be)  i  and  the  said 
liist  shall  be  divided  into  aa  many  sectious  as  there  are  different 
families  to  be  inserted  therein,  and  each  section  shall  be  entitled^ 
"  The  Family  of  A,  B.**  mserting  the  name  of  the  superior  relation, 
or,  where  th^e  are  only  brothers,  or  other  relations  of  the  same  degree^ 
the  nama  of  the  elder  individual ;  and  each  of  the  said  Schedol^  shall 
alao  contain  2  other  Usts,  in  one  of  which  shall  be  inserted  the  names 
ofsnch  mala  Slaves,  and  in  the  other  of  such  female  Slaves,  as  have 
no  wives,  or  husbands,  parents  or  children,  brothers  of  sisten^  among 
tba  Slaves  of  the  same  Plantation;  or  the  same  Owner  or  Ovmefs; 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIW.  979 

whidi  lists  sfaflll  be  reftpedively  entitled,  '<  General  List  of  Mate 
Slatet"  dnd  "  Genera)  List  of  Female  Slaves'^  dn  the  P]ant«(idf<  of 
A.  B.,  (inserting  the  pfoper  natoe  of  the  t^lan(ation)  or  ''  beldtiging 
fo  C.  D.*  aft  the  case  may  be. 

And  all  the  Slaves  attacbect  or  belonging  to  the  same  I^lantation, 
of  the  ekttke  Owner  or  Owners,  shall  be  nan^ied  and  dei^cribed  in  the 
said  Sebedufe  respectii^efy,in  the  particular  l^ists  or  Sections  to  whith 
tbey  respectively  belong,  in  the  manner  and  fotm  following,  (that  is  to 
fiiy)- 

The  Schedule  ot  Paper  containing  each  of  the  said  Lists  shall  be 
divided  into  8  perpendicalaf  columns,  of  convenient  breadths,  respect. 
itely  entitled  at  the  heads  thereof,  names,  surnames,  coloard,  employ- 
ment, age,  stature,  country,  and  marks ;  to  which  shall  be  ildded,  in 
the  Lists  of  Families,  a  9th  column,  of  convenient  breadth,  entitled 
Relations ;  and  the  more  clearly  to  distinguish  the  description  of  eadh 
paiticolar  Slave,  as  many  horizontal  lines,  with  convenient  spaces^ 
between  tljem,  shall  be  drawn  across  the  said  perpendicular  Itnes  or 
colomns,  as  nfe  equal  in  number  to  the  number  of  Slaves  to  be  inserted 
ID  each  List 

And  in  the  1st  of  the  said  columns  shall  be  inserted  the  name  of 
iMiptism  of  each  Slave,  if  he  or  she  shall  have  been  baptised,  and  if 
DOl,  the  niktae  by  which  be  ot  she  has  been  usually  called  and  known. 
lo  the  ^d  of  the  said  columns  shall  be  inserted  the  sutnaitfe  ot  second 
tMmie  of  the  Sfave,  if  he  or  she  has  ever  been  called  or  known  by  any 
tfUmame  or  se<«ond  name,  and  if  not,  then,  in  cases  of  Family  Slaves 
included  in  the  said  Lists  of  Families,  the  name  of  the  superior  relation  ; 
and  in  the  cases  of  Slaves  who  are  included  ih  the  said  General  Listir 
of  Malea  and  Females,  sncb  name  as  the  OWnef  or  Party  making  the 
Return  shall  think  fit  to  insert  thefeii^  aid  the  surname  by  which  the 
Slave  and  his  lawful  issne,  or  her  natural  issue,  and  their  descendants^ 
respectively,  shaH  thereafter  always  be  called ;  provided,  nevertheless, 
that  in  cases  of  Family  Slaves,  the  Owner  or  Party  making  the  Return' 
lOa^  also  give,  if  he  thinks  fit,  some  other  faniiTy  name  instead  of  th^t* 
of  Uie  Mperior  relation,  so  as  no  2  families  on  the  same  Plantation,  or 
beloajfing  to  the  same  Owner,  shall  have  the  same  surname  in  the  safe! 
Soheduie  or  Return  ;  bnt  for  all  the  parposes  of  this  Order,  the  sur- 
name by  which  eaeh  fi^ave  shall  first  be  returned  and  registered,  shAlf 
ooDtfftti^  tot  ever  after  to  be  the  surname  of  slich  Slave,  and  of  hi& 
larwfal  itaae,-  if  a  male,  or  her  natural  issue,  if  a  female,  and  of  (heh 
reapeotSve  Descendants,  and  ^all  not  afterwards  be  changed.  In  the 
3rd  of  the  saidcolumnsr  shall  be  inserted  Negro,  Mulatto,  or  Mustee, 
aa  the  ease  mvij  be,  or  such  designation  of  intermedfa'te  shades  of 
ceiofir  iHtbnif  the  littited  degrees  of  Slavery,  if  any,  as'  are  in  use 
witbin  die* aaid  Island.  In  the  4th  of  the  stfid  columns  shall  be  in-' 
MftfMl  the  pmieular  trade,  occupation*  or  ordinary  etApl6ytii^Xi(  df 

3  R2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


980  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

the  Slaf  e,  specifying,  in  the  cases  of  mechanics,  artisans,  or  handicraft- 
men,  the  particular  art  or  busioess  in  which  be  or  she  is  usually  cm- 
ployed  ;  in  the  cases  of  Family  Slaves,  the  particular  domestic  senricc 
or  department  in  which  he  or  she  is  usually  employed  ;  and  in  cases 
of  ordinary  PlanUtion  Slaves,  describing  them  as  labourers  only ;  and 
in  the  5th  of  the  §aid  columns  shall  be  inserted  the  age  of  the  Slave, 
according  to  the  best  of  the  knowledge  and  belief  of  the  Owner,  or 
other  party  making  the  Return.  In  the  6th  of  the  said  columns  shall 
be  inserted  the  exact  stature,  in  feet  and  inches,  by  actual  measure- 
ment of  the  Slave,  which  measurement,  in  cases  of  infant  Slaves,  or 
such  as  have  not  clearly  attained  to  their  full  growtn,  shall  be  repeated 
prior  to  every  Annual  Return  hereinafter  directed  to  be  made.  In  the 
7th  of  the  said  columns  shall  be  inserted,  not  only  whether  the  Slave 
is  an  African  or  Creole  Negro,  but  if  an  African,  the  name  of  the 
Country  or  District  of  Africa  from  which  he  or  she  was  brought,  and 
if  a  Creole  Slave,  the  name  of  the  Island  or  Colony  in  which  such 
Slave  was  born»  or  from  which  he  or  she  was  brought,  according  to 
the  best  of  the  knowledge  or  information  and  belief  of  the  Owner  or 
other  Party  making  the  Return.  And  in  the  8th  of  the  said  columns 
shall  be  inserted,  whether  the  Slave  has  any,  and  what  seams  and 
marks  on  the  face,  or  other  parts  of  the  body,  such  as  Afiican  Slaves 
commonly  have,  and  which  are  usually  called  Country  JMa.ks, 
or  any  such  brands  or  marks  as  are  used  in  some  of  the  Colonics 
for  distinguishing  the  Ownen'  property,  or  has  any  apparent  bodily 
singularity,  defect  or  deformity,  all  which  shall  be  specified,  with 
convenient  certaiuty,  so  as  at  least  to  mention  the  part  of  the 
face  or  body  wherein  the  marks,  brands,  defects,  or  other  sin- 
gularity appears;  and  lastly,  in  the  further  column,  to  be  added 
as  aforesaid  in  the  Lists  of  Family  Slaves,  shall  be  inserted  the 
relation  that  ihe  Slave  bears  to  the  superior  relative,  or  Slave,  by 
whose  name  the  Family  Section  of  the  List  to  which  he  belongs  is  en- 
titled as  aforesaid,  with  such  further  particulars  of  genealogy  or  family 
connection,  as  the  Owner  or  Party  making  the  Relom  shall  think  fit  to 
add ;  and  at  the  end  of  the  saidReturns  respectively,  shall  be  summed 
up  and  set  down,  in  words  at  length,  the  whole  number  of  Slaves  then 
belonging  to  the  Plantation,  for  which,  or  the  Owner  or  Owners  of  Per- 
sonal Slaves,  on  whose  behalf  such  Returns  are  made. 

And  for  the  better  ascertaining  of  the  proper  form  of  such  Returns 
of  Slaves  as  are  hereby  required  to  be  made,  so  that  no  Person  may 
pnrteud  ignorance  thereof,  a  Form  or  example  of  such  Returns  is  con- 
tained in  a  Schedule  to  this  Order  annexed,  to  which  all  Persons  are 
required,  so  far  as  shall  be  found  practicable,  to  conform;  and  at  the 
time  of  promulgating  and  publishing  this  Order  in  the  said  Island  as 
aforesaid,  public  notice  shall  be  given  by  the  said  Governor,  Lieute- 
nant-Governor, or  Civil  Commander-in-Chief,  in  such  manner  as  to 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN.  981 

bini  shall  seem  most  fit  and  effbctuaU  that  a  Form  or  example  of  the 
Returns  hereby  required  to  be  made  may  be  seen,  and  a  printed  Copy 
thereof,  witli  blanks,  to  be  filled  up  according  to  the  rule  aforesaid^ 
obtained  at  the  Register  Office  to  be  appointed  as  aforesaid,  and 
printed  blank  Copies  of  the  said  Forms  shall  accordingly  be  provided 
by  the  Registrar,  and  delivered  to  all  Persons  applying  for  the  same, 
at  a  price  not  exceeding  Sd.  for  each  printed  Copy. 

And  it  is  further  hereby  ordered,  that  every  Person  makiusr  and 
subscribing  any  and  every  such  Schedule  or  Return  shall  personally 
deliver  the  same,  either  to  the  said  Registrar,  or  to  some  other  Person 
that  shall  be  by  him  appointed  and  deputed  to  receive  such  Returns 
or  Schedules  in  the  proper  District  of  the  said  Island,  in  irhich  the 
Party  making  the  same  shall  reside,  and  shall  at  the  same  time  take 
the  following  Oath,  which  the  said  Registrar,  and  every  Person  to  be 
by  him  appointed  and  deputed  as  aforesaid,  is  hereby  empowered  and 
required  to  administer,  (that  is  to  say) 

'*  l,^.B,  (name  the  Deponent)  do  solemnly  swear,  that  the  Sche- 
dule or  Return  now  by  me  delivered  to  be  registered  contains,  as  I 
verily  believe,  a  just>  true,  and  full  Return,  account,  and  description  of 
all  the  Slaves  now  attached  or  belonging  to  the  Plantation  therein 
named,  (or  belonging  to  the  Owner  or  Owners  therein  named,)  and 
being  within  this  Island  ;  and  that  the  said  Return  is  made  by  me 
according  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge  and  belief,  truly  and  without 
fraud,  deceit,  or  evasion;  '  So  help  me  God.'' 

And  it  is  further  hereby  ordered,  that  within  1  calendar  month,  to 
be  computed  from  the  time  hereinbefore  appointed  for  the  making  and 
delivery  of  the  said  Returns  or  Schedules,  every  Return  or  Schedule 
that  shall  have  been  duly  made  and  delivered  to  the  said  Registrar,  or 
any  of  his  said  Deputies,  shall,  by  him,  his  Clerks,  or  Assistants,  be  en- 
tered and  copied  in  a  fair,  distinct,  and  legible  manner,  in  the  proper 
book  to  be  by  the  said  Registrar  appointed  for  the  registry  aud  enrol- 
ment of  Slaves  as  aforesaid,  (that  is  to  say) 

Every  such  Return  or  Schedule  of  Slaves  attached  or  belonging  to 
any  Plantation  or  Plantations  in  the  book  to  be  entitled  "  Registry  of 
Plantation  Slaves,**  and  every  other  such  Retnm  or  Schedule  in  the 
book  to  be  entitled  "  Registry  of  Personal  Slaves,'' — the  former  under 
the  name  of  the  Plantation,  and  the  latter  under  the  name  or  names 
of  the  Owner  or  Owners  mentioned  in  the  Return;  which  name  or 
names  shall  be  written  in  a  large  hand  at  the  top  of  every  double 
page  or  folio  containing  the  Return. 

That  every  double  page  or  folio  of  each  of  the  said  books,  (tljat 
is  to  say,)  the  whole  breadth  of  the  book  when  open,  from  the  left 
to  the  right  hand,  shall  be  divided  by  perpendicular  lines  into  10 
different  columns  of  such  breadth,  and  by  horizontal  lines  into 
spaces  of  such  dimensions,  as  will  roost  conveniently  contain  the  va- 
rious particulars  hereinbefore  directed  to  be  returned  in  the  said  Sche- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


982  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

dules  or  Lirt^  of  Slaves ;  and  tach  farther  entries  in  the  lOth  coImmi 
aa  are  hereinafter  directed  to  be  made,  leaving  at  the  top  of  eack 
folio  a  space  for  the  name  of  the  particular  Plantation  or  OwaeriHiote 
Slaves  are  registered  therein ;  which  name  shall  be  alwa js  them  wiittea 
Sn  large  and  distinct  letters:  and  at  the  top  of  the  IsC  of  the  said 
10  columns  shall  be  written  '*  Names,"  of  the  9nd,  •*  Surnames,-^  of 
the  »d,  "  Colour;*'  of  the  4th,  »  Employment;"  of  the  6th,  *«  Age;' 
ofthe6th,  "Stature;*'  of  the  7th,  ''Country;"  oftheSlh,  "Marks;- 
of  the  9th,  <<  Relations;*'  and  of  the  10th,  "Corrections;"  and  ander 
each  of  the  said  titles  in  the  9  former  columns  shall  be  entered,  in  a 
plain,  distinct,  and  durable  hand,  according  to  the  diflTerent  Schedoles 
or  Lists  returned,  the  particulars  respectively  contained  in  the  same^ 
distinguishing  the  families  of  Slaves  from  each  other,  and  from  the 
general  Lists  of  individual  Slaves,  by  tlieir  proper  titles;  and  at  the  end 
of  the  Registry  of  each  Original  Return  shall  be  aammed  up  and 
written,  in  words  at  length,  the  whole  number  of  Slares  relamed  sod 
registered  as  belonging  to  the  Plantation,  or  to  the  Owner  or  OwDers 
mentioned  in  such  Return;  that  the  pages  of  the  said  books  shall  be 
distinctly  numbered  at  the  top  of  each  double  page  or  folio,  from  the 
beginning  to  the  end  of  each  book  respectively,  before  any  Entiy  shall 
be  made  therein :  and  at  the  bottom  at  each  page,  containing  any 
Registry  of  Slaves,  as  well  as  at  the  end  of  the  Registry  of  eaeh 
Original  Return,  the  Registrar  shall  subscribe  his  name  at  length,  in 
testimony  of  the  fidelity  and  accuracy  of  the  entries  therein  con* 
tained. 

That  whenever  the  said  books,  or  either  of  them,  shall  be  fally 
occupied  with  the  said  original  entries,  and  with  future  entries  and 
Registries,  so  that  there  shall  not  remain  room  enough  therein  for  the 
future  annual  Entries  and  Registries  hereinafter  required  to  be  made, 
a  new  book  or  books,  of  a  like  fora»  and  siie,  shall  be  provided  and 
opened ;  but  the  pages  thereof  respectively  shall  be  continued  in  the 
same  series  of  numbers  with  that  of  the  original  book  or  books  respec^ 
ively,  and  a  reference  shall  always  be  made  to  and  A-om  the  page  in 
the  Registry,  at  or  from  which  the  Entries  of  Slaves  belonging  to  the 
same  Plantation,  Owner  or  Owners,  are  earried  forward  or  continued, 
when  the  same  cannot  be  done  in  the  next  following  page  of  the  sama 
book« 

That  a  convenient  number  of  leaves  shall  be  left  in  the  beginning 
of  each  of  the  said  books  respectively,  for  an  index  of  Plantations  and 
Owners*  names,  and  therein  shall  be  inserted,  in  alphabetical  divisions, 
at  the  time  of  entering  and  registering  every  Return,  die  name  or 
names  of  the  Plantation  for  which,  or  of  the  Owner  by,  or  for  whom, 
such  Return  is  made,  with  proper  references  to  die  folio  or  ftrfios,  book 
or  books,  in  which  sueh  Return  is  registered,  and  in  which  it  shall  he 
afterwards  continued. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN^  983 

And  it  it  hereby  farther  ordered,  that  no  emsure  ihall,  on  any 
pretence,  or  for  any  cause  whatever,  be  at  any  time  p^mltted  to  be 
made  in  the  said  Books  of  Registry;  bnt  if  any  clerical  error  shall 
occur  in  the  insertion  of  any  name  or  other  particular  in  any  Scfaednle 
or  Return  contained,  or  otherwise,  in  the  malc&ng  up  and  keeping  the 
said  Books  of  Registry,  a  line  of  red  ink  shall  be  drawn  through  the 
word  er  words  improperly  inseiied,  so  as  to  leave  the  original  word  er 
words  legible:  and  the  correction  thereof,  or  any  word  or  words  which 
may  have  been  erroneously  omitted,  shall  either  be  interlined  or 
written  in  the  margin,  and  always,  when  practicable,  by  the  same  hand 
as  the  rest  of  the  same  liist  or  Entry ;  and  the  Registrar  shall,  either 
under  such  word  or  words  written  in  the  margin,  or  under  a  mark  of 
reference  there  made  to  any  such  interlineation,  subscribe  his  name  at 
length;  but  after  the  Registry  of  Original  Returns  of  Slaves  shall  have 
been  completed,  and  certified  upon  Oath,  as  hereinafter  directed,  no 
interlineation,  insertion,  or  other  correction  of  the  Registry  of  any 
such  Original  Returns  shall,  on  any  acoount,  be  made  or  permitted,  ex- 
cept as  is  hereinafter  expressly  provided. 

And  it  is  hereby  farther  ordered,  that  an  Office  Copy,  certified  as 
such  by  the  said  Registrar,  of  the  Registry  of  the  Slaves  belonging  to 
any  Plantation,  or  to  any  particular  Owner  or  Owners,  shalU  at  the 
request  and  charge  of  the  Owner  or  Owners,  or  Party  or  Parties  who 
made  the  Return,  be  made  and  delivered  tohlm>  her,  or  them,  by  the 
said  Registrar,  and  for  which  there  shall  be  charged  no  more  than  at 
the  rale  of  \d.  sterling  for  every  Stave  therein  named;  and  all  Persons 
shall  have  free  liberty  to  inspect  the  said  Register  Books,  in  the  presence 
of  the  Registrar  or  his  Assistants,  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  that 
ihe  Retnrns  and  Lists  by  them,  or  on  their  behalf  delivered,  have  been 
accurately  registered  in  manner  aforesaid. 

And  it  is  heroby  further  ordered,  that  when  and  so  soon  as  all  the 
Original  Returns  or  Schedules,  which  shall  have  been  delivered  to  the 
said  Registrar  pursuant  to  this  Order,  shall  have  been  fairly  entered  and 
registered  as  aforesaid,  which  shall  be  done  and  completed  within  the 
term  of  2  calendar  months  from  and  after  (he  first  Public  Notifieation 
of  this  Order  at  Trinidada  aforesaid,  the  Registrar  shall  give  notice 
thereof  forthwith  to  the  Governor,  Lieutenant^Qovernor,  or  other  Per- 
son having  the  chief  civil  command  under  His  Mejesty  within  the  said 
Island,  for  the  time  being;  and  such  Governor,  Ueutenaot-Groveraor, 
or  Commaoder^n^hief,  shall  thereupon  publicly  notify  to  the  Inha- 
bitants of  tiie  said  Island,  in  such  manner  as  he  shall  deem  most  fit 
and  effMu$l,  that  the  Registry  of  Slaves  is  ready  to  be  verified  before 
him,  as  far  as  respects  the  original  Registry  of  Slaves  now  within  the 
•aid  Island,  or  belonging  thereto,  and  Is  and  will  continue  open  at  the 
proper  Office,  for  the  inspection  of  all  Persoos  who  have  made  Returns 
of  Slaves  for  insertion  therein,  for  the  term  of  1  calendar  month  from 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


984  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

the  date  of  such  Notification,  to  the  iiiteut  that  they  may  be  satisfied 
of  the  accuracy  of  the  said  Registry;  and  that  if  any  Owners  or  Pos- 
sessors  of  Slaves,  within  or  belonging  to  the  said  Island,  have,  from 
any  accident  or  unavoidable  impediment,  hitherto  omitted  to  nftun 
proper  Schedules  or  Lists  of  their  Slaves  into  the  said  Registry,  as  by 
this  Order  required,  they  must  immediately  apply  to  the  said  Governor, 
Lieutenant-Governor,  or  Civil  Commander-in-Chief,  who,  upon  satis- 
factory proof  that  such  omission  has  not  been  wilful,  has  power  to 
make  an  Order  for  (he  admission  and  registration  of  their  Retarns  or 
Schedules  by  the  Registrar;  but  that  if  this  remedy  is  Dot  taken,  so  as 
to  obtain  such  Registration  within  the  said  term  of  1  month,  the 
oniissiou  cannot  afterwards  be  supplied. 

And  it  is  hereby  further  ordered,  that  if,  during  tlie  said  la^ 
mentioned  term  of  I  month,  any  Owner  or  Possessor,  Owners  or  Pos-- 
bors  of  i^]aves,  shall  apply  to  the  said  Governor,  Lienteoant-Govemor. 
or  Civil  Commander-in-Chief,  and  make  it  appear  to  his  satisfaction 
that  (be  non-delivery  of  his,  her,  or  their  Return  or  Returns  of  Slaves  to 
the  said  Registrar,  within  the  term  formerly  prescribed,  has  arisen  from 
accident,  or  some  unavoidable  impediment,  and  not  from  wilful  delay, 
and  shall  then  produce  such  his,  her,  or  their  Return  or  Returns,  and 
make  Oath  before  the  said  Governor,  DeutenantGgvernor,  or  Civil 
Commander-in-Chief,  that  no  Slave  therein  named  has  been  imported 
or  brought  into  the  said  Island  within  3  calendar  months  preceding,  it 
shall  and  may  be  lawful  for  the  said  Governor,  Lieutenant-Governor, 
or  Civil  Commander  in-Chief,  if  he  shall  think  fit,  to  make  an  Order 
in  writing,  by  him  subscribed,  and  addressed  to  the  said  Registrar, 
commanding  him  to  receive  and  register  any  such  Return  or  Hetnras, 
as  if  the  same  had  been  delivered  in  due  time,  which  Order  the  Regis- 
trar is  hereby  required  to  obey,  so  as  any  such  new  or  further  Return 
may  be  registered  in  tlie  said  Books  in  manner  aforesaid,  before  the 
end  of  the  said  term  of  1  calendar  month  last  before  mentioned. 

And  it  is  hereby  further  ordered,  that  at  the  end  of  the  said  last 
mentioned  term  of  1  month,  the  said  Registrar  shall  proceed  finally  to 
close  and  aulhenticate  the  said  primary  registration  of  alt  the  Slaves  in 
the  said  Island,  (which  shall  thenceforth  be  called,  '<  The  Original 
Registry  of  the  Slaves  of  Trinidada,"  in  manner  following,  (to  wit)— 
in  each  of  the  said  books,  the  said  Registrar  shall  write  with  his  own 
hand,  in  large  legible  characters,  immediately  after  the  last  entry  of 
the  said  Returns  or  Lists  of  Slaves,  either  on  the  same  folio  or  double 
page,  or  on  the  back  of  the  last  leaf,  containing  the  same,  *<Here  ends 
the  original  Registry  of  the  Plantation  (or  Personal)  SUves  of  Tnai- 
dada ;"  and  the  the  said  Registrar  shall  thereto  subscribe  his  name, 
and  affix  his  Seal  of  Office,  and  below  the  said  signature  sliall  be 
written,  in  like  characters,  by  the  said  Registrar,  the  following 
Affidavit:— 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN.  985 

"Btrfore  A.  B,  (inserting  the  name  and  title  of  the  Governor, 
IJeuteoant-Governor,  or  Civil  Commander-in-Chier,  for  the  time 
being)  personally  appeared  C.  D.  (naming  himself)  the  Registrar  of 
Slaves  in  this  Island  of  Trinidada,  who  being  duly  sworn  on  the  Holy 
Evangelists,  makes  Oath  and  says,  that  he  the  said  C.  Z>.  has  twice 
carefully  examined  and  cornpartd  all  the  preceding  entries  iu  this 
book,  with  all  the  diflferent  Returns  of  Plantation  (or  Personal  Shives) 
delivered  to  him,  or  to  his  knowledge  or  belief,  to  any  Deputy,  Clerk, 
or  Assistant,  by  him  appointed,  hrst  by  examining  the  said  entries 
while  his  Clerk  or  Assistant  read  the  original  Returns  respectively 
entered  therein,  and  afterwards  by  examining  the  said  Returns  while 
his  Clerk  or  Assistant  read  the  said  entries  in  this  book  respectively 
made  therefrom ;  and  that  he  is  enabled  thereby  to  depose  and  does 
depose,  that  the  preceding  original  Regfstry  of  the  Plantation  (or 
Personal  Slaves  of  Trinidada,  is  in  all  respects  correctly  and  faithfully 
made." 

Which  Affidavit  being  subscribed  by  the  said  Registrar,  shall  be 
sworn  before  the  said  Governor,  Lieutenant-Governor,  or  Civil  Com- 
ma nder^in- Chief,  who  shall  subjoin  thereto  the  following  Certi6cate, 
ttnder  his  hand,  and  the  Great  Seal  of  the  said  Island  : — 

''  1,  A.  B.  (inserting  his  name  and  title  of  Office)  do  hereby  certify, 
that  the  above  Affidavit  was  duly  sworn  before  me,  this 
day  of  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and 

Witness  my  hand,  and  the  Great  Seal  of  Trinidada,  this 
day  of  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and 

A.  B.  (L  S.)*' 

And  it  is  hereby  further  ordered,  that  the  said  Registrar  shall 
next  proceed  to  make  out,  for  each  of  the  said  books  of  original 
registry,  a  full  and  correct  alphabetical  index,  both  of  the  names  and 
surnames  of  all  the  Slaves  registered  in  each  of  the  said  books  respect- 
ively, with  correct  references  to  the  proper  page  of  the  book  in  which 
they  are  respectively  entered,  registered,  and  described  as  aforesaid  ; 
and  each  index  shall,  altera  careful  comparison  of  the  same  with  the 
book  to  ubich  it  belongs,  be  therein  transcribed  and  entered  in  a  large 
legible  hand,  in  the  pages  next  following  the  said  Affidavit  and  Certifi- 
cate ;  and  at  the  end  of  each  index  the  Registrar  shall  write,  ''  This 
is  the  index  of  the  names  of  Slaves  in  the  foregoing  original  Registry 
of  the  Plantation  (or  Personal)  Slaves  of  Trinidada,  carefully  made 
out  and  compared  by  me,  this    «  day  of  in  the  year 

one  thousand  eight  hundred  and  Witness  my  hand, 

A.  B,  Registrar.'*— And  shall  accordingly  sul>scribe  the  same ;  and 
for  the  easier  research  in  the  said  Indexes,  and  better  preservation  of 
the  said  books,  the  said  Registrar  shall  aAerwards  transcribe  into  a 
small  general  Index  Book,  to  be  prepared  for  that  purpose,  as  well  the 
said  lndexe3  of  Plantations  and  Owners'  names,  which  are  to  be 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


986  GRSAT  BRITAIN. 

written  at  the  beginning  of  tim  mid  Beoka  ef  original  Registry  as 
aforesaid,  as  the  said  indexes  of  the  n«nes  of  Slaves ;  and  shall  care- 
fully  compare  the  Copies  thereof  with  the  reapective  Originals,  and 
shall  write  at  the  end  thereof  **  Tbi«  General  Index  Book  is  fsiihfally 
and  correctly  compiled  from  the  several  indexes  contained  io  the 
Books  of  original  Registry  of  Plantation  Slaves,  and  of  Penoaal 
Slaves  respectively,  with  which  I  have  carefully  compaied  the 
Copies  thereof  respectively,  herein  contained.  A.  B.  Registrar.*— 
And  if  the  said  General  Tndex  shall,  by  frequent  use  or  othervisey 
at  any  time  become  defaced  or  illegible,  the  same  shall  be  renewed 
and  certified  in  like  manner  by  the  Registrar  for  the  time  being. 

And  it  is  hereby  further  ordered,  that  within  2  mouths  after  the 
said  original  Registry  shall  be  closed  and  authenticated  as  aforesaid, 
the  said  Registrar  shall  prepare  accurate  and  perfect  Duplicates  of 
both  the  said  Books  of  original  Registry,  with  their  respective  indexes; 
and  also  a  Duplicate  of  the  said  General  Index  Book,  by  causing  the 
same  respectively  to  be  carefully  transcribed  into  other  books  of  like 
sizes  and  forms,  to  be  provided  for  that  purpose ;  and  shall  autheatieale 
and  certify  each  of  the  said  Duplicates,  in  the  same  manner  and  fonut 
in  all  respects,  as  is  hereinbefore  directed,  in  regard  to  the  said 
Originals  respectively,  except  that  in  the  Affidavits  and  Certificates  to 
be  thereunto  annexed,  the  same  shall  be  described  as  Duplicates  of  the 
original  Registries  and  Indexes,  and  the  said  duplicate  Books,  when 
so  authenticated  and  certified,  sliall  be  delivered  by  the  said  Registrar 
to  the  Governor,  Lieutenant-Governor,  or  Civil  Commander-inXhief, 
for  the  time  being,  who  shall,  by  the  first  safe  conveyance,  transmit 
the  same,  under  his  Official  Seal,  to  His  Majesty's  Principal  Secretary 
of  State  for  the  Colonial  Department  in  England,  to  be  carefolly 
preserved  in  his  Office. 

And  it  is  hereby  further  ordered,  that  after  the  expiration  of  IS 
calendar  months,  to  be  computed  from  the  time  when  the  said  original 
Registry  shall  be  completed  and  authenticated  as  aforesaid,  on  the  1st 
day  of  January,  or  within  10  days  after  that  day  in  every  year,  every 
Person  resident  in  the  said  Island,  who  shall  be  in  possession  of  any 
Plantation  within  the  same,  whether  as  Proprietor  or  Mortgagee,  Se- 
qnestrator.  Trustee,  or  Receiver,  Manager,  or  Attorney,  or  whatever 
their  estate,  title,  trust,  or  interest  therein  may  he,  or  who  shall  own 
or  possess  any  Slave  or  Slaves  whatsoever,  within  the  said  Idand, 
whatsoever  his  or  her  tenure  of,  or^  title  to  the  same  may  be,  shall 
make  and  deliver,  upon  Oath,  to  the  Registrar  of  Slaves  for  the  time 
being,  an  Account,  or  Schedule,  in  writing,  by  him  or  her  subscribed, 
to  be  called  '<  The  Annual  Return  of  Slaves,''  containing  a  tnie  and 
particular  account  of  all  births  atid  deaths  of  Plantation  Slaves,  opea 
or  belonging  to  the  Plantation  lor  which,  and  of  Personal  Slaves  he- 
longing  to  the  Person  or  Peraons  on  whose  behalf,  such  Annual  Retain 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN.  987 

ii  mMie,  within  the  year  preceding,  or  in  the  case  of  the  1st  of  raeh 
Aonual  Retores,  withia  the  year  and  portion  of  a  year  that  shall  haTe 
elapsed  since  the  said  Original  Retams  were  made ;  and  also  an 
account  of  all  deductions  from,  or  additions  to,  the  former  stock  of 
Blares  belonging  to  snch  Plantation,  or  to  such  Person  or  Persons, 
within  the  same  periods,  by  other  means  than  deaths  or  births, 
whether  the  same  shall  have  happened  by  permanent  desertion,  sale, 
or  other  transfer  of  property,  or  enfranchisement,  or  by  the  return  of 
Fugitive  Slaves,  formerly  registered  as  permanent  deserteiv,  or  by 
purchase,  succession,  reversion,  or  other  lawful  acquisition,  within  the 
said  Island,  or  lawful  importation  from  other  British  Colonies,  which 
particolar  cause,  or  mode  of  deduction  or  addition,  shall,  in  all  cases, 
be  distinctly  specified  in  such  Annual  Returns:  and  in  cases  of  pur- 
chase, or  other  acquisition  or  sale,  or  other  transfer  or  manumission 
of  Slaves  formerly  registered,  the  registered  name  and  description  of 
every  snch  newly-purchased,  or  acquired,  or  transferred,  or  manumitted 
Slave,  and  of  his  or  her  former  Plantation,  Owner  or  Owners,  shall 
also  be  set  forth  at  large  in  such  Annual  Retuni :  aud  in  respect  of 
Infant  Slaves,  formerly  registered,  or  Slaves  who  had  not,  at  the  time 
of  tile  original  registration  thereof,  attained  to  their  full  stature,  the 
said  Anmial  Returns  shall  specify  their  then  existing  stature,  by 
actual  measurement,  and  shall  also  state  and  describe  any  distinguirii- 
mg  bodily  defect  or  deformity,  the  effect  of  accident  or  disease, 
which  may  have  materially  altered  the  former  description  of  any 
Slaves,  under  the  title  of*' Marks,'' since  the  last  Return,  with  the 
causes  of  any  snch  alteration;  and  every  such  Annual  Return  shall 
also  contain  all  such  further  particulars,  in  respect  of  every  newly- 
acquired  Slave  named  therein,  as  are  herein-before  directed  to  be  con- 
tained in  the  said  Original  Returns;  and  when,  by  the  death  of  the 
Owner,  or  any  other  cause,  there  shall  have  been,  within  the  period  to 
which  the  Return  relates,  any  change  of  property  in,  and  possession 
of,  any  Personal  Slave,  from  the  Owner  or  Owners  under  whose 
names  the  same  were  registered,  to  any  new  Owner  or  Owners,  such 
change  of  property  and  possession  shall  also  be  mentioned  in  the  said 
Annual  Returns ;  and  snch  Annual  Returns  shall  also  state  the  whole 
Bomber  of  Slaves  then  belonging  to  the  Plantation,  Owner  or  Owners, 
Wientioned  in  such  Returns;  but  when  there  has  been  no  alteration 
sinee  the  last  Return,  in  the  number  or  description  of  the  Slaves  be- 
longing to  the  Plantation  for  which,  or  the  Person  by,  or  for  whom 
tbe  Return  is  naade,  or  the  property  thereof,  it  shall  be  sufficient  to 
state  the  whole  number  of  Slaves,  and  to  add,  <«  No  alteration,  rs- 
quired  by  Law  to  foe  specified,  has  taken  place  since  the  last 
Betum." 

And  it  it  hereby  further  ordered,  that  every  Person  making  and 
snbseribiag  any  such  Annnal  Return,  shall  personally  deliver  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


988  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

same,  either  to  tbe  said  Registrar^  or  to  such  othei  Person  as  shall  hj 
lum  be  appointed  and  deputed  to  receive  such  Returns  as  aforesaid, 
and  shall  at  the  same  time  take  the  following  Oath,  which  the  said 
Registrar  is  hereby  empowered  to  administer,  viz. — 

'^  1,  A.  B.  do  solemnly  swear,  that  the  contents  of  the  Schedule  or 
Return,  now  by  me  deHvere<1.  are  true,  and  tliat  tlie  same  contains,  to 
the  best  of  my  knowledge  and  belief,  a  full,  fair,  and  correct  accooot 
of  all  the  births  and  deaths  which  have  happened  amon^  the  Slaves 
attached,  or  belonging  to  the  Plantation  therein  named  (or  belonging 
to  the  Owner  or  Owners  therein  named)  and  being  with  this  IsUnd, 
since  the  Original  Return  and  Registration  thereof,  (or  daring  the 
last  year)  and  of  all  other  additions  to,  or  dcdactions  from  tbe  said 
Slaves,  within  the  same  period,  and  of  the  whole  number  of  Slaves 
now  actually  belonging  to  the  said  Plantation,  (or  to  the  said  Owner 
or  Owners.) 

"  So  help  mc  GOD." 

And  it  is  further  ordered.  That  the  said  Registrar,  on  the  receipt 
of  such  Annual  Returns  at  his  office,  shall  forthwith  proceed  to  cor- 
rect, enlarge,  and  continue,  pursuant  thereto,  the  former  registry  of 
the  Plantation  Slaves,  and  Personal  Slaves,  to  which  such  Returns 
respectively  relate,  in  manner  following  (that  is  to  say) — The  said 
Registrar  shall,  in  the  first  place,  carefully  compare  such  Reloms, 
and  the  names  and  descriptions  of  Slaves  therein  contained,  with  the 
Original  Registry  of  the  Slaves  of  the  same  Plantation  or  Plantarioos 
respectively,  and  of  such  other  Plantation  within  the  said  Island  from 
which  any  of  the  said  Slaves  may  be  stated  to  have  been  newly  por- 
chased  or  transferred,  or  of  the  same  Owner  or  Owners  of  Personal 
Slaves,  and  of  any  former  Owner  or  Owners  thereof  under  whom  tbe 
present  Owner  or  Owners  thereof  shall  derive  his  or  tlieir  title,  and 
also  with  all  intermediate  continuations  and  corrections  of  the  said 
Original  Registry  by  former  Annual  Returns,  so  as  to  ascertain  not 
only  that  the  whole  number  of  Slaves  mentioned  in  the  said  Returns 
corresponds  with  the  original  and  former  entries  of  Slaves  belonging 
to  the  same  Plantation  or  Plantations,  Owner  or  Owners  respectively, 
having  regard  to  all  former  continuations  and  corrections,  but  also 
that  the  descriptions  of  all  Slaves  in  such  Annual  Returns  named  and 
described,  correspond  with  such  former  descriptions  thereof,  (if  any) 
as  are  in  the  said  books  of  registry  contained,  except  so  far  as  such 
descriptions  are  in  any  particular  stated  to  have  been  altered,  in  re- 
spect to  stature  or  bodily  marks,  since  the  last  registered  Retams ; 
and  in  case  there  sliall  be  found  any  apparent  inconsistency  betveeo 
any  such  Annual  Returns,  and  the  said  Original,  or  former  Annual 
Registries  of  Slaves*  belonging  to  the  same  Plantation  or  Plantations, 
Owner  or  Owners  respectively,  or  if  in  the  case  of  any  Slave  or  Slaves* 
returned  as  newly  acquired,  by  purchase  or  transfer,  succession  or  re- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN.  989 

▼ersion^  from  any  other  Plantation  or  Plantations,  or  former  Owner  or 
Owners,  within  the  said  bland,  there  shall  not  appear,  in  the  Return 
of  the  same  year,  for  sach  other  Plantation,  or  former  Owner  or 
Owners,  a  corresponding  entry  of  the  same  Slaves,  as  dedacted  by 
sale  or  transfer,  determination  of  estate,  or  otherwise,  from  the  last 
registered  stock  of  soch  other  Plantation  or  Plantations,  or  former 
Owner  or  Owners,  the  Registrar  shall  give  notice  thereof  to  tlie  Owner 
or  Owners,  or  other  Party  or  Parties,  making  any  such  Return  or  Re<^ 
turns,  and  require  him  or  them  to  attend  before  him,  the  said  Regis- 
trar, to  explain  or  remove  such  apparent  inconsistency  or  defect^  and 
until  the  same  shall  be  accordingly  done,  to  the  entire  satisfaction  of 
the  said  Registrar,  by  an  examination,  upon  Oath,  if  necessary  (which 
Oath  the  said  Registrar  is  hereby  empowered  to  adminisster),  the  said 
Registrar  shall  not  proceed  to  register  any  such  Annual  Returns,  so 
apparently  defective  or  erroneous;  but  the  Party  or  Parties  refusing  or 
omitting  so  to  explain,  and,  if  necessary,  to  correct  the  same,  shall, 
for  all  the  purposes  of  this  Order,  be  deemed  and  taken  to  have  omit* 
ted  to  make  any  Return  for  the  year  to  which  such  defective  Return 
relates ;  saving,  nevertheless,  to  him  or  them,  such  remedy,  by  appeal, 
as  is  hereinafter  provided,  in  case  of  any  error  or  misconduct  herein 
by  the  said  Registrar. 

And  it  is  hereby  further  ordered,  that  immediately  from  and  after 
such  comparison  and  examination  as  aforesaid,  every  Annual  Return 
which  shall  be  found  to  be  not  inconsistent  with  the  said  original  and 
preceding  Annual  Registries,  or  which  shall  have  been  satisfactorily 
explained  or  corrected  as  aforesaid,  shall  be  registered  in  the  saidf 
Books  of  Registry,  (that  is  to  say)  when  any  such  Returns  shall  state 
that  there  has  been  no  alteration  in  the  number  or  descriptions  of  the 
Slaves  since  the  last  Returns  for  the  same  Plantation,  or  the  »aid 
Owner  or  Owners,  of  Personal  Slaves,  the  said  Registrar  shall  carry 
forward  the  whole  number,  so  last  returned,  to  a  new  folio  or  double 
page  in  the  said  original  Book  of  Registry,  and  shall  enter  and  insert 
under  the  same,  *'  No  alteration  by  return  for  the  year  18  as  by 
Return  dated  "  and  shall  subscribe  his  name  to  such 

entry ;  but  as  to  Slaves  stated  in  any  such  Annual  Returns  to  have 
died,  or  to  have  been  sold,  or  otherwise  transferred,  or  to  have  been 
manumitted,  or  to  have  permanently  deserted,  the  said  Registrar  shall 
write  in  the  column  of  corrections  of  the  said  original  Registry,  and 
of  every  intermediate  Annual  Registry  wherein  the  name  of  any  such 
deceased,  spld,  transferred,  or  manumitted  Slave  or  Deserter  shall 
have  been  inserted,  in  the  proper  space  of  the  said  column,  opposite 
to  the  name  of  such  Slave,  the  word  "  Dead,''  or"  Sold,"  "  Trans- 
ferred,'' "  Manumitted,"  or  "  Deserted,"  as  the  case  may  be ;  and  the 
said  Registrar  shall  then  proceed  to  sum  up  the  number  of  all  Slaves 
which,  by  any  of  the  means  aforesaid,  have  been  deducted  from  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


990  GREAT  BBITAIN. 

former  add  Uat  regigtercd  Aocoant  of  the  ttock  of  SlftvM  belongnig 
to  tbe  same  PlaotatioD^  or  to  the  samo  Ownei^  or  Owneft  of  Penonai 
Slaret,  aa  the  caio  may  be,  siace  the  taid  last  registered  Rctofki*,  and 
shall  dedactthe  whole  namber  thereof  from  the  lasC  rtgittafed  aiaoattft 
of  SUtes  of  such  Platitatioo^  Owner  or  Owners,  and  shall  carty  ftt^ 
ward  the  reonniiiig  number  thereof  to  a  new  folio  Or  double  page  of 
^M  proper  Book  of  Registry,  makiag  a  writtea  refeMaee  lliereto  at 
tbe  foot  of  the  folto  firom  whiA  the  same  is  canried,  aad  sabaetHiiiig 
the  same  with  his  aame ;  aad  io  such  oew  folio  or  double  pSft^/  and 
ia  as  onmy  successive  folios  as  may  be  aeeessary,  sliaH  be  after^afds 
iaserted  the  names  aod  descriptieDS  of  all  Slaree  mentioned  in  tiM 
same  Annual  Returns  to  hare  beea  newly  added  to  the  former  regie- 
teied  stock,  by  any  of  tbe  lawful  means  aforesaid,  disthiguishing,  not 
oaly  the  sereral  families,  and  all  other  particulars,  as  in  tbe  said  ori- 
giaal  Registry,  hot  also  tbe  particular  mode  of  acquisition  of  ettrf 
sneh  newly  added  Slave,  by  the  word  ''  BorA,**  "  Purthased/'  ^  Re- 
turned,'* '*  Imported/'  or  such  other  brief  designatioa  as  may  be  ap^ 
placabie  to  each  case. 

And  it  ia  bsreby  tether  ordered,  that  the  said  Registrar  shall  be 
entitled  to  demand  aad  Fccetve,  for  registeHng  erery  Return  of  Slarea 
by  him  registered,  the  sum  of  10  shillings  sterh'ng  money,  and  the 
farther  sum  of  1  shilling  like  money  for  every  Slere  mentioned  or  de- 
scribed in  every  such  Return,  and  no  more,  r«  be  paid  by  the  Party  or 
Parties  mafcmg  such  Return ;  provided  always,  that  no  Slave  so  returned 
as  newly  imported  into  the  said  Ivland  shall  be  registered,  nor  shall  any 
Return  coalaioing  any  Slave  or  Slaves  so  described  be  received  as  a 
correct  Return,  unless  it  shall  appear,  by  a  Certificate  from  fhe  Col- 
lector or  Chief  Officer  of  the  Customs,  as  well  aaby  the  Affidavit  in 
welting  of  the  Importer  or  Party  making  such  Return,  (which  Certi* 
ficate  and  Affidavit  ahall  always  be  brought  into  and  filed  in  the  Registry 
within  SI  days  from  the  time  of  the  importation  of  any  such  Slave  or 
Shtvea)  that  such  Slave  or  Slaves  was  or  were  lawftilly  imported,  with 
regular  Certificates,  from  seme  ether  British  Colony,  ptrrsuant  to  the 
directions  of  an  Act  of  Parliament  asade  in  the  46th  year  of  His  Ma*' 
jesty's  reign,*  intituled,  "An  Act  to  prevent  the  Importation  of  Slaves 
by  any  of  His  Majesty*s  Subjects  into  any  Islands^  Colonies^  Planta* 
tions,  ev  Territories,  belonging  to  any  Foreign  Severeiga,  State  of 
Power,  and  i^eo  to  render  more  eflbctoa)  a  certaiD  Order  Ml46  by  HliP 
Mi^esty  in  Council,  on  the  Uth  day  of  Auguat,  ISOO,  Air  prohibithig 
the  Importation  of  Slaves,  escept  in  certain  cases,  into  any  of  the 
Settlements,  Islands,  Colonies,  or  Plaatatione,  en  die  Continent  of 
Ammoa,  or  in  the  West  indlies,  which  have  been  soirendered  fo  His^ 
Majesty's  Arms  during  the  present  Waiy  snd  to  preveM  the  fitting  oof 
of  any  Foreign  Slave  Ships  from  British  Porfs.^ 
*  See  Vol.  1817,  1S18.    Piq^541. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google       .' 


k 


GBBAT  BRITAIN.  991 

And  it  is  hereby  fartber  ordered,  Aiki,  at  tbe  end  of  at ery  tucb  Beb. 
9«tjrailioQ  of  efich  AdduaI  Reti»m»  the  said  Begtelrar  ebail  carcfaUy 
aum  ap  and  insert,  in  words  at  length,  the  whole  nnmher  of  Shnres 
ftfipearing  b j  the  same  Return  then  to  belong  to  the  said  Plantation 
Ibr  which,  or  the  Owner  ok  Owners  by  whom*  or  on  whone  behalf  the 
Betura  is  made,  and  shall  subscribe  the  same  with  his  name>  and  shail 
also  s^Kfibe  his  naafte  at  the  bottom  of  each  folio,  or  donhle  pagjs# 
OQBlaitting  the  aud  Aoaaai  Returns* 

And  il  is  hereby  farther  orcbied,  that  no  Anaual  Retoia  of  Slaves 
•haJI,  on  any  pretext,  be  received  tiy  be  registered,  after  the  smd  time 
hefeiobefore  limited  (to  wit)  the  Iltb  day  of  January  in  each  year; 
but  if  any  Owner  or  Owners,  Possessor  or  Possessors  of  Slavesiwithn 
tke  aaid  Island,  shall  have  omitted  to  make  bb,  her,  or  their  Return 
thereof,  in  any  year,  at  or  before  the  said  annual  period  ;  and  if  such 
Osrner  or  Owners,  Possessee  or  Possessors,  or  any  other  Person,  who, 
•t  the  time  of  such  omission,  was,  or  shali  ha^e  since  become,  the 
Oiinev  or  Possessoc,  whether  in  his  own  right,  or  in  the  right  of  any 
other  Person  or  Persons  as  aforesaid,  of  any  Slave  or  Slaves  so  omitted 
to  be  relnmed,  shall,  at  the  time  of  making  his  or  their  next  Annual 
Return^  make  Oath  before  the  said  Registrar,  and  prove  to  his  sntisfac* 
tioii,  by  such  other  credible  evidence,  as  from  the  nature  of  the  case 
mny  be  reasonably  expected  and  requiiied,  that  such  omission  was  net 
viifnl,  but  arose  from  some  specified  accident,  or  other  unavoidable 
impediment,  or  fiom  the  neglect  or  default  of  sosse  Person  or  Persons, 
other  than  the  true  and  absolute  Owner  of  the  said  Slave  or  Slaves,  who. 
was  iaposaesaion  thereof,  at  the  time  of  such  neglect  or  defiiult,  it 
shall  be  lawful  for  such  Party  or  Parties,  so  making  his,,  her,  or  their 
Return  for  the  next  following  year,  with  the  consent  of  the  said  Re* 
gietrar,  to  insert  in  such  Return  for  the  next  following  year,  (but  not 
afterwards,)  such  account  as  is  hereinbefore  directed,  of  the  births  and 
deaths^  and  of  all  other  deductions  from,  or  additions  to,  the  stock  e^ 
Slaves,  in  respect  of  which  such  Return  is  made,  which  happened 
within  the  2  last  preceding  year%  distinguishing,  nevertheless^  the  res** 
pectiice  deductions  and  additions  in  each  year;  and  such  Return,  when 
dniy  made  and  registered,  together  wtlh  the  cause  of  the  former  omis^ 
sion,  which  shall  be  certified  and  signed  by  the  said  Registrar,  on  the 
Bsgiatry  of  such  Return  in  the  proper  book,  shall  from  thenceforth  be 
doeoMd.  and  taken  to  be  as  valid  and  effectual,  for  all  the  pnrpones  of 
thia  Order,  as  if  the  matters  thereiO' contained  had  been  duly  retumedl 
nndiwgistorod  in  each  of  tbesaiid  2  years  respectively. 

And  it  in  hereby  further  ordered,  that  on  or  before  the  Ist  day  of 
Mnscli  m  each*  year,  the  said  Registrar  shall  carefnlly  make  ovt  a 
ganerai  Acconntor  Abatract  of  all  die  Annual  Returns  that  shall  have 
been,  made  and  regisleved  in  that  year  as  aforesaid,  wherein  shall  be 
inoevted^in  alphabetical  order,  and  in  2  divisionsv  the  one  containing 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


992  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

Plantation  Slaves,  and  the  other  Personal  Slaves,  the  effect  of  each 
Annual  Return,  according  to  the  registration  Ibereof  (to  wit)  the  re- 
gistered  names  of  the  Plantations  or  Owners,  the  nu miters  of  births  and 
deaths  of  Slaves^  with  their  names  and  descriptions,  and  the  amount 
and  particulars  of  all  other  deductions  or  additions,  respectively  spe- 
cified in  each  Return ;  and  also  the  whole  remaining  or  existing  number 
of  Slaves,  then  appearing  by  the  Registry  to  belong  to  such  PlanU- 
tion  or  Owner,  for  which,  or  whom  the  Return  has  been  made ;  and  tJia 
Registrar  shall  also  make  out  a  fair  Copy  or  Duplicate  of  every  such 
general  Account  or  Abstract,  and  shall  subscribe  both  the  Original 
and  Duplicate  thereof  with  his  name,  and  shall  subjoin  to  each  of  the 
same  an  Affidavit  in  the  following  form ;  viz : 

"  Before  A.  B.  (inserting  the  name  and  title  of  the  Governor, 
Lieutenant-Governor,  or  Civil  Commander-in-Chief,  for  the  time 
beingj  personally  appeared  C  D.  (naming  himself)  the  Registrar  of 
Slaves  of  the  Island  of  Trinidada,  who  being  duly  sworn  on  the  Holy 
Evangelists,  makes  Oath  and  says,  that  the  preceding  Account  or  Ab- 
stract is  a  true  account  or  abstract  of  all  the  Returns  of  Plantation  or 
Personal  Slaves  that  have  been  transmitted  to^  and  registered  in,  the 
Registry  of  Slaves  of  the  said  Island  in  the  present  year,  and  that  the 
same  contains,  and  truly  and  accurately  specifies,  all  such  particulars 
as  he,  the  said  Registrar  is  required  by  Law  to  make  therein,  according 
to  the  best  of  his  knowledge  and  belief,  he  having  carefully  compared 
the  same  with  the  said  Returns  and  the  Registry  thereof  remaining  in 
his  said  Office.'' 

Which  Affidavit  being  subscribed  by  the  said  Registrar,  shall  be 
sworn  before  the  said  Governor,  Lieutenant-Governor,  or  Civil  Com- 
mander-in-Chief, who  shall  certify  the  same  to  have  been  sworn  in 
manner  hereinbefore  directed,  in  respect  of  the  said  Books  of  Registry, 
and  the  said  Annual  Abstarcts  or  Accounts  shall  be  thereupon  deli- 
vered to  the  said  Governor,  Lieu  tenant- Go  veraor,  or  Civil  Commander* 
in -Chief,  who  shall  carefully  transmit  one  of  the  said  Accounts  or  Ab-' 
stracts  by  the  first  safe  conveyance,  under  his  Official  Seal,  to  His 
Majesty's  Principal  Secretary  of  State  for  the  Colonial  Department 
in  England,  retaining  the  said  Duplicate  or  Copy  until  he  shall  be  in- 
formed that  the  Original  thereof  has  been  received,  or  that  the  same 
has  miscarried,  in  which  latter  case  he  shall  in  like  manner  transmit 
the  Duplicate  or  Copy,  and  on  the  receipt  of  such  Annual  Abstracts  or 
Returns,  the  said  Secretary  of  State  shall  cause  the  respective  Divi- 
sions thereof  to  be  forthwith,  or  as  soon  as  conveniently  may  be, 
registered  in  the  said  Duplicate  Books  of  Plantation  Slaves,  and  Per- 
sonal Slaves  respectively,  which  are  to  remain  in  his  Office  as  afore« 
said,  with  the  proper  corrections  of  the  said  repective  Duplicate  Books 
of  Registry,  such  as  are  hereinbefore  directed  to  be  made  and  entered 
in  the  said  Island,  so  that  the  said  Duplicate  Books  in  the  Office  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


QHEAT  BRITAIN.  993 

tiie  SHid  Secretary  of  State  shall  from  time  to  time,  and  at  all  times 
after  the  transmission  and  raceipt  of  the  last  Annual  Returns,  and  the 
Registration  thereof  in  the  said  Office  of  the  Secretary  of  State,  in  all 
points  correspourl  and  agree  with  the  Registry  of  Slaves  in  the  said 
Island  of  Triuidada. 

Provided  always,  and  it  is  hereby  further  ordered,  that  if  the  said 
Registrar  shall,  in  the  exercise  of  his  said  Office,  refuse  to  receive  for 
Registration  any  Return,  or  to  mnke  any  entry  which  he  oufi:ht  to  re« 
oeive  or  make,  accerding  to  the  directions  herein  contained,  and  the 
true  intent  aad^meaning  of  this  Order,  or  shall,  contrary  to  the  said 
directions,  or  to  the  Uue  intent  and  meaning  hereof,  receive  for  Regis- 
tration any  Return,  or  make  or  cause,  or  suffer  to  be  made  any  entry 
which  ought  not  to  be  so  received  or  made,  it  shall  be  lawful  for  any 
Person  or  Persons  thereby  aggrieved  or  liable  so  to  be,  to  present  a 
Petition  or  €omplaiut  in  writings  in  the  nature  of  an  appeal  to  the 
Court  of  the  Order,  or  such  other  Court  or  Judge  as  shall  have  the 
Supreme  Jurisdiction,  in  civil  Causes,  within  the  said  Island,  praying 
relief  against  such  default  or  misconduct  of  the  said  Registrar,  which 
Court  or  Judge  shall  forthwith  cause  a  Copy  of  such  Petition  or  Com* 
plaint  to  be  served  upon  the  said  Registrar,  with  notice  to  him  to  an- 
swer the  matter  thereof  in  writiiif^,  by  an  early  day,  to  be  for  that  pur- 
pose appointed,  and  the  said  Court  or  Judge  shall  thereupon  proceed, 
in  a  summary  manner,  but  upon  written  evidence,  to  examine  the 
matter  of  such  Petition  or  Complaint,  and  to  make  such  Order  there- 
upon, and  as  to  the  costs  of  the  controversy,  as  shall  seem  proper  and 
expedient,  which  Order  the  said  Registrar,  and  the  said  Party  or 
Parties  petitioning  and  complaining  respectively,  shall  be  bound  to 
obey  :  but  it  shall,  nevertheless,  be  lawful  for  either  of  the  said  Parties 
to  appeal  from  the  decision  of  such  Court  or  Judge  to  His  Majesty  in 
his  Privy  Council,  giving  such  security  or  securities  thereupon,  as  are 
usual  in  other  cases  of  such  appeals ;  and  whenever,  in  pursuance  of 
any  decision  of  tlie  said  Court  or  Judge,  or  of  His  Majesty  in  his 
Privy  Council,  any  entry  in  either  of  the  said  Books  of  Registry  shall 
be  made,  expunged,  or  altered,  the  insertion,  correction,  or  alteration 
80  made,  shall  be  valid  and  effectual  for  all  the  purposes  of  this  Order ; 
any  thing  herein  contained  to  the  contrary  thereof  notwithstanding. 

And  whereas,  by  the  provisions  of  the  12th  Chapter  or  Article  of  the 
Cedula  or  Ordinance,  for  reg4]|atiug  the  education  and  treatment  of 
Slaves  in  the  Spanish  Colonies,  made  and  published  by  the  King  of 
Spain  on  the  31st  day  of  May,  1789,  and  which  still  has  the  force  of 
Law  within  the  said  I  si  and,  as  part  of  the  Laws  in  force  therein  at  the  time 
of  the  conquest  thereof  by  His  Majesty's  arms,  which  by  His  Majesty's 
authority  have  been  hitherto  retained,  it  was  ordered  and  directed,  that 
the  Masters  of  Slaves  sliall  be  obliged,  every  year,  to  deliver  in  to  the 
[1815-^16.]  3  8 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


994  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

Judge  or  Magistrate  of  the  City  or  Town  within  the  District  of  whtdi 
their  estates  are  situated,  a  List,  signed  and  sworn  to  hy  them,  of  all  the 
Sla?es  which  they  possess,  in  order  that  the  Notary  of  the  Town-house 
may  take  an  account  of  them  in  a  separate  book,  to  be  kept  for  that 
purpose  at  the  Town-house,  together  with  tlie  List  presented  by  the 
Master,  who  is  further  thereby  required,  whenever  any  of  his  SIatcs  die 
or  absent  themselves  from  his  estate,  to  inform  the  said  Judge  or  Ma- 
gistrate of  it  within  the  term  of  3  days,  that  by  the  order  of  the  Proco- 
raior  Syndic  it  may  be  noted  in  the  said  book.  It  is  hereby  farther 
ordered,  that  from  and  after  the  opening  of  the  Public  Registry  of 
Slaves  hereby  estublished,  it  shall  not  be  necessary  for  any  Master  or 
Owner  of  Slaves  within  the  said  Island  to  deliver  to  the  said  Judge  or 
Magistrate  any  such  Annual  I^ists  or  Returns, or  to  give  any  such  notices 
of  the  deaths  or  absence  of  Slaves  as  are  by  the  said  Cedala  or  Ordi- 
nance required,  but  the  said  Annual  Returns  and  Registry  hereby 
directed  shall  in  that  respect  supply  the  place  of  the  said  Annual  lists 
or  Returns,  and  Notices,  and  the  said  12th  Article  of  the  said  Cedulaor 
Ordinance  shall  from  thenceforth  cease  to  have  any  force  or  effect 
within  the  said  Island. 

And  it  is  hereby  further  ordered,  that  if  the  said  Registrar  shall, 
in  the  exercise  of  any  of  the  duties  thereby  imposed  upon  him^  or  anj 
of  the  functions  of  his  said  office,  or  otherwise,  wilfully  make  or  know- 
ingly  permit  or  suffer  to  be  made  any  false  or  fraudulent  entry  in  the 
said  Books  of  Registry,  or  either  of  them,  or  in  the  said  Accounts  or 
Abstracts,  or  shall  fraudulently  eraze,  obliterate,  or  alter,  or  knowingly 
permit  or  suffer  to  be  fraudulently  erazed,  obliterated,  or  altered,  any 
entry  which  sliall  have  been  duly  made  in  the  said  books  of  Registry* 
or  either  of  them,  the  said  Registrar  shall,  upon  conviction  of  any  such 
offence,  not  only  be  liable  to  all  such  pains  and  penalties  as  ought  by 
the  Laws  in  force  within  the  said  Island,  at  the  time  of  such  offence,  to 
be  inflicted  upon  Persons  convicted  of  forging  or  fraudulently  altering 
Public  Judicial  Records,  but  shall  forever  forfeit  his  said  Office,  and 
shall  be  incapable  of  ever  after  holding  the  same,  or  any  other  Public 
Office  wltliiu  the  said  Island,  and  shall  moreover  be  liable  to  tlie  Civil 
Suits  or  Actions  of  all  and  every  Person  or  Persons  who  shall  sustain 
any  damage  or  injury  by  any  such  offence,  who,  besides  full  reparation 
for  evei7  such  damage  or  injury,  shall  recover  against  such  Registrar 
double  costs  of  suit;  and  if  any  Depnty,  Assistant,  or  Clerk  of  the  said 
Registrar,  shall  commit,  or  knowingly  permit,  or  suffer  to  be  committed, 
any  such  offence  as  aforesaid,  he  shall,  upon  conviction  thereof,  not 
only  in  like  manner  be  liable  to  all  such  pains  and  penalties  as  ought  by 
the  said  Laws  to  be  inflicted  upon  Persons  convicted  of  forging  or  frau- 
dulently altering  Public  Judicial  Records,  but  shall  forfeit  such  his 
Office  or  Employment,  and  be  incapable  of  ever  after  holding  the  same, 
or  any  other  Public  Office  within  the  said  Island;    and  if  any  other 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN.  995 

Person  or  Persons  shal]  wilfully  make^  or  cause,  or  procure  to  be  made, 
any  false  or  fraudulent  Entry  in  the  said  books  of  Registry,  or  either 
of  them,  or  in  the  said  Accounts  or  Abstracts,  or  shall  fraudulently 
eraze,  obliterate,  or  alter,  or  cause,  or  procure  to  be  erazed,  obliterated, 
or  altered,  any  entry  which  shall  have  been  made  in  the  said  books  of 
Registry,  Accounts  or  Abstracts,  or  either  of  them,  every  such  Person 
or  Persons  so  offending  shall,  upon  conviction,  not  only  be  liable  to  all 
8uch  pains  and  penalties  as  aforesaid,  but  shall  forfeit  to  His  Majesty, 
His  Heirs  or  Successors,  all  his  and  their  estate,  right,  title,  property, 
aud  interest  of,  in  and  to  any  Slave  or  Slaves  that  shall  be  the  subject 
or  subjects  of  any  such  false  or  fraudulent  entry,  erazure,  obliteration, 
or  alteration;  and  if  such  Person  or  Persons  so  offending  shall  be  the 
sole  Owner  or  Owners  <rf  such  Slave  or  Slaves,  every  such  Slave  or 
Slaves  shall,  upon  conviction,  be  adjudged  to  be,  and  shall  from  thence- 
forth be  absolutely  enfranchised  and  free. 

And  it  is  hereby  further  ordered,  that  if  any  Person  or  Persons 
making  any  such  original  or  annual  Return  of  Slaves  as  aforesaid,  shall 
falsely  and  wilfully  insert  therein  any  name  or  names,  description  or 
descriptions,  of  any  Slave  or  Slaves,  or  pretended  Slave  or  Slaves, 
belonging  to  any  Plantation  or  Plantations,  Owner  or  Owners,  knowing 
that  such  Slave  or  Slaves,  or  pretended  Slave  or  Slaves,  as  shall  be  to 
named  or  described,  doth  not,  or  do  not  in  fact  belong,  at  the 
time  of  making  suqh  Return,  to  such  Plantation  or  Plantations^ 
Owner  or  Owners,  any  Person  or  Persons  so  offending  shall  forfeit,  for 
every  Slave  or  pretended  Slave,  so  falsely  returned,  the  sum  of  ^100 
sterling  money,  to  be  recovered  in  such  manner  as  any  other  penally  or 
forfeiture  may  be  recovered  in  the  said  Island  by  any  I*aw  thereof,  or 
anyStatute  of  this  Kingdom  then  in  force  therein,  the  one  moiety  thereof 
to  the  use  of  the  Governor,  Lieutenant-Governor,  or  Civil  Commander- 
in-Chief  within  the  said  Island,  for  the  time  being,  and  the  other  moiety 
thereof  to  the  use  of  such  Person  as  shall  inform,  sue,  and  prosecute  for 
tbe  same:  Provided  always,  that  no  Person  shall  be  liable  to  any  such 
penalty  or  forfeiture  as  last  aforesaid,  in  respect  of  any  Slave  or  Slaves 
which  he  shall  prove  to  have  been  at  the  time  of  the  Return  actually 
employed  upon  the  Plantation,  or  in  the  service  of  the  asserted  Owner 
or  Owners,  to  which  the  same  were  represented  by  such  Return  to 
belong,  although  he  shall  not  be  able  to  prove  that  the  property  in  such 
Slave  or  Slaves  was  such  as  was  stated  in  the  Return,  except  when  the 
Prosecutor  shall  give  evidence  beyond  the  falsiffcation  of  the  Return 
in  the  point  of  property,  to  shew  that  the  same  was  fraudulent,  or 
wilfully  false* 

And  it  is  hereby  further  ordered,  that,  from  and  after  the  final 
closing  and  authentication  of  the  said  original  Registry  of  Slaves  in 
the  said  Island,  as  hereinbefore  directed,  no  estate,  right,  title, 
property  or  interest  whatsoever,  at  Law  or  in  equity,  of,  in,  or  to  any 
Slave  or  Slaves  in  the  said  Island,  shall  be  created  or  transferred,  or 

3  S  2 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


996  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

shall  in  any  manner  pass  by  sale  or  mortgage,  gift,  grant,  jodgnen^ 
decree,  execution,  or  other  voluntary  alienation,  nor  by  marriage* 
succession,  inheritance,  will,  devise,  administration,  or  otherwise  how- 
soever, unless  such  Slave  or  Slaves  shall  have  been  first  duly  registered, 
according  to  the  directions  hereinbefore  contained. 

And  it  is  hereby  further  ordered,  that,  from  and  after  the  said 
final  closing  and  authentication  of  the  said  Original  Registry  of  Slaves 
in  the  said  Island,  it  shall  not  be  lawful  to  hold  or  detain  in  Slavery, 
nor  to  use  or  treat  as  a  Slave,  in  the  said  Island,  any  Negro«  or 
Mulatto,  or  other  Person,  who  shall  not  have  been  first  duly  Registered 
as  a  Slave,  according  to  the  directions  hereinbefore  contained,  but 
that  every  Negro,  Mulatto,  or  other  Person  within  the  said  Island, 
not  so  registered  as  a  Slave,  shall  be  deemed  and  taken  to  be  free^ 
except  only  Fugitive  Slaves  from  any  other  Island  or  Place  in  the 
West  Indies,  who  may  be  apfirehended  within  the  said  Island,  and  who 
shall  be  detained  in  custody,  by  authority  of  any  Coart  or  Magistrate, 
for  the  purposc^of  beitig  delivered  op  to  their  Owners. 

Provided  always,  that  nothing  herein  contained,  shall  entitle  any 
Negro,  Mulatto,  or  other  Person,  not  duly  registered  as  a  Slave,  upon 
any  Annual  Return  of  Slaves,  to  his  or  her  freedom  for  that  cause 
alone,  until  it  shall  be  seen  whether  at  the  next  annual  period  for 
making  such  Returns,  or  within  such  farther  period  as  are  herein- 
after in  certain  cases  allowed,  such  defect  of  registration  may  not  be 
proved,  on  the  part  of  his  or  her  Owner  or  Owners,  to  have  arisen  from 
accident,  or  some  unavoidable  or  excusable  cause,  such  as  is  here- 
inbefore and  hereinafter,  in  certain  cases,  allowed  and  provided  for; 
and  whether  such  defect  may  not  be  (hereupon,  at  such  next  annual 
period  of  registration,  or  within  such  further  periods  as  aforesaid,  law- 
fully  remedied  and  supplied,  in  manner  hereinbefore  and  hereinafter 
directed ;  but  if,  in  the  mean  time,  and  prior  to  such  next  annual 
period  of  registration,  or  within  such  further  period  as  is  hereinaAer 
in  certain  cases  allowed,  any  question  shall  arise  as  to  the  right  of  any 
such  Negro,  Mulatto,  or  other  Person,  to  enjoy  his  or  her  freedom, 
by  force  and  virtue  of  this  present  Order,  or  the  right  of  the  alleged 
Owner  or  Owners  to  treat  him  or  her  as  a  Slave,  the  Court  or  Magis- 
trate before  whom  any  such  question  shall  be  brought,  shall  forthwith 
give  notice  thereof  to  the  Governor,  Lieutenant-Governor,  or  Civil 
Commander-in-Chief  of  the  said  Island  for  the  time  being,  who  is 
hereby  empowered  and  directed  to  make  all  snch  Orders  for  the  em- 
ployment, support,  protection,  government,  and  restraint  of  such 
Negro,  Mulatto,  or  other  Person,  as  shall  be  necessary  or  proper,  for 
the  prevention,  on  the  one  hand,  of  his  or  her  bein  sent  out  of  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  Courts  of  the  said  Island,  or  otherwise  ill  treated  or 
oppressed  by  the  authority  of  the  asserted  Owner  or  Owners  ;  and  on 
the  other  hand,  for  the  preventing  such  Negro,  Mulatto,  or  other 
Person,  from  withdrawing  himself  or  herself  from  the^aid  joriadictioo. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN.  997 

unti]  bis  or  her  lawful  condition,  as  a  Slave,  or  Free  Person,  so  far  as 
the  same  may  depend  on  this  present  Order,  shall,  by  the  registra- 
tion or  non-registration  of  him  or  her  as  a  Slave,  pursuant  to  the 
directions  hereinbefore  contained,  at  the  next  annual  period  of  regis- 
tration, or  within  such  further  period  as  is  hereinafter  in  certain  cases 
allowed  for  that  purpose,  be  ascertained  and  decided. 

And  it  is  hereby  further  ordered,  that  whenever,  in  any  action, 
suit,  or  other  judicial  proceeding,  within  the  said  Island,  it  shall  be  ne- 
cessary for  the  Master  or  Mistress,  Owner  or  Claimant  of  any  Slave  or 
Slaves,  or  of  any  Negro,  Mulatto,  or  other  Person  or  Persons,  asserted 
to  be  a  Slave  or  Slaves,  to  prove  his  or  her  property  therein,  such 
Master  or  Mistress,  Owner  or  Claimant,  shall,  in  the  first  place,  be 
bound  to  shew  that  such  Slave  or  Slaves  hath  or  have  been  duly 
registered  as  such,  according  to  the  directions  herein  contained,  either 
by  or  on  behalf  of  such  Master  or  Mistress,  Owner  or  Claimant,  or  by 
or  on  behalf  of  the  Person  or  Persons  from,  by,  or  under  whom  his  or 
her  title  is-derived. 

Provided  always,  that  no  default  of  any  Tenant  or  Tenants,  for 
life  or  years,  or  other  particular  estate,  in  not  returning  to  the  Registry 
any  Slave  or  Slaves  which  ought  by  him,  her,  or  them,  to  be  returned 
for  Registration,  pursuant  to  the  directions  herein  contained,  shall 
entitle  such  Slave  or  Slaves  to  freedom,  to  the  prejudice  of  any  Per- 
son or  Persons  entitled  to  such  Slave  or  Slaves,  in  remainder  or  re- 
version ;  but  all  the  estate,  right,  title,  and  interest,  at  Law,  and  in 
equity,  of  any  Tenant  for  life  or  years,  or  other  particular  estate,  of,  in, 
and  to  any  Slave  or  Slaves,  in  his  or  her  possession,  which  he  or  she 
shall  omit  to  return  for  Registration  as  aforesaid,  contrary  to  the  direc- 
tions of  this  Order,  shall  be  forfeited  to  the  Person  or  Persons  next  in 
remainder  or  reversion,  who  shall  and  may  forthwith  after,  take  or 
recover  the  possession  thereof,  and  hold  the  same  in  Slavery,  any 
thing  herein  contained  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding;  so  as  such 
Slave  or  Slaves  be,  by  him,  her,  or  them,  duly  returned  for  Registra- 
tion, according  to  the  directions  herein- before  contained,  within  such 
time,  and  in  such  manner,  as  is  hereinafter  in  that  behalf  limited  and 
directed. 

Provided  also,  that  no  default  of  any  mortgagee  or  mortgagees,  in 
possession  of  any  Slave  or  Slaves  within  the  said  Island,  in  not  return- 
ing any  Slave  or  Slaves,  which  ought  by  him,  heV,  or  them,  to  be  re- 
turned for  Registration,  pursuant  to  the  directions  herein  contained, 
shall  entitle  such  Slave  or  Slaves  to  freedom,  to  the  prejudice  of  the 
Mortgagor  or  Mortgagors  of  any  such  Slave  or  Slaves,  his,  her,  or 
their  Representatives,  or  any  other  Person  or  Persons  claiming  under 
any  second  or  subsequent  mortgage,  charge  or  incumbrance,  or 
under  any  sale  or  conveyance,  executed,  made,  or  suffered,  by  such 
Moi  tgagor  or  Mortgagors,  but  all  the  estate,  right,  title,  and  interest 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


998  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

at  Law  and  in  equity,  of  such  Mortgagee  or  Mortgagees,  io  possettton 
of,  in^  and  to  such  Slave  or  Slaves  as  he,  she,  or  they  shall  omit  to 
return  for  Registration  as  aforesaid,  contrary  to  the  directions  of  this 
Order,  shall  from  thenceforth  cease  and  determine,  as  if  such  Slave  or 
Slaves  had  been  actually  redeemed  by  the  Mortgagor  or  Mortgngors, 
or  by  such  Person  or  Persons  as  would  have  been  entitled  to  such  re- 
demption, on  payment  of  the  Mortgage  Debt;  and  such  Slave  or 
Slaves  shall  and  may  accordingly  be  recovered  and  taken  possession 
of,  by  such  Mortgagor  or  Mortgagors,  or  such  other  Person  entitled 
to  the  benefit  of  such  redemption,  aud  held  in  Slavery  by  him,  her,  or 
them,  (any  thing  herein  contained  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding) 
discharged  of  the  said  Mortgage  Debt,  so  as  such  Slave  or  Slaves  be 
afterwards,  by  such  Mortgagor  or  Mortgagors,  or  such  other  Person 
or  Persons  as  aforesaid,  duly  returned  for  Registration,  according  to 
the  directions  hereinbefore  contained,  within  such  time,  and  in  socfa 
manner  as  is  hereinafter  in  that  behalf  limited  and  directed. 

Provided  also,  that  no  default  of  any  Mortgagor  or  Mortgagors  is 
possession  of  any  Slave  or  Slaves,  in  not  returning  the  same  for  Regis- 
tration as  aforesaid,  shall  entitle  such  Slave  or  Slaves  to  freedom,  to  the 
prejudice  of  the  Mortgagee  or  Mortgagees,  or  any  Persons  claiming 
under  him,  her,  or  them,  but  if  any  Mortgagor  or  Mortgagors,  in 
possession  of  any  Slave  or  Slaves  within  the  said  Island,  shall  omit  to 
return  the  same,  or  any  of  them,  for  Registration,  contrary  to  the  direc- 
tions herein  contained,  the  estate  of  the  Mortgagee  or  Mortgagees,  of 
and  in  all  the  mortgaged  Lands,  Slaves,  and  other  premises  contained 
in  the  Mortgage,  shall  forthwith  become  absolute  in  the  Law,  and  soch 
Mortgagee  or  Mortgagees  shall  and  may  immediately  enter  upon,  and 
take,  or  recover  possession,  not  only  of  snch  Slave  or  Slaves  not  duly 
returned  for  Registration,  but  of  all  the  other  Slaves,  Lands  and  pre- 
mises comprised  in  the  Mortgage,  and  shall  have  all  other  remedies 
provided  by  the  Law  of  the  said  Island  for  the  recovery  of  the  Mort- 
gage Debt,  as  in  cases  of  Mortgages  forfeited  by  the  non-payment  of 
the  principal  or  interest  monies  thereby  secured,  pursuant  to  the  pro- 
viso or  covenants  of  redemption  therein  contained,  and  shall  moreover 
be  entitled  to  hold  such  Slave  or  Slaves,  as  were  not  duly  returned 
for  Registration,  absolutely  and  irredeemably  as  against  such  Mort- 
gagor, and  his  heirs,  executors,  or  administrators,  without  any  de- 
duction or  allowance  for  the  value  thereof  out  of  the  Mortgage  Debt, 
so  as  soch  Slave  or  Slaves  be  afterwards  duly  returned  for  Registratioii 
by  such  Mortgagee  or  Mortgagees,  within  such  time,  and  in  such  man- 
ner as  is  hereinafter  in  that  behalf  limited  and  directed. 

Provided  also,  that  nu  default  of  any  Trustee,  Guardian,  Receiver, 
Committee,  Sequestrator,  or  other  Person  appointed  by  any  Court  of 
Justice,  who  shall  be  in  possession  of  any  Slave  or  Slaves  within  the 
said  Island,  in  returning  any  Slave  or  Slaves  for  Registration,  pursu- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN.  999 

ant  to  the  directions  herein  contained,  shall  entitle  such  Slave  or  Slaves 
to  freedom,  to  the  prejudice  of  the  Person  or  Persons  beneficially  en- 
titled to,  or  interested  in,  such  Slave  or  Slaves,  if  such  Person  or 
Persons  so  beneficially  entitled  to,  or  interested  in  such  Slave  or 
Slaves  shall  afterwards  duly  return  the  same  for  Registration 
(which  he  or  they,  whether  in  possession  of  the  same  or  not,  is 
and  are  hereby  empowered  to  do),  within  such  time,  and  in  such 
manner,  as  is  hereinafter  in  that  behalf  limited  and  directed;  (that 
is  to  say) — Provided  nevertheless,  and  it  is  hereby  further  or. 
dered,  that  in  order  to  entitle  any  Remainder-man,  Reversioner, 
Mortgagor  or  Mortgagee,  or  Person  beneficially  interested  under 
any  trust,  or  otlierwise,  to  keep  and  bold  in  slavery  any  Negro, 
Mulatto,  or  other  Person,  who,  by  the  default  of  the  Tenant  for  life  or 
years,  or  other  particular  Tenant,  or  of  the  Mortgagee  or  Mortgagor 
in  possession,  or  of  any  Trustee,  Guardian,  Receiver,  Committee,  or 
Sequestrator,  shall  not  have  been  duly  registered  as  aSlave^  according 
to  the  directions  hereinbefore  contained,  it  shall  be  necessary  for  such 
Remainder- man,  or  Reversioner,  Mortgagor,  Mortgagee,  or  other  Per- 
son beneficially  interested,  at  the  annual  period  hereby  appointed  for 
the  Registration  of  Slaves  in  the  said  Island,  next  after  he,  she,  or  tliey 
shall  have  taken  possession  of  any  such  Slave,  and  within  3  years  at 
most  from  the  time  of  such  default  of  Registration,  (except  in  cases  of 
defaults  in  the  annual  returning  of  any  new-born  Slave,  the  issue  of 
any  female  Slave,  previously  registered  as  such,  and  in  respect  of  such 
new-born  Slaves,  within  10  years  at  most  from  the  time  of  such  default, 
and  within  1  year  from  the  time  of  taking  possession  thereof),  to  make 
such  full  and  particular  return  and  description  of  such  Slave,  in  writing, 
and  upon  Oath,  to  the  said  Registrar,  as  is  hereinbefore  directed  to  be 
made,  for  the  purpose  of  the  original  Registration  of  the  Slaves  in  the 
said  Island,  together  with  an  Aflidavit  in  writing,  to  be  sworn  before 
the  said  Registrar,  stating  the  time,  and  the  particular  nature  of  the 
former  default  of  Registration,  and  by  whom  the  same  was  committed 
or  incurred,  and  by  what  title,  and  for  what  estate  and  interest  such 
Defaulter  was  in  possession  of  such  Slave  at  the  time  of  such  default  of 
Registration,  and  shewing  under  what  settlement,  or  conveyance,  or  bj 
what  other  means  he  or  they,  the  said  Reversioner,  Remainder- man. 
Mortgagor,  or  Mortgagee,  or  Person  beneficially  interested,  making 
such  Return,  was  entitled  to  some  specified  estate  in  remainder  or 
reversion,  or  to  some  right  or  equity  of  redemption,  or  some  mortgage, 
term,  or  estate,  or  equitable  estate,  or  interest  of,  in,  to,  or  upon  such 
Slave,  at  the  time  of  such  default  of  Registration,  and  averring  posi- 
tively that  such  Negro,  or  Mulatto,  or  other  Person  so  returned  as  a 
Slave,  is  really  and  rightfully  such,  the  former  default  of  Registration 
only  excepted,  and  specifying  how  such  servile  condition  lawfully 
arose,  namely,  whether  by  the  alledged  Slave  having  been  lawfully 
held  in  slavery  in  the  said  Island,  prior  to  the  original  Registration  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1000  CHEAT  BRITAW. 

Slaves  hereby  directed,  or  having  been  feince  born  of  some,  and  whse 
female  Slave,  duly  registered  as  such  within  the  said  Island,  or  having 
been  lawfully  imported  into  the  said  Island  from  some  and  what  other 
British  Colony,  at  some  time,  and  when  subsequent  to  the  said  oripri- 
ginal  Registration  of  Slaves ;  and  it  is  hereby  provided  and  ordered, 
that  such  Affidavit,  being  duly  filed  in  the  said  Registry,  the  Regis- 
trar shall  examine  the  Return  to  which  the  same  relates ;  and  if  it  ap- 
pears on  the  face  thereof  to  be  such  a  Return  as  ought,  if  true,  to  be 
received  and  registered,  according  to  the  intent  and  meaning  of  thia 
Order,  he  shall  proceed  to  require  such  further  proof  thereof,  aa  the 
nature  of  the  case  may  aflbrd,  and  especially  by  the  prodnction  of  any 
Negro,  or  Mulatto^  or  other  Person  inscribed  in  the  said  Retnrn  as  a 
Slave,  to  be  by  him  the  said  Registrar  personally  inspected,  and  prt* 
vately  examined,  and  also  by  the  production  of  any  Deeds,  or  other 
Instruments  mentioned  in  the  said  Affidavit,  or  duly  authenticated 
Copies  thereof,  and  by  reference  to  entries  in  the  said  Registry,  as  to 
the  alledged  mother  or  female  Ancestors  of  snch  asserted  Slave,  and 
by  reference  in  respect  of  any  Slave  asserted  to  have  been  imported 
ft-om  other  British  Colonies,  to  the  Certi6cates  of  his  or  her  lawful  im- 
portation, hereinbefore  directed  to  be  brought  into  and  iled  in  the  said 
Office ;  and  for  the  better  investigation  of  any  facts  stated  in  any  sncit 
Return,  the  said  Registrar  shal}  have  power  to  examine  the  Party  or 
Parties  making  the  same,  upon  Oath,  if  he  shall  tliink  fit,  and  if  aAer 
such  examination  and  proof,  the  said  Registrar  shall  think  the  said 
Return  to  be  sufficiently  verified,  and  not  otherwise,  he  shall  proceed 
duly  to  register  the  same,  according  to  the  Directions  and  Regulations 
hereinbefore  contained,  in  respect  to  Annua]  Returns ;  bat  any  Party 
or  Parties,  aggrieved  by  an  erroneous  decision  of  the  said  Registrar 
herein,  shall  and  may  have  such  remedy,  by  appeal,  as  is  hereinbe- 
fore provided,  in  respect  of  any  default  or  misconduct  of  tlie  said  Re* 
gistrar. 

Provided  always  nevertheless,  and  it  is  hereby  further  ordered, 
that  whensoever,  by  reason  of  any  such  default  as  aforesaid,  by  Per- 
sons in  possession  of  Slaves  not  being  their  own  absolute  property,  in 
any  of  the  cases  aforesaid,  it  shall  be  allowable  and  necessary  for  any 
Owner  or  Owners,  innocent  of  such  default,  to  return  for  Registration 
any  Slave  or  Slaves^  afler  the  time  at  which  the  same  ought  to  have 
been  registered  by  any  Tenant  for  life  or  years,  or  other  particolar 
estate,  Mortgagee,  or  Mortgagor,  in  possession,  Trustee, Guardian,  Com- 
mittee, Sequestrator,  or  other  Officer,  if  the  Party  or  Parties  charged 
with  such  default  or  defaults,  is,  or  are,  still  living  and  resident  within 
the  junsdiction  of  the  Courts  of  the  said  Island,  or  otherwise  amenable 
thereto,  the  Registrar  shall  forthwith  lay  the  said  Return,  or  a  Copy 
thereof,  before  the  Attorney-General,  Procurator  Syndic,  or  other  proper 
Law  Officer,  whose  province  it  is  to  prosecute  for  the  Crown  in  the 
said  Island,  who  shall  consider  the  same,  and  if  it  appears  to  him  that 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN.  1001 

any  penaUy  or  penaUiei,  forfeiture  or  forfeitures,  has,  or  Lave  been 
incurred  by  tbe  alleged  default  or  defaults,  he  shall  forthwith  give 
notice  to  the  Party  or  Parties  charged  with  the  same,  to  attend  him, 
and  shew  cause  why  a  prosecution,  to  recover  such  penalty  or  penalties, 
forfeiture,  or  forfeitures,  shall  not  be  commenced;  and  if  the  said  Party 
or  Partiesshall  not  so  attend,  or,  attending,  shall  not  shew  sufficient  cause 
in  that  behall,  the  said  Attorney-General,  Procurator  Syndic,  or  other 
Law-Officer,  shall  cause  a  prosecution,  for  such  penalty  or  penalties,  to 
be  instituted  in  the  proper  Court  of  the  said  Island,  against  such  Party 
or  Parties  so  offending,  and  shall  prosecute  the  same  to  trial,  judge. 
Blent,  and  execution;  and  the  Person  or  Persons  making  such  Return 
shall  be  bound,  on  such  trial,  to  furnish  sufficient  evidence  for  the  con- 
viction  of  the  Defendant  or  Defendants;  or  on  failure  thereof,  his  said 
Return  shall  be  rejected,  and  the  asserted  Slave  or  Slaves  in  question, 
as  against  (he  Party  or  Parties  making  such  Return,  shall  be  deemed 
and  taken  to  be  free;*  and  until  the  event  of  such  prosecution,  the 
Registrar  shall  not  proceed  to  register  such  Return,  notwithstanding 
any  such  evidence  as  aforesaid  adduced  or  offered  to  him,  but  shall 
reserve  the  same,  if  need  be,  for  registration,  in  case  the  same  shall  be 
ultimately  allowed,  at  the  next  annual  period  for  registering  Returns 
after  such  allowance,  when  the  registration  thereof,  if  duly  made,  shall 
be  as  valid  and  effectual  as  if  made  at  the  regular  time. 

And,  for  the  better  enabling  all  Remainder-men,  and  Reversioners, 
and  all  Mortgagors,  and  Mortgagees  not  in  possession,  and  all  other 
Persons  beneficially  entitled  to,  or  interested  in,  any  Slaves  in  the  said 
Island,  in  the  possession  of  any  Tenants  for  life  or  years,  or  other  parti- 
cular Tenants,  or  of  any  Mortgagees,  Mortgagors,  Trustees,  Guardians, 
Receivers,  Committees,  or  Sequestrators,  to  discover  any  default  of  the 
Party  or  Parties  in  possession  of  such  Slaves,  in  not  duly  returning  the 
same  to  be  registered  in  the  said  original  Registration  of  Slaves,  and 
thereupon  to  have  and  use  the  remedies  hereby  provided  ;  it  is  hereby 
furilier  ordered,  that  it  shall  and  may  be  lawful,  to  and  for  every  Per- 
son that  is,  or  shall,  or  may  be,  legally  or  beneficially  entitled  to,  or 
interested  in,  any  Slave  or  Slaves  in  the  said  Island,  in  remainder 
or  reversion,  or  by  virtue  of  any  mortgage  or  equity  of  redemption,  or 
of  any  settlement,  or  conveyance,  or  will,  or  otherwise  howsoever, 
which  Slave  or  Slaves  are  in  the  immediate  possession  of  any  Tenant 
for  life  or  years,  or  other  particular  estate,  or  of  any  Mortgagor,  Mort- 
gagee, Trustee,  Guardian,  Receiyer,  Committee,  or  Sequestrator  thereof, 
once  within  the  term  of  3  years,  from  the  time  of  the  said  original  Regis- 
tration of  Slaves,  and  at  any  part  of  that  term,  by  himself  or  herself, 
or  his  or  her  Attorney  or  Agent,  to  give  notice,  in  writing,  to  the 
Parties  in  possession  of  any  such  Slave  or  Slaves,  that  he  or  she,  the 
said  Person,  legally  or  beneficially  entitled  or  interested,  or  his  or  her 
Attorney,  therein  named   and  described,  will   attend  at  the  honse^ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1002  GR£AT  BRITAIN. 

plaotation,  or  place,  where  such  Slave  or  Slaves  is  or  are  usually  kept 
and  employed,  at  some  day,  and  some  convenient  hour  in  the  day- 
time, specified  in  such  notice,  and  not  less  than  10  days  after  tbs 
service  thereof,  then  and  there  to  inspect  the  said  Slave  or  Slaves,  and 
compare  him,  her,  or  them,  in  point  of  numbers  and  descriptions,  with 
an  Office  Copy  of  the  Registered  Returns;  at  which  time  and  place, 
the  party  in  possession  of  such  Slave  or  Slaves  shall,  by  himself,  or 
herself,  or  his  or  her  Attorney,  Manager,  or  Agent,  produce  the  same 
accordingly,  and  submit  him,  her,  or  them,  to  the  inspection  and  ei- 
a  mi  nation  of  the  said  Party  so  entitled  or  interested,  or  his  or  her  said 
Attorney ;  or  in  default  thereof,  without  some  necessary  and  unavoid- 
able impediment,  (the  proof  whereof  shall  lie  upon  such  Defaulter) 
shall  forfeit  and  pay,  for  every  Slave  omitted  to  be  so  produced,  thuson 
of  £20. 

And,  for  the  better  protection  and  security  of  Infants,  Manied 
Women,  Lunatics,  and  all  other  Persons  under  any  disability  or  iocaps^ 
city,  who  are,  or  shall,  or  may  be,  beneficially  entitled  to,  or  interested 
in,  any  SUve  or  Slaves  within  the  said  Island  ;  it  is  hereby  further 
ordered,  that  within  3  months  from  and  after  the  closing  and  autbea- 
tication  of  the  original  Registry  of  the  Slaves  of  the  said  Island,  as 
herein. before  directed,  the  Registrar  shall  make  out,  and  certify  in 
writing,  and  transmit  to  the  Court  of  Order,  or  such  other  Court  or 
Judge  as  shall  have  the  Supreme  Jurisdiction  in  civil  Causes  within  tbe 
said  Island,  an  Abstract,  or  List  in  writings  of  all  Returns  which  shall 
have  been  made  by  Persons  in  possesEion  of  Slaves,  as  Trustees, 
Guardians,  Receivers,  Committees,  or  Sequestrators,  and  suchCourt  shtll 
thereupon,  ex-ofiicio,  issue  a  Commission,  directed  to  3  or  more  tnut- 
worthy  and  intelligent  Persons,  empowering  and  requiring  them  to 
repair  to  the  several  plantations  in  respect  of  which  such  Returns  haie 
been  made,  and  to  the  places  of  abode  of  such  Trustees,  Guardians 
Receivers,  Committees,  oi^Sequestrators,  as  have  made  any  Returns  of 
Personal  Slaves  in  their  possession,  there,  by  inspection  of  the  Slaves 
to  verify  or  correct  the  said  registered  Returns,  to  which  Commit* 
sioners,  all  such  Trustees, Guardians,  Receivers,Committees, or  Seqoe»- 
trators,  shall  be  bound,  on  reasonable  notice,  to  be  allowed  by  such 
Court  or  Judge,  to  produce  all  the  Slaves  by  them  respectively  re- 
turned, for  the  inspection  of  the  said  Commissioners;  and  the  said 
Commissioners  shall  thereupon  proceed  to  compare  the  same,  with  the 
descriptions  thereof  in  the  said  Returns ;  and  the  said  Commissioners 
shall  have  power  to  examine  the  saidTrttstees,Guardians,Receiver8,Com- 
mittees,  and  Sequestrators,  nponOath,  as  to  the  truth  of  the  said  Relums, 
so  as  to  ascertain  whether  all  the  Slaves  are  included  therein  that  ought 
to  have  been  returned,  and  also  to  inquire  whether  any  Trustees 
Guardians, Receivers,  Committees,  or  Sequestrators,  in  possession  of  any 
Slave  or  Slaves  within  the  said  Island,  have  omitted  to  make  any  Returu^ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT    BRITAIN.  1003 

fii>d  for  (bat  purpose  to  call  before  them  andexamiDe  Witnesses,  and  to 
examine  all  Public  Registries  and  Records ;  and  the  said  Commis- 
sioners shall,  within  6  months  from  and  after  the  closing  and  authen- 
tication of  the  said  Originai  Registry,  make  a  full  and  distinct  Return 
to  the  said  Court  or  Judge,  specifying  any  defaults  or  defects  In  the 
said  Original  and  Registered  Returns,  or  any  omissions  to  make  Re* 
turns,  which  they  shall  have  discovered,  with  the  names  of  the  De- 
faulters; and  all  such  descriptions  of  the  Slaves,  the  subjects  of  any 
such  defaults  as  are  hereinbefore  required  to  be  specified  in  the  said 
original  Returns;  and  the  said  Court  or  Judge  shall  thereupon  cause 
all  such  Defaulters  to  be  summoned  to  appear  and  shewn  cause  why 
such  defaults  or  defects  of  Registration  should  not  be  corrected  and 
supplied,  and  why  they,  the  said  Defaulters,  should  not  pay  the  penal- 
ties  hereby  imposed  for  such  defaults,  and  shall  proceed,  in  a  summary 
manner,  tu  examine  the  truth  of  the  Return  that  shall  have  been  made 
by  the  said  Commissioners,  and  the  causes  that  shall  be  shewn  against 
the  allowance  thereof,  and  shall  allow  or  disallow  the  said  Return,  in 
the  various  particulars  therein  contained ;  and  if  any  defaults  or  defects 
of  Returns  for  original  Registration  shall  be  established  to  the  satis- 
faction of  the  said  Court  or  Judge,  an  Order  shall  be  made  thereupon, 
distinctly  and  fully  specifying  the  same,  with  all  such  particulars  as 
shall  be  necessary  for  supplying  and  correcting  such  defaults  and  de» 
fectSj  and  reforming  the  said  original  Registry,  and  commanding  the 
same  to  be  refonned  accordingly  at  the  next  annuiil  period  of  Regis- 
tration, and  such  Order  shall,  by  the  said  Court  or  Judge,  be  trans- 
mitted, at  or  before  the  said  Annual  period  of  Registration,  to  the  said 
Registrar,  who  shall  transcribe  the  same  at  large  in  the  said  Books 
appointed  for  the  Registration  of  Plantation  Slaves  and  Personal 
Slaves  respectively,  and  the  same  shall  from  thenceforth  be  deemed 
and  taken  to  be  a  part  of  the  said  original  Registry  of  Slaves,  and 
shall  have  the  same  force  and  effect  as  if  the  corrections  or  additions 
by  such  Order  made,  had  been  contained  in  the  said  original  Returns, 
anything  herein  contained  to  the  contrary  thereof  notwithstanding. 

And  it  is  further  hereby  ordered,  that  every  Trustee,  Guardian,  Re- 
ceiver, Committee,  or  Sequestrator,  who  shall  wilfully  refuse  or  omit 
to  produce  any  Slave  in  his  possession,  for  the  inspection  of  the  said 
Commissioners,  being  thereto  by  them  required  as  aforesaid,  or  who 
shall  be  found  to  have  wilfully  omitted  to  return,  for  original  Registra- 
tion, any  Slave  or  Slaves  in  his  possession,  or  wilfully  to  have  des- 
cribed the  same  improperly  In  such  his  Return,  shall  forfeit  and  pay 
for  every  Slave,  the  subject  of  any  such  offence,  such  sum  as  the  said 
Court  or  Judge  shall  adjudge  and  order,  not  exceeding  the  sum  of  £20 
for  every  such  Slave,  to  be  recovered  in  ihe  same  Court ;  the  produce 
of  which  fines  shall  be  applied  towards  defraying  the  expences  attending 
tbe  said  Commission. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1004  GREAT    BRITAINt 

And  it  is  further  hereby  ordered^  that  the  said  Court  or  Judge 
shall  adjust  and  award  a  reasonable  allowance  aod  compensation  to  the 
said  Conamissioners,  and  any  Clerk  or  Clerks  to  be  by  them  appoiuted, 
as  well  for  their  time  and  trouble,  as  their  expences  in  executing  the 
said  Commission,  to  defray  which,  or  the  residue  thereof,  after  the  ap- 
plication of  the  produce  of  the  said  Fines  as  aforesaid,  the  said  Trus- 
tees, Guardians,  Receivers,  Committees,  and  Sequestrators,  shall  be 
respectively  assessed,  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  Slaves  by  tliem 
respectively  possessed  in  their  said  respective  characters ;  such  sums 
(to  be  paid  by  them  respectively,  and  allowed  to  them  in  their  ac- 
counts with  the  Estates,  or  Person  beneficially  interested  in  suck 
Slaves)  as  shall  be  ordered  by  Uie  said  Court  or  Judge,  not  exceeding 
the  sum  of  5^.  for  each  Slave  so  by  them  resjiectively  possessed. 

Provided  also,  and  it  is  hereby  further  ordered,  that  after  any 
Slave  shall  have  been  duly  registered  as  such  in  the  said  Island,  either 
in  the  said  original  Registration,  or  by  such  corrections  tliereof  as  are 
hereinbefore  allowed  and  provided  or  in  any  Annual  Return  and  Re- 
gistration, either  as  a  new-born  Slave,  the  issue  of  a  registered  Female 
Slave,  or  as  newly  imported  from  some  other  British  Colony,  with 
such  Certificate  of  lawful  importation  as  is  hereinbefore  in  that  case 
required,  such  Slave  shall  not   be  entitled   to  his  or  her  freedom  by 
reason  of  any  subsequent  default  of  Annual  Registration,  in  any  case 
in  which  such  Registration  is  hereby  requirecJ^  to  be  made,  except  as 
against  tlie  Parly  or  Parties   making  such  default ;   and  all  Persona 
claiming  by,  from,  or  under  him  or  them,  by  title  subsequent  to  such 
default,  unless  such  other  Person  or  Persons  as  may  thereupon  be,  or 
become  entitled,  beneficially,  to  such  Slave,   being  of  full   age,  and 
under  no  pereonal  disability,  shall  omit  duly  to  return  such  Slave  for 
Registration  in  manner  hereinbefore  directed  and  provided,  at  or  before 
the  annual  period  of  Registration  next  but  one  after  his,  her,  or  their 
right  and  title  to,  and  actual  possession  of  such  SIave,shal]  have  accrued. 
And  it  is  hereby  further  ordered,  that  whenever,  by  reason  of  the 
wilful  default  of  any  Tenant  for  life  or  years,  or  other  particular  estate, 
or  of  any  Mortgagee    or  Mortgagor  in  possession,  or  any  Trustee, 
Guardian,  Receiver,  Committee,  Sequestrator,  or  other  Person  in  pos- 
session of  any  Slave  or  Slaves,  the  same  shall  become  entitled  to  his» 
her,  or  their  freedom;  by  force  and   virtue  of  any  of  the  provisions 
herein  contained,  the  Party  or  Parties  making  such  default  shall  be 
liable  to  pay  and  satisfy  to  such  Persons,  not  privy  and  consenting  to 
such  default,  as  shall  be  prejudiced  thereby,  in  respect  of  his  or  their 
former  property  or  interest  in  such  enfranchised  Slave  or  Slaves,  the 
full  amount  of  all  damages  by  him  or  them  sustained,  not  exceeding 
the  value  of  such  Slave  or  Slaves  at  the  time  of  such  default,  togetlier 
with  costs  of  suit. 

And  it  is  hereby  further  ordered,  that  if  any  Person  or  Penaons 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN.  1005 

siia]l,  by  means  of  any  false  or  fradulent  return  or  entry  of  him,  her> 
or  them,  or  by  or  with  his,  her,  or  their  procurement,  consent,  privityi 
or  knowledge,  made  in  the  said  Registry,  keep  or  hold,  or  attempt  to 
keep  or  hold,  in  Slavery,  any  Africnn  or  other  Negro,  or  Mulatto,  or 
other  Coloured  Person,  which  shall  have  been  illegally  imported  or 
brought  into  the  said  Island,  and  shall  be  thereof  lawfully  convicted, 
he,  she,  or  they  shall  forfeit  and  pay  for  every  African  or  Negro, 
Mulatto,  or  other  Coloured  Person,  the  subject  of  any  such  offence, 
the  sum  of  ^300,  the  one  moiety  to  the  Governor,  Lieutenant-Gover- 
nor, or  Civil  Commander  in  Chief  within  the  said  Island,  and  the 
other  moiety  thereof  to  such  Person  as  shall  sue,  inform,  and  prosecute 
for  the  same,  with  full  costs  of  suit,  to  be  recovered  as  aforesaid ;  and 
shall  moreover,  after  any  such  conviction,  be  for  ever  after  incapable 
of  onning,  holding  or  possessing  any  Slave  or  Slaves  within  the  said 
Island. 

And  it  is  hereby  further  ordered,  that  in  any  suit  or  prosecution 
to  be  commenced,  sued,  or  prosecuted  in  any  Court,  or  before  any 
Judge  of  (he  said  Island,  for  the  recovery  of  any  of  the  penalties  or 
forfeitures  herein  contained,  or  for  enforcing  of  the  directions  or  pro. 
visions  of  this  Order,  or  obtaining  relief  or  reparation  for  any  breach  of 
the  same,  it  shall  not  be  an  admissible  defence,  plea,  or  exception,  to 
alledge,  that  the  Plaintiff,  Prosecutor,  or  Person  suing  or  complaining 
is  a  Slave,  when  his  or  her  right  to  freedom  may  be  established  by  the 
success  of  such  suit  or  prosecution ;  nor  shall  the  testimony  of  any 
indifferent  Witness  being,  or  alledged  to  be  a  Slave,  be  rejected  for  that 
cause,  in  any  such  suit  or  prosecution,  but  the  same  shall  be  admitted  ; 
subject,  nevertheless,  to  all  such  objections  to  the  credit  of  such  testi-> 
mony,  as,  from  the  condition  of  the  Witness,  or  the  nature  of  the  case, 
may,  in  the  discretion  of  the  Court  or  Judge,  be  reasonably  allowed. 

And  it  is  hereby  further  ordered,  that  the  Certificate  of  the  said 
Registrar,  by  him  subscribed,  certifying  any  Extract  from  the  Books  in 
his  office, shall  be  received  in  all  Courts,  and  by  all  Judges  in  the  said 
Island,  as  sufficient  evidence  of  the  authenticity  of  such  Extract ; 
saving,  nevertheless,  to  the  Party  or  Parties  against  whom  such  evi- 
dence is  adduced,  the  right  of  contradicting,  impeaching,  or  correcting 
the  same,  by  an  inspection  of,  and  a  comparison  with,  the  original 
Book  or  Books  of  Registry  in  the  said  Island,  or  the  duplicates  there- 
of, to  remain  in  the  Office  of  tbe  said  Secretary  of  State,  as  aforesaid. 

And  it  is  hereby  further  ordered,  that  the  said  Registrar  shall 
be  entitled  to  have  and  receive,  for  every  Certificate  by  him  given,  of 
any  Extract  from,  or  Entry  in  the  said  Registry,  the  sum  of  10s.  ster* 
ling;  and  for  every  100  words  therein  contained  beyond  the  1st  100 
words,  the  sum  of  2s.  like  money,  and  no  more,  from  the  Party  requir-i 
ing  and  obtaining  the  same ;  and  for  every  search  in  the  said  Registry 
the  sum  of  5s.  like  money,  and  no  more ;  which  fees,  and  all  other 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1006  QKEAT  BRITAIN. 

fees  hereby  appointed  in  sterling  money,  shall  be  calculated  at  tlie 
rate  of  exchange  prevalent  in  the  said  Island  at  the  time  of  the  servioe 
performed. 

And  it  is  hereby  further  ordered,  that  it  shall  not  be  lawful  for 
the  said  Registrar,  while  he  shall  hold  his  said  Office,  directly  or  indi« 
recti y,  to  be  the  Owner,  part  Owner,  or  Mortgagee,  of  any  Slave  or 
Slaves,  and  that  the  said  Registrar  shall  be  personally  resident  in  the 
said  Island,  while  he  shall  continue  to  hold  his  said  Office,  except 
when  from  ill  health,  or  other  necessary  cause,  his  temporary  absence 
from  the  said  Island  shall  be  permitted  by  a  Licence  in  writing  under 
the  hand  and  seal  of  the  Governor,  LieutenHnt-Governor,  or  other 
Person  having  the  Chief  Civil  Command  in  the  said  Island  lor  the  time 
being,  specifying  the  cause  of  such  temporary  leave  of  absence,  a  Cop; 
of  which  Licence  shall  be  forthwith  transmitted  to  His  Majesty  s 
Principal  Secretary  of  State  for  the  Colonial  Department ;  and  if  the 
said  Registrar  shall  be  at  any  time  absent  from  the  said  Island  with- 
out such  Licence,  or  after  the  expiration  thereof  or  any  disallowance 
thereof  by  His  Majesty,  his  Heirs  or  Successors,  or  shall  be  Owner, 
Part  Owner,  or  Mortgagee  of  any  Slave  or  Slaves,  directly  or  indi- 
recti y,  by  his  own  act,  consent  or  agreement,  he  shall  absolutely 
forfeit  his  said  Office,  and  during  any  such  licensed  absence  as  afore- 
said, or  any  other  temporary  incapacity  of  the  said  Registrar,  a  Deputy 
Registrar  shall  be  appointed  by  the  said  Governor,  Lieutenant- 
Governor,  or  Civil  Commander  in  Chief  for  the  time  beings  who  shall 
and  may  exercise  and  perform  all  the  duties  hereby  imposed  on  the 
said  Principal  Registrar,  as  fully  and  effectually  for  all  the  purposes 
of  this  Order,  as  if  the  same  were  executed  and  performed  by  the  said 
Principal  Registrar  in  Person. 

And  lastly,  all  Governors,  Lieutenant-Governors  and  Civil  Com- 
mander in  Chief  of  the  said  Island,  and  the  Council  and  Cabildo  of 
the  said  Island,  and  the  Oidor,  and  all  other  Courts,  Judges,  Magis- 
trates, and  other  Officers,  within  the  same>  are  required  to  take  notice 
of,  observe  and  obey  this  present  Order,  and  to  cause  the  same  to  be 
effectually  observed,  obeyed,  and  executed,  by  all  Persons  within  th<» 
said  Island,  as  they  shall  answer  the  contrary  at  their  peril. 

And  the  Right  Honourable  the  Lords  Commissioners  of  His 
Majesty's  Treasury,  and  the  Right  Honourable  the  Earl  of  Liverpool, 
One  of  His  Majesty's  Principal  Secretaries  of  State,  are  to  give  tha 
necessary  directions  herein  as  to  them  may  respectively  appertain. 

CHETWYND. 


Schedule. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN. 


1007 


(SCHEDULE.)^The  Return  of  A.  B.,  far  the  Plantation  called  C.  D., 
tn  the  Parish  (or  Quarter)  called  E.  F.,  a  Sugar  (or  Coffee)  Ptamation, 
owned  6y  G.  H.  of  which  the  said  A.  B.  is  in  possession  as  Manager  (or  as 
Trustee  or  Mortgagee,  Sfcj  and  which  was  lately  owned  by  (or  in  the 
possession  of)  J.  K.* — (or  in  Re f urns  of  Personal  Slaves )\ 

The  Return  of  A,  B.,  of  the  Town  (or  Parish,  Sfc.)  ofC.  D.,  Esq.  of  Personal 
Slaves,  being  his  own  Property ,  (or  the  Property  o/*  E.  F.,of 
Esq.)  whereof  the  said  A.  B.  is  in  possession  as  Attorney  (or  Lessee,  or  as 
Trustee  or   (Guardian,   ljfc.)X    (and  which  Slaves  were  late  the  Property 
of  G.H,) 


List 

of  Families  of  Slaves  on 

the  Plantation  A.B. 

(or  of  the  said  E.  Fj 

Names. 

Sumamet.    Colour. 

Eroploy- 

Age.  Stature. 

Country. 

Marks. 

KeUtions. 

1 

meni. 

' 

'                           1 

Anthony 

Williamson  Negro 

Driver 

41   6  ft.  10  in. 

1 
Creole  of  this  A  scar   on    the  Huslmnd  of  Sa- 

1 

1     Island.         ,    right  cheek.    ,    rah,andfdthei| 

of  John    and 

Samuel    Wil 

liamson 

Sarah 

Wllllamion  Negro 

Sempstress 

89  5  ft.           Same                Has  lost  the  4th  Wife  of  Antbo  | 

1 

toe  of  the  left   nv,  and  mother 
fool                  !  of    John    and 

1 

1 

isamuel      Wil 

1 

liamsnn 

John 

WUIlamson  Negro 

1 

Labourer 

20  5  ft.  8  in.  Same                No  marks            Son  of  Anthoni 
,                                                        and  Sarah  Wil. 
1                  !                                                     1  liaroson 

Samuel 

Williamson  Negro 

In  the  little 

10  4  ft.  3  in.  Same               A  deep  scar  on  Son  ot  Anthony 

grass  gang. 

the  left  shoul-   and  Sarah,  and 
der,    from    a   brother  of  John 
wound             1  Williamson 

General  List  of  Male  Slaves  on  the  said  Plantation  {or  of  the  said  E.  FJ 

Jack          Thona* 

Negro 

Boiler 

8ft 

5  ft.  9  in. 

Creole  of  St. 

Ume     in     the 

Kltt>B 

right  leg 

Ned 

Smith 

Mulatto 

Cooper 

40 

5  ft.  ID  in. 

Creole  of  St. 
Vincent's 

No  marka 

Sampaon 

Strong 

Negro 

Ubourer 

as 

bftSin. 

African,  from 

the    Wind- 
ward  Coast 

Country  marks, 
2    seams    ou 
each  cheek 

George 

Ward 

Negro 

Labourer 

29 

5  ft.  7  in. 

African,  from 
the       Gold 
Coast 

Has  lost  the  1st 
joint    of   the 
middle      toe, 
left  foot 

General  List  of  Female  Slaves  on  the  said  Plantation  (or  of  the  said  E.  F.) 

PhiUia 

Johnston 

Negro 

Labourer 

42 

5  ft.  1  In. 

African,  from 
Congo 

No  marks 

Bosan 

Strange 

Negro 

Labourer 

19 

4  ft.  11  In. 

African,  fmm 
Gold  Coast 

Country  marks 
on  the  arms 

Betty 

Edwania 

Negro 

Washer 

S» 

4ft.l0ln. 

Creole,  of  this 

No  marks 

Island 

Sally 

teker 

Mulatto 

In  the  little  11  4  ft.  8  in. 

weeding 
gang         t 

Same 

Cast  in  the  eye 

The  whole  number  of  Slaves  on  tha  laid  Planution  C.  D.  (or  of  the  laid  £.  F.  It  12.) 

A  true  Beturn» 

A.  B.                              Jaauary  Itt,  1613; 

I  7^*^,P*"^  *•  n«c««««'y  only  when  there  haa  been  a  change  of  property  or  posaession  within  7  ycun. 
T  It  will  be  more  ronyentent  to  have  different  printed  forms,  for  Plantation      "  "  .  -. 


'lantation  and  Personal  Slaves  respec- 


tively, and  to  entitle  them  accordingly.    The  Planiation  Returns,  of  courae,  will  require  in  general,  mora 
taan  a  single  sheet;  and  there  may  be  separate  printed  forms  for  all  but  the  lat  sheet,  omitting  the  title. 
8  NeccMwy  only  when  change  of  property  within  7  years. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1 008  WIRTEMBERG, 

ORDONNANCE  du  Roi  de  Wurtemburg,  pour  VOrganM- 
Hon  d^un  Conseil  Prive  de  OouvernemenL^^Siutigard,  le 
%  Novembre^  1816. 

(Tradacdon.) 
Sa  Majesty  consid^rant  les  rapports  des  terns  aat^rieurs..  et  ceux 
que  peut  amener  I'avenir,  a  juge  a  propos  de  donoer  au  Minis-^re- 
d'Etat^  qui  sera  nomme  desonuais  le  Conseil  Prive»  une  orgaDisation 
diflTerente  de  celle  qu'il  a  maintenant;  Sa  Majeste  ordoDne  eu  coos^- 
qaence  ce  qui  suit : 

Le  Conseil  Prive  du  Roi  est  la  premiere  Autorite  iiDmedtafement 
a pr^s  Sa  Majeste,  et  toutes  les  autres  Autorites  Administratiies  lai 
sont  subordonnes.  II  sera  compost  au  moins  de  7  Membres,  et  de 
II  au  plus.  Le  plus  ancien  Ministre  d*Etat  en  aura,  chaque  fois,  la 
presidence,  mais  sans  aucune  primaute  de  rang. 

Le  Roi  nomme  et  destitue,  suivant  qu'il  le  juge  i  propos,  lea 
Membres  du  Conseil  Piiv^.  Pour  les  nominations,  le  choix  de  Sa 
Majeste  tombera  principalement  sur  des  Individus  natifs  du  Warlem- 
berg,  mais  sans  aucune  difference  fondee  sur  la  naissance  ou  la  Com- 
munion Chretienue  dont  ils  feront  profession. 

Si  un  Membre  a  sa  demission,  sans  que  sa  destitution  soit  prononc^e 
contre  lui,  il  conserve  une  pension  de  4,000  florins,  si  c*est  un  Ministre ; 
tout  autre  Membre  du  Conseil  Prive  conservera  la  moiti^de  son  traite- 
ment,  dans  le  cas  o^,  lors  de  sa  nomination,  il  ne  lui  aarait  point  ete 
assure  une  somme  plus  considerable. 

Le  Conseil  Prive  est  principalement  charge  de  veiller  an  maiotiea 
de  la  Constitution  du  Pays,  et  aa  redressement  de  tous  les  inconve- 
niens  qui  pourraient  r^ulter  de  son  infraction,  en  appuyant  par  des 
propositions  Constitutionnelles,  les  representations  qui  seront  laites  a 
cet  egard,  et  en  prenant  m^me,  sll  est  necessaire,  les  mesures  aax- 
quelles  il  est  autoris^  parses  fonctions.  II  est  en  consequence,  seal 
responsable  de  toutes  les  dispositions  qu*il  ordonoera. 

Pour  ce  qui  conceme  les  rapports  entre  le  Conseil  Prive  et  les 
Ministres  des  differens  Departemens  qui  y  ont  voix  et  seance,  il  est 
regl^  par  les  presentes  que  Pon  devra  necessnirement  proposer  et  dis- 
cuter  au  Conseil  Prive  les  objets  cidessous. 

Toutes  les  affaires  qui  concement  I'Etat,  le  Pays  et  la  Religion :  ce 
qui  compreud,  tout  ce  qui  est  relatif  a  la  Constitution  de  I'Etat  et  da 
Pays,  a  ('organisation  des  Autorites  de  TEtat,  et  deg  Provinces  da 
Royaume,  ou  I'administration  de  I'Etat  en  general,  et  les  regies  aax* 
quelles  elle  est  soumise ;  en  outre  tous  les  objets  de  legislatioa  et 
r^glemeus  g^n^raux,  ainsi  que  les  diflicultes  sur  llnterpr^tation  des 
Lois  et  des  Ordonnances;  enfin,  tout  ce  qui  e&t  pour  I'Etat  d'un 
iuter^t  general ; 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


>VIRTEMBERG.  lOQH 

Toat  ce  qui  est  relatif  aus  rapporU  avec  les  Etatt ; 

Toutes  les  propositioos  pour  la  nominatioii  aux  grandes  Dignites  de 
TEtat  et  de  TEglise,  y  compris  les  premiers  Postes  des  Bailliages  et  des 
Chambres  de  Finances,  ainsi  que  des  doyennes ; 

Toutes  les  affaires  qui  sont  du  ressort  des  differens  DiSparteiiiens  da 
Minist^re,  en  tant  que  les  Chefs  des  D^partemens  ne  pourront  8*ac- 
corder  sur  ces  otjets ; 

Les  diff&rends  sur  la  competence  des  divers  Departemens,  particu- 
li^remeot  entre  les  Autorites  Administratives  et  Judiciaires; 

Les  rapporU  de  PEglise  avec  I'Etat,  en  tant  qu'il  sera  n^essaire 
de  faire  de  nouvelles  dispositions;  ou  bien  les  rapports  des  differentea 
Eglises  entr'eiles,  lorsque  les  Autorites  Centrales  de  ces  Confessions  ne 
aont  point  d'accord  ; 

Le  recours  au  Conseil  Priv^  centre  des  dispositions  ordonndes  par 
des  Minisleres  ou  des  Chefs  de  D^parteraens,  et  par  lesquelles  uu  tiers 
^e  croit  lese  ; 

I^ics  represeatations  faites  par  des  Autorites  Centrales,  auprfes  des 
Minifttres  auxq^ieis  elles  sont  subordonnees,  oontre  des  dispositions 
Miuisterielles,  dont  le  Mioistre  doit  soumettre  la  discussion  et  la 
decision  -au  Conseil  Prive,  s'il  ne  juge  pas  i  propos  de  s'en  oocuper ; 

Les  difficultes  q«t  peuvent  avoir  lieu  pour  I'ex^cution  des  Ordon- 
siances  et  dispositions  adress^es  par  le  Conseil  Prife  aux  diff<Erens 
D^partemens  Ministeriels  ; 

Toms  lea  objets  dont  la  Roi  remet  specialement  la  deliberation  oa 
I'execution  au  Conseii  Prive. 

Aucun  Membre  du  Conseil  Prive  ne  pourra  ^tre  exclu  des  deiibe* 
radons  de  ce  College,  excepte  dans  le  cas  oi^  I'objet  de  ces  delib^ra* 
tions  le  concerneront  personnellement. 

Le  travail  des  affaires  sera  divide  en  diifercns  Departemens,  satoir^ 

1.  Le  Minist^re  de  la  Justice ; 

2.  Celui  des  AflTaires  Etrang^res ; 
9,  De  P Intel ieur; 

4.  De  la  Guerre  ; 

5.  Des  Finances ; 

6.  Des  Affaires  Eccl^iastiqiics  et  des  Ecoles. 

Les  Mintstres  de  chaque  Departeynent  feront  r^guli^rement  aupi<te 
du  Conseil  Priv^,  les  Rapports  de  tous  les  objets  du  ressort  de  leur 
D^partement  qui  devrout  ^tre  portes  devant  tout  le  Conseil;  oa 
pourra  leur  adjoindre  des  Rapporteurs  pris  parmi  les  Membres  qui  ne 
teront  a  la  tite  d*aucun  D^partement 

8i,  par  exception,  il  etalt  constitu^  on  autre  Rapporteur,  les 
liinistres  de  D^partement  seront  alors  dans  le  cas  d'etre  Rapporteurs 
a4yoint8« 

Chaque  Ministre  est  personnellement  responsable  pour  les  dii|)o- 
[1815—16]  3T 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1010  WIRTEMBERG. 

ftitions  particulidres  r^gl^es  par  lui,  ou  |iour  les  fonctioos  qo*il  a  d 
remplir  clans  sa  sphere  d'activit^. 

Le  Ministre  cle  la  Jastice  a  la  haute  surveillance  sartootes  ks 
Autorites  de  Justice  Civile  et  Criminelle,  sor  le  Conseil  de  Tafeelle, 
Iff  Avocats  et  les  Notaires. 

II  est  particnli^rement  charge,  sous  sa  responaabilite,  d^empeeher 
qu'aucun  obstacle  n  entrave  radministration  prompte  et  iod^peodaote 
de  la  Justice. 

Le  Ministre  des  AITaires  Etrang^res  est  charge  de  tootea  les  Ne- 
gociatiotis  avec  I'Etranger.  dn  maintien  des  Conventions  existantes, 
de  I  expedition  de  la  Corres[>ondance  publiqne  du  Roi  avec  les  autm 
Goavernemens  du  ceremonial  tant  au  dehors  que  dans  Tlnteriear,  de 
la  protection  des  Sujets  du  Roi  dans  TEtranger,  du  vita  des  Passeporti 
et  autres  actes  pour  les  Pays  Etrangers. 

II  fera  ordinairement  sps  Rapports  immediatement  au  Roi.  Tootcs 
les  fois  qu*il  sera  question  de  conclure  de  nonveanx  Traites  on  de 
modifier  ceux  qui  existent,  cet  objet  sera  soumis,  avant  la  eondosioD, 
ao  Conseil  Prive  do  Roi,  pour  les  Traits  qui  concement  la  Guorre,  la 
Pki«Jes  Alliances  deFamille^seuIement  neanmoins  dans  ie  cas  oa  cela 
pourrait  se  faire  sans  danger  ou  prejudice. 

Le  Ministre  de  I' Interieur  embrasse  dans  sa  sphere  les  objets  de 
Police,  d'^conomie  et  d'administration ;  il  a  sous  sa  direction  et  sa 
surveillance,  toutes  les  Autorites  qui  sont  chargees  dn  maintien  des 
droits  do  Gouvernement  et  des  droits  F^odaox,  de  la  Police  g^erale 
du  Pays,  de  la  surveillance  sur  tous  les  Empio}  is  dans  la  partie  de  la 
Police  et  de  TAdministrHtion,  d*accorder  ou  de  retirer  le  droit  de  Sojet 
do  Royaome,  la  surveillance  sur  les  Prisons  de* Police,  les  Maiaons  de 
Correction,  les  Petiles-maisons,  les  Maisons  d*Orphelins,  les  Corpora^ 
tioBS  de  Metier,  etc. 

Le  Minisibre  de  la  Guerre  coroprend  tout  ce  qui  est  relatiraaT 
Etablissemens  et  anx  dispositions  Militaires,  Pour  ce  qui  conoeme 
le  service  et  la  discipline  Militaires,  tonte  la  Force  Arm^e  est  li  la  verite 
immediatement  sous  les  Ordres  du  Roi,  mais  en  tant  que  la  partie 
Militaire  se  trouve  compliqu^e  avec  d*au(res  branches  d'Adminiatration, 
ce  qui  a  lieu  pour  la  fixation  de  I'Etat  Militaire..  pour  ce  qui  conceme 
Tobligation  dn  service,  Tadministration  de  la  justice  militaire  et  Peco- 
nomie ;  cette  partie  est  aussi  un  des  objets  des  deliberations  do  Con&etl 
Prive,  dans  les  limites  g^neralement  fix^es  poor  son  ressort. 

Le  Ministre  des  Finances  doit  determiner,  d'aprte  les  principes 
dune  sage  ecouomie  et  les  bases  des  Projets  preaentes  par  les  autres 
Ministbres,  les  besoins  generaox  de  TEtat.  trouver  les  moyens  d*y  laire 
face  par  le  produit  des  domaines  et  des  taxes,  d'en  ctirij^er  la  percep- 
tion de  mani^re  qu'elle  se  fasse  avec  justice  et  fidelite,  de  faire  regner 
I'ordre  dans  la  comptabilite  et  dans  les  Caisses,  et  de  veiller  )k  la  con* 
servatJon  des  cadastres.  •    - 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  1011 

t^  est  sous  8A  sarveillance  et  sa  direction  que  sont  mises  toutes  lea 
Autorites  Administratives  et  Comptabies  chargees  de  radministralion 
dcs  biens  dumaniaux,  des  for^ts  et  des  chasses,  des  mines  et  dea 
salines,  des  impositious  directes  et  indirectes,  de  Tinspection  des  Bdti* 
mens  dans  les  Villes,  la  perception  et  Temploi  des  daniers  publics,  le 
renoBVellemcntdes  cadastres  et  l^examen  des  conptes. 

Le  Ministre  da  Culte  et  de  Tlnstruction  Publique,  auquel  il  s^a 
adjoint,  pour  les  affaires  de  FEglise  Catliolique,  an  Membre  dttConsei! 
Ecclesiastique  de  cette  Communion,  est  charge,  sous  sa  responsabilite, 
du  mfiintien  des  droits  constitutionnels  des  diffi^rentes  Communions 
C^retteones  et  des  aatres  Religioas,  des  Ecoles  et  des  Fondationft, 
C'est  de  ce  1>epartement  -qae  dependront  le  Culte  Lutlierien,  Catho- 
iique,  et  celni  de  toute  autre  Eglise,  la  surveillance  et  la  direction  des 
Ecoles  et  des  Etablissemeus  d' Education  dans  toute  leur  etendue> 
m^me  dans  les  Maisoos  d*Orphelins;  la  Cora  telle  des  Uuiversit^s,  des 
Biblio(4)^que8  Publiques,  et  de  tous  les  luhtituts  pour  les  Arts  et  les 
Sciences ;  la  haute  surveillance  sur  Tad  ministration  des  biens  Eccle- 
siHStiques  et  de  ceux  des  Fondations.  Le  Consistoire  Luth^rieu,  le 
Conseil  Ecclesiastique  Catholique,  la  direction  {^nerale  des  Etudes  et 
du  Synode,  sont  sous  la  direction  immediate  de  ce  Minist^re,  auquel 
€era  joiute  la  Presidence  du  College  L^gislalif  qui  doit  ^tre  forme. 

LE  CONSEIL  PRIVE  DU  ROL 
Ad  mandatum  sacrw  Regim  Mqjestatis^ 
Stnttgard,  le  8  Novembre,  1816. 


REPORT  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury ^  relative  to  the 
Amount  of  American  Tonnage^  and.  the  number  (f  Native 
and  Foreign  Seamen  employed  in  the  Merchant  Service  qf 
The  United  States.—^Qth  January,  1816. 

Sir,  Tretuury  Department,  2^A  January,  1816. 

I  HAVE  the  honor  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  your  liCtter, 
requesting,  on  behalf  of  the  Committee  of  Foreign  Rilatious,  infor- 
mation upon  the  following  subjects : 

1st  The  amount  of  American  Tonnage. 

2iid]y.  The  number  of  Seamen  required  for  the  navigation  of  Ame- 
ricaoVeasels. 

Srdly.  The  n«mber  of  American  Seamen,  either  Native  or  Natu- 
ralized. 

4llily.  The  number  of  Foreign  Seamen  now  empioyed  in  the  Mer- 
chant Service  of  The  United  States. 

L  The  Annual  Statement  of  the  amount  of  American  Tonnage,  on 

3T2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1012  UNITED  STATES. 

!he  3l8t  of  December.  1814,  which  was  recent] j  laid  before  Congnss, 
eihibito  an  aggregate  of  1,159,208  80-95  tons,  as  incloded  in  the  Re- 
turns made  to  this  Department  by  the  Collectors  of  the  Customs;  bat, 
for  the  feasons  assigned  in  the  Letter  of  the  Register  of  the  Treasory, 
accompanying  that  Statement,  the  actual  amount  ought  not  to  beesti. 
mated,  on  the  30th  of  December,  1814,  at  more  than  1,029,381  85.95 
tons. 

By  an  Estimate  formed  from  the  Returns  of  the  Collectors  to  the 
30th  of  September,  1815,  the  aggregate  amount  o(  the  Tonnage  io« 
eluded  in  the  Returns,  will  be  1,363,758  62-95  tons;  but  tbisamoaot 
is  liable  to  a  deduction,  similar  to  that  above  mentioned,  and  the  Ton- 
nage of  American  Vessels  actually  employed  at  the  last  period,  may 
be  estimated  at  about  1,217,000  tons,  divided  in  the  following  i 


American  Tonnage,  employed  iu  Foreign  Trad**,  about  .  840,000 
Ditto  in  the  Coasting  Trade,  about  ....  350,000 
Ditto  in  the  Fisheries 27,000 


Total  Tons,  1,217,000 


2.  The  number  of  Seamen  required  for  the  navigation  of  Americao 
Vessels  may  be  computed  from  the  Crews,  which  they  usually  ship,  in- 
cluding Officers  and  Boys,  at  an  average  of  nearly  6  for  every  100  loos 
employed  in  the  Foreign  and  Coasting  Trade,  and  of  about  8  for  every 
100  tons  employed  in  the  Fisheries.  This  computation  will  place  the 
whole  number  of  Seamen  required  for  the  navigation  of  American  Ves- 
sels at  about  70,000. 

3.  and  4.  The  number  of  American  Seamen,  Native  or  Natn- 
ralized  Citizens,  and  the  number  of  Foreign  Seamen  who  are  employed 
in  the  Merchant  Service  of  The  United  States,  cannot  be  asccrUined 
from  any  Documents  in  the  Treasury  Department.  It  is  believed,  in- 
deed, that  there  does  not  exist,  any  where,  the  means  of  classing  the 
Seamen  according  to  that  discrimination ;  nor  of  ascertaining  their 
number,  except  in  the  general  modb  of  computation  which  has  been 
adopted  upon  the  present  occasion.  The  Acts  for  the  relief  and  pro- 
tection of  American  Seamen  provide,  that  the  Collector  of  OTery  Dis- 
trict shall  keep  a  Book,  in  which,  at  the  request  of  any  Seaman,  bein^ 
a  Citizen  of  The  United  States,  and  producing  proof  of  his  Citizenaliip, 
authenticated  in  a  manner  which  the  Act  has  omitted  to  define,  he 
shall  enter  the  name  of  the  Applicant;  and  that  each  Collector  shall 
return  a  List  of  the  Seamen  so  registered,  once  every  3  months,  to  the 
Secretary  of  State,  who  is  required  to  lay  before  Congress  an  Anneal 
Statement  of  the  Returns.  It  is  also  provided,  that,  before  a  Clearance 
be  granted  to  any  Vessel  bound  on  a  Foreign  voyage,  the  Master  shall 
deliver  to  the  Collector  of  the  Customs  a  List  containing,  as  far  as  he 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  1013 

can  ftscertaiu,  the  names,  places  of  birth  and  residence^  and  a  descrip- 
lion  of  the  Persons  who  compose  his  Ship's  company,  for  whom  he  is 
bound  to  account,  upon  his  return  to  The  United  States.  Bnt  experi- 
ence has  shewn  that  neither  the  Register,  which  only  includes  the 
names  of  Citizens  who  themselves  request  to  be  registered;  nor  the 
Crew-Lists  furnished  by  the  Masters  of  Vessels  employed  in  the  Fo- 
reign  Trade,  upon  general  information,  afford  a  satisfactory  test,  to 
distinguish  the  Native  from  the  Naturalized  Seaman,  nor  even  to  dis* 
tingUish  the  Cititen  from  the  Alien ;  and  that  neither  can  be  relied  on 
io  establish  the  aggregate  number  of  Seamen  employed  in  the  Mer* 
chant  Service. 

In  t^e  year  1807,  an  attempt  was  made  to  estimate  the  proportion 
of  Foreign  to  American  Seamen  on  board  of  American  Vessels;  but 
the  basis  of  the  Estimate  was  too  unsettled  and  hypothetical  to  com- 
mand confidence  in  the  result.  It  was  then  supposed,  that  nearly  one- 
sixth  of  the  whole  sumber  of  Seamen  employed  in  navigating  Ameri- 
can Vessels  were  Foreign  Seamen,  and  more  particularly  that  of  the 
number  of  Seamen  employed  in  the  Foreign  Trade,  at  least  one.fourth 
were  Foreigners.  There  are  reasons  to  presume  that  the  proportion  of 
Foreign  to  American  Seamen  is  less  at  this  time  than  it  was  in  the  year 
1807,  and  that  it  will  become  less  still,  as  the  Nations  of  Europe,  in 
consequence  of  tlie  general  Peace,  become  more  and  more  the  carriers 
of  their  own  Imports  and  Exports. 

I  have  the  honor  to  be,  &c. 
Th€  Hon.  W.  Bibb,  A.  J.  DALLAS. 

Chairman  of  the  Commiitee  of  Foreign  Relations  of  the  Senate, 

REPORT  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury^  relative  to  the 
practicability  and  expediency  of  collecting  the  Dues  of 
Government  in  Oold,  Silver  and  Copper  Coin,  Treasury 
Notes  J  and  the  Notes  qf  such  Banks  as  pay  Specie  for  their 
Bills.— Idth  March,  1816. 

8ia,  Treasury  Department,  I9th  March,  I8I6. 

I  HAve  the  honor  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  your  Letter  dated 
the  Idth  instant,  making  the  following  Inquiries,  on  behalf  of  the 
Committee  on  the  National  Currency ; 

let.  "  Is  it  practicable  or  expedient,  at  present,  to  collect  the  Dues 
of  Government  in  Gold,  Silver  and  Copper  Coins,  Treasury  Notes,  and 
llie  Notes  of  such  Banks  as  pay  specie  for  their  Bills  T' 

2nd.  **  If  this  be  not  practicable  or  expedient,  at  present,  when 
ought  an  Act  directing  the  Dues  of  Government  to  be  so  paid  to  go  into 
effect,  and  what  ought  to  be  the  provisions  of  such  an  Act.'* 

3rd.  "  Wo4ild  it  be  expedient,  aRer  the  lit  of  November  next,  or 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1 014  UNTITED  STATES. 

at  any  other  time>  to  increase  the  Duties  on  Stamps  on  the  Noles  of 
such  Banks  as  do  not  pay  in  Specie?" 

4tfa.  "  Are  there  any  other  measures  that  it  would  be  expedient 
to  resort  to  for  that  purpose  ?'* 

As  a  brief  consideration  of  the  general  subject  of  yoor  Letter  will 
afford  the  best  foundation  for  specific  Answers  to  the  Questions  which 
have  been  proposed,  I  pray  the  indulgence  of  the  Committee  in  the 
adoption  of  that  course. 

When  tlie  Banks,  during  the  summer  of  1814,  snspeofled  the 
payment  of  their  Notes  in  Coin>  the  Treasury  Notes  which  had  been 
issued,  were  manifestly  incompetent,  both  in  amount  and  credit,  to 
constitute  a  substitute  for  the  metallic  Currency.  A  dedarvtioiiy 
therefore,  at  that  time,  that  the  Government  would  only  accept,  ia 
payment  of  the  Revenue,  Gold  and  Silver,  Treasury  Notes,  or  Bank 
Notes  payable  on  demand  in  Coin,  would  have  been  equivalent  to 
a  denial  of  the  means  for  paying  the  DuUes  and  Taxes,  at  the 
very  crisis  that  rendered  indispensable  a  strict  enforcement  of  the 
obligation  to  pay  them.  Nor  could  such  a  declaration  have  been 
properly  applied  to  the  Loans  which  the  necessities  of  the  Treasury 
required.  A  subscription  in  Coin  was  not  to  be  expected ;  a  subcrip- 
tion  in  Treasury  Notes  could  not  yield  any  active  aid  for  geneni 
purposes ;  aud  consequently  a  subscription  in  the  local  curreuciea  of 
the  several  States  must  have  been  contemplated  as  the  chief  reaouroe 
for  procuring  the  public  supplies,  as  well  as  for  discharging  the  pablic 
engagements.  Under  a  sense,  therefore,  of  the  necessity  whieh  seems, 
for  a  time,  to  have  reconciled  the  whole  Nation  to  the  suspension  of 
payments  in  Coin,  the  Treasury  continued  to  receive  Bank  Notes,  in 
satisfaction  of  every  public  claim  and  demand;  and  Congress,  afW  a 
Session  of  6  months,  adjourned  on  the  3rd  of  March,  1816,  without 
intimating  any  objection,  or  making  any  provision,  upon  the  subject 

The  same  state  of  things  continued  throughout  the  year  1815.  In 
the  Annual  Estimates  communicated  to  Congress,  at  the  commence- 
ment of  the  present  Session,  it  was  stated,  that  the  aggregate  amount 
which  would  probably  be  realized  and  received  at  the  Treasury  during 
1815,  from  Revenue  and  Loans,  might  be  placed  at  the  sum  of  about 
30,400,000  dollars.  But  the  gross  amount  of  Treasury  Notes 
issued  and  unredeemed  in  1815,  could  not  be  averaged  higher  than 
16,000,000  dollars;  and  the  amount  in  actual  circulation,  must  be 
taken  at  a  much  less  sum;  for  whenever  and  wherever  the  Treasury 
Notes  rose  to  par,  and  above  par,  they  were,  for  obvious  reasons,  with- 
held from  the  ordinary  uses  in  exchange.  Nor  was  it  in  the  power  of 
the  Treasury  to  augment  the  issue  of  Treasury  Noles  beyond  the 
immediate  demand  for  6scal  purposes.  Treasury  Notes  have  not 
hitherto  been  regarded  by  the  Law  as  a  substitute  (or  the  National 
Currency,  and  the  authority  to  issue  them  is  only  granted,  as  an  auxiliary 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  1016 

for  supplying  ibe  occasional  deSciencea  of  the  Revenue.  lu  tlie 
New  England  States  alone,  the  Banks  still  professed  to  pay  their 
Motes  upon  demand  in  Gold  and  Silver;  but,  in  fact,  the  issues  of  Bank 
Notes  in  that  quarter  have  proved  inadequate  to  meet  the  wants  of  the 
Community  ;  and  the  Revenue  is  almost  entirely  collected  in  Treasury 
Notes,  which  have  been  purchased  at  a  considerable  discount.  It  is 
certain,  therefore,  that  neither  Treasury  Notes,  nor  circulating  Coin, 
nor  the  Notes  of  Banks  paying  in  Coin,  could  furnish,  in  lbl6,  a  suf- 
ficient medium,  to  satisfy  the  amount  of  the  Duties,  Taxes  and  Loans 
for  the  year.  But  it  is  important  here  to  add,  that  while  the  interior 
of  the  Country  was  as  destitute  of  a  Currency  in  Coin,  as  the  Cities 
and  Towns  upon  the  Atlantic,  the  Treasury-Note  medium  was,  in 
effect,  monopolized  by  the  Comtnercin)  Cities;  and  the  Local  Banks 
furnished  all  the  means  which  the  Planter  or  the  Farmer  could  collect 
ibr  the  payment  of  his  Rent  or  his  Tax. 

During  the  year,  1815,  the  effects  of  the  late  War  upon  public  and 
private  credit,  were  still  felt;  and  the  extraordinary  event,  which 
involved  Europe  in  a  new  conflict,  threatened  a  continuance  of  the 
drain  upon  our  Gold  and  Silver;  to  be  augmented  according  to  a  gene- 
ral apprehension,  by  the  force  of  an  unfavorable  balance  of  trade. 
«  li  such  circumstances,  (he  restoration  of  the  National  Currency 
of  C^m,  could  not  cease  to  be  desirable ;  but  it  must  become  more  diffi- 
cult in  the  accomplishment.  The  alternative  issue  of  the  measure 
deserved,  therefore,  the  most  serious  consideration  ;  and  it  was  to  be  de- 
termined, not  only  upon  views  of  fiscal  interest  and  accommodation, 
but  upon  principles  ot  National  policy  and  justice.  The  consequences 
of  rejecting  Bank  Notes,  which  where  not  paid  on  demand  in  Coin,  (if 
such  payments  were  not  thereby  rendered  general)  must  have  been 
to  put  at  hazard  the  collection  of  the  Revenue,  in  point  of  time,  and 
in  point  of  product;  to  deteriorate  (if  not  to  destroy)  the  only  ade- 
quate medium  of  exchange,  adopted  by  the  common  consent  of  the 
Nation,  in  a  case  of  extreme  necessity ;  and,  in  short,  to  shake  the 
very  foundations  of  private  property.  •  The  powers  of  the  Treasury 
Department  were  granted,  for  purposes  contemplated  by  the  Legisla- 
ture in  making  the  Grant ;  but  it  is  not  believed,  that  a  case  attended 
with  circumstances  so  extraordinary,  embracing  interests  so  extensive, 
and  involving  consequences  so  important,  was,  at  any  time  anticipated 
by  the  Legislature ;  or  that  it  could  be  properly  subjected  to  any  other 
than  the  Legislative  agency.  Having,  therefore,  made  several  inefiec- 
tual  attempts  to  relieve  the  public  embarrassments^  it  was  deemed  the 
duty  of  the  Department  to  repose,  with  confidence,  upon  the  wisdom 
and  authority  of  Congress,  for  the  application  of  a  remedy  suited  to 
the  malady  of  the  times. 
.    The  period  has  arrived,  when  such  a  remedy  may  be  sa(ely  and 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1016  UNITED  STAT£6. 

surely  applied.  The  opiuion  expressed  in  the  Treasorj  Report  ef 
the  6th  of  December  last,  is  still  however  eatertained,  that  the  Currcaqf 
10  Coin  cannot  at  once  be  restored ;  that  it  can  only  be  rcstoied 
through  a  gradual  reduction  of  the  amount,  attended  by  an  andiora* 
tion  of  the  ? alue  of  the  existing  paper  medium,  and  that  the  measure 
ef  reform  must  originate  with  the  State  Banks.  It  has  been  said» 
indeed,  that  those  Institutions  have  already  begun  the  salutary  work; 
that  the  amount  of  their  discounts  has  been  reduced  ^  that  the  issues 
of  their  paper  have  been  restricted ;  and  that  preparations  are  made 
lor  converting  their  capital  of  Public  Stock  into  the  more  legitimate 
capital  of  Gold  and  Silver.  Public  confidence  must  natarally  follow 
these  just  and  judicious  arrangements;  but  the  interposition  of 
the  Government  will  still  be  required,  to  secure  a  soccessfal 
result* 

It  must  at  all  times  be  »  delicate  task,  to  exact  the  payment  #f 
Duties  and  Taxes  in  Gold  and  Silver,  before  the  Treasury  is  prepared, 
independent  of  any  contingency,  to  give  an  assurance  that  the  PuUir 
Creditors  shall  be  paid  in  the  same  or  an  equivalent  medium.  If,  how- 
ever, a  National  Bank  be  now  established,  this  assurance  may  be  coaft« 
dently  given  ',  and  it  is  believed  that  the  apprehension  will  prove  un- 
founded, which  suggests  that  the  issue  of  Bank  Paper  will  be  increased^ 
and  consequently  will  depreciate  by  the  operation  of  such  an  Inatitn- 
tion.  A  demand  for  the  Paper  of  the  National  Bank  may  diminish 
the  demand  for  the  Paper  of  the  State  Banks,  but,  after  the  reatoration 
ef  the  Currency  ia  Coin,  the  whole  issue  of  Bank  Paper  will  be  regula- 
ted by  the  whole  demand ;  and  the  proportion  of  the  issue  to  be 
enjo3ed  by  the  National  Bank  and  die  State  Bauk^p  respectively,  will 
be  the  subject  of  a  fair  competition,  without  aflfecting  the  public 
interests  or  convenience.  If,  therefore,  the  State  Banks  have  resumed 
the  payment  of  their  Notes  in  Coin,  before  the  National  Bank  shall  be 
orgauixed,  there  will  be  no  haaard  of  disappointment  in  promising  a 
similar  payment  to  the  Public  Creditors ;  but  even  if  that  be  not  the 
case»  the  hazard  will  be  slight,  considering  all  the  Legislative  precair- 
tions  which  it  is  proposed  te  adopt  Added  to  the  metallic  capital  of 
the  National  Bank,  the  deposite  of  the  Revenue,  collected  in  Gold  and 
Silver,  must  be  a  sufficient  basis  for  a  circulation  of  Coin ;  as  the  uses  for 
the  Paper  of  the  Bank,  extending  throughout  the  Nation,  will  be  con* 
stant  as  well  as  uniform. 

Under  these  general  impressions,  I  have  the  honor  to  submit  the 
specific  Answers  to  your  Inquiries,  in  the  following  form : 

1.  That  it  be  made  by  Law  the  duty  of  the  Secretary  of  the 
Treasury  to  give  public  notice  that,  from  and  after  the  Slst  day  of 
December  next,  it  will  not  be  lawful  to  receive  in  payments  to  The 
United  States,  any  thing  but  Gold,  Silver,  and  Copper  Coins,  constitu. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  1017 

liDg  tbe  lawful  National  Currency :  provided,  that  the  Secretary  of 
tbe  Treaftury  may,  as  heretofore,  authoriie  and  allow  the  receipt  of 
the  Notea  of  such  Banks,  as  shall  pay  their  Notes,  on  demand,  in  the 
lawful  money  of  The  United  States. 

ft.  That  from  and  after  the  same  day,  it  shall  not  be  lawful  for  the 
Secretary  of  the  Treasury  to  authorize  or  allow  deeposites  of  the 
Revenue  to  be  made,  or  to  be  continued,  in  any  Bank  which  sliall  not 
pay  its  Notes,  when  demanded,  in  the  lawful  money  of  The  United 
States. 

3.  That  from  and  aAer  the  same  day,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the 
Secretary  of  the  Treasury  to  take  legal  measures  for  obtaining  pay« 
ment,  in  the  lawful  money  of  The  United  States,  of  all  Notes  or  sums 
on  deposite,  belonging  to  The  United  States,  issued  by  or  deposited 
in  any  Bank  which  shall  not  tben  pay  its  Notes  and  Deposites,  on 
demand,  in  the  lawful  money  of  The  U  nited  States. 

4.  That  from  and  after  the  same  day,  the  Notes  of  Banks  and 
Bankers,  ahall  be  charged  with  a  graduated  stamp  duty,  advanced  at 
least  SCO  per  cent  upon  the  present  duty,  without  the  privilege  of 
commutation ;  saving,  in  (hat  respect,  all  existing  contracts:  Provided^ 
that  if  auy  Banks  or  Bankers  shall,  on  or  before  the  1st  day  of 
November  next,  notify  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  that  their  Notes 
will  be  paid  in  Coin,  upon  demand,  afler  the  81st  of  December;  and 
if  it  be  proved  to  his  satisfaction,  that  after  that  day  payment  was  so 
made,  then,  with  respect  to  such  Banks  or  Bankers,  the  rate  of  duty 
and  the  privilege  of  commutation,  shall  remain  as  now  established  by 
Law. 

Although  the  success  of  these  measures  is  not  in  any  degree 
doubted,  it  may  be  proper  to  add,  that  if  it  ever  shall  become  necessary 
to  increase  their  force,  provision  might  be  made  under  the  Constitu. 
tional  power  of  Congress,  to  subject  all  Banks  and  Bankers,  failing 
to  pay  their  Notes  according  to  the  terms  of  the  contract*  to  a  seizure 
of  their  estates  and  effects,  for  the  benefit  of  their  Creditors*  as  in  a 
case  of  legal  bankruptcy. 

I  cannot  conclude  this  Letter,  without  an  expression  of  some 
solicitude,  at  the  present  situation  of  the  Treasury.  The  State  Banks 
have  ceased  to  afford  any  accommodation  for  the  transfer  of  its  funds. 
Tlie  Revenue  is  paid  (as  already  stated)  in  Treasury  Notes,  where 
Treasury  Notes  are  below  par ;  and  the  public  engagements  can  only 
be  satisfactorily  discharged  in  Treasury  Notes,  which  are  immediately 
funded  at  7  per  cent.  Where  Treasury  Notes  are  above  par,  the 
local  accumulation  of  Bank  Credits  is  beyond  the  local  demands,  and 
the  excess  cannot  be  used  elsewhere.  Discontent  and  speculation 
are  abroad ;  and  all  the  estimates  of, the  amount  of  the  Funded  Debt, 
created  since  the  commencement  of  the  late  War,  will  probably  fail. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1018  UNITED  STATES. 

unless  the  wisdom  of  Congress  sball  eflre<:tua1ly  provide  for  tbe  esrij 
restoration  of  ao  umform  National  Currency. 

I  have  the  honor  to  oe,  &c. 

A.  J.  DALLAS. 
Tke  Hon.  J.  C.  Calhoun,  Chairman  qf  ihe  CommitUe 
on  the  National  Currency^ 


REPORT  of  the  Secretaries  of  the  Departments  of  Govern- 
mentf  respecting  the  Annual  Settlement  of  the  Public  Ac- 
counts  of  Hie  United  States. — Qth  December^  1816. 
Joint  Report. 

In  obedience  to  tbe  Resolution  of  the  Senate,  of  the  20th  of  April 
last,  requiring  the  Secretaries  of  the  Departments  to  report,  jointly,  to 
the  Senate,  in  the  1st  week  of  the  next  Session  of  Congres,  a  Pldn  to 
ensure  the  Annual  Settlement  of  the  Pubhc  Accounts,  and  a  more 
certain  accountability  of  the  Public  Expenditure  in  their  respective 
Departments :  tlie  Undersigued  have  the  honor  to  report : 

That,  in  order  to  comply  with  the  requisitions  of  the  Resolution, 
and  to  satisfy  the  just  expectations  of  the  Senate,  it  is  necessary  to 
inquire  into  tbe  causes  of  the  delay  in  the  anuujil  settlement  of  Ac* 
counts,  and  the  want  of  sufficient  certainty  in  the  accountability  of  the 
respective  Departments,  upon  which  the  Resolution  i» predicated. 

An  attentive  review  of  the  principles  upon  which  the  several  De- 
partments of  the  Government  were  originally  organized,  and  of  tbe 
changes  which  have  successively  been  made  in  that  organisalion, 
appears  to  be  necessary  at  the  threshold  of  this  investigation. 

By  referring  to  the  Laws  for  organizing  the  several  Departments  of 
the  Government,  they  will  be  found  to  be  extremely  general  in  their 
terms,  leaving  the  distribution  of  the  duties  and  powers  of  tbe  Secre- 
taries, in  a  considerable  degree,  to  Executive  regulation.  The  Law  or- 
ganizing the  Treasury  Department,  however,  speci6ca]|y  refers  to  that 
Department,  the  settlement  of  all  Public  Accounts.  The  pecuniary 
embarrassments  by  which  the  Government  was  pressed  at  that  period, 
requiring  a  system  of  the  most  rigid  economy  in  the  Public  Disburse* 
roents,  could  not  fail  to  give  peculiar  force  to  the  idea  that  the  Depart- 
ment  charged  with  the  replenishment  of  the  Treasury  should  have  a 
direct  control  over  the  Public  Expenditure.  Under  the  influence  of 
this  idea,  all  purchases  for  supplying  the  Army  with  Provisions, 
Clothing,  Supplies  in  the  Quarter  Master*s  Department,  Military 
Stores,  Indian  Goods,  and  all  other  Supplies  or  Articles  for  the  use 
of  the  War  Department,  were  by  Executive  Regulation,  durectod  to  he  . 
made  by  the  Treasury  Department. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ITKITED  8TAT£S«  1019 

The  Ist  important  change  which  was  made  in  the  organization  of 
the  War  Department,  was  effected  by  the  Act  of  the  8th  of  May,  179:2,' 
which  created  the  Office  of  Accountant  of  that  Department,  and  referred 
to  that  Officer  the  settlement  of  all  AcLOunts  relative  to  the  Pay  of 
the  Army,  tlie  Subsistence  of  the  Officers.  Bounties  to  Soldiers^  Ex- 
penses of  the  Recruiting  Service,  and  the  incidental  and  contingent 
Expenses  of  the  Department*  The  Accounts  settled  by  the  Account- 
ant were  to  be  certi6ed  Quarterly,  and  sent  to  the  Accounting  OfficeilB 
of  the  Treasury  for  their  revision.  This  Act  continues  witJi  the  Trea- 
sury Department  the  power  of  making,  for  the  War  Department,  the 
purchases  before  enumerated. 

On  the  dOth  of  April,  1798,  the  Navy  Department  was  created. 
From  the  organization  of  the  Government  to  this  date,  the  Secretary 
of  War  executed  the  Orders  of  the  President  in  relation  to  tlie  Navy. 
On  the  16th  of  July,  in  the  same  year,  the  Office  of  Accountant  of  the 
Navy  was  created,  and  the  settlement  of  all  Accounts  in  the  Navy 
Department  was  referred  to  that  Office.  On  the  same  day  the  power 
of  the  Treasury  Department  to  make  contracts  for  the  War  Depart- 
ment was  rescinded,  and  all  the  Accounts  of  that  Department  were, 
thenceforward,  settled  by  the  Accountant. 

The  power  of  revision,  both  as  to  the  Accounts  of  the  War  and 
Navy  Departments,  was,  and  still  is,  reserved  to  the  Accounting  Officers 
of  the  Treasury.  This  power,  however,  from  the  period  when  the  primary 
settlement  of  the  Accounts  of  the  War  and  Navy  Departments,  was 
withdrawn  from  the  Treasury,  ceased  to  be  useful,  and  has  been  pre- 
served merely  for  the  sake  of  form.  In  the  Treasury,  Balances  or 
Debts  admitted  on  settlement,  are  paid  only  upon  the  Report  of  the 
Auditor,  confirmed  by  the  Comptroller,  whose  decision  is  final.  In 
the  War  and  Navy  Departments  the  sums  reported  by  the  Accountants 
to  be  due  to  Individuals,  are  paid  without  waiting  for  the  revision  of 
the  Accounting  Officers  of  the  Treasury.  This  practice^  which  has 
been  adopted  in  some  measure  from  necessity,  is  not  believed  to  be 
incompatible  with  the  provisions  of  the  Law  requiring  that  revision. 
The  Accountants  of  the  War  and  Navy  Departments  are  required  to 
transmit  Quarterly  all  the  Accounts,  which  have  been  settled,  to  the 
Treasury  Department  for  final  revision.  It  could  not  have  been  the 
intention  of  Congress  that  an  Officer  or  an  Individual|  to  whom  money 
was  found  to  be  due  by  the  Report  of  the  Accountant  of  either  of  those 
Departments,  should  wait  for  payment,  not  only  until  the  expiration 
of  the  Quarter,  but  until  his  Accounts  should  be  re-examined  by  the 
Auditor  of  the  Treasury,  ynd  also  by  the  Comptroller. 

The  delays  to  which  this  course  would  necessarily  have  led,  must 
have  produced  a  state  of  confusion,  which,  in  a  short  period,  could  not 
have  failed  to  have  obstructed  all  the  operations  of  the  Government. 

On  the  other  hand,  it  is  manifest,  that  from  the  moment  Payme^its 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1020  UNITED  STATES. 

were  made  upoo  the  setllement  of  the  Acconutaots.  beioie  the  le- 
visionary  power  of  the  Treasury  QIEcenwaseiiercised,  refisioii  became 
meles.  The  leading  featare  of  the  oigank  Lawa  o[  the  Departments, 
that  the  settlement  of  the  Public  Accounts  should  exclonyely  rest 
with  the  Department  which  was  charged  with  the  replenishment  of 
the  Treasury,  was  substantially  abandoned.  The  form,  indeed,  was 
presenred,  but  the  fital  principle  was  extinguished. 

It  is  probable  that  more  importance  was  attached  to  this  principle, 
by  those  mho  presided  over  the  primary  organization  of  the  Depart- 
ments, than  it  intrinsically  merits.  The  power  of  the  Accounting 
Officers,  whether  belonging  to  the  Treasury  Department  or  to  those 
in  which  the  disbursements  are  made,  to  enforce  economy  in  any 
blanch  of  the  public  Service,  must  necessarily  be  extremely  limited. 

In  disbursements  for  the  pay,  subsistence,  and  clothing  of  the 
Army,  whilst  rations  are  furnished  by  contracts,  the  moat  rigid  economy 
may  be  easily  enforced.  In  the  Quarter  Master's  Department,  and 
where  provisions  are  supplied  by  a  Commissariat,  ihe  Accounting 
Officers  can  exercise  but  a  very  limited  control.  Tlie  principal  re- 
liance of  the  Government  for  economy,  in  those  Departments^  must  be 
upon  the  integrity  of  the  Persons  employed.  Over  the  contingent  dis- 
bursements of  the  War  and  Navy  Departments,  which,  in  time  of  War, 
are  considerable,  and  which  in  all  Governments  are  extremely  liable 
to  abuse,  the  Accounting  Officers  have  still  less  control.  For  ecooomy 
in  that  branch  of  the  Public  Service,  the  Heads  of  tliose  Departments 
must  be  responsible  to  the  Nation.  Prom  this  view  of  the  subject,  it 
appears  not  to  be  so  important  that  the  Public  Accounts  should  be 
settled  iu  the  Treasury  Department,  as  that  they  should  be  promptly 
and  finally  aettled. 

Whatever  diversity  of  opinion  may  exist  upon  this  subject,  it  is 
believed,  that  there  can  be  none  upon  the  propriety  of  either  returning 
to  the  principle  upon  which  the  Departments  were  originally  oiganized, 
•f  referring  the  settlement  of  all  Public  Accounts  immediately  to  the 
Treasury  Department,  or  of  finally  settling  the  Accoants  of  the  War 
and  Navy  Departments  without  the  intervention  of  the  Accounting 
Officers  of  the  Treasury.  The  former  has  the  recommendation  of  unity 
and  simplicity,  in  theory ;  and,  it  is  believed,  that  no  serious  incon- 
venience will  result  from  it  in  pncttce.  The  latter,  would  ensure  the 
prompt  and  final  settlement  of  the  Accounts  of  the  several  Depart- 
ments, but  might,  possibly,  lead  to  the  establishment  of  dilTereot  prtn* 
ciples  in  the  settlement  of  the  Public  Accounts  in  the  respective  De- 
partments. Under  judicious  regulations,  it  ^  believed  that  the  prompt 
and  final  settlement  of  the  Public  Accounts  may  be  as  effiectually 
aacnred  by  the  former,  as  by  the  latter  modification. 

Whichever  modification  may  be  adopted,  an  increase  in  the  number 
ef  the  Accounting  Officej^  appears  to  be  mdispensable.    From  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITKD  STATES,  1021 

year  1792,  when  the  Office  of  Accountant  of  the  War  Department  was 
created,  to  the  year  1798,  when  all  Uie  Accounts  of  the  War  Depart* 
ment  were  referred  for  settlement  to  that  Officer,  the  Military  Force 
of  The  United  States  was  not  so  extensive  as  the  present  Military 
Peace  Establishment.  The  duties  assigned  to  the  Accountant  at  the 
former  period  were,  as  has  already  been  stated,  the  settlement  of  all 
Accounts  relative  to  the  Pay  of  the  Army,  the  Subsistence  of  Officers, 
Bounties  to  Soldiers,  Expenses  of  the  Recruiting  Service,  and  the  Con- 
tingent Expenses  of  the  War  Department.  The  services  required  by 
that  Act,  are  believed  to  be  sufficient  to  give  full  employment  to  one 
Accounting  Officer.  By  the  Act  of  1798,  the  settlement  of  the  Ac- 
counts relative  to  the  subsistence  of  the  Army,  the  Quarter  Masters 
Department,  the  Clothing  Department,  the  Purchase  of  Arms  and 
Munitions  of  War,  and  to  the  Indian  Department,  were  referred  to  the 
Accountant  of  the  War  Department. 

The  additional  duties  imposed  upon  the  Accountant,  by  this  Act, 
have  been  so  great,  that  some  of  the  Accounts  of  the  War  Department, 
nearly  of  the  same  date,  still  remain  unsettled.  It  is,  therefore,  con- 
fidently believed,  that  the  duties  imposed  upon  the  Accountant,  by 
this  Act,  require  tlie  undivided  attention  of  another  Accounting 
Officer. 

In  contemplation  of  the  Law,  the  Comptroller  of  the  Treasury 
revises  all  the  Accounts  of  the  Government,  for  the  purpose  of  correct* 
ing  t|ie  errors,  both  of  fact  and  of  Law,  which  may  have  been  com- 
mitted by  the  Accounting  Officers,  to  whom  their  settlement  is,  in  the 
first  instance,  committed.  He  is  likewise  charged  with  the  superin- 
tendance  of  the  collection  of  the  Revenue  arising  from  Duties  and 
Tonnage,  and  directs  tlie  collection,  by  suit,  of  all  Debts  due  to  The 
United  States.  It  has  been  already  stated,  that  the  revision  of  the 
Accounts  settled  by  the  Accountants  of  the  War  and  Navy  Depart* 
ments,  by  this  Officer,  has  always  been  merely  nominal.  The  enumera* 
tjon  just  given  of  the  extent  and  variety  of  the  duties  imposed  upon  him, 
will  satisfy  every  reflecting  mind  that  they  must  continue  to  be  so. 
Should  this  Officer  be  relieved  from  the  superintendence  of  the  collect* 
tion  of  Imposts  and  Duties,  and  of  suitB  for  the  recovery  of  Debts  due 
Co  The  United  States,  by  the  assignment  of  those  duties  to  another  Offi* 
cer,  still,  it  is  believed,  he  would  not  be  able  to  revise  all  the  Accounts 
of  the  Government,  so  as  to  be,  in  fact,  the  check  upon  the  Auditing 
Officers  which  the  Law  coutemplate$.  When  the  Office  of  Comptroller 
was  created,  and  the  duties  of  tha^  Officer  prescribed,  the  Auditor  of 
the  Treasury  was  the  only  Accounting  Officer  whose  acts  he  had  ta 
revise.  At  present,  he  baa  to  revise  the  Settlements  made  by  3 
Acconntihg  Officers;  and  according  to  the  plan  which  it  is  the  duty 
of  the  Undersigned  to  propose,  in  order  to  ensure  the  annual  setde* 
ment  of  the  Public  Accounts,  (here  will  be  5  Anditing  or  Accoant- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1022  UNITED  STATES. 

ing  Officers,  irliose  acts  are  to  be  revised.  From  this  view  of  the  sub- 
ject, the  appoiotment  of  an  Additional  Com|>troller  appears  to  be  in- 
dispensable. 

It  has  been  previously  stated,  that  the  aiass  of  business  throws 
upon  the  Accountant  of  the  War  Department,  by  the  Act  of  the  I6tfa 
of  July,  1798,  has  prodaced  an  arrearage  in  the  settlement  of  the  Ac- 
counts of  that  Department,  almost  coeval  with  that  date.  This  ob- 
servation was  intended  to  apply  to  .the  Accounts  appropriately  bdong^- 
ing  to  the  Department,  arising  from  the  administration  of  the  Military 
Establishment.  But  the  Accounts  of  the  Indian  Department,  vithost 
a  solitary  exception,  have  remained  unsettled  from  that  date  to  the 
present  period.  This  has  resulted  from  the  fact,  that  the  Secretary  at 
War  is  substantially  the  Auditor  of  all  the  Indian  Accounts,  it  is  also 
his  duty  to  enquire  into  and  decide  upon  all  Claims  exhibited  by  the 
Citizens  of  The  United  States,  for  property  stolen  or  destroyed  by  the 
Indian  Tribes,  to  whom  annuities  are  payable,  and,  where  they  are 
proved  to  his  satisfaction,  to  direct  compensation  to  be  made  to  the 
injured  Party,  out  of  the  annuity  payable  to  the  offending  Tribe.  These 
duties,  together  with  the  examination  of  the  contingent  expenoes  of 
the  Department,  which  must  also  receive  his  special  sanction.  If  daly 
attended  to,  wonid  leave  him  no  time  to  devote  to  the  more  important 
and  approfMiate  duties  of  bis  station.  The  consequence  has  been, 
that  the  Indian  Accounts  have  remained  unscttied,  and  must  continue 
so,  until  a  different  organization  of  the  DepaKment  shall  be  effected. 

It  is  obvious  to  the  mind  of  every  reflecting  Man,  that  die  dutits 
imposed  upon  the  Secretary  of  War,  in  relation  to  the  Indian  Depart- 
ment, have  no  rational  connection  with  the  administration  of  the 
Military  Establishment  Prom  the  view  that  has  been  presented,  it  is 
conceived  that  the  Public  interest  requires  that  the  Secretary  of  War 
should  be  relieved  from  further  attention  to  those  duties.  It  then  be- 
comes necessary  to  enquiie  whether  those  duties  can,  oonasteotiy 
with  the  public  interest,  be  assigned  to  either  of  the  other  Depart- 
ments. An  examination  into  the  duties  required  of  those  Depart- 
ments, it  is  confidently  believed,  cannot  fail  to  produce  the  most 
decided  conviction,  that  no  additional  duties  ought  to  be  imposed 
upon  them,  under  their  present  organiiation.  On  the  other  hand, 
there  is  good  reason  to  believe  that  the  public  interest  would  be  pro* 
moted  by  relieviag  those  Departments  of  several  brandies  of  the 
Public  Service,  at  present  committed  to  their  respective  charges. 

The  retrenchments  which,  witli  great  advantage  to  the  Public 
Interest,  might  be  made  in  the  duties  now  imposed  upon  the  Secre- 
taries of  the  respective  Departments,  and  the  General  Post-Ofiice, 
wt»uld  furnish  ample  employment  for  the  Head  of  another  independent 
Department. 

An  appropriate  assignment  of  duties  to  the  Cliief  of  the  new  De- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  1023 

pArtment,  would  embinGe  the  Territorial  Governments,  the  Indian 
Department,  the  General  Post-Office,  the  Roads  and  Canals,  and  the 
Patent- Office,  and  such  other  Branches  of  the  Public  Service  as  may 
be  deemed  expedient. 

But  .the  defects  in  the  organization  of  the  existing  Departments, 
are  not  the  only  reasons  i»hy  the  Public  Accounts  are  not  annually 
settled. 

The  want  of  power  to  compel  those  to  whom  the  collection,  or  dis- 
bursement of  the  Public  money  has  been  confided,  to  render  their 
Vouchers  and  settle  their  Accounts,  when  required,  has  largely  con- 
tributed to  swell  the  list  of  unsettled  Accounts*  The  power  of  dis- 
missing  from  Office  for  misfeasance  or  non-feasance  in  Office,  especially 
with  the  Collecting  Officers,  is  sufficiently  coercive,  as  long  as  the 
conduct  of  the  Officer  will  bear  examination^  and  powerfully  contributes 
to  keep  him  in  the  line  of  his  duty.  But  when  the  settlement  of  his 
Accounts  must  expose  his  guilt,  and  especially  when  he  has  been  dis- 
missed from  Office,  this  coercion  entirely  ceases.  With  disbursing 
Offices,  and  particularly  in  the  Military  Establishment,  this  mode  of 
coercion  is  much  more  feeble.  In  that  Department,  too,  there  is  the 
strongest  reason  for  the  adoption  of  the  most  vigorous  measures  to 
bring  to  a  prompt  and  final  settlement,  those  a  ho  have  been  entrusted 
with  the  disbursement  of  money,  particularly  in  the  Quarter  Master  s 
and  Paymaster's  Department*  Until  the  Accounts  of  the  Quarter 
Master  General  of  an  Army,  or  of  a  Military  District,  are  settled,  it  is 
impossible  to  settle  the  Accounts  of  the  Deputies  and  Assistants,  the 
Barrack  Masters,  Forage  Masters,  and  Waggon  Masters  employed, 
with  the  same  Army,  or  in  the  same  District.  The  same  observation 
applies  to  the  Pay  Departments.  Until  the  Deputy  Paymaster  General 
settles  his  Accounts,  or  at  least  until  he  renders  his  Vouchers,  none  of 
the  District  Paymasters,  Assistant  District  Paymasters,  or  Regimental 
Postmasters,  can  settle  their  Accounts.  This  observation  applies  to 
the  several  grades  in  both  Departments.  Thus  a  single  Officer,  who 
knows  himself  to  be  a  public  Defaulter,  may,  by  standing  aloof,  and 
by  procrastinating  the  decision  of  Law,  after  suit  is  brought,  prevent, 
for  years,  the  settlement  of  the  Accounts  of  other  Officers,  who 
may  be  solicitous  to  adjust  them. 

It  is  the  peculiar  province  of  the  Legislature,  to  apply  appropriate 
remedies  for  every  evil  disclosed  by  the  practical  operations  of  the 
Government.  The  one  now  under  consideration,  taken  in  connection 
with  the  inability  of  the  Accounting  Officers,  to  settle  annually  the 
Public  Accounts,  has  produced  more  serious  consequences  to  the- 
National  Treasury,  than  every  other  united.  The  conviction,  on  the 
part  of  an  Officer,  that  his  Accounts  cannot,  or  will  not,  be  settled  for 
yeara,  presents  a  certain  degree  of  impunity  to  embezzlement,  and 
powerfully  tempts  to  the  commission  of  it    The  necessity  of  resorting 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1024  UNITKI)  STATKS. 

to  au  Action  at  Lii w  to  enforce  the  settieaient  of  AccouQUi»  or  to  recover 
moDey  embezzled  by  an  Officer,  ought  to  be  avoided,  if  it  can  be  done 
consistently  with  the  provisions  of  the  Constitution.  In  some  of  the 
States  this  necessity  is  avoided, — the  public  money  retained  by  a 
Revenue  Officer,  being  collected  by  execution  issued  by  the  State 
Treasurer.  If  this  or  a  similar  principle  could  be  acted  upon  by  Tht 
United  States,  embezzlement  would  not  be  frequent. 

In  conformity  with  these  preliminary  observations,  Uio  Under- 
signed respectfully  propose,  that  it  is  expedient, 

FirsL  That  another  Independent  Department  of  the  Govemmeiit 
be  organized  to  be  denominated  the  "  Home  Department." 

That  the  Secretary  of  this  De^rtment  sliali  execute  the  Orders  of 
the  President,  in  relation  to 

1.  The  Territorial  Governments. 

2.  The  National  Highways  and  Canals. 

3.  The  General  Post  Office. 

4.  The  Patent  Office. 

6.  The  Indian  Department. 

Second,  That  the  primary  and  final  seltloment  of  all  Accoonla  lo 
be  made  in  the  Treasury  Department,  and  that  the  organisation  o| 
that  Department,  be  modi6ed  so  as  to  authorize  the  appointment  o^ 

I.  Four  additional  Auditors. 

3.  One  additional  Comptroller. 

3.  One  Solicitor. 

4.  That  the  Mint  establishment  be  placed  under  the  direetton  of 
the  Treasury  Department. 

Third.  That  the  Office  of  Accountant  of  the  War  and  Navy  Do* 
fMirtment,  and  of  the  Superintendent  General  of  Military  Sappliea  bo 
abolished. 

Fourth.  That  the  survey  of  the  Coast  be  confided  to  the  Navy 
Department 

According  to  the  modification  here  recommended. 

The  First  Auditor  will  be  charged  with  the  settlement  of  the 
Public  Accoonts  accruing  in  the  Treasury  Department 

The  Second  Auditor  will  be  charged  with  tlie  setlleoient  of  all  Ac- 
counts relative  to  the  Pay  and  Clothing  of  the  Army,  the  Subaistence 
of  the  Officers,  Bounties  and  Premiums,  the  Recruiting  Service, 
and  the  contingent  Expenses  of  the  War  Department. 

The  Third  Auditor  will  be  charged  with  the  settlement  of  all  A<s 
counts,  relative  to  the  Subsistence  of  the  Army,  the  Quarter  Maattr'a 
Department,  the  Hospital  Department  and  the  Ordnance  Department. 

Both  of  the  latter  Auditors  will  keep  the  Property  Account  con- 
nected with  those  Branches  of  Service  tn  the  War  De|MurtmoBt»  ecu* 
flded  to  them  mipeetiv«ly. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  1026 

The  Pourih  Auditor  will  be  charged  with  the  settlement  of  all 
Accoants  relative  to  the  Navy  Department. 

The  Fifth  Auditor  will  be  charged  with  the  settlement  of  all  Ac* 
coauts  relative  to  the  State  and  Home  Departments. 

The  1st  Comptroller,  being  relieved  from  directing  and  super- 
intending  the  recovery  by  Suits  of  all  Debts  due  to  the  Government, 
will  revise  all  the  Accounts  settled  by  the  1st  and  5th  Auditor. 

The  2nd  Comptroller  will  revise  all  settlements  made  by  the  2nd, 
3rd,  and  4th  Auditors. 

The  Solicitor  of  the  Treasury  will  be  charged  with  the  recovery  of 
the  Debts  due  to  the  Government,  according  to  the  forms  prescribed 
by  Law. 

It  is  probable  that  experience  will  suggest  the  propriety  of  making 
changes  in  the  distribution  of  duties  among  the  Accounting  Officers 
of  the  Treasury.  In  order  that  they  may  be  done  with  facility,  and 
as  they  shall  be  discovered  to  be  necessary,  it  is  respectfully  recom- 
mended that  the  whole  subject  be  led  to  Executive  regulation. 

With  this  organisation  of  the  Departments,  the  check  contemplated 
by  the  revision  of  the  Comptroller  will  be  as  efiectual  as  it  can  be 
made.  Money  will  then  be  paid  In  all  the  Departments  upon  the 
settlement  of  an  Auditor,  only  after  it  has  been  revised  and  approved 
by  a  Comptroller. 

If  the  Departments  shall  be  thus  organised,  and  Tested  with  suf- 
ficient power  to  compel  all  Officers,  employed  in  the  collection  or 
disbursement  of  the  Public  Money,  to  render  their  Vouchers  and  settle 
their  Accounts,  tlie  Annual  Settlement  of  the  Public  Accounts  will  be 
ensured,  and  a  more  certain  accountability  established  in  the  respect 
live  Departments. 

If  the  Officer  entrusted  with  the  recovery  of  money  improperly 
detained  by  Public  Officers,  was  authorised  to  issue  an  execution  for 
the  sum  appearing  to  be  due,  either  upon  settlement  or  upon  the 
failnre  to  settle  when  culled  upon  for  that  purpose,  and  that  the  exe- 
cution so  issued  should  be  satisfied  by  the  distress  and  sale  of  all  the 
Delinquent  s  property  and  that  of  his  Securities,  one  of  the  most  for-, 
midable  obstacles  to  the  Annual  Settlement  of  the  Public  Accounts 
would  be  surmounted* 

It  is  believed  that  there  is  no  Constitutional  objection  to  the  adop- 
tion of  this  principle,  in  relation  to  the  Officers  of  the  Government, 
who  improperly  withhold  the  Public  Money.  Under  the  Law  imposing 
the  Direct  Tax,  the  Collector,  on  default  of  payment,  is  authorised  to 
make  the  amount  due  by  the  levy  and  sale  of  the  Defaulter's  property* 
In  this  case  there  is,  on  the  part  of  the  Defaulter,  nothing  but  a 
breach  of  the  general  implied  obligation  which  every  Citizen  owes  to 
the  Community,  to  contribute  to  the  wants  of  the  State,  in  proportion 
to  the  property  which  he  possesses.  This  breach  may  frequently  b^ 
[1816—16.]  3  U 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


;i026  X/NfTED  STATES. 

the  result  of  ineviUMe  necessity,  and  but  seldom  bringB  lib  Intsgrity 
in  qoestion.  In  the  case  of  (jhe  delinquent  Officer,  there  is,  in  most 
CttseSj  a  direct  breach  of  special  confidence  involving  the  odions 
charge  of  peculation  or  embezzlement. 

Is  there  any  reason  why  the  remedy  of  the  Government  should  be 
more  summary  in  the  former  than  in  the  latter  case  ?  Is  there  not, 
on  the  contrary^  a  clear  distinction  between  the  2  cases,  entirely  in  fa- 
vour of  the  Tax  Defaulter  ?  Can  it  be  considered  more  important  to 
theCommuoity  that  the  Revenue  should  be  rigidly  collected,  than  that 
it  should  be  faithfully  and  honestly  disbursed  ?  Has  the  difference  in 
the  remedy  arisen  from  the  consideration,  that  the  one  has  withheld 
from  the  Government  100  cents,  which  he  ought  to  have  paid,  whilst 
the  other  has  embezzled  1000  dollars  of  the  Public  Money,  thus  sum- 
marily collected  P 

There  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  different  remedies  in  the  3  cases 
have  resulted  from  the  want  of  sufficient  reflection,  and  not  Irpm  de- 
sign. The  sul^ect  is  now  presented  to  the  view  of  the  Senate,  and  no 
doubt  is  entertained  that  that  enlightened  Body  will  satisfy  the  demands 
i>{  reason  and  of  justice* 

It  may  be  proper  to  observe,  that  the  principle  now  recommended 
has  been  applied  by  the  Lavs  laying  direct  Taxes,  to  the  CoUectore 
of  the  Internal  Revenue.  The  Legislature,  in  relation  to  that  class  of 
Officers,  has  even  authorised  the  arrest  and  imprisonment  of  Collectors 
who  fail  to  collect,  or  neglect  to  pay  after  collection ;  and  the  seizure 
«nd  sale  of  the  property,  real  and  personal,  of  their  Securities,  during 
iheir  imprisonment  As  the  principle  has  already  been  applied  to 
cases  arising  out  of  the  collection  of  tlie  Revenue,  it  is  respectfully 
conceived  that  reasons  more  cogent  call  for  its  application  to  the  dis> 
hnrnng  Officers  of  the  Government  The  different  rules  established  in 
relation  to  those  S  classes  of  Officers,  if  persevered  in,  cannot  fail  to 
present  the  idea,  that  the  Government  is  more  astute  in  devising  means 
to  raise  and  collect  Revenue,  than  in  enforcing  a  iaithftil  application  of 
ii,  when  collected. 

JAMES  MONROE. 

WM.  H.  CRAWFORD. 

GEO.  GRAHAM,  Aeiing  Secreiary  of  War. 

B.  W.  CROWNINSHIELD. 
The  Htm.  John  QaiUard, 

Pruldent^  pro  tempore,  of  the  Senate. 


IfyU,  rslstifletotliB  dutifli  of  the  Second  Auditor.    By  late  Rflgvletioiis,  ihepey 
4Qd  dothiag  Appropriatio&s  sre  in  fret  pentideKed  as  cne  Ajqiropiiatian. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SEVEN  ISLANDS.  1027 

PROCLAMATION  of  the  Lord  High  Commissioner  of  Bis 
Britannic  Majesty^  Sovereign  Protector  of  the  Ionian 
Islands^  relative  to  the  Conduct  and  Dismissal  of  certain 
Members  of  the  Senate  of  Corfu.— 22nd  May,  1816. 

(Translation.)  Corfu,  22nrf  May,  1816. 

From  the  period  of  His  Excellency's  arrival  in  these  States,  it  has 
been  his  most  anxious  wish  and  unirorm  endeavonr  to  calm  those 
conflicting  passions  which  had  hitherto  agitated  the  Public  mind,  and 
to  allay  any  unhappy  differences  which  the  uncertainty  of  past  political 
relations  might  have  generated. 

In  following  this  course,  he  was  solely  actuated  by  a  view  to  bury 
In  eternal  oblivion  the  recollection  of  the  past,  and  to  carry  into  com- 
plete execution  the  beneficent  intentions  of  his  gracious  Sovereign, 
towards  the  People  who  are  placed  by  the  Convention  of  Paris  under 
JiiB  ezclnsive  protection. 

Bat,  although  he  was  perfectly  willing  to  throw  a  veil  over  the  past, 
it  was  not  to  be  supposed  that  he  could  observe  with  indifference  any 
attempt  in  any  quarter,  subsequent  to  his  arrival,  either  to  keep  alive 
former  jealousies,  or  to  create  new  causes  of  difference  and  dissension. 

Animated  with  these  views.  His  Excellency  has  observed^  on  the 
one  hand,  with  extreme  satisfaction,  the  general  and  exemplary  good 
conduct  of  the  People  at  large  of  these  States,  while  on  tlie  other  he 
has  discovered,  with  deep  regret,  a  conduct  manifested  by  a  few  iso- 
lated Individuals,  of  a  very  different  nature,  tending  to  keep  alive 
former,  and  to  create  new  sources  of  jealousy,  to  generate  dissensions 
under  false  and  fictitious  pretences,  and  lastly,  to  consolidate  that 
Authority  which  they  had  equally  abused  and  usurped,  by  endeavour- 
ing to  establish  a  separation  of  interests  between  the  protected  States 
and  the  protecting  Sovereign. 

His  Excellency,  notwithstanding  that  he  has  been  for  some  time 
convinced  of  the  injury  this  line  of  conduct  must  necessarily  produce 
to  the  Public  service,  was  still  willing  to  believe  that  a  consideration  of 
their  own  interests,  independently  of  the  duty  they  owed  to  their 
Country,  would  have  induced  those  Persons,  ultimately,  to  take  a 
more  sober  view  of  their  own  situation ;  and  in  this  expectation  he  has 
for  a  time  permitted  the  Senate  of  Corfu,  to  remain  in  a  state  which 
it  was  his  duty  to  have  corrected,  and  for  which  nothing  but  the 
moderation  of  his  views,  and  the  rectitude  of  bis  intentions,  could 
plead  a  sufficient  apology.  But  every  feeling  of  moderation  mnst 
yield,  in  His  Excellency's  mind,  to  the  duty  which  he  owes  to  his 
Sovereign,  and  to  the  People  of  these  Islands. 

His  duty  to  his  Sovereign  precludes  him  from  longer  permitting 
the  scenes  of  past  confusion  to  be  continued.  His  duty  ta  the  Ionian 
People  demands  that   he  should  no  longer  permit  these  fair   and 

3U2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1028  SEVEN  ISLANDS. 

honoorable  intentioDS  to  be  liable  to  be  tradaced,  in  conteqnence  of 
the  inordinate  ambition  or  selfish  intrignea  and  pretensions  of  a  fev 
solitary  lodividuals. 

The  period  has  at  length  arrived  when  the  character  of  British  for- 
bearance must  be  explained ;  and  tlie  basis  of  its  moderation  be  nado 
known.  It  is  time  to  shew,  that  neither  arises  from  a  feeling  of  weak- 
ness or  a  want  of  authority  ;  but  that  its  forbearance  proceeds  from 
a  well  regulated  sense  of  tlie  extent  of  its  power, — and  its  modentioa 
from  a  thorough  conviction  of  the  justice  of  its  intentions. 

Acting  upon  these  principles,  the  Lord  High  Commissioner  has  re- 
luctantly  issued  this  day,  to  the  Most  Illustrious  The  President  of  the 
Senate  of  Corfu,  tlie  Documents  hereunder  inserted  for  Public  in* 
formation;  and,  however  painful  it  may  be  to  him  at  any  time  to  adopt 
measures  of  the  present  nature,  it  will  be  found  that  the  British  Govern* 
ment  possesses  all  the  authority  requisite  to  carry  into  effect  its  just 
and  moderate  views,  and  that  the  Representative  of  His  Majesty  will 
admit  of  no  pretensions  or  assumptions  that  can  interfere  with,  or  dis- 
turb the  unity  of  action  and  interest  between  the  Protecting  Sorerfign 
and  the  Protected  States,  which  formed  the  essential  basis  of  the 
Convention  of  Paris. 

The  present  Proclamation  shall  be  printed  m  Greek  and  Italian, 
and  published  for  general  information. 

By  His  Excellency's  Command, 

W.  MEYER,  PubUe  Seertia-y. 

XEnehswre  1.)—- 7)le  lard  High  Commissioner  to  the  President  of  the 

Senate  of  Corfu.  (  Translation.) 

Sir,  Palace,  Corfu,  72nd  Me^,  1816. 

After  very  deep  consideration,  and  looking  at  the  subject  in  every 
point  of  view,  I  cannot  any  longer  refrain  from  directing  you  to  call 
forthwith  an  Extraordinary  Meeting  of  the  Senate  of  Corfu,  to  which, 
when  assembled,  1  am  sorry  to  say  that  I  mast  desire  you  will  read  my 
Decision,  herewith  enclosed,  relative  to  the  extraordinai^  conduct  and 
more  absurd  pretensions  of  a  part  of  that  Body. 

I  am  extremely  sorry  to  impose  this  irksome  duty  upon  yon.  I  will 
venture  to  say,  however,  that  it  is  more  painful  to  myself.  But  no  com- 
bination  of  intrigue  or  supposed  right  will  ever  lead  me  to  deviate  from 
the  duty  I  owe  to  my  Gracious  Sovereign,  and  to  the  People  of  the 
Ionian  States,  who  are  placed  under  His  Majesty's  exclusive  and  per- 
petual protection,  and  who,  therefore,  never  shall,  as  long  as  1  live 
amongst  them,  be  traduced  or  calumniated  by  the  Party  intrigues,  or 
the  supposed  interests  or  particular  pretensionSi  of  any  Individuals  of 
any  description.  1  have,  &c. 

THOMAS  MAITLAND. 
Baron  Theoioky,  President  of  the  Senate  of  Corfn. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SfeV£N  ISLANDS,  1029 

fSub^Ewloiure.J-^Decision  of  the  Lord  High  Comminioner, 
(Translat'ioD.)  Palace,  Corfu,  22nd  May,  1816. 

His  Majesty's  Lord  High  Commissioner^  under  the  power  and 
authority  vested  in  him  by  his  most  gracious  Sovereign,  directs  that 
the  Most  Illustrious  Baron  Theotoky,  President  of  the  Senate  of  Corfu, 
do  make  to  the  Members  of  that  Body,  assembled  at  an  Extraordinary 
Sitting  for  that  purpose,  the  following  Communication,  viz. 

The  LtfYd  High  Commissioner  is  reluctantly  obliged  to  come  to 
the  painful  decision,  that  the  4  Senators,  Stefanizzi,  Metaxd,  Psoma, 
Flamburlari,  and  the  Secretary  Cazzaiti,  be  forthwith  dismissed  from 
the  Situations  they  respectively  hold  in  the  Senate  of  Corfu,  and  they 
are  hereby  dismissed  accordingly. 

As  soon  as  may  be  convenient  with  the  unavoidable  delays  of  the 
Pmess,  a  Proclamation  will  be  issued  on  this  subject. 
By  Command  of  His  Excellency, 

WM.  MEYER,  Secretary  to  the  GooemmetU. 


(Enchiure  2J«— TAe  Lord  High  Commissioner  to  the  President  of  the 

Senate  of  Corfu.  (Translation  ) 

Sir,  Palace,  Corfu,  22nd  May,  1816. 

Although  I  have  found  it  my  painful  duty  to  dismiss  part  of  your 
Colleagues,  conformably  to  my  Communication  of  this  date,  I  think 
it  fitting  to  state,  that  1  have  at  this  moment  (whatever  I  may  think  it 
necessary  to  do  hereafler)|  no  idea  of  replacing  them,  or  of  appointing 
new  Senators.  1  consider  you,  as  President,  and  the  other  Persons, 
now  holding  the  Office  of  Senators,  as  the  Legitimate  Representatives 
of  the  Island  of  Corfu. 

Circumstances  may  alter  this  temporary  arrangement,  but  nothing 
will  ever  lead  me  to  forget  what  is  due  to  yourself  and  to  them,  under 
the  difficulties  in  which  you  and  they  have  been  placed* 

You  will  therefore  consider  yourself  and  the  remaining  Members 
of  the  Senate  as  hereby  fully  authorised  to  execute  all  the  duties  of 
the  Senate,  so  far  as  relates  to  the  Island  of  Corfu ;  but  by  no  means 
■o  far  as  relates  to  the  supposed  pretensions  of  those  Persons  who  have 
DOW  been  dismissed :  and  still  less  is  it  to  be  supposed  that  the  Senate 
of  Corfu,  with  all  its  branches  of  corruption  and  inefficiency,  now 
happily  lopped  off,  had  any  thing  to  do  with  the  Ionian  States,  gene- 
rally ;  which  were  distinctly  placed,  for  the  time  being,  by  the  Convention 
of  Paris  of  the  5th  of  November  last,  under  the  different  Constitutions 
which  they  actually  enjoyed,  at  the  moment  when  that  Convention  was 
signed.  I  have,  &c. 

THOS*  MAITLAND« 
Baron  Theotoky,  President  of  the  Senate  of  Corfu, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1030  S£Y£N    ISLANDS. 

PBOCLAMATION  qf  the  Lord  High  Commissioner rf  His 

Britannic  Muffesty,  Sovereign     Protector  of   the  loniam 
Islands f  rehitive  to  the  Provisional  Administraiion  €f  the 

Government,— Cor/Uy  *st9thMay,  1816. 

■  (Translatioii.) 

Shortxt  after  Hia  Excelleiic^r's  arrival  in  dieae  States*  be  per* 
ceived  with  deep  regret  that  a  disposition  existed,  in  the  Persons  who 
have  been  removed  from  the  Senate  of  Corfu  by  the  Proclamation  of 
the  22nd  instanty  to  maintain  pretensions  directly  opposed  to  the 
Treaty  of  Paris,  a  Treaty  negotiated  and  concluded  by  the  Allied 
Sovereign8>  for  the  great  and  magnanimous  purpose  of  secvriog  the 
happiness  and  liberty  of  the  Ionian  Islands. 

In  Article  IV  of  that  Treaty  it  Is  stated,  that  '*  until  such  Consti- 
tutional Charter  shall  have  been  so  drawn  up  and  duly  naified,  the 
existing  Constitutions  shali  remain  in  force  in  the  different  Islands ; 
and  no  alteration  shall  be  made  in  them,  except  by  Order  of  His 
Britannic  Majesty  in  Council ;"  thus  evidently  declaring,  that,  till  the 
permanent  Constitutional  Charter  for  The  United  States  sboiJd  be 
{nally  settled  and  rati6ed,  each  of  tlie  different  Islands,  respectively, 
should  continue  to  be  governed  under  the  Constitution  existing  in  it 
at  the  period  when  the  Treaty  was  signed. 

The  Persons  who  have  been  dismissed  fVom  the  Senate  asserted, 
however,  in  contradiction  to  notorious  facts,  that  there  existed  but  one 
Constitution  in  these  Islands,  viz.  the  Constitution  of  1803  ;  that  alt 
die  Constitutions  granted,  subsequently  to  that  period,  to  the  other 
Islands,  were  null  and  void ;  and  that  the  Senate  of  Corfu  was  the  real 
Representative  Body  of  the  whole  Ionian  States. 

To  such  assertions,  and  to  such  an  evident  misinterpretation,  both  of 
the  letter  and  spirit  of  the  above  Article,  it  was  totally  useless  to  adopt 
the  language  of  reason,  or  to  apply  the  principles  of  conciliation;  as 
they  were  maintained  with  a  degree  of  pertinacity,  which  was  only  to  be 
equalled  by  the  fallacy  of  such  a  Constitution. 

Under  these  circumstances,  Ffis  Excellency  found  himself  under 
die  necessity  of  calling  the  attention  of  His  Majesty  s  Government  to 
this  point ;  and  His  Majesty  has  been  graciously  pleased  to  signify 
his  pleasure  on  the  subject,  by  an  Order  of  His  Majesty  in  Council. 

Of  this  Order,  and  of  the  tendency  thereof.  His  Excellency  had  for 
some  tikne  been  officially  ibforroed  when  he  issued  the  above«-inen- 
tioned  Proclamation :  but  he  could  not  then  quote  its  precise  terms^ 
as  the  Official  Document  itself  had  not  reached  him. 

The  Order  of  His  Majesty  in  Council  having  now  arrived.  His 
Excellency  directs  that  the  following,  being  the  substance  thereof, 
be  forthwitli  proclaimed  for  public  information. 

After  the  recital  of  the  Articles  of  the  Treaty  bearing  upon  the 
point,  the  above-mentioned  Order  in  Council  proceeds  as  follows: 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


BUEN08  AYRBS  AND  PORTUGAL*       1031 

(  Extract )  BrUkh  Order  in  CtmneiL^lSl6: 
"  And  whereas  the  said  Constitutioiial  Chatter  has  not  yet  b^n 
drawn  up  and  duly  ratified.  His  Royal  Highness  the  Printe  Regent,  tak- 
ing into  consideration  the  premises,  and  also  th^t  it  will  he  expedient 
to  declare  His  Majesty's  will  and  pleasure  respecting  the  ProrisioDal 
Admmistration  6f  the  said  Islands,  is  therefore  pleased  to  oTder,  in  the 
iHune  and  on  the  hehalf  of  His  Majesty,  and  by  and  with  the  advice 
of  His  Majesty's  Privy  Cooncil,  and  it  is  hereby  ordered,  that  the  Go- 
vemmeols  existing  in  the  said  Islands,  at  the  date  of  the  said  Treaty, 
shall  remain  in  force  as  Provisional  Goveroments  for  the  Administrtitioik 
of  the  said  Islands,  severally  and  respectively,  until  such  time  as  the  said 
Constitutional  Charter  shall  have  been  drawn  up  and  duly  ratified ; 
or,  in  the  mean  time,  until  the  said  Governments,  or  either  of  them, 
shall  have  been  altered  by  any  Order  in  Council  which  may  be 
issued  by  His  Maj^ty,  as  is  provided  for  by  the  said  Treaty :  Provided 
nevertheless,  that  no  Person  heretofore  deputed,  appointed,  or  elected 
a  Member  of  any  Senate  or  Council,  holden  or  to  be  holden  in  the 
Island  of  Corfn,  during  the  time  of  such  Provisional  Governments,  riiall 
be^  or  shall  in  future  be,  or  shall  in  any  maiinef  act  as  a  Membef 
of  such  Council  or  Senate,  unless  he  be  a  Native  of  the  said  Island; 
and  it  is  hereby  further  ordered,  that  this  Order  shall  remain  in  force, 
until  such  time  as  the  Constitutional  Charter  aforesaid  shall  have  been 
drawn  up  and  duly  ratified ;  or,  in  the  dnean  time,  until  this  Order  shall 
have  been  revoked  or  altered,  by  any  further  Order  to  be  issued  by 
His  Majesty  in  Council,  as  is  provided  by  the  said  Treaty, 

And  the  Right  Honourable  Earl  Bathurst,  one  of  His  Majesty's 
Principal  Secretaries  of  State,  is  ta  give  the  necessary  directions  herein 
accordingly."  By  His  Excellency's  Command, 

WM.  MEYEn,PuUie  Secretory. 


PROCLAMATIONS  of  the  Government  of  the  Province  of 
Bmenos  Apres^  relative  to  the  expected  Invasion  of  the  United 
Provinces  bf  Portuguese  Troops  from  Brazil.— July^  1816. 

(Translation.) 

(1.) — The  Acting  Director  of  Buenos  Ayree  to  the  People. 

Citizens,  Buenos  Ayres,  8th  July,  1816. 

When  the  Arms  of  a  Nation,  which  is  now  our  Friend,  invaded  this 
City  in  the  year  1806,  you  led  your  occupations  to  fiy  to  the  defence 
of  your  Country.  At  the  skirts  of  the  City,  and  even  outside  the 
Walla,  the  Civic  Inhabitants,  in  the  garb  of  Soldiers,  disputed  the 
danger  and  even  relieved  the  Veterans  from  the  fatigues  of  War. 

Experience  alone  was  wanting  to  crown  your  valour'  and  your 
glory.  The  Tyrant,  who  was  seated  within  our  very  bosom,  and  exercised' 
Uie  Peninsular  Authority,  soon  afterw^ds,  gave  the  signal  of  alarm. 
Notwithstanding  that  you  were  ignorant  of  tlie  causes,  you  gave  your- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1032      BUENOS  ATRES  AND  PORTUGAt. 

ieWes  op  to  the  laboun  of  War,  unmindful  of  its  dangers.  Yon  began 
it  with  reaolotion:  at  length  yon  conducted  it  with  aocceaa,  and  the 
Country  was  then  saved  from  falling  under  a  Foreign  yoke.  Now  ^t 
a  Government,  formed  by  yoar  mm  will,  points  ont  the  hoar  of  danger, 
— who  can  donbt  your  eagerness  to  overcome  that  danger  ? 

By  f  ntelligence  which  is  worthy  of  attention,  it  is  known  that  the 
neighbouring  Coart  of  Portugal  was  lately  about  to  despatch  a  mys- 
terious Armament  against  the  Territory  of  these  Provinces.  Various 
Reports  agree  that  an  Expedition  of  6.000  Men  would  shortly  sail  from 
Bio  de  Janeiro;  which  it  appears  was  to  be  increased  by  anoth^  Corps 
of  3,000,  alieady  assembled  at  St.  Catherines,  for  the  purpose  at  least 
of  seizing  upon  the  Eastern  Bank. 

The  conduct,  by  no  means  frank,  of  that  Cabinet  in  this  respect,  and 
the  little  pains  it  has  taken  to  contradict  the  public  rumours  concerning 
its  plans,  form  a  powerful  argument  on  which  to  establish  our  opinions. 
The  Government  will  place  its  confidence,  so  long  as  prudence  will 
permit  it,  upon  the  religious  observance  of  the  Armistice  concluded  in 
1812;  and  above  all,  upon  the  friendly  conduct  which  it  has  always 
observed  towards  the  Monarch  of  Brazil  and  his  Subjects. 

The  Peace  between  the  Territories  is,  perhaps,  guaranteed  by  onr 
mutual  respect  for  the  British  Nation ;  but  if,  abusing  this  security, 
the  Foreign  Expedition  should  dare  to  profane  onr  Territory,  it  is  as 
just  as  it  is  necessary  to  make  that  Monarch  feel  our  anger. 

In  the  mean  time,  the  circumstantial  particulars  respecting  thb 
serious  apprehension,  which  have  been  communicated  to  the  Sovereign 
National  Congress,  and  to  the  Most  Excellent  the  Supi^me  Director 
of  the  State,  have  afforded  all  the  insight  which  this  Government  pos- 
sesses,  by  means  of  its  Ministerial  Relations  with  the  neighbouring 
Power,  in  order  that  it  may  receive  from  them  the  necessary  directions 
how  to  proceed. 

In  the  midst  of  the  grave  circumspection  that  ought  to  be  observed 
on  such  a  delicate  matter,  so  long  as  we  do  not  hear  of  any  formal  act 
of  aggression  on  the  part  of  His  Most  Faithful  Majesty,  the  natural 
interest  of  our  security  and  our  glory,  recommend  that  every  mea- 
sure of  precaution  be  taken,  that  in  such  case  will  make  our  power 
respectable,  and  frustrate  the  attempts  of  those  who  aspire  to  destroy 
it.  On  this  point,  I  am  agreed  with  the  respective  Aothoritiesy  whose 
intelligence  and  prudence  shall  be  my  guide  in  this  respect. 

Citizens,  your  valour  has  always  been  unshaken.  Once  you 
have  sworn  to  be  free,  and  the  effect  of  that  oath  has  been  proved 
on  many  occasions  at  the  dire  expense  of  your  Enemies.  The  Pro- 
vinces of  the  River  of  La  Plata  have  been  invincible  on  former  Inva^ 
sions ;  the  phalanxes  of  our  Opponents,  more  powerful  than  those  that 
can  now  threaten  us,  have  perished  on  our  shores,  without  being  able  to 
penetrate  into  the  Country ;  and  the  history  of  these  Territories  has 
hitherto  been  distinguished  by  lUurels  and  trophies. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


BUENOS   AYRES   AND   PORTUGAL.  1033 

Shall  we  permit  it  to  be  staioed  in  our  days  ?  Prepare  yourseWes 
then  for  a  similar  heroical  resistance.  Every  Man  that  has  the 
honour  to  belong  to  the  soil  ought  to  take  part  iu  the  active  military 
service  which  the  present  occasion  demands.  If  the  Invasion  take 
place,  our  united  valonr  shall  prove  the  temerity  of  the  enterprise.  In 
every  case,  the  Foreign  Power  that  menaces  our  security  will  be  con- 
vinced, that  it  is  not  possible  to  take  us  by  surprise,  and  will  learn  to 
respect  our  patriotism,  our  zeal,  and  our  courage.  The  Citizens  who 
have  no  fixed  post  in  the  Militia  will  excite  their  ardour  by  the  side  of 
their  Brothers  in  the  Civic  Legions.  Let  but  one  voice  be  heard.  Let 
it  be  a  thousand  times  re.echoed,and  conveyed  to  the  remotest  extremity 
of  the  Provinces.  It  will  animate  all  hearts.  The  Country  is  in  danger  : 
kins  save  U.  ANTONIO  GONZALES  BALCARCE. 


(2.) — The  Governing  Commission  qf  Buenos  Ayres  to  the  People. 

(Translation.) 

Fellow  Countrtmbn,  Buenos  Ayres^  17 th  July,  1816. 

Whilst  our  Politicians  are  occupied  in  calculating  the  pretensions 
of  the  Portuguese  Cabinet,  with  respect  to  the  Provinces  of  the  River 
of  La  Plata,  that  Cabinet  is  engaged,  according  to  the  latest  Com- 
munications from  the  most  respectable  Persons  in  Brazil,  in  sending  an 
Expedition  to  our  Shores.  The  Governing  Commission  can  see  only 
a  fresh,  and  the  greatest  of  all  dangers,  in  the  perplexity  of  the  many 
opinions  which  are  produced  by  tlie  inspiration  of  a  false  confidence, 
in  minds  that  ought  to  be  awakened  by  the  evidence  of  danger. 

In  the  midst  of  the  most  heroic  resolution  to  support  with  our  blood 
the  holy  Cause  of  Liberty,  can  we  still  listen  to  doubtful  interpretations 
of  a  conduct  which  is  under  every  aspect  insidious;  as  if  an  Army 
which  is  about  to  invade  our  Territory  without  provocation,  which  con- 
ceals  its  intentions,  and  does  not  even  pretend  to  offer  an  excuse,  were 
not  in  itself  the  most  powerful  argument,  that,  by  the  treatment  of  our 
People  as  if  they  were  without  the  pale  of  the  Laws  that  exist  between 
civilized  Nations,  and  by  the  employment  of  force  and  violence,  it' is 
meant  to  place  us  under  a  new  yoke,  or  to  bend  us  once  more  under 
out  old  one. 

Shall  we  wait.  Citizens,  until  the  Portuguese  have  invaded  us, 
before  we  think  ourselves  authorised  to  adopt  the  means  of  defence 
against  their  unjust  aggression  ?  Since  when  have  the  Argentine 
Citizens,  who  have  been  so  jealous  of  their  liberty  and  their  glory, 
placed  a  blind  confidence  in  the  liberal  sentiments  of  a  Prince,  more 
especially  in  one  who  has  not  himself  manifested  such  sentiments; 
who,  on  the  contrary,  has  not  given  the  slightest  proof  of  his  adherence 
to  our  Cause;  but,  on  the  contrary,  has,  before  now,  united  himself 
with  our  Oppressors  in  hostilities  against  us  ? 

The  Governing  Commission  need  not  add  arguments  to  satisfy 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1034        9UENOS  ATRSS  AND  PORTUGALi 

yoo  of  the  neceasity  off  abewiog,  oa  this  occasiov,  all  (hat  < 
with  which  you  ha? e,  id  other  timesy  performed  sach  prodigiea.  The 
Caase  is  yoar  owd  ;  it  is  yoor  duty  to  support  it.  The  GovemoMDt 
caDoot  do  more  tlian  direct  your  efforts,  and  in  the  folfijinent  of  this 
honourable  charge  you  may  rely  upon  all  the  efficacy  of  its  zeal.  Sacri* 
fices  are  demanded  of  you,  it  is  true ;  but  it  is  requisite  that  you  make 
them  liberally,  and  forthwith,  in  order  to  ensure  their  being  adfaata* 
geo«s :  it  is  necessary  to  make  them  for  our  salvation.  The  Govern- 
ment counts  not  npon  other  arms,  nor  upon  other  treasures  than  yoor  s; 
upon  yoor  resolution  to  sufier  the  fatigues  of  the  Militia,  and  apon 
your  generosity  to  lend  your  fortunes  to  the  present  necessities  of  the 
Country,  your  destiny  will  depend. 

If  you  are  unwilling  to  expose  yourselves  to  the  privations  which  oar 
safety  and  our  glory  demand,  the  Governing  Commission  will  leave 
the  helm  of  Affairs,  for  it  will  know  that  you  wish  to  return  into  Slavery : 
but  it  feels  satisfied  that,  amongst  the  high*minded  People  of  Buenos 
Ay  res,  there  is  not  a  Citizen,  worthy  of  the  name,  who  does  not  bum 
to  signalize  himself  by  the  most  resplendent  proofs  of  heroic  patriotism. 
All  ranks  will  honourably  unite  to  do  the  duty  of  the  Militia,  witiMNit 
any  other  distinction  than  that  which  is  most  congenial  to  the  acci* 
dental  character  of  their  respective  occupations.  The  better  informed 
Citizens  will  employ  their  talents  to  instruct  their  Conntrymen,  and 
to  communicate  ideas  to  the  Government  upon  the  means  of  triamphing 
over  such  a  multiplication  of  dangers. 

The  Commercial  Body  will  offer  its  Funds  for  the  unavoidable  ex- 
penses to  which  a  new  struggle  exposes  us,  and,  justly  calcnlating  its 
true  interests,  it  will  not  be  averse  to  sacrifice  a  part  to  avoid  exposing 
the  whole  to  entire  destruction. 

We  well  know  that  the  War  has,  if  we  may  so  express  oorselves, 
devonred  their  fortunes,  and  that  this  distinguished  Body  has  made  iu 
self  immortal  in  our  gratitude,  by  the  readiness  with  which  it  has  come 
forward  upon  former  occasions  with  Contribotions  and  Loans.  The 
glorious  work  of  our  regeneration  may  indeed  be  considered  as  a  mono- 
ment  of  its  generosity ;  nevertheless  the  Country  cMinot  avoid  again 
recurring  to  it  in  her  present  difficulties,  as  her  only  resoaroe. 

Thus  it  happens,  that,  in  a  free  Country,  the  Commercial  Body, 
in  point  of  importance,  occupies  a  rank  superior  to  that  of  the  other 
Classes,  and  that,  on  this  just  estimate  of  its  services^  is  laid  die 
foundation  of  an  indostrioas,  intelligent,  and  flourishing  Sutd, 

Turn  your  eyes  to  the  United  States  of  North  Ammca,  and  yoa 

will  there  find  an  example  that  ought  to  stimulate  your  actions,  to 

attain  the  desired  end  of  so  many  difficulties.    Oh  that  we  nMiy  be  aUe^ 

Citizens,  one  day,  to  glory  in  having  known  how  to  imitate  that^zMiple. 

MANGEL  DE  YRIGOYEN. 

FRANCISCO  ANTONIO  DB  ESCALADA. 

Manuel  Oblioado,  Secrwkuy. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES*  1035 

REPORTS  of  ike  Americam  Commisnemen,  am  the  eanduntm 
€f  Treatieg  (f  Peace  betweem  The  United  States  and 
certain  Indian  Tribes. — September^  October,  1&I5. 


(1.) — Commissioners  Harrison,  Graham  and  M*  Arthur  to  the  Seers* 

iary  of  War. 
Sjr,  Detroit,  9th  Sepiember,  1815; 

Wb  liave  the  honor  to  inform  you.  that  wc  jres^rdvy  eoDcluded 
8Dd  sigfitd  a  Treaty  with  the  Sachems^  Bead  Meo,and  WarriorB-ofth* 
Wyandot,  Delaware,  Shawanee,  Seneca,  Ottawa,  Chippewa,  Fotta* 
watimie,  and  Miami  Tribes  of  Indiana.*  One  Copy  of  this  Tieaty 
wtti  be  delivered  to  you  by  Mr.  Grahaoi,  tiis  othef  has  been  deposited 
with  Toibee,  (or  the  Crane,)  the  Principal  Chief  of  the  Wyaadots. 

Although  our  Instructions  did  not  render  it  uecesearyy  yet  wa 
kerned  it  proper  to  include  in  this  Treaty,  as  weii  those  1  ribes  who 
bad  been  friendly  to  us,  as  those  who  had  been  hostile;. 

First,  becauae  many  Individuals  belonging  to  the  IHeudfy  Tribes, 
hadi  taken  op  arms  against  The  United  States,  and  could  only  in  this 
way  be  fully  restored  to  their  former  situation; 

Secondly,  beeause  these  Tribes  wished  and  expeetied  to  be  incite* 
ded  in  the  Treaty. 

We  hope  that  the  President  will  approve  this  course,  and  that  the 
several  Articles  of  the  Treaty  will  be  satisfactory  to  him. 

We  found  no  difficulty  in  prevailing  on  the  Indians  to  agree  to 
renew  and  confirm  all  former  Treaties,  and  again  to  acknowledge 
themselves  under  the  protection  of  The  United  States,  and  of  no  other 
Power.  The  Prophet,  and  most  of  those  who  were  immediately 
connected  with  him,  left  the  Council  and  retired  to  the  British  Terri* 
tory,  before  the  Treaty  was  ugned.  They  professed,  however,  ivt 
efen.  Council  before  they  went  away,  the  most  pacific  intentions,  and 
deelared  that  they  wonld  adhere  to  any  Treaty  made  by  the  Chiefs 
who  remained. 

We  had  at  the  Council  a  very  full  representation  of  all  the  Tribes 
who  are  Parties  to  the  Treaty,  and  we  have  every  reason  to  believe 
that  they  will  adhere  to  it  as  strictly  as  they  ever  have  adhered  to 
any  former  Treaty  with  us,  unless  the  British  Agents  should  interfere 
to  prevent  it» 

The  Wyandbta  are  much  disaatiified  that  the  road  from  the  Rapida 
of  the  Miami,  to  the  western  line  of  the  Connecticut  Reserve,  has  been 
laid  off  so  as  to  cross  the  Sandusky  River  at  the  Seneca  Village, 
instead  of  crossing  at  Lower  Sandusky.  They  say  that  the  road' 
running  as  it  is  laid  out,  will  injuriously  interfere  with  the  Settlement  of 
the  Senecas,  to  whom  tliey  granted  the  lands  on  that  part  of  the^ 
Sandusky,  many  years  before  the  Treaty  of  Brownston  was  made « 

•  See  Page  450. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1036  UNITED  STAT£8. 

and  that  their  understaDdiug  of  the  Treaty  was,  that  the  road  was  to 
run  from  the  Rapids  of  the  Miami  to  the  reserved  Tract  of  Sandasky. 
It  is  their  wish  that  the  road  should  now  take  that  direction,  but  they 
are  willing  that  it  should  strike  the  Sandusky,  any  where  between  the 
reservation  and  an  old  Indian  path  that  strikes  the  river  about  three 
miles  below  the  Fort 

Fully  persuaded,  from  all  the  information  we  have  received,  that 
a  much  better  road  may  be  got  in  this  way,  than  that  marked  by  the 
Commissioners,  we  have  written  to  the  Surveyor  Greneral,  informing 
him  of  our  having  agreed  with  the  Wyandot  Chiefs  that  it  should  be 
so  run. 

The  Chiefs  complained  to  us,  that  our  Citizens  were  constantly 
trespassing  upon  their  lands,  some  of  them  having  commenced 
considerable  farms,  without  their  approbation;  while  many  more 
employed  themselves  in  hunting  and  destroying  the  animals  which 
were  so  necessary  to  them,  and  which  indeed  afforded  the  only  support 
to  their  families. 

We  found,  upon  inquiry,  that  this  complaint  was  not  without 
foundation,  and  we  did  not  hesitate  to  promise  the  Indiana  that 
decisive  measures  would  be  taken  to  redress  them.  We  are  induced  to 
believe  that  a  Proclamation  of  the  President,  printed  and  distributed 
along  the  Frontiers,*  would  have  the  desired  effect.  It  is  uiNMcessary 
that  we  should  say  any  thing  to  you.  Sir,  of  the  importance  of  giving 
the  Indians  an  example  of  good  faith,  by  the  strictest  fulfilment  of 
every  engagement  we  make  with  them.  Good  policy,  as  well  as  jus- 
tice, requires  this,  as  a  contrary  conduct  would  have  the  effect  of 
procrastinating  a  further  extinction  of  title  to  lands  which  are  now  so 
ardently  desired  by  the  Citizens  of  Ohio. 

The  subject  of  compensation  to  the  Indians  who  remained  faitlifiil 
to  us  during  the  War,  for  property  destroyed  by  our  Troops,  has 
engaged  our  attention.  There  exists  considerable  difficulty  ia 
adjusting  some  of  their  Accounts,  from  the  difficulty  of  obtaining 
proper  proof,  and  it  appeared  that  the  wards  of  your  Instructions  did 
not  embrace  some  descriptions  of  property,  the  loss  of  which  could  be 
as  easily  ascertained,  as  the  remuneration  appeared  to  us  just  and 
reasonable.  Believing  that  it  was  witliin  the  spirit  of  your  Instruc- 
tions, we  have  therefore  agreed  to  include  the  Horses  that  were  clearly 
ascertained  to  have  been  stolen  by  our  People,  and  to  compensate  the 
Seneca  Tribe  for  their  Houses,  which  were  wantonly  burned  by  oar 
Militia*  We  had  less  difficulty  as  to  the  former  of  these  items, 
because  payment  under  such  circumstances  is  guaranteed  by  existing 
Treaties ;  and  on  the  latter,  because  they  were  promised  compensa- 
tion by  General  Harrison,  at  the  time  when  the  destruction  of  the 
Houses  took  place. 

As  we  are  unable  to  close  the  Accounts  here,  for  the  want  of  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES*  1037 

testimony  of  Messrs,  Johnson  and  Stickney,  Indian  Agents,  it  faas 
been  agreed  that  General  Harrison  shoald  undertake  the  adjastment 
of  the  Accounts  of  the  Shawanee  Tribe,  at  Piqua,  on  his  return,  and 
General  M'Arthur,  those  of  the  Wyandots  and  Senecas,  at  Sandnsky. 
Illness  has  prevented  General  M'Arthur  from  signing  this  Letter. 
We  hafve  the  honor  to  be,  &c. 

WM.  HENRY  HARRISON. 
JOHN  GRAHAM. 
The  Hon.  W.  H.  Crawford,  Secretary  of  War. 


{2.)~^Commissioner$  Clark,  Edvoards,  and  Chouteau,  to  the  Seere- 

tary  of  War. 
Sir,  St.  Louis,  October,  1815. 

Being  about  to  finish  all  the  duties  which,  as  Commissioners 
appointed  to  treat  with  the  Indians  of  the  Mississippi  and  its  waters, 
it  is  possible  for  us  to  perform  in  the  present  year,  we  feel  it  incumbent 
on  us  to  give  you  a  more  minute  detail  of  our  proceedings,  and  of  the 
causes  that  have  protracted  our  duties  to  the  present  time,  than  has 
hitherto  been  transmitted  to  the  Department  over  which  you  preside. 

On  the  11th  of  May,  we  met  at  this  place,  which  was  as  soon  afler 
the  receipt  of  our  Commissions  and  Instructions  as  was  practicable. 
Our  first  duty  being  to  send  Invitations,  according  to  our  Instructions, 
to  the  different  Tribes  or  Nations  of  Indians  with  whom  The  United 
States  were  at  War  at  the  time  of  the  Ratification  of  their  late  Treaty 
with  Great  Britain,  every  effort  in  our  power  was  employed  to  procure 
proper  Persons  for  that  purpose;  but  in  this,  success  was  for  some 
time  unatuiinable.  Several  of  the  hostile  Tribes  had  previously  been 
notified  by  the  Governors  of  this  and  Illinois  Territory  of  the  Treaty, 
and  the  Stipulations  it  contained  in  regard  to  themselves.  But, 
contrary  to  every  reasonable  expectation,  the  intelligence  thus 
communicated  seemed  to  have  generated  new  and  additional  hostilitv ; 
wrhich  was  so  repeatedly  developed  in  the  most  flagitious  depredations 
and  massacres  on  the  Frontiers,  as  to  produce  universal  alarm.  Those 
acU  of  hostility  appearing  to  increase  rather  than  diminish,  after  we  had 
commenced  our  duties,  rendered  it  extremely  difficult  to  engage  any 
Persons  to  go  into  the  Indian  Country ;  subjected  us  to  disappoint«- 
ments  by  some,  whose  fears  prevented  them  from  fulfilling  engage* 
ments  after  they  had  made  them ;  put  it  out  of  our  power  then  to 
send  to  several  of  the  Tribes ;  and  caused  our  Missions  to  be  more 
expensive,  in  consequence  of  having  to  send  a  greater  number  of  Men 
together,  and  to  send  up  a  Party  in  a  fortified  boat,  as  a  necessary 
precaution  to  guard  against  danger;  without  which,  they  could  not 
have  been  induced  to  go  upon  any  terms. 

Having,  at  length,  eventually  succeeded  in  procuring  some  Men 
for  the  purpose,  we  prepared  and  sent  off  37  Talks,  (of  which  a  Copy 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1038  UNITED  STATES. 

b  hcrewitli  traoflanittrd,)  directed  to  different  Tribes  hoping  that  4Mir 
Meneogers  mighl  be  able  to  engage  lodiaus  to  carry  some  of  tboee 
Talke  to  those  places  irfaeie  it  voald  othenriee  have  been  impossible 
for  us  to  have  sent  them.  In  some  instaocesy  the  Indiana  having  left 
their  Villages  and  gone  to  their  sommer  s  hunt*  our  Messengers  were 
unable  to  find  them ;  in  cooseqaenee  of  which  we  had  to  wait  lor  Inr- 
ther  information  and  send  again. 

The  Messengers  whom  we  had  engaged  to  go  by  the  direct  route 
to  Prairie  du  Chien,  were  stopped  at  the  mouth  of  Rock  River  by  the 
Sacs,  who  would  permit  them  to  proceed  no  further.  This  event, 
however,  we  had  anticipated ;  and  had  previously  determined  to  send 
some  Person  (if  one  could  be  procured)  up  to  the  Mahas  on  the 
Missouri,  thence  to  pass  over  by  land  to  the  River  St.  Peters,  and 
thence  to  Prairie  du  Chien. 

This  Mission  we  deemed  very  important  for  several  reasons : 

1st.  It  was  well  ascertained  that  the  British  had  been  endeavorii^, 
and  with  some  success  too,  to  engage  the  Indians  of  the  Missouri 
River  in  the  War  against  us.  It  was,  therefore,  necessary  to  prevent 
.those  machinations  from  eventuating  in  hostilities,  that  we  should 
apprise  the  Tribes  upon  whom  they  bad  been  practised,  of  the  new 
state  of  relations  between  onrs  and  the  British  Government;  as  there 
was  no  reason  to  believe  that  the  latter  would  have  caused  any  such 
information  to  be  there  communicated. 

2ndly.  By  the  aatbority  and  under  the  directions  of  the  Gover- 
nor of  this  Territory,  with  the  promised  co-operation  of  Creneral 
Howard,  while  commanding  in  this  District,  a  part  of  the  Sioux  and 
other  Indians  of  the  Missouri  had  been  engaged  in  the  War  on  our 
side,  and  were  then  at  War  with  those  Indians  who  had  been  hostile 
to  us,  several  of  whom  they  killed  after  our  Treaty  commenced  ;  as 
then  the  War  thus  instigated,  must  have  been  considered  as  the  act 
of  our  Government,  good  faith,  in  consequence  of  the  Treaty  with 
Great  Britain,  required  that  it  should  cease. 

drdly.  The  Goverument  having  determined  to  establish  strong 
military  posts  high  up  the  Mississippi  River,  and  there  then  being 
reason  to  believe  it  would  have  been  attempted  within  the  past  Season, 
it  was  desirable  that  the  Indians  of  the  River  St.  Peters,  and  others 
in  the  vicinity  of  Prairie  du  Chien,  should  be  made  acquainted  with 
the  views  and  intentions  of  our  Government ;  as  such  movements,  if 
unexplained,  would  naturally  have  excited  in  them  fearful  apprdien- 
sions,  in  consequence  of  their  having  been  engaged  in  the  War ;  and 
might  have  put  it  in  the  power  of  the  most  contemptible  British 
Trader  to  have  produced  a  serious  opposition  in  that  quarter. 

4thly.  Our  Instructions  positively  required  that  we  should  give 
immediate  information  to  those  Tribes,  of  the  Peace  that  had  been 
concluded  between  The  United  States  and  Great  Britain,  .and  we  saw 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  lOdO 

no  other  practicable  means  of  effecting  it  Besides,  it  was  not  to  be 
doubted  that,  by  making  them  the  communications  and  overtures,  wa 
were  authorized  to  do,  many  good  consequences  would  result  thepsi- 
from,  and  an  important  object  of  Government  would  be  effected,  even 
if  those  Indians  should  not  come  down  and  treat  with  us. 

We  should  not,  however,  have  been  able  to  have  accomplished 
these  objects,  had  not  Lieut  Kennerly,  (one  of  the  disbanded  Officen. 
equally  distinguished  for  his  bravery  and  enterprise )  seeing  the  utter 
impossibility  of  our  procuring  any  other  Person,  voluntarily  offered  to 
go  on  this  Mission ;  in  which,  although  he  could  not  succeed  to  the 
extent  of  our  wishes,  in  consequence  of  having  his  horses  stolen  firom 
him,  his  services  were,  notwithstanding,  very  important,  and  he 
succeeded  in  sending  Talks,  by  Indians  whom  he  met  with,  to  thoee  he 
could  not  visit. 

The  Indians  who  had  been  hostile  to  our  Government,  generally 
manifested  an  evident  backwardness  to  negotiate  with  us ;  attempted 
to  temporize  in  every  possible  way,  without  committing  themselves  too 
hr;  and  particularly  by  promising,  but  delaying,  to  send  forward 
Deputations  to  treat  with  us ;  and  by  sending  incompetent  Deputations  i 
in  which  conduct,  we  have  many  reasons  for  believing  that  they  were 
influenced  by  unprincipled  British  Traders,  who  endeavored  to  dissuade 
them  from  coming  to  the  Treaty ;  represented  our  Invitations  as  insi- 
dious attempts  to  decoy  them  into  our  power,  that  we  might  massacre 
them ;  induced  them  to  believe  that  Michilimacinac  would  never  be 
surrendered ;  and  that  the  War  between  The  United  States  and  Great 
Britain  would  shortly  thereafter  be  renewed. 

Knowing  that  the  Indians  had  in  several  instances,  and  in  a  late 
one  in  particular,  refused  to  comply  with  their  Treaties,  because,  as 
they  alleged,  those  who  made  them  had  not  competent  power  to  bind 
the  Tribes  to  which  they  belonged,  we  felt  it  our  duty  to  enquire 
particularly,  whether  the  Tribes  with  whom  we  proposed  to  treat  were 
properly  represented  ?  and  in  some  instances,  we  had  to  send  back 
Indians  of  different  Tribes  for  more  competent  Deputations;  in  all  of 
which  cases,  however,  the  Indians,  Interpreters  and  Agents,  admitted 
that  those  Tribes  were  not  sufficiently  represented.  Owing  to  the 
disappointments  and  difficulties  that  have  already  been  explained,  we 
have  constantly  had  under  our  charge  more  or  less  Indiana^  from  the 
eommencement  of  the  Treaty  till  the  dOth  ult  when  we  sent  off  about 
125,  being  all  that  then  remained. 

The  delays  that  have  necessarily  intervened  (otherwise  so  much 
to  be  regretted)  have  certainly  been  productive  of  3  of  the  most 
uaportant  Treaties  that  we  have  made,  viz.  those  with  the  Foxes,  the 
Kickapoos,  and  the  loways,  which  could  not  have  been  effected  upon 
the  same  terms  at  the  commencement  of  the  Treaty,  nor  for  some  time 
thereafter. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1040  UNITED  STATES. 

Tbose  Treaties,  with  all  others  that  we  have  concluded,  hate  beca 
mentioned  in  our  former  Commauications,  and  are  herewith  Hans- 
milted.'*^ 

According  to  our  Instructions,  we  confined  those  Treaties  to  the 
sole  object  of  Peace.  But  the  Indians,  in  several  instances,  weie 
extremely  solicitous  that  they  should  also  have  embraced  other  sub- 
jects ;  and  some  further  Negotiation  with  some  of  them,  seems  to  be 
recommended  by  every  dictate  of  policy. 

The  Piankeshaws  are  extremely  anxious  to  reside  in  this  Territory, 
and  wish  to  be  permitted  to  sell  the  small  tract  of  land  which  they 
own  iu  the  Illinois  Territory  near  the  Wabash,  for  ploughs,  horses^ 
farming  utensils,  &C  which  are  necessary  to  enable  them  to  make  a 
new  Establishment. 

The  loways  are  very  desirous  of  coming  more  closely  under  the 
protection  of  The  United  States;  and  for  that  purpose,  wish  to  cede 
a  part  of  their  lands  in  order  to  ohtHin  annuities,  like  the  rest  of  the 
neighboring  Indians.  As  this  is  a  spontaneous  offer  on  their  part, 
and  as  the  land  would  be  a  valuable  acquisition  on  many  accounts, 
and  particularly  so  in  tlie  event  of  future  hostilities,  it  might  be  very 
advisable  to  accede  to  their  proposition. 

The  Pattawatimies  now  occupy,  and  assert  a  right  to,  the  land  oa 
the  Illinois  River,  which  is  contained  in  the  Cession  made  by  the  Sacs 
and  Foxes  in  1804,f  and  it  is  certainly  to  be  apprehended  that  withoal 
some  adjustment  of  the  dispute,  the  Surveyors  appointed  to  survey  the 
military  land  within  the  Illinois  Territory,  will  meet  with  some  serious 
opposition. 

The  Chippewas,  Menomenees  and  Winnebagoes,  who  were  all 
invited  to  send  Deputations  to  meet  us  at  Portage  des  Sioux  did  not 
send  a  single  Man,  nor  assign  any  reason  for  their  not  doing  so. 

The  Sacs  of  Rock  River,  not  only  most  explicity  refused  to  trest 
with  us,  but  manifested  without  disguise,  their  opposition  to  the  views 
of  our  Government,  and  committed  many  of  the  most  wanton  depreda- 
tions upon  the  Frontier,  even  after  the  Treaty  commenced.  Their 
conduct  has  been  so  outrageous  and  improper,  that,  for  the  sake  of 
example  to  others,  and  to  produce  a  proper  respect  for  our  Govern* 
ment,  good  policy  requires  that  they  should  he  compelled  to  nuke 
some  retribution  at  least :  and  if  it  shall  be  thought  proper  that  our 
duties  shall  be  resumed  in  relation  to  them,  we  should  indeed  be  very 
desirous  of  some  particular  Instructions  upon  the  subject. 

The  Indians  about  Prairie  du  Ghien,  are  represented  by  Mr. 
Boilvin  (the  Agent  at  this  place)  and  several  other  Penons  who  have 
lately  returned  from  thence,  as  being  in  a  state  of  the  greatest 

•SeeF^401.  tSeePk«e4IS. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  1D41 

iBotion,  occasioned  by  their  divisions  with  regard  to  Peace  with  The 
United  States ;  all  of  which^  together  with  the  conduct  of  the  Sacs, 
and  the  failnre  of  the  Winnebagoes,  Menomenees  and  Chippewas  to 
meet  us,  is  thought  by  the  most  intelligent  White  Men  who  have  been 
ia  that  Country,  as  well  as  by  some  of  the  most  respectable  friendly 
Indians,  to  be  the  result  of  the  immense  presents  which  the  British 
Government  have  lately  distributed,  and  the  constant  intrigues  of 
British  Traders,  who  certainly  have  a  greater  quantity  of  mercha«idise 
on  the  Mississippi  at  present,  than  they  have  ever  had  in  any  former 
jear.  Indeed^  from  accounts  from  various  quarters,  it  appears  that 
they  are  making  the  greatest  possible  eflbrts  to  retain  their  influence 
4>ver  the  Indians,  and  to  engross  the  whole  of  their  Trade. 

Lieutenant  Kennerly  informs  us,  that  while  among  the  Indians  of 
tlie  Missouri,  he  received  information  that  British  Traders  were  among 
the  Maodans ;  where,  it  was  supposed,  they  were  making  an  Establish- 
ment, as  they  had  invited  the  Sioux  to  visit  them  at  that  place.  This 
Establishment  is  doubtless  to  be  supplied  from  Hudson's  Bay,  or  by 
the  Northwest  Company  of  Canada ;  and,  if  permitted  to  mature 
itself,  will  enable  them  to  engross  the  whole  of  the  Trade  of  the  upper 
parts  of  the  Missouri  River,  while  equai  exertions  will  be  made  by 
them  to  draw  the  Trade  of  the  upper  parts  of  the  Mississippi  down  the 
Red  River  of  Lake  Winnipec,  between  which  rivers  the  portage  is 
very  inconsiderable,  and  communication  easy. 

Having  treated  with  a  part  of  the  Indians  above  Prairie  du  Chien, 
it  might  be  desirable,  for  the  purpose  of  removing  all  jealousies  (too 
easily  excited  among  them  at  any  time,)  and  cultivating  a  good 
understanding  with  them,  to  treat  with  the  rest.  But  that,  in  the 
l^eseot  year,  is  totally  impracticable. 

On  our  first  meeting,  our  attention  was  confined  exclusively  to 
those  Indians  who  had  been  engaged  in  the  War  against  us ;  we,  how- 
ever, afterwards  had  the  honor  to  receive  a  Letter  from  the  Honor- 
able A;  J«  Dallas,  of  the  11th  of  June  last,  which,  with  its  Enclosure, 
enlarged  oar  Powers,  and  directed  our  attention  to  new  objects^  wbidi 
have  oecupied  a  considerable  portion  of  our  time. 

In  conformity  to  our  latter  Instructions,  we  ^d^voured  to  keep 
ourselves  constantly  informed  of  the  dispositions  and  intentions  of 
the  Indians,  and  the  conduct  of  the  British  Traders  among  them ;  the 
general  result  of  which  is  already  communicated. 

We  also  gave  Invitations  to,  and  were  invited  by  several  of  the 
Tribes  who  had  remained  firm  in  the  interest  of  The  United  States, 
the  good  consequences  of  which  were  very  apparent;  and,  fndeed,  if 
we  had  not  been  authoriaed  to  do  so,  the  jealousies  and  discontents  of 
those  Tribes  would  have  been  great  and  serious. 

The  Shawanees  and  Delawares  of  this  Territory,  made  known  to 
us  at  Portage  des  Sioux,  certain  grievances  of  which  they  complain, 
in  Talks  delivered  by  3  of  their  Principal  Chiefs,  which  at  their  request 
[1816—16.]  8  X 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


1042  UNITED  STATES. 

we  have  the  honor  herewith  to  transmit  for  the  iafonnation  of  the 
President 

It  not  having  been  made  oor  particular  duty  to  investigate  the 
causes  of  complaint,  as  alleged  by  them,  we  can  only  say,  that  as  at 
present  advised,  we  think  them  well  founded.  And  being  well 
acquainted  with  the  uncommon  sobriety  and  general  good  conduct  of 
those  Indians ;  the  attachment  which  they  have  evinced  towards  our 
Government ;  their  confidence  in  its  justice ;  the  alacrity  with  which 
they  afforded  their  co-operation  with  us  in  the  late  War ;  the  progress 
of  civilization  among  tbem,  &c.  we  feel  it  our  duty  to  recommend 
them  to  the  benevolence,  as  well  as  to  the  justice  of  our  Government 

The  Cherokees  of  Arkansaw,  complain  bitterly  of  the  intrusion  of 
the  White  People,  who  they  say,  destroy  their  game,  settle  among  them 
without  their  consent,  and  act  in  such  a  manner  as  to  produce  dis- 
orders>  discord,  and  confusion. 

Those  Indians  wish  a  ceilain  Tract  of  Country  to  be  assigned 
them;  its  bounds  to  be  ascertained;  and  that  the  most  efficient 
measures  may  be  taken  to  prevent  our  own  Citizens  from  mixing  with 
them,  or  otherwise  intruding  upon  their  lands. 

We  have  the  honor  to  be/&c. 

WM.  CLARK. 
NINIAN  EDWARDS. 
Han.  W.  H.  Crawford.  AUGTE.  CHOUTEAU. 


REPORT  qf  the  Secretary  of  War^  relative  to  the  Expeiuei 
of  the  Indian  Department.— Uth  Marchy  1816. 

Department  of  War,  \^th  March,  1810. 

In  obedience  to  the  Resolution  of  the  Senate,  of  the  2nd  of  March, 
1815, 1  have  the  honor  to  transmit  the  enclosed  Documents,  which 
exhibit  the  General  Expenses  of  the  Indian  Department  embracing 
Annuities  and  Presents;  and  the  general  and  particular  views  of  the 
Indian  Trade,  called  for  by  the  Resolution. 

Nos.  1,2,  and  3,  exhibit  the  amount  of  Annuities  due  and  payable, 
and  the  sums  actually  paid  to  the  several  Indian  Tribes  within  our 
limits,  the  Presents  made  to  them,  and  the  General  Expenses  of  the 
Indian  Department,  during  the  4  years  preceding  the  dlst  of  March, 
1815. 

In  the  sum  exhibited  as  Presents,  is  included  a  great  quantity  of 
provisions  furnished  the  friendly  Tribes  during  the  War,  who,  on 
account  of  their  attachment  to  The  United  States,  were  compelled  to 
abandon  their  Country,  and  take  refuge  within  our  Settlements.  The 
same  cause  prevented  their  engaging  in  the  chase,  the  principal  source 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  1043 

of  tlieir  supplies  in  times  of  Peace.  The  embarrassments  produced 
by  a  state  of  War,  prefented  the  regular  payment  of  the  monied  part 
of  their  Annuities,  and  in  many  cases  rendered  it  impossible  to  dis- 
charge that  portion  which  was  payable  in  merchandize.  This  circum- 
stance presented  a  strong  inducement  to  furnish  them  liberally  with 
those  supplies  which  we  had  at  command,  and  which  were  even  more 
oecessary  to  them  than  the  merchandize  which  we  were  bound  to  fur- 
nish. It  is,  however,  believed,  that  these  supplies  have  been  swelled 
to  an  unreasonable  amount,  by  extensive  impositions,  which  have  been 
practised  upon  the  Government  in  the  issue  of  provisions  to  them, 
which  renders  it  necessary  to  discontinue  the  practice,  or  to  devise  new 
and  suitable  checks  to  guard  against  their  repetition. 

The  Statements  marked  from  A  to  Z,  exhibit  the  state  of  the  Fund 
set  apart  for  the  Indian  Trade,  during  the  4  years  preceding  the  31st 
of  March,  1815.  It  appears  from  these  Statements,  that  from  the 
commencement  of  the  Trade  to  the  31st  December,  1809,  a  loss  of 
44,538  dollars  had  been  incurred,  and  that  during  the  period  designated 
in  the  Resolution,  the  sum  of  15,906  dollars  had  been  gained,  notwith- 
standing the  loss  of  43,369  dollars  from  the  capture  of  several  of  the 
Training  Posts  by  the  Enemy,  during  the  War.  These  3  items,  form« 
ing  the  aggregate  sum  of  59,276  dollars,  may  be  considered  as  the 
commercial  profit  of  the  Establishment  during  that  period,  which  would 
give' an  annual  profit  of  nearly  15,000  dollars, 

But  the  Annual  Expenses  paid  out  of  the  Treasury,  in  support  of  the 
Establishment,  exceed  20,000  dollars,  which  presents  a  specific  loss  of 
more  than  5,000  dollars  annually.  The  difference  in  the  result  of  the 
management  of  this  Fund  antecedent  to  the  3 1st  of  December,  1809,  from 
that  which  is  exhibited  in  these  Statements,  during  the  4  years  preceding 
the  31st  March,  1815,  is  no  doubt  in  a  great  degree  the  effect  of  the 
experience  acquired  by  the  prosecution  of  the  Trade.  It  is  probable, 
that  a  more  intimate  acquaintance  with  the  nature  of  the  commerce,  a 
more  skilful  selection  of  the  goods,  and  of  the  Agents  employed  in 
vending  them,  and  a  considerable  increase  of  the  capital  invested  in  it, 
will,  in  a  short  time,  produce  a  small  and  gradually  increasing  profit, 
after  defraying  all  the  expenses  incident  to  the  Establishment,  which 
are  now  payable  out  of  the  Public  Treasury.  Under  the  most  skilful 
management,  the  profits  cannot  be  an  inducement  for  continuing  the 
system  now  in  operation.  That  inducement,  if  it  exists  at  all,  must  be 
found  in  the  influence  which  it  gives  the  Government  over  the  Indian 
Tribes  within  our  limits,  by  administering  to  their  wants,  increasing 
their  comforts,  and  promoting  their  happiness.  The  most  obvious 
effect  of  that  influence,  is  the  preservation  of  Peace  with  them,  and 
among  themselves.  The  exclusion  of  all  intercourse  between  them 
and  the  Whites,  except  those  who  have  the  permission  of  the  Govern- 

3X2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1044  UNITED  STATES. 

ment,  and  over  whose  conduct  a  direct  control  is  exercised,  has  insen- 
sibly contributed  to  this  desirable  object 

The  amelioration  in  their  condition,  desired  by  the  GoTemmenl, 
has  continued  to  advance,  but  in  so  slight  a  degree  as  to  be  perceptible 
only  ader  a  lapse  of  years.  If  the  civilization  of  the  ludian  Tribes  is 
considered  an  object  of  primary  importance,  and  superior  to  that  of 
rapidly  extinguishing  their  titles,  and  settling  their  lands  by  the 
Whites,  the  expediency  of  continuing  the  system  now  in  operation, 
under  such  modifications  as  have  been  suggested  by  the  experience 
already  acquired,  appears  to  be  manifest  The  success  of  such  an 
experiment  requires  (he  exercise  of  all  the  influence  which  the  annual 
distribution  of  Annuities  and  Presents,  aided  by  that  which  roust  flow 
from  a  judicious  supply  of  all  their  wants,  in  exchange  for  those  arti- 
cles which  the  chase,  and  the  increasing  surplus  of  their  stock  of 
domestic  animals,  will  enable  them  to  procure.  This  influence,  skil- 
fully directed  for  a  series  of  years,  cannot  fail  to  introduce  among 
them  distinct  ideas  of  separate  property.  These  ideas  most  necessarily 
precede  any  considerable  advancement  in  the  arts  of  civilization,  and 
presuppose  the  institution  of  Laws  to  secure  the  Owner  in  the  enjoy* 
meut  ol  his  individual  property ;  because  no  Man  will  exert  himself 
to  procure  the  comforts  of  life,  unless  his  right  to  enjoy  them  is  ex- 
clusive. 

The  idea  of  separate  property  in  things  personal,  universally  pre- 
cedes the  same  idea  in  relation  to  lands.  This  results  no  less  from  the 
intrinsic  difference  between  the  two  kinds  of  property  than  from  the 
different  effects  produced  by  human  industry  and  ingenuity  exerted 
upon  them.  The  facility  of  removing  personal  property  from  place 
to  place,  according  to  the  will  or  convenience  of  the  Owner,  gives  to 
this  species  of  property,  in  the  estimation  of  the  Huntsman,  a  vaioe 
superior  to  property  in  lands,  which  his  wants,  as  well  as  his  habits, 
compel  him  annually  to  desert  for  a  considerable  portion  of  the  year. 
To  succeed  perfectly  in  the  attempt  to  civilize  the  Aborigines  of  this 
Country,  the  Government  ought  to  direct  their  attention  to  the  ira* 
provement  of  their  habitation,  and  the  multiplication  of  distinct  Settle- 
ments. As  an  inducement  to  this  end,  the  different  Agents  should  be 
instructed  to  give  them  assurances  that,  in  any  Treaty  for  the  purchase 
of  lands  from  their  respective  Tribes,  1  mile  square,  including  every 
separate  Settlement,  should  be  reserved  to  the  Settler,  which  should 
become  a  fee  simple  estate,  after  the  expiration  of  a  certain  number  of 
years  of  actual  residence  upou  and  culttration  of  it  Perhaps  an 
additional  reservation  of  a  quarter  or  half  section  of  land  to  each 
member  of  such  family,  would  add  to  the  inducements,  not  only  to 
make  such  separate  Settlements,  but  to  the  raising  of  a  family.  If 
measures  of  this  kind  were  adopted  by  the  Government  and  steadily 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  1045 

porsued  for  a  series  of  years,  while,  at  the  same  time,  a  spirit  of  libe- 
rality was  exhibited  in  the  commerce  which  we  carry  on  with  them, 
success,  the  most  complete,  might  be  confidently  expected.  But 
commerce  with  our  Indian  Neighbours,  prosecuted  only  upon  a  con- 
tracted scale,  and  upon  the  principles  of  commercial  profit^  would  tend 
not  only  to  diminish  the  influence  of  the  Government  with  them,  but 
coald  not  fail  entirely  to  alienate  their  affection  from  it.  A  period  has 
arrived  when  the  Trade  most  be  greatly  extended,  or  entirely  abandoned 
to  individual  enterprize.  To  reserve  the  Trade  in  the  hands  of  the 
Govemnnent,  whilst  the  wants  of  the  Indians  are  but  partially  supplied, 
would  be  to  make  them  feel  its  influence  only  in  their  privations  and 
wretchedness. 

The  right  of  the  British  North-West  Company  to  participate  in 
this  Trade,  independent  of  the  will  of  the  Government,  is  now  at  an 
end.  The  settlement  of  the  lands  ceded  by  the  Creeks  in  1814,  will 
exclude  the  Southern  Tribes  from  all  intercourse  with  the  Spanish 
Ports  in  the  Gulf  of  Florida.  The  preservation  of  Peace  with  those 
Tribes,  as  well  as  the  execution  of  the  plans  which  may  be  devised  for 
their  civilization,  require  that  this  intercourse  should  not  be  renewed. 
The  great  distance  of  some  of  the  Tribes  in  the  North-west  Territory, 
and  in  the  Northern  regions  of  Louisiana,  from  the  settled  parts  of  The 
United  States,  will  probably  make  it  necessary  to  permit  the  British 
merchant,  from  Canada,  to  participate  in  the  commerce  of  those 
Tribes,  until  more  accurate  information  is  obtained  as  to  their  situation 
and  numbers,  their  wants,  and  their  capacity  to  pay  for  articles  of  the 
first  necessity.  As  this  knowledge  is  gradually  acquired,  and  the 
mode  of  conducting  the  Trade  better  understood,  the  exclusion  of 
Foreigners  from  all  participation  in  it  may  be  safely  effected.  If  the 
Trade  is  to  be  continued  in  the  hands  of  the  Government,  the  Capital 
Qoght  to  be  increased  to  500,000  dollara.  The  exclusion  from  all 
commercial  intercourse  with  the  Ports  in  the  Gulf  of  Florida,  and  the 
necessity  of  extending  our  Trading  Establishments  further  to  the 
West  and  the  North,  with  a  view  to  the  ultimate  exclusion  of  Foreign 
participation  in  it,  forcibly  suggest  the  propriety  of  such  an  increase. 

This  Capital  will  probably  be  found  greatly  below  what  is  necessary 
to  supply  the  wants  of  the  various  Tribes  within  our  limits.  The 
deficiency,  it  is  believed,  will  be  supplied  by  the  North-West  Com- 
pany, and  by  individual  enterprise.  At  present,  the  Governors  of  our 
Territories  are  compelled  to  give  Licences  to  Trade  with  the  Indians,  to 
every  Person  who  can  give  security.  The  power  of  rejecting  the 
application,  on  account  of  the  character  of  the  Applicant,  appears  to 
be  necessary.  If  the  Licenced  Traders  were  compelled  to  take 
an  Oath  to  observe  the  Laws  regulating  Indian  Trade,  it  might 
aid  in  correcting  the  abuses,  especially  in  vending  spirituous  liquors, 
which  have  loo  generally  been  practised  by  them.     It  is  deemed  expe- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1046  UNITED    STATES. 

dient  to  establish  a  depot  of  merchandise  at  St.  Louis,  or  its  viciDity, 
under  the  direction  of  a  Deputy  Superintendant,  who  should  ha?e 
power,  in  addition  to  supplying  the  regular  and  established  trading 
houses,  to  deliver  to  Persons  of  good  moral  character,  who  should  be 
able  to  give  security,  any  quantity  of  goods  not  exceeding  10,000 
dollars,  for  which  peltries,  and  other  articles  of  Indian  commerce, 
should  be  received  in  payment  at  a  fair  price,  and  at  fixed  periods; 
or,  that  they  should  be  sold  by  the  Superintendent,  on  account  of  the 
Purchaser.  In  the  latter  case,  a  premium,  equal  to  the  use  and  the 
risk  of  the  Capital,  should  be  added  to  the  price  of  the  goods.  This, 
as  well  as  several  other  important  ideas,  are  more  fully  developed  in 
the  Communication  of  Governor  Edwards,  and  of  the  Superintendant 
of  Indian  Trade,  which  are  herewith  communicated,  marked  R.  and 
Z.  Z. 

In  compliance  with  that  part  of  the  Resolution  which  requires  my 
opinion  of  the  expediency  of  vesting  the  general  management  of 
Indian  Affairs  in  a  separate  and  independent  Department,  I  have  the 
honour  to  state,  that  an  arrangement  of  that  nature  appears  to  me  Co 
be  highly  proper,  if  the  commerce  of  those  Nations  is  to  be  retained 
in  the  hands  of  the  Government  The  only  rational  principle  upon 
which  it  is  considered  necessary  to  place  the  Indian  Trade  under  the 
control  of  the  War  Department,  is  the  necessity  of  relying  upon  it  for 
the  small  military  force  which  has  hitherto  been  stationed  at  the  dif- 
ferent trading  posts  which  have  been  established.  This  countenance 
and  support  could  be  given  to  the  Department  to  which  it  might  be 
confided,  with  the  same  facility  as  if  it  still  remained  subordinate  to 
the  Department  of  War.  The  Accounts  of  the  Superintendant  of 
Indian  Trade,  are  now  returned  to  the  Treasury  Department,  to  which, 
so  far,  the  Superintendant  is  accountable.  The  Accounts  of  the  Agnits 
of  the  Government  for  the  several  Tribes  in  amity  with  us,  are  still 
returned,  and  settled  in  the  War  Department.  From  the  payment  of 
Annuities  to  the  various  Indian  Tribes  itilhin  The  United  States,  a  new 
species  of  jurisprudence  has  sprung  up,  which  operates  as  a  heavy  tax 
upon  the  time  of  the  Secretary  of  War. 

All  losses  of  property  by  American  Citizens,  from  the  robberies, 
thefts  and  depredations  of  those  Tribes,  are  to  be  remunerated  out  of 
the  Annuities  payable  to  them.  The  evidence  in  all  these  cases  is 
extra-judicial,  and  requires  the  examination  and  approbation  of  the 
Secretary,  before  remuneration  can  be  made.  The  Presents  which  are 
made  to  them,  the  allowances  to  Artificers  settled  among  them  by 
the  Government ;  in  fact,  every  disbursement  of  money  connected  with 
the  Indian  Department,  except  in  the  prosecution  of  Trade  with  them, 
has  to  receive  the  special  sanction  of  the  Head  of  this  Department. 
The  duties  incumbent  on  this  Officer,  resulting  from  the  control  of  the 
Indian  Department,  are  so  multifarious,  so  impossible  to  be  reduced 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED    STATES. 


1047 


witbia  general  regulations,  that  a  considerable  portion  of  his  time  is 
necessarily  devoted  to  them. 

The  organization  of  the  Accountant's  Office  is  such  as  to  render  it 
impossible  for  that  Officer,  by  any  human  exertion,  promptly  to 
despatch  the  business  which  has  been  accumulating  from  year  to  yean 
nntil  the  mass  has  become  so  imposing  as  to  render  Legislative  aid 
indispensably  necessary  to  correct  the  evil. 

The  creation  of  a  separate  and  independent  Department,  to  which' 
all  the  Indian  Accounts,  including  those  which  are  still  settled  in  the 
Accountant's  Office,  will  not  supersede  the  necessity  of  modifications 
in  the  organization  of  that  Office.  The  changes  which  are  deemed 
necessary  to  ensure  the  prompt  settlement  of  the  Accounts  of  the  War 
Department,  are  respectfully  submitted  to  the  Senate,  in  the  Pa|)er 
marked  A.  Z. 

If  a  new  Department  be  formed,  much  of  the  miscellaneous  duties 
now  belonging  to  the  Department  of  State  ought  to  be  transferred  to 
it.  The  changes  which  ought  to  be  made  in  this  regard,  will  obtrude 
themselves  upon  the  attention  of  the  Senate  whenever  the  subject 
shall  be  considered. 

It  is  believed,  that  at  the  present  moment  no  plan  can  be  devised 
for  carrying  on  the  Indian  Trade,  that  will  be  equally  advantageous  to 
the  Indians,  although  it  may  be  more  economical  to  the  public.  This 
opinion  is  founded,  in  a  considerable  degree,  upon  the  fact,  that  those 
who  have  a  competent  knowledge  of  the  manner  in  which  this  Trade 
must  be  prosecuted  to  be  successful,  are  destitute  of  the  Capital 
necessary  for  the  prosecution,  to  the  extent  demanded  by  the  wants  of 
the  Indians.  The  Capital  of  those  parts  of  the  Union  where  those 
Persons  are  to  be  found,  is  not  sufficient  for  the  purposes  of  commerce 
among  themselves.  It  is  exposed  to  no  risks,  and  the  profit  is  great; 
consequently  it  will  not  be  employed  in  commerce  with  the  Indians. 
The  risks  to  which  the  Capital  will  be  subject,  when  placed  in  the  hands 
of  these  enterprising  Traders,  as  well  from  their  casual  want  of  inte- 
grity, as  from  the  robberies  and  thefts  of  the  Indians,  will  prevent  the 
Capitalists  of  the  Commercial  Cities  from  supplying  them[^with  the 
means  of  engaging  in  this  commerce.  The  proposition  to  establish  a 
Depot  at  some  point  about  the  mouth  of  the  Missouri,  for  the  purpose 
of  supplying  those  who  will  be  able  to  give  sufficient  sucurity,  with 
such  an  amount  of  goods  as  will  enable  them  to  prosecute  the  Trade 
to  advantage,  will,  in  a  series  of  years,  produce  a  number  of  Persons 
skilled  in  the  manner  of  carrying  it  on  successfully,  and  create  a 
Capital  in  their  hands,  which  will  be  probably  continued  in  that  chan- 
nel and  eventually  justify  the  Government  in  leaving  it  under  judicious 
regulations,  which  experience  will  not  fail  to  suggest,  entirely  to  Indivi- 
dual enterprize. 

These  views  are  substantially  founded  upon  the  conviction,  that  it 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1048  UKITEB   STATES   AKD  ALGIKRS* 

h  the  true  policy  and  earneet  desire  of  the  Government  to  dn»  km 
safage  Neighbora  within  the  pale  of  civilizatioD.  If  I  am  mislakieB 
on  this  point,  if  the  primary  object  of  the  Government  Is  to  exunguidi 
the  Indian  title,  and  settle  their  lands  as  rapidly  as  possible,  then  com* 
merce  with  them  ought  to  be  entirely  abandoned  to  Individual  entei^ 
prise,  and  without  regulation.  The  result  would  be  continual  warfare, 
attended  by  the  extermination  or  expulsion  of  the  aboriginal  Inhabit- 
ants of  the  Country,  to  more  distant  and  less  hospitable  regions.  The 
correctness  of  this  policy  cannot  for  a  moment  be  admitted* 

The  utter  extinction  of  the  Indian  race  most  be  abhorrent  to  the  feel- 
ings of  an  enlightened  and  benevolent  Nation.  The  idea  is  directly  ofK 
posed  to  every  act  of  the  Government,  from  the  Declaration  of  lode- 
l^dence  to  the  present  day.  If  the  system  already  devised  has  not 
produced  all  the  effects  which  were  expected  from  it,  new  experiments 
ought  to  be  made.  When  every  effort  to  introduce  among  them  ideas 
•f  separate  property,  as  well  in  things  real  as  personal,  shall  fail,  let  inter- 
marriages  between  them  and  the  Whites  be  encouraged  by  the  Govern- 
ment. This  cannot  fail  to  preserve  the  race,  with  the  modifications 
necessary  to  promote  the  enjoyment  of  civil  liberty  and  social  happi* 
ness.  It  is  believed  that  the  principles  of  humanity,  in  this  instance^ 
are  in  harmonious  concert  with  the  true  interests  of  the  Nation. 

It  will  redound  more  to  the  National  honor,  to  incorporate,  by  a 
humane  and  benevolent  policy,  the  Natives  of  our  forests  in  the  great 
American  Family  of  Freemen,  than  to  receive  with  open  arms  the 
Fugitives  of  the  Old  World,  whether  their  flight  has  been  the  effect  of 
their  crimes  or  their  virtues.        I  have  the  honor  to  be,  &c. 

WM.  H.  CRAWFORD. 

Tke  Hon.  John  GaUiard, 

President  pro  tern,  of  the  Senate  of  the  United  Statee. 


CORRESPONDENCE  of  the  American  Commissioners, 
relating  to  the  negotiation  of  Peace  between  The  United 
States  and  Algiers, — July,  1815. 


The  American  Commissioners  to  the  Secretary  ofState. 
United  Slates  Ship,  Guerriere, 
Sir,  Bay  qf  Algiers,  4th  July,  1816. 

We  have  the  honour  to  refer  yon  to  the  Official  Reports  of  Com* 
naodore  Decatur  to  the  Navy  Department,  for  an  Account  of  the 
operations  of  this  Squadron,  previous  to  our  arrival  off  Algiersi,  on  the 
28th  ultimo. 

Having  received  information  that  the  Algerine  Squadron  had  been 
at  Sea  for  a  considerable  time  louger  than  that  to  which  their  Cruisers 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  ALGIERS.  1049 

usually  extend,  and  that  a  Despatch  Boat  had  been  sent  from  Gibraltar 
to  Algiers,  to  inform  them  of  our  arrival  in  the  Mediterranean,  we 
thought  that  they  might  have  made  a  harbour,  where  they  would  be  in 
safety.  We,  therefore,  whilst  they  were  in  this  state  of  uncertainty* 
believed  it  a  proper  moment  to  deliver  the  President's  Letter,  agreeably 
to  oar  Instructions. 

Accordingly,  on  the  29th  ultimo,  a  Flag  of  Truce  was  hoisted  on 
board  the  Guerrurcy  with  the  Swedish  Flag  at  the  Main.  A  Boat 
came  off  about  noon,  with  Mr.  Norderling,  Consul  of  Sweden,  and  the 
Captain  of  the  Port,  who  confirmed  the  intelligence  we  had  before  re« 
eeived,  and  to  whom  we  communicated  information  of  the  Capture  of 
their  Frigate  and  Brig.  The  impression  made  by  these  events  was 
viable  and  deep.  We  were  requested  by  the  Captain  of  the  Port,  Mr. 
Norderling  declaring  he  was  not  authorized  to  act,  to  state  the  Condi* 
tions  on  which  we  would  make  Peace ;  to  which  we  replied,  by  giving 
the  Letter  of  the  President  to  the  Dey,  and  by  a  Note  from  ns  to  him, 
a  Copy  of  which  we  have  the  honour  to  transmit  herewith. 

The  Captain  of  the  Port  then  requested  that  Hostilities  should  cease 
pending  the  Negotiation,  and  that  Persons  authorized  to  treat  should 
go  on  shore ;  he  and  Mr.  Norderling  both  affirming  that  the  Minister 
of  Marine  had  pledged  himself  for  our  security  and  return  to  our  Ships 
when  we  pleased.  Both  these  propositions  were  rejected,  and  they 
were  explicitly  informed  that  the  Negotiation  must  be  carried  on,  on 
board  the  Fleet,  and  that  Hostilities,  as  far  as  they  respected  Vessels, 
conld  not  cease.    They  returned  on  shore. 

On  the  following  day,  the  same  Persons  returned,  and  informed  as 
that  they  were  commissioned  by  the  Dey  to  treat  with  us  on  the  pro* 
posed  Basis,  and  their  anxiety  appeared  extreme  to  conclude  the  Peace 
immediately.  We  then  brought  forward  the  Model  of  a  Treaty,  which 
we  declared  would  not  be  departed  from  in  substance,  at  the  same 
time  declaring  that,  although  The  United  States  would  never  stipulate 
for  paying  Tribute,  under  any  form  whatever,  yet  that  they  were  a 
magnanimous  and  generous  Nation,  who  would,  upon  the  presentation 
of  Consuls,  do  what  was  customary  with  other  great  Nations,  in  their 
friendly  intercourse  with  Algiers. 

The  Treaty  was  then  examined,  and  they  were  of  opinion  that  it 
wonid  not  be  agreed  to  in  its  present  form,  and  particnlarly  requested 
that  the  Article  requiring  the  restitution  of  the  Property  they  had 
captored,  and  which  had  been  distributed,  might  be  expunged,  alleging 
that  such  a  demand  had  never  before  been  made  upon  Algiers.  To 
this  it  was  answered,  that  the  Claim  was  just,  and  would  be  adhered  to. 

They  then  asked  whether,  if  the  Treaty  should  be  signed  by  the 
Dey,  we  would  engage  to  restore  the  Captured  Vessels;  which  we  re- 
fused. They  then  represented  that  it  was  not  the  present  Dey  who  had 
declared  the  War,  which  they  acknowledged  to  be  unjust ;  conceding  that 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1050  UNITED  STATES  AND  ALGIERS. 

they  were  wholly  in  the  wrong,  and  had  do  excuse  whatever;  requesting^ 
however,  that  we  would  take  the  case  of  the  Dey  into  consideration^ 
and,  upon  his  agreeing  to  terms  with  us  more  favourable  than  had  ever 
heen  made  with  any  other  Nation,  to  restore  the  Ships,  which  they 
stated  would  be  of  little  or  no  value  to  us,  but  would  be  of  great  im- 
portance to  him,  as  they  would  satisfy  the  People  with  the  conditians 
of  the  Peace  we  were  going  to  conclude  with  him. 

We  consulted  upon  this  question,  and  determined  that,  considering 
the  state  of  those  Vessels,  the  sums  that  would  be  required  to  fit  them 
for  a  passage  to  The  United  States,  and  the  little  probability  of 
selling  them  in  this  part  of  the  World,  we  would  make  a  compliment 
of  them  to  His  Highness  in  the  state  they  then  were,  the  Commodore 
engaging  to  furnish  them  with  an  escort  to  this  Port.  This,  however, 
would  depend  upon  their  signing  the  Treaty  as  presented  to  them, 
and  could  not  appear  as  an  Article  of  it,  but  must  be  considered  as  a 
favor  conferred  on  the  Dey  by  The  United  States. 

They  then  requested  a  Truce,  to  deliberate  upon  the  terms  of  the 
proposed  Treaty,  which  was  refused :  they  even  pleaded  for  3  hours. 
The  reply  was,  "  not  a  minute; — if  your  Squadron  appears  in  sight 
before  the  Treaty  is  actually  signed  by  the  Dey,  and  the  Prisoners 
sent  off,  ours  would  capture  them."  It  was  finally  agreed,  that 
Hostilities  should  cease  when  we  perceived  their  Boat  coming  off  with 
a  White  Flag  hoisted,  the  Swedish  Consul  pledging  his  word  of  honor 
not  to  hoist  it  unless  the  Treaty  was  signed,  and  the  Prisoners  in  the 
Boat.  They  returned  on  shore,  and  although  the  distance  was  full  5 
miles,  they  came  back  within  3  hours,  with  the  Treaty  signed,  as  we 
had  concluded  it,  and  the  Prisoners. 

During  the  interval  of  their  absence,  a  Corvette  appeared  in  sight, 
which  would  have  been  captured  if  they  had  been  detained  one  hour 
longer.  The  Treaty  has  since  been  drawn  out  anew,  translated  by 
them)  and  duly  executed  by  the  Dey,  which  we  have  the  honor  to 
transmit  herewith.* 

Mr.  Shaler  has  since  been  on  shore,  and  the  cotton  and  money 
mentioned  in  the  IVth  Article,  have  been  given  up  to  him.  They 
now  show  every  disposition  to  maintain  a  sincere  Peace  with  us, 
which  is  doubtless,  owing  to  the  dread  of  our  arms :  and  we  take  this 
occasion  to  remark,  that  in  our  opinion,  the  only  secure  guarantee  we 
can  have  for  the  maintenance  of  the  Peace  just  concluded  with  these 
People,  is  the  presence  in  the  Mediterranean,  of  a  respectable  Naval 
Force. 

As  this  Treaty  appears  to  us  to  secure  every  interest  within  the 
contemplation  of  the  Government,  and  as  it  really  places  The  United 
States  on  higher  ground  than  any  other  Nation,  we  have  no  hesita* 

*  See  Page  45. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  1051 

tion  on  our  part,  in  fulfilling  such  of  its  provisions  as  are  within  our 
power,  in  the  firm  belief,  that  it  will  receive  the  Ratification  of  the 
President  and  Senate. 

We  Lave  the  honor  to  be,  &c. 

STEPHEN  DECATUR. 

WILLIAM  8HALER. 
The  Hon.  James  Monroe ,  Secretary  of  State, 


(Enclosure,) — The  American  Commissioners  to  the  Dry  of  Algiers, 
The  Undersigned  have  the  honor  to  inform  His  Highness  the  Dey 
of  Algiers,  that  they  have  been  appointed  by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  Commissioners  Plenipotentiary  to  treat  of 
Peace  with  His  Highness,  and  that  pursuant  to  their  Instructions,  they 
are  ready  to  open  a  Negotiation  for  the  restoration  of  Peace  and 
harmony  between  the  2  Countries,  on  terms  just  and  honorable  to 
both  Parties :  and  they  feel  it  incumbent  on  them  to  state  explicitly  to 
His  Highness,  that  they  are  instructed  to  treat  upon  no  other  priuci- 
pie,  than  that  of  perfect  equality,  and  on  the  terms  of  the  most 
favored  Nations:  no  Stipulation  for  paying  any  Tribute  to  Algiers, 
under  any  form  whatever,  will  be  agreed  to. 

The  Undersigned  have  the  honor  to  transmit  herewith,  a  Letter 
from  the  President  of  The  United  States,  and  they  avail  themselves  of 
this  occasion,  &c. 

STEPHEN  DECATUR. 
His  Highness  the  Dey  of  Algiers.  W I LLI  AM  SH A  L£R. 


LETTER  from  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury^  transmitting 
2  Statements  of  the  Importations  of  Ooods,  Wares,  and 
Merchandise y  in  American  and  Foreign  Vesssels ;  during 
the  year  ending  September,  1814. — I8th  December,  1815. 

Sir,  Treasury  Department,  ISth  December,  1815. 

In  conformity  with  a  Resolution  of  the  House  of  Representatives,  of 
of  the  99th  of  May,  1798,  I  have  the  honour  to  transmit  herewith  2 
Statements  of  the  Importations  of  Goods,  Wares,  and  Merchandise^ 
in  American  and  Foreign  Vessels,  and  an  aggregate  view  of  both, 
from  the  Ist  of  October,  1813,  to  the  90th  of  September,  1814. 

1  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c. 
The  Honourahle  the  Speaker  of  the  A.J.DALLAS. 

House  of  Representatives, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1052 


UNITED  STATES. 


(\.)— GENERAL  STATEMENT  of  Goods,  Wares,  and  Mer^ 
ehandise  imported  into  The  United  States,  in  Amebican  Vessels, 
commencing  the  1st  day  qf  October,  1813,  and  ending  ike  30lA  dag 
of  September,  1814. 


Tafaie  of  Goods  paying  Dntiea 

ad  yalorem. 

IMPORTATIONS  FROM 

At  274 

At  324 

At  424 

per  cent. 

per  cent. 

per  cent. 

DoOars. 

Doamn. 

DoBm. 

EUROPE. 

Denmark  and  Norway  ... 

1,056 

, , 

, , 

Holland       .... 

868 

788 

3,645 

En^and,  Man,  and  Berwick        - 

45,318 

19,750 

5,704 

Ireland        .... 

, , 

612 

, , 

Gibraltar     .... 

, , 

6 

, , 

French  European  Porta  on  the  Atlantic 

608,790 

139,676 

7,847 

Spanish            do.            do. 

17 

159 

• , 

Portugal      .... 

3,929 

2,542 

•• 

Total        -        DoUm 

559,978 

163,533 

17,196 

ASIA. 

Britiah  Eaat  Indies      . 

• . 

• . 

Torkey,  Levant,  and  Egypt 

68 

132 

China         .... 

9,429 

2,220 

AFRICA. 

Teneriffe  and  the  other  Canaries  - 

•• 

• . 

Total        .        Donors 

9,497 

2,352 

WEST    INDIES,     AMERICAN 

COLONIES,  &c 

Swedish  West  Indies  - 

55,546 

4.879 

•  • 

British  West  Indies     . 

, , 

7 

,. 

Do.  American  Colonies 

, , 

, , 

, , 

French  West  Indies  and  American  Colcmies 

1,277 

4,038 

632 

Floridas       .... 

61,275 

25,475 

•  • 

Honduns,     Campeachy,     and    Mnsqnito 

Shore      .... 

90 

33 

a  « 

Spanish  West  Indies  and  American  Co- 

lonies      .... 

25,640 

4,596 

31 

Coast  of  Brasil,  and  other  American  Co- 

lonies      .... 

•  • 

•  • 

•  • 

West  Indies,  generally 

.  • 

.  • 

•  • 

432 

.. 

.. 

Ci^tared  Vessels 

1,288388 

259,890 

28,955 

Total        .        DoUturs 

1,433,148 

298,918 

29,618 

Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES. 


1053 


{2,y^GENERAL  STATEMENT  (sf  Goods,  Wares,  and  Mer^ 
chandise,  imported  into  The  United  States,  in  Foreign  Vessels, 
commencing  the  \st  day  of  October,  1813,  and  ending  the  dOth  day 
ofSeptembery  1814. 


Value  of  Goods  paying  Duties 
ad  Talorem. 

IMPORTATIONS  FROM 

per  cent. 

At37A 
per  cent. 

At  48* 
per  cent. 

EUROPE. 

Russia        .... 
Sweden        .... 
Eng^d,  Man,  and  Berwidc 
Ireland        .... 
French  European  Ports  on  the  Atlantic 
Spanish          do.          do.          do. 

Do.            do.          do.       Mediterranean 
Portugal      .... 

49,825 

403,862 

223,119 

162 

74,797 

15,578 

159 

73,136 

IMlart. 

2,418 
28,569 
46,452 

2*1,855 
2,80- 

27,127 

DoUm. 

7,988 

18,914 

1,962 

"   79 
V,548 

Total       .       DoUm 

840,638 

129,228 

30,491 

AFRICA. 

Teneriffe,  and  the  other  Canaries 
Cape  de  Yerd  Islands  - 

2,602 

88 
4 

Total        .        JDoOsrt 

2,602 

92 

WEST    INDIES,    AMERICAN 
COLONIES,  &c. 

Swedish  West  Indies  - 
British  West  Indies     - 

Do.  American  Colonies 
French  West  Indies  and  American  Colonies 
Floridas      .... 
Spanish  West  Indies  and  American  Coloniea 
Coast  of  Branl  and  odier  American  Coloniea 
West  Indies,  generally 
Uncertain  Ports,  Placet,  ftc       - 

91,065 

2,512 

505,889 

2,886 

32,702 

22,403 

1,300 

•  • 

\ 

13,154 

848 

40,210 

267 

3,267 

7,185 

551 

164 

•  • 

"228 
48 

•  • 

176 

1V>tal       •       IkXUBn 

658,757 

65,64fi 

452 

Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1054 


UNITED  STATES. 


{Z.)^GESERAL  AGGREGATE  of  Impariai'ums  Jhm  each 
Naiian  and  its  Dependencies,  in  American  and  Foreign  Vessels, 
commencing  on  the  the  \st  day  of  October,  1813,  and  ending  on  the 
SOthdayofSipfemher,  1814. 


Talne  of  Goods  paying  Dotiea 

ad  valorem. 

FEOM 

At27{ 

At  32) 

At42| 

per  cent 

per  cent. 

per  cent. 

DoOart. 

DoOm. 

DoOan. 

Riinia        .... 

49,825 

2,418  > 

7,988 

Sweden,  and  Dependefiicies 

550,473 

46,602 

18,914 

Dennuurk               do. 

1,056 

, . 

, , 

Holland                 do. 

868 

788 

3,645. 

Great  Britun         do.                  .               . 

777,000 

107,885 

7,894 

France                   do. 

587,750 

165,836  ; 

8,606 

Spain                     do. 

157,864 

43,610 

207 

Portogal                do. 

80,967 

30,224 

1,548 

Turkey,  Leirant,  and  Egypt 

68 

132 

CUna          .... 

9,429 

2,220 

, , 

All  otlier  Conntriea     - 

1,289,320 

260,054 

28.955 

Total        -        DoOers 

3,504,620 

659,769 

77,757 

Tyennay  Deperiment,  \%ik  Dec,  1815. 


JOSEPH  NOUBSB,  Aytder. 


LETTEB  from  the  Secretary  of  ike  Treaeuiy,  iransmiitisfg 
a  Statement  of  the  Exports  of  The  United  States^  during 
the  year  ending  September,  1815.— 14M  February,  1816. 

Sir,  Treasury  Department,  14M  February,  1816. 

I  HAVE  the  honoor  to  transmit  a  Statement  of  the  Exports  of  The 
United  States,  during  the  year  ending  the  30th  of  September,  1815, 
amounting  in  value, 

DoUwrt. 

in  aiticlea  of  Domestic  Produce  or  Manu&ctare,  to   45,974,403 

of  Foreign  Produce  or  Mannfiu^tnre,  to 6,583,350 

Total    ..     J)oaar$    ..     52,557,753 

Which  Articles  i^pear  to  have  been  exported  to  the  following  Coontiiei,  mi 

DomtitiCm  fbrri^nm 

To  the  Northern  Coontriea  of  Euope 3,699,553  958,896 

To  the  Dommions  of  The  Netheriands 3,784,771  796,087 

Great  Britain 21,366,844  223,024 

France 6,576,368  2,151,269 

Spam   5,087,325  1,143,635 

Portugal 2,119,202  161,899 

AH  other  Coontries ., 3,340,340  1,148,540 

DoUart, . . .     45,974,403  6,583,350 

1  have  the  honor  to  be,  %ic. 
The  Hon.  the  Speaker  A.  J.  DALLAS: 

of  the  House  of  Representatives. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES. 


1055 


{\.)^STATE3fENT  of  EXPORTS,  the  Produce  and  Manufac 
iure  of  The  United  StateSf  commencing  the  let  day  of  October^ 
1814,  and  ending  the  ZOth  day  of  September,  1815. 


SPECIES  OF  MERCHANDISE. 

Quantity 

or  Value. 

FSflh . .  dried  or  smoked      ... 

Quintals. 

102,824 

Pickled     .... 

Barrels 

36,141 

do.        - 

Kegs 

3,062 

Oa.     Spermaceti 

GaUons 

8,618 

Whale  and  otiier  fish 

do. 

68,921 

Whalebone           -                .                .                - 

Pounds 

174 

Spermaceti  candles               ... 

do. 

312,065 

Wood. .  Staves  and  heading 

M. 

16,743 

Shmgles 

do. 

25,419 

Hoops  and  poles     ... 

do. 

3,733 

Boards  and  plank    ... 

do. 

51,337 

Hewn  timber          .... 

Tons 

7,696 

Lnmber  of  all  kinds 

Dollars 

77,647 

Masts  and  spars     ... 

do. 

17,389 

Oak  bark  and  other  die 

do. 

336,249 

All  mannfSBustores  of               -                - 

do. 

150,660 

Naval  Stores. .  Tar 

Barrels 

39,845 

Pitch 

do. 

6,367 

Rosin 

do. 

11,721 

Turpentine  ... 

do. 

76,103 

Ashes..  Pot         .... 

Tons 

3,850 

Pearl      .... 

do. 

1,091 

Skins  and  Furs    .... 

Dollars 

409,371 

Beef    - 

Barrels 

13,130 

Pork    ..... 

do. 

9,073 

Hams  and  Bacon  .... 

Pounds 

695,357 

Tallow                 .... 

do. 

37,541 

Butter                 .... 

do. 

844,029 

Cheese                .... 

do. 

468,609 

Lard    .                -                .                -                - 

do. 

1,045,633 

Hides-               .               .               .               . 

No.  of 

51 

Homed  Cattle     -               .               .               . 

do. 

4,604 

Horses                 .... 

do. 

1,747 

Sheep-                .... 

do. 

9,710 

Hogs  -                -                .                .                . 

do. 

757 

Poultry                -                .                .                - 

Dosens 

836 

Wheat                 .... 

Bushels 

17,634 

Indian  Com        .... 

do. 

830,516 

Rye     -               -               .               •               . 

do. 

831 

Oats    - 

do. 

^,899 

Barley                  .... 

do. 

2,237 

Bnskwheat          .... 

do. 

180 

Beans  -               -               .               .               . 

do. 

2,702 

Peas    - 

do. 

7,873 

Potatoes              .... 

do. 

45,113 

Apples                 .... 

Barrels 

2,081 

Flour  -                .                .                .                . 

do. 

862,739 

Meal^Rye          -                -                .                . 

do. 

6,016 

Indian      -               -               -    ,           . 

do. 

72,364 

Ginseng               .                . 

Pounds 

16,863 

Ship-stofT            .                •                •                . 

Cwt. 

79 

Biscuit  or  Ship-bread 

Barrels 

49,034 

do.           do.                   ... 

Kegs 

27,733 

Rice    - 

Tierces 

129,248 

Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1056 


UNITED    STATES. 


STATEMENT  of  EXPORTS,  the  Pradkux  and  MmmMfrtaure^ 
The  United  Staiei.—Cimtinutd. 


SPECIBS  OF  MERCHANDISE. 


Indigo 
Cotton—Sea  TaUnd 

Other    - 
Tobacco 
naxaeed 
Flax    - 
Wax    - 

Household  Fnmitare 
Coachet  and  other  Carriages 
Hats    - 
Saddkry 
Beer,  Porter,  and  Cider,  in  caslcs 

bottled 
Boots  - 
Shoes.    Silk 

Leather 
Candles.    Tillow 
Wax    - 
Soap    - 
Starch 
Snnff    - 

Tobacco,  mann&ctnred 
Leather 
Lead    . 

Maple  and  Brown  Sugar 
Bricks 

Spirits  from  Grain   - 
Linseed  Oil 
Spirits  of  Turpentine 
Cables  and  Cordage 
Cards.    Wool  and  Cotton 
Playing 
Pig 

Bar 

Nails 

Castings     - 

All  other  mannfiujtures  of  Iron,  or  of  Iron 
and  Steel 
Spirits  from  Molasses 
Chocolate 
Gunpowder 

Copper  and  Brass,  and  Copper  manufactured 
Medicinal  Drugs 
Sugar,  refined 

Merchandise,  and  all  Andes  not  enumerated : 
Manufactured 
Raw  Produce 


Total  Value  of  the  foregoing  Articles. 


Iron. 


Qnandtj,  or  Value. 


Pounds 

5,906 

do. 

8,449,951 

do. 

74,548,796 

Hhds. 

85337 

Bushels 

267,101 

Pounds 

4,771 

do. 

481,801 

Dollars 

52,278 

do. 

9.176 

do. 

26,149 

do. 

13,534 

Gallons 

54^74 

Doiens 

1,696 

Pkin 

2,811 

do. 

194 

do. 

50,997 

Founds 

574,978 

do. 

38.142 

do. 

1,924,427 

do. 

3,593 

do. 

14,655 

do. 

1,019,390 

do. 

433,903 

do. 

40,245 

do. 

6,260 

M. 

664 

Gallons 

117,701 

do. 

17,259 

do. 

16,838 

Cwt. 

8,006 

Dosens. 

1,319 

Pkcks. 

864 

Tons 

152 

do. 

80 

Pounds 

90,294 

DoUan 

5,749 

do. 

7,784 

GaUons 

8,112 

Pounds 

5,840 

do. 

407,896 

DoIUirs 

366 

do. 

34,547 

Pounds 

10,432 

Dollars 

497.707 

do. 

292,939 

DoUan. 

45,974,403 

Trtuiwry  DepartmeiU,  la/  Fgimefy,  1816. 


JOSEPH  NOURSB,  Riguter. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITEP  STATES^.  lOSjT 

{2.)STATEMENT  of  EXPORTS,  the  Produce  and  Manufac^ 
tures  of  Foreign  Countries,  commencing  the  1st  day  of  October, 
J814,  and  ending  the  SOlh  September,  1815. 


SPECIES  OF  MERCHANI 


Val  lie  of  feoods  ttee  of  duty 

at  'JSi  per  cent 
25  do.  - 
824  do,  - 
au  do.  - 
424  do.  - 
40  do. 
IVines— Malmtey  Madeira,  and  London  panU 

All  other  Madeira 

Burgun'^,  rbanipaiia>«  &c. 

Clarut,  &c.,  in  bottle*  or  ca«c*  - 

Lisbon,  Oporto,  &c. 

Tencriffc.Fayal,  &c. 

All  other  »  -  - 

Spirilf,  from  grain  -  -  - 

From  other  moteriato    - 
Molaaiea  «  -  - 

Beer,  ale,  and  porter       -  -  - 

Tea«,  SouchnoK  and  other  black 
Hy»on,  imperial,  &c. 
Other  green  -  -  - 

Coffee         -  -  -  -  - 

Cocoa        -  -  -  -  - 

Sagar.  Drown       -  .  .  - 

White,  clayed,  or  powder^     - 

Loaf         -  -  -  - 

Other  refined  and  lump 
Almondt    -  -  -  -  - 

Fruits.  Currants  -  -  -  - 

Prunes  and  plums 

Uaisins,  in  jars  and  boxes,  and  Musca 

All  other  -  -  - 

Candles.    Tallow-  ... 

Cheese       -  -  -  .  - 

Snap  -  -  -  -  - 

Spices.  Mace        .... 

Nutmegs  ... 

Cinnamon  -  -  - 

Cloves       .  -  .  - 

Pepper     -  .  .  - 

I^mento  ... 

Chinese  cassia    .  -  . 

Indigo        ..... 
Cotton        .  .  -  -  - 

Powder.   Gun       -  -  - 

Iron.    Slit  and  hoop        -  -  . 

Vails  ..... 

Spikes        -  -  -  .  . 

QuickslWer  -  -  - "        - 

Fainu.  Ochre,  Yellow  in  oil 


Dry  yellow 
te  ancf  r« 


White  and  red  lead 
Lead  and  manufactures  of  lead 
Cordage.  Tarred     .... 

Untarred 
Cables        -  .  .        - 

Steel  -  -  -  -  - 

Twine  and  Pack  thread 
Glauber  Salts        -  -  -  - 

Salt,  weighing  50  lbs.  oi  less 
Coai       "^  -  -  .  -       ^- 

Fish.  Foreign  caught,  dried 

Pickled.    Salmon 
AH  other 
GUm.    Black  quart  bottles 

Window,  not  above  8  inches  by  10 

Not  above  10  inches  by  12 
Segars        -  .  -  -  - 

Boou         -  -  -  -  ■       - 

Shoes  and  Slippers.  Kid,  Morocco,  &c.  for  me 
Cards.   Playing     -  .  -  - 

Total  Value  of  the  above  L.. 


£ibi6— 16.]  3Y 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


1058 


UNITED  STATES. 


(S,)-- SUM  MARY  of  the  Value  and  Destination  of  the  EXPORTS 
of  The  United  States,  during  the  Year  ending  the  SO/A  September, 
1815. 


WHITHER  EXPORTED. 


Domestic 


PrnMia 


Sweden 

Swedbh  Wett-Indiea 

Denmark  and  Norway 
Daniah  West  Indies  - 


Holland  -  .  .  -  - 

Danish  West-Indies  and  American  Colonies 


England,  Man  and  Berwick 
Scotland         -  -  -  - 

Ireland  -  -  -  - 

Guernsey,  Jersey,  Sark,  and  Alderney 
Gibraltar        -  -  -  - 

British  East-Indies    -  -  - 

British  West-indies 
Newfoundland  and  British  Fisheries 
British  American  Colonies 
Other  British  Colonies 


The  Hanse  Towns  and  Ports  of  Germany 

French  European  Ports  on  the  Atlantic     - 

■do.  Mediterranean 

Frencbvycst- Indies  and  American  Colonic* 
Bourbon  and  Manrllius       .  .  - 


Spanish  European  Ports  on  the  Atlantic 

do.  Mediterranean    - 

Teneriffe  and  other  Canaries 
Manilla  and  Philippine  Islands 
noridas  -  -  -  -  - 

Honduras,  Campeachy,  and  Musqutlo  Shore 
Spanish  West-Indies  and  American  Colonies 


Portugal         .  -  -  -  - 

Madeira  -  -  -  -  - 

Fayal  and  other  Azores        -  -  - 

Cape  de  Verd  Islands  -  -  - 

Other  African  PorU  -  "^       T 

Coast  of  Braail  and  other  American  C4loaict 


Italy  and  Malta         -  -  -  -  - 

Trieste  and  other  Austrian  PorU  on  the  Adriatic 
Morocco  and  Barbery  Stotes 
China  -.---. 

Cape  of  Good  Hope  .  -         •         . 

Bast-Indies     ----•« 

West- Indies  -.-... 

Europe 

Africa  ------ 

Asia     -  -  - 


South  Seas      .  .  . 

North-west  Coast  of  America 


Total 


•DoUan 


i>oUar«._. 


i4afim 


aMgoM 

72^060 


127,S» 
4B6k248 


i,0Hao 


812 


1,7W118I 


4,967,74s 
7S»841 

22m 


96774^ 
151^928 
24ifi\7 
4JU29 
84S^BA2 
4M15 


\,l79fi79 
61A942 
96^870 


11M» 


17,667 


S8,646 


1,7IXU9> 


1.001,1002 


piodnce 


Total 
mine  to  ' 

tbeDoBi- 
nioas  of  i 


DoUan. 


96^41 


C7M 


798^990 


lOUiTO 
1M9I 


47B^Ma 


IJMATl 

siMn 
sBi^sa 

U0C 


U^l 


S7jS7S 
8Ki/ME 


iia 

*1.965 

1,778 

9MS7 


TUBOl 


298^096       195,698 


90446        9(^969 


90^166 


\9fln 


«gooa       4,601 


114.9M 


IMtera. 
aHM9 


S1,58M6B 

Si98aL69;J 

a747AS7| 


444^« 


ijns^ 

M91i?« 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES* 


1059 


{4.)^SUMMARY  of  the  Value  of  Exports  from  each  State,  dwing 
the  Year  ending  30/A  September,  18Id. 


STATES. 


Domeitic. 


Foraigii. 


TOTAL. 


New  HampsUie 

Vermont 

MaasachoMtta 

Rhode  laland 

Oannecticiit •..•••• 

NewYoit  

Kew  Jcnej.. .. .. .. . . .. 

PeDnaylTania  .^ 

Delawaie 

MarfUnd 

•District  of  Cofambia.. .. 

Virginia  ..,, 

North  Caralin   

Sooth  Carolina 

Geoigia 

liOoiaiaiia 

tTerritory  Unitad  States 


Dottars. 

101,203 

161,002 

3,547,463 

357,684 

383,135 

8,230,278 

5,279 

3,569,551 

105,102 

4,086,274 

1,965,626 

6,632,579 

1,012,967 

6,574,783 

4,146,057 

5,055,858 

39,562 


Total,...X>o«ar#  45^74,403 


G«OffeTown 


DoUmn 


^  r  Mdiigaii  TenHorj'. . 

^tuiaiisiipiri  do. .:.. 


DoOan 


133,189 
13eM87 


14M5.8S6 


86»909 
3,678 


39,M3 


3Y2 


DoUan. 
8,579 

1,732,620 
203,499 

2,445,095 

1,024,368 

950,327 

44,397 

975 

100,346 

26,262 

46,752 

130 


JMfar#. 

109,782 

161,002 

5,280,083 

561,183 

383,135 

10,675,373 

5,279 

4,593,919 

105,102 

5,036,601 

1,965,626 

6,676,976 

1,013,942 

6,675,129 

4,172,319 

5,102,610 

39,692 


^,583,350 


140 


lao 


52,557,753 


183.189 
1388,487 


1,966,636 


87,110 
3,678 

88,693 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1060 


4UNITED    STATES. 


(6)'^SUMMARY  STATEMENT  of  the  Vclme  of  the  ExporuM 
the  Growth,  Produce,  and  Manufacture  of  The  United  States, 
dvring  the  year  ending  on  the  30M  of  September,  1815. 


THE  SEA. 


DoUmru    DoUan, 

M3;ioao 


Fisherira. 


Dried  ftsh,  or  cod  flshei 
?icWled  fl»h. 
mackarcl) 


PicWlcd  fl»h»  or  river  fltl 


iflhery, 


(herring,  •bad,  ninum. 


Whale,  common  oil,  and  bone 
Spermaceti  oil  and  candles 


THE  FOREST. 


S^IQ^MO 


Skina  and  fun  ...... 

Ginseng  -  .   ■       . 

Product  of  wood 

Lumber,  (boards,  suvea,  shingles,  hoops,  and  poles, 
hewn  timber,  masts,  fcc.)        .  .  .  • 

Oak  bark,  and  other  die 

NaTal  stores,  ftar,  pitch,  rosin,  Au:.)     .  -  p. 

Ashes,  pot  and  pearl      -  -  -  -  - 


AGRICULTURE. 


SMOfitOOO 


Product  of  animals : 

Beef,  tallow,  hides,  lire  cattle 
Butter  and  Cheese 


Pork,  pickled,  bacon,  lard,  live  hogs 
Horses     -  -  -    .      - 

Sheep        -  -  -  - 


Vegetable  food  : 

Wheat,  flour  and  biscuit  .  -  . 

Indian  com  and  meal    -  >  -  - 

Rice         ---.-- 
AH  other,  (rye,  oats,  pulse,  potatoes,  apples) 

Tobacco  ...... 

*Cotton  ...... 

All  other  Agricultural  Products : 
FIax»eed 


Maple  sugar 
Indigo      - 


Wa» 

Various  items,  (poultry,  flax,  &c.} 

MANUFACTURES. 


),&S8,S00 


l>omestlc  materials : 

Soap,  and  tallow  candles  .  .  .  .  . 

Leather,  boots,  shoes,  saddlery  .  .  .  , 

Hats         ........ 

Grain,  (spirits,  beer,  starch)     .  .  .  .  . 

Wood,  (including  furniture,  coaches,  and  other  cai-ilage^  • 
Cables  and  cordage        ...... 

Iron  ........ 

Various  Items,  (snufl;  silk  shoes,  wax  candles,  tobacco, 
lead,  linseed  oil,  spiriu  of  turpentine,  &c.) 

Foreign  materials : 
Spirits  from  n 
Sugar  reflned 
Chocolate 
Gunpowder 
Brass  and  copper 
Medicinal  drugs 


UNCERTAIN. 

Articles  not  distinguished  in  Returns  : 
Manufactured     ... 
Raw  produce      ... 


791,000 


Total,  DoUart 


vjm 


IltfW 


\j»im 


I8MM 
98^000 

21^000 


84,000 
29M00 


agDoo 

UMM) 

IM.O0O 

1.000 


twfm 


41M0O 


«,«/ 


wapm  \ 


am^m 


l.14B,00D 
lOOyBOO 


ljM> 


I7J 


1411,000 


SM^OOO 


TIMjOOO 


•4ftji744W0 


*  Sea- Island  cotton  valued  at  31  cents  per  lb.    Upland  do.  90  do. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES. 


1061 


{6.)— STATEMENT  of  the  Duftes  collected  an  the  Importation  of 
Articles  which  were  afterwards  re-exported,  without  being  entitled  to 
Drawback,  during  the  Year  ejuiing  Wth  September,  1815. 


SPECIES  OF  MERCHANDIZE. 


Goods  psyiiig  duties  ad  TBloremp  at  27^  per  oent.  .  .  « 

25     do. 

82&    do.  .  - 

80     do. 
42^    do. 
40      do. 
Wince.  Maimaef  Maddn,  and  London  pattlcular 

Claret,  &c.  In  bottles  or  cases  .... 

Lisbon,  Oporto,  &c.  •  .  -  -  - 

Teneriffe,  Fayal,  &c.  -  «  .  -  - 

Another  ...... 

Spirits  from  grain  ...... 

otbcr  materials  ..... 

Molasses  .  . 

Beer,  ale,  and  porter  ...... 

Teas.  Sonchony  ....  .  . 

Hyson,  imperial,  ftc.  ..... 

CoHee   ........ 

Coooa   ^  .  •  .  .  . 

Sogar.  Brovii      .*•..-  * 

White,  clayed,  ftc.  .  .  .  .  - 

Loaf 
Almonds  ...  .... 

Fhilts.  Currants  ...... 

Prunes  and  plums  ...... 

Balsins,  Imported  in  Jars,  boxes,  and  muscatel 

AU  other   ...... 

Candles.  TaUow  ...... 

Soap     ........ 

ifieet,  Maoe       -     '        • 

Nutmegs  •  «... 

Cinnamon  .... 

Cloves      ...  ... 

Pepper      ....... 

Pimento  ...... 

Chinese  Cassia        ...... 

Indigo  ...  ... 

<!fotton  ........ 

Powder.  Oun       ....... 

Iron.  Slit  and  hoop  ...... 

Nails    ........ 

Spikes  ........ 

QnicksUver  ....... 

PldnU.  Ochre,  yellow  in  oU 

White  and  red  lead  ..... 

Lead  and  maaufkctoxes  of  lead        ..... 

Cordage.  Tured  ....... 

Untarred  -  ... 

Cables  ....... 

Sleel     ........ 

Ofamber  salts      ....... 

Salt,  weighing  M  pounds  or  less      ..... 

Coal       ........ 

Fish.  Foreign  caught,  dried  ..... 

Salmon      ....... 

Glass.  Black  quart  bottles  ..... 

Window,  not  above  8  inches  by  10       .... 

Segars  ......... 

Shoes  and  aUppers.  Kid,  morocco,  and  for  men  and  women        • 

Cardi.    Flaying..  ...... 

Total    .    Do/terf 


Amount  of 

Duty. 

DolU.    C. 

40,968  80- 

199,088  M 

868  20 

10(V402  00 

135  15 

3,976  80 

851  48 

1,005  90 

915  60 

88  60 

6,844  80 

22,802  08 

5,579  96 

219  60 

444  16 

4,558  4a 

2.187  81 

150,827  20 

85,751  20 

56,888  45 

851  18 

86  90 

608  20 

1,478  76 

1  76 

424 

17  70 

28  0» 

588  40 

12  50 

442  00 

4,712  80 

8,020  80 

29,597  24 

360 

16,080  24 

9.085  OO 

12.384  76 

2,082  00 

52  04 

10.828  52 

756 

1,770  00 

840 

44  40 

87  54 

44  12 

1,162  86 

872  04 

18.524  00 

12  00 

817  00 

87  80 

148  00 

54  00 

48  20 

12  80 

660  00 

891  20 

1,488  50 

747,540  19 


Treasury  Department, 

Register's  Offiee,  February  12,  1816. 

JOSEPH  NOURSE,  Register 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1062  UNITED  STATES. 

LETTERfrwn  ike  Secretary  of  the  Treasury^  tramemittimg 
the  Annual  Statement  qf  the  District  ToMoge of  Tke  limited 
States  J  on  the  ^\st  of  December  ^  1815. 

SiR«  Treasury  Department^  16A  January y  181 7. 

I  HAVE  the  honour  to  traxumit  the  Anaaal  Statement  of  the 
Tonnage  of  The  United  States,  on  the  3Lst  day  of  December,  1815  , 
with  a  Letter  from  the  Renter  explaaaiorj  ef  the  8ame» 

I  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c.  

The  Honourable  the  Speaker^  WM.  H.  CRAWFORD. 

Houie  of  Repreeentatkee. 

Sir,  Register's  Office^  91^  Jasmarw^  181 7. 

I  HAVE  the  honour  to  transmit  the  Annual  Statement,  to  the  31st 
December,  1815,  of  the  District  Tonnage  of  The  United  States. 

Tms.    9Slfcs 

The  Registered  Tomu^,  as  corrected  at  this  Office, 
fer  the  year  1815,  is  stated  at 854,294  74 

The  Enrolled  and  Licensed  Tonnage  is  stated  at 475,665  43 

The  Fishing  Vessels  aft ^ 38,167  57 

Amomitiiig  to. Toms...  1,368,127  78 

The  Tonnage  on  which  Duties  were  collected,  during 
Ae  year  1815^  amounted  as  follows : 

Registered  Tonnage  paymg  duty  on  each  voyage^..      694,754  39 

Enrolled  and  Licensed  Tonnage-  employed  in  the 
Coasting  Trade,  paying  an  Annual  Duiy 374,336  13 

Fishing  Vessels,  the  same •.»• 33,222  69 

1,102,813  26 
Note. — Duties  were  also  paid  on  Tonnage  owned  by 
Citizens  of  The  United  States,  engaged  in  Foreign 

Trade,  not  registered 11,708  93 

Dittos  Coasting  Trade ^512  47 

12,221  45 

Total  Amount  of  Tonnage  on  which  Duties  were 
collected 1,115,034  71 

The  R^stered  Tonnage  being  corrected  for  the  year  1815,  accord- 
ing to  the  mode  prescribed  for  the  government  of  the  Collectors  of  the 
several  Districts,  as  stated  in  the  Communication  made  to  Congress  the 
27th  February,  1802,  and  in  conformity  with  the  intimation  contained 
in  the  Register's  Letter  of  the  7th  December,  1^11,  may  be  considered 
neariy  the  true  amount  of  that  description  of  Tonnage    854,294  74 

llie  Enrolled  and  Licensed  Tonnage  is  stated  at  the 
amount  upon  which  the  Annual  Duty  was  collected  in  * 
1815,  on  that  description  of  Tonnage,  and  may  be 
considered  as  nearly  the  true  amount  •••••••••••••••••••••     374^836  13 

Fishing  Vessels,  the  same 33,222  69 

The  District  Tonnage  of  The  Umted  States  is  stated 
at Tons...     1,262,353  61 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  1063 

Of  the  Enrolled  and  lioensed  Tonnage,  amounting,  as  before 
stated,  to  475,665  44  tons,  there  was  employed  in  the  Whale  Fishery 
1»229  92  tons. 

I  beg  leave  to  subjoin  a  Statement  of  the  Tonnage  for  the  year 
1815,  compared  with  the  amount  thereof  as  exhibited  in  the  preceding 
Annual  Statement  for  1814 ;  with  Notes  in  relation  to  the  increase  of 
the  Registered  and  Enrolled  Tonnage,  respectively,  in  1815. 

By  this  Statement,  it  appears  that  the  total  amount  of  new  Vessels 
iHiilt  in  the  several  Districts  of  The  United  States,  in  1815,  was 

Registered  Tonnage •••« 106,079  33 

Enrolled        ditto  ^ 48,545  06 


Total  Amount,  Ton9.     154,624  39 

I  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c,  ■!  

^  JOSEPH  N0UR8E,  Register, 
The  Hon,  William  J7.  Crawford. 


Recapitulation  of  the  Tonnage  of  Hie  United  States,  for  the 

1815. 

Tons.    95thf. 
The  aggregate  amount  of  the  Tonnage  of  The  United 
States,  on  the  31st.  December,  1815,  u  stated  at 1,368,127  78 


Whereof: —  Permanent      Registered 

Tonnage 702,023  22 

Temporary do 152,271  52 

Total  Registered  Tonnage 854,294  74 

Permanent  Enrolled  and  Licensed 

Tonnage 445,760  07 

Temporary do 17,047  15 

Total  Enrolled  and  Licensed  Tonnage ....(a)462,807  22 

Licensed  Vessels  under  20  tons,  employed 

in  the  Coasting  Trade 40,598  51 

Cod  Fishery  10,427  26 

Total  Licensed  Tonnage  imder  20  tons 51,025  77 

As  above Tons.   1,368,127  78 


(a)  Of  the  Enrolled  and  Licensed  Ton- 
nage, tfiere  were  employed  in  the  Tons. 

Coasting  Trade 435.066  87 

Whale  Fishery  1,229  92 

Cod  Fishery  26,510  33 


As  above Tons.     462,807  22 

JOSEPH  NOURSE,  R^^ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1064  ITNITED  STATES* 

General  Siaiemefii  of  Tonnage  Aecounis,  shemng  the   tnerease  of 


DR. 

EnroUed 

Liceosed 

Aggiegale 

Tonnage. 

Tonnage. 

Tonnage. 

TmiBsgr. 

1816 

1 

Tona~M 

TOns-Oft 

TlM»-«     Tons    Oitht 

Dec.81.  To  baUncc,  m  appears  by  general 

statement  of  tonnage  on  tbit  day. 

854,294  74 

4g2jaa7  22 

51,025  77 

1.068^127  70 

To  anonnt  of  tonnage  sold  to  Fo- 

reigners dnrtng  the  year  1815,  as 

per  Collectoi*s  retoms  . 

9^227  OS 

355  55 

9JiSS» 

To  amount  of  tonnage  loat  at  aea 
darinjr  the  year  1815,  aa  per  Col. 

I'^l  02 

9^282  23 

ujm» 

To  amoojit  of  tonnage  captured 

doling  the  late  war,  as  ncr  Col- 
lectofs  Rtnnw  for  181^^ 

asm  06 

9,905  11 

i9^a  17 

during  the  year  1815,  as  per  Col. 

m 

lector's  returns    . 

S;250  52 

1,0SS  15 

^305  €7 

To  this  difference— which,  tt  is 

presumed,  arises  ftora  the  trana- 

fen  of  enroUed  vessels  to  the 

• 

18.114  25 

16;l}4  35 

Tbns. 

888,274  07 

486,987  56 

51,025  77 

I^«2:^m7  4» 

NoTi. — T%e  merteM  qftke  Bes/utered  Totmagefur  the  year  181S»  u  ekewm,  at 

Jbilow9: 


BcglstefedVMBeis. 

Tonnage. 

Ships. 

Brigs, 

Sch'en. 

SM-. 

T-.-.W.. 

There  were  built  during  the  year 

1816,  as  per  Collectors  returns . 

There  were  captured  in  the  late 

as  per  Collectofs  returns 

134 
50 

190 

78 

196 
42 

27 

4 

106,07»3S 
3i386  4» 

184 

271 

240 

81 

I4M65  76 

ring  the  year  1815,  aaper  Collect 

tor*s  returns 
There  were  lost  ataea  during  1815, 

as  per  Collector's  report 
There  were  captured  during  the 

late  war,  as  perCollector*s  report 

for  1815    .           .           .           , 

worthy,  as  per  Collector's  report 
for  1816    .           ,           .           . 
Difference  In  favor  of  the.  real  In. 
crease  of  registered  tonnage 

10 
15 

12 

2 
145 

11 
88 

19 

9 
199 

38 
83 

14 

5 

161 

6 
6 

4 
15 

91227  03 
14,911  02 

8,200  06 

^250  52 
m486  48 

184 

271 

240 

31 

14M65  70 

Beal  and  nominal  Increase  appears  1 

ge  above, 
M>be. . 

brought 

sowo. 

Tons.. 

16^114  25 
204^18  84 

226,033  14 

Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  sVat^s.  1065 

Tonnage  Jrotn  the  SUto/Dec,  1814,  to  theSltt  of  Dec.  lSl5,inc!unve. 


Registered 

Enrolled 

Licensed 

Aggregate 

CR. 

Tonnage. 

Tonnage. 

Tonnage. 

Tonnage. 

1814 

Tons-96 

Tons-«6 

Tons— 95 

Tons— 95ths. 

Dec.  31.  By  baliuicc,  per  atatement  rendered 
1815         for  the  year  1814, 

674,682  63 

486,138  54 

49,437  67 

1,169.208  89 

Dec.  »1.  By  amount  of  registered  and  enrol- 
led tonnage,  buUt  In  1816,  a*  per 
Collector*!  returns 

106,079  83 

48,646  06 

•      « 

154^24  39 

By  amount  of  do.  captured  In  the 

as  per  Collector's  returns 
By  tWs  difference  In  the  registered 

84,386  48 

3,213  91 

,        , 

36,600  39 

tonnage  which.  It  Is  presumed, 

arises  flrora  the  registers  being 

Issned  at  one,  and  surrendered  at 

another,  district  j   the  length  of 

time  betwixt  the  soirender  and 

the  communication  thereof  to  the 

appearing  on  the  credit  of  the 

Bccounteof  registered  tonnage. 

and  from  the  transfers  of  enrol- 

7^176  66 

78,176  66 

* 

.       «      . 

By  this  difference,  being  an  in- 

crease of  the  Ucenaed  tonnage 
under  aOtona 

. 

. 

1,688  10 

1,688  10 

Tons. 

888^4  07  1  485^7  66 

61.026  77 

1,426,197  45 

NoTB. — The  inereaie 


qfthe  Enrolled  Tonnage  for  the  year  1815,  Ueheum 
fbHowe : 


Enrolled  Vessels. 

Enrolled 
Tonnage. 

Ships. 

Brigs. 

Sch'ers. 

Sloope. 

Tons-05th8. 

There  were  built  during  the  year 

1816,  as  per  Collector's  returns . 

There  were  captured  in  the  late 

as  per  GoUector's  returns 

3 

81 
6 

482 
13 

257 

49,545  06 
.      2;213  91 

2 

37 

495 

257 

60,759  02 

There  were  sold  to  Foreigners  du- 
ring 1816,  as  per  Collector's  re- 

There  tere  I'ost  at  sm  during  1816^ 
as  per  Collector's  returns          • 

There  were  captured  during  the 
late  war,  as  per  Collector's  re- 
turns for  1816       . 

There  were  condemned  as  unsea- 
wortfay^as  per  Collector's  returns 
tor  1816    :          . 

Difference  In  favor  of  the  real  in. 

1 
1 

1 
36 

1 
89 

36 

7 
413 

1 
28 

13 

18 
303 

365  56 
^262  23 

%306  11 

1,068  16  • 
48,782  88 

2 

87 

485 

267 

50,769  03 

The  difference  in  favor  of  new  regii 
Ditto        in  fkTor  of  new  enrol 

led  vessels  brought  down, 
lage  above,  brought  down, 
ge  under  20  tons,  brought  down,   . 

106,486  48 

48,782  88 

78,176  68 

1,688  10 

Tons.. 

226,033  14 

Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1066 


ROME   AND   SICILY. 


CONVENTION  between  Rime  and  SScify,  for  ike 
procal  Arrest  and    Puniehment  of   Vagabonds  and  Jk- 
eerters.— Signed  at  Rome,  the  4M  Jufy^  1816. 

(Translation.) 


Ferdinando  IV,  per  la  Grazia 
di  D'lo,  Re  delle  2  Sicilie,  di  Ge- 
rasalemme,  ec.  Infante  di  Spagna, 
Duca  di  Parma,  Piacenza,  Castro, 
ec*  ec.  Gran  Principe  Creditario  di 
Toficana,  ec.  ec.  ec. 


£'  stata  conchiusa  tra  Noi  e 
Sua  Santitd  il  Regnante  Sommo 
Pontefice  Pio  VII,  per  mezzo  de' 
jiostri  rispettivi  Plenipotenziarj 
autorizzati  e  muniti  deile  neces- 
sarie  faculta,  la  seguente  Coo- 
venzione,  la  quale  ^  stata  recipro- 
camente  ratificata;  ed  il  cambio 
delle  Ratifiche  ha  avuto  luogo  in 
Roma  il  di  2  del  corrente  meae  di 
Agosto. 

Sua  Santiti  il  Regnante  Som- 
mo Pontefice  Pio  VII,  e  Sua  Ma- 
estd  Ferdinaudo  IV,  Re  delle  2 
Sicilie,  animati  egualmente  da  un 
efficace  impegno  per  la  tranquil- 
lity de'  rispettivi  loro  Sudditi,  non 
meno  col'  estirpazione  de'  Malvi- 
veuti  che  infestano  le  confinanti 
Provincie  de'  2  Stati,  ma  benanche 
coir  arresto  de'  Disertoii  e  collo 
stabilimento  di  altri  oggetti  con- 
ducenti  alia  spedita  amministra- 
zione  dflla  giustizia,  ban  creduto 
di  stabilirne  una  Convtfnzione  re- 
ciproca,  ne*  seguenU  termini : 

Art.  I.  Le  rispettife  Forze  Ar- 
roate  potranno  introdursi  dall'  uno 
air  aitro  Territorio  de'  2  Dominj 
per  inseguire  ed  arrestare  i  Malvi* 
venti :  ma  questa  introduzione  s' 
intende  permessa  nella  circostaoza 
deirattualit^  della  fuga  ed  inse- 
cuzione  deirindividuo  o  Individui 


Ferdinand  IV,  by  the  Grace 
of  God,  King  of  the  2  Sicilies 
Jerusalem,  &c.  Infant  of  Spaio, 
Duke  of  Parma,  Placentia,  Castro, 
&c.  &c..  Hereditary  Grand  Prince 
of  Tuscany,  &c.  &c.  &c. 

Tbe  foIiowingConventionhaviBg 
been  concluded  between  Us  and  the 
Reigning  Supreme  Pontiff,  Pins 
VII,  through  tbe  medium  of  our 
respective  Plenipotentiaries,  duly 
authorised  and  Airnished  with  the 
requisite  Powers  for  that  purpose, 
the  same  has  been  mutually  rati- 
fied, and  the  Ratifications  ex* 
changed  in  Rome  on  the  2nd  day 
of  the  present  month  of  August. 

His  Holiness  the  Reigning  So- 
preme  Pontiff,  Pius  VII,  and  His 
Majesty  Ferdinand  IV,  King  of 
the  2  Sicilies,  equally  animated 
by  an  earnest  desire  to  provide  for 
tlie  tranquillity  of  their  respective 
Subjects,  by  the  extirpation  of  the 
Vagabonds  who  infest  the  Fron- 
tier Districts  of  the  2  States,  the 
arrest  of  Deserters,  and  the  esU- 
blishment  of  further  Regulations 
for  the  speedy  administration  of 
justice,  have  entered  into  a  mu- 
tual Convention  for  that  purpose, 
in  the  following  terms: 

Art.  L  It  shall  be  competent 
for  the  armed  Force  of  either 
State,  respectively,  to  enter  upon 
the  Territory  of  the  other  for  the 
purpose  of  pursuing  and  appre* 
bending  Vagabonds ;  but  such  en- 
try  must  be  understood  as  being 
restricted  to  cases  in  which  there 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME   AND   SICILY. 


1067 


delle  ConveuUcole  de'  Malviventi, 
i  quali  o  nell'  istante  o  poco  io- 
iianzi  abbian  pasaato  i  confini  del 
rispettivo  Dominio  per  evadere  gli 
effetti  del  la  ioaeciizione. 


II.  La  Forza  Armata  potri  per- 
correre  quel  Tratto  di  Territorio 
che  r  h  aecesaario  al  buono  evento 
della  insecazione,  fino  a  che  s*  in- 
eontri  in  ana  Forza  Pubblica  nel 
Dominio  Territoriale,  e  glonga  in 
un  qualcbe  Comane,  nel  qnale 
esista  similmente  una  Forza  Pub- 
blica :  allora  dovra  deaiatersi  dalla 
insecuzione,  cui  subentreralaForza 
Territbriale,  per  effettuare  1  arresto 
del  Delinquente  o  Deliuquenti. 


III.  Ese^endosi  real  men  te  si* 
mile  arresto,  la  Forza  esecutrice 
noo  dovrd  trasportarlo  nell'  altro 
Dominio,  ma  lasciarlo  in  potere 
del  Govemoy  nel  di  cui  Territorio 
lo  ha  arreatato :  riservando  poi,  a 
norma  del  solito,  alle  2  Corti  il 
cono  degli  ufficj  ministeriali,  per 
aveme  la  consegna,  a  tenore  de* 
vigenti  Coucordati* 


I  v.  La  Forza  Armata  che  a' 
introduce  nell'  altrui  Territorio^ 
non  potri  pretendere  o  dagli  abi- 
tanti  o  da'  Comuni,  alcuna  aommi- 
niatrazione  gratuita  o  indennizza* 
zione  per  titolo  e  sotto  nome  di 
aUoggi  o  foraggi,  o  aotto  qualun- 
que  altra  denominazione. 


ahall  be  an  actual  flight  and  pur- 
auit  of  an  Individual  or  Individu- 
al belonging  to  any  Band  of  Va- 
gabonds, who  shall  at  that  mo- 
menta or  a  short  time  before,  have 
crossed  the  Frontier  of  the  respec- 
tive Territory  for  the  purpose  of 
evading  purauit. 

IL  The  armed  Force  shall  be 
at  liberty  to  traverse  whatever 
portion  of  the  Territory  may  be 
necessary  to  ensure  the  successful 
result  of  such  pursuit,  until  it 
shall  meet  with  a  public  Force 
belonging  to  the  Territory  itself» 
or  arrive  in  some  Commune,  in 
which  there  shall  be  an  armed 
Force :  in  such  case  it  shall  desist 
from  the  pursuit,  which  iff'then  to 
be  continued  by  the  local  Force, 
with  a  view  to  the  ultimate  ar- 
rest of  the  Delinquent  or  Delin- 
quents. 

III.  When  such  arrest  shall 
have  actually  taken  place,  the 
Force  efl^ecting  the  same  is  not  to 
convey  the  Prisoner  to  the  other 
State,  but  shall  place  him  in  the 
custody  of  the  GoTemment  in 
whose  Territory  he  has  been  ar- 
rested ;  leaving  the  ulterior  mea- 
sures for  the  disposal  of  such 
Delinquent  to  be  adopted  by  the 
2  Courts,  through  the  regular  offi- 
cial channels,  in  conformity  with 
existing  Treaties. 

IV.  The  armed  Force  of  the 
one  State  thus  entering  upon  the 
Territory  of  the  other,  is  precluded 
from  demanding  from  the  Inhabi- 
bitants  of  any  Commune,  any 
gratuity  or  indemnification,  in 
respect  of  quarters  or  forage,  or 
under  any  other  denomination 
whatever. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1068 


ROME   AND    SICILY. 


V.  I  Coofandauti  Militari  e 
Capi  della  Porza  Armata  de'  2 
Stati  ne'  Paesi  limitrofi,  e  le  loro 
rispettive  Autorita  costituite,  in 
particolare  quelle  di.Benevento  e 
di  Pontecorvo,  si  metteranno  di 
concerto  fra  loro  pel  miglior  suc- 
cesso  di  queste  provvidenze. 

VI.  I  suddetti  5  Articolt  che 
rigaardauo  V  insecuzione  de'  MaU 
Yiventi,  avranno  effetto  e  saranno 
durevoli  pel  tratto  di  4  mesi»  dal 
di  del  cambio  della  Ratifica  della 
preseute  Coovenzione  ;  da  proro' 
garei  in  aeguito,  previo  1'  accordo 
fra  le  2  Cortij  se  il  biaogoo  V  esi* 
geii. 


VII.  Con  questa  occasione  resta 
confennato,cbe  i  particolari  Delin- 
qaenti  che  si  ricoverano  ne'  Do- 
minj  PoDtificj,  e  specialmente  nel 
Dncato  di  Beuevento  e  di  Poute- 
conro,  e  coai  rispettivauiente  nel 
regno  e  ne  paesi  limitrofi  del 
regno,  dovranno  essere  puntuaU 
mente  dalle  proprie  forze  arrestati 
ne*  2  Oominjy  e  ritenuti  nelle  pro- 
prie careen :  e  per  F  arresto  di  tali 
Delinquenti  le  Autoriti  limitrofe 
dovranuo  currispondere  fra  loro, 
e  preatarsi  a  vicenda  agl'  inviti  che 
rice?ono:  ma  la  loro  cousegna 
noil  dovra  essere  effettuata,  se  non 
presso  la  Ministeriale  instanza  ed 
annuenza  che  dee  passame  diretta- 
menie  fra  Corte  a  Corte;  il  tutto 
a  norma  di  qiiello  che  attaalmente 
n  pratica. 


V.  The  MilitarjF  Commandcn 
and  Chiefs  of  the  armed  Force  of 
the  2  States  in  the  Frontier  Dis- 
tricts, and  the  Constituted  Autho- 
rities of  ihose  States  respecti?ely> 
especially  those  of  Benevento  aod 
Pontecorvo,  will  concert  the  ne- 
cessary measures  for  giving  full 
effect  to  these  Stipalations. 

VI.  The  5  preceding  Articles  re- 
specting the  pursuit  of  Vagabonds 
shall  have  effect,  and  remain  ia 
force,  for  the  space  of  4  months, 
from  the  day  on  which  the  Rati- 
fication of  the  present  Convention 
is  exchanged;  and  shall  be  re- 
newed, if  circumstances  shoold 
require  it,  after  an  agreement  to 
that  effect  shall  have  been  entered 
into  between  the  2  Coorta, 

VII.  It  is  moreover  declared 
and  confirmed,  by  this  Conven- 
tion, that  those  Delinqnents  who 
may  have  taken  refuge  in  the  Pon- 
tifical Dominions,  and  especially 
in  the  Duchies  of  Benevento  sad 
Pontecorvo,  and  in  the  adjacent 
Kingdom  and  Districts,  respec- 
tively, shall  be  punctually  arrested 
by  the  Forces,  and  confined  in  the 
Prisons,  of  such  Territory;  and 
the  Authorities  of  the  Frontiers 
shall  correspond  with  one  another 
concerning  the  apprehension  of 
such  Delinquents,  and  recipro- 
cally comply  with  the  Requisi- 
tions they  may  receive  hr  that 
purpose;  but  Delinquents  are 
only  to  be  delivered  up,  on  the  Ap- 
plication, and  with  the  aanction.  of 
the  proper  Department,  trans- 
mitted directly  by  one  Court  to  die 
other;  the  whole  in  conformity 
with  the  existing  practice  in  such 
matters. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME   AND    SICILY. 


1069 


VII!.  Tatti  i  Disertori  del  Go- 
▼erno  Pontificio,  come  qnelli  dell* 
Esercito  Napoletano,  saranno  per 
1*  avvenire  arrestati  e  consegnnti 
come  gli  altri  Delinqiienti,  nello 
stesso  roodo  e  forma  nell'  Artioolo 
precedente  convenuta.  Reatano 
per6  eccettuati,  i  Disertori  Sadditi 
di  uno  de'  2  Goferni,  i  quali  tro- 
▼andoai  a  servizio  dell'  altro  si  ri- 
faggisaero  ue'  Doroinj  del  proprio 
Sovrano :  nel  qtial  caso  Don  potrii 
aver  loogo  il  lore  arresto,  se  non 
qaando  abbiano  essi  nello  Stato 
da  cui  disertanoi  commesso  delitto 
di  pena  capitale. 

Dovranno  bensi  ad  easi,  non 
essendo  rei  di  tal  delitto,  togliersi 
le  divise,  le  armi  ed  altn  oggetti 
di  pertinenza  del  reggimento  da 
cai  hanno  disertato,  e  che  si  sa- 
raoDO  presso  di  loro  rinvenuti, 
per  fame  seguire  la  restituzione  e 
la  coosegna  a!  medesimo  reggi- 
mento. 

IX.  Kesta  similmente  conve^ 
nato,  che  le  Autoritd  limitrofe  le 
quali  hanno  contatto  con  Bene- 
vento  e  Pontecorvo,  possano  cor- 
rispondera  e  debbano  reciproca- 
mente  prestand  allorch^  si  tratta 
di  requisizioni  e  citazioni  di  Tes- 
timonj. 


Quindi  tutte  le  volte  che  le 
Autoritd  del  Regno  ne  sieno  ri- 
chieste  da  Giusdiceuti  Pontificj,  e 
vice-vers4,  faranno  prontamente 
trasmettere  le  Persone  soggette 
alia  loro  giurisdizione,  per  essere 
eaaminate  in  qualita  di  Testimonj; 


VI II.  All  Deserters  belonging 
to  the  Pontifical  States,  as  well  as 
those  from  the  Neapolitan  Army, 
shall  in  fature  be  arrested  and  de- 
livered up  like  other  Delinqaents> 
in  the  manner  and  form  described 
in  the  preceding  Article.  Those 
Deserters  who  are  Subjects  of  one 
of  the  2  Governments,  and  who, 
being  in  the  service  of  the  other* 
may  have  taken  refuge  in  the  Do- 
minions of  their  own  Sovereign, 
are,  however,  excepted:  such 
Persons  cannot  be  arrested,  unless 
they  have  committed  a  capital 
crime  in  the  State  from  which 
they  have  deserted. 

But,  altliough  such  Individa* 
als  may  not  have  committed  any 
capital  crime,  all  Regimental  Co- 
lours, arms,  and  other  objects, 
that  may  be  found  in  their  pos* 
session,  belonging  to  the  Regiment 
from  which  they  have  deserted, 
shall  be  taken  from  them,  in  order 
that  the  same  may  be  duly  restored 
to  such  Regiment 

IX.  It  is  also  hereby  agreed 
and  declared,  that  it  is  competent 
for  the  Authorities  of  the  Fron- 
tiers,  in  the  direction  of  Benevento 
and  Pontecorvo,to  correspond  with 
one  another,  and  they  are  directed 
to  lend  each  other  all  aid  and  as- 
sistance in  summoning  and  en- 
forcing the  attendance  of  Wit- 
nesses. 

And  that,  moreover,  whenever 
the  Authorities  of  the  King- 
dom shall  be  thereunto  requested 
by  the  Judges  of  the  Pontifical 
States,  and  viee-versd,  they  shall 
cause  all  Persons  subject  to  (heir 
jurisdiction  to  be  promptly  trans- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1070 


ROM£   AND    SICILY. 


ma  avraniio  gpecial  cura  |>erch^  i 
medesimi  aieno  sollecitam^nte 
disbrigati  e-soddisfatti  delle  loro 
diete  dal  Governo  reqairente^ 
a  norma  deilo  atilo  tenuto  in  pas- 
sato. 


X.  Oil  Articoli  Vn,  VIH  e 
IX  della  preaente  Convenzione 
aaranno  stabili  e  permanenti ;  non 
solo  pel  tempo  presente,  che  pel 
tratto  soccessivo. 

La  presente  Conveniione  aari 
firmata  e  aigillata  dagF  iafrascritti 
Ministri  delegati^  con  Dupiicati 
Originally  perch^  ciaacuno  de'  2 
Goverai  abbia  un  aotentico  eaem* 
plare  della  medeatma;  [a  quale 
do?r^  piibblicarsi  ne'  rispettivi 
Dominj  per  editto,  affinchl^  sia  a 
Dotizia  di  ognuno,  e  venga  irremi- 
aibilmente  osservata. 

In  esecuzione  pertanto  dt  toUo 
il  di  sopra  convenuto,  Noi  sotto- 
acritti  in  virtd  delle  Plentpotenze 
accordateci  a  qaeato  effetto  da' 
rispettivi  So?rani,  e  che,  esaendo 
in  totta  regola,  abbiamo  Ticende- 
Tolmente  cambiatei  finniamo  ed 
approviamo  la  presente  Conven- 
zione colle  cautele  ed  Articoli  in 
essa  esposti. 

Roma^questo  di  4  Luglio,  1816. 
(L.S.)  ERCOLE   CARDINAL 

CONSALVI. 
(L5.)  TOMMASO  SPINELLI, 
MARCHESS  DI  FUSCALDE. 


mitted  to  such  place  or  places  as 
they  shall  specify^  in  order  that 
they  may  be  examined  aa  Wit* 
nesses;  taking  especial  care,  bow- 
ever,  that  such  Persons  be  dis- 
missed  with  all  convenient  speed, 
and  indemnified  for  their  ex- 
penses, according  to  the  practice 
which  has  hitherto  prevailed. 

X.  The  Vilth,  Vllltb,  and 
IXth  Articles  of  the  present  Con- 
vention are  to  be  fixed  and  per- 
manent; not  only  for  the  present 
but  for  the  futare. 

The  present  Convention  shall 
be  signed  and  sealed  by  the  Un- 
dersigned Delegated  Ministers,  in 
Duplicate  Originals,  to  the  inteol 
that  each  Government  may  pos- 
sess an  authentic  Copy  of  the 
same;  and  it  shall  be  published 
by  Edict  in  their  respective  Do- 
minions, in  order  that  it  may  be 
generally  known  and  inviolably 
observed. 

In  execution,  therefore,  of  all 
that  is  above  stipulated,  we  the 
Undersigned,  by  virtue  of  the 
Full  Powers  confided  to  ua  for  that 
purpose,  and  which,  being  In  all 
respects  regular,  we  have  mutually 
exchanged,  do  sign  and  approve 
the  present  Convention,  with  all  the 
Stipulations  and  Articles  therein 
contained. 

Rome,  this4tb  of  July,  181d. 
(L.S.)  ERCOLE    CARDINAL 

CONSALVI. 
(L.8.)  TOMMASO  SPLNELLL 
MARCHRSE  DI  FU8CALDS. 


E  perch^  tutti  gli  Articoli  con-  And  in  order  that  all  the  Arti* 
tenutinellatrascrittaCoDveozione  clcs  contained  in  the  above  wriU 
abbiano  la  pii^  esatta  ed  inviola-    ten  Convention  may  be  acmpiu 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


BUENOS   AYRES. 


1071 


bile  osservRnxa,  vogliamo  che  la 
medesiuna  tenga  ne*  nostri  Dominj 
forza  di  l^gge.  E  quindi  suHa 
proposizione  del  noatro  Segretario 
di  Stato  Ministro  degli  AlTan  Es- 
ten,  udito  il  consiglio  de'  nostri 
Ministri  di  Stato,  1'  abbiamo  san- 
zionata  e  sanzioniamo  nelle  debite 
forme. 

Vogliamo  per  tanto  e  comaudi- 
amo  che  questa  nostra  legge  da 
Noi  sottoscritta  e  munita  del  nos- 
tro  sigillo,  e  riconosciuta  dal  nos- 
tro  Segretario  di  Stato  Ministro  di 
grazia  e  giustizia,  si  pnbblichi 
colle  ordinarie  solennitd  per  tutto 
il  Regno,  per  mezzo  delle  Aotoritd 
cui  appartiene,  le  quali  dovranno 
registraria  ed  assicurarne  V  adem- 
pimento. 

II  nostro  Ministro  Segretario 
di  Stato  d  specialmente  incaricato 
di  vegliare  alia  sua  pubblicazione. 

Data  in  Napoli^nel  d)  6  AgostO' 
1816. 

FERDINANDO. 
Da  parte  del  Re : 

J I  MinUtro  Segretario  di  Stato, 

TOMMASO  DI  SOMMA. 

Vista  dal  Segretario  di  Stato  MU 
nistro  di  Grazia  e  Giustixia, 

Marchese  Tommasi. 


loasly  and  inviolably  observed, 
ve  hereby  decree  tliat  the  same 
shall  have  the  force  of  Law  lo  oar 
Dominions.  And  accordingly) 
upon  the  proposition  of  our  So* 
eretary  of  State,  Minister  of  Fo- 
reign Affairs,  and  with  the  advice 
of  our  Ministers  of  State,  we  have 
sanctioned,  and  do  sanction,  the 
same  in  the  accustomed  form. 

We  therefore  will  and  command, 
that  this  our  Law,  subscribed  by 
Us,  furnished  with  our  Seal,  and 
countersigned  by  our  Secretary 
of  State,  Minister  of  Grace  and 
Justice,  be  published  with  the 
usual  solemnities  through  the 
whole  Kingdom,  by  means  of  the 
Authorities  to  whom  such  duty 
appertains,  and  who  are  directed 
to  register  the  same,  and  superin- 
tend its  punctual  fulfilment. 

Our  Minister^Secretary  of  State, 
is  specially  charged  to  provide  for 
its  publication. 

Given  in  Naples,  the 6th  August, 
1816. 

FERDINAND. 
By  the  King  ;  the  Minister  Secrem 

tary  of  State, 

ToMMASO  DI  SOMMA. 

Seen  by   the  Secretary  of  State, 
Minister  of  Grace  and  Justice, 
Marchese  Tommasi. 


MANIFESTO  of  the  Sovereign  Congress  of  the  United  Pro^ 
vinces  of  South  America  to  the  People^  relative  to  the  re» 
moval  of  the  Assembly  from  Tucuman  to  Buenos  Ayres.-^ 
Tucumany  2d  October ^  1816. 

Heroic  People  of  the  Union,  (Translation.) 

From  the  moment  when  you  first  deigned  to  entrust  to  our  judgment 

and  intelligence  the  sacred  charge  of  the  National  Representation,  the 

nice  combinations  of  the  complicated  affairs  which  it  involves  have 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1072  BUENOS  AYRES. 

formed  the  all-absorbing  objects  of  our  unremitting  cares.  We  have 
to  adopt  the  most  efficacious  means  for  bursting  asuuder  the  humilia- 
ting chain  of  slavery  ;  to  devote  our  utmost  efforts  to  the  frustration  of 
the  plans  of  the  Aggressor;  to  animate  the  vigor  and  euergies  of  Men 
not  born  to  be  Slaves ;  to  conduct^  with  discretion,  your  steps  up  to  the 
august  pinnacle  of  liberty ;  to  engrave  upon  the  sensitive  hearts  of  the 
Americans  the  essential  virtues  of  reciprocal  affection^  inviolable  onion 
and  amiable  concord ;  to  identify  the  general  character  of  the  Nation : 
to  reconcile  the  particular  interests  of  the  Provinces  with  the  general 
prosperity  of  the  Country ;  to  ^rect  upon  solid  foundations  the  mag- 
nificent structure  of  our  auspicious  emancipation;  to  raise,  amidst 
almost  insurmountable  difficulties,  the  means  of  placing  the  National 
Armies  upon  a  respectable  establishment,  of  supporting  them  with 
credit,  and  of  carrying  their  knowledge  of  the  art  of  war^  and  their  ob- 
servance of  discipline,  to  the  utmost  degree  of  perfection ;  and,  finally, 
to  infuse  into  the  very  hearts  of  the  People  the  noble  sentiment  of  indif- 
ference to  their  own  interests,  in  order  that,  by  declaring  interminable 
"  War  to  all  destructive  egotism,  they  may  aspire  to  the  no  common 
glory  of  either  ceasing  to  exist,  or  of  being  eternally  free. 

Such,  Citizens,  is  the  grand  work  to  which  your  Representatives  in 
the  Sovereign  Congress  consecrates  their  talents,  their  judgment,  and 
their  undivided  attention.  Those  of  Tucuman,  who  carefully  ob- 
serve our  conduct,  who  daily  crowd  to  the  bar  of  the  Chamber,  and 
witness  the  decorum  and  dignity  with  which  the  various  subjects  are 
proposed,  discussed,  and  disposed  of,  have  been  enabled  to  express  to 
you  that  confidence  with  which  our  activity  and  zeal  have  inspired  them. 
Notwithstanding  all  this,  however,  insuperable  difficulties  which 
painfully  afflict  us,  paralyse  the  deliberations  of  the  State.  The  dis- 
tance  of  Buenos  Ayres,  the  Seat  of  the  Supreme  Executive  Power,  and 
the  unsettled  state  of  the  intermediate  Towns,  have  so  completely  iso- 
lated  us  that  we  are  prevented  from  observing  closely  our  dangers,  of 
guarding  against  evils,  of  giving  activity  to  our  resources,  and  of  uniting 
our  attention  to  the  internal  order  of  the  State,  with  that  regard  for 
Foreign  Affairs  which  good  policy  and  security  imperatively  require. 
Hence  it  is  that  the  course  of  events  necessarily  constitutes  tliis  nu- 
merous and  quicksighted  Nation  an  anxious  observer  of  our  unremit- 
ting labours;  but  when  purity  and  rectitude  of  principle  are  the  sup* 
porters  of  the  Supreme  Authority,  the  latter  has  no  fears ;  on  the  con- 
trary, calm  in  the  consciousness  of  its  sincerity,  it  feels  a  lofty  satisfac- 
tion in  the  increase  of  the  witnesses  to  its  conduct. 

The  provisional  removal  of  the  Sovereign  Congress  to  the  City  of 
Quenos  Ayres  has  already  been  sanctioned  by  Law,  Citizens,  dismiss 
all  insidious  prejudices !  ,  -Confide  in  Men  who  are  animated  by  an 
ardent  zeal  for  our  reciprocal  rights ;  Men  who,  divested  of  all  partiality, 
9re  solely  influenced  by  the  purest  affectioQ  for  their  Fellow-country- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


BUENOS  AYRES.  1073 

men.  Confide  in  Meu  nho  set  a  high  value  upon  (heir  existence 
for  no  other  reason  than  that  they  desire  to  live  for  you  and  for  their 
Country.  Be  assured  that  this  removal  is  the  result  solely  of  a  wish 
to  consult  the  general  convenience,  and  that  it  has  not  been  determined 
upon  until  after  several  days  of  mature  deliberation.  We  are  fully 
aware  of  the  feeling  of  the  Provinces  upon  this  question.  The  re- 
spective Deputies  have  signified  the  same,  suggesting  that  the  re- 
moval of  the  Congress  to  Buenos  Ayres  might  produce  a  disagreeable 
impression  upon  minds,  which  are  either  too  sensitive  or  are  over 
tenacious  of  the  inviolability  of  their  rights.  But  our  necessities  are 
urgent,  our  resources  are  exhausted,  and  the  salvation  of  our  Country^ 
which  is  paramount  to  every  other  consideration,  demands  a  remedy 
even  at  the  cost  of  the  most  painful  sacri6ces. 

The  Country  already  begins  to  witness  the  lamentable  conse- 
quences of  the  destructive  projects  both  of  anarchy  and  absolute  power. 
The  Portuguese  Expedition  approaches  Maldonado.  The  Banda 
Oriental  acts  for  itself,  and,  pertinacious  in  its  separation,  foregoes  the 
advantages  which  it  might  infallibly  command  by  its  union  with  the 
other  Provinces.  Santa  Fe  still  obstinately  maintains  its  pretensions, 
while  its  intestine  convulsions  make  it  sensible  of  the  want  of  a  Cen- 
tral Authority.  Paraguay,  isolating  itself,  and  confined  within  the 
strict  limits  of  its  Territory,  appears  as  an  indiffereut  spectator  of  the 
fate  of  its  Sister  Provinces. 

With  facts  like  these  before  you,  so  true  and  so  notorious,  can  you 
fail  to  perceive  the  imperious  necessity  of  an  immediate  deliberation 
on  the  part  of  the  Representative  and  Executi\e  Powers,  for  the 
adoption  of  such  measures  as  are  dictated  by  the  rules  of  prudence, 
precaution,  and  security  ? 

Moreover,  Buenos  Ayres  is  the  City  where  re$Qurces  are  to  be 
obtained.  The  actual  condition  of  the  Country  demands  a  prompt  and 
eflective  application  of  them.  An  infamous  Conspiracy  has  placed 
the  Tyrant  at  the  head  of  one  of  our  Armies,  in  Mendoza.  Those 
Troops  must  be  relieved.  The  other  valiant  Army,  under  our  own 
inspection,  and  which  is  in  the  best  order  and  discipline,  requires 
clothing,  equipments,  money,  and  other  uecehsaries,  to  enable  it  to 
pursue,  to  the  utmost  point,  this  mad  Confederacy  of  degraded  Slaves. 

The  Aggressor  of  Peru  is  at  the  gates  of  Jujuy ;  and  although  we 
are  fully  confident  that,  if  miscalculating  his  resources,  he  should 
advance,  he  would  be  digging  with  his  own  hands  the  grave  of  tyranny, 
yet  the  history  of  events  teaches  us  that  it  is  the  duty  of  every 
Govemmeut  to  guard  against  dangers,  however  remote. 

Isolated  as  we  are  in  this  spot,  at  a  distance  of  300  leogues  from 
Buenos  Ayres,  it  is  not  possible  to  forward  to  us  with  the  requisite  dis- 
patch, all  the  Documents  connected  with  Public  Afifairs  which  require 
our  grave  consideration  P  Be  it  also  remembered,  that  Orders  and  In- 
[1815—16.]  3  Z 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1074  ROME  AND  BAVARIA. 

structions  of  the  utmost  importance  are  liable  to  be  intercepted. 
Indeed,  there  has  already  been  found  a  hand  daring  enough  to  per- 
petrate this  crime ;  and  a  Commission  is  at  this  moment  occupied  in 
discovering  the  bold  Delinquent. 

Magnanimocts  and  Heroic  People  of  Peru, 

Be  confinced  that  nothing  but  such  weighty  and  just  causes  are 
capable  of  separating  us  from  you.  There  is  no  change  qfpUwe  vchere 
there  is  no  change  of  affection.  Where ?er  we  may  be,  we  will  curse 
the  hand  of  the  Tyrant  who  oppresses  yon.  Wherever  we  may  be, 
tears  of  sympathy  shall  flow  from  our  eyes,  upon  contemplating  you 
surrounded  by  all  the  horrors  to  which  a  cruel  fate  has  destined  you. 
Wherever  we  may  be,  we  will  reiterate  our  fixed  determination  to  par- 
sue  your  implacable  Enemies.  In  the  face  of  Heaven,  and  upon  the 
thrice  Holy  Altars  of  our  Country,  we  swear  their  denunciation  and 
extermination.  Wherever  we  may  be,  you  are  our  Brothers,  our 
Friends,  and  the  most  worthy  objects  of  our  tenderest  affections.  The 
moment  that  time  and  circumstances  shall  afford  us  the  opportunity, 
we  will  fly  to  be  near  you.  The  Seat  of  the  Congress  shall  always  be 
where  it  is  the  best  suited  to  your  relief,  your  consolation,  and  your 
interests.  These  are  our  sentiments,  these  are  our  prayers,  and  this  is 
our  resolution;  which  we  declare  to  you  in  proof  of  that  paternal 
regard  of  which  you  are  so  deserving. 

Hall  of  the  Congress  in  Tucuman,  the  2d  October,  1816. 

FELIPE  ANTONIO  DE  IRIARTE,  Deputy  President, 
JOSE  AGUSTIN  MOLINA,  Pro^Secretary. 


CONVENTION entreLe  Saint  Siige  etLeRtn  de  la  Bovine, 
au  sujet  de$  Affaires  EccUsiastiques. — Signie  d  Rome^  le 
5  Juin,  1817. 

(Traduction.) 
An  Nom  de  la  Tr^i-Sainte  et  Indinslble  TVinit^. 

8a  Saintete  le  Pape  Pie  VII,  et  8a  Majeste  MaximilieD-Josepb, 
Roi  de  Bavi^re,  animes  du  d6sir  aussi  ardent  que  l^itime  d'etablir 
dans  le  Royaome  de  Bavi^  et  dans  les  Pays  qai  en  dependent,  na 
ordre  fixe  et  durable  sous  le  rapport  des  Afiaires  EccleaiastiqiMs,  oat 
r&olu  de  conclure  une  Convention  solennelie  4  cette  fin. 

En  consequence,  Sa  Saintet^  le  Pape  Pie  VII,  a  nomm6  poor  aoo 
Plinipotentiaire,  Son  Eminence  M.  Hercule  Consalvi,  Cardinal  diacre 
de  PEglise  Romaine  sous  le  Titre  de  St.  Agathe,  et  son  Secretaire 
d'Etat; 

Et  Sa  Majeste  Maximilien-Joseph,  Roi  de  Bavi^re,  Son  Excel* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME  AND  BAVARIA.  1075 

leace  le  Baron  Casimir  de  H&ffelin,  Ev^que  de  Chenoci,  ct  son  Mi- 
fiistre  Pl^nipotentiaire  pr^s  le  Saint-Si^ge; 

Lesquele,  apr^s  avoir  echaog^  leurs  Pleiospouvoira  respectifs,  sont 
«onveniis  des  Articles  ci-dessoas : 

Art.  !.  La  Religion  Catholiqae  Apostolique  et  Romaine  sera  cod« 
aervee  dans  sa  puret^  et  son  integrite  dans  le  Royaume  de  Bavi^re  et 
les  Territoires  qui  en  dependent,  avec  )es  droits  et  privileges  qui  lui 
appartiennent  d*apr^s  les  Lois  Divines  et  les  principes  Canoniques. 

II.  Sa  Saintete,  en  observant  les  egards  convenables,  rdglera 
les  Rapports  Dioc^sains  du  Royaume  de  Bavi^re^  ainsi  qu^il  suit : 

Sa  Saintet^  transfi&rera  le  Si^ge  de  Preisingen  4  Munich^  et  I'ele- 
irera  d  ladignite  de  Si^ge  Metropolitain ;  il  aura  pour  Diocese  le  Ter- 
ritoire  actuel  du  Diocese  de  Freisingen,  mais  le  M^tropolitain  de  cette 
Rgtise,  ainsi  que  ses  Successeurs,  porteront  le  Titre  d'Archev^que  de 
Munich  et  de  Freisingen« 

Les  Ev^ches  Suffragans  de  ce  Si^ge  Metropolitain  sont  ceux 
d'Augsbourg,  de  Passan  et  de  Ratisbonne  (ce  dernier  aprds  avoir  perdu 
aa  quality  de  Metropolitain.)  Cependant  PEv^que  actuel  de  Passau 
conservera,  sa  vie  durant,  le  privilege  d'exemption. 

L'Eglise  Cathedrale  de  Bamberg  sera  ^rigee  en  Metropolci  et  elle 
«nra  pour  Ev^ches  Suffragans  Wurtzbourg,  Eichstadt  et  Spire. 

Le  Territoire  d'Aschaffenbourg  qui  appartenoit  autrefois  au  Dio- 
«^8e  de  Mayence^  et  qui  fait  maintenant  partie  de  celui  de  Ratisbonne,  et 
la  partie  Bavaroise  du  Diocese  de  Fulde,  seront  r^unis  avec  le  Diocese 
de  Wurtzbourg.  La  partie  Bavaroise  da  Diocese  de  Constance,  ainsi  que 
le  Territoire  exempt  de  Kempten,  seront  r^unis  au  Diocdse  d'Augs- 
boorg.  De  la  m^me  mani^re,  la  partie  Bavaroise  du  Dioc^^e  de  Salz- 
bourg,  et  le  Territoire  de  la  Prevote  exempte  de  Berchtolsgaden  seront 
r^uois,  partie  au  Dioo^e  de  Passau,  partie  a  celui  de  Munich.  Apr^ 
la  suppression  du  Dioc^  de  Chiemsee,  le  Territoire  de  ce  Diocese 
hn  aussi  partie  de  celui  de  Munich. 

Les  noaveiles  Proiiti^res  de  chaque  Diocto  seront  tracees  parti- 
culi^rementy  dans  le  cas  06  cela  sera  n^cessaire. 

III.  Les  Gbapitres  des  Eglises  Metropolitaines  auront  2  Dig- 
nitaires :  1  Prevdt,  I  Doyen,  et  lOChanoiDes.  Ceux  des  Eglises  Cathe* 
drales  auront  egalement  2  Dignitaires:  I  Pr^vtt,  1  Doyen,  et  8 
ChoBoines.  En  outre  les  Chapitres  des  Metropoles,  ainsi  que  ceux  des 
Cathedrales,  auront  au  moins  6  Prebendaires  ou  Vicaires.  Mais  dans 
le  eas  od  les  revenus  de  ees  Eglises,  soit  par  de  nouvelles  dotations, 
•oit  par  I'augmentation  des  biens,  8*accroitroient  de  mani^re  qu'on  p6t 
«figcr  plasienxs  Pr^bendes,  le  nombre  des  Cbanoines  sera  augment^ 

Dans  chaque  Cha|Ntre,  les  Arch^vtques  etEv^ues,  couformement 
aox  pr^ceptes  du  Concile  de  Trente,  nommeront  parmi  les  Cbanoines 
2  Personnes,  dont  Tune  remplira  les  fonctions  de  Theologal  et  I'autrv 
celles  de  Penitencier. 

3Z2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


107G  ROME  AND  BAVARIA. 

Tous  les  DigQitaires  et  les  Cliaifoines  formeroDt  le  CoDseil  del 
Archev^ques  et  des  Ev^ques  pour  T  Ad  ministration  de  leors  Dioceses; 
cependant  les  Archeveques  ei  EvSques  pourrunt,  suivant  leur  boo 
plaisir,  les  employer  a  des  fonctions  ou  affaires  particuli^res  de  lear 
etat. 

De  m^me  les  Archev^ues  et  E?^ues  determioeront  les  obligi- 
tions  de  Vicaires. 

Sa  Majesty  assignera  500  florins  aux  Vicaires-Gen^raui  et  200 
florins  aux  Secretaires  de  I'Evdche. 

IV.  Les  revenus  des  Sieges  M^tropolitains  et  Episcopanx  seroot 
^tablis  sur  des  biens  immeubles^  dent  les  Arcfaeveqaes  et  Ev^ues 
auront  la  libre  administration. 

Les  Chapitres  des  Eglises  Metropolitaines  et  Catfaedrales,  ainsi  que 
les  Vicaires  et  Prebendaires  employes  au  service  des  dites  Eglises 
jouirout  egalement  de  biens  immeubles  dont  ils  auront  aussi  Tadniiiii- 
stration. 

Les  Menses  des  Dioceses  produirout  un  revenu  annuel  net  dans  la 
proportion  suivante: 

Dans  le  Diocese  de  Munich,  pour  I'Archev^que  20.000  florini; 
pour  le  Prev6t  et  le  Doyen,  cbacun  4,000;  pour  chacun  desdplos 
anciens  Chanoines  2,000;  pour  chacun  des  5  derniers  1,600;  pour 
chacun  des  3  plus  anciens  Vicaires  800;  et  pour  chacuD  des  3  demien 
600  florins. 

Dans  le  Diocese  de  Bamiyerg ;  pour  I'Arch^v^ue  15,000 florins; 
pour  le  Prevot  et  le  Doyen,  chacun  3,500  florins;  pour  chacun  des 5 
anciens  Chanoines  1,800  florins;  pour  chacun  des  5  demien 
1,400  florins;  pour  chacun  des  3  plus  anciens  Vicaires  800;  et  poor 
chacun  des  3  derniers  600  florins. 

Dans  les  Dioceses  dAugsbourg,  Ralisbonne,  et  Wunzbourg;  pour 
chaque  Archev^ue,  10,000  florins ;  pour  chaque  Pr^TOt  et  Doyen, 
3,000  florins;  pour  chacun  des  4  plus  anciens  Chanoines^  1,600;  poor 
chacun  des  4  derniers,  1,400 ;  pour  chacun  des  3  plus  anciens 
Vicaires,  800;  et  pour  chacun  des  3  derniers,  600  florins. 

Dans  les  Dioceses  de  Passau,  Eichstddi,  et  Spire;  pour  chaque 
Arch^veque,'  8,000  florins;  pour  chaque  Pr6v6t  et  Doyen,  2,500; 
pour  chacun  des  4  plus  anciens  Chanoines,  1,600  ;  pour  chacnn  des 
derniers,  1,400;  pour  chacun  des  3  plus  anciens  Vicaires,  800;  et 
pour  chacun  des  3  derniers,  600  florins. 

Les  sommes  provenaut  de  ces  Revenus  doivent  toujoors  ^tre 
per^ues  par  les  Titulaires  sans  aucune  diminution,  et  roo  ne  peot 
distraire  les  biens  ou  fonds  dont  ils  provieunent  et  les  remplacer  par 
un  traitement  en  argent  Dans  le  cas  de  vacance  des  Sieges  Archie- 
piscopaux,  Episcopaux,  des  Dignity,  Canonicats,  Pr^bendes  on  Vi 
cariats,  les  Revenus  ci-dessus  seront  pergus  et  conserves  au  profit  des 
Eglises  que  cela  concerne. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME    AND    BAVARIA.  1077 

On  assignera  en  outre  tant  aux  Arcbevfiques  et  Eveques,  qu'aux 
Dignitaires,  aux  anciens  Chanoines  et  aux  anciens  Vicaires,  une  habi- 
tation assortie  a  leur  rang  et  &  leur  etat. 

Sa  Majeste  assignera  une  Maison  convenable  pour  les  8y nodes 
Archie piscopaux  et  Episcopaux,  pour  le  Chapitre  et  les  Archives. 

Pour  determiner  ces  revenus,  fonds  et  biens  immeubles,  les  2 
Parties  Contractautes  norameront  dcs  Commissaires  charges  dc  cette 
affaire,  qui.  s'il  est  possible,  sera  termin^e  3  tnois  apves  la  Ratifica 
tioD  de  la  pr^sente  Convention^  ou  au  moins  dans  les  6  mois  qui  la 
suivront ;  et  Sa  Majeste  fera  exp^dier  3  Ducnmens  en  forme  authen- 
tique  pour  I'execution  reelle  de  cette  designation :  un  pour  les  Ar- 
chives  de  Sa  Majeste;  un  pour  le  Nonce  Apostolique  et  le  3me.  pour 
les  Archives  de  I'Eglise  que  cela  concerne. 

Les  autres  Benefices  seront  conserves  ou  ils  se  trouvent. 
Relativement  au  Diocese  de  Spire;  comme, a  raison  des  circon- 
stances  particuli^res  od  il  se  trouve,  on  ne  pent  dans  ce  moment  Ini 
assigner  de  fonds  ou  biens  immeubles,  Sa  Majeste  y  pourvoira  provi- 
Boirement  et  jusqu'i  ce  que  cette  assignation  puisse  avoir  lieu,  en  eta- 
blissant  un  traitement  annuel  en  argent,  savoir:  6,000  fl  or  Ids  pour 
I'Ev^ue,  1,500  pour  le  Prev6tet  le  Doyen,  1000  pour  chacun  des  8 
Chanoines,  et  600  pour  chacun  des  6  Vicaires. 

£n6n,  les  fonds,  reveuus,  biens  meubles  et  immeubles  qui  appar- 
tiennent  aux  Fabriques  ou  aux  Eglises  m6mes,  seront  conserves;  et 
dans  le  cas  oili  ils  ne  suffiroient  pas  pour  IVntretieii  des  Eglises,  les 
d^penses  da  Cuhe  et  le  traitement  des  Serviteurs  necessaires,  Sa  Ma- 
jest^  couvrira  le  deficit. 

V.  Les  Seminaires  Episcopaux  seront  conserves;  chaque  Diocese 
aura  le  sien,  et  ils  seront  dotes  sufiisamment  en  biens  fonds.  Mais 
dans  les  Dioceses  ouces  Etablissemens  n'existent  pus  encore,  ils  seront 
formes  sans  delai,  et  doles  de  la  meme  manifere. 

Dans  les  Seminaires,  on  formera  et  on  instruira  suivant  les  R^gle- 
mens  du  Conciie  de  Trente,  les  Jeunes  Gens  que  les  Arcli^vfiques  et  les 
Ev^ques  jugeront  dignes  d'y  ^tre  admis  d'apr^s  les  besoins  ou  Tutilit^ 
des  Dioceses.  Letablissement,  la  direction  et  I'administration  de  ces 
Seminaires  seront  de  plein  droit,  conformement  aux  Lois  Canoniques, 
sous  I'autorite  des  ArchevSques  et  des  Eveqiies. 

lis  nommeront  les  Recteurs  et  les  Professeurs  des  Seminaires,  et 
ils  les  destitueront,  s  ils  jugent  cette  destitution  necessaire  ou  utile. 

Le  devoir  des  Ev^ques  etant  de  veiller  sur  I'enseignement  de  la 
foi  et  de  la  morale,  ils  ne  doivent  ^prouver  aucun  obstacle  dans 
I'exercice  de  ce  devoir,  ainsi  qu'en  ce  qui  concerne  les  Ecoles  Pub- 
lic] ues. 

VI.  Sa  Majeste,  apr^s  s'6tre  concertee  d  cette  fin  avec  les  Arche- 
v^ques  et  les  Ev^ues,  assignera  une  Maison  sufiisamment  dotee,  od 
les  Ecciesiastiques,  que  les  maladies  ou  la  vieillesse  mettroient  hors 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1078  ROMK    AND    BAVARIA. 

d'etat  d'etre  eo  activity,  poonoat  trooTer  od  asyle  el  Jcs  soias  qnlls 
■leritent 

VIl  •  En  oatre  8a  Mafeste,  oonsdeimnt  !cs  grands  avantagcs  qai 
•nt  r6salt^  et  qai  peuvent  resolter  encore  a  J'a?enir  poor  I'Eglise  et 
mftoie  poor  TEtat  des  Oidres  Religieox,  YonJant  donner  one  no«Tclle 
pfeoTe  de  son  d^onement  an  Sl  Si^ge,  fera,  de  concert  avec  lai. 
v£tabiir,  ayec  ane  dotation  convenaKle,^oelqnes  CovTcnta  4es  3  mtwn^ 
pcNir  instniire  la  Jenneaw  des  2  sexes  dans  la  Religion  et  lea  Sdeaccs^ 
poor  aider  dans  leurs  fonctions  les  Ecdesiasdqoes  qui  oot  charge 
d'ames.  oo  pour  aasister  les  malades. 

VIII.  Les  blens  des  Seminaires,  des  Cores,  des  Benefices,  des 
Fabriqoes  et  de  tootes  les  autres  Fondalions  Ecclesiastiqaesi,  seront 
conserves  pour  toajoors  dans  lenr  integrite ;  il  n'en  sera  rien  distrait, 
et  Ton  ne  ponrra  les  con?ertir  en  on  uaitemeDt  pecaniaire. 

L'Eglise  aara  en  ontre  le  droit d'acqaerirde  noovelles  Possessions; 
elle  aara  en  toate  propriety  ce  qn  elle  aura  acquis  de  cette  manib^  el 
ces  nooTelles  aoqoisitioos  joniront  des  mtoes  droits  que  les  aacienncs 
Fondations  Ecclesiastiques.  On  ne  ponrra,  ai  poor  cellea-ci,  ni  poor 
cellesqoi  seroient  faites  k  rayenir,  execnter,  sans  llnterrentioo  da  Sl 
8i^,  aacane  suppression,  ni  aucune  reunion  ;  sons  la  r6Befve  tonle- 
Ibis  des  attributions  que  le  Concile  de  Trente  adjoge  i  cet  ^gard  aax 
£  Toques. 

IX.  Ea  consideratioa  des  avanlages  qui  resultent  de  la  pmente 
Conveution  pour  les  affaires  de  I'Eglise  et  de  la  Religion,  Sa  Saiotele 
accordera  i  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  Afaximi lien- Joseph  et  4  ses  Snccesseon 
Catholique8»  par  une  BoUe  qui  sera  expedi^  aussit^t  apr^  la  Ratifica- 
tion de  la  presente  Convention,  un  Indult  k  perpetnite  poor  aommeff 
anx  Arch^vech^  et  Evtehes  vacansdu  Royaume  de  Bavi^re,  de  digues 
Eccl^astiques  qui  aient  les  qualites  requises  par  les  Lois  Canoniquea. 
Sa  Saiotete  leur  donnera  I'lnstitutioa  Canonique  suivant  les 
formes  ordinaires.  Mais  avant  de  I'avoir  re^oe,  ils  ne  devront  s^im- 
miscer  en  aucune  mani^  dans  la  conduite  et  Padministration  des 
Eglises  auxqoelles  ils  seront  destines.  On  fixera  de  nonveau  les  An- 
nates et  droits  de  Chancellerie  en  proportion  des  Revenus  Annuels  de 
chaqne  Evlque. 

X.  Sa  Saintete  nommera  aux  Pr^v6t^  tant  dans  les  Eglises  M^ 
tropolitaines  que  dans  les  Cath^drales.  Le  Roi  nommera  anx  Deca- 
aati;  Sa  Hajest^  conferera  egalement  les  Canonicats  dans  les  Mois  du 
Pape  OQ  Apostoliques.  Quant  k  ce  qui  est  des  6  autres  mois,  P  Arcb^ 
T^ne  ou  Evftque  nommera  durant  3  d  entro  eux,  et  le  Chapitre  pen- 
dant les  3  autres. 

On  n'admettra  k  Tavenir  dans  lee  Chapitres,  tant  des  Metropolcs 
que  des  Cathedrales,  que  des  Indigenes  qui,  outre  les  qualites  exigees 
par  le  Concile  de  Trente,  auront  travaille  avec  fruit  k  la  saoclificatioa 
des  ames  et  occupe  des  Places  dans  TEgliae,  on  qui  auront  aide  TAr* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME   AND    BAVARIA.  1079 

chev^ae  ou  I'Ev^ae  dans  radministration  du  Diocese,  ou  qai 
aaroDt  rendu  des  services  distingu^s  par  leurs  talens  et  leurs  connoia- 
sances.  Lea  Archev^aes  et  Ev^qiies  nommernnt  aux  Places  de  Vi- 
caires  dans  les  Metropoles  et  les  Cathedrales. 

Mais  comme  les  Chapitres  ne  sont  point  encore  organises,  et  con- 
s^qaemment  que  Ton  ne  pent  encore  mettre  i  execution  tons  les  points 
^tablis  dans  cet  Article,  le  Nonce,  pear  cette  fois,  organisera  les  noa- 
Teaux  Chapitres,  de  concert  avec  Sa  Majesty,  et  apr^s  avoir  entendu 
tons  les  interesses ;    la  ra^me  chose  aura  lien  i  regard  des  Vicaires. 

JXe  m^me  que  les  Dignitaires,  les  Chanoines  et  tous  les  Titulaires 
de  Benefices  qui  obligent  i  residence,  ne  peuvent,  d'apr^  les  Lois 
Canoniques,  posseder  plus  d'un  Benefice  et  une  Pr^bende  ;  de  m^me 
ils  sont  tenus  strictement,  d'apr^s  les  m^mes  Lois,  k  la  residence,  i 
moins  qu  ils  n'aient  une  autorisation  do  Saint.Si^ge. 

XI.  Le  Roi  de  Bavi^re  presentera  i  ceox  des  Benefices,  Cures,  ou 
Benefices  simples,  auxquels  ses  Pred^cesseurs,  Dues  et  Electeurs, 
presentoieoty  d'apr^s  le  droit  de  patronat,  acquis  par  dotation,  fonda- 
tion  ou  constrnction. 

Sa  Majesty  presentera  eo  outre  aux  Benefices  anxquels  presen- 
toient  les  Corporations  Eccliesiastiques  qui  n'existent  plus. 

Les  Sujets  de  Sa  Majestd  qui  sont  egalement  en  possession  Idgitime 
du  droit  de  patronat,  presenteront  aux  Cures  et  aux  Benefices  simples 
dont  ils  ont  le  droit  de  patronat. 

Mais  les  Arch^v^ques  et  Ev^ques  donneront  PInstitution  Canonique 
aux  Personnes  presentees,  si  toutefois,  apr^s  uu  examen  preliminaire, 
que  les  Evdques  doivent  faire  eux  mSmes  lorsqu'il  s  agit  de  Cures  ou 
de  Benefices  &  charge  d'ames,  de  leur  capacity  et  de  leurs  moeurs,  elles 
possMent  les  qualites  necessaires. 

Mais  la  presentation  k  tous  ces  Benefices  doit  6tre  faite  dans  le 
delai  prescrit  par  lea  Lois  Canoniques;  sans  quoi,  les  Arch^vdques  et 
Ev^ues  pourront  les  conferer. 

Tous  les  autres  Benefices,  tant  Cures  que  Benefices  simples,  qui 
etoient  conf^r^s  par  les  Ev^qoes  ant^rieures,  des  8  Sieges  du  Royaume 
de  Bavi^re,  le  seront  par  les  Arch^vdques  et  EvSques,  k  des  personnes 
qui  auront  le  suffrage  de  Sa  Majeste. 

XII.  Quant  d  ce  qui  concerne  la  direction  des  Dioceses,  les 
Arch^v^ques  et  les  Ev^ues  auront  le  pouvoir  le  plus  etendu,  pour 
faire  et  regler  tout  ce  qui  est  de  leur  competence  et  fait  partie  de  leurs 
fonctions  pastorales,  en  vertu  des  Lois  Canoniques  et  conform^ment  k  la 
discipline  actnelle  de  I'Eglise  par  le  Saint  Si^ge;  et  specialement : 

0.  Le  droit  de  prendre  pour  Vicaires,  Conseillers  et  Aides,  dans 
radministration  de  leoni  Dioceses,  les  EccUsiaatiques  qu'ilsjugeront 
propres  k  ces  fonctions. 

6.  D'admettre  k  TEtat  Ecclesiastique  les  Individus  quMls  jngeront 
necessaires  et  utiles  i  leurs  Dioceses,  et  de  les  faire  avancer  dans  les 
Ordres  sacres,  d'apr^s  des  titres  conformes  aux  Lois  Canoniques,  lors- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1080  ROME  AND  BAVARIA, 

qu'ils  auront  subi  les  examens  pr^alables  devant  lea  ArcbevAqoes  ti 
Ev^aes  eux-mfimes,  ou  leurs  Vieaires  reuDis  aux  Examioateon  dca 
Syoodes;et  au  contraire  d  exclure  des  Ordres  ceux  quits  en  trooTeroat 
indignes ;  sans  que  persoDne  puisse  les  gener  dans  Texercice  de  ce  droit 
sous  quelque  pretexte  que  ce  soit. 

c.  De  soumettre  k  leoqu^te  de  leur  Tribunal  at  de  decider  les 
affaires  contentieuses,  en  mati^re  Ecclesiastique,  et  paiticoli^ineot 
dans  les  Causes  Matrimouia]e8,qu],  suivantle  12e.  Canon  dela  Session 
94e.  du  Concilede  Trente,  sont  du  ressortd'un  Tribunal  Ecclesiastique. 
Sent  excepi^es  les  affaires  purement  Civiles  des  EccMsiastiques ;  par 
exemple :  les  contrats.  les  dettes^  les  heriti^es,  dont  rexaoaeD  et  la  de- 
cision serent  soumis  aux  Juges  Civils. 

,  d,  De  decerner  contre  les  Clercs  qui  encourent  des  punitions,  ou 
qui  ne  portent  point  nn  habit  decent,  assorti  a  leur  etat  et  a  leur  dig* 
nite,  les  peines  que  le  Concile  de  Trente  a  determinees,  et  d  aatres 
que  les  Ev^ques  jugeront  convenables ;  de  mani^re  n^annaoins  que  la 
▼oie  du  recours  Canonique  reste  ouverte ;  et  de  coufiner  les  Eccl^ias- 
tiquesci  dessus  dans  des  Semi naires  sousd  autres  Maisons :  en  outre  d% 
proceder  par  la  voie  des  Censures  Ecciesiastiques  contre  les  fiddles  qui 
se  rendroient  coupables  de  la  transgression  des  Lois  Ecciesiastiques  ei 
des  Saints  Canons. 

e.  D'entretenir  librement  aVec  le  Clerge  et  les  fidMes  de  leur  Die* 
c^se,  les  rapports  quVxigent  leurs  fonctions  pastorales;  et  de  publief 
leurs  Instructions  et  leurs  Reglemens  en  mati^res  Ekrclesiastiques.  Lps 
relations  des  Ev6ques»  du  Clerge  et  du  Peuple  avec  le  Saint-Si^e, 
concernaot  les  Affaires  Ecciesiastiques,  auront  lieu  avec  la  plusenti^ 
liberte. 

/,  D  etabiir,  de  diviser  et  de  reunir  des  Paroisses,  de  concert 
toutefois  avec  Sa  Majesty,  surtout  pour  ce  qui  concerne  Tasagnation  des 
revenus  convenables. 

g.  D'ordonner  des  pri^res  publiques  et  autres  oeuvres  pieuses, 
lorsque  le  bien  de  I'Eglise,  de  PEtat  ou  du  Peuple  le  demandera,  et  de 
veiller  k  ce  que  dans  les  fonctions  du  Minist^re  Ecclesiastique,  particu- 
li^rement  dans  la  celebration  de  la  messe  et  radministration  des  aacre- 
mens,  les  formuies  se  recitent  en  Langue  Latine. 

XIII.  Toutes  les  fois  que  les  Arcb^v^ques  et  les  Evequea  feront 
connoitre  au  Gouverneinent,  qu'il  a  ^te  imprime  ou  introduit  dans  le 
Royaume  des  livres  dont  le  contenu  est  contre  la  foi,  les  bonnes 
oioeurs  on  la  discipline  Ecclesiastique,  le  Gouvernement  aura  aoia 
d*emp1oyer  les  moyens  convenables  pour  emp^her  la  propagation. 

XIV.  Sa  Majeste  prendra  les  mesures  convenables  poor  emp^ber 
qu'il  ne  soit  porte  aucune  atteiute>  soit  par  des  paroles,  aoit  par  des 
actions  ou  des  ecrits,  4  la  Religion  Catholique,  relativement  k  ses  rites 
ou  k  sa  Liturgie,  et  pour  que  les  Chefs  et  les  autres  Function  naires  des 
Eglises  ne  soient  point  genes  dans  Texercice  de  leurs  fonctions,  parti- 
culi^rement  en  ce  qui  coficerne  la  surveillance  sur  renseignement  de  la 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME  AND  SICILY.  1081 

foi  et  de  la  morale,  et  sur  la  discipline  Ecclesiastique.  Eu  outre,  Sa 
Majesty,  d^sirant  que  rhonneur  dn  d*apr^  ]es  Lois  Divines  aux  Minis* 
tres  de  la  Religion  soit  maintenu,  ne  pennettra  jamais  rien  qui  puisse 
lea  degrader  ni  les  rendre  meprisables ;  elle  donnera  meme  des  ordres 
pour  que  dans  toutes  les  occasions  les  diff^rentes  Autorit^sdu  Royaume 
traitent  les  Ecclesiastiques  avec  des  ^gards  distingues,  et  leur  rendeut 
kfs  honneurs  d(!is  k  leur  dignity. 

XV.  Les  Archev6ques  et  Ev^ques  pr^teront  devant  Sa  Majeste  le 
Serment-ci-dessous :  "  Je  jure  et  promets  sur  les  Saints  Evangiles  de 
Dieu  fidelite  et  obeissance  au  Roi.  Enoutre.je  promets  de  u*avoir 
aucune  intelligence,  de  ne  prendre  part  i  aucune  deliberation,  et  de 
D  entretenir  aucune  liaison  suspecte,  soit  au -dedans,  soit  au-dehors  du 
Royaume,  qui  pourroient  compromettre  la  tranquillity  publique  ;  et  si 
jamais  j'ai  connoissance  d'un  complot  nuisible  d  Etat,  que  ce  soit  dans 
mon  Diocese  ou  ailleurs,  j  en  informerai  le  Roi.'* 

XVI.  Au  moyen  de  la  presente  Convention,  les  Lois,  Ordonnances 
et  Arr^tes  quiont^te  promulgu^sjusqu'ici  en  Bavi^re,  seront  regardes 
comme  revoques,  en  autant  qu  ils  sont  contraires  i  cette  Convention. 

XVII.  Tout  ce  qui  se  rapporte  aux  objets  ou  aux  Fersonnes 
F^cclesiastiques,  et  dout  il  u'a  point  ^t^  fait  une  mention  expresse  dans 
ces  Articles,  sera  r^gle  et  applani  d'aprds  la  doctrine  et  d'aprfes  la  dis* 
ctpline  existante  et  approuvee  de  TEglise.  S'il  s'^levoit  k  i'avenir 
qaelque  difficulte,  Sa  Saintete  et  Sa  Majeste  se  rdservent  d'entrer  en 
negociation  ^  cet  ^gard,  et  d'arranger  la  chose  k  Tamiable. 

X VIIL  Les  2  Parties  Contractantes  promettent  pour  elles  et  leura 
Successeurs,  de  maintenir  religieusement  tout  ce  dont  on  est  convenu 
mutuellement  dans  ces  Articles,  et  Sa  Majeste  declarera  la  presente 
Convention  Loi  de  TEtat. 

En  outre,  Sa  Majeste  promet  pour  Elle  et  ses  Successeurs,  de  ne 
jamais,  sur  quelque  fondement  que  ce  soit,  rien  aj outer,  ou  changer, 
ou  interpreter  sans  le  concours  et  la  participation  du  Saint-Si^ge. 

XIX.  L*^xchange  des  Ratifications  de  cette  Convention  aura  lieu 
dans  40  jours,  4  compter  d'aujourd'hui,  ou  plustdt  si  faire  se  peut. 

Fait  k  Rome,  le  5  Juin,  I8I7. 

{L.S.)    ERCOLE  CARDINAL  CONSALVL 
(L.S.)    CASIMIR  HAFFELIN. 


CONVENTION  enire  le  Saint  SUge  et  le  Bai  des  Deux 
SieUeSy  relative  aux  Affaires  EcclSsiastiques. — Sign^e  d 
Terracine,  le  16  F4vrier,  1818.  (Traduction.) 

An  nom  de  la  Tires-Sainte  Trinity. 
Sa  Saintete  le  Souverain  Pontife  Pie  VII,  et  Sa  Majeste  Ferdi- 
nand 1,  Roi  du  Royaume  des  2  Siciles,  animes  d'un  ^gal  d^sir  de 
r^parer  les  desordres  qui  se  soot  iotroduits  dans  les  Affaires  Eccle* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1082  ROME  AND  SICILY. 

giastiques  de  ce  Royaame,  ae  aont  determiDes  dun  commuo  accord  i 
cooclure  eotre  eux  uoe  nouvelle  ConventioD. 

£d  coDB^queoce,  Sa  Saintete  le  Souverain  Pontife  Pie  VII,  a 
nomm6  son  Pl^nipotenUaire,  Sod  Eminence  Hercule  Consalvi,  Car- 
dinal de  ]a  Sainte  Eglise  Romaine>  Diacre  de  Sainte-Marie  des  Mar- 
tyrs, Son  Secretaire  d'£tat; 

£t  Sa  Majesty  le  Roi  des  2  Sicites,  Son  Excellence  Don  Louis  de 
Medici,  Chevalier  de  TOrdre  Royal  de  St.  Janvier,  Grand*  Croix  des 
Ordres  Royaux  de  St.  Ferdinand  et  du  M^rite,  de  TOrdre  de  Sl 
Georges,  et  de  TOrdre  Imperial  de  St  Etienne  de  Hongrie,  Son  Con- 
seiller  et  Secretaire  d'Etat,  Ministre  des  Finances; 

Lesquels,  aprfes  I'^change  mutuel  de  ieurs  Pleinspoavoirs  respectif^ 
sont  convenus  des  Articles  soivans: 

Art.  I.  La  Religion  Catholiqne  Apostoliqne  Romaine  est  la  settle 
Religion  du  Royaume  des  2  Siciles,  et  elle  y  sera  toojours  conservee, 
avec  les  droits,  et  les  prerogatives  qui  lui  appartiennent,  d'apr^s  les  dis- 
positions de  la  Providence  et  la  sanction  des  Canons. 

II.  En  conformite  de  TArticle  precedent,  I'enseignement  dans  les 
Universites  Royales,  les  Colleges,  les  Ecoles,  soit  Publiqnes  aoit 
Privees,  devra  6tre  en  tout  conforme  i  la  doctrine  de  la  dite  Religion 
Catholique. 

III.  La  necessite  de  reonir  plusieurs  petits  Eveches,  dont  les 
Ev^ques  ne  peuvent  point  s'entretenir  avec  la  decence  convenable« 
ayant  ete  reconnue  dans  la  Convention  de  1741,  et  cette  reunion,  qui 
ne  fut  point  executee  alors,  etant  devenue  maintenant  plus  necessaire 
encore  par  la  dimunition  des  dites  Menses  Episcopales  et  dautres,  il 
se  fera,  dans  lesEtats  en  de^a  du  Phare,  de  la  mani^re  convenable,  et 
aprte  qu'on  aura  demande  le  conseutement  prealable  des  parties  inter- 
essees,  une  nouvelle  circonscription  des  Dioceses.  Four  le  determiner 
on  aura  egard  4  la  commodite  des  fideles,  et  particuli^rement  i  leur 
avantage  spiritual.  Parmi  les  Silages  que  Ion  ne  pent  conserver,  soit 
k  cause  de  I'exiguite  des  revenus,  soit  i cause  de  lobscurite  des  lienx, 
ou  pour  tons  autres  motifs  raisonnables,  on  conservera  les  plus  anciens 
et  les  plus  illustres,  comme  les  Metropoles. 

Dans  les  Domaines  au-del^  du  Phare  on  conservera  tons  les  Sieges 
Archi-episcopaux  et  Episcopaux  qui  existent  maintenant;  et  en  outre, 
afin  de  mieux  pourvoir  d  Tavantage  spirituel  des  fiddles,  le  nombre  en 
sera  augmente. 

Les  Territoires  des  Abbayes  qui  ne  font  partie  d'aucnn  Dioc^, 
floit  k  cause  de  lenr  pen  d'etendue,  soit  i  cause  de  la  modicite  de  Ieurs 
revenns,  ou  par  la  perte  qu'elles  en  on  faite,  seront  de  concert  reunis 
aux  Dioceses  dans  lequel  ils  se  trouveront  d'aprte  la  nouvelle  circon- 
scription. 

Les  Abbayes  Consistoriales  qui  jouissent  encore  d  un  revenu 
annuel  d  environ  500  ducats,  ne  seront  pas  reuuies.     Les  fonds  de 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME  AND  SICILY.  1083 

celles  doutle  revenu  est  moindre^  ou  seroot  reanis  k  d'autres  Abbayes 
EccI^siasUques  jusqu*i  la  concurrence  de  la  somme  indiqu^  de  600 
ducats,  oa  it  en  sera  dispose  en  fa?ear  des  Chapitres  et  des  Paroisses. 
Cette  disposition  ne  conceme  point  les  Comnianderies  des  Ordres 
Militaires. 

IV.  Chaque  Mense  Episcopale  da  Royaume  ne  pourra  avoir  un 
refenu  annuel  hu  dessous  de  3,000  ducats,  en  biens  fonds,  et  libre 
des  Impositions  Pubiiques. 

Sa  Sainteie,  de  concert  avec  Sa  Majeste,  assignera  le  plustdt  pos- 
sible des  dotations  de  cette  esp^ce  en  faveur  des  Ev^ch^s  auxquels  la 
prdsente  disposition  sera  applicable. 

V.  Chaque  Eglise  Archiepiscopale,  ou  Episcopate,  aura  son 
Chapitre  et  son  S^minaire,  auxquels  on  conservera  leor  dotation  actuelle 
en  biens  fonds,  si  elle  est  suffisante;  ou  Taugmentera  si  elle  ne  suffit 
pas,  et  m^me,  s'il  ^toit  neccssaire,  on  leur  en  assignera  une  suffisante. 

Chaque  Dignite  du  Chapitre  M^tropolitain  de  Naples  n  aura  pas 
moins  de  600  ducats  de  revenu  annuel,  et  celui  des  autres  Canouicats 
sera  an  moins  de  400  ducats. 

Les  Dignites  des  Chapitres  des  autres  Eglises  Archiepiscopales  et 
Episcopates  qui  seront  etablies  dans  la  nouvelle  circonscriptiou,  dans 
la  partie  en  de^d  du  Phare,  ne  devront  pas  avoir  un  revenu  annuel  au 
dessous  de  130  ducats,  et  celui  des  Chanoines  devra  dtreau  moins  de 
100  ducaU. 

Cette  disposition  ne  comprend  pas  les  Canonicats  4  Patronage 
Royal,  Ecclesiastique  et  Lai'c,  que  I'on  conservera  dans  i'etat  o^  ils 
sont,  d  moins  que  leurs  Patrous  respectifs  ne  veuilleni  en  augmenter 
les  revenus  dans  les  formes  legates. 

Les  Seminaires  seront  regies  et  leurs  biens  administres  d'apr^s  la 
teneur  du  Concile  de  Trente. 

VI.  Les  revenus  des  Eglises  ct  r^unir  s'appliqueiont  k  celles  que 
Pon  conservera  dans  la  nouvelle  circonscriptiou,  k  moins  que  d'autres 
cas  urgens  des  dites  Eglises  4  r^unir  ne  demandant  une  autre  applica- 
tion Ecclesiastique,  qui  auroit  lieu  avec  Tintervention  de  PAutorit6  da 
Saint-Si^ge. 

Les  Chapitres  des  Eglises  qui  ne  seront  point  conserv^es  dans  la 
nouvelle  circonscription,  apr^s  avoir  demand^  d'abord  le  consentement 
des  Parties  int^ressees,  seront  convertis  en  Coll^iales,  et  leurs  revenus 
resteront  dans  I'etat  o^  ils  se  trouvent  maintenant. 

VIL  Les  Paroisses  dont  la  portion  congrue  ne  sera  pas  suffisante, 
auront  un  supplement  de  dotation,  de  mani^re  que  les  Cares  au-dessous 
de  2,000  ames  n'aient  pas  moins  de  100  docato  par  an ;  celles  au  des- 
sous de  5,000  ames  pas  moins  de  150  ducato,  et  enfin  celles  de  6,000 
ames  et  au  dessus,  pas  moins  de  200  ducats  par  an. 

L'entretien  de  TEglise  Paroissiale  et  da  Vicaire  serai  la  charge  des 
Communes  respectives,  dans  le  cas  oA  il  n'y  auroit  pas  de  revenus 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1084  ROME  AND  SICILY. 

assign^  k  cette  6n,  et  pour  s&rete  on  assignera  des  foods,  oo  uoe  tane 
privilegiee. 

Cet  Article  ne  comprend  point  les  Eglises  Paroissiales  a  Patron- 
age Royal^  Ecclesiastique  et  Laic,  acquis  canon iquement,  qui  seront  a 
la  charge  des  Patrons  respectifs. 

VI IL  La  collation  des  Abbayes  Consistoriales  qui  ne  soot  point  a 
Patronage  Royal  appartiendra  toujours  an  Saiut-Si^e,  qni  les  coo- 
fierera  auz  Sujets  de  Sa  Majeste. 

Les  Benefices  simples  de  collation  libre  avec  fondation  et  Erection 
en  Titre  Ecclesiastique,  seront  con  feres  par  le  Saint  Sidge  et  les  Ev^- 
que8,suivant  la  distinction  des  mois  pendant  lesquels  la  vacance  arri- 
Teniyc'est  i  dire,  de  Janvier  a  Juillet  par  le  Saint-Si^ge,  et  deJaillet  k 
JanTier  par  les  Eveques.  Les  Personues  nommees  seront  toujours  des 
Sujets  de  Sa  Majeste. 

IX.  On  dressera  avec  soin  pour  le  Saint*  P^re  un  Etat  des  Ahbayes 
qni  aont  k  la  nomination  de  Sa  Majeste  et  de  celles  qui  sont  a  Patron- 
age Royal.     Ces  Etats  pourront  dans  la  suite  etre  rectifies  de  concert. 

X.  Les  Cononicats  de  collation  libre  tant  des  Chapitres  de  Cathe- 
drales  que  des  Coll^giales,  seront  couferesrespectivemeutparle  Saint- 
Si^ge  et  les  Ev^nes ;  savoir,  dans  les  6  premiers  mois  de  I'annee  par 
le  Saint-Siege,  et  dans  les  6  derniers  par  les  Eveques.  La  premiere 
Dignite  sera  toujours  i  la  collation  libre  dn  Saint-Si^ge. 

XL  Sa  Saintete  accorde  aux  Ev6ques  du  Roy  an  me  le  droit  de 
conferer  les  Cures  qui  viendront  k  vaquer  en  tout  tems.  Apr^  nn 
conconrs  pour  les  Cures  i  collation  libre,  les  Eveques  les  confereront 
aux  Sujets  qu'ils  jugeront  les  plus  dignes  parmi  ceux  qui  sont  ap- 
pronves.  Mais  pour  les  Cures  a  Patronage  Ek:clesiasiique,  ils  doune- 
ront,  apres  Texamen,  Tinstitution  i  ceux  que  le  Patron  Ecclesiastique 
preaentera  comme  les  plus  dignes  parmi  ceux  qui  out  ete  npprouves 
par  les  Exarainateurs.  En  fin  pour  les  Cures  d  Patronage  Royal  et 
Laic^TEv^ue  donnera  rinstitution  a  1' Ecclesiastique  pr^sente,  pour>u 
que  lors  de  lexamen,  il  soit  juge  capable. 

Sont  exceptees  les  Cures  qui  vaqueront  in  Curia,  on  par  promotion 
i  quelque  Dignite  Ecclesiastique,  ou  Canonicat  confere  par  le  Saiut- 
Siige,  et  qui  seront  ik  la  collation  du  Souverain  Pontife. 

XII.  Tons  les  biens  Eccl^siastiqnes  non  alienes  par  le  GouTeme- 
ment  Militaire,  et  qui,  an  retour  de  Sa  Majesty,  se  sont  trouves  dans 
radministration  dite  dn  Domaine,  sont  rendus  a  TEglise. 

Api^s  la  Ratification  du  present  Concordat,  la  masse  des  dits  biens 
sera  administree  par  4  Personues  choisies,  dont  2  seront  i  la  nomina- 
tioo  de  Sa  Saintet^,  et  2  k  oelle  de  Sa  Majeste,  et  qui  devront  les 
administrer  fidelement,  aussi  longtems  qu'on  ne  leur  aura  point  donne 
liguli^ment  une  destination  ou  une  application. 

XIII.  Une  partieassez  considerable  de  biens appartenanti  I'Eglise 
ayant  ^te  alienee  sous  le  Gouvernement  Militaire,  dans  les  Domaines  en 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


nOME  AND  SICILY.  1085 

de^  du  Phare ,  et  Sa  AJajeste,  pour  s  opposer  par  tous  les  efforts 
possibles  4  Jmvasion  ennemie,  ayant  6ie  eile-mdrne  forcee,  tant  d 
Naples  avant  que  rinvasion  des  dits  Domaines  n'ait  eu  lieu, 
que  dans  ceux  au  deld  du  Phare  pour  en  emp6clier  i  mvasion,  d'ali^- 
ner  une  petite  quantite  de  fonds  Eccl^siastiques,  eu  assignant  aux  Pos- 
sesseurs  Eccleslastiques  dans  les  dits  Domaines  au  del4  du  Phare  des 
revenus  civils  ^quivalens  pour  les  indemniser  convenablement ;  en 
consequpnce,  d'apr^s  les  instances  de  Sa  Majeste,  et  ayant  ^gard  i  la 
tranquillity  publique  dont  la  conservation  importe  infiniment  a  la  re. 
ligion,  Sa  Saintete  declare  que  les  Possesseurs  des  dits  biens  ne  seront 
molestes  en  rien,  ni  par  elle,  ni  par  les  Pontifes  Romains  ses  Successeurs, 
et  qu'en  consequence  la  propri^te  de  ces  biens,  les  revenus  et  droits  y 
annexes,  leurappartiendrontd'une  mani^re  immuable  et  A  leurs  Ayans 
cause. 

XIV.  l/^tat  de  g^ne  o^  se  trouve  actuellement  le  patrimoine  des 
Ordres  R^guliers  qui  n'a  point  ^te  ali^n^,  et  que  Sa  Majeste  a  trouve  d 
son  retour  dans  Tadininistration  dite  du  Domaiue,  ne  perniettant  pas 
de  retablir  toutes  les  Maisons  Religieuses  de  I'un  et  de  Tautre  sexe, 
elles  seront  retablies  dans  le  plus  grand  nombre  compatible  avec  les 
rooyens  de  dotation,  et  particuii^rement  les  Maisons  de  ces  Ordres  qui 
s'adonnent  d  Tinstruction  de  la  Jeunesse,  dans  la  religion,  les  leltres,  ou 
au  soin  des  malades  et  d  la  predication. 

Les  biens  des  Reguliers  dot^s,  non  aii^nes,  seront  repartis  dans  une 
juste  proportion  entre  les  Couvens  d  retablir,  sans  avoir  aucun  egard 
aux  titres  d'ancienne  propriety,  qui,  en  vertu  du  present  Article,  sont 
tous  eteints. 

Les  bdtimens  des  Maisons  Religieuses  non  alien^s,  d  lexception  de 
ceux  qui  sont  entierement  consacres  d  des  usages  publics,  dans  le  cas 
on  le  manque  de  moyens  ne  permettroit  pas  de  retablir  ces  Maisons, 
formeront  partie  du  patrimoine  des  Reguliers  ;  et  si  cela  est  utile  au 
dit  patrimoine,  on  pourra  les  aliener,  si  condition  que  le  prix  qu'ou  en 
retirera  appartiendra  d  ce  patrimoine. 

L'on  augmentera  le  nombre  des  Couvens  existans  actuellement, 
lorsque  les  circonstances  et  les  besoins  de  la  Population  le  demande- 
ront. 

Les  revenus  et  les  Couvens  6tant  determines,  il  sera  libre  aux 
Ordres  Reguliers  dot^s  et  aux  Religieuses,  de  recevoir  des  Novices  en 
proportion  des  moyens  de  subsistance ;  les  Religieux  Mendians  pour- 
ront  de  m^me  recevoir  des  Novices. 

Les  dots  des  jeunes  Personnes  qui  prendront  le  voile  seront  em^ 
ployees  au  profit  du  Monast^re  suivant  les  dispositions  Canoniques. 

Tons  les  Religieux,  tant  mendians  que  dot^s  qui  seront  retablis, 
d^pendrout,  comme  ceux  qui  existent,  de  leurs  Superieurs  G^neraux 
respectifs. 

Le  Gouvernement  continuera  de  payer  pour  le  compte  du  Tresor 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1086  ROME  AND  SICILY. 

Public,  k  titre  de  patrimoioe,  aux  Religieox  des  Ordres  Regnliert  doles, 
qui  teroDt  retablis  dans  lea  Domahiea  eo  de^dt  da  Pfaara,  lonqalls 
auront  obteou  uo  lodalt  Apoatolique  de  secolariaatiooy  et  qalls  na 
aeroDt  pas  pourvus  de  Ben^ficea  Ecclesiastiqaea,  la  pension  doot  ils 
jouissent  maintenantjusqu'd  ce  qn'ils  soient  poanrus  d  an  Ben^Sceequi- 
▼aleol.  Le  GouveraeuieDt  coutinoera  indistinctemeot  le  paiement  des 
pensions  aciaelles  aox  Religieox  des  Coovens  qu  on  oe  ponrra  pas 
r^tablir. 

XV.  L'Eglise  aura  le  droit  d  acqaerir  de  nouvelles  possessions,  et 
qaelque  acquisition  quelle  fasse  de  nouveau,  elle  lui  appartieodra ;  et 
celte  acquisition  jouira  da  m^me  droit  qne  les  anclennes  Pondatioos 
Ecclesiasliques. 

Cette  facolte  s'entend  a  compter  d^aujourd'hui,  et  sans  pr^adice 
aux  effeU  legaux  des  Lois  d'Amortissement  qui  sout  restes  en  Tigueor 
jusqn'tci,  ni  k  Pexecution  des  susdites  Lois  d  I'avenir,  pour  les  acquisi- 
tions qui  ne  sont  point  encore  consomm^es,  et  les  conditions  qui  ne 
sont  point  encore  v^rifi^s. 

On  ne  pourra  supprimer,  oo  reuuir  aacnne  des  Fondations  Eccle- 
siastiques  sans  I'intervention  de  Pautorite  do  Si^ge  Apostolique,  sanf 
lea  facultes  attriboes  aux  Ev^ues  par  le  Saint  Concile  de  Trenle. 

XVI.  Les  malheureuses  circonstances  des  terns  ne  permettant  pas 
qae  les  Eccl^astiques  jouissent  de  Texemption  des  Impdts  Publics, 
Rojanx  et  Commnnaux,  Sa  Majesty  proniet  de  faire  cesser  labos 
introdoit  dans  les  demiers  terns,  et  d'apr^  leqael  les  Eccl^siastiques  et 
leuTs  proprietes  etoient  plus  graves  que  les  Laics  m^mes,  et  de  suppleer 
par  des  largesses  4  I'afantage  du  Clerg6  lors  des  momens  heurenx  od 
TEtat  panriendra  i  nne  plus  grande  prosp^rite. 

XVII.  Le  Mont  dit  Frumentarh,  6tabli  i  Naples,  c'est  k  dire 
rAdministration  Roy  ale  des  Depouilles  (SpogU)  et  des  revenos  des 
Menses  Episcopales,  des  Abbayes  et  autrea  B^ne6cea  facans,  sera 
copprim^. 

Aossitdtqoela  nouvelle  circonscription  des  Dioceses  sera  ex^cat^ 
on  ^tablira  dans  chacun  d  eux  des  Administrations  Dioc^sainca,  com- 
poafea  de  2  Chanoines  que  choisira  le  Chapitre,  soit  M^tropolitaio, 
aoit  Epiacopal,  et  qn'il  renou?ellera  de  S  en  3  ans  a  la  plurality  dr« 
voix,  et  dun  Procnreur  do  Roi  que  Sa  Majesty  nommera. 

Chacnne  de  ces  Administrations  sera  prMdee  par  PEv^oeott 
■on  Vicaire-Gen^ral,  et  pendant  la  Tacance  dn  Si^  par  le  Vlcaiie- 
Capitolaire. 

L'Ordinaire  et  nn  Ministre  de  Sa  Majeste  se  concerteront  poor 
appliquer  les  Rerenos  per^ns  pendant  la  Taeance  des  Sieges  an  B^hi6. 
iice  des  Eglises,  des  H6pitaux  et  des  Seminaires,  i  des  aecouis  de 
charite  et  d  d*autres  usages  pieux.  On  r^senrera  n^anmoins  an  profit 
da  futur  Ev^ue  la  moitie  des  Revenas  des  Menses  Episcopales 
Tacantes. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME  AND  SICILY.  1087 

La  relation  qui  a  et^  jusqu'a  present  en  vigneur,  de  deposer  aa 
Mont  Frumeniario  susdit  le  tiers  des  Revenns  dea  Ev^chea  et  Bene- 
fices, sous  le  nom  de  Terzo  Pensionabile^  est  abrog6  par  le  present  Article, 
sans  qne  poarcela  les  Pensionnaires  actnelssoient  prives  des  Pensions 
dont  lis  sont  en  possession. 

Lorsqn'il  sera  pourvu  aox  Ev6ches  et  B^u^fices  ^  la  nomination 
Roy  ale,  on  continuera  d'admettre  la  reserve  des  Pensions  snivant  les 
formes  Canoniqnes.  Les  Indif  idus  nomm^  par  Sa  Majeste  k  cea 
Pensions  obtiendront  da  Saint-Si^ge  les  Bulles  Apostoliqoes  correspond 
dantes,  par  le  moyen  desquelles  ils  seront  habiles  k  les  percevoir  leor 
Tie  durant;  et  i  lear  mort,  TEvlche  on  le  Benefice  sur  lesquels  cette 
reserve  avoit  eu  lien,  seront  delivr^s  de  cette  charge. 

XVIII.  Sa  Saintete  se  reserve  a  perpetuite,  sur  les  Ev^ch^s  et 
Abbayes  qui  seront  ^tablis  dans  le  Royaume,  12,000  ducats  de  pen- 
sion annuelle,  dont  le  Souverain  Pontife  disposers  suivant  les  circon* 
stances  et  a  sa  volonte,  au  pro6t  de  sesSujets  de  I'Etat  Ecciesiastique, 

XIX.  Les  Benefices  et  Abbayes  situesdans  le  Royanme  des  2Si- 
ciles,  et  dont  les  fruits  se  trouvent  en  tout  ou  en  partie  appliques  d  des 
Ecclesiastiques,  i  differentes  Eglises,  Colleges,  Monast^res  et  Maisons 
Religieoses  de  Romeet  des  autres  Pays  de  TEtat  Ecclesiastique,  con- 
tinueront  d'etre  appliques  au  m6me  usage.  Cette  disposition  ne 
s^etend  pas  aux  Benefices  et  Abbayes  4  patronage  Royal,  ni  k  celles 
dont  les  biens  sont  alien^s. 

XX.  Les  Archev^ques  et  les  Ev6ques  seront  libres  dans  I'exercice 
de  leor  Minist^re  Pastoral,  suivant  les  Saints  Canons. 

lis  connoitront  des  Causes  Ecclesiastiques,  et  principalement  des 
Causes  Matrimoniales,  qui,  suivant  le  13e  Canon  de  la  34e  Session  da 
Condle  de  Trente,  sont  du  ressort  des  Juges  Ecclesiastiques,  et  ils 
prononceront  sur  ces  Causes.  Ne  soni  point  comprises  dans  cette  dis- 
position les  Causes  Civiles  des  Clercs,  par  exemple,  celles  qui  con- 
cement  les  contrats,Ies  dettes,  les  heritages,  dont  les  Juges  liSics  con- 
noitront et  snr  lesquels  ils  prononceront  d^finitivement. 

Les  Arch^v^ues  et  Ev^ues  sonmeltront  aux  peines  Stabiles  par 
le  Saint  Concile  de  Trente  on  i  d*aatres  qu*ils  jageront  convenable^ 
les  Clercs  qui  ae  rendront  reprdhensibles,  on  qui  ne  porteront  pas 
lliabit  clerical  conforme  a  leur  dignity  et  i  leur  ordre,  sauf  le  reconrs 
Canoniqoe ;  ils  les  confineront  dans  dea  S^minaires  et  des  Maisons 
Religieases.  lis  emploierout  ^galement  les  Censures  contre  ceax  des 
fiddles  qui  transgresseroient  les  Lois  EccMsiastiqaes  et  les  Saints 
Canons. 

Ils  n'^prouveront  aocun  emp^chement  poar  faire  lesvisites  de  leurs 
Dioctes  respectifs  pour  se  rendre  ad  Hmma  apoHolantm,  et  convoquer 
les  Synodes  Diocesaius. 

11  sera  egalement  libre  aox  Archev^ues  et  Ev^ae8  de  commu- 
niquer  avec  le  Clerg^  et  le  People  de  leor  Dioc^,  pour  remplir  leur 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1088  ROME  AND  SICILY. 

devoir  pastoral,  de  pabiier  leura  instructions  sur  lea  Aflaires  Eoclesi- 
aaUques*  de  faire  lea  ordioatious,  et  d'oixlonaer  des  pri^res  publiqaei 
et  d'autres  pieusespniliqoes,  qaand  le  bieode  I'Eglise,  de  FEtat,  ou  da 
Peuple  le  demandera. 

Lps  Causes  majeures  soDt  da  resaort  du  Souveraio  Pontife. 

XXI.  Lea  Arche%6qaes  et  Ev^ues  admettrout  aux  Ordres  Sacres, 
apr^s  i'exainen  present,  et  qnand  tU  seront  pourvus  d*un  patrimoine 
saffisant  oud*un  aoire  Titre  Canooique,  les  Clercs  quMIs  jugeront  neces- 
aaires  ou  utiles  a  leors  Dioc^s;  eo  se  conformant  nertnaioias  aux 
mesores  et  aux  re^^lemens  prescrits  par  le  D6cret  du  Rape  Gregoire  XV. 
en  date  du  1  Juillet,  1623,  et  daus  le  Concordat  Beuedettino  chap.  4. 
qui  a  pour  titre  Rtquisiii  de  Promwendi,  auxquels  mesures  et  regle- 
inens  il  n'est  point  derog^  par  le  present  Concordat. 

Comme  il  eat  necessaire  de  pourvoir  suffisammeut  a  rentreticn  de 
chaque  Ecclesiastique.  lequel  dans  les  terns  actuels  exige  plus  de 
d^pense,  les  Archeveques  et  Evdques  augmenteront  dorenavant  les 
taux  du  patiimoine  sacre  a  constituer  en  biens  foods  pour  les  Ordi- 
nands,  lequel  ne  pourra  ^tre  ni  an  dessous  de  50  ducats,  ni  au  dessus 
de80. 

L*experience  ayant  demontre  qu'il  arrive  fr^queoiment  dans  le 
Rojaume,  qu*en  constituant  les  patrimoines  sacres  il  se  fait  des  assig- 
nations frauduleuses,  simul^es,  on  qui  ne  sont  point  libres  soit  d'bypo- 
theques,  soit  d'autres  charges,  d  ou  il  resulte  que  ceux  qui  sunt 
ordonnes  sur  le  titre  de  tels  patrimoines,  se  trouvent  ensuite  d^- 
pourvus  de  moyens  de  subsistance ;  adn  d  eviter  k  Paveoir  de 
pareils  abus,  on  coustatera,  pour  la  v^rit^  do  fait,  d'nne  maoi^re 
legale,  que  le  fonds  ou  les  foods  constitues  par  les  Ordinands  en  patii- 
moine sacre  sont  libres  de  toote  hypoth^ue  et  de  toute  charge  ;  d  cet 
efiet,  les  Autorit^  Ecclesiastiques  demanderont  au  Tribunal  Civil  de 
la  Province,  TActe  constatant  lapr  opriete  et  la  franchise  du  fonds;  et  le 
Tribunal  ne  pourra  refuser  de  le  delivrer. 

Les  Aspirans  aux  Ordres  Sacrds  d  titre  de  Benefice  on  de  Chapelle, 
devront,  pour  6tre  ordonnes,  se  constituer  un  certain  Supplement 
jusqu'k  la  concurrence  du  taux  Diocesain  ci-dessus,  lorsque  le  revena 
du  Benefice  ou  de  la  Chapelle  sera  inferieur  k  ce  taux. 

Ceite  disposition  ne  s'etend  pas  aux  Dioceses  dans  lesquels  il 
auroit  d^jsL  6te  etabli  un  taux  patrimonial  plnselev^,  auqael  il  ne  sera 
fait  aucun  changement. 

XXn.  On  sera  libre  d  appeller  au  Saint-Si^ge. 

XXIII.  La  Communication  des  Ev^ques,  du  Clerge  et  da  Peuple 
avec  le  Saint- Si^ge,  sur  toutes  les  mati^res  Spirituelles  et  les  objets 
Ecclesiastiques,  sera  parfaitement  libre ;  sont  par  consequent  r^voqnes 
les  Circulaires,  Lois  et  Decrets  de  (iceat  icribere. 

XXIV.  Tontes  les  fois  que  les  Archev^ues  et  les  Ev^ues  trou- 
B^iint  dans  les  Livres  introdnits  ou  qui  s'introduiront,  imprimes  ou  qui 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ROME   AND    SICILY.  1089 

simprimeront  dans  le  Royanine,  qoelqtie  chose  de  contraire  k  la  Doc- 
trine de  l*£glise  et  aux  boDoes  moeura,  le  Gouveroement  n'en  per- 
mettra  pas  la  publicatioD. 

XXV.  Sa  Majesty  supprime  la  charge  de  D^l^gne  Royal  de  la 
lurisdiction  Eccf^siastique. 

XXVI.  Le  Tribunal  du  Chapelain  Mafeur  et  aa  jurisdiction,  se 
renfermeront  dans  les  lioiites  prescrites  par  la  Constitution  Convenii 
de  Benoit  XIV,  et  par  le  motu  proprio  snbsiquent  de  ce  m^me 
Pontife. 

XX  VIL  La  propriete  de  rEglise  dans  ses  Possessions  et  Acquisi- 
tions sera  sacree  et  inviolable. 

XXVIIL  En  consideration  de  I'utilit^  que  la  Religion  etTEglise 
retirent  du  present  Concordat,  et  pour  donner  une  marque  d'affection 
particuli^re  d  la  Personne  de  Sa  Majeste  le  Roi  Ferdinand,  SaSainteti 
accorde  i  perp^tuit^  k  lui  et  i  ses  Descendnns  Catholiques  Successeurt 
au  Tr6ne,  I'lndult  de  nommer  des  Ecclesiastiques  dignes,  aptesetayant 
les  qualites  requises  par  les  Saints  Canons,  k  tons  ceox  des  Archeviches  ' 
et  Eveches  du  Royaume  des  9  Siciles  pour  lesquels  Sa  Majesty  ne 
jouissoit  pas  du  droit  de  nomination  ;  et  4  cet  effet,  Sa  Saintet6  fera 
exp^dier  la  Bulle  d^indult  auBsit6t  apr^s  Techange  des  Ratifications 
du  present  Concordat 

Sa  Majeste  fera.  connoitre  en  terns  di!k  i  Sa  Saintete,  les  Personnes 
nomm^es,  afin  que  suivant  la  teneur  des  Canons,  on  fasse  les  informa- 
tions n^cessaires,  et  que  les  Personnes  obtiennent  Tlnstitution  Cano- 
Bique  stiifant  le  mode  et  les  formes  observes  jusqu'ici.  Cependant 
avant  de  Tavoir  obtenue,  elles  mo  povrroot  en  aucune  manidre  s'im« 
niMcer  dans  le  GonvemeaieBt  ou  I'Admioistmtioa  des  Eglises  poor 
leM)4ielles  elks  sont  oommAes. 

XXIX.  Les  Archev<6qiie8  et  Ev^iiea  feroot  en  preseoee  de  Sa 
Majesty  le  Serment  de  fidelite  dont  voici  la  formula :  **  Je  jure  et  pro- 
mets  aur  lea  Saints- Evangiles  obeisaance  et  M^lite  i  8a  Majesty 
Royale.  Je  promets  ^galement  qae  je  n  aurai  aucune  Communica- 
tion, que  je  ne  ferai  Partie  4'aucane  r«itaion,  et  que  je  ae  eooaenrerai, 
soit  aa-dedans  soit  au-debors  da  RoyaaaM,  aucaae  anioa  suspecte,  qui 
nuise  d  la  tranquillite  publique ;  et  que  si,  tant  dans  mon  Diocese 
qo'ailleurs,  j'apprends  qu'il  se  trame  quelque  chose  aa  detriment  de 
TEtat  j'en  pr^viendrai  Sa  Majeste.^' 

XXX.  Quant  anx  antres  Ecclesiastiques  dont  i1  n'a  pas  M  fait 
mention  dans  les  Articles  cidessus,  les  cboses  serent  re  glees  suivant 
la  discipline  de  I'Eglise,  et  s'il  survenoit  quelque  diificulte,Sa  Saintet6 
et  Sa  Majesty  se  reservent  de  se  concert er  enlre  elles. 

XXXI.  Le  present  Concordat  est  substitue  d  tons  les  Lois,  Or- 
donnances  et  Decrets,  emanes  dans  le  Royaume  des  2  Sicilgs  en  mati^re 
de  Religion. 

XXXII.  Comme  ii  a  ete  represent^  k  Sa  Saintet6  de  la  part  de  Sa 
[1815-16.]  4  A 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1090  RUSSIA   AND   PORTUGAL. 

Majeite,  qa'attenda  les  besoins  actnels  des  Eglises  da  Rojaame  en 
de^a  do  Phare,  et  les  effete  produits  par  riavasion  ennemie,  la  Con- 
Tention  de  1741  ne  saffit  plus  poor  obvier  aux  maox  qui  exifrent  un 
reiDede  indispeiisable,  et  que  d'un  autre  cote  la  Partie  des  Domainet 
aa  deli  du  Pbare  que  la  dite  CooveDtion  u'embrasse  pas,  n'a  beeoia 
^oe  de  soins,  et  que  d'ailleun  les  Domaines  en  de9i  et  an  deli  da 
Pbare  ne  constitaaut  maiuteoant  qu'ao  Royanme,  il  convieot  de  fixer 
one  R^gle  unifomie  a  observer  egalement  daos  les  Eglises  des  2  sas- 
dils  Domaines,  il  est  convenu  que  le  present  Concordat  est  suhstitof 
an  precedent 

XXXIII.  Cbacune  des  2  Hantes  Parties  Contractantes  promet  en 
son  Dom  et  en  celui  de  ses  Soccessenrs,  d'obser? er  exactement  toot  ce 
qui  est  contenu  dans  ces  Articles. 

XXXIV.  Les  Ratifications  du  present  Concordat  seront  ecbangeet 
i  Rome,  an  plus  tard  dans  15  jours  d  dater  du  jour  de  aa  signature. 

XXXV.  Apr^  la  Ratification  du  pr^nt  Concordat,  on  en  confiera 
lexecution  a  2  Sujets  recommandables,  dont  Tun  sera  nomme  par 
Sa  Saintete  et  Tautre  par  Sa  Majesty,  et  qui  seront  munis  des  pouToire 
necessaires  par  les  Parties  Contractantes. 

En  foi  de  qnoi,  les  dits  Pl^nipotentiaires  ont  souscrit  le  present 
Concordat,  et  y  ont  appose  leurs  Cachets. 
Fait  k  Terracine,  le  16  F^vrier,  1818. 

(L.S.)        LE  CARDINAL  CONSALVL 
(L.SL)        LE  CHEVAUER  DE  MEOICL 
[Ratifi^  par  le  Roi  le  25  Fevrier,  et  par  le  Pape  le  I  Mars,  ISIS.] 


DECLARATION  and  NoiificaiUm,  rdativeio  iheprolomga- 
Horn  of  the  Treaty  of  Cdmtmerce  of  1798,  between  Russia 
mmJ  Portm4fal.—iSl5,  1816. 

(1.)  Deckraikm  between  Rustiaamd  Portrngai.-^  Vienna,  ^tk  Marek, 

1815. 

Dedemiion  rtspeeimg  ike  renewal  oftkt  Commerdai  Treaty  between 

Rmssia  ond  PortugaL^Si^ned  at  Vienna,  the  29M  Afar«4,  1815. 

Whereas  the  period  fixed  in  the  Declaration,  signed  at  St  Peters- 
bnrg,  the  ^^  1812,  between  the  CourU  of  Russia  and  Portugal,  for 
extending  the  Stipulations  of  the  Commercial  Treaty  of  the  ff  Decern- 
ber,  17d8,*  to  the  i^  June,  1815,  is  aboat  to  expire,  and  whereas  the 
circumstances  in  which  Europe  has  been,  and  is  still  placed,  do  not 
permit  tliem  to  enter,  at  the  present  moment,  into  the  arrangements 
which  would  be  necessary  in  the  drawing  up  of  a  new  Commercial 
Treaty,  the  High  Contracting  Parties  have  agreed  to  continue  the 
Stipulations  of  that  concluded  on  the  ^th  December,  1798,  for  one 
year  longer,  viz.  to  the  -fyih  June,  1816. 

•  See  Fkge  1092. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RUSSIA  AND  PORTUGAL.  1091 

Accordingly,  His  Majesty  die  Emperor  of  Russia,  and  His  Royal 
Highness  the  Prince  Regent  of  Portugal,  mutually  engage  and  pro- 
mise to  execute,  observe,  and  fulfil  the  Stipulations  of  the  Commercial 
Treaty  of  the  ^ih  December,  1798,  in  every  point,  up  to  the  -^ih 
June,  1816,  in  the  same  manner  as  if  they  were  here  recited  word  for 
word,  excepting  the  following  variation  in  Article  VL  of  the  said 
Treaty. 

With  respect  to  the  augmentation  of  the  Duties  imposed  in  the  last 
Tariff  upon  the  importation  of  Wines  into  Russia,  it  is  stipulated  that, 
proportionably  to  the  Duties  imposed  in  the  former  Tariff,  the  Wines 
of  Portugal,  Madeira,  and  the  Azores,  which  in  virtue  of  Article  VI. 
of  the  said  Treaty,  paid  only  4  rubles  and  50  copecks  Import  Duty 
per  '*  barique"  or  hogshead  of  6  ''  ankers,"  shall,  during  the  conti- 
nuance  of  the  present  Stipulation,  pay  20  rubles  per  barique  or  hogs- 
head of  6  ankers;  nevertheless,  in  case,  prior  to  the  expiration  of  this 
Stipulation,  the  Import  Duty  on  Wine  should  be  reduced  in  favour  of 
any  Nation,  then  the  Wines  of  Portugal,  Madeira,  and  the  Azores, 
shall  enjoy  the  same  advantage,  in  the  proportion  of  a  diminution  of 
three-fourths  of  the  Duty,  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Article 
VI  of  the  Commercial  Treaty,  as  well  as  with  those  above  recited ; 
with  the  understanding,  that  the  Wines  above  mentioned  shall  be 
entitled  to  no  such  favour,  unless  the  said  Wines  be  imported  in  Por- 
tuguese or  Russian  Ships,  and  that  the  origin  and  property  of  them  be 
proved  by  the  Certificates  required  in  the  said  Article  of  the  above- 
mentioned  Treaty. 

This  Stipulation  shall  continue  and  be  binding  during  the  period 
above  stated,  and  the  present  Act  shall  be  carried  into  effect  from 
the  date  of  its  signature;  the  Undersigned  promising  and  guaranteeing, 
in  the  name  of  their  respective  Sovereigns,  the  entire  and  complete  ful- 
filment of  all  that  is  stipulated  therein. 

In  faith  of  which.  We,  who  have  thereunto  been  empowered,  have 
signed  the  present  Declaration,  and  affixed  to  it  our  arms. 

Done  at  Vienna,  the  29th  of  March,  1815. 

(L.S.)   COUNT  CHARLES  VON  NESSELRODE. 
(L.S.)   ANTONIO  DE  SALDANHA  DA  GAMA. 


{9.)'^Russian  Notijhaiion.— Ukase,  4M  June,  1816. 

St.  Petersburgh,  ISlh  June,  1816. 
Par  un  Ukase  du  4  de  ce  Mois,  PEmpereur  a  ordonne  que  le 
Traits  d'Amitie,  de  Commerce,  et  de  Navigation,  conclu  le  27  De- 
cembre,  1798,  entre  la  Russie  et  le  Portugal,  et  prolong^  jusqu'au 
17  de  ce  Mois,  par  une  Declaration  signee  d  Vienne,  le  29  Mars^ 
181i^,  continnerait  d'etre  en  vigueur  jusqu'  au  ler  Janvier,  1817. 

(AnnexeA 
4  A  2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1092  RUSSIA  AND  PORTUGAL. 

(Annfte.)-'TRAITE  tfJmiiii,  de  IfaoigaUoh et  de  Commerce,  iUrt 
leuf-s  Majestis  tEmperaur  de  toutes  les  hussies  ei  la  Reme  de  Poriu^ 
gdL-^Signi  d  Si.  Pelersb&urg,  te  97  Decembre,  1798. 

[Renewed  by  the  preceding  Docaments.3 

Nous,  Paul  ler.  par  la  gr^ce  deDiea,  Empereur  et  Autocrateur  de 
toutes  les  Russies,  de  Moscovie,  KioTie,  Wladimirie,  Novogorod,  Czar 
de  Casan,  Czar  d'As1racaD>  Czar  de  Siberie,  Czar  de  la  Chersoo^ae- 
I'auriquey  Seigneur  de  Piescaa/ et  Grand  Due  de  Smolensco.  de 
i^ithuanie,  Volhynie  et  Podolie,  Due  d'Estonie,  de  Livonie,  de  Coar- 
lande  et  Semigalle,  de  Samogitie,  Carelie,  Twer,  Jugorie,  Pemie. 
Wiatka,  Buigarie,  et  d'autres ;  Seigneur  et  Grand  Due  de  Novogorod 
Inferieur,  de  Czernigovie,  Resan,  Polock,  Rostow,  Jaroalav,  Belo- 
Oserie,  Udorie,  Obdorie,  Coudinie,  Vitepsk,  Mstislaw,  Dominatear  de 
tout  ]e  C6t6  du  Nord,  Seigneur  d' I verie  et  Prince  H6reditaire  el  Sou- 
verain  des  Czars  de  Cartalinie  et  Georgie,  comme  aussi  de  Cabardinie, 
des  Princes  de  Czircassie,  de  Gorsky  et  d'antres;  Successear  de 
Norw^ge,  Due  de  Schleswic-Holstein,  de  Stormarie,  de  Dithmaraen  et 
d'OIdenbonrg.  Seigneur  de  Twer  et  Grand-Maitre  de  POtdr^  Scmitt* 
rain  de  Saint  Jean  de  Jerusalem,  &c.  &c.  &c.-*iaison8  savoir  par  Jes 
presentes,  qu'en  consequence  de  Notre  d^r^  conforme  k  celai  de  S« 
Majeste  Tr^s-Fid^le  la  Reine  de  Portugal,  concemant  le  renouvdle- 
ment  du  Traite  d'Amitie,  de  Navigation  et  de  Commerce,  conclo  eotre 
nos  %  Etats  le  -^  Decern bre,  1787,  Nos  Plenipotentiairea  respecti^ 
munis  dlnstructions  et  Pleinpouvoirs  necessaires,  ont  arr^te  et  sign^  a 
St  Petenibourg  le  \^  Decembre  de  I'ann^e  pass^e  1798,  no  nooveaa 
Traite,  qui  est  mot  a  mot  de  la  teneur  suivante : 

An  nam  de  fat  Tr^-Sa^te  et  indivinble  Tribit^ 

Sa  Majesty  PEmpereur  de  toutes  les  Russies  et  Sa  Majesty  Tres- 
Pidele  la  Reine  de  Portugal,  voyant  avec  une  grande  satisfaction,  que 
le  Traite  d*  Ami  tie,  de  Navigation  et  de  Commerce,  condu  entre  Eiicfs, 
Leurs  Sujets,  Etats  et  Domaines  respectifs,  le  -f^  Decembre  1787,  a 
commence  i  augmenter  les  liaisons  mercantiles  entre  la  Russie  et  le 
Portugal,  et  ^galement  animus  du  desir  de  continuer  &  encourager  I'in- 
dustrie,  le  Commerce  et  la  Navigation  directe  de  Leurs  Snjets,  ont 
r^olu  de  renouveler  le  susdit  Traite,  et  dans  eette  vwe  Elles  ont  choiai 
et  nomme  pour  Leurs  Plenipotentiaires,  savoir : 

Sa  Majesty  TEmpereur  de  toutes  les  Russies,  le  Simir  Alexandre 
Prince  de  Besborodko,  Chancelier,  Conseiller  prive  actuel,  S^nKeofv 
Directeur  General  des  Postes,  et  Chevalier  des  Ordres  de  St:  Andre,  da 
St  Alexandre  Nevsky,  de  Ste.  Anne,  et  Grand'  Croix  de  ceox  da  St* 
jfean  de  Jerusalem  et  de  St  Vladimir  de  la  UreClasse;  le  Sieor  Vteltr 
de  Kotschoubey,  Vice-Chancelier,  Conseiller  priv^  actuel,  Cbambellan 
Aettt'ef.Olievalierde  I'Ordre  deSt  Alexandre  Nevsky  et  Grand' Croix  de 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


»U3«U  ANP  FOBTUOAL.  1093 

0elui  de  8t«  VUdioiir  de  la  teconde  Classy ;  le  Sieur  F^odor  de  Eos. 
topttchiD,  CoQMiller  priv^  actuel.  Membra  du  Collie  des  AQiir^s 
£lniDg^re«,  Chevalier  de  I'Ordrede  8u  Alesaadre  Neveky  et  de  oelui 
de  8te«  Anne  de  la  Ure  Classe;  et  le  Sieur  Pierre  de  SoirnQnafiTt 
Coneeiller  prive  actuel,  Senateur,  Pr^eident  da  College  de  Commerce, 
Chevalier  dee  Ordres  de  St.  Alexandre  Neveky  et  de  Ste.  Anna  de  la 
l&re  Claaee,  et  Grand'  Croix  de  celui  de  St,  Vladimir  de  la2nde  Cli|49e ; 

Et  Sa  M^est^  Tr^s-Fid^le  la  Reine  de  Portugal,  le  Sieur  Fran^oU 
Joeepb  d'Horta-Machedo,  de  Son  Conaeil,  Sod  Miqistre  Plenipotev- 
tiaire  aupr^  de  Sa  Majesty  TEmpereur  de  toutes  les  Ru9sie««  et  Comt 
mandeur  de  I'Ordre  de  Christ; 

Lesquels  Pl^nipotentiaires,  aprte  s'kre  respectivemaiitcommuiUqae 
leurs  Plein-ppnvoirs,  soot  entres  en  conference,  et  ayant  mufemeot 
discute  la  mnti^re»  ont  conclu  et  arr^te  les  Articles  suivans: 

Art.  I.  II  subsistera  entra  Leurs  Majest^s  TEmpereur  de  toutes 
les  Russies  et  la  Reine  de  Portugal,  Leurs  Heritiers  et  Successeurs  de 
part  et  d'autre,  aiosi  qu'  entre  fieurs  Sujets,  une  Paix  perpetuetle, 
bonne  intelligenee  et  parfaite  amitie;  d  quel  effet  les  2  Puissances  Con- 
tractantes  s'engagent,  tant  pour  EUes  que  pour  tous  Leurs  Sujets  sans 
eKception,  de  Se  traiter  reciproquement  en  bons  amis  dane  toutes  lea 
occasions,  tant  par  mer  que  par  terre,  et  sur  les  eaux  doacea,  etd'eviter 
non  seulement  tout  ce  qui  pourroit  tourner  au  prejudice  des  uns  ou 
dee  autres,  mais  de  s  eptr*  aider  mutuellement  par  toutes  sortes  de  bous 
ofices,  sur  tout  en  ce  qui  coocarne  la  Navigation  et  le  Conmeroe. 

IL  Les  Bujets  Rqsses  ne  seront  jamais  troubles  ni  inqui^tes  en 
Portugal  par  rapport  d  lear  Religion,  et  Ton  obaervera  envers  en^,  i 
cet  ^gard  ce  qui  se  pratique  avec  les  Sujets  des  autraa  Nations  d'uoe 
communion  diffi^reutOj  particuli^rement  avec  ceux  de  la  Grpmda 
Bretagne. 

Las  Sujets  Poriugais  jouiront  de  mdme  en  Rus|ie  d'ana  parftiita 
liberty  de  conscience,  conform^ ment  aux  principes  d'une  anti^ra  tole- 
rance, qu  on  y  accofde  i  toutes  las  Religious ;  ils  pourront  librement 
s'acquittar  dea  devoirs  et  vAquer  au  oulte  de  leur  Religion*  tant  dana 
leura  proprea  maiaoos,  qua  dans  lea  Eglisea  Publiquea,  qui  y  soat 
6tab|ii9s,  sans  eprouver  jamais  la  moindre  diCculte  i  cet  egard. 

III.  Leurs  ditea  Majaat&s  9  engagant  mutuellement  de  procurer  auK 
Siijeta  reapaetifs  da  Tuna  «t  da  I'anti^,  toutes  les  facilities,  assistance  et 
protection  niceasairas  aux  progras  da  leur  Commeree  reciproqua,  at . 
euitoui  da  la  Navigation  directe  enira  lea  2  Etata  dans  tous  les  iienx 
de  Leur  domination*  oi  la  Navigation  et  le  Commerce  sent  actuelle- 
inent  ou  seront  4  I'avenir  permia  h  d'aotres  Nations  Eoropeannaa. 
Maia  dans  tous  las  cbb,  9^  la  present  Traits  u*ajira  paa  stipule  qoelques 
ex^mptionaou  prerogatives  en  faveur  des  Sujets  raspectifii,  ilsdavront 
se  soumetlre  pour  leur  Commerce*  (ant  par  mer  que  par  terra  at  sur  lea 
eanx  douoas,  aux  Tarifs  des  Donanes  ainsi  qu'  aux  loixj  coutumes  et 
r^glemcns  de  I'endroit  0^  ils  se  trouveront. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1094  RUSSIA  AND  PORTUGAL. 

IV.  Daog  tous  les  Ports  des  Etats  respeetifs,  dont  lentrie  et  le 
commerce  sont  oaverts  aax  Nations  Europeennes,  les  Haotes  Parties 
Contractantes  auront  reciproquement  le  droit  detabltr  des  Consols  Ge- 
n^raax,  Consals  et  Vice-Consuls,  pour  laraotage  de  Leon  Sujets 
commer9aDs;  les  dtts  Consuls  Generaux,  Consols  et  Vice-Consols  y 
joniront  de  tonte  la  protection  des  Lois,  et  quoique  its  n'y  poorrsiit 
exercer  ancune  sorte  de  jurisdiction,  ils  poorront  n^nmoins  £tre  choi- 
818  da  gre  des  Parties,  pour  Arbitres  de  leurs  diffsrens ;  maia  il  sera 
toojonrs  libre  anx  m^mes  Parties  de  s'adresser  par  preference  an  Tri- 
bunal destine  pour  ]e  Commerce,  ou  k  d'aotres  Tribunaax  anxqneb 
les  m^mes  Consols  Gdn^raux,  Consuls  et  Vice- Consuls,  en  tout  ce  qai 
conceme  leurs  propres  affaires,  seront  egalement  subordonoes;  et  ils  oe 
poorront  jamais  ^tre  choisis  parmi  les  Sujets  nes  de  la  Pnissancf, 
chez  laquelle  ils  doivent  resider,  i  meins  quMIs  n*ayent  obteno  one 
permission  expresse  de  la  dite  Puissauce  de  pouToir  6tre  accredites 
aupr^  d  elie  en  cette  quality. 

V.  Les  Sujets  des  3  Puissances  Contractantes  poorront  daos  ks 
Etats  respectifs  s'assembler  avec  leur  Consul  en  Corps  de  Factorie, 
et  faire  entr*  enx  pour  I'inter^t  common  de  la  Factorie,  les  arrange- 
roens  qui  leur  conviendront,  en  tant  qu'ils  n'auront  rien  de  contraire  aox 
loix,  statuts  et  r^glemens  du  Pays  ou  de  lendroit,  od  ils  seront 
^tablis. 

V[.  Les  Sujets  Commergans  des  2  Hautes  Parties  Contractantes 
payeront  pour  leurs  Marchandises  dans  les  Etats  respectife,  les  Douancs 
et  autres  droits  fixes  paries  Tarifs  et  Ordonnancesactuellementen  force 
on  qui  existeront  i  I'avenir ;  et  quant  a  la  forme  du  payement  des  droits 
d*entree  en  Russie,  les  Sujets  Portugais  se  conformeront  d  ce  qoi  se 
pratique,  ou  se  pratiquera  dnns  la  suite,  vis-k-vis  des  Sajets  Rosses 
euz  m^mes.  Mais  afin  que  le  Commerce  des  2  Nations  soit  de  plos 
en  plus  encourage,  on  est  con?enu  de  part  et  d'autre  de  leor  accorder 
les  avantages  suivans: 

a.  De  la  part  de  la  Russie,  tous  les  Vins  du  crA  du  Portugal,  des 
lies  de  Mad^ru  et  des  Agores,  import^  en  Russie  sar  des  Bitimens 
Russes  ou  Portugais,  et  pour  compte  des  Sujets  Russes  ou  Portngais, 
ne  payeront  de  droit  d  entree  que  4  roubles  et  50  copecks  par  bariqoe, 
ott  oxhoft  de  6  ancres,  ou  240  bouteilles;  mais  les  ous  et  les  antm  oe 
pourront  jouir  de  cet  avantage  qu'en  produisant  des  Certificats  do 
Consul  de  Russie^  et  i  son  defaut,  de  la  Dooane,  oo  do  Magistrat  de 
I'endroit  d*ou  les  dits  Vins  auront  ^te  expedi^,  qui  constateiont, 
quails  sont  yeritablement  du  crCi  des  endroits  susoieDtionnes  et  poor 
compte  des  Sujets  Russes  ou  Portugais. 

Quant  aox  Vins  snsmentionn^s  qoi  seront  import^  en  Rossie  sor 
d'autres  N  a  vires  Etrangers,  on  s'en  tiendra  A  ce  qoe  le  Tarif  General 
du  mois  d*Octobre  de  Pannee  1797  present  4  ce  snjet* 

k,  Sa  Majeste  PEmpereur  de  toutes  les  Russies  consent,  que  l«s 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RUSSIA  AND  PORTUGAL.  1095 

Navires  Porlugais  puissent  importer  cbaque  annee  dans  toua  les  Ports 
de  Sa  DomiDation,  ou  I'entr^e  du  Sel  Stranger  sera  permise  pendant  la 
duree  da  present  Traits,  6,000  lastes  de  Sel  du  Portugal,  en  ne  pay  ant 
pour  cette  denree  que  la  moiti6  des  droits  de  Douane  et  autres,  fixes 
par  les  Tarifs  qui  existent,  ou  qui  exibteront  i  I'avenir  dans  les  dils 
Pons.  Au  reste,  les  Navires  Portagais  ne  jouiront  de  cetavantage, 
qo'  i  condition  de  produire  des  Certificats  en  due  forme,  qui  prouvent, 
que  le  dit  Sel  est  veritablement  du  cr6  du  Portugal,  qu'il  en  a  ete 
export^  directement  sur  des  Navires  Portugais,  et  pour  le  compte  des 
Sujets  Russes  ou  Portugais. 

VII.  En  reciprocite  des  susdites  concessions,  Sa  Majeste  Tres- 
PidUe  accorde  anx  Sujets  de  la  Russie  les  avantages  suivans : 

a,  Les  Negocians  Russes  etablis,  ou  qui  setabliront  4  Tavenir  en 
Portugal  aurout  la  prerogative  d  avoir  des  Juges  Conservateurs,  sur  le 
m^me  pied  que  cela  est  accorde  et  se  pratique  pour  la  Nation 
Anglaise;  mais  si  Sa  Majeste  Trfes- Fiddle  jugeait  d  propos  de  faire 
on  nouveau  r^glement  sur  ce  sujet,  pour  tous  les  Commergans  Etran* 
gers  etablis  daus  Ses  Etats  sans  aucune  exception,  les  Sujets  Russes 
devront  aussi  s*y  soumettre. 

6.  lis  anront  aussi  le  droit  de  s'adresser  d  la  Junto  du  Commerce, 
pour  leurs  affaires  mercantiles,  oii  il  leur  sera  rendue  une  prompte  et 
exacte  justice  aprds  la  verification  des  faits,  sans  les  autres  formalit^s 
de  la  procedure  ordinaire,  conform^ment  aux  loix  et  usages  qui  se 
pratiquent  parmi  les  Negocians;  d  quel  effet  Sa  Majeste  Tr^- Fiddle 
accordera,  lorsqne  les  cas  s*en  presenteront,  la  jurisdiction  n^cessaire 
d  la  susdite  Junto  du  Commerce. 

e,  Les  Negocians  Russes  ou  Portugais  ne  payeront  que  la  moitie 
des  droits  d  entree  de  Douane  et  autres  (sous  quelque  denomination 
qu'ils  puissent  ^tre)  tels  qu'ils  sont  fixes  par  les  Tarils  et  Ordonnances 
qui  existent  actuellement,  ou  qui  existeront  a  Taveniren  Portugal,  sur 
les  productions  de  la  Russie  ci-api^  specifiees,  lorsqu'  elles  seront  im- 
port^es  directement  sur  des  Navires  Russes  ou  Portugais,  et  pour  ie 
compte  des  Sujets  Russes  ou  Portugais,  savoir :  le  chanvre,  la  graine 
et  rhuile  de  chanvre  et  de  lin ;  le  fer  de  toutes  sortes  de  dimensions, 
ce  qui  admet  le  fer  mince,  les  cercles  de  fer,  y  compris  aussi  les 
ancres,  les  canons,  les  boolets  et  les  bombes ;  mais  les  Sujets  respec* 
tifs  ne  jouiront  de  cette  diminution  qu  en  prou%ant,  (par  des  Certificats 
en  due  forme  du  Consul  Portugais,  et  a  son  defaut,  de  la  Douane  ou 
du  Magistrat  de  lendroit,  d'od  les  susdites  marchandises  auront  6\i 
expediees)  qu'elles  sont  veritablement  du  produit  ou  des  manufacturta 
de  la  Russie,  et  qu'elles  sont  exportees  pour  le  compte  des  Sujeta 
Russes  ou  Portugais.  Ces  avantages  ne  seront  point  accordes  d 
d'autres  Navires  Etrangers,  qui  importeront  en  Portugal  les  susdites 
marcbandises  de  la  Russie,  mais  Ton  s'en  tiendra  d  ce  que  les  Tarifs 
Gcneraux  prescrivent  d  cet  ^gard. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1096  RUSSIA  AND  POBTUGAI*. 

d.  8i  penduit  la  daree  de  ce  Trait^,  8a  M ajeste  Tria-Fid^lo  ac- 
coide  aox  Yaianaox  dune  autre  Nation  ane diminutian  dea droki da 
aortie  sor  lea  Vina ;  lea  Vaiaseaax  Raasei  jooiroiit  aossi  dm  cat  avaalafa 
aor  lea  Yiaa  qaUa  emporteroot  poar  les  Ports  de  Raaaie. 

VI IL  Outre  las  avaotages  r^ciproquest,  stipules  par  lea  Artidcs 
piacedeiis,  las  Hautes  Parties  CoBtractaotes  oat  eoeore  juge  a  prapoib 
afin  d'eucottragerd'aoUfitoiiaox  la  Navigatioo  directoeile  Conimcrca, 
antra  ka  Nations  Rosae  at  Portogaise,  d'accorder  aux  Sajeta  mpec- 
lift  lea  pterogatives  soivantas:  Sa  Majeste  PEmperaor  de  toaies  las 
Russies  accorde  la  dimioution  de  la  moitie  des  droits  de  Douanc  el 
aatres,  qui  existent  ou  qui  axisteront  4  Taveoir  dans  Ses  Etala,  sar 
las  Marchandises  de  Portugal  d-aprte  specifiees.  lorsqu'ellea  aemat 
Waporlto  directement  de  Portugal  en  Russia,  savoir:  rhuile  d'olive 
Piadigo  du  Bresii,  et  le  tabac  du  Bresil  en  poudre,  roaleaax,  oa 
fettilka;  i  condition  de  prouver,  par  des  Certificats  en  doe  fonne 
que  lea  suadttes  Marchandises  sont  vMtablemeot  des  predaits  du 
Portugal  et  de  ses  Coloaies,  qu'elles  ont  etc  exporteea  diraetesaeat  da 
■sa  Porte  en  Europe,  sur  des  Navirea  Russea  ou  Portagais  et  poor  ie 
compte  des  Sujets  Rosses  ou  Portugais. 

En  reciprocite  de  ees  avantages,  Sa  Afajest^  Tr^FidMe  nocordc 
la  diminution  de  la  moitie  des  droits  de  Douane  et  autrea.  fixds  par 
las  Tarifs  et  Ordonnancea  qui  existent*  ou  qui  existelont  li  raTonir  dans 
Sea  ECat%  aar  les  Marchandises  de  Russia  ci-apr^  spteifiees,  loia- 
qu'ellea  seront  importees  directement  de  Russie  en  Portugal,  aaYoir; 
les  loiies  i  Totles*  celles  nomroees  Vlaams  ou  Flaemisoh,  Ravendonca 
et  Calamandres  de  lin;  k  condition  pareillement  de  pronver,  par  dea 
Certificats  en  due  forme,  que  les  susdilas  Marchandises  sont  feritable- 
ment  dea  manufactures  dis  la  Ruasie,  qu'eiles  en  ont  at^  importica 
directement  sur  des  Navires  Rushes  ou  Portugais,  et  pour  le  comple 
des  Sigete  Rosses  ou  Portugais. 

IX.  Comma  il  y  a  d*autjas  effete  et  raarchandiaes»  aussi  bien  de  Ja 
production  et  dea  manufactures  de  la  Russie  et  de  ses  diierena  Do* 
mainee  et  Conqudtes,  que  de  la  production  et  dea  manuCscturea  da 
Portugal  et  de  ses  Colonies,  lesqudles  pourrontjtugmentar  la  Naviga- 
tion at  le  Commerce  des  3  Nationa  et  contribuer  i  lenr  aTantage  red- 
proque;  Sa  Majeste  Imperiale  et  Sa  M^asle  Trds-Fid^,  pmuint  c«l 
objet  dans  Leur  haute  condd^ration,  ont  ordonn^  k  Lenrs  Ministita 
laspectils  d'axaminar  et  conlerer  aur  tons  at  chacnn  dea  snadits  effete 
at  marchandiaes ;  et  de  tout  ce  qui  sera  ajoste  et  conrenu  de  part  et 
d'antre  i  cat  egard,  I'oo  fcra  de  nouveaux  Articles,  leaquds  ^tant  ap- 
pronfis  et  ratifies  par  les  2  Puissances  Contractaotes,  laront  partia 
de  ce  Trdt6,  comma  s'ils  y  ctoieat  Indus  et  transcrite  mot  poor  aeat 

X.  La  but  des  9  Hautes  Parties  Contractantea^  en  accordant  Jes 
avantegas  stipules  dans  les  Articles  VI,VII,  et  VIII,  elaot  nrnqneaseat 
de  faciJiter  le  Commerce  et  la  Navigation  des  Sujete  Russea  en  Porto- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


BUSSJA  AND  PORTUGAL.  1097 

gal,  et  del  Sujets  Portugais  en  Rossie,  elles  d^fendent  leciproquement 
k  lean  SujeU»  d'aboaer  de  ces  avautages,  en  se  dounant  pour  Propria* 
tairesdes  NaTiresou  des  marchandises,  qui  ne  leiir  appariiendront  paa^ 
tons  peine  a  celui  ou  ceux  qui  auroient  ainsi  fraude  lea  droiU,  en  pr^- 
tant  leur  nom  h  quelqu'autre  Negociant  £tranger,  d*^tre  traitea  selon 
la  teoeur  des  Loix  et  R^glemeos  ^manes  k  cet  egard,  savoir;  que  tout 
ce  qui  sera  prouve  ^tre  ainsi  faussement  declare  en  Russie^  sous  ua 
nom  emprunte  Russe  ou  Portugais^  sera  coufisqu^  et  vendu,  au  profit 
des  Etablissements  Publics  en  faveur  des  Pauvres.  Pareilleonent  ea 
Portugal,  tout  ce  qui  sera  prouve  6tre  ainsi  faussement  declare,  sous 
un  nom  emprunt^  Russe  ou  Portugais,  sera  confisque  et  vendu,  au 
profit  de  la  Maison  des  Enfans  trouves. 

Mais  au  cas  qu'il  y  ait  un  Denonciateur  de  la  dite  fraude,  on 
deduira  en  sa  faveur  la  moitie  de  la  vente  des  objets  confisques,  ce 
qu'il  recevra  pour  sa  recompense,  soit  en  Russie,  soit  en  Portugal. 

XI.  On  ne  reconnaitra  pour  Navires  Russes  ou  Portugaia,  que 
ceux  qui  seront  exactement  dans  le  cas  des  Ordonnances  et  R^gle* 
mens  actuellement  en  force  dans  leurs  Pays  respectifs,  savoir:  pour 
les  Navires  Russes,  ils  devront  avoir  dans  leur  Equipage  au  moins  la 
moitie  du  nombre  des  Matelots,  Sujets  de  TEmpire  de  Russie.  De 
plus  la  propriete  Russe  d*un  tel  Navire  et  de  sa  Cai^ison  doit  6tre 
attestee  par  des  Documens  en  due  forme;  et  si  le  Navire  a  fait  voile 
de  St.  P^tersbourg,  ii  devra  6tre  muni  d'un  Passeport  de  TAminiute ; 
mais  s'il  est  parti  dun  autre  Port  de  Russie,  01!^  il  n'y  ait  pas  d'Aroi-. 
raut^,  le  Passeport,  soit  de  la  Douane  de  cet  endroit,  soit  du  Magis- 
trat  on  de  tel  autre  Propose  Ii  cet  efifet,  sera  valable. 

Poor  les  Navires  Portugais,  ils  devront  6tre  muuisdu  nombre  de  Su« 
jets  Portugais,  fixe  par  les  R^glemens  de  Sa  Majesty  Tr^  Fiddle,  savoir ; 
que  le  Maitre,  Gontre-Maitre,  et  les  deux  tiers  de  TEqnipage  devront 
^tre  Sujets  Portugais. 

La  propriete  Portugatse  d'un  tel  Navire  devra  6tre  attestee  par  uo 
Passeport  exp6di^  par  la  Secritairerie  d*Etat  du  Departemeut  de  la 
Marine. 

Les  2  Hautes  Parties  Contractantes  se  feront  parvenir  reciproque- 
ment  quelques  Exemplaires  authentiques  de  la  forme  des  dits  Docu- 
mens  et  Passeports,  afin  qu'ils  soient  gard^  dans  les  diflerens  Ports 
des  Etats  req>ectifs,  pour  les  comparer  k  ceux  dont  les  Navires  seront 
munis,  et  s'assurer  ainsi  de  leur  validite. 

Xn.  Pour  eonitater  la  propriety  Russe  ou  Portugaise,  des  Mar- 
chaadises  export^es  de  la  Russie  en  Portugal,  on  devra  produire  des 
Certificats  des  Consuls  Generauz  Consuls  ou  Vice-Consuls  de  Por- 
togai,  rMdans  en  Russie ;  ou  si  le  Navire  a  feit  voile  d'un  Port,  cii  il 
n'y  ait  pas  de  Consuls  G^n^raux,  Consuls  on  Vice-Consuls  Portugais, 
en  se  contentcra  de  Certificats  en  due  forme  de  la  Douane,  ou  du 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1098  UUSSIA  AND  PORTUGAL. 

Magistrat  du  lieu  d'od  le  dit  Naf  ire  aura  fait  voile,  ou  de  telle  antra 
Personoe  pr^posee  k  cet  effet;  et  lea  dits  Consuls  G^n^raox,  Consals 
ou  Vice-CoDSuls  Portugais  ne  pourront  rieo  exiger  an  de  14  de  3 
roubles  pour  Texp^dltion  des  dits  Certificats,  sous  quelque  pr^texte 
que  ce  soit* 

De  m^ine,  pour  constater  la  propriete  Russe  ou  Portogaise  des 
Marchandises  exportees  de  Portugal  en  Russie,  ou  devra  produire  des 
Certificats  des  Consuls  G^n^raux,  Consuls  ou  Vice-Coosuls  de  Russie 
lesidans  en  Portugal ;  ou  si  le  Navire  a  fait  voile  d  un  Port,  ou  il  n'y 
ait  pns  de  Coasuis  G^neraux,  Consuls  ou  Vice-Consuls  de  Russie,  on 
se  contentera  de  Certificats  en  due  forme  de  la  Douaue,  ou  do  Magis- 
trat  du  lieu,  ou  de  telle  autre  Personne  pr^posee i  cet  effet;  et  les  dits 
Consuls  Genera ux,  Consuls  ou  Vice- Consuls  de  Russie  en  Portugal  ne 
pourront  de  mfime  rien  exigcr  au  de  li  de  3  Crousades,  pour  lexp^di. 
tion  d'un  tel  Certificate  sous  quelque  pretexte  que  ce  sott, 

XI I L  Poor  prevenir  les  fraudes  des  droits  de  Douane  dans  les 
Etats  respectife,  soit  par  contrebande  ou  de  quelque  autre  mani^re, 
les  2  flautes  Parties  Contractantes  conviennent  egalement,  que  pour 
tout  ce  qui  regarde  la  visite  des  Navires  Marckands,  les  Declarations 
des  Marchandises,  le  terns  de  les  printer,  la  manidre  de  les  verifier, 
et  en  general  pour  tout  ce  qui  concerne  les  precautious  i  prendre  contra 
la  contrebande,  et  les  peines  d  infliger  aux  Contrebandiera,  l*on  ob* 
servera  dans  chaque  Pays  les  Loix,  R^gleoiens  et  Coutumes  qui  y  aonl 
etablies,  ou  qu*on  y  etabliin  a  lavenir. 

Dans  tons  les  cas  susmeutionnes,  les  .2  Puissances  Contractantes 
s'engngent  reciproquement  de  ne  pas  traitor  les  Sujets  respectifs  avec 
plus  de  rigueur,  que  ne  le  sont  leurs  propres  Sujets,  lorsqu'ils  torn- 
bent  dans  les  m^mes  contraventions. 

XIV.  Toutes  les  fois  que  les  Navires  Riisses  oa  Portugais  aeront 
obliges,  soit  par  des  temp^tes,  soit  pour  se  soustraire  a  la  poursoile  de 
quelque  Pirate,  ou  pour  quelqu*autre  accident,  de  se  refugier  dans  les 
Ports  des  Etats  respectifs,  ils  pourront  s'y  radoober,  se  poiurvoir  de 
toutes  les  c hoses  qui  leur  seront  necessaires,  et  se  reinetire  en  mer 
librement,  sans  payer  aucun  droit  de  Douaue,  ni  aucun  autre,  i 
I'exception  seulement  des  droits  de  Fanaux  et  de  Ports ;  moyennant 
que  pendant  leur  sejour  dans  les  dits  Ports  on  ne  tire  aucune  mar- 
cbandise  des  susdits  Navires,  encore  moins  qu  on  n  expose  qaoiquo 
ce  soit  en'vente;  mais  si  le  Chef  de  qnelqo*un  des  monies  Naviros 
jugeait  i  propos  de  mettre  quelque  usarchandiae  en  vente,  il  aera  teaa 
h  se  conformer  aux  Loix,  Ordonnances,  et  Tarifs  de  I'endroit,  od  il  ae 
tronvera. 

XV.  Les  Vaisseaux  de  Guerre  des  2  Puissances  Alliees  tronveront 
egalement  dans  les  Etats  respectifs,  les  Rades*  Rivieres,  Ports,  et 
Havres  libres  et  ouverts,  pour  entrer  ou  sortir  et  demeurer  i  Paocre, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RUSSIA  AND  PORTUGAL.  1099 

tant  qu'il  leur  sera  necessaire,  sans  sobir  aacane  visite;  en  se  con* 
fomiant  de  m^me  aax  Loix  generates  de  Police,  et  k  celles  des  Bareanx 
de  San(6,  etablies  dans  les  Etats  respectifs. 

Dans  les  grands  Ports  11  ne  pourra  pas  entrer  plus  de  6  Vaisseaux 
de  Guerre  k  la  fois,  et  dans  les  petits,  3,  d  moins  qu'on  n*en  ait 
demande  et  obtena  la  permission  pour  un  plus  grand  nombre.  Et 
poor  tout  ce  qui  regarde  le  ravitaillement,  radoabement,  vivres  et 
rafraichissenient,  on  pourra  les  achetcr  an  prix  courant,  sans  ancun 
embarras  ni  emp^chement  quelconque,  et  on  pratiquera  avec  les  dits 
Yaisseanx  de  Guerre  ce  qui  se  pratique  a?ec  ceux  de  toutfs  les  autres 
Nations. 

XVI.  Quant  an  ceremonial  du  Salut  des  Navires,  les  2  Hautes 
Parties  Contractantes  sont  convenoes  de  le  regler  selon  les  principes 
d*une  parfaite  egalit^  eotre  les  2  Couronnes.  Lore  done  que  les 
Yaisseanx  des  2  Puissances  Contractantes  se  rencontreront  en  mer, 
lis  se  r^gleront  de  part  et  d'autre  pour  le  Salut  d*apr^s  le  grade  des 
Olficiers  commandans  ces  Vaisseaux,  de  roani^re  que  ceux  d'un  rang 
egal  ne  seront  pas  oblig^  de  se  saluer,  tandis  que  les  Vaisseaux 
commandos  par  des  Officiere  d'un  rang  sup^rieur,  recevront  d  cbaque 
fuis  le  Salut  des  inferieurs,  en  le  rendaut  coup  pour  coup. 

A  Pentree  d'uu  Port  o^  il  y  aura  Garnison,  les  Vaisseaux  des 
Hautes  Parties  Contractantes  seront  ^galement  tenus  au  Salut  d'usage, 
et  il  y  sera  r^pondu  de  m^me  coup  pour  coup. 

XVIL  Les  Vaisseaux  de  Guerre  d*une  des  Puissances  Contrac- 
tantes dans  les  Ports  de  Tautre,  et  les  Personnes  de  leurs  Equipages,  ne 
pourront  pas  ttre  detenus  ni  emptcfa^s  de  sortirdesdits  Ports,  lorsque 
les  Commandans  de  tels  Vaisseaux  voudront  mettre  i  la  voile.  Les 
ni^mes  Commandans  cependant  doivent  s'abstenir  scrupuleusement  de 
donner  aucuo  asyle  sur  leur  bord  k  des  Deserteure  ou  d'autres  Fugitifs, 
tels  qu'ils  soient,  Contrebandiers  ou  Malfaiteurs;  mmns  encore  tolerer 
qu'oD  y  re^oive  des  effets  ou  marcbandises  qui  puissent  leur  appartenir, 
<Mt  qulls  auroient  enlev^es,  ni  ceiies  d^clarees  de  contrebande.  Et 
lis  ne  devront  pas  faire  oucune  difficult^  de  livrer  au  Gouvemement 
aussi  bien  les  dits  CrihiiDels,  que  les  biens  ci-dessus  marquis,  lorsqulls 
let  trouveront  i  leur  bord. 

Et  pour  ce  qui  regarde  les  dettes  et  les  dilits  personnels  de  ceux 
qui  appartieodront  aux  Equipages  des  dits  Vaisseaux,  chacun  sera 
.  assujetti  aux  peines  Etablies  par  les  Loix  du  Pays  od  il  se  trouvera. 

XVIIL  Les  Vaisseaux  Marcbands,  appartenans  aux  Sujets  d'une 
des  Puissances  Contractantes,  ni  Personne  de  leurs  Equipages  ne 
pourront  pas  non  plus  itre  arrMes,  ni  leurs  marcbandises  saisies  dans 
les  Ports  de  Tautre,  excepte  dans  le  cas  d'arrit  ou  de  saisie  de  justice; 
soit  pour  dettes  persoonelles,  contractees  dans  le  Pays,  mime  par  les 
Propri^taires  du  Nay  ire,  ou  de  la  Cargaison ;  soit  pour  a?oir  re^n  i 
bord  des  marcbandises  declarees  de  contrebande  par  les  Tarifs  des 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UOO  RUSSIA  AUD  VO^TVOAh. 

DounueB ;  goit  pour  y  avoir  recele  des  eflfets^  qui  y  auroient  iie  cachea 
|Hir  deB  Baoqueroutiers  ou  d*au(re8  debiteurs  au  pr^udice  de  lean 
Greanciers  legitimes;  soit  pour  avoir  voulu  favoriser  la  fuite  oa  r«va- 
aiou  de  quelque  D6aerteur  des  Troupes  de  terre  ou  de  mer,  de  Con- 
tr^bandiers,  ou  de  quelque  autre  ludividu  que  ce  aoi^  qui  ue  aeroit 
pas  muni  d  un  Pa8»e|)ort  l^gal ;  de  tele  Fugitifs  devront  ^tre  re mia  an 
GouvernemeDt,  aussi  bieo  que  lea  Criiainels,  qui  auroieut  po  se  refu- 
gier  8ur  un  tel  Navire;  bien  entendu,  que  ie  Gouvemement  veillera 
soigneusement  dans  les  Etats  respecUfii,  k  ce  que  lea  diU  Navirea  ne 
aoieot  pas  retenus  plus  long  terns  qu'il  ne  sera  abaolument  neceaaaire. 
Dans  tons  les  cas  susmeutionues,  ainsi  qu'i  regard  dea  deiila 
personnels,  on  observera  ce  qui  a  ^te  stipuU  dans  i'Artlcle  pr6c^« 
dent. 

XIX.  Si  un  Matelot  deaerte  de  son  Vaisseau,  il  sera  Uvr6  i  la  re* 
quisition  du  Chef  de  Tfiquipage  auqnel  il  appartiendra ;  et  an  eas  de 
rebellion,  Ie  Proprietaire  du  Navire,  ou  Ie  Chef  de  I'Equipage,  pourra 
requ^rir  main  forte  pour  ranger  lea  revohes  4  leur  devoir,  ee  qua  ie 
Gouvemement  dans  les  Etats  reapectifs  devra  sempresMr  de  lui  ae- 
corder,  ainsi  que  tous  lea  secours  dont  il  pourra  avoir  beaoin,  poor 
continuer  son  voyage  sans  risque  et  sans  retard. 

XX.  Les  Navires  Russea  ou  Portugais  ne  aeront  jamais  forces  de 
servir  en  Guerre  dans  les  Etats  reapectifs,  ni  &  aucun  Transport  contra 
leur  gre. 

XXI.  Lea  Vaisseanx  Russea  oo  Portugais,  ainsi  que  laur  Equipage 
tant  Mateiots  que  Passagers,  aoit  Nationaux,  soit  mime  Sujeta  d'uoe 
Puissance  Etrang^re,  recevront  dana  les  Etats  respectifa  toute  laasia- 
tance  et  protection,  qu'on  doit  attendre  d  uue  Puissance  amie  et  aJliee, 
et  aucun  Individu,  apparteoant  k  TEqulpage  dea  dits  Navirea,  uon  plus 
que  les  Pasaagera,  ne  pourra  Itre  force  d  antrer  malgre  lui  au  Benriae 
da  Taotre  Puiasance,  except^  seulement  aea  propraa  Bujats,  qa'ella 
aara  en  droit  de  reclamer. 

XXII.  il  sera  permis  aux  Sujets  dead  Hautea  Partiaa Contractae- 
trs  d  aller,  venir  et  eommercer  librement  dana  lea  Etats,  avec  leaqeela 
Pune  ou  i'autre  de  cea  Partiea  se  trouvera  pr^aenteme&t  ou  i  TaveQir 
en  guerre ;  bien  entendu,  qu*ils  ne  portent  point  de  Musitjeaa  4  I'Sa* 
nemi :  on  en  excepte  n^omoina  les  Plaeea  actuelb^meBt  bioqo^  ou 
aasi^ees  taut  par  mer  que  par  terre }  maia  en  tout  autre  ttma  et  i 
Texception  dea  Munitions  de  Gueire,  lea  ausdits  Sujets  pounont  true- 
aporter  dans  cea  Places  toute  autre  sorte  de  marchandiaea,  ainsi  que  des 
Paasagera,  sans  Ie  moindre  emp^hemenl.  Quant  i  la  viaite  daa  Vaia«> 
seaux  Marchands,  les  Vaisseanx  de  Guerre  et  les  Amuuteun  as  oom» 
porteront  aoasi  favorablement  qve  la  raiaon  de  Gnarre,  pour  lom 
existante,  pourra  jamais  ie  permattre  vis«dMria  dea  Pniasancna  Lea  plna 
amies,  qui  reateront  Neotres,  en  observant  Ie  pins  qa'il  aera  possibie^ 
les  principes  et  les  regies  du  Droit  des  Gens,  giea^raleaseat  recoonna ; 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RUSSIA  AKD  i»OaTUOAl«  1101 

mais  en  cas  que  ces  Navires  Marchabds  fusseut  eicort&s  par  an  ou  par 
plusiears  Vaisseaux  de  Guerre^  la  simple  declaration  de  I'Officier 
commandant  I'Escorie,  que  les  dits  Navires  nont  d  bord  aucune 
contrebande  de  Guerre,  devra  suffire,  pour  qu'aucune  visite  n'ait 
lieu. 

XXIII.  Tous  les  canons,  mortiers,  armes  A  feu,  pistolets,  bombes, 
grenades,  boulets,  balles,  fusils,  pierresd  feu,  m^cfaes,  poudre,  salp^tre, 
souffre,  cuirasses,  piques,  ^p^e8,ceinturons,poches  k  cartouches,  selles 
et  brides,  au  dela  de  la  quantite  qui  pent  ^tre  n^cessaire  ponr  Tusage 
du  Vaisseau,  ou  au  deld  de  celle  que  doit  avoir  chaque  Homme,  ser- 
vant sur  le  Vaisseau,  et  Passager,  seront  reputes  Provisions  ou  Muni- 
tions  de  Guerre;  et  s'il  s'en  trouve,  ils  seront  confisques  selon  les  loix, 
comme  contrebande  ou  effets  prohibes;  mais  ni  les  Vaisseaux,  ni  1^ 
Passagers,  ni  les  autres  Marcbandises  qui  s*y  trouveront  en  m^me 
terns,  ne  seront  point  detenus  ni  emp^ch^s  de  continuer  leur  voyage. 

XXIV.  Les  effets  et  marcbandises,  appartenants  aux  Sujetsd'une 
Puissance  en  Guerre,  seront  libres  sur  les  Vaisseaux  des  Sujets  de  celle 
des  2  Hautes  Parties  Contractantes  qui  restera  neutre,  a  Texception 
des  marcbandises  de  contrebande  specifi^es  dans  TArticle  precedent* 
Les  marcbandises  appartenantes  aux  Sujets  de  la  m^me  Puissance 
Keutre,  chargees  sur  des  Vaisseaux  Ennemis,  sont  de  bonne  prise ; 
cependant  on  doit  excepter  les  cbargemens  faits  avant  la  Declaration 
de  Guerre,  et  m6me  ceux  qui  ontete  faits  apr^  la  rupture,  mais  avant 
que  les  Negocians  aient  eu  le  tems  n^cessaire  pour  6tre  infurm^s  de 
la  susdite  Declaration  de  Guerre.  C^est  pourquoi  les  2  Hautes  Parties 
Contractantes  out  convenu  de  fixer  le  terme,  od  de  telles  marcban- 
dises, cbargees  sur'des  Vaisseaux  Ennemis,  pourrout  ^trer^clam^espar 
Bcs  Propri^taires,  k  2  mois  de  la  Declaration  de  Guerre  en  de^d  de  la 
ligne,  et  d  6  mois  au  deld  de  la  ligne,  et  en  tous  les  autres  endroits 
du  monde. 

XXV.  £n  cas  que  I'une  des  2  Hautes  Parties  Contractantes  fut  en 
Guerre  avec  quelqu'autre  Etat,  les  Sujets  de  ses  Ennemis,  qui  seront 
au  service  de  la  Puissance  Contractantc,  qui  sera  reside  Neutre  dans 
cette  Guerre,  ou  ceux  d'entr^eux  qui  seront  naturalises,  ou  auront 
acquis  le  droit  de  Bourgeoisie  dans  ses  Etats,  m6me  pendant  la 
Guerre,  seront  envisages  par  I'autre  Partie  Belligerante,  et  traites  sur 
le  mSme  pied  que  les  Sujets  nes  de  son  Alli^,  sans  la  moindre  diffe- 
rence entre  les  uns  et  les  autres. 

XXVL  Si  les  Navires  des  Sujets  des  2  Hautes  Parties  Contrac- 
tantes echouaient  ou  faisaie nt  naufrage  sur  les  Cdtes  desEtats  respectifs» 
on  s  empressera  de  leur  donner  tous  les  secours  et  assistances  pos- 
sibles, tant  d  regard  des  Navires  et  effets,  qu'envers  les  Personnea 
qui  en  composent  TEquipage,  et  Ton  y  proc^dera  en  tous  points  de 
la  tn^me  manidre  usitee  i  Tegard  des^  Scgets  mSmes  du  Pays,  en 
n'ezigtfant  rien  au  deld  des  m^mes  fraix  et  droits,  anxquels  ceax« 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1 102  RUSSIA  AND  PORTUGAL. 

ci  8ont  assojettis  en  paretl  cas  sur  leurs  propret  C6tfa,  et  on  prendra 
de  part  et  d  autre  le  plus  grand  soin,  poor  que  chaqae  effet,  sauve 
d'an  tel  Navire  naufrage^  oa  echoa^^  soit  fid^lement  rendo  ao  legitime 
Proprietaire. 

XXVII.  Tou8  Ibb  proc^  et  autres  affaires  civiles,  concemant  lea 
Negocians  Russes  ^tablis  en  Portugal^  et  les  N^gocians  Portogais 
etablis  en  Rossip,  seront  joges  par  les  Tribunaux  da  Pays^  desqnels 
les  Affaires  de  Commerce  ressortissent;  et  il  sera  rendu  de  part  et 
d'autre  la  plus  prompte  et  exacte  justice  aux  Snjets  respectifs, 
confonnement  aux  loix  et  formes  judiciaires^  etablis  dans  chaqae 
Pays. 

Les  Sujets  respectifs  pourront  confier  le  soin  de  leors  Causes,  oo 
les  faire  plaider  par  tels  Avocats,  Procureurs  ou  Notaires,  que  bon  leur 
semblera,  pourvd  qu*ils  soient  avones  par  le  Gouvemement. 

XXVIII.  Lorsque  les  Marchands  Russes  ou  Portugais  feront 
en/egistrer  aux  Douanes  leurs  contrats,  ou  marclies,  par  leurs  Commis, 
Expediteurs  ou  autres  Gens  employes  par  eux,  pour  venteon  achat  de 
marchandises;  les  Douanes  de  Russie,  ou  ces  coutrats  s'enregistre- 
ront,  devront  soigneusement  examiner,  si  ceux  qui  coutractent  pour 
le  compte  de  leurs  Commettans,  sont  munis  par  ceux-ci  d  ordres  oa 
plelnpouToirs  en  bonne  et  due  forme;  au  quel  cas  les  dits Commettant 
teront  res|M>nsables,  comme  s*il8  avoient  coutract6  cux  m^mes  en  per- 
Sonne.  Mais  si  les  dits  Commis,  Expediteurs,  ou  autres  Gens  employes 
par  les  susdits  Marcbands,  ne  sont  pas  munis  d*Oj  dres  ou  Pleinponyoirs 
suffisans,  ils  ne  devront  pas  en  6tre  cms  sur  leur  parole  ;  et  qooiqoe 
les  Douanes  doivent  veiller  4  cela,  les  Contractaus  n  en  seront  pas 
moins  tenus  de  prendre  garde  eux  mSmes,  que  les  accords,  ou  con- 
trats,  qu'ils  feront  ensemble,  n'outrepassent  point  les  termes  des  Pro- 
curations ou  Pleinpouvoirs^  confies  par  lesProprietaires  des  marchan* 
dises;  ces  derniers  n eta nt  tenus  d  repondre  que  de  lobjet  et  de  la 
▼aleur  enonces  dans  leurs  Pleinpouvoirs. 

Mais  quoiqu'en  Portugal  il  ne  soit  pas  d'usage  de  faire  enregistrer 
aux  Douanes  les  Contrats  on  Marches  que  les  Commer^ans  font 
entr  eux  ;  il  sera  neanmoins  libre  aux  Marchands  Russes  de  s*adresser 
4  rAdministration  G^nerale  des  Douaues,  ou  k  la  Junteda  Commerce, 
leaquelles  seront  tenues  de  faire  le  dit  enregistrement  aux  m^mes  con- 
ditions, exprimees  ci-dessus  dans  le  present  Article  pour  les  Douanes 
de  Russie ;  et  ils  pourront  s'adresser  6galement  au  m^me  Admiuis- 
trateur  General  des  Douanes,  ou  d  la  Junte  du  Commerce,  poor  se 
procurer  Tenli^re  execution  des  Contrats  quelconques,  qu'ils  auront 
faits  pour  achat  ou  pour  vente ;  ceci  s'entendant  toujours  sur  le  pied 
de  r^ciprocite  et  d  egalite  parfaite  entre  les  2  Nations,  qui  est  la  base 
du  present  Traite. 

XXIX.  Les  2  Hautes  Parties  Contractantes  s'engagent  reciproqae- 
ment  d  accorder  toute   Tassislance    possible  aux   Sujets  respectifs. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RUSSIA  AND  PORTUGAL.  1103 

centre  ceux  d'entr'enx  m^mes,  qui  n'aoront  pas  rempli  letengmge* 
mens  d'un  Contrat,  fait  et  enreglstr^  selon  les  loix  et  formes  pre- 
scrites.  Et  le  Gouvemement  de  part  et  d'autre  employera^  en  cas  de 
besoin,  I'autorite  n^cessaire,  pour  obliger  les  Parties  4  comparoitre  ea 
justice  dans  les  endroits,  od  les  dits  Contrats  auront  eii  conclus  et 
enregistres,  et  pour  procurer  I'exacte  et  enti^re  execution  de  tout  ce 
qn*on  y  aura  stipule. 

XXX.  On  prendra  reciproquement  toutes  les  precautions  n^ces- 
saires^  pour  que  le  Brae  soit  confie  k  des  Gens  connus  pour  leur  intel- 
ligence et  probite,  afin  de  mettre  les  Sujets  respectifs  k  Tabri  da 
mauvais  choix  des  marchandises  et  des  emballages  frauduleux.  Et 
chaque  fois  qu*il  y  aura  des  preuves  suffisantes  de  mauvaise  foi,  con« 
travention,  ou  negligence  de  la  part  des  Braqueurs  ou  Gens  proposes 
k  cet  effet;  ils  en  repondront  en  leurs  personnes  et  leurs  biens,  et 
aeront  oblige  de  bonifier  les  pertes  qu*ils  auront  caus^es. 

XXXI.  Les  Marchands  Russes^  etablis  en  Portugal,  peuvent 
acquitter  les  marchandises  qu'ils  v  achetent,  en  la  mime  monnoye 
courante  de  Portugal  qu'ils  re^oivent  pour  leurs  marchandises  ven- 
dues»  i  moins  que  dans  leurs  Contrats  ou  Accords,  fails  entre  le  Ven- 
deur  et  I'Acbeteur,  il  n'ait  ete  stipule  le  contraire.  Ceci  doit  s'entendre 
reciproquement  de  mime,  pour  les  Marchands  Portagais  etablis  en 
Rnssie. 

XXXII.  Les  Sujets  respectifs  auront  pleiue  liberie  de  tenir  dans 
les  endroits  od  ils  seront  etablis,  leurs  Ii?res  de  commerce  en  telle 
langue  qu'ils  youdront,  sans  que  Ton  puisse  rien  leur  prescrire  a  cet 
egard,  et  Ton  ne  pourra  jamais  exiger  d*eux  de  prodnire  leurs  liyres  de 
compte  ou  de  commerce,  except^  pour  leur  justification,  en  cas  de 
banqneroute  ou  de  proems;  mais  dans  ce  dernier  cas,  ils  ne  seront 
obliges  de  presenter  que  les  articles  n^cessairps  k  I'eclaircissement  de 
Taffaire  dout  il  sera  question.  Et  pour  ce  qui  regarde  les  Banque- 
routes,  on  observers,  de  part  et  d*autre,  les  Loix  et  R^glemens  qui  se 
trouvent  etablis,  ou  qui  s'etabliront  i  ra?enir  dans  chaque  Pays  k  ce 
anjet. 

XXXI II.  II  sera  permis  aux  Marchands  Pprtugais,  Etablis  en 
Rnssie,  de  batir,  acheter,  vendre  et  louer  des  Maisons,  dans  toutes  les 
Yilles  de  cet  Empire,  qui  n  ont  pas  des  Privileges  Municipaux,  ou 
droits  de  Bourgeoisie  contraires  k  ces  acquisitions.  Toutes  les  Maisons, 
qui  seront  poss6dees  et  habitees  par  des  Marchands  Portugais  d  Su 
Petersbourg,  Moscou,  et  Archangel,  seront  exemptes  de  tout  logement, 
aussi  longtems  qu'elles  leur  appartiendront  et  qu'ils  y  logeront  eux 
mimes.  Mais  quant  k  celles  qu'ils  donneront  ou  prendront  k  louage^ 
elles  seront  assujetties  aux  charges  et  logemens  presents  pour  cet 
endroit«Uu  Les  Marchands  Portugais  pourront  aussi  s  etablir  dans  les 
antres  Yilles  de  I'Empirc  de  Russie,  mais  les  Maisons  qu'ils  y  bdti« 
ront,  ou  acheteront,  ne  jouiront  pas  des  exemptions  accordees  seule. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1104  RUSSIA    AND   PORTUGAL. 

Bient  dam  les  8  Villes  ci-dettua  ap^cifiees.  CepeodaDt  n  Pob  jn^Mk 
&  propos  par  la  suite  rie  faire  aoe  Ordoonanoe  Genecaie,  pour  acquitter 
eo  argeot  la  foorniture  dea  quartiera,  ]«8  Marchauda  Portogaia  y  aefout 
uaajetUs  comme  lea  aatrea. 

Sa  Majeate  Tr^a*Fid^e  a'eogage  reciproquement  d'accorder  aax 
HarcliaDda  Ruaaea,  6tabfia  ou  qui  a'^tabliroot  en  Portugal,  les  n^oea 
exemptiona  et  priviUgea  qui  sont  attpulea  par  le  prdaeut  Article  ea 
favenr  dea  Marchanda  Portugaia  en  Ruaaie,  et  aox  mtoea  conditiona 
exprimeea  ci-deaaua,  en  deaignaot  lea  Villea  de  Liaboone»  Porto  et 
Setubal,  pour  j  iaire  jouir  les  Marcliands  Ruaaes  dea  m^mes  preroga- 
tiyes,  accorded  anx  Portugaia  dans  cellea  deSt.  Peterabouiig,  Moscou, 
et  Archangel. 

XXXIV.  Lea  Sujeta  de  Tune  et  de  Tantre  PnissaDceContractante 
pourront  Hbrement  ae  retirer»  quaud  bon  leur  aemblera,  dea  Etata  rea* 
pectifs,  aaoa  eprouver  le  moindre  obstacle  de  la  part  du  Gouverae- 
ment,  qui  leur  accordera  avec  lea  precaationa  preacritea  daus  fchaqoe 
endroit,  lea  Paaseporta  en  usage,  pour  poavoir  quitter  le  Pays  et  efl»- 
porter  librement  lea  biena  qn'ila  y  auroat  apport^  oa  acquis,  aprte 
a'^tre  assure  quails  oat  aatis^it  k  toutes  leurs  dettes,  ainsi  qa'aax  drocta 
fix^a  par  lea  Loix,  Statute  et  Ordonnances  du  Pays  qu'ils  Tondroet 
quitter. 

XXXV.  Quoique  le  Droit  d'Aubaine  n'existe  pas  dans  les  Elafs 
des  fi  Hautes  Parties  Contractantes,  cependant  leurs  Mi^t£s,  Toulant 
pr^veair  tout  dovte  quelconque  i  cet  ^gard,  conviennent  r^ciproque- 
ment  eatr'elles,  q«e  les  bieos  meables  et  iinaieuhles,  delaisses  par  la 
mort  d'ua  des  Sujets  respeetife  dans  les  Etats  de  Taotre  Puissaaee 
Gontmctaate,  seroot  librement  d^vohts  sans  le  moindre  obstacle  i  am 
b^ritiera  l<£gitimea  par  teatament  on  ak  intestni,  qui,aprfa  avoir  legala- 
ment  sattsfait  aux  formality  prescriles  dans  le  Pays»  pourroBt  sa 
mettre  tout  de  suite  en  possession  de  I'bMtage,  soit  par  eax  na^aMs, 
sBit  par  procuration,  ainsi  que  les  ex^ontoura  teslaaientaires,  si  le 
defunt  en  avoit  nommes ;  et  les  diti  h^ritiers  disposeront,  seloa  Jeur 
bon  plaisir  et  conyenance,  de  I'herltage  qui  leur  sera  ^hu,  apr^  avoir 
aequitt^  les  Droits  etablb  psr  les  Loik  da  Pays,  o^  la  dite  sacceaaioo 
aura  e1^  d^laiaa^e. 

Mais  si  les  beritiers  etcrient  absens  ou  mineura,  on  qa*ils  a  eossenl 
pas  pourvQ  i  ^ire  valoir  Itmn  droits ;  dans  ee  cas  riaventaiae  de 
toate  la  svccesaan  devra  Sire  fait  par  un  Notaire  Public,  en  pmenoe 
des  iugas  oa  TnbmMMBX  da  Itea  comp^ieat  pour  cela«  en  conformil^ 
des  Loix  et  Uaages  dn  Pa  j!b  et  en  presence  da  Coosul  de  la  Nation  da 
Dee6d^,  s'il  y  en  a  un  dans  ie  mkaoe  endroit,  et  de  S  autres  Persoimes 
digues  de  fai. 

Apn&s  qooi  la  dMe  sooceasion  aeim  deposae  dans  qoelqu'EtaUiasa. 
ment  Pablic,  ou  eotre  les  mains  da  d  on  3  llareliands,  qai 
nommesi  est  efiet  par  fa  dk Consal,  ou  d  «mi  difiiot,  cate  lea 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RUSSIA  AND  PORTUGAL.  1 105 

de  Personties  cboUies  pour  cela  par  TAutoriU  Poblique,  afin  que  les 
dim  biens  soient  gardes  et  coDserves  par  eux  pour  les  legitimes  U^ri* 
tiers  et  veritables  Proprietaires. 

Mais  s'il  s'eievait  des  contestations  sur  un  tel  Heritage  entre  plu* 
sieurs  PietendanSy  les  Tribunaux  du  lieu^  ou  les  biens  du  Defont  se 
trouveront,  devroot  juger  et  decider  le  Proems  selon  les  Loix  du 
Pays. 

XXXVI.  Si  la  paix  ^toit  rompue  entre  les  2  Hautes  Parties  Cod" 
tractaotes,(ce  qu'd  Dieu  ne  plaise)  on  ne  confisquera  point  les  N  a  vires, 
ni  les  biens,  des  Sujets  Commergans  respectifs,  ni  on  n'arr^tera  pas 
leurs  Persoones;  mais  on  leur  accordera  au  moins  Tespace  d'une 
annee»  pour  vendre,  de  biter  ou  transporter  leurs  effets,  et  pour  se  rea- 
dre  dans  cette  ?tte  partout  ou  ils  jogeront  k  propos,  aprfes  avour  cepen- 
dant  acquitte  leurs  Dettes.  Ceci  s*eutendra  pareillement  de  ceux  des 
Sujets  respectifs  qui  seront  au  Service  de  Tune  ou  de  lautre  des  Puis* 
sauces  Ennemies ;  il  sera  permis  aux  uns  et  aux  autres  avant  leur 
depart  de  disposer,  selon  leur  bon  plaisir  et  couvenance,  de  ceux  de 
leurs  effets  dont  ils  n'aurout  pu  se  defaire,  ainsi  que  des  Dettes  qu'ils 
auront  i  pretendre ;  et  leurs  Debiteurs  seront  obliges  de  s'acquitter 
en  vers  eux,  comme  s*il  n'y  avoit  pas  eu  de  rupture. 

XXXVII.  Quoique  les  2  Uautes  Parties  Contractantes  aient 
reciproquement  i  coeur  d'^tablir  d  perpetuite  les  liaisons  d'Amitie 
et  de  Commerce,  qu'Elles  viennent  de  renouveler,  tant  entr'Elles 
qu'entre  Leurs  Sujets  respectifs,  cependaut,  comme  il  est  d'usage  de 
litniter  de  tels  engagemens,  elles  conviennent  entr'elles,  que  le  pre- 
sent Traite  de  Commerce  durera  I'espace  de  12  Annees,  k  compter  du 
terme  de  Texpiration  du  precedent  Traite  du  -f^  Decembre,  1787,  et 
toutes  les  Stipulations  en  seront  religieusement  observees  de  part  et 
d'autre  duraut  cet  espace  de  terns. 

Mais  les  2  Hautes  Parties  Contractantes  se  reservent  de  con- 
Tenir  entr'Elles  de  sa  prolongation,  ou  de  contracter  on  nouveau 
Traite,  avant  Tex  pi  ration  de  ce  terme. 

XXXVIII.  Sa  Majeste  TEmpereur  de  Toutes  les  Russies  et  Sa 
Majeste  la  Reine  de  Portugal  s'engagent  k  ratifier  le  present  Traits 
d'Amitie,  de  Navigation  et  de  Commerce;  et  les  Ratifications  en  bonne 
et  due  forme  en  seront  ^chang^es  dans  Pespace  de  5  mois,  i  compter 
du  jour  de  la  date  de  sa  Signature,  ou  plu8t6t  si  faire  se  pent. 

En  foi  de  quoi  nous  Soussignes,  en  vertu  de  nos  Pleinpoovoirs, 
avons  sign^  ledit  Trait6  et  y  avons  appos^  le  Cachet  de  nos  Armes. 

Fait  A  St.  P^tersbourg,  le  ||  Decembre,  1798. 
(L.  S.)        FR.  JOS.  D'HORTA-MACHADO. 

(L.  S.)        A.  P.  DE  BESBORODKO. 
<L.S.)        KOTSCHOUBEY. 
(L.  S  )        ROSTOPTSCHIN. 
(L.  S.)        SOIMONOFF, 

[1815—16,]  4B 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


1 106  wmreMBBRO* 

A  ret  caaies,  el  apr^  avoir  soffiaamttieiit  examiB^  ce  Traits  d*  Amtti^, 
de  NarigatioD  et  de  Commerce,  nous  Tavons  agre^,eo&linii6  etraUfi^, 
ainsi  que  dous  ragi^ons,  confirmons  etiatifioos  par  lea  preaentea*  dan 
ioua  tea  Articles ;  promettanl  aur  ootre  parole  et  foi  Imp6ria]e,  poor 
noaa  et  noa  H^ritiers,  de  remplir  iDviolablement  loot  ce  qui  a  ^te  ad* 
fvli  par  le  susdtt  Trait6^  et  de  n'y  contrevenir  en  nen. 

£u  foi  de  qiioi^  nous  avons  signe  cette  notre  Ratification  ImpMale 
de  notre  propre  main,  et  y  avons  fait  apposer  le  Sceaa  de  TEmpire. 

Donn6  k  Pavlovsk,  le  18  Jain,  Tan  de  Grice  1799,  et  de  notre 
R^goe  la  a^me  annee. 

(L.  8.)        PAUL. 

Lb  Cobitb  db  Kotschoubet. 


DECREE  qf  the  Royal  Wirtemberg  Ministry  tjf  Stat0^ 
relative  to  the  Proceedings  which  have  taken  place  with 
respect  to  a  Constitution  for  the  Kingdom. — Stutgardi,  tie 
22nd  of  August,  1816. 

(Translation.) 

From  various  Representations  made  to  the  Royal  Ministry  of  State, 
they  have  seen  with  astonishment  the  erroneous  ideas  which  have  not 
only  become  prevalent  among  a  great  portion  of  His  Majesty's  Subjects, 
but  have  even  been  encouraged  and  disseminated  by  the  Heads  of 
Offices  and  Communes,  respecting  the  proceedings  which  have  hitherto 
taken  place  relative  to  a  Constitution  for  the  Kingdom  ; — ideas  which 
have  held  up  to  suspicion.  Acts  of  His  Majesty,  which  originated  in  the 
purest  and  most  beneficent  intentions. 

His  Majesty  has  long  since  publicly  and  unequivocally  pronounced 
his  determination  to  place  the  prosperity  of  his  People  upon  fi  durable 
foundation,  by  means  of  a  Constitution  suited  to  their  circumstances, — 
but  preserving  at  the  same  time  the  Executive  Government  in  its  firm 
and  regulated  course,  free  from  any  interference  on  the  part  of  the  present 
Assembly  of  the  Estates,  which  are  constituted  for  the  sole  purpose  of 
deliberating  upon  the  Constitution. 

Although  His  Majesty  in  this  determination  has  been  in  no  man- 
ner moved,  either  by  the  demonstrations  of  impatience  on  the  part  of 
some,  who  think  that  the  termination  of  the  proceedings  haa  been 
too  long  delayed,  or  by  the  hasty  opinions  of  others,  who  express 
their  doubts  of  a  beneficial  result,  or  even  by  the  transactions,  foreign 
to  the  matter  at  issue,  which  have  taken  place;  yet  His  Majesty  has  it 
at  heart  to  endeavour,  as  far  as  possible,  to  correct  any  erroneous 
ideas  which  may  be  entertained  by  the  well-disposed  part  of  his  Subjects, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


WIRTSMBBEG.  1107 

Mid,  with  tnith  «ad  eandoor,  to  refute  those  who  imftgioe  that  they 
cannot  hotter  serre  their  Country  than  hy  placing  every  act  of  the 
Government  in  a  false  and  unfair  light. 

With  this  view^  the  Royal  Heads  of  Offices  are,  by  the  present  Act, 
made  acquainted  with  the  true  situation  of  Affairs^  and  will  be  thereby 
enabled  to  histruct,  enlighten,  and  tranquillize  those  placed  under  their 
Administration. 

The  introduction  of  the  Plan  of  a  Constitution,  which  was  an« 
tioQQcedon  the  15th  of  March  1815,  and  which  provided  for  the  Union 
of  the  Old  and  New  Dominions  of  His  Majesty  in  one  well  regulated 
whole,  having  been  delayed  by  the  Estates  then  assembled;  and 
the  present  proceedings,  after  several  changes,  having  in  conse- 
quence been  commenced  in  conformity  with  the  principles  contained 
in  the  Rescript  of  tlie  13th  November  of  last  Year,  and  in  the 
fundamental  principle  appended  to  the  same  ;  the  aim  of  His  Royal 
Majesty  has  been  invariably  directed  to  the  acceleration  and  aus- 
picious termination  of  this  important  work;  and  although  it  was  to 
be  foreseen  that  the  accomplishment  of  this  object  would  require  a 
considerable  space  of  time,  because  it  involved  not  only  the  introduc- 
tion of  those  parts  of  the  Old  Constitution  which  were  compatible 
with  the  welfare  of  the  State,  into  the  New,  and  the  reconcilement  of 
the  views  and  expectations  of  the  different  Members  of  the  State,  bat 
also  the  prevention  of  all  future  misapprehensions  and  misconceptions, 
by  a  distinct  explanation  of  mutual  duties  and  relations,  nevertheless 
His  Majesty  has  not  ceased  to  avail  himself  of  every  opportunity  of 
furthering,  with  the  utmost  activity,  the  progress  of  the  measure. 

Besides  informing  himself,  in  April  last,  of  the  progress  of  the  pro- 
ceedings. His  Majesty,  with  the  view  of  accelerating  them,  issued 
several  serious  Monitories,  as  the  Rescripts  of  the  36th  May,  and  1st 
and  9th  of  August  of  tliis  Year,  addressed  to  the  Royal  Committee  for 
the  Affairs  of  the  States,  bear  witness ;  and  how  much  His  Majesty  has 
still  at  heart  the  final  arrangement  of  this  business,  has  been  most 
unequivocally  shewn,  by  the  Instructions  which  he  has  given  to  the 
Royal  Committee,  to  make  a  Report  of  the  progress  of  their  labours, 
twice  in  every  week. 

But,  on  the  other  hand,  the  various  Representations  of  the  Estates, 
foreign  to  the  work  of  the  Constiiutiou,  and  the  endeavours  of  that 
Body,  before  its  completion,  to  put  themselves  in  possession  of  the 
Rights  of  the  Estates  of  the  Country,  whose  powers  can  only  com- 
mence at  the  same  time  as  the  New  Constitution,  not  only  distract 
the  Members  of  the  Royal  Committee  in  many  respects  from  their 
principal  object,  but  also  operate  generally  in  a  prejudicial  manner 
upon  their  proceedings.  It  was  with  reference  to  these  proceedings 
that  His  Majesty  expressed  his  serious  displeasure,  and  that  he  felt 
himself  at  length  compelled,  in  the  Rescript  of  the  24th  June  of 

4B2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1 108  WIRTEMBERG. 

this  Year,  to  make  known  to  the  Assembly  of  the  Estates,  that  none  af 
their  Memorials  and  Representations,  when  the  object  of  them  was  not 
exclusi?e]y  con6ned  to  the  establishment  ofthe  Constitution,  the excla- 
sive  business  of  that  Assembly,  would  be  taken  into  consideration. 

In  such  Negotiatory  proceedings,  it  is  obviously  impossible  for  the 
Government  Aotliorities  to  effect  a  speedy  termination  of  the  work,  if 
the  Estates  do  not,  at  the  same  time«  keep  pace  with  them,  step  by  step. 
It  is  well  known  that  the  Declarations  of  the  Committee  of  the 
Estates,  respecting  the  most  important  points  of  the  Constitution, 
namely,  the  Taxes  and  the  Organisation  of  the  Estates,  have  been 
only  recently  transmitted  to  the  Royal  Commissioners;  and  if  the 
Royal  Functionaries  do  not  submit  these  points  to  a  careful  and  deli- 
berate examination  and  consideration,  they  will  not  only  be  acting 
contrary  to  their  duty  to  their  King  and  Country ,  but  expose  them- 
selves to  merited  censure  on  tbe  part  of  the  Estates ;  and  the  more  so, 
because  the  latter,  in  their  Answer  to  a  Note  from  the  Royal 
Commissioners  to  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  the  Estates,  of  the  28th 
June  of  this  year,  did  not  hesitate  to  declare  that: 

"  The  fault  of  the  delay  is  not  imputable  to  the  want  of  good 
progress  in  the  business,  but  solely  to  the  conviction  that,  above  all 
things,  it  is  a  paramount  duty  to  proceed  in  so  important  a  work, 
with  that  caution  and  circumspection  which  are  characteristic  of  the 
German  Nation  ;  and  however  much  the  Assembly  of  the  Estates  par- 
ticipate in  tbe  sentiments  of  His  Majesty,  with  respect  to  his  desire 
that  the  People  may  speedily  be  placed  in  the  full  enjoyment  of  their 
rights,  yet  the  Committee  of  the  Estates  can  find  therein  no  justification 
for  proceeding  with  inconsiderate  haste,  in  a  measure  which  is  to 
serve  as  a  Law  for  Centuries ;  and  it  would  be  no  excuse  to  Posterity 
for  the  cousequences  of  precipitancy,  to  say,  that  it  was  wished  to 
save  the  expences  of  a  Session." 

It  was  not  until  the  I3ih  of  the  present  Month,  that  the  Estates 
delivered  in  several  Papers,  relative  to  the  Public  Rights  of  the 
Citizens,  Communes,  and  Corporations,  to  Legislation,  and  to  the  Ca- 
tholic Church  Property  ;  and  they  have  still  to  deliver  in  their  senti- 
ments respecting  the  Administration  of  Civil  and  Criminal  Justice,  the 
power  of  the^  Government  in  Police  Matters,  the  Institutions  for 
Education,  and  the  Forests  and  Chases  $  from  which  it  may  easily  be 
seen  what  credit  is  due  to  the  assertion,  that  every  thing  on  the  part 
of  the  Estates  has  already  been  done,  and  that  the  conclusion  awaits 
only  the  assent  of  His  Majesty. 

In  the  mean  time,  however.  His  Majesty  has  had  under  considera- 
tion, the  mode  in  which  he  could  render  the  delay  inseparable  from  a 
work  of  such  magnitude,  which  is  calculated  for  the  latest  posterity, 
productive  of  the  least  inconvenience  to  his  faithful  Subjects,  and  enable 
them  to  deri?e  every  possible  benefit  and  satisfaction  before  the  com- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


WIRT£MB£R6.  1109 

pletion  of  the  entire  work.  He  has  accordingly  commanded  that  the 
French  Contribution  and  Redemption  Monies  ^alJbe  appropriated  to 
the  formation  of  a  Fund  for  the  liquidation  of  the  Public  Debt, — the 
good  effects  of  which  measure  ought  not  to  have  been  called  in  question 
by  the  Estates,  inasmuch  as  the  concurrence  therein  of  a  future 
Constitated  Assembly  of  the  States  is  expressly  reserved. 

Moreover,  by  the  Regulations  respecting  the  prevention  of  injury 
from  Game,  that  object  is  more  effectually  and  promptly  secured  than 
it  could  have  been  by  the  former  Communal  Foresters  (Commun 
Wildsckuetzen) ;  and  the  Gamekeepers  have  been  prohibited,  in  the 
most  express  manner,  from  committing  any  excesses. 

Essential  improvements  have  also  been  introduced  in  the  regula- 
tion of  OfBcial  Appointments  ( KanzUistellen)  ;  and  Complaints  con- 
cerning several  other  objects,  in  so  far  as  they  appeared  to  be  well 
founded,  have  been  redressed  by  His  Majesty. 

If,  notwithstanding  His  Majesty's  anxious  desire  to  lighten,  in  every 
possible  manner,  the  burthens  of  his  faithful  People,  it  has  not  hitherto 
been  in  his  power  to  lower  the  scale  of  Taxation,  this  has  partly 
been  the  inevitable  consequence  of  recent  events,  the  effects  of  which 
also  press,  and  to  a  greater  extent,  upon  other  States ;  and  it  must 
moreover  be  borne  in  mind  that,  even  without  reducing  the  Taxes,  the 
Treasury  has  been  deprived  of  considerable  Sums,  by  the  indulgence 
which  has  been  ordered  to  be  granted  in  this  respect  to  the  Poorer 
Class  of  Persons  liable  to  Taxation,  and  also  by  the  opposition 
raised  by  Persons  in  better  circumstances,  and  even  by  some  amongst 
the  Higher  Classes  of  Society ;  while  considerable  sums  have  not  only 
been  paid  to  the  Communes,  in  the  liquidation  of  demands  originating 
in  earlier  times,  but  in  consequence  of  the  scarcity ;  for,  instead  of 
deriving  advantage  from  the  high  prices,  like  the  Land  Owners,  and 
thereby  increasing  the  Revenue,  great  quantities  of  Provisions'  have 
been  delivered  from  the  Royal  Storehouses  to  Persons  in  want,  partly 
at  reduced  prices,  partly  on  Obligations  for  future  adjustment,  and 
partly  without  any  equivalent  whatever. 

Under  these  circumstances,  however  painful  it  must  be  to  His 
Royal  Majesty,  to  see  his  paternal  views  misrepresented  in  so  many 
respects,  and  however  great  the  responsibility  to  which  those  Persons 
subject  themselves,  who  contribute  thereto  in  any  manner;  His  Majesty 
will,  nevertheless,  continue  to  proceed  with  andeviating  perseverance 
in  the  salutary  coarse  which  he  has  prescribed  to  himself,  and  use  his 
utmost  endeavours  to  complete,  in  the  shortest  possible  time,  the  im- 
portant work  towards  which  his  wishes,  and  those  of  all  the  true  Friends 
of  their  Country,  are  unanimously  directed. 

Decreed  at  Stuttgardt,  the  33nd  August,  1816. 

THE  ROYAL  MINISTRY  OF  STATE. 
The  Chiefs  of  Departments. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1 1 10  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  UNITED  STATES. 

CORRESPONDENCE  between  Great  Britain  and  The 
United  States,  relative  to  local  Discriminating  Duties  levied 
in  American  Ports,  contrary  to  the  Stipulations  of  Treaty. 
—July,  1816. 

(1.)— TAe  British  Consul  Central  to  the  Secretary  of  the 
Treasury^ 
Sir,  British  Consulate  General,  Bristol,  \6lh  July,  181  ^ 

Havo^g  been  informed  by  His  Majesty's  CoDsal  at  New  York  that 
a  diBcrimination  between  British  and  American  Vessels,  disadTanta- 
geous  to  the  former,  exists  at  that  Port  in  the  Charges  for  Pilotage,  and 
the  Fees  demanded  by  the  Wardens,  and  at  the  Health  Office,  which 
appears  expressly  contrary  to  the  Stipulation  contained  in  the  Clause 
of  the  2nd  Article  of  the  late  Commercial  Convention  between  the  2 
Countries,  which  states,  that  "  no  higher  or  other  duties  or  charges 
shall  be  imposed  in  any  of  the  Ports  of  The  United  States  on  British 
Vessels,  than  those  payable  in  the  same  Ports  by  Vessels  of  The 
United  States';  I  lose  no  time  in  communicating  the  circumstance 
to  you,  and  ha?e  the  honour  to  request  that  the  necessary  measures 
may  be  adopted  for  relieving  British  Vessels  in  future  from  these  extra 
Charges,  and  that  whatever  amount  may  have  been  paid  in  contraven- 
tion to  the  late  Treaty  as  above-mentioned,  may  be  refunded  to  the 
different  Individuals  who  can  produce  satisfactory  evidence  as  to  its 
payment.  I  have  the  honour  to  be,  &c. 

The  Han.  A,  J.  Dallas.  ANTH.  ST.  JNO.  BAKER. 


(9.)— 7A«  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  to  the  British  Consul  (MeneroL 
SlR^  Treasury  Department,  29ih  July,  ISlS. 

I  HAY£  tlie  honor  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  your  Letter  dated 
the  16th  Instant,  stating  that  you  have  been  informed  by  His  Britannic 
Majesty's  Consul  at  New  York  *'  that  a  discrimination  between  British 
and  American  Vessels,  disadvantageous  to  the  former,  exists  at  that 
Port  in  the  Charges  for  Pilotage,  and  the  Fees  demanded  by  the  War- 
dens and  at  the  Health  Office,  which  appears  expressly  contrary  to  the 
Stipulations  contained  in  a  Clause  of  the  2nd  Article  of  the  late  Com- 
mercial Convention.*' 

The  Convention  to  regulate  the  Commerce  between  the  Territories 
of  The  Usited  States  and  of  His  Britaanic  Majesty,  and  the  Act  ef 
Congress  concerning  the  Convention,  constitute  the  Law  of  The  Unitfid 
States  upon  the  Sobjects  to  which  they  relate;  and  yoo  are  aware 
that  Instructions  have  been  issued  from  this  Deipartment  te  the  CoUec 
tors  of  the  Customs,  to  iosure  a  faithM  execution  of  the  Law,  io  favor 
of'  British  Vessels  arriving  in  the  Ports  ef  The  United  States. 

It  may  happen,  however,  that  under  the  Acts  of  the  Legiaiattirs  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GREAT  BRITAIN  AND  UNITBD  STATES.  Mil 

the  State  of  New  York,  a  diBcrimination  for  local  purposes  such  as  you 
represent,  may  have  been  introduced  prior  to  the  Ratl&catioo  of  the 
Comoiereial  Convention,  and  may  not  have  been  since  direcUy  ansulled 
or  repealed  by  the  Authority  which  introduced  it  But,  in  a  general 
view  of  our  system  of  Jurisprudence,  it  has  fallen  within  your  observa- 
tion that  the  provisions  of  the  State  Laws  are  virtually  suspended, 
whenever  they  become  inconsistent  with  the  Constitution,  Laws,  and 
Treaties  of  The  United  States;  and  that  every  State  Court  and  Magis- 
trate, as  well  as  every  Federal  Court  and  Magistrate,  must  in  every 
litigated  Case  decide  accordingly.  It  is  understood  indeed,  that  in  re- 
lation to  the  very  subject  of  the  discrimination  to  which  you  allude, 
and  since  the  Ratification  of  the  CommerciaJ  Convention,  a  Judicial 
Decision  has  been  pronounced  in  the  City  of  New  York  upon  the 
principle  which  has  just  been  stated. 

You  will  perceive  therefore.  Sir,  that  if  there  shall  at  any  time  be 
an  attempt  to  enforce  a  discrimination  between  British  and  American 
Vessels,  disadvantageous  to  the  former,  and  contrary  to  the  Stipula- 
lions  of  the  Commercial  Convention,  the  Party  aggrieved  will  have  an 
adequate  remedy  in  that  case,  as  in  every  other  case  of  an  injury  in- 
flicted by  a  breach  of  our  Laws,  upon  an  appeal  to  the  Judicial  Autho- 
rity of  the  Country.  But  however  desirable  it  always  must  be  to  facili- 
tate a  faithful  execution  of  the  Convention,  I  must  add  (after  having 
submitted  your  Communication  to  the  President)  that  it  does  not  lie 
within  the  duties  or  the  powers  of  this  Department  to  regulate  or  cou- 
troul  the  conduct  of  the  State  Authorities. 

I  have  the  honor  to  be,  &c. 
Anthony  St.  John  Baker,  Esq.  A.  J.  DALLAS. 


(Annex.J-^Tke  SeerHary  of  the  Treasury  to  the  Collectors  of  the 

Customs. 

(Circular.)  Treasury  Department,  I6th  Marcht  1816. 

The  Act  of  Congress,  entitled  "  An  Act  concerning  the  Convention 
to  regulate  tlie  Commerce  between  the  Territories  of  The  United  States 
and  His  Britannic  Majesty,*'  having  been  approved  by  the  President, 
you  will  be  pleased  to  observe  the  following  Instructions,  for  carrying 
the  Act  and  Convention  into  effect : 

1.  British  Vessels  arriving  within  the  Ports  of  The  United  States, 
are  to  pay  no  higher  or  other  duties  or  charges,  than  those  payable 
by  Vessels  of  The  United  States.  Articles  of  the  growth,  produce,  or 
manufacture  of  the  European  Territories  of  His  Britannic  Majesty 
imported  in  British  Vessels,  are  to  be  admitted  to  entry,  upon  the 
payment  of  the  same  duties  as  the  existing  Laws  impose  upon  similar 
J^Ucl^^  imported  in  Vessels  of  The  United  States.    The  equalization 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1112  SPAIN  AND  SPANISH  AM£ftICA. 

is  alto  to  be  extended  to  all  Port  Charges,  including  an  exoaer<itioii 
from  the  charges  of  "  Light  Money." 

2.  The  equalisation  of  the  duties  and  charges  takes  eflect  at  ihe 
date  of  the  Ratification  of  the  Conyention,  which  was  on  the  22nd  of 
December,  1815.  If.  therefore,  yon  ha?e,  in  any  instance,  on,  or  after 
that  day,  exacted  the  Alien  duties  or  charges,  upon  the  entry  of 
British  Vessels,  or  of  Articles  the  growth,  produce  or  manafacturey  of 
His  Britannic  Majesty's  Territories  in  Eorope,  imported  in  British 
Vessels,  yon  will  be  pleased  to  rerund  to  the  proper  Party,  the  differ- 
ence between  the  Alien  and  the  Domestic  duties  and  charges. 

S.  It  is  proper,  however,  to  add,  negatively,  that  the  equalization 
of  duties  and  charges  does  not  extend  to  British  Vessels  and  Cargoes, 
arriving  in  the  Ports  of  The  United  States  from  His  Britannic  Ma- 
jesty's Possessions  in  the  West  Indies,  and  on  the  Continent  of  North 
America;  nor  to  Articles  imported  in  British  Vessels,  unless  sach 
Articles  are  of  the  growth,  produce  or  manufacture  of  His  Britannic 
Majesty's  Territories  in  Europe. 

4.  Where  drawbacks  are  allowed  upon  the  re-exportation  of  any 
Goods  the  growth,  produce,  or  m'inufacture  of  His  Britannic  Ma- 
jesty's Territories  in  Europe,  imported  into  The  United  States  on  or 
after  the  22nd  of  December,  1815,  the  amount  of  drawback  is  to  be 
the  same,  whether  the  goods  were  imported  originally,  in  a  British  or 
an  American  Vessel.  But  this  equalization  of  tlie  right  of  drawback, 
does  not  extend  to  goods  which  are  not  the  growth,  produce  or  ma- 
nufacture of  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Territories  in  Enrope ;  nor  to 
goods  which  have  been  originally  imported  in  Vessels  other  than 
Vessels  of  The  United  States,  or  of  Great  Britain ;  nor  to  goods  im- 
ported in  British  Vessels,  from  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Possessions  in 
the  West  Indies,  and  on  the  Continent  of  North  America. 

I  am,  very  respectfully,  &c. 
The  Collectors  of  the  Customs.  A.  J.  DALLAS. 


NOTIFICATIONS  relative  to  the  Spanish  Blockade  of  the 
Ports  qf  the  Vice-Boyalty  of  Santa  F6^  and  qf  the  Island  <f 
Margarita.— January^  Attgust,  1816. 

(Translation.) 

(!.]— D^cree^Me  Captain-General  qf  Caracas.  29th  January,  1816* 
At  theCity  of  Caracas, the  29tb  of  January,  1816,  Don  Salvador  de 
Moxo,  Brigadier-General,  Temporary  Governor,  and  Captain-General 
of  tliese  Provinces,  makes  known  :—  That,  in  consequence  of  the  dis- 
positions taken  by  His  Excellency  Don  Pablo  Morillo,  General-in- 
Chief  of  the  Expeditionary  Army,  and  Governor  and  Captain-General 
for  the  Blockade  of  the  Island  of  Margarita,  in  order  to  reduce  to  their 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SPAIN  AND   SPANISH  AMERICA,  &C.  1 1 13 

obedience  the  Rebels  who,  after  having  been  treated  with  the  greatest 
indulgence  and  benignity,  have  dared  to  rise  in  arms  against  the  King, 
it  is  decreed  ;  that  e?ery  Spanish  Vessel  detected  by  another  of  the 
same  Nation  in  affording  assistance  to  the  Insurgents,  by  carrying 
Men,  Arms,  Ammunition,  or  Naval  Stores,  or  Supplies  of  any  other 
kind  to  them,  shall  be  confiscated  and  forfeited;  that  the  Master  and 
the  other  principal  Officers  on  board  shall  be  hung  up  at  the  Yard- 
arms;  and  that,  of  the  Sailors  andCrew,  1  out  of  5,  if  they  are  not  found 
to  be  as  culpable  as  the  rest,  shall  be  so  put  to  death  ;  Otherwise  all 
shall  undergo  the  same  fate.  A  similar  punishment  shall  be  applied 
to  any  Foreign  Vessels  and  their  Crews ;  for»  as  the  Spanish  Nation  is 
at  full  Peace  with  all  other  Nations,  it  is  not  to  be  expected  that  they 
can  be  permitted  to  afford  assistance  to  its  Traitors,  which  they  would 
not,  themselves,  permit,  under  the  like  circumstances ;  and  all  those 
who  offend  in  this  manner  must  be  considered  as  Pirates  and  Public 
Assassins;  excepting  those  who  may  be  on  board  of  Vessels,  furnished 
with  Registers  of  Navigation,  with  respect  to  which  some  Jimitation 
must  take  place. 

Let  this  be  published  by  Proclamation,  and  this  determination 
announced  in  all  the  Public  Places,  for  the  information  of  all ;  trans- 
mitting the  same  to  Porto  Cabello  and  La  Guayra,  for  the  same  pur- 
pose, and  giving  official  information  thereof  to  the  Chiefs  of  the  Foreign 
Colonies  of  Trinidad,  Jamaica,  Cura$on,  St.  Thomas,  St.  Bartholomew, 
and  to  any  other  Persons,  as  may  be  deemed  proper. 

Thus  it  is  decreed,  ordered,  and  signed,  which  I  attest. 

SALVADOR  DE  MOXO. 
Pablo  Castello,  Chief  Notartf'Public  of  ihe  Government. 
Bern  DO.  de  Muros,  Secretary  qf  the  Goijemment 

and  Captain'Generalship  of  Caracas, 


(2.) — The  Captain^General  of  Caracas  to  the  British  Admiral. 
Head  Quarters,  Sla.  Fe  de  Bogotd, 
Most  Excellent  Sir,  17M  August^  1816. 

On  the  dOth  o\  June  of  last  year,  1  communicated  to  your  Excel- 
lency that  the  City  of  Carthagena,  and  the  Coast  from  the  Port 
of  Santa  Martha  to  the  River  Atrato  inclusive,  were  in  a  state  of 
Blockade. 

On  the  12th  of  December  following,  I  again  stated  that  the  Block- 
ade was  continued ;  and,  that  no  doubt  might  be  entertained,  I  added 
that  the  Blockade  from  Sta.  Martha  to  the  River  Atrato  remained  in 
force  within  the  same  limits  which  had  been  announced  to  your  Excel- 
lency ;  but  that  Foreign  Vessels  would  be  still  admitted.into  Sta.  Mar- 
tha, as  they  had  been  up  to  that  date. 

Peace  having  been  now  established  in  this  Vice-Royalty,  and  being 
in  possession  of  its  Coasts,  particularly  of  that  part  of  them  which  I  had 
placed  under  Blockade^  I  raise  the  same,  so  far  as  it  appertains  to 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1 1 14  UNITED  8TATE&. 

my  Authority ;  the  permission,  prohibitioo,  and  regolatum,  of  sD 
that  relates  to  the  Commerce  of  Foreigners  being  the  pfOTUioe  of  His 
Excellency  the  Captain-General  of  the  Vice- Royalty,  and  all  the 
Authority  which  I  held  at  the  dates  above  mentioned  haviog  ceased 
on  my  delivering  up  these  Coasts  to  His  Excellency,  agreeably  to  the 
pleasure  of  the  King,  my  Master.  God  preserve  you. 

H.  E.  Rear  Admiral  Douglas,  PABLO  MORILLO. 

CummawUng  Hii  Britannic  Mtgesty's  Naval  Forces,  Ja 


(3.)— TAtf  Governor  of  Carihagena  to  Admiral  Douglas, 
Most  Excellent  Sir,        Carthagena  de  las  Indias,  Slst  Aug,  1816. 

I  TRANSMIT  to  you  the  inclosed  Letter  from  Lieut-General  Don 
Pablo  Morillo,  from  which  your  Excellency  will  perceive  that  the 
Blockade  of  this  Coast  has  terminated.  For  my  part,  I  am  determined 
to  open  this  Port  to  the  Trade  of  the  Colonies  which  belong  either  to 
our  Allies  or  to  Neutral  Nations,  as  formerly ;  under  this  condition,  that 
all  Foreigners  concerned  in  this  Trade  shall  carry  it  on  through 
Spanish  Consignees  and  Agents. 

I  acquaint  your  Excellency  with  this,  in  order  that  you  may,  if  you 
please,  cause  it  to  be  inserted  in  the  Gazettes  of  the  Island  of  Jamaica, 
to  give  publicity  to  Intelligence  from  which  such  great  advantages  may 
result  to  the  Merchants  of  the  Colony.  I  have,  &c. 

H.  E.  Rear  Admiral  Douglas.       FRANCISCO  DE  MONTALVO. 


[See  Correspondence  between  Spain  and  The  United  States,  respect- 
ing the  Blockade  of  Santa  Fe.— Vol.  1816-17,  Page  478.] 


REPORT  qf  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  exhibiting  the  Naval 
Force  of  The  United  States.— 2nd  January,  181& 

Sir,  Navy  Department,  2nd  January,  1816. 

In  compliance  with  your  request  of  the  28th  ultimo,  in  behalf  of 
the  Honorable  Committee  of  the  Senate  upon  Naval  Affairs,  I  have 
the  honor  to  transmit  to  you  herewith,  a  List  of  all  the  Ships  and 
Vessels  of  the  Navy  of  The  United  States;  among  which  are  incloded 
those  at  Sackett  s  Harbor,  not  completed. 

15  Barges  remain  at  Sackett's  Harbor,  6  Galleys  at  White  Hall, 
Lake  Champlain,  and  14  Barges  at  Baltimore,  which  could  not  be 
sold,  conformably  to  the  Act  of  Congress,  passed  on  the  37th  day  of 
February  last,  unless  at  a  price  far  beneath  their  value. 

There  are  also  a  few  Gun-boats,  retained  for  occasional  service 
upon  the  several  Atlantic  Stations,  not  included  in  the  List. 

1  am,  very  respectfully,  &c. 
The  Hon.  Charles  Tait,  B.  W.  CROWNINSHIELD. 

Chairman,  Naval  Committee  of  the  Senate. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES. 


1115 


EXHIBIT^ ike  Naeal  Farce  of  The  VnUed  SMes,  tm  the  Ijft  day  of 
January,  1816;  shewing  the  Names,  Rates,  and  Stations  of  the 
respective  Vessels. 


NAMES. 


STATIONS. 


REMARKS. 


Skip,  laiependenec  .... 
fPocMnfAofi 

FrmOttim 

Ouerriere 

UtOted'siain  \V.\ 
CmutituiUm    .... 

CougteiUUiim 

OdmgrtM   

MaeedtmUm 

JokmAdama 

Cjfome    

BloekSkip   

Alert 

Lomi$iana 

Hornet 

Wa$p 

Peaeoek. 

Oniario 

Brfe   

Brif,  Epertier    

Knterprize 

Btna 

Flambeuu 

apark 

FtreFlp 

Chippewa 

Smninac    ........ 

Bo»er 

jProin«/il«tM 

KelUih,  Spitfire   

Yeemrhu 

Vengeance  

Sdioo&er, ivofMw#A  .... 
Spi^t 

Torch 

Tom  Bowiing 

Tirtorana .... 

Surprize   .... 
Roanoke   .... 

Hornet 

i4^ 

Deepateh  .... 

Abp 

Corporation .. 

Banger 

Sloop,  Bt^alo 

Cawkel. 

Tickler 


74 


At 


do. 


miadelpbla  , 

New  York  liUMly  for  MTlce. 

do "'  '        '  ' 

Medlterrmnean 

Boston 

MedltcTTanean 


Ready  for  terTlee. 

Pv^arlng  for  •  cruise  in  tht  Modttemu 

■Mao. 
May  be  ready  ftor  lenrlce  next  Spring. 


Under  oidm  for  tiM  Mcdlti 


do 

Mediterranean 


Ncfw  Tork 


Tchifiincta  Z^ake 
Medlterrtnou  .. 
New  Orleans .... 


New  Tork 


New  York  .... 
Meditemnean 


NewTovfc 


New  Orleans  . 
NewYofk  ... 


Raoantly  retarned  from  the  Medtterra- 

do. 
ttook  Noifalk,  Au- 


Store  SI 

gust  18tK  1816. 
Cwtnred  by  the  Frigate  CowMMion, 

Pebruarr  20th,  1815. 
Suspended  on  the  Stocks  since  1814. 
Store  Ship. 
Directed  to  be  sold— considered  unlit 

for  naval  purposes. 

Sailed  from  The  United  SUtes,  May  1st, 
1814}  not  heard  from  slnee  October, 
1814. 


Pesoed  out  of  the  Straits  of  Gibraltar, 
July  14th,  1815,  since  which  she  has 
not  been  heard  from. 

Recently  retomed  ftvm  the  Medtterra. 
nean. 

Bomb  VeMel. 

Recently  retoracd  from  the  Mediterra- 


AtC 


do.  . 
do.  , 
do.  , 


New  York 
AtSea   


Norfolk   .. 
New  York. . 

do 

Norfolk    .. 
New  York 


do.  do. 

do.  do. 

do.  do. 

Sidled  December  l»rd,  1815,  from  New 

York  for  Mobile— thence  to  crake  off 

the  mouth  of  the  MIeelesippi. 

Cruising  between  Portsmouth.  N.  H.  and 
River  St.  Croix,  in  aid  of  the  Rerenue 
Law*. 

ReeeiTing  Teasel. 
A  sheer  huJk. 

Recently  returned  flrom  the  Medlteira- 


do. 


do. 


do. 

New  Orleans, 


New  Orleans . 


Soiled  from  New  York 

November  15, 1815. 
Employed  in  the  protection  of  the  com- 


do.  do. 

Wilmington,  N.  €. 
Mediterranean  ... 
Boston Recently  returned  ftt>m  the  Meditena- 


Employed  in  tiansportation. 
Receiving  Vessel  for  Recruits, 
do.  do. 


Portsmouth,  N.  H. 

Baltimore   

Philadelphia 

Baltimore   

Philadelphia Retained  for  transportation. 

do I  do.  do. 

New  Orleans Employed  in  conveying  Despatches,  &c. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1116  UNITED   STATES. 

EXHIBIT  of  the  Naval  Force  of  The  United  Siate$-^€>^nimuedL 


Naval  Force  on  Lake  Ontario. 


NAMBS. 


STATIONS. 


Shlpb  Ntw  OrlMM.. 
Chbn€WQ  ••  •• 


I  pike' 


TMg,  J^entm, 


Bcr.   uiif'if'tKe 
Lmk§ 


At  SMkettf ■  Bartwnr 


Under  eorcr  on  Che  flock*— neailj  < 


do.  . 

do.  . 
do.  . 
do.  . 
do.  . 
do.  . 


do. 
do. 


do.  , 


pomd. 
Liid  op  fiir  praoerratfoB. 
do.  do. 

do.  do. 

do.  do. 

do.  do. 

Betelncd  completdy  oqolpped 

vice. 
Laid  OD  for  pietcrTstton. 


Bctalncd  for  occaaldaal  Mrrtec 


Naval  Force  on  Lake  Erie. 


Brig^  KUigvrm 

Lamrenet 

Detroit 

QtMmCharMte.. 


"^VStr.: 


At  Eilc^  Fenntylva&ia. .  Conplelely  Mfolpped  for  oenlco. 

do Laid  up  for  praaervmCloB. 

do I  do.  do. 

do I  do.  do. 

do Completely  equipped  for  Mnrleo. 

do. I  do.  do. 


NavcU  Force  on  Lake  Champlain. 


S&rmtog* 
Brig,  Bfgle,.,. 


Schooner,  TJeondtrtgm, 


AtWhlteHa]l,N.Torir. 

do , 

do 

do 

do 


I«ld  np  for  preeerfition. 

do.  do. 

do.         do. 
do.  do. 


JM§i^FuU9»l§t  * 
Frigate 


AtNewTock.. 
BelUdiore.. 


Could  be  piepaied  for  aerrke  fai  afcw 

days. 
Conaidnable  progieee  wae  made  on  thfa 
i  previonuy  to  the  reetotatloa  oA 
;  at  that  time  all  fnither  opcaa.! 


RECAPITULATION. 


Shipa 
Brige 
Ketchee 


Steam  Frigatee 


Aggregate 


-  S 

.  17 

.  a 

•  s 


Navif  Department, 
2d  January,  1816. 


R  W.  CROWNINSHIELD. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES. 


1117 


STATEMENT  of  the  Miliiia  qf  The  United  States,  taheu 
from  the  latest  Returns  of  States  and  Territories,  received 
at  the  War  Department.— \st  March,  1816. 


TOTAM. 

Non  •commis- 

^ 

N 

StATBS  AJn>  TSEEITORnt. 

Ofieem  md 

Sur- 
geons 

sioned  Ofieers, 

"w 

Musicians, 

Aggregate. 

Pfcy 

Chap, 
lains. 

and 

Date 

of 

Masters. 

—      Rank  and  File. 

Return. 

Staff.  1 

New-Hampshire    •.... 

1818 

MIO 
4.208 

71 

38,521 

34,902 
69,175 
30,269 
8L255 

IfaaMdiusetts 

1816 

277 

64,895 
ia996 

Vsnnont 

1809 

1,196 

65 

RtuMte-Island  

1814 

897 

84 

7,824 

18^ 

96,036 

86[966 

""i^ 

82,189 

88,847 

48,217 

82,202 

27,480 

49,719 

29.198 

8,768 

2,368 

6,291 

frh,m 

3313 

748,566 

REMARKS. 

Rhode  Island  returns  1  Deputy  Quarter-master  General,  1  Colonel,  not  Included  In  the  aborSf 

Connecticut  returns  1  Captain  Oenend,  1  Lleutenant-General,  1  Commissary-Ocneral,  1  Ffif- 
master.General,  not  included  in  the  abore.  The  Return  does  not  distinguish  thedifferent 
Arms. 

Neir^JerMy  returns  1  Commander-in-Chief;  3  Deputy  Quarter-Masters-General,  4  Deputy  A4)n. 
tants  General,  not  included  In  the  above. 

Virginia  returns  3  Divislon-Quarter.Masters,  4  Division- Inspectors,  31  BrIgade-MiOo'S*  not 
Included  in  the  above.    The  several  Arms  are  not  distinguished  in  the  Return. 

Neith-CaroUna  returns  59  Colonels,  9  Cadets,  not  Included  in  the  above. 

Sou th.Carolina  returns  1  Commander-in-Chief,  1  Commissary  General  of  Purchases,  1  Commis- 
sary-General of  Issues,  1  Paymaster-General,  1  Surgeon-General,  1  Physlcian-GenenI,  1 
Apothecary-General,  1  Waggon-Master-General,  1  Forage-Master-General,  10  Brigade- 
M^ors. 

Georgia  returns  1  Paymaster-General,  6  Dlvislon-Inspectors,  5  Dlvlsion-Quarter-Masters,  10 
Brigade-M^ors,  not  included  in  the  above. 

Kentucky  returns  6  Division-Inspectors,  21  Brlgade-Mi^Jors,  6  Division-Quarter-Masters. 

Missouri  returns  1  Inspector-General,  1  Division-Quarter-Master,  1  Judge-Advocate,  not  included 
in  the  above. 


Aijuitad  and  Inspector  OeneraVM  \ 
Office,  MarA  let,  1816.         I 


D.    PARKER, 

Adjatant  and  Inspector  GeneraL 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1118  UiriTED  gTATES  AND  SICILY. 

COnRESPONDENCB  behvem  The  United  Siatee  mrnA 
Sicily^  rdoHee  to  the  Claime  qf  Americam  CitizemSy  fer 
Vessels  eeized  hy  the  Oevemment  of  NapteSj  in  1809. — 

1809,  1810  *  ■ 

(1.)  The  Sicilian  Minister  far  Foreign  Affairs  to  the  American  ComsuL 
Sir,  (Transiatioo.)       Naples,  9th  Jufy,  1809. 

The  King  ha?iDg  taken  into  consideration  your  Note  of  the  28th  of 
May,  relative  to  the  American  Schooner,  Rait,  Captain  Thompoon, 
which  sailed  from  Baltimore  for  Naples  with  a  Cargo  of  Coffee*  and 
provided  with  the  necessary  Papers  in  due  form,  has  decided  that  tha 
said  Vessel  shall  be  restored  to  Captain  Thompson,  who  may  make  free 
use  of  the  Merchandise  and  Property  it  contains. 

At  the  same  time.  His  Majesty  has  decided,  as  a  general  measure, 
that  all  American  Vessels  arriving  in  this  Kingdom,  directly  loaded 
and  destined  for  its  Ports,  shall  be  freely  admitted  therein,  provided 
they  are  furnished  with  the  necessary  Certificates  of  Origin,  and 
Sailing  Papers;  and  provided  they  are  not  in  contravention  of  the 
Royal  Decrees  of  the  28th  December,  1806,  and  9th  January, 
1808,  relative  to  English  Commerce,  and  that  of  Neutral  Powers. f — 
which  Decrees  must  be  maintained  in  full  force.  I  have,  Blci 

Mr.  F.  Degen.  THE  MARQUIS  D£  GALLO. 


(2.)—  The  American  Consul  to  the  SieiSan  Minister. 

Naples,  lOth  December,  1809. 

The  number  of  American  Vessels  which  arrived  in  this  Port,  in 
virtue  of  the  decree  of  His  Majesty,  in  July  last,  which  assured  them 
of  the  liberty  of  selling  their  Cargoes,  is  become  an  object  of  great 
consequence  to  the  interests  of  The  United  States. 

Your  Excellency  will  feel  the  importance  that  I  ought  to  attach  to 
the  welfare  of  my  Country ;  and  it  is  superfluous  for  me  to  represent  to 
you,  how  much  so  long  an  uncertainty  prejudices  all  those  whose  con- 
fidence has  conducted  them  hither.  I  have  too  great  a  reliance  in  the 
wisdom  of  this  Government,  to  doubt  for  a  moment  that  this  affidr  will 
be  speedily  taken  into  consideration. 

The  knowledge  1  have,  above  all,  of  Your  Excellency's  enlightened 
notions,  assures  me  that  you  will  properly  represent  to  His  Majesty, 
that  a  longer  uncertainty  would  be  an  incalculable  injury  to  all 
American  Individuals  who  have  property  in  this  Country. 

1  have  also  to  observe  to  Your  Excellency,  that,  if  even  we  were  at 

*  Pablished  in  the  Nationia  Intelligenoer  of  28th  November,  1816. 
t  See  Vtemsk  Decrees.   Berlin,  21st  November,  1806,  and  MilaSt  17th  DeoesA* 
ber,  1807.    VoL  1820-21.— Pagef,  466,  482. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  8ICILT.  1119 

ffnr,  (which  I  hope  will  neyer  take  place)  Veseels  honaJSde  arriTed, 
conld  not  be  subject  to  an  unforeseen  change  in  politics. 

The  importance  of  this  affair,  in  conjunction  with  my  duty,  will  serre 
as  an  apology  to  your  Excellency  for  the  continual  trouble  I  give  you. 

I  beg  you  will  accept  that  apology,  and  with  it  the  distinguished 
assurances,  &c. 
H.  E.  The  Marquis  de  Gallo.  ALEX.  HAHMETT. 


(3.) — The  American  Consul  to  the  Sicilian  Mmister. 

Naples,  17/A  December,  1809. 

I  HATE  the  honor  to  remit  to  your  Eicellency  a  detailed  Note  of 

American  Vessels  that  have  arrived  in  this  Port,  with  the  respective 

epochs  of  their  arrival,  and  a  specification  of  the  articles  with  which 

they  are  laden. 

I  flatter  myself  that  I  know  too  well  how  highly  Your  Excellency 
values  the  prosperity  of  your  Country,  and  that  good  faith  which  alone 
can  make  it  flourish,  to  doubt  that  you  will  be  pleased  to  represent  to 
His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  3  Sicilies,  the  painful  situation  the 
Americans  are  in,  who  have  come  hither  in  consequence  of  an  Invita- 
tion, which  assured  them  a  liberal  commerce  with  this  Kingdom. 

I  beg  your  Excellency  to  be  assured,  &c 
H.  E.  The  Marquis  de  Gallo.  ALEX.  HAMHETT. 


(4.) — The  American  Consul  to  the  Sicilian  Minister • 
Sir,  Naples^  5th  January ,  ISlOi 

I  HATE  just  learned  that  the  Government  has  ordered  the  sale  of 
several  American  Vessels,  for  the  benefit  of  the  Exchequer.  As  I  am 
unacquainted  with  the  motives,  I  beg  your  Excellency  will  be  so  good 
as  to  inform  me  of  them. 

1  seize  this  opportunity  to  reiterate,  &c. 
J7.  E.  The  Marquis  de  Gallo.  ALEX.  HAMMETT. 


(5.)— 7%0  American  Consul  to  the  Sicilian  Minister, 

Naplesy  l^th  January^  1810. 
The  Undersigned,  Consul  of  The  United  States,  had  the  honor  of 
addressing  a  Note  to  His  Excellency  the  Marquis  de  Gallo,  Minister 
of  Foreign  Aflfairs,  under  date  of  the  5th  Instant,  to  which  he  refers 
him.  He  finds  himself  this  day  under  the  necessity  of  expressing 
to  him  his  grief  concerning  the  fate  of  the  Americans  whom  confidence 
had  conducted  to  this  Country,  and  who,  by  an  unexpected  train  of 
measures,  which  the  Government  has  adopted  against  their  property, 
find  themselves  reduced  without  resource  or  credit.     Fully  relying. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1 120  UKITED  STATES  AND  SICILT. 

howcTer,  oo  the  proTerbial  loyalty  of  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  9 
Sicilies,  and  on  his  Government,  the  Undersigned  flatters  himself  it 
will  have  foreseen  the  case  stated,  and  provided  the  proper  remedies, 
as  well  as  the  means  of  their  re-embarkation  for  their  Country.  He 
confidently  waits  for  a  favorable  answer  to  this  Note,  as  well  as  to  the 
former.  He  prays  His  Excellency^  &c. 

H.E.  The  Marquii  de  Gallo.  ALEX.  HAMMETT. 

(6.) — The  American  Coneul  to  the  StdUan  Mtnieter. 

Napleej  20lh  Jcamarjy  1810. 

Alexandbe  Hammett,  Consut  of  The  United  States  of  America 
at  Naples, 

To  His  Excellency  the  Marquis  de  Gallo,  the  Minister  of  Foreigii 
Relations. 

Entrusted  with  the  Communications  of  my  Government  to  that  of 
Naples,  I  have  thought  it  my  duty  to  protest,  in  the  name  of  The 
United  States,  against  the  sales  effected  here  ot  American  Veasek  and 
property  which  came  direct,  and  also  those  that  have  been  aeixed  on 
these  Coasts. 

I  beg  your  Excellency  will  receive  this  Act, as  well  as  acknowledge 
the  receipt  thereof. 

I  have  the  honor,  &c. 
H.  E.  Tke  MarquU  de  Gallo.  ALEX.  HAMMETT. 

( Enclosure.  )-^Protest  of  the  American  ConeuL 

Naplee^  Wth  January,  1810. 

In  consequence  of  the  sales  effected  here  of  sundry  American 
Vessels  and  their  Cargoes, — Vessels  that  have  been  seized  on  these 
Coasts,  though  carrying  American  Colors,  and  have  been  declared 
lawful  Prize,  and  also  others  that  came  direct ; 

As  no  change  whatever  has  taken  place  in  the  relations  between 
the  Government  of  The  United  States  and  the  French  Gk>Temment,  ao 
far  as  is  known  to  the  Consul  of  the  United  States  of  America ; 

As  no  particular  circumstances  whatever  could  have  influenced  to 
declare  them  lawful  Prize ; 

As  these  Vessels  were  addressed  to  Naples,  under  the  guaranty  of 
the  Invitation  of  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Naples  and  Sicily,  to  intro- 
duce into  these  Ports^  goods,  on  condition  of  expoiting  the  produce 
of  this  Kingdom ; 

As  the  contents  of  the  Cargoes  were  furnished  with  Certificates  of 
Origin,  in  due  form  i 

We,  the  Undersigned,  Alexander  Hammett,  Consul  of  the  United 
States*of  America  at  the  Court  of  Naples.^the  Public  Rights  of  Man 
having  been  violated,  and  confidence  abused,— demand,  in  the  name 
of  our  Government,  and  to  acquit  ourselves  of  the  duties  of  our 
employment. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES  AND  SICILY.  1 121 

1st.  That  all  the  Proprietors  be  reimbursed  the  amount  of  the 
ttrticies  sold. 

2nd.  That  there  be  returned  to  them  all   the  Vessels   hitherto 
MIegally  sold,  as  also  thoM  that  remain,  as  well  as  the  goods  in  existence. 

3rd.  That  they  be  indemnified  for  all  loss,  damage.  &c. 

Of  which  we  draw  up  this  General  Protest  against  all  that  may  be 
the  consequences  of  these  measures. 
H.  E.  The  Marquis  de  Galio.  ALEX.  HAMMETT. 

(7.)    The  American  Consul  to  ihe  Sicilian  Minister. 

Naples,  24th  February,  1810. 
The  Undersigned,  Consul  of  the  United  States  of  America,  still 
finds  himself,  and  with  grief,  without  an  Answer  to  the  5  Notes  which 
he  had  the  honor  to  address  to  His  Excellency  the  Marquis  de  Gallo, 
Minister  of  Foreign  Affairs,  relating  to  the  unexpected  Measures 
adopted  by  this  Government  against  the  Commei-ce  of  Americans, 
who  came  here  under  the  protection  of  existing  Treaties,  and  the 
Declaration  of  His  Majesty  issued  on  the  1st  of  July  last. 

The  consequences  attending  so  wise  a  Measure  announced  the 
most  happy  results  for  both  Nations. 

The  Undersigned  has  not  seen  them  vanish  but  with  pain ;  and  being 
forced  this  day  by  imperious  considerations,  and  by  the  sad  situation 
to  which  about  300  Individuals  of  his  Nation  find  themselves  reduced, 
Uiiuks  it  his  duty  to  regulate  his  conduct  by  positive  data,  (which  he 
expects  from  the  frank  politics  of  this  Government,)  as  also  the 
measures  which  he  adopts  for  furnishing  indispensable  subsistence  to 
this  great  Family,  henceforth  reduced  without  resource  as  well  as 
without  credit,  in  this  place. 

This  matter  is  positively  urgent;  and  he  begs  His  Excellency  the 
Minister  for  Foreign  Affairs  to  take  it  into  his  serious  consideration, 
as  also  the  means  of  transporting  them  to  their  Country. 

The  Undersigned  has  the  honor  to  reiterate,  &c. 
H.  E.  The  Marquis  de  Gallo.  ALEX.  HAMMETT, 

(8.)— T/^e  Sicilian  Minister  to  the  American  Consul, — (Translation.) 
Sift,  Naples,  9th  March,  1810. 

1  HATE  not  failed  to  render  an  account  to  His  Majesty  of  the 
reiterated  Demands  that  you  have  made  to  me,  in  favor  of  the  Ameri- 
can Vessels  and  Subjects  now  remaining  in  the  Ports  of  his  States. 

The  King  has  not  seen  without  sorrow  the  small  conformity  which  is 
found  between  your  solicitations  and  the  principles  adopted  by  the 
Government  of  The  United  States,  and  manifested  in  its  resolutions 
contained  in  its  Act  of  the   1st   of   March  last  year,*  against  the 

*  Act  of  Congress  to  interdict  the  Commercial  biterooune  between  The  United 
States,  and  Great  Britain,  and  F^rance,  andtjicir  Dependendei.    let  liUrdiy  1809. 
--See  Vol.  1820.21.^Page  484. 
[1815—16.]  4  C 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


H22  UNITED  STATES. 

Commerce  of  Prtnce  and  the  States  attached  to  the  Political  System 
of  the  French  Empire ;  a(\er  which  you  oaght  not  to  be  surprised  at 
the  rigorous  measures  the  King  has  seen  himseif  obliged  to  take 
against  the  Vessels  of  your  Nation,  which,  besides,  are  loaded  widi 
prohibited  Merchandise. 

As  for  the  Americans  composing  the  Crews  of  the  confiscated 
Vessels,  His  Majesty  has  given  Orders  to  His  Minister  of  Marine  to 
procure  them  an  embarkation  to  return  to  America.  I  flatter  myself 
that  the  changes  whiph  your  Government  may  be  enabled  to  make  in 
its  resolutions,  may  lead  His  Majesty  to  measures  more  conformable 
to  his  wishes,  and  to  the  sentiments  of  friendship  and  good  under- 
standing which  the  King  desires  to  be  enabled  to  cultivate  with  the 
United  States  of  America. 

Meanwhile,  please  to  accept  the  assurance,  &c. 
Mr.Hammetf.  THE  MARQUIS  DE  GALLO. 


[See  Correspondence,  1816, 1817,  upon  this  Subject.  Vol.  1817^  18ia 

Page  200.] 


REPORT  of  the  Acting  Secretary  of  War,  relative  to  the 
Organization  and  Discipline  of  the  Militia  of  The  United 
States.— 13th  Detembery  1816. 

Sir,  Department  of  War,  IStk  December,  1816. 

In  compliance  with  a  Resolution  of  the  House  of  Representatives, 
dated  the  16th  of  April  last,  requesting  the  Secretary  of  War  "to  re- 
port, at  an  early  day  of  the  next  Session  of  Congress,  a  System  for  the 
Organization  and  Discipline  of  the  Militia,  best  calculated,  in  his  opi« 
nion,  to  promote  the  efficiency  of  that  Force,  when  called  into  the 
Public  Service,*'  I  have  the  honor  to  submit  the  enclosed  Plan. 

With  sentiments  of  great  respect,  &c. 
The  Hm.  Henry  Clay,  GEO.  GRAHAM. 

Speaker  of  the  House  of  Representatives. 


Plan  for  Classing  and  Arming  of  the  MiHtia,  and  for  calling  them 

forth  to  execute  the  Laws  of  the  Union,  suppress  Insurrectionf,  and 

repel  Invasions;  and  to  Repeal  the  Laws  heretofore  passed  for  those 

purposes. 

That  the  Militia  of  The  United  States  shall  be  classed  by  the  proper 

Authority  of  the  several  States  and  Territoriesyin  the  following  manner: 

Those  between  18  and  21  years  of  age,  shall  be  called  the  Minor 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  1123 

ClaM ;  tlioee  between  the  age  of  21  and  3 1  years  of  age>  shall  be  called 
the  Janiur  Class ;  and  those  over  31  and  under  45  yean  of  age,  shall 
be  called  the  Senior  Class^  of  Militia. 

That  the  Militia  of  the  Minor  Class  shall  be  liable  to  be  called  into 
the  Service  of  The  United  States,  within  the  State  or  Territory  to  which 
Ihey  belong,  for  a  term  not  exceeding  — — ^-  months* 

Thatthe  Militia  of  the  Senior  Class  shall  be  liable  to  be  called  into 
the  Service  of  The  United  States,  within  the  State  or  Territory  to  which 
ihey  belong,  and  In  the  adjoining  States  and  Territories,  for  a  term 
not  exceeding  ■   '  months. 

That  the  Militia  of  the  Junior  Class  shall  be  liable  to  be  called  into 
the  Service  of  The  United  States,  for  the  performance  of  any  duty  re- 
qulrable  of  the  Militia  under  the  Constitution  of  The  United  States, 
lor  a  term  not  exceeding  ■  months. 

That  when  any  portion  of  the  Militia  of  the  Junior  Class  shall  be 
called  into  the  Service  of  The  United  States,  for  a  term  exceeding 
— — -—  months,  they  shall,  by  The  United  States,  be  armed,  equipped 
and  clothed,  in  the  same  manner  as  the  Regular  Troops. 

That  tlie  Militia  of  the  Minor  and  Junior  Classes,  of  each  Division, 
shall  be  annually  assembled  at  not  more  than  2  cantonments  within 
the  same,  at  such  time  and  place,  and  for  such  periods,  as  shall  be  de- 
signated by  the  proper  Authority  of  the  several  States  and  Territories; 
during  which  time  they  shall  be  trained  under  the  Authority  of  the 
States,  agreeably  to  the  system,  discipline  and  police,  which  is  or  may 
be  adopted  for  the  government  of  the  Army.  And  Officers  of  experience 
shall  be  detailed  &y  the  Executives  of  the  several  States  and  Territo- 
ries, who  shall,  at  the  times  and  places  appointed,  organize  the  Militia 
so  assembled,  into  companies,  battalions,  regiments  and  corps,  and 
command  the  same  accordingly,  during  their  encampment :  Provided, 
that  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  all  Commissioned  Officers,  under  31  years 
of  age,  who  may  not  be  detailed  for  command,  punctually  to  attend 
such  encampment  of  their  Division,  and  act  in  any  capacity  of  Staff,  or 
non-commissioned  Officer,  which  shall  be  assigned  them ;  Provided 
also,  thst  the  Militia  of  the  said  Minor  and  Junior  Classes,  belonging 
to  the  Cavalry,  shall  attend,  and  be  organized  and  instructed  as 
Infantry. 

That  whilst  the  Militia  are  so  assembled,  they  shall  be  subsisted 
and  equipped  at  tlie  expence  of  The  United  States,  provided  they  shall 
be  called  out  and  embodied  by  the  several  States,  for  a  period  not  less 
than  — —  weeks. 

That  the  Militia  shall  be  organized  by  the  Legislatures  of  the 
several  States  and  Territories,  into  divisions,  brigades,  regiments  and 
corps,  and  that  the  organization  of  the  regiments  of  Infantry,  Riflemen 
and  Cavalry,  shall  be  the  same  as  is  now  prescribed  for  the  organiza« 
tion  of  the  Infantry  of  The  United  States.    A  Brigade  shall  be  con- 

4C2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1 124  UNITED  STATES. 

fomd  of  4  i^oMats  oriofantnr.  1  regiment  of  Riiemeo,  1  battufion  of 
Aftiilcrj  (to  be  orgmnixed  as  the  corps  of  Artillery  of  the  regnUr  Amy 
is  Bovorgaiiixed)  sod  of  as  maoy  Troops  of  Cavalry  as  the  Executives 
of  die  several  States  and  Territories  may  aothorixe,  DOt  exceeding 

And  the  privates  of  the  Riie  regiment,  and  of  the  Light  companiea 
of  each  regiment  of  Infantry,  shall  be  composed  of  Men  betveen  the 
ages  of  18  and  31  years.     T«o  Brigades  shall  form  a  Divisioii. 

That  there  shall  be  erected  in  each  Sute  and  Territory,  by  The 
United  States,  one  or  more  Arsenal  or  Depot,  for  arms,  eqnipmenti^ 
Imts  and  equipage,  from  which  supplies  shall  be  furnished  upon  requi- 
sitions of  the  Executives  of  States  or  Territories,  made  upon  the  War 
Dcpaftment,  Drom  which  all  Orders  for  the  delivery  of  supplies  most  he 
given ;  and  the  arms  and  equipments  so  delivered,  shall  be  charged  to 
the  States  and  Territories,  under  the  provisions  of  the  Act  of  April  ^, 
1808,  for  arming  and  equipping  the  whole  body  of  the  Militia :  Pr0' 
mded,  that,  in  lieu  of  the  appropriation  under  that  Act,  there  shall  be 
applied,  annually,  under  the  direction  of  the  President  of  The  United 
Stiites,  the  snm  of  ■  dollars. 

That  such  tents  and  camp  equipage  as  may  be  delivered  to  the 
Militia,  shall  be  receipted  for  at  the  Depots,  by  Officers  designated  for 
that  puipooe  by  the  Executives  of  the  several  States  and  Territories, 
and  charged  to  them:  ProMed^  that  credit  shall  be  given  f<H'  all  sudi 
as  may  be  returned  without  other  damage  than  the  usual  injury  of 
service. 

That  whenever  The  United  States  shall  be  invaded,  or,  in  the  opinion 
of  the  Prerident,  shall  be  in  imminent  danger  of  iovarion  from  any  Fo* 
NatifNi  or  Indian  Tribe,  it  shall  be  his  duty  to  call  forth  such 

■hen  of  the  Militia  as  he  may  judge  necessary  to  repel  such  Invm- 


That  whenever  the  Laws  of  The  United  States  shall  be  opposed,  or 
the  execution  thereof  be  obstructed,  by  combinations  too  powerful  to 
he  suppressed  by  the  ordinary  course  of  judicial  proceedings,  or  by 
the  poweiB  vested  by  Law  in  the  Marshals,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the 
IVesidt-nt  to  call  forth  such  portion  of  the  Militia  as  may,  in  his  opi« 
nion,  be  necessary  to  suppress  snch  cooibiuaiions,  and  to  cause  the 
Laws  to  be  duly  executed 

That  whenever  it  may  be  necessary,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Preai* 
dent,  to  call  forth  the  Militia  for  the  purposes  aforesaid,  it  shall  be  his 
duty  forthwith,  by- Proclamation,  to  command  such  Insoigents  to  dia- 
pers^ and  retire  peaceably  to  their  respective  abodes  within  a  time  to 
be  limited  in  the  Proclamation. 

That  in  case  of  an  Insurrection  in  any  State  or  Territory,  against 
the  Government  thereof,  it  ahall  be  the  duty  of  the  President,  on  the 
ifpikatiott  of  the  Legidatim  of  such  Sute  or  Temtory,  or  of  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UKIT£D  STATES.  1 125 

ExecutWe  of  sach  State  or  Territory,  when  the  Legidalure  thereof 
cannot  conveniently  be  convened,  to  call  forth  such  number  of  the 
Militia  of  any  State  or  Territory  as  may,  in  his  opinion,  be  sofficieni 
to  suppress  such  Insurrection. 

That  whenever,  from  any  of  the  occurrences  herein  mentioned,  it 
shall  become  the  duty  of  the  President  to  call  forth  the  Militia,  he  may 
require  the  Governor  or  Commander  in  Chief  of  the  Militia,  in  any 
State  or  Territory,  or  such  Officer  of  the  Militia  as  he  may  judge  ex- 
pedient, to  execute  his  Orders,  so  far  as  may  be  applicable  to  their 
respective  commands. 

That  whenever  any  part  of  the  Militia  shall  he  called  into  the  Ser- 
vice of  The  United  States,  their  organization  shall  bethesame  as  may, 
at. the  time,  be  provided  by  Law,  for  the  organization  of  the  Army  of 
The  United  States,  except  when  called  out  by  Companies,  Corps,  Re« 
giments,  or  Brigades,  when  they  shall  preserve  their  local  organiza* 
tion. 

That  the  Militia  employed  in  the  Service  of  The  United  States, 
shall  be  subject  to  the  Rules  and  Articles  of  War,  which  are,  or  shaR 
be,  provided  for  the  Government  of  the  Army  of  The  United  States. 

That  every  Officer  or  Non-Corn  missioned  Officer,  who  shall  fail^  to 
obey  the  Orders  of  tlie  President,  or  the  Orders  of  a  Superior  Officer 
of  the  Militia,  which  may  be  issued  in  virtue  of  such  Orders,  in  any  of 
the  cases  before  recited,  for  calling  forth  the  Militia,  shall  forfeit  and 
pay  a  sum  not  exceeding  ■  months'  pay,  nor  less  than  -*— 
months*  pay,  which  he  would  be  entitled  to  receive,  if  he  were  in  the 
actual  service  of  The  United  States ;  and  shall,  moreover,  be  inca- 
pable of  holding  any  Commission  in  the  service  of  The  United  States* 
for  life,  or  such  term  of  years  as  shall  be  determined  and  judged  by  a 
Court  Martial. 

That  every  Officer,  N on- Commissioned  Officer,  Musician,  and 
Private  of  the  Militia,  who  shall  be  detached  as  aforesaid,  and  shall 
disobey  the  Orders  of  the  President,  or  of  any  Superior  Officer,  for  the 
purposes  of  carrying  into  effect  the  object  herein  contemplated,  shall 
be  liable  to  be  tried  by  a  Court  Martial,  and  receive  such  punishment 
as  is  pointed  out  by  the  Martial  Law  for  similar  offences:  and,  more- 
over, the  Non- Commissioned  Officer,  Mnsician,  and  Private,  detached 
as  aforesaid,  or  accepted  as  Substitutes,  as  hereinafter  men- 
tioned, who  shall  refuse  or  neglect  to  march  and  join  his  Corps 
when  ordered  so  to  do  by  his  Superior  Officer  in  the  detachment,  shall 
be  considered  as  a  Deserter  from  the  service  of  The  United  States, 
and  shall  be  dealt  with  accordingly.  Provided,  nevertheless,  that  any 
Non-Com missioned  Officer,  Musician,  and  Private  of  the  Militia,  who 
shall  be  detached  for  the  service  of  The  United  States,  as  aforesaid* 
shall  have  a  right  to  furnish  an  able-bodied  Man^  belonging  to  the 
Militia,  as  a  Substitute. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1126  UNITED  «TATBS. 

That  Regimental  Chaplains  in  the  Militia,  which  have  beeiK  or  shall 
be  called  into  the  service  of  The  United  States,  shall  receive  the  same 
monthly  pay  and  rations  as  a  Captain  of  Infantry,  with  the  addition  of 
forage  for  I  horse;  and,  whenever  called  forth  into  the  service  of  The 
United  States,  Division  Quarter- Masters  shall  be  entitled  to  the  pay, 
emolumenU,  and  allowance  of  a  Deputy  Qnarter-M aster- Genend ; 
Brigade  Quarter-Masters,  to  the  pay,  emoluments,  and  allowaooes  of 
an  Assistant  Deputy  Quarter. Master. General;  and  Regtmental  Quaxtcr- 
Mastersy  to  the  pay  and  emoluments  of  a  Lieutenant  of  Infantry,  and 
16  dollars  per  month  in  addition  thereto,  and  forage  lor  1  horse; 
Division  Inspectors  shall  be  entitled  to  the  pay,  emolumeDts,  and 
allowances  of  a  Lieutenant. Colonel  of  Infantry;  Brigade-Majore.  to 
the  pay,  emoluments,  and  allowances  of  a  Major  of  Infantry;  Aides- 
de-Camp  to  Major-Generals,  to  the  pay,  emoluments,  and  allowances 
of  a  Major  of  Cavalry  ;  and  Aides-de-Camp  to  Brigadier- Generals,  to 
the  pay,  emoluments,  and  allowances  of  a  Captain  of  Cavalry. 

That  the  expenses  incurred,  or  to  be  incurred,  by  mardiing  the 
Militia  of  any  SUte  or  Territory  of  The  United  States  to  their  places 
of  rendezvous,  in  pursuance  of  a  requisition  of  the  President,  or  which 
shall  have  been,  or  may  be,  incurred  in  cases  of  calls  made  by  tlte 
authority  of  any  State  or  Territory  which  shall  have  been,  or  may  be, 
approved  by  him,  shall  be  adjusted  and  paid  in  like  manner  as  the 
eipenses  incurred  after  their  arrival  at  such  place  of  rendezvous,  on  the 
leqnisition  of  the  President :  Provided  that  nothing  herein  contained 
shall  be  considered  as  authorizing  any  species  of  expenditure  previous 
to  arriving  at  the  place  of  rendezvous^  which  is  not  provided,  by  existing 
Laws,  to  be  paid  for  after  their  arrival  at  such  place  of  rendezvous. 

That  in  all  cases  when  a  Brigade  of  Militia  shall  be  called  into  the 
Service  of  The  United  SUtes,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Brigade-  Major 
of  such  Brigade  to  inspect  and  muster  the  same,  and  sign  the  Muster 
Rolls.  If  less  than  a  Brigade  of  Militia  be  called  into  the  Service  of 
The  United  States,  then  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  a  Brigade-Major  of  the 
Division  wherein  such  Militia  may  rendezvous,  to  inspect  and  muster 
the  same,  and  sign  the  Muster  Rolls;  2  musters  to  be  made  in  the 
manner  aforesaid,  one  on  the  assembling,  and  the  other  on  the  dis- 
eharge  of  such  Militia.  If  it  should  so  happen  that  there  be  no  Brigade 
Major  in  the  Brigade,  where  such  Militia  shall  be  called  out,  or  in 
the  Division  where  they  shall  rendezvous,  the  Commanding  Officer 
may  direct  any  Officer,  under  the  rank  of  Lieutenant-Coloael,  to 
inspect  and  muster  the  Militia  so  called  forth. 

That  no  Writ  or  Civil  Process,  issuing  from  any  Court  of  The 
tJiiited  States,  shall  be  served  upon  any  Militia  Man,  or  levied  upon 
his  property,  while  performing  Militia  Duty,  in  the  service  of  The 
United  States ;  nor  shall  any  judgment  be  entered  in  the  said  Courts^ 
in  any  of  the  aforesaid  cases. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNITED  STATES.  1 127 

All  offences  committed  by  the  Officers,  NoD^Commissioned  Officera, 
Privates,  or  Masiciatis  of  the  Militia,  subseqneot  to  their  detachment 
for  the  service  of  The  United  States,  or  orders  to  march  for  that 
service  agreeably  herewith,  and  before  their  assembling  at  the  ap- 
pointed place  of  rendezvous,  shall  be  tried  by  Courts  Martial,  to  be 
composed  of  Militia  Officers  only,  of  the  State  or  Territory  to  which 
such  Delinquents  shall  belong,  not  in  the  actual  service  of  The  United 
States.  All  offences  committed  by  the  Officers,  N on. Commissioned 
Officers,  Privates,  or  Musicians  of  the  Militia,  whilst  in  the  actual 
service  of  The  United  States,  shall  be  tried  by  Courts  Martial,  com- 
posed by  Militia  Officers  only,  in  the  service  of  The  United  States : 
Provided  that  offences  committed  whilst  in  the  service  of  The  United 
States,  may  be  tried  and  punished,  although  the  term  of  service  of 
the  Delinquent  may  have  expired ;  and  the  Court  Martial  for  the  trial 
of  such  offences  shall  be  composed  of  Militia  Officers,  without  regard 
to  their  having  been  in  the  service  of  The  United  States. 

That  if  any  Delinquent  directed  to  be  summoned  to  appear  before 
a  Court  Martial  for  neglect  or  refusal  to  obey  the  Orders  of  the  Presi* 
dent,  shall  be  absent  when  any  N  on.  Com  missioned  Officer  shall  call  to 
summon  him,  a  Copy  of  the  Summons  or  written  Notice  thereof,  signed 
by  him,  and  left  with  some  Person  of  suitable  age  and  discretion,  at  the 
nsual  place  of  abode  of  such  Delinquent,  at  least  10  days  previous  to 
the  day  of  appearance,  shall  be  held  and  taken  to  be  a  sufficient 
summons  of  such  Delinquent;  and  in  case  of  the  non-appearance  of 
such  Delinquent,  the  Court  Martial  may  proceed  on  his  trial  in  the 
same  manner  as  if  he  had  appeared  and  pleaded  Not  Guilty  of  the 
Charge  exhibited  against  him. 

That  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  President  of  any  Court  Mai'tial, 
for  the  trial  of  Militia,  if  required,  and  upon  his  being  duly 
satisfied  that  such  testimony  is  material  to  the  trial,  to  issue  his  Pre- 
cept directed  to  any  Person  to  be  summoned  as  a  witness,  command- 
ing his  or  her  attendance  at  such  Court,  to  testify  for  or  against  the 
Person  to  be  tried,  as  the  case  may  be ;  and  any  Witness  having  been 
duly  summoned,  and  failing  to  appear,  without  a  reasonable  excuse, 
shall  forfeit  and  pay  a  sum  not  exceeding  50  dollars,  to  be  sued  for 
and  recovered  in  the  name  of  The  United  States,  by  bill,  plaint  or 
information,  in  any  Court  of  competent  jurisdiction*  And  if  any 
Witness,  when  called  upon  for  that  purpose,  shall  refuse  to  testify,  or 
shall  behave  with  contempt  to  the  Court;  or  if  any  other  Person  shall  use 
any  menacing  words,  signs,  or  gestures,  in  presence  thereof,  or  shall 
cause  any  riot  or  disorder  therein,  it  shall  be  lawful  for  such  Court  to 
punish  every  such  Offender  by  imprisonment,  for  a  term  not  exceeding 
one  month,  at  the  discretion  of  the  Court. 

That  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  into  execution  the  Sentence,  Judg- 
ment, or  Order  of  any  Court  Martial,  for  any  of  the  offences  specified 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1128       BUENOS  AYAES  AND  PORTUGAL. 

ID  the  last  Clause  of  the  preceding  Article,  it  shall  be  lawfol  for  the 
Court  to  issue  an  Order  to  any  Commissioned  Officer  of  Militk,  iraC 
below  the  rank  of  Captain,  commanding  him  to  carry  the  same  into 
effect  by  Military  Force,  whose  duty  it  shall  be  to  obey  the  same,  mad 
execute  the  Order  accordingly. 

That  on  the  trial  of  Delinquents,  for  offences  not  capita^  by  any 
such  Court  Martial,  the  Depositions  of  Witnesses  taken  before  a  Joatioe 
of  the  Peace,  or  other  Person  authorized  to  take  A6Bda¥its,  to  be  read 
in  the  Court  of  Record,  in  the  State  or  Territory  where  the  same 
shall  be  taken,  may  be  read  in  evidence,  provided  the  Prosecutor  and 
Person  accused  are  present  at  taking  the  same,  or  are  duly  notified 
thereof.  And  further,  that  tlie  Returns  ofCaptaius,  or  other  Command- 
ing Officers  of  Companies,  of  Del inquenU  drafted,  or  ordered  into  the 
service  of  The  United  States,  who  shall  have  refused  or  neglected  to 
enter  the  same,  sworn  to  as  aforesaid,  shall  be  competent  evidence  of 
the  facts  therein  contained. 

That  if  any  Person  shall  wjlliDgly  swear  false  before  any  such 
Court  Martial,  or  in  any  Affidavit  or  Deposition  taken  as  aforesaid.  He 
or  She  shall  be  adjudged  to  be  guilty  of  wilful  and  corrupt  peijury, 
and  shall  be  indicted,  tried  and  punished  accordingly,  by  any  Court 
of  competent  jurisdiction,  in  the  Stite  or  Territory  where  such  offence 
shall  be  committed. 

GEO.  GRAHAM. 


SECRET  Proceedings  of  the  Congress  at  Tucmman^  reUttire 
to  Negotiations  with  Brazil^  respecting  the  Form  of  Goverm- 
ment  of  the  Spanish  Souths  American  Provinces. — Stptens. 
ber,  October y  1816.  (TransUtion.) 

First  Secret  Sitting,  4th  September,  1816. 

The  Deputies  of  the  Congress  being  assembled  in  the  Hall  of 
Sessions  at  half  past  9  o'clock  in  the  morning  of  this  day,  the  Indi- 
▼iduals  whose  names  are  mentioned  at  foot  being  also  preseiit.  and  tlie 
proceedings  having  been  opened  by  the  President,  certain  matters  weie 
first  discussed,  as  appears  from  the  Minutes  of  Proceedings  of  the 
same  day  in  the  respective  Journal ;  the  Bar  was  then  ordered  to  In* 
cleared,  and  the  Chamber  proceeded  to  hear  read  the  Project  of  the 
Instructions  which  had  been  drawn  up  by  the  Commissioners  entrusted 
with  this  duty,  and  which,  although  presented  to  the  Chamber  several 
days  before,  could  not  until  then  be  taken  into  consideration. 

The  contents  having  been  examined  and  discussed,  with  the 
caution  and  circumspection  required,  by  the  most  important,  perhaps, 
of  all  the  matters  which  had  ever  been  offered  for  deliberation  to  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


BUENOS  ATRES  AND  PORTUGAL.  1129 

Sovereigrn  Representation  of  the  People  of  South  America,  and 
9  Additianal  Articles  having  been  unanimously  agreed  upon,— - 
«ach  of  the  Deputies  in  turn  expressed  his  opinion  concerning  the 
remaining  Articles  of  the  said  Project  of  Instructions,  and  having 
proceeded  to  the  vote,  the  r<*8ult  was  the  unqualified  approval  of 
them  in  all  their  parts,  including  the  2  Additional  Articles,  and  with 
the  power  of  adding,  thereafter,  such  other  Ai  tides  as  might  be  con* 
stdered  necessary,  as  well  as  of  modifying  or  of  annulling  any 
Clause  or  Clauses,  according  as  circumstances  might  require;  all 
which  was  agreed  to  by  a  majority  of  22  votes,  in  all  reapects  similar : 
the  purport  of  the  said  Instructions  being  as  follows: 

Instructions  to  the  Envoy,  Don  Miguel  Yrigoyen. 

{Secret,)  1.  With  the  view  of  obtaining  a  thorough  insight  into 
the  political  views  of  the  Cabinet  of  Brazil,  the  better  to  insure  the 
success  of  his  important  Mission,  the  Envoy  must  enter  into  com- 
munication with  Don  Nicholas  Herrera.  This  effected,  he  will  shew 
to  him  his  Powers  for  treating  with  Lieu  tenant-General  Don  Frederic 
Lecor,  the  General-in-Chief  of  the  Portus^uese  Expedition;  acting 
towards  him  with  I  he  openness  and  candour  required  by  the  importance 
of  a  Transaction,  over  which  good  faith,  animated  by  an  anxious  desire 
for  the  tranquillity  and  prosperity  of  these  People,  ought  to  preside. 

2.  The  principal  Basis  of  all  Negotiation  must  be  the  liberty  and 
independence  of  the  Provinces  represented  in  Congress  ;  which  liberty 
and  independence  the  latter  has  solemnly  proclaimed  and  published, 
and  the  former  have  sworn  to  defend  at  any  risk  and  sacrifice. 

3.  Upon  this  principle,  from  which  after  more  than  6  years  of  revo- 
lution and  sacrifices  it  would  be  absolutely  impossible  to  wean  the 
People,  it  will  be  the  Envoy's  object  to  procure  from  Don  Nicholas 
Herrera  such  intelligence  and  information  as  may  be  best  calculated 
to  further  the  purpose  of  his  Mission,  and  more  especially  to  facilitate 
his  obtaining  a  personal  interview  and  conference  with  General  Lecor; 
he  will  also  ])rocure  from  him  the  Papers  relating  to  the  Negotiations 
entered  into  by  Garcia  with  the  Brazilian  Government ;  these  he  will 
forward  by  a  safe  conveyance  to  the  Supreme  Director  of  the  State 
with  all  possible  dispatch,  accompanied  by  such  observations  as  he  may 
himself  have  to  make,  touching  its  spirit,  its  advantages,  or  its  disadvan- 
ages;  but  should  Don  Nicholas  Herrera  be  unable  to  furnish  him  with 
these  Documents,  from  their  not  being  in  his  possession,  the  Envoy 
shall  inquire  what  idea  or  opinion  he  entertains  of  these  Negotiations, 
and  shall  communicate  the  same  to  the  Supreme  Director,  together 
with  his  own  remarks,  as  in  the  former  case. 

4.  So  soon  as  the  Envoy  shall  have  opened  his  communications  with 
Herrera  and  General  Lecor,  he  will  endeavour  to  give  them  a  correct 
view  of  the  state  of  this  Country,  undeceiving  them  with  respect  lo 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1 1 30       BUEN08  ATRE8  AND  PORTUGAL. 

die  exaggenled  idea  which  they,  perhaps,  may  haye  fanned,  of  its 
disturbed  condition ;  and  pointing  out  to  them  that,  since  the  Installa- 
tion of  the  Congress,  the  appointment  of  the  Supreme  Director,  the 
Officering  of  the  Army  with  men  of  honour,  and  the  introdoctioD  of 
Tarious  other  reforms,  anarchy  has  almost  entirely  ceased,— -the  People 
at  large,  their  Chiefs,  and  more  especially  the  Generals  of  the  Army, 
being  impressed  with  sentiments  of  devotion  and  submission  to  the 
Sovereign  Power ;  so  that  if  in  some  parts  of  it.  a  few  alight  distur- 
bances still  occasionally  break  out,  they  resemble  the  last  flaoaea  of 
an  expiring  conflagration,  which,  so  far  from  being  a  subject  for  alarm, 
only  prove  that  its  final  extinction  is  near  at  hand. 

d.  The  Envoy  will,  moreover,  make  known  to  them  the  respectable 
footing  on  which  our  Armies  are  now  placed,  the  daily  efforts  of  tlie 
Provinces,  directed  by  the  Sovereign  Congress,  to  increase  their 
numbers ;  the  well-founded  hope  of  advancing  into  Chili,  whose  Peo- 
ple, full  of  enthusiasm  and  burning  with  fury  against  their  Oppressors, 
are  anxiously  awaiting  the  arrival  of  our  Army ;  he  will  acqnaint  them, 
that  that  Army,  equal  in  numbers,  but  superior  in  order  and  dis- 
cipline to  that  of  Lima,  will  in  a  short  time  advance,  in  order  to  re- 
cover that  Territory  ;  that  our  hopes  of  expelling  from  Upper  Peru  the 
Legions  which  now  occupy  it,  have  become  sanguine,  in  consequence  of 
their  numbers  being  constantly  diminished  by  the  desultory  warfare 
carried  on  against  them  by  the  Natives,  and  of  the  operations  of  the 
different  Divisions  of  the  Army,  which,  commanded  by  Officers  of 
experience,  who  are  well  acquainted  with  the  localities,  distract 
their  attention  on  every  side,  harass  them  by  continual  surprizes, 
and  prevent  their  penetrating  into  these  Countries,  notwiihstanding 
thdr  suecesses  at  Vilcapugio,  Ayouma,  and  Sipesipe;  the  result  being 
that  the  Army  of  Santa  Cruz,  and  the  other  Divisions  already 
mentioned,  have  become  so  strong  in  numbers  and  in  discipline,  that 
it  is  probable  that  they  alone  will  suffice  to  exterminate  the  Enemy, 
or  to  compel  him  to  abandon  every  effort  to  maintain  himself  in  Peru. 

6.  It  will  be  the  Envoy's  duty  to  point  ont  to  them  that  the  People, 
apprehensive  of  the  views  which  the  Portuguese  Cabinet  may  have 
upon  this  Territory,  are  in  a  state  of  considerable  anxiety,  and  that 
this  anxiety  causes  them  to  express  their  wish  that  General 
Aitigas  should  be  assisted;  for  which  reason  the  Government 
of  ^eae  Provinces  is  desirous  of  receiving  such  proofs  of  the  sincerity 
and  good  intentions  of  that  Cabinet  as  may  allay  the  apprehennoos 
of  the  Inhabitants,  with  the  sole  view  of  tranquillizing  whom,  a  Pariia. 
meotary  Commissioner  has  been  sent,  to  solicit  from  General 
Ltcor  a  declaration  of  the  object  of  his  Military  Expedition  upon  the 
Biter  and  the  Territory  of  the  Eastern  Bank,  notwithstanding  the 
amnrmncca  which  the  Congress  has  received  of  the  amicable  intentions 
of  His  Most  Faithful  Majesty. 
7.  With  respect  to  this,  the  Envoy  will  give  them  to  understand^ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


BUBNOS  AYHES   AND  PORTUGAL.  1131 

I  hat  if  the  object  of  the  Portuguese  Cabinet  be  only  that  of  reduciag 
to  order  the  Eastern  Bank,  it  must  on  no  account  take  possession 
of  the  Entre  Rios,  because  that  Territory  belongs  to  the  Province 
of  Buenos  Ayres,  and  up  to  this  time  has  neither  been  relinquished 
ky  the  Government  nor  ceded  to  that  Bank. 

8.  He  will  also  make  them  acquainted  with  the  great  attachment  to 
the  Congress  which  prevails  throughout  the  Provinces,  and  the  confi. 
dence  of  the  People  in  the  deliberationsof  that  Body  ;  and  he  will  inform 
them  that,  notwithstanding  the  exaggerated  democratical  ideas  which 
prevailed  during  the  Revolution,  the  Congress,  as  well  as  the  reflecting 
and  enlightened  part  of  the  Community,  and  even  the  lower  Classes,  are 
inclined  to  a  Constitutional  or  limited  Monarchical  System ;  upon  the 
basis  of  the  English  Constitution,  but  adapted  to  the  condition  and  cir* 
cumstancesof  this  People,  in  such  manner  as  may  secure  internal  order 
and  tranquillity,  and,  at  the  same  time,  so  unite  its  relations  and 
interests  with  those  of  Brazil,  that  both  Countiies  may  become 
identified  by  the  closest  ties* 

9.  He  will  endeavour  to  convince  them  of  the  immense  benefit 
and  advantage  which  wuiild  not  fail  to  accrue  to  Brazil,  if  that  Power 
were  to  declare  itself  the  Protector  of  the  liberty  and  independence  of 
these  Provinces, — re-establishing  the  Family  of  the  Incas,  and  incor- 
porating it  with  that  of  Braganza ;  upon  the  principle  that,  on  the  one 
hand,  the  Union  of  both  States  would  increase  the  influence  of  this  Con- 
tinent to  such  a  degree  as  to  enable  it  to  counterbalance  that  of  the  Old 
World,  and  to  sever  those  bonds  which  restrain  it  in  its  political 
career,  and  arrest  its  progress  towards  the  lofty  destinies  which  await 
it ;  whilst,  on  the  other,  the  subjugation  of  these  Provinces  would  be  op- 
posed by  great  and  insurmountable  obstacles. — viz. ;  by  the  determined 
resolution  of  these  People  to  exist,  no  longer  but  as  they  now  exist,  as  a 
Nation;  by  the  impossibility  of  conducting  Armies  from  one  Town  to 
another,  in  consequence  of  the  immense  distance  between  each,  and  the 
almost  desert  state  of  the  Country  ;  by  the  exclusive  facilities  possessed 
by  these  People  of  carrying  on  a  desultory  warfare, — a  warfare  which, 
having  destroyed  the  Annies  of  the  Country  and  arrested  the  march  of 
the  Troops  which  occupy  Pern,  notwithstanding  their  perfect  acquaint- 
ance with  the  nature  of  the  ground,  will  ultimately  exterminate  Foreign 
Armies,  however  formidable  by  their  numbers  or  their  discipline ;  by 
the  antipathy  at  present  existing  between  these  Provinces  and  those 
of  Brazil,  which  is  generally  found  among  the  adjoining  Territories 
of  States  differing  in  Institutions  and  Language,  and  is  in  this  instance 
fomented  and  exasperated  by  the  Spaniards;  as  well  as  by  thedifference 
of  character,  customs,  habits,  and  ideas,  which  have  resulted  from  the 
various  Laws  by  which  we  have  been  governed  since  the  Conquest, 
and  from  the  Revolution  which  this  Country  has  undergone. 

10.  If,  after  the  most  strenuous  exertions  of  the  Envoy  to  obtain 
the  acceptation  of  this  Proposal,  he  should  fail,  he  will  then  propose  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1132  BUENOS  AYRES  AND    PORTUGAL. 

Coronation  of  an  Infant  of  Brazil  in  tliese  Provinces,  or  that  of  mny 
other  Foreign  Infant,  provided  he  be  not  of  Spain  ;  in  order  that,  after 
uniting  himself  in  Marriage  with  one  of  the  Infantas  of  Brazil,  be 
may  ascend  the  Throne  of  this  Country,  and  govern  it  under  a  Con- 
stitution to  be  presented  by  ihe  Congress. 

In  the  event  of  either  of  these  Propositions  being  accepted  by 
the  Portuguese  Government,  the  Envoy  will  require  that  Govern, 
meot  to  take  upon  itself  the  removal  of  the  difficulties  which  may 
result  tlierefrom,  with  reference  to  Spain. 

11.  Should  neither  of  the  preceding  Propositions  be  accepted,  tlie 
Envoy  will  endeavour  to  prove  to  the  Portuguese  Government,  by  the 
reasons  already  pointed  out  in  these  Instructions,  (enforced  by  such 
others  as  may  suggest  themselves  to  his  mind)  the  impossibility  of  this 
People  agreeing  to  any  other  Terms,  and  the  evils  which  the  Brazilian 
Government  would  inevitably  bring  upon  itself,  by  engaging  in  an 
Enterprise,  from  which  it  would  derive  no  honour,  before  the  Tribunal  of 
the  Iaw  of  Nations,  or  in  the  opinion  of  the  Civilized  World,  but  would, 
on  the  contrary,  draw  down  upon  itself  the  hatred  and  execration  of 
the  American  Continent  in  general,  and  of  tliese  People  in  particular. 

12.  If.  during  the  course  of  these  Negotiations,  the  Envoy  should  be 
reproached  for  the  aid  furnished  by  the  Government  of  these  Provinces 
to  General  Artigas,  he  may  satisfactorily  reply,  by  observing  that  such 
a  step  could  not  possibly  have  been  avoided,  in  consequence  of  the 
Portuguese  Cabinet  not  having  yet  given  any  public  pledge,  to  coo* 
vince  this  Country  of  its  just,  pacific*  and  disinterested  views  ;  for  had 
ao  opposite  course  been  adopted,  the  risk  would  have  been  run  of 
awakening  distrust  in  the  minds  of  the  People  towards  this  Government ; 
and  had  a  general  convulsion  ensued,  it  would  have  entirely  fmstrated 
the  efforts  of  both  Governments  to  tranquillize  these  Provinces,  and  to 
lay  the  certain  foundations  of  their  future  welfare,  by  drawing  as  closely 
together  as  possible  the  relations  of  both  States,  and  by  identifying 
their  interests  in  the  manner  most  consistent  with  their  respective  cir- 
cumstances. 

13.  With  respect  to  any  other  questions  which  may  incidentally  occur 
in  this  Negotiation,  and  which  are  not  provided  for  in  these  Instruc- 
tions, the  Envoy  will  be  guided  by  the  principles  and  spirit  of  the  latter* 
and  by  such  information  as  he  may  have  obtained ;  acting,  however,  in 
every  particular,  with  all  the  prudence  and  circumspection  which  are 
required  by  the  importance  and  delicacy  of  his  Mission,  and  bearing 
always  in  mind  that,  upon  whatever  point  connected  with  this  Nego- 
tiation both  PaKies  may  come  to  an  agreement,  nothing  can  be  carried 
into  offset  until  after  it  has  been  deliberated  upon  in  Congress,  to 
which  Body  every  Treaty  or  Convention  must  be  submitted  by  the 
Supreme  Director,  for  its  sanction. 

Iheummm,  4ih  September^  1816. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


BUENOS  AYRSS  AND  PORTUGAL.  1133 

(Mo$t  Secret.)  As  the  EnToy  mast  avail  himself  of  all  the 
information  which  may  further  the  object  of  his  Mission,  he  will 
particularly  bear  in  mind  the  Communications,  public  as  well  as  con- 
fidential, which  were  made  by  Garcia  to  the  Ex-Directors  Alvarez 
andBalcarce,  and  also  those  from  them  to  him,  on  the  subject  of  the 
relations  of  the  Government  of  these  Provinces  with  that  of  Braxil, 
of  all  which  Documents  correct  Copies  will  be  furnished  to  him  by  the 
Supreme  Director. 

1.  Notwithstanding  the  air  of  openness  and  candour  which  the 
Envoy  will  observe  towards  Herrera,  he  will,  with  prudence,  secrecy 
and  discrimination,  obtain  from  Persons  who  may  be  competent  to 
give  it^  or  through  other  convenient  sources,  information  respecting 
the  public  conduct  of  Herrera  and  Garcia  in  Brazil,  and  of  the  inten* 
tious  and  sentiments  which  they  have  manifested  with  regard  to  the  said 
Court  and  that  of  Spain  ;  and  he  will  communicate  the  intelligence  he 
may  obtain  to  the  Congress,  through  the  medium  of  the  Supreme 
Director,  setting  forth  his  own  opinion  upon  the  subject,  with  the 
grounds  thereof.  In  the  mean  time,  althou^  he  may  he  completely 
convinced  of  the  sentiments  and  good  faith  of  Herrera,  he  will  not  be 
more  communicative  to  him  than  may  be  absolutely  necessary. 

He  will  endeavour,  with  the  utmost  caution  to  discover  whether 
there  exist  any  Treaties  or  Conventions  between  the  Governments  of 
Brazil,  Spain,  and  England,  for  the  subjugation  of  the  Americas  or 
of  this  Territory,  or  for  any  other  object ;  or  what,  in  fact,  may  be 
the  views  of  those  Powers  ;—of  all  which  intelligence  he  will  transmit 
an  account  to  the  Congress  through  the  medium  already  mentioned* 

2.  If  it  be  proposed  to  the  Envoy,  that  these  Provinces  should  be 
incorporated  with  those  of  Brazil,  he  will  decidedly  oppose  the  propo- 
sition, alleging  that  his  Instructions  do  not  extend  to  this  case,  and 
adducing  all  the  reasons  which  suggest  themselves  to  him  to  shew 
the  impossibility  of  such  a  plan,  and  the  evils  that  it  would  entail  upou 
Brazil.  But  if,  after  all  the  resources  of  policy  and  reasoning  have 
been  exhausted,  the  demand  should  still  be  persisted  in,  the  Envoy  will 
point  out  (as  a  suggestion  of  his  own,  and  as  the  utmost  to  which  these 
Provinces  could  agree)  that,  forming  a  distinct  State  of  Brazil,  they 
might  consent  to  acknowledge  as  their  Monarch  the  Sovereign  of  that 
Country,  so  long  as  he  should  retain  his  Court  on  this  Continent,  and 
upon  condition  that  he  subscribe  to  a  Constitution  which  should  be 
presented  to  him  by  the  Congress;  and  in  support  of  this  idea,  the 
Envoy  will  urge  the  reasons  pointed  out  in  the  other  Instructions  given 
to  him  upon  the  present  occasion,  supporting  them  by  such  reasons  of 
his  own  as  he  may  consider  to  have  cogency  and  weight.  But  what- 
ever may  be  the  result  of  this  discussion,  he  will  immediately  communi- 
cate it  to  the  Congress,  through  the  medium  of  the  Supreme  Director. 

3.  So  soon  as  the  Envoy  shall  enterinto  communication  with  Don 
Nicholas  Herrera,  he  must,  very  cautiously,  endeavour  to  ascertain  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1134         BUBNOS  AYRBS  AND  PORTUGAL. 

amount  of  the  Portuguese  Force,  as  well  as  that  of  General  Artigai. 
He  will  watch  the  movemeots  of  both,  aud,  accordio^  to  Ibe  reavli 
of  his  obserratioos,  determioe  whether  it  be  advisable  to  accelerate  the 
Negotiations,  or  to  retard  them,  and  thereby  to  give  an  opportmritj 
to  these  Provinces  to  increase  their  Forces,  and  to  improTe  their 
situation,  and  at  the  same  time  to  benefit  both  Peru  and  Chili. 

Should,  however,  the  Portuguese  Arms  be  eminently  saccessfal,  he 
will  then  endeavour  to  conclude  the  Treaties,  either  for  re-establisliing 
the  Family  of  the  Incas  and  uniting  it  with  that  of  Breganza,  or  for  crown- 
ing in  these  Provinces  an  Infant  of  Portugal  or  of  some  other  State, 
provided  he  be  not  of  Spain,  agreeably  to  and  in  conformity  with  the 
Conditions  prescribed  in  the  Separate  Instructions  given  to  the  Envoy 
under  this  date. 

4.  If  It  be  found  that  General  Lecor  endeavours  to  gain  time«  by  «&• 
biguities,  plausible  words,  or  inadmissible  propositions,  in  order  to  obtain 
advantages  over  the  OrieutaUi,  and  to  place  himself  in  an  attitude  to 
dictate  the  law  to  them;  the  Envoy  will  immediately  give  an  aecount 
of  the  same  to  the  Congress,  through  the  appointed  medium,  and  also 
to  Garcia,  that  he  may  thereby  regulate  his  proceedings  witb  the 
Cabinet  of  Brazil. 

5.  Lastly,  as  it  may  happen  that  the  Envoy  may  find  himself  noder 
the  necessity  of  making  some  very  Secret  Communications,  which  it 
would  be  inconvenient  to  expose  to  ordinary  risks,  he  is  instructed  to 
use,  under  such  circumstances,  the  Cypher  given  to  him  by  the 
Supreme  Director  of  the  State. 

Tucunuith  4e&  SepUmh&r^  1816. 

In  the  Division  which  took  place  upon  the  approval  or  alteration 
of  the  foregoing  Instructions,  the  following  Deputies  entered  tbeir 
Votes,  which  are  here  transcribed  in  the  tenns  dictated  by  the 
respective  Parties. 

Fir$u  Senor  Acevedo;  who  voted  for  approving  the  Instruc- 
tions, with  the  exception  only  of  a  certain  sentence  which  contemplates 
the  Dominion  of  a  Foreign  Prince,  whose  right  is  neither  derived  from 
his  own  nor  from  his  Wife  s  descent  from  the  Family  of  the  Incas. 

Secondly,  Sefior  Godoy ;  who,  equally  approving  of  them,  said  that 
he  did  so  with  this  Proviso,  tliat  the  first  Proposition  to  be  made  by  the 
Envoy  sliould  strongly  insist  upon  the  principle,  that  the  form  of  Go* 
vernment  most  esteemed  by  the  People,  and  for  which  they  were 
most  inclined  to  declare,  is  the  Republican. 

Thirdhf.  Senor  Oro ;  who,  without  disapproving  of  the  said  In- 
structions, proposed  that  there  should  be  added  to  the  Article  which 
declared  the  disposition  of  the  People  to  adopt  a  Monarchical  System, 
the  express  conditions, --that  tdis  change  should  be  effected  when  the 
Country  might  be  in  perfect  peace  and  tranquillity,— 4hat  the  express 
exclusion  of  the  InfantsofSpain  should  be  omitted, ---and  that  the  Envoy 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


BUENOS  AYRES   AND   PORTUGAL.  1135 

should  not  be  assured  thai  the  Oongr^ss  is  perfectly  persuaded  of  the 
friendly  views  of  the  Portuguese  Government. 

FowrMy.  Senor  Pacheco ;  whose  vote  was  also  in  favour  of  the 
Instructions  in  all  other  respects,  required  tliat  the  following  condition 
shonldbeaddedthereto,viz.,— that  solely  in  case  the  Sovereign  Congress 
should  notify  to  the  Envoy  its  want  of  power  to  oppose  the  Portuguese 
Forces,  a  Foreign  Dominion  was  to  be  admitted* 

FpUhfy,  Senor  Garcia;  who  approfed  of  them  in  the  same  manner, 
subject  to  the  condition,  that  the  Envoy  should  not  propose  that  the 
King  of  Portugal  could  be  admitted  into  these  Provinces,  without  the 
express  order  of  the  Congress. 

Sixthlt/.  Senor  Salguero ;  who  said  that  he  also  approved  of  them, 
excepting  Article  7,  which  treated  of  the  Province  of  Entre  Rios; 
it  being  the  duty  of  the  Envoy  to  act  upon  the  Instructions  according 
to  the  terms  in  which  they  are  drawn  up,  without,  however,  excluding 
any  addition  or  correction  of  which  they  may  be  susceptible. 

The  Division  being  concluded  and  attested,  Sefior  Bustamante 
observed  that  it  was  not  said  in  any  Clause  of  the  Instructions,  that  a 
Foreign  Prince  should  come  to  rule  over  the  Country,  and  that  it  was 
upon  that  ground  that  he  had  voted  in  favourof  the  said  Instructions; 
which  principle  he  was  desirous  should  be  inserted  in  the  Instructions 
themselves :  a  similar  request  was  made  by  the  other  Deputies  who 
had  given  a  similar  vote,  and  a  like  explanation. 

With  the  view  of  expediting  as  much  as  possible  this  difficult  and 
important  business,  it  was  resolved  to  proceed  to  the  nomination  of  the 
Envoys,  which  was  considered  as  second  only  in  importance  to  the 
Instructions  themselves.  A  Division  thereupon  took  place  imme- 
diately, when  Colonel  Don  Floreucio  Terrada  and  Don  Miguel  Yrigoyen 
were  chosen  as  Envoys  to  proceed  to  the  General  of  the  Portuguese 
Expedition,  the  former  to  be  sent  in  a  public  capacity,  the  latter  in  a 
private  one  ; — the  votes  being  for  the  first  19,  and  for  the  second  20. 

This  done,  and  it  being  unanimously  resolved  that  the  Members  of 
the  Committee  for  drawing  up  the  Instructions  should  transmit  the 
Official  Papers  connected  with  the  subject,  to  the  Supreme  Director, 
and  should  afterwards  present  the  same,  when  duly  arranged,  to  the 
Congress,  for  its  examination  and  approval,  as  also,  that,  with  the 
view  of  allaying  the  apprehensions  which  appear  likely  to  be  created 
by  a  Negotiation  being  set  on  foot  with  Brazil,  or  to  prevent  them 
from  arising,  a  Notice  should  be  inserted  in  the  Redactor,  of  the 
dispatching  of  a  Deputation  to  require  an  explanation  of  the  conduct, 
and,  apparently,  hostile  intentions  of  that  Power, — the  Sitting  termi- 
nated. 

DON  PEDRO  CARRASCO,  President. 
PEDRO  LEON  GALLO,  Vice-President. 
JUAN  JOSE    PASSO,  Deputy^Secretary. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1136        BUENOS AYRES  AND  PORTUGAL. 

Deputies  present. 
The  Presidemt. — The  Vicb-Fresidfnt. 


Saenz. 

Pacheco. 

Oro. 

CoLOMBRBS. 

Darreguetra. 

Medrano. 

Godot. 

RooRieoBz. 

Ancborena. 

Araoz. 

Gascon. 

Rivera. 

Cabrera. 

Bustamante. 

Uriartb. 

LORIA. 

BOEDO. 

Laprida. 

Salodbro. 

Malavta* 

ACBVEDO. 

Maza. 

Castro. 

Pabo. 

Second  Secret  Sitting,  21th  October,  1816. 

The  Deputies  whose  names  appear  at  foot,  having  assembled  ia 
an  Extraordinary  Sitting  in  the  Hall  of  the  Congress,  at  10  o'clock  in 
the  morning,  and  the  proceedings  having  been  opeoed  by  the  Presideiit 
of  the  Committee,  charged  with  the  drawing  up  of  the  Answers  to  the 
Supreme  Director  upon  the  subject  of  Foreign  Relations,  prodncedthe 
result  of  its  labours,  consisting  of  2  Reports  to  His  Excellency,  aod 
a  Commission  for  the  Envoy  Don  Miguel  Yrigoyen. 

In  the  first  Report  it  was  notified  to  the  Supreme  Director  that,  in 
the  Instructions,  both  Secret  and  Most  Secret,  which  were  delivered  in 
upon  the  4th  September,  to  serve  as  a  guide  to  the  Secret  Envoy,  the 
following  changes  had  been  made. 

That  in  the  6th  Article  of  the  Secret  Instructions,  beginning 
with  these  words, "  It  will  be  the  Envoy's  duty"  ^c,  and  ending  tbas, 
the  amicable  intenHons  of  His  Most  Faithful  ifa/e^fy,"— instead  of  the 
Clause  which  runs,  "  since  it  is  solely  with  the  view  of  tranguilUzisig 
them/*  Sfc,  the  following  be  substituted,  "  since  it  is  with  ike  view  itf 
tranquiliizfng  ihem,  that  Don  Miguel  Yrigoyen  is  sent  to  the  said 
Genei*al  Lecor^  to  a^Jcfor  explanations  touching  the  objects  of  the  Por^ 
tuguese  Expedition,** — in  order  that  under  this  cloak  he  may  conceal 
the  principal  object  of  His  Secret  Mission. 

That  in  the  Article  following  (the  7th),  beginning  "  With  respect  to 
this,'*  and  ending  "  to  that  j&a»A?,"instead*ofthe  expression  "  take  pos' 
session  of*'  the  words  "  extend  its  limits  to  thisy**  be  substituted. 

That  in  the  2nd  Article  of  the  Most  Secret  Instructions,  beginning 
"  If  it  be  proposed  to  the  Envoy,*'  and  ending  **  through  the  medium  if 
the  Supreme  Director,'*  the  entire  passage  from  the  wordf,  "  Bui  if 
after  all,*  ^c,  as  far  as  '*  he  may  consider  to  have  weight**  (inclusive) 
be  suppressed. 

All  which  changes  were  duly  approved  of. 

In  the  2nd  Report,  read  by  the  Secretary,  were  contained,  in  8 
Articles,  the  measures  adopted  by  the  Congress,  in  consequence  of  the 
various  Resolutions  agreed  upon  respecting  the  last  Communications 
made  by  Don  Manuel  Garcia;  to  which  the  Committee  added,  in  the 
4th  Article,  that  the  said  Garcia  should  require  from  the  Portuguese 
Ministry  a  Declaration  in  writing,  to  the  effect  that  the  Government 
of  Brazil  shall  neither  co-operate  with,  nor  assist,  directly  or  indirectly. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GRBAT   BRITAIN.  1137 

the  GoYernmeot  of  Spain,  in  ibe  subjugation  of  these  Provinces; 
expressing  at  the  same  time,  th'^  great  mistrust  and  strong  suspicions 
awakened  by  the  silence  and  indifference  of  the  Spnnish  Minister,  and 
by  bis  neglecting  to  demand  an  explanation,  upon  witnessing  the  pre- 
parations of  His  Most  Faithful  Majesty  for  the  invasion  of  Uiese  Pro . 
Tinces,  as  also  by  the  Orders  issued  by  the  Cabinet  of  Madrid  for  the 
quartering  of  Troops  within  the  Brazilian  States,  and  by  its  trusting 
for  the  support  of  the  said  Troops  to  resources  which  would  be  una- 
vailable without  the  protection  of  the  Government  of  Brazil. 

The  5th  Article,  notwithstanding  what  had  been  previously  agreed 
¥pon,  was  conceived  in  tfiese  termni^^Fifik.  That  Garcia  be  also  in- 
structed, in  order  that  Your  Excellency  may  have  full  information  of 
the  result  of  the  measures  prescribed  in  the  preceding  Articles,  that,  after 
having  duly  communicated  every  circumstance  to  Yrigoyen,  he  should 
deliver  up  to  him  the  Original  Report  thereof,  he  (Garcia)  having 
previously  taken  a  Duplicate  thereof,  in  order  that  the  said  Yrigoyen 
may  transmit  the  aforesaid  Original  Document  to  Your  Excellency. 

In  like  manner,  this  Report,  as  well  as  the  Commission  authorizing 
the  Public  Mission  of  Don  Miguel  Yrigoyen  to  General  Lecor,  were 
also  approved  of. 

This  done,  and  the  Council  appointed  by  the  Committee  for  4^ 
termining  upon  the  advice  to  be  given  to  the  Supreme  Director,  should 
the  execution  of  either  of  the  2  Commissions  entrusted  to  Yrigoyen 
be  found  impracticable,  being  left  sitting, — the  Meeting  broke  up. 

JOSE  SEVERO  MALAVIA,  Vice  President. 
JOSE  MARIANO  SERRANO,  Secretary. 
Deputiee  present 
TfiB  President.-— The  Vicb  Pbesidbnt. 


Paso. 

ACEYEDO. 

Gascon. 

Salocjero. 

Sbrrano. 

Pacbbco. 

Carrasco. 

Castro. 

Sabnz. 

Laprida. 

Uriarte. 

Rodriguez. 

Anchorbna. 

Maza. 

Rivera. 

Thames. 

Darrbodetra. 

fiDSTAMANTB. 

Gallo. 

Araoz. 

Org. 

SORIA. 

BRITISH  ORDERIN  COUNCIL,  prohibiting  iheExpart^ 
atiam  qf  Ounpowder,  Arms,  Ammuniiian^  8fc.  to  Africa,  to 
the  West  Indies,  or  to  certain  Parts  qf  America. — l^th 

February,  1816.  

At  the  Ctmrt  at  Brighton,  ihe  Wh  of  Fehrwury^  1816; 

PJIESEMT, 

HIS  ROYAL  HIGHNESS  THE  PRINGE  REGENT  IN 
COUNCIL. 

Whereas  the  time  limited  by  the  Order  of  His  Royal  Highness 
the  Prince  Regent  in  Council  of  the  20th  day  of  July  last,  for  pro- 
[1815—16.]  4  D 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1138  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

hibiting  the  exportation  out  of  this  kingdomi  or  carrying  coastwise* 
gunpowder  or  sult-petre,  or  any  sort  of  arms  or  ammanition,  will  ex- 
pire on  the  13th  day  of  tliis  instant  February;  and  whereas  it  is  jodged 
expedient,  that  the  said  prohibition,  so  far  as  applies  to  the  CooDtries 
hereinafter  named,  should  be  continued  for  some  time  longei^    His 
Royal  Highness  the  Prince  Regent,  in  the  name  and  on  the  behalf  of 
His  Majesty,  and  by  and  with  the  advice  of  His  Majesty's  Frivj 
Council,  doth  therefore,  hereby  order,  require,  prohibit,  and  command, 
that  no  Person  or  Persons  whatsoeyer  (except  the  Mastet-General  of 
the  Ordnance  for  His  Majesty's  service)  do,  at  any  time  during  the 
space  of  6  montlis  (to  commence  from  the  s&id  13th  day  of  Febmary 
instant,)  presume  to  transport  any  gunpowder  or  salt^petre,  or  any 
sort  of  arms  or  ammunition,  to  any  port  or  place  on  the  Coast  of 
Africa^  or  in  the  West  Indies,  or  on  any  part  of  the  Continent  of 
America  (except  to  a  port  or  place,  or  ports  or  places,  in  Hit  Ma- 
jesty's Territories  or  Possessions  on  the  Continent  of  North  America, 
or  in  the  Territories  of  the  United  States  of  America,)  or  ship  or  lade 
any  gunpowder  or  salt-petre,  or  any  sort  of  arms  or  ammunition,  on 
board  any  ship  or  vessel,  in  order  to  transporting  the  same  into  any 
such  ports  or  places  on  the  Coast  of  Africa,  or  in  the  West  Indies,  or 
on  the  Continent  of  America   (except  as  above  excepted,)   withoai 
leave  or  permission  in  that  behalf  first  obtained   from    His    Ma- 
jesty, or  His  Privy  Council,  upon  pain  of  incurring  and  suffering  the 
respective  forfeitures  and  penalties  inflicted  by  an  Act  passed  in  the 
29th  year  of  His  late  Majesty's  Reign,  intituled    "  An  Act  to  em- 
power His   Majesty  to  prohibit  the  exportation  of  salt-petre,  and  to 
enforce  the  Law  for  empowering  His  Majesty  to  prohibit  the  exportation 
of  gunpowder,   or  any  sort  of  arms  or  ammunition,  and  also  to  em- 
power  His   Majesty  to  restrain  the  carrying  coastwise  of  salt-petre, 
gunpowder,  or  any  sort  of  arms  or  ammunition;"  and  also  by  an  Act, 
passed  in  the  3rd  year  of  His  Majesty's  Reign,  cap.  2,  intituled  "  An 
Act  to  enable  His  Majesty  to  restrain  tlie  exportation  of  naval  stores 
and  more  effectually  to  prevent  the  exportation  of  salt-petre,  arms,  and 
ammunition,  when  prohibited  by  Proclamation  or  Order  in  Council:** 
But  it  is  His  Royal  Highness*s  pleasure,  that  nothing  in  this  Order 
contained  shall  be  construed  to  alter  or  repeal  the  Order  in  Council  of 
the  20th  of  May  1813,  for  regulating  the  export  of  gunpowder  and 
arms  to  the  Coast  of  Africa,  under  the  conditions  therein  specified. 

And  the  Right  Honourable  the  Lords  Commissioners  of  His  Majesty's 
Treasury,  the  Commissioners  for  executing  the  Office  of  Lord  High 
Admiral  of  Great  Britain,  the  Lord  Warden  of  the  Cinque  Ports, 
the  Master-General  and  the  rest  of  the  Principal  Oflicers  of  the  Ord- 
nance, and  His  Majesty's  Secretary  at  War,  are  to  give  the  neces- 
sary directions  herein  as  to  them  may  respectively  appertain. 

JAa  BULLER. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1139 


INDEX. 


A. 


Page 


Accessions  to  IVemlies,    See  Treaties. 

Accounts.  Financial^  Commercial^  &c.  See  Great  Britain,  United 

States,  &c. 
Act  between  ^iM/rta,  Frtmce,  Great  Britain,  PruaM^  and  Russia. 

Neutralittf  of  Switzerland Paris,  20th  November,  1815.    359 

• ...  of  the   British  Parliament*     Shipping  and  Navigation,    ^d^ 

fneasurement  of  Vessels 27tn  June,  17B6.    666 

•  ••.  of. ..  .€/{»•••.  Trade  between  the  British  North  American  and 

ff^tst  India  Colonies,  and  The  United  States  and 
Foreign  kFest  India  Islands* . .  20th  March,  1 788.    552 
....  of .  •  • .  e/o . . . .  Regulation  of  Vessels  carrjring  Ptissengers  from 
Great  Britain  to  the  British  Possessions  aid  to 
Foreign  Countries 24th  June,  1803.    373 

•  •••  of. ...tifo....  Duties  on   French   and   other  Foreign  Passage 

Vessels  in  British  Ports 22nd  March,  1816.    369 

• .  • .  of .  •  • . «?o . . . .  Custody  of  Napoleon  Bonaparte.A  1th  April,  1 8 16.    36 1 
.•••  of ••••  lib .••  •  Intercourse  with    St*  Helena,   during  Napoleon 

Banmparte*s  detention 11th  April,  1816.    364 

« ..  of .  •  • .  £fo . .  • .  Ttade,  in  American  Vessels^  from  Great  Britain  to 

the  British  East  Indies 20th  June,  1816.    371 

.  • . .  of  • . .  •  </o .  •  •  •  Conveyance  of  Passengers,  in  British  Vessels^  from 

Great  Britain  to  The  United  States, 

Ist  July,  1816.    372 
....  of . .  •  .c^. .  • .  Trade  of  Demerara,  Berbice^  and  Essequibo^  and 

9i  Dutch  Proprietors  in  those  Colonies. 

26th  June,  1816,    382 

. . ..  of.  •  • . do.  • .  •  Regulations  respecting  Aliens do. .  • .       51 

Acts  of  • « • .  e/o*  •  •  •  Naturalization  and  Precedence  of  Prince  Leopold 

of  Saxe  Coburg March,  1816.     158,  159 

•  •••  of....<fo....  Establishment  and    Residence   of  the    Princess 

Charlotte  and  Prince  Leopold  of  Saxe  Coburg, 

April,  July,  1816.     160,  163 
Act  of  the  Congress  of  The  United  States,    AdditiontU  Duties  upon 

Foreign  Vessels  and  Cargoes  , .  • .  I  st  J  ul  y,  1812,    798 

•  •  • .  of . . .  .c/0 . . . .  Continuance  of  do,  in  force  . . .  5th  Februai  y,  1816.     798 
,  .m\oi.... do, ».•  Discriminating  Duties    on  British  Vessels   and 

Cargoes 1st  March   1816.    199 

4D2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1140  INDEX. 

Pige 
Act  of  the  Ctrngrus  of  The  United  States,     Coment  of  Congreu  to 
Acts  of  South  Carolina  and  Georgia,     Tonnage 
Duties  on.  f^eeeeU  from  Foreign  Countries^ 

29th  April,  1816.    800 

•  •  • .  of .  • .  •  </o«  •  •  •  Gradual  increase  of  the  JVdvy   do. ...    801 

Acts  of  the  States  of  South  Carolina  and  Georgia.    Tonnage  Duties 
upon  F*essels  from   Foreign  Countries.     Act   of  Vongress. 

Coit«e»^  thereto 29th  April,  1816.    800 

SeesHao  Constitution,  Declaration,  Dbcrsb^  Law,  OrdkE| 

Ordinance. 
Acts  of  Accession  to  Treaties.    5^  Treaties. 

(Additional)  to  Treaties.    See  Treaties, 

Addresses  of  the  British  Parliament  to  the  Prince  Regent«  AboHHan 

of  the  Slave  Trade May,  Jane,  1814.    883 

See  also  Speech,  Report,  Message. 

Africa.    Exportation  of   Gunpowder^  Arms,   kc.    to,  proliibited. 

British  Orders  in  Council 1816.    796, 1137 

Algiers,    Correspondence  ot  American  Conunissiomers.    Negotiation 

ioT  Peace July.lSlS.  1048 

Treaty  with  The  United  States.    Peace  and  Amiiy. 

Algiers,  dOth  Jane,  1815.     45 
..••••  with  Great  Britain.    Ionian  Islands, 

Algier8,Sid  April,  1816.    500 
Additional  Article.    Hanover^ 

Algiers,  20th  May,  1816.    510 

with  do.    Peace AMers,  28th  August,  1816.    517 

Declarations  of  the  Dey.     Christian  Slavery. 

Algiers,  28th  Augast,  1816.    517. 549 
Report,  kc.    (British.)    Negotiations  of  the 
British  Admiral  at  Algiers.  •  Aagast,  1816.    517 

Treaty  with  The  Netherlands.    Peace. 

Algiers,  28th  Aagast,  1816.    549 

with  Sardiuia.  Peace  .Alters,  Srd  April,  1816.     173, 176 

with  Sicily,    Peace  ....do do.*..     521,528 

Additional  Articles.   Consul.   Consular  Present. 

Sicilian  Slaves Algiers,  Srd  April,  1816.    520 

•  •  ...between  The  Netherlands  and  Spain.    D^f^nsioe 
Alliance  against  the  Barbary  Regencies. 

Alcala  de  Henares,  10th  Aaga8t,'1816.    562 
Aliens.    Regulations  respecting.    Act  of  the  British  Parliament. 

26th  June,  1816.      51 
America.    Exportation  of  Gunpowder,  Arms^  kc.  to  certain  Fiitn  oU 

prohibited.     British  Orders  in  Council 1816.    1137,  706 

United  States  of  North.    See  United  States. 

United  Provinces  of  South.    See  Buenos  Atres. 

See  also  Spanish  America.    Brazil.    Buenos  Atrrs. 

Arms,  Ammunition,  &c.    Exportation  of,   to  Africa,  to  the  ^es^ 

Indies,  or  to  oertun  Parts  of  America, 
prohibited.    British  Orders  in  Council. 

1816.    1137,796 
Art.     fForhs  of.    Sec  Works  op  Art. 
Articles,  Additional.    See  Treaties. 

Austria.     Conference  between  the  Pleninotent*aries  of  the  4  Powers* 
Abolition  of  the  Stave  Trade  by  France. 

Paris,  26di  July,  1815.    196 
•  •...•••     Conference  at  Pkris,  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  do., 
and  Correspondence.    Case  of  Marshal  Ney,  under  the 
Capitulation  of  Paris July,  December,  1815.    258 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INDEX.  1141 

Page 
Austria.    Can/erences    between    the    Pleni()oteDtiarie8   of   the    4 
Powers,  and  CammumcaHiMs  with  France,     Arrcm^e- 
ments  for  a  General  Peace,  Paris,  Jaly,  November,  1815.    214 

Conferences    between    the    Plenipotentiaries    of    the    8 

Powers,    Abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade. 

Vienna,  January,  February,  1815.     b85 

••     Correspondence  with  Great  Britain,  Prussia,  and  Russia. 

Restoration  of  H^orksofArt  by  France 

to  Foreign  States September,  1815.    203 

with  do.    Accession  of  Great  Britain  to 

the  Treaty  of  Holy  Mliance. 

September,  October,  1815.     212 

with  Great  Britain.  Abolition  of  the  Slave 

IVade 1814.    887, 943 

Declaration  of  the  8  Po  we rs.    Abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade* 

Vienna,  8th  Pebrnar^^,  1815.    971 

Edict.    Constitution  of  Government  of  the  Province  of 

Tyrol Vienna,  24th  March,  1816,    777 

Treaties,  Sec.  with  Foreign  Powers  ;  vis: — ^with 

•  •  •  Bavaria.    Secret   and  Additional  Articles  to 

Treaty  (Territorial)  of  1816. 

Manich,  l4th  April,  1816.    668 
Great   Britain,  Prussia,  and    Russia.    Con- 
vention.    Custody  oi  Napoleon  Bonaparte. 

Paris,  2nd  August,  1815.    200 

Great  Britain,  Prussia,  and  Russia,    Treaty. 

Ionian  Islands . .  Paris,  5th  Nov.  1 815.    250 
•  •  •  •  <fo . . . .  and  ....do.     Treaty.    Allianee  and 

Friendship ....  Paris,  20th  Nov.  1815.    273 
.' France.  Definitive  Treaty.  Peace  and  Friend- 
ship. .Paris,  mh  November,  1815.    280 
...do...  Convention.  Pecuniary  Indemnity  to 
be  paid  by  France. 

Paris,  20th  November,  1815.     293 
...(/o...  Convention.       Military     Line     in 

France Paris,  20th  Nov.  1815.    298 

...do,,.  Convention.     Private    Claims  upon 

Fra}ic^.....Paris,  20th  Nov  1815.    315 

France,  Great  Britain,  Prussia,  and  Russia. 

Act.  Neutrality  of  Switzerland, 

i^iris,  20th  Nov.  1815.    359 

Prussia  and  Russia,    Treaty.     Holy  Mlianee, 

Paris,  26th  September,  1815.    211 


Barbart  States.    Algiers.     Treaty  with  Great  Britain.    Ionian 

Islands.  Alnen,  3rd  April,  1816.    509 
Additional  Article.    Hanover. 

Algiers,  20th  May,  1816.     510 

with  Great  Britain.    Peace. 

Algiers,  28th  August,  1816.    516, 51 7 
Declarations  of  theDey.itf^o- 
lition  of  Christian  Slavery. 
Algiers,  28th  Aug.  1816.    517, 549 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1143  INDEX. 

Vmrm 

BARBAftT  Statis.    ALGIERS.    R€w>rt,kc.  (BritUh:)  NegoHttiwnsia 

the  Brt/iM  Admiral  at  Algiert. 

August,  1816.    517 

Treaty  with  The  Netherlandi.  Peace, 

Algiers,  28th  August,  1816.    549 

between  7%e  Netherlands  9Lnd 

Spain,  Dtfendve  MHanee 
against  the  Barhary  Regent 
cte». .  Alcala^  10th  Aug.  1816.    562 

with  Sardinia.     Peace  and 

Friendehip. 

Algiers,  3rd  April,  1816.  173, 176 

with  Sicily,    Peace, 

Algiers.  3rd  April,  1816.  521,  523 

wilhTheUnitedStatee,  Peace. 

Algiers,  30tn  June,  1815.      45 

Correspondence    with     T\e    United 

States,    Negotiation  for  Peace, 

July,  1815.  1048 

Tripoli.    Treaty  with  Cfreat  Britain,    Ionian 

Islands,    Hanover, 
Tripoli,  29th  April,  1816.    513 
Declarations  of  the  Oev,  Abo* 
lition  of  Christian  Slavery, 
Tripoli,  29th  April,  1816.  191, 515 

between  The  Netherlands  and 

Spain,  Defensive  AlHtmce 
against  the  Barbary  Re* 
gencies, 

Alcala,  10th  Aug.  1816.    562 

with  Sardinia,    Peace, 

Tripoli,  29t]i  April,  1816. 185,  189 

with  Sicily,     Peace. 

Tripoli,  29th  April,  1816.    540,  546 

• •••     Tunis.     Treaty  with  Great  Britain,    Ionian  Is- 

lands,    Hanover. 

Bardo,  17th  April,  1816.    51 1 
Declarations  of  the  Bey.    Abo- 
lition of  Christian  Slavery, 

Bardo,  17th  April,  1816.  182,513 

between  The  Netherlands  and 

Spain,      Defensive     Alliance 
against  the  Barbary  Regencies, 

Alcala,  10th  Aug.  1816.    562 

with  Sardinia.     Peace. 

Bardo,  17th  April,  1816.  178, 183 

with  Sicily.    Peace. 

Bardo,  17th  April,  1816.  531,  537 

with  Tuscany,     Truce. 

Tunis,  26th  April.  1816.    550 
Batabia.     Convention  with  Rome,    Ecclesiastical  Affairs, 

Rome,  5th  June,  1817.  1074 

Secret  and  Additional  Articles  to  the  Treaty  (Territorial) 

of  1816,  with  Austria.  .Munich,  14th  April,  181^    668 
Benthbim.    (County    See  Claims. 
Berbice.     Trade  ot,— Convention  between  Great  Britain  and  71^ 

Netherlands..London,  12th  Aug.  1815.    386,  396 
. .  .do. .  •     (Dutch  Proprietors^  Decree  of  the  ningof  7%<r 

Nether  lands.... The  Hi^gne,  21stDec.  1815.    770 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INDEX.  1143 

Pago 
Bebbicb.  Trade  of.    (Dutch  Proprietori.)  Avt  of  the^rt/wA  Par- 

liament • ' .  .26th  June,  lolb.    doz 

Blockadbb     (SpanuK)  of  the  Ports  of  Santa  FS,  and   Island  of 
Margarita.    Spanuh  JfotificatxoM, 

January,  August,  1816.  1112 
BoNAPARTB.  (Napoleon.)   Custody  of.    Convention  heiween  Austria j 
Great  Britain,  Prussia^  and  Ruwa. 

Paris,  2nd  August,  1815.    200 

do.    Act  of  the  British  Pa riiament. 

11th  April,  1816.    361 

do.    Temporary  Exclusion  of  Vessels  from 

St.  Helena,    British  Notification. 

London,  26th  August,  1815.    796 

do.., do.     British  Declaration. 

Washington,  24th  Nov.  1815.      82 

do.,,  do.    Act  of  the  British  Parliament. 

11th  April,  1816.    364 

BooNDiRiBS.    Convention  hetwcen  Hesse  CasseUnd  Hesse  Darmstadt. 

Frankfort,  29th  June,  1816.    812 

between  Hesse  Darmstadt  and  Prussia. 

Munster,  12th  March,  1817.    823 
Annex.    Supplementary  Articles. 

Gie8sen,6th  July,  1817.    830 
. .     Treaty  between  Mecklenbvrgh  Strelitss  and  Prussia. 

^  Frankfort,  18th  Sept,  1816.    819 

between  The  Netherlands  and  Prussia. 

Aix-la-Chapelle,  26th  June,  1816.    720 

between  do.  and  do Cleves,  7th  Oct.  1816.    736 

'*.,..  between  Prussia  and  Schwartzburg  Sonders* 

hausen Berlin,  1 5th  June,  1816.    832 

between  do.  and  Schwartzhurg  Rudolstadt, 

Berlin,  mh  June,  1816.    837 

between  Sardinia,  the  Swiss  Confederation., 

and  the  Canton  of  Geneva,  (Extract.) 

Turin,  16th  March,  1816.    763 
Annex.     Treaty  between  Sardinia  and  the 
Republic  of  Geneva. Turiny  3rd  June,  17.54,    7^ 

between  Austria  and  Bavaria.     Additional 

Articles  to  Treaty  of  1816. 
Munich,  1 4th  April,  1816.    668 
Treaties  between  I%c  United  States  and  various  Na- 
tions and  Tribes  of  Indians,  1795  to  1816. 
•  See  United  Statbs. 
BouRDBAUx  Claims.    See  Claims. 
Brazil.    See  Portugal. 

BUBNOS  Atrbs.    Proclamations  of  the  Government.    Expected  Inva- 
sion by  Portuguese  Troops  from  Brazil. 

Buenos  Ayres,  July,  1816.  1031 

••..•••     Manifesto  of  Congress  to  the  People.    Removal  of 

the  Assembly  from  Tucuman  to  Buenos  Ayres. 

Tucuman,  2nd  October,  1816.  1071 

^^,,, Secret  Proceedings  of  Congress.  Negotiations  with 

Brazil.    Form  of  Government  for  the  Spanish 
South  American  Provinces. 

Tucuman,  September,  October,  1816.  1128 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1144  INDEX. 


c. 

CAriTULATTOM.    See  Treaties, 

CflBsoKEE  Imdiaks.     Trettiee  with  Tke  Vmited  Siateu     Cesshm. 

LkrnUs,    Peace. 1816.    4fK2 

CncKASAW  Ihuanb.     Trem^wiihneUmiiedSimiee.  Peace.  Umita. 

Coandl  House,   20th  SqiC  1816.    475 
CmppsvAlirHAVS.    Tre&iUMmi^neUmUedSt^ee.  Peace.   Limiu. 

1795  to  1816.    401,409 
Choctaw  Indians.    TreaHee   with  7%e  UmUed  States,     Limuia. 

Ceanam 1905,1816.    401,403 

CimcuukE.    See  ComESSPONBENCB. 

Claims  of  Sabjects  of  Xb/e  AUiei  Poweta  UMiOk  Fraaee.    Onuremikm 
between  Amatria,  Greai  Briiaim,  Pnutia^  and  Raaaia^  and 

Framce Pkris,  SOthNovember,  1815.    315 

of  the  Cinmte  de  Bemikeim  and  SieMrtk.    Ad£tiomU 

Ariide  to  do Pkns,  20th  NoTember,  1815.     310 

ofthe/>«c&jr^/r«rM».    Separate  Artidehttween  Rasda 

and  FroMce ....  ••• . . Fuis,  20th  Norember,  1815.    341 

••••••••  of  Brittek  Sabfeeta.     Comeemtiom  between  Great  Britaim 

•ad  Framce Paris,  20th  Norember,  1815.    342 

of    do.    (BoardeauJiClaimu.)    AdditiamalArticle  to  da..     357 

of    do.    Period  §0T  preaemtiMff,  Br^iek  ^uti/ieatkm. 

LoiidoB,l7thI>ecember,  1816.    356 


of  die  Book  of  BamAarrk  apon  Framce.    Comcemtwrn  bc^ 
tween  Hawiargk  and  Framce. .  Paris,  27th October.  1816. 
of^  Amtericaa    CUizems^    for    FeaseU    adzed  at    Soflea 


in  1809.    Correefomdemce  betweem  Sidiy  and  Tke  Umited 

States. * 19119, 18ia  1118 

Ses  also  Ikbemxitt. 

CoukNiES.    ^BritUk  *YorfA  AmterietoL)  TVadlrof  the,  with  Tke  Umted 
States,  and  Fordgm  fFtst  Imdia  Islamds.    Act  of  the 

Briiisk  ParHamicmt 20th  Harrh,  1788.    552 

(^Britisk.^  Re^miatiomof  F€SsebQXTy\ng  Passemms  frons 

GrvEf  Brilaui  to  the.    Act  of  iht  Bntisk  PaHiamiemt. 

$fth  June,  1803.    373 

(Britisk  East  ladies.')    Trade^lm  Ameriemm  Fessds^hoat 

Gnat  Britaim.  Ad  of  ^tte  Britisk  Pariimmtemt. 

20th  Jane,  1816.    371 

, See  also  St.  Helena.     BEEmcB.     Dkmbeaea.    Ebse- 

QCiBo.    Teimdad.    West  Inmes. 

GoMMTNICATtONS.     See  COREBSPONDENCE. 

CoNcoEDAT.    See  Teeatibs. 

CoNFBEBNCBS    between    the    Flewpotcstiaries  of  the    8   Pateers. 
Abolitiom  of  the  S.are  Trade. 

\^ieBBa,JaBiianr.PebraarT,  1815.    885 

« •••  between    the  Plenipotentiaries  of  die  4  Pvmtru 

Arramgemads  for  a  Gemcrai  Pemee. 

P^s,  Jnly,  November,  1815.    214 
CoNFOLEifcs   between    the    Plenipotentiaries    of    the    4  Pasrtrs^ 
Ahditsam  of  iSkt  Stare  Trade  by  Framee. 

'Pkris,  26th  Jnlr^  1815.     196 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INDEX.^  1145 

Page 
CoNF£RKNCB  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  the  4  Powen.    Case  of 
Atarshai  Ney^  under  the  Capituiatian  of  Paris. 

Paris,  16th  November,  1815.    260 
Congress  at  Vienna.    See  Confbrbncbs. 
Constitution  of  Bene  CaneL    Ordinance  of  the  Elector. 

Cassel,  4th  March,  1817.    772 

Fundamental  Law  of  the  Kingdom  of  The  ^eiher' 

lands Auffttst,  1815.      16 

,,,.do of  theGrand Dnchy of Saie freimar, 

Weimar,  5th  May,  1816.    842 

of  the  Principality  of  Sckaumhurg-Lippe,    Ordinance. 

Biickebar^,  15th  January,  1816.    749 
of  the  Principality  of  8chwart%Surg  RudoUtaat.    Or- 
dinance  Rudolstedt,  dth  January,  1816.    747 

•••  of  the  Province  of  Tyrol,    Edict  of  the  Emperor  of 

Austria Vienna,  24th  March,  1816.    777 

•  ••••••• Federal  Compact  between  the  Cantons  of  Switzer' 

land Zurich,  7th  August,  1815.    803 

of  the  Principality  of  ff^dldeck, 

Arolsen,  19th  April,  1816.    751 
Consuls*    (French.)    Junior  Establishment  for.  Ordinancct^nd  Rc' 

guUaion 1815,1816.    773,774 

Contract.    See  Treaties. 
Convention's.    See  Treaties. 

Correspondence.  Austria^  Great  Britain^  Prussia^  and  Russia.  Re- 
storation of  fForks  of  Art  by  France  to 
Foreign  States Sept.  1815.    203 

•  •  •  •  <fo . .  •  .and  *fdo.  Accession  of  Great  Britain 

to   the  Treaty  of  Holy  Alliance. 

September,  October,  1815.    212 

•  •••(/o....and....<fo.    and  France.      Arrange" 

ments  for  a  General  Peace. 

July,  November,  1815.    214 

Great  Britain  and  The  United  States.    Negotiation 

of  a  Convention  of  Commerce. 

April*  November,  1815.      83 

Great  Britain  and  The  United  States.   Restoration 

of  Prisoners  of  ff^ar,  and  Riot  at 
Dartmoor  Prison 1815.    121 

•  •••• Great  Britain  and  The  United  States.    Local  Dis- 

criminating Duties  levied  in  Ame- 
rican PortSj  contrary  to  the  Stipu- 
lations of  Treaty July,  1816.  1 1 10 

• Portugal  and  The  United  States.    Fitting  out  of 

Prioateersin  American  Ports  against  Pe>r- 
tuguese  and  Spanish  Fessels. 

December,  1816.    780 

Sicily  and  The  United  States,    Claims  of  American 

Citizens^  for  Vessels  seized  in   1809  at 

Jfaples 1809,  1810.  1118 

Spain  and  The  United  States.    Relations  between 

Spain  and  The    United   States; --Florida, — 
Spanish  American  Insurgents^  &c.  • .  1815,  1816.     109 

United  States  and  Algiers.    Negotiation  for  Peace. 

July,  1815.  1048 

•  •  • relative  to  the  Slave  Trade.    See  Slave  Tradb. 

Council.    SeeOKDEB.  in  Council. 

Creek  Indians.     Treaty  with  The  United  States.    Peace. 

Fort  Jackson,  9th  August,  1814.    434 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1146  INDBX. 


D. 

Dabtmoor  Puson.    Riot  of  American  Pritanen  of  War  at.  Corret^ 
poudence  between  Great  Britain  and    Tke 

United  Statee. April  to  Dec.  1815.     121 

Declaration  of  the  8  Powers,    Abolition  of  the  Sla9e  Trade, 

Vienna,  8th  Febrnaiy,  1815.     971 

See  also  Manifesto.    Proclamation.    Trkatib8« 

Dbcreb.    \^u9trian.    Constitution  of  GovemmefU  of  the  Province  of 

Tyroi Vienna,  24th  March,  1816.     777 

French.    Abolition  of  the  Siave  Trade. 

Pans,  29th  March»  1815.     196 

Jfetherland.    Abolition  of  the  Slaoe  Trade. 

The  Hague,  15th  June,  1814.    889 

Trade  of  Dutch  Proprietors  in  Dcmerara^  Esse- 

quibo,  and  Berbice. 

The  Hague,  21st  Decemher,  1815.    770 
•  •••...     Russian,    Expulsion  of  the  Order  of  Jesuits* 

St.  Petersburgh,  1st  January,  1816.    794 
..••••.     H^rtemberg,    Proceedings  for  a  Constitution  for  the  King- 
dom  22d  August,  1816.  1106 

See  also  Act,  Constitution,  Law,  Order  in  Council, 

Ordinance,  Regulation. 
Delaware  Indians.      Treaties  with  T%e   United  States.     Peace. 

Limits.    Cession 1795  to  1815.    401,711 

Demerara.    Trade  of.     Convention  between  Great  Britain  and  Tike 

Netherhttds. London^  12th  August,  1815.    386, 396 
. . .  .do« . .  .Clutch  Proprietors.)    Decree  of  the  King 
of  The  Netherlands. 

The  Hague,  21st  December,  1815.    770 
.  • .  .do ....  fiflto. )    Act  of  the  British  Parliament. 

26th  June,  1816.    382 
Deserters.  (Delivering  t^of.^  Additional  Article  to  the  Convention 

between  Austria,  Great  Britain^ 
Prussia,  and  Russia^  and  France. 
(Military  Line.) 

Paris,  20tb  November,  1815.    306 

Convention  between  Prussia  and  Russia. 

Berlin,  25th  May«  1816.     7B4 

Additional  Articles  to  do Berlin,  5th  April,  181 7.     792 

Convention  between  Rome  and  Sicily, 

Rome,  4th  July,  1816.  1066 
Detraction.    Droit  db.    See  Droit. 

Droit  DE  Detraction,  &c.    (Abolitioni>i the.)  Conoentionhttween 

Hanover  and  The  JVe- 
therlands. 
The  Hague,  6tb  July,  1816.      20 

Convention  between  The  ^ethermds  and 

Sa»e  Weimar. 

The  Hague,  6ih  August,  18l6w      70 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INDBX«  1147 

E. 

Page 
East  Indibb.    See  India. 
Edict.    See  Decree. 
Eel  River  Indians*    Treaties   with    Tke   United  States,     Peaee^ 

Limits 1795  to  1809.    401 

Emigration  Tax  .    See  Droit  db  Dbtraction,  &c. 
EssEQUiBO.     Treuie  of.     Convention  between  Great  Britain  and  T^e 
Netherlands. 

London,  12th  August,  1815.    386,  396 
. .  .do.. .  .(^Duteh  Proprietors,)    Decree  of  the  King  of 

The  Netherlands. 
The  Hague.  2l8t  Dec.  1815.    770 
. .  .do.  •  • .     ido.)  Act  of  the  British  Parliament. 

26th  June,  1816.    382 


Florida.    Correspondence  between  Spain  and  The  United  States, 

1815,1816.    109 
Foreigners.    See  Aliens. 

•  ••••.••.••     Tax  on  Property  of.    See  Droit  de  Detraction,  &c. 
Foreign  Office.    Correspondence  with  Foreign  Powers. 

SeeQfLi^AT  Britain. 
Fox  Indians.     Treaties  with  The  United  Stales.    Peace  and  Friend- 

shiv 1804,1815.    412,456 

France.    Act  of  the  British  Parliament,    Duties  on  French  Passage 

Vessels  in  British  Ports 22nd  March,  1816.    369 

Conferences    between    the     Plenipotentiaries  of    the  4 

Powers^  and  Communications  with  France* 
Arrangements  for  a  General  Peace, 

Paris,  July,  Nov.  1815.    214 

between    the     Plenipotentiaries    of     the   8 

Powers.    Abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade. 

Vienna,  January,  February,  1815.    885 

Conference   between    the    Plenipotentiaries    of     the    4 

Powers.    Abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade  by 

France Paris,  26th  July,  1815.    196 

at  Paris^  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  do.^ 

and  Correspondence.  Case  oi  Marshal  Ney^ 
under  the  Capitulation  of  Paris, 

Ju1)r,  December,  1815.    258 

•  •     Convention  between  Austria^  Great  Britain^  Prussia^  and 

Russia.     Custody  oi  Napoleon  Bonaparte. 

Paris,  2nd  August,  1815.    200 
See  also  Bonaparte.  (Napoleon.) 

•  •• Correspondence  with   Cheat  Britain,      Abolition  of  the 

Slave  rrade.1814,  1815.    883,  885,  195 

•••#....  between  Austria,  Great  Britain^  Prussia^ 

and  Russia.  Restoration  oiff^orks  of  Art 

to  Foreign  States Sept.  1815.    203 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1148  INDEX. 

Pagis 
Feancb.    Declaration  of  the  8  Powers.  AboliHon  of  the  Slave  Trade. 

Vienna,  8th  Febraaiy,  1815.    971 

Decree.    Abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade.  .29th  March,  1816.     196 

Law.    Regulation  of  the  Finaneee 28th  April,  1816.    483 

•  ••••.••     Ordinance,  and  Regulation.  Junior  Eetabiishment  for  Com" 

suls 1815,1816.    773,774 

••••....     Regulation .    Reetriction  of  the  Slave  Trade, 

December,  1814.    916 

•  •  •    Speech  of  the  King     Opening  of  the  Chambere. 

4th  Noreoiber,  1816.    560 

•  ••••...      TSEATIES,  &C.  WITH  FoRBION  PoWXRS  ;  TIS : — with 

• .  • Great  Britain  and  Prustia.  Conyention.   Su9- 

peneion  of  Hoetilities  between  the  Frentk 
and  Allied  Armies. 

St.  Cload,  3rd  July,  1815.     193 
••    Auetria^  Greed  Briiain,  Prussia^  and   Rus- 
sia,   Definitive  Treaty.    Peace  and  Friend- 
ship  Paris,  20th  November,  1815.    280 

•  •••oo. ••.... and •  •  •  •  •  .do, . •  •  • .  Convention. 
Pecuniary  Indemnity  to  be  paid  bv  France. 

Pkris.  20th  Nov.  1815.    293 
•  •••<fo.«..«.  .and.  mm. ,  .do. ».. ...  Convention* 
Military  Line  in  France. 
Paris,  20th  November,  1815.    298 

.•••do»m»m..  .and...«.«.(/o .Convention. 

Private  Clainu  upon  France. 
Pkris,  20th  November,  1815.    315 

Russia.  Separate  Article.  Claims  of  the  Duchy 

of  fFarsaw. 

Paris,20th  November,  1815.    341 

Austria^  Great  Britain,  Prussia,  and  Russia, 

Act    Neutrality  of  Switzerland. 

Pkris,  20th  Nov.  1815.    359 

Great  Britain,   Convention.    Claims  of  British 

Subjects Paris,  20th  Nov.  1»15.    342 

Hamburgh,    Convention.    Bank  of  Hamburgh. 

Paris,  27th  October,  1816.    559 


Geneva.    See  Switzerland. 

Great  Britain.    Accounts,    Finance.    Public  Income. 

Great  Britain  ,.  ..1815.    670 

Ireland   1815.    674 

Application     of     Public 

Monies^  &c.    (United 

KingdamJ 1815.    678 

do,  (Ireland) 1815.    680 

Public     Funded      DebL 

(UnUed  Kingdom.) 
Ist  February,  1816.    682 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INDEX.  1149 

Page 
Great  Britain.     Aeamnisi    Finance.    P^Hc  Funded  DM  re- 

deemed.  (Great  Brttatn.) 

1786  to  1816.    690 

Public  Funded  Debt 

(Ireland,) 

5th  January.  1816.    694 
.  .do.  •  redeemed,  {do.) 

5th  January,  1816.    696 

Unfunded  Debt.    (Great 

Britain)  .5th  Jan.  1816.    697 
..do.. (Ireland.) 

5th  January,  1816.    696 

Trade.     United  Kingdom. 

1814,  1815.    698 

Ireland 1813  to  1815.    699 

Navigation.    ( United  Kingdom) 

1813  to  1815;  viz. 
Vessels  huilt  and  regis- 
tered,    &c. 

(Great  Britain.)    698 
. A0..A0. (Ireland.)  mS,l(M 

,,,.. Vessels  employed,  Fo- 

reign  Trade. 

(Great  Britain.)    699 
.  .do .  .do.    (Ireland,) .     700 

Act  of  ParRament.    Shipping   and  Navigation. 

Admeasurement  of  FeeeeU. 

27th  June,  1786.    666 

Trade  between  the  British 

North  American  and  ff^est 
India  Colonies^  and  The 
United  States  and  Foreign 
fFest  India  Islands. 

20th  March,  1788.  552 
Regulation  of  Vessels  carry- 
ing Passengers  from  Great 
Sritain  to  the  British  Pos* 
sessions  and  to  Foreign 
C^ifiUnVf.. 24th June,  1803.    373 

Duties  on  French  and  other 

Foreign  Passage  Fessels  in 
BritiA  Ports. 

22nd  March,  1816.    369 

Custody  of  Napoleon  Bona' 

parte.... .11th  April,  1816,    861 

Intercourse  with  St.  Helena^ 

during  Napoleon  Bona- 
parte^s  detention. 

llth  April,  1816,    364 

,,,,,, TradCf  \n  American  Fessels^ 

from  Great  Britain  to  the 
British  East  Indies. 

20th  June,  1816.    371 

Tradeof  Demerara,  Berbiee^ 

and  Essequibo,  and  of  the 
Dutch  Proprietors  in  those 
Colonies.. .  .26th  June,  1816.    382 

..*•••••••••••••     ResruUUioiU  respecting  Aliens. 

^^  2^  J^,  1816.      51 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1150  '  INDEX. 

Great  Britain.    Act^f  PafHama^    Conu/^^ee  of Passem^tn^  in 

BritUh  Vetseli^  from  Greai 
Britain  to  The  Umiied  Slates. 

1  St  July,  1816.    372 
Acts  of  Parliament,    Naturaiization  and  Prece- 
dence of  Prince  Leopold  of 
Sajpe  Coburg, 

March.  1816.    158, 159 

Eetahlishment  and  Residence 

of  the  Princess  Charlotte  and 
Prince  Leopold  ofSaxe  Co* 
burs. .  Aprfi,  July,  1816.  160, 163 

AcU  oi  ^e  Congress  oi  The  UniUd  States.    Dis- 

criminating  Vulies    on  British  Vessels    and 

Cargoes 1812,  1816.     798,  7» 

Addresses  of  Parliament  to  the  Prince   Regent. 

Abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade, . .  May,  Jane,  18 14.    883 

•.••• Cof^erenees  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  the 

8  Powers.     Abolition  of  the  Slave 

Trade Vienna,  Jan.  Feb.  1815.    885 

•  •  • between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  the 

4  Powers^  and  Communicaiions 
with  France^  Arrangements  for  a 
(hneral  Peace. 

Paris,  July,  November,  1815.    214 

••     Conference  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  the 

4  Powers.  Abolition  of  the  Slave 
Trade  by  France. 

Paris,  26th  Jnly,  1815.     196 

between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  do* 

at  Paris,  and  Correspondence.  Case 
of  Marshal  Ney,  under  the  Capita* 
lation  of  Paris. . .  July,  Dec.  1815.    858 

•  ••«••••• Correspondenee  with  Austria^  Prussia,  and  Russia. 

Restoration  of  H^orks  of  Art  by 
Franee  to  Foreign  States. 

• widiiio.  Accession  of  Great  Britain 

to  the  TVeaty  of  Holy  Alliance. 

September,  October,  1815.    212 

withFore^  Powers.  Slave  Trade; 

1814,  lbl5;  yi«;— with 

Austria 887,943 

France 195,883,885 

Netherlands 888 

Portugal 885 

Prusna 887.943 

Russia 887,943 

Spain 884,885 

with  The  United  States.    Negotia- 

Hon  of  a  Convention  of  Commerce. 

1815.      83 

with   The    United  States.    Local 

Discriminating  Duties  levied  in 
American  Ports,  contrary  to  the 
Stipuiationsof Treaty. Jul^,  1816.  UIO 

•  •• ••   .  with  do.  Restoration  of  British  and 

American  Prisoners  of  FFar,  and 
Riot  at  Dartmoor  Prison. .  1815.    121 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


iisroBX,  1151 

Orbat  Britain.    Decree  of  the  King  of  The  Netherlander     Trade 
of  Dutch  Proprietore  in  Demerara^  Eeeequibo^ 

uidBerbice The  Hague,  2l8t  Dec.  1815.    770 

Notification,    (Britieh.)    Exclusion  of  Foreign 

Fleseeie  from  St,  Helena,  daring 
Napoleon  Bonaparte'e  Residence. 

26th  Aug.  1815.    796 

Precedence  and  Rank  of  Prince 

Leopold  ofSaxe  Coburg. 

3rd  May,  1816.     160 

Period  for  presenting  Claims  under 

the  Convention  with  France  of 
20thNoy.  1815..  17th  Dec.  1816.    358 

Orders  in  Council.    Exportation  of  Gunpowder^ 

Armsy  Sfc.  to  Africa,  to  the  fFest  Indies,  or  to 
certain  parts  of  America,  prohibited .  1 8 16.  7%,  1137 

•  • • . .  •  •     Order  in  Council.    Registration  of  Slaves  in  7Vt- 

nidad 26thMarch,  1812.    975 

Proclamation  of  the  Commanders  of  the  British 

Forces  to  the  Inhabitants  of  the  Ionian  Islands* 
British  Protection. 

Zante  Roads,  2nd  Oct.  1809.    251 

Report,  &c.  Negotiations  of  the  British  Admired 

at  Algiers , . Aufust,  1816.    517 

Speech  of  the  Lords  Commissioners.     Opening  of 

Parliament 1st  February,  1816.        1 

of  the  Prince  Elegent.     Closing  of  do. 

2nd  July,  1816         3 

Trratiss,  &c.  with  Forbion  Powbrs  ;  VIZ.  with 

..•••••.•     Algiers.    Treaty.    Ionian  Islands. 

Algiers,  3rd  ApriU  1816.    509 
Additional  Article.  Hanover. 

Algiers,  20th  May,  1816.    510 

Treaty.     Peace* 

Algiers,  28tli  August,  1816.    516,  517 
Declarations     of   the     Dey, 
Abolition  oiChristianSlavery. 
Algiers,  28th  August,  1816.    517,  549 

France    and    Prussia.     Convention. 

Suspension  of  Hostilities  between 
the  French  and  Allied  Armies. 

St.  Cloud,  3rd  July,  1815.    193 
.  • Austria^  Prussia,  and  Russia.  Con- 
vention. Custody  of  Napoleon  Bo* 
naparte  •  Paris,  2nd  Aug.  1815.    200 

• .  •  •     Prussia,  and  Russia.  Treaty  of  Holy 

^//taiKT^of  September,  1815.  JSrt- 
tish  Act  of  Accession. 

London,  6th  October,  1815.    213 

do.  and  do.  Treaty.  Ionian  Islands. 

Paris,  5th  November,  1815.    250 

do.  and  do.     Treaty.    Alliance    and 

Friendship.. Vms,  20th  Nov.  1815.    273 

France.  Definitive  Treaty.  Peace  and 

Friendship . .  Paris,  20th  Nov.  1815.    280 

•« France*  Convention.   Pecuniary  In* 

demnity  to  be  paid  by  France. 

Paris,  ^th  Nov.  1815.    293 
.••••••••     France.  Convention.    Military  Line 

inFra»ce...Ptois,20th  Nov.  1815.    298 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1152  INDEX. 

Great  Britain.    Trbatibs^&c.  with  Porbion  Powbrs,  CmUimmedf 

▼i* : — ^with 

•  •  •  •  France*    ConveDtion.    Private  Ckima  upon 

France. .  Paris,  20th  No^.  I  bid.    31S 

•  ••.  Auetria^  Prmena^  and  Ruena,  and  Framee. 

Act.     Neutrality  of  Switzerland, 

Btris/SOrfa  Not.  1815.    353 
«...  Frat^se.  Convention.     Claims o( Briiisk 806- 

fccte Paris,  20th  Nov.  1{»15.    312 

\otifieatioH.     Period  for  preeeniimg 
C/<iti9w..London»  17th Dec.  I8IS.    356 

•  •••  ^Merlands.  Convention.     Commerce. 

Demerara^     Eeseqmibo^  and 

Berbice, 

London,  12th  An^.  1815.  386, 396 

•  •..  SaxeCoburg,     Treaty.     Marriage   of  Him 

Princess  Charlotte  with  Prince 
Z.tfopo/(/.  .London,13thMar.  1816.     153 

•  •  •  •   Tripoli.  Treaty.    Ionian  Islands.    Hanover* 

Tripoli.  29lh  April,  1816.    513 
Declarations  of  the  Bey.    AboH- 
tion  of  Christian  Slavery 
Tripoli,  29th  April,  1816.     191,  515 

•  •••   Tunis.    Treaty.    Ionian  Islands.  Hanover. 

Bardo,  17th  April,  1816.     511 
Declarations  of  the  Bey.    Abo^ 
Htion  of  Christian  Slavery, 
Bardo,  17th  April,  1816.    182, 513 

•  •••   United  States.    Convention.    Commerce. 

London,  3rd  July,  1815.      78 
Annex.    British  Declaration.    JVoa- 
Interconrse  with  St.  Helena. 
Washington,  24th  Nov.  1815.      82 
OoiANA.    (British.)    SeeDsMBRARA,  &c. 

QuNPOWDBR,  &c.  Exportation  of,  to  Africa,  to  the  tfest  IndieSt  or  to 
certain  parts  of  America,  prohibited.  British  Orders 
in  CouncU ,..1816.    1137,796 


H. 


Hamburgh.    Convention  with  France.    Claims  of  the  Bamko/Ham' 

burgh Pkris,  27th  October,  1816.    559  | 

Hanovbr.    TVea/v  Detween  Great  Britain  and  Tunis. 

Bardo,  17th  ApriU  1816.    511 

between  do  and  Tripoli. 

TripoU,  29th  ^riU  1816.    513 

• •  •  •    Additional  Article  between  Great  Britaim  ana  Jllgiers, 

Algiers,  20th  May,18I6.    510 

•     Convention  with   The    Netherlamds.     Abolition   of  the 

"  Droit  de  Ditraction/'  &c. 

The  Hagae,  6th  July,  1816.      70 
Hblena.  St.    See  Bonapartb.    (Napoleon.) 
Hbsbb  Cassbl.  Convention  (^Territorial)  with  Hesse  Darmstadt. 

Prankfort,  29th  June,  1816.    812 

Ordinance,    Form  of  Government  of  the  Electorate. 

Cassel,  4th  March,  1817.    772 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INDEX.  1153 

Pagt 
Hb88b  Darm8tadt.    CanvoUUm  (Territorial)  with  Heu^.  Catsel. 

Frankfort,  29th  Jane,  1816.    812 
•  ••••••••    (do.')  with  Prussia, 

Munster,  12th  March,  1817.    823 
Stmplemeniary  Articles. 

Giessen,  6th  July,  1817.    830 
Holland,    See  NvrHtRLANDS. 
Holt  Alliance.    See  Trbatibs,  &c.    Austria.    Great  Britain. 


I. 

Indbmnitt,  (Pecuniary^  to  be  paid  by  France  to  the  Allied  Powers, 
Convention  between  Austria,  Great  Britain,  Prussia^ 

and  Russia,  and  France Paris,  20th  Nov.  1815.    293 

Indians.    (American.)    Treaties  between  The  United  States  and 
▼arious  Nations  and  Tribes  of. 
See  Unitbd  States. 
•  •  •  (do,). . .     Reports  of  American  Commissioners,    Con* 
elusion  of  Treaties  of  Peace, 

Sept.  Oct.  1815.  1035 
India.     Trade,  in  American  V*essels^  between  Great  Britain  and  the 
British  East  Indies.    Act  of  the  British  Parliament, 

20th  Jane,  1816.    371 
Inheritances.    Foreign.    See  Droit  de  Detraction,  &c. 
Instructions.    iSe«  Correspondence. 
Ionian  Islands.    See  Seven  Islands. 

lowAT  Indians.    Treaty  with  The  United  States.  Peace  and  Friend- 
ship  Portage  des  Sioux,  16th  Sept.  1815.    458 

Ireland.    See  Great  Britain. 


J. 

Jesuits.    Espulsion  of  the  Order  of.     Ukase  of  the  Emperor  of 

Russia St.  Petersbargh,  let  January,  1816.    794 


K. 

Kansas  Indians.    TreeUy  with  The  United  States,  Peace  and  Friend- 

ship St.  Louis,  28th  October,  1815.    459 

Kaskaskia  Indians.     Treaties  with  The  UnitedStates.   Peace.    Ces- 
sion  1795,1803.    401,708 

KiCKAPoo  Indians.    Treaties  with  7'he  UnitedStates.  Limits,  Peace. 

Friendship 1795  to  1816.    401 

[18i5-.16.]  4  £ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1154  INDEX, 


Law  of  France.    Regulation  of  the  Finances.  .Paris,  28th  April,  1816.    482 
.  •  •  of  The  Netheflandt.    Fundamentai  Law  of  the  Kingdom. 

August,  1815.       16 
•  • .  of  .  • .  •  i/o .  •  •  •  •     Public  Expenditure  for  1816. 

llie  Hague,  1  Ith  Febniair,  1816.      60 

...  of  ..,,do Revenues  applicable  to  the  payment  of  do. 

The  Hague.  11th  Febmary,  1816.      61 

...  of  ,.,.do Public  Expenditure  for  1817. 

Brussels,  28th  December,  1816.      66 

...  of  ....do Revenue*  applicable  to  the  payment  of  do. 

Brussels,  28th  December,  1 816,      67 
...  of  Rome.    Orgamzatio^  of  a  System  of  Public  Administration. 

Rome,  6th  July,  1816.    621 
...  of  Saxe  ff^eimar,    Fundamentai  Law  of  the  Grand  Duchy. 

Weimar,  5th  May,  1816.    842 
...  See  also  Act»  Constitution,  Decree,  Order  in  Council, 
Ordinance. 
Leopold.    Prince.    See  Saxb  Coburo. 
Letters.    See  Correspondence.    Report. 
Limits.    See  Boundaries. 
Louisiana,    ^ee  Florida. 


Ma  HAS  In  di  ans.     Treaty  with  The  United  States,    Peace  and  Friend- 
ship  Portage  des  Sioux,  20th  July,  1815.    447 

Manifesto.   Buenos  Jiyres.  Of  the  Sovereign  Congress  to  the  People. 
Removal  of  the  Assembly  m>m  Tucuman  to  Buenos 

Ayres Tucuman,  2nd  October,  1816.  1071 

See  also  Declaration,  Proclamation. 

Margarita.    Spanish  Blockade  of  iht  Island  of.     Spanish  Notifica- 
tions  January,  August,  1816.  1112 

Marriage  of  The  Princess  Charlotte  of  Great  Britain  with  Prince 
Leopold  ofSaxe  Coburg.     Treaty, 

London,  13th  March,  1816.     153 
Mecklenburgh  Strelitz.     TVeaty  (Territorial)  with  Prussia.. 

Frankfort,  f8th  September,  1816.    819 
Message  of  the  President  of  The  United  States  to  Congress.    Opening 

of  the  Session 3rd  December,  1815.      71 

•••  of....do....to....</o.  Relations   with    ^tain: — Florida^ 

Spanish  American  InsurgentSy  &c.  • .  26th  January,  1816.     109 

of do....to..«.fi?o.    Restoration  of  British  tJkd  JimC' 

rican  Prisoners  oflVar;  and  Riot  at  Dartmoor  Prison. 

31st  January,  1816.    121 

See  also  Speech.    Report. 

Miami  Indians.  Treaties  with  The  UnitedSiates.  Friendship,  Limits. 

Peace 1795  to  1815.    401 

MuNSEB  Indians.     Treaty  with  The  United  States,    Limits. 

Fort  Industry,  4th  July.  1805.    416 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INDEX.  1155 


N. 

Paf« 
Naples.    See  Sicily. 

Negotiation.     See  Conference.    Correspondbnce. 
Netherlands.    Act  of  the  Britiih  Parliament,   Trade  oiDemerura^ 

Berbice,  and  Essequibo 26tbJune,  1816.    382 

•  ••••« Correspondence  with  Greai  Britain.    Abolition  of 

the  Slave  Trade  1814.     888 

•  « ••••••    Decree.    Abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade. 

The  Hague,  15th  Jane,  1814.    889 

Trade  of  Dvtch  Proprietors  in  the  British 

Colonies  of  Demerara^  Essequibo^  and 
Berbice, 

The  Hague,  Slst  December,  1815.     770 
• Fundamental  Law  of  the  kingdom .  •  •  August,  1815.      16 

•  «.. •     Lavf.    Public  Expenditure  for  1816. 

The  Hague,  11th  February,  1816.      60 
....     Revenues  applicable  to  the  payment  of  do. 

The  Hague,  11th  February,  1816.      61 

Public  Expenditure  for  1817. 

Brussels,  28th  December,  1816.      66 
....     Revenues  applicable  to  the  payment  of  do, 

Brussels,  28th  December,  1816.      67 

• • . . . .     Proclamation  of  the  King.    Acceptance  of  the  Fun- 

damental  Law  .  ..The  Hague,  27th  August,  1815.      43 

Report  of  Commissioners.    Revision  of  the  Funda- 

mental  Law The  Hague,  13th  July,  1815.        5 

Report^  &c.  (British.)    Negotiations  of  the  British 

Admiral, Algiers,  August,  1816.    517 

Speech  of  the  Minister  of  the  Interior.  Closing  of  the 

States  General.  .  .The  Hague,  3d  Oct.  1816.    565 

of  the  King.     Opening  of  do, 

Brussels,  21st  October,  1816.    567 

•  ••• Treaties,  &c.  with  Foreign  Powers ;  viz.  with 

Algiers.  Treaty.    Peace, 

Algiers,  28th  August,  1816.    549 

Declaration  of  the  Dey.  Aboli' 

tion  of  Christian  Slavery. 
Algiers,  28th  August,  1816.    549 

Great  Britain.    Convention.    Commerce, 

Demerara^  Essequibo^  and  Berbiee. 

London,  12th  August,  1815.    386, 396 

Hanover.    Convention.    Molition  of  the 

«  Droit  de  Ditraction^"  &c 
The  H^e,  6th  July,  1816.      70 

Prussia.    Treaty.    Territorial. 

Aix-la-C^apelle,  26th  June,  18 16.    720 
.  Annex.    Provisional  Commer* 

eiai  Arrangement.    734 

Treaty.     Territorial. 

Cleves,  7th  October,  1816.    736 

Saxe  fFeimar.    Convention.    Abolition 

of  the  ''  Droit  de  DSiraetion.'* 

The  Hague,  6th  Aug.  1816.      70 

4  E  2 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1156  |NDBX« 


P«6e 


Netherlands.    Treaties,  &c.  with  Foreign  Powers,  C^mtinued; 

viz.  with 

••••  8pain.      Treaty.     Defemive   Alliance 

against  the  Barbary  Reffcneies, 

Alcala  de  Heoares,  lOth  Aug.  1816.    562 
Net.    Marshal.    Case  of,  under  the  Capitulation  of  Paris,    dm- 
/erence  between    the    Plenipotentiaries   of   the  4   Powers 

at  Paris,  and  Correspondence •'aly»  December,  1815.    258 

North  America.     United  States  of.    See  United  States. 
Norway.    See  Sweden. 
Notes.    See  Correspondence. 

Notification.    (^British.')  Period  for  presenting  Claims^  under  the 

Convention  between  Great  Britain  and 
France  of  2<)th  November,  1815. 

London,  I7th  December,  1816.    3SS 

(cfo.). .  Exclusion  of  Foreign  Flessels  from  St. 

Helena,  during  the  HendenceofJfapoleom 

Bonaparte 26th  August,  1815.     796 

• {Russian.)  Renewal  of  the  Treaty  of  Commerce  with 

Por^W,of  1798 1816.  1090 

Notifications.  {Spanish^')  Spanish  Blockades  of  the  Ports  of  ScMto 

f*^  and  Island  of  .l/ar^arito. 

January,  August,  1816.  1112 
See  also  Declaration, 


o. 


Orders  in  Council.    (British.)    Exportation  of  Gunpowder,  Arms, 
&c.  to  JfHca,  to  the  West  Indies,  or  to  certain 
Parts  of  America,  prohibited ....  1 8 16.     796,  1 137 
Order  in  Council.    Registration  of  Slaves  in  Trinidad. 

26th  March,  1812.    975 

See  also  Act.    Decree.    Law.    Ordinance. 

Ordinance.    {French.)  Junior  Establishment  for  Consuls. 

I5th  December,  1815.    773 

(Hesse  Cassel.)  Constitution  of  the  Electorate, 

Cassel,  4th  March,  1817.    772 

(Sehaumburg  Lippe.)  Establishment  of  dL  Representative 

Constitution Buckebnrg,  15th  January,  lb  16.    7^9 

(Schwartzburg Rudolstadt.)  •••.do.... do. 

Rudolstadt,  8th  JanuarT,  1 816.     747 

(ff^rtemberg.)  Organization  of  a  Privy  Council. 

8th  November,  1816.     1008 

r .     See  also  Act.    Decree.    Law.    Order  in  Council. 

Osage  Indians.     Treaties  with  The  United  States.    Peace.    Friend* 

ship.    Limits 18<)8,  1 809,  1815.    453, 716,  720 

Ottawa  Indians.     Treaties  with  TheUnited  States.  Limits.  Peace. 

Friendship 1795tol816.    401 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INDEX. 


1157 


P. 

Page 
Packets.    See  Passage  Vessels. 
Papal  See.    See  Rome. 
Papers.    See  Correspondence. 

Passage  Vessels.  Regulation  of  resseU  carrying  Passengert  from 
Great  Britain  to  the  Britieh  Poesetnons  and  to 
Foreurn  Countriee.    Act  of  the  Britiek  Parlia- 

ment?. 24th  June,  1803.    373 

Duties  on  French  and  other  Foreign^  in  British  Porte. 

Act  of  the  British  Parliament. .  .22nd  March,  1»16.    369 

Conveyance  of  Passengers^  in  British  Vessels^  from 

Great  Britain  to  The  United  States. . .  1st  July,  1816.    372 
Pattawatima  Indians.     Treaties  with  The  United  States.    Peace. 

Limits.    Friendship 1796  to  1816.     401 

PiANKESHAW  INDIANS.     Treaties  with  The  United  States.    Peace. 

Friendship.    Limi/i.. .   1795  to  1815.  401,  701 
Poland.    See  Warsaw. 

Portugal.    Conferences  between    the    Plenipotentiaries    of    the  8 
Powers.    Abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade. 

Vienna,  Janaary,  February,  1815.     885 

• Correspondence  with  The  United  States.    Fitting  out  of 

Privateers  in  American  Ports  against 
Portusruese  and  Spanish  Vessels. 

°  December,  1816.    780 

with  Great  Britain.     Abolition  of  the 

Slave  Trade 1815.    885 

Declaration  of   the   8  Powers.  Abolition  of  the  Slave 

Trade Vienna,  8th  February,  1815.    971 

Declaration  with  Russia.  Renewal  of  the  Treaty  of  Com- 

meree,  of  1798.  .Vienna,  29th March,  1815.  1090 

Proclamations.  (Buenos  Jyrean.y  Expected  Invasion  of 

the  United  Provinces  by  Portuguese  Troops  from  Bra- 
zils  .....Buenos  Ayres,  July,  1816.  1031 

Secret  Proceedings  of  the  Congress  at  Tucuman.  Nego- 
tiation with  Brazil.  Form  of  Government  for  the 
Spanish  South  Americaji  Provinces. 

September,  October,  1816.  1128 

Treaty  with  Russia.     Commerce. 

St.  Petersburgh,  27th  December,  1798.  1092 
Prisoners  op  War.    Restoration  of  British  and   American.      Cor- 
respondence between  Great  Britain  and  The 

United  States January  to  April,  1815.    121 

Privateers.    Fitting  out  of,  in  American  Ports,  against  Portuguese 
and   Spanish  Vessels.     Correspondence   between 
Portugal  9Ltkd  The  United  States..  December  y  1816.    780 
Proceedings  of  the  Congress  at  Tucuman.    5««  Buenos  Ayres. 
Proclamation.    British.    To  the  Inhabitants  of  the  Ionian  Islands. 
British  Protection. 

Zante  Roads,  2nd  October.  1 809.    251 
Proclamations.     Buenos  Ayrean,  Expected  Invasion  of  the  United 
Provinces  by  Portuguese  Troops  from  Brazil. 

Buenos  Ayres,  July,  1816.  1031 
Proclamation  .    Dutch.    Acceptance  of  the  Funda*nental  Law  of  the 

United  Provinces.... TheUsk^Tiey  27th  Aug.  1815.      43 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1158  INDEX* 

Proclamation.    Ionian  Islands,    DitmisMl  of  certain  Members  of 

the  Senate  of  Corfu, 

Corfu,  22nd  May,  1816.   1027 

• .     Provigionai  ^dminitiraiion  of  the 

Government, 

Corfu,  29th  May,  1816.  1030 

• iSe^  also  Declaration.    Manifesto.    Ordinance. 

Protocols,    See  Conferences, 

Prussia.    Conferences    between    the    FlenipoteDtiaries    of   the    8 
Powers.     Abolition  of  the  S/ave  Trade, 

Vienna,  January,  February,  1815.     8SS 

•  •  •  •  •  between    the     Plenipotentiaries    of    the    4 

Powers^  and  Communications  with  France. 
Arrangements  for  a  General  Peace, 

Palis,  Julv,  NoTember,  1815.     214 

•  • .     Conference  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  do.  Abolition 

of  the  Slave  Trade  by  France, 

Paris,  26th  July,  1815.     196 

between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  do,  at  Paris, 

and  Correspondence,    Case  of  Marshal Ncy^ 
under  the  Capitulation  of  Paris, 

July,  December,  1815.    258 

•  ••••••.     Correspondence  with  Austria,  Great  Britain,  and  Russia, 

Restoration  of  fVorks  of  Art  by  France 

to  Foreign  States  • . .  .^»eptember,  1815.    203 

with  do,    and  do^    Accession   of   Great 

Britain  to  the  Treaty  of  Holy  Alliance. 

September,  October,  1815.    212 

..•• with    do,    and   do.    Abolition    of  the 

Slave  Trade.. 1^14.    887,943 

•  •  • Declaration  of  the  8  Powers.    Abolition  of   the  Slave 

Trade Vienna,  8th  February,  1815.    971 

•  •  •    Trsatieb,  &c.  with  Foreign  Powers  ;  vis. : — with 

France    and    Great    Britain.      Convention. 

Suspension    of    Bostilities    between     the 
French  and  Allied  Armies  • 

St  Cloud,  3rd  July,  1815.     193 
Austria^  Great  Britain,  and  Russia.    Conven- 
tion.   Custody  of  Napoleon  Bonaparte. 

Paris,  2nd  August,  1815.    200 

Austria  KnA  Russia,    Treaty.    Holy  Alliance. 

Pftris,  26th  September,  1815.    211 
•  ••••....  Auitriaf  Great  Britain,  and  Russia.     Treaty. 

Ionian  Islands, 
Pari8,5th  Nov.  1815.    250 
.•••do*...  and . . .  ,do.    Treaty.     AUittncssakd 

Fnendship. .  Paris,  20th  Nov.  1815.    273 

France.    Definitive  Treaty.    Peace  and  Friend- 

ship. .  Paris,  20th  Nov.  1815.    280 
.,do...  .Convention.    Pecuniary  Indemnity  to 

be  paid  by  France. Paris, HsOtb  Nov.  1815.    293 
..do.,  •  .Convention.  Military  Line  in  France, 

Paris,  SOth  Nov.  1815.     298 
..<fo..  ..Convention.      Private    Claims   upon 

France... Paris,  20th  Nov.  1815.    315 

••• Austria^  France^  Great  Britain^  and  Russia* 

Act.  Neutrality  of  Switzerland, 

Paris,  20th  Nov.  1815.    359 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


tNDEX.  1 1  59 

Page 
Prussia.    Trsatie8,&c,  with  Foreign  Powers,  Con/iiktrfe/;  viz.  with 

Heste  Damutadt.     Convention.     Territorial. 

Munster,  12th  March,  1817.    823 
Sttpplementary  Articles, 

Giessen,  6th  July,  1817.    830 

» Mechlenburgh  Strelitz.     Treaty.     Tetfitorial, 

Frankfort,  18th  Sept.  1816.    819 

Netherlands*    Treaty.     Territorial. 

Aix-la-Chapelle,  26th  Jane,  1816.    720 
Annex.   Provisional  Commercial 

Arrangement 734 

Treaty.     Territorial. 

Cleves,  7th  October,  1816.    736 
•  b  ••••«. ,  Russia.    Convention.     .Arrest    and  delivering 

up  of  Deserters. 
Berlin,  25th  May,  1816.     784 

Additional  Articles,  do. 

Berlin.oth  April,  1817.    7^2 

Schwartzburg  Rudolstadt.  Treaty.  Territorial. 

Berlin,  19th  June,  1816.    837 
Schwartzburg  Sondershausen.  Treaty.     Terri- 
torial  Berlin,  15th  J  une,  1816.    832 


R. 


RbouljlTION.    (French.)    Junior  Establishment  for  Consuls. 

11th  June,  1816.    774 

*     ..  (do) .  •    Restriction  of  Slave  Trade* 

December,  1814.    916 
Report.    Buenos  Ayres.    Proceedings  of  the    Congress  at  Tu- 
cuman.    Secret  JVegotiations  with  Brazil. 
Form  0/ Government  for  the  Spanish  South 

American  Provinces 1 816.  1128 

Great  Britain.    Negotiations  of  the  British  Admiral  at 

Algiers August,  1816.    517 

Netherlands.    Revision  of  the  Fundamental  Law  of  the 

United  Provinces.  .The  Haj^ue,  13th  July,  1815.        5 
Reports.     United  States.    Of  American  Commissioners.  Conclusion 

of  Treaties   of  Peace    with    certain 

Indian  Tribes Sept.  Oct  1815.  1035 

Report,  United  States^    Of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury.    State  of 

the  Finances 7th  December,  1815.    568 

Of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury.  Statements 

oUmportsM  1814 18th  Dec.  1815.  1051 

Of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasuiy.     Na- 
tional Currency^  and  Plan  for  ^National 

Bank 24th  December,  1815.    871 

Of  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy.  Naval  Force 

of  The  United  States.. ^dJBmiAy,  1816.  11H 

••••••    Of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury.  American 

Tonnage;  and  Native  and  Foreign  Mer^ 
chant  Seamen 26th  January,  1816.  101 1 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1160  INDBX. 

RiPOBT.    UmiedStatei.   Of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury.    Staie- 
menis  ofEjtpariif  in  1815. 

14th  Fehroary,  1816.  1054 

•  •  •  •    Of  the  Secretary  of  War.    Erpeueet  of  the 

Indian  Department.. . .  13th  March,  1816.  1042 

ft  • Of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury.     CoUee- 

tion  of  the  Due*  of  Crovemment  in  Specie^ 
Treaeury  JVotee,  &c.,. .  I9th  March,  1816.  1013 

•••••••    Of  the  Secretaries  of  Departments.    An^ 

nuai  Settlement  of  the  PtUUie  Aeeounte. 

6th  December,  1»16.  1018 

Of  the  Secretary  of  War.  prganizatiom  and 

discipline  of  the  MiHtia. 

13th  December,  1816.  1122 

Of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury.    Annual 

Statement  of  the  District  Tonnage,  1815. 

16th  January,  1817.     1062 

See  also  Mbbsaok.    Proceedings. 

Kbturns.    See  Accounts. 

Rome.    Convention  with  Sicily.   Arrest  and  Ptmishment  of  FagQ' 

bonds  SLui Deserters  ....Rome,  4th  July,  1816.  1066 

ZdUP.    Organization  of  a  System  of  Public  Administration. 

Rome,  6th  July,  1816.    621 

Convention  with  Bavaria.    Eeelesiastieai  Affairs. 

Rome,  5th  June,  1817.  1074 

with  Sicily do.  .Terracina,  16th  Feb.  1818.  1081 

Russia.    Ctrnferentes    between    the    Plenipotentiaries    of    the    8 
Powers.    Abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade. 

Vienna,  Jannair,  Pebroary,  1815b    885 

between     the      Plenipotentiaries     of    the    4 

PowerSt  and  Communications  with  France. 
Arrangements  for  a  General  Peace. 

Paris,  July,  November,  1815.    214 

•  •     Conference  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  do.    Abolition 

of  the  Slave  Trade  by  France. 

Paris,  26th  July,  1815.     196 

between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  do.  at  PonV, 

and  Correspondence.    Case  of  Marshal  Ney^ 
\\nAeri\it  Capitulation  of  Paris. 

Jnly,  December,  1815.    256 
•  •••.••     Correspondence  with  Austria^  Great  Britain^  and  Prussia. 
Restoration  of  fVorks  of  Art  bv  France 
to  Foreign  States. .  •  • . .  September,  1815.    203 

•  •  with ..,.€U>.    and  do. .Accession  of  Great 

Britain  to  the  Treaty  of  Holy  AlUcmee. 

Sept.,  Oct.  1815u    212 

with  GretU  Britain.    Abolition  of  the  Stave 

Trade 1814.    887,943 

Declaration  of  the  8  Powers.    Abolition  of  the  Slave  Trade* 

Vienna,  8tli  February,  1815.    971 

Treaties,  kc.  with  Foreign  Powers ;  viz. : — with 

Austriaj  Great  Britmn^  and  Prussia.    Con- 
vention.    Custody  of  Napoleon  Bonaparte. 

Paris,  2nd  August,  1815.    200 

• Austria  and  Prussia.    Treaty.   H(3y Alliance. 

Paris,  26th  September,  1815.    211 

Austria^  Great  Britain^  and  Prussia.   Treaty. 

Ionian  Islands. 

Paris,  5th  November,  1 815.    250 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INDEX. 


1161 


Page 
Russia.    Trbatibs,  &c.with  Forhion  Powbrs,  Continued  ;  w. :— with 

. .  •  • ^Mttria^  Great  Britain^  and  Pr^uia.    Treaty. 

Alliance  and  Friendship, 

Paris,  20th  November,  1815.    273 

France.       Deiinitiye    Treaty.      Peace     and 

Friendship. Vmb,  20th  Nov.  1815.    280 
..do...     Convention.     Pecuniary  Indemnity 
to  be  paid  by  France. 
Paris,  20th  November,  1815.    293 
•  .do. . .    Convention.  Military  Line  in  France. 

Paris,  20th  November,  1815.    298 
..do...    Convention.     Private  Claims  npon 

Fnmce..P^ri8,  20th  Nov.  1815.    315 
..do...    Separate  Article.    Duchy  of  War" 

saw . .  Paris,  20th  November,  1815.    341 

Austria^  France,  Great  Britain^  and  Prussia. 

Act.  Neutrality  of  Switzerland. 

Paris,  20th  November,  1815.    359 

Portugal.    Declaration^  9nd  JVotiflcation.   Re* 

newal  of  the  Treaty  of  Commerce, 

of  1798 1815,1816.    1090,1091 

Treaty.  Commerce  ^nAJ^avigation. 

St  Petersbur^h,  27th  Dec.  1798.  1092 

Prussia.    Convention.    Arrest  and  delivering 

up  of  Deserters. 

Berlin,  25th  May,  1816.    784 
Additional  AiUcles.    do. 

Berlin,  5th  April,  1817.    792 

Ukase.    Expulsion  of  the  Order  of  Jesuits. 

St.  Petersbnrf^h,  1st  Janoary,  1816.    794 


Sac  Indians.     Treaties  with  The  United  States.     Limits.     Peace. 

Friendship 1804,  1815,  1816.    412, 454,  465 

Santa  Fb.    Mpanish  Blockade  of  the  Ports  of.  Spanish  Jfotijications. 

January,  August,  1816.  1112 
Sardinia.     Treaty    (Territorial)   with    the    Swiss    Confederation. 
(Canton  of  Geneva.) 

Turin,  16th,  March,  1816.    763 

with  the  Republic  of  Geneva.    Limits. 

Turin,  3rd  Jane,  1754.    763 

•  with  Algiers.    Peace  and  Friendship. 

Algiers,  Srd  Apnl,  1816.    173, 176 

with  Tripoli,    Peace  and  Friendship. 

Tripoli,  29th  April*  1816.    185, 189 
Declaration  of  the  Bey.    Abolition  of  Christian 

Slavery.. .  .Tripoli,  29th  April,  1816.     191,  515 

with  Tunis.    Peace  and  Friendship. 

Banlo,  17th  April,  1816.    178, 183 
Declaration  of  the  Bey.    Abolition  of  Christian 

Slavery. . .  .Bardo,  17th  April,  1816.    182,  513 
Sazb  Coburo  Saalfbld.    If arrtWe  between  Prince  Leopold  of  and 

The  Princess  Charlotte  o(  Great  Britain. 
Treaty London,  13th  March,  1816.  153 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1162  INDEX. 

Pkge 

Saxb  Oobueo  Saalfbld.     Bitahliihment   and  Reiidenee  of  Prince 

Leopold^  and  The  Princeu  Charlotte  of 
Great  Britain.     Acts  of  the  Brituh 

Parliament April,  Jal]r,  1816.     160,  163 

• .  • Naturalization  and  Precedence  ef  Prince 

Leopold.    Acte  of  the  Britieh  ParKa- 

ment March,  1816.     158,  159 

Saxb  Wbimar.    Fundamental  Law  of  the  Grand  Duchy. 

Weimar,  5th  May,  1816.     842 

• Convention  with  The  Netherlands.    Abolition  of  the 

*'Z>roi/  de  DStraction.*'  .The  Hague,  6th  Aug.  1816.      70 
ScHAUMBURO  LiPPE.    Ordinance,    Establishment  of  vl  Representative 

Constitution  ..  .Buckebur^,  15th  Jan.  1816.    749 
ScHWARTZBURo  RuDOLSTADT.  Ordinance.   EstabHmment  of  a  Repre- 
sentative Constitution* 

Radolstadt,  8th  January,  1816.    747 

Treaty  {Territorial)  with  Prussia. 

Berlin,  19th  June,  1816.    837 
^$CHWARTZBURo  S0NDER8HAU8EN.    Treaty  (Territorial)  with  Prussia, 

Berlin,  15th  June,  1816.    832 
Scotland.    See  Grbat  Britain. 
Sbneca  Indians.     Treaties  vntYi  The  United  States.  Cession.   Peace. 

Friendship ...1797  to  1815.    701,401 

Sbybn  Islands.    Proclamation    (British.)    To    the    Inhabitants. 

British  Protection. 

Zante  Roads,  2nd  October,  1809.    251 

Treaty  between  Austria,  Great  Britain,  Prussia^ 

and  Russia..        Paris,  5th  Not.  1815.    250 
•  «••..  between  Great  Britain  and  Algiers. 

Algiers,  3nl  April,  1816.     509 

between  ..•.do....  and. . . .  Tripoli. 

Tiipoli,  29th  April,  1816.    513 
..••*.  between  ....do,.,  .and ....  Tunis. 

Bardo,  17th  April,  1816.    51 1 

•••••••••     Proclamation    of  the  Lord  Hi^h  C-ommissioner. 

0»nduct  and  Dismissal  of  certun 
Members  of  the  Senate  of  Corfu. 

Corfu,  22nd  Maj,  l8l6.  1027 

of  dp.     Provisional  Adndntstration 

of  the  Government. 

Corfu,  29th  May,  1816.  1030 
Shawaneb  Indians.     Treaties    with    The    United   States.    Peace. 

Friendship.    Limits 1 795  to  1 8 1 5.    401 

Sicily.    Correspondence  with  The  United  States.    Claims  of  Ame- 
rican Citizens,  for  Vessels  seized  at  Naples  . . .  1809, 1810.  1118 

Trefity  with  Alffiers.  Pea(;<?...AIgiers,3rd  April,  1816.    521,528 

•  •....     Treaty  with  Tnpoli.  Peace. .Tripoli 29th April,  1816.     540,  546 

Treaty  with  Tunis.    Peace... Bs^rdo^  17th  April,  1816.    531,  537 

•     Convention  with  Rome.    Arrest  and  punisMnent  of  Vaga- 
bonds and  Deserters  ...Rome,  4th  July,  1816.  1066 

with  do.    Ecclesiastieal  Affairs. 

Terracina^  16th  February,  1818^  1081 
Siouz  Indians.     Treaties   with    The    United   States.     Peace  and 

Friendship 1815, 1816.    442,  443,  467 

Slatbrt  (Christian)  in  Algiers.    Abolition  of.    Declarations  of  the 

Dey Algiers,  28th  Angnst,  1 816.    517,  549 

•  •  .(do)  •  •  •  in  Tripoli.    AboStion  of.    Declarations  of  the 

Bey Tripoli,  29th  April,  1816.    191,  51& 

m..(do).m.  in  Tunis.    Abolition  of.    Declarations  of  the 

Bey Bardo,  1 7th  April,  1816.  182,  513 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INDEX.  1163 

Page 

Slaves.    RegUtraHon  of,  in  Irinidad,    firitiih  Order  in  Council, 

26th  March,  1812.    975 
SlaykTradb     Abolition^  &c.  of  the,  by  Foreign  Power*. 

•  •....••     Jiddre&ses  of  the  British  Parliament  to 

the  Prince  Regent. .  .May.  June,  1814.    883 

Decree  of  the  King  of  The  JVetheriands. 

The  Hague,  15th  June,  1814.    889 

» •  •     Confertnees  between  the  Plenipotentiaries 

of  the  8  Powers, 

Vienna,  Jan.  Feb.  1815.    885 

•  ••••...     Declaration  of  the  8  Powers. 

Vienna,  8th  Febrnary,  1815.    971 

Regulation  of  France. 

Paris,  December^  1814.    916 

French  Imperial  Decree. 

Paris,  29th  March,  1815.    196 

• Conference  between  the  Plenipotentiaries 

of  the  4  Powers. .  Paris,  26th  July,  1815.     195 

•  ••••...     Correspondence  between  Great    Britain 

and  Foreign  Powers; 

1814,1815;  viz.— with 

Austria 887,  943.    Prussia  887,  943 

France . .  195,  883,  885.    Russia .  887,  943 

Netherlands 888.    Spain  . «  864,  885 

Portugal 885. 

Treaties    between   Great   Britain     and 

Foreign  Powers;  1813  to  1815.  (Extracts.) 

Sweden,       1813.886.    Spain 1814.921 

Denmark,   1814.  886.     Por/tf^a/,1815.  936.  937 

France, . .   1814.  890.    France, 1815.  292 

South  America.     United  Provinces  of.    See  Buenos  Atrbs. 
Spain.    Conferences  between  the  Plenipotentiaries  of  the  8  Powers. 

SlaveTrade.  .Vienna,  January,  February,  1815.    885 

Correspondence    with   Great    Britain.     Abolition   of    the 

Slave  Trade 1814, 1815.    884,  885 

Correspondence  with  The  United  States.    Relations  with 

Spain  ; — Florida, — Spanish  American  Insur- 
gents, &c 1815,1816.    109 

Correspondence  between  Portugal  and  The  United  States, 

Fitting  out  of  Privateers,  in  American  Ports, 
against  Spanish  and  Portuguese  Vessels. 

.  December,  1816.    780 
•  •••..     Declaration  of  the  8  Powers.    Abolition  of  the  Slave  frade. 

Vienna,  8th  February,  1815.    971 

Motivations.    Spanish  Blockades  of  the  Ports  of  Scmta  Fi^ 

and  Island  of  Margarita  .  .January,  August,  1816.  1112 

Treaty  with  The  Netherlands.    Defensive  Alliance  against 

the  Barbary  Regencies. 

Alcala  de  Henares,  10th  August,  1816.    562 
Spanish  America.    Spanish  Blockades  of  the  Ports  of  Santa  Fi, 
and  the  Island  of  Margarita.    Spanish  Noti- 

ficaHons 1816.  1112 

See  also  Buenos  Atres. 

Spanish  American  Insurgents.    Correspondence  between  Spain  and 

The  United  States. .  1815,  I8l6.    109 

• •• .  •  •     Correspondence  between  Portugal 

and  The  United  States. 

December,  1816.    780 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


]  164  INDEX. 

Pige 
Spbbch   of  the  King  of  Franct.    Opening  of  the  Chambers 

4th  November,  1816.    560 

of  the  Lords  Commissioners.    Opening  of  the  BriHA  Par-- 

liament 1st  Febraaiy,  1816.        I 

of  the  Prince  Regent  of  Great  Britain,     CUmngoi  do. 

2ud  Jaly,  1816.         3 

of  the  Jfetkerland  Minitfer  of  the  Interior.     Clonng  of  the 

Stat€9  General Srd  October,  1816.     565 

of  the  King  of  Tke  Netherlands,    Opening  of  do, 

2l8t  October,  1816,     567 

of  the  Prince  lloyal  of  Sweden,    Closing  of  the  StorUking 

of  JVorwajf 6th  July,  1816.     ttt2 

See  also  Address.    Mbssage. 

Statements.    See  Great  Britain,  United  Statls,  &c.    AeeommU, 
St.  Helena.    See  Bonaparte.  Napoleon, 
Steinfurth.    (Count,)    See  Claims. 

Sweden.    Conferences   between     the  Plenipotentiaries    of    the    8 
Powers,    Shoe  Trade, 

Vienna,  January ,Febniar7, 1815.    885 

Declaration  of  the  8  Powers . . .  ,do, 

Vienna,  8th  Febniary,  1815.     971 

Speech  of  the  Prince  Royal.     Closing"  of  the  Storthing  of 

Norway Christiania,  6th  Jalv,  \^IS,    802 

Switzerland.    Federal  Compact  between  the  Cantons  of  Switzer- 
land  Zurich,  7th  Au^st,  1815.    803 

^c/ between  ./^tf^^rta,  France^   Great  Bntaint  Pr»«- 

m,  and  Russia,    Neutralitu  of  Switzerland, 

Paris.  20th  November,  1815.     359 
Treaty  (Territorial)  with  Sardinia  (Canton  of  Ge- 
neva,)   Turin,  16th  March,  1816.    763 

•  •.•••  between  Sardinia  and  tbe  Repuhbc  of  Geneva, 

Limits Turin,  3rd  June,  1751.    763 


T. 

Tebton  Indians.    Treaty    with    The  United  States,    Peace  ard 

Friendship.  Portage  des  Sioux,  19th  July  l»15.    440 
Treaties,  Conventions,  &c.  between  Urbat Britain  and  Foreign 
Powers;  viz. — with 

Alifiers,    Treaty.    Ionian  Islands, 

Algiers,  3rd  April,  1816.    509 
Additional  Article.    Hanover, 

Algiers,  20th  May,  1816.    510 

Treaty.    Pf<M;«.. Algiers,  28th Aug.  1816.    516,517 

Declarations  of  the  f>ey.  Christian  Slavery, 

Algiers,  28th  Augus^  1816.    517, 549 

', Austria^  France,  Portugal^  Prussia,  Russia^  Spain^  and 

Sweden,    Declaration.    Slave  Trade, 

Vienna,  8th  February,  1815.    971 

Austria,  Prussia,  and  Russia,    Convention.    Custody  of 

Napoleon  Bonaparte Paris,  2nd  August,  1815.    200 

Austria,  Prussia,  and  Russia,    British  Act  of  Accession 

to  the  Treaty  of  Holy  Alliance,  of  September,  1815. 

ix>ndon,6th  October,  1815.    213 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INDEX.  1165 

Page 
Treaties,  Contentions,  &c.,  between  Great  Britain  and  Fo- 
reign Powers,  Continued;  viz. : — with 

» •  •  Austria,  Pruuia^  and  Ruwa,    Treaty.    Ionian  Islands. 

Paris,  5th  November,  1815.    250 
,,.*  do.  and . .  do    Treaty.    Friendship  and  Alliance. 

Paris,  20th  November,  1815.    273 

Austria^  France^  Prussia,  and  Russia.   Act.    Jfeutralitu 

of  Switzerland  .  .Paris,  20th  November,  1815.    359 

•  • France  and  Prussia.    Convention,    Suspension  of  Hosti- 

lities between  the  French  and  Allied  Armies. 

St.  Cloud,  3rd  July,  18 15.     193 

• .  •  France.    Definitive    Treaty.    Peace  and  Friendship. 

Paris,  20th  November,  181 5.    280 

•  .do..n     Convention.  Peetiiuary /nd^mjit/^  to  be  paid  by 

France. .  Paris,  20th  November,  1815.    293 
,.do,m»     Convention.    Military  Line  in  France. 

Paris,  20lh  November,  1815.    298 
Additional  Article.    Deserters. 

Paris,  20th  November,  1815.    306 
Tariff.    Provision^  Hospitals,  &c. 

Paris,  20th  November,  1815.    307 

•  .do...     Convention.  Private  Claims  upon  France. 

Pari?,  20th  November,  1815.    315 
Additional  Article.    Claim  of  Counts  de  Ben- 
theim  and  Steinfurth. 
Paris,  20th  November,  1815.    340 
..do...     Convention.    Claims  of  British  Subjects. 

Paris,  20th  November,  1815.    342 
Additional  Article.  Bourdeaus  Claims. 

Paris,  20th  November,  1815.    357 
Notification.  Period  for  presenting  Claims. 

London,  17th  December,  1816.    358 

•  •  •  •  Netherlands.  Convention,    Commerce.    Demerara,  Esse* 

quibo  and  Berbice. 
Lonoon,  12th  August,  1815.    386, 396 

•  ••••••••  Sase  Coburg,    Treat;^.    Marriage  of  the  Princess  Char^ 

lotte  with- Prince  Leopold  of  Saxe  Coburg. 

London,  13th  March,  1816.     153 

•  •  •  • Tripoli.    Treaty.    Ionian  Islands.    Hanover. 

Tripoli,  29th  April,  1816.    513 
Declarations  of  the  Bey.   Christian  Slavery  • .  191 ,515 

I'unis.    Treaty.    lomam  Islands.    Hanover.  . 

Bardo,  17th  April,  1816.    511 
Declarations  of  the  Bey.   Christian  Slavery . .  182, 513 

United  States.    Convention.    Commerce. 

London,  3rd  July,  1815.      78 
British  Declaiation.  Non-Intercourse  with 
St.  Helena. .  Washington,  24th  Nov.  1815.      82 
Treaties,  Conventions,  &c.  between  Foreign  Powers;  viz.  between 

Algiers  toid  Netherlands.    Treaty.    Peace. 

Alffiers,  28th  August,  1816.    549 
Declaration  of  the  Dey.    Christian  Slavery.    549 

•  •  and  Sardinia.    Treaty.    Peace  and  Friendship. 

Algiers,  3rd  April,  1816.    173,  176 
...•«••  and  Sicily.    Treaty.    Peace, 

Algiers,  3rd  April.  1816.    521,  528 
Additional  Articles.    Consul.    Consular  Pre» 
sent.  iStnVtaii  iS/aoev.. Algiers, 3rd  April,  1816.    526 

and  TA^   United  States.     Treaty.      Peace   and 

Amity •••...•  .Algiers,  30th  June,  1815,      45 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


••••     •••• 


1166  IK0EX. 

I^ 

Tebatibs,   Conventions,  &c.  bbtwebn  Fokbion  Powbbs,  Conti' 
nued;  ris.: — between 

AuMtriat  PrusMia^  and  Russia.    Treaty.    Hoiy  AlHance* 

Paris.  26th  SeptemHer,  1815.    211 

Austria  and  Bavaria.    Secrtt   and   Additional  Articles 

to  the  Treaty  (Territorial)  of  1«16. 

Munich,  I4th  April,  1S16.     66S 

Bavaria  and  Rome,    Convention.     Ecclesiasticai  Affairs^ 

Rome,  5tb  June,  1817.  1074 

France^  Prussia^  &c.    Convention.    Suspeiuiom  of  Has* 

tiliHes St.  Cloud.  3rd  July,  1815.     193 

•  •  •  •  France  and  Hamburgh.  Convention.  Bank  of  Hamburgh. 

Paris,  27th  October,  IblC.    559 

France  and  Austria^  &c Pkris,  20th  November,  1815. 

Definitive  Treaty  and  Conventions.  See  Trbatibs 
bbtwbbn  Great  Britain  and  Foreign  Powers  ....     1 165 

•  •  •  • France  and    Russia.     Separate  Article.     Claims  of  the 

Duchy  qf  fFarsaw Paris«20th  Nov.  1815.    511 

Hanover  and  Netherlands,    Convention.    Abolition  of  the 

**  Droit  de  DStraction,"    The  Hague,  6th  July,  1816.      70 

•  •  •• Hesse  Cassel  and  Hesse  Darmstadi.    Convention.     TWn- 

/orta/.. Frankfort,  29th  June,  1816.    812 
Hesse  Darmstadt  and  Prussia,    Convention.    Territorial, 

Munster,  I2th  lAarcb,  1817.  823 
....  SupplemcntarT  Articles. . . .  Uiessen,  6th  J nly,  1817-  830 
MeckknburghStrebtTesskA  Prussia,   Treaty.   TerriioriaL 

Frankfort,  18th  Sejpteaber,  181<».    819 
Netherlands  and  Prussia,    Treaty.     Temtorial. 

Aix-la-Chapelle,  26th  June,  1816.     720 
Provisional  Commercial  Arrangement . .  do .     7M 

and  Prussia.    Trenty.    Territorial. 

Clevea,  7th  October,  1816.    736 

and  Sojee  fFeimar,    Convention.    AboHtion 

of  the  **  Droit  de  Ditraction.*^ 
The  Hague,  6th  August,  1816.      70 

and  Spain.     Treaty.     Defensive  Alliance 

against  the  Barbary  Regencies. 

Alcala  de  Henares.  10th  August,  1816.    562 
Portugal  and   Russia,      Declaration.     Renewal   of  the 
Treaty  of  Commerce  of  1798. 

Vienna,  29th  March,  1815.  1090 

and . .  <fo . .  Treaty.     Commerce  and  Navigation. 

St.  Petersburgh,  27th  December,  1798.  1099 
Prussia  and  Russia,    Convention.    Arrest  and  delivering 

up  of  Z)ef^/cr«.. Berlin,  25th  May.  1816.    7S4 
Additional  Articles.. Berlin,  5th  April,  1817.    792 

and  Sehwartzburg  Rudolstadt.  Treaty.    7Vm'- 

^ort'a/.. Berlin,  19th  June,  1816.    837 

and  Sehwartzburg  Sondershausen,  Treaty.    7>r- 

rironW.. Berlin,  15th  June,  1816.    832 
Rom/s  and  Sicily,    Convention.    Arrest   of  Fagabonds 

and  Z>e«er<er«...Rome, 4th  July,  1816.  1066 
•  ...  and  ..do.n    Convention.    Ecclesiastieal Ajfinrs. 

Terracina,  16th  Pebniary,  1818.  1081 
Sardiniaand  the  Swiss  Co fi/ederation.    Treaty.      Canton 

of  Geneva. . .  Turin,  16th  March,  1816.    763 

and  the  Republic  of  Geneva.    Treaty.   Limits. 

Turin,  3rd  Jatte,  1754.    7«3 
Tripoli  and  Sardinia,    Treaty.    Peace  and  Friendship. 

Tripoli,  29th  April,  1816.    185,  189 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INDEX,  1167 

Treaties,  Conventions,  &c.  betwbsn  Foreign  Powers^  Conti* 
nued;  viz.:— between 

• Tripoli  and  SardtHia,   Declaration  of  the  Bey.    Christian 

Slavery. . .  Tripoli,  29th  April,  1816.     191 

and  Sicily,    Treaty.    Peace. 

Trijpoli,  29th  April,  1816.    540,  546 
AdditioRal  Articles.    Sicilian  Slave*.    Can- 
$vlar  Present . .  Tripoli,  29th  April,  1816.    545 

Tunis  doid  Sardinia,    Treaty.    Peace  smd  Friendship. 

Bardo,  17th  April,  1816.     178,  183 
Declaration  of  the  Bey.    Christian  Slavery. 

Bardo,  17th  April,  1816.     182 

and  Sicily.    Treaty:    Peace. 

Bardo,  17th  April*  1816.    531,537 
• . « • .  and  Tuscany.    Treaty.    Truce. 

Tunis,  26th  April,  1816.    550 

United  States  and  Cherokee  Indians,    Treaty.     Cession. 

Washington,  22nd  March,  1816.    461 

•  .do Convention .     Limits^ 

Washington,  22nd  March,  1816.    462 

•  •  dSo  •  • .  • . .     Treaty.    Peaee,  Frimd- 

ship^  &nd  Limits. 
Turkey  Town,  4th  October,  1816.     478 

Chickasaw  Indians.     Treaty.    Peace^ 

Friendship,  Kna  Limits. 
Council  House,  20th  Sept.  1816.    475 

•  •  • . , •  •  • . .   Chippewa^  Ottawa^Sfc.  Indians.  Treaty. 

Limits. 
Rrownstown,  25th  Nov.  1808.    425 

•  ••• Choctaw  Indians.    Treaty.    Limits. 

Mount  Dexter,  16th  Nov.  1805.    420 

..do Treaty.     Cession. 

Trading  House,  24th  Oct.  1816.  481 

Creek  Indians.    Treaty.    Peace. 

Fort  Jackson,  9th  August,  1814.    434 

.  • « •  • Delaware,     Shawanee,    S^c.    Indians. 

Treaty.    Limits. 
Fort  Wayne,  7th  June,  1803.  409 

•  • Delaware  Indians.    Treaty.     Cession, 

Vincennes,  18th  Aug.  1804.    711 

•••  Delaware,  Pattawathna,  &c.  Indians, 

Treaty.    'Limits. 
Grouseland,'  21st  August,  1805.    418 

•  • Delaware,  Pattawatima,  Sfc.  Indians. 

Treaty.    Limits. 
Fort  Wayne.  30th  Sep.  1809.     427 

•  • • Eel  River.    IFyandot,    S^c.  Indians. 

Treaty.    Limits. 
Vincennes,  7th  Aug.  1803.     411 

•  « Fox  Indians.     Treaty.     Peace  and 

Friendship. 
Portage  des  Sioux,  14th  Sept.  1815.    456 

%...  loway Indians.  Treaty,     m.do  ..do.. 

Portage  des  Sioux,  16th  Sept  1815.    458 

Kanakas  Indians.  Treaty.  ..do... do.. 

St.  Louis,  *28th  Oct.  1815.    459 

• « •  •  Kaskaskia  Indians.    Treaty.    Cession. 

Vincennes,  13th  August,  1803.     708 

•  •  • .  Kickapoo  Indians.    Treaty.     Limits. 

9th  December,  1809,    431 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1168  INDEX. 


P* 


TRBAnESy  Contentions,  &c.  between   Foreion  Powers,  Camii' 
nued:  viz. : — bet^Feen 

United  States  and  Kickapoo  In^Uans.  Treaty.     Peace. 

Poitage  des  Sioux,  2nd  9ept.  181&    448 

•  •• Mahas  Jndiane.   Treaty.    do.,»,do.. 

Portage  des  Sioux,  20th  July,  1815.    447 
Miami  and  Eei  River  Indians.    Sepa- 
rate Article.    Limits. 
Fort  Wayne,  30th  Sept.  1809.     430 

•  ••« Osag'e  Indians.    Treaty .    Peace. 

Fort  Clark,  lOth  Not.  1808.     716 

rfo.... Treaty.     ,,do do.. 

Portage  des  Sioux,  12th  Sept.  1815.     453 

Ottawa,  Chi fpewa,^ireJndians.  Treaty. 

Iiimits. 
Detroit,  17th  Not.  1807.    423 
•  •••</o*..  ..Treaty.    Peace ^JuA  Limits. 

St.  Louis,  24th  August,  1816.    473 

Pattawatima  Indians.  Treaty.    Peace. 

Portage  des  Sioux,  18th  July,  lSl5.    437 

• PiankesKaw  Indians.  Treaty.    Cession. 

Vincennes,  27th  August,  1801.     713 

do Treaty.    Cession. 

Vincennes,  30th  Dec  1805.     71 

•••'.do Treaty.  Peace         4 

and  Friendship. 
Portage  des  Sioux,  18th  July.  1815.    439 

Sac  wad  Fox  Indians.  Treaty.  Limits. 

St.  Louis,  3rd  November,  1804.     412 

•  •• Sac  of  Missouri  River  Indians.  Treaty. 

Peace  and  Friendship. 
Portage  des  Sioux,  13th  Sept.  1815.     454 

Sac  oi  Rode  River  Indians.    Treaty. 

Peace  and  Friendship. 

St.  Louis,  13th  May,  1816.  465 

Seneca  Indians.    Treaty.    Cession. 

fiufialo  Creek,  30th  June.  1802.    701 
Annex.    Contract. 

Genesee,  15th  Sept.  1797.     704 
•  •••^o......     Treaty.    Cession. 

Buffalo  Creek,  3M5th  June,  1802.    707 

• Siour  of  the  Lakes  Indians.    Treaty. 

Peace  and  Friend^ip. 
Portage  des  Sioux,  19th  July,  1815.    442 

Siotuf  of  St.  Peter  River   Indians. 

1  reaty .    Peace  and  Friendship. 
Portage  des  Sioux,  19th  July,  1815.    443 

Sioux  Indians.    Treaty.    Peace. 

St.  Louis,  1st  June,  1816.  467 

Teeton  Indians,    Treaty.    Peace. 

Portage  des  Sioux.  19th  July,  1815.    440 

^ealndians.    ConTention.    Limits. 

Vincennes,  26ih  October,  1809.    430 

^ea  znd  Kickapoo  Indians.    lV«aty. 

Peace  and  Friendship. 
Fort  Harrison,  4th  June,  1816.    471 

••• IFinnebago  Indians.    Treaty.  Peaee 

and  Friendship. 
St.  Louis,  3rd  Jane,  1816.    469 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INDEX.  1169 

Page. 

TrkatieSi  Conventions,    kc.   between  Foreign  Powers,   Con- 

Hnued;  viz. :-— between 
•  •••....     United  SttUe9  and  fVyandoty    Delaware^    ^e.    Indians* 

Treaty.  Peace.  Limits* 
Greenyille,  3rd  August,  1795.    402 

fVyandot^  Ottawa^  ^J-c.  Indians,  Treaty. 

Limits, 
Fort  Industry,  4th  July,  1805.  416 

fVyandot,Delaware,SfcJndians,  Treaty. 

Peace  and  Friendship^ 
Greenville,  22nd  July,  1814.    432 
..do,.  Treaty.     Peace  v^nA  Friendship, 

Sprinff  Wells,  8tli  September,  1815.    450 

Yancton  Indians,    Treaty.    Peace  and 

Friendship, 

Portage  des  Sioux,  19th  July,  1815.    445 
Trinidad.  Registration  of  Slaves  in.    British  Order  in  Council, 

26th  March,  1812.    975 
Tripoli.  Treaty  with  Great  Britain.    Ionian  Islands.    Hanover, 

Tripoli,  29th  April,  1816.    513 
Declarations  of   the    Bey.     Christian   Slavery, 

Tripoli,  29th  April,  1816.    191,  516 

Treaty  with  Sardinia,    Peace  and  Friendship. 

Tripoli,  29th  April,  1816.    185, 189 
Declaration    of   the  Bey.      Christian  Slavery. 

Tripoli,  29th  April,  1816.     191 

Treaty  with  Sicily,   Peace,    Tripoli,  29th  April,  1816.    540,  546 

Additional  Ai  tides.    Sicilian  Slaves,    Consular  Present. 

Tripoli,  29th  April,  1816.    545 

•  2Vi?i^y  between  The  JVetherlands  and  Spain,    Defensive 

Alliance  againet  the  Barhary  Regencies, 

Alcala  de  Henares,  10th  August,  1816.    562 
Truce.    See  Treaties. 
Tunis.  Treaiy  with  Chreat  Britain*    Ionian  Islands.  Hanover. 

Bardo,  17th  April,  1816.    511 
Declarations  of  the  Bey.     Christian  Slavery, 

Bardo,  17th  April.  1816.  182,513 
..••••   w\ih  Sardinia.    Peace  and  Friendship. 

Bardo.  17th  April,  1816.     178,  183 

with  Sicily,    Peace Bardo,  17th  April,  1816,    531,  537 

with  Tuscany.  Truce Tunis,  26th  April,  1816.    550 

between  The  Netherlands  and  Spain.     Dejensive  Al'   , 

liance  against  the  Barbary  Regencies. 

Alcala  de  Henares,  10th  Aug.  1816.    562 

Tuscany.  Treaty  with  Tunis.     Truce Tunis,  26t}i  April,  1816.    550 

Tyrol.  Constitution  of  Government  of  the  Province  of.    Edict  of  The 

Emperor  oi  Austria Vienna,  24th  March,  1816.    777 


u. 

Ukase.    See  Decree. 

United  V^oyvscz^  o{  South  America.    i$e«  Buenos  A yrbs. 

United  States.    Accounts.    Finance.  Receipts  9.nd  Expenditures, 

lf91tol814.    618 

Duties  on  Merchandize^  &c. 

1815.    618,   1052 
[1815—16.]  4  F 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


1 1 70  INDBX. 

Unitbd    STATEg,    Aecountt.     Finance.  Public  Debt.A79i  to\%l5.    611» 

Sttles  of  PubUe  Lands. 

1800  to  1815u    620 

Trade.  Vzlue,  kc. of  Imports ..IHU.  1053 

ya\vLe,kc.ofEnarU..\Sl5.  1054 

JVavigation.  District  7bju>^e.l815.  1062 

• Jet  of  Congress.    Jldditional  Duties  npon  Fo^ 

reign  Vessels  and  Cargoes, 

Ut  July,  1812.    799 

Continuance  of  do.  in  force. 

5th  February,  1816.    79^ 

•  •••« Repeal  of  DiserimiMaiinff Du- 

ties on  British  Fesseu  and 
Cargoes . .  1st  March,  1816.     799 
Circular  to  Collectors  of  the 
Customs,    th, 

16th  March,  1816.  1111 

* . . . .     Consent  of  Coi^ress  to  jicU 

of  South  CaroKna  and 
GeorgiOfimwiiingTonn^e 
Duties  on  Vessels  from  /%- 
rei^a  Countries, 

29th  April,  1816.     800 

<• Cfradual  increase  of  the  Aavv. 

29th  April,  1816.    801 

•  •••• « Jet  of  the  British  Parliament,    Trade  between 

the  British  Jforth  Jlmerican  and  fFest  In- 
dia Colonies  and  The  United  States. 

20th  March,  1788.    552 
...  of  do.     Trade,  in  American  Vessels^  from 
Great  Britain  to  the  British  East  Indies. 

20th  June,  1816.    371 

•  • .  of  do.    Conveyance  of  Passengers,  in  British 

Vessels^  from  Great  Britain  to  ne  United 

States 1st  July,  1816.    372 

« Correspondence  with  Algiers,    Negotiation  for 

Peace July,   1815.1048 

with  Chreat  Britain,    tfegotia- 

tion  of  a  Convention  of  Com- 
merce  1815.     83 

•  with  Great  Britain.  Restora- 
tion of  British  and  Amerieam 
Prisoners  of  IVar;  and  Riot 
at  Dartmoor  Prison  ....  1815.    121 

, .  with  Great  Britain.  Local  Dis- 
criminating Duties  leried  in 
American  Ports,  contrary  to 
the  Stipulations  of  Treaty. 

July,  1816.  1110 

with  Portugal.    Fitting  out  of 

Privateers  in  American  Ports 
sigAinstPortuguesetLadSpanish 
resseh December,  1816.    780 

•  • • .  • .  •  with  Sicily.     Claims  of  Ameri' 

can  Citizens,  for  Vessels  seised 

in  1809  at  Naples. .  1809, 1810.  1118 

with  Spedn.  Relatiims  with  The 

United     States  ;^Fhmda,— 

; Spanish  American  Insurgents^ 

&c 1815,  1816.    109 


Digitized  by 


Google 


INDEX.  1171 

Page 
United    States,    Menage  of  the  President  to  Congress.    Opening 

of  the  Session 3rd  Dec.  1815.       7* 

, .  of    do .  to  do.  Relations  with  Spain  s — 

FloricUh — Spanish  American  Insur- 

gents,^c 26th  Jan.  1816,    109 

of  do.  to  do.    Restoration  of  British 

and  American  Prisoners   of  War; 
^xARiot  at  Dartmoor  Prison. 

3l8t  January,  1816.     121 

^ Reports  of  Commissioners.    Conclusion  of  Trea- 

* ties  of  Peace  with  certain  Indian  Tribes^ 

Sept.  Oct.  1815.    1035 

Report  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury.    State 

of  the  Finances 7th  Dec.  1815.    568 

of  do.  Statements  of  Imports  in  1814. 

18th  December,  1815.  1051 

of  do.  National  Currency;  and  Plan  for 

a  NationalBanh 24th  Dec.  1815.    871 

of  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy.    Naval 

Force  of  The  United  States. 

2nd  January,  1816.  1114 

of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury.    Ame^ 

rican  Tonnage,  and  Native  and  Foreign 
Seamen  in  the  Merchant  Service, 

26th  Januarjr,  1816.  1011 

of  do.    Statements  oi  Exports  in  1815. 

14th  February,  1816.  1054 

of  the  Secretary  of  War.     Expences  of 

the  Indian   Department, 

13th  March,  1816.  1042 

, of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury.    Collect 

tion  of  the   Dues  of  Government  in 
Specie,  Treasury  Notes,  SfC, 
'^  19th  March,  1816.  1013 

of  the  Secretaries  of  Departments.  Annual 

Settlement  of  the  Public  Accounts. 

6th  December,  1816.  1013 

of  the  Secretary  of  War.    Organizatian 

and  Discipline  of  the  Militia. 

13th  December,  1816.  1122 

of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury.  Annual 

Statement  ot'  the  District  Tonnage^  on 
the3l8t  Dec.  1815. ..I6th  Jan.  1817.  1062 

^ , Statement  of  the  Militia  of  The  United  States. 

1st  March  J  816.  1117 

Treaties,  &c.  with  Foreign  Powers  ;  viz ;  with 

Algiers.  Treaty.  Peace  and  Amity* 

Algiers,  30th  June,  1815.      45 

Great  Britain.    Convention.     Com' 

m<;r6«.  .London,  3rd  July,  1815.      78 
Annex.  British  Declaration.  Non- 
Intercourse  with  St.  Helena. 

Washington,  24th  Nov.  1815.      82 

Treaties,  Stc.  with  various  Nations  AND  Tribes 

OP  Indians;  1795  to  lbl6;  viz.  with  the 

Cherokee  Nation.    Trt-aty.    Cession. 

Washington,  22nd  Alar.  181G.     461 
\.do,..*  Trea  ty .     Limits. 

Washington,  7th  January,  1806.    463 

.  ,do Convention.     Limits. 

Washington,  22nd  Mar.  1816.    46f 

4F2 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


1172  INDEX. 


P* 


United   Statbs.    Treaties,  &c.   with    various    Nations  and 
Tribes  op  Indians,  Continued,'  vis.  with  the 

Cherokee  Nation,    Treaty.     Peeiet, 

FrientUhip,  and  Limits, 

Turkey  Town,  4th  Oct.  1816.    47S 

Ckicktuaw  Jyation,    Treaty,  do- 

Council  House.  20th  Sept.  1816.    475 

Chippewa,    Ottawa^   ^c.     NatiomM^ 

Treaty.    Limits. 
Brownstown,  25th  Nov.  1808.    42S 

• Choctaw  Nation,    Treaty.    Limits. 

Mount  Dexter,  16th  Nov.  1805.    420 

do Treaty.    Cession. 

Trading  House,  24th  Oc:.  1816.    481 

Creek  Nation^    Tr«ity.    Peace. 

Fort  Jackson,  9th  Aug.  1814.    434 

DetawarCf   Shawcnee^  Sfc,    Trihes. 

Treaty.    Limits. 
Fort  Wayne,  7th  Jane,  1803.    409 

Delaware  Tribe,    Treaty.    Cession. 

Vincennes,  18th  Aug.  1804.     711 

Delaware^  Pattawatimay  &c.Tribes. 

Treaty.     Limits. 
Grooseland,  21st  Auoist,  1805.    418 

Delaware^  Pattawatima^  &c.  7Vi5e«. 

Treaty.    Limits. 
Fort  Wayne,  dOth  Sept  1809.    427 

Eel  River^    fryandot,  S^e.    Tribes. 

Treaty.    Limits, 
Vincennes,  7th  August,  1803.    4]  1 

Fox    Tribe.    Treaty.      Peace  and 

Friendship, 
Portage des  Sioux,  14th  Sept.  1815.    456 

loway  Tribe,    Treaty,    do. 

Portage  des  Sioux,  16th  Sept  1815.    458 

Kanzas  Tribe.    Treaty,    do, 

St  Louis,  28th  Oct  1815.    45f 

Kaskaskia  Tribe.   Treaty.    Cession. 

Vincennes,  ISth  Aug.  1803.    708 

Kickapoo  Tribe.    Treaty.    Limits. 

9th  Dec  1809.    431 

do Treaty.  Pence  and 

Friendship. 
Portage  des  Sioux,  2nd  Sep.  1815.    448 

Mahas  Tribe.    Treatv.    do. 

Portage  des  Sioux,  2(lth  July,  1815.    447 

Minimi  and  Eel  River  Tribes. 

Separate  Article.    Limits. 
Fort  Wayne,  30th  Sept.  1809.    430 

Osage  Tribes,    Trea^.    Peace  and 

Friendship. 
Fort  Clark,  10th  Nov.  1808.     716 

(io.....    Treaty,    do. 

Portage  des  Sioux,  12th  Sept  1815.    453 

Ottawa^   Chippewa,    J^.    Nations. 

Treaty.  Limits. 
Detroit,  IJth  Nov.  1807.    423 

•  • do Treaty.    Peace 

and  Limits. 
St.  Louis,  24th  Aug.  1816.    473 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INDEX.  1173 

Page 
Unitbd  Statxs.     Trbatibs,  &c.  with    various    Nations   and 
Tribes  of  Indians,  Continued;  viz.  with  the 

Patlawatima  Tribe.  Treaty.    Peace 

and  Friendship. 
PorUge  des  Sioux,  18th  Jaly,  1815.    437 

Piankeshaw  Tribe.  Treaty.  Cession. 

Vincennes,  27th  Auff.  1804.    713 

. . .  •  •  .•{/<> Treaty.  Cession, 

Vincennes,  30th  Dec.  1805.    714 

..••..  .</o Treaty.    Peace 

and  Friendship. 
Portage  des  Sioux,  1 8th  July,  1815.    439 

Sac  ana  For  Tribes,  Treaty.  Limits. 

St.  Louis,  3rd  Not.  1804.    412 

Sac  of  the    Missouri  River  Tribe. 

Treaty.  Peace  and  Friendship. 
Portage  des  Sioux,  13th  Sept.  1815.    454 

Sac  of  Rock  River  Tribes.     Treaty. 

Peace  and  Friendship. 

St.  Louis,  13th  May,  1816.    465 

Seneca  Nation.    Treaty.    Cession. 

Buf&lo  Creek,  30th  June,  1802.    701 

•  • .  •  (^  •  •  • .     Contract.    Cession. 

Genesee,  15th  Se^t.  1797.    704 

•  •••ifo..»*     Treaty.     Cession. 

Buffalo  Creek,  30th  June,  1802.    707 

Sioux  of  the  Lakes  Tribe.    Treaty. 

Peace  and  Friendship. 
Portage  des  Sioux,  19th  July,  1815.    442 
Sioux  of  St.  Peter  River  Tribe.  Trea- 
ty.   Petice  and  Friendship. 
Portage  des  Sioux,  19th  July,  1815.    443 

• Sioux  Tribes.    Treaty.    Peace  and 

Friendship. 
St.  Louis,  1st  June,  1816.    467 

Team  Tribe.    Treaty.    Peace  and 

Friendship. 
Portage  des  Sioux,  19th  July,  1815.    440 
...••••••     H^ea  Tribe.    Convention.    Limits. 

Vincennes,  26th  Oct.  1809.    430 

•  •  • » H^ea  and  Kickapoo  Tribes.    Treaty. 

Peace  and  Friendship. 
Fort  Harrison,  4th  June,  1816.    471 

Winnebago    Tribe.     Treaty.   Peace 

and  Friendship. 
St.  Louis,  3rd  June,  1816.    469 

Wyandot^    Delaware^    Sfc.    Tribes. 

Treaty.    Peace.     Limits. 
Greenville,3rdAuflr- 17'95.    402 

fFyandot^   Ottawa,    kc.     Nations, 

Treaty.    Limits. 
Fort  Industry,  4th  July,  1805.    416 

fVyandoty  Delaware,  ^c.  Tribes. 

Treaty.     Peace  and  Friendship. 

Qreenyille.  22nd  July,  1»14«    432 

fFyandot,     Delaware,    Sfc.    Tribes. 

Treaty.    Peace  And  Friendship* 
SpringWells,  8  th  Sept.  1815.    450 

••••      Yancton  Tribe.  Treaty.     Peace  and 

Friendship. 
Portage  des  Sioux,  19th  July,  1815.    445 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1174  INDEX. 


Vagabonds  and  Deserters.    See  Deserters. 
Vienna.    Congress  of.    See  Conferences. 


w. 

Waudeck.  CansHtuiion  of  the  Principality . .  A  rolsen,  19th  April,  1816.     JSl 
Warsaw.    Claims  of  the  Duchy  of^  upon  France.    Separate  Artiele 
to  the  Convention  between    Russia  and  France. 

(Private  Claims.) . .  Paris,  20th  Nowmber,  1815.     341 
Wea  Indians.     Treaties  with  The  United  States.    Peace.    Friend- 
ship.   Limits 1795tol8l6.     401 

IFest  Indies.     Trade  with  The  United  States  and  Forei^  fFesi 
India  Islands,    Act  of  the  British  Parliament. 

20th  March,  178S.    S52 
Exportation  of  Gunpowder ^  Armsj  &c.  to  the,  prohi- 
bited.   British  Orders  in  Council 1816.     i  137,  796 

Winnebago  Indians.     Treaty  with  The  United  States.    Peace  and 

Friendship St.  Lonis,  3rd  Jnne,  1816.    469 

WiRTEMBERG.    DccTce  of  the  Royal  Ministry  of  State.    Proceeding's 
respecting  a  Constitution. 

Statgardt,  22nd  Angost,  1816.  1106 

Ordinance  of  the  King.     Organization  of  a  Privy 

Council Stutgardt,  8th  November,  1816.  1008 

Works  of  Art.    Restoration  of,  by  France  to  Foreign  States.  Cor-- 
respondence   between   Austria^   Great   Britain^ 

Prussia^  and  Russia September,  1815.    203 

Wtandot  Indians.     Treaties    with    The    United  States.     lAmiis. 

Peace.   Friendship l795tol815.    401 


Y. 

Yancton  Indians.  Treaty  with  The  United  States.  Peace  aad  Friend- 
ship  Portage  des  Sioux,  19th  July,  1815.    415 


PINIS. 


1 


Printed  by  J.  Harrison  &  Son» 
Orchard-street,  Westminster. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


JUST  PUBLISHED,  October.  1838, 
By  JAMES   RIDGWAY  and  SONS,    PICCADILLY. 


BRITISH    AND    FOREIGN    STAl^    PAPERS, 

1815—1816. 

Compiled  by  **  the  Librarian  and  Keeper  of  the  Papers,"  at 
the  Foreign  Office. 

1  Vol.  I^arge  Octavo.     Price  90s.    Bound  in  Cloth. 


WHERE  MAT  ALSO  BE  HAD  x 

HERTSLET'S  "  COMMERCIAL  TREATIES/' 

at  present  sabslsting  between  Great  Britain  and  Foreign  PoverB, 
together  with  the  Laws,  Decrees,  and  Orders  in  Coancil,  relating 
to  Trade,  and  to  the  Interests  of  British  Subjects  in  Foreign 
Countries,  as  well  as  to  those  of  Foreigners  in  Great  Britain.  &c. 

4  Vols.  Octavo,  £3.  Boards. 


20      J 
10 


Digiti 


izedbyGoO^J^ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google